-I;
!'■
  |

Mi



M
1 * 3
,r
3 •:
1 i


  t,
  \
  I
  i
••'•: ■;-'".-  ':■"<': -i->  .'•.-.^c:;}sV\:'/'-
;*;••••■  .■■'., '.T■''   '.'■••. i'J-.^>-rV.,-'.;.-'k;";;;-.--
'■;,'/.'■ ;v" .'t;- . ■'.. ">?■''■';'■- ■■",':;•,'„ •
■ •';.,.  ■^'':,!v-,:V|:^';;.;>:,;1-;'

s;K  '.i';:v,,;\  ^v^c''i!'':





'...,.'■•.  •'   ,.•   >'v'. • U-<. ■-■'., •!*' ,: ""'
Hi
r'V;^;;-;^-^
»'■ •■'*'<,-;/>;.-\.o' ?i; •'
 ■":jVi?.V.^:':vf:>;--
11 *!
I
 
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
*"  *  ,
FOUNDED 1836
WASHINGTON,  D. C.
Bl9574 
juosrai imiilueitim 
 
   INDEX-CATALOGUE
             OF THE
      LIBRARY OF THE
SURGEON GENERAL'S OFFICE
         UNITED STATES ARMY
    (ARMY MEDICAL LIBRARY)
AUTHORS AND SUBJECTS
FOURTH SERIES
 VOL. V
EAGER-FYFE
  UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
  WASHINGTON : 1940 
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C-
               Price $2.75 (cloth)
                Arch.
                  7-

                I  Z%
                  Ser. 4
                  V.  5"
                   1940 
LETTER  OF  TRANSMITTAL
                                                War Department,
                                               Army Medical  Library,
                                                               June 1, 1940.
Major General James C. Magee,
       The Surgeon General, United States Army.
General:
     I have the honor to report the completion  of the Fifth Volume of the Fourth
Series  of the  Index Catalogue of the Library of the Surgeon General's Office,  the
fifty-second volume of the entire series.  Beside the references to the medical literature
on subjects classified under headings from Ear to Fusospirochetosis, and the books of
authors whose names begin with E or F, this volume contains also a few pages of
continuation of the list of abbreviated titles of journals recently acquired by  the
Library.
     The Fifth Volume  thus forms  1,240 pages, which is  all that could be printed in
one year with the funds appropriated by Congress for the Index Catalogue.
     The first fasciculus  of the  BIO-BIBLIOGRAPHY OF SIXTEENTH CEN-
TURY MEDICAL AUTHORS prepared  by Dr. Claudius F. Mayer, editor of the
Index  Catalogue,  is now in print and will form a supplement of the next  (6th) vol-
ume of the Catalogue.  The Specimen  Pages  of this  bibliography, issued in  the
Fourth Volume of the  current series,  have been received with much interest here
and  abroad, and the favorable comments encourage its continuation.  Its prepara-
tion fits exactly into the future  activities of our Library some day to be reorganized,
and  it  forms  part  of  our project of  building  up a WORLD  CATALOGUE  OF
MEDICAL BOOKS.
     It seemed wise  to  delay the preparation of  a second continuation of our LIST
OF CONGRESSES, for with the war  affecting  practically all of Europe, many of
the national and international congresses changed their dates, or were not held  at all.
It is to be hoped that full information on these postponed congresses can be obtained
in time for inclusion in  the next volume of the Catalogue.
     The following table shows the number of titles in the Index Catalogue, as far as
published:
Author
 titles
Subject titles
Books
Journal
articles
First Series (16 volumes) 1880-95..
Second Series (21 volumes) 1896-1916
Third Series (10 volumes) 1918-32..
Fourth Series, 1936—
  Volume One-----------.......
  Volume Two---------.........
  Volume Three___________.....
  Volume Four________________
  Volume Five___...............

    Total to date______________
176,364
169,812
 88,876

 2,779
 8,892
 4,281
 3,798
 5,499
460, 301
168,537
136,405
 57,034

 4,454
 3,631
 4,302
 4,375
 5,630
384,368
511,112
645,557
603,600

 71,168
 79,874
 77,479
 55,950
 88,048
2,132,78
III 
IV
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
     Various interesting  facts are revealed by  this table.  First, it shows a definite
increase in  the number  of references contained in the Fourth Series.  The increase
is due partly to printing  many of the older references omitted in the Third Series, and
in part  to an actual increase in  the number of  medical publications appearing in the
last  two decades.  In the first five volumes of  the Fourth Series is printed probably
the first tliird of the whole body of references filed for the current series, and this
third is more than the half of the Third Series.
     The Library now contains approximately 413,725 volumes and 598,002 pamphlets
of all sorts, including letters, broadsides, and medical theses.  This year,  the Army
Medical Library passed the million mark in its  holdings.  What that million of books
and  pamphlets represent, is perhaps one-half of the total medical literary production
of the World from the beginning of printing until today.   Unremitting effort will be
made by the Library to  obtain the other half of the medical literature for the use of
American and foreign medical scholars, either in original or in reproduction (photo-
static copy, microfilm, etc.).
     Some of the more interesting book purchases during the  1939-40 fiscal year were
the following: CORNARIUS, J.  De conviviorum veterum Graecorum ... moribus
(Basel,  1548); ERASTUS, T.  De occultis pharmacorum potestatibus (Basel, 1574);
KURTZER  Bericht von der Hungerischen Pestilentz (Wien, 1575); NEMESIUS,
G. N.   De Xatura hominis (Antwerpen,  1864); also a rare broadside printed in 1512
 Uustrating the "Siamese twins"  of Wurttemberg.
    During the last year 2,649  works have been purchased  or received as gifts, in-
cluding  40 of certain rarity.  A large collection of older medical journals, including
93 titles in 673 volumes, was secured from a Dutch bookseller just before the invasion
of the Netherlands.  Many of these are  publications almost never met with  on the
book market. The Library also subscribed to  more than 400 new medical journals,
and,  by expanding  its cultural relations with the Latin American countries, it has
received many publications as gifts from medical institutions of South America.  The
approximate number of  currently received medical  journals is now about 2,200,  a
considerable increase over the list of a year ago.
    Very respectfully,
                                                Harold W. Jones,
                              Colonel, Medical Corps, United States Army,
                                        The Librarian, Army Medical Library. 
THIRD   ADDITION   TO   THE   LIST   OF  ABBREVIATIONS
                             SERIAL  PUBLICATIONS
            Published in the Second Volume, Fourth Series, of the Index-Catalogue
                     For explanations, see  List of Abbreviations, 4. ser., v.2
FOR
Abh. Hyg.

Abstr. Internat. Ophth. Congr.

Abstr. Theses Univ. Pittsburgh
Accion med., B. Air.
Acta bain, polon.
Acta biotheor., Leiden
 Acta Conv. trop. malar, morb.

 Acta med., Rio
 Acta med. latina, Par.
 Acta med. philip.
 Acta med. URSS
 Acta neerl. morph.

 Acta odont. scand.

 Acta ophth. orient.

 Actas Congr. As. med. panamer.

 Actas Congr. nac. san., Madr.

 Acta Soc. ophth. jap.

 Actin. Ther. Digest
 Actual, med., Granada

 Actual, med. peru.

 Aerztebl. Hessen

 Aerztl. Fortbild. Bad Nauheim

 Alcmeone, N. Y.

 Alumni Bull.  Univ. California M. Dep.

 Am. Ass. Orthodont.

 Am. M. Ass.  News
 Analecta med., Mex.
 An. brasil. derm. sif.

An. Clin, quir., Lima

An. educ. fiz., Bucur.
An. Esc.  nac. cienc. biol., Mex.

An. Fac.  med. Porto Alegre
1.  Abhandlungen aus dem Gesamtgebiete  der Hygiene.
  Berlin, H. 10-11, 1932; H. 21, 1936.
2.  Abstracts of the International  Ophthalmological Con-
  gress.  Amsterdam, 13. Congr. [v.5]  1930-
3.  [Abstracts of theses, researches  completed, and bibliog-
  raphy of publications]  University of Pittsburgh bulle-
  tin; the Graduate School.  Pittsburgh, v. 15,  1939-
4.  Accion medica.  B. Aires, v.9,  No.  24, 1939-
5.  Acta balneologica  polonica.   Krakow, v.2, 1939—
6.  Acta biotheoretica [at head of title]  Geschriften van de
  Prof. Dr Jan van der Hoeven  Stichting voor theoretische
  biologie van dier en mensch,  verboden aan de Univer-
  siteit te Leiden.  Leiden, v.5, 1939-
7.  Acta Conventus de  tropicis atque malariae  morbis.
  Amsterdam, 3. Congr., v.l, 1938-
8.  Acta medica.  Rio de Janeiro, v.3, No. 1, 1939-
9.  Acta medica latina.  Paris, v.11, 2.  ser., fasc. 61, 1939-
10.  Acta medica philippina.  Manila, v.l, No.  1,  1939-
11.  Acta medica URSS.   Moskva, v.2, No.  1,  1939-
12.  Acta  neerlandica morphologiae normalis  et patho-
  logicae.  Utrecht, v.3, 1940-
13.  Acta  odontologica  scandinavica.  Stockholm,   v.l,
  No. 1, 1939-
14.  Acta  ophthalmologica  orientalia.   Jerusalem,  v.l,
  1938-
15.  Actas y trabajos del  Ccngreso  de la Asociaci6n medica
  panamericana.  Habana, 1. Congr. (1928/29) 1930-
16.  [Libro  de  Actas]  Congreso   nacional   de  sanidad.
  Madrid, 1. Congr.  (1934) v.1-2, 1935.
17.  Acta Societatis ophthalmologicae Japonicae.   Tokyo,
  v.43, Fasc. 1, 1939-
18.  Actino therapy digest.  Chicago, v.l, 1927-
19.  Actualidad medica; revista  mensual.  Granada, v.16,
  1940-
20.  Actualidad medica peruana; revista mensual.  Lima,
  v.3, 1937-
21.  Aerzteblatt  fur  Hessen-Nassau   und  Kurhessen.
  Frankfurt a. M., v.7, No. 5, 1939-
22.  [Aerztliche]  Fortbildungskurse in  Bad  Nauheim.
  Dresden, v.14, 1938-
23.  Alcmeone; rivista trimestrale di storia della medicina.
  New York, v.l, 1939-
24.  Alumni  (The) bulletin of the University of California
  Medical Department.  S. Francisco,  v.l, No.  1, 1901-
25.  American  (The)   Association  of  Orthodontists.    S.
  Louis, 1939-
26.  American Medical Association news.  Chicago, 1938-
27.  Analecta medica.  Mexico, v.l, No. 1, 1940-
28.  Anais brasileiros de dermatologia e sifilograna. Rio de
  Janeiro, v.14, No. 1, 1939-
29.  Anales de la Clinica quirdrgica.  Lima, v.l, No.  1,
  1938-
30.  Analele educatiei fizice.  Bucuresti, v.7, No.  2, 1938-
31.  Anales de  la Escuela nacional de  ciencias  biol6gicas.
  Mexico, v.l, No. 1, 1938-
32  Anais da  Faculdade de medicina de  Porto Alegre.
  Rio Grande do Sul, v.l, No.  1, 1938-
[1] 
[2]
An. Fac. odont.  Univ. Minas Gerais



An. farm, bioquim., B. Air.

Ann. Acad, brasil. sc.

Ann. brasil. gyn.

Ann. Fac. odont. Univ. Minas Gerais



Ann. 1st. Carlo Forlanini


Ann. Mechnikov. Inst.,  Kharkov

Ann. Phys., Lpz.

Ann. protist., Par.
Ann. radiol. diagn., Bologna


Ann. Soc. med. cir. Itabuna

Annuaire Acad. sc. Belgique
Annual Rep. Com. Ment. Dis. Massa-
  chusetts

Annual  Rep. Edinburgh Pub. Health
  Dep.
Annual Rep. Henry Phipps Inst.
Annual  Rep.  Inst.  M.  Res. Kuala
  Lumpur
Annual Rep. M. Off. Malta
Annual Rep. Nat. Res.  Counc. Philip-
  pines
Annual Rep. United Fruit Co. M. Dep.

Annual Rev. Physiol.

An. Soc. argent, crim.

An. Soc. med. cir. Rio de Janeiro

An. Soc. puericult. B. Aires

Antonie van Leeuwenhoek
Arb. Microb. Inst.  Volksunterrichts-
  kom., Moskva,
Arb. Staat. Inst. exp. Ther.
Arch, argent, tisiol.

Arch, balkan. med. chir., Par.

Arch, cirug. exp., B. Air.
Arch. Hosp. Pereira Rossell
 33.  Anais da Faculdade de odontologia  e farmdcia  da
   Universidade  de Minas Gerais.   Rio de Janeiro, v.3,
   1939-
     Continuation of Annaes ...
 34.  Anales de farmacia y  bioqufmica.   B.  Aires, v. 10,
   1939-
 35.  Annaes de Academia brasileira de sciencias.   Rio  de
   Janeiro, v. 12,  No.  1, 1940-
 36.  Annaes brasileiros de gynecologia.  Rio de Janeiro,
   v.7, No. 1,  1939-
 37.  Annaes da Faculdade de odontologia e pharmacia  da
   Universidade de Minas Gerais.  Belo Horizonte, v. 1-2,
   1936-37.
     Continued as Anais ...
 38.  Annali dellTstituto Carlo Forlanini [at head of title]
   Istituto nazionale  fascista  della  previdenza  sociale.
   Roma, v.3, Nos. 1-2, 1939-
 39.  Annaly  Mechnikovskogo  Instituta.    Kharkov,  v.l,
   1935-
 40.  Annalen der  Physik.  Leipzig, v. 10-11, Nos. 3-4, 7-8,
   1931.
 41.  Annales de protistologie.  Paris, v.5, 1936-
 42.  Annali di  radiologia diagnostica.  Bologna, v. 13, No. 1,
   1939-
     Continuation of Ann. radiol., Bologna.
 43.  Annaes da Sociedade de medicina e cirurgia de Itabuna.
   Itabuna, Bahia,  1937-
 44.  Annuaire  de l'Academie royale des sciences, des lettres
   et des beaux-arts de Belgique.  Bruxelles, 1865-
     1920 missing.
 45.  Annual report of the Commissioner of  Mental Dis-
   eases, Commonwealth of Massachusetts.  East Gardner,
   1920-
 46.  Annual report of the Public Health Department of the
   City  of Edinburgh.  Edinburgh,  1908-
 47.  Annual report  of the Henry Phipps Institute  for the
   study,  treatment,  and  prevention  of   tuberculosis.
   Philadelphia, v.4, 1906-
 48.  Annual report  of the Institute for Medical Research
   of Kuala Lumpur.   Kuala Lumpur, 1936-
 49.  Annual report on the health conditions of the Maltese
   Islands and on the work of the medical health depart-
   ment.   Malta, 1895-
 50.  Annual report of the National Research Council of the
   Philippines.  Manila, 1., 1935-
 51.  [Annual  report]  United Fruit  Company;  Medica]
   Department.   New York,  1.-18., 1912-29.
 52.  Annual review of physiology.  Stanford Univ., Cali-
   fornia, v.l,  1939-
 53.  Anales de la  Sociedad argentina  de criminologfa.  B
   Aires, v.3 (1937)  1938-
 54.  Anais da Sociedade de medicina e cirurgia do  Rio de
   Janeiro.   Rio,  v.3, No. 1,  1940-
 55. Anales de la Sociedad de  puericultura de Buenos Aires,
   B. Aires, v.5, No. 1, 1939-
 56. Antonie van  Leeuwenhoek;  Nederlandsch tijdschrift
   voor hygiene, microbiologie en serologic   Amsterdam,
   v.l, 1934-
     Continuation of Nederlandsch tijdschrift voor hygiene, microbiologie
      en serologie.
 57. Arbeiten  aus  dem  Microbiologischen  Institut  des
   Volksunterrichtskomissariats.   Moskva, v.3, 1927-
 58. Arbeiten aus  dem Staatlichen Institut fur experimen-
   ted Therapie und  dem Forschungsinstitut fur Chemo-
   therapie zu  Frankfurt a. M.   Jena, H. 36, 1938-
     Continuation of Arbeiten aus dem Staatsinstitut fur experimented
      Therapie und  dem Georg Speyer-Hause zu Frankfurt a. M.
59. Archivos  argentinos  de  tisiologia.   B.  Aires,  v 15.
   No. 1, 1939-
60. Archives  balkaniques de m^decine, chirurgie et leurs
  specialites.  Paris, v.l, No. 1, 1939-
61. Archivos de cirugia experimental.  B. Aires, 1938-
62. Archivos  del  Hospital Pereira Rossell.  Montevideo,
  v.l, 1938- 
[3]
Arch, hyg., S. Paulo


Arch. Inst. Benjamin Baptista, Rio

Arch, internat. brucell., Joyeuse

Arch. ital. med. sper.

Arch. ital. psicol. gen. lavoro


Arch. Kreislaufforsch.

Arch. lat.amer. card., Mex.

Arch. med. ferrocar., Mex.
Arch. med. leg., Lisb.

Arch. Menschenk.

Arch. oft. B. Aires

Arch. Psychol., N. Y.
Arch. russ. anat.

Arch. Soc. estud. clin. Habana

Arch. Virusforsch.

Arh. hem. tehn., Zagreb

Arkh. pat. anat., Moskva

Arq. biol., S. Paulo

Arq. brasil. oft.

Arq. cir. clin. exp., S. Paulo

Arq. Clin, oft., Porto Alegre

Arq. hig., S. Paulo
Arq. Inst, biol., S. Paulo
Arq. Inst. med. leg., Rio
Arq. Inst. Penido Burnier

Arq. obst. gin.

Arq. pat. geral

Arq. rio grand, med.
Arq. saude pub., Belo Horiz.
A. S. T. A. Journal
Atti Congr. internaz. teen. san.

Atti Congr. pediat. ital.

Atti Conv. lombardo aliment, pop.

Atti 1st. venet. sc.

Atti Soc. med. chir. Padova
63.  Archivos de hygiene e  saude publica.   S. Paulo, v.2,
  No. 3-4, 1937-38.
    Continued as Arq. hig.
64.  Archivos do Instituto  Benjamin  Baptista.   Rio  de
  Janeiro, v.l, 1935-
65.  Archives  internationales  des  brucelloses.   Joyeuse,
  v.2, No.  1, 1939-
66.  Archivio italiano di  medicina sperimentale.   Torino,
  v.4, No.  1, 1939-
67.  Archivio italiano di  psicologia generale e del lavoro.
  Torino, v. 16, Nos. 1-2, 1938-
    Continuation of Archivio italiano di psicologia.
68.  Archiv fur Kreislaufforschung; Beihefte zur Zeitschrift
  fur Kreislaufforschung.  Dresden, v.4,  1939-
69.  Archivos latino-americanos de cardiologia y hemato-
  logia.  Mexico, v.9, No.  3, 1939-
70.  Archivos medicos ferrocarrileros.   Mexico, v.l,  1939-
71.  Archivo de medicina legal.  Lisboa, v.1-5, 1922-32.
    Incomplete.
72.  Archiv  fur Menschenkunde; vereinigt  mit Geschlecht
  und Gesellschaft.  Munch., v.l, 1925-26.
73.  Archivos de  oftalmologia de Buenos  Aires.  B. Air.,
  v.14, No. 1, 1939-
74.  Archives of psychology.  New York, No. 224, 1938-
75.  Archives russes d'anatomie, d'histologie et d'embryo-
  logie.  Leningrad, ser. A, v.20, 1939-
76.  Archivos  de la Sociedad de estudios  clinicos  de la
  Habana.   Habana, v.33, No. 1, 1939-
77.  Archiv  fur  die gesamte  Virusforschung.   Wien, v.l,
  H.  1, 1939-
78.  Arhiv  za hemiju i  tehnologiju;  arhiv za  hemi^u  i
  farmaciju.  Zagreb, v.12, No. 4-5, 1938-
79.  Arkhiv  patologicheskoi  anatomii  i   patologicheskoi
  fiziologii.  Moskva, v.5,  1939-
80.  Arquivos de biologia; revista do Laboratorio paulista
  de biologia.   S.  Paulo, v.23, 1939-
81.  Arquivos brasileiros de oftalmologia.   S. Paulo,  v.2,
  1939-
82. Arquivos de cirurgia clinica e experimental.   S.  Paulo,
  v.3, 1939-
83. Arquivos de Clinica  oftalmologica e oto-rhino-laringo-
  logica.   Porto Alegre,  v.5, No. 3, 1938-
84. Arquivos de higiene e saude publica.  S. Paulo, v.4,
  No. 5, 1939-
     Continuation of Arch, hyg.,  S. Paulo.
85. Arquivos do Instituto biologico.   S. Paulo, v. 10, ^SO-
SO. Arquivos do Instituto medico-legal e do cabinete de
  identificacao.  Rio de  Janeiro,  No. 1^5, 1931-32.
     Continued as Arquivos de medicina legal e identificacao.
87. Arquivos do Instituto  Penido Burnier.  Campinas, S.
  Paulo, v.5, 1939-
88. Arquivo  de obstetricia  e ginecologia.   Lisboa,  v.l,
  No. 1, 1933-
89. Arquivos de patologia  geral e de anatomia patologica.
  Coimbra, v.28, 1939-
90. Arquivos rio  grandenses de medicina.  Porto  Alegre,
  v.17, No. 6, 1938-
     Continuation of Archivos rio-grandenses de medicina.
91. Arquivos de saude publica. Belo-Horizonte,  v.l, 1933-
92. A.  S.  T. A. journal;  official organ of the  American
  Surgical  Trade  Association [Rutherford, N.  J.]   v.24,
  No. 5, 1937.
93. Atti del Congresso  internazionale di tecnica sanitaria
  ed igiene urbanistica.  Milano, 2. Congr., 1931-
94. Atti del  Congresso  pediatrico italiano.  Firenze, 14.
   Congr.,  1931.
95. Atti  del  Convegno  lombardo   per  l'alimentazione
  popolare.  Milano, 1. Conv., 1938.
96  Atti; Reale Istituto veneto di scienze, lettere ed arti.
   Venezia, v.97, pt. 2, 1937-38-
97. Atti  della  Sociota  medico-chirurgica  di   Padova  e
  bollettino della  Facolta  di medicina e chirurgia della R.
   University di Padova.   Padova,  v.10,  2. ser.,  No.  4,
   1932- 
[i]
Australas. J. Pharm.

A  V, Phila.

Ber. Internat. Kongr. arztl. Fortbild.


Ber. Internat. Kongr. Sozialversich.


Ber. Internat. Kongr. Unfallmed.


Bibl. ophth., Basel

Biologico, S. Paulo


Biomorphosis, Basel


Biull. eksp. biol. med.



Bol. Acad, argent, cir.


Bol. As. odont. argent.

Bol.  Clin.   As.   Damas  Covadonga,
   Habana

Bol. Col. med. Camagiiey

Bol. Dir. gen. salub., Guatemala

Bol. Dir. serv. saude mil.

Bol. Esc. odont., Lima




Bol. Fac. farm., Tegucigalpa

Bol. hosp., Caracas
Bol. Hosp. oft.,  Mex.

Boll, aviaz.  civ.

Boll. Soc. sc. med. natur. Cagliari


Bol. med., Madr.

Bol. sal. pub., Montev.


Bol. Sanat.  S. Lucas, S. Paulo

Bol. san. Guatemala

Bol. Sindic. med. brasil.

Bol. Soc. chilena obst. gin.

Bol. Soc. cir. Montevideo

Bol. Soc. med. quir. centr., Montev.

Brit. J.  Educ. Psychol.
98. Australasian (The) journal of pharmacy.  Melbourne,
  v.20, No. 5, 1939-
99. A-V (The)  Philadelphia, v.47, 1939-
     Continuation of Starry Cross.
100. Bericht uber  den Internationalen Kongress fur das
   arztliche  Fortbildungswesen.   Jena,  3.  Congr.  (1937)
   1938-
101. Bericht  uber  die  Arbeiten  des  Internationalen
   Kongresses der Sozialversicherungsfachleute.   Dresden,
  2. Congr. (1936)  1938-
102. Bericht  liber  den  Internationalen  Kongress  fur
  Unfallmedizin und  Berufskrankheiten.    Leipzig,  8.
  Congr., v.1-2, 1938.
103. Bibliotheca ophthalmologica.  Basel, Fasc. 28, 1939-
     Supplement of Ophthalmologica.
104. Biologico  (O); orgao de aproximacao dos tecnicos do
  Instituto biologico  de S.  Paulo  com os  criadores  e
  lavradores.   Sao Paulo, v.6, 1940-
105. Bio-morphosis; internationale Zeitschrift  fur  Mor-
  phologie und Biologie  des  Menschen und der hoheren
  Wirbeltiere.   Leipzig, v.l, 1938-
106. Biulleten   eksperimentalnoi  biologii  i   meditsiny
  [Bulletin of experimental biology and medicine]   Mos-
  kva, v.7, 1939-
     Continuation of Bulletin de biologie et de me'decine expenmentale de
      l'URSS.
107. Boletines y trabajos [at head of tp: Academia argen-
  tina de cirugia]   B.  Aires, v.23, No. 29, 1939-
     Continuation of Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires.
108. Boletin de la Asociaci6n   odontol6gica  argentina.
  B. Aires, v.10, 1939-
109. Boletin mensual  de la Clinica; Asociaci6n de Damas
  de la Covadonga, La Habana-Cuba.   La Habana, v.5,
  Nos 1-9, 1938.
110. Boletin del Colegio medico de Camagiiey.  Cama-
  giiey, v.l, No. 405, 1939-
111. Boletin  de la   Direcci6n   general  de  salubridad.
  Guatemala, v.l, Nos 20/25, 1931-
112. Boletim  da Direccao  do servico  de  saude militar.
  Lisboa, No. 4, 1938-
113. Boletin de la Escuela de  odontologia; Facultad  de
  ciencias  medicas; Universidad  Mayor de San Marcos.
  Lima, v.2, No. 1, 1938-
114. Boletim; Collegio brasileiro de cirurgioes.   Rio.
     [See Revista brasileira de cirurgia]
115. Boletin de la Facultad  de  farmacia.  Tegucigalpa,
  Ser.  2, No. 20, 1939-
116. Boletin de los hospitales.  Caracas, No. 1, 1940-
117. Boletin del Hospital oftalmol6gico de Ntra. Sra. de la
  Luz.   Mexico, v.l, No. 1, 1940-
118. Bollettino  dell'aviazione civile e del traffico aereo.
  Roma, v.17,  No.  11-12, 1938-
119. Bollettino  della  Societa fra i  cultori delle scienze
  mediche e naturali in Cagliari.   Cagliari, v.27, 1926.
     Continued as Atti della Societa fra i cultori delle scienze mediche [&c]
120. Boletin de medicina; suplemento quincenal. Madr
  v.4,  1936-
121. Boletin  de   salud   publica.  Montevideo,  v.2-3,
  No.  8, 1933-34.
     Continuation of Boletin del Consejo de salud publica.
122. Boletim do Sanatorio Sao  Lucas.  Sao Paulo, v.l,
  No.  1, 1939-
123. Boletin sanitario de Guatemala.   Guatemala, v.9,
  No. 46, 1938-
124. Boletim  do  Sindicato  medico brasileiro.   Rio  de
  Janeiro, v.7,  No. 76, 1935-
125. Boletin de la Sociedad  chilena  de  obstetricia  y
  gmecologia.   Santiago, v.4, No. 1, 1938-
126. Boletin de la Sociedad de  cirugia de Montevideo.
  Montevideo, v.9, No. 6, 1938-
127. Boletin de la  Sociedad medico-quirurgica del  centro
  de la Republica.   Montevideo, No. 24-25, 1938-
128. British  (The)  journal  of  educational  psychology.
  Birmingham,  v.9, pt 1, 1939- 
[5]
Brit. J. Rheumat.

Bull. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar.


Bull. Am. Psychoanal. Ass.

Bull. Beacon Hill Hosp., Manch.

Bull. Dep. Pub. Charit., N. Y.

Bull. George Washington Univ.
Bull.  Hendry-Connell  Res.  Found.,
  Kingston
Bull. Hist. M.
 Bull. Hosp. Joint Dis., N. Y.

 Bull. Inst. Metchnikoff, Kharkov

 Bull. John Rylands Libr., Manch.

 Bull. John Sealy Hosp., Galvest.


 Bull. Math. Biophys.

 Bull. M. Soc. Cape May Co.

 Bull. Nat. Res. Counc. Philippines



 Bull. Nat. Tuberc. Ass.

 Bull. N. York M. Coll.


 Bull. Quezon Inst., Manila

 Bull. Richmond Acad. M.

 Bull. san. pub., Brux.


 Bull. Serv. hyg., Port au Prince

 Bull. Soc. roumain. endocr.

 Bull. Soc. turque med.

 Bull. Univ. Hosp. Georgia


 Bull. Vermont Bd Health


 Caderno pediat., S. Paulo

 Caduceus, Hong Kong

Calcutta M. Rev.

Canad. J.  Comp. M.

Canad. J.  M.  Techn.

Ceara med.
Centr. ref. med. J., Moskva
129.  British  (The)  journal  of  rheumatism.   Lond.,  v.l,
  No. 3, 1939-
130.  Bulletin of the American Academy of ophthalmology
  and otolaryngology.  Omaha, Nebr., v.6, No.  2, 1937;
  No. 4, 1938.
131.  Bulletin of the American Psychoanalytic Association.
  [v. p.] v.l, 1938-
132.  Bulletin  of the  Beacon Hill Hospital staff.  Man-
  chester, N. H., v.2, No. 2,  1910-
133.  Bulletin (The) of the Department of Public Charities.
  N. York, v.l, No. 1, 1916-
134.  Bulletin [at head of  title]  George Washington (The)
  University; summaries of doctoral theses.  Washington,
  1925-
135.  Bulletin  of the  Hendry-Connell Research  Founda-
  tion.   Kingston, Ont., No. 1, 1936-
136.  Bulletin of the history of  medicine.  Baltimore,  v.7,
  No. 4, 1939-
    Continuation of Bulletin of the Institute of the History of Medicine.
137.  Bulletin of the Hospital for joint diseases.  N. York,
  v.l, No. 1, 1940-
138.  Bulletin de lTnstitut Metchnikoff.  Kharkov, No. 1,
  1936-
139.  Bulletin  of the  John Rylands  library, Manchester.
  Manchester, v.18, 1934-
140.  Bulletin of the John Sealy Hospital and  the School
  of Medicine of  the University of Texas.   Galveston,
  v.l, 1939-
141.  Bulletin (The) of mathematical biophysics.  Chicago,
  v.2, No. 1, 1940-
142.  Bulletin  (The) of the Medical Society  of  Cape May
  County, New Jersey.   Sea Isle City, v.2, No. 1, 1940-
143.  Bulletin  National Research  Council of  the Philip-
  pines. Manila, No. 18, 1938-
    Continuation of Bulletin; National Research Council of the Philippine
      Islands.
144.  Bulletin  of the  National Tuberculosis Association.
  New York, v.5, 1918-
145.  Bulletin  of the  New York Medical College, Flower
  and Fifth  Avenue  Hospitals.  New York,  v.2, No. 1,
  1939-
146.  Bulletin  (The)  of the  Quezon Institute.  Manila,
  v.l, No. 1, 1939-
147.  Bulletin  (The)  of the Richmond Academy  of Medi-
  cine.   Richmond, v.7, No. 4, 1939-
148.  Bulletin de la sante  publique;  Ministere de la sante"
  publique.   Bruxelles, v.3, No. 6, 1938-
    Continuation of Bulletin du Ministere de la sant^ publique.
149.  Bulletin  du Service  d'hygiene  et d'assistance publi-
  que, medical et sanitaire.   Port  au Prince, v.6. 1939-
150.  Bulletins et m^moires de la Societe roumaine d'endo-
  crinologie.   Bucuresti, v.5, 1939-
151.  Bulletins de la Societe Turque de medecine. Istanbul,
  v.4, No. 9, 1938-
152.  Bulletin  of the  University Hospital (affiliated with
  the University of Georgia School of Medicine)   Augusta,
  v.l, No. 1, 1939-
153.  Bulletin  of the Vermont  State Board   of Health.
  Brattleboro, v.2-22, 1901-22.
    Incomplete.
154.  Caderno de pediatria;  periodico bimestral de  pedia-
  tria pratica.  S.  Paulo,  v.4, 1939-
155.  Caduceus (The)  journal  of  the Hong  Kong Uni-
  versity Medical Society.  Hong Kong, v.14, No. 1, 1935.
156.  Calcutta  medical  review.   Calcutta,  v.l,  No.  10,
  1939-
157.  Canadian journal of comparative medicine.  Garden-
  vale, Que., v.3, 1939-
158.  Canadian (The)  journal  of  medical  technology.
  Hamilton, v.l, No. 1, 1938-
159.  Ceard medico.   Ceara, Brasil, v.19, No.  9-12, 1939-
160.  Centralny referativny meditsinsky jurnal  [Central
  medical reference journal]  Moskva, v.20, No. 1, 1937- 
[6]
Cesk. ofth.
t'hir. narz. ruchu

Chromosoma, Berl.

Chron. Health Org. League of Nat.

Ciba Symposia
Ciencia, Mex.

Cimes, B. Air.

Clin. & ter., S. Paulo
Collect.  Papers  Graham Res.  Dep.
  Univ. London

Collect. Papers Gyn. Dep. Johns Hop-
  kins Hosp.

Collect. Papers Hotel Dieu, N. Orleans

Collect. Papers  John B. Pierce Lab.
  Hyg.
College J., Kansas City

Colombia med.
Concours  med.
Confinia neur., Basel

Congr. espafi. internac. tuberc.

Connecticut M. J.
Contr. Am.  Anthrop.  (Carnegie  Inst.)
  Wash.
C. rend. Acad, polon. sc.
C. rend. Conf. internat. path, geogr.

C. rend. Congr. fr. med.

C. rend. Congr. internat. lymphat.

C. rend. Congr. internat. path. comp.

C. rend. Congr. internat. pharm.

C. rend. Congr. internat. rhumat.

Cron. med., Valencia

Current Sc, Bangalore
Dermatologica, Basel

Deut. Apoth. Ztg
Deut. zahnarztl. Wschr.

Deut. Zschr. Verdauungskr.
Dioscorides, Brux.
Dis. Congr. argent, obst.
Discuss. Congr. derm. syph. fr.


Discuss. Congr. pediat. langue fr.
Praha, v.3, 1937-
  ortopedja   polska.
und  Chromo-
 161.  Ceskoslovenskd ofthalmologie.
 162.  Chirurgja  narzad6w  ruchu
   Warszawa, v.7,  1934-
 163.  Chromosoma; Zeitschrift fur Zellkern-
   somenforschung.  Berlin, v.l, 1939-
 164.  Chronicle of  the Health Organization of the League
   of Nations.  Geneve, v.l,  No.  1, 1939-
 165.  Ciba symposia.   Summit, N. J., v.l, No. 1, 1939-
 166.  Ciencia; revista hispano-americana de ciencias puras
   y aplicadas.   Mexico, v.l, No. 1, 1940-
 167.  Cimes; revista del Circulo medico del sud.  B.  Aires,
   v.5, No. 49, lOSS-
 ^S.  Clinica e terapeutica.   S. Paulo, v.2, 1939-
 169.  Collected  papers of the Graham Research Depart-
   ment of the University College Hospital Medical School
   of the University of London.  London, v.12, 193g-
 170.  Collected  papers by members  of the gynecological
   department of  the Johns  Hopkins Hospital   [v.  p.]
   v.A, 1939-
 171.  Collected  papers of Hotel Dieu staff.   N. Orleans,
   La., 1934.
 172.  Collected papers of the John  B. Pierce Laboratory of
   Hygiene.   N. Haven, Conn., v.l, 1934-3g.
 173. College  (The)  journal.   Kansas City,   Mo.,   v.22,
   No. 1, 1938-
 174. Colombia medica.  Bogota, v.l, No. 1, 1939-
 175. Concours (Le) medical.   Paris,  v.62, No. 1, 1940-
 176. Confinia  neurologica;   borderland   of   neurology.
   Basel, v.l, fasc.  6, 1938-
 177. Congreso  espafiol internacional  de  la  tuberculosis.
   Barcelona, 1.-2. Congr. (1910-12) 1912-1913/14.
 178. Connecticut (The) State medical journal. Hartford,
   v.4, 1940-
    Continuation of J. Connecticut M. Soc.
 179. Contributions to American anthropology  and history.
   Washington, v.5, Nos 24-29, 1939-
 180. Comptes rendus mensuels [at head of title Academie
   polonaise des sciences et lettres] des seances de la  classe
   de medecine; Comptes rendus mensuels des seances de la
   classe  des sciences math^matiques et naturelles.    Kra-
   k6w, No. 7, 1938-
 181. Comptes rendus de la  Conference internationale
   de  pathologie  geographique.  2. Conf.,  1934-
 182. Compte rendu; Congres francais de medecine.  Par.,
   6. Congr., 1902-
 183. Comptes rendus et communications; Congres  inter-
   national du lymphatisme.  Paris,  1. Congr., 1934-
 184. Comptes rendus; Congres international de pathologie
   comparee.  Athenes, v.2, 1936-
 185. Compte rendu; Congres international de  pharmacie.
   Bruxelles, 8. Congr., 1898.
 186. Comptes rendus du Congres international du rhuma-
   tisme.   3. Congr., 1932-
 187. Cr6nica medica, Valencia, v.1-27, 1877-1915; v 40.
   No. 830, 1936-
 188. Current science.   Bangalore,  v.8, 1939-
 189. Dermatologica.  Basel, v.79,  No. 1, 1939-
    Continuation of Dermatologische Zeitschrift.
 190. Deutsche Apotheker-Zeitung.   Berlin, v.54, 1939-
 191. Deutsche  zahnarztliche  Wochenschrift.   Miinchen,
   v.43, No. 1, 1940-
 192. Deutsche  Zeitschrift fur  Verdauungs-   und   Stoff-
   wechselkrankheiten, einschliesslich Theorie  und  Praxis
   der Krankenernahrung.  Leipzig, v.l, 1938-
 193. Dioscorides.  Bruxelles, v.2,  No. 1, 1939-
 194. Disertaciones, conferencias, contribuciones; Congreso
   argentino   de  obstetricia  y ginecologia.   B.   Aires,
  3. Congr., v.2  [1939]
 195. Discussions et communications diverses;  Congres des
   dermatologistes  et  syphiligraphes  de langue franeaise.
  Pans, 4. Congr.  [1930]
196. [Discussions des rapports et communications, Congres
  des pediatres de langue franeaise] Association  frangaisc
  de pgdiatrie.   Paris, 9.  Congr., 1936.
197. Duodecim.
    Continued in Nordisk medicin. 
[7]
Educ. phys., Rio

Eesti statist, kuukiri

Erg. Vitam. Hormonforsch.

Ernahrung


Fachbl. sudet. Tierarzte
Farmatsia, Moskva
Farm, brasil.

Farm. J., Kiev
Farm. & toks., Moskva

Feldsher,  Moskva
Field Artil. J., Wash.
Fizioterapia, Moskva
Fortsch. Erbpath.

Frankfurt. Konf. med. naturwiss. Zu-
  sammenarb.
Fundam. radiol., Berl.

Gac. peru. cir. med.

Gastroenterologia, Basel

Geburtsh. & Frauenh.

Gesundheitsdienst

Gig. san., Moskva

Gior. venet. sc.  med.
Gradwohl Lab. Digest

Guatemala med.
Health Bull., Phila.

Hora med., Rio
Hospital, Rio


Hosp. Topics



Ilium. Engin., Bait.,
Ilust. med., Rio
Impr. med., Rio
Indep. med., Montreal
Ind. J. Pediat.

Ind. J. Vener. Dis.

Ind. Vet. J.

Inform, argent.
198.  Educacao phvsica; revista de esportes e saude.  Rio
  de Janeiro, No. 19, 1938-
199.  Eesti  statistika kuukiri; recueil mensuel du Bureau
  Central de statistique de l'Estonie.  Tallinn, 1926-
200.  Ergebnisse  der  Vitamin-  und  Hormonforschung.
  Leipzig, v.2, 1939-
201.  Ernahrung (Die)  Zeitschrift fur das gesamte Ernah-
  rungswesen in  Forschung, Lehre und  Praxis.  Leipzig,
  v.l, H. 1, 1936; H. 7, 1939-
202.  Fachblatt der sudetendeutschen Tierarzte; Organ der
  sudetendeutschen  Tierarzte.   Prag,  v. 18,  H.  11-12,
  1938-
    Formerly Prager tierarztliches Archiv.
203.  Farmatsia [Pharmacy]  Moskva,  No. 1. 1939-
204.  Farmaceutico  (O) brasileiro.  Rio  de Janeiro, v.ll,
  No. 41, 1936-
205.  Farmatsevtichnii jurnal.  Kiev, No.  1, 1939-
206.  Farmakologija  i  toksikologija   [Pharmacology and
  toxicology]   Moskva, No. 1, 1939-
207.  Feldsher [Hospital assistant]  Moskva, No. 1,  1938-
208.  Field   (The)  artillery  journal.   Washington,  v.14,
  1924-
209.  Finska lakaresallskapets handlingar.
    Continued in Nordisk medicin.
210.  Fizioterapia, Moskva,  No. 1, 1939-
211.  Fortschritte der  Erbpathologie,  Rassenhygiene und
  ihrer Grenzgebiete.  Leipzig, v.2, H. 1, 1938-
212.  Frankfurter Konferenz fur  medizinisch-naturwissen-
  schaftliche Zusammenarbeit.   Dresden, 1.  Conf.,  1936-
213.  Fundamenta radiologica.  Berlin, v.4, H. 1/2,  1939-
     Continuation of Radiologica.  Berl.
214.  Gaceta peruana  de  cirugia  y medicina.  Lima, v.l,
  1938-
215.  Gastroenterologia.   Basel, v.64,  Fasc. 1, 1939-
     Continuation of Archiv fur Verdauungskrankheiten.
216.  Geburtshilfe und  Frauenheilkunde.   Leipzig, v.l,
  H. 1, 1939-
217. Gesundheitsdienst;  Vierteljahresschrift  fur Gesund-
  heitsforderung.   Berlin, 1940-
218. Gigiena i sanitaria [Hygiene  and sanitary service]
  Moskva, No. 1, 1939-
219. Giornale  veneto  di scienze mediche; giornale medico
  dell'Ospedale civile di Venezia.   Venezia,  v.13, No.  1,
  1939-
220. Gradwohl (The) Laboratory  digest.  S. Louis,  v.l,
  No. 8, 1938-
221. Guatemala medica.   Guatemala, v.4, No. 1, 1939-
222. Health bulletin of the Department of Public Health
  of the city of Philadelphia.  Phila., 1940-
223. Hora medica; 6rgao oficial da organizagao medica de
  radio-difusao e intercambio cientifico.  Rio de Janeiro,
  v.l, Nos 1-3, 1939-
224. O Hospital.  Rio de Janeiro, v.15, No. 1, 1939-
225. Hospitalstidende.
     Continued in Nordisk medicin.
226. Hospital  topics  and  buyer;  the  friendly hospital
  journal.  Chicago, 111., v.15, No.  4, 1937-
227. Hygiea.
     Continued in Nordisk medicin.
228. Illuminating engineering; including  Transactions  of
  the  Illuminating Engineering Society.  Baltimore, v.35,
  No. 1, 1940-
     Continuation of the Transactions ...
229. Ilustragao medica.   Rio de Janeiro, v.5, No. 45, 1939-
230. Imprensa medica.   Rio, v.15, 1939-
231. Independance  mSdicale.  Montreal,  v.1-7,  1920-27.
232. Indian journal of pediatrics.   Bombay, v.6, No. 21,
  1939-
233. Indian journal of  venereal diseases.   Bombay, v.5,
  No. 1, 1939-
234. Indian  (The)  veterinary  journal.   Madras, v.16,
   1940-
235. Informaciones argentinas.  B. Aires,  No.  1, 1938- 
[8]
Inform. Inst. teen, salub. rural. Habana
Inform. Serv. teen, salub. Cuba

Internat. M. Blue Book

Internat. med. W. Schweiz

Internat. Rev. M. & S., Lond.

                       Kolon.
Jaarversl.   Vereen.
  Amsterdam
Jahrb. Preuss. Akad. Wiss

J. Am. Mil. Hist. Found.
J. Am. Mil. Inst.
Inst.
 Jap. J. Vet. Sc.


 J. Crim. Psychopath.

 J. Endocr., Oxf.

 Jewish Deaf, N. Y.


 J. Except. Child.

 J. Genet. Psychol.



 J. Internat. Coll. Surgeons


 J. Microb., Kiev
 J. N. Orleans M. Dent. Pharm. Ass.

 J. Org. Chem.

 J. Osteopathy

 J. pediat., Rio

 J. Philippine M. Ass.


 J. School Health

 J. sc. med. Lille

 J. Social Psychol.

 J. ushn. nosov. gorlov. bolez.


 Kleine Mitt. Verein. Wasserversorg.


 Kongrber. Internat. Kongr. Lichtforsch.

 Konst. & Klinik


Kumamoto M. J.

Labor, clin., Rio
Lahey Clin. Bull.
 236.  Informes  [at  head  of  title:  Republica  de  Cuba;
   Consejo corporativo de educaci6n, sanidad y beneficencia;
   Instituto  tecnico  de  salubridad  y beneficencia]  La
   Habana, v.2, No. 1, 1939-
 237.  Informes; Servicio tecnico de salubridad; Republica de
   Cuba.   Habana, v.l,  1938-
 238.  International medical blue book.  New  York, v.5,
   1935-
 239.  Internationale medizinische Woche in  der  Schweiz.
   Basel, 3. Congr. (1937)  1938.'
 240.  International  review  of  medicine  and  surgery.
   London, v.l, No. 3, 1939-
 241.  [Jaarverslag]   Koninklijke   Vereeniging  Koloniaal
   Instituut.   Amsterdam, v.13, 1923; v.20-21, 1930-31.
 242.  Jahrbuch  der  Preussischen  Akademie  der  Wissen-
   schaften.  Berlin (193g) 1940-
 243.  Journal  (The)  of  the American  Military  History
   Foundation.  Washington,  D. C, v. 1-2, 1937-38.
     Continued as J. Am. Mil. Inst.
 244.  Journal  (The) of the American  Military Institute.
   Washington, D. C, v.3, 1939-
     Continuation of J. Am. Mil. Hist. Found.
 245.  Japanese  (The)  journal of veterinary science; official
   organ of the Japanese  Society of  Veterinary  Science.
   Tokyo, v.l, No. 1, 1939-
 246.  Journal of criminal psychopathology.   Woodbourne,
   N. Y., v.l, 193g-
 247.  Journal (The) of endocrinology.  Oxford, v.l, No. 1,
   ig30—
 248.  Jewish (The)  deaf.   New York, Feb.-March,  Oct.,
   Dec,  1920;  Jan.-July,  Oct.,  1021; Apr., 1922;  Oct.,
   Dec, 1923; Feb., 1924.
 24g.  Journal of exceptional children.  Lansing. Mich., v.5,
   No. 1, ig38-
 250.  Journal of genetic psychology;  child behavior, differ-
   ential and genetic psychology [at head of title:  Peda-
   gogical (The) seminary]  Worcester, v.35, 1028-
     Continuation of Pedagogical (The) seminary.
 251.  Journal (The)  of the International College  of Sur-
   geons.  Chicago, v.2, Nos 1-2, ig39-
     Continuation of Transactions of the International College of Surgeons.
 252.  Journal of microbiology.   Kiev, v.6, Nos 1-2,  1939-
 253.  Journal (The) of New Orleans Medical, Dental and
   Pharmaceutical Association.  N.  Orleans, 1938-
 254. Journal (The) of organic chemistry.  Baltimore, v.3,
   No. 1, 1938-
 255. Journal (The)  of osteopathy.  N. Y., v.66, No. 2,
   1939-
 256. Jornal de pediatria;  clinica,  patologia e  hygiene
   infantil.   Rio de Janeiro, v.6, 1939-
 257. Journal (The) of the Philippine Medical Association.
   Manila, v.20, No. 1, 1940-
    Continuation of the J. Philippine Islands M. Ass.
 258.  Journal  (The)  of school health;  American School
   Health Association.  Buffalo, N. Y., v.9, No. 1,  1939-
 259. Journal des sciences medicales  de Lille.   Lille,  v.58,
   No. 1, 1940-
 260. Journal (The) of social psychology, political, racial,
   and differential psychology.  Worcester, v.l, 1930-
 261. Jurnal ushnykh,  nosovykh i  gorlovykh   boleznei
   [Journal (The) of otology,  rhinology and laryngology]
   Kiev, v.16, 1939-
 262. Kleine Mitteilungen  fiir die Mitglieder des  Vereins
   fiir Wasserversorgung und Abwasserbeseitigung.  Berlin,
   v.l, 1925-
 263. Kongressbericht; Internationaler  Kongress fiir Licht-
   forschung.   Wiesbaden,  3. Congr., 1936-
 264. Konstitution und  Klinik;  Zeitschrift  fur   Gesund-
   heitsforschung und Konstitutionsmedizin.  Leipzig, v.l,
   No. 1, 1938-
265. Kumamoto  (The)  medical  journal.    Kumamoto,
   Japan, v.l, No. 1, 1938-
266. Laboratorio clinico.  Rio de Janeiro, v. 19, 1939-
267. Lahey (The) Clinic  bulletin.  Boston, v.l, 1938- 
[9]
Languedoc med.
Libro de actas Congr. nac. otorinolar.,
  Madr.
Libr. Q.
Little J. Pediat.

Magy. urol.
Med. cir. pharm., Rio

Med. Clarion, Manila
Med. d. hoy, Habana
Med. J., Lond., Can.
Med. J. Tufts Coll. School M.

Med. prakt., Poznan
Med. sper., Tor.

Mem. Congr. med. centroamer.

Mem. Congr. med. nac. mex.

Mem. Congr. med. peninsular

Mem. Inst. biol. Ezequiel  Dias, Belo
  Horiz.
Mem. med. contemp., Venez.

Mem. Reun. Soc. oft. mex.

Ment. Health, Lond.
Ment. Hyg. Rev., Indianap.

Microentomology
Minerva (Riv.)

Mississippi Doctor
Mitt. Kriminalb. Ges.

Monaco mediter. med.

Monterrey med.

Month. Bull. Indiana Bd Health
Narc. Rev., Chic.
Nat. Bull. Am. Soc. Cancer
Nat. Elem. Principal


Neues Volk

Neurobiologia, Recife
New  Rochelle Hosp. M. Staff Bull.
  N. Y.
News Serv. Bull., Wash.

Nicollet Clin.  Bull.

Nord. med.
North Carolina M. J.

Nova Scotia M. Bull.
268. Languedoc medical; revue mensuelle de  medicine, de
  chirurgie, d'hygiene sociale et d'int6rets professionnels.
  Montpellier, v.31, No. 1,  1939-
     Formerly Languedoc (Le) m^dico-chirurgical.
269. Libro de actas Congreso nacional de oto-rino-laringo-
  logia.   Madrid, 4. Congr., 1912.
270. Library (The) quarterly.  Chicago, v.l,  1931-
271. Little  (The)  journal   for  pediatrists.   Cleveland,
  Ohio, v.l, Nos 1-12, 1933.
272. Magyar  urologia.   Budapest, v.l, 1938-
273. Medicina, cirurgia, pharmacia; revista mensal.   Rio
  de Janeiro, No. 34, 1939-
274. Medical  (The)  clarion.  Manila, v.5, 193g-
275. Medicina de hoy.  La Habana, v.4, No.  1, 1939-
276. Medical journal.  London, Can., v.9, No. 2,  1939-
277. [Medical journal] Tufts College School  of Medicine.
  Boston, v.4, No.  1, 1937-
278. Medycyna praktyczna. Poznan, v. 12, No. 23, 1938-
279. Medicina sperimentale; archivio italiano.   Torino,
  v.6,  1940-
280. Memorias  del Congreso  medico  centroamericano.
  San  Jose, Costa Rica, 2. Congr. (1934)  1935.
281. Memoria  general  del  Congreso  medico   nacional
  mexicano.   Mexico, 4.  Congr., 1910.
282. Memorias  Congreso medico peninsular.  Merida,  1.
  Congr.  (1933)  1934.
283. Memorias do Instituto biologico Ezequiel Dias.  Belo
  Horizonte, v.l, 1937-
284. Memoriale della medicina contemporanea.   Venezia,
  v.16, 1846; v.18, 1847.
285. Memorias de la Reunion  anual de Sociedad  oftalmo-
  16gica mexicana.   Mexico. 4. Congr., 1910.
286. Mental health.  London, v.l, No. 1, 1940-
287. Mental  (The)  hygiene review.   Indianapolis,  v.l,
  No.  1, 1940-
288. Microentomology.  Stanford Univ., v.4,  No.  1, 1939-
289. Minerva; rivista  delle  riviste quindicinale.  Torino,
  v.50, 1940-
290. Mississippi  (The) doctor.   Booneville, v.16, 1938-39-
291. Mitteilungen der Kriminalbiologischen  Gesellschaft.
  Lpz., v.5, 1937-
292. Monaco-mediterran6e   medical.   Monte-Carlo,  v.7,
  1940-
293. Monterrey medico; revista medica mensual.   Monter-
  rey,  No. 42,  1939-
294. Monthly  bulletin  of  the Indiana  State Board  of
  Health.   Indianapolis,  v.41,  1938-
     Continuation of Monthly bulletin; Indiana Division of Public Health.
295. Narcotic (The) review.  Chicago, v.4, No. 2, 1939-
296. National  bulletin  of the American  Society  for the
  Control of Cancer. New  York, N. Y., v.21, 1939-
     Continuation of Bulletin of the American Society for the Control o£
      Cancer.
297. National (The) Elementary Principal; bulletin of the
  Department of Elementary  School Principals.  Wash-
  ington,  Yearb. (15) v.15,  1936.
298. Neues Volk.  Lpz.,  Heft  5, 1939.
     Beilage zur Deutschen Apotheker-Zeitung.
299. Neurobiologia.  Recife, v.l, No. 1, 1938-
300. New  Rochelle  Hospital medical  staff bulletin.  N.
  York, v.l, 1938-
301. News  service  bulletin;   Carnegie  Institution  of
  Washington.   Washington, v.2, Nos 1/36,  1930/32-
302. Nicollet  Clinic bulletin.   Minneapolis, Minn., v.l,
  No.  1, 1940-
303. Nordisk   medicin  [Nordic  medicine]  Helsingfors,
  v.l,  1939-
     Continuation of Duodecim;  Finska  lakaresallskapets handlingar;
      Hospitalstidende; Hygiea;  Norsk magasin  for tegevidenskapen;
      Svenska lakaresallskapets forhandlingar.
304. Norsk magasin for laegevidenskapen.
     Continued in Nordisk medicin.
305. North Carolina  (The) medical journal.   Winston-
  Salem, v.l,  1940-
306. Nova Scotia (The)  medical bulletin.  Halifax, v. 19,
  No.  1, 1940- 
101]
Nowotwory

N. York M.  Week.

Obshchest. pitanie

Occup. & Health, Geneve
Occupations

Off. internat. docum. med. mil.

Off.  Rep. Internat. Congr.  Mil. M.
  Pharm.

Ofits. sbornik, Moskva
Ophthalmologica, Basel

Orvostud. kozl.

Papers Conf. Child. Democr., Wash.

Papers Health Work. Conf. Tennessee


Pedag. Semin., Worcester
Pedjat. polska
Phi Delta Epsilon News
 Policlin. inf., Tor.

 Probl. endokr., Moskva

 Proc. Am. Ass. Ment. Defic.


 Proc. Am. Ass. Study Feebleminded


 Proc.   Annual  Sympos.  Northwest.
   Univ. M. School Dep. Indust. M.

 Proc. Conf. Better Care for Mothers

 Proc. Conf. Rural M.

 Proc. Congr.  Panpacific Surg. Ass.

 Proc.   Internat.   Congr.   Mil.   M.
   Pharm.


 Proc. Internat. Physiol. Congr.

 Proc. Postgrad. Course Ophth. George
   Washington Univ.

 Proc. Univ. Otago M. School


 Protect, pop. civ., Par.


 Provence med.
 Przegl.  sport, lek., Warsz.

 Przegl.  wet., Lwow

Przem.  chem., Warsz.
 307. Nowotwory;  biuletyn polskiego komitetu do  zwal-
   czania raka.  Warszawa, v.7, No.  3/4, 1932-
 308. New York (The) medical weekly.  N. York,  v. 19,
   1940-
 309. Obshchestvennoe pitanie [Feeding  of the population]
   Moskva, No. 1,  193g-
 310. Occupation and Health; supplement.  Geneve,  1038.
 311. Occupations;   the  vocational  guidance  magazine.
   N. Y., v.17, No. 4,  1939-
 312. Office international de documentation de m^decine
   militaire.   Li6ge, 6. Sess., 1936.
 313. Official reports of the 10. International Congress of
   military  medicine  and pharmacy.   Washington, 10.
   Congr., 1939.
 314. Ofitsialny sbornik.   Moskva,  No. 5, 1939-
 315. Ophthalmologica.  Basel, v.96,  No. 2, 1938-
     Continuation of Zeitschrift fiir Augenheilkunde.
 316. Orvostudomdnyi kozlem^nyek.   Budapest, v.l, No.
   1, 1940-
 317. [Papers  and  discussions at the  initial session]  Con-
   ference on Children in a Democracy. Washington, 1939-
 318. Papers  presented at the Regional  Health Workers
   Conference of the  Tennessee  Department  of  Public
   Health  [n. p.] 2. meet., 1931.
 319.  Pedagogical (The) seminary; an international record
   of educational   literature,  institutions and  progress.
   Worcester,  v. 1-34, 18gi-1927.
     Continued as Journal of genetic psychology.
 320.  Pedjatrja polska.  Warszawa, v.16, No. 1/3,  1936-
 321. Phi  Delta  Epsilon news.  Menasha, Wise, v.25-26,
   1934-35.
     Incomplete.
 322. Policlinico  infantile;  rivista  mensile di  medicina e
   chirurgia dei bambini.  Torino, v.7, No. 1, 1939-
 323. Problemy endokrinologii [Problemes d'endocrinologie]
   Moskva, v.4,  No. 1, 1939-
 324. Proceedings of the  American  Association on mental
   deficiency   [v. p.] 57. meet., 1933-
     Formerly Proc. Am. Ass. Study Feebleminded.
 325. Proceedings of  the  American  Association for  the
   study of the feebleminded  [v. p.] 42.-43. meet., 1918-
   iy.
 326. Proceedings of the annual symposium of the North-
   western University Medical School;  Department  of
   industrial medicine.  Chicago, 3.  meet., 1939.
 327. Proceedings of Conference on better care for mothers
   and babies.   Washington, 1938-
 328. [Proceedings of the Conference] Rural medicine  held
   at Cooperstown,  N. Y.   Baltimore  (1938) [1939]
 329. Proceedings of the  Congress  of  the  Pan-Pacific
   Surgical Association.   Honolulu,  T.  H., 3. Congr , 193g
 330. Proceedings of the  10.  International  Congress  of
   military medicine and pharmacy.   Wash.,  10. Congr.,

     Bound with Official reports of the 10. International Congress.
 331. Proceedings   of  the  International  Physiological
   Congress.   Moskva, 15. Congr. (1935) 1938-
 332. Proceedings of the post-graduate course  in ophthal-
   mology of the George Washington University school of
   medicine.  Washington, v.3, 1939-
 333. Proceedings of  the  University   of  Otago Medical
   School.   Dunedin, N. Z., No. 7, 1930-
     Incomplete.
334. Protection  (La) de la population civile en temps de
   guerre.   Paris, v.l, No. 1, 1938-
     Since 1939 published in Luxembourg.
335. Provence medicale.   Marseille, v. 10, 1940-
33(5- Przegli|d  sportowo lekarski.   Warszawa,  v.l,  No. 1,

337. Przegl^d   weterynaryjny;  miesi^cznik   poswiecony
qoou om weJerynaryjnym.  Lw6w, v.54, No.  1, 1939-
  u  /rzemysl chemiczny; organ Chemicznego  instytutu
   badawczego  i  Polskiego   towarzystwa  chemicznego
   I Chemical industry; organ  of the  Chemical Research
    «« *?Te and the Polish Chemical Society]   Warszawa,
  v.23, No. 1,  1939- 
[11]
Psychiatry, Bait.

Psychoanal. Q.
Psychometrika,  Chic.
P. verb. Congr. derm. syph. fr.


Quarterly, S. Paul



Q. Bull. Northwest. Univ. M. School

Q. J. R. Meteor. Soc, Lond.

Q. nutriz., Bologna

Radianska med.

Radiol, clin., Basel

Radiologica, Berl.


Rapp. Com. internat. et. mater, san.,
   Geneve
Rapp. Congr. derm. syph. fr.

Rapp. Congr. fr. med.

Rapp. Congr. internat. hyg. mediter.


Rapp. Congr. internat. med. pharm. mil.


Rapp. Congr. pediat. langue fr.

Rass. med. indust.


Rass. san. A. O. I., Addis Abeba

Relat. Congr. argent, cir.


Relat. Congr. argent, obst.


Rep. Biochem.  Res. Found. Franklin
  Inst.
Rep. Conf. Veterans Admin. Physicians



Rep. Dir.  M. Serv., Hong Kong

Repert. med., Par.

Rep. Inst. Sc. Labour, Kurasiki

Rep. Internat. Ophth. Congr.

Rep. Manchur. Plague Prev. Serv.


Resenha clin.  cient., S. Paulo

Resenha med., Rio
Rev. arch. ital. biol.

Rev. argent, card.
339. Psychiatry, journal of the biology and the pathology
  of interpersonal relations.  Bait., v.l, 1938-
340. Psychoanalytic quarterly.  Albany, v.7, No. 2,  1938-
341. Psychometrika;  a journal  devoted to  the  develop-
  ment of psychology as a quantitative rational science.
  Chicago, v.4, No. 1, 1939-
342. Proces-verbaux;  Congres  des   dermatologistes  et
  syphiligraphes  de langue  frangaise.   Paris, 2. Congr.
  (1923) [1925]
343. Quarterly;  representing the  Minnesota educational,
  philanthropic, correctional  and penal institutions.  S.
  Paul, v.32-34, 1933-35.
     Incomplete.
344. Quarterly bulletin  of the  Northwestern  University
  Medical School.  Chicago, v.14, No. 1, 1940-
345. Quarterly  journal   of  the  Royal  Meteorological
  Society.  London, v.65, No. 280, 1939-
346. Quaderni  della  nutrizione.  Bologna,  v.5, No.  2,
  1938-
347. Radianska meditsina [General medicine]  Kiev, v.l,
  1939-
348. Radiologia clinica.  Basel, v.8, No. 1, 1939-
     Continuation of Radiologische Rundschau.
349. Radiologica;  Internationale  Zeitschrift fiir Photo-
  biologie und  Biophysik,  Strahlenmedizin und Photo-
  chemie.  Berlin, v.3, H. 1-2, 1938-
350. [Rapports] Commission internationale d'etudes du
  materiel sanitaire.   Geneve, 1939-
351. Rapports;  Congres  des dermatologistes  et syphili-
  graphes de langue frangaise.  Paris, 3. Congr., 1926-
352. Rapports;  Congres frangais de m6decine.    Par.,
  2. Congr. (1895) 1896-
353. [Rapports et comptes rendus Congres international]
  d'hygiene  m6diterraneenne.  Paris,  1.  Congr.  (1932)
  v.l, 1933-
354. [Discussion des rapports et communications] Congres
  international  de m6decine et  de  pharmacie  militaires
  [v. p.] 5. Congr., 1929-
355. [Rapports] Congres des  pSdiatres de langue frangaise.
  Bordeaux, 9. Congr., 1936.
356. Rassegna di medicina  industriale.   Torino,   v. 10,
  No. 1,  1939-
     Continuation of Rassegna di medicina applicata al lavoro industriale
357. Rassegna sanitaria dell' A. O. I.  Addis Abeba, v.l,
  1939-
358. [Relatos  oficiales,  contribuciones   y  discusiones]
  Congreso argentino de cirugia.  B.  Aires,  9. Congr.,
  1937.
359. [Relatos,  contribuciones  y  discusiones]  Congreso
  argentino de obstetricia y ginecologia.   Buenos  Aires,
  3. Congr. (1937) v.1-2, ig38.
360. Reports of the Biochemical  Research Foundation of
  the Franklin Institute.  Phila., v.5, 1938/39-
361. Report of round table conference, Veterans' Admin-
  istration Physicians; held in connection with the annual
  meeting of the National  Tuberculosis Association in
  Los Angeles.  Washington, June 16-21, 1938.
362. Report of the  Director of Medical Services.  Hong
  Kong, 1938-
363. Repertoire   (Le)  medical  pratique.   Paris,   v.15,
  193g-
364. Reports  of  the  Institute  for  Science  of Labour.
  Kurasiki, Japan, No. 11-14, ig32-33.
365. Report of the International Ophthalmological Con-
  gress   [v. p.] 12. Congr., v.4,  ig22-
366. Reports   of  the  Manchurian  plague  prevention
  service.  Tientsin, v.7, 1929/30.
     Continuation of Rep. North Manchur. Plague Prev. Serv.
367. Resenha  clinico-cientifica;   periodico   mensal  de
  doutrina e pratica medica.  Sao Paulo, v.9,  1940-
368. Resenha medica.  Rio de Janeiro, v.6, 1939-
369. Revue des archives italiennes de biologie.  Pisa, v.l,
  fasc. 2, 1938-
370. Revista argentina de cardiologfa; 6rgano  oficial de la
  Sociedad argentina de cardiologfa.   B. Aires, v.5,  No. 1,
  1938- 
[12]
 Rev. argent, neur. psiquiat., Rosario

 Rev. argent, urol.

 Rev. Arq. mun., S. Paulo
 Rev. Ass. paul. homeop.,

 Rev. brasil. cir.

 Rev. brasil. lepr.
 Rev. brasil. otorinolar.

 Rev. Centro estud. Fac. cienc.  med.,
   Rosario

 Rev. chilena pediat.

 Rev. cir. S. Paulo

 Rev. Clin. Luis Razetti, Caracas

 Rev. clin. S. Paulo
 Rev. Col. abogados, Caracas

 Rev. Col. medicos, B. Air.
 Rev. combate  lepra, Rio

 Rev. espan. med. cir.  guerra

 Rev. Fac. agron. vet.,  B. Air.

 Rev. Fac. cienc.  quim. (La Plata)


 Rev. Fac. med.,  Bogota

 Rev. flora med.,  Rio

 Rev. gastroenter. S. Paulo

 Rev. homeop.,  Mex.
 Rev. Inst, salub. enferm. trop., Mex.

 Rev. med., B.  Air.

 Rev. med. cir., Barranquilla

 Rev. med. mil., Mex.
 Rev. med. Pernambuco

 Rev. med. quir. pat. fem., B. Air.

 Rev. med. trop. parasit., Habana


 Rev. mex. psiquiat.

 Rev. mil. Peru
 Rev. Mus. paul.,  S. Paulo
 Rev. neur. psychiat. S. Paulo

 Rev. odont., B. Air.


 Rev. ortop. traumat., B. Air.

 Rev. palud., Par.

Rev. path, comp., Par.

Rev. psiquiat. Uruguay

Rev. rhumat., Par.
Rev. san., Caracas
 371. Revista  argentina  de  neurologia  y  psiquiatria.
   Rosario, v.4, No. 1, 193g-
 372. Revista argentina de  urologia; 6rgano oficial de  la
   Sociedad de urologfa.  B. Aires, v.8, 1939-
 373. Revista do Arquivo municipal.  S. Paulo, v.51, 1938-
 374. Revista  da  Associagao  paulista  de homeopathia.
   S. Paulo, v.2, 193g-
 375. Revista brasileira de  cirurgia.  Rio de Janeiro,  v.8,
   No.  1, ig3g-
 376. Revista brasileira de leprologia.  S. Paulo, v.7, ig3g-
 377. Revista brasileira de oto-rino-laringologia.  S. Paulo,
   v.7,  No. 1, 1939-
 378. Revista del Centro de estudiantes de la Facultad de
   ciencias  medicas, farmacia y ramos  menores.  Rosario,
   v.18, 1938-
 379. Revista chilena de pediatrfa.  Santiago, v.10, No.  1,
   1939-
 380. Revista de cirurgia de Sao  Paulo.  S.  Paulo,  v.5,
   1940-
 381. Revista de la Clinica Luis Razetti.  Caracas,  v.l,
   No.  1, 1038-
 382. Revista clinica de Sao Paulo.  S. Paulo, v.7, ig40-
 383. Revista del Colegio de abogados del distrito  federal.
   Caracas, v.4, 1940-
 384. Revista del Colegio de medicos.  B. Aires, v.7, 1938-
 385. Revista de combate a lepra.   Rio  de Janeiro, v.3,
   No. 1, 1938-
 386. Revista espafiola de medicina  y  cirugfa de  guerra.
   Valladolid, v.2, 1939-
 387. Revista de la Facultad de  agronomfa y veterinaria.
   B. Aires, v.5, 1925-
 388. Revista de la Facultad de ciencias qufmicas (qufmica
   y farmacia); Universidad  de La Plata.   B. Aires, v.14,
   1939-
 38g. Revista  de la Facultad  de medicina:  Universidad
   nacional.  Bogota, v.7, 1939-
 390. Revista  da flora medicinal.   Rio  de Janeiro,  v 5.
   No. 1, 1938-
 391. Revista  de gastro-enterologia  de  Sao  Paulo.   S.
   Paulo, v.2, No. 1, ig39-
 3g2. Revista homeop&tica.   Mexico, v.3, 1938-
 3g3. Revista  del Instituto de salubridad  y enfermedades
   tropicales.  Mexico, v.l, No. 1, 1939.
 394.  Revista  (La) de medicina y  ciencias afines.  B. Aires
   v.l, 1939-
 395.  Revista  de medicina y cirugfa.  Barranquilla.  v 6.
   No. 1,  1939-
 396.  Revista medica militar.  Mexico, v.l, 1938-
 397.  Revista  medica de Pernambuco.  Pernambuco,  v.9,

 398.  Revista  medico-quirurgica  de  patologfa  femenina
   B. Aires, v. 13, No. 1,  1939-
 399.  Revista  de medicina tropical  y parasitologic, bac-
   tenologfa, clfnica y laboratorio. La Habana, v.5, No. 1,

 400.  Revista  mexicana  de  psiquiatria,  neurologfa  v
   medicina legal.  Mexico, v.6, No. 34,  1939-
   L  Revista militar del Peru.  Lima, v.35, No 7 1938-
      Revista do Museu paulista.   S.  Paulo, v.23,' 1938-
      Revista  de  neurologia  e psychiatria  de Sao  Paulo
     Paulo, v.4, No. 4, 1938-
      Revista  odontol6gica;  publicaci6n  mensual   de la
   AsociaciOn odontol6gica argentina.  B. Aires, v.27, No. 1,

405.  Revista de ortopedia y traumatologfa. B. Aires, v.8,

406- Reyue du paludisme et de medecine tropicale.   Paris,


40LtT39^                et d'hygi*ne g^rale-

4°v3?i938^  dG  psiquiatrIa del  Uruguay.  Montevideo,

409. Revue du rhumatisme.  Paris, v.6, 1939-
410.  Revista de sanidad y asistencia social. Caracas,  v 5,
   iNo. 1, 1940-                                    '     '
402.
403.
  S.
404. 
[13]
Rev. san. mil., La Paz

Rev. urug. derm. sif.

Rheum. Dis., Lond.
Riv. parassit.
Roche Rev., Nutley
Samml.  Refer.  Sportarztl. Zentrkurs
  Bern
Samml. Vergift.
S. Barth. Hosp. J. War Bull., Lond.

Sborn. Irkutsk, gosud. univ.


Sc. Commun. Bain. Inst. Bad Nauheim


Schweiz. Zschr. allg. Path. Bakt.
Seminar, Phila.
Sitzber. Internat. hamat. Tagung
Social Statist., Alb.
Sociol. Rev., Lond.
Sovet. vet.

Spectrochrome, Malaga, N. J.
Speculum, Cambr.

Stanford Ichth. Bull.

Statiszt.  ert.

Stomat. ital.


Stud. Otho S. A.  Sprague Mem. Inst.

Stud. School M. George Washington
  Univ.
Summaries  Doct.  Diss.  Northwest.
  Univ.
Supl. An. farm, bioquim., B. Air.
Sympos. Internat. Ophth. Congr.

Sympos. Silicosis

Tagung  Fachtierarzte Bekampf.  Auf-
  zuchtkr.
Teor. prakt. fiz. kult., Moskva

Tijeret. malaria, Caracas
Tokyo igakkwai zassi


Tr. Alumni Ass. Mayo

Tr. Am.  Soc. Anesth.

Travelers Stand.

Tr. Chicago Soc. Int. M.

Tr. Conf. Health Off. Tennessee


      77908—vol. 5, 4th seeies----n
411. Revista de la sanidad militar.   La Paz, v.4,  No. 6,
  1939-
412. Revista  uruguaya  de  dermatologia  y sifilografia.
  Montevideo, v.3, 1938-
413. Rheumatic  (The) diseases;  official journal  of  the
  Empire  Rheumatism  Council.   London, v.l,  No.  1,
  1939-
414. Rivista di parassitologia.  Roma, v.3, No. 1, 1939-
415. Roche review.   Nutley, N. J., v.l, 1937-
416. Sammlung der Referate gehalten am Sportarztlichen
  Zentralkurs in Bern.  Bern,  (1937) 1938-
417. Sammlung von Vergiftungsfallen (Fuhner-Wielands)
  unter  Mitwirkung  der  Deutschen  pharmakologischen
  Gesellschaft,  Berlin, v.9, No. 1, 1938-
418. Saint Bartholomew's Hospital  journal war bulletin.
  London, v.l, No. 1, 1939-
419. Sbornik  trudov   Irkutskogo  gosudarstvennogo  uni-
  versiteta   [Studies  of  the  Irkutsk  State University]
  Irkutsk, v.15, 1928.
420. Scientific  communications from  the   Balneological
  Institute of the University of Gicssen at Bad-Nauheim.
  Bad-Mauheim, v.l, No. 2, 1935-
421. Schweizerische Zeitschrift fiir allgemeine Pathologie
  und Bakteriologie;  revue Suisse de  pathologie generale
  et de bacteriologie.   Leipzig, v.l, fasc. 1,  1938-
422. Seminar.   Philadelphia, v.l, No. 1, 1939-
423. Sitzungsbericht der Internationalen hamatologischen
  Tagung in Miinster-Pyrmont.  Berlin, 1.  Congr. (1937)
  1938.
424. Social statistics.   Albany, N. Y., v.l, No. 1, 1937-
425. Sociological review.   London, v. 1-6, 1908-13.
426. Sovetskaia veterinaria  [Sovet veterinary  medicine]
  Moskva, No. 1, 1939-
427. Spectro-chrome.  Malaga, N. J., v.14, No. 4, 1938-
428. Speculum; a  journal  of  mediaeval studies.   Cam-
  bridge, v.ll, No. 3, 1936-
429. Stanford  ichthyological  bulletin.  Stanford  Univ.,
  v.l, No. 1, 1938-
430. Statisztikai ertesfto; Budapest Szekesfovaros statisz-
  tikai havifiizeteinek mell6klete.   Budapest, 1939-
431. Stomatologia  (La)  italiana;  organo  ufficiale della
  Associazione  nazionale  culturale   fascista  stomato-
  odontologica.  Roma, v.l, No. 1,  1939-
432. Studies from the Otho S.  A. Sprague memorial insti-
  tute.  Chicago, v.3, 1915-
433. Studies from  the school  of medicine  of the  George
  Washington University.  Washington,  1938/39-
434. Summaries of doctoral dissertations  of the  North-
  western University.  Chicago, v.6-7, 1938-39.
435. Suplemento de los Anales de farmacia y bioquimica.
  B. Aires,  v.10, 1939-
436. Svenska lakaresallskapets forhandlingar.
     Continued in Norsk medicin.
437. Symposia  of the   International  Ophthalmological
  Congress.   Amsterdam, 13. Congr., v.3,  1930-
438. Symposium on  silicosis.  Saranac Lake,  N. Y., 3.
  Sympos., 1937.
439. [Tagung Fachtierarzte] Bekampfung  der  Aufzucht-
  krankheiten.   Hannover, 9.  Congr.  (1938) 1939.
440. Teoria i praktika fizicheskoi kultury.   Moskva,  No.
  3, 1939-
441. Tijeretazos sobre malaria.  Caracas, v.2, No.  1, 1939-
442. Tokyo igakkwai zassi.  Tokyo, v.53, H. 1, 1939-
     Continuation of Mitteilungen der Medizinischen Gesellschaft zu
       Tokyo.
443. Transactions of  the  Alumni Association of the Mayo
  Foundation.  Rochester, Minn., v.20, 1939-
444. Transactions of  the  American Society  of anesthetists.
  New York, v.5, No. 3,  1939-
445. Travelers  (The) standard.   Hartford, Conn., v.20,
  1932-
446. Transactions  of the  Chicago  Society of  Internal
  Medicine,  v.1-2,  1917.
447. Transactions  of the  annual Conference  of health
  officers of the Tennessee State  Department of Public
  Health.   Nashville, 1.  Conf., 1927. 
[14]
 Tr. Conf. insuff. circ, Kiev

 Tribuna farm., Curitiba
 Tr. Internat. Coll. Surgeons

 Tr. Internat. Ophth. Congr.

 Tr. Konf. med.  biol., Kiev

 Tr. Kuban, gosud. med. inst. armii



 Tr. Lab. centr. pat. vet., Lisb.


 Tr. Lab. Hop. S. Germain en Laye, Par.

 Tr. N. York Acad. Sc.

 Tr. Panamer. M. Congr.

 Turk hifzissihha tecr. biyol. mecmuasi

 Tufts M. J.


 Univ. Hawaii Res. Pub.

 Verhber. Kongr. Ford. med. Synthese


 Verh. Deut. Ges. Rassenforsch.



 Verh. Verein. Orthop. Wiens


 Vertrauensarzt

 Vest. Cesk. fysiat.  spol.

 Villaclara med., S. Clara
 Vjschr. schweiz. Sanitatsoff.

 Vodosnab. san. tekhn.

 Vopr. kurort.

 Vopr. materin.

 Vopr. nevrokhir.

 Vopr. pitan.

 Washington Sanit.  Health Expon.

 Washington Univ. M.  Alumni Q.

 Welf. Advocate, Manila
 X-ray Technician
 Yearb. Carnegie Inst.  Washington

 Zahnarztl. Rdsch.

 Zbirn.  Odesk. nauk. doslidn. tuberk.
  inst.


 Zschr. Altersforsch.

 Zschr. Rheumaforsch.

Zver. obzor
448. Travaux  de la Conference  de  I'insuffisance  do  la
   circulation tenue a Kiev, 21-23 d6c, 1936.   Kiev,  1938.
449. Tribuna farmaceutica.  Curitiba, v.8, No. 1, 1940-
450. Transactions of the International College of Surgeons.
   Huntington, Ind., v.l, No.  1, 1938-
451. Transactions of the International Ophthalmological
   Congress.  Amsterdam, 13. Congr., v.l, 1930-
452. Trudi   Konferentsii  po  medichnii  biologii.   Kiev
   (1936) 1937-
453. Trudi Kubanskogo gosudarstvennogo meditsinskogo
   instituta i meni krasnoi  armii   [Works  of  the Kuban
   state medical institute in name of the red army]  Rostov,
   v.7,  1939-
454. Reposit6rio de trabalhos do Laboratorio  central de
   patologia veterindria.   Lisboa, v.3,  No. 2, 1938-
     Continuation of Tr. Lab. pat. vet., Lisb.
455. Travaux  du  Laboratoire de l'Hopital  de Saint-
   Germain-en-Laye.  Paris, v.3-4, ig37-38.
456. Transactions of the New York Academy of Sciences.
   Lancaster, Pa., v.l, 2. ser.,  1938-
457. Transactions of the  Congress of  the  Panamerican
   Medical Association.   Mexico, 3. Congr. (1931) 1933.
458. Turk   hifzissihha  ve  tecriibi  biyoloji  mecmuasi.
   Istanbul, v.l, No. 1, 1938-
459. Tufts medical  journal.   Boston,  Mass., v.6, No.  1,
   1939-
     Continuation of Med. J. Tufts Coll. School M.
460. University of Hawaii research publications.  Hono-
   lulu, No. 13, 1936-
461. Verhandlungsbericht; Kongress zur Forderung medi-
   zinischer  Synthese  und  arztlicher  Weltanschauung.
   Dresd., 1932-35.
462. Verhandlungen  der  Deutschen   Gesellschaft   fiir
   Rassenforschung.  Stuttgart,  v.9, 1938-
     Continuation  of Verhandlungen  der Gesellschaft fiir  physische
      Anthropologic.
463. Verhandlungen  der  Vereinigung  der  Orthopaden
   Wiens; gemeinsam mit  den  Orthopaden  der Bundes-
   lander Oesterreichs.   Stuttgart,  1938-
464. Vertrauensarzt und Krankenkasse; Monatschrift fiir
   soziale Medizin.   Berlin, v.l,  1933-
465. Vestnfk  Ceskoslovanske  fysiatricke  spolecnosti  v
   Praze.  Praha, v. 18, 1938-
466. Villaclara  medica.   S. Clara,  v.7, 1939-
467. Vierteljahrsschrift fur sehweizerische Sanitatsoffiziere.
   Basel,  v.16, No. 1-2, 1939-
468. Vodosnabzhenie sanitarnaia tekhnika [Water supply
   and sanitary technique]  Moskva, v.14, No. 1,  1939-
469. Voprosy  kurortologii  [Problems  of  health  resorts]
   Moskva, No. 1, 1939-
470. Voprosy materinstva i mladenshestva  [Problems of
   motherhood and infancy]   Moskva,  No. 4, 1939-
471. Voprosy nevrokhirurgii   [Questions of neurosurgery]
   Moskva, v.3, No.  1, 1939-
472. Voprosy pitanja  [Questions  of nutrition]  Moskva,
   No. 1, 1939-
473. Washington  Sanitarium  health  exponent   Wash
   v.l, Nos 4-19 [ig28] v.2, Nos  1-3 [1931]
474. Washington University  (The) medical alumni  quar-
   terly.  S. Louis, v.3, No. 1, 1939-
475. Welfare advocate.   Manila, v.l, 1927-
476. N-ray (The)  technician.  S. Paul, Minn., v.8, 1936-
477. [Yearbook of the] Carnegie Institution of Washington
   Washington,  No. 1, 1902-
478. Zahnarztliche  Rundschau,  Wochenblatt  fur  die
  gesamte Zahnheilkunde.   Berlin, v.49, 1940-
479. Zbirnik  prats Odeskogo  naukovo-doslidnogo tuber-
   kuliosnogo institutu  [Collection  of works of the Odessa
   scientific-experimental  tuberculosis  institute]    Kiev,
  1938.
480.  Zeitschrift fiir Altersforschung.
  1938-
481.  Zeitschrift fiir Rheumaforschung
  iyoo_
482.  ZvSrotekafsky  obzor   [Veterinary
  v.32, No. 9, 1939-
Leipzig, v.l, H.  1,

 Leipzig, v.l, H. 7,

    review]   Brng, 
THIRD  ADDITION  TO THE  INDEX  TO  ABBREVIATIONS  OF
              PUBLICATIONS  OF CORPORATE  BODIES
[America]  National  Tuuberclosis  Association.
  144.
American  Academy  of  Ophthalmology  and
  Otolaryngology.   130.
American Association on mental deficiency.  324.
American Association of Orthodontists.   25.
American Association for the Study of the Feeble-
  minded.  325.
American Medical Association.  26.
American Military History Foundation.  243.
American Military Institute.  244.
American Psychoanalytic Association.  131.
American Society of Anesthetists, Inc.  444.
American  Society  for  the Control  of  Cancer.
  296.
Amsterdam,  Koninklijke Vereeniging Koloniaal
  Instituut.   241.
[Argentina]  Academia argentina de cirugia. 107.
[Argentina]  Asociaci6n odontologica argentina.
  108.
[Argentina]  Congreso argentino de cirugia.  358.
[Argentina]  Congreso  argentino  de obstetricia
  y ginecologia.   194, 359.
[Argentina]  Sociedad argentina de criminologfa.
  53.
Bad  Nauheim.  Aerztliche   Fortbildungskurse.
  22.
Bad-Nauheim, Balneological  Institute.  420.
[Baltimore]  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital; Gyne-
  cological Department.  170.
[Belgium]  Academie royale des sciences.  44.
[Belgium]  Association generale pharmaceutique
  de Belgique.  185.
[Belgium]  Ministere de la sante  publique.  14S.
[Belo  Horizonte]  Instituto  biologico  Ezequiel
  Dias.   283.
Belo-Horizonte, Saude publica.   91.
Berlin,  Preussische Akademie der Wissenschaf-
  ten.  242.
Berlin,  Verein  fiir  Wasserversorgung  und Ab-
  wasserbeseitigung.   262.
[Bogota]  Facultad  de  medicina;  Universidad
  nacional.   389.
[Brazil]  Collegio brasileiro de eirurgioes.  114.
[Brazil]  Sindicato medico brasileiro.   124.
Budapest, Statisztikai hivatal. 430.
[Buenos Aires]  Colegio de medicos.   384.
[Buenos Aires]  Facultad de  agronomia y vete-
  rinaria.  387.
Buenos Aires, Sociedad de puericultura.  55.
Cagliari,  Societa  fra  i   cultori  delle   scienze
  mediche.   119.
California, University of ... Medical Department.
  24.
Camagiiey, Cuba,  Colegio medico.  110.
[Campinas, S. Paulo]  Instituto Penido Burnier.
  87.
Cape May County, N. J., Medical Society.  142.
[Caracas]   Clinica Luis Razetti.   381.
[Caracas]   Colegio   de  abogados  del  distrito
  federal.  383.
Carnegie Institution of Washington.   179, 477.
Chicago Society of Internal  Medicine.   446.

                                            [
Chile,  Sociedad chilena de  obstetricia  y gine-
  cologia.   125.
Conference  on  Better  Care  for  Mothers and
  Babies.  327.
Conference  de  rinsuffisance  de  la circulation,
  Kiev.   448.
Congreso medico peninsular.  Yucatan,  Mexico.
  282.
Cooperstown, N. Y., Conference on rural  medi-
  cine.   328.
[Costa Rica]  Congreso medico centroamericano.
  280.
Cuba, Servicio tecnico de salubridad.  237.
Deutsche Gesellschaft fiir Rassenforschung.  462.
Edinburgh,  Public  Health  Department.   46.
Estonia, Bureau Central de statistique.   199.
[France]  Association   des  dermatologistes  et
  syphiligraphes de langue frangaise.  195, 351.
[France]  Association   frangaise   de  pediatric
  196.
[France]  Congres des dermatologistes et syphili-
  graphes de langue frangaise.  342.
[France]  Congres  frangais de  m£decine.   182,
  352.
[France]  Congres   des pediatros  de   langue
  frangaise.   196,  355.
Frankfurter  Konferenz fiir  medizinisch-natur-
  wissenschaftliche Zusammenarbeit.  212.
George  Washington University.   134.
George  Washington University School of Medi-
  cine.   332,  433.
Georgia, University Hospital.   152.
Georgia, University of; School of Medicine.   152.
[Germany]  Fachtierarzte; Bekampfung der Auf-
  zuchtkrankheiten.  439.
[Germany]  Staats-Institut  fiir  experimentelle
  Therapie  und Forschungs-institut fiir  Chemo-
  therapie.   58.
Giesson, Universitat.  420.
Guatemala,  Direccion  general de salubridad.
  111.
[Haiti]   Service d'hygiene  et d'assistance pu-
  blique, medical et sanitaire.  149.
Hawaii,  University of.  460.
Hendry-Connell Research Foundation.   135.
Hong Kong, China, Director of Medical  Services.
  362.
Indiana, State Board of Health.  294.
International  College of Surgeons.  251, 450.
[International]  Commission internationale d'e-
  tude du materiel sanitaire.  350.
[International]  Conference   internationale   de
  pathologie geographique.   181.
[International]  Congres international  du  lym-
  phatisme.   183.
[International]  Congres international de mede-
  cine et de pharmacie  militaires.   354.
[International]  Congres international de patho-
  logie comparee.   184.
[International]  Congres international  de  phar-
  macie.  185.
[International]  Congreso  espanol  internacional
  de la  tuberculosis.  177.
International  Congress  for  Light.  263.

5] 
[16]
 International Congress on rheumatism.  186.
 [International]   Congresso internazionale di tec-
   nica sanitaria ed igiene urbanistica.   93.
 [International]   Conventus   de  tropicis  atque
   malariae morbis.  7.
 Internationale hamatologische Tagung.  423.
 Internationale   medizinische   Woche   in   der
   Schweiz.  239.
 Internationaler  Kongress fiir das arztliche Fort-
   bildungswesen.  100.
 Internationaler  Kongress   fiir  Lichtforschung.
   263.
 Internationaler   Kongress  der  Sozialversiche-
   rungsfachleute.  101.
 Internationaler  Kongress fiir Unfallmedizin  und
   Berufskrankheiten.
 [International]   Hygiene mediterraneenne.   Con-
   gres international.  353.
 International   Ophthalmological  Congress.  2,
   365, 437, 451.
 International Physiological Congress.   331.
 Irkutsk State University. 419.
 Itabuna, Bahia,  Sociedade de medicina e cirurgia.
   43.
 [Italy]  Congresso pediatrico italiano.   94.
 [Italy]  Convegno lombardo per l'alimentazione
   popolare.   95.
 [Italy]  Istituto Carlo Forlanini.  38.
 [Italy]  Istituto nazionale fascista della previ-
   denza sociale.  38.
 [Japan]  Societas ophthalmologica Japonica.  17.
 John B. Pierce Laboratory of Hygiene.  N. Haven,
   Conn.   172.
 [Kharkov]   Mechnikovskii Institut.   39, 138.
 Kingston, Ont.,  Hendry-Connell Research Foun-
   dation.   135.
 Konferentsii po medichnii biologii (1936)  452.
 Kongress zur Forderung medizinischer Synthese
   und arztlicher  Weltanschauung.   Dresden.
   461.
 [Krakow]  Academie polonaise des sciences et des
   lettres.  180.
 Kuala Lumpur,  Institute for Medical  Research.
   48.
 Kuban State Medical Institute.   453.
 Kurasiki, Japan, Institute for Science of Labour.
   364.
 La Habana, Asociaci6n de Damas  de la Cova-
   donga.   109.
 [La  Habana]   Instituto tecnico de salubridad
   rural.  236.
 La Habana, Sociedad de estudios clfnicos.  76.
 Lahey Clinic.  Boston.   267.
 [La  Plata]   Universidad nacional; Facultad de
   ciencias qufmicas (qufmica y farmacia)  388.
 League of Nations; Health Organization.  164.
 Liege, Office international de documentation de
   medeeine militaire.  312.
 Lima, Clfnica quiriirgica.  29.
 Lima, Escuela de odontologia.   113.
 [Lisboa]  Direcgao do servigo  de saude militar.
   112.
 [Lisboa] Laborat6rio central de patologia veteri-
   naria.  454.
 [London, Engl.]  Saint Bartholomew's  Hospital.
   418.
 [London, Engl.]  Royal  Meteorological Society.
   345.
 [London,  Engl.]   University  College  Hospital
   Medical School; Graham Research Department
   169.
Malta, Medical and Health Department.  49.
[Manchester, Engl.] John Rylands Library.  139.
Manchester. N.  H., Beacon Hill  Hospital.   132.
Manchurian Plague Prevention Service.  366.
 [Manila]  Quezon Instituto.   146.
 Massachusetts,  Commissioner of  Mental Dis-
   eases.   45.
 Mayo Foundation.  Rochester, Minn.  443.
 [Mexico]  Congreso medico nacional  mexicano.
   281.
 [Mexico]  Escuela nacional de ciencias biologicas.
   31.
 [Mexico] Hospital oftalmologico de Ntra. Sra. de
   la Luz.   117.
 [Mexico] Instituto de salubridad y enfermedades
   tropicales.   393.
 [Mexico]   Sociedad   oftalmologica   mexicana.
   285.
 Minas Gerais, Universidade de ... Faculdade de
   odontologia e pharmacia.   33, 37.
 Montevideo,  Hospital  Pereira Rossell.   62.
 Montevideo, Sociedad de cirugia.   126.
 [Montevideo]   Sociedad medico-quirurgica  del
   centro de la Republica.   127.
 [Moskva]  Microbiological  Scientific-Experimen-
   tal Institute of Public Health.  57.
 New Haven, Conn., John B. Pierce Laboratory of
   Hygiene.  172.
 New Orleans, La., Hotel Dieu.  171.
 New Orleans  Medical, Dental and Pharmaceuti-
   cal Association.   253.
 New Rochelle Hospital.  N. Y.  300.
 New York, N. Y., Department of Public Chari-
   ties.   133.
 [New York]  Flower and Fifth Avenue Hospitals.
   145.
 New York, N. Y.,  Hospital for joint  diseases.
   137.
 New York Academy of  Sciences.   456.
 New York Medical College.   145.
 Nicollet Clinic   Minneapolis.   302.
 Northwestern University.   434.
 Northwestern University Medical  School.  344.
 Northwestern University;  Medical  School; De-
   partment of Industrial Medicine.   326.
 Odessky nauky doslidny tuberkulozny  institut.
   479.
 [Otago]  University of  Otago  Medical  School.
   333.
 Otho S. A. Sprague  Memorial Institute.  432.
 Padova, R. Universita di.  97.
 Padova, Societa medico-chirurgica.  97.
 [Panamerican]  Congreso de la Asociacion medica
   panamericana.   15.
 [Panamerican]   Congress  of the  Panamerican
   Medical  Association.   457.
 Panamerican Medical Association.   457.
 Pan-Pacific Surgical Association.   329.
 Paris,  Hopital  de Saint-Germain-en-Laye.  455.
 Philadelphia,  Department  of  Public  Health
   222.
 [Philadelphia]   Franklin Institute;  Biochemical
   Research Foundation.  360.
 [Philadelphia]   Henry Phipps Institute.  47.
 Philippine  Islands,  National  Research Council
   50, 143.
 Philippine  Medical  Association.  257.
 Pittsburgh, University of.   3.
 Porto Alegre,  Clinica oftalmologica e oto-rhino-
   laringologica.   83.
 Porto Alegre, Faculdade de  medicina.  32.
[Praha]  Ceskoslovenske fysiatricke spoleenosti.
  465.
Richmond Academy of Medicine.   147.
[Rio de Janeiro]  Academia brasileira de sciencias.
  35.
Rio  de Janeiro,  Instituto  Benjamin Baptista.
  64. 
[17]
[Rio de  Janeiro]   Instituto medico-legal e  do
  cabinete de identificagao.  86.
Rio de Janeiro, Sociedade de medicina e cirurgia.
  54.
Rosario,  Facultad de ciencias medicas, farmacia
  y ramos menores; Centro de estudiantes.  378.
[Rumania]   Societe roumainc d'endocrinologie.
  150.
Saint Louis,  Washington  University.  474.
Sao  Paulo, Arquivo municipal.   373.
[Sao Paulo]  Associagao paulista de homeopathia.
  374.
Sao  Paulo, Clinica  de.  382.
[Sao Paulo]  Instituto biologico.   85.
[Sao Paulo]  Museu paulista.  402.
[Sao Paulo]  Sanatorio Sao Lucas.  122.
Schweizerische Sanitatsoffiziere.  467.
[Spain]  Congreso  nacional  de oto-rino-laringo-
  logia.   269.
[Spain]  Congreso  nacional de sanidad.   16.
St Louis, Mo., Gradwohl Laboratory.  220.
Tegucigalpa,  Facultad de farmacia.   115.
Tennessee, Department of Public Health.  318.
Tennessee, Regional Health Workers Conference.
  318.
Tennessee, Slate Department of Public Health.
  447.
Texas, University of John Sealy Hospital and the
  School of Medicine.   140.
Tufts College Medical School.  277, 459.
[Turkey]  Societe- turque de  medeeine.   151.
[United  States]  Conference of the  Veterans'"
  Administration Physicians.  361.
United States,  Department of Labor; Children's
  Bureau. 317.
United  Fruit Company.  Medical  Department.
  51.
[Venezia] Istituto di scienze, lettere ed arti.  96.
Vermont, State Board of Health.   153.
Washington Sanitarium.  473.
Wien, Voreinigung der Orthopaden.   463.
7790S—vol. 5, 4th series----III 
 
                                    CATALOGUE
EAGER                                                                                        EAR
   EAGER, Richard,  1881-       Hints to proba-
 tioner  nurses  in mental hospitals, with a  brief
 introduction to psychology.   3. ed.   xiii, 222p.
 illust.  diagrs.   8?  Lond.,  H.  K. Lewis  &  Co.,
 1936.
   EAGLE, Albert.   The philosophy  of religion
 versus the philosophy  of science; an  exposure of
 the worthlessness and absurdity of some conven-
 tional  conclusions of modern science.   352p.   8°.
 [Lowestoft, Engl.] Print, for private circul., 1935.
   EAGLE, Harry.   The laboratory diagnosis of
 syphilis; the theory, technic,  and clinical inter-
 pretation  of  the  Wassermann  and  flocculation
 tests with serum  and  spinal fluid.   440p.   tab.
 8?  S. Louis, C. V. Mosby  Co., 1937.
   EAGLESON, Helen Elizabeth, 1899-     Peri-
 odic changes in blood pressure, muscular coordi-
 nation, and mental efficiency in women.  65p.  8?
 Bait., 1927.
   Forms No. 5, v.4, Comp. Psychol. Monogr.
   EAGLETON, James Beaty, 1862-1928.
   Obituary.   Northwest M., 1928, 27: 102,  port.  Also Tr.
 West. Surg. Ass. (1928) 1929, 38: 561-6, portr.
   EAGLETON, Arthur Joseph, 1891-1925.
   Obituary.   Brit. M. J., 1925, 1: 865. Also Lancet, Lond.,
 1925, 1: 948.
   EAGLETON, Wells  Phillips, 1865-       Cav-
 ernous sinus thrombophlebitis and  allied  septic
 and traumatic lesions of the basal venous sinuses;
 a  clinical  study  of  blood  stream  infection.
 xxiii, 196p. 9 pi.  6 diagr.   8?   N. Y., Macmillan
 Co., 1926.
   For biography  see J. M.  Soc. N. Jersey, 1935, 32: 314-8
 (H. C. Barkhorn)
   EAKINS, Horace S.    Military meat and dairy
 hygiene; prepared under the direction  of the  Sur-
 geon general  of the  United States  Army,   xvi,
 647p.  illust.   8?  Bait,, Williams & Wilkins Co.,
 1924.
   ----    History  of  the   veterinary   service,
 United States  Army  [33 1.] 4?  Wash., 1928.
   Mimeographed and typewritten  extract.
   EALAND, Charles  Aubrey, 1877-       Animal
ingenuity  of to-day; a description of the skill,
clever  devices and stratagems of birds, reptiles,
insects,  and other forms of animal life.   2 p. 1.
312p.   18  pi.   8?   Phila., J. B. Lippincott  Co.,
1921.
1924, 75: 69-81.—Ear bones not needed in certain circum-
stances.  Science News Lett.,  1936, 29: 268.—Fromm, B., &
Nyleji, C. O.  [Distribution of the arteria stapedia in rodents
and various mammals]   Hygiea, Stockh.,  1935, 97:  481-5,
2 pi.—Geipel.  Ein Winkelmesser fiir den Stellungswinkel des
menschlichen Ohres.  Zschr. Morph. Anthrop., 1933, 32: 403
[Antwort von K. Sailer] 405-8.—Grabschied, E.  Sulla casui-
stica delle varieta dell' orecchio.  Rass. ital. otorinolar., 1934,
8: 24-7.—Kawano, R.  Ueber das Gehororgan der Gvirteltiere.
Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt., 1924, 72: 117-30.—Kimura, T.  Mor-
phologische Untersuchungen uber das membranose Gehororgan
der Vogel.  Fol. anat. jap., 1930-31, 9: 91-142, 9 pi.—Kroning,
F.  Hororgane und Gehorsinn bei den Insekten.   Naturwissen-
schaften, 1930, 18:  380-7.—McAuliffe,  G. W.  Anatomical
peculiarities of the  ear.  Eye Ear &c. Month., 1933,  12:
411-3.—Meltzer, P.  E.  Anatomy and physiology of the ear;
review of the literature from October, 1929, to October, 1930,
Arch. Otolar.,  Chic, 1931,  13: 600-25.  ------ Review of
the literature from October, 1930, to October,  1931.   Ibid.,
1932,15:755-82.  Also repr.        & Gettes,  C. N.   Anat-
omy and physiology of the ear.  Ibid., 1933, 18: 84; 1935,
21: 468.—Michailowskij, S.  Anastomoses et branchements
de 1'artSre auriculaire post^rieure.  Acta otolar., Stockh., 1932,
17: 377-93.—Pina, L. de.  Observacoes sobre  a morfologia
da orelha nos Portugueses.   Arq. anat., 1930-31, 14: 91-
105.—Poljak, S.  Ueber den allgemeinen Bauplan des  Gehor-
systems  und uber seine Bedeutung fiir die Physiologie,  fiir die
Klinik und fiir die Psychologie.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat.,
1927, 110: 1-49.—Polvogt, L. M.  Histologic variations in the
middle and inner ears of patients with normal hearing.   Arch-
Otolar.,  Chic,  1936, 23:  48-56.—Russi, P.  II reticolo endo.
teliale (apparato del Goldmann)  nell' apparecchio uditivo.
Arch. ital. otol., 1930, 41: 592-607.—Villiers, C. G.  S.  de,
Ueber das Gehorskelett  der aglossen Anuren.   Anat. Anz.,
1932-33, 74: 33-55.—Wagner, D. S.  On the cranial characters
of Liopelma hochstetteri.  Ibid., 1934-35, 79: 65-77.—Watkyn-
Thomas, F. W.  Ear.  In  Post-Grad.  Surg. (Maingot,  R.)
N. Y., 1937, 3: 4597-688.—Weissenberg, S.  Ohr und Gesicht.
Anthrop. Anz., 1927, 4: 191-4.—Wolff, D.  A brief history of
the early developments of the anatomy of the ear.  Laryngo-
scope, 1934, 44: 1-28.—Wulfson, M.  Ueber das Vorkommen
von Spalten und Querkanalen in  den knochernen Wanden
pneumatischer  Zellen.  Mschr. Ohrenh., 1937,  71: 800-9.—
Yamanoto, T.  Morphologische  Untersuchungen der  Gehor-
organe von Siisswasserknochenfischen.   Fol. anat. jap., 1929,
7: 325-78, 16 pi.

----   Abnormities [and  deformities]

   See also Ear (external) Abnormities;  Labyrinth,
Abnormities,  &c.
   Graepel,   H.   *Ohrmissbildung  bei  Turm-
schadel   [Freiburg]    18p.   8?    Quakenbriick,
1935.
   Sailly, J.  Contribution a,  1'etude des  mal-
formations congenitales de l'oreille avec ag6n6sie
du rocher.  88p.  8?   Par., 1926.
   Altmann, F.  Zur Anatomie und  formalen  Genese  der
Atresia auris congenita.   Mschr. Ohrenh. 1933, 67: 765; 917;
1042.—Beck, J. C. The  anatomy,  psychology,  diagno-
sis,  and treatment  of  congenital malformation  and  ab-
sence of  the ear.  Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1925, 17: 204-34.  Also
Laryngoscope,  1925.  35: 813-31.—Benesi, O.  Mitbeteiligung
des Nervensystems  an den congenitalen Missbildungen  des
ausseren  und mittleren Ohres.   Handb. Neur.  Ohres (A. J.
Cemack) Berl., 1928, 2: 1. Teil, 89-112— Benjamins. C. E., &
Klein, A. de  [The auditory organ in a case of synotia]  Ned.
tschr. geneesk., 1924, 68: pt 2, 273-5.—Braining [Microtia]
Geneesk. tschr. Ned.  Indie, 1937, 77:1243.—Cantele, P. G.  Su
di un caso di imperforazione  congenita del condotto uditivo con
ipoplasia del padiglione.  Ann. laring.,  Tor.,  1931, 31: 247-
55.—Dobrzaniecki, W. Sur les anomalies rares des oreilles et
Ie  traitement  op^ratoire de  certaines  d'elles.  Ann.  mal.
oreille, 1929, 48: 998-1003.—Eitner, E.   Ein Fall von querer
Gesichtsspalte  mit  Ohrmissbildung.  Mschr.  Ohrenh., 1936,
70:  714-7.—Essen-Moiler,  E.  Ueber  angeborene  Radius-
defekte,  Ohrdefekte  und  Facialislahmungen anlasslich eines
Falles  von  multiplen Missbildungen.   Zschr.  ges.  Anat.,
2. Abt.,  1928, 14: 52-70.—Fraser, J. S.   Maldevelopments oi
EAR.
   See  also  Acoustic  nerve;  Auditory  artery;
Cochlea;  Cochlear  nerve;  Ear  (external)  Ear,
nose  & throat; Ear ossicles;  Eustachian tube;
Labyrinth;  Mastoid; Middle ear; Otology;  Pet-
rous  bone;  Temporal  bone;  Tympanic  mem-
brane; Vestibular apparatus; Vestibule.
   Alexander, G., & Fischer,  J.  Praparations-
fcechnik des Gehororganes, mit  Berucksichtigung
des   Nachbargebietes.   184p.  4?   Berl.,  1925.
   Bilancioni, G.   Galvani anatomico dell' orecchio.  Valsalva,
1934,  10: 545-56.—Casalini,  G.  Gli  orecchini,  Pestetica e
I'igiene.  Igiene & vita, 1924, 7: 53-5.—Dombrovski, B.  Ueber
einige Gesetzmassigkeiten im  Aufbau des schalleitenden und
Kieferapparates der Tetrapoden.  Zschr. ges. Anat., 1.  Abt.,
       77908—vol. 5, 4th series----1                 ( 
EAR
2
EAR
the auricle, external acoustic meatus and middle ear; microtia
and congenital meatal atresia.  Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1931, 13:
1-27.   Also repr.  ------ & Davis, E. D.  D.  Mal-develop-
ments of the auricle, external acoustic meatus and middle ear.
Proc  R. Soc.  M., Lond., 1928-29, 22: Sect. Otol., 85-96.—
Goufas, G.  A propos d'un cas de malformation congdnitale
des pavilions,  avec  occlusion des  m6ats et  imperforation des
conduits auditifs; essai de creation de nouveaux  conduits par
trepanation antrale  terminer  par auto-greffon cutane' eloign^;
amelioration considerable des fonctions auditives.  Ann.  oto-
lar., Par., 1932, 741-63.—Guszman, J.   Beitrage zur Lehre der
branchiogenen  Ohr- und Halsanhange.  Zschr. ges.  Anat.,
1. Abt., 1926,  81: 554-62.—Hagens, E. W.   Malformation of
the auditory apparatus in the new-born; associated with ectopic
thymus.  Arch. Otolar., Chic,  1932,  15:  671-80,
 Unilateral malformation of the ear  associated  with cyclopia.
 Ibid., 1933,  18:  332-8.  Also  repr.—Hofmann, L.  Ein Fall
 von kongenitaler Ohrmissbildung.  Mschr. Ohrenh., 1927, 61:
 509-12,  pi.   ------  Eine seltene  Ohrmissbildung.   Ibid.,
 1930,  64:  1412-24.—Kinugawa, Y.   Kasuistische Mitteilung
 uber Missbildung des Ohres.   Tr. Jap. Path. Soc,  1925, 15:
 82.—Leblanc, E.  Microtie et dystrophic cranio-faciale.  Arch.
 internat. laryng.,  Par., 1926, 32: 520-33.—Lehmann-Nitsche,
 R.  Konig Midas hat Eselsohren; ein kostiimgeschichtlicher
 Erklarungsversuch.   Zschr. Ethnol., 1936-37, 68: 281-303 —
 Liischer, E.  Zwei Falle von kongenitaler Atresie des menschli-
 chen Ohres.  Arch.  Ohr.  &c.  Heilk.,  1929, 124:  136-52 —
 Mankel, W.  Kombinierte Entwicklungsstorungen  im  Ohr-
 gebiet.  Hals &c Arzt, Teil 1, 1936, 27: 354-62.—Marx, H.
 Die  Missbildungen  des Ohres.  Morph. Missbild. Mensch.
 Tiere (Schwalbe)  Jena, 1909-13, 3:  Abt. 2, 565-632.—Nuss-
 baum,  R.  Su  di  un caso  di malformazione dell' orecchio.
 Rass. ital. otorinolar., 1937, 11: 266-74.—O'Leary, J. L.  Ab-
 normalities in the brain stem associated with malformation of
 the  ear.  Anat.  Rec, 1933, 55:  223-32.—Potter, E. L.  A
 hereditary ear malformation; transmitted  through 5 genera-
 tions.  J.  Hered., 1937, 28: 255-8.—Ricci, B.   Ipoplasia  di
 terzo  grado del  padiglione auriculare destro;  mancanza del
 condotto uditivo;  malformazione della cassa del  timpano.
 Boll. mal. orecchio, 1934, 52: 57-70.—Rocher, H. L.  Atrophie
 du pavilion de l'oreille droite en oreille de chien,  avec himia-
 trophie faciale et parfisie du facial infe>ieur.  J. mid. Bordeaux,
 1931, 108: 231.—Ruttin.  Ueber die Gehororgane eines  chon-
 drodystrophischen Zwerges.  Zschr. Hals &c  Heilk., 1931, 29:
 135-53  [Discussion]  158.—Sercer,   A.  Komplette Anotie
 kombiniert mit Aplasie der Tonsille.   Ibid., 1928, 22: 75-8.—
 Stauffer, N.  P.  Report of a case of  microtia, with absence of
 the external auditory canal.  Tr. Coll. Phvsicians Philadelphia,
 1923, 3. ser., 45:  453.—Stein,  C.  Anlagefehler und Minder-
 wertigkeit  des Gehororganes (mit Ausschluss der Taubstumm-
 heit)  Handb.  Neur.  Ohres  (A. J.  Cemach) Berl., 1928,  2:
 1. Teil, 113-50.— Turkevich, B.  G.  Particularite" de la structure
 anatomique  de  l'oreille interne et de  l'oreille moyenne  dans
 certaines malformations de foetus  humains  (anenc^phales,
 ageniocephales et hydroc^phales)   Arch, anat.,  Strasb.,  1936-
 37, 21: 254-313.— Weill, E.. Gardfcre, C. [et al.]  Malformations
 conge'nitales multiples; agenesie partielle du rocher avec absence
 du conduit auditif  externe et  paralysie faciale,  atrophie du
 poumon droit et r£trecissement de l'aorte.  Arch. me\i. enf.,
 1924, 27: 273-9.  Also Lyon meU, 1924, 133: 416-8.

 ----   Actinomycosis.
   Pee also Ear  (external) Mycosis.
   Doderlein.  Beitrag zur  pathologischen  Anatomie  und
 Klinik der primaren Aktinomykose des Gehororganes.   Beitr.
 Anat. Ohr., 1925, 22: 269-75.—Zanni,  G.  Un caso di actino-
 micosi  primitiva  dell' orecchio medio.  Valsalva,   1929  5-
 287-93.

 ----   Ageing.
   Aubriot, P.  L'oreille du vieillard.   Bull, mid., Par.,  1925,
 39:  379-81.—Krepuska.  I.  [Ageing  of the hearing  organ
 Orvoskepzes, 1937, 27: 677-87.—McAuliffe, G. B.  The  senile
 ear.   Med. J. & Rec, 1928, 127: 358.

 ----   Aspergillosis.

   See also Ear (external) Mycosis.
   Bernfeld,  K.  Zur Otomykosis aspergillosa in  Palastina
 Mschr.  Ohrenh., 1929, 63: 200-2.—Cheatle, A., & Emery,
 W. d'E.  Section of Aspergillus from the ear.  Proc R  Soc'
 M.,  Lond.,  1919-20,  13: sect.  otol..  69.—Ciampi, N.  Sopra
 un caso di otomicosi  da Aspergillus  fumigatus. Valsalva  1928
 4: 601-3, pi.—Cisneros,  J. M. G. J.  de, &  Vallejo Vallejo]
 L.   Aportaci6n  al  estudio  etiopatog£nico  de las otomicosis
 (referenda  de dos  casos  producidos por Aspergillus  nicer)
 Arch, med.,  Madr.,  1935,  38: 355-7.—Engel,  R.  Un cas
 d'oto-mycose a  Aspergillus niger; traitement.  Otorhinolar
 internat., Lyon,  1938, 22:  134.   Also Rev. laryng., Bord '
 1938, 59: 96.—Karp,  S.   Agpergillose des  oreil'les  chez lea
 enf ants du  premier age. Fol. otolar. orient., 1935, 2:  321-3__
 Liebault, G.  Aspergillose  du  conduit auditif  et  traitement
 local  iodo-iodure.  Rev.' laryng., Bord., 1922,  43-  402-5__
 Salzberger.  M.   Aspergillus niger als Ursache  von Ohr'er-
 krankungen in  PalSstina.   C.  rend.  Congr. internat   mM
 trop. (1928) 1931, 1.  Congr., 3:  1063-8.  Also Mschr.  OnreTh
 1929, 63: 448-54 -Talice. R. V.. & Mackinnon, J. E  Asper-
gillus (Eurotium) montevidensis, n. sp. isole d'un cas d'otomv-
cose  chez 1 homme.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931,  108: 1007-9.
 ----   Blood vessels and lymphatics.

    See  also  Auditory  artery;  Cochlear  artery;
 Dural sinus; Jugular vein,  &c.
    Arnould,  N.   Contribution  a  l'etude  des
 lympathiques  de  l'appareil  auditif.    56p.   8?
 Par., 1927.
    Arnoult, N.  Contribution a l'etude des lymphatiques de
 l'appareil  auditif.   Arch, internat. laryng.,  Par.,  1927,  33:
 696-720.—Baldenweck, L. Les spasmes vasculaires de l'oreille.
 Progr. mid., Par., 1935, 832-8.—Bozzi, E.  Osservazioni sull'ori-
 gine e sul decorso dell'arteria uditiva interna.  Otorinolar. ital.,
 1934,  4: 464-73.—Demetriades. T. D.  Experimentell-patho-
 logische Untersuchungen  uber die vasomotorischen Storungen
 des Gehororgans.  Mschr. Ohrenh., 1925. 59:  1074-91, 4 pi.—
 Eyer,  J.  Untersuchungen iiber das Verhalten der Ohrgefasse
 des Kaninchens mit und ohne sympathische Innervation bei
 Thermoregulation.   Ausz. Inaugur.  Diss.  Med.  Fak.  Univ.
 Bern,  1933-35,  No. 11,  1-5.—Henry, C. G.   Studies  on  the
 lymphatic vessels and on the movement of lymph in the ear
 of the rabbit.  Anat.  Rec, 1933, 57: 263-78.—Noyons, A.  K. M.,
 Westenrijk, N., &  Jongloed, J.   Methode  zum  Studium  der
 Vasomotilitiit des Ohres beim Kaninchen.  Acta brevia  neerl.,
 1934,  4:  97.—Portmann, G.   Les  spasmes  vasculaires en
 otologic  Vie mid.,  1928, 9:  895-909.—Weill, G. A.  Effets de
 la  compression  jugulaire sur l'oreille.   Rev.  otoneur., Par.,
 1933, 11: 673-9.

 ----  Cancer.

    Brauch, F. O. H.   *Das  primare Carcinom des
 Ohres  [Freiburg i. B.]  37p.  8?  Lahr,  1927.
    Sobel,  P.    *Cancer  de  l'oreille.    71p.    8?
 Par., ig33.
    Altmann, F.  Zur Kenntnis  der metastatischen Karzinome
 des Gehororgans.  Wien. med.  Wschr., 1931, 81: 1560-2.—
 Barnes, E. B.  Carcinoma of the ear.  Proc. R. Soc. M.,  Lond.,
 1929-30, 33:  sect.  otol..  67-70.   Also J. Lar. Otol.,  Lond.,
 1930, 45: 632-6.—Collet, F. J.  Sarcome atypique monstrueux
 de  l'oreille.  Ann.  mal.  oreille, 1929,  48:  891-6.—Denison,
 W. C. Prickle cell epitheliomata of the  ear with involvement
 of the  facial nerve in the tympanum.  Laryngoscope, 1934, 44:
 927 30.—Fischer, J.  Die histologischen Ohrbefunde bei den
 bosartigen  Neugebilden  des Gehororganes  mit  besonderer
 Berucksichtigung der nervosen Anteile des Ohres.  Acta otolar.,
 Stockh., 1925, 8: 367-93.  Also Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1925, 12:
 517-21.— Fraser, J.  S.   Malignant  disease of the external
 acoustic meatus and middle  ear.  J.  Lar. Otol., Lond., 1930,
 45: 636-43, 4 pi.—Goland, B.  S.   Drei Falle von bosartigen
 Neubildungen des Ohres.  Otolar. slav., Praha, 1931, 3: 500-22,
 5   pi.—Hanauer,  W.   Metastatisches  Melanosarkom  des
 Gehororgans.  Zschr. Laryng., 1933, 24: 113-5.—Hand, F., &
 O'Connor, G. B.   Myxo-fibro-sarcoma  of  the external  ear.
 Ann.  Otol. Rhinol.,  1938, 47:  1096-100.—Hautant & Lacas-
 sagne. Epithelioma de l'oreille externe et de l'oreille moyenne
 Ann. otolar., Par., 1934, 1270-2.—Hoshiya. H.  Experimentelle
 Studien uber die  Entstehung  des Krebses  am  Gehororgan'
 Mitt. Med. Akad. Kioto, 1935, 15:  323-5.—Hosoda. C.   Ueber
 Transplantationsversuche   mit.  bosartigen  Geschwulsten  im
 Gehororgane der weissen Ratte.  Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1925 15:
 266.   Also  Zschr. Otorhinolar., Tokyo,  1924-25,  30:  H. 5,
 122-64.— Keeler, J.  C.  Some remarks on otitic  malignancy;
 report of 2 cases; hemorrhage controlled with a wooden plug.
 Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1922, 28: 25-34.—Kippenbrock,
 *"  Ueber  einen Fall von Ohrkarzinom auf  anscheinend trau-
 matischer  Basis.  Zschr.  Laryng.,  1927-28   16-  248-54 —
 S^o"1™'  «\ [C^,"cer of the  earl   Geneesk.  tschr.  Ned.  Indie,
 1938, 78: 94.—Nicolas, J., Rousset. J.  [et  al.]  Epithelioma
 spirio-cellulaire de 1 oreille  simulant une acne vermoulante.
 Bulh  Soc fr.  derm,  syph., 1938, 45: suppl., 171-3.—Parrish,
 K.  fc,.  Carcinoma of  the ear,  with  report of a  case.   Mil.
 Surgeon, 1924, 55: 43-48, pl.-Portmann, G., & Despons. J.
 fechwanno-sarcome auriculaire.  Rev. laryng., Bord., 1934, 55:
 137-74 2 pi.—Precechtel, A. [Diagnosis and treatment of 2
 JSS*  ao tU,m2r,°f £ra.ln of otogenic  origin]   Cas.  lek.  cesk.,
 Si   p  1_Relrot,UT7' H-   Les  tumeurs  malignes de
 1 oreille  Rev. laryng., Bord., 1928, 49:  147; 187.—Robinson.
 r,r'-A~o Ma"gnant tumors of the ear.  Laryngoscope, 1931, 41:
 m!^n;^Uer^ ?u   Endothehom  des Ohres,  Zylindrom
 Basalkrebs) und ahnl.cher Tumor.  Zschr.  Laryng., 1926-27,
 It » 8  p   S^0ti'  SV» TThreeJ cases  of  malignant disease of
 p■   »   TV?1",00' R\SoJc.' M- Lond- 1934-35, 28: 1108.—Spencer.
 1VW   n-  {fi'XUitnd,va8e,0,Jhe  f?r-,.Arch.  Otolar.,  Chic,
 1938,   28   916-40 —Vogel.  K.   Erfahrungen  der Berliner
 Univeratats-Ohrenkhn.k  mit der Strahlenbehandlung bosarti-
 1937 <w°«  l& o68 Fachgebietes.  Zschr.  Hals  &c Heilk.,
 thel"nH'  N»H3f ~^—WaM!nk'3- F"  etiology of cancer of
 tne earj  .Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1929, 73: 874; 1035.

----   Cholesteatoma.

   See also  under  names of special parts of the
auditory organ as Ear  (external) Canal: Choles-
teatoma;  Middle ear, Cholesteatoma, &c.
ss„r„   ?&/"«, FEUor!h^ observations on pearly tumors.   Arch.
Surg.,  1924, 8: 524-34.-Beriumts. M.  Beitrage mir chemi-
schen Diagnostik des Cholesteatoms.  Mschr. Ohrenh., 1931, 
EAR
3
EAR
65:  978-81.—Day.  K.  M.   The  etiologic  factors  in  the
formation  of  cholesteatoma.  Ann.  Otol.  Rhinol., 1934,  43:
837-50.—Dean, L. W.f jr, & Pfingsten, M. G.  A chemical
and cytologic  study of aural and nasal exudates as regards the
chemical diagnosis of cholesteatoma.  Ibid.,  1933, 42: 484-97.—
Doderlein, W.  Histologische Studien uber  Cholesteatombil-
dung.   Zschr.  Hals  &c Heilk., 1930, 26: 521-36.—Holmes,
E.  M.  A  review  of 303 cases of  cholesteatoma.  Ann. Otol.
Rhino!., 1938,  47:   135-43.—Hoshiya,  H.   Experimentelle
Studien uber die Entstehung des sekundaren Ohrcholesteatoms.
Mitt. Med. Akad. Kioto, 1935, 13:  1473-6.—Kopetzky, S. J.
Cholesteatoma.  Laryngoscope, 1933, 43:  118-31.—Kopylov,
M. B.,  &  Serebrennikov, N. N.  [Cholesteatoma of the  ear]
Vest, sovet. otorinolar., 1932, 25: 305-19.—Lautenschlager, A.
Entstehung,   Wachstums-   und  Heilungsbedingungen   des
Cholesteatoms.   Klin. Wschr.,  1927,  6: 2101-4.---—
Epithelperle und Cholesteatom.  Zschr. Hals &c  Heilk., 1928,
20: 314-20.—Lillie, H. I.,  & Stark,  W.  B.   The  insidious,
symptomless,   destructive   effect  of  cholesteatoma.   Surg.
Clin.  N. America, 1926, 6: 1359-64.—Linck.  Zur Geschwulst-
genese im Ohrgebiet (kongenitales  Cholesteatom und metasta-
tisches  Hypernephrom)  Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk.,  1927-28, 18:
298-311 [Discussion] 358-64.—McKenzie,  D. The pathogeny
of  aural cholesteatoma.  Proc.  R. Soc.  M., Lond., 1930-31,
24: sect, otol., 6-36.  Also J. Lar.  Otol.,  Lond., 1931, 46: 163-
90, 9 pi.—Marx, H.  Carcinom und Cholesteatom des Ohres.
Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1930, 26:  133-8.—Nanninga, K. S.
[Cholesteatoma of exceptional size, without marked manifesta-
tions]   Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1937, 81: 898-900.—Neer, E. D.
Cholesteatoma!a.  Surg. Clin. N. America,  1929, 10: 769-74.—
Parker,  R. H.   Cholesteatoma;  its  etiologv,  pathogenesis.
J.  Iowa M. Soc, 1928, 18:  252-4.—Polvogt.L.  R. M.   The
pathogenesis of cholesteatoma.  Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1929, 9:
597-601, pi.—Rejto, A.  Ueber das  Cholesteatom und  den
Cholesteringehalt des Blutes.  Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1934-35,
37: 362.—Roch. E.  Un cas de cholest6atome avec complica-
tions intra-craniennes.  Schweiz.  med. Wschr.,  1927,  57:
139.—Roussy, G.   Sur la  nature  des tumeurs  dites   cho-
lesteatomes.   C. rend. Congr.  internat. path.  comp. (1912)
1914, 1. Congr., pt 2, 780-6.—Ruttin. E.  Zur Pathologie des
Cholesteatoms.  Zschr. Hals &c.  Heilk.,  1924,  10: 59-82 —
Simonetta, B.   Ricerche  intorno  ai possibili  rapporti   tra
colesteatoma dell'orecchio e colesterinemia.  Boll. mal. orecchio,
1933, 51: 413-21.—Stewart, W.   Clinical  records; 2 cases of
aural cholesteatoma.  J.  Lar.  Otol., Lond.,  1932, 47: 333.—
Tanturri, V.   Su di un caso di colesteatoma gigante dell'orec-
chio;  considerazioni isto-patologiche.  Rass. ital. otorinolar.,
1929, 3: 257-83.—Ziegelman, E. F.  Aural  cholesteatoma with
case report.   Laryngoscope,  1931,  41: 413-9.

----   Discharge.

    See also  Mastoiditis; Otitis media, &c.
    Wells, A.  G.   The discharging ear.  g2p.   16?
Lond., ig32.
    Cahill.  H.  P.  The neglected  running ear and  sinus.
Apollonian, Bost., 1937, 12:  3-8.—Clay, J. V. F.  The signifi-
cance  of aural discharge.   Hahneman. Month.,  1926.  61:
272-80.—Coates,  G.  M.  Running  ears and the practice of
medicine.  Pennsylvania M. J., 1934-35, 38: 320-4.—Freund,
E. M.  Chronic ear discharge; dry treatment method.  Laryngo-
scope, 1932, 42: 877-82.—Grave consequences from a chronic
discharging ear; Eye and Ear infirmary.  N. England J.  M.,
1933, 208: 701-5.—Guns, P.  La cure radicale des otorrhees
chroniques  par le conduit  et  ses  r£sultats physiologiques.
Rev.  laryng.,  Bord.,  1933,  54:   1102-31.—Lermoyez,   M.
Otorrhde muqueuse  (otorrhee tubaire)   Ann. mal.  oreille, 48:
555-74.—Morison, G. P.  Chronic otorrhea with special refer-
ence to  zinc  ionization and ultraviolet.   Arch.  Phys. Ther.,
1935, 16: 101.—Persky. A. H.  The treatment of otorrhea and
some reasons  for  its failure.  Med. Times, N.  Y.,  1932, 60:
346.  ------   Otorrhea;  its  treatment  and  complications.
Arch. Pediat., N. Y.,  1935,  52:  302-12.—Tsoong, A. P. T.
Chronic otorrhea and its treatment, with  special reference to
the use  of iodin dusting powder and zinc ionization.  Laryngo-
scope, 1932, 42: 34-48.—Viela, A.  Otorrhee tuberculeuse avec
integrity de la  caisse et  de la  mastoide.  Ann. mal. oreille,
1929,  48: 722.—Watson-Williams,  E.  Otorrhoea.  Brit. M. J.,
1933, 1: 47-50.

----   Disease.

   See   also  Ear,  nose  &  throat,  Disease; also
specific  names of diseases  and  names  of special
parts  of  the  auditory  organ  as  Deafness;   Di-
placusis; Otosclerosis,  &c.
   Vilas, C.  H.    Ear  notes;  part 1.   8 1.    8?
[Wash., D.  C, 1878]
   Bemovits, M.  [Results of otological  examination of 9,000
school  children]   Budapesti  orv.  ujs.,  1934,  32: 827-9.—
Cathcart. G.  C.  The ear, from infancy to old age.  Practi-
tioner, Lond.,  1925,  115: 69-76.—Colledge. L.  Ear diseases.
In  Brit. Encvcl. M.  Pract.  (Rolleston,  H.) Lond., 1937, 4:
402-45.  pi.—Delia Vedova.  T.  Patologia  e terapia dell'orec-
chio.  Gazz. osp ,  1927, 48:  367; 1928, 49:  959.—Saareste. E.
Resultats  des  recherches  otologiques   pratiquees sur  1366
6coliers de  Tartu.  Acta otolar., Stockh., 1937, 22: 487-518.—
Skovmand, C. [Ear diseases in practice] Ugeskr. laeger, 1932,
94: 399-403.—Stephenson, R. B.  The commoner ear diseases.
Northwest  M.,  1931,  30:  10-4.—Wagers, A. J.  The  ear  in
general practice.   Ther. Gaz., Detr., 1926, 3. ser., 50: 81-5.

----   Disease: Causes.
   Atkinson,  M.   Psychogenic  factors (hysterical and emo-
tional)  Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1937,  26: 630-2.— Berberich.  J.
Lebensalter und Ohrenkrankheiten.  Fol. otolar. orient., 1936,
3:  115-26.—Bernfeld, K.   Klinisch-statistische Studie liber
kosmopolitisehe   Ohrenkrankheiten   in   Palastina.   Arch.
Ohr. &c. Heilk.,  1930, 125: 41-66.—Borries, G. V. T.  [Sig-
nificance of myopathy in ear affections]  Ugeskr. laeger, 1935,
97: 75-7.—Bruhl, G.   Die Ohrenkrankheiten in ihrer  Bezie-
hung zur inneren Medizin.  In Spec. Path. Ther. inn. Krankh.,
Berl., 1923, 9: Teil 1, 1-89.—Carruthers, D. G.  The otological
manifestations of neurological  disease.  Med.  J. Australia,
1935,  2: 739; 764.—Daggett, W.  I., & Cove-Smith,  R.  The
relation of ear conditions  to bathing.  Brit. M. J.,  1929,  2:
296.—Dean,  L. W., Agar,  J.  S., & Linton, L.  D.  Allergic
diseases of  the ear. Laryngoscope,  1937, 47: 707-28.—Drury,
D.  W.  An aural syndrome of  hepatic origin.   Tr. Am.  Lar.
Rhin. Otol. Soc,  1931, 37: 105-20.  Also Ann.  Otol. Rhinol.,
1931,  40: 415-33.—Dunlap, A.  M.  Swimmer's  ear.  Chinese
M. J., 1935.  49:  229-31.—Errecart, P. L., & Becco, R.  La
patologia constitucional en relaci6n con ciertas  afecciones del
6ido.  Prensa med. argent.,  1932, 19: 1286-306 —Fortunate, V.
Sulla  patologia auricolare nelle  zone tropicali.  Arch. ital. sc.
med. col., 1937, 18: 321-50.—Ginsburg, L.  Reflex conditions
originating in the ear.  Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1928, 37: 1223-31.—
Goodwin, M. R.   Aural manifestations of dental  origin.  Dent.
Items, 1938,  60:  1157-61.—Guttich.   Ohr und  Schwimmen.
Zschr. iirztl.  Fortbild.,  1937, 34: 463.—Hassin, G.  B.  Ear
phenomenon  in lesions of the sympathetic nerve.   J. Am. M.
Ass., 1938,  110: 1440.—Jones. M. F.  Manifestations of allergy
in the ear.  Ann.  Otol. Rhinol., 1938, 47: 910-0.—Kobrak,  F.
Ueberempfindlichkeitsstorungen und Allergie,  unter Beruck-
sichtigung otologischer Fragen.  Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1928,
20: 259-69 [Discussion] 291-301.—Konig. R.  Schadigung des
Gehororgans  bei  Diphtherie, Scharlach und Masern.  Ibid.,
1937-38, 43: 250-66.—Krepuska, I.   [Ear complications  of
metabolic diseases] Budapesti  orv., ujs., 1932,  30: 988-94.—
Kutepow, J.  P.   Ueber die Bedeutung  des  Konstitutions-
moments in  der  Pathogenese der Ohrerkrankungen.   Zschr.
Hals &c Heilk.,  1924-25,  9: 497-505.—Labarraque, L.  Im-
portancia del habito  en la patologia auditiva.   Rev. mid,
cubana, 1932, 43: 1293-5.—Laib. T.  [Ear diseases due to in-
fluenza]   Budapesti  orv.   ujs.,  1933, 31: 1044.—Ostmann.
Zwei  von  der linken heilenden  Starlinse  ausgehende  Fern-
wirkungen.   Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1939, 146: 39.—Palmer,
F. J.  Hot  weather ear—a clinical entity.  Ind. M. Gaz  , 1934,
69: 430-2.—Pick, I.  [Congenital and constitutional diseases
of  the auditory  organ]  Gy6gyaszat,  1935, 75:  122;  141.—
Predesco-Rion.   Dysesthesie  auriculaire  a  stomaco  laeso.
Rev.  otoneur.,  Par.,  1934, 12: 135.—Sargent,  W.  S.  Ear
affections resulting from Neptune's party.  U. S. Nav.  M.
Bull., 1926, 24: 82-8.—Smith. C. H.  Aural infections from the
colon bacillus: report of a case.  Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1934, 19:
249-51.—Spiegel, E.  A.   Die  Beteiligung des  vegetativen
Nervensystems an Affektionen  des  ausseren und Mittelohres.
In  Handb. Neur. Ohres,  Berl.,  1928,  2:  1.  Teil,  77-88 —
Stein.  C.  Ueber die Beziehungen der  Ohrenheilkunde zur
inneren Medizin.   Wien. med.  Wschr., 1925,  75: 1462; 1645;
1702.  ------  Die konstitutionell bedingten Erkrankungen
des Ohres  und ihre Behandlung.  Wien. klin.  Wschr., 1930,
43: 461-8.—Stillson,  H.  The  relation between audition and
the blood circulation in the head.  Eye Ear &c Month., 1926-
27, 5: 555-8.—Szasz, T.   [Ear diseases from mineral  baths]
Orv. hetil., 1934,  78:  mell., 107.—Thomas, C.  H.  The effect
of bathing on the  ears. Brit. M. J., 1927,"2: 78.—Towson, C. E.
Relation of ear lesions to general systemic disease.   Med. Rec,
N. Y.,  1907, 146: 166-9 —Urbantschitsch, E.  Toxische Er-
krankungen des Gehororganes.  Wien. klin. Wschr., 1933, 46:
1292-4.   ------  Gefass-,  Blut-  und  Ohrenkrankheiten.
Ibid.,  1934,  47:  242.  Also Wien. med. Wschr.,  1935. 85:
64-8.—Vernieuwe, J.  Troubles pathologiques  de l'oreille  en
rapport avec  des  lesions dentaires.  Rev. beige sc med., 1931,
3: 366-72.—Walton,  G. L.  Neglect of ear symptoms in the
diagnosis of diseases of the nervous system.  J. Nerv. Ment.
Dis.,  1883,  10:  583-93.    Also  repr.—Zimmerman,  H.  S.
[Reflex correlation of diseases of the ear with diseases of  central
nervous system]   Klin, med., Moskva, 1927, 5: 85-90.

----   Disease:  Complication.

   See  also under  specific names of complications
as Sepsis,  &c.
   Bartels. M. Erkrankungen des Augeninnern im Zusammen-
hang mit Erkrankungen des Ohres.  Zschr. Augenh.,  1928. 66:
293-9.—Glasscheib,  A.  Bemerkungen zu dem Artikel The
auestion of blood shifting  in  otogenous  complications  (Zur
Frage  der  Blutzahlung bei  otogenen Komplikationen) von
Konrad Gale. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1928, 62: 1503.—Giittich,  A.
Ohr und Nervensystem.  Zschr.  ges.  Neur. Psychiat., 1939.
165:  148-76.—Haymann.  L.   Die Haufigkeit  der  otogenen
TodesfSlle. Munch, med. Wschr., 1927, 74: 1412-5.—Kaiser,
P.   Ueber Blutbilduntersuchungen bei  Ohrkomplikationen.
Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk.,  1928. 119:  237-46.—Lacaze. H.  Les
complications des infections aigues  de tractus tubo-oto-antro- 
EAR
4
EAR
mastoldien.   Arch.  med. pharm.  mil., 1931, 94:  117-28.—
Naber, F. R.  Die Mitbeteiligung des Gehororgans bei allge-
meinen Skeletterkrankungen.  In Handb. Hals Nasen Ohrenh.,
Berl., 1926,  6:  636-54.—Odeneal,  T. H.   Is  malnutrition
primary or secondary to ear involvement when the two are
associated?  Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1928, 7: 623-6.—Pryor, W.
R.  The prevention and treatment of the complications  of
the acute infectious  diseases as regards the ear.  Kentucky
M. J., 1934,  32: 541-3.—Roy, D.  The relationship between
diseases of the ear and eye.  South. M. J.,  1924, 17: 445-50.—
Schwarzbart, A.  Etiology of  grave  complications  in diseases
of the ear]  Polska gaz. lek., 1930,  9: 954-6.—SiegmeisCer, W.
Obscure atypical diseases of otitic origin met with in everyday
practice.  Med.  Times, N. Y., 1925,  53: 95-7.—Szeke>, E.
Komplikationserkrankungen  des  Ohres   ohne  Ohrenfluss.
Mschr.  Ohrenh., 1937,  71: 1193-211.—Weizsacker. V. von.
Ueber Ohr und  Nervensystem.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat.,
1939, 165: 132-48.

----   Disease:   Complication, intracranial.
   Alexander, G.  Anatomy and clinical importance of the ear-
findings in the neurological  symptom-complex.  Proc Interst.
Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America,  (1927) 1928, 3: 401-11, 5 pi.,
portr.—Bjork, H.   [Methods  in otologic  cerebro-spinal fluid
diagnosis]  Fin.  lak. sail,  hand.,  1937, 80: 818-25.
 Ueber die Methodik der otologischen Liquordiagnostik.  Acta
 otolar., Stockh.,  1938, 26: 521-7.—Borries, G. V. T.  Diag-
 nostic problems in otogenous intracranial complications. Proc
 R. Soc. M., Lond., 1935-36, 29: 1341-52.   Also J. Lar. Otol.,
 Lond., 1936,  51: 791-806.—Brunings.  Neue Methoden zur
 Friih- und Differentialdiagnose endokranieller Komplikatio-
 nen.  Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk.,  1927-28, 18: 284-97.—Brunner,
 H.  Zur diagnostischen Bedeutung der  Enzephalographie bei
 otogenen Hirnkomplikationen.  Wien. klin. Wschr., 1934, 47:
 199-202.—Cemach.  A.  Zur  Kenntnis der  otogenen endo-
 kraniellen Komplikationen; zugleich  Beitrag zur  Kasuistik
 der Gefahren endonasaler Eingriffe.  Mschr. Ohrenh., 1924, 58:
 519-22.—Demme, H.  Zur Diagnose otogener Komplikationen
 von seiten des Nervensystems.  Zschr.  ges. Neur. Psvchiat.,
 1937,  158: 117-30.—Farmer, A. W.  The  diagnosis of intra-
 cranial lesions of  general interest to the profession, referable to
 diseases  of the ear.   Med. J. Australia,  1928, 2: 520-4.—
 Fremel. F.  Der  Nystagmus als Symptom bei otogenen intra-
 kraniellen Erkrankungen.  Mschr. Ohrenh., 1923, 57: 930-46.—
 Fulde, W. Die Bedeutung der Liquordiagnostik in der Otologie,
 auf Grund der Arbeiten  aus  den  letzten  Jahren.  Internat.
 Zbl. Ohrenh.,  1931, 34: 275-96.—Gandini, M.  La rcazione di
 Takata-Ara sul  liquido cefalo-rachidiano in otologia.  Riv.
 otoneur.,  1933, 10: 223-39.—German,  T.  [Pathogenesis of
 extensive otogenous extradural abscess,  and a new surgical
 method]   Orvoskepz£s,  1934,  24:  dec   kiilonf.  (Apponyi
 Festschr.) 93-100.—Laskiewicz, A.  La valeur  de la radio-
 graphic dans les complications endocraniennes d'origine otique.
 Otolar. slav., Praha, 1931, 3: 544-67, 13 pi.—Leidler. R.  Die
 Beziehungen der Ohrenerkrankungen zu den Erkrankungen des
 Zentralnervensystems. Wien. med. Wschr., 1924, 74: 2833-7.—
 Mobley, M. R., & Price. J. P.  Meningeal lesions complicating
 aural infections.   J. S. Carolina M. Ass., 1933, 29: 14-18.—
 Niihsmann.   Pulskurve bei Erkrankungen des  Ohres und
 intrakraniellen Komplikationen.   Zschr.   Hals  &c  Heilk.,
 1925,  12: 522-4  [Discussion] 562-5.—Pallestrini, E.  Ascessi
 retropetrosi di origine otitica.  Arch. ital. otol., 1933,  45:
 445-62.—Riddoch, G.  Some general  aspects of intra-cranial
 complications  of  aural infection.   Proc.  R. Soc.  M., Lond.,
 1930-31, 24: sect, otol., 621-9.  Also J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1931,
 46:  225-35.—Rimini,  E.  L'esame  del liquido  cerebro-spinale
 quale contributo alia diagnosi nelle  complicazioni endocraniche
 ottiche.  Riv. otoneur., 1926, 3:670-85—Rosher, A. B. Changes
 occurring in the cerebrospinal fluid in some intracranial compli-
 cations of otitic origin.  Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1930-31, 24:
 sect, otol., 629-32.—Stewart, J. P.  The intracranial complica-
 tions of ear disease.  Practitioner, Lond., 1938, 141: 603-12.—
 Tatsumi, G.  Experimented Studien iiber die otogenen intra-
 kraniellen Komplikationen. Mitt. Med. Akad. Kioto, 1934, 10:
 459-62—Wood, V. V.  The early  recognition  of otitic intra-
 cranial complications.  Laryngoscope, 1932, 42: 335-55.

 ----   Disease:  Diagnosis.

   DlAGNOSTISCHE  UND THERAPETJTISCHE IRRTU-
 mer  tjnd deren  Verhuttjng:  Ohrenheilkunde.
 Lpz., H. 1-2,  1922-23.
   Levy, E. P.   *Welche  diagnostische Bedeutung
 hat das Blutbild  fiir die otogenen Krankheiten?
 p.495-556.   8?   Berl., 1926.
   Also Zschr.  Hals &c Heilk.,  1926, 13:

   Levy, M.  Contribution a l'etude de I'Spreuve
 de  Vindication dans  les affections  auriculaires
 109p.   8?   Par.,  1928.
   Lindemann,  A.   *Die   morphologische  und
 chemische   Blutuntersuchung  und  ihre  diagno-
 stische  Bedeutung fur die Otologie  rKoniesberel
 20p.  8?   Marienb., 1926.
   Briiggemann, A. Krankheiten des ausseren und  mittleren
Ohres.  Diagn. ther. Irrtum., 1922, H. 1,1-86, pi.—De Britto, V.
 A propos de 2 cas de clinique otologique a allure atypique.
 Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1924, 30: 381-7.—Falta. M.  Das
 Erkennen veralteter Ohrenleiden.  Wien.  med. Wschr., 1918,
 68: 646.—Flatau, T. S.  Versuche mit einer neuen Wellenform
 bei einigen Ohrerkrankungen des Menschen nebst Vorstudien
 an Tieren. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1925, 12: 442-7.—Guida, G.
 II comportamento della velocity di sedimentazione degli eritro-
 citi nelle affezioni acute dell'orecchio.  Ann.  med. nav., Roma,
 1927, 2: 15-28.—Judd, C.  C. W.  The role  of the eosinophile
 in  certain otological  conditions.   Laryngoscope,  1930,  40:
 203-8.—Lake,  R.  Means and  methods  of testing in aural
 disease.   Arch.  Otolar.,  Chic,  1925,  2:  340-9.—Levy,  E.
 Welche diagnostische  Bedeutung hat  das  Blutbild  fiir die
 otogenen  Krankheiten?  Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1925-26, 13:
 495-556.—Mackenzie, G. W.   Diagnostic points  in otology.
 Med. World,  1939,  57: 23-9.—Mead, E. C.  Diagnosis and
 treatment of common chronic ear conditions.  Dallas M.  J.,
 1935, 21: 107-9.—Rivas Jordan, R.  Oido; lecciones de semio-
 logia y diagn6stico diferencial.  Sem. mid., B. Air., 1931, 38: pt
 2, 1614-49.—Rosher, A. B.  Changes occurring in the cerebro-
 spinal fluid in some intracranial  complications of otitic origin.
 J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1931, 46: 236-40.—Rudakov, V. O.  Zur
 bakteriologischen Diagnostik und Prognostik der  Ohrenerkran-
 kungen.  Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1928, 119: 116-27.  ------&
 Schapiro, A.   [Ruge-Philipp  (blood)  reaction  in otology]
 Vrach.  gaz., 1927, 31: 1354.—Soyka, L.  Diagnostische und
 therapeutische Irrttimer bei Ohrenerkrankungen.   Med. Klin.,
 Berl., 1924, 20: 1646.—Terrier. P.  Lesions auriculaires ignorees
 et assurances  (a propos d'expertises mfidicales)   Ann. otolar.,
 Par., 1931, 164-95.—Weiss, A.  The value  of hematology to
 the otologist.  Laryngoscope, 1932, 42: 754-63.

 ----  Disease, hereditary.

   See also Deafmutism; Deafness, &c.
   Albrecht, W.  Vererbung in der  Ohrenheilkunde.   Klin.
 Wschr., 1926,  5:  1161-3.   ------  Zur Frage des Erbganges
 der  konstitutionellen Ohrenleiden.  Arch.  Ohr. &c Heilk.,
 1926-27, 116:  268.  ------ Die erblichen Ohrleiden und das
 Gesetz  zur Verhiitung  erbkranken  Nachwuchses.   Zschr.
 Hals &c. Heilk., 1934, 36:  262-76.—Bauer, J.  Zur Frage des
 Erbganges der konstitutionellen Ohrenleiden. Arch. Ohr. &c.
 Heilk., 1926-27, 116: 266.   ------& Stein, C.  Vererbung und
 Konstitution bei  Ohrenkrankheiten; Beitrage zur  klinischen
 Konstitutiorspathologie.   Zschr.  ges. Anat.,  2. Abt., 1924-25,
 10: 483-545.—Cann, R.  J. Hereditary diseases of the ear.
 In Chances  of morbid inherit. (B'acker, C. P.)  Lond.,  1934,
 192-201.—Claus,  H. Ohrenerkrankungen unter dem Gesichts-
 punkt der Erblichkeit.   In Wer ist erbgesund? (Klein, W.)
 Jena, 1935,134-42.—Clerici, A. Le malattie ereditarie dell'orec-
 chio.  Gazz. osp., 1929, 50: 1069-71.—Haike, H.  Die vererb-
 baren  Ohrenkrankheiten und ihre Prophylaxe.  Zschr.  arztl.
 Fortbild., 1929, 26: 491-3.—Hammerschlag, V.  Die Heredo-
 pathia acustioa mid ihr  Erbgang; zugleich  eine Erlauterung
 einfacherer mendelistischer Vorgange.  Wien. med. Wschr.,
 1932,  82:  1019.   ------  Die  japanische Tanzmaus.  ein
 Analogon des multilocular  entarteten  Menschen.   Ibid.,
 1371-6.—Lange.  Das histologische Bild erblicher Ohrenleiden.
 Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1938, 44: 182-90  [Discussion] 220-5.—
 Leicher, H.   Erbkrankheiten  des  Hororgans.   Med.  Klin.,
 Berl.,  1935, 31: 1096-8.—Schwarz. M. Vererbbare Erkran-
 kungen des Ohres. Jahrkurs. arztl. Fortbild., 1933. 24: H. 11,
 52-60.

 ----   Disease:  Manifestation.

   See also   Deafness;  Earache;  Eye,  Disease;
 Mastoid, Disease; Tinnitus, &c.
   Anglade.  Hallucinations de l'ouie et maladies de l'appareil
 auditif.  Rev.  laryng., Bord., 1927, 48: 350-2.—Bourgeois, H.
 Maladies  des  oreilles; s&neiologie generate.   In  Precis  path.
 chir   6. id., Par., 1938, 2: 327-39.—Curtin, E.  A.  Sympto-
 matology  in  aural  diseases.   Atlantic  M.  J.,   1925-26, 29:
 608-11.—Duo,  C.  Sintomi oculari  riflessi  in alcune lesioni
 auncolari.  Rass.  ital. ottalm., 1935, 4: 207-11.—Gelanze,  C.
 Disturbi della  sensibilita  dolorifica e tattile della cute del
 cranio nelle malattie auricolari.   Valsalva,  1932,  8:  611.—
 Lagriffe, L.,  & Retrouvey, H.   Les troubles psycbo-nevro-
 pathiques en otologie.   Rev. laryng., Bord., 1932,  53: 1272-
 88.—McCarthy,  M.  F.  Ophthalmic manifestations  of otic
 disease. Ohio M.  J., 1932, 29: 31-4.—Malherbe, A., & Vilenski,
 K.  Le reflexe des orteils signe  d'affections auriculaires  chez
 Ienfant.  Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1934, 3. ser., Ill: 682-6 —
 Moulonguet.  A.  La douleur  oculaire dans les  suppurations
 auriculaires. Ann. otolar.,  Par.,  1932, 1098-106.—Page, J. R.
 Keflex disturbances  referable to the ear. Boston M. & S. J.,
 1911, 164: 147.—Pollak, R. Ueber psychische Storungen bei
 Ohrenerkrankungen.   Mschr.  Ohrenh.,  1926, 60:  755-61 —
 Scevola, P.  II quadro termico locale fisiologico dell'orecchio
 e le  sue variazioni in alcune affezioni infiammatorie.  Arch.
 ital. otol., 1938, 50:  333-51.—Thomas. C. H.  Ocular manifes-
 , oo,!*m dlseases of the ear. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1934,
 188: 105.

----   Disease:  Medico-legal aspect.

   Almotjr,  R.   The  interpretation of  otological
 findings in cases of industrial  trauma.   29p.   8?
 N. Y., 1924. 
EAR
5
EAR
    Barth, H.  Krankheiten des Ohres und Lebensversicherung.
 Med. Klin., Berl.,  1939, 35: 421-3.—Dolger, R.  Erfahrungen
 bei Erstellung von Gutachten.  Arch. Ohr.  &c Heilk., 1929,
 122:  51-4.—Frey,  H.   Ohrenkrankheiten  und  Lebensver-
 sicherung.  Med.  Klin.,  Berl.,  1925,  21:  761-6.—Haike,  H.
 Zur  ohrenarztlichen Begutachtung Unfallverletzter im Eisen-
 bahnbetriebe.   Zschr. Bahnarzte,  1924, 19: 65-72.—Heine, B.
 Die  gutachtliche  Tatigkeit  bei Ohrenerkrankung.   Munch.
 med. Wschr., 1925, 72: 20-3.—Schultz, B.   Die  Dienstbeloh-
 nung-Frage bei Ohrenleiden.  Aerztl. Mschr., 1927, 257-72.

 ----  Disease, occupational.

    See also  Noise; also under names of occupa-
 tions.
    Peyser,  A.,  &  Maue.    Gewerbliche  Ohren-
 schadigungen  und  ihre  Verhutung.    39p.   8°.
 Berl., 1928.
    Forms Beih. 8, Zbl. Gewerbehyg.

    Caldera, C.  Le otopatie nei ferrovieri; proposte di riforme
 al vigente  reglamento sanitario.  Arch. ital. otol., 1924,  35:
 141-7.—Carnevale-Ricci, F., &  Bassi.  V.   Le alterazioni
 professionali dell'orecchio (ricerche con 1'audiometro)  Med.
 lavoro, 1935,  26: 12-23.—Gordon. L. von.  Die Berufskrank-
 heiten des  Gehororgans.   Zbl.  Hals &c  Heilk., 1926-27,  9:
 433-61.—Lepnev, P. G.   [Affections of the ear among railroad
 engineers]  Vest,  sovet.  otorinolar.,  1934,  144-54.—Preo-
 braschensky,  B. S.  Zur Frage uber die Rolle  einiger  Erz-
 metallsalze (Blei, Quecksilber und Silber) in der professionellen
 Pathologie  des  Gehororgans nach  den  Ergebnissen der Tier-
 experimente.  Otolar.  slav., Praha,  1930,  2: 397-423, 4 pi.—
 Temkin, J. S.  [Industrial diseases of the ear in machinists]
 Profess, pat.  gig.,  1929,  43-52.—Trambitski, G. L.   [Profes-
 sional  diseases of the ear and their prevention]  Vrach. delo,
 1923, 6: 355-7.—Vitale, S.  Le malattie professionali dell'orec-
 chio  con particolare riguardo alia funzione uditiva.  Gior. med.
 mil., 1933,  81:  378-89.—Zuckermann, A.   [Occupational  ear
 diseases and value of prophylactic  measures in regard to upper
 air passages]  Belaruss. med. misl., 1927. 3: 61.

 ----  Disease: Pathology.

    Bauer, J., & Stein,  C.   Konstitutionspatholo-
 gie  in  der  Ohrenheilkunde.   340p.   8?   Berl.,
 1926.
    Eckert-Mobius,  A., Koch, M.  [et al.]   Ge-
 hororgan.  802p.   8?   Ber]., 1926.
    Lamers,  H.   *Die Todesfalle der Jahre 1928-
 30  an  der  Universitats-Ohrenklinik  Wiirzburg
 [Wurzburg]  25p.  8?   Osnabruck,  1932.
    Bishop,  F. J.  Etiology  and pathology  of aural diseases.
 Atlantic M. J., 1925-26, 29: 607.—Bridgett, F. A. Presentation
 of microscopical sections  of various pathological conditions of
 ear.  Laryngoscope, 1926, 36: 467-504.—Butler, R.  Lantern
 demonstration of the pathology of the tympanum and laby-
 rinth as illustrated by the Fraser slides.  Tr. Coll. Physicians
 Philadelphia,  1924, 46: 439-41.—Charousek.  Zur Mechanik
 des Drucksymptoms.  Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1926, 15: 225-7
 [Discussion] 231.—Dean, L. W.   Cytological and bacterio-
 logical studies of otitic disease.  Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1932, 22:
 36-44.—Della Vedova,  T.  Patologia e terapia dell'orecchio.
 Gazz.  osp.,  1928,  49: 1275-81.—Dutheillet de  la  Mothe.
 Existe-t-il des arthrites aigues rhumatismales des articulations
 de l'oreille? Ann. otolar., Par., 1934, 523-5—Escat, E. Trois
 necropsies otologiques d6concertantes.  Otorhinolar. internat.,
 Lyon,  1937, 21: 5-13.—Fishberg, Ella A.  Recent advances
 in the application of biochemistry  to otology.  Laryngoscope,
 1932, 42: 766-70.—Lemattre.  F.   Le Pneumococcus  mucosus
 en otologie.  Bull. Acad, mid., Par., 1934, 3. ser.. Ill: 782-6.—
 Podesta, R. Contribuci6n a la anatomfa patol6gica del 6rgano
 auditivo.  Sem. med., B. Air.,  1925,  32: 2-9.—Richter.  H.
 Beitrage zur pathologischen Anatomie des Ohres.  Hals &c
 Arzt, Teil  1,  1938, 29: 43-57.—Sternberg,  A.  [Interesting
 otological  findingsl  Orvoskepz6s,  1934,  24:  dec.  kulonf.
 (Apponyi Festschr.) 181-4.—Streit,  H.  Die Bedeutung bak-
 terl ilogischer Fragen fiir die Erkrankungen des Ohres.   In
 Handb.  Hals-,  Nasen-, Ohrenh.,  Berl.,  1926, 6: 906-25.—
 Treer,  J.   Epithelisierungsprobleme in der  Ohrenheilkunde.
 Mschr. Ohrenh., 1938, 72: 47-55.—Uyama, Y.  Experimentelle
 Untersuchungen iiber die hamatogene Infektion  des  Gehor-
 organs  durch  hamolytische  Streptokokken.   Fukuoka acta
 med., 1934,  27: 79-85.

 ----  Disease:  Prevention.
   Fowler, E. P.  Ear  conditions from the preventive stand-
 point.   Health Exam.,  N. Y., 1935, 5: No.  7, 7-23   ------
 Prevention of diseases and disorders of the ears between the
 ages of 3 and  12 years, inclusive.  Am. Ann. Deaf, 1938, 83:
 306-19.  Also Prev. Med., N. Y., 1938. 8: 55-67.—Hasting, S.
 The preventive medicine of the ear.   Brit. M. J., 1925, 1: 504.
 Also Eye Ear &c  Month.,  1925-26, 4:  279-81.—Mcintosh,
 E. R.   The prophylactic treatment  of aural diseases.  West
 Virginia M. J.. 1929, 25: 400.—Trott. L. D.  Take care of your
ears.  Life & Health, Wash., 1935, 50: 10;  21.
 ----   Disease: Prognosis.

    Guthrie, T. Ear disease as a menace to life, with particular
 reference to life insurance.  Practitioner,  Lond.,  1935,  134:
 780-7.—Hadjoupoulos, L. G.  The prognostic value of strepto-
 coccic subculture in affections of the ear. Laryngoscope, 1932,
 42: 771-3.—Weiss, A.  The prognostic value of examination
 of the blood in otology. Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1931, 13: 647-57.

 ----   Disease, self-inflicted.

    Moulongtjet,  A.    Manuel  d'expertise   en
 otologie;   d6pistage  des  simulateurs,   pensions,
 assurances, accidents.   106p.   8?   Par., 1933.
    Brzosko, R.  [Self-inflicted injuries  to  the ear to avoid
 military service]  Lek. wojsk., 1935, 26: 20-31.—Raymond. P.
 Otites provoquees dans un but de simulation.   Bull. Soc. mid,
 mil. fr., 1937,  31: 647-50.—Schmiicker, K.  Simualtionsproben
 bei der ohrenarztlichen Begutachtung.  Zschr. Hals &c Heilk.,
 1933, 33:319-21.

 ----   Disease: Treatment.

    Stein,  C.   Die medikamentose und allgemeine
 Behandlung der  Ohrenkrankheiten.  103p.    8?
 Wien,  1931.
    Adams, W. S.,  Cawthorne. T.  [et al.]   Discussion on the
 value of radiology  in diseases of  the ear.   Proc. R. Soc. M.,
 Lond., 1935-36, 29: 969-80, 4 pi.— Anthon. W.  Ein einfacher
 Apparat  zur  Gliihlichtbehandlung von Entziindungen  des
 Ohres.   Zschr. Hals &c  Heilk.,  1924,  10:  213-7.—Audubert.
 Traitement des affections de l'oreille par les vapeurs sulfureuses.
 Vie med., 1925, 6: 913.—Babbitt. J. A.  Conservative treat-
 ment in diseases of the ear.  Ann. Otol.  Rhinol.,  1934, 43:
 1001-8.—Baque.  S., & Beauchamp. P. de.   Les  otopathies
 chroniques aux eaux minferales sulfureuses.  Bull. Soc.  mid.
 Paris,  1938,  244-8.—Bates.  C.    Ultra-violet radiation  and
 diathermy in the treatment of ear conditions.   U.  S. Veterans
 Bur. M. Bull., 1927, 3: 456-9.—Bellows. H. P.  A study of the
 action of ultra-violet light upon the ear.  J. Am  Inst. Homeop.,
 1930, 23: 1091-9. Also Am. J. Phy«. Ther., 1930, 7: 369-74.—
 Bienstock.  Ueber  Behandlung  von  Ohrenkrankheiten  mit
 Panitrin. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1924,  54: 985-7.—Birkholz.
 Rehandhmgsergebnisse  mit  Panitrin-Schwerdtfeger  in  der
 Ohrenheilkunde,  mit  besonderer  Berucksichtigung  seiner
 Einwirkung auf die  pathologische Hamodynamik   Zschr. Hals
 &c. Heilk.,  1923-24, 7: 253-74.   ------   Warnung vor der
 Anwendung konzentrierter Karbolsauregemische im ausseren
 Gehorgange.   Zschr.   arztl.  Fortbild.,  1925, 22:  326-8.—
 Boserup,  O.  Mercurochrome-Behandlung  der Ohrenerkran-
 kungen.   Zschr.  Laryng., 1925-26, 14: 386-9.—Brunetti, F.
 Chimrgia del simpatico cervicale ed organo uditivo.  Otorino-
 lar. ital., 1933, 3:  364-72.  ------   Les  operations sur le
 sympathique cervical dans quelques syndromes auriculaires.
 Acta otolar.,  Stockh.,  1934, 20:  132-42.—Buckman,  E. U.
 Treatment of aural diseases.  Atlantic M. J., 1925-26, 29:
 611.—Caboche. H.. &  Oumikova.  Quelque3 cas d'otopathles
 traites par applications de haute frequence.  Arch, internat.
 laryng.,  Par..  1929, 35:  416-27.—Denker. A.  Allgemeinbe-
 handlung bei  Ohrenkrankheiten.   Fortsoh. Ther.,  1931, 7:
 321-6.—Dobrzanski, A. [The use of panitrine in the diseases
 of the auditory apparatus]  Polska gaz.  lek., 1924, 3: 191-4.—
 Duerto, J.  Valor terap6utico de  las radiaciones ultra-violeta
 en las afecciones  del aparato auditivo.   Clin, lab., Zaragoza,
 1931, 18: 115-38.—Echweiler. R.  Ueber Panltrinbehandlung
 bei Ohrerkrankungen.  Zschr. Laryng., 1923-24, 12: 386-92.—
 Gianni, O.  L'assorbimento da parte dell'orecchio esterno delle
 s^luzioai medicamentose  in  rapporto  con  la loro  pressione
 osmotica.  Arch. ital.  sc farm.,  1934, 3: 90-104.—Grosse-
 Oetringhaus.  Ohrendochte.  Munch, med. Wschr.,  1932, 79:
 635.—Grossmann, F. Operative Therapie des Ohres.  Internat.
 Zbl. Ohrenh.,  1926, 26: 1-65.—Kolisch. E.  Ueber rationelle
 Thermotherapie; Anwendung und  Heilwirkung des Pistyaner
 Thermalschlammes bei akuten Erkrankungen des ausseren und
 mitt'eren  Ohres.    Mschr. Ohrenh.,  1928, 62:  698-704.—
 K lomi.jtschenko, A.  I.   Erfahrungen  iiber   die  Gravidan-
 therapie  bei einigen Ohrenerkrankungen.  Ibid.,  1936,  70:
 1038-41.—Kupfer, E.   On the origin of the  Wever-Bray re-
 sponse and  on an electrotherapy of  the ear.  J.  Lar.  Otol.,
 Lond., 1938, 53: 16-31.—Lanier, L. H.   Status of  the various
 electrical modalities used in diseases of the ear.  South. M. J.,
 1925, 18: 821-4.—McAuliffe. G. B. Functional rest of the ear.
 Med. J. & Rec, 1927, 126: 656.—Mancioli. M.  L'ormonizza-
 zione sessuale della donna  con l'estrofillicolina  in alcuni casi dl
 otopatia.  Valsalva, 1932,  8: 792.—Martin,  R.  C.  Treatment
 of acute diseases of  the ear.   Southwest. M., 1936, 20: 307.—
 Polte.   Lichtbehandlung bei Ohrenleiden.  Zschr. Hals  &c.
 Heilk., 1926, 16:  443-6.—Ramadier. J., Chaussfi & Bzowski.
 Contribution  a  l'6tude du  traitement des  otopathies  par
 I'effluvation  de haute frequence.   Ann.  mal. oreille,  1930, 49:
 880-91.—Seifert,  L. B.  Akut bedrohliche  Zustande bei  den
 Erkrankungen des Ohres und ihre Behandlung.  Klin. Fortbild.,
 1937-38,  5:  709-23, pi.—Skrypt.  A. A.  [Psychotherapy in
 affections of the ears]  Vrach. delo, 1934,  17: 567-70.   Also
 Mschr.  Ohrenh.,  1935,  69:  1248-52.—Specht. F.   1st  die
 Anwendung  der  Trichloressigsaure  im Ohr  ungefahrlich?
 Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk.,  1923-24,  111:  269-74.—Vexenat. G.
Les traitements d'oreilie, bourdonnements, surdity,  a Challes-
les-Eaux  par  les insufflations  sulfocarboniques.   Marseiell 
EAR
6
EAR
mid., 1938, 75: 571-5.—Weiss, H.  Erfahrungen mit Panitrin-
Einspritzungen  bei  Ohrenkrankheiten.  Beitr.  Anat.  Ohres,
1923-24, 20: 329-40.—Yates, A.  L.  The nursing of ear cases.
Nurs. Times, Lond.,  1907, 33: 519-21.

----   Disease—in children.

   Meyer, M.  Die Ohrenkrankheiten des Kindes.
166p.  8?   Berl.,  1930.
   Forms:  H. 26, Abh. Kinderh.

   Roberg,  P.   *Haufigkeit  und Heilungserfolge
der  otogenen Komplikationen  im   Kindesalter
nach  den Sektionsberichten  des  Pathologischen
Institutes  und  dem   klinischen  Material  der
Ohren-,  Hals- und Nasenklinik  der  Universitat
in  Frankfurt  a. M. in  den  Jahren  1919-1930
[Frankfurt]   20p.    8?   Lippstadt, 1931.
   Cottle,  M. H.  Obscure ear disease in the first year of life.
Illinois M. J., 1930, 57: 258-60.— Cronk, H. L.  Ear disease in
children.  Med. Off., Lond., 1937, 58: 141.—Crooks. J.   Affec-
tions of the ear.  In Dis. Child. (Thursfield & Paterson) Lond.,
1934, 402-10.—Guthrie, D.  Les maladies de l'oreille  chez le
nourrisson  et 1'enfant.   Arch, internat.  laryng., Par., 1927.
33:  149-52.—Gyorgy,  E.   [Actual  problems  of otology  of
childhood]  Budapesti  orv. ujs.,  1938, 36: 81-3.—Hainiss,  E.
[Pediatric  importance  of inflammatory diseases of the ear]
Ibid., 73-5.—Hastings, S.   Chronic diseases  of the  ear  in
children.  J. R. San. Inst., 1925-26, 46: 185-93.  Also Mat. &
Child Welf., Lond., 1925, 9: 256-60.—Hedges, H. S.  Children's
ears, and the general practitioner.  South. M. & S.,  1925, 87:
137-40.—Kablulova-Stern, N. S.  [Certain peculiarities in ear
affections  during various diseases in  children]  Sovet. pediat.,
1934, No. 10, 66-78.—Leidler, R.  Die Ohrenkrankheiten des
Kindes.   Wien.  klin.  Wschr., 1928, 41: 1354.— Livingston,
G.  S.  • Diseases of  the ear  and its  appendages.  In  Pract.
Pediat. (Brennemann, J.) Hagerstown, 1937, 4:  chap. 39, 44.—
McAskill,  J.  E.   Ear infections  in  children.   N. York State
J. M., 1929. 29: 9-12.—Popper, J.  Otological problems  in
pediatric practice.  Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1930, 47: 414-27 —
Price, C.  The care and treatment  of patients suffering from
diseases of the ear at the Downs hospital for children.  Annual
Rep. London Co. Counc,  1935, 4: pt 3, 61-4.—Rosenbaum, S.
Konstitution und Ohrerkrankungen  im  friihen Kindesalter.
Fol. otolar. orient.,  1936, 3: 10-8.—SchilofT. C. N. De Tin-
fluence de la  constitution dans les miladies d'oreilles chez les
enfants.   Rev. laryng., Par.,  1925, 46: 814-9.—Shambaugh,
G. E.  Diseases of the ear in childhood.  Am.  J. Dis.  Child.,
1930. 39:  1062-7. Also repr.—Wishart, D. E.  S.  Five years'
study of the relation of infection of the ear and  infection of the
intestinal tract in infants.  Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1930,20: 100-31.

----  Disease—in soldiers.
   Hare, J., Davis, E.  D. D. [et  al.]   Discussion on  the effect
of aural conditions on fitness for active service.  Proc.  R. Soc
M.. Lond., 1936-37. 30: 1523-40.—Hare, J., &  Waggett, E. B.
Discussion on the effect of aural conditions on fitness for active
service. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1937, 69: 304-12—Knlin, O. G.
[Simulation, aggravation  and injuries to the  ear,  to avoid
military service]  Odessk. med. J., 1928, 3: 353-65.—Schmidt.
Truppenarzt und Ohrenkrankheiten.  VerofT. Heer. San., 1936,
H.  100, 52-66.—Schmucker, K.   Ohrenarztliche Erfahrungen
bei Begutachtungen fiir das Versorgungswesen.  Zschr. Hals
&c. Heilk., 1934-35, 37: 263-75.—Schultz, B. Zur D. B.-Frage
bei  Ohrenleiden.   Aerztl. Mschr.,  1928,  47.—Titov. A.  I.
[Injuries of the ear in  the artillery service]   Voen. med.  J.,
Moskva,  1933,  4: 341-50.— Ullmann.   Ueber die entzund-
lichen  Erkrankungen  des Ohres und ihre  Ruckstiinde mit
besonderer Berucksichtigung ihrer  Bedeutung  fiir die Beur-
teilung der Wehrdienstfahigkeit.  Deut. Militararzt, 1937, 2:
477-9.—Voyachek, V. I.  [Importance of the function of the
ear and its pathology in the army]  Voen. med. J., Moskva,
1932, 3: 357-71.

----  Embryology and  growth.
   Anson. B. J., & Black, W. T., jr.  The early relation of the
auditorv vesicle to the ectoderm in human embryos.  Anat.
Rec,  1934. 58: 127-43.—Guggenheim. L.  K.  The develop-
ment  of the organ of hearing. Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc,
1931,  37: 45-82  Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1931, 40: 812-51.—
Jung.  Beitrape zur Entwicklungsmechamk  des Ohres.   Zschr.
Hals &c Heilk., 1925, 12: 423.—Nauck, E. T.  Vorweisung von
Praparaten zur Entwicklung des  Ohrknorpels beim Menschen.
Verh. Anat. Ges., 1936,  43: 290.—Rubbiani, L.  Intorno alio
sviluppo della spina supra meatum e delle parti molli contigue.
Boll. Soc  med. chir. Modena, 1933. 33: 95-102.—Streeter,  G.
Early stages in the development of the acoustic apparatus in
the human embryo.   Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1929, 19: 179-81.—
Tokura, R. Zur  Frage der Horblascheninversion.  Fol. anat.
jap.. 1924, 2: 97-106, pi.—Waetzmann, E. Ein erbbiologisches
Problem am  menschlichen  Gehororgan.  Nachr.  Ges. Wiss.
Gdttingen, 1934-35, n. F., 1: Biol.. 157-61.

----   Embryology  and growth, comparative.

   Syk,  I.  *Till kannedomen  om mellersta och
yttre  horselsfarernas  morfogenes  hos  Amniota;
anlaggningen  och  utvecklingen  av  mellanorat
och  ytterorat  samt   nagra   andra   epiteliala,
angransande   formationer   hos  Lepus,   Anas,
Chrysemys,  Cnemidophorus,   Anguis,  Tropido-




45-85.-Bonnevie.  K.  Abortive  differentiation  of the  ear
vesicles   Genetica, Gravenh., 1936, 18: 106-25, 3 pi.—Choi,
M H? Determination of the ear and side-spec.fic.tv of the ear
region  ectoderm in amphibian embryoes.   Fol. anat. Jap.,
1930-31 9- 315-32  ------  Determination of  the posture of
transplanted  ear  region  ectoderm in  amphibian  embryos.
J.  Severance Union  M. Coll., 1933, 1:  5-12,-Dalcq. A   La
determination de la vesicule auditive chez le discoglosse   Arch.
anat. micr., Par.,  1933,  29: 389-420.-Donadei. G.  Su 1 isto-
genesi degli apparecchi  di copertura degli epiteli acustici nel
vertebrate  Arch.  ital. otol., 1925,  36: 65;  131, 2 pi —Dunlop,
G., & Hammond, J.  The growth and proportions of the rabbit a
ear in relation to body weight.  J. Genetics, Cambr., 1937, 34:
463-75,  pi.—Evans,  H. M.   The origins of  hearing—random
variation or convergent, evolution—a study  of the  auditory
organ and its swim-bladder connections in fishes.  J. Lar. Otol.,
Lond., 1935. 50: 649-71.  Also repr.—Fell, H. B.  The develop-
ment  in vitro  of the isolated otocyst of the  embryonic fowl.
Arch. exp.  Zellforsch.,  1928, 7: 69-81, 2 pi.—Guareschi.  C.
Studi  sullo sviluppo dell'otocisti  degli anfibi  anuri.   Arch.
Entwmech.,  1930, 122:  179-203.—Hall.  E.  K.  The  deter-
mination of the axes of the  embryonic ear:  an experimental
study bv the method of 90° rotations.  J. Exp. Zool., 1937, 75:
11-34,  2 pi.—Jung, G.   Entwicklungsmechanische Untersu-
chungen am Gehororgan des Frosches.   Zschr. Hals &c Heilk.,
1929-30, 25:   527-54.—Kaan,  H.  W.  Experiments  on  the
development of the  ear of Amblystoma punctatum. J. Exp.
Zool., 1926, 46: 13-55, 3 pi.  ------  The relation of the de-
veloping auditory vesicle to the  formation  of the  cartilage
capsule in Amblystoma punctatum. Ibid., 1930, 55: 263-89.—■
Miyawaki, S.  Die Entwicklung der Ohrkapsel  und des schal-
leitenden Apparates  von Megalobatrachus  japonicus.   Fol.
anat.  jap.,  1929,  7: 457-88.  ------   Die  Entwicklung  der
Ohrkapsel und des schalleitenden Apparates von Hyla arborea
japonica.  Ibid., 1929-30, 8: 1-37.—Ogawa, C.  Einige Experi-
mente zur Entwicklungsmechanik  der Amphibienhorblaschen.
Ibid., 1926, 4: 413-31.—Preda, V.  [Development  of regions
devoid of the nervous system; special reference to the acoustic
vesicle,  the Discoglossus pictus Otth]   Cluj. med., 1938.  19:
47.—Quiring. D. P.  The development of the ear of Acanthias
vulgaris. J. Morph. Physiol., 1930, 50: 259-93.—Richardson,
D.   Effects of heteroplastic transplantation  of the  ear  in
Amblystoma.  Proc. Soc.  Exp. Biol.,  N. Y.,  1931, 28:  998 —
Robb, J. M., & Palmer, H.  The phvlogenetic development of
the ear.   Surg. Gyn.  Obst., 1939, '68: 401-6.— Rohlich,  K.
Experimentelle Untersuchungen   iiber den  Zeitpunkt  der
Determination der Gehorblase bei Amblystoma-Embryonen.
Arch.  Entwmech.,  1929,  118:   164-99.—Schmidt,   G.  A.
[Morphogenetic significance of  the ectoderm in the formation
of the auditory vesicle and exterior gills in xenoplastic  experi-
ment]  Arkh.  biol. nauk, 1935. 39: 701-18.—Simpson.  G.  G.
The ear region and the foramina of the cynodont skull.  Am.
J. Sc, 1933, 26: 285-94.—Sternberg,  H.  Ueber Transplanta-
tion des Ohrblaschens bei Froschlarven.  Arch.  mikr.  Anat.
Entwmech.,   1924,  103:  259-83.—Szepsenwol,  J.   Origine
des v^sicules  auditives  chez  un embrvon  de  poulet omphalo-
c6phale.  C.  rend. Soc biol.,  1931, 106: 1199-201.------
Recherches sur les centres organisateurs des vfesicules auditives
chez des embryons de poulets omphaloc^phales obtenus exp6ri-
mentalement.   Arch.  anat.  micr., Par.,  1933,  29:  5-94.—
Tokura, R.   Entwicklungsmechanische Untersuchungen iiber
das Horblaschen  und  das akustische,  sowie  faciale Ganglion
bei den Anuren.  Fol.  anat. jap., 1925,  3:  173-208, 3  pi.—
Vitali, G.  La  facon de se comporter du placode de la premiere
fente  branchiale (placode fipibranchia!) dans la  s6rie des vert£-
bres.  Arch. ital. biol.,  1926, 76: 94-106.—Waddington. C. H.
The determination of the auditorv placode in the chick.  J.
Exp.  Biol., Lond., 1937, 14: 232-9—Yntema,  C. L.  Experi-
ments on the determination of the ear ectoderm in the embryo
of Amblystoma punctatum.  J. Exp. Zool., 1933, 65: 317-57.

----  Endocrine relation.
   Barth, H.   Endokrines System und Hororgan.  In Norm.
Krankh. Steuerung [etc.]  (Adam, C.)  Jena, 1937, p.295-302.—
Drury, D. W.  Endocrine hypofunction in ear disease.  Boston
M. & S. J.. 1927, 197: 176-82.  Also J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1927,
42: 375-85.—Hunt.  H.  L.  Endocrine  basis for ear affections.
Med. Times,  N. Y., 1927, 55:  172-4.—Malherbe, A.  Oreille
et parathyrolde.  Presse med., 1936, 44: 1484-6.
----   Examination.
   See  also Otology, Diagnosis;  Otology, Instru-
ments; also under names of special parts of  the
auditory organ.
   Schlittler,   E.    Klinische   Methoden   der
Untersuchung   des   Gehororgans.    120p.    8°.
Berl.,  1926. 
EAR
7
EAR
   Amberg, E.   Illumination  of  the  ear;  a short historical
sketch.  Arch. Otolar.,  Chic, 1932,  15: 838-43.  Also repr.—
Blosson, H., & Lorente de N6, R.  An equipment for the study
of the physiology of the ear and of the nervous system.  Acta
otolar., Stockh., 1934-35, 21: 149-58.—Crowe, S. J., & Hugh-
son, W.  Eine neue Methode zur Untersuchung der Physiologie
und Pathologie des Ohres.  Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1931-32. 30:
65-76.—Ebert, R. H.. Florey.  H. W., &  Pullinger, B. D.  A
modification  of a Sandison-Clark chamber  for observation of
transparent tissue in the rabbit's  ear.  J. Path.  Bact., Lond.,
1939, 48: 79-94, 3 pi.—Gyergyay, A.  [New method of dissecting
the ear; quick  and  easy extraction of the hearing organs with
the Eustachian tube and parts of the nose and  nasopharynx
without deformation of the  corpse]  Magy. orv. arch., 1930,
31: 1-18.—McAuliffe, G.  A form for ear examinations.  Eye
Ear &c  Month.,  1926-27,  5: 617.—Okashima, K.   Spalt-
linienuntersuchungen  an  Gehorknochelchen  und  iiusserem
Gehorgang.  Zschr. Laryng., 1933. 24: 327-36—Podesta, R., &
Monserrat, J.  Ueber die Anwendung einer Silberimpragnation
nach  Rio Hortega bei histologischen  Untersuchungen  am
normalen und pathologischen  Gehororgan.  Arch. Ohr.  &c
Heilk., 1934,  138:  52-8.—Richter, H.   Das Wichtigste uber
Hor-  und  Gleichgewichtspriifung  fiir   den  Allgemeinarzt.
Munch,  med.  Wschr.,   1934,  81: 789-91.—Tullio,  P.   Die
Mikrurgie des  Ohres   unter  Anwendung  des   binokularen
stereoskopischen Mikroskops an  Tieren  und  am  Menschen.
Arch.  Ohr. &c Heilk., 1938, 145: 382-90.—Weidemann, J. A.
A new method for the fixation  and preparation of gross speci-
mens.  Arch. Otolar., Chic,  1936, 23: 728.

----   Herpes zoster.

    See also in 3.  ser. Herpes zoster, otic.
   Andrieu. J.   Les  troubles vestibulaires dans le zona.  Ann.
mal.  oreille,  1927, 46:  328-62.—Asherson,  N.  Herpes zoster
oticus, with  involvement  of the  vestibular nerve.  Proc. R.
Soc  M.,  Lond., 1932,  25: 1303.—Aubriot, P.,  & Heisch. J.
Contribution  documentaire a l'fitude  du zona otique (forme
prolongee)  Ann. otolar.,  Par., 1935, 1185-90.—Badeaux, F.
Cocainisation du ganglion  sphfenopalatin dans un cas  de zona
otique.  Union mid. Canada, 1926,  55: 437-43.—Baldenweck
& Degorce. Zona otique total,  associ6 a un  zona du trijumeau,
du glosso-pharyngien et du laryng6 supfirieur.  Rev. otoneur.,
Par..  1939, 17: 29-34.—Battino-Viterbo, N.  Su un  caso di
herpes zoster otico  con paralisi  faciale  definitiva.  Valsalva,
1937,  13: 633-41.—Bertelsen   [Herpes  zoster  oticus (poly-
neuritis   cerebralis)]   Hospitalstidende,   1938,   81:   Dansk
oto-lar. selsk. forh., 60-6.—Boccia, D., & Tesoro,  J.  Sindrome
complexo de Ramsay Hunt.  Prensa m6d. argent., 1939  26:
62-5.—Bromnell, D. H. Herpes zoster oticus. Laryngoscope,
1937,  47: 812-24.—Bruzzone,  C.  Sindromi complete ed in-
complete  del ganglio genicolato da herpes zoster.  Riv. otoneur.,
1927,  4:  68-76.—Buckingham, T. W.  Herpes zoster oticus;
report of a case with facial paralysis.  Arch. Otolar., Chic,
1931.  13: 59-62.  Also  repr.—Burger, H.   [Auricular herpes
zoster] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1933, 77: 5340-4, pi—Censky, A.
[Herpes zoster of the external ear accompanied by prosopo-
plegia] Cas. lek. eesk.,  1933. 72: 1090.—Chang. C. S.  Herpes
zoster auriculae with facial palsy  and  auditory  symptoms;
report of  a case. Chin. M. J., 1937, 51: 41-4.—Chavanne, F.
Zona  de  l'oreille avec  paralysie  faciale; oto-mastoldite  con-
cornitante.   Otorhinolar.  internat.,  Lyon,   1933,  17:  332-4.
Also Ann. otolar., Par.,  1934, 68.—Combes. F. C.   Report of
a  case of herpes zoster oticus.   Med. J. & Rec,  193i,  134:
181.—Cornet. E.  Un cas  de zona otitique  total  de Sicard ou
syndrome complet  du  ganglion  genicule de Souques.  Rev.
larvng., Bord., 1936, 57: 1146.—De Ocampo, G.  Herpes zoster
oticus: report  of a  case with  facial paralysis.   J. Philippine
Islands M. Ass., 1936, 16: 369-73—Duvoir, M.,Pollet.L. [et al.]
Zonas auriculaire et bucco-pharyng6 associ^s et  compliques
de paralysie  faciale et  d'h6miplegie, v61o-palatine; anesthesie
de la cornee.   Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1937, 44: 2031-5 —
Federici, F. Sur un cas de zona cephalique inte>essant plusieurs
nerfs et ayant  probablement la caisse du  tympan comme voie
d'entree  du  virus  infectieux.  Rev. otoneur., Par.,  1927, 5:
14-24.—Fenton, R.  A.   Diagnostic  factors  concerning herpes
zoster oticus.  J. Am. M. Ass.,  1934, 103: 468-72.  Also Gazz.
osp.,  1935. 56:  37-40.—Fioretti. F.  Un caso di zona auricolare
totale senza paralisi del facciale.   Ann. laring., Tor., 1929, 30:
165-79.   ------  Considerazioni anatomo-cliniche su alcuni
casi di zona auricolare.   Riv.  otoneur., 1930,  7:  230-40.—
Ghislanzoni,  C.  Zoster del padiglione auricolare con paralisi
del facciale e  sindrome di Ramsay Hunt.  Osp.  maggiore,
Milano, 1926, 3. ser., 14: 3-5, pi.—Ginsburg, L.  Herpes zoster
oticus.  Ohio M. J., 1928, 24: 624-7.—Gonzalez Sabathie\ I... &
Gonzalez Loza, M.   Sindrome completo del ganglio geniculado
(sindrome de  Ramsay Hunt)  Rev. mid.  Rosario, 1933,  23:
551-9.—Guaschino, G.  Herpes zoster otiticus  Osp. maggiore,
Milano,  1929,  17:  101-6.—Guillermin, M., & Migayron, A.
Zona otitique et otomast^Idite aigue.  Ann.  otolar., Par., 1933,
599-602.—Guthrie. T.  Herpes zoster oticus and allied condi-
tions,  with notes of 3 cases.  Lancet, Lond., 1926. 1: 710.—
Halphen,  E.  Zona auriculaire  ou syndrome g6nicuI6 complet.
Rev.  otoneur.,  Par.,  1926, 4:  390-3.—Hastings, H.  Herpes
zoster oticus, with  report  of 2  cases.  Tr.  Am. Laryng. Ass.,
1935, 41: 516-8. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol.,  1935, 44: 899-904.—
Haymann, L.  Ueber Herpes zoster und herpetische  Erkran-
kungen im Ohrgebiet.   Munch,  med. Wschr., 1934, 81:  137;
164 —Hill, F. T. Herpes zoster oticus: report of 3 cases.   Tr.
Am. Otol. Soc, 1936, 26:  259-74.  Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol.,
1936, 45:  666-78.—Kay-Aberg,  H.   Herpes  zoster  oticus;
polyneuritis meatus audit,  intern, herpetica.   Acta  otolar.,
Stockh.,  1926,  10: 209-22.—Lemaitre, F., Baudouin, E.,  &
Sailly.  Zona de l'oreille  avec paralysie faciale; adenite  zos-
terienne pre-£ruptive.  Bull. Soc  med. hop. Paris,  1927, 51:
503-6.—Leonard,  K.  Ein  Fall  von Herpes  zoster  oticus.
Zschr. Laryng., 1929-30, 19:  427-9.—McDonald, C.  A.,  &
Taylor, E.  W.   Herpes zoster  oticus; report of cases.  Arch.
Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1931, 25: 601-11.  Also repr.—MacGib-
bon, T. A.  Herpes oticus; report of a  case.   N.  Zealand M. J.,
1936, 35: 23-6.—Mathon,  K.  Paralysie du  nerf facial et vesti-
bulaire dans la  zone otique.   Rev. neur., Par., 1935, 42: pt  2.
1002.—Minkovsky, A.  Ueber die Natur des Syndroms Herpes
zoster oticus.   Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk.,  1934, 138:  131-40 —
O'Shea,  H. V.  Otitic herpes zoster.   Practitioner,  Lond.,
1930, 125:  741-8.—Papin.   Zona otitique et  trigemellaire
bilateral.   Rev.  otoneur., Par.,  1926, 4:  282-5.— Parthiot.
Zona otitique et otite aigue.  Ann. otolar., Par.,  1934. 1019-21.
Also Lyon med., 1934, 154:  219-21.—Piquet, J., & Rachez,  J.
Zona auriculaire avec trSs  forte reaction lymphocytaire. Echo
mid. nord,  1935, 3. ser., 3: 217.—Rabbiner, M.   Herpes zoster
oticus; report  of  1  case  with involvement of the seventh,
vestibular branch of the eighth, ninth and tenth cranial nerves.
Med. Rec, N. Y.,  1938, 148: 440-3-  Rebattu, J., & Mounier-
Kuhn, P.  Troubles auditifs et vestibulaires d'origine zostl-
rienne.  J. med. Lyon, 1933, 14: 457-62.  ------& Sprecher,
Zona auriculaire avec paralysie faciale et otite.  Ann.  otolar.,
Par., 1938, 654.—Ricci, B.  Su di un  caso  di zona auricolare.
Valsalva, 1926,  2: 396-407.—Richards, E. H.  A case of herpes
auris.  J. Lar.  Otol., Lond.,  1924,  39: 213-5.—Sears, W. H.
Herpes zoster oticus.  Tr.  Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1926, 31:
407-31.  Also Ann.  Otol. Rhinol.,  1927, 36: 361-84,  2 pi —
Soloviev, L. M.   [Herpes zoster  of the external ear]  Vest.
otorinolar., 1938, No.  2,  206-09.—Sterling, W.  [Hunt syn-
drome (herpetic inflammation of  auricular  region)]   Polska
gaz. lek., 1928,  7: 140.—Stewart, J. P.  Herpes zoster oticus.
J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1927, 43: 665- 73— Szende, B.   Herpes
zoster oticus mit Facialislahmung.  Mschr. Ohrenh., 1932,
66: 814.—Troisier, J., & Vendel, R.  Zona palato-otitique avec
paralysie faciale. Bull. Soc. mid. hop. Paris, 1927, 3. ser., 51:
491-5.—Veyssi  &  Nicolas.  A  propos d'une Eruption  zostfiri-
forme de la conque de 1'oreille revfitant le type de zona otitique
total.  Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr.,  1934, 28: 131-4.—Viganoni, G.
Herpes zoster del  padiglione con paralisi del facciale.   Arch.
ital. otol., 1930, 41: 14-7.—Worms, G., & Lieux.  Zona otitique
associ6 a des paralvsies faciale et palato-laryngee.  Rev.  oto-
neur., Par., 1926, 4: 306-8.

----  Histology.

   Fenton, R. A.  The presence of phagocytic cells (histiocytes)
in  aural mucosa.  Ann.  Otol. Rhinol., 1932,  41:  393-404.
------& Larsell, O.  The presence of phagocytic cells  (histio-
cytes) in aural mucosa. Tr. Am. Otol.  Soc, 1932, 22: 178-93.—
Lange, W.  Das Ohr des Kindes.  In Handb.  Anat. Kind.
(K. Peter) Munchen, 1929, 2. Bd, 155-84.—Podesta, R.  Sobre
algunas  particularidades  anatomo-microscopicas del  organo
auditivo del perro.  Rev. As. mid. argent., 1936. 50: 1843-8.—
Tanaka,  H.  Untersuchungen iiber das Glykogen im  Gehor-
organ. Sei i kwai, 1929, 48: 2.

----  Hygiene.

   See also Noise,  Prevention.
   Casalini,  G.   Estetica ed  igiene  dell'orecchio.   Igiene  &
vita,  1936, 19:  119.—Hays,  H.  The care of  children's  ears
during the summer.   Med. J. &  Rec,  1928,  128: 341-3 —
McAuliffe, G. B. Ear hygiene.  Med. Rev. of Rev., 1928, 34:
229-33.—Peyser, A. Einige Probleme der Gewerbehygiene des
Ohres.  Zbl.  Gewerbehyg., 1925, n. F.,  2: 284-6.—Reiss,  S.
Ear cleaning implement.   U. S. Patent Off.,  1934, No. 1,980,-
826.—Ruttin, E.  Ueber  Hygiene  des Ohres.   Med. Klin.
Berl., 1925, 21:  1635-8.—Warbrick, J. C.   The hygiene of the
ear. West. M.  Times,  1928-29, 48:  122-5.

----  Infection.

   Alden, A. M., & DeMotte. J. A.  The value of the Schilling
hemogram  in the  otologic  infections.   Ann.  Otol.  Rhinol.,
1931, 40: 95-142.—Barenberg, L. H., & Lewis, J. M.  Vincent's
(fusospirillary)  infection  in  the ear.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1930,
94:  1065-7.—Barkhorn, H.   The ear as a focus of infection.
J. M. Soc  N. Jersey,  1927, 24: 359-62.—Castex. M.  R.  In-
fecci6n focal. Prensa m6d. argent., 1930-31. 17: 893; passim.—
Denman. I.  O.   The role  of irradiation in focal infections and
obstructive  deafness.   Eye  Ear  &c. Month.,  1925-26,  4:
680-2.—Dunlap, A. M. Bacteriology  of ear infections.  China
M. J., 1925, 39: 331-7.—Ireland, P. E.  Two common  compli-
cations of ear infections. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1937. 37: 256-60.—
Mackenzie,  G.  W.  Bacillus pyocvaneus infection of the ear,
Med. World,  1936, 54:  714.—Martin,  R.  C.  Streptothrix
infections of the  mastoid,  middle and  external ear.  Ann.
Otol. Rhinol., 1931, 40: 1171-8.—Paulson. T. S. Zinc ioniza-
tion in  ear infections.  Eye  Ear &c. Month.,  1938-39,  17:
304.—Pearson.  G. J.  The use of acri-violet in the treatment
of infection of the ear.  J. Iowa M. Soc, 1925, 15: 489-92.—
Risch, O. C.  Actinomycosis of the ear.  Arch. Otolar., Chic,
1939, 29: 235-51 .—Smith,  C. II.  Ear  infections in infants
and children.   Med. Rec, N. Y., 1938, 148: 62-5. 
EAR
8
EAR
Injury.
   See also Cranium, Fracture; Head, Injury, &c«

   Avril,  C.    *Weitere  Beitrage  zu   geburts-

 traumatischen  Schadigungen des  Gehororganes-

 31p.   8?   Frankf. a. M.,  1935.
   Haymann,  L.   Ueber Schussverletzungen des

 Ohres.  200p.   8?   Lpz., 1919.
   Schwartzenberg, I.  Contribution k l'etude
 des coups de feu de l'oreille  (par  petits projec-

 tiles)   50p.   8?   Par.,  1931.
   Alexander,  G.  Die  Schussverletzungen  des  Ohres.   In
 Handb. Neur. Ohres,  Berl., 1928, 2: 1. Teil, 449-514—Alonso.
 J. M.  Sur les blessures de  l'oreille par coup de  feu.  Ann.
 otolar., Par., 1934, 13-8—Andrews, A. H.  Lesions of the  ear
 following trauma of  skull.   Internat. J. M. A S., 1960,  43.
 625.—Barth, H.   Zur Frage: Geburtstrauma und Hororgan.
 Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1933,  35: 1-42.—Bombelli, U.  Trauma
 dell'orecchio sinistro con ritenzione di  grossi frammenti di
 vetro del  facciale.  Valsalva, 1934, 10: 441-4—Bompet.R.
 Perdida de Hquido cefalo-raqufdeo por  traumatismo de oldo.
 Rev. espec, B. Air..  1927, 2: 297-9.—Bonnet-Roy, F.  Gines
 et lesions auriculaires.  Ann. mid. lig., 1936,  16: 262-5.
 Bourgeois, H.  Les traumatismes de l'oreille, les traumatismes
 de guerre et leurs consequences.  In Precis path, chir., 6.  id.,
 Par.,  1938,  2: 494-507.—Brunner. H.   Ohr- und  Schadel-
 trauma.  Wien.  klin. Wschr., 1934, 47: 114-8.  Also Aerztl.
 Prax., Wien, 1935,  9: 261-5.—Bruzzone,  C.  Lesioni auricolarl
 da scarica elettrica.  Ann. laring., Tor.,  1935, 34: 147-50.—
 Caliceti,  P.  Sulle lesioni  dell'apparato uditivo  da scarica
 elettrica.  Ibid.,  1928,  29:  16-21.—Causse\ R.  Oreille et
 accidents du travail.   Presse m6d., 1934, 42: 1794.—Davis,
 E. D. D.  Injuries of the ear arising from fractures of the skull.
 Brit. M. J.. 1928, 2:  741.  Also J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1931, 46:
 536-41.—Egeblad, K.  [Electrical lesion of the organ  of hear-
 ing]  Ugeskr. laeger, 1930, 92: 654.—Gladkoff. Zur Klinik der
 Erschiitterung des  Ohres durch Blitzschlag.  Mschr. Ohrenh.,
 1936, 70: 289-93.—Gopenchajm. I.  [Changes in the ear follow-
 ing  trauma of the skull]  Polska gaz. lek., 1939, 18: 138-43.—
 Haarmann, H. Zur Frage der Ohrschadigung beim elektrischen
 Unfall.  Hals &c Arzt,  1937, 28: 49-58.—Hasselt, E. H.  van
 [Ear complications due to blows]  Geneesk. tschr.  Ned. Indie,
 1936,  76:  322-7.—Heermann,  O.  Ueber einige Falle  von
 Gehorgangs-,  Mittelohr- und Labyrinthverbrennungen beim
 Schweissen und  Giessen.  Zschr. Hals  &c  Heilk.,  1935-36,
 39;  546-56.—Hempstead, B. E.  Bullets in the ear: report of
 3 cases. J. Am. M. Ass., 1932, 98: 2281.—Hofer, I. Traumen
 des Ohres.  Zbl. Hals &c Heilk., 1925, 7:1; 305.—Kelemen, G.
 Discussion  on  disturbances  of function of the  ear following
 injury.  Proc. R.  Soc.  M.,  Lond., 1935-36, 29: 1114-23 —
 Kobayashi,  S.  Experimentelle  Untersuchungen iiber  die
 Verletzungen des Gehororgans; pathologische Veranderungen
 des   Gehororgans  durch Kopfverletzungen;   pathologische
 Veranderungen des  Gehororgans  durch Schwankungen  des
 komprimierten Luftdruckes;  pathologische Veranderungen des
 GehSrorgans durch  Schwankungen des  verminderten  Luft-
 druckes.  Aichi J.  Exp. M.,  1923-24, 1: H. 3,  1-86, 3 pi.—
 Kriegsmann.  Unfallscnadigungen am Ohr.  Med. Klin., Berl.,
 1938,  34:  603-5.—Lackum,  J. K.  von.   Traumatic ears.  J.
 Iowa M. Soc, 1930, 20: 289-96.—Leicher, H.  Ueber  den
 Heilverlauf bei  traumatischen  Hor- und Gleichgewichtssto-
 rungen.  Zschr. Hals &c  Heilk., 1934,  36:  251-61   [Discus-
 sion]  261.—Linthicum,  F.  H.    Trauma and  occupational
 disturbances of the ear.  In  Pract. Libr. M. & S. (Appleton)
 N. Y., 1937, 11: 645-57.—Losanov, N.  On the professional
 traumatisation of the ear of  industrial workers.  Acta otolar.,
 Stockh., 1930, 14: 393-438.—Marx,  H.  Unfallverletzungen
 des Ohres.  In Handb. ges. Unfallh. (F.  Konig & G. Magnus)
 Stuttg.,  1934,  4: 207-26.—Mauthner. O.  Zur Kenntnis  der
 Ohrverletzungen im Bergbau.  Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1927-28,
 18:  392-7  [Discussion]  407.   ------   Die Einteilung  der
 Verletzungen des Ohres.  Arch.  Ohr. &c. Heilk.,  1929, 122:
 207-13.------■   Zur  Charakteristik  der  Ohrverletzungen
 durch  Einklemmung  des  Kopfes.   Zschr. Laryng., 1929,  18:
 330-7.------Typische Berufsschaden und Organminder-
 wertigkeit.   Zschr.  Hals  &c. Heilk.,  1931, 29: 435-40.—
 Murphy, A. B.  The  ear and cranial trauma. Arch. Otolar.,
 Chic,   1935,  21:  686-93.—Naghi, T.    [Auricular  trauma]
 Cluj. med., 1938,  19: 28-31.—Petzal, E.  Ueber die Beteiligung
 des  Gehororgans an  den gewerblichen  Schadigungen  durch
 Elektrizitat.   Internat.  Zbl. Ohrenh.,   1931, 34: 65-76.—
 Pietrantoni, L.  I  traumi dell'orecchio.  In Traumat. otorinolar.
 (Bellotti) Bologna,  1931,  9-48.—Raick.  Sequelles de guerre
 en otologie.  Arch. mid.  beiges,  1929, 82: 65-9.—Ramadier,
 J. A.,  & Causs6, R.   Traumatisme de  l'oreille.   Ann. mid.
 lig.,  1937, 17: 1057.—Richter, H.  Wass  muss der Allgemein-
 arzt  von der Begutachtung traumatischer Ohrschaden wissen?
 Munch, med. Wschr.,  1934, 81: 868.—Rollin, H.   Ueber die
 traumatische Meningocele des Gehororgans.  Arch. Ohr. Ac.
 Heilk., 1933,  134: 362-71.—Ruttin, E.  Gewehrschuss, Atresie
 des  Gehorganges,  Labyrinthausschaltung;  Operation  der
Atresie.  Mschr.  Ohrenh., 1916,  50: 324-6.—Salvador!*,  G.
Sopra alcuni casi  di traumi dell'orecchio.  Valsalva, 1935. 11:
462-76.—Schwarz, M. Rundschau: Trauma und Ohr.   Jahr-
 lurs. arztl.  Fortbild., 1936, 27: H. 10, 24-40.—Smirnov. A.  A.
[Effect of the rate of variation of pressure in the outer auditory
canal on the state of hearing and trauma of the ear]  Tr.   c   .
mil. med.  Kiroff, 1935, 2: 204-11.—Thielemann.  M\TJ^e
der Geburtsschadigung  des Gehororgans.   Zschr.  J-ary"i£.
1926-27, 15: 126-34, 5 pi.—Thost, A.  Verletzungen des unrea
durch  Luftdruckschwankungen.   In  Handb.  Neur. unres,
Berl.,  1928, 2: 1. Teil, 429-48.—Ulrich, K.  Ve/letzun<f?£Mf8
Gehororgans bei Schadelbasisfrakturen.  Acta otolar., =*°CKn.,
1926, Suppl., 6: 1-150, 19 pi.—Ushakov, A. A.  [Treatment of
injuries of the ear caused by lightning]  Vest, otorinolar ,19dS,
322.—Voss.  O.   Geburtstrauma und  Gehororgan.   ^schr.
Hals Ac.  Heilk., 1923.  6: 182-219.   Also Vereinsbl.  pfalz.
Aerzte, 1925, 37: 7-9.  Also Acta otolar., Stockh., 1927, 11:
73-108. ------ Histologische Untersuchung uber eine  intra-
uterine  artefizielle  Verletzung  des  Gehororgans.   Zschr.
Laryng.,   1933-34, 24:  381-4.   ------   Tod  infolge   einer
Knallerbsenverletzung des Ohres.  Hals Ac  Arzt, 1936, 27:
171-90.—Wallerstein,  E. V.  Report of  2 cases of  gunshot
wounds of the ear.  Virginia M. Month., 1936-37, 63: 171-3.—
Wanibuchi,  H.   Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die
Schadigung des Gehororgans bei den Tauchern und Caissonar-
beitern [Japanese text]   Zschr. Otorhinolar., Tokyo, 1924-25,
30: H. 2, 1-76.—Zubriczky, J.  [Otic injuries (620 cases)]
Gy6gyaszat, 1934, 74: 385; passim. ------  Verletzungen des
menschlichen Gehororgans auf Grund von  620 Fallen  eines
zehnjahrigen Krankenmaterials  (1921  bis 1930)  der Ohren-
klinik und der Ohrenabteilung des St. Rochus-Spitales. Mschr.
Ohrenh., 1935, 69: 208; 285; 479.

----   Innervation.

   See also  Acoustic  nerve; Audition;  Cochlear
nerve;  Vestibular nerve.
   Barajas y de Vilches,  J. M.   Contribuci6n  al estudio del
sistema vasomotor del 6rgano del ofdo.  Siglo med., 1928, 81:
342-5.—Frazer, P.  The vasomotor control of the ear. J. Lar.
Otol.,  Lond., 1936, 51: 579-86.—Grant, R. T.  Further ob-
servations on the vessels and nerves of the rabbit's ear, with
special reference to the effects of denervation.  Clin. Sc, Lond.,
1935-36,  2: 1-26.—Ozawa, M.  Experimentelle Studien iiber
den Einfluss des Funktionsausfalls vom Halssympathikus auf
das Ohr.  Mitt. Med. Akad. Kioto, 1934, 12: 267-80, 2 pi —
Urbantschitsch.  E.   Zur  Frage der  trophischen  Nerven dea
Trommelfelles  und  Mittelohres im  Trigeminus  (Ganglion
Gassed)   Wien klin. Wschr., 1935, 48:  432-4.

----   Muscles.
   Huber, E.   Ein M. mandibulo-auricularis  bei Primaten,
nebst Beitragen zur Kenntnis der Phylogenese der  mensch-
lichen  Ohrmuskulatur.  Anat.  Anz.,  1925-26, 60:  11-21.—
Ikeda, I.  Ueber die Ohrmuskeln von Japanern unter Beruck-
sichtigung auch einiger Saugetiere.  Fukuoka acta med.,  1934,
27:  1.—Imagawa, T.,  A  Sunaga, Y.  Ueber  die autonome
tonische  Innervation des Ohrmuskels bei  Kaninchen. Zschr.
ges.  exp. Med., 1926,  51:  228-33.—Kobrak. H.  Zur Physio-
logic der Binnenmuskeln des  Ohres.  Beitr.  Anat. Ohres.
1930, 28: 138-60; 1931-32, 29: 383-416.  ------  Ueber die
klinische Bedeutung der Ohrmuskeln.  Zschr. Hals Ac. Heilk.,
1932, 31: 370-5  [Discussion] 389.—Pla Majo, B. Contribu-
cion al estudio del  ojal nervioso del auriculo-temporal.  Arq.
anat.,  Lisb..  1933-34,  16: 233-44.—Romano,  S.  Rilievo di
anatomia descrittiva   e  topografica del muscolo timpano-
salpingo-stafilino nell'uomo.  Valsalva, 1926, 2:  506-14, 3 pi.—
Stopczyk, J.   Frequency of occurrence and variations of the
Auricularis anterior in Europeans, based on a study of 100 cases.
Bull, internat. Acad, polon. sc, 1931, 91-104.—Tsukamoto, H.
Zur Physiologie der Binnenohrmuskeln.  Zschr. Biol., 1934, 95:
146-54.

----   Physiology.
    See also Audition; Cochlea; Labyrinth; Middle
 ear, Physiology;  Vestibule.
 ,nn?°1iV,n5v«P",,.1 r®flessj dell'orecchio.   Boll. mal.  orecchio,
 1926, 44: 109-14.—Borshchevsky, I. J.  [Baroscopic function
 °if t ^ ear in  conditions of training in the baro-chamber for
 altitude  flights]   Voen. san. delo,  1936, 22-5.—Cottin, E.
 ™? l«0frrflLnev H S dT la P^iologie de l'appareil auditif
 Won IQsl  lfi-4fiQ Pi?!"??11^ Bard-  Otorhinolar. internal.,
 Liyon, 1\)6*.  lb: 469 1933. 17: 5.—Crowe «1 I  fr TT,,«ho/,n  w



 iSSrBs-i  &i ts j«^«Hf
 Gersuni, G-. & Volokhov. A.  De la nW 3,   ?  236-43.-
 pareil auditif.  C. rend. Soc. biol  1935 Tx^ig** » - ■1/P"
 H.  Effect of phase change on theH'J   ' 957-—Hartndge,
 Lond., 1936, 86: 64P.—Hetrick LF   aw T"  J"  P^1-
 of the ear.  J. Ophth. Otol., 1927 31 All ™* ?? PtysIoIo,F
 A risumi of experimental invest-Wi™72°/—Hughson,  W.
 Tr. Coll.  Physicians PhiladelphiaTl936VWi e£r' abstrac*;
 Crowe, S. J.  Experimental investWi^7' t'J1'3,' ------&
 the ear.  Acta otolar., Stockh  1932-$ ,a °L^ Phy«ology of
 Howe, H. A. Physiology of the ear   'tk^9.^339- ------*
 Kataoka. T.  Experimentelle^ Unttrsnoh d" 1934' 20: 9-23.—
fluss hoher Temperaturen auf d»7rl-ngen  aber d^n Eln-
Akad. Kioto, 1929, 3: 14; 48; 95 i-Me!^°rgan-„M'«. Med.
and physiology of the ear; review of tho i;+„. I    ?•  Anatomy
1925, to October, 1926. Arch. Otolar %ii"S from October.
                                  " °nlc- 1927, 5: 168-87, 
EAR
9
EAR
------  Anatomy and physiology of the  ear; review of the
literature from October, 1927, to October,  1928.  Ibid., 1929,
9: 188-218.  ------ Lurie, M. H„ A Mueller, W.   Anatomy
and physiology of the ear.  Ibid , 1938, 27: 208-32.—Nikolaeff,
M. P. Versuche an isolierten Kaninchenohren mit unversehrter
Zentralinnervation.  Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1929, 65: 382-98.—
Pohlman, A. G.  Neue Betrachtungen iiber den Mechanismus
des  Gehororgans. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1932, 66:  1025-57.  Also
J. Lar. Otol.,  Lond.,  1933,  48:  156-95.—Richardson, J. R.,
Holmes, E. M., A Mueller, W.  Anatomy  and physiology of
the  ear.   Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1939,  29: 560-77.—Rocard, Y.
Sur l'absorption du son dans les tuyaux et pavilions acoustiques.
C. rend. Acad. sc. 1932, 195: 112.—Tanturri, V.  Contributo
alle ricerche sulle funzioni dell'orecchio in gravidanza.   Ann.
ostet. gin., 1931, 53: 1803-14.—Tonndorf. W.  Zur Physiologie
des Ohres.  Zschr. Hals Ac. Heilk., 1926, 14: 406-17.—Van der
Hoeve, J.  Relations between eye and ear (including the vestib-
ular  organ)  Arch. Ophth.,  Chic, 1922, 51:   321-37—Volo-
khov, A. A., A Gershuni, G. V.  [Refractory phase of  the organ
of hearing]  J. Physiol. USSR,  1935,  18:  523-31.—Witting,
E. G. Apparatus used  in the recent Baltimore  experiments on
the physiology of the ear.  Laryngoscope, 1932, 42: 497-505.—
Wolff, D.   Significant anatomic  features of the   auditory
mechanism with special reference to the late fetus. Ann.  Otol.
Rhinol.,  1933, 42: 1136; 1934, 43: 193;  Also repr.

 ----   Polypus.

   Aubry,  M.  Polype geant de l'oreille.   Ann. mal. oreille,
 1925, 44: 845-9. pi.—Barnett. H. N. Protrusion of the meninges
 in  the external  auditory  meatus  simulating  aural  polypus.
 Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1928-29, 22: sect, otol., 23.—Citelli.
 Sul  significato patologico e clinico dei cosidetti polipi auricolari
 e nasali.   Tumori, 1912, 2: 350-62.—Dannheimer, W.   Zur
 Kasuistik der Ohrpolypen.  Hals Ac. Arzt,  1937,  28: 343-5 —
 Forschner, L., A  Windholz, F.  Untersuchungen an rontgenbe-
 strahlten Ohrpolypen.  Mschr.  Ohrenh., 1932, 66:  525-40.—
 Granet. E. P.  Vaieur s6m6iologique et traitement des polypes
 de  l'oreille.   Mddecine,  Par.,  1931, 12:   64-8.—Kuhn, M.
 Histiocytomes  xanth61asmis£s et polypes de l'oreille; contribu-
 tion  a l'etude  des micro-cholesteatomes.  Rev. laryng.,  Par.,
 1930, 51: 667-72.—Massione, G.  Sul significato dei follicoli
linfatici  e  delle plasmacellule nei polipi auricolari.  Valsalva,
 1932, 8: 635, 2 pi.—Mesolella. V.  Sulla insufncienza del solo
esame istologico  (biopsia) per la diagnosi di alcune formazioni
 polipose dell'orecchio.  Arch. ital.  otol., 1932, 43:  754-60.—
 Minutillo-Turtur, R.  Considerazioni sulla  patogenesi e cura
dei  polipi auricolari.  Boll. mal.  orecchio,  1938,  56: 56-64.—
Piquet, J.  Polype saignant de l'oreille; ligature de la carotide
externe.    Ann.  otolar., Par., 1935,  1109-11.—Romano,  S.
Contributo alia ricerca  delle cellule giganti nelle neoformazioni
polipose dell'orecchio.   Arch.  ital. otol.,  1924,  35: 356-60.
 Also Valsalva,  1925,  1:  281-4.—Russi, P.  Ricerche istologiche
sui polipi dell'orecchio:  probabile significato etiologico e clinico
della prevalenza di taluni elementi  cellular!  nella  struttura dei
polipi dell'orecchio.  Arch.  ital. otol., 1926, 37: 126-255, 4 pi —
Tumarkin, A.  On aural polypus.   J. Lar.  Otol.,  Lond.,  1937,
52:  681-4.—Turtur, G.   Polipi auricolari nella infanzia.  Med.
inf., Roma, 1936, 7: 357-66.—Woodhouse.  W.  W. The treat-
ment of aural  polypus; an analysis of a consecutive series of
case3 to  determine the value of simple removal. J. Lar. Otol.,
 Lond., 1926, 41: 647-9.

----   Radiology.

   See under Otology.

----   Surgery.

   See Otology, surgical.

----   Tumor.

   Alonso. J. M.  Contribution a l'6tude des tumeurs de l'oreille.
Rev. laryng., Bord.,  1934,  55: 409-50.—Barth, H.  Ueber die
melanotischen Geschwiilste des Ohres.  Zschr. Hals Ac. Heilk.,
1929-30,  25:  369-82.—Berendes,  J.   Praktisch   wichtige
Geschwulstbildungen am Gehororgan.  Med. Welt,  1938. 12:
925-7.—Bilancioni,  G.   Tumori  dell'orecchio  e  delle cavita
annesse.   In Tumori  maligni (Vernoni,  G.)  Milano,  1933,
309-12.


EAR (external)

   See also Ear.
   Bonewitz,  H.   Eine Studie zur Morphologie
und Vererbung einzelner  Merkmale  der mensch-
lichen Ohrmuschel.  71p.  8?  Braunlage, 1934.
   Andrea, C.  Sullo sviluppo delle fibre elastiche nella carti-
lagine dell'orecchio  esterno dell'uomo.   Arch.  ital. anat.,
1932-33,  30: 84,  2 pi.—Brander, T.  [Study of the origin of
auricular appendages]   Nord. med., 1939,  1: 368-70.—Clark,
E. R., A Clark, E.  L.  The new formation of arterio-venous
anastomoses  in the  rabbit's ear.   Am. J.  Anat.,  1934, 55:
407-67.—Dalla Volta, A.  La morfologia del padiglione dell'orec-
chio nei gemelli.  Arch. ital. anat., 1924, 21:114-40.—Desfosses
P.  Le portrait parle; l'oreille.  Presse m6d., 1937, 45: 561.—

       77908—VOL. 5, 4th sekies----2
Ducceschi, V.  Sulla innervazione simpatica  del padiglione
auricolare nei coniglio.  Arch, fisiol., Fir., 1925, 23: 597-600.—
Freund, L.  Das aussere  Ohr der Sauropsiden.  Zool. Anz.,
1926, 66: 319-25.—Hesse, R. Die Ohrmuscheln des Elefanten
als Warmeregulator.  Zschr. wiss. Zool., 1928,  132: 314-28.—
Hirsch, L.  Ueber die Nerven  des  Trommelfells und des
ausseren Gehorgangs.  Beitr. Anat., Ohr., 1927, 26: 129-42.—
Kompagneetz,  S.   Contribution  a l'etude de  l'importance
acoustique du pavilion de l'oreille chez l'homme.  Acta otolar.,
Stockh., 1926,  9: 110-27.—Krolling, O.  Die Entwicklung des
ausseren  Ohres beim Hausrind (Bos taurus L.)  Zschr.  ges.
Anat.,  1. Abt.,  1925, 76: 548-60.—Lewis, E. R.  Tragus testa
and  fixation.   Tr. Am.  Laryng.  Ass.,  1936.  42: 112-6.—
Palumbo,  V.   Studio della sensibilita  tattile dei tegumenti
dell'orecchio  esterno  e delle zone  periauricolari  mediante
l'estesiome'tro a pelo.   Arch. ital.  otol.,  1925, 36: 158-63.—
Petri, J.  Ueber Aufbau  und Leistung der Ohrmuschel.  Zschr.
Hals Ac. Heilk., 1931-32, 30: 605.—Retterer, E.  Structure et
developpement  du cartilage  du pavilion de  l'oreille. C. rend.
Soc.  biol., 1918,  81: 769-72.—Roland,  E. J.  Morfogenesi
dell'orecchio  esterno.   Ricer.  morf.,   1936,   15: 81-142.—
Salvioli, G.  L'osservazione dei capillari nella faccia esterna del
padiglione dell'orecchio  umano.   Minerva  med.,  Tor., 1926,
6: 905-8.—Schumacher, S. von.   Ueber das Vorkommen von
Schuppen an den Ohrmuscheln des Alpenschneehasen [Lepus
varronis Mill.]  Anat. Anz., 1917-18, 1: 473-80.—Varilie, M.
Sur une statue  de bois essorillee.  Chron. med., 1928,  35: 46-
52.—Wood-Jones,  F., A I-Chuan, W.  The  development of
the external  ear.  J. Anat., Lond., 1934, 68: 525-33.

----   Abnormity and  deformity.

   Graepel,  H.    *Ohrmissbildung  bei  Turm-
schadel    [Freiburg]    19p.    8?    Quakenbruck,
1935.
   Weber, F.  [L.]   *Eine  unter dem Bilde einea
Auricularanhanges  verlaufende rudimentare Du-
plicitas anterior.  16p.  8?   Greifswald, 1935.
   Armenio, O. A.  Malformazione congenita del padiglione
auricolare.   Arch, antrop.  crim., Tor., 1937,  57:   183-95.
Also  Boll. mal. orecchio, 1937, 55: 6-19.—Banks-Davis, H. J,
X-ray  skiagram by Dr  Gordon  Thomson showing a  normal
bony auditory canal in a case exhibited at a previous meeting,
of a boy, aged 4, with a rudimentary auricle.  Proc. R. Soc. M.,
Lond.,  1926-27, 20: sect, otol.,  20; 63-5.—Bottura,  G.  Un
raro  caso di malformazione congenita  dell'orecchio  esterno.
Ann. laring., Tor., 1928, 29: 323-8, pi.—Bourgeois. H.  Mal-
formations de l'oreille.  In Precis path, chir., 6. ed., Par., 1938,
2: 340-3.—Bourguet, J.  Chirurgie des anomalies du pavilion
de l'oreille.  Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1933, 3. ser., 109: 602-4 —
Brown, G. V. I. The surgery of congenital and acquired ear
deformities.   Proc. Interst. Postgrad.  M.  Ass.  N. America,
1933, 275-80.—Coe, H. E.  Congenital deformities of external
ear.  Northwest M., 1939, 38: 135.—Costello, M. J., A Shepard,
J. H.  Supernumerary  external  ears.   Arch.  Otolar., Chic,
1939, 29: 695-8.—Davis, H., Dworkin.  S. [et al.]  Behavioral,
electrical and anatomical studies of abnormal ears.  Laryngo-
scope,  1937,  47: 435-47.—Gaus, W. Zur Frage der Vererbung
von Missbildungen des ausseren Ohres.  Hals Ac. Arzt, 1939,
30: Erbbl., 20-30.—Gelston, C. F., A Sappington, E. E.  Con-
genital malformation of the auricle associated with paralysis
of the facial nerve.  Arch. Pediat., N.  Y., 1932, 49: 730-42.—
Geschelin, A. I. Ein Fall  von angeborener Missbildung in der
Ohrmuschelgegend.  Arch. Ohr. Ac. Heilk., 1933, 136: 332-4.—
Gopenchajm, I.  [Rare  case of  congenital deformity of the
external ear] Polska gaz. lek., 1939, 18: 400-2.—Goufas, G.
Malformation   congenitale  probable  des oreilles externe et
moyenne gauches, avec ostdite chronique  du tympanal, r6-
chauffde  et  ext§rioris6e,  et coexistence cholest6atomateuse
primitive, enkystde,  de la cavit6  tympanale.  Ann.  otolar.,
Par., 1932,  1362-8.—Hagens, E.  W.   Malformation of the
auditory apparatus in  the newborn, associated with  ectopic
thymus.   Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1932, 38: 123-5.—Jacques, P.
A Roig, A.  Un cas de malformation exceptionnelle de  l'oreille
externe.  C.  rend. Soc biol., 1928, 98: 1135-7.  Also Ann.  mal.
oreille, 1928, 47: 545-9.—Kahler,  O.  Zur Frage der Polyotie.
Arch. Ohr. Ac. Heilk.,  1936, 142: 248-53.—Krupsky, A.  Zur
Frage  der angeborenen  Anomalien der  Ohrmuscheln.   Zschr.
Laryng., 1927-28,  16:  255-8.—Laskiewicz, A.   Contribution
a l'etude  des  malformations du  pavilion de  l'oreille.  Rev.
laryng., Bord.,  1939, 60: 332-44.—Lush, J. L.  Double ears in
Brahma  cattle.  J.  Hered., 1924, 15: 93-6.—Magnotti. T.
Sulle malformazioni congenite dell'orecchio  esterno.   Arch.
ital. otol.,  1930, 41: 303-9.—Martillotti, F. Sulle malformazioni
congenite  dell'orecchio  esterno.   Pediatria  (Riv.) 1937, 45:
337-44.—Massione, G.  Voluminoso corno cutaneo del padi-
glione  auricolare destro.  Valsalva, 1933, 9:  30-8.—Mustafa
Samy.  A new  operation for the radical treatment of  winged,
projecting and  distorted ears.  Rev. chir. struct.,  Brux., 1938,
8: 192-5.—Oppikofer, E.   Zwei  Kinder mit einseitiger ange-
borener Mikrotie und gleichseitiger Gesichtsatrophie. Schweiz.
med. Wschr., 1926, 56:  305.—Pieri, G.  Contributo alia  cura
chirurgica delle malformazioni congenite del  padiglione  auri-
colare.   Valsalva,  1933, 9: 842-6.—Touraine,  A., A Gol6. L.
Atrophie  congenitale  de  l'oreille  externe  et  he>6dosyphilis.
Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1939,  46: 90.—Urbantschitsch. E.
Aplasie der linken Ohrmuschel (Katzenohr) Operation; wesent-
liche Horbesserung. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1918,  52: 602.—Watson. 
EAR
10
EAR
Williams, E.  Congenital abnormalities of the external  ear,
Bristol Med. Cbir. J., 1931, 48: 273, pi.

----   Aneurysm  and angioma.
   Durand.  Anevrysme cirsoide de  la  region auriculo-mas-
 toldienne.   Lyon chir.,  1919,  16: 395.—Gutierrez,  A.,  A
 Monserrat, J.  Aneurisma cirsoideo de la regi6n auricular de-
 recha y adyacencias.  Bol. Soc cir.  B. Aires, 1933, 17: 504-15.
 Also  Rev. cir.,  B. Air., 1933, 12:  615-28.—Hiinermann.  T.
 Pigmentanomalie an rechter Ohrmuschel, Paukenschleimhaut
 und Rachenschleimhaut (pigmentiertes  Hamangiom)  Zschr.
 Hals  Ac.  Heilk.,  1928,  22: 284-92.—Iterson,  C. J. A. van
 [Case  of angiofibroma of the auricle]   Ned. tschr.  geneesk.,
 1927, 71: pt 2, 1676.—Leroux, L.  Un  cas d'angiome pulsatile
 du pavilion de  l'oreille.  Ann.  otolar.,  Par.,  1938,  548.—
 Manasse,  P.  Ueber periauriculare  Aneurysmen nach Kriegs-
 verletzungen.   Beitr. Anat. Ohr.,  1918,  11: 105-17, 2 pi.—
 Mazzini, O. F.  A proposito de aneurisma cirsoidea del pabell6n
 auricular.  Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires,  1933, 17: 521-36—Perin,
 L., A  Boulle,  S.  Le  nodule douloureux de l'oreille;  angio-
 k6ratome du pavilion de l'oreille.  Paris mid., 1936, 99: 60-6.

 ----   Anthropology.
   Geyer.  E.   Studien  am menschlichen Ohr; Stellung und
 Faltung der Ohrmuschel.  Anthrop. Anz., 1936,  13: 101-11,
 2 pi.,  tab.—Maruyama, K.  Anthropologische und morpholo-
 gische Untersuchungen  am Lebenden  iiber die  Ohrmuscheln
 der Wilden in Formosa.  Taiwan  igakkai zasshi,  1930,  22;
 1933. 32: 43.—Quelprud. T.  Zur Erblichkeit des Darwinschen
 Hockerchens.   Zschr.  Morph. Anthrop.,  1934, 34: 343-63,
 pi., tab.—Takeya, S.  Morphologische Studien der Ohrmuschel
 der Chinesen.  J. Orient.  M., Dairen, 1936, 25: 25.—Todd,
 T. W.  The comparison  of auricular  height determinations.
 J. Anat., Lond., 1921-25, 59: 390-3. Also repr.

 ----   Canal.

   Brtjnschwig, S.   Contribution a  l'etude  de
 la structure fine du  conduit auditif externe.   24p.
 8?   Lausanne, 1918.
   Campion, G. G., A Young, M.  The relative positions of the
 cartilaginous and osseous transmeatal axes in the human head.
 J. Anat., Lond.,  1930-31,  65:  328-32.—Donadei, G.  Indice
 microbico  del  condotto  uditivo  esterno.  Arch. ital.  otol.,
 1935, 47: 579-81.—Parsons, F. G. The position of the external
 auditory meatus.  J. Anat., Lond.,  1928-29, 63: 425.—Punti-
 gam.  F. Ein Beitrag zur Anatomie des ausseren Gehorganges
 des  Hausschweines.   Anat.  Anz., 1924-25,  59:   470-2.—
 Wagner, R.  Untersuchung der  Luftdruckschwankungen im
 verschlossenen  iiusseren  Gehorgang; iiber  die pulsatorischen
 Schwankungen.  Zschr. Biol., 1929,  89: 186-94.

 ----   Canal:  Abnormity and  atresia.

   Kuklinski, P.    *Ueber das Vorkommen  der
 angeborenen  Gehorgangsatresie   bei   Tier   und
 Mensch.  19p.   8?   Weende-Gott., 1934.
   Meyer,  H. F.  O.    *Beitrage  zur  operativen
 Behandlung   der   erworbenen  Strikturen   und
 Atresien des  Gehorgangs.  37p.  8?  Freib. i. B.,
 1919.
   Alexander, G., A Benesi, O.  Zur Kenntnis der Entwicklung
 und Anatomie  der  kongenitalen  Atresie  des  menschlichen
 Ohres.   Mschr. Ohrenh., 1921, 55: 195-230.— Bernfeld, K.
 Symptomatology of atresia  auris congenita unilateralis.   Fol.
 otolar. orient, 1935, 2: 140-71, 3 pi.—Bouchet. M., A Bernard,
 P.  Imperforation du conduit auditif.  Ann.  otolar.,  Par.,
 1935,   190.—Briihl,  G.    Beiderseitige  Missbildungen  der
 Gehororgane.  Zschr. Laryng.,  1932, 23: 167.—Calamida, U.
 Malformazioni  congenite del condotto uditivo  esterno  e del
 manico del martello.  Arch.  ital.  otol., 1922,  33:  372-7.—
 Colver, B.  N.  Report of a case of bilateral atresia of the ex-
 ternal  auditory  canal,  without malformation of the concha,
 and with surgical relief.  Tr.  Am. Laryng. Ass., 1932, 38:
 126-41.  Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1933, 17: 476-83.—Deutsch,
 L.  Zur Morphologie und Genese der angeborenen Gehorgangs-
 atresien.  Mschr.  phrenh.,  1925, 59:  993;  1926, 60: 182.—
 Doroschenko, I. T.  Die neue Methode der Plastik  des aus-
 seren  Ohres bei erworbener Atresie.  Arch. Ohr. Ac Heilk.,
 1936,  141: 249-51.—Fabroni,  M.   Sopra  un caso di atresia
 completa  ossea e  cutanea  dei  due condotti uditivi esterni;
 plastica; guarigione.  Rass. internaz.  clin. ter., 1925, 6: 454-9.—
 Festal. J.,  A Deroche.  Imperforation congenitale du conduit
 auditif externe.  Bull. Soc.  p6diat.  Paris,  1923, 21:  200-6.—
 Gladkov, A. A.  [Puncture in diagnosis of the form of atresia
 in the external ear]  Vest, otorinolar., 1937, 87-9.—Hall, C.
 Unilateral atresia of  the  auditory canal without external de-
 formity: a  case.   Ann.  Otol.  Rhinol.,  1934,  43:  306-9.__
 Hofmann, H.  Traumatische Atresie des linken  Gehorgangs
 Mschr.  Ohrenh., 1922, 56: 943.—Hrdlicka.  A.  Seven prehis-
 toric  American  skulls with complete  absence  of   external
auditory meatus.  Am. J. Phys. Anthrop., 1933, 17: 355-77__
Hume, J. R.. A Owens. N.  Microtia with meatal atresia  with
description of an operation for its correction: report of 2 cases
Ann. Otol.  Rhinol., 1935. 44: 213-9.—Laflte-Dupont, J. H  A
Henri-Fischer.  Nouveau proc&le de plastie pour atresie  post-
 traumatique du conduit auditif externe.  Bull. Soc. chir. Pans,
 1931, 23: 145-7.—Lake, R.  Congenital cupping of the external
 auditory  meatus with  keratosis.   Proc  R.  Soc. M., Lond.,
 1920,  13:  sect, otol., 71.—L6pez Villoria, L.  Imperforaci6n
 congenita del conducto auditivo izquierdo tratada por la dila-
 taci6n al caucho.  Gac med. Caracas, 1933, 40: 51.—Mayer.
 E.  G.  Ueber Atresien des  ausseren  Gehorganges.   Fortsch.
 Rontgenstrahl.,  1924.  32:   627-32.   ------   Ueber   drei
 weitere Falle kongenitaler Atresien des ausseren Gehorganges.
 Ibid.,  1925, 33: 50, 2 pi.—Mischel. S.  Beitrag zur  Kasuistik
 der kongenitalen Atresie des Gehorganges mit einem Innerva-
 tionsdefekt des Facialis.  Mschr. Ohrenh., 1925,  59: 210-9.—
 Mittermaier,  H.  Zur rontgenologischen  Diagnostik und zur
 Therapie   der angeborenen  knochemen  Gehorgangsatresie.
 Zschr. Laryng., 1933, 24: 213-21.—Neumann, H.  Demonstra-
 tion von  2 Fallen  von operativ geheilter Gehorgangsatresie.
 Mschr. Ohrenh., 1916, 50: 77-9—Oppikofer. E.  Bei 2 Geschwi-
 stern kongenitale Mikrotie  mit kongenitalem Verschluss des
 ausseren Gehorganges. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1926, 56: 305.—
 Politzer, G., A Mayer,  E. G.  Ueber  angeborenen Verschluss
 und Verengerung des ausseren Gehorgangs und  ihre formale
 Genese.  Virchows  Arch., 1925, 258:  206-31.—Pfecechtel, A.
 A contribution to the development of  congenital  atresia of an
 ear  with cholesteatoma.   Acta  otolar.,  Stockh.,  1930,  14:
 123-6.—Pusateri, S.  Sulle  anomalie  congenite del padiglione
 auricolare con atresia del condotto uditivo.  Arch. ital. otol.,
 1918, 29: 32-7.—Rebattu, Mounier-Kuhn A Millet. Malforma-
 tion de l'oreille; imperfoiation du conduit auditif.  Ann. otolar.,
 Par., 1935,  215.—Richards, L. G.  Congenital atresia of the
 external auditory meatus.   Tr. Am.  Laryng. Ass.,  1933, 39:
 343-60.  Also Ann.  Otol. Rhinol., 1933, 42: 692-711.—Rigaud,
 P.   Cure  radicale  des atresies du conduit auditif externe.
 Rev. laryng.,  Par., 1922, 43: 518-23.—Russell, H. B. Atresia
 of left external auditory meatus.   Proc  It.  Soc. M., Lond.,
 1919-20, 13:  sect, otol., 161.—Ruttin, E.  Drain-Haut-Rohr-
 plastik zur Herstellung  eines nenen ausseren Gehorganges bei
 Atresie des  Gehorganges.  Mschr. Ohrenh.,  1916, 50: 668-72.
 —----Spontane Wiederherstellung einer Gehorgangsatresie.
 Ibid., 1917, 51: 332; 1918, 52: 45.—Torrigiani, C. A. Atresia
 congenita omolaterale del condotto uditivo osseo in due sorelle.
 In  Castaldi  (L.;  Scritti biologici, Siena,  1927,  153-66.—
 Walde, I.   Zur Frage der  Gehorgangsverdoppelung.  Zschr.
 Hals Ac. Heilk., 1932-33, 32: 227-31.

 ----   Canal: Cancer.

   Boon, H.  A. [Two cases  of cancer of the auditory canal]
 Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1923,  67:  pt 2, 1995.—Coffey, R.  C.
 Recurrent  rodent ulcer  or carcinoma  involving the  auditory
 canal.   Med. Sentinel,  1927, 35: 379.—Conn, E.   Fall von
 operiertem  Kankroid  des  Gehorgangs  mit  Lappenplastik,
 Deut. med.  Wschr., 1928, 54: 765.—Fineberg, M., A Jorstad,
 L. H.  Primary carcinoma of external auditory canal.  Ann.
 Otol. Rhinol., 1934,  43:  464-71.—Herbert,  W.   Giant  cell
 sarcoma  of  the auditory  canal  complicating  mastoiditis.
 Laryngoscope,  1923, 33: 414-6.—Jobson, T. B.   Squamous-
 celled carcinoma of left external auditory meatus.   Proc  R.
 Soc. M., Lond.,  1927-28, 21:  sect, otol., 7.—Kan,  P. T. L.
 [A case of a leukaemic tumor (chloroma) of the external auditory
 canal]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1926, 70:  pt 2, 467.—Lake, R., A
 llowen, W. H.  Malignant disease of the external meatus.  Tr.
 Otol. Soc. U.  K., 1906-7, 8:  2.—Land, F. T.  Epithelioma of
 the external auditory meatus; report of a case.  J. Lar. Otol.,
 Lond., 1935, 50: 848-51.—Lukens, R.  M.  Adenocarcinoma of
 the external  auditory canal.   Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc
 1936, 42: 242-8.  Also Ann.  Otol. Rhinol., 1936, 45: 567-73.—
 Montpellier, J., A Laffargue, P.  Ad^no-carcinome des glandes
 cerumineuses.  Bull.  Ass.  fr. cancer, 1938, 27: 774-83.—
 Neumann,  H.   Zylindromatoses  Basalzellenkarzinom   des
 ausseren Gehorganges.  Mschr. Ohrenh.,  1937,  71: 1127.—
 Peters, E. A.  Epithelioma of external auditory meatus treated
 by deep  radio-therapy;  no return after 6 months.   Proc.  R
 Soc  M., Lond., 1934, 27: sec. Otol., 322. Also J. Lar. Otol.,
 Lond , 1934, 49:  190.—Risen, O. C,  A Lisa, J. R.  Primary
 carcinoma of the external auditory canal and meatus; review
 of the literature and report  of a case.  Laryngoscope, 1938,
 48: 668-81.—Scott,  S.   Rodent ulcer of external  auditorv
 canal.   Proc  R. Soc. M.,  Lond.,  1920,  13: sect,  otol.,  83.
 ———  Notes on epithelioma of the  external auditory canal
 which invaded the mastoid antrum without affecting the drum.
 Ibid., 84-9.—Tyler,  A. F.  Malignant degeneration of  a parotid
 cell nest in the external  auditory canal.   Nebraska  M.  J.,
 1925, 10:  431-5.—Zubriczky, J. von.   Primarer  Gehorgangs-
 krebs.  Mschr. Ohrenh., 1934, 68: 732-4.

----   Canal: Cerumen.

   See also subheading  Canal:  Glands.
   Balzano,  I.  Ha  il tampone di cerume potere battericida?
Rass. ital. otorinolar.,  1934, 8:  159-63.—Creed, E. F.. A
Negus, V. E.   Investigations  regarding the function of aural
cerumen.  J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1926,  41: 223-30.—Icard. S.
Le cerumen au point de vue medico-legal.  Ann. hyg., Par.,
1921, 4.  ser., 35: 348-57.   Also  Marseille  med., 1921,  58:
289-96.  Also Rev.  med. cir.  Brasil, 1922, 30: 228-33 —
Miyake,  M.   On the hereditabilitv of soft  cerumen.  Bull.
Nav. M. Ass. Tokyo, 1936, 25: No.  7,  4.—Nakano, Y. On the
correlation between soft cerumen and osmidrosis from the view
point of the  conscriptional medicine.   Ibid., 2.—Nakashima,
S.  Ueber die chemische Zusammensetzung des Cerumens. 
EAR
11
EAR
 Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1933, 216: 105-9.— Pirodda, A.  Ha  il
 cerume potere battericida?  Otorinolar. ital., 1937, 7: 171-82.—
 Suzuki,  Y.   Ueber die Vererbung des weichen Cerumens und
 des Odor  axillaris.   Otorhinolaryngologia, Tokyo,  1938,  11:
 1087.—Tenaglia, G.   Bacilli acido-resistenti nei cerume auri-
 colare.   Pensiero med., 1926, 15: 384-6.—Trimarchi. A.  Sulla
 presenza di ifomiceti nei comuni tappi  di cerume.  Osp. mag-
 giore, Milano, 1929, 17: 319-21.

 ----   Canal:  Cerumen, impacted.
    Berberich,  J.   Ueber  recidivierende  Ceruminalpfropfe1
 Zschr. Hals  Ac.  Heilk., 1925,  12: 448-77.—Carrari, G.  Sin-
 drome vertiginosa,  anosmia, digeusia da  tampoue  di cerume
 bilaterale.  Boll. mal. orecchio, 1934, 52: 234-42.  Doerfler, H.
 Der Ohrenschmalzpfropf.  Miinch.  med. Wschr.,  1934, 81:
 16.—Fradkine. J.  Consideration sur l'6tiologie du bouchon de
 cerumen.  Rev. laryng.. Par., 1921, 42: 440-5.—Gray, H.  The
 value of industrial spirit in the  treatment of wax irritation of
 the wall of the cavity of the ear in the dog.  Vet. J., Lond., 1936,
 92: 12.  4  pi.—Hetrick, L. E.  A new syringe  for removing
 ceruminous  impactions  from  the  external  auditory canal.
 Laryngoscope,  1935, 45: 560.—Kaunitz, J.  Unusual symptoms
 caused by cerumen in  auditory meatus.   J. Am. M. Ass., 1920,
 75: 539.—Kaplan,  C.  A new method of removing cerumen
 from the  ear.   Laryngoscope,   1927,  37: 275.—Torrini, G.
 Sindrome vagale da tampone di cerume.  Arch. ital. otol., 1934,
 45:371-4.

 ----   Canal:  Cholesteatoma.
    Bilancioni, G. Colesteatoma primitivo del condotto uditivo
 esterno.   Arch. ital.  otol.,  1924, 35: 297-301.—Bonanni. G.
 Osteoma o colesteatoma primitivo del condotto uditivo esterno?
 Boll. mal.  orecchio,  1923, 41: 97-9.—Canaghem, D. van.  Le
 cholesteatome  du conduit  et  la pathog6n&se du  syndrome;
 cholest6atome  du conduit  et  tous trach6ale.   Ann.  otolar.,
 Par., 1938, 399-416.—Doderlein, W.  Wahre Cholesteatom-
 bildung  nach  postfcital entstandenem  Gehorgangsverschluss.
 Zschr. Laryng., 1935,  26:  34-9.—Giussani,  M.   Pseudocole-
 steatoma del condotto uditivo esterno.   Arch. ital. otol., 1926,
 37: 409-17.—Greene,  L. D.  Cholesteatoma-!ike  accumula-
 tions in the external auditory meatus.  Arch. Otolar., Chic,
 1933, 18: 161-7.—Kunc, K.  [Cholesteatoma  (pseudocholestea-
 tomal of the external  auditory meatus]  Cas. 16k. £esk., 1933,
 72: 823.—Mayer, O.  Ueber die Entstehung des Cholesteatoms
 des ausseren Gehorganges.  Hals Ac. Arzt, 1938, 29: 283-302.
 ------  Sequestrierende Periostitis als Ursache des Cholestea-
 toms des ausseren Gehorganges.  Zschr. Hals Ac Heilk., 1938,
 44: 337-9.—Urbantschitsch, E.   Isolierte Cholesteatomperle
 am inneren Ende  der  unteren Gehorgangswand.   Mschr.
 Ohrenh., 1917,  51: 555.

 ----   Canal:  Disease and tumor.
    Alfoldy, J.  [Inflammations of the external auditory meatus
 and the focal infection]  Orvoskdpze's,  1934, 24: dec. kulonf.
 (Apponyi Festschr.) 189-94.—Antognoli, G. C.  Cisti dermoide
 del condotto uditivo esterno. Ann. la.ring., Tor.,  1935, 35: 77-
 87.—Aprile,  V.   Fibroangioma, osteoma,  papilloma  del con-
 dotto uditivo.  Rinasc med., 1933,  10: 294. pi.—Ball, J. B.
 Case of pulsating growth in the left external  auditory  meatus.
 Proc R. Soc. M., Lond , 1907-8, 1: otol. sect,, 32-4 —Banyai,
 J., A Janota. F.  Ein mandelformiges obturierendes  Osteom
 des ausseren Gehorganges.  Mschr.  Ohrenh., 1933, 67: 983.—
 Barber,  H. W.  Eruptions involving  the external auditory
 meatus.  Proc R. Soc. M., Lond., 1931, 24:  1393-404.  Also
 J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1931, 46: 589 603. pi.—Blackwell H. B.
 Report of 2 cases of neoplasm in the external auditory canal;
 operation, recovery.  Laryngoscope, 1934, 44: 105-8.—Boulay,
 M.  Osteite circonscrite benigne du conduit.  Ann. mal. oreille,
 1923, 42: 855-7.—Bourgeois, H.  Maladies du conduit auditif.
 In Precis path, chir.,  6. ed., Par., 1938, 2: 349-56.—Bronzini,
 A. Di un  emoangioendotelioma del condotto uditivo esterno.
 Arch. ital. otol., 1929, 40: 590-9, pi.—Briihl, G.  Gehorgangser-
 krankungen. Deut. med. Wschr., 1920, 46: 833.—Brunner, H.
 Ueber blastomatose Erkrankungen des  ausseren  Gehorganges.
 Zschr.  Hals  Ac  Heilk.,  1928,  21:  77-86.—Campbell. E.  H.
 Rupture of  abscesses into the external auditory  canal.  Ann
 Otol. Rhinol., 1930, 39: 144-51.—Cemach.  Durchbruch eines
 kalten Abszesses in den ausseren Gehorgang.  Mschr. Ohrenh.,
 1921, 55: 601.—Cohen, J.  Ueber eine Zyste  des ausseren
 Gehorganges.  Zschr. Ohrenh., 1921, 81: 226-30.—Dean, L. W.,
 & Armstrong, M.  A case of fibrosis of tissues lining the external
 auditory canal,  and tissues overlying  the mastoid.  Laryn-
 goscope, 1919,  29:  365-8.—Dormanns, E. A.  Papillomatose
 Neuhildungen im  iiusseren Geh6r<jang.  Beitr.  path.  Anat.,
 1929, 83: 111-4.—Doroshenko,  I. T.   [Treatment  of  inflam-
 mation  of  the  external auditory  canal with brilliant green]
 Sovet.  pediat., 1934,  No. 12, 103.—Dutheillet de la  Mothe.
 L'arrot  du cri  du nourrisson par  attouchement du conduit
 auditif externe.  Ann.  otolar., Par.,  1933, 1362-4.—Eisinger,
 K.   Tumor des ausseren  Gehorganges, wahrscheinlich vom
 Gehorgangsknorpel  ausgehend.   Mschr.  Ohrenh.,  1936, 70:
 102.—Frey,  H.  Neuerliche  Vorstellung eines Falles  von
 Ulzeration und Nekrose der unteren Gehorgangswand.  Ibid.,
 1937,  71:  875.—Hellmann, K.   Ueber  sogenannte  spitze
Condylome des ausseren Gehorganges.  Zschr. Hals Ac Heilk.,
 1928, 21: 244-8.—Jacques.  L'ost6ite n6crosante b6nigne du
conduit  auditif.  Ann.  mal. oreille,  1928. 47: 345-8.—Jones.
A. C.  Reports of 3 cases of rupture of abscesses into the exter-
 nal auditory canal other than that of the parotid.  Ann. Otol.
 Rhinol., 1934, 43: 624-9.—Keating, C.   Some notes on the
 diagnosis and treatment  of inflammation  of the  external
 acoustic meatus.  J. R.  Nav. M. Serv., 1932. 18: 281-5 —
 Layera.  J.   Angioendotelioma del  conducto auditivo.  Sem.
 mid., B. Air., 1922, 29: pt 2, 894-7. ------  Osteitis necro-
 sante benigna del conducto auditivo.  Prensa m6d. argent.,
 1930-31, 17:  1536.—Lowy,  K.  Zur Pathologie der  Tumoren
 des ausseren Gehorganges.  Mschr.  Ohrenh., 1936, 70: 1319-
 24.—Liischer, E.   Isoliertes Chondrom  im  knochernen Teil
 des  ausseren Gehorganges  (Aurikularanhang?)  Arch.  Ohr.
 Ac. Heilk., 1931, 129: 63-8.—McKenzie, D.  Dermatitis of the
 external meatus.  Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1926-27, 20: sect.
 otol., 1-3.  Also J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1927, 42: 149-54.  ------
 Les dermites du conduit auditif externe.  Rev. laryng., Par.,
 1928, 49: 274-7.—Malan, A.  Gangrena ed osteite del condotto
 uditivo esterno.   Boll.  mal. orecchio, 1920,  38:  117-21.—
 Marshall, G. G. Dermoid teeth in the external  auditory canal,
 with  comments on teratomas  and dermoids in general.   N.
 England J. M., 1936. 214: 202-4.—Mayer, O.  Ein Xanthom
 im ausseren  Gehorgang.  Mschr. Ohrenh.,  1918,  52: 283.—
 Medda,  A.   Otacariasi  del  gatto.  Profilassi,  1938, 11: 4.—
 Meunier. A.  Contribution  k l'etude de l'ost&te circonscrite
 btoigne n£crosante du conduit auditif externe.  Ann.  otolar.,
 Par.,  1937,  822-8.—Miiller. H.   Ueber den  papillaren  Pig
 mentnaevus des ausseren Gehorgangs.  Zschr. Hals Ac. Heilk.,
 1926-27, 17: 511-9.—Muller. J. C.  Ein Fall kondylomartiger
 Geschwulst  im  ausseren  Gehorgang;  Beitrag  zur  Kenntnis
 des Zusammenhanges von Warzen und  Kondylomen.  Acta
 otolar.,  Stockh., 1926, 10: 257-62.  Also Ned. tschr. geneesk.,
 1926, 70: 1716-8.—Perrone, P.  Heliconemosi ulcerativa del
 condotto uditivo esterno. Valsalva, 1933, 9: 823-6/—Rosen-
 berger,  H. C.  Solitary xanthoma  of the external auditory
 canal.  Arch. Otolar.. Chic, 1937, 26: 395-9.—Roy, D.  Some
 observations  on  auditory canal infections.    Tr.  Am.  Lar.
 Rhin. Otol.  Soc, 1926,  32:  86-92.   Also Ann. Otol  Rhinol.,
 1927, 36: 177-82.—Ruttin, E.  Ueber das vereiterte Hiimatom
 an der unteren Gehorgangswand bei Arrosion der Karotis durch
 Peritonsillarabszess.   Zschr.  Ohrenh.,  1918,   77:  206-10 —
 Scalzitti,  M.   Fibroadenoma  nevico del condotto uditivo
 esterno  cartilagineo.  Valsalva,  1934, 10:  124-31.—Shepard,
 G. A.   Superficial caries of the external  auditory canal.  J.
 Ophth.  Otol., 1920,  24: 184-7.—Specht.   Mittelohr-. Laby-
 rinth- und Hirnhautentzundung beim Kaninchen infolge  Mil-
 benerkrankung des Gehorganges.  Arch. Ohr. Ac. Heilk., 1931,
 128: 103-14.—Trauth. R.  Beitrag zur Kasuistik der Papil-
 lome des Gehorgangs.  Beitr. Anat. Ohr., 1926, 23: 97-101.—
 Turtur.  G.  Contributo alio studio dei neoplasmi benigni del
 condotto  uditivo  esterno  (condiloma del condotto uditivo
 esterno; emangioma)  Valsalva, 1930, 6: 97-104.—Vail, H.  H.
 A case of multiple  osteomata of both external auditory canals.
 J. Med., Cincin.,  1928-29, 9: 28-31.—Watanabe, W.  On the
 ichthyol  treatment of localized  inflammation of external audi-
 tory meatus.  Sei  i  kwai, 1910, 29: No.  10.—Wieder, H. S.
 Von Recklinghausen's disease, with report of a case involving
 the external auditory canal.   Laryngoscope,  1932, 42: 364-70.

 ----  Canal: Epithelial plug.

   Beselin,  O.   Ueber  Epidermisbiinder  des Gehorgangs.
 Zschr. Hals Ac. Heilk.,  1928,  21: 48-50— Nichinson, A.  G.
 [Case of epithelial tumor of the external ear; pathology of the
 apocrine glands] Vest, sovet. otorinolar., 1932,25: 183.  Also
 Mschr. Ohrenh., 1933, 67: 210-21.

----   Canal:  Exostosis.

   Hrdlicka,   A.    Ear   exostoses.     lOOp.    8?
 Wash., 1935.
   Forms No. 6, v.93, Smithson. Misc. Coll.
   Becco, R.  Pseudoexostosis  del conducto  auditivo.  Rev.
espec, B. Air., 1929, 4: 580-4.—Bonanni, G.   Le esostosi del
condotto uditivo esterno con illustrazione di un caso clinico.
 Boll.  mal. orecchio,  1925,  42: 77-80.—Briihl,  G.   Zur  His-
tologic gestielter Gehorgangsexostosen. Zschr.  Ohrenh., 1919,
 78:  17-22.—Burton,  F.  A.   Aural  exostosis.  Ann  Otol.
 Rhinol., 1923-24, 32: 97-117.   Also Tr. Am.  Lar. Rhin. Otol.
 Soc, 1922, 28: 191-213.—Dahlstrom, V. Ein Fall von gestielter
 Exostose der ausseren Gehorgangswand.  Acta otolar., Stockh.,
 1923,  5: 213-7.—Gaillard, R.  Considerations sur les exostoses
du conduit auditif  externe.  Rev. laryng., Par.,  1925, 46:  121-
30.—Glatt,  M.  A.  Hyperostosis-exostosis  of the  external
auditory canal.  Laryngoscope, 1933, 43: 558-62.—Hellmann,
K.   Ueber  solitare  spongiose Exostosen  des  ausseren Ge-
horganges.   Zschr.  Ohrenh.,  1921,  86:  126-41.—Kraft.  Ge-
horgangsexostose und Cholesteatom.  Zschr.  Laryng., 1932,
23: 79.—Lake, R., A Wright, A. J.  Aural exostosis; second
removed from the  same meatus 9 years after first.  Proc  R.
Soc.  M., Lond., 1921-22,  15: sect, otol., 35— McBride,  P.
Note on  an unusually large  exostosis of the extern?! auditory
meatus.  J.  Lar.  Otol., Lond.,  1907,  22:  243.—Miller,  A.
Exostoses of the external auditory  meatus;  a technique for
their surgical removal.   Brit. M. J., 1937,  1: 263.—Oppikofer.
Eine Exostose des  knochernen Gehorganges,  welche  auch das
Lumen  des   knorpeligen  Gehorganges und  des Ohreingang
ausfullte.  Schweiz. med. Wschr.,  1925, 55:  105.—Ruttin, E.
Ueber Exostosen und Hyperostosen des ausseren Geh6rgangs.
Acta otolar.,  Stockh., 1932-33, 18: 381-445.—Satz.  L. Zwei
Falle von Gehorgangsexostose.   Zschr. Hals Ac. Heilk., 1933, 
EAR
12
EAR
 33: 174-82.—Seal, J. C.  Aural exostosis; report of a case with
 Dad results following operation.  Med. J. A Rec, 1928, 127:
 363.—Schwartz, A. A.  Exostosis of the external auditory canal;
 removal with the electric burr.  Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1933,  17:
 560.—Stupka,  W.  Das  Gehorgangslumen  fast vollstandig
 obturierende Exostose; Operation; Heilung.   Mschr.  Ohrenh.,
 1935,  69: 887-90.—Syk, I.  Exostoses du conduit auditif
 externe  comme facteur pr£disposant  aux lesions  du tympan.
 Acta otolar., Stockh., 1937, 25: 130-9.—Van Gilse, P. H. G.
 Die unbedeutende  Rolle  der  Konstitution gegeniiber dem
 Kaltwasserreiz fiir das Entstehen  der Gehorgangsexostosen.
 Mschr. Ohrenh.,  1937. 71: 956-60.  ------  Des observations
 ult£rieures sur la genese des exostoses du conduit externe par
 1'irritation d'eau  froide.  Acta otolar., Stockh., 1938,  2f>: 343-
 52.—Vlasto,  M.   Pedunculated  exostosis  of the  external
 auditory canal.  Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1928-29,  22: sect.
 otol.,  65.—White,  J.  W.   The report of operation  for the
 removal of an exostosis from the postero-inferior wall of the
 external auditory canal.   Laryngoscope,  1931, 41: 706-8.

 ----   Canal: Foreign body.

    Galltjs,  H.    *Ueber  die   Behandlung  von
 Fremdkorpern im ausseren Gehorgang . [Wiirz-
 burg]  25p.   8?  Darmst., 1917.
    Roese,  R.  [T.]  *Ueber einen von der Mund-
 hohle in den ausseren  Gehorgang eingedrungenen
 Fremdkorper.  26p.    8?   Munch.,  1916.
    Aloin  A  Bussy.   Corps etranger  mGtallique  du  conduit
 auditif  externe  extrait par  l'61ectro-aimant gdant.   Lyon
 mid.,  1921.  130:  106.—Asherson.   Foreign  bodies in the ex-
 ternal auditory meatus.  Clin. J., Lond., 1932. 61: 109-13 —
 Bettington, R.  H.  A peculiar sequel to a foreign  body in the
 ear.  Med. J. Australia, 1938, 1: 535.—Bompet, R. Coneidera-
 ciones sobre  un caso  de cuerpo extrafio del conducto auditivo
 externo.  Rev. med. lat. amer., B. Air., 1930-31, 16: 729-32.—
 Chauss£, C.  Combined method for the localization and ex-
 traction of radio-opaque objects by means of the light com-
 passes.  Proc.  R. Soc. M., Lond., 1938-39, 32: sect,  otol.,
 123-6.—Chavanne, L.  Vertiges et c6phal€e par corps stranger
 de l'oreille y s^journant depuis 20 ans.  Otorhinolar. internat.,
 Lyon, 1935,  19: 69.—Dixon, O. J.  A new method for the re-
 moval of foreign bodies in the external auditory canal.  J. Am.
 M.  Ass., 1924, 83: 357.—Felstein, E.  Corps Strangers  de
 l'oreille.  Rev. gen. clin. then, 1926, 40: 104.—Friedman. J., A
 Greenfield. S. J.  Foreign bodies  in the external auditory
 canal; with  2  case reports.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1921, 100:
 365-7.—Grahe. K. Fremdkorper des Ohres. Aerztl. Rdsch.,
 1935, 45: 168-72.—Griffin, E. H.  Foreign bodies in the ear
 and their removal.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1937, 145: 409.—Harom.
 Ein Fall von Fremdkorper  im  Ohr.   Arch.  Ohr.  Ac  Heilk.,
 1930, 126: 288.—Hilton, G.  E. M.  A foreign body in the ex-
 ternal auditory canal.  Canad. M. Ass. J.,  1935, 33: 308.—
 Kalina. O. G.  [Incision of the middle ear in removal of foreign
 body, inbedded in the external auditory meatus]  Uzhny med.,
 J., 1926, 36-8.—Kirmse, G.  W.  An unusual case of a foreign
 body in the  ear.  Eye Ear Ac. Month., 1923-24. 2: 407.—
 Klestadt, W.  Die Fremdkorper des ausseren  Gehorganges.
 Deut.  med.  Wschr.,  1928,  54:  10-2.—Laudadio, L.  Paresi
 tronculare del facciale da corpo estraneo dell'orecchio.  Oto-
 rinolar. ital.,  1935, 5: 218-21.—Machado, R.  Tetanus cefalico
 consecutivo a cuerpo extrafio en el ofdo derecho.  Vida nueva,
 Habana, 1907,  40: 94-7.—Masotti, P.  Alcuni casi di  corpi
 estranei  nei condotto uditivo esterno.   Policlinico, 1924, 31:
 sez. prat., 711-3.—Mink, P. J.  [A peculiar foreign  body in the
 auditory canal]  Ned. tschr. geneesk.,  1923, 67: pt 2, 1227.—
 Naghi, T.  [Foreign bodies  in the ear  and  their extraction]
 Cluj. med., 1936, 17: 686-8.—Pertia, A., A Remus. I.  [Dangers
 in the extraction of foreign bodies from the ear] Ibid., 613-8.—
 Rosenwasser, H.  Foreign bodies  in  external auditory canal
 Am. J. Surg., 1907, 36: 96-101.—Ruttin, E.   Seltener Fremd-
 korper (Glaserkitt) im ausseren Gehorgang.  Mschr. Ohrenh.,
 1925, 59: 862.—Seshachalam, T.  An unusual foreign body in
 the  ear.  Ind. M. Gaz.,  1927,  62:  145.—Tatarsky,  B. M.
 [Foreign bodies in the external auditory duct] Romania med.,
 1931, 9: 145.—Zubriczky. J.  [Foreign bodies in ear and their
 removal]  Gy6gyaszat, 1934, 74: 756-8.

 ----    Canal: Foreign body, living.
   Alderson. R. Earache due to larvae in the external auditory
 meatus.  Brit.  M. J.,  1920, 2:  319.—Castro, A.  de.   Conse-
 quencias graves verificadas pela penetra<,-ao de uma formiga no
 conducto auditivo.  Brasil med.,  1934,  48:  710-2.—Kojima,
 O., A Nanba, I.  Sechsundsiebzig Larven als lebendige Fremd-
 korper  des  ausseren  Gehorgangs.    Otorhinolaryngologia
 Tokyo, 1908,  11:  1092.—Macaulay, T. S. A bee and  a wasp
 Brit. M. J.,  1920, 2: 924.—Serra, L.  Larve di mosche nei
 condotto uditivo.  Gazz. med. nap., 1922, 5: 220.—Toomey, N.
 Otiobiosis (ear tick disease)   Laryngoscope, 1921. 31: 930-7.—
 Tumentzev, N. R.  [Case of  earwig in ear] Vrach. gaz., 1926,
 30: 1219.—Wood, A.  A note on a living foreign body in the
 ear.  Lancet, Lond., 1920,  2: 600.

 ----   Canal:  Furunculosis.

   Becker, F.   Ueber Opsonogen-Behandlung der Gehorgangs-
furunkulose.  Arch.  Ohr.  Ac. Heilk., 1921, 107: 251-4 —
Beynes, E. Sur un cas d'osteopenostite primitive de la  mas-
 toide, compliquant une furonculose diffuse du conduit auditif.
 Rev. laryng., Par., 1923, 44: 887-90.—Blackwell. H-B. Furun-
 culosis of the external auditory canal.  Med.  Rec, N. Y., iyi»,
 90-  543   Also repr.—Cohen. S.  Picric acid in auditory canal
 furunculosis.  Eye Ear Ac. Month.. 1925-26, 4: 524.—Cramer.
 Behandlung  von  Gehorgangfurunkeln  mit  Analgit.   Ther.
 Gegenwart, 1926,67:527.—Effler, L. R.  Furunculosis of the ex-
 ternal auditory canal. OhioM.J., 1929,25: 546—Feldstein,E.
 Le traitement des furoncles du conduit auditif par la vaccino-
 therapie locale.  Rev. gen. clin.  ther., 1926, 40: 762^—Gidoll,
 S. H.  Furunculosis of external auditory canal.   California
 West. M., 1935, 42: 378-80.—Glassburg, J. A.  Furuncles of
 the  ear canal; a report  of  10 cases  of furunculosis of the pos-
 terior portion of the external auditory canal occurring in chil-
 dren and simulating acute mastoiditis.  N. York M. J., 1922,
 116: 135-9.—Goris. C.  Un furoncle du conduit cause indirecte
 de mort.  Ann. Inst. chir. Bruxelles, 1929, 30: 164.—Hurst. H.
 The treatment of furunculosis of the external auditory meatus.
 J. R. Nav.  M. Serv.,  1933, 19:  182.—Kurzhals,  R.   Anti-
 virustherapie nach  Besredka mit Bericht uber deren Wirkung
 bei Gehorgangsfurunkulose.  Zschr. Hals Ac Heilk., 1931-32,
 30:  98-104.—Leroux.  L.   Furonculose  du conduit auditif
 externe.   Medeeine, Par., 1923-24.  5: 313.—Lingeman,  B. N.
 Furunculosis of the external auditory meatus.  Tr. Indiana
 Acad. Ophth. Otolar.,  1928, 12: 90-103.—McAuliffe, G. B.
 Treatment of furuncle of the ear by ionization of tin.  West.
 M. Rev., 1927, 32: 307-9.—Mackenzie,  G. W.  Furunculosis
 of the external auditory canal.  Hahneman.  Month.,  1933,
 68:  95;   1935, 70:  852.—Noltenius. F.  Bekampfung  und
 Verhutung der Ohrfurunkulose.  Munch, med. Wschr.,  1926,
 73: 1796;  1927, 74: 817.—Otitis externa furunculosa.  Dfa med.,
 B.  Air.,   1930-31, 3: 889.—Parrel, G.  de.   Traitement  des
 furoncles  du  conduit auditif. Rev. gin.  clin th6r., 1919,  33:
 284-6.—Rankin,  N.  Furunculosis (right ear) followed  by
 necrosis  of the anterior bony wall of the external auditory
 canal. Proc.  R. Soc. M., Lond.,  1926-27, 20: sect, otol., 67.—
 Stanton, C. C.  Furunculosis of the external auditory canal.
 Atlantic.  M.  J., 1923-24,  27: 745.—Von  der Hutten. F.   Be-
 handlung  von Furunkulose des  ausseren  Gehorgangs  mit
 Schwefel nach Bier.  Munch, med. Wschr., 1926, 73: 278.

 ----  Canal:  Glands.

   Favre, F.   Contribution a l'etude des glandes
 cerumineuses    [Lausanne]   33p.   8?   Geneve,
 1929.
   Brock,  W.   Zeruminaldrusen-Adenom des Gehorgangs.
 Zschr. Laryng., 1925-26, 14: 349, pi.—Ruttin, E.  Zeruminal-
 driisenadenom. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1927, 61: 750-3.—Simonetta,
 B., A Magnoni, A.  Lo sviluppo delle  ghiandole  sehacee e
 ceruminose del condotto  uditivo  esterno nell'uomo.  Arch.
 ital. anat., 1937-38, 39: 245-61— Zawisch-Ossenitz, C.   Das
 Talgdrusenorgan des Gehorganges von  Nagern und Insekti-
 voren. Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch., 1933. 33: 625-75.—Zymbal,
 W. E. Histologische und experimentelle Untersuchungen  am
 Epithelgewebe  der Talgdrusen  (Gehorgangdruse der Ratte)
 Zschr. Zellforsch., 1933.  18: 596-625.

 ----  Canal:  Injury.

   Tared a, G.   *Ueber traumatische Gehorgangs-
 atresien.   58p.   8?   Munch., 1914.
   Capps, F. R. C. S.  Injury of external auditory meatus by
 indirect violence.   Proc.  R. Soc.   M.,  Lond., 1928-29,  22:
 sect,  otol., 96.—Cusenza, G.  Contributo clinico alia  genesi
 dell'atresia del condotto uditivo esterno.   Arch.  ital.  otol.,
 1927, 38:  3-7.—Cutler,  F.  E.  Injuries of the auditory canal
 resulting from projectiles, with special reference to the separa-
 tion of the cartilaginous from the bony canal.  Laryngoscope,
 1919. 29:  82-7.—Despons,  Barraud. A Pinson.  Eclat de bois
 entr6 par la bouche et ayant fracture1 le conduit auditif externe
 chez un enfant opere d'une mastoidite.   J. mid. Bordeaux,
 1937, 114: 348.—Rubin, H.  Bullet wound of the right  ear
 canal; hematoma of the soft palate and pterygomaxillary space;
 tracheotomy  and  ligation of the  common  carotid  artery;
 recovery;  report of a case.  Laryngsocope, 1933, 43: 831-4.—
 Ruttin. Durchtrennung des Gehorganges mit Dislokation und
 Atresie der durchtrennten Stiicke; Operation;  Heilung.  Mschr.
 Ohrenh.,  1923. 57: 334.—Urbantschitsch, E.  Abstossung  des
 ausseren Teiles des ausseren Gehorgangs in einem Stuck nach
 Veratzung desselben.  Ibid., 1917, 51: 34.5.

 ----  Canal:  Plugging.

   See Ear protector.

----   Canal:  Stenosis.
   Artelli. M.   Delle stenosi  cicatriziali del  condotto uditivo
esterno.  Boll. mal. orecchio, 1919,  37: 133.—Caldera, C.   Sul
trattamento chirurgico plastico delle stenosi a atresie cicatri-
ziali  del condotto  uditivo.   Arch. ital. otol., 1919, 30: 11-5.—
Caliceti. P.   Su di un mio metodo di plastica del condotto
uditivo nei casi di  stenosi  cicatriziale.   Ibid., 31-41.—Levy-
Decker.  Dilatation caoutchoutee pour stenose post-op6ratoire
du conduit.  Ann.  otolar., Par., 1939,  308.—Paus, T.   Zur
Kasuistik  der Gehorgangsstenosen  und  ihre  Beziehung zur
Horfunktion.   Arch.  Ohr.  Ac.   Heilk.,  1930,  127: 183-6 —
Wildenberg, L. van den.   Curieux  cas de r£tr£cissement  du
conduit auditif externe.  Ann. mal. oreille, 1924, 43: 1025. 
EAR
13
EAR
 ----   Canal:  Syringing.

   See also under Otitis media.
   Beco, L.  Le seringage de l'oreille.  Li6ge mid., 1931, 24:
 1229-46.—Hama, T.  Beitrage zur Pathologie des Gehorganges:
 Folgeerscheinungen  bei  Einspritzung von  heissem Wasser.
 Mitt. Med. Akad.  Kioto, 1934, 10: 456.—Keogh, C.  Syringing
 the  ear.   Practitioner, Lond.,  1936,  137:  214-8.   Also In
 Pract. procedures  (Rolleston, H. D.) Lond., 1938, p.277-84 —
 McAuliffe, G. W.  The modern aural  irrigator with automatic
 control.   Laryngoscope,  1931,  41:  132-5.—Slobodnik, M.
 Ein  Apparat  fiir  Ohrspiilungen.  Zschr.  Laryng.,  1928, 17:
 120.—Wilson, T. S.   On syringing ears.  Practitioner.  Lond.,
 1920, 105: 70.

 ----   Cancer.

   Cortial, F.  *Contribution a l'etude du cancer
 du  pavilion de l'oreille.  69p.   8?  Lyon,  1935.
   Crtjsitjs, H. G.   *Ueber den derzeitigen Stand
 der  Therapie des Ohrmuschelkrebses.  27p.  8°.
 Bonn,  1931.
   Teichert [K.]  H.   *Die  Falle  von  Carcinom
 der  Ohrmuschel  und  des  ausseren  Gehorganges
 an der Wurzburger Universitatsohrenklinik 1926-
 1934   [Wurzburg]   32p.   8?   Zeulenroda-Thur.,
 1934.
   Barrio de Medina A Gonzalez Villanueva.   Cancer del ofdo
 externo.  Siglo  meU, 1930. 85: 25-32.—Bizzozero, E.  Sui
 carcinoidi  da catrame  nell'orecchio del coniglio.  Arch. sc.
 med., Tor., 1924, 47: 302-11.  Also Gior. Accad. med. Torino,
 1925, 4. ser., 31: 14-6.—Bordier, H.  Epithelioma de l'oreille
 trait6  par le radium sans  succds et  guen par la diathermo-
 coagulation chez un diabfetique.  Rev. mid. fr., 1927, 8: 733.—
 Desaive, P.   Les  epitheliomas du pavilion de l'oreille  et leur
 traitement.   Cancer, Brux., 1935, 12: 273-86, 4 pi.—Giese, A.
 Die  Ergebnisse der chirurgischen und chirurgischdiathermischen
 Behandlung des Ohrmuschelkrebses.   Zschr. Laryng., 1929-30,
 19: 414-23.—Hoogland, H. J. M.  [Cancer of the ear (external)
 in sheep]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1932, 76: pt 2, 2419-22 —
 Kennedy, W. H.  Radium  treatment of epithelioma of the ear.
 Radiology,  1926,  7: 249-52.—Korner  [Ohrmuschel  wegen
 Epithelkrebses  in der  Incisura  intertragica  weggenommen]
 Munch,  med. Wschr., 1926, 73: 1665.—Laborde, S.,  A Via,
 E.   Etude sur les  epitheliomas du pavilion de l'oreille.   Rev.
 actin., Par.,  1934, 10: 447-53.  Also Strahlentherapie, 1936,
 55:  114-20.—Lachapele.   Epithelioma epidermoide  du sillon
 rdtro-auriculaire droit; exerese du pavilion de  l'oreille, suivie
 de  rcentgentherapie  en  1923  et 1924; sterilisation du nio-
 plasme persistant 3  ans apres;  mais  osteo-radionecrose du
 temporal.  J. med. Bordeaux, 1926, 56: 672.—Lehmann, C. F.
 Epithelioma of the ear; a consideration of the difficulties in its
 treatment with radiation.  Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1934, 29:
 270-81.—Little, E. G. G.  Cystic rodent ulcer of the ear and
 cheek.  Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1916-17,10: sect, derm., 159.—
 Magnusson, W. Carcinoma of the auricle and auditory canal.
 Acta radiol., Stockh., 1935, 16: 629.—Melchart, F.   Retro-
 aurikulares Sarkom.  Wien. med.  Wschr.,  1934. 84:  438.—
 Menetrier, P.  Cancer du goudron de l'oreille du lapin; evolu-
 tion  papillomateuse bilateVale; regression; evolution ^pithe'lio-
 mateuse unilateral.   Bull.  Ass. fr. cancer,  1924, 13: 565-7.—
 Nomland, R..  A Scull, R. H.  Epithelioma (basal cell)  of the
 ear of a Negress.  Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1934. 30:  478.—
 Paris.  L.   Epithelioma spinocellulare  de la  region   retrc-
 auriculaire gauche, gu6ri par le  radium.  Bull. Soc. sc. mid.
 biol. Montpellier. 1921-22,  3: 188.—Peycelon. R., A Morel, A.
 A propos de  42 cas  de cancer du pavilion de l'oreille.  Rev.
 chir., Par., 1935, 73: 547-67.—Pfahler. G. E., A Vastine. J. H.
 The  treatment  of cancer in the region of the ear.  Am. J.
 Roentg., 1937,  37: 350-7.—Riquebourg, A.   Epitelioma del
 pabellon auricular. Rev. As. mid. argent., 1936, 50: 1257-61.—
 Saunders. L.  Case  of epithelioma of the  auricle; operation;
 defect covered by  plastic operation.  Laryngoscope, 1919. 29:
 319.—Scevola,  P.   Melanosarcoma del padiglione auricolare.
 Arch.  ital. otol.,  1936,  48: 430-8.—Simonetta, B.   Nsevo-
 carcinome du  pavilion auriculaire.  Rev. laryng., Par., 1932,
 53: 749.—Solowjew. L. M.   Bosartiges Melanom  des ausseren
 Ohres.  Mschr.  Ohrenh., 1935, 69: 562.—Speziale, V.   Con-
 tributo  alio studio dei sarcomi del  padiglione dell'orecchio.
 Arch. ital. otol., 1932, 43: 526.—Stuart-Low. W.  Epithelioma
 of the left auricle after operation (specimen of ear removed
 shown)  Proc. R. Soc M., Lond., 1918-19, 12: sect, otol., 78 —
 Treer. J.  [Sarcoma of the external ear] Orv. hetil., 1928. 72:
 1128-33.—Urbantschitsch,  E.  Ohrmuschelamputation  wegen
 Plattenenithelcarcinom bei  einem Sljahrigen  Mann; Heilung.
 Mschr. Ohrenh., 1935, 69: 876.—Vigi. F. Carcinoma a  cellule
 basali   dell'orecchio  esterno.    Otorinolar.   ital.,   1930-31,
330-8.—Worms. G.  Epithelioma melanique de la region auri-
culaire; exerese; cicatrization rapide  d'une large plaie post-
opeVatoire  atone  par  les  rayons ultra-violets.  Ann. mal.
 oreille, 1928, 47: 164-6.

----   Cyst.
  Cared,  P.   Su un  caso  di grossa cisti dermoide del solco
retroauriculare destro.  Boll. mal. orecchio, 1925, 43: 89-94.—
German, T.  Retroaurikuliire Dermoidzyste.   Zschr. Laryng.,
1926-27, 15: 368-71, 2 pi.  Also Orv. hetil., 1927, 71: 644-6 —
Sein, M.   Lymphatic cyst of the ear.  Lancet, Lond., 1937, 1:
1281.


----   Dermatosis.

   Cinelli, A. A.  External pruritus of the ear.  Eye Ear  Ac.
Month.,  1937-38, 16:  336.—Doctor,  E.  Haartracht  und
Ohrekzem. Deut. med. Wschr., 1925, 51: 112.—Gray. A. M. H.
Common inflammatory affections of the 6kin of the outer ear,
Proc.  R.  Soc M., Lond., 1926-27, 20:  sect, otol., 4-9.  Also
J. Lar. Otol., Lond.. 1927, 42: 155-64.  Also Rev. laryng., Par.,
1928, 49: 277.—Lepore, M.  A proposito della cura dell'eczema
del condotto uditivo esterno.  Boll. mal. orecchio. 1929.  47:
141-8.—Meller, H.  Zur Pathologie und Therapie des Ekzems
des ausseren  Ohres.   Mschr.  Ohrenh., 1938,  72:  959-75.—
Meyer, A.  Die Behandlung des Ohrekzems.  Zschr. Laryng.,
1933, 24: 277-9.—Mitchell, J. H.  Streptococcic dermatoses of
the ears.   J. Am. M. Ass., 1937,  108:  361-6.—Oelze, F.  W.
Radiohorer-Dermatitis.  Derm.  Wschr.,   1924,  79: 997 —
Pradhan,  K. N.  Zinc ionisation  in  eczema of the auditory
canal.  Ind. M.  Gaz., 1924,  59: 350.—Savitt. L.  Skin affections
of  the external ear.   Arch.  Phys. Ther.,  1928,  9:  155-7.—
Stein,  R.  O.   Ursache und  Verhutung der durch Telephon-
und  Radiohormuscheln  erzeugten Hautentziindung.   Med.
Klin., Berl., 1925,  21: 1669.  Also Wien. klin. Wschr., 1925.  37:
304-6.—Sternberg,  H.    Ueber  Proteinkorpertherapie  bei
chronischen  Ohrekzemen.  Zschr.  Hals Ac. Heilk.,  1926-27,
17: 200-2.—Tonchev, S.  G.  Konzentrierte   Losungen von
Jodkalium bei  Behandlung  von  chronischem  Ekzem  der
Ohrmuschel.  Mschr. Ohrenh., 1924, 58: 617—Yoel. M.  Con-
tribution au traitement de l'ecz6ma humide de l'oreille.   Arch.
internat. laryng., Par., 1929, 35: 1077-9.

----   Disease.
   Barker, C.   Diseases  of the external ear.   In  Pract. Libr.
M. A S. (Appleton) N. Y.,  1937. 11: 459-72.—Bonnet-Roy. F.,
Grippon de  la  Motte, P., A Dreneau.   Chondrite suppuree
de l'oreille traitee par les  rayons  X.  Otorhinolar. internat.,
Lyon,  1938, 22: 132.—Dezer, C. N.   Diseases of  the external
ear.  J. M. Soc N. Jersey, 1935, 32: 139-44.—Eicken, C. von.
Cornu cutaneum  der Ohrmuschel. Zschr. Laryng.,  1933-34,
24: 396.—Grosse-Oetringhaus.  Ueber Gewebsschaden an  der
Ohrmuschel von  ernahrungsgestorten Kindern.  Arch. Ohr.
Ac. Heilk.,  1930, 125:  123-7.—Horbst,  L., A Loos,  H. O.
Ueber Elephantiasis  der Ohrmuschel.  Arch. Derm.  Syph.,
Berl., 1932, 166: 342.—Hofer, I.   Praktisch wichtige Erkran-
kungen der Ohrmuschel und des Gehorganges und deren Thera-
pie.  Wien. klin.  Wschr.,  1927, 40:  132-4.—Jacques, P.  Le
mal  perforant  auricu'aire.  Bull. Acad,  mid.,  Par.,  1928,
3.  ser., 100: 884-7.—Kindler. W.  Ohrmuschelerkrankung und
Leukamie.  Zschr. Hals Ac. Heilk.,  1936-37, 41:  427-31 —
Kirk, H.   Auricular ulceration in the horse.  Vet.  Rec, Lond.,
1935, 15:  91.—McAuliffe,  G. B.   The auricle as  a  diagnostic
sign.   Med. Rev. of Rev., 1926, 32: 443; 1927, 33:  110.—
Ruttin. Noma des Ohres.   Mschr. Ohrenh.. 1915, 49:  730.—
Scarff, G. Affections of  the external ear.  Practitioner, Lond.,
1938,  141:  586-93.—Schmidt,  H.   Comedonensteine  der
Ohrmuschel.  Zschr. Hals Ac Heilk.,  1930. 26: 549.—Terracol
A  Balmes. Un cas d'anesthe>ie du pavilion de l'oreille.  Arch.
Soc. sc. mid. biol. Montpellier,  1934, 15: 152-7.

----   Disease—in  animals.

   Cogery,   C.  H.    *L'otite  externe  chez  les
carnivores   domestiques   [Alfort]    36p.    8°.
Par., 1927.
   Lalauze,  P. A. G.   *Contribution a  l'etude de
I'otite  catarrhale  externe  du   chien    [Alfort]
65p.  8?   Lyon, 1926.
   During, W.  von.  Beitrage  zur Kenntnis der  Erkrankung
von Hund, Katze und Frettchen an Otitis externa parasitaria
unter besonderer  Berucksichtigung der  Haufigkeit ihres Vor-
kommens,  der  Artbestimmung der  Milben  sowie  Untersu-
chungen iiber ihre zweckmassige Bekampfung;  Geschichtliches.
Arch.  wiss. prakt.  Tierh., 1926-27,  55:  253-7—Fokken-
Bergen.   Therapie  der  Otitis  externa des Hundes.   Deut.
tierarztl.  Wschr..  1932, 40: 535.—Hinz, W.  Contribution to
the operative treatment  of otitis externa verrucosa of the dog.
Vet. J., Lond.,  1936,  92: 3-6, 4 pi.—Hopson. C. G.. A Mastin,
V. L.  Death of  cat following treatment for parasitic  otitis.
Vet. Rec, Lond.,  1937, 17: 716.—Jewell, H. J.  Surgical treat-
ment  of chronic otitis externa  in the dog.  Vet.  Med.,  Chic,
1935,  30: 183.—Jordanov, P.  Behandlung  von Otitis externa
nach  einer neuen Methode mit Fissan-Praparaten.  Munch.
tierarztl.  Wschr., 1933, 84: 217-20.—Lapolla, L.  La cura
chirurgica dell'otite catarrale esterna nei cane (condrostomia
auricolare)  Clin, vet.,  Milano,  1933. 56: 829-37, 2 pi.—
Mohri, R. W.   Symbiotic otacariasis  of the cat and dog.
Vet. Bull.. Wash., 1935, 29: 262-8.—Srnetz.  A.  Beitrag zur
Therapie  der  nichtparasitaren Otitis  externa des Hundes.
Prag. Arch. Tiermed., 1933, 13:  129-41.—Tagliavini. A.  Di
una particolare forma di otite plastica nei cane.  Clin, vet.,
Milano, 1932, 55: 603, 2 pi.—Wand. B.  Neue Medikamente
zur Behandlung von  Ekzemen  und Otitis externa bei Hunden
(Murnil,  Dijozol)   Berl. tierarztl.  Wschr., 1935, 51: 369-72.—
Ward, H. B.  Otacariasis in the bighorn.  J. Parasit., Urbana, 
EAR
14
EAR
 1914-15, 1: 121-7.—Zaviska. P.  [External parasitic otitis in
 rabbits]  Cas. lek. cesk., 1927, 66: 596.

 ----   Fistula and sinus.

   Scharfenberg,  C.  E.   *Ueber  einige Falle
 von Fistula  auris congenita   [Wiirzburg]   14p.
 8?   Berl., 1928.
   Bergara, R. A., A Bergara, C.  Fistula auricular  congenita
 bilateral. Rev. As. m<§d. argent., 1934, 48: 44-50, pi.—Breuer,
 F.   Ueber Fistula auriculae  congenita.   Deut. Zschr.  Chir.,
 1927, 202: 278-82.—Congdon, E. D., Rowhanavongse, S., A
 Varamisara, P.  Human congenital auricular and juxta-auricu-
 lar fossae, sinuses and scars (including the so-called aural and
 auricular fistulae) and the bearing of their anatomy upon the
 theories  of their  genesis.   Am.  J. Anat.,  1932, 51: 439-63.—
 Csillag,  S.  [New method for examination of auditory  peri-
 meatal fistulae]  Orv. hetil., 1936,  80: 120-2.—Dawson, G. W.
 Closure of large postauricular fistulas and depressions.  Lancet,
 Lond., 1935, 1: 1101.—Doroschenko, I. T. Eine neue Methode
 der  Plastik der Hinterohrfisteln.  Acta otolar., Stockh., 1935,
 22:  105.—Dragisic, B.  Angeborene Ohrfisteln und ihre diffe-
 rentialdiagnostische  Bedeutung  im Kindesalter.  Wien. med.
 Wschr.,  1936, 86: 748-50.—Federici, F.  De l'interpr<Hation
 embryologique de la fistula  praeauricularis congenita.  Acta
 otolar.,  Stockh.,  1930,  14: 532-47.—Guyot,  R.  Les fistules
 auriculaires.  Ann. otolar., Par., 1934, 1227-48.—Hesse, E. R.
 [New method of closing fistula? of external ear]  Vest, khir.,
 1926, 7:  No. 21, 20-2.—Klaber, R.  Two cases of pre-auricular
 fistula.   Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1931-35, 28: 1553.—Mont-
 gomery,  M. L.  Congenital auricular fistula; report of 3 cases
 in the same family.   Surg. Clin. N. America, 1931,  11: 141-8.—
 Rare fistula and  cyst of the auricle.  Bull.  Pract. Ophth., S.
 Franc, 1938, 8: 21-3.—Ruttin, E.  Zur Frage der  Fistula auris
 congenita und der  Aurikularanhange.   Wien. med.  Wschr.,
 1927, 77: 1019.—Scalori, G.   Considerazioni sopra un caso di
 fistola congenita  del lobulo  auricolare.   Valsalva,  1935,  11:
 606-22.—Seifert,  E.  Ueber die sogenannte Fistula  auris
 congenita.   Deut. Zschr.  Chir., 1928, 209:  118-24.—Selkirk,
 T. K.  Fistula auris  congenita.  Am. J.  Dis. Child.,  1935, 49:
 431-47.-—Soderlund, S.   [Case  of familial fistula auris  con-
 genita]   Fin.  lak sail,  hand., 1937,  80: 71-8.—Sorsby,  M.
 Congenital pre-auricular sinuses.  Proc. R. Soc. M.,  Lond.,
 1935-36, 29: 1685.  Also J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1937, 52: 107.—
 Steiner,  A.  Zwei Falle von Fistulae auris congenitae.  Derm.
 Wschr.,  1928, 86: 325-8.— Straatsma, C. R., A  Peer, L.  A.
 Repair of postauricular fistula by means of a free fat graft.
 Arch. Otolar., Chic,  1932, 15:  620. Also repr.—Toyoshima, Y.
 Ueber die Untersuchungsresultate der Fistula auris cong. bei
 Marinesoldaten.  Otorhinolaryngologia,  Tokyo, 1936, 9: 825,
 Pi.

 ----   Hematoma.

   Hovteloup,   R.    Contribution   a   l'etude
 etiologique  des  othematomes.    56p.   8?   Par.,
 1905.
   Britton, H. A.  Treatment for acute traumatic hematoma of
 external  ear.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1927, 89:  111.—Carson, L. D.,
 A Brown, J. I..  Hematoma auris.  U. S.  Nav. M. Bull., 1934,
 32: 204, pi.—Carter, F. P.  A  case of double hsematoma auris.
 Am. J. Insan., 1897, 53: 560.—Ciafaloni, G. Ancora a proposito
 della etio-patogenesi  dell'oto-ematoma   negli ammalati  di
 mente.   Osp.  psichiat.,  Nap.,  1935,  3:  322-36.—Darcanne.
 Pathogenie de l'oth£matome.  Rev. neur., Par., 1905, 13: 865.—
 Forschner, L.  Rontgenbehandlung des Othamatoms.  Mschr.
 Ohrenh.,  1924, 58: 760-2.  —---- A Regnier, E.  Die Ront-
 gentherapie  des  Othamatoms.  Strahlentherapie, 1925,  21:
 91-5.—Frey, H.  Zur operativen Behandlung des Othamatoms.
 Zschr.  Hals Ac.  Heilk., 1924,  10: 211   [Discussion]  216 —
 Howard,  R. C.  Window operation for hematoma auris and
 perichondritis  with  effusion.  Laryngoscope,  1935,  45: 81-
 105.—Leroux,  L.  L'othematome.  Meclecine, Par.,  1927,  8:
 306-9.—Pellizzi, G. B.  A proposito dell  origine dell'otoema-
 toma dei pazzi.  Riv. pat. nerv., 1897, 2: 125-7.—Romano, A.
 Cisti  ematiche periauricolari  vicarianti  di  un oto-ematoma
 cicatrizzato in un demente.  Riforma med., 1919, 35: 30-2.—
 Schlittler, E.  Das Othaematom.  Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1929,
 59: 111.—Tomasini, S.  L'otoematoma dei pazzi come  carattere
 di dcgenerazione.  Riv. sicula med. chir., 1897,  4:  25-40.—
 Urzais, E.  El  otohematoma o hematoma auris de los enajena-
 dos.   Rev.  m6d.  Yucatan, 1911, 6:  149-51.—Yoel,  M.  Sur
un cas d'othematome chez un enfant de 7 ans.  Arch,  internat
laryng., 1929, 35: 446-8.

----   Inflammation.
   Adkins, G. E.  External otitis:  its cause and prevention.
N. Orleans M. A S. J., 1924-25, 77: 80.—Arnold, E. M.  Exter-
nal otitis due to diphtheria bacillus.  Laryngoscope, 1935, 45:
346.—Asherson, N.   Common  conditions  simulating  acute
otitis media; otitis  externa  haemorrhagica.   Clin. J.  Lond
1933, 62: 79-81 .—Barrel, G. de. Traitement des otites externes
diffuses.  Evolut. the>.,  1926, 7: 23-6.—Bernea, L.  Les otites
externes ulce>euses a bacilles de  Vincent.  Rev. laryng., Par
1924, 45: 403-5.—Brown,  L. G.  Otitis externa.  Brit  M j''
1937, 2: 698-700.—Capps, F. C. W.  The treatment of otitis
externa.  Ibid., 1938, 1: 958-60.—Daggett,  W. I.  Report of
 case showing interesting internal ear symptoms associated with
 haemorrhagic external otitis.   J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 196*. 4/.
 682^De Francesco. D.  I fuso-spirilli nella patologia aurico-
 lare; due casi di otite esterna ulcero-membranosa.  Otorinolar.
 ital  1937 7: 479-88.—Doumenge, R. Le traitement de 1 otite
 externe  dou oureuse.   Hopital,  1924,  12: 103-5.-Frey.  H.
 DTotitifexterna.8 Aerztl. Prax., 1933, 7: 294-6.  Also Wien.
 klin.  Wschr.,  1933, 46:  951-3.—Greaves, F.  C.   1 henyl-
 mercuric nitrate in the treatment of otitis externa and of the
 dermatophytes.   U. S.  Nay. M. Bull, 19,3,6. 34.:052™—
 Gwinn, C.  External otitis.  Southwest. M., 1935, 19: 243-6.—
 Hasselt,  E.  H. van  [External  otitis  in the  tropics]   Ned.
 tschr. geneesk.,  1933,  77: 4959-69.-Hunter, R. J-   Otitis
 externa   Pennsylvania M. J., 1934, 37: 477-80.—Ingram. L. C.
 A study of external otitis.  J. Florida M. Ass., 1928, 15: 142-
 5.—Loebell, H.  Otitis externa.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1938, 34:
 601-3.—MacCormac, H.  Discussion on otitis externa.  J. Lar.
 Otol., Lond., 1938, 53: 331-41. —— Martin, G. E  [et al.]
 Discussion on otitis externa. Proc. R. Soc M., Lond., 1967-6X,
 31 • 509-18.—McMahan, A. M.  External otitis; a complication.
 J. Oklahoma M. Ass., 1927, 20: 231.—Manson, J. S.  Acute
 external otitis.   Univ. Toronto M. J.,  1934,  11: .123-6.—
 Morley,  G.  Otitis externa; hot-weather ear; an investigation of
 100 cases and a method of  treatment.  Brit. M. J., 1938,  1: 373-
 7.—Neumann, H.  Zur Klinik  der Perichondritis der Ohrmu-
 schel und der Otitis externa diffusa.  Wien. med. Wschr., 1930,
 80: 125.—O'Malley, J. F.  Modern technique in treatment;
 treatment of external otitis and furunculosis  of the external
 auditory meatus.  Lancet, Lond., 1925,  2:  142.  ------  In-
 flammations of the external ear.  Med. Press A Circ,  Lond.,
 1930, n. ser., 129: 41-3.—Panneton, P.   A case of external
 otitis with false membranes, apparently of  diphtherial origin.
 Laryngoscope,  1933, 43:  463-6.  Also Union mid.  Canada,
 1932, 61: 1226-9.—Portmann, G., A Bried.  Le traitement de
 l'otite externe  par  1'autohemotheVapie.  Gaz. hop., 1925, 98:
 149.—Powell, L. S.   Some observations on  external otitis.
 Eye Ear Ac. Month., 1931, 10:  141; 1934,  13: 337.—Rendu, R.
 Otite externe exsudative avec moule du fond du  conduit auditif.
 Ann.  otolar., Par., 1938, 1177-85.—Sekine, M.  Ein  Fall von
 Otitis externa  ulceromembranacea.   Otorhinolaryngologia,
 Tokyo,  1938, 11: 801.—Walter, P.  Ueber 2 Falle von Otitis
 externa ulcero-membranacea Plaut-Vincent.  Beitr. Anat. Ohr.,
 1930-31, 28: 422-6.—Zharkovsky,  G. A.  [Autohemotherapy
 in external otitis]  Sovet. vrach. gaz., 1932, 169.—Zografides,
 A.  Zur Behandlung der Otitis externa.  Mschr. Ohrenh., 1930,
 69: 997.

 ----   Injury.

   Beck,  O.   Schrapnellstreifschuss  der  Ohrmuschel  mit
 Untergang der  Funktion des inneren Ohres.  Mschr. Ohrenh.,
 1916, 50: 207.—Grilichess, R.   Ueber  einen  eigenartigen
 bakteriologischen Behind nach Hundebissverletzung. Schweiz.
 med.  Wschr., 1929, 59:  729.—Oldenstam, R. A.  [Case of
 complete restoration of auricle after complete traumatic separa-
 tion]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1929, 73: 1096.

 ----   Lobule.

   See also Earring.
   Ardouin,  P.  Sur un cas d'e'pith&ioma atypique du lobule
 de l'oreille.  Ann. anat. path.,  Par., 1934, 11: 844-7.—Bloed-
 horn, E.   Lymphknoten  im Ohrlappchen   (Lymphadenosis
 cutis circumscripta?)   Zschr. Hals Ac. Heilk., 1923-24, 7: 224-
 7.— Claus, G.  Seltene Geschwulstbildung  des Ohrlappchens
 beim  Kinde (lymphadenosis cutis circumscripta)  Ibid., 1933-
 34,  35: 212-8.—Jimenez Lopez. C, Ribon, V., A Peiia Chava-
 rria, A.   Fibroma del lobulo de la oreja derecha.  Siglo mid.,
 1922,  70: 420.—Lucien, M., A  Creliange, J. L.  Epithelioma
 aibaci du lobule de l'oreille.  Bull.  Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1939.
 46: 260-3.—Moses,  P.    Ueber leukiimische  Tumofen  der
 Ohrlappchen.   Zschr. Hals Ac. Heilk.,  1923-24, 7: 215-23,
 pi.—Netschajewa, A.  Ein seltener Fall von Keloid der Ohr-
 lappchen.  Mschr. Ohrenh., 1930, 64: 1474-6.—Powell, E. F.,
 & Whitney,  D. D.   Ear lobe inheritance; an unusual 3-genera-
 tion photographic pedigree-chart.  J. Hered., 1937, 28:  185.—
 Sprenger, W.   Keloidbildungen der  Ohrlappchen.   Mschr.
 Ohrenh., 1936, 70:  188-94.—Tezel, E. B.  Keloid des Ohr-
 lappchens.  Ibid., 1937, 71: 562-5.

 ----   Muscles.

   Arslan. K.  Ricerche istoanatomiche sull'innervazione dei
 muscoli del padiglione  auricolare  del coniglio.   Monit. zool.
 ital,  1932-33,  43: suppl., 62-7.—Fujita. T.  Die motorische
 Innervation der genuinen  Aurikularmuskeln beim Menschen,
 nebst  Bemerkungen zu   ihrer phvlogenetischen  Herkunft.
 Anat. Anz.,  1934, 78: 321-31, pi.—Hotta. K.  Ueber die Inner-
 vation der Haltimg der Ohrloffel des Kaninchens.  Arch. ges.
 Physiol., 1925, 210: 721-6.—Huber, E.   Der M. mandibulo-
 auricularis, nebst Bemerkungen uber die Ohrmuschel und das
Scutulum der Saugetiere; zur Wertschatzung der Innervations-
verhaltnisse bei  vergleichend-morphologischen  Muskelunter-
suchungen (vorlaufige Mitteilungen)  Anat.  Anz., 1924-25.
59: 353-79.—Marsili Libelli,   G.   Sul comportamento della
asimmetria dei padiglioni auriculari da stimolazione del  simpa-
tico cervicale  nei coniglio eserinizzato.  Boll.  Soc. ital. biol.
sper.,  1937,  12: 340.  ------   Effetti della stimolazione  del
simpatico cervicale  sulla posizione dei padiglioni auricolari nei 
EAR
15
EAR
 coniglio.   Arch, fisiol., Fir.,  1908-39,  38: 353-72.   ------
 Modificazione di posizione nei padiglioni auricolari del coniglio,
 da stimolazione del simpatico cervicale, e loro indipendenza dai
 fenomeni vasomotori.  Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1939,  14: 10-
 2.—Rachmilewitz, L.  Ueber die willkurlichen Bewegungen der
 Ohrmuscheln. Mschr. Ohrenh., 1932, 66: 1389.—Schwarze, E.
 Die Sphinkter-Muskulatur der Ohrmuschel bei  Hund, Pferd,
 Rind  und  Schwein.   Anat.  Anz.,  1936-37,  83:  354-67 —
 Yamaguchi,  O.   Die  motorischen  Nervenendapparate  im
 Ohrmuschelmuskel des Menschen.  Acta Scholae med. Univ.
 Kioto, 1929, 12: 51-3, pi.

 ----  Mycosis.

    See also Ear (Actinomycosis; Aspergillosis).
    Maillard, J.  P.    *Les  mycoses  du  conduit
 auditif  externe.   73p.   8?   Par.,  1933.
    Bahre A Hansen.  Otomycose auf Grund einer Sporothrix-
 infektion.   Arch. Ohr. Ac Heilk., 1929,  121:  136-9,  pi —
 Belding. D. L., A Umanzio, C. B.  A new species of the genus
 Monosporium associated  with chronic otomycosis.   Am. J.
 Path., 1935.  11: 856.—Bristow, W. J.   Otomycosis;  a  clinical
 consideration.  Tr.  Am. Laryng.  Ass., 1932, 38: 200-5.  Also
 Ann.  Otol. Rhinol., 1932, 41: 578-83.—Carnevale  Ricci, F.
 Reperti sierologici  nelle  micosi  sperimentali dell'orecchio
 Arch. ital. otol., 1927, 38: 705-11.  ----■—  Otomicosi speri-
 mentali (nota preventiva)  Boll. Soc. med. chir., Pavia,  1927,
 2:  n.  ser., 129-33.   ------  Micosi sperimentali dell'orecchio.
 Ibid., 583-647.—Cavadas, E.  Die Otomykose und die sich aus
 ihr ergebenden  diagnostischen  Irrtiimer.   Mschr.  Ohrenh.,
 1930,  64: 1302-6.—Cavazzani,  F.  Su due casi di pseudobotrio-
 micosi a localizzazione rara (padiglione auricolare) Arch. ital.
 otol.,  1938, 50:  39-48.—Chevalier, G.  Un cas d'otomycose.
 Marseille med., 1924, 61: 1352-6.—Ch'in, T. L.  A mycological
 study of a case of  otomycosis.  Chin. M. J., 1935, 49: 346-9.
 pi.—Chiniara. J.  Otomycoses a Sterigmatocystis nigra.  Ann.
 otolar., Par.,  1937, 499-506.—Chisolm, J. J., A Sutton, A. C.
 Otomycosis;  report of 9 cases treated  with potassium iodid.
 Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1925,  2: 543-56.—Ciferri. R., A Redaelli,
 P.   Sur  la  probable  situation  systfimatique de Bargellinia
 monospora Borzi.  Boll. Sez. ital. Soc.  internaz. microb.,  193G,
 8:  260-3.—Dunlap, A. M.  Otomycosis.  Chin. M.  J.,  1937,
 52: 446.—Enlows,  E. M.  A.   Mycotic diseases of the  ear.
 Med.  Ann. District  of Columbia, 1935, 4:  217-23.—Forsyth,
 J. M.  Tropical ear.  Ann. Trop. M. Parasit., Liverp., 1924-25,
 18: 61-76,  pi.—Gill,  K.   Otitis externa mycotica; comments
 concerning the  prevalence, diagnosis and treatment of  otomy-
 cosis.   Arch. Otolar.,  Chic, 1932, 16: 76-82.  Also  repr.—
 Ingram, L.  C. Otic mold infection.  J.  Florida M. Ass.,  1931,
 18: 16-20.—Jannulis,  G.   Eine neue Methode  zur  Diagnose
 Otomykose.   Mschr. Ohrenh., 1937, 71: 1241.—Koenig,  C. J.
 Au sujet  de 1'otomycose;  considerations physiques sur l'anti-
 sepsie. Otorhinolar. internat.,  Lyon, 1929, 13: 183-95.  ------
 Otite  mycotique; la physico-chimie de l'antisepsie. Ibid., 1930,
 14:30-45.—Kulvin. M. M.  Otomycosis. Med. Bull. Veterans
 Admin.,  1934-35,  11: 361.—Lavrand,  A.   Les mycoses  du
 conduit auditif.  Gaz. mid. France, 1930, 249.—Lewis, P. M.
 Otomycosis; report of 3 cases.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1927, 89: 112 —
 McBurney, R., A Searcy, H. B.  Otomycosis; an investigation
 of  effective fungicidal agents in treatment.  Tr. Am.  Lar.
 Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1936, 42: 457-77.  Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol.,
 1936,  45: 988-1008.—Mackenzie, G. W.  Otomycosis.  Med.
 World, 1936, 54: 365-7.—Marena, A.   Micosi del  condotto
 uditivo esterno  (contributo  clinico-sperimentale)   Valsalva,
 1929,  5:  557-66.—Miller. J.   W.  Otomycosis; its relative
 frequency.  J. Am.  M. Ass.,  1927, 88: 1077.  Also  repr.—
 Mood, G. M.  Specific autogenous vaccine treatment of  otomy-
 cosis;  preparation of vaccine.  Am. J. Trop. M.. 1938, 18: 703-
 14.—Motta, R.  Contributo alio studio delle micosi del condotto
 uditivo esterno  (studio  clinico e  micologico)   Atti  Accad.
 fisiocr. Siena, 1925-26, 9.  ser.,  17:  603-31.-----:  Metodo
 semplice per  la  diagnosi  e l'identificazione del micete  nelle
 micosi dell'orecchio;  prova della strisc>a de garza.   Valsalva,
 1931  7:123-8.—Penido Monteiro.  Sobre dois casos de  otomy-
 coses.   Tribuna med., Rio, 1925, 31: 232-8.—Peri. M.  Deux
 cas  de mycose du conduit auditif.   Otorhinolar.  internat.,
 Lyon,  1929,  13: 149.—Salaris,  E.  Considerazioni  clinico-
 statistiche sulla otomicosi  e ricerche sperimentali di terapia,
 Boll. mal. orecchio,  1936. 54: 401-7.—Tempea, V.  Le traite-
 ment de 1'otomycose par la  teinture d'iode.  Ann. otolar.,  Par.,
 1937,  215-8.—Thevenard.   Un cas de mycose du conduit
 auditif. Otorhinolar. internat., Lyon, 1928, 12: 171.—Trexler,
 C. W.   Otomycosis in Hawaii.  Tr. Hawaii M. Ass., 1934, No.
 44:  67-9.   Also Laryngoscope,  1935,  45:  106-9.—Viela,  A.
 L'otomycose;   6tude   anatomo-clinique  et  thSrapeutique.
 Otorhinolar. internat., Lyon, 1931, 15: 527-33.—Whalen,  E. J.
 Fungous infections of the external ear.   J. Am. M. Ass., 1938,
 111: 502-4.

 ----  Myiasis.
  Citelli,  S.   Myasis del condotto  uditivo  esterno.   Atti
 Congr. Soc ital. laring. (1907) 1908, 187.—Monteiro, A.  Fuso-
 spirillose des  ausseren Ohres und Myiasis.   Mschr.  Ohrenh.,
 1938 72: 1162-7.—Piatt, K. F., A  Scott, J. A.  A case of aural
 myiasis. Brit. M. J., 1935,  2: 1099.—Salvadori, G.  Sopra un
 caso di miasi auricolare. Arch. ital. otol., 1926, 37: 509-14.—
Trofimova. A.  A.  [Case of otomyiasis]   Vest, otorinolar., 1938,
559.
----   Nodule [Chondrodermatitis, &c]

   Loupi, J.   *Le nodule douloureux  de  l'oreille
 (chondro-dermatitis  nodularis  chronica  helicis)
95p.   8?   Lyon, 1936.
   Broers,  J. H.  [Painful nodules on the margin of  auricle]
Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1929, 73: 3672-7.—Culver, G. D.  Painful
ear nodule of Winkler and Foerster; report of cases.  California
West.  M.,  1929, 31: 414-8.—Davies, J. H. T.   Chondroder-
matitis nodulaire chronica helicis.  Rev. fr. derm.  v6n6r.,
1928, 4: 388-90.—De Blasio, R.  II nodulo doloroso dell'orec-
chio.  Rinasc. med., 1937,  14: 18.—Dubreuilh, W.  Le nodule
douloureux de l'oreille. Ann. derm, syph.. Par., 1936, 7. ser., 7:
225-8.  ------A Pigeard de Gurbert, M.  Le nodule doulou-
reux de l'oreille.  Ibid.,  1928, 6. ser., 9: 729-36.—Fernandez,
A.  A., A Monserrat, J.  L. E.  Nodulos doloros de la  oreja
(tumor gl6mico; neuro-mioangioma) Sem. mid., B. Air.,  1931,
38: pt 2, 1690-700.—Foerster, O. H.  Painful nodular growth
of the ear.  Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1925,  n.  ser., 11:  149-
65.—Gate, J., Massia, G. [et al.] Un cas de nodule douloureux
de  l'oreille.  Bull. Soc.  fr.  derm, syph.,  1936, 43:  1440 —
Halter, K.   Zur Pathogenese der Chondrodermatitis nodularis
chronica helicis.   Derm. Zschr., 1936, 73: 270-84.—Klauder.
J. V.  Nodule of the ear simulating chondro-dermatitis nodu-
laris chronica helicis.  Arch.  Derm.  Syph.,  Chic,  1930,  22:
833-8.—Meirowsky,  E.   Zur  Kenntnis der   sogenannten
Chondrodermatitis nodularis chronica helicis.  Derm.  Wschr.,
1929, 88: 289-92.—Nicolas, J., Massia, G., A Colas, J.  Nou-
veau cas de nodule douloureux de l'oreille.  Bull  Soc. fr. derm.
syph., 19.36, 43: 1437-40.—Othaz.  E. L.  N6dulo doloroso de
la oreja  (consideraciones sobre esta aferci6n)  Sem. med., B.
Air., 1935,  42: pt  2, 1105;  1176.  Also Rev. As. med. argent.,
1935,  49:  493-501.—Perin, L.   Le  nodule douloureux  de
l'oreille.  Gaz.  med. France, 1936, 43:  1013-5.—Poth, D. O.
Sex  incidence of chondrodermatitis nodularis chronica helicis;
case reports.  Texas J. M., 1937-38,  33: 19-21.—Rost, G. A.
Ueber die  sogenannte Chondrodermatitis  nodularis chronica
helicis.  Wien. med. Wschr., 1926, 76: 931-3.—Roxburgh, A. C.
Chondro-dermatitis  nodularis  chronica   helicis.   Brit.  J.
Derm., 1927, 39: 112-4, pi.—Woringer, F., A Zoon. J. J.  Note
preliminaire sur 1'abondance anormale de filets  nerveux  dans
le nodule douloureux de 1 oreille    Bull.  Soc. fr.  derm, syph.,
1938. 45: 068-71.

----   Ossification.

   Burger,  M.,  A Miiller. E.  Beitrage zur  Pathogenese  der
Knorpelerkrankungen; iiber  Nekrose,  Verkalkung und  Ver-
knocherung des  Ohrknorpels nach Erfrierung.   Zschr. ges.
exp. Med.,  1921,  25: 345-60.—Childrey. J.  H.   Calcigerous
metaplasia  in the auricle;  report  of 2  cases.   Arch. Otolar.,
Chic,  1932, 15: 883.  ------  Bony deposits in the  auricle.
Ibid.,  1937, 25: 473.  ------  Ossification in the auricle; 7
cases.   Laryngoscope,  1938,  48:  339-45.—Higbee,  D.  R.
Calcigerous metaplasia  of the  auricular  cartilage.   Arch.
Otolar., Chic,  1931,  14: 70-9.—Marobbio, G.   Ossificazione
idiopatica parziale bilaterale dei padiglioni auricolari.  Boll.
spec. med. chir., 1928, 2:  214-20.—Pytel. A. J. [Ossification of
the auricle  of the ear]  Sovet. khir., 1934, 6:  70-2.—Scherrer,
F. W.  Calcification and ossification of the external ears.  Ann.
Otol. Rhinol., 1932, 41: 867.

----  Perichondritis.
   Arione,  L.  La terapia  ultravioletta nella pericondrite  del
padiglione  auricolare.   Raggi  ultraviol.,  1933,  9:  65-70.—
Bruch, E.  Ueber  eine kupierende Radikaloperation der  Peri-
chondritis purulenta acuta progressiva der Ohrmuschel.  Zschr.
Laryng., 1931, 21: 466-72.—Chiappe, E.  La  roentgenterapia
nelle pericondriti del padiglione auricolare.  Ann. laring.,  Tor..
1937, 37: 161-71.—Hermann.  Eine Methode zur Behandlung
der Perichondritis  des Ohres.  Zschr. Hals Ac. Heilk., 1908, 44:
373-7.—Hirokami, I.  Ueber  die  Pyocyaneus-Perichondritis
der  Ohrmuschel.  Zschr. Otorhinolar.,  Tokyo,  1923-24, 29:
H.  2, 30-3.—Kurai,  S.   Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber
die Infektion des Knorpels durch Bacillus pyocyaneus.  Mitt.
allg.  Path.,  Sendai,  1930-34, 8:  151-74,  pi.—Nomoto.  K.
Ueber die Perichondritis  der Ohrmuschel infolge  der Verbren-
nung  [Japanese text]  Zschr. Otorhinolar., Tokyo, 1924-25,
30: H.  2, 77-82.—Piazza Missorici, A.  Sulla etiologia  delle
pericondriti auricolari e sull'azione  immunizzante della piocia-
nasi.  Boll.  Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1927,  2: 163-5.—Richter, H.
Die  Perichondritis der Ohrmuschel im Rontgenbilde.  Zschr.
Hals Ac Heilk.,  1926-27, 17: 495-8.—Ruttin, E.   Zur Behand-
lung der Perichondritis auriculae.   Mschr.  Ohrenh.,  1916,  50:
485.—Suzuki, Y.  Experimentelle  Forschung iiber  die  Peri-
chondritis der Ohrmuschel.  Mitt. Med. Akad. Kioto, 1935,15:
1161.—Tobeck.    Beitrag  zur operativen  Behandlung   der
Perichondritis der Ohrmuschel.  Zschr. Hals Ac.  Heilk.,  1938,
44: 368-73   [Discussion] 377.

----   Position,  abnormal.

   Gottlieb,  F.  M.    *Die Behandlung  abste-
hender Ohren.   17p.   8?   Berl.,  1932.
  Alexander,  G.   Zur  plastischen  Korrektur abstehender
Ohrmuscheln.  Wien. klin. Wschr., 1928, 41: 1217—Biesen-
berger,  H.   Plastische  Operation abstehender  Ohren  nach
Gersuny. Zbl. Chir., 1924, 51: 1126.—Davis, J. S., A Kitlowski.. 
EAR
16
EAR
 E. A.  Abnormal prominence of the ears: a method of readjust-
 ment.   Surgery,  1937, 2: 835-48.—Demel, R.   Erfolge der
 Beseitigung der abstehenden Ohren.  Wien. klin. Wschr., 1935,
 48: 1185.  ------A Feigl, E.  Zur Beseitigung der abstehenden
 Ohren.  Deut. Zschr. Chir.,  1931, 233: 453-9.—Ehrenfeld, H.
 Die kosmetisch-operative Anlegung der  abstehenden Ohren.
 Zbl. Cbir.,  1908,  65:  1236-9.—Eitner,  E.   Zur  operativen
 Behandlung  des Klappohres.  Wien. klin. Wschr., 1926, 39:
 868. ------  Ueber Stellungsanomalien der Ohrmuschel und
 ihre Korrektur.  Chirurg,  1933,  5:  618-25.  ------  Eine
 einfache Methode zur  Korrektur abstehender  Ohren.  Wien.
 klin. Wschr.,  1907, 50:  1206.—Goodyear,  H.  M.   Plastic
 operation for protruding ears.  Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1933, 18:
 527-30.  Also repr.  Also J. Med., Cincin.,  1933,  14: 479 —
 Kosch, W.  Ueber Korrektur abstehender Ohren.  Deut. med.
 Wschr.,  1928, 54: 569.—Krecke, A.  Operation bei abstehenden
 Ohren.  In his Beitr. prakt.  Chir., Munch.,  1934, 129.—Long.
 A  case of  bilateral lop-ear.  J.  Oklahoma M. Ass., 1924, 17:
 93.—Liithi,  A.  Eine  einfache,  zuverlassige, gut  dosierbare
 Methode zur Korrektur  abstehender  Ohren.  Schweiz.  med.
 Wschr.,  1929, 59: 1268.—MacCollum, D. W.   The  lop ear.
 J.  Am. M. Ass., 1938,  110: 1427-30.—Mort,  S.  Development
 of  auricle  on second branchial cleft.  Lancet, Lond.,  1924, 2:
 322.—Richter,  H.  Demonstration  zur Frage der konstitu-
 tionellen Bedingtheit abstehender Ohrmuscheln.  Zschr. Hals
 Ac. Heilk., 1931, 29: 193-97  [Discussion] 215.—Schlander, E.
 Operative  Anlegung von abstehenden Ohrmuscheln.  Chirurg,
 1930,  2: 699-704.—Wagers, A. J.  Projecting  or  lop  ear;
 report of a case corrected by operation.  Med. J. A Rec,  1928,
 128: 623.  Also repr.—Wolfe, M. M.  Protruding ears: the
 psychological effect and plastic correction,  Med. Rec, N. Y.,
 1936, 144: 306.— Zaaijer.  J. H.   [Surgical treatment of pro-
 truding  ears]   Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1930, 74: pt 2, 5572-5.

 ----   Shape [including deformities]

    Bloom, D.  Supernumerary tragi.   Arch.  Derm. Syph.,
 Chic, 1937, 36: 884.—Doroschenko, J. T.  Die neue Methode
 der Plastik  bei komplizierter  Difformitat   der Ohrmuschel.
 Mschr. Ohrenh.,  1936, 70: 718-21.—Eitner, E.  Die kosme-
 tische Korrektur des Katzenohres.  Wien. klin. Wschr.,  1932,
 42: 1537.  ------  Spitzohren und ihre kosmetische  Behand-
 lung.  Zschr. Hals  Ac. Heilk.,  1933,  33: 564-7.—Geyer, E.
 Vererbung der bandformigen Helix.   Mitt. Anthrop.  Ges.
 Wien, 1928,58:17-20.   ------ Vererbungsstudien am mensch-
 lichen Ohr;  die  flache Anthelix.   Ibid., 1932,   62: 280 —
 Kubo, I.  Ueber den  Aurograph (Ohrmuschelzeichner)  nach
 Kubo.   Zschr. Hals Ac. Heilk.,  1928, 22: 320-2.—Michl. R.
 [Concha media duplex]  Cas. lek. Cesk.,  1931,  70:  1472.—
 Sercer,  A.  Beitrag zur  Kenntnis  der Formanomalien des
 ausseren Ohres.  Acta otolar.,  Stockh.,  1934, 20: 59-65.—
 Vollmer, H.   The shape of the ear in relation to body consti
 tution.   Arch. Pediat.,  N. Y., 1937, 54: 574-90.

 ----   Surgery.

    Rufin,   M.  H.    *Chirurgie  esth^tique  de
 l'oreille du chien   [Alfort]  49p.  8?  Par., 1934.

    Tawil,   J.  V.    *Traitement  operatoire  des

 dScollements du pavilion  de  l'oreille.   42p.   8?
 Par., 1929.

    Wagner,   H.   Contribution  a  l'etude  de
 Potoplastie (une operation d'otoplastie totale de
 M. le  professeur  Ombr^danne  et considerations
 esth^tiques qui  s'y rattachent)   71p.   8?   Par.,
 1926.
    Alexander, G.  Zur Technik der plastischen Operationen am
 ausseren Ohre.   Zschr. Hals Ac. Heilk., 1928, 21:  6-10 —
 Axt, E. F.  A case of surgical prosthesis.  Dent. Cosmos, 1927,
 69: 828-30.—Bettman, A.  G.  Total  reconstruction of the
 external  ear: original  technique.  Rev.  chir.  plast., Brux.,
 1934-35, 4: 3-14.—Bock, F.  Facialislahmung durch Anasthe-
 sierung der  Ohrmuschel  mitteis Novocaininjektion.   Zschr.
 Hals Ac. Heilk.,  1925,  13: 158.—Bondy, G.  Zur Methode der
 Gehorgangsplastik.  Mschr. Ohrenh., 1928, 62: 1227.—Bour-
 guet, J.  La  chirurgie esthetique du pavilion  de l'oreille (ano-
 malie d'orientation, de deplissement  et de   flexion)  Monde
 med., 1931, 41: 483-92.  Also Clinique, Par., 1933, 28:  318-
 20.—Bredo, H. R.  Abaissement chirurgical de l'oreille dite de
 renard chez le chien.  Rec. mid. vit.,  1924, 100: 722.—Brook,
 G.  B.  Plaster collar method for the treatment of injuries of the
 ear of the dog.  Vet. Rec, Lond., 1927,  7: 1069-71.—Campos.
 Plastias auriculares. Siglo med., 1925, 75: 586.—Chenet, H.
 La prothese auriculaire.  Odontologie, Par., 1930, 68:  861-70
 Also Ann. otolar., Par.,  1931. 1-9.—Coelst. Application d'une
 greffe libre de  peau d'epaisseur totale dans l'operation de
 restauration d'une perte de substance du pavilion de  l'oreille
 Rev. chir. struct., Brux.,  1938, 8: 111.  ------ De  l'emploi
 des greffes libres d'epaisseur totale dans la cure chirurgicale de
 la microtie.  Ibid., 155-60.—De River, J. P.  Restoration of
 the auricle.  California West. M., 1927, 26: 654-6.—Dijk. J. A.
 van  [On the application of the tubed pedicle in a case of plastic
 Burgery of the ear]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1925, 69: 895-900
 Also Acta otolar., Stockh., 1926-27 10: 121-9.—Dobrzaniecki,
L.   Une modification   de  l'operation  plastique des  oreilles
ecartees.  Paris chir., 1926, 18: 191-9.-Eisenklam, J.  Plasti-
sche Verkleinerung grosser Ohren.   Wien. klin. Wschr., 1SMU,
43-  1170—Eitner,   E.   Verkleinerung  des   Ohrlappchens.
Ibid.  1926, 39: 1423.  ------  Ueber  Verkleinerung  grosser
Ohren.  Wien. med. Wschr., 1926  76: 953.
Plastische
 Verkleinerung'grosser  Ohren.  Wien. klin.  Wschr.,  1930,  43:
 !377   ______   Plastischer Ersatz  des oberen Ohrrandes.
 Mschr. Ohrenh., 1933, 67: 222-5.  ———  Ohrmuschelersatz.
 Deut. Zschr.  Chir.,  1930-34, 242: 797-801— Esser. J.  K S.
 Reparation d'une oreille  mutilee.  Rev.  chir. struct.,  Brux.,
 1936-37  6:  269-72.—Gillies,  H.   Reconstruction  of  the
 external" ear with special reference to the use of  maternal  ear
 cartilage as the supporting structure.  Ibid.,  1937, 7:  109-79.—
 Gonzalez Loza, M.  Correcci6n auricular.  Rev. meet., Rosario,
 1932, 22: 833-7.—Graham, H. B.  Plastic surgery of the ear.
 Tr. Am. Lar.  Rhin. Otol. Soc,  1936, 42: 624-7.  Also West.
 J. Surg., 1936.  44: 478-80.—Grimaud,  Rosenthal  A  Taub.
 Prothese  du pavilion  de  l'oreille  par le  procede de Chenet.
 Rev. med. est,  1933,  61: 485.—Guleke.   Ersatz der ganzen
 Ohrmuschel.  Chirurg, 1932, 4: 274-8.—Gussio, S.  Intorno
 a  un processo di restaurazione  condrocutanea del padiglione
 auricolare.  Valsalva,  1925, 1: 409-23.  ------   Trapianti
 condro-cutanei sperimentali per la restaurazione del padiglione
 dell'orecchio.  Ibid.,  1927.  3: 58-77.—Hallwachs.  Amputa-
 tion  eines Pferdeohres und Anfertigung einer  Ohrprothese.
 Zschr. Veterinark., 1907, 49: 131-6, pi.—Hamblen-Thomas, C.
 Repair for partial loss of  the auricle.  J. Lar. Otol., Lond.,
 1938,  53:  259.—Heermann, H.   Zur Frage  der Plastik  bei
 Gehorgangsradikaloperationen.   Zschr. Hals Ac. Heilk.,  1930,
 26: 35-41.—Hofer, G., A  Leidler, R.  Eine neue  Methode  der
 Ohrmuschelplastik.   Ibid., 1923, 6: 408-15.—Ivanissevich,  O.,
 & Ferrari, R.  C. Orejas  en asa:  clasificaci6n y tratamiento
 operatorio.  Bol. Inst.  clin. quir., B. Air.,  1927, 3: 925-9, 7 pi.
 Also Sem. med., B. Air., 1928, 35: 1161-70.—Lockwood, C. D.
 Plastic surgery of the ear.   Tr. West. Surg.  Ass., (1928)  1929,
 38:  183-93.  Also Surg. Gyn.  Obst., 1929, 49: 392-4.  Also
 Surg.  Clin. N. America,  1930,  10: 1100-8.—Macomber.  D.
 Reconstruction of the  external ear.  Rocky Mountain M. J.,
 1939, 36: 37-40.—Malbec, E. F.  Cirugia estetica del pabelhSn
 auricular.  Sem. med., B. Air.,  1938, 45: 994 1001.—Money,
 R. A.  Reconstruction of the external ear.  Med. J. Australia,
 1938, 1: 819.—New, G. B.  Reconstruction of the external ear;
 presentation of case.  Proc. Mayo Clin., 1931, 6: 97.—Noel, A.
 Deux  cas  inte>essants de  chirurgie esthetique  appliqu^e  au
 pavilion de l'oreille.  Ann. mal. oreille, 1928, 478-82.—Ombre-
 danne, L.  Reconstitution  autoplastique  de la moiti6  du
 pavilion  de l'oreille; technique operatoire.  Presse med.,  1931,
 39: 982.—Padgett, E.  C.  Total reconstruction of the auricle.
 Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1938, 67: 761-8.—Palmer, F. E., A  Reif-
 sneider,  J. S.   Plastic reconstruction  of the external auditory
 meatus.   Laryngoscope,  1933,  43:  618-21.—Pierce.  G.  W.
 Reconstruction of the  external ear.   Surg. Gyn. Obst.,  1930,
 50: 601-5.—Pieri, G.  Plastica per la ricostruzione del condotto
 uditivo esterno.  Arch. ital.  chir., 1920, 2: 423-8.—Pfecechtel,
 A.  A contribution to  total plastic of external meatus.   Acta
 otolar., Stockh.,  1926, 9: 209-16.— Rondinini, R.  Trapianti di
 padiglione auricolare embrionale di Mus  musculus in adulto.
 Boll. Soc ital.  biol. sper., 1934, 9: 731-3.—Ruttin. E.  Methode
 zum Ersatz des knorpelig-membranosen Gehorgangs mittelst
 eines Drainhautrohres.  Mschr. Ohrenh.,  1916.  50:  581.—
 Sanvenero-Rosselli, G. La chirurgie plastique du pavilion de
 l'oreille.   Rev. chir. plast., Brux., 1932-33,  2: 27-53.—Vogel.
 Operative subcutane  Verkleinerung der Ohrmuschel.  Zschr.
 Hals Ac. Heilk., 1938,  44: 366.—Voorthuysen, D. van  [Thies'
 method in plastic operation of the ear]  Ned. tschr. geneesk.,
 1936, 80: 1276.—Wright, J. W.  Plastic surgerv of ear follow-
 ng trauma. Tr.  Indiana Acad.  Ophth., 1937, 19-27

 ----  Temperature.
   Becker, B.  M.  Aural thermometry as a diagnostic aid in
 otology;  preliminary report. Arch. Otolar., Chic,  1930,  11:
 205-9.—Kristul, E. L.  Ueber die taktile Sensibilitiit der  Haut
 des ausseren Gehorganges.  Acta otolar., Stockh., 1933-34,  19:
 323-6.—Zalewski. T.  Die  Temperatur des ausseren  Gehor-
 ganges und der  Einfluss der kalten und  warmen Umschlage
 auf  dieselbe.  Mschr. Ohrenh., 1916,  50:  554-68.   ------
 [Relation between the internal  auditory canal  and general
 body temperature]  Polska gaz. lek., 1936, 15: 591.  ------
 Die Temperatur des ausseren Gehorganges.   Mschr. Ohrenh.,
 1937, 71: 44-6.

----  Tumor.

   Ayres Corres de Souza Neves.  Un volumineux fibrome du
pavilion auriculaire.  Paris med., 1938,109: 258-60.—Brennan,
C. H.  Notes  on a case of bilateral keloid tumour of the ear.
 Kenya East Afr. M. J., 1929-30, 6: 52.—Calisti. V.  Contributo
alio studio dei tumori auricolari  negli animali domestici.  Boll.
Soc.  eustach.,  1936,  34:  43-49,  2 pi.—Deut.sch.  E.   Zwei
primare Tumoren der  Ohrmuschel und des  Larynx.  Mschr.
Ohrenh., 1935, 69: 1531-3.—Guyot, J.,  A Dubreuil.  Tumeur
m&anique du pavilion et de l'oreille gauche.  J. med. Bordeaux,
 1926, 56: 764.—Haardt, W.  Ein Granuloma pediculatum  der
Ohrmuschel.   Beitr.  Anat.  Ohr.,  1926, 24:  280-4.—Maggio-
brotti. U.  L'amartoma racemoso del padiglione.  Arch. ital.
laring., 1931-32, 51: suppl., 117-30.—Moriconi.  L.  Fibroma
voluminoso  del padiglione auricolare.  Gazz. internaz  med.
chir., 1937, 49: 282-6.—Nicolau, J., Massia. G.. A Rousset, J.
Petit chondrome ulce>6 de  I'hSlix simulant  cliniquement  un 
EAR
17
EARDRUM
 Epithelioma baso-cellulaire ulc6r6.  Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph
 1935, 42:  688-90.—Nobl, G.  Infiltrative und  granulomatoses
 Muschelgeschwulste seltener Art.  Mschr.  Ohrenh., 1924,  58:
 483-8.—Portmann, G.  Come de belier au niveau du pavilion
 de  l'oreille.   Gaz. sc.  mid.  Bordeaux, 1925,  46:  168-70.—
 Rainer, A.   Rezidivierender  Speicheldrusenmischtumor  der
 Ohrmuschel.  Arch. Ohr.  Ac Heilk., 1935-36, 140: 219-28.—
 Roques-Sativo.  R.  Dysplasies  et tumeurs du  pavilion de
 l'oreille.  Rev. laryng.,  Par.,  1936, 57:  304-71.—Sannicandro
 G.  Tumore glomico dell'orecchio con particolari aspetti isto-
 logici.   Dermosifilografo,  1936, 11: 424-31.—Stuart-Low,  W.
 A female  with fibroma of the auricle at the entrance of  the
 meatus.  Proc.  R. Soc. M.,  Lond.,  1918-19, 12: sect, otol.,
 79.—Torlais A Mailho.  Tumeurs polypoides de la conque  par
 grattage chronique.  Rev. laryng., Par., 1936, 57: 241-3.—
 Woringer, F.  Un cas de granulome  annulaire de l'oreille.
 Bull. Soc.  fr. derm, syph., 1936, 43: 1751-4.—Yearsley, M., A
 Butterfield. H. G. Four neoplasms of the external ear.  Lancet,
 Lond., 1924, 2: 902.


 EARACHE.

    See also  Ear,   Disease:   Manifestation;  also
 under names  of parts of the auditory organ.

    Zobel,  K.   *Auf welchen  Wegen  entstehen
 Ohrenschmerzen bei Erkrankungen  im  Bereich
 der  Zahne  und Tonsillen?    16p.   8?    Wurzb
 1933.
    Biehl,  C.   Diagnostische Irrtumer  bei Ohrenschmerzen.
 Wien.  med. Wschr., 1935, 85: 1089.—Bleicher, M.  L'otalgie
 reflexe. Rev. med. est, 1933, 61:  583-9.—Bruck, F.  Ohren-
 schmerzen  infolge  von  Kiefergelenksentziindung, ein sehr
 haufiges und  oft ubersehenes Leiden.  Munch, med. Wschr.,
 1926,73:1657.—Canuyt A Terracol.  L'otalgie.  Rev. otoneur.,
 Par.,  1926, 4: 22-5.—Causse, R.   Semeiologie des otalgies.
 Presse med.,  1933,  41: 1393.—Cornelli, G.  A proposito di
 alcuni  casi di otalgia di probabile origine mediastinica.  Arch.
 ital. otol., 1938, 50: 113-8.—Curchod, E.  Les douleurs d'oreilie.
 Praxis,  Bern, 1937, 26: 85-8.—Curry, L.  T.  Treatment of
 earache.   Med. Clin.  N. America,  1935-36, 19:  1039-55.—
 Didsbury,  G.  Les otalgies sans lesions  d'oreilie. Otorhinolar.
 internat., Lyon, 1935, 19: 197-201.—Fenton, R. A., A Larsell, O.
 The embryology and neurohistology of sphenopalatine ganglion
 connections; a contribution to the  study of otalgia.  Tr. Am.
 Otol. Soc, 1928, 18: 183-209.  ------ The mechanism of pain
 transmission in certain  types of  otalgia. Ann.  Otol. Rhinol.,
 1928, 37: 739-49, 12 pi.—Glaser, M. A.  Acute primary auricu-
 lar neuralgia as a cause of earache; its diagnosis, etiology and
 treatment, with some remarks upon the sensory supply of  the
 ear.   West.  J.  Surg.,   1938,  46: 355-70.—Glassburg, J.  A.
 Earache of extra-aural origin. Med. Rev.  of Rev., 1924,  30:
 525-8.—Goldsmith, P. G.  Referred pain in the ear.  Tr. Am.
 Otol. Soc, 1936,  26: 202-25.—Giittich, A.  Ueber die anato-
 mischen Grundlagen der Ohrneuralgie nach Zahn- und Mund-
 krankheiten.  Zschr. Laryng.,  1932, 23: 340-4.  ------  Die
 Ursachen von Ohrenschmerzen.  Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1936,
 33: 674-6.—Hall, G. W. Auricular neuralgia.  Tr. Am. Neur.
 Ass.. 1932, 58:  261-4.—Harry, P. A.   Earache in children.
 Med.  Times,  Lond., 1927, 55: 20.—Hetrick, L. E.  Earache
 and its complications.  J. Ophth.  Otol., 1929, 33: 414-9.—
 Howard, C. N.  Otalgia; some practical points in  differential
 diagnosis.  J. Indiana M. Ass., 1925, 18: 378-80.—Hiinermann.
 T.  Friih-  und Fehldiagnosen bei Ohren- und Halsschmerzen.
 Deut. med. Wschr., 1936, 62: 505-8.—Jahn, F. C.  Otalgias
 de los niflos.  Dfa med., B. Air., 1936, 8:  143.—Kirkpatrick,
 R. R.   Ear-ache.  Tristate  M. J., 1935-36,  8:  1641-6 —
 Krassnig, M.   Neuritis nervi  acustici  (?)   Mschr. Ohrenh.,
 1934, 68: 555-9.—Llerena, A.  El sintoma  dolor,  en otologia.
 Siglo med., 1927,  74: pt 2, 74-81.—McCrea, M., Tilley,  H.
 [et al.]  Discussion on earache. Tr. M.  Soc. London, 1928-29,
 52: 148-64.—Malherbe,  A.  La plainte de l'oreille et son traite-
 ment.   Presse mid., 1937, 45: 755.—Malhotra, S. N.  Earache,
 its causes and treatment. Pract. Med., Delhi, 1933, 31: 249.—
 Mangabeira Albernaz. P.  Dolor de oidos.  Dfa  mid., B. Air.,
 1930-31, 3: 293.—Mill, W. A.  Earache.  Postgrad.  M.  J.,
 Lond., 1936, 12: 464-7.—Mollison,  W. M.  Earache.  Practi-
 tioner, Lond.,  1938, 141: 577-85.—Musso, G.  Cura dell'otal-
 gia.  Rinasc. med., 1938, 15: 493.—O'Malley, J. F.  Ear-ache
 and its treatment.  Practitioner,  Lond., 1934, 133: 234-50.—
 Seal, J. C.  Report of cases of otalgia, mastoidalgia of obscure
 origin  with involvement  of  the  spheno-palatine  ganglion.
 Bull. Otolar.  Clin. Beth Israel Hosp.. 1924, No.  11, 84-7.—
 Stein,  C.  Ueber angiospastische  Ohrenschmerzen.  Wien.
 klin. Wschr., 1928, 41:  1469-72.—Taylor, C.  B.  A study of
 the nervous system with a view to  understanding otitic pain.
 J  Iowa M. Soc,  1925, 15: 537-9.—Tilley.  H.  Earache of a
 reflex or referred nature.   Proc. R.  Soc. M., Lond., 1928-29,
 22: sect, otol., 67-73. ------ Earache from the standpoint
 of  the  aural surgeon.  Clin. J., Lond.,  1929, 58:  195-200 —
 Tremble. G. E.  The common causes of earache.  Canad. M.
 Ass.  J.. 1931, 24:  808-13.—Watson-Williams, E.   Persistent
 otalgia.   Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond.,  1933, 26: otol., 23.—Wisner.
 Quelques causes  souvent insoupconnees de l'otalgie (herp&s-
 zona)  Rev. otoneur., Par., 1924, 2: 678-91.—Wolfe, R.  S.
 Otodynia: diagnosis and treatment.  West Virginia M.  J.,
 1933, 29: 340-5.—Yates, A. L.  Pain in  the ear.  Med. Press
A Circ, Lond., 1939, 201: suppl., p. xxv-xxviii.
 EARDRUM.

    See Tympanic membrane.
    EARLE, Clarence Arthur, 1862-1938.
    Obituary.  Proc. Inst. M.  Chicago,  1938-39, 12: 301-3,
 portr.

    EARLE,  F[rank]   Maynard,   1888-     ,   &
 MILNER,  M.   The use of performance tests  of
 intelligence in vocational guidance; an investiga-
 tion  conducted for  the National  Institute   of
 Industrial  Psychology.   v,   76p.   8?   Lond.,
 H. M. S. Off., 1929.
    Forms Rep. No.  53, Gr.  Britain, Privy Counc, Med. Res.
 Counc, Indust. Fatigue Res. Bd.

    EARLSWOOD  Institution for  Mental  Defec-
 tives.  Annual reports.   Lond., 1914-
    See under London.

    EARLY, Lewis Mortimer, 1859-1912.
    Brown, P.  [Biography]   In his Am.  martyrs ...  Roentg.
 rays, Springf., 1934. 106-10.

    EARLY man as depicted by leading authorities.
    See [International Symposium on early man]   Academy of
 Natural  Sciences,  Philadelphia,  March  1937.   362p.    8!
 Phila., 1937.

    EARLYWINE, Joseph Lewis.
    See Davis, G.  G., Salmonsen, E. M„  A Earlywine. J.  L.
 The pneumonokonioses (silicosis)  490p.  8?  Chic. [1935]

 EAR microscope.

    See Otoscope.


 EAR, nose and  throat.

    See also Otorhinolaryngology.
    Leicher, H.   Vererbung anatomischer Varia-
 tionen  der  Nase, ihrer  Nebenhohlen  und des
 Gehororgans.   164p.   8?   Munch., 1928.
    Oaks, L. W.,  & Merrill, H.  G.  Your nose,
 throat and ears; their  health  and care.   167p.
 8?   N.  Y., 1929.
    Stuart-Low, W.  The care of the nose, throat,
 and ear.  2. ed.   88p.   12?   Lond., 1929.
    Cohen,  S.  Preventive hygiene  of nose, ear and throat.
 Am. Physician, 1925, 30: 21.—Dougherty.  D.  S.  The ear,
 nose, and throat.  Med. J. A Rec,  1925, 122: 602-5.

 ----  Cancer.

    Reuter, F. H. R.   *Ueber  die Ergebnisse der
 Behandlung bosartiger Tumoren  des Ohres, der
 Nase, des Rachens und  des Kehlkopfes aus den
 Jahren  1924 bis 1932   [Leipzig]   42p.   8?   Zeu-
 lenroda, 1934.
   Azernar, R.  Les  rapports du cancer et  de la tuberculose en
 oto-rhino-laryngologie.  Rev. laryng., Bord., 1935.  56: 329-54.—
 Beck,  J. C.  The management of malignancies  in otolaryn-
 gology. OhioM. J.,  1929, 25:195-9.—Font. J. H.  Malignancy
 in  otolaryngologic practice  in  Puerto Rico.  Bol. As.  mid.
 Puerto  Rico,  1936,  28: 279-300.—Gritti, P.  Alcuni rilievi
 statistici e clinici sui tumori  maligni dell'orecchio e delle prime
 vie aeree-digestive di  infermi ricoverati in clinica durante il
 quinquennio 1931-35. Riv. chir., Nap., 1935,1:69-84.—Kriiger,
 F.  Ein Beitrag zur Frage der  Erblichkeit der Karzinome im
 Bereich der Hals-Nasen-Ohrenheilkunde.   Hals Ac. Arzt, 1938,
 29: 30-42.—Lewis, F. O. Cases of cancer involving the larynx,
 tonsil,  and ear.  Surg. Clin. N. America, 1927, 7: 365-8.—
 Liischer, E. Ueber Radiumtherapie der malignen Tumoren in
 der Otolaryngologic   Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1926, 56: 55-62.—
 Malignant tumors  in  ophth-otolaryngology.   Bull.  Pract.
 Ophth., S. Franc, 1939, 9: 33-7.—Martin. C. L.  Irradiation
 therapy of malignant tumors of the oral cavitv, eye, ear, nose
 and throat.  Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass.  1935, 41: 629-44.—Novak,
 F. J., jr.  Cancer from the standpoint of the otolaryngologist.
 Wisconsin M. J., 1924-25,  23: 130-4.—Pfahler. G. E.  Electro-
 coagulation and radiation  therapy in malignant disease of the
 ear, nose  and throat.  J. Am. M. Ass.,  1925,  85: 344-7.—
 Pullen, E. M., A Lore, J. M.  Malignancies of the ear, nose and
 throat.  Laryngoscope, 1936,  46:  592-7.—Richter, H.   Zur
 Klinik, pathologischen Anatomie und Therapie der bosartigen
 Geschwiilste des Ohres, der  oberen  Luft-  und  Speisewege
 (nach den Erfahrungen der  Erlanger  Klinik aus den Jahren
 1919 bis 1931)  Zschr. Hals Ac.  Heilk., 1932, 31:  169-92
 [Discussion] 255-79.—Soukup, E.  [Experiences  in treatment
 of  malignant  tumors of the  ear, nose and larvnx]  Cas. lik.
ee.sk., 1929, 68: 13; 58.—Wright. R. P.  Malignant diseases of
the ear, nose and throat.  Canad  Nurse.  1934,  30: 101-4.— 
EAR, NOSE,  &c.
18
EAR,  NOSE,  &c.
Zalewski.  T.   [Statistics  on cancer in  the  Oto-laryngological
Clinic of the Jan Casimir University in Lwow]  Polska gaz. lek.,
1938, 17: 1002.—Zange, J.  Zur Bekampfung der Inoperabilitat
des Karzinoms im Hals-, Nasen- und Ohrengebiet.  Wien. klin.
Wschr., 1930,  43:  12-4.—Zebrowski. A.  [Early diagnosis  of
cancer of  the  ear and the  upper segment  of the respiratory
tract]  Nowotwory, 1932, 7: 376-95.—Zubkus, J.  [Malignant
tumors in otorhinolaryngology]   Medicina,  Kaunas, 1935, 16:
800; 878.

----   Disease.
   Kamil,  S. J.  J.   *Contribution a  l'etude  sur
l'importance  de  la   prophylaxie  des  affections
oto-rhino-laryngologiques  chez l'enfant,  a  l'age
scolaire.   40p.   8?   Par.,  1936.
   Atkins, R. T.  Diseases  of common  interest  to the dentist
and otolaryngologist,  N. York State J. M., 1932, 32: 1221 —
Baldenweck,  L., A Chatellier. H. P.  Affections  du nez, du
pharynx, des oreilles, du larynx et de  la trache>.   In  Traits
mid.  enfants  (Nobecourt A Babonneix)  Par., 1934. 3: 133-
98.—Bernstein. S.  Ear, no=e and throat emergencies in general
practice.  Practitioner, Lond., 1930.  125: 539-51.—Beysiegel,
K.  Aktinomykose des Ohres und Kehlkopfs.   Internat.  Zbl.
Ohrenh., 1933, 36: 157-72.—Brooks, E. B.   The incidence  of
ear, nose and throat defects in Lincoln school children.   Ann.
Otol. Rhinol.,  1929, 38: 424-34.—Bryant,  F.  L.   Aural and
nasal problems in general practice.  J.  Lancet, 1937, 57: 261-
4.—Burger, H.  [Ear, nose and throat  diseases  in the last 75
years]   Ned.  tschr. geneesk., 1924,  68: pt 2, 43-7. ------
[First-aid  in throat, nose, and ear diseases]  Ibid.,  1936, 80:
756-60.—Carroll, C.  H.   Common ear,  nose, and   throat
emergencies.   Brit.  M. J., 1935,  1: 77.—Clements,  R. M.
Psychologic aspects of eye, ear, nose and throat diseases.   J.
M. Ass. Alabama, 1937-38, 7: 222-6.—Daily. R. K.  Emotional
and psychic factors in ophthalmology and laryngology.  Texas
J. M., 1932, 27: 741.—Figi, F. A.  Dermatologic conditions  of
the ear, nose and throat.  Ann. Otol.  Rhinol.,  1939, 48: 81-
94.—Formby,  M.  Diseases of the ears, nose and throat.   J.
R.  San.  Inst.,  1938-39,  59: 386-95—Gershkovich,  I. M.
[Condition of the oto-rhino-laryngological  organs in recruits
from the southern shore of Crimea] Vest, otorinolar., 1938. 74-
7.—Hastings,  H.   Acute  purulent  infections  of  the  nose,
throat and ear.  J. Am. M. Ass.,  1916, 67: 1637-9.   Also
repr.—Herzog, H.  Hals-, Nasen- und Ohrenleiden.  Jahrkurs
arztl. Fortbild., 1925, 16: H. 11, 16-30— Hudgins. A. P.  Eye,
ear, nose and throat pathology in children.  West Virginia M.
J.,  1933, 29: 160-4.—Hunermann, T.  Ueber die Behandlung
entziindlicher  Erkrankungen des  Ohres und  der  Nase mit
lebenden Milchsaurebazillen.  Zschr. Laryng., 1935, 26: 41-6.—
Ibbotson,  W.  The prevention of nasal  and aural infections  in
childhood. J. State M., Lond., 1937,  45: 504-13.—Key-Aberg,
H.   [Brief review  on the treatment of ear, nose and  throat
injuries in the World War]  Tskr. mil. halsov., 1925, 50: 95-
108.—Litchfield, H.  R.   Ear, nose and throat problems from
pediatric observation.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1938, 147: 152-4.—
Lowry. E.  Throat and ear defects from the standpoint of the
elementary school child.  Proc.  R. Soc. M.,  Lond., 1923-24,
17: sect. laryng. A otol., 2.  Also J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1924, 39:
488-90. —MacKenzie, G. W.  Application of the homeopathic
principle to disease of the eye, ear, nose and throat. Hahne-
man.  Month.,  1936,  71:  501-15.—Mauthner,  O.   Ueber
einige   psychogene   beziehungsweise   psychogen-organische
Symptome im Bereiche des  Kehlkopfes  und  Rachens, der Nase
und des Geho-organs.  Mschr. Ohrenh., 1928, 62: 1064-74 —
Morgan, B.  The relation of the ear, nose  and throat  to the
diseases of children.  Proc. R.  Soc.  M., Lond., 1936-37, 30:
1415-8.—Nagamatsu,  H.   Statistische  Beobachtungen auf
dem Gebiet der akuten Krankheiten des Ohres und  der oberen
Luftwege.  J. Orient. M., Dairen, 1930, 13: 68.—Negus, V.  E.
Prevention of  diseases  of  the  ear,  nose and  throat.  Nurs.
Times, Lond.,  1938,  34: 607.—New, G. B.  Tumors  of the
nose, throat and ear; a review of the literature.  Arch. Otolar.,
Chic,  1925, 1: 545-52.—O'Regan, M.  Some common diseases
of the ear, nose and throat,   J. State M., Lond.,  1936, 44: 210-
6.—Predescu-Rion.   Sur une  epid6mie de  rhino-pharyngo-
otite catarrhale aigue.  Arch, internat. laryng., Par., 1924, 30:
847.—Radzvickas, P.  TClinical statistics for 1925-26 on ear,
nose and throat diseases]  Medicina, Kaunas, 1926, 8: 165-9.—
Robinson, G. A. Benign lesions of the eye, ear, nose and throat.
Am. J. Roentg., 1935, 33:  801.—Ruddy, T. J.  The internist
and his responsibility in eve. ear. nose  and throat diseases.
J. Am. Osteopath. Ass., 1933, 32: 290.—Schenck, H. D.  Pre-
vention and care of some common conditions of eyes and ears.
Long Island  M. J.,  1925,  19: 364-9.—Sikkel,  A.   [Nose-ear
and throat diseases]   Geneesk.  gids,  1935,  13:  289-97.—
Simpson, J. R.  Minor conditions affecting the  ear,  nose, and
throat. Pennsylvania M. J., 1934-35,  38:  178-82.—Sonnen-
schein, R. A  series of unusual ear, nose, and throat cases.
Med. Clin. N.  America,  1924, 8: 539-57.—Stuhmer, A.  Die
Hautkrankheiten des ausseren Ohres  und der Nase.  Internat
Zbl. Ohrenh., 1935, 41:  281-8.—Tamari, M.  Die wichtigsten
Ergebnisse der Hals-Nasen-Ohrenkrankheiten im Kindesalter
Zbl. ges. Kinderh., 1930, 24: 1-12 —Weinstein. M. A.  Practi-
cal  points on ear, nose,  and throat conditions for the general
practitioner.  Ther. Gaz., Detr., 1927, 51: 167-9.—Wendt. W,
Die  Behandlung  akuter Entzundungen  des  Ohres und der
oberen Luftwege mit  Jodkampfer. Aerztl.  Rdsch.,  1927, 37:
304.—Wrigley.  F.  G.  Some emergencies in  oto-rhino-laryn-
gological disease.  Practitioner, Lond., 1938, 140: 469-77.
----   Disease, allergic.

   Deeton. W. L.  Allergy as a factor in ^"^^J^i
Clin. N. America, 1938, 22: 281-6.—Duke. W. ^-Allergy as
related to otolaryngology. Ann  Otol. Rhinol  1927,,36..820
8  ------  Advances in  the field of allergy as related to oto-
laryngology.  Arch. Otolar., Chic,  1933  »«' 658-70.  —^
Allergy as related to otolaryngology.. Ib'd., 1934, 20 7U\*1.
        -  Kohn, C.  M.  Advances in the field  of  allergy as
related to otolaryngology during the year 1938.  Ibid., 1SM8,
28: 1003-12.—Grahe, K.  Enfermedades alergicas en oto-nno-
laringologfa.  Rev. mod. germ. iber. amer.,  1928, 1: 14o-fto —
Hansel, F. K.  Allergy as related  to  otolaryngology.  Proc
Interst. Postgrad.  M.  Ass. N.  America, 1937, 167.  Also J.
Allergy,  1937-38,  9:  189-98.—Hutchinson,  C. A.   Allergic
conditions of the nose, ear and throat.  Med. Press  & t.  ire,
Lond., 193S, 196: 194; 214.—Shea.  J. J-  The relationship of
allergy to otolaryngology.  J.  Arkansas M.  hoc,  1VM4  il:
55_9 _Swann.  C.  C.  Allergy  as  related to  otolaryngology
Arch. Pediat.,  N. Y., 1936, 53:  730-5.—Unger. L.   Allergy of
the eye, ear, nose and throat.  Illinois M. J., 1937, 71: 47-54.—
Watkins. A.  B. K.  Allergy in oto-rhino-laryngological practice.
Med. J. Australia,  1934, 2: 810-4.—Watson, J. A.   Allergy m
the field  of  ophthalmology and oto-laryngology.  Minnesota
M., 1933, 16: 390-6.

----   Disease:  Causes.

   Beysiegel,  K.    *Aktinomykose  des  Ohres
und  Kehlkopfs   [Wiirzburg]    16p.    8?    Lpz.,
1933.
   Also Internat. Zbl. Ohrenh., 1933, 36:
   Merten,  B.    *Ueber  den  Herpes  zoster  in
der Oto-  und Rhinologie.    35p.   8?  Konigsb.,
1925.
   Amersbach, K.  Zur Bewertung toxischer Herde im Bereiche
des Ohres, der  Luft- und  der Speisewege.  Med.  Welt, 1938,
12: 1055-8.—Babbitt, J. A.  Systemic diseases causing inflam-
mation in the ear, nose and throat and the local management of
these conditions. Med. Clin. N. America, 1938. 22: 1645-60 —
Baccarani, C.  Le sindromi da ipertensione arteriosa in otorino-
laringologia.   Otorinolar. ital.,  1938,  8:  93-121.—Balmes.
Les manifestations de la maladie zost6rienne dans le domaine
oto-laryngologique.   Rev.  laryng., Bord., 1935, 56:  218-21.—
Barnhill,  J.  F.  The relation of the ear, nose and throat to
general infectious disease.  Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1929,
34: 263-83.—Bass. A. L.  Relation  of ear, nose and throat to
general infectious disease.  Kentucky  M. J.,  1933,  31: 197-
200.—Bellucci,  L.   Di alcuni importanti reperti micotici in
oto-rinolaringologia  (acremoniosi  tonsillare;   ozena   nasale;
otite  media  da  Sterigmatocystis  ochracea)   Atti  Accad.
fisiocr. Siena, 1925, 9.  ser., 17:  17-43.   Also Arch.  ital. otol.,
1926, 37:  1-21, 3 pi.—Bruzzi.  B.  Otorinolaringologia e in-
fezioni focali.  Gior. med. mil., 1935, 83: 424-6.—Carlson. A. J.
The relation of the  endocrine glands to the  disorders of  the
ear,  nose and  throat.  Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1924, 16: 719-42.
Also Arch. Otolar.,  Chic, 1925,  1: 1-13.—Cody,  C. C, jr.
Dietetic affections in otolaryngology.  Texas J. M., 1933, 29:
400-3.  ------  The  relation of  endocrine  dysfunction to
otolaryngology.  Tr. Am. Lar.  Rhin.  Otol.  Soc,  1937,  43
330-9.—Darrow, C. H. Otolaryngological treatment of chronic
ulcerative colitis.  Ann.  Otol.  Rhinol.,  1931, 40:  565-76.—
Di Lauro, E.  La clinica delle infezioni  focali in otorinolaringo-
logia. Rinasc. med.,  1938, 15: 159.   ------ Rilievi infortunis-
tici agricoli nei campo otorinolaringologico.  Valsalva, 1938, 14:
446-8.—Eckert-Mobius, A.  Erkrankungen und Schiidigungen
des Ohres und der oberen Luftwege beim Baden.  Med. Welt,
1934, 8: 921.—Ewing, F.  C.  Tuberculosis and systemic con-
ditions as factors in  eve,  ear, nose  and throat diseases.   Eve
Ear Ac.  Month.,  1925-26,  4:  498-501.—Gaus. W.   Unfa'll-
schiiden im Bereiche von Hals,  Nase und Ohren.  Med. Welt,
1938, 12: 1520-4.—Gill,  W. D.  Mvcotic infections  in  oto-
laryngology.   South. M.  J., 1938, 31: 678-85.—Goldsmith,
P. G., A McGregor, G.  A  consideration of diseases of the
blood and  lymphatic  glands in  relation to  otolaryngology.
Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1930, 39:  115-24.  Also Canad. M. Ass. J.,
1930, 22: 798-802.—Gusic.  B.  Les  fonds  biologiques  des
maladies  otolaryngologiques dans les regions montagneuses de
la Yougoslavie.  Fol. otolar.  orient., 1936, 3: 89-101.—Hemp-
stead, B. E., A Adams, S. F.  Diabetes in the practice of  oto-
laryngology.  Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1925, 1: 181-5.—Keen, J. A.
Foreign bodies  in the ear and nose.  J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1930.
45:  333-43.—Koepcke, G.  M.  Vitamins and infections of
the eye, nose, throat  and sinuses.  J. Lancet, 1937, 57: 460-2.—
Leicher, H.  Oto-Rhino-Laryngologie und endokrines Drusen-
system.  Klin. Wschr., 1928, 7:  2229-31.  ------   Die  Be-
deutung  des Arthritismus fQr  die  Allgemeinbehandlung  ver-
schiedener  Nasen- und  Ohrenkrankheiten.   Jahrkurs. arztl.
Fortbild.,  1931, 22:  H.  11, 31-43.—Lifschitz. B. M. Ueber
Wurmkrankheit in der Otolaryngologic. Acta  otolar., Stockh.,
1935-36,  23: 543-8.—Linck. A.  Die Lues und  die Tuberkulose
im Hals-,  Nasen-,  Ohrengebiet.  Zschr. arztl.  Fortbild., 1926,
23: 320;  50.—Marinus, C. J.  Relation of the endocrines to
eye, ear, nose and  throat disease.  Tr.  Am. Acad. Ophth.
Otolar.,  1933,  238-54.—Mounier-Kuhn,  P.,   A Perron,  R.
Oto-rhino-laryngologie  et appareil genital   faminin.   Gaz.
hop., 1933,  106:  825; 857.—Pepper.  O. H. P.  Hematology
and the blood  dyscrasias in relation to diseases of the  eye.  ear,
nose, and throat.  Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1932, 28-36. 
EAR,  NOSE,  &c.                                 19                                 EAR, NOSE, &c.
Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1933, 42: 87-94.—Rabinowitch, I. M.
Diseases of the eyes, ears, nose and throat from the metabolic
point of view.  Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1932, 65-75.—
Rebattu,  J.   Les  manifestations zost6riennes  en oto-rhino-
laryngologie.   J.  med.  chir., Par.,   1933,  104:  892-902 —
Richards, G. L.  Foreign bodies in ear and nose.  Am. J. Surg.,
1929, n. ser., 6: 514-6.—Salem. W. Aspects cliniques du zona
en  oto-rhino-laryngologie.  Ann.  otolar., Par., 1936, 1156-62.
Also Fol. med., Rio,  1936, 17: 56-9.—Salzberger, M.   Beob-
achtungen aus  dem  Gebiete der Erkrankungen des  Ohres
und der  oberen  Luftwege in Jerusalem.   Mschr. Ohrenh.,
1929, 63: 1128-37.—Schwarzbart, A.  [Role of the  parasym-
pathetic  nervous  svstem in  certain  otorhinolaryngological
diseases]  Polska gaz.  lek.,  1930, 9: 596-9.—Shurly,  B. R.
Otolaryngology in relation to general medicine with special
report  of cases  of scurvy and  bronchiectasis.   Ann.  Otol.
Rhinol., 1925-26, 34: 1173-83.—Somogyi. L.  Beitrage  zum
oto-laryngologischen  Krankheitsbilde   des  Herpes   zoster.
Zschr. Laryng., 1932, 23: 436-40.  Also Orv. hetil., 1933, 77:
687-9.—Spira, J.  Ueber die rheumatischen Erkrankungen des
Ohres und der  oberen  Luftwege.  Mschr.  Ohrenh., 1932, 66:
990.—Sprunt. T. P.  Endocrine features of interest to the oto-
laryngologist.  Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1930, 11: 63-77.—Striker,
C.   The relation of diet to certain otolaryngologic  problems.
Tr. Am. Acad.  Ophth. Otolar.,  1935,  40: 358-74.—Taylor,
H. M., A Dyrenforth, L. Y.  Chilling of the body  surfaces; its
relationship  to  aural and  sinus infections.  J. Am. M. Ass.,
 1938, 111: 1744-7.—Tobeitz, A.   Klinische Erfahrungen  iiber
die komplizierenden Erkrankungen des Ohres und der  oberen
Luftwege bei den haufigsten Infekten.  Beitr. Anat. Ohr., 1924,
21: 27-31.—Westmacott, F. H., Grimwade, S. W. [et al.]  Dis-
cussion on occupational diseases  of the  ear, nose  and throat,
and their prevention.   Brit. M.  J., 1925,  2: 886-94.

----   Disease:  Complications.
    Clay. J. V. F.   Neuroses  in the practice of ophthalmology
and otolaryngology.  Hahneman.  Month.,  1938, 73:  366-70.—
Cornelius.   Die  Nervenpunktanschauung  und  Behandlung
unter  besonderer  Berucksichtigung  der  Nasen-, Hals-  und
Ohrenleiden.   Internat. Zbl. Ohrenh.,  1928, 29:  95-115 —
Eagleton, W. P.  Intradural conditions in relation  to rhinology
and otology.  Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1929, 10: 636-86.—Fleisch-
mann, O.  Die Hirnkomplikationen und Hirnerkrankungen im
Bereich der  Oto-  und  Rhinologie.   Internat.  Zbl. Ohrenh.,
1928, 29: 1-38.—Free,  G. B. M.  Relation of otolaryngologic
disease to mental disease.  Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1928, 8:  707-
11.—Hart, V. K.   The  head specialist  and a  neurological
diagnosis; a review of 2,500 routine examinations  with  special
reference to the eye, ear, nose and throat as a factor in  neuro-
logical diagnosis.  Clin. Med., 1926, 33: 464-9.—Heitger, J. D.
The relation of  infection of the nose and throat to diseases of
the ear. Kentucky M. J.,  1926, 24: 257-60.—Howland. G. W.
The interrelation of diseases of the nose and throat  and those
of  the nervous system.   Canad. M. Ass. J., 1930, 23: 24-8 —
Liebermann,  T.  [Relationship  of  nose,  throat  and  larynx
diseases with ear affections]  Budapesti orv. ujs.,  1938,  36:
78-81.—Quittner, S. S.  Neuroses of  the ear, nose and throat.
Ohio M. J.,  1925,  21: 170-2.—Reeves, E.  Intracranial com-
plications appearing  during the  treatment of  ear  and  nose
diseases.  Laryngoscope, 1933, 43:  1010-9.—Semmes, R. E.
A  review of the intracranial complications of  ear,  nose and
throat infection from the neuro-surgical standpoint.  Tr.  Am.
Lar.  Rhin.   Otol.  Soc, 1927, 33: 517-21.—Shuster,  B. H.
Symposium on  intracranial  complications of diseases  of the
ear and accessory sinuses of the nose; otitic aspect.   Med.
Times,  N. Y.,  1935, 63: 299-302.—Suciu-Sibianu.  Relations
entre les affections oculaires et les affections oto-rhino-laryngo-
logiques.   Arch,  internat. laryng.,  Par.,  1924,  30:  842.—
Weisenburg. T. H.  Some neurologic  complications of the ear,
nose and throat.  Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1927, 5: 469-80.

----   Disease: Diagnosis.
   Bruzzi, B.  La reazione  di Davis  in  otorinolaringologia.
Arch. ital. otol.,  1933.  45: 39-43.—Carmichael.  E. A.  The
cerebro-spinal fluid in diseases of the  ear and nose.  S.  Barth.
Hosp.  Rep.,  Lond.,  1928, 61: 95-111.—Carnevale Ricci, F.
Sul  valore   dell'intradermoreazione  nelle  affezioni  strepto-
stafilococciche in otorinolaringoiatria.  Arch.  ital. otol., 1926
37: 197-208.—Connor. C. E.  Laboratory aids in ear, nose and
throat conditions.  Tr.  Am.  Acad. Ophth. Otolar.,  1929,  34:
284-326.  Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1930, 39: 204-44.—Dean,
L.  W.  Laboratory investigations as  aids  in otolaryngologic
diagnoses.  J. Am. M. Ass.,  1932, 99:  542-6.—Donadei. G.
La  reazione  Costa in oto-rino-Iaringoiatria.  Valsalva,  1925,
1: 482-5.—Gilliland,  O.  Differential diagnosis of imaginary
diseases  of the  ear, nose and throat.  J. Missouri M. Ass.,
1935, 32: 394-8.—Guttman, M.  R.   Diagnostic  mistakes: a
plea for the  imperative  biopsy. Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1927, 36:
837-42.—Lehr.   Fehldiagnosen  und  Fehlbehandlungen  bei
Erkrankungen der Ohren und der oberen Luftwege.  Med. Klin.,
Berl., 1930, 26: 277.—Levy, E.  Kritisches Sammelreferat iiber
die  Verwendbarkeit des Blutbildes zur  Diagnose und  Diffe-
rentialdiagnose  bei Hals-, Nasen-, Ohrenkrankheiten.   Zbl.
Hals  Ac. Heilk.,  1932,  18:  625-44.—Oppenheimer,  S.,  A
Spencer, H.  J.   The value of laboratory  examinations in diag-
nosis and prognosis in oto-laryngology.  Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth.
Otolar  1919, 24: 352-65.—Podolsky.  E.   Diagnostic hints in
diseases of the ear, nose and throat.  Eye Ear Ac. Month
1933  12: 153.—Stenger, P.  Fehldiagnosen und Fehlbehand-
lungen bei Erkrankungen der Ohren und der oberen Luftwege.
Med.  Klin., Berl.,  1930, 26: 41-3.—Syme, W. S.  Definite
diagnosis in affections of the ear, nose, and throat.  Brit. M. J.,
1924,  2: 999.—Vail, H. H.   Syndrome of pain in its reference
to the eye, ear,  nose and  throat.  Tr. Am.  Acad.  Ophth.
Otolar.,  1933,  255-64.—Zange,  J.  Verhangnisvolle  Fehl-
diagnosen aus dem Gebiete der Hals-, Nasen- und Ohrenkrank-
heiten.  Munch, med. Wschr., 1926, 73: 699-702.

----  Disease, hereditary.
   Citelli, S.  Profilassi delle malattie ereditarie  in oto-rino-
laringoiatria.  Otorinolar. ital.,  1938, 8: 497-508.—Steinberg.
Erbliche Augenkrankheiten und Ohrenleiden.  Zschr. Hals Ac
Heilk., 1937, 42:  320-45  [Discussion] 355-7.—Undritz,  W.
Ueber die Bedeutung der Erbfaktoren  bei verschiedenen oto-
rhino-laryngologischen Erkrankungen.  Arch. Ohr.  Ac. Heilk.,
1928,  119: 270-90.—Woyatchek, W. De l'heredite de certaines
maladies oto-laryngologiques.   Rev. laryng., Par., 1925, 46:
541-60.

----  Disease:  Pathology.
   Albrecht, W.   Die  Bedeutung  der Konstitution  bei den
Erkrankungen des Ohres und der Luftwege.  Zschr. Laryng.,
1925,   14: 1-20.   ------   Die Bedeutung  der Konstitution
fur Hals, Nase und Ohr.   Zschr. Hals  Ac.  Heilk., 1936, 40:
295-331. ------A Bosse, P.  Ueber mangelhafte antitoxische
Abwehr bei entzundlichen  Erkrankungen des Ohres  und der
Tonsillen.  Zschr. Laryng., 1925-26, 14: 321-31.—Batson, O. V.
Anatomical  anomalies of importance to the otolaryngologist.
Tr. Am. Laryng.  Ass.,  1935,  41:  46-57.   Also  Ann.  Otol.
Rhinol.,  1935, 44: 939-47.—Bilancioni, G.   Importanza della
forma anatomica  nella  patologia  otorinolaringologica.  Val-
salva,  1935,  11: 67-75.—Caldera,  C.  La rigenerazione di
tessuti nei campo della  otorinolaringoiatria.  Arch. ital.  otol.,
1924,  35: 200-5.—Casteran.  E.  El metabolismo basal  en la
patologia otorrinolaringologica.  Rev. mid. lat. amer.,  B. Air.,
1927,   12: 269-86.   Also  Rev. As. med.  argent., 1928, 41:
294-318.—Fisher,  J. H.  Upper respiratory and middle  ear
infections; a bacteriologic and experimental study.  J. Infect.
Dis.,  1929, 44: 33-43.—Gilse, P. H.  G. van.  Zum Einfluss
der Konstitution auf die Erkrankungen von Hals, Nase und
Ohr.  Zschr. Hals Ac Heilk., 1936, 40: 359-78.—Kagan. S. E.
[Role  of  the constitution in the pathology  of the  ear, throat
and nose]  Sovet. vrach. J., 1936, 1: 429-31.—Karashima, N.
Ueber die Messung der lokalen Hitze bei verschiedenen oto-
rhino-laryngologischen Affektionen und die klinische Bedeutung
dieser Me.ssung.  Zschr. Hals Ac.  Heilk.,  1934, 37: 140-7 —
Larroudc. C.  Nocoes praticas de patologia  oto-rino-laringo-
16gica.  Med.  contemp., Lisb., 1932, 50: 340-3.—Leale, G.
Rapporti anatomo-patologici tra orecchio  e tonsilla faringea.
Valsalva, 1932, 8: 874-87.—LepnefT, P. G.   Zur Frage uber
den Zusammenhang zwischen den  Hals-, Nasen-  und Ohren-
krankheiten und den konstitutionellen Faktoren. Beitr.  Anat.
Ohr.,   1931, 29: 7-37.—Nelken, Annemarie.   Ueber Veran-
derungen im Liquor bei oto-rhinogenen Erkrankungen.   Arch.
Ohr. Ac. Heilk., 1932, 133: 136-64.—Porta, C. F.  Sul comporta-
mento dei gruppi  sanguigni nelle otiti e nelle ipertrofie delle
tonsille faringee e palatine.  Arch.  ital. otol.,  1932, 43: 555.—
Sinz,  H.  Wie verhalt sich die Zahl der Todesfalle der Hals-,
Nasen-, Ohren- und Zahnerkrankungen im Vergleich zu der der
andern Disziplinen?  Hals  Ac Arzt,  1937, 28:  294-303.—
Strumia, M. M.  Some phases of blood reactions in  acute
infections of the ear, nose and throat.  Tr.  Coll. Physicians
Philadelphia, 1935, 4. ser., 3: 35.—Timofeev, I. V.  [Chronaxy
in treatment of diseases of the ear, throat and nose]  Vest.
otorinolar.,  1937,  11-22.—Verdolini,  G.  II potere  comple-
mentare del siero di sangue in processi flogistici acuti otorino-
laringoiatrici.   Valsalva, 1938, 14: 505-16.—Wirth, E.   In-
fektionsbedingungen bei den Erkrankungen  des Ohres und der
oberen Luftwege.  Deut. med. Wschr.,  1929, 55: 1334; 1381.

----   Examination.

   See also Otorhinolaryngology, Methods.
   Broyles, E. N.  Examination of the  ear, nose  and throat.
In Pract. Libr.  M.  A S.,  1932, 2:  883-91.—Bunker, P. G.
Practical laboratory aids for the otolaryngologist.  J.  Lancet,
1936,  56: 32-7.—Uffenorde, W. Die Untersuchung von Ohr,
Nase  und Hals und ihre besonderen Hilfsmittel.  Deut. med.
Wschr., 1934, 60: 1703-8.

EAR ossicles.

   See also Middle ear.
   Oesterle, F.   *Ueber den  Feinbau der  Ge-
horknochelchen und seine Entstehung.   p.311-27.
8?    Wurzb.,  1932.
   Also Arch. Ohr. Ac. Heilk., 1933, 135:
   Ardouin,  P.  Considerations anatomiques sur les  osselets
de l'ouie chez  certains singes  anthropomorphes.  Bull. Soc.
anthrop. Paris,  1934, 8. set  , 5:  20-47.—Capparoni,  P.  Gli
studi  di Paolo Manfredi suU'anatomia degli ossicini dell'orec-
chio.  Valsalva, 1925, 1: 195-8.—Klaauw, C. J. van der.  Bau
und Entwickelung  der Gehorknochelchen; Literatur 1899-1923.
Zschr. ges.  Anat., 3. Abt., 1924, 25: 565-622— McClain, J. A.
The development  of the auditory ossicles  of the opposum,
Didelphys virginiana.   J. Morph.,  1939, 64: 211-65, 8 pi —
Marcus,  H.   Zur  Entstehung der Stapesplatte  bei Hypo- 
EAR OSSICLES
20
EARTH
geophis.  Anat. Anz., 1935, 80: 142-6.------Winsauer, O.,
A Hueber, A.  Der kineti.scbe Schadel von Hypogeophis und
die Gehorknochelchen.  Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt.,  1933, 100:
149-93.—Mink, P. J.  Le jeu des osselets de l'oreille.  Ann.
mal.  oreille,  1930, 49: 223-34.—Romano, S.  Anatomia com-
parata del muscolo del martello nei vertebrati. Valsalva, 1926,
2: 49-56,  2  pi.—Schmid, H.  Beitrag zur Entwicklungsge-
schichte des  Stapes.  Anat. Anz., 1928, 66: 109-15.—Sperino,
G.  L'architettura delle ossicina  dell'udito.  Boll.  Soc. med.
chir.  Modena,  1920-24, 24-25: 13-5.—Stadtmiiller, F.  Ueber
eine Cartilago  paraarticularis am  Kopfskelet von Bombinator
und  die  Schmalhausensche Theorie zum Problem der Ge-
horknochelchen.  Zschr. ges. Anat.,  1. Abt., 1931, 94: 792-
801.—Ter Heege, F. H.   Die Gehorknochelchen im Rontgen-
bild.  Arch. Ohr.  Ac Heilk., 1933,  137:  367-73— Volger.
Kann uns die  Kenntnis der genauen Lokalisation der Gehor-
knochelchen  beziehungsweise der Pauke auf dem Rontgenbild
in der Diagnosen- und Prognosenstellung weiterhelfen?  Zschr.
Hals Ac.  Heilk.,  1922, 3: 74-87.—Wilkie, H. C.   The ossicula
auditus  of the sheep  (Ovis aries)   J. Comp. Path.,  Lond.,
1925, 38: 298-301.

----   Abnormity and  disease.

   Becker,   W.    *Stapesmissbildung   bei funk-
tionstiichtigem Ohr.   15p.   8?   Marburg,  1935.
   Abrand, H.  L ossiculectomie, indications et resultats d'apres
35 observations  personnelles.  Rev.  laryng., Bord., 1922,  48:
865-7.—Altmann,  F.   Ueber  Fehlbildungen  der Amboss-
Steigbugelverbindung und des Stapes.  Mschr. Ohrenh., 1934,
68: 469-73.—Calamida, U.  Malformazioni congenite del con-
dotto uditivo esterno e del manico del martello. Arch. ital. otol.,
1922,  33: 372-7.—Carnevale-Ricci,  F.  Sopra  un caso  di
lussazione stapedovestibolare  di origine  traumatica.  Boll.
mal. orecchio,  1924, 42: 85-90.—Drury, D. W.   Fractures of
the malleus.   Laryngoscope, 1925, 35: 345-53.—Horbst, L., &
Sauser, G.   Stapesmissbildung.  Arch. Ohr.  Ac. Heilk., 1937,
143: 48-51.—Mackenzie, G. W.   Stria malleolaris;  its clinica
significance.  Pennsylvania M. J., 1934, 37: 906-10.—Merelli,
G  Contributo alio studio delle prove per la ricerca dell'an-
chilosi stapedio ovalare.  Arch.  ital. otol., 1925, 3. ser.,  36:
395-439.—Puntigam, F.  Ein Fall von beiderseitiger Ankylose
des Stapes bei einem Ochsen.  Wien. tierarztl. Mschr., 1926,
13: 134-6.—Raimondo, C.  Le prove  per la ricerca dell'an-
chilosi stapedio-ovalare.   Ann. laring., Tor., 1928, 29: 298-
308.—Stefanini,  A.  Sulle prove  per la diagnosi di anchilosi
stapedio-ovalare.  Arch. ital. otol., 1933,  45: 734-8.—Van de
Loo, C.  Stapesfrakturen und ihre Folgen. Beitr. Anat. Ohr.,
1927,  26: 95-109, 3 pi.

---   Chain.

   See also Audition; Deafness; Sound,  Conduc-
tion.
   Ardouin, P.  Anatomie compared  de la chaine des osselets
de l'ouie dans  la s6rie des mammiferes.  Rev. laryng., Bord.,
1935,  56: 427-89.------La  chaine des  osselets de l'ouie
chez le tatou  (Dasypus sexcinctus L.)  Arch, anat., Strasb.,
1936-37,  23: 235-48—Barany, E.  Untersuchung  uber Kno-
chenleitung  mit neuen Methoden;  eine  neue Funktion  der
Gehorknochelchenkette.   Skand.  Arch. Physiol., Berl., 1907,
77: 9.—Dahmann.  Zur Physiologie des Horens: experimentelle
Untersuchungen iiber die Mechanik der Gehorknochelchenkette
Bowie iiber deren Verhalten auf Ton und Luftdruck; Versuchs-
anordnung,  Preparation  des Mittelohres,  Registrierung  der
Bewegungen,   Einfluss  der Binnenohrmuskeln, Vokalbilder
und mathematische Berechnungen.  Zschr.  Hals Ac.  Heilk.,
1929, 24: 462-98.—Druss, J. G.  The histology and pathology
of the articulation of the auditory  ossicles.  Arch. Otolar.,
Chic, 1928,  8: 56-65.  Also Mschr. Ohrenh., 1928, 62: 257-
67.   Also repr.—Malan, E.  Eigentiimlichkeiten des Zusam-
menhanges  des  kurzen  Ambossfortsatzes  mit  der Pauken-
hohlenwand beim Meerschweinchen.  Ibid., 1933, 67: 1057-64.

   EARP,  Samuel Evingston,  1858-1920.
   Obituary.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1930, 94: 1521.


EAR protector.

  Hershman,  J. P.  Ear fitting for excluding water or dimin
ishing sound.  U. S. Patent Off., 1937,  No. 2,070,403.—Hoey,
L. M.  Ear  plug.  Ibid.,  1936, No.  2,053,995.—Jacobsen, C.
Demonstration of ear tampons.  Acta otolar., Stockh., 1926-
27, 10: 583.—Jacobson, A. C. An aural protector against noise
and water.   Laryngoscope,  1931, 41:  857.—Trifonova, P. I.
[Best ear protector during artillery fire, flights and other power-
ful acoustic  irritants]  Tr. Acad. mil. mid. Kiroff, 1934, 1:
255-71.—Voyachek, V. I.  [A  new  aural obturator]  Voen.
med. J., Moskva, 1908, 221: med. spec, pt 63-70.


EARRING.

  Friedjung. J. K.  Gegen das  Stechen der Ohren.  Wien.
med.  Wschr.,  1935, 85:  203.—Guillemin, A. Du  danger de
porter des boucles d'oreilles.  Rev.  med. Nancy,  1938,  66:
292-4.—Hollis, A. C.  Masai ear-ring of stone.   Man, Lond.
1905, 5: 22.—Krecke, A.  Ueber das Stechen von Ohrlochern'
In his Beitr.  prakt. Chir., Munch., 1934, 128.
EARTH.

   See also Cosmology; Geography; Geology; Soil.
   Adams. L. H. The earth's interior its nature and composi-
tion   Annual  Rep. Bd  Regents Smithson  Inst.,  1937, 255-
68, 2 pi -Brousseau, G.  La terre en pleine floraison et la lune
morte   Rev. sc, Par., 1924,  62: 711-7 —Chamberlm, T  C.
The growth of the earth; the planetesimal hypothesis.  Scientia,
Bologna, 1927,  42: 2. ser.,  117-27,  pi.-Jameson  R.  Is  the
Huttonian  theory  of  the earth consistent with fact?  Diss.
memb. R. M. Soc, Edinburgh,  1892, 32-9.—Knopf,  A.   The
age of the  earth;  summary of  principal results.  Bull. JNat.
Res.  Counc, Wash.,  1931,  80:  3-9.—Lambert, W.  D.   The
shape and size of the earth.  Ibid., 78:  123-50.—Mondolfo, R.
Su una presunta affermazione  antica della sfencita terrestre e
degli antipodi.   Archeion, Roma, 1936, 18  7-17.

----   Radiation.

   See also Cosmic ray;  Divining rod.
   Pohl,  G.  von.   Erdstrahlen als  Krankheits-
erreger;  Forschungen auf  Neuland.   218p.   8?
Munch.,  1932.
   Baron. Ueber die sogenannten Erdstrahlen.  Jahrber. Ges.
Natur. Heilk. Dresden (1932-34) 1934, 26.—Behr, J.  Wiin-
schelrute und Erdstrahlen,  und Geologie.   Verh.  Berl. med.
Ges.   (1934)  1935, 65:  326-31.—Dob I er,  P.   Erdstrahlen,
atmospharische  Strahlung  und  ihre biologischen Wirkungen.
Fortsch.  Med.,  1935, 53:  127-9.—Friedrich,  W.  Gibt  es
schadliche  Erdstrahlen?   Deut. med.  Wschr.,  1935,  61:  83.
Also  Verh. Berl. med. Ges. (1934) 1935, 65-  322-5.—Gasquet,
P. Les Amissions de radon et  les radiations  telluriques.  Rev.
cosmobiol.,  Nice, 1937-38, 3:  43-7.—Gibt es schadliche Erd-
strahlen?  Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1936, 66: 209.—Jenny, E.
Das Wunschelrutenproblem.  Ibid.,  510; 531.  ------Oehler,
A., A Stauffer, H.   Experimentelle Untersuchungen  uber
biologische Wirkungen der sogenannten Erdstrahlen; vorlaufige
Mitteilung.  Ibid., 1935, 65: 947; 1936, 66: 572, 4 pi.—Kraus, E,
Geodynamik.  Med.  Klin., Berl., 1937, 33: 764-6.—Lauten-
schlager, F.  Experimentelle  Untersucbungen  iiber  den  bio-
logischen Einfluss der mit der Wunschelrute gemuteten  soge,
nannten Erdstrahlen.  Biol. Zbl., 1936, 56:  356-78.—Liechti-
A.  Ueber die  angeblich krebserzeugende  Wirkung von  soge-
nannten  Erdstrahlen.  Radiol.  Rdsch., 1937, 6: 115-30.—
Linke, F. Neue Versuche iiber  Erdstrome (vorlaufige Mittei-
lung) Balneologe, 1936, 3: 79.—McLennen, J. C, A Macallum,
E. N.  The intensity of the earth's penetrating radiation at
different altitudes  and a secondary radiation  excited by it.
Tr. R.  Soc. Canada,  1912, 3.  ser., 5: 37-45.  Also repr.—
Miescher, G., A Schaaf, F.  Zur Frage der krebsbegiinstigenden
Wirkung der Erdstrahlen.  Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1936,  66:
1286-9.—Miessner, H., A Hansen, K.  Wunschelrutenversuche
an der Tierarztlichen  Hochschule Hannover; Wiinschelruten-
versuche mit Krankheitserregern; Beeinflussung  von Wachs-
tum  und Virulenz. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1936, 44:  49-54.—
Nippoldt, A. Erdstrahlen.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1933, 29: 1017-
9.—Regnault, J.  Les radiations telluriques  et leur action sur
les etres vivants. Rev. cosmobiol., Nice, 1934-35, 1: 31; 160.—
Reiter,  H.  Gesundheitsschadliche  Erdstrahlen?   Reichsge-
sundhbl., 1937, 12: 403.—Rijnberk, G. van [Earth rays]  Ned.
tschr. geneesk., 1937, 81:  5504-8.—Romeis, B.. Wiist, J., A
Wimmer, J.  Untersuchungen zum angeblichen photographi-
schen Nachweis der Erdstrahlen nach Dr. Dobler.  Strahlen-
therapie, 1935, 54: 114-37.—Rothacker, A.  Zum Problem der
sogenannten Erdstrahlen.   Fortsch. Med..  1935,  53: 221.—
Schroder, A. Ein  Beitrag zu  den Erdstrahlen.  Hippokratee,
Stuttg., 1935, 6: 535-7.—Sievert, R. M.  La radiazione gamma
dura e la radiazione penetrante  di origine terrestre e cosmica.
Radiol,  med., Milano, 1934, 21: 1193.  ------  Erd-7-Strah-
lung  und Ultrastrahlung.  Acta radiol.,  Stockh.,  1935,  16:
155-68.—Trolldenier.  H.  Ueber   Erdstrahlen  und  ihren
schadigenden Einfluss auf den  tierischen  Organismus.  Berl.
tierarztl. Wschr., 1934, 50: 533.—Ueber die sogenannte Erd-
strahlung und ihre Bekampfung durch Abschirmungsapparate.
Gesundheitslehrer,  1933, 36: Ausb., A, 298.

EARTH-EATING.

   See  Geophagy.


EARTH metals [including earths]

   See  also  specific  names of  alkaline  and  rare
earth   metals  as  Barium;   Calcium;  Cerium;
Strontium;  Terbium;  Yttrium, &c.
   Fillinger,  W.   * Beeinflussung  der  Methy-
lenblauentfarbung  durch  die  alkalischen  Erden
[Minister]    13p.  8?  Warstein,  1932.
   Hoare, F. E., A  Brindley. G. W.  The diamagnetic suscepti-
bilities  of  salts forming ions  with inert gas  configurations;
the alkaline earth halides  and  general discussion.  Proc.  R.
Soc,  Lond., 1907,  ser. A, 159:  395-409.—Phelps. H. J.  The
adsorption  of substances by Fuller's earth.  Ibid., 1931, 108:
ser.  B,  174; 1931-32, ser. A,  131:  17.—Vigneron.  H.   Les
argiles;  leur constitution, leurs  propri6tes geneVales.   Nature,
Par., 1937. 65: pt 2, 122-5. 
EARTH  METALS                              21                               EARTHQUAKE
----   rare [including rare earths]

   Bohm, C.  R.   Die  Verwendung  der  seltenen
Erden.  107p.   8?    Lpz., 1913.
   Bickel, A., A Kojima, M. Ueber den Einfluss von seltenen
Erden auf den Stoffwechsel. Biochem. Zschr., 1933, 266: 18-
24.—Cantoni, A. G.  Contributo alia farmacologia delle terre
rare.  Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1930, 5: 546-9.—Damiens,  A.
Gendralites sur les terres rares.  Bull. sc. pharm., Par., 1922,
29: 449-58.—Ferrua, G.  I metalloidi delle terre rare in terapia.
Gazz. med. lombarda, 1932, 91: 12.—Haenny, C. Birefringence
magn6tique de sels de terres rares en solution aqueuse.   C.
rend. Acad, sc, 1932, 195: 219.  Also Ann. phys., Par., 1937,
11. eer., 7: 230-90.—Hevesy, G., A Levi, H.  Action of slow
neutrons on rare earth elements.   Nature,  Lond.,  1936, 137:
185.—Jaloustre, L.  Le cerium et le thorium en th6rapeutique.
Bull, med., Par., 1925, 39: 764-7.  Also Clinique, Par., 1925,
20: 223-5.  ------  Une nouvelle therapeutique dermatologi-
que par les terres rares ceriques et thoriques.  Vie mid., 1926,
7: 493.—Lemay, P., A Morel, L.  Les terres rares en th6ra-
peutique.  Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1924, 38: 729-31.—Minami,  E,
Gehalte an seltenen Erden in europaischen und japanischen
Tonschiefern.  Nachr. Ges. Wiss. Gottingen, 1934-35, n. F.,  1:
math, physik. Kl., Geol. Ac,  155-70.—N6el, L.  Interpreta-
tion du  point de curie paramagn6tique des 616ments du groupe
des  terres rares.  C. rend. Acad, sc, 1938, 206: 49-51.—
Niccolini, P. M. Contributo alio  studio farmacologico delle
terre rare: azione emolitica ed azione protettiva simultanee per
alcuni elementi del gruppo. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1931,  6:
204-6.   ------ A Guidi,  G.  Contributo alio studio farma-
cologico  delle terre  rare: lantano,  praseodimio e neodimio.
Ibid., 1929, 4:  1051-4.—Oelkers, H. A.. A  Vincke, E.  Zur
Pharmakologie der seltenen Erden; Wirkung auf das Blutbild.
Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1937-38, 188: 53-63.—Pfeiler, W. Die
Verwendung der Salze seltener Erden in der Therapie unter
besonderer Berucksichtigung der franzosischen Literatur iiber
Cer-Verbindungen.   Zbl.  inn.  Med., 1932,  53:  1543-51  —
Schoeller, W. R., A Waterhouse, E. F. Investigations into the
analytical chemistry of tantalum, niobium, and their mineral
associates; the separation of the rare earths from the earth acids.
Analyst, Lond.,  1935, 60: 284-91.—Van Vleck, J. H.  The
puzzle of rare earth spectra in solids.  J. Phys.  Chem., 1937, 41:
67-80.—Vincke, E., A Oelkers, H. A. Zur Pharmakologie der
seltenen Erden; Wirkung  auf die  Blutgerinnung.  Arch. exp.
Path.,  Lpz., 1907,  187:  59 -603.   ------   Toxizitat und
Wirkung  auf  Stoffwechselvorgange.  Ibid.,  1937-38,  188:
465-73.

----   Therapeutical use.

   See   also   Balneology;  Balneotherapy;  Bath,
mud, &c; also  Earth metals, rare.
   Reuss  [K.]  L.    *AUgemeine   therapeutische
Betrachtungen  iiber die Erden unter besonderer
Berucksichtigung  des  Biohydrosils.    55p.    8°
Lpz.,  1938.
   Berg. R. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Heilerden.  Balneologe,
1937, 4: 375; 1938, 5: 200-2.—Bottenberg, H.  Ueber Kranken-
behandlung mit Heilerde.  Fortsch. Med., 1935, 53: 593-6 —
Just, W.  Adsorptionswirkung durch  Erde.   Physiatrie, Berl.,
1934, 6: 235-8.—Kunze, R., A Vogel, M.   Ueber Wesen und
Wirkungen von  Heilerden.   Balneologe,  1936,  3: 80-98.—
Peyer, W., A Ropke, W.  Ueber Heilerden.  Apoth. Ztg, 1926,
41: 1182; 1196; 1927, 42: 662.—Vogel, M.   Ueber Heilerden.
Hippokrates, Stuttg., 1936, 7: 1045-52.—Vorwahl.  Heilerde.
Deut. med. Wschr.,  1928, 54: 280.—Zibordi,  G.  Una curiosa
medicina: la terra.  Igiene A vita, 1935, 18: 159.

EARTHQUAKE.

   See  also Disaster.
   Brett,  W. B.  A report on  the  Bihar earth-
quakes and on the measures taken in consequence
thereof  up to the  31st  December  1934.   lOlp.
8?  Bihar,  India, 1935.
   Davison,   C.    The  origin  of   earthquakes.
144p.   16?   Camb., 1912.
   Begg, R. C.   The great Napier earthquake of 1931.   N.
Zealand M. J.,  1931, 30:  93-109.—Gray,  St. G. B. D.  A
modern  Pompeii; the destruction of St Pierre, Martinique,  on
Ascension Day, Thursday, May 8, 1902, by volcanic eruption.
J. R. Nav. M.  Serv., 1935, 21: 120-4.—Gutenberg, B.  Die
Erdbeben in Lichte der physikalischen Erdgeschichte. Scientia,
Bologna, 1929, 2. ser., 46: 375-84.—Magsaysay, A., A Feliciano.
J. M. Preliminary study of the earthquake of August 20, 1937.
Bull. Nat. Res. Counc. Philippine Islands, 1937, No. 14, 3-54  —
Quetta catastrophe.  Sind M. J., 1935, 8: 22.—Reverchon,  L.
Le tremblement de terre du Japon.  Nature, Par., 1925, 53:
1-7.—Sales, P. A.  Fundamentals of earthquake-proof design
and construction.  Bull. Nat. Res.  Counc. Philippine Islands,
1937, No. 14, 61-88, 3 pi.

----   Biological effects.
   Bruchanski,   N.   Die  psychischen  Reaktionen auf das
Erdbeben in der Krim.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1928, 116:
423-41.—Brussilowski, L. Beeinflussung der neuropsychischen
Sphare durch das Erdbeben in der Krim 1927.  Ibid., 442-70.—
Gibson, F. G.  Nervous reactions in the New Zealand earth-
quake. Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1932, 82: 277-80.—Marshall,
W.  Biological reactions to earthquakes.  J. Abnorm. Psychol.,
1935-36, 30: 462-7.—Napolski, J.  [Earthquake in Yalta and
its influence on the nervous system]  Vrach. gaz., 1928, 32:
118-23.—Prasad,  J.  The psychology of rumour: a study re-
lating to the great Indian earthquake of 1934.  Brit. J. Psychol.,
1935-36, 26:  1-15.—Rutherford, H. H.  Experiences of an
army  medical  officer  during the San Francisco earthquake.
Mil.  Surgeon,  1936,  79: 207-15.  Also repr.—Saltikov, V.
[Dread of earthquake]  Vrach. gaz., 1928, 32:  123.—Simson,
T. Psychische und psychotische Reaktionen Erwachsener und
Kinder bei Erdbeben.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat.,  1928-29,
118: 130-43.—Winokurowa, A. I. Die Reaktion der gesunden
und kranken Personlichkeit auf die Erlebnisse beim Erdbeben
in der Krim im September 1927.  Ibid., 1929,  122: 376-94.

----  Loss of life.
  Biggs, A. C. The earthquake at Napier, 3rd February, 1931.
as it affected the  Napier hospital and the  medical services of
the district.  N. Zealand M. J., 1931, 30: 84-92.—Davison, C.
The mean annual loss of life  during earthquakes.  Nature,
Lond., 1936, 137: 605.—Loss of life in the Quetta earthquake.
J. Am. M. Ass., 1935,  105: 292.

----  Medical relief.
  Appel en faveur des victimes du tremblement de terre de
Quetta.   Rev. internat. Croix Rouge, 1935,  17:  432-4 —
Barker, F.,  A  Bird, G.  A.  The Japanese earthquake;  notes
from  Kobe  on the medical history.  Brit.  M. J.,  1924, 2:
469-71.—Earthquake in Chile.  Bull. Panamer. Union,  1939,
73:  172-5.—Hale. G. D., A Boone, H. R.  Relief work in the
Managua earthquake.  U. S. Nav. M.  Bull.,  1932,  30: 1-9,
6 pi.—Hetfield, W.  B.   Medical activities  in the Managua
earthquake.   Mil. Surgeon, 1931, 69:  143-8.—Hume, E. E.
Medical relief after the Italian earthquake of 1915.  Ibid., 1933,
73:  138-51.—Magliano, G.  Note pratiche relative  a servizi
sanitari in zone terremotate.  Pensiero med.,  1931, 20: 43-6.—
Miyajima, M.  L'hopital francais de Tokio offert aux sinistres
japonais.   Presse med.,  1925,  33:  427-9.—Mockler,  E. J.
The medical aspect of the earthquake at Ierissos.  J. R. Nav.
M.  Serv., 1933, 19:  18-22.—Munson. E.  L.   Report on the
medical and  hospital service of the Japan Relief  Mission.
Month. Bull. Philippine Health Serv., 1924, 4: 51-63.

----  Seismological research.
  Repetti, W. C. Instrumental study  of the earthquake of
August 20,  1937.   Bull. Nat. Res. Counc.  Philippine Islands,
1937, No. 14, 55-60.—Scrase, F. J. Modern seismology.  Ann.
Rep.  Bd  Regents Smithson.  Inst., 1934,  193-203.—Seismo-
logical investigations.  Rep.  Brit.  Ass. Advance. Sc,  1935,
223-9.

EARTHWORM.

  See Lumbricus.

EAR trumpet.

  See also Deaf, Hearing aids.
  Marage.   Du choix d'un cornet acoustique.  C. rend.  Acad.
sc,  1929, 188: 466-8.—Tobler, W.  Vergleichende  physika-
lische Horrohrprufungen.  Schweiz.  med.  Wschr., 1926,  56:
873-7.

EARWIG.

  See Dermaptera.
  EAST,  Charles Frederick  Terence, 1894-
& BAIN,  C[yril]  W[illiam]  Curtis.   Recent  ad-
vances  in  cardiology,   viii, 342p.   11  pi.   8?
Lond., J.  & A. Churchill, 1929.  Also 3. ed.   xi,
350p.  illust.   pi.   1936.
  EAST,  Edward Murray, 1879-1938.
  For portrait, photograph, see collection in library.
  For biography see Nature, Lond., 1938, 142: 1027 (R. R.
Gates)
  EAST,   Roger.   Twenty-five  sanitary  inspec-
tors.  252p.  8?   Lond.,  Crime Club  [1937]
  EAST,   W[illiam]  Norwood.   Medical  aspects
of crime,   x, 437p.   pi.   tab.  8?  Lond.,  J.  & A.
Churchill, 1936.

EAST  [and  Eastern]

  See also Asia;  also  names of  Asiatic  countries
as China; India; Japan;  Siam, &c.
  Hudson, G. F.  The Far East in world politics;
a study in recent history.  276p.  8?   Oxf., 1937. 
EAST
22
EATING
   Firth, R. H.  The East and its wavs; a study of the imper-
sonal. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1920, 35:  1-9.—Legendre, A. F.
Les races d'Extrdme-Orient; leurs caracteres morphologiques
et psycho-sociologiques.  Rev. anthrop., Par., 1925, 35: 97-
119.— Shanklin, W. M., A Izzeddin, N.   Anthropology of the
near East female.  Am. J. Phys. Anthrop.,  1936-37, 22: 381-
415.—Zimmerman, C. C.  A demographic study of 8 Oriental
villages yet largely untouched by western  culture.  Metron,
Rovigo, 1933-34, 11: 179-98.

EAST  Africa.

   See Africa.
   EAST African medical journal.
1932-
Nairobi,  v.9,
 EAST Coast fever.

   See Cattle, Diseases; Theileriasis.
   EASTERBROOK,  Charles Cromhall.   Mental
 invalids;  being the  Morison  lectures  delivered
 before the  Royal College of Physicians of Edin-
 burgh in  June  1925.  86p.   8?  Edinb., Oliver  &
 Boyd [1925]

 EASTER Island.

   See also  Polynesia.
   Drapkin  S., I.  L'etat sanitaire de l'lle de Paques.  Bull.
 Off. internat. hyg. pub., Par., 1936, 28: 723-8.—Lavachery, H.
 Easter Island, Polynesia.  Annual Rep. Smithson. Inst., 1936,
 391-6, 4 pi.—Metraux, A.  The Proto-Indian script and the
 Easter Island tablets; a critical study. Anthropos,  Modling,
 1938, 33: 218-39.  ------  Two  Easter Island tablets  in
 Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum, Honolulu.  Man, Lond., 1938,
 38: 1-4. pi.—Petri, H. Eine Schadelserie von der Osterinsel.
 Mitt. Anthrop. Ges. Wien, 1936, 66:  17-29—Ros.s, A. S.  C.
 Preliminary notice of some late 18th century numerals from
 Easter Island.  Man, Lond., 1936, 36: 94.
   EASTMAN,  Irene,  M.,   1898-        *Gas-
 trointestinal  pH  in rats  as  determined  by the
 glass  electrode    [Columbia  Univ.]    8p.    8?
 N. Y  1935.
   EASTMOND, Charles, 1879-1937.
   Jaches, L.  |Obituary]  Am. J. Roentg., 1938, 39: 130, portr.
   EAST  ORANGE   N.  J.    Board  of  Health.
 Annual report.  E. Orange, 1916-
   1933 not published.
   EASTWOOD, Arthur,  & SCOTT, W. M.  Bac-
 teriological studies,  iv,  669p.   8?   Lond., H. M.
 Stat. Off., 1923.
   Forms No. 22,  Rep. Pub.  Health A Med.  Subj. Minist.
 Health, Lond.
   EASTWOOD, Cyril Gravell.   A handbook of
 hygiene,  for  students and teachers,   viii,  358p.
 illust.   tab.  diagr.  8?   Lond., E. Arnold & Co.,
 1936.

 EATAN.

   See  also Food, artificial.
   Braun. W.  Ueber  Eatan,  ein  organotropes  Nahr- und
 Kraftigungsmittel.   Prakt.  Arzt, 1924, n. F., 9: 329-31 —
 Deckert.  Eatan,  ein  appetitanregendes  und  Kraftigungs-
 mittel bei Hunden.  Berl.  tierarztl. Wschr., 1925, 41: 649.—
 Lebbin.  Die Zusammensetzung des Eatan.  Ther. Gegenwart,
 1926,  67: 523.—Messerle.  N.  Ueber das Eatan.  Schweiz.
 med.  Wschr.,  1926, 56: 1032.—Moewes, C.  Ueber Eatan.
 Munch, med.  Wschr.,  1924, 71:  1363.—Nemetz, O.  Erfah-
 rungen  mit Eatan.  Wien. med.  Wschr., 1927, 77: 300.—
 Olshausen,  W.  Kritische  Beobachtungen und  Bemerkungen
 zur Eatantherapie.  Munch, med. Wschr., 1927, 74: 850.

 EATING.

   See also Diet;  Nutrition.
   Eliot,  A.  A.    Eating habits in  relation  to
 personality development  of two- and three-year-
 old  children,   p.399-481.  8?   Worcester, Clark
 Univ., 1933.
   Forms No. 5, v.13. Genet. Psychol. Monogr.
   Wolberg,  L.  R.   The psychology  of  eating
321p.  8?   N.  Y. [1936]
   Bousfield, W. A., A Elliott, M. H.  The effect of fasting on
the eating-behavior of  rats.  J. Genet. Psychol., 1934 45-
227-37—Kestner, O., A Plaut,  R.  Die erfrischende Wirkung
des Essens.  Arch. ges. Physiol., 1924,  205: 43-6.—Labbe. M
L'education alimentaire des enfants.  Rev. sc, Par., 1921, 59:
481-9a  Also transl. Ann. Rep. Bd Regents Smithson. Inst
1922  549-64.—MacDougall,  A.  F.   Eating  aesthetically.
Forum N. Y* 1928 80: 394-7.-Main, R. J.  Observations on
the feeding mechanism of  a ctenophore, Mnemiopsis  leldyl.
Biol Buh.  1928,  55: 69-78.-Vachon. M.  Acte de nutrition
d'un pseudoscorpionide: Chelifer cancroides L. O. rena. Acaa.
sc, 1934, 198: 1874.

EATING  utensils.

   See also  Cooking  utensils;  Drinking utensils;
Restaurant; also in 3. ser. Utensils.
   Dardel, L.  *De  la transmission des maladies
contagieuses par les  ustensiles de  table   [Paris]
46p.  8?   Gisors, 1922.
   Fonck, F.   Formas especiales de los utensihos
caseros de los aborigenes ^Folklore 6  no?   lOp.
8?   Santiago de Chile, 1912.
   New  York.    Public  Health  Committee.
Cup and  Container Institute.   Regulatory
measures concerning  the  sanitization  of  eating
and  drinking   utensils in  public  places.   39p.
4?   N. Y.,  1938.
   Stieglitz,   E.   *Keimgehalt  am Essgeschirr
in  Wirtschaften  [Miinchen]   31p.  8?  Nurnb.,
1931.
   Beamer,  P. R., A  Tanner,  F. W.  Presence of acid-fast
organisms on table-ware.  Zbl.  Bakt.,  2.  Abt., 1938, 9a: 209-
12.—Blumenberg. W.  Zur Frage der Gesundheitsschadigung
durch angestossene Porzellangeschirre.  Zschr. Hyg., 1937, 120:
87-102.—Breton. J. L.  Les appareils menagers modernes et
L'hygiene alimentaire.  Bull. Soc. sc. hyg. aliment., Par., 1924,
12: 141-52.—Briau, E.  Ltensilios de mesa: difficuldades de
sua desinfeccao nos  estabelecimentos publicos.  Rev. med.
cir. Brasil, 1927, 35: 173-84.—Bridgeport regulations for cleans-
ing of utensils at public eating and drinking places. Connecti-
cut Health Bull., 1937, 51: 79.—Broquet.  La disinfection des
ustensiles de table, des couverts et des verres.  Rev. hyg., Par.,
1921, 43: 90-5.—Carlisle,  C. L., A Hartinger, A. O.  Bacterio-
logical examination of eating utensils. Med. Bull. Veterans
Admin.,  1938-39, 15: 294-6.—Carrieu,  M. F.,  A Brugairolle, A.
Du role des ustensiles de table dans la transmission des maladies.
Rev. hyg., Par., 1926, 48: 334-43.—Cleansing of eating utensils
at public eating places.  Pub. Health News, Trenton, 1937, 21:
149-52.—Cox, W. C.  An automatically controlled dishwashing
machine.  Am. J.  Pub. Health,  1937, 27: 865-8.  ------  Lse
of dishwashing machines; pasteurization of eating  utensils.
Ibid., 1938, 28: 174-80.—Cumming, J. G., A Yongue, N. E.
Eating utensil sanitation.   Ibid.,  1936, 26:  237-44.  ------
A standard technique for the  bacteriological examination of
eating utensils. Mil. Surgeon,  1937, 80: 411-7.  Also repr.—
Cybulski, A.  [On the washing of the soldier's  eating  bowls]
Lek. wojsk., 1938, 32: 80-5.—Dejust, L. H.  Les contamina-
tions bacteriennes par les  ustensiles de table.  Bull. Soc.  sc.
hyg. aliment., Par., 1922,  10: 533-51.—Examination of dish-
washing devices.  Am. J. Pub. Health, 1937, 27: suppl., 45-8.—
Knowlton, M.  A new approach to sanitary serving of food and
drink. Connecticut Health Bull., 1935, 49: 223-8.—Krog, A. J.
Studies relative to the effectiveness of  the method of dish and
utensil washing in public eating and drinking establishments
in the city of Plainfield.  Pub. Health News, Trenton, 1936,
20: 13-7.  ------ A Dougherty, D.  S.  Effectiveness  of the
methods  of dish  and  utensil  washing in  public eating  and
drinking establishments.   Am. J.  Pub. Health, 1936, 26: 897-
900.—Lavage (Le) de la vaisselle et des  ustensiles de cuisine.
Paris  med., 1936, 100: annexe, 19.—Macdonald, R. St J., A
Freeborn, Grace M.  Sterilization of eating utensils.  Canad.
Pub. Health J., 1933, 24:  83-91.—MacNabb, A.  L., White, F.,
A Owen, O. W.   Bacteriological study of eating and drinking
utensils.   Ibid., 1938, 29: 591-9.—Mallmann, W. L.  A critical
study of  various types of detergents and disinfectants for use in
dishwashing.  Am. J. Pub. Health, 1937, 27: 464-70.—Mec-
quenem, R. de.   Contribution  a l'6tude des outils en pierre
trouves dans les ruines de  Suse.   Anthropologic, Par., 1923-24,
33: 469-74.—Mitchell, C. A. D.  Aluminium vessels and food
contamination. J. R. Army Al.  Corps,  1933, 61: 99;  193 —
Moulton, S. A. A study  of methods of disinfection of eating
utensils in the U. S. Army.  Mil. Surgeon,  1925, 57: 268-79,
2 pl.—Pinfold, G. F. Some notes on fork guards.  Man,  Lond.,
1929, 29: 97.—Seel, E.. A  Hils,  K.  Beitrage zur Untersuchung
von Ess- und Trinkgefassen, sowie Konservendosen nach den
gesetzlichen Bestimmungen.  Veroff. Mil. San.,  1918, H. 72,
93-100.—Weiss, E. Machines a laver la  vaisselle.  Nature,
Par., 1924, 52: 201-4.

   EATING your way to health.  Oakland, Calif.,
v.2-3,  1933-34.
   EATON, Allen.
  See Harrison, Shelby Millard, A Eaton, A.  Welfare prob-
lems in New York City [Ac] 84p.  8? N. Y., 1926.

   EATON, Charles  Woodhull.    Things  young
men should know;  a manual of the  anatomy, 
EATON                                    23                                 EBELING
physiology  and hygiene  of the sexual  system
[&c]   187p.  8?  Des Moines, Miller, Girton &
Watters, 1884.
  EATON,  George F[rancis]  1872-       The
collection of osteological material  from  Machu
Picchu.  96p.  39  1.   39 pi.  2 tab.  map.  4?
N. Haven, Conn., 1916.
  EATON, Joseph  Giles, 1847-1934.
  Osgood, G.  The Admiral Eaton case. N. England J. M.,
1934, 211: 111-19.
  EATON,  Morton M.   Domestic practice for
parents and nurses, xiv, 703p.  8?  Cincin., M.
M. Eaton, jr., & Co., 1882.
  EATON, Walter  Musgrave, 1863-1924.
  Obituary.  S. Afr.  M. Rec, 1924, 22: 436.

EAU de Cologne.
  See Cologne water.
  EAVES, Lucile, 1869-       Children in need of
special  care; studies based on 2,000 case  records
of social agencies ... and associates.   125p.  8?
Bost.,  Women's Educ. Indust. Union, 1923.
  EBAUGH, Franklin  Gessford, 1895-      The
toxic  and  organic reaction types,  p.257-334.
8?  N. Y., 1936.
  In Oxford Med. (Christian, H. A.) N. Y., 1936, 7:
  See also Bassoe, Peter, A Ebaugh, F. G.  Neurologv; psy-
chiatry.  3v.  12? Chic. [1932-34]  Also Strecker, Edward
Adam, A Ebaugh. F. G.  Practical clinical psychiatry [Ac]
1.-4. ed.  4v.   8? Phila. [1925-35]
  EBBARD, Rfichard] J.  How to restore life-
giving energy  to sufferers  from sexual  neuras-
thenia  and kindred brain  and nerve  disorders
(neurosis, hysteria, &c.)  4. ed. rev.  by  F. W.
Vaughan.   xi,  183p.   8?  Lond., L. N.  Fowler
& Co.  [1923]
  EBBENHORST  TENGBERGEN, Johan van,
1883-       *De  rontgenologische bekkenmeting.
3p.l.  lOlp. 4 pi.  roy. 8?  Amst.,  M. J. Portielj,
1924.
  ---- & ALBADA, L.  E.  W.  van.  Die Ront-
genstereoskopie;  ihr Wert und ihre Verwertung.
2 p. 1.  143p.  illust. 8?   Berl., J. Springer, 1931.
  Forms Bd 2 Rontgenkunde in Einzeldarstellungen (H. H.
Berg A K. Frik)
  EBBERS,   Meinolf,  1898-       *Zahnheil-
kundliches  bei Valescus  de Taranta   [Leipzig]
8p.  8?  Bielefeld, A. Klocke,  1922.
  ---- Praktikum der Diathermie in der Zahn-
heilkunde; Gedanken  und Erfahrungen nach 8-
jahriger  Anwendung.   viii,  lOOp.  illust.  8?
Lpz.,  H. Meusser, 1936.
  EBBINGHAUS,  Heinrich,  1911-        *Ver-
gleichende Untersuchungen iiber die schmerzstil-
lende Wirkung einiger Antipyretica  [Munster]
31p.  8?  Liinen-Lippe, E.  Weng,  1934.
  EBEL, Karl Heinz, 1909-      *Ueber Leuko-
derme.  23p.  8?   Marb., J. Hamel, 1933.
  EBEL,  Willy,   1907-       *Zur  Frage der
willkurlichen Beeinflussung des Geschlechts beim
Menschen   [Giessen]   16p.   8?    Wiirzb.,  K.
Triltsch, 1932.
  EBELING,  Arthur,  1904-       *Die  neue
Rosin'sche Methode der  Venenpulsregistrierung
und deren  Ergebnisse unter  Berucksichtigung
der  geschichtlichen  Entwicklung   der  Venen-
pulslehre   [Berlin]   69p.  8?   Koln,  W.  May,
1930.
  EBELING,  Ernst,  1910-        *Ueber  un-
specifische   Adsorption   von   Bakteriophagen
[Munster]  19p.  8?  Quakenbrtick, R. Kleinert,
1935.
  EBELING,  Friedrich  [Wilhelm] 1904-
*Kritisches iiber die Rentabilitat der Milchvieh-
haltung   [Kiel]    47p.   8?    Borna-Lpz.,  R.
Noske, 1931.
  EBELING,  Heinrich,  1898-      *Zur  Aeti-
ologie und Therapie der  periodischen Augenent-
ziindung oder Mondblindheit der Pferde  [Gies-
sen]  46p.  8?  Peine, C. Rother, 1926.
  EBELING, Otto, 1907-      *UeberScheintod;
sind  die jetzt  geltenden Bestimmungen iiber die
Leichenschau ausreichend, um der Gefahr lebend
begraben  zu werden, vorzubeugen? Vorschlage
iiber eine eventuelle reichsgesetzliche Regelung
zur Vermeidung dieser Gefahr.  36p.  8? Erlan-
gen,  K.  Dores, 1934.
  EBELT, Willy,  1908-      *Der Zungenbelag,
seine Entstehung und  Bedeutung.   44p.  8?
Bonn, 1931.
  EBER,  August, 1865-1937.   Bericht  uber das
Tierseucheninstitut  (friiher Veterinarinstitut) der
Universitat Leipzig  fiir die Jahre 1924-33.   71p.
8?  Berl., R. Schoetz, 1934.
  For Festschrift  see Zschr. Infektkr. Haustiere, 1928, 33:
portr.
  For biography see Verh. Deut.  path. Ges., 1937, 30: 532-4
(R. Seyderhelm)
  EBER  [Auguste   Minne]   Ruth,  1899-
*Beitrag  zur  Histologie  und  Histogenese  der
spontanen Lebertuberkulose des Huhnes  [Leip-
zig]  22p.  2 pi.  8?  Berl., 1925.
  Also Zschr. Infektkr. Haustiere, 1925, 28:
  EBERHARD, Eduard,  1907-       *Befesti-
gungsschienen  bei   Paradentose   [Heidelberg]
31p.   8?  Schwetzingen, A. Moch [1931]
  EBERHARD, Germaine, 1902-       *Beitrag
zur  Frage des kongenitalen  Ikterus.   30p.  8?
Ziir., Gebr. Leemann & Co., 1929.
  EBERHARD,  Werner,   1899-        *Ence-
phalographische  Untersuchungen  bei  chroni-
schen Geisteskranken  [Munster  i.  W.]   41p.
8?   Quakenbruck, R. Kleinert, 1930.
  EBERHARDT, Kurt [Johannes August]  1908-
      *Ueber  die  Erfolge der operativen  Be-
handlung  der Patellarfraktur  nach  Schultze-
Duisburg.  22p.  8?  Berl., E. Ebering, 1934.
  EBERHARDT, P.
  See Dubard. Marcel, A Eberhardt, P.  Le ricin [etc]  2. id.
120p. 8?  Par., 1917.
  EBERHARDT,  Siegfried,   1883-       Der
Korper  in Form und in  Hemmung; die Beherr-
schung  der  Disposition   als   Lebensgrundlage.
6 p.  1.   239p.   8?   Munch., C. H. Beck, 1926.
  EBERHARDT,   Walter  [Richard   Wilhelm]
1902-      *Das Blutbild bei der Vergiftung mit
chlorsaurem Kali.  22p.   8?   Berl., E. Ebering,
1927.
  EBERHART, Mignon G[ood] 1899-      Mur-
der  of  my patient,   vii,  310p.  8?   Lond., J.
Lane [1934]
  ----   The  patient in  room  18.   4, 328p.  8?
Lond., W. Heinemann [1936]
  ----    While the patient  slept.   335p.   8?
Lond., W. Heinemann [1936]
  EBERHART, Noble Murray, 1870-      A
brief physiotherapy  manual.  3 p.  1.  271p.  8?
Chic, New M. Pub.  Co., 1925.   Also 2. ed.
301p.   [1928]
  ----   A treatise  on permanent wave burns.
64p.  8?   Chic, New M. Pub. Co. [1934]
  See also McGrath, Elizabeth, A Eberhart, Noble M. Mod-
ern technique for beauty  culturists.  2. ed.  lOOp. 8?  Chic.
[1936]
  For biography see J. Am. M. Ass., 1939, 112: 2080.

EBERIACEAE.
  See Algae.
  EBERL, Georg, 1911-      *Ueber die Bruch-
sicherheit  der  Injektionskaniilen  auf  Grund
material-technischer   Priifungen.    23p.    8°.
Munch.-Allach, A. Wandl [1937] 
EBERLE
24
EBERT
   EBERLE,  Alois.   *Ueber  die  Erfolge  der
 Schmalzmusernahrung an der Zurcher  Kinder-
 klinik  [Zurich]   12p.  8?  Wien,  H.  Geitner,
 1921.
   EBERLE, E. G.  John Eberle,  1787-1838; a
 biographical  compilation.   3  1.    15p.   portr.
 4?  Phila., 1924.
   Mimeographed copy.
   EBERLE, Georg, 1859-1925.
   Clauss. H.  Nekrolog. Aerztl. Mitt. Baden, 1925, 79: 227.
   EBERLE, John, 1787-1838.
   Eberle, E. G.  John  Eberle,  1787-1838; a
 biographical  compilation.   15p.   4?   Phila.,
 1924.
   Mimeographed copy.
   Radbill, S. X. John Eberle, a Pennsylvania Dutch pioneer
 in American medical education.  Bull. Inst. Hist.  M., Bait.,
 1936, 4: 121-36.—Tucker. D. A., jr. Notes on the early medical
 historv of Cincinnati, John Eberle, 1787-1838. J. Med., Cinf in.,
 1936-37, 17: 196-201.
   EBERLE, Tilde, 1911-      *Ueber Erzeugung
 von Tumoren mit nekrotischem Tumormaterial.
 14p.   6 tab.  8?  Berl., R. Pfau, 1937.
   EBERLE,  Walther.   *Zur  Entwicklung  des
 Ackerknecht'schen Organs  [Zurich]  21p.   8?
 Weimar, R. Wagner Sohn, 1925.
   EBERLE, Willy [Eduard  Arnold] 1911-
 *Die  Hygiene  der  Abwasseranlagen  in den
 Luftkurorten des Hochschwarzwaldes (Amtsbe-
 zirke Freiburg, Neustadt u. Villingen)  [Freiburg
 i. B.]  61p.  8?  Stalluponen, H. Klutke, 1936.
   EBERLEIN,  Giinther,  1908-       *Ueber
 Koronarsklerose  unter besonderer  Berucksichti-
 gung  dieser Erkrankung  bei  jugendlichen  In-
 dividuen.   22p.    8?   Berl.-Britz,  J.  Rother,
 1935.
   EBERMAIER,  Karl [Rudolf] 1901-      *Ue-
 ber  einen Fall von intermittierendem  Adams-
 Stokesschen  Symptomenkomplex.    23p.   8?
 Bonn, P.  Kuben, 1927.
   EBERMAYER, Ludwig, 1858-       Zivil- und
 strafrechtliche Haf tung des Arztes fiir Kunstf ehler.
 60p.   8?   Lpz., G. Thieme, 1918.
   Forms Heft 4, Diagn. ther. Irrtum.
   EBERSBACH,  Heinrich,  1913-      *Ueber
 das Vorkommen  von osteoider und  zementoider
 Substanz  in der Zahnpulpa.  19p.   8?   Wiirzb.,
 Gebr.  Memminger, 1935.
   EBERSBERGER, Fritz, 1902-       *Ueber
 Fremdkorper  insbesondere  iiber  verschluckte
 Gebisse  in der  Speiserohre   [Erlangen]   29p.
 8?  Olching vor Munch., H. Kaiser, 1929.
   EBERSOLE, Sol D., 1864-
   See Turk, George Osburne, A Ebersole. S. D. The way to
 health [Ac]  127p.  12!  S. Louis, Mo., 1928.
   EBERT,  Adolf,  1888-      *Bestrahlungser-
 folge  maligner Tumoren  aus der Chirurgischen
 Universitatsklinik zu Freiburg  i.  Br.  [Freiburg]
 27p.  8?   Karlsruhe i.  B., G. Braunsche, 1917.
  EBERT, Albert  E.
  See Hiss, A. Emil, A Ebert, Albert E.  The new standard
 formulary [Ac] 6. ed.  1256p.  8? Chic,  1926.
   EBERT,  Egon.  *Beitrag  zur  Frage  der
 bakteriologischen    Fleischbeschau    (Auszug)
 [Leipzig]  7p.  8?  Dresd.,  Andreas  & Scheu-
 mann, 1924.
  EBERT, Friedrich, 1871-1925.
  Bier, A.  Bericht iiber Krankheit, Operation und Tod  des
 Reichsprasidenten Ebert; Operation und  Krankheitsverlauf.
 Deut. med. Wschr., 1925, 51: 448.—Freudenthal, A.  Vorge-
schichte. Ibid., 448.—Lubarsch, O. Bericht uber den Leichen- .
befund und die mikroskopischen Untersuchungen.  Ibid., 449
  EBERT, Fritz, 1890-      *Ueber einen Fall
 merkwiirdiger Abtreibungsversuche   [Erlangen]
23p.   8?   Niirnb., W.  Tiimmel, 1919.
  EBERT,  Johannes  Karl,  1909-       *Der
 Einfluss  des  Verkehrs,  der  Temperatur, der
Luftfeuchtigkeit und des Sonnenscheins auf den
Bakteriengehalt der Luft in Zwickau  [Leipzig]
30p.  8?  Zeulenroda, A. Oberreuter, 1935.
   EBERT, Karl, 1907-      *Epileptische An-
falle bei Schizophrenen   [Heidelberg]  25p.  8.
Bruchsal-Baden, J. Kruse & Sonne, 1935.
   EBERT,  Klaus  [Eberhard  Fritz]  1903-
*Das  Krankheitsbild  des  Pyovariums,   seine
Haufigkeit  und  Aetiologie.   24p.   8?    Kiel,
A. C. Ehler, 1929.
   EBERT, Marianne,  1904-      *Der  Erfolg
interner und   chirurgischer  TherapieQ bei der
Pylorusstenose des Sauglings.  23p.  8?  Hamb.,
A. Briinnler, 1932.
   EBERTH, Carl Joseph, 1835-1926.
   For Festschrift see Beitrage-zur pathologischen Anatomie
und zur allgemeinen Pathologie, 1925, 74: H. 1, portr.
   For biography see Munch, med. Wschr., 1935, 82: 1536,
portr. (R. Beneke)                             ,  ,
   See also Wachter, W.  Carl Joseph Eberth; der Entdecker
des Typhus-bazillus. Apothekerzeitung, 1927, 42: 310:

EBERTHELLA typhosa.
   See Typhoid bacillus.
  EBERTS, Edmond Melchior, 1873-      Sur-
gical diseases  of the thyroid gland,   xii,  238p.
8?  Phila., Lea & Febiger, 1929.
  EBERTSHEIM,   Walter,   1891-        *Ein
Beitrag  zum   Studium  der   Lungensyphilis
[Frankfurt]  22p.  3 pi.  8?  Lpz., C. Grumbach
[1917]
  EBERWEIN, Paul, 1902-      *Zur Kenntnis
der Rosenstockbriiche des Geweihes.   38p.  8?
[Giessen] J. Neumann, 1927.
  EBERZ, Friedrich,  1902-       *Die Ergeb-
nisse  der  Schwangerschafts-Friihdiagnose  mit
der Aschheim-Zondek'schen Mauseprobe an der
Universitats-Frauenklinik  zu  Marburg  an der
Lahn.   23p.  8?  Marb., J. A.  Koch, 1935.
  EBKES, Hermann,  1903-      *Erstickungs-
gefahr der Neugeborenen bei  der  Struma con-
genita und odematosa.  42p.  8? Munch.,  1929.
  EBLE, Friedrich J., 1909-      *Ein seltener
Fall   von  Melanosarkom  der  Aderhaut  mit
Metastasenbildung im  Humerus  [Heidelberg]
18p.   8?  Waldmohr, H. Seitz,  1937.
  EBNER, Albert,  1907-       Contribution a
l'etude  de la pathogenie et de l'6tiologie des
tuberculoses  cutanees.   132p.   8?   Par., M.
Vigne, 1934.
  EBNER,  Josef,   1907-       *Pathologische
pigmentose  Veranderungen in  der Mundhohle
als Mittel zur Fruhdiagnose von  Krankheiten
[Erlangen]   18p.   8?   Bodenreuth-Falkenberg,
A. Busl, 1934.
  EBNER, Josef, 1908-     *Ueber den Vagus-
tonus   [Miinchen]   16p.   8?   Dusseld., G.  H.
Nolte, 1937.
  EBNER, Otto, 1903-      *Beckenfrakturen
und ihre Nebenverletzungen  unter Beschreibung
eines  Falles von Anspiessung  des  Diinndarmes
mit Infektion  der  Bruchstelle,  des  Huftgelenkes
und Oberschenkels  durch Gasbildner  [Freiburg
i. Br.]   29p.  8?  Mainz, J. Falk & Sonne, 1929.
  EBNER-ROSENSTEIN, Anton Gilbert Viktor,
1842-1925.
  K,  A.  Nekrolog.  Wien. med. Wschr., 1925, 75:  891.—
Schaffer, J.  Victor von Ebner zum Gedachtnis. Anat. Anz.,
1927, 64: 1-50.  ------  Nekrolog. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1925,
38: 441-3.—Smreker, E.  Nekrolog.  Zschr. Stomat., 1925,
23: 379-82.

EBONITE.
  See Rubber, hard.
  EBRARD,  Daniel,  1892-        *Les  arthro-
plasties  du genou.  80p.  8?  Par., 1925. 
EBSTEIN
25
ECHIDNA
   EBSTEIN, Erich Hugo, 1880-       Zur Ent-
 wicklung   der   klinischen   Harndiagnostik  in
 chemischer und mikroskopischer Beziehung.  36p.
 2 1.   8?  Lpz., G. Thieme, 1915.
   ----   Deutsche Aerzte-Reden aus dem  19.
 Jahrhundert.   xix, 220p.   11  portr.   8?   Berl.,
 J. Springer, 1926.
   ----   Aerztliche Lebensweisheit in iiber 400
 Spriichen,   Sentenzen   und   Aphorismen;   ein
 medizinischer  Biichmann.   viii, 80p.   pi.   8?
 Stuttg., F.  Enke, 1931.
   ----  Tuberkulose als  Schicksal;  eine Samm-
 lung  pathographischer Skizzen  von  Calvin  bis
 Klabund,  1509-1928.   vii,  184p.   8  portr.  8?
 Stuttg., F.  Enke, 1932.
   EBSTEIN,  Wilhelm,  1836-       Die Patho-
 logie  und Therapie der Leukamie.  vii, 137p.  8?
 Stuttg., F.  Enke, 1909.

 EBULLITION.

   See Boiling point.
   EBURON, Erye Mohy.  Pulvis sympathetices
 quo   vulnera  sanantur.   p. 165-76.   205  mm.
 Niirnb., 1662.
   In Rattray, S. Theatrum, Numb., 1662, 165-76.
   ECCARD, Wilhelm, 1900-      *Ueber manu-
 elle Placentalosung.   24p. 8?  Heppenheim, G.
 Otto, 1927.

 ECCHONDROSIS.

   See Cartilage,  tumors.

 ECCHYMOSIS.
   See also  Blood vessels (Diseases; Fragility)
 Hemorrhage;  Purpura;   also  names  of  parts
 affected as Conjunctiva, Hemorrhage; Stigmatiza-
 tion, &c.
   De Blasi, A.  Sulla cosi detta  maschera ecchimotica. Ann.
 ital. chir.,  1934, 13: 493-510, 2 pi.—Denier, A.  Ecchymoses et
 pigmentation.   Rev. physiothe>.,  Par., 1938, 14: 41.—Folco, D.
 Le ecchimosi ipostatichc,  studiate col metodo della reazione
 vitale di Ors6s.  Arch, antrop. crim., Tor., 1938, 58: 513-6.—
 Marcucci, G.   La maschera  ecchimotica.  Arch. ital. chir.,
 1936, 43: 194-220.—Menesini, G.  Ecchimosi vitali ed ecchi-
 mosi post-mortali traumatiche ed ipostatiche.  Zacchia, 1937,
 2. ser., 1:  257-76, 4 pi.—Monteiro, O. Mascara ecchymotica
 por compressao thoracica.   J. clin.,  Rio, 1934, 15: 367-73.
 Also Rev. med. mil., Rio, 1934, 23: 368-80.—Piedlievre A
 Derobert.  A propos des ecchymoses traumatiques.  Ann. mdd.
 16g., 1936, 16: 257-62.—Wedard, V. M.  Sul significato delle
 macchie Tardieu.  Zacchia, 1931, 10: 55-72.

 ----   inflammatory, chronic.
   See Purpura.

 ECGONINE.

   See also Alkaloids; Cocaine; Tropine.
   Gadamer, J., A John, C.  Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Ekgo-
 nins.  Arch. Pharm.,  Berl., 1921, 259: 227; 241.—Goris, A., A
 Chalmeta, C. Quelques observations sur le dosage de l'ecgonine.
 Bull. sc. pharm., Par., 1933, 40: 641-50.
   ECHANDI LAHMANN, Carlos Manuel, 1900-
 38.
   Biografia. Rev. meU, S. Josi, 1937-38, 5: 262, portr.
   ECHEGUT,  Andre, 1906-       *Les manifes-
 tations  digestives du Basedow fruste.   64p.  8?
 Par., 1934.
   ECHEVARRIA DE  LA ROSA, Arturo  Luis,
 1899-        *La  sprue a  Porto-Rico.   53p.   8?
 Par., 1928.
   ECHEVERRI,  Jorge,  1903-       Contribu-
tion a l'etude des r^ticulo-sarcomes du me'diastin;
travail de la  Clinique  de la tuberculose de  la
Faculty de Medeeine.  62p.  8?   Par.,  M. Vigne,
1934.

ECHIDNA.
   Mitchell, M. L.  Observations on the composition of  the
urine and blood of Echidna aculeata. Austral. J. Exp. Biol.,
1931, 8: 237.—Wardlaw, H. S. H. The temperature of Echidna
aculeata.  Repr. Papers Sc. Lab. Univ. Sydney, 1909-16, Biol.,
 ECHINACEA.

   Bischoff, F.  Oil of Echinacea angustifolia. J. Am. Pharm.
 Ass., 1924, 13: 898-902.—Cutler, S. H. The inorganic consti-
 tuents of Echinacea.  Ibid., 1930, 19: 120-7.—Echinacea—its
 effect on the normal individual—with special  reference to
 changes produced in the blood picture.  Eclect.  M. J., 1935,
 95: 34-6.—Hewett, A. C.  Echinacea purpurea,  Echinacea
 angustifolia, Echafolta. Dent. Rev., 1906, 20: 1095; 121S.—
 Scheetz, M. E.   What is Echinacea angustifolia?  Eclect. M.
 J., 1937,  97: 297-9.—Spann, R. L.   Echinacea.  Ibid., 1934,
 94: 460-2.—Woods, E. L.  The chemical constitution of the
 hydrocarbons of  Echinacea angustifolia.   Am. J. Pharm.,
 1930, 102: 611-30.


 ECHINOBOTHRIUM.

   See also Cestoda.
   Ruszkowski, J. S.  Etudes sur le cycle eVolutif et sur la
 structure des cestodes de mer; Echinobothrium benedeni n. sp.
 ses larves et son hote intermecliaire; Hyppolyte varians Leach.
 Bull, internat. Acad, polon. sc, 1927, sc. nat., 719-38, 4 pi.

 ECHINOCHASMUS.

   See Echinostomidae.


 ECHINOCOCCOSIS.

   See also Echinococcus; also in 3. ser. Hydatid
 disease.
   Archivos  internacionales  de la  hidati-
 dosis.   Montev.,  v.1-3,  1934-37.
   Incomplete.

   Dew, H.  R.  Hydatid disease; its pathology,
 diagnosis and treatment.   429p.   8?   Sydney,
 1928.
   Hosemann,  G., Schwarz,  E.   [et  al.]   Die
 Echinokokkenkrankheit.   418p.   8?    Stuttg.,
 1928.
   Konig,  M.   *Ueber Echinokokkus-Krankheit
 als Kriegsdienstbeschadigung.  20p.  8?  Frankf.,
 1932.
   Augsberger, G. Ein Fall von Echinococcus beim Menschen.
 Med. Welt,  1935, 9: 163.—Ballesteros Alcayde. A.  Un caso
 de equinococosis.  Med. ibera, 1934,  28: 460.—Barnett, L. E.
 Recent advances in our knowledge of hydatid disease; echino-
 coccus cysts. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1927, 45: 148-51.  ------
 A  department for hydatid disease research and prevention.
 N.  Zealand M. J., 1935, 34:  258-60.—Blanc  Fortacin, J.
 Comentarios acerca de la  enfermedad hidatidica.  Rev. cir.,
 B. Air., 1927, 6: No. 12, 730-8.—Bolognesi, G.  Su le cisti da
 echinococco.  Prat, chir., Arezzo, 1933-35, 4: 199-215.—Ca-
 beca, C,  A Vilar, B.  Quistos hidaticos, equinococose hidatica,
 hidatidose.  Lisboa m£d., 1931, 8: 107; 185; 295; 355; 419 —
 Carmalt-Jones,  D. W.  Hydatid disease as a clinical problem;
 some New Zealand experiences.  Brit. M. J., 1929, 2: 5-9.—
 Cuff, C. H.  Forty cases of hydatid disease.  Brit. M. J.,
 1930,  2:  599.—Curso de information  sobre hidjatidosis y
 exposition de hidatidologfa.  Bol. Inst. cUn. quir., B.  Air.,
 1938, 14: 363.—Curtillet, E., A Huguenin, R. Un cas curieux
 d'echinococcose.  Ann. anat.  path., Par., 1935, 12:  1114-8.—
 D'Agostino, M.   Su alcuni casi di cisti da echinococco. Arch.
 ital.  chir.,  1935,  40:  277-83—Dakinevicius, S.  [Cases of
 hydatid echinococcus]  Medicina, Kaunas, 1931, 12: 716-28.—
 Deeds,  D.  Hydatid disease, report  of a recent  case.  Proc.
 Mayo Clin., 1937, 12: 409-13.—Dekker-Jonker, A.  [Echino-
 coccic cyst]  Ned.  tschr.  geneesk.,  1939, 83:  1409-11.—
 Delitala, P.  Echinococcosi. Atti Soc. sc. med. natur. Cagliari,
 1934, 36: 197-225.—Deve, F.   Curso  de  informaci6n sobre
 equinococosis, dictado  por el profesor adjunto Doctor Oscar
 Ivanissevich. Bol. Inst. clfn. quir., B. Air.,  1938, 14: 580-2.—
Dew, H.  R. Hydatid  disease.  Health Bull.,  Melb., 1926,
No. 7, 195-200.  Also Med. J. Australia, 1927, 2: 70; 1935, 2:
449.  ------ Advances in our knowledge  of hydatid disease
during the 20th  century.  Brit. M. J., 1935, 2: 620-2.  ------
Hydatid  disease;  a  general survey.   Med. Press  A Circ,
Lond.,  1935, 191: 104-10.  ------  Hydatid  disease.   In
Brit. Encycl. M. Pract. (Rolleston, H.) Lond., 1937, 6: 508-64,
pi.—FSldes, A.   Zwei  interessante Echinococcusfalle. Beitr.
Klin. Tuberk., 1933, 82: 797-800.—Godfrey, M. F.  Hydatid
disease; clinical, laboratory and roentgenographic observations.
Arch. Int. M., 1937, 60: 783-804.—Grifl, F. Su cento casi di
cisti da echinococco.   Policlinico,  1929, 36: sez. chir.,  464;
517.—Hagenbach, E.  Zwei Falle von Echinokokkus.  Helvet.
med. acta, 1935-36, 2: 174.—Ivanissevich, O., A Ferrari. R. C.
Equinococosis hidatfdica.  Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1938,
14: 255-72.   Also repr.  Also  Dfa  med., B. Air.,  1938, 10:
492-5.—Katsurashima, T.  Ueber die Echinokokkose beim
Menschen.  Tr. Jap. Path.  Soc,  1926, 16: 112.—Kern. P. 
ECHINOCOCCOSIS
26
ECHINOCOCCOSIS
 Zur Kasuistik  der Echinokokkenerkrankung.  Deut.  Zschr.
 Chir., 1931, 231: 49-53.—King. G. E. Hvdatid disease.  China
 M. J., 1927, 41: 457.—Kingreen, O.  Die Echinokokkenkrank-
 heit.  Zbl. inn. Med., 1931. 52:  1201-11.—Kneebone. J. le M.
 Hydatid disease: a survey of 60 cases. Med. J. Australia, 1937.
 1:  201-6.—Koch,  W.  Ein Fall von  Eehinokokkus.  Mitt.
 Ges. inn. Med., Wien, 1935, 34:  161.—Lumniczer. S.   [Echino-
 coccosis]  Orvoskepzes,   1935,  25: dec.  kiilonf. (T. Verebe4y
 Festschr.)  94-107.—Michael, P. R.  [Echinococcosis]  Ned.
 tschr. geneesk, 1935, 79: 3514-9,  pi.—Mollow, W.  Echino-
 kokkenkrankheit.   Deut. med.  Wschr.,  1939,  65: 293-6 —
 Pe>ez Fontana. V.  Centro de estudio y profilaxis de la hida-
 tidosis;  antecedentes relativos a su creaci6n.  Arch, internac.
 hidatid., Montev., 1934, 1: 13; 1936-37, 2: 317.—Posselt, A.
 Aphoristische Bemerkungen iiber das Blasenwurmleiden, insbe-
 sondere den Alveolarechinokokkus unter kritischer Bezugnahme
 zum jungsten deutschen Schrifttum.  Schweiz.  med. Wschr.,
 1930, 60: 1153-61.—Putzu, F.   Su 125 casi di cisti da echino-
 cocco. Arch. ital. chir., 1931-32,  29:  117-214.—Rizvash. S.
 [Rare cases of echinococcic diseases]  Dnipropetr. med. J., 1930,
 9: 170-6.—Scaravelli, C. Sopra 31 casi  di cisti da echinococco.
 Prat, chir., Arezzo,  1933-35, 4: 175-98.—Schaper.  Beobachtun-
 gen uber die Zunahme  der Echinokokkenkrankheit.  Deut.
 tierarztl.  Wschr.,  1926,  34:  702.—Taylor.  A.  C.   Hydatid
 disease,  a case  report.   Ind.  M. Gaz.,  1937,  72: 413-6.—
 Trushin.  [Clinical aspect of cranial echinococcus]  Khirurgia,
 Moskva,  1937, No.  12,  101-5.—Woodruff,  H. A.  Notes on
 hydatid  disease.   Health Bull., Melb., 1926, No. 7. 200 —
 Wylie. J. T.  Notes on hydatid  disease.  J. R. Nav. M. Serv.,
 1929, 15: 43.

 ----   Allergy  and  anaphylaxis.

    See also subheading Diagnosis, biological.
   Bagicalupo,  J.,  A  Grosso. A.  J.  Anaphylaxie hydatique.
 C.  rend.  Soc.  biol.,  1923, 88:  347.—Botteri, J. H.   Ueber
 Echinokokken-Anaphylaxie.  Zschr. ges.  exp.  Med.,  1922,
 30: 199;  1923,  37: 175.  Also Wien. klin. Wschr., 1922,  35:
 473.—Deluca,  F.   Anaphylaxie  hydatique  experimentale.
 C.  rend.  Soc. biol.,  1923, 88: 346.—Jaureguy,  M. E.  Choc
 hemoclasico hidatico-cutaneo.  An. Fac med., Montev., 1928,
 13: 769-86.—Lorin-Epstein, M. J.  Die Gefahren der Ana-
 phylaxie  bei wiederholten Operationen eines  Eehinokokkus.
 Arch. klin. Chir., 1928. 150: 330-2.—Petinto, M. P. de. Muerte
 rapida  por  shock  hidatidico  de una nifia de  7 anos.  Med.
 ibera, 1928, 22: pt 2, 231-3.

 ----   alveolar.

    See also Echinococcus, alveolaris.
    Loloum,  M.  T.   Contribution a l'etude  de
 Pechinococcose  alveolaire    [Paris]    62p.    8?
 Tarbes, 1933.
    Businco. A.  Esperienza e critica su la patogenesi dell'echino-
 coccosi  alveolare.  Rass. clin. sc, 1933, 11: 527-31.—Dew, H.
 Echinococcus alveolaris, with  report of an  Australian case.
 Austral. N. Zealand J. Surg., 1931, 115-41.—Gricourov, G., A
 Agron,  E.   Un  nouveau  cas  bourguignon  d'6chinococcose
 alveolaire. Mim. Acad, chir., Par., 1938, 64: 902-8— Helly, K.
 Alveolarechinokokkus der  rechten Leber-Nebennieren-Nier-
 engegend.  Verh. Deut.  path. Ges., 1926, 21: 310-3.—James,
 E., A Boyd, W.  Echinococcus alveolaris (with the report  of a
 case) Canad. M. Ass. J., 1937,  36: 354-6.—Khakhinas, Z. D.
 [Alveolar echinococcus of the liver  and kidney]  Russ. klin.,
 1938, 9: 47,  315.—Napalkov,  N. I.  [Alveolar  echinococcosis]
 Vest, khir., 1937, 50: 63-7, pi.—Posselt.  A.  Die vielkammerige
 Blasenwurmgeschwulst ausserhalb der  Leber (extrahepataler
 Alveolarechinococcus) Erg. allg. Path., 1932, 26: 423-611.

 ----   Blood in.

   Delia Casa,  V.   Incostanza della eosinofilia nelle  affezioni
 da  echinococco.   Policlinico,  1927, 34:  sez.  prat.,  1250.—
 Pinelli,  L.  Variazioni ematologiche determinate dal liquido
 di cisti  di echinococco  e loro interpretazione.   Diagn. teen.
 lab., Nap., 1930, 1: 1113-28.—Raith, G.  Die Bedeutung der
 Fahraeus'schen Reaktion bei den Echinokokkenkrankheiten.
 Zbl. Chir., 1928,  55: 2958.—Stenzel, K. G.  Bemerkung zu
 Raith: Die Bedeutung der Fahraeus'schen  Reaktion bei  den
 Echinokokkenkrankheiten.  Ibid., 56:  136.—Tanturi,  C. A.
 Los eosin6filos de la hidatidosis.  Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air.,
 1933-34, 9: 234-93.  Also Sem.  med., B. Air., 1933, 40: pt 2,
 1698-709.—Valdes Lambea.  El sindrome t6xico de  origen
hidatidico; la velocidad de sedimentaci6n y la febricula.  Med
 ibera, 1935, 29: 861-3.

----   Complications.

   Ziegler,   E.    *Ueber   Zusamentreffen  von
Eehinokokkus  und Carcinom  und  ihre  Bezie-
hungen  zueinander.   p.425-43.   8?    Berl., 1927.
   Also Zschr. Krebsforsch., 1926-27, 24:

   Anschutz,   W.    Ueber  Choleperitoneum  hydatidosum
 (Echinokokkenruptur  mit  Gallenerguss  in  die Bauchhohle
ohne  Ikterus)   Deut.  Zschr.   Chir.,  1929,  214:  135-49.__
Behn. F.  Echinokokken, Statistik des Pathologischen Institiits
der Universitat  Concepci6n  (Chile)  mit besonderer Beriick-
dchtigung eines Falles von todlicher Piablutung durch Echino-
coccus  hvdatidosus.   Frankf.  Zschr.  Path.,  1967-6X,  51.
?35^8 -Del Campo, J. C.  Etude des collections peritoneales
cSes par la rupture intra-peritoneale d'un kyste hydatique
(hydatoperitoine  cho^perito.nehyd^ue  rtc.)   Re^sud-

h-y£tiqmuc-' C^rena^ioc'biol.! J927, 97: O^O^De,[ H
Some complications of hydatid disease.   Brit. J. Surg., 1930,
18- 275-93.—Jaureguy. M. A.  Hemoptisi.s hidatica (memoria
original) An.  Fac  med., Montev., 1927, 12: 730-40.-Perez
Fontana, V. Quistes hidatidicos rotos en el  pentoneo.   Ibid.,
1932 17-687-768  ------  Lab membranas de enquistamiento
consecut'ivas a la rotura de quistes hidatfdicos en el peritoneo.
Ibid 769-817 —Peyre, E. L.  Kyste hydatique et salmonellose.
Presse  med., 1928, 36: 85.—Scimone,  V.  Cisti di echinococco
ed ascite.   Gior. med. prat.,  1927, 9: 40-6.

----   Diagnosis.
   Bremer, K.  Certain aspects of hydatid disease.  J. M. Ass.
S  \frica 1927, 1: 301-4.—Bressot, E.  L'aide du  laboratoire
dans le diagnostic des kystes hydatiques.  Presse meU, 1932,
40: 478.—Brun, R. G.  De la valeur respective de certains signes
cliniques et de certains examens de laboratoire dans  le dia-
gnostic de l'<5chinococcose d'apres 250 cas opiris.   Bull. Soc
nat. chir., Par., 1927, 53: 488-91.  Also Rev. turns, sc. meU,
1927,  21: 156-9.—Biihler, F., A Hasselbach, H. von.  Zur
Diagnostik des Echinococcus alveolaris.  Munch, med. Wschr.,
1938, 85: 1665-8.—Cicchitto, E.  II sintoma di Bnancon nella
diagnosi di cisti di echinococco.  Riforma med., 1938, 54: 1083-
6.—Fairley, K. D.  Laboratory aids in the diagnosis of hydatid
disease.  Melbourne Hosp. Clin. Rep., 1930, 1: 68-73.----—
& Kellaway, C. H.  The value of laboratory investigations in
the diagnosis of  hydatid infestation.   Austral. N.  Zealand J.
Surg.,  1933, 2: 236-43.—Hercus, C. E.  Laboratory aids in the
diagnosis of hydatid disease.  N. Zealand M. J., 1926-27, 25:
323-36.—Kondoleon, E., & Dragonas,  E.  Die Entstehung des
Hydatidenschwirrens. Zbl. Chir., 1933, 60: 2121.—Lee, A. E.
Unusual manifestations of hydatid disease. Med. J. Australia,
1931, 1: 288.—Lian,  C, A Odinet, J. Le signe de l'£cho hydati-
que.  Presse m<kl., 1935, 43:  177.—Lozano. R.  Estampas de
equinococosis.   Arch, internac. hidatid., Montev.,  1934, 1:
69-71.—Macciotta, M.  Cisti di echinococco^ retroperitoneal
simulante una cisti  ovarica.   Clin, ostet.,  1934,  36: 302-4.—
Mogena, H. G.  Quiste hidatidico; diagnostico.  Siglo mid.,
1930, 85: 158-62.—Pericic, B.  Zur Diagnose und Behandlung
der Echinokokkenkrankheit des Menschen.  Wien. klin. Wschr.,
1928, 41: 1647-51.  Also Wien. med.  Wschr., 1928, 78:  809 —
Seralini, G.  Di un caso di empiema circoscritto a doppia sacca
simulante la cisti di echinococco.  Policlinico, 1932, 39: sez.
prat.,  1364.—Vergara, L. G.  The hydatid cyst as a clinical
surprise. Hosp.  News, Wash., 1936,  3, 1: 1-11.—Vvedensky,
D. A.   [Diagnosis of echinococcus of the kidneys and peri-
toneum]  Vest, khir.,  1928,  13:  39;  129-40.—Willis,  R. A.
Some  diagnostic  difficulties  in  hydatid  disease.   Med. J.
Australia, 1930,  1:  810-7, pi.

----   Diagnosis, biological.

   Never,  E.   *Ueber  die  Brauchbarkeit  der
Komplementbindungsreaktion  und Allergieprii-
fung   zum   Nachweis   von   Echinokokken  bei
Rindern  und Schafen.   31p.   8?   Lpz.,  1936.
   Pinelli,  L.    La  diagnosi  biologica  dell'echi-
noccosi.   341p.   8?   Sassari,  1932.
   Ascoli, V.  Sul valore  delle reazioni biologiche  per la dia-
gnosi di cisti d'echinococco; nota di semeiotica.  Arch. ital. chir.,
1927, 18: 45-50.—Bassewitz, E. von, A Bassewitz, B. von. A
cuti-reac?ao echinococcica  no  diagnostico  da  enfermedade
hydatica.   Brasil   mid.,  1929,  43:  1138-42.—Beliaev,  A.
[Diagnostic value of intradermal test in echinococcosis]  Vrach.
gaz., 1927,  31: 1589-92.—Blumenthal, G.  Zur Serodiagnostik
der Echinokokkuskrankheit  beim  Menschen.   Munch, med.
Wschr., 1928,  75: 697.  Also Med.  Welt,  1930,  4: 45^.—
Bonanno, A. M.  La crisi emoclasica  determinata con l'intra-
dermo-reazione alia  Casoni nei portatori di cisti da echinococco
(nota preventiva) Riforma med., 1927, 43: 777.—Botteri, J. H.
Die Serologie  der Echinokokkenkrankheit.  Zschr. ges. exp.
Med.,  1931, 77: 490-528.—Burnet, E., Caillon. L., A Brun. G.
Sur les m£thodes biologiques du diagnostic du kyste hydatique.
Arch.  Inst.  Pasteur Tunis,  1927,  16: 291-9.—Chung,  Huei-
lan,  A Tsun  T'ung.  The  non-specificity  of the  so-called
specific biological tests for hydatid disease.  Tr. R. Soc. Trop.
M. Hyg., Lond., 1938-39, 32: 697-706.—Cortesini, M.   Sulla
positivita della intradermoreazione del  Casoni nelle cisti da
echinococco suppurate.  Minerva med., Tor.,  1935, 26: 785-
7.—Cuboni, E.   Intradermoreazione con liquido echinococcico
in animali  trattati  con  antigene echinococcico.   Boll. 1st.
sieroter. milan.,  1929, 8:  519-28.  Also Boll. Sez. ital.  Soc.
internaz. microb., 1929, 1: 193.—Dabowsky, N.  Beitrag zur
Diagnostik der Echinokokkuskrankheit  mit Hilfe  der spezifi-
schen  Intradermoreaktion.   Zschr. ges.  exp. Med., 1928, 61:
716-23.—Danilov,  E.  [Intracutaneous reaction  in case of
echinococcus]  Vrach. delo. 1927, 10:  1177.—Deusch, G.  Zur
spezifischen Intrakutandiagnostik der  Echinokokkenerkran-
kungen. Deut. med. Wschr., 1926, 52:  875.—Diagnostic (Le)
biologique des kystes hydatiques.  Rev. gin. clin. thir., 1935 
ECHINOCOCCOSIS
27
ECHINOCOCCOSIS
 49: 583.—Escudero,  P., Escudero, A., A Peco, G.  Sobre  el
 valor de la intradermorreaccion hidatfdica.  Sem. med., B. Air.,
 1926, 33: pt 2,  585.—Fagundes, C.  A intradermo-reaccao de
 Casoni o diagnostico da echinococcia.  Tribuna med., Rio,
 1931, 35: 2-4.—Fairley, K. D.  The intradermal test in hydatid
 disease: a critical analysis of its results.  Med. J. Australia,
 1929, 1: 472-83.  ---;---A Williams,  F. E.  The complement
 fixation test in  hydatid disease; an analysis of its results.   J.
 Coll. Surgeons  Australasia,  1929-30,  2: 317-34.   Also Clin.
 Rep. Melbourne Hosp., 1935, 6: 73-81.  ------A Fairley, N.
 H.  Some fallacies in the intradermal test for hydatid disease.
 Med. J. Australia, 1929, 2: 320-33.—Fairley, K. D., A Wright-
 Smith,  R. J.  The intradermal test in hydatid disease.   Clin.
 Rep. Melbourne Hosp.,  1935, 6: 82-9.—Garra, D., & Astiazaran
 M.  Reacci6n de Casoni en  el quiste  hidatico.  Arch. urug.
 med., 1933, 2:  74-8.—Goldsworthy, N. E.  The precipitation
 test in  hydatid  infestation.   J. Path.  Bact., Lond., 1928, 31:
 435.—Goodale,  R. H.,  A Krischner, H.   Biological tests for
 hydatid disease; a comparison of  the Casoni and Weinberg
 tests.  Am.  J. Trop. M., 1930, 10: 71-6.—Hiles, J.   Serological
 tests for hydatid disease.  Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1926-27,
 20: sect. trop. dis. parasit.,  26-31.—Hoder, F.  Der Nachweis
 der Echinokokkenerkrankung durch  immunbiologische Me-
 thoden. Fortsch. Med., 1933, 51:  959.—Horowitz-Wlassowa,
 L. Zur Frage des serologischen Nachweises der Echinokokken-
 infektion.  Deut. med.  Wschr., 1926, 52: 147.—Ichok, G.  Le
 diagnostic de I'echinococcose a l'aide de l'intradermo-rdaction.
 Presse  med.,  1927, 35: 118.—Kagalnitsky, G. M.  [Casoni's
 reaction with diluted reagent]  Klin, med., Moskva, 1936, 14:
 1842.—Kellaway, C.  H.  Diagnostic tests  in hydatid disease.
 Med.  J. Australia,  1927,  2: 388-92.—Khrushcheva,  E.  A.
 [Specificity  of intradermal reaction in  echinococcosis]  Vrach.
 delo, 1931,  14:  343-8.—Kukudzhanov, N.  I.  [Value of intra-
 dermal reaction in echinococcosis]  Vest, khir., 1929, 18: 129-
 35.—Lampiris, S.  Die Bedeutung der serodiagnostischen und
 biologischen Reaktionen fiir die Diagnose des Echinococcus.
 Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1932, 237: 383-95.—Lara y Roldan,  L. de.
 Considerations sobre el diagnostico biologico del quiste hida-
 tidico.  Arch, med., Madr.,  1933, 36:  1419-22.—Lemaire,  C.
 Les tests biologiques.   Arch, internac. hidatid.,  Montev., 1935,
 1: 291-300.   —---- A Thiodet, J.  R<§sultats compares des
 differentes  methodes  biologiques  de  diagnostic  des  kystes
 hydatiques; reaction  de Casoni.  Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algdrie,
 1926, 4: 71-82.—Loewy, F. E.  Zur Verwertbarkeit der Echino-
 kokkusreaktionen.   Deut.  med.  Wschr.,   1927,  53:  581.—
 Longo,  D.  Intradermoreazioni specifiche e aspecifiche nell'echi-
 nococcosi.   Policlinico,  1932,  39: sez.  med., 202-8.—Makkas,
 M., A Assimakopoulos, A.  Die Bedeutung der Kutanreaktion
 fur  die Diagnose  der  Echinokokkenkrankheit.   Zbl.  Chir.,
 1928, 55: 1795-800.—Maroni, J. J.   Nuevas consideraciones
 sobre   la  intradermo-reacci6n  hidatidica.   Rev.  sudamer.
 endocr., B. Air.,  1938,  21: 100-6.—Mesentzeva, O. N.  [Casoni's
 reaction]  Sovet. vrach. gaz., 1933, 37: 563.—Mogena,  H.  G.
 La intradermorreaccion hidatidica.  Arch,  med., Madr., 1925,
 23: 97-107.—Molinari-Tosatti,  P.   Intradermo-reazione  e
 trasporto passivo alia Prausnitz e  Kiistner nell'echinococcosi
 umana.  Gior.  clin.  med.,  1937, 18:  1401-23.—Mollow, W.
 Ueber  die  Beeinflussung der  biologischen Reaktionen  nach
 Anstellen der Casonischen  Reaktion  bei der  Echinokokken-
 krankheit des Menschen.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1928, 32:
 187-94. Also  C. rend. Congr.  internat.  med." trop.  (1928)
 1929, 1. Congr., 2:  649-59.—Morenas, L.  A propos  de  la
 spetificite  de  la reaction   de Casoni (intradermo-r^action
 hydatique)   C.  rend. Soc  biol., 1929, 102: 786.  —----  A
 Lageze, P.   La va eur  diagnostique de la  reaction de Casoni
 (etude  critique  d'apres une statistique personnelle)  J.  med.
 Lyon, 1930, 11:  217-24.—Ostrovski, I.  R. [Case of subcutane-
 ous reaction with echinococcus injection] Vrach. delo, 1926, 9:
 2051.—Outeirino Nunez, J.   Des recherches sur la pretendue
 specificity des reactions de Ghedini-Weinberg, et de Casoni dans
 le diagnostic  de I'echinococcose  humaine.   Ann. med.,  Par.,
 1935,38:493-509. ------A Calvelo  Lopez, M.  Recherches
 sur l'intradermo-r6action appliqu^e au diagnostic de I'echino-
 coccose. Ibid., 1933, 33: 16-24.  Also Progr. clin., Madr., 1933,
 41: 681-8.------ Des recherches sur la pretendue specificity
 de la reaction de Weinberg dans le diagnostic de I'echinococcose.
 Presse  med.,  1933,  41:  1684-8.—Pinelli,  L.  La diagnosi
 biologica dell'echinococcosi.  Arch, internac. hidatid., Montev.,
 1936-37, 2: 75-127.—Pittaluga,  G., Mogena,  H.  G. [et al.]
 Valor de las pruebas biologicas en el quiste hidatidico (encuesta)
 Arch, med.,  Madr., 1933, 36: 378-83.—Potapov, V. G.  [Intra-
 cutaneous test for echinococcus using  diluted antigen]  Klin.
 med., Moskva, 1938,  16: 564.—Redkov, M. N.  [Intradermal
 echinococcus test in healthy subjects] Russ. klin., 1929, 11: 296-
 8.—Rist, E.  La sensibilisation par 1'epreuve de Casoni cause
 d'erreur dans  le diagnostic du kyste hydatique. Presse med.,
 1939, 47: 201-3.—Ruhnstruck, T.  Zur spezifischen Diagnostik
 der Echinokokkenkrankheit.   Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1931, 75:
 713-8.—Sala (Pablo)  de A Villalobos Roldan, E. de.  Estudio
 de las reacciones biologicas  en los quistes  hidatfdicos.  Arch.
 med., Madr., 1929, 31: 153-8.—Sergent, E.. Fourestier,  M.,  A
Jim£nez Galliano, E.  Le virage de la reaction de Casoni apr£s
une deuxi£me  ou plusieurs intra-dermo-r£actions.  Bull.  Acad.
mid., Par., 1939, 3. ser., 121:  180-5.—Steinert, K.  Zur Sero-
diagnostik   der   Echinokokkuskrankheit  beim   Menschen.
Munch,  med. Wschr.,  1928, 75:  389-92.—Urbain,  A.  La
reaction de fixation applique"e  au diagnostic de I'echinococcose
de certaines esp^ces animales domestiques  ou  sauvages.   C.
rend. Soc. biol.,  1936,  122: 999-1002.
----   Diagnosis, roentgen.

   Claessen,  G.   The  Roentgen   diagnosis  of
echinococcus   tumors;    a   study.     155p.     8°.
Stockh.,  1928.
   Anderson. C.  C.  X-ray  diagnosis of hydatid  infection.
N. Zealand M. J., 1926-27, 25: 203-8.  Also Brit. J. Radiol.,
1928, n. ser., 1: 428-34, 4 pi.  ------  Difficulties and fallacies
in the radiological diagnosis of hydatid infection.   J.  Coll.
Surgeons  Australasia,  1929-30, 2:  301-16.—Bazlov, E. A.
Echinoccocus of the lungs, liver and spleen  in  roentgen pic-
tures]   Vest,  rentg.,  1936,  16:  339-48.—Cameron, P.  D.
X ray in  relation  to echinococcus.  Med. J. Australia,  1927,
2: suppl.,  392.—Druckmann, A.   Die  Rontgendiagnose des
verkalkten Eehinokokkus.   Fortsch.  Rontgenstrahl.,   1928,
37: 697-700.—Friedrich. H., A Veiel, E.  Rontgendiagnose des
Echinococcus alveolaris.  ibid., 1938,  57: 366-74.—Kingreen,
O.   Zur Rontgendiagnose der  Echinokokken.  Deut. Zschr.
Chir., 1926, 197: 83-90.—Kroetz.  Einige Rontgenbefunde bei
Echinokokkenkrankheit.  Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6:  1497.  Also
Med. Klin., Berl., 1927, 23: 1125.—Nemenow. M. I.  Roentge-
nodiagnostic  de  l'echinocoque;  pneumoperitoneum.   Ann.
roentg., Par..  1926-27, 2: 82-97.—Ouspensky,  A. E.  L'im-
portance des rayons X pour le diagnostic de  la maladie hyda-
tique.  J.  radiol.  electr.,  1928,  12: 372-89.—Paisseau, G., A
Oumansky, V.   Images radiologiques des kystes hydatiques
calcifies.  Bull. Soc med. hop. Paris, 1928, 3. ser., 52: 969 —
Piccaretta,  F.  Contributo alia  diagnosi radiologica delle cisti
da echinococco.  Gior. med. mil., 1933, 81: 261; 358.—Steiner,
G.   Zur- Rontgenmorphologie des Eehinokokkus.   Rontgen-
praxis,  1931,  3:  690-5.— Tillier, Le Genissel  A  Goinard.
Etude  radiologique de l'hydatidose.   Bull. Soc radiol.  med.
France, 1935, 23: 409.  Also  J. radiol. electr., 1936, 20:  273-
302.-—Uspensky, A. E.  [Roentgenological diagnosis of hydatid
cysts of the lungs and abdomen]  Russ. klin., 1926, 5: 244-57.—
Zorraquin,  G.   Quistes  hidaticos  y lipiodol.   Sem.  mid.,
B. Air., 1927, 34: pt 2, 1038.

----   experimental.

   Coutelen, F., Callot, J., A Desportes, C.  Receptivite' de
l'ecureuil, Sciurus vulgaris, et  du ragondin, Myocastor coypus,
a I'echinococcose secondaire experimentale. Ibid., 162-6,  pi.—
Coutelen,  F., Lecroart, D., A Cochet, G.  Sur  la receptivite'
de la souris blanche a I'echinococcose secondaire experimentale,
par inoculation intra-p6riton£ale de sable hydatique d'hydatides
echinococciques du cheval.   Ann.  parasit.,   Par., 1939, 17:
4-11, 2 p'.—Deve, F. Embolies hydatiques pulmonaires exp6ri-
mentales.   C. rend. Soc.  biol., 1928,  98: 1389-91.  ------
L'etude experimental de I'echinococcose; ses  lacunes actuelles;
un programme  experimental.   Prensa med.  argent.,  1932-33,
19:  1032-41.   ------   L'echinococcose  secondaire  experi-
mentale de la souris blanche.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 114:
455.  ------   L'echinococcose experimental  de  la  souris
blanche.   Arch, internac.  hidatid., Montev., 1934,  1: 85-94.
        Sur le si^ge exclusivement infra-diaphragmatique et
perivisceral  des  greffes  ediinococciques  provoquees chez la
souris blanche par inoculation intraperitoneale de sable hyda-
tique.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 123: 353-5.------L'echi-
nococcose experimentale.   Rev. gin. clin.  ther.,  1936,  50:
suppl., 976-8.  Also Rapp. Congr. internat. path, romp., 1936,
3. Congr., 1: pt  1,  1-26.  —----   Au sujet de la  resistance
du  lapin a  l'inoculation du sable  echinococcique  de  kvstes
hydatiques de cheval.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1938, 128:  340-2.
       A Lacroiz, A.   Inoculations 6cbinococciques dans la
chambre anterieure de l'oeil du lapin.  Ibid., 1927, 97: 1054.—
De Waele, A., A De Cooman, E.   Etude experimentale de
l'echinococcose secondaire.  Ann. parasit., Par., 1938, 16: 121-
32.—Ligas, A.  Sulla echinococcosi  sperimentale.  Boll.  Soc.
ital. biol. sper., 1937, 12: 671-3.—Southwell, T.  Experimental
infection of the cat and the fox with adult Echinococcus.  Ann.
Trop. M. Parasit., Liverp., 1927-28, 21: 155-63.—Talice. R. V.
Infestaci6n experimental  del perro  por la tenia  equinococo.
Arch. urug. med., 1937, 10: 746-59.

----   familial.
   Courage,   B.    *Contribution  a  l'etude  du
l'echinococcose familiale.  76p.   8?  Par., 1934.
   Calvo Melendro, J.  Equinococosis familiar.  Arch, med.,
Madr., 1936, 39: 197-200.—Marangos. G.  Beitrag zum famili-
Sren Auftreten  der  Echinokokkenkrankheit.  Munch,  med.
Wschr., 1938, 85: 830-3.

----   Geographical occurrence.
   Dardel,  G.    Das  Blasenwurmleiden  in  der
Schweiz; speziell  seine Verbreitung beim  Mensch
und  Vieh und das Verhaltnis von Echinococcus
alveolaris zu hydatidosus; geographische  experi-
mentelle  und   klinische  Studie.    105p.     8?
Bern,  1927.
   Delastre,  R.    *L'echinococcose  en  Tunisie;
les  kystes  hydatiques  de  la  rate.   67p.    8?
Par.,  1927. 
ECHINOCOCCOSIS                           28                           ECHINOCOCCOSIS
   Raymond,   T.     *L'echinococcose   dans   la
region  le  Kef-Mactar-Thala  (Tunisie)   [Alfort]
62p.   8?   Tunis, 1926.
   Sylvester,   B.    *Echinococcenbefunde   im
Rostocker Sektions-Material.  27p.  8?  Rostock,
1935.
   Toledo Galrao, S.  de.   *Incidenza e prophy-
laxia de cysticercose a do kysto hydatico em Sao
Paulo.   52p.   8?   S. Paulo, 1928.
   Aguirre Pequeno, E.  Contribuci6n  al  conocimiento de la
echinococcosis del hombre en Angangueo, Michoacan.   An.
Esc nac. cienc biol., Mix., 1938-39, 1:  155-9.—Barnett, L. E.
Hydatid disease in New Zealand; its prevalence and preven-
tion.   J.  Coll.  Surgeons Australasia,  1928-29,  1:  351-64.
------  The incidence  of hydatid disease in  New Zealand.
N. Zealand M. J., 1934, 33: 191-6.  ------  Hydatid disease
and hospital records.  Austral. N. Zealand J. Surg., 1935-36,
5: 319. ------  Hydatid disease in New Zealand; prevalence,
prevention and research.  N. Zealand M. J., 1936, 35: 214-20.
------ Hydatid disease; a note on the  incidence in New Zea-
land for the year  1936.   Ibid., 1937, 36: 241;  1938, 37: 188.
Also Proc. Univ.  Otago  M. School, 1938, 15: 1.—Binaghi, R,
Echinococcosi.   Cult. med.  mod.,  Pal.,  1928,  7:  281-3.—
Bonelli, P.  La echinococcosi dell'uomo e degli animali nella
Provincia di Cagliari.   Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1933,  14:
57-63.—Brailsford, J. F.  Hydatid disease in England. Brit.
J. Radiol., 1931, n. ser., 4: 440-50, 3 pi.  Also Brit. M. J.,  931:
1: 133 6, 2 pi.—Canavan, W. P. N.  A case  of  echinococcosis
in Oklahoma; report  on discovery of hydatid  cyst of Echi-
nococcus granulosus (Batsche, 1780) in man.  Am. J. Trop. M.,
1936, 16: 715, 2 pi.—Canessa, J.  F.  El problema de la hidati-
dosis  en el Uruguay. Arch, internac. hidatid., Montev., 1936-
37, 2: 326.—Castagnari, G.  Echinococcosi   in  Romagna.
Arch.  ital. sc. med. col.,  1930, 11: 598-612.—Castex, M. R., A
Greenway, D.   Algunas consideraciones  sobre  la hidatidosis
en la Argentina.   Rapp. Congr.  internat. path, comp., 1936,
3. Congr., 1: pt  1, 56-95.—Cecchini,  A.  Sulla diffusione
dell'echinococcosi in Sardegna con speciale riguardo alia pro-
vincia del Littorio.  Clin, vet.,  Milano,  1933,  56: 265-81.—
Cranwell, D.  J.   Los  quistes hidatfdicos en  la  Republica
Argentina. Arch, internac. hidatid., Montev., 1934, 1:47-53.—
Duprat, P.  Los quistes hidaticos en el Uruguay. Ibid., 1937-
38, 3:  37-56.—Einarsson, M.   L'echinococcose en  Islande;
sur le mode de contamination humaine.  Ann.  parasit., Par.,
1926,  4:  172-84.—Ferro, A.  Sobre la hidatidosis  en Azul.
Dfa med., B. Air., 1930-31,  3: 965.  ------   Estudio de la
evoluci6n de la hidatidosis en la republica Argentina.  Arch.
internac. hidatid., Montev., 1937-38, 3:  107-28.—Finsen, J.
La equinococosis en Islandia.  Ibid., 1936-37, 2: 143-54.—
Freudenthal, P.   Echinococcose  alveolaire  bovine observee
pour  la premiere fois en Islande.  Acta path, microb. scand.,
1927, 4: 206-20, 3 pi.—Fulton, R. A. H.  Hydatid disease in
man; a clinical study, with a note on the incidence of the disease
in New Zealand.   N.  Zealand M. J., 1926-27,  25: 317-22.—
Hinshaw, H. C.   Hydatid disease in the near East.  Proc.
Mayo Clin., 1937, 12: 422.—Klages, F.  Der alveolare Eehino-
kokkus in Genf,  insbesondere sein Auftreten  im Knochen.
Virchows  Arch., 1930, 278:  125-48.—Lemaire,  G.  L'echino-
coccose en Alg6rie.  Arch, internac. hidatid., Montev., 1935, 1:
279.—Likienko, I. G.  [Echinococcal affections in the Issyk-
Kulsk Valley]  Kazan, med. J., 1939, 35: 36-9—Lorincz, F„ &
Bodrogi, G.   [Statistics  of human echinococcosis in Hungary]
Orv. hetil., 1932, 76: 711.------A Burghoffer, G.   Beitrag
zur Echinokokkenkrankheit  in Ungarn.   Zbl. Bakt.,  1. Abt.,
1932, 124: 16-22.—Loucks, H. H. Hydatid cyst; a review and
report of  cases from North China.  Nat.  M. J. China, 1930,
16: 402-96, 18 pi.  Also  Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M., 1934, 9:
pt 1,  567-71, 2 pi.—Mackinnon, R.  Contribuci6n al estudio
de los quistes hidaticos en el Uruguay. Arch, internac. hidatid.,
Montev.,  1937-38,  3: 9-32.—Magath, T.  B.  Hydatid (echi-
nococcus) disease in Canada and the United States.   Am. J.
Hyg.,  1937, 25:  107-34.—Mahadevan, V., A  Menon, T. B.
Hydatid disease  in South India.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1933, 68:
206-8.—Maplestone, P.  A. The  frequency of hydatid disease
in India.  Ibid., 377.—Marco, L.  Los quistes  hidatfdicos en
la Republica Argentina.  Arch,  internac. hidatid.,  Montev.,
1934,  1: 61-8.—Matthiasson, S.  [Echinococcus  disease in
Iceland]   Ugeskr.  laeger,  1927,  89: 348-51.— Mollow,  W.
Ueber  die  Verbreitung  der  Echinokokkenkrankheit  beim
Menschen in Bulgarien.  Seuchenbekampfung,  1927, 4: 178-
84.—Ofeigsson,  O. J.   Hydatid disease  in  Iceland.  Proc.
Mayo Clin., 1937, 12:  420.—Onorato,  R.   L'echinococcosi
in Tripolitania.  Arch. ital.  sc med. col., 1927, 8: 427; 491,
ch.—Perez Fontana, V.  Epidemiologfa  de  la  hidatidosis en
el Uruguay, con  especial referenda a la de los pafses del Rfo
de  la Plata; estadlstica retrospectiva,   1896-1934.   Arch.
internac. hidatid., Montev., 1937-38, 3: 129-308, maps, tab.—
Posselt. A.  La propagaci6n geografica de  la equinococosis en
Espafia y America del Sur.  Rev.  m6d. germ. iber. amer., 1930,
3: 298-312.—Prat,  D.   Los  quistes hidaticos en el Uruguay,
1908-1912.  Arch,  internac.  hidatid., Montev., 1907-38, 3:
73-92.—Putzi, F.  L'echinococcosi in Italia.  Riforma med.,
1936,  52: 672-6.—Randriambelona.  Notes sur l'echinococcose
a Madagascar.  Bull. Soc. path,  exot., Par.,  1931, 24: 972.—
Ross. I. C.  A survey of the incidence of Echinococcus granu-
losus  (Batsch) or  hydatid disease in New South  Wales.  Med
J. Australia,  1926, 1:  96-103.—Rozhdestvenskaia,  V. I.
nqnfi-36)l   Vest, khir., 1938,  55:  ldd-o.-7-oawiw. "•  ,„„£


Paliistina    Arch.  Schiffs Tropenhyg.,  1935, 39:  453-64.
Senever G  A Witas. P.  Enqudte sur  l'echinococcose  en
AlgerL'les cas humai'ns de  kyste  hydatique   Arch  Ins .
Paiteur Algerie, 1926, 4: 343-456, 2 maps.-Stoianoff.  L echi-
nococcose en Bulgarie.  Mem.  Acad. chir.. Par.,  1936  62:
783-5 -Sukharev^ O. I.  [Echinococcus disease  in Theodosia
Ind iis viciffij  'Rusb. klin.. 1928,. 10:  195-202-Tenhaeff.
C  A Ferwerda, S.  [Echinococcus in Fnesland and its pre-
vention]  VersL volksgezondh.,  1933,  3: 961-97.-Toole  H.
Die  Echinokokkenkrankheit in Gnechenland.   Arctu klin.
Chir., 1930, 159: 124; 1937,  188: 459—Turner, E. L., Dennis.
E  W.. A Kassis. I.  The incidence  of hydatid disease mbyria.
Tr. R.  Soc Trop.  M. Hyg., Lond., 1936-37,  30:  225-8.-
Valade, P.   L'echinococcose en Syrie.  Bull.  faoc. path,  exot.,
Par  1927  20: 1004-19.—Valker, F. I.  [Echinococcus diseases
in  riddle Asia]  Vest,  khir., 1929, 16-17: 93-8—Zerbino. V.
El quiste hidatico en el Uruguay, 1913-17.  Arch,  internac.
hidatid., Montev., 1937-38,  3: 93-106—Zibengar, A.  [Echi-
nococcus disease in Russia]   Vest, khir., 1931. 22: 201-6.

----   Immunology.
   Deve\ F.  Essai  de vaccination anti-echinococcique par le
sable hydatique tyndallis6.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 97: 1130.
        Essai d'immunisation anti-echinococcique par  injec-
tions sous-cutanees de membranes hydatiques broyees a l'6tat
frais.  Ibid., 1934, 115: 1025.  ------  Receptivite de la souris
opposee a la resistance du lapin a l'inoculation de sable echino-
coccique du cheval.  Ibid.,  1935, 119: 351.—De Waele, A., A
De Cooman, E. Pourquoi la resistance du lapin a l'inoculation
de sable echinococcique de  kystes hydatiques de cheval n'est-
elle pas obsolue?  Ibid., 1938, 128: 441.—Duhot, E., Crampon,
P., A Lefebvre, J.  Sur la production d'anticorps spetifiques par
injections experimentales  de liquide hydatique.  Ann. parasit.,
Par., 1926, 4: 233-5.—Penfold, H. B.  An attempt to immunize
lambs  against hydatid disease.  Med. J.  Australia. 1938,  1:
375-7,  pi.—Turner, E. L., Berberian, D. A., A Dennis, E. W.
Successful artificial immunization of dogs against Taenia echino-
coccus.   Proc. Soc. Exp.  Biol., N. Y., 1933, 30: 618.  ------
The production of artificial immunity  in dogs against Echino-
coccus  granulosus.   J.  Parasit.,  Urbana,  1936,  22:  14-28.
        The production of artificial immunity against hydatid
disease in sheep.  Ibid., 1937, 23: 43-61, 4 pi.

----   Mortality.
   Barnett, L.  Deaths from  hydatid disease.   Austral. N.
Zealand  J.  Surg.,  1935-36,  5: 205-11.—Lopez Lomba,  S.
Mortalidad por quiste hidatico del higado en la Republica
Oriental del Uruguay.  Arch, internac. hidatid, Montev., 1934,
1: 101-20.—Perihan, Cambel.   [A fatal case of echinococcosis]
Bull. Soc. turque med., 1938, 82: 414-20.

----   multiple.
   Briguglio, S. Un caso di echinococcosi multipla. Gior. med.
mil., 1936,  84: 47-51.—Christie, G. W.  A  case of multiple
hydatid disease.   Brit. M.  J.,  1934, 1: 237.—Daum, L.  [Dis-
siminated echinococcosis in  the abdominal cavity] Polska gaz.
lek., 1931, 10: 212.—Deve, F.  La multisacculation corticale
exog^ne hydatique.  Ann.  anat. path., Par., 1930,  7:  1-29.
         Echinococcose multiloculaire  bovine a  type sero-
cavitaire.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 105: 514-6.—Goriushkina.
N. G.   [Multiple echinococcus of the abdominal  cavity]  J,
teor. prakt. med., 1929, 3: 311-5.—Guerricchio, A.  Un caso di
echinococcosi diffusa.   Rinasc. med.,  1926, 3: 56-8.—Jacoby,
P.   [Multiple  cysticercosis; case]   Hospitalstidende,  1928,
71: 91-7.—Khenkin, V. L. [Multiple echinococcus]  Khirurgia,
Moskva, 1938,  No. 9, 86-90.—Lefevre  A Leuret.  Fistule
bilio-bronchique chez un homme porteur de kystes hydatiques
multiples.  Bull. Soc.  med. chir. Bordeaux (1926) 1927, 74-
83.—Lenormand.  Kyste  muqueux multiloculaire  avec  ascite
g61atineuse.  Rev. g6n. clin. ther., 1933, 47: 85-7.—Napalkov,
N. I.  [Clinical aspect of multiple echinococcosis]  Sovet. klin.,
1932, 18:  127-34.—Remetei, F.  F.  [Echinococcus multiplexl
Orv. hetil., 1938, 82:  766.—Sami, M. A.  Hydatid disease in
the Punjab.   Ind.  M. Gaz.,  1938, 73: 90-3.—Tommasi,  L.
Echinococcosi  multiple disseminate del sottocutaneo.  Gior.
ital.  derm, sif.,  1935, 76: 639.—Uffreduzzi, O.  Echinococco
multiplo del polmone  e del fegato.  Morgagni, 1924, 66: 486-
91.—Velasco  Suarez.   Hidatidosis  pulmonar  multiple;   a
proposito de dos observaciones (hidatidosis  hepatica multiple
y quiste hidatico del bazo)  Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1936, 20:
481.—Williams,  O.  O.   Disseminated  echinococcosis.   Am.
J. Clin.  Path., 1938, 8: 442-50.

----   Pathogenesis.
  Bacigalupo, J.  L'echinococcose secondaire d'origine  diges-
tive chez le cobaye.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 114: 390.  Also
Sem. mid., B. Air.,  1933. 40: 1642-4.—Barnett, L. E.  Gaps in
our knowledge of hydatid disease: a plea for further  research
and a tribute to Professor Felix D6ve, of Rouen.  Austral.  N.
Zealand J. Surg., 1934-35, 4: 211-8.—Businco,  A., A Padro-
netti, R.  Su la patogenesi dell'echinococcosi nell'uomo e negli
animali domestici (fatti e considerazioni)  Riv. biol.,  1927, 9: 
ECHINOCOCCOSIS                           29                           ECHINOCOCCOSIS
300-21, pi.—Cameron,  T.  W.  M.   Some  modern biological
conceptions  of  hydatid.  Proc. R. Soc. M.,  Lond.,  1926-27,
20: sect. trop.  dis. parasit., 6-17.—Castronuovo,  G.  Vie di
penetrazione, sviluppo e terapia di alcune infestioni  metazoarie.
Gior. ital. mal. esot., 1934, 7: 141;  169.—Deve. F.  Au sujet
du  processus histologique des geodes ediinococciques  p6riar-
t6rielles.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 102: 499-501.  ------  Au
sujet de la toxicite locale compar6e de l'echinococcose hydatique
et de l'echinococcose alveolaire.  Ibid., 1931, 108: 687.  ------
Trente-deux ann6es d'6tude de l'echinococcose.  Prensa med.
argent., 1932-33, 19: 523.  ------   Une r6cente  observation
islando-canadienne venant  appuyer la doctrine  de l'unite de
l'echinococcose.   Ann. anat.  path., Par.,  1939,  16:  53-62.—
Dew, H. R.  The mechanism of daughter cyst formation in
hydatid disease.  Med. J. Australia, 1926,  1: 451-60,  2 pi —
Goinard, P.  Quelques notions pratiques sur les kystes hydati-
ques  calcifies.  Presse med., 1938,  46: 1023-5.—Lorincz, F.
[Present  state of the echinococcus question from the point of
view of parasitology]  Magy. orv. arch., 1932, 33: 431-45.—
Napalkov. P.  N.   [Reaction of  tissue  around  hydatidiform
echinococcus cysts]  Vest, khir., 1926,  6: 136-53.—Sanchez
Brezmes.  Los  traumatismos en los enfermos  hidatid6sicos.
Med. ibera,  1934, 28: 144.  Also Siglo med.,  1934, 93: 158 —
Schmieta, H.   Zur Lehre  vom Echinococcus des Menschen.
Virchows Arch., 1932, 285: 650.—Torreggiani, A.  Contributo
alio studio della patogenesi dell'echinococcosi umana.  Arch.
ital. chir., 1932, 32: 148.

----   Pathology.

    El  Toukhy,  A. H.   *Quelques  localisations
peu frequentes de kystes  hydatiques.   16p.    8°.
Geneve, 1935.
    Mathan,    P.    *L'echinococcose    herniaire.
 112p.   8?   Par., 1930.
    Schmieta,  H.    *Zur Lehre iiber  den Eehino-
kokkus des  Menschen.    p.650-64.    8?   Gott.,
 1932.
    Alaev, A. P.   [Cases of  echinococcus  of the abdominal
region]   Klin, med., Moskva, 1929, 7: 43-6.—Alsina, A. A.  El
coleperitoneo hidatico y las  formas clfnicas de los  derrames
quistico-biliosos en la cavidad peritoneal. Prensa med. argent.,
 1925-26, 12: 1021-9.—Antelav, N. [Case of rare localization of
echinococcus cyst]  Vrach. delo, 1928, 11: 328.—Araos, L.
Quiste hidatidico del tejido celular sub-cutdneo.  Bol. Soc. cir.
Chile, 1926, 4: 109.—Barnett, L. E.  Colossal hydatid cysts.
Med. J.  Australia, 1927, 2:  878-82.—Bedarida, N.  V.  Cisti
d'echinococco  a  sede  primitiva pararenale  (nota  clinica)
Minerva med.,  Tor.,  1927,  7:  1330-5.—Bengolea,  A. J., A
Velasco  Suarez, C.  Quistes hidaticos de localizaci6n  rara.
Prensa med.  argent.,  1926,  13:  169-73.—Bondarchuk,  A.
V.   [Echinococcus of  the  bones]  Khirurgia, Moskva, 1937,
 No. 9, 159.—Brugi, A.   Su di  una  rara localizzazione di  cisti
di  echinococco.   Riforma med., 1927, 43:  817-9.—Cabrera
Calderin, C.  Quiste hidatidico de la region glutea. Rev. med.
cir. Habana, 1928, 33:  798-801.—Caeiro, J.  A., A Caldas, E.
Quistes hidaticos musculares (biceps braquial, dorsal largo,
psoas  ilfaco)   Bol.  Soc  cir.  B. Aires, 1936, 20: 968-77 —
Castellano, T., A Orgaz, J.  Sobre un caso de quiste hidatidico
pulmonar y probable hidatidosis cardiaca. Prensa med. argent.,
 1928, 15: 119-217.—Chifflet, A.  Equinococosis  preperitoneal.
Arch. urug. med., 1939, 14: 177-88.—Cicala, G. Cisti da echino-
cocco unica e  primitiva a sede rarissima.   Prat, chir.,  Arezzo,
1933-35, 4:  266-71.—Compan, V.  Contribution a l'etude des
kystes hydatiques retrovesicaux improprement appeies prosta-
tiques.   J.  urol.  med.,  Par.,  1928, 26: 422-33.—Conos. B.
Echinococcose vertebrate; parapiegie; 5 operations dans l'espace
de  10 ans.  Rev. neur., Par., 1938, 69: 534.—Costa, L.   Una
rara  localizazione di cisti da  echinococco.   Osp. maggiore,
Milano,  1937,  25: 407.—Craig,  C.  Retroperitoneal hydatid
cyst with erosion on the left common iliac.  Med. J. Australia,
1927, 2: 718.—Del Campo, J. C.  Sobre la  topografia de la
siembra hid&tica en el hidato-peritoneo y coleperitoneo hidatico.
An.  Fac.  med.,  Montev.,  1929,   14:  90-102.—Despontin,
A.   Equinocococis secundaria.   Dfa  med.,  B.  Air.,  1931-
32, 4: 965.—Deve, F.   Modalites anatomo-cliniques  et formes
residuelles  du  choieperitoine hydatique.  Rev.  chir.,  Par.,
1928, 66: 288-329.  ------   L'usure  osseuse de  compres-
sion dans l'echinococcose para-osseuse.  C.  rend. Soc. biol.,
1929,  100:  973.   ------   Formes anatomo-pathologiques
intermediaires  et formes  de  passage  entre l'echinococcose
hydatique et  l'echinococcose alveolaire   (bavaro-tyrolienne)
chez l'homme.   Ann.  anat. path.,  Par.,  1933,  10:  1155-78.
Also  Austral.  N. Zealand J.  Surg., 1934-35,  4: 99-117 —
Dew, H.  Secondary echinococcosis.  J. Coll. Surgeons  Aus-
tralasia,  1928-29, 1: 337-50.  ------   Hidatid  disease; its
pathology and  treatment.  Arch, internac.  hidatid.,  Montev.,
1934, 1:  75.—Fanucci,  M.   Sopra  una ciste da  echinococco
retroperitoneale della fossa iliaca destra e del  franco.   Poli-
clinico,  1927,  34: sez.  chir..  11-26.—Farello,  G.  Un  caso
di echinococco museolare.  Gior. med. prat.,  1936, 18: 240 —
Gheorghiu, C.  [External echinococcosis; clinical  case of pri-
mary, muscular echinococcosis]  Cluj. med.,  1937,18: 819-24.—
Giordano, G.,   A  Boccioni-Giordano,  M.   Echinococco  a
localizzazione  epatica   e  splenica;  contributo iconografico.
Bull. sc. med., Bologna, 1938, 110:  150-7—Gollini, A.  Su di
un  caso  di  localizzazione  abnorme di  cisti  da echinococco.
Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1927, 8: 515-7.—Hines, L. E.  Com-
pression myelitis secondary to echinococcus disease of verte-
brae and kidney.  Arch. Path., Chic, 1926, 1: 180.—Hoche, O.
Einige beme.rkenswerte Falle von  Echinococcuserkrpnkungen
mit  verschiedener  Lokalisation.  Zbl.  Chir.,  1936,  63: 502;
1589.—Hoheisel, U.  Ueber zwei Falle von Echinococcuskrank-
heit mit seltener  Lokalisation.   Ibid.,  1933,  60: 1074-7.—
(acapraro, G.   Quiste hidatico retrovesical en el hombre; su
estudio.  Sem. med.,  B. Air., 1935, 42: 1720-36.—Jauregui. P.,
A Monserrat. J. L.   Contribution a l'etude des kystes hydati-
ques calcifies.   Ann.  anat. path., Par., 1932, 9:  345-70.  Also
Sem. m6d., B. Air., 1932, 39: pt 2, 837.—Kipnis, B.  Echino-
kokken-Aussaat in der Bauchhohle.  Med.  Klin., Berl.,  1928,
24:  1825.—Lacroze,  A., Mesa, C, A Rivolta.  L. F.  Quiste
hidatico subcutaneo  de la lfnea blanca, simulando una hernia
epigdstrica.  Rev. med. lat. amer., B. Air., 1928, 13: 2186-9 —
Lanos,  J.   Deux  observations  de kyste  hydatique; kyste
hydatique de la paroi abdominale; kvste hydatique du  rein
gauche.  Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1929, 21: 628-31—Lightstone,
A.   Echinococcus cysts of the liver and kidney.  Med.  Rec,
N.  Y.,  1938, 148: 205-9.—Maiocchi,  A.  Una localizzazione
rara dell'echinococco.  Atti Soc.  lombard. sc. med.,  1925, 14:
113-8.—Maisonnave, A.  Quiste hidatico de la  regi6n lumbo-
sacrogh'itea.  Rev.  cir. B.  Aires, 1928, 7:  573.—Munaret.
Quelques localisations assez rares de kystes hydatiques.  Bull.
Soc. med. mil. fr., 1938, 32: 123-6.—Navarro Blasco, A.  Sobre
hidatidosis pulmonar,  hepatica  y probablemente  pelviana.
Med. ibera, 1927, 21: 85-8.—Negrie A Rolland.  Kyste hydati-
que de la paroi ahdominale inclus dans  l'epaisseur du muscle
grand droit.  Bull. Soc nat. chir., Par., 1927,  53: 1172-5.—
Pavlovsky, A. J.,  A Ottolenghi, E. L.  Hidatidosis pelviana y
abdominal.  Bol. Soc. obst. gin. B. Aires, 1930, 9: 408-13.—
Perihan  Cambel.  Rare localizations of  hydatid disease in
Turkey; report, of a case of perivisceral echinococcosis. Arch.
Path., Chic, 1939, 27: 419-23.—Petzetakis A Yaloussis, E.
Kyste hydatique  calcifie du foie et kyste du poumon.  Paris
med., 1926, 61: 165-7.—Pico Duni, R. J.  Hidatidosis cerebral
y  cardiaca.  Rev.  med. lat. amer., B. Air., 1929, 14: 1493-
9.—Roca  de Yirials, R.   Hidatidosis hepatica  y pulmonar.
Med. ninos,  1929,  30: 214-6.—Rodriguez-Estevan,  C.  M.,
A Loubejac, A. M.  Equinococosis primitiva heterot6pica del
abdomen.  Arch. urug. med., 1938, 13: 469-83.—Shaak, V. A.
[Echinococcus of the  common bile duct]  Sovet. klin., 1932, 18:
135-40.—Stevenson, D.  S., A  Heggie,  J. F.   Echinococcus
disease; hydatid cysts in lung and in liver; a report on 2 cases,
with illustrations.  Glasgow M. J., 1938, 130: 25-8, 3 pi.—
Vereskunov, I.  M. [Cases of simultaneous echinococcus infec-
tion of lungs and spleen]  Vrach. delo,  1929,  12: 98-101.—
Waldorp, C. P., A  Trelles, R. A.  Calcificaci6n hidatica (nues-
tras investigations relativas a su etiopatogenia) nota prelimi-
nar.  Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1927, 3: 336-43.—Weinshal,
Y. V.  [Problem of suppurative echinococcus]  J. teor. prakt.
med., 1926, 2: 133-48.

----  Prevention.
   Baldomir,  A. Profilaxia de la hidatidosis.  Arch, internac.
hidatid., Montev., 1936-37, 2: 341-3.—Barnett, L.   Hydatid
disease; prevalence and prevention.  N. Zealand M.  J.,  1937,
36:  105-17.—Blanco Acevedo, E.  La lucha contra la hidati-
dosis.  Arch,  internac hidatid., Montev., 1936-37, 2:  334-6.—
Carballo Pou,  M.   El problema del  quiste hidatico.  Ibid.,
337-41.—Drager, W.  Zehn Jahre Echinokokkenbekampfung
in  Neuvorpommern.   Zschr. Infektkr.  Haustiere, 1936, 50:
3-17.—Fairley, N. H.,  A Kellaway, C. H.  The prevention of
hydatid  disease in animals and man.  Health  Bull., Melb.,
1928, No. 15, 477-81.—Gallinal,  A.  La lucha contra la hidati-
dosis.  Arch, internac hidatid., Montev., 1936-37, 2: 332-4 —
Gaminara, A.  Profilaxia de  la hidatidosis. Ibid., 328-31.—
Lamas, A.  Lucha contra la hidatidosis.  Ibid., 324.—Napalkov,
N.  I.  [Echinococcosis in man and prevention]  Klin,  med.,
Moskva, 1932,  10: 1014-9.—Pouey, E. Lucha contra la hidati-
dosis.  Arch, internac hidatid.,  Montev., 1936-37, 2: 324 —
Sociedad  de  medicina de Montevideo;  propaganda contra la
enfermedad hidatica.  Ibid., 1937-38, 3: 65-8.—Talice, R. V.
Profilaxis del quiste hidatico en el Uruguay.  Arch. urug. med.,
1934, 5: 246-52—Tenhaeff,  C, A Ferwerda, S. Die Echinokok-
kenkrankheit  in  Friesland und ihre  Bekampfung.   Zschr.
Fleisch  Milchhyg., 1933-34, 44: 263-5— Turenne, A.  Lucha
contra  la  hidatidosis.   Arch,  internac.  hidatid.,  Montev.,
1936-37, 2: 325.

----  Surgery.

   Bothel,  W.    *Die  Echinokokkenfalle  der
Chirurgischen  Universitatsklinik zu  Kiel in  den
Jahren 1908-33   [Kiel]  36p.  8?  Quakenbruck,
1935.
   Almazov, A. [Puncture of echinococcus cyst followed by
injection of camphor in ether]  Vest,  khir., 1926, 6: 160-3.—
Barnett, L.  Formalin in hydatid cyst operations. N. Zealand
M. J., 1935,  34:  1-6.—Baur.  Quatre observations de kystes
hydatiques operas  de la rate, du foie, du poumon.  Rev. med.
Nancy, 1936, 64: 408-13.—Bonanno, A. M.  Le comportement
de  quelques  reactions  biologiques dans  l'echinococcose aprds
l'intervention   chirurgicale.  Boll.  Sez. ital.  Soc.  internaz.
microb., 1931, 3: 67.  Also Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1931, 10:
332-44.—Cato, E. T.  Surgery  with  special reference to the
prevalence of  hydatid disease  in Australia.   Proc. Interst. 
ECHINOCOCCOSIS
30
ECHINOCOCCOSIS
 Postgrad. M. Ass.  N. America,  1932,  120-2— Costantini &
 Oulie.  Contre la decortication des kystes hydatiques.  Presse
 med., 1937, 45: 419.—Coutelen, F. Sur les dangers immediats
 et eioignes de la ponction des kystes hydatiques.  Echo  med
 nord, 1935, 3. ser., 3: 11-3.—Deve, F. Une operation ideale a
 abandonncr:  la decortication des kystes  hydatiques.   Rev.
 chir., Par., 1926, 64: 619; 1927, 65: 787.  ------A Guerbel, M.
 La formolage  antitoxique prealable des kystes hydatiques.
 C. rend. Soc.  biol., 1930, 104: 20-2.—Dew, H. R. Some aspects
 of echinococcus disease. Surgery, 1937, 2: 303-80.—Gerulanos,
 M.  Die chirurgische Behandlung der Echinococcenkrankheit.
 Deut.  Zschr. Chir.,  1930,  227:  198-222—Goinard,  P.,  &
 Vignardou, M.  La chirurgie des kvstes hydatiques calcifies.
 J. chir., Par., 1935,  46: 321-46.—Gray, H. K.  Surgical treat-
 ment of hydatid disease.  Proc. Mayo Clin., 1937, 12: 414-6 —
 Landivar, A.  F.  Algunas  consideraciones sobre la extirpaci6n
 de  la  periqulstica en el  tratamiento radical  de los quistes
 hidaticos.  Actas Congr.  nac. cir., B.  Air.,  1930,  1. Congr.,
 pt 2, 1143-9.—Matronola, G. La siringa  di Jube adoperata
 nelle operazioni per cisti  di echinococco.  Boll. Accad. med.
 Roma,  1933,  59:  15.—Melnikov,  A. W.  Sur la chirurgie des
 kystes hydatiques. J. chir., Par., 1936, 47: 197-219.—Munnich,
 G.   Zur  Kasuistik  des chirurgischen Eehinokokkus.  Arch.
 Schiffs  Tropenhyg., 1926,  30: Beih. 1,  220-6.—Newell, J. L.
 Multiple laparotomies for echinococcus cvsts.  N. England J.
 M.,  1932, 206: 1270.—Racie, J.  Eigene Erfahrungen uber den
 Eehinokokkus auf Grund von 354 operierten  Fallen.  Beitr.
 klin. Chir., 1938, 167:  495-506.—Soloviev, S.  K. [Surgery and
 clinical aspect of echinococcus] Vest, khir., 1932, 26: 23-51.—
 Syme, G.  Surgical aspects of hydatid disease.   Med. J.  Aus-
 tralia, 1927,  2: suppl., 393-7—Ter-Nersessow,  G. N.  Der
 gegenwjirtige Stand der  Frage  der  Echinokokkenerkrankung
 und ihre operative Behandlung.  Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1927, 206:
 377-93.—Toole, H.  Ergebnisse der chirurgischen Behandlung
 der  Echinokokken  (1930-38)   Chirurg,  1938,  10:  772-6.
 ------  Contribution a l'etude du traitement  chirurgical des
 kystes hydatiques.  Rev. chir., Par., 1939, 77: 121-33.—Trias-
 Pujol, J.  Fistulas following  the  marsupialization of hydatid
 cvsts, their radiographic examination.  Am. J.  Surg., 1931, n.
 ser., 14: 313-22; 323.

 ----   Transmission.

   See also Echinococcus, Host.
   Drager.   Echinokokkenfunde  und   Bemerkungen dazu.
 Zschr.  Fleisch  Milchhyg.,  1926-27,  37: 273-5.—Lorincz, F.
 Die  Rolle der  Katze  in der  Verbreitung der Echinococcosis.
 Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt.,  1933, 129: 1-11.—Vejigas (Las) de agua  6
 enfermedad hidatica.  Arch, internac. hidatid., Montev., 1937-
 38, 3: 69.

 ----   Treatment.
   Arnone, G.  Tre casi di cisti di echinococco curati vantag-
 giosamente con la diatermia.  Cult. med. mod., Pal., 1928, 7:
 169-75.—Branscheid,  F.   Ueber die Behandlung des Echino-
 coccus cysticus mit  Rontgenstrahlen.  Rontgenpraxis, 1937, 9:
 552-5.—Businco,  O.   La  suppurazione  dell'idatide echino-
 coccica nella rontgenterapia.  Actinoterapia, Nap., 1928, 7:
 138-50.—Charbonnel.   Un  cas  d'echinococcose  generalised
 datant de six ans, traite par radiotherapie penetrants et op6re
 quatre fois.  Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par.,  1926, 52: 1178-83.—
 Deve, F.  Kyste hydatique  et radiotherapie.   Presse med.,
 1927, 35: 193-5.  ------   A propos du traitement de l'echino-
 coccose par 1'emetique.  Ann. parasit., Par., 1930, 8:  566-8.
 ------  Sable echinococcique et rivanol.  C. rend.  Soc. biol.,
 1931,  107: 682.  ------   Terapeutica  de la  equinococosis.
 Clin, lab., Zaragoza, 1932, 20: 55.  ------  Formolaje anti-
 t6xico de los  quistes hidaticos. Dia med., B.  Air., 1932-33, 5:
 181.  ------  Terapeutica general  de los quistes  hidaticos.
 Ibid., 761.  ----—  La souris blanche, animal reactif pour les
 inoculations  echinococciques; un  essai  de  serotherapie anti-
 echinococcique  aspetifique.  C. rend. Soc.  biol.,  1933,  113:
 1443-5.  ------  Sur la sterilisation du sable  hydatique par
 les solutions formoiees et par les solutions iodees.  Ibid., 1935,
 119:352-4.------ A Lessertisseur,  M.  Kyste hydatique et
 diathermic  Ihid., 1929, 101: 1061.—Franke. F.  Die Formalin-
 behandlung des Eehinokokkus.  Med. Welt, 1931, 5: 881-3.—
 Garbien, A.   [Remarks on  the  treatment  of  hydatid  cyst]
 Polska gaz. lek., 1928, 7: 729-31.—Lolli, G.  La cura medica
 delle cisti d'echinococco. Policlinico, 1929, 36: sez. med., 643-
 8.—Lucio Ymaz Appathie, I.   Tratamiento bio!6gico de la
 hidatidosis humana.  Rev. m6d. lat. amer., B.  Air., 1931-32,
 17: 1645-53.—Margarucci, O. II trattamento senza'drenaggio
 delle cisti da echinococco e la sua applicazione alle grandi  cisti
 retroperitoneal! pararenali.  Arch. ital.  chir., 1927  18- 447-
 j7,-Mazzini, °- F- , Cjerre sin drenaje en los quistes hidaticos
 del abdomen  con  calcificaciOn de la periqulstica.  Sem  med
 B. Air   1936  43:  1835-8 -Pericic, B. Ueber Krankheitsver-
 lauf  und Behandlungsverfahren bei den  uerforierten Echino-
 kokkuszysten.  Wien.  klin.  Wschr.,  1931,  44: 735- 770__
 Petta, G.  Su 170 casi di cisti da echinococco curati negli O R
di Roma.  Policlinico,  1931, 38: sez. chir., 360-70.       '   '

----   in animals.

   Baguet, P.  *L'echinococcose: son  importance
 en   inspection  des  viandes  et  sa  prophylaxie
 [Alfort]   72p.  8?  Lyon, 1937.
   Dervaux,  P.  *L'echinococcose des carnivores
domestiques   [Alfort]   85p.   8?   Par., 1927.
   Bacigalupo. J.  Quel est l'avenir du scolex  echinococcique
avaie par le  lapin?  C.  rend.  Soc. biol.,  1933, 114: 89-92.
        La# equinococosis secundaria por via digestiva en el
 conejillo de Indias.  Rev. Soc. argent, biol., 1933, 9: 158-60.—
 Belinsky. A. D.  [Echinoccocus in domestic animals]  Vest.
 khir.,  1926,  4:  No.  16,  101-22.—Devi, F.   Echinococcose
 secondaire de la plevre chez un mouton.  C. rend.  Soc. biol.,
 1926,  94:  819-21.------   Rarefaction de l'echinococcose
 ovine  en Normandie; ses  causes; ses consequences.   Prensa
 m6d. argent.,  1932-33, 19:  593.  ------   L'echinococcose
 secondaire des sereuses thoraciques  chez la souris blanche.
 C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1938, 129: 160-2.—Dew, H. R.  Observa-
 tions on hydatid disease in the domestic herbivora (Echino-
 coccus multilocularis) and  its relationship with Echinococcus
 alveolaris.   Med. J. Australia, 1926,  2: 301-9,  2  pi.  ------
 Hydatid disease—a general survey.  Vet. J., Lond., 1935,  91:
 481  93, pi.—Fairley, N. H., A Wright-Smith, R. J.  Hydatid
 infestation (Echinococcus granulosus)  in sheep,  oxen and pigs,
 with special reference to daughter cyst formation.   J. Path.
 Bact.,  Edinb.,  1929,  32:  309-35,  11  pi.—Faure.   Contribu-
 tions a l'etude de l'echinococcose des animaux de  boucherie
 du  Sud-Tunisien.   Rec. med.  vet. exot., 1928, 1: 163-8.—
 Heller, E. P.  Echinococcus disease in Missouri, incorporating
 a report of a second case of the disease in a monkey from  the
 Kansas City Zoological Park.   J.  Missouri M. Ass., 1927,  24:
 93-5.—Joyeux, C, Richet,  C. fils, A Schulmann, E.  Descrip-
 tion d'un cenure trouv6 chez la souris blanche de laboratoire.
 Bull. Soc. zool. France, 1922, 47: 181-6.—Klobouk, A.   [Echi-
 nococcosis in animals]  Cas. lek. desk., 1933, 72: 1435-58.—
 Llambias,  J.   Equinococosis  multilocular  de los  bovinos.
 An.  Fac med.,  Montev.,  1920,  5:  197-201.—Poppe, K., A
 Thielkow,  H.  Die  Verbreitung  der  Echinokokken bei den
 Schlachttieren in Mecklenburg.  Zschr.  Infektkr.  Haustiere,
 1926, 29: 245-64.—Rubbiani,  U.   Echinococcosi in  Provincia
 di Modena nei bovini e suini.  Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1933,  14:
 585-92.—Tenhaeff,  C, A Ferwerda, S. F. [Echinococcus dis-
 ease in slaughtering cattle in Harlingen]  Tschr. diergeneesk.,
 1928, 55: 668-71.------  [Localization of echinococcosis in
 slaughter animals]  Ibid.,  1935, 62: 76-95.  ------  [Echino-
 coccosis  in  domestic animals]   Ibid.,  1936,  63:   847; 919.
 Also Rapp. Congr. internat. path, comp., 1936, 3.  Congr., 1:
 pt 1, sect,  vet., 3-24.—Titone, F.  A proposito di un caso di
 rottura di cisti di echinococco nei bovini.  Clin, vet., Milano,
 1934. 57: 938-43.—Torrance, C. C.  Hydatid disease in Maca-
 cus rhesus; case report.  Annual Rep. Div. Lab.  N. York State
 Dep. Health,  1937,  34.—Turner,  E.  L., Dennis,  E. W., &
 Berberian, D. A.  The  value  of the  Casoni test in dogs.  J.
 Parasit., Urbana, 1935, 21: 180-2.—Vajda, T., A Abonyi, L.
 [Echinococcosis of dogs and its treatment in 100 cases]  Allat-
 orv. lap., 1934, 57: 299-304.

 ----   in children.

   Brenner, U.   *Die schweizerischen Falle von
 Echinokokkuskrankheit im Kindesalter   [Basel]
 16p.   8?   Schaffhausen, 1937.
   Lebius, K.  [M. G.]   *Ueber Eehinokokkus im
 Kindesalter  [Berlin]   43p.   8?   Charlottenb.,
 1929.
  Baccarini, L.  Contributo alio  studio delle cisti da echino-
 cocco  nell'infanzia.   Arch. ital.   chir.,  1927,  17:  73-96.—
 Ballesteroi. Alcayde. A.  Un caso de equinococosis multiple en
 un nifio. Arch, med., Madr., 1934, 37: 379.  Also Siglo med.,
 1934, 93: 367.—Bonaba. J.  Sobre el quiste hidatico en el
 nino.  Arch, internac.  hidatid., Montev.,  1936-37,  2:  336 —
 Bonzanigo, A.  Zwei Falle von  Echinokokkenkrankheit  im
 Kindesalter.   Schweiz.  med.  Wschr., 1935,  65:  498-500 —
 Galeati,  A.   Due casi  di  cisti da echinococco nell'infanzia.
 Prat, pediat., Genova, 1928,  6:  137-41.—Graham,  H.  B.
Hydatid disease in children.   Med.  J.  Australia,  1937,  1:
206-14.—Mills. H. W.   Hydatid cysts in children; with report
of 3  cases.  Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1926, 42: 585-93,  pi.

  —   in women.

  See also under Pelvis.
  Biddau.  I.  L'echinococcosi in  Sardegna;  contributo alio
?nir„      localizzazione  salpingea.   Gazz.  osp.,  1930, 51:
 1SI1  00'   ngelhard-   [Echinococcus]  Ned. tschr. verlosk.,
 19^1-32, 35: 115—Lorincz, F., A Mansfeld, O.  Interessante,
?vnakolog!sche  Echinokokkose.  Verh.  ungar. arztl. Ges.,
 1933, 5: 49.  Also Orv. hetil., 1933, 77: 353-6.—Puga, J.
Quiste  hidatidico y embarazo.  Bol. Soc. cir.  Chile,  1934, 12:
202 6.   Ricketts, B. M.  Tenia echinococcus; a retroperitoneal
 100- }gy°JJmg the right broad ligament.  Lancet Clin., 1908,


 ECHINOCOCCUS.

  See also Echinococcosis; Taeniidae.
  Mangoendihardjo,  R.  M.  S.   *Over  echino-
 coccus.  247p.   8?   Amst.,  1928.
  Mehlhose  [O.]  R.   *Ueber  das  Vorkommen
 von Bakterien in den Echinokokken  und Cysti- 
ECHINOCOCCUS
31
ECHINOCOCCUS
cerken und ihre  Bedeutung fiir das  Absterben
dieser Zooparasiten  [Bern]   32p.  8?   Jena, 1909.
   Berberian, D. A.  Some observations on the effect of diges-
tive  juices on  scolices of Echinococcus  granulosus  (Batsch)
J. Helminth., Lond., 1936, 14: 21-40, pi.—Coutelen,  F.  Con-
trole experimental de certaines hypotheses recentes  relatives
au cycle evolutif du tenia echinocoque et a la prophylaxie de
l'echinococcose.  Rev. med. hyg. trop., Par., 1936, 28: 161-78 —
Gentile. G.  Recherches exp6rimentales sur le Taenia echino-
coccus.   Boll. Sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb.,  1936, 8: 106-11.
Also Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1936, 15: 508-14.—Lemaire, G.
Contribution a la biologie experimentale de l'echinococcose.
Arch, internac. hidatid., Montev., 1935, 1: 281-90.—Posselt, A.
Es gibt keine Uebergangs-  oder  Zwischenformen  zwischen
beiden  Arten  des Blasenwurmes  (Echinococcus cysticus und
Echinococcus  alveolaris)   Frankf. Zschr.  Path.,  1934,  47:
194-230.—Schroeder,  B.   Echinococcus polymorphus  und
E. alveolaris.   Mikrokosmos, Stuttg.,  1926-27, 20:  37-40 —
Sen,  S. C.   Development of adult taenia echinococci  in  a
hydatid cyst in the muscle of a sheep.  Calcutta M. J., 1936,
31: 38-40.—Shackle, J. W.  The brood capsule of  Taenia
echinococcus.  Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1928, 78: 349.

----   alveolaris.

   See also Echinococcosis, alveolar.
   Jahn, M. L.  Ueber den Wachstumstypus des Echinococcus
alveolaris und  die durch ihn  bedingten  Reaktionsformen des
Wirtsgewebes.   Beitr. path.  Anat.,   1926,  76:  1-35, pi.—
Kleinebrecht, W.   Zur Kenntnis des Echinococcus  alveolaris
im bayrisch-wurttembergischen Endemiegebiet.  Ibid., 1936-37,
98:285-306.—Leitman, G. S.  [Alveolar echinococcus]  J. teor.
prakt.  med., 1928,  3: 121-9.—Posselt. A.  Ueber die Natur
des Echinococcus  alveolaris.  Rapp.  Congr.  internat. path.
comp.,  1936, 3. Congr., 1: pt  1, p.27-55.

----   Antigen  [including toxin]
   Alcaraz, R.  A.  Conservaci6n del antigeno hidatidico y su
importancia en el ejercito.   Rev. san.  mil., B.  Air.,  1928, 27:
615-22.—Botteri, J. H. Echinokokkenantigen.   Klin. Wschr.,
1929, 8: 836-9.—Dennis, E.  W.  A stable concentrated puri-
fied antigen for the immunological study of  hydatid disease.
J. Parasit.,  Urbana, 1937,  23: 62-7.—Deve, F.  L'anatoxine
hydatique de Ymaz Apphatie ne possede pas du propriet6s
curatives a regard de l'echinococcose experimentale.  C. rend.
Soc. biol., 1934, 115: 954-6.—Kellaway, C. H.,  Fairley, N. H.,
& Williams,  F.  E.  The filterability of hydatid  antigens.
Austral. J. Exp. Biol., 1928, 5: 189-204.—Lemaire. G.   Re-
cherches sur la permeabilite des kystes  hydatiques  et sur la
nature  du poison  hydatique.  Presse med.,  1926, 34: 1187.
------  Effets physiologiques differents  des albumines hyda-
tiques et de la toxine isoiee par ultrafiltration.  C. rend. Soc.
biol., 1936,  121: 349.  ------ A Thiodet. Sur la nature du
poison hydatique.   Ibid., 1926, 95: 166-8.  ------A Derrien.
Sur la nature du poison hydatique.  Ibid., 1485-7.—Zontschew,
W. T.  Beitrag zur Untersuchung des Echinokokkenantigens.
Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1931, 35: 365-73.

----   Cultivation.

   Coutelen, F. R.  *Essai de culture in vitro de
scolex et  d'hydatides  echinococciques  (Echino-
coccus granulosus)  27p.   8?   Par.,  1926.
   Also Ann. parasit., Par., 1927, 5: 1;  239.
   Deve\ F.   Evolution  vesiculate du scolex  echinococcique
obtenue in  vitro;  la  culture  artificielle  du kyste hydatique.
C. rend.  Soc.  biol., 1926,  94: 440.  ------   Scolici  culture
hydatique en  sac de collodion et in  vitro.   Ibid.,  1928, 98:
1176.—Napalkov, N. I., A Heifiiz, A. B.  [Exogenous  growth of
hydatid echinococcus]  Vest, khir., 1938, 56:  241-4.

----   Host.
   Blanc, G., A Chryssoulis. A.  La frequence du tenia  echi-
nocoque (Echinococcus granulosus) chez les chiens d'Athenes
et du Piree.   Arch. Inst.  Pasteur helien., 1928-30,  2: 347 —
Blanc, G. R.,  A Hedin, H.   Frequence du tenia echinocoque
chez le  chien, a Montpellier.   Montpellier med., 36: 378-80.—
Coutelen, F.   Certains oiseaux carnivores sont-ils susceptibles
de servir d'hotes definitifs a la forme adulte  du  tenia  echi-
nocoque? C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936,  121: 401-3.—Isobe. M.
Presence de  Tajnia  hydatigena Pallas,  1766,  chez  Macacus
cynomolgus  L.  Ann. parasit., Par., 1924, 2:  236-8—Klaren-
beek. A.  Darmparasieten bij den hond; een geval  van Taenia
echinococcus.   Tschr.  diergeneesk., 1918,  45: 307-17, pi.—
Lorincz, F.   [Cats  as  carriers of echinococcus]   Orv.  hetil.,
1933,  77: 532-6.—Ortlepp, R. J.   Echinococcus in dogs from
Pretoria and vicinity.  Onderstepoort J. Vet.  Sc,  1934, 3:
97-108 —Riley, W. A.  Reservoirs of  Echinococcus in Minne-
sota.  Minnesota M., 1933, 16: 744.—Tenhaeff, C, A Ferwerda,
S.  [Comparative statistics on echinococcus  in Mecklenburg
and Friesland cattle and the herd-dog as the source of infection]
Tschr.  diergeneesk,  1934,  61:  169-80.   ------    [Case  of
Taenia echinococcus in a watch dog] Ibid., 1936, 63: 1400-5.

----    Hydatid  [including scolex]
   Bolognesi, G.  Su le cisti  da echinococco.   Arch, internac.
hidatid., Montev.,  1936-37,  2: 37-53.—Cameron, G.  R.  A
note on the enzymes  of the hydatid cyst.   Austral. J. Exp.
Biol., 1926,  3: 11-4.—Coutelen, F.  Contribution  a l'6tude
morphologique  des scolex echinococciques.   Ann.  parasit.,
Par.,  1927, 5: 243.  ------  Recherches sur  le systeme ex-
creteur des hydatides echinococciques.   Ibid., 1931, 9: 423-55.
------  Presence chez les hydatides echinococciques, de cellules
libres a glycog^ne  et a graisses; leur role biologique  possible.
Ibid., 97-100.  ------   Histogenese  des  cellules  libres,  a
glycogene et a graisses, des hydatides echinococciques.  Ibid.,
101-3.—Deve,  F.   Sur  le  developpement  des ortho-scolex
echinococciques. C. rend. Soc biol., 1928, 98: 16-8.—Kellaway,
C. H.  Anaphylactic studies with extracts of hydatid scolices.
Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1929, 10: 115-25.

----  Hydatid: Fluid.

   Bacigalupo, G., A Franzani, O.  F.   A proposito del potere
antigenico dei liquidi idatidei. Gior. batt. immun., 1936, 16:
872-5.—Bonelli, P.  Ricerche sul presunto potere antigene de
liquido cistico echinococcico.  Ibid., 1934, 12: 681-5.—Hose-
mann, G.  Ueber die  Echinokokkenfliissigkeit.  Klin. Wschr.,
1927, 6:  259.—Kellaway, C. H.   Hydatid  fluid as an ana-
phylactic antigen.  J. Path. Bact,, Edinb., 1928, 31: 141-56 —
Lemaire,  G.  Sur  l'origine des  albumines dans les liquides
hydatiques et sur la cause des ediecs observes dans 1'anaphy-
laxie hydatique experimentale du cobaye.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,
1936, 121: 350. ------Ribere.  Sur la composition chimique
du liquide  hydatique.   Ibid.,  1935,   118:  1578—Lenci, L.
Sui  microorganismi che  si riscontrano nella echinococcosi e
distomatosi del bestiame e sullo sviluppo di alcuni germi pato-
geni nei liquidi filtrati dei due parassiti.  Gior. batt. immun.,
1933, 11: 1031-5.—Mattioli, M.   Azione del  liquido di  cisti
da echinococco sulla  struttura della milza.   Boll.  Soc.  ital.
sper.,  1933,  8: 539-43.—Perazzo,  G.   Le  alterazioni degli
organi parenchimali in seguito ad iniezione di liquido di  cisti
da echinococco. Ann. ital. chir., 1936, 15: 797-815.—Pinelli. L.
Studi analitici sul liquido delle cisti d'echinococco.   Biochim.
ter. sper., 1931. 18: 261-80.—Sette, N.  Conservazione quadri-
ennale delle proprieta antigene nei liquido cistico filtrato per
candela.   Gior. batt. immun., 1929, 4: 353-6.

----  Hydatid: Membrane.
   Coutelen, F. Sur la structure de la membrane proligere des
hydatides echinococciques.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1938, 128: 946;
129: 149.—Deve, F.  La cuticulisation  des capsules proligeres
echinococciques. Ann. parasit., Par., 1927, 5: 310-28.------
Les  capsules proligeres participent-elles a  la  formation  des
vesicules  hydatiques secondaires?  C.  rend.  Soc. biol., 1927,
96: 18-21.—Itoiz, O. A.  Es la cuticular  hidatica una formaci6n
exclusivamente parasitaria?  Rev. As. med. argent., 1938, 52:
931-5.—Llambias, J.  Alterations de la membrane hydatique.
C. rend.  Soc.  biol., 1926, 95: 1381.  Also Rev. Soc. argent.
biol.,  1926,  2: 268-73.—Monserrat,  J.  L.   Hypertrophic
deformante de la  membrane chitineuse  d'un  kyste hydatique.
C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 111: 75.  Also  Rev. Soc. argent, biol.,
1932, 8: 550-3.

ECHINODERMATA.

   See also  Arbacia; Asterina;  Echinoidea, &c.
   Clark,  A. H.   Reports on the collections ob-
tained   by  the  first  Johnson-Smithsonian deep-
sea expedition to the Puerto Rican deep; 4 new
brittlestars from Puerto Rico.    8p.   8?    Wash.,
1936.
   Clark,  A. H.  Two new crinoids. Smithson. Misc. Collect.,
1934, 91: 1-5,  2  pi.—Deutler, F.  Ueber das  Wachstum des
Seeigelskeletts.  Zool.  Jahrb., Abt.  Anat.,  1926,  48:  119-
200,  7  pi.—Ehrenberg,  K.  Ein  mutmasslicher  Fall  von
Parasitismus bei   der  devonischen Crinoidengattung Edrio-
crinus.   Biol,  gen.,  Wien,  1932-33,  9:  2.  Halfte, 85-96,
pi.—Fedotov,  D.   M.  Zur  Morphologie des  axialen Organ-
komplexes der Echinodermen.  Zschr.  wiss.  Zool., 1924,  123:
209-304.  ------   Ueber die vergleichende Morphologie  der
Crinoiden.  Zool.  Anz.,  1930, 89: 303-9.—Just, G.  Unter-
suchungen zur Frage der physiologischen Gleichwertigkeit der
Seestern-Radien.   Arch.  Entwmech.,  1929,  119:  100-42 —
Kalmus,  H.   Versuche iiber die Bewegungen  der  Seesterne,
besonders von Asterina gibbosa.   Zschr. vergl. Physiol.,  1929,
9- 703-33.—Kirchner. G.  Die Optik  des Crinoidenskelettes.
Zool. Jahrb.,  Abt. allg.  Zool.,  1928-29, 46: 413-64,  pi.—
Kuhl, W.  Die Zellelemente in der Leibeshohlenflussigkeit des
Seeigels  Psammechinus miliaris  (Gmel.) und  ihr bewegungs-
physiologisches Verhalten  (eine  Mikrozeitrafferfilm-Analyse)
Zschr. Zellforsch.,  1937, 27: 1-13.—Panning, A.  Ueber die
Kristalloptik der  Kalkkorper der Seewalzen.   Zool. Jahrb.,
Abt.  allg. Zool., 1931, 49: 205-30— Scheminzky. F. Weitere
Untersuchungen iiber die Galvanotaxis von  Echinodermen.
Arch. ges. Physiol., 1930, 226: 354-65.  ------  Zur Analyse
der  zweiphasischen Galvanotaxis  der  Echinodermen.  Ibid.,
366-76 —Schmidt, W. J.  Die Skeletstucke der  Stachelhauter
als Biokristalle.  Zool. Jahrb., 1930, 47: 357-510—Verchow-
skaja, I.  Experimentalstudien iiber das Axialorgan von Aste-
roidea.  Zschr. vergl. Physiol., 1931,14: 405-14.—Ziesenhenne,
F. C.  The  Templeton Crocker expedition; echinoderms  from
the West Coast of Lower California, the Gulf of California and
Clarion Island  Zoologica, N. Y., 1937, 22: 209-39. 
ECHINOIDEA
32
ECHKENAZY
 ECHINOIDEA.

   See also Echinodermata.
   Jackson,  R.  T.    Mexican   fossil  Echini.
 p.227-37.  8?   Wash.,  1937.
   Checchia-Rispoli,  G.   Su  alcuni  echinidi  cretacei della
 Tripolitania.  Mem. Accad. Italia. 1931-32, 3: biol., No. 4,
 1-25, 3 pi.—Clark. H. L. Two new genera of sea-urchins.
 Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, 1923, 65: 341-8.—Moore,
 A. R.  Advanced development of some echinoid Plutei.  Proc.
 Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1927-28, 25: 37.—Mortensen, T.  Some
 new Japanese echinoids.  Annot. zool. jap.,  1929-30,  12:
 387-94, 4  pi.—Ubisch, L. von.  Ueber die Symmetrieverhalt-
 nisse von Larve und Imago bei  regularen und irregularen
 Seeigeln.  Zschr. wiss. Zool., 1927, 129: 541-66.—Yoshi Kuni
 Hiraiwa.  On the dermal structure of a soft-shelled sea-urchin,
 Asthenosoma ijimai Yoshiwara.  J. Sc. Hiroshima Univ., 1932,
 ser. B., Div. 1, 1: 1-80, 2 pi.

 ECHINORRHYNCHUS.

   See also Acanthocephala.
   Berge,  R. Echinorrhynchus polymorphus  bei einer Ente.
 Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1923, 31: 213.


 ECHINOSTOMIDAE.

   See also Distomata; Platyhelminthes;  Trema-
 toda.
   Ando, R., A Roki, K.  Studien uber die Trematoden im
 Darme der Ratten als ihrer Endwirte; iiber einige Arten von
 Echinostomen.  Tr. Jap.  Path. Soc, 1924, 14:  175—Heels-
 bergen, T.  van   [Echinostomiasis, a trematode enteritis  in
 pigeons]  Tschr.  diergeneesk.,  1927,  54:  413.—Krause,  C.
 Gehauftes  Sterben bei Tauben durch Echinostomiden (vor-
 laufige  Mitteilung)  Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1925, 41: 262 —
 Leiper, R. T. A new echinostome parasite in man.  J. London
 School  Trop. M.,  1911-12, 1: 27.—Ono, S.  Studies on  the
 trematodes, invading Lymnaea snails as the first intermediate
 hosts, found in the vicinity of  Mukden; on the encystation and
 development of Echinostomidae. Contr. Mukden Inst. Infect.
 Dis. Anim., 1935, 4: 307.—Sprehn,  C.  Echinostomiden  bei
 Tauben.  Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1927, 35: 451-5— Tubangui,
 M. A.   Trematode  parasites of  Philippine  vertebrates;
 2 echinostome flukes from rats.  Philippine J. Sc,  1931,  44:
 273-83, 2 pi.

 ----  Echinochasmus.
   Asada, J.  Ueber eine neue Species von Echinochasmus und
 ihren Entwicklungsgang.  Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1926, 16: 113.

 ----  Echinoparyphium.
   Mathias, P.  Sur le cycle evolutif d'un trematode de la
 famille des Echinostomidee Dietz (Echinoparyphium  recur-
 vatum Linstow) C. rend. Acad, sc, 1926, 183: 90-2.

 ----  Echinostoma.
   Anazawa, K.  First instance of Echinostomum revolutum
 found in  man and its course of infection. Taiwan igakkai
 zasshi,  1929, No. 288, 10-3.—Azim, M. A.  On the identifica-
 tion and life history of Echinostomum recurvatum von Lin-
 stow,  1873.  Ann. Trop. M. Parasit., Liverp.,  1930-31,  29:
 189, pi.—Beaver. P. C. Experimental studies on Echinostoma
 revolutum (Froelich) a fluke from birds and mammals.  Illinois
 Biol. Monogr., 1937, 15:  No. 1, 1-96.—Bolle.  Ueber einen
 Taubentrematoden aus der Gattung Echinostomum.   Deut.
 tierarztl. Wschr., 1925, 33: 529-31.—Palombi, A.  Di un nuovo
 ospitatore della cercaria dell'Echinostomum secundum  Nicoll
 1906:  Mytilus  galloprovincialis Lamk.  Boll.  Soc natur.
 Napoli (1924) 1925, 2. ser., 16: 49-56.—Skriabin. K. I.   [Echi-
 nostoma paraulum—new  parasite  of man]  Med. parazit.,
 Moskva, 1938, 7: 129-38.—Takahashi, S.  Feststellung des
 ersten und auch des zweiten Zwischenwirtes von  Echinostoma
 cinetorchis.  Fukuoka acta med., 1927, 20: 40.—Zunker,  M.
 Echinostoma columbae n. sp., ein neuer Parasit der Haustaube.
 Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1925, 41: 483.

 ----   Himasthla.
   Vogel, H.  Himasthla muehlensi n. sp., ein neuer  menschli-
 cher Trematode der Familie Echinostomidae.   Zbl.  Bakt
 1. Abt., 1932-33, 127: 385-91.

 ECHINURIA.

   See  also Nematoda.
   Schirrmeister, E.  Magenwurmseuche bei einem Schwan.
 Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1938, 54: 49.

ECHIUM.

 • B,akxTe,> ?' JThe use, of the herb Echium in ancient medi-
cine]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1929, 73: 2634-6.

ECHIURIDAE.

  See Annelida.
   ECHKENAZY,  Bouca, 1899-        *VanVon'
 1'hygiene en action.  322p.   pi.  8?   Par.,  1929.

 ECHO.

   Hautefeuille, J. de.   Extrait d'une disserta-
 tion  sur la cause  de l'echo, couronnee en 1718
 par  l'Acad6mie des  Belles-Lettres,  Sciences &
 Arts de Bourdeaux.  p.[101]-8.  8? Par., 1788.
   In his Probieme d'Acoustique.
   ECHO  (L') medical du  nord.  Lille, 3. ser.,
 v.3-4, 1935; v. O,  1939-

 ECHOCERUS.
   Shepherd, D.  Life history and biology of Echocerus cornn-
 tus (Fab.)  J. Econom. Entom., 1924, 17: 572-7.

 ECHOGRAPHIA  [including  -lalia,  and

   -praxia]

   See also Agraphia; Automatism.
   Forel, O. L.  Echothymie und  moderne Charakterologie.
 Schweiz. Arch.  Neur. Psychiat., 1933, 32: 385-7.—Pick, A.
 On the pathology of echographia.   Brain, Lond., 1924, 47:
 417-29.  ------  Ueber langeren  Stillstand  der kindlichen
 Sprachentwicklung im  Stadium der Echosprache (Echolalie)
 mit schliesslich giinstigem Ausgang.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1924,
 20: 706.-—Robin, G.  Imitation ou echopraxie?  Ann. med.
 psychol., Par.,  1925,  83: 166-70.
   ECHREF, Ali, 1895-       *Nephrite chroni-
 que et hematuries.   63p.   8?  Par., 1924.
   ECHTERNACHT,  Kurt,  1910-      *Beob-
 achtungen iiber Parotitis  postoperativa [Heidel-
 berg]   18p.   8?  Wiirzb., K. Triltsch,  1937.
   ECHTLE, Eugen, 1910-       *Die  Reaktion
 des Blutes  auf  das  Aiblinger  Moorbad  unter
 besonderer  Berucksichtigung  der Reticulocyten
 [Miinchen]   27p.   8?   Freib.  i.  B.,  Poppen  &
 Ortmann, 1937.
   ECK,  Georg,  1887-        *Ueber  einen Fall
 von  perforiertem   Oesophagusdivertikel.   22p.
 8?  Strassb. i. E.,  C. Muh & cie., 1914.
   ECK, Marcel  Henri Gabriel, 1907-       *Les
 paralysies diphteriques.   242p.  3 pi.  8?  Par.,
 1936.
   ECK,  Rene  Louis Ernest,  1896-        *Les
 r^sultats 61oignes de l'orchidopexie trans-scrotale.
 92p.   8?  Par.,  A.  Legrand, 1937.
   ECK,  Theophil,  1902-        *Kasuistischer
 Beitrag  zu   Insulinbehandlung  des  schweren
 Diabetes.  13p.   8?  Giessen, 1926.
   ECKARDT, Hanns,  1896-       *Beitrag zur
 Dermatosis  dysmenorrhoica  symmetrica  (Mat-
 zenauer-Polland)  [Erlangen]  38p.   8?  Borna-
 Lpz.,  R. Noske, 1925.
   ECKARDT, Hedwig, 1901-      *Ueber trau-
 matische  Milzrupturen im Kindesalter und die
 Bedeutung ihrer operativen  Behandlung fur das
 Blutbild.  26p.  8?  Bonn,  P. Kuben, 1928.
   ECKARDT, Heinz, 1906-       *Vergleichende
 Untersuchungen uber den Ausfall  der Reaktion
 nach Sachs-Georgi (Lentochol-Reaktion) nach 24
 und 48  Stunden   [Wiirzburg]   p.497-508.   8?
 Jena, G. Fischer, 1933.
   Also Zschr. Immunforsch., 1933, 78:
   ECKARDT, Hildegard [Anna Johanna] 1906-
       *Luxatio  patellae  habitualis.    28p.   8?
 Kiel, 1933.
   ECKARDT [Max] Friedrich [Ernst] 1904-
 *Funktionelle Ergebnisse  bei Meniscusexstirpa-
 tionen   [Munster]  39p.   8?  Quakenbriick,  R.
 Kleinert, 1931.
   ECKARDT, Michael,  1906-       *Ueber  4
 Falle  von  Akrocephalosyndaktylie   [Miinchen]
48p.  8?   Mediasch, K. Feder & Co.,  1932.
   ECKARDT, Wolfgang, 1907-       *Diensyn-
thesen in der Reihe des Indols und des Pyridins.
28p.  8?   Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1932. 
ECKART
33
ECKERT
  ECKART,  Karl, 1886-       *Ein  Fall  von
Epidermoid am Schadel.   31p.  8?  Erlangen,
Junge & Sohn, 1914.
  ECKEL, John Leonard,  1880-1935.
  [Biography]  Phi Chi Q., Menasha, 1935, 32: 364-6, portr.
Winkelman,  N. W.  Obituary. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass., 1936, 62:
193-5.
  ECKELBERRY,  Roscoe  Huhn, 1891-
The history of the municipal university in the
United States,  viii, 213p.  pi.  8?  Wash., D. C.,
Gov. Print. Off., 1932.
  Forms No. 2. Bull. U. S. Off. Educ.
  ECKELT, Kurt,  1885-      *Die Qualitat der
Radium- und  Rontgenstrahlen  und ihre Bedeu-
tung fiir die Behandlung  des Kollumkarzinoms
[Frankfurt]  60p.   pi.  8?   Berl., L. Schumacher,
1919.
  ECKELT,  Ursula,  1909-       *Die  Mund-
hohle bei  inneren  Erkrankungen mit besonderer
Berucksichtigung   zahnarztlicher  Beziehungen.
31p.  8?  Berl., 1935.
  ECKER, Alfred, 1897-       *Die Behandlung
des Lupus in der  Mundhohle, insbesondere nach
Pfannenstiel.   60p.   8?   Konigsb., J.  Raabe,
1932.
  ECKERLE,  Fritz,  1907-        *Ueber  das
Verhalten des Blutfetts bei inneren Krankheiten
[Miinchen]  60p.   8?  Murnau Obby, Ftirst, 1933.
  ECKERLEIN, Anton, 1912-       *Zahnreim-
plantationen  [Miinchen]  32p.  8?  Lauf-P., H.
Bachmann, 1936.
  ECKERMANN,  Aloys,  1905-      *Ursach-
licher  Zusammenhang  zwischen  Osteomyelitis
und Trauma.  36p.  8? Bonn, P.  Kubens,  1931.
  ECKERT, Aloys.  *Der Mord durch  Hals-
schnitt  in seiner  Abgrenzung gegen den Selbst-
mord durch Halsschnitt   [Munster]  24p.  8?
Dusseld.,  Weickert & Koblo [1937]
  ECKERT  [Arno]  Willy,  1893-      *Ueber
verspatete Dentition bei einem Fall von hypo-
physarem Diabetes insipidus.   7p.  8?   Lpz., E.
Lehmann, 1922.
  ECKERT,   Christof   Gerhard,   1910-
*Ueber  Blutungen im  Wochenbett.   34p.  8?
Giessen, O. Kindt, 1934.
  ECKERT, E[itel] 1908-       *Vergleichende
Untersuchungen beziiglich  der  Karies bei schul-
pflichtigen Kindern.  47p.  8?  Heidelb.,  1933.
  ECKERT, Erwin, 1902-      *Die  Zwillings-
Geburten im Oberamt Tubingen aus den Jahren
1901-25    (Statistische und  vererbungswissen-
schaftliche Untersuchungen)   43p.   8?  Tub.,
E. Gobel, 1927.
  ECKERT,  Franz, 1901-       *Die Auswarts-
drehung  des   Beines   bei  Schenkelhalsfraktur
[Wiirzburg]    15p.   8?   Miinst., Suhrbier  &
Brocker, 1927.
  ECKERT,  Fridolin,  1906-       *Beitrag zur
vergleichenden Histologic  der  Hartsubstanzen
der Wildschweinzahne.  23p.  8?  Wiirzb.,  1930.
  ECKERT, Friedrich,  1904-      *Das kiinst-
liche Trommelfell  [Miinchen]  36p.  8?  Borna-
Lpz., R. Noske, 1928.
  ECKERT,   Hans,  1910-        *Ueber  ein
Osteom des Unterkiefers.  19p.   8?  Konigsb.,
J. Raabe,  1937.
  ECKERT,  Heinz, 1892-       *Ueber wahre
Zwerchfellbruche;  Beschreibung je einer Hernia
diaphragmatica vera dextra bezw.  sinistra im
Trigonum sterno-costale. 29p.  3 pi. 8? Erlan-
gen, Junge & Sohn, 1918.
  ECKERT,  Irma,  1902-       *Trauma  und
Tuberkulose mit einer Statistik der Tuberkulose-
falle aus den Jahren 1925-29.  21p.  8?  Heidelb.,
L. Hahn, 1931.
      77908—vol. 5, 4th sbribs----3
  ECKERT, J.
  See Engel, Hans, & Eckert, J.  Die Sozialversicherung im
Dritten Reich.  [444]p.  8°. Berl., 1937.
  ECKERT, Kurt, 1910-      *Untersuchungen
iiber die Mundflora  und iiber ihre Beziehungen
zu  Erkaltungskrankheiten   [Freiburg  i.  B.]
18p.  8?  Baden, I. Furtwangler, 1935.
  ECKERT,  Margarete, 1908-       *Vorkom-
men der Diphtherie-Bazillen vom Typus gravis,
mitis  und intermedius  in Breslau.   19p.   8?
Bresl., J. Hoferdt & Co., 1935.
  ECKERT, Paul, 1907-      *Ueber die Beteili-
gung  der Mundhohle bei Erkrankung  des  Ge-
sichtes an Lupus vulgaris.  30p.  8?  Erlangen,
K. Dores, 1392.
  ECKERT, Rudolf,  1903-       *Drei Falle von
Pseudoxanthoma elasticum mit Veranderungen
des Augenhintergrundes   [Freiburg]   40p.   8?
Berl.-Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1935.
  ECKERVOGT,  Richard,  1906-        *Zur
operativen Behandlung  des Rektum-Karzinoms
[Kiel]  30p.  8?  Libau, G. D. Meyer, 1931.
  ECKES, Kurt, 1906-       *Ueber den Ein-
fluss der Spontantuberkulose auf das Wachstum
der  Roustumoren.    15p.   8?   Heidelb.,   H.
Meister, 1934.
  ECKHARD, Heinrich.  *Hypnose und Sugges-
tion in  der  Geburtshilfe und  Gynakologie  und
deren neuerliche Anwendung in der Universitats-
Frauenklinik zu  Erlangen  [Erlangen]  67p.  8?
Kassel,  Gebr. Miiller [1930]
  ECKHARD, Karl August, 1910-      *Titrie-
rungsversuche mittels der  verschiedenen  Me-
thoden  der  Blutgruppenbestimmung;  die  Be-
wertung der Objekttrager-, der Rohrchen-  und
der Kapillarmethode hinsichtlich ihrer Leistungs-
fahigkeit und  Zuverlassigkeit  [Halle]  24p.  8?
Bleicherode-Harz, C. Nieft, 1935.
  ECKHARDT, Georg, 1900-      *Ueber die in
der Gottinger Chirurgischen Klinik von 1912-24
behandelten Kranken mit  Trigeminusneuralgie.
19p.  8?  Gott., Gebr. Wurm, 1925.
  ECKHARDT, H.
  See Biesalski, K., Eckhardt, H. [et al.]  Fachkrankenhauser.
266p.  8?  Berl., 1930.
  ECKHARDT, Lotte, 1907-      *Beitrag zur
Gingivitis gravidarum und deren Behandlung mit
Chamomillysatum  Burger.   14p. 8?   Heidelb.,
1932.
  ECKHARDT, Wolfgang, 1908-       *Ueber
die Abhangigkeit  der Fieberwirkung  von der
Gabengrosse bei Sufrogel und einigen  Protein-
korperpraparaten.  p. 138-49.  8?  Halle, C. F.
Rode & Sohn, 1933.
  Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1933, 90:
  ECKHOFF, Nils Lovold.
  See Turner,  Philip, & Eckhoff,  Nils Lovold.  Aids to oste-
ology.  3. ed.  222p.  16?  Lond., U34.
  ECKINGER, Willi, 1906-       *Nierenfunk-
tion  und   Prostatectomie—das  Material  des
Luitpold-Krankenhauses Wiirzburg in den Jahren
1921-33  [Wiirzburg]  31p.  8?  Ochsenfurt a.
M., Fritz & Rappert, 1934.
  ECKLE,  Christian.    Erbcharakterologische
Zwillingsuntersuchungen.   255p.   20  pi.   8°.
Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1939.
  Forms Beih. 82, Zschr. angew. Psychol.
  ECKLE, Pierre, 1909-       *Sur la penetra-
tion des balles dans les vaisseaux.   86p.   7 pi.
8?  Par., Vacherat, 1936.
  ECKMANN, Amandus  Pehr  Henrik,  1842-
1927.
  Lagerholm.  J.  [Obituary]  Tskr. mil. halsov., 1927, 52:
151. 
ECKMANN
34
ECLAMPSIA
   ECKMANN, Carlos [Otto] 1903-       *Ueber
 Essigbakterien   aus  der  Kakaogiirung   [Kiel]
 vii, 55p.  8?  Borna-Lpz., R. Noske, 1928.
   ECKMANN, Heinrich.  *Wirkung von Chlor-
 kohlenstoffen auf  die Peroxydasen,  Katalasen,
 Amylasen,   Aldehydreduktasen   und  auf   bio-
 logische  Reaktionen  von  Serum   [Miinchen]
 50p.   8?   Landshut, 1928.
   ECKMANN,  Theo.  Hans  Erich,  1901-
 *Mikulicz'sche  Peritonitis.   30p.   8?   Wiirzb.,
 K.  Roll &  Co.,  1925.
   ECKOLD, Kurt,   1902-         *Erfahrungen
 mit  Scharlachheilserum    [Berlin]    40p.     8?
 Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1928.

 ECK'S  fistula.

   See Liver, Exclusion, experimental.
   ECKSTEIN,  Albert, 1891-       *Experimen-
 telle   Untersuchungen   iiber  die   funktionelle
 Differenzierung  im  Saugetierherzen  und   ihre
 Bedeutung fiir  die  Allorhythmie.   32p.   2 pi.
 8?   Freib. i. B., Speyer & Kaerner, 1915.
   ----   Encephalitis im   Kindesalter.   172p.
 8?   Berl.,  J. Springer, 1929.
   ----    Pocken   (Blattern,   Variola)   p.467-
 502.   8?   Berl., 1934.
   In Handb. inn. Med. (Bergmann, G.  [et al.])  Berl., 1934, 1:
   See also Degkwitz, R.,  Eckstein, A.  [et al.]  Lehrbuch der
 Kinderheilkunde.   611p.  8?  Berl., 1933.   Also Rheuma-
 probleme;  gesammelte  Vortrage, gehalten  auf dem I. Aerzte-
 kursus  des Rheuma-Forschungs-Instituts am Landesbad der
 Rheinprovinz in Aachen vom 18. bis 20. Okt. 1928.  181p.  8?
 Lpz., 1929.
   ECKSTEIN,  Fritz.   Die   Stechmuckenplage.
 29p.   18?   Dresd., E. Deleiter, 1927.
   ECKSTEIN,   Gustav,  1890-         Noguchi.
 ix,  419p.   7 pi.  8?  N.  Y.,  Harper & Brothers,
 1931.
   ECKSTEIN,  Lotte,  1905-        *Zwei  Falle
 von atypischer  Migrane   [Freiburg]   9p.   8?
 Stockach (Baden)  R. Moll, 1932.

 ECLAMPSIA.

   See also  Abortion, Complications;  Albuminu-
 ria—in pregnancy; Birth, Stillbirth: Causes  and
 pathology; Birth injury,  Causes; Blood pressure,
 high;  Convulsive   disorders; Labor,  Complica-
 tions;  Pregnancy,  Toxemia; Puerperium,  Tox-
 emia;  also names of primary diseases.
   Hinselmann, H.  Die Eklampsie.   952p.   8?
 Bonn, 1924.
   Aguiar, V.  de. Commentaries sobre  os termos eclampsia e
 eclampsia puerperal.  Gaz. clin., S. Paulo, 1925,  23: 242-4.
 -----Ensaio de classificacao da intoxicacao gravidica; correc-
 coes  na nomenclatura da eclampsia.  Brasil med., 1936, 50: 644-
 9.—Basden, M. M.  Eclampsia.  Med. Press & Circ, Lond.,
 1934, 189: 13-5.—Bidoire.  L'edampsie. Rev. gin. clin. ther.,
 1935, 49: 327.—Blount, A. E.  Eclampsia.  Med. Woman J.,
 1926, 33: 121-4.—Borokhovich, V.  O.   [Eclampsia]  Akush.
 gin.,  1937, No. 3, 3.5-9.—Camarillo, J.  Sfndroma eclamptico
 Rev. cir. Hosp. Juarez, Mex., 1937, 8: 557-67.—Cowper, H. D.
 Eclampsia.  Canad.  M. Ass. J., 1930, 22: 225-8.—Cummings,
 J. C.  Eclampsia.  California West. M.,  1936, 44: 403-6.—
 Dlugi,  H.   [Review of literature on eclampsia for 1934-35]
 Gin.  polska,  1936,  15:  778-94.—Evans, J. O.  Toxemia  of
 pregnancy and eclampsia.   Northwest  M., 1912,  n. ser.,  4:
 183-6.—Fairbairn, J. S. Eclampsia and the other  manifesta-
 tions of the toxaemia of pregnancy.  S.  Thomas's Hosp  Gaz
 Lond.,  1909, 19: 30-42.—Falkiner, N. M.  Eclampsia   Irish
 J. M. Sc, 1937, ser. 6, 141-60, 6  pi.—Fitz-Patrick. G. Eclamp-
 sia.  Ohio M. J., 1924,  20: 426.—Freise, P. W.  Eclampsia
 J. Lancet, 1935, 55: 10-6.—Freitas Simoes, F. de. Notas *obre
 eclampsia.   Med. contemp., Lisb., 1929, 47: 165-8.—Freund, R
 Eklampsie und die iibrigen Symptome der  Gestationstoxik'ose
 (Gestose)  In Spec.  Path.  & Ther. inn. Krankh., Berl  1924
 10: Teil 3, 443-97.—Gambrell.  W. M.  Eclampsia—etiology'
 symptomatology and treatment.  Texas J. M., 1934-35 36;
 588-91.—Gibson. A. J.   Eclampsia.  Med. J. Australia  1933
 2: 843-53.—Gilfillen, G. C.  Eclampsia.  Ohio M  J   1927'
 23: 823-6.—Gyulay, B.  [Eclampsia] Orvoskepzes,'1937 27:
 170-86.  Also  Verh.  ungar. arztl. Ges., 1937, 9: 9-11 —Ham'
merschlag.   Eklampsie.   Med. Welt,  1928   2-  1492-4 —
Hattingen,  W.  Ueber  Eklampsie.   Zbl.  Gyn   1937  61-
2915-9.—Hewitt, J.  Observations  on  the symptomatology
 and treatment of albuminuria and eclampsia.  Glasgow M. J.
 1927,  18:  12-25.—Hinselmann.  La eclampsia.  Rev.  med.
 Hamburgo, 1927,  8:  245-7.   Also  Tungchi  med. Mschr.,
 1927-28, 3: 271-7.—Hocker, U. W.  Diagnosis, treatment and
 management of eclampsia as met in general practice.  Delaware
 M. J., 1929, 1: 227-9.—Hoffmann, H.  Die Eklampsie.  Areh.
 Gyn.,  Berl., 1924,  123: 37-45.—Keller, R.  L'6clampsie; une
 mise au point d'aprfis les travaux des dernieres ann6es.  Stras-
 bourg  med., 1927, 85:  pt 2, 297-304.—Klumper, P.  [Eclamp-
 sia]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1924, 68: pt 2, 961-5.—Kompaneits,
 I.. M.  [Eclampsia]  Akush. gin.,  1937, No.  3, 40-2.—Lain,
 W.  B.  Eclampsia.  Tristate  M. J.,  1936-37, 9:  1774-7.—
 Mathews,  W.  L.  Eclampsia.   J.  M. Ass.  Georgia,  1925, 14:
 105-10.—Milnor,  G.  C.   Eclampsia.   Tr.  M. Soc. Hawaii,
 1931,  94-102.—Nalle, B. C.  Eclampsia.   South.  M. &  S.,
 1925, 87: 268-70.—Paramore,  R. H.  Chronic nephritis, acci-
 dental haemorrhage and eclampsia.  J. Obst. Gyn. Brit. Empire,
 1927, n. ser., 34: 712-28.—Parker, J. D.  Eclampsia.  South.
 M. & S., 1930,  92: 87-91.—Proubasta, F.  La eclampsia. Rev.
 espafi. med. cir., 1931, 14: 2-7.—Puppel, E.   Ueber die Eklam-
 psie.  Deut. med.  Wschr., 1934, 60: 1432-6.—Ratnasmy, P.
 Some  observations on eclampsia.   Madras M. J.,  19.30,  12:
 210-6.—Reynolds, K.  Eclampsia.  West Virginia M. J., 1930,
 26:  210.—Rossenbeck, H.   Zur Kenntnis der  Eklampsie.
 Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1927,  57: 1067-9.—Seitz, L.  Ueber
 Schwangerschaftstoxikosen, insbesondere Eklampsie und ihre
 Vorstufen.  Munch, med. Wschr.,  1933, 80: 262-6.—Sherbon,
 F.  Toxaemia and eclampsia. Woman M. J., 1910, 20: 167-9.—
 Sison,  A. G.. & Gomez, L. Eclampsia.  J. Philippine Islands
 M. Ass., 1934, 14:  274-9.—Solomons, B., & Bourke, F.  The
 nomenclature of  eclampsia.  Brit.  M. J.,  1932, 1:  794-6.—
 Speidel, E.  Eclampsia.  Kentucky M. J., 1938, 36: 332-6.—
 Stewart, J. P.   Eclampsia.  J. M. Ass. Alabama, 1932.  1:
 318-20.—Thalhimer,  W.  Excessive  vomiting of pregnancy
 and  eclampsia. Wisconsin M. J., 1926, 25:  323-5.—Thornton,
 G.  G.   Puerperal convulsions.  Kentucky M. J.,  1927,  25:
 185-90.—Wells, A. S.  Notes  on  eclampsia.  S. Afr.  M. J.,
 1935, 9: 562-4.—Wesselink. D. G.  [Eclampsia]  Ned. tschr.
 geneesk., 1937,  81: 4950-8.—Westphal, U.  Zehn Jahre Eklam-
 psie.  Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1925-26, 89: 626-37.—Whitmore,
 C. B.  Eclampsia; observations and treatment.  China M. 1 ,
 1927, 41: 125-33.—Williams, L. E.  Eclampsia. J. M.  Soc
 N. Jersev,  1927,  24: 485-8.—Zimmerman,  F. B. Eclampsia.
 Kentucky M. J., 1939, 37: 32-5.

 ----   Blood and  body fluids.

   Hengstmann,  H. G.   *Ueber Eklampsie und
 Blutgermnung.   32p.  8?  Wiirzb., 1935.
   Mumper, S.  *Untersuchungen  iiber die  Oxy-
 dationskraft  des   Blutes  bei   Normalen,   bei
 normaler und  pathologischer  Schwangerschaft,
 besonders  bei  Eklampsie,   nach  Rodenacker.
 40p.  8?   Bonn,  1931.
   Rossenbeck,   H.    *Eklampsie  und   Ionen-
 haushalt; blut- und  organ-analytische   Unter-
 suchungen   als  Beitrag  zur  Pathobiologie  der
 Eklampsie   [Giessen]    p.331-410.   8?    Berl.,
 1931.
   Also Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1931, 145:
  Akiyama, M., & Amano, S.   Studien uber die Eklampsie.
 Jap.  J. M. Sc,  1929-30, 4: Pharm., 103-65.—Anderson. D. F.
 The  calcium content  of  the cerebro-spinal fluid in normal
 pregnancy and in eclampsia.  Brit. J. Exp. Path.,  1933. 14:
 155-9.  —---- & Tompsett, S. L.  Observations on  the inor-
 ganic sulphate content of the blood in eclampsia.  Ibid., 1932,
 i3:J30~r2"~~Belikov> p- F- Benderskaia, E. A., & Manevitch.
 A. E.  Les proprietes  toxiques des serums  du sang dans la
 grossesse pathologique  avec toxemie, surtout avec edampsie.
 Gynecologie, 1938,  37: 477-82.—Bernardi, O. M.   II tasso
 glicemico e  le sue oscillazioni nell'eclampsia.   Boll. Soc ital
 biol. sper.,  1928  3: 317-9.------Le turbe dell'equilibrio
 elettrolitico nell eclampsia.   Ibid.,   1131-3.   ------   La
 ohimica del sangue nell'eclampsia; ricerche sull'acido urico.
 Ibid., 1261-6.  ------ Le costanti chimico-fisiche del sangue
 nell eclampsia; la  viscosita.  Ibid., 1929, 4: 80-2—Bodo, R., &
 Liebmann,  S.  Untersuchungen iiber die Calciumionenkonzen-
 tratlon des Blutes  bei puerperaler  Eklampsie.  Arch. exp.
 Path., Lpz., 1925, 109: 178-84.—Boyd. E. M.  Blood lipids in
 eclampsia.   Am.  J. Obst.,  1935,  30:  323-32.—Caffier.  P.
 di  ,«1e  der  Toxizitat des Eklampsieblutes. Arch. Gyn.,
 Berl., 1930-31,  144: 540-6  [Discussion] 554-8.—Crispolti. E.
 Ricerche: sperimentali sul siero  di eclamptiche. Arch, ostet.
 gin.,  1933, 2. ser., 20: 680-3.—Cunningham, A. J. Albuminuria
 ol pregnancy, preeclamptic toxsemia and eclampsia, with special
 reference to the estimation of the urea content of the  blood.
 Med. J. Australia, 1926, 2: 331-45.—Dieckmann, W. J.  Blood
 „ Eliism|'  volume changes in eclampsia. Am.  J. Obst., 1936,
 pii 927_?6~ D'elel, H.  Reduzierende Substanzen im Blute
 Eklamptischer.  Arch.  Gyn., Berl., 1935. 159: 94-7—Feinberg,
 S. M.,& Lash,  A. F.  The blood calcium in eclampsia.  Surg.
Gyn. Obst., 1926, 42: 255-8.—Fressel.  Die Lymphe in der
Prestation und ihre Beziehungen zu eklamptischen Krampfen.
Zbl. Gyn 1936, 60: 533.  Also  Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1935-
3b, 101: 30-3.—Gelle,  P., & Drieasens, J.  Etat humoral  au
cours de l'eclampsie.  Bull. Soc. gyn. obst. Paris, 1939.  28: 
ECLAMPSIA                                     3i
236.—Haupt, W., Goecke, H., & Loevenich, J.  Untersuchungen
iiber die Oxydationskraft des Blutes bei Eklamptischen nach
Rodenacker.   Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn.,  1930, 86:  185-90.—
Horaguchi, S.  Beitrag zum Blutbild der Schwangerschaftsniere
und der Eklampsie.  Nippon fujinkagakkai zasshi, 1933, 28:
Nos. 1-7, 25-7.—Jordans. G. H. W.  [Hemolytic methemoglo-
binemia in  eclampsia]  Geneesk. gids,  1935,  13:  217-26.—
Junghans.  E.   Ueber die Wirkung  von Eklampsieserum im
Allergieversuch.  Zbl.  Gyn.,  1936,  60: 3010;  1937,  61:  51.
Also  Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn.,  1937,  105: 236.—Kaplan. S.
Blood chemistry study in normal pregnancy and eclamptogenic
toxemia. Am. J. Obst., 1932, 23: 673-8.—Klaus.  A propos de
l'hyperlipemie  chez les  edamptiques.   Bull. Soc. obst. gyn.
Paris,  1931, 20:  697-700.—Krane,  W.   Das  Verhalten des
Kalium- und Kalziumspiegels bei drei Fallen von Eklampsie.
Zbl. Gyn.,  1930, 54: 657-66.—Krieger, V. I.  Observations on
the guanidine,  glucose and calcium content in the blood in
eclampsia.  Med. J. Australia, 1934,  2: 746-9.—Laferty, J. M.
The blood sugar in eclampsia. Am. J. Obst., 1931, 22: 637-44.
———  Nark, J. A., & Sweeny, J. J.  The fluctuation of blood
sugar before and after an eclamptic convulsion.  Ibid., 1929,
17: 113.—Laffont, A., & Bourgarel, R.  Calcium, uree et poly-
peptides dans  le sang de trois edamptiques.  Bull.  Soc obst.
gyn. Paris, 1936,  25: 578-83.—Lash, A.  F., & Welker. W. H.
The toxicity of blood  serum proteins in eclampsia.  Am. J.
Obst., 1928, 15: 511-3.—Levitt, G.  The problem of an anti-
diuretic substance in the blood of patients with eclampsia and
other hypertensive diseases, with observations on spinal fluid,
J. Clin. Invest., 1936, 15: 135-41.—Lightbody, H. D.  Fluctua-
tions in blood  sugar  during  eclampsia; analysis  of Titus-
Willetts to determine effects  of anti-coagulant on  plasma-
volume a»d cell-volume relationships.  Am. J. Obst., 1929, 18:
36.—Llusia, J. B.  Studien iiber das Ammoniak in der Eklam-
psie.  Zbl.  Gyn.,  1934, 58: 1754-71.—Mays, C. R., & McCord,
W. M.   A  study of  blood sugar levels in eclampsia.   Am. J.
Obst., 1935, 29: 405-14.—Moracci,  E.  II potere litico spon-
taneo, alessina  secondo Buchner, del siero di sangue di eclam-
ptica per le emazie di varie specie animali.   Arch, ostet. gin.,
1938, 2. ser., 2: 521-40.—Morosova, A. N., & Albegova. N. M.
Donnees exp6rimentales obtenus au cours  de  l'etude de la
toxicite du serum des malades atteintes d'edampsie.  Gyne-
cologic  1935,  34: 301-12.—Mussey, R. D.   Eclampsia,  with
unusual nonprotein nitrogen  in the blood;  report  of  a case.
Am.  J.  Obst.,  1925, 10:  826-8.—Nicholas, H. O.,  Johnson,
H. W.,  & Johnston, R. A.  Chemical blood studies in eclampsia.
Texas J. M.,  1930-31,  26: 665-8.—Page. E. W.  The effect
of eclamptic blood upon the urinary output and blood pressure
of  human  recipients.  J. Clin. Invest., 1938,  17:  207-18.—
Piroli.  G.   II  tasso idremico  nella gravidanza e  puerperio
complicati  da albuminuria ed eclampsia.  Ginecologia, Tor.,
2. ser.,  1937, 3: 417-23.—Potter, D. G. E.   Note on the ap-
parent  absence of pressor  substances  in  eclamptic  serum.
J. Obst. Gyn. Brit. Empire, 1928, n. ser., 35: 743.—Rongier, M.
Eclampsie, chlore sanguin, et  reserve  alcaline.  J.  med. fr.,
1930, 19: 411.—Rose, T.  Blood uric acid estimation in eclamp-
sia.  Med. J. Australia, 1938,  2:  87-9.—Rossenbeck. H.
Eklampsie  und Ionenhaushalt;  blut-  und  organ-analytische
Untersuchungen als Beitrag zur  Patho-Biologie der Eklampsie.
Arch. Gyn., Berl.,  1931,  144: 331-410.—Schultze,   G. K. F.
Eklampsie  und Kalzium.  Zbl.  Gyn.,  1926,  50: 1403—Shpo-
Ijansky. G.. &  Danzig, A. Zur  Wasserstoffionenkonzentration
des Liquor cerebrospinalis bei Eklampsie, in bezug  zur Aetio-
logie  der eklamptischen Krampfe.  Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1929,
136: 37-47.—Siegel. I. A., & Wylie, H. B.  Blood sugar findings
in eclampsia and preeclampsia.   Am. J. Obst.,  1933, 26: 29-
37.—Stander.  H. J.  Blood  guanidine base  concentration in
eclampsia.   Ibid.,  1932, 23:  373-9.------ & Cadden. J. F.
Blood chemistry in preeclampsia and eclampsia.  Tr. Am. Gyn.
Soc,  1934, 59: 123-40.—Stander, H. J., & Eastman. N. J.
The hydrogen-ion concentration of the blood  in eclampsia.
Am. J. Obst., 1930, 20: 822-5.------The acid-base equilib-
rium  of the blood in eclampsia.  J. Biol. Chem., 1929-30, 85:
233-43.  Also repr.—Stander,  H. J., & Radelet, A. H.  The
blood chemistry in eclampsia.   Johns  Hopkins Hosp. Bull.,
1926, 38: 423-30.—Theodor, P.   Ueber das Vorkommen vaso-
constrictorischer  Substanzen im Plasma  Schwangerer  und
Eklamptischer  (ein  Beitrag  zur  Gefasskrampftheorie der
Eklampsie)  Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1924,  122: 675-8.—Titus. P.,
Dodds,  P..  & Willetts,  E. W.  The fluctuation in blood sugar
during eclampsia, and its relation to the convulsions.  Am. J.
Obst., 1927,  14: 89; 1928,  15: 303   [Discussion]  442-6 —
Titus, P., Messer,  F.  C, &  McClellan, R. H.  Increase of
guanidine compounds in  eclampsia:  an experimental study.
Ibid., 1932. 24: 667-83.—Titus, P.. Willetts, E. W., & Light-
body, H. D.   Fluctuations in  blood sugar during eclampsia;
report of additional cases. Ibid., 1930, 19: 16-25.—Vozza. F.
II contenuto di calcio e di potassio nei siero delle eclamptiche.
Ann. ostet.  gin., 1930, 52: 869-91.—Zweifel, E., & Scheller, R.
Ueber den  Milchsauregehalt  des Blutes und Liquors bei der
Eklampsie.   Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 450-2. ------  Ueber das
Vorkommen und  die  Bedeutung der  Milchsiiure im  Liquor
cerebrospinalis  bei  Eklamptischen.    Zbl.  Gyn.,  1927, 51:
65.5-9.

----   Blood pressure.

   Roxlatj,  B.   *Das Verhalten des  Blutdruckes
bei  Nephropathie,  Praeklampsie und  Eklampsie
[Munster]  40p.   8?  Quakenbruck,  1934.
ECLAMPSIA
   Browne, F. J., & Dodds, G. H.  The cause of hypertension
in pre-eclamptic toxaemia; a study of blood pressure in mother
and infant.  Lancet,  Lond., 1936,  1: 1059.—Camauer, A.  F.
Eclampsia  hipertensive  o  crisis epileptoides hipertensives.
Prensa med. argent., 1929-30, 16:  1209; 1255.— Casalta,  E.
Eclampsie du post-partum;  absence  d'hypertension  premoni-
toire.  Bull. Soc. gyn. obst. Paris, 1938, 27: 79.—Castex, M.  R.
Eclampsia  hipertensiva  o crisis  epileptiforme hipertensiva.
Dfa med., B. Air., 1931-32,  4: 559.—Desser. A. L.  A case of
eclampsia with relatively low blood  pressure.  Am. J. Obst.,
1927, 13: 647.—Heitz, J.  Crises hypertensives chez des femmes
ayant presente autrefois de l'edampsie.  Arch.  mal. coeur,
1924, 17: 295-300.—Levy-Solal, E., Kisthinios, N., & Lepage, F.
Pression moyenne et eclampsie.  Bull. Acad,  med., Par., 1931,
3. ser.,  105: 705-12.—Louros, N.  Zur  Erkliirung  der  peri-
pheren  Blutdrucksteigerung  in  der  Schwanger.schaft  und
Eklampsie  (ein Beitrag  zur Aetiologie der Eklampsie)  Zbl.
Gyn.,  1926,  50:  1439-46.—Schwarz,   G.  Blutdruck  und
Eklampsie. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1928.135:133-70.—Verdeuil.H.,
Casalta, E., & Rastit. J.  Eclampsie sans hypertension.  Bull.
Soc. obst, gyn. Paris, 1936, 25: 736-8.—Windeyer, J. C. Blood
pressure charts as an aid  to diagnosis, prognosis and treatment
in albuminuria of pregnancy  and eclampsia. Med. J. Australia,
1924, 2: 600-5.

----   Cardiovascular  system.
   Dienst,  A.   Ueber die  Aetiologie  und  Pathogenese der
Eklampsie mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Beschaffenheit
des Herzens.  Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1935. 99: 13-24  [Dis-
cussion] 95.—Domagk, G.  Bei  der Eklampsie auftretende
Endothelveranderungen  und ihre Bedeutung.  Klin. Wschr.,
1925,  4:  1011-4.—Eufinger, H., & Molz, H.  Elektrokardio-
graphische  Untersuchungen  bei der Praeklampsie und Eklam-
psie.  Mschr. Geburtsh.  Gyn., 1936, 102: 17-22.—Fressel, J.
Die Bedeutung der durch Schwangerschaft  und Geburt be-
dingten Kreislaufveranderung  fiir die Entstehung  der Eklam-
psie.  Ibid., 1934, 97: 14-21.—Haselhorst, G., & Mylius,  K.
Zur  Frage der Gefasskriimpfe  bei  Eklampsie.   Zbl.  Gyn.,
1928,  52: 1180-9.—Haupt, W.  Veriinderungen im peripheren
Kreislauf bei der Eklampsie.  Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch.,
1930, 3: 47-55.  Also Zschr.  Kreislaufforsch.,  1930,  22: 564-72.
—----  Bewertung der Kreislaufveranderungen bei Eklampsie.
Arch. Gyn.,  Berl.,   1938,  166: 71-3   [Discussion]  81-8.—
Irving, F. C. The vascular aspect of eclampsia.  Am. J. Obst.,
1936,  31: 466-76.—Kaji. H.   A  supplementary clinical and
pathological study  on eclampsia, nephropathia gravidarum
and the renal complications in pregnancy; clinical significance
of the myocardial degeneration  in  eclampsia, nephropathia
gravidarum and the renal complications in pregnancy.  Jap. J.
Obst., 1938, 21: 90-3.—Klaften. E.   Eklampsie und Gefassys-
tem.  Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1930-31,  144: 546-8  [Discussion]
554-8.  Also Klin.  Wschr., 1931, 10: 1627-31.   Also Arch.
Gyn.,  Berl., 1932,  148:  43-64.—Nuri,  M.    Zur  Frage der
Spatschadigungen  des   Gefassystems  nach  Eklampsie  und
Praeklampsie.   Mschr. Geburtsh.  Gyn..  1936, 102: 282-5.—
Thiessen, P.  Ueber Spatschaden des Herzens und Kreislaufes
nach  Eklampsie und Praeklampsie.  Zbl.  Gyn.,  1937,  61:
1600.—Winkler.  H.  Toxische Myokardschiidigung  im An-
schluss an Praeklampsie.   Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1934-35, 98:
197-201.------Narkose  a la  reine und Praeklampsie
(ein  Beitrag zur Frage  der  toxischen Myokardschadigung)
Ibid., 1935, 100: 214-22.—Wirths, E.  Nebenschilddriise und
Kreislauf bei Eklamptischen.  Zbl. Gyn.,  1938, 62: 2689-94.

----   Cases and statistics.

   Bientwald,   F.   [W.   A.]    *Eklampsie  und
Praeeklampsie  aus   den Jahren 1930  bis  Mai
1937   [Breslau]   37p.    8?   Danzig [1938]
   Bobrow,  N.   *Die Eklampsie an der  Basler
Frauenklinik 1917-27   [Basel]   42p.  8?   Riga,
1932.
   Brockmeyer,  G. _  *Statistik  und klinisches
Bild der in  der Universitats-Frauenklinik Kiel
in den Jahren  1924-29  beobachteten Falle  von
Eklampsie  und   Schwangerschaftsniere    [Kiel]
27p.    8?  Hamm & Bochum, 1930.
   Giffin, W. S.   *Pre-eclampsia and eclampsia;
observations  on  42  cases   [S.  Elizabeth Hosp.,
20p.    4?  Appleton, Wise.,  1938.
   Klapperbein, K.   *Die Falle von Eklampsie
an  der  Universitats-Frauenklinik   zu   Rostock
wahrend  der  Amtsperiode  des  verstorbenen
Herrn  Geheimrat Professor  Dr  Sarwov  1908-33
[Rostock]   16p.   8?   Diisseld.,  1936. '
   Landgraf, K.  *Ueber die in  den  Jahren 1920
bis  1933 an  der  Hallenser  Frauenklinik  aufge-
tretenen     Eklampsiefalle    [Halle-Wittenberg]
23p.    8?  Borna-Lpz.,  1934.
   Piltz,  G.  [M.   L.]   *Ueber  die Falle  von
Eclampsie   an   der  Universitats-Frauenklinik 
ECLAMPSIA
36
ECLAMPSIA
Halle in  den Jahren 1905  bis 1918.   48p.   8!
Halle, 1919.
   Straussl, J.   *Bericht iiber die in der geburts-
hilflichen  Abteilung  der   II.  Gynakologischen
Universitats-Klinik   zu  Miinchen  in  der  Zeit
vom 1.  I. 1926  bis  31. XII.  1930 beobachteten
Falle  von Praeklampsie und  Eklampsie   [Miin-
chen]    12p.    8?  Straubing, 1935.
   Wohlfahrt,  E.   *Die  Eklampsiefalle an der
Munchener    Universitatsfrauenklinik   in   den
Jahren  1918-33  [Miinchen]   16p.   8?  Zeulen-
roda [1937]
   Acosta-Sison,  H.  A clinicopathologic  study of eclampsia
based upon 38  autopsied cases.   Am. J. Obst., 1931, 22: 35-
45.—Adamovich, L. N.   [Review of  133  cases of eclampsia]
J.  akush., 1925, 36: 43-65—Alovsky, A. D.   [Material on
eclampsia from the Memorial Hospital of October 25th (Soviet
Russia)]  Ibid., 1931, 42: 675-86.—Binder, J.  The incidence,
treatment, and mortality of eclampsia; analysis of 123 cases.
Am. J. Obst.,  1934, 27: 59-66.—Brame, D. D.  A review of
eclampsia at the University of Virginia hospital.  Virginia M.
Month.,  1935-36,  €2:  513-7.—Burns, T. M.  Eclampsia.
Urol. Cut. Rev., 1926, 30: 713-6.—Chambers, G.  Two cases
of eclampsia.  West London  M. J., 1927, 32: 152-4.—Davis,
A. B., &  Harrar, J. A. Toxemia  of pregnancy; 879 cases with
convulsions at.  the New York Lying-in Hospital.  J. Am. M.
Ass., 1926, 87:  233-6.—Delmas, Coll de Carrera. J., & Cristol,
P.  A propos de 2 cas d'edampsie.  Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris,
1926, 15: 88-93.—Engelmann, F.  Kurze  Bemerkung zu dem
Aufsatz von Seitz:  Wie sollen wir Eklampsiebeobachtung und
Eklampsiestatistik  treiben?  Zbl.  Gyn.,  1931,  55:  78-80 —
Falls, F.  H.  A critical study of 500 cases of eclamptogenic
toxemia.   Am. J. Obst., 1935, 29:  316-25—GellS.  A propos
d'un cas  d'edampsie.  Bull.  Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1936, 25:
702-4.—Golm, G.   Kasuistischer  Beitrag  zur Eklampsie.
Zbl. Gyn., 1932, 56: 1826-8.—Graca, L.  [Cases of eclampsia,
observed in the Clinic of Gynecology during 1920-24]  Bratisl.
lek. listy, 1924-25.  4: 15-8.—Herbst, R. F.  Eclampsias at S.
Mary's Hospital of Minneapolis for 1926-32.  J. Lancet, 1933.
53: 548-50.—Kimbrough, R. A., & Shirey, R. M.  A statistical
survey of eclampsia; based on 6  years' experience in Philadel-
phia Lying-in Hospital.  Am. J.  Obst.,  1936, 32: 415-20 —
Klein &  Camus. Eclampsie grave avec coma prolonge; gueri-
son.  J. m6d. Paris, 1935, 55: 237.—Kotelnikov, V. G.  [Seven
hundred  cases of eclampsia (clinical data)]   J. akush.,  1931, 42:
196-210.—Lennon,  G. G.  Eclampsia: a statistical review.
Brit. M. J.. 1938, 1: 944-6.—Leon, J.   Consideraciones  a
proposito de un caso de  eclampsia.   Bol. Soc. obst. gin. B.
Aires, 1936, 15: 445-67.—Lieberman, B. L.  An analysis of 25
 cases of eclamptic pregnancies. J. Michigan M. Soc,  1931, 30
 517-20.—Marion, D.  Considerations sur un cas d'edampsie.
Union m6d. Canada, 1933, 62: 1106-8.—Maurer, Z.  [Statistics
on puerperal eclampsia]   Polska gaz lek., 1932, 11:  727-9.—
Miranda, G.  Casi di eclampsia ricoverati in clinica dal set-
tembre 1929 al febbraio 1931. Arch, ostet. gin.. 1931, 2. ser.,
18:  119-37.—Paramore,  H.  A  case of eclampsia (1933)  J.
Obst. Gyn. Brit. Empire, 1934, 41: 978-82.—Rissmann, P.
Wie sollen wir Eklampsiestatistik treiben?  Zbl. Gyn., 1931,
55: 80.—Rucker, M. P.  Eclampsia:  report of a case.  South.
M. T., 1934, 27: 176.—Sachweh, F.  Statistische Beitrage zur
Eklampsiefrage. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1924, 67:  77-82.—
Schroter, C. Zwei  Falle von  Eklampsie.  Zbl. Gyn., 1924, 48:
1701-3.—Seitz, L.  Wie sollen wir Eklampsiebeobachtung und
Eklampsiestatistik  treiben?  Ibid., 1930, 54: 2562-8.—Suden-
darp, A. E.   Interessantes aus  der  geburtshilflichen Praxis.
Med. Welt,  1928, 2: 1120.—Ware, H. H., jr, & Noblin. F. E.
A review of eclampsia at the  Medical  College of Virginia
hospitals.  South. M. J..  1937,  30: 153-8.—Windeyer, J. C.
The toxaemias of pregnancy  with  an analysis of 158 cases of
eclampsia.   Med. J. Australia, 1924,  1: suppl., 179-86.

----   Causes.

   See also subheading Pathogenesis.
   Futterer, E. [W.]  *Blutgruppe, Komplexion
und Konstitutionstyp bei eklamptischen Frauen
[Heidelberg]  19p.    8?  Coburg,  1935.
   Oberbeck,   V.      *Beziehungen   zwischen
Eklampsie,    Eklampsismus  und   Konstitution
[Berlin]  22p.  8?  Borna-Lpz., 1932.
   Yoskowitz, B.  *Auftreten der Eklampsie bei
Erst- und Mehrgebarenden und  ihre  Abhangig-
keit von der  Lebensweise.  19p.   8?   Lausanne,
1938.
   Arx, W. von.  Zur Aetiologie der Eklampsie.  Schweiz. med.
Wschr.,  1928,  58:   997-1001.—Bickenbach,  W.  Ueber die
Vererbung  der Bereitschaft  zur  Eklampsie.   Geburtsh &
Frauenh., 1939, 1: 116-20.------& Kroning, F. Ueber'die
Betedigung  yon  Erbanlagen beim  Zustandekommen  der
Eklampsie.  Zschr.  menschl. Vererb., 1939, 23: 113-25.__
Bublitschenko.  L.  Zur Frage uber  gewisse  konstitutionelle
Eigentumhchkeiten  bei Eklamptischen.   Mschr. Geburtsh.
Gyn., 1925. 69: 139-63—Carloni, E.,  &  Ferrari,  M.   Sul
momenti  etiologid   dell'eclampsia  puerperale: contribute
statistico e considerazioni.  Ann. ostet.,  19^7,  43: L-at.
Chanina. F. P., & Burutschenkowa. J. M.  Ueber die Bedeutung
des Stoffwechsels in der Klinik und Pathogenese des Eklam-
psismus und der Eklampsie.  Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1935, 100:
57-70.—Cosgrove, S. A..  & Waters, E. G.  Eclampsia in  a
patient with a duplex uterus and a single kidney.  Am. J. Ubst.,
1925, 9:  360-4.—Davis, E. P.  The metabolism of the pregnant
woman as regards the development of eclampsia.  Progr. Med.,
Phila., 1924, 3: 40-3.—Dossena, G.  Su di un nuovo fattore,
causa secondaria, della manifestazione eclampsica, tardiva, nei
puerperio.   Atti Soc. lombard sc. med., 1927, 16:  161-70.—
Essen-Moller  [Causes]  Lunds lak. sail, forh., 1920-21,  126-
36.—Gaehtgens, G.   Konstitution und Eklampsie.  Hippo-
krates, Stuttg., 1936, 7: 885-90.—Gavioli, R. L.  Eclampsia  y
tuberculosis.  Sem. med., B. Air.,  1933, 40: 1675-7.—Gessner,
W.   Die badische  Eklampsiestatistik  1910-22, zugleich ein
geschichtlicher Beweis fur  eine  Entwicklungsmechanik  der
Krankheiten auf diatetischer Basis, erlautert an der Eklampsie
und dem Diabetes  mellitus.   Zbl. Gyn., 1924, 48: 2732-42.
        Die badische Eklampsiestatistik fur das Jahr 1923 im
Lichte  einer  Entwicklungsmechanik  der  Krankheiten  auf
diatetischer Basis.  Ibid., 1925, 49: 1360-73.—Gonzalez, T. J.
Sifilis y eclampsia;  a prop6sito de algunos casos.  Sem. med.,
B. Air., 1925, 32:  1105-11.—Haase, W.  Blutgruppenunter-
suchungen bei Eklamptischen, ihren Kindern und deren Vatern.
Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1932-33, 93: 262-5.—Hochenbichler,
A.  Zur  Aetiologie und Prophylaxe der  Eklampsie.   Ibid.,
1925,  69: 206-19.—Kane,  H. F.   Eclampsia;  etiology and
treatment.  Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1926, 42: 569-71.—Lawrence,
J. S.  The  relation  of extraneous disease and  subsequent
organic defects to the incidence  of eclampsia.  Am.  J. Obst.,
1925, 9: 351-5 [Discussion] 409-11.—Levy-Solal &dePariente.
Role du  terrain dans l'eclampsie puerperale.  Presse  med.,
1933, 41:  1013.—Litvak, M.  [Eclampsia and starvation]  J.
akush., 1922, 33: pt 2, 95-101—Opitz, E.  Hungerzustande
und Eklampsie.   Zbl. Gyn.,  1924, 48: 1882-5.—Patterson, W.
B., Hunt, H. F., & Nicodemus, R. E.  The etiology of eclampsia;
a  preliminary report.  Am.  J. Clin. Path.,  1938, 8: 120-35.
Also repr.—Peeters. J.  [Soil influence  in  eclampsia gravi-
darum?]  Ned. tschr. geneesk.,  1936, 80: 2598 601.—Pougel,
E.. & Gautier, A. Crise d'edampsie declanch6e par une piqure
d'extrait  hypophysaire.  Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris,  1924, 13:
742-4.—Rigby, O.  C.  Etiology  and treatment of eclampsia.
Tristate  M. J.,  1929-30, 2: 387.—Rushmore, S.  Eclampsia;
a preliminary note  as to the cause.  N. England J. M., 1929,
200: 707.—Schifferli,  E.   Der  taktile Reiz als Eklampsie
auslosendes Moment; ein Beitrag zur Kasuistik der Eklampsie
mit besonderer Berucksichtigung von Erfahrungen bei Atonie-
Behandlung mit Orasthin.   Praxis, Bern, 1934, 23: 79-81.—
Sundin, P. O.   Etiology of  eclampsia.   California West. M.,
1926, 24: 652.—Szarvas, F.  [Probable causes  of eclampsia]
Orv. hetil., 1932, 76: 765.—Theobald, G. W.  The causation of
eclampsia; observations and experiments.  Lancet, Lond., 1930,
1: 1115-23.—Valletta, J.  L'epreuve du  froid et la predisposi-
tion a l'edampsie.  Gyn. obst., Par., 1939, 39:  9-51.

----   Causes,  meteorological.

   See also Climate, Changes: Pathological effect.
   Hallay, L.  *Eklampsie und  Witterung.  51p.
8?  [Jena] 1928.
   Maiss,  H.  J.  *Eklampsie und Wetter   [Bres-
lau]   23p.   8?   Wiirzb.,  1938.
   Schmidt, J. H.   *Eklampsie und Wetter: eine
Untersuchung der Eklampsie- und Praeklampsie-
falle  der  Universitats-Frauenklinik  zu  Greifs-
wald  der  Jahre  1925-34  (einschl.)    79p.   8?
Greifswald, 1936.
   Zachmann,  A.    *Wetter   und   Eklampsia
[Freiburg]   31p.   8?    Giessen,  1934.
   Bellandi,  E.   Eclampsia puerperale ed azione atmosferica.
Riv. ostet. gin.,  1934, 97.—Bruchter, A. J.  [Meteorological re-
lations of eclampsia]  Budapesti orv. ujs., 1938, 36: 240-3.—
Dieckmann, W. J.  The geographic distribution and effect of
climate on  eclampsia,  toxemia  of  pregnancy,  hyperemesis
gravidarum, and abruptio placentae. Am. J. Obst.,  1938, 36:
623-31.—Heuss, von.  Eklampsie und  Kalteeinbruche in den
Jahren 1908-22 in  Berlin.  Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn..  1927,  91:
323-61.—Jacobs,  F.   Untersuchungen  Uber  den  Einfluss
atmospharischer Vorgange  auf  Wehentatigkeit,  Geburten-
frequenz  und Eklampsievorkommen.  Verh.  Berl. med.  Ges.
(1933)  1934,  64: 109-18.   ------  Eklampsie und Wetter.
Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1935, 159: 255-85, ch., 16 tab—Konrad. J.
[Role of meteorology in etiology of eclampsia]  Orv. hetil., 1930
74: 889-92.  Also Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1930, 143: 9-15. ------
[Results  of eclampsia  treatment in the environment of  the
Tisza River (Hungary)  [Eclampsia and climate]  Orv. hetil.,
1933, 77:  1059-62.—Laczka, S.  [Eclampsia  and meteorology]
Ibid., 1934, 78: 463-7.  Also Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1935,  159: 286-
99.—Louros, N., & Panajotou, P.  Zur Erklarung der Krank-
heitsbilder der Eklampsie und deren Beziehungen zum Wetter-
wechsel.   Zbl. Gyn., 1938, 62: 1078-87.—Mitra, S., & Ghosh.
T. K.  Incidence of eclampsia  in relation to meteorological
factors in Calcutta.   Calcutta  M. J.,  1938, 34: 285-90.— 
ECLAMPSIA
Oppenheimer,  W.    Begunstigen   Witterungseinflusse  den
Ausbruch der Eklampsie?  Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1924, 122:  158-
67.—Ponzi, E.  Eclampsia e condizioni meteoriche. Riv. ital.
gin., 1934-35, 17: 467-88.—Porcaro, D.  Rapporti tra variazioni
atmosferiche ed eclampsia.   Ann. ostet. gin., 1931, 53: 1559-
74.—Pugliatti, V.   II  fattore  meteorotropo nella eclampsia
puerperale.  Ibid., 1938,  60: 551-626.— Schroderus, M.   On
the bearing of climate and acute infectious  disease:  on the
frequency of  pregnancy toxicosis, especially eclampsia.   Acta
chir. scand., 1930, 66: 441.

----   Causes, obstetrical.

   Burri,  R.   *Ein   sehr   seltener   Fall  einer
Fruheklampsie   bei   Tubargraviditat    [Zurich]
15p.   8?   Luzern, 1926.
   Frey,  C.   *Kasuistischer Beitrag zum Thema:
Eklampsie bei mazerierter Frucht  [Zurich]   31p.
8?  Brugg, 1936.
   Bidoire.   Eclampsie convulsive compliquee  d'hematome
retro-placentaire sans apoplexie  uterine.   Gynecologie, 1936,
35: 163.—Boshouwers, H.  [Eclampsia after delivery of twins]
Ned. tschr. geneesk.,  1927, 71: 3401.—Cohen, D., &  Cohen,
A. E.  Postpartum  eclampsia following the delivery of single
ovum triplets. J. Am. M. Ass., 1926, 86: 947.—Herring, G. N.
Case of eclampsia with hydatidiform mole. China M. J.,  1924,
38: 917-9.—Kumaran, P. I.  A case of eclampsia in twin  preg-
nancy.  Ind.  M. Gaz.,  1935, 70: 630.—Page, E. W. The rela-
tion between hydatid  moles, relative ischemia of the gravid
uterus, and the placental origin  of eclampsia.  Am. J. Obst.,
1939, 37: 291-3.—Warden, M. R. Amniotic fluid as a possible
factor in the etiology of eclampsia.  Ibid.,  1927, 14: 292-300.

----   Clinical aspect.
   Fauvet, E.  Beitrage zur Klinik der Eklampsie.  Arch. Gyn.,
Berl., 1934, 157:  139-61.—Griggs,  J. F.  The internist claims
eclampsia.   Northwest M., 1925,  24: 539-43.—Kuhnel,  P.
[Clinical remarks on patients with  eclampsia following  preg-
nancy  and labor]  Ugeskr.  laeger, 1933, 95: 275; 312.—Mills,
J. L.  Clinical experiences  with eclampsia.  Minnesota M.,
1929,  12:  186-90.—Moreira,  jr.   A  observacao  clfnica  na
apreciacao  da patogenia e do tratamento  da eclampsia.  Med.
contemp., Lisb.,  1931, 49: 1-8.—Pfeiffer, W. A review of  some
phases of eclampsia.  Long Island  M. J., 1924, 18: 187-92.—
Poten, W.  Betrachtungen und Erfahrungen iiber Eklampsie
Mschr. Geburtsh.  Gyn.,   1925, 69:  25-34— Snoo,  K. de.
[Benign case of eclampsia]  Ned.  tschr. geneesk., 1930, 74:
1962-74.

----   Complication.
   Bayer, A.  Drehbruch des Oberarmkopfes im eklamptischen
Anfall.   Zbl.  Gyn., 1933,  57: 2125. —Guggisberg, H.   Die
Komplikationen der Eklampsie.  Schweiz. med. Wschr.,  1934,
64: 2-8.—James. C. E. Eclampsia complicated by pneumonia;
case report.   Memphis  M. J.,  1938, 13: 202—Koster,  P.
Beitrag zur Frage von Spatschiiden der Eklampsia gravidarum
an  Hand  von  katamnestischen  Untersuchungen.   Mschr.
Psychiat., 1937,  95: 43-64.—Quagliati, A.  Le ripercussioni a
distanza dell'eclampsia puerperale.  Clin,  ostet., 1936, 38: 279-
84.—Siedentopf, H.  Die Spatfolgen der eklamptischen Schwan-
gerschaftserkrankungen.  Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1936,161: 271-3
[Discussion]  280-2.   Also Zbl. Gyn., 1936, 60: 85.  ------ &
Major, H.  Die Spatfolgen der eklamptischen Schwangerschafts-
erkrankungen.   Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1935-36, 160: 601-22.

----   Complication, mental.
   Canals,  D. Un caso de psicosis eclamptica puerperal  (nota
clinica)  Arch, med.,  Madr.,  1927, 26:  41-3.—Liebers, M.
Ein  Fall von Wochenbett-Eklampsiepsychose mit histologi-
schem  Befund.  Arch. Psychiat., Berl.,  1936, 105: 57-65 —
Miikela,  V.  Von Auffassungsstorungen  in einem Falle von
Eklampsie  und von dem  Verhalten der eklamptischen  psychi-
schen Storungen zu den sogenannten exogenen Reaktionstypen.
Acta Soc.  med.   Duodecim,  1925,  6:  H. 2,  1-40.—Sanchez
Moya,  J. M.   Un caso de eclampsia puerperal con perfodo de
psicosis.  Arch, med., Madr., 1927, 26: 122.—Stahl, H.   Zur
Frage der Eklampsiepsychosen.  Arch. Psychiat., Berl.,  1938,
108: 594-608.

----   Diagnosis.

   J and rain, R. R.    *A study of  20  cases diag-
nosed  as  eclampsia   [Marquette  Univ.]    13p.
4?  Milwaukee, 1930.
   Candela, N.  Eclampsia puerperale e reazione di Aschheim-
Zondek (sulle influenza del villo coriale nella prova biologica
di A. e Z.)  Clin, ostet., 1931, 33:  465-77.—Heynemann, T.
Die  Diagnose der Organveranderungen und die  Therapie bei
Eklampsie.   Zbl. Gyn., 1926, 50: 893-7.   ------  Ueber die
praktische  Verwertbarkeit  der Kapillarmikroskopie  bei der
Eklampsie und dem Status eclampticus.   Ibid., 1927, 51:  518-
21.—Hoffmann,  H.  Die  Bedeutung der sensiblen Nerven-
druckreflexe (nach Ferdinand Kehrer, Munster) bei Eklampsie
und  Praeklampsie.   Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn.,  1935-36,  101:
163-6 —Klein, W. O.  Eklampsiefragen.   Prakt. Arzt.  1930,
ECLAMPSIA
n.  F., 15: 491.—Koch, E.  Zur Diagnose  und Therapie der
Eklampsie unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der Indikations-
stellung fiir  den praktischen Arzt.  Ibid.,  1924,  n.  F., 274;
291.—Kulka, E.  Schwierigkeiten bei der Eklampsiediagnose.
Zbl. Gyn., 1931, 55: 1983-6.—Seynsche, C.  Ueber ein neues
Vasomotorenphanomen und seine praktische  Verwertbarkeit
bei der Eklampsie  (Erfahrungen mit dem Muckschen Adrena-
lin-Sondenversuch;  Mschr. Geburtsh.  Gyn., 1928,  78:  66-
75.—Spiegler, R.  Welche Bedeutung kommt der galvanischen
Erregbarkeit bei  der  Erkennung der Eklampsie zu?  Arch.
Gyn., Berl.,  1933-34,  156: 212  [Discussion] 215-7.  Also
Mschr.  Geburtsh.  Gyn.,  1933-34, 96:  280-5.  ------  Die
beginnende  Eklampsie und ihre Friihdiagnose  mit Beruck-
sichtigung der Therapie.   Med. Welt,  1934,  8: 401-4 —
Stephenson, H. A. Laboratory aids in the  diagnosis and con-
trol of eclampsia.  California West.  M., 1926, 24: 484-8.—
Szymanowicz, J.  [Early diagnosis of puerperal eclamptic con-
ditions]  Polska gaz. lek., 1927, 6: 259-62.—Tesauro, G.  Die
Bewertung des eklamptischen Anfalls.  Zbl.  Gyn., 1932, 56:
275-82.

----   Diagnosis, differential.

   Chappaz,  G.  L'uremie convulsive  des femmes enceintes et
l'edampsie gravidique.  Gvn.  obst.,  Par.,  1936,  34:  110-9.
Also  Union  med.  nordest,  1936,  59: 161-9.—Clason.  S.
Eklampsie   oder  Salvarsanvergiftung?  drei  Todesfiille  mit
diskutabler Genese. Acta obst. gyn. scand., 1932, 12: 40-58.—
Courtois, J.  Diagnostic des convulsions chez le femme enceinte.
Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1937, 51: 182-4—Fahmy, E. C.  Note on
a  case  of post-partum convulsions  presenting difficulties in
diagnosis.   Tr. Edinburgh  Obst. Soc,  1925-26, 46:  71-7 —
Fikentscher,  R.  Eklampsieahnliche  Krankheitsbilder.  Zbl.
Gyn., 1934,  58: 378-81.—Joseph, S.,  & Rabau,  E.   Akute
Meningoencephalitis  im Wochenbett  unter  dem Bilde  der
Eklampsie.  Ibid., 1926, 50: 525-9— Reeb, M., & Metzger.
Crises convulsives d'origine  meningee  ou cerebrale au cours de
la gestation, simulant l'edampsie puerperale.  Rev. fr. gyn.
obst., 1932,  27: 341-7.—Teiber,  I.  Zur Differentialdiagnose
der Eklampsie.  Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1924-25, 68: 240-3.—
Viana, O.   Epilessia  ed eclampsia.   Rass. ostet.,  1935, 44:
512-21.

----   Digestive system.

   Bogorov, I.  [Grave gastro-intestinal hemorrhages in eclamp-
sia]  J.  akush., 1933, 44: 297-300.  Also Zbl. Gyn., 1933, 57:
2206-10.—Dieckmann, W.  J.   Hepatic lesion in eclampsia
(an experimental study)  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1928-29,
26: 239-41.  Also Am. J. Obst., 1929, 17: 454; 18: 757  [Dis-
cussion] 879-82.—Dietel, F. G., & Polak, A.  Latente Stoning
von  Leherfunktion und  Reticuloendothel nach Eklampsie.
Arch.  Gyn.,  Berl.,   1932-33,  152:  469-78.—Hofbauer.  J.
Hepatopathia gravidarum und die Pathogenese der Eklampsie.
Zbl.  Gyn.,  1933,  57: 35-42.—Lacomme,  M., Albot,  C &
Cohen.  Etude  comparative des preievements biopsiques et
necropsiques d'un foie edamptique.   Ann. anat.  path., Par.,
1939, 16: 362-6.—Maly, G.  Leberverkalkung bei  Eklampsie.
Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1924, 30: 201-7—Minot, A. S., & Cutler,
J. T.  Increase in guanidine-like substance in acute liver injury
and  eclampsia.  Proc Soc. Exp.  Biol.,  N. Y.,  1928-29, 26:
607-11.—Rosenloecher, K.  Ein Beitrag zur  Leberschiidigung
bei Eklampsie, Eklampsie ohne Krampfe und bei Hyperemesis.
Mschr.  Geburtsh. Gyn., 1931, 88: 163-70.—Spitzer,  W.  Die
Bedeutung des Diastasefermentes in normaler und pathologi-
scher Schwangerschaft, Geburt und Wochenbettszeit; Beitrag
zur Frage der Bedeutung des Zusammenhanges von Pankreas
und Eklampsie. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1932, 150: 681 .—Strauss,
M. B., & Maddock, S. The  relation of increased intra-abdomi-
nal pressure to the liver lesions of eclampsia.  Am. J. Path.,
1934, 10: 821-5.—Theobald,  G. W.   The  hepatic  lesions
associated with eclampsia  and  those caused by  raising the
intra-abdominal pressure.   J. Path. Bact.,  Cambr., 1932, 35:
843-50, 3 pi.—Titus, P., & McClellan, R.  H.  Increase of
guanidine  compounds in  eclampsia:  an experimental study.
Tr. Am. Gyn. Soc, 1933, 57: 43-60.

----  Effect on offspring.

   Kasten [H.] J.  *Ueber Kinder eklamptischer
und  praeklamptischer Mutter   [Munster]  21p.
8?   Schermbeck, 1935.
   Plotkin, D. S.  *Ueber die  Kinder  eklampti-
scher  Miitter  (an  Hand  der  in  der  Giessener
Universitats-Frauenklinik in  den  Jahren  1900-
1925 behandelten Falle)  23p.   8?   Giessen, 1927.
   Wolff, E.  *Die Kinder eklamptischer Mutter
und  ihr weiteres Schicksal.  38p. 8?  Bonn, 1932.
   Di Francesco, S.   Sul destino dei bambini  nati da donne
eclamptiche  ed albuminuriche.  Arch, ostet. gin., 1927, 2. ser.,
14: 393-413.—Ivanova. O. A.   [Effect of eclampsia  on  the
fetus]  J. akush., 1930, 41:  44-51.—Joseph. S.  Zur Frage der
Eklampsie bei  Mutter und Kind.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1928.
54: 785.—Kissinger.  P.  Eklampsie bei Mutter  und Kind,
Munch, med. Wschr, 1927, 74: 1552.—Koizumi, N.  Experi-
mentelle Studien uber Eklampsie, pathologisch-histologische
Untersuchungen  von  Fofusleichen,   die von  an Eklampsie
3' 
ECLAMPSIA
38
ECLAMPSIA
leidenden  Frauen stammen.  Jap. J.  M. Sc,  1937, 3: Path.,
1-26.—Liebmann,  I.  [Children  of eclamptic women]  Orv.
hetil.,  1934, 78: 540-3.—Loebel. H.   Eklampsie bei Mutter
und Kind.  Zbl. Gyn., 1927, 51: 1775.—Neugarten. L.  Ueber
das Schieksal der Kinder eklamptischer Mutter.  Ibid., 1925,
49: 193S 44.—Schwarzkopf, E.  Ueber Eklampsie bei Mutter
und Kind.   Ibid.,  1927,  51: 783.—Tunis, B.  Eklampsie und
Kindersterblichkeit,  Ibid., 1928, 52: 1928-35.—Tyson, R. M.,
&  Bowman, J.  E.  Offspring of eclamptic and pre-edamptic
mothers.  Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1931, 48: 270-5.

----   Endocrine system.

   Berblinger, W.  Akute nichteitrige  Hypophysitis bei einer
Eklamptischen.   Zbl. allg. Path.,  1928-29, 44: 161-8.
 Die Basophilen in Adenohypophyse und Neurohypophyse bei
 essentieller Hypertonic  und bei Eklampsie.   Endokrinologie,
 1935,16:19-38.  •------Hypophyse und Eklampsie.  Mschr.
 Geburtsh. Gyn.,  1935-36, 101: 299.  Also Arch. Gyn., Berl.,
 1936, 161: 267-9  [Discussion]  2S0-2.  Also Zbl. Gyn., 1936,
 60: 84.   ------  Ueber  den Gehalt der Hypophysen eklampti-
 scher Frauen an Hinterlappenhormon.  Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn.,
 1936-37,  114:  29-36.------& Fromme,  H.  Ueber den
 Follikelhormongehalt des Blutes Eklamptischer.  Klin. Wschr.,
 1935, 14: 496.—Bogdanovic, M.  [Proof of pituitary origin of
 eclampsia] Bratisl. lek.  listy, 1935, 15: 99-102.—Byrom, F. B.,
 & Wiison, C.  The  alleged  pituitary origin  of  the eclamptic
 and preeclamptic  toxaemias of pregnancy.  Q. J. Med., Lond.,
 1934, n. ser., 3: 361-8.—Cushing, H.  Hyperactivation of the
 neurohypophysis  as  the pathological basis  of eclampsia and
 other hypertensive states.   Am.  ,1. Path., 1934, 10: 145-75,
 16 pi.—Fauvet. E.  Die Eklampsie, eine hypophysare Erkran-
 kung.   Arch. Gyn.,  Berl.,  1933-34.  155:   100-56.------
 Eklampsie und Nebennieren. Klin. Wschr.,  1936, 15: 1356-8.
 ------  & Miinzner, L.  Das corticotrope Hormon der Hypo-
 physe  bei  normalen und pathologischen Schwangerschaften.
 Ibid., 1907, 16: 675-7.—Grosdi. G. II sintoma di Muck nell'e:
 clampsia conclamata e  nei  periodo prodromico di  essa; suoi
 rapporti con la disfunzione  tiroidea gravidica.  Ann. ostet.
 gin., 1928, 50:  1176-203.—Guizzetti. P.  Ricerche istologiche
 sull-ipofisi  cerebrale e in parte su altre glandole endocrine
 (paratiroidi)  nelleclampsia.   Pathologica, Genova, 1934, 26:
 651-68.—Hoffmann, F.   Ueber die hypophysare Genese der
 Eklampsie und Nephropathie der Schwangeren.  Arch. Gyn.,
 Berl.,  1936,  161:  269-71   [Discussion]  280-2.  Also  Mschr.
 Geburtsh. Gyn.,  1935-30, 101:  299.—i.nparato,  E.  Ipofisi  ed
 eclampsia.  Arch, ostet. gin.,  1929,  2.  ser., 16:  223-38.—
 Kleine,   H. O.   Reid  Huntsche  Reaktion   und  Eklampsie
 (Beitrag  zur  Schilddriisenfunktionsprufung)   Arch.  Gyn.,
 Berl., 1931, 147:  675-9.—Kowalski.  Die Ergebnisse unserer
 Eklampsiebehandlung und die histologischen Jntersuchungen
 des  Hypophvsenvorderlappens  in Fallen   von  Eklampsie.
 Zbl. Gyn , 1938,  62: 1707.—Kiistner. H.   Hypophyse und
 Eklampsie.  Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1928, 133: 331-44.—Lambillon,
 J.  Contribution  experimentale et clinique   a  l'etude  de  la
 physiologie posthypophysaire de la grossesse et de ses rapports
 avec la  gestose 6clamptogene.  Rev. beige sc. med., 1908, 10:
 1-29.—Laurentie  & Basiliou, B. J.  Crises edamptiques sans
 albuminuric,  ayant apparu le 22e jour des  suits de couches;
 amaurose et  diabete insipide; contribution  a l'etude patho-
 g6nique du diabete insipide dans ses rapports avec l'edampsie.
 Gyn. obst., Par.,  1926, 13: 321-31.—Mackevicaite-Lasiene. J.
 [Endocrine glands in the  etiology and pathogenesis of eclampsia]
 Medicina, Kaunas,  1934, 15: 203-12.—Manzini, C.  Ipofisite
 interstiziale, acuta, linfocitaria  in  due  eclampsiche.  Clinica,
 Bologna, 1936, 2: 597-611.—Moreira. M. V. da S.  Role de la
 thyrolde dans  l'edampsie.   C.  rend.  Soc.  biol.,  1925. 93:
 1541-3—Patterson, W.  B., Nicodemus, R. E.. & Hunt, H.  F.
 Hypothyroidism;  an etiologic factor in  eclampsia.   Pennsyl-
 vania M. J., 1937-38, 41: 983-8.—Rupp, H., & Bickenbach, W.
 Der Einfluss  des Hypophysenhinterlappenhormons  auf  die
 Wasser-und Chlorausscheidung des Schwangeren; Theorie der
 Eklampsieentstehung.   Arch.  Gyn.,  Berl.,  1930-34,  156:
 420-7.—Schallock, G.  Zur Frage des Vorkommens eklampti-
 scher Gewebsveranderungen  im  Hypophysenvorderlappen.
 Beitr. path. Anat.,  1935-36, 96: 581-4.—Smith, G. V. S., &
 Smith, O. W.   Further  quantitative determinations of prolan
 and estrin in pregnancy  with especial reference to late  toxemia
 and eclampsia.  Surg. Gyn.  Obst., 1935, 61:  27-35.—Tschai-
 kowsky, W. K.  Experimentelle Studien iiber den Einfluss von
 lipoidem Follikulin und Pituitrin auf den tierischen Organismus
 (zugleich Beitrag  zur Frage der Entstehung der Eklampsie)
 Arch. Gyn., Berl.,  1932, 150: 583.—Van Hoosen, B.  Mammary
 toxemia in relation to eclampsia.  Med.  Woman J., 1932, 39:
 119-21.—Wiegand, M.  Untersuchungen iibor die antithyre-
 otropen  Stoffe im Blute eklamptischer  Frauen.  Arch Gvn
 Berl., 1936-37, 163: 138-40.

 ----   experimental.

   Kaszas, I.  [Etiology  of eclampsia; animal  experimentation]
 Gyogyaszat,  1937,  77:  470-2.—Levy-Solal,  Tzanck,  A.,  &
 Dalsace.  J.  D'une immunisation du cobaye a  l'iniection de
 s6rum d'edamptique. C. rend.  Soc. biol.,  1925, 9*2-  957 —
 Louros, N.  Experimentelle Studien zur Aetiologie der Eklam-
 psie.  Zschr.  Geburtsh.  Gyn., 1927, 96: 213-31.______fr
 Schmechel.  Experimentelle Studien zur Aetiologie der Eklam
 psie. Arch Gyn Berl., 1926-27  129: 1060-78.-Murakami, M.
Experimentelle Studien uber Eklampsie; uber den Einfluss des
 Placentarantiserums auf den Placentarglykogengehalt. Tohoku
 J. Exp. M., 1932, 19: 113-38.  Also Nippon fujinkagakkai
 zasshi,  1932, 27: Nos.  7-12, 18.—Rusca Vilardell. J.  Acetona
 y prolan;  estudio experimental  sobre  la patogeiiia  de la
 eclampsia.  Med. ibera, 1930, 30: pt 2, 178.—Uhma.  C.  [Ex-
 perimental  investigations of  eclampsia]   Gin. polska,  1936,
 15:  83-5.—Wodon. J. L.   Reproduction  experimentale et
 pathog6nie  de  l'edampsie.   Bruxelles  m6d., 1934-35,  15:
 1036-44.  Also Gynecologie,  1935, 34:  649.

 ----   Form.
   Argonz, E.,  &  Pla, P. C.  Eclampsia  precoz.   Rev.  med.
 Rosario, 1929.  19: 342-5.—Banerjee.  N. K.   Some  atypical
 cases of eclampsia.  Calcutta M. J.,  1935-36, 30: 607-10.—
 Bonafos, M. A propos de l'edampsie tardive.  Bull. Soc. obst.
 gyn. Paris, 1936, 25: 591-7.—C'hosson, J.  Eclampsie precoce.
 Ibid., 1938, 27: 446-8.—Fulminating eclampsia; case No. E. 15;
 reg.  No.  1519.   Rep. Mat.  Hosp. Manchester,  1935, 64.—
 Goenaga, G.  Eclampsia  intercurrente.  Sem.  med.,  B. Air.,
 1935, 42: pt 2,  1247-9.—Harrison. L. P.   A case of fulminant
 eclampsia.  Mag. London School M. Women,  1929, 24: 57-61.—
 Laflfont, A., & Ezes, H. Trois formes anormales de redampsie.
 Bull. Soc. obst. gvn.  Paris,  1936, 25: 583-8.—Offergeld, H.
 Fruheclampsie.  Zbl. Gyn., 1934, 58: 1174-85.—Perez. M. L.,
 & Brea, A. M.   Eclampsia precoz.  Sem. med., B. Air., 1925,
 32: 1165-7.—Rhemann. F.  Ueber eine seltene Er.-cheinungs-
 form der Eklampsie.  Zbl. Gyn., 1933,  57: 935-7.—Hoy. A. T.
 A case  of ante-partum eclampsia.  Pract. Med., Delhi, 1924,
 22: 225.—Santi, E. Eclampsie precoci.  Riv. ostet. gin., 1924,
 6: 350-60.—Tausch,   M.   Ueber  interkurrente  Eklampsie.
 Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1936, 66: 629.   Also  Mschr.  Geburtsh.
 Gyn., 1937,  106: 321-4— Wolfe, S. C.  A  case of  eclampsia
 prior to labour.  China M. J., 1927, 41: 148.

 ----   Form, antepartum.

   See  also Pregnancy, Toxemia.
   (JioNDA, L.   *Ueber Eklampsia gravidarum et
 parturientium  unter  Verwendung  der  an  der
 Giessener Universitats-Frauenklinik  in  den Jah-
 ren  1915-1925 zur Beobachtung  gelangten  Falle.
 23p.   8?   Giessen, 1926.
   Sohn,  E.   *Das klinische Bild der Eklampsie
 in  der ersten  Halfte  der  Schwangerschaft  mit
 Bericht iiber  einen  weiteren Fall   [Kiel]   35p.
 8?   Berl.  [1928, vel  subseq.]
   Allen, E.  Abdominal pregnancy complicated by eclampsia.
 Am.  J. Obst., 1933, 25: 753-4.—Baux.  Eclampsie a 5  mois de
 grossesse.  Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris,  1936,  55: 198.—Bylina,
 Jadwiga.  [Eclampsia  in  pregnancy]   Gin.  polska,  1937. 16:
 128-40.—Colamaria, T.   Eclampsia gravidica.   Riv. ostet.
 gin.,  1924, 6: 306.—Ewart, I. B.  Abdominal pregnancy with
 eclampsia; report  of a case.  N. Zealand  M. J.,  1934, 33:
 suppl., 48-52—Filth, R.  Beitrag zur Kasuistik der Eklampsie
 in fruhen Schwangerschaftsmonaten.  Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1928,
 133:  40-6.—Haultain,  W.  F.  T., & Hall, I.  S.  A case of fits
 during the fourth month of pregnancy without signs of toxamia.
 Tr. Edinburgh  Obst. Soc, 1922-23, 43: 113-6.—Hofbauer. J.
 Recent advances in the study of the etiology and treatment of
 eclampsia gravidarum.  Am.  J.  Obst., 1933, 26: 311-23 —
 Mantica, L.  Sull' eclampsia delle gravide.  Pensiero med.,
 1927,  16: 701-6.—Matteace. F.  Stato  epilettico ed eclampsia
 in gravidanza.   Riv. ital. gin.,  1936, 19: 619-34.—Notarantonio.
 G.  Sull eclampsia gravidica precoce (contributo clinico) Riv.
 ostet. gin.,  1927,  9: 258-60.—Porter, R. D.   Fatal eclampsia
 at the fifth month with complete autopsy   Am. J. Obst., 1934,
 28: 257-9.—Schulz.  Ein  Fall von Eklampsie im 7. Monat
 der Schwangerschaft.   Zbl. Gyn., 1939, 63: 177.—Tollefgon,
 \b G" » Termination of pregnancy in  eclampsia.   California
 West. M., 1934,  40:  163-6.—Zingale,  G.   DeU'eclampsia in
 gestazione.   Med. nuova,  1930, 21: 355-7.

 ----   Form, puerperal.

   Ltjeb, H. [H.]  *Ein Beitrag  zur  Eklampsie im
 Spatwochenbett  [Berlin]  30p.   8?  Charlottenb.
 1926.

   Nicolleatj,  R.   *Contribution  a  l'etude de
 l'edampsie post-partum.  82p.   8?   Par.,  1926.
   Bacheca,  A.   Su un caso di eclampsia  post-partum.  Riv.
 med., 1928, 36: 131.—Brouha, M., & Gosselin, O.  A propos de
 1 eclampsie post-partum.  Bruxelles med.,  1928-29, 9: 835-7 —
 Chnstitch, S.  Eclampsie au cours des  suites de fausse couche
 de 6 mois. Bull. Soc. gyn. obst. Paris, 1938. 27: 104.—Delmas-
 Marsalet & Dubarry, J. Accidents convulsifs a forme edamp-
 ■in Ueco a  Une femme accouchee depuis 44 jours.  Ibid., 1933,
 s A,.5   t0,—Decour*.  i-   Puerperal eclampsia.  Med. Press
& Circ,  Lond., 1925, n. ser., 120: 111-3.—Gaujoux. E. Eclamp-
sie du post-partum et  crises  edamptiformes (a propos de 10
cas)   Rev.  fr.  gyn. obst.,  1928, 23:  625-44.—Gueniot. P.
Eclampsie puerperale.   Bull,  med., Par.,  1936,  50:  suppl.
No.  1.—Hoeven,  P. C.  T. van  der   [Puerperal  eclampsia]
Geneesk. gids,  1929, 7: 457-65.—Ivanyi, F.  Eklampsie im
Spatwochenbett.   Zbl. Gyn.,  1926,  50:  2323.—King. E. L.
Puerperal  eclampsia.   Texas  J.  M..   1935-36, 31: 503-6.—
Kosakae,  J.   Ueber  die  Eklampsie  im Wochenbett  (eine 
ECLAMPSIA                                    39                                    ECLAMPSIA
 Betrachtung  iiber das  Krankheitsbild derselben)   Jap.  J.
 Obst., 1930, 13: 2-8.—Martino, L.  Un caso di eclampsia in
 puerperio.  Studium, Nap., 1924,  14:  386.—Maxwell, G.  R.
 Puerperal eclampsis.  West Virginia M. J., 1929, 25: 539-45.—
 Menache, A., & Modiano, L.  A propos d'un cas d'edampsie
 du post-partum.  Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris,  1928, 17: 805-7.—
 Mobley, H. A.   Puerperal eclampsia.  Tr.  M. Ass. Georgia,
 1910, 288-91.—Newlinska, H.  [Puerperal eclampsia]  Polska
 gaz. lek., 1933, 12: 854-5.—Nigra.  Quelques mots sur l'edamp-
 sie puerp6rale.  Presse med. beige,  1861, 13: 261-3.—Notaran-
 tonio, G.  Sopra un caso gravissimo di eclampsia post-partum.
 Riv. ostet. gin., 1927, 9: 476-8.— Paramore, R. H.  Two cases
 of postpartum eclampsia.  J. Obst. Gyn. Brit. Empire, 1933,
 40:  843-9.—Pery, J.,  &  Duhart.  Eclampsie grave ayant
 debute  apr£s  l'accouchement;  thromboses  veineuses  de 3
 membres dans les suites  de couches.  Bull.  Soc. gyn. obst.
 Paris. 1938, 27: 700.—Perez, M. L., Roth, A., & Nolthing, D. E.
 Eclampsia  puerperal.   Rev. Cfrc. med. argent.,  1930,  30:
 1571-82.—Ponomarev, G.  [Eclampsia 2Vi days after induced
 abortion of a 7-week-old fetus]  Vrach. gaz., 1927, 36: 1753.—
 Portes,  Ducas & Di Matteo.  Crises convulsives avec poussees
 d'hypertension paroxystique au  cours du post-partum.  Bull.
 Soc. gyn. obst. Paris, 1938, 27: 56-60.—Propos (a) de l'edamp-
 sie post partum.   Li6ge med., 1929, 22: 689-98.—Puerperal
 eclampsia.  West Virginia M. J., 1925, 20:  185-90.—Rene de
 Cotret, E. A.  De l'edampsie puerperale. Union med. Canada,
 1927, 56: 137; 204; 271.—Rutherford,  A. G.  Puerperal eclamp-
 sia.   West Virginia M. J., 1925,  20:  355-63.—Stem, D.  Y.
 Puerperal eclampsia.  Dallas M. J., 1925, 11: 127-9.—Tenney,
 B. jr.  Postpartum eclampsia with  the presentation of 2 cases
 N. England J. M., 1930, 203: 211-3.—Villanueva, F.  Un caso
 de  eclampsia puerperal.   Siglo m6d.,  1921,  68:  528-30.—
 Webb,  C.  S.   Puerperal  eclampsia.  Virginia M. Month.,
 1927-28, 54: 50-2.—Zwolinski, T.   [Eclampsia during  the
 puerperal period]   Gin. polska,  1936,  15: 1155-75.

 ----  Frequency.

   Porritt,  N.   The menace and  geography of
 eclampsia  in   England   and   Wales.   88p.   8?
 Lond. [1934]
   Webel, G.*   Ueber die Hiiufigkeitvon Eklam-
 psismus und Eklampsie bei den Hausschwangeren
 der  Universitats-Fauenklinik,   Berlin    [Berlin]
 23p.   8?  Bleicherode a.  H., 1938.
   Zeiner, R.   *Die Haufigkeit der Eklampsie in
 Sachsen und  ihre Beziehung  zum Wetter in den
 Jahren 1910-13  (Auszug)  8p.   8°.  [Lpz.]  1925.
   Acosta-Sison, H., & Baens, A.  The status of eclampsia in
 the  Philippines.   J.  Philippine Islands M. Ass.,  1930,  10:
 105-20.—Barbanli-Silva, E., &  Giardina, B.  Sulla  ricorrenza
 dell'  eclampsia  in  rapporto coll' epoca della gravidanza, coi
 periodi  del parto ed  il tempo del puerperio.  Monit. ostet.
 gin., 1933, 5: 427-70.—Beeche Canas, L.  Eclampsia en Costa
 Rica.  Rev. med., S.  Jose, 1936,  4: 381-3.—Chakraverti, J.
 Eclampsia in Bengal.  Calcutta M.  J., 1938, 34:  385-97 —
 De Sa, H. D., & Aroskar, B. V.   The  incidence of eclampsia in
 Bombay.  J. Ind.  M.  Ass., 1936-07, 6: 293-300.—Fiirst, W.
 Ueber das Vorkommen der Eklampsie und die Berechtigung
 der aktiven Therapie.  Zbl. Gyn.,  1924, 48: 834-56.—Hauch.
 E.. & I.ehmann,  K.   Investigations into the occurrence  of
 eclampsia in Denmark during the  years 1918-27.   Acta obst.
 gyn. scand., 1934, 14: 425-81.—King. G. Eclampsia in Chinese
 patient*; a clinical studv based on 33 cases.  Nat. M. J. China,
 1930. 16: 653-72.—Kustner. H.  Die Eklampsiefiille im Frei-
 staat Sachsen in den letzten 10 Jahren.  Arch. Gyn., Berl.,
 1931, 145:  577-600.—Laffont & Fulconis.  L'edampsie a  la
 maternite d'Alger.  Bull.  Soc.  gyn.  obst.  Paris,  1938, 27:
 613-6.—Mehta,  C. M.  Eclampsia in Bombav.  J. Obst. Gyn.,
 Brit.  Empire,  1936, 43: 267-80.—Reese, J.  M.,  & Peyton,
 F. W.  A 5-year study of eclampsia in Maryland.   Am.  J.
 Obst., 1938, 36:  130-6.—Remmelts, R.  [Eclampsia from the
 geographical view-point]  Geneesk.  tschr. Ned. Indie, 1939, 79:
 67-74.—Sa', H. de. Sur I'incidence de l'edampsie a Bombay.
 Gynecologic 1938,  37: 449-65.—Snoo. K. de, & Remmelts, R,
 Die Eklampsie geographisch betrachtet.  Zbl. Gyn., 1938, 62:
 1702-7.—Stoel, G.  [Eclampsia in Suriname (Dutch Guyana)]
 Ned.  tschr. geneesk., 1937, 81: 5115-29.—Tchertock, R. A.
 L'edampsie en  Oushekistan.   Gyn.  obst.,  Par.,  1936,  34:
 59-71.—Tottenham, R. E.  Seasonal incidence of eclampsia in
 Hong-Kong. Brit. M. J.,  1933, 1:  1067.

 ----   latent.

   See also subheading Preeclamptic state.
   Benziger, A.  *Ein Beitrag  zur  Casuistik der
 Eklampsie ohne Krampfe.   24p.  8?   Zur., 1932.
   Kuhnen,    R.    *Eklampsie  ohne  Krampfe
 [Bonn]   29p.    8?   Obercassel [1933J
   Mtjthig,   J.    *Eklampsie   ohne   Krampfe
 [Wiirzburg]   41p.   8?  Obernb.-K'ingenb., 1934.
  Schuester,   O.     *Ueber   einen  Fall   von
Eklampsie ohne Krampfe und Bewusstseinssto-
rung.  24p.    8?   Munch., 1928.
   Wegscheider,   K.    *Ueber   die  Eklampsie
ohne Krampfe  [Marburg]  24p.   8?  Jena, 1929.
   Biro, S. Eklampsie ohne Krampfe und ohne Bewusstlosig-
keit.  Zbl. Gyn., 1932,  56:  3016-21.—Bock. A.  Klinischer
Beitrag zur todlichen Gestose ohne Krampfe.  Ibid., 1928, 52:
102-5.—Bosze, L.  Eklampsia larvata.  Orv. hetil., 1933, 77:
567.—Caffier, P.  Retrospektive Diagnose  auf Eklampsie ohne
Krampfe.   Med.  Klin.,  Berl.,  1927,  23:  162-5.   ------
Eklampsie ohne Krampfe oder Eklampsismus?  Zbl. Gyn., 1932,
56: 2229.—Dieckmann, W. J., & Wegner, C. R.  Eclampsia
without convulsions or coma.  Am. J. Obst., 1932, 23: 657-63.—
Gimpelson, A. I.  [Case of eclampsia without convulsions and
apoplexia  cerebri]  J. akush., 1929,  40: 283-7.—King, A. G.
Eclampsia without convulsions terminating in cerebral apo-
plexy. J. Am. M. Ass., 1933, 100: 15.  Also repr.—Liebmann,
S.  Eklampsie ohne Krampfe. Zbl. Gyn., 1925, 49: 1906-10.—
Mandruzzato, P.  Considerazioni su di un caso  di eclampsia
senza accessi.  Clin, ostet., 1929, 31: 633-40.—Massari, U.
La morte  improvvisa  nello stato puerperale con  particolare
riguardo alia cosl  detta  eclampsia  senza convulsioni.  Atti
Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1938, 11. ser., 6: Stud. Fac. med. senese,
382-95.—Mottola,  F.   Eclampsia puerperale ed  eclampsia
larvata post-puerperale.  Rass. ostet. gin., 1925, 34: 550-4.—
Pohl, R.   Plotzlicher Tod in der Schwangerschaft (Eklampsie
ohne  Krampfe)   Zbl.  Gyn.,  1927, 51: 913-6.—Schiirger. S.
[Recovery from eclampsia without convulsions]  Gyogyiiszat,
1936, 76:  227.—Schwanen, H.   Eklampsie  und  Lahmung;
gleichzeitig ein  Beitrag  zum Problem  der Eklampsie ohne
Krampfe.   Zbl.  Gyn.,  1934,  58:  1394-404.—Spitzer,  W.
Hamolytische  Methamoglobinbildung  bei Eklampsie ohne
Krampfe.  Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1934, 157: 267-74.—Thalhimer,
W.   So-called  eclampsia  without  convulsions  successfully
treated with insulin, with  the report  of a case. Am. J. Obst.,
1926. 12: 369-73.—Wronski, M.  Zur  Eklampsie ohne Krampfe.
Zbl. Gyn., 1929, 53: 1528-30.

----  Manifestations.

   Ade,  F.   K.    *Lahmungserscheinungen  bei
Eklampsie an Hand der Falle  aus der Universi-
tats-Frauenklinik  Berlin  1926-1935.   39p.   8?
[Berl.] 1937.
   Meiners,  F.    *Die  Eiweissausscheidung bei
Nephropathie  und   Eklampsie   post   partum
[Dusse'dorf]   24p.   8?  Kevelaer, 1934.
   Stamm,   E.   *Wertigkeit  der   Svmptome bei
der Eklampsie.   39p.   8?   Bonn, 1934.
   Teufel, L.  W.   *Die   Eklampsie,  ihre  ver-
schiedenen   Neben-  und   Nacherscheinungen,
dargestellt  an   dem  klinischen   Material  der
Universitats-Frauenklinik  zu Erlangen  aus den
Jahren  1924-1934   [Erlangen]   19p.   8?   Neu-
stadt-Aisch, 1935.
   Consoli, N.  La sindrome eclampsica. Riv. ital. gin., 1935-
36, 18: suppl., 156-78.—Cunningham,  A.  J.  Albuminuria of
pregnancy,  pre-eclamptic  toxemia  and  eclampsia.   Med.
Stand., 1927,  50: No.  4,  9-16.—Gernez,  L.,  & Demarez, R.
Considerations sur un cas d'edampsie sans albuminuric. Bull.
Soc. obst.  gyn.  Paris,  1937,  26:  76-9.—Hamilton,  C. J. K.
A  case of prolonged coma.  J. Obst.  Gyn.  Brit. Empire, 1938,
45: 590.—Kininmonth, J. G.  Puerperal coma: rapid recovery
following inflation of breasts.  Brit. M.   J.,  1931,  1: 395.—
Knebel.  R.  Halbseitenodeme bei Eklampsie.   Mschr. Ge-
burtsh. Gvn., 1935, 100: 258-61.—Krieger.  E.   Eklampsie
und  Fieber.   Zbl. Gyn.,  1928,  52:  2714-6.—Kulcsar, F.,  &
Szatmari, S.  [Occipital syndrome in eclampsia]  Gy6gyaszat,
1938,  78: 325; 343.  Also Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1938-39, 109:
218-34.—McAllister, A.  Albuminuria  and eclampsia.  Post-
grad.  M. J.,  Lond., 1933,  9: 271-81.—Michod, F. A. H. Al-
buminuria and eclampsia.  Med.  J.  Australia, 1930, 1: 679-
84.—Okada,  K.   Beitrag  zur Lehre von  der  Albuminuric in
der Schwangerschaft und von ihrem Verhaltnis zur Eklampsie.
Nippon fujinkagakkai zasshi, 1932, 27: Nos. 7-12, 56.

----   Medicolegal aspect.

   Hosemann, H. W.  *Ueber die Bedeutung der
Eklampsie  fiir  die  gerichtliche   Medizin.   20p.
8?   Bresl., 1936.
   Kunz.   Eklampsie in der gerichtlichen Medizin.  Munch.
med. Wschr.,  1929,  76: 201.—Malpractice: failure to observe
symptoms of eclampsia.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1937, 109: 2094.

----  Metabolism.

   Major,  H.   *Der  Eiweisstoffwechsel   nach
Eklampsie  und Eklampsismus.    24p.   8?   Lpz.,
1935.
   Bokelmann, O.   Die  Bedeutung des Kohlehydratstoff-
wechsels fiir  die  Pathogenese und den Krankheitsverlauf der
Eklampsie. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1929, 137: 105779.  ------&
Scheringer, W.  Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Eiweisstoffwechsels
und der Nierenfunktion bei der Nephropathia und  Eclampsia 
ECLAMPSIA
40
ECLAMPSIA
 gravidarum.   Ibid., 1934, 158: 442-75.—Cadden,  J.  F., &
 Stander, H. J.  Uric acid metabolism in eclampsia. Am. J.
 Obst., 1939, 37: 37-47.—GUnter & Schultze. K. F.  Eklampsie
 und Kalzium.  Zbl. Gyn., 1926, 50: 57-62.—Rossenbeck, H.
 Eklampsie und Ionenhaushalt.  Klin. Wschr.,  1930, 9:  1545-
 7.—Stander,  H. J., & Harrison, E. P. H., jr.  Carbohydrate
 metabolism in eclampsia.   Am.  J.  Obst.,  1929, 18:  17-35
 [Discussion] 153-6.

 ----   Mortality.

   Dellit,  I.    *Die unmittelbare  Todesursache
 der  in  den Jahren  1926-34 an der  Konigsberger
 Universitats-Frauenklinik   an   Eklampsie  Ver-
 storbenen.   41p.   8?   Konigsb., 1935.
   Hofelmayr,  A.   *Todesfalle bei  Eklampsie an
 der  Jenaer Frauenklinik aus den Jahren 1930 bis
 1935   [Jena]  21p.   8?   Giinzb., 1937.
   Putz, M.   *Ueber die  Todesursachen  bei  der
 Eklampsie in  der  Bonner  Universitats-Frauen-
 klinik  in den  Jahren 1920-29  [Bonn]   37p.  8?
 Diiren, 1931.
   Caffier, P.  Ueber den Eklampsietod.  Zbl. Gvn.,  1934, 58:
 962-72.—Giardina,  B., & Barbanti-Silva, E.  Di taluni fattori,
 che accentuano la mortality nella eclampsia puerperale. Monit.
 ostet. gin., 1937, 8: 519-39.—Hochenbichler,  A.  Ueber die
 mutterliche Eklampsiesterblichkeit an unserer Klinik in der
 Zeit vom 20. I. 1910-20.  IX. 1926.  Zbl. Gyn.,  1927, 51: 486-
 93.—Ottow,  B.   Tod an akutem Herzblock  bei Eklampsie
 ohne Krampfe.  Ibid., 1939, 63: 710-5.—Riviere, Favreau &
 Despons.  Deux  cas d'edampsie suivis de mort.  Bull. Soc.
 obst. gyn. Paris, 1924, 13: 608-11.—Zuech,  S. Di  una rara
 causa di morte in eclamptica.  Clin, ostet., 1929, 31: 229-36.

 ----   Nervous system.
   Alajouanine, T., Hornet,  T.,  & Pocilewiz, A.  J.   Oedeme
 cerebral generalise  avec vaso-dilatation diffuse  a  l'examen
 anatomique d'un  cas d'edampsie tardive du post-partum avec
 hemorragie meningee et hemorragie placentaire.  Rev. neur.,
 Par., 1936, 65: 276-90.—Anderodias & Liard, J.  Sur un cas
 d'hemorragie meningee chez une cclamptique. Bull. Soc. gyn.
 obst. Paris, 1938, 27: 694.—Baranovsky, E.  I.  [Cortical dis-
 orders in toxicosis of pregnancy (eclampsia)]  Sovet. psikhonevr.,
 1938, 14: No. 5, 76-82.—Benoit, W.  Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis
 der  Rindenverandcrungen bei Wochenbettseklampsie.  Zschr.
 ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1930-31, 131: 602-9.—Beruti.  J. A., &
 Ahumada, J. L.  Hemorragia cerebral y eclampsia.   Bol. Soc.
 obst. gin. B.  Aires,  1936, 15: 233-7.—Binder, J.  Postpartum
 eclampsia  with death from cerebral hemorrhage and  encepha-
 lomalacia limited to the left frontal lobe.  Am.  J. Obst., 1928,
 15:  849-53.—Bode,  O.   Polyneuritis und Eklampsie.  Arch.
 Gyn., Berl., 1931, 146: 118-122.—Braunmiihl, A. von.  Ueber
 Gehirnveranderungen bei puerperaler Eklampsie  und  ihre
 Entstehung durch  Kreislaufstorungen  (zugleich  ein Beitrag
 iiber weitere akute  Kreislaufstorungen  am  Zentralnerven-
 system)   Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat.,  19 8,  117: 698-727.—
 Davidson, J.   A fatal case of eclampsia associated with exten-
 sive  cerebral  haemorrhage at  the 36th week  of pregnancy.
 Tr. Edinburgh Obst. Soc, 1932, 52: 65-75, pi.—Diamond, I. B.
 Puerperal  eclampsia; a  neuropathologic study.  Arch. Neur.
 Psychiat.,  Chic, 1936, 35: 1320-37.—Edenhofer, H.  Ein Fall
 von plotzlichem Tod infolge von Eklampsie und Gehirnblutung.
 Zschr. Medbeamte, 1929, 42:  245-51.—Esch, P.  Der  Hirn-
 druck infolge Hirnodems und seine Bedeutung bei der Eklam-
 psie.   Zbl. Gyn., 1937, 61: 2477-82.—Fatyol, C.   Meningitis
 serosa im Wochenbett  nach Eklampsie unter der  Geburt.
 Ibid., 1935, 59: 1577-81.—Gala C.   [Eclampsia gravidarum—
 purulent   cerebrospinal  meningitis   and  lymphangiectasic
 myoma of the uterus]  Bratisl. lek. listy, 1935, 15:  223-9.—
 Gammeltolt,  S. A.   [A  case of haemorrhage of the  brain in
 eclampsia] Hospitalstidende, 1925, 68: 1025;  1033.—Giardina,
 B.  Fenomeni simpatici della gravidanza ed eclampsia. Monit.
 ostet.  gin., 1934, 6: 539-50.—Haller,  F.  Ueber  einen  Fall
 atypischer Eklampsie mit Hemiplegie.  Schweiz. med. Wschr.,
 1936, 66: 1132.—Henriet, P.   Eclampsie compliquee d'hemi-
 piegie avec aphasie et epilepsie Bravais-Jacksonienne transi-
 toire.  Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1932, 21: 489.—Hoffmann,
 R. S.  Eklampsie und Epilepsie; kasuistischer  Beitrag.   Zbl.
 Gyn.,  1924, 48: 1184-8.—Jaffe\ R.  Beitrag zur  Frage  der
 apoplektischen Blutung fan Hand eines Falles von Eklampsie)
 Ibid., 1927, 51: 1387-93.—Klaus, K.  Encephalomalacie bei
 Eklampsie. Ibid., 1933, 57: 508-10.—Knight,  L. C.  Eclampsia
 with cerebral hemorrhage in  the puerperium.  Illinois M J
 1925, 47:  53.—Marcolongo,  F.  Eclampsia da  nefrop'atia
 gravidica con reazione meningea.  Minerva med., Tor.,  1935,
 26: 803-10.—Pejchal, J.   [Cerebral hemorrhages in eclampsia!
 Bratisl. lek. listy, 1935,  15: 413-5.— Rabinovich, E. A.  [Eti-
 ology of cerebral hemorrhage in eclampsia]  Akush. gin  1938
 94-7.—Rheindorf.  H.   Hirnblutung  bei  Eklampsie.   Zbl'
 Gyn., 1932, 56: 2413.—Rhemann, F.   [Atypical eclampsia with
severe hemorrhage in the  oblongata]  Gy6gyaszat, 1935  75-
 246.—Scaglione, S.  Reperti  isto-patologici riscontrati'  nei
sistema nervoso centrale di donne eclamptiche.  Riv  ital gin
 1935-36,  18: suppl. 315-25—Spoljanskij, G.. & Juzelevskij, a!
Der Hirndruck bei Eklampsie in Zusammenhang mit der Fraee
 uber  die  Aetiologie  der  Krampfanfalle.   Mschr  Geburtsh
Gyn., 1933-34, 96: 190-200.—Wieloch. J.  Weiteres Material
uber die Eklampsie  unter  Berucksichtigung  der  Hirndruck-
theorie.   Arch.  Gyn., Berl., 1924-25, 123:  337-86.

----   Ophthalmologic aspect.

   Swobodzinski,   F.     *Hemianopsia   inferior
nach Eklampsie.  23p.  8?  Berl., 1935.
   Bidoire, A.  Amaurose brusque par papillo-retinite chez une
edamptique.   Bull. Soc. obst.  gyn.  Paris, 1935, 24: 197.—
Bodechtel, G.   Die Veranderungen an der Calcarina bei der
Eklampsie und ihre Beziehungen zu den eklamptischen zentra-
len Sehstorungen.  Arch. Ophth.,  Berl., 1934, 132: 34-41.—
Brouha, M., & Gosselin, O.   Signification de l'amaurose en
tant que symptome d'edampsie. Bruxelles med.,  1927-28, 8:
1250-4.—Bruce, G. M.   The eye  in eclampsia.   Am. Med.,
1933, 39: 6.—Du Toit, J. S.  Eye  changes during pregnancy,
with special reference to eclampsia.  S. Afr.  M. J., 1935, 9:
559.—Koyanagi, Y.   Ueber das  Verhalten des retinalen Pig-
mentepithels bei Eklampsie.  Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1934, 93:
478-84.—Marx, P.,  & Fauve, R.   Eclampsie  du  post-partum
compliquee d'amaurose par cedte corticale et de decollement
de la retine.  Bull. Soc. gyn. obst, Paris,  1938, 27: 644-6.—
Mylius, K.  Spastische und tetanische Netzhautveranderungen
bei der Eklampsie.   Ber. Deut. ophth. Ges., 1929, 47: 379-86.
         Klinische   und  pathologisch-anatomische  Unter-
 suchungen uber die  Augenveranderungen  bei der Eklampsie.
 Zschr. Augenh., 1932,  77: 37-67.—Paucot, H.  Amaurose et
 eclampsie.  Bull. Soc. obst.  gyn. Paris,  1924, 13: 523-5.—
 Redslob,  E.  Cedte  corticale ou  cedte peripherique dans un
 cas d'edampsie.  Rev. otoneur., Par., 1925, 3: 131-4.—San-
 tonastaso, A.  II comportamento del senso luminoso e l'esame
 oftalmoscopico nelle donne eclamptiche con particolare riguardo
 alia funzionalita epatica.  Ann. ottalm., 1932, 60: 183-200.—
 Timpanaro,  O.  Su  l'amaurosi eclampsica.  Riv. ital. gin.,
 1935-36,  18: suppl.,  140-7.—Ulianovsky,  L.  V.  [Amaurosis
 and eclampsia]  J. akush., 1929, 40: 276-83.—Wright, R. E.,
 Nayar, K. K., & Nayudu, T. V.  Disturbances of the visual
 apparatus in  the  toxaemias  of  pregnancy  asociated with
 eclampsia or the pre-eclamptic state. Brit. J. Ophth., 1935, 19:
 19-26.

----   Pathogenesis.
  See also subheading Causes.
  Zangemeister,   W.    Die  Lehre  von   der
Eklampsie.   44p.   8?   Lpz., 1926.
  Acconci. Patogenesi e terapia dell'cclampsia.  Ann. ostet.,
1924, 46: 217-20.  Also Cult. med. mod., Pal., 1924, 3: 371-3.
        Patogenesi e terapia dell'eclampsia (riassunto)   Riv.
ostet. gin., 1924, 6: 280-3.   Also Studium, Nap.,  1924, 14:
211.  ------  Neue Ansichten  uber die  Pathogenese der
puerperalen Eklampsie.  Zschr.  Geburtsh.  Gyn.,  1925, 89:
229-65.—Addis, W. R.   Pathogenesis  of  eclampsia.   Brit.
M. J.,  1937,  1:  1103-6.—Ajello-Rabboni,  G.   Eclampsia c
anafilassi.  Rass. ostet.,  1924, 33: 12; 89.—Archangelski, B.
Zur  Frage der  Pathogenese und Therapie  der Eklampsie.
Zbl. Gyn., 1935, 59: 458-65.—Beker, J.  C.  [Disturbance of
hemodynamic equilibrium in pregnancy caused by eclampsia]
Ned.  tschr. geneesk., 1931,  75: pt 2,  2698-709.  Also  Ned.
tschr.  verlosk.,  1930-31, 34:  272-82.—Belikov,  P. F., &
Manevitch, A. E.  De la sensibilite cutanee chez les malades
atteintes de toxemie gravidique envers le serum des edamp-
tiques.   Gynecologie,  1938,  37:  466-76.—Bernardi,  O. M.
Sulla patogenesi  e terapia  dell'eclampsia;  nota preventiva.
Arch, ostet.  gin.,  1929,  2.  ser., 16:  19-32.—Birzowski, E.
[Nature of eclampsia and new method of treatment]  Warsz.
czas. lek., 1936, 13: 341-4.—Bock, A.  Gibt es eine pathoge-
netische Verwandtschaft zwischen der Krampfbereitschaft bei
der Eklampsie und der  bei der  Tetanie?   Zschr. Geburtsh.
Gyn., 1928, 94: 544-50.—Bokelmann,  O.. & Dieckmann, H.
Die Bedeutung des Kohlenhydratstoffwechsels fiir die Patho-
genese und  den  Krankheitsverlauf  der Eklampsie.   Arch.
Gyn., Berl., 1929-30, 139: 10-32.—Botella Llusia, J.  Acerca
de la significaci6n de la  amoniemia en la genesis de los acci-
dentes eclampticos.  Arch,  med.,  Madr., 1934, 37: 363-77.
Also Med. ibera, 1934, 28: 654-6.—Brown,  R. C.  The intes-
tinal origin of eclampsia.  Brit.  M. J., 1930,  2: 859.—Bud, G.
[Pathogenesis  of  eclampsia]   Orv.  hetil.,  1936,  80:  683-5.
■-----  Die Eklampsie als eine  durch Schwangerschaft ausge-
loste Varietat der latenten  Erkrankung des weiblichen Or-
ganismus.  Arch.  Gyn., Berl., 1936, 162: 497-515.   Also Zbl.
Gyn-.. 1937,  61:  1126.—Casamada,  A.  A.   Contribution al
estudio de la patogenia de la  eclampsia.  Rev. med. Barcelona,
1927, 2  ser.,  8: 465-86.—Cathale, V., & Le Rasle, H.   L'in-
compatibilite sanguine fceto-maternelle est-elle  la  cause de
1 eclampsie?  Rev. fr. gyn. obst., 1925, 20: 577-96.—Cherniak,
\\<?"  [Etiology and pathogenesis of eclampsia]  J. akush.,
1929,  40: 833-56.—De Rene Cotret. E. A.  De l'edampsie
puerperale.  Union med. Canada,  1927, 56: 137; 204.—Dienst,
A.  Zur  Aetiologie  und  Pathogenese  der Eklampsie  und
der Schwangerschaftstoxikosen.  Arch.  Gyn.,  Berl.,  1927,
132:  288-93   [Discussion]   305-14.—Ellerbroek,   N.    Ein
Gedankengang  zu  der  Eklampsieentstehung.  Munch,  med.
Wschr.,   1928,  75:  1039.—Elwyn, H.   A  new explanation
for the occurrence  of eclampsia  in pregnancy.  Am. J. Obst.,
1925,  10: 698-705.—Falls,  F.  H.   Eclamptogenic toxemia.
pull.  Chicago  M.  Soc,  1933,  36:  22-30.—Fitzgibbon, G. 
ECLAMPSIA                                      41                                     ECLAMPSIA
 The relationship of eclampsia to the other toxsemias of preg-
 nancy.   Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1922,  n. ser., 114: 75.—
 Franque, O.  Entstehung und Behandlung der Eklampsie.
 Med.  Klin., Berl.,  1930,  26:  687-91.—Gammeltoft,  S. A.
 The present position of the question of eclampsia.  Acta chir.
.scand.,  1930, 66: 414-6.—Goldschmidt-Furstner, P.  Beitrag
 zum  Eklampsie-Problem.  Zbl. Gyn., 1934, 58: 2716-22.—
 Gruhzit, O. M.  Eclamosia; is  it a biological necessity? Am.
 J.  Obst.,  1924,  7:  588-98   [Discussion]  620.—Hanau,  G.
 Nuovi concetti  sulla patogenesi deU'eclampsia.  Gazz. osp.,
 1931,  52: 1061-3.—Hofbauer,  J.   Das  Eklampsieproblem.
 Wien, klin. Wschr.,  1932, 45: 1404-6.  ------  Zur Klarung
 der Pathogenese der Eklampsie.  Zbl. Gyn., 1937, 61: 2482-5 —
 Hoffstrom, K. A.  Eklampsiestudien.  Acta obst. gyn. scand..
 1932, 12: 351-99.------[Pathogenesis and  treatment of
 eclampsia] Fin. lak. sail, hand., 1933, 75: 360-87.—Hiilse, W.
 Zum Eklampsieproblem.   Zbl.  Gyn.,  1924, 48: 1179-84.—
 Jartzev,  A. I.  [Contribution to the study on eclampsia]  Mosk.
 med. J., 1929, 9: 33-46.   ------  [Pathogenesis of eclampsia]
 Med J.,  Moskva, 1923, 3: 37-44.—Jegorow, B.   1st die Eklam-
 psie eine allergischeErkrankung?  Zbl.Gyn., 1934,58: 2851-4.—
 Johnson, H.  Eclamptic toxemia; general discussion and report
 of experimental work. Med. Rec, Houston, 1927, 31: 339-44.—
 Johnston, R. A., Johnson, H. W., & Nicholas, H. O.   Focal
 infection in eclampsia and further study  of tyramine  as the
 etiological factor of  the toxemia.  Texas J. M., 1929-30, 25:
 515-21.—Klaften, E.  Beitrage zur Lehre von der Eklampsie
 und Praeklampsie. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1928-29,135: 651-700.—
 Klein, W. O.  Eklampsiefragen.  Prakt. Arzt, 1930, n.  F., 15:
 491;  524.—Knepper, R.   Allergie  und  Eklampsie;  experi-
 mentelle Eklampsie  im  Hyperergieversuch.   Klin. Wschr.,
 1934,  13:  1751-5.—Leidenius,  L.   Eklampsiestatistik der
 Universitatsklinik und der  Stadt Helsinki mit  besonderer
 Berucksichtigung einiger exogenen und endogenen  Momente
 in  der Pathogenese der Eklampsie.  Acta Soc med. Duodecim,
 1925,  6: H.  3, 1-65.—Levy-Solal.   L'edampsie-syndrome.
 Paris med., 1927, 63: 600-6.—Louros, N.   Zwei Krankheits-
 bilder der Eklampsie und ihre Beziehungen zur Schwanger-
 schaftsvagotonie (ein Beitrag  zur Aetiologie der Eklampsie)
 Arch. Gyn.,  Berl.,  1926-27,  129: 1049-59.—Macht,  D. I.,  &
 Losec,  J. R.   A phytopharmacological  study of eclampsia.
 Bull. Johns  Hopkins Hosp.,  1930, 46:  217-24.—Marta. A.
 Considerazioni sulla genesi e  terapia deU'eclampsia puerperale.
 Rass. ostet., 1938, 47: 55-82.—Mathias,  E.. & Pincsohn, A.
 Zur Eklampsiefrage.  Mschr.  Geburtsh.  Gyn., 1924-25, 68:
 229-39.—Moreira, M. V. da S.   Sur la pathogenie de  l'edamp-
 sie.  C.  rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 94: 926.  ----—  Sur la  theorie
 anaphylactique  de l'edampsie.   Ibid., 95: 322.  Also  Lisboa
 med., 1930, 7: 772; 8: 772; 869.—Morhardt. P. E.  Pathogenese
 et therapeutique de l'edampsie. Vie med., 1938, 19: 617-21.—
 Nevermann, H.  Zur  Eklampsiefrage.   Arch. Gyn.,  Berl.,
 1927,  132: 295  [Discussion] 305-14.—Niculescu, M.  P.,  &
 Popovici, S.   [Pathogenesis of  eclampsia]   Spitalul,  1928, 48:
 253-62.—Paramore, R. H. An introduction to the mechanistic
 conception  of eclampsia.   Lancet, Lond.,  1928, 2:  914-7.
 Also Gyn. obst., Par., 1931, 23: 114-27.—Pestalozza, E.  Pato-
 genesi  della eclampsia.   Riv.  ostet. gin., 1923, 5:  497-9.—
 Pet ers, J. P.  The nature of eclampsia. Yale J. Biol., 1936-37,
 9: 233-45.—Preissecker, E.  Zur P'rage der Leber- und Nieren-
 beteiligung bei  Schwangerschaft und Eklampsie.  Zbl. Gyn.,
 1926, 50: 52-7.—Razetti, L.   La eclampsia: sobre algunas ideas
 modernas relativas a la etio-patogenia y el tratamiento de la
 eclampsia gravidica.   Rev.  med.  cir.,  Caracas, 1928,  11:
 360; 380.—Rodenacker.   Beitrag zur  Erklarung  und Be-
 handlung  der Eklampsie.   Zbl. Gyn.,  1927,  51: 1446-50 —
 Rossenbeck.  Ziele und  Wege  fur die  kiinftige  Eklampsie-
 forschung.  Arch. Gyn.,  Berl.,  1933-34,  156: 206-11  [Dis-
 cussion]  215-7.—Rousseau,   G.   L'edampsie est-elle due
 a  un trouble  du  metabolisme  du calcium?   Progr. med.,
 Par.,  1931,  1030.—Sirignano, S.  Sulla  genesi  e  terapia
 deU'eclampsia, a proposito d'un caso in travaglio  di  parto.
 Rass. ostet.,  1937,  46:  40-7.—Skrobansky, K. K.   [Soviet
 achievements in  study  of  the pathogenesis  of eclampsia]
 Akush.  gin., 1937, No.  11,  23-32.—Smiley, I.  Problems  in
 eclampsia.  Med. J. & Rec, 1924, 120:  210-5.—Snoo, K. de
 [The eclampsia  question]   Ned. tschr.  geneesk.,  1926, 70:
 pt 2, 2219-36.  Also Ned. tschr. verlosk.,  1926, 31: 85-172,
 5 tab., 23 ch.—Spirito, F.  Contributo alia conoscenza di un
 eventuale  stato  allergico nella  gravidanza  normale  e nelle
 autotossicosi gravidiche.  Arch, ostet. gin., 1938,  ser. 2,  2:
 1-21.—Ulesko-Stroganowa.  Die placentare  Theorie  in  der
 Pathogenese  der Schwangerschaftstoxikosen,  im   speziellen
 der Eklampsie.   Arch. Gvn., Berl., 1935-36, 160: 431-46.—
 Voron,  Pigeaud &  Thiers.    Recherches  sur le mecamsme
 pathogenique de l'edampsie.  Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Pans, 1928,
 17- 870.—Zweifel, E. Die Bedeutung der Milchsaure in der
 Eklampsiefrage.  Arch. Gyn.,  Berl., 1927, 132: 293  [Discus-
 sion] 305-14.

 ----   Pathology.
    Gasca,   H.    * A   propos  de   2  cas   mortels
 d'6clampsie   avec  verification   anatomique   et
 §tude histo-pathologique des principaux visceres.
 33p.    8?   Lyon, 1937.
    Barte!, J., & Herrmann, E.  Zur pathologischen  Anatomie
 der Eklampsie.  Zschr. ges. Anat., 2. Abt., 1925, 11: 140-6.—
 Davidson, J.  Eclampsia and puerperal toxaemia; a study of
 the histological changes  occurring in  the liver and kidneys.

         77908—vol. 5, 4th  series----4
Tr. Edinburgh Obst. Soc, 1930-31, 51: 24-48, 3 pi.—Geipel. V.
Nierenrindennekrose  und  Fleckmilz  bei Eklampsie.  Arch.
Gyn., Berl., 1925, 124: 231-40.—Gusseinov, D.  [Pathological
anatomy of eclampsia] J. teor. prakt.  med., 1926, 2: 255-60.—
Klaus, K. [Pathology of eclampsia]  Cas. ldk. cesk., 1930,  59:
1631-3.—LeDoux, L. A.  Some physiologic aspects of eclamptic
toxemia.  Am. J. Obst.,  1929, 17: 90-5  [Discussion]  130.—
Maciel, G. Un caso de eclampsia con integridad de las fun-
ciones del hfgado y del rifion.  Rev. cir. Hosp. Juarez, Mex.,
1935, 6:  325-7.—Pojarisky,  F.   [Pathological anatomy of
puerperal eclampsia]  J. akush., 1927, 38: 429-40.—Ross, R. A.
Pathological observations in eclampsia.  South. M. J., 1932,
25: 333-6.—Solomons, B., & Bourke, F. S.  A note on eclamp-
sia;  with report  of  a complete  post-mortem  examination.
Brit. M. J., 1928, 2: 152.—Wirth, L.  Eklampsieschadigungen
und Liquordruck.  Mschr. Geburtsh.  Gyn., 1937, 105: 225-7.

----   Placenta and uterus.

   Fuhrberg, A.   *Untersuchungen an Plazenten
nach   Eklampsie  (unter  Berucksichtigung  der
Falle 1905-24 in der  Hebammen-Lehranstalt  zu
Hannover)  47p.   8?   Gott.,  1925.
   Barbanti-Silva, E.   Contributo alio studio delle  lesioni
anatomo-patologiche  determinate  dall'eclampsia sugli  organi
parenchimali  con speciale riguardo alle  trombosi di  elementi
placentari.  Arch. ital. anat. pat., 1933, 4: 123-34.—Bartholo-
mew, R. A., & Kracke, R. R. The relation of placental infarcts
to eclamptic toxemia; a clinical, pathologic, and experimental
study.   Tr. Am. Gyn. Soc, 1933, 57: 83-111.—Bartholomew,
R. A.,  & Parker, F.  A  possible derivation of  guanidine and
histamine in the autolysis of acute placental infarcts and their
probable relation to eclamptic toxemia.  Am. J. Obst.,  1934,
27: 67-73.—Gifford, B. L.  Eclampsia with ablatio placentae
and  blood pressure  of only 130.   Minnesota  M., 1933,  16:
578.—Jaschke, von.   Theorie der  Eklampsie  und Placenta.
Arch. Gyn.,  Berl., 1929, 137: 708-10  [Discussion] 752-74.—
Leon, J.  Trastornos de  la dinamica uterina en el sindrome
edemonefr6tico y eclamptico.  Rev.  espafi.  obst., 1935,  20:
250-60.—Murakami,  M.   Experimentelle Studien iiber  die
Eklampsie; Beziehungen zwischen Glykogen und entgiftender
Funktion der Placenta.   Tohoku  J.  Exp. M„ 1931-32,  18:
298-319.  ------ Glykogengehalt in der Placenta Eklampti-
scher.  Ibid..  320-6.—Smith, G. V., & Smith. O. W.  Evidence
for the placental origin of the excessive prolan of late pregnancy
toxemia and eclampsia.  Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1935, 61: 175-83.

----    Pre-eclamptic state [Eclampsism]

   See also  Eclampsia, latent.
   Arenz,  A.   *Die  galvanische Nervenmuskel-
erregbarkeit  in  der  normalen  Schwangerschaft
und bei Praeeklampsien  [Bonn]  20p.  8?   Bad
Godesberg, 1936.
   Rachstein,  L.    *Contribution  a  l'etude  des
prodromes de l'eclampsie convulsive  de la gesta-
tion et de la puerp6ralite\   158p.  8?   Par.,  1933.
   Anderson, D. F.  Note on the ketone content of the blood in
labour  and  pre-eclamptic  toxaemia.  J. Obst. Gyn., Lond.
1934, 41: 261-6.—Bacon, C. S.  Why it  is important to recog-
nize the eclamptogenic  toxemia of  pregnancy as a distinct
disease.  Plexus, Chic, 1910, 16: 375-60.—Boyd, E. M. Blood
lipids  in preeclampsia.   Am. J.  Obst., 1936, 32: 937-44.—
Bud, G.  [Praeeklampsia and focal infection in women]  Orv.
hetil.,  1935, 79: 146-9.—Chandler, E. A. Pre-eclamptic toxe-
mia.  Med. Rec, Houston, 1937,  31: 973-5.—Crosthwait, W.
L.  Toxemia of  pregnancy with special reference  to the  pre-
eclamptic stage.  Texas J.  M., 1909-10, 5: 341.—Falls, F. H.
Eclamptogenic toxemia: its  management.   California  West.
M.,  1929, 31: 81-6.—Fontes,  J.   Pre-eclampsismo.  Med.
contemp.,  Lisb.,  1938,  56:  223-6.—Heynemann,  T.   Der
anatomische  Befund im priieklamptischen Stadium  der  Ge-
stationseklampsie.  Virchows Arch., 1925, 254: 493-98.  ------
Ueber das Wesen, die Feststellung und die Behandlung der
Praeklampsie.  Zschr. Geburtsh.  Gyn., 1934, 109:  1-20 —
Irving, F. C.  A study of 500 consecutive cases of preeclampsia.
Canad.  M.  Ass. J„  1939, 40:  137-40.—Lambert, G.  Post-
hypophyse et preedampsie.  Gyn. obst., Par., 1938, 37: 359-
66.—Levy-Solal,  Dalsace,  J., &  Grillet, Y.  Hypocalcemie,
hyperphosphatemie,  acidose  chez les pre-edamptiques.   C.
rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 96: 675.—McGoogan, L. S.  Pre-eclamp-
sia and eclampsia.   Nebraska  M. J., 1932,  17:  419—McII-
wraith, K. C. Eclampsia and pre-eclamptic toxaemia of preg-
nancy.  Canad. M. Ass. J., 1931, 25: 69-70.—McKinley, H. I.
The pre-eclamptic state.  Univ. Toronto M. J., 1933, 11: 11;
59.—Maslen  Jones,  S. W.   Eclampsia and pre-eclamptic
states.   Lancet,  Lond.,  1936, 1:  370.—Mayer, A.   Ueber
Amaurose im Status praeeclampticus.  Zbl. Gyn.,  1931, 55:
3490-4.—Metzger,  M.   Eclampsisme et mort du  foetus  in
utero.   Bull. Acad,  med., Par.,  1935,  3. ser., 113: 816-8 —
Muck, O.   Feststellungen bei  der puerperalen Praeklampsie
und verwandten angiospastischen Zustanden durch  den Adre-
nalin-Sondenversuch.  Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1932, 92:368-
73 —Mussey. R. D.  Preeclamptic  toxemia.  Med. Clin. N.
America, 1927-28, 11:1463-8.------Recurring preeclamptic
toxemia: its clinical  significance.   Minnesota M.,  1931, 14: 
ECLAMPSIA
42
ECLAMPSIA
889-91.—Pigeaud, H.  Apparition d'un syndrome pre-edampti-
que grave chez une brightique, plusieurs jours apr£s la mort du
foetus in-utero.  Lyon m6d., 1929, 143: 196.  ------& Thiers.
Contribution  a l'etude  pathogenique de l'eclampsisme.  C.
rend.  Soc.  biol.,  1928,  98:  1348.—Ploussard, C.  N.   Pre-
eclamptic  toxemia (case report)  Southwest.  M.,  1930, 14:
584.—Posatti,  F.,  & Beiglbock,  W.  Ueber den Kalium- und
Natriumgehalt des Serums bei  pra eklamptischen Zustanden
und   seine  Beeinflussung durch  die  Insulinhypoglykamie.
Mschr.  Geburtsh.  Gyn., 1938,  108: 237-46.—Raisz,  D.,  &
Hazay,  L.  [Prognostic  importance   of  cutaneous capillary
pressure in pre-edampsia] Orv. hetil., 1934, 78: 177.—Sglitzky,
S. A.  De l'eclampsisme.  Gyn. obst., Par., 1925, 11: 428-31 —
Sonin, N. I. [Eclampsism]  J. akush., 1932, 43: 53-7.—Stacy,
W. T.  Ovarian cyst and preeclamptic  toxemia complicating
the same  pregnancy.   Am.  J.  Obst., 1934, 27: 299-301.—
Tew,  W. P.   Pie-eclampsia.  Canad. M. Ass. J.,  1938, 38:
20-4.—Utley, F. B.  The preeclamptic woman.  Pennsylvania
M. J.,  1934-35,   38:   862-5.—Wilson,  K.   Pre-eclampsia.
Australas. Nurs. J., 1934, 32: 235-42.

----  Pre-eclamptic state: Diagnosis.

   Browne, F. J.  The early signs of pre-eclamptic  toxaemia,
with  special reference to the order  of their appearance, and
their  inter-relation.  J.  Obst. Gyn. Brit. Empire,  1933, 40:
1160-74.—Deutsch, J.  Zur Bestimmung der Respirationstiefe
bei Praeklamptischen.   Zbl.  Gyn.,  1934,  58: 464-7.—Hall,
H. M.  The pre-eclamptic state, its possible  diagnosis and
treatment.  J. M. Ass.  Georgia,  1924, 13: 385-8.—Klaften, E.
Die Zunahme der  Respirationstiefe als Zeichen des  praeklam-
ptischen Zustandes.  Mschr. Geburtsh.  Gyn.,  1925, 69: 164-
72.  ------  Beitrag  zur Symptomatologie  des praeklampti-
schen Stadiums und zur Kenntnis des toxischen Lungenodems.
Zbl. Gyn., 1928,  52: 1114-9.—Mussey, R. D.  Symptoms,
early  recognition,  and  treatment of pre-eclamptic toxemia.
Pennsylvania M. J., 1935-36, 39: 138.—Raisz, D.,  & Hazay, L.
[Prognostic value  of capillary pressure in pre-eclampsia] Orv.
hetil., 1934, 78: 866-70.  Also Zschr. Geburtsh.  Gyn., 1934,
109:  21-31.—Schockaerl, A., & Lambillon. J.  Un nouveau
test permettant le diagnostic pr6coce et  differentiel des etats
preedamptiques.   Bruxelles  med.,  1930-37,   17:  1468-74.
Also Gynecologie, 1939, 38: 100.

----  Pre-eclamptic state: Treatment.

   See  also Eclampsia, Prevention.
   Goullietjx, M.    *Contribution a l'etude de
l'eclampsie  et  des  6tats  preedamptiques;  leur
traitement  par le  venin de cobra  [Paris]    64p.
8?   Amiens, 1938.
   Herold,  A. G.   *Die Behandlung  der  Pra-
eklampsie.   23p.    8?   Lpz., 1934.
   Herbert, L.   *Erfolge  der  Behandlung von
Hydrops, Nephropathie und Praeeklampsie  gravi-
darum durch diatetische  Massnahmen.  [Giessen]
20p.   8?   Aachen, 1934.
   Aitken,  R.  The ultra-violet radiation treatment  of pre-
eclamptic toxaemia.  Brit. J. Phys.  M.,  1937-38, 12:  45-7.—
Banerjee,  N. K.  Pre-eclamptic toxaemia and its treatment.
J. Ind. M. Ass., 1937-38, 7: 74-6.—Basden, M. M.  The value
of caesarean section in pre-eclamptic toxaemia.   Brit.  M. J.,
1933,  1: 58-60.—Bland. P. B., & Bernstein, M. Salt-free diet
in tbe treatment  of  preeclamptic toxemia.  Am. J. M. Sc,
1927,  173:  844-54.—Bonney, V.  A case of pre-eclampsia at
the 24th week; acute toxaemia; Caesarean operation.   Proc
R. Soc. M.,  Lond.,  1913-14, 7: obst.  gyn. sect.,  118-21.—
Clark, F. S.  The recognition and treatment of pre-eclamptic
toxaemia.   Ohio M. J.,  1909, 5: 568-74.—Dickson, A.  T. B.
The use of ultra-violet light in the treatment of pre-eclamptic
toxaemia.   Edinburgh M. J., 1935, 42: suppl.,  Tr. Obst. Soc,
83-95.—Dietel, H.  Zur  Schilddrusenbehandlung  der Pra-
eklampsie und zur Beeinflussung des Grundumsatzes bei Pra-
eklampsie und Schwangerschaft.  Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1935
111:  326-36.—Dubnov, M.  V.   [Therapy  of pre-eclamptic
states]  Akush. gin., 1938, 89-91.—Emmrich, J.   Kurzwellen-
behandlung der  Praeklampsie  und  Eklampsie.  Zbl.  Gyn
1937,  61:  1165-71—Essen-Moller,  E.   Die Behandlung des
Eklampsismus fruher und jetzt.  Acta gyn. scand., 1923-24,
2: 461-80.------  Zur Frage von der Behandlung des Eklam-
psismus und der Eklampsie.  Zbl. Gyn., 1924, 48: 1476.—Falls,
F. H.  The management of eclamptogenic toxemia.  Illinois
M. J., 1928, 54: 224-9.  Also Northwest M., 1937, 36: 1-6 —
Gessner, W.  Zur diatetischen Prophylaxe der Eklampsie
Zbl. Gyn., 1925. 49: 738-43.—Harden, B.  The clinical manage-
ment  of pre-eclampsia  and eclampsia.   Pennsylvania  M  J
1936-37, 40: 835-7.------McEllroy, W. S., & Huggins, R. r!
Protein  stabilization in  preeclampsia and eclampsia   Am J
Obst., 1935, 30: 524-33. Also Tr. Am.  Gvn.  Soc  1936 60:
281-92.—Harding. V.  J., &  Van Wyck, H. B.   Diet  in the
treatment of pre-eclampsia.  J. Obst. Gyn. Brit. Empire  1926
33: 17-32.—Krauss.  F.  Ueber Eklampsie-Bereitschaf't und
therapeutische Massnahmen bei  derselben.  Prakt Arzt  1934
n,-,F- 19: 27-9.—Liittge,  W.   Zur Behandlung  von Pra-
eklampsie und Eklampsie. Med.  Klin., Berl., 1938, 34:1515-7 —
McGee, W. E.  The  treatment of  severe preeclampsia and
eclampsia, with special reference to the use of ephedrine.  J. M.
Ass. Alabama, 1935-36, 5: 4-7.—Management  Uhe) of  pre-
eclamptic toxemia and eclampsia;  a report of  the American
Committee on Maternal Welfare.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1935,  104:
1703-5.—Management of pre-eclamptic toxaemia and eclamp-
sia.  Calcutta M. .1., 1935-36, 30: 503-8.—Marsden,  G. B.
Treatment with  progesterone of 8 cases  of pre-eclampsia.
Brit. M. J., 1937,  2: 1221.—Mussey. R. D.  The early recogni-
tion and treatment  of pre-eclamptic toxemia.   Proc.  Mayo
Clin., 1928, 3: 290-2.  Also J. Med., Cincm., 1928-29, 9: 333-
7.—Persson,  E.   Kann eine  systematisch durchgefiihrte  Be-
handlung des Eklampsismus der Eklampsie vorbeugen? Acta
obst.  gyn.  scand.,  1926,  5:  230-4.—Poucher,  J. W.   Pre-
eclamptic Cesarean section.  Tr.  Am. Ass. Obst. (1917) 1918,
30: 227-31  [Discussion] 258-69.  Also Am. J. Obst., 1918, 77:
54-8  [Discussion] 120-31.—Raisz, D. von.  Die  entscheidende
Bedeutung der Hautgefassdruckmessung in der  Therapie der
Praeklampsie. Zbl. Gyn., 1935, 59:  1634-9.—Robson, J.  M.,
&  Paterson,  S. J.  Progesterone in pre-eclamptic toxaemia.
Brit. M. J., 1937,  1: 311-14.—Rubel, H. M.  The treatment of
eclampsia and pre-eclamptic toxemia.  Kentucky M. J., 1925,
23: 127-30.—Rupp.   1st  der Kaiserschnitt zur Behandlung
der Praeklampsie  notwendig?  Arch. Gyn., 1929, 137:  830-2
[Discussion] 842-66.—Sage, E. C.   Calcium  therapy in pre-
eclamptic  toxemia.   J. Iowa M.  Soc,  1934,  24:  243-6.—
Schulze, E.  Behandlung  des Eklampsismus mit einem Cholin-
ester.  Zbl. Gyn., 1932, 56: 2603-9.—Winkler.  H.  Narkose
a la reine und Praeklampsie.  Ibid., 1936, 60: 351.

----   Prevention.

   See also subheading Pre-eclamptic state: Treat-
ment.
   Gonnermann,   W.    *Ueber   Notwendigkeit
und  Wert  einer  Eklampsieprophylaxe   [Halle-
Wittenberg]   30p.   8?   Wiirzb., 1934.
   Schulte,  P.    *Ueber   die   Prophylaxe   der
Eklampsie  [Munster]  22p.  8?   Quakenbriick,
1932.
   Andersen,  E.  B.  Eclampsia—a  preventable disease.  J.
Michigan  M.  Soc,  1931,  30: 693-7.—Arnold,  J. O.   More
rational methods in the prevention and control  of eclampsia.
N. England J. M., 1936, 215: 1226-40. ——— Fluid balance
and dehydration in the prevention  and control  of eclampsia.
J.  Indiana M. Ass., 1937, 30: 617-21.  ------ & Fay, T.
Eclampsia,  its prevention and control by means of fluid limi-
tation and dehydration. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1932, 55: 129-50.—
Barczi,  E.   Behandlung   der  Schwangerschaftsodeme  mit
Schilddriisenextrakt  und  Vorbeugung der  Eklampsie.   Zbl.
Gyn., 1929, 53: 209-14.—Baumgart, G.  Die Verhutung  der
Eklampsie. Ibid., 647; 1931,  55: 3495.—Bertani, G.  L'adre-
nalina nella profllassi della eclampsia delle gravide.  Riv.  med.,
1927, 35: 17-9.—Darling. M. A., fr Thomas, D. F.  Prevention
and treatment of  eclampsia.  Grace Hosp. Bull., Detr.,  1926,
10: No. 3,  1-9.—Ganssbauer, H.  Siebenjahrige Erfahrungen
uber Eklampsieverhiitung.  Mschr.  Geburtsh.  Gyn., 1932,  91:
268-78.—Hilgenberg, F. C.  Ueber die Prophvlaxe der Eklam-
psie.  Zbl.  Gyn.,  1932, 56: 3006-9.—Hinselmann, H.  Fruh-
diagnose  und Verhutung  eklamptischer  Zustande.   Aerztl.
Rdsch., 1933,  43:  133-7.—Kaner, M. L.  [Eclampsia prophy-
laxis]   Mosk. med. J.,  1926,  6: No.  11, 46-50.—Katz,  H.
Verhutung  und Behandlung der  Schwangerschafts- und Ge-
burtseklampsie.   Wien. med.  Wschr.,  1931,  81:  1429-31.—
Kyrieleis & Schroeder.  Mutterschaftsfiirsorge  und Eklampsie.
Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1930-31, 141: 391  [Discussion] 399-413 —
Ladd, D. J.  Eclampsia; cooperation of groups of physicians.
Illinois M. J., 1934, 65:  548-53.—Langevin,  S.   Eclampsie;
mieux vaut prevenir la crise edamptique que d'etre force de la
traiter.  Union med. Canada,  1932, 61:  415-7.—Miller, G. B.
The elimination of eclampsia as a complication of pregnancy.
Am. J. Obst., 1925, 9: 87-92.—Mufioz y Arbat, J.  Comen-
tarios al  tratamiento profilactico de la eclampsia puerperal.
Rev. espafi. obst.,  1931,  16: 125-7.—Pistolese, E.   La sindrome
eclamptica; trattamento profilattico. Riv.  ostet. gin.,  1928,
10: 575-85.—Porter, W.  D.  Prophylaxis of eclampsia.  J.
Med., Cincin., 1927-28, 8:  271-4.—Procter, A.  On  the pre-
vention of  eclampsia.   South.  M. & S., 1925, 87:  118-53 —
Ransom,  E. M.  Eclampsia: the  responsibility of the general
practitioner in its  prevention.  J. Lancet, 1932,  52: 701-6.—
Rissmann, P.  Die Verhutung und Behandlung der Eklampsie
auf Grund von 111 Beobachtungen.   Med. Klin., Berl.,  1930,
26: 383-5.—Ruiz-Contreras, J. M.   Para la  profilaxis de la
eclampsia puerperal.  Rev. espafi. med. cir., 1931, 14: 635-7.—
Saharov,  L.   Zur  aktiven Prophylaxe der Eklampsie.  Mschr.
Geburtsh. Gyn., 1931, 87: 532-5.—Scadron, S. J.   Prophylaxis
of  eclampsia.  Med. J. & Rec, 1924, 120: 544-6.   Also repr —
Seitz, L.  Zur aktiven Prophylaxe der Eklampsie.  Arch. Gyn.,
Berl  1925, 125:  653-5  [Discussion] 664-7—Siedentopf.  H.
Die Verhutung der Eklampsie.  Munch, med. Wschr.,  1934,
81: 1122-4.—Sirotkina, F. S.  [Use of magnesium sulphate in
prevention of  eclampsia]  Akush. gin., 1938,  No.  1, 92.- Snoo,
K- de.  Die  Prophylaxe  der  Eklampsie.  Arch.  Gvn., Berl.,
 933-34,156:211   [Discussion] 215-7.  Also Gyn. obst., Par.,
1933, 28: 527-33.  ------  The prevention of eclampsia.  Am.
J.  Obst.,  1937, 34: 911-39.   Also  Tr.  Am. Gyn. Soc,  1938,
62: 78-106.—Speidel, E.  Eclampsia, a preventable disease.
Kentucky M. J.,  1932, 30: 257-61.—Vedder,  J. B.  Prophy- 
ECLAMPSIA
43
ECLAMPSIA
 laxis and therapy of eclampsia.  Wisconsin M.  J.,  1938, 37:
 394-8. —Wachtel, M. Prophvlaxe und Therapie der Eklampsie.
 Munch, med. Wschr., 1930, 77:  325-7.—Waldstein. E.  Zur
 Prophylaxe der Wochenbetteklampsie.  Zbl.  Gyn.,  1933, 57:
 497-507.—Wetfner,  C. R.   Prophylaxis  and  treatment of
 eclampsia.  Tristate M. J.,  1937-38, 10: 2053-7.—Wieloch, J.
 Zur Prophylaxe der Eklampsie. Munch, med. Wshr., 1926, 73:
 279-81.—Wodon, J. L.  La prophylaxie et le traitement de
 l'eclampsie puerperale. Bruxelles med. 1928-29, 9: 171-3.

 ----   Prognosis and late results.
  . Amend, O.  *Nachuntersuchungen an ehemals
 Eklamptischen.    35p.   8?   Munch., 1930.
    Greifenstein, J.    *Ueber  Eklampsie und  das
 spatere Schicksal  ehemals  eklamptischer Frauen.
 45p.   8?  Bonn,  1931.
    Hubing,   W.    *Die  Eklampsien   und   daa
 spatere   Schicksal    eklampsiekranker   Frauen
 [Frankfurt]    26p.   8?   Neu-Isenburg,  1932.
    Neuwirth,   L.     *Nachuntersuchungen  an
 ehemals  Eklamptischen.    25p.    8?    Wiirzb.,
 1926.
    Penkert,  H.  [L.]   *Ueber den  Einfluss  der
 verschiedenen  Faktoren  auf  den  Ausgang  der
 Eklampsie.    31p.  8?   Lpz.,  1936.
    Wagschal, R.   *Die  Symptomatologie  und
 das  weitere   Schicksal  der  Eklampsie und  der
 Praeeklampsie.  31p.   8?   Basel,  1934.
    Arnold, J. O.  Eclampsia; special points in prevention and
 prognosis.  Med. World,  1938, 56:  705-7.—Banister, J. B.
 Prognosis in eclampsia and the toxaemia of pregnancy. Lancet,
 Lond., 1936, 1:  1487.—Beck, A. C.  End results in eclampsia.
 N.  York State  J. M., 1931,  31: 274.—Bokelmann, O.  Die
 Endprognose  der Nephropathia  und Eklampsia  gravidarum
 in ihrer Beziehung  zur  Krankheitsdauer.  Zschr. Geburtsh.
 Gyn., 1937, 115: 293-300.—Breakey,  J.  An  inquiry into the
 after-effects of eclampsia with special reference to hypertension
 and chronic nephritis.  Lancet, Lond., 1932, 2: 832.—Bund. R.
 Ueber  das spatere Befinden Eklamptischer und ihrer Kinder.
 Zbl. Gyn.,  1925, 49: 2879-84.—Colavecchio, A., & Prister, B.
 Esiti lontani delle eclamptiche, preeclamptiche e  dei loro  figli.
 Ann.  ostet. gin.,  1932, 54:  1865-94.—Doderlein, G.   Nach-
 untersuchungen  an ehemals Eklamptischen.   Arch.  Gyn.,
 Berl., 1925, 125: 655-67.—Greenhill,  J. P. Eclampsia at the
 Chicago Lying-In Hospital, immediate and  late results. J.
 Am. M. Ass., 1926, 87: 228-32.—Iraeta, S. D.  El porvenir de
 las eclampticas.  Actas Congr. nac. med., B. Air.  (1931) 1932,
 4. Congr.,  pt 5, 164-71.   Also Dfa  med., B. Air., 1931-32,
 637.—Kjelland-M0rdre, S.   [Fate  of our eclampsia patients
 during subsequent pregnancies and deliveries]   Norsk, mag.
 laegevid., 1935, 96: 712-25.—Kobes, R.  Das spatere Schicksal
 eklamptischer und praeklamptischer Frauen.  Zbl. Gyn., 1930,
 54:  666-83.— Nevermann, H.  Ueber das weitere Schicksal der
 an Eklampsie erkrankten Frauen.  Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1926-27,
 129: 891-9.—Olsen. A. [Later fate of our eclampsie patients]
 Ugeskr. laeger,  1933,  95:  1019-26.—Robecchi, E.  Ulteriori
 osservazionf sui  reliquati  a distanza deU'eclampsia e della
 nefropatia gravidica.  Ginecologia, Tor., 1937, 2. ser., 3: 553-
 8.—Rucker, M. P.  The late sequelae of eclampsia.   Am. J.
 Obst., 1932, 23:  211-6.—Schultz, W.  Das spatere  Schicksal
 der  an Eklampsie  und   Schwangerschaftsniere  Erkrankten.
 Munch, med. Wschr., 1932, 79: 2038; 1933, 80: 1972.—Seitz, L.
 Wann darf eine Frau, die  eine Eklampsie  oder eine schwere
 Schwangerschaftsnephropathie  durchgemacht  hat,   wieder
 empfangen?  Mschr. Geburtsh.  Gyn.,  1934,  98: 129-43 —
 Suzor, A.  Pronostic et traitement  de l'edampsie.  Clinique,
 Par., 193."), 30: 118-22.—Sym, J. C. B.  The ultimate prognosis
 in cases of eclampsia and albuminuria of pregnancy.  Lancet,
 Lond., 1929, 2: 698-701.—Teel, H. M., & Reid, D. E.  Eclamp-
 sia and its sequelae; a clinical and follow-up study of all cases
 at Boston  Lying-In Hospital over a 20-year period.  Am. J.
 Obst., 1937, 34: 12-25.—Tsuda, S.  On the subsequent state
 of health of the patients of eclampsia.  Jap. J.  Obst.,  1936, 19:
 473-5.—Voron &  Banssillon.  Crises d'edampsie avec albumi-
 nuric massive ne cedant qu'au 4» mois du post-partum.  Bull.
 Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1928, 17: 874.—Young, J.  The prognosis
 and  treatment  of eclampsia and  albuminuria, with  special
 reference to the risk of recurrence in subsequent  pregnancies.
 Proc. R. Soc M., Lond., 1928-29, 22: sect,  obst.  gyn., 26-32.
 Also Brit. M. J., 1929, 1: 91-4. ------Sym, J. C. B., & Crowe,
 E. V. An evaluation of the incidence of and the maternal dis-
 ability following eclampsia and albuminuria.  Proc R. Soc. M.,
 LoiuL, 1932, 25:  1235-41.

 ----   pseudo.
   See  also names of primary diseases.
   Abruzzese. G.  Tumore cerebrate in eclampsica  al V» mese.
 Arch, ostet. gin., 1934. 2.  ser., 21: 305-10.—Bernardini, A.
 Pseudo-eclampsia da ascardiosi nei primi giorni di puerperio.
Riv.  ostet.  gin.,  1932, 14:- 298-306.—Colmeiro  Laforet, C.
Eclampsia espuria.  Rev.  med. cubana, 1933  44: 507-13.—
Ivanov, G  I. [Pseudo-eclampsia]  J. akush., 1931, 42: 210-2.—
Kretz^chmar, H.  Ekiamptiforme Krampfe intra et post partum
 infolge  eitriger Meningitis.  Zbl. Gyn., 1933, 57: 1584-92 —
 Kuhn, J.  Ekiamptiforme Krampfanfalle im Wochenbett bei
 Meningitis purulenta.   Arch.  Gyn.,  Berl.,  1929,  137: 940-2
 [Discussion] 967-74.—Ragusa, B.   A proposito di due casi di
 pseudo-eclampsia.   Riv. ostet.  gin., 1926, 8: 281-3.


 ----   repeated and familial.

   Rtjndel,  K.   *Wiederholung  der  Eklampsie
 [Miinchen]  19p.   8?  Wiirzb., 1934.
   La&cano, J. C.  Eclampsias recidivantes en el curso del
 mismo embnrazo.   Cr6n. m6d. mex.,  1933, 32: 212-6.—Laun.
 Dreimaliges Auftreten der Eklampsie bei  derselben Patientin.
 Zbl.  Gyn., 1928,   52:  1792-6.—Schmechel,  A.  Ueber  die
 rezidivierende Eklampsie.  Ibid., 1929, 53: 2405-9.—Steininger,
 R. Eklampsie bei Mehrgebarenden und wiederholte Eklampsie.
 Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1926,  90: 247-60, tab.—Voron, Pigeaud
 & Girard,  M.  Eclampsie de  suites de couches avec cortege
 symptomatique atypique. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1933,
 22: 681.

 ----   Respiratory  system.

   Hess, L.   Eklampsie und  Lungenodem; ein Beitrag  zur
 Pathologie des visceralen Nervensystems.  Klin.  Wschr., 1930,
 9: 1385-90.—Klaften, E. Hyperventilationseklampsie.  Wien.
 med. Wschr., 1933, 83:  114.   Also  Zbl.  Gyn., 1933, 57: 1445;
 1934, 58:  453.—Moore, W.  F.   Continuous  endobronchial
 aspiration  for drowned lung  complicating  eclampsia.  Ann.
 Otol. Rhinol., 1927, 36:  270.  ------&  Lawrence, J. S.  Con-
 tinuous endobronchial aspiration for  pulmonary edema com-
 plicating eclampsia.  Am. J.  Obst.,  1927, 14: 55-7.—Navratil,
 E. Untersuchungen iiber die  Atmung  Eklampsiegefahrdeter.
 Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1933,  172: 389-92.

 ----   Surgery.

   Ahrens.  R.   Eklampsie  und Nierendekapsulation.   Zbl.
 Gyn., 1937, 61: 699.—Beruti. J. A., & Isaac. M.  El curetaje
 uterino  en  las eclampsias tardfas  del puerperio.  Sem. med.
 B. Air., 1925, 32: 229-34.—Damperov, N.  [Kidney decapsula-
 tion in  eclampsia]   Vrach. gaz., 1928, 32: 199-201.—Del mas,
 P., & Bailie.  Incision  profonde du  col pour procidence du
 cordon chez une edamptique. Bull. Soc obst. gyn. Paris, 1935,
 24:  87.—Dunlap,  E. B.  Surgical treatment  of  puerperal
 eclampsia.  J. Oklahoma M.  Ass., 1925,  18: 203-5.—Eberhard,
 H. F.  Weitere Erfahrungen  mit  unserer Eklampsiebehand-
 lung.   Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1927,  92:  204-12.—Gordon,
 O. A.  The surgical indication in  eclampsia.  Am. J. Obst.,
 1931, 22:  97-101.—Heynemann, T.  Ueber intraperitoneale
 Kodisalzinfusionen  in der Geburtshilfe  und Gynakologie und
 die  Moglichkeit  einer  Eklampsiebehandlung  nach  Ganter.
 Zbl. Gyn.,  1924, 48: 1946-53— Llames-Massini, J. C.  Traite-
 ment chirurgical precoce de l'eclampsie.  Gyn. obst.. Par., 1927,
 15: 340-61.—Marsalek, J.   [Decapsulation  of the kidneys in
 eclampsia]   Cas. lek. cesk.,  1937, 76: 1943-50.—Pery, J., &
 de Saint-Cyr. C. Sur un cas  d'edampsie, avec coma progressif
 et hypertension du liquide cephalo-rachidien controiee par le
 manometre de Claude,  traite  par  ponction lombaire decom-
 pressive. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1936, 25: 67.—Roche, L.
 S. C. A severe case of eclampsia treated by lumbar puncture.
 J. R. Army  M. Corps,  1938, 70:  264-6.—Schlossmann, H.
 Ueber die Wirkung grosser Aderlasse bei Eklampsie.  Mschr.
 Geburtsh. Gyn., 1925,  69: 391-400.—Selitzky, S. A.   [When
 is an  operation necessary in  eclampsia?] J. akush., 1931,  42:
 666-75.—Sharp, E. W.  Venesection in eclampsia. Brit. M. J.,
 1922, 2: 690.—Stoeckel, W.  [Blood-letting  in  eclampsia]
 Vrach.  gaz.,  1927,  31:  1371.—Tommasini. C.   Eclampsia
 gravidica e intervento  chirurgico.  Umbria med.,  1932,  12:
 2180-90.—Wieloch.  Zur  Behandlung  des  praeklamptischen
 und  eklamptischen Stadiums  durch  Suboccipitalstich nebst
 Druckmessungen.  Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1927,  132: 296-8  [Dis-
 cussion]  305-14.—Zangemeister.   Chirurgische Behandlung
 der Eklampsie.  Zbl. Chir.,  1924, 51: 2254.

 ----   Surgery:  Anesthesia.

   Allen, T.  Nitrous oxide and  oxygen anaesthesia  in  the
 treatment of  eclamptic  fits.   Lancet, Lond., 1936,  2:  189.—
 Geiger,  H.  Ueber die Gefahren der Chloroformanwendung bei
 der Eklampsie.  Med. Welt,  1935, 9: 339-41.—Hartemann, J.
 Rachianesth6sie  dans un cas d'edampsie  avec hemorragie
 retro-placentaire.  Bull. Soc.  obst. gyn. Paris, 1933, 22: 441.—
 Paramore, R. H.  Eclampsia and its treatment; an experience
 with spinal anaesthesia in 1  case.  Proc R. Soc. M.,  Lond.,
 1927-28, 21: sect. obst. gyn., 70-6.  Also Lancet, Lond., 1928,
 1: 963; 1930, 2: 399. Also Med. Stand.,  1928, 51: No. 8, 12-5.
 Also Brit. M. J.,  1930,  1: 15.—Sassi, R.   Nuovo contributo
 alia cura dell'accesso eclamptico mediante la narcosi barbiturica.
 Arte ostet., 1935, 49: 289-96.—Thornton,  W. P.  A report of
 2  cases  of  intraspinal  cocainization in puerperal eclampsia.
 N. York State J. M., 1901. 1: 207-11.


----   Surgery: Cesarean section.

   Arvanitakis,  J.    *Ueber   prophylaktische
Schnitt-Entbindung  bei  Eklampsie.    15p.    8°
Munch.,  1927. 
ECLAMPSIA
44
ECLAMPSIA
   Deucher,  W. G.   *Die Resultate der  prinzi-
piellen  abdominalen Schnittentbindung  bei  in
Schwangerschaft und unter  der Geburt  aufge-
tretenen Eklampsien [Zurich]   51p.   8?  Kreuz-
lingen,  1922.
   Houtman,   J.   *Keizersnede  bij  eclampsie.
81p.   8?   Sneek, 1919.
   Kon,  S.   *La  cesarienne  abdominale  dans
l'eclampsie.   47p.   8?   Par., 1932.
   Prinz,  L.    *Ueber   den  classischen  Kaiser-
schnitt bei  Eklampsie.   33p.   8?   Lpz.,  1901.
   Sauter,  H.    *Die   neueren   Behandlungs-
methoden  der  Eklampsie  mit  besonderer Wiir-
digung des  vaginalen Kaiserschnittes und dessen
Ergebnisse  an  der  Strassburger  Universitats-
Frauenklinik.   82p.   8°  Strassb. i.  E.,  1912.
   Spireanu,  H.   *Contribution  a   l'etude  du
traitement  de l'eclampsie  par  l'operation  cesari-
enne.   58p.  8?   Par.,  1928.
   Weber,  E.    *Eklampsiebehandlung  in  den
Jahren  1920  bis  1930  mit besonderer  Beruck-
sichtigung  des   abdominalen   Kaiserschnittes
an   der   Miinchener  Universitats-Frauenklinik
[Miinchen]   24p.   8?   Diisseld., 1932.
   Zajpsztajn,  C.  *Cesarienne abdominale dans
l'eclampsie.   40p.   8?   Par., 1934.
   Beckmann, W.   Vaginaler Kaiserschnitt und  Metreuryse
als Entbindungsmethoden bei Eklampsie.   S.  Petersb.  med.
Wschr.,  1910, 35: 590-600.   Also Mschr.  Geburtsh. Gyn.,
1912.  35: 168-78.—Bidoire.   De  l'operation cesarienne dans
l'6clampsie et l'eclampsisme.  Gynecologie, 1933, 32: 361-94.—
Biermer. R.   Sectio caesarea,  ausgefiihrt mit querem Fundal-
schnitt nach Fritsch, wegen schwerer Eklampsie am Ende der
Schwangerschaft.  Munch, med.  Wschr., 1899. 46:  1565.—
Bourne,  A.  W.  A case  of eclampsia  in middle  pregnancy,
treated  by  vaginal hysterotomy; recovery.   Lancet, Lond.,
1920,  2:  652.—Brodhead, G.  L.   The  treatment of eclampsia
with  especial  reference  to vaginal  and  abdominal  section.
Am. J. Obst., 1917, 75: 762-72.—Carrington.  G. L.  Caesarean
section and the late toxemias  of pregnancy.  Med. J.  & Rec,
1931,  133: 285-8.—Charles, N.  Primipare de  32 ans,  pr6s du
terme; anasarque et albuminurie; dyspn6e et cyanose intenses;
operation cesarienne d'urgence;  fcetus  macere; femme morte
le 5« jour. J. accouch., Liege, 1903, 24:  414.—Crawford, W. W.
Consistency  of Cesarean  section in  nephritis  and eclampsia.
South. M.  J., 1915,  8:  709-12.—Del Toro,  J.   Operaci6n
cesarea  abdominal  en un caso de eclampsia ante-partum.
Bol. As.  med. Puerto Rico, 1914-15,  11: 81.—Dorsett, E. L.
Abdominal Cesarean section for  eclampsia:  report of 2 cases
J. Missouri  M. Ass., 1917, 14:  512-4.  Also  iepr.—DuBose.
F. G.  The present status of Cesarean  section  with particular
reference to  its employment in eclampsia.  Am. .7. Obst., 1929,
18: 653-9.—Fiirsl, W.  Zum  transperitonealen Kaiserschnitt
bei Eklampsie.  Zbl. Gyn., 1924, 48:  1700-9.—Gammeltoft.
[Cesarean section  for eclampsia]  Ugeskr.  laeger,  191S, 53:
1431-6.—Garipuy & Grimes.  Operation c6sarienne chez une
eclamptique.   Bull. Soc.  obst. gyn. Paris,  1923.  12: 615.—
Gatch. W. D.. & Little,  W. D.  A case of eclampsia with 42
convulsions treated by caesarian section, phlebotomy and blood
transfusion;  survival of  both  mother  and child.   J. Indiana
M. Ass., 1922, 15: 13.—Genge.  G. G.   Caesarean  section for
eclampsia; mother and  child  saved.   Brit. M. ,1.,  1920, 2:
976.—Gernez, L.  A propos d'un cas d'edampsie grave apparue
au voisinage du  terme et traitee avec succes par cesarienne
basse. Bull. Soc. gyn. obst. Paris, 1939, 28: 184.—Gil e I., C.
Un caso de  operaci6n cesarea vaginal por  eclampsia.  Rev.
iber.  amer.  cienc. med.,  1909,  22: 178-86.—Gila, S.  Un
caso de cesarea de Diihrsen por eclampsia.  An. Acad, obst.,
Madr.,  1909, 2:  14-9.—Goldberg, O.   Der vaginale  Kaiser-
schnitt  bei  Eklampsie.    Zbl.  Gyn.,  1910,  34:   1676-82.—
Gornstein, S. J.  [The treatment of eclampsia in the Baumann
Lying-in Hospital from 1924  to 1926]   Mosk. med. J„  1928,
8: 52-60.—Haggard. W.  D.   Cesarean section for puerperal
eclampsia; report of 3 successful cases  with  3  living children
J. Tennessee M. Ass.,  1911-12,  4:  391-6.—Hendrick,  J. a!
Caesarean section under local anesthesia, in puerperal eclampsia'
N. Orleans  M.  & S. J., 1922,  75: 57-60.—Hewitt, w/f!
Eclampsia and Cesarean  section.  Surg. Clin.  Chicago,  1919*
3: 573-5.—Hubert. E. Operation Cesarienne  prophylactique
de l'eclampsie.  Rev. med., Louvain, 1900, 18: 100-9, 2 pi__
Ide. M.  Cesarienne; edampsie.   Ibid.,  1927,  376-9.—Ingra-
ham,  H. C.   Cesarean section for eclampsia   Am. J  Obst
1918,  77: 1000-4.  Also Colorado M., 1925,  22: 21-7.—Irwin
J. C.  The role of Cesarean section in the treatment of eclamnsia'
California West.  M., 1926, 24:  208-12.—Jona, J.  L.  A ful-
minant  case  of  puerperal eclampsia;  Caesarean secMon- re-
covery.   Med. J. Australia, 1918, 2: 137.—Kalmikov M  A
[Vaginal Caesarean section as the quickest and  least dangerous
method of delivery in eclampsia]  J. akush., 1912  27- 1277-
88.—Knipe,  W.  H.  W.   Vaginal caesarean for eclampsia.
Am. J. Obst., 1922, 3: 646.—Kosmak, G. W.  Vaginal Cesarean
section and its limitations, particularly  in eclampsia.   Ibid.,
1912, 65: 793-805   [Discussion]  855-62.—Langrock,  E. G.
Caesarean section  for eclampsia.   N.  York M. J., 1920,  112:
718— Lee. H. H.  Cesarean section for eclamptic convulsions.
Med. J. Australia, 1917, 1: 30.—Leiand, R. G.  Treatment of
eclampsia by vaginal Cesarean section.  J. Michigan M.  Soc,
1912, 11: 282-6.—Le  Lorier  &  Mayer, M.  Eclampsie  a
forme convulsive;  echec du traitement medical de la cesarienne
vaginale; succds  de la ponction lombaire.   Bull. Soc.  obst.
gyn. Paris,  1933,  22: 145-51.—Ley, R. L.  Caesarean section
for  eclampsia;  followed by pyosalpinx.   Lancet, Lond., 1920,
2:  1051.—Liebmann,  I.  [Eclampsia  in cesarean  section]
Orv. hetil., 1926, 70: 431-3.  Also Zbl. Gyn., 1926, 50: 414-6.—
McCann, F. Caesarean section in the  treatment of eclampsia
gravidarum, with  notes of a successful case.  Proc. R. Soc. M.,
Lond., 1909-10, 3:  obst. gyn. sect.,  193-207.  Also Lancet,
Lond., 1910, 2: 789-92.—Maguire, D. L.  The treatment of
puerperal eclampsia by  Caesarian section.   South. M. J.,
1909, 2:  1076-9.—Manna, A.  II taglio cesareo addominale
nell'eclampsia.   Arch, ostet. gin.,  1927, 2. ser., 14: 159-66.—
Marsh, J. P.   Cesarean section done under spinal anesthesia
for  eclampsia.   J. Am. M. Ass., 1912,  59:  940.—Meda. C.
Taglio cesareo per eclampsia  in gravidanza a termine.   Arte
ostet., 1932, 46: 113.—Micheli, G.  II taglio cesareo nell'eclam-
psia.  Umbria med., 1934, 14: 2624-9— Montini, A.  Di un
taglio cesareo  conservatore per eclampsia gravidica.  Gazz.
osp.,  1910, 31:   1253.—Moran,  J. F.   Indications  for ab-
dominal Cesarean  section in eclampsia.  South. M. J., 1912, 5:
338-42.—Mullally, L.  Abdominal Cesarean section  for puer-
peral  eclampsia.   Am.  J. Obst.,  1910,  61:  305-7.—Nacke.
Vaginaler Kaiserschnitt  bei  schwerster Eklampsie  im  8.
Schwangerschaftsmonat.   Zbl.  Gyn.,  1909,  33: 207-10 —
Neutfebauer, F.  [Caesarean section for eclampsia with happy
result for mother and child]   Przegl. chir.  gin.,  1914,  10:
347-53.—Owen, A. W.  A case of eclampsia in the 34th week
treated bv caesarean section: mother and child living.  Lancet,
Lond., 1922, 2: 70.—Palliez, R., & Gernez. L.  Deux observa-
tions d'edampsie a forme grave apparue a 6XA mois de grossesse
et traitee avec succes par cesarienne  vaginale.  Bull.  Soc.
obst. gyn. Paris, 1934, 23: 735.—Parke, W. E.  Cesarean sec-
tion in the  treatment of eclampsia.  Am. J.  Obst., 1918, 77:
948-59  [Discussion] 977-81.  Also repr.  Also M. & S. Rep.
Episc. Hosp., Phila., 1920,5:477-90.—Paucot & Gelle. Eclam-
psie precoce; cesarienne vaginale.  Bull. Soc.  obst. gyn. Paris,
1934, 23: 138.—Peak, J. H.   Puerperal eclampsia relieved by
Cesarean section.   Kentucky  M.  J.,  1913-14, 11: 989-92 —
Pellifesier, P.   Eclampsie  comateuse  d'embiee  du  debut du
travail; cesarienne vaginale; guerison aprds 42 heures  de coma.
Loire med., 1925, 39: 134-42.—Peterson.  R.  The role of
abdominal  Cesarean section in the  treatment  of eclampsia.
Am. J. Obst,, 1914,  69: 581-93  [Discussion] 686-93.  ------
A critical review  of 500 published and unpublished cases of
abdominal  Cesarean section  for  eclampsia.   Ibid.,  909-61.
------A  case  of  abdominal  Cesarean section at the 7th
month for threatened eclampsia.   J. Michigan M. Soc, 1914,
13:  384.  Also Tr. Clin.  Soc. Univ. Michigan,  1914, 5:  111;
135.—Picardi, B.   Contributo alia cura deU'eclampsia mediante
il taglio  cesareo.  Clin, ostet., 1933,  35: 151-6.—Procter. I.
The place of Cesarean section in the  treatment of eclampsia.
South. M. & S.,  1928,  90: 83.—Ricketts, B. M. Suprapubic
Cesarean section for puerperal eclampsia.  Am. J. Surg., 1914,
28:  334; 379.—Risseeuw, A. J.  Over  eclampsie bij zwangeren
en abdominale Keizersnede.   Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1910, 45:
2 pt,  1072-7.—Rivas Morales, J. C.   Sobre  el tratamiento de
la eclampsia gravidica.  Gac med. Caracas, 1929, 36: 346-8.—
Sakharov, L. S.  [Cesarean section as the method of choice in
the  treatment of eclampsia] Odess. med. J., 1928, 3: 511-3.—
Schachner,  A.  Caesarean section  for eclampsia in twin preg-
nancy, saving  mother and both children. Med. Rec,  N. Y.,
1917. 92: 94l.—Schell, W.  Cesarean section as a means  of
rapid delivery in  eclampsia.   J.  Indiana M.  Ass.,  1910, 3:
16-20.—Shands,   H.  R.  Caesarean  section in eclampsia.
South. M.  J.,  1914,  7:  727;  1925, 18: 534.—Skobansky. K.
[Cesarean section  in eclampsia and the methods of evaluation
of the efTectivity of  this treatment]   J. akush.,  1933, 44:
273-88.—Stanton, D. A.  Caesarean  section  vs. any  other
method  of treating ante-partum eclampsia.   Charlotte M. J.,
1919, 79: 234.—Strickland. C. G. The Cesarean section  in
eclampsia.  Pennsylvania  M. J.,  1918,  22:  8.  Also repr.—
Stroganov, V. V.   [Cesarean section or anesthetics in treatment
of puerperal eclampsia]  J. akush., 1928, 39: 280-91.—Tomp-
kins,  McC.  Cesarean section in eclampsia,  with recovery of
mother  and child.  Old Dominion  J.  M. & S.,  1908-9", 7:
25-7'.—Tomasi, L. Contributo al  taglio cesareo nell'eclampsia
gravidica.  Policlinico, 1927. 34: sez. prat.. 526-31.—Verbelen,
J.  Albuminurie; intoxication gravidique; operation c-esarienne;
phlegmatia  alba dolens; guerison.  Rev.  med., Louvain, 1900,
18:  5-7.—Wagner,  A.  Zum  transperitonealen  Kaiserschnitt
bei  Eklampsie. Zbl.  Gyn., 1924. 48: 1263-5.—Ward. F. N.
A report  of  Caesarean section for exaggerated case of pernicious
vomiting of pregnancy.   J. Am.  Inst.  Homeop., 1911-12 4:
274-8.—Welz.  W. E.  Two eases of vaginal  Cesarean section
for  eclampsia.  J.  Michigan M. Soc, 1917. 16: 216.—White. C.
Nephrotomy combined with Caesarean section in the treatment
of eclampsia with suppression of urine.  Brit. M. J., 1918, 2:
4-6.—Willson, P.  Cesarean section for threatened eclampsia
and death of the  child following circumcision.  Am. J. Obst.,
1913. 68:351-4. 
ECLAMPSIA
45
ECLAMPSIA
  ----   Surgery: Premature labor.

     Beghin.  Accouchement selon la methode de Delmas chez
  une edamptique. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1928, 17: 725-7.—
  Gagnon, F. Eclampsie et evacuation uterine.  Bull. Soc. med.
  hop.  Quebec,  1935, 97-104.—Lambinon, H.  Eclampsie chez
  une jeune primipare; forceps; guerison.  Ann. Soc. med. chir.
  Liege, 1932, 65: 211-4.—Llames Massini, J. C.  La supresion
  del parto en la eclampsia del termino de la gestacion; concepto
  terapeutico basado  en 107 observaciones personales de eclam-
  psia puerperal.  Gac. med. Caracas, 1930, 37: 42-7.—Montagne,
  J.  Accouchement methodiquement  rapide  par eclampsie chez
  une bacillaire.  Bull. Soc. obst.  gyn.  Paris, 1937, 26: 408.—
  Paucot.  Accouchement force chez une edamptique a l'agonie.
  Echo med. nord,  1906,  10: 401-3.—Penfold, W. J., & Butler,
  H. M.  The infection of the placenta and of the foetus by in-
  duction of labour in eclampsia.  Med. J. Australia, 1933, 1:
  336-40.—Rhenter & Dardaillon.   Eclampsie  confirmee  chez
  une syphilitique a  la fin du huitieme mois de la gestation;
  choroidite sp6cifique; provocation medicamenteuse du travail.
  Bull.  Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1933, 22: 406-8.—Stoeckel. Meine
  Resultate mit der Schnellentbindung  bei Eklampsie.  Zschr.
  Geburtsh.  Gyn.,  1927, 91: 211-3.—Stroganov,  V. V.   Early
  rupture of membranes in the treatment of eclampsia.  J. Obst.
  Gyn.  Brit. Empire,  1934, 41: 592-6.

  ----   Treatment.

     Acosta   Guzman,  A.    *Ueber   Nephropathie,
  Praeeklampsie  und Eklampsie-Behandlung und
  Erfolge  in  der   Universitats-Frauenklinik   zu
  Bonn von  1912 bis 1927.  45p.  8?  Bonn,  1928.
     Connell, C.  W.   *The treatment  of eclampsia
  [Marquette Univ.]   4p.   4?   Milwaukee,  1926.
    Siedentopf,  H.    Die Bekampfung der  eklam-
  ptischen  Schwangerschaftserkrankungen.    86p.
  8?   Lpz., 1936.
    Sousa  Machado,  G.  de.   *EcIampsia  puer-
  peral e seu  tratamento.  87p.  8?   Lisb.,  1879.
    Wall,  C.  E.  *The  treatment of eclampsia
  [Marquette Univ.]   16p.  4?  Milwaukee,  1930.
    Arnold,  J.  O.  Treatment  of eclampsia.  Med.  Clin. N.
  America,  1934,  18: 297-306.—Bajusz,  M.  [Treatment of
  eclampsia gravidarum]  Budapesti orv. ujs.,  1932, 30: 605-8.—
  Balard, P.  Le traitement de l'eclampsie. J. med. Paris, 1929,
  48: 948.—Bear, J.  Treatment of eclampsia.  Virginia M.
  Month., 1934, 61:  29-33.—Beck,  A.  G.  The  treatment of
  eclampsia.   Long Island M. J.,  1924, 18: 192-7.—Bentliin.
  Ueber Eklampsiebehandlung.   Ther.  Gegenwart., 1924, 65:
  208-12.—Berge, B. S. ten  [Eclampsia; prophylaxis and treat-
  ment  in Gemeentilijken verloskindigen Dienst in Rotterdam]
  Geneesk. gids, 1938, 16: 1102-7.—Berman,  S.  Treatment of
  eclampsia.  Boston  M. & S. J.,  1926, 194: 7-10.—Boerma. N.
  J. H.  F.  [Eclampsia and its treatment]  Geneesk. tschr. Ned.
  Indie, 1937, 77: 258-65.—Brovkin, D. P.  [Therapy of eclamp-
  sia]  J. akush., 1931, 42: 605-12.—Brown, R. J. Treatment of
  eclampsia.  J. Am.  Inst. Homeop., 1934, 27: 135.—Cosgrove,
  S. A.  Treatment of eclampsia.  J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1933, 30:
  6-16.—Couinaud, P. Le traitement de l'eclampsie puerperale.
  J. m6d. fr., 1929, 18: 307.—Crichton, E. C.   The treatment of
  eclampsia.  S. Afr.  M. J., 1935, 9: 560-2.—Davis, A. C, &
  Davis, P.  Treatment  of eclampsia.   Virginia M.  Month.,
  1934,  60: 648-52.—Davis.  E.  P.  Treatment of  eclampsia.
  Progr. Med., Phila., 1924, 3: 37-40.—Dieckmann. W. J. The
  treatment of  eclampsia.   Am.  J.  Obst.,  1937, 33: 165-73.—
  Dwyer,  W. A.  The treatment of eclampsia.  J. M. Soc. N.
  Jersey, 1927,  24: 561-5.—Essen-MoIIer, E.  [Treatment of
 eclampsia]  Sven.  lak.  tidn.,  1923,  19: 689-704.   ------
  [Recent views  on treatment of eclampsia]   Ibid., 1931, 28:
  1356-63.—Fantus, B. Therapy of eclampsia. J. Am.  M. Ass.,
 1935,  104: 1411-3.—Farkas. J.  [Treatment  of eclampsia]
 Budapesti orv.  ujs., 1930, 28:  1147-55.—Furst.  Ueber Eklam-
 psie und ihre Behandlung. Zbl. Gyn., 1924,48:  2027—Guiroy,
 A. J.  Tratamiento de la eclampsia puerperal.   Dfa med., B.
 Air., 1930-31, 3: 309.—Harris. P.  Treatment of eclampsia and
 allied conditions. Virginia M. Month.,  1928-29, 55: 409-11 —
 Hewitt, J.  Observations on  the symptomatology and  treat-
 ment of albuminuria and eclampsia. Tr. R. Med. Chir. Soc.
 Glasgow,  1927, 21: 114-28.—Hingston.  C. A. F.  Report of 64
 cases  of  eclampsia  treated  at  the  Government Maternity
 Hospital,  Madras, from  October 1917 to October 1919.  Ind.
 M. Gaz.,  1920, 55: 18-20.   ------ &  Mudaliar, A. L.  The
 treatment of puerperal eclampsia, with notes on  220  cases of
 puerperal eclampsia  treated  at the Government Hospital for
 women and  children, Madras, during the years January 1922
 to July 1926.  Ibid., 1927, 62: 179-82.—Houel, E., & Jahier, H.
 Le traitement de l'eclampsie puerperale a la Maternite  d'Alger.
 Rev. fr. gyn.  obst,, 1925, 20: 349-57.—Irving, F. C.   The
 treatment of eclampsia.   Med.  Clin. N.  America,  1929,  13:
221-8.—Jacobs, F. Ueber Eklampsiebehandlung.  Med. Welt,
1933, 7: 1421-3.—Jala.  II trattamento deU'eclampsia.  Mor-
 gagni,  1934, 76: 83.—Jeannin, C. The duty of the physician in
the presence of eclampsia.  Canad. M. Ass. J., 1928, 19: 519-
21.—Kawakami, H., Yogo, E.. & Imati. Y. Clinical findings of
eclampsia and  the treatments.  Jap. J.  Obst., 1938, 21: 279-
83.—Kontsek, B. von. Ueber die Therapie und Prognose der
 Eklampsie auf Grund von 117 Fallen.  Zbl. Gyn., 1931,  55:
 3639-44.—Lazard, E. M.  Eclamptic toxemias and indications
 for treatment. Am. J. Surg., 1927, n. ser., 3: 433-9.—Lee, T.
 L.  The treatment of the convulsive toxemia of pregnancy.
 Virginia  M. Month., 1931-32, 58:  37-41.—Lentze. H.  Zur
 Eklampsiebehandlung.  Med.  Welt, 1935,  9: 1184.—McCord,
 J. R.  The management of eclampsia.  J. Tennessee M. Ass.,
 1931, 24: 299-303.—McCusker. C. J.  Eclampsia; a summary
 of its present day treatment.  Northwest M., 1925, 24: 536-9.—
 Malan,  D.  J.  The treatment of eclampsia.  J. M.  Ass. S.
 Africa,  1928, 2: 404-8.—Martin,  E.  Die Behandlung der
 Eklampsie.  Zbl. Gyn., 1927,  51: 1238-42.—Mengershausen,
 H. M. von.  Treatment of eclampsia.  S. Afr. M. Rec, 1925,
 23: 387.—Mestre,  R.  Tratamiento de la eclampsia.  Rev.
 med. Rosario, 1924, 14: 133-47. Also Sem. med.,  B. Air., 1926,
 33: pt 2, 481-5.—Moreno, M.  Tratamiento de  la eclampsia.
 Rev. cir. Hosp. Juarez, Mex , 1935, 6: 333;  1937;  8:  391.—
 Norburn, C. S.  The treatment of eclampsia.  South. M. & S.,
 1925, 87: 655-9.—Novikova, L. A.   [Problem of treatment of
 eclampsia]  J. akush.,  1930, 41: 340-4.—Oldham,  D. P.  Treat-
 ment of eclampsia.  Med. World, 1927, 45: 318-21.—Okinchitz,
 L. [Treatment and prevention of eclampsia]  J.  akush., 1932,
 43: 37.—Pendleton, G.  F.  Treatment of eclampsia.  J. Mis-
 souri M. Ass., 1926.  23: 327-9.—Pestalozza, E. La terapia
 deU'eclampsia. Riv. ostet. gin., 1923, 5: 561-4.—Porcaro, D.
 Trattamento di alcune forme tossiche della  gravidanza con
 particolare riguardo all'eclampsia. Gazz. med. ital., 1938, 97:
 142-4.—Preston, T. W.  Treatment of eclampsia.  Brit. M. J.,
 1939, 1:413.—Rene de Cotret, E. A. De l'edampsie puerperale.
 Union med. Canada, 1927, 56: 271.—Rice, F. W. Treatment
 of eclampsia.  N. York State J. M., 1927, 27: 1-8.—Rubel, H.
 M. Treatment of eclampsia.  South. M. J., 1926, 19: 618-25.—
 Rucker,  M.  P.   The treatment of eclampsia.  Virginia M.
 Month.,  1926-27, 53:  97-103.—Rucker. P. The  treatment of
 eclampsia.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1937, 109: 1087.—Sachs,  E.
 Tratamiento de la  eclampsia  y sus resultados.  Rev.  med.
 germ. iber. amer., 1930,  3: 405-14.—Schey, G.  [Treatment of
 eclampsia]  Budapesti orv. ujs., 1931, 29: 227-9.—Seitz. L.
 Zur Symptomatolocie, Prophylaxe und Therapie der Eklampsie
 und ihrer Vorstufen.  Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1930, 142: 52-73 —
 Siedentopf, H. Die Therapie der Eklampsie.  Ber. ees. Gvn.,
 1935-36, 30: 209-37.—Smock, B. W.  Eclampsia and its treat-
 ment. Kentucky M. J., 1939,  37: 4-7.—Snoo. K. de  [Treat-
 ment  and prevention of  eclampsia]  Geneesk.  tschr.  Ned.
 Indie, 1938, 78: 634-45.  Also S. Afr. M. J., 1938, 12: 536-42 —
 Szenteh, I.  [Treatment of eclampsia]  Orvoskepz6s, 1935, 25:
 565-9.—Temple, G. H.  Notes on the treatment of eclampsia.
 Bristol Med.  Chir. J.,  1930,  47: 307-10.—Therapy  of late
 toxemia and eclampsia. J. S. Carolina M. Ass., 1908, 34: 229.—
 Thomson, H. J.  Treatment  of  eclampsia.  Clin. J.,  Lond.,
 1936. 65: 424.—Thulin, E.  Eklampsie- und Eklampsismusbe-
 handlung an  der Gotenburger Entbindungsanstalt wahrend
 der Jahre 1918-28.  Acta obst.  gyn. scand., 1930,  9: 554-76.—
 Uspensky, I. E.  [Treatment of eclampsia]  Akush. gin., 1938,
 No. 3, 99.—Van Wood, C. The treatment of eclampsia.  J.
 M. Ass. Georgia, 1924, 13: 391.—Vignes, H. Le traitement des
 convulsions edamptiques.   Rev. gin. clin. ther., 1925,  39:
 593-5.—Villafuerte, E.  Tratamiento de la eclampsia.  An.
 clin. Hosp.  Juarez,  Mex.,  1931,  1:  170-2.—Williams,  J. W.
 The toxemias  of pregnancy, and the treatment of eclampsia.
 J.  Am. M.  Ass.,  1927, 88: 449-54.—Wilson, J. S.  G.  The
 treatment of eclampsia.  Liverpool Med.  Chir. J., 1933, 41:
 pt 2,  216-21.—Wilson, K. M.  Comparison  of the  results
 obtained after radical and conservative treatment of eclampsia
 in the Obstetrical Department of the Johns Hopkins Hospital.
 Am. J. Obst.,  1925,  9: 189-97.—Wodon, J. L.  Le traitement
 de l'eclampsie.  Gyn.  obst., Par., 1938, 37: 336-43.—Wright,
 C. B.  Treatment of eclampsia. J. Florida M. Ass., 1935-36,
 22: 164-6.

 ----   Treatment: Drugs.

   See also subheading Surgery: Anesthesia.
   Frohmann, H.   *Ueber die  Behandlung der
 Eklampsie mit Pernocton.   40p.  8?   Berl.,  1931.
   Guedes,  R.   *Pathogenia  da  eclampsia  puer-
 peral e seu  tratamento  pelo  bromureto  de po-
 tassio.   89p.   12?  Lisb.,  1872.
   Albers, H.   Sekalegaben  intra  partum und  Eklampsie?
 Zbl. Gyn., 1938, 62:  567-71.—Alovsky, A. D.   [Magnesium
 sulphate  in treatment of eclampsia]  Sovet, vrach. gaz., 1934,
 38: 366-70.—Alton,  B. H., & Lincoln,  G.  C.  The control of
 eclampsia convulsions  by intraspinal injections of magnesium
 sulphate.   Am. J. Obst., 1925,  9: 167-77— Ballard, M. Tre
 casi di eclampsia  puerperale  trattati con la magnesioterapia.
 Riv. ostet. gin., 1933,  15: 456-9.—Bermann, S. E.  El trata-
 miento de la eclampsia puerperal por las inyecciones de sulfato
de magnesia.  Bol.  Soc obst.  gin. B. Aires,  1929,  8: 228;
 1936, 15: 528.  Also Sem. m6d., B. Air.,  1929, 36: pt 2, 937;
 1936, 43: pt 2, 1141-5.—Bernard!, O. M.   Sui primi risultatl
della terapia  calcica neU'eclampsia puerperale.   Arch,  ostet.
gin., 1929, 2. ser., 16:  167; 1165.—Bigger. J. D.  Report of a
case of eclampsia treated with magnesium sulphate.  China
M. J.,  1927, 41: 369.—Bonilla, F..  & Goebel, F. Ueber die
Behandlung der Eklampsie mit Thyroxin.  Mschr. Geburtsh.
Gyn.,  1936, 102: 193-201.—Boon von Ochssee, M. C.  [Use
of  pernocton in eclampsia]  Ned.  tschr.  geneesk., 1933,  77:
2810-16.   Also Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1933,  95: 227-37.— 
ECLAMPSIA
46
ECLAMPSIA
Brovkin, D. P.   [Treatment of eklampsia  with magnesium
anestheMa]   Sovet.  vrach.  gaz., 1934, 38: 1514-8.  Also  J.
akush.,  1934, 45: 183-7.   Also  Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1935-36,
160: 141-9.  Also Gyn.  obst., Par., 1936, 34: 135-9.
 [Paraldehyde  in  treatment of eclampsia]   Sovet.  vrach. J.,
 1936, 1: 1788.—Brown, A.  Adrenaline proved a life saver in
 this grave case of eclampsia.  Am. Physician, 1924, 29: 549.—
 Bryant, R. D.  Veratrum viride in the treatment of eclampsia.
 Am. J. Obst., 1935, 30: 46-53.—Caldwell, W. E.  The intra-
 venous use of paraldehyde in eclampsia. N. York State J. M.,
 1926, 26: 57.—Cappellani, S. Sulla calcioterapia nell'eclampsia.
 Arch, ostet. gin., 1931, 2. ser., 18:  138-45.—Catoni, V.  Tratta-
 mento deU'eclampsia puerperale  con  associazione decholin-
 pernocton.  Clin, ostet.,   1938,  40:  242-50.—Christitch, S.
 Application  du sulfate  de magnesie au traitement des etats
 edamptiques et pre-edamptiques.  Bull. Soc. gyn. obst. Paris,
 1938,27:323-8.  ------& Marianovitch.  Un cas d'edampsie
 puerperale grave,  gu6rie par le sulfate de magnesie et le serum
 glucose hypertonique.   Ibid.,  1939, 28: 267-9.—Clement, R.
 Le sulfate de magnesie  dans le traitement  de l'edampsie
 puerp6rale.   Presse m6d.,  1925,  33: 646.—Crimeni, V.  Un
 caso di eclampsia  gravidica guarito con  la calcioterapia.  Arch.
 ostet. gin., 1931. 2. ser., 18: 164-6.—Cyrillo, L. Tratamento
 das crises convulsivas da eclampsia pelo sulfato de magnesio.
 Fol. med., Rio, 1927, 8: 27-31.—Davidson, A. M.  The use of
 morphine in eclampsia.  Med. J.  Australia, 1928, 2: 612-4.—
 De Bustamente y Sirven, A. S. Acecolina y eclampsia.  Rev.
 m6d. cubana,  1935, 46: 124-8.—Dexeus Font, S.  Eclampsia
 post-partum tratada por el sulfato de  magnesia intra-venoso.
 Rev. med. Barcelona,  1925, 2. ser., 4: 237-9.—Dieckmann,
 W. J.  Gum acacia in the treatment of eclampsia; a preliminary
 report.   Am.  J.  Obst., 1931,  22: 351-9.—Dorsett, L.  The
 intramuscular injection of  magnesium sulphate for the control
 of convulsions in eclampsia. Ibid., 1926, 11: 227-31  [Discus-
 sion] 262.—Fauvet, E., & Jonas, K.  Zur Frage der Eklampsie-
 behandlung  mit  Schlafmitteln.   Schmerz, 1935-36,  8:  37-
 45.—Favreau,  M.   Trois  observations d'emploi  du  chlor-
 hydrate de pilocarpine chez les edamptiques.  Bull. Soc. obst.
 gyn. Paris, 1925,  14: 683-5.  Also Vie  med., 1925,  6: 1765.—
 Goecke, H.   Ueber die Anwendung von Pernoctonbei Eklam-
 psie.  Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1931, 88: 170-8.  Also Munch.
 med. Wschr., 1934, 81: 402.—Gourry, N. Essai de traitement
 de l'6clampsie par le somnifene intraveineux en milieu indigene.
 Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1933, 26: 670-4.—Hamblen, E. C,
 & Hamblin, D. O.  Oral administration of  sodium amytal in
 eclampsia.  Am. J. Obst.,  1932, 23: 592-3.—Hammerschlag.
 Behandlung  der  Eklampsie  mit  Thyroxin.   Klin.  Wschr.,
 1930,  9: 261.—Hofbauer,  J.  Alkali in der Behandlung der
 Eklampsie und der Pyelitis gravidarum. Zbl. Gyn., 1933. 57:
 930-4.—Houel & Jahier.  A propos de 3 cas d'edampsie traites
 par la morphine.  Bull. Soc. obst.  gyn.  Paris, 1925,  14: 221-5.
 Also Clinique, Par., 1925,  20:  183.—Jimenez Camacho, J. B.
 El tratamiento de la eclampsia  obstetrica  por el sulfato  de
 magnesio. Dfa med., B. Air., 1935, 7: 1170.—Joffe, G. [Treat-
 ment of eclampsia with caff ein] Medicina, Kaunas,  1932, 13:
 275-80.—King, E. L., Mayer, G. A., & Ayo. T.  B. The use of
 sodium isoamylethylbarbiturate (sodium amytal) in the treat-
 ment of eclampsia. Am. J. Obst., 1932, 23: 867-71.—Kosinski,
 M. [Pernocton in treatment of eclampsia]   Polska  gaz. lek.,
 1935, 14: 833-6—Kustner, H.  Zur Thyroxinbehandlung der
 Eklampsie und der praeklamptischen Strirungen.  Klin. Wschr.,
 1932, 11: 1016-20.—Laffont, A.. &  Larribere, J.   Le traitement
 de l'eclampsie par le somnifene; guerison et continuation de la
 grossesse.  Rev. fr.  gyn. obst.,  1929, 24: 148-54.  ------ &
 Houel.   Quelques observations  d'edampsie  traitees  par  le
 somnifene.   Bull.  Soc.  obst.  gyn. Paris,   1928, 17:  835 —
 Laffont, A.,  &  Schebat.   Quelques observations d'edampsie
 traitees  par  le serum  glucose hypertonique   intra-veineux.
 Ibid., 1938, 27: 621-3.—Lakhhar,  L. R. A  case of eclampsia
 treated with chloral hydras.  Ind. M. Gaz.,  1935, 70: 390.—
 Larribere, J.   Le  traitement de l'eclampsie par le somnifene.
 Gaz. hop., 1929, 102: 79-81.—Laube, A.  Eklampsiebehandlung
 mit Doryl.  Munch, med.  Wschr.,  1935, 82: 1687.—Lazard,
 E. M.  A preliminary report on the intravenous use of mag-
 nesium  sulphate in puerperal eclampsia. Am. J. Obst., 1925,
 9:  178-88.   ------  Is magnesium sulphate  intravenously
 warranted in  eclampsia? clinical results vs  experimental evi-
 dence.  Ibid.,  1927, 13: 720-7.  ------ An analysis  of 575
 cases of eclamptic and pre-eclamptic toxemias treated by intra-
 venous  injections  of  magnesium sulphate.  Tr. Pacific  Soc
 Obst. Gyn., 1931-33, 1 :-3: 78-88.   Also Am. J. Obst., 1933, 26i
 647-56.  •---— Irwin, J. C, & Vruwink, J.  The intravenous
 magnesium sulphate treatment of eclampsia; a collective report
 of 142 cases.   Ibid., 1926, 12: 104-12.  Also Chicago M  Rec
 1927, 49: 120-6.—Lewis, M. S.   The use  of sodium amytal
 in the treatment of eclampsia.  J. Tennessee M. Ass.,  1933
 26:  392-6.   Also  South. M. J.,  1934, 27: 244-9.—Lopez!
 R.  E.   Parathyroid  extract-Collip in  eclampsia and allied
 conditions.  Surg.  Gyn.  Obst.,  1929, 49: 689-93.—McNeile,
 L.  G.,  &  Vruwink, J.  Magnesium sulphate  intravenously
 in  the  care  and  treatment of preeclampsia and eclampsia
J.  Am.  M. Ass.,  1926,  87: 236-40.—Maisel, E. A.   [Mag-
nesium sulphate in treatment of eclampsia]   Sovet vrach  J
1937, 41: 895-902.—Mancini, D.  II solfato di magnesio nella
cura deU'eclampsia puerperale.  Ann.  ostet. gin., 1933, 55-
1397-404.—Marion, D. Le somnifene dans la crise edamptique
Union med. Canada, 1931, 60: 466-S— Miranda, G. La terapia
della eclampsia.  Rinasc. med., 1931, 8: 147-9. pi.—Natale P
II  solfato di  magnesio  nella cura  dell'eclampsia puerperale'
  Ann. ostet. gin., 1930, 52: 1;  1932, 54: 513.—Nolan,  N. M.
  A short account of 10 cases of eclampsia treated by intravenous
  injections of magnesium sulphate.  Ind. M. Gaz.,  1935,  70:
  503.—Odor,  B.  [Role of  magnesium sulfate in treatment
  of  eclampsia]   Orv.  hetil., 1937, 81:  128.—Piccoli, S.   La
  terapia calcica in alcuni casi di eclampsia.   Arch, ostet. gin.,
  1931, 2. ser., 18: 155-9.—Pigeaud, H., & Magnin, P. Eclam-
  psie accompagnee d'amaurose au  7e mois de la grossesse;  in-
  fluence  heureuse d'un traitement medical par le sulfate de
  magnesie;  accouchement  spontan6 3  semaines plus tard
  d'un  enfant  vivant.   Lyon med.,  1936,  157: 761-4.—Pro-
  topopescu Pake, I.   [Magnesium sulphate  in treatment of
  eclampsia]  Romania med.,  1928, 6:  204.—Ross, J. W.  Nem-
  butal in  the  treatment of  preeclampsia and  eclampsia.  Am.
  J. Obst., 1936,  31: 120-2.—Rossi, D.  La terapia calcica del-
  l'eclampsia (contributo casistico)  Arch, ostet. gin., 1930,2. ser.,
  17: 639-42.—Rucker, M. P.  The treatment of eclampsia with
  magnesium  sulphate.   Virginia   M.  Month.,  1927-28,  54:
  558-66.—Santoro,  G.  Un  caso  di  eclampsismo e 3 casi di
  eclampsia curati col calcio.   Arch, ostet. gin., 1931, 2. ser., 18:
  160-2.—Sassi,  R.  L'iniezione endovenosa  di Pernocton nella
  cura dell'accesso eclamptico in puerperio.  Arte  ostet., 1935,
  44: 57-65.—Savich,  V. V.   [Pharmacological analysis of the
  effect of  remedies for  eclamptic  attacks]   Vrach. delo, 1935,
  18: 163-8.—Schey,  G.  Eklampsiebehandlung mit Thymo-
  physin.  Zbl. Gyn., 1931, 55: 1285-8.—Schmorell. H.  Beitrag
  zur Osmotherapie  bei Eklampsie.   Ibid.,  1933,  57:  2484.—
  Schulze, E.   Die Behandlung der Eklampsie und des Eklam-
  psismus mit  Doryl.   Mschr. Geburtsh.  Gyn., 1935-36, 101:
  105.  Also  Zschr.  Geburtsh.  Gyn.,  1936,  112:  116-21 —
  Schwanen, H.  Unsere Erfahrungen mit Pernocton in Geburts-
  hilfe und Gynakologie; zur  Pernoctonbehandlung  der Eklam-
 psie.  Zbl. Gyn., 1932, 56:  1891.—Sfintescu.  S.  Contribution
 au  traitement de l'eclampsie puerperale par le chlorhydrate
 de pilocarpine.   Presse med., 1924, 32: 992.—Shute, E.  The
 use of estrin  in the treatment of  eclampsia.   Endocrinology,
  1937,  21: 594-8.—Stander,  H. J., &  Duncan, E. E.  The  use
 of insulin in eclampsia; (a preliminary  report)  Am.  J. Obst.,
  1925,  10: 823-6.—Stollenwerck. A. D.  Magnesium  sulphate
 in eclampsia.   J. Florida M. Ass., 1925-26, 12: 105.—Stro-
 ganov, V. V.   |Use of magnesium sulphate and morphine  in
 treatment of eclampsia]  Sovet. vrach. gaz.,  1934, 38:  1259-62.
 Also Sovet. vrach. J., 1936, 1: 279-82.  ------& Davidovich. O.
 Two hundred cases of eclampsia treated with magnesium sul-
 phate.  J. Obst. Gyn. Brit. Empire, 1937, 44:  289-99.—Suzor,
 R.  Deux observations d'edampsie convulsive;  considerations
 pathogeniques;  traitement  par  les injections intra-veineuses
 de serum glucose hypertonique.   Bull.  Soc. obst. gyn. Paris,
 1936,  25: 234-7.  Also Hopital,   1936, 24:  227-9.—Urive y
 Rivera, S.  Las sales  hal6genas de magnesio en  el tratamiento
 de la eclampsia. Rev. cir. Hosp.  Juarez, Mex., 1934, 5: 239-
 47.—Viti, V.  P.  Contributo alio studio  dell'eclampsia:  la
 terapia tireo-ovarica  deU'eclampsia.  Gior.  med.  prat.,  1928,
 10: 330-5.—Vogt, E.  Die Therapie der  Eklampsie mit Pernoc-
 ton.   Munch, med. Wschr., 1932, 79:  825-7.—Vozza. F.,  &
 Natale. P. II comportamento del contenuto di calcio e potassio
 nei siero di sangue delle eclamptiche,  in seguito alia somminis-
 trazione parenterale di solfato di  magnesio.  Ann. ostet. gin.,
 1930,  52: 1111-9.—Wodon, J. L.   Le sulfate de magnesie en
 injections intra-veineuses et intramusculaires dans l'eclampsie.
 Bruxelles med., 1926-27, 7: 217-20.  Also  Gyn.  obst.,  Par.,
 1927,  15: 85-91.—Yero, Bou E.   Contribuci6n  al estudio del
 tratamiento medico de la eclampsia con  el sulfato de magnesio.
 Rev. med. cubana, 1938, 49: 325-48.

 ----  Treatment: Hemo-and  serotherapy.
   Frey, E.   Zur Frage der Eklampsiebehandlung mit  Blut-
 transfusion.  Schweiz. med.  Wschr., 1926, 56:  1133. Also Zbl.
 Gyn.,  1926, 50: 2122-8.—Fujiye,  M. The new acknowledge-
 ment  of the eclampsia treatment by  the blood  transfusion.
 Nippon  fujinkagakkai  zasshi,  1933,  28:  Nos. 8-14,  28 —
 Guerin-Valmale & Sedan, J.  Sur l'efficacite de la transfusion
 du  sang  dans  un  cas d'edampsie  post-partum,  complique
 dhemorragies profuses de  la retine.   Bull.  Soc. obst.  gyn.
 Paris,  1935, 24: 166-8.—Irving, F. C,  & Taylor,  J. V.  The
 removal of blood plasma and the re infusion of corpuscles in the
 treatment of the convulsive toxemia  of pregnancy; a prelimi-
 nary report.  Am. J.  Obst., 1929, 17:  767-75.—Kustner, H.
 Ejgenartige  Wirkung  des Schwangerenserums  besonders bei
 Eklampsie.  Arch. Gyn.,  Berl.,  1927, 132:  202  [Discussion]
 221-37— McMahon, J. J.   The treatment of eclampsia  with
 blood  serum from  eclamptics (preliminary  report)  Am. J.
 Obst.,  1926,  12:  249-53.

 ----   Treatment: Methods.

   Gopfert,  T.   *Die  Behandlung  der  Eklam-
 psien an der Universitats-Frauenklinik Wiirzburg
 (1919-32)   [Wiirzburg]  45p.  8?  Bottrop, 1934.
   Gtjionnet,  G.    *Le  traitement  actuel   de
 l'eclampsie a la Maternity  de Lariboisiere.  48p.
 8?  Par.,  1927.
   Li, D.  *Ueber die Behandlung der Eklampsie
an  der  Berliner   Universitats-Frauenklinik  der
Charite  (vom 1.   1.  1919-31.  12.   1932)   33p.
8?   Berl., 1935. 
ECLAMPSIA                                     47                                      ECLAMPSIA
   Riechert,   H.  J.    *Die  Behandlung   der
 Eklampsie an der Frauenklinik der Universitat
 zu Gottingen in  den Jahren 1926-34.   28p.   8°
 Ellrich (Sudharz)  1935.

   Rieder, J.   *Behandlung der  Eklampsie und
 ihre  Erfolge   [Heidelberg]   29p.    8?    Landau-
 Pfalz, 1927.
   Triemer, S.   *Zur  Frage der Behandlung der
 Eklampsie  [MunchenJ  24p.   8?  Wiirzb.,  1937.
   Wolff, A.   *Contribution a l'etude  du traite-
 ment de l'eclampsie  puerperale.   72p.   8?   Par.,
 1927.
   Allen, O.  A discussion of the Temple treatment of eclampsia.
 Kentucky M. J.,  1935, 33: 30-2.—Atzerodt, K.  Zur Therapie
 der Eklampsie.  Zbl.  Gyn.,  1928, 52: 2645-9.—Basso, R.  La
 protezione  del fegato nella  cura  della eclampsia.  Riv. osp.,
 1938, 28: 26-32.—Battaglia, G.   Contributo  clinico alia cura
 della eclampsia puerperale.  Riv. ostet.  gin., 1927, 9: 329-33.—
 Becker, E.  Zur Friihbehandlung der Eklampsie; Beobachtun-
 gen  und Erfahrungen  aus der Allgemeinpraxis.   Med. Klin.,
 Berl., 1926, 22: 1112.—Bernard, G.  Le traitement de l'eclam-
 psie a la Maternite de Lausanne au cours  des  20 dernieres
 annees.  Rev. med. Suisse rom.,  1928, 48: 1041-07.—Beruti,
 J. A.  Termopenetraci6n  per diatermia y ondas  cortas en el
 tratamiento de la eclampsia y la pre-eclampsia; la prioridad de
 una idea. Sem. med., B. Air., 1937, 44: pt 2, 297.—Bradford,
 W. Z.  Fluid limitation and dehydration therapy in the treat-
 ment of eclampsia.  South. M. & S.,  1933, 95:  9-11.—Buby. D.
 An eclampsia tray.  Pacific Coast J. Nurs.,  1927, 23:  201.—
 Bud, G. [Treatment of eclampsia]  Orv. hetil., 1931,  75: 893-
 8.  Also Mschr.  Geburtsh.  Gyn.,  1932, 92:  11.—Clason, S.
 Die Resultate der Eklampsie- und Eklampsismus-Behandlung
 an den geburtshilflichen Kliniken des Karolinischen Institutes
 zu Stockholm in den Jahren 1920-27.   Acta obst.  gyn. scand.,
 1928, 7: 43-68.—Clements, B. S.  The treatment of eclampsia
 by the general practitioner.  West  Virginia M. J.,  1926,  21:
 128-30.—Collosi,  G.   Contributo  alia  cura dell'eclampsia.
 Riv. ostet. gin., 1924, 6: 189-98.—De la Cruz,  R.  Tratamiento
 medico de la eclampsia.  Dfa med.,  B. Air., 1929-30, 2: 657 —
 Di Tomaso,  F.  Contributo alia  cura della eclampsia.   Med.
 prat., Nap., 1927, 12:  173-5.—Dossena, G. Terapia medica ed
 ostetrica della eclampsia puerperale; considerazioni su 74 casi
 trattati nella nostra maternita.  Clin, ostet., 1939, 41: 29-31.—
 Engelmann,  F.   Zur  Frage der  Eklampsiebehandlung.  Zbl.
 Gyn., 1929,  53:  397-403.—Essen-Moller.   [Newer concep-
 tions of treatment of  eclampsia]   Lunds liik.  sail,  forh., 1930-
 31, 31-8.—Fauvet.  Zur Frage der  Eklampsietherapie.  Arch.
 Gyn., Berl.,  1933-34,  156: 212-5  [Discussion] 215-7.—Frey.
 Die Ergebnisse der Eklampsie-Behandlung  an  der Ziircher
 Universitats-Frauenklinik wahrend  den letzten  14 Jahren.
 Helvet. med. acta, 1935-36, 2: 261-4.—Gelle.  A propos du
 traitement de l'edampsie  convulsive.   Gyn.  obst., Par., 1939,
 39:  285-95.—Guess,  J. D.   Present status  of treatment of
 eclampsia.  J.  S. Carolina  Mu Ass., 1934, 30: 244.—Guiroy,
 A. J.  Tratamiento de la eclampsia puerperal en el Instituto de
 Maternidad.  Actas Congr. nac.  med., B. Air. (1931) 1932, 4.
 Congr., pt5,  214-26.  Also Dfa med., B. Air,, 1931-32, 4: 660 —
 Gyllensvard, N.  Die  Behandlungsresultate an der Gebaran-
 stalt  Stockholm-Slid bei Eklampsie vom 1. Oktober  1911-31.
 Dez. 1928 sowie bei Eklampsismus und Nephropathie 1918-28.
 Acta obst. gyn. scand., 1930, 9: 221-50.—Hochenbichler, A.
 Das Verhalten des Blutdruckes bei Eklampsie nach Quarzlicht-
 bestrahlung  als Mittel zur  Erkennung der  Wirksamkeit  der
 Hohensonne. Zbl.  Gyn.,  1927, 51:  1639-43.—Howlett, K. S.
 Management of puerperal eclampsia in the  home.  J. Ten-
 nessee M.  Ass., 1935, 28: 22-6.—Jacquot.   Contribution au
 traitement de l'eclampsie.   Bull. Soc.  obst. gyn.  Paris, 1924,
 13:  393-5.   Also Gynecologic  1924,  23: 475—Jeannin, C.
 De la  conduite du medecin en presence de l'edampsie.  Union
 med.  Canada,  1928,  57:  635-40.—Kanter,   A. H.   Modern
 advances in the treatment of eclampsia.  Eclect. M.  J., 1934,
 94: 419-26.—Kiene, O., & Weaver, R. E. Hot water in eclamp-
 sia.   Ther. Gaz., Detr., 1925, n. ser., 49: 560.—Klaften, E.
 Klinische Erfahrungen uber  Eklampsie und Eklampsiebehand-
 lung.  Arch.  Gyn., Berl.,  1931, 146: 386-416.—Klein,  W. O.
 Zehn Jahre Eklampsie und ihre Behandlung.  Ibid.,  1929-30,
 139:  413-37.—Kobes, R.   Zur  Therapie der post-partum-
 Eklampsie.   Deut. med. Wschr.,  1929, 55: 1719—Konrad, J.
 [How  long shall we continue the treatment  of preeclamptic
 and  eclamptic in puerperium?]   Orv.  hetil.,  1934, 78: mell.,
 165-7.  Also  Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1934, 157: 344-54—Landau, Z.
 [Humoral treatment of puerperal  eclampsia]   Polska gaz. lek.,
 1932, 11: 806-10.—Larribere, J. Guerison de l'edampsie avant
 tout travail.   Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1936,  25: 52-4.—
 Lobhardt.  Ueber die  Erfolge der modernen Placenta praevia-
 und  Eklampsie-Therapie.   Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1938,  68:
 1217.—Lope  Onde, J.  Estado actual del tratamiento de la
 eclampsia puerperal.   Siglo med.,  1933,  91: 125-9.—Lopez
 Doriga, C.   Estado actual del tratamiento  de la eclampsia.
 Arch, med., Madr., 1927, 26: 705-7.—Luniewski,  K.  [Princi-
 ples in treatment of eclampsia in St Sophia's Municipal Ma-
 ternity Hospital in Warszawa]  Gin. polska, 1938, 17: 195-
204 —Meyboom. C.   Ein  Beitrag zur  Eklampsiebehandlung.
Munch, med. Wschr.,  1937, 84:  1618.—Micheli,  C.  La cura
dell'eclamptica;  ultimi studi;  ultime espenenze   chniche.
Umbria med., 1938,  18: 3328-32.—Miranda,  G.  La terapia
della eclampsia.  Arch, ostet. gin., 1931, 2. ser., 18: 107-18.—
Moderne Behandlung der Eklampsia gravidarum.  Wien. med.
Wschr., 1924, 74: 2630.—Mugel, G.  Ergebnisse der Beobach-
tung und Behandlung von Eklampsismus und Eklampsie.  Zbl.
Gyn., 1932, 56: 397-404.—Miiller, H.  Ergebnisse der Eklam-
psiebehandlung.   Mschr.  Geburtsh.  Gyn., 1931, 87: 120-6 —
Nolens, C.   Considerations generales  sur l'edampsie  puer-
perale;  resultats du  traitement adopte  au  cours  des 2
dernieres annees.  Bruxelles med.,  1934-35,  15:  444.   Also
Gynecologie, 1935, 34: 561-3  [Discussion] 1936, 35: 295-7 —
Okinchitz, L. L.  Zur Behandlung und Prophylaxe der Eklam-
psie.  Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1932,149: 88-101.—OliveiraFigueiredo,
I.  de.  Tratamento  de 62 casos  de eclampsia e 43 de outras
gestoses na maternidade de Caseadura.  Rev.  gyn. obst., Rio,
1937, 31: pt 2, 89-102.—Ort, J. F.  [Ten years of eclampsia
treatment]  Geneesk.  tschr. Ned. Indie, 1939, 79: 213-25.—
Osborn, G. R.  Eclampsia—a discussion of its medical and
surgical treatment.  J.  Oklahoma M. Ass., 1932, 25: 506-9.—
Paci,  G.  Sulla  cura  dell'eclampsia.  Clin, ostet., 1926,  28:
375-80.—Petrilli, G.  L.   Contributo  al  trattamento  della
eclampsia gravidica.  Riv. med., 1926, 34: 161-4.—Reinberger,
J.  R., & Russell, P. B., jr.  Logical eclamptic therapy evolved
after  19 years' study  in 232 cases.  South. M. J., 1936,  29:
841-9.—Reinberger, J. R.,  & Schreier, P. C.  A resume of
history  of eclamptic therapy with review  of 170 cases.  J.
Tennessee M. Ass., 23: 252-8.—Rodriguez de la Cruz. Trata-
miento medico de la eclampsia.   Rev. med. cubana, 1930, 41:
146-8.—Rossenbeck, H.  Fortschritte in  der  unblutigen Be-
handlung der Eklampsie.  Fortsch.  Ther.,  1931, 7:  16-24.—
Rucker, M. P. A simplified treatment of eclampsia.  Virginia
M. Month., 1934, 61: 384-6.—Rupp.  Zur Behandlung der
Eklampsie.   Zschr.  Geburtsh.   Gyn.,  1929,  96: 373-80.—
Sahler, J.  Ueber die Behandlung der Eklampsie.  Wien. klin.
Wschr., 1928, 41: 564-7.—Schmorell, H.   Osmotherapie und
Eklampsie.  Zbl. Gyn., 1931, 55: 654-8.—Schnock, B.  Zur
Eklampsiebehandlung.  In Festschrift z. Feier lOjahr. Besteh.
Akad. prakt.  Med. in Coin, Bonn, 1915,  292-300.—Schultze.
G. K. F.  Zur Behandlung und Prophylaxe  der  Eklampsie.
Zschr. arztl.  Fortbild., 1936,  33: 193;  222.—Siedentopf, H.
Der heutige Stand der Eklampsiebehandlung.  Prakt.  Arzt,
1935,  n. F., 20: 291; 317.  ------ El estado actual del trata-
miento de las enfermedades eclamticas de la gestaci6n.  Rev.
med. germ. iber. amer., 1937, 10: 113-21.—Spirito, F. Ulteriore
contributo alia terapia degli stati  eclamptici. Arch, ostet. gin.,
1931, 2. ser., 18: 146-54.—Stander, H. J.  Studies in anesthesia,
anoxemia, anhydremia and eclampsia, with certain deductions
concerning the treatment of eclampsia.   Am.  J. Obst.,  1926,
12: 633-54.—Stefanik, S.   [Present therapy of eclampsia]
Bratisl. lek. listy, 1935, 15: 544-8.—Steinforth, T.  Zur Frage
der Eklampsiebehandlung und -verhutung.  Mschr. Geburtsh.
Gyn., 1929,  83:  399-407.—Stoeckel, W.   Zur Therapie  der
Eklampsie.  Zbl. Gyn., 1927, 51: 141-50—Stroganov, V. V.
Standard of results in the treatment of eclampsia; an experi-
ment  in the treatment of eclampsia by telephone consultation.
Proc  R. Soc.  M., Lond., 1927-28, 21: sec. obst. gyn., 96-104.
Also Arch.  Gyn., Berl., 1934,  158: 321-5.—Szenes, A.  Ein
Vorschlag zu  einer neuartigen Eklampsietherapie; vorlaufige
Mitteilung. Zbl. Gyn., 1926, 50: 2128-31.—Teel, H. M.  The
present-day treatment  of puerperal  eclampsia.   N.  England
J.  M., 1937, 217: 1078-81.—Terzaghi, G.  La cura deU'eclam-
psia nella odierna pratica ostetrica. Arte ostet., 1933, 47: 129-
36.—Thomson,  H. J.  Domiciliary  emergency treatment of
eclampsia. Brit. M. J., 1938, 2: 1204.—Trapl, J.  [New methods
in  the treatment  of eclampsia and eclampsism]  Cas. lek. cesk.,
1933,  72: 1628-31.—Upshaw,  C. B.   The management of
eclampsia in the Negro race. South. M. J., 1930, 23: 388-90.—
Waldstein, E.  Zur Therapie der  Eklampsie.  Zbl. Gyn., 1927,
51: 1754-71.—Wilson, H. P.  Carbon dioxide combining power
as  basis for treatment in  eclampsia;  with  particular reference
to  the use of sodium bicarbonate. J. Am. M. Ass., 1927, 88:
380-2.—Wirz, P.  Ergebnisse  der Eklampsietherapie.   Zbl.
Gyn., 1928,  52: 2690-7—Wodon, J.  L.   Therapeutique de
l'eclampsie basee sur la physiopathologie (etude experimentale
et  clinique)  Arch, internat. med. exp., Par., 1930-31, 6:  245-
318.—Wolkow, J. N.  Weitere Beobachtungen  iiber die Thera-
pie der Eklampsie.  Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1935, 99: 290-8.—
Zhmakin, K.   [Therapy in eclampsia for the last 50 years]
Ukrain. med. vist., 1929, 5: 47-56.

----  Treatment: Methods, conservative.

   Eisenberg,  J.  A.   *The  conservative treat-
ment of eclampsia.  28p.   4!  Wauwatosa,  Wis.,
1933.
   Beck, A. C.   The  conservative  treatment  of eclampsia.
Am. J. Obst.,  1924, 7: 677-85.—Colvin, E. D.,  & Bartholomew.
R. A.  The conservative management of eclampsia.  J. M. Ass.
Georgia, 1936, 25: 423-6.—Darling,  M. A., & Thomas, D. F.
A conservative treatment for eclampsia. J. Michigan M. Soc,
1927,  26: 570-4.—Davidson, H. S., Miller, D., & Crowe, E. V.
Eclampsia; a  critical survey of 159 cases treated by conserva-
tive methods.   Tr. Edinburgh Obst. Soc, 1928-29, 49: 49-74.—
Dorsett, L.   The conservative  treatment  of eclampsia.  J.
Missouri M. Ass., 1930, 27: 316.—Green, C. M. The conserva-
ative  treatment  of  toxaemia  of pregnancy with convulsions.
M. &  S. Rep.  Boston City Hosp., 1913,  16. ser., 29-37.—
King, E. L.   The conservative  treatment of  eclampsia, with
report of cases.  Am. J. Obst,,  1925, 9: 338-42  [Discussion] 
ECLAMPSIA
48
ECLAMPSIA
 412-6.   Also N.  Orleans M.  & S. J., 1925-26,  78: 232-9 —
 Lafferty, H. D.  The therapy  and results of 8 years treatment
 of eclampsia by conservative  measures.  Hahneman. Month.,
 1936. 71: 638-43.—McCord. J. R.  The conservative treatment
 of eclampsia.  J.  S. Carolina M. Ass., 1934, 30: 159-61.  Also
 J. M. Soc. N.  Jersey, 1937. 34: 9-11.—Paxson.  N.  F.  Final
 report on conservative treatment of eclampsia; a 2-year study
 at Hahnemann Hospital in Philadelphia.  J. Am. Inst. Homeop.,
 1930, 23: 423-30.—Plass, E. D.  The conservative treatment
 of eclampsia.   Med. Herald,  1927, 46: 153-60.—Reinberger,
 J. R., & Schreier, P. C.  The conservative treatment of eclamp-
 sia with indications for  surgical intervention.   J. Tennessee
 M.  Ass., 1933, 26:  71-4.—Robinson,  H. R.   Conservative
 treatment of eclampsia.  Texas  J. M., 1932, 27: 708-13 —
 Schulze,  M.   The  conservative  treatment  of  eclampsia.
 California West.  M., 1926, 24:  771-4.—Schwarz, O. H., &
 Dieckmann, W. J.  Important procedures in the conservative
 treatment of eclampsia. Tr.  Am.  Gyn. Soc. (1929)  1930, 54:
 180-96.  Also Am. J. Obst., 1929, 18: 515-28.—Schwarz, O. H.,
 & Dorsett,  E.  L.  Further observations on the  conservative
 treatment of eclampsia.  South. M.  J., 1930, 23: 288-93.—
 Speidel. E.  The  conservative treatment of eclampsia.  Am. J.
 Obst.,  1925, 9:  320-7   [Discussion]  386-9.—Suss.   Unsere
 Erfahrungen mit der Rissmannschen Eklampsiebehandlung.
 Munch, med.  Wschr.,  1924, 71: 980.—Toombs,  P.  W.  The
 conservative treatment of eclampsia.  South. M.  J.,  1925, 18:
 541-9.—Upshaw,  C.  B.   The  conservative  treatment  of
 eclampsia.  J. Am. M.  Ass., 1932. 99: 2088-9.—Vogt, E. Zur
 konservativen  Behandlung  der Eklampsie.   Fortsch. Ther.,
 1935, 11: 327-31.—Williamson, H. C.   Conservatism in the
 treatment of eclampsia.   N. York State J. M.,  1926, 26: 55-7

 ----   Treatment: Methods, conservative:  Stro-
   ganov's.

   Seitz, R.    *Die Grundlagen und Entwicklung
 der   Eklampsiebehandlung  nach  Zweifel-Stro-
 ganoff.  75p.   8?   Freib., 1917.
   Stroganov, V. V.  The improved prophylactic
 method in  the treatment of  eclampsia.   3.  ed.
 154p.   8?   Edinb.,  1930.
   Blakely,  S.  B. Stroganov's  treatment of  eclampsia, and
 Russian prenatal  and child welfare posters.  N. York State
 J. M.,  1927, 27: 51-6.—Katsuya, S.   Zur Behandlung der
 Eklampsie unter  besonderer Berucksichtigung einer  Verbes-
 serung  des  Stroganoffschen   Verfahrens.   Zschr. Geburtsh.
 Gyn.,  1926-27, 90: 502-11.—King, E. L.  The  conservative
 method  of treating eclampsia, with special reference  to the
 StroganofT technique.   N. Orleans M. & S. J., 1926-27, 79:
 566-71.—Peckham, C. H.  An analysis of 127 cases of eclampsia
 treated by the modified  Stroganov method.   Am. J. Obst.,
 1935, 29: 27-35.—Rissmann, P.  Was muss unter  der Bezeich-
 nung Stroganoffsches Verfahren bei  Eklampsie  verstanden
 werden?  Mschr.  Geburtsh. Gyn., 1931, 88:  360.—Stander,
 H. J.   Treatment of eclampsia  by the Stroganov method.
 Am. J.  Obst., 1925, 9: 327-38.—Stroganov, V. V.  The treat-
 ment of eclampsia; an improved conservation method. Proc.
 R. Soc. M., Lond., 1923-24, 17: sect. obst. Gyn., 164-8.  ------
 On an improved prophylactic method of treatment of eclampsia.
 Lancet,  Lond.,  1924, 2: 62.   Also Brit.  M. J.,  1924,  2: 53.
 ------   A case of eclampsia treated by my improved prophy-
 lactic method.  J. Obst. Gyn.  Brit. Empire, 1925, n. ser., 32:
 123-6, pi. ------ [Results in treatment of eclampsia] Vrach.
 gaz.,  1925, 29: 531-3.  ------   The  improved prophylactic
 method of treating eclampsia, with comments on the variations
 suggested by Williams, Stander, Speidel, and King.  Am. J.
 Obst., 1926,  11: 756-63.  Also Vrach.  delo, 1926, 9: 699-703.
 ------  Les  resultats du traitement de l'eclampsie  avec consul-
 tation par telephone. Gyn. obst., Par., 1930, 22:385-403.  Also
 J. Obst. Gyn. Brit. Empire, 1930, 37:807-20. ------ [Collec-
 tive investigation on the treatment of eclampsia]  Akush. gin.,
 1937, No. 3, 28-34. ------ [Improved prophylactic method in
 treatment of eclampsia in  the puerperal period]  Ibid., No. 11,
 33-42.    ------   Traitement  de  l'edampsie.   Gynecologie,
 1938, 37: 491-4.  ------  &  Davidovich, O.  Traitement
 prophylactique  de l'eclampsie et rupture artificielle  prema-
 ture des membranes.  Gyn. obst., Par., 1937, 35: 220-7.—
 Sorrentino. B.  II metodo di  Stroganov nella  terapia  del-
 l'eclampsia.  Rinasc med., 1935, 12: 529.

 ----   Urinary system and urine.

   See also subheading  Manifestations.
   Holodenko, L.    *Contribution a  l'etude de
 l'azotemie au  cours de l'eclampsie convulsive de
 la  gestation  et  de  la   puerp6ralite\    51p.   8°
 Par., 1927.
   Olsen,  A.   Einige Untersuchungen  iiber die
 Nierenfunktion bei Eklampsie und bei den damit
verwandten Schwangerschaftserkrankungen. 77p.
8?   Kbh., 1932.
   Forms Suppl. 2, Acta obst. gyn. scand., 1932, 12:

   Schroderus,  M.   *Ueber  Nierenschadigung
im  Zusammenhang  mit  der   Graviditat;  eine
 klinisch-statistische  Untersuchung   des   Kom-
 plexes Albuminuria-Nephropathia-Eclampsismus-
 Eclampsia.   220p.   8?   Helsin., 1931.
    Dieckmann, W. J., &  Brown, I.  Do eclampsia  and pre-
 eclampsia cause permanent vascular renal pathology?  Am. J.
 Obst., 1939, 37: 762-76.—Eastman, N. J.  The nature of uri-
 nary protein in eclampsia.  Ibid., 1931, 22:  756-60.—Fahr,  T.
 Ueber die Nierenveranderungen bei  der Eklampsie  und ihre
 Abgrenzung gegen andere Formen des Morbus Brightii.  Zbl.
 Gyn., 1928, 52: 474-80—Havlasek, L. [Changes in the kidneys
 in eclampsia]  Cas. lek.  Cesk.,  1936, 75: 1211-4.—Kaji. H.
 A supplementary clinical and pathological study on eclampsia,
 nephropathia gravidarum  and the renal complications in preg-
 nancy;  clinical significance  of  the renal morbid  changes  in
 eclampsia, nephropathia gravidarum and the renal complica-
 tions in pregnancy.   Jap. J. Obst.,  1938,  21:  86-9.—Kellar,
 R. J., Arnott,  W. M., & Matthew,  G.  D.   Observations on
 the morbid histology of the kidney in  eclampsia and other
 toxaemias  of pregnancy.  J.  Obst. Gyn. Brit.  Empire, 1937,
 44: 320-7, 4 pi.—Kjelland-MjJrdre, S. [The kidney in eclamp-
 sia, especially  from  a pathoanatomical viewpoint]  Norsk
 mag. laegevid., 1929. 90: 553-66.—Lunedei,  A.  La patogenesi
 dell'eclampsia dei  nefritici e della pseudo-uremia angiogena.
 Riforma med., 1933, 49: 1540.—Mulazzi, G.  Rilievi anatomo-
 clinici sulla patologia renale negli stati eclamptici gravidici.
 Ann. ostet. gin., 1938, 60: 329-57.—Paramore, R. H.  Eclamp-
 sia and its renal lesion.  J. Obst. Gyn. Brit.  Empire, 1929, 36:
 341-51, 4  pi.—Pigeaud, H.   Une observation  d'ur6mie con-
 vulsive mortelle 2  jours apres  1'accouchement.   Lyon med.,
 1929, 143: 719.—Richter, P.  F.  Ueber einen eigenartigen Fall
 von eklamptischer Uramie.  Zschr. Urol., 1929, 23: 617-20.—
 Rossenbeck.  Beobachtungen iiber die eklamptische  Diurese-
 hemmung.   Arch. Gyn.,  Berl., 1930-31,  144:   [Discussion]
 509-17.  Also Zbl. Gyn.,  1931,  55: 3580-2.—Schwarz, O. H.
 The kidney in eclampsia.   Am.  J.  Surg.,  1927,  n. ser.,  3:
 440-8.—Snoo,  K.  de.  Die  Nierenfunktion bei Schwanger-
 schaftstoxikosen und  Eklampsie.  Mschr.  Geburtsh.  Gyn.,
 1934, 97:  253-65.—Spickmann, F.  Beitrag zur  Frage der
 Anurie und Oligurie bei Eklampsie und  ihre Beziehung zum
 Blutdruck.  Zbl.  Gyn., 1934, 58:  1272-9.—Teel,  H. M.. &
 Reid, D. E.  Observations upon  the occurrence  of  an anti-
 diuretic substance in the urine of patients with pre-eclampsia
 and eclampsia.  Endocrinology,  1939, 24: 297-310.—Volhard,
 F.  Eklampsie und  Krampfuramie.  Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn.,
 1924, 66: 79-108.—Watson, J. Contribuci6n al estudio anato-
 mo-patologico del rinon en la eclampsia.  Rev. med.  Rosario,
 1927, 17: 59-69, 6 pi.

 ----   in animals.

   Galland, F.    *Fievre  vitulaire  et  eclampsie;
 entity morbides   distinctes?   76p.   8?   Par..
 1930   [Alfort]
   Benesch. F.   Eklampsie bei  der Katze.   Wien. tierarztl.
 Mschr.,  1937,  24:  321-3.  ------  Bericht uber  100 Falle
 von  Eklampsie und iiber eklampsieahnliche Erkrankungen
 beim Hund.  Ibid., 481-9.------Zur Aetioloaie und Thera-
 pie der Eklampsie  bei Fleischfressern. Zbl. Gyn., 1937, 61:
 2221-6.— Bredo, H. R.  Eclampsie procursive chez le chien.
 Rec. med. vet., 1924, 100: 394-9.—Courtehoux, P.  L'edampsie
 chez les animaux.  Union  med.  nord  est, 1936, 59: 65-73.—
 Davidson, C. B.  Pre-parturient eclampsia  in a  sow.   Vet.
 Rec,  Lond.,  1930,  10:  587.—Eclampsia in  canine  subject.
 North Am.  Vet.,  1934,  15:  43.—Frick,  E.  J.   Intravenous
 medication for eclampsia.  Vet. Med., Chic, 1931, 26: 464.—
 Gambassi, G.   L'eclampsia in un puledro.  Gior. med. vet.,
 1925,  74: 603-6.—Kjeldbjerg, J.  Die puerperale Eklampsie
 beim  Schweine; Eclampsia puerperalis suis.  Berl. tierarztl.
 Wschr., 1925, 41: 821; 846;  865.—Mourot. M.  Eclampsie de la
 chevre.   Rec.  med. vet.,  1931,  107: 204-7.—Price,  G. T.
 Eclampsia.  Vet. Bull., Wash., 1933, 27: 266.—Thomas, E. F.
 Mechanical treatment for eclampsia in the bitch.  J. Am. Vet.
 M. Ass., 1936, 88: 766.

 ----   in children.

   See also under  names of  causes  as  Whooping
 cough, &c.
   Bang. S.  [Eclampsia in the new-born]  Med. Rev., Bergen,
 1922  39:  362-4.—Beraud, A.  Crises d'edampsie chez  un
 enfant de 15 mois  a  la suite d'injections  massives d'huile
gamphree (hyperglycorachie?)  Bull. Soc. p6diat. Paris, 1928,
26: 532-8.—Comby, J.  Pronostic et traitement de l'eclampsie
infantile. Progr. med., Par.,  1938, 387.—Grone, O.  [Results
™ ,   treatment of eclampsia in  the Pediatric Division of the
Malmo General Hospital]  Svensk. lak. tidn., 1923, 19: 769-
?A^rRogers' J* S-   Eclampsia in the newborn.  J.  Lancet,
1930,  50:  225.—Wagner,  R.   Welche  Bedeutung hat das
 Vorkommen von  Krampfen  in der Neugeborenenperiode?
Aerztl. Prax., 1934, 8: 133.

   ECLAT (The)  Club   [A. E. F.  founded  1919]
36p.   8?   [n. p.] 1924.


ECLECTICISM.

   Eclectic Medical Gleaner.   Cincin.,  Ohio,
v.5-15, 1894-1904; n. ser., v.2-8,  1906-12. 
ECLECTICISM
49
ECOLOGY
    Cincinnati.   Eclectic Medical Institute.
 First annual catalogue and circular of the Eclectic
 Medical  Institute  of  Cincinnati,  for 1845-46.
 8p.   8?  Cincin., 1846.
    Eclectic  Medical  Journal.   Cincin.,  Ohio,
 v.8, 1849-
    National  Eclectic  Medical  Association
 Quarterly.  Cincin.,  Ohio,  v.9, 1917/18-
    Newton, H. G.   Eclecticism: its past, present,
 and future; address at  the annual meeting.   21 p.
 8?   Bost.,  1878.
    Beal, J. H. Some aspects of eclecticism as they appear to
 a majority of  pharmacists.  Eclect. M. J., 1931, 91: 433-41.—
 Blough, E. R.  Eclectic medicine;  retrospective-prospective.
 Nat. Eclect. M. Ass. Q., 1938-39, 30: 54-8.—Campbell, C. R.
 Eclecticism.   Eclect. M. J., 1932, 92: 373.—Felter, H. W.  A
 brief history  of eclectic  medicine.   Ibid.,  1926,  86: 526-9.—
 Lloyd, J. U.  The old eclectic compounds.  Ibid., 1918, 78:
 219-22.------The pride of eclecticism.  Ibid., 1929, 89:
 89.------Who uses the eclectic remedies?  Ibid., 1931, 91:
 1.—Nellans, B. H. The eclectic medical colleee.  Nat. Eclect.
 M. Ass. Q.,  1932,  24:  59-65.—Sharp, E.  G.  Eclecticism;
 what it is and why?  Nat. Eclect. M. Ass. Q.,  1925-26, 17:
 126-32.  Also Eclect. M. J., 1933, 93: 98-100.

    ECLECTIC  (The)  medical  journal.  Cincin.,
 0., v.85-97, 1925-37.
    Discontinued.

 ECLIPSE.

    See Sun.
    ECOFFEY,  M.    Degenerescence   amyloide
 locale du poumon.   2  p.  1.  46p.   8?   Par., O.
 Doin, 1924.
    Forms No.  7, Arch. fr. path. gen.

 ECOLOGY.

    See also Adaptation;  Animals,  Geographical
 distribution;  Botany;   Climate;   Environment;
 Migration; Sociology.
    Beger,  H.,  Drude, O. [et  al.]   Pflanzengeo-
 graphische   Oekologie.    1.  Halfte.    833p.   8?
 Berl., 1932.
    Bews, J.  W.   Human ecology.   312p.   8?
 Lond., 1935.
    Grinnell, J., Dixon, J.,  & Linsdale,  J. M.
 Vertebrate  natural history of  a section of northern
 California  through  the  Lassen  Park  Region.
 594p.   8?   Berkeley, 1930.
    Univ. California Pub., 1930, 35:  Zool.

    Reiche,   C.   Lecturas  biol6gicas;  una  intro-
 ducci6n a  la ecologia de  los organismos.   327p.
 8?   Mex.,  1928.
    Scharfp,  R.  F.   Distribution  and  origin of
 life in America.  497p.  8?   N. Y., 1912.
   Action du  milieu, ethologie, comportement.  Annee biol.,
 1922-23, n. ser., 3: No. 2, 91; passim.—Beauchamp, P. de, &
 Lami, R. La  bionomie intercotidale  de l'ile de Brehat.  Bull.
 biol.  France,  1921, 55: 184-238,  4  pi.—Distribution  (La)
 geographique des etres.  Annee biol., 1921-22, n. ser., 2: 112-
 6.—Eckardt, W. R. Methodik biogeographischer, insbesondere
 tiergeographischer  Untersuchungen.    Mitt. Justus  Perthes
 Anst.,  1922, 68: 6-10.—Ekman,  S.  Die Methodik der Tier-
 geographie des Susswassers.   In Handb.  biol.  Arbeitsmeth.
 (Abderhalden)  Berl., 1936,  9: pt 2, p. 1209-48.—Gams. H.
 Prinzipienfragen der  Vegetationsforschung;  ein Beitrag  zur
 Begriffsklarung  und  Methodik  der  Biocoenologie.  Vjschr.
 naturforsch. Ges. Zurich, 1918, 63: 293-493.—Hahn, E.  Die
 Pflanze als Begleiter der Menschheit.  Arch. Gesch.  Math.
 Naturwiss.,  1927, 10: 54-61.—Hallion, L.  La Constance du
 milieu marin comme milieu vital dans la serie animale.  Rev.
 prat, biol., Par., 1925, 18: 353-6.—Hesse, R. Die Oekologie
 der Tiere, ihre  Wege und Ziele.  Naturwissenschaften, 1927, 15:
 942-6.—Jeliffe, S. E.  The ecological  principle in medicine. J.
 Abnorm. Psychol., 1937-38, 32: 100-21.—Klaauw, C.J. van der.
 Oekologische Studien und Kritiken; zur Geschichte der Defini-
 tionen der Oekologie, besonders  auf  Grund der  Systeme der
 zoologischen Disziplinen.  Sudhoffs Arch., 1936, 29: 136-77.—
 Labbe, A.  La  distribution des animaux des marais salants dans
 ses rapports avec la concentration en ions hydrogSne.  C. rend.
 Acad, sc, 1922, 175: 913-5.—Laufer, B. The American plant
 migration.  Sc. Month.,  1929, 28: 239-51.—May. W.  Ein
 neuer Beitrag  zur Geschichte  der  Biogeographie.   Natur-
wissenschaften, 1917, 5: 36-9.—Rosa, D.  Les endemismes et
1'ologenese; a propos d'une objection de M. Caullery.  Rev.
sc, Par., 1933,  71: 686-91.—Shantz, H. L., & Piemeisel. R. L.
 Indicator significance of the natural vegetation of the South-
 western Desert Region.  J. Agr. Res., 1924-25, 28: 721-801,
 14 pi.—Spohr, E.  Ueber die  Verbreitung einiger bemerkens-
 werter und schutzbedurftiger Pflanzen im Ostbaltischen Gebiet.
 Acta Univ. Tartu, 1928, 13: A, No. 8, 1-23.—Taylor. W. P.
 Significance of the biotic community in ecological studies.  Q.
 Rev. Biol., 1935, 10: 291-307.—Uphof, J. C. T. The dynamics
 of the distribution of life in the universe.  Scientia, Bologna,
 1935, 58: 30-8.—Wangerin, W. Zur Frage der Fernmigration.
 Naturwissenschaften, 1928, 16: 147-9.—Willey.  A.  Ecology
 and the partition of biology.  Proc R. Soc. Canada, 1923, 3.
 ser., 17: sect. 5, 1-9.—Winters. S. R.  Plant immigrants to the
 United States; where they come from and the precautions that
 surround their naturalization.   Sc. Am. Month., 1921, 4: 335-
 8.—Zimmermann, K.  Die geographischen Rassen von Epi-
 lachna chrysomelina F. und ihre Beziehungen zu Epilachna
 capensis Thunbg. Zschr. indukt. Abstamm., 1936, 71: 527-37.


 ECONOMICS.

   See  also  Communism;  Demography;  Home

 economics; Medical economics, &c.
   Berlin.    Statistisches   Amt   der  Stadt
 Berlin.   Berliner  Wirtschaftsberichte.    Berl.,

 11. Jahrg., 1934-

   Bokalders,   J.    The  Latvian  economists.
 137p.   8?   Riga, 1937.

   Ely, R. T., & Hess,   R. H.  Outlines of eco-
 nomics.  6. ed.  1064p.   8?  N. Y., 1937.

   Ferguson,  J. M.   Landmarks  of  economic
 thought.   295p.  8?  N. Y.,  1938.

   Gillette,  K.  C.   The people's  corporation.
 237p.   8?   N. Y. [1924]
   Hutcheson,  H.   *Tench  Coxe; a  study in
 American  economic  development    [Johns  Hop
 kins  University]  227p   8?   Bait.,  1938.
   Kyrk,  H.   A  theory  of consumption.   298p.
 8?   Lond. [1923]
   Michels,   R.  K.   *Cartels,   combines  and
 trusts  in  post-war  Germany   [Columbia  Univ.]
 186p.   8?   N. Y., 1928.
   Muir, J. R.   Years of endurance.   292p.  8?
 Lond., 1936.
   Northern  countries in   world  economy;
 Denmark,  Finland, Iceland,   Norway,  Sweden.
 240p.   8?   [Finland, 1937]

   Philippine Islands.   Bureau  of  Internal
 Revenue.   Annual  report  of the collector of
 internal revenue.  Manila, 30 (1933) 1934-
   Diserens, C. M., & Wood, T. W.  The concept of economic
 security among primitive peoples. J. Social Psychol., 1935, 6:
 357-68.—Earle, F. M.   Geographic  influences upon  British
 economic policy in West  Africa  (1929-31)  Bull.  George
 Washington Univ., 1931, 20-6.—Economic inventory of  the
 United States.  Labor Inform. Bull., Wash., 1939, 6: 1-5.—
 Federn, P.  Mental factors in the world depression. J. Nerv.
 Ment. Dis., 1934, 79: 43-58— Hair, C. H.   How medicine is
 influenced by economic conditions.  Bull. Acad. M. Toronto,
 1937, 11: 31-42.—Holt, E. E. Economic value of man and the
 measure of damages by  mathematics.  Med. Exam.  Pract.,
 1909, 19: 79-82.—Ogburn, W. F.  The influence of inventions
 on American social institutions in the future. Am. J.  Sociol.,
 1937-38, 43:  365-76.—Small, A. W.   The attempt to  recon-
 struct classical economic theory on  the basis of  comparative
 economic history, 1850.  Ibid., 1923-24,  29: 443-54.—Und
 wieder gemeinschaftliches Eintopfessen aller  deutschen Apo-
 theker.  Deut.  Apoth. Ztg, 1939,  54: 51-4.—Ude, J.  Das
 warenokonomische Problem und dessen Bedeutung fiir Familie,
 Volk und Welt.  Alkoholfrage,  1924, 20: 97-112.—Wythe, G.
 Brazil's  recent  foreign   economic  policy  (1936-38)   Bull.
 George Washington Univ., 1938, 21-5.

  ECONOMO,   Constantin    von,   1876-1931.
 Zellaufbau  der  Grosshirnrinde  des  Menschen;
 zehn  Vorlesungen.   xi, 145p.   roy. 8?   Berl., J.
 Springer, 1927.
  ----[Sleep]   16p.   8°  [Leningrad] 1927.
  Forms Suppl. No. 22, Vrach. gaz.

  ----   Die  Encephalitis lethargica; ihre Nach-
krankheiten  und ihre Behandlung.   xi,  25lp.
8?  Berl., Urban &  Schwarzenberg, 1929.

  ----   The same.   Encephalitis lethargica,
its sequelae and treatment;  transl.  and adapted 
ECONOMO
by  K.  O.   Newman,   xiv,  200p.   8?    Lond.,
Oxford  Univ.  Press, 1931.
   For  biography see Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1932, 27:
176-9,  portr.  Also Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1931, 123: 219-27
(O. Marburg)  Also J. neur. psychiat., Brux., 1932, 32: 69
(Van Bogaert)  Also Klin. Wschr., 1931, 10: 2375 (I. P. Kar-
plus)  Also Med.  Welt, 1931, 5: 1663 (F. Stern) Also Munch.
med. Wschr., 1931, 78: 2161-3, portr.  (H. Spatz)  Also Ner-
venarzt, 1932, 5: 88 (Marburg)  Also Rev. espafi. med. cir.,
1932, 15: 59 (P.  Farreras)  Also Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat.,
1932, 139: 649-57, portr. (Straussler)
   See  also Horn, L., & Potzl,  O.  Aus dem Nachlasse Con-
stantin von Economos.  Wien. klin. Wschr., 1932, 45: 1305.
   ----  &  KOSKINAS,  George  N.   Die Cyto-
architektonik   der  Hirnrinde   des  erwachsenen
Menschen.   Bearb. von J. Wagner von Jauregg.
Textband  und  Atlas,   xxxix,  810p.  112 pi.   4?
Wien, J. Springer, 1925.
   ECONOMO, Lili von, & WAGNER-JAUREGG,
J.   Constantin  Freiherr  von   Economo;   sein
Leben und Wirken.   2. Aufl.    3 1.   88p.  portr.
8?  Wien, Mayer & Co.,  1934.
   ----   The  same.    Baron   Constantin   von
Economo;  his  life and  work;  transl. from  the
2.  German  ed. by Ramsay Spillman.   x,  126p.
illust. portr.   8?  Burlington,  Vt.,  Free  Press
Interstate Print. Corp., 1937.
   ECONOMOU,   Evangelos    D.,   1912-
*Ueber  die  Aetiologie  des Erythema nodosum.
17p.  8?  Munch., Buchdr. Hohenhaus, 1936.


ECSTASY.

   See also Emotion.
   Benon, R.   Note sur l'extase.  Bull, med., Par., 1935, 49:
267.—Deutsch, H.  Ueber  Zufriedenheit, Gluck und Ekstase
Internat. Zschr. Psychoanal.,  1927, 13: 410-9.—Duff, I. F. G.
A psycho-analytical study of  a phantasy of  St Therese de
l'Enfant Jesus.  Brit. J.Psychol., 1925, 5: sect, med., 345-53 —
Jacobi, W.  Die  Ekstase  der  alttestamentlichen Propheten.
Grenzfr. Nervenleb., 1920, H. 108, 1-62.—Janet, P.  Les etats
de consolation et les extases.   J. psychol. norm,  path., Par.,
1925,  23: 369-420.  -----■   Les sentiments  de  joie  dans
l'extase.  Ibid., 465-99.

ECTHYMA.

   See also Dermatitis; Gangrene; Pyoderma.
   Eitel,  W.    Ueber  Ekthyma gangraenosum
mit 2 klinischen Beitragen. 50p.  8?   Berl., 1919.
   Blatt,  M. L.,  Stulik, C. K., & Nachman,  A.   Dermatitis
gangraenosa  infantum.  Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1938, 38:
407-14.—Brunstring, L. A., Goeckerman, W. H., & O'Leary,
P. A.  Pyoderma (echthyma) gangrenosum; clinical and  ex-
perimental observations in  5 cases occurring in adults.   Ibid.,
1930,  21: 655-80.— Buhmann.  A.  [Two cases of ecthyma
vacciniform]    Hospitalstidende,  1938,   81:  [Dansk  derm.
selsk. forh.] 33.—Cardelle, G., Sanchez Santiago, B., & Garcia
Lopez,  A. Sobre un caso de ectima fagedenico en un lactante
de un ano. Arch. med. inf., Habana, 1938, 7: 380-7.—Cerri, B.
i-ingolare caso  di  gangrena cutanea, cronica, figurata, a pro-
gressione eccentrica dovuta al Bacillus gangrenae cutis.   Gior.
ital. derm, sif., 1938, 79:  1141-65.—Cohen,  I.  [Dermatitis
gangraenosa infantum]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1935, 79: 5143.—
Fischer, C.  Ueber einen Fall von Ecthyma simplex strepto-
genes  mit todlichem  Verlauf.   Derm.  Wschr.,  1935, 101:
1513.—Frei, W., & Wiener, K.  Ein Fall von ulceroser Hauter
krankung aus  der Gruppe  des  Echthyma gangrenosum  (mit
Pyocyaneusbefund)   Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl.,  1921, 134:
Orig.,  106-18.—Genner,   V.  [Ecthyma?]   Dansk.  derm.
selsk.  forh.,  1931-32, 64:  12-3. pi—Higoumenakis,  G. C.
Sur un cas d'ecthyma terebrant. Rev.  fr. derm, vener., 1937,
13: 291-4.—Hu, C. K.  Dermatitis gangrenosa infantum with
Salmonella suipestifer bacteriemia;  report of  a  case.   Nat.
M. J. China, 1929, 15: 149-56.—Jess, A.  Ekthyma gangrae-
nosum  cachecticorum  mit parenchymatoser  Keratitis auf
nichtsyphilitischer Basis. Arch. Augenh., 1931, 105: 39-46.—
Jessner, M.  Ecthyma simplex.  In Handb. Haut & Geschlkr.,
(G. A. B. Bloch) Berl., 1934,  9: pt 2, p.131-58.—Kooij, R.
[Pustulosis varioliformis s.  vacciniformis  acuta]  Ned.  tschr.
geneesk., 1937, 81: 571-5, 2  pi.—Liebermann, S., & Sutejew, G.
Zur Lehre von der Dermatitis  gangraenosa infantum.   Arch.
Derm.  Syph.,  Berl.,  1934-35,  171:   172-8.—Lopresti,  R.
L'ectima dei cachettici.  Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1937, 78: suppl.,
163-9.—Margarot, J., Deveze. P., & Chardonneau, J.  Ecthy-
ma terebrant; association de  staphylocoque  et  de  bacille
pyocyanique.   Bull. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1924-25,
6: 374.—Morrissey, M. J., &  Reynolds, H.  S.   Dermatitis
gangrenosa infantum.   Arch. Derm.  Syph., Chic,  1930, 22:
811.—Touraine, A.,  Solente,  G., & Baudouin, A.  Dermatite
vacciniforme de  la  face et  des organes  genitaux,  chez un
nourrisson.   Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1938, 45: 644-6__
ECTHYMA
Turquety, R., & Broca, R.  La gangrene disseminee de la peau
dans la premiere enfance.  Nourrisson,  1927,  15:  88-98.
Versari, A.  Contributo alia conoscenza dell'ectima gangrenoso.
Pediatria (Riv.) 1926, 34: 600-8.—White. C, & Foord, A. G.
Multiple abscesses of skin of infants; a case report with post-
mortem and bacteriological and pathological studies.   Arch.
Pediat., N. Y., 1928, 4i: 526-30.—Wise, F.  Ulcerative cu-
taneous tuberculosis?; ecthyma?  Arch.  Derm.  Syph., Chic,
1935, 32: 328.

ECTINOSOMA.
  Gagern,  E.  Varietatenbildung der Harpaktizidenspezies:
Ectinosoma edwardsi Richard.  Zool. Anz.,  1925, 64: 96-9.

ECTODERM.

  See  also  Ectodermosis;   Embryogeny;   Epi-
dermis; Skin.
  Gallera,  J.   Sur  le  developpement de  J'eetoderme extra-
neural  chez des oiseaux.  Bull, internat. Acad.  sc. Cracovie,
1937, ser. B, pt 2, 195-214, pi.—Holtfreter. J. Nicht typische
Gestaltungsbewegungen, sondern Induktionsvorgange bedingen
medulare Entwicklung von Gastrulaektoderm.  Arch.  Entw-
mech.,  1932-33,  127:  591-618.   —----   Der  Einfluss von
Wirtsalter und verschiedenen Organbezirken auf die Diffe-
renzierung von angelagertem  Gastrulaektoderm.  Ibid., 619-
775.---■—■  Die totale Exogastrulation, eine Selbstablosung
des  Ektoderms vom Entomesoderm; Entwicklung und Funk-
tiondles Verhalten  nervenloser  Organe.   Ibid., 1933, 129:
669-793.  —■----Ueber das Verhalten von Anurenektoderm
in Urodelenkeimen.  Ibid., 1935, 133: 427-94.—Kirchner, H. A.
Die Bedeutung der interstitiellen  Zellen  fiir den Aufbau von
Cordylophora  caspia Pall.   Zschr.  Zellforschung,  1934-35,
22:  1-19.—Knouff,  R.  A.   The developmental pattern of
ectodermal  placodes  in Rana  pipiens.  J. Comp. Neur., 1935,
62:  17-71.—Laibach, F.  Ectogenesis in  plants;  methods and
genetic possibilities of propagating  embryos otherwise dying
in the  seed.  J. Hered., 1929, 20:  201-8.—Lehmann,  F. E.
Gelten  die Befunde von T. Detlaff am Gastrulaektoderm der
Anuren auch fiir das Gastrulaektoderm der  Urodelen?   Arch.
Entwmech., 1937-38, 137: 591-3.—Luther, W. Untersuchun-
gen iiber die  Umkehrbarkeit der  Polaritat  zwischen Aussen-
und Innenseite des Ektoderms von Amphibienkeimen.   Ibid.,
1934, 131: 532-9.—Marcus, E.  Versuche zur Trennung von
Ektoderm  und Entoderm bei  der Mundbildung der Anuren.
Zool. Jahrb., Abt. allg. Zool., 1932-33, 52: 389-96.—Papenfuss,
E. J., & Bokenham, N.  A. H.  The  fate  of  the ectoderm and
endoderm  of  Hydra when  cultured independently.   Biol.
Bull., 1939, 76: 1-6.—Ragozina, M. N.   [Inductive effect of
plant tissues on the ectoderm of the gastrula]  Biol. J., Moskva,
1936, 5: 1073-82, 3 pi.—Raven, C. P. Ueber die Potenz von
Gastrulaektoderm nach 24stiindigem  Verweilen im  ausseren
Blatt der dorsalen Urmundlippe.  Arch. Entwmech.,  1937-38,
137: 661-713.—Ries, E.   Die Tropfenzellen und ihre Be-
deutung fiir die Tunicabildung bei Clavelina.   Ibid., 363-71.—
Schmidt, G. A.  Mise en evidence du role morphog6n6tique de
l'ectoderme dans la  formation de la v6sicule auditive  et des
branches externes, par la methode des greffes xenoplastiques.
Arch, biol.,  Liege, 1937, 48: 361-80,  pi.—Siggia,  S.  Rapporti
tra l'organo tegumentale frontale e la linea ad Y nella regione
neuroporica  di Discoglossus  pict.   Anat.  Anz.,  1937, 85:
115-28.—Silva Araujo,  F.  Sur le sort de  l'ectoderme  de la
membrane chorio-allantoide de 1'embryon du poulet au cours du
developpement de l'oeuf.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 123: 634-6.

ECTODERMOSIS.

  See also Dermatosis.
  Ide, M.   Ectodermoses  et mesodermoses.   Rev.  med.,
Louvain, 1923, 145-50.—Janbon, M., Ratie,  A., & Betoulieres,
P.  Deux  observations d'ectodermose bulleuse.  Arch. Soc.
sc. med. biol.  Montpellier, 1934, 15: 573-7.— Petges.  G., &
Lecoulant,  P.   Dystrophies de la  peau par relachement et
hypereiasticite.   In  Nouv. prat. derm.  (Darier, Sabouraud,
et al.)  Par.,  1936, 6: 238-70.— Szathmary,  S.  Dystrophic
cutanee bulleuse atrophiante  et  albopapuloide.   Zbl.  Haut
Geschlkr., 1938, 60: 591.

----   congenital.

  See also  Skin, Abnormity; also specific names
of congenital ectodermal defects as Cutis laxa, &c.
  Ostermeier,  G.   *Ueber Aplasia  cutis  con-
genita.    28p.  8?   Munch.,  1396.
  Beni, V.  Contributo alia  conoscenza delle lacune cutanee
congenite.  Arch, ostet.  gin., 1934, 2. ser., 21: 310-20 —
Brain,  R. T.  Familial ectodermal defect.   Proc. R. Soc. M.,
Lond.,  1937-38, 31:  69.—Brings, L.  Ueber die  Genese ange-
borener Hautdefekte.  Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1935, 159: 449-52 —
Chebotarevskaia, T.  N.  [Case of congenital defect of the skin
in a newly-born child]  J. rann detsk. vozr., 1933, 13:  471 —
Clarke, R.  E., & McCance, R. A.  Familial sex-linked ecto-
dermal dysplasia with incomplete forms.  Arch. Dis. Childh.,
Lond.,  1934, 9: 39-44.—Clouston, H. R.  The major forms of
hereditary ectodermal dysplasia, with an autopsy and biopsies
on the  anhydrotic type.  Canad. M. Ass. J., 1939, 40:  1-7 —
Cohen,I., & Borggreve, K. J. [Hereditary ectodermal dysplasia]
Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1939,  83: 1799-1801.—Cummins,  H.
0 
ECTODERMOSIS
51
ECTODERMOSIS
 Epidermal-ridge configurations in developmental defects, with
 particular reference to the ontogenetic factors which condition
 ridge direction.  Am. J. Anat., 1926-27, 38:  89-151.—Dods, L.
 Congenital ectodermal dysplasia.  Med. J. Australia, 1935, 1:
 715.—Dowler, V. B.  Congenital defect of the skin in a new-
 born infant.  Am. J.  Dis. Child.,  1932, 44: 1279-84.  Also
 repr.—Falconer, A. W. Congenital ectodermal defect. Lancet,
 Lond., 1929, 2: 656-8.—Greene, D., & Abramson, H.  Heredi-
 tary  ectodermal  dysplasia.   Am.  J.  Dis.  Child.,  1931, 42:
 1401-6.   Also  repr.—Haxthausen,  H.  [Congenital peculiar
 skin deformity (eruption groups in  the folds of skin on arms
 and legs)]  Hospitalstidende, 1932, 75: [Dansk Derm. Selsk
 Forh.] 9.—Heinrichsbauer, F.  Ueber angeborene Hautdefekte
 beim  Neugeborenen  mit  besonderer  Berucksichtigung  ihrer
 Aetiologie.  Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1926, 75: 267-82.  ------
 Ein  weiterer Beitrag zur Frage  angeborener Hautdefekte
 (iiber  ein familiares letales Krankheitsbild mit Blasenbildung
 und angeborenen Defekten der Haut)  Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1928,
 134: 673-92.—Hill, A. M.  Hereditary ectodermal dysplasia of
 the anhidrotic tvpe; report of  a case, with the results of biopsy.
 Arch. Derm. Syph.,  Chic,  1933,  28:  66-72.—Hardwick, C.
 Two  families  showing hereditary  ectodermal  dystrophies.
 Brit. J.  Derm. Syph., 1939,  51: 24-30.—Kahn, B. L.  The
 congenital  ectodermoses  in  infancy  and childhood.   Arch.
 Pediat.,  N. Y.,  1939, 56:  150-7.—Kerley, C. G.  Hereditary
 ectodermal  dysplasia, anhidrotic, non-sex linked type.  Ibid.,
 1938,  55: 211-7.—Koch, W.  Gemeinsames familiares  Auftre-
 ten von Schusselbildung an den Nageln und Haarveranderun-
 gen.   Derm. Wschr., 1939, 108: 237-42.—Kohler, A.  Beitrag
 zur Kenntnis der angeborenen Hautveranderungen.  Mschr.
 Geburtsh. Gyn., 1932-33,  93: 265-77.—Koek, C. [Congenital
 skin defects in infants born at full term]  Geneesk. gids, 1933,
 11: 1073-7.—Konig, H. Ein weiterer Beitrag zur Kenntnis der
 angeborenen Hautdefekte.  Zbl. Gyn., 1935, 59:   1585-9.—
 Kolbe, L.   [Congenital  defects  of the scalp]  Orv. hetil.,
 1934,  78: 1039.—Kovacs, F.   [Cases  of  congenital  aplasia
 of the skin]  Ibid., 1928, 72:  304.—Kulchar, G. V., & An-
 derson, L. E.  The neurocutaneous syndrome the  congenital
 ectodermoses.  Arch.  Derm. Syph., Chic, 1934, 30: 211-7.—
 Lange, B.  Borsten in der Haut einer  Schildkrote.  Morph.
 Jahrb., 1931, 67: 55-62.—Lundwall, K.  Ueber die Entstehung
 angeborener Hautdefekte.   Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1927, 130: 487-
 508.—Mackay, H., & Davidson, A. M.  Congenital ectodermal
 defect.  Brit. J.  Derm.,  1929,  41: 1-5.—Namba,  T.  Two
 cases of congenital skin defect.   Jap. J. Obst., 1931, 14: 464-
 7.—Nordmann, I., & Schoedel,  J.  Angeborene Hautdefekte
 und ihre  Bedeutung fiir Missgestaltung der  Frucht.  Jahrb.
 Kinderh., 1932, 3. F., 86:  177-84.—Norsa, G.  La sindrome di
 Jadassohn e Lewandowski.  Gazz.' osp.,  1938,  59: 149-52.
 ------  L'anidrosi con ipotricosi e anodonzia.  Ibid., 1936,
 57: 461-4.—Oliver, E. A.  Ectodermal  defect.  Arch. Derm.
 Syph., Chic, 1934, 30: 289.—Philpott, O. S.  An ectodermal
 defect of mother and child; a case in which a pregnant mother's
 prediction that her child would be marked was fulfilled.  Colo-
 rado M., 1935, 32: 547-9.—Radaeli,  G.  Contributo alio studio
 delle anomalie cutanee congenite.  Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1939,
 80: 27-37,  pi.—Ruder, F. B.  Zur Kasuistik und  Aetiologie
 ausgedehnter kongenitaler Hautdefekte. Zbl. Gyn.,  1929, 53:
 2922-7.—Sasaki,   H.   Ein  Beitrag iiber  den congenitalen
 Hautdefekt.  Nippon  fujinkagakkai zasshi, 1934, 29: 5-7.—
 Schultze,  G. K. F. Kongenitaler Hautdefekt bei Mutter und
 Kind. Zbl. Gyn., 1932, 56: 155-8.—Steiner, K.  Angeborene
 Fehlbildungen  der Haut,   In  Handb.  Kinderh. (Pfaundler,
 M., & Schlossmann, A.) 4. AuflL, Berl., 1935,  10: p.103-69 —
 Sutton, R. L., jr.  Congenital defect of the skin of the new-born.
 Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1935, 31: 855-7.—Thannhauser, S.
 J.  Hereditary ectodermal dysplasia of the anhidrotic and
 hidrotic types.  In Pract. Libr. M. & S. (Appleton)  N. Y.,
 1938, Suppl., 473-80.—Touraine, A., & Gisselbrecht.  Syn-
 drome de  Sdiaefer (polydysplasie ectodermique congenitale de
 type hyperplasique)  Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1936, 43: 1243-
 7.—Touraine, A., & Soulignac.  Hyperectodermose congenitale.
 Ibid., 19^37,44:421-3.—Traub.E.F.  Congenital abnormalities.
 In Pract.  Libr. M. &  S.  (Appleton) N.  Y.,  1936,  10:  649-
 706.—Trillat & Cornut. Absence congenitale de la  peau sur
 l'avant-bras  droit d'un nouveau-ne avec aplasie  musculaire
 et  lesions osseuses.   Nourrisson,  1937, 25: 117-20.—Van
 Bogaert,   L.   Les  dystrophies  ectodermiques  congenitales.
 Ann. med. psychol., Par.,  1934,  92:  pt 2, 334.—Weech, A. A.
 Hereditary  ectodermal  dysplasia   (congenital ectodermal
 defect) a report of 2 cases.  Am. J/. Dis. Child., 1929, 37: 766-
 90.—Weigl,   F.   Zur  Kasuistik  kongenitaler  Hautdefekte.
 Wien.  klin.  Wschr., 1931,  44: 202.—Wepler,  W.  Zur Frage
 allgemeiner  Hypoplasie der Haut.   Beitr. path. Anat., 1938,
 101: 457-69.—Wiltschke,  L.  Ueber einen Fall von  partieller
 Missbildung der Haut beim Neugeborenen. Wien. klin. Wschr.,
 1932,  45:  1014.—Yakovlev, P.  I.   Congenital ectodermoses.
 In Pract. Libr. M. & S. (Appleton) N. Y.. 1936, 9: 745-68.

 ----   erosive, pluri-orificial.

   See Erythema, multiforme.

 ----   neurotrope.

   See  also specific   names  of  neurotrope  skin
 affections  as Herpes;  Syphilis, &c.
   Levaditi,  C, &  Voet, J.  Nouvelle classification  des ecto-
dermoses neurotropes.   C .rend.  Acad, sc, 1935, 201: 743-5.—
Middleton, D. S.  The neuro-ectodermal  dystrophies.  J. R.
Army M. Corps, 1938, 71: 97-101.—Schmid, H.  Beitrag zur
Frage der Ectodermoses neurotropes, zugleich  zur Frage der
Genese  encephalitischer  Erkrankungen  uberhaupt.   Schweiz.
Arch. Neur. Psychiat., 1934, 33: 82-94.

ECTOPIC pregnancy.

   See  Pregnancy [ectopic]

ECTOSCOPY.

   See  also  Diagnosis;  Inspection.
   Haas, H.    *Kritische  Untersuchungen  iiber
die Ektoskopie.  p.415-31.   8?  Berl., 1933.
   Also  Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1933, 174:
   Weisz,  E.   Diagnostik  mit   freiem   Auge
(Ektoskopie)   2.  Aufl.   178p. 8?   Berl., 1925.
   Schmidt, L.  Naked-eye diagnosis: the method of ectoscopy
of Dr Eduard Weisz.  Proc. R. Soc. M.,  Lond.,  1932, 25: 975-
86.—Weisz, E.  Ueber das Sprechphanomen am Halse, Thorax,
Bauch und Rucken; Beitrag zur Diagnostik  mit freiem Auge.
Munch, med. Wschr., 1923, 70: 812.  ------  Neue diagnos-
tische Ausblicke bei gewissen Erkrankungen der Bauch- und
Brustorgane und des NeFvensystems; ein Beitrag zur Diagnostik
mit freiem Auge. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1923, 35. Kongr.,
209. ------  Diagnostik mit freiem Auge (Ektoskopie)  Wien.
Arch. inn. Med.,  1924, 8: 49-102.  ------  Was  hat die
Ektoskopie neues gebracht und was leistet sie im Vergleiche zu
den  anderen  physikalischen Hilfsmethoden?   Klin.  Wschr.,
1925, 4: 970-6.----—  Ueber Ektoskopie (Diagnostik mit
freiem Auge)   Med. Klin.,  Berl., 1925,  21:  112.  ------  A
new method  of physical examination  (ectoscopy)   Lancet,
Lond.,  1926,  1:  280-2.  Also Deut. med. Wschr., 1926, 52:
699.------Fiinfundzwanzig Jahre Ektoskopie; Diagnostik
mit freiem Auge.  Med. Welt, 1927, 1: 1294;  1352.   ------
Die klinische Tragweite der Ektoskopie (Diagnostik mit freiem
Auge)  Jahrkurs arztl. Fortbild., 1928, 19: H. 8, 40-53.------
Die Methode der  Ektoskopie (Diagnostik mit freiem  Auge)
In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden,  E.) 1935, Abt. 5,
Teil 8, 557-600.  ------  Die Methoden der Ektoskopie und
Ektographie mit einem Anhang: Neuere Tastbefunde.  Ibid.,
905-88.

ECTRODACTYLIA.

   See  Finger, Abnormity.

ECTROMELIA [infectious]

   See  also  Virus disease.
   Birch-Hirschfeld,  L.   Untersuchungen  iiber  Ectromelia
infectiosa.  Zbl.  Bakt., 1. Abt., 1933,  129:  274-84, 2 pi.—
Downie, A. W., & McGaughey, C. A. The cultivation of the
virus of infectious ectromelia, with observations on the forma-
tion of inclusion bodies in vitro.  J. Path. Bact.,  Cambr., 1935,
40: 147-59, pi.---—  Experiments with the  virus of infec-
tious ectromelia; the action  of immune serum in vivo and on
the growth of virus in culture.  Ibid., 297-310.—Hornus, G.,
& Thibault, P.   Ectromeiie de la souris apr£s inoculation de
sang humain.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1939, 130: 640.—McGaughey,
C. A., & Whitehead, R. Outbreaks of infectious ectromelia in
laboratory and wild mice.  J.  Path.  Bact., Cambr., 1933, 37:
252-6,  pi.—Marchal, J.   Infectious  ectromelia; a  hitherto
undescribed virus disease  of mice.   Ibid., 1930, 33:  713-28,
3 pi.—Paschen,  E. Ziichtung des  Eklromelievirus  auf der
Chorion-Allantois-Membran   von  Hiihnerembryonen.  Zbl.
Bakt.,  1. Abt.,  1935-36, 135: 445-52.—Whitehead. R.  The
cortical  lipoid of the suprarenal in  mice  (1) with infectious
ectromelia (2) in starvation (3) exposed to heat,  and (4) fed on
cholesterol.  Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1934,  15:  279-86—Wyleg-
schanin. A. I.  Ueber den Durchgang des Virus der Ectromelia
infectiosa  durch  die Placenta.  Arch. Gyn., Berl.,  1935-36,
160:  302-8.—Zhiton.irsky, V.  K.  [Effect  of  certain  external
factors on purified  and non-purified  virus of infectious ectro-
melia of mice]  J. mikrob., Moskva, 1938, 20: No. 5, 65-70.

ECTROMELUS.

   See  also  Arm,  Abnormities;  Extremity,  Ab-
normity; Finger,  Abnormity; Foot, Abnormity;
Hand, Abnormity; Hemimelus;  Leg, Abnormity.
   Arteaga, J. F.  Ectro-hemimelia of  the right upper ex-
tremity.  Am. J. Obst., 1910, 61: 487.   Also An. Acad, cienc.
med. Habana, 1909-10, 46: 253-5.—Badescu, I.  [A  case of
ectromelia of the left, upper extremity]  Spitalul, 1928, 48:
214-7.—Boinet,  E.  Ectromeiie  longitudinale  externe  de
l'avant-bras et de la main gauches.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1909,
67: 883-5.—Cautley, E.  Ectromelus with absence of pectoral
muscles on the right side.  Proc. R.  Soc. M., Lond., 1914-15,
8: sect. stud. dis. child., 69.—Corpechot &  Jissier. Ectromeie
et hemimeie.  Bull. Soc. obst.  Paris, 1910, 13: 120-3.—Davis,
H. R. L.  A case of ectromelia.  Canad. M.  Ass. J.,  1929, 20:
282 —Echeverri, A. J.   Contribuci6n al estudio de  la tera-
tologfa de los miembros; la ectromelia longitudinal con hipo-
dactilia,  la hemimelia  con  microdactilia y la  polidactilia.
Arq. anat., 1936, 17:  197-211.—Hovelacque, A. Les muscles 
ECTROMELUS
52
ECZEMA
 des  ectromeies.  Rev.  anthrop.,  Par.,  1933,  43:  89-94.—
 Kosmak,  G. W.  Report  on a case of ectromelia, associated
 with other deformities.  Bull. Lying-in Hosp. N. York, 1908,
 5: 22-4, pi.—Lereboullet, Benoist, F., & Vanier, J.  Un cas
 d'ectromeiie  des quatre membres.  Bull. Soc. p6diat.  Paris,
 1932  30: 439.—Markelov,  G.  Un  cas  d'ectromeiie.  N.
 iconog. SalpetriSre,  Par., 1909,  28: 689-92,  2 pi—Moitas. A.
 Novo  caso  de ectromelia  humana.   Med.  contemp.,  Lisb.,
 1939, 57: 76.—Olivier, E.  Un cas de malformation congenitale
 abdominale  osseuse  et cardiaque;  ectromeiie.  Bull. Soc. med.
 Vaucluse, Avignon,  1906.  2:  407-9.—Perrignon & Guillermo.
 Ectromeiie des membres inferieurs et  amputation congenitale
 des membres sup6rieurs.  Bull.  Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1935, 61:
 973.—Pires de Lima. J. A.  A propos d'un nouveau cas d'ectro-
 meiie.   Ann. anat. path., Par., 1933, 10: 830-2.—Rabaud, E., &
 Hovelacque,  A. Etudes sur l'ectrom61ie; l'ectromeiie  longi-
 tudinale intercalaire h6misegmentaire.   Bull. biol.  France,
 1926,  60: 483-521.—Riss.  Monstre  ectromeiien avec  mal-
 formations visc6rales multiples.  C.  rend.  Soc. obst.  gyn.
 psediat. Paris,  1907, 9: 66.—Rocher, H. L..  & Roudil, G.
 Ectromeiie  longitudinale  bilaterale des  membres  inferieurs.
 J. med. Bordeaux,  1932, 109: 134-6.—Salmon. J. Considera-
 tions sur  la morphologie des  rudiments squelettiques  chez les
 monstres ectromeiiens.   C. rend. Soc.  biol.,  1906, 61: 489-91.
 ------ Les connexions des rudiments squelettiques  chez les
 ectromeiiens.  Ibid., 630. ------  Sur  la structure histologique
 et le developpement du tissu osseux chez les monstres  ectro-
 meiiens.  C.  rend. Acad, sc,  1906, 143: 697-9.  ------  Des
 rapports qui existent,  chez les monstres ectromeiiens, entre
 la morphologie externe des  rudiments squelettiques et leur
 structure  histologique.   C. rend. Soc.  biol.,  1907, 62: 888-90.
 ------ Le systeme musculaire dans les rudiments de membres
 des ectromeiiens.  Ibid., 63: 504-6.  ------  Des adaptations
 musculaires correlatives des variations squelettiques  chez les
 ectromeiiens.   Ibid., 679-81.   ------  Les processus  ectro-
 meiiens et  le  type  ectromeiien.   Ibid.,  1908,  64:  546-8.—
 Schekter, L.  Ectromeiie radiale unilaterale; heredosyphilis
 probable.  Gaz. h6p., 1933, 106: 913-9.—Segal, S. Congenital
 deformity of the arm (hemiectromelia) with total absence of
 hand and rudimentary  radius and ulna.   Proc.  R.  Soc.  M.,
 Lond., 1928-29, 22: sect. stud.  dis.  child., 49.—Tytgat, E.
 Note sur un cas  d'ectromeiie.  Bull.  Soc. med.  Gand, 1907,
 74:  147-50.—Verdelet  & Forton.   Un cas d'ectromeiie et de
 phocomeiie.  Arch. fr. beige chir.,  1923, 26: 236-41.

 ECTROPION.

   See under part affected as Eyelid; Uvea, &c.


 ECUADOR.
   Abascal, H.  Resena hist6rica  de la medicina ecualoriana.
 An. Soc.  m6d. quir. Guayas,  1935,  26:  271-82.—Argos. G.
 La viruela.   Bol. Hosp. S. Juan, Quito,  1930, 5: No. 36-41,
 38-46.—Fahy, J. B.  A trip through Ecuador. Bull. Panamer.
 Union, 1936, 70: 851; 952.—Heinert, J. F. Medicine in Ecua-
 dor.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1922, 79: 1870.—Hurtado, C. E., Moral,
 J. D., &  Larrea, J. T.   Mensaje que el Sr presidente de la
 Sociedad  Medico-quiriirgica Prof.  Dr Carlos Enrique Hurtado
 Flor, presenta a la sociedad al terminar su perfodo administra-
 tive de 1935 a 1936.  An. Soc. med. quir. Guayas, 1936, 27:
 209-12.—Mosquera, N. A.  La sanidad en  el Ecuador.  Bol.
 Of. san. panamer., 1931, 10: 1551; 1934, 13: 1-11.

 ECZEMA.

   See also Dermatitis;  Dermatosis;  also  names
 of parts affected as  Anus, Eczema; Face, Eczema;
 Vulva, Eczema, &c.
   Sezary,   A.,   &  Horowitz,    A.    Eczema.
 p.36-143.   8?   Par., 1936.
   In  Nouv. prat.  derm. (Darier, Sabouraud, et al.) Par.,
 1936, 5:
   Chevallier, P. L'eczema.  Presse med.,  1936, 44: 1628-31.—
 Crawford, S.  Eczema in infants, children, and adults.  Atlantic
 M. J., 1925-26, 29: 845-7.—Dowling,  G.  B. Eczema.  Prac-
 titioner,  Lond., 1932,  128: 299-314.—Haldin-Davis, H. D.
 Eczema.  Ibid., 1931, 126: 167-73.—Hazen, H. H.  Eczema.
 Internat. Clin., 1924, 34. ser., 4:  78-90, 6 pi.—Ingram, J. T.
 Eczema.  Med. Press & Circ, Lond.,  1934, 189: July suppl.,
 vii-x.  Also  Brit. J.  Derm. Syph.,  1935, 47: 64-9.—Joseph, M.
 O  eczema.  Fol. med.,  Rio, 1930,  11: 91-5.—Kelly, R. L.
 Eczema.  Kentucky M. J.,  1933, 31:  249-54.—Kewalram.
 Eczema.  Ind. M. Rec, 1932, 52: 35-7.—King, H.  Eczema.
 J.  Tennessee M.  Ass.,  1934, 27: 199-202.—Lynch, F.  W.
 Eczema.  Northwest M.,  1937, 36: 415-8.—Malinowski, F.
 De l'ecz6ma.  Acta derm, vener., Stockh.,  1934, 15: 72-89.—
 Mandelstein, H.  Eczema.  Eclect. M. J., 1935, 95: 340-5.—
 Milian, G.  L'eczema. Rev. fr. derm, vener., 1930, 6: 540-2.—
 Moses, F. W.  Eczema.  Eclect. M.  J.,  1925,  85: 554-6.—
Orr, H. Eczema.  Canad.  M. Ass. J., 1928, 19: 339; 1935, 33:
 173.—Pisko, E. Eczema; its nature, etiology, origin, develop-
ment and course.   Med.  Rev. of Rev.,  1930, 36: 300-4 —
Robins. A. Eczema. S. Afr.  M. J., 1933, 7: 359-65.—Sabou-
raud, R.  L'eczema; ce que nous en savons et n'en savons pas
Presse  m6d., 1932,   40:  217-9.—Schultz, F.  W.   Eczema
J.  Lancet, 1924, 44: 486.—Thambiah. S.  Eczema.   Madras
 M. J., 1933, 15: 107-23.—Tomlinson, C. C.  Eczema.  Nebras-
I ka M. J.,  1933, 18: 343-6.—Whitfield, A.  Eczema.  In Brit.
 Encycl. M. Pract. (Rolleston, H.) Lond., 1937, 4: 447-71.

 ----  allergic.

   See also Allergy;  Asthma; Dermatitis,  allergic;
 Eczema   [infantile;   occupational]   also   under
 names of allergens as Nickel; Primula, &c.
   Blumenthal,  F.,  &  Jaffe,  K.   Ekzem  und
 Idiosynkrasie.  188p.  8?  Berl., 1933.
   Atopic  eczema. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1936, 34: 182-
 4.—Balyeat, R. M.   Allergic eczema;  based  on the study of
 181  cases.  J.  Allergy,  1929-30, 1:  516-28.—Buschke,  A.,
 Otto, R. [et al.]  Allergie als Ursache der Ekzeme.  Med. Klin.,
 Berl., 1932, 28: 852; 853; 923; 957.—Buy Wenninger, L. M. de
 [Allergic eczema]  Ned.  tschr.  geneesk,  1934,  78: 835.—
 Cole, H.  N.  Eczema or  dermatitis; the  problem  of hyper-
 susceptibility.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1932, 98: 1521-5.—Darier, J.
 Eczema artificiel en coul6e. Derm. Wschr., 1930, 91: 1192-5 —
 Garner, V. C. Contact eczema.  Med. Clin. N. America, 1935,
 19:  319-24.—Glathar, A.  W.   Atopic eczema.  Urol. Cut.
 Rev.,  1936, 40:  511-3.—Haxthausen, H.   [Allergic  eczema]
 Ugeskr. laeger, 1933,  95: 1351-7.—Langley,  W. D.   Contact
 eczema.  Bull. Guthrie Clinic, 1935-36,  5: 99-101.—Nadel, A.
 [Allergic and non-allergic eczema]  Polska gaz. lek., 1937,  16:
 29-33.—Odland, H.   Sensitization in eczema; some phases of
 its problem.  Northwest  M., 1935, 34:  9-11.—O'Keefe, E. S.,
 & Rackemann, F. M.  Studies in asthma; eczema, its  relation
 to allergy.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1929. 92: 883-6.—O'Leary. P. A.,
 Montgomery, H., &  Brunsting,  L. A.   Eczema  (atopic?)
 Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic,  1935, 31: 410.—Pezza, E.  Eczema
 ed allergia. Pediatria (Riv.)  1932, 40:  92-9.—Polano, M. K.
 [Contact eczema]  Geneesk. gids, 1938,  16: 177-83.—Pulay, E.
 Ein Beitrag zur Frage;  Sensibilisierung und Ekzem. Med.
 Klin., Berl., 1924, 20: 708.—Rinkel, H. J.  Contact dermatitis
 and eczema, with report of 9 cases.  South. M. J.,  1932, 25:
 621-8.—Sezary, A.  Ecz6ma et allergie.  Presse  med., 1933,
 41: 1772-5.—Storm van Leeuwen, W., & Lind van Wijngaar-
 den, C. de  [Allergic eczemas]  Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1933, 77:
 2197-208.—Tachau, P.  Die  Rolle der Ueberempfindlichkeit
 bei den Ekzemen.  Med. Klin., Berl.,  1927, 23:  933; 974 —
 Urbach,  E.   Allergisches  oder  idiosynkrasisches  Ekzem?
 Derm. Wschr., 1933,  97: 1623-8.  ------ & Fasal, P.   Ali-
 mentar-idiosynkrasisch  bedingte  Ekzeme;  ihre   Diagnose,
 Pathogenese,  passive  Uebertragung  und  Therapie.   Arch.
 Derm.  Syph.,  Berl.,   1931, 164:  133-66.—Vaughan.  W.  T.
 Allergic eczema.  J.  La*b. Clin.  M., 1927-28, 13: 24-30 —
 Woringer,  P.  Eczema et allergie.  Strasbourg med., 1932, 92:
 715.  Also Rev. m6d.  Suisse rom., 1933, 53: 1-6.

 ----  allergic: Allergen.
   Bonnevie, P.  [Sensibility to terpentine and other ethereal
 oils combined with pure  terpins;  cases of orange-and-lemon
 eczema]  Hospitalstidende, 1934, 77:  Dansk derm, selsk. forh.,
 55.  ------  [Case of eczema due  to  dye]   Ibid.,  1936, 79:
 Dansk  derm,  selsk.  forh., 31.—Broekema, J. H.  [Eczema
 caused  by house allergens]  Ned. tschr. geneesk.,  1935, 79:
 5358-61.—Burgess, J. F.   Contact eczema from dyed clothing.
 Canad. M. Ass. J., 1937, 37: 237-9.—Dietel,  F.  Ekzem nach
 Einwirkung von Chloracetophenon.  Med.  Klin.,  Berl., 1933,
 29: 1208.—Dutton, L.  O.  Drinking water as a cause of eczema.
 J. Allergy, 1934-35, 6: 477-9.—Eczema from dyed clothing,
 J. Am. M. Ass.,  1936, 107: 1055.—Genner, V.  [Bathing-cap
 eczema]  Hospitalstidende, 1936, 79:  Dansk derm, selsk. forh.,
 17. ------ [Clothing eczema]  Ibid., 18. ------&  Bonnevie,
 P.  Eczematous  eruptions produced by leaves of  trees  and
 bushes.  Arch.  Derm.  Syph.,  Chic,  1938,  37:  583-90.—
 Gougerot, H.  Eczema anaphylactique au fromage; sensibilisa-
 tion ext6rieure  (cutanee)  et int6rieure (digestive)  unisensibili-
 sation puis  plurisensibilisation  progressive.   Bull.  Soc.  fr.
 derm, syph., 1930, 37: 1162.  ------  Ecz6ma anaphylactique
 par un fard a base de brun Soudan et d'un sel de cobalt. Ibid.,
 1274.—Kipp, R.  Ekzeme nach  Genuss  von  Roggenbrot.
 Med. Welt, 1934, 8:  1765.—Kwiet, B.  Ekzem durch farbige
 Kreide.   Derm.  Wschr.,  1932,  95:  1827.—Malespine,  E.
 L'eczema du bois.  Ann. hyg., Par., 1935, n. ser., 13:  313-29.—
 Marcussen, P. V.  [Eczema caused  by Chrysanthemum  leu-
 canthemum (L)]  Ugeskr. laeger, 1939, 101: 147.—Niles, H. D.
 Winter eczema of the arms. Arch. Derm. Syph.,  Chic, 1939,
 39: 474-8.—Schlueter, N.  Winter itch and its causes.  Week.
 Bull.  S.  Louis M. Soc,  1935, 29: 424.—Schulmann, E.,  &
 Detouillon, P.  L'eczema du bois et la sensibilisation sylvestre.
 Paris med., 1932, 83: 55-61.—Throne, B., Van Dyck, L. S.
 [et al.] Arsenic as an etiological factor in the genesis of  eczema.
 N. York State J. M.,  1926, 26: 843-8.   ------  Treatment of
 arsenical eczema.  Ibid.,  970-2.—Weisfelt,  W.  A.  [Acute
 eczema  after  treatment  of  tooth  with  tricresol-formaline]
 Ned.  tschr. geneesk.,  1925, 69: 2833.

 ----  allergic: Complication.
   Blumenthal, F.  Eczema, urticaria,  and allied  dermatoses.
 J. Michigan M. Soc, 1937,  36: 9-13— Di Vittorio, A. Asma in
 rapporto all'eczema.   Gior. ital. derm, sif.,  1925, 66: 1358-
 76—Lowenfeld, W.   Ekzematose Ueberempfindlichkeit gegen
 Jothion mit gleichzeitiger urtikarieller Reaktion.  Derm. Wschr.,
 1924, 78:  502-9.—Low,  R. C.   The eczema-asthma-prurigo 
ECZEMA
53
ECZEMA
  complex.  Brit. J. Derm., 1928, 40: 389-406.—Pasteur-Vallery-
  Radot & Haguenau, J.  Alternances  d'asthme et d'eczema
  Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1924, 3. ser., 48: 919-22.—Pulay, E.
  Ekzem  und Urticaria.   Erg. ges. Med., 1925, 7: 199-240.—
  Stokes, J. H.  Diathetic eczema: the  cutaneous phase of the
  eczema-asthma-hay-fever complex.  Med.  Clin. N. America
  1931, 15: 279-96.—Werther.  Pruriginoses Ekzem bei Poly-
  cythaemia vera und Asthma.  Deut.  med. Wschr.. 1925  51 •
  1819-21.

  ----  allergic: Diagnosis.

    Chiolero,  J.    *Contribution  a  1'dtude  des
  tests ecz6matogenes.  47p.  8?  Lausanne,  1935.
    Arzt, L., & Fuhs, H.   [The so-called functional skin test in
  eczema and causes of error]  Cesk. derm., 1931, 12:  8-18.—
  Bettmann. S.  Ekzemproben an der Haut.  Med.  Welt, 1932,
  6: 41-4.—Bonnevie, P.  Der klinische Wert der Ekzemproben,
  an der Nickelidiosynkrasie erlautert.  Acta  derm,   vener.,
  Stockh., 1936, 17: 376-88.------Der Wert  der routine-
  massigen Anwendung einer  Standardserie  von Ekzemproben
  in der Hautpraxis.  Arch. Derm. Syph.,  Berl.,  1938, 177: 69-
  73.—Chipman, E. D.    Differentiation  of sharply outlined
  eczematoid patches.   Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic,  1935, 32:
  605-15.—Delbeck, K.  Allergische Schleimhautreaktlonen mit
  besonderer Berucksichtigung des  Ekzems.   Derm.  Wschr.,
  1934. 99: 1229.—Frei, W„ Mayer, R.  L., & Halle, H.  Kon-
  zentrationstabellen fiir Ekzemproben;  ein  Beitrag zur Praxis
  der funktionellen  Hautprufung.   Ibid.,  1930,  91: 1111-5.—
  Jausion, H., Lenegre & Vendel.  Le role de la sensibilisation
  dans  les eczemas et  sa  preuve therapeutique.  Bull.  Soc. fr.
  derm, syph.,  1928, 35: 164-80—Leitman, D. S. [Reaction of
  the skin in eczema and  psoriasis in the proximity and at a
  distance from the focus]  Vest, vener., 1937, 687-92.—Lorn-
  holt,  S.  Ergebnisse  einer  Serienuntersuchung  von 3,500
  Ekzemkranken mittels Testproben. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl.,
  1938, 177: 65-8.—Mayer, R. L.,  & Cajkovac, S.   Die saison-
  massigen Schwankungen der unspezifischen Empfindlichkeit
  der Haut bei Ekzemen und  verwandten  Krankheiten.  Ibid.,
  1932, 166: 325.—Rossi, G.  L'albumino-cutireazione nell'ecze-
  ma degli adulti. Arch. ital. derm.,  1937,  13: 535-45.—Sallen-
  bach, L. Untersuchungen iiber die Eiklar- und Storm-Reak-
  tion.  Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1932, 165: 198-208.—Schmidt,
  W.  Erfahrungen mit der Epicutanprobe beim Ekzem.  Ibid.,
  1938, 177: 77-9. Also Derm. Wschr., 1938, 106: 288.  —----
  Ueber den Wert der unspezifischen und spezifischen Lappchen-
  proben. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1938, 177: 74-7.—Schreus,
  H. T., & Hullstrung, H.  Zur Testung mit Rheumaallergeninen
  bei Ekzemkranken. Deut. med.  Wschr., 1938, 64: 1861-5.—
  Schtirch, O.   Reizversuche mit physiologischen Substanzen auf
  der Haut von  Normalen und  Ekzematikern.  Klin. Wschr.,
  1925, 4: 11-3.—Shelmire. B.  Contact eczema; rubber cements
  as adhesive in patch testing.  Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1933,
  28: 795-7.—Stauffer, H.  Die Ekzemproben (Methodik und
  Ergebnisse) Arch. Derm. Syph.. Berl., 1930-31, 162: 517-76.—
  Stelner, K.  Zur Frage der Funktionsprufung ekzemdisponierter
  Haut,  Derm. Wschr., 1931, 92: 723-8.—Sulzberger, M. B., &
  Goodman, J.  Description of a technic  for the study of allergy
  in eczematous and eczematoid dermatoses.  J. Lancet, 1936,
  56: 134-9.—Sulzberger, M. B., & Rostenberg, A., jr.  Acquired
  specific supersensitivity, allergy, to simple chemicals; a method
  of experimental sensitization; and demonstration of increased
 susceptibility  in individuals with  eczematous  dermatitis of
 contact type.   J. Immun., Bait., 1939.  36: 17-27.—Tarantelli,
 E.  A proposito delle reazioni cutanee del Brocq  (coesistenza di
 eczema e psoriasi)  Arch. ital. derm, sif., 1926-27, 2: 506-12.—
 Wilson, W. A.  Investigations upon the cutaneous reactions of
 a case of flexural eczema  with hay fever. Brit. J. Derm., 1930,
 42: 320-3.—Wrong, N. M.  The patch test as an aid in diag-
 nosis.  Canad. M. Ass. J., 1935, 32: 273-5.

 ----   allergic: Pathology.

    Schirokauer,  M.   *Die  Schwankungen der
 Eosinophilic bei idiosynkrasischem Ekzem   [Ber-
 lin]   26p.    8?  Jena,  1932.
    Ukrainczyk,  F.    *Beitrag  zur   Frage  der
 Schwankungen der  Sensibilisierung  beim   idio-
 synkrasischen  Ekzem.  24p.   8?   Berl., 1932.
    Vogt,  B.   *Zur   Frage   der passiven Ueber-
 tragbarkeit   sessiler  Antikorper   beim   Ekzem
 [Diisseldorf]   21p.    8?   Kallmiinz,  1933.
    Wtjnsch,  H.   *Gelungene Uebertragungen der
 Ueberempfindlichkeit von  Ekzematikern.   20p.
 8?   Berl., 1933.
   Atopic eczema with cataracts.  Arch. Derm. Syph.,  Chic,
 1937, 35: 981.—Bernstein, F..  &  Vogt,  B.  Zum Nachweis
 sessiler Antikorper beim Ekzemkranken.  Derm. Zschr., 1932,
 64: 304.—Cole, H. N.  The problem of hypersusceptibility in
 eczema and  dermatitis:   its  relation   to internal  medicine.
 Ohio M. J., 1932, 28: 701.—Dalton, J. E.  The histopathology
 of artificial eczema.  Urol.  Cut.  Rev., 1937,  41:  339-42.—
Jausion, H., &  Cot, P.  Les  reactions de I'organisme dans les
eczemas; syndromes de sensibilisation.  Paris  med., 1929, 71:
67-72.—Landsteiner. K.,  Rostenberg,  A., jr, & Sulzberger,
 M. B.   Individual differences in susceptibility to eczematous
 sensitization  with  simple  chemical substances.  J.  Invest.
 Derm.,  1939, 2: 25-9.— Martinotti, L.   Di alcune manifesta-
 zioni cliniche dell'allergia eczematica e degli esantemi allergic!
 negli eczematosi (allergidi eczematiche, eczematidi)  Arch. ital.
 derm, sif.,  1932-33,  8: 219.—Nobl, G.  Zur  Kenntnis  der
 Ueberempfindlichkeitsekzeme. Wien. med. Wschr.,  1931, 81:
 1364-70.—Oriel, G. H.  Some observations on the pathogenesis
 of eczema of internal origin and other allergic diseases.  Proc.
 R. Soc.  M., Lond., 1931, 24: 1171-80.  Also Brit. J.  Derm.,
 1931, 43: 424-37.—Peter. F.  M.   Die Reaktion  der Haut von
 Ekzemkranken  gegen  Kokken und deren  Toxine.  Derm.
 Wschr.,  1925, 80: 501-8.—Ravaut, P.   L'eczema; reaction
 seconde  de sensibilisation.   Presse med., 1930, 38: 1785-9.
 Also French M. Rev., Par.,  1932, 2: 311.—Scolari. E.  Ricerche
 sulla reattivita cutanea degli eczematosi verso aminoacidi  ed
 altri derivati del ricambio materiale. Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1932,
 73: 1083-115.—Smyth, F.  S. The toxic fraction in  certain
 eczema  serums.   J. Allergy,  1930-31, 2: 173-6.—Sulzberger,
 M. B., & Baer, R.  L.  Sensitization to simple chemicals; rela-
 tionship  between  chemical  structure   and  properties,  and
 sensitizing capacities in the production of eczematous sensitivity
 in man.  J. Invest. Derm.,  1908, 1: 45-58.—Urbach, E. Zum
 Nachweis  sessiler  Antikorper  bei Ekzemkranken.   Derm.
 Zschr.,  1932-33,  65:  248-55 [Erwiderung von  F. Bernstein]
 256-8.—Vaughan, W. T.   A studv of  eczema as an allergic
 phenomenon. South. M. J., 1924, 17: 749-54.—Wedroff, N. S.,
 & Dolgoff, A. P.  Ein Beitrag zur Frage der Reaktionsfahigkeit
 der Haut  bei chemischen  Ekzemen, auf  Grund von  Unter-
 suchungen bei ekzemkranken und  gesunden  Personen  mittels
 der Obligaten chemischen  Reizmittel.   Arch.  Derm.  Syph.,
 Berl., 1934-35, 171: 641-6.


 ----   allergic: Treatment  [Desensitization]

   Allen, P.  K.   Eczema—observations  on  desensitization.
 California West.  M.,  1933, 38: 239-44.—Dracoulidgs, N. N.
 Ecz6ma  tenace generalise rebelle a tout traitement et gu6ri par
 la desensibilisation aspecifique. Ann. derm, syph., Par., 1929,
 6. ser.,  10: 864-72—Friihwald, R.f Haxthausen, H. [et al.j
 Welche Erfolge hat  man mit der spezifischen Desensibilisierung
 beim Ekzem? Derm. Wschr., 1934, 99:  1618-25.—Geiger. R.
 Unspezifische  Desensibilisierungsversuche  an Ekzematikern
 mit Terpentinol  auf percutanem Wege.  Arch. Derm.  Syph.,
 Berl., 1929, 158: 76-87.—Jausion,  H., Cot, P..  & Sohler, R.
 Le traitement des eczemas, maladies de  sensibilisation.  Bull.
 Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1929, 3. ser., 53:  1378-99.—Jausion  A
 Paleologue.   Une  nouvelle  methode   de desensibilisation;
 l'auto-ouro-therapie dans la cure de l'eczema.  Bull. Soc. fr.
 derm, syph., 1929,  36: 115-8.—Urbach.  Spezifische  Desensi-
 bilisierung  eines  allergischen  Ekzems auf perkutanem  Wege.
 Derm. Wschr., 1927, 85:  1531.—Zavala Saenz, A.  Trata-
 miento del eczema por desensibilizaci6n.   Rev. med. lat.  amer.,
 B. Air., 1930-31, 16: 1650-3.

 ----    Biochemistry.

   Bonnet, G.    *Les modifications de  la  pro-
 t6in6mie au cours de  l'eczema.   82p.   8?   Par.,
 1929.
   Houlnick,  A.   *Glyc6mie et cholesterin6mie
 au cours des eczemas.   63p.   8?   Par.,  1928.
   Brown, W. R., & Hansen, A. E.  Arachidonic and  linolic
 acid of the serum in normal and eczematous human subjects.
 Proc. Soc.  Exp.  Biol., N. Y., 1937-38,  36: 113-7.—Burgess,
 J. F.  A case of eczema associated with  indicanuria.   Brit.
 J. Derm., 1927, 39: 167.—Burgess. N.   The  chloride content
 of the whole blood in eczema.  Ibid., 1929,  41:  6-10.  Also
 Arch.  Derm.  Syph.,  Chic. 1929,  20:  59-62.   Also  repr.—
 Cornbleet, T.. & Kaplan, M. A. Urinary proteose in eczema.
 Ibid., 1934,  30: 497-507.—De Luca, M.  Comportamento dei
 fermenti  serici ed  urinari  nell'individuo eczematoso.  Gior.
 ital. derm, sif., 1936, 77: 617-32.—Edel, K.  [Eczema and the
 H-ion concentration of the blood-plasma]  Ned. tschr. geneesk.,
 1934, 78: 3673-7.—Epstein, N. N..  & Glick, D.  Unsaturated
 fatty acids in eczema.  Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1937, 35:
 427-32.—Grenet, H.,  & Bonnet, G. Les modifications de la
 proteinemie au cours  de  l'eczema.  Gaz. hop.,  1929. 102:
 1745-8.—Haldin-Davis,  H., & Wills. L.  Abnormalities of
 blood-sugar  content in  eczema.   Brit.  J.  Derm., 1925, 37:
 364-70.—Hansen, A. E.  Serum lipids in eczema and in other
 pathologic conditions.  Am.  J. Dis. Child., 1937. 53: 933-46.—
 Kitamura, K., &  Honda, T.  Ueber den Diastasengehalt des
 Serums bei der ekzematosen Hautveranderung. Jap. J. Derm.
 Urol., 1936,  40:  143.—Klauder, J. V., & Brown, H.  Experi-
 mental studies in eczema; studies of the  potassium, total and
 diffusible calcium ratios in the blood of patients  with diseases
 of the skin.  Arch.  Derm. Syph.,  Chic, 1930, 22: 877-92.-—
 Lang, M.  [Biochemical investigations concerning the patho-
 genesis of eczema]  Magy. orv.  arch.,  1936, 37: 284-94.—
 Renaud.  M.   Eczemas  et  proteines du serum.   Rev. crit.
 path., Par., 1930,  1: 198-202.—Sartory, A., Hufschmitt. G., &
 Meyer, J.  Recherches  sur le des6quilibre proteide-lipidique
 du serum d'eczemateux a differents stades de la maladie. Bull.
 Acad, med.,  Par.,  1938, 3. ser., 119: 232-7.—Somerford, A. R.
 The  cause of hyperglycaemia in eczematous patients.   Brit.
J.  Derm.  Syph.,  1932, 44: 476.—Suzuki, S. Hyperoxalaemia
in  acute  eczema and  dermatitis.   Jap.  J. M.  Sc, 1935,  3: 
ECZEMA
ECZEMA
Biochem., 95-7.—Terris. E., & Markinos. J. La glycemie et la
cholesterinemie au cours de l'eczema.  Paris m6d., 1927, 65:
213-6.—Testut.  G.  L'ur6e  sanguine  dans l'ecz6ma.  Rev.
med. est, 1924, 52: 818-21.—Treger. J.  [Biochemical reactions
in eczema]  Cesk.  derm., 1932, 13: 1-5—Umansky, G. I., &
Stepanowa, A. P.  Schwankungen des K und des Ca im Blute
von  Personen mit akutem Ekzem  und Dermatitis.   Wien.
klin. Wschr., 1933, 46: 1262-6.

----  Cases and statistics.

   Btjlkley, L. D.   Eczema with an analysis of
8,000  cases of the disease.   3. ed.   368p.   16?
N. Y., 1901.
   Scharffe, M.  S.   *Statistik iiber  die Ekzem-
falle  in  der   dermatologischen   Klinik  in  den
Jahren  1920-30.  24p.  8?   Munch., 1931.
   Endo, S., & Miyake, S.  Statistische Beobachtungen uber
das Ekzem.  Okayama igakkai zasshi, 1935, 47:  788—Kobaya-
shi, S., & Yokoyama, T.  Zur Statistik des Ekzems.  J. Orient.
M., Dairen, 1925-26, 4: 66.

----  Causes.

   See also Eczema, Pathogenesis.
   Duval,  H.  L.    *H6redite'  syphilitique  et
eczema.  96p.   8?  Par., 1924.
   Kohn,  E.    *Die Beziehungen  des  Ekzems  zu
Klima,  Beruf  und Lebensalter   [Berlin]  p. 125-
54.   8?   Wiirzb.,  1935.
   Also Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1934-35, 171:
   Prager, H.   *Ueber Ekzem,  beziehungsweise
Dermatitis   auslosende   Faktoren.    44p.    8?
Erlangen, 1934.
   Romer,  H.   *Die  Ekzemhaufigkeit  und ihre
Abhangigkeit  von Temperatur, relativer Feuch-
tigkeit  und  Barometerstand  in  Bonn  wahrend
der Jahre 1921-27.  21p.   8:   Bonn, 1929.
   Schaeffer,  N.  *Relations de certains eczemas
avec  les  ulcerations du tube digestif.   47p.   8?
Par.,  1924.
   Schaines, Z.   *Ecz6ma et  insuffisance  h6pa-
tique; contribution  a l'etude  de  la  pathogenic
35p.  8?   Par.,  1935.
   Adamson, H. G.  Eczema; its definition and its aetiology.
Brit. J. Derm. Syph., 1935, 47: 497-501.—Alfoldy, J.  [Rhino-
laryngological diseases as  causes of dyshidrosis and  eczema]
Budapesti orv. ujs.,  1934, 32: 337-9.—Ayres. S.,  jr.   Glucose
intolerance associated with  eczema.  California  West. M.,
1925. 23: 1560-4.—Beinhauer, L. G.   Predisposing factors  of
eczema.  Arch. Derm Syph., Chic, 1927,  16:  12-5.—Boenke,
R.  Parasitic eczema.  Med.  J.  & Rec,  1925, 122:  91-3.—
Brau, J. G.  Focal  infection as a cause of eczema. Dallas M. J.,
1934, 20: 70-2.—Burgess, J. F.  Endogenous irritants as factors
in eczema and in other dermatoses; preliminary report.  Arch.
Derm.  Syph., Chic, 1927, 16: 131-40, 2 pi. ------ Causative
factors in eczema. Canad. M.  Ass. J.,  1930,  22: 207-11.—
Combes.  F. C.  Notes on the etiology  of eczema.  Med. J. &
Rec, 1926, 123: 371-4.—Corson, E. F.  Etiology of  eczema.
Atlantic M. J., 1925-26, 29: 847-9.—Czibor, P.  [Etiology  of
eczema]  Gy6gyaszat, 1933, 73:  165-7.—Edel,  K.  [Causes  of
eczema]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1937, 81: 6006-15.  Also Acta
derm, vener., Stockh., 1938, 19:  220-4.—Ehrmann, S.  Bezie-
hungen der  ekzematosen Erkrankungen zu inneren  Leiden.
Samml. Derm.,  1924,  n. F.,  H. 5,  5-56.—Engman,  M. F.,
Weiss, R. S., & Engman, M. F., jr.  Eczema and environment.
Med. Clin. N. America, 1936-37, 20:  651-63.—Escudero, P.
Las  enfermedades del metabolismo en la etiopatogenia del
eczema. Tr. Clfn. Escudero, B. Air., 1930, 4: 130-40.—Gomes,
A. A. Eczema and dental disease.  Brit. M. J.,  1926, 2: 590.—
Halloran, R. O.   Eczemas of internal  origin.   West Virginia
M. J.,  1936,  32:  311-3.—Hazen, H. H.  Skin diseases pre-
cursors to serious  disease with special reference to hemostatic
eczema.  Am. Med., 1932,  38: 355.—Hruszek,  H.  Zur Frage
der Erblichkeit des Ekzems, insbesondere der  Neurodermitis.
Derm.  Wschr., 1938, 106: 239.—Jimenez Rivero, M.  Con-
tribuci6n al estudio de la dermatologia venezolana; los eczemas.
Gac. med.  Caracas,  1935,  42:  257-62.—Jordan, A.   Das
hereditare Ekzem.  Arch.  Derm.  Syph.,  Berl.,  1928, 156:
659-62.—K6meri,  D.  [Causes of eczema]  Orv.  hetil.,  1930,
74:  1090-1,—Kohn, E.  Die Beziehungen des  Ekzems  zu
Klima, Beruf und Lebensalter.  Arch. Derm. Syph.,  Berl.,
1934-35, 171: 125-54.—Larat, J., & Siebenmann, C. Eczemas
et insuffisance h6patique.  Progr. med., Par., 1928, 43: 829.—
Lehner, E., & Rajka. E.  Ueber die Entstehung ekzematoser
Hautentzundung  auf hamatogenem Wege.  Derm.  Wschr.
1924, 79: 1638-40.—MacDonald. W. J.  The  etiology  of
eczema.  N. England  J. M., 1932, 207: 940-4.—MacLeod.
J. M. H.. & Muende, I.  A note on the aetiology of  eczema.
Brit. J. Derm. Syph., 1936, 48: 234-7.—Marbais, S. L'eczema,
tuberculose cutan6e.  Clinique, Par.,  1930, 25: 291-3.  ------
Eczema et bacilles de Koch.  Ibid., 1931, 26: 88.—Mayr, J. K .
Zur Vererbbarkeit des Ekzems.   Arch.  Derm. Syph., Berl.,
1934-35,   171:  612-21.—Memmesheimer,  A.  M.   h-xpen-
mentelle und klinische Untersuchungen Uber die Beziehungen
zwischen   fokaler  Infektion  und  Hautkrankheiten  mit be-
sonderer  Berucksichtigung  des chronischen  Ekzems.  Ibid.,
1929,  157: 183-95. ------  Der  Friihjahrsgipfel des Ekzems
und seine Erklarungsmoglichkeiten (ein Beitrag zur Geographie
der Hautkrankheiten)   Derm. Zschr.,  1929,  57: 27-46 —
Philpott. O.  S.  The association of eczema with alteration in
gastric secretions.  Colorado M., 1933, 30: 295.—Sabouraud, R.
La roue des choses (a propos de l'6tiologie de l'eczema)  Ann.
derm, syph.,  Par., 1930, 7.  ser.,  1:  257-60.—Semon. H. C.
Eczema—modern  theories of causation.  Med. Press & Circ,
Lond., 1936, 192: 394-7.—Shelmire.  B.   The  etiology of
eczema.  Southwest.  J. M.  & S., 1933, 17: 297-305.  Also
Dallas M. J., 1933,  19:  116-23.—Smith. J. F.  Some points
in the etiology of  eczema.  Tr. R. Med. Chir. Soc. Glasgow,
1923,  17:  126-34.—Stevenson. J. The etiology of eczema.
J. Oklahoma M. Ass.,  1927, 20: 1-3.—Urbach.  Die  Bedeutung
der Kohlehydratintoleranz fiir  die  Aetio-Pathogenese  des
Ekzems.  Zbl. Haut Geschlkr., 1935,  51: 395.—Visher. J. W.
The role of focal infections in the etiology of eczema.  Am. J. M.
Sc, 1925, 170: 723-7.

----  Causes, mental and  nervous.

   Makedonski,   W.     *Ekzem   und   Nerven-
sys em   [Berlin]   24p.   8?  Charlottenb.,  1935.
   Allendy, R.  Un cas d'eczema.  Rev. fr. psychanal., 1928, 2:
327-40.—Bonjour, J.  Le psychisme et l'eczema.   Rev. med.
Suisse rom.,  1931, 51: 148-53.—Brill. E.  Ekzem als Folge
einer Unfallneurose.  Derm. Wschr., 1925, 80: 569-73.------
Die experimentellen und klinischen Grundlagen zum neuro-
pathischen Typ des Ekzems.  Arch. Derm.  Syph., Berl., 1926,
150:   529-90.   ------  Ergebnisse  pharmakodynamischer
Priifungen des vegetativen Nervensystems bei Hautkranken,
besonders  beim Ekzem.  Ibid., 151: 155.------  Zur Frage
des vegetativen  Systems bei Hautkranken,  insbesondere beim
Ekzem.   Deut. med.  Wschr., 1932,  58:  1048.—Bruck,  C.
Nervenschadigung und Ekzem; ein klinischer Beitrag zur Frage
der Ekzempathogenese.  Derm. Zschr., 1928-29, 55: 7-13.—
Bunnemann,  O.   Ueber psychogenes Ekzem.   Med. Welt,
1934, 8: 87.—Carle.  Quelques reflexions sur l'abus des regimes
dans les  eczemas.  Monde med.,  1925, 35: 750-4.   ----—
L'importance de l'eiement nerveux dans les eczemas.  Medeeine,
Par.,  1927-28, 9: 1078-81.—Haupt.  G., & Meyer-Brodnitz.
Das psychogene Ekzem des Sozialneurotikers. Zbl. Gewerbe-
hyg., 1932, n. F., 9: 102-5.—Kromayer.  Ekzem und harnsaure
Diathese.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1925, 51: 1527.—Luerssen &
Lange, E.   Ueber das Verhalten des vegetativen  Nerven-
systems bei Ekzematikern.   Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1925,
149: 600-8.—Martin, H. C. Eczema;  the psychological factor
in its  causation.   Med. J.  S.  Africa,  1925-26, 21: 155-8.—
Mosse, K.  Behandlung des neurogenen Ekzems mit Hohen-
sonne.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1924, 50: 1802.—Ramel, E.  Neuro-
pathic  eczema.  Brit.  J. Derm.  Syph.,  1937, 49: 307-20.—
Rodenacker,  G.  Das psychogene Ekzem des Sozialneurotikers,
Zbl. Gewerbehyg., 1932, n. F., 9: 58-62.


----  Classification and nomenclature.
   Audry,  C.  Ce  qui reste de 1'eczema; questions de mots.
Bruxelles med.,  1930-31,  11: 27-30.—Baer, C. A.  Eczema a
restricted nomenclature.  Am. Med., 1933, 39: 13.—Civatte, A.
Eczema et eczematides.  Bull.  Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1925, 32:
134-47.—Frumess, G. M. Scope  and limitation of the term
eczema.  Colorado M., 1936, 33: 244-8.—Ingram. J. T.  Defini-
tion and aetiology of eczema.  Brit. J. Derm. Syph., 1935, 47:
502-11.—Kerr, N. L.  The complex  called eczema.   Eclect.
M. J., 1937, 97: 246-51.—Siemens, H. W.  [General diagnosis
and classification of eczemata]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1930, 74:
1178-87.—Waintraub, L.  C.  Sur  une nouvelle conception de
l'eczema.   Rev. fr. derm, vener., 1933, 9: 412-23.

----  Clinical aspect.

   Adamson, H. G. Eczema as a clinical entity, and its funda-
mental or essential lesion.  Brit.  J. Derm. Syph., 1934, 46:
515-8.  Also  Clin. J., Lond.,  1935, 64: 133-7.—Bonjour, J.
Un symptome inedit  dans l'eczema.  Schweiz.  med. Wschr.,
1931, 61:  1255.—Castex, M. R., &  Camauer, A. F.  Clfnica del
simpatico; eczemas cr6nicos simetricos.   Prensa med. argent.,
1925-26,  12:  470-9.—Chevallier,  P.   Les  types  principaux
d'eczemas  chroniques diffus idiopathiques.  H6pital, 1936, 24:
21; 52; 85.—Miescher.  Katamnestische Untersuchungen bei
Ekzematikern. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1938, 68: 783.—Sezary,
A., & Israel, R.  Eczema nigricant. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph.,
1937,  44:  70-2.—Tzanck, A., & Moncharmont, J.   Les trois
modalites pathogeniques de l'eczema.   Presse med., 1937, 45:
313-5.

----  Complication.

   See also  Impetigo; Pustulosis; Pyoderma; also
subheadings  of Eczema  (allergic; infantile)
   Vogel,   O.   *Basalzellenepitheliom  auf  dem
Boden eines chronischen Ekzems; radiare Narben 
ECZEMA
55
ECZEMA
 der  Mundwinkelgegend  ohne  Lues  congenita.
 26p.   8?   Erlangen, 1935.
   Dawidow, A.  W.   Ekzem und hamolytische Gelbsucht.
 Derm.  Wschr.,  1935,  101:  1030-4.—Kreibich,  C.  Neuro-
 dermitis und Neurodermie.  Arch. Derm.  Syph., Berl., 1926,
 152: 672-8.—Kurz, J.  [Origin and course of posterior cortical
 cataract with recurrent eczema]   Cas.  16k. fiesk.,  1924,  68:
 1072-9.—Lomholt, S.  [Case of milia multiplicia, eczematis
 eequelae]   Hospitalstidende,  1935,  78:  Dansk.  derm,  selsk.
 forh., 4.—Pillat, A.  Zur  Mitbeteiligung der  Hornhaut beim
 Ekzem.  Wien. klin. Wschr., 1937. 50: 768-70.—Rothmann, I.
 Neurodermitis.  Orv.  hetil., 1934,  78: mell.,   138.—Sicilia.
 Eczemas  de origen  interno  papulovesiculares y piodermitis
 asociada 6 consecutiva.  Siglo med., 1921, 68:  578.-—Stiimpke,
 G.  Neurodermitis, ihre Stellung zum Ekzem  und die Berech-
 tigung ihrer Bezeichnung.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1935, 31:1199-201.

 ----   Diagnosis.

    Kreibich,   C.   Ekzeme   und   Dermatitiden.
 300p.   8?  Berl.,  1927.
   In Handb. Haut & Geschlkr. (G.  A. B.  Bloch) Berl., 1927,
 6: Teil 1, 1-300.
   Barber, H. W.  Eczema and  psoriasis. Brit. M. J., 1935, 2:
 1019.—Burgess, N.  Eczema and dermatitis.  Bristol Med.
 Chir. J.,  1935, 52: 103-12.—Carle.  Essai  sur l'eczema; con-
 ceptions actuelles et delimitation.  J. med. Lyon,  1929, 10:
 325-32.—Eczema,  harvest-mite  rash,  or  impetigo—which?
 Med. World, 1933, 51: 261.—Hauck, L.  Die Bedeutung der
 Anamnese fiir Dauerheilungen der Ekzeme.  Med. Klin., Berl.,
 1937, 33: 1321-4.—Highman, W. J.   Eczema and dermatitis.
 Arch.  Derm. Syph., Chic, 1925,  n.  ser., 11: 303-30.—Lang-
 horst, H. F.  Eczema  or  what?  Med. J.  & Rec,  1928, 128:
 14.—Martinotti, L.  Edema essudativo  acuto o  eczema urti-
 cante?  Riv. crit. infortunist.,  1919, 8: 525-44.—Nicolas, J.,
 Rousset &  Thomasset.  Eczema trichophyto'ide de l'avant-
 bras en grands placards,  en imposant cliniquement pour une
 syphilis tertiaire.   Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1937, 44: 751-3.—
 Pels, 1. R.  The diagnosis of eczema.  Clin. M. & S„ 1927, 34:
 99-102.—Stokes. J. H.  The complex of eczema; a diagnostic
 and etiologic  analysis.  J. Am. M.  Ass.,  1932,  98: 1127-33.
 Also repr.—Trimble.  Eczema  or tinea  circinata (?)  J. Cut.
 Dis. incl. Syph., 1919, 37: 278.

 ----   disseminated and generalized.

    See also Erythroderma.
   Gougerot, H., & Frumusan.  Eczema localise de la main par
 l'eau, puis du bras par le salicylate de soude, enfin se generalisant
 par etapes, guerissant par etapes inverses.  Bull. Soc. fr. derm.
 syph., 1936, 43: 964-9.—Milian. G.  Eczemas generalises avec
 prurit violent gueri par la teieroentgentherapie.  Ibid.,  1937,
 44:  1831-5.—Ravaut, P.,  Rabeau & Guerra.   Contribution a
 l'etude des reactions seconde, de la peau; eruption d'eczematides
 generalisees  au cours  de revolution  d'un  intertrigo  sous-
 mammaire dans un cas et d'une vieille dermite de la  jambe
 dans un deuxieme;  guerison spontanee des  lesions secondes
 dpres traitement  des lesions premieres.  Ibid., 1933, 40: 437-
 43.—Varga, A.   Durch Hyazinthenole  verursachtes Ekzema
 generalisatum acutum.   Derm. Wschr., 1936, 102: 104-6.—
 Wise, F.  Eczema  diffusum resembling  mycosis  fungoides.
 Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1938, 38: 652.

 ----   Endocrine aspect.
   Carrera, J. L.   La endocrinologfa en  su relaci6n al eczema.
 Rev. derm, argent., 1928, 10: 103-7.—Castellino, P.  Dermatite
 eczematoide  diffusa, con  ipercromia della cute, a struttura
 istologica complessa in soggetto  disovarico.   Riforma med.,
 1938,  54:  930-40.—Gamier, G.   L'eczema par desequilibre
 hormonal folliculino-luteinique.   Bull.  Soc.  fr.  derm, syph.,
 1939,  46:  319-27.—Leszczyfiski    [Eczema  symmetricum
 dysmenorhoicum  mammae  utriusque]  Przegl.  derm.,  1936,
 31:81; 185.—Lortat-Jacob, L.. & Legrain, P.  Eczema chronique
 des seins  et amenorrhee chez une jeune fille.  Bull. Soc. fr.
 derm, svph., 1923, 30: 133.—Montgomery, D. W., & Culver,
 G. D.  Eczema of the breast.  Med. J. & Rec, 1924, 119: 93 —
 Ozaki, T.  Ueber  den Einfluss  ekzematoser Hautveranderung
 auf die Schilddruse.  Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1936,  39:  1.—Stan-
 canelli, P.  Eczemi  in  coincidenza  con disturbi mestruali  e
 guariti  con  la opoterapia  ovarica.   Med.  prat., Nap., 1926,
 11: 121-32.

 ----   experimental.
   Klauder, J. V., &  Brown,  H.   Experimental  studies in
 eczema; study of the sensibility of the skin of rabbits to chemi-
 cal irritants under experimentally induced  conditions.  Arch.
 Derm. Syph., Chic, 1925, n. ser., 11: 283-302.  -----r Experi-
 mental studies in  eczema;  a correlation of  the chemistry with
 the irritability of the skin  of animals under normal  and under
 experimentally induced  conditions.   Ibid.,  1927, n. ser., 15:
 1-15.  ------  The role of the sympathetic  nervous system
 and calcium-potassium ratio in altering  cutaneous irritability
 in the rabbit.  Ibid., 1929, 19: 52-65.  ------  A correlation
 of potassium-calcium ratio in the  serum and in the skin of
 rabbits with the irritability of  the skin.  Ibid., 20: 326-34.
 Also repr.—Treger, J.  [Experimental work on the etiology of
eczema]  Bratisl. lek. listy, 1929, 9: 551-92.
----   History.
   Adamson, H. G.  The real position of Willan and Bateman's
teaching in regard to eczema.  Brit. J. Derm. Syph., 1933, 45:
493-7.—Ambler, J. V., & Lingenfelter, G. P.  Recent progress
in eczema.  Colorado  M.,  1934,  31:  304-7.—Ayers. S.,  jr.
Eczema;  some recent  contributions to its stud v.  California
West. M., 1930, 32: 153-7.—Kirby, W. L.  The changing con-
ceptions  of eczema.   South. M. &  S., 1938, 100: 317-9.—
Pusey,  W. A.  Our changing knowledge  of eczema.   Penn-
sylvania  M.  J.,  1928-29, 32:  129-34.—Shelmire, B.  Our
changing conception of eczema.  Dallas M. J., 1932, 18: 116.
Also South. M. J., 1932, 25: 67-73.

----   infantile.

   See also  Dermatitis;  Seborrhea.
   Finkelstein, H.  Ekzem  und ekzemahnliche
Dermatosen.   p.464-567.   8?   Berl., 1935.
   In Handb. Kinderh. (Pfaundler, M., &  Schlossmann, A.)
4. Aufl., Berl., 1935, 10:

   Moro, E.   Ekzema infantum und Dermatitis
seborrhoides;  Klinik  und  Pathogenese.   170p.
8?  Berl.,  1932.
   Baagoe, K.  [Eczema in infants] Ugeskr. laeger, 1925, 87:
760-3.—Barba,  P.  S.   Eczema in  infancy and  childhood.
Med. Clin. N.  America,  1935,  19:  325-31.—Bauer,  S.  L.
Eczema of children.  J. Med.,  Cincin., 193,5-36,  16: 363-5.
Also West Virginia M. J.,  1935,  31:  193-5.—Baxter,  E.  H.
Infantile eczema.  Ohio M. J.,  1938, 34:  1350-3.—Birnberg,
T. L. Eczema in infancy and childhood. Minnesota M., 1934,
17:  407-11.—Oameron, A.  Eczema  in  infants.   Clinique,
Chic, 1926, 47: 487-90.—Church, J.  L.  Eczema in infants.
Ibid., 1925, 46:  304-9.—Foerster, H. A.  Infantile eczema.  J.
Oklahoma M. Ass., 1937, 30: 260-2.—Gilmore, C.  E. Infantile
eczema.  Delaware M. J., 1935, 7: 68-72.—Grenet, H.  L'ecze-
ma du nourrisson.  Rev. med., Par.,  1931, 48: 440-62.  Also
In his Conf. clin. med. inf., Par., 1933, 2.  ser., 36-58.—Hill,
L. W.  Infantile eczema. J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1933, 2: 133-
68.  Also repr.  ------& Kesten, B. M.  Round table discus-
sion on  eczema.   Ibid., 1937, 11: 436-48.—Hill, L. W., &
McQuarrie, I.  Round table conference on  infantile eczema.
Ibid., 1935, 6: 405-17.—Kelly, J. H.  Infantile eczema.  Med.
J. Australia, 1937, 2: 918-22.  Also Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1937,
34: 346; 615.—Kelly, D., & Eldred, M. M. Why  the baby has
eczema?   Hygeia, Chic,  1935,  13:  436-9.—Kerley,  C.  G.
Eczema in infants and in young  children.  Tr.  Am. Pediat.
Soc, 1926, 38: 77-81.  Also Canad. M. Ass. J., 1927, 17: 1173-
6.—Leiner, C.  Ueber  Ekzem und ekzemartige Erkrankungen
im Sauglings- und Kindesalter.  Wien. klin.  Wschr., 1927, 40:
H. 1,  Sonderbeil.,  1-16.—Lesn6, E., &  Boutelier. A.  Les
eczemas des nourrissons.  Rev. fr. pediat., 1926, 2: 568-603.—
Levin, S. J. Infantile eczema.  J. Michigan M. Soc, 1937, 36:
645-7.—McCauley, F. J. Eczema in infancy, from the derma-
tologist's standpoint.  J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1931, 28: 223-9.—
Marceron, L. A.  A propos de l'eczema du  nourrisson.  Gaz.
med. France, 1936, 43: 967.—Moro. E.  Ekzema  infantum.
Mschr.  Kinderh.,  1929, 44: 45-8.—Norris, C. B.  Infantile
eczema.  Ohio M. J.,  1929, 25: 708-11.—Panja,  G. Infantile
eczema.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1936, 71: 506-11.  Also Ind. M. Rec,
1937, 57: 174-8.—Pettier, S. H.  Infantile eczema.  Pacific
Coast J. Homoeop., 1933, 44:  107.—Richards, W. B. Eczema
in infants.  Minnesota M., 1928, 11: 229.—Sedillot, J.  L'ecze-
ma infantile.   Progr. med., Par.,  1936, 14-23.—Signorelli, J.
Eczema from the pediatrician's standpoint.   J. M. Ass. Ala-
bama,  1936-37,  6: 197-201.—Sinclair,  W.  E.   Eczema in
infancy and childhood.  J. Florida M. Ass., 1926-27, 13: 1-5.—
Smith, D. L.  Eczema in infants.  South. M. J., 1925, 18: 337-
40.—Smyth, F. S., Bain, K.  M., & Stallings, M.  Infantile
eczema; a study based on 160 cases. J. Am. M. Ass., 1931,  97:
1291-5.   Also  repr.—Tachau,  P.   Zur  Klassifikation   der
Kinderekzeme.  Mschr. Kinderh., 1924-25, 29: 638-46. Also
Prakt.  Arzt, 1927, n. F., 12: 144-8.—Thambiah,  S. Infantile
eczema.  Madras M. J., 1937, 17: 213-6.—Tixier, L., & Eck,
M.  A propos des eczemas  du nourrisson.   Bull. Soc. pediat.
Paris, 1938, 36: 202-7.—Van Rhee, G.  Infantile eczema.  J.
Michigan M. Soc, 1935, 34:  604-8.—Webb. J.  L.  Infantile
eczema.  Am. Med., 1927, 22: 170-3.
----   infantile:  Allergy.
   Errera,  E.   *Contribution  a l'etude  de  la
nature   allergique  de  l'eczema   du  nourrisson;
deductions   therapeutiques.    58p    8?    Par.,
1934.
   Nitschke,  E.  L.    *Untersuchungen  zu der
Frage:  Eiklarempfindlichkeit  und Kinderekzem.
27p.  8?  Bresl., 1934.
   Walker,  H.   L.    *A study  of the  effect  of
primary  contact  with  eczematizing  substances
on the  skin of  the new born infant.   17p.   4?
Buffalo, 1938.
   Atopic eczema; congenital syphilis.   Arch. Derm.  Syph.,
Chic, 1936, 34: 181—Bivings, L. Eczema in infancy and child-
hood: its  relation to  allergy.  South. M. J., 1932, 25: 223-7.— 
ECZEMA
56
ECZEMA
 Bloch, B.   Das Ekzem vom Standpunkt der Idiosynkrasie.
 Mschr. Kinderh.,  1929, 44: 17-44.—Bosch, E., Gyorgy, P., &
 Witebsky,  E.  Die immuno-chemische  Analyse der  Eiklar-
 empfindlichkeit bei Eczema infantum.  Klin. Wschr., 1931, 10:
 2264.  Also Zschr. Kinderh., 1932, 53: 394.—Bratusch-Marrain,
 A., & Chiari, O.  Beitrag zur Frage der Bedeutung der Eiklar-
 uberempfindlichkeit in der Genese des Sauglingsekzems.  Wien.
 klin. Wschr., 1932,  45: 1158.—Carrara, N.  Fino a qual punto
 possiamo  utilizzare  agli scopi clinici  e  terapeutici l'allergia
 ovalbuminica nell'eczema  del lattante?   Lattante, 1935,  6:
 508-20.—Corper, F. J.  Protein sensitivity in infantile eczema.
 Am. J. Dis. Child., 1925, 29: 355-64.—Faber, H. K., & Roberts,
 D. B.  Studies in infantile allergic eczema; serum lipids, with
 special reference to saturation of the fatty acids.  J.  Pediat., S.
 Louis, 1935, 6: 490-3.—Gay Prieto, J., & Linde Ocon, E.  La
 significaci6n de la  alergia  a la clara  de huevo  en la patogenfa
 del eczema infantil.  Arch, espafi. pediat., 1933, 17: 225-39.—
 Grenet, H., Isaac-Georges, P., & Mourrut. Eczema du nour-
 risson; alternance de crises d'asthme avec les poussees eruptives.
 Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1932, 30: 503-5.—Gyorgy, P., Moro,
 E.t & Witebsky, E.  Eiklarempfindlichkeit bei Eczema infan-
 tum.  Klin. Wschr., 1930, 9: 1012-7.  ------  Weitere Erfah-
 rungen iiber Trophallergie beim Eczema infantum. Ibid., 1932,
 11: 1172-5.—Hill, L. W. The value of the protein skin tests in
infantile eczema.   J. Am. M. Ass., 1934, 102:  921-3.  ---:—
 Chronic atopic eczema (neurodermatitis)  in childhood.  Ibid.,
 103: 1430-4.  ------ Sensitivity to  fungi in infantile eczema.
 Ibid., 331-4.  ------  Sensitivity to environmental allergens
 in infantile eczema.  N. England M.  J., 1935, 213:  135-40.
 ------Sensitivity to house dust and goose feathers in infan-
tile eczema; the role of specific allergens.  J. Allergy, 1937-38,
 9:37-47.  ------  Sensitivity to cow's milk in infantile eczema.
 J. Pediat.,  S. Louis, 1938,  12:  725-9.—Hopkins,  J. G..  &
 Kesten, B.  M.  Allergic eczema.   Am. J.  Dis. Child., 1935, 49:
 1511-30.—Jadassohn,  W.,  & Schaaf,  F.   Experimentelle
 Untersuchungen iiber  den  Mechanismus der urtikariellen
 Eiklaridiosynkrasie des Ekzemkindes (Antigennatur, Pluralitat
 der Antigene, Neutralisation  des Antigens, Beziehungen zur
 Anaphylaxie) Zschr. Immunforsch., 1933, 79: 407-27, pi.—
 Maynadier, P.  A propos de l'asthme  succedant a l'eczema chez
 l'enfant. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1938, 36: 707-9.—Montlaur,
 H., & Montlaur, H.  Recherches sur les reactions cutanees dites
 eczema du nourrisson. Ann. derm, syph., Par., 1931, 7. ser., 2:
 513; 737.   ------   Du role de l'enterocoque dans la genese  de
 certaines  reactions  cutanees  considerees comme eczema du
 nourrisson; phenomenes de sensibilisation.  Nourrisson, 1931,
 19:  161-75.—Noguer Mor6,  S.   Mecanismos  etiopatogenicos
 del  eczema Uamado infantil, dermatosis por sensibilizaci6n.
 Rev. med. Barcelona, 1934, 21: 83.  ------   El falso eczema
 del lactante; trastornos  vasomotores  de la extremidad  cefalica,
 substratum de ciertos estados aiergicos de origen microbiano en
 el nifio.  Med. ibera, 1936,  30:  18-20.—Osborne, E. D.,  &
 Walker, H. L. Contact and environmental allergens as a cause
 of eczema in infants and in children.   Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic,
 1938, 38: 511-25.—Peck, S. M.  Eczema of infancy and child-
 hood; neurodermatitis disseminata (type II eczema) atopy in
 eczema.  N. York  State J. M.,  1934, 34: 957-64.  ------ &
 Salomon,  G.  Eczema of infancy and  childhood; contacts  as
 etiologic agents, with particular reference to feathers.   Am. J.
 Dis. Child.,  1933, 46: 1308-28.—Peliu,  M., & Aulagnier,  R.
 L'eczema  du  nourrisson,  maladie allergique.   J.  med.  Lyon,
 1934, 15: 653-60.—Picard, M. S.  Infantile eczema;  a physical
 or cold weather allergy.  Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1927, 44: 562-
 8.—Ratner, B.  Eczema in infancy due to protein sensitization.
 Med. Clin. N. America, 1925, 9: 817-26.—Ribadeau-Dumas,
 L._, Lgvy, M. M., & L6vy, M. M.  Notes sur le taux des pro-
 teines du serum sanguin au cours de  l'eczema des nourrissons.
 Bull. Soc.  med. hdp. Paris, 1927, 3. ser., 52: 51-6.—Rinkel, H.
 J.  Infantile eczema; the relation of specific ingesta to pruritus
 and eczema.  Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1936, 53: 559-63.
 Diagnostic measures in atopic infantile eczema.  South. M. J.,
 1936,  29:  507-12.—Robinson, H.  M.   Milk sensitization a
 factor in treatment of eczema in infants.  Bull. Univ. Maryland
 School M., 1927, 12: 26-33.—Rosenbund, F., & Meyerstein, A.
 Zur Aetiologie  des Sauglingsekzems;  Hautreizversuche  mit
 Stuhl und Urin.  Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1926, 152: 772-8.—
 Sfizary, A.  Eczema  du  nourrisson et allergie.  Presse med.,
 1934,  42:  1619-21.—Sokolov, A., &  Orlova, A.   [Eczema in
 infants an  allergic process] Okhr. zdorov. diet.,  1931, 1:  113-
 7.—Strobl,  A.,  & Wasitzky, A.  Untersuchungen  iiber die
 alimentare Allergie des Ekzemkindes mit besonderer Beruck-
 sichtigung  der Eiklarempfindlichkeit.  Mschr. Kinderh., 1932,
 54: 53-64.—Sulzberger.   The allergic aspects of eczema.  J.
 Pediat., S. Louis,  1936,  9:  813-7.—Swinny,  B.   The  role of
 sensitivity in infantile eczema.  Texas J. M., 1938-39, 34: 680.—
 Tachau,  P.  Problems of so-called infantile eczema; atopic
 dermatitis.  Acta  derm,  vener.,  Stockh., 1939,  20: 42-58 —
 Van Dyck,  L. S., Throne, B., & Myers, C. N.  Arsenic findings
 in eczema and allied conditions in infants and young children
 Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1930, 47: 218-29.—Woringer, P.  Recher-
 ches sur l'allergie dans  l'eczema du nourrisson.   Bull. Soc
pediat Paris,  1930,  28:  606-10.  ------  Recherches sur la
sensibihte au  blanc  d'ceuf  chez  les nourrissons eczemateux.
Bull. Soc fr. derm, syph., 1930, 37:  suppl.,  1242-5.   ------
Recherches sur l'allergie  dans l'eczema du nourrisson.  Stras-
bourg  mid. 1930,  90: 812.------Der Eiklar-Antikorper-
gehalt  des  Blutes  ekzematoser  Sauglinge.  Zschr. Kinderh.,
 1931-32,  52: 586-93.  ------   L'eczema des fleurs chez  les
enfants.  Rev. fr.  pediat.,  1933,  9: 93-100.  ------   Sur  les
rapports de l'eczema avec l'allergie chez le n°u™ss°JV   *£?•'
1935, 11: 409-31.  ------  L'asthme des enfants eczemateux.
Schweiz. med. Wschr.,  1939,  69: 226.—Zltzke.  E.  Unter-
suchungen  uber Eiklar-, Kuhmilch- und ^\zenme^Reh^-
empfindlichkeit beim Kinderekzem.  Kim-  Wschr., 1966,  Xi.
1047.

----  infantile: Blood.
   Bettinardi.  G.  Le  lipasi  del siero  negli eczemi  infantili.
Clin,  pediat., Mod., 1935. 17: 1-20.—Faber, H. K., & Brown,
Dorothy  M.  Serum proteins and lipoids in  infantile eczema.
Proc. Soc. Exp.  Biol.,  N. Y., 1932, 30:  335.—Faber. H. K., &
Roberts, D. B.  Serum proteins and lipoids  in the eczema of
infants and  children.   J. Pediat.,  S. Louis,  1933, 3:  78-83.—
Freudenberg & Schornstein L.  Fettzufuhr und Serumlipoide
bei Ekzem und Dermatitis seborrhoides des  Sauglings.  Zschr.
Kinderh., 1934-36, 57:  675-89.—Hansen.  A. E.   Study  of
iodine number of serum fatty acids in infantile eczema.   Proc.
Soc.  Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1933, 30: 1198.  ------  The  serum
lipids in refractory  infantile  eczema.   Am. J.  Dis. Child.,
1935, 50: 810.—Levy, E. Les variations du taux des proteines
du s6rum sanguin des nourrissons ecz6mateux.  Nourrisson,
1929, 17: 71-6.—Scheer, K.   Untersuchungen iiber die  Blut-
aciditat  besonders  beim Sauglingsekzem.   Zschr.  Kinderh.,
1929-30, 48: 668-77.—Schornstein, L.  Ueber den Gehalt der
Serumfette an ungesattigten Fettsauren beim Sauglingsekzem.
Ibid., 1937,  59:  52-6.—Steiger-Kazal,  D.  Les  variations en
taux des proteines du  serum  sanguin  des enfants eczemateux.
Ann.  derm,  syph., Par.,  1934, 7. ser., 5: 930-5.  Also Magy.
orv.  arch.,  1933,  34:  517-20.—Stoesser, A.  V.   Study of
cholesterol  fractions in acute  infections of  infants  with and
without eczema.  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y.,  1936, 34:  10.
        Iodine number of serum fatty acids in acute infections
of infants with and without eczema.  Ibid., 12-4.

----   infantile: Causes.
   Alvarez, G., & Trepat, L.  Eczemas infantiles; considera-
ciones sobre  etiopatogenfa y -tratamiento.  Arch. rev. hosp.,
Habana, 1936, 3: 115-28.—Bashinski, B.  Infantile eczema;
some of the causes and treatment.  J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1928,
17: 497-500.—Becker,  T., Bornstein, S., &  Finkelstein, H.
Kinderekzem und aussere Hautreize.  Zschr.  Kinderh., 1934,
56: 253-71.—Boddin, M.  Beitrag zur Klinik des neurogenen
Ekzems im Kindesalter.  Med.  Klin., Berl., 1930, 26:  270 —
Boutelier,  A.  Recherches  sur  l'etiologie  des  eczemas  des
nourrissons, eczema et tuberculose; eczema  et syphilis.  Ann.
derm, syph., Par., 1924, 6.  ser., 5:  425-33.—Dembo. L. H.
The eczemas of infancy and  childhood; a consideration of the
etiology and treatment.  Am. Med., 1927, 22: 207-12.  ------
Dietetic and  allergic factors  in infantile  eczema.   Ibid., 1928,
23: 357-60.—Gray, A. M. H. The setiology and  treatment of
infantile eczema.  Clin. J., Lond., 1926, 55:  433-5.  ------
Cameron, H. C. [et al.]   Discussion on the setiology and treat-
ment of infantile eczema.  Proc. R.  Soc.  M., Lond., 1925-26,
19: sect. derm. stud. dis. child., 71-84.—Kelly, D., & Eldred,
M. M.  Why the baby has eczema?   Hygeia, Chic, 1935, 13:
705-7.—Mayr.    Konkordantes   Auftreten  von   Ekzem  bei
eineiigen Zwillingen.  Zbl. Haut Geschlkr., 1935-36, 52: 66 —
Oppenheim, M., & Fessler, A.  L'ecz6ma des grands enfants
qui lechent leur levreinferieure (leckekzem = eczema par lediage)
Ann. derm, syph., Par., 1935,  7. ser., 6: 496-500.—Peck, S. M.,
& Salomon, G.  Eczema due to fungi; report of a case in an 18-
months-old baby.  Arch. Derm.  Syph., Chic, 1931, 24:  554-6.
Also repr.—Rietschel, Glanzmann, E., & Rominger, E.  Zur
Pathogenese  und  Therapie  der Sauglingsekzeme unter  be-
sonderer Berucksichtigung der diatetischen Faktoren.  Kinder-
arztl.  Prax.,  1939,  10: 165-8.—Schneider. E.   Ueber das
Ekzem  der  Sauglinge und  Kleinkinder, seine  Ursache  und
Behandlung.  Med. Klin.,  Berl., 1937, 33:  1327-30.—Sidlick.
D. M.  The etiological relationship of tonsillar focal infection
to eczema  in children.  Med. J. &  Rec,  1928,  128:  344.—
Strickler, A., Fisher,  M. K.. & Lowenburg, H.   A probable
etiological factor in infantile  eczema based on X-ray examina-
tions of the gastrointestinal tract.  Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1936,
53: 397-403.—Trinca,  F.  The setiology and  treatment of
infantile eczema.  Med. J. Australia, 1927, 1: 152-4.

----  infantile: Complications.

   See also  Exudative diathesis; Impetigo; Pustu-
losis; Pyoderma; Sepsis.
   Calvary,  M.   Habituelles Erbrechen und  Ekzem  beim
Brustkind.   Zschr. Kinderh., 1924,  38:  182-5—Lesne.  Lea
accidents aigus chez les eczemateux.  Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris,
1938,  36: 191-202—Weill-Halle,  Koang & Aubert.  Eczema
du  nourrisson;   pleuresie   purulente;  immuno-transfusion;
gavage; guerison.  Ibid., 1932,  30:  408.—White. P. J.  The
relation between  colic and eczema in early infancy.  Am. J.
Dis. Child., 1929, 38: 935-42. Also repr.

----  infantile: Diagnosis.
   Burhan Kunt.  [Importance  of diagnosis and  treatment of
eczema in infants] Askeri sihhiye mecmuasi, 1935, 64: 51-8.—
Goodman, H.. & Burr. M.  Flexural eczema: a subgroup of
infantile  eczema.  Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1931,  48: 658-67.
------  Eczema in infancy  and  childhood; elimination test
diets.  Ibid., 1937, 54:  88-96.—Moro, E. Beobachtungen bei 
ECZEMA                                           57                                           ECZEMA
 Eczema  infantum.  Mschr.  Kinderh.,  1930,  47: 489-94 —
 Taccone, G.   Sopra alcune manifestazioni impreviste in bam-
 bini affetti da eczema diatesico.  Lattante, 1935, 6: 607-12.—
 Woringer, P.  Le diagnostic de l'eczema du nourrisson.  Rev.
 fr. pediat., 1937, 13: 117-43.

 ----  infantile: Metabolism.
   Fagioli, A., & Pirami, E.   L'eczema infantile in  rapporto
 all'acidosi.  Clin,  pediat.,  Mod., 1932,  14: 417-26.—Jessup.
 D.  S. D., Mixsell. H.  R. [et  al.]  Metabolism experiments in
 infantile eczema;  preliminary  report.  Arch.  Derm.  Syph.,
 Chic, 1924, 10: 14-35.—Petheo, J.  Ueber Stoffwechselunter-
 suchungen bei Ekzem.   Jahrb.  Kinderh.,  1925,  3.  F.,  60:
 74-8.—Ribadeau-Dumas, L., Levy, M. [et al.]  Les troubles
 du  metabolisme  de l'eau chez les  nourrissons  eczemateux.
 Nourrisson, 1929, 17: 65-70.

 ----  infantile: Mortality.
    Bantchewsky, A.   *Mort subite  au cours de
 l'eczema  chez   les nourrissons.   32p.   8?   Par.,
 1924.
    Potjgeoise,   O.    *La  mort rapide a l'hopital
 des  nourrissons  eczemateux.   71p.    8?    Par.,
 1933.
   Bernhelm-Karrer, I.  Ekzemtod und Myokarditis.  Zschr.
 Kinderh., 1923, 35: 120-6.—Blechmann, G.  Eczema du nour-
 risson;  morts rapides.   Marseille med.,  1925,  62:  375-7.—
 Gate, J„  & Michel, P. J.  Nouveau cas de mort rapide chez
 un jeune  enfant eczemateux  hospitalise.   Bull. Soc.  fr.  derm.
 syph., 1937, 44: 1135-7.—Hudelo & Louet.  Mort rapide dans
 l'eczema chez les nourrissons.  Ibid., 1924, 31: 209-14.  Also
 Paris med.,  1925,  55: 261-3.—Koch. D., & Schwartz.  A. B.
 The institutional mortality and morbidity of infantile eczema.
 J.  Pediat.,  S. Louis, 1933, 2: 169-74.—Lereboullet. P.  La
 mort rapide a l'h6pital des nourrissons eczemateux.  Vie med.,
 1929, 10: 93-5.—Marquezy, R. A.,  Alajouanine [et al.]  La
 mort rapide  au cours de l'eczema du nourrisson; r61e du  sys-
 teme neuro-vegetatif.   Bull. Soc. pediat.  Paris,  1938,  36:
 165-75.—Marquezy. R. A., & Ladet. M.  La  mort rapide au
 cours de  l'eczema  du  nourrisson; le role du  systSme neuro-
 vegetatif.   Nourrisson,  1938, 26: 154-68.—Schwartz,  A. B.
 The cause of death in infantile eczema.  J. Pediat.,  S.  Louis,
 1934, 4: 172-8.—Sedillot. J.  A propos de la mort rapide  a
 l'h6pital des  nourrissons eczemateux.  Vie med., 1929, 10:
 253.—Tissi, E.  II problema dell'ospedalizzazione  dei lattanti
 eczematosi; a proposito di tre casi di morte inopinata.  Gior.
 ital. derm, sif., 1937, 78:  No.  1, suppl., 87-9.—Woringer, P., &
 Oudet, P.  A propos de la  mort rapide dans  l'eczema du
 nourrisson.  Rev. fr. pediat.,  1936, 12: 660-7.

 ----  infantile: Pathogenesis.
   Bivings.  L. Simplifying the problem  of infantile eczema;
 an analysis of 157 cases.  J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1934, 4: 494-7.—
 Burchard,  H.  Beitrage zum Problem des Sauglingsekzems.
 Derm.  Zschr., 1934, 69:  92;  149.   Also repr.—Froyez. R.
 A propos de l'eczema  du nourrisson.  Arch. med. enf.. 1930,
 33: 550-4.—Goodman, H., & Burr, M. E.  Eczema in infancy
 and childhood; theoretical considerations and some contributing
 factors.  Arch. Pediat.,  N. Y., 1937, 54: 30-3— Hainiss, E.,
 Moro & Wallgren. Zur  Pathogenese und Therapie der Saug-
 Iingsekzeme unter besonderer  Berucksichtigung der diatetischen
 Faktoren.  Kinderiirztl. Prax.,  1939, 10: 217-23.—Hill. L. W.
 The infantile  eczema problem.  N. England J. M., 1932, 207:
 655.—Klotz.   Nuevas  teorfas sobre el  eczema  infantil  y su
 tratamiento.  Rev. med. germ. iber. amer., 1936, 9: 100-5.—
 Montlaur, H., & Montlaur, H.   Recherches sur les  reactions
 cutanees dites eczema du nourrisson.  Ann. derm, syph.. Par.,
 1931,  7.  ser., 2: 513-33.—Scarzella,  M.   Eziopatogenesi
 dell'eczema  infantile.   Pediat.  med.  prat.,  Tor.,  1931,  6:
 343-62 —Tachau,  P.   Die moderne AufTassung der Kinderek-
 zeme.  Kinderarztl. Prax., 1931, 2: 250-5.  ------  Problems
 of so-called infantile eczema;  true eczema.  Acta derm, vener.,
 Stockh., 1938, 19:  587-600.

 ----  infantile: Pathology.
   Costantino, G.  Sul comportamento dell'eczema del lattante
 durante il morbillo. Clin, pediat., Mod.,  1930, 12: 216-28.—
 Eczema (L') aigu chez l'enfant.  Rev.  gin. clin. ther., 1924,
 38- 649 —Freudenberg, E. Zur Pathochemie des Sauglingsek-
 zems.  Mschr. Kinderh.,  1935, 63:  392.—Montlaur, H., &
 Coutiere. S.   Les  modifications chimiques des selles au cours
 de revolution de l'eczema chez le nourrisson.  Bull. Acad, med.,
 Par.,  1930, 3. ser.,  104: 91-3.—Ribadeau-Dumas, L., Levy &
 Levy, M.  Les modifications humorales des nourrissons atteints
 d'eczema suintant; rapprochement avec les nephrites hydro-
 pigenes.  Bull. Soc. med. h6p. Paris, 1929, 3. ser., 53: 367-70.

 ----   infantile: Treatment.

   Mattiassevich,  P.    * Notions  actuelles  sur
 l'eczema des nourrissons et son  traitement.   77p.
 8?   Par.,  1932.
  Angebrand, E.  Ekzemhemdchen fur  Sauglinge.   Arch.
Kinderh  1938,114:37-9.—Belloni, G. La terapia dell'eczema
del  lattante.   Lattante, 1930, 1:  222-46.—Binder. I.  Treat-
ment of infantile eczema.  Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1928, 45: 48-
51.—Blechmann, G., & Bohn, A. Le traitement de l'eczema du
nourrisson.  J. med. chir., Par., 1930, 101:  138.—Boutelier,  A.
Traitement des eczemas des nourrissons.   Hopital, 1925, 13:
280-2.—Cathala, M. J., & Vermorel, M. Action comparee du
regime proteique, et  de  la medication externe dans l'eczema
des  nourrissons.  Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris,  1929, 27: 196-9.—
Costello, J. P.  Radiation of the thymus in infantile eczema.
J. Missouri M. Ass., 1925, 22: 398.—Dembo. L. H.   The treat-
ment of infantile eczema.  Ohio M. J., 1936, 32: 732-6. ------
& Fisher, J. E.  Therapeutic aspects of infantile eczema.  Med.
J. & Rec, 1927, 125: 552.—Doxiades, L.  Behandlung des
kindlichen Ekzems mit Grenzstrahlen.  Zschr. Kinderh., 1931.
51:175-80.—Feer, E.  Le traitement de l'eczema du nourrisson.
Rev. med. Suisse rom.,  1926, 46:  137-44.—Gierthmiihlen,  F.
Praktische  Behandlung  der Kinderekzeme.   Munch,   med.
Wschr., 1933, 80: 1398.—Goodman, H., &  Burr, M.  Eczema
in infancy and childhood; prophylaxis of infantile eczema, the
diet of the expectant mother.   Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1936, 53:
790-802.—Greenebaum, J. V.,  & Keith, G. M.  An improved
protective device in the treatment of infantile eczema. Am. J.
Dis. Child., 1932, 43:  387.   Also  repr.—Grossman, H. D.
Treatment of infantile eczema.  Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1930, 47:
533-6.—Hill, L. W.  The treatment of infantile eczema from
the  point of view of the pediatrician.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1938,
111: 2113-7.—Huldschinsky, K.   A new method  of treating
eczema in children by ultra-violet rays.  Brit. J. Actinother.,
1928-29, 3: 215.   Also  Ann.  Inst, actin., Par., 1928-29,  3:
153-5.  Also Klin. Wschr., 1929, 7: 71.—James, B. M.  The
treatment of infantile eczema.  J. M. Soc N. Jersey, 1933, 30:
721-4.—Krebs, M,  Desensibilisierungsversuche bei Ekzem.
Mschr. Kinderh., 1934,  60: 445-7.—Lapointe, D.   Le traite-
ment  de l'eczema aigu dans la premiere enfance.   Bull. Soc.
med. hop. Quebec, 1935, 163-8. Also J. med. Paris, 1935, 55:
782-4.—Lages Neto, J. O tratamento do eczema infantil e suas
ultimas aquisicoes.  Pediat.  prat.,  S. Paulo,  1931-32, 4: 83-
93.—Lereboullet, P.  L'eczema  du nourrisson et son traitement.
Paris   med., 1928, 67:  433-6.—Lesne, E.,  &  Boutelier,  A.
Traitement des eczemas du nourrisson.  Sem. hop. Paris,  1926,
3:  355-60.—Martinez Zuviria, E.  La insulinoterapia en el
eczema de los nifios.  Sem. med., B. Air., 1926, 33: 1038.—
Mazzeo, A.  Tentativi di autoemoterapia nelle manifestazioni
eczematose della diatesi essudativa.  Pediatria (Arch.)  Nap.,
1925,  33: 700-6.—Mebane, D. C.  The prevention and treat-
ment   of infantile  eczema.  Ohio M. J.,   1930, 26: 834-8 —
Mouriquand, G.  La cachexie therapeutique des  nourrissons
eczemateux.   Lyon  med.,  1929,  143:  477-9.—Nunn,  J.  A.
The problem  of  the eczematous  child to  the pediatrician.
Texas  J. M., 1938-39, 34: 682-4.—Pehu, M., & Woringer. P.
Les traitements  actuels de l'eczema  du  nourrisson.   Acta
paediat., Upps., 1933, 16: 147-52.—Pipkin,  J. L. Infantile and
childhood eczema: clinical picture and teatment. Texas J. M.,
1938-39, 34: 676-80.—Racine,  M.  Le traitement de l'eczema
du  nourrisson.  H&pital, 1933, 21: 482-5.—Rappaport.  B. Z.,
& Hecht, R.   The treatment of infantile eczema from the
point of view of the allergist.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1939, 112: 317-
22.—Ribadeau-Dumas,  L.   L'eczema  du  nourrisson et son
traitement.  Sem. hop.  Paris,  1930, 6: 65-73.—Robinson, H.
M.  Treatment of eczema in infants.  South. M. J., 1929, 22:
936-9.—Roi, G. L'autoemoterapia nella cura degli  eczema dei
lattanti. Policlinico,  1927, 34: sez. prat., 786.------  Sugli
attuali orientamenti nella cura dell'eczema dei lattanti.   Gior.
clin. med., 1937, 18:  1051-68.—Rosenberg,  W. A.   Infantile
eczema and its management. Illinois M. J., 1924, 46: 137-9.—
Scholtz, M.   Modern treatment of eczema in infants and
children.  Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1927, 44: 601-11—Sezary. A.
Les eczemas infantiles et leur traitement.  Presse  med., i935,
43: 2059.—Sidaraviiius, B. [Treatment of eczema in children]
Medicina, Kaunas, 1931,  12:  403-12.—Sprenkel,  V.   Treat-
ment   of eczema in breast-fed infants.  Tr.  Am.  Ther. Soc,
1937,  37: 54-7.  Also Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1938, 55: 85-90.—
Stitzel, E. W.  Infantile  eczema and its treatment by foods and
drugs.  Hahneman. Month., 1937,72: 190-5.—Stoesser, A. V.
A routine treatment for infantile eczema. Arch. Pediat., N. Y.,
1934,   51:  777-82.—Sulzberger,  M. B.   The treatment  of
infantile eczema from the point of view of the dermatologist.
J. Am. M. Ass., 1939, 112: 38-45.—Swartz, J. H.   Treatment
of infantile eczema.   Med. Clin.  N. America, 1938,  22: 795-
804.—Tachau,  P.  Zur  Strahlentherapie der Ekzeme und
ekzemahnlichen  Dermatosen im  Kindesalter.  Klin. Wschr.,
1935,  14: 647-9.—Tancredi, A.  La maternoemoterapia nella
cura dell'eczema dell'infanzia.  Pediat. prat., Mod.,  1932, 9:
364-72.—Tatafiore, E. Trenta casi di manifestazioni eczema-
tose di diatesi  essudativa trattati con l'emoterapie materna.
Pediatria (Riv.) 1933, 41: 177-84.—Tixier.   Tratamiento del
eczema del  lactante.  Dfa med.,  B. Air., 1930-31,  3:  99.—
Torok, G.  [Eczema in children  and its treatment]  Gy6gyaszat,
1934, 74: 229-32.—Traissac, M.  A propos d'un eczema infan-
tile gueri par  l'anatoxine  staphylococcique de Ramon.  Gaz
med. France, 1936, 43: 957.—Vollmer, H.   A  sheet bandage for
the treatment of eczematous children.  J. Pediat., S.  Louis,
1938, 12: 522.—Woringer, P.  Essais de traitement de l'eczema
du  nourrisson par la desensibilisation  spedfique.  Bull. Soc.
pediat. Paris, 1930, 28:  611.  ------  Essai de traitement de
l'eczema du nourrisson par le BCG.  Ibid., 1933, 31: 273-80.

----   infantile:  Treatment:  Diet.

   Delaffond,  J.   *L'eczema  des  nourrissons;
essai  de  di<H6tique.  lOOp.   8? Par., 1931. 
ECZEMA
58
ECZEMA
   Artom, M.  L'eczema  del  lattante;  fattori  alimentari ed
indicazioni dietetiche.  Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1935, 76: 781-
807.—Babonneix, L.  Le regime dans l'eczema du nourrisson.
Gaz. hop., 1936, 109: 113.—Brock, J.   Ueber die biologische
Wertigkeit einiger Ekzemnahrungen.  Mschr. Kinderh., 1937,
68: 364-6.—Brock, J., & Rontsch, H.  Zur Frage der biologi-
schen Wertigkeit einiger milchfreier Ekzemnahrungen.  Zschr.
Kinderh., 1936-37,  58:  612-9.—Bussalai,  S.   Dietoterapia
aclorurata in  eczemi  di lattanti e della prima infanzia.  Gior.
ital. derm, sif., 1935, 76: 825-36.—Carrara, N. Sul meccanismo
d'azione  delle diete crude  nell'eczema del lattante.  Lattante,
1937, 8:  607-17.—Damianovich, J., & Cordiviola, A. M.  Las
lechas hipograsosas en la alimentaci6n de los lactantes eczema-
tosos.  Arch,  argent,  pediat,, 1936, 7: 213-50.—De Sanctis, N.
La galattoterapia  omologa  contro  l'eczema  dei  bambini.
Rinasc. med., 1925,  2: 307.—Finkelstein, H.  Dietetic treat-
ment of eczema in infants  and in children. Am. J. Dis. Child.,
1937, 54: 344-53.  Also Warsz.  czas. lek., 1937, 14: 433-6 —
Goldmann, F. Zur Frage  der Entstehung und therapeutischen
Beeinflussbarkeit des  kindlichen  Ekzems  auf Grund  von
Studien des Mineralstoffwechsels.  Ann. paediat., Basel, 1938-
39, 152:  235-51.—Goodman,  H.,  & Burr, M.  E.  Pediatric
feeding with limited sugar  from the standpoint of prevention of
skin diseases, particularly  eczema.  Arch. Pediat,, N. Y., 1937,
54: 153-9.—Grulee,  C. G., & Sanford, H. N.  The influence of
breast and artificial  feeding on  infantile eczema. J. Pediat.,
S. Louis, 1936, 9: 223-5.—Hansen, A. E. Serum lipid changes
and  therapeutic effects of  various oils  in  infantile eczema.
Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N.  Y., 1933, 31: 160.—Hill, L. W. In-
fantile eczema, with  especial reference to the use of a milk-free
diet.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1931, 96: 1277-80.  Also repr.  ------
The dietetic treatment of eczema in early infancy.  N. England
J. M., 1937, 217: 690-3.—Kinnear. J.  The importance of feed-
ing and  nursing in connection with eczema and kindred skin
lesions in infants.  Mat. & Child Welf., Lond., 1929,  13: 3-8.—
Krauss,  F. I.  Diet in eczema of infants.   J. M. Soc.  N. Jersey,
1931,  28: 217-23.—Levesque, J., Dreyfus,  S., &  Levy,  F.
Eczema  du  nourrisson  au cours d'un  regime  hypersucre  et
hypoazote.  Bull. Soc pediat. Paris, 1930, 28: 565-72.—Levy,
J., & Finkelstein, A. S. Treatment, of eczema in infants by a
milk-free diet.  J. M. Soc. N.  Jersey,  1932, 29: 189-200 —
Marchionini, A., & Bohning, F.  Diiitformen bei Behandlung
des  Sauglings- und  Kleinkinderekzems.   Derm.  Zschr., Berl.,
 1934,  70: 286-92.— Mathieu, R., & Levy, G.   Le traitement
dietetique de l'eczema des nourrissons.  J. med. chir., Par.,
 1931, 102: 778-94.—O'Keefe, E. S.  The dietary treatment of
eozema in children.  Trained Nurse, 1927, 79: 509-11.—Pehu,
M.  Sur l'alimentation dans l'eczema du nourrisson.   Medeeine,
Par., 1937, 18: 637-42.  ------& Aulagnier, R.  Dietetique et
traitements actuels de l'eczema du nourrisson.  J. med. Lyon,
 1935, 16: 139-47.—Redaelli, E.  Vitamina B e dieta ipolipidica
nell'eczema dei bambini.  Gior.  ital. derm, sif.,  1935, 76: 765-
78.—Ribadeau-Dumas, L., & Levy, M.  De l'alimentation des
enfants  atteints  d'eczema. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1928, 26:
427-31.—Ribadeau-Dumas, L., Mathieu, R.,  &  Willemin-
Clog.  Le lait et les regimes  dans le traitement de l'eczema
infantile.  Paris med., 1929, 73: 491-8.—Scheer, K.  Grund-
lagen zur Sauretherapie des kindlichen  Ekzems.  Med. Welt,
1930,  4: 82-5.—Schiff, E.  Diatbehandlung der Ekzeme im
Kindesalter.   Deut.  med. Wschr.,  1932, 58: 882.—Traversaro,
J. C.  La leche hipergrasosa acida en el lactante eczematoso.
Sem. med., B. Air., 1937,  44: 1578.—Urbach, E.  Diatbehand-
lung de3 konstitutionellen  Sauglingsekzems und des Strophulus
infantum. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1932, 45: 496.  Also Wien. med.
Wschr.,  1932, 82: 846; 880.—Variot, G.  Le  traitement  de
l'eczema infantile par les mutations lactees et specialement par
l'emploi du lait surchauffe a 108?  et homogendse.   Bull. Soc.
med. hop. Paris, 1928,  3. ser., 52: 1719-26.  Also  Rev. gin.
clin. ther., 1928, 42: 833-5.  Also Arch. med. enf.,  1929, 32:
255-61.   Also J. med. Paris, 1929, 48: 243-5.

----   infantile: Treatment:   Drugs   and  oint-
   ments.

   Wille,  W.   *Zur Aetiologie und Teer-Therapie
des  Sauglingsekzems.   24p.   8?   Ziir., 1927.
   Bauer. A.  Ekzembehandlung mit Ekzemyl. Kinderarztl.
Prax., 1936,  7:  456-60.—Delthil,  P.   Eczema du  nourrisson
tres  ameiiore par 1'extrait spienique en ingestion.   Bull. Soc.
pediat. Paris, 1935, 33:  397.—Hansen, A. E.  Possible mecha-
nism of  crude coal tar therapv in infantile eczema.   Proc. Soc.
Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1933,  31: 161-3.— Januschke. H.  Allonal
Roche beim  Ekzem  der Sauglinge und Kleinkinder; zur ent-
zundungshemmenden Wirkung  der lipoidloslichen  Sedativa
und  Analgetika.   Wien.  med.  Wschr.,  1927,  77:  1635-7.—
Maslova. M. S.  [Method of application of magnesium chlorate
and  Dakin's  solution in treatment of  constitutional  eczema in
children]  Vrach.  gaz.,  1925,  29:  2-4.—Maxwell. T. A.  The
use  of ephedrine  sulphate  in infantile eczema.  N.  Orleans
M. & S. J., 1930-31, 83: 798.—Miller. H. E. The local treat-
ment of eczema in infancy and childhood.  California West.
M.,  1934, 40: 33-5.—Miiller. E.  Ein einfaches und sauberes
Verfahren der Steinkohlenteerbehandlung chronischer Ekzeme
in der Kinderpraxis. Munch, med. Wschr., 1938,  85: 596.—
Nelson,  M. O., & Osterberg. A. E.  A purified coal-tar ointment
for the  treatment of infantile eczema.  Arch. Derm. Svph..
Chic, 1927,  15: 669-71.   Also repr.—Oxenius. K.  Rivanol
bei nicht infektiosem Ekzem im  Kindesalter.   Munch,  med.
Wschr.,  1937, 84:  2062.—Pilcher.  J. D.  The relief of itching
by epinephrine in certain cases of infantile eczema.  J- Am- M-
Ass., 1927. 89: 110,-Taccone. G.   La terapia  bismutica,  ed
arseno-bismutica nell'eczema diatesico dell infanzia.   lattante,
1930, 1: 673-6.—White. P. J.  A note on the use ol l^assar a
paste in the weeping eczema  of infancy.  J- Pediat., o. i^ouis,
1934, 4: 104-6.—Woringer. P.  Les r6sultatsdu  traitement de
l'eczema du nourrisson par le BCG.  Bull. Soc.  p6diat. Pans,
1936, 34: 442-9.

----   linear and localized.
   Beek, C. H.  [Acute linear eczema]  Ned. tschr. geneesk.,
1935, 79: 5361.   Also  Arch. Derm. Syph.,  Berl., 1935-36,
173: 45-7.—Carol, L. L.  [Chronic linear eczema]  Ned. tschr.
geneesk.,  1935,  79: 4420.—Gougerot  &  Lortat-Jacob,  E.
Eczema lineaire dedenche  par une teinture a base de para-
phenyiene-diamine;  hypothese  de zones  fragiles,  naeviques,
lineaires, invisibles.   Bull.  Soc  fr.  derm,  syph.,  1934,  41:
405-8.—Leipner, S.  Ein Beitrag zum linearen Ekzem.  Derm.
Wschr., 1936,  102: 729-31.—Milian, G.   Eczema fixe.  Bull.
Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1935, 42: 238-42.  Also Rev. fr.  derm.
v6ner., 1935  11:  68-71.—Pronk.  K.  J.  [Case of acute  linear
eczema]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1937, 81: 2083; 3508.—Ruiter,
W.  [Linear eczema with radicular spread]  Ibid.,  1934, 78:
4898-900.

----  marginate.
   See Epidermophytosis.

----   Metabolism.
   Ayres,  S., jr.   Glucose tolerance  reactions in eczema;  a
report- of  86 consecutive cases.  Arch.  Derm. Syph.,  Chic,
1925, n. ser., 11: 623-36.—Birger, A. N.  [Acid-alkaline metab-
olism  in   eczema]   Sovet.  vrach.  J.,  1936,  1:  1637-43.—
Cornel, M.  Acido  urico ed eczema; modificazioni dell'uricemia
e dell'eliminazione  renale d'acido urico in soggetti trattati con
acido  urico.  Gior. ital. derm,  sif.,  1933, 74:  44-66.  ------
Modificazioni del metabolismo  dell'acido urico e del suo con-
tenuto nella cute dopo  somministrazioni sperimentali.  Ibid.,
297-313.—Drouet  & Verain.   L'equilibre  acide-base et 1 ec-
zema.  Bull. Soc.  fr. derm,  syph., 3926,  33: 56-8.------
Eczema,   acidose  et  insuline.   Ibid.,  439.—Friedman,  R.
Eczema—the dyspepsia of the skin.   Med. J. & Rec, 1931,
134: 186;  241.  Also repr.—Graneili, U.  II metabolismo del
fosforo negli eczemi.   Dermosifilografo,  1936, 11:  344-57.—
Matsunobu, T.  Ekzematose  Hautveranderung  und Leber-
funktion  (ekzematose  Hautveranderung   und  Zuckerstoff-
wechsel)   Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1930,  30: 86.—Meyer, J.   Le
metabolisme de l'eau dans l'eczema (etude physio-pathologique
et therapeutique)  Rev. fr. derm, vener., 1925, 1: 249; 320.—
Michael. J. C.  Critical investigation of the  relation of the
end-products of protein metabolism  to  eczema and  kindred
disorders.   Arch. Derm.  Syph., Chic, 1926, n. ser., 14: 294-
307.------& Nicholas, H. O. The  behavior of injected  uric
acid in patients  with  eczema.  Ibid.,  308-18.—Miyake,  I.
Eczematose Hautveranderung  und  Zuckerstoffwechsel; Blut-
zucker und eczematose Hautveranderung.   Jap.  J. Derm.
Urol.,  1929, 29: 50.------  Einfluss  von Dermatitishaut-
extrakt auf Blutzucker,  bzw. Zuckerstoffwechsel.  Ibid., 1931,
31: 125-6.------&  Narahara. K.  Eczematose Hautver-
anderung  und  Zuckerstoffwechsel; Hautzucker  und eczematose
Hautveranderung.    Ibid.,   1930,   30:  85.—Ottenstein,  B.
Ueber  Saure-Basengleichgewicht und Ekzem.   Klin.  Wschr.,
1929,  7: 704-6.—Popchristoff, P., & Zorn. R.  Recherches sur
1'eiimination des chlorures dans les eczemas.   C. rend. Soc.
biol.,  1933, 114: 8-10.—Pulay,  E.  Wasserhaushalt und Haut.
Deut. med. Wschr.,  1924,  50:  1610.—Temesvary,  G.  [Role
of uric acid in eczematous skin diseases]   Orv.  hetil., 1930,
74: 388.—Usher,  B.   The  relation of carbohydrate metab-
olism to eczema; an experimental study.  Arch. Derm. Syph.,
Chic, 1928, 18: 423-8.  Also repr.—Wright, C.  S., & Brown, H.
Eczema—uric  acid and alkali  reserve.   Pennsylvania M. J.,
1936-37, 40: 711-4.

----   microbic [Epidermitis]

   Rigot, E.   Contribution  a  l'etude des  epi-
dermites  microbiennes   eczematiformes.    69p.
8?  Par., 1928.
   Andreev, V. G.  [Microbial eczema]   Sovet.  med., 1937,
No. 9-10. 42-5.—Beloossov.  A. I.  [Observations on  microbic
dermatosis  (experimental eczema)]   Arkh. biol.  nauk., 1928,
28: 353-69.------Technique pour  les recherches micro-
biologiques  dans  les dermatoses  parasitaires; microbe  isoie
de  cas  d'ecz6mas benins  (Bacillus  eczematicus)   C  rend
Soc. biol., 1929,  101:  515.—Chene,  P., & Sigwald. J.  Les
eczemas  microbiens; leur diagnostic,  leur  traitement   Gaz.
rn6d.  France,  1928,  2: 375-80.  ------ & Hudelo.  Intra-
tlermoreactions  aux  vaccins  antistreptococciques   et  anti-
staphylococciques  au   cours   des  epidermites  microbiennes
eczematiformes. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1928  35-  613-9 —
Jausion, H., Cot, P  & Sohier. Les  ecz6mas  pyococciques'et
mycosiques; le role de la sensibilisation au-dediets microbiens;
essai pathogemque et th6rapeutique.   Presse  m6d.,  1929  37:
321-3—Jausion, H., Lartigue, G., & Sliosberg, A.  Etude d'un
cas d eczema  streptococcique des regions  decouvertes.   Bull
Soc. fr. derm, syph.,  1931,  38: 417-23.-Krzysztalowicz,  F.
 Au sujet  des manifestations eczematiformes  provoquees  par 
ECZEMA
59
ECZEMA
  les microbes  pyogenes  (dermoepidermites  microbiennes  de
  Gougerot)   Acta derm,  vener.,  Stockh., 1929,  10: 113-29.—
  Rajka.  E.  Eitererreger und  Hautallergie  im  chronischen
  Ekzem.  Derm.  Wschr., 1925, 81: 1678.—Ramel, E., & Ben-
  ziger, A.   Beitrag zum Studium des  mikrobischen Ekzems
  Klin. Wschr., 1930. 9: 2435.—Robert. P.  Beitrage zur Ekzem-
  frage; Untersuchungen uber die Wirkung von Mikrobentoxinen
  auf die Haut.  Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1935-36, 173: 267-82.
  ------  Untersuchungen uber die Wirkung von Staphylotoxin
  auf die  Haut.  Ibid., 1937,  175: 530-8.—Sabouraud, R.  Sur
  les eczemas microbiens.   Presse med., 1928,  36: 563-5.—
  Tzanck, A., & Dobkevich,  S.  Test positif  au vaccin anti-
  streptococcique, son intent dans un  cas d'eczema.  Bull. Soc
  fr. derm, syph.,  1938, 45: 366.—Walter, F.  Eitererreger und
  Hautallergie im chronischen Ekzem.  Derm. Wschr., 1925 81 ■
  987-98.

  ----  Mortality.
    See  also  Eczema,  infantile: Mortality.
    Steiner, H.   *Gibt  es einen Ekzemtod  beim
  Erwachsenen?  zugleich   ein   Beitrag  zur   soge-
  nannten idiopathischen Myocarditis  [Basel]   34p
  8?   Reinach, 1927.
    Venetianer, P.  [Problem  of fatal  eczema]  Gy6gy?szat,
  1926, 66: 741.

  ----  mycotic.

    See  also  under  names  of  fungus diseases  as
  Epidermophytosis, &c.
    Torreblanca,  E.   D.    *Ueber   die  dyshi-
  drotischen  (mykotischen)  Ekzemfalle  an  der
  Dermatologischen Klinik  des  Schwabinger Kran-
  kenhauses  Miinchen  von  1934-36.    22p.     8?
  Munch., 1937.
    Broekema,  J.  H.  Ueber das Verhalten der  Trichophytin-
  reaktion beim  mykotischen Ekzem  an  Hiinden und Fussen.
  Derm. Wschr., 1930,  91: 1014-7—Dosa, A.  Ueber die Haut-
  allergie gegen  Pilze bei mykotischem Ekzem (die  Bedeutung
  der Pilze  in der Aetiologie des Ekzems)  Ibid.,  1937, 105:
  1326-9.—Jausion, Hyronimus & Kouchner.   Eczema  myco-
  sique des 6beni->tes.   Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1938,  3. ser.,
  54: 953-62.—Laczko, L.  [Role of blastomycetes  in the eti-
  ology of eczema]  Orvoskepzes,  1934,  24: dec kiilonf. (Ap-
  ponyi Festschr.)  175-80.—Matras, A.   Ueber Ekzema  myco-
  ticum an Handen und Fussen und seine Pathogenese.  Arch.
  Derm. Syph.,  Berl.,  1931,  163:  47-57.—Prochnik,  I. Zur
  Behandlung des Cheiropompholix und des Ekzema mycoticum
  palmare et plantare.  Wien. klin. Wschr., 1928, 41: 1189.

  ----   occupational.
    See   also   Dermatitis,   allergic;   Dermatosis,
  occupational; Eczema, allergic.
    Hubert,  F.  *La gale  des  cimentiers; maladie
  professionnelle?   52p.   8?  Strasb.,  1933.
    Mayer,  R.  L.   Das  Gewerbeekzem; Patho-
  genese,  Diagnose,   versicherungsrechtliche   Stel-
  lung.   89p.    8?  Berl.,  1930.
    Nolte,  H.    *Neuere   Untersuchungen   iiber
 das  Backerekzem.  16p.   8?  Freib. i.  B., 1933.
    Probst,  G.  *Hautallergiepriifungen  mit be-
 sonderer  Berucksichtigung  des  Backerekzems.
  16p.   8?   Munch.,  1935.
   Schrader,  H.  F.     *Ueber   Gewerbeekzeme
 [Marburg]   43p.  8?   Wiirzb., 1931.
   Balbi, E. Sugli eczema  professionali da  tremetina  e  da
 bicromato di potassio.  Boll. Sez.  reg. Soc. ital. derm., 1937: 77:
 suppl., 216-8.—Bering,  F.  Zur  Begutachtung der Berufsek-
 zeme.  Derm. Wschr., 1938, 106: 415-9.—Bettmann.  Ueber-
 empfindlichkeitsprufungen beim  Ekzematiker  und ihre Be-
 wertung fur die Gewerbepraxis.   Deut. med. Wschr., 1930, 56:
 131-4.—Borges Vieira, J.  Eczemas profissionaes e impossibili-
 dade  de classificacao dactyloscopica; sua obtengao  ap6s a
 radiotherapia.  Arch.  med. leg.  ident.,  Rio,  1936, 6:  373-6,
 10 pi.—Burckhardt, W. Eeitrage zur Ekzemfrage; die Rolle des
 Alkali in der Pathogenese des Ekzems speziell des Gewerbe-
 ekzems.  Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl.,  1935-36,  173: 155-67.
 ------  Wesen und Genese der Maurerekzeme.   Ibid.,  1938.
 177: 79.  Also  Derm.  Wschr.,  1938,  106: 288.  ------  Das
 Zementekzem.  Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1938, 68: 783.  ------
 Das Maurerekzem (eine experimentelle und klinische Studie zur
 Ekzemfrage)  Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1938-39, 178: 1-44 —
 Dietel, F.  Origen y tratamiento del eczema profesional.  Rev.
 med.  germ. iber.  amer.,  1938,  11: 357-64.—Dubreuilh, W.
 L'ecz6ma des bucherons.  Ann. derm, syph.. Par., 1931, 7. ser.,
 2: 199-205.—Foa, G.  Un eczema professionale.  Policlinico,
 1927,  34: sez. prat.. 675-8.—Gougerot, Cohen, R., & Ganot.
 Ecz6ma professionnel  du cimentier par  sensibilisation:  choc
 humoral  au ciment appliqu6  exterieurement.   Bull. Soc. fr.
derm, syph.,  1931, 38: 1135.—Gougerot & Delay.  Eczema
professionnel chromique; choc humoral; sensibilisations  regio-
 nales. Ibid., 1932, 39: 1665.  ------  Eczema professionnel du
 au cuir; l'arret de travail arrfitant la desensibilisation spontanee;
 choc humoral.   Ibid., 1933, 40: 103-5.  ------ & Schneider.
 Eczema  professionnel par hypersensibilite cutan6e a l'eau de
 Javel; choc  h6moclasique  par cuti-reaction.  Ibid.,  105.—
 Gougerot, H., & Delzant, O. Sensibilisation a la paraph6nyiene-
 diamine, eczema professionnel;  test positif; pigeonneau.  Ibid.,
 1938,  45:  916-8.—Gougerot,  H..  &  Desmonts. T.  Eczema
 professionnel de la laque; tests cutanes positifs; desensibilisa-
 tion ou immunisation professionnelle.  Ibid., 1788-92.  ------
 Arret du  travail dedenchant  l'eczema  professionnel  du au
 fibro-ciment  15 a 60 jours apres la reprise du travail.  Ibid.,
 1939,  46:  298-300.—Gougerot, H., & Dreyfuss, A.  Eczema
 professionnel anaphylactique du coiffeur du a la paraphenylene-
 diamine.   Gaz.  med. France,   1933,  899.—Gougerot,  H.,  &
 Kaplan,  S.  Est-ce un eczema professionnel?  Bull. Soc fr.
 derm, syph., 1939,  46: 295-7— Gougerot, H..  & Meslin, H.
 Desensibilisation retardee dans un eczema  professionnel par
 sensibilisation a la paraphenyienediamine.   Ibid.,  1938, 45:
 1793-5.—Gougerot, H., & Meyer-Heine, A.  L'arrfit du travail
 dedenchant l'eczema professionnel; sensibilisation et immunisa-
 tion spontanees; disparition par l'arr6t des contacts, de l'im-
 munite et persistance de la sensibilisation ou de l'aptitude a se
 sensibiliser.  Ibid., 1934,41:1671-4.—Gougerot. H., & Seringe.
 Eczema professionnel; par l'artichauts.  Ibid., 1936, 43: 1463-
 7.—Harnapp, O.  Das Sangajol-Eccem und seine rechtliche
 Bedeutung.  Zbl. Gewerbehyg., 1934, n. F., 11: 41.—Hassel-
 mann, C. M.  Die Meldepflicht der gewerblichen Berufskrank-
 heiten vom Standpunkt des praktischen Dermatologen unter
 besonderer Berucksichtigung der Stellung der Gewerbeekzeme.
 Munch, med. Wschr., 1926, 73:  1523-6.—Heinze. W. Ekzema-
 tose Hauterkrankungen beim Kattundruck und Versuch eines
 Betriebsquerschnittes mit funktionellen Hautproben.  Arch.
 Gewerbepath., 1937,  8: 156-93.—Hergt, W.  Gewerbeekzem,
 eine  gewerbliche Berufskrankheit im Sinne der  erweiterten
 Unfallversicherung?  Zschr.  Bahnarzte,  1927,  22: 39-41.—
 Holtzmann, F.  Zur Frage der Anerkennung von Hautekzemen
 als Berufskrankheit.  Zbl. Gewerbehyg., 1937, n. F., 14:  234.—
 Jager, R.  Prophylaxe und Therapie der Gewerbeekzeme durch
 Lebendgerbung.   Ibid.,  1936,  n.  F., 13:  11.—Koch.  F., &
 Peters, L.   Nachuntersuchungen  an  Gewerbeekzemkranken.
 Derm. Wschr.,  1939, 108: 222-6.—Koehler, H.   Kritische
 Beurteilung des  Gewerbeekzems unter Berucksichtigung  von
 Konstitution  und   arbeitsmedizinischen   Gesichtspunkten.
 Arch. Gewerbepath.,  1937-38, 8: 646-54.—KrUckeberg, B.
 Ueber eine  eigenartige  Lokalisation  eines  umschriebenen
 Ekzems  bei  einem Hufschmied.  Derm. Wschr.,  1938, 106:
 573-5.—Lanyar,  F., & Staudinger,  S.  Ekzem durch Schellack-
 steife,  eine   entschiidigungspflichtige  Berufskrankheit  bei
 Hutmachern.  Zschr. Gewerbehyg., 1933, 40: Festschr., 24.—
 Levi, I.  Eczemi  professionali.  Boll. Sez. reg. Soc. ital. derm.,
 1936, 14: 210.  Also Dermosifilografo, 1937, 12: 1-37.—Levi,
 O.  Considerazioni medico-legali  sugli  eczema professionali.
 Gior. ital.  derm, sif., 1932, 73: 297-300.—Lutz. W.  Einige
 Fragen aus dem Gebiet Gewerbeekzem und Unfallversicherung.
 Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1933, 63: 1325-8. ------ Grundlagen
 fiir die Diskussion uber Fragen  aus dem Gebiet Gewerbeekzem
 und Unfallversicherung.   Ibid., 1936, 66: 211-3.—Massione,
 R.   Le dermatosi  professionali da legno;  eczema da  acero.
 Med. lavoro, 1934, 25: 383-9.—Michael, M.  Die Behandlung
 der Gewerbeekzeme.  Fortsch.  Ther.,  1932, 8: 534.  ------&
 Radeff,  C.   Kapillarmikroskopische  Untersuchungen  zur
 Konstitutionspathologie  des  Ekzems,  insbesondere des  Ge-
 werbeekzem?. Derm. Zschr., 1931, 61: 159-70. ------  Die
 Differentialdiagnose des Gewerbeekzems.  Deut. med. Wschr.,
 1931, 57: 353-5.—Miescher, G.  Die Bedeutung der Ekzem-
 forschung fiir die Gewerbedermatosen.  Schweiz. med. Wschr.,
 1937, 67: 833.—Murero, G.  Dermatosi professionali: eczema
 da cemento.  Riforma med., 1934, 50: 325-7.—Ollendorff, H.
 Gewerbedermatosen  mit  spezieller  Berucksichtigung  des
 Berufsekzems. Med. Welt, 1927, 1: 417.—Oppenheim.  Con-
 tribution a l'etude de l'eczema professionnel.  Gaz. hop., 1930,
 103:  1515.—Penner   [Eczema  professionale]  Przegl. derm.,
 1935,  30:  46;  1936, 31:  73.—Prakken.  J.  R.  ' [Occupa-
 tional eczemas]  Ned. tschr. geneesk.,  1936, 80: 5184-91.—
 Rodenacker.   Gewerbeekzem;  Ueberempfindlicbkeitsderma-
 titis.  Zbl.  Gewerbehyg., 1927,  n. F., 4: 325-8.—Rosenthal, S.
 K.  Zur  Kenntnis der Berufsekzeme bei Zahnarzten.  Derm.
 Wschr., 1934, 98: 142-4.—Rost. G. A.  Praktische Therapie
 des Gewerbeekzems.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1927, 53: 1939-41.—
 Rundberg,  G. [Turpentine eczema among Swedish painters]
 Hygiea, Stockh., 1937, 99: 209-49.—Saffores, P. A.  Eczema
 profesional cr6nico, curado con proteinoterapia. Sem.  med.,
 B. Air.,  1926, 33: pt 2, 1629-32.—Saitsev, E. D.   [Cracked
 skin  in dishwashers]   Sovet. vest, vener.,  1933, 2: 386-8.—
 Sallenbach, L.   Zur  Prophylaxe des  Gewerbeekzems.  Arch.
 Gewerbepath., 1930-31, 1: 793.—Schmidt.   Bericht der Unter-
 suchungen  uber  Backerekzem.   Arbeitsschutz,  1938, 57-9.—
 Schreus,  H. T.  Zur Neuschaffung der Verordnung vom 11.
 II. 1929 iiber die Ausdehnung der  Unfallversicherung auf Be-
 rufskrankheiten,  soweit  diese  Erkrankungen  ekzematose
 Erkrankungen der Haut betreffen.  Derm. Wschr.,  1935, 100:
 5-11.  ------ Ueber ekzemartige Gewerbeausschlage.  Med.
 Klin., Berl., 1935, 31: 1192-7.—Schultze, W.  Wie weit konnen
 Reinigungsmethoden  in gewerblichen  Betrieben bei Gewerbe-
ekzemen  mit  verantwortlich sein.  Arch. Derm. Svph., Berl.,
 1938,  177: 80-3.  Also Derm. Wschr., 1938,  106: 289.—Seitz,
A.   Gewerbliche  Dermatosen   und   Unfallverhiitung.    Zbl.
Gewerbehyg., 1927, n. F., 4: 433-5.—Sienko. X.  Backerekzem 
ECZEMA
60
ECZEMA
(Dermatitis  pistoria)   Derm. Wschr.,  1936,  103:  1100-7.—
Sprafke, H.  Ueber Berufsdermatosen mit besonderer Beruck-
sichtigung des  Berufsekzems.  Munch, med. Wschr., 1935, 82:
1113—7.—Strandberg, J.  [Tests for supersensitiveness  of the
skin for determining the cause of industrial eczema]  Sven. lak.
tidn., 1938, 35: 87-92.—Thrysin, E.  [Turpentine eczema among
painters in  Sweden]   Hygiea,  Stockh.,  1937,  99:  268-87 —
Tom6 Bona,  J.  M.  Estudio elemental de las afecciones cutaneas
deltrabajo.  Siglo m6d„ 1931, 88:12-4.—Tommasi, V. Eczema
professionale alle dita  delle mani  da essenza di alchermes.
Dermosifilografo, 1939, 14:  185-91.—Touraine, A., Menetrel,
B., & Jouenne, M.  Dermatite eczemateuse du  palissandre.
Bull. Soc fr. derm, syph.,  1934, 41: 1969-72.—Vieira. J. P.
Eczema dos  marceneiros.  Fol. med., Rio, 1936, 17: 551-3.—
Vonno, N. C. van [Observations on baker's eczema]  Geneesk.
gids, 1930,  8:  165-80.—Wartena, B. B.  [Dentist's eczema]
Tschr. tandheelk., 1929, 36: 290.—Wedroff. N.  Ueber Ekzeme
bei Vernicklern.   Arch.  Gewerbepath., 1935, 6:  179-96.—
Weil, E.  Ueber Gewerbeekzeme.   Zbl. Gewerbehyg., 1927,
n. F., 4: 84-8.—White. C. J. Occupational dermatoses, with
special reference to differential  diagnosis  and treatment of
eczematoid lesions of the hands.  Indust. M., 1937, 6: 134-7.—
Wolter,  A.   Arbeitsunterbrechung und Berufsekzem; Gewerb-
ekzem  bei  Arbeitern  in  optischen  Werken  (Schleifereien)
Munch, med.  Wschr.,  1934, 81: 2002.—Zitzke, E.  Das Be-
rufsekzem der Photographen im Sinne der Verordnung vom 11.
II. 1929. Derm. Wschr., 1934, 98: 685-92.  ------  Klinische
Untersuchungen  iiber  Druckereiwaschmittel  unter Beruck-
sichtigung der  Berufsekzeme im graphischen Gewerbe.  Ibid.,
99: 1379-89. ------  Ueber gehauftes Auftreten gewerblicher
Ekzeme  durch  Hydroterpin  in  einer  Lackiererwerkstatt.
Ibid., 1935,  100: 447-59.—Ziindel, W., & Jentsch, M.  Die
allergischen  Vorgange  beim Backerekzem und  ihre  Deutung.
Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1938-39, 178: 469-500.

----   Pathogenesis.

   See  also Eczema, allergic.
   Braband,  R.    *Der gegenwartige Stand  der
Ekzemfrage mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der
exogen  bedingten   Ekzemformen    [Erlangen]
28p.   8?  Oberviechtach, 1933.

   Gulland,  W. [G.]   *Zur Ekzemfrage  [Gottin-
gen]   b2r>   8?   Rostock, 1927.
   Backus-Jordan,  C.   Modern viewpoints on the problem of
eczema.  Pennsylvania  M. J., 1934-35, 38: 791-5.—Brandt, T.
[Newest theories concerning eczema]  Sven. lak.  tidn., 1936,
33: 483-95.—Burckhardt. W. Der heutige Stand des Ekzem-
problems.  Praxis, Bern, 1938, 27: 431-4.—Carrie, C.   Ueber
den Stand der Ekzem-Lehre.  Prakt. Arzt,  1935, n. F., 20:
71; 97.—Darier, J.  L'ecz6ma apr£s  le congres de Copenhague.
Presse med., 1930,  38:  1673-7.  ------ Jadassohn,  J.  [et al.]
Etiologie et  pathogenie de l'eczema.  Ann. derm,  syph., Par.,
1931,  7. ser.. 2: 2-37.—Desaux, A.  Hypotheses concernant
l'etiologie et la pathogenie de l'eczema vesiculeux vrai.   Bull.
Soc. med. Paris,  1930, 288-96.  Also J.  m6d. Paris,  1930, 50:
747-52.—Evening.   Beitrag  zur  Lehre des  Ekzems  (Funk-
tionspriifungen usw.)   Derm. Wschr., 1926, 83: 1355; 1399.—
Fournier, A.  Etiologie et pathogenie de l'eczema.  Marseille
med., 1930,  67: 77-82.—Friedman.  R.  Eczema; to  be  or not
to be ...  Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1930, 22: 244-67.  Also
repr.  ------  What is  eczema?  Med. Rev. of Rev., 1931, 37:
601-14, portr.—Furia,  M.  Etiologia e patogenesi  dell'eczema.
Morgagni, 1931, 73: 618-20.—Highman, W. J   The pathogenic
mechanism of eczema.   South. M. J., 1931, 24: 153-8.
The nature  of  eczema.   Med. Clin. N. America,  1931, 14:
1403-18.—Jadassohn, J.  Theoretisches und Praktisches zur
Ekzemlehre.   Zschr.  arztl.  Fortbild.,  1929,  26:  145;  182.
------   Etiologie  et pathogenie de  l'eczema.   Gaz.  h6p.,
1930, 103: 1513-5.—Krynski, A.   [Etiology and pathogenesis
of eczema]   Warsz.  czas.  lek., 1933, 11: 73; 97.—Krzysztalo-
wicz, F.  La question del  'eczema.  Rev.  fr. derm,  vener.,
1926, 2: 403-17.  Also Urol. Cut. Rev., 1927, 31: 241.  Also
Derm. Wschr.,  1930, 91:  1201-3.—Leszczynski, R.  [Problem
of eczemal  Cesk. derm., 1931, 12: 209-15.  ------  [Theories
of eczema]   Polska  gaz. lek., 1931,  10: 141-3.—Lord,  L. W.
A rational view of  eczema.  Virginia  M. Month.,  1932, 59:
412.—MacCormac.  H. Is  eczema the expression  of a  dia-
thesis?  Brit. J. Derm., 1931, 43:  115-20.—Miescher, G.  Be-
trachtungen  zum Ekzemproblem.   Ned. tschr. geneesk.,  1937
81: 729.—Milian, G.   Nature de l'eczema.  Rev.  fr.  derm'
vener., 1936, 12: 388-400.—Perutz, A.  [Pathogenesis  of ec-
zema]  Cesk. derm., 1932, 12: 330-44.—Pusey, W. A.  The
nature of eczema.  J. Tennessee  M. Ass., 1930.  23: 393-9.__
Rost, G. A.   Die Ekzemfrage vom kausalgenetischen Stand-
punkte.   Deut.  med. Wschr., 1930, 56: 211; 308;  350.
Ueber das Ekzemproblem.  Munch, med.  Wschr.,  i933  80-
287-91.—Schmidt-LaBaume.   Das  Ekzem  im  Lichte' der
neueren  Forschung.  Zschr. arztl.  Fortbild.,  1937, 34: 517-
553.—Scholtz, W.  Ueber  Ekzeme und Ekzempathoe'enese'
Derm. Wschr., 1929, 89: 1143-52.—Seyler. L. E.  The modern
conception of eczema.  Ohio M. J., 1938,  34: 23-5.—Smith
J. F. Eczema: a survey of the position.  Glasgow M. J  1933'
119:  145-53.—Torres.  F.   A  nocao do eczema.   Fol'med'
Rio,  1923, 4:  19.—Veiga, A. da.  Novas ideas sobre o eczema
Gaz. clin., S.  Paulo, 1925, 23:  73.—Whitfield. A., Dyson W
[et al.]  Discussion on eczema.  Brit. M. J.,  1926, 2: 332-8*
----  Pathology.
   Baccaredda. A.  Studio sul potere complementare del siero
di sangue  e sulla  funzionalita  epatica  nell'eczema in altre
dermatosi.  Boll. Soc. med. chir., Pavia,  1935, 49: 1437-71.—
Bussalai,  L.  Indacanemia  e funzionalita renale  in  alcune
dermatosi  e  specialmente   nell'eczema  (nota  preventiva)
Dermosifilografo, 1927, 2: 169-78.—Cheyallier, P.  L'eczema
vesiculeux  nummulaire a plaques diss6minees.  Bull. Soc. fr.
derm, syph., 1938, 45: 1008-14. ------& Moutier, F. L'esto-
mac dans l'eczema  vulgaire a d6but et a  predilection antibra-
chiaux. Nutrition, Par., 1936,6:  19-54.  ------  L'estomacde
eczemateux.  Arch. mal. app. digest., Par.,  1936, 26: 75-83.—
Chipman, E. D.  Nummular  eczema.  California West. M.,
1934, 41: 316-8.—Cottini. G. B. Contributi alia partecipazione
del sistema emolinfopoietico in malattie cutanee e veneree;
comparazione  di  reperti clinici, ematologici ed istopatologici.
Haematologica, Pavia, 1938,  19: 461-93.—De Gaudenzi. C.
Eczema papulo-vescicoloso a  sede anomala ed  a guarigione
acromico-cicatriziale.   Dermosifilografo,  1939,  14:  111-6.—
De Luca, M.  II fenomeno di ostacolo nell'eczema.  Arch. ital.
derm., 1936, 12:  260-7.—Dobronravova.  V. N.  [Contents of
water in the skin in eczema and eczematoid]  Tr. Acad. mil.
med.  Kiroff, 1935, 2: 65-79.—Edel, K.   Ueber die hypertro-
phischen Formen von Ekzem und  Lichen  ruber  (Ekzema
verrucosum und Lichen  verrucosus)    Acta  derm,  vener.,
Stockh.,  1937, 18:  293-8.—Gate,  J., Thiers.  H.  [et al.]  A
propos des modifications gastriques dans  l'eczema;  coexistence
dun  eczema erythrodermique et d'une  gastrite  oedemateuse
et congestive  avec  achlorhydrie.   Lyon  med.,   1936, 158:
130-3.—Gomez-Orbane.ia, J., &  Barrientos, E.   Funktionelle
Nachuntersuchungen  bei  Ekzematikern.    Schweiz.  med.
Wschr., 1938, 68: 694-7.—Gougerot. H., & Blum. P. Eczema
et bulles de pemphigus.  Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1934. 41:
403-5.—Gougerot & Degos.  Eczema en  couronne.  Ibid.,
1936, 43:  387-9.—Kocsard,  E.   Ricerche sulle  cutireazioni
ionoforetiche;   alterazioni  della  cutireattivita   ionoforetica
morfinica in seguito alia somministrazione  di adrenalina per via
ionoforetica e  del calcio per  via  endovenosa; cutireattivita
ionoforetica nell'eczema.   Gior. ital. derm,  sif.,  1938,  79:
117-32.—Levin, O.  L., & Silvers. S. H.   The reaction of the
skin  and its secretions in eczema; the hydrogen-ion concentra-
tion of the skin surface in eczema.  Arch.  Derm. Syph., Chic,
1932, 25: 825-34.  Also repr.—Lindsay. H. C. L.   Eczema of
the chest, the  arms and the face.  Ibid.,  1937, 36: 1305-7.—
Miescher, G.  Beitrage zur Ekzemfrage;  zur Frage der Spezi-
fitat  der  ekzematosen Hautreaktion.  Arch.  Derm. Syph.,
Berl., 1935-36, 173:  117-54.—Milian. G.   Eczema nummulaire
a  distribution  sanguine.   Rev.  fr.  derm,  vener.,  1934, 10:
154-6.—Miyake,  I.   Ekzematose  Hautveranderung  und
Magenfunktion.  Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1933,  34: 65.  ------&
Oyama, I.  Ueber den Einfluss ekzematoser Hautveranderung
auf die Nierenfunktion.   Ibid.,  1936,  39: 15.—Nicolas, J.,
Gate, J.,  & Michel,  P.  J.   Arthrite et suintement cutane
alterant au cours de revolution  d'un eczema.   Bull. Soc. fr.
derm, syph., 1934, 41:173-5.—Percival, G. H.  Some quantita-
tive  observations on  the  eczema reaction.   Brit.  J. Derm.
Syph., 1933, 45:  49-58.  ------  Some  observations on the
eczematides.  Ibid., 1935, 47: 109-16.—Perutz, A., & Klein,
A. E.  Zur Pathophysiologie  akut-entziindlicher Dermatosen;
Uber  den  Wasserversuch  bei Ekzemen  und  Dermatitiden.
Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl.,  1932,  165:  525-31.—Robba, G.
Su un caso di eczema tilotico.  Gior. ital.  derm, sif., 1937, 78:
suppl., 100-3,  pi.—Rocchini,  G.   La prova del rosa bengala
in alcune dermatosi con speciale riferimento  all'eczema.  Ibid.,
1935,  76: 1075-89.—Rothman, S.  Ueber  die Juckempfindung
in ekzematos  erkrankter Haut.   Arch.  Derm.  Syph.,  Berl.,
1926,  150:  489-98—Sanlori,  G.   Ricerche  sulla funzionalita
epatica e renale negli eczematosi.  Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1933,
74: 315-34, ch.—Schropl, E.   Ekzem in hypasthetischer Haut.
Derm. Wschr., 1932, 94: 103-5.—Tanae,  N. Ueber den Ein-
fluss  der ekzematosen Prozesse auf die Leber (Glykogen- und
Fettbefund der Leber bei experimenteller  Dermatitis)  Jap. J.
Derm. Urol., 1936,  40: 105.—Terris, E.   Les  troubles gas-
triques dans l'eczema.  Prat.  med. fr., 1927,  6: 477-81.

----  Prevention.

   Burnett, F.  L.  The control  of health  after eczema and
psoriasis; a study on the nutrition and  health  of the skin.
N. England J.  M., 1928,  199: 321-32.—Jordan. A. P.  [Com-
bating eczema in Soviet Russia]  Vest, vener.. 1937.  1045-56 —
Thompson, J.  D.  Don't suffer  from  eczema.  Eating Your
Way to Health, 1933, 2: 1.

----   Prognosis.
   MacCormac, H.   Prognosis in eczema.  Lancet, Lond.,
1934,  1: 965.—Mayr, J. Ueber das Schicksal von 300 Ekzema-
tikern. Arch.  Derm. Syph.,  Berl., 1938, 177: 83-7.—Walb, L,
Heilung eines   chronischen  Ekzems.  Hippokrates, Stuttg.,
1938,  9: 125.

----  seborrhoelc.

   See Seborrhea.

----  secondary [Eczematization]
   Bernhardt, R.  [Eczema and  eczematization]   Polska gaz.
lek.,  1930, 9: 385-92.—Glaze, A. L.  Some observations on the 
ECZEMA                                          61                                         ECZEMA
eczematous reaction evoked by skin diseases.   South. M.  J.,
1933, 26: 1036-8.—Levin, S. J., & Hyde, G. W.   Trichophytids
in relation  to eczema.  Am. J. Dis.  Child., 1937, 53: 1391.
Also J.  Michigan  M. Soc,  1937, 36: 392-4.—Naegeli,  O.
Resistenz gegen Ekzem und Pyokokkeninfektion bei allergi-
scher Urtikaria, Lichen ruber und Psoriasis, nebst Bemerkungen
zum Ekzembegriff.  Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1938, 68: 841-3.—
Sabouraud, R.  Prurigo  et  lichenisation;  ecz6ma et ecz6ma-
tisation.  Clinique, Par.,  1912, 7: 457-9.

----   solar.

   See  Sun, Effects.

----   Treatment.

   Torok, L.    [Treatment of eczema]  26p.   8?
Budap., 1932.
   Beinhauer, L. G. The general management  and treatment
of eczema.   Atlantic M. J.,  1925-26,  29: 850.—Bezecny,  R.
Schadigung  der Thyreoidea bei Ekzembehandlung.  Derm.
Wschr.,  1936, 102: 209.—Brocq. L.  Traitement des eczemas
vrais et des parakeratoses psoriasiformes  eczematisees. Paris
med., 1927, 63: 59-63. Also Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1928,
n. ser.,  125: 71-3.—Bruhns. C.  Die Behandlung des chroni-
schen Ekzems.  Deut. med. Wschr.,  1930, 56: 773; 818.—
Darier,  J.,  & Tzanck, A.  Le traitement actuel de l'eczema.
Presse med., 1931,  39: 73-7.—Gougerot. H.  Tratamiento  del
eczema  agudo.  Dfa med., B. Air., 1930-31, 3: 861.  ------
Tratamiento del eczema cronico.   Ibid., 934.—Hailey,  H.
Some clinical observations and treatment of eczema.  J.  M.
Ass. Georgia, 1935,  24: 218.—Hellier, F. F. The modern treat-
ment of eczema.   Practitioner, Lond.,  1939, 142:  80-8.—
Khoor,  J.  [Treatment of eczema]  Budapesti orv. ujs., 1926,
24: 1205-11.—Kromayer, E. Ekzem und Ekzembehandlung.
Wiirzb.  Abh. Med., 1929-30, 26: 339-63.—Lehmann, C. F., &
Crutchfield, E. D.  The  treatment of  eczema.  Texas J.  M.,
1928-29.  24:  433-43.—Lortat-Jacob  &  Eyraud-Dechaux.
Polynevrite radio-cubitale consecutive a une  th6rapeutique
arsenicale colloidale. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1924, 31: 201.—
Modran, L.  [Treatment  of eczema]  Romania med., 1938,  16:
186-9.—Nobl,  G.   Behandlung des  Ekzems.  Wien.  klin.
Wschr.,   1924,  37:  Sonderbeil., 1-16.—Planner, H.   Ueber
Ekzembehandlung. Ibid., 1927, 40: H. 50, Sonderbeil., 1-12 —
Rasch,  C.   [Treatment  of  eczema]  Hospitalstidende, 1925,
68:  1118.—Roxburgh, A.  C.  Eczema  and   its  treatment.
Practitioner, Lond.,  1936,  136: 569-78.—Sarateanu, E.  F.
[Treatment  of eczema]   Romania med.,  1930, 8:  96-7.—
Sarkar,  P. N. Treatment of eczema.  Ind. M. Rec, 1938,  58:
382.—Scholtz, W.  Ueber  Ekzembehandlung.  Munch, med.
Wschr., 1933, 80: 959-62.—Schrafl, A.   Die Praxis der Ekzem-
behandlung.  Praxis,  Bern, 1936,  25:  111-4.—Sieben,  H.
Ueber Ekzemtherapie.   Med. Klin., Berl.,  1928,  24: 260 —
Stern.   Therapie  des  akuten und des chronischen  Ekzems.
Med. Welt, 1927, 1: 507-9.—Wise, F., & Wolf, J. The therapy
of eczema.  J. Lancet, 1936, 56: 441-6. ------ Eczema and
its practical management; clinical lecture  at  San Francisco
session.   J. Am. M. Ass., 1938, 111: 2106-13.

----   Treatment: Balneo- and crenotherapy.

   Teiling,  N.   *La  cure thermale  de Sail-les-
Bains   dans  le  traitement  des  dermatoses irri-
tables et particulierement de l'eczema.   19p.   8?
Par., 1922.
   Huet. L. Eczema et cures hydrominerales.  Presse therm.
dim., 1935. 76: 765-7.—Lepine. Du traitement hydromineral
de l'eczema a la Roche-Posay.  Strasbourg med.,  1931.  91:
144-6.—Pasini,  A.  Rapporti fra  eczema  e diatesi  urica e
indicazioni  di fango-terapia nell'eczema.  Gior. ital. derm, sif.,
1932, 73: 1013-20.—Vignon, A.  La station thermale de Saint-
Christau et les affections eczemateuses.  Clinique,  Par., 1933,
28: 176.

----   Treatment: Diet.

   Bauer, K.  [E. C]   *Neue Formen der Ernah-
rungstherapie des Ekzems  [Freiburg]   43p.   8?
Wiirzb., 1935.
   Batjmgartner,  G.    *Untersuchungen  iiber
den  Stoffwechsel  bei  Diatkuren Ekzemkranker
[Jena]   32p.   8?   Giessen, 1937.
   Cornbleet, T.  Use of maize oil (unsaturated fatty acids) in
the treatment of eczema.   Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1935,  31:
224-6.—Darier,  J.   Regimes  alimentaires  et  traitement  de
l'eczema. Clinique, Par., 1931, 26: 63.—Fenton, M.  Elimina-
tion diets in the  treatment of eczema.  Univ. Hosp. Bull.,
Ann Arb., 1936, 2:  No. 12. 73.—Hopkins, J. G., Waters, I., &
Kesten,  B.   Elimination  diets as an aid in the diagnosis and
treatment of eczema.  J. Allergy, 1931, 2: 239-45.—Hudelo, L.
Regimes alimentaires et traitement de l'eczema.  Clinique, Par.,
1931, 26: 65.—Leven, G., Blum, P., & Leven, R.  Eczema et
regime.   Monde  med., 1931, 41:  549-53.—Lortat-Jacob,  L.
Regimes alimentaires et  ecz6mas.  Clinique, Par.,  1931,  26:
67.—Louste.  Importance  du regime  dans  l'eczema.  Ibid.,
68.—Marchionini. A.  Stoffwechselstorungen und Ernahrungs-
therapie beim Ekzem  aus  innerer  Ursache.  Fortsch. Ther.,
1933, 9: 210-4.—Taub, S. J., & Zakon, S. J. The use of un-
saturated fatty acids in  the treatment of eczema (atopic der-
matitis, neurodermatitis)  J. Am. M. Ass., 1935, 105: 1675.—
Zitzke, E.,  & Peters, L.  Zur  diatetischen Behandlung des
Ekzems mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des Einflusses der
Kost auf Blutbild, Alkalireserve und K/Ca-Quotient.  Derm.
Wschr., 1935, 100: 669; 697.

----   Treatment:  Drugs.

   Delahaye, M.   *Le  titane dans le  traitement
des eczemas.   60p.   8?  Par.,  1926.
   Bizzozero, E.  Sul cloruro  di calcio nell'eczema (nota pre-
ventiva)  Boll. Accad. med. Perugia, 1926,  3-5.  -----;  II
cloruro di calcio negli eczemi  ed il suo meccanismo di azione.
Ibid.,  No. 3, 3-10.  Also Dermosifilografo, 1926, 1: 345-58 —
Brill,  M. T.  [Eczema  treatment  with turpentine therapy]
Vrach. gaz., 1927, 31: 377.—Burnier & Demoly.  La bromo-
therapie  intra^veineuse  dans  les eczemas et les  dermatoses
prurigineuses.  J. med.  chir., Par., 1928, 99: 105-7.—Dufke.
Ueber klinische Erfahrungen mit Urandil. Derm. Wschr., 1930,
90: 789-95.—Finkelstein,  L. O., & Vilfand, P.  A. [Cases of
eczema treated with atropin]  J. detsk. bolez., 1925, 1: 53-9.—
Ivanov, A. A., & Khrebtov, Z. P.  [Potassium thiosulphate in
treatment of eczema]  Vrach.  gaz., 1930, 34:  1662-6.—Lowen-
feld, W.  Intravenose  Ekzembehandlung mit  Bromglykose.
Med.  Klin., Berl., 1925, 21: 1504.—Maerz.  F.  Die Brombe-
handlung des Ekzems  und anderer  juckender Dermatosen.
Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1932, 29: 397.—Mazzillo, B.  O papel do
vanadio nas manifestacoes eczamatoses dos  diathesicos.  Fol.
med.,  Rio,  1937,  18: 561.—Nagell, H.  Zur Frage der intra-
venosen Bromtherapie bei Ekzemen.  Munch,  med.  Wschr.,
1925,  72: 2014.—Popper, E.   Arsoferrin-Tektolettes.  Wien.
med.  Wschr., 1927,  77: 202.—Sack. W.  T. Ephetonin bei
Ekzem.  Derm. Wschr., 1928,  86: 821-6.—Schoch, A.  Sul-
fanilamide in the treatment of nummular eczema.  J. Chemo-
ther.,  1938-39,  15:  36.—Sotelo, E.   Las  inyecciones endo-
venosas de  salicilato de sodio en  el tratamiento del eczema.
Cr6n. med., Lima,  1925, 42: 336-8.—Throne, B., Van Eyck,
L. S. [et al.]  The treatment of eczema with sodium thiosulfate.
Urol.  Cut. Rev.,  1926, 30: 530-40.

----   Treatment:  Hemo-and serotherapy.

   Jablonski,  G.    *L'autohemotherapie  locale
dans  le traitement de l'eczema.  44p.   8?   Par.,
1936.
   Lesgtjillons, R.   *Les  injections  locales de
sang  et  de  novocaine dans  le  traitement  dea
eczemas et des lichenifications circonscrits.  50p.
8?  Par., 1935.
   Adigezarov, A.  [Treatment of  chronic eczema by blood
transfusion] Klin, med., Moskva, 1938, 16: 566.—Bartolotti,
I. I.   [Autoserotherapy of chronic eczema]  Vrach. delo,  1927,
10: 342-6.—Cipparrone, E.  Contributo clinico alia cura dell'ec-
zema nell'adulto con l'autoematoterapia.  Gazz.  internaz.  med.
chir.,  1928, 33:  109.—Luna Freire, O., & Mendonca Castro.
Autohemotherapia e eczema vulgar chronico  e  recidivante.
Arch, brasil. med., 1925, 15: 787-94.—Maimone, D.  Eczema
ed autoemoterapia (casuistica clinica)  Gior. med. mil.,  1927,
75: 616-20.—Throne, B.. Van Duck, L. S. [et al.]   The treat-
ment  of eczema with sodium thiosulfate;  preliminary.   Med.
Times, N. Y., 1926, 54:  137.

----   Treatment:  Hormone and opotherapy.

   Francescoli, M.  R.   *Contribution  a l'etude
du traitement de l'eczema par les extraits  spleni-
ques  [Paris]  68p.   8?  Angouleme, 1933.
   Benard,  R.  Un cas  d'eczema rebelle chez une dysthyrol-
dienne; guerison  complete et rapide par  opotherapie.   Bull.
Soc.  med. h6p. Paris, 1924, 3.  ser.,  48: 812.—Browne, C. C.
Eczema treated by adrenalin.  Canad. M. Ass. J., 1934, 30:
537.—Dancenis.  A propos d'une guerison d'eczema et d'asthme
par l'auto-ourotherapie.  Bull. Soc. m6d. mil. fr.,  1934, 28:  30.—
Halle, J. A propos d'un eczema traite par les extraits de rate;
recidive.  Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1935, 33: 678.  ------ &
Prieur.  Eczema chronique de la tete; traitement par un extrait
de rate (Holospl6nine)  Ibid., 345.—Knierer.  Progynon bei
chronischem Ekzem.  Munch, med. Wschr., 1934, 81: 646.—
Levent, R.  Eczema et opotherapie spienique. Gaz. h6p.,  1936,
109: 1577-9.—Nadler,  E.  Ein mit Menformon  behandeltes
und geheiltes chronisches Ekzem. Schweiz. med. Wschr.,  1937,
67: 253.—Rocaz & Fiot.  Le traitement de  l'eczema  par l'ex-
trait de rate.  J. med.  Bordeaux, 1936, 113: 153.—Schwarz-
mann, J. S.  Muskelextraktbehandlung des Ekzems (vorlaufige
Mitteilung)  Munch, med. Wschr., 1931, 78:  1565.  Also Derm.
Wschr.,  1932,  94:  106-10.—Wherry. W. B.,  &  Tashlro. S.
Eczema, an expression of hepatic insufficiency and its cure with
bile salt; an abstract.  Med. Bull. Univ. Cincinnati, 1931, 6:
156.

----   Treatment, local.

   Truong van Vinh.   *Traitement des eczemas
licheriifi^s d'ancienne date et  des  prurits localises 
ECZEMA
62
ECZEMA
par des injections sous-cutanees locales de s6rum
physiologique.   48p.   8?   Par., 1933.
   Carle.  Pour le traitement externe des eczemas. Bull, med.,
Par., 1934, 48: 159.—Lortat-Jacob, L.  Traitement des ecz6mas
suintants par l'enveloppement caoutchoute.  Medeeine,  Par.,
1924-25, 6: 118-23.—Lotz,  J. H.  The  local treatment of
eczema.  Memphis M. J.,  1937, 12: 123.—Marin. A.  Direc-
tives  du  traitement  medicamenteux  externe de  l'eczema.
Union med. Canada, 1925, 54: 722-9.

----   Treatment: Methods.

   Phalippotj,  G.   *L'hemolysotherapie  intra-
dermique dans le  traitement de certaines derma-
toses:  eczemas, dermites eczematiformes, prurits,
avec   eczematisation  ou  lichenification.    85p.
8?   Par.,  1931.
   Piffard, H.  G.  Modern treatment of eczema.
54p.   12?   Detr., 1890.
   Wolthatjs, H. [G.]   *Ein Beitrag zur Therapie
des chronischen Ekzems.  28p.  8?   Lpz.,  1902.
   Adamson, H. G.  The treatment of 2 chronic skin diseases;
chronic  eczema. Lancet, Lond.,  1925, 1: 350.—Almkvist, J.
Zwei mit Tuberkulinumschlagen behandelte Falle von Ekzem
an den Unterschenkeln.  Acta derm, vener., Stockh., 1935, 16:
91-4.—Arzt, L.  Behandlung des Ekzems. Wien. med. Wschr.,
1931, 81: 3-7.—B, P.  Ueber einige  neue Behandlungsme-
thoden des Ekzems. Praxis, Bern, 1937, 26: 482.—Barralt, R.
A prop6sito de  la insulinoterapia y el stannoxyl en el eczema.
Sem. m6d., B. Air., 1926, 33: pt 1, 835. ------  La insulino-
terapia  y el stannoxyl en el eczema.  Ibid., 723.  ------  A
prop6sito de la insulinoterapia en el eczema.  Ibid.,  1927, 34:
932.—Beck, J.  Die Behandlung des  Gehorgang- und  Ohr-
muschelekzems.   Zschr. arztl. Fortbild.,  1938,  35:  71-3 —
Berger, O.  Die Ausschaltung des Juckreizes  in der Therapie
hartnackiger Ekzeme.  Wien. klin. Wschr., 1933, 46: 779-81.—
Bergmann, J.  Ekzembehandlung in Schichten; ein Beitrag zu
den  Einheitsbestrebungen  in der  Medizin.   Hippokrates,
Stuttg.,  1938,  9:  1325.—Bering,  F.   Fehlbehandlung  des
Ekzems.  Fortsch. Ther., 1930, 6: 278-82.—Bruck, C.  Bei-
trag zur internen Behandlung der Ekzeme.   Derm. Wschr.,
1929, 88: 262-6.—Bruker, M. O.  Die biologische Behandlung
chronischer  Ekzeme.   Hippokrates, Stuttg.,  1938,  9:  729;
758.—Buschke, A., & Loewenstein, L.  Tratamiento del eczema
cr6nico.  Rev.  m6d. germ. iber.  amer., 1931, 4: 272-80.—
Colman, H.  Zur Therapie des Ekzems (an Hand einer Kranken-
geschichte)  Med. Klin., Berl., 1927, 23: 1969-71.—Cornel. M.
La  vitamina  D nell'eczema; sua  azione sul metabolismo del
calcio.   Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1935, 76: 89-128.  ------ Osser-
vazioni  cliniche e ricerche sulla terapia vitaminica dell'eczema.
Ibid., 283-313.—Donato, G.  Nuovi metodi di cura dell'eczema.
Med. prat., Nap., 1925,  10: 384-8.—Dubnikow, E. I.  Zur
Frage der Heilung eines Ekzems neurotischen Ursprungs durch
Hypnose.   Ther. Gegenwart,  1932, 73: 403.—Dungan. J.  A.
A successful treatment for eczema.  Am. J. Clin. M., 1924, 31:
390-3.—Ehrenberg-Beuther,  F.   Konstitutionstherapie  bei
Ekzem.   Wien. med. Wschr., 1938. 88:  716.—Fagundes, U., &
Ribas, E.  Tratamento do eczema pelo propidon.  Rev.  med.,
S. Paulo,  1927, 12: 320-3.—Fantus. B.  The  therapy of the
Cook County hospital; therapy of eczema (dermatitis) J. Am.
M.  Ass., 1934,  103: 1305-8.—Fiumicelli, F.  Contributo alia
terapia  dell'eczema cronico.  Pensiero med., 1925, 14: 570.—
Gliick, W.  Naturheilbehandlung  der Schuppenflechte und des
chronischen  Ekzems.   Naturarztl. Rdsch., 1935,  7:  139.—
Gougerot.  Traitement de l'eczema.  Bull. g6n. th6r.,  1930,
181: 1-12.—Grillitsch, R.   Die Ekzembehandlung speciell in
der Werkspraxis.  Wien. med. Wschr., 1932,  82:  222.—Hoff-
mann,  E.  Kurze Bemerkungen  iiber einfache  Mittel  zur
Ekzembehandlung.  Derm. Zschr., 1925, 45: 54-6.—Hoog, P.
H. van der  [Internal treatment in diseases of the skin; eczemal
Geneesk. gids, 1933.   11:  573;  597.—Kartamischew,  A.  I.
Hypnotherapie bei Ekzem.  Derm. Wschr., 1936. 102: 711-4.—
Klingmiiller, V.  Zur Ekzembehandlung in der Praxis.  Zschr.
arztl. Fortbild., 1928.  25: 9-12.—Lebedjew. A. J.  Ein  neues
Verfahren zur Ekzembehandlung.  Derm.  Wschr., 1924,  82:
1003-8.—Lutz, W.   Ohrekzem.  Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1934,
64: 996.—Malecki.  Beitrage  zur  Therapie des  chronischen
Ekzems, insbesonders  des Ohres.   Mschr.  Ohrenh., 1935, 69:
302-5.—Markianos, J.  Les mefaits des purgatifs au cours  de
l'eczema.  Rev. fr. derm, vener., 1929, 5: 397-400.—Merz.  H.
Zur  Ekzem-Behandlung.   Schweiz. med.  Wschr., 1931,  61:
405.—Mulzer. P.  Zur Therapie des Ekzems und ekzemartiger
Dermatitiden.   Deut. med. Wschr., 1937, 63: 1410.—Nobl,  G.
Allgemeinbehandlung  der  Ekzemkrankheit.   Mitt.  Volks-
gesandhamt, Wien,  1932 [Aerztl.  Prax.] 175.—Papendieck,  A.
Ueber Vorteile von Pufferwirkungen bei  der Ekzembehandlung
Derm. Zschr., 1934, 70: 269.—Paul, T. M.   The instantaneous
physiologic cure of eczema and urticaria; further observations
Urol. Cut. Rev., 1930, 34: 380-4.—Perutz, A. Zur Pathogenese
und Therapie des akuten Ekzems und  der akuten Dermatitis
(iiber Wasserhaushalt  der  Haut, dessen Storung und  phar-
makologische Beeinflussung bei akut entziindlichen Hauter-
krankungen)  Arch. Derm.  Syph., Berl.,  1931, 163: 295-325.
------  Die Behandlung akuter  Ekzeme und Dermatitiden
mit entwassernden (diuretisch wirkenden) Massnahmen   Med
Klin.. Berl., 1933,  29: 740-2.—Philippson. A.  Ekzem- und
 Psoriasisbehandlung  nach eigener  Methode.  Derm. Wschr.,
 1931, 93: 1220-3.—Rohrbach, R. Ueber die Allgemeinbehand-
 lung des Ekzems.  Derm. Zschr., 1930-31, 60: 14-35.—Saass.
 C.  Umstimmungstherapie des chronis-chen  Ekzems.  Miinch.
 med.  Wschr.,  1931, 78: 534.—Scheer, K.   Die  Sriuretherapie
 des Ekzems.   Ibid., 1928, 75: 852.—Schmidt. Eine neuartige
 Ekzembehandlung; Beitrag zur Aetiologie  und  Therapie des
 Ekzems. Fortsch. Med., 1935, 53: 270-3.—Sellei, J., Barsony,
 T., &  Liebner. E.   Die Behandlung  des  Ekzems  mit intra-
 venosen Injektionen von 10%iger Kochsalzlosung. Med. Klin.,
 Berl.,  1926,  22:  1610.—Spengler,  R.  Dermaprotin  in  der
 Hand  des Schiffsarztes.  Ther.  Gegenwart,  1927,  68: 431.—
 Spiethoff,  B.   Die  vasomotorischen Erscheinungen  beim
 Ekzematiker   und ihre  Behandlung.   Arch. Derm.  Syph.,
 Berl.,  1925,  149: 355-8.—Tachau. P.   Fortschritte  in  der
 Behandlung der Ekzeme. Kinderarztl. Prax., 1931, 2: 345-9.—
 Tixier, L., & Bize, P. R.  Traitement des eczemas.  Gaz. med.,
 1927, 473-83.—Ullrich,  G.  Ein Beitrag zur Behandlung der
 chronischen Ekzeme des ausseren  Ohres.   Med. Welt, 1938,
 12: 819.—Vincent, R., & Resnick.   Eczema rebelle gu6ri  par
 auto-vaccin provenant d'une souche fournie par hemo-culture
 gingivale. J. Canad. Dent. Ass., 1935,  1: 527.—Winckelmann,
 H.  Erfahrungen zur biologischen Behandlung von Dermatosen
 insbesondere chronischer Ekzeme.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1907, 33:
 1324-7.

 ----   Treatment:  Ointments  and  lotions.

   Herrmann,  B.    *Versuche  der  Ekzembe-
 handlung mit Fissanpraparaten  [Leipzig]  50p.
 8?   Neu-Isenburg, 1934.
   Dorner.   Auligen, ein neues Mittel in  der Ekzemtherapie.
 Munch, med.  Wschr., 1927, 74: 895.—Forster, R.   Ekzembe-
 handlung mit dem Ichthyolpraparat  Ichtoxyl.  Deut. med
 Wschr., 1932. 58: 337.—Goda, L. [Experience with the inunc-
 tion treatment of eczema and pyodermia]  Gy6gyiSszat, 1935,
 75: suppl.,  1-7.—Hepp, M.  L'emplastie  liberatrice  au cours
 du drame de l'eczema.  Rev. gin. clin. ther., 1937, 51: 853-5.—
 Hildebrandt, H.   Hinsanpasta gegen Ekzeme. Derm. Wschr.,
 1929, 89: 1879-81.—Kakovsky. A. F. [Sulphur in treatment of
 eczema  and other diseases of the  skin]  Sovet. vrach. gaz.,
 1933,  37: 805; 810.—Klein, A. E.   Ueber  die Teerschwetelbe-
 handlung der  Ekzeme mit  Sulfanthren.  Med.  Klin., Berl.,
 1933,  29: 749.—Lengyel, N.   [Treatment  of  eczema with
 cadogel]   Cluj.   med.,  1929,  10:   52-5-7.—Massmann,  W.
 Auglinogen-Vaseline.   Klin. Wschr., 1928,  7: 527.—Mergels-
 berg,  O.  Ekzembehandlung  mit  fliissigen Mitteln.   Derm.
 Wschr., 1937, 1C4: 306.—Mohrmann. B. H. U. Kieselessigsaure
 Tonerde  in der  Ekzemtherapie.  Deut. med. Wschr.,  1927,
 53: 660.—Nowak,  O.   Ueber klinische  Erfahrungen  mit
 Chronex in der Ekzembehandlung.   Derm. Wschr.,  1927, 85:
 1105-7.—Pefia, V. Sobre el uso y buenos resultados del aceite
 de chaulmoogra,  en  los  eczemas cr6nicos.   Rev.  med. cir.,
 Caracas,  1923-24. 7:  169.—Stein, R. O.  The part played by
 coal-tar in eczema therapy. Ars medici, Wien, 1931, 9: 51-4.—
 Viehweger,  K.  Die  Ekzembehandlung mit  Novalan-Paste.
 Derm.  Wschr., 1931, 92: 107.   Also repr.—Werr.  F.   Die
 Behandlung  leicht reizbarer  Ekzeme  mit  Catamin.  Med.
 Klin., Berl., 1937, 33: 239.

----   Treatment:  Principles.
   Beck, S. C, &  Lang, M.  Ueber  Saure- und Basenempfind-
 lichkeit der Haut im Zusammenhang mit der pH Konzentration
 bei  Ekzem;  therapeutische  Ueberlegungen.   Arch.  Derm,
 Syph.,  Berl , 1928, 155: 197.—Becker, S. W.  Eczema; funda-
 mental practical  considerations.  J. Am.  M. Ass.,  1931, 97:
 983-7.  Also repr.—Cappelli, J.  Patogenesi e cura dell'eczema,
 Minerva  med., Tor.,  1925. 5:  593-7.—Feldman,  S.  Etiology
 and treatment of eczema.  Med. J. & Rec, 1930, 131: 257-61 —
 Hansen, P.  Ueber die Aetiologie und Behandlung des Ekzems.
 Derm.  Wschr., 1927, 84: 611-5.— Hiibner.   Die Grundlinien
 der Ekzemtherapie.  Hamburg med. Ueberseehefte, 1914-15,
 1:  399-405.—Hiibschmann   [Etiology  and treatment  of
 eczemal  Cas. lek. desk.,  1925, 64: 244-6.—Karrenberg, C. L.
 Ueber  Ekzemprobleme und Ekzembehandlung.  Med. Welt,
 1933, 7: 1377; 1462; 1498.—Lang, M.  [Acid-base equilibrium
 in eczema; consequent therapy]  Orv. hetil., 1930, 74: 665-9 —
 Lucke.  Neue  Gesichtspunkte  bei der Behandlung des akuten
 und chronischen Ekzems. Derm. Wschr., 1927, 85: 1493 —
 Lutz,  W.  Einige Bemerkungen zur Diagnose und  Therapie
 des Ekzems in der allgemeinen Praxis.  Schweiz.  med. Wschr.,
 1931,  61: 888-91.—Memmesheimer, A. M.  Die Bedeutung
 der Aetiologie  fur die Behandlung des Ekzems. Ther. Gegen-
 wart,  1924,  65:  313-5.  ------  Zur Entstehung  und  Be-
 handlung des  Ekzems vom Standpunkt der Herdinfektions-
lehre.  Derm. Zschr., 1934, 70: 1-10.  ------  Die Bedeutung
 der Fokalinfektion fiir die  Behandlung des Ekzems.  Med.
Klin., Berl., 1935, 31: 1198.—Meyer,  J.  Physiologie patho-
logique  et  traitement  des eczemas.   Rev. gin. clin. th6r.,
 1925,  39: 769; 790;  806.  ------  & Thiroloix,  P.   Concep-
tions et traitements  modernes  de  l'eczema  de  l'adulte.  J.
med. chir., Par., 1929, 100: 49-70.—Mikulowski,  W.   [Exacer-
bation of a  chronic disease from a clinical viewpoint]  Polska
gaz. lek.. 1931, 10: 129-34.—Semon. H. C.  Modern concep-
tions on the etiology and treatment of eczema.  Clin. J., Lond.,
1929, 58: 301-8.—Stoke. J. H.  The eczema problem.  West
Virginia M. J., 1930, 26: 159-67.—StUhmer. A. Die praktische
Einstellung  gegeniiber  dem  Ekzemproblem.   Med.  Welt, 
ECZEMA
63
ECZEMA
  1938, 12: 302-6.—Stumpke, G.   Erwachsen uns  aus  den
  modernen biologischen Erkenntnissen des Ekzems wesentliche
  praktische  Verhaltungsmassnahmen?   Deut.  med.  Wschr.,
  1934, 60: 1384-6.—Sulzberger, M. B., & Wise. F.  Eczema
  from the modern viewpoint; a discussion of further measures
  in its investigation, prevention and rational treatment.  Med.
  J. & Rec, 1931, 133: 71-4.—Torok, L.  [Principles of eczema
  treatment]   Orvoskepzes,  1932,  22: 151-63—Zurhelle,  E.
  Neuere Gesichtspunkte zur  Ekzembehandlung.  Zschr. arztl.
  Fortbild., 1925, 22: 745-51.

  ----Treatment: Radiotherapy.

    Moser,  A.   *Statistische  Erhebungen  iiber
  die   Dauerwirkung  der Rontgentherapie beim
  Ekzem und  bei  der  Neurodermitis.   24p.   8?
  Zur., 1926.
    Belluci, B.  Contributo  alio studio della  Rontgen-terapia
  degli eczemi.  Arch, radiol., Nap.,  1925,  1: 873-83.—Bezecny,
  R.   Indirekte Kurzwellenbehandlung  pruriginoser  Ekzeme.
  Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1938, 177: 180—Bjorling, E. Ueber
  die  Rontgenbehandlung  des Eczems.    Acta  derm, vener.,
  Stockh., 1929, 10:  316-40.—Bormann, S. Ueber die  Behand-
  lung des akuten Ekzem mit  Rontgenstrahlen. Arch. Derm.
  Syph., Berl., 1925,  149: 519-24.—Dietel, F., Fuhs, H. [et al.]
  In  welchem  Zeitpunkt  erscheint Rontgenbehandlung  des
  Ekzems   angezeigt?   Derm.  Wschr., 1934,  99:  1147-54.—
  Grauer,  S.  Ueber die Anwendung des Schwermetallfilters bei
  der Rontgenbehandlung des chronischen Ekzems.   Strahlen-
  therapie,  1929, 32: 715-20.—Guarini. C.  La rontgenterapia
  degli  eczemi.  Gior.  ital.  mal.  vener.,  1924, 65:   1551-63.
  Also Rinasc  mod.,  1924, 1: 148-50.—Hesse, E. Die Rontgen-
  behandlung  des Ekzems.   Deut.  med.  Wschr.,  1933,  59:
  1320.—Kirschmann. K.  Zur  Strahlenbehandlung des akuten
  Ekzems.  Ibid., 1929, 55: 1131.—Kreibich, C.  Zur indirekten
  Rontgenbehandlung des Ekzems.   Derm. Wschr., 1930,  91:
  1198-200.—Lomholt, S.  [Roentgen  treatment of  eczema]
  Hospitalstidende, 1925, 68:  1001-3. ------  Zur Strahlenbe-
  handlung der chronischen Ekzeme und Lichen chronicus Vidal.
  Derm. Wschr., 1937,  105:  1235-7.—Maker  Terrada, H., &
  Miranda Gallino, M. Excema cr6nico recidivante, tratamiento
  radioterdpico. Rev. Soc. argent, radio electr., 1925, 1: 29-38.—
  Also Sem. med., B. Air.,  1925, 32: pt  2, 39.—Miescher, G.
  Funktionelle Untersuchungen iiber Desensibilisation mit Ront-
  genstrahlen  beim  Ekzem.   Derm.  Zschr., 1927, 50:  89-112.
  Also Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1927, 57: 45.—Moberg, L.  Roent-
  gen treatment of eczema.  Forh. Nord. derm, foren.,  1925, 6:
  187-208.  Also Acta radiol., Stockh.  1926, 7: 201-13— Porcelli,
  R.  La radioterapia degli  eczemi.   Gior. ital derm, sif., 1925,
  66: 1114-9.—Rabinovich, M. N.  [Roentgentherapy of eczema]
  Dnipropetr. med. J., 1929, 8: 51-60.—Tullio, G.  Contributo
 alia Rontgenterapia dell'eczema.  Arch, radiol., Nap.,  1926, 2:
 71-9.

 ----  Treatment, surgical.

    Chevallier, P.  Eczema gueri apr£s l'ablation de la plaque
 residuelle.  Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph.,  1938, 45: 1886-8 —
 Galtung, A.  [Acne and chronic eczema  cured by removal of
 the focus  of infection (tonsillectomy)]  Norsk,  mag. laegevid.,
 1933, 94: 851-5.—Suk, R.  [Galvanocautery  in treatment of
 hereditary eczema]   Cas. lek. desk., 1933, 72: 521.

 ---  vaccinated.

   Bradley, D. J. Eczema vaccination—case report.  J. Med.
 Cincin., 1936-37, 17: 14.—Cavazzuti. A.  Un  caso di eczema
 vaccinato.  Boll. Soc. med. chir. Modena, 1934, 34: 337-46.—
 Graves, G. W., & Dowman,  C. Accidental smallpox  vaccina-
 tion and eczema vaccinatum.  N. York State J. M., 1937,  37:
 1833-7.—Kronzonas, A.  [Case of eczema  vaccinatum] Medi-
 cina,  Kaunas, 1933, 14: 85-91.—Naumann, O.  Ueber gene-
 ralisierte  Vakzine bei  Ekzem.  Kinderarztl.  Prax.,  1938, 9:
 99-103.—Platou, E. S.  Eczema  vaccinatum.  Am.  J. Dis.
 Child., 1934, 48: 333.

 ---- in animals.

   Blanchot, H.   *De  l'eczdma des extr6mit£s
 infe>ieures   des  membres    chez  les  solipedes
 [Alfort]   92p.   8?   Lyon,  1926.
   Cotjlon,  A.    *Considerations  et  recherches
 sur le traitement de  l'eczema du chien   [Alfort]
 64p.   8?   Par.,  1925.
   Fare, C.  *Eczema  du chien; essais de  the>a-
 peutique externe  [Alfort]   60p.   8?   Par., 1926.
   Jarratjd, S.    *De l'6cz£ma lich^noide du chien
 [Alfort]   31p.  8?  Par., 1931.
   Morler, A.   *Ueber Ekzeme bei  Pferd  und
 Rind [Bern]  91p.  8?  Giessen,  1912.
   Baintner. K.  [Etiology and treatment of eczema]  Allatorv.
lap., 1936, 58: 347.—Battista, B. G.  Tentativi di cura degli
eczemi del cane con  iniezioni endovenose di bleu di metilene.
Profilassi,  1938, 11:  102.—Fischer, H. Die Brauchbarkeit des I
 Ekzemyls bei ekzematosen  Hauterkrankungen des Hundes.
 Munch,  tierarztl.  Wschr.,  1937, 88: 223.—Fredenburg,  J.
 An eczematous condition  of cattle.  Vet. Med., Chic, 1936,
 31: 113.—Gmelin,  W.  Das Ekzem des Jungrindes und seine
 wirtschaftliche Bedeutung.  Zschr. Infektkr. Haustiere, 1927,
 31: 314-26, 2 pi.—Henry & Leblois.  Essai d'une therapeutique
 contre l'eczema: l'antihemotherapie.   Rec med.  vet.,  1924,
 100:  268-70.—Jonquieres, H.   Hepatic opotherapy in the
 treatment of eczema.  North Am.  Vet., 1924, 5:  403-6.—
 Kissileff, A.  The  dog  flea  as a causative agent  in summer
 eczema.  J. Am. Vet. M. Ass.,  1938, 93: 21-7.—Leblois  &
 Faillie.  Sur 1'arsenotherapie de l'eczema du chien.  Rec. med.
 vet., 1927, 103: 479-84.—Lentz, W.  Ekzembehandlung in der
 Schweinepraxis  mit  Fissan-Schwefelpuder.   Berl.  tierarztl.
 Wschr., 1933, 49: 472.—Maignon, F.   L'eczema, ses relations
 avec  l'anaphylaxie et  I'insuffisance hepatique.  Rec.  med.
 vet., 1932, 108: 721-35.—Milks. H. J.  Eczema. Cornell Vet.,
 1934, 24: 99-107.—Omieczynski.  Versuche mit Scharlachsalbe
 nach  Prof.  Dr Schmieden  in der Veterinarmedizin.   Berl.
 tierarztl.  Wschr.,  1927, 43: 430.—Salhoff, S.  Fakultativer
 Parasitismus von Anguilluliden bei einer  Hauterkrankung des
 Pferdes.  Ibid., 1937, 53:  505.—Strelnikov. A.  A.  [Infectious
 eczematous eruptions in horses]   Sovet. vet., 1939, 16:  105.—
 Uporov, V. I., & Rozgon, I. F. [Cod-liver-oil  in treatment of
 eczema in the horse]  Ibid.,  No.  4, 55.—Witzigmann. J.  Die
 Behandlung sexualbedingten Ekzems bei der Hiindn. Munch.
 tierarztl.  Wschr.,  1938, 89: 267.  ----—  Das  Ekzem  im
 Lichte neuer Forschung.  Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1939, 47: 1-3.

 ECZEMATOID.

   See also Exudative diathesis.
   Boetticher,  H.   *Ueber  Magensaftverande-
 rungen  bei  spatexsudativem  Ekzematoid.   16p.
 8?   Freib. i. B., 1934.
   Sapper,  A.   *Das  spatexsudative  Ekzematoid
 (Rost)   20p.   8?   Munch.,  1937.
   Barber, H. W.  Case of  dermatitis repens  and infectious
 eczematoid dermatitis, with  involvement  of the mucous mem-
 branes.  Proc. R.  Soc. M., Lond.,  1922-23, 16: sect, derm.,
 98.—Foerster, O. H., & Foerster. H. R.  Infectious  eczematoid
 dermatitis.  Wisconsin M.  J., 1935, 34: 305-9.—Jiilg, E.  1st
 es berechtigt, das  Rostsche spatexsudative Ekzematoid  aus
 der Gruppe der Ekzeme auszusondern?  Derm. Wschr., 1934,
 99: 979; 1005.—Rost, G. A.  Das spatexsudative Ekzematoid
 und seine Behandlung in der allergenfreien Kammer. Schweiz.
 med.  Wschr.,  1928,  58:  1053-5.—White, C.   Eczematoid
 dermatitis of the extremities including the  nails.  Radiol. Rev.,
 1937, 59:  115-20.—Whitfield, A.  Case for diagnosis (infectious
 eczematoid dermatitis) Proc R. Soc M., Lond., 1921-22, 15:
 sect, derm., 1.

   EDDINE,  Badih  Amin.   *Le  syndrome  de
 Kienbock-Mouchet.    23p.   8?    Geneve,   H.
 Studer,  1936.
   EDDISON, John Edwin, 1842-1929.
   Obituary.  Brit.  M. J.,  1929, 1: 327.  Also Lancet, Lond.,
 1929, 1:312.
   EDDY, Harrison Prescott, 1870-
   Metcalf, L., & Eddy, H. P.  American sewerage practice.
 2. ed  759p.  8?  N. Y., 1928.  ------ Sewerage and sewage
 disposal [&c]  598p.  8? N. Y., 1930.
   EDDY, Nathan B[rowne] 1890-
   See Small, Lvndon F., Eddy. Nathan B. ret al.]  Studies on
 drug addiction [&c] viii,  143p.   8?  Wash., 1938.
   Forms Suppl. No. 138. Pub. Health Rep.
  ----& HIMMELSBACH, C. K.  Experiments
 on  the  tolerance  and addiction potentialities of
 dihvdrodesoxymorphine-D  (Desmorphine)   33p.
 8?  ' Wash., 1936.
  Forms  Suppl. No. 118, Pub. Health Rep.
   EDDY,  Samuel, 1897-        A study  of fresh-
 water plankton  communities.  93p.  8?  Urbana,
 111., Univ. Illinois Pub.,  1934.
  Forms  No. 4, v.12, Biological Monogr.,  Urbana.
  EDDY,  Thomas.   Memoir  of  the  late John
 Murrav, jr.  17p.  8?  N. Y.,  E. Conrad, 1819.
  EDDY,  Walter Hollis, 1877-        Nutrition.
 vii,  237p.   8?   Bait.,  Williams  & Wilkins  Co.,
 1928.
  ----   The nutritive value  of the  banana;  re-
 port  of  researches conducted and supervised  by
 the Institute of  Practical Arts,  Research Labora-
tory  of  Physiological Chemistry  [&c]   37p.  8?
 N. Y., Teachers  College, Columbia Univ., 1933.
  ----  & DALLDORF,  Gilbert.   The  avitami-
noses;  the chemical, clinical  and  pathological
aspects  of the  vitamin deficiency  diseases,   ix, 
EDDY                                          64                                       EDEMA
338p.  pi.  tab.  8?   Bait., Williams &  Wilkins
Co., 1937.
  EDEL,  Ernst  [Wilhelm] 1899-       *Haut-
metastasen bei Karzinom,  insbesondere  Magen-
karzinom.  32p.  8?  Berl., S. Karger,  1932.
  EDEL, Gerhart  1908-      *Hodentumoren.
19p.   8?   Kiel, 1931.
  EDEL,   Gesine,  1905-        *Beitrag  zur
Bedeutung der kongenitalen Anlage und erwor-
benen Pneumonien fiir die  Entstehung der kind-
lichen Bronchiektasen   [Freiburg i.  B.]   p.204-
12.   8?   Stuttg., F. Enke,  1936.
  Also Arch. Kinderh., 1936, 108:
  EDEL,  Lucien,  1909-       *Les  complica-
tions  pulmonaires  post-operatoires  pr6coces et
leur traitement; indications de la broncho-aspira-
tion d'urgence  [Lyon]   85p.   8?   Bourg, Bosc
freres  1936.
  EDEL,  Ludwig,  1910-       *Interne  Zahn-
granulome   [Leipzig]    22p.   8?   Wiirzb.,   R.
Mayr, 1935.
  EDEL, Walter [Alexander] 1886-       *Ueber
den syphilitischen  Primaraffekt am Finger und
an  der Hand.   37p.  8?   Lpz., E.  Glausch, 1924.
  EDELBERG, Eugen, 1895-        *Ueber  den
Grundumsatz   bei  Myomen  und  Metropathia
haemorrhagica gemessen  an dem respiratorischen
Gaswechsel.  24p.  8?  Kiel, 1927.
  EDELBROCK,  Wilhelm, 1901-       *Ueber
serologische  Verfahren  zur  Schwangerschafts-
diagnose  unter besonderer  Berucksichtigung  der
Alkohol-Extrakt-Reaktion nach Liittge und von
Mertz. 32p.   8? Munch., C. Wolf & Sohn, 1929.
  EDELHAEUSER, Otto,  1888-       *Studien
iiber das Osmium.  35p.  8?  Erlangen, Junge
& Sohn,1914.
  EDELL, Gerard  Munz,  1890-       Studies
on  the phenol formaldehyde condensation. 32p.
8?   N. Y., 1932.
  EDELMANN, Eugene, 1902-      *Le traite-
ment des suppurations a  staphylocoques  chez les
meres et  chez  les enfants pendant  les suites  de
couches, par la vaccination locale  (vaccinia com-
plexe  antistaphylococcique du  Doctor  Fisch)
34p.   8?   Par., 1929.
  EDELMANN, Luise, 1905-       *Beitrag  zur
Kenntnis der Entstehung anfallsweiser Atemnot.
19p.   8?   Munch. [1933]
  EDELMANN, Richard Heinrich, 1861-
  Editor of Johne, Heinrich Albert. Johnes Trichinenschauer.
13. Aufl. 112p.  8! Berl., 1933.
  ----  MOHLER, John  Robbins,  &  EICH-
HORN,  Adolph.  Textbook of  meat hygiene;
with special  consideration  of  antemortem and
postmortem inspection of food-producing animals.
5. ed.  vi, 478p. 5 pi.   8? Phila.,  Lea & Febiger,
1925.  Also 6. ed.   vi, 474p.  illust.   pi.  1933.
  EDELMANN, Walther,  1905-        *Erhe-
bungen iiber congenital-luetische und rachitische
Zahnveranderungen an Schulkindern  [Erlangen]
16p.  8?  Niirnberg-Zirndorf, J. Bollmann, 1930.
  EDELMANN, Wilhelm,  1901-       *Diurese-
versuche  mit Karlsbader Mineralwasser.   p.485-
506.   8?   Lpz., E. Lehmann,  1926.
  Also Wien. Arch. inn. Med., 1925, 11:

EDELMANN'S anemia.

  See Anemia, chronic infectious.
  EDELSCHILD, Fridel, 1907-        *Die Hy-
peramie in der Zahnheilkunde unter besonderer
Berucksichtigung   von   Jothion    [Heidelberg]
20p.   8?   Bruchsal, J. Kruse &  Sonne [1930]
  EDELSTEIN,  Ludwig.  Peri  acron und  die
Sammlung der Hippokratischen Schriften.  vi, 2
188p.  8?  Berl., Weidmann, 1931.
 EDEMA.

   See  also  Diuresis;  Hydrops; Water,  Meta-
 bolism; also  names  of parts  affected,  proper
 names  of  hydropic  conditions  of  cavities  as
 Ascites; Brain, Edema; Conjunctiva, Edema, &c.
 also in 3. ser.  Oedema.
   Weiss,  I.   [The oedemas]   32p.   8?  Budap.,
 1932.
   Antoni, N.  [Abortive case of oedema]   Sven. lak. sail.
 forh., 1918, 331-6.—Cornel, M.  L'edema.  Gior. ital.  derm.
 sif., 1930, 71: 198-219.—Elwyn, H. Edema.  Am. J. M. Sc,
 1930, 180: 781-98.—Govaerts, P.   Les oedemes observes dans
 la pathologie humaine.  In Les oedemes (Labb6) Par., 1931,
 29-52.—Hastings, A.  B.  Edema.  Yale J.  Biol.,  1933, 6:
 80.—Iversen, P.  [Case of edema]  Ugeskr.  laeger, 1934, 96:
 87.—Kinsella, V. J.   An unusual case of cedema.   Med. J.
 Australia, 1924, 2: 36-8—Kostyal, L.  [Edema] Gy6gyaszat,
 1935, 75: 583; 606.—Lee, R. I. Oedema. N. England J. M„
 1929, 201: 941-4.—Meakins, J. C. Edema.   Med.  Clin. N.
 America, 1932, 16: 597-624. Also In Brit. Encycl. M. Pract.
 (Rolleston,  H.)  Lond.,  1938,  9: 268-81.—Moraes, B. de.
 Edemas (excerpto de uma licpao de semiotica)  Med. contemp.,
 Lisb., 1910, 28: 379.—Myers, G. B. Edema. Indust. M., 1936,
 5: 626-9.—Perez Ruiz, D. El edema. Notas med., Le6n, 1938,
 1: 8; 28; 37; 54.—Pyle. W. L. Oedema.  J. M. Soc. N. Jersey,
 1909-10, 6:  537-40.—Rapfogel,  I. Edema.  J. Am.  Inst.
 Homeop., 1934, 27:401-8.—Salvesen, H. A., & B0e. J.  Chronic
 edema of unknown origin.  Acta  med. scand., 1937, 93: 228-
 36.—Shuman, J. W.  Edema. Med. J. & Rec, 1928,128: 71.—
 Sturton, S. D. Oedema and ascites in Chinese patients. China
 M. ,I„ 1931,  45: 584-625.—Thomas, T.  Six cases of oedema.
 West London M.  J., 1934, 39: 51-4—Walterhofer, G. Ueber
 Oedem.  Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1928, 25: 687-90.—Youmans,
 J. B. Edema.  J. Tennessee M. Ass.,  1936, 29: 270-5.

 ----  angioneurotic.

   See Angioneurotic edema.

 ----  Blood.

   See  also subheadings  Pathogenesis;  Physico-
 chemistry.
   Alvarez, C. Sobre un caso de anasarca con enorme reducci6n
 de las proteinas de la  sangre.  Rev. med. Rosario,  1931, 21:
 165-71.—Cionini,  A.  Ricerche sull'importanza del contenuto
 in proteine del siero nella patogenesi degli edemi.  Arch. sc.
 med., Tor., 1932,  56: 1-60.—Hand, H. M. Concentration of
 serum protein in  different types of edema; illustrative cases.
 Arch. Int. M., 1934, 54: 215-38.—Nikolaev, P. N.  [Hypopio-
teinemia and edema]  Ter. arkh., 1937,  15: 796-803.—Page,
I. H., &  Van Slyke, D. D.  A simple test for plasma protein
 contents  below the edema-producing level. J. Am. M. Ass.,
 1932, 99: 1344.—Sobotka, H.  Blood proteins in edema. In
Contr. Med.  Sc. Libman Annivers. Vol., 1932, 3: 1111-9.—
Torres Enrfquez, J. J.  Las proteinas de la sangre en los edema-
tosos.  Medicina,  Mex., 1934, 14: 291; 313; 539.

----  cachectic.

   See Edema, nutritional;  also names of primary
 diseases as Anemia; Cancer; Tuberculosis, &c.

----  cardiac.

   See under Heart failure.

----  Causes.

   See also names  of primary conditions and dis-
 eases;  also names  of  poisonous substances as
 Uranium, &c.
   Blunter, G., & Yannet, H.  An obscure case of recurrent
 ascites and  edema.  Yale J.  Biol.,  1928-29, 1: 269-76.—
 Bolten, G. C. [Chronic, neuropathic edemas]  Geneesk. gida,
 1933, 2:  1145-51.—Busson, B., & Kovacs, N.  Infektion und
 toxisches Oedem.  Klin. Wschr., 1934, 13:1120.—Castro, A. de.
 Hemiedema na hemiplegia.  Rev. brasil. med. farm.,  1926,
 2: 291-4.—Delaney, E. P. A consideration of edema of obscure
 origin.  Clin. J. Chiropody, 1934-35, 7: 401-4.—Dromard, G.,
 & Dalmas, L.  Sur  un cas d'cedeme a evolution d'apparence
 spontanee chez un  paralytique general.  Arch, neur.,  Par.,
 1907, 3. ser., 2: 48-54.—Falta, W.,  & Hogler, F.  Ueber Oedeme
 unklarer Genese.  Wien. Arch. inn. Med., 1926-27, 13: 641-
 52.—Fieschi, A.  Edema universale discrasico (contributo alio
 studio degli  edemi  a  genesi ignota)  Policlinico, 1934, 41:
 sez. med.,  185-92.—Herringham, W. P.  General cedema
 (toxic) without albuminuria. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1908-9,
 2: clin. sect., 55.—Jervell, O.  [Edema and causes of edema]
 Ugeskr. laeger, 1930,  92: 103-8.—Leroy & Jourdran.  Tro-
 phcedeme chronique, acquis et progressif, datant de 20 ans,
 chez une malade atteinte de d6sequilibre mental avec ideea
 de persecution.   Bull. Soc.  clin.  med. ment., Par., 1920, 8:
 203-8.—Maclagan, N. F. The cause  of cedema.  Middlesex
 Hosp. J., 1931-32, 31: 48-60.—Rendu, R.  Sur un nouveau
 cas d'cedeme dysenterique.  Lyon med., 1920, 129: 129.— 
EDEMA
65
EDEMA
 Vilato, J.  Edema nervioso; comentarios sobre este sindrome a
 prop6sito de un caso clinico.  Arch, neurob., Madr., 1931, 11:
 274-95.

 ----   Clinical aspect.
   Christian, H. A.  Varieties of edema and their management.
 Proc Interst. Postgrad. M.  Ass. N. America (1929)  1930, 5:
 261; 296.—De Giacomo, U.  Sul significato di alcune mani-
 festazioni edematose, osservate in alienati degenti negli ospedali
 psichiatrici.  Riv. sper. freniat.,  1937.  61:  1090-4.—Gomez
 Gonzales.  Clinica del pre y  post edema; m6todo del equilibrio
 clorurado.  Cr6n. med. quir., Habana,  1935,  61:   11-5.—
 Parturier, G.  S6meiologie hepato-biliaire des oedemes.  Rev.
 med. chir. mal. foie,  1938, 13: 161-220.—Wanner. F.  Etudes
 cliniques sur l'cedeme.   Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1930,  60: 715;
 736.

 ----   Complications.
   Gueissaz, E.  Oedemes accompagnes d'autres symptomes
 pathologiques.    Gynecologie,  1935,  34:   323.—Kjelgaard.
 [A case of  multiple edema accompanied  by hemorrhages]
 Hospitalstidende, 1909,  5 R., 2: 1169-74.—Monro, T. K.,  &
 McGregor,  A. N.   A patient  who suffers from  paroxysms
 characterised by pain, oedema, and hemorrhage.  Tr.  Glasgow
 Path.  Clin. Soc,  1902-3, 9: 137.—Page,  I. H.   Ipsolateral
 edema and contralateral jaundice associated with  hemiplegia
 and cardiac decompression.   Am. J. M.  Sc, 1929, 177: 273-6.

 ----   congenital.

   See also  Erythroblastosis; Fetus, Hydrops.
   Ahlmann-Ohlsen,  A.  T.   [Case  of congenital   dropsy]
 Ugeskr.  laeger,  1933, 95: 50—Bazan,  J..  Jacob,  A., & PI a
 Cardenas. C. A.  Edema generalizado congenito.  Sem. med.,
 B. Air., 1925, 32: pt 2,  101-4.—Edmunds, A.   Congenital
 oedema.   Med. Press &  Circ, Lond.,  1908,  n. ser., 85: 476.—
 Escardo, F., & Foster, H.  Sobre un  caso de edemas localizados
 congenitos y  malformaciones varias.  Arch, argent,  pediat.,
 1934, 5: 33-9.—Forsyth, D.   A case of congenital cedema with
 dilatation  of the intestinal  lymphatics. Proc.  R. Soc.  M.,
 Lond.,  1909-10,  3:  sect.  stud. dis. child.,  51.—Gibbens,  J.
 Oedema in the newborn.  Brit.  M. J., 1932, 1: 837-9.—Krost,
 C. N., &  Epstein, I. M.  Edema in the newborn due to pre-
 lacteal  feeding.  J. Pediat., S.  Louis, 1937,  10:  221-7.—
 Lawendel, E.  [Case of congenital edema in  an infant]  Warsz.
 czas. lek.,  1936, 13: 255.—Little, E. G. G.  Case  of  oedema
 neonatorum.  Proc. R. Soc. M.,  Lond., 1912-13, 6: derm. sect..
 8.—Macera, J. M., & Messina,  B. R.   Edema congenito
 generalizado universal.   Rev.  As.  med.  argent.,  1933,  46:
 3473-8.  Also Sem. med., B. Air., 1934, 41:  1102-5.—Poynton,
 F. J. Case of cedema persisting since birth.  Rep.  Soc. Study
 Dis. Child., Lond., 1907-8, 8: 51.  ------  Two cases of con-
 genital  cedema with cardiac defect in mother and daughter.
 Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1909-10, 3: clin. sect., 66.—Shannon,
 W. R.  Generalized  edema  in association with tetany of the
 new-born.  Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1929,  46:  549-60.—Suther-
 land, G. A.  A case  of cedema persisting since  birth.   Brit.  J.
 Child. Dis., 1908, 5: 290.  Also Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child.,
 Lond., 1907-8, 8: 52-4.—Volz, H.  Oedeme  bei Neugeborenen.
 Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1938, 117: 131-47.

 ----  Diagnosis.
   Denier,  A.   La  mesure  d'impedance localisee dans  les
 oedemes.   Bull.  Soc. electroradiol.  med.  France, 1938, 26:
 110-2.—Glorieux. Un cas de simulation. Policlinique, Brux.,
 1906, 15: 338.—Gray, H. T.  A case of oedema of the leg: for
 diagnosis.  Tr. Med. Soc. London, 1909, 32: 352.—Gurtowoy,
 L.  E.   Elastizitatsfunktion   des Bindegewebes bei okkulten
 Oedemen.  Schweiz.  med. Wschr.,  1934, 64: 1071.—Hunt, T.
 Persistent  oedema with cyanosis; nature.   Proc R. Soc. M.,
 Lond., 1935-36, 29:  522.—Nixon, W. C. W.   Instrument for
 detection of oedema.  Brit. M. J., 1938, 1: 75.—Ortiz y Ramirez,
 T.   Falso  edema tibial.  Medicina,  Mix.,  1933,  13: 105-8.
 ------   Contribuci6n a la  semiologla  del signo del godete.
 Ibid., 278-84.—Pagano,  F.   Pseudo-edema in  un muratore.
 Atti Soc. med.  leg.  Roma,   1909,  2: 79-81.—Pein,  H. von.
 Ueber die DifTerentialdiagnose des Oedems.  Dent. med. Wschr.,
 1939, 65: 451-4.—Pusch.  Ein Verfahren zur Messung odema-
 tdser Schwellungszustande an den Gliedmassen.  Verh. Deut.
 orthop. Ges. (1935) 1936, 30. Kongr., 233-40.—Rosenberg, M.
 DifTerentialdiagnose  der Oedeme.   Zschr.  arztl.  Fortbild.,
 1932, 29: 78-83.

 ----   Diagnosis: Functional tests.

   See  Skin, Hydrophilia; Water,  Metabolism.

 ----   emphysematous.

   See Gas edema.

----   endocrine.

   See  also  Myxedema;  also  under  names of
endocrine glands.
   Langeron,   L.,   Paget,   M.,  &  Ledietj,   J.
Glandes  endocrines,  mStabolisme  de   l'eau   et

       77908—vol. 5, 4th  sebiks----5
diurese;  les  oedemes endocriniens.   276p.    8°.
Par.,  1934.
   Cantarow,  A.,  & Gordon,  B.  The  effect  of  parathyroid
extract on certain factors underlying the production of edema.
Arch. Int. M., 1928, 42: 939-52.—Girard, J.   Oedeme et
thyroide.  Rev. med. est,  1928, 56: 573-86.—McQuarrie, I.,
Thompson, W.  H., &  Ziegler,  M.  R.   Effects  of posterior
pituitary extract on the water and mineral exchanges in edema.
J.  Pediat., S. Louis, 1936, 8: 277-91.—Parhon, C. I.  Relations
des glandes endocrines  avec les phenomenes d'hydration du
sang, des organes et  tissus.  Bruxelles med., 1934-35,  15:
suppl., 21; 86.—Sato, C.  Untersuchungen  uber  die Oedem-
bildung;  uber die wechselseitigen Beziehungen zwischen  dem
Hormon  der Thyreoidea, der Hypophyse und des Pankreas
beim intermediaren Wasseraustausch.   Tohoku  J. Exp. M.,
1928, 11: 468-82.—Tainter, M. L.  Prevention of the edema of
paraphenylenediamine by  drugs acting on  the adrenals.  J.
Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1926-27, 27: 201-29.—Vaucher, E.  Oede-
me des quatre membres d'origine dysendocrinienne;  guerison
par l'opotherapie.  Bull. Soc. med.  hop. Paris, 1928, 3.  ser.,
52: 933-8.

----   experimental.
   Barry, F. S., Shafton, A. L., &  Ivy, A. C.  Experimental
edema  in nephrectomized dogs; the role of wafer and chlorides.
Arch. Int. M., 1933, 51: 200-6—Feuillie, E.  Aires provoques
et  cedemes experimentaux.   C. rend.  Soo. l>i<>l., 1907,  62:
856-8.—Fiessinger, N., Benard, H., &  Merlken, F. P.  Les
perfusions du train posterieur  chez la  chien.  Presse med.,
1935, 43: 1239.—Franke, M.   Oedeme experimental, provoqu6
par injection intra-arterielle de solutions de diverses substances.
C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99: 927.—Gibbs, O. S.  The relation
of  the  edema of paraphenylenediamine  to generalized edema.
J.  Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1931, 42: 65-80.—Ginsburg.  [Experi-
mental study of edema]   Ter. arkh., 1934, 12: 19-23.—Hay-
thorn, S. R. Experimental edema as an aid to histopathologic
studies.  In Contr. M. Sc. (A. S. Warthin) Ann Arb.,  1927,
491-502,  3 pi.  Also repr.—Kerkhof, A.  C.  Plasmapheresis
experiments upon  the influence of  colloid  osmotic pressure,
water and salt in edema formation. Ann. Int. M., 1937-38,
11: 1407-15.—Kumpf, A. E. Experimental edema and lipemia
produced by repeated bleeding.  Arch. Path., Chic, 1932, 13:
415-32.—Leiter, L.  Experimental  edema.  Proc. Soc Exp.
Biol., N. Y., 1928-29, 26: 173-5.  ------  Experimental edema;
further observations on the plasma proteins  and blood choles-
terol.  Ibid., 1929-30, 27: 1002.—Lepore, M. J.  Experimental
edema  produced bv plasma protein depletion.  Ibid., 1931, 29:
318. Also Arch. Int. M., 1932, 50: 488.  Also repr—Saslow, G.
The relation between the oxygenation of fluids and the occur-
rence of  edema in the  perfused frog web.  Am.  J. Physiol.,
1938, 124: 360-8.—Shelburne, S. A., & Egloff, W. C.  Experi-
mental edema.  Arch. Int. M., 1931, 48: 51-69.—Sjostrand, T.
Ueber die Entstehung von Oedem bei mechanischer Reizung
der Haut.  Skand. Arch. Physiol.,  Berl.,  1939, 81: 81-90.—
Weech, A. A., Snelling, C. E.,  & Goettsch, E.  The  relation
between  plasma protein,  plasma specific  gravity and  edema
in  dogs maintained on a diet inadequate in protein and in dogs
rendered  edematous by plasmapheresis.  Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc,
1932, 44: 39-42.

----   fetal.

   See Fetus, Hydrops.

----   Fluid.

   See also  Exudate and transudate.
   Baldes,  E. J.   Comparison  of total osmotic  pressures of
plasma and edema fluid in man.  Proc.  Mayo  Clin., 1935, 10:
124. ------  & Smirk, F. H.   The relationship  between the
total osmotic pressures of plasma and  oedema fluid in man.
Clin. Sc, Lond.,  1933-34, 1:  265-72.—Farmer,  C. J., Barry,
F.  S. [et al.]   Experimental  edema in  nephrectomized dogs;
serum  proteins and effusion fluids.   Arch. Int. M., 1933, 51:
704-13.—Flossner, O.,  &  Rehberg. Beitrage zur Biochemie
menschlicher  Korperfliissigkeiten; Untersuchungen liber die
Anasarkafliissigkeit.  Zschr.  Biol.,  1929-30,  89: 573-81.—
Iversen, P., & Nakazawa, F.  Ueber die Biochemie des Filtra-
tionsodems. Biochem. Zschr.. 1927, 191: 307-19.—Kemp, T.
Recherches sur le  rapport entre les quantites d'albumine et de
globuline contenues dans le liquide d'un cedeme de stase experi-
mentalement provoque dans l'oreille du lapin, et sur le rapport
entre le chainon central et le chainon terminal de l'alexine dans
ce  liquide.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 96: 559-62.

----   gaseous.

   See Gas  edema.

----   generalized.
   Barnes, C.  G.  Generalised oedema; its  causation and treat-
ment.   S.  Mary  Hosp.  Gaz.,  Lond.,  1936, 42:  179-86.—
Binger, M. W.t & Keith. N. M. General edema of indeterminate
etiology; report of 3  cases. J.  Am. M. Ass.,  1937, 109: 1-6.
Also Proc. Mayo  Clin., 1937, 12:  5-7/—General oedema of
indeterminate aetiology.   Med. Press  &  Circ,  Lond., 1937.
195: 322.—Heimann, H. L., & Gross, I.  Investigation of an
unusual case of generalized oedema.  S. Afr.  M. J., 1933,  7; 
EDEMA
66
EDEMA
259.—Longcope,  W. T.   Generalized edema associated with
disease of the gastro-intestinal tract.  Internat. Clin., 1934,
44. ser., 2: 1-15.—Nee.   Deux cas d'oedeme generalise apr6s
administration de  bouillon de legumes  chez 2 nourrissons.
Normandie med., 1908,  23:  107.—Rost,  W. L.  Generalized
edema of  undetermined  etiology; report  of  an unusual case.
Am.  J. Dis. Child., 1927, 34:  773-8.—Smith, F. H.  Principles
guiding treatment of generalized edema.  Virginia M. Month.,
1937-38, 64: 365-72.

----  hepatic.

   See also  Hepato-renal syndrome;  also Liver,

Disease.
   GothtS,  M.  M.  C.  S.  *Sur  les constituants
protidiques  du sang  circulant;   contribution  a
l'etude des oedemes, en particulier des  oedemes
hepatiques.   140p.   8?   Par.,  1934.
   Dumas, A.  Contribution a l'etude des  cedemes d'origine
hepatique  (a  propos d'une  observation  anatomo-clinique)
J. m6d. fr., 1927, 16: 465.  ------Gardere. H., & Jarricot, H.
Sur  un cas d'oedeme d'origine hepatique.  Lyon med., 1933,
152: 302-5.—Jacobson, W. C.  [Discussion of oedema associ-
ated with liver dysfunction]  C. rend. Congr. internat.  insuff.
hepat., 1937, 1. Congr., 474.—Keschner, H. W., & Klemperer,
P.  Frequency and significance of  hepatic  edema. Arch. Path.,
Chic, 1936, 22: 583-92.—Langeron, L.   Variations des  dia-
metres cardiaques a  l'ecran paralieiement  a la  resorption
d'oedemes  volumineux chez  un  hepatique  sans signes d'in-
suffisanee cardiaque;  oedeme du coeur.  Arch. mal.  coeur,
1937, 30: 609-12.—Lemaire,  A.  Les  oedemes des hepatiques.
Bull, med.,  Par., 1938, 52: 225-9.  ------ & Varay. A.  Les
oedemes des hepatiques; etude chimique des oedemes hepa-
tiques. Rapp. Congr. internat. insuff. hepat., 1937, 1. Congr.,
271-303.—Martini, E.  Edema da perfusione e fegato.  Boll.
Soc ital. biol. sper.,  1931,  6: 190-2.—Massina,  R.  Siero-
proteine  e cloruri nell'edema  epatico modificazioni biochimiche
dopo novasurol ed epatoterapia.  Arch.  farm, sper.,  1933-34,
57:  219-38.—May, E.,  & Braillon, J.   Grande  anasarque
primitive;  hepatite  hypertrophique  graisseuse tuberculeuse
sans lesions r6nales.  Bull. Soc. med.  hop. Paris, 1934, 3.  ser..
50:  1597-602.—Mottura, G.  II significato  dell'edema  del
fegato in rapporto alia  dottrina deH'infiammazione  siercsa.
Gior.  Accad. med. Torino, 1937,  100: 81-93.  ------  L'evo-
luzione fibrosa degli edemi con particolare riguardo alia pato-
genesi delle sclerosi epatiche.  Ibid., 94-107.—Olmer, J.  Les
oedemes des h6patiques; 6tude clinique: facteurs  extrahepa-
 tiques de production.  Rapp. Congr. internat. insuff. hepat.,
 1937, 1. Congr., 237-70.—Thompson, W. H., McQuarrie, I.,
& Bell, E. T.  Edema associated with hypogenesis of serum
proteins  and atrophic changes in the liver with studies of the
water and mineral exchanges.  J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1936, 9:
 604-19.—Villaret,  M.  Les troubles du  m6tabo!isme de l'eau
chez les hepatiques.  In Lecons du dimanche (Carnot,  P.)
Par., 1929,  1. ser., 62-81.—Wallich, R.  L'cedeme hepatique.
Prat. m6d. fr., 1930, 11: 485-8.

----   inflammatory.

   See  also Inflammation; also  under names of
infections.
   Bayart, J.  Un cas d'cedeme infectieux du nourrisson.  Ann.
 Soc. med. Gand, 1931, n. ser., 10:  158-61.  Also Rev. beige
bc med., 1932, 4: 145-8,  2 pi.—Comby, J.  Oedeme inflamma-
toire et cellulite chez les jeunes sujets.  Bull. Soc. med.  hop'
 Paris, 1928, 3. ser., 52:435-7.—Gross, P.  Inflammatory edema
 (Stevens)   Arch.  Derm. Syph., Chic, 1937, 35:  1172.—
Inclan y Guas, R.  Contribuci6n al estudio de  los edemas
inflamatorios.  Arch.  med. int.,  Habana, 1935, 1: 104-13.—
 Knott. J. Gravity drainage of inflammatory edema; a method
for elevation of an extremity.  Surgery, 1939, 5:  444.—Mar-
tinotti, L.   Sull'edema  essudativo  acuto.   Gior. i+al.  mal.
 vener., 1914,  49: 866-80, pi.—Stevens,  F. A.  Chronic infec-
 tional edema. J. Am. M. Ass., 1933,  100: 1754-8.—Tokunaga,
 M.  Experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber die durch kunstliche
 Durchstromung verursachten entziindlichen  Oedeme.   Tr.
 Jap. Path. Soc, 1928, 18: 353-6.

----   localized and lymphatic.

   See  also  Lymphatics,  Obstruction;  Urticaria;
 also  organs  affected;  also   names  of   primary
 diseases as Thrombophlebitis; Trichinosis.
   Yves, T.  *Contribution a l'etude de l'oedeme
 unilateral.   63p.   8?  Par.,  1912.
   Bennion, J. M. A case of cedema limited to the arms, face.
 and neck: ? cause. Lancet, Lond., 1908, 1: 1274.—Bornstein,
 A., & Budelmann, G. Ueber die Entstehung von Oedemen an
 der  fiberlebenden Hundeextremitat unter dem Einfluss venoser
 Stauung. Zschr. ges. exp. Med.,  1930, 72: 1-19.—Cabot, R. C.
 Edema of the feet.  N. England J. M., 1928-29, 198: 956-8 —
 Cornel,  M.   Sulla genesi degli edemi   cutanei  circonscritti
 (pomfi)  Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1934, 75: 1531-41, pi.—Cruciani,
 J. A., & Pecchio, O. L.  Un caso de edema agudo del brazo.
 Sem. med., B. Air., 1926, 33:  1341-4.—Drinker, C. K.. Field,
 M.  E. [et al.]  The composition  of edema fluid and lymph in
edema and elephantiasis resulting from lymphatic^t™0*'0"-
Am.  J. Physiol.,  1934, 109: 572-86.—Drury, A. N..& Jones,
N. W.   Observations upon the  rate  at which cedema forms
when the  veins  of the human  limb  are  congested.  Heart,
Lond.,  1927,  14: 55-70—Ernst, C.   Beitrag zur  Aderlass-
wirkung, zum Problem der Plethora, wie des lokalen Oedema.
Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1934-35,  95: 772-800.  —-—  Ueber
das Vorkommen  von lokalem Oedem  beim Menschen.  L>eut.
med. Wschr., 1935, 61: 745-7.  ------■ Ueber die Entstehung
eines lokalen Oedema und  seine  therapeutische Beemflussbar-
keit.  Klin. Wschr., 1935, 14: 599-601.—Gomori, P.  Ueber
die isolierte Stoning des Kochsalzstoffwechsels.  Ibid., 1933,
12: 1845.— Harris, W. R.  A case of unilateral cedema.  Brit.
M. J., 1908, 2: 1611.—Homans,  J.  Edema of the legs due to
local causes.  N.  England J. M.,  1933, 209: 939-45.—Klippel &
Monier-Vinard.  Oedeme  chronique  unilateral.   Rev. neur.,
Par., 1907, 15: 618-22.—Loftier, L.  Das Verhalten  der Lym-
phocyten und die Gewebsreaktion im experimentellen Stauungs-
odem.  Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1934, 243: 420-6.—Martinotti, L.
Sopra un  caso singolare di edema acutissimo del viso e dei
genitali.   Gior.  ital. mal. vener., 1913,  48: 140-50,  pi.—
Meyer.  Oedeme bleu der  linken Hand.   Deut. med. Wschr.,
1914, 40: 467.—Mueller, S. C.  Periodic  edema of the hand
with a 7-day cvcle; treatment  with  histamine.   Med. Clin.
N. America, 1930, 13: 1543-7.—Pulley, W. J.  Two cases of
local edema,  one showing  Marie's sign group.   Med.  Rec,
N. Y.,  1918, 93: 792.—Pullinger,  B. D., & Florey, H. W.
Some observations on the structure and functions of lymphatics:
their behaviour in local oedema.  Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1935, 16:
49-61.—Pussep,  L. M.   [Acute hemi-cedema of  the body]
Russ. vrach, 1908, 7: 228-31.—Roberts, S. R.   Neuropathic
dropsy of the right forearm and hand.  Med. Clin. N. America,
1928-29, 12: 1413-9.—Rochard.  Oedeme  subaigu du member
superieur.   Bull. Soc.  chir. Paris, 1913, n. ser.,  39: 972-980
[Discussion] 1001; 1034.—Bamberger, F.   [Lymphatic oedema
of the skin) Cesk. derm., 1931, 12: 282-84.—Schulmann, E., &
Marek,  J.  Recherches  sur l'cedeme local provoqu6;  action
experimentale  de  quelques substances nephrotoxiques.   C.
rend. Soc biol., 1928, 99: 272.—Steinmann. I.  Zur Aetiologie
des  umschriebenen chronischen Oedems.  Mitt.  Grenzgeb.
Med. Chir., 1938, 45: 43-70.—Tilley, H. Case of solid oedema
on the lower part of  the  forehead,  sides  and nose, and the
lower eyelids. J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1907,12: 60.—Weber, F. P.
A case of  chronic cedema  of both arms, apparently due to a
form of peripheral neuritis of the upper extremities.  Tr. M.
Soc. London, 1906, 29: 392-5.  Also repr.  ------ Oedema of
hands and feet with mediastinal affection.  Proc. R. Soc. M.,
Lond., 1907-8, 1: clin. sect., 192.—Whipham, T. R.  Recurrent
unilateral  oedema.  Ibid.,  1911-12, 5: sect. stud. dis.  child.,
14-6.—Yamaguchi, T.   Studien uber Fliissigkeitsaustausch;
experimentelle Studien iiber das  venose  Stauungsodem bei
gesunden und  nierenkranken Hunden.  Tohoku  J.  Exp. M.,
1927. 9: 73-110.

----   malignant  .

   See  Gas edema;  Gas gangrene.

----   Meige-Milroy-Nonne type.

   See  also  in 3. ser. Trophoedema.
   Althoft,  A.  *Zur Kasuistik des Trophoedem
 Meige.  39p.  8?   Bonn,  1929.
   Nicolay,  A.   *Beitrag zur Trophoedemfrage.
 44p.   8?   [Berl.]  1931.
   Acquaviva Coppola, M.  Considerazioni cliniche e  pato-
 genetiche  su  di  un caso di trofoedema cronico.  Policlinico,
 1939, 46: sez. prat.,  682-92.—Amyot. R.  Trophoedeme de
 Meige ou maladie de  Milroy; troubles vaso-moteurs associes;
 essai d'explication pathogenique.  Union  med. Canada, 1933,
 62: 911-9. ------ Trophoedeme des membres du type Meige
 et  troubles  vaso-moteurs  localises;  hypothese  pathogenique.
 Gaz. med. France, 1936, 43: 415-24.  ------& Trepagnier, F.
 Contribution a l'etude pathogenique  de la maladie  de  Milroy
 ou trophoedeme de Meige. Union  med. Canada,  1935,  64:
 389-9.—Bauza,  J. A.  Edema  congenito  segmenlario;  enfer-
 medad de Milroy. Rev. med. Uruguay,  1918, 21: 6-8  [Dis-
 cussion] 24.—Bazan, F., & Otte, H.  Trofoedema cr6nico de
 Meige.  Arch, argent, pediat.,  1933,  4: 727-37.   Also Prensa
 med. argent., 1933-34, 20: 2667-73.—Boucher, R.  Un cas de
 maladie de Milrov. Union med. Canada,  1932, 61: 1287-93 —
 Burke,  G. R.  Milroy's disease. Med. J. & Rec, 1932, 135:
 107-9.—Cockayne, E.  A.  Oedema, hereditary.   In Brit.
 Encycl. M. Pract. (Rolleston,  H.)  Lond., 1938, 9: 282-6 —
 Cordier, V., Wertheimer & Dechaume, J.  Trophoedeme de la
 main: ramisection cervicale. Lyon med.,  1926, 137: 435-7.—
 Courbon,  P., & Feuillet, C. Syndrome infundibulaire, trophoe-
 deme et troubles mentaux.  Ann. med. psychol., Par., 1936, 94:
 73-7.—Davis, D. B.   Chronic hereditary  edema; report of an
 unusual case.  J. Michigan M.  Soc, 1933, 32: 237-9.—Edge-
 worth, F. H.  General subcutaneous nonrenal cedema as a fami-
 lial affection.  Med. Rev.,  Lond  , 1911, 14: 522-4.—Ellis. L. B.,
 & Hal], F. C.   Chronic hereditary edema  (Milroy's disease)
 its clinical aspects and the nature of its production.  N. Eng-
 and J. M., 1933, 209: 934-9.—Epstein, E.  A case for diagnosis
 (trophedema?)   Arch.  Derm. Syph., Chic, 1939, 39: 565.—
 Evans,  E. L.   Three cases of congenital oedema  (Milroy's
 disease) in 2 generations of the same family.  Proc R. Soc. M.. 
EDEMA
67
EDEMA
 Lond.,  1929-30, 23: sect, orth.,  65.—Farneti,  P.   Cura del
 trofoedema di Meige.  Rass. internaz. clin. ter.,  1931, 12: 840;
 ggg —peii, a.   Trophoedeme  et  spina  bifida  occulta sacre.
 Seni. hop. Paris, 1927, 3: 268-70.—French, H.  S.  Persistent
 hereditary cedema confined to 1 leg. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond.,
 1908-9, 2: clin. sect., 53.—Gate, J., Michel, P. J., & Chanial, G.
 Trophoedeme  unilateral  avec developpement  de  tumeurs
 douloureuses, de diagnostic clinique particulierement difficile.
 Bull. Soc fr. derm, syph., 1937, 44: 468-70.—Gibson, T. H.
 A case of chronic oedema (?)  Northumberland Durham M. J.,
 1898, 6: 184, pi.—Goldschlag, F.  Ueber eine Kombination von
 Trophodem Meige  mit Melorheostose  Leri.  Derm.  Wschr.,
 1929, 89: 1761-6.—Harris, R. H.  Pseudo-elephantiasis (fami-
 lial generalized edema) with report of 6 cases in 4 generations of
 1 family.  Tr.  West.  Surg. Ass.  (1923) 1924, 33: 35-51 —
 Higgins, H. L.  Two patients in the same family with heredi-
 tary oedema of the legs  (Milroy's disease)   J. Med.,  Cincin.,
 1927-28, 8: 199.—Hooft, C.  [Trophoedema]  Mschr. kinder-
 geneesk., 1937-38, 7: 206-10,  pi.—Jennett, J. H.  Persistent
 hereditary  edema of the legs—Milroy's disease.  J. Missouri
 M. Ass., 1931, 28: 601-5.—Jennings, J. E.   Choked leg.  Tr.
 Am.  Surg. Ass., 1933, 51: 445-9.—Jones, A. R.   Milroy's
 disease (?)  Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond.,  1928-29,  22: sect. stud.
 dis. child., 87-9.—Kondoleon, E.  Zur Behandlung idiopathi-
 scher Oedeme der Extremitaten.   Zbl. Chir., 1930, 57: 3046.—
 Kumer, L.  Chronisches Trophodem (Nonnesche, Milroysche,
 Meigesche Erkrankung) Naevus varicosus osteo-hypertrophicus
 (Klippel und  Trenaunay) (Haemangiectasia hypertrophicans,
 Parkes  Weber)  Derm.  Zschr.,  1932,  64: 129-37—Lang-
 steiner, F., & Stiefler, G.  Ueber das chronische Trophodem
 (Nonne-Milroy-Meigesche Krankheit)  Deut. Zschr. Nervenh.,
 1934-35, 135:  170-82.—Leri.  A.   Sur la pathogenie des tro-
 phoedemes et sur le role du systeme nerveux dans la localisation
 de certains cedemes.   J. med. fr., 1927, 16: 470-3.—Leven.
 Zur Kenntnis des Trophodem Meige-Milroy.  Derm.  Wschr.,
 1933, 96: 777-83.—McClure, C. E.  A sporadic case of edema
 of  the legs resembling Milroy's disease.   Northwest M., 1910,
 n. ser., 2: 58.—McGuire, J., & Zeek, P. Pathogenesis of chronic
 hereditarv edema of extremities (Milroy's disease)  J.  Am. M.
 Ass., 1932, 98: 870-3.  Also repr.—Matskevich, Y. D.   [Case of
 chronic trophoedema]   Sovrem. psikhiat.,  1916,  10:  262-73,
 2 pi.—Memmesheimer, A. M. Zur Kasuistik und Aetiologie
 des Trophodems Meige.  Derm. Zschr.,  1928-29, 55: 23-8 —
 Milroy, W. F.  Chronic hereditary edema; Milroy's  disease.
 J.  Am. M.  Ass.,  1928,  91:  1172-5.—Myers,  B.   Milroy's
 disease.  Proc R. Soc. M.,  Lond.,  1932, 25: 795.—Oddy,
 H. M.  Oedema: Milroy type.  Ibid., 1934, 27: 640.—Petracek,
 E.  [Meige-Milroy's disease]   Cesk. derm., 1931, 12: 285-91,
 2 pi.—Petrone, G. A.  Edema cronico congenito  (trofoedema di
 Meige, edema segmentario di Debove, psuedoelefantiasi di
 altri autori)  Pediatria, Nap., 1907, 2. ser., 5:  531-6.—Pilod.
 Trophoedeme de Meige.  Bull.  Soc. med.  mil. fr.,  1934,  28:
 46-50.—Potter, C. T.  Milroy's disease.  West  London M. J.,
 1935, 40: 84.—Richards, D. W.,  jr.  Chronic familial edema,
 affecting all extremities,  a variant of  Milroy's  disease.  Med.
 Clin. N. America, 1932, 15: 1369-82.—Sezary, A., & Grenet, P.
 Trophoedeme congenital a localisations  multiples.  Bull. Soc.
 fr. derm, syph., 1939, 46: 49.—Sicard, Haguenau & Wallich.
 Trophoedeme  du membre inferieur; spina-bifida; sympathec-
 tomies  laminectomie; resultats nuls.   Rev. neur., Par.,  1928,
 35: 427-39.—Smith, M.  Case of congenital cedema of the leg.
 Proc. R. Soc.  M., Lond., 1909-10, 3: sect. stud. dis. child., 89 —
 Strauss. A. E.   Hereditary edema (Milroy's disease)  J. Mis-
 souri M. Ass.,  1929, 26: 242-7.—Susini, M., & Casaubon, A.
 Trofoedema cr6nico de Meige: resultados  quirurgicos.  Rev.
 espec, B. Air., 1926, 1: 474-97.  Also Sem. med., B. Air., 1926,
 33: 1246-54.  Also  Arch. lat.  amer. pediat., B. Air.,  1927, 3.
 ser., 21: 176-95.—Sutherland, G. A.  Two  cases of congenital
 cedema of a family type.  Proc. R. Soc.  M., Lond., 1908-9, 2:
 clin.  sect.,  51.—Ulas,  H.   [Chronic  trophedema]   Askeri
 sihhiye mecmuasi, 1936, 65:  46-50.—Weber, F. P.  Chronic
 oedema of legs with large turgid hands.  Proc. R.  Soc. M., Lond.
 1933, 26: 529.  ------ & Schliiter, A.  Two cases of chronic
 cedema of legs with high blood-pressure.  Ibid., 1937-38, 31:
 113.

 ----   menstrual.
   Gate, J.  Oedeme catamenial r6cidivant de la face d'origine
 dysendocrinienne chez un heredo-syphilitique.   Bull.  Sc. med.
 hdp. Paris, 1928, 3. ser., 52: 1566-79—Molnar, I., & Gruber, Z.
 [Cryptogenetic edema changing at time of menstruation]  Orv.
 hetil.. 1934, 78: 924-6.  Also Klin. Wschr., 1934, 13: 369-72.—
 Slatmann, A. F. Ein Fall von Trophoedema chronicum faciei
 in sninen Beziehungen zu der Menstruation. Zbl. Gyn., 1927.
 51: 2279-82.—Sweeney, J. S.  Menstrual edema. J. Am.  M.
 Ass., 1934,  103: 234-6.—Thomas, W. A.  Generalized edema
 occurring only at the menstrual period.  Ibid., 1933, 101: 1126.
 Also repr.—Thorn, G. W., Nelson, K. R., & Thorn, D. W. A
 study of the  mechanism  of edema associated with menstrua-
 tion.  Endocrinology, 1938, 22: 155-63.

----   Metabolism.
   Cox,  C. I., & Hicks, C. S.  The relationship between alkali
reserve and the production of oedema in the rabbit.  Austral.
J.  Exp. Biol.,  1933, 11:  119-22.—Dienst,  C,  & Klodt,  W.
Beitrag  zum Natriumstoffwechsel Oedemkranker.  Med. Welt,
1936,  10: 9.—Fiessinger, N., Tiffeneau,  R. [et al.]   La con-
nexion  chloro-protidique  dans le  determinisme des epanche-
menta des a6reuses et des oedemes. Presse med., 1939, 47: 321-
3.—Kylin,  E.   Ueber den intermediaren Wasserstoffwechsel
bei Oedementstehung  und  Oedemausschwemmung.  Zschr.
ges. exp. Med.,  1931, 77: 289-302.—Labbe. M.  L'equiUbre
hydrique de I'organisme les cedemes.  Ann. med., Par., 1930,
28: 105-25.  ------ & Azerad, E.  Oedeme et troubles de
l'equilibre acide-base.  C. rend. Soc.  biol., 1927, 97: 365.—
Loeper, M., Bioy,  E. [et al.]   Oedemes  et imidazols.  Presse
med., 1935, 43: 697-9.—Paul, B. [Edema and lipoids]  Magy.
orv. arch., 1929, 30: 463-7.—Thomas. W. A.  Edema and water
balance.  J. Michigan M. Soc, 1934, 33: 663-7.

----   nephrotic.

   See Nephrosis.

----   neuropathic.
   See  Angioneurotic  edema;   also   names   of
neural diseases.

----   nutritional.
   See  also Beri-beri;  Deficiency disease;  Inani-
tion; Protein, Deficiency; Vitamin  deficiency.
   Aleman Vazques, E.   Edema nutricional.  Vida nueva,
Habana, 1929, 23: 148-55.—Aykroyd, W. R.  Famine oedema.
Brit. M.  J.,  1930,  2:  247.—Baerwind.  Zur Geschichte der
Oedem  Krankheit.   Deut. med.  Wschr.,  1917,  43: 1431.—
Beyerman, W.  Over oedeemziekte in Nederland.  Ned. tschr.
geneesk.,  1919,  1: 2265-9.—Boyer, S.. jr.   Protein deficiency
edema.  Minnesota  M., 1937, 20: 653-7.—Breyer, G.  [Edema
in children caused by dietary deficiency]  Budapesti orv. uja.,
1929, 27:  195-7.—Burger.  M.   Epidemisches  Oedem und
Enterokolitis.   Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1919, 8: 309-66,  pi —
Doi, J.  Investigation of edema due to the impaired nutrition.
I. Orient. M., Dairen, 1937, 27: 115.------Significance of
vitamine C in the occurrence  of edema; the value of plasma
protein in guinea pigs fed on a vitamine C deficient diet.  Ibid.,
1938, 28: 25.  ------  Experimental studies on the influence
of vitamine C in the production of edema; change in the organs
and the plasma protein of experimental scorbutic guinea pigs.
Ibid., 26.  ------  Influence  of physiological NaCl solution
injected into  peritoneal cavity upon the changes of organs of
experimental  scorbutic guinea  pigR.  Ibid., 41.  ------  In-
fluence of isotonic grape-sugar  solutions injected into the peri-
toneal  cavities upon the change of  experimental  scorbutic
guinea pigs.   Ibid., 44.  ------  Influence of physiological
NaCl solutions injected into the  peritoneal cavity upon the
change  of organs  of  guinea  pigs  experimentally rendered
C-hypovitaminotic.   Ibid.,  45.—Domokos,  A.  [Nutritional
edema]   Budapesti  orv. ujs., 1934,  32:  652.—Durand,  P.
Les oedemes par carence alimentaire chez les vieillards.   Rev.
g6n. clin. ther.,  1935, 49: 855.—Eppingcr, H.  Zur Oedemfrage.
Mtinch. med. Wschr., 1916, 63:  1054.—Galan Conesa, E., &
Cazafias, D.  Edema nutricional y avitaminosis A.  Bol. Soc.
cubana pediat., 1938, 10:  100-12.—Hantschmann, L.  Oedeme
bei Eiweissmangel.   Deut. med. Wschr., 1938, 64: 361-3.—
Hatiegan, J.  Beitrage zur Symptomatologie der Oedemkrank-
heit.  Wien.  klin. Wschr., 1919,  32: 798.—Hinselmann,  H.
Das Verhalten der absoluten Herzdampfung in einem  Fall von
Oedemkrankheit. Med. Klin.,  Berl., 1918, 14: 1039.—Hoelzel,
F.  Nutritional edema and its relation to  the  incidence of
common colds.  Proc.  Soc.  Exp. Biol.,  N. Y., 1927-28, 25:
454-6.—Jansen, W. H.  Ueber die Oedemkrankheit.  Munch.
med. Wschr., 1919, 66: 195.—Jones, C. M., & Eaton, F. B.
Postoperative nutritional edema.  Arch. Surg., Chic, 1933, 27:
159-77.—Jiirgens.  Besteht ein  Zusammenhang der Oedem-
krankheit  in  den  Kriegsgefangenenlagern  mit  Infektions-
krankheiten?  Berl. klin.  Wschr., 1916, 53:  210-3.—Kabanov,
N. A.   [Pathogenesis of  cedema in starvation]  Klin,  med.,
Moskva, 1923, 2: 4.—Kestner,  O., & Rennen, C. Kriegsodeme
und  Ruhr.  Arch.  Schiffs  Tropenhyg.,  1919,  23: 148-56 —
Kostyal, L.  Beitrage zur  Physiologie  und Pathologie des
Wasserhaushaltes;  von dem Hungerodem.   Zschr.  ges. exp.
Med., 1935, 96: 672-84.—Kudriavtsev,  A. I., & Anderman,
V. M.  [Edema in starved children]  Pediatria, Moskva,  1924,
8: 104-22.—Landis, E. M., & Leopold, S. S.  Inanition edema
associated with tuberculous  enteritis;  mechanism  of  the pro-
duction  of edema.   J. Am.  M. Ass., 1930,  94:  1378-81.  Also
repr.—Liu, S.  H.,  Chu,  H. I. [et,  al.]   Nutritional edema;
effect of level and quality of protein intake on nitrogen balance,
plasma proteins and edema.  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1931,
29: 250.  Also  Chin.  J. Physiol., 1932, 6:  73-94.  ------
Effect of alkali  and  acids  on nitrogen balance, plasma proteins
and edema. Ibid., 252.—Loeches, H., & Olmo, A.  Edema de
inanici6n.  Rev. med. cubana, 1930, 41: 138—45.—Longcope,
W. T.   The importance of disturbances in nutrition in ede-
matous  states.   N. England  J. M.,  1934,  210: 1243-50 —
Lowenbrug, H., & Miller, A. B.  A case  of nutritional edema.
Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1938, 55: 297-300.—Luckner, H.  Ueber
das Ernahrungsodem und seine Entstehung.  Zschr. ges. exp.
Med., 1908, 103: 563-85.  ------& Scriba, K.  Die Pathologie
des Ernahrungsodems  wahrend der  Erkrankung, ihrer Ent-
stehung und Heilung.  Ibid., 586-621.—Maase, C, & Zondek,
H.   Ueber eigenartige Oedeme.   Deut. med. Wschr.,  1917,
43: 484.—McClure, W. B., & Hirunan, W. F,,  The signifi-
cance of the sodium and potassium content of muscle tissue
and the relation of the amount  of edema fluid in muscle to- 
EDEMA
68
EDEMA
the level of serum protein in experimental nutritional edema.
J.  Clin. Invest.,  1937, 16: 351-65,  2  figs., 4 tab.—MacLeod.
L'edema da fame in  Polonia come  conseguenza dell'invasione
tedesca.  Attualita  med., 1918, 7:  146.—Maliwa,  E.  Be-
merkungen zur Oedemkrankheit.   Wien.  klin. Wschr.,  1917,
20: 1477-9.—Mann, W. L.  Deprivation  of  sunlight as a
possible factor in war dropsy—prison edema.  Mil.  Surgeon,
1938,  82: 30-42.  Also  repr.—Marcus,  J.  H.  Nutritional
edema associated with severe anemia. J. M. Soc. N. Jersey,
1930,  27: 978-87.—Mecray, P. M., Barden, R. P.. & Ravdin,
I.  S.   Nutritional edema: its effect on the gastric emptying
time before and after gastric operations.  Surgery,  1937,  1:
53-64.—Morawitz.   Oedemkrankheit  mit   Hautatrophien.
Med.  Klin., Berl., 1918, 14: 848.  ------   Beobachtungen an
Oedemkranken.   Munch, med.  Wschr.,  1919,  66:  852.—
Oedemkrankheit  in  Reichenberg und Bohmen (vom  Stadt-
physikate)   Korbl.   Verein  Aerzte Reichenberg,  1918, 31:
No. 8, 5.—Outbreaks of oedema in  Germany.  Lancet,  Lond.,
1917,  2: 248.—Popov,  A. V.   [Hunger  edema in  children]
Omsky med.  J.,  1929, 4: 51-5.—Prince, M. A. Note sur  la
mortalite et la maladie des cedemes a l'asile  de Hoerdt (Bas-
Rhin)  pendant la guerre.   Encephale,   1921, 1: 526-32 —
Prym, P.  Allgemeine Atrophie, Oedemkrankheit  und Ruhr'
Deut.  med.  Wschr., 1918, 44: 544.—Ribadeau-Dumas,  L.,
Mathieu, R., & L£vy, M. M.  Anasarque d'origine alimentaire.
Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1927, 3. ser., 51: 1157-63.—Rordorf,
R.  Sull'edema da fame.  Studium,  Nap., 1932,  22:  257.—
Rumpel. Ueber Oedemkrankheit.  Berl.  klin. Wschr.,  1917,
54: 857.  Also Munch, med. Wschr.,  1917, 64: 983.—Saxl, P.
Eigenartige Oedemkrankheit.  Wien.  med. Wschr., 1921, 71:
1768.—Schittenhelm, A.   Oedemkrankheit.   In Enzykl. klin.
Med.,  Berl.,  1927, 738-89.—Schkarin, A. N.  [Pathogenesis
of   dropsy  in  children   due to  starvation]  Vrach.  gaz.,
1923,  28: 66-8.—Schulmann, E., & Marek, J.  Recherches sur
l'cedeme local provoque;  modification selon l'age; influence de
l'inanition.  C. rend.  Soc. biol., 1927, 96: 401-3.—Sel, M. del.
Pal ma,  A.  C,  & Klurfan,  N.   Edemas  generalizados, por
carencia vitaminica.   Rev. As. med.  argent., 1937, 51:  645-7.—
Shelburne, S. A.  Experimental edema; further experiments on
the type of edema produced by a diet low in protein.  Arch.
Path., Chic,  1934, 17: 152-9.—Shurkry,  H., Mahdi, M. A.,
&  El Gholmy, A. A.   Nutritional oedema in children in Egypt.
Arch. Dis. Childh., Lond., 1938, 13:  254-7.—Sittmann.  Zur
Frage  des gehauften Auftretens von  Wassersucht.  Munch.
med. Wschr.,  1916, 63: 1130.—Snell,  A. M.  Inanition  edema
following surgical relief  of pyloric  obstruction.  Proc.  Mayo
Clin.,  1930,  5:  192-4.—Terrades,  F.  Una nova malaltia?
An. Acad.  lab.  cienc.  mid.  Cataluna,   1913, 7:  289-95.—
Tschilow, K.   Kombination von Hungerodem mit  Pellagra.
Wien. klin. Wschr., 1937, 50: 1422.—Vitaut, L.  Un cas  d'cedeme
de striction.   Rev. gin. clin. ther.,  1916, 30: 551.—Waetzoldt,
G.  A.  Die  Oedemkrankheit.   Ther. Gegenwart,  1918, 20:
24; 55-60.—War cedema.  Brit. M.  J., 1917, 2: 560.—Waring,
J.  I.  Nutritional edema in children; report of 2 cases.  Arch.
Pediat., N. Y.,  1937, 54: 674-7.—Weech, A. A.  Nutritional
edema.  Internat. Clin., 1936, 46. ser., 2: 223-48, 2 pi. ------
Goettsch, E.,  & Reeves, E. B. The  effect of serum transfusion
on the plasma  protein depletion associated  with  nutritional
edema in dogs.  J. Clin. Invest.,  1933, 12:  217-27.
Nutritional edema in the dog; development of hypoproteinemia
on a diet deficient in protein.  J. Exp. M., 1935, 61: 299-317.
------   Hypoalbuminemia  and the augmentation  of  tissue
fluid.  Ibid., 717-34.   Also  repr.   Also  Bull.  Johns Hopkins
Hosp., 1936, 58: 1-23.—Weech, A. A., & Ling, S. M.  Nutri-
tional edema; observations on the relation of the serum proteins
to the occurrence of edema and to the effect of certain inorganic
salts.  J. Clin. Invest., 1931,  10: 869-88.—Weech,  A.  A., &
Paige, B. H.  Nutritional edema in the dog; peptic ulcer pro-
duced by the same low protein diet that  leads  to hypoprotein-
emia and edema. Am. J. Path., 1937,13: 249-56, 2 pi.—Weech,
A. A., Wollestein, M., & Goettsch, E.  Nutritional edema in the
dog; development of deficits in erythrocytes and hemoglobin on
a diet deficient in protein.  J. Clin. Invest., 1937, 16: 719-28.—
Willemse, A.  [Case of alimentary oedema  in a child]  Ned.
tschr. geneesk., 1921, 66: 768.—Winkler, F. Oedemkrankheit
und Achvlie. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1934,  47: 1513-5.—Winter,
H.  Beitrag  zur Pathologie der Oedemkrankheit. Wien. Arch.
inn.  Med.,  1933,  24:  129-38.—Youmans, J.  B.  Nutritional
edema.  Internat. Clin., 1936, 46. ser., 4: 120-45.

----   Pathogenesis.

  See  also  Blood  pressure,  low; Blood vessels,
Permeability;  Diuresis,  Pathology.
   Labbe, M.,  Govaerts, P. [et al.]  Les oedemes;
§tat actuel de la question.   99p.  8?   Par.,  1931.
   Mauriac,  P.    La  pathogenie  des  oedemes.
87p.   8?    Par., 1937.
  Oehme,  C.    Grundzuge  der  Oedempatho-
genese  mit  besonderer Berucksichtigung   der
neueren Arbeiten  dargestellt.    84p.    8?   Berl.,
1926.
  In Erg. inn. Med. Kinderh., 1926, 20:  1-84.
  Sabsowitsch,  S.    *Beitrag  zur   Oedemfrage.
17p.   8?    Basel, 1914.
   Aubel, E., & Mauriac. P.  Etude du role de quelques ions et
des variations de leur repartition dans la pathogenie des cedemes.
J. med. Bordeaux, 1927, 57: 803-12.—Baere, L. J. del   [Edema
and  purpura due to increased permeability  of  the vascular
wall]  Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1931, 71: 1016, pi.—Berger-
L.  Essai sur le mecanisme des cedemes.   Bull. med. Quebec]
1930, 31: 3-15.—Bornstein, A., & Mttller, E. Ueber die Entste,
hung von Oedemen in uberlebenden Organen.  Zschr. ges. expe
Med., 1929, 66:  1-9.—Boros, J.,  &  Czoniczer, G.  [The tru,
interrelationship  of oedema and albumin  in blood   plasma.
Orv. hetil., 1926, 70: 318-21.—Brandao, F.  Du  role du sym-
pathique dans la pathogenie des cedemes. Lyon chir., 1932, 29:
401-20.—Brugsch,  T.,  Cahen, M.  [et al.]   Oedemstudien.
Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1927-28, 127: 6-16.—Bruno, F. Con-
tributo alia  genesi degli edemi.   Gior. tisiol.,  1936, 58-61.—
Burridge,  W.  Note on oedema.  Proc. Physiol. Soc, Lond.,
1913, p.xxix.—Cardiac.  Pathogenie des oedemes.  Rev. med.
Suisse rom., 1935, 55: 831-3.—Centanni, E.  Sulla produzione
degli edemi.  Path. riv. quindicin., 1908-9, 1: 11-5.—Christian,
H.  A.  Some changing  views about  oedema  and diuresis.
Canad. M. Ass. J., 1937, 37:  29-32.—Darrow, D. C, Hopper,
E. B., & Cary, M. K.  Plasmapheresis  edema; the relation  of
reduction  of serum proteins  to  edema and the pathological
anatomy accompanying plasmapheresis.  J. Clin. Invest., 1932,
11: 683-99.—Debove.  Patogenfa de  los edemas discrdsicos.
Rev. cienc. med. Barcelona, 1911, 37:  462-9.—De Simone, G.
Eziopatogenesi dell'edema ed edema nell'infanzia.  Clin,  pediat.,
Mod., 1927, 9: 855-73.—Dienst, C.  Ueber die Bedeutung der
Elektrolyte bei der Oedementstehung und Oedembehandlung.
Klin. Wschr.,  1938, 17: 124-7.—DTgnazio, L., &  Donati,  F.
Edema  discrasico.   Gior.  med.  prat.,  1934,  16: 303-12.—
Emanuel, J. G.  Oedema—its causation and treatment. Brit.
M. J., 1934, 2: 314.—Farkas, G.  1st das Oedem ein Resultat
der Capillarsekretion?  Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1928,  62:  35-
43.—Gies, W. J.  Studies of enzymes as possible factors in the
development of edema; further comment on Fischer's theory of
edema.  Biochem. Bull., N. Y., 1911-12,  1:461-6.—Gilligan.D.
R., Volk, M. C, & Blumgart, H. L. Observations on the chemi-
cal and physical relation between blood serum and body fluids;
the nature of edema fluids and evidence regarding the  mecha-
nism of edema formation.  J. Clin. Invest.,  1934, 13: 365-81.—
Goodridge, F. G., & Gies, W. J.  Notes on Fischer's theory of
the influence of acids in the production of edema.  Proc. Soc.
Exp. Biol.,  N.  Y.,  1910-11,  8:  106-8.—Govaerts, P. Con-
siderations sur la pathogenie des cedemes.  Ann. Soc. sc. med.
natur. Bruxelles, 1927, 97; 1932, 80.  ------  Influence de la
teneur du serum en albumines et en globulines sur la pression
osmotique des proteines et sur la formation des cedemes. Bull.
Acad. med.  Belgique, 1927, 5. ser.,  7: 356-73.   ------   A
propos de  la pathogenie de l'cedeme.   Ibid., 1932, 5. ser.,  12:
542-4.—Guggenheimer, H.  Zur Entstehung und Behandlung
des Oedems.  Zschr. Urol., 1923, 17: Beihefte, 44.—Gunzberg,
I.  A propos de la pathogenie de l'oedeme.  Mem. couron. Acad.
med.  Belgique, 1928-33, 24:  No. 8,   1-36— Hanzlik, P. J.
Nerve mechanisms in the production and treatment of  certain
edemas,  and the role of the adrenals in the preventive effects
of certain  drugs.   California West. M.,  1926,  24:  33-7 —
Howard, T.  A consideration of edema. Med. Times, N. Y.,
1933, 61:  129-46.—Iversen, P.,  & Nakazawa. F.  Ueber die
Patogenese des Filtrationsodems.  Acta med.  scand., 1928,
Suppl. H.  26,  239-47.   ------  [Pathogenesis  of cedema]
Ugeskr. laeger, 1927, 89: 623; 640; 670.—Ivy, A. C.  The  mecha-
nisms of certain clinical edemas and their experimental produc-
tion and control. Memphis M. J., 1931, 8: 49-53.—Kaniak, J.
[Pathogenesis and  treatment of spontaneous edema]  Polsk.
arch.  med. wewn.,  1938,  16:  478.—Keller,  R.  Elektrischer
Faktor des Oedems. Klin. Wschr., 1935, 14: 945-8.—Klemen-
siewicz,  R.  Ueber die Natur der odematosen Schwellung.
Verh. Ges. Deut.  Naturforsch.  (1912) 1913,  84: 2. Teil,  2.
Hiilfte, 34.—Krogh, A.  [Passage of material through capillary
walls; theories  of  edema]   Bibl. laeger,  1927, 119:  841-51.
Also Klin. Wschr., 1927,  6: 769-72.—Kurten. H.  Oedemten-
denz und  Serumlipoidquotient.  Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1933,
91: 178-92.—Kylin, E.   Bluteiweiss und  Oedempathogenese.
Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1933, 45. Kongr., 435.   -----
Studien  iiber die Oedemausschwemmung.  Acta  med.  scand.,
1928, 68: 403-26—Labbe, M.   L'6quilibre hvdrique  de I'or-
ganisme; les cedemes.  Sem. med., B. Air., 1930,  37: 1259-68.
Also in Les  oedemes (Labbe)  Par.,  1931, 5-27.—Landau, A.,
Fejgin, M., &  Marjanko. T.  [Pathogenesis of edemas] Med.
d6sw.,  1927, 7:  74-89.—Landis,  E. M.  The mechanism of
edema formation.  Mod. Concepts  Card.  Dis., 1935,  4: No.
11, 1.—Langeron, L., & Paget, M. Recherches sur les oedemes
chez les hepatiques et chez les r6naux.  Quest, med. actual.,
Par., 1908, 8: No. 5, 1-16; No. 6, 1-25.—Loeffler, W.   Patho-
genie et therapie de l'oedeme.  Rev. med. Suisse rom., 1935,
55: 830-6.—McClendon,  J.  F.   The  rate of absorption  of
water by the skin  of the frog, in relation  to  M. H. Fischer's
theory of edema.  Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y.,  1913, 125.—
Mauriac.  Sur la pathogenic des oedemes.  Helvet. med. acta,
1935-36, 2:  574-89.—Miller, E. G.. jr,  & Gies, W. J.   Studies
of enzymes as  possible factors in the development of edema; is
experimental edema in  recently  excised tissues  attended  by
protein hydrolysis?  Biochem. Bull., N. Y.,  1911-12, 1: 475-
82.—Morais Sarmento, A. de, & Bruno da Costa, M.  J.  In-
flu6ncia das  proteinas na genese do edema.  Lisboa med., 1933.
10:  187-224,  2  ch.—Myers,  G. B.   The pathogenesis and
treatment of subcutaneous edema.  J. Michigan M. Soc, 1936,
35: 249-54.—Patogenesi   dell'edema.   Morgagni, 1923,  65: 
EDEMA
69
EDEMA
pt 2  (Riv.) 65-9.—Rezende,  C. de.  Contribuicao  para o
estudo da pathogenia e trattamento dos edemas.  Brasil med.,
1936,  50: 93-100.—Rifo Buslos,  T.  Escasa o nula influencia
del rifI6n en la producci6n del edema.   Rev. espafi. med. cir.,
1930  13: 215-9.—Schade. H.  Ueber die Verschiedenheit der
Entstehung  der  Oedemarten.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1926, 22:
1166.   Also Klin. Wschr.,  1926, 5:  1491.  ------   Ueber
Quellungsphysiologie und Oedementstehung.  Erg. inn.  Med.
Kinderh., 1927, 32: 425-63.------  Ueber Oedementstehung
und Oedemarten. Klin. Wschr.,  1928, 7: 1301. Also Munch.
med.  Wschr., 1928,  7: 375.—Schmidt Mendes, A.  Edema e
formacao de agua no organismo. Brasil med., 1934,48:  148-
50.—Sears, T. P.  The mechanism  of edema.  Colorado M.,
1933,  30: 50-5.—Sjoval, E.  [Pathogenesis  of oedema]  Sven.
lak. tidn., 1920, 17: 1-12.—Souza Aranha, M. E. de.  Aug-
mento da fixagao de agua.   Brasil med.,  1939, 53: 288-99 —
Stepanov, A. E.  [Tissular factor of  edema]  Ter. arkh., 1938,
16: 505-23.—Tainter, M. L., &  Reichert,  F. L.  The alleged
mechanisms  of  the  local nerves  in the causation and  in the
treatment of edema caused  by irritants.  Arch. Path., Chic,
1928,  6: 872-80.—Tracy, G., & Gies, W. J.  The influence of
proteases on the swelling of fibrin, collagen and elastin particles
in alkalin and acid media.  Biochem. Bull.,  N. Y., 1911-12, 1:
467-74.—Vandura.  A.  [Pathogenesis of edema]  Cas.  lek..
Cesk.,  1931,  70: 489.—Wanner.  Recherches sur l'cedeme.
Rev.  med. Suisse rom., 1926, 46: 618-22.

----  Pathology.
   Ameuille, P.  Les paradoxes de l'cedeme.  Bull. m6d.,  Par.,
1920,  34: 495.—Auriat, G.  Modifications  des muscles stries
dans l'cedeme experimental chez  le lapin.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,
1927,  96: 73-5.—Batten, F.  E.  Anomalous cedema.  Proc. R.
Soc. M., Lond., 1908-9, 2: clin. sect., 59.—Bradford.  J. R.
Anomalous cedema.  Ibid., 58.—Carles, J.  Le role des lesions
anterieures au  point  de vue de la localisation  des  cedemes.
J. m6d.  Bordeaux,  1927,  57:  847.—Dienst.   Oedem,  Trans-
mineralisation und  Saurebasenhaushalt.  Deut. med.  Wschr.,
1937,  63: 471-4.—Feuillie,  E.   Oedemes et leucopathies.  J.
med.  fr., 1927, 16: 454-64.—France, M.  [Edema as a sign of
functional disorder of the cells of the lacunar system (Achard)
of the subcutaneous tissue]  Polska gaz. lek., 1927, 6: 779-81.—
Grober,  J.   Organguellung und  Organodem.   Verh.  Ges.
Deut. Naturforsch.  (1912) 1913,  84: 2. Teil, 2. Halfte, 73-7 —
Hawthorne, C. O.  Case of solid oedema.   Proc.  R.  Soc. M.,
Lond., 1915-16,  9: sect. stud. dis. child., 32.—Kaplansky, S. I.
[Changes in the edematous conditions of the skin and its min
eral composition in Arthus' phenomenon]  Arkh. biol.  nauk,
1937,  46: No.  2, 95-101.—Lashmet, F. H.   A new method of
studying edema.  J.  Michigan  M. Soc,  1932, 31:  114-6.—
Primak, F. J.  [Basic histological properties  of terminal edemas
and their significance in the clinical aspect of edematous states]
Ter.  arkh.,  1936, 14:  363-80.—Rondoni.  P.  La patologia
degli  edemi.  Med.  ital.,  1931, 12:  220-8.—Rangmead,  F.
Anomalous  cedema.   Proc.  R.   Soc. M., Lond.,  1911-12,  5:
clin. sect., 140-2.—Robinson, T.  Fugitive cedema; or urticaria
gigans.   Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1897,  n. ser., 63: 241 —
Sato.  C.  Untersuchungen uber die Oedembildung; iiber weitere
Oedembildung im odema.tosen Gewebe.  Tohoku J. Exp. M„
1928,  11: 483-8.—Schade. H.  Bemerkungen zu der Abhand-
lung  von A. Dietrich iiber Gewebsquellung und Oedem  in
morphologischer Betrachtung.   Virchows  Arch. 1924,  253:
789-91.—Smith, W. G.  The pathology of oedema and dropsy
chiefly in relation to colloids.   Dublin J.  M. Sc, 1913, 136:
395-414.

----  Pharmacology.
   Burmeister, A.   Ueber den Einfluss von Diuretin  auf den
Quellungszustand des Serumeiweisses bei verschiedener Reak-
tionslage des Organismus.  Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1926, 118:
211-29.—Ferrari. R.  Influenza  dei sali di calcio e di potassio
sull'edema da perfusione con soluzioni saline.  Riv. biol.,  1938,
24: 236-45.—Fleisher, M. S., & Loeb, L.  Studies in edema; the
effect of calcium chloride,  adrenalin and  myocarditic lesions
upon  the blood pressure in animals injected intravenously with
sodium  chloride solution.   J.  Exp. M.,  1909, 11: 627; 641.
------  Studies in edema; the influence of adrenalin on absorp-
tion from the peritoneal cavity, with some remarks on the
influence of calcium chloride on absorption.   Ibid., 1910, 12:
288-310. ------ The influence  of caffeine  on absorption from
the peritoneal cavity and the influence of  diuresis on edema.
Ibid., 510-32.  ------& Hoyt, D. M.  Comparative investiga-
tion into the action  of calcium chlorine and  sodium chloride on
the production of urine, intestinal  fluid and ascites.   Ibid.,
1909,  11: 291-313.—Gordon, B., Kough, O. S., & Proskouria-
koff, A.  Studies on  calcium levulinate with special reference to
the influence of edema.  J.  Lab.  Clin. M.,  1933, 18: 507-11 —
Gunn, J. W. C.  Calcium  in perfusion oedema.  Q.  J.  Exp.
Physiol., Lond., 1932, 22: 149.—Konishi, Z.   Ueber  den Ein-
fluss dersubkutanen Adrenalininjektion auf Herzarbeitquotient,
Kohlensauregehalt in  Blutplasma und Blutmilchsauregehalt
bei Patienten mit Oedem.  Jap.  J. M. Sc,  1936, 4: Int. Med.,
236-8.—Sato.  C.  Ueber den Einfluss des  Novasurols und
Theocins auf die Oedembildung bei Durchspulungsversuchen
an normalen und experimentell nierenkranken Tieren.  Tohoku
.1. Exp. M.,  1928, 11: 246-64.  ------  Ueber den Einfluss des
Kaliums und Kalziums auf die Oedembereitschaft bei gestorter
Schilddriisenfunktion.   Ibid.,  233-45.—Schneider, G.   Ein-
fluss von Novalgin und kolloidalem Eisen auf die Oedembildune
am isolierten Kaninchenohr.   Arch.  exp.  Path., Berl.,  1935,
179: 56-60.—Schulmann, E.,  & Marek, J.  Recherches sur
l'oedeme local provoque; action experimentale de l'adrenaline
et du nitrite d'amyle. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 95: 1474-6.—
Simoes Raposo, L.  La  resorption des cedemes experimentaux
sous l'influence de l'adrenaline et de la yohimbine.  Ibid., 1932,
110: 1035.—Tainter, M. L., & Van Deventer, W.  The anti-
edemic  actions of calcium  in experimental irritative edemas.
J. Am.  M. Ass., 1930, 94:  546-50.

----   Physical  chemistry.
   Aubel, E., Mauriac,  P., & Boutiron.   Role de lequilibre
mineral dans  les  oedemes experimentaux.  C. rend. Soc biol.,
1926, 95:  1557-9.—Bendien,  W.  M., &  Snapper,  I.   Der
kolloidosmotische Druck und die Oedemfrage.  Klin. Wschr.,
1933, 12: 379-81.—Fahr, G., & Kerkhof. A.  Lowered colloid
osmotic pressure leads to water and salt retention and edema
formation.  Proc  Soc.  Exp. Biol.,  N. Y.,  1933, 30:  1212.
------Plasma colloid  osmotic pressure as a factor in edema
Formation and edema absorption.  Am. J. Physiol., 1936, 116:
46.—Govaerts, P.  Physio-pathologie  des  cedemes;  les pro-
prietes  physicochimiques des proteines et  la pathogenie des
oedemes.  Tr. Inst, ther., Brux., 1927, 20: 62-121—Hallion, L.
Les capillaires sanguins  au  point de vue de la permeabilite de
leur paroi  a  l'eau et aux substances dissoutes; les oedemes.
Rev. prat, biol., Par., 1932, 25: 1-10.—Holland, G., & Meyer,
F.  Der Gewebsdruck beim Oedem.  Arch. exp. Path., Berl.,
1932, 168: 603-19.—Horsters, H.   Krankheitszustande mit
Aenderung des  kolloidosmotischen  Druckes.   Ibid.,   1930,
155: 248-56.—Kerkhof,  A. C.   Plasma colloid osmotic pressure
as a factor in edema formation and edema absorption.   Ann.
Int. M.,  1937-38,  11:  867-80.—Klobusitzky,  D.   Sobre os
processos physico-chimicos na formacao do edema. Brasil med.,
1932, 46: 981-3.—Kunde, M. M.  The effectiveness  of ultra-
filtration for  quantitatively determining  the free water con-
tent of blood plasma,  and for estimating  physical-chemical
changes of the plasma  proteins  in edema.  J. Clin. Invest.,
1926-27, 3: 577-91.—Kylin, E.  Ueber den kolloidosmotischen
Druck  des Blutserums  wahrend der Oedemausschwemmung.
Zschr. ges. exp.  Med., 1929, 68: 746-66.  ------  Ueber die
Bedeutung des kolloidosmotischen  Druckes des Blutes fiir die
Oedempathogenese.  Klin. Wschr.,  1931, 10: 1034-41.  ------
Tierexperimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die  Bedeutung der
Senkung des  kolloidosmotischen Druckes fiir die Oedempatho-
genese.  Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1933, 170: 407-16.—Meyer. F.
Ein physikalisches Modell der Lymphtranssudation und Oedem-
bildung; Darstellung der plastischen Akkomodation des C,e-
webes bei Schwankungen seines Wassergehalts. Ibid., 1934-35,
177: 574-7.—Meyer, P. Untersuchungen iiber den kolloidos-
motischen  Druck des Blutes;  Oedem und  Oedemausschwem-
mung.  Zschr. klin. Med., 1930-31, 115: 647-76.—Muntwyler,
E., Way, C.  T.  [et  al.]  Plasma protein  and plasma  colloid
osmotic pressure in pathological conditions with special refer-
ence to the occurrence  of edema.  J. Clin. Invest., 1933, 12:
495-504.—Sodeman, W. A., & Burch, G. E.  The tissue pres-
sure in subcutaneous edema.  Am. J. M. Sc, 1937,  194: 846-
50 —Vancura, A. [Osmotic pressure of blood albumin in cases
of edema]  Cas.  \ik. desk.,  1929, 68: 687-90.—Youmans, J. B.
Certain factors influencing the exchange  of fluid between the
blood and the tissues and  their relation  to the occurrence  of
edema in patients.  Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1935, 50: 118-27.

----   Physiopathology.
   Achard, C, Cachera, R., & Codounis, A.  Troubles humoraux
dans un cas d'anasarque sans n6phrite.  Bull. Acad, med., Par.,
1931, 3. ser., 105: 229-34.—Carriere, G., Boulanger, P.,  &
Cuvelier, R.  Etude des troubles humoraux dans un cas d'ana-
sarque  cryptogenetique.   Ibid.,   648-51.—Compere,  E.  L.
The influence of edema on the  capacity  of  blood plasma  to
modify fluid  imbibition by muscle.  J. Clin.  Invest., 1927-28,
4:  253-72.—Cott, A. A.  A review  of the physiology  of the
edemas.  Eclect. M. J., 1936, 96: 484-90.—Jores, A.  Ueber
das Verhalten der Perspiratio insensibilis bei Oedemen.   Verh .
Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1930, 42. Kongr., 100-2.—Keefer, C. S.
Edema—its  pathologic physiology and  clinical  significance.
Internat. Clin., 1933, 43. ser., 2: 85-102.  Also repr.—Kunde,
M. M.  Correlation of elastometer findings, disappearance time
for intradermally injected salt solution, urinalysis and nitrogen
retention of  the  blood  in  edema.   Arch. Int.  M.,  1926, 38:
57-68.—Langeron, L.  Les conceptions actuelles de la physio-
pathologie des cedemes et leurs applications therapeutiques.
Hopital, 1928, 16:  492-6.  Also Liege med., 1928,  21: 1595-
610.—Lawson,  H.  The  physiology  of  edema  formation.
Kentucky  M. J., 1938,  36: 309-12.—Lejard, C.  La physio-
pathologie des cedemes.  Rev. med., Par., 1929, 46: 807-15.—
Levy-Darras. De la physiopathologie des cedemes.  Vie med.,
1927, 8: 1607.—Maeda, K., & Kooto, M.  Ueber Oedem und
zirkulierende Blutmenge (nebst  einigen chemischen Verande-
rungen im Blut der Oedemkranken und die Ausscheidung von
Trypanrot)  Jap. J. M. Sc,  1933-34, 3: Int. Med. 63.—Nan,
A.  Mineralisation  des  humeurs et des muscles dans des cas
d'cedeme experimentaux chez le lapin.   C. rend.  Soc. biol.,
1928,  99:  869-72.—Ocaranza, F.   Fisiopatologfa del  edema.
Medicina, Mex.,  1930-31, 11:  818-28—Rocchini,  G.   La
perspiratio insensibilis negli stati edematosi.  Clin. med. ital.,
1937,  68: 399-424.—Schteingart,  M.  Fisiopatologfa de  los
edemas.   Dfa med.,  B.  Air.,  1938,  10:  388-93.—Valade.
Physio-pathologie des  cedemes.  Rec. mid. v6t., 1930, 106: 
EDEMA
70
EDEMA
513-25.—Villaret, M., & Justin-Besancon, L.  Contribution a
l'etude de la pression veineuse dans les oedemes.  J. med. fr.,
1927, 16: 476-82.—Weech,  A. A.  Fluid distribution and
edema.   Bull.  N. York Acad. M., 1934, 2. ser., 10: 269-88.
------Goettsch, E., & Reeves, E. B.  The flow and composi-
tion of lymph in relation to the formation of edema.  J. Exp.
M., 1934, 60: 63-84.

----   postural.
   Sail, A.  Belastung und Beinodem.  Zschr. Orthop.,  1937-
38, 67: 150-7.—Youmans, J. B., Wells, H. S. [et al.]  The effect
of. posture (standing) on the serum protein concentration and
colloid osmotic pressure of blood from the foot in relation to the
formation of edema.  J. Clin. Invest., 1934, 13: 4 7-59.

----   renal.

   See  Kidney, Diseases;  Nephritis; Nephrosis.

----   Resorption.

   Illitch,  L. P.  *A  propos d'un cas de mort
subite au cours d'une  resorption rapide d'cedemes.
18p.   8?   Geneve, 1923.
   Kbivine,  H.   *Contribution  a  l'etude   des
accidents  nerveux de la resorption des cedemes
au cours de la cure de  dechloruration.  67p.   8?
Par.,  1934.
   Stronguilo, A. T.  *Etude  sur la  nature et
les  causes des accidents dus a  la resorption  des
cedemes.   54p.   8?   Par., 1926.
   Ferrari, R.  Influenza delle proteine del sangue sulla scom-
parsa dell'edema nella rana salata. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper.,
1930, 5:  838-40.—Harkey. T. L. Further studies of edema;
on the postmortem absorption of water by tissues from  well
nourished and fasting animals. Biochem. Bull., N. Y., 1913, 2:
550.—Huchard, H.  Note  sur les accidents  c6rebraux de la
resorption des cedemes chez les cardiaques.  Bull. Soc. med. h6p.
Paris, 1904, 3. ser., 21: 99.—Kostkevich, A. I.  [Toxic phenom-
ena in  the development and  absorption  of cedema of cardiao
origin]  Russ. vrach, 1903, 2:1777-9.—Merklen, P., & Heitz, J.
Note additionnelle sur les accidents c6rebraux de la resorption
des oedemes  chez les cardiaques.  Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris,
1904, 3. ser., 21: 45-7.—Rispal & Timbal, L.  Accidents c6re-
braux au cours d'une resorption d'cedemes.  Province med.,
1913, 24: 457.—Salvioli, G., & Quadri, S. Velocita  di rias-
sorbimento degli edemi provocati. Arch, pat., Bologna, 1930-
31, 10: 362-74.—Schulmann, R., & Marek,  I.  Recherches
experimental sur la  resorption de l'cedeme local provoque.
Ann. med., Par., 1929, 26: 464-79.—Soler y Dopff, C.  La
absorci6n del edema intrad6rmico; su investigaci6n  con  solu-
ciones coloreadas. Rev. med. Barcelona, 1932, 17: 368-71.—
Vaguez, H.  Nature et cause des accidents de la resorption des
cedemes.  Arch. mal. coeur, 1915, 8: 361-7.

----   salt.

   See also Chlorine, Metabolism.
   Blum, L.  Ueber die Rolle von Salzen bei der Entstehung von
Oedemen. Verh. Kongr. inn. Med., 1909, 31. Kongr., 122-6.—
Breltman, M. Y.  [Oedema caused by large doses of alkalines
(soda oedemata)  Vrach. gaz., 1913, 20: 437; 479. Also  Med.
nifios, 1914,  15:  16-8.—Fahr, G., Kerkhof, A., & Giere, E.
Salt as a factor in edema formation following plasmapheresis.
Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y.,  1931, 29: 335.—Farkas, G.
Kochsalzeinfuhr und  Oedemgenese.   Zschr. ges. exp. Med.,
1936, 98: 674-6.—Ferrari, R.  Ricerche sul comportamento
della reazione dei tessuti durante la formazione e il riassorbi-
mento dell'edema da perfusione.  Arch. sc. biol., Bologna,  1937
23: 273-7.   ------ & Fornaroli, P.  Influenza  dell'attivita
muscolare sulla  formazione  dell'edema  da perfusione  con
soluzioni  saline.  Ibid., 429-37.  Also Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper
1937, 12: 577-9.—Gayda. T.  Edema da perfusione  con  solu-
zioni saline e reazione del liquido di perfusione. Arch. sc.  biol
Nap., 1926-27, 9: 354-64.—Gunzberg.  I.  Influence des ions
sur la formation  de l'cedeme  chez la grenouille perfusee.  Tr
Inst, tber.,  Brux., 1927,   20: pt 2, 343-56.—Gunzburg, J.
[Oedema  caused by destroyed equilibrium of the salts of the
perfusion solution]  Ned. tschr.  geneesk.,  1917,  2: 1270-3.__
Hertz, A. F.  The pathology and treatment of cedema: with
special  reference  to the influence of diminished  excretion of
sodium chloride on its production. Guy's Hosp. Rep  Lond
1906, 3. ser., 46: 245-77.—Ide. M. Oedemes par bicarbonate!
Rev. med., Louvain, 1931,  282-4.—Widal, F., Lemierre, A., &
Weill,  A.  Oedemes  par  absorption massive  de sulfate'de
magnesie. Bull. Soc m6d. h6p. Paris, 1912, 3. ser., 33: 386-92.

----   Surgical aspect.

   Amorosi,  O.    Edemi   chirurgici.    228p    8°
Lanciano [1932]
   Albano, G.   L'hydremie dans quelques syndromes  post-
op6ratoires.  J. urol. med.,  Par., 1926, 21: 145-55.—Amorosi,
O.  Edemi  chirurgici.  Ann. ital. chir., 1931  in- 979-88 —
Curphey. W. C, & Orr, T. G.  Edema in surgical patients
Surgery,  1937.  1:  589-94.-Dfaz Gomez.  Edema  cr6nico
 tratado por el desague de los linfaticos.  Med. ibera, 1922, 16:
 230.—Duhot, E.  L'6vacuation des oedemes par les tubes de
 Southey.  Prat. med.  fr., 1926, 5: 51.—Felderman, L.  Con-
 trol of post-operative edema of the nose and throat. Eye Ear
 &c. Month.,  1931, 10: 412-4.—Foit,  R.  [Puncture in treat-
 ment of edema]  Bratisl. lek. listy,  1930, 10: 110-21.—Griffe.
 Le drainage cutane des cedemes.  Infirmiere fr., 1927, 5: 15-
 22.—Hilgenfeldt,  O.   Sympathicusdurchschneidung bei chrc-
 nisch hartem Oedem der Hand.  Zbl. Chir., 1938, 65: 2163-9.—
 Jones, C. M., Eaton, F. B., & White, J. C.  Experimental post-
 operative edema.  Arch. Int. M.,  1934, 53: 649-74.—Konings,
 J.  Le drainage cutane.  Vie med., 1922, 3: 115.—Lapp, F. W.,
 & Neuffer, H.  Behandlung der Oedeme bei chirurgisch Kran-
 ken.  Arch. klin. Chir., 1930,  163: 345-56.—Leriche, R., &
 Jung, A.  Physiologie  pathologique  et traitement de certainea
 cedemes chirurgicaux des membres.  Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par.,
 1928, 54: 886-96.  Also Gaz. hop., 1928, 101: 1061-5.—Mailer.
 R.  A note on chronic  lymphatic oedema and its treatment by
 the Kondoleon operation. Glasgow M. J.,  1934,  121: 213-7.—
 Mauclaire.  A propos du traitement  chirurgical des cedemes
 chroniques des  membres.  Bull.  Soc. chir.  Paris, 1921,  47:
 1032.—Menard, O. J.  Postoperative edema. Surg. Clin. N.
 America, 1929, 9: 1489-91.—Meyer. O. O.  Generalized edema
 after surgery; with case report.   Wisconsin  M. J., 1934,  33:
 427-31.—Miura, K.   Treatment  of anasarca with cupping-
 glass and siphon.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1923, 81 r 112.—Peloquin &
 Jung, A.  Un cas d'cedeme d'origine  vaso-motrice traite  par
 la sympathectomie.  Gaz. bdp., 1929, 102: 1267-9.—Royer, E.
 R.  The relief of obstinate general edema by the use of sub-
 cutaneous drainage tubes;  a case report  and description of
 method used.  Med. Arts, 1933, 36: 505-10.—Sein, M.  Treat-
 ment of obstinate oedema by multiple  punctures.  Brit. M. J.,
 1937,  2: 852.—Sepet,  P.  Saignee sereuse par  incision large
 des teguments dans les cedemes irreductibles.  Marseille med.,
 1927,  64: 693.—Wertheimer, P.  Documents et  reflexions sur
 les oedemes chirurgicaux des membres.  J. chir.,  Par., 1932,
 39: 650-66.

 ----   traumatic.

   See  also under Hand;  also Trophoneurosis.
   Brand,  L.   *Das traumatische  Oedem  [Miin-
 Bter]   31p.   8?  Gladbeck i.  W., 1934.
   Kroker, O.  *Das  harte traumatische Oedem.
 34p.    8?  Bresl.,  1930.
   Latil, L.  *Contribution a l'etude de l'cedeme
 dur traumatique.   37p.  8?  Montpel.,  1906.
   Linke, F. J.  *Pathologisch-anatomische Un-
 tersuchungen   iiber  das   harte   traumatische
 Oedem.   16p.   8?  Bresl., 1933.
   P£nin, M.  *Contribution  a  l'etude de l'oedeme
 dur traumatique.   57p.   8?   Par.,  1935.
   Poignon,  H.    *Contribution  a  l'6tude   de
 l'cedeme  dur   traumatique.    87p.    8?    Par.,
 1907.
   Ramm,  T.   A   propos de l'cedeme  dur  trau-
 matique.   19p.   8?   Lausanne, 1905.
   Arapov, A. B.  [Hard  traumatic cedema]   Khir. arkh.
 velyaminova,  1913, 29: 778-80.—Bar, H.   Therapeutische
 Beitrage zur  Behandlung  des traumatischen  Oedems  und
 ahnlicher  Krankheitsvorgiinge  im   Bindegewebe.   Mschr.
 Unfallh., 1933,  40: 494-9.—Berthomier.  La physioth6rapie
 dans les cedemes post-traumatiques.  Bull. Soc. radiol. med.
 France, 1936, 24: 692-5.—Braeucker, W.  Das  traumatische
 Oedem. Mschr. Unfallh., 1931, 38: 241-61. ------ Klinische
 Untersuchungen iiber den Kreislauf beim traumatischen Oedem
 der Extremitaten.   Zschr.  Kreislaufforsch., 1932, 24: 601.
 —-----  Einige  Bemerkungen  iiber  die Pathogenese und  die
 Therapie des traumatischen Oedems.  Arch, orthop. Unfallchir.,
 1932-33, 32:  577-81.—Busing, K. H.  Ueber traumatisches
 Oedem. Munch, med. Wschr., 1936, 83: 2118-20.—Cheinisse,
 L.  L'cedeme dur traumatique du dos de la main.  Sem. med.,
 Par., 1903, 23: 77. Also repr.—Corin, G. Oedeme dur trau-
 matique du membre inf6rieur; nevrite  traumatique des  doigts.
 Belgique med.,  1907,  14: 555-9.—Cyriax, J. H.  Traumatic
 oedema. Brit. M. J.,  1936, 2: 1003.—Fontaine, R., & Pereira,
 S.  Oedeme  dur post-traumatique gu6ri par des infiltrations
 locales  et stellaires.   Rev. chir., Par.,  1936,  74: 771-5.—
 Fujitsuna, S.  Experimentelle Beitrage zur Entstehung  des
 harten  traumatischen  Oedems.   Acta  Scholfte   Med. univ.
 Kioto, 1927-28, 10: 491-512.—Harttung. Ueber traumatisches
 Oedem.  Arch.  klin. Chir., 1928, 150: 288-300.—Hill, L. C.
 Traumatic oedema, a pitfall in physical medicine.  Brit. M. J.,
 1936, 2: 623-6.—Link,  K. H.   Traumatisches  Oedem  und
 Unfallbegutachtung.   Med. Klin.,  Berl.,  1930,  26:  897 —
 Milko, V. [The so-called hard traumatic edema]  Orv. hetil.,
 1935,  79: mell., 138.—Mollenhauer,  P.  Zur Kenntnis des
 traumatischen Oedems.  Zbl.  chir.  mech. Orthop., 1914, 8:
 97.—Orbach,  E.  Traumatisches Oedem  der linken  Hand.
 Med. Welt, 1930, 4: 889.  ------ Ueber die Pathogenese des
 sogenannten  traumatischen Oedems (neurotisches  Acroodem)
Mschr. Unfallh., 1934,  41: 481-96.—Petty, M. J.  Salyrgan in
the reduction of localized oedema of traumatic  origin.  Brit.
M. J., 1938, 2: 944 —Potel. Oedeme dur traumatique.  Echo 
EDEMA
71
EDEMA
 m6d. nord, 1908, 12: 276.  ------& Bricout.  Contribution a
 l'etude del'cedeme dur traumatique. Ibid., 465-71.—Raeschke.
 Bemerkungen zum traumatischen  chronischen Oedem.   Klin.
 Wschr., 1927,  6: 1763.—Rostock. P.  Arbeit mit  Pressluft-
 werkzeugen und traumatisches Oedem.  Mschr. Unfallh., 1933,
 40: 564-70.—Simon, A.  Ein Fall von traumatischem Oedem
 der Hand.  Aerztl.  Sachverst.  Ztg,  1930,  36:  227.—Thole.
 Ueber  das Wesen des harten traumatischen Oedems.  Verh.
 Deut. Ges. Chir., 1906, 35: 305-10.—Vulliet. Hartes trauma-
 tisches Oedem dea Hand- und Fussriickens.  Zbl. Chir., 1902,
 29: 1105-7.

 ----   Treatment.

    Elwyn, H.  Edema and its treatment.  182p.
 8?  N.  Y.,  1929.
    Pichon,  G.   *Contribution au  traitement  de
 certains  cedemes chroniques de  jambes.    56p.
 8?  Par.,  1935.
    Atchley, D. W.  Edema and its treatment.  Bull. N. York
 Acad. M., 1938, 14: 119-27.—Barr, D. P.  Various types of
 edema and their treatment.  Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass.
 N. America, 1937,  121-4.—Baekett, R. F.  Edema and  its
 management.  Tristate M. J., 1938-39, 11: 2191-3.—Bennett,
 T. I.  The causation and treatment of oedema.  Brit.  M. J.,
 1934, 2: 929-34.—Binger, M. W.  General treatment of edema.
 Proc. Mayo  Clin., 1936,  11: 648-50.—Brunn, F.  Die Behand-
 lung der Wassersucht.   Wien. klin.  Wschr., 1925,  38:  387.—
 Christian, H. A.  Types  of edema  and their  treatment.   Proc
 Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America,  1933, 400; 1935,  13.
 Also N. England J. M., 1933, 209: 1267; 1936, 214: 418 —
 DuBois, E. F., Milhorat, A. T. [et al.]  Treatment  of edema.
 J. Am. M. Ass., 1939, 112: 837-42.—Egen, L. F.  The relief of
 general edema by medical treatment.  Nebraska M. J., 1930,
 15: 357-60.—Elliott. C. A.  Management of edema.  Ann. Int.
 M., 1933, 7: 240-50.—Elwyn, H.  Das Oedem und seine Be-
 handlung.   Zbl. inn. Med., 1929, 50:  1042-8—Fontes,  G.
 Therapeutique experimentale, in vitro, des ced6mes irreduc-
 tibles.  Montpellier med.,  1919-20,  41:  364-7.—Gordon,  M.
 [Treatment  of edemas]  Polska  gaz. lek.,  1938, 17: 4-7 —
 Iversen,  P.   [Theory and treatment  of  cedema]  Ugeskr.
 laeger,  1927, 89: 43-7.—Jahard,  A.  La  therapeutique  des
 oedemes.   Med.  hyg., Brux., 1906, 4:  217; 287.—Joly,  M.
 Traitement  des  cedemes  chroniques peripheriques par  les
 enveloppements paraffino-resineux radio-actives.   Ann. inter-
 nat. med.  phys.,  Anvers, 1937, 30: 217; 221.—K, A.  Wasser-
 sucht  und ihre biochemische Behandlung.  Mitt.  Biochem.,
 1938,  45: 62-6.—Loeb, R.  F.   Edema and its treatment.
 Puerto Rico J. Pub. Health, 1934, 9: 392;  404.—Loftier,  W.
 Zur Therapie des Oedems.   Helvet. med. acta, 1936, 3: 525-
 59.—Loutzky, E. A.   [Edema and its treatment]  Vrach. delo,
 1931, 14: 647-56.—McArdle, M. J. A.  Oedema and its treat-
 ment.   Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1931, 45:  182-90.—Mnatza-
 kanov,  I. I.  [Treatment of edema]  Sovet. vrach. gaz.,  1932.
 36: 286.—Nonnenbrurh.  Ueber Oedem und Oedembehand-
 lung.  Verh. Deut. Ges.  Kreislaufforsch., 1929, pt  2, 108-33.
 Also lahrkurs arztl. Fortbild., 1930, 21: H. 2, 1-16.—Oedema,
 its causation and treatment.  Lancet, Lond., 1934,  2: 500.—
 Peters, J. T.  [The edema question together with my own
 observations on treatment]  Geneesk. gids, 1929, 7: 1189-98.—
 Saxl, P. Ueber Oedemtherapie.  Wien. med. Wschr., 1928, 78:
 728-30.—Shelburne, S. A.  Treatment of edema. Dallas  M.
 J., 1935,  21: 30-2.—Spirt,  Y.   [Symptomatic  treatment  of
 cedema]   Klin, med., Moskva,  1923, 2:  8-10.—Stix, W.  H.
 The parenteral use of liver  in cases of edema.   Ohio M.  J.,
 1937, 33: 995-7.—Travis, F.  M.   Treatment of  the different
 types of edema.  Kentucky M. J., 1937,  35: 199-202.—War-
 field. L. M.  Edema  of obscure origin with remarks on general
 treatment.  Wisconsin M. J., 1936,  35:  95-103.—Wilkinson,
 K. D.  The treatment of  cedema.   Med. Press &  Circ, Lond.,
 1936, 192:  254-7.

 ----   Treatment: Diet.

   See  also Diet,  saltfree, &c.
   Carrayrbu.  Lait  dedilorure  et  resorption des  cedemes.
 Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1925, 3. ser., 93: 955.—Halpern, M.
 [Dietetic treatment of oedematous conditions] Med. kron. lek.,
 Warsz., 1912, 47: 719; 741.—Hertz, A. F.  The importance
 of salt-free diet in  the treatment of cedema.   Med. Mag.,
 Lond.,  1907. 16: 18-31.—Kovesi, G.  [How far do recent the-
 ories of cedema influence its dietetic treatment?]   Diaet.  es
 physik.  gy6gyft.,  Budap., 1906, 41-3.—Maegraith, B.   Pine-
 apple juice in oedema.  Brit. M. J., 1934, 2: 492.—Vondracek,
 V.  [Diet in edema]   Cas. 16k. desk., 1936, 75: 685-8.

 ----   Treatment: Drugs.

   See also  Diuresis; Diuretic.
   Olsen, M.   *Use of  ammonium  chloride with
 novasurol  (merbaphen)  in  treatment  of  edema
 [Marquette Univ.]   12 1.   4?  Milwaukee, Wise,
 1929.
   Abreu, R.  El novasurol en un  caso de anasarca de etiologfa
luetica.  Rev. mid. cubana, 1926, 37: 136-9.—Apert, E.,  &
Bach.  Oedeme disparaissant par  le  traitement thyroldien.
Arch. m6d. enf., 1928, 31: 611-3.  Also Bull. Soc. med.  hop.
 Paris, 1928, 3. ser., 52: 938-40.—Argy, W. P.  Novasurol as a
 diuretic  in  cases of edema.  Virginia  M. Month.,  1926-27,
 53: 504-^7.—Austin, J. H., & McGuinness, A. C.  A precaution
 concerning the treatment of edema by intravenous administra-
 tion of acacia.  Tr. Ass.  Am. Physicians,  1933, 48: 276-82.—
 Binger, M. W., & Keith, N. M.  The effect of diuretic in differ-
 ent types of edema.  Proc Mayo  Clin., 1933, 8: 486-9.   Also
 J. Am. M.  Ass.,  1933, 101: 2009-16.—Blake. W.  C.  Use of
 ammonium  chlorid and novasurol in the treatment of edema.
 South. M. J., 1928, 21: 357-61—Borst, J. G. G.  [Treatment
 of edemas by means of  mercurial preparations]  Ned. tschr,
 geneesk., 1937, 81: 5687-91.—Caughey, J. L.. Jr.  Prolonged
 use  of mercurin suppositories  in the  treatment  of  chronic
 edema.  J.  Am. M.  Ass., 1938, 110: 1745.—Christian, H. A.
 Oedema, diuretics, diuresis.  Proc.  Inst. M.  Chicago,  1936,
 11:  149-59.—Fulton, M. N.   Mercurin suppositories  as  a
 diuretic  in the treatment of edema.  N. England J. M.,  1936,
 214:  1092-5.—Gurevitch, T.  Z.  [Treatment of edemas and
 ascites with large doses of calcium chloride]  Sovet. vrach. gaz.,
 1934, 38: 1252-5.—Hartmann, A. F., & Senn, M. J. E.  Studies
 in edema, with particular reference to the therapeutic value of
 acacia.  Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, 1932, 44: 56-61.  Also J.  Am.
 M. Ass., 1933, 100: 251-4.  Also repr.—Hillenbrand, K.  Ne-
 krosenbildungen  nach  Salyrganeinspritzung in  odematoses
 Gewebe.  Munch, med. Wechr., 1931, 78: 437.—Januszkiewicz,
 A.  [Urea aB anti-oedematic remedy]  Polska gaz. lek.,  1927,
 6: 810-3.—Kanfor, I. S.  [Ammonium chloride in treatment of
 edemas]   Arkh. biol. nauk, 1936, 40:  163-80.  Also Sovet.
 VTach. J., 1936, 1: 245-58.—Keith, N. M., & Binger, M. W.
 The effect of diuretics in different types of edema.  Tr.  Ass.
 Am. Physicians, 1933, 48: 259-67.—Kretz. J.  Zur Behandlung
 vasoneurotischer Oedeme mit Parathyreoideaextrakt.   Wien.
 med. Wschr., 1932, 82: 1256.—Lovitzky, E. A., & Yanovsky,
 D. N. [NH4CI in treatment of oedemas]  Klin, med., Moskva,
 1931, 9:  676-82.—Lyons, R.  The value and use of diuretics
 in edema, with special reference  to the mercurial diuretics.
 N.  Orleans  M. & S. J., 1937,  90:  188-95.—Maislish. R. I.
 [Effect of salirgan  and pituitrin  upon chloride metabolism and
 treatment of edema]  Sovet. klin., 1933, 19: 15-25.—Martin, A.
 Geschichte  der   Wassersuchtsbehandlung,  besonders   mit
 Digitalis. Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch., 1929, pt 2, 154-63.
 Also Zschr. Kreislaufforsch., 1929, 21: 351-61.—Nazarova, E. T.
 [Diuretic effect of mercusal and salyrgan in edemas]  Sovet.
 vrach. J., 1937, 41: 1803-10.—O'Donnell. W. S., & Levin. S. J.
 The treatment of edema; effect of calcium gluconate on edema
 in children.  J. Am. M.  Ass., 1931,  96: 837-9.  Also repr.—
 Pallier, A. [Edemas and diuretics] Warsz. czas. lek., 1937, 14:
 21; 41.—Schwab, E. H., Herrmann,  G., & Stone, C.  T.   The
 complementary action of certain antiedemic drugs.   Texas
 J. M., 1933, 29: 240-6.—Smith. C. Diuretics in the treatment
 of edema and ascites. J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1934, 23: 191-3.—
 Snider, R. J.  The use of diuretics in edema.  West Virginia
 M. J., 1937, 33: 562.—Steele, C. W.  The treatment of edema
 with special reference to the use of  diuretics.   Maine M. J.,
 1937. 28: 236-44.—Stockton, A. B. Actions of diuretic drugs
 and  changes in metabolites in edematous patients.   Arch.
 Int.  M., 1936,  58: 891-900.—Thompson,  W.  H.,  Ziegler,
 M.,  & McQuarrie, I.   Effects of pituitary  antidiuresis on
 noncardiac edema.  Proc. Soc.  Exp. Biol., N.  Y., 1932, 30:
 16.—Whuteaker, W.  M.  Reduction of edemas by novasurol.
 J. Missouri M. Ass.,  1932, 29: 75-9.

 ----   Treatment: Physiotherapy.

   Bland, E. F., &  White, P. D.  The use of mechanical meas-
 ures in the  treatment of obstinate edema.  J. Am. M.  Ass.,
 1930, 95: 1489-93.  Also repr.—Da Riva. M.  Influenza dei
 raggi ultravioletti  sul tempo d'assorbimento del'edema  pro-
 vocato e sull'attivita di sostanze edematizzati.   Riv.   clin.
 pediat.,  1934,  32: 1454-76.—Moll, K.  Die  Wirkung des
 Wasserdruckes  auf  odematose Extremitaten  im  Stehbad.
 Zschr. ges.  phys.  Ther.,  1930-31, 40:  167-74.—Sylvan. F.
 Die  Behandlung der  Oedeme mit Heilgymnastik.   Fortsch.
 Med., 1935,  53: 369-71.

 ----  in animals.

  See also Globidiosis;  Hepatitis, infectious.
  Dominici, D.   II  siero polivalente antistreptococcico nei
 trattamento dell'anasarca idiopatico.  Clin, vet., Milano,  1926,
 49:  250-4.—-Hewlett, R.  T.  Oedema observed in  a monkey.
 Lancet,  Lond.,  1919, 2: 853.—Robin,  V.  Les oedemes en
 pathologie vetennaire.  In  Les  oedemes (Labbe) Par.,  1931,
 57-86.—Stammers, A.  D.  Oedema  in  South African cattle.
 Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1924-25, 5: 313-7.

 ---- in children.

  See  also  other  subheadings  of  Edema;  also
 Fetus,  Hydrops; Lymphangiectasis; Scleredema.
  Amberg, S.  Treatment of edema in children.   Surg. Clin.
 N. America,  1937, 17: 1175-86.—Astros, d'.  Les cedemes  chez
le nouveau-n6 et le nourrisson.  Rev.  mens.  mal.  enf.,  1907.
25: 385-95.—Bell, D.  Infantile  oedema: treatment by adrena-
line.   East Afr.  M. J., 1937-38, 14: 327-30— Carpenter. G.
Oedema  in an infant.  Rep.  Soc. Study  Dis. Child., Lond.,
 1906-7, 7: 98.—Cathala,  J.  Les cedemes et les etats de sur-
charge hydrique dans le premier Age.   Nourrisson, 1930, 18:
82-94. Also Paris med., 1929,  73: 402-9.  ------ Woringer 
EDEMA                                         72                                   EDENTATA
[et al.]  Les cedemes chez le nourrisson.  Gaz. h6p., 1929, 102:
1570-2.—Cautley, E.  Oedema in infancy. Polyclinic, Lond..
1906,  10: 155.—Corsonello, P.  Sulla  interpretazione pato-
genetica di alcune speciali forme di edemi che si riscontrano nei
bambini.  Med. prat., Nap.,  1926, 11: 133-7.—Del Carril,
M. J., Diaz Bobillo, I., & Vidal, J.   Edema hemorragico agudo
en un lactante.  Sem. med., B. Air., 1936, 43: 93-6.—Fede, N.
Le forme edematose nei bambini; etiologia e patogenesi. Atti
Congr. pediat.  ital. (1905) 1906,  5: 346-56.—Federici,  O.
Sugli edemi tossicoemici nei bambini.  Ibid., 343-5.—Finkel-
stein, L. O., Merson, F. S., & Golkwer, E. E.  Neues Verfahren
zum Erhalten der Gewebefliissigkeit bei Kindern.  Acta paediat.,
Upps., 1933-34, 15: 330-7.—Five cases of oedema occurring in
children.  Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond.,  1911, 25:  548-54 —
Flesch, H. Beitrag zur diatetischen Behandlung des Oedems
im Kindesalter.  Wien. klin.  Wschr.,  1938, 51: 689-91 —
Funkhouser, W. L.  The salts of mercury in  the treatment of
edema in children.  Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1929, 46: 176-81.—
Hunter, T. C.  Some forms of cedema without albuminuria in
children.  Northumberland M. J., 1910. 18: 49-51.—Ivanenko-
Chepovsky, N. N.  [Excretion of  H2O and NaCl in  children
during edema]   Pediatria,  Leningrad,  1924,  8:  376-86.—
Krost, B. N., & Epstein, I. M.  Prelacteal  feeding causing edema
in the newly born.  Proc Inst. M. Chicago,  1936,  11: 111.—
Latham, D. V.  Gillan's oedema.  E. Afr. M. J., 1934-35, 11:
358-60.—Leopold, J. S., & Rogatz, J. L.  Unilateral edema;
report of a case in an infant aged 4 months.  Am. J. Dis. Child.,
1930, 39:  1045-8.—Lereboulet, P.,  & Mercoreles, A.  P.
L'cedeme et l'anasarque chez le nourrisson.  Ann.  med. chir.
inf.,  Par., 1909, 13: 84-96.   Also Bull. Soc.  pediat, Paris,
1908, 10: 387-403.—Mery. L'cedeme primitif des nourrissons.
Rev. g6n. clin. ther., 1907. 21: 439.—Meyer, A. H.  [Oedema
without albuminuria  with intestinal  catarrh in  children]
Hospitalstidende, 1906, 4. R.,  14:  1061-70—Miller, D. J. M.
Remarks  on  the edemas occurring without albuminuria in
infancy. J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1911-12, 8: 249-53.—Muggia. A.
Gli edemi sottocutanei metapneumonici nei  bambini.  Pedi-
atria (Riv.) 1927, 35:  1257-64.—Munk, J.  [Hypothermia and
edema]  Mschr. kindergeneesk.,  1936,  6:  12-6.—Peiser, J.
Zur Pathologie der Oedeme im Sauglingsalter.  Mschr. Kinderh.
1906, 5: 265-8.—Still, G. F.  Some forms of cedema  in child-
hood.  In Dis.  Child. (Thursfield  & Paterson) Lond., 1934,
167-76.

----   in pregnancy.

   See under Pregnancy.


EDEMA  bacillus.

   See under Clostridium.
   EDEN, Pieter  Hendrik van,  1862-       Ver-
bandleer.    8.  uitg.  xiv, 216p.   8?   Haarlem,
E. F. Bohn,  1921.
   ----   Verletzungen  der   Handwurzelknochen.
80p.  8?   Lpz., F. C.  W. Vogel, 1930.
   Forms H. 7, Hefte Unfallheilk.

   EDEN, Rudolf  Theis Wilhelm, 1883-1925.
   Lexer, E.  Nekrolog.  Zbl. Chir., 1925, 52: 673-5.

   EDEN,  Thomas  Watts,   1863-     ,  &  HOL-
LAND, Eardley.  A manual of midwifery.  6. ed.
xii, 704p.  pi.  8?   Lond., J. & A. Churchill, 1925.
   ----   The same.   A  manual of obstetrics.  8.
ed.   xii, 765p.  illust.   pi.   8?   Lond., J.  & A.
Churchill,  1937.
   EDEN, Thomas Watts,  & LOCKYER, Cuth-
bert.  Gynaecology for students and practitioners.
4. ed. by H. Beckwith  Whitehouse.  xviii, 964p.
illust.  pi.  8?   Lond., J. & A. Churchill, 1935.
   EDEN, Werner, 1907-      *Die Messung der
Wasserstoffzahl des  Harnes; Vergleichende Un-
tersuchungen  zur   Methodik   unter   Beruck-
sichtigung  des  Kohlensaure- und Eiweissfehlers
[Rostock]   21 p.  8?  Rustringen-Wilhelmshaven,
G. Baron, 1931.

   EDENS, Ernst, 1876-       Die  Krankheiten
des  Herzens und  der Gefasse.  viii,  1057p   8°
Berl., J. Springer, 1929.

  ----  Digitalisfibel  fiir den  Arzt.  39p.  16°
Berl., J. Springer, 1937.


EDENTATA.

  See also Mammals.

  Bugarsky-Ilitsch,  Z.    *Beitrage  zur  Ent-
wicklung  des   Panzers  bei  den  Gurteltieren
[Bern]   41p.  8?  Zurich, 1914.
   Fernandez, M.  Sobre la histogenesis  y filogenia de la
carapaza 6sea de los desdentados.  In Libro en honor Ram6n
y Cajal, Madr., 1922, 2: 385-406.
   EDER,  Alfred.   *TJeber den  quantitativen
Nachweis von Aceton in normalen  und krankhaft
veranderten Harne.   16p.   8?   Munch.,  1926.
   EDER, Max  1888-       *Neuzeitliche Ernah-
rungsfragen in kritischer Beleuchtung.  68p.  8?
Munch. [1934]
   EDER, Max, 1910-       *Abbau von  Amino-
sauren.  22p.  8?   Munch., C. Wolf & Sohn, 1933.
   EDER, Montague David, 1866-1936.
   Jones. E. Obituary.  Internat. J. Psychoanal., Lond., 1936,
17: 143-6.  ■------ Gedenkworte fur M. D. Eder.  Internat.
Zschr. Psychoanal., 1936, 22: 295-8.

   EDERLE,  R.   Neue Richtlinien der  Sinnes-
physiologie.   40p.   2  pi.   8?   Stuttg.,  Der
Kommende Tag A.-G., 1921.
   EDERLE, Wilhelm,  1901-       *Disponieren
gewisse  Blutgruppen zu gewissen  Krankheiten?
27p.   8?   Tub., A. Becht, 1933.

EDESTIN.
   Abderhalden,  E., Irion,  W., & Sickel,  H.  Bildung von
Urokaninsaure bei  der tryptischen Verdauung  von  Edestin.
Zschr. physiol., Chem., 1929, 182: 201-4.—Gawrilow, N. J., &
Botwinik, M. M.  Ueber einen Anhydridkomplex aus Edestin,
der die Hexonbasen  enthalt.  Biochem. Zschr., 1929, 214:
119-33.—Hitchcock, D. I.  The combination of edestin with
hydrocloric  acid.  J.  Gen.  Physiol.,  1930-31, 14: 99-103.
Also repr.—Holwerda, K.  Kolloidchemische Untersuchungen
iiber Edestin.  Biochem. Zschr., 1935, 279: 353; 282: 317;
283: 253.  ------ Aussalzen und Peptisieren von Edestin
durch Mischungen zweier  Salzlosungen.   Ibid., 280-91.—
Osborne, T. B., Leavenworth, C. S-, & Nolan, L. S. A note on
Dakin's method  as applied to edestin.  J. Biol.  Chem., 1924,
61: 309-13.  Also repr.—Simms, H. S. The prearginine in
edestin and its  resistance to hydrolysis.   J. Gen. Physiol.,
1927-28, 12: 231-9.  ------  The arginine and prearginine
groups in edestin.  Ibid.,  1930-31, 14: 87-97.  Also repr.—
Swanson, P. P., Timson, G. H., & Frazier,  E. Some observa-
tions on the physiological adjustment of the  albino rat to a diet
poor in salts when edestin is the source of dietarv protein.
J. Biol.  Chem.,  1935, 109:  729-37.  Also repr.—Waisman,
H. A., & Elvehjem, C. A.  The effect of autoclaving on the
nutritive value of edestin.   J. Nutrit., 1938, 16: 103-14.—
White, A. Some products of the partial hydrolysis of crystalline
edestin by pepsin.  J.  Biol. Chem., 1937, 119: p.ciii.

   EDGAR,  James   Clifton,  1859-        The
practice  of obstetrics, designed for the  use  of
students  and practitioners  of  medicine.   2. ed .
xviii,  1153p.   illust.   pi.   roy. 8?   Phila.,  P.
Blakiston's Sons,  1904.   Also 6.  ed.   rev. by
Norris W. Vaux.   xvi, 779p. 2  pi. [1926]
   EDGARS,  Norman  Kenneth, 1902-       The
blueberry;  the  pharmacology  of neomyrtillin
from blueberry leaf,  with  a description of  Vac-
cinium caesarense.  2  1.   55p.   pi.   diagr.   8?
Jersey City, N. J., Gaw Print. Co., 1934.
   EDGE, John Dallas, 1848-1937.
   Obituary.  Lancet,  Lond., 1937, 1: 1140,  portr.
   EDGE,  P.  Granville.   Vital records  in  the
tropics,    xi,  167p.   pi.  diagr.   8?   Lond.,  G.
Routledge & Sons, 1932.
   EDGE, Rosalie.  The Audubon  steel-trapping
sanctuary.   14p.   8?   N.  Y., Emergency Con-
serv.  Com., 1934.
   EDGELL,  Beatrice, 1871-       Mental life;
an introduction to psychology,   xvi,  275p.  8?
Lond.,  Methuen & Co. [1926]
   —---   Ethical  problems,  an introduction  to
ethics for  hospital  nurses and social workers.
ix, 149p.   8?  Lond., Methuen & Co. [1929]
   EDGERLY, Webster.
   See Shaftesbury, Edmund.
   EDGERTON,  Alanson  Harrison,   1888-
*Vocational counseling and preparations of school
counselors   [Columbia Univ.]   xiv,  216p.   8?
N. Y. [Macmillan Co.,  1926]
   EDGEWORTH,  Francis  Henry,   1864-
The  cranial  muscles  of vertebrates,   viii,  493p.
fol.   Cambr. [Engl.]   Univ. Press,  1935. 
EDGREN
73
EDINBURGH
    EDGREN  [August] Hjalmar, 1840-1903.  An
 Italian and  English dictionary, with pronuncia-
 tion and brief etymologies,  ix, 452p.  8?  N. Y.,
 H. Holt & Co. [1901]
    EDGREN, Johan Gustaf, 1849-1929.
    Jacobseus. H. C.  [Obituary]  Hygiea, Stockh., 1929,  91:
 625 -30, portr.
    EDHOLM, Edward Martin,  1831-1913.
    Edholm. E.   [Biography]  Tskr.  mil. hiilsov.,  1925,  50:
 69-85.
    EDINBURGH.   Cancer  Control Organization
 for Edinburgh  and  South-East Scotland.  Can-
 cer, Edinburgh  1935.   130p.   pi.   tab. diagr.
 8?  Edinb., E. & S. Livingstone [1935]
    EDINBURGH.    Medico-chirurgical  Society.
 Transactions.   Edinburgh,  v.l, 1881/82-
    EDINBURGH.   Public  Health  Department.
 Annual report.   Edinb., 1905-
    EDINBURGH.   Royal College of Physicians
 and Surgeons.   Annual report by the curator of
 the laboratory.  Edinb.,  1936-
    EDINBURGH.    Royal  Infirmary.    Annual
 reports.  Edinb., 1927-
    Incomplete.
    See also Turner. A. L. Story of a great hospital, the Roval
 Infirmary of Edinburgh, 1729-1929. 406p.  8? Edinb., 1937.
    EDINBURGH.   Royal Maternity and Simp-
 son  Memorial  Hospital.    Medical  and clinical
 report.  Edinb., 1923-
    Incomplete.
    EDINBURGH.  Royal Medical Society.  Laws
 of the ... instituted 1737; incorporated  by royal
 charter 1778.  p. 1.  56p.  8?   Edinb., 1803.
    ----Laws of the  Royal Medical  Society  of
 Edinburgh,  1922 [with  alterations  in  the laws
 since the last edition]  72p.  8?  Edinb., 1924.
    EDINBURGH.   Royal Society of Edinburgh.
 List of council and fellows  to  October 23, 1933.
 8?   [Edinb.,  1933]
   ----Laws  of  the  Society,  p.450-7.   8?
 Edinb., 1934.
   ----Proceedings.  Edinburgh, v.l, 1832-
   ----  Transactions.  Edinburgh,  v.l, 1783-
   Thompson, D. W.  Fifty years ago, in the Royal Societv of
 Edinburgh. Proc R. Soc. Edinburgh,  1934, 54: 145-57, 2 pi.
    EDINBURGH.   Royal  Victoria  Hospital  for
 consumption.  Annual reports.  Edinb., 1898-
 1914.
   EDINBURGH.   University.   University   of
 Edinburgh; 350. anniversary,  1583-1933; records
 of the  celebration.   3p.; 75p.  pi.   portr.   8°.
 Edinb., Oliver & Boyd [1933]
   ----  Charters, statutes,  and acts of the town
 council and   the senatus,  1583-1858.   Ed.  by
 Alexander   Morgan.   xi,  294p.   8?    Edinb.,
 Oliver  & Boyd, 1937.
   See also Turner, A. L. Historv of the University of Edin-
 burgh, 1833-1933. 452p.  8?  Edinb.,  1933.
   EDINBURGH.   University.   Department   of
 Surgical Research.   Collected papers  to  1935.
 2v.  [v. p.]   4?  Edinb.,  1935.
   EDINBURGH.  University.   Faculty  of Med-
 icine.
   Comrie,  J. D.   The faculty  of  medicine.
 100-63p.  8?  Edinb., 1933.
   In History of the University  of Edinburgh,  1883-1933
 (A. L. Turner) Edinb., 1933.
   Boyd,  P. J. S.  Edinburgh School of Medicine; storv of 200
 years. Chicago  M. Rec, 1926, 48: 219-21.—Comrie, J.  D.
 A century of medicine in the Edinburgh school, 1750 to 1850.
 Newcastle M. J.,  1935, 15: 17-29.—Edinburgh (The) Medical
 School from 1726 to the middle of the 19th  century. Brit.
 M. J., 1927, 1: 21-4.—Old Edinburgh and the beginning of the
 Edinburgh Medical School.  Ibid., 1926, 2: 1067-70.

 EDINBURGH, Scotland.
  Comrie. J. D.  Passages of medical history.  Tr. Med. Chir.
Soc. Edinburgh, 1936, 129-32. ------  Edinburgh medicine,
1500-1700.  Ibid., 55.  ------  Passages of medical history;
 Edinburgh medicine, 1750-1828.  Ibid.,  1937,  73; 1938, 13.
 ------  The Edinburgh  Harveian society.  Med. Press &
 Circ, Lond., 1937, 195: 476-9.—Edinburgh and its surround-
 ings.  Brit. M. J., 1927, 2: 30-3.—Geddes, A.  A voice from
 the grandstand.  Edinburgh M. J., 1937, 44:  365-84.—His-
 torical  (The) medical exhibition at the Edinburgh annual
 meeting.  Brit. M.  J.,  1927, 2:  227.—Newman, G.  The
 disciples of Boerhaave in Edinburgh.  Edinburgh M. J.,  1926,
 n. ser., 33:  401-31.—Perrin,  M. B.  Postgraduate studv in
 Edinburgh.   Messenger,  1936,  3: 185.—Wilkie. D. P. D.
 Surgery in Edinburgh in  the time of Abernethy.  S. Barth.
 Hosp. J., Lond.. 1931. 38:  194-200.
   EDINBURGH Health  Society.  Health  lec-
 tures  for the people.   4. ser.  3 p. 1.   202p.   12!
 Edinb., Macniven &  Wallace, 1884.
   EDINBURGH medical journal.  Edinb., v.32,
 1925-
   EDINBURGH  Obstetrical Society.   Trans-
 actions.   Edinb., v.l, 1868-
   EDINGER,  Alfred,  1906-        *Oberkiefer-
 carcinom  im Kindesalter.   16p.   8?  [Heidelb.,
 1931]
   EDINGER,  Ludwig,  1855-        Einfuhrung
 in die Lehre vom Bau und den Verrichtungen des
 Nervensystems.  3. Aufl.  3 p. 1.  233p.  roy. 8?
 Lpz.,  F. C. W. Vogel, 1921.
   See also Aus den Erinnerungen von Ludwig Edinger.  Klin.
 Wschr , 1925, 4: 841.
   EDINGER,  Tilly,  1897-       Die   fossilen
 Gehirne.  p. 1.   249p.   8?   Berl., J. Springer,
 1929.
   ---■  Ueber Gehirne tertiarer Sirenia Aegyp-
 tens   und  Mitteleuropas  sowie  der  rezenten
 Seekuhe.  36p.  3 pi.  4?  Munch., 1933.
   Forms n. F., Heft 20, Abh. Bayer. Akad. Wiss.

 EDINGER-WESTPHAL nucleus.
   See under Oculomotor nerve.

 EDIPUS complex.
   See under Complex.
   EDISON, Thomas Alva, 1847-1931.
   [Biography]  Bull. Pan Amer. Union, 1936, 70: 53-15, portr.
   EDISON, William  D.  People's guide; or, The
 physiology and hygiene of the organs of genera-
 tion,  and  general   medical  information.   viii,
 149p.   12?   [n. p.] 1891.

 EDITING.
   See also Book;  Illustration; Indexing;  Journal-
 ism; Printing, &c.
   American Medtcal Association.  A.  M.  A.
 style book; a supplement to  suggestions  to medi-
 cal authors.  lOp.  8"   [Chic] 1917.
   Bibliographic style, with a  list of domestic
 and foreign medical journals.  24p.  12?  Chic,
 1919.
   Philadelphia. Wistar Institute of Anatomy
 and Biology.  Style brief; a guide for authors in
 preparing manuscripts and drawings for the most
 effective and economical  method of  publishing
 biological research.   169p.   8?    Phila.,  1934.
   United States  Government  Printing Of-
 fice.  Style manual (abridged) rev. ed.  January
 1939.   195p.  8?   Wash., 1939.
  Arteaga, J. F.  Los cuerpos de redacci6n de nuestros pen6-
 dicos.   Actas Congr.  med. nac, Habana,  1914,  3.  Congr., 2:
 543-5.—Barnes, S. B. The editing of early learned journals.
 In Osiris, Bruges, 1936, 1: 155-72.—Berger, H.  Eine zweck-
 massigere Behandlung   der  kasuistischen Publikationen.
 Fortsch. Med., 1913, 31: 967-9.—Bird, W. E. Some problems
 of a state medical editor. Bull. Am.  M. Ass., 1935, 30: 24-9.—-
 Brisard, C.  Les belles images du langage medical.  Echo med.
 nord, 1933, 37: 465-7.—Cunningham, E. R. The  present status
 of the publication of  literature in the medical and biological
sciences. Bull. M. Libr. Ass., 1935, 24:  64-81.—Daland, J.
Reminiscences of an editor. Internat. Clin., 1928,  38. ser., 2:
 11.—Dutton, W. F.  Brevity.  Med. Rec, N. Y.,  1934,  139:
618 —Eckstein, L. Der Begriff des Stiles als charakterologische
 Kategorie.  Zschr. angew.  Psychol., 1938, Beih. 79, 72-91.—
Ferguson, J.  Editorial construction.  Proc Am. M. Editors
Ass   1910  41: 129-35.—Fishbein, M.   Style in medical
writing.  Memphis M. J., 1935, 10: No. 2, 24; 29.—Forssander,
77908—vol. 5, 4th sebies-
-6 
EDITING                                      74                                   EDMUNDS
C. A.  A few suggestions on writing a paner for the Medical
society.  Middlesex  Hosp.  J., 1938,  38:  23.—FUrbringer.
Wirkliche und vermeintliche Verstosse gegen die Rechtschrei-
bung in der medizinischen Literatur.  Berl. klin. Wschr., 1921,
58: 1390.—Fulton, J. F.   The principles of bibliographical
citation; an informal discourse addressed to writers of scientific
papers.  Bull. M. Libr. Ass.,  1934,  22:  183-201.—Hewitt,
R. M.  Certain noteworthy faults in medical writing.  Med.
Ann. District of Columbia,  1932,  1: 254.  ------  Better
medical writing; some typical errors and how to avoid them.
J. Urol., Bait., 1938, 40: 454-63.—Husband. R. W. Concerning
titling of scientific publications.  Psychol.  Bull.,  1933,  30:
179-84.—Eorschelt,  E.  Zur  Abfassung naturwissenschaft-
licher  und  medizinischer  Arbeiten.   Naturwissenschaften,
1929, 17: 724-6.—Liek, E.  Aerztliches Schrifttum.  Aerztl.
Rdsch., 1929, 39: 245.—MacRae, J.  The  make up of  the
medical journal, with reference to ease of preservation of its
contents for future reference.  Proc  Am. M.  Editors Ass.,
1910, 41: 61.—Mendcz,  R.  EducackSn del medio  periodista
y medios de hacerla mas facil y completa. Gac. mid. catal.,
1908, 32: 327; passim.—Miller. B. R. Medical editors and the
N. R. A.  Med. Rec, N. Y.,  1934,  139: 495.—Mozina, A.
Bedeutung und Wert von Veroffentlichungen  aussergewohn-
licher  Beobachtungen des praktischen Arztes.   Hippokrates,
Stuttg., 1939, 10:  154-8.—Nadoleczny. M.  Krankheiten  der
Referatindustrie (Besinnliches und Erfahrenes)   Munch, med.
Wschr., 1935, 82:  1167.—Palazzi, S.  Difficolta e dissilusioni
degli autori di trattati scientifici di medicina.  Athena, Roma,
1937, 6: 461.—Richards, G. L. The  preparations  of papers
on medical subjects; how to make them interesting  as well as
instructive; the editor talks.  Ann. Otol. Rhinol.,  1930,  39:
169-73.—Rijnberk, G.  [Directives for  writers of scientific
articles]  Ned. tschr.  geneesk., 1929, 73: pt 2, 4872; 4974 —
Srhwalbe, J.  Einheitliche Abkiirzung der Titel medizinischer
Zeitschriften  und  Werke in Quellenangaben.  Deut. med.
Wschr., 1914, 40: 28-30.—Style (A) book containing suggestions
for the preparation of manuscripts.  J. Neurophysiol., 1939, 2:
89-99.—Suggestions  on preparing copv: writing a  craft and
an art. Illinois M. J., 1935, 67: 206.—Williams, J. B. Sugges-
tions for the writing of dental papers.   Oral  Hvg., Pittsb.,
1927, 17: 218; 452; 879.—Wilson, L. N.  Preparing manuscript
for the press.  Pub. Clark Univ. Libr., 1903-5, 1:  119-30 —
Wingortner, C. A.  The value of a society journal for publishing
transactions as compared with issuing proceedings  in  bound-
volume form. Proc. Am. M. Editors Ass., 1910,  41:  96-100.—
Wtirdemann, H. V.  The office of the quarterly medical journal.
Ibid., 1908, 39: 142-4.

   EDITORS of  Fortune.  The  nervous break-
down,   viiip.,  85p.   8?   Garden  City,  N.  Y.,
Doubleday, Doran &  Co., 1935.
   EDLBACHER, Siegfried,  1886-       Kurzge-
fasstes Lehrbuch der  physiologischen  Chemie.
viii,  230p.   8?   Berl., W.  de Gruyter  &  Co.,
1929.
   ——  HALBERKANN, Josef [et al.]   Allge-
meine chemische  Methoden.  xx,  1138p.  roy. 8?
Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1927.
   Forms Abt. 1, Teil 2, 1 Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (E. Abder-
halden) 1927.

   EDLICH [Eduard Hermann] Reinhard, 1907-
        *Zur   Zytodiagnostik   des   nuchternen
Mageninhaltes, insbesondere iiber  das Vorkom-
men  von eosinophilen  Zellen.  16p.   8?   Halle
[1933]
   EDLING, Lars.  *Studien iiber  Applikations-
methoden  in  der Radiumtherapie.   273p.   8?
Lund, H. Ohlsson, 1918.
   EDMONDS,  John  Maxwell.   Lyra  graeca;
being the  remains  of  all the  Greek  lyric  poets
from  Eumelus to Timotheus  excepting  Pindar.
3v.   16?   Lond.,  W. Heinemann, 1924-28.
   ----   The Greek Bucolic poets,  xxviii,  526p.
16?   Lond..  W. Heinemann, 1928.
   EDMUND,    Carsten,   1897-       Clinical
studies  of  endogenous  conjunctiva  affections.
156p.  4 tab.  8?  Kbh., Levin & Munksgaard,
1935.
   Forms Suppl. 7, v.13. Acta ophth., Kbh.

   ---- &  CLEMMESEN,  S.   On deficiency of
A vitamin and visual dysaptation.  2 pts   92p
tab.   ch.; 52p.   tab.  8?   Lond.,  H.  Milford,
1936-37.

   EDMUNDS,  Arthur,  1874-        Glandular
enlargement and  other diseases of the lymphatic
system.   230p.   195mm.   Lond.,  H.  Frowde
[et al.] 1908.
  EDMUNDS, Charles Wallis, 1873-
  See Cushny, Arthur R., Edmunds, C.  W.,  & Gunn, J. A.
A text-book of pharmacology and therapeutics.  11. ed. 808p.
8?  Phila. [1936]                          .  A  A ,  ,  t
  Also editor of Cushny, Arthur Robertson.  A text-book of
pharmacology and therapeutics.  10. ed.   786p.  8.  Phila.,
1934.
  For portrait, photograph, see collection in library.
  ----  &  CUSHNY,  Arthur  R.   Laboratory
guide  in   experimental  pharmacology.   339p.
roy. 8?  Ann Arb.,  G. Wahr [1925]
  EDMUNDS, Walter, 1850-1930.
  Obituary.  Lancet, Lond., 1930, 2: 769.
  EDRIDGE-GREEN,  Frederic  William,  1863-
  For portrait, photograph, see collection in library.
  EDSALL, David Linn, 1869-
  Zinsser, H. Dr Edsall and the Harvard medical school.
Bull. Harvard M. Alumni, 1935, 10: 1, portr.
  EDSON,  Lucia E.,  1887-        *A physico-
chemical study of pectin [Columbia Univ.]  29p.
go   1928
  ' EDSTROEM, Gunnar Olof, 1898-      *Febris
rheumatica; eine  Studie in ihrer  Epidemiologie,
Klinik und Prognose,  mit besonderer Beruck-
sichtigung der Verhaltnisse in Schweden.   317p.
4?  Lund,  Berlingska, 1935.
  ----  Studies in  natural and artificial atmos-
pheric electric ions.  83p.   8?  Lund,  H. Ohlsson,
1935.
  Forms Suppl. 61, Acta med. scand.

EDUCATION.
  See   also  Civilization;  Culture;   Learning;
Pedagogy;  Reeducation,  &c;  also   Educator;
Parent;  Teacher,  &6.  For subjects of education
see Blind;  Child and its subheadings;  Criminal;
Deaf;  Delinquent;   Disabled;  Genius;  School
child;  Soldier;  Student, &c.   For objects of edu-
cation see such headings as Behavior; Character;
Ethics;  Health;  Physical education,  &c; also
names  of  objects of  intellectual  education  as
Anatomy; Chemistry; Education  [medical] &c;
see also  names of  methods  and places  as  In-
struction; Prison; School; Training, &c.
  Abel,  J.  F.   Education  in  Belgium.   145p.
8?  Wash., D.  C, 1932.
  [McCuistion,  F.,  &  Bond, H.  M.]   School
money in  black  and white.   24p.    8?   Chic.
[1925]
  Patterson's  American educational  direc-
tory.   Chic, v.15-35, 1918-38.
  Tamayo, A.  E.  El problema de la  ensefianza
en el Ecuador; editado por la Oficina  de Fomento
de  Instrucci6n Primaria.   198p.   8?   Quito,
1916.
  Teixeira de  Castro,  A.   *Breves conside-
racoes dcerca da educacao da primeira e segunda
infancia.  66p.  8?   Lisb., 1878.
  United  States.   National  Advisory Com-
mittee  on Education.  Federal  relations  to
education;  a  memorandum  of  progress.   53p.
8?   Wash., D. C. [1930]
  White House Conference on Child Health
and   Protection.    Committee  on  Special
Classes.   Special  education;  the  handicapped
and the gifted.  604p.  8?  N. Y. [1931]
  Education  and training; national  occupational information
and guidance service.  Month. Labor Rev., 1939, 43: 578.—
Goppert,  F.  Ueber  das  Erziehungsbediirfnis  des  Kindes.
Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6:  1194-8.—Greenberger, L. F.  Adult
education through  evening  high schools.  Univ. Pittsburg
Bull. School M., 1936, 33: 111-21.—Kline, L. W.  Redirecting
education and teaching  in  a  democracy.  Pedag.  Semin.,
Worcester, 1919, 26: 73-5.—Ping Ling.  The present educa-
tional conditions in China.  Ibid., 1921,28:116-38.—Prezzalini,
G.  La crisi della scuola tedesca.  Riv. psicol. appl.,  1908, 4:
266-9.—Ritter, C. A.  Bringing children up to grade.  Psychol.
Clin.,  1915-16, 9: 134-9.—Roberts. H.  Education  and the
child.  In his Euthanasia, Lond., 1936, p.193-230.—Sexson, J.
A.  The education of youth.  J. Health Phys. Educ,  1939, 10:
9-11;  61-3.—Smith, M.  The general formal  education of 
EDUCATION
75
EDUCATION
 eminent men.  Sc. Month., 1938, 46: 551-60.—Tobben.  Die
 ErziehbarkeitErwachsener. Deut.Zschr.gerichtl.Med., 1925,5:
 69-88.—Updegraff, H.  Scientific management in educational
 administration.  Univ. Pennsylvania Lect., 1915,  1: 351-63.

 ----  Attainment.

   See Examination; also  Intelligence; Knowl-
 edge; Mental test;  Personality;  Reasoning,  &c.

 ----  elementary.

   See also Child, Care and nursing; Child, Home
 education and training; Kindergarten; Nursery;
 School child.
   Bason, C.  H.   *Study  of  the homeland and
 civilization in the elementary schools of Germany,
 with special reference to the education of teachers
 [Columbia Univ.]   164p.   8?   N.  Y.,  1937.
   Each I e.   Die  Anfange einer Erziehung  zu  geistiger und
 korperlicher Gesundheit  wahrend des ersten  Lebensjahres.
 Fortsch. Med., 1908, 26: 641-9.—Magnus.  P.   Studies suit-
 able  for elementary schools.   Rep. Brit. Ass.  Advance. Sc,
 (1904) 1905, 352  (1908)  1909, 495.—Mulford, H. J.  The
 beginnings  of  education; some suggestions to  parents and
 teachers.  Buffalo M. J., 1915, 71: 1-11.  Also repr.—Orton,
 S. T.  The  neurologic basis of elementary  education.   Arch.
 Neur. Psychiat.,  Chic, 1929,  21: 641-7.—Piening, J.  Wann
 soil das Kind eingeschult werden?  Deut. med. Wschr., 1936,
 62: 479.—Smith. S.  The physiological  significance of  that
 first lesson.  J. Psycho-Asthenics, 1908-9, 13: 3-17 [Discus-
 sion]  97-9.—Strayer, G. D.  Federal aid to elementary educa-
 tion.   Child Labor Bull., 1918-19, 7:  241-5.—Zigler. M. J.
 The child and school entrance.  Pedag.  Semin.,  Worcester,
 1918, 25: 23-57.

 ----  experimental.

   See also Education, System; Pedagogy.
   Baldwin, B.  T.   Physical growth  and school
 progress;  a  study  in  experimental   education.
 212p.   8?   Wash., 1914.
   Decroly,  O.  Abbozzo di un programma applicato  in una
 scuolo sperimentale.  Riv. psicol., 1921, 17: 12-22.—Dorr, R.
 C. Keeping the children in school; the successful Gary, Indi-
 ana, experiment of giving school cbildren  the kind of training
 they  want.  Hampton's Mag., N. Y.,  1911,   27: 55-66 —
 Grady, W. E.  Experimenting with children under the Gary
 plan  in New York  City.  Psychol. Clin., 1916,  10: 19-26 —
 Guillet, C.  Education in interests; a  study in  experimental
 pedagogy.   Pedag.  Semin., Worcester, 1907, 14: 474-87.—
 Herwagen, K.  Der siebenjiihrige Versuch einer  Gefiihls- und
 Vorstellungstypik und ihre anwendung auf den Gesinnungs-
 unterricht.   Zschr.  angew. Psychol., 1919,  Beih., H.  22,  1-
 92.—Hewins, N.  P.  The doctrine of formal discipline in the
 light  of experimental investigation.  J. Educ. Psychol., 1914,
 5: 168-74.—Johnson,  C. E.  An educational  experiment.
 Pedag. Semin., Worcester, 1898-99, 6: 513-22.—Kline, L. W.
 Some experimental evidence  in regard to  formal discipline.
 J. Educ. Psychol., 1914,  5: 259-66.—Minard, G. C. Educa-
 tional experimentation  with   problem  boys at  Children's
 Village, Dobbs Ferry,  New  York.   In Preventing  Crime
 (Glueck, S. & Glueck, E.) N. Y., 1936, p.291-304— Rossel, F.
 Ein Hilfsschulversuch als Beitrag zur vergleichenden Jugend-
 kundederGeschlechter. Zschr. pgdag. Psychol., 1914,4: 265-80.

 ----  higher.

   See Education, secondary and higher.

 ----  History.

   See also Education, System.
   Letourneau,  C.   Pass6, present &  avenir  de
 I'education.   p. 129-48.   8?  [Par.]  1896.
   Steinmetz,  K.  F.  F.   *Die  padagogischen
 Grundgedanken  in  Goethes   Werken   [Greifs-
 wald]  74p.  8?   Freienwalde a. O., 1910.
   Walsh, J.  J.   Education   of  the  founding
 fathers of  the Republic.   377p.  8?   N. Y., 1935.
   Barraud, G.  La formation des jeunes citoyens dans la Rome
antique. Gaz. med. France, 1938, 45: dim.,  21-3.—Chamber-
lain, A. F.  Current  European educational  thought.  Pedag.
Semin., Worcester, 1900,  7: 557-74.—Ferriere, A.  Les  ten-
dances actuelles de I'education nouvelle.  Hyg.  ment., Par.,
1929, 24: 110-21.—Low, B. A  note on the  influence of psycho-
analysis  upon English education during  the last 18  years.
Internat.  J.  Psychoanal.,  Lond.,  1929,  10: 314-20.   Also
Internat. Zschr. Psychoanal., 1929, 15:  340-6.

----   home.

   See also Child,  Home  education  and training.
   Miller, H. C.   The  new psychology  and the
parent.  241p.  8?  N. Y., 1923.
   Updegraff,  R.,  Keister,  M.  E.   [et  al.]
Studies in preschool education.  282p.  8?  Iowa
City,  1938.
   In Univ. Iowa Stud. Child Welf., 1938, 14:

   White House Conference on Child Health
and  Protection.   Committee on the  school
child.  Home and school cooperation; report  of
the subcommittee on  cooperation of  home  and
school.   122p.   8?  N. Y. [1932]
   Gnlick, J. H.   The need for co-operation between head-
master and parents in country day  high schools.  Common-
health, Bost., 1936, 23: 260-5.—Hamburger. F.  Familienerzie-
hung und Anstaltserziehung.  Arch. Kinderh.,  1928-29, 86:
161-70.—Lamberg.  H.  Psychologisch-physiologische Bezie-
hungen zwischen  Schulerziehung und hauslichem Milieu des
Schulkindes. Ibid., 1936, 109: 178-82.—Thayer, V. T.  School-
home  relationships.   Proc. Internat.  Congr.  Ment.  Hyg.
(1930) 1932, 1. Congr., 2: 342-72.—Watson. G.  A comparison
of the  effects of  lax versus strict home training.  J. Social
Psychol.,  1934, 5: 102-5.

----  institutional.

   See   also  Reformatory;   School,   boarding;
Training  school; University.
   Bernfeld, S.  Leonard Bourdons System der Anstaltsdis-
ziplin, 1788-95.  Zschr. Kinderforsch., 1929-30, 36: 153-69 —
Crissey, O. L. The mental development of children of the
same  IQ in differing  institutional  environments.   Child
Develop., 1937, 8: 217-22.   Also Univ. Iowa Stud., 1937, 13:
7-81.—Ekkert, A. I.  [Family education of children in educa-
tional institutions and asvlums]  J. Russ. obsh. okhran. narod.
zdrav., 1906, 16: 368-85.—Jasper, H. H.  Optimism and pes-
simism in college environments.  Am. J. Sociol., 1929, 34: 856-73.

----   Medical aspect.

   See also Behavior, Clinics;  Blind; Child and its
subheadings; Deaf, Education; Health; Pedagogy,
medical;   Physical  education;   School   child,
Health; School hygiene; Student, Health, &c.
   Bestion de  Comboulas,  P.   *Le  medecin
auxiliaire des 6ducateurs; utility d'une collabora-
tion medicale dans la formation physique, morale
et  intellectuelle  de l'enfant  et  de l'adolescent.
52p.   8?   Par., 1934.
   Crichton-Miller. H.  Mental health in relation to education.
Brit. M. J.,  1932, 2: 234.—Czerny.  O  medico educador;
erros de disciplina e educacao.  Brasil med., 1927, 41: 615-8.—
Ernberg, H.  [Physicians and the educational problem]  Hygiea,
Stockh., 1937, 99: 833-44.—Friedjung, J. K. Der Kinderarzt
als  Erziehungsberater.  Psychother.  Praxis, Wien, 1935,  2:
144-7.—Hamburger, F.  Erziehung  und Gesundheit.  Med.
Klin., Berl., 1932, 28: 1295. ------  Erziehung und Kinder-
heilkunde;  biologische  Grundlagen   der  Erziehung.   Mitt.
Volksgesundhamt., Wien,  1932, Aerztl. Prax., 97-100.—Le
Gendre,  P.   Bases  physiopsychologiques  et  medicales des
m6thodes p^dagogiques.  Hyg. scol., Par., 1922, 2. ser.,  577-
95.—Mason, M.  Medicine in education.   Fed. Bull., Chic,
1937, 23: 268-73.  Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1937, 108: 1455-7 —
Metzger, D. F.  The place of the college physician in the educa-
tional program.  J. Lancet, 1935, 55: 421-3.—Rosenthal, I. S.
[Education and the nervous type]  Arkh. biol. nauk, 1936, 41:
5-8.—Shurly, B. R.  The physician's contribution to education;
the practicing physician's point of  view.  J.  Am. M.  Ass.,
1938,  111:  723.—Smith, P. D.  Good practice in modern
education; the pediatrician  and the pedagogue.  J. Pediat., S.
Louis, 1935, 6: 287-96.—Taylor, W.  The needs of the school
child from a nervous standpoint. South. M. & S., 1931,93:171-5.

----  moral.

  See Moral.

----  Objects.

  See Behavior; Character; Ethics; Instruction..

----  physical.

  See Physical education.

----  Psychology.

  See  also  Child,  Psychology;  Examination;
Fatigue;  Intelligence;   Mental  hygiene;  Psy-
choanalysis; and names of mental qualities  and
abilities as Reliability; Suggestibility,  &c.
  Argelander,  A.   Methoden  der  Kinderpsy-
chologie  und   der  padagogischen Psychologic
p. 1113-264.   8?   Berl., 1935.
  In  Handb. biol.  Arbeitsmeth.  (Abderhalden,  E.)  1935,
Abt. VI, Teil C. II, 2. 
EDUCATION
76
EDUCATION
   Burnham, W.  H.   Bibliographies on educa-
tional psychology.  44p.   8?   Worcester, 1913.
   Claparede  E.   Psychologie  de  l'enfant  et
pedagogie experimentale; problemes et methodes;
developpement   mental;   fatigue  intellectuelle.
282p.   12?   Geneve,  1909.   Also  7. ed.  571p.
8?   1916.
   Delvin,   M.  R.   *The  pedagogical  value of
willingness  for  disinterested service  as developed
in  the training school  of the  state teacher and
in  the  religious  novitiate and the  religious  life
[Catholic Univ.]   154p.   8?   Wash.. 1917.
   Kartsov,  N.  S.   [Notes on  pedagogic  psy-
chology, etc.]   161p.  8?   S. Peterb., 1907.
   La Rue,  D.  W.   Psychology  for  teachers.
316p.   8?   N.  Y., 1920.
   Muse, M. B.  Study outline designed to assist
students of  nursing who  are taking an  introduc-
tory course  in educational  psychology.  140p.
4?   Phila.,  1928.
   Pfahler,   G.    System   der   Typenlehren;
Grundlegung  einer  padagogischen  Typenlehre.
334p.   8?   Lpz., 1929.
   Pillsbury,  W.  B.   Education  as  the  psy-
chologist sees it.  342p.   12?   N. Y., 1925.
   Popowitsch, A.   *Die Ergebnisse der experi-
mentellen  Psychologie  und  Padagogik, darge-
stellt und beurteilt  [Jena]   157p.   8?   Langen-
salza, 1911.
   Skinner, C.  E., Gast,  I. M.  [et al.]   Readings
in  educational  psychology.   833p.   8?   N.  Y.,
[1926]
   Thorndike,  E. L.   Educational  psychology.
3v.  8?   N. Y.,  1921.
   Viqueira, J. V.  Introducci6n a la  psicologia
pedag6gica.  222p.   12?  Madr.,  1919.
   Wachsner,  F.  R.    *Die  ethischen und  psy-
chologischen  Voraussetzungen  der  Padagogik
Berthold Ottos.   88p.  8?   Jena, 1910.
   Whipple,  G.  M.  Questions  in  general  and
educational psychology.   107p.   8?   Syracuse,
1908.
   Willers, F.   *Die psychologische Denkweise
Herbarts  in  siener  Schrift:   Briefe  iiber   die
Anwendung der  Psychologie  auf die Padagogik
im Verhaltnis  zu der modernen  physiologischen
Psychologie.  46p.   8?   Giessen, 1913.
   Abel, T. M.  Modes of thinking and classroom adjustments.
J.  Social  Psychol., 1938, 9: 287-98.—Adler,  A.   Schule und
Ermutigung.  Eos, Wien, 1925,  17:  110-4.—Amarante. J.
A  actividade  mental  da crianca e  a  educagao.  Fol. med.,
Rio, 1927, 8: 205-8.—Baldwin, B. T.  Educational psychology
at  the Cleveland  meeting of  the American  Psychological
Association.  J. Educ. Psychol.,  1913,  4:  164-70.------
A psycho-educational study of the 4th and 5th school grades.
Ibid.,  364.  ------  Educational psychology.  Psychol. Bull.,
1917, 14: 341-51.—Blum, A. Zur Psychologie einer Charlotten-
burger B-Klasse.  Zschr. padag. Psychol., 1920, 21: 84-92.—
Braunshausen, N.   Psychologische  Personalbogen als Hilfs-
mittel fiir Padagogik  und Berufsberatung.   Zschr. angew.
Psychol.,  1919,  15:  1-32.—Brennemann, J.  Pediatric  psy-
chology and the child guidance movement.  J. Pediat., S. Louis
1933,  2:  1-26.—Brockdorff,  C. von.   Zur  Psychologie des
Schiileraufsatzes.  Zschr. padag. Psychol., 1910, 11: 493-501.—
Busemann,  A.  Humanismus und Jugendpsychologie.  Ibid.,
1925, 26:  77-81.—Carey, N.  Factors in the mental processes
of school children; on the nature of the specific mental factors
Brit. J. Psychol., 1915, 8: 70-92.—Connor, W. L.  Psychology
in the ungraded room of the village school.  J. Educ. Psychol.,
1919,  10: 163-5.—C.mta-Kernbach,  A.  L'effort  voiontaire
dans l'education  intellectuelle.  Internat. Arch.  Sehulhvs
1912, 8: 238-45.—Deuchler, G. Zur  Morphologie und Psy-
chologie der Schularbeit.   Zschr. padag. Psychol., 1913, 14-
81-90.—Eliasberg,  W.  Neue Stromungen in der Psychologie
und ihre  padagogische Bedeutung.  Mschr.  Kinderh.,  1926,
32:  308-33.—EychSne, J.  Les bases  physiologiques et  psy-
chologiques de l'education.  Rev. sc, Par., 1937, 72: 98-100.__
Friedmann. A.  Beitrag zur padagogischen Menschenkenntiiis
Internat.  Zschr. Individpsychol.,  1929,  7:  129-43.—Geek
L. H. A.  Gabriel Tarde und die Sozialpsychologie der Kind-
heit.  Zschr. padag.  Psychol.,  1928,  29: 171 4 —Giese  F
Analytische Psychologie als verstehendes  und  erziehendes
Verfahren.  Ibid., 1927, 28: 433-46.—Glover, E. Unconscious
functions of education.  Internat. J. IVychoanul , Lond., 1937,
18: 190-5.—Hait, B., &  Spearman, C.  Geneial  ability, its
existence and nature.  Brit. J. Psychol., 1912-13, 5: 51-84.—
Heaton, K. L.  Fourteen  principles of child guidance gleaned
from the works of well-known psychologists for the benefit of
classroom teachers.  Michigan Pub. Health, 1938, 26: 83-92.—
Heilman, J. D.  Psychology in the schoolroom.  J. Educ
Psychol., 1916, 7: 337-47.—Hirsch, G.  Plan zu einer charak-
terologischen Untersuchung erzieherischer Konflikte.  Zschr.
padag. Psychol.,  1937,  38: 65-76.—Huther. A. Die  psycho-
logischen Grundprinzipien der  Padagogik.  Ibid.,  1900, 2:
121;  192; 287;  367.  ------   Padagogisch-psychologische
Probleme. Ibid., 1913. 14: 105: 145.— Jelliffe, S. E.  Children's
problems: a generalized  approach.  Am. J. Orthopsychiat.,
1936,  6: 406-11.—Kemsies, F.  Fragen und  Aufgaben der
padagogischen  Psychologie.  Zschr. padag. Psychol.,  1899,
1: 1-20.  ------  Die  Entwickelung der padagogischen Psy-
chologie im 19. Jahrhundert.  Ibid., 1902, 4: 342-55.—Kessel-
ring, M.  Ueber die Probleme der Jugendlichen.  Ibid., 1920,
21: 41; 92.—Kiessling, A.  Entwicklungstendenzen der padago-
gischen Psychologie.  Ibid., 1929, 30:  1-9.—Kretzschmar, J.
Die  Psychologie der  fruhgermanischen  Kindheit  und die
padagogische Aufgabe der Gegenwart. Ibid., 1939, 40: 1-18.—
Ley, A.   Le role du psychologue dans l'6ducation des enfants
normaux et anormaux.  C. rend. Congr. internat. mid., 1910,
16. Congr., sect. 12, psychiat., 235-41.—Loreta, U. Apparecchi
di psicologia pedagogica.   Riv.  psicol.  appl., 1908,  4: 171-4,
pi.—Miller, W. S.  An objective test in educational psychology.
J. Educ. Psychol., 1925,  16: 237-46.—Morgan,  B. S.  Die
Stellung des Individuums im amerikanischen Unterrichtswesen.
Arch.  ges. Psychol., 1928,  65: 321-434.—Moss, F. A.  Note on
building  likes and dislikes in   children.   J. Exp.  Psychol..
1924,  7:  475-8.—Muchow, M.   Padagogisch-psychologische
Arbeit in Genf.  Zschr. padag.  Psychol., 1926, 27:  101-8.—
Ogden, R. M.  The relation of psychology to philosophy and
education.  Psychoi.  Rev.,  1913,  20:  179-93.—Piaget, J.
Psycho-p6dagogie et  mentalite  enfantile.  J. psychoi. norm.
path., Par., 1928, 25: 31-60—Pi eron, H. Les recherches de
psychologie scolaire  et pSdagogique.  Rev.  psychiat.,  Par.,
1905,  93-115.—Poppelreuter, A.  Analyse der  Erziehung zur
Exaktheitsarbeit nach experimental-psychologischer  Methode.
Zschr. angew.  Psychol., 1927, 29: 1-40.—Rogers, A. L. The
message of  educational psychology to  parents  and teachers.
Canad. J. Ment. Hyg.,  1920-31, 2: 60-72— Ruttmann, W. J.
Quellen  und Methoden  der Schulerkunde.   Zschr.  padag.
Psychol., 1915, 16: 335-42.—Scheinert, M.  Ueber den psy-
chologischen Ertrag  der  Grafschen  Sammlung Schiilerjahre.
Ibid.,  1913, 14: 98-105.—Schroeder, H. H.  A real problem
for  educational  psychology.  J. Educ.  Psvchol.,  1913,  4:
465-70.—Seidler, R.   Die Schule als Erkbnis.   Internat.
Zschr. Individpsychol.,  Wien, 1935, 13:  167-76.—Stern, W.
Psychologie und  Schule.  Zschr. padag.  Psychol.,  1919, 20:
145-52.—Symonds, P.  M.  A new meaning for educational
psychology. J. Educ. Psychol.,  1939, 30: 33-7.—Tennent, T.
Psychological problems in childhood.  Med.  Press  & Circ,
Lond., 1936, 192: suppl. p.iv-vi.—Terry, P. W.  The prognostic
value  of different types of tests in courses in educational psy-
chology.  J. Appl. Psychol., 1934, 18: 231-40.—Thorndike,
E. L.  The contribution of psychology to education.   J. Educ
Psychol., 1910, 1: 5-12.—Ulich, R.  Psychology  and education.
Ment. Hyg., Alb., 1935,  19: 95-111 — Vidal,  A.  L'hygiene
scolaire; la psychologie p6dagogique au Congres  scientifique du
Chili.  Internat. Arch. Schulhyg.,  1910, 6: 330-47— Weimer.H.
Der Kampf gegen die objektiven Bedingungen der Fehlsamkeit.
Zschr. padag.  Psychol.,  1926,  27: 220-30.—Wilson, M. L.
Bringing dead minds to life.  Pedag. Semin., Worcester, 1921,
28:  83-5.—Winsor,  A.  L.  The relative variability of boys
and girls.  J. Educ. Psychol., 1927, 18: 327-36.

----   Reform.

  See also Education subheadings (experimental;
System); School; University.
  Educational  reforms.   Pedag. Semin.,  Worcester,  1891, 1:
1-12.—Foerster, F. W.  New educational duties of our time.
Ibid.,  1918, 25: 75-87.—Gaudig,  H.  Die Problematik der
Schulreform.  Zschr.  padag.  Psychol.,  1920,  21:  241-6.—
Hansing, W.  Zur Hochschulreform.  Munch,  med. Wschr.,
1931,  81: 1089.—Letaconnoux,  J.   Les  projets  de rdorme
scolaire a la fin de l'ancien regime.  J. psychoi. norm, path.,
Par.,  1924, 21: 244-53.—Thormann. W.  Begrenzung und
Sicherung der Erziehungsreform.  Zschr. padag. Psychol., 1927
28:  529-43.

----   secondary and higher.

  See  also  School;  University;  also   names of
various professions.
  Franceteau,  G.   *Les causes d'inadaptation
scolaire  dans l'enseignement secondaire.   71p.
8?   Par., 1938.
  Great  Britain.     Board   of  Education.
Report of the Consultative Committee on  differ-
entiation of  the curriculum  for boys  and girls
respectively   in   secondary  schools.   193p.   8?
Lond., 1923. 
EDUCATION
77
EDUCATION
    Froes, H. P.  Suggestoes a reorganizacao do ensino secun-
 dario e superior no paiz.   Brasil med.,  1931, 45: 121; 145.—
 Greenwood, Major.  University education: its recent history
 and  function.  J. R. Statist.  Soc, Lond.,  1935, 98:  1-38.—
 Kraft, A.   Die Ueberbiirdung unserer mannlichen und weib-
 lichen Jugend in  den  obersten  Klassen  der Mittelschulen.
 Korbl. Schweiz. Aerzte, 1912, 42: 358.—Otto, H.  Ueber die
 Begabtenauslese beim Uebergang von  der  Grundschule zur
 hohern Schule.  Zschr. angew. Psychol., 1931, 40: 369-492 —
 Recent literature  of higher education.  Pedag.  Semin., Wor-
 cester, 1891, 1: 327-89.—Revesz, G.  Der Uebergang von der
 Grundschule zur hoheren Schule in Holland. Zschr. padag.
 Psychol., 1926,  27: 183-202.—Rijberk, G. van   [Moral  and
 social value of high schools]  Ned. tschr. geneesk.,  1936, 80:
 5626-30.—Sullivan, J. P.  Old Boston school days, 1635-1935:
 300 years of American high schools.  Hygeia, Chic, 1935, 13:
 156-9.

 ----  Self-education.

    See also Learning;  Training,  &c.
    Busemann, A.  Kollektive Selbsterziehung in Kindheit und
 Jugend.  Zschr. piidag. Psychol.,  1925, 26: 561-5.—Hausmann,
 G.   Vorbild  und  Nachfolge,  Selbsterkenntnis  und  Selbst-
 gestaltung in der jugendlichen Entwicklung.  Ibid., 1936, 37:
 176; 220.—Neumann, J.  Moglichkeiten, Erfolge, Grenzen der
 Selbsterziehung.  Internat. Zschr. Individpsychol., Wien,  1930,
 8: 43-51.—-Seif, L.  Zum  Problem der Selbsterkenntnis  und
 Selbsterziehung.   Ibid., 1-8.—St John, A.   The community
 and  its  children;  their co-operation in their own  training.
 Sociol. Rev., Lond., 1912,  5:  125-51.— Welei. J.  Die Auto-
 nomic in unserem Heegerheim.  Eos, Wien,  TJ?8  20: 102-7.

 ----  sex.

    See Sex education.

 ----  Social aspect.

    M(jller-Lyer, F.   Soziologie  der  Erziehung.
 447p.   8?   Munch.,  1924.
    Hartnacke.  Die Austilgung des geistigen Nachwuchses als
 Jrohende Volksgefahrdung.  Volk & Rasse, 1935, 10: 234-42.—
 Hoffmann,  A.  E^bbiologie und  Eugenik  im  Rahmen der
 padagogischen Menschenkunde.  Zschr. padag. Psychol., 1933:
 34: 241-59.—Kroh, O.  Padagogische Psychologie im Dienste
 volkischer Erziehung.   Ibid.,  1937,  38: 1-13.—Mayo. W.  J.
 Education guides the young to good citizenship.   Proc. Mayo
 Clin., 1936,  11: 417-20.—Mueller, A. D.  A vocational and
 socio-educational survey of graduates and  non-graduates  of
 small high schools in New England.  Genet. Psychol. Monogr.,
 1929, 6: 315-92.—Schroeder,  L. C.  Proper education plays
 vital role in city life.  Pittsburgh Health, 1938, 6: No. 3, 20-2.

 ----  special.

    See  Blind;  Child subheadings  (abnormal; de-
 fective; gifted)  Deaf;  Genius; Mental deficiency;
 School, Special classes, &c.

 ----  System.

    See also Education, experimental.
    Daniel Boone (The) idea  in  education,  a school system
 based on voluntary muscular work.   Sc. American, 1913, 109:
 361;  370.—Ferriere, A.  The new schools in Europe.  Pedag.
 Semin., Worcester,  1918, 25: 397-406.—Golias, E.  Pestalozzi
 und die  padagogischen Strebungen der Gegenwart; zu dessen
 100. Todestage.  Zschr. Kinderschutz, 1927, 19: 2-4.—Graves,
 F. P.  Is the Montessori method a  fad?  Univ. Pennsylvania
 Lect., 1915,  1: 55-62.—Gruenberp, S. M.  What is the Montes-
 sori method'' application of science to education. Sc. American,
 1912,  106:  564.—Hanauer.  Die  Ausgestaltung  des  Frank-
 furter Volksschulwesens. Munch, med. Wschr., 1918, 65: 466.—
 Kirmsse, M.  Dr Montessori's selbsttatige Erziehung.  Zschr.
 Behandl. Schwachsinn.,  1915,  35: 37-53— Lande, L.  Frobel
 und  Montessori; ein Versuch vergleichender Wertung  der
 beiden Erziehungssysteme.   Kinderarztl. Prax., 1931. 2:  495-
 501.—Maccachero,  E.  L'attuale movimento pedagogico  e  il
 metodo di  Maria  Montessori.  Igiene della scuola, 1914,  5:
 3; 33.—Meyerhardt, M. W.  Paul Natorp's social pedagogy.
 Pedag. Semin., Worcester,  1916, 23:  51-62.—Muchow,  M.
 Ueber die kindes- und bildunppsychologischen Voraussetzun-
 gen  der  Frobelschen Kleinkinderpadagogik.   Zschr.  padag.
 Psychol., 1927, 28:  239-45.—Phillips, D.  E.  The elective
 system in American education.   Pedag. Semin., Worcester,
 1901,   8:  206-30.—Rignano.  E.   The school of tomorrow.
 Monist, Chic, 1918, 28: 379-93.—Salvoni, M.  La scuola di
 educazione dell'attivita spontanea.  Riv. psicol., 1920, 16: 307-
 18.—Sayre, H.  The artistic value of the Montessori geometri-
 cal insets.  Psychol. Clin.,  Phila., 1914, 8: 6-11.—Timerding,
 H. E.  Koedukation. In Handworterb. Sexualwiss. (Marcuse)
 Bonn,  1923,  271-4.—Venturini,  L.   L'educazione  fisica  in
 rapporto  con la letteraria  e  civile.  Atti  Congr. ital. educ
 fis.  (1900)   1902,  1: 338-44.—Vohsen.   Augestaltung  des
 Frankfurter  Volksschulwesens.   Munch, med. Wschr., 1918,
65: 801.—Wallis. W. D.  The Oxford system versus our own.
 Pedag. Semin., Worcester, 1912, 19: 154-65.
 ----   Theory.

   Harris,   P.  E.    *Changing  conceptions  of
 school  discipline   [Columbia Univ.]   384p.   8?
 N. Y.,  1927.
   Mobius, P. J.  Gedanken iiber die Schule, von
 einem  alten  groben  Manne.   64p.   12?    Lpz.,
 1906.
   Nogier,   J.   J.     L'education  des  facultes
 mentales.   173p.   12?   Par., 1892.
   Aikins, H. A.  College standards and human values.  Ment.
 Hyg.,  Alb., 1936, 20: 366-83.—Bianco,  E., &  Gandolfi, G.
 Sull'efficacia  della  scuola nella  lotta contro la criminalita.
 Manicomio, 1909, 25: 1-24.—Birk, W.  Ueber die Grundlagen
 der Kindererziehung.  Munch, med. Wschr., 1934, 81: 1081-
 5.—Engelen.   Ueber Erziehungsaufgaben  und Schulfragen.
 Arzt als  Erzieher, 1912, 7: 97-102.—Ferrari, G. C.   L'educa-
 zione della attivita spontanea nei fanciulli.  Riv. psicol., 1921,
 W: 70-4.—Findlay, J. J., Green, J.  A.  [et al.]  Mental and
 physical  factors involved  in education.  Rep. Brit.  Ass. Ad-
 vance. Sc.  (1913) 1914, 302.—Giacobini, G.  Educacidn ffsica,
 moral e  intelectual  del nifio, segun la ciencia psicoldgica  con-
 temporanea.  Proc. Pan Amer. Sc Congr., 1917, 2. Congr., 10:
 342.—Hamburger,  F.   Die Grundlagen  der  Erziehung  des
 Kindes.  Arch.  Kinderh., 1933-34, 101: 212-43.—Hutchins,
 R. M.  Ideals in education. Am. J. Sociol.. 1937-38, 43:1-15 —
 Kelchner, M.  Die  Naturbedingtheit des padagogischen Zieles
 und ihre Auspragung in der Madchenerziehung.   Zschr. padag.
 Psychol., 1936, 37: 370-81.—Linde, E.  Der Gefilhlsintellekt
 und seine Bedeutung fiir die Erziehung.  Ibid., 1910,  11: 589-
 98.—MacAlister, C. J.  Inaugural address  on some  relation-
 ships between education and co-ordination of function. Proc.
 Liverpool Biol. Soc, 1913-14,  28: 3-22.—Melby, E.  O.  The
 organic theory of mind and its bearing on education.  Am. J.
 Dis. Child., 1938, 55: 879.—Merriam, J. C.  Natural phenom-
 ena as a source of inspiration in education.  In his Pub. Papers,
 Wash., 1933, 4: 2186-90.  ------  The constructive element in
 education.  Ibid., 2446-52.—Miiller-Lyer, F.  Die Bedeutung
 der Erziehung.  Neue Generation, 1925, 21: 33-41.—Pickard-
 Cambridge, A. W.  Education and freedom. Rep. Brit.  Ass.
 Advance. Sc, 1935,  189; 450.—Pyle. W. H.  Educational aims;
 a psychologist's view.   School  &  Soc,  1919, 9:  507-9.—
 Richards, A. A.  Motive in education.  Pedag. Semin., Worces-
 ter, 1921. 28: 60-72.—Rothe, K. C.  Ueber die Bedeutung der
 Ethnographie und Anthropologic  fiir die  Theorie und Praxis
 der Erziehung.  Zschr.  piidag. Psychol.,  1930,  31: 113-25 —
 Sciiultze, F. E. O.  Selbstandigkeit, Sachlichkeit und  Frohsinn
 als Charaktereigenschaften und  als  Erziehungsziele.  Ibid.,
 1918, 19: 360-72.—Shaw,  F. B.  A modern  concept of  educa-
 tion.   Am. J.  Pub.  Health, 1937,  27: 587-9.—Washburne, C.
 The living  philosophy of education.  Am.  J. Dis. Child., 1938,
 55: 879.—White, W. A.  The function of  education as viewed
 from the standpoint of the present world crisis.   Sigma Xi Q.,
 1937, 20-3, 48.

 EDUCATION, medical.

   See  also  Examination;  Licensure;  Physician;
 also  Instruction, medical;  also names of medical
 specialists   and  specialties,  sciences,  schools  as
 Anatomy, Instruction; Army, Medical education
 and   schools;   Dentist,   Education;   Hospital,
 Internship; School, medical;  University, Medical
 faculty, &c;  also  Student, medical.
   Bardeen, C. R.  Coordination in medical education.  J.  Am.
 M. Ass., 1925, 84: 1107-111.—Bedell, A.  J.  Prepared physi-
 cians.  N. York State J. M., 1934, 34: 993-5.—Bonifield, C. L.
 Medical education.  Med. J. & Rec, 1924, 120: 1-3.—Bracken-
 bury,  H.   Medical  education. Brit. M.  J., 1934, 2:  suppl.,
 54-7.—Brainerd,  H.  An  investment which pays dividends.
 Bull.  Panamer.  Union,  1932, 66: 852-7.—Cernadas, P. V.
 El desaliento en la juventud estudiosa y la ensenanza medica.
 Sem. med., B. Air., 1935,  42:  pt  2, 511-4.—Christian, H. A.
 The lure of  medicine. Diplomate, 1939, 11: 123-7.—Dragstedt,
 C. A.  Stages of medical  education.  Phi Chi Q., Menasha,
 1935,  32: 214-7.—Draper, G.  The education of a physician.
 J. Nerv. Ment.  Dis.,  1932,  76:  452-62.—Edington,  G. H.
 Professional education.  Glasgow M. J.,  1927, 107:  19-27.
 ------   Medical  education.   Ibid.,   1934,  121:   173-9.—
 Educational number, session 1926-27.   Brit. M. J.,  1926, 2:
 409-67.-—Fagge, C.  H.   Dare quam accipere.  Lancet,  Lond.,
 1934, 2: 824.— Flemming, C. E. S.  Medical education. Bristol
 Med. Chir. J., 1932, 49: 199.—Flippin, J. C.  Medical education
 and medical practice. Virginia M. Month., 1933, 60: 517-21.—
 G., N.  The education of a physician.  Memphis M.  J., 1939,
 14: 62.—Graves, S.  The  organization of medical education.
 Scalpel, N.  Orl., 1932, 2: 10-3.—Hammill, W. J.  The doctor
 and his education.  Nebraska M.  J.,  1936, 21:  181-5.—Han-
garter, W.   Gemeinsame Arbeit  von Hochschule und prak-
 tischem Arzt.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1937,  63: 21-4.—Horder,
 Lord.   Doctors in the making.  S. Mary Hosp.  Gaz.,  Lond.,
 1933, 39: 88-93.—How to become a doctor. Lancet,  Lond.,
 1938, 2: 467.—Johnson, P. S.  The bad starts we make. J.
 Med.,  Cincin., 1933-34,  14: 580-2.—Krehl, L.   Besprechung
des Buches  von A. Flexner iiber die Ausbildung des Mediziners,. 
EDUCATION,  MEDICAL
78
EDUCATION, MEDICAL
 mit  eigenen  Bemerkungen dazu.   Deut. Arch.  klin.  Med.,
 1927, 155: 360-71—Lape, E. E.  Medical education, as dis-
 cussed in American medicine.  J. Ass. Am. M. Coll., 1937, 12:
 357; 1938, 13: 295.—Latham, P. M.  The education of medical
 men.  S.  Afr.  M.  J., 1935,  9: 97-105.—Lorente  Sanz,  A.
 Ensefianza medica.   Med. ibera,  1936, 30: pt  1, 234-8.—
 McBaird,  M.  Medical education.  Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond.,
 1925, 39:  482-8.—Macleod, J. J.  R.   Medical  education.
 Canad. M. Ass. J.,  1925, 15:  304-8.   Also Pub. Health  J.,
 Toronto, 1925, 16: 330-7.—Martin. C. F.  Medical education.
 Canad. M. Ass. J.,  1925,  15: 308-12.  Also Pub. Health  J.,
 Toronto, 1925,  16:  310-6.  ------   Medical  education and
 medical practice.  Bull. N. York Acad. M., 1930, 2. ser., 6:
 774-91.------The  making of a  practitioner; the seventh
 Alpha Omega Alpha  annual lecture.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1933,101:
 652-7.—Mayo, W. J.  Medical education.  Tr. Ass. Physicians
 Mayo Clin. (1925) 1926, 6: 285-7.—Medical education.  Am.
 J. Psychiat.,  1938-39,  95:  1235-8.—Medical  education and
 licensure.   Fed. Bull.,  Chic, 1938,  24: 130.—Morris, S. J.
 Medical education.  Phi Chi Q., Menasha, 1935,  32: 156-9 —
 Note on medical education.  Brit. M. J., 1935, 2: suppl., 17.—
 Osborne, O. T.  Medical education.  Med. J. & Rec, 1930,
 132:329.  Also repr.—Padtberg, J. H.  [Duties and education
 of the physician]  Geneesk. gids, 1937, 15: 1091-7.—Parizeau,
 T.  Comment on devient medecin?  Union mid. Canada, 1933,
 62: 478-84.—Patterson, R. V.  Address of president. J. Ass.
 Am. M. Coll.,  1935, 10:  1-8.—Policard, A.  Un livre recent
 sur l'enseignement medical.  Lyon chir.,  1926, 23: 65-72.—
 Porter, L.  Medical education.  California West.  M.,  1929,
 30:  16-21.—Primrose,  A.  Medical  education.  Canad.  M.
 Ass. J., 1933, 28: 78-84.—Roger,  H.  A propos du livre  de
 M. Flexner sur la formation du m6decin en Europe et aux
 Etats-Unis.   Presse  med., 1927, 35: 1197.—Ryerson, E.  S.
 Health and medical  education.  J. Ass. Am. M. Coll.,  1938,
 13: 1-6.—Senn, N.  The choice of a profession.   Bull. Univ.
 Nebraska Coll. M., 1907, 2: 65-78.—Tucker, D. A., jr. Medical
 education.  Clin. M. & S., 1930, 37: 121-3.—Wakerlin, G. E
 From medical graduate to physician.  Diplomate, 1938,  10:
 295-9.—Weed,  L. H.  Some  tenets of medical education.
 Bull.  Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1929,  45: 203-14.—Welch, J.  S.
 Medical education.   Nebraska  M. J.,  1928,  13:  258-62.—
 Wilbur, R. L.  Medical education.  Long Island M. J.,  1924,
 18: 415-9.—Winternitz, M. C. Medical and dental education.
 Clin. M. & S., 1930, 37: 579-83.  Also repr.

 ---- Commissions, conferences, and congresses.
    American   Medical  Association.    Annual
 congress  on  medical  education  and  licensure.
 Proceedings.   Chic, 1923-
    Association of American Medical Colleges.
 Commission on  Medical Education.   Prelimi-
 nary report.   90p.  8?   N. H.,  1927.
   ----    Final  report  of the  Commission  on
 Medical  Education.   560p.    8?    N. Y., 1932.
   Acta general  de las reuniones de la Comisi6n organizadora
 de la primera Conferencia de pedagogfa m6dica.  An. Fac.
 med. Lima, 1924-25, 7: 313-9.—Annual report of the Com-
 mittee on  Medical Education and Hospitals.   Ohio M.  J.,
 1935,  31: 779-84.—Capen,  S. P. Results of the  work of the
 commission on medical education. J.  Am. M. Ass., 1933, 100:
 1217-9.—Cutter, W.  D. Reciprocal  relations between  state
 and county societies and the Council on Medical Education
 and Hospitals.  Bull. Am. M. Ass., 1936, 2:  37-40.—Final
 report of Commission on Medical Education.  S. Afr. M. J.,
 1933, 7: 257-9.—Fishbein, M.  The function and future of the
 American Medical Association in medical education.  J. Am.
 M. Ass., 1930, 94: 911-5.—Hutton, J. H. The Educational
 Committee; its  origin  and work.  Illinois M. J.,  1938, 74:
 411-5.—Rappleye, W.  C.  Comments on the  report of the
 commission on medical  education.  J. N. York Acad. Dent.,
 1934,  1: 1-22.   ------  The need  of a  National Council on
 Medical Education, Licensure, and  Hospitals.  Tr. Am. Surg.
 Ass., 1938,  56:  9-18.   Also Ann. Surg., 1938, 108: 489-98.
 Also J. Ass. Am. M. Coll., 1938, 13:  289-94.—Recent activities
 of the council  on medical education and hospitals.  J. Am. M.
 Ass.,  1934,  103: 612.—Welch, J. S.  Report of delegate to the
 1933  annual congress  of  medical  education and licensure.
 Nebraska M. J., 1933, 18: 338-43.—Wilbur, R. L.  Report of
 the chairman of the council on medical education and hospitals.
 Proc.  Congr.  M. Educ, 1933,  1.  ------  Review of  the
 accomplishments  of  the council on  medical education and
 hospitals.   Ibid., 1934, 1-4.  ------ Report of the Council on
 medical education and hospitals.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1935  104-
 1064;  1938, 110:  1327.  ------  Protection of the public
 through activities of  the Council on  Medical Education and
 Hospitals.  Ibid., 1939, 112: 1096.

 ----  Curriculum.

   See under Instruction, medical.

 ----  Economic  aspect.
   Leiand,  R.  G.  The  costs  of  medical education; students
 expenditures.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1931, 96: 682-90.  Also repr.__
Pearson, H. L.  The cost of medical  education.   J. Florida
M.  Ass., 1936-37,  23:  13—Zapfee, F. C.  Cost of medical
education.  Bull. Ass. Am. M. Coll., 1927, 2: 48-52, ch.
 ----   History.

    See  also  Medicine,  History;  also  names  of

 medical  schools and universities.
    Bardeen, C. R.  Recent trends in medical education.  Wis-
 consin M. J., 1933, 32: 291-6.—Bierring,  W. L. The general
 trend of medical education and practice.  Bull. Chicago  M.
 Soc, 1934, 36: 544-8.—Brugsch, T. Die Stellung der Medizin
 in der Universitas litterarum.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1928, 54:
 1789-93.—Chesney, A. M.  Two papers by John Shaw Billings
 on medical education.  Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1938, 62:
 297-371.—Cunha, P. da.   Evolucao do ensino medico.  Fol.
 med., Rio, 1933, 14: 587-92.—Cullen, G. M. A medical student
 views Edinburgh in 1748.  Brit.  M. J., 1935, 2: 594.—Cunning-
 ham, E. R. Development of medical education and schools of
 medicine.  Ann. M. Hist.,  1935,  7: 228-41.  Also  repr.—
 Cutter, I. S.  Progress in medical education. Clin. Med., 1926,
 33: 9; 89.—Del Guerra, G.  I  primi  addottorati in medicina
 dello studio pisano (dal 1433 alia calata di Carlo VIII)  Riv.
 stor. sc. med. natur., 1931, 22: 376-80.—Dernova-Jarmolenko,
 A.  [Twenty-five years of medical education of women]  Vrach.
 delo, 1928, 11: 929-32.—D'Irsay, S.  On the  original connec-
 tion between medicine and the university. Bull. Johns Hopkins
 Hosp., 1930, 41: 117-22.—Dixon, C. F. A graduate of 15 vears
 ago looks back.  J. Michigan  M. Soc,  1937, 36: 483-6.—Eells,
 W.  C.  The center of population of medical education, 1870-
 1930.  J. Ass. Am. M. Coll., 1935, 10:  331-7.—Emerson, C.  P.
 The present trend in medical education. Proc. Congr. M. Educ,
 1931, 20.  Also repr.—Garcia, A. Remarks on recent trends in
 medical education.  J. Philippine Islands  M. Ass., 1935, 15:
 1-9.—Garcia del Real, E.  La ensefianza de la medicina juz-
 gada desde el punto de vista  de la historia. Siglo mid., 1934,
 94:  654-8.—Graham-Little, E.  The history of medical educa-
 tion in the last 100 years.  Med. Press &  Circ, Lond., 1939,
 201: 110-4.—Guttmacher, M. S.  The views of Adam Smith on
 medical education.   Bull.  Johns Hopkins Hosp.,  1930, 47:
 164-75.—Hartung, E. F. Medical  education in the 12th cen-
 tury. Med. Life, 1934, 41: 20-31.—Head,  J. R.  John Brown
 on  medical education.   Arch.   Surg.,  1929,   18:  1562-9.—
 Herczeg,  A.   [History  of  medical  education]  Orvosk6pzes,
 1932, 22: 398-414.—MacEwen, E. M.  The trends in medical
 education.  J. Iowa M. Soc, 1937, 27:  487-91.—Masson, J. C.
 The trend of present-day medical education.  J. Am. M. Ass.,
 1930, 95: 765.—Mayer, C. F.  [Education end authority of the
 physicians  of the  12-16th  centuries]  Orv. hetil.,  1925, 69:
 1012-4.—Mayo, W.  J.  Looking backward and forward in
 medical education.  J. Ass. Am. M.  Coll., 1929, 4: 232-42.
 ------  The advancement of learning in medicine.  Illinois M.
 J., 1928,  53:   393-8.—Mehring.   Studienjahre  eines wiirt-
 tembergischen  Hofmedikus im 16. Jahrhundert.  Med. Korbl.
 Wtirttemberg, 1915, 85: 358.—N., G. The new doctor in a new
 world.  Lancet, Lond.,  1938, 2: 523-5.—Novy, F. G.  Dr
 Vaughan's  influence in medical education.  J. Lab.  Clin. M.,
 1929-30, 15: 833-8.—Oppenheimer, R. H.  The trend of medi-
 cal education.  J. M. A*s. Georgia, 1935, 24: 295-8.—Past
 (The) and present in medical education.   In Am. Med. (Am.
 Found.) N. Y.,  1937,  1: 231-9.—Pniower.  Zur Geschichte
 des Studiums der Medizin.  Aerztl.  Mitt., Lpz., 1927, 28: 113;
 184.—Rappleye, W. C.  Further notes  on present-day medical
 education.  South. M. J., 1930,  23: 150-5.  ------  Current
 trends in medical education.  N. York State J. M.,  1936, 36:
 1939-42.—Reid, W. D.  Progress in medical  education.  N.
 England J. M.,  1931, 204: 609-15.—Robertson,  W. N.  An
 address.  Med.  J. Australia, 1935, 1:  1-7.—Rushmore, S.
 Medical education now and then.  N. England J. M., 1937,
 216: 1108.—Stawell, R.  The foundation of a medical school
 and  the progress of  medical  education.   Med. J. Australia,
 1931, 1: 1-12.—Szumowski, W.   La historia de la medicina  y
 la reforma de los estudios medicos.  Siglo med., 1935, 96: 129 —
 Thorndike, L.   Translation of a letter  from  a physician of
 Valencia to his 2 sons  studying at Toulouse 1315 A.  D. Ann.
 M. Hist.,  1931, n.  ser., 3:  17-20.—Upham,  J. H.  J.  The
 advancement of medical education.  Fed.  Bull., Chic, 1937,
 23: 361-8.  Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1937, 108: 2009-11.—Waite,
 F. C. The divergent  paths of dental  and medical  education
 since 1840.  Am. Dent. Surgeon, 1929, 49: 349-57.—Wallace,
 C.  Medical education, 1760-1934.  Lancet, Lond.,  1934, 1:
 385-7.—Walsh. J. J.   Medieval medical  education.  Inter-
 state M. J., 1907, 14: 763-8.  Also repr.—Wilbur, R. L.  Medi-
 cal education transformed.  Mod. Hosp., 1938,  51: No. 3,
 54.—Young, G. S.  On  the  trend  of medical education and
 medical service.  Canad. M. Ass. J., 1925, 15: 685-8.


----   Laws  and regulations.

   See also Education,  medical—by countries.
   Bayne-Jones, S.  The influence of the State upon medical
education.  N.  Orleans M. & S. J., 1934-35,  87: 809-16.—
 Wishard, W. N.  The relation of medical legislation to medical
education.  J. Indiana M. Ass., 1934, 27: 391-4.


----   Methods and systems.

   See^ Education,  medical,  postgraduate;  In-
struction, medical;  Research, medical.
   Fischer-Wasels, B.   Wie studiere ich Medi-
 zin?  2.  Aufl.   32p.   8?   Frankf. [1930] 
EDUCATION, MEDICAL
79
EDUCATION, MEDICAL
   Flexner,  A.   Medical  education; a compara-

tive study.   334p.   8?   N. Y.,  1925.
   New  York,  N.   Y.   Rockefeller Founda-

tion.   Methods and problems of medical educa-

tion.   Series 1-21,   1924-32.
   Adams, N. P. G.  The 5th year training of the Negro medical
student.  J.  Nat. M.  Ass., 1932,  24: 25.—Abell, I.  Graduate
education  in medicine.   Proc. Congr. M.  Educ,  1938,  34.
Congr., 28-30.—Atzler.  Der beste Weg des Medizinstudiums,
insbesondere der Ausbildung zum praktischen  Arzt.  Deut.
med. Wschr., 1928, 54: 661-3.—Back to apprenticeship? Guy's
Hosp. Gaz., Lond.,  1935, 49: 322-4.—Bardeen, C. R. Exten-
sion work in medical education.  J. Ass. Am. M. Coll., 1930, 5:
193-9.—Batten, L. W. Aims and methods of medical education.
S. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1933, 40: 160;  181.—Bauer. A.  Der
beste Weg des  Medizinstudiums, insbesondere der Ausbildung
zum  praktischen Arzt. Deut. med. Wschr., 1928, 54: 444-7.—
Brackenbury, H.  The  training  of the  medical practitioner.
Brit. M. J., 1934, 2: 381-5.—Bush, A. D.  The problem method
of medical teaching, its advantages and objections.   Med. J.
& Rec,  1925, 121: 729-31.—Carter, L. D. The origin of cor-
respondence schools.  Mil. Surgeon, 1931, 69: 327.—Christian,
H. A. The clinical clerkship in medicine at Harvard.  Harvard
M. Alum.  Bull., 1936, 10, 3: 43.—Cole,  L. R.  The preceptor
Bystem plan. Proc. Congr. M. Educ, 1931, 47-9. Also J. Am.
M. Ass., 1931, 96: 1509.—Cutter, W. D.  Training for practice
abroad.  Proc. Congr. M.  Educ, 1933, 64-8.—Davis, N. S.
Preceptorships; an important part of  the medical curriculum
of the past for  which  nothing has been substituted in the cur-
riculum  of modern medical schools. J. Am. M. Ass., 1927, 89:
578.—Delamare, G.  L'apprentissage  et l'enseignement de la
medeeine.   Progr. med., Par.,  1927, 42: 1088-92.—Ely, L. L.
Apprenticeships in  medical education.  Illinois M.  J.,  1925,
48: 241-3.—Evans, N. The cooperative plan in medical educa-
tion; 4 years experience. J. Ass.  Am. M. Coll., 1929, 4:  135-
45.—Flood,  C.  A.   Clinical  clerkships for  undergraduate
students.  Ibid., 1939, 14:  145-9—Grosz, E.  [The school of
the physician]  Orvoskepzes, 1937, 27: 369-74.—Kaplan, H. E.
A plan  for training the medical  student in general practice.
Proc. Congr. M. Educ,  1931, 49.  Also repr.  Also J. Am. M.
Ass., 1931, 96: 1509.—Kaufmann, G.  Der beste  Weg  des
Medizinstudiums,  insbesondere  der  Ausbildung zum prak-
tischen Arzt. Deut.  med. Wschr., 1928, 54: 1049-52.—Kerr,
W. J., Lyman, R. [et al.] A unique and  promising experiment
in medical education.  California West. M., 1926, 24: 465-74 —
Kobacker, J. L.  The  long way round is  the shortest  way
home.   Memphis M. J., 1936, 11: No. 3,  19-28.—Kritzler-
Kosch, H.  Der beste Weg des Medizinstudiums, insbesondere
der Ausbildung zum  praktischen Arzt.   Deut.  med. Wschr.,
1927, 53: 2037; 2128; 2175.—Lang, W.  Soil der Student der
Medizin famulieren?  Ibid., 685.—Leathers,  W. S.  Thorough
preparation of students  for medical service.   Diplomate, 1932,
4: 339-41.—McGrath. B. F.   Applying the fundamentals in
medical  education.   Tr. Ass.  Physicians Mayo Clin. (1927)
1928, 8: 157-65.—McLester, J. S. University extension work
in medicine. South.  M. J., 1924, 17: 717-20.—Macphail, A.
American methods in  medical education.  Brit. M. J., 1927, 2:
373-80.—Mayo,  W.  J.  Medical education for the general
practitioner. J. Am.  M. Ass., 1927, 88:  1377-9.  Also repr —
Medical (The)  student  on his training.  Lancet, Lond., 1935,
1: 1197.—Moore, J. W.  Student preceptor system in clinical
clerkship work.  South.  M. J., 1933, 26:  1074-7.—Ockel.   Der
beste Weg des  Medizinstudiums, insbesondere der Ausbildung
zum  praktischen Arzt.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1928, 54: 791-4.—
Pakhomychev,  A. I.  [Dialectic methods in medicine]  Mosk.
med. J.,  1928, 8: 24-53.—Phelps. F. C.  My personal experience
with the extramural  service.   N. England  J. M.,  1936,  215:
580-2.—Prinzhorn,  H.  Der beste Weg des Medizinstudiums,
insbesondere der Ausbildung zum praktischen Arzt. Deut.
med. Wschr., 1927, 53: 1953; 1995.—Reichert.  Der beste Weg
des Medizinstudiums, insbesondere der Ausbildung  zum prak-
tischen Arzt. Ibid., 1928, 54: 404-8.—Reid. W. D. Take them
earlier and keep them longer.  J. Ass. Am.  M. Coll., 1931, 6:
149-57.—Robinson, G. C.  A study of several experiments in
medical  education.  Ibid., 129-45. ------   The study of the
patient as a whole as training for medical practice.  Ibid., 1939,
14:65-71.—Rolleston, H. The training  of a physician.  Prac-
tioner, Lond., 1927,119: 273-9.—Sachs, E. Ueber das Assistie-
ren.  Munch, med. Wschr., 1927, 74: 2065-7.—Skinner, H. A.
Education and  medical learning.   Canad. M. Ass. J., 1933, 28:
429-33.—Smidt, N.  Wie soil der Student der Medizin famu-
lieren?   Deut. med. Wschr., 1927, 53: 1971.—Stern, C.   Soil
der Student der Medizin famulieren?   Ibid.,  1203.—Woolf, M.
S. The training of medical students.  J. Am.  M. Ass., 1924, 83:
1609-11. Also repr.

----   postgraduate.

   See  also  Specialist;  also  names  of  medical

special'ies.

   Bulletin of the Fellowship  of  Medicine
and  Post-Graduate   Medical   Association.

Lond., v.2-3, No. 41-115,  1920-21.
   Incomplete.
   Germany.   Reichsausschuss fur  das arzt-

liche Fortbildungswesen.  Jahresbericht 1922-

25.   128p.   8?  Naumburg a. S. [1926]

   Internationale   Facharzt - Fortbildung.

1939.  35p.   12?   Berl. [1939]

   Jurnal    usovershenstvovanya    vrachei
[Journal for improvement of physicians]   Mosk-
va, 7, No. 5, 6, 9, 10, 1929.
   Adam,  C,  &  Jacobsohn,  L.  Rundfunk und  arztliche
Fortbildung.  Zschr.  arztl. Fortbild.,  1925, 22:  284.—Aerzt-
licher Fortbildungskurs in Karlsbad und Marienbad vom
21. bis 23. April  1939.  Aerztebl. Hessen, 1939,  7: 229-32.—
Balme, H.  The  development of postgraduate medical  educa-
tion.  Brit. M. J..  1933, 1: 105.—Beardsley, E.  J. G.  What
life teaches the doctor.  South. M. & S.,  1936, 98: 177-80.—
Beardsley, L. G.  Synopsis of postgraduate medical courses.
Med.  Bull. Veterans  Admin.,  1937-38, 14: 295-7—Bentley,
D. F.  Report of the committee on post-graduate education.
J.  M. Soc. N. Jersey,  1939, 36: 275.—Brown, G. V. I. Watch-
man,  what of the  night.  Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass.
N. America, 1932, 7:  84.—Bruce, J. D.  Postgraduate  educa-
tion  in medicine.  J.  Michigan M. Soc, 1937,  36: 269-77.
------   Continuing  professional education.   Proc.  Congr.
M. Educ,  1938, 34.  Congr., 34-7.  Also Fed.  Bull.,  Chic,
1939,  25: 5-12.  Also J. Am.  M. Ass., 1938,  110: 1331-5 —
Coole, W. A.  Bringing postgraduate medical education to the
general practitioner.  Med. Rec, Houston, 1938, 32: 812-4.—
Cummer, C. L. The educational functions of the state medical
association;  inaugural  address  of  the  incoming  president.
Ohio  M. J.,  1933, 29: 625-8, portr.  ------   Educational
possibilities of scientific programs at state and county meetings.
Bull. Am. M. Ass.,  1935, 30: 19-24.—Cutter, W.  D.  Planning
postgraduate  medicine.  Bull. Ass. Am.  M.  Coll., 1928, 3:
237-40.—Five-year study program for graduates in medicine;
program  II.  California West. M. 1938, 49:  suppl., 1-15.—
Ford, G. S.  An experiment in medical graduate work.  J. Ass.
Am.  M. Coll., 1930, 5: 200-9.—Graduate medical  education.
J. Am. M. Ass., 1938,110:159B.  Also Kansas City M. J., 1938,
14: No. 6, 4.—Graduate medical education; preliminary report
of  extension courses designed for practicing physicians in 23 of
24 states visited.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1938, 111: 801-10.—Hartwell,
J.  A.  The continued  education of the doctor.  Bull. N. York
Acad. M., 1931, 2. ser.,  7: 446-63.  Also J. M. Soc N.  Jersey,
1931,  28: 639-48.—Hiranandani, K. M.  Postgraduate medical
studies.   Med. Surg. Suggestions, Madras, 1935, 4: 156-62.—
Hoffmann, W. La Academia internacional para el perfecciona-
miento medico.  Rev. med. cir.  Habana,  1938, 43: 326-33.—
Hume, E. H.  Some needed developments in graduate medical
education.  Proc Congr. M. Educ, 1929, 25-8.—Ide, M. Les
cliniques mensuelles.    Rev.  m6d., Louvain,  1921,  200-2.—
International academy of postgraduate medicine.  Brit. M. J.,
1938, 1: 1120.—Kiser, E. F.  The physician's collateral reading.
J.  Indiana  M.  Ass.,  1938,  31: 70-4.—Kritzler-Kosch.  H.
Welche  Biicher sind  dem  Arzt  zu  empfehlen?   Med. Klin.,
Berl., 1927, 23:  1737.—Latham, P. M.  The  education  of
medical men.  S. Afr. M. J., 1936, 10: 121-6.—Meeker, G. H.
Some whats and whys  in graduate medical education.  Proc.
Congr. M. Educ, 1931,  64-7.  Also repr.—Miner, J. B.  Train-
ing by and for conferences.  Bull. Ass. Am. M. Coll., 1927, 2:
129-36.—Miiller,  F.   Das   arztliche   Fortbildungswesen.
Munch, med. Wschr., 1931, 78: 915-9.—Musser, J. H.  The
education of  the graduate. South. M. J., 1930, 23:  156.—
Myers, J. A.   Education and the medical journal.  J. Lancet,
1932, 52: 78-80.—Oudiette, P.  Le medecin doit se tenir au
courant.   Vie  med.,  1924, 5:  1955.—Paddock, B.  W.  Post-
graduate medical education.   N. England  J.  M.,  1935, 212:
1069-74.—Parkins, L.  E.  Medical  postgraduate  extension
courses.  Commonhealth, Bost.,  1938,  25: 25.—Piersol, G. M.
The importance  of postgraduate medical education.  Week.
Roster,  Phila., 1938-39, 34: 781-3.—Postgraduate education.
In Am. Med.  (Am. Found.) N. Y„ 1937, 1:  392-427.—Rap-
pleye, W. C.  The place of postgraduate medical education.
J. Ass.  Am. M. Coll., 1931,  6: 339-44.  ------ Current
trends in graduate medical education.  Diplomate, 1935,  7:
237-40.  Also J.  Ass. Am. M. Coll., 1935, 10: 149-53.—Reik,
H. O. Success of postgraduate courses.  J. M. Soc. N. Jersey,
1932, 29: 244.—Richardson, F.  H.   Postgraduate  education;
the challenge of  organized medicine today.  South. M. & S.,
1925, 87: 641-4.—Robertson, H. E.  The staging of a  clinical
pathologic conference.  Proc. Congr. M.  Educ,  1929, 1:  59-
64.—Robinson, W. H.  The administration of a short course
in graduate medical education.  Bull. Am. M. Ass., 1934, 29:
20-2.—Rosser, C.   The  history of the  clinical conference.
Dallas M.  J., 1935,  21: 17-23.—Sechzehnter internationaler
arztlicher Fortbildungskursus vom 12. bis 18.  September 1937
in Karlsbad.  Med.  Welt, 1937,  11:  1648-51.—Simson, H.
The value of postgraduate medical education.   Practitioner,
Lond., 1931,  127:  321-6.—Stokes, J. H.  The  processes and
organization  of  graduate  medical education.  Arch.   Derm.
Syph., Chic, 1937, 36: 1129-48.—Symes. J. O.  Postgraduate
medical education.  Bristol Med. Chir. J., 1925,  42:  1-22.—
Wakerlin, G. E.  From medical graduate to physician.  J. Ass.
Am. M. Coll., 1938, 13: 259-63.—Williams, H.   Education is
never complete.    Johns  Hopkins Alumni Mag., 1937,  36:
111—6.—Wilson,  L. B.  The physician's reading.  Diplomate,
1937, 9: 191-8.—Winternitz,  M. C.   The graduate  plan in 
EDUCATION,  MEDICAL
80
EDUCATION, MEDICAL
medical education. Bull. Ass. Am. M. Coll., 1927, 2: 208-13 —
Witt. W. H.  Postgraduate work.  J. Tennessee M. Ass., 1934,
27:  176.—Youmans, J.  B.   Experience  with a postgraduate
course for practitioners:  evaluation of results.  J. Ass. Am. M.
Coll., 1935, 10: 154-73.

----  Premedical studies.

   See also subheadings of Student, medical.
   American  Medical Association.   Council
on  Medical  Education and  Hospitals.   Ap-
proved  colleges of  arts and  sciences and junior
colleges.  34p.  8?   Chic, 1935.
   Amyot, R.  Les sciences dans  l'enseignement de la medeeine.
Union med.  Canada,  1937, 66: 294-7.—Birge, E.  A.   The
beginnings of the premedical course.  Wisconsin M. J.,  1936,
35: 226-9.—Blincoe, H.  Correlation between the college and
the medical school.  J. Ass.  Am. M. Coll., 1931, 6: 222; 285.—
Blum, T.  Premedical study viewed as  waste.  N. York J.
Dent., 1939, 9: 151-3.—Bull, G. D.  The  Catholic college and
premedical education.   Linacre  Q., 1939,  7: 12-4.—Cabot, H.
The premedical course.  Bull.  Ass. Am. M. Coll.,  1926,  1:
1-3.—Capen,  S.  P.  Premedical  education.  Ibid., 4-9.—
Chavigny, P.   Initiation gen§rale aux etudes m6dicales; leur
technique.  Strasbourg mid., 1927, 85: pt 2, p. 1;  passim.—
Clark, F. E.   Pre-medical  chemistry at  West  Virginia uni-
versity.  Scalpel,  N. Orl., 1933, 3: 5-7.—Clarke, H. T.   Pre-
medical requirements  in chemistry.  J.  Ass. Am.  M.  Coll.,
1930, 5:  134-7.—Conant, J. B.  College education for  the
future doctor.  J. Am.  M. Ass., 1939,  112:  1655-7.—Darby,
A.  I.  Premedical  education at West  Virginia University.
Phi  Chi  Q., Menasha,  1935, 32: 172.—Davison, W. C.   The
significance  of  present entrance requirements.  Proc Congr.
M. Educ, 1931, 21-4.—Dietrich, A.  Der  wissenschaftliche
Unterbau des Medizinstudiums.  Munch, med. Wschr.,  1934,
81:  967.—Flexner,  A.   La  connaissance  des langues.  Rev.
m6d., Louvain, 1929, 111.—Gilmore, R. J. Liberal arts  back-
ground for medicine.  J.  Ass. Am. M. Coll., 1937, 12: 157-64 —
Graves. S.  Combined baccalaureate  courses.  Bull. Ass. Am.
M. Coll.,  1927, 2: 52-60.  ------  The relationship between
pre-medical  education  and  medical  education.   J.  M.  Ass.
Georgia, 1929, 18: 542-9.------  Preparation for the study
of medicine.   Scalpel, N. Orl.,  1932, 2: 6-9.—Hannon.   Du
libre  examen dans la science.  Presse  mid. beige,  1864-65,
17: 365-8.—Hauser, G.  Zu meinem Artikel Medizinstudium
und humanistisches Gymnasium.  Munch, med. Wschr.,  1926,
73: 2037.—Hultkrantz, J. V. [Doctors and the classical lan-
guages] Sven. lak. tidn., 1930, 27: 1197-206.—Hutchins, R. M.
The organization and  subject  matter of general  education.
J. Am. M. Ass., 1939, 112:  1657-60.—Ide, M.   Question
linguistique.   Rev. mid.,   Louvain,  1929,  31.—Jones,  G.
Classical education and the  medical profession.  Med. Press &
Circ, Lond., 1932, 134: 125.—Kaufmann, B. P. Pre-medical
carte du jour.  Scalpel,  N. Orl., 1932, 2:  11-6.—Koch. E. W.
Preprofessional training  as revealed by the needs of  the phy-
sician.  Science,  1924,  n. ser.,  60: 580-2.—Ktimer,  O.   Die
neuesten  Urteile  iiber  den  Wert  der humanistischen  Vor-
bildung fiir den Aerztestand.  Munch, med. Wschr., 1923,  70:
1487; 1926, 73: 1668.—Lyon, E. P. The relation of the Liberal
Arts College to the professional schools.  Bull. Ass. Am.  M.
Coll., 1928,  3:  152-9.—McDowall, R. J. S.  The preliminary
sciences in medicine; a plea for a new outlook.  Brit. M. J.,
1931, 2:  409-14.—Mallinckrodt,  K.  von.   Der  griechisch-
lateinische Humanismus  und die medizinischen Studien.  Med.
Welt,  1933, 7: 104.—Marfan,  A. B.  Les humanity greco-
latines et les etudes m6dicales.  Presse mid., 1932, 40: 1647.—
Marraro,  H. R.  Modern foreign language requirements  for
admission to American medical  schools and colleges.  J. Ass.
Am. M.  Coll.,  1934, 9:  351; 1935, 10: 351.—Maxwell.  J. L.
Pre-medical  education.  China  M.  J., 1926, 40: 705-23.—
Medical education in the United States;  annual presentation
of educational data for 1930 by  the Council on Medical  Edu-
cation and Hospitals; premedical education, first year students
1929-30.  J.  Am. M.  As?., 1930,  95: 487-534.—Merklen. P.
Considerations  sur  certains points  relatifs  aux  6tudes  de
medeeine; l'enseignement  secondaire; la question  du  grec
Progr. mid., Par.,  1937, 220-4.—Montgomery. J.  P.   The
rise and development of  the pre-med. course.  Scalpel, N. Orl.,
1931, 1: 5.—Moon, G. R.  Relation of certain factors in  the
student's  premedical  record  to success  in  medical school
J. Ass.  Am.  M.  Coll.,   1934, 9: 267-73.—Moursund, W. H.
Premedical qualifications in relation to achievement in medical
school.  Ibid., 1932, 7: 149-57.—Nielsen,  H.  [Physicians and
knowledge of languages]   Ugeskr.  laeger,  1927,  89:  85.—
Pryor, J.  W.  Arts-medical  courses.  J. Ass. Am. M.  Coll
1929, 4: 116-34.—Rainey, H. P.  The relations of general and
medical education.  Ibid.,  1935,  10: 304-10.—Reid, W. D.
Premedical education.  Ibid., 1931, 6: 345-56.—Reinke,  E. E
Pre-medical  education.   Phi Chi  Q.,  Menasha,  1934,  31 •
No. 4, 499-501.—Ryerson, E. S.  Modern educational methods
and their  relation to medical education.  Bull. Ass.  Am,  M
Coll., 1926, 1: 16-8.—Schools (The) and  pre-medical studies
Nature, Lond., 1935, 136: 706-8.—Schulte, J. E.  Gymnasium
oder Realschule als Grundlage fiir das Studium und die Praxis
der Medizin? Munch, med. Wschr., 1934, 81: 572.—Shumway,
W.   Premedical education from  the standpoint of the Liberal
Arts College.  J. Ass. Am. M. Coll., 1929, 4: 111-5.—Smeaton
W. G. Some aspects of  premedical education. Ibid., 1930 5-
 146-51.—Stitt,  E. R.  Undergraduate deficiencies and_ post-
 graduate  requirements.  N.  York State J. M.,  1925, 25:
 650-3.—Thompson, I. M.  On premedical education.  Califor-
 nia West. M.,  1932, 36: 167-9.—Thorpe, E. S., jr.   Relative
 value of cultural  courses in premedical training.  J. Ass. Am.
 M. Coll., 1931, 6: 79-84.—Trumper. H. B.   The education of
 an American medical student.   Birmingham M.  Rev.,  1927,
 n. ser., 2: 72-4.—Where  should the major emphasis fall in
 pre-medical training?  In Am. Med. (Am. Found.) N. Y.,  1937,
 1: 283-8.—Westh, K.  [The classics as a preliminary education
 for the study  of medicine]   Ugeskr. laeger,  1927, 89:  34.—
 Williams, H.  B.  Modern foreign language preparation for
 medical school use.  J. Ass. Am. M. Coll., 1930, 5: 138-45

 ----  Reform.

   Borchers,   W.    *Ueber  die  Reformen  des
 medizinischen  Unterrichts  in  Frankreich, Eng-
 land,  den  Niederlanden,  der  Schweiz  und  der
 Sowjetunion   [Leipzig]    29p.    8?    Bleicherode
 am Harz, 1935.
   Blair, A. W.  A suggested revision of medical education.
 J. Ass.  Am. M. Coll., 1934,  9:  225-8.—Burnet, E.  Medical
 education and the reform  of medical studies.  Q. Bull. Health
 Org. League of Nat.,  1933, 2: 620-729.—Lyon, E. P.  Swans
 sing before they  die.  J.  Am. M. Ass., 1936, 106: 1498.—
 Miiller, F. von.  Zur Reform des Medizinstudiums.  Munch.
 med.  Wschr., 1934, 81: 853-61.—Powell, G.  Recommenda-
 tion to medical colleges.   J. Ass.  Am.  M. Coll., 1939, 14:
 187-9.—Riforma  (La)  degli  studi  medici.   Rass.  clin. sc,
 1934, 12: 395.—Roussy. G. Ou en est le projet de rfeforme des
 etudes medicales?  Echo med. nord, 1932, 36: 421.—Tandler,
 J.  The reform of medical education.   Q. Bull. Health  Org.
 League of Nat., 1933, 2: 483-94.—Vanverts, J.  La reforme de
 l'enseignement  medical.   Echo  mid.  nord,  1932,  36:  439;
 452.—Watson, D. C.  The clamant call for changes in medical
 education.  J. State M., Lond., 1936, 44: 373-83.  Also Med
 Press &  Circ,  Lond.,  1936,  193: 11-3.—Weidner, K.  Zur
 Reform des Medizinstudiums.   Munch,  med. Wschr., 1934,
 81: 969.—Ziesche, H.  Um unsere  Bildung und die Wurde
 des kunftigen Arztes.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1938, 64: 160-2.

 ----   School.

   See School,  medical.

----   Social aspect.
   Gillman, J.  The social objectives  of medical education.
 S. Afr.  M. J.,  1937,  11:  75-8.—McKinley. E. B.   Medical
 education and the public.  South. M. J.,  1934, 27: 1039-44 —
 McLeod, F. H.   The effects of present-day medical education
 on the rural physician.  South. M. &  S., 1925, 87: 131-5 —
 Porter, W. B.  Medical education as a factor in the solution of
 present  problems.  J.  Med., Cincin.,  1937-38,  18:  327-31.
 Also Virginia M. Month., 1937-38, 64: 158-62.—Pusey, W. A.
 Medical  education  and medical service.  J. Am. M.  Ass.,
 1925, 84: 281;  passim.  Also repr.—Rappleye, W. C.  The
 larger social aspects of medical education.  Fed. Bull, Chic,
 1935, 21: 232-40.—Sproul, R. G.  Medical education and its
 relation to society as a whole.  Proc. Congr. M. Educ, 1934,
 12-5. Also Diplomate, 1935,  7: 77-84.—Thigpen, C. A.  The
 importance of the trained physician  to modern society. J. M.
 Ass. Alabama, 1936-37, 6:  1-5..—Wilbur, R. L.  The relation-
 ship of medical education  to the cost of  medical care.  Proc.
 Congr. M. Educ, 1929, 1: 11-3.  Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1929,
 92: 1410-2.

----   special.

   See Specialist.

----   Supervision.

   See  also Education, medical,  Commissions.
   Advisory supervision of medical  education.  In Am. Med.
 (Am. Found.) N. Y., 1937, 1: 434-7.—Rapeer. L. W.  Medical
 supervision of  medical schools;  the teacher's responsibility.
 Am. J. School Hyg., 1917, 1: 25; 63.—Wilbur. R.  L.  Inspec-
 tion of medical schools and survey of medical education.   Fed.
 Bull., Chic, 1935, 21: 7-13.

----   Theory.

   Spirit (The)  of inquiry in medical education.
 61p.   8?  Bait., 1925.
   Alonsa, L. M.   La ensefianza de la medicina; enunciado y
 aplicaci6n practica  de  las normas didacticas fundamentales.
 Bol. Inst. elm.  quir., B. Air., 1936-37,  12: 243-9.  Also  Sem.
 med., B. Air., 1936, 43: pt  2, 94-100.—Bachmeyer, A. C.  The
 medical profession and medical education.  J.  Med.,  Cincin.,
 1936-37, 17: 272-6.  ------  Some phases of medical educa-
tion.  Ibid., 1927-28, 8: 58-67.—Baumler.  Ueber die  Aus-
bildung zum Arzt. Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 1483.—Baker,  J. N.
The oneness of objectives of the Association of American medical
colleges, of the  Council on medical education and hospitals of
 the American Medical Association  and of the Federation of
State medica] boards.  J. Ass. Am. M. Coll., 1937,  12: 23-8 —
Balfour, A.  Through the  maze of medicine.  Lancet, Lond., 
EDUCATION,  MEDICAL
81
EDUCATION,  MEDICAL
1926, 2: 1047-52.—Bancroft, G. R.  Some goals in medical
study.  Diplomate, 1938, 10: 7-17.—Bass, C. C.  The purpose
of medical education.  South. M. J.,  1925, 18: 12-4.—Bierring,
W. L.  Consistency  versus chaos in medical  education  and
licensure.   Fed. Bull., Chic, 1936, 22: 331-9.—Buzzard, E. F.
The 13th Maudsley lecture: Education in medicine.  J. Ment.
Sc, Lond., 1933, 79: 4-17.  ------  And the future.  Brit. M.
J.,  1936, 2: 163; 171.—Cattell, J. McK.  Academic slavery.
School & Soc, 1917, 6: 421-6.—Christian. H.  A.   Some prob-
lems of medical investigation and medical education.  Science,
1925, 62:  551-4.—Clark, E. R.   Comments  on  present  day
medical education. South.  M. J., 1920,  19: 145-50.—Coelho,
J.  L'elan vers les humanites.   Presse med., 1936, 44: 141.—
Cox, H. W.  Problems  of medical education.  South. M. J.,
1927, 20:  214.—Craig, T.  Feeling  his feet.   Lancet, Lond.,
1937, 2: 258.—Crow, G. B.  Oration in medicine; the educa-
tion of a  physician.   J. Iowa  M.  Soc, 1934, 24: 425-9.—
Danzis, M.  Some of our present day problems. J. M. Soc. N.
Jersey,  1933, 30: 608-17.—Davis, N. S.  The education of the
family doctor.  Clin. M. & S., 1935,  42: 396-8.—Degkwitz, R.
Ueber die arztliche Ausbildung und die erzieherische Bedeutung
der medizinischen Doktorarbeit.  Klin. Wschr., 1936, 15: 648-
51.—Edmunds, C. K.  The future progress of medicine and its
relation to the natural sciences  in the university.  Wisconsin
M. J., 1924-25,  23: 477-82.—Edsall, D. L.   The product of
medical education. Boston M.  & S. J.,  1924,  191: 283-94 —
Eliot, E.,  jr.  A consideration of certain features of present
medical education  and medical ethics.   Tr. Am. Surg.  Ass.,
1929, 47: 1-7.  Also Ann. Surg., 1929, 90: 481-7.—Findley, P.
Medical education and  the family doctor.  Nebraska M. J.,
1925, 10:  193-200.—Fisher, A.   The higher qualifications in
medicine.   Canad. Pract., 1924, 49: 426-30.—Fraga, C.   La
educacion  medica y  el  espiritu cientffico en  clinica medica.
Dfa med.,  B. Air., 1932-33,  5: 898.—Fraser, F. R. Some con-
trasts in medical education.  S. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond.,  1928-
29, 36: 99; 119.—Gordon,  H.   Medical education: how to
choose it and what it offers. J. Ass. Am. M.  Coll.,  1937, 12:
90-6.—Greil, A.  Ueher die  Erziehung zum arztlichen Denken.
Wien. klin. Wschr., 1925, 38: 1086-9.—Gurevich,  S. A.  [Evo-
lution of the physician's personality]  Mosk. med. J., 1928, 8:
5-16.—Harris, D. W.  The omissions in medicine.  Eclect. M.
J., 1936, 96: 55-8.—Hastings, S.  Some thoughts on medical
education.  Lancet, Lond.,  1932, 1:  1213.—Hayem,  G.   Con-
siderations sur  l'6tude de la medeeine.  Bull. Acad, med.,  Par.,
1933, 3. ser.,  109: 643-7.—Heubner,  W.   Die  Sorgen der
arztlichen Standes und die akademisehe Medizin. Klin. Wschr.,
1925, 4: 1876-81.—Hobbs,  K. L.  Difficulties  encountered in
medical education.  J.  Philippine Islands M. Ass.,  1935, 15:
371-4.—Horder,  L.  Medical education.  Lancet,  Lond., 1935,
2: 987.—Houghton, H. S.  Tendencies  of medical education.
China M. J., 1926, 40: 956-69.  -     -  Unity  and progress in
 medical education. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1930, 20: 202-6.
 The challenge of the future to medical education.  Fed. Bull.,
 Chic,  1934, 20:  337-45.  Also  Science, 1934,  79: 491-6 —
 Houssay, B. A.  La ensefianza de la medicina.  Prensa mid.
 argent., 1934,21:2070-7.—Imbert, L.  Paradoxes sur l'enseigne-
 ment de  la medeeine.  Arch. med.  chir. province, 1937,  27:
 84-6.—Jenkins, W. A. The making of  a doctor.   Kentucky
 M. J.,  1927, 25: 4-19.—Johnstone, R. J.  Some thoughts on
 medical education. Brit. M. J., 1937, 2: 151-4.  Also Lancet,
 Lond.,  1937, 2: 175-7. Also Ulster M.  J., 1937, 6: 230-3.—
 Jones, F.  W. The spirit of adventure.  Med. J. Australia, 1937,
 2: 506-12.—Kiilbs, F. Gedanken zur Ausbildung  des Medi-
 ziners.  Med.  Klin.,  Berl., 1927, 23: 1993.—Lambie, C.  G.
 The study of medicine. Med. J. Australia, 1931, 1: 125-33 —
 Leathers, W. S.  Discussion.  Am. J. Pub. Health, 1936,  26:
 343.—Lewis, D.  The objectives of medical education.  South.
 M. J., 1936, 29: 775-9.—Liberty or license in medical education.
 J. Am.  M. Ass., 1937, 108:  1436.—MacCracken, W. H.  Adap-
 tation  of  medical  education to the needs  of the  individual
 student.  J. Ass. Am. M. Coll., 1929, 4: 321-4—Martin, C. F.
 Some aspects of medical education and procedure.   Bull. Ass.
 Am. M. Coll., 1927, 2:  152-63.  Also repr—Merklen, P. Con-
 siderations sur certains points relatifs aux 6tudes de medeeine;
 coup d'oeil d'ensemble. Progr. med., Par., 1937, 7;  98; 329.—
 Meyer, E.  Vom  Werden und Wesen des arztlichen Berufes.
 Klin. Wschr., 1928, 7:  721-31.—Miles, A.  The orientation of
 medical education. Edinburgh M. J., 1933, n. ser., 40: 183-
 93 —Moursund, W. H.  Medical education and its product.
 South.  M.  J.,  1926,  19:  896-8.—Murphey, E. E.  Modern
 medical education; progress  or retrogression.   Proc.  Interst.
 Postgrad.  M. Ass.  N. America, 1925, 1: 266-71.—Myers, B. D.
 Some problems  in medical education.   J. Indiana M. Ass.,
 1926  19:  446-9.—Novis, A.  Aspectos panoramicos do ensmo
 medico.  Brasil  med., 1936, 50: 357-64.—Overtrained doctors
 mav be  undertrained physicians. Illinois M. J., 1934, 65: 2-9 —
 Philosophy (The) of education and licensure.  Fed. Bull., Chic ,
 1934 20: 193.—Portal (The) of medicine.  Lancet, Lond., 193b,
 1. (572.—Pusey, W. A.  Medical education and medical service;
some further facts and considerations.  J. Am. M.  Ass., 1926,
86: 1501-8.  Also  repr.—Ramirez, E.   La ensenanza de la
medicina  (su aspecto  biol6gico)   Medicina, Mex.,  1929-30,
10: 383-9.—Raoult, F.  Le fardeau royal.  Presse med., 1935,
43.517 —Rappleye, W. C.   Current problems of medical educa-
tion.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1930, 94:  915-7.   Also repr.—Regen-
bogen, E.   Wege zum Vollarzt; Gedanken uber Schulmedizin,
biologische Medizin und Rassenhygiene in Lehre,  Forschung
und Praxis.  Hippokrates,  Stuttg., 1938, 9: 436; 462; 485.—
Reznikoff, P.  Therapeutic-mindedness;  a pedagogic problem.
 J. Am. M. Ass., 1928, 91: 450-3.—Robinson, G. C.  The influ-
 ence of environment in medical education.  South. M. J., 1925,
 18: 9-12.—Rousthol, P. [Certain view-points on the education
 of doctors]  Sven. lak. tidn., 1938, 35: 2029-36.—Rushmore, S.
 Medical education and culture. Science, 1924, n. ser., 59: 569-
 71.------Some aims of medical education.   N. England J.
 M., 1931, 204: 314; 366.—Santos, R. do.  Sobre o problema do
 ensino medico.  Med. contemp., Lisb.,  1930,  48: 447-55 —
 Schlossmann, K.  Einige  Gedanken  iiber die Ausbildung des
 praktischen Arztes.  Acta  Univ. Tartu,  1936,  30: A,  No. 6,
 1-17.—Schwitalla, A. M. Medical practice and medical educa-
 tion.  Fed. Bull., Chic, 1936, 22: 6-15.—Sergent, E.  Quelques
 considerations sur les  6tudes m6dicales.   J. mid. chir., Par.,
 1933, 104:  746-9.—S0ndergaard. K.   [General medical pro-
 pedeutics]   Bibl. laeger,  1931, 123: 155-72.—Stockard. C. R.
 Standardization versus medical education.  Science, 1930, 72:
 409-13.—Sulla cosi detta crisi attuale degli studi di medicina.
 Rass. internaz.  clin.  ter.,  1934, 15:  831-41.—Waite, F. C.
 The practitioner of medicine and medical education.   J. Mis-
 souri M. Ass., 1927. 24: 487-96.—Weiss, G.  La formation du
 medecin.  Strasbourg med., 1928, 88: 417-24.—Wilber. R. L.,
 Pusey, W.  A.  [et al.]  How  to make a  doctor; an unusual
 symposium  on the essentials of medical education.  California
 West. M., 1925, 23: 1409-18.—Williamson, R. T.  The study
 of medicine; the advice of an old Bart.'s physician.   S.  Baith.
 Hosp. J.,  Lond., 1926-27,  34: 7.—Wilson, G.  Idle thoughts
 on medical education.  Med. J. & Rec, 1924, 120:  309.  Also
 repr.—Wyckoff, J.   Address of  president.  J.  Ass. Am. M.
 Coll., 1937,  12: 1-7.

 ----  by countries [and continents]

   Schopohl, H.,  & Opitz,  Iv.   Ausbildung und
 Priifung  der  Mediziner  in  den  Kulturlandern
 einschliesslich    Niederlassungsmoglichkeit   fiir
 Aerzte  und Zahnarzte.   250p.   8?  Berl.,  1931.
   Douglass, J.  Medical study abroad.   In News Bull. Inst.
 Internat. Educ, N. Y.,  1934, 9: No. 4,. 5-7.—Langen, C. D. de.
 Medical training in the Netherlands Indies.  Med. Life, 1938,
 45: 23-31.—Pou Orfila, J.  Reflexiones  sobre la  educaci6n
 medica; informe presentado  a la  Facultad de medicina  de
 Montevideo, a rafz de un viaje cientffico  por los  Estados
 Unidos y Europa (1923-1924)  An. Fac. med. Lima, 1925,
 8: 9-51.—Zum Busch, J. P.  Aus England und den Vereinigten
 Staaten.   Deut. med. Wschr.,  1932, 58: 665-8.  ------ Aus
 England,  den  Vereinigten  Staaten  von  Nordamerika und
 Irankreich.   Ibid.,  1938, 64: 577-80.

 ----  by  countries:  Africa.
   Dart, R. A.  Post-graduate teaching on  the Witwatersrand.
 .1. M. Ass.  S.  Africa,  1927,  1:  361-3.—Gibbons,  R. M., &
 Gibbons, M. J.   Some considerations for the training of African
 medical students.   East Afr. M. J., 1934,  10: 355-7.—Native
 medical education in South Africa.  Annual Rep. S.  Africa
 Dep.  Pub. Health, 1934, 80-3.—Owen, H. B.  Medical educa-
 tion in Uganda.  Trop. Dis. Bull., Lond., 1933,  30: 659-68 —
 Raikes, H. R.  Medical education in South Africa.  Med. Rev.
 of Rev., 1934, 40: 611-4.   Also  S. Afr. M. J., 1934, 8: 78.—
 Silberbauer, S. F.  The medical curriculum.  Ibid., 903-5.—
 Trowell, H.  C.   The medical training of Africans.  East Afr.
 M. J., 1934-35, 11:  338-53.

 ----  by  countries: America.

   See also subheading United States and Canada,
 etc.
   Domfnguez,  A. G.   La ensefianza medica en Cuba.   Rev.
 med.  cir.  Habana, 1935,  40:  731-6.—Guzman Barron,  E.
 Plan para la  ensenanza de la medicina.  Cr6n. med., Lima, 1931,
 48: 200-3.—Lherisson, C.   De  la nouvelle  organisation des
 Etudes m6dicales en Haiti.  Bol. Of. san.  panamer., 1932, 11:
 1247-51.—Lipschiitz.   Ueber  den medizinischen  Unterricht
 in Chile.   Deut. med. Wschr..  1928, 54: 684; 770.—Rodriguez
 Molina, L. F. Medical education in Cuba.  South. M. J., 1930,
 23: 272.—Zapata,  R.   Les Etudes mfedicales  en  Colombie.
 Presse mid., 1930, 38: 1461.

 ----  by  countries: Argentina.
   Carrera, J. L. Los  problemas de la profesion medica, sus
soluciones; la limitacion del numero de estudiantes.  Sem. m6d.,
B. Air., 1938,  45:  1130-2.—Coni Bazan, F. A.  El  primer
examen de medicina realizado en Buenos Aires. Ibid., 1935, 42:
 1071-8.—Lewis.J.T. La ensefianza de la medicina.  Ibid., 1925,
32:1451-5.—Llambias.J. Lareformauniversitaria. Ibid., 1931,
38: 401-12.—Pierangeli, E.  Policfa cientffica; su concepto y
aplicaci6n a  nuestro medio.  Ibid., 1934, 41: 1271-3.—Pifiero
Garcia, P. P.  Correlaci6n en la  ensefianza y extensi6n de los
programas.  Ibid., 1937, 44: 42-6.—Pou Orfila, J. Reflexiones
sobre  la educaci6n medica.  Ibid., 1924, 31: pt 2, 590-605.

----   by  countries: Australia.
   Hamilton, J. B. A post-graduate holiday. Med. J. Australia,
 1938,  2:  599-605.—Post-graduate education in New  South
Wales Ibid., 1: 397.—Strong, W. M.  The medical education
of the Papuan  natives.  Ibid., 1935, 1: 305-9.—Zwar, B. T.
Syme and medical education.   Ibid., 573-9. 
EDUCATION, MEDICAL
82
EDUCATION, MEDICAL
----   by countries:  Brasil.
   Aguiar Whitaker, E. de.  A seleccao dos bachareia.  Rev.
Ass. paul. med., 1935, 7: 146-8.—Clark, O.  O ensino da medi-
cina.  Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1924, 32: 541-60.  ----— Alguns
saos principios no ensino das clinicas.  Fol. med., Rio. 1925, 6:
181.—Fonseca, O. da,  filho.  Deve ou nao deve ser reorgani-
zado o ensino medico no Brasil?  Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1936,
44: 77-82.—Moraes, A. de.  Ensino medico.  Fol. med., Rio,
1936,  17: 145-8.

----   by countries:  China and Japan.
   Balme, H.  The history of western medical education in
China. China M. J., 1926, 40: 700-5.—Bard, L.  La ensefianza
medica en la China.  Cr6n. med. mex.,  1931, 30: 250-4.—
Belot, B.  L'enseignement de la medeeine en Chine.  Arch.
med. pharm. nav.,  1935, 125: 145-68.—Ch'en, C. C.  A pro-
posed basic  medical curriculum.   Chinese M.  J., 1935,  49:
861-7.  ------   State medicine and medical education.
Ibid., 951-4.—Dieuaide, F. R.  Medical education and some
recent experiments.  Nat. M. J.  China, 1931, 17: 283-301 —
Greene, R. S.  General considerations for medical curriculum
requirements in China.  Chinese M. J.,  1935, 49: 59-62.—
Liljestrand, S. H.  Pioneer medical education in Asia.  J. Ass.
Am.  M. Coll., 1931,  6: 366-74.—Miyagawa, Y.   Medical
education in Japan, with suggestions for its future progress.
Jap. J. Exp. M., 1934,12: 105-9.—Tao, S. M.  Medical educa-
tion  of Chinese  women.  China  M. J., 1933, 47: 1010-28.
Also Med. Woman J.,  1934, 41: 73-6.—Thomson, J. O.  The
medical educational situation in Canton. China. M. J., 1926,
40: 791-7.

----  by countries:  Europe.

   Yale University.  Commission on  Medical
Education.    Medical   education  and  related
problems  in  Europe.   200p.   8?  [N. Haven,
1930]
   Conel, J. L.  Medical education in Norway.  J.  Ass. Am.
M. Coll., 1930, 5: 327-45.—Dahl, A.   [Report of the Depart-
mental  Committee on medical education  in Bergen]  Med.
rev., Bergen, 1925, 42:  109-33.—Demas, C. J. Medical educa-
tion and hospitals in Greece. Med. Ann. District of Columbia,
1935, 4: 42-6.—Droogleever Fortuyn, H. J. W.  [The number
of medical students that have registered in the medical schools
of Holland,  and the number that have graduated in the  last
25 years]  Ned. tschr.  geneesk., 1926, 70: 1782-5.—Gregg, A.
Some phases of medical education in Europe.   Bull. Am. M.
Ass.,  1933, 28: 45-8.  Also Diplomate, 1933, 5: 153-8.  Also
repr.—Kuhn, J.  [Future possibility of postgraduate courses]
Ugeskr. laeger, 1938,  100: 547.—McWhorter,  W. B.  Post-
graduate study in Eruopean Clinics.  J. S. Carolina M. Ass.,
1925, 21: 297-9.—Merklen, P.   Considerations sur certains
points relatifs aux etudes de medeeine; sur les etudes en Alle-
magne et pays voisins.   Progr. mid.. Par., 1937,  299.—Meyen-
burg. H. v.  Medizinstudium und Universitat.  In Ber. akad.
Jahr. Univ. Zurich, 1934-35, 3-24.—[New regulation of medical
studies  in  Denmark]   Ugeskr.  laeger, 1933,  95: 624-30 —
Nittis, E.  Medical education in England, France  and Ger-
many.  J. Michigan M. Soc, 1928, 27: 704-7.—Prausnitz. C.
Die  arztliche  Ausbildung in  Deutschland, Frankreich  und
Grossbritannien  im   Lichte  der Reformbestrebungen  des
medizinischen  Studiums.  Deut.  med.  Wschr.,  1932,  58:
1584;  1649; 1688.—Roy,  D.  Medical education in Europe.
Med. Mentor,  1931, 2: 111-4.—Salazar de  Sousa, J.  Necessi-
dades actuais do ensino medico.  Med.  contemp., Lisb., 1932,
50: 381-6.—Wilson, L. B.  Graduate medical education in
Europe.  J. Am. M. Ass.,  1927, 88: 1884-90.

----  by countries: France.

   Jacobe, E.    *Un internement  sous  le  Grand
Roi   Lomenie  de Brienne a  St-Lazare.   76p.
8?   Par., 1929.
   Achard, C.  L'instruction medicale des indigenes aux Co-
lonies.  Bull.  Acad, med., Par., 1937, 3. ser., 118: 34-9 —
Berenz, G.  Das Medizinstudium in Frankreich.  Deut. med.
Wschr.,  1931,  57: 657.—Carnot, P.   La reforme des  etudes
medicales.  Paris meU, 1932, 85:  405-9.—Cruchet, R.  L'in-
ternat bordelais au temps jadis.  France med., 1905,  52:
185; 234.—Desfosses,  P.  De la preparation a l'enseignement
medical francais.  Presse med., 1932, 40: 405.   ------  Quel-
ques  chiffres sur les etudes medicales en France.  Ibid., 1935,
43: 594-7.—Doumergue, G.  Renseignements  gene>aux  con-
cernant les etudes en  vue d'obtenir le diplome de docteur en
medeeine.   Strasbourg med.,  1928,  88: 427-39.  ------  &
Frangois-Albert.   Nouvelle organisation des etudes medicales.
Marseille  med.,  1924, 61:  1167-79.—Hartmann, H.  L'en-
seignement medical en France.   Union mid. Canada, 1937,
66: 298-304.—Imbert,  L.  Sur la reforme des etudes medicales.
Gaz.  h6p.,  1932,  105:  1221.—Jayle, F.  La reforme des  etudes
medicales a la Confederation des Syndicats medicaux francais.
J. mid. chir., Par., 1933,104: 709-14.—Merklen, P. Reflexions
sur l'enseignement m6dical.  Paris med.,  1926, 62: annexe,
430; 478.  ------  Considerations sur certains points relatifs
aux  etudes  de medeeine.  Progr. mid., Par.,  1937, 24-8.—
Restriction of the number of  medical students in France.
Science,  1934,  80: 351.—Romieu,  M.  Apercu historique sur
l'enseignement medical dans le sud-est de la France depuis lea
origines.  Marseille med., 1929, 66: pt 2, 501-19.—Roussy, G.
Medical education in France.  Q. Bull. Health Org. League of
Nat., 1932, 1: 315-419.  ------  A propos  de la reforme des
etudes medicales.  Echo  med. nord,  1933,  37: 30-6.
La reforme des etudes medicales; les enseignements de specia-
lit6s; le certificat du P. C. N.  Presse med., 1933, 41: 571-4.—
Schuler, A.  Die Reform des  Medizinstudiums in Frankreich.
Schweiz.  med. Wschr.,  1934, 64: 739.—Wickersheimer.  E.
Le discours de reception  d'un bachelier  en medicine Montpel-
lierain au debut du quinzteme Steele.  Bull.  Soc. fr. hist. med.
1910, 9: 245-51.  Also repr.

----   by countries: Germany.

   Ackerknecht,  E.  H.    *Beitrage  zur  Ge-
schichte der Medizinalreform von  1848.   183p.
8?   Lpz.,  1932.
   Also Sudhoffs Arch. Gesch. Med., 1932, 25:

   Ackermann,  J.  C.  H.   Winke zur Verbes-
serung der Bildungsanstalten fiir Aerzte, Wund-
arzte, Geburtshelfer und Hebammen.   204p.   8?
Posen, 1803.
   Billroth,  T.   The  medical sciences in the
German universities; a  study in  the  history  of
civilization;  transl.   by W.  H.  Welch.   292p.
8?   N. Y., 1924.
   Fischer-Wasels, B.   Die Reform  der  arzt-
lichen  Ausbildung.  58p.   8?  Lpz., 1930.
   Hellpach, W.  Die Neugestaltung des medizi-
nischen  Unterrichts; eine hochschulpadagogische
Untersuchung.   94p.  8?    Berl.,  1919.
   Scheuplein,  W.    *Ein  medizinischer  Lehr-
plan aus  dem Jahre  1766  (Christian  Gottlieb
Ludwig:  Methodus  doctrinae medicae universae
praelectionibus academicis accommodata)  [Miin-
chen]  32p.   8?   Dusseld.,  1936.
   Schwagerl,  H.   *Die   Grundlagen  fiir  das
klinische Studium der  Medizin an  den  deutsch-
sprachigen  Universitaten  um  das Jahr  1933.
47p.   8?  Wiirzb.,  1936.
   Artelt, W.  Die Ausbildung des deutschen Arztes  bis zur
Griindung der Universitat Heidelberg. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild.,
1936, 33: 354-8.—Bonn, E. Das Ende des alten SchuJsystems.
Munch, med. Wschr.,  1939, 86: 377—Biirker, K. Zur Neu-
ordnung der arztlichen Vorpriifung.  Ibid.,  1932, 79: 2001.—
Debenham, R. K.  Postgraduate study in  Vienna.  Birming-
ham M. Rev., 1933,  8:  121-3.—Erhard,  H.  Gedanken zur
Reform des Medizinstudiums.  Munch, med. Wschr., 1930, 77:
1111.—F.   Neugestaltung der  Studienplane fiir  Mediziner.
Deut. Aerzte Ztg,  1934, 9: No. 403.—Fischer-Wasels, B. Zur
Reform des Studiums der  Medizin.  Munch, med. Wschr., 1930,
77: 1022^.—Friedlander, A. A.   Die Not der deutschen
Aerzteschaft (arztliche Ausbildung und Kurpfuscherei)  Ber.
Allg. arztl. Kongr. Psychother., 1929.4: 166-71   [Discussion]
178-80.—Gitschmann. Zur Neuordnung  des arztlichen Stu-
diums. Deut. med. Wschr., 1925, 51:847.—Gogler, E.  Ueber
das Studium der Medizin in Oesterreich.  Ibid., 1927, 53: 1289;
1371; 1539.—Hadrich.  Das  Medizinstudium  (ohne  Zahn-
heilkunde)  in  Preussen.   Aerztl. Mitt., 1928, 29: 433-6 —
Haeberlin, C, & Roeloffs, F.  L'education en Allemagne.
Gaz. med. France, 1938, 45: dim., 13.—Hamel, C, Jadassohn,
J. [et al.]  Medical education in the German Reich.  Q. Bull.
Health Org. League of Nat.,  1932, 1: 159-207.—Hastings, S.
Post-Graduate Medicine  School.  Deut. Aerzte Ztg, 1935, 10:
No. 418.—Hoche, A. E.  Die  zunehmende Unbildung der
Mediziner. Deut. med. Wschr.,  1930, 56: 560-2.—Jensen, P.
Zur Reform der arztlichen Bildung. Klin.  Wschr.,  1930, 9:
124-9.—Kasten, A.  Statistik im Ausbildungsgang des Medi-
ziners. Arch, sozial. Hyg., 1925-26, n. F., 1: 324-6—Kautsky.
K.   Prinzipielles  zur Reform  des  medizinischen Studiums.
Hippokrates, Stuttg.,  1928, 1: 296-307.—Kerl, W.   Beitrag
zum Studium der Medizin. Wien. klin.  Wschr., 1935, 48: 169-
71.—Kritzler-Kosch, H.  Mangel und Fehler in der Ausbildung
des deutschen Arztes. Munch, med. Wschr., 1934, 81: 861-
7.—Lawen, A.  Ueber arztliche Fortbildung in  Ostpreussen.
Deut. med. Wschr., 1934, 60: 523-5.—Lentz, R., & Orth.  Das
arztliche Fortbildungswesen an der Saar.  Munch, med. Wschr.
1935, 82: 68-70.—Meagher, J.  L.  Notes  on post-graduate
work in Vienna.  Post-grad. M. J., Lond., 1926-27, 2: 44; 60 —
Medical education in Germany.  Med. Rev. of Rev., 1930,  36:
441-68.—Meyer,  H.  H.  Ueber  die geplante  neue Studien-
ordnung fur Mediziner.  Wien. klin. Wschr., 1926, 39: 792.—
Nagel, V.  Ueber arztliche Fortbildungskurse.   Zschr. arztl.
Fortbild.,  1925,  22:  221.—Pernkopf, E.   Einleitende Worte
zur Eroffnung des 62. Internationalen Fortbildungskurses  der
Wiener medizinischen Fakultat.  Wien. klin. Wschr., 1938, 51:
1157.—Rein, H.   Zur  Erziehung  unseres  arztlichen Nach-
wuchses.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1936, 62: 1558-61.—Schone, G.
Medizinstudium in Berlin um die Jahrhundertwende.  Ibid.,
1938, 64: 1735;  1772.—Smith, 1. R.  Post-graduate study in 
EDUCATION,  MEDICAL
83
EDUCATION,  MEDICAL
Vienna.  Canad. J. M. & S., 1934, 75: 174-80.  Also Phi Delta
Epsilon News, Menasha,  1934, 25: 144-7.—Stigler, R.  Ent-
wurf eines neuen medizinischen Lehrplanes. Wien. med. Wschr.
1918, 68: 689; passim.—Wallraf, M.  Neue  Bestimmungen
Uber die Ausbildung zum Arzte.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1932, 58:
939-41.

----   by countries: Great Britain.

   Brockbank, E.  M.  The  foundation of  pro-
vincial medical education in England, and of the
Manchester school  in  particular.    191p.    8?
[Manchester] 1936.
   Heggs, F. M.   The M. B.,  B. S. finals;  a col-
lection of the  papers  set at  the  London M. B.,
B. S. examination for the years  1920-35, classi-
fied and  arranged in suitable subdivisions.   95p.
8?  Lond.,  1935.
   Ball, W. G.  New regulations for the London M. Bv B. S.
examination.  S. Barth.  Hosp. J., Lond.,  1937-38, 45:  186 —
Chaplin, A.  The history of  medical education in the Universi-
ties of Oxford  and Cambridge, 1500-1850. Proc. R. Soc. M.,
Lond., 1919-20, 13: sect. hist, med., 83-107.—Cheever, F. S.
Medical education in Cambridge University.   Bull. Harvard
M. Alumni, 1936, 11: 5-7.—Clay, J.  Looking back.   Univ.
Durham Coll. M. Gaz.,  1937-38, 38: 165-70.—Davidson, L.
S. P.  Medical education and hospital policy in Edinburgh.
Edinburgh M. J., 1939, 46: 20-35.—Dawson. W.  T.  Medical
education in England. J. Ass. Am. M. Coll., 1930,  5: 222-30.—
Dean, H. R. Educational number session, 1930-31; a review of
the medical curriculum.   Brit. M. J., 1930, 2: 541-5.—Educa-
tional  guide,  1935-37;  England;  Ireland;  Scotland.   Med.
Press & Circ, Lond., 1935, 191: 217;  1936, 193:  227.—Faults
(The)  of the  curriculum;  inter-hospitals students'  debate.
Brit. M. J., 1935, 1: 1085.—General (The)  medical council;
powers, duties, and constitution. Lancet, Lond., 1935, 2: 465;
1936,2:475.—Gurd, D. P.  The medical curriculum.  Brit. M.
J., 1935, 2: 474.—Hale-White. W.  Post graduate  medical
teaching in London.  Practitioner, Lond.,  1929,  123: 375-81.—
History  (The) of  medical education in the United Kingdom.
J. Am. M. Ass.,  1936,  106:  54.—Horder, T.  Post-graduate
study in London. Brit.  M. J., 1925, 1: 755-7—l.yle, H. W.
The medical curriculum and its reform.   Med. Press & Circ,
 Lond.,  1934,  188: 221-3.—Medical  (The)  curriculum;  the
sciences.  Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1932, 46: 344; 1935,  49:
402.   Also Lancet, Lond.,  1934,  2: 439-41.—Medical  (The)
 curriculum; lines  of reform. Ibid., 1935,  1: 1185-8.—Medical
 (The) curriculum  in Great Britain; university and  other qualifi-
cations.  Nature, Lond.,  1935, 136: 90-3.  Also Science, 1936,
84:  366.—Medical educatipn in  Scotland; the  medical cur-
riculum.  Edinburgh M. J., n. ser., 1931, 38: p.i-xxviii; 1935,
42:  p.i-xxviii; 1936, 43:  p.i-xxviii.—Medical education of
 women undergraduates;  report of the University of London
 Committee.   Lancet, Lond.,  1929,  1: 251-4.—Metropolitan
centres affording  educational facilities.   Ibid., 1935,  2: 489-
94.—Monsarrat, K. W.   Some comments on medical training
and practice and  their regulation.  Brit.  M. J., 1935, 2: 365-
8.—Newman.  G.   Medical education in England.  Q. Bull.
Health Org. League of Nat., 1932, 1:7-45. ------ Readjust-
ments in medical  study; the medical curriculum.   Brit.  M. J.,
 1935, 2: 711-4.—Pannett, C. A.  The medical curriculum  and
medical  education.  Lancet, Lond.,  1934, 1: 773-5.—Post-
graduate  courses  and lectures, London, April-May,  1939.
Brit. M. J., 1939,  1: suppl.,  153.—Profession study and exami-
nation; a note on the revised scheme. Ibid., 1927, 2: 384.—
Reform  and the  medical curriculum. Med. Press &  Circ,
Lond., 1935, 191: 211.  Also Bristol Med. Chir.  J., 1934, 51:
253-64.—Report of Committee on the reform of the curriculum.
J. Am. M. Ass.,  1935, 105: 210.—Riggall, F.  Post-graduate
work in the British Isles.  Centaur, Menasha, 1936, 41: 119-21;
145.—Ritchie, W. T.  Medicine  in Edinburgh.  Edinburgh
M. J., 1928, n. ser., 35: 665-73.—Shaw, M. E.  Post-graduate
medicine.  Guy's  Hosp.  Gaz , Lond., 1936, 50: 540-3.—Silver
Doctor (From)   Lancet, Lond., 1938, 1: 1079;  1132; 1184;
1245.—Staddon. C. S.  The problem of the final  M. B., B. S.
Lond.  Brit. M.  J.,  1938,  1: 309.—Stevenson,  R. S. Post-
graduate education in London.  Practitioner, Lond., 1931, 127:
327-34.—Story (The) of medical  education  in  the  London
schools.  Canad.  M. Ass. J., 1925,  15:  192-6.—Thorne, M.
The romance of the medical education of women in England.
Med. Woman J., 1925,  32: 207-9.—Turn (The)  of the tide.
Lancet, Lond., 1937, 1: 641.—Walker. N. Medical education
in Great Britain and Ireland.  J. Am. M.  Ass., 1928, 90: 1181-
8.—Waring, H. J.  Post-graduate  medical education in Eng-
land. Brit. M. J., 1925,  2:  1022-6.—Watson. C.  The medical
curriculum.  Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1934,  188: 219.—
Wilson. C.  M.  Reform  of the medical curriculum; evolution,
not revolution. Ibid., 210.

----   by countries: Hungary.
   Balogh,  E.   [National reform of medical education]   Buda-
pesti orv. ujs., 1937,  35:  73-8.—Beznak.  A. B. L.  A note on
medical education in Hungary.  Brit. M. J.,  1932, 1: 998 —
Daranyi, G. [Postgraduate  education] Orvoskepzes, 1937, 27:
350-5.—Eiselsberg, A.  Ueber  arztliche  Ausbildung.   Ibid.,
1935, 25: mar. kulonf. Educ. med., 1-8.—Gr6sz.  E.  [Medical
education]  Orv. hetil., 1927, 71: 1157.  ------   Die Ausbil-
dung der Aerzte in Ungarn. Deut.med. Wschr., 1928, 54: 598.
Also Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1928, 25: 126-8.  ------  [Reform
of medical education]  Orvoskepz6s, 1932, 22: 531-47. ------
Die Ausbildung  der Aerzte.  Ibid.,  1935, 25: mar. kulonf.
Educ. med., 356-66.  ----—  L'enseignement medical com-
piementaire en Hongrie.  Presse med., 1938, 46: 1009.—Johan,
B.  Aerztehaus.  Orsz. Kozegeszs. Int. kozl., 1930, No. 4, 1-
12.—Mayer, C. F. [Beginning of the Hungarian medical educa-
tion]  Orv. hetil., 1926, 70: 583.—Scholtz, K.  Einige  Worte
iiber unsere  Aerztebildung.  Orvoskepz6s, 1935, 25:  mar.
kulonf. Educ. med.,  30-2.—Takats, G.  Postgraduate medical
instruction in Hungary.  J. Ass. Am. M. Coll., 1931, 6: 290-2.

----   by countries: India.
  Bhatia. S. L.  Medical education.  Ind. M.  Gaz., 1931, 66:
511-4.—Ghosh, B. N.  Medical education in Bengal.  Ind. M.
Rec, 1924, 44: 321—5.—Medical education and rural medical
relief.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1939, 74: 33-5.—Mehta, J. N.  Presi-
dential address at IV  East & West Kbandesh  medical practi-
tioner's  conference,  March 1936.  J. Ind.  M. Ass.,  1935-36,
5: 405-9.—Pathi, A. L. Need for a college of Indian medicine.
J. Ayurveda, 1937-38,  14: 368.—Ranina, R. N., & Sokhey, S. S.
Defects  in  medical education and training in Bombay.  Sind
M.  J., 1934-35, 7: 126-48.—Rau, U. R.  Medical education in
India.   Ind. M. Rec,  1931,  51:  245-8.—Taraporvala, F.
Medical education in  India.  Lancet, Lond., 1938, 1: 1361.—
Webb, M.  V.  Women's medical education in India.  Tr. Far
East. Ass. Trop. M., 1930, 1: 245-52.

----   by countries:  Ireland.
   Doolin, W. Medical education in the Irish  Free State.  In
Irish Free State Hosp. Yearb., 1937,  1: 36-9.—Medical  educa-
tion in Ireland. Irish  J. M. Sc, 1925, 5. ser., 450;  1935,  7. ser.,
556.—Pearson, C. Y.  A review  of medical education in Cork.
Lancet,  Lond., 1927, 2: 1377-80.—Rowlette. R. J.  The future
of medical teaching in Dublin.  Irish J. M. Sc, 1929, 6. ser.,
7-18.

----   by countries:  Italy.
   Castiglioni, P.   Riforma degli studi medici  universitari;
utilita di un Istituto e di un diploma speciale  di Medicina
Pubblica.  Ann.  med. pubb.,  Roma, 1875, 10:  65-72.—De
Gregorio, P.  Differences between Italian  and American sys-
tems.  Fed. Bull., Chic, 1937, 23: 107-9—D'Isernia, R.  The
Italian  medical system.  Ibid.,  109-13.—Proposito (A) di un
tirocinio ospedaliero  postuniversitario.  Rass. internaz.  clin.
ter., 1936, 17: 145-8.—Reform  (The)  of  medical studies in
Italy.  Lancet, Lond., 1936, 1: 237.—Rondoni. P.. & Ferrarini,
G.  Per la riforma degli studi medici. Riforma med.,  1928, 44:
681.

----   by countries:  Mexico.
    Aragon,  A.   Necesidad  de   educar convenientemente  el
criterio de los medicos.  Gac. med. Mexico, 1925,  56: 85-93.—
Bandera, B. Apuntes para la historia de la ensefianza de la
anatomfa en M6xico.  Ibid., 1929,  60: 13-27.—Gonzalez, S.
 La ensefianza de la medicina en la Republica (ensayo crftico)
Ibid.,  1926, 57: 67-77.—Martinez, J. L.   Consideraciones
acerca de la ensenafiza  de la medicina en Mexico.  An. Soc.
mex. oft., 1930, 8: 64-88.  Also  Gac. m6d. mil., Mex., 1930, 1:
No. 3, 19.—Medical training in Mexico: some highlights in its
history.   South. M. J., 1934, 27: 886-8.—Ortiz  Ramirez, T.
Estudio crftico del plan de estudios vigente en la Facultad de
medicina, con el fin de sefialar las reformas que deben hacersele
para adaptarlo a las  necesidades de la pratica profesional  y
las exigencias  sociales  contemporaneas,  sin  mengua de  la
cultura medica.  Medicina, Mex.,  1934,  14: 575-82.—Pous
Chazaro, E.  Juicio crftico acerca del estado actual de la ense-
fianza de la medicina  en la Republica; Amicus Plato: sed magis
arnica Veritas.   Gac.  med. Mexico,  1926,  57: 58-66.—Rubio
Marie,  I.  Antecedentes  de la ensenanza medica  en  Yucatan.
Rev.  med. Yucatan, 1932-34,  17: 504-36.—Villarreal, J.,
Alonso.  A. F.  [et al.]  Dictamen que presenta  la  Comisi6n
designada  por la Academia N.  de  Medicina  para juzgar los
trabajos presentados  al  concurso anual; primer tema:  Estado
actual de la ensenanza de la medicina en la Republica.  Gac.
med. Mexico, 1926, 57: 51-7.

----   by countries: Rumania.
    Bologa, V. Die  historischen  Grundlagen des Medizinunter-
richtes im heutigen Rumanien.   Sudhoffs Arch., 1931,  24: 90-
 116.—Daniel, C.   [Reform in  medical studies  in Rumania]
 Romania med., 1936, 14: 305-8.  Also  Bull. Acad. med. Rou-
 manie,  1937, 3: 419-34.—Danielopolu.  L'enseignement medi-
cal en Roumanie; principes d'organisation de la medeeine dans
 un pays.   Presse med..  1938, 46: 667-70.—Ernst, S.   Der 10.
deutsche   arztliche  Fortbildungskurs  in  Hermannstadt   in
Siebenburgen.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1936, 62: 1973.—Tomescu,
P.  [Gradation of physicians in the past, according to appoint-
 ments bv  the Ministry of Sanitary  Service]  Romania med.,
 1936, 14": 99.

----   by countries: Russia.
    Chervyakov, A., &  Endukidze, A.  The training of physicians
in  Russia; decree of the Central Executive Committee, U.  S. 
EDUCATION,  MEDICAL
84
EDUCATION, MEDICAL
 S. R., Sep. 3, 1934.  Fed. Bull., Chic, 1934, 20: 302-4.  Also
 J. Am.  M. Ass.,  1934, 103: 1798.—Cluver. E.  H.  Medical
 training in the U. S. S. R.  S. Afr. M. J.,  1937, 11: 369-71 —
 Dott, N. M.   Russian guides,  medical  schools and research.
 Edinburgh M. J., 1938, 45: suppl., Tr. Med. Chir. Soc, 44-56 —
 Gantt, W. H.  A review of medical education in Soviet Russia.
 Brit. M. J., 1924,  1: 1055-8.—Kahan, D.  [Raising the qualifi-
 cation  of  physicians]   Profil.  med., 1927, 6:  10; 180-8 —
 Konchalovsky, M. P.  [Medical education] Ter. arkh.,  1934,
 12:1-9.—Rasumovsky, V. I.  [Medical education]  Klin,  med.,
 Moskva, 1930, 8: 965-72.—Semashko, N.  Das medizinische
 Studium und die  arztliche Fortbildung.  Deut. med. Wschr.,
 1924, 50:  1587.—Szulc,  G.  [Program  of  medical studies in
 Soviet  Russia]  Lek. wojsk.,  1934,  23: 251-64.—Ternovsky,
 V. N.  [History of surgery and medical education in Russia
 before  Peter]  Russ.  klin.,  1927, 7: 36;  471.—Training of
 doctors  in Soviet Russia.  Chin. M. J.,  1935, 49: 963-5.—
 Training (The) of physicians  in Soviet Russia.   Science,  1934,
 80:  260-3.—Troyanovsky, A.  A. Progress in medical training
 and research in the U.  S. S. R.  Ibid., 1935, 82: 137-42.  Also
 Diplomate,  1936, 8: 125-31.—Weissenberg, S.  Das Medizin-
 studium in Russland.  Munch, med. Wschr.,  1924, 71: 1689-
 91.—Zabludovsky, A. M.  [Six-year  courses for  medical stu-
 dents]  J. usov. vrach., 1929, 7: 375-7.—Zeiss, H.  Der neue
 medizinische  Studienplan  fiir  Sowjetrussland.  Deut.  med.
 Wschr.,  1927, 53: 779; 950.

 ----   by countries:  Spain.

   Arjona, E.  Universitat und Medizinstudium in Soanien.
 Klin. Wschr.,  1934, 13: 1582-4.—Bellido, J.  M.  Ante una
 futura reforma del plan de estudios  de medicina.  Rev.  med.
 Barcelona, 1927, 2. ser., 8: 246-52.—Blanton. W. B.  Medical
 education in New Spain.   South. M. J., 1937, 30: 439-44 —
 Criado y Aguilar, F. Una forma en el plan  de ensenanza  de la
 medicina.  Siglo med.,  1932, 90: 166.—Marraro, H. R.  La
 ensenanza de la medicina en Espafia.  Ibid.,  1924, 74: 345;
 370; 399.—Prieto, V.  De ensenanza  medica.  Ibid., 1918, 65:
 82-4.------Mas sobre ensenanza medica. Ibid., 102; 221.—
 Reforma (La) de la ensenanza de la medicina en Espafia.  Med.
 ibera, 1936. 30: 274-80.—Sanchis Banus. Del  Rio  Hortega &
 Maranon. Reforma de la ensefianza universitaria de la medi-
 cina. Arch, med., Madr., 1930, 33: 489-502.

 ----   by countries:  Sweden.

   Bringel, R.  [Postgraduate education for physicians]  Sven.
 lak. tidn., 1935, 32: 596-601.—[Explanation concerning reforms
 in medical education]  Ibid., 1938, 35: 1408-11.—Fenger, V. A.
 [Forthcoming revision of the Swedish medical courses]  Ugeskr.
 laeger,  1938, 100: 1122.—Forssner,  H.  About the study  of
 medicine in Sweden.   Acta obst. gyn. scand.,  1930, 10:  l'i3-
 7.—Knutsan, D.  [Parlament's motion on the reform of medical
 education]  Sven.  lak.  tidn.,  1938, 35: 495-500.—Petren,  A.
 [From the Riksdag]  Ibid., 1399-408.—[Suggestion for changes
 in doctors' education, submitted by the Medical Board]  Ibid.,
 1937, 34: 1081-4.—Sundell,  C.  G.   [Certain view-points on
 reforms in the medical  courses]  Ibid., 1938, 35: 1919-41.

 ----   by  countries: United  States and  Canada.

   Larsell,  0.   The  development  of  medical
 education  in  the  Pacific  Northwest.  48p.   8?
 Eugene, Oregon, 1926.
   Anderson, a post graduate center.  J. S. Carolina M.  Ass.,
 1937, 33: 214.—Barker, L.  F.  The  prospects of  graduate in-
 struction in medicine in the United States.  South. M. J., 1924,
 15:  704-7.—Bigger,  J. W.  Medical education,  bacteriology
 and  hygiene in America.  Irish J. M. Sc, 1930, 6. ser., 185-96.—
 Colwell, N. P.   Development  of medical  education  in the
 United  States.  J. S. Carolina M.  Ass., 1924, 20: 300-5.—
 Conybeare, J. J.   Notes  on medical  education in the United
 States.   Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1925, 39: 625-32.—CoTui,
 F. W.  A new phase in medical education.  J. Philippine Islands
 M. Ass., 1935,  15: 593-601.—Cumston, C. G.  The origins of
 medical instruction in the United States  of America. Med. J
 & Rec,  1927,  126: 441-4.—Dabney, W.  M.  A third  of a
 century of medical education  in the  United States: a critical
 appreciation by a  general practitioner.  Virginia M. Month.,
 1932, 59: 637-42.—Deissler. K.  Medizinischer Unterricht  in
 den  Vereinigten Staaten  und Canada.  Deut. med.  Wschr.,
 1933, 59: 101.—Dorst, S.  Medical education—after 40 years.
 J. Med.,  Cincin., 1939-40, 20:  3-8.—Drake. D.  Excerpts from
 practical essay on  medical education and the  medical profes-
 sion  in  the  United States.  Ohio M. J., 1939, 35: 180-2.—
 Dreyer, I.  Medical education in America.  Fed.  Bull., Chic
 1934, 20: 20-2.  Also Am.  Interne,  1936,  1: No. 3, 7; 28.—
 Du Bois, J. F.  The basic science law:  its  purpose and effect on
 registration and reciprocity.  Proc  Congr. M. Educ,  1938,
 34. Congr., 65.—Garrison, F. H.  A medical tour in the west
 Bull. N.  York Acad. M., 1929, 2. ser., 5: 391-412.—Graduate
 medical  education; Michigan.   J. Am.  M. Ass.,  1938,  110:
 73B.—Graduate medical education;   California; a progress
 report of the field study on  graduate medical education in the
 United States being conducted by  the  Council on medical
 education and  hospitals.   Ibid., Ill: 943-5.—Harris, T.  J
 History  of post-graduate medicine in New York  City   Bull'
N. York Acad.  M., 1929,  2. ser., 5: 789-801.—Hyman. O. w!
The  Tennessee four-quarter  plan. J. Ass. Am. M. Coll., 1929^
 4:  300-7.—Joslin, E. P.  The international  assembly of the
 Inter-state postgraduate medical association of North America,
 October 31, November 1, 2, 3, 4, 1938.  Bull. Chicago M. Soc,
 1938-39, 41: suppl., 12A.—Kelly, H. E.  Basic science statutes.
 Proc Congr. M. Educ, 1929,  1: 111-6.  Also J. Am. M. Ass.,
 1929, 93: 519-24.—LehnhofT, H. J.  The basic science law in
 Nebraska,  after 8  years.  Fed. Bull., Chic, 1936, 22,  5: 144-
 51.—Lockard, G.  C.  Early  medical education in Baltimore.
 Bull. School  M.  Univ. Maryland,  1938-39, 23:  128-37.—
 Lyon, E. P.  The  quarter system at  Minnesota.  J. Ass. Am.
 M. Coll., 1929, 4: 308-12.—McLester, J.  S.  The future of
 graduate medical education in the United States.  Proc. Congr.
 M.  Educ, 1931, 68-71.—Maddux.  W.  H.  Postgraduate
 courses for Negro physicians in Mississippi.   Child,  Wash.,
 1939, 3: 181.—Mason, J. M.  Early  medical education in the
 far south.  Tr. South. Surg.  Ass.,  1931, 43: 1-17.  Also Ann.
 M. Hist., 1932, n. ser., 4: 64-79.   Also repr.—Medical educa-
 tion in  the legislature of 1922.  Alumni Bull. Univ. Virginia,
 1922, 15: 121-40— Medical  education in the United States;
 annual  presentation of educational  data for 1927, by the Coun-
 cil on Medical Education and Hospitals.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1927,
 89: 601-21; passim.—Medical education in  the United States.
 Nebraska M.  J.,  1934, 19:  391.—Medical  education  in  the
 United  States  and Canada; annual presentation of educational
 data for 1933-34,  by the  Council  on Medical Education and
 Hospitals.  J. Am.  M. Ass., 1934, 103: 565; passim.—Meszaros,
 K.  [Medical education in the United States]  Orv. hetil., 1933,
 77: 1056.—Notes  on  medical education and medical  institu-
 tions  in Michigan.   Ann. Int. M.,  1935-36,  9:  1024-8 —
 Packard, F. R. The  development of organized medical educa-
 tion in  this country.   In Ohio Univ.  Coll. M. Collect. Source
 Mater., 1934,  491-500.—Parizeau, T.   Les  60 ans  de l'Union
 medicale et l'enseignement de la medeeine chez nous.   Union
 med.  Canada,  1932,  61: 111-22.—Perdue,  E. M.   Medi-
 cal  education in the United States. Sc Ther., Lewist., 1926-
 27,  4: 77-81.—Piccininni, F.  Gli studi  di medicina negli Stati
 Uniti d'America.  Cult. med.  mod.,  Pal.,  1924,  3: annexe,
 53;  57.—Postgraduate courses for members of  the College,
 Ann. Int. M., 1937-38, 11:  1354.—Reynolds, F.  P.  Oppor-
 tunities which New York City offers for postgraduate medical
 study.   Bull.  N. York Acad. M., 1930, 2. ser., 6: 265-73.
 Also repr.—Riesman, D.  Medical education and  the  distri-
 bution  of physicians  in the United States.   Atlantic M. J.,
 1927-28, 31: 5-9.—Rixford, E.  Early historv of medical educa-
 tion in  California.  Tr. Am.  Surg.  Ass.,  1928, 46:  1-12.  Also
 Ann. Surg., 1928, 88: 321-32.—Schnohr, E.  [Impressions from
 an educational trip to  the United States]  Ugeskr. laeger, 1938,
 100: 282-90.—Thayer, W. S.  Thoughts on  medical education
 in the United  States.  J. Am. M.  Ass., 1932, 99: 3-9.  Also
 repr.—Turkington, S. I.   The historical development of the
 resident pupil system.  Ulster M. J., 1938, 7: 241-50.—Waite,
 F. C.  Medical degrees conferred in the American colonies and
 in the  United States  in the  Eighteenth Century.   Ann.  M.
 Hist., 1937, 9: 314-20.—Walker, N.  Medical education and
 licensure in the United States of America.  Brit. M. J., 1929,
 2: 373-9.—White, J. R.  Some aspects of medical education in
 America.  N. Zealand M. J.,  1924-25, 23: 359-84.—Wilson,
 L. B.  Twelve years' experience of the University of Minnesota
 in graduate medical education. Bull. N. York Acad. M., 1928,
 22.  ser., 4: 608-22.—Youmans, J. B.  Postgraduate medical
 education in the South and the contribution of the Southern
 Medical Association.   South. M. J., 1939, 32: 76-80.


 EDUCATOR.

  See  also Education; Parent;  Teacher.
  Gaudig,  H.   Zur Psychologie des Schulleiters der Zukunft.
 Zschr. piidag. Psychol.,  1913, 14:  35-46.—Gregor.  A.  Ueber
 die  Notwendigkeit  einer psychopathologischen Ausbildung von
 Lehrern und  Erziehern.  Ibid.,  1920,  21:  54-8.—Keller, A.
 Erzieher.  Mschr.  Kinderh.,  1932,  55: 92-6.—Neter, E.  Die
 Grossmutter als piidagogisches Problem.  Kinderarztl. Prax.,
 1935, 6: 351.—Vollmer, H. Die Grossmutter als padagogisches
 Problem.  Ibid., 157-60.—Werneke, F.  Von der  Tragik des
 Erziehers.   Zschr. padag. Psychol., 1925, 26: 434-42.—Wolff-
 heim, N.  Zur Psychologie des modernen Erziehers.  Imago,
 Wien, 1926, 12: 88-91.

  EDWARD  VI,  1537-53.
  MacLaurin, C.  [Biography]  Med.  J. Australia, 1924, 1:


  EDWARDS, A. S.  Psychology and psychiatry.
 [3]  158 1.   roy. 8?  Jesup, Ga., G. M. Broadhurst,
 [1934]
  Mimeographed.

  EDWARDS,  Alba  M.    Mental  patients  in
state hospitals,  1931-32.  62p.   8?  Wash., D.  C.,
 1934.

  EDWARDS,  Arthur  R[obinsonl   1867-
Notes  on therapeutics.   41  1.    8?   Chic, A.  W.
Skelsey, 1901.

  EDWARDS, A[rthur] Tudor.
  See Back,  Ivor, & Edwards, A. Tudor.  Surgery.   480p.
12?   Lond., 1921. 
EDWARDS
85
EFFEN
  Sur-
illust.

  Tu-
  EDWARDS,  Edward.  The cure of all sorts of
fever [in tabulary form]  [4]  1.   54p.   8?  Lond.,
Thorn. Harper for Wm. Sheeres,  1638.
  EDWARDS, Frances Mildred, & ROGALSKY,
Hazel Parcells.  Essentials of life in foods.   48p.
8°  Kansas City, Mo., R. A. Richardson  [1935]
  EDWARDS,  Frederick] W[allace]  1888-
& JAMES, S. P.   British mosquitoes and their
control.  27p.   8?   Lond., Brit.  Mus., 1925.
  ----   The same.    30p.   illust.   8?   Lond-,
1934.
  Forms No. 4a, Econom. ser., British Museum

   EDWARDS, Harold Clifford,  1899-
gical emergencies in  children,   vii, 274p.
8?   Lond., Bailliere,  Tindall & Cox,  1936.
   EDWARDS, Herbert Robert, 1890-
berculosis  clinic manual; a  report of the Com-
mittee on clinic standards of the National Tuber-
culosis  Association.   57p.    diagr.   12?   N. Y.,
Nat. Tuberc. Ass., 1938.
  EDWARDS,  J.  Graham,  1895-
   For portrait, photograph, see collection in library.
  For biography see Phi  Chi Q., Menasha, 1935, 32: 367-9,
portr.
   EDWARDS, Joseph F., 1853-       Constipa-
tion, plainly  treated,  and  relieved  without the
use  of drugs.   72p.   16?   Phila.,  P.  Blakiston,
1881.
   EDWARDS,   Joseph    George,    1900-
*Phenosulphonephthalein   curve  in   prostatic
hypertrophy   [S.  Joseph's  Hospital]   13p.   4?
Milwaukee, Wis.,  1927-28.
   EDWARDS, Linden Forest, 1899-       Anat-
omy  for  physical  education;   descriptive   and
applied,  ix,  657p.    illust.  roy. 8?   Phila., P.
Blakiston's Son & Co. [1934]
   EDWARDS,  William  G.     Glanopathy;   a
manual  of gland  technique  through  pressure.
7 p. 1.   44p.   illust.  portr.   8?   Reno,  Nev.,
1934.

EEL.

   See Anguil idae.

EELWORM.

   See Ascaridia; Heterodera; Nematoda.
   EEMAN, Eugene  W., 1856-1933.
   Vernieuwe [Obituary]   Ann. Soc. med. Gand, 1933, n. ser.,
12: 141-7, portr.
   EERDE, Wilhelmina  Johanna van.   *Nieuwe
bijdrage  tot  de kennis  der  Indische grasolien
[New contributions  to the  knowledge  of Indian
grass  oils]  3  p. 1.   119p.   roy. 8?   Leiden, E.
Ijdo,  1924.

EFFEMINATION.

   See   also  Hermaphroditism;   Homosexuality;
Sex-reversal.
   Boehm, F. The femininitv-complex  in men.  Internat.  J.
Psychoanal., Lond.,  1930,  11: 444-69.—Castex, M.  R„  &
Camaiier, A. F.  Feminilismo  diencefalico.   Prensa  med.
argent.,  1926-27, 13:  759-73.   ------   Feminilismo dience-
falico: conclusiones que se desprenden del estudio de los dos
casos  ya publicados.   Ibid.,  790-6.—Kun, H.   Psychische
Feminierung und Hermaphrodisierung von Mannchen durch
weibliches  Sexualhormon.  Endokrinologie,  1933-34,  13:
311-23.—Schmidt.  R.   Ueber  einen im  Sinne  eines Sexual-
symptomes  aufzufassenden spezifisch-femininen  Bewegungs-
impuls (Lippen-Schleckphanomen)  Zschr. ges. Anat., 2. Abt.,
1925-26,  12: 244.—Shalabutov, V.  K.  [Case  of effemination]
Obozr.   psichiat.  nevr., 1913,   18: 496-500.—Stone,  C.  P.
A note  on feminine behavior in adult  male rats.  Am.  J.
Physiol.,  1924, 68:  39-41.—Toulouse, E., Schiff, P., & Simon-
net, H.   Troubles  psycho-sexuels  chez I'homme et substance
feminine de l'urine.  Ann. med. psychoi., Par., 1935, 93: pt  2,
440_6.—Wittels, F.  The Lilith neurosis,  projection  of the
female component in men.   Psychoanal. Rev., 1932, 19: 241-56.
  EFFEN, Johannes Cornelis van, 1846-1926.
  Vermeulen. [Obituary] Tschr. diergeneesk., 1926, 53: 577.
  EFFEN,  Josef,  1887-       *Therapeutische
Beeinflussung   der   Phosphaturie.    30p.    8?
Berl.,  E. Ebering, 1917.
  EFFERTZ, 0[tto]   Ueber Neurasthenia sexu-
alis: Physiologie   der  sexuellen Gemeingefuhle;
ein Buch fur Hausarzte.  230p. 8?  N. Y., 1894.


EFFICIENCY  [and fitness]

  See  also Fatigue; Psychotechnic; Work.
  Arnold, A.  Zur Beurteilung der Leistungsfahigkeit Jugend-
licher.  Gesundh. & Erzieh., 1936, 49: 167-71.—Darrow, C. W.
Some physiological conditions of efficiency.   Psychol. Bull.,
1927, 24: 488-505.—Eickman, L. A.  Rating student practice
objectively.   Am. J.  Nurs., 1934, 34: 263-72.—Fisk, E. L.
The maintenance of  human power.   Med. Insur., 1927, 42:
356-64.—Hamburger,  F.   ^chonung  und Leistung.   Vvien.
klin. Wschr., 1938, 51: 986.—Hovland, C. I. An experimental
analysis of the variations in efficiency following the noon meal.
J. Exp. Psychol., 1936, 19: 216-26.—Lottermoser, H.  Unter-
suchungen  zur  psychotechnischen Erfolgsbeobachtung  des
Leistungszustandes.   Gesundh. & Erzieh., 1938,  51:  1-6.
Miiller, E.  A.  Die Abhangigkeit des Arbeitsmaximums von
der Leistung bei verschiedenen Personen.   Arbeitsphysiologie,
1938,  10: 67-73.—Rose,  H.  Die Grundlagen menschlicher
Arbeitsleistung.  Umschau, 1936, 40: 361-4.—Schmidt, H.
Vergleichende Untersuchungen iiber  geistige  und korperliche
Leistungen  bei  Schulern.  Arbeitsphysiolojie,  1931-32, 5:
181-202.—Schmidt-Kehl, L. Die Bedingungen fur die Grenzen
der Arbeitsleistung des Menschen. Arch. Hyg., Berl., 1928,
100: 226-44.—Schorn, M. Lebensalter und Leistung.  Arch.
ges. Psychol., 1930,  75: 168-84.—Simonson,  E.,  & Sirkina,
G.  Wirkungsgrad  und  Arbeitsmaximum.   Arbeitsphysio-
logie, 1933,  7: 457-74.—Swift, E. J.  Standards of efficiency in
schools and  in life.  Pedag. Semin., Worcester, 1903, 10: 3-22.—
Weschke, A.  Die doppelrhythmische Arbeitsleistung.   Psy-
chol. & Med., Stuttg., 1928, 3: 70-5.

----   mental.

   See  also  Examination; Intelligence;  Mental
deficiency; Mental test.
   Gilbert, J.  G.   *Mental  efficiency  in  senes-
cence.  60p.   8?   N.  Y., 1935.
   Bier, A.   Hochstleistungen durch  seehsche Einflusse und
durch  Daseinsnotwendigkeiten; Hochstleistungen durch Da-
seinsnotwendigkeiten. Munch, med.Wschr., 1924, 71: 1312-6.
Bills, A. G.  The influence of muscular tension on the efficiency
of mental work. Am. J. Psychol., 1927, 38: 227-51.—Glekel,
M. S., & Zimkin, N.  V.  [Evaluation of  capacity for  mental
working of  the men in the Red Army]  Voen. med. J., 1933,
4: 84-95.—Neeb, M.  Intelligenz, Temperament und Leistungs-
fahigkeit.   Zschr.  Psychol.  Physiol. Sinnesorg.,  1.  Abt.,
1930,  118:  1-81.—Pyle,  W. H.  Standards  of mental effi-
ciency.  J.  Educ. Psychol., 1913, 4:  61.   ------  Norms of
mental  efficiency.  Psychol.  Bull., 1913,  10: 82.—Williams,
J. F.   Correlation of efficiency tests.  J.  Am. M. Ass., 1923.
80: 10.—Witmer.L. On the relation of intelligence to efficiency,
Psychol. Clin., Phila., 1915, 9: 61-86.—Wohlfeil, T. Ueber die
Wirkuns der in den  Fruhstunden  betriebenen sportlichen
Korperarbeit auf  die geistige  Leistungsfahigkeit  und  das
Wohlbefinden  im  Verlaufe  des  beruflichen Arbeitstages.
Arch. Hyg., Munch.,  1927, 98:  84-94.—Woodworth,  R.  S.
Mental efficiency.  Proc. Ment. Hyg.  Conf., 1912, 214-8.

----   physical.

   See also  Body  constitution; Defective;  Dis-
abled; Effort;  Growth; Health; Muscle,  Effi-
ciency ; Physical education; Skill; Sport; Strength,
 &c; also under  names  of  various organs,  func-
 tions,   and  occupations  as  Audition;  Heart;

 Vision, &c.                         „     .    TT
   Baumer, W. H., jr. Physical fitness at V\ est Point.  Hygeia,
Chic   1939 17: 527-32.—Beals, F. L.  Physical fitness and
 physical charm. Health,  Chic, 1923, 3: No. 2, 9-14.
The manly virtues.   Ibid.,  No. 3,  9-14.—Coleman. E H.
Physical condition and school success.  School Physicians Bull.,
 1933 3- No. 3, 7.—Dybowski, W. [Physical fitness in the con-
ception of  English physicians]  Polska  gaz. lek., 1934, 13:
460—Fernandez,  O. C.  Mejoramiento y  estimulo  de  la
capacidad fisica para las  profesiones  y deportes.  Sem. med.,
B  Air  1935, 42: 772-5.—Gomez Ocana, J.  A buenos mus-
culos, buena sangre.   Siglo mid., 1917, 64: 368-70.—Graf, O.
 Untersuchungen uber die Wirkung  zwangslaufiger zeitlicher
Regelung  von  Arbeitsvorgangen;  die   Schwankungen der
Leistungsfahigkeit wahrend  des Tages und  die . Frage  einer
 nhvsiologischen Arbeitskurve.  Arbeitsphysiologie, 1933,  7:
§58_80.—Guttmann, M.  Zur Klassifikation  der korperhchen
Leistungsfahigkeit des Menschen.  Zschr. ges. Anat., 2. Abt.,
 1924-25 10: 631-58.—Lehmann, G.  Der Begnff korperhcher
Leistungsfahigkeit und die Moglichkeit ihrer Hebung.  Med.
Welt,  1934, 8: 906-8. ------  Die physiologischen Grund-
lagen der korperlichen Leistungsfahigkeit. Erg. Hyg. Bakt., 
EFFICIENCY
86
EFFICIENCY
1935,  17: 307-49.—Nielsen, M., & Hansen, O.  Maximale
korperliche Arbeit bei Atmung Os-reicher Luft.  Skand. Arch.
Physiol., Berl., 1937, 76:  37-59.—Physical fitness.  Brit. J.
Phys. M., 1936-37, 11: 219.—Poppelreuter, W.  Zur Frage der
Steigerung der  industriellen  Arbeitsfahigkeit  durch Recre-
salzufuhr.   Arbeitsphysiologie,  1929-30,  2:  507-18,  ch —
Redfield, C. L.  The origin of animal powers.  Med. Rev. of
Rev.,  1918,  24:  652-6.—Riesser,  O.   Zur Physiologie der
korperlichen  Leistung.  Zschr.  wiss.  Baderk.,  1927-28,  2:
109-18.—Robinson,  S.   Experimental studies of  physical
fitness in relation to age.  Arbeitsphysiologie,  1938-39, 10:
251-323.—Rogers, F. R.  The ultimate imperative conservation
of physical fitness. J. Health Phys. Educ, 1937, 8: 140; 191 —
Schlesinger. E.  Le developpement de la force physique dans
l'enfance avancee et l'adolescence; analyses de la capacite vitale
des poumons et de la pression des mains.  Arch. mid. enf.,
1934,  37: 665-8.—Skinner, G. A.  Saneness  in maintaining
physical efficiency.   J. Missouri M. Ass., 1933, 30: 158-61.
Also Week. Bull. S. Louis M. Soc,  1933, 27: 464-72—Stano-
jevic, L.  Die ergographische Leistungsfahigkeit  nach dem
physiologischen und nach dem mit verschiedenen  hypnotischen
Mitteln  erzeugten  Schlafe.  Mschr.   Psychiat.,  1929, 74:
121-8.—Steinhaus,  A. H.   Health  and physical fitness from
the standpoint of the physiologist.  J. Health,  Phys. Educ,
1936, 7: 224; 286.—Zaeper, G.  Ueber die Begrenzung der
maximalen korperlichen Leistungsfahigkeit durch Atmung und
Kreislauf.  Med. Welt, 1938, 12: 13-16.

----  physical:  Measurement.

   See   also   Examination,  physical;   Growth;
Health  survey;   Height   and  weight;  Lung,
Vital capacity; Motor ability; Thorax,  &c.
   McCloy, C. H.   Appraizing physical  status;
methods and norms.  260p.   8?  Iowa City, 1938.
   MacCtjrdy, H. L.   *A test  for  measuring the
physical capacity of secondary  school boys.  60p.
8?   N. Y., 1933.
   Bock, A. V.  Tests of physical fitness. N.  England J. M.,
1931, 205:  944-6.—Brauer.  Die exakte Beurteilung  der
korperlichen Leistungsfahigkeit  und hieraus  sich ergebende
Gesichtspunkte.  Arch, orthop. Unfallchir., 1937,  38: 279-81 —
Browne, T. J.  Army tests of physical efficiency.  Am. Phys.
Educ. Rev., 1920,  25:  112.—Campbell, J. M.  H.  Weight,
vital capacity, pulse rate before and after exercise, and physical
fitness in health.  Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1925,  75: 263-85 —
Carpenter, H.  C.  The physical appraisement  of the child.
Week. Roster, Phila., 1935-36, 31: 551-6.—Diffre, H.   La
determination de la valeur physique. Marseille m£d.,  1933, 70:
411-8.—Dunham, G. C.  Physical examination  of candidates
for admission to  the U. S. Military Academy.  Mil.  Surgeon,
1926, 58:  399-406.—Englehardt, J. L.  A test of  physical
efficiency; the correlation between results therefrom and results
from  tests of mental efficiency.  J. Educ. Psychol., 1924, 15:
573-8.—Hambly, W. D., Pembrey, M. S., & Warner, E. C.
The physical fitness  of men assessed  by  various  methods
Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1925, 75: 388-94.—Hashimoto, T., &
Hayashi, G.  Ueber die Messung der Arbeitsleistungsfahigkeit.
Jap. J.  M. Sc,  1930-32,  2:  Int.  Med., 174.—Hill, H.  An
outline of the complete assessment of physical fitness.  J. R.
Nav.  M. Serv., 1928, 14:  118-29.—Hindman, D. A.  Nomo-
graphs for interpolating scores on  the  Schneider  test.  Res.
Q. Am.  Phys. Educ. Ass.,  1930,  1:  26-33—Hinsche, G.  Die
Beurteilung der korperlichen Leistungsfahigkdt in der Schule.
Gesundh. & Erzieh.,  1938, 51:  113-22.—Howe, E.  C.  The
precision and validation of tests of physical fitness.  Res. Q.
Am.  Phys. Educ. Ass.,  1930, 1:  91-6.—Kagan,  E. M., &
Kaplan, P. M.  Reaktion auf Einatmung von Luftgemischen
mit gesteigerter COj-Konzentration als  Index der korperlichen
Leistungsfahigkeit.   Arbeitsphysiologie,  1930,  3:  27-60.—
Kleeberger, F.  Physical efficiency as  measured at  the Uni-
versity of California  Res. Q. Am.  Phys. Educ. Ass., 1932, 3:
151-72.—McCloy, E.  Factor analysis methods in the  measure-
ment of physical abilities.  Ibid., 1935, 6: suppl., 114-21.—
Porati, M.  Alcune prove  sull'abilita motrice nei ragazzi.
Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1934, 22: 665-76.—Sanchez Moreno, L.
El fndice de robusticidad en los  cadetes que ingresan a la
Escuela Naval Militar. Sem. m<5d., B. Air., 1929,  36: 508-12.—
Swan, J. M.   The Dreyer method for the determination of
physical fitness.  Mil. Surgeon,  1924,  55: 575-85.  ------ fr
Evans, F. H.  Further observations on  the Dreyer method for
the determination of physical fitness. Ibid.,  1927, 60:  442-8 —
Tuttle, W. W., & Frey, H.  A study of the  physical  efficiency
of college women as shown by the pulse-ratio test.  Res  Q
Am. Phys.  Educ. Ass., 1930, 1:  17-25.—Tuttle.  W. W., &
Skien, J. S.  The efficiency rating of high school boys  as shown
by the pulse ratio test.  Ibid., 19-33.—Wayman. A. R. Testing
and scoring the physical efficiency of college  women.  Ibid
74-87.

----  physical:  National  aspect.

   Beard,  G.  M.   Physical future  of the  Ameri-
can  people,    p.718-28.   8?   1879.
   Cutting from The Atlantic Monthly, N. Y.. 1879.
   Labor efficiency in the Soviet Union.  Month. Labor Rev
1939,  43: 567-9.-McCurdy. J.  H.  Physical efficiency Is a
national asset.  Am. Phys. Educ.  Rev., 1920, 25: 101-6.—
Milligan, W.  Physique in relation to national efficiency.  J.
State M., Lond., 1924, 32: 501-12—Symons. A. D.. & Bowes,
G. K.  The national campaign for health and physical fatness.
Med. Off., Lond., 1937, 58: 79.—Underwood, E. A.  National
health and physical fitness.  Pub. Health, Lond., 1937-38, 51:
328-32.—Watt, E.  Some reasons for the physical unfitness of
our manhood.  Med. Off., Lond., 1920, 24: 263-5.

   EFFKEMANN,   Georg,   1907-        *Ueber
die  Eiweissfraktionskorper des Blutes und  ihre
Beziehungen zu denen des Kantharidenblasen-
inhaltes  wahrend Schwangerschaft,  Geburt  und
Wochenbett.    20p.    pi.   diagr.     8?    Berl.,
Michel, 1932.
   EFFLER,  Louis  Robert,   1888-         Three
minute medicine; a series  of brief essays on popu-
lar medicine.   453p.   8?   Bost., R.  G. Badger
[1929]
   ----  Analogy and medicine; a series of brief
essays  on  popular  medicine,   xvii,  259p.    8?
[Bait.,  Waverly Press] 1931.
   ----  The  eponyms  of anatomy;  a series of
brief essays on semi-popular  medicine designed
especially   for  the  freshman   medical  student
beginning   anatomy.    382p.   8?   [Toledo,  O.,
McManus  Troup Co.,  1935]
   ----  My scrapbook of  medicine.   248p.   8?
[Toledo, O., McManus-Troup,  1937]

EFFLORESCENCE.

   See Eruption.

EFFLUVIUM.

   See Emanation;  Odor.

EFFORT.

   See  also  Efficiency;   Exercise;   Exhaustion;
Fatigue;  Work; also  such headings  as  Blood
pressure, Variations, &c.
   Bellin du Coteau. Psychologie de l'effort.  Paris mid., 1925,
55: 334-9.—Cardot, H., & Laugier, H.  Physiologie de l'effort
et isolement des centres supeneurs.  J. psychoi. norm, path.,
Par., 1924, 21: 814-9, 2 pi.—Lacaze, A. Du surmenage, pour
ou contre  la  competition.  Clinique, Par., 1938, 33:  189.—
Mental effort and metabolism.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1934,  102:
540.—Ransom, D., & Skaggs, E. B.  Distribution of effort in a
perceptual-motor task.  J. Exp.  Psychol., 1936, 19: 776-82.—
Skaggs,  E.  B.  Distribution of effort in a perceptual-motor
task.  Ibid., 1935, 18: 797-801.

----   physical.

   See also Efficiency, physical; Sport.
   Heller, F.   *Untersuchungen iiber die Dauer
der  Ueberleitungszeit  unter   der   Einwirkung
korperlicher  Anstrengungen.   27p.    8?   Bonn,
1935.
   Abrahams. A.  Physiology  of violent exercise in  relation to
the possibility of strain.   Lancet, Lond., 1928, 1: 429-35.—
Alexiu, L., Laugier, H., & Neoussikine, B.  Recherches chrc-
naximetriques sur la diffusion de  l'excitation au cours de l'effort
physique.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 112: 1174.—Benetato, G.
[Physical effort from the viewpoint  of laboratory research]
Cluj. med., 1934, 15: 1; 72; 137. ------& Fosto, D. [Effect
of repeated physical exertion on  the function of the  suprarenal
gland in man]  Ibid., 1938,  19:  348-50.—Diffre, H.  La phy-
siologie de l'effort.  Marseille med., 1931, 68: 8-13.—Dobro-
wolny, C.  Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber den Einfluss
korperlicher  Hochstleistungen  auf  die naturlichen  Wider-
standskrafte   (Alexine)  im  Blutserum.  Arbeitsphysiologie,
1930, 3: 230-49.—Ewig,  W.  Ueber die Wirkung  maximaler
korperlicher Anstrengungen, insbesondere iiber den sogenannten
toten Punkt.  Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1926, 51: 874-915. ------
Ueber Veranderungen des Blutchemismus unter dem Einfluss
korperlicher  Anstrengungen.  Verh.  Deut.  Ges. inn. Med..
1927, 39. Kongr., 354-8.  ------  Ueber den toten Punkt bei
korperlicher Anstrengung.  Zschr. inn. Med., 1935,  56: 593-9.
—----& Wiener, R.  Ueber die Wirkung maximaler korper-
licher Anstrengungen; der Einfluss einer einmaligen maximalen
Anstrengung auf die chemische Blutzusammensetzung.  Zschr.
ges. exp. Med., 1928, 61: 562-89.—Frey, W.. & Du Bois, A.
Apercus concernant les echanges  nutritifs dans l'effort physique.
Nutrition, Par., 1935, 5: 375-98.—Gemmill. C. L. The excess
respiratory quotient of the recovery period following strenuous
muscular exercise in man. Am. J. Physiol., 1931, 98: 135-43.—
Goldner, M„ Herxheimer, H., & Kost, R. Veranderungen im 
EFFORT                                       87                                   EGELHOF
 Komplementgehalt des Blutes nach maximaler Muskelarbeit.
 Zschr. klin. Med., 1930, 113: 553-9.—Gounelle, H., & Warter,
 J.  De l'influence d'un effort musculaire intense (course) sur
 l'image blanche du sang penphenque (la leucocytose de mouve-
 ment et le role de la rate)  Arch. mal. coeur., 1930, 23: 757-7.—
 Hahn, F. V. von.  Kolloidchemische Harnuntersuchungen; die
 Oberflachenaktivitat des Hams in Abhiingigkeit von korper-
 licher Anstrengung und seelischer Aufregung. Biochem. Zschr.,
 1929,  215:  106-14.—Hedon,  L.   Les rations  alimentaires
 hypoazotees peuvent-elles entretenir un travail musculaire
 intense et prolonge?  Medeeine, Par., 1930, 11:  710-7.—
 Henderson,  Y., & Haggard, H. W.  The maximum of human
 power and its fuel; from observations of the Yale University
 Crew, winner of the  Olympic championship, Paris 1924.  Am.
 J. Physiol.,  1925, 72: 264-82.—Herxheimer, H., &  Kost, R.
 Weitere Untersuchungen  iiber den Stoffwechsel bei leichter
 und schwerer Muskelarbeit; die Ursachen fiir  das Anwachsen
 des Sauerstoffverbrauches bei maximaler  Arbeitsintensitat.
 Zschr.  klin.  Med.,  1931,  116: 609-21.—Herxheimer,  H.,
 Wissing, E.,  & Wolff, E. Spiitwirkungen erschopfender Muskel-
 arbeit auf den Sauerstoffverbrauch.   Klin. Wschr., 1926, 5:
 1711.   Also  Zschr. ges. exp.  Med., 1926, 52: 447-63.—Jong,
 H. de.  Myotonie d'effort, favorablement influenced par la
 quinine. Rev. neur., Par., 1939, 71:  165.—Kurkowsky, W. P.
 Ueber Gehalt und Ausscheidung der Milchsaure im Blut nach
 leichter Muskelanstrengung.  Zschr. ges. exp. Med.,  1929, 66:
 196-205.—Kushelevsky, B. P., & Zislin, D. M. [Evaluation of
 the quality  of pulse reaction  and blood pressure to physical
 effort]  Sovet. vrach. J., 1937, 2: 82-90.—Lantosh, A. D.,
 Lapteva-Popova, M. S., & Rotinian,  S. A.  [Dynamic blood
 picture during and after  strenuous physical exertion]  Klin.
 med., Moskva, 1933, 2: 1084-92.—Liebenow, R.  Spiitwirkun-
 gen erschopfender Muskelarbeit auf den Sauerstoffverbrauch;
 der Verlauf der Erholungskurve unmittelbar nach der Anstren-
 gung.  Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1928,  59: 49-60.—Loewy, A.,
 Eysern, H. V., & Oprisescu, S.  Untersuchungen bei korper-
 lichen  Hochstleistungen.   Arbeitsphysiologie, 1931, 4: 298-
 328.—Meyer, F.  Ueber die vermehrte Produktion spezifisch-
 dynamischer Warme im  Anschluss an muskulare Hochstlei-
 stungen.  Ibid., 1929-30,  2: 372-86.—Milovanovitch, J. B., &
 Stanoyevitch, L.  Duree de la circulation avant et apres l'effort
 musculaire cbez les sujets normaux et chez les sujets entraines
 aux sports.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1937, 126: 547-9.—Nieuwen-
 huizen, C. L. C.  van  [Venous pressure following physical
 exertion]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1939, 83: 225-7.—Radtke, E.
 Spatwirkungen erschopfender Muskelarbeit  auf  den Sauer-
 Btoffverbrauch; die  Spatwirkung wiederholter  Anstrengungen.
 Zschr.  ges.  exp.  Med.,  1927, 55: 694-701.—Ravina, A.  A
 propos des recherches sur l'effort musculaire intense.  Presse
 med., 1935,  43: 636.—Viale, G. Depense energetique du tra-
 vail humain; elimination d'anhydride carbonique dans l'effort
 maximum; extermination  d'une  constante individuelle.   C.
 rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 97: 1235-8.


 EFFORT syndrome.

   See Neurosis,  cardiovascular.
   EFRON, Lewy, 1909-       *La chrysocyanose
 et son traitement par  1'extrait  parathyroidien.
 40p.   8?   Par.,  Picart,  1935.
   EFROUSI-RYSS,  Raya, 1899-       *Le signe
 de Marafion  et  sa  signification  dans  le goitre
 exophtalmique.   41p.   8?  Par.,  1926.
   EGAN, George.  The physiology of ambicere-
 bral  concentration.   23p.   8?   Chic, Western
 Newspaper Union, 1930.
   EGAN,  Joseph   F.   *Cryptorchidism    [S.
 Mary's  Hospital]  20p.  4?   Brooklyn,  1938.
   Typewritten.

   EGBERT,  Seneca,   1863-        Manual  of
 hygiene and sanitation.  3. ed.  473p. 8?  Phila.,
 Lea Bros. & Co., 1903.  Also 8. ed.   viii, 616p.
 1926.
   ----  Personal hygiene  for nurses.  347p.  8.
 Phila., F.  A. Davis Co., 1930.
   EGBERTS, Menno Antonius.  *De beteekenis
 van den Carotissinusreflex en van den Oogbol-
 reflex  voor de kliniek der  hartziekten  [Signifi-
 cance  of the carotid sinus reflex and  the oculo-
 cardiac reflex in  the  clinical aspect of diseases of
 the heart]  234p.  8?   Amst., J. Muusses, 1932.
   EGE, Rich.  *Studier  over glukosens foredeling
 mellem  plasmaet  og  de  r0de blodlegemer  og
ripgle    dermed   sammenherende    problemer
[Studies on the  distribution  of glucose between
the plasma and the red blood corpuscles and some
remarks  on  these   problems]   viii,  210p.   8?
Kbh.,  A. Busck,  1919.
  EGELHOF,   Friedrich,   1910-        ♦Ange-
borene Harnrohrenstenose  durch Zystenbildung.
13p.   8?  Wiirzb., R. Mayr,  1937.
  EGELHOFF, William Carl, 1872-1907.
  Brown, P.  [Biography]  In his Am. martyrs ... Roentg.
rays, Springf., 1936, 72-6.
  EGELI,   Gertrud,  1910-        *Mundaffek-
tionen  bei Allgemeinerkrankungen  der Kinder.
30p.   8?  Heidelb., J. Horning, 1933.
  EGEN, Johann  [Plieninger]   [Regiment  der
Pestilenz]  [24]  1.   8?  [n. p.] 1530.
  EGENOLF,  Wilhelm, 1889-       *Ueber die
in  den  Jahren  1921-27 vom Gottinger  Patho-
logischen  Institut  beobachteten  bosartigen  Ge-
schwulste; gleichzeitig  zur  Frage  der Vermeh-
rung des primaren Lungen- und Bronchialkrebses
und  zur  Frage  des  Kriegseinflusses  auf  die
Haufigkeit der bosartigen Geschwiilste  [Gottin-
gen]  p.396-431.  8?  Berl., J.  Springer,  1930.
  Also Zschr. Krebsforsch., 1930. 31:
  ----   Friedrich Benjamin  Osiander,  ordent-
licher   Professor  der  Arzneiwissenschaft  und
Direktor der Kgl.  Hannoverschen Entbindungs-
anstalt und des Instituti Clinici der  Universitat
Gottingen von 1792-1822.   p.31-58.   pi.  portr.
8?  Gott., Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1937.
  Bd with Ramsauer, L., Johann Georg Roederer.

EGENS bacillus.

  See Clostridium, egens.
  EGENTER,  Arnold,  1903-       *Ueber  den
Grad  der  Inzucht  in  einer  Schwyzer Bergge-
meinde   und   die   damit   zusammenhangende
Haufung rezessiver Erbschaden.  p.365-406.  8?
Zur.,  O. Fiissli,  1934.
  Also Arch. Julius Klaus Stift., 1934. 9:
  EGENTER,   Richard,  1902-       *Die  Er-
kenntnispsychologie   des   Aegidius   Romanus
[Miinchen]   96p.    8?   Regensb.,   J.  Habbel,
1925.
  EGER, Benedikt,  1909-       *Ueber  Perisig-
moiditis  infolge von  Darmdivertikel.  16p.  8?
Munch., H. Murauer, 1933.
  EGER [Emma Pauline] Use, 1906-       ^Die
Massnahmen  wider  die Cholera in  Sachsen im
Jahre  1831.  52p.  8?   Wiirzb.,  1932.
  EGER,  Wilhelm,   1909-         *Ueber  die
Todesursache  im  Greisenalter;  bearbeitet am
Sektionsmaterial des  Krankenhospitals zu  Aller-
heiligen  in  Breslau.   39p.   8?   Bresl.,  Hoch-
schulverlag  K.  Vater, 1935.
  EGERER, Adam,  1889-       *Ueber experi-
mentelle Lymphocytose und  Lymphocytosen im
allgemeinen    [Erlangen]   30p.    8?   Niirnb.,
Erich  Spandel,  1918.
  EGERT,  Hugo,  1909-   *Ueber das Aufzeigen
von  haptisch  aufgenommenen   Raumpunkten
nach veranderter  Kopfhaltung  [Jena]  30p.  8?
Wiirzb.,  K. Triltsch, 1935.

EGG [avian]

  See also Bird; Embryo; Fowl; Oviduct; Ovum.
  Asmundson, V. S.. & Jervis, J. G.  The effect of resection
on different parts of the oviduct on the formation of the hen's
egg. J. Exp. Zool., 1933,  65: 395-420.—Chomkovic, G.  Con-
tribution a la connaissance de la formation des ceufs chez les
oiseaux; recherches chez les canards.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927,
97:  1742-5.—Conrad, R. M., & Scott, H. M.  The formation
of the  egg of the  domestic  fowl.  Physiol.  Rev.,  1938, 18:
481-94.—Hewitt, E. A.  The physiology of egg production.
Vet. Med., Chic,  1931, 26: 78-89.—Marza, V. D., & Marza,
E. V.  The formation of the hen's egg.  Q. J. Micr. Sc, Lond.,
1935-36, 78: 133-89.—Pesce, P. A.  II sesso e il colore delle
uova di gallina.  Profilassi, 1930, 3: 45.—Riddle, O.  Metabolic
changes in the body of female pigeons at ovulation.   Proc.
Am. Philos. Soc. (1727-1927) 1927, 66: Bicent. Celebr., 497-
509.—Romanoff, A. L.  Growth and chemical composition of
ovum of functioning fowl's ovary (Gallus domesticus)  Bio-
chem. J.,  Lond., 1931, 25: 994-6.—Romijn, C.  The air space 
EGG
EGG
in the bird's egg.  Acta  brevia neerl.,  1939, 9: 82.—Troxell,
E. I,.  The origin of birds; and which came first, the bird or the
eggV  Sc. Month.,  1939, 48: 265-7.

----   Abnormities.

   Asmundson, V. S.  The formation of eggs within eggs.
Zool.  Anz., 1933, 104: 209-17.—Benoit. J.  Etude d'une poule
pondeuse exclusive d'oeufs nains  et  d^pourvus de  vitellus.
Bull, biol., Par., 1934, 68: 232-48, pi.—Brites.G.  Ovum in ovo.
Fol. anat. Univ. Conimbr., 1933, 8: No. 3, 1-3, 2 pi—Justow,
N.  Zur  Frage des Befundes doppelter Vogeleier (Ovum  ovo
praegnans)  Anat. Anz.,  1927, 64:  184-6.—Papilian, V., &
Nana, A.  Auf experimentellem  Wege erzielte Cysten  bei
Vogeleiern  (Huhnereiern)  Virchows Arch.,  1933, 290: 237-
41.—Rosnatowsky, J. P.  Ein seltener Fall des Befundes einer
eiartigen Bildung in einem gelegten Huhnerei.  Anat. Anz ,
1926-27, 62: 459-61.

----  Adulteration.
 See under Egg industry.

—   Ageing and freshness.
   See also Deterioration.
   Ancel, P., & Vintemberger, P.  Comparaison entre les effets
des rayons X et  ceux  du vieillissement sur 1'oeuf de poule.
C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 92: 1401-3.—Baird, J. C, & Prentice,
J. H.  The changes with age of the hydrogen ion concentration
of egg white and egg yolk and  of the refractive index of the egg
white.   Analyst, Lond., 1930,  55: 20-3—Deribere. M.  Ex-
amen des oeufs sous la lumidre de Wood.  Ann. hyg., Par., 1935,
n.  ser., 13:  666-8.—Dinslage, E., &  Windhausen, O.  Zur
Beurteilung des Frischezustandes von Eiern.  Zschr. Unter-
such.   Lebensmitt.,  1926,  52: 288-91.—Grossfeld,  J.   Zur
Beurteilung des Frischezustandes von Eiern.  Ibid., 1927, 53:
276.—Hanne, R.  Zur  Frage des Frischezustandes der Eier.
Arch. Hyg., Munch., 1928, 100: 9-13.—Janke, A., & Jirak. L.
Ueber die Alterung des  Hiihnereies und ihre Erkennung.  Bio-
chem.  Zschr., 1934,  271: 309-23.—Lataste,  F.  L'absence de
chambre a air dans l'oeuf frais  de la cistude  d'Europe.  C.
rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 93: 416.—Rennes.   Qu'est-ce qu'un ceuf
frais d'alimentation?  Bull. Soc  centr. med.  v6t., Par.,  1926,
79: 427-9.—Rudolph, W.  Beziehungen zwischen specifischer
Leitfahigkeit  und Alter des Hiihnereies.   Zschr. Untersuch.
Lebensmitt., 1938, 75: 428-30.—Schrempf, A., & Weidlich, G.
Zur Altersbestimmung der Eier wahrend der Sommermonate.
Ibid.,   1933, 65:  325-8.—Schweizer,  C.  Ueber  die  Alters-
bestimmung von Eiern  mit Hilfe  der Wasserstoffionenkonzen-
tration.   Mitt.   Lebensmitteluntersuch.,   Bern,   1929,  20:
203-9.—Tapernoux,  A.   Diff6renciation entre les  ceufs frais
et les ceufs conserves par le proceed a la chaux au moyen de la
lumiere de Wood.  C.  rend.  Soc. biol.,  1930,  105: 405-7.—
Wundram. Untersuchungen iiber die  Grosse der Luftkammer
von Eiern und die Altersbestimmungen  von Eiern in ultra-
violettem Licht.  Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1936, 52: 49-51, pi —
Zach, C. Ueber die Altersbestimmung von Eiern mit Hilfe der
Analysenquarzlampe.   Mitt.   Lebensmitteluntersuch.,  Bern,
1929, 20: 209-15.
Allergy.
   See also Allergy, food;  Egg white.
   Bloch, B., & Gay Prieto, J. A.  A propos d'un cas d'idio-
 syncrasie a l'ceuf; recherches sur le role  de  l'allergie et   e
 l'idiosyncrasie dans quelques dermatoses,  l'eczema en parti-
 culier.  Ann. derm, syph., Par., 1929, 6. ser., 10: 461-80, pi.—
 Cura dell'intolleranza  all'uovo.  Gazz.  osp., 1935, 56: 1227.—
 Meunier, L.  De l'ceuf; de son intolerance alimentaire.  Presse
 med., 1934, 42: 1307.—Savy, P.,  Etienne-Martin, P., & Rece-
 veur. E.  Anaphylaxie alimentaire par les lipides d'oeufs chez
 des cobayes sensibilises par voie parenterale ou par voie enterale.
 C.  rend.  Soc. biol.,  1937,  124: 1121-4.—Wilson, S. J.,  &
 Walzer, M.  Absorption of undigested proteins in human beings;
 absorption of unaltered egg protein in infants and in children
 Am. J. Dis. Child., 1935, 50: 49-54.

 ----  Bacteria and parasites.

   See also subheadings of  Egg  (Deterioration;
 Infection;  Poisoning)
   Berthiot,  A.  P. J.   *Modalites  de  conserva-
 tion; valeur hygienique;   germes  pathogenes de
 l'oeuf de poule.  79p.   8?   Par., 1938.
   Beller, K., & Rein hard, H.   Ueber das Vorkommen  von
 Bakterien der Paratvphusgruppe in Enteniern.   Berl. tierarztl.
 Wschr., 1934, 50:  226-8.—Eber, A.  Ueber das Vorkommen
virulenter Tuberkelbazillen  in Handelseiern.   Zschr. Fleisch
Milchhyg., 1931-32, 42: 297-300.—Klimmer, M.  Zum Vor-
kommen von  Tuberkelbakterien in Eiern.   Berl. tierarztl
Wschr., 1932, 48:  737-9.—Mazzeo, M.  Passaggio di  microbi
nelle uova. Fol. med., Nap., 1934, 20: 528-44.  ------ Sulla
microflora della uova dei mercati.  Ibid., 623-38.—Penso, G.
Reperto di Ascaridia perspieillum (Rud.) vivo in uovo di gallina.
Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1937, 18: 100.—Rochaix, A., & Couture,
E.  La  contamination  bacterienne  des  oeufs; sa nature; ses
consequences au point de vue de l'hygiene alimentaire.  J. mid.
Lyon,  1934,  15:  383-404.—Trossarelli,  L.. & Massano. A.
Ricerche sulla  microflora  delle uova del commercio.  Gior.
batt. immun., 1938,  20:  1059-71.—Wagener,  K.   Das Bact.
pyocyaneum  in Huhnereiern.   Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1929,
45: 621.—Wedemann, W., & Moser, F.  Ueber das Vorkom-
men von psychrophilen Keimen auf und in  Huhnereiern  und
uber die Frage ihres Eindringens in den Eiinhalt wahrend der
Kuhlhauslagerung.  Zschr. Fleisch Milchhyg., 1936-37,  47:
219-23.

----   Chemistry.

   See also Egg  white;  Egg yolk;  Ovalbumin;
Ovoglobulin; Ovomucoid.
   *Van Hauwaert, M. A.   A quantitative study
of  the factors  influencing the removal of loosely
bound nitrogen from eggs.   41p.   8?   N.  Y.,  1933.
   Bierey, H.  Sur les glucides et  les corps glucido-formateurs
de  l'oeuf de  poule.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929,  101:  579.—
Brooks, J.,  & Pace, J.  The  distribution of carbon dioxide in
the hen's egg.  Proc. R. Soc,  Lond., 1938, ser. B, 126: 196-
210.—ii ossfeld, J.  Neuere  Erkenntnisse in der Chemie  des
Huhnereis.  Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt.,  1935, 70:  82-91.
         Walter. G.  Beitrage zur Kenntnis  des  Phosphor-
 Schwefel- und Alkaligehaltes der Huhnereier.  Ibid., 1934, 67:
 510-29.—Patton, A. R., & Palmer, L. S.  The amino acid
 content of eggs and chicks: relation to diet and to incidence of
 chondrodystrophy.   J.  Nutrit., 1936,  11:  129-34.—Phillips,
 P. H., Halpin, J. G., & Hart, E. B.  The  influence of chronic
 fluorine toxicosis in  laying hens upon the fluorine content of
 the egg and its relation to the lipoid content of  the egg yolk.
 Ibid.,  1935, 10: 93-8— Simadu, Y., Matubara, H., & Sai, K.
 Chemical studies on  the egg of duck and hen.  Taiwan igakkai
 zasshi,  1927,  No. 262.—Smith, M.  The relations  between
 yolk and white in the hen's egg; gas exchange in  infertile eggs.
 J. Exp. Biol., Lond., 1931, 8: 312-8.—Talenti, M. Sulla pre-
 senza del glutatione  nelle uova di  gallina.  Arch. farm,  sper.,
 1935, 59: 287-90.—Titus, H. W., Byerly, T.  C, & Ellis,  N. R.
 Effect of diet on egg composition; partial chemical analyses of
 eggs produced by pullets on different diets.  J. Nutrit., 1933, 6:
 127-38.

 ----  Chemistry: Minerals.

   Almquist,  H. J., & Givens, J. W.  Simplified method for
 microdetermination of iodine in eggs.  Indust. Engin. Chem.,
 1933, analyt. ed., 5: 254.—Bishop, W. B.  S.  The occurrence
 of lead in the egg of the domestic hen. Med. J. Australia,  1928,
 1: 480; 1929,  1: 96.  ------ The estimation of lead in the egg
 of  the domestic hen.  Ibid., 1931,  2:  197-199.------&
 Cooksey, T.  The occurrence of lead in the egg of the domestic
 hen; an additional note.  Ibid., 1929, 2: 660-2.  Also repr.—
 Elvehjem,  C. A., Kemmerer, A. R. [et al.]  The effect of the
 diet of the hen on the  iron  and  copper content of the egg.
 J. Biol. Chem.,  1929-30, 85:  89-96.  Also repr.—Lesne. E..
 Zizine, P., & Briskas. S.  Le taux du fer et du cuivre dans l'oeuf;
 les variations de ces 2 mdaux suivant 1'age de la poule.  C.
 rend. Soc. biol., 1938, 128: 935. ------  Influence de inges-
 tion de fer  et de cuivre sur la teneur de l'oeuf de poule en  ces 2
 metaux.  Ibid., 937-9.—McFarlane, W. D., Fulmer, H.  L., &
 Jukes, T. H.  The effect of diet upon  the  nitrogen,  amino-
 nitrogen, tyrosine, tryptophan, cystine and iron content of the
 proteins and on the total copper of the  hen's egg. Biochem.
 J.,  Lond.,  1930, 24:  1611-31.—Taylor, H. B.  A criticism of
 recent  work on the presence of lead in the egg of  the domestic
 hen.  Med. J. Australia, 1930, 1: 675-9.

 ----   Chemistry: Protids.

   See also  Egg  white;  Egg  yolk;  Ovalbumin;
 Ovoglobulin; Ovomucoid.
   Calvery, H. O., & Titus, H. W.  The  composition of the
 proteins of  eggs from hens on different diets.  J.  Biol.  Chem.,
 1934,105:683-9.  Also  repr.—Gerber, L., & Carr, R. H. A
 chemical and  immunological study of  egg  protein  obtained
 under  restricted diets.   J.  Nutrit., 1930-31, 3: 245-56.—
 Kigasawa,  T.  Lysozymwirkungen des  Eiereiweisses.  Zschr.
 Immunforsch., 1927-28, 54: 155-80.—Needham,  J., &  Robin-
 son, J. R.  La forme moleculaire des substances protdques de
 l'oeuf.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1937, 126: 163-5.—Schenck, E. G.
 Ueber die Bildung der Proteine des Eies im Ovar und Eileiter
 des Huhnes.  Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1932, 211: 153.

 ----   Cooking.

   Muller, C.  *Ueber die in Eiern beim Kochen
 und  Braten entstehenden  Temperaturen.   31 p.
 8?   Munch.,  1935.
   Friedberger, E., & Abraham, A.   Ueber den Nahrwert von
rohen und gekochten  Huhnereiern.  Deut. med Wschr  1929
55: 396.—Ilzhofer, H., &  Muller, C. Ueber die in Eiern  beim
Kochen und Braten entstehenden Temperaturen.  Arch Hvg
Munch., 1935, 114: 341-64.—Indemans, J. W. M. [Nutritive
X=lu« oi^iled and  unboiled  eggs]  Geneesk.  gids,  1928, 6:
9^7r?'_M&szaros, G., &  Miinchberg,  F.  Ueber  die   Ge-
wichtsveranderung des Eies beim Kochen.  Zschr. Untersuch.
Lebensmitt., 1935, 70: 156-65.—Scheunert, A., & Wagner E 
EGG                                                  89                                                 EGG
 Ueber den Einfluss des Kochens auf den Nahrwert des Hiih-
 nereies.   Deut. med. Wschr., 1927, 53: 1258-60.------&
 Schieblich,  M.  Weitere Untersuchungen iiber die angebliche
 Unterwertigkeit gekochter Eier gegeniiber Rohei.  Ibid., ly28,
 54: 689-91.

 ----   Deterioration.

   See also subheadings of Egg  (Bacteria; Preser-
 vation)
   Baeza, M.   Recherches sur les champignons produisant des
 alterations dans les oeufs destines a la consommation.  Ann.
 parasit., Par.,  1934, 12: 543-50.—Bohart, R. M.  Anaerobic
 bacteria causing black rot of eggs.  Am. J. Hyg., 1930, 11: 168-
 73.—Falcioni, A. C.  El huevo como alimento, su deterioro y
 conservaci6n.   Rev.  med. vet., B. Air., 1936,  18: 494-502.—
 Grossfeld, J., & Peter, J.  Erkennung und Nachweis verdor-
 bener Eier.  Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt., 1935, 69: 16-29.—
 Haines, R. B.  Observations on the bacterial flora of the hen's
 egg, with a description of new species of Proteus and Pseudo-
 monas causing rots in eggs.  J. Hyg., Lond., 1938, 38: 338-55.—
 Janke,  A., &  Jirak, L.  Ueber die Zersetzung und  Haltbar-
 machung der  Huhnereier.   Zschr. Untersuch.  Lebensmitt.,
 1935, 69: 434-52.—Kiermeier. F., & Heiss, R. Untersuchungen
 iiber Veranderungen des Hiihnereies  bei  der  Lagerung;  das
 Auftreten  von  Methylketonen.   Ibid.,  1938,  76:  530-4.—
 Lagrange,  E.   Sur la  flore des oeufs  pourris.   C. rend. Soc.
 bid., 1935, 120: 846-8.—Lerche.  Sind Fleckeier und Eier  mit
 Schimmelflecken  genusstauglich?   Zschr.  Fleisch Milchhyg.,
 1934-35, 45: 361-3.—Levine,  M., & Anderson, D. Q.  Two
 new species of bacteria causing  mustiness in eggs.  J. Bact.,
 Bait., 1932, 23: 337-47.—Miles, A. A., & Hainan, E. T.  A new
 species  of  micro-organism (Proteus melanovogenes)  causing
 black rot in eggs.  J. Hyg., Cambr., 1937, 37: 79-97—Scara-
 mella, P.   Su un infezione  fungina  di uova  conservate in
 frigorifero  prodotta  dal  Verticillium  monosporioides  Peyr.
 Gior. biol. appl., 1931, 1: 137-46.—Thieulin, G.  Les alterations
 des ceufs.  Rec. med. vet., 1933, 109: 577-601.—Thomson, R.
 T., & Sorley, J.  The composition and decomposition of eggs.
 Analyst, Lond., 1924, 49: 327-32.—Tissier, H.  Microbes de la
 putrefaction des ceufs.   C. rend.  Soc. biol., 1926, 94: 446.

 ----   Development.

   See Embryogenesis.

 ----   Examination.

   See also Egg industry, Public health aspect.
   Nain,  G.    *Le  controle sanitaire  des  oeufs
 destines  a l'alimentation.   80p.   8?   Par.,  1937.
   United States.   War  Department.   Army
 regulations.    No.  40-2190.   Medical  De-
 partment.     Veterinary   products   inspections,
 eggs, and sea foods.  2p.   8?   Wash., 1921.
   Braunsdorf, K., &  Reidemeister, W.   Ueber die  Unter-
 suchung von Eiern.  Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt., 1934,  68:
 59-72.—Drea, W.  F.  Spectrum analysis of hen eggs and chick
 tissues.   J. Nutrit., 1935, 10: 351-5.— Eble, K., & Pfeiffer, H.
 Beitrag  zur Untersuchung von  Eiern.  Zschr.  Untersuch.
 Lebensmitt., 1935, 69:  228-35.—Froboese, V.  Eine neue  Art
 der  Eierverfalschung?   Ibid.,  14.—Grethe, T.   Bestimmung
 von Benzoesaure im Eigelb.  Zschr. Untersuch. Nahrungsmitt.,
 1925, 49: 51.—Grossfeld,  J., &  Kanitz, H.  R.  Ueber den
 Nachweis von Teerfarbstoffen im Huhnerei.  Zschr. Untersuch.
 Lebensmitt., 1935, 69:  582-4.—Kolbe, F. Untersuchungsgang
 fur  Eier.  Zschr. Fleisch Milchhyg.,  1929-30,  40:  136 —
 Eopatschek, F., & Falcioni, A. C.  Tecnica para el  analisis
 bromatologico del  huevo.  Rev. med. vet., B.  Air.,  1936,  18:
 562-9.—Oijen, C. F. van  [Inspection of  eggs]  Tschr. dier-
 geneesk., 1936,  63: 1153-8.—Schrempf, A.  Untersuchung  der
 Eier im  Ultraviolettlicht.  Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt.,
 1933, 65:  647.—Shaw,  F.  [Expert  inspection of eggs; iodine
 test]  Arch. med. sociale, Brux., 1938,  1: 512-26.

 ----   Extract.
   Bracaloni, L.  Methode de preparation  des ampoules d'ex-
 trait d'oeuf (hScithine  et lutdne) pour usage hypodermique.
J.  pharm. chim., Par.,  1937, 8. ser., 26: 97-101.—Vita, G., &
Bracaloni, L.  Metodo di preparazione delle fiale di estratto
di  uovo (lecitina e luteina) per uso endomuscolare ed endo-
venoso.  Boll. chim. farm., 1938, 77: 73-86.
oeufs de poule.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 114: 23-5.—Crosby,
J. F.  Egg hatching as practiced in old China.  Vet. Bull.,
Wash., 1935, 29: 148-51.—Giusti, G.  II controllo della incuba-
zione artificiale: esperimenti compiuti nei pollaio della stazione
sperimentale di zootecnia in Milano.  Clin, vet., Milano, 1937,
60: 147-52.—Jule, M.  A. Como obtener exito en la incuba-
cion de polios.  Rev.  zootecn.,  B.  Air., 1936, 23: 191-8.—
Morgan, E.   Maintaining fertility  of  eggs during long sea
voyages.  Vet. J., Lond., 1927, 83: 506-8.—Pucher, G. W.
Chemical  analysis of incubated  non-fertile eggs.   Proc. Soc.
Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1927-28, 25: 72.—Thorp, F., jr.  Chemical
disinfection of hatching eggs.  North Am. Yet., 1930, 11: 43.

----  Hormones and vitamines.

   Barnum, G. L. The vitamin E content of eggs as related to
the diet of the hen  and to hatchability.  J. Nutrit.,  1935, 9:
621-35.—Bethke, R. M., Record, P. R., & Wilder, F. W.  The
effect of the ration of the hen on the vitamin G content of eggs
with observations on the distribution of vitamin B nad  G in
normal eggs.   Ibid.,  1936, 12: 309-20.—Ellis, N. R., Miller, D.
[et al.]  Effect of diet on egg composition; the relation of diet
to the vitamin B and the vitamin G content of eggs,  together
with observations on the vitamin A content.   Ibid.,  1933, 6:
243-62.—Fat-soluble vitamin  content  of  hens'  eggs.   Bull.
Ohio Agr. Exp. Sta., 1927,  No. 402, 92.—Hauge, S. M., &
Carrick, C. W. The antiscorbutic properties of eggs.  J.  Biol.
Chem.,  1925. 64: 111.—Riboulleau, J.  Teneur en substances
oestrogdies de l'oeuf vierge et de l'oeuf feconde des oiseaux.
C. rend. Soc. biol., 1938, 129: 914-6.—Windaus, A., & Stange.
O.   Ueber das Provitamin des  Eiersterins.  Zschr.  physiol.
Chem., 1936, 244: 218-20.

----   Infection by.

   See also  Egg,  Poisoning by.
   Baroli,  A.   Le uova  devono essere sterilizzate?   Osp. mag-
giore  Novara,  1934,  11: 200-5.—Hohn, J.,  & Herrmann, W.
Das Entenei als Quelle  menschlicher Infektion.  Klin. Wschr.,
1936, 15: 971-3.—Kathe & Lerche.  Bakterielle Lebensmittel-
schadigung durch Enteneier.  Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1936,  136:
320-6.—Mazzeo,  M.,  & Mancuso,  S.   Sulle  tossiinfezioni
alimentari per  mezzo di uova.  Cult. med. mod., Pal., 1938, 17:
329-45.—Pallaske, G.   Zur Frage  von  Nahrungsmittelver-
giftungen  durch Enteneier.  Deut.  med.  Wschr.,  1933.  59:
1010.—Schad.   Enteneier verursachen  zwei   Epidemien in
Truppenkuchen.  Munch, med. Wschr.,  1938, 85:  1550.—
Schreiben des Reichsministers des  Innern an die  Landes-
regierungen; Lebensmittelvergiftungen nach dem Genuss von
Enteneiern.  Vorschr. sachs. Vet.,  1934,  29:  109-11.—Scott,
W. M.  Les empoisonnements par les ceufs de cane contenant
des bacilles pathogenes.  Bull. Off. internat. hyg. pub., Par.,
1933, 25: 828-33.—Stritar, J., Dack, G. M., & Jungewaelter,
F. G. The control of staphylococci in custard-filled puffs and
Eclairs.  Food  Res.,  1936, 1: 237-46.—Verge, J.  Les maladies
infectieuses transmises  a I'homme par les  oeufs.  Rec. med.
vet., 1934, 110: 705-23.

----   medicated.

   Berkesy, L., & Gonczi, K.  [On the biological accumulation
of halogen elements in hens' eggs, and on its therapeutic appli-
cation]   Magy.  orv. arch.,  1933,  34: 402-9.—Freund,  L.
Jodeier.  Munch, tierarztl. Wschr., 1935, 86: 315.—Jaschik, A.,
& Kieselbach, J.  Ueber Jodeier. Zscbr. Untersuch. Lebens-
mitt., 1931, 62: 572-5.—Lucrezi, G.  Terapie iodica mediante le
uova medicamentose.  Morgagni, 1935,  77: 102.—Lustig, J.,
& Straub, J.  Ueber die Wirkung der Jodeier.  Aerztl. Rdsch.,
1934, 44: 309-11.—McRae, D.  F.,  & Ingvaldson, T.  The
lipoid phosphorus-cholesterol ratio  before  and after  feeding
radiated  eggs  to tuberculosis  patients.   Am. Rev.  Tuberc,
1928, 17: 520.—Ponticaccia, L.  Esperimenti clinici colle  uova
jodate.  Probl. aliment., Roma, 1934-35, 4: 67-83.—Pozzi, R.
Controllo  quantitative sperimentale  de jodio nei  sangue d-
individui sottoposti ad ovoterapia con uova bio-jodiche.  Prat1
pediat.,  Milano, 1934,  12: 313-5.—Scarrone, T.  Le uova"
biojodobromiche nella pratica.  Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1934,
15: 1214-24.—Tenconi, A.  Le uova  medicinali  in  pratica
pediatrica.  Pensiero med., 1934, 23: 226-32.—Terranova, S.
L.  Sulla produzione delle uova jodiche.  Bull. chim. farm.,
1936, 75: 667.

----   Nutritive  value and use.

   See also  Egg white;  Egg yolk.
   Versels,  G.   L'oeuf de poule au point de  vue
alimentaire.  170p.   8?   Par., 1935.
   Amati, C.   Influenza dell'uovo sullo sviluppo e sull'accres-
cimento dei giovani  organismi.  Clin, igiene inf., 1931, 6: 433-
52.—Binet, L.  L'ceuf  aliment.  Rec. med. vet.,  1933,  109:
404-7.—Bouvet.  Therapeutique d'autrefois: les ceufs.  Paris
med., 1926,  72: annexe, 162-7.—Cannavd, F.  Le  uovo di
gallina nell'alimentazione umana.  Probl. aliment.,  Roma,
1935,  5: 131-73.—Dournay, J.  Les ceufs dans l'alimentation
infantile; leurs avantages; leurs inconvenients.  Vie med., 1931,
12: 851-6.—Giannotti, D.  L'uovo di gallina nell'alimentazione
umana.  Riv.  biol.,  1934, 17: 348-74—Griinewald, M.  Der
Nahrwert  des  Hiihnereies und die  Eierverordnung vom 17.
Marz 1932.   Munch, tierarztl. Wschr.,  1933, 84: 159-61.—
----  Hatchability  and hatching.

   See also Embryo;  Fowl.
   Payne,  L. F., &  Hughes,  J.  S.  The effect of
inadequate rations on the production and hatch-
ability of  eggs.  64p.   8?   Topeka,  1933.
   Bethke, R. M., Record, P. R-, & Kennard, D. C.  The rela-
tion of vitamin G to the hatchability of hens' eggs.  J. Nutrit.,
1936,  12:  297-307.— Buckner, G. D., Martin, J. H., & Peter,
A. M. The relation of calcium restriction to the hatohability
of eggs.  Am. J. Physiol., 1924-25,  71: 543-7.—Coulon, A. de,
&  Ugo, A. Un facteur influencant le temps d'incubation des 
EGG
90
EGG
Lesne, E.  La valeur nutritive des ceufs.   Bull. Acad, med.,
Par., 1932, 3. ser., 108: 1597-602.—Mathieu, R.  La rehabili-
tation de l'ceuf.  J. med. Paris, 1936, 56: 295-7. Also J. med.
chir., Par., 1936, 107: 457-77.—Meyer, B.  Allerlei vom Ei.
Zschr. Fleisch Milchhyg., 1937-38, 48:  186-8.—Moll, L.  Das
Ei in der Ernahrung des Kindes.  Wien. med. Wschr., 1925, 75:
607-9  [Discussion] 604.—Moro,  E.  Ueber Eier als Kinder-
nahrung.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1924, 50: 1296-8.—Rose, M. S.
The influence  of prolonged administration of egg upon  the
hemoglobin content of children's blood. J. Biol. Chem., 1926,
67: p.xx.  ------ &  McCollum, E. L.  Studies in nutrition;
the effect of adding egg to a diet already adequate. Ibid., 1928,
77: 549-55.—Rose, M. S., &  Vahlteich, E. M. A review of
investigations on the nutritive value of eggs.   J. Am. Diet.
Ass., 1938, 14: 593-614.—Saitz, C.  [Food  partially and com-
pletely devoid of milk and substituted by eggs in children's
diet] Cas. lek. cesk., 1929, 68: 1759; 1796.—Sedallian, P.  Les
oeufs, leur valeur nutritive et  leur utilisation alimentaire.  J.
med. Lyon, 1934, 15: 405-10.—Sumner, E. E.  The biological
value of milk and egg protein in  young and mature rats.  J.
Nutrit., 1938, 16: 129-39.  ------& Murlin. J. R. The bio-
logical value of milk and egg protein in human subjects.  Ibid.,
141-52.  ------&  Pierce, H.  B.  The egg-replacement value
of several proteins in human nutrition.  Ibid., 37-56.—Sussman
H., Davidson, A., &  Walzer,  M.  Absorption of  undigested
proteins in human beings; the absorption of  unaltered egg
protein in adults.  Arch. Int. M., 1928, 42: 409-14.—Uovo
(L') nella  alimentazione  del bambino.  Gazz. osp., 1935, 56:
172.

----   Ornithological aspect.

   Shufeldt,  R. W.  On the oology of the North
American Pygopodes.   p. 169-80.   8?  Los Ang.,
1914.
   Cutting from The Condor, Los  Ang., 1914, 16: 169-80.

   ----   Eggs  of North American  water-birds.
pt 3.  p. 300-4.   8?  Cleveland, 1915.
   Blue-Bird, Cleveland,  1915,  7:

   Washington,  D.  C.   Smithsonian Institu-
tion.     Instructions in  reference to  collecting
nests  and  eggs of  the  North American  birds.
22p.   8?  Wash., 1867.
   Ancient (An)  egg.   Nature,  Lond.,  1935, 135:   796 —
Lotsy, J. P.  [Gallus temminekii G. R. Gray and the color of
the eggs of the wild hen]  Genetica, Gravenh., 1920, 2: 400-4.
----  Physical chemistry.
   Atanasoff, J. V., & Wilcke, H. L.  Measurement of the vis-
cosity of eggs by the use of a torsion pendulum.  J. Agr. Res.,
1937, 54: 701-9.—Baldes, E. J.  Osmotic pressures in the hen's
egg.  Proc. R. Soc,  Lond.,  1934,  ser.  B.,  114: 436-40 —
Bateman,  J. B.   The osmotic relations  between  white and
yolk in the hen's egg.  J. Exp. Biol., Lond., 1932, 9: 322-31.—
Grollman, A.  Ueber das osmotiscbe Gleichgewicht zwischen
Dotter und Eiklar  im Huhnerei.  Biochem. Zschr., 1931, 238:
408-17.—Healy, D. J., & Peter, A.  M.   The hydrogen ion
concentrations and basicity of egg yolk and  egg white.  Am.
J. Physiol., 1925, 74: 363-8.—Johlin. J. M.  Osmotic relation-
ships in the hen's  egg.  J. Gen. Physiol., 1933, 16: 605-13.
------  Osmotic relationships in the hen's egg as determined
by relative vapor pressures.  Ibid.,  1934-35,  18: 481-4.  Also
repr.—Smith,  M.,  &  Shepherd, J.  The relations between
yolk and  white in the hen's  egg;  osmotic equilibration.  J.
Exp.  Biol., Lond., 1931,  8:  293-311.—Weinstein, P.  Ge-
frierpunktsbestimmung bei Eiern von Huhn und Ente.  Zschr.
Untersuch. Lebensmitt., 1933, 66: 48-59.

----  Poisoning by.

   See  also  Egg (Allergy; Infection)  Egg white,
Allergy; Salmonella.
   Benardeatj, X.   *Les divers  modes d'intoxi-
cations par  l'ceuf de poule.  69p.   8?   Par.,  1931.
   Corbin,  A.   *Oeufs  et intoxications alimen-
taires; nouvelles donnees gtiologiques.   70p.   8?
Par., 1926.
   Beller, K.  Hilhner- und Enteneier als Ursache von Lebens-
mittelvergiftungen.  Reichsgesundhbl.,  1935,   10:  940-2.—
Boecker.  Nahrungsmittelvergiftungen durch rohe Enteneier.
Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1937, 34: 77.—Bruns, H., & Fromme.
Ueber Nahrungsmittelerkrankungen  durch Enteneier. Miinch.
med. Wschr., 1934, 81: 1350-2—Friedberger, E., & Abraham,
A.  Ueber die Folgen langdauernder einseitiger Futterung mit
Eiern.  Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1930, 72: 490-513.—Friedberger,
E., & Seidenberg. S.  Weitere Versuche iiber einseitige Ernah-
rung  mit  Eiern.   Deut.  med. Wschr., 1927,  53: 1507-9.—
Fromme, W.  Zur Ursache von Nahrungsmittelvergiftungen
durch Enteneier.   Ibid.,  1933,  59:  655.  Also  Arch. Hyg.,
Munch.,  1934,  113: 29-45.   ------  Nahrungsmittelvergif-
tungen nach Genuss von Riihrei aus Enteneiern.  Deut. med.
Wschr.,  1934,  60:  1969.—Grebe & Craning.   Lebensmittel-
vergiftungen durch Enteneier.  Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1937,
45: 245-7.—Miessner, H., & Kofer, A.  Entenei und Lebens-
mittelvergiftungen.   Ibid.,  1934,  f:  717-20-Neveu  R
Oeufs et intoxications alimentaires.  M6decine, Par  1930, 11:
957-61.—Richet, C, fils, & Dublineau, J.  Toxicite des ceufs de
poule par voie  digestive.  Ann. hyg., Par.  1931,  n. ser., 9:
525-30—Sauer.  Ueber Nahrungsmittelerkrankungen  durch
Enteneier.   Munch,  med. Wschr.,  1934,  81: 1548.—Scott.
W.  M.  Food poisoning due to eggs. Brit.  M. J.,  1960, 2:
5g_8.—Seligmann. E. Eine Massenvergiftung durch Enteneier.
Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1935, 65: 550.

        Preservation [and  storage]
   Lippert,   K.     *Ueber   die  desinfizierende
Wirkung   von   Eierkonservierungsmitteln  auf
kunstlich infizierte Huhnereier.  7p.   8?  Wiirzb.,
1936.
   Shutt,  F.  T.   The household  preservation  of
eggs.   2p.  8?  Ottawa, 1927.
   Soria, A.   * Alterations, modes de conservation
des  ceufs;  intoxications  par  les  gateaux  a  la
creme.   84p.  8?   Par., 1928.
   Tachdjian,  E.    *De  quelques  proced^s  de
conservations des oeufs et de leur  valeur au point
de vue hygienique.  32p.   8?  Par., 1934.
   Bryant, R. L.,  & Sharp, P. F. Effect of washing on the keep-
ing quality of hens'  eggs.  J. Agr. Res.,  1934,  48: 67-89.—
Cadiot.   Sur  les ceufs dans l'alimentation  humaine  et leur
conservation par  le froid.  Bull. Acad.  mid., Par., 1930, 3. ser.,
103: 25-48.—De Bord, G. G.  Effect of  dehydration upon the
bacterial flora of eggs. J. Agr. Res.,  1925-26, 31: 155-64.—
Fabiani. A. Riconoscimento delle uova  conservate sotto calce
o sotto acqua di  calce, dalle uova fresche.  Igiene mod., 1931,
24: 242-9.—Grzimek. B.  Versuche iiber Gewichtsverlust und
Luftkammervergrosserungen  von  Eiern  in  handelsublichen
Packungen sowie iiber den Einfluss des  Waschens von Eiern.
Zschr.  Fleisch Milchhyg., 1935-36,  46: 458; 481—Hopfen-
gartner.  Beeinflusst  Eosinweizenfutterung  der  Hfihner die
Konservierungsfahigkeit der Eier?   Miinch.  tierarztl. Wschr.,
1936, 87: 397-401.—Knorr, M., & Lippert, F.  Die Wirkung
von Eierkonservierungsmitteln auf  kunstlich  infixierte Huh-
nereier.  Arch. Hyg., Munch., 1935-36, 115: 260-7.—Lenci, L.
La conservazione e le alterazioni delle uova nei riguardi deli'is-
pezione  annonaria.   Clin, vet., Milano, 1935, 58:  311-7.—
Lesne, E., & Clement, R.  Le facteur antirachitique dans  les
ceufs conserves.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 107: 1533.—Lythgoe,
H. C. Ammonia content of cold-storage  eggs; an  investigation
of cold-storage eggs sold at retail in Massachusetts.  Indust.
Engin. Chem., 1927, 19: 922-4.—Manville,  I. A. Variations
in the fat-soluble vitamin content of eggs, resulting from differ-
ent methods of preservation.  Am. J. Hyg., 1926,  6: 238-53.—
Martell, P. Ueber die Eierkonservierung.  Zschr. ges.  Kran-
kenhauswes, 1926, 22: 800.—Nicholls,  J. R.  The examination
of eggs suspected of being preserved.  Analyst,  Lond., 1931,
56: 383-90.—Noonan, J. E.  Shell treatment for preservation
of egg quality. Vet. Bull., Wash., 1935,  29: 47-51.—Pique, J.
Changes in the quality of  eggs during storage and transport.
J. R. San. Inst., 1926-27, 47: 349-54.—Preller. Ueber die
Lagerung und Konservierung der Eier.  Zschr. Fleisch Milch-
hyg., 1922-23, 33: 31; 43.—Ravina, A.  Un  nouveau proc6d6
de conservation  des  oeufs.  Presse m6d., 1938,  46: 1924.—
Rievel, H.  Versuche mit maschinell gereinigten Schmutzeiern.
Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt., 1939, 77:  126-35.—Sharp, P. F.
Preservation and storage  of hens' eggs.   Food Res.,  1937, 2:
477-98.—Swenson, T. L.   Storage of  shell eggs.  Ibid., 1938,
3: 599-608.—Tso, E.  The effect of chemical preservation of
eggs upon the stability of their vitamin contents.   Biochem.
J., Lond., 1926, 20: 17-22.

----   Preservation:  Cold storage and  freezing.
   Grasset, E.  *Les  ceufs congel<§s; importance
economique;   6tude   bacteriologique;   contr61e
sanitaire  [Alfort]  64p.   8?  Par., 1928.
   Beller,  K., Wedemann, W., & Priebe, K.  Untersuchungen
iiber den  Einfluss  der  Kuhlhauslagerung bei Huhnereiern.
Zschr.  Fleisch Milchhyg.,  1933-34, 44: Beih.,  1-31.—Hale,
H. P., & Hardy,  W.  The freezing point of yolk and white of
egg.  Proc. R. Soc, Lond.,  1933, ser. B, 112: 473-9.—Kister.
Chinesisches Gefrierei.  Techn. Gemeindebl., 1931, 34: 257-9.—
Monvoisin. A. Les ceufs refrigerls.  Rec. mid. vit., 1926, 102:
341-50.—Moran, T.  The effect  of low temperature on hens'
eggs.  Proc R.  Soc,  Lond., 1925-26, ser. B, 98: 436-56.—
Verge,  J.   Les ceufs congeles;  valeur hygienique et contr61e
sanitaire.  Medeeine, Par., 1931, 12: 946-9.  ------& Grasset,
E.  Recherches sur la flore microbienne des ceufs congeles.
C. rend. Acad, sc, 1928, 186: 718.  ------  Etude bacterio-
logique des ceufs congeles; leur controle sanitaire.  Rev. hyg.,
Par., 1928, 50: 748-68.  Also Rec. med. vet., 1928, 104: 657-72.

----   Preservation: Desiccation.
   Balls, A. K.,  & Swenson, T.  L.  Dried egg-white  Food
Res., 1936, 1: 319-24-Fixsen, M. A. B.  TheIffeTt of desicca-
tion  upon  the nutritive properties  of  egg-white.   Biochem.
J. Lond.  1931,  25: 596-605.-Henzi, M.  Tabelle und  ein-
facher Schieber zur Ermittlung  des  Verhaltnisses von  Eiklar 
EGG                                                 91                               EGG INDUSTRY
bu Eigelb bei Eipulvern.  Mitt. Lebensmitteluntersuch., Bern,
1938, 29: 263-8.—Sudendorf, T.,  &  Penndorf, O.   Ueber
Trockenvollei des Handels und seine Beurteilung nach neueren
Gesichtspunkten.  Zschr. Untersuch. Nahrungsmitt., 1924, 47:
40-50.

----  Quality, volume, and weight.

   Buckner, G. D.. Martin, J. H., & Peter. A. M.  Effect of a
calcium carbonate supplement in the diet of  hens,  on the
weight, protein content and calcium content of the white and
yolk  of their  eggs.  Am. J. Physiol.,  1925,  72: 458-63 —
Funk, E. M.  The relation of sexual maturity and egg weight
in the domestic fowl. J. Agr. Res., 1934, 49: 1033-9.—Gross-
feld, J., & Seiwert, H.  Gestalt und Volumen der Hiihnereier.
Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt., 1934, 67: 241-58.—Hadley, P.
Egg-weight as a criterion  of numerical  production in the
domestic fowl. Science, 1919, n. ser., 49: 427-9.—Jirak, L. W.
Warum Eivolumsbestimmungen?  Zschr.  Untersuch. Lebens-
mitt., 1935,  69:  431-4.—Kfizenecky, J.  Beziehung der Zu-
sammensetzung des Hiihnereies zum Eigewicht; Berechnung
eines zutreffenden Preises fiir nach  Gewicht sortierte Eier.
Ibid., 1936,  71:  137-49.—Meszaros,  G.  Der Einfluss der
Hiihnerrasse und des Eigewichtes auf die Zusammensetzung
der Eier.  Ibid.,  1934, 68: 548-53.—Neate, N. M.  Factors in
egg grading.  Vet. Bull., Wash., 1936, 30: 44.—Tso, E.  The
composition of hens' eggs in relation to size. China M. J., 1925,
39: 136-40.—Van Wagenen. A., Hall, G. O.. & Wilgus, H. S., jr.
Variations in egg-quality characters in certain breeds, varieties,
and strains of chickens.  J.  Agr. Res.,  1937,  54: 767-77.—
Wundram, G., & Schonberg, F. Einiges zur Kennzeichnungs-
verordnung von  Huhnereiern. Berl.  tierarztl.  Wschr.,  1934,
50: 106-8.

----  Serology.

   Asaba, T.   Contribution k l'etude biologique d'oeuf et de
serum de  poule.   Sei i  kwai, 1934, 53: No. 578, 1-6.—Ri, S.
Ueber die Spezifitat des Eiweisses von Eiern unter besonderer
Berucksichtigung des Prazipitingehaltes.   J. Chosen  M. Ass.,
1937, 27: 3.—Sievers. O.  Eine serologische Untersuchung des
Eiweisses  aus den  Eiern verschiedener Vogel.  Acta  path.
microb. scand., 1938, Suppl. 38, 147. ------ Eine serologische
Untersuchung von Vogeleiern, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung
der  Moglichkeit,  verschiedene Vogelarten zu  differenzieren.
Ibid., 1939, 16: 44-98, 3 tab.

 EGG albumin.

   See Ovalbumin.


EGG cell.

   See Ovum.

EGG globulin.

   See Ovoglobulin.


EGG industry.

   Dryden, J.   Farmers' Institute Lecture No. 10:
Syllabus of illustrated  lecture  on  the  production
and marketing of  eggs  and  fowls.    20p.    8?
Wash., 1909.
   Lamon, H. M.  Notes on the poultry and egg industry in
the United States.  In Annual  Rep.  U.  S. Dep. Agr.  Bur.
Anim. Indust.  (1911)  1913,  28:  247-51, 2  pi.—Michaud,
L'industrie des ceufs. Bull. Soc. sc. hyg. aliment., Par., 1927.
15: 395-424.—Young, H. R.  Solving the egg problem.  Hosp.
Management, 1936,  41: 35; 40.

----  Products.
   Dessirier, L.   Dosage des oeufs dans  les glaces et autres
produits alimentaires.  Ann.  falsif., Par. 1938,  31: 464-7.—
Grossfeld, J.  Die Bestimmung der Lecithin-Phosphorsaure in
Eierlikoren.   Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt., 1927, 54: 450-
62.—Muller, E.  Zur Untersuchung der Eierteigwaren.  Mitt.
Lebensmitteluntersuch., Bern, 1934, 25:  313-6.—Nobecourt,
P.  L'ceufs et pates dans l'alimentation. Gaz. hop., 1934,  107:
713-6.—Oeufs et pates dans l'alimentation.   Presse med.,
1934, 42: 1928.—Popp,  H.  Die Bakterienflora  in den Eikon-
serven.  Zschr. Untersuch. Nahrungsmitt., 1925, 50: 139-42.—
Schmid, A.  Die  Prufung und Beurteilung der Eikonserven
hinsiehtlich  Verdorbenheit.   Mitt.   Lebensmitteluntersuch.,
Bern, 1925, 16: 137-43.—Winter, C.  Die industrielle Eierver-
wertung unter Berucksichtigung der Darstellung der  aus  dem
Ei gewonnenen Hauptprodukte.   Zschr.  Fleisch  Milchhyg.,
1929-30, 40: 520-2.

----  Public health aspect.

   See  also  Egg  (Examination;  Infection  by;
Poisoning)
   Feuser,   H.   *Die  Eierversorgung  der  Stadt
Koln  nebst   Erfahrungen  und  Bemerkungen
iiber  das  Frischhaltungsverfahren,  sowie  iiber
die   gesundheitspolizeiliche  Ueberwachung  des
Verkehrs mit Eiern   [Giessen]   39p.   8?   Briihl,
1936.
   Masseron,  P. A.   *L'ceuf de marchd;  ce qu'il
est; ce  qu'il  devrait  etre   [Alfort]  40p.  8?  Le
Havre,  1930.
   Arrete royal  portant reglement concernant le commerce des
ceufs (3 mai 1934)  Bull. Admin,  hyg.,  Brux., 1934, 97-102.—
Arrete royal relatif a la conservation des ceufs (30 mai 1934)
Ibid., 102-4.—Arrete  royal relatif  a l'exportation  des ceufs
(30 mai 1934) Ibid., 104-7.—Braga, A.  Os ovos sob os aspectos
medico, bacteriologico  e  sanitario.   Bol. Inst. Vital Brazil,
1938, No. 21, 3-109, 9 pi.—Goerttler, V. Verordnung uber das
Inverkehrbringen  von  Enteneiern.   Berl. tierarztl. Wschr.,
1936, 52:  590-2.   ------  Strengere  lebensmittelpolizeiliche
Vorschriften zur Verhutung von Enteneiervergiftungen9  Ibid.,
1938, 54:  205-8.—Lagrange, E.  Les  ceufs et l'hvgiene ali-
mentaire.  Bull. Soc. sc. hyg. aliment., Par., 1925, 13: 483-94.—
Lawless, E. J.  Suggestions for the retailer on compliance with
the Pennsylvania fresh eggs law.  Bull. Pennsylvania Dep. Agr.,
1935, 18:  No.  6.—Martel, H.   Les ceufs: consommation et
valeur alimentaire; controle sanitaire a Paris et dans le departe-
ment de la Seine.   Bull. Acad,  med., Par., 1931, 3. ser., 105:
551-72.—Zurek,  F.    Vergleichende   Untersuchungen  iiber
Reinigung von Schmutzeiern mit  besonderer Berucksichtigung
der mechanischen Reinigung. Zschr. Fleisch Milchhyg., 1937-
38, 48: 147; 164.


EGG-laying.

   See also Oviduct;  Oviposition.
   Baker, J. R.  Latitude and egg-seasons in old-world birds.
Tabulae biol., Berl., 1938,  15: 333-70.—Craig, W.  Oviposition
induced by the male in pigeons.  J. Morph., 1911, 22: 299-305.
Also repr.—Faur6-Fremiet, E„ & Kaufman, L.  Remarques au
sujet de la courbe de decroissance annuelle de la ponte chez la
poule domestique.   C.  rend. Acad, sc, 1926,  183: 247-9.—
Hewitt, E. A. The physiology of egg production.  Vet. Med.,
Chic, 1931, 26: 8-10.—Jul), M. A.  Increase in egg  weight in
relation to the time that laying commences.  Am. Natur., 1925,
59:  521-8.—Mennucci, E.  L'illuminazione  dei  pollai  in
rapporto alia produzione delle uova.  Clin, vet., Milano, 1936,
59: 425-32.—Peter, H. Untersuchung  iiber die Beeinflussung
der  Legetatigkeit  von weissen  Wyandottes-Hennen  durch
Stallbelichtung  und iiber  die Auswirkung der Belichtung auf
die  Befruchtungsziffer  und Schlupfergebnisse  der  Bruteier.
Biol, gen.,  Wien,  1929, 5: 675-710.—Rankl, F.  Ueber  den
Einfluss der Phenolisierung der Ovarialgefasse auf die Lege-
tatigkeit des Huhnes.  Wien. tierarztl.  Mschr., 1934, 21: 759-
63.—Rebske, E.  Mehr Eier durch kiinstliche Beleuchtung?
Umschau, 1934, 38: 165.—Warren, D. C, fr  Scott,  H. M.
Ovulation in the domestic hen.  Science, 1934, 80: 461.

----   Abnormities.
   McKenney, F. D.  Operative relief for ova in the peritoneal
cavity  of the chicken.  J. Am.  Vet. M. Ass., 1928-29, 74:
1067-9.—Steggerda, M. Effect of ovarian injury on egg laying
in fowls.  J. Exp.  Zool., 1928, 51: 403-16.—Szumen, J. G. A
propos de la ponte anormale d'une poule.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,
1926, 95: 1314.

----   Effect on bird.
   Blakeslee, A. F., & Warner, D. E.  Correlation between egg-
laying activity and yellow pigment in the domestic fowl. Am.
Natur., 1915, 49: 360-8.  Also Science, 1915, n. ser., 41: 432-
4.—Buckner, G. D., Martin, J.  H., & Insko, W. M., jr. The
blood calcium of  laying hens varied by the calcium intake.
Am.  J. Physiol., 1930, 94: 692-5.—Desogus, V.  I  lipoidi della
pineale e dell'ipofisi  negli uccelli in rapporto al ciclo di ovula-
zione.  Atti Soc. sc. med. natur.  Cagliari, 1928, 30: 91; 97.—
Lorenz. F. VV., Chaikoff, I.  L., & Entenman, C.  Liver lipids of
the laying  and  non-laying bird.  J. Biol. Chem., 1938, 123:
577-85.—Roepke,  R. R., & Hughes, J.  S.  Phosphorus parti-
tion  in the  blood serum of laying hens. Ibid., 1935, 108: 79-
83.  Also repr.—Rokhlina, M.  L.  [Gehalt an einigen Blut-
komponenten beim Huhn im Zusammenhang mit der Eiablage]
J. Physiol. USSR,  1934, 17: 392-9.

----   Frequency.

   See also Ovulation.
   Amantea, G.  Sul ritmo di ovulazione normale nella colomba
domestica e su  un espediente atto ad  accelerarlo.  Boll.  Soc
ital.  biol. sper.,  1928, 3: 117-9.—Brody, S., Henderson, E. W.,
& Kempster, H. L.  The  rate  of senescence of the domestic
fowl  as measured  by the  decline in egg production  with age.
J. Gen. Physiol.,  1923-24, 6:  41-5.—Faure-Fremiet, E., &
Kaufman, L.  La loi de decroissance progressive du taux de la
ponte chez  la poule.  Ann. physiol., Par.,  1928, 4:  64-122.—
Harland,  H. C.  On the existence of egg-laying cycles in the
domestic fowl.  J. Genet., Lond.,  1927-28, 18: 55-62.—Harris,
J. A.. Blakeslee, A. F., & Kirkpatrick, W. F.  Inter-periodic
correlation in the  egg production of the domestic  fowl.  Proc.
Nat. Acad. Sc. U. S. 1917. 3:  565-9.—Hays, F. A.   Time
interval between eggs of  Rhode  Island red pullets.  J.  Agr. 
EGG-LAYING
92
EGG WHITE
Res., 1936, 52: 633-8.—Warren, D. C, & Scott, H. M.  Physi-
ological factors influencing the rate of egg formation in the
domestic hen.  Ibid., 1935, 51: 565-72.


EGG membrane.

   See also Eggshell;  Fetus.
   Goldforb, A. J., & Schechter, V.   Studies in ageing eggs;
changes in permeability of egg membrane.  Proc. Soc.  Exp.
Biol., N. Y., 1932, 29:  1269.  ------  Studies in ageing eggs;
changes in resistance of egg membrane to bursting in hypotonic
solutions. Ibid., 1271—Moran, T., & Hale, H. P.  Physics ol
the hen's egg; membranes in the egg.  J. Exp. Biol., Lond.
1936, 13: 35-40, pi.—Salvatori, A.  Contributo alia conoscenza
della permeabilita delle membrane dell'uovo di Colombo e di
gallina.  Riv. biol., 1936, 21:  16-25.

----   testaceous.
   Furreg, E.  Ueber die Kutikula des Vogeleies  und einen
Nachweis ihres Bildungsortes.  Biol. Zbl., 1931,  51: 162-73 —
Romankewitsch, N.  A.   Das Kutikulum  des Hiihnereies.
Zschr. Zellforsch., 1934, 21: 110-8.—Salvatori, A.  Contributo
alia conoscenza delle propriety fisicochimiche della membrana
testacea dell'uovo di gallina e di Colombo.  Riv. biol., 1936, 21:
76-80.—Szuman, J. G.   La structure de la membrane testacee
de l'oeuf. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1925, 181: 257-9.


EGG-oil.
   Grossfeld, J.   Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Eierols.  Zschr.
Untersuch. Lebensmitt., 1933, 65: 311-4.—Page. I. H.  The
oils of the sea urchin and  star fish egg. Biol. Bull.,  1927, 52:
164-7.—Popp, H.  Ueber Eierolbestimmung.   Zschr.  Unter-
such. Nahrungsmitt., 1925, 50: 135-8.—Vita, G., & Bracaloni,
L.  Caracteres physico-chimiques  de  l'huile de jaune d'ceuf
avec l'etude particuliere de la solubilite dans l'alcool ethyliaue.
J. pharm. chim., Par., 1933, 8. ser., 18: 104-8.

EGGPLANT.

   See Solanaceae.


EGGSHELL.

   Cotet,  P.   *La  coquille de l'ceuf  de  poule;
considerations  pratiques.   25p.   8?    Par.,  1932.
   Bierry, H., & Gouzon,  B.  Sur les substances fluorescentes
de la coquille  d'ceuf de poule.  C.  rend. Acad, sc,  1932, 194:
653-5.—Dhere, C.  Spectre de fluorescence de  la coquille de
l'oeuf  de poule.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933,  112: 1595-8.—
Edin, H., Helleday, T., & Andersson, A.  Beziehung zwischen
Oberflache und Gestalt der Hiihnereier; die Bruchfestigkeit der
Eier und ihre Beziehung zum Mineralisierungsgrade der Eier-
schale, namlich zu ihrem fiir die Schalenflacheneinheit angege-
benen Aschengewicht.  Zschr. Untersuch.  Lebensmitt., 1937,
73: 313-26.—Frankenberg, G. von.  Vogeleier  mit doppelter
Schale.  Zool. Anz.,  1928, 78: 323-9.—Frobose, H.  Mikro-
skopische Anatomie  des  Legedarmes  und die  Bildung der
Kalkschale beim Huhn. Verh. Anat. Ges.,  1928, 37: 93-102 —
Leroy, A. M.  La transparence des coquilles d'oeufs de poule
et les modifications qu'elle subit avec le temps.  Ann. falsif.,
Par., 1924, 17: 407, pi.—McGowan, J. P.   Ueber die Bildung-
weise der Schalen von  Vogeleiern,  mit Bemerkungen iiber die
Erzeugung von  Alkalosis und Azidosis durch  Calciumsalze.
Biochem. Zschr., 1934, 272:  9-12.—Orru, A.   Costituzione
chimica e struttura del  guscio dell'uovo di casuario. Boll. Soc.
ital. biol. sper., 1930, 5: 171-6.—Osborne, W. A.  A note on
the permeability of egg shell.  Austral. J. Exp. Biol., 1931, 8:
239.—Taylor, L. W., & Lerner, I. M.  Inheritance of eggshell
thickness in white leghorn  pullets.  J. Agr. Res.,  1939, 58: 383-
96.

EGG  white.

   See also Egg, Chemistry.
   Alexander, H. L., Shirley,  K., & Allen, D.  The route of
ingested egg white to the systemic circulation.  J. Clin. Invest.,
1936, 15: 163-7.—Baglioni,  S.  Modificazioni  del ricambio
prodotte da alimentazione con albume d'uovo nei ratti albini.
Boll. Soc. ital. biol.  sper., 1927, 2: 978-82.—Balls, A.  K., &
Swenson, T. L. The antitrypsin of egg white.  J. Biol. Chem.,
1934, 106: 409-19.  Also  repr.—Boas, M. A.  A further note
on tbe  value  of egg-white as  the  sole source of nitrogen for
young growing rats.  Biochem. J., Lond., 1924,  18: 1322.—
Brull, L.   Excretion  d'albumines etrangeres; albuminurie
prolong6e par le blanc d'ceuf chez le chien.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,
1933, 113:  67-9.—Canham, A.  S. Watery  whites  of  eggs;
report of preliminary  investigations.   Onderstepoort J. Vet.
Sc,  1933, 1: 529-66.—Cohn, E. W., & White, A.  The enzy-
matic hydrolysis of raw and heat-treated egg white.  J. Biol.
Chem., 1935, 109: 169-75.  Also repr.—Cole, R. K. Histology
of the oviduct of the  fowl in relation to variations in the condi-
tion of the firm egg  albumen.  Anat.  Rec, 1938, 71: 349-61,
2 pi.—Finder, J. R.  Influence of egg white upon gastric secre-
tion.  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.  Y.,  1929-30,  27: 985-7.—
Fleming, A., & Allison, V. D.  On the antibacterial power of
egg-white.  Lancet,  Lond.. 1924. 1:   1303-7.—Galamini, A.
Ulteriori osservazioni sui ratti albini alimentati con albume dl
uovo.  Boll. Soc ital. biol. sper., 1929, 4: 91-5.—Gorter, F. J.
Egg-white as sole source of protein and vitamin  B2 for young
rats.  Biochem. J., Lond., 1935, 29: 322-9.—Guerrant, N. B.. &
Rudy, W. J.  Comparative nutritive value of firm and watery
egg albumen.  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1939, 40:  166-9.—
Jochims, J.  Ueber den Zusammenhang von Spinnfiihigkeit und
Struktur beim Eierklar.  Biochem. Zschr., 1928, 203:  142-6.—
Lagrange, E.   Coagulation  du blanc d'ceuf par des  agents
biologiques.   C. rend. Soc.  biol., 1928,  98: 1527-9.—Lease,
J. G., Parsons, H. T., & Kelly, E. A comparison in 5 types of
animals of  the effects of dietary  egg white  and of  a specific
factor given orally or  parenterally.  Biochem. J., Lond., 1937,
31: 433-7, pi.—Manen, E. van, &  Rimington, C.  The enzymic
activity of egg-white; its  bearing on the problem of watery-
whites.  Onderstepoort J. Vet. Sc, 1935, 5: 329-44.—Nadel, A.
Ueber  das  Verhalten von  Eiweissverdauungsfraktionen im
Schultz-Daleschen Experiment;  Versuche mit  Eiklarverdau-
ungsfraktionen.  Zschr. ges. exp.  Med.,  1938, 103: 446-50.—
Parsons, H. T.  The physiological effects of diets rich in egg
white.  J. Biol. Chem., 1931, 90: 351-67.  ------& Johnson, D.
New evidence  that cooking egg-white removes a harmful factor
rather than  creates a  protective factor.  Proc. Am. Soc. Biol.
Chem.,  1938, 8: No. 7, 91.—Remotti, E.  Ricerche sulla fisio-
morfologia dell'albume di uova di uccelli.   Ricer. morf., 1930, 9:
343-82.—Rose, M. S., & MacLeod, G. Some human digestion
experiments on raw white of egg.  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y.,
1919-20, 17:  119. ------  Digestion  experiments with the
raw white of egg; the digestibility of unbeaten in comparison
with beaten whites.  J.  Biol.  Chem.,  1923,  58: 369-71.—
Sandow, A.   The anti-bacterial activity  of egg-white.   Proc.
Soc. Exp.  Biol., N. Y.,  1926-27,  24: 172-5.—Sharma.  B. M.
Beitrage zur serologischen Analyse des Eiklars. Zschr. Immun-
forsch., 1932-33,  77:  79-100.—Sharp, P. F., & Whitaker, R.
The relation of the hydrogen ion concentration  of egg white
to its germicidal  action.   J. Bact.,  Bait., 1927,  14: 17-46 —
Stich, C.  Steriles natives  Huhnereiweiss in Ampullen.  Arch.
Pharm., Berl., 1925, 263: 625.—Vasiliev. A. M.  [Effect of
egg-white on the resorption of strychnine nitrate by  the skin
of the frog]  Arkh. biol. nauk, 1935, 38: 313-20.

----   Allergy.
   Almon, L., & Parsons, H. T.  The lack of correlation between
hypersensitivity to egg  white  and  symptoms  of injury.  J.
Allergy, 1936-37, 8:  547-59—Guiffre,  M., &  Lucacer, M.
Sulla sensibilizzazione  della cute umana all'albume  d'uovo
per via intradermica.  Biochim.  ter. sper., 1934, 21: 428-30.—
Parsons, H. T.  The  effect on the  toxicity of  egg white of
various heat treatments.   Proc Am. Soc. Biol. Chem., 1932, 8:
p. xxx.  ------  A comparison of the antitryptic activity of
egg white  with its capacity to produce a characteristic nutri-
tional disorder. J. Biol. Chem., 1936, 116: 685-90.  Also repr.
         Lease,  J. G.  Variations in the potency of certain
food-stuffs in the cure of dermatitis induced in rats by dietary
egg white.   J. Nutrit., 1934, 8: 57-67.   ------ & Kelly. E.
The  interrelationship between dietary  egg  white  and  the
requirement for a protective factor in the cure of the nutritive
disorder due to egg white.  Biochem.  J., Lond., 1937,  31:
424-32, pi.—Parsons, H. T., Lease, J. G., & Johnson, D. The
storage in the body organs of the factor protective against the
injury due  to dietary egg white.  J. Biol. Chem., 1937, 119:
p. lxxvii.—Parsons,  H. T., Janssen,  P.,  & Schoenleber, F.
The effect on the toxicity of egg white of digestion with papain.
Ibid., 1934, 105: p. lxvii.—Salmon, W. D., & Goodman. J. G.
Studies of  the raw egg white  svndrome  in rats.  J. Nutrit.,
1934, 8: 1-24.

----  Antigenicity.
   Bruynoghe, G. Contribution a l'etude antigenique du blanc
d'ceuf et de ses constituants.  Arch, internat. med. exp., Liege,
1934-35, 9: 169-76.—Dienes, L. The specificity of the tuber-
culin type of  sensitiveness produced with the different protein
substances of the eggwhite.  J.  Immun., Bait., 1930, 18: 279-
83.—Senges,  H.  Ueber die antigene Wirkung von Enteneiklar
bei Enten,  Hiihnern und Kaninchen.  Zschr.  Immunforsch.,
1938, 92: 431-44.—Tihara, R.  Ergebnisse der experimentellen
Untersuchung iiber die Eiklarreaktion.   Fukuoka acta med.,
1938,  31: 148.—Turpeinen, O., & Turpeinen, K. Studies on
the specificity of the avian egg-white in the  precipitin test.
Acta Soc. med. Duodecim, 1936-37, 19: ser. A, fasc.  1, 1-24 —
Woringer, P.   Etude comparative de la valeur antigenique de
blancs d'ceuf de poule de differentes provenances.  C. rend. Soc.
biol., 1934, 115: 389 91.

----   Chemistry.

   Lindberger,  B.   *Undersokningar  over agg-
vitefallning med  syror  och  sura  saltlosningar
[Researches on the  precipitation of  eggwhite  in
acids and acid  salt solutions]   68p.  8?  Stockh.,
1924.
   Abraham,  E.  P.  Some properties of egg-white  Ivsozyme.
Biochem. J.,  Lond.,  1939, 33: 622-30.—Hektoen, L.,* & Cole,
A. G.  Tbe proteins of egg white; the proteins in egg white and
their relationship to the  blood proteins of the domestic fowl
as determined by the precipitin reaction.  J. Infect. Dis., 1928,
42: 1-24.—Iwanowsky. N. Ueber die Einwirkung des Glycerins 
EGG  WHITE
93
EGG  YOLK
auf Huhnereiweiss beim Erhitzen.  Biochem. Zschr., 1933, 257:
57-61.—Rey-Pailhade. J. de.  Sur les phenomenes chimiques
aui se produisent pendant la coagulation du blanc d'ceuf de
poule.  Bull.Socsc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1926-27,8: 74-6 —
Schweizer, C.  Ueber die physikalisch-chemischen Vorgange
beim  Altern  des  Eiklars.    Mitt.  Lebensmitteluntersuch.,
Bern, 1932, 23:  17-29.—Sorensen,  M.  Ueber  den Kohlen-
hydratgehalt  der Protein  des Huhnereiweisses.   Biochem.
Zschr., 1934, 269: 271-84.—Young, E. G.  On the separation
and characterization  of  the  proteins of  egg  white.  J. Biol.
Chem., 1937, 120: 1-9.  Also repr.—Zanda,  G. B.   Sullo
zucchero  contenuto nell'albume d'uovo.  Biochim. ter. sper.,
1925, 12:  350-4.

EGG yolk.

   See also Ovum; Vitellus.
   Seng, H.   *Untersuchungen mit Hiihnereigelb-
Antiserum   [Heidelberg]  13p.   8?  Jena, 1913.
   Andre-Thomas, J.   L'entoblaste  vitellin  se  comporte  in
vitro comme une glande merocrine secretant  un  produit com-
parable au vitellus.  C. rend. Acad, sc, 1935,  200:  1140.
-----Persistance  de la  fonction secr6trice  de la  cellule
entoblasto-vitellogene au cours de  ses transformations in vitro;
le macrophage vitellogene.  Ibid., 1360-2.—Chomkovic, G., &
Krizenecky, J. Contribution a l'6tude des  conditions internes
de la formation du jaune de l'ceuf chez le canard.  C. rend. Soc.
biol.,  1928, 98:  1036.—Citterio,  V.   II cieco vitellino degli
uccelli.   Monit.  zool. ital.,  1932-33, 43: suppl.,  339-41 —
Hahn, L., &  Hevesy, G.  Origin of yolk lecithin.  Nature,
Lond., 1937,  140: 1059.—Holland,  G., Hinsberg, K.  [et al.]
Die  blutzuckersenkende  Wirkung  einer   Eidotterfraktion.
Zschr. ges. exp. Med.,  1934, 93: 62-8.—Howard, E.  The nature
of the abnormalities in measurements of the colligative proper-
ties of egg yolk.   Am.  I.  Physiol., 1936, 116: 79.—Jukes, T. H.,
& Kay, H. D.  The  immunological  behaviour of the  second
protein (livetin)  of hen's egg yolk.   J. Exp. M., 1932, 56:
469.  Also repr.—Lagrange,  E. Les reactions du jaune d'oeuf
aux  diastases microbiennes.   C.  rend. Soc.  biol., 1925, 93:
566.  ------  Coagulation du jaune d'ceuf par diastase micro-
bienne.   Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1926, 40:  242-51.—Marza.
V. D.  The formation of the hen's egg; histochemistry of yolk-
formation; proteins.  Q.  J.  Micr.  Sc,  Lond.,  1935-36, 78:
191-249.—Mercier. L.  Oeuf de poule a jaune nain.  C. rend.
Soc. biol., 1928, 98:  840.—Needham, J.,  Smith, M.  [et al.]
La physiologie de la membrane  vitelline  de l'ceuf de poule.
Ibid., 1932, 109: 688.—Needham, J., & Smith, M. The rela-
tions between yolk and white in  the hen's egg; introduction.
J. Exp. Biol., Lond., 1931,  8: 286-92.—Orru, A.   Sul comporta-
mento del tuorlo  dell'uovo di  gallina immerso nell'acqua;
I'assorbimento di acqua a  temperatura costante.  Arch, sc
bid., Bologna, 1933,  18: 361-71.—Piatt, A. E.   Investigations
into the nature of the condition known as floating yolk in eggs.
Austral.  J. Exp. Biol.,  1936, 14, 2:  107-16.—Tissier, H., &
Lagrange,  E.   Coagulation  microbienne du   jaune  d'oeuf.
C. rend.  Soc. biol., 1925, 93: 426-8.

----   Chemistry.
   Almquist, H. J., Lorenz,  F. W., & Burmester, B. R.  Rela-
tion of depot fat to egg yolk fat in laying hens. J. Biol.  Chem.,
1934, 106: 365-71.—Bethke, R. M., Kennard, D. C, & Sassa-
man, H.  L.  The fat-soluble vitamin content of hen's egg yolk
as affected by the ration and management of  the layers.  Ibid.,
1927, 72: 695-706.—Bordas,  F.   La conservation des jaunes
d'eeufs par l'acide lactique  et la  glycerine.  Ann. hyg.,  Par.,
1928, n. ser., 6: 705-12.—Calvery. H. O., & White, A.   Vitellin
of hen's  egg.  J. Biol.  Chem., 1932, 94: 635-9.  Also  repr.—
Cockburn, T., & Love, M. McF.  The analysis  of egg yolk
preserved with  glycerin.   Analyst,  Lond.,  1927, 52:  143.—
Gillam, A. E., &  Heilbron, I. M.  Vitamin A active substances
in egg yolk.  Biochem.  J., Lond., 1935, 29: 1064-7— Gouzonf
B. Sur  la presence  de protoporphyrine dans le jaune d'eeu.
des oiseaux.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 116: 925.—Grossfeld, J.
Zur  Berechnung des  Eigelb- und Huhnereidottergehaltes aus
der Gesamtphosphorsaure und Lecithinphosphorsaure.   Zschr.
Untersuch. Lebensmitt., 1936, 72: 436-9. ------& Walter, G.
Bestimmung  der  Lecithinphosphorsaure in  wasserhaltigen
Lebensmitteln.   Ibid., 1934, 68: 270-8.—Kay, H. D., &  Mar-
shall, P.  G.  The second protein (livetin) of egg-yolk.  Bio-
chem. J., Lond.,  1928, 22: 1264-9.—Matsuda, M.  Studies on
the heterologous  antigenicity of chicken egg and lipoidal bodies
of yolk of egg. Japan M. World, 1926, 6: 335-45—Needham. J.
The relations between  yolk and  white in the hen's egg; the
osmotic properties of  the isolated  vitelline membrane.  J. Exp.
Biol., Lond., 1931,  8:  330-44.   ------ Stephenson,  M., &
Needham, D. M.  The relations between yolk and white in the
hen's egg; the formation of lactic acid and  alcohol by the yolk.
Ibid., 319-29.—Nottbohm, F. E., & Mayer, F.  Der  Cholin-
faktor von Eigelb und  die  Phosphatid-Lecithinzahl des Eier-
lecithins.  Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt.,  1933, 66: 585-92.—
Orru, A.  Sulle variazioni delle costanti chimicofisiche delPacqua
dopo  che vi  6 stato immerso il tuorlo dell'uovo di  gallina.
Arch. sc.  biol., Bologna, 1933, 19: 71; 1938, 24: 150.—Rakusin,
M. A., &  Pekarskaja, G. Fraktionierungsversuche am Eidotter
mittels der ublichen  Losungsmittel.   Zschr.  Untersuch.  Nah-
rungsmitt., 1925, 49: 39-41.— Riemenschneider, R. W.,  Ellis,
N. R., &  Titus, H. W.  The fat acids in the lecithin and gly-
ceride fractions of egg yolk .  J. Biol. Chem., 1938, 126:  255-63.
Also repr.—Roepke, R. R., & Bushnell, L. D.  A serological
comparison of the phosphoprotein of the serum of the laying
hen and the vitellin of the egg yolk.  J. Immun., Bait., 1936,
30: 109-13.—Rosmini, G., & D'Alceo, O. G.  Ricerche cbimiche
e biologiche sulla ovovitellina.  Arch. farm, sper.,  1914, 3:
29-41.—Smith, A. J. M.  The relations between yolk and white
in the  hen's egg; the equilibrium between ice and egg-yolk,
and  the  freezing-point difference between yolk and white.
J. Exp. Biol.,  Lond.,  1934, 11: 228-42.—Zawadzki,  B.  In-
fluence des electrolytes sur la viscosite des solutions de jaune
d'oeuf  a  concentrations diverses. C. rend.  Soc. biol., 1935,
118: 1099-101.

----   Color.
   Benedek, L.   Farbung des Huhnereidotters durch Paprika-
futterung.  Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt., 1937, 74: 297-302—
Brown, W. L.  The influence of pimiento pigments on the color
of the egg yolk of fowls.  J. Biol. Chem., 1937-38, 122: 655-9.
Also repr.—Grossfeld, J., & Kanitz,  H. R.  Versuche iiber
kiinstliche  Farbung von  Huhnereidottern  durch  Fiitterung.
Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt., 1937, 74: 471-7.—Kuhn, R., &
Smakula, A.   Spektrophotometrische Analyse des Eidotter-
farbstoffes. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1931, 197: 161-6.—Palmer.
L. S., &  Kempster, H. L. The influence of specific feeds and
certain pigments on the color of the egg yolk and body fat of
fowls.  J. Biol. Chem., 1919,  39: 331-7.—Roemmele, O. Die
Beeinflussung der Dotterfarbe durch die Fiitterung und ihre
Bedeutung fiir  die Ernahrung  und Zucht.   Zschr.  Fleisch
Milchhyg., 1933-34, 44: 147-9—Terenyi, A.  Die Bestimmung
des Eidotterfarbstoffes.  Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt., 1931,
62: 566-71.

----   Nutritive value.
   Abelin, I.  Ernahrungsfragen; iiber die Bedeutung des rohen
Eigelbs  fiir die Glykogenablagerung  in  der  Leber.   Klin.
Wschr., 1930, 9:  1759-61.—Laporta.  M., Bux, G., & Piccoli, R.
Valore biologico dei protidi  del tuorlo d'uovo   Q.  nutriz.,
Bologna, 1938, 5: 38-42.—Okey, R.. Yokela, E., & Knock. G.
Effect  of feeding egg yolk on liver lipids of rats.  Proc. Soc.
Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1934, 31: 507.—Scheunert, A., & Wagner, E.
Ueber  den Nahrwert  von rohem und  gekochtem Eidotter.
Deut. med. Wschr., 1929, 55: 395.—Sherman. W. C, Elvehjem,
C. A., &  Hart, E. B.  Factors influencing the utilization of the
iron and  copper of egg volk for hemoglobin formation.  J. Biol.
Chem., 1934,  107: 289-95. Also repr.—Tso, E.  The value of
egg yolk supplementing diets  deficient in calcium.   Am. J.
Physiol., 1926, 77:  192-8.
   EGGE,   Peter,   1900-         *Ueber   Stark-
stromverletzungen   [Kiel]   64p.    8?  Rostock,
 C. Hinstorff,  1930.
   EGGELING, Heinrich, 1869-
   Heidenhain, M.  [Biography] Anat. Anz., 1929, 67: p.i-iii,
 portr.
   --- HOEPKE,  H., & KOLMER, W.   Haut
 und Sinnesorgane:  Haut;  Milchdriise; Geruchs-
 organ;  Geschmacksorgan; Gehororgan.  vii, 505p.
 8?  Berl.,  J.  Springer,  1927.
    Forms pt 1, v.3, Handb. mikr. Anat. Menschen (von Mollen-
 dorff) Berl., 1927.
    EGGENBERGER,  Hans.    Kropf  und   Kre-
 tinismus.  p.684-958.   Lpz.,  C. Kabitzsch, 1928.
    In 3.  Bd. 1. Halfte  of Handb. inn. Sekret. (Hirsch)
    EGGER,   Andreas,   1898-         *Mundver-
 anderungen   bei Influenza   [Leipzig]  21p.   8?
 [Zeulenroda i. Thiir., A.  Oberreuter] 1927.
    EGGER,   Arthur.    *Die   Zonula   Zinnii  des
 Menschen  nach Untersuchung von  Leichenaugen
 am Spaltlampen-Mikroskop   [Zurich]   15p.  8?
 Berl., J. Springer, 1923.
    EGGER,  Franz,  1903-       *Zur Frage der
 Degenerationszeichen   (Untersuchungen am Ge-
 biss  von Psychopathen hinsichtlich  Anomalien
 und  Leistungsfahigkeit)   29p.   8?    Bonn,  L.
 Neuendorff,  1927.
    EGGER,  Fritz, 1863-1938.
    Gigon.  Nekrolog.  Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1938, 68: 770.
    EGGER,   Josef,  1908-       *Ueber  Epiphy-
 seolysis  capitis  femoris  und  Coxa  vara  adole-
 scentium  [Zurich]  29p.  2  pi.   8?  Bigge-Ruhr,
 Josefs-Druck, 1936.
    EGGER,  Paul  Elmar, 1908-        *Ein Bei-
 trag  zur Kasuistik des  Sehnervenkoloboms.  14p.
 8?   Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1932.
    EGGERS,  Werner,  1910-         *Aussichten
 der Jodbehandlung durch die  Jokaliklora  Zahn-
 pasten.  21p.   8?  Kiel,  R. Eggert,  1934. 
EGGERS
94
EGLE
    EGGERS, Wilhelm, 1888-       *Das Dhar-
 masutra  der  Vaikhanasas;  ubersetzt  und mit
 textkritischen  und   erklarenden  Anmerkungen
 versehen;   nebst  einer  Einleitung  iiber  den
 brahmanischen  Waldeinsiedler-Orden  und  die
 Vaikhanasa-Sekte   [Kiel]    93p.   8?    Gott.,
 Hubert &  Co.,  1929.
    EGGERS P., German.  *Angina de Vincent
 [Chile]  28p.  2 1.   8?  Santiago, A.  Schonherr
 H. 1925.
    EGGERT, Erich,  1901-       *Ueber Rund-
 zellensarkom der Tonsille.   24p.  8?   Kiel, H.
 Schmidt, 1932.
    EGGERT, Fritz.  *Ein Beitrag zur  Kenntnis
 hochmolekularer Sauren aus Montanwachs-Ram-
 nat.  23p.  8?  Halle, Schlesinger, 1927.
    EGGERT, Gerda,  1909-       *Die  Lage des
 Ohres bei  Anencephalen.   25p.  8?  Greifswald,
 H. Adler, 1934.
    EGGERT, John,  1891-        Einfiihrung in
 die Rontgen-Photographie.    5.  Aufl.   Beilage:
 Regeln fiir  die Rontgendunkelkammer.   122p.
 illust.  8?  Lpz., S.  Hirzel, 1931.
    ----  Physical chemistry; transl.  by S. J.
 Gregg, xi, 632p.  illust.  tab.  diagr. 8?  Lond.,
 Constable  & Co.,  1932.
    EGGERT,  Werner  [Gustav  Albert  Wilhelm]
 1905-      *Ein  Fall von Sattelnase bei  Nasen-
 diphtherie  [Freiburg]  38p.  8?  [Zeulenroda, A.
 Oberreuter, 1 31]
    EGGERTH, Arnold Henry, 1889-
    See  Feinblatt, Henry M., & Eggerth, A. H.  Clinical labora-
 tory medicine [&c]  424p.  8°.  N. Y., 1925.
    EGGERTH,  Martha, 1896-       *Ueber das
 Angiolupoid.   31p.   8?  Berl.,  W. J. Rother
 Nachf., 1931.
   EGGINK, J[an]  *Streptokokken-Infektionen
 der tiefen  Luftwege  beim Pferde  [Bern]   5 p
 8?  Leiden, E. Ijdo,  1912.
   EGGLESTON,  Cary, 1884-      Essentials of
 prescription  writing.   4.  ed.  rev.  p.  1.   153p
 16?  Phila., W. B. Saunders  Co., 1928.
   See also American Medical Association. Council on Phar-
 macy and Chemistry.  Useful drugs [&c]  8. ed.  176p. 12°
 Chic. [1930]  Also Hatcher, Robert A., & Eggleston, Cary
 Useful drugs.  9. ed. 203p.  12! Chic, 1934.
   EGGLESTON,  Jeremiah Dewey,  1853-1934-
   Cooke, J. A.  [Obituary]  Proc. Connecticut M. Soc. 1935.
 143: 192-4.
   EGGLETON, M. Grace.    Muscular  exercise-
 x,  298p.  pi.  ch.   8?  Lond., K. Paul, Trench,
 Trubner & Co.,  1936.
   See also Clark, A. J., Eggleton. M. G. [et al.]  The metab-
 olism of the frog's heart. 308p.  8?   Edinb., 1938.
   EGHBAL, Manoutchehr,  1908-        Con-
 tribution  a l'etude des nephrites azotemiques
 pr^coces de la scarlatine.  86p.   8?   Par   1933
   EGHIAN,  Setrak   G.,  1872-       Mother's
 nursery guide for the care of the baby  in  health
 and in sickness,   xiii,  263p.   8°  NY  G P
 Putnam's Sons,  1907.
   EGHIASARIAN,  Norayr,   1902-        *Die
 kaukasischen Bader   [Berlin]   32p.  8?  Char-
 lottenb.,  Gebr. Hoffmann,  1931.
   EGHIAYAN, Archak. *Etude radiologique de
 Taction purgative de  l'isacene  (Diacetyl-bis-
 oxyphenylisatine)  40p.  2 pi.  8?  Geneve, 1927.
   EGIDI,  Guido.   Trattamento  delle   lesioni
cranio-cerebrali  traumatiche  (escluse quelle da
arma  da fuoco)  atlante dimostrativo.   30  d1
8?  Roma,  L. Pozzi [1932]                      '
  ----   L'inchiodamento  sottocutaneo   delle
fratture di  collo femorale.   2, 90p.  illust   8°
Roma, L. Pozzi, 1936.
  EGIDIO da Roma.
  See Colonna, Egidio.
    EGLE, Herbert [Joseph Rudolf Karl Theodor]
  1906-       *Ein  Beitrag zur Entstehung trau-
  matischer Kieferzysten   [Miinchen]   12p.   8?
  Berl., H. Pusch & Co., 1932.
    EGLI, Alfred.   *Einige  seltenere  Falle von
  Geschwulsten der  Speicheldriisen.    20p.   8?
  Basel, G. Krebs,  1930.
    EGLI, Karl, &  RUST,  Ernst.   Die  Unfalle
  beim chemischen Arbeiten.  vii, 261p.  8?  Zur.,
  Rasher & cie, 1925.
    EGLI, Paul.   *Das  Herz von  Cavia  cobaya
  (Schreb) 28p.   8?  Zur., H. Roth, 1927.
    EGLI, Peter,  1908-       *Leber und  Bauch-
 speicheldruse  des  Wildschweines;  Beitrag zur
 Anatomie von Sus scrofa L. und  zum Domesti-
 kationsproblem   [Zurich]   31p.   8?   Weimar,
 R. Wagner Sohn, 1934.
   Also Anat. Anz., 1935, 79:
   EGLOFT, Kurt, 1907-       *Ueber das Klima
 im Zimmer und seine Beziehungen zum Aussen-
 klima,  mit   besonderer  Berucksichtigung  von
 Feuchtigkeit, Staub-  und Ionengehalt der Luft
 (Promotionsarbeit)    84p.   8?    Zur.,   H  A
 Gutzwiller [1937]
   EGNER,   Wilhelm,  1893-       *Der  Jodge-
 halt   des Blutes  und  Jodausscheidungen  nach
 Jodtroponeingabe;   Experimentaluntersuchung
 [Giessen] 20p.  3 tab.  8?  Darmst..  L.  Simon,
 1928.

 EGO.

   See  also  Consciousness;  Ego-ideal; Psycho-
 analysis; Subconsciousness.
   Dessoir,   M.    Das  Doppel-Ich.   42p.   8?
 Lpz., 1890.
   Freud, A.  The ego and the mechanisms of
 defence;  transl.  by  Cecil  Baines.   196p.   8?
 Lond., 1937.
   Laroqtje,  P.   *Essai sur  revolution du moi.
 210p.  8?  Par., 1934.
   Tchehrazi, E.   Physiologie  et  pathologie et
 1'image de soi.  109p.   8?  Par.,  1936.
   Alexander, F. Development of the ego-psychology.  In
 Psycho-anal. (Lorand,  S.)  N. Y.,  1933,  18-27.—Beth,  M.
 ™ Psychologie des  Ich.  Arch. ges. Psychol., 1933, 88:
 323-76.—Bonaparte, M.  L'identification d'une fille a sa mere
 morte. Rev. fr. psychanal., 1928, 2: 541-65.—Boutroux, E.
 ,£,mo1 subliminal.  Bull. Inst.  g6n. psychoi., Par.,  1908, 8:
 107-22.—Burrow, T.  The autonomy of the  I from the stand-
 point of group analysis. Psyche, Lond., 1927-28, 8:  35-50.—
 Calkins, M. W. The  self in recent psychology.  Psychol.
 Bull.,  1927, 24: 205-15.—Carus,  P.  Identite et continuite du
 m<?'oi rf.n<J- Con£r- internat. psychoi. (1900) 1901, 4. Congr.,
 t  ™ * 'Z~Fed,ern.- p-, Some variations in ego-feeling. Internat.
 J. Psychoanal., Lond.,  1926, 7: 434-44.  Also Internat. Zschr.
 Psychoanal., Wien, 1926, 12: 263-74. ------  Das Ichgefuhl
 im Traume. Ibid.,  1932, 18: 145-70.—Fenichel, O.  Friihe
 jbntwicklungsstadien  des Ichs.   Imago,  Wien, 1937, 23:
 243-69.  ——---  Ego-disturbances and  their treatment.
 Internat. J. Psychoanal., Lond.,  1938, 19: 416-38.—Gallic I.
 Is the self a substance?  Mind, Lond.,  1936, 45:  28-44 —
 Olover. J.  The conception of the ego.  Internat. J. Psychc-
 wf -  i°onol- \l26kll t1,4-9'  Also ^ternat. Zschr. Psychoanal.,
 Wien,  1926, 12: 286-91.  ------ Grades of Ego-differentia^
 tion.  Internat. J.  Psychoanal., Lond., 1930,  11: 1-11.—
 blueck, B.  The constitution and tendencies of the ego.  Am.
 J. Psychiat., 1927-28, 7: 561-81.—Hill, J. A.  The subliminal
 ?«,& unfathomed depths of the human mind.  Sc. American,
 1913, 76: suppl  111.—Hoffmann, E. P.  Projektion und Ich-
 oIw^S  „s'  Internat. Zschr. Psychoanal., Wien, 1935, 21:
 6T42«773—Horowita, E. L.  Spatial  localization  of  the self.
 J. Social Psychol., 1935, 6: 379-87.—Iacoucci, G.  L'lo del
 morente.   Riv  osp.,  1922, 12:  201-7.—Juliusburger,  O.
 aejunktion  im Ichbewusstsein.   Mschr.  Psychiat., 1931, 77:
 J? tu  *■'"*, M" Pie Bedeutung der Symbolbildung fttr
 ?ce „%IJ,twl^;1.un?; ^temat. Zschr. Psychoanal., Wien, 1930,
  I V" £'~, n8' E* Ego development and the comic.  Inter-
 nat. J. Psychoanal., Lond., 1938, 19: 77-90.—Lhermitte, J.
 d   tmole,du, ?i01 corP°rel en neuro-pathologie.  Medeeine,
Par., 1938 19:114.—Lowy, M. Das Ich und die Personlichkeit.
Wien.  med. Wschr., 1930, 80: 263;  297.—Nunberg,  H. Die
wf»Jreio§oe,cU^m1°1n0deSA1IchV  Intemat. Zschr. Psychoanal.,
Wien, 1930  16: 301-18  Also Internat. J. Psychoanal., Lond.,
 xll\' ]?q« 3_r^i7Pr YU&  U moi blol°gique. Vie med.,
 1923, 4:943—Rich, G.J. The concept of egomorphism.  Am. 
EGO
 J. Orthopsychiat., 1933, 3:  191-5.—Roheim, G.  Das Selbst.
 Imago, Wien, 1921, 7: 1; 453.—Schiller, F. C. S.  The meaning
 of self.  Mind, Lond., 1922, 31: 185-8.—Schmitz, O. A. H.
 Vom Werdegang unseres Ichs.   Zschr. Menschenk., 1931-32,
 7: 1-16.—Stern, W.  Vom  Ichbewusstsein des Jugendlichen.
 Zschr. piidag. Psychol.,  1922, 23:  8-16.—Van  Bogaert. L.,
 Bur la pathologie de 1'image de soi. Ann. m6d. psychoi., Par.,
 1934, 92: pt  2, 519; 744.—Wallon, H.  La conscience  et la
 conscience du moi. J. psychoi.  norm, path., Par., 1921, 18:
 51-64.—Wentscher, E.  Gedanken zum Ich-Problem.  Arch.
 ges. Psychol.,  1927, 58: 257; 1930, 74: 135.


 EGOCENTRIC.

    See under Egotism.


 EGO-ideal [Superego]

    See also  Conscience; Ethics; Guilt;  Morality;
 Sin.
    Beadnell, C. M. The super-ego of Freud.  Lancet, Lond.,
 1927, 2: 359.—Eder, M. D.  Zur Oekonomie und Zukunft des
 Ueber-Ichs.   Internat. Zschr. Psychoanal., Wien,  1929, 15:
 192-9.—Jones, E.  The origin and structure of the super-ego.
 Internat. J. Psychoanal.,  Lond.,  1926, 7: 303-11. Also Inter-
 nat. Zschr. Psychoanal., Wien, 1926,  12: 253-62.  ------
 The development of the concept of the super-ego.  J. Abnorm.
 Psychol., 1927-28, 23: 276-85.—Laforgue, R.  A propos du
 Burmoi.  Rev. fr.  psychanal., 1927,  1: 76-81.—Lewin, B. D.
 Kotschmieren, Menses und weibliches Ueber-Ich.  Internat.
 Zschr. Psychoanal., Wien, 1930, 16: 43-56.—Muller-Braun-
 schweig, C.  The genesis  of the feminine super-ego.  Internat.
 J. Psychoanal., Lond., 1926, 7: 359-62.—Odier, C.  Contribu-
 tion a l'etude du  surmoi et du phenomene moral.  Rev. fr.
 psychanal., 1927, 1:24; 1930-31,4:650. ------  Vom Ueber-
 Ich; ein  Beitrag zur Terminologie.  Internat. Zschr. Psycho-
 anal.,  Wien, 1926, 12: 275-85.—Payne, S. M.  Observations
 on the formation  and function of the super-ego in normal
 and abnormal psychological states.  Brit. J. M. Psychol., 1927,
 7: 73-87.—R6heim, G.   Das Selbst; Eidolon.  Imago, Wien,
 1921, 7:  310-48.—Sachs. H. One of the motor factors in the
 formation of the super-ego in women.  Internat. J. Psychoanal.,
 Lond., 1929,  10: 39-50.  Also Internat.  Zschr.  Psychoanal.,
 Wien, 1928,  14:  163-74.—Weiss, E.  Die  Regression  und
 Projektion im Ueber-Ich.  Ibid., 1932, 18: 21;  449.—Wulff,
 M. W.  Widerstand  des Ichideals und  Realitatsanpassung.
 Ibid., 1926, 12: 436-43.

 EGOISM.

    See under Egotism.


 EGOTISM.

    See also  Autism; Inferiority complex.
    Henle, M., & Hubbell. M. B. Egocentricity in  adult con-
 versation.  J. Social  Psychol.,  1938, 9:  227-34.—Hoffman,
 G. G.  An experiment in self-estimation.  J. Abnorm. Psychol.,
 1923, 1: 43-9.—Kline, L. W„ & France, C. J.  The psychology
 of ownership.  Pedag. Semin., Worcester, 1898-99, 6: 421-70 —
 Most (The) interesting subject in the world is inevitably self;
 egoism is not necessarily a fault but an important aid for mental
 health.   Hygeia, Chic, 1936, 14: No. 4, 1.—Porter,  H. B.
 The egophile, a psychological type.  J. Aviat. M., 1938, 9:
 59.—Schilder,  P.   Der  Ichkreis (ein  phanomenologischer
 Versuch)   Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1924, 92:  644-54 —
 Sharp, F. C. Some problems in the psychology of egoism and
 altruism.  J. Philos., 1923, 20: 85-104.

   EGWILLER, Jean,  1900-        *Contribution
 a  l'etude du de^terminisme du sexe [Alfort]  49p.
 8?  Angouleme, 1926.
   EGYDIO de Oliveira  Carvalho,  P.   *Acci-
 dentes  neuro-paralyticos  advindos  no  decurso
 ou pouco depois da vaccinacjio anti-rabica.  79p.
 8?  S. Paulo, 1931.
   EGYPT.    Anti-malarial  Commission.   Pre-
 liminary report of the Anti-malarial Commission.
 viii, 55p.  7 plans,  fol.  Cairo, Gov. Press, 1919.
   ----   The  mosquitoes  of Egypt; by  T.   W.
 Kirkpatrick.   xi,  p.  1.   224p.   pi. A-G, 24  pi.
 2 diagr.   2 maps.  4?  Cairo, Gov. Press,  1925.
   ----Reports.  Bulaq, Cairo, 1.-9.  1919-33.
   EGYPT.   Conseil sanitaire  maritime et qua-
rantenaire.   Rapport sur le pelerinage au Hedjaz.
 1929*  1934.
   EGYPT.    Department  of   Public   Health.
Annual  report of the public health laboratories
Cairo, 1927-35.
  ----  Annual report on the  work ...   Cairo,
1910-34.
EGYPT
   ----  Lunacy  division report;  including  the
 mental hospitals of Abbassiya and Khanka, and
 Khanka Criminal Asylum.  Bulaq, Cairo, 1910-34.
   EGYPT.    Department   of  Public  Health.
 Ophthalmic  section.   Annual  reports.   Cairo,
 5.-9., 1917-21; 15.-22., 1927-34.
   EGYPT.   Ministry  of  Finance.    Statistical
 Department.  Annual return  of  births,  deaths
 and infectious diseases.   Bulaq,  Cairo, 1916-34.
   ----  Weekly return of births, deaths and in-
 fectious diseases.   1911-


 EGYPT [and Egyptian]

   Cleland,  W.    The population  problem  in
 Egypt; a study of population trends  and condi-
 tions  in modern Egypt.   134p.  8?  [Lane,  Pa.]
 1936.
   Ruffer, A.  Food in Egypt.  88p.  8?   Cairo,
 1919.
   Wilson, W. H.  Nutritive value and charac-
 ters  of rations issued  to officials and others in
 different administrations  of the  Egyptian  Gov-
 ernment.    57p.   fol.   Cairo, 1921.

 ----   Anthropology and paleontology.

   Hrdlicka,  A.   The natives of Kharga oasis,
 Egypt.  118p.  8?   Wash., 1912.
   Stromer, E.  Ergebnisse der Forschungsreisen
 Prof.  E.  Stromers  in den  Wiisten  Aegyptens:
 Wirbeltierreste  der  Baharlje-Stufe   (unterstes
 Cenoman)  Sauropoda.  21p.   4?   Miinch.,  1932.
   ----  The same.   Die  procolen  Crocodilia.
 55p.   4?    Munch., 1933.
   ----  The  same.  Baharije-Kessel  und  -Stufe
 mit  deren Fauna und  Flora;  eine   erganzende
 Zusammenfassung.   102p.  fol.   Miinch., 1936.
   ----Kraut, H., & Storz, M.   Ergebnisse der
 Forschungsreisen  E.  Stromers  in den  Wiisten
 Aegyptens: die fossilen Floren Aegyptens.  52p.
 4?   Munch.,  1933.
   Allen, T. G.  Tutenkhamon's tomb; what this latest archae-
 ological discovery means in the light of earlier explorations.
 Sc. American, 1923, 128: 296; 348; 351.—Barnard, M. M.  The
 secular variations of skull characters in 4 series of Egyptian
 skulls.  Ann. Eugen.,  Cambr., 1934-35, 6: 352-71.—Dawson,
 W. R.  Pvgmies, dwarfs and hunchbacks in ancient Egypt.
 Ann. M. Hist., 1927, 9: 315-26.—Gatti, L.  Psicologia etnica:
 l'oltretomba  egizio.  Illust. med. ital., 1923, 5:  3-42.—Lucas,
 A. Ancient Egyptian materials and industries about 1350 B. C.
 Analyst, Lond., 1933, 58: 654-64.—Marro, G.  Monumenti ed
 orientamento  mentale nell'antico  Egitto  (contributo  alia
 psicologia dei popoli)  Arch. ital. psicol., 1923-24, 3: 137-57;
 ------ II corpo e la statua del  defunto nell'Egitto antico.
 contributo alia psicologia dei popoli.  Ibid., 1926-27, 5: 137-87,
 2  pi.—Matiegkova, L.  [Physical development of the ancient
 Egyptians]  Anthropologic, Praha, 1933, 11: 197-215.  ------
 [Racial distinction and its practical results in ancient Egypt]
 Ibid., 1935, 13: 54-68,  pi.  ------& Matiegka,  J. [The tomb
 of Sen Nefer and phvsical characteristics of the ancient Egyp-
 tians  during  the 18.  Dynasty]   Ibid.,  1931,  9: 320-38.—
 Morant, G. M.  A study of Egyptian craniology from prehis-
 toric to Roman times.  Biometrika, Cambr., 1924-25, 17: 1-56,
 ch.—Miinter, H.  Zur Stellung der Kopten zu den Altagyptern.
 Zschr. ges. Anat.,  1. Abt., 1926, 78: 66-82. ------ Ueber den
 Vorgang  des  Rassenwandels im  Aegyptervolke und  iiber
 Charakter und Herkunft der ihm zugrunde liegenden ethni-
 schen  Elemente.  Ibid., 1928, 88:  1-87.—Nemoy. L.   The
 treatise on the Egyptian pyramids.  Isis, Bruges, 1939, 30: 17-
 37.—New knowledge of Old Egypt; American expeditions are
 adding to our information  about centuries of the past. Sc.
 American, 1925, 132: 158.—Newberry, P. E. Egypt as a field
 for anthropological research.  Nature, Lond., 1923, 112: 940-
 4.—Schmalz, F.  Totenkult im alten Aegypten.  Erdball, 1926-
 27, 1: 241-5,  2 pi.—Shousha, A. T.  On the biochemical race-
 index of the Egyptians.  J. Egypt. M. Ass., 1928, 11: 4-11 —
 Sidhom, G., & Deny, D. E.  The dates of union of some epiph-
 yses in Egyptians from X-ray photographs. J. Anat., Lond.,
 1930-31, 65:  196-211,  pi.—Stotyhwo, K.  Aegyptische Popu-
 lation von der Zeit der 18. Dynastie der Pharaonen in Theben.
 Mitt. Anthrop. Ges. Wien, 1927,  57: 59.—Trotter, M.  The
 movable segments of the vertebral column in old Egyptians.
 Am. J. Phys.  Anthrop., 1926, 9: 457-66.—Valori, B.  Osser-
 vazioni sui rapporti preistorici fra  l'Egitto e la Libia.  Arch,
 antrop.  etnol., Fir., 1928, 58:  291-5.—Weiss.  H.  B.   The
scarabseus of  the  ancient Egyptians.  Am. Natur., 1927, 61:
353-69.
9 
EGYPT
96
EGYPT
----  Diseases.
  Lint, J. G. de  [The BNW-T disease of the Egyptians]  Ned.
tschr. geneesk, 1934, 78: 1020-2.—Meyerhof, M. Climate and
health in old Cairo, according to 'Alt Ibn Ridwan (11th century
A. D.)  C. rend. Congr. internat. mid.  trop. hyg., 1929, 1.
Congr., 2:  211-35.—Ocular complications of the diseases
endemic to Egypt. Annual Rep. Giza Ophth. Lab., 1934, 9:
90.—Public  (A)  health survey of Alexandria.  J.  Trop. M.
Hyg., Lond., 1936, 39: 227.—Shore, L. R.  Some examples of
disease  of the vertebral column found in skeletons of ancient
Egypt;  a contribution  to  paleopathology.  Brit. J.  Surg.,
1936, 24: 256-71.—Wilson, R. P., & El-Tobgy, A. F.   The
ocular complications of the endemic diseases in Egypt. Annual
Rep. Giza Ophth. Lab., 1934, 9: 133-41.

----  Medicine.

   Kltjnziger, C. B.   Erinnerungen  aus  meinem
Leben als Arzt und Naturforscher zu Koseir am
Roten Meere.  89p.   8?   Wiirz., 1915.
  Askren, D. L.  A  day's medical practice in Egvpt.  Med.
Herald, 1910, n. ser., 29: 528-31.—Bateman, J. E.  Twenty
years of medical practice in the Valley of the Nile.  Med. J.
Australia, 1937, 1: 432-5.—Cane, L. B.  An Egyptian general
practitioner.  S. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond.,  1914-15,  22: 83.—
Egyptian (The) Medical Association and its journal.  J. Egypt.
M. Ass., 1928, 11: 1.—Fischl, F.  Reisebrief eines Schiffarztes
aus Aegypten, Paliistina und Syrien. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1914,
27:  1065-7.—Khalil,  M.  Clot Bey and  the Cairo  School of
Medicine.  Nature, Lond., 1928, 121: 747.—Kitchener. Egypt
and the Soudan.   Brit. M. L, 1912,  2:  1235.—Lehfeldt, H.
Moderne Medizin in Aegypten.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1927, 53:
1018.—Meyerhof, M. Brief aus Kairo.   Med. Klin.,  Berl.,
1914, 10:  1418.—Ravina. A. L'evolution de la medeeine et de
l'enseignement medical en Egypte.  Presse med.,  1937,  45:
1285-7.—Saad, L.  Aussichten fiir deutsche Aerzte in Aegypten.
Deut. med. Wschr., 1929, 55: 237.—Zeitoun. La medeeine en
Egypte. Rev. prat. mal. pays chauds, 1922, 1: 72-8.

----  Medicine: History.

   See also Papyrus.
   Dawson,  W. R.  Magician  and leech;  a study
in the beginnings of  medicine with special refer-
ence to ancient Egypt.  159p.  8?  Lond., 1929.
   Garry,  T. G.   Egypt: the home of the occult
sciences with special reference to Imhotep,  the
mysterious wise man  and Egyptian god of medi-
cine.  93p.   12?   Lond., 1931.
   Goldstein,  M.   Internationale Bibliographie
der Altaegyptischen   Medizin,  1850-1930.   48p.
8?   Berl,  1933.
   Grapow, H.   Ueber die anatomischen Kennt-
nisse der altagyptischen Aerzte.  30p.  8? Lpz.,
1935.
   Hurry, J. B.  Imhotep, the vizier and physi-
cian of  King Zoser and afterwards the Egyptian
god of medicine.   118p.   Lond.,  1926.
   Khalifa,  A.  *La  medeeine  dans l'ancienne
Egypte.   46p. 8?  Par.,  1934.
   Moustafa  Hamed Nasr.   *Innere  Medizin
bei den alten  Aegyptern.  36p.   8?  Tub., 1928.
   Avalon, J. Imhotep, 1'Esculape des Egyptiens.  Aesculape,
Par., 1927, n. ser., 17: 36-9.—Br., J. H. Das alteste Lehrbuch
der Medizin.  Umschau, 1929, 33: 532-5.—Caton, R.  The gods
of healing of the Egyptians and Greeks.  Nature, Lond., 1906-7,
75: 499.—Collari, S.  Medicina e igiene presso gli antichi Egizi.
Med. prat.,  Nap., 1927, 12: 271-5.—Comrie, J. D.  Medicine
among  the Assyrians  and  Egyptians in 1500 B. C; introduc-
tory lecture upon the history of medicine.  Edinburgh M. J.,
1909, n. ser., 2:  101-29, 2 pi.—Cosgrove, S. A.  Egyptian medi-
cine.  J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1930, 27: 923-7.—D., M.  The
practice of medicine  in ancient Egypt.  J. Trop.  M.  Hyg.,
Lond., 1932, 35: 12-4.—Dawson, G. G.  The healing methods
of the Egyptians and the Persians.  In his Healing Pagan &
Christ., Lond., 1935,  44-57.—Dawson, W. R.  The beginnings
of medicine; medicine and surgery in Ancient Egypt. Science
Progr.,  Lond.,  1927,  22:  275-84.—Ducastel.   La profession
m6dicale dans l'ancienne Egypte.  Vie mid., 1931, 12: 801.—
Foucart, M. L.  Apercu de la medeeine Egyptienne.  Aesculape,
Par., 1933, n. ser., 23: 43-5.—Garland, L. H. The lure of medi-
cal history;  Imhotep: patron of physicians and deity of medi-
cine in Ancient Egypt. California West. M., 1928, 29: 96-9.—
Garry, T. G. Imhotep, the reputed first physician and Egyp-
tian God  of medicine.  C. rend. Congr.  internat. med. trop
hyg., 1929,  1.  Congr., 2:  13-22.—Guest, E. M.  Ancient
Egyptian physicians.  Brit. M. J., 1926, 1: 706-8.—Hurry, J.
B.  The tutelary deity of medicine; the claims of Imhotep.
Ibid., 1928,  1: 565.—Kama), H.  Methods of diagnosing dis-
eases by the ancient Egyptians. C. rend. Congr. internat. med
trop. hyg., 1929,  1. Congr., 2: 23-35.—Lint, J. G. de  [Con-
jurations against  disease in ancient Egypt: 20 prayers]   Ned.
tschr. geneesk., 1928,  72: 541-61.  Also Janus, Leyde, 1928,
32:  119-36.  ------   [Egyptian specialists]   Ned.  tschr.
geneesk., 1934, 78: 1023-7.—Lorenz, A. J. Pharaoh's doctor.
Sc. Month., 1928, 26: 306-14.—Medicine in mediaeval Egypt.
Brit. M. J., 1911, 1: 1472.—Medicine in the land of the Pha-
roes, ancient & modern.  J. Egypt. M. Ass.,  1928, 11: 285-
356.—Meyerhof, M. Eine 5000  Jahre alte wasserige Losung.
Arch. Gesch. Math. Naturwiss., 1927,  10: 336.  ------  La
fin de l'Ecole d'Alexandrie  d'apres quelques auteurs  arabes.
Archdon,  Roma,  1933,  15:  1-15.—Mumford,  J.  G.  The
University of Alexandria.  Proc. Charaka Club,  1916, 4: 45-
62, pi.—Panayotatou,  A.  Syllogues scientifiques et m6decins
grecs  en Egypt  depuis la conqudte de  Napoleon  jusqu'a au-
jourd'hui.  Bull. Soc. fr. hist, med., 1935, 28: 199-214.-----
La m6decine grecque en Egypte depuis 1800 jusqu'a nos jours.
Rass.  clin. ter., 1938, 37: suppl., 12-23.—Philip, R. Egypt and
medicine; retrospective and  prospective.  Canad. M. Ass. J.,
1929,  21: 650-5.   Also Edinburgh M. J.,1929, n. ser., 36: 513-
25.—Pool, G. D.  A  review of  medicine  in ancient  Egypt;
being  a  concise disquisition  upon the rise, history and attain-
ments of medical science  in  Egypt from predynastic times to
30 B.  C.  Univ. Durham Coll.  M. Gaz., 1927-28, 28: 141-5.—
Ranke,  H.  Medicine and  surgery in ancient Egypt.  Bull,
Johns Hopkins  Hosp., 1933,  53: suppl., 237-57.—Rey,  A.
Coup  d'oeil sur la  medeeine  Egyptienne.  Archeion,  Roma,
1928, 9:  10-30.—Ruhrah, J.  Horus. Am.  J. Dis. Child., 1932,
43: 446.—Smyrniotis, P. C.  La  mdlecine et les Hellenes
d'Egypte:  (histoire  des h6pitaux grecs, bibliographie  et bio-
graphie des auteurs hellenes qui se sont occupes de medeeine)
J.  Egypt.  M. Ass., 1937, 20: 569-96.—Sobhy, G.  A short
account of ancient Egyptian medicine.  C. rend. Congr. internat.
med. trop. hyg., 1929, 1. Congr., 2: 3-11.—Temkin, O.  Studies
on late Alexandrian medicine; Alexandrian commentaries  on
Galen's  De Sectis ad  Introducendos.   Bull. Inst.  Hist. M.,
1935,  3: 405-30.  ------   Recent publications on Egyptian
and Babylonian medicine. Ibid., 1936, 4: 247-56.—Warbasse,
J.  P.  Civilization in ancient Egypt.  In  his Doctor and the
Public, N. Y.,  1935, p.43-51.—Widstrand, A.  [The healing
art and physicians of ancient Egypt]  Hygiea, Stockh., 1928,
90: 849-72.—Wiedemann, A.  Der Geisterglauben im alten
Aegypten.  Anthropos, Modling,  1926, 21: 1-37.

EGYPTIAN ophthalmia.

   See Trachoma.
   EGYPTIAN  University.  Publication No. 1.
The bibliography of schistosomiasis (bilharziasis)
zoological, clinical and  prophylactic by Mohamed
Bey Khalil.  x, 506p.  8?  Cairo,  1931.
   EHALT,  Walther, 1902-        Die Todesfalle
und Amputationen des Unfallkrankenhauses und
der Arbeiter-Unfallversicherungsanstalt fiir Wien,
Nierderosterreich  und  Burgenland in  den Jahren
1926-1930  unter   besonderer  Berucksichtigung
der  Sepsis nach frischen  offenen Verletzungen.
55p.   8?  Berl., F. C.  W.  Vogel, 1932.
   Forms H. 14, Hefte Unfallheilk.

   EHEMANN,  Kurt,  1912-  .      *Die Ueber-
wachung  des  Gesundheitszustandes  der  Kraft-
fahrzeugfiihrer im In- und Ausland [Heidelberg]
20p.  8?  Offenb.-Baden, F. Burda, 1936.
   EHEMANN, Willy,  1907-        *Ueber Selbst-
mord durch Erdrosseln  unter Anftihrung zweier
eigener Beobachtungen    [Miinchen]   71 p.  8?
Bayreuth, C. Giessel, 1935.
   EHINGER, Maurice.   *Les ganglions poplit^s
chez  le  foetus  humain  (recherches   anatomo-
microscopiques)   27p.   8?   Lausanne, 1927.
   EHLE,  Kurt,   1895-        *Die   Blahungs-
bronchitis des Sauglings-  und  Kleinkindesalters
[Gottingen]  p. 17-32.  8?   Lpz., F. C. W. Vogel,
1925.
   Also Mschr. Kinderh., 1925, 30:

EHLER-DANLOS  syndrome.

   See  Dermatolysis, hyperelastic: Ehler-Danlos
type.
   EHLERMANN, Friedrich.   *Untersuchungen
iiber  die  Eiweissausscheidung  beim  Neugebo-
renen.    18p.   8?   Gott.,  W.  F. Kaestner,  1926.
   EHLERS, Edvard, 1863-1937.
   For portrait, photograph, see collection  in library.
   For biography see  Ann. derm, syph., Par.. 1937,  7. ser.,
8: 458-61 (C. Limon)  Also Bull. Acad,  med., Par.,  1937, 3.
ser., 117: 626-8 (J. Darier) Also Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph.,
1937,  44: 760 (M. Pinard)  Also Hospitalstidende, 1937, 80:
603 (S. Lomholt) 
EHLERS
97
EHRENBERG
  EHLERS, Ernst Heinrich, 1835-1925.
  Kiihn, A.  Ernst Ehlers zum Gediichtnis. Zschr. wiss. Zool.,
1926, 128: p. i-xv, portr.
  EHLERS, Hans.  Hopfen und Malz (1914-20)
ein  Beitrag zur  Alkoholfrage  mit  zahlreichen
Gutachten hervorragender Heerfiihrer und Aerzte.
3. Aufl.  67p.  sm. 4?  Dresd.,  Verl. Sachsen,
1921.
  EHLERS,  Holger.    Clinical  investigations
on  the  inflammatory  orbital affections.  123p.
roy. 8?  Kbh., Levin & Munksgaard, 1937.
  Forms Suppl. 12, Acta ophth.
  EHLERS, Rolf, 1908-      *Der Zwergwuchs,
mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Nanosomia
primordialis (ein neuer derartiger Fall)  [Rostock]
53p.  8?  Bitterfeld, K. W. Spuler, 1933.
  EHLERS,   Victor   Marcus,  1884-       &
STEEL, Ernest William.  Municipal and rural
sanitation.   2. ed.  xiii, 477p.  illust. diagr.  8?
N. Y., McGraw-Hill, 1937.
  EHLERS, Walter, 1910-      *Die Epulis mit
besonderer Berucksichtigung ihres Sitzes.  18p.
8?  Miinch., 1935.
  EHLICH,  Hans, 1901-       *Febris  intra
partum [Wiirzburg]  26p.  8?  Freib. (Sachsen)
E. Mauckisch, 1927.
  EHLS,  Carlo,  1911-       *Ueber  die ver-
schiedenen Ursachen des traumatischen Wackel-
knies.  43p.  8?   Berl., R. Pfau, 1937.
  EHMANN, Georg [Ludwig Philipp] 1887-
*Die  Knorpelgeschwulst  der Brustdriise beim
Hunde im  Lichte der epithelialen Ableitung der
Mischtumoren der  menschlichen  Speicheldriisen
[Leipzig]  31p.  8?  Crailsheim, A. Richter, 1931.
  EHMANN, Ludwig, 1906-       *Zur  Frage
der Aetiologie des Angiokeratoma Mibelli. 20p.
8?  Munch., C. Wolf & Sohn, 1932.
  EHMANN, Max Rudolf,  1910-       *Ge-
burtshilfliche Blutverluste iiber 500  gr.  [Wiirz-
burg]  35p.  8?   Werne a. d. Lippe, F. Grube,
1934.
  EHMANN, Otto, 1908-      *Die Rolle der
Phosphagene  bei   Muskeltatigkeit    [Miinchen]
20p.  8?  Dillengen a.  Donau, Schwab, 1931.
  EHMER,  Kurt,  1910-       *Zur  Totalex-
stirpation  der Parotis   [Konigsberg]   23p.  8?
Lengerich i. W., Handelsdr.  [1936]
  EHMS,  August,  1899-     *Untersuchungen
iiber  die  desinfizierende  Kraft   von   Butyl-
Aethyl-Resorzin  und   Valeryl-Aethvl-Resorzin
[Kiel]   12p.   8?    [Rendsb., H.  Moller  Sonne]
1929.
  EHRAT,  Friedrich.   *Ueber  Cholecystitis
acuta im  Verlauf von Typhus abdominalis  bei
Kindern.   53p.   8?   Ziir.,  Gebr.  Leemann  &
Co., 1928.
  EHRENBERG,   Lennart,   1878-        *Till
kannedomen om sa kallad spontan subarachnoi-
dalblodning  [To the knowledge of the so called
spontaneous  subarachnoid haemorrhage]   195p.
8?  Upps., Almqvist & Wiksell, 1924.
  EHRENBERG,  Rudolf, 1884-       Theore-
tische Biologie, vom Standpunkt der Irreversi-
bilitat des  elementaren Lebensvorganges.   vi,
348p.  8?  Berl., J. Springer, 1923.
  ----Die   radiometrische   Mikroanalyse.
p.1703-52.  Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1932.
  In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden E.) Berl., 1932,
Abt. 5, T. 2, pt 2.
  EHRENBERG,   Rudolf [Gustavl  1893-
*Die  Fussdeformitat in  einem Falle von links-
seitigem  vollstandigem  Fibuladefekt  mit Be-
rucksichtigung der Statik  des  normalen  und
pathologischen Fusses.  15p.  8?  [Lpz., 1922]
      77908—vol. 5, 4th series----7
  EHRENBERG,  Ruth,  1899-        *Unter-
suchungen iiber Leberfunktionspriifung mit Phe-
noltetrachlorphtalein.   17p.  8?  [Berl.] 1926.
  EHRENFELD,  H.,  FRISCH,  O.  [et  al.]
Chirurgische  und  konservative Kosmetik  des
Gesichtes.  Hrsg.  von  Leander Pohl.  3  p.  1.
383p.  445 illust.   3 pi.  8?   Berl., Urban  &
Schwarzenberg, 1931.
  EHRENFEST, Hugo, 1870-       Birth in-
juries of the child.  2.  ed.  xvi, 317p.   8?  N. Y.,
D. Appleton & Co., 1931.
  EHRENFRIED, Lilli, 1896-       *Beobach-
tungen iiber die Wirkung systematischer Korper-
iibungen im  Sauglingsalter.   44p.   8?  Freib.
i. B., 1926.
  EHRENFRIED, Max, 1868-1929.
  Hirsch, C. Nekrolog.  Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1929, 23:
H. 5, p. i.
  EHRENREICH, Elfride Wolkiser,  1894-
Lehrbuch der Schonheitspflege auf wissenschaft-
licher Grundlage.  212p.  illust.  pi.  8?  Berl.,
R. Klett & Co. [1935]
  EHRENSBERGER,  Emil.   *Die   Vererbung
nicht traumatischer Augendefekte beim Pferde
[Bern]  55p.  tab.  8?  Zweibriicken, A.  Rohr-
bacher, 1910.
  EHRENSBERGER,   Martha,    1897-
*Ueber kunstlich erzeugte Caries incipiens des
Schmelzes und iiber  die Remineralisationsmog-
lichkeit   der   naturlich  enstandenen  Caries
incipiens. 2 1.  48p.  8 pi.  8?   Zur., 1930.
  Also Schweiz. Mschr. Zahnh., 1930, 40: 113-60.
  EHRENSPERGER,  Hans,  1897-       *Zur
Kenntnis des Ricins  [Zurich] 62p.  8?  Weida i.
Thiir., Thomas & Hubert, 1923.
  EHRENSTEIN, Herbert [Wilhelm] 1906-
*Ueber den Gehalt des Serums an leicht abspalt-
barem saureloslichen Eisen bei Schwangeren und
Neugeborenen   [Frankfurt]   16p.    8?   Berl.,
J. Springer, 1931.
  EHRENTRAUT, Hans, 1883-      *Die Fort-
pflanzungsgeschwindigkeit der Pulswelle als Kri-
terium der Arterienfunktion  [Jena]   34p.  3 1.
8?   Weimar, Harger &  Hoser, 1930.
  EHRENSTREICH, Friedrich, 1907-     *Zur
Genese der sogenannten Apoplexia uteri.  27p.
8?  Erlangen-Bruck, R. Windsheimer, 1937.
  EHRENTREICH,  Fritz,  1910-       *Ueber
Aktinomykose   [Kiel]  20p.  8?  Quakenbruck,
R. Kleinert, 1934.
  EHRENWALL, Carl von,  1855-
  Weygandt. Nekrolog.  Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1935, 37:
337-9.
  EHRET,  Anton [Martin]  1910-       *Die
chirurgische Behandlung des  Morbus Basedow
[Miinchen]  16p.  8?  Bleicherode-H., C. Nieft,
1937.
  EHRHARDT, Eugen, 1909-       *Die  Kie-
ferhohlenoperationen  unter  besonderer Beruck-
sichtigung der  dentogenen  Verhaltnisse.   31p.
8?   Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1935.
  EHRHARDT [Friedrich]  Wilhelm, 1901-
*Ueber  das   metastatische  Aderhautcarcinom
[Berlin]  28p.  8?  Coburg,  Miiller  & Schmidt,
1927.
  EHRHARDT, Hans Werner, 1904-     ♦Bei-
trag  zur Therapie  der Uteruserkrankungen des
Rindes  [Giessen]   70p.   8?   Grossenhain-Sa.,
H. Plasnick, 1932.
  EHRHARDT,   Julius,  1912-       ♦Unter-
suchungen iiber die therapeutische Wirksamkeit
des Cardiazols bei der Conjunctivaldiphtherie des
Meerschweinchens  [Wiirzburg]  12p. 8?   Och-
senfurt a. M., Fritz & Rappert, 1936. 
EHRHARDT
98
EHRLICH
  EHRHARDT, Lothar, 1911-       ♦Ueber die
Beziehungen  der akuten sogenannten haemor-
rhagischen  Pankreatitis  beziehungsweise  Pan-
kreasnekrose  zu allgemeiner Adipositas und zur
Cholelithiasis,  nebst  Bemerkungen  iiber  die
regionare Verbreitung.   29p.   8?   Marb.,  K.
Euker,  1935.
  EHRHARDT,  Werner,  1906-        ♦Ueber
puerperale Peritonitis  [Berlin]  24p.  8?   Lipp-
stadt-Westf.,  Thiele, 1933.
  EHRHARDT,  Wilhelm,  1905-       ♦Blut-
zucker  nach  Rontgenbestrahlung.   18p.   8?
Greifswald,  H. Adler, 1931.
  EHRHART, Paul, 1909-      *Ueber maligne
Nasentumoren   [Miinchen]   26p.   8?  Wiirzb.,
K. Triltsch  [1935]
  EHRHART,  Wilhelm.  *Die Sterblichkeit in
der Reichsstadt Kempten (Allgau) in den  Jahren
1606-24 und 1686-1870.  p.115-30. 8?  Munch.,
R. Oldenbourg [1937]
  EHRICH,  Carl,  1906-       ♦Komplements-
bindungsversuche bei Gonorrhoe;  unter Beruck-
sichtigung der in den letzten Jahren gesammelten
Erfahrungen  an der Universitats-Hautklinik  zu
Rostock.  30p.  8?  Rostock, C. Hinstorff, 1933.
  EHRICH,  Heinz,  1904-       ♦Cervixverlet-
zungen unter der Geburt und ihre Folgen  [Ber-
lin]  36p. 6 tab.  8?  Rostock, Winterberg, 1932.
  EHRICKE, Arnold, 1890-       Die Odonto-
plastik  im  Lichte  der Plantationslehre.   62p.
3 pi.   8?   Berl, H. Meusser, 1921.
  Forms H. 12, Abh. klin. Zahnh.
  EHRINGER, Georges, 1888-
  See Besson, A., & Ehringer, G.  La pratique de  la disin-
fection [&c]   852p.  roy. 8?  Par., 1926.   Also Hauduroy,
Paul, Ehringer. G. [et al.]  Dictionnaire des bact6ries patho-
genes. 597p.  8? Par.,  1937.
  EHRISMANN, Otfried, 1898-       Bakterio-
logische Differentialdiagnose.    p. 137-412.   8?
Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1939.
  In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) Berl., 1939,
Abt. 12, T. 2, Bd 1.
  EHRLER,  Wilhelm E[rnst] Fferdinand] 1900-
       *Die Hautkomplikationen  bei  Hydroph-
thalmus congenitus  (Neurofibromatosis, Naevus
flammeus)   32p.  8?  Rostock, Winterberg, 1927.
  EHRLICH,   Curt,   1878-       Die   sogen.
Bechterew'sche  Krankheit (eine chronische  zur
Versteifung  fiihrende Erkrankung der Wirbel-
saule) bearbeitet auf Grund der Untersuchungen
und  Beobachtungen im Reichsversorgungswesen.
58p.  36 pi.  8?  Berl., R. Hobbing, 1930.
  EHRLICH, Felix,  1877-      Pektin. p. 1503-
688.   8? Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1936.
  In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) Berl., 1936,
Abt. 1, T. 11,2, 2. Halfte, 2:
  ----   Pektinfermente (Pektinasen)  p.2405-
60.   8?   Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1936.
  In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) Berl. 1936,
4: pt 2.
  EHRLICH, Ladislas, 1904-       ♦Alimenta-
tion  et temperaments.  27p.  8?  Par., 1932.
  EHRLICH  [Max] Gerhard,  1896-       ♦Ver-
gleichende  Untersuchungen  iiber  die  Hohe  des
Bilirubinspiegels im Blut  und  Harn bei  ver-
schiedenen  Formen  der Gelbsucht.   36p.   8?
Lpz., A. Edelmann,  1926.
  EHRLICH, Otto,  1909-       *Normale Be-
wegungsbreite des Schultergelenks in verschie-
denen  Lebensaltern   [Heidelberg]    lOp    8°
Stuttg., 1937.
  EHRLICH, Paul,  1854-1915.
  Marqtjardt,  M.    Paul Ehrlich als Mensch
und  Arbeiter; Erinnerungen aus 13 Jahren seines
Lebens  (1902-15)  mit einer   Einfuhrung  von
Richard Koch.  112p.  8?  Stuttg. [1924]
   Almkvist, J.  Reminiscences of Paul Ehrlich.  Urol. Cut.
 Rev., 1938, 42: 214-20, portr.—Ascoli, A.  Der leitende Ge-
 danke in den Werken oder der Grundgedanke im Lebenswerke
 Paul Ehrlichs.  Seuchenbekiimpfung,  1925,  2: 327-39 —
 Biography.  J. Ind. M. Ass.,  193.5-36, 5: 60.—Carrillo, F.
 Homenaje a Ehrlich.  Sem. med., B. Air., 1935, 42: 1861-3,
 portr.—Goodman, H.  Paul Ehrlich, a man of genius, and an
 inspiration  to humanitarians.  Am.  Med.,  1936, 42:  73-8,
 portr.—Hoffmann,  E.  Zu Paul Ehrlichs  70. Geburtstag.
 Derm. Zschr., 1923-24, 40: 255.—Lillingston. C. Pioneers of
 medicine.  Hygeia, Chic,  1931,  9: 753-6.—Mouriz, J. La
 obra cientffica de Ehrlich.  Siglo m6d., 1924, 74: 137; passim.—
 Paul Ehrlich and the Salvarsan silver jubilee. Ind. M. Gaz.,
 1935, 70:  688-90.—Rarquardt,  M.  [Biography]  Calcutta
 M. J., 1935-36, 30: 510-3, portr.
   EHRLICH,  Ruth,   1905-        ♦Krebssterb-
 lichkeit und Geburtenriickgang.  p.791-810.  8?
 Berl., 1932.
   Also Veroff. Medverwalt., 1932, 38:
   EHRLICH, Sabine, 1906-       *Ueber  den
 Harnsaureinfarkt   der  Neugeborenen;  mikro-
 chemische Untersuchungen  [Miinchen]  p. 194-
 212.  8?   Berl., J. Springer, 1931.
   Also Virchows Arch., 1932, 283:
   EHRLICH,  Vilma,  1902-        *Ueber   die
 Erstgeburten  im   hoheren  Lebensalter an  der
 Universitats-Frauenklinik  zu  Wiirzburg  in  den
 Jahren  1915-20.  36p.  2 1.  8?  Wiirzb., F. G.
 Kohler, 1927.
   EHRLICHER, Walter [Christian Martin] 1902-
      ♦Ueber Nystagmus  congenitalis und Seh-
 scharfe.   24p.  8?  Kiel,  1935.

 EHRLICH'S  diazoreaction.
   See Diazoreaction.

 EHRLICH'S  theory.
   See Immunity.
   EHRMANN,  Johann Christian, 1749-1827.
   Ebstein.  E.  Goethe's friend,  the  physician Ehrmann; a
character of Frankfurt.  Med. Life, 1928, 35: 392-4.
   EHRMANN,  Rudolf, 1879-     ,  & DINKIN
L.   Klinische  Pathologie  der   Nebennieren.
 p.283-394.  Lpz., C.  Kabitzsch, 1928.
   In Bd 3.  1. Halfte Hirsch: Handb. inn. Sekrefc.
   EHRMANN,  Salomon, 1854-1926.  Beziehun-
gen  der ekzematosen  Erkrankungen zu inneren
Leiden.  56p.   8?   Halle, C. Marhold, 1924.
   Forms n. F., H. 5, Samml. Derm.
   For biography see Derm. Wschr., 1926, 83: 1808 (B. Lip-
schutz)  Also  Wien. klin.  Wschr., 1926, 39: 1318 (Finger)
Also Wien. med. Wschr., 1926, 76: 1346 (O. Sachs)
   EHRMANN,  Walter, 1908-       ♦Beitrag zu
den  Schadlichkeiten   Strassenstaub,  Strassen-
larm und Auspuffgase, mit besonderer  Beruck-
sichtigung  der  Staubverhaltnisse  in  Tubingen
[Tubingen]    27p.   8?  Schramberg  (Wiirtt.)
 Gatzer &  Hahn, 1933.
   EHRMEIER,  Albert,   1903-        ♦Unter-
suchungen uber die  Kleidung  der  Arbeitslosen.
 18p.  8?  Heidelb., L.  Hahn, 1933.
   EHRSAM, Ludwig, 1910-     ♦Ueber Akkom-
modationsparese infolge von Botulismus [Wiirz-
burg]  9p.  pi.  8?  Wertheim-M., E.  Bechstein,
 1936.
   EHRSTROEM, Mons Christian.   ♦Eine Studie
iiber  die  Bedeutung  von  Totalserumkalzium-
analysen  in  der  Klinik.    182p.   8?   Helsin.,
 Mercator, 1934.
   ----  The same.  182p.   8?  Helsin., 1934.
   Forms Suppl. 58, Acta med. scand.
   EHWALDT,  Karl,   1899-       ♦Zur  Patho-
genese  der  sogenannten  Mischgeschwiilste  der
 Mundspeicheldrusen;  an Hand von 23 Fallen.
30p.  8?  Erlangen,  Hofer & Limmert, 1932.
   EIBEL,  Carola,  1907-        ♦Beitrage  zur
Hygiene  des  Schlafzimmers   und  des  Bettes
[Heidelberg]  38p.   8?  Wernigerode, W.  Berg-
mann,  1934. 
EIBEN                                     99                            EICHENTOPF
    EIBEN,  Adolf,  1903-       ♦Ein Fall  von
  sporadischer Pellagra.  15p.   8?   Weende-Gott.,
  F. Pieper, 1935.
    EIBEN, Theodor,  1905-       ♦Ueber Unter-
  suchungen  mit   dem   Muckschen  Adrenalin-
  Sonden- Versuch.  18p.   8?   Gott., 1930.
    EICHBAUM,  Franz  [Wilhelm]   1906-
  *Das Verhalten  des  arteriellen Blutdruckes im
  Menstruel-Zyklus und  seine  Abhangigkeit vom
  vegetativ-hormonalen System  [Frankfurt a. M.j
  p. 168-86.  8?  Berl., J.  Springer, 1929.
   Also Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1929, 138:
    EICHBORN, Conrad  von.  ♦Zur  Genese der
  erworbenen  Darmdivertikel.   45p.   8?   Ziir
  0. Fussli, 1897.
   EICHEL, Helmut Friedrich, 1908-      ♦Ein-
  wirkung  einiger  proteolytischer  Fermente auf
  Insulin: Insulin  und Amidine:  Versuche  mit
  Amidinen: iiber die chemische Natur der gruppen-
  spezifischen Substanzen  des menschlichen  Kor-
  pers. 34p.  8?   [Heidelb., 1932]
   Mimeograph.
   EICHEL, Herbert, 1906-      ♦Ueber einen
  Fall von  Isthmusstenose  mit  vielleicht  mecha-
  nisch bedingter  reflektorischer Sinusarhythmie
  [Kiel]   15p.   8?  Hildesheim,  R. Oppermann,
  1933.
   EICHELGRUEN, Julius, 1903-       ♦Korper-
  form und Leistung.   23p.   3 pi.   8?  Berl., E.
  Ebering, 1929.
   EICHELSBACHER,   Walther,   1907-
  *Gutartige Ovarialtumoren   (Bericht iiber 425
  Falle in der Zeit  vom 1. IV. 23 bis 31. XII. 33)
  37p.  8?  Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1934.
   EICHEN, Claus. Rassenwahn;  Briefe uber die
  Rassenfrage.  273,  lp.   12?  Par., Carrefour,
  1936.
   EICHENAUER,  Walter,   1909-        ♦Die
  Articulation des  natiirlichen  Gebisses  und  ihre
  Bedeutung bei Paradentose  [Frankfurt]  23p.
  8?   Gelnhausen,  F. W. Kalbfleisch, 1937.
   EICHENBERG, Hans Erich, 1906-      ^Die
  gynakologische Bedeutung des Douglasabscesses
  [Marburg]  56p.   8?  Bethel-Bielefeld,  1931.
   EICHENBERG, Hermann,  1896-       ♦Die
  Ausnahmen  des  Colles-Baumes'schen Gesetzes.
  35p.   8?  Bonn,  L. Neuendorff, 1930.
   EICHENBERGER, Emmy.   ♦Somatisch  be-
  dingte Angsttraume; ein Beitrag zur Pathogenese
 des Angstgeftihls  [Zurich]  p.640-64.  8?  Berl.,
 J. Springer, 1929.
   Also Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1929, 87:
   EICHENBERGER, Jakob.  ♦Untersuchungen
 iiber die Variabilitat  von  Lage und  Grosse des
 blinden  Flecks an 184 normalen Augen   [Basel]
 8p.   8?   Berl., S. Karger,  1921.
   Also Zschr. Augenheilk.,  1921, 46:
   EICHENBERGER, Nelly,  1905-      ♦Ueber
 lokales  Lungenamyloid    [Zurich]   31p.   8?
 Brugg, Keller & Hofmann,  1931.
   EICHENBERGER,   Rfichard]   ♦Ueber  den
 Einfluss  der Massage auf die Zirkulation  [Zurich]
 p.6-25.  8?  Berl., J.  Springer, 1923.
  Also Zschr. ges. phys. Ther., 1923, 27:
  EICHENGRUEN,  Benno,  1896-        ♦Bei-
 trage zur Aetiologie des Zungencarcinoms  [Leip-
 zig]   17p.   16?   N.-Marsberg,  H.  Borberger
 [1922]
  EICHENLAUB, Eduard,  1903-      ♦Nieren-
 tuberkulose.   39p.  10  tab.   8?  Heidelb., P.
 Braus, 1928.
  EICHENTOPF, Klaus, 1907-      ♦Ein  Bei-
trag zum Thema  Anamie und  Magenresektion.
24p.   8?   Jena, 1933.
   EICHENTOPF,  Wilhelm,  1906-       ♦Bei-
 trag zur Bewertung der Abdruckmethoden von
 Wustrow und Kantorowicz im zahnlosen Ober-
 kiefer   [Wiirzburg]  26p.  8?  Berl.,  Urban &
 Schwarzenberg, 1931.
   Also Zschr. Stomat., 1931, 29:
   EICHERT,  Hanswerner, 1906-       ♦Ueber
 die biologische Wirkung der Rontgenstrahlen auf
 die normale und pathologisch veranderte Schild-
 driise mit einem  Beitrag iiber die Gefahren  der
 Intensivbestrahlung grosser Strumen.  35p.  8?
 Konigsb. i. Pr., J. Raabe, 1933.
   EICHHOFF, Erich, 1892-      Die  Chirurgie
 der   chronischen  Typhus-  und   Paratyphus-
 bazillenausscheider.  3 p. 1. 41p.  8?  Jena, G.
 Fischer, 1932.
   Forms Stud. Path. Ther. Typhus- Paratyphus. (P. Krause)
   See also Kiittner, Hermann, & Eichhoff, E.  Die  Chirurgie
 der quergestreiften Muskulatur [&c] 581p. 8? Stuttg., 1929.
   EICHHOFF, Erika, 1895-      ♦Ueber leicht
 verletzbare Haut und Missbildung des Bindege-
 webes bei  einem achtjahrigen  Madchen.  20p.
 8?  Giessen, O. Kindt, 1933.
   EICHHOFF  [Karl  Friedrich]  Richard, 1899-
       *Die Beziehungen zwischen Asthma und
 Tuberkulose  mit  besonderer  Berucksichtigung
 ihrer  gutachterlichen   Bedeutung.   51p.   8?
 Jena,  1931.
   EICHHOLZ, Alfred, 1869-1933.
   [Obituary]  Lancet, Lond., 1933, 1: 388.
   EICHHOLZ, Elsa, 1902-      ♦Experimentelle
 Versuche iiber Haarwuchsmittel an  Kaninchen,
 Mausen und Meerschweinchen   [Konigsberg L
 Pr.]  12p.   8?  Lpz., L. Voss, 1928.
   Also Derm. Wschr., 1929, 88: 161-70.
   EICHHORN, Adolph, 1874-
   See Edelmann, Richard Heinrich, Mohler, J. R., & Eich-
 horn, A.  Text-book  of meat hygiene.  5.  ed. 478p. 8!
 Phila., 1925.   Also 6. ed. 474p.  8?  Phila., 1933.  Also
 Hutyra, Ferencz,  & Marek, Josef.  Special pathology  and
 therapeutics of the diseases of domestic animals.  3. ed.  3v.
 4?  Chic, 1926.  Also Milks. Howard  Jay.  Practical veteri-
 nary pharmacology [&c]  2. ed. 539p. 8? Chic, 1930.
   ----& POTTER, G. M.  Contagious abortion
 in cattle.  12p.  8?   Wash., 1917.
   Farmers' Bull. No. 790, U. S. Dep. Agr.
   EICHHORN,  Ernst,   1894-       ♦Untersu-
 chungen liber das Vordringen der Infektionserreger
 in entzundeten Pulpen von der Infektionsstelle in
 der Kronenpulpa  nach dem Foramen apicale zu
 [Leipzig]   p.381-402.   6  pi.   8?   [Berl.,  H.
 Meusser] 1923.
   Also Vjschr. Zahnh., 1923, 39:
   EICHHORN, Hans, 1903-       ♦Ueber das
 Ausmass der Nebennierenveranderungen  bei der
 Addisonschen Krankheit.  23p.  8?  Jena, 1934
   EICHHORN, Heinrich,  1907-      *Kiefer-
 hohlenkonkremente.   16p.   8?   Erlangen,  K
 Dbres, 1934.
   EICHHORN,   Hermann,  1907-        ♦Die
 Krebssterblichkeit  im  Amtsbezirk  Konstanz;
 eine  lokalstatistische  Untersuchung  mit  be-
 sonderer  Berucksichtigung  der  Umweltunter-
 schiede in  krebsarmen und krebsreichen  Orten
 [Freiburg]   p.555-93.  8?   Berl., J. Springer,
 1931.
  Also Zschr. Krebsforsch., 1931, 33:
  EICHHORN, Karl,  1907-       ♦Statistisch
 kasuistische Mitteilungen iiber subkutane Magen-
 und  Darmrupturen  bei stumpfer   Gewaltein-
 wirkung   [Miinchen]  32p.  8?   Augsb., J.  P
 Himmer [1933]
  EICHHORN, Lizzi [Emmi Sylvia] 1904-
*Ueber Einfluss von Krieg und Inflation auf das
 Carcinom-Material der Universitats-Frauenklinik
 Miinchen  [Miinchen]  34p.  8?  Zeulenroda i.
Thiir.,  A. Oberreuter [1931] 
00                                  EICKEN
EICHHORST
  EICHHORST, Hermann.  ♦Reststickstoff- und
Aminosaurenbestimmungen  im Blutserum  und
in Korperfliissigkeiten.  31p.  8?   Ziir., Gebr.
Leemann & Co., 1924.
  EICHHORST, Hermann, 1849-1921.  Hygiene
des Herzens  und der Blutgefasse  im gesunden
und kranken  Zustande.  3. Aufl.  3 p. 1.   126p.
12?  Stuttg.,  E. H.  Moritz [1925]
  EICHINGER,  Karl,  1903-       ♦Das  Be-
festigungsproblem von Frontzahnbriicken  [Miin-
chen]   20p.  8?  Landshut-Bayern, K. Moginger
[1926]
  EICHLER,  Eberhard,  1908-       ♦Verglei-
chende  Untersuchungen an Gold-, Silber- und
Kupferamalgamen  [Halle]   20p.   8?   Merse-
burg, 1935.
  EICHLER,  Eduard,  1892-      ♦Tonunter-
schiedsempfindlichkeit und Musikalitat  [Wiirz-
burg]   p.244-64.  8? Lpz., C. Kabitzsch, 1932.
  Also Zschr. Laryng., 1932, 22:
  EICHLER, Helmut, 1908-     ♦Ueber Ence-
phalitis epidemica und  Anfalle [Munster]   49p.
8?  Quakenbruck, R. Kleinert, 1934.
  EICHLER, Liselotte [Maria] 1910-      ♦Elek-
trokardiogramm  und   Anaemie   [Konigsberg]
25p. 8? Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1937.
  EICHLER,  Philip,  1876-      A philosophy
of science.  109, 2p.  8?  N. Y., G. P. Putnam's
Sons [1936]
  EICHLER,  Walter,   1904-       ♦Ueber  die
Erregbarkeitsmessung (absolute  Schwellenspan-
nung) und den Einfluss des ausseren Widerstandes
bei der Nervenreizung  [Bonn]   p.315-45.   8?
Miinch., J. F. Lehmann, 1929.
  Also Zschr. Biol., 1928-29, 88:
  EICHMANN,  Karl  [Alfred  Ludwig  Otto]
1909-      ♦Ueber bleibende Folgen von Kiefer-
briichen [Leipzig]  28p.  8?  [Lippstadt i. W.,
G. Thiele] 1931.
  EICHMANN, Paul, 1889-      ♦Ueber ange-
borene Retraktionsbewegungen des Auges.  27p.
8?  Rostock, C. Hinstorff, 1919.
  EICHMUELLER,  Paul,  1907-       ♦Ueber
die Wirkung verschiedener  Substanzen  auf die
Flimmerepithel des Frosches.  16p.  8?  Wiirzb.,
1932.
  EICHOFF, Robert von.   Die arztlichen Titel-
und Rangabstufungen.    4  p. 1.   138p.   12?
Lpz., U. Hafert & Co., 1914.
  EICHWALD, Egon, 1883-      Probleme und
Aufgaben  der Nahrungsmittelchemie.  viii,  99p.
8?  Dresd., T. Steinkopff, 1921.
  EICHWALD, Max, 1902-      ♦Untersuchun-
gen iiber den Parallelismus  der Geburtskrise im
Blut des  Neugeborenen und der  Senkungsge-
schwindigkeit  der   Erythrocyten.   27p.    8?
Berl., E. Ebering, 1929.
  EICK [Friedrich Wilhelm] Walther, 1907-
*Syringomyelie und Trauma.  31p.  8?   Bonn,
P. Kubens, 1932.
  EICKE, Karl.  Die Organisation von Kranken-
anstalten.   lllp.  8?  Lpz., G. Thieme,  1930.
  EICKE,  Richard,  1904-       ♦Karies-  und
Hypoplasienfrequenz sowie  Zahn-Durchbruchs-
zeiten  bei im Sauglingsalter  mit  Vigantol  be-
handelten  Kindern.   24p.  8?  Bonn, H. Trapp,
1935.
  EICKE, Werner,  1911-      ♦Vordere  oder
hintere  Gastroenterostomie.   79p.   8?   Berl.,
F. Linke, 1937.
  EICKELMANN,  Albert,   1904-       ♦Ein
Beitrag zur  Frage  der  sogenannten polyposen
Herzmyxome  [Gottingen]  17p.   8?   Quaken-
bruck,  R. Kleinert, 1934.
  EICKEN,  Carl   von  1873-        Zur  Ge-
schichte der  Endoskopie der oberen  Luft-  und
Speisewege.   38p.   8?  Giessen, O. Kindt Wwe,
1921.
  For portrait, photograph, see collection in library.
  For biography see Mschr. Ohrenh., 1933, 67: 1391-9 (H.
Marschik)
  EICKEN,  Erich,  1893-        ♦Histo-topo-
chemische Untersuchungen  am Zahnfleisch unter
Anwendung der Schnittveraschung  [Frankfurt]
40p.  8?  Berl., 1931.
  Also Paradentium, Berl., 1932, 4:
  EICKEN, Erwin  ten, 1907-       ♦Ueber die
Tuberkulose  der  Mundschleimhaut.   50p.   8?
Bonn, P. Kubens, 1932.
  EICKEN, Frithjof, 1905-      ♦Ueber opera-
tive Behandlung  alter Schenkelhalsbriiche  mit
Kopfhalsresektion und  Einpflanzung des grossen
Rollhiigels in die Hiiftpfanne auf Grund einiger
Erfahrungen der Chirurgischen Klinik Miinchen.
25p.  8?  Munch.,  1929.
  EICKER, Karl [Peter] 1902-      ♦Die Hasen-
scharte  unter  Berucksichtigung  des  Materials
der Chirurgischen  Klinik aus den  Jahren  1918
bis  1930.  31p.  8?  Marb., K. Euker, 1930.
  EICKHOFF,  Diedrich, 1900-       ♦Frequenz
der kindlichen  Herztone  und  Geschlecht  des
Kindes  [Gottingen] 23p.  8?   Vegesack, J. F.
Rohr, 1925.
  EICKHOFF,  Erna Dorothee 1910-      ♦Ver-
gleichende Untersuchungen iiber die sekretions-
fordernde  und saurebildende  Wirkung des  Kof-
fein-  und   Bouillonprobetrunkes    [Tubingen]
42p.  8?  Berl., F.  Linke, 1936.
  EICKHOFF,  Guenther, 1911-       ♦Die Nah-
rungsaufnahme  beim  Neugeborenen.   31p.   8?
Bonn, J. Duckwitz,  1935.
  EICKHOFF,  Herbert,  1910-      ♦Die Neu-
ritis des Nervus  alveolaris inferior  unter  be-
sonderer Berucksichtigung  seiner Lagebeziehun-
gen zu den Zahnwurzeln.  39p.  2 pi.  8?  Bonn,
L. Neuendorff, 1932.
  EICKHOFF,   Hildegard  Marie,  1910-
*Ueber  eine  ungewohnliche  Lokalisation einer
wiederholten  ektopischen  Graviditat derselben
Seite.  20p.   8?  Berl., H.  Michel, 1937.
  EICKHOFF,  Josef,  1905-        ♦Das   Ge-
sundheitswesen  im Regierungsbezirk  Arnsberg
[Munster]  24p.  8?   Werne-Lippe,  F. Grube,
1937.
  EICKHOFF,  Paul Johannes, 1878-      ♦Die
Ostitis  fibrosa   [Bonn]   32p.   8?   Elberfeld,
F. & W. Brockhaus, 1929.
  EICKHOFF,  Wilhelm, 1909-      ♦Kindliche
Harnwegemissbildungen   [Munster]  33p.   8?
Bottrop-W., W. Postberg, 1934.
  EICKSTEDT, Egon  von, 1892-       Rassen-
kunde  und  Rassengeschichte der  Menschheit.
viii, 936p.  illust.   maps.   8?  Stuttg., F. Enke,
1934.
  ELD,  Soliman,  1900-      ♦Contribution k
l'etude etiologique des hepatites sclereuses.  62p.
8?  Par. 1932
  EIDEN,  Hans,  1892-       ♦Ueber Dinitro-
benzolvergiftungen.  8p.  8?  Bonn,  Carthaus,
1921.
  EIDEN,  Joseph,  1909-        ♦Ueber   den
Stand des normal grossen kindlichen Kopfes bei
Erstgebarenden mit normal weitem Becken am
Ende der Schwangerschaft und zu Beginn der
Geburt  [Wiirzburg] 15p.  8? Eisfeld, C. Beck,
1934.
  EIDENBENZ,  Charlotte,  1908-       *Die
Macula lutea  und ihre  Umgebung  im  Lichte
bisher   empfohlener  Methoden  der  rotfreien 
EIDENBENZ
101
EIDETIC
Ophthalmoskopie    [Zurich]   15p.
F. Krais, 1932.
   Also Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1932, 89:
8?   Stuttg.,
EIDETIC.

   See also Memory; Perception.
   BONTE, T.,  LlEFMANN,  E.,  &  RoESSLER,  F.
Untersuchungen iiber die eidetische Veranlagung
von  Kindern   und  Jugendlichen.   371p.    8?
Lpz.,  1918.
   Allport, G. W. Eidetic imagery.  Brit. J. Psychol., 1924-25,
15: sect,  gen.,  99-120.   ------   The eidetic image  and the
after-image.  Am.  J.  Psychol.,   1928, 40:  418-25.
 Change  and decay in the  visual memory  image.   Brit. J.
 Psychol., 1930-31, 21: sect, gen., 133-48.—Bibring-Lehner, G.
 Ueber die  Beeinflussung eidetischer  Phanomene durch laby-
 rinthare Reizung.  Zschr.  ges.  Neur.  Psychiat., 1928,  112:
 496-505.—Bonte, T. Ueber die Suggestibility von Eidetikern
 und Nichteidetikern (auf Grund eines Wirklichkeitsversuches)
 Zschr. angew. Psychol., 1933, 44: 161-92.—Bowers, H. Mem-
 ory and mental  imagery;  an experimental study.   Brit. J.
 Psychol., 1930-31, 21:  sect, gen.,  271-82.   ------  Visual
 imagery and retention.  Ibid., 1932, 23: 180. ------ Visual
 imagery of high-school pupils.  J. Genet. Psychol.,  1932, 40:
 232-4.—Brown, W.  Growth  of memory   images.   Am. J.
 Psychol., 1935, 47: 90-102.—Brunswik, E., & Kindermann, H.
 Eidetik  bei  taubstummen  Jugendlichen.   Zschr.  angew.
 Psychol., 1929,  34: 244-74.—Cramaussel, E.   Images eidetiques
 J.  psychoi.  norm, path., Par.,  1926, 23: 1003-10.—Diez, M.
 Contributo alio studio delle immagini consecutive in rapporto
 ai  fenomeni eidetici.  Riv. psicol., 1931, 27: 73-83.—Dwels-
 hauvers, G.  Nouvelles  recherches experimentales sur l'image
 eidetique.  J. psychoi. norm, path., Par., 1930, 27: 794-804 —
 Fischer, S.   Die  Beziehungen der  eidetischen Anlage  zu
 korperlichen Merkmalen.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1927,
 109: 680-96.  ------& Hirschberg,  H. Die Verbreitung der
 eidetischen  Anlage im  Jugendalter und ihre Beziehungen zu
 korperlichen Merkmalen.   Ibid., 1924, 88:  241-95—Fried-
 mann,  A.   Eidetik und  Individualpsychologie.   Internat.
 Zschr. Individpsychol., Wien, 1927, 5: 196-8.—Griffitts, C. H.
 Individual differences in imagery.  Psychol. Monogr., Prince-
 ton, 1927,  37:  No. 3, 1-91.—Groos,  K. Die Verwertung der
 Eidetik als Kunstmittel in Jack Londons Roman Martin Eden.
 Zschr. angew. Psychol., 1929, 33: 417-38.—Happich. C. Bildbe-
 wusstsein und  schopferische Situation.  Deut.  med. Wschr.,
 1939, 65: 68-71.—Henning, H.  Starre eidetische Klang-  und
 Schmerzbilder  und die eidetische Konstellation.   Zschr.  Psy-
 chol., 1923, 92: 137-48.  ------  Die neuentdeckte Erlebnis-
 Klasse der Eidetik, die Urbilder und der Konstitutionstypus.
 Deut.  Zschr.  Nervenh.,  1924,  81:  180-4.—Hersch, J.   Les
 images dans l'ceuvre de M. Bergson.  Arch,  psychoi., Geneve,
 1930-31, 23:  97-130.—Hey.  R.  Francis  Galtons  Untersu-
 chungen iiber das bildhafte Vorstellen.   Arch.  ges.  Psychol.,
 1930, 76: 353-86.—Ivanov-Smolensky,  A. G. [On the neuro-
 dynamic structure of  eidetic  and verbal   delirium]  Arkh.
 biol. nauk,  1934, ser. B, 36:  145-64.—Jaensch, E. R.   Die
 Eidetik  und die  typologische Forschungsmethode  in ihrer
 Bedeutung  fur die  Jugend psychologie  und Padagogik,  fur
 die allgemeine Psychologie und die Psychophysiologie  der
 menschlichen Personlichkeit (mit besonderer Berucksichtigung
 der grundlegenden  Fragen  und  der  Untersuchungsmethodik)
 Zschr. padag. Psychol., 1925, 26: 37; 202; 236. ------ Ueber
 psychische  Selektion.  Zschr.  Psychol. Physiol. Sinnesorg.,
 1. Abt., 1925, 98: 129-205.   ------  Ueber  Eidetik und typo-
 logische Forschungsmethode (mit einer Beilage in Sachen der
 Konstanzannahme in der Empfindungs- und Wahrnehmungs-
 lehre)  Ibid., 1927, 102: 35-56.  ------ Das Wesen  der Kind-
 heit und der eidetische Tatsachenkreis.  Gesundh. & Erzieh.,
 1935,48:194-201. ------& Kretz, A.  Auseinandersetzungen
 in Sachen  der  Eidetik und Typenlehre;  experimentell-struk-
 turpsychologische  Untersuchungen iiber die Auffassung  der
 Zeit  unter  Berucksichtigung  der  Personaltypen.   Zschr.
 Psychol.  Physiol.  Sinnesorg.,  1. Abt.,  1932, 126: 312-75.—
 Jaensch, W.  Ueber die Verbreitung eidetischer  Phanomene
 und ihnen   zugrunde  liegender  psychophysischer   Konstitu-
 tionstypen  (Reaktionstypen)   Klin. Wschr., 1926, 5: 406-10.
 ------  Ueber  Eidetik und Typen der menschlichen Person-
 lichkeit.  Munch,  med.  Wschr., 1928,  75:  461.—Joesten, E.
 Eidetische  Anlage  und  bildnerisches Schaffen.   Arch.   ges.
 Psychol., 1929, 71: 493-539.—Katz. D.  Versuche  uber  den
 Einfluss der Gedachtnisfarben  auf die Wahrnehmungen  des
 Gesichtssinnes.  Zbl. Physiol.,  1906, 20: 517-30.—Kiesow, F.
 I fenomeni eidetici e la pretesa metamorfosi psichica.  Cervello,
 1924, 4: 187-93.------Zur Kritik der Eidetik. Arch.  ges.
 Psychol., 1925,  53: 447-84.  ------  Kritische Bemerkungen
 zur Eidetik, nebst an Eidetikern und  Nichteidetikern ange-
 atellten Beobachtungen.  Ibid., 1927, 59: 339-460.   ------ &
 Gatti, A.   Nuove  osservazioni  sui fenomeni eidetici. Arch.
 ital. psicol., 1924-25, 4: 79-84.—Kirek.  Die Bedeutung der
 sensoriellen Veranlagung fur die Bildung von Objektvorstel-
 lungen, insbesondere bei Eidetikern.  Zschr. Behandl.  Schwach-
 sinn.,  1926,  46: 121-3.—Klein, G.   Das Sehen  in  Anschau-
 ungsbildern (Eidetik) Umschau, 1928, 32: 414-8.—Kliiver, H.
 The determination of psychological types with an experimental
studv of the eidetic type.  Abstr. Diss.  Stanford Univ., 1924-
26, l": 33-8.  ------ An experimental study of the eidetic fever.
Genet. Psychol. Monogr., 1926, 1: 71-230.  ------  Studies
on the eidetic type and on eidetic imagery.   Psychol. Bull.,
1928,  25: 69-104.  ------   The eidetic type.  Proc. Ass.
Res. Nerv. Ment.  Dis.,  1934,  14: 150-68.—Konokov. M. P.
[Eidetic manifestations and their relation to psychopathology]
J. nevropat. psikhiat., Moskva, 1929, 22: 60-81.—Kuhlmann,
F.  The place of mental imagery and memory among mental
functions.  Am. J.  Psychol., 1905, 16: 337-56.—Leshtshina &
Sokolovskaya. [Memory of similar visual sensations and role
of attention in this process.  Obozr. psichiat.  neur., 1906, 11:
318-61.—Leven.   Die  eidetische  Anlage der  Jugendlichen.
Arch.  Rassenb., 1926, 18: 431-4.—Liefmann, E.  Die eidetische
Anlage der Jugendlichen und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Padologie.
Mschr. Kinderh., 1929, 43:  1-20.—Luther, F.   Die Probleme
der  Eidetik.  Zschr. Menschenk.,  1930-31,  6:  401-19.—
Meenes, M., & Morton, M. A.  Characteristics of the eidetic
phenomenon.  J. Gen. Psychol., 1936, 14: 370-91.—Miller, E.
The eidetic image—an undertone of psychosis; introduction to
a future inquiry.  Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1931, 24: 1223-30.
------   The affective  nature of  illusion and  hallucination;
eidetic imagery.    J. Neur.  Psychopath., Lond.,  1931,  12:
1-13.—Miskolczy,  D., & Schultz,  G.  Eidetik und Schizo-
phrenic.   Mschr.  Psychiat.,   1929,  72: 354-82.—Murray,
E.  Peripheral and central factors in memory images of visual
form and color. Am. J. Psychol., 1906, 17: 227-47.—Nacke. P.
Zur   Erinnerungsfahigkeit   und  Phantasietatigkeit.    Arch.
Krim.,  1906,  25:  366-8.—Ostenfeld,  I.  [Visual  natures;
psychiatric study  of Chr.  Sarauw: Goethes  Augen]  Bibl.
laeger, 1939, 131:  173-95.—Patini, E.  La normale funzione
ausiliaria dell'immaginativa nei processo mnemonico.  Ann.
neur.,  Nap.,  1904, 22: 449-61.—Pear,  T. H.  Imagery  and
mentality.  Brit. J. Psychol., 1924, 14: 291-9.   ------  Priv-
ileges  and  limitations of visual  imagery.   Rep. Brit. Ass.
Advance. Sc, 1924, 434.—Peck. L., & Hodges, A. B.   A study
of racial differences in eidetic imagery  of preschool children.
J. Genet. Psychol., 1937, 51: 141-61.—Peck, L., & Walling, R.
A preliminary study of the eidetic imagery of preschool children.
Ibid.,  1935, 47: 168-92.—Purdy, D. M.  Eidetic imagery and
plasticity of perception.  J. Gen. Psychol., 1936, 15: 437-54.—
Quercy.P.  Recherches sur l'eid6tisme. J. psychoi. norm, path.,
Par., 1926, 23:702-22.—Rieti, E.  Nuovo contributo alio studio
delle disposizioni eidetiche visive  nei malati di mente.  Arch.
ital. psicol., 1932, 10: 112-7.  ------  Sull'interpretazione dei
fenomeni eidetici visivi.  Ibid., 1937, 15: 350-62.—Ritter. E.
Auseinandersetzungen in Sachen der Eidetik und Typenlehre;
die teilinhaltliche Beachtung von Form und Farbe bei Jugend-
lichen in ihrer Beziehung zur  strukturpsychologischen Typen-
lehre.   Zschr. Psychol. Physiol. Sinnesorg., 1. Abt., 1930, 117:
307-38.—Schackwitz, A.  Umkehr des  Gedachtnisbildes  und
ihre  forensische  Bedeutung.   Deut. Zschr.  gerichtl.  Med.,
1930-31, 16:  397-404.—Scharnke,  A.   Ueber  Beziehungen
zwischen den eidetischen Phanomenen und den  Sinnestauschun-
gen.  Sitzber. Ges. Naturwiss. Marburg, 1927,  62: 591-620.—
Schme'ing,  K.  Das  zweite Gesicht als volkskundliches  und
psvchologisches (gestaltpsychologisches und eidetisches) Prob-
lem.  Zschr. angew. Psychol.,  1935, 48:  113-23.—Schmiil ling,
W.   Ueber  die Vorstellungswelt der Jugendlichen  und  den
Aufbau des intellektuellen Lebens; Aufdeckung latenter eideti-
scher  Phanomene und des integrierten Typus mit der Inter-
mittenzmethode.   Zschr. Psychol. Physiol. Sinnesorg., 1. Abt.,
1927,  104: 233; 105: 89.—Scola. F.  Ueber das Verhaltnis von
Vorstellungsbild,  Anschauungsbild und Nachbild; theoretische
Erwagungen  im  Anschluss  an  die  Marburger  eidetischen
Untersuchungen.  Arch. ges.  Psychol.,  1925, 52: 297-368.—
Siebert,  K.   Plastisch-anschauliche Gedachtnisbilder;  ein
Beitrag zur Psychologie der Halluzinationen und der eidetischen
Phanomene.  Ibid., 1929, 72: 517-44.—Tripp, E. Observations
sur  l'image eidetique.   Arch, psychoi., Geneve,  1926,  20:
53-72.—Vom Hofe,  K.   Beitrag  zur Frage  der eidetischen
Anlage.  Arch.  Ophth.,  Berl., 1926,  117:  40-57.------
Ueber eidetische  Anlage beim Erwachsenen.  Korbl.  Allg.
arztl.  Verein.  Thiiringen,  1926, 55:  173.  Also Med. Klin.,
Berl.,  1926, 22: 1361-3.—Weinschenk, C. Die Erkenntnis des
Vorstellens als solchen.  Arch. ges. Psychol.,  1938, 101: 433-
62.—Zeman, H.  Verbreitung und Grad der eidetischen Anlage;
eine Untersuchung auf Wiener Boden.  Zschr. Psychol. Phvsiol.
Sinnesorg.,  1. Abt.,  1924,  96: 208-73—Zillig, M.   Ueber
eidetische Anlage und jugendliche  Verwahrlosung.  Ibid., 1931,
122: 205-30.

  EIDMANN,   Hermann.    Die  Entwicklungs-
geschichte der Zahne  des Menschen, mit Beruck-
sichtigung des  Wirbeltiergebisses.   v, 204p.  8?
Berl., H. Meusser, 1923.
  EIERMANN, Fritz, 1890-       ♦Ueber seltene
Komplikationen  bei  tuberkuloser Wirbelkaries:
Bildung einer Oesophagusfistel,  Entstehung einer
Miliartuberkulose durch Vermittlung einer Inter-
kostalvene und Verblutung aus derselben  in den
Magen- und  Darmkanal   [Erlangen]  p.269-85.
8?    Lpz., C. Kabitzsch, 1919.
  EIERMANN,   Herwig,   1906-         ♦Unter-
suchungen des  Grundumsatzes bei Knochen- und
Gelenkerkrankungen      [Freiburg]     25p.     8?
Amorbach i.  Odenwald, G.  Volkhardt [1931] 
EIERMANN                                  102                                      EILOART
  EIERMANN,  Paul,  1902-        ♦Ueber  die
Pathogenese der  Progenie.   15p.   8?  Heidelb.,
1935.
  EIFEL, Josef, 1904-       ♦Rassenunterschiede
und -merkmale bei  Zahnen  recenter Menschen-
rassen.  43p.   8?  Bonn, A.  Brand, 1937.
  EIFERMANN,  David,   1908-        *Etude
historique   d'un   medicament  ocytocique:   la
quinine.   57p.   8?   Par.,  1933.
  EIFFLAENDER,  Ludwig,  1889-       ♦Ueber
die  Einwirkung  von  Organomagnesiumverbin-
dungen  auf  Hydroxylamine  und vierfach  sub-
stituierte Harnstoffe; Reaktionen zwischen Imino-
athern und Hydrazinderivaten. 74p. 8?  Erlan-
gen, E. T. Jacob, 1919.
  EIGEN, Hans, 1904-      ♦Alte umschriebene
geschwulstformige Thrombose  im Sinus sagittalis
superior  auf  Scheitelhohe  mit  Einbruch   einer
grosseren  Blutung  in die  linke  Grosshirnhemi-
sphare  und  mit eigenartigen  Netzstrukturen.
22p.   8?  Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1931.
  EIGENMANN,  Carl  H.,   1863-         Cave
vertebrates  of  America: a study in degenerative
evolution,   xi,  241p.  33  pi.   fol.   Wash.,  Car-
negie Inst.,  1909.
  Forms Pub. No. 104, Carnegie Inst. Washington.
  EIGNER, Werner,  1907-        ♦Ueber  die
Herstellung von  Gipsmodellen mit glatter Ober-
flache.  24p.  8?   Bresl., A. Schreiber, 1932.
  EIJKMAN,  Christian,  1858-1930.
  [Riography]  Meded. dienst volksgez. Ned. Indie, 1938, 27:
1-3, portr.—Grijns, G.  [Obituary]  Ned. tschr. hyg. microb.,
1930-31, 5: 109-17, portr.—Obituary.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1930,
95:  1673.  Also Lancet, Lond., 1930,  2: 1097.—Rijnberk, G.
van  [Biography]   Ned.  tschr.  geneesk., 1928,  72: 2852.—
Schiiffner  [Biography]   Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1923, 27:
355-64.
  EIJKMAN,  Koenraad  Hein.   ♦Pathologisch-
anatomisch   onderzoek  van  darmen    [Patho-
anatomical examination of intestines]  [Utrecht]
72p.   8?  Amst., H. J. Paris,  1931.
  EIKE,  Alfred,   1902-         ♦Beitrag   zum
Krankheitsbild   der  sogenannten  chronischen
Appendicitis.   28p.   8?  Wiirzb., C. J.  Becker,
1930.
  EIKERMANN, Ernst.    ♦Erbkonstitutionelle
Knochensystem-Erkrankungen und  ihre  Bezie-
hungen  zum Zahnsystem   [Gottingen]   30p.  8?
[Quedinburg, Gebr.  Rohl,  1926]
  EILBAUM,  Max, 1903-        ♦Contribution a
l'etude de l'albuminurie chez la femme enceinte
d'apres  les  observations recueillies dans la  Ma-
ternite  de  l'Hopital  Boucicaut,  l'annee  1927.
61p.   8?  Par., 1928.
  ------♦Contribution a l'etude du traitement
de la goutte et du rhumatisme chronique par la
radium a faibles doses.   52p.   8?   Par., 1934.
  EILBOTT,  Wilhelm, 1900-        ♦Eine  neue
Funktionspriifung der Leber durch Bestimmung
der Verweildauer  intravenos injizierten Bilirubins
in  der  Blutbahn.   41p.   8?    Frankf.  a.   M.,
Werner  & Winter, 1925.
  EILERS,  Charlotte,  1911-        ♦Ueber  die
Einwirkung der Erdalkalibromide auf diastatische
Fermente   [Munster]  15p.    8?   Werne-Lippe,
F. Grube, 1936.
  EILERS,  Heino, 1909-       ♦Untersuchungen
mit  dem  Otoaudion  iiber  die  horverbessernde
Wirkung des Akustik-Horapparates   [Wiirzburg]
12p.   8?  Oldenburg, A. Allmers,  1936.
  EILERS,  Werner, 1902-       *Zur Frage der
Grenzdivertikel  des Oesophagus   [Jena]   34p
8?   [Nordhausen, T. Muller] 1926.
  EILERS [Wilhelm] Hermann, 1891-       ♦Ein
Fall von Scheidewasserveratzung der Cornea mit
anatomischem   Behind.    23p.    8°   Rostock
Adlers Erben,  1919.
   EILOART, Arnold.
   See  Prinzhorn.  Hans.   Psychotherapy  [etc.]  transl. and
edited by ...  352p.  8? Lond.,  1932.

   EIMER &  AMEND.   Drugs  and  chemicals
[Catalogue]   473p.   roy. 8?   N. Y., 1934.


EIMERIIDAE.

   See also Cyclospora; Eimeriidea; Isospora.
   Carini, A. Caryospora brasiliensis n. sp. parasita do intes-
tino  da cobra verde,  Chlorosoma aestivum.  Rev.  biol.,  S.
Paulo,  1932, 3: 85-7.—Pinto,  C,  &  Macieh,  J.  Eimeria
arnaldoi e Isospora neivai especies  novas  de Eimeridias do
Brasil (Protozoa; Sporozoa)   Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1929, 37:
206-10.—Vincent, M.  Un nouveau  type de coccidi des pen-
pates.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 122: 260-2.—Yakimov, V.  L.
[Eimeriosis in cits]  Vest, mikrob.  1932, 11:  309.   -----
& Goussev, W. F.  Eimeriose der Eichhornchen.  Berl. tierarztl.
Wschr., 1935, 51:740.

----  Barrouxiinae.
   Reyer, W. Infektionsversuche mit Barrouxia schneideri an
Lithobius forticatus, insbesondere zur Frage der Sexualitiit der
Coccidiensporozoiten.  Zschr. Parasitenk.,  1936-37,  9:  478-
522.—Wedekind. G.   Zytologische Untersuchungen an Bar-
rouxia schneideri (Gametenbildung,  Befruchtung und Sporo-
gonie) zugleich ein Beitrag zum Reduktionsproblem (Coccidien-
untersuchungen  I)  Zschr. Zellforsch., 1927, 5: 505-95, 4 pi.

----  Eimeriinae.
   Allen, E. A.  Eimeria angusta sp. nov. and Eimeria bonasae
sp. nov. from grouse, with a key to  the species of  Eimeria in
birds.  Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, 1934, 53: 1-7.—Balozet, L. Les
coccidies du mouton et de la chevre;  cycle evolutif de Eimeria
nina-kohl-yakimovi; Yakimov et  Rastegaieva  1930.   Arch.
Inst. Pasteur, Tunis, 1932-33,  21: 88-118, 2 pi.—Becker, E. R.,
& Frye, W. W.  Eimeria ellipsoidalis nov. spec, a  new cocci-
dium of cattle.  J. Parasit., Urbana,  1928-29, 15: 175-7, pi.—
Becker, E. R., & Hall, P. R.   Natural variability among white
rats  in degree  of  susceptibility to infection with Eimeria
miyairii. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y„ 1932, 29: 903-5.  -----
Cross-immunity and correlation of oocyst production during
immunization between Eimeria miyairii and Eimeria separata
in the rat.  Am. J. Hyg., 1933, 18: 220-3.—Broughton-Alcock,
W., & Thomson, J. G.  Eimeria  oxyspora, Dobell, 1919, found
in a specimen of human faeces in England.   Proc. R. Soc M..
Lond., 1921-22, 15: sect. trop.  dis. parasit., 1-7.—Carini, A.
Eimeria  leptodactyli, n. sp.,  rencontree dans  l'intestin, du
Leptodactylus acellatus.  C. rend. Soc.  biol., 1931,  106: 1019.
------   Eimeriose intestinal de  um  serelepe por Eimeria
botelhoi n. sp.  Rev. biol., S. Paulo, 1932, 3: 80-2.-----
Sur quelques Eimeria  rencontr^es dans l'intestin de serpents
non venimeux du Bresil.  Ann. parasit., Par., 1933,  11: 472-5
------  Sur trois nouvelles Eimeria de Cotia vermelha.  Ibid.,
1935, 13:  342-4. ------  Eimeria didelphydis n. sp.  dell'in-
testino del Didelphys aurita.  Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1936, 17:
332.  ------ Sur une nouvelle  Eimeria, parasite de l'intestin
du Caluromys philander.  Ann.  parasit., Par., 1937, 15: 453-
5.—Cauchemez, L.  Frequence de la coccidie du pore (Eimeria
brumpti, n. spj  en France. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1921.
14: 645-8.—Causey, D.  Eimeria butkai n. sp., a new coccidian
from man.  California West.  M.,  1926, 24: 477.—Chang, K.
Effects  of temperature on the  oocysts  of various species of
Eimeria (Coccidia, Protozoa)   Am. J. Hyg., 1937, 26: 337-51 —
Da Fonseca, F.  Eimera pintoensis, sp. n., parasita do coelho
sylvestre (Sylvilagus minensis)  Mem. Inst. Butantan, 1932,
7:  173-7.—Eimeria franklinii  and Eimeria eubeckeri, two new
species of Coccidia from the Franklin ground squirrel, Citellus
franklinii  Sabine.  J.  Parasit., Urbana,  1935, 21:  128.—
Eimeria meservei,  a new  species of Coccidia from Forster's
tern, Sterna forsteri Nuttall.  Ibid.,  449.—Elmassian, M.
Une  nouvelle coccidie et un  nouveau parasite de  la tanche;
Coccidium rouxi nov. spec Zoomyxa legeri nov. gen. nov. spec.
An. Inst. nac. parasit., Asunci6n, 1928, 1: 169-202, 2 pi.—
Enigk, K. Zur Kenntnis des Globidium cameli und der Eimeria
cameli.  Arch. Protistenk., 1934, 83: 371-80.—Fish, F.  Cocci-
dia of rodents; Eimeria monads, n.  sp.  from the woodchuck.
J. Parasit., Urbana, 1930-31, 17: 98-100, pi.—Galli-Valerio, B.
Coccidia in the intestines; red  dysentery of cattle; observations
on Eimeria zurni-rivolta.  Vet. J., Lond., 1918, 74: 219-23.—
Gwelessiany, J.  Une nouvelle espdee de coccidie des bovides
Eimeria thianethi n. sp. Ann. parasit., Par., 1935, 13: 338-41.
------  A propos d'Eimeria thianethi.  Ibid., 1937, 15: 370.—
Halawani, A.  On  a  new species  of Eimeria (E. southwelli)
from Aetobatis  narinari.  Ann. Trop. M.  Parasit.,  Liverp.,
1930-31, 24: 1-3.— Honess, R. F. Natural and experimental
infections of dogs with Eimeria canis.  J.  Am. Vet. M. Ass.,
1936, 88: 756.—Kartchner, J. A., & Becker. E. R. Observations
on Eimeria citelli, a new species of coccidium from the striped
ground-squirrel.  J. Parasit., Urbana, 1930-31, 17: 90-4, pi.—
Kotlan, S., & Pospesch, L.  [Coccidiosis of domestic rabbits; a
new Eimeria type]  Allatorv. lap., 1934, 57: 215-7.—Lavier. G.
Eimeria hessei n. sp. coccidie intestinale de Rhinolophus hippo-
sideros.  Ann.  parasit., Par., 1924, 2:  335-9.------ Sur
Eimeria raillieti L. L6ger 1899, coccidie intestinale d'Anguis
fragilis.  Ibid., 1938,16: 215-9.—Levine, P. P.  Eimeria hagani
n. sp. (Protozoa, Eimeriidae)  a new coccidium of the chicken. 
EIMERIIDAE                                  103                                 EIMERIIDEA
 Cornell Vet., 1938, 28: 263-6.—Martin, H. M.  A species of
 Eimeria from the muskrat, Ondatra zibethica (Linnaeus) Arch.
 Protistenk., 1930, 70: 273-8.—Morehouse, N. F.  The reaction
 of the immune intestinal epithelium of the rat to reinfection
 with  Eimeria nieschulzi.   J. Parasit., Lancaster,  1938, 24:
 311-7.—Nieschulz, O.   Ueber die Entwicklung des Tauben-
 coccids Eimeria pfeifferi (Labbe 1896)  Arch. Protistenk., 1925,
 51: 479-94, 4 pi.  ------  Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Gattung
 Eimeria; uber das Taubencoccid.  Ibid., 1921-22, 44:  71-82,
 pi.—Noller,  W., & Ruppert, H.  Zur Kenntnis der Verbreitung
 des Taubenkokzids Eimeria pfeifferi.   Berl. tierarztl. Wschr.,
 1925,  41: 257.—Perard, C.  Recherches sur les coccidies et les
 coccidioses  du lapin; etude  de la  multiplication endogene
 (identification d'une 3° espSce de coccidie du  lapin: Eime-ia
 magna n. sp.)  Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1925, 39: 952-61.—
 Pinto, C. Sur les genres de la sous-famille des Eimeriinae
 (Sporozoa;  Eimeriomorpha)   C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1927, 96:
 488.------Synonymie de quelques esp^ces du genre Eimeria
 (Emeridia, Sporozoa) Ibid., 1928, 98: 1564.—Rastegaiev, E.
 F.  Eimeria mesnili n. sp. chez Canis lagopus.  Bull. Soc. path.
 exot.,  Par.,  1929, 22: 640.  ------   Eimeria felina Niesch.
 chez la lionne.  Ibid., 641.—Rudovsky, F.  Ueber eine Eimeria
 (n. sp., Eimeria grobbeni) bei Salamandra atra Laur.  Zschr.
 wiss.  Zool.,  1925,  125: 364-73,  pi.—Selan, U., & Vittorio. A.
 Nuovo coccidio nei cavallo (Eimeria utinensis)  Clin, vet.,
 Milano, 1924, 47: 587-92.—Setna, S. B., & Bana, R. H. Eimeria
 flaviviridis, n. sp., from the gall-bladder of Hemidactylus flavi-
 viridis. J. R. Micr. Soc, Lend., 1935, 55:256-60, 3 pi. ------
 Eimeria harpodoni n. sp., a  new coccidium  from  Harpodon
 nehereus (Ham.  &  Buch.)   Ibid., 165-9, pi.—Tanabe, M.
 Eimeria  gekkonis  n. sp., a  new coccidium  from the  Gecko
 (Gekko japonicus Dumeril et Bibron)  J. Chosen M. Ass., 1928,
 331-3.  Also Acta med. Keijo, 1928, 11: 207-20, 2 pi.—Thom-
 son, J. G., & Robertson, A.   A case of human infection with
 Eimeria oxyspora, Dobell,  1919.  J.  Trop. M. Hyg.,  Lond.,
 1922, 25: 369-71.—Trimtt, M. J.  Note on an Eimeria n. sp.
 found in the fa?ces  of an eland.  Ibid., 1924, 27: 223-5 —
 Tubangui. M. A.   Eimeria  bukidnonensis, a  new  coccidium
 from  cattle,  and  other  coccidial parasites  of domesticated
 animals.  Philippine J. Sc,  1931, 44: 253-71, 2 pi.—Yakimov,
 V. L.   Two  new species of Coccidia: Eimeria trifritt n. sp. of
 the eland (Orias canna) and Eimeria  peruviana n.  sp. of the
 llama  (Lama glama)  Parasitology,   Lond.,  1934,  26:  510.
 -----Eimeria exigua n. sp.,  eine neue Kaninchenkokzidie.
 Zbl. Bakt.,  1. Abt., 1934, 131: 18-24.   ■—-—  Eimeria mira-
 bilis n. sp., Kokzidie der Aeskulapschlange (Ophisaurus apodus)
 Ibid.,  1936,  137: 95. ------  A propos d'Eimeria thianethi
 Gwdessiany,  1935.  Ann.  parasit., Par.,  1936,  14:  295-7.
 -----& Goussev,  W. F.   Eimeria balozeti n. sp., coccidie
 nouvelle de Sturnus vulgaris.  Arch. Inst. Pasteur Tunis, 1938,
 27: 282.—Yakimov, V. L., & Sokolov, I. I. Eimeria polaris n.
 sp., Kokzidie der Rentiere.   Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1935, 51:
 308-10.—Yakimov, V.,  & Timofeiev,  P.  Inclusions dans les
 oocystes  d'Eimeria labbeana, Pinto,  1928.  Bull. Soc.  path.
 exot.. Par., 1939, 32: 283.------Sur la sporulation anormale
 d'Eimeria labbeana Pinto, 1928.  Ibid., 284.

 ----  Eimeriinae: Eimeria avium.
   Hosoda. S.  Experimentelle Studien iiber die Entwickelung
 des Eimeria avium.  Fukuoka  acta med., 1928, 21:  37-41,
 2 pi.—Nohmi, S.  Experimental studies on Eimeria avium.  J.
 Jap. Soc. Vet. Sc,  1931, 10: 295; 323;  5 pi.—Young. B. P.
 A quantitative study of poultry coccidiosis; with data on the
 prepatent and patent periods in the life cycle of Eimeria avium.
 J. Parasit., Urbana, 1928-29, 15: 241-50.

 ----  Eimeriinae:  Eimeria stiedae.
   Gurwitsch, B. M.  Materialien zum Studium der Struktur
 des Coccids  Eimeria  stiedae  Lindemann  bei Kaninchen.
 Arch.  Protistenk., 1927, 59: 369-72.—Smetana, H.  Coccidiosis
 of the liver in rabbits; experimental study on the excystation
 of oocysts of Eimeria stiedae.   Arch. Path., Chic, 1933, 15:
 175-92.------Experimental study on the mode of infection
 of the liver by sporozoites of Eimeria stiedae.  Ibid.,  330-9.
 Also repr.—Uhlhorn, E.  Uebertragungsversuche von Kanin-
 chencoccidien auf Hiihnerkucken.  Arch. Protistenk.,  1926,
 55: 101-67.—Yakimov, V. L.   Sur la question de l'Eimeria
 stiedae du lapin.  Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1926, 19: 269-71.

 ----  Eimeriinae:  Eimeria tenella.
   Albanese, A. A., & Smetana. H.  Studies on the effect of
 X rays on the pathogenicity of Eimeria tenella.  Am. J. Hyg.,
 1937, 26: 27-39.—Fish. F.  Quantitative and statistical analy-
 Bes of  infections  with Eimeria tenella in  the chicken.  Ibid.,
 1931,  14: 560-76.—Herrick, C.  A., & OU. G. L.  Age as a
 factor in  the development of resistance of the  chicken  to the
 effects of the protozoan parasite, Eimeria tenella. J. Parasit.,
 Urbana, 1936,  22:  264-72.—Jankiewicz, H.  A., & Scofield,
 R. H.   The administration of heated oocysts of Eimeria tenclla
 as a means of establishing resistance  and immunity to cecal
 coccidiosis.   J. Am.  Vet. M. Ass., 1934, 84: 507-26.—Pat-
 terson. F. D.  Studies on the viability of Eimeria tenella in soil.
 Cornell Vet.,  1933, 23: 232-49.

 EIMERIIDEA.

  See also  Coccidiida;  Eimeriidae.
  Boughton, D. C.  Studies  on oocyst production in avian
coccidiosis; periodicity in the oocyst  production of eimerian
infections in the pigeon. J. Parasit., Urbana, 1937, 23: 291-3.—
Hoare, C. A. Studies on some new ophidian and avian coccidia
from Uganda, with a revision of the classification of the Eime-
riidea.   Parasitology,  Lond., 1933, 25:  359-88.—Krijgsman.
B. J. [Eimeria-oocysts in the intestinal tract in man]  Geneesk.
tschr. Ned. Indie, 1933, 73: 1070-2.—Leger, L.,  & Hesse, E.
Coccidies d'oiseaux palustres; le genre Jarrina n. g.  C. rend.
Acad, sc,  1922, 174: 74-7.—Pinto, C.  Classification des
sporozoaires de la sous-classe Eimeridia.  C. rend. Soc biol.,
1928, 98: 1571-3.  Also repr.—Wolff, J. W.  [Eimeria oocysts
in human feces]  Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1933, 73: 813.
  EINARSON,   Larus,  &  RINGSTED,  Axel-
Effect  of  chronic  vitamin  E deficiency on the
nervous  system and  the skeletal musculature  in
adult rats; a neurotropic  factor  in  wheat germ
oil.   163p.   illust.  tab.   8?    Kbh.,   Levin  &
Munksgaard, 1938.
  EINFELDT, Hermann,  1910-       ♦Die Ver-
brennungen   ersten  bis   dritten  Grades;   ihre
Behandlung und deren Erfolge,  unter besonderer
Berucksichtigung  der  Kopf-  und  Halsverbren-
nungen  [Kiel]  18p.   8?   Flensburg, 1934.
  EINHAUS, Hans,  1910-       ♦Beitrag  zur
Strumitis  [Kiel]   17p. 8?  Wiirzb., K. Triltsch,
1936.
  EINHEITSBESTREBUNGEN in der  Medizin.
  See [Germany] Kongress zur Forderung medizinischer Syn-
these [&c]
  EINHOLZ, Bruno  [Ernst  Albert]  1902-
* Anaerobe Sporenbildner  der Milch;  Reinziich-
tung,  Bestimmung und  Nachweis.  60p.  2 pi.
8?   Kiel, F. von der Wehl,  1934.
  EINHORN,  Fanny.  ♦Les diatheses h6mor-
ragiques.  48p.  8?  Geneve. 1930.
  EINHORN, Gottfried, 1903-       ♦Zur Kennt-
nis   der   menschlichen   Wuchsform;   weitere
Untersuchungen zur  Frage der  Kennzeichnung
der  verschiedenen Wuchsformen nach  dem  von
H.   Rautmann  angegebenen  Verfahren   [Frei-
burg]   p.18-27.  8?  Berl., J. Springer,  1931.
  EINHORN,  Max,  1862-       The  duodenal
tube and  its possibilities.   2.   ed.   206p.   pi.
8?   Phila., F. A. Davis Co , 1926.
  ----  Diseases of the stomach; a text-book for
practitioners  and  students.   7.  ed.  xvi,  593p.
8?   N. Y., W. Wood & Co., 1929.
  See also [Autobiography]  In Med.  Gegenwart,  1929, 8:
1-24, portr.
  EINICKE,  Georg,  1910-        ♦Die  Beein-
flussung des  Bohrschmerzes durch  Diathermie.
16p.   8?   Wiirzb., R.  Mayr, 1935.
  EINMAHL,  Gunther,  1904-        ♦Die  Be-
deutung der  persistierenden Milchzahne fiir die
Erklarung der  Resorptionsvorgange  (Rontgen-
studie)   27p.  8?   Bonn, L. Neuendorff, 1930.
  EINOEDER,  Jakob.
  See Dolger, Robert, & Einoder. Jakob. Das Feldlazarett
im Weitkrieg, 1914-18  [&c] 42p.  8!  Muhldorf, 1934.
  EINSEL, Edith.  ♦Ein Beitrag zur  Klinik der
Retothel-Sarkome  [Miinchen]  38p.  8?  Giinzb.,
K.  Mayer, 1937.
  EINSTEIN,  Alfred.  ♦Ueber  die  Fissur der
Praemolaren    (histologische   Studie)     [Basel]
16p.   8?   Mulhouse, J.  Brinkmann, 1937.
  EINSTOSS, Eduard, 1891-       ♦Ueber Schar-
Iachrezidive     [Frankfurt]    24p.    8?    Berl.,
S. Karger, 1917.
  EINTHOVEN,  Willem,  1860-1927.
  For portrait, photograph, see collection in library.
  For biography see Am.  Heart  J., 1929-30,  5: 545-8  (A.
Samojlov)   Also Heart, Lond., 1927-28,  14: No. 3, p.v-viii,
portr.  Also Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1924, 68: pt 2, 2424-9
(G.  van  Rijnberk)  Also Riforma med., 1925, 41: 332.  Also
Umschau,  1925, 29: 6-8  (F.  L. Bergansius)  Also Uppsala
lak. foren. forh., 1928, n. F.. 33:  p.xi-xvi  (A.  Kristenson)
Also Versl. Akad. wet. Amsterdam, 1927, 36:  Afd. Nat., pt 2,

  See also Schott, E.  Willem Einthoven und die Fortschritte,
welche wir der Erfindung  des Saitengalvanometers verdanken.
Munch, med. Wschr., 1925, 72: 391, portr. 
EIN  WALDT                              104                              EISENBART
  EIN WALDT,   Victoria.   ♦Ueber  den  von
Trommer vorgeschlagenen Weg der Diagnose des
Ulcus duodeni  [Konigsberg] 19p.  8?  Munch.,
J. F. L hmann, 1927.
  EIRUND,   Adolf,   1903-       ♦Ueber  die
anaerobe   Ziichtung   des   Bazillus  influenzae
(Pfeiffer)   p.195-206.   8?   Bresl.,  1929.
  Also Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1929, 111:
  EISECK, Hans, 1900-      ♦Ueber  Patellar-
frakturen und ihre Behandlungsarten.  32p.  8?
Berl., E. Ebering,  1927.
  EISELE, Hans.   ♦Die Behandlung  des per-
forierten Magen- und  Duodenalgeschwurs unter
besonderer  Berucksichtigung der  Sauerheilung
und der radikalen  Operationsmethoden   [Zurich]
163p.  8?   Zug, J. Kiindig, 1923.
  EISELE, Kurt,  1910-      ♦Das Basalfibroid
und seine Therapie  [Heidelberg]  27p.   2 1.  8?
Coburg,  1934.
  EISELEN, Franz [Johannes Gustav] 1887-
*Ueber die Leistungsfahigkeit der quantitativen
Amylasereaktion  im  Urin  fiir  die Schwanger-
schaftsdiagnose. 24p.  8?  Greifswald, H. Adler,
1932.
  EISELMAYR,   Theodor,  1902-        ♦Der
Einfluss  der inneren Sekretion auf  Zahne und
Kiefer unter  besonderer Berucksichtigung der
Hypophyse.  28p.   8?  Tub., E. Gobel,  1931.
  EISELSBERG,  Anton von,  1860-       Ver-
wundentenfiirsorge  im  Kriege;   Vortrag  zur
Eroffnung   der  Herbstsaison  der   Urania  zu
Gunsten des  Roten  Kreuzes  gehalten  am 15.
September  1914.   32p.   8?   Wien, W.  Brau-
miiller, 1914.
  See also Bruns. P. von, von Eiselsberg. A. [et a!.]  Chirurgie
des Halses und der Brust.  6. Aufl.  81 lp.  8?  Stuttg., 1930.
Also Lehrbuch der Chirurgie (P. Clairmont, W. Denk [et al.])
v. 1-2. 869p.; 658p.  8?  Wien, 1930.
  For Festschrift see  Arch. klin.  Chir.,  1926, 140: portr.
Also Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1930, 225: portr.
  For biography see J. Am. M. Ass., 1935, 105: 1448.  Also
Wien. klin. Wschr., 1926, 39: 521 (P. Clairmont)  Also Wien.
med. Wschr.,  1930, 80:  1071, portr. (B. B.)
  See  also Haberer,  H.  Herrn  Professor Dr Anton von
Eiselsberg zugeeignet; Geleitwort.  Wien. med. Wschr., 1926,
76: 571. Also Wien. klin. Wschr., 1937, 50: 654-7.
  EISELT, Jan Bohumil, 1831-1908.
  Prochazka, F., & Vysin, V.  [Centennial of Dr Bohumil
Eiselt's birth] Cas. lek. Cesk., 1931, 70: 1193-206.
  EISELT, Rudolf.  Problem anafylaxe [Problem
of anaphylaxis]  75p.  8?  Praha,  1926.
  Suppl. to Cas. lek. desk., v. 65, No. 8]
  EISEN,  Carl, 1908-      ♦Die  Todesfalle in
den letzten 28  Jahren im  Bereich  der  Frank-
furter Ohren-Hals-Nasenklinik  [Frankfurt]  24p.
8?  Lengerich i. W. [1937]
  EISEN,  Karl, 1909-       ♦Zweckmassige und
unzweckmassige Ernahrung wahrend der Schwan-
gerschaft.  35p.   8?   [Erlangen] 1935.
  EISEN,  Nathan, 1906-       ♦Ueber  unge-
wohnliche  Migraneanfalle  besonders iiber Mi-
grane mit  sensiblen Jacksonanfallen.  33p.  8?
Berl., R. Pfau, 1935.
  EISEN,  Ruth, 1909-       ♦Ueber einen eigen-
tumhchen  Tumor  am  harten   Gaumen;  ein
Beitrag   zur  Kasuistik  der  Gaumentumoren.
25p.  8?   Konigsb.-Pr..  1934.
  EISENACH,  Gertrud  [Martha]   1908-
♦Beziehungen zwischen Zahnen und Kieferhohle.
51p.  ch.  8?  Lpz., A.  Edelmann, 1937.
  EISENBACH, Werner, 1911-      +Was  ist
dem Laien  bei Nasenbluten zu tun  erlaubt?  19p
8?  Wiirzb., R. Mayr, 1936.
  EISENBART, Johann Andreas,  1661-1727.
  Winckler, J.   Des  verwegenen Chirurgus
weltberiihmbt  Johann  Andreas  doctor  Eisen-
bart,  Zahnbrechers,  Bankelsangers,  Okulisten,
Steinschneiders Tugenden und  laster auf Reisen
und Jahrmarkten, mancherley bewahrteste Artzt-
neyen  in  Not und Tod sambt vielen Orakeln,
Mirakeln, Spektakeln [&c] getreulich dargestellt
und vorgestellt.   589p.  8?   Stuttg., 1929.
  Bienwald. Doktor Eisenbarth,  ein Sohn  seiner  Zeit; zur
200 Wiederkehr seines Todestages  am 11. 11. 1727. Aerztl.
Mitt.,  Lpz., 1927,   28:  [Horrohr]  275-8.—Haberling, W.
[Biography]  Deut. med. Wschr., 1936, 62: 1647.
  EISENBARTH,  Cacilie,  1909-       *Ueber
die Haufigkeit der peritonsillaren Abszesse.   19p.
8?  Heidelb., 1935.
  EISENBARTH, Hans, 1907-      ♦Ueber die
Aneurysmen der  Hirnbasisarterien  und   ihre
Bedeutung,  mit einem eigenen Fall  [Heidelberg]
31p.   8?  Homburg, 1933.
  EISENBARTH, Reinhold, 1902-       ♦Ueber
Insulinbehandlung des  Diabetes auf Grund der
Erfahrungen der  Medizinischen Klinik in Bonn.
27p.   8?  Bonn,  P. Kubens, 1927.
  EISENBERG,  Arthur Alexander, 1885-
Principles of bacteriology.    3. ed.   216p.   8?
S. Louis,  C. V.  Mosby Co., 1924.  Also 4. ed.
228p.   1928.
  ----  & HUNTLY,  Mabel  F.   Principles of
bacteriology, in   15 lessons.   5.  ed.   322p.   8?
S. Louis,  C.  V.  Mosby Co., 1930.  Also 6. ed.
378p.   illust.  pi.  1935.
  EISENBERG,  Edward,  1905-       ♦Rectal
analgesia    [Univ.  Wisconsin]   16p.  4?   La
Crosse, Wis., 1931.
  Typewritten.
  EISENBERG,  Elias,  1907-       ♦La mort
est-elle un remede licite de la souffrance?  32p.
8?  Par.,  1936.
  EISENBERG,  Heinz.  ♦Ueber Gleithernien im
Kindesalter.  21p.  8?  Berl.,  E. Ebering, 1932.
  EISENBERG,   Joseph  Abram,   1908-
♦The conservative treatment of eclampsia  [Univ.
Wisconsin]  28p.  4?  Wauwatosa, Wis., 1933.
  Typewritten.
  EISENBERG,   Kurt  Bernard,   1899-
♦Ueber die wesentlichen Teiltone  der durch  den
Fernsprecher iibermittelten   Vokale; Auslosch-
versuche an  Vokalklangen.  p.574-81. 8?  Berl.,
J. Springer,  1926.
  Also Arch. ges. Physiol., 1926, 212:
  EISENBERG,  Stephanie,  1908-       '^Con-
tribution  k  l'etude clinique et therapeutique de
la colibacillurie.   60p.  8?  Par.,  1933.
  EISENBERG,  Walter  W.   ♦Obstetrics in  a
small  general hospital; analysis of 100 consecu-
tive cases.  22p.   4?   Chic,  1931.
  Typewritten.
  EISENBERG,  Werner,  1903-        ♦Endo-
krine  Storungen  bei  Schwachsinnigen   [Mar-
burg]   37p.   8?   Berl., J. Springer,  1929.
  Also Zschr. Kinderforsch., 1929, 35: 374-405.
  EISENDRATH,  Daniel  Nathan,  1867-
♦Progres recents  r6alis6s  dans les m6thodes de
diagnostique bacteriologique  de  la  tuberculose
renale et leur signification clinique et therapeuti-
que; importance  pratique de  la recherche de la
microculture.  31p.   8?   Par., 1933.
  ----  & ROLNICK, Harry  Charles.   Text-
book of urology; for  students and practitioners.
vi, 942p.  11 pi. 8?   Phila., J. B. Lippincott
Co., 1928.  Also 2. ed.  x,  942p.  11 pi.   [1930]
Also 3. ed.   x, 942p.   illust.  pi.  diagrs.   [1934]
  EISENGARTEN, Eva, 1900-      ♦Ueber den
Symptomenkomplex der osmotischen Peritonitis,
das Verhalten des Blutdruckes, des  Blutzuckers
und  der  zelligen  Elemente   des Blutes  nach
intraperitonealen   Injektionen   hypertonischer
Dextroselbsungen am Kaninchen  [Kiel]   24p.
8?  Konigsb., E. Rautenberg, 1928. 
EISENHARDT
105
EISENSTADT
    EISENHARDT, Louise,  1891-
    See Cushing,  Harvey  William, & Eisenhardt,  Louise.
  Meningiomas.  785p. roy. 8?  Springf., 1938.
    EISENHARDT,  Paul  [Gustav]  1900-
  ♦Vergleichende bakteriologische Untersuchungen
  von hundert  frischen  Bindehautentziindungen
  mittels  des  Sekretpraparates, des  Epithelpra-
  parates und der Plattenkultur.  23p. 8?  Miinch.,
  C. Wolf & Sohn, 1928.
    EISENHART, Walter,  1909-        ♦Unter-
  suchungen fiber die  bakteriologische  Diagnose
  der Diphtherie mit Hilfe der 10%igen Hammel-
  blutagarplatte.  20p.  8?  Tub.,  1934.

  EISENIA.
    Grove, A. J., & Cowley, L. F. The relation of the glandular
  elements of  the Clitellum of  the brandling  worm (Eisenia
  foetida, Sav.) to the secretion of the cocoon. Q. J.  Micr. Sc,
  Lond., 1927,  71:31-45, pi.
    EISENLAUER,  Theodor,  1908-       ♦Ein
  Beitrag zur Entstehung von Cysten der Augapfel-
  bindehaut  [Wiirzburg]   27p.  8?  Ichenhausen,
  I. Wagner, 1934.
    EISENLOHR, Erwin.  1908-      ♦Ueber die
  Erfolge  der  Operation  bei Tranensackeiterung
  nach  Einpflanzung   des  unteren  Teiles des
  Tranensackes in die Nase  [Tubingen]  32p.  8?
  Heilbronn a. Neckar [1935]
    EISENLOHR, Use, 1909-      ♦Ueber Gal-
  vanopalpation;  ihre  diagnostische  und  thera-
  peutische  Verwendung bei Adnexentziindungen
  akuter und chronischer Verlaufsart  [Frankfurt]
  18p.  8?   Gelnhausen, F.  W.  Kalbfleisch,  1935.
   EISENLOHR, Louise  Elizabeth Sarah,  1907-
       International narcotics control. 295p.  8?
  Lond., G.  Allen  & Unwin [1934]
   EISENMANN, Sebastian,  1888-       ♦Ein
  Fall  von  Lichen ruber  planus papillomatosus
  hypertrophicus  [Erlangen]   15p.  3  pi.  8?
  [Miinch.] 1919.
   EISENMENGER,   Charles.   ♦Des  trauma-
 tismes de l'appareil locomoteur chez le cheval de
 selle; pathogenie, mesures preventives, recherches
 de pathologie chirurgicale  [Alfort]   94p.  8?
 Par., 1926.
   EISENMENGER,  Horst, 1912-      ♦Desin-
 fektionsversuche  mit Tuberkelbakterien  unter
 Anwendung des  Kulturverfahrens.  71p.  3 tab.
 8?  Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1937.
   EISENMENGER,  Reinhard, 1896-      ♦Te-
 tanus und Unfall [Heidelberg]  18p.  8?  Giiters-
 loh i. Westf., Thiele, 1935.
   EISENMENGER, Samuel [Siderocrates] 1534-
 85.  Cyclopaedia Paracelsica Christiana; or, Drei
 Biicher von dem  wahren Ursprung  und Herkom-
 men  der   freien  Kunsten,  der  Physiognomia,
 obern Wunderwerken und Witterungen. 3v. in 1.
 9 p. 1.  174p.; 4 p. 1.  122p.; 2  p. 1.  69p.  8?
 [Brussel?] 1585.
   EISENREICH, Anton,  1901-       ♦Ein Fall
 von angeborener Bauchspalte.  38p.  8?  Miinch.
 1926.
   EISENREICH, Hubert, 1898-       ♦Die Tri-
geminusneuralgie; ihre Ursachen  und  Erschei-
nungen.  16p.  8?  Miinch. [1925]
   EISENSCHIML, W., &  LUKESCH, R.  Die
Tatigkeit   der   Tuberkulosefiirsorgestellen  in
Oesterreich im Jahre  1928.  32p.  15  tab.  8?
Wien, J. Springer, 1930.
  Forms Sonderbeil.,  Mitt. Volksgesundhamt., Wien.
   EISENSON, Jon, 1907-      The psychology
of speech,   xiii, 280p.  illust.  diagr.  8?   N. Y.,
F. S. Crofts, 1938.
      77908—VOL. 5, 4th series----8
   EISENSTADT,  Heinz Bernhardt,  1905-
 ♦Aufgaben  und Ziele  der Hygienesektion des
 Volkerbundes.  p.388-436.  roy. 8?  [Berl.]  1930.
   Also Erg. sozial. Hyg., 1929, I:
   EISENSTADT,  Moses,  1898-       ♦Experi-
 mentelle  und praktische   Untersuchungen zur
 Frage der Seekrankheit und ihrer Beeinflussung.
 17p.  8?   Konigsb., J. Raabe,  1930.
   EISENSTAEDT, Franz, 1902-      ♦Ueber
 die  Sensibilitat der  Pleura  [Berlin]   19p.  8?
 Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1928.
   EISENSTAEDT,  Joseph,  1891-       ♦Die
 Ergebnisse  der Behandlung von Uterusmyomen
 mit  Rontgenstrahlen  von  August  1911  bis
 Dezember  1916.   36p.   8°   Berl.,  P.  F.  G.
 Neumann, 1917.
   EISENSTAEDT, Karl,  1901-      ♦Gibt es
 aussere Kennzeichen einer  phthisischen  Konsti-
 tution?  [Berlin] p.27-40.   8?  Lpz., J. A. Barth,
 1929.
   Also Zschr. Tuberk., 1929, 55:
   EISENSTAEDT, Werner,  1907-      ♦Bei-
 trag zur  chirurgischen  Beurteilung des Mast-
 darmkrebses.  18p.  8?  Berl., 1933.
   Also Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1933, 30:
   EISENSTEIN,  Israel, 1903-       ♦Psycho-
 logische Untersuchungen fiber die verschiedenen
 Formen des angeborenen Schwachsinns  [Wiirz-
 burg]  32p.  8?  Berl.,  J. Springer,  1929.
   Also Zschr. Kinderforsch., 1929,  35: 563-89.
   EISER, Anton Friedrich, 1903-      ♦Neuere
 Ergebnisse fiber die Wirkung  der Kastration bei
 Sexualverbrechern   [Mfinster]  23p.  8?    Bo-
 chum-Langendreer,  H.  Poppinghaus,  1934.
   EISERT, Heinrich, 1906-      ♦Die  Pyelitis
 bei  der Frau.   40p. 8?   Wiirzb.,  Drescher &
 Reichart,  1932.
   EISFELD,  Susanne,  1908-        ♦Untersu-
 chungen fiber  die Aufhebung der Thyroxinwir-
 kung im Froschlarvenversuch.  44p.  8?   Freib.
 i.  B., Mors & Singler, 1936.
   EISINGER,  Hubert,  1907-       ♦Komplika-
 tionen bei Anaesthesie   [Heidelberg]  16p.   8?
 Bruchsal,  J.  Kruse & Sonne, 1931.
   EISINGER,  Karl.  Klinischer  Beitrag:  die
 Wertung und Verwendung der Rontgenbefunde in
 der Otologie.  p.286-357.  8?  Wien, J. Springer,
 1930.
   Forms pt of v.2, Handb.  theor.  klin.  Rontgenk. (Holz-
 knecht, G.)
   EISLER,  F., &  KOPSTEIN,  G.  Rontgen-
 diagnostik der  Gallenblase.  153p.    8?   Lpz.,
 G. Thieme,  1931.
   Forms v.l7, Radiol. Prakt.
   EISLER, Paul, 1862-1936.
   Elze, C.  Nekrolog.  Anat. Anz., 1936, 83: 149-56, portr.
   ----FRANCESCHETTI,  A. [et al.]  Anatomie,
 Entwicklung,  Missbildungen,  Vererbung.   xvi,
 882p.  8?  Berl., J. Springer,  1930.
   Forms Bd 1 Kurz. Handb. Ophth. (F. Schieck, & A. Bruck-
 ner) Berl., 1930.
   EISNER,  Wolf.  ♦Kaliumjodid  und Bleisalze
 [Basel]  15p.  8? Lpz., F.  C.  W. Vogel, 1924.
   Also Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 102: 305-19.
   EISPERT,  Alois  [Leopold  Paul]  1907-
 *Ueber die Coincidenz von Placenta membranacea
 und  Eklampsie.  31p. 8?   Bresl., A.  Schreiber,
 1932.
   EISSING, Wolf,  1910-       *Zur Abrasio
 dentium mit  besonderer  Berucksichtigung  des
 Knirschens.   31p.   8?  Bonn,  H. Trapp, 1933.
   EISSNER [Albert] Johannes, 1906-      ♦Die
zweckmassigste  Art der Unterschenkelamputa-
tion   [Leipzig]   15p.  8?  Zeulenroda, A. Ober-
reuter, 1937. 
EITEL
106
EKEHORN
  EITEL, Anna, 1912-       ♦Multiple Aneurys-
men der grossen Gefasse.  16p.  8?   Miinch., M.
Volk, 1935.
  EITEL, Hans, 1880-       ♦Die  wahre Reak-
tion  der  Faeces  gesunder  Sauglinge bei  ver-
schiedener  Ernahrung    52p.    8?    Berl.,  J.
Springer,  1917.
  EITEL, Wilhelm, 1881-       ♦Ueber Ekthyma
gangraenosum mit 2 klinischen Beitragen.  50p.
8?  Berl., E. Ebering,  1915.   Also 2. print.  50p.
1919.
  EITNER,  Ernst, & KARPELIS,  Egon.   Kos-
metische Therapie; ein Nachschlagebuch fiir den
Praktiker.  150p.  8?  Berl., Urban & Schwarzen-
berg:, 1932.
  EITNER,  Hans [Otto  Hermann]  1907-
*Die Zahnheilkunde in  ihren  Beziehungen zur
Kriminalistik   [Jena]   48p.  8?  Ohlau i.  Schl.,
H.  Eschenhagen, 1932.
  EITZEN,  Kurt  Hilmar.   Deutsch-Englisches,
Englisch-Deutsches  Militar-Worterbuch.  2. ed.
485p.   16?  Berl , Offene Worte, 1936.


EJACULATION.

  See under Coitus.


EJACULATORY  duct.

  See also Prostate; Seminal vesicle;  Urethra.
  Gosima, K.  Morphologie der Vesicula seminalis und Am-
pulla ductus deferentis mit Berucksichtigung der Oeffnung des
Ductus ejaculatorius.  Fukuoka acta med., 1932, 25: 23-9.—
Hochstadt. O.  Ueber einen Sphincter im Ductus ejaculatorius
und seine Bedeutung fiir die Funktion der Vesiculae seminales.
Zschr. ges. exp.  Med., 1931-32, 80: 775-81.—Hyams, J. A.,
Kramer, S. E., & McCarthy, J. F.  The seminal vesicles and the
ejaculatory  ducts;  histopathologic study.  J. Am. M.  Ass.,
1932,  98:  691-7.  Also  repr.—Ivanizky, M.   Beitrage zur
Anatomie des Ductus ejaculatorius.  Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt.,
1928,  87:  11-21.—McMahon,  S.  An  anatomical  study by
injection technique  of the ejaculatory ducts and their relations.
J. Anat., Lond.,  1937-38, 72: 556-74.—Pellegrini, R.  Di una
modificazione  tecnica  alia  ricerca, sui cadavere,  dei  dotti
eiaculatori  e delle vescichette seminali.  Riforma med., 1920,
36: 24.

----   Catheterization.
  Alhaique, A.  II cateterismo dei dotti eiaculatori.  Rinasc.
med., 1928, 5: 85.—Assis, S. de.  Klinische Beobachtungen der
Samenblase und Samenwege durch den  Katheterismus der
Ducti ejaculatorii.   Zschr. urol.  Chir., 1937, 43:  427-51.—
Kidd, F.  Catheterisation  of  the  ejaculatory  ducts and  a
seminal vesiculogram.  Lancet, Lond., 1931, 1: 864.—Le Fur, R.
Du  cathetdisme des  canaux ejaeulateurs.   Rev.  gen. clin.
ther., 1928, 42: 276-84.—Lins, E.  Lavagems  das vesiculas
seminaes pelos canaes ejaculadores. Bol. Acad. nac. med.,
Rio, 1934, 105: 617-21— Luys. G.  Le catheterisme des canaux
ejaeulateurs. Clinique, Par., 1928, 23: 73-6.—Nicholson, B. B.
An  ejaculatory  duct  catheter and two-way plunger  valve.
J. Urol., Bait., 1927, 18: 315-20.—Peterson, A. P. Retrograde
catheterization in  diagnosis and treatment  of  seminal vesi-
culitis.  Ibid., 1938, 39: 662-77.—Ren6 le Fur.  Cateterismo
de los  canales eyaculadores.   Arch, med., Madr., 1928, 28:
660-4.—Rolnick, H. C.  Catheterization of the ejaculatory
ducts.  Surg. Gyn.  Obst., 1926, 42: 667-70.—Subotzky, W. E.
Katheterisierung der  Ductus  ejaculatorii  als  Methode der
Diagnostik und Therapie bei Erkrankungen der Samenblasen.
Zschr. Urol.,  1930, 24: 250-60.—Trifu, V.   [Catheterization
of the ejaculatory duct]  Romania med.,  1929,  7:  190.—
Valerio, A.  A proposito do catheterismo e dilatacao dos ori-
ficios e canaes ejaculadores.  Brasil med., 1928, 42: 645-7.—
Valverde, B. Sobre a vesiculographia e a lavagem das vesiculas
pelos canaes ejaculadores.  Fol. med.,  Rio,  1933, 14: 325-9
Also Urol.  Cut. Rev., 1933, 37: 595-600.

   EKAS, Merle Pringle.
   See Davenport,  Charles  B., & Ekas. Merle P.  Statistical
methods in biology, medicine and psychology.  4. ed.  216d
8?  N. Y., 1936.                                    P'

  EKEHORN,  John   Erik  Gosta,   1897-
Syphilis  fetuum; a critical study of the syphilitic
endometritis  of  the  secundines,   and  of  the
presence, nature,  functions  and development  of
the  antibody-producing   tissues  of   the  fetal
organism.   145p.  8?   Stockh.,  P. A. Norstedt &
Soner,  1925.
  Forms Suppl. 12, Acta med. scand.
  ----   On  the  principles  of renal function.
xviii, 717p.   10 pi.   2  ch.   8?   Stockh.,  P. A.
Norstedt & Soner, 1931.
  Forms Suppl. 36, Acta med. scand.
  EKHARDT,  Robert.   Professor  Dr Steinachs
Verjiingungsverfahren; die  neuesten  Ergebnisse
der kunstlichen Verjungung von Greisen  und der
Alterbekampfung.   81p.   8?   Naumb., C. A.
Tancre,  1920.


EKIRI.

  See Dysentery, bacillary-—in  children.
  EKKE, Kurt, 1908-       ♦Beitrag zur Hydro-
cephalusstatistik.  47p.   8?   Kiel,  A. C. Ehlers,
1934.
  EKKEN, Kaibara,  1630-1714.
  Yokogawa,  Y.  Biography.  Pedag. Semin.,  Worcester,
1917,24:337-45.

  EKKERT,  Ladislaus.  Erkennung organischer
Verbindungen im besonderen von Arzneimitteln.
4 1.   184p.  8?  Stuttg., F.  Enke, 1933.
  Forms Bd 32,  Die chemische Analyse (Bottger, W.)

  EKLUND,  Ernst Gustaf,  1883-1932.
  Hybbinette. R. [Obituary]  Tskr. mil. halsov., 1933, 58: 36.

  EKLUND,  Lyyli.
  See Denison, Abby-Helen, & Eklund, Lyyli.  A textbook of
eye, ear, nose and throat nursing.  2. ed.  367p. 8?  N. Y.,
1937.
  EKMAN, Sven, 1876-       Die  Methodik der
Tiergeographie  des   Sfisswassers.     p. 1209-48.
8?   Berl., 1936.
  In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (E. Abderhalden) Berl.,  1936,
9: pt 2.

  EKREM,   Ibrahim,   1900-         ♦La  peste
bovine en Turquie [Alfort]  56p.  8?  Par., 1926.
  EKSZTAJN, Gena, 1903-       ♦Contribution
a  l'etude  des  principales  malformations   con-
genitales et de leurs causes.  68p.  8?  Par., 1933.

ELAIDIC acid.

  See also Fat.
  Kohl, M. F. F.  A balance sheet of fat absorption; the storage
of elaidic acid by the rat over periods of several days.  J. Biol.
Chem., 1938, 126: 721-9.------A balance sheet of fat
absorption; the disappearance of elaidic acid from the tissues
of the rat.  Ibid., 731-6.  Also repr.—McConnell, K.  P., &
Sinclair, R. G.   Passage of elaidic acid through the placenta
and also into the milk of the rat.  Ibid., 1937, 118: 123-9.
Also repr.

ELAIOPLAST.

  See Cell, Plastids.
  EL AKROUT, Ahmed, 1910-        ♦Les  pra-
tiques de la priere et l'hygiene chez les Musul-
mans.   30p.   8?   Par., 1936.
  ELANDER,  Karl.   ♦Infekterade  rotkanalers
behandling   [Helsingfors]   x,  173p.  8?  Gote-
borg, Elander, 1919.

ELAPIDAE.

  See also Cobra; Colubridae.
  Brazil,  V., & Brazil, V., filho. Do envenenamento elapineo,
em  confronto com o  ch6que anaphylactico.   Bol.  Inst. Vital
Brasil, 1933, No. 15, 3-49, 4  pi., tab.—Behre, E.  H.   Anent
the harmless coral snake.  Science, 1925, 62: 493.—Chain, E., &
Goldsworthy, L. J. Studies on the chemical nature of the anti-
fermenting principle in black  tiger snake  venom.   Q. J. Exp.
Physiol.,  Lond.,  1937-38, 27: 375-9.—Cuesta Terron,  C.
Los  coralillos mexicanos.  An. Inst,  biol.,  Mex., 1932, 3:
5-14.—Eigenberger, F.  Some clinical observations on the
action of mamba venom.  Bull. Antivenin Inst. America, 1928-
29,  2: 45.—Fairley, N. H., &  Splatt, B.  Venom yields in
Australian poisonous snakes.   Med. J.  Australia, 1929, 1:
336-48.—Holden, H. F. The fractionation of Australian snake
venoms; the venoms of  the  tiger snake (Notechis scutatu0)
black tiger snake (Notechis scutatus var. niger) and black snake
(Pseudechis porphyriacus)  Austral. J. Exp.  Biol., 1933, 11:
1-7.—Jacobson,  E.  [Coral snake  bite] Geneesk. tschr. Ned.
Indii?, 1936, 76:  2599-604, 2 pi.—Kellaway, C. H.  A prelimi-
nary  note on the venom of Pseudechis  guttatus.   Med.  J.
Australia,  1929,  1: 372-7.  ------  The venom of Notechis
scutatus.   Ibid., 348-58.------Observations on  the cer- 
ELAPIDAE
107
ELASTIC TISSUE
  tainly lethal dose of the venom of the black snake  (Pseudechis
  porphvriaeus)  for  the common laboratory animals.   Ibid.,
  1930, 2: 33-41.------   The  results of the excision of the
  venom glands of  the Australian tiger snake (Notechis scutatus)
  Austral. J. Exp.  Biol., 1937, 15: 121-30.  ------& Thomson,
  D. F.  Observations on the venom of a large Australian snake,
  Pseudechis  australis (Gray) the  venom  yields and venom.
  Ibid., 1930, 7: 134-50, pi.------ Observations on the venom
  of a melanotic  insular variety  of the tiger snake (Notechis
  scutatus) Ibid., 1932,10: 35-48.—Kellaway, C. H., & Williams,
  F. E.  The venoms of Oxyuranus maclennani and of Pseude-
  chis  scutellatus.  Ibid., 1929, 6: 155-74.------Antigenic
  differences between the venoms of the tiger snake Notechis
  scutatus and the  black tiger snake Notechis scutatus var. niger
  Ibid., 1935, 13: 17-21.  ------& Freeman, M.  The fractiona-
  tion of Australian snake venoms; the venom  of the death adder
  (Acanthophis antarcticus)  Ibid., 1929, 6: 245-60.—Meise, W.
  Eine neue Korallenschlange aus dem Amazonasgebiet.  Zool.
  Anz., 1938, 123:  20-2.—Schmidt. K.  P.   Notes on American
  coral  snakes.  Bull. Antivenin. Inst. America,  1928-29,  2:
  63.—Smith. M„ & Hindle, E.  Experiments  with the venom of
  Laticauda, Pseudechis and Trimeresurus species.  Tr. R. Soc.
  Trop. M. Hyg.,  Lond., 1931, 25:  115-20.—Thomson, D.  F.
  Observations on the venom of a large Australian snake, Pseude-
  chis australis (Gray) Austral. J.  Exp. Biol., 1930, 7: 125-33, pi.

  ELASMOBRANCHII.

     See also Fish; Shark.
    Borcea, I.  Sur  la  glande nidamentaire  de l'oviducte des
  dasmobranches.  C. rend.  Acad, sc, 1904,  138:  99-101.—
  Clarke, R. W., & Smith, H. W.  Absorption and excretion of
  water and salts by the elasmobranch fishes; the use of xylose
  as a  measure of  the glomerular filtrate in  Squalus acanthias.
  J. Cellul. Physiol.,  1932, 1: 131-43.—Fremont-Smith, F., &
  Dailey, M.  E.  The nature of the reducing substances in the
  blood serum of Limulus polyphemus  and in the serum,  cere-
  brospinal fluid and aqueous humor of certain elasmobranchs.
  Biol. Bull., 1932, 62: 37-41.—GarrauIt, H.,  & Filhol, J.  L'or-
  gane nidamentaire des dasmobranches et  son role  dans  la
  formation de la capsule de l'ceuf.   C. rend. Soc. biol., 1937, 126:
  773.—Leigh-Sharpe, W.  H.  The comparative  morphology
  of the secondary  sexual characters of elasmobranch fishes, the
  claspers,  clasper  siphons,  and  clasper glands.  J. Morph.,
  1926-27,  42: 307; 321; 335.—Lundstrom,  H. M., & Bard, P.
  Hypophysial control of cutaneous pigmentation in an elasmo-
  branch fish.  Biol.  Bull.,  1932,  62: 1-9,  4  pi.—Meyrueis, P.
  Remarques histologiques sur le  tissu  caverneux des branches
  des dasmobranches.  C.  rend.  Soc. biol.,  1932,  111:  868.—
  Moy-Thomas, J.  A.  The  early evolution and relationships  of
  the elasmobranchs.   Biol. Rev. Cambridge Philos. Soc, 1939,
  14: 1-26.—Smith, H.  W.  The absorption and excretion  of
  water and salts by  the elasmobranch  fishes; fresh  water  elas-
  mobranchs.   Am.  J.  Physiol.,  1931, 98:  279-95.  ------
  Marine elasmobranchs. Ibid., 296-310.—Waring, H.  Chro-
  matic behaviour  of elasmobranchs.   Proc.  R. Soc,  Lond.,
  1938, Ser. B, 125: 264-82, pi.—White, E. G.  A classification
  and phylogeny of the elasmobranch fishes.   Am. Mus. Novit.,
  1936, No. 837, 1-16.

  ELASTICITY.

    See  also under names of elastic  substances as
  Rubber, &c.
    Ebbecke, U.   Isotonische und isometrische Kontraktionen
  des Kautschukfadens  unter  dem Einfluss  der Vordehnung
  (Reckung)  Arch. ges. Physiol., 1938, 240: 155-64.—Katz, D.,
  & Stephenson, W. Experiments on elasticity.  Brit. J. Psychol.,
  1937-38, 28:  190-4.—Mark. H.   Die  Elastizitat langkettiger
  Substanzen  als statischer Effekt.  Scientia, Bologna, 1938,
 64: 1-9.—Richter, F. Zur  Theorie und Praxis der ballistischen
 Elastometrie. Arch.  ges. Physiol., 1929, 222: 26-32.—Rocard,
 Y.  Note sur le calcul des proprides dastiques des supports en
 caoutchouc adherent.  J. phys. radium, Par., 1937, 7. ser., 8:
 197-203.

 ELASTIC tissue.

    See  also  Connective tissue: Types;  Tissue;
 Tissue culture.
   Braun, B.  Die Isolierung elastischer Gewebe aus Bindege-
 webe durch Kochen  in  gesattigter wasseriger HarnstofH6sun<r.
 Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch.,  1933, 32: 353-8.—Garrault, H.
 Le  tissu  dastique du  p^doncule  de  Pollicipes cornucopiae
 Leach.   Arch. anat. micr., Par.,  1934,  30:  199-215.------
 Formation des baguettes d'dastoidine  chez  les  embryons des
 salmonides.  C. rend. Acad, sc,  1935,  200:  1248-50. ------
 Developpement des  fibres  d'dastoidine (actinotrichia)  chez
 les  salmonides.  Arch. anat. micr., Par., 1936, 32: 105-37.—
 Heim,  V., & Cseh, I.  [Elastic fibers examined with ultraviolet
 rays]   Gy6gyaszat, 1933, 73: 680-4.—His,  W.   Ueber Elasti-
 city  und  elastisches  Gewebe.   Anat.  Anz.,  1898-99,  15:
 360-4.—Imagawa.  Y.   Studien  iiber   die  elastische  Faser;
 iiber den feinen Bau der elastischen Fasern im  membranosen
Gewebe.   Tr. Soc. path, jap.,  1933, 23: 378-80.—Kochmann,
M., &  Maier, L.   Einfluss  der Kieselsaure auf die Elastizitat
des  Bindegewebes.  Biochem.  Zschr.,  1930, 223:  243-8.—
Krompecher,  I.  [On  the development  of the elastic tissues]  |
 Magy. orv.  arch.,  1928, 29: 527-42.  Also Verh. Anat.  Ges.,
 1931, 39: 49-58.—Martinotti,  C.  Sur la reaction des fibres
 elastiques avec l'emploi du nitrate d'argent. et sur les rapports
 entre le  tissu dastique  et  le  tissu  musculaire.  Anat. Anz.,
 1899, 16: 201-7.—Nageotte, J., & Guyon, L. Fibres elastiques,
 acides et sels neutres.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1933, 113: 1401-5.—
 Odiette. D.  La substance dastique dans les tissus des mami-
 feres.  Bull. Ass. fr. avance. sc, 1933, 229-6.—Retterer, E.
 Developpement et  structure du tissu dastique.  C.  rend. Soc.
 biol., 1898, 10. ser., 5: 744-9.—Triepel, H. Ueber die elasti-
 schen Eigenschaften des  elastischen Bindegewebes,  des  fi-
 brillaren Bindegewebes und der glatten  Muskulatur.  Anat.
 Hefte, 1898, 10: 1-71—Wohlisch,  E.   Die  Temperaturab-
 hangigkeit der Dimensionen des elastischen Gewebes.  Zschr.
 Biol., 1926,  85: 379-90.  ------  Der Dahlander-EfTekt am
 elasiischen Gewebe. Ibid., 1928-29,  88: 52-8.

 ----   Culture.

    See also Tissue culture.
    Bloom, W.  Studies on fibers in tissue culture; the develop-
 ment of elastic fibers in cultures of embryonic heart and aorta.
 Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1929-30, 9: 6-13, pi.—Odiette. D.  La
 fibre dastique dans les cultures de tissus in vitro.  J. physiol.
 path, gen.,  Par.,  1934,  32: 715; 1935, 33: 473.—Porta,  E.
 Differenziazione di  fibre elastiche in colture in vitro.  Boll.
 Soc.  ital.  biol. sper.,  1930,  5:  327-9.—Sato,  K.  Ueber die
 Entstehung  der elastischen Fasern in vitro.  Tr. Jap. Path.
 Soc, 1930, 20: 310-2.

 ----   Elastometry.

    Weissenrieder,  H.   ♦Elastometrische Unter-
 suchungen  am  Bindegewebe des  Lebenden  bei
 Wasserzufuhr  und  ortlicher  Stauung.  41p.   8?
 Wiirzb., 1933.
    Bettmann, E.  Elastizitatspriifungen am Bindegewebe bei
 orthopadischen Krankheitszustanden.  Klin.   Wschr.,  1928,
 7: 1602-4.—Gurtowoy, L. E.  Elastometrie des Bindegewebes
 bei gynakologischen Erkrankungen.  Schweiz. med. Wschr.,
 1934, 64:  1030.—Keller,  K.  Messung der Gewebselastizitat
 an Lebenden von klinischem Standpunkte.  Zschr. ges. phys.
 Ther., 1929-30, 38:  17-24.—Liass, M. A., & Agranovich. B. J.
 [Clinical  importance of  elastometry]  Ter. arkh.,  1934,  12:
 36—47.—Schade,  H.  Gewebselastometrie zu klinischem  und
 allgemeinarztlichem Gebrauch.  Miinch.  med.  Wschr.,  1927,
 74:  157.—Trendtel.  Elastometrische  Untersuchungen  an
 Kindern.  Zschr.  wiss.  Baderk.,  1926-27, 1-2:   142-50.—
 Wohlisch, E., Du Mesnil de Rochemont,  R., & Gerschler, H.
 Untersucbungen iiber die elastischen Eigenschaften tierischer
 Gewebe; Elastizitatsmodul, Zerreissfestigkeit, Arbeitsvermogen
 und elastische Vollkommenheit.  Zschr. Biol., 1926, 85: 325-41.
 ------  Poissonsche Zahl und Volumanderung bei der Dehnung
 der Sehne  und des elastischen Bandes.  Ibid., 567-84.

 ----   Pathology.
    Bergman, R. A.  M. [Behavior of elastic tissue with regard
 to cells of connective tissue and smooth muscle tissue]  Ned.
 tschr. geneesk., 1928, 72: 3242-4.—Buttersack.  Die elastische
 Funktion  in  Physiologie und  Pathologie.  Virchows  Arch.,
 1927,  265:  481-513—Davidsohn,  C.    Fragmentation  der
 elastischen Fasern.   Arch.  path.  Anat.,  Berl., 1900,   160:
 538-51,  pi—Habler, C, & Pott,  J.  Ueber die Elastizitats-
 verhaltnisse  des  Bindegewebes  beim Gesunden in den  ver-
 schiedenen Lebensaltern.   Klin. Wschr.,  1926.  5:  1317-9.—
 Jores, L.   Die  regressiven Veranderungen des elastischen
 Gewebes.  Erg. allg. Path. (1902) 1904, 8: 590-624.—Petersen.
 H.  Ueber das mechanische Verhalten  der elastischen Faser
 und  deren Verwendung  in  der Konstruktion.  Beitr. path.
 Anat., 1926-27, 76: 222-5.—Podkaminsky, N.   Loi de l'usure
 des tissus dastiques et contractiles.  J. radiol. dectr., 1934, 18:
 334-6

 ----   Staining.

    See also Orcein, &c.
    Cernezzi, A.  Sulla colorazione delle fibre elastiche.  Gazz.
 med.  lombarda, 1902,  61: 441.—De  Witt, L.  M.   A simple
 elastic tissue stain  [Abstr.]   Anat. Rec,  1906-7,  1: 74.—
 Fusco, F.  II metodo V  di Donaggio per la colorazione delle
 fibre  elastiche.  Gazz.  internaz. med. chir., 1913, 16: 199.—
 Harris, H. F.  A new method of staining elastic tissue.   Zschr.
 wiss.  Mikr.,  1901-2, 18:  290.—Hart, K.  Die  Farbung der
 elastischen Fasern mit dem von Weigert angegebenen Farbstoff.
 Zbl. allg. Path., 1908, 19: 1-9.—Haynes.  F.  A note  on an
 improved method  of preparation  of  Weigert's elastin stain.
 J.  R.  Micr. Soc, Lond., 1926, 46: 29.—Hornowski, J.   Ueber
 eine kombinierte Farbung mit  der Methode von van  Gieson
 und Weigert (fur elastische Fasern)  Zbl. allg. Path., 1908, 19:
 745.  ------   [Simultaneous coloration of  the  elastic fibres
 and adipose  tissue]  Przegl. lek.,  1913,  52:  145.   ------
 Ueber die  gleichzeitige Farbung der  elastischen Fasern  und
 des Fettgewebes.  Zbl.  allg. Path., 1913, 24: Erganzh., 935.—
 Joseph, M.  Note on the staining of elastin and the use  of
 counter-stains.  Brit. J.  Derm., 1904, 16: 428.—Kaes, T.
 Neue  Beobachtungen bei der Weigertfarbung.   Miinch.  med.
Wschr., 1902, 49: 919-22.—Krajian, A. A.  A new elastic tissue
stain; rapid method for elastic tissue,  connective tissue, fibrin 
ELASTIC  TISSUE
108
ELASTOMA
and amyloid, employing congo red.  Arch. Path., Chic,  1934,
18: 378-80.—Kulchitski, N. K.  [Staining of elastic substance]
Tr. Obsh. Russ. Vrach. v.  pam. Pirogova, 1904, 9. syezda, 1:
47.—Lawson. W. H.  Elastic tissue staining; a  modification
of the Weigert-Sheridan method.  J. Techn. Meth., Toronto,
1930,  16:  42-4.—Letulle,  M., & Normand,  E.  Coloration
differentielle des fibres dastiques par une mdhode de l'orceine
modifiee.   Bull. Soc anat. Paris, 1907, 82: 470-2.—Perdrau,
J. R.  Ammonium molybdate as  a mordant for Mann's stain
and the Weigert-Pal method.  J. Path.  Bact., Lond.,  1939.
48: 609.—Pranter, V.  Zur Farbung  der elastischen  Fasern.
Zbl. allg. Path., 1902, 13: 292-9.—Stebbins, J. H., jr.  A few
remarks on a new modified Weigert stain  for elastic fiber, and
tissue.  J. N. York Micr. Soc, 1901,  16: No. 4, 4, pi—Takeya-
Siko.   Einfache Farbungsmethode der  elastischen  Fasern.
Fukuoka acta med., 1935, 28: 55-7.—Verhoeff, F. H.  Some
new staining methods of wide applicability, including a  rapid
differential stain for elastic tissue. J.  Am. M. Ass., 1908, 50:
876.


ELASTIN [and elastoidin]

   See  also  Albuminoids;  Connective  tissue;
Elastic tissue.
   Engeland,  R.  A  new hydrolysis product  from  elastin.
Biochem. J.,  Lond., 1925, 19: 850-2. ------  Caracterisation
et dosage des produits d'hydrolyse de  l'dastine; isolement des
monoaminoacides par  une technique  nouvelle.   Bull. Soc
chim.  biol., Par., 1935, 23: 1790-1804. ------ & Bastian, A.
Contribution  k la  connaissance  de  l'dastoidine.  C.  rend.
Acad, sc,  1938, 206: 945-7.—Faure-Fremiet, E.  Les trans-
formations thermiques de l'dastoidine.  J. chim. phys.,  Par.,
1937,  34:  125-35.—Garrault, H.  L'dastoidine des poissons
tdeosteens. Ann. physiol.. Par., 1936, 12: 291-300.—Isolani, E.
La elastina dal punto di vista scientifico e  pratico. Gazz. med.
lombarda,  1925, 84: 185; 1926, 85:  1.—Picken, L. E.  R.  Les
proprietes  thermoelastiques d'dastoidine  et leur signification
moleculaire.   J. chim.  phys., Par., 1937. 34:  764-9.—Stein,
W. H., &  Miller, E. G., jr.  The composition of elastin.  J.
Biol. Chem.,  1938, 125: 599-614.  Also repr.


ELASTOMA [Pseudo-xanthoma  Darier]

   See also in 3. ser. Pseudoxanthoma.
   Giesen,   H.    ♦Beitrag  zur   Kasuistik  des
Pseudoxanthoma elasticum.  22p.  8?   Erlangen,

1936.
   Wolff,  J.  ^Zur  Aetiologie  des Pseudoxan-
thoma elasticum  (Darier)   28p.   8?   Munch.,
1931.
   Brain, R.  T.  Pseudo-xanthoma  elasticum.  Proc.  R. Soc.
M., Lond., 1936-37, 30:  199.—Eljasz, A.   Pseudoxanthoma
elasticum.   Acta derm, vener., Stockh.,  1930, 11:  322-30 —
Friedmann, M.  Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis  des Pseudoxanthoma
elasticum  (Darier)   Arch. Derm.  Syph., Berl., 1921, 134:
Orig., 151-9.—Higoumenakis, G. C.  Un cas  de pseudoxan-
thome dastique.  Rev. fr. derm, vener., 1936, 12:  500-2 —
Hufnagel,  H.  Pseudo-xanthome dastique.   Bull.  Soc  fr.
derm, syph.,  1935,  42: 917-21.—Joffe, E., & JofTe, M.  Zur
Aetiologie  des  Pseudoxanthoma elasticum  (Darier)   Arch.
Derm. Syph., Berl., 1932, 165: 713-5.—Leone, R. Su un caso
di neoconnettivo.  Gior. ital. derm, sif.,  1937, 78:  669-73.—
Little, E. G.  G., & Sequeira, J. H.  Case of pseudo-xanthoma
elasticum.  Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond.,  1909-10, 3: derm,  sect.,
69.—Milian   &  Lambert.  Pseudo-xanthome  dastique  et
lesions dyth6mato-papuleuses initiales.   Bull. Soc. fr. derm.
syph.,  1926,  33:  466-9.—Ohmichi,  N.   Ueber einen Fall
von  Pseudoxanthoma  elasticum,  kompliziert  mit  Syphilis
gummosa.   Okayama igakkai zasshi, 1928,  40:  188.—Pseu-
doxantoma elastico.  Rinasc. med., 1934,  11:  340.—Ramel.
Pseudoxanthome dastique du cou et de la muqueuse  buccale.
Schweiz.  med.  Wschr., 1927,  57:  46.—Sweitzer,  S. E., &
Laymon, C. W.  Pseudoxanthoma elasticum.  Brit. J. Derm.
Syph., 1933,  45: 512-23.—Throne, B., & Goodman. H.  Pseu-
doxanthoma  elasticum; a pictorial representation and abstract.
Urol.  Cut. Rev., 1922, 26: 275-80.—Venkei, W. T.   [Disease
of the elastic  fibers,  Darier's  pseudoxanthoma elasticum]
Orv. hetil., 1938, 82: 999-1002.

----   Gronblad-Strandberg's  syndrome.

   See also  Retina, Angioid streaks.
   Gronblad,  E.   Angioid  streaks;  Pseudoxan-
thoma elasticum; der  Zusammenhang zwischen
diesen  gleichzeitig   auftretenden   Augen-  und
Hautveranderungen.   114p.   8?   Stockh., 1932.
   Basombrio, G.  Pseudoxantoma elastico y estrias angioides
de la  retina.  Rev. argent, derm,  sif.,  1936, 20:  579-94.—
Benedict. W. L., & Montgomery, H.  Pseudoxanthoma elasti-
cum and angioid streaks.  Am. J. Ophth., 1935,  18: 205-12.—
Bernstein, J. C.  Cases of  pseudoxanthoma elasticum with
angioid streaks of the retina. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1939,
39: 898.—Bock, J.  Gefassahnlichen Netzhautstreifen  (angioid
streaks) und Pseudoxanthoma elasticum der  Haut.   Zschr.
Augenh.,  1935, 86: 238.—Clay.  G.  Angioid streaks of the
retina and pseudoxanthoma elasticum.  Arch.  Ophth., Chic,
1932, 8: 334, pi.—Cole, N. H., Driver, J. R., & Jacoby, M. W.
Pseudoxanthoma elasticum with angirid streaks of the retina.
Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1935, 31: 725.—Denti A. V.  Sin-
drome di Groenblad e Strandberg sive strie angio) il della retina
e pseudo-xantoma elastico di Darier.  Ann. ott-im., 1937, 65:
93-103, pi.—Dykman,  A. B.  Angioid streaks of the retina;
a report concerning 2 cases associated with pseudo-xanthoma
elasticum.   Arch. Ophth., Chic,  1934, n.  ser., 11:  283-91.—
Finnerud, C. W., & Nomland, R.  Pseudoxanthoma elasticum:
proof of calcification of elastic tissue; occurrence with and with-
out angioid streaks of the retina.  Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic,
1937, 35: 653-62.—Foerster, O. H.  Pseudoxanthoma elasticum
and associated purpura with angioid streaks.  Ibid., 1934, 30:
280.—Franceschetti,  A.,  & Roulet, E.  L.  Le  syndrome de
Groenblad  et Strandberg (stries  angioides  de  la  rdine et
pseudoxanthome dastique) et ses rapports avec les affections
du mesenchyme.  Arch, ophth., Par., 1936, 53: 401-26, pi.—
Greenbaum, S. S.  Pseudoxanthoma elasticum with angioid
streaks of the retina.  Arch. Derm.  Syph.,  Chic,  1937,  35:
348.—Gronblad, E.  Pseudoxanthoma elasticum  and changes
in the eye.  Acta derm, vener., Stockh., 1932-33, 13: 417-22.—
Haack, K.,  & Minder, E. Zur Kasuistik des Pseudoxanthoma
elasticum (Darier) mit  Pigmentstreifenerkrankung des Augen-
hintergrundes.  Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl.,  1932-33,  167: 717-
25.—Heggs, G. M., & Williamson-Noble, A. Pseudoxanthoma
elasticum with angioid streaks in the retina.  Proc. R Soc. M.,
Lond., 1935-36, 29: 294.—Hilding, A. Angioid streaks of the
retina associated  with pseudoxanthoma elasticum.   Am. J.
Ophth., 1935, 18: 369-71.  Also Minnesota M., 1935, 18: 599.—
Holgers Ehlers [Case of angioid streaks and pseudo-xanthoma
elasticum]   Hospitalstidende, 1934, 77: Oftal. selsk. forh., 13-
8.—Jacoby, M. W.  Pseudoxanthoma elasticum  and angioid
streaks; report of a case. Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1934, n. ser., 11:
828-31.—Jones, J. W.,  Alden, H. S., & Bishop, E. L.  Pseudo-
xanthoma elasticum; report of 5 cases illustrating its association
with angioid streaks of  the retina.  Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic,
1933, 27: 424-39.—Lewis, G. M., & Clayton, M. B.  Pseudo-
xanthoma el?sticum and  angioid streaks; a disease  syndrome
with comments on the literature  and the report of a  case.
Ibid., 28: 546-56.  Also repr.—Matras,  A. Pseudoxanthoma
elasticum und gefassahnliche Streifen im Augenhintergrund.
Wien. klin. Wschr., 1935, 48: 198-200—M011er, H. U.  [Pseudo-
xanthoma elasticum and Striber's angioid in the retina]  Hos-
pitalstidende, 1935, 78: Oft. selsk.  forh., 8-11.—Murata, M.
Ein Fall von Pseudoxanthoma elasticum mit Stria angioidea
retinae.  Jap. J.  Derm. Urol., 1933,  33:  67.—Porter, G. L.
Pseudoxanthoma elasticum and angioid streaks.  Proc. Mavo
Clin., 1934,  9: 109-11.—Sugg, E. S., & Stetson. D. D. Pseudo-
xanthoma elasticum; associated with angioid streaks of  the
retina and diabetes mellitus in sisters.  J. Am.  M. Ass.,  1934.
102:  1369-72.—Urbach, E.,  & Nekam, L.,  jr.  Zur Patho-
genese  des  Groenblad-Strandbergschen Syndroms  (Pseudo-
xanthoma  elasticum-j-angioid streaks)  Klin.  Wschr.,  1936,
15: 857-60.—Wolfram.  Ueber Veranderungen  des elastischen
Gewebes bei einem autoptisch  untersuchten  Fall von Groen-
blad-Strandbergschem  Syndrom.   Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl.,
1938, 177: 254.

  ELAUT, L.   ♦Proefondervindelijke  onderzoe-
kingen omtrent de uitscheiding van natriumthio-
sulfaat door de nieren, in betrekking tot de func-
tioneele  nierproef  van  Nyiri   [Functional  test
investigations  on  the  excretion  of  sodiumthio-
sulphate  by the  kidneys in relation  to Nyiri's
functional  test]    66p.   8?    Gent,  A. van   de
Weghe, 1931.
  ELAUT, Leon Jozef Stephaan.  ♦Bijdragen tot
de urologie van zwangeren   [Amsterdam]  127p.
2 pi.  8?  Ledeberg-Gent, 1929.
  EL  AYARI,  Seghir,  1905-        ♦La  thera-
peutique  par  le travail  chez les psychopathes.
66p.   8?   Par.,  Vigot freres,  1936.
  EL  BAFFOUN, Mustapha, 1907-        ♦Qui-
nine preventive dans  le  paludisme.   71p.    8?
Par., M.  Vigne, 1934.
  ELBAZ,  Jonathan,  1898-        ♦Considera-
tions sur  la tracheostomie.  52p.   5 pi.  8?   Par.,
1930.
  ELBE, Lili.
  See Hoyer, Niels, ed.  Lili Elbe; ein  Mensch wechselt sein
Geschlecht  [&c]   252p.  8? Dresd., 1932.

   ELBEL,   Herbert.    Die  wissenschaftlichen
Grundlagen der  Beurteilung von Blutalkoholbe-
funden.    106p.    illust.   tab.    8?    Lpz.,   G.
Thieme,  1937.
   ELBERFELD, Betty, 1907-       ♦Ueber Kalk-
gicht  der Hande.   20p.  pi.   8?  [Berl.] 1937.
   ELBERFELD,  Walter,   1903-         ♦Ueber
neunzehn verschiedene Wirkungen des Musculus 
ELBERFELD
109
ELBOW
  soleus  [HeidelbergJ   12p.   8?   Liegnitz, J.  H.
  Burmeister, 1931.
     EL-BERMAWY   Elhamy,   1911-         ♦La
  syphilis   gastrique  a  forme  pseudo-cancereuse
  [Lyon]  87p.  8?   Bourg, Impr. Berthod, 1937.
     ELBERT, Josephine, & KNIPPLE,  Zoa.   Pro-
  cedures used in the teaching  of the principles and
  practice  of  nursing at  the  Salt  Lake  General
  Hospital  School  of  Nursing.    152 1.   roy.  8?
  [Salt Lake City] 1932.
     Mimeographed.
     ELBIN, Alexandre,  1906-        ♦La  luxation
  habituelle anterieure  de  la  machoire  inferieure.
  104p.  4  pi.   8?   Par., 1935.
     ELBORG, Rudolf, 1903-        ♦Ueber  Gelenk-
  tumoren.   34p.   8?   Marburg, H. Bauer,  1934.

  ELBOW.

     See also  Arm;  Bursa;  Cubital  nerve; Elbow
  joint; Extremity,  upper; Forearm; Humerus and
  its subheadings; Olecranon;  Radius; Ulna.
     Feitelberg, P. I.  [Anatomy of the nerves in the  region of
  the elbow]   Vest,  khir., 1938, 55: 589-96.—Lubosch,  W.
  Drei kasuistische Beitrage zur  Anatomie der Cubitalgegend
  (seltene Gefass- und  Nervenanomalien, ausgebildeter  Kolla-
  teralkreislauf)   Deut.  Zschr.  Chir., 1925,  194:   105-13.—
  Pires de Lima,  J. A.  Muscle chondro-6pitrochlearis  rudimen-
  taire.   C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1927, 97:  875.—Roques, C.  M.
  Etudes radiographiques sur le developpement du squelette du
  coude de l'enfant normal.  J. radiol. electr., 1924, 8: 463.

  ----  Blood supply.
     Coulouma, Bastien & Garraud. Sur  5  cas d'artde cubitale
  superficielle  naissant par bifurcation precoce du tronc axillo-
  humdal.  Echo med. nord, 1934, 3. ser., 2: 613-9.—Fischer, H.
  Note a propos d'un cas de duplicity de l'artere cubitale.  Lyon
  med.,  1926,  137: 510-3.—Goto, M.  Ueber den verschiedenen
  Verlauf der Kubitalvenen. Mitt. allg. Path., Sendai, 1930-31,
  6: 445-53.—Ljubomudrov, A. P.  Zur Morphologie der Arteri-
  enanastomosen in der Fossa cubiti.   Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt.,
  1927, 84: 795-813.—Polonskaja,  R.  Zur  Frage der Arterien-
  anastomosen im Gebiete der Ellenbogenbeuge des  Menschen.
  Anat. Anz.,  1932, 74:  303.—Sauser.  G.  Arterielles Gefass in
  der Subcutis der Cubita (!) (eine Beobachtung am Lebenden)
  Wien. klin. Wschr., 1936, 49: 205-7.

  ----  Disease.
    Border, L. Die Ursachen der Myositis ossificans traumatica
  nach  Ellbogenverrenkungen.   Fortsch.  Rontgenstrahl.,  1936,
  53: 823—40.—Boppe.   Coude paralytique; transplantation en
  masse  des muscles dpitrochleens sur la  diaphyse humdale.
  Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1938, 64: 211.—Dufour, H.  Histoire
  radiographique  d'une  ost^omyelite  chronique d'emblee  du
  cubitus. Bull. Soc mid. hop. Paris, 1933,  3. ser., 49: 535-7.—
  Ellermann, V.   Om  Svulst  af Kubitalglandlerne  ved Poly-
  arthroitis  chronica rheumatica.  Ugeskr.  laeger,  1914,  76:
  1938.—Pautrier, L. M.. & Woringer,  F.  Cas pour diagnostic:
  lesions nodulaires du pli du coude. Bull. Soc fr. derm, syph.,
  1937, 44: 245-50.—Swelling above the right elbow; case.  N.
  England J. M.,  1939,  220: 299-302.—Wolfsohn, G.  Beitrag
  zur Myositis  ossificans der Ellenbeuge. Arch. klin. Chir., 1930,
  160: 215-21.

 ----   Fracture.
    Besancenet,  S.  P.   ♦Beitrag  zur Klinik  der
 EHbogenfrakturen  [Basell  43p.  8?  Neuchatel,
 1927.
   Allison,  N. Fractures about the elbow.  J. Am. M. Ass.,
 1927, 89: 1568-73.—Anderson, R. L.  Fractures of the elbow.
 West Virginia M.  J., 1937, 33:  258-61.—Barclay,  R. M  C.
 An unusual fracture in theregionof the elbow joint.  N. Zealand
 M. J., 1926-27, 25: 264-6.—Bendixen, P. A.  Fractures of the
 elbow.  Internat. J. M. & S., 1933, 46:  101-11  [Discussion]
 140-3.—Blauvelt, H. Fractures round the  elbow joint.  Med.
 Press & Circ, Lond., 1938, 197: 443-7.—Bravo, J.. & Monsalve,
 A.   Un nuevo tipo de fractura de codo.   Arch, med., Madr.,
 1935, 38: 456-60. ------  Eine neue Art von Ellbogenbruch.
 Beitr. klin. Chir., 1935, 162: 1-6.—Bronfman, J.,  Pequefias
 fracturas del codo.  Bol. Soc.  cir. Chile,  1925, 3:  193-8, pi —
 Buchanan,  L.  Fractures around  the elbow joint.   Med.  J.
 Australia, 1936, 2: 88/1-9.—Buxton, S. J. D.  Fractures round
 the elbow-joint.  Med.  Press  & Circ, Lond., 1937, 195: 306-
 9.—Callahan, J. J.  Compound fracture of the elbow.  Indust.
 M., 1935, 4: 186.—Camurati, M.   Fratture del gomito. Chir.
 org. movim., 1928,12: 452-65.—Carrell, W. B.  Fractures in the
elbow.   South. M.  J., 1931, 24: 749-53.—Cohn, I.  Personal
observations on fractures about the elbow.  J. Oklahoma M.
Ass., 1934,  27: 92-7.—Cox, H.   Fractures of the elbow.  J.
Tennessee M. Ass.,  1925-26,  18: 194-6.—Cummins, E. J.
  Fractures of the  elbow.  Southwest. M., 1925,  9: 418-21.—
  Cutler. C. W., & Cave, H. W.  Fractures of the elbow. M. &
  S. Rep. Roosevelt Hosp., N. Y. (1915-24) 1925, 2. ser., 1-9.—
  Delogu, I.  Sulle fratture del gomito.  Chir. org. movim., 1932-
  33,  17:  593-601.—Easton, S. H.   Fractures of the  elbow.
  Illinois M. J., 1934,  66: 324-9.—Eikenbary, C. F.  Fractures
  of the elbow, through or near the lower epiphysis of the humerus.
  J. Bone Surg., 1928, 10: 757-62.—Eliason, E. L., & North. J. P.
  Fractures about the elbow.  Am. J. Surg.,  1939, 44: 88-99 —
  Fuchs, B.  Fracture of  newly formed bone.   Lancet,  Lond.,
  1935, 1: 673.—Harper, W. W. Fractures of the elbow.   South.
  M. J., 1933, 26: 776.—Higgs, S. L.   Fractures in the region of
  the elbow-joint.   Brit.  M. J., 1938,  2: 230-2.—Honna, F., &
  Suganuma, S.  On fractures of the elbow.  Taiwan  igakkai
  zasshi, 1929,  51.—Humphries, H. G.  Fractures around the
  elbow.   Med. J. Australia, 1930,   1: 39-41,  pi.—Ipsen, J.
  [Skin temperature in fractures with special reference to frac-
  tures of the  elbow]  Hospitalstidende,  1936, 79: Dansk kir.
  selsk. forh.,  1-5.—Kaplan,  B.   Fractures below the  elbow
  joint: their surgical anatomy.  J. M. Ass. S. Africa, 1927, 1:
  584.—Klinefelter. M. L.  Fractures involving  the elbow.  J.
  Missouri M.  Ass., 1931, 28:  41-3..—Laschi, G., & Zanetti, S.
  Contributo alio studio delle fratture del gomito; classificazione
  anatomo-radiologica e casistica personale.  Riv. radiol., 1932-
  33, 7: 645-66.—McKee,  T.  K.   Fractures around the elbow
  joint in  the  hands of the general practitioner.  Virginia M.
  Month.,  1933, 60: 102.—McKeen,  H. R.  Fractures  in  and
  around the elbow. Colorado M., 1935, 32: 195-9.—Mooney,
  V.   Fractures and dislocations  in  the  region  of the  elbow.
  Pennsylvania  M.  J., 1934-35, 38:  778-82.—Oxford,  T. M.
  Fractures and dislocations in the region of the elbow joint.
  Tristate M. J., 1934-35, 7: 1416-20.—Poer, D. H.. & Caldwell,
  J. A. Fracture about the elbow joint; (an analysis of 57 cases)
  Med. Bull. Univ.  Cincinnati, 1926,  5: 69-77.—Ritter,  H. H.,
  Lasher, W. W. [et al.]  Fractures about the elbow joint; review
  of 150 cases; end-results in 52 cases.   J. Am. M. Ass., 1926, 86:
  680-3.  Also  repr.—Roederer, C.  Une  fracture  complexe du
  coude. Bull.  Soc.  chir. Paris, 1929, 21: 303.—Schoolfield, B. L.
  Fractures about the elbow joint. Texas J. M.,  1925-26, 21:
  244-7.—Schrock,  R.  D.  Fractures  at the  elbow.  Nebraska
  M. J., 1925, 10: 330-2.—Sever, J. W., & Gallupe, H. Q.  Frac-
  ture of the elbow.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1932, 98: 1737.  Also repr.—
  Speed, J. S., & Boyd, H. B.  Fractures about the elbow.  Am.
  J. Surg., 1937, 38: 727-38.—Topping, M. C.  Traffic fracture
  of the elbow.  J. Indiana M. Ass., 1933, 26: 509-11.—Venable,
  C. S.  Fractures  about the elbow.   South. M. J., 1926,  19:
  806-9.—Weiland,  A. H.  Fractures in the region of the elbow.
  J. Florida M. Ass., 1934, 21: 99-101.—Weinberg, J. A.   Frac-
  ture of the elbow. Med. Herald, 1926,  45: 40.—West, E. F.
  Fractures in the region of the elbow joint.  Med. J. Australia,
  1937, 1:  773;  802.—Wilson, P.  D.   Fractures of the  elbow.
  Indust. M., 1938, 7: 709-11.—Woo, L.  Fracture of the  elbow:
  a study of 40 cases. Nat. M. J. China, 1925-26, 12: 240-5, 8 pi.

  ----   Fracture:  Complication.
    Arce.  Neuritis del cubital como complicaei6n alejada  de
  una fractura del codo.  Prensa mid.  argent., 1925-26, 12: 49.
 Also Sem. med., B. Air., 1925, 32: 1194.—Badolle, R.  Troubles
 sensitivo-moteurs  dans  le domaine  du cubital quarante  ans
 apr£s une fracture du coude.  Loire mid., 1929, 43: 1-4, pi.—
 Divic, A., & Moreau.  Paralysie cubitale apparue 20 ans apr£s
 une fracture du coude survenue a Page de 29 ans.  Lyon m6d.,
  1936, 157: 623-5.—Garber, J. N.  Volkmann's contracture as a
 complication of fractures of the forearm and elbow.  J. Bone
 Surg., 1939, 21: 154-68.—Goldberg, S.  Sequel to fracture of
 the elbow.   Med. J. Australia,  1927, 1:  611.—Guerin, R.
 Fracture  du  coude;  hdnatome  des  muscles  epitrochleens;
 aponevrotomie.  J. med. Bordeaux, 1934, 111: 50.—Gutierres,
 A. Pseudoartrosis del antebrazo y anquilosis del  codo,  conse-
 cutivas a fractura  espuesta del radio y cubito.  Bol. Soc  cir.
 B. Aires, 1934, 18:  1267-73— Jauregui,P.  Neuritis del cubital
 por fractura antigua del codo; transposici6n.  Sem. mid., B.
 Air., 1925, 32: 1416.—Kempf.  Eine Spatlahmung des Nervus
 ulnaris, 30 Jahre  nach  einem Ellenbogenbruch.  Zbl.  Chir.,
 1938, 65: 1608-11.—Keschner, M., & Berman,  W.  Tardy or
 late ulnar neuritis; with report of a  case developing 30  years
 after fracture at the elbow. Med. J. & Rec, 1930, 132: 480-3.—
 Meyerding,  H. W. Fracture of the elbow and Vollkmann's
 ischemic  contracture.   Minnesota M.,  1939,  22: 100-4.—
 Piatt, H.  Nerve complications in fracture of the elbow.   Proc
 Mayo Clin.,  1928, 3: 141.—Ricard.  Trois cas de paralysie
 tardive  du cubital aprSs  fracture du coude dans l'enfance;
 transposition du nerf.  Lyon chir., 1935, 32: 235-9.—Sanchis
 Olmos, V.  Las par&Iisis del nervio cubital en las fracturas  del
 codo. Rev. cir. Barcelona, 1936, 12: 82-95.—Santy.  Troubles
 sensitivo-moteurs tardifs du cubital dans une fracture du coude.
 Lyon chir., 1929, 26: 121.—Speed, K. Delayed radial  palsy.
 Surg. Clin. N. America,  1935, 15: 551-4.—Tzovaru, S.  Frac-
 ture ouverte infectee du coude; r6sultat anatomique  et  fonc-
 tionnel.  Rev.  chir., Bucur., 1938, 41: 112-5.

 ----  Fracture:  Treatment.
   Anglesio, B. Sul trattamento di alcune fratture del gomito.
 Arch,  ortop.,  Milano,  1934,  50:  1109-14.—BelIerose,  A.
Traitement des fractures du coude. Union mdd.  Canada,  1930,
59: 93-6.—Butcher, T. A. A simple method of applying exten-
sion to the elbow.  Lancet, Lond.,  1939, 1: 757.—Cattaneo, F.
II trattamento  cruento delle fratture e lussazione inveterata del 
ELBOW
110
ELBOW
 gomito col metodo transolecranico.  Arch, ortop., Milano, 1934,
 50: 741-56.—Conwell, H. E.  Treatment of acute comminuted
 fractures about the elbow joint; report of  60 cases.   South.
 M. J., 1927, 20: 579-85.—Diaz Sanchez, I. Tratamiento orto-
 p6dico de la fracturas del codo.  Congr. internac. med. farm.
 mil.,  1933, 7. Congr., 2: pt 4, 246-66, pi.—Guintini, L.  Sulla
 cura delle fratture del gomito e dei loro  esiti.  Arch, ortop.,
 Milano,  1934, 50: 291-310.—Miller, E. M.   Treatment and
 results of severe fractures of the elbow.  Tr. West. Surg. Ass.,
 1933, 43: 103-16.—Gould, A.  L.  A neglected danger in  the
 treatment of elbow fractures.  Maine M. J., 1936,  27: 116-8.—
 Hansion, K. G., & Birrell, R. G. The after-treatment of frac-
 tures about the elbow.  Am. J. Surg., 1927, n. ser., 3: 13-22.—
 Maisonnet.  Fracture comminutive tres dendue du coude  par
 eclat d'obus:  esquillectomie economique; resultats neuf  ans
 apr^s; restitution anatomique et fonctionnelle presque int6grale.
 Bull. Soc med. mil. fr., 1926, 20:  116-8.—Marino-Zuco, C.
 Contributo al trattamento delle fratture del gomito mediante
 trazione diretta sullo scheletro. Boll. Accad. med.  Roma, 1934,
 60: 62.—Miller, E. M.  Treatment and results of severe frac-
 tures of the elbow.  West. J. Surg., 1934,  42: 139-45.—Reich.
 R.  S. Early  motion in elbow fractures.  Physiother. Rev.,
 1937, 17: 7-9.—Roberts, W. M. Management of elbow frac-
 tures.  South. M.  & S., 1930, 92: 8.—Rossi, F.  Cura e postumi
 delle fratture del gomito.  Arch. Soc. ital. chir. (1927) 1928, 34:
 685-93.—San  Martin, A.  Resultado alejado de una fractura
 de  codo  (tipo Posadas)  operada por  via  transolecraneana.
 Sem. med., B. Air., 1925, 32: pt 2, 206.—Sever, J. W. Some
 end results of fractures about the elbow joint.   N. England J.
 M., 1929, 200: 745-53.—Snyder, K. F.  Treatment of fractures
 of the elbow. Surg. J., 1925-26, 32: 125-8.—Spear, R.  Tourni-
 quet splint for fractures of the elbow.  U. S.  Nav. M. Bull.,
 1928, 26: 358,  2 pi.—Spitzy, H.  Le fratture del gomito. Arch.
 ortop., Milano, 1928, 44: 535-45.—Strauss, F.  Die Resultate
 der operativen Behandlung  von Ellbogenfrakturen.   Helvet.
 med. acta, 1936,  3: 146-54.—Vernon, S.  Modified sling  for
 fractures about the elbow.  Am. J. Surg., 1934, n. ser., 23: 555.
 Also repr.—Villagrana, J. C.   Advantages of operative treat-
 ment of fractures  of the elbow. J. Bone Surg., 1932,  14: 65-
 72.—Virgillo, F.   Frattura comminuta del  gomito  trattata con
 l'osteosintesi.  Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1927, 1: 63-6, pi.—
 Wijnen,  H.  P.  Der pendelnde Bogen zur Behandlung  von
 Ellbogenbruchen.   Chirurg,  1931,  3:  198-208.—Withington,
 P. R. Moulded plaster right angle elbow splints.  N. England
 J. M., 1936, 215:  1174.—Zsulyevich, I.  [New extension appa-
 ratus for  treatment of fractures above the elbow]   Orv. hetil,
 1937.  81: 156

 ----  Fracture—in children.

    Tenchio, F.   ♦Heilung und  Spatfolgen  kind-
 licher   Ellenbogenbruche    [Zurich]    28p.    8?
 AfToltern, 1932.
    Westphal,  W.   *Ellenbogenbriiche  im  kind-
 lichen   Alter  und   ihre  Heilung    [Gottingen]
 35p.  8?   Gutersloh i.  Westf.,  1935.
   Abreu, A. L.  de.  Fractures around  the  elbow-joint in
 children.   Med. Press & Circ, Lond.,  1934, 189: 386-90 —
 Bailey, W. H.  Fractures of the elbow in childhood. J. Okla-
 homa M. Ass., 1932,  25: 119.—Berard &  Dargent. Fracture
 du  coude datant  de  l'enfance;  persistance d'diormes  d6gats
 anatomiques; resultat fonctionnel  satisfaisant.   Lyon chir.,
 1938,  35: 724-6.—Edberg, E.   [Elbow  fractures  in children]
 Hygiea,  Stockh.,  1934,  96:  161-78.  Also Sven. lak. tidn.,
 1934, 31:  916-8.—Janz, G. Heilung und Spatfolgen kindlicher
 Ellenbogenbruche.  Chirurg, 1930, 2: 838-45.—MacLennan, A.
 Common  fractures about the elbow joint  in children.  Surg.
 Gyn. Obst.,  1937,  64: 447-53.—Masucci, A. L.  Tratamiento
 de las fracturas del codo en  los ninos.  Prensa mid. argent.,
 1934,  21: 1914-26.—Mouchet,  A.   Complications et suites
 doignees des fractures du coude chez l'enfant; leur traitement.
 Sem. hop. Paris, 1928, 4: 235-43.—Perrot, A.  A propos des
 fractures  du  coude chez l'enfant.   Rev.  mid. Suisse rom.,
 1933, 53:  89-97.—Puech, R.  Tratamiento de las fracturas del
 codo en el nifio. Dfa med., B. Air., 1933-34, 6: 318.—Rivard,
 J. H.  Fractures du coude chez l'enfant.  Union med. Canada,
 1932, 61:  403-7.—Sanchez Toledo, P.  Las fracturas del codo
 en la infancia.  Cir. ortop. traumat., Habana, 1938, 6:  14-45.

 ----  Injury.

   See also subheading  Fracture.
   Collin,  H.  [M.   H.  O.   W.]   ♦Ueber   Spat-
 schadigungen im Gebiete des Nervus ulnaris nach
 Ellbogenverletzungen  beziehungsweise  Arthritis
 deformans  mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der
 Unfallbegutachtung.  18p.  8?  Munster (Westf.)
 1933.
   Also Arch, orthop. Unfallchir., 1933, 33: 551-66.
   Auge.  A propos de 2 traumatismes graves  du coude chez
l'enfant non  traites;  resultat de l'adaptation  fonctionnelle.
Bull. Soc.  med. mil. fr., 1924,  18: 293.—Aumont & Yovtchitoh.
La voie transolecranienne appliquee au traitement des ISsions
traumatiques du coude.   Bull. Soc. nat.  chir., Par., 1929,  55:
1269-77.—Baumann, E.   Ueber Regenerationserscheinungen
am verletzten  Ellbogen.   Schweiz.  med.  Wschr., 1924,  54:
 1057-63.—Belesa, J.   Traumatismos fechados do cotovdlo e
 seu  tratamento.   Arch, brasil.  med., 1924, 14:  771-809.—
 Bloch R.  Paralysie cubitale apres un traumatisme anclen du
 coude.  Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1933, 59: 359 —Broomhead,
 R.  Injuries in the region of the elbow-joint. Clin. J., Lond.,
 1933, 62: 404-12.—Conway,  F.  M.   Paralisis cubital  tardia;
 con  referenda a su relacion con  la neuritis cubital traumatica
 y la historia de un caso tratado  con  exito por medio del tras-
 plante anterior del nervio cubital.  Medicina, Mex., 1933, 13:
 219-28—Doolin, W.   Injuries about the  elbow  joint in chil-
 dren.  Med. Press & Circ, Lond.,  1928, n. ser., 125: 28-30.—
 Eckhoff, N. L., & Northlield, D. W. C.  The results of treatment
 of injuries about the elbow. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1932, 25:
 999-1004.—Forton, P.  Physiothdapie  et s6quelles  trau-
 matiques du coude.   J. med.  Bordeaux, 1935, 112: 934-6.—
 Giissan, D. J.  Complications  of injuries  about  the  elbow.
 Med. J. Australia, 1930, 1: 36-8.—Howell, B. W.  Treatment
 of injuries to the elbow in children.  Brit. J. Child. Dis., 1925,
 22:  116-22.  Also Clin. J.,  Lond., 1925, 54: 586-9.—Jones, R.
 Injuries about  the elbow in children.  Brit. M.  J., 1932, 1:
 739-43.   Also Practitioner,  Lond.,  1930,  125:  179-94.—
 Ledent, R.   Le  massage  dans  les  traumatismes du  coude.
 Ann. med.  phys., Anvers, 1930, 23: 221.—Lieux  & Chappoux.
 Documents anatomo-cliniques sur les contusions du coude sans
 lesions osseuse.  Bull.  Soc. med. mil. fr., 1937, 31: 224-36.—
 Marinacci, S.  Lesioni traumatiche  rare  del  gomito  e loro
 esiti.  Policlinico,  1931,   38:  sez.  prat.,  1345-51.—Mellc,
 G. J. M. Injuries of the elbow in children.  S. Afr. M. J., 1932,
 6:  634.—Mumford,   E.  B.  Elbow  injuries.   Indianapolis
 M. J., 1929, 32: 598-601.—Neel, A. V.  [Ten cases of disease
 of the ulnar nerve developing as late as 50 years after injury
 to elbow sustained in childhood;  arthritis  deform, traumat.
 sequel]   Hospitalstidende, 1919,  62: 65-77—Packard, D.
 Anatomical considerations and technique in using occupations
 as exercise  for  orthopedic disabilities; elbow and forearm.
 Occup.  Ther.   Rehabil.,  1934, 13: 21-3.—Patel, J.  Semio-
 logfa de las  lesiones   traumaticas  recientes del  codo.  Dfa
 med., B. Air.,  1933-34,  6: 233.—Roederer, C.   Traitement
 physiothdapique  des  sequelles  doign6es; traumatismes du
 coude.  J.  med. Paris, 1930, 50:  1125.—Roth, P. B.  Some
 injuries  of the elbow.   Brit. Homoeop. J., 1929, 19: 156-70.—
 Saves.  Lesions traumatiques rares  du coude.   Arch. med.
 pharm. nav., 1937, 127: 110-6.—Soothill, V. F.  Injuries about
 the elbow-joint.  Lancet, Lond., 1924, 2:  649.—Tailhefer. A.
 Les lesions traumatiques du coude  chez l'enfant et leur traite-
 ment.   Vie  mdd., 1926,  7: 2694-8.—Thoumas,  J.  Curieux
 aspect d'un ancien traumatisme  du coude.   Bull. Soc. radiol.
 med. France,  1928, 16:  142.—West, W.  K.  Disabilities in
 children due to injuries of the elbow.  Crippled Child, 1934-35,
 12:  15.

 ----  miner's.
   See Olecranon,  Bursa.

 ----  Patella and accessory bones.
   Beykirch, A.   Sesamum cubiti  (Patella cubiti) oder Ole-
 cranonfraktur?    Chirurg,  1928-29,   1:   1013-20.—Erb, K.
 Ueber das  Vorkommen freier und gestielter Knochenkorper
 in der Fossa olecrani und ihre Beziehungen  zum Foramen
 supratrochleare.   Arch.  klin.  Chir., 1936, 185:  482-92 —
 Fainberg, B. I.   [Accessory bones in  the region of  the elbow]
 Ortop. travmat.,  1930, 4: 41-5.—Feinberg,  B.  Beitrage zur
 Klinik  der  uberzahligen  Knochen   am   Ellenbogengelenk.
 Arch, orthop.  Unfallchir.,  1930,  28: 467-70.—Grauer, S.
 Ein atypischer Knochenschatten im Ellbogenbereich.  Fortschr.
 Rontgenstrahl., 1927,   36:  1277.—Gunn,  G.  Patella  cubiti.
 Brit. J.  Surg., 1927-28, 15: 612-5—Kienbock, R., & Desen-
fans, G.  Ueber Anomalien am Ellbogengelenk; Patella cubiti.
 Beitr. klin. Chir., 1937, 165: 524-9.  Also Presse med., 1937,
 45: 491.—Kremser, K. Ein  Beitrag zur  Kasuistik der Ske-
 lettanomalie  (Ellenbogenscheibe)  Rontgenpraxis,  1934,  6:
 371-4.—Mura,  S. A.   Un  caso  di patella cubiti con artrite
 patella-olecranica.   Gazz.  internaz.  med.  chir.,  1930, 38:
 180-8.—Odessky. I.,  & Melnikowa,  L.   Zur Kasuistik der
 Patella cubiti.  Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1932, 235: 807-9.—Rostock,
 P.   Patella  cubiti.  Arch,  orthop. Unfallchir.,  1930-31, 29:
 291-3.—Waindruch, S.  Noch ein  Fall von atypischem Kno-
 chenkorper   im  Ellbogenbereich.  Rontgenpraxis,  1930,  2:
 143.—Winckler.  Ein atypischer Knochenschatten im Ellbogen-
bereich.  Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl,. 1928, 37: 502.—Wiilfing, M.
Ueber akzessorische Knochen des  Ellenbogens.   Ibid., 1926,
34: 684-8.—Zeitlin, A.  The  traumatic  origin of accessory
bones at the elbow.  J. Bone Surg., 1935, 17: 933-8.

----   tennis.
   See under  Humerus, Epicondyle.

ELBOW bone.

   See Ulna.

ELBOW joint.

   See  also   Arm;  Elbow;  Forearm; Humerus;
Olecranon;  Radius; Ulna.
   Erismann,   T.    ♦Untersuchung  iiber  Be-
 wegungsempfindungen beim Beugen des rechten 
ELBOW JOINT
111
ELBOW JOINT
Armes im EUenbogengelenk   [Zurich]   64p.  8?
Lpz.,  1912.
  Filimonov, L. N.  Zur  Frage der Konstruktion der will-
kurlichen Bewegungen im Ellbogengelenk.  Zschr. ges. Neur.
Psychiat., 1927, 111: 383-416.—Kadyi, H.  Ueber die Gelenk-
flachen des  Ellenbogengelenks.   In Festschr. z. 70.  Geburtst.
Rudolf Leuckart, Lpz., 1892, p. 36-43, pi.—Minne, J.,&Huriez,
C.  L'unite  anatomique de l'articulation du coude.  Echo med.
nord,  1929,  33:  529-32.—Occhipinti, G.  Considerazioni sui
cosidetti muscoli tensori della  sinoviale  del gomito.  Monit.
zool. ital., 1933, 44: 41.—Schulz, A.  Zur Kinematik des Ellen-
bogengelenks mit besonderer Berucksichtigung  der Triceps-
funktion. Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1926, 197: 344-50.—Steindler, A.
The elbow joint.  In Abt's Pediatrics, Phila., 1924, 5: 380-92.—
Thompson,  A. R.  Some features of the elbow joint.  J. Anat.,
Lond.,  1923-24, 58:  368-73.—Zuppa,  A.  Studio  radiologico
sullo sviluppo dei nuclei di ossificazione nei gomito dei bambini.
Ricer. morf., 1936, 15: 535-43.

----   Abnormity,  congenital.

   Tsachev,  G.  A.    ♦Zwei  Falle mit  seltenen
angeborenen  Missbildungen an beiden Ellbogen-
gelenken.  15p.  8?  Miinch., 1930.
   Herzog,  A.   Missbildungen im Ellbogengelenk; eine unbe-
kannte Anomalie. Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1927, 36: 407-9.—
Thomas, T. G.  Bilateral congenital malformation of the elbow-
joint.  Brit. M. J., 1934, 2: 903.

----   Ankylosis.

    Bodet, J.   ♦Valeur  de l'arthroplastie dans les
 ankyloses du coude.   51p.   8?   Lyon, 1937.
   Huttner, J. H.   ♦Die Behandlung  der  trau-
matischen  Ellenbogengelenkskontraktur  durch
die Armabduktionsschiene  mit  Quengelvorrich-
tung   [Berlin]   24p.   8?  Charlottenb.,  1932.
   Orth,   H.   ♦Kongenitale doppelseitige Anky-
lose beider  Ellenbogengelenke.   31p.   8?   Bonn,
 1930.
   Abrahamsen, H.  [The  treatment of flexion contracture of
the elbow joint (plastic surgery of the brachial biceps)]  Ugeskr.
laeger, 1918, 80: 45-56.—Acufia, M., & Puglisi, A.  Anquilosis
congenita bilateral familiar del codo. Arch,  argent, pediat.,
 1932, 3: 333-9.—Adao, L.  Cura de uma  anquilose do cotovelo
por resseccao sub-periostica.  Med. contemp.,  Lisb., 1935, 53:
147-51.—Albee, F. H.   Restoration of motion to a bony stiff
elbow.  Med.  Rec, N. Y., 1938, 147: 475.—Almansi, R.  La
contrattura di flessione del gomito come segno di inflammazione
meningea.   Policlinico,  1933, 40: sez. prat., 2003-5.—Balius
Sabato. R.  Tratamiento quirurgico de un caso de anquilosis de
codo.  Ars  medica, Bared., 1933,  9: 83-6,  2 pi—Barta, J.
[Ankylosis of the elbow and its treatment] Cas. lek. 6esk., 1926,
65: 1637-41.—Billant, Dufour & Thiboumery.  Un cas d'anky-
lo6e congenitale bilatdale  du coude.  Bull. Soc. dectroradiol.
med. France,  1938, 26: 238-40.—Cohn, I.  Ankylosis of the
elbow; its prevention and treatment.  South. M.  J., 1924, 17:
511-22.—Courbon, P.,  & Perrin, J.  Ankylose des 2 coudes;
sequelle de bouffee d'agitation delirante chez  une adolescente
hystdique.  Ann.  mid. psychoi., Par.,  1939, 97: 236-42 —
Cuervo, R.   Cicatriz queloidea y retractil consecutiva a quema-
dura extensa del miembro toracico; disminucion marcada de la
amplitud en los movimientos de la articulaci6n humero-cubital;
autoplastia; restauracion  funcional.  Rev.  mid.  veracruz.,
1921, 1: No. 7, 6.—De Gaetano, L.  Estesa  cicatrice del gomito
sinistro da  lesione traumatica, impigliante il nervo cubitale ed
immobilizzante l'articolazione; autoplastica col metodo italiano
a lembo toraco-addominale e neurolisi; guarigione.  Arch. Soc.
ital. chir. (1921) 1922,  28: 197. ------•  Artroplastiche in  un
caso di anchilosi ossea completa di ambedue gomiti.  Riforma
med.,  1930,  46: 1819-22.—Flerov,  S.  A.   [Restoration  of
mobility in the elbow joint by Mouchet's method]  Khirurgia,
Moskva, 1937, 393-7.—Gill. A. B. Stiff elbow. Surg. Clin. N.
America, 1938,  18:  1663-9.—Giuntini,  L.  Un apparecchio
ortopedico per la flessoestensione del gomito. Chir. org. movim.
1934-35, 19: 98-100.—Hartmann.  Ankylose du coude consecu-
tive a une arthrite infectieuse.  Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1924, 38:
630.—Lenormant, C, & Menegaux, G.  Sur les resultats fonc-
tionnels de la resection orthopedique du coude dans les ankyloses
traumatiques.  Presse med., 1933, 41: 1809-11.—Leri, A.   La
dysankie,  defaut d'extension  du coude,  en  pathologie con-
genitale. Bull. Soc.  med.  hop.  Paris, 1926, 3. ser., 50: 1515-
20.—Meyerding, H. W.  Arthroplasty of the  elbow for anky-
losis; resection of the knee for ankylosis and deformity.  Surg.
Clin. N. America, 1927, 7: 1445.—Mouchet, A., & Saint-Pierre,
L.  Ankylose  congenitale hereditaire  et  symdnque  des  2
coudes.  Rev. orthop.,  Par., 1931,  18: 210-20—Padovani, P.
Ankyloses  du  coude.   In  Traits chir. orthop. (Ombredanne)
Par.,  1937,  3:  2337-51.— Romanus,  R.  Ein Fall von ange-
borener Ankylose  im Ellbogengelenk.   Acta orthop.  scand.,
1933, 4: 291-306.—Roth, P. B.  Bony ankylosis of elbow at
125°, and with forearm pronated.   Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond.,
1923-24, 17: sect, orthop.,  38.—Satzepin, T.  Eine Mobih-
sierungsmethode des ankylosierten Ellbogengelenks bei latenter
Infektion.  Zbl. Chir.,  1931, 58: 1880-3.—Schuurmans Stek-
hoven, W.   [An old ankylosis  in the elbow-joint,  discovered
after an accident]  Geneesk. gids, 1927, 5: 927-9.—Seemen, H.
von.  Gelenkplastik am Ellenbogen nach Hautersatz bei Anky-
lose mit  Narbenkontraktur.  Zbl. Chir., 1936, 63: 946T50 —
Sejhar, J. [Causes of ankylosis of the elbow joint after injuries]
Cas. lek. desk., 1929,  68: 408-14.—Siwon, P.   Kongenitale,
hereditare,  doppelseitige  Ankylosen der Ellenbogengelenke.
Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1928, 209: 338-49— Verbrugge, J.  Pseud-
arthrose de l'humerus  et ankylose du coude; osteosynth&e et
arthroplastie.  Arch. fr. belg. chir.,  1928, 31: 323-5,  2  pi.—
Weisz, E. Ein einfacher Apparat zur Behandlung der Ellbogen-
contractur.  Med. Klin., Berl.,  1914,  10: 546.—Zatsepin,  T. S.
[Method  of  mobilization  in ankylosis of the elbow joints in
latent infections]  Sovet. khir., 1931, 1: 145-8.

----  Arthritis.
   Kessler, H.  ♦Beitrag zur Klinik der entziind-
lichen Ellenbogengelenkserkrankungen.  62p. 8?
Berl., 1932.
   Ollrogge, A. E. K.  ♦Die  Arthritis deformans
cubiti  als  Sportsschadigung respektive  Berufs-
erkrankung bei  Ringkampfern.   20p.   8?   Berl.,
1927.
   Berard & Wertheimer.  Arthrite suppuree du coude; traite-
ment par l'arthrotomie simple et la mdhode de Willems.  Lyon
chir., 1924, 21: 629.—Eichelbaum, K.  Doppelseitige Arthritis
deformans  des Ellbogengelenks  als  Berufskrankheit.   Zbl.
Chir., 1930, 57: 1534-7.—Fiorentini, A.  La periartrite calcarea
del gomito.  Arch, ortop., Milano, 1937,  53: 385-402—Guer-
rini, F.  Periartritis osificante con inclusi6n del nervio  cubital;
transplante del nervio por el metodo de Alb. Gutidrez.   Bol.
Soc. cir.  B. Aires, 1929, 13: 23-41.—Kreuscher, P.  H.  Osteo-
arthritis, traumatic, of the elbow-joint (a special variety;  base-
ball pitcher's elbow)  Surg.  Clin. N. America, 1926,  6: 897-
905.—Kiihn, W.   Die Arthritis deformans der Ellenbogen-
gelenke der Former eine Berufserkrankung?  Med. Welt,  1935,
9: 1181-3.—Mauclaire &  Misset. Arthrite  ddormante  trau-
matique  et professionnelle du  coude par trepidation chez un
marbrier. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1932, 58: 1635.—Ober-
thur, H.  Arthrite suppuree  du coude a streptocoques gudie
par 3 ponctions.  Ibid., 1933, 59: 145.—Panner, H. J.  [Dis-
location  of the humerus with frequent causes  of arthritis de-
formans  cubiti]  Hospitalstidende,  1924,  67:  781;  793.—
Vails Marin.  Artritis ffmica del codo.  Med. ibera, 1934, 28:
729.—Villaran, C.  Osteo-mielitis  sifilitica del cubito; artritis
aguda del codo.   Rev.  med.,  Rosario, 1927, 2: 249-54.—
Vulpe, I. N.  [Professional traumatic arthritis of the elbow  joint]
Omsky med. J., 1929, 4: 173-5.—Wakeley. C. P. G.  Advanced
arthritis, with much destruction of the elbow-joint.  Proc. R.
Soc M., Lond., 1932, 25: 1401.

----   Calcification and ossification.
   Blencke, A. Eine  kurze Bemerkung zu dem Vortrag Hen-
nings iiber Verknocherungen im Ellbogengelenk nach Verlet-
zungen.   Zbl.  Chir.,  1932,  59:  1524.—Caldarera, E.  Sulle
ossificazioni post-traumatiche dei  tessuti periarticolari.  Poli-
clinico, 1937, 44: sez. chir., 452-9.—Costantini, P.  Contributo
alio studio  della  ossificazione  traumatica del gomito.  Ibid.,
 1926, 32:  sez. chir.,   551-65.—Danckelman, A.  von.   Fast
vollige Verknocherung der Ellbogengelenkkapsel nach leichtem
Trauma.  Arch.  klin. Chir., 1937,  189: 692-4.—Est&ve.  A
propos d'une calcification anormale de la face interne du coude.
J. radiol. dectr., 1938, 22: 592.—Heiss, F.  Entstehung von
Knochenbildungen am Ellbogengelenk als Folge starker korper-
licher Betatigung.  Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1933-34, 342-51 —
Grashey, R.   Ossifikationskerne  im Ellbogengelenk.   Ront-
genpraxis, 1935, 7: 851.—Kohnle, H.   Ueber die  Ossifikation
am Ellbogengelenk. Sitzber. Phys. med. Soc. Erlangen (1933-
34) 1935, 65:-66: 229-68, 2 ch.

 ----   Chondromatosis.
   Canigiani,  T.,  &  Pirker, H.   Das  Gelenkchondrom des
 Ellbogens als typische Sportschadigung  bei  Stemmern.  Arch.
 orthop. Unfallchir., 1935-36, 36:  192-7—Cavalie, J.   Osteo-
 chondromatose du coude et du poignet.  Ann. mid. leg., 1934,
 14: 841.—Codet, P. H.,  & Kauffmann.  Un cas d'osteo-chon-
 dromatose du coude.  Bull. Soc. radiol.  med. France, 1929, 17:
 276.—Gernez, L.  Contribution a l'etude de l'osteocbondroma-
 tose  du coude. Echo med. nord, 1931, 35: 259; 271; 284; 298;
 319.—Hufnagel,  Menegaux & de Nabias.  Ost6ochondroma-
 tose  du coude. Bull.  Soc nat. chir., Par., 1933, 59: 1510-7 —
 Kienbock, R.  Ein Fall von monartikularer Skelettchondroma-
 tose.  Rontgenpraxis, 1931, 3: 406-10.—Kleinberg, S.  Osteo-
 chondromatosis of elbow.  Ann. Surg., 1934,  99:  480-6 —
 Laduron, E.  Un cas de chondromatose articulaire du  coude.
 Rev. beige  sc m6d.,  1933, 5: 578-81—Leri, A.,  & Weill.  J.
 Cinq cas d'osteochondromatose  articulaire.   Bull. Soc. med.
 hop. Paris, 1930, 3.  ser., 46: 1492-9.—Mouchet, A.   Osteo-
 chondromatose articulaire du  coude.  Presse mid.,  1935, 43:
 1947.—Prouzet, J.  Un cas d'osteochondromatose du  coude.
 J. radiol. dectr.,  1936, 20: 399.—Serrand & Bertreux.  Un cas
 de chondromatose articulaire bilatdale des coudes. Bull. Soc.
 radiol. med. France, 1937, 25:  114.—Tomsik. L. [Chondroma-
 tosis of the elbow joint]  Voj.  zdrav. listy, 1932, 8: 195-200  —
 Weber.   Un  cas d'osteo-chondrome du coude.  Echo mid.
 nord, 1935, 3. ser.. 3: 962-4. 
ELBOW JOINT                                112                                ELBOW JOINT
 ----  Deformity.

    Bonola,  A.  Paralisi  tardiva dell'ulnare  da cubito  valgo
 post-traumatico.   Chir.  org.  movim.,  1932-33,  467-92.—
 Casuccio, C.  Cubito varo post-traumatico e suo trattamento.
 Ibid.,  1937-38, 23: 460-71.—Rocher,  H. L., &  Roudil. G.
 Cubitus valgus bilateral congenital.  J. med.  Bordeaux, 1933,
 110:  54.—Rostock.  Formverfinderungen des  menschlichen
 Ellenbogengelenks durch abnorm starke Arbeitsbeanspruchung.
 Rontgenpraxis,  1936,  8: 303-6.—Sherren, J.  Remarks on
 chronic neuritis of the  ulnar nerve,  due  to deformity in the
 region of the  elbow-joint. Edinburgh M. J., 1908, n. ser., 23:
 500-9, 2 pi.

 ----  Disease.

    Korner,  S.    ♦Contribution   a  l'etude   des
 osteites tuberculeuses juxta-articulaires du coude
 chez  l'ado'.escent  et 1'adulte.   45p.  8?   Par.,
 1935.
    Belot, J., Lepennetier, F., & Pellizza,  J.   Radiodiagnostic
 de quelques altdations  osseuses de  l'articulation du coude.
 J. radiol. dectr., 1928, 12: 457-500.—Brandes.  Arthropathie
 beider Ellbogengelenke.   Verh. Deut.  orthop. Ges. (1933)  1934,
 28. Kongr.  304-8.—Davies, H.  Shadows distal  to  the in-
 ternal  epicondyle.  Brit.  J. Radiol.,  1932, n. ser., 5: 497.—
 Genner, V.   [Ostitis et arthritis cubiti dext. tub. & tub. colli-
 quativa]  Hospitalstidende, 1936, 79:  Dansk derm, selsk.  forh.,
 20.—Jacobsohn, E.  Seltenere  Ellbogengelenksbilder.  Ront-
 genpraxis, 1933, 5: 111.—Magnusson, R.  Treatment of tuber-
 culosis of the elbow by resection and arthroplastic operation
 in one seance.  Acta orthop. scand., 1936, 7: 325-48.—Murray,
 D. A.  An unusual condition of the elbow joint.  J. Bone Surg.,
 1929, 11: 395.—Orbach,  E.  Zur Symptomatologie der Ellen-
 bogengelenkserkrankungen.  Arch.  klin.   Chir.,  1930,   158:
 758-61.—Spehl, G.   Ostdte  bacillaire  du  coude;  resection;
 resultat doignd  J. chir., Brux., 1927, 26: 93-8.—Warfield,
 C. H.  Charcot's disease of the elbow joint.  Am. J. Roentg.,
 1933, 29: 530-2.—Weil,  S.  Zur Pathologie  des Ellenbogen-
 gelenkes  (Arthritis  nach Ulnapseudarthrose,  Luxatio  radii
 nach  Olekranonresektion, Luxatio capituli radii in den Re-
 cessus sacciformis)  Beitr. klin. Chir., 1925, 134: 128-35.

 ----   Disease, occupational.

    Rosenbatjm,  W.   ♦Ueber  Schadigung   der
 Ellenbogengelenke   durch Arbeit  mit Pressluft-
 werkzeugen.   25p.   8?  Bonn, 1934.
    Wicher,  W.   ^Zur Frage  des Pressluftellen-
 bogens.   16p.   8?   Bresl., 1936.
    Zolzer,   R.    ♦Ueber   rontgenologische  Ver-
 anderungen der Ellenbogengelenke nach  Schadi-
 gung  durch Arbeit mit  Pressluftwerkzeugen  ins-
 besondere bei  Bergleuten  [Munster]   32p.   8?
 Bochum-Langendreer, 1933.
   Freudenberg,  R.  Arthrose  des  Ellenbogengelenkes bei
 einem Lokomotivheizer.  Arch, orthop. Unfallchir., 1933-34,
 34:  585-7.—Linde, F.   Ueber  Schadigung der Ellenbogen-
 gelenke durch Arbeit mit Pressluftwerkzeugen, eine besonders
 bei Bergleuten haufige Erkrankung.  Miinch. med. Wschr.,
 1932,  79: 2009-11.—Rostock, P.  Durch  Arbeit mit Press-
 luftwerkzeugen  hervorgerufene  Veranderungen  am  EUen-
 bogengelenk.  Arch, orthop. Unfallchir., 1930-31, 29: 284-90.
 ------  Die   Zunahme   einer  Ellenbogengelenkschadigung
 durch Arbeit mit Pressluftwerkzeugen bei der Fortsetzung dieser
 Arbeit.  Mschr. Unfallh.,  1934,  41: 73-5.   -—■---   Reaktion
 des   Ellenbogengelenks   auf  abnorm  starke Arbeitsbean-
 spruchung.  Arch, orthop. Unfallchir., 1935-36, 36: 502-4.—
 Sommer, R.   Durch Pressluft gesetzte Knochenschadigungen
 des Ellbogengelenks und ihre Entstehung.  Beitr. klin. Chir.,
 1935, 161:37-46.

 ----  Dislocation.

   Baque,  G.   ♦Contribution a  l'etude  clinique
 des  luxations  exposees   du   coude.    52p.    8?
 Par., 1931.
   Malfroy,  R.   ♦Contribution   a   l'etude  des
 luxations  ouvertes  du  coude.   71 p.   8?   Lvon.
 1934.
   Jager, L.  de  [Subluxation  of the  elbow joint in children]
 Ned.  tschr.  geneesk.,  1932, 76:  pt 3, 3288.—Kirby,  T. W.
 Dislocation of both bones of forearm at elbow.   Med. Sentinel,
 1926,  34:  194-6.—Laroyenne & Labry.   Luxations rares du
 coude.  Lyon chir., 1924, 21: 100-2.—Rivard, J. H.  Luxation
 du coude chez l'enfant.  Union med. Canada, 1933, 62:124-6.—
 Sedykina, N. V.  [Traumatic dislocations  in the elbow-joint]
 Ortop. travmat., 1934, 9: 40-58.—Sicard & Lapeyrie.  Luxa-
 tion ouverte  du coude.  Bull. Soc. nat. chir,, Par., 1927, 53:
 830-2.—Simionescu,  I.   [Dislocations of  the elbow joint]
Romania med., 1932, 10:  143.—Zanoli,  R. Lussazioni trau-
matiche del  gomito; considerazioni clinico-statistiche su  111
casi.  Chir. org. movim., 1926, 11: 73-83.
 ----   Dislocation, anterior.
    Christopher,  F.   Radial  exostosis  complicating  anterior
 dislocation  of the elbow.  J. Bone Surg., 1932, 14: 949.—
 Lauber.  Luxatio cubiti anterior  bei altem Abriss des Epi-
 condylus medialis.  Rontgenpraxis, 1937, 9:  427.—Simon,
 M. M.  Complete anterior dislocation of both bones of the
 forearm at the elbow; review of recorded cases and literature
 with report of a case.   Med. J. & Rec, 1931, 133: 333-6.
 Also repr—Tees, F. J.  Anterior dislocation of  the  elbow
 joint.  Ann. Surg., 1923, 77: 612-4.  ------ & McKim, L. H.
 Anterior dislocation  of the elbow.   Canad. M. Ass. J., 1929,
 20: 36-8

 ----   Dislocation,   chronic,  habitual   and  irre-
    ducible.

    Lemiere, M.  ^La voie transolecranienne dana
 le traitement sanglant des luxations irreductibles
 du coude.   99p.   8?  Par., 1926.
    Campbell, W.  C,  Malunited fractures and unreduced dis-
 location about the elbow.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1929, 92: 122-8.—
 Chureau, R.  Un cas de luxation ouverte  du  coude  opiri
 et revu apres quatorze mois avec un bon resultat fonctionnel.
 Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1933, 25: 318-23.—Cotte,  G.  Arthro-
 plastie  du coude pour  luxation ancienne avec ankylose en
 extension.  Lyon chir.,  1923,  20: 286-8.—Delivet.  Luxation
 ancienne du coude traitee par l'hemi-resection; resultat  5 ans
 apres l'opdation.  Bull. Soc.  chir.  Paris, 1934, 26:  247-50.—
 Gourdet. Levier pour anciennes luxations du coude.  P.  verb.
 Congr.  fr. chir., 1922,  31: 999-1001—Guerin, R.  Luxation
 ancienne du coude immobilis6e en extension; reposition san-
 glante;  recuperation  des  mouvements.  J. med. Bordeaux.
 1933, 110: 58-61.—Horwitz,  M. T. Chronic  dislocation of
 elbow.  Am. J. Surg., 1937, 37: 118-20.—Jeanne.  Luxation
 ancienne irreductible du coude; intervention;  reduction par
 arthrotomie.   Normandie  med.,  1924,  35: 11-4.—Judet, H.
 Luxation ancienne du coude; reposition opdatoire; resultats
 doignes.  Bull. Soc nat. chir.,  Par.,  1934, 26: 198-202 —
 Knoflach, J. G.   Zur Operation  der  habituellen  Ellbogen-
 luxation.  Zbl. Chir., 1935, 62: 2897-9.------Habituelle
 Luxation des  Ellbogengelenkes  nach hinten.   Wien.  med.
 Wschr.,  1935,  85: 582.—Le Balle  & Roger.   Hemi-resection
 humdale pour 2  cas de luxations  anciennes  irreductibles du
 coude.  Bull, med., Par., 1924, 38:  1002.—Minne & Deburge.
 Sequelles  d'une  luxation  ancienne du  coude non reduite.
 Echo med. nord, 1934, 3. ser., 1: 568.—Muller, P.  Luxation
 irreductible  du coude;  operation; gudison.  Bull. Soc.  chir.
 Paris, 1929,  21: 765-9.—Nove-Josserand  & Pouzet, F.  Re-
 sultats doignes d'hemi-resections et de  resections pour luxa-
 tion ancienne du coude.  Lyon chir., 1932, 29: 610.—Patel, M.
 De la section temporaire de l'olecrane dans le traitement des
 luxations anciennes de coude.  P. verb.  Congr. fr. chir., 1924,
 33:  841-4.—Rendu,  A.,  & Latreille.   Reposition  sanglante
 d'une luxation ancienne du coude.  Lyon mid., 1927,  140:
 399.—Santy.   Luxation  irreductible du coude.   Lyon chir.,
 1924, 21: 199.—Schapiro, M.  [Operative treatment of old
 dislocations of the elbow joint]   Bratisl. lek. listy,  1934, 14:
 Suppl. No. 11, 151-5.—Sorrel.  E.   Luxation  recidivante du
 coude.  Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1935, 61: 790-2.—Sullivan,
 R.  F., & Childress, H. M.  Formation  of a functional elbow
 joint following an unreduced dislocation.  N. England J. M.,
 1937, 217: 870-2.—Tavernier.   Resultat doigne d'une repo-
 sition sanglante  d'une  luxation  ancienne  du coude.   Lyon
 chir., 1923, 20: 508-10.   ------& Pouzet.  Resultats doignes
 d'une s6rie integrate de reductions sanglantes dans les luxations
 anciennes du coude.  Ibid., 1932, 29: 572.------Le traite-
 ment des luxations anciennes du  coude; technique de la reduc-
 tion sanglante. J. chir., Par., 1934, 43: 161-76.—Vachey, A., &
 Dechaume, M. Etude sur la voie transolecranienne dans la
 reposition sanglante des  luxations anciennes du coude.   Rev.
 orthop., Par., 1927, 14: 199-214.

 ----   Dislocation:  Complications.

   See also subheading Fracture.
   Cotton, F. J.   Elbow dislocation and ulnar nerve  injury.
 J.  Bone Surg., 1929,  11: 348-52.—Dumont, A.  Les sequelles
 de la luxation du coude.  Bruxelles med., 1930-31,11:943-53 —
 Grimault, L.   Luxation ouverte du coude; suites  eioignees.
 Bull. Soc nat. chir.,  Par.,  1927, 53: 1360-3.—Jeanneney &
 Vielle.  Luxation du coude chez un homme de 22 ans; rupture
 de 1 artde et de la veine numerates; syndrome de Volkmann.
 J.  med.  Bordeaux, 1927, 57: 522-4.—Lucchese, G.  Osteoma
 del muscolo  brachiale anteriore  in  seguito  a lussazione del
gomito.   Policlinico, 1929, 36: sez. chir., 315-27.—Pasquali, E.
Gli osteomi parostali  conseguenti a lussazione del  gomito e la
loro valutazione infortunistica.  Chir. org.  movim., 1935-36,
21:257-71.

----   Dislocation, congenital.

   Charlet,  A.   ^La luxation congenitale totale
du coude  [Lyon] 47p.  8?  St.  Etienne, 1937.
   Hempel,  F.  M.    ♦Ein  Beitrag zur Frage  der
angeborenen   Ellbogenluxationen.     20p.     8?
Freib.  i. B., 1928. 
ELBOW  JOINT
113
ELBOW  JOINT
   Barettoni, F.  Lussazione  congenita bilaterale della  testa
del radio e dell'ulna con alluce valgo congenito.  Rass. previd.
sociale, 1929, 16: 12-24.—Guilleminet,  M., & Leclerc,  G.
Trois cas  de luxation  congenitale bilaterale des  coudes.  Rev.
orthop., Par., 1937, 3. ser., 24: 596-605.

----  Dislocation, divergent.
   Charry, R. Luxation divergente, spontanee, progressive du
coude, consecutive a une fracture de la tete radiale sur un coude
atteint de fracture ancienne de l'extremite  inferieure de l'hu-
mdus datant de la  premiere enfance.   Rev. orthop.,  Par.,
1930  3. ser., 17: 338-41.—Ingelrans, P.   Luxation divergente
pathologique du coude.  Ibid.. 1929, 3. ser.,  16: 497-502.

----Dislocation, lateral.
   Fevre & Porcher, P.  A propos de 2 cas  de luxation complete
du coude  en dehors.  Ann. anat. path., Par., 1926, 3: 637-9.—
Homma, H.  Ueber einen Fall von Luxatio antibrachii medialis.
Zbl. Chir., 1930, 57: 2538-41.—Judet, H.   A propos des luxa-
tions du coude en dehors.  Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1928, 20: 78-
84.  ------  Deux cas de luxation du coude en dedans.  Ibid.,
145-50.—Lapeyre, N. C.  Luxation laterale externe complete
du coude.  Bull.  Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1922-23, 4:
341-3.  Also Montpellier med., 1923, 45:  361-3.—Lima, B.
Luxacao externa do cotovello.   Brasil med., 1929, 43: 1063-5.—
Muller, P.  A propos  des luxations du coude en  dehors.  Bull.
Soc chir.  Paris,  1929, 21: 117-21.—Patel, M., & Badin, A.
Etude sur les luxations du coude en dedans  (luxations pures et
incompletes)  Arch. fr. belg. chir., 1922, 25: 62; 153.—Petridis,
P. Un cas de  luxation complete du coude en  dehors.   Bull.
Soc. nat.  chir.,  Par.,  1924, 50: 664-6.—Sacco, R.  Lussazione
completa  laterale esterna del  gomito.  Rinasc. med.,  1928, 5:
161.—Senechal, M.,  & Luthereau, G.   Un  cas de  luxation
latdale du coude droit, variete interne et incomplete; presenta-
tion de piSce.   Ann.  anat. path., Par.,  1933,  10: 780-2.—
Serra, A.  Luxaci6n lateral  externa,  incompleta,  de  codo.
Sem. med., B. Air.,  1935, 42: 364-7.—Tailhefer, E.   Trois
observations de luxations du coude en  dehors reduites par
arthrotomie  avec incision en baionnette  d'OUier  modifiee.
Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par.,  1926,  52:   1172-5.—Treves, A.
Luxation  complete du coude en debors. Bull. Soc. chir. Paris,
1928, 20:  60-3.—Weber.  Luxation externe du coude.  Bull.
Soc med. Paris, 1933, 25: 79-81.  ------  Deux cas de luxa-
tion externe irreductible du coude.  Ibid.,  1934, 26: 510-2.

----  Dislocation, posterior.
   Allende, J.  M.  Luxacion posterior   inveterada  de  codo;
reduccion  cruenta. Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires,  1933, 17: 860-7.—
Altounyan, A. Arthroplastie du coude pour un cas de luxation
posterieure datant de 8 ans.  Marseille med., 1926, 63: 1341.—
Butler, E.  Compound  posterior dislocation of  elbow.   Surg.
Clin. N.  America, 1923, 3:  831-5.—Duboureau.  Un cas de
luxation posterieure  du  coude datant d'un mois,  traite par
reposition sanglante   par voie  transolecranienne.   Bull. Soc.
m6d. mil. fr.,  1923,   17: 131-5.—Echeverria,  J.   Lujaci6n
posterior,  antigua, de  la articulaci6n  del  codo izquierdo y
operaci6n  de artroplastia. Juven. med. Guatemala,  1926, 22:
270-2.—Eliason, E. L.,  & Brown, R.  B.   Posterior dislocation
at the elbow with rupture of the radial and ulnar arteries.  Ann.
Surg., 1937,  106:  1111-5.—Graf, P.  Kritische  Bemerkungen
zur Entstehung und Einrichtung der hinteren Ellenbogenver-
renkung.   Deut.  Zschr. Chir., 1928,  209: 275-84.—KUss, G.
Luxation  complete du coude  droit, postero-externe,  a grand
deplacement; reduction immediate sous  anesthesie  generale;
resultats fonctionnels parfaits.  Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1929,
55: 418.—LudlofT, K.   Erfahrungen  und Beobachtungen bei
einer  selbst erlittenen  und eigenhandig eingerenkten Luxatio
cubiti antibrachii  posterior. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1928, 142: 336-
42.—Meng, C. M. The treatment of old  posterior dislocation
of the elbow.  Chin.  M. J.,  1938,  53: 539-52.—Speed,  J. S.
An operation for unreduced posterior dislocation of the elbow.
South. M. J., 1925, 18:  193-8.—Vangorder, G. W.   Surgical
approach  in old posterior dislocation of  the elbow.   J.  Bone
Surg., 1932, 14: 127-43.—Weil, S.  Konservative Behandlung
der veralteten Luxatio cubiti  posterior.  Zbl.  Chir.,  1924, 51:
728.—Woods, R.  S.   Backward dislocation of the  elbow.
Brit. M. J., 1935,  1: 15.

----  Dislocation:  Treatment.

   Schneider,  G.   ♦Ergebnisse   der Behandlung
von  Ellbogenverrenkungen  an der chirurgischen
Universitatsklinik  in  Leipzig    [Leipzig]    30p.
8?  Zeulenroda-Thur.,  1934.
   Crosby, E. H.  Dislocation of the elbow  reduced by means
of traction in 4 directions. J. Bone Surg., 1936,  18: 1077-9.—
Glissan, D. J. The after-treatment of dislocations of the elbow,
with a note on treatment of stiff elbows.   Austral. N. Zealand
J. Surg., 1935, 5: 134-7.—Mermingas, K.  Am eigenen Korper
erlittene und selbstbehandelte Ellbogenverrenkung. Zbl. Chir.,
1929, 56: 644-6.—Patel.  Luxation ancienne du coude; arthro-
tomie laterale avec section des ligaments lateraux.  Lyon chir.,
1929,  26:  77-9.—Regele, H.   Fissazione  abbastanza lunga o
mobilizzazione precoce dopo la riduzione  della  lussazione del
gomito.  Chir. org. movim., 1936-37, 22: 373-7.—Romney, H.
Tratamiento de las luxaciones abiertas del  codo.  Rev.  med.
cir. Habana, 1932, 37: 315-26.—Wilmoth,  P., & Patel.  J.
Traitement des luxations exposees du coude; a propos de 2
observations personnelles.  Presse med., 1931, 39: 33.

----   Epiphysiolysis.

   See also bones affected.
   Baehr, F. H., & Hathaway, L. E., jr.  Removal of separated
upper epiphysis of the radius.  N.  England J. M., 1932, 206:
1263-6.—Camera,  U.  Sul distacco  traumatico  totale puro
dellepifisi  omerale inferiore.  Chir. org. movim., 1925-26, 10:
294-316.—Horsch,  K.   Traumatische  Epiphysenlosung am
Ellbogen beim Jugendlichen.   Zbl. Chir., 1935, 62: 1877-80 —
Oppolzer,  R. R.  von.   Beitrag  zur  Ellbogenverletzung des
Kindes;  die Epiphysiolyse des proximalen Radiusendes,  ihre
Entstehung und Behandlung.  Deut.  Zschr. Chir., 1934, 243:
427-38.— Skrygin,  V. P.  [Epiphysiolvsis of  the head of the
radius]  Ortop. travmat., 1935, 9:  78-83.

----   Exarticulation.

   See also Forearm, Amputation.
   Beukert, H. E.   ♦Exarticulatio cubiti   [Leip-
zig]  18p.   8?   Wolmirstedt,  1933.
   Moskalenko, V.  [Indications for exarticulation of the elbow
joint] Ortop.  travmat., 1934, 8: 53-6.

----   Foreign  body.
   Chamba. Corps etranger  volumineux au niveau du coude.
Bull. Soc radiol. med. France, 1933, 21: 583.—Nevanlinna, V.
Ein Fall von grosser Fremdkorperzyste,  die sich im Verlaufe
von 10 Jahren in der Ellenbeuge entwickelt hatte.  Acta chir.
scand., 1925, 58:  235-9.—Okinczyc, J.  Corps etranger soli-
taire du coude.  Mem.  Acad, chir.,  Par., 1937,  63:  1152.—
Pigeon,  Bernard  &  Jonathan.   Six  cas  de  corps etrangers
d'origine traumatique de l'artieulation du coude.  Bull. Soc.
nat. chir., Par., 1925, 51: 140-5.

----   Fracture.

   See also Elbow, Fracture; also bones affected.
   Schubel, J.   ♦Ueber intraarticular Ellbogen-
frakturen.   52p.  8?   Greifswald, 1930.
   Baumann, E.   Beitrage  zur Kenntnis  der Frakturen am
Ellbogengelenk; Briiche am unteren Ende des  Humerus (ausser
Supracondylica) und Briiche  am proximalen Ende des Radius.
Beitr. klin. Chir., 1929, 147: 369-416.—Bravo, Diaz Canedo &
Monsalve.  Nueva fractura intraarticular del codo.  Siglo med.,
Madr., 1935, 95: 188.—Buxton, S. J. D. Fractures  of the head
of the radius and capitellum including external condylar frac-
tures of childhood.   Brit. M. J., 1936, 2: 665.—Cubbins, W. R.,
Callahan, J. J., &  Scuderi, C. S.  Compound fractures of the
elbow joint in adults.  Am. J. Surg.,  1938, 42:  627-32.—
Homma, H., & Pape, R.  Ueber eine bisher nicht eingehend
beschriebene, typische, intraartikulare Ellbogenfraktur. Deut.
Zschr. Chir., 1930, 224:  310-8.—Masland, H. C.   Fracture  in
the elbow-joint.  Internat. J. M. & S., 1932, 45: 125; 131 —
Matthei, D. W.   Fractures  near and into  the elbow joint.
Surg. J., 1924-25,  31: 233-5. Also J. Lancet, 1925, 45: 493-
6.—Parmley, V.   Fractures involving the elbow  joint.   J.
Arkansas M. Soc,  1935-36, 32: 47-51.

----   Fracture: Complications  [including  frac-
   ture-dislocation]

   Couffon, H.   ♦Traitement de la fracture  de
l'apophyse  coronoide  du cubitus compliquee de
luxation  du  coude  en  arriere   [Paris]   51p.   8?
Rennes,  1934.
   Biebl, R. Ueber Endausgange traumatischer Verrenkungen
und  Verrenkungsbruche  des Ellbogengelenkes.  Arch,  orthop.
Unfallchir., 1936, 37: 55-79.—Bonar, A. A. Note on a case of
fracture-dislocation of the elbow joint.  Glasgow M. J., 1937,
128: 18-22.—Bonn,  R.  Eine seltene Luxationsfraktur des
Ellenbogengelenks.  Arch. klin. Chir., 1931-32, 168: 683-9.—
Fruchard,  H.  Fracture de l'apophyse coronoide  du  cubitus
associee  a  une fracture de la cupule radiale et compliquee  de
luxation du coude en arriere.  Lyon  chir., 1934, 31: 81-6.—
Goddu,  L.  A. O.   Comminuted fractured dislocation of right
elbow.  Boston M. & S.  J., 1925, 192: 838-43— Howard, N. J.
Epiphyseal fracture-dislocation at  the elbow joint.   J. Bone
Surg., 1935,  17:  123-32.—Jungbluth,  J.  Ueber Medianus-
schadigungen nach Briichen des Ellbogengelenkes.  Zbl. Chir.,
1931, 58: 3191-4.—Lasserre, C, & Saft, B.  Luxation du coude
et fracture du col du radius; reduction par manoeuvres externes.
J. med. Bordeaux, 1935,  112: 412.—Maddox, W.  H.  An
unusual  fracture  dislocation.  Radiology, 1938,  31: 229.—
Mathieu, P.  Deux cas de luxation du coude en arriere com-
pliquis de  fractures de l'apophyse  coronoide cubitale.  Paris
med., 1932, 83: 539-41.—Piatt, H. On the  peripheral nerve
complications of fractures and dislocations of the elbow.   In
Robert Jones Birthday Vol.,  Oxf., 1928, 195-224.—Schmier,
A. A. Fracture-dislocation of the elbow with ulnar nerve in-
volvement; reduction by tension on the superficial flexor group
of muscles.  J. Bone Surg., 1936, 18: 1030-5.—Volynsky, D.  G.
[Treatment of fracture-dislocations of the fore-arm]   Ortop.
travmat., 1932, 6: 59-67, 15 pi. 
ELBOW  JOINT
114
ELBOW  JOINT
Fracture:  Treatment
   Reichel  [J.] H.   *Das Ergebnis  der  Behand-
 lung von  Ellbogengelenk- und gelenknahen Frak-
 turen   [Leipzig]   31p.   8?   Bleicherode  a. H.,
 1935.
   Aizenstein, I. M.  [Rational treatment of the fractures of the
 elbow-joint]  Ortop. travmat.,  1934, 8: 42-7.—Baumann, E.
 Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Frakturen am Ellbogengelenk, unter
 besonderer  Berucksichtigung der Spatfolgen; Frakturen am
 proximalen  Ende der Ulna; allgemeine Beobachtungen uber
 biologische  Vorgange;  technische Einzelheiten  iiber die be-
 sprochenen Behandlungsmethoden.  Beitr. klin. Chir., 1929-30,
 148: 84-115.—Borchardt, M.  Zur ambulanten Behandlung der
 Frakturen des  Oberarmes und  des Ellbogengelenkes.  Deut.
 med. Wschr., 1926, 52: 280.—Epstein, G. la. [Technique of
 suture in fractures of the elbow joint in a new method of opera-
 tive  treatment]  Khirurgia, Moskva,  1937, No. 3, 103-7, pi.—
 Firica, T.   Fracture  ouverte,  intra-articulaire, k  fragments
 multiples, du coude; resultats anatomique et fonctionnel parfait
 a la suite du traitement orthopedique.  Rev. chir., Bucur., 1938,
 41: 491.—Hallilay, H.  The treatment of fractures of the elbow
 joint.  Ind.  M. Gaz., 1925, 60: 351-4.—Matheis, H.  Primare
 Naht eines  offeneh Ellbogengelenkbrucb.es nach 30 Stunden.
 Wien. med. Wschr.,  1925, 75:  1097-9—Miiller-Schwelm, E.
 Beobachtungen und Ergebnisse bei  200  nach verschiedenen
 Methoden  behandelten  Briichen  im  Bereich des  Ellbogen-
 gelenkes.  Arch, orthop. Unfallchir., 1938,  39: 54-89.—Strauss,
 F.  Heilungsergebnisse nach Ellenbogengelenksbruchen.  Ibid.,
 1933-34, 34: 410-20.—Wijnen, H. P.  [Treatment of fractures
 of elbow-joint]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1929, 73: 3713-5.

 ----   Humero-radial joint.
   Escardo  y Anaya, V.   Un caso de ausencia  congenita de los
 cubitos,  con anquilosis del radio con el humero; hidrocefalia.
 Arch. lat. amer. pediat., B. Air., 1915, 2. ser., 9: 52-5.—Frank,
 A.   Ueber Humero-Radialsynostose; ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis
 der  Mikromelie des Menschen.  Beitr. path. Anat., 1937, 99:
 242-50.—Gregoire, R., & Vuillidme.  Fracture  de la tete radiale
 trait6e par les infiltrations novocainiques suivies de mobilisa-
 tion  immediate;  ankylose   progressive  par neoformations
 osseuses p6ri-articulaires.  Mem. Acad, chir.,  Par., 1937, 63:
 349.—Staunig,   K.   Ueber  Periarthritis   humero-radialis.
 Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1934, 49: 90-2.

 ----   Humero-radial  joint:  Dislocation.

   See also Radius, Dislocation.
   Beracha,  A.   *Luxation des oberen  Radius-
 endes.   51p.   8?   Berl., 1927.
   GtIthert, J. O.  ♦Zur Behandlung der Radius-
 kopfiuxation.   38p.   8?   Jena,  1930.
   Salomon, H.   *Ein Fall von Luxatio capituli
 radii anterior  congenita  mit  patholog.   Cubitus
 valgus.   39p.   8?   Berl.,  1914.
   Zieger,  S.    *Die  traumatischen  Luxationen
 des Radiuskopfchens.  72p.  8?  Lpz., 1901.
   Avoni, A. Lussazioni posteriore completa traumatica della
 testa del radio sinistro.  Policlinico, 1928, 35:  sez. prat., 343-
 6.—Busatti, P. F.  Un caso di lussazione congenita tardiva
 della testa del radio.  Arch, ortop., Milano, 1928, 44: 366-86.—
 Camplani, M.  Un caso di lussazione congenita della testa del
 radio. Radiol, med., Milano, 1929, 16: 1093-100.—Catterina,
 A.   Sulla lussazione  congenita del capitello del radio.  Chir.
 org.  movim., 1934-35, 19: 480-7.—Colville, H. C. Dislocation
 of the head of the radius. Med. J. Australia,  1927, 1: 927.—
 Grossman, J.  Subluxation of the head of the radius; based on
 the  study of 37 cases.  Med. Rec,  N. Y., 1920,  98: 981 —
 Harbitz, H.  F.  [Congenital, bilateral dislocation of the head of
 the radius]  Norsk mag. laegevid., 1932, 93: Forh. kir. foren.,
 60-2.—Horsch, K. Beitrag zur isolierten angeborenen Radius-
 kopfchenluxation.  Zbl.  Chir.,  1934,  61: 993-5.—Jaulin &
 Limouzi.  Luxation congenitale  bilaterale de la tete  du radius.
 J. radiol. electr.,  1930, 14: 27-9.—Konig, E.  Zur operativen
 Behandlung der Verrenkung  des Speichenkopfchens.  Chirurg,
 1930, 2: 112-5.—Lotsch, F.  Ueber die Behandlung der volaren
 Radiusluxation  am Ellenbogen.  Zbl. Chir.,  1933,  60: 2178.
 ------  Erfahrungen  mit der operativen Behandlung  der
 Luxatio radii in die Ellenbeuge. Ibid., 1938,  65: 2038-41.—
 McFarland, B.  Congenital dislocation of the head of the radius
 Brit. J. Surg., 1936, 24: 41-9, 18 pi.—Merlini, A.  La lussazione
 congenita del capitello del radio.  Arch, ortop., Milano, 1926
 42: 97-126.—Milch, H.  Dislocation of the head of the radius!
 suggestion for a new operative procedure.  J. Bone Surg., 1928|
 10:  89-93.—Pfeiffer,  R.  Die angeborene Verrenkung  des
 Speichenkopfchens als  Teilerscheinung anderer kongenitaler
 Ellenbogengelenkmissbildungen.    Zschr.  menschl.  Vererb.
 1937-38, 21: 530-44.—Prini, i.  Luxaci6n aislada de la extre-
 midad superior del radio: tecnica para rehacer  su  ligamento
 anular.  Bol. Inst. clfn. quir., B. Air., 1927, 3: 915-9, 7 pi.__
 Rendu, A.  Luxation isoiee de la tete radiale d'origine traumati-
 que.   Lyon med.,  1926, 138:  331.—Roello, G.  Varieta rara di
lussazione del gomito:  lussazione  posteriore del radio in un
 bambino.   Chir.  org. movim.,  1923, 7: 569-78.—Rose, T.
 Bilateral congenital dislocation of the head of the radius.  Med
 J. Australia, 1938, 1: 741.—Simons. B.  Die operative Behand-
 lung der Subluxatio capituli radii  nach hinten.  Deut. Zschr.
 Chir.,  1929, 217: 414-6.—Sommer, R.  Operative Behandlung
 der  Luxation  des Radiuskopfchens  nach vorn.  Beitr. klin.
 Chir.,  1929, 146: 265-8.—Thayumanaswamy, V. R.  A case of
 old dislocation of the head of the radius.  Madras M. J., 1937,
 17: 19.

 ----   Humero-radial  joint:   Dislocation   with
   fracture of forearm [Monteggia]

   See also Ulna, Fracture.

   Casalis-Feer, G. M.   ♦Contribution a l'etude

 des fractures de  Monteggia  et de leur  traitement.
 47p.   8?   Par.,  1929.
   Cotjdrain,   A.   ♦Contribution  a  l'etude dea
 fractures  de   Monteggia et de leur traitement.
 64p.   8?   Par.,  1928.

   R6xo  Nobre,  M.  O.    ♦Contribuicao  para
 estudo da  lesao  de  Monteggia.    83p.   8?   S.
 Paulo, 1933.
   Alglave.  Au sujet du  traitement sanglant de la fracture de
 Monteggia.  Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1932, 58: 18-21 —
 Andreoiu, C. & Covali, N.  [Complicated Monteggia fracture]
 Spitalul, 1938, 58: 471-4.—Bellerose, A. Un cas de fracture de
 Monteggia.  Union med. Canada, 1932, 61: 857-60.—Bena-
 vente G., R.  Fracturas de Monteggia y su tratamiento.  Bol.
 Soc. cir. Chile,  1933, 11: 379-417.—Boiceff, B.  Cura  delle
 fratture inveterate del Monteggia con accorciamento diafisario
 del radio.  Chir. org. movim., 1935-36, 20: 489-92.—Caraven,
 J.  Fracture de Monteggia, avec luxation posterieure du radius,
 vicieusement consolid6e;  bon resultat fonctionnel.  Bull. Soc.
 nat. chir., Par., 1928, 54: 879.—Cioran, S., & Sima, C.  [Mon-
 teggia's fracture  with posterior dislocation of the radius]  Rev.
 san. mil.,  Bucur.,  1933,  32:  622-4.—Constantinesco,  M.
 Fracture Monteggia.  Rev. chir., Bucur.,  1938, 41:  57.—
 Cubbins, W. R.   Ulnar fracture and dislocation  of the head of
 the radius.  Indust. M., 1935, 4: 186.—Cunningham, S.  R.
 Fracture of the ulna with dislocation of the head of the radius.
 J. Bone Surg.,  1934, 16: 351-4.—Di Prampero, A.  Considera-
 zioni su 19 casi di lesione del Monteggia.  Chir. org. movim.,
 1937-38, 23: 108-33.—Fredet,  P.   A propos de  la fracture  de
 Monteggia; la variete grave. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1931,
 57: 1628-36.—Fruchaud  & Gamier,  P.  Remarques sur  le
 traitement de la fracture de Monteggia recente.  Ibid., 1928,
 54; 866-70.—Guibal, A.  A propos de la fracture de Monteggia;
 resultats fonctionnels eioign6s d'une lesion non reduite.  Arch.
 Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier,  1932, 13: 527-33.—Hunt, G. H.
 Fracture of the shaft of the ulna, with dislocation of the head of
 the radius.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1939, 112: 1241-4.—Juvara,  E.
 Fracture de l'avant-bras  droit  et luxation, en arriere de l'ex-
 tremite superieure du radius; fracture de Monteggia compliquee
 de la fracture du radius.  Bull. Soc nat. chir., Par.,  1928, 54:
 804-6.—Lambotte, A. Contribuci6n al estudio de la fractura  de
 Monteggia.  Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1933, 17: 941-9.  Also Dia
 med., B. Air., 1933-34, 6: 255.  Also Techn. chir., Par., 1934,
 26: 237-45.—Leclerc, G.  Fracture du cubitus  avec luxation
 de la tete radiale (fracture de Monteggia)   Gaz.  hdp., 1929,
 102: 441.—Loheac, P.  Frattura esposta del cubito al suo terzo
 superiore,  con  lussazione  della testa del radio in  avanti e  in
 alto. Kinase, med., 1929,  6:205-7, pi.—Luccioni, C.  Frattura-
 lussazione di Monteggia.  Ibid., 1933, 10: 327, 1 pi.—Mackuth,
 E.  Ueber die Behandlung der Luxationsfraktur des Radius-
 kopfchens.  Beitr. klin. Chir., 1936, 164: 628-32.—Moreau, J.
 Luxation du radius au coude avec fracture de la diaphyse cubi-
 tale (fracture de  Monteggia)   Arch. fr. belg. chir.,  1925, 28:
 1048-61.—Ombredanne,  L.  Sur  la fracture de  Monteggia.
 Bull. Soc nat. chir., Par., 1932, 58: 21-8.—Roederer,  C.  Frac-
 ture du cubitus au tiers superieur avec luxation de la tete radiale
 (fracture de Monteggia) resultat eioigne.  Ibid., 1925,  51: 1100-
 4.—Rossi, F.   La lesione del Monteggia (fratture della diafisi
 cubitale e lussazione del capitello radiale) Clin, chir., Milano,
 1932,  35:  493-542.—Salamero, F.  Fractura de  Monteggia.
 Rev. cir. Barcelona, 1932, 4: 36.—Soler Terol, M.  Fractura  de
 Monteggia.  Ars  medica, Barcel.,  1931, 7: 276-9.—S. Assien
 Tahar  [Fractura ulnae et luxation capit. radii] Geneesk. tschr.
 Ned. Indie, 1939, 79: 952.—Stepin. S. A. [Mechanical origin of
 Monteggia's fracture and the significance of the interosseous
 membrane of the antebrachii]  Vest, khir., 1936, 47: 65-70.—
 Szepessy, Z. [Fractures of the  radius at the elbow and mecha-
 nism of Monteggia's fracture]  Orvoskepzes, 1935, 25: dec.
 kulonf. (T. Vereb61y Festschr.)  320-2, pi.—Topa, P.,  & Trifon,
 P.  [Monteggia fracture]  Rev. chir., Bucur. 1937,  40: 353-61.

----   Humero-ulnar joint.

   Giacich, A. F.   Lussazione del cubito ridotta dopo trenta-
 cinque  giorni.  Mem. med. contemp., Venez., 1846, 16: 338-
45.—Milch, H.   Bilateral recurrent dislocation of  the ulna at
 the elbow.  J. Bone Surg., 1936, 18: 777-80,  4 pi.—Sorrel, E.,
 &  Bret.  Fracture du  H supdieur du radius  avec luxation
 posterieure  de l'extremite  superieure  de  cubitus;  reduction
sanglante de la fracture.   Mem. Acad, chir., Par.,  1938, 64:
212.—Tavernier.  M.  Arthroplastie du coude pour ankylose
humero-cubitale.  Lyon chir., 1937, 34: 596-8. 
ELBOW JOINT                                115                                ELBOW  JOINT
  ----   Hyperextension.
     Barbosa Sueiro, M. B.  Annotations anatomiques: note sur
  I'hyper-extension et l'hypo-extension du coude humain.  Arq.
  anat., 1928, 12:  1-4.------Note sur l'hyperextension et
  l'hypo-extension  du  coude chez  d'autres  mammifdes  que
  I'homme.  Ibid.,  189-93.—Markov, D. A.  [Symptom of Leri's
  hyperextension phenomenon of the forearm] Sovet. psikhonevr.,
  1931, 7: 42.—Royer, P.  A propos d'un  cas d'hyperextension
  tr6s exager6e de l'avant-bras.  Bull. Soc.  anthrop. Paris, 1924,
  7.  ser.,  5: 77.—Wachsmuth,  W.  Zur  Hyperextension  des
  Ellenbogengelenkes.  Deut. Zschr.  Chir.,  1933, 240: 96-100.

  ----   Injury.

     See also subheading Fracture.
     Cotte, G.   Resultat eioign6  (17  ans)  d'une  resection du
  coude pour coup de feu articulaire.  Lyon, chir., 1933, 30:
  312.—Danckelman, A. von.  Grundsatze  zur Nachbehandlung
  von Verletzungen des Ellbogengelenks und seiner Umgebung
  Zbl. Chir.,  1935, 62: 2536-41.—Ewald. P.  Die Ellenbogen-
  scheibe.   Munch, med.  Wschr.,  1933, 80:  2015.—Fairbank,
  H. A. T.  Prognosis in injuries of the elbow-joint.  Lancet,
  Lond., 1934, 2: 263.—Geist. E. S., & Henry, M. O.  Disloca-
  tions and simple  fractures of the elbow.   Minnesota M., 1928,
  11: 509-13.—Gr.  Alte  Ellbogengelenkverletzungen.  Ront-
  genpraxis,  1934, 6: 755.—Higgs, S. L.  Injuries to the elbow-
  joint.  Brit. M.  J.,  1938. 2:  189-91.—Lussana,  S.  Piano
  operatorio e via di accesso negl'interventi per viziate consolida-
  zioni di fratture e per lussazioni inveterate del gomito.  Arch.
  Soc. ital. chir. (1925) 1926, 32: 603-10.—McDonald, R. H.
  Fractures and dislocations of the elbow.   Indust. M.,  1939, 8:
  196.—Muller, P.   Plaie p6netrante  etendue du coude  avec
  luxation  de 10 centimetres d'hum6rus et deiabrements epiphy-
  saires; operation; guerison.  Bull.  Soc. chir. Paris, 1928,  20:
  247-50.—Murray, J. M.  Traumatic flail elbow.  J. Am. M.
  Ass., 1936, 106: 282.—Ogilvie, W. H.  Minor injuries of the
  elbow-joint.   Clin. J.,  Lond.,  1930, 59: 133;  145.  ------
  Verrall, J.  [et al.]  Discussion  on minor injuries of the elbow
  joint.  Proc. R.  Soc. M., Lond., 1929-30, 23:  sect,  orthop.,
  6-30, 3 pi.—Rachlin, N. H. New splint  for the treatment of
  fractures and injuries at the elbow joint.  Am. J. Surg., 1935,
  30: 560-2.—Reckling, F.   Beitrag zur Nachbehandlung  von
  Ellenbogengelenksverletzungen.   Med.  Welt, 1937, 11: 427-
  30.—Robertson, D. E.  Fractures  and dislocations involving
  the elbow joint in children.  Am. J. Surg., 1938, 39: 327-33.—
  Siris, I. E.  Elbow fractures and dislocations; treatment  and
  analysis  of  181 cases at Bellevue  Hospital, New York City.
  Surg. Gyn.  Obst., 1925, 40: 665-82.—Sleep, S. B.  The  im-
  portance of early physical therapy in injuries to the elbow joint.
  Physiother.  Rev., 1936, 16: 18.—Thomas, T. T.  A contribu-
  tion to the mechanism of fractures and dislocations in the elbow
  region.   Ann.  Surg.,  1929, 89:  108-21.—Weiland, A.  H.
  Injuries to the bones  of the elbow.  South. Surgeon, 1938, 7:
  54-60.—Wilson, P. D.  Fractures and dislocations in the region
  of  the elbow.  Surg. Gyn. Obst.,  1933,  56:  335-59.  Also
  repr.—Winterstein, O.  Ueber Ellbogenfrakturen und Luxa-
  tionen.  Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1929, 59: 423-6.

  ----   Laxity.

    Kerherve,  Y.   ♦Contribution  a  l'etude  des
  coudes  ballants.   79p.  8?   Par.,  1926.
    Curtillet, E.  La laxite du coude, ses rapports avec l'entorse,
  son traitement. Rev. orthop., Par., 1939, 3. ser., 26: 215-22.—
  Jiingling,  O.  Ein  typisches Phanomen  (schnappender  Ell-
  bogen)  Beitr.  klin. Chir.,  1918,  110:  588-94.—Mauclaire.
  Les coudes ballants.  Sem. hop. Paris, 1925, 1: 3-18.

 ----  Ligaments.
   Buxton, S. J. D.  Ossification in  the ligaments of the elbow
 joint.   J.  Bone Surg., 1938, 20: 709-14.—Cotton, F. J., &
 Morrison, G. M.  Repair of orbicular ligament at the elbow.
 N. England  J. M.,  1934, 210:  1218.—Crowe, H. E.  Recon-
 struction of the radial annular ligament. California West. M.,
 1932, 36: 188.—Katzenstein, H.  J.  Ein  Beitrag zur Genese
 von Verknocherungen  im Kapselbandapparat des Ellenbo-
 gengelenkes.   Beitr. klin. Chir., 1935, 162: 136-42.

 ----  Loose body.

   Sidler, A.   ♦Ueber traumatische Schadigung
 und  Gelenkkorperbildung  im   Ellbogengelenk
 [Basel]   lOp.   8?  Stuttg., 1924.
   Chaton, M.  A  propos d'une observation de corps etrangers
 articulaires  du  coude  (arthropathie  osteochondrophytique)
 Bull. Soc. nat. chir.,  Par., 1932,  58: 170-81.—Kamniker,  K.
 Beitrag zur  Kenntnis der freien Gelenkkorper des Ellbogen-
 gelenkes.  Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1934, 243: 464-70.—Kirby, F. J.
 Foreign bodies in  the elbow joint; baseball  pitchers' elbow.
 J. Am. M. Ass., 1930, 95: 404.—Moreau, L. Osselet intra-
 articulaire du coude.  Ann. anat.  path.,  Par., 1927, 4: 216.—
 Oberholzer,  J.  Beitrag zur Diagnostik des Corpus mobile  im
 Ellbogengelenk.  Zbl. Chir., 1935, 62: 1348-51.—Roth, P.  B.
 Locking of elbow due to large loose body.   Proc. R. Soc M.,
 Lond.,  1924-25, 18:  sect, orthop.,  13.—Sidler,  A.  Ueber
traumatische  Schadigung  und Gelenkkorperbildung im  Ell-
bogengelenk.   Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1923-24,  44:  554-62.— |
 SSderlund, G.  [Loose bodies in the elbow-joint; their origin]
 Hygiea, Stockh.,  1930, 92: 752 ii3—Tempsky,  A. von.  Zur
 Klinik der freien  Korper des  Ellenbogengelenks.  Beitr. klin.
 Chir.,  1930-31, 151: 521-7.—Weisfelt, W. A.  Een nest van
 negentien  gewrichtsmuizen   in  den  elleboog  (chondroom)
 Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1933, 77: 179, 2 pi.

 ----   Osteochondritis.

    Althoff, F.   ♦Ueber  Osteochondritis  disse-
 cans  des  Ellenbogengelenkes  an  Hand  von  2
 Fallen   [Giessen]  15p.  8?  [Marburg]   1925.
    Castay.  Osteo-chondrite  dissequante  du  coude.   Bull.
 soc radiol. med.  France, 1936, 24: 465.— Christensen, L. O.
 [Osteochondritis dissecans of the elbow-joint]  Ugeskr. laeger,
 1930,  92: 716-9, pi—Lohr, W.  Epiphysenstorungen  im
 EUenbogengelenk,  zugleich ein  Versuch  der genetischen Er-
 klarung  der  Osteochondritis  dissecans.   Arch.  klin. Chir.,
 1930, 162: 489-520  [Discussion] 119-24.—Meyer-Wildisen, R.
 Osteochondritis dissecans und freie Korper  des  Ellbogenge-
 lenks.  Schweiz.  med. Wschr.,  1932,  62:  579-82.—Murphy,
 F. G.  Osteochondritis dissecans  of the elbow.  Proc.  Inst.
 M. Chicago,  1936,  11:  193.  Also J.  Bone Surg., 1939, 21:
 464-6.—Mutel  &  Bertrand.   Corps  etrangers articulaires du
 coude  par osteochondrite dissequante de l'epiphyse inferieure
 de I'humerus.  Rev. med. Nancy, 1936, 64: 173.—Nielsen, A.
 Osteochondritis dissecans of head of radius]  Hospitalstidende,
 1931, 74:  701-6, 3 pi.—Pezcoller, A.  Contributo alio studio
 deU'osteocondrite  dessecante  del  gomito.  Arch.  ital. chir.,
 1936, 43:  257-82.—Rostock, P.  Osteochondritis dissecans des
 Ellenbogens  und   Pressluftwerkzeugsarbeit.   Arch,   orthop.
 Unfallchir., 1933,  33: 449-55.—Schirmer, A.  Osteochondritis
 dissecans des Ellenbogengelenkes. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1925,
 55: 489.—Staa, H. von.  Zur Frage der Operation  bei der
 Osteochondritis dissecans.   Arch. klin.  Chir.,  1930,  171:
 281-308.—Talbot.  A., & Dubau, R.  Osteochondrite disse-
 quante des 2 coudes.  Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr., 1936, 29: 192.—
 Uhrmacher, F.  Ueber Osteochondritis deformans juvenilis des
 Ellbogengelenkes.   Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1933, 59: 398-411.—
 Winterstein, O. Ueber die Osteochondritis deformans juvenilis
 cubiti.  Beitr. klin. Chir., 1933, 157: 527-35.

 ----  Radio-ulnar joint [upper]

    See also Forearm.
    Leleu,  A. P.  L.   ^La  synostose congenitale,
 radio-cubitale  superieure.   103p.   8?   Par.,  1925.
    Baldwin, C. H.  Fusion of the radio-ulnar joint. J. Bone
 Surg.,  1929,  11:  345.—Chasin,  A.  Synostosis radioulnaris
 superior congenita; zur Frage iiber die Anatomie, die  Patho-
 genese und die Behandluna: dieser Erkrankung.  Zschr.  orthop.
 Chir., 1932, 56: 353-77.—Crespellani, C.  Un caso di sinostosi
 radio-ulnare superiore congenita.   Gior. med. mil., 1926, 74:
 471-3.—Rabinerson, A. B.  [Roentgen diagnosis and  clinical
 aspect  of  congenital radio-ulnar  synosteosis]  Vest,  rentg.,
 1931, 9: 413-8.—Vassallo. R.  Su di un caso di sinostosi radio-
 ulnare superiore bilaterale congenita ereditaria.  Arch,  ortop.,
 Milano, 1934,  50:  1231-47.—Vulliet. H.  La  luxation (sub-
 luxation ou diastase) radio-cubitale superieure chez l'adolescent.
 Rev. med. Suisse rom., 1927, 47: 301-10.

 ----  Surgery.

    Bahr, W.   ♦Beitrag  zur Casuistik  der   Chi-
 rurgie des  Ellenbogengelenks,  unter  Zugrunde-
 legung einiger  im Anschar-Krankenhaus zu Kiel
 operierter Falle.   23p.   8?   Kiel,  1933.
    Patlajan, E.   ♦A propos d'un  cas  d'arthro-
 plastie du coude chez un enfant.  38p.   8?   Par.,
 1925.
    Wilms, M.,  &  Gtjleke,  N.   Die Chirurgie des
 Ellbogens   und  Vorderarmes.    p. 186-404.   8?
 Stuttg.,  1922.
    In Handb.  prakt. Chir., 5. Aufl., Stuttg., 1922, 5:
   Albee,  F. H. Arthroplasty of the elbow.  J. Bone Surg.,
 1933, 15:  979-85.—Allende, J. M.  Via de penetraci6n a la
 articulaci6n del codo.  Rev. cir., B. Air., 1933, 12: 834-8.—
 Analid y Castillo,  J., & Prieto, I.  Procedimiento quirtirgico
 para obtenir una neartrosis del codo.  Gac. med. Mexico, 1928,
 59: 139-51.—Anglesio, B.  Contributo clinico all'artroplastica
 del gomito. Gior.  Accad. med. Torino,  1926, 4. ser., 32: 435.
 Also Minerva med., Tor., 1926, 6: 770-7.—Ashhurst, A. P. C.
 Arthrodesis of the  elbow.  Ann.  Surg., 1926,  83: 104-10.—
 Barberis, J. C.  Artroplastfa  de  codo.  Rev.  med. Rosario,
 1933, 23: 1003-17.—Brown. H. P., jr.  Arthroplasty of elbow.
 Ann. Surg., 1935, 101: 793-6.—Campbell, W. C.   Incision for
 exposure of the elbow joint.  Am. J. Surg., 1932, n. ser., 15:
 65-7.   Also repr.—Charry, R.  Osteo-arthrite  deformante
 tuberculeuse du coude et greffon intra-epiphysaire.   Rev.
 orthop., Par., 1931, 3. ser., 18: 679-85.—Dionis du Sejour, P.
 De la mobilisation  post-operatoire immediate dans les inter-
 ventions sur le coude a l'aide  d'un appareil permettant rim-
mobilisation.   Arch. med. chir. province,  1925, 15: 323-32.—
Erlacher, P. J.  Zur operativen Heilung einer Kubital-Tuber-
kulose; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Frage der Tuberkulinanergie. 
ELBOW JOINT                               116                               ELBOW JOINT
Wien.  med.  Wschr.,  1933, 83: 1257-9.—Fonseca Lima.   A
interpretacao nas arthrolises de cotoveio.  Tribuna med., Rio,
1926, 32: 2-6—Garces, J. La artoplastia de codo.  Progr.
clin., Madr., 1933, 41: 16-25.—Gerlach, K.  Erfahrungen mit
dem mittleren  vorderen Ellbogengelenksschnitt nach Lawen.
Beitr. klin. Chir., 1932, 155: 589-96—Glisean, D. J.  Arthro-
plasty of the elbow.  Med. J. Australia, 1935, 2: 699.—Guillot,
P.  La voie transolecranienne.  Arch. fr. belg. chir., 1924, 27:
369-76.—Lawen, A.   Ueber die operativen Zugangswege zum
vorderen Abschnitt des Ellbogengelenkes. Arch. klin. Chir.,
1930, 162: 521-3  [Discussion] 124-9.------  Ueber die
vordere Fensterung  des  Ellbogengelenkes  bei  chronischen
Erkrankungen.  Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1934,  64: 644.  -----—
Ueber  die  Punktion  des Ellbogengelenks von vom durch die
Bicepssehne  und die  Arthrotomie mit vorderem  medialem
Langsschnitt bei Ellbogengelenksvereiterungen.  Zbl. Chir.,
1936, 63:  306-8.—Magaldi, B.  Critica  di  un nuovo taglio
proposto da  Lawen per raggiungere l'articolazione del gomito
dalla via  anteriore.  Ann. ital. chir., 1931,  10: 778-85 —
Meyerding, H. W.  Arthroplasty of the elbow: presentation of
2 cases. Proc.  Mayo Clin., 1933, 8: 350.—Molesworth, H. W.
L.  An operation for the complete exposure of the elbow-joint.
Brit. J. Surg., 1930, 18: 303-7.—Morisson, R. A. F.  Essai sur
les voies d'acces chirurgical vers l'articulation  du coude. Arch.
m6d. pharm. mil., 1926, 85: 117-65.—Nava y Rojas, R.  Cirugia
ortopedica del  codo.  Rev. med. mil., M6x., 1939, 2: No. 7,
4-19.—Petrova, A. A.  [Operative treatment of long-standing
affections of  the elbow-joint]  Nov. khir.  arkh., 1938, 42: 35-
48.—Roberts, S. M., & Joplin, R. J.  Arthroplasty of the elbow.
N.  England  J.  M.,  1937, 216: 646-54.—Shatunovsky, L.  I.
[Drainage of the elbow joint]  Ortop. travmat., 1938, 12: 65-
71.—Vails Marin. Artoplasia de codo. Med. ibera, 1936, 30:
78.—Wolff, L. H., & Ghormley, R. K.  Reconstruction of fore-
arm following loss of  radius; arthroplasty of elbow; report of
case.  Proc.  Mayo Clin., 1937, 12: 673.

----   Surgery:  Resection.

   Machado Portella,  F.  P.   ♦A resecgao  do
cotoveio.  lip.  8?   Bahia, 1864.
   Adao, L.  Cirurgia articular  e resseccao do cotoveio. Med.
contemp.,  Lisb., 1930, 48: 265-74.—Bidart  Malbran, J. C.
Resultados alejados  de la  hemirresecci6n del  codo.  Prensa
m6d. argent., 1931-32, 18: 1102-6.—Bosch Arana.  Hemides-
articulaci6n cineplastica del codo  (metodo original) Bol. Soc.
cir. B. Aires, 1924, 8:  591-8.   ------ Desarticulations cine-
plastiques du coude.   Presse med., 1925, 33: 67-9.—Buzby, B.
F.  End-results of excision of the elbow. Ann. Surg., 1936, 103:
625-34.—Das Gupta, S. C. A case of excision of the elbow
joint.  Ind.  M. Gaz., 1927, 62: 259-61.—Davidson,  A. J., &
Horwitz. M. T.  Resection of the elbow joint.  Surgery, 1938, 3:
226-33.—Finochietto, R.  Resecci6n de codo;  el afrontamiento
de los  extremos, despues de hemi-reseccion superior.  Prensa
med. argent., 1939,  26: 219-21.—Gruca, A.   [Treatment of
tuberculosis of the elbow in adults by resection and immediate
arthroplasty] Polska gaz. lek., 1931, 10: 886-91.  Also Bull.
Soc nat. chir., Par., 1932, 58: 71-5.—Guarini, G.  La resezione
nella tuberculosi del gomito.  Rinasc. med.,  1934, 11: 504.—
Hallock, H.  Fusion of the elbow joint for tuberculosis; a new
technique and a report of 3 cases.  J. Bone Surg.,  1932,  14:
145-53.—Le  Jemtel.  La resection dans les luxations et frac-
tures anciennes  du coude (a propos de trois  cas ankyloses en
extension)  Arch. fr.  belg. chir., 1922, 25: 183-7.—Leriche, R.
De  1'arthrotomie eiargie du coude par section des ligaments
lateraux et  desarticulation temporaire posterieure  dans  la
chondromatose articulaire et pour faciliter certaines osteosyn-
theses.  Lyon chir., 1928, 25: 458.—Rebaudi, F. Resezione del
gomito nella tubercolosi osteo-articolare.  Arch, ortop., Milano,
1934, 50:  1211-22.—Riosalido, J.  Tecnica  para obtener la
anquilosis en las osteo-artritis tuberculosas del codo.  Rev. hig.
tuberc, Valencia, 1935, 28: 119-21.—Seneque, J.  Resultats
doignes des resections du coude.  Presse med.,  1926, 34: 1351.—
Steney, R. A.   Excision  of the  elbow.  Rapp.  Congr. Soc.
internat. chir., 1924, 6. Congr., 160-82—Tixier. Enquete sur
les resections de coude faites par Oilier; a propos de 11 resultats
doignes controles cliniquement  et radiographiquement. Lyon
chir., 1930, 27: 793-809.—Tombler.   Quelques remarques sur
la resection anaplastique de l'articulation du  coude.   In Livre
d'or (T. Papayoannou) Naumburg,  1932, 269-278.—Ugarte
M., E.  Resecci6n del codo por anquilosis traumatica (luxo-
fractura)  Bol. Soc. cir. Chile, 1926, 4: 171-3.—Vails Marin.
Resecci6n de codo.  Med. ibera, 1934, 28: 782.

----   Tumor.
  Blondeau, A., Morand,  F., & Miramond de Laroquette, J.
Osteome post-traumatique du coude precocement traitee  par
la radiotherapie. Bull. Soc radiol. med. France, 1936, 24: 252-
4.—Dagneau, P. C, & Audet,  G.  Deux cas d'osteome du
coude reveies par un accident du travail.  Bull. med. Quebec,
1927, 28:  161.—Friedlander, C.   Ueber  Knochenneubildung
am   EUenbogengelenk.  Rontgenpraxis,  1929,  1:   111-5.—
Massart, R.  La formation des osteomes du coude. Bull. Soc.
chir. Paris, 1930, 22:  725-34.   Also Gaz. med. France, 1931,
228-31.—Peugniez.  A propos des osteomes du coude. Bull.
Soc.  chir. Paris, 1930, 22:  724.—Saleeby, E. R.  Melanotic
sarcoma.  Proc Path. Soc.  Philadelphia,  1923-24, 26: 112.—
Taparelli, A.  Un caso di  tumore a mieloplassi del gomito
sinistro trattato  coi raggi X. Radiol,  med., Milano, 1927, 14:
859-68.
----   in animals.
   Aughterlonie, L. Capped elbow in the dog. Vet  J. Lond.,
1936  92-  59  2 pi.—King, H.  A.   Elbow dislocation  in an
Alsatian.'  Vet. Rec, Lond., 1932, 12: 818-20.
   EL-DEFRAOUI,  Ahmed   Hassib.     ♦Etude
statistique  sur I'hypertension arterielle chez les
diabetiques    [Geneve]   28p.   8?   Annemasse,
1933.
   ELDERTON, Ethel Mary.
   See Pearson, Karl, & Elderton, Ethel M.  A second study of
the influence of parental alcoholism on the physique [&c]  35p.
4?  Lond., 1910.
   ----  &   PEARSON,   Karl.    The   relative
strength  of  nurture  and  nature.    2.  ed.   60p.
8?   Lond.,  Cambridge Univ.  Press,  1915.
   Univ. London, Galton Lab. Nat. Eugen., Eugen. Lab. Sec.
ser. 3.
   ELDERTON,  William  Palin,  1877-        The
impossibility of war risk insurance; a paper read
before the Insurance Institute of London on 15th
March, 1938.   15,  lp.  8?   Cambr., Cambridge
Univ. Press, 1938.
   ---- & FIPPARD,  Richard  Clift.   The con-
struction of  mortality and  sickness  tables; a
primer.  3. ed.  ix, 130p.  tab. diagr. 8?  Lond.,
A. & C.  Black, 1935.
   EL-DIB,  Osman  lb.   ♦Complications  articu-
laires au cours d'une  m^ningite ce>ebro-spinale.
20p.  8?   Geneve, 1919.
   EL-DICK,   Michel    Ibrahim,    1908-
*Traitement chirurgical de la hanche paralytique
en  flexion;  operation  de  Campbell.   51p.   8?
Lyon,  Bosc freres, 1937.
   EL DJABRY, Kales.  Le traitement  des affec-
tions  tuberculeuses de la  peau  au moyen  de
1'antigene methylique  de A. Bocquet & I.  Negre.
18p.  8?   Geneve, 1925.
   ELDRACHER, Ernst [Otto]  1895-        ♦Die
Falle von Spina bifida cystica an der Marburger
chirurgischen  Universitatsklinik in  den  Jahren
1920 bis  1927  (einschliesslich)  und  ihre  Opera-
tionsergebnisse   [Marburg]   32p.    8?   Stuttg.,
E. Hofele, 1928.
   ELDRED,  Myrtle  Meyer, 1885-       Your
baby and mine, x, 219p.  8?  N. Y., G. H. Watt,
1931.
   ELDRIDGE, Edward F.
   See Theroux, Frank R., Eldridge, E. F., & Mallmann, W. L.
Laboratory manual for chemical and bacterial analysis of water
and sewage. 2. ed.  228p.  8? N. Y., 1936.

ELECTRA complex.

   See under Complex.

ELECTRARGOL.

   See Silver, colloidal.

ELECTRIC  arc.

   See also Electrophototherapy;  Lamp;  Lighting;
Phototherapy;  Ultraviolet ray.
   Brodaty, S.  ♦Irradiations gene>ales et locales
au  moyen  des lampes  a   arc.   70p.   8?   Par.,
1935.
   Bond, G. D. Combination arc light and Roentgen therapy.
Am.  J. Electrother., 1917, 35: 370.—Coblentz, W. W., Dorcas,
M. J., & Hughes, C. W.  Strahlungsmessungen des elektrischen
Lichtbogens und anderer therapeutischer Lichtquellen. Strah-
lentherapie, 1928, 30: 170-92.—Dadlez,  J.  Sur la proportion
des vapeurs nitreuses au voisinage  d'une lampe a arc  pour
traitement medical.  C. rend. Acad, sc, 1927, 185:  420-2.—
Saugman, A.  Direct or alternating current arc lamps for light
therapy?  Acta radiol.,  Stockh., 1939, 20:  75-7.   -----
[Seventy amperes three-phase arc-lamp for local Finsen treat-
ment]  Nord.  med.,  1939,  2: 1393-6.—Young,  B. M.   The
molybdeno-tungsten arc in the treatment of various  suppura-
tive lesions.  Lancet, Lond., 1919, 1: 108.

----   Carbon  arc.
   Bottler, R., & Knoll, O.  H.  Erfahrungen  mit einer neuen
Kohlenbogenlampe (Albertus-Sonne) Messungen mit   dem 
ELECTRIC ARC
117
ELECTRIC CELL
 neuen bioklimatischen UV-Dosimeter an Kohlenbogenlampen.
 Strahlentherapie, 1938,  62: 348-55.—Gases from the carbon
 arc.  Lancet, Lond., 1938, 1:  1348.—Eveready 2-bed carbon
 arc lamp, model A-22, acceptable.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1936, 107:
 1561.—Goldhaber,  G.   Untersuchungen uber Intensitat der
 Ultraviolett- und  Gesamtstrahlung kiinstlicher Lichtquellen;
 das  Kohlenbogenlicht  bei  Gleichstrom.   Strahlentherapie,
 1929, 34: 143-56.—Goodman, H.  The therapeutic carbon arc.
 Am. J. Phys. Ther., 1926-27, 3: 507-12. ------  Carbon arc
 and  flame lamps in medicine and surgery.  Am. J.  Roentg.,
 1927, n. ser., 17: 342-8— Griffith,  H. D.  Physikalische Unter-
 suchungen  iiber  das   Quecksilber-  und  Kohlenbogenlicht.
 Strahlentherapie, 1928-29, 31: 402-9.—Johnson, J. R., Pollock,
 B. E. [et al.] The effect of carbon arc radiation on blood pres-
 sure and cardiac  output.   Am.  J. Physiol., 1935-36, 114:
 594-602.—Moser, E. Beitrage zur therapeutischen Verwendung
 des blauen  Bogenlichtes,  besonders in  der  Chirurgie.  Med.
 Klin.,  Berl., 1909-10,  5: 1592-4.—Richter, P.  Der thera-
 peutische Wert der Bestrahlung  granulierender und eitriger
 Wunden und Unterschenkelgeschwiire mit blauem Bogenlicnt.
 Deut. med. Wschr., 1909, 35: 758-61.—Rowlett, A. E.  Cases
 illustrating  the local action of the carbon arc in dentistry.
 Brit. Dent.  J., 1926, 47: 558-62.—Stein, A.  A medical carbon-
 arc light lamp on new  principles. Arch. Phys. Ther., 1926,
 7: 334-42.   Also Brit.  J. Radiol., B. I. R. Sect., 1926, 31:
 310-21. Also Strahlentherapie, 1926, 22: 751-63.

 ELECTRIC bath.

    See  Bath, electric; Electrotherapy.


 ELECTRIC capacity.
    Bijtel, J.  Sur la capacite et la polarisation du corps humain.
 Arch. n6erl. physiol., 1924, 9: 386.—Crile,  G.  W., Rowland,
 A. F., & Crile,  G.  H. The electric capacity of animal tissues
 under normal and pathological conditions.  Am.  J.  Physiol.,
 1926, 76: 320-4.

 ELECTRIC cell.

    See  also Electric machine;  Electrolyte; Elec-
 trometry.
    Bouchet, L.   Piles sedies a electrolyte solide radioactif et
 air ionise.   C. rend. Acad, sc, 1933, 197: 1598.—Chanoz, M.
 De la dissymetrie creee par le courant continu dans les chaines
 liquides complexes, initialement sym6triques,  cloisonnees  ou
 non cloisonnees. C. rend. Soc biol., 1930, 104: 199.—Crennell,
 J. T., Denina, E., & Fery, C.  A propos de la  theorie de l'ac-
 cumulateur  au plomb  de MM F6ry  et Cheneveau.  Arch.
 electr.  med., 1926, 34:  p.  ccxvii-ccxxii.—Elliott, R.  B., &
 Hulett, G. A.  The role of finely  divided mercury in the de-
 polarizer of the standard cell.  J. Phys.  Chem., 1933,  37:
 271-7.—Fery, C.  Sur la theorie de l'accumulateur au plomb.
 Arch, electr. med.,  1926,  34: p. clxvii-clxxv.   ------& Chene-
 veau, C. Theorie complete du fonctionnement de l'accumu-
 lateur au plomb.   Ibid.,  p.  xcix; cxxxi.—Karpen, V.  Pile
 electrique utilisant l'energie d'oxydation de l'alcool.   C. rend.
 Acad, sc, 1934, 199: 708-10.—Lange, E., & Nagel, K.   Grund-
 satze zur Verwirklichung idealer Ketten und ihre Anwendung
 bei Normalelementen,  galvanischen Elementen und  Samm-
 lern.  Zschr. phys. Chem., Abt. A, 1937-38, 181: 1-54, ch.—
 Lorenz,  R.,  &  Michael,  F.   Pvrochemische  Daniellketten.
 Ibid., 1928, 137: 1-17.—Trennell, M. J.. Fery, C, & Cheneveau,
 C. A propos de la theorie de l'accumulateur au plomb.  Arch.
 electr. med., 1926,  34: p. xlxxv-clxxx.—Veil, S.  Piles hydro-
 eiectriques et piles de contact.  Bull. Soc. chim. France, 1936,
 5. ser., 3: 860-5.

 ----  photoelectric.

    See  also  Electricity,  Photoelectricity;  Photo-
 metry.
    Alpern,  D.  K.    ♦The  engineering  develop-
 ment  of  photo-voltaic cells.  27p.   8?   N. Y.,
 1932.
   Auger, P.   La pile  photoeiectrique  et  ses applications.
 C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931,  108: 699-701.—Boutry, G. A. Con-
 tribution a l'etude des cellules photoeiectriques a atmosphere
 gazeuse.   J. phys.  radium,  Par.,  1932, 7. ser.,  3:  520-36.
 ------ & Gillod, J.  Proprietes d'un nouveau type de cellule
 photoemissive.   C.  rend.  Acad,  sc,  1938, 206:  1807-9 —
 Collatz,   B.   Einige  Verwendungsmoglichkeiten  von  Photo-
 zellen. Klin.Wschr., 1933. 12: 1138— Friedrich,W.,&SchuIze,
 R.   Untersuchungen  zur  Frage   der  Lichtdosimetrie;  die
 lichtelektrische  Zelle.  Strahlentherapie,  1934, 50: 369-98 —
 Gheorghiu, T. D.  Recherches sur  l'emploi des cellules photo-
 eiectriques a gaz dans les mesures photometriques; applica-
 tions.  Ann. phys., Par.,  1933, n. ser., 20: 133-242.—Ives,
 H. E., & Olpin, A. R.  Optical factors in caesium-silver-oxide
 photoelectric cells.   J. Optic Soc. America, 1934, 24: 198-
 205.—Kofman,  T.   Quelques  applications biologiques  des
 cellules photoeiectriques  semi-conductrices.   Bull.  Soc. chim.
 biol.,  Par.,  1933, 15: 623-36.—Lesure,,  A., Thomas, A.,  &
 Lavagne, J.  Les cellules photoeiectriques et leurs applications
 en chimie biologique.  J. pharm.  chim., Par., 1933,  8. ser.,
 17: 5; 49.—Poli, R.  Studio sulle  fluttuazioni irregolari della
corrente   fotoelettrica in  alcuni tipi di  cellule.  Boll. Soc.
 eustach., 1934, 32: 65-72.—Poole, H. H., & Atkins. W. R. G.
 The standardisation  of photo-electric cells for  the  measure-
 ment of energy.  Sc Proc. R. Dublin Soc, 1936,  21: 363-79.—
 Sewig,  R.  Die  Entwicklung  der  lichtelektrischen  Zellen.
 Naturwissenschaften, 1937, 25: 321-4.—Teichmann, H.  Die
 Entwicklung der Photozelle.  Zschr. ges. Naturwiss., 1938-39,
 4:429-40.

 ELECTRIC  chair.

   See Electrocution.

 ELECTRIC  charge [and field]

   See also  Electron; also under  names  of sub-
 stances,  particles, electric conductors,  &c,  as
 Air, Ionization;  Blood  serum;  Colloid, Electric
 properties; Electrolyte; Ion, &c.
   Gerthsen,  C.   Priifung des  Feldverlaufes an
 der K-Schale mittels H-Strahlen  [Habilitations-
 schrift, Kiel]   p.373-408.   8?   Lpz.,  1929.
   Antunez  de  Mayolo, S.   La charge  e  de  l'eiectron et la
 materialisation  du photon.   C. rend. Acad,  sc,  1937, 205:
 360-2.—Dolinskaia, A. T.  [Phases and sequels of the electric
 field  of ultra-high frequency]   Arkh. biol. nauk,  1938, 52:
 160-7.—Emeleus, K. G., Lunt, R. W., & Meek, C. A.  Ioniza-
 tion, excitation, and  chemical  reaction  in uniform electric
 fields; the Townsend coefficient of ionization.  Proc. R. Soc
 Lond.,  1936, ser.  A,  156: 394-411.—Goldstein, L.   Sur la
 theorie de la charge dectrique.  C. rend. Acad, sc, 1934, 198:
 549-51.—Harris, P. M., & Waring, C. E.  Diffusion of lithium
 ions through quartz in an electric field.  J. Phys. Chem., 1937,
 41:  1077-85.—Moyer, L.  S., &  Bull, H. B.  Electrokinetics;
 surface charge and ion antagonism.  J. Gen.  Physiol., 1935,
 19:  239-47.  Also repr.—Pauthenier,  M.,  &  Agostini,  L.
 La loi de charge d'une particule spherique dans un  champ
 ionise.  C.  rend.  Acad,  sc,  1934,  199:  705.—Piekara,  A.
 Sur le phenomene de la saturation electrique positive.  C. rend.
 Soc. biol., 1937, 204: 1106-8.

 ----  Measurement.
   See also Electrometry.
   Schopper,   E.   ♦Neubestimmung  der  elek-
 trischen   Elementarladung.   21p.    8?    Tub.,
 1934.
   Denier.  Essai de mesure globale par une methode nouvelle
 de la charge electrique de l'air, de la pluie et de la neige.  Rev.
 physiother.,  Par.,  1938, 14:  206.—Taylor, L. S.  Accurate
 measurement of small electric  charges by a null  method.
 Radiology, 1931, 17: 294-303.

 ELECTRIC conductance.

   See also   Electric  resistance;  Electrometry;
 also under name of conductors as Blood serum;
 Cell;  Gas, &c; see also Dielectricity.
   Auger,  D.  Conduction de la variation negative  dans  les
 tissus  vegetaux.   C. rend.  Soc. biol.,  1928,  99: 1822-4.—
 Brillouin,  L. Le  champ  self consistent, pour  des electrons
 lies; la supraconductibilite.  J. phys. radium, Par., 1933, 7. ser.,
 4: 333-61.—Cole, K. S.  Surface conductance.  In Symposia
 Quant. Biol., 1933, 1: 23-8.—Darrow, K. K. New phenomena
 of superconductivity.  Rev. Sc.  Instrum.,  1936,  7: 124-32.—
 Ketelaar, J. A. A.   Das elektrische Leitvermogen des Ag2HgJ<;
 ein Beitrag zur Frage nach dem Leitungsmechanismus in den
 gutleitenden festen Stoffen.  Zschr. phys. Chem.,  Abt.  B,
 1934, 26: 327-34.—King, L. V.  On the flow of electric current
 in semi-infinite stratified media.  Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1933,
 ser. A, 139: 237-77.—Lillie, R. S.  Circuit transmission and
 interference  of activation  waves in passive iron wire.  Proc.
 Soc  Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1928-29, 26:  317-9.   ------ The
 electrical activation of passive iron wires in nitric acid.  J. Gen.
 Physiol., 1935,  19: 109-26.—Mott,  N.  F.   Conduction  of
 electricity in solids.   Nature,  Lond., 1937,  139: 951-4.—
 Smekal, A.  Zum  Mechanismus  der  Ionenleitung in  gutlei-
 tenden festen Verbindungen.  Zschr. phys. Chem., Abt. B, 1929,
 5: 60-80.

 ----   biological.
   See  also Electric shock; Electrobiology; Elec-
 tropathology; Electrotherapy;  Iontotherapy.
   Dubost,  J.    ♦De la  mesure de  la  conducti-
 bilite" du  corps humain  en  courants  alternatifs
 de basse frequence.   78p.   8?  Par.,  1928.
   Grimberg, J.   ♦Contribution  a l'etude  de  la
 conductivite  des   se>ums   normaux   et   patho-
 logiques.   59p.   8?   Par.,  1934.
   Cajaty,  A.  Conductibilidade  normal e pathologica  dos
tecidos as  correntes de baixa e  alta frequencia. Rev. med.
mil.,  Rio, 1936, 25: 344-52.—Cole, K. S.  Electric conductance
of biological systems.   In  Symposia Quant.  Biol.,  1933, 1:
107-16.—Dech^ne. G.  Etude des semi-conducteurs en r6gime 
ELECTRIC  CONDUCTANCE              118                      ELECTRIC CURRENT
variable.  J. phys. radium. Par., 1939, 7. ser., 10: 124; 195.—
Didenko, N. E.  [Investigation of the specificity of the effect
of ultra-high frequency on the electric conductivity  of tissues]
Arkh. biol. nauk, 1938, 52: No. 2, 168-72.—Dubost, J.  D'une
nouvelle methode d'investigation de la conductibilite du corps
humain.  J.  radiol. electr., 1928, 12: 536-45.  ------  Etude
compar6e  de la conductibilite dectrique  de I'homme et du
chien en courants alternatifs de diverses frequences.   C. rend.
Soc. biol., 1933, 112: 243-5.  ------ & Hadges, E.  Sur la
conductibilite  electrique  de la  peau  du  chien en  courants
alternatifs.  Ibid., 1936, 121: 766-8.—Fabre, P.  Mesure de la
conductibilite du corps humain par dediarges breves de con-
densateurs et lampe au neon.  Ibid., 1931,  106: 954—Rajews-
ky, B., & Osken, H.   Die  Struktur des biologischen Gewebes
und seine Hochfrequenzleitfahigkeit im Lang- und Kurzwellens-
bereich. Deut. med. Wschr., 1937, 63: 780.  ------& Schaefer,
H.  Hochfrequenzleitfahigkeit biologischer Gewebe im Wellen-
langenbereich  von 3 bis  1400 Meter.  Naturwissenschaften,
1937, 25:  24.—Strohl, A.   La conductibilite des organismes
vivants au courant alternatif;  schemas equivalents  aux con-
ducteurs organiques.   J.  radiol.  electr.,  1931, 15:  537-52.
------ &  Desgrez, H. Influence de la concentration ionique
du  liquide des electrodes sur la  conductibilite electrique du
corps humain.   C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1931, 107: 1044-6.

----  Solutions  and suspensions.
   See also  Electrocataphoresis;  Electrodialysis;
Electrolysis; Electrolyte.
   Wainov, J.  ♦Ueber  die elektrische Leitfahig-
keit von  Salzen  und Salzgemischen.   55p.   8?
Konigsb., 1911.
   Acree, S.  F., Bennett, E. [et al.]  Studies of the measurement
of the electrical conductivity of solutions at  different frequen-
cies; oscillograph tests on conductivity cells.  J. Phys. Chem.,
1938, 42: 871-96.—Aurieth, L. F., &  Birr, E. J.  Anomalous
electrolytes; the electrical conductivity of solutions of iodine and
cyanogen  iodide in pyridine.   J. Am. Chem. Soc,  1933, 55:
668-73.—Beurath, A.  Ueber die elektrische Leitfiihigkeit von
Salzen und Salzgemischen.  Zschr. phys. Chem., 1908, 64: 693-
706.—Chanoz. M., & Cluzet. G.  Conductivite electrique et
viscosite des dissolutions  aqueuses;  freinage inegal des ions
constituants.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1929, 100: 1205-7.—Hlasko,
M.   Differences entre les  coefficients de conductibilite  des
electrolytes  forts dans les memes solvants.  Bull,  internat.
Acad, polon. sc, 1932, ser. A,  No.  10A, 336-46.—Hoffmeister,
H.  Ueber Stromleitung  in gemischten Salzlosungen.  Zschr.
phys. Chem., 1898, 27: 345-53.—Howell,  O. H., & Robinson,
H. G. B.  The electrical conductivities of aqueous solutions of
sodium dodecyl sulphate and sodium hexadecyl sulphate at
different temperatures.  Proc. R.  Soc, Lond., 1936, ser. A.,
155: 386-406.—Izrailevich, E.  [Quick method of determining
electroconductivity of small quantities  of liquids] Vrach. delo,
1927, 10: 988-90.—Jones, G., & Bickford, C. F. The conduct-
ance  of aqueous solutions as a function of the concentration;
potassium bromide and lanthanum chloride.  J. Am.  Chem.
Soc,  1934, 56: 602-11.—Jones, H. C, & Mahin, E.  G.  [Con-
ductivity and viscosity of dilute solutions of lithium nitrate and
cadmium iodide in binary and ternary  mixtures of acetone with
methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol and water]  Zschr. phys. Chem.,
1909, 69:  389-418.—Kahlenberg, L.   [On the  electrical con-
ductivity  of  solutions in  sulphocyanates and mustard  oils]
Ibid.,  1903,  46:  64-9.—Kohbrausch, F.   Ueber  gesattigte
wassrige Losungen schwerloslicher Salze; die elektrischen Leit-
vermogen.  Ibid., 44:  197-249.—Loeb, M., & Nernst, W.  Zur
Kinetik der in Losung befindlichen Korper;  Ueberfiihrungs-
zahlen und Leitvermdgen einiger Silbersalze.  Ibid., 1888, 2:
948-63.—MacDougalI, F.  H..  &  Green,  R. G.   Theory of
electrical conductance of suspensions.  J. Infect. Dis.,  1924, 24:
192-202.—Maclnnes,  D. A.  The conductance  of aqueous
solutions of  electrolytes.   J. Franklin Inst.,  1938, 225: 661-
86.—Nitschke, A.  Ueber die Leitfahigkeit  wasseriger, calcium-
bicarbonathaltiger  Salzlosungen.  Biochem. Zschr.,  1928, 192:
128-31.—Rudorf, G.  Zur Kenntnis  der Leitfahigkeiten und
innern Reibungen von Losungen.  Zschr.  phys. Chem., 1903,
43: 257-304.—Sementschenko, W. K., & Serpinsky, W. W.
Die Leitfahigkeit der Elektrolytgemische.  Ibid., Abt. A, 1933,
167: 197-208.—Smith, A. K.. & Gortner, R. A.  The electrical
conductivity of mixed salt solutions. J. Phys. Chem., 1933, 37:
79-86.—Tammann. G.  Ueber den Einfluss des Drucks  auf
das elektrische Leitvermogen von Losungen.   Zschr.  phys
Chem.,  1895,  17:  725-36.—Thiel.  A.  Elektrolytische Leit-
fahigkeit.  In  Handb.  Lebensmitt. Chem. (Bomer, A.) Berl
1933,  2: Teil 1. 233-60.

ELECTRIC  current.

   See  also  Electricity;  Electric potential;  Elec-
trokinetics;  Electrolysis.
   Bedell,  F.,  &  Crehore,  A.  C.   Alternating
currents: an analytical  and graphical treatment
for  students  and  engineers.    5.  ed.   325p    8°
N. Y., 1909.
   Gtjibourg,  R.   ^Contribution  a l'etude  des
courants de basse frequence.    103p.  8?   Par
1935.
   D6chene. G.  Modifications de l'eclat d'un sulfure de zinc
phosphorescent sous l'influence d'un  courant  electrique.  J.
phys  radium, Par., 1938, 7.  ser., 9:  109-19.—Gambetta  E.
Sur la mesure ou la detection des faibles courants alternatifs.
C  rend. Acad, sc, 1934, 198: 551-3.—Laquerriere.  Les ondes
galvaniques alternatives a longues periodes.  Bull. Acad, med.,
Par  1927 3. ser., 98: 105-7.  Also Bull. Soc. med. Paris, 1928,
491 •' 1929, 47.  Also Ann.  med. phys., Anvers, 1929,  22: 203.
Also Arch, electr. med., 1929,  37: 442.  Also J. radiol. electr.,
1929, 13: 65-73.  ------ & Deliencourt.  Ondes galvaniques
alternatives a longues periodes.  Paris med., 1930, 75: 349-53.—
Laquerriere, Loubier & Jaudel. Les ondes galvaniques alterna-
tives a longues periodes.  J. radiol. electr., 1931, 15: 361-8.—
Morse, F. H.  The  galvanic current.  Med. J. & Rec, 1931,
134: 286.—Poli, R.   Sulla discontinuity delle correnti elettriche
prodotte in fenomeni correlativi all'effetto Wiedemann. Boll,
Soc  eustach., 1929, 27:  71-4.—Strohl,  A.  Quantity d'dec-
tricite et energie des  courants liminaires, continus et a echelons,
de meme dur6e. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935,118:1383.—Williams,
E. J. Passage of electric  particles through matter.  Science
Progr., Lond., 1936,  31: 14-28.

----   Biological effects.
   See Electrophysiology, Electric excitability.

----   high-frequency.

   See  also  Diathermy;  Electric  wave; Electro-
physics;  Short wave.
   Bauwens, P.  The behaviour of oscillating currents in com-
plex circuits.  Brit. J.  Radiol., 1935, 8: 615-24.—Harms, F.
Neuere Methoden  der  Schwingungserzeugung.   Verh. Phys.
med. Ges. Wiirzburg, 1926, n. F., 51: 137-44.—Mercier. J.
Sur les  differents  genres possibles d'oscillations 61ectriques.
C. rend. Acad, sc,  1934, 198: 349-51.

ELECTRIC discharge.

   See also Electric charge; Electron.
   Bogros, A., & Esclangon, F. Excitation de jets atomiques
par une dediarge eiectromagnetique de haute  frequence.  C.
rend. Acad,  sc,  1932, 195:  368.—Chia, K.  F., & Hou, C. L.
Die Ficksche  Liicke bei den  Kondensatorentladungen.  Tr.
Far East. Ass. Trop.  M.,  1934,  9: pt  2,  721.—Ebbenhorst
Tengbergen, J. van. Figures  de  dediarge  de  la bouteille de
Leyde.  Acta radiol., Stockh.,  1926, 5: 56-62,  pi.—Kleefisch,
C.  Alte  Beobachtungen iiber Funken am  Menschen.  Zschr.
arztl.  Fortbild.,  1933,  30:  379.—Langmuir, I.  Electric dis-
charges in gases at low pressures.   J. Franklin Inst., 1932, 214:
275.—Strohl, A., & Desgrez, H.   Influence de la polarisation
sur la forme de la dediarge des condensateurs a travers le corps
humain.  C. rend.  Soc biol., 1927, 96: 859.—Willey, E. J. B.
On chemical reaction in the electric discharge; the  chemical
effects of impulse discharges.  Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1935, ser.
A., 152:  158-71.—Zeleny, J.   On  the role of tube walls, and
surface and space  charges in electrical  discharges through
rarefied gases.  J. Franklin Inst., 1938, 226: 35-65.

ELECTRIC excitability.

   See under Electrophysiology.

ELECTRIC fish.

   See also in 3. ser. Torpedo.
   Auger, D., & Fessard, A. Sur la dediarge electrique spon-
tanee de  Torpedo  marmorata.   C. rend. Soc biol., 1928, 99:
1639.   ■------Courants  d'action rythmiques obtenus par
excitation mecanique de l'appareil des torpilles.  Ibid.,  1929,
102: 582.  ------   Analyse de la dediarge naturelle de la
torpille.  Ibid., 583.—Coates, C. W., Cox, R. T-, & Granath,
L. P.  The  electric discharge of the electric eel, Electrophorus
electricus (Linnaeus) Zoologica, N. Y., 1937, 22: 1-32. 2 pi —
Dubois, R.   L'amour maternal chez la Raie torpille.  C. rend.
Acad, sc, 1921. 172: 96.—Eilenfeld, W.   Ueber den Reflex-
schlag von Gymnotus electricus nach Untersuchungen mit dem
Oszillographen.  Beitr. Physiol.,  1925-26,  3: 195-8.—Electric
(The) eel.  Nature, Lond.,  1937, 139: 970.—Kraiukhin, B. V.
[The electric shock of Raja clavata of the Black Sea]  J. med.,
Kiev, 1938,  8:676-81.------[Electric shock of Raja clavata]
Biull. eksp. biol. med., 1939, 7: 161; 167.—Norris, H. W.  The
laterosensory system of Torpedo marmorata; innervation, and
morphology.  J. Comp.  Neur., 1932, 55: 169-214.—Romano. A.
I  fenomeno essenziali  dell'irradiazione,  della  fluorescenza e
dello  scintillamento specialmente negli  animali elettrici  e
generalmente in tutti gli esseri viventi.  Atti Congr. internaz.
elettroradiob., 1934, 1.  Congr., 1: 256.  ------ Gli animali
elettrici studiati in rapporto a tutta la filogenesi ed a tutti  i
fenomeni elettrici ed energetici della vita individuale e studiati
come dettroliti nei grande ciclo cosmico.  Ibid., 259.

----   Electric organ.
   Baldwin, E.  Biochemistry  of  the electric organs  of Raia
clavata.  Biochem. J., Lond., 1938, 32: 888-94.—Bodrova, N.
V.  [Innervation of the electric  organ of Raja clavata]  J. med.,
Kiev, 1938, 8: 682-8, 5 pi.—Buytendijk. F. J. J.  A contribution
to the  physiology  of the electrical organ of Torpedo.  Proc. 
ELECTRIC FISH                              119                                 ELECTRICITY
 Akad. wet.  Amsterdam,  1923, 25: sect, sc, 131-44.—Chau-
 chard. A., & Chauchard.  Action du curare  sur l'appareil
 electrique de la torpille.  C. rend. Acad, sc, 1926, 183: 79-81.—
 Cox,  R. T.,  & Coates, C. W.  Electrical characteristics of the
 electric tissue  of  the  electric eel,  Electrophorus  electricus,
 Linnaeus.  Zoologica, N. Y., 1938, 23: 203-12,  pi.—Mendels-
 sohn, M.  Sur quelques valeurs num6riques relatives a l'organe
 de la torpille; rapport du poids de l'organe au  poids du corps
 entier.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1930, 103: 113.  ------  Sur le
 nombre des prismes dans l'organe electrique  de  la torpille.
 Ibid., 114-6.—Mogila,  M. T.  [On  the nerve  centers of the
 electric organ of Raja clavata]  J. med., Kiev, 1938, 8:  689-
 93, 4 pi.—Rosenberg.   Elektrische Organe der Zitter-Fische.
 Tabulae biol., Berl.,  1925, 2: 437-42.—Turchini, J.  Contribu-
 tion  a l'etude  histophysiologique des organes   electriques.
 Arch. zool. ital., 1931, 16: 760-2.

 ELECTRICIAN.

   See also Electric  welding.
   Chyzer, B.  Gewerbekrankheiten, die  in  Verbindung  mit
 Akkumulatoren auftreten.  Pest. med.  chir. Presse, 1906, 42:
 1187; 1211.  Also Zschr. Gewerbehyg., 1907, 14: 475; 503.—
 Holtzmann, F.  Elektrotechnik.  In  Handb.  Berufskrankh.
 (Koelsch,  F.) Jena, 1937, 2: 781-90.—Nikolas, N. V., Vederni-
 kov,  V. A., & Amirkhanov, LP,  [Industrial affections of the
 skin  in workers of the restricted corporation  of  the factory
 Electric]  Vest, vener.,  1938, No. 5, 38-45.—Saparov, M. Y., &
 Shchelkan, N. S.  [Injuries of electricians]  Sovet.  khir., 1932,
 3: 281-6.

 ELECTRIC impedance.

   See also  Electric resistance;  also  under names
 of conductors as Cell, Elektrokinetics, &c.
   Boyd, W. E., & Gavin. M. R. Impedance of the human body
 to direct current and low frequency alternating  current.  Brit.
 J. Phys. M., 1937, 12: 119-24.—Brazier, M. A.  B.  A portable
 apparatus for measuring the impedance angle  of  the human
 body. J. Physiol., Lond., 1934-35, 83: 1P-3P— Cole, K. S., &
 Cole, R. H.  Electric impedance of Asterias and Arbacia eggs.
 Am.  J. Physiol., 1936,  116: 28.—Cole,  K. S., & Curtis, H. J.
 Electric impedance of Nitella during activity.  J. Gen. Physiol.,
 1938-39, 22: 37-64.—Holiday, E. R.,  &  Smith,  F. C.  The
 impedance angle of the human body.   Lancet, Lond., 1934, 2:
 139.—Horton, J. W., & Van  Ravenswaay, A.  C.   Electrical
 impedance of the human body.  J. Franklin Inst., 1935, 220:
 557-72.—Lamy, R.   Le test electrique  de Tangle d'impedance.
 Rev.  actin., Par., 1935, 11: 461-73.—Schrumpf, A.  Beitrage
 zur Beleuchtung des  klinischen Wertes der Impedanzmessung.
 Zschr. klin. Med., 1937-38, 133: 139-67.

 ELECTRIC industry.

   See also  Electrician;  Electrotechnics; Electro-
 technology.
   United  States.   Federal  Power  Commis-
 sion.  Annual report.   Wash., v.l, 1921-
   Incomplete.
   Boutaric, A.  Le principe de la conservation de l'eiectricite
 et les d6couvertes r6centes de la physique.  Scientia, Bologna,
 1936,  60:  318-26.—Girard.  R.   Les courants   vagabonds.
 Techn. san. mun., Par., 1935, 30:  122.—Hemardinquer, P.
 L'eiectricite et la radio-6Iectricite a l'exposition  de 1937.  Rev.
 sc, Par., 1937, 75: 332-42.—Schmieden,  H.  Der Umgestal-
 tungsbau der A. E. G.-Klinik am Hansaplatz zu  Berlin.  Zschr.
 ges. Krankenhauswes.,  1927, 23:  208-11.

 ELECTRIC injury.

   See Electric shock.

 ELECTRICITY.

   See also Electric arc, &c;  also in 3. ser.  Elec-
 trology.
   Brewster,  G.   New  philosophy  of  matter;
 showing the identity of all  the imponderables and
 the  influence   which   electricity   exerts   over
 matter in  producing all  chemical  changes,  all
 motion  and rest.   New ed.  by  A. H.  Stevens.
 361p.   8?   Phila.,  1874.
   Franklin, W. S., & Macnutt,  B.  Elementary
 electricity  and magnetism.   174p.    8?    N.  Y.,
 1914.
   Jaeger,  R.    Physik  und  Elektrizitatslehre.
 175p.  8?   Lpz., 1931.
   Boutaric,  A.  La nature de l'eiectricite et les  conceptions
atomistiques.  Rev. sc, Par., 1938, 76: 409-14.—Byers, E. M.
What  is electricity chemically expressed?  J. Am. Ass.  Med.
Phys.  Res., 1932, 10: 99.—Einstein, A.,  & Mayer. W.  Einheit-
liche  Theorie  von  Gravitation  und  Elektrizitat.  Sitzber.
Preuss. Akad. Wiss., 1931, phys. math. Kl., 541-57.—Fuller,
H. A.  What is electricity?   Med. Times, Lond., 1933, 61:
164-6.—Gliozzi, M.  Studio comparativo delle teorie elettriche
del Nollet, del Watson e del Franklin.   Archeion, Roma, 1933,
15: 202-15.—Heyl, P. R.  What is electricity?  Annual Rep.
Smithson. Inst., 1935,  215-33.  Also Sc.  Month., 1935, 41:
38-51.—Mathews, A. P.  The nature of electricity and gravi-
tation (preliminary statement)  Med. Bull. Univ. Cincinnati,
1924, 3: 2-5.—McPetrie, J. S.  Electrical properties of materials
at high radio frequencies.  Nature, Lond., 1934,  134: 897.—
Strohl, A., & Iodka, H.  Relation entre les facteurs physiques
de la polarisation electrique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1924, 91: 258-
60.

----   Accidents.

  See Electric shock.
----   atmospheric.
   See also  Air,  Ionization; Lightning.
   Brandan, R. A.  Ataques de asma bronquial y electricidad
del aire.  Actas Congr. nac. med., B. Air. (1931) 1932, 4. Congr.,
pt 2, 221-41.—Bureau, R.  Les ph6nomenes radio-eiectriques
de l'atmosphere dans leurs relations  avec les ravonnements
ultra-terrestres.  Sciences, Par., 1938, 66: 473-83.—De Langen,
C. D.  The influence of atmospheric electrical factors on the
healthy and sick man.  Malay. M. J., 1934, 9: 1-10.—Dorno,
C.  Physiologische Wirkungen  der Luftelektrizitat.   Zschr.
wiss. Baderk.,  1927-28,  2: 118-25.  Also Strahlentherapie,
1931, 42: 87-95.—Gish, O. H.  Universal aspects of atmospheric
electricity.  In Cooper. Res.  (Carnegie  Inst.)  Wash., 1938,
183-204.—Grenet, G.  La conductibilite electrique de l'air au
Mont-Dore en aoflt 1933.  C. rend. Acad, sc, 1933, 197: 1683.
Also Presse therm, clim., 1934, 75: 542.—Happich, C. Luftelek-
trizitat und Krankenbehandlung.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1938,
64: 665-8.—Leeuwen, W. S. van, Booy, J., & van Niekerk, J.
[Atmospheric  electricity and health] Geneesk. gids, 1932, 10:
361; 385.—Nolan, J. J., & Nolan, P. J.  Atmospheric electrical
conductivity and the current from air to earth.  Proc R. Irish
Acad.,  1937, 43: A, 79-93.—Pech. J. L.  Champ electrique de
l'atmosphere  et alimentation.   Atti Congr. internaz. elettro-
radiob., 1934,  1. Congr., 2: 1284-92. ----— Les phenomenes
electriques  atmospheriques et  l'hypothese des  ions.   Presse
therm,  dim.,  1937, 78:  27-9.—Schorer,  G.  Luftelektrizitat
und Organismus.  Jahrkurs. arztl. Fortbild., 1932, 23: H. 8,
36.—Seppilli,  A. Contributo alio studio  dell'influenza eserci-
tata dalle  variazioni elettriche dell'atmosfera  sui fenomeni
biologici.  Riv.  idroclim.,  1934, 45: 245;  1935,  46: 146; 1937,
48: 289;  350; 371.   ------  & Franco. M.  Contributi  alio
studio  dell'influenza  esercitata  dalle  variazioni  elettriche
dell'atmosfera sui fenomeni  biologici;  ulteriori  ricerche sopra
finfluenza del campo elettrico atmosferico sullo sviluppo di
alcuni batteri.  Ibid., 1938, 49: 225-32.—Stock I, K.   Woher
die Gewitter-Elektrizitat?  Med. Klin., Berl., 1934,  30: 996-
8.—Tyndall, A.  M.  Air as a conductor of electricity: the 27th
Long Fox memorial lecture.  Bristol Med. Chir. J., 1908,  55:
211-6.—Wollenberg.  Wind-Elektrizitat.  Umschau, 1934, 38:
361.

----   History.
   Bordier. H.  Genese de la decouverte  par d'Arsonval  des
courants  de haute frequence et de leurs proprietes physiologi-
ques.  Ann. Inst, actin., Par., 1933-34, 8: 98-104.—D'Arsonval.
Action  physiologique et thdapeutique des courants a haute
frequence.   Ibid.,  80-97.—Delherm   &  Laquerriere.    La
radiologic et  l'eiectrologie en  1923.  Rev. mid. fr., 1924, 5:
57-71.—Delherm, L., & Loubier. J.  L'eiectrologie en 1933.
Gaz. hop., 1934,  107:  457-67.------L'eiectrologie en
1934.   Ibid.,  1935,  108:  277-85.   ------   L'eiectrologie
en 1935.   Ibid., 1936, 109: 549-55.  ------  L'eiectrologie en
1936.   Ibid.,  1937,  110: 669-76.—Fervers, E.   Ueber Michael
Faradays Entdeckung der Induktion.  Zschr. angew. Psychol.,
1938, 55: 301-23.-—G., M. Comment on experimentait en Pan
XI. Progr. med., Par., 1934, suppl., 12-4.—Gliozzi, M. Giambat-
tista Beccaria nella storia dell'elettricita. Archeion,  Roma,
1935,  16: 15-47.—Lori, F.   Luigi  Galvani e  il galvanismo.
Scientia,  Bologna, 1939, 65: 18-31.—Mitkewich, W. T.   The
work of Faraday and modern  developments in applications of
electrical  energy.  Archeion,  Roma,  1932,  14:  526-30.—
Mygge,  J.   Aeldre  medicinske  Doktriner belyste  gennem
Elektronteorien og  Lseren om  Radioaktivitet.   Ugeskr. laeger,
1905, 5. R., 12:  913-29; 937.—Princeton receives coil said to be
Joseph Henry's.  Science News Lett., 1934, 26: 349.—Turpain,
A.  De Galvani a Faraday, par Volta en Ampere; la decouverte
du courant electrique;  son importance dans l'industrie et la
vie sociale. Sciences,  Par., 1938-39, 66: 207-16.—Whitebread,
C.  Medical  and pharmaceutical  contributions to  electrical
science.  J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1934, 23: 1017-23.—Windred, G.
Michael Faraday; a brief account of his electrical researches.
Archeion, Roma, 1935, 16: 48-63.

----   Photoelectricity.

   See also  Electric cell.
   Audubert,  R.  Sur quelques proprietes des compteurs photo-
eiectriques. J.  phys. radium, Par., 1935, 7. ser., 6: 451-6.—
Fitzgerald, A. S. The petoscope: a new principle in photo-
electric applications.  J. Franklin Inst., 1936, 222: 289-326.— 
ELECTRICITY
120
ELECTRIC  POTENTIAL
 Hulme, H. R., McDougall, J. [et al.]  The photoelectric absorp-
 tion of 7-rays in heavy elements.  Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1935,
 ser. A., 149: 131-51.—Rentschler,  H. C,  &  Henry, D.  E.
 Photo-electric emission.  J. Franklin Inst., 1937, 223: 135-46 —
 Roulleau,  J.   Influence de  la resistance de  contact sur les
 proprietes rectifiantes et photoeiectriques  presentees par les
 elements a couche d'arret.  Ann. phys., Par., 1937, 11. ser., 8:
 153-230.

 ----   statical.

    See Electrostatics.

 ----   terrestrial.

    See also Air, Ionization.
    Brauner, L.,  & Amlong, H. U.  Zur Theorie des geoelektri-
 schen Effekts.  Protoplasma,  Lpz., 1933, 20: 279-92—Dauvil-
 lier, A.  Etude du champ electrique terrestre,  de l'ionisation
 atmospherique et du courant vertical au Scoresby Sund pendant
 l'annee polaire.  C.  rend. Acad,  sc,  1935, 200: 2209-11.—
 Gish, O. H.  The natural  electric currents in the earth.   Sc.
 Month., 1936,  43: 47-57.—Guizonnier, R.  Phase de la com-
 posante diurne  du  gradient  de potentiel electrique terrestre.
 C. rend. Acad, sc, 1935, 200: 852. ------  Etude des irregu-
 laris de la phase de la composante diurne du champ electrique
 terrestre.  Ibid., 1938, 207: 372-4. ------  Allure de la vari-
 ation semi-diurne du  champ electrique terrestre, en les cas oil
 la phase de la composante diurne est perturbee.  Ibid., 403.—
 Vies, F.  Sur  le comportement d'organismes dans certaines
 conditions de connexion a la  terre.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930,
 104: 892-4.------Recherches  sur le comportement d'or-
 ganismes dans  certaines conditions  de connexion electrique
 avec le sol; introduction a l'etude biologique de la deperdition
 atmospherique.  Arch. phys.  biol., Par., 1930-31, 8:  182-281.
 ------ & de Coulon, A.  Observations sur  les differences de
 receptivite pour certains cancers, en paralieie avec la connexion
 des organismes  au sol.  Ibid.,  282-5.—Vies, F., & Gex,  M.
 Recherches sur  les reactions  physico-chimiques modifiees par
 connexion electrique avec le sol.  Ibid., 1935, 12: 74-137.

 ELECTRIC lamp.

    See Electric arc; Electrophototherapy; Lamp.

 ELECTRIC lighting.

    See Lamp;  Lighting.

 ELECTRIC machine.

    See  also  Diathermy;  Electric  cell;  Electro-
 diagnostics,  Apparatus;  Electrosurgery,   Appa-
 ratus, &c.
    Bell,  G.  E.   Constant-voltage high-tension  generators.
 Brit. J. Radiol., 1929, n. ser., 2:  156-74.—Chittum, J. F., &
 Hunt, H. The adsorption condenser and electromotive force.
 J. Phys. Chem., 1936, 40: 1083-93.—Colwell, R. C,  & Hall,
 N. I.   High speed electric motors.  J. Franklin Inst., 1936,
 221: 797-805.—Hegels, H.   Ueber die zur Erreichung von
 Sattigungsstromen in Kondensatoren ndtwendigen Spannungen.
 Strahlentherapie, 1933,  46: 757-74.—Hermans, J.  J.  Elek-
 trolytische Thermoketten.  Zschr. phys. Chem., Abt. A, 1938,
 182: 49-53.—Ionescu, T., & Cerkez,  I.  Sur un redresseur a
 gaz ionise pour courants alternatifs de moyenne tension dans
 le champ magnetique.  C. rend. Acad, sc, 1934,  199: 664-6.—
 Jolivet,   P.   Generatrice electrostatique  autoexcitatrice   a
 charges residuelles a  polarite invariable  ou non, a  volonte.
 Ibid.. 1933, 197: 744-6.—Kanygina,  A. V.  [Microorganisms
 on surface condensers in electric  power  stations]  Mikrobi-
 ologia, Moskva, 1937, 6: 727-40, pi.—Koch, H.  Eine Rohrenan-
 ordnung zur Erzeugung pulsierender Gleichstrome variabler
 Frequenz,  Intensitat  und  variablen  Unterbrechungsverha.lt-
 nisses.   Arch. ges.  Physiol.,  1932-33, 231:  169-74.—Sche-
 minzky, F.  Ein neues Induktorium fiir Leitfahigkeitsbestim-
 mungen  fiir  Anschluss  an Gleichstromnetze.   Zschr.  phys.
 Chem.,  1924, 109: 435-7.—Tissier, H.  La machine statique.
 Arch. Inst, prophyl.,  Par.,  1937, 9: 309-13.—Tschermak,  A.
 Ueber eine Einrichtung zur Umschaltung des Beleuchtungs-
 netzes von Drehstrom auf Gleichstrom. Arch.  ges. Physiol
 1930-31, 226:  746-8.—Wetzlar,  H.   H.   Relief  condenser.
 U. S. Patent Off., 1938, No. 2,130,494.

 ELECTRIC organ.

   See  under Electric fish.

 ELECTRIC oscillation.

   See  Electric current,  high-frequency; Electric
 wave.

 ELECTRIC potential.

   See also Electric  current;  Electrometry.
   Chanoz,  M.   Forces  electromotrices  engendrees  par  le
passage  du courant continu  dans  les  chalnes  liquides cloi-
sonnees; etude au moyen des chatnes en forme de T.  C  rend
 Soc. biol., 1930, 103: 779-82.—Compton, K. T.  High voltage.
 Annual Rep. Bd Regents  Smithson. Inst., 1933, 249-67.—
 Ettisch, G., &  Zwanzig,  A.  Ueber  Variabilitat des elektro-
 kinetischen Potentialsprunges.  Zschr.  phys. Chem., Abt.  A,
 1932, 160: 385-408.—Gyemant, A.  Das elektrische Potential
 beim  Phasengleichgewicht.   Ibid.,  1923,  104:  475-80.—
 Keller, R., & Gicklhorn, J.  Neutralsalze in der Hochspannung,
 Biochem. Zschr., 1926, 172: 233-41.—Leiri, F.  Das Stromungs-
 potential als  biologisch  wirksame  Kraft.   Acta  Soc.  med.
 Duodecim,  1937,  ser. A, fasc. 1, 20:  1-138—Maclnnes,  I).
 A.,  &  Longworth, L. G.  The  potentials of galvanic  cells
 with liquid junctions.  In  Symposia Quant. Biol., 1936,  4;
 18-26.—Pech, J. L.  Les differences  de potentiel en biologie.
 C. rend. Soc. biol., 1920, 83: 282.—Planck, M.  Ueber Poten-
 tialdifferenz  verdiinnter  Losungen.   Sitzber. Preuss. Akad.
 Wiss.,  1927, phys. math. Kl., 285-8.—Procopiu,  S.   Sur  la
 force eiectromotrice de mouvement  et la  force eiectromotrice
 de choc des metaux, dans l'eau et les solutions, et leur relation
 avec le potentiel dlectrocinetique. J. chim. phys., Par., 1937,
 34:  236-56.—Urakami, T.  Untersuchung  des isoelektrischen
 Punktes des pathologischen Gewebes mittels Farbst off puff er-
 losung.  Tr. Soc. path, jap., 1935, 25: 251-6.

 ELECTRIC resistance.

   See  also  E'ectric  conductance;  Electrometry;
 also under names of conductors.
   Beutner, R., Mann, S. H., & Blanton, C. M.  The relation
 of life to electricity; the variation of the electrical resistance of
 dying tissue as  a result of chemical decomposition.   Proto-
 plasma, Lpz.,  1931, 12: 498-509.—Blinks, L. R.  Comparison
 of resistance changes  in collodion  membranes and cells. Proc.
 Soc. Exp. Biol.,  N. V., 1928-29, 26: 359.------The direct
 current resistance of  Valonia.   J. Gen. Physiol.,  1929-30, 33:
 361-78. —----The variation  of electrical resistance with
 applied potential; thin collodion films.  Ibid.,  1930-31,  14:
 127-62.—Chanoz,  M.  Resistance electrique des diaphragme
 cloisonnant les  chaines liquides  traversdes par du courant
 continu.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99: 802-4.—Cole, K. S., &
 Hodgkin, A. L.  Membrane and protoplasm resistance in the
 squid giant axon.  J. Gen.  Physiol.,  1938-39, 22: 671-87 —
 Felice,  L. de.  Variations de la resistance electrique des vigi-
 taux  terrestres sous  diverses influences.  C. rend. Soc bid.,
 1933, 113: 302.—Kurzyniec, E.  Ueber die Aenderung  des
 elektrischen Widerstandes von  Blei-Antimon-Legierungen bei
 niedrigen Temperaturen.  Bull,  internat.  Acad, polon.  sc,
 1938, ser. A, 498-518, pi.—Luyet, B. J.  Variation of the elec-
 tric resistance of plant tissues for alternating currents of differ-
 ent frequencies  during de.ath.  J. Gen. Physiol., 1932,  15:
 283-7.—Strohl, A.  Resistance  et polarisation electriques  des
 organismes vivants.  Presse  med., 1925, 32: 69-71.

 ----  human.
   Bachetn, A.  The resistance  of various  tissues for various
 electric  currents.  Arch.  Phys.  Ther., 1930, 11:  391-4 —
 Chanoz, M., & Ponthus,  P.   A propos de la resistance elec-
 trique du corps  humain pour le courant continu; remarques
sur une experience de M. S.  Leduc.  C. rend. Soc biol., 1933,
 112:  178-81.—Clites, M.  S.   Certain somatic  activities in
relation  to  successful and  unsuccessful   problem solving;
skin resistance to an electric current.   J. Exp. Psychol., 1936,
 19: 106-15.—Cordonnier, D., & Champion,  R.   Etude de la
resistance electrique du corps humain.  Ann. med. leg., 1924,
4: 462-6.—Deutsch, L.  [Examinations of electrical resistance
of human body] Magy. orv. arch.,  1934, 35: 75-7.—Dietsch, G.
Ueber die Messung des Wechselstromwiderstandes am Schiidel
des lebenden Menschen.  Arch.  ges. Physiol., 1931,  228: 644-
 51.—Di Gaspero, T.. & Di Gaspero, H. Ueber den elektrischen
 Leitungswiderstand des  menschlichen  Korpers.   Psychiat.
neur.  Wschr.,  1936, 38: 201.—Dubost, J.   Sur la  resistance
electrique du corps humain  en courants alternatifs  de  basse
frequence.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 107: 1439-41.—Dugge, M.
 Ueber  die  Beziehungen  des elektrischen  Gleichstromwider-
standes  des menschlichen Korpers zur Witterung. Arch. ges.
Physiol., 1927, 218: 291-300.—Fabre, P., & Swyngedauw, J.
Capacite et resistance initiale  du corps humain.   C.  rend.
Soc.  biol., 1929,  101: 691-3.---—  Sur un dispositif de
mesure de resistance et capacite du corps humain  par l'oscillo-
 graphe cathodique.  Ibid., 1930, 108:  1018.  —-—-  Mesure
de la resistance et de la capacite du corps humain  par l'oscillo-
graphe  cathodique.   Ibid., 1019-22.—Henssge,  E.   Die
 Messung des  Korperwiderstandes bei Anwendung  des gal-
vanischen Stromes.  Psychol.  &  Med.,  Stuttg.,  1926-27, 2:
 137-43.—Lambolez.   Resistance du  corps  humain: principe
d'une methode de  mesure par condensateur  et courant alter-
natif.  Arch, electr. med.,  1925, 35: 39.—Richter, C. P. The
electrical skin resistance, diurnal and  daily variations in psy-
chopathic and in  normal persons.   Arch.  Neur.  Psychiat.,
Chic, 1928, 19: 488-508.—Strohl, A., & Desgrez, H.  Mesure
de la resistance initiale du corps humain au moyen de l'oscillo-
graphe cathodique.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1929, 101: 1095-7.—
Strohl, A., & Iodka, H.  Recherches  sur la resistance initiale
du corps humain.  J.  radiol. electr., 1925, 9: 131-40.-----
& Libert, E.  Importance relative de la peau dans la resistance
et la polarisation electriques des corps vivants. C. rend. Soc.
biol.,  1924, 91: 1007.—Strohl, A.,  & Pincet, J.  Variations du
seuil  galvanique  chez I'homme en  fonction  des  resistance
introduites dans le circuit d'excitation.  Ibid., 1933,113: 551-4. 
ELECTRIC  SHOCK
121
ELECTRIC  SHOCK
 ELECTRIC shock [and injury]

    See also Electrocution;  Electropathology; also
 under names of parts affected,  or specific changes
 as Cataract, electric;  Deafness, &c.

    Diez, S.   Infortuni  da  elettricita.   71p.   8?
 Roma [1938]
    Jellinek, S.   Der elektrische Unfall; skizziert
 fiir Ingenieur und Arzt.   142p.  8?   Lpz.,  1925.
    Alvensleben.  Elektrische Unfalle.  Miinch. med. Wschr.,
 1928, 75:  152.—Brauer.  Unfalle durch den elektrischen Strom.
 Arbeitsschutz,  1937,  23-5.—Brynjulfsen, B. C. [Case report
 of an electric shock]  Nord. med., 1939, 1: 442.—Caplescu, P.
 [Electrical accidents in work camps]  Romania med., 1934, 12:
 219-22.—Caselli, A.  Di alcuni accidenti elettrici per correnti
 ad alta tensione.  Minerva med., Tor.,  1928,  8: pt 2, 1161-8.—
 Chavigny, P.  Les risques d'eiectrocution;  les inconvenients
 de leur  meconnaissance.  Ann.  med. leg.,  1929,  9: 685.—
 Chiser, S. [Electrocution] Romania med., 1933, 11: 185-6.—
 Critchley,  M.  Electrical  injuries.  Lancet, Lond., 1935,  2:
 1002-4.   Also Tr. M. Soc. London,  1936, 59: 19-31.  ------
 Injuries  from electricity and  lighting.  Brit. M. J.,  1935, 2:
 1217.  Also  In Treat. Gen.  Pract.,  2. ed., Lond., 1938,  2:
 114-20.—Delkeskamp,  G.  Ueber  Verletzungen  durch den
 elektrischen  Strom.  Beitr. klin.  Chir.,  1927,  141: 515-23.—
 Ebbenhorst  Tengbergen, J.  van  [Electrical injuries]  Ned.
 tschr.  geneesk., 1935, 79: 3132-41.—Finton, W. L.  Electrical
 injuries.  J.  Michigan M. Soc,  1930, 29:  775-81.—Fisher,
 H. E.  Electrical  accidents.   Arch. Phys. Ther., 1934,  15:
 408-12.—Harrison,  B.  J.   Electrical accidents.   Med.  J.
 Australia, 1927, 2:  439-45.—Holstein Rathlou,  E. von [Cases
 of accidents  from electricity]   Ugeskr. laeger,  1927, 89: 391;
 411.------Accidents dus  a l'eiectricite. Bruxelles med.,
 1933-34,  14: 1213.—Hongo, H.  Electric stroke.  Jap. J. M.
 Sc, 1934-36, 4: Surg., 186.—Huber, P.  Ueber Unfalle durch
 Elektrizitat.  Erg.  Chir. Orthop.,  1938, 31:  843-912.—Iochel-
 son, S. A.   [Eiectrotrauma in Leningrad]   Vest, khir., 1939,
 57: 164-71.—Jellinek, S.  Berufskrankheit und Unfallverlet-
 zung durch Elektrizitat.   Wien. klin. Wschr., 1925, 38: 1155-7,
 ------Durch Elektrizitat verursachte Unfalle.  Ibid., 1932,
 45: 1497-500.  ------  Elektrische  Unfalle.  Ibid.,  1937, 50:
 1306;  1938,  51: 239.—Kampf, E.   Elektrischer  Unfall  bei
 einem 1% Jahre alten Kinde.  Kinderarztl. Prax.,  1937,  8:
 466-9.—Kovacs,  R.  Electrical injuries.  Brit. J.  Phys. M.,
 1935-36, 10: 129.—Kreja, W.   Ueber Starkstromverletzungen.
 Beitr.  klin. Chir.,  1932, 156:  497-9.—Kuttner.  Ueber elek-
 trische Unfalle.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1927, 23: 1432.—McCulloch,
 J. A.  Electrical injuries.  J. Tennessee M.  Ass., 1932,  25:
 225-8.—MacFarlan,  D.   Electrical  shocks: causes,  incidence
 and consequences.   Arch. Phys.  Ther.,  1937,  18: 99-102.—
 MacLachlan, W.  Electric shock; interpretation of field notes.
 J. Indust. Hyg., 1930,  12: 291:  1934, 16: 52.—MacMahon,
 H. E.  Electric shock.  Am. J. Path.,  1929,  5:  333-47, 3 pi.—
 Merlo Gomez, J. F.  Los peligros  de la electricidad.  Rev.
 san. mil., B.  Air., 1934, 33: 229-40.—Milder, E.  Starkstrom-
 verletzung.  Zbl. Haut  Geschlkr..  1936, 53:  6.—Milko,  V.
 [Electric injuries]   Orv.  hetil., 1934.  78: 555-8.—Muller,  P.
 Un cas d'eiectrocution par courant alternatif a haute tension;
 guerison.   Ann. med. leg., 1927, 7: 176-9.—Neff, M. L. Elec-
 tric shock; with report of  an unusual case.  California West. M.,
 1928,  29: 80.—Orlenko, U. M.   [Injuries caused by  electric
 current]   Khirurgia,  Moskva, 1937,  No. 7,  110-8.—Padilla
 Roque, C. M.   El accidente  eiectrico.  Sem.  med.,  B. Air.,
 1936, 43: pt  2,  154-8.—Pearl, F. L.  Electric shock; presenta-
 tion of cases and review of the literature.  Arch. Surg., 1933,
 27: 227-49.  Also repr.—Perez Carlevaro, C. M.  Accidentes
 y peligros ocasionados por la electricidad.  Sem. med., B. Air.,
 1932, 39:  pt  2,  596-607.—Pietrusky, F., & Schrader,  G.  Der
 elektrische Unfall im Bergbau.  Deut. Zschr.  gerichtl. Med.,
 1932,  19:  313-21.—Prausnitz, C.  Elektrische Unfalle: ihre
 Entstehung,  Behandlung und Verhutung.  Med. Welt, 1928,
 2: 565; 603.—Pritchard,  E. A. B.  Electrical injury.  In Brit.
 Encycl. M. Pract.  (Rolleston,  H.) Lond., 1937, 4: 472-83.—
 Ranzi, E., & Cartellieri, P.   Zur Kasuistik der elektrischen
 Unfalle.   Wien.  med. Wschr., 1929, 79:  799;  867; 901 —
 Rauck, A.  Unfalle  durch elektrischen  Strom.  Arbeiterschutz,
 1927,  3:  97.—Schadigungen  durch  den  elektrischen  Strom.
 Praxis, Bern, 1927,  16: H. 34,  1.—Schrader, G.  Die Gefahr-
 dung durch elektrischen  Strom.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1935,  31:
 574-6.—Simpson-Smith,  A.  Case of electric shock.  Tr. M.
 Soc London,  1931, 54: 114.—Stassen.  Les traumas electriques.
 Presse  m6d., 1935, 43:  1439.—Syrensky,  N.  N.   [Cases  of
 injuries caused by electricity]   Sovet. khir.,  1932, 2: 76-80.—
 Toenniessen.   Starkstromverletzung.   Klin.   Wschr.,  1927,
 6:  475.—Tousey, S.   Accidents  from electricity.   Internat.
 J. S., 1927, 40: 137-41.  Also  Phys. Ther., 1927, 45: 293-9 —
 Unfalle durch  Elektrizitat.  Zschr.  Gewerbehyg.,  1925,  31:
 210-2.—Urquhart,  R. W. I., & Noble, E. C.  Experimental
 electric shock.  J. Indust. Hyg., 1927, 9: 140;  1929, 11: 154,
 ch.—Uzac, J.  Accidents  produits  par  l'eiectricite.   Presse
 med.,  1937,  45:  836-9.—Valle,  G.    Le  scariche  elettriche.
Scientia,  Bologna, 1939,  65: 241-8.—Vosskressensky, N.  V.
[Case of eiectrotrauma by high tension current] Sovet. khir.,
1933, 4:  473.—Wenzel.  Statistik durch elektrischen Strom
verursachter  Unfalle.   Reichsgesundhbl.,  1937,  12:  144.—
Wyssmann, E.   Elektrischer Unfall eines  Katers.   Schweiz.
Arch. Tierh.,  1935, 77: 375.
----   Death.

   See  also Abattoirs, Slaughtering; Electrocution.
   Beck, A.   *Kritisch-kasuistische Beitrage zum
Elektrizitatstod  [Miinchen]   44p.   8?  Erlangen,
1935.
   Buhner, F.   *Die gerichtsarztliche Bedeutung
des Todes durch elektrischen Strom   [Munster]
33p.   8?   Quakenbr.,  1929.
   Ries, L.   *Der Tod durch elektrischen Strom.
24p.   8?   Wiirzb., 1933.
   Walther,  H.    ^Untersuchungen  iiber   die
innersekretorischen   Driisen  bei    elektrischem
Tod.   lOp.   8?   Lpz., 1934.
   Asada,  H.  Mort  par electrocution.  Ann. med. leg., 1927,
7: 509.—Attilio, C.  Contributo all'anatomia patologica ed alia
patogenesi della morte per scarica elettrica.  Ann. med. nav.,
Roma,  1932, 38: 316-23.—Bergonie, J.   L'eiectrocution  du
Dr Jaugeas, un  medecin radiographe victime  du devoir pro-
fessionnel; precautions a prendre.   Arch, electr. med., 1919,
29:  361-72.—Brauer.  Todliche Unfalle durch elektrischen
Strom.  Arbeiterschutz,  1936,  47-9.—Dantin, J., & Schilf, E
Versuche  iiber  die  Erregbarkeit der motorischen  Grosshirn-
rinde bei  verandertem Kreislauf; gleichzeitig ein Beitrag zum
elektrischen Unfalltod.  Mschr. Unfallh., 1932, 39: 396-9 —
Death  from electric  shock.   Lancet, Lond.,  1934, 2: 206.—
Diez, S.  Le alterazioni delle fibre  cardiache  nella morte da
passaggio  di corrente elettrica e loro interpretazione.  Arch.
antrop.  crim., Milano, 1938, 58: 608-28.—Doria, J. R. da C.
Um caso  de morte  por electropressao com currente  de  220
volts.   Brasil med.,  1936, 50: 279.—Edenhofer, H.  Ueber
Elektrizitatstodesfalle.   Miinch.  med.   Wschr.,   1929,  76:
1457-9.—Einaudi, C. L'elettricita che uccide e la scienza che
risana.  Igiene & vita, 1928, 11: 265-70.—Fatal accidents from
electric  shock in  recent years in the United States and Canada,
in England and  Wales, and in Switzerland.  J. Indust. Hvg.,
1928, 10:  111-6.—Fog,  J.  [Accidents from  electricity; four
deaths]  Ugeskr. larger, 1927, 89:  339; 365.—Gubler, E.   Zur
Kasuistik   der   todlichen  elektrischen  Schadelverletzungen.
Deut.  Zschr.  gerichtl.  Med.,  1926,  8: 406-18.—Harrison,
B. J. M.  Some considerations on death  from electric shock.
Med. J. Australia, 1925, 2: 106-8.—Holstein Rathlou, E.  von
[The death  by electricity]  Ugeskr. laeger,  1928, 90: 61-4.—
Holzapfel.  Todlicher Unfall durch elektrischen Strom.   Ar-
beiterschutz, 1935, 96.—Hume, C. W.  Electric shock and sub-
jective sensation in relation to anaesthesia and humane slaugh-
ter.  Lancet, Lond.,  1935, 2: 1021-3.—Jellinek, S.  La mort
par  l'eiectricite; resultats pratiques acquis  par  des etudes
eiectropathologiques.  C.  rend.  Acad, sc, 1925,  181:  945.
------  Durch  ein elektrisches Biigeleisen  verursachter tod-
licher Unfall und  dessen  uberraschende  Aufklarung.  Wien.
med. Wschr.,  1928,  78: 379-81.  ------   Trauma und Tod
durch Elektrizitat.  Beitr. gerichtl. Med.,  1935, 13: 13-21.
------&  Stransky,  E.  Totlicher Elektrounfall eines  Schizo-
phrenen.   Jahrb.  Psychiat.   Neur.,  1931-32,  48: 283-92.—
Joergensen, J. V. Asthmaahnliche Lungenvniindetungen beim
elektrischen Tode.   Deut. Zschr.   gerichtl. Med.,  1937, 28:
408-11.—Josselin de Jong, R. de  [Observations on death and
apparent  death from electrical current]  Ned.  tschr. geneesk.,
1931, 75:  563-74.—Koeppen, S.  Zur Frage der Todesursache
beim elektrischen  Unfall.  Miinch. med. Wschr., 1933,  80:
1815-7. ------■  Elektrizitatsschaden im Tierexperiment mit
besonderer Berucksichtigung des elektrischen Todes.  Virchows
Arch.,  1933.  290:  460-91.  ------   Tritt beim akuten  elek-
trischen Tod ein Lungenodem auf?  Arch, orthop. Unfallchir.,
1936-37, 37: 391-4.—Langworthy.  O. R.   Nerve cell injury
in cases of human electrocution.  J. Am. M.  Ass.,  1930, 95:
107.  Also repr.—Levy-Dorn, M.   Die Totung eines Arztes
und seiner Gehilfin durch den elektrischen Strom bei Vornahme
einer Rontgenuntersuchung.   Med. Klin.,  Berl., 1924,  20:
1762.—Loreti, M.    Un caso di morte  per fulminazione da
corrente elettrica di  bassa tensione. Gior. med.  prat., 1929,
11: 18-31.—Long, M. H. E.  Death from  electrical injuries.
Med. Press & Circ, Lond.,  1935,  191: 150;  172.—Lorge. I.
Physiological aspects of lethal shock. Psychol. Bull., 1935, 32:
197-202.—Mangili, C.  Su diciassette casi di accidenti elettrici
mortali.   Med. ital., 1934, 15: 731-55.—Masheter. J. W. H.
Electric shock deaths. Vet. J., Lond., 1936, 92: 53—Melissinos.
Les lesions et la cause de la  mort au cours  des electrocutions.
Echo med. nord, 1935, 3. ser., 4: 233; 459.—Mori, N.  On the
action of electricity upon organismus; death by electrical shock.
Jap. J. M. Sc, 1933-35, 3: proc biophys., 231.—Muller,
Vielledent & Marchand.  Lesions histologiques dans un cas de
mort tardive par electrocution par  courant 220 volts.  Ann.
med. leg.,  1934, 14: 657-60. Also Echo med. nord, 1934, 3. ser.,
2: 209.—Miiller-Hess & Hey.  Der Tod durch Elektrizitat.
Jahrkurs.  arztl.  Fortbild.,  1925, 16: H. 9, 8-12.—Munck, W.
Selbstmord  durch  Gleichstrom von 220  Volt.   Deut. Zschr.
gerichtl. Med.,  1934, 23: 97-109.—Nicoleanu. C,  & Bistri-
ceanu, I.  [Case of death from electrocution with high tension
current]   Rev. san. mil., Bucur., 1932, 31: 451-7.—Ottovay. L.
[Injuries and deaths caused  by electric  current]  Budapesti
orv. ujs.,  1928,  26:  693-6.—Petrov, I. R.  [Experimental in-
vestigation on the mechanism of death due  to electric trauma]
Vest, khir., 1937,  50: 47-53, 3  pi.—Polgar.  F.   Todlicher
elektrischer  Unfall  in  einem  Rontgenlaboratorium.  Med. 
ELECTRIC  SHOCK
122
ELECTRIC SHOCK
 Klin., Berl., 1926, 22: 453.—Rzharijaona.   Accident  mortel
 cause par le courant alternatif de 110 volts.  Bull. Soc path.
 exot., Par.,  1930, 23: 345.—Richmond, A. H. D.  A fatal case
 of electrocution.   Lancet, Lond., 1935, 2: 16.—Schilf.  Ueber
 den elektrischen Stromtod.  Med. Welt, 1933, 7: 588.  ------
 & Sternberg, W.   Ueber die Empfindlichkeit  des  Atmungs-
 zentrum von Katzen gegeniiber  faradischen Stromen, zugleich
 ein  Beitrag  zum  elektrischen Unfalltod.   Mschr. Unfallh.,
 1933, 40: 490-4.—Schinz, H. R.. & Strelin,  A.  Elektrischer
 Tod beim Durchleuchten.  Rontgenpraxis, 1933, 5:  148-58.—
 Schneider,  P.   Ueber  das  innere  Geschehen  beim Sterben
 durch elektrischen  Strom.   Wien. med. Wschr., 1929,  79:
 53.—Schrader, G., & Schlomka, G.   Elektrokardiographische
 Untersuchungen zur Frage  des  elektrischen  Todes.   Deut.
 Zschr. gerichtl. Med.,  1932-33, 20: 351-60.—Schridde. H.
 Der elektrische Stromtod;  pathologisch-anatomische Unter-
 suchungen.   Klin. Wschr.,   1925, 4: 2143-5.  ------  Die
 Stromeintrittsstelle beim elektrischen  Stromtode.  Deut. med.
 Wschr., 1926, 52:  1607.—Schuster, G. [Case of death, caused
 by defective electric Thermophore]   Gyogyaszat,  1929.  68:
 905-7.—Seesemann.  Ein aussergewohnlicher Todesfall durch
 Elektrizitat.  Arch.  Krim., 1934, 95:  243.—Sirolli, M.  Sulla
 patologia della morte  da elettricita.  Arch. ital. chir.,  1933,
 33: 333-443.—Solotov, N. A., & Tsytskin, A. M.  [Pathologic-
 anatomical  changes  in the body in death caused by  electric
 current]   Ortop. travmat., 1935, 9:   11-24.—Strassmann, G.
 Vier Todesfalle durch elektrischen Strom.  Aerztl. Sachverst.
 Ztg, 1925, 31:  15-20.  ------   Ueber die Notwendigkeit der
 Sektion  von  Personen,  die  durch  den  elektrischen  Strom
 getotet wurden.   Zbl.  Gewerbehyg.,  1925, n. F., 2: 317-20.
 ------   Beobachtungen  bei  elektrischen  Todesfallen  mit
 besonderer  Berucksichtigung der Haut- und  Haarverande-
 rungen.   Deut. Zschr.  gerichtl. Med.,  1926-27,  9: 699-717.
 ——■—  Die Hautveranderungen bei  Todesfallen durch elek-
 trischen  Strom.   Zschr.  Medbeamte,  1926,  39: 287-91.—
 Sunderman, F. W., & Harper, E. O.  Studies of serum electro-
 lytes; blood changes following death from contact with alternat-
 ing current of  high  intensity.  Arch. Path., Chic,  1936,  22:
 738-42.—Triumph, A. B.  [Lethal case from ordinary  electric
 current]   Vrach.   gaz.,  1926,  30:  1218-20.—Van Themsche.
 L'eiectricite homicide.   Bruxelles med.,  1931-32,  12: 1107.—
 Vasiliu,  T.  [Fatal case of  electrocution with  low-tension
 current in a thymico-lymphatic boy,  16 years  old]  Spitalul,
 1929, 49:  132-6.—Vollmer,  E.   Ueber  einen  Fall von elek-
 trischem  Hirntod.   Zschr. Medbeamte, 1929,  42: 107-9.—
 Weber, R.  Beitrag zur Kasuistik de? Todes durch elektrischen
 Strom.   Munch, med.  Wschr.. 1925,  72: 566.—Zimmern, A.
 Pathog6nie de la mort dans l'eiectrocution.  J.  radiol. electr.,
 1933, 17: 489-92.

 ----   Effects.

   Boiseatj,   M.    *Contribution a  l'etude   des
 syndromes  cliniques  et  des   lesions  determines
 par l'eiectrocution.   37p.   8?  Par., 1938.
   Egge,   P.    *Ueber   Starkstromverletzungen
 [Kiel]  64p.  8?  Rostock,  1930.
   Mathez,  C. O.   *Contribution  a  l'etude  des
 effets  pathologiques  des courants electriques  sur
 I'homme.  77p.  8?  Lausanne,  1931.
   Petzke,  W.  *Die   Verletzungen durch  elek-
 trischen Starkstrom  [Berlin]  13p.  8?   Halle a.
 S., 1926.
   Adler-Monnich, J.   Ueber  ungewohnliche  Folgezustande
 nach einem elektrischen Unfall.  Wien. med. Wschr., 1938, 88:
 265.—Alvensleben.  Elektrische  Unfalle  und  deren Folgen.
 Deut. med.  Wschr.,  1925, 51: 1009.—Boccara,  V. E.  Effetti
 patologici della corrente elettrica e resistenza ohmica del corpo
 umano.  Arch,  fisiol., Fir., 1934-35, 34:  522-8.—Clark, G. A.,
 & Wall. T. F.  Unconsciousness produced bv electric currents.
 Q.  J.  Exp. Physiol., Lond.,  1934,  24: 85-94— Csekey. L.
 [Late effects of electric shock]  Orv. hetil.,  1936, 80: 21 —
 Dimtza.  A.   Elektrischer Unfall mit Ileus.   Arch, orthop.
 Unfallchir., 1933-34, 34: 541-3.—Dudko. N. E. Eine eigentum-
 liche Bauchverletzung durch elektrischen Strom.  Med. Welt,
 1931, 5:  1136.—Echemendia y Garcia, J. D.  Contribuci6n al
 estudio de los accidentes por corriente  eiectrica.  Rev.  med.
 cubana, 1929, 40:  1252-6.—Ferrandiz-Senante, V.  Lesiones
 producidas por la electricidad. Med. ibera, 1936, 30: 286-9.—
 Fiirst, A.  [Strange injury caused by electric current]  Cas. lek.
 6esk.,  1936, 75: 525-7.—Gerstner, H.   Die Bedeutung der
 mechanischen Folgen des allgemeinen Muskelkrampfes fiir den
 elektrischen Unfall.  Arch. exp.  Path., Berl.,  1937, 185: 539-
 52.—Ghetti, L.  Sopra le lesioni prodotte da corrente elettrica.
 Arch. ital. chir., 1937,  47: 505-49.—Grun, R.   Zur  Kenntnis
 organischer  Folgeerscheinungen  nach  Einwirkung von Elek-
 trizitat.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1932, 58:  1479-81.—Hubin, R.
 Photo-traumatismes  et electrocution.  Liege med., 1934, 27:
 1638-48.—Hume. C. W.  Testing for unconsciousness after an
electric shock.  Nature, Lond., 1935,  135: 107.—Jellinek, S.
Gibt es eine pathognomonische Verletzung durch Elektrizitat'
Wien. klin. Wschr., 1925, 38:  1251. ------■  Die Eigenart der
elektrischen  Verletzung.   Rontgenpraxis, 1934,  6:  1-12.—
Kaplan, A. D.  [Pathogenesis and clinical course of eiectro-
trauma]  Vrach. gaz., 1930. 34:  431-5.—Koeppen, S.  Kreis-
lauf  und  Atmung bei  Gleichstrom-  und Wechselstromein-
 wirkungen.   Arch. exp.  Path.,  Berl.,  1933,  173:  680-6.-
 Langworthy. O.  R.  Effect  of  electric  shock.   Johns Hop-
 kins Alumni Mag., 1931,  19: 122-49.  ------  &  Kouwen-
 hoven, W. B.  Injuries produced by contact with electric cir-
 cuits.  Am.  J.  Hyg., 1932,   16: 625-66.   Also  J.  Franklin
 Inst., 1933, 25: 1-26.  ------  The reactions of the organ-
 ism  to repeated electric shocks.  J. Indust. Hyg.,  1932,  14:
 197-206.—Manoiloff,   E.  Experimentelle  Einwirkung  des
 elektrischen  Starkstromes  (Wechselstrom  von  1000-3000
 Voltspannung)  bei 50 Perioden auf normale und alkoholisierte
 Kaninchen.   Wien. klin. Wschr., 1931, 44: 1249-51.—Monte-
 martini, G.   Alterazioni funzionali dello  stomaco e ddrintes-
 tino da  elettrotraumi.   Baglivi, 1936, 2: 295-307.  ------
 Lesioni violente da elettricita. Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1936,
 17-643-8   ------  Ipertermia  e ricambio idrico negli elettro-
 traumi.   Fol. med., Nap., 1939, 25: 409-23.—Muck, O.  Ueber
 die  im  Adrenalin-Sondenversuch sichtbare Einwirkung von
 Elektrizitat auf den  menschlichen  Korper unter besonderer
 Berucksichtigung  des  Starkstromunfalls.   Zschr. Kreislauf-
 forsch.,  1937, 29: 625-32.—Nager, F. R., & Ruedi,  L.  Sulla
 conoscenza degli infortuni  elettrici  dell'orecchio.   Rass. ital.
 otorinolar., 1931, 5: 129-40.—Natorp, W.  Beitrage zur Frage
 der Unfalle durch elektrischen Strom.  Arch, orthop. Unfallchir.,
 1924, 23:  306-36.—Oiler, A.  Patologia  de los accidentes
 producidos por la electricidad.  Med.  trabajo, 1930, 1: 215-
 35.  Also Rev. m6d. Barcelona,  1930,  13: 318-32.—Penkova,
 B. D. [Remote sequels of electro-trauma]  Khirurgia,  Moskva,
 1939, No. 2-3,  128-41.—Photakis, B., &  Liberate, S. N.  Re-
 cherches  anatomiques sur cinq cas d'eiectrocution.  Ann. med.
 leg., 1938, 18:  623-7.—Pietrusky. F.   Experimentelle Unter-
 suchungen iiber  die  Wirkung  mittel-  und  hochgespannter
 elektrischer  Strome auf den lebenden  Korper. Deut. Zschr.
 gerichtl. Med., 1925, 6: 535-59. ------ Die nach Einwirkung
 technischer  Elektrizitat  beobachteten pathologisch-anatomi-
 schen Veranderungen.  Ibid., 1937-38.  29:  135-51. ------&
 Janker, R.  Rontgenkinematographische Untersuchungen iiber
 die Wirkung elektrischer Starkstrome  auf  Kreislauf  und At-
 mung des Tieres wahrend und kurz nach der Durchstromung
 Ibid., 28: 347-53.—Poenaru-Caplesco.  Les  accidents causes
 par  l'eiectrocution.  Rev. chir.,  Bucur.,  1938, 41: 607-15.—
 Reynolds, H. E.  The disinhibiting  effect of an electric shock
 upon the maze performance of tbe white rat.  J. Comp.  Psychol.,
 1936, 22: 187-97.—Ribeiro Gomes.  Accao do choque electrico
 no organismo.   Brasil med.,  1934, 48:  862-5.—Romano, A.
 Gli elettrotraumi, loro natura e varieta, e la questione  dell'irra-
 diazione in elettrobiologia. Atti Congr. internaz. elettroradiob.,
 1934, 1.  Congr., 1: 265.—Schott.  Ueber elektrischen Unfall.
 Med. Korbl. Wurttemberg, 1928,  98:  642; 652.—Stoger, K.
 Zur  Klinik  der  elektrischen  Verletzungen.  Miinch.  med.
 Wschr.,  1931, 78: 1353.—Syrensky, N. N.  [Reaction of the
 internal organs to  shocks by  electric  current] Sovet. med.,
 1937, No. 6, 24-9.—Tarantino,  C.   Sul comportamento del
 sistema reticolo endoteliale negli elettrotraumi.  Rass.  internaz.
 clin. ter.,  1934,  15: 1079-95.—Wegelin.  Ueber die  Wirkung
 des elektrischen Stromes auf  die einzelnen Organe.   Mschr.
 Unfallh., 1936, 43:  192-4.—Wehren, J. von.  Abtrennung des
 Kopfes durch elektrischen Starkstrom.  Deut. Zschr.  gerichtl.
 Med., 1936,  27: 240-4.—Wolter, K.  K.  Die nichttodiichen
 Verletzungen durch elektrischen  Strom.  Zbl. Gewerbehyg.,
 1930, n. F., 7: 204-6.—Zadek, I., & Lichtenstein, H.  Lungen-
 blutung  nach elektrischem  Unfall.  Deut. Zschr.  Chir., 1931,
 233: 91-6.

----   Effects:  Bones.
   Jackson Burrows, H. Three cases of fracture resultinc from
electric shock. Brit. J. Surg., 1936, 24: 159-65, 4 pi.—Jellinek,
 S. Rontgenologische Knochenaufnahmen bei Behandlung elek-
 trischer Unfalle.  Wien. med. Wschr., 1929, 79: 543.—Palugyay,
J. Knochenveranderungen bei Verletzung  durch  elektrischen
 Strom (kasuistischer Bericht iiber zwei Falle)  Fortsch. Ront-
 genstrahl., 1924, 32: 568-79,  pi.—Wagner, W. Lunatumma-
 Iacie bei  elektrischem  Unfall.  Arch.  klin. Chir., 1932, 170:
483-7.—Zimmern.  Alterations osseuses  dans un  cas d'eiec-
 trocution.  Bull. Soc.  radiol. med. France,  1933, 21:  660.

----   Effects:  Cardiovascular  system.

   King, B.  G.   *The effect of electric  shock on
 heart  action  with special reference to varying
 susceptibility in  different parts  of  the cardiac
 cycle  [Columbia  Univ.]  20p.   8?  N.  Y., 1934.
   Stuke,  H.  F.   *Ueber  Herzschadigung durch
 elektrische Unfalle.   15p.  8?   Lpz., 1934.
   Arntzen. J. D.  [Auricular  fibrillation following exposure to
 electric  current]  Norsk, mag. laegevid., 1934, 95:  922-5.—
 Demel, R., Jellinek, S., & Rothberger, C. J.  Voriibergehendes
 Herzkammerflimmern  durch  Einwirkung   von   Starkstrom;
 vorlaufige Mitteilung.  Wien.  klin. Wschr.,  1929,  42: 1525 —
 Dick, A.   Ueber das  Vorkommen von chronisch  sich wieder-
 holenden Anfallen von Vorhofrlimmern nach Starkstromunfall.
 Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1928, 58: 1176-8.—Duchosal, P.  Etude
 eiectrocardiographique des effets de l'eiectrocution  sur le coeur.
 C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 106: 12-5.—Frank, P.  Experimentelle
 Untersuchungen uber elektrische Schadigungen der Gefasswand
 und  Thrombenbildung.  Klin. Wschr.,  1933, 12: 1180-3 —
 Haberlandt, L.  Herzflimmern und elektrischer Strom.  Wien.
 klin. Wschr., 1926, 39: 774.—Hickl, W.  Ueber Vorhofrlimmern 
ELECTRIC  SHOCK                           123                           ELECTRIC  SHOCK
 nach  Starketromverletzung.  Miinch. med. Wschr., 1932,  79:
 1277-9.—Hon", H. E., & Nahum, L. H.  The nature of ventri-
 cular  fibrillation following electric shock and its prevention by
 acetyl-/S-methyl  choline chloride.   Am.  J.  Physiol.,  1934-35,
 110: 675-80.—Hooker, D. R.  On the recovery of the heart in
 electric shock.   Ibid.,  1929,  91:  305-28.—Huber,  P.   Die
 Bedeutung des Zirkulationssystems fur den  Verlauf von Stark-
 Btromunfalien.  Mitt. Grenzgeb. Med. Chir., 1935-36, 44: 234-
 75.------ Starkstromverletzungen und Gefassystem.  Wien.
 klin.  Wschr.,  1936,  49: 771-5—Hiickel, R.   Zur Frage  der
 Beeinflussung  der Blutgefasse durch den elektrischen Strom.
 Mschr. Unfallh., 1937,  44:  488-91.—Ischikawa, N.   Gas-
 analytische und elektrokardiographische Untersuchungen  am
 Kreislaufapparat elektrokutierter Tiere.  Zschr. ges. exp. Med.,
 1929-30, 69: 422-38.—Jaffe, R. H., Willis, D., & Bachem, A.
 The effect of electric currents on the arteries: a histologic studv.
 Arch. Path., Chic, 1929, 7: 244-52.—Jaksch-Wartenhorst, R.,
 & Rihl, J.  Vorhofrlimmern nach elektrischem Trauma.  Zschr.
 ges. exp. Med.,  1926, 50:  110-4.—Kaess.  Zehn Monate nach
 elektrischer Starkstromwirkung auftretende Herzbeschwerden
 keine  Unfallfolge.   Zschr.  Bahnarzte,  1932,  27:  11-21 —
 Kartagener, M.  Spatschaden am Herzen nach elektrischen
 Unfallen.   Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1936, 66: 13-6.—Koeppen.S.
 Herzerkrankungen nach elektrischen Unfallen.   Verh. Deut.
 Ges. Kreislaufforsch., 1936,  9: 210-5.—Kouwenhoven, W. B.,
 Hooker,  D. R., & Langworthy,  O.  R.   The current flowing
 through the heart under conditions of electric shock. Am. J.
 Physiol., 1932, 100:  344-50.—Lasius, O. J.  Voriibergehende
 Herz-  und Aortendilatation  und Vestibularstorung bei einem
 29jahrigen Elektromonteur,  verursacht durch  Starkstromunfall
 von 50000 Volt.  Med.  Klin.,  Berl., 1929, 25: 1133.—Laslett,
 E. E.  A paroxysm of auricular fibrillation caused by electric
 shock.  Brit.  M. J.,  1927,  1:  919.—Melissinos.   Troubles
 circulatoires et trauma electrique.   Echo med.  nord, 1934, 3.
 ser., 2: 209.—Montemartini, G.  Sulle modificazioni chimiche
 della  fibra muscolare cardiaca negli elettrotraumi. Fol. med.,
 Nap., 1938, 24: 1085-91.—Nicolai, H. Irreversible Schadigun-
 gen an Kaltbliiterherzen  und -nerven  durch  Wechselstrom.
 Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1934. 93: 626-43.—Pfalz, W. Hyper-
 tonic nach Starkstromunfall.  Deut. med. Wscbr.,  1922,  48:
 1647.—Pietrusky. Zur Frage  von Vasomotorenstorung an  den
 Extremitaten  als Folge elektrischen Unfalls.   Deut.  Zschr.
 gerichtl. Med., 1935,  25: 197-201.—Schlomka, G., & Schrader,
 G.  Experimentelle  Untersuchungen iiber den Einfluss  von
 niedergespanntem Gleich- und  Wechselstrom  auf  Kreislauf
 und Atmung  als Beitrag  zur  Frage des elektrischen Unfalls.
 Arch.  Gewerbepath.,  1933-34,  5:  615-53.—Schridde,  H.
 Elektrische Verletzung  und  Kreislauf.   Verh.  Deut. Ges.
 Kreislaufforsch., 1936, 9: 160-75.—Verdan, C. Contribution a
 l'etude des troubles cardiaques tardifs apres accident electrique.
 Presse med.,  1938,  46: 547-51.—Wiggers, C.  J.  Studies of
 ventricular fibrillation caused  by electric shock; the revival of
 the heart  from ventricular  fibrillation  by successive  use of
 potassium and calcium salts.  Am. J. Physiol.,  1930, 92: 223-
 39.------The action of antagonistic salts. Ibid., 93: 197-
 212.------Bill, J. R., & Paine, M.   Studies on ventricular
 fibrillation  caused by  electric shock;  cinematographic   and
 electro-cardiograph ic observations of the  natural process in the
 dog's heart; its inhibition by potassium and  the revival of
 coordinated beats by  calcium.  Am. Heart J.,  1929-30,  5:
 351-65.—Zehrer, G.  Elektrisches  Trauma  und Thrombose.
 Mschr. Unfallh., 1939, 46: 141-6.

 ----  Effects: Nervous system.

    Bombeck,  J.    *Ueber  die Schadigungen  des
 Zentralnervensystems  durch technische  und  at-
 mospharische  Elektrizitat.    42p.    8?    Bonn,
 1935.
    Meuser,  L.    *Zur  Kenntnis  dor   Liquor-
 drucksteigerung  nach  elektrischen Schadigungen
 (Starkstromeinwirkung,  Blitzschlag)    28p.    8?
 Bonn, 1935.
    Nolte, R.  *Ueber  Schadigungen des mensch-
 lichen   Korpers,  insbesondere  des   peripheren
 Nervengebietes,   durch  elektrische  Starkstrome.
 23p.   8?    Greifswald, 1929.
   Panse, F.  Schadigungen des  Nervensystems
 durch technische Elektrizitat.   155p.   8?  Berl.,
 1930.
   Aleksandrova, L.   I.   [Remote  reactions  of  the nervous
system to electric trauma]  Nevropat. psikhiat.,  1938,  7:  94-
101.—Alexander, L.  Clinical and neuropathological aspects of
electrical injuries.  J. Indust.  Hyg., 1938, 20: 191-243.  Also
J. Nerv. Ment.  Dis., 1938,  88:  812-5.—Bartels, M.  Unfall
durch elektrischen Strom  und Erkrankung des Zentralnerven-
systems.   Zschr. Augenh.,  1935,  86:  1-11.—Bergonzi,  M.
Sindromi neurologiche non comuni  da folgorazione;  emiplegia
tardiva; paraplegia  da  radiculo-polineurite;  spiccato risenti-
mento meningeo. Riv. sper. freniat., 1938,  62: 641-79, 2 pi.—
Boemke,  F.  Kiinstliche  histologische Veranderungen  des
Gehirns und Ruckenmarkes.   Virchows Arch., 1934, 293: 180-
90.------Vermeintliche kleinste Blutungen  im Zentral-
nervensystem  bei elektrischen Unfallen.  Verh. Deut. Ges.
Kreislaufforsch.,  1936,  9: 206-10.—Draper, P.  A.   Neuro-
psychiatry effects of electric trauma.  Colorado M., 1937, 34:
650-3.—Ewald, F. K.   Selbstmord nach elektrischer Verbren-
nung des Schiideldaches.  Med. Welt,  1933, 7:  811.—Harden-
berg,  L.   [Nervous diseases  caused  by  electric  accidents]
Psychiat. neur. bl.,  Amst.,  1937, 41: 572-85.—Hassin, G. B.
Changes in the  brain  in accidental electrocution.   J.  Nerv.
Ment. Dis., 1937, 86: 668-73.—Jellinek, S.   Troubles mentaux
comme suites du trauma electrique au point de vue medico-
legal.  Ann. med. leg., 1934, 14: 661-4.  Also Echo med. nord,
1934,  3. ser., 2: 210.  ------  Epilepsie  und elektrisches
Korpertrauma (kein Kopftrauma)  Mschr. Unfallh., 1936, 43:
225-48.—Joffroy.  Les accidents  nerveux produits  par la
fulguration et l'eiectrocution.   Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1908, 22:
755.—Kafka, V.  Die praktische  Bedeutung des  Eiweiss-
quotienten  der  Zerebrospinalfiiissigkeit.    Psychiat.  neur.
Wschr.,  1933, 35: 181.—Linck. K.  Zur  Frage der Schadigungen
des Nervensystems durch technische Elektrizitat. Beitr. path.
Anat., 1939, 102: 119-42.—Matzdorff, P.  Epileptisohe Anfalle
nach elektrischem  Unfall.  Klin. Wschr.,  1937, 16: 1255.—
Morrison, R., Weeks, A., & Cobb, S. Histopathology of differ-
ent types of electric shock on  mammalian brains.  J. Indust.
Hyg., 1930,  12: 324;  337;  364.—Nassonov,  B.   [Psychosis
caused by injuries  from electric current]   Sovet. psikhonevr.,
1933, 9: 51-5.—Naville, F.,  & Morsier, G. de.  L'action des
electrocutions industrielles sur  le svsteme nerveux.  J. med.
Lyon, 1932,  13: 691-6.—Nery,  O." Um caso  de  mielopatia
consecutiva a descarga eietrica de 110 volts.  Hospital, Rio,
1939,  15: 399-401.—Panse,  F.   Bruckenherd mit epileptifor-
men Anfallen nach elektrischem Unfall.   Aerztl.  Sachverst.
Ztg, 1932, 38:  15-20.—Pritchard.  E.  A. B. Changes in the
central nervous  system due to  electrocution.   Lancet, Lond.,
1934, 1: 1163-7.—Subirana, A.  Sindrome hemiparkinsoniano
consecutivo a electrocucion industrial.   Med. ibera, 1936, 30:
pt 2, 205-10.—Tkachev, R. A.  [Histopathology of the nervous
system in man  in electro-trauma]  Nevropat. psikhiat., 1938,
7: No.  9,  23-32.—Tommaso,  M.  Alterazioni chimiche del
sistema  nervoso centrale e periferico  da elettrotraumi.   Fol.
med., Nap., 1938, 24:  1121-31.—Wichmann, B.  Cholesterin-
vermehrung als Liquorsyndrom nach  elektrischen Unfallen.
Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1937, 157:  698-716.—Young, J. D.
Bilateral lenticular  degeneration with the possibility  of an
electrical burn acting as an etiological factor.  N. Orleans M. &
S. J., 1934-35, 87: 541-4.

----   Effects:  Skin.

   Mastrobtjono,   A.    *Electric   burns   [Mar-
quette Univ.]   34p.   4?   Milwaukee,  1931.
   Babcork, W.  W.   Massive electrical burns of the neck with
destruction  of part of larynx  and trachea.   Surg. Clin. N.
America,  1932,  12: 1415-7.—Blue, G. E.   Electrical burns.
Internat.  J.  S.,  1926,  39:  116-9.—Boiko,  V.  K.  [Regenera-
tion of skin and muscles in electric burns]  Nov. khir. arkh.,
1937, 38: 468-71.—Finsen, H. C. S.  [Electrical  burns]  Dansk.
derm, selsk. forh., 1931-32, 64: 22.—Fisher, H. E.   Electrical
burns.   Illinois M. J., 1930, 57: 201-5.   Also Internat. J. M. &
S., 1934,  47:  9-17.—Gerstner,  H.   Untersuchungen  iiber
elektrische Strommarken im Vergleich zu experimentell erzeug-
ten Wiirmeverletzungen der Haut; Warmemarken  und histo
chemischer  Metallnachweis.    Virchows  Arch.,  1935,  295:
691-702.—Grunewald,  M.   Stromschadigungen der Korper-
decke beim elektrischen Unfall.  Aerztl. Rdsch., 1935, 45: 217-
20.—Jellinek, S. Hautschadigungen durch Elektrizitat.  Wien.
klin. Wschr.,  1923,  36: 157.   ------   Die  Formation der
elektrischen Strommarke.  Arch. Derm. Syph.,  Berl., 1924-25,
148: 433-40. ------   Paralieiisme de Taction physiologique et
morphologique  de la cathode du courant continu industriel sur
la peau  humaine. C. rend. Acad, sc,  1936, 202: 344.  ------
Durch  Elektrizitat  verursachte Brande,  Explosionen  und
Korrosionen, deren  Verhutung und Bekampfung.  Wien. klin.
Wschr.,  1936, 49: 837.—Jessen, J.  [Case of electric burn]
Ugeskr. laeger,  1930, 92: 112.—Kaplan, A. D.  [Electric burns
and their treatment]  Khirurgia, Moskva,  1937, No. 7, 106-9.
------   [Development of electric current marks]  Ibid., 1939,
No. 2-3,  117-27.  ------   [Cases of burns of high voltage]
Profess, pat. gig.,  1929, 91-118.  ------ & Syrensky, N. N.
[Electric burns]  Nov.  khir. arkh.,  1937, 38: 475.—Klessens,
J. J. H. M.  [Peripheral injurv caused by electric accident]
Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1934, 78: 4147.—Kohli, D. N.   Extensive
electric  burns.   Ind. M. Rec,  1936,  56:  163.—Lempke, H.
Bericht  iiber 4  Verbrennungen durch elektrischen Strom bei
Kleinkindern  und   ihre  chirurgisch-plastische Versorgung;
kasuistischer Beitrag.  Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1938-39, 251: 331-
42.—Leotta.  I  trauma cranio-cerebrali da elettricita  (cranio-
plastica per vasta perdita di sostanza da necrosi  ossea da scarica
elettrica)   Arch. Soc. ital. chir., 1931, 37: 633-9.—McGandy,
R. F.   Electric  burns  and shock.  Minnesota M., 1931, 14:
701-5.—Miller,  E.  W.  Electric  burns.   Wisconsin M. J.,
1932,  31: 759-62.—Morgenstern, Z.  [Peculiarities of electric
marks  and  their diagnostic value]  Sudeb. med.  ekspertiza,
1928,  8: 58-64.—Nippe, M.  Zur  Genese  und Histologic von
Blitzfiguren und elektrischen Strommarken. Virchows Arch.,
1932, 285: 1.—Nobl, G., & Lowenfeld, W.   Zur Kenntnis der
Hautveranderungen  bei  elektrischer  Starkstromverletzung.
Derm.   Zschr.,   1932,  63:  377-83.—Schmidt, T.   Spektro-
graphischer  Nachweis  von  Metallspuren  in  experimentell
erzeugten  Stromberuhrungsmarken.  Deut.   Zschr.  gerichtl.
Med.,  1935, 25: 164-6.—Schneider,  P.   Zum Problem der
elektrischen  Figuren.  Wien.  klin. Wschr., 1926,  39:  25.— 
ELECTRIC  SHOCK
124
ELECTRIC  SHOCK
Schnetz, H.  Spatgangran nach  Elektro-Unfall.  Zschr. klin,
Med.,  1937, 132: 120-7.—Simonin, C.  Une forme particuliere
de brulure electrique; etat poreux et filaments  argentes de la
peau.  Ann. med. leg., 1927, 7: 501-5.—Strassmann, G.  Die
Hautveranderungen  durch  den  elektrischen Strom.   Deut.
Zschr.  gerichtl.  Med., 1932-33,  20: 239-59.—Wells,  D. B.
The treatment  of electric burns  by immediate resection and
skin graft.  Proc. Connecticut M.  Soc,  1929,  137: 138-47.
Also Ann. Surg., 1929, 90: 1069-78.

----   Histopathology.

   Jellinek, S.   Elektrische Verletzungen; Klinik
und Histopathologie.   340p.   8?   Lpz.,  1932.
   Schrader,  G.   Experimentelle  Untersuchun-
gen   zur   Histopathologie   elektrischer   Haut-
schadigungen  durch  niedergespannten  Gleich-
und Wechselstrom.  72p.   8?  Jena,  1932.
   Aievoli.  II controllo isto-patologico delle lesioni da corrente
elettrica.  Morgagni,  1934,  76: 680-4.—Askanazy.   Demon-
strations d'anatomie pathologique; verification chimique de la
marque electrique dans les accidents electriques.  Rev. med.
Suisse  rom.,  1936, 56: 775.—Boemke,  F.  Untersuchungen
uber die Entstehung von Gerinnungsbandern der quergestreif-
ten Muskulatur.  Deut, Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1938, 30: 9-18.—
Incze, J.  Experimentelle histologische Veranderungen in den
inneren Organen infolge unmittelbarer Stromwirkung.  Ibid.,
1933, 22: 309-21.—Jellinek,  S.  Klinik  und Histopathologie
der elektrischen Verletzung.   Deut. med.  Wschr.,  1932, 58:
1677.------  Elektrische Muskelspiralen und ihre Histologic.
Wien. klin. Wschr., 1932, 45: 37-9.  ------  Klinik und  Histo-
pathologie der elektrischen Verletzungen.  Med.  Welt, 1934, 8:
177-9.----—  Die Sonderstellung der  elektrischen Verletzung
in Klinik und Histopathologie.  In Festschr. H. Zangger, Ziir.,
1935, 1: 314-26.— Koeppen, S.,  & Gerstner, H.  Untersuchun-
gen iiber elektrische Strommarken im Vergleich zu experimentell
erzeugten Warmeverletzungen der Haut; das makroskopische
und mikroskopische Bild elektrischer Strommarken.  Virchows
Arch.,  1935,  295: 679-90.—Montemartini, G.  Alterazioni
chimiche dello apparato muscolare scheletrico da  elettrotraumi.
Fol.  med., Nap., 1938, 25: 76-86.—Struthers, J. W.  Trauma
in relation to tumour  growth. Tr. Med. Chir. Soc. Edinburgh,
1939, 18: suppl.—Wegelin.  Die  pathologische  Anatomie der
elektrischen Unfalle.  Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1938, 68: 1259.—
Weimann, W.   Zur Histopathologie der Hautveranderungen
durch den elektrischen Strom.  Deut.  Zschr. gerichtl.  Med.,
1926-27, 9: 587-98.
Lightning-stroke.
   See also L'ghtning.
   Beutinger,  B.   *Ueber  die  Pathologie  des
 elektrischen Unfalls mit einem eigenen  Fall von
 Spattod  durch  Blitzschlag   [Heidelberg]    52p.
 8?   Tub.,  1933.
   Bratjn,  G.    *Ueber zwei Falle von  Anosmie
 nach  Blitzschlagverletzung    [Miinchen]    16p.
 8?   Wiirzb., 1937.
   Schaefer,   W.   O.    *BIitzerschlagung   eines
 Motorradfahrers  [Giessen]  16p.  8?   Butzbach-
 Hessen, 1934.
   Spencer,  H. A.   Lightning,  lightning-stroke,
 and its treatment.   91p.   8?   Lond.,  1932.
   Benedek.  L.   [Polyneuritis from lightning]   Gy6gyaszat,
 1936, 76: 339-41.—Bingel,  A.  Zur Klinik und Pathogenese
 neurologischer Krankheitsbilder nach Blitzschlagverletzungen
 Deut.  Zschr. Nervenh.,  1936,  141:  97-112.—Branco,  G.
 Su tre casi di fulminazione da scarica elettrica atmosferica
 Minerva med., Tor., 1938, 29: pt 1, 74.—Burnett, J. A.   Treat-
 ment of shock caused by lightning.  Eclect. M. J., 1936, 96:
 4.—Cacciapuoti, G. B.  Sulle sindromi cerebrali da fulmina-
 zione.   Studium,   Nap.,  1931, 21: 469-72.—Carman, J. A.
 A case of death from lightning at Nairobi.  Kenya East Afr.
 M. J., 1927-28, 4: 125.—Comes, S.  Considerazioni sui sintomi
 auricolari in un caso  di folgorazione.   Arch. ital. otol., 1934,
 46: 241-52.—Connole, J. V.  Lightning and electric cataract
 Pennsylvania M.  J.,  1934-35, 38: 939-42.—Critchley, M.
 The  effects of lightning: with especial reference to the nervous
system.   Bristol Med. Chir.  J., 1932, 49: 285-300.—Dannhorn,
G.   Ueber Schadigung des  Nervensystems durch Blitzschla"'
Veroff.  Volksgesundhdienst.,  1937, 48:  703-68.—Dengl,  H.
Ein  schwerer Fall von Blitzschlag mit Ausgang in Heiluno-
Munch, med. Wschr., 1931,  78: 27.—Draper, P.  A.   Lightning
stroke.   Colorado M.,  1937, 34: 803-5.—Dynkiewicz,  H.
[Paralysis of  the extremities due to lightning]   Lek.  wojsk.
1930, 16: 23-6.—Fasal, P.  Hautveranderungen durch Blitz-
schlag.  Derm. Zschr., 1933, 68: 105-11.—Forces de  la nature;
foudre; aggravation du risque; application de la loi de 1898'
Rec.  spec accid. trav., 1936, 36: 351.—Fouche, C. H.   \ case
of lightning  stroke.  J.  M. Ass. S. Africa, 1929,  3*:  "339__
Gaby. R. E.   Lightning stroke.   In  Pract. Libr.  M   &S
(Appleton) N. Y., 1938, Suppl., 203-7.—Gerdes.  Blitzwirkune
und  Blitztod.  Med. Welt, 1927, 1: 1355.—Gladkoff & Ordin-
 skaja.   Zur Klinik  der  Erschutterung des  menschlichen  Or-
 ganismus durch den Blitzschlag.  Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1936,
 66:  764.—Haase.   Blitzwirkungen  bei  Lebewesen.   Berl.
 tierarztl. Wschr., 1926, 42: 840.—Herrmann, G. Kasuistischer
 Beitrag  zur Nervenverletzung nacli Blitzschlag.   Med. Klin.,
 Berl., 1926, 22: 248.—Hirt, W.  Zwei Falle von Blitzschlag mit
 urologischen Folgeerscheinungen.  Zbl. Chir., 1935, 62: 1896.—
 Jellinek, S.  Blitz und Antenne.  Beitr. gerichtl.  Med., 1928,
 8: 18-25.—Jones,  F. F.  An interesting case  of lightning
 stroke.   S.  Afr. M.  J., 1934, 8: 182.—Keferstein, G.  Ueber
 Blitzfiguren.  Med. Welt, 1935, 9: 115.—Keller, E.  Sudeck'-
 scher fleckformiger Knochenumbau nach Blitzschlagverletzung.
 Zbl. Chir., 1939, 66: 24-9— Kittrell, E. L.  Lightning stroke.
 J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1929, 75: 103.—Koopmann, H. Begutach-
 tung von Blitzschlagfolgen.  Mschr. Unfallh., 1938, 45: 1-5.—
 Lazo, V. F.   Lightning shock without apparent  physical in-
 juries.   Month. Bull. Bur. Health, Manila, 1938, 18:  413.—
 Lightning-stroke.   Lancet,  Lond.,  1934,  1:  94.—Lightning
 stroke currents.   Nature, Lond., 1935, 136: 961.—Michaud, L.
 Fulguration et symptomes nerveux.  In Festschr.  H. Zangger,
 Zur., 1935, 1: 327-42.—Muck,  O.   Nachweis der Blitzein-
 wirkung auf den Blutgefass-Sympathikus des Menschen mit
 Hilfe des Adrenalin-Sondenversuches.   Zschr. Kreislaufforsch.,
 1938, 30: 204-9.—Nordentoft, J.   [Two cases of  skin lesions
 from lightning]  Ugeskr. laeger,  1930,  92: 775-80.—Pouziriy-
 sky, S.   [Death from lightning-stroke a fortnight after accident]
 Belaruss. med.  misl.,  1925-26,  2:  136-41.—Preuss,  F.  W.
 Blitzwirkungen bei Lebewesen.  Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1926,
 42: 571-5.—Reeks, H. C.  Investigation of suspected lightning-
 stroke; the Lancashire V. M. A. scheme of enquiry.  Vet. Rec,
 Lond., 1932, 12: 297-9.—Repetto, E.  Sulla patologia della
 morte da folgorazione. Fol. med., Nap., 1937, 23: 785-815.—
 Safar, K.   Ueber  Augenschiidigung  (Linsentriibung,  Netz-
 hautschadigung  und  Hypopyoniritis  als  Spatfolge)  hervor-
 gerufen  durch reine elektro-dynamische Wirkung des  Blitz-
 schlages.   Zschr. Augenh.,  1930, 72:  1-12,  pi.—Silverman,
 N. M.  Unilateral deafness as a sequel to non-fatal lightning
 trauma.  J. Indiana M.  Ass., 1936, 29: 530.—Urechia, C. I.
 Polynevrites et  nevrose  traumatique apres la  fulguration.
 Paris med., 1930, 65:  333-7.—Vander Schrieck, F.  Brulure
 par  la foudre; ddails  curieux.  Presse  med. beige, 1865-66,
 18:  209.—Ward, E. F.   Death by  lightning stroke.  Brit.
 M. J., 1927, 1: 822.

 ----   Medicolegal aspect.

   Hablutzel,  C.    *Ueber  elektrische  Unfalle;
 Bearbeitung  von  480  Unfallen nach  Akten der
 S. U. V. A. L. und des Oberbahnarztes der S. B. B.
 52p.   8?   Zur., 1929.
   Bergonie, J.   Accidents caus6s par  l'eiectricite: rapports
 medico-iegaux sur 2 accidents presque identiques termines,
 l'un par  la mort, l'autre par des briilures sans gravite.  Arch.
 electr. med., 1913, 22: 165-79.—Boldrini, B.  Gli accidenti  da
 elettricita nella pratica professionale  e la responsabilita del
 medico.  Rass. clin. sc, 1932, 10: 77-80.—Brandis, W.  Epile-
 psie oder Hysterie oder Starkstromschadigung?  Med.  Klin.,
 Berl., 1930, 26: 936.—France.  Cour de cassation; 18 novembre
 1938, decision; faute inexcusable du  patron; electrocution;
 precautions  necessaires non  prises.  Rec.  spec, accid.  trav.,
 1939, 39: 64.—Gerlach,  W.   Die spektrographische  Unter-
 suchung  von Metallisationen  an Geweben und Kleiderstoffen
 bei elektrischen Unfallen.  Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med.,  1933-
 34, 22: 433-43.—Jellinek, S.  Elektrisches Trauma und Gravi-
 ditas  Beitr. gerichtl. Med., 1924, 6: 29-45.  ------  Spuren-
 kunde der Elektrizitat.  Wien. klin. Wschr., 1927, 40: 1469-71.
 ------   Die forensische  Bedeutung der elektrischen Strom-
 marke.   Beitr. gerichtl. Med., 1928, 7: 83-8.—Pietrusky,  F.
 Zur  Begutachtung  elektrischer  Unfalle.   Mschr. Unfallh.,
 1927, 34: 121-9.—Schrader,  G.   Die Mitwirkung des prak-
 tischen Arztes  an der Aufkliirung  elektrischer Unfalle.  Med.
 Welt, 1935, 9: 818-21.—Schwarz, H.  Gutachten iiber  die
 Frage des ursachlichen Zusammenbanges von Hemiplegie und
 elektrischem Unfall.  Nervenarzt,  1931,  4: 157-60.—Simonin,
 C.   Les  conditions habituelles des  electrocutions humaines.
 Ann.  med.  leg.,  1927, 7:  491-500.—Sorel.  Electrocution
 accidentelle  par  un  courant  a basse  tension; responsabilite
 patronale.  Ibid., 1925, 5: 300-2.—Strassmann, G., & Schmidt,
 O.   Faulniseinwirkungen und Einwirkungen des elektrischen
 Stromes auf die Haut.  Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1927-28,
 11: 202-10.—Wachholz, L. Tod durch Vergiftung oder durch
 elektrischen Strom?  Beitr. gerichtl. Med.,  1932, 12:  55-7.—
 Weeks, A. W.  The technical investigation in cases  of electrical
 injury.   Am. J. M. Jurispr., 1939, 2: 12-20.

----   Pathogenetic  factors.

 ^  Wachtel,   F.   *Contribution   a  l'etude  de
 l'eiectrocution  accidentelle  par  les  courants  a
 basse tension.   44p.   8?   Par., 1925.
   Aiello, G.  Influssi del sistema nervoso vegetativo e della
fatica sulla recettivita alle correnti elettriche.  Lavoro, 1924,
 15:  210-2.—Cahuzac,  M., & Marques, P.   Resistance  de
l'animal  nouveau-ne a l'eiectrocution.  C. rend.  Soc. biol.,
 1939, 130: 205-7.—Koeppen, S. Bemerkungen zu elektrischen
Unfallen.  Miinch. med. Wschr., 1934, 81: 974-6 [Bemerkungen
von  S.  Jellinek]  1474.   ------  Untersuchungen uber  die
Abhangigkeit der Elektrizitatswirkung von Einwirkungsdauer 
ELECTRIC  SHOCK
125
ELECTRIC SHOCK
  und  Stromstarken von 1-100  mA.   Arch. exp.  Path., Berl
  1935, 178: 654-66.—Langworthy, O.  R., &  Kouwenhoven!
  W. B.  The importance  of  the  points of contact in electric
  injuries.   J. Indust. Hyg.,  1931, 13:  145-56.—Luyet, B.  J.
  Current intensity factor in electrocution of Paramaecia. Proc'
  Soc.  Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1933, 30: 924-6.—Muenzinger, K. F., &
  Walz, F. C.  An analysis of the electrical stimulus producing a
  shock.  J.  Comp. Psychol.,  1932,  13: 157-71.—Nowak, H.
  Korperkonstitution und Gefahren des elektrischen  Stromes
  Med. Welt, 1936, 10: 245.—Schechter. V.  Polarity in lethai
  action of electric current.  Proc.  Soc. Exp. Biol.,  N. Y., 1935-
  36, 33: 304.—Williams, H. B.  Hazard of low voltage shocks
  J. Am. M. Ass., 1931,  97: 156-8.  Also repr.—Wolter, K. K.
  Beeinflussende  Faktoren  fur  den menschlichen  Korper bei
  einem elektrischen  Unfall.  Zbl. Gewerbehyg.,  1934.  n  F
  11:47-51.

  ----   Prevention.

     See also Electrotechnics.

     Jellinek,  S.   Elektroschutz  in 132 Bildern
  32p.  8?  Wien [1931]
     Diodes.  La  protection contre les dangers  d'eiectrocution
  des installations radiologiques.  Arch, electr. med., 1931, 39:
  459-62.—Freudlin,  S.  J.   [Prevention  of  electric traumal
  Sovet. vrach. J., 1936, 1: 295-300.—Gorry, E. W.  The use  of
  low voltage in hazardous locations.   Tr.  Nat. Safety Counc
  1933, 22. annual congr., 125-7.—Jellinek, S. Elektrohygiene'
  Wien. klin. Wschr.,  1935, 48: 1107-11.   Also Aerztl.  Prax '
  Wien, 1936,  10: 78-81. Also  Wien. med. Wschr.,  1925, 75;
  1002.—Jungmichel, G.  Der hygienische Wert der Verwendung
  elektrischer Apparate im Haushalt und die mit ihr verbundenen
  Gefahren.  Zbl. ges.  Hyg., 1931, 25: 177-94.—Kaplan, A. D.
  [Organizing prevention  of electric trauma in Moscow]  Sovet
  vrach. J.,  1937, 2: 207-12.—Kennelly, A. E.  The danger  of
  electric  shock   from the  electrical  engineering  standpoint.
  Phys. Ther., 1927, 45: 16-23.—Kervran,  L.  L'eiectrocution
  a basse tension peut s'eviter.  Arch. mal.  profess., Par., 1939,
  2: 128-48.—Max, L. W.   Protective devices and precautions
  against lethal  shock.  Psychol.  Bull., 1935,  32: 203-11.—
  Pugno Vanoni, E., & Aiello, G.   Esperienze su  di un mezzo
  preventivo degli infortuni  da elettricita.   Med. lavoro, 1929
  20: 206.—Schneider, O.   Elektrische Unfalle  und  ihre Ver-
  hutung.  Zbl. Gewerbehyg.,  1930, n. F., 7: 19-24.—Setz, M.
  Electrohygienics in war.  Mil. Surgeon, 1933, 73: 189-93.  Also
  Deut, Militararzt, 1938, 3: 447-50.—Simonin, C, & Wiltz, M.
  Comment  parer  aux dangers des courants electriques de  la
  premiere categorie. Ann. mid. leg.,  1927,  7: 506-8.—Vigliani,
  E. C.  Come awengono e come si combattono gli infortuni da
  elettricita.  Rass. med. indust., 1939, 10: 143-58.—Voltz, F.
  Unfallverhutungsvorschriften in  radiologischen  und elektro-
  medizinischen  Betrieben.  Radiol. Rdsch.,  1934, 3: 251-64.—
  Wietrich, A.  [Electric  accidents  and their prevention in the
  household]   Orv. hetil.,  1933, 77:  846-9.—Wolter.  K. K.
  Gefahren  des elektrischen  Stromes.   Arbeiterschutz,  1933
  36-9.

  ----  Sources.

    Alger, C. J.   Static  electricity as a source of  that fatal
  initial spark.  Tr. Nat. Safety Counc, 1933, 22. annual congr.,
  274.—Chuche, C.  L'eiectrocution industrielle.   Paris  med.,
  1937,  105: 147-50.—Fazio, G.  Un caso raro di fulminazione da
  corrente elettrica stradale.   Riforma med.,  1928, 44: 977-85.—
  Fournot,  G.  Electrocution par l'appareil  radioscopique d'un
  medecin.  J. med. Lyon, 1938, 19: 671.—Gorog, D.  [Fatal joke
  with electric current]  Orv. hetil., 1936, 80: 587.—Heiss, R.
  Die Gefahrlichkeit des elektrischen Stromes unter besonderer
  Berucksichtigung der elektrischen Betaubung von Schlacht-
  tieren. Zschr. Fleisch Milchhyg.,  1931-32, 42: 177.—Henrard,
  E.  Commotion electrique a 110 kilovolts,  accident de labora-
  toire.  Bull. Soc.  radiol. med. France, 1929, 17: 262.—Hval, E.,
  & Bendixen, K.  [Child  of a year and a half killed by electric
  current of a table lamp]  Nord. med., 1939, 1: 913-7.—Jellinek,
 S.   Wann  entstehen  Verungliickungen   durch   elektrische
 Haushaltungseinrichtungen?  Wien.  klin.  Wschr.,  1925,  38:
  1250.   ------   Aerztliche Hochfrequenzelektrizitat als  Ex-
 plosions- und Brandursache.   Med. Klin., Berl., 1926, 22: 249.
 ----- Ein durch den Entstehungsvorgang und Elektrizitats-
 spuren seltener  Hochspannungsunfall.   Zbl. Chir.,  1936, 63:
 36-8.—Langworthy, O. R.,  & Kouwenhoven, W. B.  Injuries
 produced  in the  organism  by the discharge from an impulse
 generator.   J. Indust. Hyg.,  1931, 13: 326-30.—McCracken.
 J. C.  A unique case of an electric injury.  China M. J., 1929,
 43:  1-6, pi.—Odasso,  A.  Sopra un caso singolare di folgora-
 zione da corrente elettrica ad elevatissimo potenziale.  Minerva
 med., Tor.,  1926,  6: 211-8.—Ottawa, V.  Unfallsgefahren bei
 metallumsponnenen Lichtkabeln.  Zschr. Gewerbehyg., 1935,
 42: 134-8.—Pasteur, E. F. J. F. Les dangers de l'eiectricite k
 la maison. a l'ateiier, dans le  laboratoire, dans la  rue.  Arch.
 med. pharm. mil., 1925, 82: 70-97.—Roger & Cavali6.  Double
 electrocution par courant domestique k basse tension.  Ann.
 med. leg., 1927, 7: 515.—Shearer, J. S.  Electrical dangers
 in X-ray laboratories.  Internat. J. Orthodont., 1925, 11: 857-
 66.—Uzac.   Accidents  produits par l'eiectricite sur un reseau
 de chemins de fer eiectrifie.  Ann. med. leg., 1936, 16: 505-72.—
Zimmern,  A.   Les  accidents de  l'eiectricite industrielle  et
domestique.  Bruxelles med., 1925-26, 6: 1461-70.
  ----   Treatment.
    Begg, J. D.  A case of electric shock with extensive injuries
  requiring immediate amputation of the left arm and right leg.
  a    I  i. AustFa.lia. 1937> 2= 263.—Couturat, J.   Les accidents
  dus  a  1 eiectricite et les moyens  de  secours actuels.  Presse
  med., 1935, 43: 499.—Edelmann, O. Merkblatter fur die ersten
  Erhebungen  bei sogenannten  elektrischen Branden und  elek-
  trischen Unfallen.  Zbl.  Gewerbehyg.,  1925, n. F„ 2: 167-70.—
  Fisher, H. E.  Electrical accidents; a comprehensive study of
  the subject, with special reference to technique of treatment,
  complications and statistics—from  20 years  of  experience.
  Indust. M., 1933, 2: 205-23.—Fruhmann, P.  Die Gefahr bei
  Behandlung  von  Knochenverletzungen   nach  elektrischen
  Unfallen.  Zbl. Chir.,  1931,  58:  1815-7.—Hauser, H.  von.
  Wie hat sich der Arzt in der Praxis elektrischen Unfallen gegen-
  iiber zu verhalten?  Wien.  klin. Wschr., 1939,  52:  489.—
  Jellinek, S.  Behandlung von  Starkstromverletzungen.  Wien.
  med. Wschr., 1927, 77:  1060.  ------  Ueber die Heilwirkung
  der Lumbalpunktion bei schweren elektrischen Unfallen.  Wien.
  klin. Wschr., 1928, 41: 622-4.  ------  Wann ist die konserva-
  tive Therapie elektrischer Unfalle durch eine aktive zu erset-
  zen?  Ibid., 766-8.  ------  Zur Therapie der  schweren  elek-
  trischen Verletzung.  Chirurg, 1931, 3: 644-7.   ------  The
  causation,  pathology and  therapeutics of electrical injuries.
  Edinburgh M. J.,  1936,  43: 587-92. Also Wien. med. Wschr.,
  1936, 86: 567-9.—Kaplan, A. D.  [Errors, dangers and unfore-
  seen complications in treatment of injuries caused by electric
  current]  Sovet. khir., 1932, 2: 72-5,  2 pi.—Lasserre, C, &
  Saft. Brulures graves par courant a haute tension; amputation
  intradeltoi'dienne du bras gauche; comblement par greffes d'une
  large perte de substance cutanee de l'avant-bras  droit.  J. med.
  Bordeaux,  1936, 113: 174-6.—Morgan, J. G., & Amor, A. J.
  A  case  of  electrocution; with notes on the clinical value of
  lobeline. Lancet, Lond., 1928, 1: 756.—Mouzon, J.  Quelques
  principes de pratique concernant le traitement des electrocutes.
  Presse  med.,  1928, 36:  834-6.—Muller, P.  Un nouveau cas
  d'eiectrocution par courant  alternatif a haute tension; gangrene
  ayant necessite l'amputation d'un bras et d'un pouce; guerison.
  Ann.  med. leg.,  1927,  7:  517-20.— Nemec, K.  [Electrical
  injuries in war surgery]  Voj. zdrav. listy, 1937, 13: 224-30.—
  Senante, F.  Wann ist bei elektrischer Verletzung ein operativer
  Eingriff erforderlich?  Chirurg, 1936, 8: 560-71.

  ----   Treatment:  First aid.
    Burstein, M. A.  [Injuries  caused  by electric current and
  first  aid]  Profess, pat.  gig., 1928, 52-60.—Jellinek.  S.   Ret-
  tungstechnik bei elektrisch Verungluckten.  Wien. klin. Wschr.,
  1926, 39: 1338-40.  ------  La nuova sistemazione dei primi
 soccorsi negli infortuni elettrici.  Gazz. osp., 1934,  55: 816-8.
 Also Wien. klin. Wschr., 1934,  47: 581-4.—Maack.   Befreiung
 eines in den elektrischen Stromkreis eingeschalteten Pferdes.
 Berl. tierarztl. Wschr.,  1933,  49:  68.—Muller, R. F.  Elek-
 trische Unfalle und erste Hilfe.  Zschr. arztl.  Fortbild., 1929,
 26:  140-5.—Pergher,  L.   L'azione  fisiologica di  correnti
 elettriche negli infortuni; il  primo soccorso e la sua probability
 di  successo.  Boll.  Ass.  med.  trident., 1925, 40: 301; 349.—
 Petroff, J. R.  Zur Frage der Rettungsmethoden bei elektri-
 schen Unfallen.  Zbl. Gewerbehyg., 1931,  n.  F., 8:  185-8.—
 Poenaru Caplescu, C.  [First aid in electrical injuries]  Romania
 med., 1929, 7: 62.—Pometta, D.   Les soins  d'urgence  aux
 electrocutes.  Rev. med. Suisse  rom., 1930,  50:  129-34.—
 Wolter,  K.  K.  Ueber Rettunasmassnahmen bei elektrischen
 Unfallen.  Zbl. Gewerbehyg., 1930, n. F., 7: 324-6.

 ----   Treatment:  Resuscitation.

    Hofmann,   F.   *Orientierende  Beitrage  zum
 heutigen   Stand  der  Therapie  des  schweren
 elektrischen  Unfalles   (Behandlung  des   Schein-
 todes   [Zurich]   62p.   8?    Uznach,  1927.
   Brennecke,  H. A.  Resuscitation of the apparently dead
 from electric shock.  Indust. M., 1937,  6: 7-11.—Campbell, A.,
 & Hill, L. Counter-shock as a metl^ of resuscitation following
 electrocution. _ J.  Indust. Hyg.,  1924-25, 6: 267-9.—Collier,
 H.  E.  Resuscitation after electric shock. Lancet, Lond., 1939,
 1:  62.—Fihton,  W.  L.   Resuscitation from  electric  shock
 (universalize the one best method)  J. Michigan M. Soc, 1924,
 23: 544-8.—Holstein-Rathlou, E. von.  Artificial respiration as
 a cure for electrocution.  Month. Bull.  League Red Cross Soc,
 1936, 17: 160-2.—Jellinek, S.  Accidents electriques et respira-
 tion artificielle.  C. rend. Acad, sc,  1925, 181: 1197-9. ------
 Worin besteht die Rettung bei  elektrisch Scheintoten? Wien.
 klin. Wschr., 1925, 38: 1251.  ------  Der Scheintod durch
 Elektrizitat.  Mschr. ungar. Med., 1928, 2: 227-30.—Kormoczi,
 E.  [Apparent death from electricity]   Orv. hetil., 1938,  82:
 [mell.] 161.—MacLachlan, W.   Resuscitation after  electricai
 shock. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1927,17:1346-50. ------  Resusci-
 tation after electrical shock. J. Am. M. Ass., 1924, 83: 756-
 8.  Also repr.  Also Univ. Toronto M. J., 1933, 10: 145-9.

 ELECTRIC wave.

  See   also   Electromagnetism;   Radio;  Short
wave,  &c.
  Arkadiew, W.   La diffraction des ondes electriques enregi-
stree  chimiquement.  C.  rend. Acad,  sc,  1934, 199: 848.—
Becker,  A. E.  As influencias de phenomenos electro-magneticos 
ELECTRIC  WAVE
126
ELECTROBIOLOGY
sobre os  fluxos bio-electricos do  corpo  humano.  Ann.  paul.
med. cir., 1937, 34: 185-97.—Bjerknes, W.  L'oeuvre de Hertz
dans le domaine des ondes electromagnetiques.   Rev.  physio-
ther., Par., 1938, 14: 380.—Booker, H.  G.   Oblique propaga-
tion of electromagnetic waves in a slowly-varying non-isotropic
medium.   Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1936, ser. A., 155:  235-57.—
Bugini, F. Esperimenti elettrogenetici su Papaver somniferum.
Atti Congr. internaz. elettroradiob., 1934,1. Congr., 1: 145-51.—
Chiba, S.  Some problems of electric wave filters.  Saito Ho On
Kai Monogr. Ser., 1928, 5: No.  18.—Clavier, A.  Production et
utilisation des  ondes eiectromagnetiques  centimetriques.  Rev.
physiother., Par., 1938, 14: 386-9.—Dechene, G.   Nature et
origine du rayonnement  des  cellules semi-conductrices.   J.
phys. radium,  Par., 1934, 7.  ser., 5: 553-62.—Dessauer,  F.
Referat iiber  elektrische  Wellen  und biologische Phanomene.
Atti  Congr. internaz. elettroradiob., 1934, 1. Congr., 1:  336-40.
------ & Lion, K. S.  Elektro-magnetische Wellen und bio-
logische Einheiten.  Ref.  Internat. Kongr. Kurzwellen,  1937,
1. Kongr., 222.—Joltrain, E., Morat,  D., & Delherm,  L.  In-
fluence des champs electro-magnetiques sur l'equilibre humoral.
Presse med., 1936, 44: 745-7.—Khastgir, S. R., Chandhuri, D.
N., & Sen Gupta, B.  Negative attenuation of electromagnetic
waves and Sommerfeld's theory of ground absorption.  Nature,
Lond., 1935, 136: 605.—L.,  L.  Old truths  vindicated; animal
magnetism, od and Hertzian long waves. Med. Times, N. Y.,
1897, 25: 65-9.—Maxia, C, &  Grimaldi, A.  Primi risultati di
esperimenti con  onde  elettromagnetiche di lambda= 1 metro,
su uova di riccio di mare.  Atti Soc. sc. med. natur. Cagliari,
1933, 35: 72-4.—Roffo, A.  E., jr.  Action des ondes  eiectro-
magnetiques sur les matieres colorantes photodynamiques dans
le coeur des batraciens.  Atti  Congr. internaz. elettroradiob.,
1934, 1.  Congr., 1: 415-39, 21 ch— Schereschewsky, J. W.
Biological effects of  very  high  frequency  electro-magnetic
radiation.   Radiology,  1933, 21:  246-53.—Stefanini,   A.
Sull'azione biologica delle  onde  hertziane. Riforma med., 1934,
50: 1421-3.—Strohl, A., & Desgrez, H. Etude oscillographique
des ondes faradiques liminaires  emises par les bobines a gros fil
et a fil fin.  C. rend.  Soc. biol., 1930, 103:  317-9.—Viale,  G.
Le onde  herziane e  le onde cosmiche  (azione biologica)  Biol.
med., Milano, 1933,  9:  55-67.—Williams, N.  H.   Electro-
magnetic waves of 1 cm wave  length and their absorption by
ammonia gas. Ref. Internat. Kongr.  Kurzwellen,  1937, 1.
Kongr., 136.


ELECTRIC welding.

   Beintker,  E.  Manganeinwirkung bei  dem  elektrischen
Lichtbogenschweissen.  Zbl. Gewerbehyg., 1932, n.  F., 9: 207-
11.—Doig, A.  T., & McLaughlin, A. I. G.  X-ray appearances
of the lungs of electric arc welders.   Lancet, Lond.,  1936, 1:
771-5, pi.—Electric  welding hazard.   Indust. M., 1935,  4:
366.—Enzer,  N.,  & Sander, O. A.  Chronic lung  changes in
electric  arc  welders.   J.  Indust.  Hyg., 1938,  20:  333-50 —
Gallo, A.  Malattie professionali dei manovratori  di vetture
elettriche.  Med. lavoro, 1926, 17: 327; 383.—Lipkowitsch, I. G.
Die  Elektroschweissung vom gewerbehygienischen Standpunkt.
Arch. Gewerbepath.,  1933-34,   5:  286-302.—Molfino,  F.
Patologia professionale dei saldatori elettrici.   Rass.  med.
indust., 1939,  10: 159-71.—Naske, T.  Zur Frage der  Gesund-
heitsgefahrdung beim Schweissen im  elektrischen Lichtbogen.
Zschr. Gewerbehyg., 1932, 38:  5-9.—Respiratory (The) hazard
from electric  welding.   Connecticut  Health Bull., 1935,  49:
192.—Westhofen.   Beobachtungen iiber Berufserkrankungen
bei Elektroschweissern. Zschr. Medbeamte, 1934, 47: 85-90.


ELECTROANESTHESIA.

   See Anesthetization, electric.


ELECTROBIOLOGY.

   See also  Bioelectricity;   Electric fish;  Electro-
diagnostics;   Electrography;  Electrophysiology;
Radiation;  also names  of  parts of living  organ-
isms as Brain,  Electrophysiology; Cell,  Electro-
kinetics; Heart, Electrophysiology, &c.
   Amberson, W. R.  On the  mechanism of the production of
electromotive  forces in living tissues.   In Symposia Quant.
Biol., 1936, 4: 53-62.—Auger, D.  Action  de la concentration
du milieu sur la forme et la  vitesse du courant d'action chez les
characees.  C. rend.  Soc  biol.,  1935,  118: 218-20.
------  Die  physikalischen  Grundlagen der E ektrobiologie.
Naturwissenschaften, 1928, 16: 777-81:-G.orce1,,, V., & Fer-
mini, L.  La registrazione dei fenomeni elettrobiologici.   Boll.
Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1938, 13: 334-47.-HH1, S. E., & Osterhout.
W. J. V.  Pacemakers in Nitdla; temporary local differences in
rhythm.  J. Gen. Physiol., 1935, 19: 307-9.  ——-  Nature of
the action current in Nitdla; production of quick action currents
by exposure to NaCl.  Ibid., 1938-39, 22: 91-106.  Also repr -
Keller  R  &  Singer, E.  The role of the electrical potential of
cells and tissue fluids in normal and pathologic metabolism; a
guide  to rational  preoperative  and postoperative therapy.
Am. J. Surg., 1939, 43: 169-98—Krouse. R., & Burge, W. E.
A  study of  the  cause  of  electrical phenomena exhibited in
animals and plants. Am. J. Physiol., 1936, 116: 94.—Maekawa,
M.  A method of amplifying the action currents.  Acta bcholae
med. Univ. Kioto, 1929-30,  12:  517,  2 pi.—Marshall,  C., &
Meader, R. G.  Studies on the electrical potentials of  living
organisms: base-lines and strain  differences in mice.  Yale J.
Biol.,  1937-38, 10: 65-78.—Meyer. K. H.  Ueber die  Ent-
stehung der Aktionsstrome.  Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1937, 67:
826.—Osterhout, W. J. V., & Hill, S. E.   The death  wave in
Nitella; transmission.  J.  Gen. Physiol., 1930-31, 14: 385-92.
         Some  ways to  control bioelectrical  behavior.  In
Segal, J.,  & Cotton, E.  Variations de la vitesse, du courant
d'action chez les characees sous 1'influence  d'une variation de
la concentration de leur  milieu.   Ibid.,  1936,  123: 642-5.—
Beutner, R., Caywood, B. E. [et al.]   The relation of  life to
electricity; stainability and  electromotive  forces of  artificial
systems which reproduce conditions in living tissues in accord-
ance with the experimental work of G. W. Crile.  Protoplasma,
Lpz., 1930,10: 1-23, pi.—Bishop, G. H.  La theorie des circuits
locaux  permet-elle de prevoir la forme du  potentiel d'action?
Arch. |internat. physiol., Liege, 1937, 45:  273-97.—Brustein,
S. A. Neue elektro-biologische Experimente.  Zschr. ges. exp.
Med., 1925, 45: 102-5.—Cazzamalli, F.   Fenomeni elettroma-
gnetici radianti dal cervello umano, in intensa attivitA psicosenso-
riale, rivelabili da complesso oscillatore a triodo per onde ultra-
corte.  Gior. psichiat., 1933, 61: 1-32, pi.—Fiirth, R.   Atom-
physik  und Elektrobiologie.  Erg. Physiol., 1928, 27: 864-81.
Symposia Quant.  Biol., 1936, 4: 43-52.—Pirovano, A.  Sulla
reversione dell'effetto Magini.  Riv. biol., 1936, 21: 374-85.—
Potter, M. C.  A method of measuring the electricity produced
during the decomposition of  organic compounds.  Zbl. Bakt.,
2. Abt., 1931, 84: 357-64.—Romano, A.  Ricordi e resoconto di
trent'anni di ricerche e di studi elettrobiologici personali e del
relativo insegnamento specializzato nella Regia Universita di
Napoli, unico in Italia.  Atti Congr. internaz. elettroradiob.,
1934,  1. Congr., 1: 246-9.  ------  L'elettrolisi e la cataforesi
elettrica organica  e la siderazione colloidale  nell'elettrogenesi
degli esseri viventi.  Ibid., 250. ------  La  sostanza isolante
e conducente nella disposizione dei metameri elettrici  organic!
naturali ed  il loro insieme.    Ibid.,  261.  ---——   Attacchi
parossistici alia luce dell'elettrobiologia e le  prove d'una nuova
elettrobiopatologia.   Ibid.,  263.   ------   L'elettrobiologia
prima di Luigi Galvani ed  una pagina dimenticata nella storia
dell'elettrobiologia.   Ibid., 267.—Spreadbury, F. G.  Some
electrical properties of the human body.   Brit. J. Phys. M.,
1938,  n. ser., 1: 245-8.—Tschermak, A. V.  Thermodynamik
der bioelektrischen Strome.   In Handb.  biol. Arbeitsmeth.
(Abderhalden) Berl.,  1936,  5: pt  5 A,  91-106.—Vies,  F.,
Grossmann,  A., &  Gex,  M.  Sur les  forces electromotrices
developpees  par  I'homme en contact avec un conducteur
metallique.   C. rend. Acad, sc, 1933, 196:  965-7.

ELECTROCAPILLARITY.

   See also Electrometry.
   Wreschner,  M.   Elektrokapillaritat.   In Handb. biol.
Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden)  Berl., 1934, Abt. 2, Teil 3, 1.
Halfte, 3339-400.

ELECTROCARDIOGRAM.

   See also Electrocardiograph;  Electrocardiog-
raphy;  also under Heart,  Disease, and names of
cardiovascular  diseases  as   Coronary  arteries,
Thrombosis: Electrocardiography.
   Craib,  W.  H.   The electrocardiogram.   57p.
8?   Lond., 1930.
   Groedel, F. M.    Das Extremitaten-,  Thorax-
und  Partial-Elektrokardiogramm  des Menschen;
eine vergleichende Studie.  2 v.  358p.   200  pi.
8?   Dresd., 1934.
   Andersen,  M.   C, &  McCutchan, G.  R.  One  thousand
patients with heart tracings.  Nebraska M. J., 1936, 21:  128-
31.—Asher,  G., & Hoeker,  F.  Instantaneous electrocardio-
grams. Mod. Hosp.,  1938, 51: No.  5, 78.—Boer, S. de  [The
electrocardiogram]  Geneesk. bl., 1935, 33:  63-102.—Brauch.
Elektrokardiographische Befunde bei Leistungsfahigen.  Zbl.
inn. Med.,  1938, 59: 531.—Crawford, J. R.  Findings in 1,000
routine electrocardiograms;  preliminary  report.   Proc  Life
Ext. Exam., 1939, 1: 14-6.—Dionne, M., Schafer, E.. & Pollack.
H.  Developmental aspects  of the  electrocardiogram.  Proc.
Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1931, 39: 82.—Ferguson, D., & 0;Con-
nell,  J. T.   Cardiovascular observations; including a series of
 electrocardiograms of 1,812 men without heart symptoms. U.
S. Nav. M.  Bull.,  1926,  24: 860-74.—Frfidencq. H.  L'eiec-
 trocardiogramme  normale et pathologique.   In Traite physiol.
norm. path. (Roger, G. H.  & Binet, L.) Par., 1932, 6: 353-403 —
Goldenberg, M., & Rothberger, C. J.  Ueber das Elektrogramm
 der  spezifischen Herzmuskulatur.  Arch.  ges. Physiol., 1936,
 237:  295-306.—Grey, H. M.  A normal ventriculogram.  Brit.
 M. J., 1929, 1: 15, pi.—Haig, C. R. The electrocardiogram.
 Southwest. M., 1926, 10: 170-3.—Hollmann, W., & Guckes. E.
 Die  charakteristischen  Merkmale  des Triogramms.  Arch.
 Kreislaufforsch., 1939, 4: 69-104.—Machlan,  H. F., & Williams,
 O. O.  Review   of  1,000  electrocardiograms.   Med.  Bull.
 Veterans Admin., 1934-35,  11: 299-302.—Parade, G. W.,  &
 Lehmann,  W. Elektrokardiogramme bei  Zwillingen.  Zschr.
 menschl. Vererb., 1938-39, 22: 96-104.—Pruche. A.  Causerie 
ELECTROCARDIOGRAM
 sur  l'eiectrocardiogramme pour  le praticien.  Clinique, Par.,
 1933, 28: 109-20.—Rodriguez Perez. J.  F.  El electrocardio-
 grama y bus caracteristicas normales.  Rev. med. cir. Habana,
 1937, 42: 755-61.—Routier, D.  Le vectogramme.  Arch. mal.
 coeur,  1938,  31:  697-704.—Winterberg, H.   Das Elektro-
 kardiogramm.   Wien. med. Wschr., 1928, 78:  759;  802 —
 Yuri, S., & Eguchi, K.  Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Elektro-
 kardiogramms.  Jap. J.  M. Sc, 1936,  4: Int. Med.,  247.—
 Yuri, S., & Sawai, S.  Beitrage zur  Kenntnis von dem Elek-
 trokardiogramm.  Ibid.,  349-52.


 ----   Anatomical relations.

   See also Electrocardiogram, experimental.
   Moena G6mez, A.   *Electrocardiografia clfnica
 y su  relaci6n  anatomo-clinica.    23p.   8?   San-
 tiago    de   Chile,   1934.
   Clerc, A., & Quinquaud,  A.  Ablations successives, a partir
 dela pointe, de segments transversaux du coeur et predominance
 basale du complexe electrique ventriculaire. C. rend. Soc biol.,
 1939, 130: 518-20—Geraudel, E., Girard, J., & Simonin, J.
 Mutilation du faisceau de His au niveau de sa moitie gauche;
 absence de deformation du ventriculogramme.  Ann. anat.
 path., Par.,  1932, 9: 715-24.—Kienle, F.  Ricerche elettro-
 cardiografiche e morfologiche sulla questione della localizzazione
 delle lesioni del miocardio nei ventricolo destro o nei sinistro;
 Bulle possibility di applicazione della derivazione uni-polare.
 Gazz. osp., 1938, 59: 481-3.  Also Verh. Deut. Ges.  inn. Med.,
 1938, 50. Kongr., 145-8.—Luisada, A., Rubino, A., & Canella,
 C.  L'elettrogramma dell'atrio destro  e del seno cardiaco.
 Cardiologia, Basel, 1937,  1: 280-91.—Markel, A. G., & Pardee,
 H. E. B.  The correlation of electrocardiographic and necropsy
 findings.  Am. J.  M. Sc,  1928, 176: 479-89, 2  pi.—Oppen-
 heimer, B. S., & Stewart, H. J. Dependence of the form of the
 electrocardiogram  upon  site  of mechanical stimulation  of the
 human ventricles.  Tr. Ass.  Am. Physicians, 1926, 41: 365-86.
 Also J. Clin. Invest., 1926-27, 3: 593-612, 2 pi.—Parade, G. W.
 Zur elektrokardiographischen Diagnose der  Rechtsschadigung
 des  Herzens.  Verh. Deut. Ges. inn.  Med.,  1936, 48. Kongr.,
 339-44.—Radnai,  P.  [Human electrocardiograms and  the
 pathological anatomical  changes]  Orv. hetil., 1936, 80: 680-
 3.   Also Zschr. klin. Med.,  1936, 130: 409-16.—Schellong, F.
 Ueber die elektrokardiographische Bestimmung des  Ausgangs-
 punktes von Vorhofsystolen.  Miinch. med. Wschr., 1926, 73:
 614-7.—Tripodi, M., &  Aloisi. M.  Confronto anatomo-isto-
 patologico ed elettrocardiograficoinun caso di grave cardiopatia.
 Cuore & circol., 1938, 22: 644-70.—Weber, A.  Klinische und
 experimentelle Studien iiber das Elektrokardiogramm; iiber die
 Veranderungen  des  Elektrokardiogramms   bei   dauernder
 Mehrarbeit eines  Ventrikels.  Zschr. klin.  Med., 1934, 127:
 46-50.


 ---   Artefacts.
   Benjamin, J. E., Lederer, H., & Landt, H.  Possible errors
 which may appear in the  normal electrocardiogram.  Ohio
 M.  J.,  1936, 32: 977-82— Boros, J.   Ueber die Formveran-
 derungen des Elektrokardiogramms infolge voriibergehender
 Leitungsstorung.   Wien.  Arch. inn.  Med., 1929,  19: 339-50,
 4 pi.—Breed, W. B., & Faulkner, J. M.  Errors in the clinical
 application  of electrocardiography.  Ann. Int. M., 1936-37,
 10:  58-64.—Comas, J.  Resistencia y polarizaci6n de los elec-
 trodos; su efecto  sobre  la forma  y  valor diagn6stico  de los
 trazados. Sem. med., B. Air., 1935, 42: 54-65.—Danzer, C. S.
 A simple method of removing muscular tremor waves from the
 electrocardiogram.  J. Lab. Clin. M., 1933, 18: 1074.—Dock, W.
 The distortion  of the electrocardiogram by  capacitance;  a
 critical analysis of the electrical amplification of heart currents.
 Am. Heart  J.,  1928-29,  4:  109-12.—Esler, J. W.,  & White,
 P. D.   The distortion of the electrocardiogram by artifacts.
 Ibid.,  296-304.—Felberbaum,  D.   The  elimination of the
 effects  of alternating currents  on the string galvanometer.
 Ibid., 1927,  2: 560.—Gaarz, W., Grosz, G., & Rihl,  J.  Ueber
 verschiedene Ursachen   der  Entstellung  des  Elektrokardio-
 gramms und ihre  Beseitigung.  Zschr. ges.  exp. Med.,  1933,
 86:  675-96.—Gilson, A.  S.,  & Bishop, G. H.  The effect  of
 remote leads upon  the form of the recorded electrocardiogram.
 Am. J.  Physiol., 1937, 118:  743-56.—Katz, L. N., Sigman,  E.
 [et al.]   The effect of good electrical conductors introduced
 near the  heart on the electrocardiogram.   Ibid., 1936, 116:
 343-8.—Lethlean,  N. G-, & Malco|m,  W.  S.   The electro-
 cardiograph and alternating  current interference.   Brit. M. J.,
 1931, 2:  1195.—Lueg, W.   Haut und  Elektrokardiogramm.
 Arch. ges. Physiol., 1926,  212: 649.  ------ Die Polarisations-
 kapazitat der Haut und  der Gewebe  als Fehlerquelle bei der
 Auswertung klinischer Elektrokardiogramme.  Klin. Wschr.,
 1930, 9: 606.—Pardee, H. E.  B.  The distortion of the electro-
 cardiogram by capacitance.  Am. Heart J., 1929-30, 5:191-6.—
 Schwarzschild, M., & Kissin, M.   The effect of condensers  in
 the electrocardiograph.   Ibid., 1934, 9: 517-25.—Undritz,  E.
 Die  Entstellungen der  mit  Kondensatoren aufgenommenen
 pathologischen  Elektrokardiogramme.   Deut. med. Wschr.,
 1938, 64: 442.—Waud, R. A.   The elimination from the electro-
 cardiogram of the effects of  alternating current of power and
 lighting lines.  Am. Heart J., 1928-29, 4: 477-80.—Weizel, R.
 Ueber  die Veranderungen   des  Elektrokardiogramms  durch
 Vertauschen der  Elektroden.  Miinch. med. Wschr.,  1936, 83:
1338.
ELECTROCARDIOGRAM
----  Clinical aspect.

   Gradinger,  F.    *Klinische  Untersuchungen
zur Bewertung von menschlichen Elektrokardio-
grammen.   34p.   8?   Munch.,  1935.

   Katz, L. N., & Johnson, V.  E.   Elements of
electrocardiographic   interpretation.    38p.    8?
Chic. [1932]   Also 2. ed.   38p.   [1936]
   Pardee, H.  E.  B.   Clinical  aspects  of  the
electrocardiogram;  a  manual for  physicians and
students.   2.  ed.  242p.   8?   N. Y., 1928.   Also
3. ed.   295p.   1933.
   Willius,  F.  A.    Clinical  electrocardiograms;
their interpretation and significance.   219p.   4?
Phila.,  1929.
   Andersson, J.  A.   [Importance of  electrocardiographic
examination  of the changes in the  muscles  and veins  in the
heart]  Sven. lak. tidn., 1934, 31:  617-32.—Arkussky, U. I.
[Interpretation of  the electrocardiogram]  Sovet. vrach. gaz.,
1933, 37:  552-7.—Barksdale, G.  H.   The clinical value of the
electrocardiograph. West Virginia M. J.,  1932, 28:  241-6.—
Baskett, R. F. Electrocardiography as an aid in diagnosis and
prognosis  of cardiac irregularities. J. Arkansas M.  Soc, 1932,
28: 189-93.—Bizzozero, R. C.  Lectura y  analisis del electro-
cardiograma  normal.  Dfa med., B. Air.,  193.5,  7: 1065-7.—
Blumenfeldt, E., & Kohler, H.   Die Bedeutung der  Elektro-
kardiographie fiir die Beurteilung der medikamentosen Herz-
therapie.  Med.  Welt,  1930,  4: 49-53.—Boumard,  G.   Le
role de l'eiectrocardiographie dans le diagnostic et le pronostic
des maladies du coeur.  Arch. med. Angers, 1934, 38: 129; 149.—
Bramwell,  C.  The value of electrocardiographv.  Lancet,
Lond., 1929, 1:  409.—Campbell, J.  M. H.   The  use  of the
electro-cardiogram.  Guy's  Hosp.  Gaz.,  Lond.,  1934, 48:
361-9.—Carr, J. G.  Clinical significance of the electrocardio-
gram. Med. Clin. N. America, 1928, 12: 89-110.—Carter, J. B.
The  fundamentals  of  electrocardiographic  interpretation.
J.  Am.  M.   Ass., 1932, 99:  1167; passim.  ------  The
clinical  value of  electro-cardiography.   Illinois M. J.,  1935,
67:  158-60.—Casares,  M. G.   Estudios fundamentales de
cardioclinica.  Rev. espaS. med.  cir.,  1931,  14:  520-3.—
Chester, J. L.  Electro-cardiograms and their clinical signifi-
cance.  J. Michigan M.  Soc,  1929, 28:  114-20.—Clerc, A.
Valeur de l'eiectrocardiographie  clinique.  J. med. fr.,  1930,
19: 415-21.—Clifford, F.  C.  An evaluation of electrocardi-
ography.  Ohio M. J., 1930, 26: 594-8— Clinical interpretation
of the electrocardiogram.  Clin.  Rev. Pittsburgh, 1935-36, 4:
93-102.—Dausset & Ferrier. L'eiectrodiagramme endocrinien;
les indications qu'il peut fournir pour le choix et la  conduite
de la cure thermale.  Presse therm, dim.,  1936, 77:  342-9.—
Davis, R. C. The  clinical value  of the electrocardiogram.
Month. Bull. Kansas City Clin. Soc,  1925-26,  11: No.  5,
12-5.—Delius, L., & Reindell,  H.   Grundsatzliches  zur Be-
wertung des Elektrokardiogramms bei Gesunden und Kranken.
Deut.  Arch.  klin.  Med., 1937,  181: 67-89.—Dressier,  W.
Die Bedeutung der Elektrokardiographie als klinische Unter-
suchungsmethode.   Klin.  Wschr.,  1930, 9:  1774-8.------
Welchen praktischen  Wert  hat  die elektrokardiographische
Untersuchung fiir die Diagnose und Prognose der Herzkrank-
heiten?   Wien.  klin.  Wschr.,  1930, 43:  179.—Engelen, P.
Dienste der Elektrokardiographie fiir Diagnostik und Therapie.
Deut. Aerzte Ztg, 1934, 9:  No. 406.—Fountain, J.  A.   The
value of the electrocardiograph  to  the  general clinician.   J.
Med.  Ass. Georgia, 1931, 20:  127-30.—Frazer, T.  The value
of the electrocardiograph.   South. M. J., 1927,  20: 689-95.—
Fredericq, H.  Essai d'interpretation de l'eiectrocardiogramme,
E. C. G.  Arch, internat. physiol.,  Liege,  1921, 18:  67-83.—
Friedlander,  R.  D., & Underwood, F. J.   Interpretation  of
electro-cardiograms.  California  West.  M.,  1936, 45:  223.—
Fulchiero, A.  L'elettrocardiografia e il suo valore diagnostico
e prognostico. Minerva med., Tor.,  1929, 9: pt 2, 757-76 —
Gager, L. T.  The practical value  of the electrocardiogram.
Med.  Ann.  District of  Columbia,  1932, 1: 75-8.—Gilmore,
0. M.  The  clinical  value of  electrocardiography.   South.
M.  & S.,  1933,  95:  188-95— Golblin, V.   L'eiectrocardio-
graphie; dements  d'interpretation;  ses  applications  dans  la
pratique medicale.  Monde med., 1938, 48: 497-511.—Gosse,
A. H.  The  electrocardiogram  in  prognosis and  diagnosis.
Brit. M. J., 1935, 2: 172-4—Gussenbauer, R.   Der Wert des
Elektrokardiogramms fiir den praktischen  Arzt. Wien. klin.
Wschr.,  1927, 40: 358.—Henrijean, F.  Sur la signification de
l'eiectrocardiogramme.  C. rend. Acad, sc,  1926, 183:  671-3.—
Hinrichs, A.  Welche therapeutischen Moglichkeiten  gibt uns
das Elektrokardiogramm?   Deut.  med.  Wschr.,  1934, 60:
1235-7.—Hoffmann,  A.   Sobre  el  electrocardiograma  y su
importancia clinica.  Rev. med. Hamburgo, 1927, 8:  165-7.—
Hurxthal,  L.  M.  Clinical interpretation of the electrocardio-
gram.  N. England J. M.,  1934, 211:  431-7.   Also repr.—
Katz,  L. N.  Recent advances in the interpretation of the elec-
tro-cardiogram. J. Am. M. Ass., 1931, 97: 1364-9. Also repr.—
Keating,  E.   Importance  of the electrocardiogram.   Illinois
M.  J., 1938, 73:  527-30.—Kinsman, J. M.   The  practical
application of the electrocardiogram.  Kentucky M.  J., 1939,
37: 255-60.—Kopecky,  J.  Practical  uses of the electro-
cardiogram.   Texas J. M., 1928-29,  24: 488-93— Lambert, G.
Electrocardiograms and their interpretation.  Berkshire Hosp.
1 
28                  ELECTROCARDIOGRAM
ELECTROCARDIOGRAM
Rep., 1933, 91-120.  Also Clin. J., Lond., 1933, 62: 439-55.—
Langeron. L., Laporte, F. [et al.]  Les indications therapeu-
tiques  fournies  par  l'eiectrocardiogramme.   Vie  med.,  1937,
18: 11-35.—Lissau,  S.  [The value of  the electrocardiogram
for dailv practice]  Ars  medici, Wien, 1935, 13:  203-6.—
Matulionis, B.   [Clinical importance of electrocardiography]
Medicina, Kaunas, 1935, 16: 472-8.—Mosler,  E.  Die klinische
Bedeutung   des  Elektrokardiogramms  bei regelmassigem
Herzrhythmus.   Deut.  med.  Wschr.,  1929, 55:  1501T3.—
Pierach,  A.   Das Elektrokardiogramm und  seine praktische
Bedeutung.   Aerztl. Prakt.,  1931-32,  2:  115-7.—Reinhard,
O. A.  The value of the electrocardiogram with a review of 500
records.  Nebraska  M. J.,  1936,  21:  87-9.—Sauls, H. C.,
&  Smith, C.  The clinical use and  value of the electrocardio-
graph.  J. M. Ass.  Georgia, 1931,  20:  381-5.—Schellong,  F.
Grundsatzliches zur Bewertung des klinischen Elektrokardio-
gramms.  Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1934,  46. Kongr.,  242-
7.—Scherf, D.  Bedeutung der Elektrokardiographie fiir die
Klinik.  Aerztl. Prax.,  Wien, 1934, 8: 80; 107.—Schmitz, W., &
Schaefer, H.   Zur Technik und Deutung des Elektrokardio-
gramms.  Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1935, 96: 257-71.—Schott,  A.
On the value of the  electrocardiogram in  general practice.
Practitioner, Lond.,  1937, 138: 603-12.—Stobo, A. J. H.  The
clinical value of the electro-cardiogram.  Med.  J. Australia,
1933, 2:  682-93.—Stroud, W. D.  The clinical value of the
electrocardiograph.  Med. Clin. N. America,  1927, 10: 1399-
406.—Thompson, J. C.  Electrocardiographic interpretation.
Nebraska M. J., 1930,  15: 177-83.—Tindall, W. J.  The clinical
value of  electro-cardiology.  Mil. Surgeon, 1929,  64: 379-82.
Also repr.—Vogt, H.  Einige Grundlagen fur  die Wertung des
Elektrokardiogramms  in  der  Praxis.   Med.  Welt, 1938, 12:
374-7.—Ward, G. E. S.  The diagnostic and  prognostic value
of  the electro-cardiograph.  Practitioner,  Lond.,  1931,  126:
546-58.—Wilson, F. N. Recent progress in electrocardiography
and  the  interpretation  of  borderline  electrocardiograms.
Abstr. Proc.  Ass.  Life Insur.  M. Dir. America,  1937, 24:
96-156.—Woronzow, D. S.  Zur Analyse des Elektrogramms
des  Herzens.   Zschr.  Biol.,  1927, 86:  231-48.—Wortman,
J.  L. C. [Importance of the electrocardiograph for  the hospital]
Ziekenhuis, 1927, 18: 58-63.

----  Deflections and complexes.

   See also  other subheadings.
   Bickenbach, O., & Butter, R.  Zur Bewertung der Form des
Elektrokardiogramms.  Deut.  Arch.  klin. Med.,  1932,  173:
390.—Gartrell, E. F.   The  interpretation and clinical signifi-
cance of certain electrocardiograms.  Med. J. Australia, 1927, 1:
528-31.—Golder, W.   Untersuchungen  iiber Knoten in der
Hauptschwankung des Elektrokardiogramms.  Zschr. Kreis-
laufforsch., 1936, 28: 881-92.—Groedel, F. M.  Das uber dem
rechten und linken Ventrikel abgeleitete Elektrokardiogramm.
Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch., 1933, 6: 127-40, 35 pi.   [Dis-
cussion] 145.—Hadorn, W. Ueber das normale Spannungs-Elek-
trokardiogramm.  Zschr. Kreislaufforsch., 1935,  27: 545-9.—
Herrmann, G.  Normal intraventricular conduction and intra-
ventricular block in adjoining complexes.   Proc.  Soc  Exp.
Biol., N. Y., 1929-30, 27: 896.— Hofmann, F.  B. Zur Deutung
des Ventrikel-Elektrokardiogramms. Deut. med. Wschr., 1926,
52: 15-7.—Kisch, B.  Zwischenzacken im Elektrokardiogramm.
Cardiologia, Basel,  1937, 1:  17-25.—Knoll,  W.  Experimen-
telles zur Frage der Bedeutung der Zacken im Elektrokardio-
gramm.  Schweiz. med.  Wschr.,  1936, 66:  657-9.  ------
Girones, L.,  & Goerke,  W.  Experimentelles zur  Frage der
Bedeutung der Zacken des EKG. Arbeitsphysiologie, 1935-36,
9:  1-4.—Macleod, A. G., Wilson, F. N., & Barker, B. S.  The
form of the electrocardiogram; intrinsicoid electrocardiographic
deflections in animals  and man.  Proc. Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y.,
1929-30. 27: 586.—Pruche, A.  Un eiectrocardiogramme a
morphologie variable.   Bull.  Soc.  med. Paris, 1936, 54-7.—
Schlomka, G.  Zur Bewertung der sogenannten Ueberwiegens-
kurven des  Elektrokardiogramms.   Klin.  Wschr., 1936,  15:
565-70.  ------  Bemerkungen  zu der Arbeit von A. Weber
iiber den Typenindex  des Ekg. nach Schlomka.  Zschr.  klin.
Med.,  1936-37, 131: 817-9.—Schwingel,  E.   Die Bewertung
der  Anfangsschwankung des  Elektrokardiogramms  bei der
Herzfunktionspriifung. Zschr. ges.  exp. Med., 1936, 98:  539-
50.—Stankovic, R., &  Arnovljevic, V. Sur Interpretation des
ondes  de l'eiectrocardiogramme ventriculaire.   Arch.  mal.
coeur,  1928, 21: 598-602.—Stankovic,  R., & Savic,  A.  Sur
l'interpretation  des  ondes de l'eiectrocardiogramme ventricu-
laire.  Ibid., 1927, 20: 778-82.—Tibor, V.  [Significance of the
size  of electrocardiographic complexes]   Budapesti orv.  ujs.,
1937, 35: 977-81.—Vizer, T. Ueber die Bedeutung der Grosse
der Komplexe des Elektrokardiogramms.  Deut. med. Wschr.,
1938, 64: 121.—Weber,  A.  Der Typenindex des Ekg  nach
Schlomka.  Zschr. klin. Med., 1936-37, 131: 142-6.—Wilson,
F.  N., Johnston, F. D.  [et al.]  Electrocardiograms that repre-
sent the potential variations of a single  electrode.  Am. Heart
J., 1934, 9: 447-58.—Wilson, F. N., Macleod, A. G., & Barker,
P.  S.  The form of the electrocardiogram; opposed potential
differences.  Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N.  Y., 1929-30, 27:  589-
91.

----  Deflections and complexes: Abnormities.
   Bramwell,  C.  The electrocardiogram; abnormal records.
Lancet, Lond., 1929, 1: 459-61.—Colombi, C. Sulla interpre-
tazione dell'onda a cupola di Smith-Pardee.  Cuore & circol.,
1938, 22: 622-43.—Hall, D.  Two unusual electro-cardiograms.
Proc  R. Soc M., Lond., 1931, 24: 1512T20— Korth, C,  &
Schrumpf, W.  Ueber  Interferenzdissoziation im  Elektrokar-
diogramm.   Deut. Arch.  klin.  Med.,  1936, 179: 321-52.—
Levy, J.  R.   Valeur semeiologique des  anomalies  de l'eiectro-
cardiogramme ventriculaire.  Gaz. med. France, 1929,  3: 336-
8.—Lian. C, & Merklen. F. P.   Les  atypies ventriculaires,
eiectrocardiographiques, experimentales et cliniques. C. rend.
Soc. biol., 1931, 107: 809-11.—Otto, H. L.  The discordant
electrocardiogram.  Arch. Int. M., 1929, 43: 549-55.—Quincke,
H.  Die  Bedeutung der Nachscbwankung  im Elektrokardio-
gramm fiir die Beurteilung von Herzkrankheiten.  Deut. med.
Wschr., 1934, 60: 595-8.—Segre, R. Considerazioni sopra una
rarissima forma di elettrocardiogrammo.  Atti Soc. lombard.
sc.  med., 1926, 15: 330-42.—Stejfa, M.   [Electrocardiogram
with shortened PR, positive P and atypic ventricular complex]
Bratisl. lek. listy, 1934, 14: 475-85.

----   Deflections and complexes: Intervals.

   Lassowsky,  W.   *Der  Zeitverlauf   der ein-
zelnen  Phasen   des  Elektro-cardiogramms   bei
gesunden  und  herzkranken  Individuen und seine
diagnostische  Verwertung    [Basel]    p.357-77.
Berl., 1926.
   Also Zschr. klin. Med., 1926,  104:
   Bullrich, R. A.  Valor pronostico de  los retardos simples de
conducci6n en electrocardiografia.  Rev. med. lat. amer., B,
Air., 1931-32, 17: 613-22.—Jongh, C. L.  de.  Die Zeitver-
haltnisse zwischen Elektro- und Mechanokardiogramm.  Arch.
ges. Physiol., 1926, 213: 216-38.—Kline, E. M., Conn, J. W., &
Rosenbaum,  F. F.  Variations  in  A-V and V-A conduction
dependent upon the time relations of auricular and ventricular
systole; the supernormal phase.   Am. Heart J., 1939, 17: 524-
35.—Knoll, W., Girones, L., & Goerke, W.  Zeitliche Bezie-
hungen zwischen Herzarbeit und Elektrokardiogramm.  Deut.
med. Wschr., 1936, 62: 140-3.—Lassowsky, W. Der Zeitver-
lauf der einzelnen  Phasen des Elektrokardiogramms bei gesun-
den  und  herzkranken  Individuen  und  seine  diagnostische
Verwertung.  Zschr. klin. Med.,  1926, 104: 357-77.—Lian, C,
&  Baraige.   La  constante  systolo-diastolique.   Arch. mal.
coeur, 1939,  32: 241-8.—Macleod, A. G.  The electrogram of
cardiac muscle; the lengths  of tbe stages  of activity. Am.
Heart J., 1938, 15: 402-13.—Maekawa,  M.   The time relations
between the mechanical and the electrical phenomena of  the
human heart.  Acta  Scholae med. Univ. Kioto, 1930-31,  13:
303-10.—Max, L.  W.  The time relations of the electrical and
mechanical response of heart muscle.   Am. J.  Physiol., 1931,
98: 318-27.—Stoss, M. Die klinische  Bedeutung der  Ueber-
leitungszeit im Elektrokardiogramm.  Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6:
1186-8.—Wiggers, H. C.  Time relations of monophasic action
potentials from the ventricle.  Am. J. Physiol., 1936, 116: 162.

----   Diagnostic value.
   Schulz, W.  [G.]   *Der Wert des  Elektrokar-
diogrammes fiir  die  Erkennung der  Herzkrank-
heiten nach Untersuchungen an  100 Herzgesun-
den!   38p.   8?   Greifswald,  1938.
   Uhlenbruck,   P.    Die  Herzkrankheiten  im
Rontgenbild  und   Elektrokardiogramm.    318p.
8?   Lpz.,  1936.
   Baskett, R. F.  Electrocardiography in  cardiac diagnosis.
Arch. Phys.  Ther., 1933, 14: 266-9.—Bauke, E. E. Elektro-
kardiographische Fehldiagnosen und differentialdiagnostische
Schwierigkeiten.   Deut.  med.  Wschr., 1936,  62: 383-6.—
Berardi,  J. B.  The  value of the routine  electrocardiogram.
Illinois M. J., 1939, 75: 136-41.—Herman,  R.  The diagnostic
value of the  EKG. Rep. Wayne Co. M. Soc, 1937-38, 8:  56-
8.—Cooley, L. E.  The value of the electrocardiograph in the
differential diagnosis  of heart disease.   J. Iowa M. Soc,1932,
22: 563-9.—Cutts, F. B.  The electrocardiogram in the diag-
nosis of heart disease.  Rhode Island M. J., 1935, 18: 111.—
Falkiewicz, A.  [Electrocardiography in diagnosis of disturb-
ances of the cardiac rhythm]  Polska gaz. lek., 1931, 10: 945-
9-—Friedlander, A.   The electrocardiogram in luetic,  arterio-
sclerotic, and rheumatic heart disease.   Am. Heart J., 1931, 7:
15-20.—Godbey,  I.  J.  Electrocardiograpy as a diagnostic
aid.  U.  S. Veterans  Bur.  M. Bull., 1931, 7: 215-7—Hensel,
J.   [Significance of electrocardiography in diagnosis of  cardiac
diseases]  Bratisl. lek. listy,  1936, 16: 336-40.—Herrmann, G.
The significance of the electrocardiogram in cardiac diagnosis,
J.  Lancet, 1933, 53: 123-6.—Hickl, W.  Ueber das Elektro-
kardiogramm und seine Bedeutung fiir die Beurteilung  zweifel-
hafter  Herzbefunde.   Veroff. Heer. San., 1938, H. 105, 428-
36.—Humbert, R.  Valeur et interpretation des renseignements
fournis  par  l'eiectro-diagnostic  dans   l'appreciation des  im-
potences fonctionnelles. Bull. Soc med. Paris, 1936, 345-50.—
Jennings, A. F.  The electrocardiogram and myocardial func-
tion.  Ann. Clin. M., 1926-27, 5: 229-37.—Kufareva, O. P.,  &
Karassev, I.  T.   [Functional-diagnostic importance  of  the
electrocardiogram]  Klin, med., Moskva, 1933, 11: 63; 257.—
Kupcinskas,  J.   [Diagnostic  value of  electrocardiography]
Medicina, Kaunas,  1938, 19:  191-205.—Lane,  L. L.   The
clinical value of the electrocardiogram. Hahneman. Month..
1939, 74: 391-400.—Maher, C.  C.   Practical electrocardio- 
ELECTROCARDIOGRAM                   129                  ELECTROCARDIOGRAM
 graphic diagnosis.  Clin. M. & S., 1935, 42: 95.—Marchbanks,
 H. E.  Electrocardiography in the clinical study of heart dis-
 ease.  J. Kansas M.  Soc,  1930, 31: 41-62—Moissejew, S.  G.
 Spezieller Fall eines Ekg. und Verwendung desselben zur funk-
 tionellen Herzdiagnostik.   Zschr.  Kreislaufforsch.,  1932, 24:
 753-8.—Pfeffer, F.   Die Bewertung des Elektrokardiogramms
 in der Sozialversicherung.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1938, 34: 877-9 —
 Pohl,  L.  [Diagnostic importance  of the electrocardiographic
 examination; changes in the electrocardiographic curve during
 the application of the electrodes to various parts of the chest]
 Cas. lek. Cesk., 1936, 75: 675-8.—Powell, V. E.  The electro-
 cardiographic method in diagnosis.  J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1930,
 19: 100;  126.—Radnai,  P.   [Negative  electrocardiographic
 findings in pathological changes of heart muscle] Orv. hetil.,
 1934,  78: 942-6.  Also Zschr. klin. Med.,  1934, 127: 304-14.—
 Schulz, W.  Der Wert des Elektrokardiogramms fiir die Erken-
 nung der Herzkrankheiten nach Untersuchungen an 100 Herz-
 gesunden.  Ibid., 1938-39, 135: 137-57.—Sigler, L. H.  The
 diagnostic value of electrocardiography.  Long Island M.  J.,
 1928,  22: 144-8. ------  The electrocardiogram  in  clinical
 diagnosis.  Arch. Phys. Ther., 1933, 14: 263-6.  ------  The
 electrocardiogram as an aid in diagnosis.  Med. Times, N. Y.,
 1936,  64: 8-10.—Sitterman, L. Y., & Turgel, K.  U.   [Changes
 in the  electrocardiogramm in heart  diseases]   Ter.  arkh.,
 1933,  11: 714-28.—Stern, N. S.   Electrocardiography in the
 diagnosis of heart disease.   Memphis M.  J., 1927, 4: 89-94.—
 Swan,  W. G. A.  The  electrocardiograph as an aid to clinical
 diagnosis.  Newcastle M. J., 1936, 16: 64-75.—Voss, H. Die
 Bedeutung des Elektrokardiogramms fiir die Diagnostik der
 Herzkrankheiten. Vertrauensarzt, 1935,  3: 97-101.—Zarday,
 I.   [Normal electrocardiogram  and the more important dis-
 orders  of rhythm]  Orv. hetil., 1936, 80:  mell., 159.—Zelenin,
 V. P.   [Electrocardiography as a method of functional  diag-
 nosis]   Tr.  Conf. insuff. circ, Kiev (1936) 1938, 309-18.

 ----   Electrical axis.
    Arrighi.  F. P. El  eje eiectrico del coraz6n en el espacio, con
 el estudio, y empleo  de las derivaciones sagitales; eje eiectrico
 y electrocardiograma en el piano sagital.  Prensa med. argent.,
 1939, 26: 253-82.—Bizzozero. R. C.  El eje eiectrico del cora-
 z6n.  Dfa med., B. Air., 1935, 7: 1201-3.—Flaunt &  Nagl, F.
 Ueber  die  Steilstellung der  elektrischen Herzachse.   Zschr.
 klin. Med., 1933, 125: 414-30.—Prestera, O. A.   El vector
 cardioaxial de potenciales maximos o eje eiectrico en el espacio;
 las derivaciones ortogonales.   Prensa med. argent., 1939, 26:
 83-96.—Reid, W. D.  Comparison of the electrical axis sbown
 by the electrocardiogram  with Roentgen mensuration of the
 heart.  Am. Heart J., 1928-29, 4: 223-6.—Trendelenburg. W.
 Untersuchungen iiber  die Aktionsstrome  des  menschlichen
 Herzens; die Bestimmung der elektrischen Achsen des Herzens
 (Elektrotopographie)  Zschr. ges.  exp. Med., 1933-34, 92: 41-
 52.—Unghvary, L.  Ueber die  elektrischen  Partialachsen des
 Herzens. Klin. Wschr., 1937, 16: 1431-4.  ------   Ueber den
 raumlichen Verlauf der elektrischen Partialachsen der einzelnen
 EKG.-Zacken und dessen  Bedeutung.  Ibid., 1938, 17: 275-
 8.—Wilson, F. N., Macleod, A. G., & Barker, P. S.  The form
 of the electrocardiogram;  the  mean  electrical  axis  and the
 center of stimulation.  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1929-30,
 27:  591.

 ----   Electrical  axis:  Deviation  [and  prepon-
   derance]
   Ashman, R.. & Hidden, E. H.   Rightward deviation of the
 axis of the T-wave as  an  index of myocardial disease.  Ann.
 Int. M., 1938-39, 12: 1682-9.—Crespo Alvarez, A.   El dextro-
 cardiograma y  el levocardiograma; su valor clinico.  Progr.
 clin., Madr., 1927, 35: 86-92.—De Meyer, J., &  de  Ruyter. F.
 Des eiectrocardiogrammes  dits de preponderance et de l'inap-
 plication de la loi d'Einthoven en oathologie.  Bull. Acad. med.
 Belgique, 1931, 5. ser., 11:  179-220, 2 diag.   Also Presse med.,
 1932, 40: 564-8.—Dunis,  E.  Ueber  die Differenzierung des
 Linkstyps  im   Elektrokardiogramm  in  Hypertrophie-  und
 Verlagerungskurven.  Klin. Wschr.. 1938, 17: 1476-9.—Hecht,
 H.  Linkstyp und Rechtstyp im Elektrokardiogramm.  Deut.
 med. Wschr., 1937, 63: 441-4.—Hensler, I.  Die zahlenmassige
 Auswertung des Rechtstyps beziehungsweise des Rechtsiiber-
 wiegens im  EKG., gepriift  an einem grosseren klinischen Ma-
 terial nach dem  Index von  Schlomka.  Klin. Wschr., 1939, 18:
 46-51.—Jones, H. W., & Roberts, R. E.  The electrical axis of
 the heart as an indicator of changes in ventricular predominance.
 Q. J. Med., Oxf., 1929-30,  23: 67-76, 2 pi.—Koch. E.. & Galli.
 W.  Elektrokardiographische  Untersuchungen mit  der Tast-
 elektrode zur Frage des Rechts- oder Linksiiberwiegens.  Zschr.
 Kreislaufforsch., 1934. 26: 204-13.—Korth, C, &  Proger, S. H.
 Ueber  die  klinische  Bedeutung der Linksachsenversohiebung
 im Elektrokardiogramm auf Grund von Nachuntersuchungen.
 Deut.  Arch. klin.  Med.,  1931, 171:  578-90.—Lian, C,  &
 Facquet, J.  Preponderancia  ventricular derecha en electro-
 cardiografia.  Rev. med. lat. amer., B. Air., 1931-32. 17: 913-
 6.—Lian,  C. &  Golblin. V.   La preponderance  ventriculaire
 droite  eiectrocardiographique  (ses  caractSres et  sa  grande
 valeur semeiologique)   Bull. Soc. med. h6p. Paris, 1931, 3. ser.,
 47: 1409-44. Also Presse med., 1932, 40: 1221.—Londres, G.
 Estudo  clinico e electroeardiographico das dextrocardias.  Fol.
med., Rio,  1932, 13:  210;  224.— Luft,  H.   Elektrokardio-
graphische Studien zur Frage des Links-  und Rechtsuberwie-
gens.  Zschr. Kreislaufforsch., 1935, 27: 804-7.—Luten. D.. &
Grove.  E.   The incidence  and significance of electrocardio-

        77908—vol.  5. 4th skbiks----9
grams showing the features of left axis deviation and QRS of
normal duration with inverted Ti and upright T3.  Am. Heart
J ,  1928-29, 4: 431-41.—Moia,  B.   Un estudio del complejo
ventricular en los electrocardiogramas con desviacion del eje
eiectrico  a la izquierda.  Rev. argent,  card., 1938,  5: 75-96.
—---- Un estudio del complejo ventricular  en los electrocar-
diogramas con desviaci6n del eje eiectrico a la derecha.  Ibid.,
221-41.—Pein, H. von, Papageorgiou, P., & Tolken,  L.  Ueber
die Bewertung des Rechts- und  Linkstyps  im Extremitaten-
elektrokardiogramm.  Miinch. med. Wschr., 1938, 85: 1017-9.—
Proger, S. H., & Davis, D.  The significance of axis deviation in
the human electrocardiogram; a comparison  of electrical axis
with  Roentgen rav and clinical observations in 334  cases.
Arch. Int. M., 1930, 45:  974-82.  Also repr.—Proger, S. H., &
Korth, C.  Untersuchungen iiber die klinische  Bedeutung der
Verschiebung der elektrischen Achse nach links im Elektro-
kardiogramm.  Deut.  Arch. klin. Med.,  1931,  170:  516-27 —
Proger, S. H., & Minnich, W.  R.  Left axis deviation with and
without heart disease.  Am. J. M.  Sc,  1935,  189:  674-81 —
Schlomka, G., &  Hansen, O.  Beitrage zur klinischen Elektro-
kardiographie; zur Bewertung der sogenannten Positionslinks-
typen.  Zschr.  klin. Med.,  1938, 134:  78-86.—Smith.  J. R.,
Prinzmetal, M.,  & Kountz, W.  B.   Influence  on the electro-
cardiogram of changing electrical axis from anterior to posterior
mediastinum.  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1934-35, 32: 1078.

----  Electric potential.

   Ariev,  M.  J.   Klinische Bedeutung  von  Elektrokardio-
grammen mit kleinen Ausschlagen.   Zschr. klin. Med., 1932,
122: 349-61.  —----  & Ariev, T.  J.   [Small voltage of the
electrocardiogram]  Sovet.  vrach. gaz.,  1934, 38:  414-8.—
Burnett, C. T., &  Piltz, G. F. Low voltage in  the electrocardio-
gram.  Am. Heart J., 1926, 2: 649-54.  Also In Contr. Med.
Sc. (A. S. Warthin) Ann Arb., 1927, 87-93.—Cassidy, M. A.,
& Russell, H. B.  Significance  of electrocardiograms of the low-
voltage variety.   Brit. M. J., 1932, 2: 1177-80.—De  Meyer. J.
Chronotropisme cardiaque  et  force  eiectromotrice de 1'EKG.
Arch,  internat.   physiol., Liege,  1921,  18:  509-20, 6  pi —
Hallermann, W.   Ueber  die diagnostische  Bedeutung  der
kleinen Kammerausschlage im  Elektrokardiogramm.   Deut.
Arch.  klin. Med., 1931.  170: 445-57.—Otto,  H. L.  Effect of
altering venous inflow to the heart on the voltage of the electro-
eardiogram.  Proc Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1928-29, 26: 202.—
Speckman. R. N., & Rich, M. L.  An analysis of 50 heart cases
showing  low voltage.  J. Lab. Clin. M., 1931, 17: 165-8.—
Sprague, H.  B..  & White,  P.  D.  The significance of electro-
cardiograms of low voltage.  J. Clin. Invest.,  1926-27, 3: 109-
21.—Steuer.  L. G.  The electrocardiogram of  low voltage; a
report of 50 autopsied cases.  Am. Heart J., 1934,  9: 405-11.—
Turner, K. B.  Low voltage in the  electrocardiogram: occur-
rence and clinical significance.  Arch. Int. M., 1932. 50: 380.—
Willius. F. A.. & Killins. W. A. The occurrence and significance
of electrocardiograms of low voltage.  Ibid.,  1927, 40: 332-9.
Also repr.

----  experimental.
   Abramson, D.  I., & Weinstein, J.   Characteristic variations
in combinations  of linear chest electrodes (multi-plane chest
leads)  resulting from experimental ventricular lesions.  Am. J.
Physiol., 1935, 111: 382-91.—Becke. W. G.. Johnson. S., &
Harris, H. S.  An electrocardiographic  studv of experimental
heart disease. Am. Heart J.,  1926-27, 2: 302-10— Bonsdorff,
R. von [Electrocardiogram  of a heart muscle explant cultured
in vitro]  Nord.  med., 1939,  2:  1416.—Cataldi, G. M.   In-
fluenze extracardiache sull'elettrocardiogramma?  ricerche bio-
logiche sull'elettrocardiogramma dopo esclusione  del centro o
della periferia.  Cuore & circol., 1935, 19: 87-99.—Clerc, A., &
Quinquaud. A.  Deformations  paralleled au complexe  electrique
du coeur pendant  la traction sur l'apex ou sur la partie inferieure
d'un ventricule.   Ann. physiol., Par., 1938, 14:  496-9.  ------
Augmentation d'amplitude  de l'onde rapide  par traction  sur
l'extremite apicale d'un ventricule.   C.  rend. Soc biol., 1938,
128:  259-61.   ------  Evolution  du  complexe   electrique
ventriculaire sur le coeur exsangue, l'apex enleve.  Ibid., 1026-
8.----—  Onde monophasee par cauterisation  de la region
apicale sur le coeur exsangue.  Ibid., 1028-30.—Coelho, E., &
Rocheta, J.  Eleetrocardiogramme ventriculaire et destruction
du muscle cardiaque.   Ibid.. 1930, 104:  423.—Gordon, W., &
Adams, W.  E.  Electrocardiographic studies in subtotal  ate-
lectasis and pneumectomy  in dogs.  Proc.  Soc. Exp. Biol.,
N. Y., 1931, 28:  1051-3.—Haney. H. F., Borman.  M. C, &
Meek. W. J.  The relation between the position of experimental
myocardial lesions in  the dog and  the  changes in the  RS-T
segment of the electrocardiogram.  Am. J. Physiol., 1933,  106:
64-70.—Jacobi, J.  Elektrokardiographische Studien bei  ex-
nerimentell gesetzten Herzfehlern. Verh. Deut.  Ges. inn. Med.,
1930.  42. Kongr.,  323-5.—Jourdan,  F., & Froment. R.  Etude
eiectrocardiographique du  phenomene  de l'echappement au
cours des  excitations  vacates.   C. rend.  Soc. biol.,  1938,  129:
597-9.—Katz, L.  N.   Effect on electrocardiogram of opening
thorax and inserting  optical manometers into  aorta and  pul-
monary artery.   Proc Soc Exp. Biol., N.  Y., 1926-27,  24:
652-4.—Lauterbach. W.  Elektrokardiographische Studien bei
Ischftmia des Kammerseptums.   Zschr.  ges.  exp. Med.,  1928,
61: 665-86.—Schellong,  F.  Der Einfluss der Zwischenstrecke
(extrinsic effect) auf Dauer und Form  des einphasischen Aktions-
stromes am  Herzstreifenpraparat.    Ibid.,   278-84.------
Bemerkungen zu  der X.  Mitteilung von A. WTeber Experimen- 
ELECTROCARDIOGRAM
130
ELECTROCARDIOGRAM
telle Untersuchungen zur  Deutung des Elektrokardiogramm^.
Zschr. klin. Med., 1937, 132: 417-22.—Segers, M.  revolution
de la frequence du rythme apres la suppression de la polarisa-
tion electrique du coeur.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1939,  130: 91-5. - •
Weber, A.   Experimentelle Untersuchungen zur Deutung aes
Elektrokardiogramms nach  gemeinsamen Versuchen mit H.
Baumann, B.  Haager, W. Herkel und A. Frey.  Zschr. klin
Med., 1937, 132:153-77— Wheeler, C. E.. & Wilson, J. Experi-
ments with the electrocardiograph, and reflections upon them.
Brit. Homoeop. J., 1931, 21: 265-88— Wilson, F. N., Macleod,
A. G. [et al.]  Monophasic electrical response produced by the
contraction  of injured heart muscle.   Proc.  Soc. Exp. Biol.,
N. Y., 1933. 30: 797.—Wilson, F. N.. Hill, I. G. W., & Johnston,
F. D. The interpretation of the galvanometric curves obtained
when one electrode is distant from the heart and the  other near
or in contact with the ventricular surface; observations on the
cold-blooded heart.   Am. Heart J.,  1934, 10: 163-75
Observations on the mammalian heart.  Ibid.,  176-89.  Also
repr.

----   Lead.
   Chatel. A.  de.   Erfahrungen  mit der Akromion-Thorax-
Ableitung der  Aktionsstrome des Herzens.  Zschr. ges. exp.
Med., 1934,  94: 217-21.—Hinrichs,  A.   Ueber das  Elektro-
kardiogramm  bei der  Extremitatenableitung.  Deut. Arch.
klin. Med., 1933-34, 176: 391-6.------Eine billige elektro-
kardiographische Fernleitung.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1933, 59:
255.—Lieberson, A., & Liberson, F.  An internal electrocardio-
graphic lead.   Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1934,  31: 441.—
Luisada, A.  Ricerche sperimentale e cliniche sulle derivazioni
elettive per la resistrazione  dell'elettrocardiogramma atriale.
Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1937, 12: 371-4.—Nylin, G., & Sall-
strom, T.  Three synchronized leads between fixed points on the
heart projection on the chest wall.  Acta med. scand., 1938, 96:
1-27.—Prinzmetal, M.. Kountz, W. B., & Gottlieb, L.  Influence
of point at which ventricle contacts thoracic wall on form of the
electrocardiogram.  Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1934-35, 32:
1411-3.—Trendelenburg, W.  System der ortlicben Ableitung
des  menschlichen  Elektrokardiogramms und seine  praktische
Anwendung.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1934, 30: 857.----— Unter
suchungen iiber die Aktionsstrome des menschlichen Herzens;
svstematische Methodik der ortlichen  Ableitungen.   Zschr. ges.
exp.  Med., 1934,  94:  133-9.   ------   Gunstigste  ortliche
Ableitungen  fiir die einzelnen Schwankungen des normalen
Ekg und ihre Ergebnisse. Ibid., 140-50.

----   Lead, III.
   Bland. E.  F., & White, P. D.  The clinical significance of
complete inversion of Lead III of the human electrocardiogram.
Am. Heart J., 1930-31, 6: 333-7.—Ortega, L., jr.  Contribuci6n
al estudio electrocardiografico de  los  complejos  totalmente
invertidos  en la tercera  derivaci6n e interpretacion y deduc-
ciones clinicas  probables que  de estas  experiencias pueden
establecerse.  Vida nueva, Habana, 1933, 31: 169-98.—Pires
Salgado.  A significacao de uma grande onda o em III derivacao.
Brasil med.,  1933, 47:  39-48.—Zothe. H.   Untersuchungen
iiber die klinische Wertung der negativen Nachschwankung der
III.  Ableitung im Ekg. aus ihrem Verhalten bei tiefer Inspira-
tion.  Deut. Arch. klin. Med.,  1939, 184: 85-99.

----  Lead, IV (thoracic)

   Nehb, W.   *Ueber thorakale Ableitungen des
Elektrocardiogramms.   17p.   8?   Frankf.  a.  M.,
1935.
   Ascarelli,  E.   Studi  sulla  IV derivazione o  derivazione
toracica nei soggetti normali.  Cuore  & circol., 1934,  18: 668-
76.—Barnes,  A. R., & ^olfram, D. J. The clinical significance
of lead IV of the electrocardiogram.  Med.  Clin. N. America,
1938, 22: 1147-63.—Bracaloni, E.  La IV derivazione nell'esame
elettrocardiografico in clinica.   Cuore & circol., 1936,  20: 100-
32.—Buccianti, E.   Su una  recente  acquisizione dell'elettro-
cardiografia:  la IV derivazione.  Riforma med., 1934, 50: 538-
Cohen, B.  The chest lead in electrocardiography.   S. Afr. M.
J., 1938,  12: 14-7.—De Matteis, F.  Osservazioni elettrocardi<>-
grafiche sulla IV derivazione.  Gior.  Accad. med.,  1938, 101:
369-73.  Also Minerva med., Tor.,  1938, 29: pt 2, 86-91 —
Dwan, P. F., & Shapiro, M. J.  The 4 lead electrocardiogram of
children.  Am.  J. Dis.  Child., 1937, 54: 265-76.—Edwards, J.
C, & Vander Veer,  J. B.  A study of the chest leads of the
electrocardiogram  with an evaluation of the positions of the
precordial  electrode.  Am.  Heart J.,  1938,  16:  431-48.—
Espejo Sola,  J.  Contribuci6n al estudio de la IV derivacion
Sem.  med., B.  Air., 1935, 42:  103-9.—Freeman, E.  T.  The
fourth or apical electrocardiographic lead,  with reports of 3
cases of coronary thrombosis.   Lancet, Lond., 1937, 1: 499.—
Frucht, S.  Lead 4 of the electrocardiogram.  Med. Times,  N
Y., 1933, 61: 232.—Garcia de Rjo & Battro, A. La IV derivacion
en electrocardiografia.  Dia med., B. Air.,  1933-34, 6: 273.—
Ginodman, E. A.  [Clinical significance in application of tie
electrocardiogram  in thoracic  leads]  Klin,  med., Moskva
1938, 16: 633-42.—Grant. F.  Ueber  den diagnostischen Wert
der Brustwandableitungen in  der klinischen Elektrokardio-
graphie.  Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1938. 182: 440-50.—Groedel.
F. M.  [How far does the situation of the indifferent electrode
influence  the  electrocardiographic   unipolar  chest  leads''l
Cardiologia, Basel, 1939,  3: 23-35.  ------   [How far is the
unipolar  chest  electrocardiogram influenced when  led at the
same time  to 2  or 3 electrically connected extremities?]  Ibid.,
36-48 —Hecht. H.  Brustwandableitungen in der klinischen
Elektrokardiographie.  Deut. Arch. klin. M., 1936, 179: 1-37.—
Hergloz, J.  [Importance of precordial  leads  in  childhood]
Orv. hetil., 1937, 81: 107.—Herkel, W., & Frey, A.  Zur Frage
ties Thorax-Elektrokardiogramms.   Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreis-
laufforsch., 1936,  9: 342-7.—Herles, F.. & Szekely, P. [The
clinical value of lead 4 in electrocardiography]  Cas. lek. cesk.,
1937  76: 1403-9.—Hill, I. G.  W.   Chest leads in electrocar-
diography.   Lancet,  Lond.,  1937,  1:  659.—Hoesch, K.,  &
Walter, H.  Ueber den Wert der  thorakalen Ableitung des
Elektrokardiogramms.  Zbl.  inn.  Med.,  1938, 59: 833-41 —
Hunter, J.  W., jr.   The chest lead in the electrocardiogram, an
evaluation.  South. M. & S.,  1937, 99: 444-6.—Kisch. F.  Zur
Beurteilung des Myokardzustands  mittels der Herzstromkurve
in thorakaler Ableitung.  Klin.  Wschr., 1936, 15:  817-9.—
Korth, C, & Hecht, H.  Ueber den  klinischen Wert des Elek-
trokardiogramms in Brustwandableitungen.   Ibid.,  1935, 14:
992-5.—Kossmann, C. E.  The effect of potential variations of
the distant electrode on the precordial electrocardiogram. Am.
Heart  J., 1936, 12: 698-712.  ------& Johnston, F. D.  The
precordial  electrocardiogram; the  potential variations of the
precordium and of  the extremities in normal  subjects. Ibid.,
1934-35, 10: 925-41.—Larsen, K. H.  [Precordial derivations
in clinical  electrocardiography]  Hospitalstidende, 1936, 79:
785-97.  ------   Some  remarks on the technique in clinical
electrocardiography with precordial derivation.   Am. Heart
J., 1937, 14: 1-6. ------& Warburg, E. J.  A rational principle
for the connections of the leads of  the electrocardiograph in
clinical electrocardiography with precordial derivation. Ibid.,
7-9.—Lax, H., & Szanto, J.  [Diagnostic importance of lead
IV]  Gy6gyaszat,  1936,  76: 689-94.—Lian, C. & Golblin, V.
Interet nosographique et pratique  de la derivation precordiale
auriculaire  S 5  (manubrium sternal et  5e espace  intercostal
droit)  Arch. mal. coeur, 1936, 29: 721-34.—Lian, C, Merklen,
F. P.,  & Odinet, J.  Les derivations precordials en  electro-
cardiographic Ibid., 1934, 27: 189;  269.—Master, A. H. The
precordial lead in 104 normal adults.  Am. Heart J., 1934, 9:
511-6.  ------Dack, S. [et al.]  The significance of an absent
or a small  initial   positive deflection in  the  precordial lead.
Ibid., 1937, 14: 297-318.—Master, A. M., Dack, S.,  & Jaffe,
H. L.  Chest leads  in normal children.  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol.,
N. Y., 1934-35, 32: 1529-31.  ------ The precordial lead of
the electrocardiogram of normal children.  Am. J. Dis.  Child.,
1937,  53: 1000-11.—Messeloff, C.  R., & Pomerantz, A.  A
study of lead IV in normal children and in ambulatory children
with cardiac disease.  Ibid., 1485-9.—Moia, B. La IV deriva-
ci6n o derivaci6n  toracica en 50  ninos normales.  Rev.  As.
med. argent., 1935, 49: 1070-6.—NagI, F.  Die Bedeuturng der
indifferenten  Elektrode  fiir  das  Tboraxelektrokardiogamm.
Wien. klin. Wschr., 1939, 52: 417-29.—Nieuwenhuizen, C. L.
C. van, & Hartog, H. A. P.  [Clinical significance of thoracic
deviations  in the  electrocardiogram]   Ned.   tschr.  geneesk.,
1936, 80: 225-31, pi.—Pennati, V.   La IV derivazione  elettro-
cardiografica nei sani e nei cardiopazienti.  Gior. clin. med.,
1936,  17: 1326-42.—Praecordial leads in  electrocardiography.
Brit. M. J., 1938, 1: 187.—Puddu, V.  Osservazioni sull'impiego
di una derivazione toracica in elettrocardiografia clinica. Cas.
lek. desk., 1937, 76: 731. ------& Rubegni, R. Utilita dell'im-
piego sistematico di  una derivazione precordiale in  elettro-
cardiografia clinica.  Boll. Accad. med. Roma, 1937, 63: 59-62—
Reme, H., & Kuckulies, G.  Vergleichende  Untersuchungen
iiber das menschliche Elektrokardiogramm bei Brustwandab-
leitungen und Ableitungen nach Einthoven.   Zschr. ges. exp.
Med.,  1937, 101: 1-13.—Robinson. R. W.. Contratto, A. W., &
Levine, S.  A.  The precordial lead;  findings for patients with
normal hearts and  those with heart disease other than myo-
cardial infarction.  Arch. Int. M., 1939, 63: 711-31.—Roth, I. R.
On the use of chest leads in clinical electrocardiographv. Am.
Heart  J.,  1934-35,  10: 798-829.—Schoenewald, G.  Possible
fallacies in chest-lead electrocardiograms.  Lancet, Lond., 1938,
2: 1465-7.—Schott, A.   Observations on  the  4. electrocardio-
graphic lead, with special reference to its initial ventricular and
auricular portions.  Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1938, 88: 224-
9.—Schwab, R.  Experimentelle Untersuchungen zur Deutung
des Thorax-Elektrokardiogramms.   Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreis-
laufforsch.,  1935, 8:  220-3  [Discussion] 227.  ------ Das
Thoraxelektrokardiogramm in der klinischen Diagnostik. Ber.
Phys.  med. Ges. Wiirzburg  (1936)  1937, n.  F„ 60:  70-7 —
Shipley, R. A.. & Hallaran, W. R.  The four-lead electrocardio-
gram in 200 normal men and  women. Am. Heart J., 1936, 11:
325-45.—Siegel, R.  Die klinische Bedeutung der praecordialen
Brustwandableitungen in der Elektrokardiographie.  Acta med.
*eand., 1939, 99: 324-55.—Sorsky, E., & Wood, P.  The use of
chest leads in clinical  electrocardiography; normal variations.
Am. Heart  J., 1937, 13: 183-96.—Standardization of precordial
leads.   Ibid., 1938, 15:  107.—Standardisation of precordial
leads.  Lancet, Lond.,  1938, 1: 221.—Swan, W. G. A.   The 4th
lead in clinical electrocardiography.  Newcastle M. J., 1937, 17:
14-6, 3 pi.—Unghvary, L. Ueber das Wesen und die Bedeutung
der Brustwandableitungen und ihr Verhaltnis zur elektrischen
Acbsenstellung der einzelnen  EKG.-Zacken.  Zschr. klin. Med.,
1938-39, 135: 388-422.—Vander Veer, J.  B., & Edwards, J. C.
The significance of small and absent initial positive deflections
in the chest lead.   Am. J. M. Sc, 1939. 197: 663-72.—Van
Nieuwenhuizen, C. L. C, &  Hartog, H. A. P. Chest leads in
electrocardiography.   Arch.  Int.   M.,  1937, 59:  448-73.—
Wood. F. C, & Wolferth, C. C.  Recent developments in pre-
cordial electrocardiography.  Mod. Concepts Card. Dis., 1939,
8: 1.—Zarday, T.  [A new thoracic lead in electrocardiography]
Orv. hetil., 1936, 80: 1016-8. 
ELECTROCARDIOGRAM
131
ELECTROCARDIOGRAM
 ----   Lead, dorsoventral.
    Holzmann, M.  Die elektrokardiographische Erkennung von
 Myokardschiiden  durch die  dorso-ventrale  Ableitung.  Verh.
 Deut. Ges. inn. Med.,  1936, 48. Kongr., 323-30.—Lieberson,
 A., & Liberson, F.  The value  of the posterior-anterior chest
 lead  in cardiac diagnosis.  Ann. Int. M., 1933,  6:  1315-21 —
 Tochowicz, L.  [Clinical value of  the  antero-posterior deriva-
 tion in the electrocardiogram]  Polska gaz. lek.,  1936, 15: 812;
 832.------Ueber den klinischen Wert der dorso-ventralen
 Ableitung in der Elektrokardiographie. Zschr. Kreislaufforsch.,
 1937, 29: 711-27.

 ----   Lead, esophageal.
    Baur & Bohme.  Untersuchungen iiber das Elektrokardio-
 gramm des Menschen bei Ableitung vom Oesophagus.  Verh.
 Deut. Ges. inn. Med.,  1923, 35. Kongr., 96.—Brown, W. H.
 A study of the esophageal lead in  clinical electrocardiography.
 Am.  Heart J., 1936, 12: 307-38.—Chatel, A. de, & Hussey, R.
 Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber das Elektrokardiogramm
 bei Ableitung vom Oesophagus.  Zschr. klin. Med.,  1936-37,
 131:  450-62.—Deglaude, L., & Laubry, P.  L'eiectrocardio-
 gramme oesophagien; technique et indications.  Arch. mal.
 coeur, 1939, 32: 121-40.—Ramos, J. A., & Grieco, J. A eietro-
 cardiografia  nos  desvios mediastinals.   Ann.  Fac.  med. S.
 Paulo,  1935, 11: 319-43, 20 pi.—Sossai, A.   Ricerche cliniche
 sulla specificita della derivazione esofagea per la registrazione
 dell'elettrogramma dell'atrio sinistro.  Cuore & circol.,  1939,
 23: 441.-6—Spiihler, O.  Das Oesophagus-Elektrokardiogramm.
 Zschr. klin. Med., 1938, 134: 671-97.

 ----   partial.

    Rommel,  K.     *Untersuchungen   iiber  das
 Partialelektrokardiogramm beim Menschen (nach
 Groedel)  [Tubingen]  37p.   8?  Bottrop  i. W.,
 1938.
    Arkussky, U. I.  [Partial electrocardiography and its clinical
 significance]  Klin, med., Moskva, 1937,  15: 55-63.—Ernst, C.
 Klinische  Erfahrungen  mit  dem  Partialelektrokardiogramm
 beim Menschen. Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1937, 49. Kongr.,
 Sekt. inn.  Med., 220-7.—Tecce, S.  Considerazioni sulle deri-
 vazioni parziali dell'elettrocardiogramma umano.   Fol. med.,
 Nap., 1935, 21: 884-9.

 ----   Physiologic basis.

    See  also  Heart,  Electrophysiology;   Heart,
 Physiology.
    Fredericq,  H.   Aspects actuels de la physio-
 logie du myocarde  (premiere sei*ie)  1'onde  d'exci-
 tation motrice,  son origine, sa  propagation,  ses
 manifestations electriques.   300p.   8?  Par., 1927.
    Abramson, D.  I.  Some aspects of the  physiology of the
 electrocardiogram.   J.  Med.,  Cincin.,  1938-39,  19: 290-3.
 ---— Fenichel, N. M., & Shookhoff, C.  A study of electrical
 activity in the auricles.  Am. Heart  J., 1938,  15: 471-81.—
 Arvanitaki, A.,  &  Cardot, H.  Interpretation  sur une base
 commune  des dectrogrammes myocardiques.  C. rend. Acad.
 sc, 1934, 198: 2279.—Benjamin, J. E., Landt, H., & Culver, L.
 R.  The body as a volume conductor  and its influence on the
 electrical field of the heart.  Am. J. M. Sc,  1938, 195: 759-63,
 pi.—Burger,  R., & Wuhrmann, F.   Ueber das elektrische Feld
 des Herzens.  Cardiologia,  Basel, 1939, 3: 56-168.------
 Die Darstellung des elektrischen Feldes des Herzens durch das
 Diagramm  der Potentialdifferenzen;  der   Vergleich  dieses
 Diagramms  mit  dem   Vektordiagramm.    Ibid.,  139-68.;—
 Cassinis, U.  Significato fisiologico e clinico dell'elettrocardio-
 gramma.   Gior. med.  mil.,  1928,  76:  189-95.—Craib, W.  H.
 A study of the electrical field surrounding heart muscle. Proc.
 Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y.,  1925-26, 23: 572. Also  Heart, Lond.,
 1927, 14: 71-109.—Demoor, J.  Ce que  represented  les reac-
 tions  potentielles dans le myocarde.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1939,
 131:  112-4.—Deschamps, P. N.  L'eiectrocardiogramme nor-
 mal et son  interpretation physiologique.  J. med. fr., 1930, 19:
 426-32.—Duchosal, P.,  & Lambert,  J.  Recherches expdi-
 mentales sur les  relations chronologiques de l'eiectrocardio-
 gramme avec le myocardiogramme.  Arch.  mal. coeur, 1935,
 28:409-35. ------& Hatieganu, V.  Etude experimentale des
 relations chronologiques  de  l'eiectrocardiogramme  avec  le
 meeanogramme.  C. rend. Soc biol., 1935, 119: 255.—Eiger. M.
 Die physiologischen  Grundlagen  der  Elektrokardiographie;
 das Elektrokardiogramm als Ausdruck der algebraischen Summe
 der Aktionsstrome des einkammerigen und des zweikammerigen
 Herzens.  Bull, internat.  Acad.  sc. Cracovie, 1914, sc natur.,
 747-60, 4 pi.—Goldenberg, M., & Rothberger. C. J. Automatie
 und dauernde Depolarisation einer Membranstelle der spezifi-
 schen Herzmuskulatur.  Arch. ges. Physiol., 1934-35, 235: 597-
 608.—Goodman, M.  Mechanisms of cardiac rhythm; illus-
 trated by unusual human electrocardiograms.  Am. J. M. Sc,
 1935,  189: 657-74.—Groedel, F.  M., & Koch, E.  Topographie
der  Aktionspotentiale des Herzens auf der vorderen Brustwand.
Zschr. Kreislaufforsch., 1934, 26:  18-20.—Haager, B., & Weber,
A.  Klinische und  experimentelle  Studien iiber  das Elektro-
kardiogramm; iiber den Weg der Reizausbreitung im Ventrikel.
Zschr. klin. Med.,  1934, 127: 51-6.—Hamada, T.   Ueber die
Beziehungen zwischen den Gefasstonen und dem Elektrokardio-
gramm sowie dem Amplitudenfrequenzprodukte.  Acta Scholae
med. Univ. Kioto, 1932-33, 15: 367-70.—Henrijean. F.  Nou-
velles recherches sur le cceur  et  l'eiectrocardiogramme.   C.
rend. Acad, sc,  1927,  85: 298-300.   ------  Nouvelles re-
cherches sur l'eiectrocardiogramme.  Bull. Acad. med. Belgi-
que,  1927, 5. ser., 7: 108-116,  11  pi.   ------ & Waucomont.
Recherches sur l'eiectrocardiogramme.  Ibid., 1930, 5. ser., 10:
121-41.—Herkel, W., & Weber, A.  Ablauf der Aktionsspan-
rmngen des  Herzens auf der Thoraxwand.  Zschr. klin. Med.,
1936-37,  131:  613-24.—Hochrein, M.   Elektrokardiogramm
und Herzarbeit.  Verhber. Internat. Sportarztekongr.,  1936, 2.
Congr. 89-94.—Holzlohner, E.   Ueber die Aktionsstrome der
Herzkammer.  Klin.Wschr.,1927,6:617. Also Zschr. Biol., 1927,
86: 542-60.  ------& Sachs. E.  Zur Frage der differentiellen
Vorgange beim Aktionsstrom der Herzkammer; Differentialelek-
trogramm und einphasischer Aktionsstrom.  Ibid., 1928-29,
88:  125-31.—Hosoya, Y. Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Aktions-
stroms des Herzens.  Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1930, 16: 570-9.—
Katz, L. N., Bohning, A. [et al.]  Concerning a new concept of
the genesis of the electrocardiogram.  Am. Heart J., 1937, 13:
17-35.—Katz, L. N., Gutman, I., & Ocko, F. H.  Alterations in
the electrical field produced by changes in the contacts of the
heart with the body.   Am. J. Physiol., 1936,  116: 302-8 —
Katz, L. N., & Korey, H.  The manner in which the electric
currents generated  by the  heart are conducted away.  Ibid.,
1935, 111: 83-90.—Luisada, A.  Sulla  possibility di sistoli  ven-
tricolari non accompagnate da complessi elettrici riconoscibili.
Cuore & circol.,  1931,  15:  194-6.—Marey, J.   Variations
electriques qui accompagnent les mouvements du cceur. Paris
med.,  1930, 78: annexe, 141.—Ocko, F.,  Gutman,  I. [et al.]
The importance of electrical shunts in contact with the heart in
determining the electrical field. Am. J. Physiol.,  1935,  113:
103.—Pachon, V., & Fabre, R.  Correspondance dironologique
comparee de la systole ventriculaire sur le cardiogramme et
l'eiectrocardiogramme.  C. rend.  Soc.  biol., 1926,  95: 588.—
Rosenblum, H. H., & Salisbury, W. W.  Observations on the
capacitive character of  the human body in the electrocardio-
graph circuit.   In Med.  Papers (H. A. Christian Anniv. vol.)
Bost., 1936, 76-86.—Ro&nowski.  M.   [Diastole in  electro-
cardiogram]  Med.  d6sw., 1929, 9: 433-45. ------ [Electro-
ohvsical bases of the size and the directions of the oscillations of
the  cardiogram (EKG)]  Lek. wojsk.,  1934, 23: 569-621.—
Roversi, A. S.  Studi  elettrocardiografici  sulla  fisiologia del
nodo cavoatriale.  Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1928, 3: 1287-90 —
Schaffer, H.  Untersuchungen iiber den bioelektrischen Tonus
des  Herzens.   Arch.  ges. Physiol.,  1927, 216: 479-505 —
Schaefer, K. E.  Versuche iiber neue Moglichkeiten, die Rich-
tung der Aktionspole im Herzen zu bestimmen.  Zschr. Kreis-
laufforsch., 1935,  27: 439-44.—Schlomka,  G., & Oehm, F. K.
Beitrage zur klinischen Elektrokardiographie; iiber  die Spon-
tanschwankungen im Typ der Herzstromkurve des Gesunden.
Zschr. klin. Med.,  1936-37,  131: 820-31.—Siegel, R.   Der
Einfluss von Nervensystem und Hormonen auf die Herzaktion;
der Untersuchungen iiber die Zerlegung der Aktionsstromkurve
des Herzens in chemische Teilphasen.  Klin. Wschr., 1931, 10:
920-5.  ------& Unna, Z. Ueber die Zerlegung der Aktions-
stromkurve  des  Herzens in chemische Teilphasen:  Zusam-
menhang  von  Aktionsstrom  und  Milchsaurebildung.  Ibid.,
72.—Somer, E. de.  Sur le rapport entre l'eiectro-cardiogramme
et la contraction  cardiaque.  J. physiol. path, gen., 1938, 36:
1083-8.—Sulzer.  R., & Duchosal, P. W.  Application de la
olanographie a l'etude de la distribution des potentiels du coeur
:\ la surface du corps.   Arch. mal. coeur, 1938.  31:  686-96.—
Trendelenburg, W.  Untersuchungen  iiber die Aktionsstrome
des menschlichen Herzens.  Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1934-35, 95:
228-34.—Waller, A.  D.  Sur  Taction electrique  du  coeur.
Arch, internat.  physiol., Liege, 1921, 18: 668.—Wiggers, H. C.
The sequence of ventricular surface excitation determined by
registration of monophasic action potentials.  Am. J. Physiol.,
1937, 118: 333-44.—Wilson,  F. N.  The distribution of  the
potential differences produced  by  the heart  beat  within  the
body and at its  surface; essentials of Einthoven's triangle.
Am. Heart J., 1929-30, 5: 599-616.  ------Macleod, A. G., &
Barker, P. S.  The  potential variations produced by the heart
beat at the apices of Einthoven's triangle.  Ibid., 1931, 7:  207-
11.  ------  The distribution of the action currents produced
by heart muscle and other excitable tissues immersed in exten-
sive  conducting media.   J. Gen. Physiol.,  1932,  16:  423-56 —
Zeisler, E. B.  The invariants of the electrocardiogram. Proc.
Soc.  Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1931. 28: 1051.  ------& Katz. L. N.
Studies of the  electrical field of the heart; invariants of the
electrocardiogram.  Am. Heart J.,  1933, 8: 676-81.

----  Prognostic  value.
   Bullrich,  R. A.   Importancia  pron6stica de la  electro-
cardiografia.  Rev.  med. lat. amer., B. Air., 1929,  14: 1429-
14.—Fellows, H. H.  Effect of electrocardiographic and X-ray
examination upon ordinary issue.  Abstr. Proc. Ass. Life Insur.
M.  Dir.  America,  1931, 18: 202-16— Foged, J.,  & Geill, T.
[Prognostic  significance  of preoperative  electrocardiography
and  roentgen  examination of  the heart]   Hospitalstidende,
1936, 79:  1177; 1205.  Also Acta chir. scand., 1936. 78:  236;
79: 35.—Gosse, A. H.  The electrocardiogram in prognosis and
diagnosis. In Treat. Gen. Pract., 2. ed., Lond., 1938.  1:  246-
52 —Hansen. O. S.  The abberrant ventricular complex as an
aid in prognosis. Am. Heart J.,  1927-28, 3: 712-22.—Hepburn.
J., & Jamieson, R.  A.   The prognostic  significance  of several
common  electrocardiographic abnormalities.  Ibid., 1925-26,
1: 623-8.—Hunter, J. W., jr.  The prognostic  value of the 
ELECTROCARDIOGRAM                  132                  ELECTROCARDIOGRAM
malities of the Q3-wave.  J. l^ao. L un. ai., ±»o-±-ou. *.». xia.-
42.—Fenichel, N. M., & Kugell, V. H.  The large Q-wave of the
electrocardiogram; a correlation with pathological observations.
Am. Heart J., 1931, 7:  235-61—Flaum, E.. & Nag], F.  Ueber
die Bedeutung der tiefen Q-Zacken  des Elektrokardiogramms
in Ableitung IV. Mitt.  Ges. inn. Med. Wien, 1934, 33:  58-
63.  Also Wien. med.  Wschr., 1934, 84:  1020.—France, R.
The large Q-wave in lead III of the electrocardiogram.  Am.
J. M. Sc, 1934, 187: 16-23, 2 pi.—Freundlich, J.  Die klinische
Bedeutung der Q-Zacke im Elektrokardiogramm.  Deut. Arch.
klin. M., 1933, 175: 129-45.—Goldbloom, A. A., & Kramer, M.
L.  The  clinical significance of the  deep  Q-wave in lead III.
Med. Clin.  N. America,  1932, 15:  1345-67.—Grotel, D.  M.
[Diagnostic-  and differential diagnostic  significance  of  the
pathological Q deflection in the electrocardiogram]  Ter. arkh.,
1935, 13:  139-62.—Hurxthal, L. M.   The identification of  the
separate components of  the QRS complex; with special reference
to the so-called prominent Q-wave in lead III.  Am. Heart J.,
1933, 9: 238-47.  Also  repr.—Kossmann, C. E..  Shearer, M.,
& Texon,  M.  The initial ventricular deflection in the electro-
cardiograms of normal subjects.  Ibid., 1936, 11: 346-56.—
Misske, B.,  & Brugsch, J.  Die klinische Bedeutung der ver-
grosserten Q IH-Zacke  im Ekg. Zschr. Kreislaufforsch., 1934,
26: 833-45.—Mladek, A.   [Deep Q  in the 3.  derivation, and
its differential diagnosis]  Cas. 16k. desk., 1935, 74: 319-22.—
Pardee, H. E. B. The significance of an electrocardiogram with
a large Q in lead 3.  Arch. Int.  M., 1930,  46: 470-81.  Also
repr.—Perzi, C.  A propos de l'onde Q de l'eiectrocardiogramme
en troisidme derivation.  Bull. Soc.  med. hop. Paris, 1934, 3.
ser., 50: 23-6.  ------ & Papp, C.  II significato dell'onda Q
accentuata  nella 3*   derivazione  deU'elettrocardiogramma.
Cuore & circol., 1932, 16: 285-99.—Rohacova, D.  [Significance
of the Q-wave in the electrocardiogram]  Cas. lek. desk., 1934,
73: 1140-2.—Routier, D., &  Samain, L.  Valeur semiolcgique
de l'onde Q  de  l'eiectrocardiogramme chez I'homme.   Rev.
beige sc. med., 1934, 6: 457-75.—Shookhoff, C & Djuglas, A.
H.  The  Q deflection in normal and abnormal  human electro-
cardiograms.  Proc  Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1933, 31: 209-11.
Also Ann. Int. M., 1934, 8: 177-91.  ------ Inversion of the
P wave in the 3rd lead  of electrocardiograms with a large Q-3
wave.  Proc. Soc. Exp.  Biol., N.  Y.,  1934,  31: 757-60 —
Strauss, S.t  & Feldman,  L.  The  significance of the large  Q-
wave in lead III.  Am. J. M. Sc,  1933, 185: 87-92, 2 pi.—
Wallace,  A. W.  The Q-wave in the  electrocardiogram.  Ibid.,
1934, 188: 498-506.—Willius, F. A.   Occurrence and signifi-
cance of  electrocardiograms displaying large Q-waves in lead
III.  Am. Heart J., 1931, 6: 723-9.  Also Deut. Arch.  klin.
Med., 1931-32, 172:  113-9.—Ziskin, T.  Clinical significance
of electrocardiograms with large Q-waves in lead III.  Arch.
Int. M., 1932, 50: 435.  Also repr.
 electrocardiogram.  Virginia  M. Month.,  1933,  60: 360—4.—
 Jimenis, A. O., & Wilson. E. W.  Influence of electrocardio-
 gram or X-ray  on underwriting decisions.   Abstr. Proc.  Ass.
 Life Insur. M. Dir. America, 1937, 23: 18-45.—Kriiger.  Ueber
 die  Bedeutung  des Elektrokardiogramms in der  Praxis der
 Lebensversicherungsmedizin.  Arch, orthop.  Unfallchir., 1937,
 38:  308-13.—Radvanyi. G.   [Prognosis from  electrocardio-
 grams]  Orv. hetil., 1938, 82: 1114-6.  Also Zschr. Kreislauf-
 lorsch., 1939, 31: 83-6.—Robert-Levy, J.  Valeur pronostique
 des anomalies permanentes de l'eiectrocardiogramme ventricu-
 laire.  J. m6d. fr., 1930, 19: 438-44.  Also Prat. m6d. fr., 1932,
 13: 30-5.—Taylor, H. F.  The value  of electrocardiography in
 medical underwriting.   Abstr. Proc  Ass. Life Insur. M.  Dir.
 America,  1931, 18:  165-201.—Tenconi, J.  Electro-cardio-
 pron6stico.   Prensa  med.  argent., 1934-35, 21:  1138-59 —
 Weber, A.  Die Bedeutung der Elektrokardiographie fiir den
 Vertrauensarzt.  Vertrauensarzt, 1934, 2: 25-30.

 ----  P wave.

   Spehr,  G.   *Die  klinische  Bedeutung  der
 gespaltenen Vorhof zacke im Elektrokardiogramm.
 p.85-103.   8?   Lpz., 1933.
   Also Zschr. klin. Med., 1933, 123:
   Capdehourat, E. L., & Mazzei, E. S.  La onda P y sus modi-
 ficaciones  en  electrocardiografia.  Dfa m6d.,  B. Air., 1932-33,
 5: 187.—Gertz, G. An unusual P-wave in lead IV.  Am. Heart
 J.,  1938, 15:  498-500.—Laufer, S.  Zum Studium der Reizlei-
 tungsstorungen im Vorhof mittels direkter Ableitung des Vor-
 hofelektrokardiogramms.  Zschr.  klin. Med., 1934-35, 127:
 678-87.----— Derivations electives des oreillettes dans le
 diagnostic des troubles de la  fonction auriculaire.  Arch. mal.
 coeur, 1935,  28: 98-101.—Luisada,  A.  Derivazioni elettive
 per le correnti di origine atriale (contributo di tecnica elettro-
 cardiografica)   Cuore & circol.,  1935,  19: 77-87.  Also klin.
 Wschr., 1935, 14: 160.—Pazzanese, D., & Pires de Campos, R.
 Sobre as alteracoes da onda P do eletrocardiograma.  Rev. As.
 paul. med., 1934, 5: 1-19, 4 graph.—Petzetakis, M. L'eiectro-
 cardiogramme polyphasique des oreillettes.   J. physiol. path.
 gen., 1932, 30:  1-16.  Also In Livre d'or (T. Papayoannou)
 Naumburg, 1932, 152-66.—Pezzi.  C.  Sur un accident parti-
 culier de l'eiectrocardiogramme; l'onde P negative apres R sur
 les  traces a rythme  normal; la theorie dualiste du stimulus
 cardiaque.  Arch. mal. coeur,  1933, 26: 21-38.—Schlomka, G.,
 & Klein, W.  Zur Bewertung der P-Zacke bei rechtstypischen
 Elektrokardiogrammen.  Zschr. klin. Med., 1937-38, 133: 648-
 55.—Segre, R.   Sul significato dell'onda P. sdoppiata nell'elet-
 trocardiogrammo, in rapporto colla morfologia  del nodo del
 seno.  Arch,  pat., Bologna,  1927,  6: 328-41.—Smith,  H. L.
 The clinical significance of abnormalities of the P-wave.  Proc.
 Mayo Clin., 1933, 8: 51.—Stejfa, M.  [Negative  P-wave with
 normal PR interval]   Cas. lek. desk., 1937, 76: 701-4, 2 pi —
 Wilson, F. N., Macleod, A. G., & Barker. P. S. The form of the
 electrocardiogram; the  character  of  the excitation wave in
 auricular muscle. Proc.  Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y.,  1929-30, 27:
 588.—Winternitz, M.   Zur Pathologie des menschlichen Vor-
 hof elektrokardiogramms.  Med. Klin.,  Berl.,  1935, 31:  1575-
 8.—Zarday, I.   [Atrial electrocardiograms]  Orv. hetil., 1936,
 80: 1003; 1079.  Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1936, 98: 662-73.

 ----  P-R interval.
   Capani, L.  Importanza delle modificazioni dell'onda P e del
 tratto P-R nella valutazione elettrocardiografica  del  danno
 miocardico.   Fol. med., Nap., 1938,  24: 1047-67.—Clerc, A.,
 Robert-Levy  &  Cristesco, C.  A propos du  raccourcissement
 permanent de  1'espace P-R de  l'eiectrocardiogramme sans
 deformation du complexe ventriculaire.  Arch. mal. coeur, 1938,
 31: 569-82.—Gruber, Z. von.  Ueber die Elektrokardiogramme
 mit scheinbar kurzem A-V-Intervall und verbreitertem QRS-
 Komplex.   Zschr. Kreislaufforsch.,  1938, 30: 100-14.—Hauss,
 W., & Schiitt, B. Zur Frage des verkiirzten PQ-Intervalls bei
 Deformierung  von QRS.  Zschr. klin. Med., 1937-38, 133:
 665-72.—Holzmann, M., & Scherf, D. Ueber Elektrokardio-
 gramme mit verkiirzter Vorhof-Kammer-Distanz und positiven
 P-Zacken.  Ibid., 1932, 121: 404.—Scherf, D., & Schonbrunner,
 E.  Beitrage  zum Problem der verkiirzten Vorhofkammerlei-
 tung.  Ibid.,  1935, 128: 750-60.—Szerreiks, E.   Ueber einen
 Fall von kunstlich nicht beeinflussbarer wechselnder Verlange-
 rung der Ueberleitungszeit.  Deut. Militararzt, 1937, 2: 287-
 90.—Zarday,  I.   Verkurzte Vorhofkammerleitung und vor-
 zeitige Aktivierung der rechten Kammer.  Zschr. Kreislauf-
 forsch., 1938,  30: 569-73.

 ---  Q wave.
  Ashman, R., DeLaureal, B. J. [et al.]  The large Q wave in
lead III of the electrocardiogram;  a comparison  of the white
 and Negro races. J.  Lab. Clin. M., 1933, 18: 1153-9.—Balbi
 Robecco, J. M.   Valor y significado  de  la  Q III profunda.
 Sem. med., B. Air., 1934, 41: 1922-37.—Battro, A., & Lavalle
 Cobo, J.  Significado de la onda profunda del Q-electrocardio-
 grama en derivaci6n III.  Prensa med. argent., 1933-34, 20:
2198-212.—Borg, J. F.  Observations  on the deep Q wave in
lead  III of the electrocardiogram.  Minnesota M., 1933,  16:
694-7.—Clerc, A. A propos de l'accentuation de l'onde Q de
l'eiectrocardiogramme en D-III (2me onde de Pardee)  Bull.
Soc. m6d. hop. Paris,  1934, 3.  ser., 50: 19-22.—Feldman, F., &
Kronblum, D.  A correlation of anatomical findings with abnor-
----   QRS complex.
   Horhold,  K.  [K.]    *Der  Verlauf des  Zwi-
schenstuckes   in   2000  Elektrokardiogrammen.
24p.   8?   Halle (Saale)  1935.
   Levy,  R.  J.    *Les  anomalies  du complexe
ventriculaire   electrique;   leur   importance  en
clinique  (essai  d'electro-pronostic)   202p.   8?
Par.,  1929.
   Roeser,   W.     *Ueber  Veranderungen  der
Anfangsschwankung des  Kammerkomplexes  im
Elektrocardiogramm  unter  besonderer  Beruck-
sichtigung   der  kleinen   Kammerausschlage  in
einer   Ableitung   [Berlin]   14p.   8?    Wiirzb.,
1932.
   Bizzozero,  R.  C.   Anomalias  del  complejo ventricular;
anomalias de QRS.   Dfa med.,  B.  Air., 1936, 8: 232-4 —
Brody, J. G., & Rossman, P. L.  Electrical alternans; report of
2 additional cases.  J.  Am. M. Ass.,  1937, 108: 799-802 —
Budelmann, G., & Tao Yuan Chin.  Zur klinischen Bedeutung
des triphasischen Initialkomplexes in der III. Ableitung des
Elektrokardiogramms.  Zschr.  Kreislaufforsch., 1938, 30: 129-
38.-—Burstein, J.,  &  Ellenbogen,  L.   Electrocardiograms in
which the main initial ventricular deflections are directed down-
ward in the standard leads.  Am. Heart J., 1938, 16: 165-74 —
Chatel, A. de. Versuch drier Analyse der Veranderungen des
Zwischenstiickes  und der Nachschwankung des Elektrokardio-
gramms auf Grund von lokalen und monophasischen Ableitun-
gen.  Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1935-36, 97: 455-62.—Chini, V.
Ulteriori contributo alia conoscenza dell'alternanza (ricerche
sperimentali sul cuore di coniglio)  Cuore & circol., 1927, 11:
494-506.—Condorelli, L. Ricerche cliniche e  sperimentali sulla
alternanza elettrica.   Arch, pat., Bologna, 1929, 8: 428-52,  2
ch.—De Meyer, J.   L'origine des phases  ventriculaires de
l'eiectrocardiogramme; reproduction de  ces phases  dans le
muscle  strie.   Arch,  internat. physiol.,  Liege, 1914-20, 15:
151-63, pi.—Dock, W. The duration of electrical systole as an
index of myocardial efficiency.  Am. Heart  J., 1931, 6: 690-
5.—Edeiken, J.,  & Wolferth, C. C. Clinical significance of the
M or W shaped Q-R-S complex in lead II of  the electrocardio-
gram.   Am. J. M.  Sc, 1934,  188: 842-54.—Fenichel,  N. M.
An analysis of the QRS complex  of  the electrocardiogram.
Am.  Heart J., 1932, 7: 514-31.—Fogelson, L. I., & Chernogorov,
I.  A.  [Volume of ventricular complex  (QRST) of the  electro-
cardiogram as index of the functional state of the myocardium] 
ELECTROCARDIOGRAM                   133                 ELECTROCARDIOGRAM
  Med. biol. J.,  Leningr.,  1927, 3:  3-15.—Formenti,  A.  M.
  Sull'esistenza di rapporti  variati  tra fenomeni  meccanici  e
  fenomeni elettrici nell'alternanza del cuore.  Cuore & circol.,
  1932, 16: 509-18, diag.—Gilson, A. S., jr.  The interpretation
  of the diphasic ventricular  strip electrogram.  Am. J. Physiol.,
  1929, 89: 121-34.—Gosse,  A. H., & Lowe, T. E.  The 2. posi-
  tive wave of the QRS complex.  Brompton Hosp.  Rep., Lond.,
  1937, 6: 98-102, pi.  Also Q. J. Med., Oxf., 1937, 6: 301-4, pi.—
  Gross, D.  La significaci6n clinica  del complejo  trifadco en
  la tercera derivacion.   Prensa med. argent., 1938, 25: pt 2
  2231-5.—Hamburger, W. W.,  Katz, L. N., & Saphir, O.  Elec-
  trical alterans—a clinical study, with a report of  2 necropsied
  cases.  Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1935, 50: 310-34.—Herzog, F.
  The significance  of  the  ventricular oscillation of the electro-
  cardiogram.  Magy. orv. arch., 1927, 28: 439-47.   Also Deut.
  Arch. klin. Med., 1927,  155:  294-306.—Hill, A.   Analysis of
  the normal QRS deflection.  Lancet, Lond., 1938, 2: 1110-3.—
  Katz, S. M.. & Slater, S. R.  The 2. positive wave of the QRS
  complex. Arch. Int. M., 1935, 55: 86-99.—Levy, J. R.  Valeur
  semdologique des alterations du complexe  ventriculaire electri-
  que dans les syndromes angineux.  Arch. mal. coeur, 1929,  22:
  523-42.—Lian, C, Viau,  O., & Vidrasco. C. L'atypie ventricu-
  laire en  eiectrocardiographe  (conception g6nerale et valeur
  semeiologique)  Ann. med., Par., 1929, 26: 48-65.—Maekawa,
  M. Experimental study  on the interpretation of the ventricular
  electrocardiogram.  Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kioto, 1930-31,
  13: 313-7.—Maselli, D.   L'importanza clinica dei complessi
  ventricolari trifasici in III  D.   Cuore & circol., 1939, 23: 41-
  9.—Otto, H. L.  The ventricular electrocardiogram; an experi-
  mental study.  Arch. Int. M., 1929, 43: 335-50.—Padilla, T.,
  & Cossio, P. La  exacta denominaci6n del complejo ventricular
  inicial segun el registro simultaneo de dos derivaciones.  Sem.
  med., B. Air., 1929, 36: pt 2, 1331-41.  ------  Alternancia
  eiectrica ventricular.  Rev. Soc. med. int., B.  Air., 1931, 7:
  129-44.  Also Sem. med., B. Air., 1931, 38: 1573-80.—Peel, A.
  A. F.  Observations on  the diagnostic and prognostic signifi-
  cance of electrocardiograms showing anomalous forms of QRS
  in lead III, based on an analysis and follow up of a series of
  cases.  Glasgow  M. J.,  1938,  129:  53-80, pi.—Pescador, L.
  La alternancia eiectrica del corazon.  Arch, med., Madr., 1932,
  35: 81-7.—Puddu, V. Observations cliniques sur le triphasisme
  de l'oscillation rapide  du  complexe ventriculaire en D III.
  Arch. mal. cceur,  1936, 29:  643-9.—Rihl, J., & Spiegl, E. Zur
  Kenntnis der Interferenz zweier Erregungswellen in der  Herz-
  kammer.  Med. Klin., Berl.,  1936, 32: 841-3.—Rossi,  A., &
  Chini, V. Intorno ad alcune alterazioni del complesso ventri-
  colare.   Cuore  & circol., 1927, 11: 202-8.—Schellong,  F., &
  Schwingel,  E.   Das Vektordiagramm;  eine  Untersuchung-
  methode des Herzens; iiber  die Bedeutung von Knotungen und
  Aufsplitterungen  in  QRS des Ekg.  Zschr. Kreislaufforsch.,
  1937, 29: 596-607.—Schlomka, G., & Bruns,  H.  Ueber  die
  Beziehungen  zwischen  Typ der Kammeranfangsschwankung
  und Typ der Kammerendschwankung im  Ekg.   Zschr. klin.
  Med.,  1938-39,  135:  231-8.—Schiitz,  E.  Experimentelle
  Untersuchungen  iiber  monophasisch  deformierte  Kamrner-
  komplexe.  Zschr. ges. exp. Med.,  1932,  81: 428-34.—Sten-
  strom, N.  On a peculiar  appearance of the ventricular electro-
  cardiogram presumably caused  by combination of hemisystoles.
  Acta med. scand., 1926-27, 65: 474-6, 2 pi.—Steuer, L., &
  Feil, H.  The significance of splintering of the terminal portion
  of the QRS deflection of the electrocardiogram.  Am. Heart J.,
  1930-31, 6: 472-7.—Stoss, M.  Ueber die klinische Bedeutung
  der Kammeranfangsschwankung im Elektrokardiogramm und
  ihre Beziehungen zum Habitus. Deut. Arch. klin.  Med.,  1927,
  157: 263-73.—Van Bogaert, A.  Chronaxie et modifications de
  la  phase rapide de l'61ectrogramme ventriculaire.  Arch. mal.
  cceur,  1933, 26:  185-222.—Wilson,  F. N., Macleod, A.  G.
  [et al.]  The determination and the significance of  the areas of
  the  ventricular deflections  of  the electrocardiogram.  Am.
  Heart J., 1934, 10: 46-61. Also repr.—Wilson, F. N., Macleod,
  A.  G., & Parker, P. S.  The interpretation  of  the initial
 deflections of the ventricular complex of the electrocardiogram.
  Ibid.. 1931, 6: 637-64.

  ----  QRS interval.

    Steinberg,   S.    Valeur   s^mei'ologique   d'un
 grand  accident  Q  et  de l'isodiphasisme  de  QR
 dans la derivation  III de l'eiectrocardiogramme.
 37p.   8?   Par., 1933.
    Bruns, H.  Zeitliche  Analyse der Anfangszacken des Kam-
 merteils im  Elektrokardiogramm.    Zschr.  Kreislaufforsch.,
 1937, 29: 847.—McGinn, S., &  White, P. D. The  duration of
 the QRS  complex  in the normal and in the abnormal electro-
 cardiogram; a study of 500 cases, with a note on nomenclature.
 Am. Heart J., 1934, 9: 642-54.—Wilson, F. N., &  Herrmann,
 G.  R.  Relation of QRS-interval to ventricular weight.  Heart,
 Lond., 1929-30,  15:  135-40.—Wilson. F. N., Johnston, F. D.
 [et  al.]  The significance  of  electrocardiograms  characterized
 by  an abnormally long QRS interval and by broad  S-deflec-
 tions in lead I.  Am. Heart J., 1934,  9: 459-71.

 ----  Q-T interval.

  Hecht, H.   *Ueber  das Wesen der QT-Inter-

valla   im  Elektrokardiogramm    [Berlin]   28p.

8?   Hamb., 1938.
    Adams, W.  The normal duration of the electrocardiographic
 ventricular complex.  J. Clin.  Invest.,  1936,  15:  335-42.—
 Aschenbrenner, R.  Untersuchungen iiber die Dauer des Kam-
 meraktionsstromes  (QT-Abstand) unter pathologischen Be-
 dingungen; Elektrogramm des  isolierten Warmbluterherzens
 bei Veranderung der Herzleistung.  Zschr.  klin.  Med., 1937,
 132: 552-62.—Ashman, R. Normal duration of the Q-T inter-
 val.  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1939, 40: 150.—Bazett, H. C,
 & Sands, J.  The significance of measurements of  the duration
 of systole. Ann. Clin. M., 1926-27, 5: 190-210.—Cheer, S. N..
 & Dieuaide, F. R.  Studies on the electrical systole (Q-T inter-
 val)  of the heart; the effect of  digitalis on its duration in the
 normal  heart.   Chin. J. Physiol., 1931, 5:  217-32.------
 Studies  on the electrical systole (Q-T interval) of the heart;
 its duration in cardiac failure.  J. Clin. Invest.,  1931, 10: 889-
 913.   ------  Studies on the electrical systole  (Q-T interval)
 of the heart.  Ibid., 1932, 11: 1241-59.—Cheer, S. N., & Li, R.
 C. Studies on the electrical systole (Q-T interval)  of the heart;
 the duration of  electrical systole in normal Chinese.  Chin. J.
 Physiol., 1930, 4:  191-212.—Hecht, H.,  & Korth, C.  Ueber
 Wesen und Bedeutung des QT-Intervalles im Elektrokardio-
 gramm.  Zschr. Kreislaufforsch., 1937, 29:  577-95.—Hegglin,
 R., & Holzmann, M.  Die klinische Bedeutung der verlangerten
 QT-Distanz (Systolendauer) im Elektrokardiogramm.  Zschr.
 klin. Med., 1937, 132:  1-32.—White, P. D., & Mudd, S. G.
 Observations on the effect of various factors on the duration
 of the electrical  systole of the heart as indicated by the length
 of the Q-T interval of the electrocardiogram.  J. Clin. Invest.,
 1929-30, 7: 387-435.

 ----   R wave.
   Groedel, F. M.  How far is the asynchronism of  the R-waves
 of the right and  left electrocardiogram influenced  by different
 placement of the  indifferent electrode?   Cardiologia,  Basel,
 1939, 3: 49-55.—Puddu, V. [Clinical observations on the 3rd
 positive phase of the initial ventricular  complex in the 3rd
 derivation of the electrocardiogram]  Cas. 16k. 6esk., 1936, 75:
 1245.

 ----   RS-T  segment.
   Abramson, D. I., Shookhoff, C, & Fenichel, N. M.  A study
 of the variations  of the RS-T segment in experimental ventric-
 ular  trauma.  Am. Heart J.,  1936,  12: 174-205.—Almeida
 Toledo, P. de.  A genese do complexo ventricular,  RST.  Ann.
 paul. med. dr.,  1939, 37: 675-87.—Eyster, J. A.  E., Krasno,
 M. R. [et al.]  Nature of R and T potentials iu the mammalian
 heart. Am. J. Physiol., 1936, 116: 46—Katz, L. N., & Wallace,
 A. W. The role of cardiac ischemia in producing R-T deviations
 in the electrocardiogram.  Am. J.  M. Sc, 1931, 181: 836-43,
 8 pi.—Selzer, A.  The clinical significance of a  persistent de-
 pression of the RS-T segment in the electrocardiogram.  Am.
 Heart J., 1938, 16: 336-50.—Shearer, M. C.  Plateau R-T in a
 case of lobar pneumonia.  Ibid.,  1929-30,  5: 801-5.

 ----   S wave.

   Pinchenzon,  B.    *La derivation  auriculaire
 S5 et la tremulation auriculaire.  79p.   8?   Par.,
 1937.
   Lueg, W., & Gaarz, W.  Der  Einfluss  der  Polarisations-
 kapazitat der Haut und der Gewebe auf die Ausbildung der S-
 Zacke beim klinischen Elektrokardiogramm.  Zschr. ges. exp.
 Med., 1934-35, 95: 572-9.—Padilla, T., & Cossio, P.  Signifi-
 cado  de una S profunda en I derivacion.  Sem.  med., B. Air.,
 1933, 40: pt 2, 869-75.—Pines, I.  Sur 1'accident S  de l'eiectro-
 cardiogramme en marche d'escalier.  Arch. mal. coeur, 1935,
 28: 727-53.  Also Warsz. czas. lek., 1935, 12: 706-16.—Ramos,
 J., &  Ramos, J.,  jr.   Alteracoes  da onda S do complexo ventri-
 cular  inicial na primeira derivacao.  Ann. paul. med. dr., 1939,
 37: 471-85.

 ----  S-T interval.
   Frey, W., & Quincke, H.  Beitrag zum  Studium des S-T-
 Intervalls im  Elektrokardiogramm.  Zschr. ges.  exp.  Med.,
 1926, 49: 447-61.—Schiitz, E.  Experimentelle Erzeugung und
 elektrophysiologische  Deutung  des gesenkten ST-Stiicks  im
 Elektrokardiogramm  (nebst  Bemerkungen  zur  Entstehung
 monophasisch  deformierter Kammerkomplexe)   Luftfahrt-
 medizin, 1938-39,  3: 132-41.—Weber,  A.  Die  klinische
 Bedeutung der Veranderungen von S-T und T im Extremitaten-
 elektrokardiogramm.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1937, 63: 430-4.

 ----  T wave.

   Hammann,  G.  *Zur  Frage der prognostischen
 Bedeutung  der negativen T-Zacke im  Elektro-
 kardiogramm  (mit  statistischen Zusammenstel-
 lungen)   32p.   8?  Giessen, 1934.
   Avaritsiotis, E.   Notes sur 1'emploi de l'oscillometrie com-
 binee  avec  reiectrocardiogramme pour l'etude et l'explication
 del'ei6mentT. Arch. mal. coeur, 1926,19: 705-17.—Bagnaresi,
 G.  Fisiopatologia dell'onda T.  Arch, pat., Bologna,  1933-34,
 13:221-62.—Barnes, A. R. An hypothesis of T-wave negativity
in hypertensive and arteriosclerotic heart disease.  Proc Mayo
Clin., 1927, 2:  173.  ------   The relation  of predominant
ventricular  strain to inversion  of  T-waves.  Ibid.,  1929, 4: 
34                   ELECTROCARDIOGRAM
ELECTROCARDIOGRAM
139. ------& Whitten, M. B.  Study of T-wave negativity in
predominant ventricular strain.   Am.  Heart J.,  1929-30,  5:
14-67.—Battro, A.  Semiologia de la onda T del electrocardio-
grama y su interpretation clinica.  Dfa med., B. Air., 1931-32,
4: 742.  ------  Onda T en los bloqueos de rama,  de arbon-
zaciones y extrasistoles.  Ibid., 897.—Bjerlow, H.  [Observa-
tions on the T-wave in the electrocardiogram] Hygiea, Stockh.,
1929, 91: 257-64.—Blumenfeldt, E., & Strauss, S. G.   Der Ein-
fluss der Digitalis auf die Finalschwankung  des Elektrokardio-
gramm.  Zschr. klin.  Med., 1930, 113:  502-36.—Calandre,  L.
Valoracion clfnica de la onda final del electrocaidiograma.
Arch. med. dr.,  Madr., 1928, 29: 541-5.   Also Rev.  med.
Barcelona, 1928,  9: 463-9.—Capuani, G. F.  Contributo alio
studio sulla genesi e sulla interpretazione dell'onda T dell'elettrc-
cardiogramma. Cuore & circol., 1935, 19: 389-401.—Castellino,
N.  I periodi isoelettrici (ricerche di elettrocardiografia)   Fol.
med., Nap., 1927, 13:  1331-67.—Chatel, A. de.  Zur Pathologie
der T-Zacke.  Zschr. klin. Med., 1935, 128: 670-4.—Clerc, A.,
Levy, R.,  & Lefebvre, R.   Sur la signification pronostique  de
l'inversion de T en D-3 associee k la predominance droite  en
D-3.  Arch. mal. coeur, 1934,  27: 517-23.—Dauksys, J.  The
T-wave of low amplitude.   Med. Bull. Veterans Admin., 1934-
35, 11: 303-8.—De Meyer, J.  Sur l'interpretation des phases
terminales de l'eiectrocardiogramme.  Arch, internat. physiol.,
Liege,  1921-22, 17: 1-58.—Edeiken,  J., & Wolfreth, C.  t.
The clinical significance of  low T-waves in the electrocardio-
gram.  Am. J. M.Sc, 1934,187:778-85.  ------& Wood, F. C.
The significance of an upright or  diphasic T-wave in lead IV
when  it is the only definite abnormality in the adult electro-
cardiogram.  Am. Heart J., 1936, 12: 666-73.—Evans, W.. &
Hoyle, C.  The effects of nitrite on the inverted T-wave in the
human electrocardiogram.   Lancet, Lond., 1933, 1: 1109-13.—
Freundlich, J.   Ueber  die  Bedeutung der  negativen  Nach-
schwankung bei Rechts- und Linkstypus des Kammerelektrt-
kardiogrammes.  Deut.  Arch. klin. Med., 1934-35,  177: 449-
56.—Frucht. S.  A critical study of the T-wave in the electrc-
cardiogram.  N. York State  J. M., 1928, 28: 726-31.—Graybie.'.
A., & White, P. D. Inversion of the T-wave in lead I or II < 1
the electrocardiogram in young individuals  with neurocircula-
tory asthenia, with thyrotoxicosis, in relation to certain infec-
tions, and following paroxysmal ventricular  tachycardia.  Am.
Heart J.,  1934-35, 10: 345-54.—Halsey, R. H.   An unusual
T-wave in an electrocardiogram.   Ibid.,  1936,  11:  489-93.—
Hammann, G.  Zur Frage  der prognostischen  Bedeutung der
negativen T-Zacke im Ekg.   Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch ,
1934,  7: 275-9   [Discussion] 279-83.—Kaliebe,  H.  Periodi-
scher Wechsel der T-Zacke. Zschr. Kreislaufforsch., 1935, 27 :
419-21.—Kami), N.  Sur l'interpretation de  certaines phases T
anormales  de  I'eiectro-cardiogramme  pathologique.   Arch.
internat.  med. exp.,  Liege, 1932, 7:  253-71.—Katz,  L.  N.
The significance of the T-wave in  the electrogram and electro-
cardiogram.   Physiol. Rev.,  1928, 8: 447-500.—Kisch,  F.
Ueber  die Bedeutung der  Finalschwankung in der elektro-
kardiographischen  Funktionspriifung  des  Herzens.  Zschr.
klin. Med., 1933-34, 126: 629-40.—Krasno, M. R.  Studies  on
the T potential of the tortoise heart. Am. J. Physiol.,  1935, 113:
83. ------Eyster, J. A. E., & Maaske. C. A.   The nature of
the T-wave potentials in the tortoise heart.  Ibid., 1935-36,
114: 119-27.—Lombardini,  R. V.  Une autre theorie  sur l'onde
T.  Arch. mal. coeur,  1933,  26: 548-59.—Macleod, A. G.  The
electrogram of cardiac muscle; an analysis which explains the
regression or T deflection.  Am. Heart J., 1938, 15:  165-86.—
Master, A. M.  Low-voltage T-waves in the electrocardiogram.
Am. J. M. Sc, 1931, 181: 211-7, 6 pi.—Nordenfelt, O. [Signifi-
cance of the coronary T in the electrocardiogram]  Hygiea,
Stockh., 1935, 97: 449-65.—Otto, H. L.  The effect of a sudden
increase in the intracardiac pressure upon the form  of the  T-
wave of the electrocardiogram.  J. Lab. Clin. M., 1928-29, 14:
643-5.  —----  The action of cold upon the T-wave of the
electrocardiogram.  Ibid.,  718-21.   ------  Regarding the
effect of epinephrin upon the T-wave of the electrocardiogram.
Ibid., 845-7.—Pachon, V.,  & Fabre, R.  Sur les ondes 6 et a
de l'eiectrocardiogramme de grenouille et sur la signification  de
l'onde T.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 95: 585-8.—Parade, G. W.
Aufrichtung der coronaren T-Zacke nach korperlicher Anstren-
gung.  Klin. Wschr., 1934, 13:  1791.—Reme, H.  Ueber die  T-
Schwankung im Elektrokardiogramm des Kindes. Zschr. ges.
exp. Med., 1937, 101: 729-34.—Rosnowski. M.  La nature etla
signification de l'onde T dans l'eiectrocardiogramme.  C. rend.
Soc. biol., 1929, 100: 211-3. Also Lek. wojsk., 1930, 16: 286-
340.—Sato,  M.  Experimental study  on  the  T-wave with
cinemato-  and electrocardiographic  method  (isolated frog h
heart)   Acta Scholae med.  Univ. Kioto, 1933-34, 16: 343-6 —
Scherf, D.  Ueber die klinische Bedeutung der Endschwankung
im Ekg. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1934. 47:1057-60.—Schlomka, G.,
& Biiren.  F.   Ueber die  respiratorischen  Aenderungen der
Kammerendschwankungen  im  Ekg.  Zschr. Kreislaufforsch
1938,  30:  593-600.—Serf, J.  [Value and  meaning  of the  T-
peak in the electrocardiogram  in determining the force of the
heart: its  value in the diagnosis of heart diseases]  Cas. lek.
6esk.,  1929, 68: 262; 311;  343; 380.—Sulze, W.  Ueber  die
Bedeutung der Nachschwankung (T-Zacke)  des Elektrokardio-
gramms.  Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1926, 50: 115-24.—Tamura, A.
Die Gultigkeit  des Einthovenschen Dreieck-Schemas fur  die
T-Zacke im  Elektrokardiogram.   Acta Scholae  med. Univ
Kioto,  1933-34, 16: 241-3.—Tanne, B.  [On the T3 negative]
Polska gaz. lek., 1938, 17:  357-60, 2 pi.—Unghvary, L.  Die
Bedeutung der Achsenstellung der T-Zacke bei  der  diagnosti-
schen  Bewertung und Deutung der pathologischen T-Zacke
Klin. Wschr.,  1938, 17: 566-9.—Weitz. W., & Warnecke, H
Was kann aus Grossenveranderungen der Zacken des Elektro-
hardiograms,  besonders  der  T-Zacke, geschlos.sen werden?
Zbl. inn. Med., 1929, 60: 8.—Willius, F. A.  Clinical and patho-
logic data in cases exhibiting T-wave negativity in the  electro-
cardiograms.  Am. J. M. Sc, 1928, 175: 630-8.—Wilson, F. N.,
Macleod,  A. G.,  & Barker, P.  S.  The T deflection of the
electrocardiogram.  Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1931, 46: 29-38.

----   T wave, auricular.
   Herles, F.  [The auricular T-wave in the electrocardiogram
and its significance in tracing changes in the RS-T segment]
Cas. lek. cesk., 1936, 75: 660-4.—Inada, G.  Ueber die Final-
schwankung  (T-Zacke)  des Vorhofelektrogramms in einem
Gewebekulturmedium. Nagoya J. M. Sc, 1935, 8: 145-50.

----   U wave.
   Blumberger, K.  Die U-Zacke im menschlichen Elektro-
kardiogramm. Zschr. klin. Med., 1937, 132: 478-93.—Hinden,
E.  The  U-wave of the  electro-cardiogram.  Lancet,  Lond.,
1935, 2: 1228-30.—Maekawa,  M.  A study on the interpreta-
tion of the U-wave. Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kioto, 1931-32,
14: 16-22.—Nahum, L. H.  The U-wave of  the human electro-
cardiogram.   J. Connecticut M. Soc, 1939, 3: 275.  ------&
Hoff, H.  E.   The interpretation  of tbe U-wave of the electro-
cardiogram.   Am. Heart J., 1939, 17: 585-98.—Trendelenburg,
W. Untersuchungen iiber die Aktionsstrome des menschlichen
Herzens; iiber die U-Schwankung des Elektrokardiogramms.
Zschr. ges. exp. Med.,  1933-34, 92: 30-5.—Vesa, A. [Attempts
to produce the U-wave in the electrocardiogram]  Duodecim,
Helsin., 1939, 55: 22-5.

----   Variation.

   Lammert,  C.   *Das  Valsalva-Elektrokardio-
gramm (Untersuchungen iiber die Veranderungen
der Herzstromkurve  unter der Einwirkung  des
Pressdruckversuches   nach  Burger)    43p.   8?
Bonn, 1935.
   Arvanitaki, A., & Cardot, H.  Etude analytique des modifi-
cations d'un eiectrocardiogramme.  C. rend. Soc. biol.. 1932,
111: 984-6.—Benedetti,  P., &  Sabena,  V.  La variabilita
fisiologica dell'elettrocardiogramma e le correlazioni fra le sue
varie  parti.   Arch, pat.,  Bologna,  1937-38, 17: 491-534.—
Bigler, A. Das Elektrosinogramm und sein Verhalten  in ver-
schiedenem Ionenmilieu.  Zschr.  Biol.,  1930-31, 91: 159-72.—
Burger, M.  Die Herzstromkurve unter der Einwirkung intra-
pulmonaler  Druckstdgerung;  das Elektrokardiogramm beim
Valsalvaschen Versuch.  Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1926,  52: 321-
37, 3 pi.—Condorelli,  L.  Ueber die  Bedeutung von  manchen
Atemveranderungen des Elektrokardiogramms.   Zschr. Kreis-
laufforsch.,  1930,  22: 625-33.—Csinady,   J.,   & Zeyk,  D.
[Changes in electrocardiograms from changes of temperature]
Budapesti orv. ujs., 1937, 35: 385-92.—Dale, A. S.  The rela-
tion between metabolic processes and the ventricular electro-
gram.  J. Physiol., Lond.,  1935,  84: 433-53.—Ebbecke, U.
Ueber die Wirkung hoher Drueke auf Herzschlag und Elektro-
kardiogramm.  Arch.  ges.  Physiol.,  1935, 236: 416-26.—
Eismayer  & Quincke.  Der Aktionsstrom des  Herzens bei
verschiedenen  mechanischen  und   phvsikalisch-chemischen
Bedingungen.  Arch.  exp. Path., Lpz., 1930,  152: 177-84.—
Goldenberg.   Elektrokardiographische Kurven  in der Rube
und nach Ueberventilation.   Wien.  med.  Wschr., 1927, 77:
559.—Goudsmit, A., jr.  [Effects of cooling  on the electrogram
of the frog's heart]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1929,  73: 762. Also
Arch, neerl.  physiol., 1929,  14: 137-51.—Gross, K.  Ueber die
physiologische Schwankungsbreite des menschlichen Elektro-
kardiogramms.  Zschr. Kreislaufforsch.,  1934,  26: 545-81 —
Hafkesbring, R., & Ashman, R.  The duration of ventricular
response, mechanically and electrically recorded, as influenced
by rate, initial tension and fatigue.  Am. J. Physiol., 1928, 87:
305-18.—Hofmann, F. B.   Aktionsstrom und Mechanograrom
bei Aenderung der Schlagfrequenz des Herzens und bei  Vagus.-
reizung.  Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1926, 50: 130-54.—Kerber, B.
Versuche  uber den Einfluss der  Herzlage  auf  die Form des
Elektrokardiogramms.  Zschr.  Biol., 1934, 95: 249-56.—Kisch,
F.  Das  Elektrokardiogramm Herzkranker beim inspiratori-
schen Atemanhalten.  Klin. Wschr.,  1934, 13: 686-9.—Longo,
D. Nuovo  contributo alio studio delle variazioni periodiche
deU'elettrocardiogramma.  Cuore & circol., 1937, 21: 385-96.—
Messerle, N.  Ueber den Einfluss des extrakardialen vegeta-
tiven Nervensystems auf  das Elektrokardiogramm.  Zschr.
ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1928, 117: 499-512.—Monnier,  A.  La
carence de la theorie classique en presence  de certains eiectro-
cardiogrammes.  Bull. Soc. med. Paris, 1938, 170-3.—Rastelli,
G. L'elettrocardiogramma nelle fulminazioni elettriche  a basso
potenziale.  Clin.  med. ital., 1938, 69: 839-56.—Regniers, P.
Sinus carotidien et eiectrocardiogramme.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,
1929,  101:  159-61.—Reiss, J.   Untersuchungen uber das
Elektrosinogramm und  seine  Abhangigkeit vom chemischen
Milieu mit Hilfe des Oszillographen.  Zschr. Biol., 1931-32, 92:
482-94.—Roffo, A. E., jr, & Taquini,  A.  Modifications eiectrc-
cardiographiques provoquees par l'application d'ondes courtes.
Atti Congr. internaz. elettroradiob., 1934,  1. Congr., 1:  230-
42, 5 ch.  Also C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 117: 454.  Also Rev.
Soc argent,  biol., 1934, 10: 190-5.—Rossiter, C. B.  Rhythmi-
cal arterial muscular contractions  and the  electro-cardiogram.
Lancet, Lond., 1934, 1:  397.—Schiitz, E.   Ueber die Bezie-
hungen zwischen absoluter  Refraktarphase  und Aktionsstrom 
ELECTROCARDIOGRAM
135
ELECTROCARDIOGRAM
  des  Herzens unter Temperatur-  und Ionenwirkung.   Zschr.
  Biol., 1927-28, 87: 219-27.—Tumpeer, I. H.  Hyperperistaltic
  dectrographic effects. Am. J. M. Sc, 1932, 184: 831-6, 2 pi —
  Weber, A., & Baumann, H.  Einfluss der Erwarmung,  Abkiih-
  lung und Ueberdehnung einer Herzhalfte auf das Elektrokar-
  diogramm.  Zschr. klin. Med., 1934, 127: 41-5.—Wible, C. L.,
  & Jenness, A.  Electrocardiograms during sleep and hypnosis.
  J. Psychol., Provincet., 1936,  1: 235-45.—Woodruff, L.  W.
  A clinical study of respiratory variations in  the form of  the
  electrocardiogram.   Am.  Heart  J.,  1932, 8:  412-7.—Zhir-
  munskaia, E.  A.   [Effect  of  certain mechanical and  nervous
  factors on the systolic index of the heart and the form of  the
  electrogram]  J. Physiol. USSR, 1939, 26: 89-102.

  ----   Variation: Age and body  constitution.
    Burnett, C. T., & Taylor, E. L.  Electrocardiograms on  167
  average healthy infants and children.  Am.  Heart J., 1936,  11:
  185-205.—Dagnini, G.  L'elettrocardiogramma  normale stu-
  diato in 200 giovani donne dagli 11 ai 17 anni  di eta.  Cuore &
  circol., 1936, 20: 454-70.—Draper, G., Bruenn, H. G., & Duper-
  tuis, C.  W.  Changes in the electrocardiogram  as criteria of
  individual constitution derived from  its physiological panel.
  Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1937, 52: 29-40.  Also Am. J. M. Sc,
  1937, 194: 514-23, pi.—Engel, E. Das Elektrokardiogramm des
  gesunden  Friihgeborenen,  Neugeborenen  und  Siiuglinge.
  Zschr.  Kinderh.,  1937-38,   59:  359-78.—Erkelens,   A.  D.
  [Effect of the body-build on the form of the electrocardiogram]
  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1937, 81: 4557-66.—Franco, V. A.  Elec-
  trocardiogramas y tipos constitucionales.  Prensa med.  argent.,
  1938, 25: 681-7.—Hafkesbring, E. M., Drawe,  C. E.,  & Ash-
  man, R.   Children's electrocardiograms; measurements for  100
  normal  children.   Am. J. Dis. Child.,  1937, 53: 1457-69.—
  Halfer,  G.  L'elettrocardiogramma del neonato e del  lattante
  sano. Lattante, 1930, 1: 604-14, 4 pi.  Also Riv. clin.  pediat.,
  1930, 28: 959-65.—Jensen, J., Smith, M., & Cartwright, E. D.
  The electrocardiogram in late middle life. Am. Heart J., 1932,
  7: 718.—Lohr, H., & Tillmanns, H.  Ergebnisse der Unter-
  suchungen  iiber   Alterselektrokardiogramme.   Zschr.  klin.
  Med., 1938-39, 135: 453-6.—Maekawa, M., & Toyoshima, J.
  The fetal electro-cardiogram  of  the  human subject.  Acta
  Scholae med. Univ. Kioto, 1929-30, 12: 519,  pi.—Malossi, C.
  L'elettrocardiogramma nei bambino.   Riv. radiol., 1931, 3:
  503-38.—Rossello, G.  L'elettrocardiogramma nell'eta prepu-
  bere.   Clin, pediat., Mod.  1931, 13: 617-41,  pi.,  8  diag.—
  Schlomka, G., & Kreutzmann,  H.   Untersuchungen iiber den
  Einfluss des Lebensalters auf den Typ  der Herzstromkurve  des
  Gesunden.  Zschr. klin. Med., 1935-36, 129: 532-51.—Schlom-
  ka, G.,  & Rodewald, R.  Ueber die  Abhangigkeit  des Ekg-
  Typs vom Korperbau.   Ibid., 1937, 132: 494-503.

  ----   Variation: Effect of drugs.

    See  also Heart, Pharmacology; also names  of
  drugs,
    Maltesos, C.  *Ueber die Wirkung der Mono-
  jodessigsaure  auf  die  elektrische  Tatigkeit des
  Herzens   [Berlin]  p.205-12.   8?   Miinch., 1934.
    Also Zschr. Biol., 1934, 95:
    Bessone, F.  Sulle modificazioni dell'elettrocardiografia per
  azione dei cardiocinetici.  Arch. sc. med., Tor., 1927, 49: 704-
  14.—Betlach, C. J.  The effect of various anesthetics and certain
 drugs on the electrocardiogram of the dog.  J.  Pharm. Exp. Ther.,
  1937, 61: 329-37.—Brams,  W. A.  The effect of digitalis on the
 electrocardiogram;  an experimental study  on dogs  and cats.
 Arch. Int. M.,  1929, 43: 676; 683.—Cataldi, G. M.  Influenze
 extracardiache  sull'elettrocardiogramma; azione  di  farmaci
 sull'elettrocardiogramma central e periferico.  Cuore & circol.,
 1934, 18: 470-87.—Estable, C, Duomarco, J., & Vaz Ferreira,
 A. Electrogramme du coeur soumis a l'ion potassium et obser-
 vation microscopique simultanee  du processus  de paralysie.
 C. rend.  Soc. biol.,  1931,  108: 907.—Freud, J.  Action des
 agents anticoagulants et particulierement de l'hirudine (novi-
 rudine) sur la forme de l'eiectrocardiogramme.  Ibid., 1926, 95:
 272.  Also Deut. med. Wschr., 1927, 53: 573. ------& Saadi-
 Nazim. Action des poisons capillaires sur l'eiectrocardiogramm.
 J. physiol. path, gen., 1927, 25: 500-6.—Gold, H., Gryzwacz,
 P. L., & Nowicki, V. A. Electrocardiographic studies on the
 actions of drugs; the vagus in ether anesthesia. Am. Heart J.,
 1928-29, 4: 336-45. —Hartmann, W.  Die Wirkung der  Adeno-
 sinphosphorsaure im Elektrokardiogramm.   Zschr. klin. Med.,
 1932, 121: 424.—Holzlohner, E.  Ueber den Aktionsstrom des
 Ventrikds und die Veranderung des Kontraktionsablaufs durch
 CaCb  und  KC1.   Zschr. Biol., 1926-27, 85: 585-98, pi.—
 Jundell, I., & Stenstrom, N.  A study of the electrocardiogram
 in infants of normal conditions and during treatment with cod
 liver oil and vigantol.  Acta paediat., Upps., 1931,  12: 113-
 51.—Mallardo,  C. A., & Esposito.  M.   L'adrenalina quale
 mezzo di arricchimento deU'elettrocardiogramma. Morgagni.
 1935,  77: 1139-42,  2 pi.—Zwaardemaker,  H.   Das Elektro-
 kardiogramm des  Automatinherzens.   Arch.  ges.  Physiol..
 1928-39, 221: 455-9.

----   Variation: Effort and muscular  work.

   Lange,  H.    *Studien  uber  den  Verlauf  des
Elektrokardiogramms nach Belastung.   22p.  8?

Wiirzb., 1937.
   Borgard, W.  Arbeitsversuch im Elektrokardiogramm mit
 regelmassiger  Schlagfolge.  Med. klin., Berl., 1933,  29:  1711-
 3.—Borst, W.  Ueber die Veranderungen  der Herzschlagfolge
 bei akuten pressorischen Anstrengungen (praktische Ergebnisse
 der  Biirgerschen  Pessdruckprobe nach  elektrokardn-i a; lu-
 schen  Untersuchungen)   Klin.  Wschr., 1935,  14:  1821-4. -
 Csinady,  J.   [Value of electrocardiography;  electro<-anling-
 raphy of  the  effect of sports]  Budapesti  orv.  ujs., I'J'.O,  28:
 817-27.—De Matteis, F., & De Mattia, R.   Prova dello >fnrzo,
 elettrocardiogramma e variazioni della durata sistolica ventri-
 cqlarf) (formula di Fridericia, Bazett e costante sistodiastolica di
 Lian, Golblin  e Baraige) in cuori sani.  Arch.  sc. med., Tor.,
 1937, 64: 574-96.—Hausz, W.  Ueber Elektrokardiogramme
 wahrend  der Arbeit.   Arbeitsphysiologie,  1933,  7:  280-90.—
 Heier,  H.  Arbeitselektrokardiogramme  im hoheren  Alter.
 Zschr. Kreislaufforsch., 1935, 27: 185-93— Herles, F. [Value
 of the electrocardiogram after physical work]  Cas.  lek.  Cesk.,
 1934, 73:  1137-40.—Holzmann, M.,  & Wuhrmann, F.   Der
 Arbeitsversuch im Elektrokardiogramm.  Deut. med.  Wschr.,
 1936, 62:  379; 641; 685—Joffe, E.  La modification de  l'eiec-
 trocardiogramme humain par l'effort.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1938,
 128: 809-12.—Kiss, P.  [Tolerance electrocardiogram of  heart
 diseases in children]  Orv. hetil.,  1938, 82: 802-4.—Knoll,  W.
 Herzstromkurve und Herzarbeit.  Verhber. Internat. Sport-
 arztekongr., 1936, 2. Congr. 94.—Kohan, B. A., HeinrichsdorfT,
 G. J., & Kohan, A. B.  Dynamique de l'eiectrocardiogramme chez
 les cardiaques  pendant l'ascension de montagnes.  Presse  med.,
 1935, 43:  20-2.—Kostjukow, I. I., & Reiselmann. S. D.  Aen-
 derungen  im Elektrokardiogramm nach dosierter korperlicher
 Arbeit.  Arbeitsphysiologie, 1930, 3: 415;  1931-32,  5: 1.—
 Laurentius, P.  Da? pathologische Belastungs-Elektrokardio-
 gramm im Kindesalter.   Klin.  Wschr.,  1938, 17:  1011-4.
 —---- & Schuler, K.  Zur Frage des Belastungs-Elektrokar-
 diogramms  im  Kindesalter;  das  normale Belastungs-Ekg.
 Ibid.,  625-7.—Marzahn, H.   Elektrokardiographische Unter-
 suchungen bei Arbeit.  Zschr. klin. Med., 1936, 130: 135-52.—
 Messerle, N.   Respiratorische  Veranderungen  des  Elektro-
 kardiogrammes in  Ruhe und bei psychischer Aktivitat.  Zschr.
 ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1927, 108: 137-41. ------  Die Verande-
 rungen im Elektrokardiogramm bei Korperarbeit.  Zschr. ges.
 exp. Med.,  1928,  60: 490-501.—Moissejew, S.  G.   Elektro-
 kardiographische Beobachtungen bei Schwerarbeitern.  Zschr.
 Kreislaufforsch., 1933, 25:  525-30.—Motta,  G.  Ueber das
 thorakale Ekg. in  Ruhe und nach Korperarbeit.  Wien. klin.
 Wschr., 1937,  50:  1389-.il.— Muyden, N. H. van.  Das  Kam-
 merelektrokardiogramm nach  Arbeit, bei  Herzgesunden mit
 dem Spannungselektrokardiographen registriert.   Zschr. klin.
 Med., 1934, 127: 192-200.—Rihl, J., Huttmann, A., & Spiegl, E.
 Ueber das Arbeitsdektrokardiogramm. Zschr. Kreislaufforsch.,
 1935, 27:  659-73.—Rosenberger,  I.  Ueber  Arbeitsversuche
 und Elektrokardiogramm.  Wien. klin. Wschr., 1934, 47: 048-
 51.—Schlomka, G., & Lammert, C.  Das  Belastungs-Elektro-
 kardiogramm;  das Verhalten  der  Herzstromkurve bei der
 Pressdruckbelastung  nach  Burger  (Valsalva-Elektrokardio-
 gramm)   Arbeitsphysiologie, 1934-35, 8: 742-77.—Schone, G.
 Ueber das Belastungselektrokardiogramm  bei  Gesunden und
 Herzkranken.   Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1936, 48.  Kongr.,
 331-9.

 ----  Variation, pathological.

   See also under name of disease.
   Akesson, S.  Ueber Veranderungen des Elektrokardiogramms
 bei  orthostntischer Zirkulationsstorung.   Uppsala lak. foren.
 forh., 1936, 41: 383-499, 4 pi —Bacq, Z. M.   Alterations ge-
 nerates  de l'eiectrocardiogramme dans les etats  hypertensif.
 Arch, internat. med. exp.,  Liege, 1928-29, 4: 535-51.—Barker,
 P. S., Shrader, E. L., & Ronzoni, E.  The effects of alkalosis
 and  of acidosis upon the  human electrocardiogram.  Am.
 Heart J.,  1939, 17: 169-86.—Bertha, H., & Schutz, E.  Ueber
 das Verhalten  von Aktionsstrom und  Mechanogramm bei der
 Warmelahmung des Herzens.  Zschr. Biol., 1929-30, 89: 555-
 62.—Bierring,  E.,  Larsen, K., & Nielsen,  E.  Some cases of
 slow pulse  associated  with electrocardiographic changes in
 cardiac patients after maximal work on the Krogh ergometer.
 Am. Heart J.,  1936, 11: 416-30.—Bisbini,  B.  L'elettrocardio-
 gramma  e  l'ortodiagramma  nella   ipertensione  essenziale.
 Cuore & circol., 1931, 15: 373-80.—Burnett, C. T-, & Piltz, G. F.
 The electrocardiogram in the acute infections.  J. Am. M. Ass.,
 1929, 93: 1120-6.   Also repr.—Calandre, L.  Sobre la patogenia
 de los electrogramas ventrieulares aberrantes.   An. Hosp.  S.
 Jose, Madr., 1929-30, 1: 71-80, pi— Chatel, A.  Versuch einer
 Analyse der pathologischen Veranderungen des Zwischenstuckes
 und der Endschwankung des Elektrokardiogramms auf Grund
 von lokalen Ableitungen.  Zschr. ges. exp. Med.,  1936, 98: 389-
 97.—Debre, R., Marie, J.  [et al.j  Modifications eiectrocardio-
 graphiques chez un enfant, atleint de Friedreich, et chez son
 pere; type coronarien du trace electrique chez l'enfant.  Bull.
 Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1936, 3. ser., 52: 749-56.—Dietrich, S.
 Elektrocardiogramm und Coronardurchblutung.  Verh.  Deut.
Ges. inn. Med., 1932, 44. Kongr., 525-33.—Klink, H.  Muskel-
hyperplasie  der Herzkammern, Herzlage  und  Elektrokardio-
gramm. Zschr. klin. Med., 1933,  123: 687-99.— Kohler,  H. E.
 Elektrokardiogramm und  Rekonvaleszenz.  Ibid.,  1937, 132:
 613-22.—Larsen, K.  Effect of anoxemia on the human electro-
cardiogram.  Acta med.  scand., 1936, Suppl.  78,  141-9.—
Master, A. M., &  Jaffe, H.  Electrocardiographic evidence of
cardiac  involvement  in acute disease.  Proc. Soc Exp.  Biol.,
 N. Y., 1934, 31: 931-3.—Mortensen,  M. A.  A study of 800
abnormal electrocardiograms and associated clinical conditions. 
ELECTROCARDIOGRAM
136                ELECTROCARDIOGRAPH
Ann. Int. M., 1933, 6: 1308-14.—Muller-Pollak, F.  Ueber das
Elektrokardiogramm bei Kindern mit Situs inversus.  Mschr.
Kinderh.,  1929, 43:  475-9.—Nathanson, M. H.  The heart in
infectious  diseases; an electrocardiographic study.  Minnesota
M., 1927,  10: 754-8.—Pierach, A.  Ueber  pathologische  Be-
funde am rhythmischen Elektrokardiogramm und ihre klinische
Bedeutung.   Munch, med. Wschr., 1931, 78: 1075;  1136 —
Soccorso,  T.  Contributo clinico ed elettrocardiografico su di
un caso di situs viscerum  inversus con anomalie degli organi
genitali (tre testicoli)  Fol. med., Nap.,  1931, 17: 752-63 —
Tumpeer,  I. H.  Effects of gastric and intestinal hyperperistalsis
on the  electrocardiogram  as  demonstrated by simultaneous
mechanograms  and  indirect  and  semidirect  electric  leads.
Ann. Int.  M., 1930-37, 10: 487-94.

----   Variation, postural.
   Paction, V.,  &  Fabre, R.   Le  cardiogramme

de decubitus lateral gauche en clinique; analyse,
interpretation, rapports avec la valeur fonction-

nelle du  coeur.  86p.  8?  Par., 1929.
   Akesson,  S.   Muss  die klinische  elektrokardiographische
Untersuchung beim liegenden oder sitzenden  Patienten vor-
genommen werden9  Uppsala lak. foren. forh., 1936, 42: 263-
71.—Hinrichs, A. Welche diagnostischen Erkenntnisse vermit-
telt der Vergleich des Elektrokardiogramms beim liegenden und
stehenden Menschen.   Zschr. Kreislaufforsch.,  1937, 29: 790-
7.—Janzen, R.  Die Aenderungen des Elektrokardiogramms
beim Uebergang aus dem Liegen in die aufrechte Korperstellung.
Zschr. ges.  exp.  Med., 1938,  103:  671-93.—Katz, L.  N.,  &
Robinow, M.  The appearance of  the electrocardiogram  in
relation to the position of the heart within the chest.  Am.  J.
M. Sc, 1936, 192: 556-9.—Kountz, W. B., & Prinzmetal, M.
Influence of inversion  of the  dog on the electrocardiogram.
Proc. Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1934, 31:  612.  ------& Smith,
J. R.  The effect of position of the heart on the electrocardio-
gram. Am. Heart J., 1934-35, 10: 614; 623.—Kountz, W. B.,
Prinzmetal. M. [et al.]   The effect of position of the heart on the
electrocardiogram.  Ibid.,  605;  613.—Laufer, S.  Untersu-
chungen iiber den Einfluss der Querlagerung des Herzens auf das
Elektrokardiogramm.   Zschr. Kreislaufforsch.,  1934, 26: 166-
71.—May, M.  [Behaviour  of the electrocardiogram in various
positions of  the body|  Polska gaz. lek.,  1938, 17: 1056-62.
Also Med.  Bull., N. Y., 1938-39, 4: 83-6—Muggia, A.  Sulle
variazioni elettrocardiografiche da alterata posizione del cuore.
Osp. maggiore Novara,  1935, 12: 355-8.—Otto, H. L.  Effect  of
altering position of the heart on the voltage of electrocardio-
gram.  Proc. Soc.  Exp. Biol., N.  Y., 1928-29, 26: 204.—
Schlomka,  G.,  & Radermacher, G.  Beitrage zur klinischen
Elektrokardiographie;   weitere  Untersuchungen  iiber  das
Aufsteh-Ekg.   Zschr.  klin. Med.,  1938-39,  135: 745-55 —
Schlomka,  G., & Reindell,  H.  Untersuchungen iiber das
Verhalten der Herzstromkurve beim Uebergang vom Liegen
zum Stehen.  Ibid., 1936, 130: 313-31.—Serf, J.  [Extracardiac
disease and its influence on normal rotation of the axis of electro-
cardiogram in different positions of the body]  Cas. lek. desk.,
1927, 66: 96-9.—Sigler, L. H. Electrocardiographic changes
occurring with alterations of posture from recumbent to stand-
ing positions.  Am. Heart J., 1938, 15: 146-56.—Stankovic, A.,
& Arnoljevic, V.  Modifications de l'eiectrocardiogramme ven-
triculaire du cceur refouie au maximum vers la droite lors de
son retour vers sa place normale.  Arch. mal. coeur, 1929, 22:
81-4.


ELECTROCARDIOGRAPH.

   See also Electrocardiography.
   Baumann, H. Ueber einen dreifachen Elektrokardiographen
mit Vorrichtung zur Minutenvolumenbestimmung nach Broem-
ser und iiber einen einfachen Elektrokardiographen mit Tinten-
schriftregistrierung.  Klin.  Wschr.,  1932, 11:  1309.—Bay,  Z.
[New electrocardiograph]   Orv.  hetil., 1934, 78: 1149-53.—
Caldwell, S. H., Oler, C. B., & Peters, J. C, jr.  An improved
form of electrocardiograph.  Rev. Sc. Instrum.,  1932, n. ser.,  3:
277-86.—Carhart, W. G. A simple device for holding electro-
cardiographs.   Mil.  Surgeon,  1937,  81: 451.   Also  repr.—
Criep, L. H.  The electrocardiograph; its construction, principle
of operation, and clinical value. U. S. Veterans Bur. M. Bull
1928, 4: 436-44.—Dekhtiar, G. I.  [Soviet  portable electro-
cardiograph]  Klin,  med.,  Moskva,  1939,  17:   126-35.—Di
Lucci, A.   La evoluci6n del  electrocardiografo.  Bol. Soc.
mex. etectroradiol., 1929, 3: No. 4, 22-5.—Donzelot & Mene-
trel.  L'eiectrocardioscope enregistreur et son utilisation prati-
que.  Bull.  Soc  med.  hop. Paris,  1939, 3. ser., 55: 137.—
Duchosal, P., & Luthi, R.  Note sur un nouveau  systeme
eiectrocardiographique  permettant l'enregistrement  direct,  a
l'encre, des  courants d'action  du coeur.  C. rend. Soc.  biol.,
1929,100:778-80.  ------  Portable electrocardiograph giving
direct ink tracings.  Am. Heart J., 1932, 7: 798.—Dunn, F. L.,
& Tollman, J. P.  A new electrocardiograph.  Am. J. Physiol.,
1935, 113:  140.—D'Zmura, A. P.  A new  electrocardiograph!
J. Am. M. Ass., 1931, 96: 439.—Ernstene, A. C, & Levine, S. A.
A comparison of records taken with  the  Einthoven  string
galvanometer and the amplifier-type electrocardiograph.  Am
Heart  J., 1928-29,  4:  725-31.—Estape, F.  d'A.  Model  de
fixa electrocardiografica.  An. Hosp. S.  Cruz, Barcel.,  1932,  6:
313-6.— Fabre,  P.  Electrocardiographic a oscillographes in-
dustriels; un amplificateur sensible  a usages multiples.   J.
radiol. electr.,  1930, 14: 577-91.—Fratew, A.  L'elettrocardio-
grafo ad amplificazione.  Gazz. osp.,  1932, 53: 739-45.—Frey,
A.  Ueber die  Leistungsfahigkeit verschiedener Elektrokardio-
graphen.  Zschr. Kreislaufforsch., 1937, 29: 41-52.—Goodall, J.
S., & Hoskin, T. J.  The portable electro-cardiograph in prac-
tical cardiology.  Brit. M. J., 1930, 1: 107-9.—Goodman, M.
An instrument to determine the direction of the electrical axis
of the human electrocardiogram; based on the graphic method
of Carter, Richter, and Green. Am. Heart J., 1932, 7: 383-5.—
Gross, K.  Ein Elektrokardiograph zum quantitativen Arbeiten
fur den Praktiker.  Zschr. Kreislaufforsch., 1936, 28: 269-91.
Also Verh.  Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch.,  1937,  10:  294-8.—
Hofmann, H.  De como ha de emplearse el electrocardi6grafo
de Herbert Hofmann.  Dfa med., B. Air.,  1932-33, 5:  940.—
Hyman, A. S.   A note on the cleaning of electrocardiographic
strings.  Am. Heart J., 1927-28, 3: 733.—Jochim, K., Gaddas,
S. F., & Marquis, H.  A mobile unit for simultaneously record-
ing heart sounds,  pulse tracing,  and electrocardiogram.   Ibid.,
1937,  13:  731-5.—Kahlson, G.   Elektrokardiographie mit
Rohrenvoltmeter.  In  Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (E. Abder-
halden)  1935,  Abt. V,  Teil 8, 615-84.—Kazansky, V. S.,  &
Mikhailov,  V.  A.  [Soviet  electrocardiograph]   Arkh. biol.
nauk, 1936,  44: 203-15, 6 pi.—Keller, C. J. Ein neuer trans-
portabler Elektrokardiograph.  Miinch. med. Wschr.,  1930, 77:
1267-70.—Kern, B.  Das Rhythmometer nach Dr Kern.  Ibid.,
1936, 83:  566.—Kohan, A. B.,  & Heinrichsdorff, G. I.  Der
Spannungselektrokardiograph  als  Apparat fiir  unverzerrte
Ekg.-Registrierung in Doppelableitung.  Zschr. Kreislaufforsch.,
1935, 27:  272.—Krumbhaar,  E. B.  The electrocardiograph.
In Dis. Chest  (Norris, G. W.) 5. ed., Phila.,  1935, 203-27.—
Lian, C, & Minot, G.  L'eiectrocardiographe Lian-Minot a
controle eiectrofluoroscopique.  Bull. Soc. med. hop.  Paris,
1939, 3. ser., 55:  229-35.—McRobert, G. R.  The care of the
electrocardiograph in the tropics.  Ind. M.  Gaz.,  1930, 65:
367.—Mann, H.  A light weight portable electrocardiograph.
Am. Heart J., 1932, 7: 796.—Marceau, F. Sur un cardiography
direct k amplification optique et enregistrement  photographi-
que.  Sunti  Congr.  internaz. fisiol.,  1932,  14. Congr.,  171.—
Mosler, E.   Ueber einen amerikanischen transportablen Elek-
trokardiographen.   Verh.  Berl. med. Ges. (1929) 1930, 60:
Teil  2,   165.—Nielsen,  H.   [Electro-cardiograph]  Ugeskr,
laeger, 1936, 98: 337-9.—Pollack, H., Dionne, M.,  & Schafer,
E.  Electrocardiographic studies on chick embryo hearts; an
amplifying device for use with a string galvanometer. J. Lab.
Clin. M., 1931,  16:  1198-201.   Also repr.—Provinciali, C.
Sopra un nuovo cardiografo.  Arch.  ital. sc. farm.,  1923, 1:
198-206.—Pyro,  V.   [Defective  electrocardiographic  multi-
plicators]  Cas. lek. desk., 1937, 76:  1750-5.— Reid, W. D.
Preliminary  report on the use of an improved form of electro-
cardiograph. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1932,  17: 804-12.—Robertson,
D.  A new electrocardiograph  employing the  cathode ray
oscillograph  as the recording device.  Proc. R. Soc. M.,  Lond.,
1934, 27: 1541-54.—Schott, A.  A simple electrical device for
taking the 4th electrocardiographic lead.  Lancet, Lond., 1938,
1: 1163.—Southwick,  L.  F.   Electrocardiograph  apparatus.
U. S. Patent Off., 1937, No. 2,098,695.—Weber, A.  Verglei-
chende Untersuchung iiber verschiedene Elektrokardiographen.
Klin. Wschr., 1931, 10: 1673-7.—Zemliakov, K., Ivanov, D., &
Fedorov, T.  [Teleradio instrument for registering the activity
of the heart] Voen. san. delo, 1938, No. 2, 75-9.


ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY.

  See also Cardiology; Electrocardiogram; Elec-

trocardiograph; Heart, Electrophysiology; Heart,
Examination.
  Alvarez, M.   Contribution a  l'eiectrocardio-
graphie clinique.   239p.   8?   Lausanne,  1925.
  Anderson. M.  C.   Electrocardiography.  Nebraska  M. J.,
1933,  18: 166-70.—[Answer  to Dr  Nielsen's article on the
possibilities  of electrocardiography]   Ugeskr. laeger, 1936, 98:
427.—Ashman, R.  An outline of electrocardiography.  Inter-
nat. Clin., 1939, n. ser., 2, 1: 193-219,  6 pi.—Banerjee Bahadur,
R. S. C.  Electro-cardiology and some observations on Indians.
Ind. M.  Gaz., 1928,  63:  372-80.—Bauke, E. E.  Ueber die
Wichtigkeit  der Kenntnis elektrokardiographischer Forschungs-
ergebnisse  fur den  Praktiker.   Deut.  med. Wschr.,  1934,
60:  611-3.—Behneman,  H. M. F.  Electrocardiography: its
value to the general practitioner.  California West. M., 1936,
45:   158-61.—Biondo,  S.  Elettrocardiografia  e   medicina
pratica.  Cult. med. mod., Pal., 1927, 6: 15-7.  ------ Recenti
contributi dell'elettrocardiografia all'indagine clinica del cuore.
Cuore & circol., 1933,  17: 551-82.—Birk, B.J.  Electrocardiog-
raphy; the clinical application by the practitioner.  Wisconsin
M.  J., 1933,  32: 752-61.—Blumenfeldt, E.   Der  Wert der
Elektrokardiographie  fur die  Praxis.   Med. Welt,  1929,  3:
1474;  1540.—Boer,  S. de.  Researches on the  electrocardio-
gram.  Cardiologia, Basel, 1938, 2: 292-327.—Budelmann, G.
Was muss der praktische Arzt von  der Elektrokardiographie
wissen?  Deut. med. Wschr., 1938, 64: 752; 788; 824—Calcena,
B.  Apuntes de electrocardiografia.   Rev. san. mil., Asunci6n,
1935, 7: No. 69,  17-51.—Carr, J. G.  The significance of the
electrocardiograph to  the general practitioner.  Illinois  M,
J., 1933, 63:  271-5.—Csinady. E.   Analytisch-elektrokardio-
graphische Untersuchungen. Zschr. Biol., 1933-34, 94: 1-10.—
Cuenca, H.   Nota  preliminar sobre la electrocardiografia en 
ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY              137              ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY
Venezuela.  Mem. Congr. venezol. med. (1926) 1927, 5. Congr.,
2: 145-54, diag., 3 pi.,  2 graph.—Dauwe, F.  Electrocardio-
graphic clinique.  Ann. Soc. med. Gand, 1934,  13:  55-100.
Also Rev. beige sc. med.,  1935, 7: 21-62.—Donath, F. What
should  the  practitioner  know about  electrocardiography?
Ars medici,  Wien,  1931, 9: 387; 435—Duclos, F.  Estado
actual de la electrocardiografia desde el punto  de vista de
medicina  general.   Rev. med. Barcelona, 1932, 16: 161-7.—
Duran Andreu, J. M.   La electrocardiografia de hoy.  Med.
ibera,  1930, 30: pt 2, 142-4.—Fogelson, L. I.  [Contemporary
problems  in  electrocardiography]  Klin, med., Moskva, 1937,
15: 1227-35.—Galli, W.  Elettrocardiografia moderna. Gazz.
osp., 1934,  55:  577-80.   ------  Importanza e  necessity
nell'elettrocardiografia nella pratica medica.  Ibid., 1935,  56:
397_9.—Garcia del Rio,  J.  Nociones de electrocardiografia
practica.  Rev. san. mil., B. Air., 1936, 35: 311; 409; 514; 597;
699; 958.—Garreton Silva, A., Herve L., L., & Forero N., L. G.
Ensayo  critico del metodo electrocardiografico  en clinica.
Sem. med.,  B.  Air., 1938,  45: pt 2,  726-32.—Geraudel, E.
L'eiectrocardiographie:  ses  resultats,  ses  possibilites.  Prat.
med. fr.,  1927, 6: A, 27-9.—Golblin, V.  De l'interet pratique
de l'eiectrocardiographie.   Rev. med., S. Jose, 1936, 4: 409-
19.—Gould,  S. E.  The electrocardiograph in general practice.
Rep. Wayne Co.  M. Soc, 1930-31, 43-5.—Grosse,  F.   Die
neuen Ergebnisse auf dem Gebiete der Elektrokardiographie.
Med. Klin., Berl., 1938, 34: 336-40.—Hadorn, W.  Praktische
Elektrokardiographie.   Praxis,  Bern,  1937,  26:  345-61 —
Hall, D.  Help obtained from electro-cardiography.  Clin. J.,
Lond., 1928, 57:  169-79.—Henrijean & Waucomont.  Nou-
velles recherches eiectrocardiographiques.  Bull. Acad. med.
Belgique, 1930, 5. ser.,  10: 60-85.—Hoffmann, A.  Die Elek-
trokardiographie,  ihre  Entwicklung  und  Bedeutung fiir die
innere  Medizin.  Munch, med. Wschr., 1929, 76: 315-8.—
Holzmann,  M.   Praktische  Ergebnisse der  Elektrokardio-
graphie.  Schweiz. med.  Wschr., 1933, 63: 472-83.   ---:—
Neuere praktische Ergebnisse der Elektrokardiographie.  Ibid.,
1939, 69: 289-98.—Hiibener, G.  Ueber Elektrokardiographie.
Zschr. arztl. Fortbild.,  1935, 32: 217-22.  ------  Ueber die
Bedeutung der Elektrokardiographie.  Zbl. inn. Med., 1936,
57: 193-201.—Hull, E.  The present status of electrocardiog-
raphy.   Tristate  M.   J.,  1937-38,  10:  1972.—Imbert,  R.
Electrocardiographic  artificielle.  Arch.  Soc.  sc.  med.  biol.
Montpellier, 1933,14: 350-4.—Irfan, M.  [Electrocardiography,
ergometry  and  spirometry and  their  clinical  application]
Askeri sihhiye mecmuasi, 1935, 64: 1-23.—Jervell, A.  [Elec-
trocardiography]  Norsk mag. laegevid.,  1934,  95:  57-75.—
Kisch, F.  Ueber  den Ausbau der  elektrokardiographischen
Herzdiagnostik.   Med.  Welt,  1933, 7:  289;  331.—Leaman,
W. G., jr. The history of electrocardiography.  Ann. M. Hist.,
 1936, 8:  113-7.—Lopez Ramires, R. Algunas  consideraciones
sobre la importancia de la electro-cardiografia.  Prensa med.
argent.,  B.  Air.,  1925-26,  12:  808-10.—Ludwig, W.   Die
Leistungen der klinischen Elektrokardiographie.  Wien. klin.
Wschr., 1931, 44: 1625-8.  ------  Ergebnisse der elektro-
kardiographischen  Untersuchungen.   Ibid., 1933, 46: 1479;
 1512.—Malter Terrada, H.  Electrocardiografia para el medico
pratico.  Dfa med., B. Air., 1932-33, 5: 382.—Massee, J. C.
Practical use of the electrocardiograph.  J. M. Ass. Georgia,
1930,  19:  98-100.—Meserve,  J.  C.   Electrocardiography.
Hosp. Corps Q., 1927,  11: 274-8.—Muller, H.  Die praktische
Bedeutung der Elektrokardiographie.  Munch, med. Wschr.,
1935, 82: 739-42.  ------ La electrocardiografia como metodo
de la practica diaria.   Rev. med. germ. iber.  amer., 1936, 9:
34-46.—Murray, R. S. E.  Electrocardiography.  U. S. Veteran
Bur. M. Bull., 1930,  6: 860-2.—Padilla,  T.   Electrocardio-
grafia.  Dia med., B.  Air., 1931-32, 4: 437; 597.—Petit, C.
L'eiectrocardiographie.   J.  med. fr.,  1926,  15:  223-33.—
Price, F. W.  Examination of the heart by the electro-cardio-
graph.  Practitioner, Lond., 1926, 116: 53-60.—Reid, W. D.,
& Caldwell,  S. H.  Research in electrocardiography. Ann. Int.
M., 1933, 7: 369-80—Rosen, W. L. The place of electrocardiog-
raphy in medicine. N. Orleans M. & S. J., 1933, 85:  811-4 —
Schatenstein. I.  [Achievements of electrocardiography]  Kim.
med., Moskva, 1927,  5: 1049-62.—Schellong, F.   Ziele und
Wege der Ekg.-Forschung.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1937, 63: 1537-
43.  ------  Einiges  uber Fortschritte, Probleme und  prak-
tische Bedeutung der  Elektrokardiographie.  Jahrkurs.  arztl.
Fortbild., 1938, 29: H. 1, 28-41.—Scherf, D.  Dedeutung der
Elektrokardiographie fur die Klinik.  Wien. klin. Wschr., 1933,
46: 1329; 1360.—Smith,  H. L.  Electrocardiography; a brief
general consideration.   J. Lancet, 1931, 51: 313-5.—Tarnower,
H. Electrocardiography; the values and limitations.  N. lork
State J. M., 1939, 39: 1108-14.—Trendelenburg,  W.  Einige
klinisch  wichtige  Fragen  der  Elektrokardiographie.  Deut.
med.  Wschr.,  1938, 64:  1501; 1539.—Urbanek, J.  [Periodic
electrocardiography and its evaluation]   Sborn. lek., 1936, 38:
387-424.—Velasco Lombardini, R.  Algunos temas de electro-
cardiografia.  An. Fac. med., Montev.,  1932, 17: 931-1265 —
Walker, G. F.  The place of the electrocardiograph in medicine.
Lancet,  Lond.,  1933,  1: 452.—Whitaker, W. M.  Recent
progress in electro-cardiography. Quincy M.  Bull.,  1934, 11:
281-3.—Wilson, F. N.   What has the electrocardiograph to
offer to the  general practitioner?  Mod.  Concepts Card.  Dis.,
1932,  1:  1.—Wilson, W. J., jr.  Electrocardiography.  Rep.
Wayne Co. M. Soc, 1932-33, 3: 38-40.

----   Accident.
   Frey,  A.   Ueber  einen  Todesfall beim Belastungs-Ekg.
Med. Klin.,  Berl., 1938, 34: 1227.
----   Indication.
   Bach, F. The electrocardiograph; its use in medical practice.
S. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1934-35, 42: 119-23.—Barton, R. M.
The clinical use  of the electrocardiograph.  Dallas M. J., 1926,
12: 199-201.—Bloch, C.  Wann ist eine elektrokardiographische
Untersuchung angezeigt und welche Ekg.-Symptome sind die
wichtigsten?  Med. Klin., Berl., 1935, 31: 1167-71.—Cooley,
L. E.  Value of  the electrocardiograph in cardiac  disease.
Arch. Phys. Ther., 1934,  15: 729-33.—Dietrich,  S.  Die Be-
deutung der Elektrokardiographie fiir die Therapie der Herz-
krankheiten.  Ther. Gegenwart, 1936, 77: 148-54.—Dressier,
W. Wann soil ein Elektrokardiogramm aufgenommen werden?
Wien. med.  Wschr.,  1933, 83:  779-81.—Egedy, E.  [Electro-
cardiography in  the service of surgical specialties]  Orvoskepzes,
1936, 26:  741-5.—Guszich, A.  [Electrocardiography in  the
surgical practice]  Orv. hetil., 1932, 76: 397-9.—Kiss, P.  Die
Untersuchung der vegetativen Innervation des Herzens mittels
Elektrokardiographie. Jahrb.  Kinderh., 1930-31, 3. F.,  80:
210-4.—Kogan, B. A., Heinrichsdorf, G. J., & Kogan,  A.  B.
[Application of the systolic index of deviation in evaluation of
the functional state of the myocardium by the method of electro-
cardiography]   Klin, med.,  Moskva,  1937,  15:  1011717.—
Leedham, C. L.  The place of the electrocardiograph in the
annual physical examination.  Flight Surgeon Topics, 1938, 2:
108-11.—McEwen, F. J.  The electrocardiograph; its  value
and indications.  J. Kansas M. Soc, 1938, 39: 462-4.—Pardee,
H. E. B.  The theory and practical application of the electro-
cardiogram in life insurance.  Abstr. Proc. Ass. Life Insur. M.
Dir. America, 1934, 20: 164-83.—Radnai, P.  [Repeated elec-
trocardiography in heart diseases]  Orv. hetil., 1937, 81: 121-
3.—Richards, W. G. Some uses  of  the electrocardiograph.
Colorado  M., 1928,  25:  282-8.—Somlo, E.  [Serial electro-
cardiography in heart diagnostics]  Gy6gyaszat, 1934, 74: 149-
54.—Strickland-Godall, J., & Barlow, P. Uses of the electro-
cardiograph.  Brit.  J. Phys. M., 1931, 6:  130-2.—Sussman,
A. A., & Hyman, A. S.  Electrocardiography; its indications.
South. M. J., 1926, 19: 779.   Also repr.—Szekely, G.  [Indica-
tions for  electrocardiographic  examination]  Budapesti orv.
ujs., 1937, 35: 585-7.

----  Instruction.
   Meyer, F.   Demonstrationsapparat zur Konstruktion von
Interferenzkurven und seine Anwendung zur Erlauterung des
Ventrikelelektrokardiogramms.  Arch.  ges.  Physiol.,  1927,
216: 765-9.—Rendtorv, G.  [Electric heart-phantom]  Ugeskr.
laeger, 1939, 101: 212.—Robb, J.  S.   Galvanometer tracings
obtained in a physico-chemical schema simulating an electro-
cardiogram, and the  influence of membranes on these records.
Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1930-31, 28: 482.—Wilson, W. J.
Cardiac clinic, with electrocardiographic demonstrations.   Ann.
Clin. M.,  1926-27, 5: 238-46.

----  Manual.
   Amatucci Mallardo, C.   Semeiotica  elettro-
 cardiografica.  305p.   8?   Napoli, 1934.
   Ashman,  R., & Hull,  E.   Essentials of electro-
 cardiography.   212p.   8?   N.  Y., 1937.
   Bainton, J. H.,  & Burstein, J.  Illustrative
 electrocardiography.  258p.   8?  N. Y. [1935]
   Boden,   E.    Elektrokardiographie   fiir   die
 arztliche Praxis.  161p.  8?  Dresd., 1932.  Also
 4. Aufl.   192p.  1938.
    Calabresi,  M.    Elettrocardiografia  clinica.
 619p.   8?   Bologna [1935]
    Carter,  J.  B.   The fundamentals of  electro-
 cardiographic interpretation.   326p. 8?  Springf.,
  1937.
    Deglatjde, L.   L'eiectrocardiographie et  son
 application  a l'etude  de  rinsuffisance  cardiaque.
  109p.   8?   Par., 1926.
    Dressler,   W.     Klinische   Elektrokardio-
 graphie;  mit  einem  Grundriss der Arhythmien;
 eine Einfiihrung  fiir Studierende und  Aerzte.
  134p.   8?   Berl.,  1930.  Also  2. Aufl.   148p.
  1932.
   ----   Atlas   der   klinischen  Elektrokardio-
 graphie mit Anleitungen zur DifTerentialdiagnose.
 2. Aufl.  58 pi.   8?   Berl., 1936.
    Evans, W.   A  student's handbook  of  clinical
  electrocardiography.   49p.    8?  Lond.,  1934.
    Lewis, T.   Clinical  electrocardiography.   6.
  ed.   128p.   8?   Lond.,  1937.
    M-vher,  C.  C.   Electrocardiography.    250p.
  8?   Bait., 1934. Also  2.  ed.  254p.   1937.
    Parsonnet, A. E., & Hyman, A. S.  Applied
  electrocardiography;  an introduction  to electro- 
ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY               138              ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY
cardiography for physicians and students.  206p.
8!   X. Y.,  1929.
   Pruche,  A.   La cardiologie du praticien; les
troubles du  rythme du coeur; notions elementaires
d'electrocardiographie.   lolp.   8?  Par., 1937.
   Russell, H.  B.  Essentials of cardiography.
82p.   8?  Lond., 1936.
   Scherf,  D.    Lehrbuch  der  Elektrokardio-
graphie.   2. Aufl.  264p.  8?   Wien,  1937.
   Veil, P., & Codina-Altes,  J.  Traite d'elec-
trocardiographie clinique.  447p.  8?   Par., 1928.
   Walsek,  J., & Deglatjde, L.   Atlas d'electro-
cardiographie pratique.  93p.   8?  Par.,  1930.
   Weber,  A.    Die   Elektrokardiographie  und
andere graphische  Methoden  in  der  Kreislauf-
diagnostik.   3. Aufl.   202p.  8?   Berl., 1937.
   Wiggers,  C.  J.   Principles  and  practice  of
electrocardiography.   226p.  8?   S. Louis, 1929.

----   Method.
   See  also Electrocardiogram, Lead.
   Finckh,  M.    * Untersuchungen  zur   elektro-
kardiographischen   Darstellung   des   Vorhofes
beim  Menschen.  32p.  8?   Tub., 1937.
   Acket,  M.  N.  [Technic of electrocardiogram and a new
method of demonstrating the heart-beat]  Geneesk. gids, 1931,
9: 769-78.—Asher,  G-, & Hoecker, F.  The  lag-screen belt
electrocardiogram.  Am. Heart J.,  1938, 16: 51-4.—-Asher, L.,
<fc Scheinlinkel,  N.   Untersuchungen  iiber das Elektrosino-
gramm.  Zschr. Biol., 1936, 97: 590-5.—Atzler, E., & Lehmann,
G.  Ueber ein  neues Verfahren zur Darstellung der Herztatig-
keit  (Dielektrographie)  Arbeitsphysiologie, 1931-32, 5: 636-
80.—Boer, S.  de.  Gleichzeitige direkte  und indirekte Ablei-
tung des Elektrokardiogramms mittels zweier  Saitengalvano-
meter bei Froschen  nach  Vergiftung  mit Digitalis.  Zschr.
Kreislaufforsch.,  1935,  27:  155-72.—Burger, R.   Ueber die
herzferne Elektrode  bei der semidirekten Ableitung; iiber die
Nullpotentialelektrode von Wilson; iiber die Verwendung einer
von der gesamten Korperoberflache ableitenden Elektrode als
indifferente Test-Elektrode.  Cardiologia, Basel, 1939, 3: 56-
138.—Duchosal, P.  L'eiectrophone des courants  d'action  du
coeur et leur inscription mecanique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928,
99: 761.  ------& Luthi, R.  Nouveau systdme eiectrocardio-
graphique permettant  l'enregistrement direct  a  l'encre des
courants d'action du cceur.   Arch.  mal. cceur, 1929, 22: 806.
------   La  registrazione diretta ad inchiostro, degli  elettro-
cardiogrammi.   Cuore & circol., 1934, 18: 629-33.—Eismayer,
G.  Ueber die  gleichzeitige Aufnahme zweier Ableitungen beim
Elektrokardiogramm.  Deut. Arch. klin.  Med.,  1927-28, 158:
345-9.—Faulkner, J. M.  Methods of electrocardiography and
the normal electrocardiogram.  N. England J.  M., 1931, 205:
88-92.—Gabler, H.  Zur Technik der Elektrokardiographie mit
elektrischen  Verstarkern.   Zschr.  Kreislaufforsch.,  1931, 23:
142-52.—Glaesner, E.  A method of mounting electro-cardio-
graph films.  Canad. J. M. Techn., 1938-39, 1: No. 1, 16 —
Gross, K. Ueber die Notwendigkeit und die praktische Durch
fiihrung quantitativen Arbeitens in der Elektrokardiographie,
Munch, med. Wschr., 1936, 83: 1335-8.  Also Verh. Deut. Ges.
inn.  Med., 1936, 48. Kongr., 310-8.—Hollmann, W., & Holl-
mann,  H. E.  Neue elektrokardiographische Untersuchungs-
methoden.   Zschr.  Kreislaufforsch.,  1937,  29: 465; 546.—
Jacobi, J. Kombinierte elektrokardiographische, kymographi-
sche und  rontgenkinematographische Untersuchungen  am
menschlichen Herzen.   Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1933, 45.
Kongr.,  229. ------Janker, R., & Schmitz, W.  Kombination
rontgenkinematographischer, ionometrischer und elektrokar-
diographischer  Untersuchungen.  Deut.  Arch. klin.  Med.,
1931-32,  172: 493-6.   ------   Untersuchungen  mit dem
gleichzeitig  aufgenommenen  Elektrokardiogramm,  Rontgen-
kinematogramm  und  Ionogramm.  Klin. Wschr.,  1931, 10:
1264.—Jenks,  J. L.,  & Graybiel, A.  A  new and simple method
of avoiding high resistance and overshooting in taking standard-
ized  electrocardiograms. Am. Heart J., 1934-35, 10: 693-5.—
Kahlson, G.   Eine  neue  Methode der Elektrokardiographie.
Arch. ges. Physiol., 1928, 220: 132-54.—Kayser, G.  Registrie-
rung des Spannungs-Ekg nach dem Differentialprinzip.  Zschr.
Biol., 1934,  95: 226r8.  ------   Ein neues  Verfahren zur
Zeichnung des  EKG. in drei Ableitungen mit zwei Verstarkern.
Klin. Wschr., 1935,  14: 274.—Keyes, F. W.  Noncurling solu-
tion for  electro-cardiographic prints. J. Am. M. Ass., 1927, 88:
1482.—Klee, P.,  Gabler, H.,  & Kahlson, G.   Quantitative
Untersuchungen  zur Frage  der  Elektroenergetik des Herz-
muskels. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1926,  117: 360-79.—Kupf, H.
Die Verwendbarkeit der Nadelelektrodenableitung des Elektro-
kardiogramms. Wien.  Arch.  inn. Tiled., 1926,  12:  429-52.—
Mosler, E.  Die  Registrierung von Herzaktionsstromen mit
Verstarkerrohren.  Zschr.  Kreislaufforsch., 1930, 22: 355-9.
------& Gaarz, W.  Zur exakten Registrierung des Elektro-
kardiogramms.  Klin.  Wschr.,  1927,   6:  543.—Myer, H. C.
Rate curves for electrocardiographic  records.   Colorado M.,
1937, 34: 577.—Pollack, H.  Electrocardiographic studies on
chick embryo hearts; a technic for recording electrical  changes
in isolated chick embryo hearts.  J. Lab. Clin. M., 1931, 16:
1194-7.—Rijlant, P.   Courants  d'action du coeur humain
enregistres a I'oscillographe cathodique.  Gaz. med. France,
1934, 160-7.—Robertson, D.  Some observations on the adap-
tation of the cathode ray oscillograph to the recording of bio-
electrical  phenomena,  with  special reference to the electro-
cardiogram.  Proc R. Soc. M., Lond.,  1935-36, 29: 593-608.-
Robertson, H.   Heart  graphs that move: a  new and  better
method of demonstrating  electro-cardiograms.  J. Am. M.
Ass.,  1932, 98:  140.  Also repr.—Russell, H. B.  The  use of
Cambridge electrode jelly.   Lancet,  Lond.,  1935, 2: 1172.—
Savjalov,  V. V.   Die  stereometrische Elektrokardiographie.
Zschr. Kreislaufforsch., 1929, 21: 705;  737.—Schellong, F.
Ueber exakte und nicht exakte Registrierung des menschlichen
Elektrokardiogramms.  Klin. Wschr.,  1926, 5: 541-5. -----■
Heller, S., & Schwingel, E.  Das Vektordiagramm; eine Unter-
suchungsmethode des Herzens.  Zschr. Kreislaufforsch., 1937,
29- 497-509.—Schmitz, W.   Zur  Technik der Elektrokardio-
graphie.   Deut.  Arch.  klin.  Med., 1931-32,  172:  483-92.—
Stewart, H. J. The use of Fahnestock clips in the technique of
taking electrocardiograms.  Am. Heart J., 1928-29,  4: 113.—
Sulzer, R., & Duchosal, P.  W.   L'eiectrocardiographie  a 2
dimensions ou planelectrocardiographie.  Helvet. med. acta,
1937, 4:  740-3.   Also  Arch. mal. coeur, 1938, 31: 682-5.—
Trendelenburg,  W.   Neuere Methoden in der Elektrokardio-
graphie am Menschen.   Deut. med. Wschr.,  1935, 61: 201-4.
Also Verh. Berl. med. Ges. (1934) 1935, 6: 312-21.—Trommer,
K.   Blutdruckregistrierung  mit  dem  Elektrokardiographen.
Klin. Wschr., 1927,  6:  1996-8.—Weckmar, E.   Elektrisch
abgeschirmter Patient;  Beitrag zur Technik der Elektrokardio-
graphie mit elektrischen Verstarkern.  Zschr. Kreislaufforsch.,
1931, 23:  569-73.—Weinstein, J.   Multi-plane chest electro-
cardiography.  Proc Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1936, 34: 253-9.—
Wilson, F. N., & Johnston, F. D.  The vectorcardiogram.  Am.
Heart J.,  1938,  16: 14-28—Wirtschafter, Z.  T. A ruler for
determination of  electro-cardiographic values.  J. Am. M. Ass.,
1936, 106: 1466.—Wood, J. E., jr, & Gentile, R. J. An efficient
apparatus for simultaneous electro-cardiographic and arterial
pulse records.  Am. Heart J., 1934, 9: 530-2.—Zimmermann,
H.  Eine einfache Abschirmung gegen Wechselstromstorungen
bei der Elektrokardiographie. Munch, med. Wschr., 1932, 79:
590.

----  Nomenclature.
   Bohnenkamp,  H., & Delius, L.  Vorschlage fiir eine einfache
und  einheitliche  Bezeichnungsweise   in  der  Elektrokardio-
graphie.  Zschr.  Kreislaufforsch.,   1939, 31: 297-309.—Lian,
C,  & Vidrasco,  C.  Quelques illogismes de  la terminologie
conventionnelle   en  electrocardiographic;  proposition  d'une
tegere retouche.   Arch. mal. cceur., 1929, 22: 85-94.—Prestera,
O.  A.  Aclaraciones sobre  ciertos conceptos  electrocardio-
graficos.  Prensa med. argent., 1939, 26: 807-11.—Rothberger,
C. J.  Ueber die Nomenklatur in der Elektrokardiographie.
Klin. Wschr., 1934, 13: 1832.

----  Physics and theory.
   Basu, I. B. The theory and interpretations of electrocardio-
grams. J. Ind. M. Ass., 1937-38, 7: 181-96—Bingel, A.  Eine
allgemeinverstandliche  Darstellung der Elektrokardiographie.
Zschr. arztl.  Fortbild., 1932, 29:  1-7.—Einthoven, W.   Das
Saitengalvanometer und die Messung der Aktionsstrome  des
Herzens.   Sven. liik. sail, hand., 1925, 51: 213-26.—Hadley, E.
The  principles of electrocardiography. Nurs. Times, Lond.,
1939, 35: 196.—Herles, F.  [Use of Einthoven's principle of the
triangle in electrocardiography]  Cas. tek. fesk., 1939, 78: 462-
4.—Herrmann,  G. R.   The theoretical  principles and  the
practical importance of electrocardiography.  N. Orleans M. &
S. J., 1927-28, 80: 19-27.—Hollmann, H. E.,  & Hollmann, W.
Das   Einthovensche  Dreiecksschema als Grundlage  neuer
elektrokardiographischer  Registriermethoden.   Zschr.  klin,
Med., 1938, 134: 732-53.—Holzer, W. Ueber die elektrische
Spannungsiibertragung  durch biologische Objekte, mit  be-
sonderer  Berucksichtigung  der elektrokardiographischen Me-
thodik. Zschr. Kreislaufforsch., 1936, 28:  113-30.—Jervell, A.
Ueber die theoretische Grundlage der Elektrokardiographie
und  ihre  praktische Bedeutung.   Acta  med.  scand.,  1936,
Suppl. 78, 41-63  [Discussion] 84-9.—Kleinman, B. S. Funda-
mentals of electrocardiography and the normal electrocardio-
gram. Illinois M. J., 1937, 71: 127-30.—Koch, E.  Ein Kreis-
schema fiir die Elektrokardiographie.  Zschr. Kreislaufforsch.,
1936, 28:  200-5.—Koch-Momm,   E.   Die  Ungultigkeit  des
Eintboven'schen Dreieckschemas fiir das Elektrokardiogramm.
Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch., 1933, 6:  11-527 [Discussion]
145.  Also Zschr. Kreislaufforsch.,  1933, 25: 513-24.—Michie,
H. C.  Electrocardiography; an elementary outline and study,
Station Hospital, Fort Sam Houston, Texas.  Mil. Surgeon,
1930, 67:  177-94.  Also repr.—Molz,  B.  Modellversuche zur
Kenntnis  des elektrischen Feldes  in der Elektrokardiographie
(zur  Frage der  Nullpotential-Elektrode und  des Einthoven-
schen Dreieckschemas)  Arch. ges. Physiol., 1936,  237: 251-
9.—Perrin. M.. & Richard, G.  Les principes de l'eiectrocardio-
graphie.   Paris med., 1932, 83: 231-5.—Routier, D.  Quelques
notions theoriques d'eiectrocardiographie.  Echo med.  nord,
1935, 3. ser., 3: 294-305.—Schellong, F.  Die physikalischen
Grundlagen der Elektrokardiographie.  Zschr. ges. exp.  Med.,
1926, 50: 488-548.—Schocken, K.   The validity of Einthoven a
triangle rule. Cardiologia, Basel,  1939, 3: 197-202.—Trende-
lenburg,  W. Zur Methodik und Theorie  des menschlichen 
ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY              139              ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY
  Elektrokardiogramms.   Med.  Klin., Berl.,  1934,  30: 457.
  Also Sitzber. Preuss. Akad. Wiss., 1931, phys. math. Kl., 70-
  6.—-Wilson,  C.  The elements of electro-cardiography.  Prac-
  titioner, Lond., 1933, 130: 705-17.—Wilson, F. N., Macleod,
  A. G., & Barker, P. S.  The accuracy of Einthoven's equation.
  Am. Heart J., 1931,  7: 203-6.—Zeisler, E. B.  A critique of
  Einthoven's  law in electrocardiography.  Proc Soc. Exp. Biol.,
  N.  Y.,  1930-31, 27: 12-5.

  ----   unipolar.
    Drury,  A. N., & Brow, G. R.  Observations relating to the
  unipolar electrical curves of heart muscle, with especial refer-
  ence to the  mammalian auricle.  Heart, Lond., 1925-26, 13:
  321-69.—Guckes, E.  Zur Technik der zwei- und dreiphasigen
  Darstellung  des menschlichen Herzvektors.   Zschr. ges. exp.
  Med., 1938-39, 104: 705-20.—Haager. B., & Weber, A.  Ueber
  monophasische Ableitung vom Tierherzen.  Zschr. klin. Med ,
  1936-37, 131: 136-41.—Jochim, K., Katz, L. N., & Mayne, W.
  The monophasic electrogram obtained from  the  mammalian
  heart.  Am. J. Physiol., 1935, 111: 177-86.—Keller, F.  Ver-
  gleichende elektrokardiographische Untersuchungen zur Frage
  der Null-Potentiaielektrode bei der unipolaren Thoraxableitung.
  Deut. Arch. klin. Med.,  1937, 180: 193-201.— Kienle, F.  Ueber
  die Leistungsfahigkeit der unipolaren Ableitung.  Verh. Deut.
  Ges. Kreislaufforsch.,  1938, 11:  364-72.—Lutembacher,  R.
  Etudes electrocardiographiques;  les courbes  monopolaires.
  Ann. med., Par., 1933,  34: 175-92.—Moi?., B.  Eine Methode
  der unipolaren Ableitung  des Elektrokardiogramms.   Zschr.
  Kreislaufforsch., 1937, 29: 361-5.—Proca, G. G.  Etude sur le
  courant monophasique du coeur.  Bull. Acad. med. Roumanie,
  1936,  1:   258-61.— Schiitz,  E.   Versuche  mit  einphasicher
  Aufzeichnung  des  Warmbluter-Elektrokardiogramms.  Sunti
  Congr. internaz. fisiol., 1932, 14. Congr. 230.------Weitere
  Versuche  mit einphasischer Aufzeichnung des  Warmbluter-
  Elektrokardiogramms.  Zschr. Biol.,  1934, 95: 77-90.  ------
  Elektrophysiologie  des  Herzens bei  einphasischer Ableitung.
  Erg. Physiol., 1936, 38: 493-620.—Schwab, R.  Zur Frage der
  unipolaren Ableitung des Elektrokardiogramms.  Verh. Deut.
  Ges. Kreislaufforsch., 1937,  10: 298-309.—Trendelenburg, W.
  Untersuchungen  iiber  die  Aktionsstrome  des menschlichen
  Herzens;   iiber  die  Ableitung von Uebergangsformen von
  polyphasischen  Aktionsstromen  zu  monophasischen beim
  normalen menschlichen  Herzen.  Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1933
  34, 92: 36^10.—Wiggers, H.  C.  Pure monophasic action
  potentials and their employment in studies of ventricular sur-
  face negativity.  Proc. Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y.,  1936, 34: 337-40.

  ---  in animals.

    Haupt, K.  *Die Aufnahmetechnik des Hunde-
  elektrokardiogramms  in der  Veterinarklihik und
  ihre   Ergebnisse    [Giessen]    28p.    8?    Bad
  Wildungen, 1929.
    Konradt,  H.    *Aufnahme  und  Form  des
  Elektrokardiogramms  von  Huhn  und  Taube.
  24p.   8?   Giessen, 1929.
    Lautenschlager, O.   *Grundlagen der Auf-
  nahmetechnik   des  Electrokardiogrammes von
  Pferd und Rind  und  ihre  Ergebnisse.  41p.  8?
  [Borna-Lpz.] 1928.
    Strohmaier,  A.   *Das Elektrokardiogramm
  der kleinen  Wiederkauer; seine Aufnahme und
  Form.   18p.  8?    Giessen,  1929.
    Arvanitaki, A. Influence de la tension sur l'eiectrogramme
 cardiaque de l'escargot.   Ann. physiol., Par., 1933, 9: 787-91
 ------& Cardot, H.  Electrogramme du ventricule de l'escargot
 et ions alcalino-terreux.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 109: 748-50
 ------Electrogrammos de lambeaux cardiaques de l'escargot.
 Ann. physiol., Par.,  1933,  9: 758.  ------  D'une possible
 homologie entre les eiectrocardiogrammes des mollusques et des
 vertebres.   C.  rend. Soc. biol.,  1933, 112:  1615-9.   ------
 L'onde lente  et l'onde breve de l'eiectrogramme auriculaire de
 la torpille.  Ibid., 1934,  115: 47-50.  ------  Tonus, automa-
 tisrae et polarisation  du tissu myocardique;  experiences sur
 l'escargot.  Arch, internat. physiol., Liege, 1937-38, 45: 205-
 40.------& Tai  Lee.  L'eiectrocardiogramme  du crabe.
 J. physiol.  path, gen., 1934,  32: 36-43.—Bouckaert, J. J.. &
 Czarnecki, E.  Influence de  l'augmentation  de la viscosite du
 sang sur l'eiectrocardiogramme du chien.  Ibid., 1929, 27: 55-
 63.—Cheetham, R. W. S.  On the baboon electrocardiogram.
 S. Afr. M. J., 1937,  11:  477.—Cornil, L.. Giraud-Costa, E., &
 Poursines,  Y.   L'eiectrocardiogramme  du  cobaye  normal.
 C. rend. Soc.  biol., 1933, 112: 1336-8.—Crescitelli, F., & Jahn,
 T. L.  Electrical and mechanical aspects of  the grasshopper
 cardiac cycle.  J. Cdlul.  Physiol., 1938, 11: 359-76.—Csinady,
 J.  [Analytical investigations on the typical electrocardiogram
 of the frog]   Magy. orv. arch., 1933, 34: 340-6.—Dubuisson,
 M.  New physiological studies in cardiac muscles of inverte-
 brates; the  electrocardiogram of Limulus polyphemus.  Biol.
 Bull., 1930,  59: 293-300.—Fredericq,  H.   L'eiectrocardio-
 gramme polyphasique des oreillettes de la tortue.  Bull. Acad
 med. Belgique, 1927,  5. ser., 7: 057-68, 3 pi.—Garrey, W. E.
The  electrocardiogram of the heart of Limulus polyphemus.
J. Cdlul. Physiol., 1932,  1: 209-23.—Hafkesbring,  R.. & Ash-
man, R. Duration of electrogram  and of mechanical response
of turtle ventricle.  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1926-27, 24:
883-5.—Holzlohner, E.  Ueber  den Aktionsstrom des Ueber -
leitungsgewebes,  einen besonderen Bestandteil  der  Aktions-
strome von der Kaltbliiterherzkammer.  Zschr. Biol., 1929-30,
89: 423-64.—Jahn, T. L., Crescitelli, F., & Taylor, A. B. The
electrocardiogram  of the  grass-hopper  (Melanoplus  diffe-
rentialis)  J.  Cellul. Physiol., 1937, 10: 439-60.—Katz, L. N.,
Soskin,  S., & Frisch, R. Variations in contour of the records
found in serial electro-cardiograms of the dog. Proc. Soc. Exp.
Biol., N. Y., 1934. 32: 208.—Lueg, W..  &  Hbfer.   Elektro-
kardiogramme yon embryonalen Huhnerherzen in der Gewebs-
kultur bei gleichzeitiger  Kinematographie  des  Bewegungs-
ablaufs.   Verh.  Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch., 1933,  6:  144
[Discussion] 145.—Maeno, T.   Ueber den Aktionsstrom des
Reizleitungssystems des Hundeherzens.   Fukuoka acta med.,
1930,  23:  46;   48.—Neumann-Kleinpaul,   K.,  &  Steffan,
H.   Die kombinierte Elektrokardiogramm-Herztonaufnahme
bei Tier und Mensch. Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh.,  1933, 66:
1-T5.  ------  Der  III.  Ableitungsort  des Elektrokardio-
gramms beim Pferde.  Ibid., 1935, 69: 401-9.—Petzekakis, M.
L'eiectrocardiogramme polyphasique des oreillettes  de  la
grenouille.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 110: 1224.—Pollack, H.
Electrocardiographic studies on chick embryo hearts; a technic
for recording electrical changes in isolated chick embryo hearts.
J. Lab. Clin. M., 1931, 16:  1080-3.—Pratt, C. L. G.  The elec-
trocardiogram of the guinea-pig.   J. Physiol.,  Lond., 1938, 92:
208-72.—Proca, G. G.  Le courant monophasique du coeur de
chien.  Bull.  Acad. med.  Roumanie,  1936, 1: 262-7, 3 ch.—
Rapport, D., & Ray, G. B.  Changes of electrical conductivity
in the beating tortoise ventricle.  Am. J. Physiol..  1927, 80:
126-39.—Samojlov, A.  Die Aktionsstrome  des Froschberz-
ventrikels bei hormonaler Vagusreizung.   Arch. ges. Physiol.,
1927, 217: 582-97.—SchUtz, E.  Monophasische Aktionsstrome
vom in situ  durchbluteten Saugetierherzen.  Klin. Wschr.,
1931, 10:  1454-7.  ------  Einpbasische  Aktionsstrome vom
in situ durchbluteten Saugetierherzen. Zschr. Biol., 1931-32,
92: 441-52.—Spurk, P.  Differenz-Mechanogramm und Elek-
trogramm der Kammer des Froschherzens.   Zschr. ges. exp.
Med., 1926, 50: 125-9.—Takemura, K.  Studies on the action
current of strips of frog's heart ventricle.  Acta Scholae med.
Univ. Kioto,  1931, 14: 113-6.—Waart, A. de.. & Storm, C. J.
Electrocardiographic  observations   on   Javanese   monkeys.
Acta  brevia  neerl.,  1934-35, 4:  130-5.  Also  Arch, neerl.
physiol.,  1935, 20:  255-77.—White, P. D.,  Jenks,  J. L.. jr,
& Benedict, F. G.   The  electrocardiogram  of the  elephant.
Am. Heart  J., 1938, 16:  744-50.—Yacoel,  J..  &  Spitz, G.
L'eiectrocardiographie et  ses  applications cliniques chez le
cheval.  Rec. med. vet., 1937, 113: 14-22, graph.—Yoshida, H.
Das Elektrogramm  der Ventrikelspitze  des P'roschherzens.
Zschr. Biol., 1926, 84: 50-77, pi.  ------ Versuche am ganzen,
frei aufgehangten Froschventrikel.   Ibid.,  453-77.   ------
Das Ventrikel-EG und das  EKG des bluthaltigen Frosch-
herzens  in situ.  Ibid., 478-86, pi.

----   in children.

   See  also Electrocardiogram,  Variation:   Age
and body constitution.
   Richard, J.  F. A.   Contribution  a  l'etude
l'eiectrocardiographie  chez  l'enfant  normal;  les
derivations standard,  la   quatrieme derivation.
72p.  8?   Par., 1938.
   Ashman, R.  Electrocardiography in children.  Mod. Con-
cepts Card. Dis., 1938, 7: 1.—Glendy, R. E., & Glendy, M. M.
Electrocardiography in infants and small children; suggestions
on the technic. Am.  Heart J.,  1937, 14: 66-8.—Grenet, H.,
Joly, F., & Richard,  J.  Etude eiectrocardiographique chez
l'enfant  normal.   Arch. mal. coeur, 1939,  32: 43-6.—Kiss, P.
[Electrocardiography in pediatry]  Orv. hetil., 1932,  76: 143.
Also Arch. Kinderh., 1932, 97: 72.—Laurentius, P.  Herzfunk-
tionspriifung  und Elektrokardiographie.   Kinderarztl.  Prax.,
1939,  10:  69-76.—Lewison, M.   M.  Significance of electro-
cardiography  in children.  Illinois M. J.,  1935, 68: 286-90.—
Lichty, J. M.  The value of the electrocardiogram in the study
of children's hearts.  Pennsylvania M. J., 1928-29, 32: 751-
4.—Nadrai, A.  Die Elektrokardiographie im Saujdingsalter.
Zschr. Kinderh., 1938-39, 60: 285-358.—Seham,  M.  Electro-
cardiography in children.  In Abt's Pediatrics, Phila., 1924, 4:
282-343.


ELECTROCATAPHORESIS.
   See also Bath, electric; Colloid; Dielectrolysis;
Electrotropism;  Iontotherapy.
   Audubert, R.  La theorie de Debye et Hiickel et l'eiectro-
phorese.  C. rend. Acad, sc.,19 32, 195: 210.—Bikerman, J. J.
Zur Theorie der Kataphorese und Elektrosmose. Zschr. phvs.
Chem., Abt. A,  1934, 171: 209-20.—Bungenberg de Jong, H.
G., Haan, I. de,  & Wakkie, J. G.  Ionenwirkung und Wasser-
permeabilitat;  Elektrophoresemessungen  an plasmolysierten
Protoplasten und  Modellen.   Protoplasma,  Lpz.,  1938,  30:
592-612.—Euler, H.  von, &  Hellstrom,  H.  Kataphorese-
Versuche an Alkohol-Apodehydrase.  Zschr. physiol. Chem.,
1937, 246: 149-54.—Fodor, A.  Erklarung der unregelmassigen
Kataphorese der  Eiweiss-Methylenblauadsorbate   mit  Hilfe
der Hydronentheorie.   Kolloid Zschr.,  1930, 52:  81-7.—
Keller. R.,  & Gicklhorn, J.   Kataphorese von Sauerstoff und 
ELECTROCATAPHORESIS                140               ELECTROCATAPHORESIS
  Kohlensaurc; positiver Sauerstoff?  Biochem.  Zschr.,  1926,
  168: 98-105.—Kellner, E.   Einige quantitative Angaben zur
  Kataphorese. Zschr. Stomat., 1937, 35: 919-22.—Lachs, H.,
  & Gestel, K.  Ueber die Kataphorese von kolloiden Kohlelo-
  sungen. Kolloid Zschr., 1932, 59: 170-9.—Moyer, L. S.  Elec-
  trokinetic aspects of surface chemistry; a comparison of the
  microscopic and moving boundary methods of electrophoresis.
  J. Biol. Chem.,  1937-38, 122: 641-7.  Also repr.—Muller, H.
  The theory  of electrophoretic migration. In Symposia Quant.
  Biol., 1933, 1:9; 34.—Peretti, G.  Elettroforesi dei sali di calcio.
  Atti Soc sc. med. natur. Cagliari, 1933, 35: 89-92.—Schnge, A.
  Experimentaldemonstrationen der Kataphorese. Zschr. med.
  Elektrol., 1912, 14: 23-31.—Svedberg, T., & Jette, E. R.  The
  cataphoresis of proteins. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1923, 45: 954-7.—
  Theorell,  H.  Neue kataphoretische Verfahren.  In  Handb.
  biol. Arbeitsmeth. (E. Abdderhalden) Berl., 1938, Abt. 5, T. 10,
  4:  1097-124.—White,  H. L., &  Fourt, L.  The influence ol
  gelatin and  electrolyte  concentration on the ratio of electroos-
  motic  to electrophoretic mobility.  J. Phys. Chem., 1938, 42:
  29-37.—White, H.  L.,  & Monaghan, B.  Factors influencing
  electrophoretic mobilities and  apparent  critical  potentials.
  Ibid., 1935,  39: 925-34. ------& Urban, F.  The influence of
  electrolyte concentration on the ratio of electroosmotic to
  electrophoretic  mobilities.    Ibid.,  611-22.—Zimmern,  A.
  Action  hydratante de l'ion Na et cataphorese.  C. rend.  Soc.
  biol., 1927. 97: 1281.

  ----  Apparatus and technic.
    Abramson, H. A.   Modification of the Northrop-Kunitz
  microcataphoresis cell.   J. Gen.  Physiol.,  1928-29,  12: 469-
  72.—Brown, H. C, & Broom, J. C. A simple microcataphoresis
  cell.  Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1929, 10: 61-6.  ------  Studies in
  microcataphoresis; technique. Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1935-36,
  ser.  B., 119: 231-44.—Coolidge, T. B.  A simple cataphoresis
  apparatus.  J. Biol. Chem.,  1939,  127: 551-3.   Also  repr.—
  Gils, G. E. van, & Kruyt, H. R.  Zur Methodik der Ultramikro-
  Elektrophorese.   Kolloid Beihefte,  1936, 45: 60-98.—Girard,
  P., & Lourau, M.  Methode et technique pour l'eiectrophorese
  de liquides organiques.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 116: 1007-10 —
  Guastalla, L.  Appareil pour cataphorese assurant l'invariance
  du pa du milieu dans les zones anodique et cathodique.  Ibid.,
  1931, 107: 508-11.—Havemann, R.  Eine neue Kataphorese-
  kammer zur Messung  der  kataphoretischen Wanderungsge-
  schwindigkeit  mikroskopischer  Teilchen.   Biochem.  Zschr.,
  1935, 281: 402-7.—Kunitz, M.  A cell for the measurement of
  cataphoresis of ultramicroscopic particles.  J.  Gen.  Physiol.,
  1923-24, 6:  413-6.—Lepine, P.   Nouvel appareil  pour la
  cataphorese  des liquides virulents.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930,
  105: 282-4.—Mattson,  S.  Cataphoresis; an improved cylin-
  drical cell.   J. Phys. Chem., 1933, 37: 223-7.—Melli, G., &
  Coppo, M. La tecnica della cataforesi elettrica a scopi biologici
  Diagn.  teen,  lab., Nap.,  1935, 6:  116-32.—Northrop, J. H.
  The  stability of  bacterial suspensions; a convenient cell for
  microscopic cataphoresis experiments.  J. Gen. Physiol., 1921-
  22, 4:  629-33.  ------ & Cullen,  G.  E.   An apparatus for
  macroscopic cataphoresis experiments.  Ibid., 635-8.—Roberts,
  A. L., & Carruthers, J. C.  On the U-tube method of measuring
  electrophoresis.  J. Phys. Chem., 1936, 40: 703-8.—Rubinstein,
 D. L.  Eine  neue Methode der Kataphorese isolierter Zellen
 Protoplasma,  Lpz., 1934, 21: 241-4.—Smith, M. E., & Lisse,
 M. W.   A new electrophoresis cell for microscopic observations'
 J. Phys. Chem.,  1936, 40: 399-412.— Szent-Gyorgyi, A.  Ein
 Kataphorese-Apparat fur  kleine Substanzmengen.  Biochem
 Zschr., 1923,  139: 74-6.—Theorell, H. Ein neuer Kataphorese-
 apparat fur Untersuchungszwecke.   Ibid., 1934-35, 275: 1-10.
 ------   Ein Kataphoreseapparat  fiir praparative  Zwecke
 Ibid., 1935, 278: 291-7.

 ----   Biological aspect.

   Abramson, H.  A., &  Grossman, E. B.  Electrokinetic phe-
 nomena; a comparison of electrophoretic potentials.  J  Gen
 Physiol., 1931, 14: 563-73.—Abramson,  H. A., & Michaelis, l!
 The influence of size, shape and conductivity of microscopically
 visible particles on cataphoretic  mobility.  Ibid., 1928-29  12-
 587-98— Brown, H.  C,  & Broom,  J. C.  Further observations
 on bacterial cataphoresis. Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1932, 13- 334__
 Bungenberg de Jong, H. G., & Wakkie, J. G. Kolloidmodelle
 zur Illustration biologischer  Vorgange;  Elektrophoresekurven
 besonderer  Art bei Hefezellen und  ihre Zuruckfiihrung auf das
 elektrophoretische Verhalten gewisser Wandsubstanzen  Pro-
 toplasma, Lpz., 1936-37, 27: 98-105.—Callegari, L., & Gar-
 barino,  G.  Ricerche sulla elettroforesi degli infusi  di china
 belladonna e digitate.  Boll. Soc ital. biol. sper., 1938 13- 166—
 Cardin, A.  Sui fenomeni microelettroforetici dei batt'eri.' Arch
 sc.  biol., Bologna, 1934-35,  20: 139-45.—Fischer F  P  &
 Fischl, V. Elektrophorese von Trypanosomen und Spirocha'ten.
 Biochem Zschr  1933, 267: 403.—Girard, P., & Lourau, M
 Electrophorese des serums agglutinant, hemolysant et sensi-
 bilises; eiectrophorese de l'alexine.   Ann. physiol  Par  1935
 Xi.: 9A98-7"£UilJi?rm°!?d'  A7, ^ Choucroun, N.  Essai d'dectro-
 phordse a 1 inteneur des cellules vegetates.  C. rend Acad  sc
 1936  203: 225-9.-Ickowicz, M., & Kohler, E  V  La cata-
 phorese et la caryoclasie.  C. rend. Soc.  biol., 1936 121 • 960-
  "^KiarCZa?' L"A& Farka?!.G; v»n-  Kataphoreseversuc'he an
patnologischen Organen.  Biochem. Zschr., 1925  162- 28-31__
Keller, R.  Kataphorese von Stoffen unter physiologischen
Bedingungen   Ibid.,  1926, 168: 94-7.-LePine:pf Action de
la cataphorese  sur les  melanges  neutralises  vaccine-serum
immun. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 104: 385-7.—Loeb, J.  The
influence of electrolytes on the cataphoretic charge of colloidal
particles and the stability of their suspensions; experiments with
collodion particles.   J.  Gen. Physiol., 1922-23, 5: 109-26.
        The influence of the chemical nature of solid particles
  on their cataphoretic P. D. in aqueous solutions.  Ibid., 1923-
  24, 6: 215-37.—Mascherpa, P.  Comportamento delle cobalto-
  ed arsenoproteine nei campo elettrico.  Arch. sc. biol., Bologna,
  1934-35, 20: 376-402.—Maver, M. E., & Falk, I. S.  Investiga-
  tion of the cataphoresis of toxin and antitoxin in the Field and
  Teague and other apparatus.  J. Immun., Bait., 1927, 14: 219-
  33.—Moyer,  L. S.  A suggested  standard  method  for the
  investigation  of electrophoresis.  J. Bact.,  Bait.,  1936, 31;
  531-46.—Peretti,  G.   Eletroforesi  di  complessi artificial]
  calcio-carbaminici.   Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1934,  9: 1329.—
  Pinotti, O. Elettroforesi piastrinica.  Arch, fisiol., Fir., 1937
  37: 97-100.—Reed, G. B., & Gardiner, B. G.  Isolation of S
  and  R types  by cataphoresis.  Canad. J. Res.,  1934, 11: 481-
  3.—Rutcnbeck,  H.  Studien  iiber die Elektrophorese mit
  Chclinderivaten. Klin. Wschr., 1936, 15: 437-40.—Seigneurin,
  R.   Dissociation par electrophordse d'un melange de bacilles
  paratyphiques B et de Bacterium coli. C. rend. Soc. bid., 1938,
  128:  723-5.—Spek,  J.   Die bipolare  Differenzierung des
  Protoplasmas des Teleosteer-Eies und ihre Entstehung; weitere
  experimentelle Beitrage  zum Studium  der kataphoreseartigen
  Erscheinungen in lebenden Zellen und der Bestimmung des p„
  der lebenden  Zelle.  Protoplasma,  Lpz.,  1933,  18: 497-545,
  pi.—Talenti,  M., & Leonardi, D.   Sulla cataforesi  batterica.
  Ann. igiene, 1935, 45: 109.—Tomita, K.  On  the cataphoresis
  of bloodcorpuscles,  spermatozoa, yeast, and the eggs of para-
 sites. Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kioto,  1926, 9: 237-65.

 ----   Therapeutic  use.

    See Iontotherapy.

 ELECTROCAUTERY.

    See Cautery,  electric.


 ELECTROCHEMISTRY.

    See also Electric cell; Electrolysis; Electrolyte.
    Pines, H.   *A study of the electronegativities
 of organic  radicals.   31p.  8?   Chic,  1937.
    Rojas Valencia, L.  *Electroquimica.  [Chile]
 87p.  8?   Santiago, 1930.
    Erbacher, O.  Neuartige  elektrochemische Verfahren der
 Radiochemie.   Naturwissenschaften, 1932, 20:  390-3.  Also
 Zschr. phys. Chem., Abt. A, 1931,  156: 142-9.—Hartley, H.
 Michael Faraday and electro-chemistry.  Chem. News, Lond.,
 1932, 144: 410-9.—Jung, G.  Elektrostriktion durch geloste
 Dipolmolekule.  Zschr. phys. Chem., Abt. B, 1929, 3: 204-8.—
 Klemene,  A.  Die  Verwendung des Wechselstromes.   Ibid.
 Abt.  A, 1938-39, 183: 297-317.—Muller, H.  The theory of
 diffuse double  layer.  In Symposia Quant. Biol., 1933,  1: 1-8.—
 Oesper, R. E.,  & Speter,  M.  The Faraday-Whewell corre-
 spondence  concerning  electro-chemical terms.  Sc  Month.,
 1937, 45:  535-46.—Urbain, G.  Theorie coordinative de la
 constitution des composes  organiques  et  metalloldiques.
 Scientia, Bologna, 1934, 3. ser., 56: 71-82.—Verschaffelt, J. E.
 L'application de la  thermomecanique a reiectrochimie.  Bull
 Acad. med. Belgique,  1936, 5. ser., 22: 1002-14.—Wagner, K.
 Hundert Jahre Elektrochemie. Umschau, 1933, 37: 1022-5.

 ----  Methods.

   Brockman, C.  J.   *A new  method for electro-
 organic reductions.   21p.   8?   N. Y., 1932.
   Jackson, J. M.   *A spectroscopic  study of the
 decomposition  and  synthesis  of  organic  com-
 pounds   by  electrical   discharges:  electrodeless
 and  glow discharges,   lip.   8?   Chic,  1933.
   Niel,  R.    ^Contribution  a  l'etude  de  la
 methode du Dr  Chanoz pour la  detection electro-
 lytique des  cations  colores (cuivre en particulier)
 au moyen   d'une  cloison proteinique.   86p.  8?
 Lyon,  1934.
   Schmidt, E.  A.  W.,  & Stetter,  G.   Unter-
 suchungen  mit  dem Rohrenelektrometer  iiber
 die a-Reflexion und den  Zertriimmerungseffekt
 an Leichtelementen.   p. 139-50.  8?   Wien, 1930.
   Arndt, F.. & Eistert, B.  Ueber den Resonanz und Zwischen-
stuten-Begnff  bei organischen  Substanzen  mit  mehrfachen
tSindungen  und die  Elektronenformeln.   Zschr. phys. Chem.,
Abt. B, 1935-36, 31: 125-31.—Baumberger, J. P.  Three hints
?™ £drogen electrode technic  J. Lab. Clin. M., 1923-24, 9:
\i riT'TBe!Sk' A- & AlfsIdy> z- von.  Eine elektrochemische
Methode zur  Bestimmung  der  Kationen in Salzlosuneen.
Biochem Zschr., 1929, 214: 110-8.—Best, R. J.  The applica-
tion of the  quinhydrone electrode to the measurement  of the
acid reaction of unbuffered solutions.  J. Phys. Chem., 1930,
34: 1815-7.—Cotelle, S., & Haissinsky, M.  Sur la preparation 
ELECTROCHEMISTRY
141                 ELECTROCOAGULATION
de couches minces de thorium et d'actinium par electrolyse dans
1'alcool ethylique.  C. rend. Acad, sc, 1938, 206: 1644-6.—
Errera, J.  Er.ude des macromoiecules, proteines, etc., par les
ondes hertziennes.   Rev. physiother.,  Par., 1938,  14: 382.—
Gex, M.  Technique de l'eiectrode d'antimoine en  differentiel
pour la mesure du pH.  Arch. phys. biol., Par., 1931-32, 9:
110-30.—Hill, S. E.  The validity  of the glass electrode in
ammonium chloride buffers.  J. Gen. Physiol., 1928-29, 12:
813-9 —Holden. H. F.  The use of the glass electrode in the
biolodcal laboratory.  Austral. J.  Exp. Biol., 1938, 16: 193-
204.—Kabanow, B., & Frumkin, A.  Ueber die Grosse elektro-
lytisch entwickelter Gasblasen.  Zschr. phys. Chem., Abt. A,
1933, 165:  433-52.—Kerridge. P. T.  The use of the glass
electrode in biochemistry.  Biochem. J., Lond., 1925, 19: 611-
7.—Klobusitzky, D.  Apparelho simples para produzir hydro-
genio ou oxygenio por electrolyse.   Mem. Inst. Butantan, 1932,
7: 27-31.—Lepper, E. H., & Martin,  C. J.   On the behavior of
indifferent  electrodes  when used for the  determination of
oxidation-reduction  potentials  in  the  presence of hydrogen.
Biochem. J.,  Lond.,  1931. 25: 45-8.—Maas, J.  The polaro-
graphic method with the dropping mercury-electrode for the
use of pharmaceutical analysis. Acta brevia neerl.,  1937, 7:
140-4.—Piatt, B. S.,  & Dickinson, S.  The technique  of glass
electrode measurements.   Biochem. J., Lond., 1933, 27: 1069-
77.—Pleass, W. B.   Notes sur l'eiectrode d'antimoine; notes
sur la mesure du  pB par l'eiectrode de  verre et l'eiectrode
d'antimoine dans  les milieux  tanniques.   Arch.  phys. biol.,
Par., 1931-32, 9: 267-72.—Ringbom,  A.  Ueber einige potentio-
metrische Titrationen mit Elektroden zweiter  Art.   Zschr.
phys. Chem., Abt. A, 1935, 1.3: 207-15.—Roche. A., & Roche,
J.  Notes  sur  l'eiectrode d'antimoine; microdosage  eiectro-
metrique de l'azote formoltitrable, a  l'aide de l'eiectrode d'an-
timoine.  Arch. phys. biol., Par.,  1931-32, 9: 273-6.—Roller,
P. E. The application of the quinhydrone electrode to solutions
of phenol and cresols.  J. Phys.  Chem.,  1930,  34: 367-72.—
Thiel,  A.,  &  Logmann,  H.   Experimentelle  Beitrage zum
Problem  der  Bildungsgeschwindigkeit  der  Verbindungen
hoherer Ordnung  mit besonderer  Berucksichtigung des Stro-
mungsverfahrens zur Untersuchung  sehr  schnell verlaufender
Reaktionen.  Sitzber. Ges. Naturwiss. Marburg, 1935, 69:
49-188.—Thiesse, X., Verain, M., & Ziegler, A.  Determina-
tion du pH dans les differents liquides biologiques au moyen de
l'eiectrode de Thompson.   Bull.  Soc. chim. biol.,  Par., 1935,
18: 203-7.—Tremblay, J. L.  Recherches sur les proprietes des
electrodes d'argent et leur  application au dosage de ions Cl-
dans les  systemes biologiques. Arch. phys. biol.,  Par., 1936,
 13: 265-336.—Vacek, T.  Nouvelle  modification de l'appareil
destine a la fabrication  electrolytique  de  l'oxygene et de
l'hydrogene.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1930. 103: 358-60.—Volmar,
Y., &  Hirtz, G.  Essais d'hydrogenation des carbures non
satures sous l'effluve electrique. Bull. Soc. chim. France, 1931,
4.  ser., 49-50: 684-702.—Weiss, J.  Elektroneniibergangs-
prozesse  im Mechanismus von Oxydations- und Reduktions-
reaktionen in Losungen.  Naturwissenschaften, 1935, 23: 64-9.


ELECTROCOAGULATION.

   See also Diathermy; Electrosurgery.
   Forschler,  W.    *Elektrokoagulation  durch
subcutane  Punktion; Untersuchungen  iiber die
Veranderungen   des  lebenden   Gewebes   nach
Elektrokoagulationspunktion.   23p.   8?    Tub.
[1936]
   Aspray, J.  Electrocoagulation  of accessible malignant and
non-malignant growths.   Northwest M.,  1928,  27:  135-8.—
Balmer, F. B.  Electrosurgery and the otolaryngologist, includ-
ing gradual extirpation of the tonsils by electrocoagulation and
diathermocryptectomy.  Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1932,  15: 503-16.
Also repr.—Binet, A., & Marcel, J. E.  La diathermocoagula-
tion en gynecologic   Gyn. obst., Par.,  1934,  29: 206-21 —
Bordier, H.  Emploi du dieiectrique  souple pour la diathermo-
coagulation.  Ann. mal. oreille, 1925, 44: 1038-40.  Also Arch.
electr. med., 1926, 36: 336-43.  ------ La diathermo-coagula-
tion et ses indications.   J. radiol.  electr.,  1933, 17: 559-65.—
Bors, E.  Ein neues Instrument  zur  endovesikalen Elektro-
koagulation.  Zbl. Chir.,  1930,  57: 1988.—Buschke, A.,  &
Loewenstein,  L.  Kosmetische  Ergebnisse  der Elektrokoagula-
tion und Radiumbestrahlung insbesondere bei Karzinomen der
Haut.  Med. Klin.,  Berl., 1930,  26: 1590-2.—Corti, G., &
Maveri, D.  Fenomeni fisici che accompagnano 1'elettrocoagula-
zione endovescicale.   Arch.  ital.  urol.,   1927, 4:  27-38.—
Cottenot, P.  A propos de la technique de  1'eiectrocoagulation.
Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1935, 42: 468-72.—Courmelles, F. de.
■ /electrocoagulation.  Bull, ocul.,  Toulouse, 1911,  3. ser.,  25:
76-80.—Damran,  M. H.  Electro-coagulation  in  abdominal
surgery.  Am.  J.  Phys.  Ther.,  1926-27, 3: 259.—Doyen.
L'eiectro-coagulation.  C.  rend. Congr. internat.  physioth6r.
(1910)  1911,  3. Congr.,  556-69.—Eiras,  F.   A  diathermo-
coagulacao  no tratamento  dos tumores  accessiveis  em oto-
rhino-stomatologia.  Rev. brasil. med., 1928, 4: 315-56, ch.—
Forschler, W.  Elektrokoagulation durch subcutane Punktion;
Untersuchungen iiber die Veranderungen des lebenden Gewebes
nach Elektrokoagulationspunktion.  Arch. klin. Chir., 1934,
179: 53-70.—Galli. M. Sei anni di pratica  di diatermo-coagula-
zione in otorinolaringologia. Boll.  mal. orecchio, 1934, 52: 77-
87.—Helsmoortel, J., jr.  Quelques applications de la diathermo-
coagulation  dans le domaine de l'oto-rhino-laryngologie.  Rev.
laryng., Bord., 1931, 52:  577-80.—Hutter, K.   Unblutige
Eingriffe und Blutstillung durch Elektrokoagulation (Diather-
mie)  Deut. Zschr.  Chir.,  1927, 207: 51-4.—Jonen, P.  Die
Elektrokoagulation mit zwei aktiven Elektroden. Arch. Gyn.,
Berl., 1933-34, 156: 308-11.  Also Zbl. Gyn., 1934, 58: 262 —
Jorge,  J.  M.   Electrocoagulaci6n en cirugfa  de  cavidades.
Sem. m6d., B. Air., 1927, 34: 1240-2.—Klein, M. [Diathermic
coagulation]   Gyogyaszat,  1936, 76:  276-9.—Langer, E.  Die
praktische Verwendung der Elektrokoagulation.  Zschr. arztl.
Fortbild., 1928, 25: 694-8.—Lebon, H. Diathermie et electro-
coagulation.   Clinique, Par.,  1910,  5: 323-6.—Lurye,  R. G.
[Influence  of electro-coagulation upon the tissues  of the or-
ganism]  Russ. vrach, 1911,  10:  1695-8.—McFee, W. D.
Electro-coagulation  and allied therapeutic methods. Am.  J.
Electrother., 1922, 40: 353-8.  ------  Electrocoagulation  in
surgery.  Med. J. & Rec,  1925, 122: 3-6.   Also repr.—Mag-
giorotti, U.   Limitazione  ed  orientamento della  diatermo-
coagulazione; una  nuova pinza a due elettrodi attivi.  Arch. ital.
otol., 1929, 40: 288-95.— Marta, F. New method of diathermic
electrocoagulation.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1934, 140:  563.   Also
Presse med., 1934, 42: 1802.  Also Radiol, med., Milano, 1934,
21: 784-6.—Martel, T. de.  A propos de  la communication de
M. Heitz-Boyer;  electrocoagulation.   Bull.  Soc.  chir.  Paris,
1920, 46:  822-5.—Masotti,  A.   La diatermocoagulazione.
Actinoterapia, Nap., 1930, 9: 54-02.—Muller, H.  La  dia-
thermo-coagulation; quelques applications.   Liege med., 1929,
22: 829-47.—Northrop, H. L.  Electrothermic coagulation; its
indications and limitations.   Am. J. Electrother.,  1925, 43:
127-32. Also Hahneman.  Month., 1925, 60: 40-2.—Novel &
Ponthus.  Resultats  de  la  diathermo-coagulation  dans  le
traitement des tumeurs cutan6es et cutaneo-muqueuses.  Arch.
electr.  med., 1931,  39: 315-9.—Poggi, J.  Consideracoes em
torno da  diathermo-coagulacao.  Fol. med., Rio,  1930, 11:
313.—Remijnse, J.  G. [Diathermo-coagulation]  Ned. tschr.
geneesk., 1926, 70: pt 2, 914; 1485-9.—Rost, G. A., & Keller,
P.  Unsere Erfahrungen mit diathermischer Elektrokoagulation
in  der  Dermatologie.  Derm.  Zschr., 1928, 53:  768-74.—
Schrick, van.  Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die  Ein-
wirkung der Elektrokoagulation auf den wachsenden Knochen.
Zbl. Chir., 1936, 63: 703-5—Schiirch, O., & Purtschert, M. J.
Ueber  einige elektrische  und thermische Vorgange bei der
Diathermo-Koagulation.   Beitr. klin. Chir., 1930, 150:  101-
70.—Vignat, M.  Coagulation et carbonisation.  Presse med.,
1930, 38:  186.—Weil, E.  A.  Electrocoagulation medicate.
J. physiother., Par., 1911, 9: 441-50.—Young, H. H.  Electro-
haemostasis  in place of  ligatures; presentation  of  a  small,
simple  apparatus for electrocoagulation. Surg. Gyn.  Obst.,
1932, 55: 100-3.—Zimmern, A., & Pecker, A.  De la cicatrisa-
tion dans les diathermo-coagulations.   Rev.  actin.,  Par., 1934,
10:  385-7.—Zschau, H.   Elektrokoagulation  und Lymphge-
fasse; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Theorie des operativen Wund-
schocks.  Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1931,  233:  109-20.

ELECTROCOLLARGOL.

   See Silver, colloidal.

ELECTROCULTURE.

   See also Electrophysiology; Plant, Physiology.
   Ludwig,  F., &  Ries,  J.  von.  Wachst urns vorgange  und
Hochfrequenz (Versuche  an Pflanzen und Tumoren)  Zschr.
Krebsforsch., 1933-34, 40:  117-21.—Riccioni, B.  El aumento
de la producci6n del grano por medio del tratamiento eiectrico
de la semilla.  Bol. Inst. med. exp.  cancer,  B.  Air.,  1935, 12:
720.—Schechter,  V.  Electrical control of rhizoid formation in
the red alga, Griffithsia bornetiana.  J. Gen.  Physiol., 1934. 18:
1-21, 2 pi.  Also repr.—Truffaut, G., & Pastac, S.  De l'in-
fluence sur les vegetaux de 1'application par contacts de courants
electriques.  C. rend. Acad, sc, 1934, 198: 1363-5.

ELECTROCUTION.

   See also  Capital  punishment.  For accidental
death by  electricity  see Electric  shock,  Death.
   Foveau de Courmelles.   Guillotine et electrocution.  Chron.
med., 1930,  37: 86-90.—Gualino, L.   Ricordi di guerra: psico-
fisiologia dei fucilandi.  Illust, med. ital.,  1925,  7: 17-22.—
Hassin. G.  B. Changes in the brain in legal electrocution.
Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1933, 30: 1046-60.  Also  repr —
Squire, A. O.  Observations made  at electrocutions  of 114
men at Sing Sing Prison.  Med. Rev. of Rev.,  1924, 30:  561-
5.  Also Eclect. M.  J., 1925, 85: 31-5.—Wiethold.  Wie ist die
Wirkung des elektrischen  Hinrichtungsstuhles? Zschr. arztl.
Fortbild.,  1934, 31: 563.

ELECTRODE.

   See also  Acid-base  equilibrium,  Determina-
tion, potentiometric; Diathermy, Electrodes.
   Agar, J.  N., & Bowden, F. P.   The kinetics of electrode
reactions; I  and II.  Proc. R. Soc, Lond.,  1938, ser. A, 169:
206-34, pi.—Andauer, M., & Lange,  E.  Ueber die Natur der
Quecksilbertropfelektrode; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Nichtan-
wendbarkeit thermodynamischer Gleichgewichtsaussagen auf
L6sun<*en  undefiniert kleiner Konzentrationen. Zschr. phys.
Chem., Abt., A, 1932, 162: 241-56.—Andrews, L. V., & Brown, 
ELECTRODE
142
ELECTRODE
 D. J.  The potentials of the lead  oxide electrodes in alkaline
 solution.  J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1934, 56: 388-90.—Athanasiu, G.
 SensiUlite dans le spectre  des piles a  electrodes  de cuivre
 recouvertes sous-oxyde  de cuivre.   C. rend. Acad, sc, 1932,
 195:  767-9.—Cauer,  W.   Aequivalenz  von  2n-Polen  ohne
 Ohmsche  Widerstande.   Nachr. Ges. Wiss. Gottingen, 1934,
 n. F., 1: Math., 1-34.—David, J.   Une electrode active  pour
 l'ionisation dans  l'otologie.  Ann. mal. oreille,  48:  1119.—
 Dole, M.  The theory of the glass electrode; the glass as a water
 electrode. J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1932,  54: 3095-105.—Durban,
 S. A., & Brown, D. J.  The chromate-chromic electrode potential.
 J. Phys.  Chem.,  1939,  43: 491-4.—Fessard,  A., & Veil, C.
 Pulsations electriques obtenus sur un moddle physico-chimique
 (electrode oxydable recouverfce d'huite)  C. rend. Soc. biol.,
 1933, 112: 1663-5.—Getman, F. H. The influence of gases on
 the normal potential of the zinc electrode.  J. Phvs. Chem.,
 1932, 36: 2655.—Haugaard, G.  Studien uber die Glaselektrode.
 Zschr.  phys. Chem.. Abt. A, 1932, 160: 279-89.—Hoar, T. P.
 The mechanism of the oxygen electrode.   Proc. R. Soc, Lond.,
 1933, ser.  A, 142: 628-46.—Hunt, H., Chittum, J. F., & Grubb,
 H. M.  Studies of polarization discharges in multiple electrode
 systems.   J.  Phys. Chem.,  1936,   40:  239-45.—Kellner,  E.
 Eine Regulier-Handelektrode, ein Hilfsmittel zur Iontophorese.
 Zschr. Stomat., 1937, 35: 1014-6.—Klemene, A., & Kalisch, H.
 Glimmlichtelektrolyse;  die katalytische  Beeinflussbarkeit  der
 Elektrodenvorgange insbesondere durch Chlorwasserstoffsaure.
 Zschr.  phys. Chem., Abt. A, 1938,  182:  91-102.—Langelaan,
 J. W.  Some observations on the  silver  chloride  electrode in
 contact with Ringer's solution.  Arch,  neerl. physiol., 1929, 14:
 593-7.—Lengyel,  B., &  Matrai, T.  Beitrage zum  Verhalten
 der Quarzelektroden.  Zschr. phys. Chem., Abt. A, 1932,  159:
 393-402.—Lutembacher, R.  Electrodes de derivation.  Presse
 m6d., 1938,  46:  1924.—Rothschild.  The polarization of a
 calomel electrode.   Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1938, ser. B, 125: 283-
 90.—Shipley, J. W., & Finlay, G.  R.  The corrosion of  iron
 electrodes by A. C. in aqueous electrolytes.  Canad. J. Res..
 1939,  17:  sect. B,  99-104.—Spiegel, G.,  & Ulich, H.  Ueber
 elektromotorische   Kriifte  nichtwiisseriger  Ketten;  Lithium-
 amalgam-Elektrodeninnichtwasserigen Losungsmitteln.  Zschr.
 phys.  Chem.,  Abt. A, 1936-37, 178: 187-92.—Stern, E.  L.
 A new needle electrode; an instrument which is used to stimu-
 late nerves in the body by electricity  thereby locating nerves
 accurately, and which  can simultaneously  be used to inject
 solutions into these nerves without  altering the position of  the
 needle  point.  Med. J.  & Rec, 1930,  131:  476.—Thon, N.
 Capacite  d'eiectrode en  presence d'ions  etrangers et capacite
 eiectrocapillaire du mercure.   C. rend. Acad, sc, 1934, 198:
 2149-51.—Vellinger, E.    Notes sur l'eiectrode  d'antimoine;
 l'erreur saline et Terreur proteique.  Arch. phys. biol., Par.,
 1928-29. 7: 39-51.—Wiener,  B. Z.  The temperature coefficient
 of the glass electrode.  In Summary Doct. Diss.  Northwestern
 Univ., Chic, 1937, 5: 161-5.—Wirtz, K.  Zur Ueberspannung
 an Wasserstoffelektroden.  Zschr. phys. Chem.,  Abt. B, 1937
 36: 435-43.

 ----   Accessories.

   Austin,  W. C.  A simple  arrangement for platinizing elec-
 trodes.   Proc.  Soc. Exp.  Biol., N. Y.,  1926-27, 24: 851.—
 Lapicque, L.   Statif pour  electrode capillaire.   C. rend. Soc.
 biol.,  1933, 113: 225.—Marion, M.  Multiole electrode holder.
 U. S. Patent  Off., 1938, No. 2,135,086.—Pedersen, V. C. The
 universal  clamp for holding  and adjusting electrodes of  any
 kind for any purpose. Am. J. Electrother., 1924,  42: 337-40.—
 Schacke,  D.   Elektrodenhalter zur  Ausfiihrung  der Jonto-
 phorese. Schweiz. Mschr. Zahnh., 1938, 48: 900, 2 pi.—Skow,
 R. K., & Wynd, F. L.  An apparatus  for the amplification of
 glass electrode potentials.   J. Lab. Clin. M., 1936-37. 22- 316-
 20.—Wappler,  F. C.   Electrodic instrument.  U.  S.  Patent
 Off., 1936,  No. 2,056.377.

 ----  photosensitive.

   Bethe,  G.  [R.  A.]   *Ueber den Einfluss der
 Wasserstoffbeladung  auf  den  lichtelektrischen
 Effekt  bei   Palladium  und  Platin.    45p     8°
 Greifswald, 1929.
   Audubert,  R.  Electrochimie des electrodes photosensibles
a sels de  cuivre.  J. chim. phys., Par.,  1933, 30: 389-95.—
Karschulin, M.  Ueber die photogalvanischen Erscheinungen
an  behchteten  CuO-Elektroden (Becquereleffekt)   Biochem
Zschr., 1930, 220: 122; 1931, 226: 312.—Volmer, M.. & Moll. W.
Ueber den  Bccquerel-Effekt an Selenelektroden.  Zschr  Dhvs
Chem., Abt. A, 1932, 161: 401.

        Type.
   Anderson, R. S.  The attempted use of crystals as calcium
electrodes.  J. Biol. Chem., 1936, 115: 323-6.—Andrews, H. L
A new electrode  for recording bioelectric potentials.'  Am
Heart J., 1939, 17: 599-601.—Bartorelli, C.  SuH'uso dell'elet-
trodo impolarizzabile di Lapicque.  Boll. Soc. ital. biol  sper
1939, 14: 205.—Baudouin,  A., Fischgold,  H.. & Lerique, 3.
Une nouvelle electrode liquide.  C. rend. Soc. biol  1938  127-
1221.—B skupski. F. Eine haltbare Elektrode aus amalgamier-
tem Platinnetzwerk. Arch.  ges. Physiol.,  1938, 240: 282-6 —
Bodforss, S.,  & Holmqvist, A.   Die Antimonelektrode.  Zschr
phys. Chem., Abt. A, 1932,  161: 61.—Boez. L.  Dispositif de
 microeieotrode a quinhydrone.  Arch. Inst. Pasteur Indochine,
 1930, No. 11, 23-5.  Also C. rend. Soc.  biol., 1929, 101: 524-
 0.—Bugher, J. C.  A quinhydrone-collodion electrode of special
 applicability in experimental pathology.  Proc Soc. Exp. Biol.,
 N. Y., 1930-31, 28: 51-3.  Also J. Biol. Chem.,  1931, 92: 513-
 24.   Also repr.—Burger, R.   Elektroden zur  Ableitung des
 Elektrokardiogramms  vom  Thorax  und vom Oesophagus.
 Cardiologia,  Basel,  1938,  2:  208-35.—Carmody,  W.  R.  A
 study of the silver  chloride electrode.  J. Am. Chem.  Soc,
 1929, 51: 2901-4.—Chanoz. M., Florence, G., & Perrottet, P.
 A propos des electrodes au calomel; formule de Gouy; potentiels
 de diffusion.  Arch.  phys. biol., Par. 1935, 12:  238-50.  Also
 C. rend. Soc biol., 1935,  118: 245-7.—Clemcnti, A.  Un nuovo
 tipo di  elettrodo eccitatore impolarizzabile.  Boll. Soc. ital.
 biol. sper.,  1934,  9: 591-3.—Csinady, E.   Welche Art von
 Elektroden ist bei elektrokardiographischen Tierversuchen mit
 direkter Ableitung die  geeignetste?  Zschr. Biol., 1932,  93;
 224-6.—Cullen, G. E.  An improved form of the quinhydrone
 electrode.   J. Biol.  Chem., 1929, 83:  535-8.—Day,  R. V.
 Poison punch electrode.   J.  Urol., Bait.,  1927, 17:  391.—
 Demers, P.  Une electrode argent, carbonate d'argent obtenue
 par  electrolyse.  Canad.  J.  Res., 1939, 17: sect. A, 77-81.—
 Ehrenberg,  H.   An exploration  electrode  to  determine the
 liydrogen-ion concentration  of fluids in living tissue.  J. Lab
 Clin. M., 1929-30, 15: 181-4.—Ettisch,  G.  Eine Mikrochin-
 hydronelektrode.   Zschr. wiss.  Mikr.,  1925,  42: 302-6.—
 Goodman, H.  Bi-terminal active electrode for skin  work
 Urol.  Cut. Rev., 1933, 37: 862-4.  Also Am. J. Phys.  Ther'
 1934, 11: 28-30.—Gross,  P., & Halpern, O.  Ueber Mischelek-
 troden zweiter  Art.  Zschr. phys.  Chem., 1925, 118: 255.—
 Hall, D.  A new type of electrode  tor use in the 4th electro-
 cardiographic lead.  Lancet, Lond., 1937, 2:  573.—Herles, F.
 [New  electrode convenient  for electrocardiology]  Cas.  lek
 cesk.,  1933, 72: 1181-3.—Hyde, I. H.  A micro-electrode and
 unicellular stimulation.  Biol. Bull.,  1921,  40: 130-3.—Kissane,
 R. W.  Electrocardiographic electrodes.  Am. Heart J.,  1929-
 30, 5: 113.—Kulenkampff, D.  Eine neue, inaktive Elektrode.
 Zbl. Chir., 1937, 64: 2566.—Kuntara. W.  Eine neue Mi ro-
 doppelchinhydronelektrode.  Zschr.  physiol. Chem.,  1932, 204:
 54-6, pi.—Lapicque,  L.   Sur les electrodes d'argent chlorure.
 C. rend. Soc.  biol.,  1929, 100: 720-2.—Larson, W. D., & Mac-
 Dougall, F. H.   The mercurous acetate  electrode.   J.  Phys
 Chem., 1937, 41: 493-8.—Le Blanc, M.,  & Harnapp, O.   Die
 Elektroden dritter Art.  Zschr. phys. Chem., Abt. A,  1933, 166:
 321-42.—Lehmann, G.   Ein einfaches Modell  einer Mikro-
 elektrode zur pH-Bestimmung.  Biochem.  Zschr., 1923,  139:
 213-5.—Levina, E. I.  [Calomel electrodes of a new construc-
 tion]  J.  Physiol.  USSR,  1937,  22: 729.—McGuire, J., &
 Foulger, J. H. The value of needle  electrodes in  electrocardio-
 graphic diagnosis.   Am.  Heart  J.,  1930-31,   6:  536-40.—
 Michaelis, L.   Glass electrode with galvanometer reading.
 Science,  1936, 83: 213.—Mozolowski, W., & Parnas, J. K.
 Ueber eine  neue Form der  Chinhydronelektrode.  Biochem.
 Zschr., 1926, 169: 352-4.—Parks,  W. G., & Kingerley, R. W.
 An  investigation  of  the  lanthanum  amalgam  electrode  for
 precise electromotive force measurements.   J.  Phys.  Chem.,
 1938, 42: 483-96.—Pettigrew, J.  B.,  &  Wishart, G. M.  A
 simple glass electrode of small capacity.  Biochem.  J., Lond.,
 1938, 23: 1075-7.—Pickford, G. E.   A  sealed-in microglass
 electrode.  Proc. Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1937-38, 36: 154-7.—
 Pierce, J. A.  A capillary, non-penetrating microquinhydrone
 electrode.  J. Biol. Chem.,  1937,  117: 651-4.   Also repr.—
 Piatt, B. S.  A convenient form of glass electrode with tempera-
 ture regulation.   Tr.  Far East.  Ass. Trop. M., 1934, 9:  pt 2,
 719.—Przeborowski, J.   Ueber den Einfluss der Neutralsalze
 aut  das  Potential der  Wasserstoffelektrode.   Zschr.  phys.
 Chem., 1923, 107: 270-8.—Riddle, A. R.  A note on electrodes
 ^o^11!«suriment of Pa-   J-  Counc Sc Indust.  Res., Melb.,
 1M7, 10: 45.—Rose, E. J. Electrode for diathermy treatment
 md  the like.  TJ. S. Patent Off., 1938, No. 2,130,758.  -----
 Electrode for diathermy  treatment.  Ibid.,  No. 2,130,759 —
 Koth, I. R.   A self-retaining skin contact electrode for  chest
 leads in electrocardiography.  Am. Heart  J., 1934, 9: 526-9 —
 itutenbeck,  H.   Studien uber  das  Wirkungsoptimum der
 .ontophorese; ein Beitrag zur Elektrodenfrage.  Klin. Wschr.,
 1965, 14: 1652.—Sisto. P.  Sull'impiego di aghi come elettrodi
 nella tecnica  elettrocardiografica.   Cuore &  circol., 1925, 9:
 i  7  a  Sm}th< c- E-  Constant temperature bath  for liquid
 ■lectrodes.  J. Psychol., Provincet., 1937.  3: 321-3.—Storti. E.
 ■Cur  Frage  der Nullpotential-Elektrode in der Elektrokardio-
 -rraphie.  Zschr.  Kreislaufforsch., 1935, 27: 830-5.—Strohl, A.,
 .x  Portes, F.   Sur les electrodes  dites impolarisables.   C.  rend.
 >oc.  biol., 1925, 93: 310-2.—Tendeloo, H.  J. C.  The use of
 crystals as calcium electrodes.  J. Biol. Chem., 1937, 118: 253.
 rVSO/-ePr'~Tr®ne1' M" Bemerkungen zu den Mitteilungen von
 k. Mislowitzer ein neues Potentiometer und eine neue Doppel-
 'ektrode  m  Becherglasform.   Biochem.  Zschr., 1925,  161:
■ >0t>.   Tumarkin, I. A. A new electrode for zinc ionisation of
the ears.   Lancet,  Lond.,  1935,  1: 553.—Vatcher, S.  Suction
electrode for  electro-cardiography,  especially in  chest  leads.
Ibid., 1938,  1: 85.—Verain,  M., &  Toussaint.    Electrode a
antimoine et electrode k hydrogene.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1930,
103:  611.—Wappler,  F. C.  Therapeutic electrode  and plug
therefor.   U.  S.  Patent Off.,  1936,  No. 2,043,083.—Wappler,
R. H.  Surgical electrodes. Ibid., No. 2,047,535.—Williams, J.
W., & Bosch, W. C.  Nonpolarizable electrodes.   J. Lab. Clin.
M., 1931, 17: 196.—Wirz, F.  Bleielektroden bei Iontophorese.
Derm. Wschr., 1926, 83: 1508.—Wladimiroff. G. E., & Galwialo,
M. J.   Zur  Bewertung  der  Lehmannschen  Mikroelektrode. 
ELECTRODE
143
ELECTRODIAGNOSIS
  Biochem.  Zschr.,  1925, 160: 101-4.—Zajic, F.   Sur les elec-
  trodes impolarisables tie Lapicque.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1929,
  100: 591;  102: 397.

  ELECTRODESICCATION.

    See Electrosurgery.


  ELECTRODIAGNOSIS.

    See also  Brain,  Electrophysiology;  Chronaxi-
  metry;  Electrocardiography;  Electrophysiology;
  Vestibular system, Examination,  &c.
    Altenburger,   H.   Elektrodiagnostik  (ein-
  schliesslich   Chronaxie   und   Aktionsstromen)
  p.747-1086.   8?   Berl., 1937.
    In Handb. Neur. (Bumke & Forster) Berl., 1937, 3:
    Cohn,  T.   Leitfaden  der  Elektrodiagnostik
  und Elektrotherapie fiir  Praktiker und  Studie-
  rende.   7. Aufl.   232p.  8?  Berl., 1924.
    Kahane, M.   Grundziige der Elektrodiagnos-
  tik  und Elektrotherapie  fiir  praktische  Aerzte.
  236p.   12?   Berl.,  1922.
    Zimmern, A., & Perol, P.   Electro-diagnosis
  in  war;  clinical;  medical  board   technique  and.
  interpretation.   212p.  8?   Lond., 1918.
    Bourguignon, Delherm & Duheim.  Conceptions nouvelles
  concernant l'eiectrodiagnostic et leurs consequences therapeuti-
  ques. J. radiol. electr., 1936, 20: 189-91.—Cumberbatch. E. P.
  The value of electrical  testing in nerve injury.   Phys. Ther.,
  1930, 48: 367-72.  ------  Electrodiagnosis.  In Brit. Encycl.
  M. Pract.  (Rolleston, H.) Lond., 1937, 4: 484-9.—Delherm. L.,
  & Fischgold,  H. Les nouvelles conceptions en electrodiagnostic
  et leur influence therapeutique.   J.  radiol.  electr.,  1935, 19:
  333-40.—Galvez.   Campo  actual   del   electrodiagnostico.
  Arch, med., Madr., 1936,  39: 371.—Kahn, M., & Mion,  R. J.
  La rechercbe de la dissociation des seuils en electrodiagnostic
  J. radiol. electr., 1939, 23: 221.—Kovacs, R.  Electrodiagnosis.
  Clin. M. & S.,  1931, 38: 323-6.—Moldaver. Analyse critique
  de 1 electrodiagnostic elassique.   Bruxelles med., 1934-35, 15:
  159-65.—Roques,  C. M.  L'eiectrodiagnostic dans le domaine
  de la sensibilite. Arch, electr. med., 1916, 26: 10; 37:

  ----   Apparatus and technic.

    Frappier, H.  *Essai  d'electro-diagnostic par
  1'emploi  des courants  alternatifs  k  hautes  fre-
  quences  variables.   39p.   8?   Par., 1934.
    Mosher,  J.  M.    Scheme  for the  differential
  testing of nerves and muscles for use in diagnosis.
  58p.   8?  Alb., 1903.
   Bergonie,  J.   Nouveaux  tableaux  des points   moteurs.
  Arch, electr. med., 1914, 24: 233-8.—Broderson, B. M.  [Role
  of voltage in electrodiagnosis]  Tr. Vsesoiuz. sezda fizioter.,
  1927,  2: 136-40.—Charpentier,  A.   La balance  faradique;
  roethode de comparaison simultanee de l'excitabilite  faradique
  de 2  muscles homonymes, droit et gauche.   Rev. neur.,  Par;,
  i928,  35:  266-9.—Cornil,  M.   Les  courants progressifs en
  electrodiagnostic clinique.  Ann. med. phys., Anvers, 1938, 31:
 246-9.—Dalla Volta, A.   II marchio della corrente elettrica di
 grado piu  leggero  e il suo  valore diagnostico.   Arch, antrop.
 crim., Tor.,  1931, 51: 604-25.—Desgrez, H., & Dubost, J.
 Oscillographic  des courants utilises  en   electro-diagnostic;
 modifications de leur forme dues a la nresence du corps humain.
 Rev.  actin.,  Par.,  1929, 5: 657-72.—DiehI. F., & Stein, J.
 Ueber Wechselstromuntersuchungen.   Deut. Zscbr. Nervenh.,
 1930, 116: 224.—Dubosl, J.  L'appareillage en electro-diagnos-
 tic.   Rev.  actin., Par., 1929, 5: 358;  1930,  6: 136.—Garraud,
 T.  L'eiectrodiagnostic  applique  a  1'examen des blesses de
 guerre en vue de leur traitement medical ou chirurgical et  de la
 constitution de  leurs  dossiers de reforme. Arch, electr. med.,
 1916, 26:  376-80.—Golante-Rafner,  R.,  &  Manoukhine, S.
 Examen de l'excitabilite galvanique de l'appareil neuromuscu-
 laire; comme index  He I'innervation vegetative dans les maladies
 nerveuses et mentales.  Rev. neur., Par., 1929, 26: pt 1,  456-
 9.—Grund, G.   Die  Methoden  zur  Funktionspriifung  von
 Muskeln und  Nerven beim Menschen mittels des galvanischen
 und faradischen Stromes.   In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (E.
 Abderhalden)  Berl., 1908, 5. T., 5. B, 463-510.—Henssge, E.
 Elektrodiagnostik unter Berucksichtigung primar  und sekundar
 faradischer  Milliamperewerte.  Zschr. ges.  Neur. Psychiat.,
 1933,  146:  201-7.  ------ &  Stark.  Genaue Dosierung und
 Messung des faradischen Stroms mittels des Galvanostat und
 die daraus  sich ergebende Verfeinerung der Diagnostik  und
 Therapie.  Ibid., 1929-30, 123: 140-3.—Jacobson, E.  Electri-
 cal measurement of activities in nerve  and muscle.  In Probl.
 Ment. Disord (M. Bentley) N. Y.,  1934, 133-45—Lambolez, R.
 L'excitation galvanique en electrodiagnostic.  Vie med., 1925,
 6: 577-9.—Laroquctte,  M. de.   Quelques  particularites du
courant electrique  dans  un circuit d'eiectrodiagnostic  Ann.
m6d. phys., Anvers, 1925,  18: 49-51.—Lomanov, A.  P.   [Use
of continuous current for  diagnostic  purposes]   Klin, med.,
 Moskva  1930,  14:  1697-9.—Lullies,  H.   Methoden  der
 elektrischen Reizung  von Muskeln  und Nerven.  In Handb.
 hiol. Arbeitsmeth. (E. Abderhalden) Berl., 1936, v.5, pt 5 A,
 .137-1170.—McConnel, J. K.  The minimal faradic current as
 an aid to diagnosis.  Lancet, Lond., 1931. 1: 1134.—Medowikov,
 ^or^e''noJwa• H" Iet al-l Die Veranderung der Potentialdifferenz
 i- u) lrl dor Methodik der Bewertung der Dynamik  des kind-
 lichen Organismus.  Zschr.  Kinderh., 1931-32, 52:  331-7.—
 Mirahorian,  L.  La possibilite du  diagnostic clinique diffe-
 rentiel, par  mutation de l'energie  eiectromagnetique.  Atti
 Congr. internaz. elettroradiob., 1934, 1. Congr., 1:  382-6.—
 Negro, C.  Risultati  di  osservazioni clinieo-sperimentali che
 aimostrano la esistenza di poli virtuali prossimiori nell'applica-
 zione polare  della corrente  elettrica continua, fatta a scopo
 diagnostico e terapeutico.  Minerva med., Tor., 1927,  7: 1-5.—
 Oppenheim,  G.  Die Bedeutung  der Tonfrequenzstrome fur
 Elektrodiagnostik und Elektrotherapie.  Deut. Zschr. Nervenh.,
 1933, 130: 103-10.—Rahner, R.  Die Faradokutane-Diagno-
 skopie-Methode Dr Rahner.  Aerztl. Mitt. Baden, 1925, 79:
 317-20.  Also Psychol. & Med., Stuttg., 1925-26, 1: 237-47 —
 Richter, C. P.  New methods of obtaining electromyogram and
 electrocardiogram from the intact body. J. Am. M. Ass., 1926,
 87: 1300.—Rocchi, G.  Elettrodiagnostica moderna; stetoscopio
 rmplificatore  a valvole  (stetoscopio elettrico)  etectrocardic-
 grafo a valvole; cronoassi. Bull. sc.  med., Bologna, 1930, 107:
 329-48.—Strohl, A.  Rapport sur  les methodes  modernes
 d'eiectro-diagnostic  Arch, electr. m6d.,  1922, 32: 333; 353.—
 Weill, G. A.  Dispositif  pour l'etude du vertige voltaique et
 autres recherches electrodiagnostic  J. radiol. eiectr.,  1927, 11:
 027-9.—Zimmern, A., Walter, A., & Nyer, P.  Appareil  pour
 la recherche du reflexe galvano-psychique.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,
 1931, 107: 1096-8.

 ----  psychological.

    See also  Psychogalvanism; Psychophysics.
    Meywerk, W.  Zur Kritik der  Bisskyschen elektro-diagno-
 scopischen Methode.  Zschr. ges.  Neur. Psychiat., 1930,  126:
 289-95.—Schulte, R.  W.  Ueber Elektrodiagnose seelischer
 Eigenschaften.  Psychol. &  Med., Stuttg., 1925, 1:  02-94.—
 Waller. F. K.  Ueber die Elektrodiagnose seelischer Eigen-
 schaften (Diagnoskopie) nach Bissky.  Jahrb. Charakt., 1927,
 4: 297-324.


 ELECTRODIALYSIS.

    See  also  Dialysis;  Osmosis;  also  names   of
 substances  as Colloid, Dialysis, &c.
    Artom, C.   Un dispositivo di elettrodialisi per piccole quan-
 lita di liquidi  biologici.  Arch, fisiol., Fir., 1937, 37: 319-25.—
 Bein, W.  Zur Bestimmung der  Ueberfiihrung bei der Elekt.ro-
 lyse verdiinnter wasseriger Salzlosungen.  Zschr. phvs. Chem.,
 1898, 32: 1-54.—Bikerman,  J. J.  Ionentheorie der Elektros-
 inose, der Stromungsstrome  und der Oberflachenleitfahigkeit.
 Ibid., Abt. A, 1932-33, 163: 378-94.—Blank,  F., & Valko, E.
 Das Schichtungsphiinomen bei der Elektrodialyse als elektro-
 phoretische Erschdnung.  Biochem. Zschr., 1928, 195: 220-7.—
 liolam, T. R.   Die Donnan-Gleichgewichte und ihre Anwen-
 dung auf  chemische, physiologische  und technische  Prozesse.
 Kolloid Beihefte, 1933-34, 39: 139-258.—Cooper, W. C.  jr,
 Dorcas, M.  J.,  & Osterhout, W. J. V.   The penetration  of
 strong electrolytes.  J. Gen. Physiol., 1928-29, 12: 427-33 —
 Ooutiere, H.  Echanges d'ions et surfaces.  Biol, med., Milano,
 1928, 18: 160;  217.—Czarnetzky, E. J.  An electrodialysis
 apparatus for  use with alternating current.  J. Lab. Clin. M.,
 1934-35, 20:  981—Dhere, C.   Ueber Elektrodialyse; Bemer-
 kungen zu der Abhandlung von  H. Freundlich und L. Farmer
 Loeb.   Biochem. Zschr.,  1924,  153: 504.------Comple-
 ments a mon  memoire sur la dialyse electrique.  Bull.  Soc
 chim. biol., Par., 1926, 8: 60  -10.  ------  Die Elektrodialyse
 in der Biochemie.  Kolloid Zschr., 1927, 41: 315-26.—Ettisch,
 G., & Ewig, W.  Zur Technik der Elektrodialyse, insbesondere
 iter Mikroelektrodialyse.  Biochem. Zschr., 1928, 200:  250-7.—
 Ettisch, G., & Loureiro, J. A. de  Zur Methodik der Elektro-
 ilialyse  (die Serumelektrodialyse mit der Glykokollmembran)
 Ibid., 1933, 266: 422-35.—Fabre, R.  De 1'emploi de  l'eiectro-
 ilialvse dans la recherche toxicologique.  J. pharm. chim., Par.,
 1938. 8. ser.. 27: 467-76.—Freundlich, H., & Loeb, L. F.  Ueber
 Elektrodialyse.  Biochem. Zschr.,  1924,  150:  522-34— Ham-
 marsten, E.  Zur Frage iiber  den osmotischen Druck der hoch-
 molaren Elektiolyte.  Ibid.,  151:  177-80—Kittorf. W.  Das
 Verhalten der  Diaphragmen  bei  der Elektrolvse von Salz-
 losungen.  Zschr. phys. Chem., 1903, 43: 239-49— Hiiber, R.,
 Andersh, M. [et al.] The influence of organic electrolytes and
 nonelectrolytes upon the membrane potentials of muscle and
 nerve.   J. Cellul. Physiol., 1939,  13: 195-218.—Hozawa,  S.
 Zur Deutung der Diffusionskapazitat lebender Zellen  als Mass
 tier Zellpermeabilitat fiir Elektrolyte.  Zschr. Biol..  1931-32,
 92: 373-83.—Joseph, N.  R.   Purification of crvstalloids and
 colloids  by electrodialysis. J. Biol.  Chem., 1938, 126: 403-5.
 Also repr.  ------& Stadie, W. C. The simultaneous determi-
 nation of total base and chloride on the same sample  of serum
 by  electrodialysis.  Ibid.,  125:  795-9.  Also  repr.—Loeb,  J.
Cataphoretic  charges  of  collodion  particles and  anomalous
osmosis  through collodion membranes free from  protein.   J.
Gen. Physiol.,  1922-23, 5: 89-107.—Lottermoser, A.. & Kiehn,
 II. J. Reine Kieselsauresole; Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Elek-
trodialyse.  Kolloid Beihefte, 1932, 35: 123-64.—Michaud.  L.
Contribution k l'etude des equilibres de Donnan dans  l'or- 
ELECTRODIALYSIS
144
ELECTROKINETICS
ganisme humain.   Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1926, 56: 561-4.—
Netter,  H.   Ueber die Elektrolytgleichgewichte  an  elektiv
ionenpermeablen Membranen und ihre biologische Bedeutung.
Arch. ges. Physiol.,  1928,  220: 107-23.—Northrop,  J. H.
Unequal distribution of ions in a collodion cell. J. Gen. Physiol.,
1929-30, 13: 21-5.—Osterhout, W. J. V.  Note on the penetra-
tion of electrolytes.  Proc.  Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1928-29, 26:
192-7.  Also J. Gen.  Physiol.,  1929-30, 13:  261-94.  Also
repr.  ------  Equations for the exchange of ions.   Ibid.,
1930-31,  14: 277-84.—Peretti. G.   Elettrodialisi  di  sistemi
artifieiali di  CaCh+citrati alcalini.  Atti Soc sc. med. natur.
Cagliari, 1935, 37: 28-31.—Reiner, L.  The theoretical basis of
electrodialysis and a  simple  apparatus for  electrodialysis.
Magy. orv.  arch.,  1927, 28: 280-7.  ------   Elektrodialyse
oder  Elektroosmose.   Biochem. Zschr.,  1928, 193:  313.—
Reitstotter, J. Die Elektrodialyse in der Biochemie (technische
Veriahren)  Kolloid Zschr., 1927, 43: 35-41.—Rumpf.  Ueber
Elektroosmose.  Zschr.  ges.  phys.  Ther.,  1929,  37:  242.—
Sankaran, G. A simple form of electro-dialyser.  Ind. J. M.
Res.,  1935-36, 23: 219-22.—Swyngedauw. J. Sur le mecanisme
de 1'eiectroosmose dans la  gelatine.  C. rend. Soc  biol., 1938,
129: 569-71.  ------  Electroosmose en gels de gelatine iso-
eiectrique; role de l'hydratation des ions.  Ibid., 964-7.------
Electroosmose dans les gels de gelatine formotee ou non formotee.
Ibid., 1939, 130: 468-70.—Takahashi, H.  Effect of alcohols on
the membrane  potential generated by the  imperfectly dried
collodium membrane.  Jap.  J.  M. Sc,  1931, 2: No.  2, Tr.,
Biophys., 32.—Vitha, J.  Influence de l'oxygene anodique et de
1'hydrogene  cathodique sur la  marche des reactions dans des
solutions 61ectrodialysees.  Tr. Inst. hyg. pub. tehee, 1937, 8:
1-8.—Wagner,  R.   Ueber das  Verhalten  der Traubeschen
Zelle  unter  dem  Einfluss des  elektrischen Stromes.  Zschr.
Biol., 1933-34, 94: 86-9.—Watson. P. D., & Peter, P. N.  An
apparatus for electrodialysis.  Rev. Sc Instrum., 1934,  n. ser.,
5: 362-5.—Wernicke, R.  Application de l'eiectrodialyse au
dosage des bases totales du serum sanguin et d'autres substances.
C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 89: 748-50.—Willey, A. R., & Hazel, F.
An investigation of the ratio of electrosmotic mobility along a
flat surface to electrophoretic mobility of particles of ultrami-
croscopic size. J. Phys. Chem., 1937, 41: 699-710.

ELECTROENCEPHALOGRAPHY.

   See  Brain,  Electrophysiology.


ELECTROGRAPHY.

   See   also  Bioelectricity;  Electrocardiography;
Electrometry;  Roentgenology; also  under  name
of tissue  or organ examined  as Muscle; Nerve,
&c.
   Ammirandoli, G.  Dimostrazione di un apparecchio per la
registrazione grafica  su carta continua con metodo elettrico.
Bol!.  Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1908, 13: 450-2.—Atzler, E.  Dielek-
trographie.   In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth.  (E. Abderhalden)
1935, Abt. V, Teil 8, 1073-84.—Gans, J. A.   An improved
optical  system for cathode-ray recording.   Proc.  Soc.  Exp.
Biol., N.  Y., 1937-38, 36: 63-5.—Lullies,  H.  Ein Zeitordi-
natenschreiber auf  elektrischer Grundlage. Arch. ges. Physiol.,
1908-39, 241: 354-9.—Matthews, B. H. C.  A new electrical
recording system for physiological work.  J. Physiol., Lond.,
1928-29, 65: 225-42.—Monnier, A. M.  L'oscillographe cathodi-
que;  ses  applications en  physiologie.  Bull. Soc.  philomath.
Paris, 1930,  10. ser.,  19:  56-71, ch.—Regelsberger, H.   Zur
Methodik des Elektrodermatogramms.  Zschr. ges. exp. Med.,
1932, 81: 298-313.—Rijtant, P.  Introduction a l'etude  quanti-
tative du developpement de 1'activite d'un tissu (coeur, centres
nerveux) explore a l'aide de  la polvgraphic  cathodique.  Ann.
physiol., Par., 1936, 12: 778-83.—Schmitz, W.   Die Registrie-
rung  von Aktionsstromen mit dem Kathoderistrahlen-Oszillo-
graphen.  Arch. ges. Physiol., 1933, 232: 1-6.

ELECTROHOMEOPATHY.

   See  under Homeopathy.


ELECTROKINETICS.

   See also Cell, Electrokinetics; Electric current;
Electrocataphoresis;   Electrodialysis;   Electro-
physics.
   Abramson, H. A.   Electrokinetic phenomena; the factor  of
proportionality for cataphoretic and electroendosmotic mobili-
ties.  J. Gen. Physiol., 1929-30, 13: 657-68.  ------& Moyer,
L. S.  Electrokinetic phenomena; a comparison of the isoelectric
points of dissolved and crystalline amino acids.  Ibid., 1937-38,
21:729-44.   Also repr.—Bull, H. B.  Electrokinetics; a critical
comparison  of electrophoresis,  streaming potential, and elec-
trosmosis.  J. Phys. Chem., 1935, 39: 577-83.  Also In Colloid
Symp. Monogr., Bait., 1935, 255-61. ------& Moyer, L.  S.
Electrokinetics; streaming potential in small capillaries.  Ibid.,
1936,  9-20.—DuBois, R.. &  Roberts,  A. H.  An  experi-
mental  test  of the identity  of electrokinetic  potentials.   J.
Phys. Chem., 1936, 40: 543-60.—Dunton, W. F.   Validity  of
laws  of electrodynamics.  Nature,  Lond.,  1937,  140: 245.—
Lauffer, M. A., & Gortner, R. A.  Electrokinetics; electrokinetic
theory;  streaming  potential and  the electroosmotic counter
effect.   J. Phys. Chem.,  1939, 43: 721-32—Lunt, R. W., fr
Meek, C. A.   Ionization, excitation,  and chemical reaction in
uniform electric fields; the energy balance and energy efficiencies
for the principal electron processes in hydrogen.  Proc. R. Soc,
Lond.,  1936,  ser.  A,  157:  146-66.—Reichardt,  H.   Ueber
Abweichungen  von  der  Helmholtzschen  Theorie  elektro-
kinetischer  Erscheinungen.  Zschr. phys. Chem., Abt. A, 1931,
154: 337-57.—Schroeder, V. N.  [Nature of electrokinetic
potentials of living cells]  Biol. J., Moskva,  1936, 5: 657-89.


ELECTROLYSIS.

   See   also  Electric  current;  Electrochemistry;
Electrolyte; Electrotherapy; Ion.
   Baborovskj;, G., & Wagner, A.  Die elektrolytische Wasser-
iiberfuhrung  in NaJ-L6sungen;   die  Rolle der Pergament-
papiermembran bei der Elektrolyse der wasserigen Losungen
von Alkali- und Erdalkalihalogeniden.  Zschr. phys. Chem.,
Abt. A, 1932-33, 163: 122-32.—Bluh, O. Ueber Adsorptions-
und Diffusionserscheinungen im  elektrischen  Felde und eine
elektrostatische Messmethode zur Bestimmung des elektri-
schen  Wanderungssinnes  geloster  Stoffe.  Biochem.  Zschr.,
1927,  180:  415-25.—Chanoz, M.   Electrolyse  de dissolutions
salines neutres cloisonnees; modifications du p„ au niveau de la
cloison; remarques pratiques.  C.  rend. Soc.  biol., 1928,  99:
513-5.  ------ Electrolyse avec anode de cuivre; cas de l'eau
distiltee.  Ibid., 1930,  103:  72-6.   ------  & Ponthus, P.
Electrolyse de la gelatine  du commerce additionnee de ferro-
cyanure de potassium; production d'un phenomene periodique.
Ibid.,  1933, 112: 475-8.—Fetcher, E. S., jr,  Lillie, R. S., &
Harkins, W. D.  A method for  the  investigation  of electro-
stenolysis.  J. Gen. Physiol., 1936-37,  20: 671-83.  Also repr.—
Guillermet, E.  Sur l'eiectrolyse  du chlorure cuivrique en
solution dans  l'alcool methylique.  C.  rend. Acad, sc, 1933,
197: 1608-10.—Hacker, W.  Ueber die Anwendung der Kohl-
rausch-Weberschen  Theorie  der  wandernden  Grenze  bei
Losungen mehrerer Elektrolyte und  bei kolloiden  Losungen.
Kolloid Beihefte, 1935, 41: 147-238.—Humbert, R.  L'eiectro-
lyse, point de vue physiologique et medical.   Sciences, Par.,
1938,   66:  456-72.—Jahn,  H.  Ueber  die  Wanderungsge-
schwindigkeit der Ionen in verdiinnten Losungen.  Zschr. phys.
Chem.,  1901,  37:  673-712.—Jolibois,  P.  Electrolyse  des
solutions salines au moyen  d'eiectrodes en eau distiltee.  C.
rend. Acad, sc, 1934, 199: 706-8.   ------ Phenomenes d'oxy-
dation et de  reduction dans l'eiectrolyse par  etincelle.  Bull.
Soc. chim. France,  1938, 5. ser., 5: 1245-7.  ------& de Beco,
P.  La loi de Faraday et l'eiectrolyse par l'etincelle.  C. rend.
Acad, sc,  1936, 202:  1496-8.—Kandler, L., Knorr, C.  A., &
Schwitzer,  C.  Ueber  die massgebenden Vorgange  bei  der
elektrolytischen Wasserstoffabscheidung an aktiven Palladium-
und Platinelektroden.   Zschr. phys. Chem., Abt. A,  1937, 180:
281-304.—Karpachov, S., & Poltoratska, O. Cathode polari-
zation as a function of the current density in  fused salts. J.
Phys.  Chem., 1936, 40: 763-8.—Kugelmass, I. N., & Shohl, A.
T.  Equilibres comportant des ions calcium, hydrogene, car-
bonate,  bicarbonate, phosphate primaire, phosphate secondaire,
phosphate  tertiaire.   C. rend.  Soc.  biol.,  1924,  91:  130.—
Lehmann, O.  Ueber Elektrolyse gemischter Losungen.  Zschr.
phys.  Chem., 1889, 4:  525-31.—Maclnnes, D. A.   The inter-
ionic attraction theory  of electrolytes.  Science, 1937, 86: 23-
9. ------Shedlovsky, T., & Longsworth, L. G. The limiting
equivalent  conductances of several univalent ions in water at
25°.   J. Am.  Chem. Soc, 1932,  54: 2758-62.—Maignon, F.
Effets comparatifs de l'eiectrolyse sur les solutions de diastases
et de  protdnes inactives.  C. rend. Soc biol.,  1932, 109: 93-
5.  ------  Etude chimique de l'eiectrolyse dans ses rapports
avec la biologie. Sciences, Par., 1938, 66: 447-55.—Manegold,
E., &  Schneider, F. A.  Ueber den Elektrizitatstransport durch
Phasengrenzen; System I (Glas-Gas) die elektrolytische Ein-
fuhrung von Wasserstoff in Glas.   Zschr. phys.  Chem., Abt. A,
1931-32, 158:  197-215.—Naray-Szabo, S.  Adsorption und
Ueberspannung.  Ibid.,  1936-37,  178:  355-60.—Norrie,  F.
H. B.  Ionization and electrolysis, with special  reference to the
reduction of potential.  Practitioner, Lond., 1929, 133: 132-
7.—Planiol, R. Courants d'ions positifs produits dans un vide
eieve.   C.  rend. Acad, sc, 1935, 200: 780.—Samarcev, A. G.
Eine optische Methode zur Untersuchung der Konzentrations-
polarisation wahrend der Elektrolyse.  Zschr. phys.  Chem.,
Abt. A, 1934, 171: 45-58.—Schnurmann, R. Druckelektrolyse.
Umschau,  1929, 33: 733-5.—Schwarz,  K.  Zur Theorie der
Elektrolysenerscheinungen in metallischen  Losungen.   Zschr.
phys. Chem., Abt. A,  1933, 164: 223-30.—Shipley, J. W.. &
Rogers, M. T.  The electrolysis  of some organic compounds
with  alternating current.  Canad. J. Res., 1939, 17: sect. B,
147-58.—Stasiw, O.   Ueber die Wanderungsgeschwindigkeit
der Kationen in Alkalihalogenidkristallen.  Nachr.  Ges. Wiss.
Gottingen, 1934-35, n. F., 1: Physik, &c, 147-52.—Steele, B.
D. Die Messung von Ionengeschwindigkeiten in  wasserigen
Losungen  und die Existenz komplexer Ionen.  Zschr. phys.
Chem., 1902, 40: 689-736.—Swyngedauw,  J.  Comportement
des gels de gelatine au cours de 1'electrolyse.  C. rend.  Soc
biol.,  1937, 126: 1195-7.  ------   Interpretation des singu-
larites de migration des ions colores dans les  gels de gelatine
soumis a l'eiectrolyse.  Ibid., 1938, 127: 1321-4.—Tubandt, C,
& Reinhold. H. Ueber die Ionenbeweglichkeit in gut leitenden
festen  Elektrolyten.   Zschr. phys.  Chem., 1931,  Erganzbd,
874-80. 
ELECTROLYTE
145
ELECTROLYTE
  ELECTROLYTE.

     See also Electrolysis; Ion; Solution; also names

  of acids, bases and salts.
     Drucker,  K.    Die  Anomalie  der  starken

  Elektrolyte.   66p.   8?   Stuttg.,  1905.

     Fessenden,  R.  W.   *The  chemical  kinetics
  of high valence type electrolytes in dilute aqueous
  solution.   18p.   8?   N. Y., 1931.
    Banow, A. W. Ueber den Einfluss der Temperatur auf die
  Fluorescenzauslbschung  der FarbstofBosungen durch Elektro-
  lyte.   Zschr. phys. Chem., Abt.  A, 1932-33, 163: 172-84 —
  Campbell, N.   The optical activity of electrolytes.  J.  Phys
  Chem., 1931,  35: 1143-55.—Fajans, K., & Kohner, H.  Be-
  merkungen zu alten und neuen Arbeiten uber die Refraktion
  von Elektrolyten.  Zschr. phys. Chem., Abt. A, 1930, 147: 241-
  62.—Fajans, K., &  Liihdemann, R.  Zur Frage  der Nichtad-
  ditivitat  der  Aequivalentrefraktion starker Elektrolyte bei
  grosseren Konzentrationen.  Ibid., Abt.  B, 1935, 29: 150-7.—
  Forbes, G. S., &  Elkins,  H.  B.   Molecular refractions and
  dispersions, in  the  ultraviolet, of  salts  and of ions in  water
  solution.  J. Am. Chem.  Soc, 1934, 56: 516-21.—Giedroyc, W.,
  & Przylecki, S. J.  Effect of the addition of salts on the PH of
  solutions of ampholytes. Biochem. J., Lond., 1931, 25: 465-
  72.—Hahn, F. L., & Klockmann, R. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis
  der Ampholyte.  Zschr.  phys. Chem., Abt. A, 1932, 162: 318-
  30.—Hedelius, E., & Reinius, E.  Untersuchungen iiber hoch-
  molekulare Elektrolyte.  Biochem. Zschr., 1933, 258: 181-93.—
  Inouye, K. Ueber die Wirkung der Elektrolyten auf die Gly-
  cerophosphatase.  J. Biochem., Tokyo, 1928-29, 10: 395-408.—
  Joseph, N. R.   Activity coefficients in systems containing ions
  and zwitter ions.  J. Biol. Chem., 1934,  105: p.xliii.—Kilpi, S.
  Der Aequivalenzpunkt in der Saure-Basen-Titration  und die
  Elektrolytwirkung.   Zschr. phys.  Chem.,  Abt. A,  1935, 172:
  277-99.—Kortiim, G.  Optisches Verhalten geloster Ionen und
  seine Bedeutung fiir die Struktur elektrolytischer Losungen; op-
  tische Drehung des Methyl-propyl-phenyl-benzyl-ammonium-
  ions.  Ibid., Abt. B, 1935-36, 31: 137-51.—Lange, J., & Herre,
  E.  Van der Waalssche Krafte in Elektrolyten.  Ibid., Abt. A,
  1937-38,  181:  329754.—Onsager, L.,  & Fuoss, R.  M.   Irre-
  versible processes in electrolytes;  diffusion,  conductance, and
  viscous flow in arbitary mixtures of  strong electrolytes.  J.
  Phys. Chem., 1932,  36:  2689-778.—Ostwald, W.  Electrolyte
  coagulation and coefficient of electrolyte activity.  Ibid., 1938
  42: 981-1000.—Perez, M.  Ricerche sul comportamento degli
  elettroliti nelle ustioni da agenti chimici; acidi. Boll. Soc ital.
  biol. sper., 1937, 12: 741-4.—Portevin, A., & Cymboliste, M
  Etude  du pouvoir de  penetration  des  bains electrolytiques.
  C. rend. Acad, sc, 1935, 201: 819-21.—Sementschenko, W., &
  Sawada, E. Studien uber Elektrolytgemische; Kryoskopie von
  Elektrolytgemischen.  Zschr. phys. Chem.,  Abt. A, 1932, 159:
  441-53.—Syrkin, J.  K.,  & Potapow, I.  Ueber die Adsorption
  der Elektrolyte durch aschenf reie stickstoff beladene Kohle.  Kol-
  loid Zschr., 1932, 59: 47-9.—Tollert, H.  Ueber eine Mischungs-
  regel fiir die  Viscositat wasseriger Losungen starker  Elek-
  trolyte, sowie  die  empirische Ermittelung der spezifischen
  Ionenviscositaten und der Verminderung der Hydrolyse durch
 ein Neutralsalz.  Zschr.  phys. Chem., Abt. A, 1935,  172: 129-
  42.—Van  Rysselberghe, P.  The osmotic properties of colloidal
 electrolytes and the Hammarsten effect.  J. Phys. Chem.,  1934,
  38: 645-53.  ------  Theorems concerning the activity coeffi-
 cients and osmotic coefficients of strong and weak electrolytes.
  Ibid., 1935, 39: 403-14.—Veil, S.  Potentiel eiectrometrique et
 constitution des  electrolytes.  C.  rend. Acad, sc,  1936,  203:
 928-30.—Vies, F. Notes sur les proprietes physico-chimiques
 des electrolytes; sur les relations entre les proprietes physico-
 chimiques  et spectrales  des electrolytes.   Arch. phys.  biol.,
 Par., 1935,  12: 57;  1936, 13: 88.—Walden, P.   Wasserfreies
 Hydrazin  als Ionisierungsmittel fiir Elektrolyte und Nichtelek-
 trolyte; iiber das Verhalten von aromatischen Nitrokorpern und
 typischen  Halbelektrolyten.  Zschr. phys.  Chem., Abt. A,
 1934, 168: 419-67. ------& Birr,  E. J.  Anomale Elektrolyte;
 iiber'den Elektrolytcharakter der Triarylaminium- und Tetra-
 arylhydraziniumverbindungen.  Ibid., 107-23.—Walden,  P., &
 Hilgert, H. Wasserfreies Hydrazin als Ionisierungsmittel fur
 Elektrolyte  und Nichtelektrolyte;  uber  das Verhalten  von
 typischen  Elektrolyten  und Halbelektrolyten.   Ibid.,  1933,
 165:  241-71.—Yvon, J.  Le  potentiel  thermodynamique  a
 volume constant dans  les  solutions d'eiectrolytes  forts.   J.
 phvs. radium,  Par.,  1936,  7. ser.,  7:  93.—Zirkler, J.   Zur
 Assoziation starker Elektrolyte.  Zschr. phys. Chem., Abt. A
 1932-33, 163: 1-7.

 ----   Biological aspect.

   Benatt,   A.    *Vergleichende  experimentelle
 Untersuchungen  zum  Elektrolytgehalt  der   Or-
 gane.   lop.    8?   Berl., 1927.
   Ax  A.  A.   [The role  of  electrolytes  in clinical pathology]
 Odess.  med. J., 1928, 3: 95-103.—Baas  Becking, L.  G. M.,
 Karstens, W. K. H., & Kanner, M.  Salzeffekte und  Milieu bei
 Artemia salina L. nebst Bemerkungen uber Ionenantagonismus.
 Protoplasma, Lpz.,  1936, 25: 32-40.—Bader, H.  Recherches
sur le  mode  de  desintegration  de  quelques substances ali-
mentaires en presence de divers electrolytes.  Ann. falsif.,  Par.,
 1934, 27: 518-28, 3 pi.—Bernstein, A.  [Effect of electrolytes
 on the vessels of isolated organs]  J. eksp. biol., 1930, 14: 4-9.—
 Ciurea, C. L.  Action des electrolytes sur la  respiration bac-
 terienne.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 117: 145-7.—Cullen, G. E.,
 & Wilkins, W. E.  Electrolytes in human tissue; the digestion
 of tissue  and  other  biological material and  the  subsequent
 determination  of various electrolytes.   J. Biol. Chem.,  1933,
 102: 403-13.—Darrow, D. C, & Yannet, H.  Effect of changes
 ;n extracellular electrolyte on  cellular electrolyte  and water.
 Am. J. Dis.  Child., 1934, 48: 938.—Glass,  J.  Eine einfache
 Methode  zur  Messung  der  Diffusionsgeschwindigkeit  des
 Elektrolyten im gelifizierten Blutserum  und ihre  klinische
 Anwendung.  Wien. klin. Wschr., 1938, 51: 206-8.—Grossfeld,
 H.   Osmotischer  Druck,  Elektrolvte  und  Gewebezellen.
 Protoplasma, Lpz.,  1936,  26:  497-519.—Hugounenq. L., &
 Loiseleur,  J.  Sur la biochimi des electrolytes.   Bull.  Soc.
 chim.  biol.,  Par., 1926,  8:  611-20.—Jacobs,  E.   Ueber dea
 Zusammenhang von Elektrolytempfindlichkeit eines Organs
 und seinem eigenen Elektrolytgehalt.  Zschr.  ges.  exp. Med.,
 1926, 50:  336-8.—Kraus, F., & Zondek, S. G.  Zu den Bezie-
 hungen zwischen  Elektrolyt,  Nerv  und  Muskel.   Biochem.
 Zschr., 1925,  156: 216-23.—Levin, I. E.  [Effect of electrolytes
 on light  dispersion  and viscosity  of  bacterial  suspension]
 Arkh. biol. nauk, 1937, 45:  183-91.—Muntwyler, E., Hanzal,
 R. F. [et  al.]  Electrolyte  content of human autopsy tissue.
 Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1936-37, 35:  555.—Shaughnessy,
 H. J., & Criswell, K. I. The influence of electrolytes upon the
 viability and electrophoretic migration  of Bacterium coli.  J.
 Gen. Physiol., 1925-26, 9: 123-36.—Sumwalt, M.  Ion effects
 upon ion  permeability of the Fundulus chorion.  Biol. Bull.,
 1933, 64: 114-23.—Vallesi,  E.   Comportamento dello stagno
 per elettrolisi con corrente alternata in liquido alcalino.  Boll.
 Soc. eustach., 1933, 31: 1.—Zondek. S.  G. Ueber die Stellung
 der Elektrolyte im  Organismus und ihre Bedeutung fiir  die
 Erfassung klinischer Krankheitsbilder.  Klin. Wschr., 1925, 4 :
 905-10.

 ----  Dissociation.

   See also Dissociation; Ion.
   Arrhenius, S.  Ueber  die Aenderung der  Starke schwacher
 Sauren durch Salzzusatz.  Zschr.  phys. Chem., 1899, 31: 197-
 229.—Brodsky, A.  Die elcktrolvtische Dissoziation, Tempera-
 tur und das, Losungsmittel.  Ibid.. 1924, 108: 293-7.—Choda-
 kow, J. W.  Die elektrostatiische Theorie der Ionengleichge-
 (vichte; das chemische Gleichgewicht in wasseriger  Losung als
 elektrostatisches Problem.  Ibid., Abt. B, 1934, 24: 35-52.—
 Fuoss, R. M., & Kraus, C. A.  Properties of electrolytic solu-
 tions; the dissociation constant.  J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1933, 55:
 1019-28.—Halban, H. von, & Kortiim, G.  Die Dissoziations-
 konstanten  schwacher und mittelstarker  Elektrolyte;  die
 Dissoziationskonstante des  a-Dinitrophenols  und  der  Gel-
 tungsbereich  der  Debye-Huckelschen   Grenzformel.   Zschr.
 phys. Chem., Abt. A,  1934, 170: 351-79.—Kreider, H. R., &
 Jones, H. C.  The dissociation  of electrolytes in non-aqueous
 solvents as determined by the conductivity  and boiling-point
 methods.   Am.  Chem. J.,  1911,  45: 282-324.—Kuzuoka, T.
 Ueber  die Dissoziationskonstante  der Essigsaure  und  der
 Oxalsaure.  Mitt. Med. Akad. Kioto, 1933,  7: 1305.—Laar, J. J.
 van.  Ueber den Dissociationsgrad gesattigter Losungen eines
 Elektrolyten  in  verschiedenen  Losungsmitteln,   und  von
 Losungen,  welche im Teilungsgleichgewicht stehen.   Zschr.
 phys. Chem., 1907,  58:  567-74.—Larsson,  E.  Die elektro-
 lytische Dissoziation von Sauren in Salzlosungen; die Dissozia-
 Lionskonstanten einiger Fettsiiuren  mit verzweigten Kohlen-
 stoffketten und  die AktivitatsverhSltnisse  ihrer  Ionen  in
 Natriumchlorid- und Kaliumchloridlosungen.  Ibid., Abt. A,
 1932,159:306:315.------Die  Dissoziationskonstanten und
 \ktivitatsfunktionen  einiger  Oxy- und Oxosruren  in Natri-
 umehlorid- und  Kaliumchloridlosungen.  Ibid., Abt. 3,  1933,
 166:  241-53.- Lorenz, R.  Ueber  die Anwendung der Theorie
 ier elektrolytwchen Ionen auf die  geschmolzenen Salze.  Ibid.,
 1910,  70:  230-8.—Nernst, W.   Ueber die Berechnung der
elektiol\ tisciun Dissoziation aus der elektrischen Leitfahigkeit.
Sitzber. Preuss.  Akad. Wiss., 1928,  4-8.—Rabinowitsch,  M.
Zur Frage  iiber die  Natur der elektrolvtischen  Dissoziation.
Zschr.  phys.  Chem., Abt.  A,  1930, 147: 345-70.—Rizi, A.
Dissociazione jonica  ed azione biologica.  Rass. ter.  pat. clin.,
 1936, 8: 601-21.—Rodebush, W. H.  The  ionization of strong
electrolytes.  J. Phys. Chem.,  1924, 28: 1113-7.—Schmidt,
C. L. A.,  &  Miyamoto,  S.  Transference  and  conductivity
studies on solutions  of certain proteins and  amino acids with
special reference to the formation  of complex ions between the
alkaline earth elements and  certain proteins.  Sunti Congr.
internaz  fisiol.,  1932,  227.—Van 't Hoff, J.  H.   Ueber das
 Verdiinnungsgesetz bei Salzen.  Zschr. phys. Chem., 1895,  18:
300-4.—-Wagner, C.   Ueber  den Zusammenhang zwischen
 lonenbeweglichkeit  und  Diffussionsgeschwindigkeit in festen
Salzen.  Ibid.,  Abt.  B,  1930-31, 11:  139-51.—Walden, P.
 Lichtbrechungsvermosen   und  elektrolytische  Dissociation.
 [bid., 1907, 59: 385-415.  ------  Beitrage zur unvollstandigen
 Dissoziation von typisch binaren  Salzen und zur Anwendung
des Verdiinnungsgesetzes  auf dieselben  in  nicht  wasserigen
Losungsmitteln.   Ibid., Abt. A,  1930,  148:  4,5-94— Wilder-
mann,  M.   Der  experimentelle Beweis der  van't Hoffschen
Konstante, des  Arrheniusschen  Satzes,  des  Ostwaldschen
Verdiinnungsgesetzes  in  sehr  verdunnten Losungen.  Ibid.,
1894.15:337-57. ------ Experimentelle Priifung von van 't
Hoff's Konstante in  sehr verdunnten Losungen.  Ibid.,  1898,
77908—vol. 5, 4th series----10 
ELECTROLYTE                                 146                                 ELECTROLYTE
25:  699-710.—Zanninovich-Tessarin,  H.    Elektrolytische
Dissociation der Losungen in Ameisensaure.  Ibid., 1896, 19:
251-60.

----   Electrical properties.

   See also Electric conductance, &c.
   Abramson, H. A.  Electrokinetic phenomena; action of uni-
univalent electrolytes on electric mobility of proteins.  J. Gen.
Physiol., 1933,16: 593-603. Also repr—Hogben, L., & Gordon,
C.   Studies  on the  comparative  physiology  of  contractile
tissues; the  relation  of electrolytes to electrical conductivity.
J. Exp. Biol.,  Lond., 1930, 7: 269-85.—Jezewski, M.,  Wierz-
bicki, M., & Kamecki, J.  Dielektrizitatskonstanten verdiinnter
starker Elektrolyten bei verschiedenen Temperaturen.  Bull.
internat. Acad, polon. sc, 1935, ser.  A, 417-29.—Karpen, V.
Passage du  courant dans les  electrolytes sans electrolyse.   C.
rend. Acad, sc, 1934, 199: 480 3— Klemene.A.,& Milleret, H.
Die  Messung des  Kathoden-  und Anodenfalles  in  einigen
Elektrolytlosungen.  Zschr. phys.  Chem., Abt. B, 1938,  40:
252-62.—Mukherjee, I. N.  Die  elektrischen  Eigenschaften
von  Kolloiden; das eigengesetzliche Verhalten von Kolloiden
als Elektrolyte.  Kolloid Zschr., 1933, 63: 36-47.—Osterhout,
W. J.  V., & Hill, S. E. Salt bridges  and negative variations.
J. Gen. Physiol.,   1929-30, 13:  547-52.—Planck. M.   Zur
Theorie der  Elektrizitatserregung  in Elektrolyten.   Sitzber.
Preuss. Akad. Wiss.,  1935, 147-9.—Riesenfeld,  E.  H., &
Reinhold,  B.  Bestimmung von  Ueberfuhrungszahlen  aus
elektromotorischen  Kraften  in  Losungsmitteln,  welche  mit
Wasser nur beschriinkt mischbar sind.   Zschr. phys.  Chem.,
1910, 68: 459-70.—Schottky.  W.  Ueber den  Mechanismus der
Ionenbewegung in festen  Elektrolyten.   Ibid.,  Abt.  B, 1935,
29: 335-55.—Smith & Rose, R.  L.   The electrical properties of
sea-water for alternating currents.   Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1933,
ser.  A, 143: 135-46.—Wierzbicki,  M.  Dielektrizitatskonstan-
ten  einiger  starker,  verdiinnter,  einwertiger Elektrolyte bei
verschiedenen Temperaturen. Bull, internat. Acad, polon. sc,
1938, ser. A, 413-22.

----   Metabolism.

   Van Slyke, D.  D.   Factors  affecting the  dis-
tribution  of electrolytes,  water, and gases in the
animal body.   62p.   8?    Phila.  [1926]
   Anderson, E., & Joseph, M.  Electrolyte excretion studies in
rats  maintained on low-Na and low-K diets.  Proc. Soc. Exp.
Biol.,  N. Y., 1939, 40: 344-7.—Cooper, W. C. & Osterhout,
W. J.  V.  The accumulation of electrolytes; the entrance of
ammonia into Valonia macrophvsa.  J. Gen. Physiol., 1930-31,
14: 117-25.—Cullen, G. E., Wi'lkins, W. E., & Harrison, T. R.
Electrolytes in human tissue; the electrolyte content of hearts
and  other tissues from cases with, various diseases.   J. Biol.
Chem., 1933,  102: 415-23.  Also repr.—Jacques, A. G.  The
accumulation  of  electrolytes; organic electrolytes.   J. Gen.
Physiol., 1934, 18: 235; 283.  ------ Replacement of ammonia
by sodium and potassium.  Ibid.,  1937-38, 21: 665-85.  Also
repr.  —---- &  Osterhout,  W. J. V.  The accumulation of
electrolytes; behavior  of sodium,  potassium, and  ammonium
in Valonia.   Ibid.,  1930-31, 14:  301-14.  ------   Internal
versus  external concentrations of potassium.  Ibid., 1932, 15:
537-50.------Accumulation of iodine by Halicystis  and
Valonia.  Ibid., 1937-38,  21: 687-93.  ------  Accumulation
of nitrate by Valonia and Halicystis.   Ibid.,  767-80.  Also
repr.—Lavollay, J.  Considerations sur la  fixation et l'echange
des cations chez les etres vivants.  Bull. Soc.  chim. bio)., Par.,
1936,  18:  1269-90.—Lundegardh,  H.  Theorie der Ionenauf-
nahme in lebende Zellen.  Naturwissenschaften, 1935, 23: 313-
8.—Manery. J. F.  The  distribution of electrolytes in  rat
tissues. Am. J. Physiol., 1937,  119: 372.------& Hastings,
A. B.  The  distribution of electrolytes in mammalian  tissues.
J. Biol. Chem., 1939, 127: 675-76.   Also repr.—Osterhout,  W.
J. V.  The accumulation of electrolytes; suggestions  as to the
nature of accumulation in Valonia.  J. Gen. Physiol., 1930-31,
14: 285-300.  Also repr.—Teorell,  T.  Studies on the diffusion
effect upon ionic distribution; experiments on ionic accumula-
tion.  Ibid., 1937, 21: 107-22.   Also  repr.—Thorn, G. W., &
Engel,  L. L.  The effect of sex hormones on the renal excretion
of electrolytes.  J. Exp.  M., 1938, 68: 299-312.------&
Eisenberg, H.  The effect of corticosterone  and related com-
pounds on the renal excretion of electrolytes.  Ibid.,  161-71.
Also repr.

----   Solution.

   See also Diffusion; Dissociation;  Solution.
   Abramson,  H. A., & Muller,  H.  The  influence of salts oi<
the electric charge of surfaces in liquids.   In Symposia Quant
Biol.,  1933, 1: 29-33.—Akerlof, G., & Thomas. H. C.  A
study  of the solubility of strong electrolytes in concentrated
solutions.  J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1934, 56: 593-601.—Andersen,
E. B.,  & Asmussen,  R. W.   The Faraday-effect of some uni-
univalent electrolytes in aqueous solutions.   J. Phys.  Chem
1932, 36: 2819; 2827.—Barbulescu, N. La theorie di'polaire des
solutions.  J. chim. phys., Par., 1935, 32: 639-56.—Brodsky,
A. E.,  & Filippowa, N. S.  Die Brechungsindices und Refrak-
tionen  verdiinnter Elektrolytlosungen; Verbesserung der inter-
ferometrischen Methodik und Messungen mit Thalliumchlorid
und  Thalliumnitrat.  Zschr.  phys.  Chem., Abt. B, 1933  23-
399-411.—Brodsky, A. E., & Scherschewer,  J. M.  Die Bre-
chungsindices  und  Refraktionswerte verdiinnter  Elektrolyt-
losungen; die  Brechungsindices  und  Refraktionswerte  von
Kaliumchlorid, Kaliumbromid, Kaliumnitrat  und  Natunum-
chlorid.  Ibid., 412-27.—Chanoz.   Mecanisme des variations
de la concentration globale des ions dans les chaines aqueuses.
cloisonnees,  tiaversees par du  courant continu.  C. rend. Soc,
biol., 1930, 104: 575-7.—Cohn, E. J., McMeekin, T. L. [et al.]
Studies in the  physical chemistry of amino-acids, peptides, and
related substances; interactions between dipolar ions in aqueous
solution.  J. Phys.  Chem., 1939,  43:  169-88.—Cohn,  E.  J.,
McMeekin,  T. L., & Greenstein, J. P.  The solvent action of
neutral salts upon peptides in solutions of low dielectric con-
stant.  J. Biol. Chem., 1935, 109: p.xxi— Craig, R., & Schmidt,
C. L. A.  Studies of the effect of concentration  and of the
degree  of ionization on the optical refractivity of solutions of
certain amino  acids, proteins, and other compounds.  Austral,
J. Exp. Biol.,  1932. 9: 33-67.—Falkenhagen,  H.  Die Unter-
suchung von Dipolfliissigkeiten und fliissigen starken Elektro-
lyten mittels Kurzwellen.  Ref. Internat. Kongr. Kurzwellen,
1937, 1. Kongr.,  114-29.------ & Bachem, C.  Compressi-
bility of electrolytic solutions.  Nature, Lond., 1935,135:830.—
Ferrry, R. M., Cohn, E. J., & Newman, E. S.   The solvent
action  of neutral salts upon albumins in solutions of low dielec-
tric constant.  J. Biol. Chem., 1935, 109: 32.—Fredenhagen, K.
Beitrage zur Kenntnis der elektrolytischen Losungskrafte und
des elektrolytischen  Ionenzustandes.   Zschr. phys. Chem.,
1927,  128: 239-65.—Goldet, A.  Contribution a  l'etude  des
birefringences  electrique et magnetique des  liquides.  Ann.
phys.,  Par.,  1938, 11. ser.,  10: 103-72.— Harned, H.  S.  Ions
in solution;  some aspects of the present status of the thermo-
dynamics of electrolytic solutions.  J.  Franklin Inst., 1938,
225: 623-59.—Hoitsema,  C.  Wasserige Losungen  von zwei
Salzen  mit  einem gleichnamigen Ion.  Zschr. phys. Chem.,
1898, 27: 312-8.—Hdlemann, P., Kohner, H. [et al.]  Ueber die
Temperaturabhangigkeit der Aequivalentrefraktion von starken
Elektrolyten in Losung.  Ibid.,  Abt. B, 1931, 13: 338; 347;
354.—Iliin,  B., Sementschenko, W., & Iwanow,  W.  Ober-
flachenerscheinungen  an der  Grenze  fester  Korper-Losung;
Veranderung der  Benetzungswarmen in Losungen oberflachen-
aktiver Stoffe  bei Einfiihrung von Elektrolyten.  Ibid., Abt. A,
1933,   166:  382-92.—Kielland,  J.   Specific  thermodynamic
properties of dilute ionic solutions.  J. Phys. Chem., 1939. 43:
797-804.—Kohlrausch, F., & Rose, F.  Die Loslichkeit einiger
schwer loslicher Korper im Wasser, beurteilt aus der elektrischen
Leitungsfahigkeit der Losungen.   Zschr. phys.  Chem., 1894,
12: 234-43.—Kortiim, G.   Das  optische  Verhalten geloster
Ionen  und seine  Bedeutung fiir die Struktur elektrolytischer
Losungen;   der  Geltungsbereich   des  Lambert-Beerschen
Gesetzes in  wasserigen Losungen anorganischer  Salze.  Ibid.,
Abt. B, 1936,  33: 243-64.  ------   Ueber die  Wechselwirkung
zwischen Ionen und Losungsmittelmolekulen und die Struktur
von Wasser-Alkohol-Gemischen.    Ibid.,  1937,  38:  1-22 —
Kraus, C. A.  Solutions of electrolytes in non-aqueous solvents.
J. Franklin Inst.,  1938, 225: 687-707.------Non-coulombic
interactions  in solutions of electrolytes.  J. Phys. Chem., 1939,
43: 231-8.—Laar,  J.  J. van.   Die  Beziehungen zwischen
Losungswarme und Loslichkeit bei Elektrolyten.  Zschr. phys.
Chem., 1900,  35: 11-7.—Lange, E., & Shibata, Z.  Losungs-
warmen schwerloslicher Elektrolyte; Bestimmung der Losungs-
warme von AgJ bei 25.0° C.  Ibid., Abt. A, 1930,149:465-71 —
Lange,  J.   Zur physikalischen   Charakterisierung  geloster
Ionen (nach Messungen des Gefrierpunkts und der Leitfahigkeit
von sehr verdunnten wasserigen Losungen einiger Tetraalkyl-
ammoniumhalogenide)  Ibid., 1934, 168:  147-87.—Meyer, T.
Rupture et  conductibilite dans les liquides en  couches minces.
J. chim. phys., Par.,  1935, 32: 199-209—Noyes, A. A.  Die
Theorie der Loslichkeitsbeeinflussung bei zweiionigen Elektro-
lyten  mit lauter  verschiedenen Ionen.   Zschr.  phys. Chem.,
1898,   27: 267-78.  ------ & Chapin, E.  S.  Der Einfluss
zweiioniger Elektrolyte auf die Loslichkeit dreiioniger Elektro-
lyte mit lauter verschiedenen Ionen.  Ibid., 1899, 28: 518-22.—
Noyes, A. A.,  & Schwartz, D.  Die Loslichkeit von zweiionigen
Salzen  schwacher Sauren in starkeren Sauren.  Ibid., 1898, 27:
279-84— Noyes,  A.  A.,  & Woodworth, E. H.   Priifung der
Theorie der Loslichkeitsbeeinflussung  bei  dreiionigen Salzen.
Ibid.,  26:  15278.—Osterhout, W.  J. V., & Stanley, W. M.
The accumulation of electrolytes; models showing accumulation
and a  steady state.   J. Gen. Physiol., 1932, 15:  667-69.  Also
repr.—Pesce,  G.  Ueber die  Konzentrationsabhangigkeit der
Aequivalentrefraktion  von  starken  Elektrolyten  in Losung.
Zschr.  phys. Chem., Abt. A,  1932,  160: 295-300.—Plake, E.
Verdiinnungswarmen  von  Losungen starker  Elektrolyte und
die Assoziationshypothese  von Nernst.   Ibid.,  162: 257-80.
------  Siedepunktserhohungen  von  wasserigen  Losungen
starker Elektrolyte.   Ibid., 1935,  172:  113-28 —Rimbach, E.
Ueber  Drehungsiinderungen aktiver Elektrolyte in verdunnten
wasserigen  Losungen.   Ibid.,  1899, 28: 251-6.—Scott, A. F.
Studies in the solubilities of the soluble electrolytes; an estima-
tion of the radii of ions in saturated solutions.  J. Phvs. Chem.,
1931, 35: 1410-7. ------& Durham, E. J.  The solubility of
soluble electrolytes; the solubility of  the  alkali and alkaline
earth bromides in hydrobromic acid. Ibid.,  1930, 34: 531-7.—
Shedlovsky, T.  Distribution of  electrolytes between non-
miscible solvents.  In  Symposia  Quant. Biol.,  1936. 4:  27-
33.—Sitte, K., & Daniel, V.  Ueber die  Diffusion von Elek-
trolytlosungen.   Zschr. phys.  Chem., Abt. A, 1938, 182: 295-
318.—Siva Rao, C. S.  Effect of change of temperature  on the
constitution of water in solutions of  electrolytes.   Proc. R.
Soc, Lond., 1935, ser. A, 151:167-78.—Spacu, G.. & Popper, E.
Ueber  refraktometrische  Untersuchungen  der Losungen  von 
ELECTROLYTE
147
ELECTROMAGNETISM
 Salzgemischen und uber Ionendeformationen.   Zschr.  phys.
 Chem., Abt. B, 1934, 25:460-70.—Teunissen, P. H., & Bungen-
 berg de Jong, H. G.  Reihenfolgen der Kationen bei der Um-
 ladung mit Neutralsalzen; Analogien mit den Reihenfolgen der
 Loslichkeit von entsprechenden kleinmolekularen Elektrolyten.
 Kolloid  Beihefte, 1938,  48: 33-92.—Tollert. H.   Untersuchun-
 gen  iiber  die Zahigkeit wasseriger  Elektrolytlosungen;  iiber
 einige  Konzentrationsanomalien  der  spezifischen  Ionenvis-
 cositat.  Zschr. phys. Chem., Abt. A, 1937, 180: 383-91.

 ----   Therapeutic use.

    Becka,  J.   [Therapeutic  utilization  of some electrolytes]
 Bratisl.  lek. listy, 1935, 15: 165-9.—Breccia, G.  Le cure con
 elettroliti.  Riv.  med.  social,  tuberc,  1937,   14:  181-9.—
 Daschevici, V.  [Study  on the therapeutic importance of anor-
 ganic electrolytes (Mn,Fe,) of Biotonicum and the clinical and
 experimental  bases of the Fero-Mangan therapy] Cluj. med.
 1934, 15:  345-53— Gaspero, H. di.  Klinische  Erfahrungen
 iiber die  Elektrolyttherapie  mit  Sepdelen.   Miinch.  med.
 Wschr.,  1938, 85: 1591—Peritz, G.  Die Wirkung von Elektro-
 lyten auf  den psychischen Ablauf.  Zschr.  klin. Med., 1928,
 108: 360-8.—Rabinowitsch.  La influencia nociva del cloruro
 de sodio sobre el metabolismo mineral y la  importancia de la
 regulaci6n de  los cationes (electrolitoterapia)  Rev. med. germ.
 iber. amer., 1933,  6: 147-53.—Schneider, A. G.  Ueber die
 Beeinflussbarkeit des vegetativen  Tonus  durch Aenderungen
 im Eiektrolythaushalt.  Zschr. ges. exp. Med.,  1933, 89: 470-
 82.

 ELECTROMAGNET.

    See  also  Electromagnetism; Eye, Foreign body:
 Extraction; Magnet.
    Anderson. H. L., Dunning, J. R., & Mitchell,  D. P.  Regula-
 tor systems for electromagnets.  Rev. Sc. Instrum., 1937, 8:
 497-501.—Darwin, C. G.  Notes on magneto-optics.  Proc. R.
 Soc, Lond., 1935,  ser.  A, 151: 512-39.—Dopheide, E.   Die
 Magnetlanze,  der  Magnetpfriem   und  die  Magnetpinzette.
 Zschr. Augenh.,  1936, 90: 193-5.—Ewing, A. E.  Chromium
 plated  lance  pointed magnet  tips.   Tr.  Am.  Acad. Ophth.
 Otolar.,  1928,  33: 458.—Friedman, S. J.  IFirst  gigantic Soviet
 electromagnet—Solenoid] Sovet. vest, oft., 1936, 9: 858-60.—
 Harman, N. B.  The Firle eye-magnet.  Lancet, Lond., 1939,
 1: 638.—Judge, H. V.  A new magnet stand for use  with large
 and small  magnets.  Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1937,  17:  518-22.—
 Livingston, M. S.  The magnetic resonance accelerator.   Rev.
 Sc. Instrum.,  1936, 7: 55-68.—MacDonald, A. E. A practical
 method  to test the strength of ophthalmic magnets.  Tr. Am.
 Ophth. Soc, 1935, 33: 403, pi.—Nechitch, G.  Puissant eiect.ro-
 aimant a mouvements  automatiques et monte  sur  wagonnet
 mobile, destine a l'ophtalmologie et a la grande chirurgie; mode
 d'utilisation.  Ann. ocul., Par., 1938, 175: 507-43.

 ELECTROMAGNETISM.

    See  also  Electric wave; Electromagnet; Mag-
 netism;  Radiation.
   Banerjee, S. S., & Singh, B. N.  Effect of longitudinal mag-
 netic field  on  the refractive  index and conductivity  of ionized
 air.  Nature, Lond., 1938, 141: 511.—Campbell, L. L.  Radia-
 tion energy of the electromagnetic spectrum.   Med. Rec, N.
 Y., 1937, 145: 317-9.—Frisch, O. R.,  von Halban, H., jr, &
 Koch, J.  The  magnetic field  acting upon neutrons  inside
 magnetized iron.  Nature, Lond., 1937, 139: 360.—Goldstein,
 L. Sur les  champs eiectromagnetiques de la theorie des quanta.
 J. phys.  radium, Par.,  1934, 7. ser., 5: 545-52.—Henriot, E.
 L'aspect antisymetrique de l'61ectromagnetisme: torque  et
 momentor.  Bull. Acad. Belgique, 1935, 5. ser.,  21: cl. sc, 29-
 37.—Ionescu.  T. V., & Mihul, C.  Repartition des vitesses des
 electrons dans le champ  magnetique. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1936,
 202:  1160-2.—Johnson, E. A.  The  limiting sensitivity  of an
 alternating-current  method  of measuring  small  magnetic
 moments.  Rev. Sc. Instrum., 1938, 9: 263-6.—Kellogg,  J. M.
 B., Rabi, T. I.,  & Zacharias. J. R. Sign of the magnetic moment
 of the proton and of the deuteron.  Nature,  Lord., 1936, 137:
 658.—Milne. E. A.   On the equations of electromas:netism;
 field theory.  Proc. R.  Soc,  Lond., 1937, ser. A,  163: 514.
 ------  On the equations of electromagnetism; identifications.
 Ibid., 1938, ser. A, 165:  313-32.  ------  On the equations of
 electromagnetism;  field  theory.  Ibid., 333-57.—Panizza, B.
 Intorno all'influenza che esercita a  distanza il  corpo umaro
 sugli  apparecchi captatori e  produttori di onde  elettro-mag-
 netiche.  Arch, fisiol., Fir.,  1927,  25:  538-47.—Pirovano. A.
 L'induzione magneto-elettrica  in  biologia.  Atti  internaz.
 elettroradiob.,  1934, 1.  Congr., 134-44.—Proca, A.  Sur la
 definition du champ eiectromagnetique par  des potentiels et
 sur le moment magnetique  de l'eiectron.   C. rend. Acad, sc,
 1936,  202:  641-3.—Santo Rini. P.   Contribution a Fanalyse
 experimentale  d'un champ  eiectromagnetique  ultrafrequent.
 Ref. Internat.  Kongr. Kurzwellen,  1937,  1.  Kongr., 47-59.—
 Scherer,  M., & Piekara, A.   Superposition des  birefringences
 electrique et magnetique. J. phys.  radium, Par., 1934, 7. ser.,
 5:  568-70.—Schott, G. A. On the electromagnetic fields due to
 variable electric charges and in intensities of spectrum lines
according to the quantum theory.  Proc R. Soc, Lond.,  1933,
ser  A  139: 37-56.—Stoner, E. C.  Collective electron ferro-
magnetism.  Ibid., 1938, ser. A, 165: 372-414.—Verschaffelt, I
 J. E.  Nouveau systAme  d'unites en eiectromagnetisme.  J.
 phys. radium,  Par., 1932,  7. ser., 3: 225-8.—Vignal, W., &
 Gondet.   Etude oscillographique des courbes de  tension et
 d'intensite de la bobine faradique et du groupe magneto-faradi-
 que.  J.  radiol. electr., 1929, 13: 81-6.—Watson, W. H.  Dis-
 continuity in electromagnetism.  Tr.  R. Soc. Canada, 1934, 3.
 ser., 28: sect. 3, 1-27.—Watters, B.  D. H.  The nature and
 production of electro-magnetic radiation; a scientific review of
 the chart.  Brit. J. Phys. M., 1934, 9: 3-5, ch.


 ELECTROMETRY.

   See also specific  medical or technical  applica-
 tions as Acid-base  equilibrium,  Determination,
 potentiometric;  Chronaximetry,  &c; also  in  3.
 ser.  Galvanometer;  Rheostat.
   Lass, J.   *Methode zur  Messung der Polarisa-
 tion bei  Elektronenstossleuchten   [Kiel]  p.701-
 20.   8?  Lpz.,  1929.
   Also Ann. Phys., Lpz., 1929, 5. F.,  3:
   Wreschner,  M.  Instrumente und Methoden
 zur elektrischen Strom- und  Spannungmessung.
 p.1263-362.   8?  Berl.,  1938.
   In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (E. Abderhalden)  Berl., 1938,
 Abt. 5, T. 10, Bd 4:
   Baumberger, J. P., & Sigurdson, S.  A suspension damped
 for low frequency vibrations.  J.  Lab. Clin. M.,  1934-35, 20:
 968-70.—Behounek.  Methode nouvelle de  dosage rapide des
 ions contenus dans l'atmosphere.   Rev. physiother.. Par., 1938,
 14: 202.—Borkowski Dunin, J.   Die Bestimmung der Leit-
 fahigkeit von Elektrolyten mit dem Saitengalvanometer. Bull.
 internat. Acad.  sc. Cracovie,  1914,  sc. mat.,  375-9, 2 pi.—
 Boureau.  Rheostat.  Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1916. 42: 347.—
 Briggs, D. R.  Streaming potential measurements.  In Symposia
 Quant.  Biol.,  1933,  1:  14-22.—Broemser,  P.   Ueber  die
 zweckmassige Konstruktion von Kanillarelektrometern. Zschr.
 Biol., 1922, 75: 309-14— Bull,  L. Un galvanometre a veine
 liquide.  Ann. physiol., Par., 1935, 11: 898— Carmody, W. R.
 Studies in the  measurement  of electromotive  force in dilute
 aqueous solutions; a study of the lead  electrode. J. Am. Chem.
 Soc,  1929, 51: 2905-9.—Chanoz,  M.   Mesures de forces
 electromotrices engendrees  par le courant  continu dans  des
 chaines liquides complexes, cloisonnees et  symetriques.   C.
 rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 103: 1121.—Choucroun, N., & Arditi, M.
 Mesure de moments dectriques superfic.iels au .sein d'un liquide.
 C. rend.  Acad, sc, 1938, 206: 1462-4.—Cluzan, M., & Cluzan,
 R.   Construction d'un eiectrometre  a  lampe triode.  Arch.,
 electr. med.,  1939,  47: 14-21.—Collatz, B.   Ein Beitrag  zur
 Herstellung von Aluminiumsaiten fiir das Saitengalvanometer.
 Arch.  ges. Physiol.,  1929,  222: 33-6.—Dejdar,  E.   Neue
 Erfahrungen  mit   dem  Rohrenpotentiometer  nach  Furth.
 Protoplasma, Lpz., 1931,  13: 426-35.—Denier, A.  Mesures
 pratiques des facteurs electriques  de Pair.  Gaz. nted. France.
 1936, 43: 893-7.  ------  Comment  un medecin peut-il faire
 commodement  des  mesures  d'ionisation par  1'air?  Hopital,
 1936, 24: 500-4.—Dodel, P.  Sur un  rheometre-rheographe.
 C. rend. Soc.  biol.,  1931, 107: 1471-3.—Downing, A. C.  A
 moving-coil oscillograph and short-period galvanometers.  J.
 Physiol., Lond., 1936, 87: Proc. 3P.—DuBois, D.  A  vacuum
 tube potentiometer applicable for use with  glass electrodes of
 high resistance. J. Biol. Chem., 1930,  88: 729-41.—Ellis, S. B.,
 & Kiehl, S. J.  A practical vacuum-tube circuit for the measure-
 ment of electromotive force.  Rev. Sc Instrum., 1933, n. ser.,
 4: 131-7.—Everdingen, W. A. G. van,  & Idzerda, J.   [Study
 and  estimation of  the electrometerlamp]  Antonie van Leeu-
 wenhoek, 1934, 1: 45; 105.—Fabre, P. Voltmetre detecteur de
 maxima brefs.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 100: 876-8.—Felden-
 krais.  Voltmetre rotatif pour la mesure de tres hautes tensions.
 J. phys. radium, Par., 1937, 7. ser.. 8: 383.—Fosbinder, R. J., &
 Schoonover, J.  An  improved  method  of measuring glass
 electrode potentials.  J. Biol. Chem., 1930,  88: 605-14. Also
 repr.—Frank,  J.  Ein absolutes  Hochspannungselektrometer
 fur die Praxis.  Fortsch.  Rontgenstrahl., 1930, 42: 751-62.—
 Fritz, K.  Die Messung der ponderomotorischen Strahlungskraft
 auf Resonatoren im elektromagnetischen  Feld.  Ann. Phys.,
 Lpz., 1931, 5.  F.,  10-11: 987-1016.—Gildemeister,  M., &
 Krtiger, R. Ueber die Herstellung von Wollastonsaiten. Arch.
 ges.  Physiol.,  1928,  219:  59-65.—Gome.  J.   Neue  elektro-
 metrische Versuchsanordnungen.   Biochem.  Zschr., 1932,  249:
 126-9.—Kahler, K.   Messmethoden  der   atmospharischen
 Elektrizitat.  In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth.  (E. Abderhalden)
 Berl., 1925, Abt. 2, Teil  1, 451-82.—Kahler, H.,  De Eds, F.
 [et al.]   The measurement  of electrochemical potentials by
 means  of a vacuum-tube static  voltmeter  which  eliminates
 minute polarization currents.  Am. J. Physiol., 1929, 91: 225-
 37.—Kirkpatrick, P., & Miyake, I.  A generating voltmeter for
 the measurement of high potentials.   Rev. Sc. Instrum., 1932,
 n. ser., 3: 1-8.—Kocher. Z.  [New method of precise determi-
 nation of eiectrica! resistance in biologic laboratories]  Cas. 16k.
Cesk., 1931, 70: 1024; 1057.—Kopaczewski,  W.  Cellule tissu-
laire pour mesurer la conductivite electrique.  C.  rend.  Soc.
biol., 1924. 91: 401.—Kustner, H.  L'6talonnage d'appareillages
et d'ionometres en unites eiectrostatiques a l'aide du dispositif
d'etalonnage Kustner.  Strasbourg med., 1929, 89: 560-4.—
Lambolez, R.  Instrument nouveau: galvanometre differentiel
pour courants alternatifs.  Arch, electr. med., 1926, 36: 142.— 
ELECTROMETRY                             148                                      ELECTRON
 McClendon,  J. F.  Polarization-capacity as measured with a
 W lieatstone bridge with sine-wave alternative currents of high
 and low  frequency.   Am.  J.  Physiol.,  1929,  91: 83-93.—
 Michaelis, L.,  &  Kahinuma,  K.   Einige elektrometrische
 Eichungen mit Berucksichtigung der Ionenaktivitat.  Biochem.
 Zschr.,  1923, 141: 394-409.—Morel Kahn.   A propos de la
 standardisation  en  eiectrologie.   J. radiol. electr.,  1934, 18:
 333.—Muller, F., & Durichen  W.   Neuartige  empfindliche
 Messung  von elektromotorischen Kraften  hochohmiger Ele-
 mente.   Zschr.  phys.  Chem., Abt. A, 1935, 173:  349-52.—
 Nicoletis.  Corrente Enallaxotonica ottenuta con  il reostato
 Enallax-Ohm.   Riv.  internaz.  ter.  fis.,  1908,  9: 140-3 —
 Paully, F. G.  Method and apparatus  for  amplifying  and
 recording electrical currents.   U. S.  Patent  Off.,  1938,  No.
 2,124,208.—Philippson, M.  Application des lampes a 3 elec-
 trodes a la mesure de la resistance electrique des cellules et
 des tissus vivants.  Arch, internat. physiol., Liege, 1921, 18:
 161-72.—Remesow, I.  Ein neues Vakuum-Widerstandsgefass
 fiir Leitfahigkeitsbestimmung und konduktometrische  Mass-
 analyse.  Biochem.  Zschr.,  1927, 189: 33-8.  ------  Eine
 Mikrovorrichtung fiir Leitfahigkeitsmessungen der kleinsten
 Flussigkeitsvolumina.  Ibid., 1929,  207:  66-79.—Roberts, S.
 A feedback micromicroammeter.  Rev. Sc. Instrum., 1939, 10:
 181-3.—Sarsfield, L. G. H.  Instruments for measuring electric
 current and  voltage.  Brit.  I.  Phys. M.,  1937, 12: 52-5 —
 Schaller,  R.  Messungen  der  elektrischen  Leitfahigkeit  an
 verdunnten Losungen bei Temperaturen bis 100°.  Zschr. phys.
 Chem., 1898, 27: 497-524.—Scheminzky, F.  Ueber ein neues
 Induktorium  fiir  Leitfahigkeitsbestimmungen mit Wechsel
 strombetrieb. Biochem. Zschr., 1923, 136: 336-8.  Also Zschr.
 phys. Chem., 1923, 104: 349-53.—Schwindt, H.  Beitrage zur
 Messung  des dielektrischen  Verlustes  und der Hochfrequenz-
 leitfahigkeit; Entwicklung und Priifurg des Mess- und Aus-
 wertungsverfahrens.   Ibid.,  Abt. B,  1938, 39:  275-89.—
 Sousa, A. de. Oscillateur et voltmetre a lampe combines pour
 des  mesures de  conductibilites d'eiectrolytes.   Arch. phys.
 biol., Par., 1938, 15:  86-93— Straubel, H.   Ein  neuer Hoch-
 hequenz-Strommesser.   Ref.  Internat.   Kongr.  Kurzwellen,
 1937, 1. Kongr.,  149.—Summers, W. G.  Recording galvanom-
 eter.  Linacre Q., 1937, 5: 24-9.—Thellier, O.  Mesure de la
 conductibilite electrique de Pair par une  methode de  zero.
 C. rend. Acad, sc, 1933, 196: 1684-6.—Van den Akker, J. A.,
 & Webb, G. M.  A method for measuring high  resistance.
 Rev. Sc. Instrum., 1936, 7: 44-9.—Verain, M.  Sur un nouveau
 potentiontetre.  C.  rend. Soc.  biol.,  1931,  106: 821.—Vies.
 F. Nouveau type  d'inometre  et d'Ohmmetre  pour grandes
 resistances; applications a la mesure de la conductivite atmo-
 spherique.   Arch. phys. biol., Par.,  1933-34,  11: 293-332.
 ------ Ionontetre a compensation pour la mesure de la con-
 duetivite atmospherique.  Atti Congr. internaz. elettroradiob.,
 1934, 1. Congr.,  2:  1330-9.—Vorontsov.  D. S.   [Methods in
 string  galvanometer]  J. Physiol. USSR,  1934, 17: 487-98 —
 Wern0e, T. B.  [Determination of electric entities]  Hospitals-
 tidende, 1936, 79: 1109-25.—White, H. L.  A micro conduct-
 ance cell.   J. Biol. Chem., 1932,  99: 445-9.   ------  A con-
 ductivity  cell with a capacitv of a few tenths of a cubic centi-
 meter. "Am.  J. Physiol., 1936,  116: 160.—Wohlisch, E.  Zur
 Technik der  Reihenmessungen  mit der  Gaskette.   Biochem.
 Zschr.,  1924, 153:  129.   ------   Das Elektronenrohren-
 Mikrovoltmeter;  ein  schnellschwingendes  spannungsempfind-
 liches Gleichstrominstrument fiir thermoelektrische Messungen.
 Zschr.  Biol.,  1930-31, 91: 113-6.  ----— & Clamann, H. G.
 Das Elektronenrobren-MJkrovoltmeter;   ein  schnellregistrie-
 rendes, spannungsempfindliches  Galvanometer fiir myothermi-
 sche Messungen.  Ibid., 1931-32,  92: 1-36.—Workman, E. J.,
 & Holzer, R.  E.  A recording generating voltmeter  for the study
 of atmospheric electricity.  Rec. Sc Instrum., 1939, 10: 160-
 3.—Wulff, P., & Schwindt,  H.  Beitrage  zur  Messung des
 dielektrischen Verlustes  und  der Hochfrequenzleitfahigkeit.
 Zschr.  phys.  Chem., Abt. B, 1938, 39: 290-313.

 ELECTROMOTIVE force.

   See under  Electric potential.

 ELECTROMYOGRAPHY.

   See under Muscle.

 ELECTRON.

   See also Cathode  ray; Cosmic ray; Electricity;
 Electron tube.
   Backlin, E. The X-ray crystal scale, the absolute scale and
 the electronic charge.  Nature, Lond., 1935. 135: 32.—Ballard,
 B. G.  An electronic speed governor. Canad. J. Res., 1936. 14:
 sec. A, No. 7, 134-8.—Bay, Z. Electron multiplier  as an elec-
 tron counting device.  Nature,  Lond.,  1938,  141: 1011.—
 Brinkman, H. C.  [The electrone]  Ned. tschr. natuurk., 1934,
 1: 121-32.—Compton, K. T.  The electron: its intellectual and
 social significance.  Annual Rep. Bd Regents Smithson. Inst.,
 1937, 205-23. Also Nature, Lond.,  1937, 139: 229-40.  Also
 Science,  1937, 85:  27-37.—Davisson, C. J.  Are electrons
 wave*?  J. Franklin Inst., 1928, 205: 597-623.—Dirac. P. A. M.
 Classical theory of radiating electrons.  Proc. R.  Soc, Lond ,
 1938, ser. A,  167: 148-69.—Eddington. A.  The masses of the
proton and electron.  Ibid., 1934, ser. A, 143: 327-50.—Forrer,
R.  Sur la categorie des electrons  porteurs de la supraconduc-
tion. J. phys. radium, Par., 1937, 7. ser., 8: 67-80.—Frenkel, J.
Nouveaux  developpcments  de  la  theorie  eiectronique des
metaux;  la theorie du gaz  eiectronique.  Scientia, Bologna,
1929  2  ser  46-1-12  ------  On Born s theory of the elec-
tron.' ProcR. Soc, Lond., 1934, ser. A,  146: 930-5.—Gold-
stein, L.  Sur la theorie des corpuscules etementaires.  C. rend.
Acad, sc, 1934,  198: 454-6.—Ingold, C. K.  Resonance and
mesomerism.   Nature, Lond., 1938, 141: 314-8.—Leroy, A.
Medeeine, electrons et rates en 1935.  J. m6d. Paris, 1935, 55:
372.—Massey, H. S. W., & Smith, R. A.  Negative atomic ions.
Proc R. Soc, Lond., 1936, ser. A, 155: 472-89.—Mercier, A., &
Gustafson, T.  Remarque  sur l'energie propre de l'6lectron.
C. rend.  Acad, sc, 1938, 206: 1217-9.—New heavy charged
particle fits into present  theories.  Science News Lett.,  1938,
33: 315.—Noyes,  W. A.  The electronic  theories  of Lewis and
Kossel.  Science, 1935, 81: 628.—Uhlirz, R.  Reiz,  Empfindung,
Schmerz  als Funktion vitaler Elektronenenergie.  Med. Welt,
1939, 13: 350-2.—Zaicoff, R.  Theorie generate  des electrons
magnetiques.   J. phys. radium, Par.,  1934, 7.  ser., 5: 431-5.

----  Chemical aspect.
   See also  Atom, Theory;  Matter.
   Gtjckenburg,   W.     *Untersuchungen    von
Dipolfliissigkeiten im  Hochfrequenzfeld   [Jena]
25p.  8?   Borna-Lpz., 1937.
   Briegleb, G., & Kambeitz, J.  Ueber das Dipolmoment des
s-Trinitrobenzols.  Zschr.  phys.  Chem., Abt. B,  1934, 27:
11-4.—Cichocki, J., & Soltan, A.  Radiosilieium produit par
bombardement du soufre  avec des neutrons rapides. C.  rend.
Acad, sc, 1938, 207: 423-5.—Courtot.  Examens de quelques
refractions moteculaires du point de vue de la th6orie eiectroni-
que de la valence.  Bull. Soc. chim.  France,  1936,  5. ser., 3:
37-41.—Dauvillier, A.  Analyse de la structure dectronique
des elements.  J.  phys. radium, Par., 1922, 6. ser.,  3: 221-51,
2 pi.—Goldstein,  L.  Contribution  a  l'etude  experimentale de
l'afrinite eiectronique des gaz.  Ann. phys., Par., 1908, 11. ser.,
9: 723-803.—Hill, S., & Woodcock, A. H.  The elastic scattering
of slow electrons from organic molecules.  Proc. R. Soc, Lond.,
1936, ser. A, 155: 331-44.—Kritschewsky, I. R., & Kasarnowsky
J. S.  Berechnung von Dipolmomenten.   Zscbr. phys. Chem.,
Abt. B, 1935, 28: 461-77.—Massey. H. S. W., & Mohr, C. B. O.
The collisions of  slow  electrons  with atoms.  Proc. R.  Soc,
Lond., 1934, ser. A, 146: 880-900.—Moon, R. J., & Harkins, W.
D.  An electronic analysis of some surfaces by means of slow
electrons. J.  Phys. Chem., 1936, 40: 941-57.—Rau, M. A. G.
Die Bestimmung  von Dipolmomenten nach der  Methode der
verdunnten Losungen.  Zschr. phys. Chem., Abt. B, 1934, 26:
23-44.—Richter, A. F.  [Stability  of electron groups and  its
influence on the properties of complex compounds]  Spisy Lek.
Fak.  Masaryk. Univ., 1930, 8: 99-114.—Rozental,  S.  Ueber
die analytische Form von Etektroneneigenfunktionen in leichten
Atomen.  Bull, internat. Acad, polon.  sc, 1935, ser. A, 501-6.—
Sakurada, I.   Ueber die  gleichzeitige Entstehung der Zweier-
lind Dreierkomplexe bei  der Dipolassoziation.   Zschr. phys.
Chem., Abt. B, 1935, 29: 104-11.—Savard, J.  Compensation
de l'energie eiectronique  et  de l'energie de repulsion dans la
motecuie d'hydrogene.  C. rend. Acad, sc, 1934, 198: 1480-2.—
Shishakov, N. A.  [Study of structure of matter  by means of
the method of electronic interference]   Priroda, Leningr.,  1936,
25: 24-36.—Solomon, J.  Sur la  theorie  relativiste des atomes
a grand  nombre d'eiectrons.  C. rend. Acad, sc,  1934,  198:
1023-5.

----  Diffraction.

   Bethe, H.   *Theorie der  Beugung  von  Elek-
tronen  an  Kristallen   [Miinchen]  p.55-129.   8?
Lpz., 1928.
   Also Ann. Phys., Lpz., 1928, 87:
   Arnot, F. L.  The diffraction of electrons in mercury vapour.
Proc. R.  Soc, Lond., 1930-31, ser. A, 130: 655-67.—Braune,
H., & Knoke, S.   Elektronenbeugung  an gasformigem SFe,
SeF6 und TeF9.  Zscbr. phys. Chem., Abt. B, 1933, 21: 297-
309.—Childs, E. C, & Massey,  H. S. W.  The  scattering of
electrons by metal vapours.  Proc. R. Soc. Lond., 1933, ser. A,
142: 509-18.—Finch, G.  I.   Electron diffraction and surface
structure.  Proc. R. Inst. Gr. Britain, 1937, 29: 601-6, 2 pi —
Loria, S., &  Klinger,  J.   Beugungsversuche mit Elektronen
mittlerer Energie.   Bull,  internat. Acad, polon. sc, 1937, ser.
A, 15-22, 3 pi.—Nicoll, F. H., & Mohr, G. B. O.  The inelastic
scattering of  slow electrons in gases.  Proc R.  Soc, Lond.,
1933, ser. A, 142: 647-58.—Thomson, G. P.   Electron diffrac-
tion as a method  of research.  Nature, Lond., 1935, 135: 492-
5.—Trillat, J. J.  Diffraction eiectronique  par des films cellu-
losiques.  C. rend. Acad,  sc, 1934, 198: 1025-7.—Yearian, H.
J.. & Howe, J. D.  Universal camera  for electron  diffraction at
10 to 100 KV. Rev. Sc. Instrum., 1936,  7: 26-30.

----  Emission and diffusion.
   Bell, J.   The  emission  of electrons  from tungsten and
molybdenum  under the  action of  soft  X-rays from copper.
Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1933, ser. A, 141: 641-69, 4 pi.—Bhabha,
H. J., & Heitler, W.  Passage of fast electrons through matter.
Nature, Lond., 1936, 138: 401.—DenisotT, A. K., & Richardson,
O. W. The emission of electrons under the influence of chemi-
cal action; the action of Ch, Br2, I2,  NOCl, HCl, N20, and COS
on NaK2.  Proc R. Soc,  Lond.,  1934, ser. A,  145: 18-51
------   The reactions of  liquid NaK2 with gaseous  SOCl2 
ELECTRON
149
ELECTRON
 S2C12, SO2CI2, HgCl2, sulphur dichloride and with mixtures of
 gases and a new method of determining the contact DOtential
 difference.   Ibid., 146: 524-64.------  The theory of  the
 chemical electron emission and its application  to certain reac-
 tions involving haloids.  Ibid., 1935, ser. A,  148:  533-64.—
 Destouches, J. L.   Remarques theoriques sur remission de
 rayons corpuseulaires (rayons fi et positrons) et sur la symetrie
 entre corpu-<-iil< s et anti-corpuseules.  C. rend.  Acad, sc, 1934,
 198: 467-9.  K iistner. H.  Die Elektronenemission der  Metalle
 unter Einwirkunu: der Rontgenstrahlen.  Verh. Deut. Rontg.
 Ges., 1932,  24: 28.—Lehfeldt, W.  Zur Elektronenleitung in
 Sillier- und  Thalliumhalogenidkristallen.  Nachr. Ges.  Wiss.
 Gottingen, 1934-35, n. F.,  1: Physik, &c, 171-86—Mutschel-
 ler, A.  Early history of electron  emission.  Am. J. Roentg.,
 1934, 31: 244-50.—Penning, F. M.  [Movement  of electrons
 in a homogeneous  electric and  homogeneous  magnetic field]
 Ned. tschr. natuurk.,  1936, 3: 141-54.—Proca,  A.  Sur  la
 th6orie ondulatoire des electrons positifs et negatifs.  J. phys.
 radium,  Par.,  1936,  7. ser., 7: 347-53.—Smakula, A.  Zur
 Wanderungsgeschwindigkeit  der  Elektronen  in  Alkalihalo-
 genidkristallen. Nachr. Ges. Wiss. Gottingen.  1934-35,  n. F.,
 1: Physik, &c, 55-65.—Thibaud, J., & Duprd de la Tour, F.
 Diffusion  et absorption des electrons positifs traversal) t  la
 matiere.  C. rend. Acad, sc, 1934, 198: 805-8.—Wilson. J. G.
 Production  of secondary electrons by  cosmic ray particles.
 Nature, Lond., 1938,  142: 73.—Winter, J.  Etude tlteorique de
 la diffusion des electrons de hauts voltages.  J. phys.  radium,
 Par.,  1933, 7. ser., 4: 732-40.

 ---  Neutron.

    See  also Radiation; Radioactivity.
    Kirsch, G.,  & Trattner,  R.   Atomzertriim-
 merung unter Neutronenemission.    p.71-4.   8?
 Wien,  1933.
    Rieder,   F.     Versuche  nach  der   Wilson-
 Methode  iiber Neutronenemission aus Beryllium
 und  Atomzertrummerung   durch   Neutronen.
 p. 169-73.   8?   Wien, 1933.
    Bohr,  N.  Neutron capture  and nuclear  constitution.
 Nature, Lond.,  1936, 137: 344-8.—Booth, E. T., &  Hurst, C.
 Experiments  with  iso-energetic  neutrons.   Proc.  R.  Soc,
 Lond., 1937, ser. A, 161: 248-60.—Bouwers. A.  Die Technik
 der  Neutronenerzeugung  und  der  Erzeugung  kiinstlicher
 Radioaktivitat. Strahlentherapie,  1938, 63: 537-44.—Burhop,
 E. H. S-, Hill, R. D.. & Townsend, A. A.  The production of
 gamma-rays by neutrons.  Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1938, ser. A,
 165:116-32.—Cernuschi, F.  Sur le neutron.  J. phys. radium,
 Par., 1937, 7. ser., 8: 273-0.—Chadwick. J.  The existence of a
 neutron.   Proc. R. Soc,  Lond., 1932, ser. A, 136: 692-708.
 -----Bakerian lecture: the neutron.  Ibid., 1933,  ser. A,
 142: 1-25.  ------  The neutron and its properties.  Brit. J.
 Radiol.,  1933, 6: 24-32.—Curie,  I.,  &  Joliot,  F.   Preuves
 experimentales de l'existence  du neutron.  J. phys. radium,
 Par.,  1933, 7.  ser.. 4: 21-33, 2 pi.—Dobrotin, N.  A.   [Slow
 neutrons]  Priroda,  Leningr.,  1937, 26: 7-15.—Feather,  N.
 Collisions of neutrons with light nuclei.  Proc.  R. Soc, Lond.,
 1933, ser. A, 142: 689-709, 2 pi. ------  The  production and
 properties of neutrons.  Science Progr., Lond., 1938-39, 33:
 240-56.—Frisch, O. R., Halban, H. von,  jr, & Koch, J.   A
 method of measuring the magnetic moment of free  neutrons.
 Nature,  Lond., 1937,  139:  756—Frohiich, H.,  Heitler, W., &
 Kemmer, N. On the nuclear forces and the magnetic moments
 of  the neutron and the proton. Proc R. Soc, Lond.,  1938,
 ser. A, 166:  154-77.—Gasperini, G. C. I neutroni.  Riv. idr.
 dim., 1932, 43: 251.—Gerlach, W.   Ueber Neutronen.   Strah-
 lentherapie, 1938, 63: 506-16.------  Die Physik des Neu-
 trons (mit Versuchen)  Zbl. Gyn., 1938, 62: 2286.—Goldhaber,
 M.  Scattering of neutrons bv protons.  Nature, Lond.,  1936,
 137: 824.—Goldstein, L., & Rogozinski, A.  Sur 1'emploi dune
 chambre  d'ionisation  a dieiectrique liquide pour  l'etude des
 neutrons.  C. rend. Acad, sc, 1938, 206: 835-7.—Haenny, C.
 Sur le rayonnement secondaire emis sous Taction des neutrons.
 Ibid.,  1936,  203: 173-5.—Halban.  H.  von, & Preiswerk, P.
 Preuve experimentale de  la diffraction des neutrons.   Ibid.,
 73-5.  ------  Cross-section measurements with slow neutrons
 of different velocities.   Nature, Lond., 1936, 137: 905.  Also
 J. phys. radium, Par., 1937, 7. ser., 8: 29-40.—Harkins. W. D.
 The neutron, atom building and a  nuclear exclusion  principle
 Proc Nat. Acad. Sc. U. S., 1933,  19:  307-18—Heijn. F. A.
 [Exchange between neutrones  and substance]  Ned.  tschr.
 natuurk.,  1939,  6: 25-50, pi.—Lawrence, E. O.  The  biological
 action of neutron rays.  Radiology, 1937, 29: 313-22.—Mallet,
 L.  Generateurs et tubes a neutrons. Arch, electr.  med., 1938.
 46: 87-96.—Massey, H. S.  W.  The creation of electron pairs
 by nuclear capture of neutrons.  Proc R. Irish Acad., 1937-38,
 ser. A, 44: 77-85. ------& Buckingham, R. A.  The nature of
 the interaction  between neutron and  proton from scattering
 experiments.  Proc R. Soc, Lond., 1937, ser. A,  163: 281-97.—
 Michiels, J. L., & Saxton, J. A.  The influence  of temperature
 on the capture  of neutrons by various elements.  Ibid., 162:
 441-9.—Monges Lopez,  R.  El  neutron;  la  energfa como
 ultima realidad ffsica.  Mem. Acad, nac cienc. Antonio  Alzate,
 1931-32,  53: 251-9.—Negru,  D.   [Last discoveries  in  the
structure  of  the atom:  positive  neutrones and  electrones]
Romania med., 1935, 13: 30-2.—Neutrons found in air 12 miles
above earth,  Science News Lett., 1936, 29: 380.—Percy, E., &
 Rutherford of Nelson.  The neutron and radioactive trans-
 formations.  Proc. R. Inst. Gr. Britain, 1935, 28: pt 4, No. 135,
 655-8.—Preiswerk, P.  Experience sur la radioactivite provo-
 qu6e par les neutrons.  C. rend.  Acad, sc, 1935, 200: 827-9.—
 Slack, C. M., & Ehrke, L. F.  A 200 KV neutron source.  Rev.
 Sc Instrum., 1937, 8:  193-6.—Solomon, J.  Sur  l'interaction
 entre neutrons et protons.  J. phys. radium, Par., 1933, 7. ser.,
 4: 210-20— Swietoslawski, W.,  & Dorabialska,  A.   On the
 possibility of spontaneous emission of neutrons by  certain non-
 radioactive elements.   Bull,  internat. Acad,  polon. sc, 1933,
 ser. A, 3: 173-6.—Terrien, J.  Le neutron.  Rev. gin. sc. pur.,
 1937, 48:  348-53.—Wataghin,  G.   Sur  l'interaction  entre
 protons et neutrons.  C. rend. Acad, sc, 1936, 202: 833-5.—
 Wenli Yeh.  Sur la radioactivite induite par des neutrons.
 Ibid., 1934,  199: 1404-6.—Zimmer,  K. G., & Timofeev-Res-
 soFsky, N. W.  Dosimetrische und strahlenbiologische Versuche
 m»t schnellen Neutronen.  Strahlentherapie, 1938, 63: 517-36.

 ----  Neutron:  Biological effect.
   Epifanio,  G.  Azione biologica dei neutroni; risultati tera-
 peutici  su  alcuni  casi  di  epitelioma cutaneo e  mammario.
 Radiol, med.,  Milano,  1936, 23: 367.  ------  I neutroni in
 terapia, azione di fisica nucleare; alfaterapia prof onda.  Ibid.,
 1939, 26: 337.—Hoed, D. den.  The biological effects of neu-
 trons.   Radiologica, Berl.,  1938, 3: 65-73—Houllevigue, L.
 Le neutron; possibilite  et conditions de son action biologique.
 Rev.  cosmobiol., Nice,  1938-39, 4: 9-14.—Lamarque, P.  Les
 premiers essais  relatifs a Taction biologique  des neutrons.
 Arch, electr. med., 1938,  46:  265-72.—Lawrence, J.  H., &
 Tennant, R.  The comparative effects of neutrons and X-rays
 on the whole body. J.  Exp.  M., 1937, 66:  667-88, 2 pi. Also
 repr.—Locher, G. L.  Biological effects and therapeutic possi-
 bilities of neutrons.  Am. J. Roentg., 1936, 36: 1-13.—Zimmer,
 K. G.  Aussichten der  praktischen Verwendung der Bestrah-
 lung mit schnellen Neutronen.  Fortsch, Rontgenstrahl., 1938,
 58: Tagungsh.,  77-9—Zirkle,  R.  E.,  Aebersold,  P.  C, &
 Dempster, E. R. The  relative biological effectiveness of fast
 neutrons and X-rays upon different organisms.  Am. J. Cancer,
 1937, 29: 556-62.

 ----  Optics.
   See  also Radiation; Radioactivity.
   Darrow, K.  K.  Photons and electrons.  In Biol, effects of
 radiat. (Duggar, B. M.) N. Y., 1936, 1: 1-42.—Deslandres, H.
 Relation simple et generate  du spectre  moteculaire  avec  les
 electrons et anneaux d'eiectrons des atomes constituants.  C.
 rend. Acad, sc,  1934, 198:  2037-41.—Kirkpatrick,  P., &
 Beckerley, J. G.  Ion optics of equal coaxial cylinders.  Rev.
 Sc. Instrum.,  1936,  7: 24-6.—Luft,  F.   Einige  praktische
 Anwendungen   der  Elektronenoptik  (Fernsehen,  Sichtbar-
 machung unsichtbarer  Strahlung,  Mikroskopie und  Ueber-
 mikroskopie)   Rontgenpraxis, 1937, 9: 384-94.—Martin, L. C.
 The electron microscope. Nature, Lond., 1938, 142: 1062-5.—
 Marlon,  L.   Le  microscope  eiectronique;  premiers  essais
-d'application a la biologie.  Ann. Soc. sc nted. natur. Bruxelles,
 1934,  92-106.—Planus, J.  M.   Los ultimos adelantos de la
 optica electronica.  An. Acad, cienc. nted.  Habana, 1937, 74:
 77-84.

 ----  Positron [proton]
   Blau,  M.,  <fe  Wambacher,  H.   Ueber  Ver-
 suche,  durch  Neutronen  ausgeloste   Protonen
 photographisch   nachzuweisen.     p.617-20.   8°.
 Wien,  1932.
   Bethe, H. A., & Peierls, R.  The scattering of neutrons by
 protons.  Proc. R. Soc, Lond.,  1935, ser.  A,  149: 176-83.—
 Bhabha, H. J.   The scattering of positrons by electrons with
 exchange of Dirac's theory of the positron.  Ibid., 1936, ser. A,
 154:  195-206.—Biji,  A.   [Positive  electrones]  Ned. tschr.
 natuurk., 1934, 1: 113-20.—Cockcroft, J. D.  La desintegration
 des elements par les protons de grande vitesse.  J. phys. radium,
 Par.,  1933, 4: 421-6, pi. ------ & Walton, E. T. S.  Experi-
 ments with high velocity positive ions;  the disintegration of
 elements by high velocity protons. Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1932,
 ser. A, 137: 229-42, pi.—Dee, P. I., & Gilbert, C. W.  The
 angular distribution of protons  projected by fast neutrons.
 Ibid., 1937, ser. A, 163: 265-81,  pi.—Hellmann, R.  Atomzer-
 trummerung mit Protonenstrahlen.  Umschau, 1933, 37: 142-
 4.—Ladenburg, R. W.  Stable and unstable nuclei.  Sc. Month.,
 1935, 40: 307-12.—Thibaud, J.  L'eiectron positif et Tannihila-
 tion de la matiere.  Bull. Ass. fr. avance. sc, 1935, 64: 47-53.

ELECTRONIC  medicine  [Abrams]

   See also Quackery.
   Barr,  J.    Abrams'  method  of diagnosis and
treatment.   122p.   8?   Lond.,  1925.
   Colson,  T.  Introduction  to electronic  ther-
apy.   78p.   16?    S. Franc,  1936.
   Ellis,  F.  C.   Micro-dynamics;  new science
in  diagnosis  and  treatment.   95p.    8?   [Chic,
1933]
   Lindberg, B. W,   Electronism; diagnosis and
treatment.   587p.   4?   Kansas City, 1929. 
ELECTRONIC MEDICINE                 150                             ELECTRON TUBE
   Scott,  F.  G.  L.   The  Abrams treatment  in

practice;  an  investigation.   155p.   12?    Lond.

[1925]

   Wear,  R.  F.   The therapeutic indications  of

the electron emanator.   25 1.  8?   [N.  Y.,  1922]
   Aarons, J.   Vindication of electronic medicine.   J. Am.
Electron. Res.  Ass., 1936, 13: 197.—Arneson, A. I.  Electronic
medicine.  Am. J. Clin. M., 1922, 29:  804-8.—Bendit, L.  J.
The Abrams treatment; some experiences.  Brit. Homoeop.
J.,  1925,  15:  226-38.—Cave, F.  Abrams' methods  of diag-
nosis  and  osteopathy.  Proc.  Am. Ass. Med. Phys.  Res.,
1922, 2:  130-3.—Chronic disease prevention  by electronic
methods.  J. Am. Electron. Res. Ass., 1936, 13: 82.—Colson, T.
Quantitative measurements of  the optimum size and applica-
tion of electrodes.   Ibid.,  1931, 8: 75-9.  ------  Electronic
reactions.  Ibid., 1934, 11: 212-4.  ---■— Oscillator electrode.
Ibid., 1936, 13: 41.—Da-Gradi, A.. & Prata, P.  Sulla ricerca
della mobilita  del margine  polmonare e sul valore semeiologico
del riflesso polmonare  di Abrams.  Gazz. med. ital., 1912, 63:
11-4.—Deisser.  Les  reflexes d'Abrams et de  Livierato.   J.
med. Bruxelles, 1912, 17: 115.—Du Plessis, J.  The principles
of electronic diagnosis and treatment.  Proc. Am. Ass. Med.
Phys.  Res.,  1922,  2:  80-6.—Electronic (The)  reactions  of
Abrams.   Brit. M. J., 1925,  1: 179-85.  Also Nature,  Lond.,
1925,  115: 789.—Esmond, H. B.  The  electronic methods  of
Abrams.   Med. World, 1925, 43: 97-9.—Ferreyrolles, P.  Les
reactions electroniques et la  methode de Boyd  envisagees au
point de vue diagnostic et therapeutique.  Bull, med., Par.,
1925,  39:  761-4.—Folkmar,  E. C.  Electronic  reactions and
drug selection.  Proc Am. Ass. Med.  Phys.  Res., 1922, 2:
94-7.—Garfield, S.  Dr Abrams in perspective.   J. Am. Elec-
tron.  Res. Ass., 1935, 12: 368.—Griffith,  J. Q.   Electronic
diagnosis and treatment. Ibid., 1936, 13: 143-8.—Guild, W. A.
Constancy of orificial irritation and the  electronic reactions of
Abrams.   Proc. Am. Ass. Med.  Phys. Res.,  1922, 2: 104-11.—
Hall, T. P.  Forms of energy; detected by the Abrams reactions.
Sc. Ther., Lewist., 1925-26, 3: 121-3.—Hardin,  M. C.  Ellis
and his machine.  J. Am. Electron. Res. Ass., 1934, 11: 251-
3.—Hayward,  O. M.   Abrams'  reactions  as a part  of the
physical examination.  Sc.  Ther., Lewist., 1926-27, 4: 107-10.
------  Review and restatement of the discovery and nature
of the electronic reactions of  Abrams and the technic of their
utilization.  J. Am. Electron. Res. Ass., 1933, 10: 133-40.—
Horder, T.  The inquiry into the  Abrams dynamiser and
similar apparatus.  Discovery, Lond., 1925, 6: 107-10.
 Electronic reactions.  Lancet, Lond., 1925, 1: 177-81.—King,
 S.  The main cause of disease as established by the E.  R. A.
 and the remedy.   Proc. Am. Ass. Med. Phys. Res., 1922, 2:
 98-104.—Lescarboura, A.  C. Our Abrams verdict; the elec-
 tronic reactions of Abrams and electronic medicine in general
 found utterly worthless. Sc. American, 1924, 131: 158; 220.—
 McManus, J. V.  Abrams'  method of treatment and  osteo-
 pathy.   Proc. Am. Ass. Med. Phys. Res., 1922, 2: 133-6.—
 Micro-dynamics;  one  of the outgrowths of the electronic reac-
 tions of Abrams.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1934, 102: 61-5.—Miranda,
 F. de P.   Los funerales del metodo de Abrams.  A. M. M ,
 Mex., 1924,  2: 513-6.—Molyneux,  A. J.  The  evolution  of
 electronic treatment.   J. Am. Electron. Res. Ass., 1935, 12:
 366-8.  ------  Report of Dr  S. S. Nehru  of India visit to
 U. S. A. by Dr A. J. .Molyneux, Jersey City, N. J.  Ibid., 1936.
 13: 241-3.—Moore, F. E.  A record of the  training, credentials,
 and professional recognition of Dr Albert Abrams.  Phys. Clin.
 M.,  S.  Franc,  1923-24, 8:  No. 7, 6-42.  ------  Reply to
 scientific American Abrams investigations.  Ibid., No. 8, 11-
 25.—O'Neill, A.  Clinical  experiences  in  the use of a 2.5-4.0
 meter oscillator developed by a highly competent physicist.
 J. Am. Electron.  Res. Ass.,  1933, 10:  203-10.—Orsi, A. Sul
 valore del riflesso splenomidollare di Abrams.   Gior. clin. med.,
 1922. 3: 361-6.—Perkins,  E. A short explanation of the so-
 called electronic  reactions of  Abrams.   Phys.  Clin. M  S
 Franc, 1923-24, 8: No. 8. 26-32.—Petree, M.  The value of
 the knowledge of applied anatomy and  physiology in electronic
 diagnosis.  J. Am. Electron. Res. Ass.,  1981,  8: 84-7.  ch.
 ------ Some short cuts in electronic  diagnosis.  Ibid., 1936.
 12:  305.—Phelps. C.  E.   Another  electronic diagnosis and
 treatment; everything clears up, but the patient dies.  J. Am
 M. Ass., 1923, 81: 317.—Price, W. A.  Study of an Abrams
 demonstration.   J. Am.  Dent. Ass.,  1924, 11:  751-60.__
 Regnault. J.  Les vibrations et la vie (les theories de M. Georges
 Lakhow.sky et la medeeine eiectronique)  Indep.  med   Mon-
 treal, 1926, 7: No. 2, 1.—Richards. W. G.  The E. R  A cult
 Brit. M. J., 1924. 2: 599.—Ri.jnberk, G. van.   [From the annals
 of human illusion; electronic reactions of Abrams]   Ned.  tschr
 geneesk., 1925, 69: 846-52.—Roemer, J. F.   Tension, reflexes
 of Abrams, and oscilloclast.  Proc Am. Ass. Med Ph'v«  Res
 1922,  2:  118-30— Scientific American  (The)  on Abrams'
electronic reactions; at best  it is an illusion; at worst it is a
colossal fraud. J. Am. M.  Ass., 1924, 83: 939.—Spaunhurst, J
F.  The electronic  therapy  of  tomorrow is  reflected by the
 persistent search for truth. J. Am. Electron. Res. Ass.  1936
 13: 37-41.—Wright. D. d'A.  Some experiences with electronic
and  other  radio-physn al  methods  of  diagnosis and  remedv
selection.  Brit. Homoeop.  J., 1932, 22:  294-322.—Zubieta M"
Ramires, E.,  &  Brioso Vasconcelos.  A.   Dictamen qu'e la
Comision nombrada para el e.studio de los metodos del Doctor
Abrams rinde a  la mesa  di'ectiva de  la Asociaci6n medici
mexicana.  A. M. M., M6x., 1923, 1: 346-57. ou"d,uon mealca
ELECTRON tube.

   See  also Cathode ray; Electron; Radio.
   Cooper, F. S.. Buchwald, C. E. [et al.]   Electron bombard-
ment of biological materials; an electron tube for the produc-
tion of homogeneous beams of cathode rays from 1 to 15 kilo-
volts.  Rev. Sc. Instrum.,  1939,  10: 73-7.—Scheminzky,  F.
Methodik und  Ergebnisse der Anwendung von Elektronen-
rohren  in der Reizphysiologie.  Erg. Physiol., 1932,  34: 583-
677.

----   Radiation.
   See also Cathode ray.
   Axmann.  Schadliche Ausstrahlungen von Elektronenrohren.
Deut. med. Wschr., 1924,  50: 514.—Baensch, W., & Finster.
busch, R. Weitere klinische Beobachtungen bei der Behand-
lung mit Kathodenstrahlen.  Klin. Wschr., 1928,  7:  681-3.
        Ueber die therapeutischen Anwendungsmoglichkeiten
von Kathodenstrahlen (ihre physikalischen und biologischen
Grundlagen)  Strahlentherapie, 1929,33:399-434.—Becquerel,
J.  Sur une influence des rayons cathodiques sur les rayons
canaux; reponse a une note de M. A. Bestelmeyer.  Radium,
Par.,  1908, 5: 329.—Glocker, R.   Schnelle Elektronenstrahlen
und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Strahlentherapie. Strahlentherapie,
1935, 53: 417-23.—Heinlein, G.  Ueber  Elektronenstrahlen
und ihre Bedeutung fur die Medizin.  Wien. med. Wschr., 1938,
88: 179-81.  ------  Ueber die  Behandlung mit Elektronen-
strahlen.  Ibid.,  1327-9.—Landaburu, J. C.   La radiation
an6dica.  Rev.  med. lat. amer., B. Air., 1933, 18: 1043-54.—
Liibcke.  Ueber die Erzeugung von Kathodenstrahlen grosser
Intensitat ausserhalb der Rohre.  Naturwissenschaften, 1927,
15: 502-5.—Pauli, W. E. Die Bedeutung der Kathodenstrahlen
fiir medizinische Fragen.   Deut.  med. Wschr., 1927, 53: 133-
5.—Rau, H.  Ueber die Lichterregung durch langsame Katho-
denstrahlen. Sitzber. Phys. med. Ges. Wiirzburg, 1914, 20-7.—
Schaefer,  W.,  & Witte,  E.  Physikalische  und  biologische
Versuche  an  Kathodenstrahlen.   Strahlentherapie, 1928-29,
31: 415-66.—Thomson, G. P.  Some recent  experiments on
cathode rays. Brit. J. Radiol., 1931, n. ser, 4: 52-9.


ELECTROOSMOSIS.

   See  Electrodialysis.


ELECTROPATHOLOGY.

   See  also Electric shock.
   Aiello, G.  Patologia da elettricita.   Med. lavoro, 1928, 19:
10; passim.—Humphris, F. H.  Inauguration of electropatho-
logic museum, University of Vienna.   Arch. Phys. Ther., 1937,
18: 37.—Jaffe, R. H.  Electropathology; a review of the patho-
logic  changes produced by  electric  currents.   Arch. Path.,
Chic, 1928,  5:  837-70.—Jellinek, S.   Klinische und patholo-
gisch-anatomische  Streiflichter   aus  der  Elektropathologie.
Med.  Klin., Berl., 1927, 23: 1439-42.  ------  Ueber  elektro-
pathologische Semiotik und Kausalitat.  Deut. Zschr. gerichtl.
Med., 1928, 12:  104-11. ------  Elektropathologische Klinik.
Wien. med. Wschr., 1929,  79: 109.  Also Internat. Clin.,  1929,
39.  ser., 1: 123-6.  ------ Aufgaben und Ziele der Elektro-
pathologie.  Wien. klin. Wschr.,  1929, 42: 1181-3.  -----
Klinische  und  forensische Aufgaben  der  Elektropathologie.
Jahrkurs.  arztl.  Fortbild., 1934, 25: No.  9, 16-28.-----
Einleitende Worte zur Eroffnungsfeier der neuen Raume des
Elektropathologischen Museums im Allgemeinen Krankenhaus
in Wien. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1936, 49: 1527-9.—Kaplan, A. D.
Einige neue forensisch wichtige  Befunde aus  der  Elektro-
pathologie.  Deut  Zschr.  gerichtl. Med.,  1931,  17:  217-27.
———  [Neue Befunde aus dem Gebiete der Electropathologie
und ihre  forensisch-medizinische Bedeutung]   Sudeb.  med.
ekspertiza, 1931, No.  15,  9-18.—Panse, F.   Der Stand der
elektropathologischen  Erfahrungen in  der  Neurologic  Med.
Klin., Berl., 1936, 32: 43-9.


ELECTROPHORESIS.

  See  Electrocataphoresis.


ELECTROPHOTOTHERAPY.

  See  also Electric arc; Electrotherapy; Photo-
therapy; Radiotherapy;  Thermotherapy;   Ultra-
violet ray.
   Allen, L.   Operative technique of the leucodescent thera-
peutic lamp. J. Ther.  Diet., 1908-9, 3: 117-20.—Anders, P. L.
Das Ultra-Polysol-Lichtbad  (Upe-Lichtbad)   Zschr. Kran-
kenpfl.,  1916, 37: 82-4.—Aschkevitch, M. P., & Rotstein, F. M.
[Influence of general electrophototherapy on the blood]  Vrach.
delo, 1926,9: 1075-9.—Baumann.  Ein praktisches, modifiziertes
Gluhhchtbad.  Med. Klin., Berl.,  1910, 6: 1060.—Berliner, B.
Ein neues Schulterlichtbad. Zschr. ges. phys. Ther., 1928-29,
36: 141.—Breiger.   Lichtwechselstrombader.   Mschr.  orthop.
Chir  1908, 8:  25-7—Determann, H.  Ein handliches Kopf-
hchtbad.  Med. Klin.,  Berl., 1912,  8:  1030.—Deutsch, J.
Einige Gesichtspunkte in Bezug auf rationelle Anwendung und
Konstruktion des Gluhlichtbades.  Zschr. phys. diat. Ther.,
1908-9,  12:  670-8.  ------   Das Konstruktionsproblem des 
ELECTROPHOTOTHERAPY             151
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
 Gliihlichtbades vom Standpunkte der neuesten Forschungen;
 Demonstration  eines  neuen  Gliihlichtapparates.   C.  rend.
 Congr. internat. med., 1910, 16. Congr., Sec. 5, Ther., 320-4.—
 Geyser, A. C.  Leucodescent light as a therapeutic agent.  J.
 Ther. Diet.,  1907-8, 2: 243-7.  ------   The clinical use of
 radiant energy from the high power incandescent light.  Med.
 Brief, 1908,  36:  297-302.—Herrenknecht.  Ueber Kopflicht-
 biider.   C. rend. Congr. dent, internat.,  1909, 5. Congr., 1.
 Teil, 547.—Jaksch, R. von.  Ueber Gluhlichtbader.   Med.
 Klin., Berl., 1910, 6: 1257.—Kraus, F. Beitrage zur Physiologie
 des Gliihlichtbades.  Zschr. ges. phys. Ther., 1926-27, 32: 220-
 9.—Krusen,  F. H.  A simple, inexpensive  heat lamp.  J. Am.
 M. Ass., 1936,  107: 780.—Lower,  A.  E., &  Petzwal, H. C.
 Electric therapeutic lamp.  U.  S.  Patent Off.,  1936, No.
 2,054,332.—Miramond  de  Laroquette.   Action  et  emploi
 trterapeutiques de la lumiere electrique a incandescence.  Bull.
 med., Par., 1909, 23: 22-6.  Also Rev. med. est, 1909, 41: 84-8.
 Also Bull. Soc med. mil.  fr.,  1909, 3:  24-30.—Mongardi, R.
 Un appareil aero-eiectrothermique.  Rev. laryng., Par.,  1908, 1:
 33-41.—Niekau, B.  Tod  im Gluhlichtbad.  Zschr. ges.  phys.
 Ther., 1926,  32: 1-7.—Plate, E.  Sind die Gefahren des Gliih-
 lichtbades vermeidbar?  Miinch. med. Wschr., 1926, 73: 1712.—
 Raiche, F. E. Quick control of pain and disease without drugs
 by use of the incandescent light.  Dent. Rev., 1908, 22: 549-
 53.—Rockwell, A. S.  The incandescent and  the arc  light in
 medicine: differential indications for their use.  Med.  Rec,
 N. Y.,  1909, 76: 1028-30.—Strauss.  Der Calorilux in der
 Dermatologie, Venerologie und Urologie. Derm. Wschr., 1928,
 87: 1050.—Stiickgold,  E.   Hydro- und thermotherapeutische
 Beeinflussung des Blutes; Veranderungen des Blutes durch die
 Lichtkastenbehandlung.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1922, 18: 1465-7 —
 Ullmann, S.  Ein neues Kopf- und Halslichtbad.  Deut. med.
 Wschr., 1928,  54:  313.—Wainwright, J. W.   Phototherapy,
 electric light, and color effects. S. Louis M. Rev., 1907, n. ser.,
 1:  211-5.—Woodruff,  W. L.  Conclusions reached  after  3
 years' experience with  the leucodescent light, with a few case
 reports.  J.  Ther.  Diet.,  1907-8,  2: 277-81.—Zimmermann.
 Demonstration  eines  ausgestellten Modells   einer  behelfs-
 massigen Einrichtung  fiir  Gluhlampenbader.   Verh.  Deut.
 orthop. Ges.  (1921) 1922, 16. Kongr., 549.

 ELECTROPHYSICS.

    See also Electrokinetics; Electrostatics.
    Chaffee, E.  L.  The physics of high frequency currents as
 used in medicine—diathermy,  radiothermy, and the  electric
 knife.  N. England J. M.,  1935, 213: 505-8.—Holmquest, H. J.
 Medical electrophysics.  Internat. Clin., 1932, 42. ser.,  3: 91.—
 Kibby, S. V.  The physics of medical electricity. Med. Herald,
 1931, 50: 284-7.—Watters, B. D. H.  The physical  basis of
 medical electricity.  Brit. J. Phys. M., 1931, 6:  110-2.

 ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY.

    See also Bioelectricity; Cell: Electrophysiology;
 Chronaxia; Chronaximetry; Electric fish; Electro-
 biology; Electrodiagnosis; also under  names  of
 tissues and  organs as  Brain, Electrophysiology;
 Heart, Electrophysiology;  Muscle, Electrophysi-
 ology, &c.
    Bose,  J. C.   Comparative electro-physiology;
 a physico-physiological study.  760p.  8?  Lond.,
 1907.
    Bourguignon,  G.  Les  rapports  de la physiologie avec
 l'eiectrodiagnostic  et  Telectrotherapie.    Ann.  med.   phys.,
 Anvers,  1929, 22: 229-44.—Crile, G. W.,  Rowland, A.  F., &
 Telkes, M.  An interpretation of excitation,  exhaustion and
 death in terms of physical constants.  Proc. Nat. Acad. Sc.
 U.  S., 1928, 14: 532-8.—Fabre, P.  Sur la constante de temps
 au  corps humain.  C.  rend.  Soc.  biol.,  1929, 101:  1135.—
 Fauville, A.  Etude sur le phenomene psycho-galvanique chez
 la  grenouille.  Arch, internat. physiol., Liege,  1921,  16: 58-
 63.—Foa, C.  I nuovi  problemi  della elettrofisiologia.  Atti
 Congr.  internaz.  elettroradiob., 1934,  1.  Congr., 114-20.—
 Herter, K.   Der Jordansche  H alb tier versuch.  Zschr.  vergl.
 Physiol., 1931,  15: 261-308.—Hirata, Y.  Ueber die physiolo-
 gische Bedeutung des elektrischen Stromes. Okayama igakkai
 zasshi,  1937, 49: 782.—Keller, R.   Mikroelektrische Unter-
 suchungen.   Sunti Congr.  internaz.  fisiol., 1932,  14.  Congr.,
 132.—Koopman, L. J.   Soil man die mathematische Analyse
 auf  elektro-physiologische Kurven  anwenden?  Arch.  ges.
 Physiol., 1938, 240: 727-32.—Leroy. Medeeine, ondes,  raies,
 electrons. J. med. Paris, 1934, 54: 896.—Tellez Plasencia, H.
 Sur Tutilisation en  electrophysiologic des  triodes a ecran de
 grille.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99: 709.

 ----  Apparatus and methods.
  Lullies,  H.   Methoden  zur   Messung  des
 Widerstandes und  der Polarisation von Geweben.
 p.1171-286.   8?   Berl., 1936.
  In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (E. Abderhalden) Berl., 1936,
 5: pt 5A.
  Amiot, J., & Bize, P. R.  D'une nouvelle methode d'electro-
logie par Temploi des courants alternatifs a frequences variables.
Rev.  actin.,  Par., 1931, 7: 249-75.—Blair, H. A.   On the
quantity of electricity and the energy in electrical stimulation.
J. Gen.  Psychol., 1936, 19: 951-64.—Buchthal, F.  Eine neue
Methode der elektrischen  Reizung  und der Verhutung des
Reizeinbruchs bei Messung elektrophysiologischer Erscheinun-
gen.  Skand. Arch. Physiol., Berl., 1937, 77: 20-2.—Chaoul, H.
Dispositif de haute frequence permettant d'obtenir des secousses
musculaires analogues au choc de Morton.  Arch, electr. m6d.
exp., 1913, 22:  134-6.—Cluzet, J., & Ponthus, P.  Sur l'in-
fluence de la longueur  d'onde, dans les actions excito-motrices
produites par les courants de haute frequence redress6e.  C.
rend. Soc biol.,  1931, 107: 155-7.—Coppee, G. Un contacteur
rotatif  eiectromagnetique pour Teiectrophysiologiste.   Arch.
internat. physiol., Liege, 1939, 48: 127.—Dittler, R.  Messende
Versuche zur Theorie  der elektrischen Reizung; allgemeine
Problemstellung; der Reizapparat.  Zschr. Biol., 1927-28, 87:
543-56.  ------ &  MUller,  H. K.  Messende  Versuche zur
Theorie  der elektrischen Reizung; der Storungswert der Strom-
pause in Abhangigkeit von ihrer Lage im Stromstoss, gemessen
durch Kompensierung nach unten.  Ibid., 557-72.—Dubuisson.
Note sur la realisation d'un amplificateur a 2 periodes possedant
toutes les  qualites requises  (simplicite, constante de  temps
nulle haute amplification, stabilite) pour  etre utilise en electro-
physiologic.  Bull. Acad. sc.  Belgique, 1935, 5. ser., 21: 542-
52.—Fabre, P.  Production de courants  d'intensit6 arbitraire-
ment variable dans le temps pour recherches electrobiologiques.
C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 108: 59.—Fessard, A., & Laugier,  H.
Appareil en vue de la realisation d'excitation seiectives par la
duree.  Ibid., 1932, 110: 1232.—Fortner, H. Die Quecksilber-
schaltampulle, ein geschlossener Quecksilbertauchkontakt  fiir
die biologische Schwachstrompraxis.  Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1934,
51: 40-7.—Garten, S.   Ein  Kontaktapparat fiir 4 Oeffnungs-
kontakte.   Zschr.  Biol.,  1924-25,  82:  397-9—Hanak,  A.
Recherches electrophysiologiques; excitation monopolaire: une
methode monopolaire absolue.  Arch, internat. physiol., Liege,
1922, 19: 257-91.—Hentschel, G.  Ueber die Beziehungen der
elektromotorischen   Kraft  elektrotonischer Strome  zu  der
polarisierender Strome. Beitr. Physiol.,  1925-27, 3: 289-94.—
Herz, R.  Das  elektrische Mikroskop.  Umschau, 1929, 33:
252-4.—Hochstiidt, O., & Scheminzky, F.   Ueber die Reizung
mit Sattigungsstromen. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1932, 230:  647.—
Jullien,  A., Rey, M., & Tai Lee.  Dispositif pour Tobservation
et Texcitation de petits organes contractiles.  J. physiol. path.
gen., 1935, 33:  530-2.—Kappes, K.  I'elier zweidimensionale
Strome  in einer Langsrinne.   Beitr. Physiol., 1924, 2:  171.—
Konopacki, W.  Ueber den Stromverlauf in der Nahe scharfer
Kanten  bei zweidimensionalen Problemen und seine Bedeutung
fiir  die  Reizphysiologie.  Ibid.,  187-90.—Loucks, R.  B.  A
technique for faradic stimulation of tissues beneath the integu-
ment in the absence of conductors penetrating the skin.  J.
Comp. Psychol., 1934, 18: 305-13.  Also Am. J. Physiol., 1936,
116:  98.—Newman, H. W.   An  improved apparatus  for
stimulation by electromagnetic induction.   J. Physiol.,  Lond.,
1938, 93: suppl., 28P.—Nicolai, L.  Ueber Reizstromerzeugung
auf lichtelektrischer Grundlage.  Arch. ges. Physiol., 1932, 229:
367-71.—Reschovsky,  H.,  & Scheminzky,  F.  Reizung mit
rhythmischen   Kondensatorentladungen   bei  Gleichstrom-
Vollnetzbetrieb.  Zschr. Biol., 1935,  96:  483-6.—RijIant,  P.
Oscillographic cathodique continue de phenomenes physiologi-
ques tres tents.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933,  114: 542-6.—Sche-
minzky, F.  Ein Apparat fiir rhythmische Reizung mit Konden-
satorentladungen  einstellbarer  Intensitat  und   Frequenz.
Zschr. Biol.,  1927-28,  87:  189-96.—Szabuniewicz, B. Zur
Methodik  der Reizung mit Sattigungsstromen.  Arch. ges.
Physiol., 1934-35, 235: 737-41.

----   Electric excitability.

  See  also  Excitability; Reaction; Stimulus.
  Haberer,  E.   *Ueber  einige  Einwirkungen
auf das vegetative Nervensystem bei elektrischer
Reizung  vom Magen-Darm-Kanal aus   [Freib.
i. B.]  p.220-41.   8?   Berl.,  1929.
  Agnoli, R.  Azione delle correnti ad alta tensione  e bassa
frequenza  sopra la  pressione arteriosa.   Bol. Soc. ital. biol.
sper., 1928, 3: 173-7.—Azuma, R., & Yamagiwa, K. A model
experiment on the  quantity-duration curve in electric  excita-
tion.  Sunti Congr. internaz. fisiol.,  1932,  14.  Congr., 17.—
Bahualt, E. Inhibition de Texcitation electrique par un courant
de sens  inverse.  C. rend.  Soc. biol.,  1937, 125: 867-70 —
Bena, E.  [Laws of electric excitability]  Rev. neur.  psychiat.,
Praha, 1931, 28: 417-39.—Bickford, R. G.  The mechanism of
local sweating in response to faradism.  Clin. Sc, Lond., 1937-
38 3: 337-41, pi.—Bouckaert, J. P.   L'excitabilite electrique.
Rev. med., Louvain, 1931,  81-9.  ------ & Colle, J.  L'ex-
pression mathematique generate  de la loi de l'excitabilite
electrique.  C.  rend.  Soc biol., 1934,  117: 104-9.  ------
Evolution  of excitatory disturbance in electrical stimulation of
tissues.  J.  Physiol.,  Lond.,  1937,  90:  75-7— Castaldi, L.
Ulteriori ricerche sugli effetti  dei circuiti oscillanti alia  La-
khovsky.   Monit.  zool. ital.,  1930-31, 41:  suppl.,  182-5.—
Chagovets, V. I.  [The nature of irritating action of electric
current on tissue] Vrach. delo, 1935, 18: 367.—Chweitzer, A.,
& Auger,  D.  Interpretation  de  quelques particularites  des
seuils d'ouverture au moyen  de la loi qui  relie la variation de
courant  excitatrice a Tintensite initiale.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,
1934, 117: 650-3.—Colle, J.   L'effet excitant d'un element de
courant  electrique.  Ibid., 808-13.—Cremer, M.  Ein neues
Erregungsgesetz. Scientia, Bologna, 1932, 3. ser., 51:145-56.— 
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
152
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
 Crook,  M. N.  The sensory aspects of electrical stimulation.
 J.  Gen. Psychol.,  1932, 6: 49-69.—D'Arsonval,  A.  Action
 biologique des courants de  haute frequence.   Atti  Congr.
 internaz.  elettroradiob., 1934,  1. Congr.,  111-4.—Deutsch, F.
 Die besondere Reizwirkung der Voltaschen Alternative.  Wien.
 klin. Wschr., 1924,  37: 1090.—Dittler, R.   Messende Versuche
 zur Theorie  der  elektrischen  Reizung; der Storungswert der
 Strompause  in Abhangigkeit  von  der  Temperatur.   Zschr.
 Biol., 1930,  90:  589-99.—Dubost. J.  Sur le dephasage des
 courants  alternatifs de basse frequence  appliques  au corps
 humain.  C.  rend. Soc. biol., 1931,  107: 1441-3.—Ebbecke, U.
 Ueber die elektrischen Reizgesetze  und ihre  Erlauterung am
 Modell der Polarisationszelle.  Arch. ges. Physiol.,  1926, 211:
 485-510.  ------ Ueber das Gesetz der elektrischen Reizung
 und iiber die physikalische  Bedeutung  des Hoorwegschen
 Gesetzes  und der Zeitkonstante.  Ibid.,  1927, 216: 448-71.
 ------   Versuche am Hermannschen Kernleiter zur Erlaute-
 rung der elektrischen Reizgesetze.  Ibid., 472-8.—Fabre, P., &
 Swyngedauw, J.  Sur Tirretiprocite des phenomenes  de charge
 et  de dediarge electrique du corps humain, par passage d'un
 courant; analogie avec les processus d'excitation. C. rend. Soc.
 biol., 1930, 105: 950.—Gilmer,  B. von H.  The sensitivity of the
 fingers to alternating electrical currents. Am. J. Psychol., 1937,
 49: 444-9.—Gothlin, G. F.  [Effects of direct electric current
 upon ciliary  movement in Beroe]   Uppsala lak. foren. forh.
 1916-17, n. F., 22: 522-42.—Hill, L., & Taylor, H. J.  The
 supposed specific effect of high frequency currents on some
 physiological preparations.  Arch. Phys. Ther., 1937, 18: 263-,
 9;—Holzer,  W.  Ueber die Stromdichte im Forellenei bei
 galvanischer Durchstromungin Flussigkeit. Arch. ges. Physiol.,
 1933, 232: 835-41.—Jaffe,  R. H.,  Willis, D., & Bachem,  A.
 Effect of electric currents  on the  arteries.  Proc  Soc  Exp
 Biol., N. Y.,  1928-29, 26: 166.—Jellinek,  S.  Die Entdeckung
 der biologischen  Fern wirkung der Elektrizitat.  Wien. klin.
 Wschr., 1931, 44: 1343.—Kapran, S.  [Experiments  on  irrita-
 tion by opening and closing currents]  Ukrain.  med. vist., 1929,
 5:  227-34.—Klinke,  J.  Modellversuche zu  einer capillar-
 elektrischen Erregungstheorie. Arch. ges. Physiol.,  1931, 227:
 110-31.—Koch, H., &  Renqvist, Y.  Spannungsempfindung
 ohne  Hautprickeln  bei  Wechselstromreizung.   Skand.  Arch.
 Physiol., Berl., 1930, 59: 266-78.—Kok, D. J.. & van Harreveld,
 A.  Der Einfluss  des elektrischen Stromes auf den Tierkorper;
 Versuche  mit Wechselstrom;  vorlaufige  Mitteilung.  Zschr.
 Fleisch  Milchhyg.,  1928-29, 39:  473.—Kolegaev, G. A.   [Ex-
 perimental and clinical investigations of the effect of induction
 current (faradic) on the fetus]  Akush. gin., 1939, No. 2-3, 43-
 7.—Kruta, V. Importance du facteur temps pour Tinhibition
 de  Texcitation electrique par un courant inverse.  C. rend. Soc
 biol., 1938, 128: 395-7.—Lakhovsky, G.  L'action sur les etres
 vivants des  circuits oscillants captant les ondes cosmiques.
 C.  rend. Acad, sc, 1928,  186: 1019-21— Lapicque, L.  Relation
 quantitative  entre la stimulation electrique et la polarisation
 eiectrolytique au  moyen d'une integrate d'efficacite approchee.
 C.  rend.  Soc.  biol.,  1934,  117: 579-83.—Lefebvre, J.  La
 technique de Texcitation itdative.  J. radiol. electr.,  1939, 23:
 207-11.—Lehotzky,  P.  [Effect of  electric current on  living
 cells and  tissues]   Gy6gyaszat, 1934, 74: 589; 607;  1936, 76:
 426.  Also Arch.  exp. Zellforsch., 1935-36, 18: 3-12. ------
 Nochmals einige  Worte  uber die Einwirkung  des elektrischen
 Stromes auf  Zellen  und Gewebe.  Ibid.,  1937, 20:  106-12 —
 Lewis, T., & Marvin, H. M.   Observations upon a pilomotor
 reaction in response to Faradism. J. Physiol.,  Lond., 1927-28,
 64: 87-106.—Machemer, H. Ueber die Vorgange im lebenden
 Gewebe bei Einwirkung des galvanischen Stromes.  Klin. Mbl.
 Augenh.,  1934, 93: 489-96.—Malov,  N. N.,  & Friesen, H.
 [Morphosis in Drosophila melanogaster, produced through the
 effect of an  electric field  of  ultra-high frequency]   Biol. J.,
 Moskva,  1936, 5:  561-8.—Monnier,  A.  M.,  & Coppee, G.
 Nouvelles  recherches  sur la resonance des tissus excitables;
 relation entre la  rythmicite de la reponse nerveuse  et  la re-
 sonance.  Arch, internat. physiol., Liege,  1939, 48:  129-80.—
 Nakatomi, K.   Ueber  den  Reizeffekt des  hochfrequenten
 Stromes und  iiber die Anwendbarkeit des Detektors auf die
 Reizversuche.  Okayama igakkai  zasshi,  1936, 48:  2921.—
 Ohyuki, Y., & Sugizaki,  K.  Ueber  die Wirkung der Ionen auf
 die Reizwirkung des  Gleichstromes;  einwertige  Kationen.
 Jap. J. M. Sc, 1936-38, 4: Biophysics, 34.—Ozorio de Almeida,
 M. Nouvelles recherches sur la theorie de Texcitation electri-
 que.  Ann. physiol., Par., 1931,  7:  109-51.—Palmieri, G. G.
 Effetti delTelettricita e delle radiazioni sul cadavere; elettro-
 radiotanatologia.  Atti Congr. internaz. elettroradiob.,  1934
 1. Congr., 2:  1022-36.— Pawloff, P. P.. & Zwetkow, A. N. Zur
 Frage einer Asymmetrie  der Empfindlichkeit gegeniiber Wech-
 selstrom (vorlaufige  Mitteilung)  J.  Psychol. Neur., Lpz., 1931,
 42: 477-9.—Pech, J. L.  L'etat electrique du  milieu exterieur
 peut-il influencer  la nutrition  et le developpement  des etres
 vivants?  Presse therm, dim.,. 1925,  66: 425-8.—Pora,  E. A.
 Sur les modifications que produit  le  courant electrique continu,
 dans le milieu interieur du Scyllium canicula male oriente dans
 la direction de passage, du courant pendant des temps variables
 C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1936, 121: 507.  ------   Sur les change-
ments du milieu  interieur du  Scyllium canicula male,  place
contre la direction du passage, dans le milieu exterieur, d'un
courant  electrique  continu, pendant des  temps differents.
 Ibid.,  660-2.—Roos, J.,  &  Koopmans, S.  [Effect of electric
alternating current on animals]  Tschr. diergeneesk.,  1933, 60:
 1193-223.   ------  [Effect of electric current  on animals; the
significance of the eye reflex]  Ibid., 1936,  63:  78-92.—Schaff-
rath, H.  Ueber die elektrisch  erzeugte Prickelempfindung  in
der Mundhohle.  Zschr. Psychol. Physiol. Sinnesorg., 2. Abt,
1930, 67: 39-52.—Scheminzky, F.  Die Stromdichte im Korper
der WoUhandkrabbe bei galvanischer Reizung in  SUsswasser
und Seewasser. Arch. ges. Physiol., 1932, 229: 242-50.-----
Wirkung des Wechselstromes auf ein- und mehrzellige Wasser-
tiere (Oscillotaxis, Fixation und elektrische Betaubung)  Zschr.
vergl. Physiol., 1937-38, 25:  170-92. ------& Scheminzky, F.
Korpergrosse  und  Empfindlichkeit gegen  den  galvanischen
Strom.  Arch. ges. Physiol., 1931, 228:  548-64.------Nach-
weis polarer Durchlassigkeitssteigerung  am elektrisch durch-
stromten Forellenei.  Ibid.,  1933,  232: 808-20.------Die
Wirkung  des  galvanischen Stromes   auf  Zellgrenzflachen.
Biochem.  Zschr.,  1907, 293: 256-63.—Schmid, O.  Ueber  die
Stromverteilung im Korper  des  Hundes beim Elektrisieren.
Arch.  wiss.  prakt.  Tierh.,  1926-27,  55:  51-84.—Schriever,
H. Ueber Einschleichen von Strom; Versuch der Aufstdlung
allgemeiner  Gesetzmassigkeiten.   Zschr. Biol., 1930-31, 91:
173-95.—Stefanini,  A.  Sensazioni sonore provocate da stimoli
elettrici.  Arch. ital.  otol.,  1938,  50: 200-2.—Strohl, A., &
Desgrez, H.  Recherches sur la  forme des courants employes
pour la mesure de  l'excitabilite  electrique chez I'homme.  J.
radiol. electr.,  1928, 12: 113-24.  ------   Etude des ondes
faradiques emises a travers le corps humain.  Ibid., 1929, 13:
417-32.—Suzuki,  M.   Zur Frage  des Einschleichens  des
Stromes.  Arch. ges. Physiol., 1907, 239: 81-96.—Tatarinov.
V. V.  [On one cause of different biological effect of depressed,
modulated and sustained oscillations of  ultra-high  frequency]
Arkh. biol.  nauk., 1938, 52: No. 2, 173-7.—Umrath, K. Zur
Theorie der  elektrischen Erregung.  Biol, gen., Wien, 1925, 1:
396-481, 5 pi.—Wagenaar, J. H.  Some observations upon a
pilomotor  reaction  in  response  to Faradism.   Arch,  neerl.
physiol., 1931, 16:  43-54.—Weissenberg, E.  Experimentelle
Beitrage zum Nachweis der physiologischen Wirkungen geringer
Hochfrequenzwirkungen.   Wien.  med.  Wschr.,  1937, 87: 778-
81.—Zalkindson,  E. T.  [Biological action of sinuous, faradic
and continuous electric current]   Klin, med.,  Moskva, 1926, 4:
56-8.

----   History.

   Hoff,  H. E.   Galvani  and  the  pre-Galvanian
electrophvsiologists.  p. 157-72.   8?   [N. Haven,
Conn.] 1936.
   Schreier, H.  *Aus der Friihzeit der Elektro-
physiologie.   28p.   8?   Lpz., 1938.
   Marque, A. M. Luis Galvani y la electricidad animal. Rev.
As. med. argent.,  1938,  52: 129-31.—Stubel, A.  Die Entwick-
lung und die Probleme  der Elektrophysiologie.  Tungchi med.
Mschr., 1926-27, 2:  77-92.


ELECTROPLATING.

   See also Electrolysis.
   Belgique;  arrete  royal  du 1« avril 1938, prescrivant des
mesures spdiales  a observer dans les ateliers de chromage
eiectrolytique.  Bull. Off. internat. hyg.  pub., Par., 1938, 30:
2702-4.—Bogitch, B.   Sur  Temploi  de diaphragmes dans
l'eiectrolyse  industrielle des metaux. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1932,
195: 779-81.


ELECTROPYREXIA.

   See Diathermy;  Fever therapy.


ELECTRORADIOLOGY.

   See Radiology.


ELECTROSCOPE.

   See also Electric charge; Electrometry.
   Bishop, F. W.  A portable electroscope incorporating some
unusual features.  Am. J. Roentg., 1929, 21: 491-4.—Bosch, W.
C. A dual range potential source for field  use with electroscopes
and G-M counters.  Rev.  Sc. Instrum.,  1938, 9: 308—Grim-
mett,  L. G.  A new electroscope  for  hospital use.   Brit.  J.
Radiol., 1933,  6: 279-87.—Laub, L.   Nouvel electroscope.
Bronchosc.   oesophagosc,  Par.,  1938,  2:   181.—Lukens,  C.
Sensitive electroscopes.  Rev. Sc. Instrum., 1932, 3: 239-47 —
Waldapfel, R.  Ein neues Panelektroskop.   Mschr. Ohrenh.,
1934, 68: 381.


ELECTROSTATICS.

   See also Electricity.
   Luyet, B.  Absence d'action d'un champ electrostatique sur
les hyphes de Rhizopus  en croissance.  C. rend. Soc biol., 1935,
119: 139.—Marshall, W. H.   Heating  of simple solutions and
emulsions  exposed to high frequency  high potential electro-
static fields.   J. Gen. Physiol., 1929-30, 13: 637-46.—Petavel,
J- E.   Risk  of explosion in  operating theatres due to static
electrification.  Brit. M. J.,  1935, 2: 1128.—Wahlig, H. G.
Static electricity;  some observations on its effects on the vege-
tative  nervous system,  sympathetic  and   parasympathetic.
Phys. Ther., 1930,  48: 17-21, 
ELECTROSURGERY                         15
 ELECTROSURGERY.

    See also Cautery, electric; Diathermy; Electro-
 coagulation; Electrotherapy.
    Kelly, H. A., & Ward, G. E.   Electrosurgery.
 305p.  8?   Phila., 1932.
    Keysser,  F.    Die  Elektrochirurgie.   238p.
 fol.   Lpz.,  1931.
    Malsch S., W.  *Diatermia quirurgica  [Univ.
 Chile]  43p.   8?   Santiago, 1925.
    Oliveira de  Barros,  S.   *As  correntes  de
 alta frequencia  em cirurgia.  82p.  8?  S. Paulo,
 1933.
    Riemann,  E.    *Besonderheiten  der  Elektro-
 chirurgie.   51p.   8?   Greifswald,  1934.
    Romer,  R.  H. W.   *Geschichte  der  Hitze-
 chirurgie   [Miinchen]   37p.    8?    Borna-Lpz.,
 1935.
    Ainsworth-Davis,  J. C,  & Sellors. T. H.  The  use of dia-
 thermy in  surgery.   Brit.  J.  Phys. M., 1934-35, 9:  205-9 —
 Alksnis, Y. [Certain experiences with electrosurgery]  Sovet.
 khir.,  1933, 4: 40-5.—Bauer, K. H.  Die Elektrochirurgie in
 ihrer Bedeutung  fiir die allgemeine  Chirurgie.  Beitr.  klin.
 Chir.,  1935,  162:  320.  Also Zbl. Gyn.,  1935, 59:  2789.—
 Bianchini, A.  La diatermia in chirurgia.  Policlinico,  1923, 30:
 sez. chir., 590-604.—Bierman, W. Surgical diathermy.  Arch.
 Phys.  Ther.,  1933, 14: 600-3.—Bohmansson  [Electrosurgery]
 Hospitalstidende, 1934, 77: [Dansk. Kir. Selsk. Forh.] 85-94 —
 Boschetti,  M.  Sulla  diatermochirurgia.   Arch,  ostet.  gin.,
 1933,  2. ser., 20: 394-6.—Burgess,  A.  H.   Electrosurgery.
 Lancet, Lond., 1933, 2: 1355;  1411.—Carafoli, I.  La diatermia
 nella terapia chirurgica.  Nuovo ercolani, 1924, 29: 175-8.—
 Castano, C. A., & Gomez,  J. F. M.  Diatermia; los resultados
 obtenidos en el Instituto de cirugia.  Sem. med., B. Air., 1923,
 30: 893-900.—Chapman, W. B.  Surgical diathermy.  Clin.
 Med.,  1925, 32: 755-9.—Clark. W. L.  Electrosurgery.  Arch.
 Phys.  Ther.,  1930, 11: 97-101.  ------  Electrosurgery, past,
 present, and future.  Phys.  Ther., 1932, 50: 139-45.—Cumber-
 batch, E. P. Surgical diathermy.  Am. J. Phys. Ther., 1925-26,
 2: 443-5.  ------  Diathermy.  Canad. M. Ass. J., 1931, 25:
 164-7.—Deering,  G.  E.  Surgical diathermy or electro-surgery.
 Am. J. Phys. Ther., 1929-30, 6: 34-7.—Friedland. B. N.  [Use
 of diathermy  in surgery]   Sovet. khir.,  1934,  7:  696-702 —
 Gohrbandt, E. Chirurgische Diathermie.  Zbl. Chir.,  1930, 57:
 1907-10.—Goosmann, C.  Surgical diathermy.  Cincinnati J.
 M., 1923,  4: 552-5.—Heymann, E.  Ueber  Hochfrequenz-
 chirurgie.  Beitr. klin. Chir., 1931, 153: 161-91.—Hirsh, A. B.
 Riviere,  originator of surgical diathermy.  Med.  J. & Rec,
 1929, 129:  681. Also repr.—Hubbard, R.  W.  Electrosurgery.
 J.  Am. Inst. Homeop., 1937,  30: 410.—Johansson, S.  A few
 words  about  the  so-called  diathermy  operations.  Acta  chir.
 scand., 1925, 59:  208-24.—Kelly, H. A.  Electrosurgery.  Tr.
 South. Surg. Ass.  (1929) 1930, 42: 67-71.   Also  Surg. Gyn.
 Obst.,  1931, 52:  502-4. ------   Advances in  electrosurgerv
 Arch. Phys. Ther.,  1931, 12: 461-3.  ------ & Ward, G. E.
 Electrosurgery; a brief review of  its  advent and some  of it-
 uses.  J. Am.  M. Ass., 1932, 98: 638. Also  repr.  Also Rev.
 radiol. fisioter., Chic, 1935, 2: No. 5, 5-16.—Keysser, F.  Was
 ist Elektrochirurgie?  Zschr.  arztl. Fortbild., 1934,  31:  712.
 ----- Os progressos da electro-cirurgia.  Brasil med., 1936,
 50: 666-70.  ------  Die  Elektrochirurgie.  Klin. Fortbild.,
 1937, 5: 87-119.—Kime, E.  N. Electrosurgery.  J.  Indiana M.
 Ass., 1928, 21: 480-3.  Also Phys. Ther., 1928,  46: 427-34.
 ----- Physical  therapy clinics; electrosurgical clinic.  Arch.
 Phys. Ther., 1929, 10:221-5. ------  Electrosurgical progress.
 Phys. Ther., 1930, 48: 577-90.------Evolution of electro-
 surgery.  Ibid., 1931, 49:  367-80.------   Recent develop-
 ments  in electrosurgery.  Med. Arts, 1932,  35: 553.  ------
 Modern electrosurgery. J. Am.  Inst.  Homoeop.,  1933,  26:
 494-8.—Kirschner,  M.  Aus der  Praxis  des  elektrischen
 Operierens; Erfahrungen  bei etwa 250  Operationen.   Klin.
 Wschr., 1930, 9: 725-30. ------  Zur Elektrochirurgie. Arch.
 klin. Chir., 1931, 167: 761-8.—Kolischer. G.  Principles of
 surgical diathermy.   Chicago M.  Rec, 1925, 47:  197-202 —
 Kowarsvchik. J.   Surgical  diathermy.  Am. J. Phys. Ther.,
 1930, 7: 67-71.—Krusen, F. H., & Elkins, E. C.  Electrosurgery.
 South.  Surgeon, 1938, 7: 61-7.—Lilienthal, H. Electrosurgery;
 a clinical report on 118 operations.  Ann. Surg.,  1933, 97: 801-
 7.  Also repr.—Lobmayer,  G.  [Electrosurgery]  Orvoskepzes,
 1932, 22: 305-28.—McFee, W. D.  Electrosurgery.   Am. J.
 Electrother.,  192,5,  43: 331-5.—Nadeau, O.  E.   Practical
 experiences in electrosurgery.  Surg. Gyn.  Obst.,  1931,  52:
 511.—Nissen, R.  Die Anwendung des Hochfrequenzstromes
 in der  operativen  Chirurgie.   Med.  Welt,  1931,  5:  9-11.—
 Salmony, A.   Vantaggi delTelettrochirurgia.   Rinasc med.,
 1938, 15: 223, pi.—Schorcher, F.  Ueber Schock, Kollaps und
 Elektrochirurgie.   Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1934, 243: 225-73 —
 Seemen,  H. von.   Erweiterte Beitrage zur Elektrochirurgie.
 Arch. klin.  Chir.,  1931, 167: 727-40   [Discussion] 47.  Also
 Deut. Zschr.  Chir.,  1931,  230: 49-79.  ------   Ueber den
 heutigen Stand der Elektrochirurgie. Chirurg, 1933, 5: 301-12.
 Also Jahrkurs. arztl. Fortbild., 1936, 27: H. 11, 33-44.  —---
 Ueber Entwicklung und heutige Bedeutung der  Elektrochirur-
gie (mit Krankenvorstellungen und Vorf iihrung von Operations-
ELECTROSURGERY
fjlrnen)  Zbl. Chir., 1935, 62:  1717.—Squirru, C. M.  Critica
de la electrocirugia.  Bol. Inst. med. exp. cancer, B. Air., 1935,
12: 643-715.—Ternovsky, V. N.  [Diathermy in surgical dis-
eases]  Klin, med., Moskva, 1924, 2: 328-35.  Also Russ. klin.,
1924,  1:  pt  2, 480-94.—Trowbridge,  E.  H.  Electrosurgery.
Phys. Ther., 1928, 46: 585-600.—Vanden Wildenberg, L.  La
diathermie chirurgicale.  Rev. med., Louvain,  1920, 303-5.—
Wald.  Das elektrische Operationsverfahren in der chirurgischen
Praxis.  Sitzber.  Frankf. med. Ges., 1936, 24.—Walke,  F. H.
The principles of diathermv, with report of cases.  Surg. J.,
1924-25,  31: 217-20.—Ward, G. E.  Important considerations
of electro-surgery.  Boston  M.  & S. J., 1928, 197:  1502-8,
■-----The present  status of electrosurgery.   Am. J. Surg.,
1929, n. ser., 6: 230-3.   —---  Electrosurgery.  Ibid., 1932,
n. ser-, 17: 86-93. Also repr.  ------  Physical therapists and
electrosurgery.  Internat. Clin., 1932, 42. ser., 3: 115.------
Factors influencing end-results of electrosurgery.  Arch.  Phys.
Ther.,  1933,  14:  78-82.—Waring, J. B. H.   La nouvelle dia-
thermo-chirurgie.  Paris med.,  1930, 77: 322-5.—Weichherz, I.
[Diathermy and surgery]  Budapesti orv. ujs.,  1928, 26: 249-
51.—Wetherley-Mein, W. A.   Electro-surgery.   Med.  Press Sc
Circ, Lond., 1939, 201: 432-6.

----   Accidents.

   Schaefer,  M.   *Drei  Falle von Diathermie-
schadigungen bei Beniitzung  der  Diathermie in
der  operativen   Technik    [Zurich]    25p.    8?
Basel, 1927.
   Also Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1927, 57: 268-71.
   Burn from electrical knife.  N. York State J. M., 1933, 33:
769.—Cassuto, A.  Explosion dans la vessie au cours  d'une
electro-coagulation.  J.  urol.  med.,  Par.,  1926,  22: 263-72.—
Rhenisch, H.   Die  Oxydation der  Elektrode  als  Ursache
schwerer Verbrennung  bei  chirurgischer  Diathermie.   Zbl.
Chir., 1932, 59: 1800.

----   Apparatus and instruments.

   See also  Diathermy,  Apparatus;  Electrother-
apy,  Apparatus.
   Bohmer, L.  Ein neuer Diathermieapparat fiir kleinchirur-
gische  Eingriffe.  Fortsch. Ther., 1932,  8: 734-6.—Bonnet.
Presentation d'un appareil de haute frequence etabli pour la
diathermo-coagulation.   Bull.  Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1927,  34:
51.   Burdick electrosurgical unit acceptable. J. Am. M. Ass.,
1034,  103:1619.—Cepero Garcia it Comas Cespedes.  Nuestro
I>i.sturi eiectrico  para oflulmologia  y sus aplicaciones  en el
tratamiento del cancer.   Rev. cubana otoneur., 1934, 3: 118-
31.—Davis-Bovie electrosurgical unit acceptable.  J.  Am. M.
Ass.,  1935,  105:  1523—High tension (models  CP-990 and
HCP-990) acceptable.   Ibid.,  1937,  109:  207.—Hirsch. C.
Ein  neues  Instrumentarium  zur chirurgischen  Diathermie
(Demonstration)  Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1926, 15: 407-13.—
Jones, A. E.  A flexible electrosurgical unit.   Arch.  Phys.
Ther.,  1936,  17:  153.—Mcintosh  junior   metro-coagulator
acceptable.   J. Am. M. Ass., 1936, 106: 921.—McLean, A. J.
The Bovie electrosurgical current generator; some underlying
principles and  results.   Arch.  Surg.,  1929,  1.: 1863-73.—
Model J diathermy and coagulator acceptable.  J. An. M.
Ass., 1936, 107: 967.—Moussalli, C.  Le diathermo-coagulateur
rotatif.   P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1936, 45: 904-6.—Romero
Carranza, L. F., & Pavlovsky, A.   Radio-bisturi; modelo del
Dr  Romero  Carranza.  Congr. argent, cir., 1930, 2. Congr.,
1033-7.—Samengo, L.  Bloqueador diatermico: nuevo disposi-
tivo y  tecnica para diatermocoagulacion.  Sem.  med., B. Air.,
1927, 34: pt 2, 1477-81.—Victor electrosurgical machine accept-
able.   J. Am.  M. Ass.,  1935, 104: 2186.—Ward, G. E.  An
electrosurgical rongeur.   Am. J. Surg., 1932, n. ser., 15: 130.
Also repr.—Ward, R. O. Additions to the  McCarthy trans-
urethral electrotome.  Lancet, Lond., 1933, 1:296.—Zorraquin.
Presentaci6n de  instrumentos para electrocoagulaci6n.   Bol.
Soc cir. B. Aires, 1927, 11: 32-4.

----   Electrodesiccation.

   Clark,  W. L.   Desiccation surgery.   16p.  8?
M. Y.,  1913.
   Bound in Papers on cancer (F. L. Hoffman) 1904-14.

----   Electrofulguration.
   Bertrand, I., Koffas  & Leroy.  Degenerescences nerveuses
tardives  apres fulguration  expdimentale.  Rev.  neur., Par.,
1939,  71: 188-92.—Cumberbatch, E. P., & Harmer, W. D.
Fulguration and electro-desiccation.  Practitioner, Lond., 1935,
135: 71-82.—Drevon, P.  La fulguration.   Marseille  med.,
1931,  68: 533-8.—Maggiorotti,  U.  La  fulgorazione di  alta
frequenza in O. R. L.  Boll. mal. orecchio, 1930,'48: 73-7.

----   Electrotomy.

   Wucherpfennig, V.   Ueber das  elektrische
Schneiden  mit  der Drahtschlinge  in  der  opera-
tiven  Dermatotherapie  und  kleinen   Chirurgie
unter  besonderer  Berucksichtigung   der  Haut-
tuberkulose.   84p,   8?   Jena, 1932. 
ELECTROSURGERY                          154                          ELECTROSURGERY
   Anderson, J.  Cutting currents.  Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond.,
1929-30,  23:  sect,  electrother.,  17-22.—Baranger,  J.   Le
bistouri electrique et son emploi.  Rev. chir., Par., 1931, 69:
743-9.—Bonola,  A.   Esame delle condizioni  istologiche di
alcuni parenchimi  trattati  sperimentalmente col bisturi elet-
trico.  Riv.  radiol., 1931-32, 4: 266-81.—Borza, Z. S.  [Elec-
trical bistoury in surgery]   Cluj. med., 1931, 12: 496-501.—
Carranza, F. F.t & Arenas, N.  El bisturi  eiectrico  en  gine-
cologia.  Bol. Soc obst. gin.  B.  Aires,  1930,  9: 330-46 —
Carranza. R., Carranza, F.,  & Pavlovsky.  El bisturi  etectrico
en ginecologia.  Ibid., 378-81.—Champy, C, & Heitz-Boyer, M.
Mecanisme  ,'action du bistouri electrique a haute frequence
(effets thermiques et  mecaniques des  courants de haute fre-
quence  sur  les  tissus)   C.  rend. Acad, sc, 1929, 189:  1039.
------   Etude des effets mecaniques  des courants de haute
frequence; leur action hemostatique sur les  vaisseaux.  Ibid.,
1328.  ------  Etat des voies lymphatiques apres les sections
au bistouri electrique.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 107: 25-7.—
Chiariello, A. G.  A proposito del bisturi elettrico.   Morgagni,
1930, 72: 439-42.—Collings, C.  W.  The  use of cutting high
frequency current in urologic surgery.  Phys. Ther., 1926, 44:
436-9.—Eggers, H.   Zur  Technik des  Schneidens  mit der
Hochfrequenzschlinge.   Beitr. klin. Chir.,  1930-31, 151: 603-
6.—Ellis, J. D.   Electrosurgical incisions;  histologic effects.
Arch. Surg., 1933, 26: 981-98.  Also repr.—Fohl, T., & Reeke,
T.  Der Wirkungsmechanismus und die physikalisch-biologi-
schen Gewebsvorgange  in der  Elektrochirurgie, insbesondere
beim  elektrischen Schneiden.  Deut. Zschr.  Chir.,  1931, 233:
517-35.—Giraudeau.  L'eiectrosection; ses utilisations derma-
tologiques.  Rev. physiother., Par., 1937, 13: 150-6.—Goos-
mann, C.  The so-called radio knife. J. Med., Cincin., 1927-28,
8: 197.—Groff, S. H.  Diathermic dissection.  Med. Herald,
1929, 48: 233-7.—Gucci, G.  Studio sperimentale sulle altera-
zioni  istologiche del bisturi  elettrico.   Policlinico, 1931, 38:
sez.  chir.,   350-8.—Guillemin,  A.   Quelques  reflexions sur
1'emploi du bistouri electrique. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par.,  1929,
55:1324 32.—Gulcke.  Das doppelpolige elektrische Schneiden.
Chirurg, 1933, 5: 689-92.—Halphen, E., & Leroux-Robert.  Le
bistouri electrique en oto-rhino-laryngologie.  Arch, internat.
laryng.,  Par.,  1929, 35:  1188-93.—Heitz-Boyer.   Etat actuel
de la chirurgie par la haute frequence: indications du bistouri
electrique de haute frequence.  P. verb. Congr. fr. chir.,  1930,
39: 717. ------ A propos  du bistouri de haute frequence; la
question des hemorragies secondaires.  Bull.  Soc. nat.  chir.,
Par.,  1930, 56: 380-96.   ------ Action et emploi du bistouri
electrique dans le traitement du cancer. Ibid., 1932, 58: 449-
68.—Itoh, S.  Histologische Untersuchungen der Wunde und
Wundheilung  beim  Elektroschneiden.   Mitt.  allg.  Path.,
Sendai, 1936, 9: 23-48, 3 pi. ------& Katsura, S.  Elektro-
schneiden mit ultrakurzen  und kurzen Wellen.   Arch.  klin.
Chir.,   1933,  175:  576-88.—Kreisinger,  V.   [Electrotomy]
Cas.  lek. desk.,  1932,  71:  867.—Kuntzen, H., & Vogel, W.
Experimentelle Leber- und  Milzresektionen  mit Diatbermie-
stromen.  Zbl. Chir.,  1929,  56: 882-5.—Magyary, G.  Hoch-
frequenzschnitt und postoperative Infektion.  Arch. klin. Chir.,
1932, 169: 544-52.—Manninger, V.  L'igniexcision et l'eiectro-
chirurgie.   Cancer,  Brux.,  1935,  12: 259-65.—Marta,  F.
L'elettrotomo senza collegamenti.  Gazz. osp., 1935, 56: 827.—
Martigny, F. de.  Le bistouri electrique en  chirurgie.  Union
m6d.  Canada,  1935,  64: 853-61.—Moure,  P.  L'emploi  du
bistouri a haute frequence en chirurgie.  Rev. med. fr.,  1930,
11: 255-9.—Natale, P.  Contributo clinico ed istologico all'uso
del bisturi elettrico in ginecologia.   Ann. ostet. gin., 1931, 53:
1959-82.—Passler, H. W.  Das elektrische Schneiden mit der
Nadelelektrode.   Chirurg, 1935, 7: 405-7— Pauchet, V.  Le
bistouri electrique.  P.  verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1929, 38: 744;
1930, 39: 718.—Proust, R., Gondet [et al.]  Bistouri diathermi-
que permettant la coagulation prealable avant section.   Bull.
Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1933, 59: 47-51.—Pulido Martin, A.  El
bisturi etectrico, la ultima  novedad quirtirgica.   Siglo med.,
1930, 86: 217-20.—Spelman, A. E.  Effect  of radio knife on
wound  healing.  Am. J. Surg.,  1934,  23: 364.  Also repr.—
Spiegler, G. & Wolf, E.   Zur Physik und Technik  des elektro-
chirurgischen Schneidens.  Klin. Wschr., 1936, 15: 1315-9.—
Taddei, A.  Ricerche sperimentali sul  processo di riparazione
delle  ferite eseguite, col il bisturi elettrico sui genitali interni
della conialia; sul processo di riparazione della semplice sezione
e della sezione pre  ia legatura in catgut della tuba.  Ann. ostet.
gin., 1934, 56: 1467; 1499.—Trowbridge, E. H.  The use of the
electro-surgical knife  in  major operations or electro-surgery.
Internat. J. M. & S., 1929, 42: 487-94.   Also N. England J. M.,
1929, 201:  1183-90.  —---  Some  features of  the electro-
Burgical knife in major surgery.  Internat. J. M. & S., 1930, 43:
466-8.—Vivian, C. S., & Day, R. V.  The Collings electrotome;
its use.  California West. M., 1929, 30:  157-9.—Wucherpfennig,
V.  Das elektrische Schneiden  mit der Diathermieschlinge in
der operativen Dermatotherapie und kleinen Chirurgie.  Miinch
med.  Wschr.,  1929,  76: 786-8.  ;-----   II taglio  elettrico
mediante l'ansa diatermica  nei piccoli interventi chirurgici.
Policlinico, 1931, 38: sez. chir., 379-96.

----  Indication.

   Seemen,  H.  von,   &  Schurch,  O.   Allge-
meine  und  spezielle Elektrochirurgie,  mit einem
Beitrag: Elektrochirurgie der Geschwiilste in Ver-
bindungmitStrahlenbehandlung.  474p.  8?  Berl,
1932.
   Wehberg,  H.    *Die chirurgische Diathermie
mit  besonderer  Berucksichtigung ihrer  Anwen-
dung in  der  Zahnheilkunde   [Leipzig]  24p.   8?
Zeulenroda i.  Thiir., 1932.
   Aievoli,  E.  L'elettro-chirurgia specialmente nei campo uro-
genitale: Gazz. internaz. med. chir.,  1936, 48: 235-8.—Angel,
F.  The electro-surgical unit in surgery.  South. M. & S., 1933,
95: 593.—Asgis, A. J.   Clinical  oral  electrosurgery.   Med.
Rec,  N. Y., 1935, 141: 287-90.—Blech, G. M.  Electrosurgery
in war.  Mil. Surgeon, 1939, 84:  577-9.—Bourgeois, H.  La
diathermie  chirurgicale en oto-rhino-laryngologie.  Progr. med.,
Par.,  1930, 45: 54-67.—Bruskin, I. M.   [Electrosurgery (indi-
cations and application)]  Khirurgia, Moskva, 1937, No. 11,
71-82.—Casteran, M.   Nouvelle  utilisation des courants de
haute frequence en chirurgie oculaire.   Bull, med., Par., 1930,
44: 790.—Cipollaro, A. C.  Electrosurgery in dermatology.
Med. Rec, N. Y., 1930, 143: 437; 471.—Clark,  W. L.  Electro-
thermic methods in treatment of neoplastic and allied diseases.
Arch. Phys. Ther.,  1926, 7: 385-93.  ------  Surgical indica-
tions  for  electrothermic methods.  Ibid.,  1927,  8:   442-8.
------Morgan, J. D.,  & Asnis, E. J.  Electrothermic methods
in the treatment o'f neoplasms and other lesions, with  clinical
and histological  observations.  Radiology, 1924, 2: 233-46.
Also Ther.  Gaz., Detr., 1924, n. ser., 40: 462-74.—Collet, F. J.,
& Mayoux, R.  Notes sur 1'eiectro-coagulation.  Lyon med.,
1931,  148:   661-4.—Collings, C. W.   Surgical diathermy in
urology. Med. Times,  N. Y., 1930, 58:  264-8.—Cumberbatch,
E. P.  Uses of diathermy in medicine  and surgery.  Lancet,
Lond.,  1931,  1: 281-5.—Esquirru, C.  M.   Documentaci6n
clinica-quirurgica de los casos operados empleando la cirugia
etectrica. Bol. Inst. med. exp. cancer, B. Air., 1936, 13: 89-140,
3  pi.—Falchi,  G.  Contributo alia terapia   delle  neoplasie
epiteliali e  di altre dermatosi  con  le  correnti  diatermiche.
Boll. Soc. med. chir., Pavia, 1930, 44:  163-226.—Ground, W.
E.  The scope of electrosurgery  in  general surgery.   Arch.
Phys. Ther., 1932, 13: 148-54.—Gruenhagen, A. P.  The use
of diathermy in traumatic surgery.  Med. Insur.,  1925-26, 41:
92-4.—Herring,  H. M.  Electrosurgery  in  surface lesions;
advantages  over  other methods.  Med. J. & Rec, 1931, 132:
85.  Also repr.—Hopkins, J. A.  Electrosurgery in the  oral
cavity.  Dent. Digest,  1934,  40: 276-9.—Hurd, L.  M.   The
use of surgical diathermy about the mouth of the Eustachian
tube for infection and  catarrh of the middle ear.  Ann. Otol.
Rhinol., 1931, 40: 13-8.— Hymans, M. N.  Surgical diathermy
in gynecology.  Med. Times, N. Y., 1930, 58: 269-72.—Immen-
kamp, A.  Zur Indikation des elektrischen Schneidens und der
Blutstillung durch Elektrokoagulation.   Zschr. Stomat., 1935,
33: 641-6.—Jerusalem,  M.   Die  Anwendung des  Hochfie-
quenzapparates  in  der  kleinen Chirurgie, insbesondere bei
pyogenen Affektionen.   Med. Klin.,  Berl.,  1933, 29: 1513 —
Juster, E.  Les utilisations de la diathermie chirurgicale dans
la pratique medicate.  J. med. Paris, 1930, 50: 553.—Kelly, H.
A.  The field of electrosurgery.  Am. J. Surg., 1929, n. ser., 6:
634-7.  ------   Electrosurgery in gynaecology.  Ann.  Surg.,
1931, 93: 323-5.—Kime, E. N. Superiority of electrosurgery for
the destruction of pathological tissues.  Phys. Ther.,  1928, 46:
582-5.—Levy, D. M.   La diathermie chirurgicale.   Bruxelles
med., 1930-31, 11: 637-42.—Lilienthal, H.  The electrosurgical
unit as an aid in general surgery. Surg. Gyn. Obst.,  1931, 52:
513.—Mandl,  F.  Zur  Elektrochirurgie schwerer Infektionen.
Wien.  klin. Wschr.,  1935, 48: 363-5.—Merletti, C.   La  dia-
termia contro lo shock e la broncopolmonite  post-operativa.
Riv. ostet. gin., 1927, 9: 137-41.—Mestre, J. J.  Corrientes de
alta frecuencia en  dermatologfa;  electrocoagulation, electro-
desecacion,  cuchilla endotermica; sus indicaciones.  Rev. med.
cir. Habana, 1929, 34:  615-23.—Milligan, W.   Inoperable dis-
ease of the upper air  and food passages; radio-diathermy in
their treatment.  Eye  Ear &c Month., 1926-27, 5: 147-50 —
Mock, H.  E.   Electrosurgery; a  discussion  of  indications,
advantages, disadvantages and warnings concerning its  use.
J. Am. M.  Ass.,  1935,  104: 2341-50.—Monbrun, A.  La  dia-
thermie chirurgicale en ophtalmologie.  Rev.  med.  fr., 1929,
10: 837-41.  Also Sem. hop. Paris,  1929, 5: 547-50. -----
Poyet  & Charpentier.   De  l'emploi de la diathermie  chirur-
gicale pour l'ameiioration des cavites atypiques d'enucteation.
Bull.  Soc. opht. Paris, 1926, 107-12.—Morrison, W.  Uses of
medical and surgical diathermy in otolaryngoh>gv.  Arch. Phys.
Ther.,  1933,  14:  230-6.—Nagelschmidt,  ¥.'  Chirurgische
Diathermie im Bereich des  Kopfes  und Halses.  Acta  oto-
lar., Stockh., 1924-25,  7:  429-54.—New, G. B. Surgical  dia-
thermy in laryngology.  Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1926,
32: 480-3.—Pearse, H. E., jr, & Ward, G. E.  Electrosurgery
as a hemostatic instrument in operations upon the liver, kidney
and spleen.  Am. J. Surg., 1930, n. ser., 10: 540-6.   Also
repr.—Portmann, U. V.  Observations on the use of diathermia
for the prevention and treatment of  surgical shock.  Arch.
Phys. Ther., 1928, 9: 385-8.  Also Brit. J. Actinother., 1929, 4:
32-4.—Pugh,  W. S.   Electrosurgery:  a few  applications in
surgical urology.  Phys. Ther., 1932, 50: 81-92.—Robin, V.,
& Brion, A. Sur quelques applications de la diathermie chirur-
gicale.  Rec. med. vet., 1931, 107: 513-30.—Sachs, E.  Electro-
surgical unit as an  aid to the neurologic surgeon.  Surg. Gyn.
Obst., 1931, 52:  505-7.—Salmony, A.  Ueber  die Anwendung
der Elektro-Chirurgie.   Med. ital., 1937, 18: 579-83.—Schmie-
gelow, E.  Clinical remarks  on  the use of surgical diathermy,
for malignant tumors  in the anterior air passages.  Laryngo-
scope, 1927, 37: 851-66.—Silvers,  L. J.  Electrosurgery in
otolaryngology;  indications  and  end  results.  Arch.  Phys. 
ELECTROSURGERY
155
ELECTROSURGERY
Ther., 1933, 14: 494-8.—Sporer, K.  Die Elektrochirurgie als
unterstiitzende Methode der  Strahlenbehandlung.   Radiol.
Rdsch.,  1937, 6: 33-43.—Stansbury, E. M.  Diathermy, a
valuable aid to the industrial surgeon.  Arch. Phys. Ther.,
1928, 9: 108-11.—Walther, H. W. E., & Peacock, C. L. Value
of diathermy to the general surgeon.  N. Orleans M. & S. J.,
1924-25, 77: 460-3.—Ward, G. E.  Some  experimental and
clinical data suggesting future  uses for electrosurgery in  non-
malignant conditions.  Internat. J. M. & S.,  1930, 43: 473-8.—
Willmoth, A. D.  The use of high frequency currents from the
surgeon's standpoint.  Arch. Phys. Ther., 1926, 7: 315-26 —
Wyeth, G. A.  Endothermy, a surgical adjunct in accessible
malignancy and pre-cancerous  conditions.  Surg. Gyn. Obst.,
1923, 36: 711-4. Also Internat. J. M. & S., 1930, 43: 479-81.

----   Method  and technic.

   See also under  names of organs.
   Bordier, H.. & Kofman, T.  Experiences sur la galvano-
diathermie.  Paris  med., 1936, 101: 42.—Brain,  R. T.   An
improved type of galvanocautery.  Lancet,  Lond., 1936,  1:
488.—Brandt  & Darmezin  du Rousset.   Sur  une nouvelle
forme d'extremites polaires pour electros a applications chirur-
gicales.  Arch, electr. med.  exp., 1915, 25:  87.—Clark, W. L.
Electrothermic methods in treatment of  neoplastic and allied
diseases.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1926, 86: 595-8.  Also Phys. Ther.,
1930,  48:  481-9.—Eidinow, A.   The technique  of surgical
diathermy.  Brit. M. J., 1931, 1: 892-4.—Ellis. J. D.  Sugges-
tions on the technic of electrosurgery.  Internat. J. M. & S.,
1933, 46: 401-5.—Flagg, P. J.  General anesthesia for surgical
diathermy.  Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass.,  1932, 38: 333-6.—Haas, M.,
& Lob, A.  Die Kurzwellendiathermie und ihre Anwendung in
der Chirurgie.  Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1934,  243: 318-40.—Heitz-
Boyer,  M.  Interet et technique de la chirurgie electrique: la
chirurgie vesicate par la haute frequence.  Mem. Acad, chir.,
Par., 1937, 63: 613-30.—Henseler, H. Die Versorgung elektro-
chirurgisch gesetzter Wunden.  Deut. Aerzte Ztg, 1935, No.
421.—Heymann, E.  Chirurgische  Eingriffe  mit Hochfrequenz-
stromen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1930, 26: 539-45.—Jones, A. E.
The role of local and regional anaesthesia in surgical diatbermv.
Arch. Phys. Ther.,  1927, 8: 69-73.—Kime,  E. N. Nonvolatile
anesthesia in  electrosurgery, with special  reference to intra-
venous somital.  Ibid., 1930, 11: 343-6.—Kolischer, G.  Princi-
ples of surgical diathermy  technic   Ibid., 1927, 8: 74-81.—
Kuckens,  H.  Die Verwendung von  Hochfrequenzstromen
zum Kauterisieren und Durchtrennen  von Gewebe mit be-
sonderer Berucksichtigung  der dabei auftretenden  Gewebe-
veranderungen.   Arch.  Gyn.,  Berl., 1930,  141:  273-305.—
Lewy, A.  Surgical diathermy by the needle method.   Ann.
Otol. Rhinol., 1923-24, 32: 1086-94, 4 pi.—McLean, A. J.
Characteristics of adequate electrosurgical current.  Am. J.
Surg., 1932, 18: 417-41.  Also repr.—Mayer, A.  Ueber Dia-
thermieoperationen. Zbl. Gyn., 1929, 53: 1555-8.—Nogier, T.
Longue  duree des reactions produits par la cauterisation dia-
thermique.  Lyon  med., 1927, 140:  186-9—Passler, H. W.
Der heutige Stand der Ausfiihrung und Anwendung der Elektro-
chirurgie.  Zbl. Chir., 1931, 58: 3212-39.—Schlijecher, J. H. R.
[Measurement of temperature  in  surgical diathermy]  Tschr.
tandheelk., 1932, 39: 238-44.—Tousey, S.  A method of surgi-
cal diathermy or endothermy rendering it painless without an
anesthetic.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1926, 86: 527-9.—Wappler,  F. C.
Method for  electrosurgical  severance  of  adhesions.  U. S.
Patent Off., 1937, No. 2,068,721.—Ward, G.  E.  Proper  tech-
nique in electro-surgical methods.   Arch.  Phys. Ther.,  1926,
7: 379-85.  ------  Some interesting surgical procedures with
high frequency electric currents.  Med. J.  & Rec, 1926, 124:
625-8.   Also repr.  ------  Selected surgical procedures with
surgical diathermy. Arch. Phys. Ther., 1928, 9: 433-6.  ------
Electrosurgical gynecological office procedures.  Am. J. Surg.,
1930, n. ser., 8: 379-81. Also repr.

----   Mode of action.

   Anderson,  J.   An investigation  into the effects of high
frequency  currents on living tissue, and their  application in
general surgery.  Newcastle M. J., 1932, 12:  81-95.—Crowell,
B. C.  Report on research on electrosurgery.  Surg. Gyn. Obst.,
1931, 52: 521.—Ellis, J. D.  The rate of  healing of electro-
surgical wounds as expressed by tensile strength.   J. Am. M
Ass., 1931,  96:  16-8.—Frenkel, G.  L.   [The problem of the
extrathermic component of  the activity of  the electric field of
ultra-high frequency and its significance  for the clinic]  Arkh.
biol. nauk, 1937,  48:  320-36.—Heitz-Boyer.  Emploi des
courants de haute frequence en chirurgie; mecanisme d'action
et effets des courants produits par les appareils a lampes:  leurs
applications chirurgicales.  Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1929, 55:
210-32.—Huntoon, R. D. Tissue heating accompanying electro-
surgery; an experimental investigation.  Ann. Surg., 1937, 105:
270-90.—Kotrnetz, H., &  Mandl,  F.   Experimentelles zur
Elektrochirurgie.  Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1932,  237: 1—Kiickens,
H.  Ueber einige bei den Diathermieoperationen auftretende
Gewebeveranderungen und uber ihre Bedeutung. Beitr. path.
Anat., 1930, 85: 695-702.—Kuntzen, H., & Vogel, W. Histo-
logische  Untersuchungen  uber  die  Wirkung chirurgischer
Diathermiestrome.  Arch. klin.  Chir.,  1931, 164: 39-57.—
MacLean, A. L.  Some phases of electrosurgery from the experi-
mental standpoint.  Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1931, 52: 520—Magyary,
G.  [Healing of wounds after electric operation]  Orv. hetil.,
1932, 76: 648. Also Arch. klin. Chir., 1932, 169: 737-53.—
Pierce, H. F.  Some phases of electrosurgery from an experi-
mental standpoint.  Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1931,  52: 519.

----   veterinary.

   Avignon,  A.   *Les  courants  de haute  fre-
quence;  de leur utilisation chirurgicale en mede-
eine  veterinaire;  quelques applications  [Alfort]
86p.   8?  Par., 1933.
   Tiersch  [E.]  H.    *Versuche   mit  Elektro-
chirurgie beim Hund.  56p.   8?   Lpz.,  1932.
   Henkels,  P.   Funfjahrige  Erfahrungen   im  elektrischen
Operieren.  Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1933, 41: 17-24.—Tinker,
M. B.  Advantages of electro-surgery.  Cornell Vet., 1936, 26:
179-82.

ELECTROTAXIS.

   See Galvanotaxis.

ELECTROTECHNICS.

   See also Electrician;  Electric industry; Electric
machine; Lamp; Lighting, &c.
   Pruvost,  H. L.  G.   *Le  risque  electrique.
p.52   8?  Par., 1937.
   Pugno-Vanoni,  E.   Fisica  ed elettrotecnica.
p.3-232.  8?   Milano, 1934.
   In Tratt. roentg. curieter. (Perussia, F.,  & Pugno-Vanoni,
E.) Milano, 1934, 1:
   Borschke, A., & Wolf, H.  Ueber  galvanische Anschluss-
apparate.  Zschr. Stomat., 1928,  26: 641-50.—Foerster, F. A.
Die  Sicherung elektrischer Stromkreise durch Schmelzsiche-
rungen.  Zschr.  ges.  Krankenhauswes., 1928, 24: 454; 635.
------  Schutzeinrichtungen  gegen gefahrliche  Beriihrungs-
spannungen  in  Niederspannungsanlagen  unter besonderer
Berucksichtigung  von   Kleinspannungs-Transformatoren.
Zschr. Gewerbehyg.,  1935,  42:  35-8.—Hofmann &  Haide.
Ein Beitrag zur  Verhutung von Unglucksfallen in Hochspan-
nungsschaltanlagen. Arbeiterschutz, 1927, 174-6.—Horst, K.
Steckvorrichtungen fiir  Starkstromanlagen und Arbeitsschutz.
Zbl.  Gewerbehyg.,  1937, n. F., 14: 124-6.—Konemann.  Die
elektrischen   Anlagen  in  explosionsgefahrdeten  Raumen.
Arbeiterschutz,  1936, 41-7.—Koritnig, O. T.  Gefahren  der
elektrischen  Einrichtungen  in  feuchten Raumen.    Zschr.
Gewerbehyg., 1937,  44:  70-3.—Rabeneick.  Schutzeinrich-
tungen   in  staubgefahrdeten   Hochspannungschaltanlagen.
Arbeiterschutz, 1938, 93-6—Rossler, H., & Teinert, T.  BDG.-
Vorschriften fiir die Verwendung von Elektrowerkzeugen in und
an Kesseln,  Behaltern  und  Rohrleitungen aus gut leitenden
Baustoffen.  Ibid.,  249.—Weeks, C. H.  Report of the Elec-
trical Safety Code Committee.  Bull. U. S. Labor Stand., 1935,
No. 2, 19-22.

ELECTROTECHNOLOGY.

   See also  special headings  related  to applied
electricity as Lighting, &c.
   Ackerman, W.  T.  Electricity  on New  Eng-
land  farms.   54p.  8?   Durham,  N. EL, 1932.
   Kleiber, M.  Beitrag zur Frage der Einwirkung elektrischer
Strome auf Mikroorganismen  (Untersuchung zur elektrischen
Futterkonservierung)  Biochem.  Zschr., 1925, 160: 312-24.—
Pauthenier, M.,  &  Volkringer, H.  Procede  electrique pour la
destruction de germes microbiens en suspension  dans un  gaz.
C. rend. Acad, sc,  1936, 202: 250-2.

----  medical.
   See also special medical  applications of  elec-
tricity  as  Diathermy;  Electrotherapy;   Fever
therapy; Radiology;  Roentgenology, &c.
   Beeren,   H.  von.   Die  Elektrizitat  in  der
 Medizin.   271p.   8?   Lpz.,  1926.
   Browne,   A. R.  I.   Medical   electricity  for
students.   3. ed.   245p.  8?   Lond. [1931]
   Ctjmberbatch,  E.  P.  Essentials of medical
electricity.   7.  ed.  508p.   8?   Lond.,_  1933.
   ----   Lectures  on medical  electricity.   236p.
8?   Lond., 1934.
   Garratt,   A.   C    Electro-physiology   and
electro-therapeutics; showing  the  best methods
for  the medical uses  of electricity.   2.  ed.    716p.
8?   Bost., 1861.
   Herdman, W. J.,  Duff,  A. W.  [et al.]   Inter-
national text-book of medical electro-physics and
galvanism,   v. p.  8?    Phila., 1895. 
ELECTROTECHNOLOGY
156
ELECTROTHERAPY
   Ives,  J.   Electricity  as  a  medicine  and  its
mode of application.   123p.  8?   N.  Y., 1879.
   Monell, S. H.   Rudiments of modern medical
electricity; arranged in the form of questions and
answers  prepared  especially   for  students  of
medicine.    165p.   16?   N.  Y., 1900.
   Schirmann,   M.  A.    Die  physikalisch-tech-
nischen  Methoden der  Elektromedizin  und ihre
Apparaturen.   276p.   8?    Berl.,  1934.
   Alexander, F. W. Electricity in medicine and public health;
from early ages to  present time; a resume.  Med. Off., Lond.,
1927,  38': 237-9.—Bierman,  W.   Electricity  and medicine.
Arch.  Phys. Ther.,  1936, 17: 551-4.—Clausing, A.  Die durch
Rontgenapparate erzeugten Storungen des Rundfunkempfangs.
Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1930, 42: 527-32— Cluzet & Ponthus.
Sur l'examen et le traitement au moyen des ondes de haute
frequence, entretenues et redressees. Arch, electr. med., 1931,
39: 301-7.—Coliez, R.  La  question  des  parasites eiectro-
ntedicaux en T. S. F.  Gaz. nted. France, 1933, No. 11, 39-44 —
Duhem, P.  Etude sur les applications  pratiques  des courants
progressifs de Lapicque en electrodiagnostic et en  eiectrothera-
pie.   J. radiol. electr., Par., 1934,  18:  601-10.—Founder, F.
Notes d'eiectricite medicate a l'usage des praticiens.  Clinique,
Par.,  1924, 19:  209-11.—Gentilly,  J.  V.   Galvanoplasty in
dentistry.  Dent. Surv., 1935, 11:  24-32.—Gioia, A. F.   No-
zioni  generali di elettricita.  Ann. Clin, odont., Roma, 1931, 8:
80-7.—Goodman, H.  Multothermy: new science of application
of electric energy to medicine and surgery.  Med. Herald, 1926,
45: 326-8.  ------ Eponyms of medical electricity.  Med. J.
& Rec, 1929, 129: 18; 20; 77; 140; 197.  Also Am. J. Phys.
Ther., 1930, 7: 271-8.—Interference with wireless reception by
electro-medical apparatus.  Brit.  M.  J.,  1938,  1:  1063.—
Karssen, A.  [Significance of  medical electrology]  Sven.  lak.
tidn., 1932, 29: 430-46.—Korotnev, N. I.  [Various views on
electro-medicine]   Klin, med., Moskva, 1928,  6: 1559-73.—
Kowarschik, J.  Die Storungen des Rundfunks durch elektro-
medizinische  Apparate  und  ein Mittel zu  ihrer  Behebung.
Wien. klin. Wschr., 1930, 43: 485-8.—Krusen, F. H-, Mac-
Eachern, M. T. [et al.] Medical viewpoint of interference with
radio reception by electro-medical equipment.  Arch. Phys.
Ther., 1939, 20: 261-9.—Lomon, A.  Les origines de l'eiectricite
medicate. J. radiol. dectr., 1933, 17: 172; 613.—Loope, A. M.
The uses of electricity in medicine.  Med. World,  1925, 43:
433-8.—Martin, W.   Electricity in the practice  of medicine.
Albany M. Herald, 1925, 34:  104-6.—Oppenheim, G. Grund-
satzliches zur elektromedizinischen Technik (neue galvanische
Anschlussapparate)  Klin. Wschr.,  1928, 7: 381.—Sammons,
L. C.   Uses of electricity by the general practitioner.  Clinique,
Chic, 1925, 46: 441-8.—Serrano Piqueras, P.  Los comienzos
de la electricidad medica.  Tr. Gated, hist. crit. med., Madr.,
1934-35, 4: 87-110.—Sno , M.  L. H. A.  The role of static
electricity in  medicine.  Internat. J. Surg., 1928, 41: 379-84.—
Strohl, A.  Sur la  forme des  courants employes  en electricite
medicate.  Bull. Acad, med.,  Par.,  1929, 3. ser., 101: 79-82.—
Trotsenburg, J. A.  van  [The  value of electricity in psychology
and psychiatry]  Psychiat. neur. bl., Amst., 1929, 33: 85-93 —
Williams, H.  B.   Interference with radio communication by
therapeutic equipment. J. Am. M. Ass., 1936,  107: 1810 —
Wilson,  J.   Some recent advances  in medical  electricity.
Practitioner,  Lond., 1935, 135: 540-8.

ELECTROTHERAPY.

   See also  Bath, electric;  Diathermy;  Electro-
phototherapy;    Electrosurgery;   Iontotherapy;
Radiotherapy;  Short wave, &c; also  names of
medical specialties as Dermatology, Therapeutics,
&c.
   Mann,  L.   Elektrotherapie.   p.415-543.   8?
Berl., 1936.
   In Handb. Neur. (Bumke  & Foerster) Berl., 1936, Bd  8.
   Amerson,  S. S.   Electrotherapeutics.   Kentucky M. J.,
1927, 25: 166-8.—Bauwens, P.  The organization and adminis-
tration of an electrotherapeutic department.  Nosokomeion,
Stuttg., 1933, 4: 65-9.—Beaumont. W.  Electrotherapy.  Brit.
J. Phys.  M., 1935-36, 10:  131-3.—Bowles, C.  E.  Electro-
therapy  as an exact  science.  Virginia M. Month.,  1925-26,
52- 653-9.—Cramp, A. J.  Electric and magnetic cure-alls.
Hygeia, Chic, 1938, 16: 439-41; 462; 479.—Cumberbatch, E.
P. The role  of electricity in  treatment.  Brit.  M. J., 1932, 2:
345.  Also Brit. J.  Phys. M.,  1935-36, 10: 210-9.—Curran, M.
W.  Electricity; its production and therapy.  West. M. Times,
1930-31,  50:  141.—Felts, L.  Electrotherapeutics in general
practice.  Kentucky  M. J.,  1926, 24: 344-8.—Heald, C. B.
Electrotherapy.  In  Brit. Encycl. M.  Pract.  (Rolleston, H.)
Lond., 1937, 4: 490-507.—Hudellet, G.  Le service d'eiectricite
medicate de l'Hopital colonial de  Dakar.   Arch, electr.  med.
exp.,  1914, 24: 99-102.—Jellinek,  S.  Some new observations
and experiments in electricity. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1923-
24, 17: Sect. Electrother., 49-63.—Kovacs, R.  Old standbys in
electrotherapy.  Med.  Rev.  of  Rev.,  1925,  31:  566-72 —
Lafortune, S.  The Medical Act of Canada and the Canadian
Electrotherapeutic Association.  Phys. Ther.,  1927, 45:  243-
5.—Laqueur, A.  Die Elektrotherapie des praktischen Arztes.
Prakt. Arzt, 1930-31, n. F., 16: 423-30.  Also Fortsch. Ther.,
1932, 8: 264-8.—Melville, S.  A survey of present-day electro-
therapeutics.  Am. J.  Phvs. Ther.,  1925-21,, 2: 28-34  Also
Lancet,  Lond.,  1925, 1: 61-5. -Pasteur, I.  IJcctrothdapie.
Rev. sc, Par.,  1933,  71:  417-25.—Strauss, S. (».   Electro-
therapy for the general practitioner.  Med.  Kev. ot Kev., 1925,
31: 582-0.—TurreU,  W. J.  Electrotherapy  and its future.
Brit. M. J., 1936,  2: 301; 1022.—Verhoogen. R.  Sur la valeur
pratique de l'electrotherapie.  Ann. med. phys., Anvers, 1931,
24: 1-4.—Wyss. O. A. M.  Die Elektrotherapie vom Gesichts-
punkt moderner Elektrophysiologie  aus betrachtet.  Schweiz.
med. Wschr., 1935, 65: 274-7.

----   Accidents.
   Groedel,  F.  M., & Lossen, H.  Schaden aus Anwendung
elektro-physikalischer Heilverfahren  (Hohensonne, Solluxlampe
Diathermie, Radium)   Strahlentherapie, 1931,  41: 372-94.—
Hollander,  L., Shonfield, L., & Fisher, A.  Galvanic  burns of
the tongue.   J. Am. M. Ass., 1933,  100: 1029.—Korotnev. N.
[Danger in sinusoidal current, even of weak strength: its thera-
peutic value] Klin, med., Moskva, 1927, 5: 1245.—Kovacs, R.
Accidents during  electrotherapy and light therapy and their
prevention.  Internat. Clin., 1929, 39. ser.,  4: 57-70.—Kowar-
schik, J. Die Gefahren elektromedizinischer Apparate. Zschr.
ges. phys. Ther.,  1932,  42: 82-9.—Laqueur, A.  Kunstfehler
bei Licht- und Diathermiebehandlung. Aerztl.  Sachverst. Ztg,
1929,  35: 197-204.—Lebeuf, F., & Charpentier, R.   Dermite
apparue apres une application electrique sur l'emplacement de
l'eiectrode.   Bull. Soc fr. derm, syph., 1936, 43: 552.—Milani,
E.  I pericoli degli apparecchi elettromedicali.  Athena, Roma,
1932,  1: 56-8.

----   Apparatus and instruments.

   Ioele,   R.   Guida pratica  descrittiva degli
apparecchi elettromedici.   62p.  8?   Nap., 1936.
   Adelung, E. von.  A cheap electric heater.   Boston M. &
S. J., 1915,  172: 171.—Beintema, K.  Eine  einfache, mit gerin-
gen Kosten herstellbare  Gleichstromquelle fiir Elektrolyse und
iihnliche therapeutische Zwecke.  Derm.  Wschr.,  1933,  97:
1167-70.—Bergonie, J.  Emploi general en 61ectrotherapie du
fauteuil-eiectrode et  du tableau a graduation  et distribution
localisees.   Arch, electr.  med., 1913,  23: 537-46. ------  Une
nouvelle mantere de distribuer et  d'utiliser les courants en
dectrotherapie.   Ibid.,  1914, 25: 5-23.—Blum, P.   Sur les
effets tfterapeutiques  des  courants intermittents de basse
tension; description d'un appareil transportable destine a leur
production.   Strasbourg med., 1931, 91: 33-5.—Cattaneo, F.,
& Orosz,  T.  Possibility  terapeutiche dell'Tnfrazon sopra
lesioni provocate  da  traumi.  Rinasc. med.,  1938,  15: 691.—
Cawadias,  A. P.   The  electrotherapeutic equipment of  the
general  practitioner.  Brit. J.  Phys. M., 1936-37, 11:  203-6 —
Chapman, R. W.  Electrical  therapeutic pad.   U. S. Patent
Off., 1936,  No. 2,047,308.—Charters, J. J.  Electrical thera-
peutic and amusement apparatus.  Ibid., 1939, No. 2,144,617.—
Cluzet & Chevallier.  Tetanisateur a haute-frequence redress6e:
nouvel  appareil 61ectrotherapique.  Arch,  electr. m6d., 1926,
36: 353.—Delherm, L., & Mathieu, P.  Note sur le disjoncteur
automatique Gaiffe, Gallot et Pilon.  Bull. Soc radiol. m6d.
France, 1928, 16: 21.—Drault & Raulot-Lapointe.  Petit con-
tact tournant de grande  puissance de la Maison Drault et
Raulot-Lapointe.  Arch,  electr.  med., 1913,  22:  500-2 —
Edstrom, G.  [A new Galvanic apparatus]  Sven. lak. tidn.,
1928, 25: 465-7.—Freudenberg, A.  Ein elektrisches Becken-
dammheizkissen  in Badehosenform.  Miinch.  med.  Wschr.,
1913, 60: 981.—Gentile,  N.  Intorno all'oscillatore a onde
multiple del Lakhowsky.   Med. nuova,  1935, 26:  163-9 —
Hofmann,  J.  Electrotherapeutic apparatus.   U.  S. Patent
Off., 1938,  No. 2,100,429.—Jahr, G.  Die elektrisch heizbaren
Binden und Kompression Bedaf. Deut. med. Wschr.,  1910, 36:
2394.—Karsten,  A.    Neue   elektrische  Heilvorrichtungen.
Zschr. ges. phys.  Ther., 1932, 42: 99.—Kaufmann, M. Ueber
Apparate zur Erzeugung von galvanischem Strom.  Deut. med.
Wschr., 1929, 55: 230.—Korotnev, N. N.  [Equipment of elec-
trotherapeutic  departments in physiatrical institutes] Klin.
med.,  Moskva, 1926,  4:  47-9.  ------■   [Are pantostatic,
multostatic and similar electric  apparatus,  used with inter-
mittent current, as effective as those  with condenser added?]
Ibid., 1927, 5:  1169-71.—Kowarschik, J.  Ein  neuer galvani-
scher Apparat.  Munch,  med. Wschr.,  1927, 74:  857-9.—
Mikhailov, V. A., & Manov, V. I. [New electro-medical appa-
ratus constructed in the  Moscow  Government Physiothera-
peutic Institute]  Mosk. med. J., 1928, 8: 45-53—Morig. H.
Eine neue Art  der Stromentnahme aus Taschen- und anderen
Batterien zu medizinischen Zwecken.  Miinch. med. Wschr.,
1925, 72:  839.—Morin.  Emploi d'une  batterie tampon en
derivation  sur  un reducteur de potentiel.  Arch, electr. med.,
1913, 22: 78-81.—Norrie, F. H. B.  Zinc wires and needles for
ionization  and electrolysis.  J.  Lar. Otol.,  Lond.,  1926, 41:
599.—Oppenheim, G. Die  Schallplatte im Dienste der Elektro-
medizin.   Klin.  Wschr.,  1932,  11: 595-7.—Palmer, H. P.
Electrotherapy; plan  of a  home  office.  Am.  J. Phvs. Ther.,
1926-27, 3:  495-9.—Petersen, S.  [Wern0e's faradic handles]
Hospitalstidende, 1933, 76: 223-5— Polland,  B.   [Sources of
continuous  current  in  electrodiagnosis  and  electrotherapy]
Cas.  tek.  Cesk.,  1927,  66: 1733-7.—Rodhe,  E.  [Arnberg's
electrotherapeutic apparatus]  Sven. liik. tidn., 1929, 26: 697-
702.—Rodriguez Villegas, R.  Mesa distribuidora de corriente
etectrica.   Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires,  1935,19: 47-9.—Rose CW-S 
ELECTROTHERAPY
157
ELECTROTHERAPY
  radiathermy unit  acceptable.  J. Am. M. Ass.,  1937,  109:
  1905.  Salaghi, S.  Di un apparecchio elettrico per le applica-
  zioni locali del calore.  Rass. med., Bologna,  1900, 8: No. 10,
  5-7.--Sarslield,  L.  G. H.   Electro-medical apparatus; its
  character, operation and care. Brit, J. Phys.  M., 1936-37, 11:
  207;  passim.  ------   Rotating electrical machines.  Ibid.,
  12:  128-31.  ------  The use of current from the mains for
  electro-medical appliances.  Ibid., 97; 128; 153; 178. -
  Electric lamps and auxiliary heating  appliances.  Ibid., 1938,
  n. ser., 1: 17-22.   ------   Mains-supplied  valve oscillating
  circuits.  Ibid., 1939, n. ser., 2: 51-6.—Scheminzky, F.  Einige
  Bemerkungen iiber die Unterbrecher zur Herstellung Leduc-
  scher  Maanderstrome.   Klin.  Wschr.,  1920, 5:  839-41.—
  Schrottenbach, H.  Ein  Fortschritt  in  der  Elektrotherapie:
  Die  Tonisator nach Dr Ebel. Miinch. med. Wschr.,  1927, 74:
  1801.—Titus,  E. C.  Report of committee on standardization
  of therapeutic apparatus.  Am. J. Electrother., 1924, 42: 309;
  1925, 43: 60.------A new low frequency electrotherapeutic
  apparatus.  Phys. Ther.,  1926, 44:  449-55.—Weiss, J.  The
  flasher sinusoidal machine.  Arch. Phys. Ther., 1935,  16: 95.—
  Weissenberg, E.   Electrotherapeutic apparatus.  U.  S. Patent
  Off.,  1937, No. 2,103,440.—Zellner,  E.  Ueber Schwellstrom-
  anparate  und ihre therapeutische Anwendung.  Wien.  klin.
  Wschr., 1927,  40: 1030-2.

  ---  electrolytic [Electropuncture]

    See  also  Electrolysis;   Electrosurgery;  Hair,
  Removal, &c.
    Carter, H.  A.   Omega  electrolysis machine not  acceptable.
  J. Am. M. Ass., 1938, 110: 2155.— Cipollaro, A. C.   Electro-
  lysis; a discussion  of equipment,  method of operation, indica-
  tions,  contraindications,  and warnings concerning  its use
  J. Am. M. Ass., 1938, 111:  2488-91.  Also Physiother. Rev.,
  1939, 19: 75-80.—Fernet, P. Quand doit-on employer  l'eiec-
  trolyse en dermatologie?  Bull. gin. ther., 1935, 186:  110-7.—
  Foveau de Courmelles.  L'eiectrolyse medicamenteuse.  Bull
  Soc med. Paris, 1929, 210-4.—Hsieh. Y. M., & Liu, Tse-Yung.
  A note on the operation of the  Carrel-Dakin cell with alter-
  nating current.  Chin. M. J., 1938, 53: 489-94.—Ingram, J. T.
  Follicular lupoid eruption  following electrolysis.  Proc. R. Soc.
  M., Lond., 1937-38, 31: 262.—Kondratev, N. S. [Electrolysis
  in vascular injections]   Vest, rentg., 1925, 3: 157-64.—Keil,
  A. W., & Schieck, H. G.  Zur Anwendung der Elektrolyse in
  der Biochemie.  Zschr. Biol., 1928-29, 88:  153-6.—Macky, S.
  Two cases showing the use of electrolysis in localization.  Proc.
  R. Soc M.,  Lond., 1937-38, 31:  670.—Schmitt, C.  L'eiectro-
  lyse  dans le traitement des  retredssements.   Bull. Soc. med.
  Paris, 1935, 329-36.—Zinberg. L. K.  The history of electro-
  lysis and its present relation to medicine.  N. York Physician,
  1938, 11: 20; 36.

  ---  Faradization.
    Bailey, L.  D.   Therapeutic  uses  of the  Faradic  current.
  Brit. J. Phys. M., 1931, 6:  113.—Cawadias. A. P.  The faradic
  current: technique, application and clinical indications.  Ibid..
  1938, n. ser., 1:  130; 166.—Delherm  & Laquerriere.  Nouvel
  appareil pour  courant  faradique.  C. rend. Acad, sc,  1931,
  192: 987.—Ebel, S.  Der primar-faradische  Schwellstrom im
  Lichte der Theorie und Praxis.  Wien. klin. Wschr.,  1928, 41:
  1261.—Fowler, E. P., jr. A 60-cvcle faradic stimulator.  Arch.
  Otolar., Chic, 1936, 24: 626-8.—Geyser, A. J. C.  Reconstruc-
  tion faradization.  J. Am. Ass.  Med. Phys. Res., 1924-25, 2:
  220; 226.—Webb, J. C. The application of the faradic current
  for inducing muscular contraction.  Brit. J. Actinother., 1930,
  5: 105-7.

  ---  Franklinization  [static]
   Brooke, C.  R.  Clinical  value of static  currents.   Phys-
  Ther., 1926, 44: 150; 1927,  45:  139.  ------ Physical and
 physiological  actions  and therapeutics of static  electricity.
  Ibid., 1932, 50: 1-7.—Creasy, R.  Some uses of static electricity,
  (with  special reference  to  the treatment of enlarged  prostate)
 Brit. J.  Actinother., 1930,  5: 115-7.—Du Puy-Sanieres, G.
 Remarques sur  la therapeutique  par l'eiectricite  statique
 negative.   Rev. path, comp., Par., 1939, 39:  251-6.—Gibson,
 J. D.  Static electricity as  a systemic tonic.  Med. Herald,
 1927, 46: 252-.">. — Humphris, F. H.  The indications for static
 electricity in disease.  Med.  Press & Circ, Lond.,  1930, 130:
 227; 243.   ------   The use of  the static current; with brief
 reference to its rationale and indications.  Am. J. Phvs. Ther.,
 1930-31, 7: 457-62.—McFee, W.  I).  The use of the static
 modalities.  Am. J. Electrother., 1924, 42: 369-75.   ------
 Therapeutics of static electricity.  Am. Med., 1931,  37: 3-5;
 18.—Martin, W.  Static currents in the treatment of  arthritis.
 Clin.  M. & S.,  1931, 38: 120.—Snow, W. B.   Why  we use the
 static current.  Am. J. Electrother., 1925, 43:  412-21.  ------
 Therapeutics of static electricity.   Am. Med., 1929,  24: 723-
 9.—Titus. N. E.  Static electricity.  Arch. Phys. Ther.,  1927.
 8: 229-30.  Also Internat.  Clin., 1932, 42. ser., 3: 63.

 ----  Galvanization.

   Massey,  G.  B.,  &  Morse, F.  H.   Galvanic
 currents  and low voltage wave currents in physi-
 cal therapy.  190p.   8? [Bost.,  1927]
   Bernard, P.  D.  Historique et etat actuel de la  galvano-
therapie en odonto-stomatolosie.   Rev. odont., Par., 1931, 52: |
 100-8.—Brueur, M. J.  Galvanism, a neglected modality.  Sc.
 Ther., Lewist., 1925-20, 3: 1-3.—Cumberbatch, E. P.  Gal-
 vanotherapy. Clin. Med., 1926, 33: 234-8.  ------ Applica-
 tion of radiology and physiotherapy to gynecology: a sym-
 posium; galvanism.  Arch. Phys. Ther., 1926, 7: 251-6.------
 Galvanotherapy with electrical diagnosis.  Am. J. Phys. Ther.,
 1927-28, 4: 30-4.—Di una donna che ricaper6 la favella dopo
 ventitre anni dacche l'avea perduta la merce della galvano-
 puntura.   Mem.  med. contemp., Venez.,  1847, 18: 91-110.—
 Giesy, J. U.  Galvanism; its availability in gynecology. Arch.
 Phys. Ther., 1926, 7: 257-62.  ------' Galvanism; what it is
 and what it may  be expected to accomplish in a curative way.
 Med. Herald, 1926, 45: 91-3.   ------ Galvanism; what it is
 and what  it accomplishes.  Am. J.  Phys. Ther., 1927-28, 4:
 299-301.  ------ Galvanism; general principles.  Arch. Phys.
 Ther., 1927, 8: 17-23.  ------  Galvanism.  Med.  J. & Rec,
 1931, 134: 579-81.—Kaufmann, M., & Weiss, H.  Die Bezie-
 hung des Gleichstromwiderstandes der Haut  zu den Nerven-
 punkten und deren  galvanische  Behandlung.   Deut. med.
 Wschr., 1927, 53: 1592-4.—Klain. J. J. The uses of galvanism.
 Hahneman. Month.,  1939, 74: 477-80.—Kovacs, R.  Modern
 conception of galvanism.  Med. Herald,  1926,  45: 141-5.
 ------ Galvanic and low-frequency currents.  Internat. Clin.,
 1932, 42. ser., 3: 50.—Kowarschik, J.  Galvanotherapie. Mitt.
 Volksgesundhamt., Wien,  1933, Aerztl. Prax., 97-102.  Also
 Wien. klin. Wschr., 1933,  46: 289-94.—Laquerriere, A. Quel-
 ques essais trterapeutiques au moyen des ondes galvaniques
 alternative a longues periodes.  Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1927,
 3. ser., 98: 498-500.  ------  Effets trterapeutiques des ondes
 galvaniques  a longue periode.  Arch, electr.  med., 1930,  38:
 269-73.------Les  applications  cliniques  des ondes gal-
 vaniques alternatives a longues periodes.   J. radiol.  electr.,
 1930, 14: 170-3.—Nogier, T.  Appareil simple et portatif pour
 la galvanisation.   Bull. Soc. eiectroradiol. med.  France, 1938,
 26:  114-0.—Pasteur, F.  Electrotherapie  galvanique a haute
 tension.  C.  rend. Acad, sc, 1933,  196: 649-51.—Piontkovsky,
 I. A.  [Methods of  galvanization]  Klin, med., Moskva, 1930,
 8: 694-7.—Seybold, N. J.  Galvanism and its use in medicine.
 Am. J. Phys. Ther., 1929-30, 6: 11-4.—Smith,  C. A.  Galvanic
 therapy.   Northwest M.,  1931, 30:  413-6.—Taft,  R. B.  A
 suggestion  for galvan c current  apparatus.  Radiology, 1936,
 26:  496.—Waddington, J. E.  G.  Galvanism; its indications
 and limitations.   Am. J. Phys.  Ther.,  1926-27,  3:  104-6.
 ------Galvanism; theoretical and  practical.   Ibid.,  1931, 8:
 211-3.

 ----  high-frequency.

   See  Diathermy;   Electrosurgery;  Radiation;
 Short wave.

 ----  History.
   Delherm & Morel-Kahn.  Etectrotherapie et radiotherapie
 en  1925.   Bull.  gen.  ther.,  1920,  177: 155-76.—Finzi, N.  S.
 Recent work on radio-therapeutics and  electrotherapeutics.
 Practitioner, Lond., 1914,  92: 240-54.—Godman, H. Story of
 electricity,  and chronology of elect ricity and electrotherapeutics.
 Med. Life,  1927, 34: 576-626, 12 portr.—Heald. C. B.  Electro-
 therapy 1910-35.   Lancet, Lond., 1935, 2: 1001.—Massey, G.
 B.  Early electrotherapeutics in America.  Med. Life, 1920, 30:
 120-31, portr.—Massey, G. B. [et al.] A history of the Ameri-
 can Electrotherapeutic Association.  Am. J. Electrother., 1925,
 43:  368-74.—Norrie, G.   [Introduction of electrotherapy  in
 Denmark]  Hospitalstidende, 1933, 76: 605-21.—Snow, W. B.
 The history and  therapeutics of static electricity. Clin. M. &
 S„  1927, 34: 664-8.   Also Am. J. Electrother.. 1925, 43:  178;
 230; 307.—Turrell, W. J.  The influence upon electrotherapy of
 Faraday's  work and  teaching; a review of the principles of
 electrotherapy.   Brit. J. Phys.  M.,  1931, 6:  107-9.------
 A summary of 20  years work in the Radcliffe Infirmary, Oxford,
 with comments on the cases treated and the results obtained
 1914-30.   Nosokomeion, Stuttg., 1933, 4: 69-77.  ------  A
 brief history of electrotherapy.  Brit. J. Phys. M., 1935-30, 10:
 207.—Waddington, J. E. G. A pilgrimage to 3 electrotherapy
 immortals: d'Arsonval, Leduc, Nagelschmidt.  Med. Herald
 1926, 45: 227-30.

 ----   Indication.
   Bellows, H. P. The Oudin current in aural practice.  Am.
 J. Phys. Ther.,   1929-30,  6: 253-5.—Chausse,  J.  N.  Post-
 operative electrotherapeutics.  Phys. Ther., 1927, 45: 98-103.—
 Cumberbatch,  E. P.  Electrotherapy  in  general  practice.
 Practitioner,  Lond.,  1938, 141:  145-53.—Dark, E.  P.  Notes
 on the case for electrotherapy.   Med. J.  Australia, 1937,  2:
 437-9.—Dupuy, L.  Revue pratique des principales indications
 des methodes eiectrotherapiques.  J. mid. fr., 1925, 14: 78-
 84.—Hammond,  M.   Electrotherapy in  gynecology.   Med
 Woman J.,  1931, 38: 200-2.—Heald, C. B.  The use of electrical
 currents as sedatives.  Mag. London School M. Women, 1925-
 26,  26: 78-85.------Electrical treatments in acute condi-
 tions.  Lancet, Lond., 1929, 2:  974-7.—Hunter, J.   Electro-
 therapy in  special cases.  Canad. M. Ass. J.,  1927,  17: 818.—
Johnson, W. T.   Electricity in disease of muscles and joints
Tr. Am. Ther. Soc, 1925-26, 27: 178-82.—Kime, E. N.  Indi-
cations and contraindications of electrotherapy.   Indianapolis
M. J.,  1925, 28: 305-9.—Koebig, W. C. S.  Electrotherapy as
an aid to orthopedic  surgery.   Med.  Brief, 1926, 54: 13-6.—
Korotnew,  N. J..  &  Eremitsch, E. F.  Die Elektrotherapie der 
ELECTROTHERAPY                      158                      ELECTROTHERAPY
Kinder.  Zschr. ges. phys. Ther., 1931, 41: 61-6.—Laqueur, A.
Wann und wie soil elektrisiert werden? Deut. med. Wschr.,
1927, 53: 2165-8.—Mennell, J.  Two special uses of ordinary
electric currents.  Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond.,  1924-25, 18: sect.
electrother.,  13-6.—Remington, G. A.  Electrotherapy  in
office work of ambulant-proctology.  Tr.  Am.  Proct.  Soc,
1932, 217-21.—Savill, A. Electricity and gynecology.  Med.
J. & Rec, 1931, 134: 71-4.—Thurzo, J.  Was  sollen wir galvani-
sieren und was faradisieren? Fortsch. Ther., 1929, 5: 581-4.—
Underhill, M. S. Medical diathermy as an adjunct to surgery.
Illinois M. J., 1927, 51: 135-9.—Waddington, J. E. G. Clinical
indications for the direct or constant current.   Phys. Ther.,
1930, 48: 591-6.

----  Manuals and periodicals.
   Adam, H.  Elektrotherapie  und Massage fur
den praktischen Arzt.   98p.  8?   Berl.,  1933.
   Adams,   W.   Electricity; its application  in
medicine and surgery; a brief  and practical ex-
position of modern scientific electro-therapeutics.
v.2.  129p.  12?  Detr.,  1891.
   Archives d'electricite  medicale  experi-
MENTALES  ET CLINIQUES.  Bord.,  V.l-25,  1893-
1915.
   Archives d'electricit^  medicale  et  de
physioth^rapie.   Bord, v.26-34,  1916-26.
   Archives d'electricite medicale  et  de
physiotherapie  du  cancer.    Bord, v.35-39,
1927-31; v.45- 1937-
   Bigelow, H.  R.   Plain  talks  on  electricity
and batteries with therapeutic index; for general
practitioners and  students  of medicine.   85p.
12?  Phila., 1892.
   Colliery Engineer  Company,  Scranton,
Pa.  A system of electrotherapeutics as taught
by  the  International  Correspondence  School,
Scranton, Pa.  5v.  8?  Scranton, Pa., 1899-1902.
   Cross,  H. H. U.   Electro-therapy and  ionic
medication; a technical and clinical compendium
expressly  written to  meet  the needs  of general
practice.   253p.   8?  Lond., 1925.
   ----Electricity in  therapeutics;  a technical
and  clinical compendium, including special sec-
tions  on   modern electro-diagnosis  and  short-
wave currents.  380p.  8?  Lond., 1936.
   Fisk, S.   A lecture on electropathy;  or,  The
true principles of medical science:  to which is
added  an  appendix,  showing  the therapeutical
administration  of galvanism  and electro-mag-
netism, and  the  salutary  electrical  effects  of
medicine when scientifically applied in the treat-
ment of acute and chronic diseases, together with
various other  interesting facts, by Thomas  L.
Bane.  60p.  16?  Maumee City,  Ohio, 1850.
   French, E.  J.   New  manual of electro-thera-
peutics, and  a brief treatise  on  anatomy  and
physiology.  242p.   12?   Chic, 1875.  Also 3.
ed.  262p.   8?  Phila.,  1886.
   Garratt, A.  C.    Medical electricity:  em-
bracing electro-physiology and  electricity as a
therapeutic, with  special reference to practical
medicine: showing the most approved apparatus,
methods and rules, for the medical uses of  elec-
tricity in  the treatment of nervous diseases.  3.
ed.  1090p.   8?  Phila., 1866.
   Gottschalk,  F. B.    Practical  electro-thera-
peutics.   331p.  8?   Chic. [1904]
   Haynes,  C.  M.   Elementary  principles  of
electro-therapeutics  for  the use  of  physicians
and  students.   51 lp.   8?  Chic,  1890.
   King, W. H.  Electro-therapeutics  or electric-
ity in its relation to medicine and surgery.   153p.
8?  N. Y., 1889.
   Kovacs, R.   Electrotherapy and the  elements
of light therapy.  528p.  8? Phila., 1932.  Also
2. ed.  696p.  1935.
   Kowarschik, J.  Elektrotherapie; ein Lehrbuch.
312p.  8?  Berl., 1923. Also 3.  Aufl.  312p.  1929.
  Mann,  L.   Die  elektrischen  Behandlungs-
methoden; ein Leitfaden fiir das arztliche Hilfs-
Personal    (Krankenschwestern,    Heilgehilfen,
Krankenwarter usw.)   40p.  8?  Lpz., 1915.
  Morris,  H.   Medical electricity for massage
students.  387p.   8?  Lond.,  1934.
  Morse, F.  H.   Galvanism and  sine current
technique; an illustrated treatise on the method
of applying the  low  volt  electric  currents  for
therapeutic  purposes,   based  on  the  author's
experience covering a  period of over 40  years.
254p.   8?  Bost., 1930.
  Neiswanger,   C.  S.    Electro-therapeutical
practice; a ready reference guide for physicians
in the use of electricity.  80p.  12?   Chic, 1895.
Also 7. ed.   202p.  1902.  Also 23. ed.   345p.
1925.
  Nogier,  T.   Electrotherapie.   3.  6d.    2v.
308p.; 281p.   8?   Par., 1934-37.
  Redding, J. M.  Aids to electro-therapeutics.
196p.   12?  Lond., 1920.
  Turrell,  W.  J.  The  principles  of electro-
therapy and  their practical application.   276p.
8?  Lond. [1922]  Also 2. ed.  413p.  [1929]
  Vignal,  W.    Electrotherapie.    550p.    16?
Par., 1928.
  Waddington,  J. E. G.  Practical  index to
electro-physiotherapy,  with index of diseases and
selective techniques"   351p.   8?   Detr., 1925.
Also 2. ed.   362p.  1926.
  Wolf, H. F.  Short  wave therapy and general
electro-therapy.   96p.   8?  N. Y.  [1935]

----  Method and technic.
   Morse, F.  H.   Low volt currents of physio-
therapy; physics,  effects,  technic.   117p.   8?
Bost. [1925]
   Nussbaum, H.   *Experimentelle und klinische
Untersuchungen   uber  den  Schwellstrom  und
neue Anwendungsmoglichkeiten.  23p.  8?  Lpz.,
1936.
   Remington, G. A.    Gleanings of low voltage
technique.   122p.   8?   [Chic] 1932.
  Babinski, Delherm & Jarkowski. Sur l'emploi simultane de
deux courants en electro-diagnostic et en electrotherapie; la
reaction faradique latente; la farado-galvanisation; la galvano-
galvanisation. Arch, electr. med., 1913, 22: 491-5.—Beau, H.
Le lavement electrique;  indications,  technique, essai d'inter-
pretation (role du chlorure de sodium)  Rev. actin., Par., 1930,
6: 382-9.—Bennett, H.  C.  Electro-therapy simplified;  con-
versive heat, effects and uses.  J. Am. Ass. Med. Phys. Res.,
1928-29, 6: 358-63.—Berliner, B., Laqueur, A., & Tobias, E.
Richtlinien der  elektrophysikalischen Behandlungsmethoden
fur die arztliche Praxis.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1926, 22: 105; 144;
182; 223.—Bruce, F. J.  The value of radio-active magnetic
wave currents.  Am. J.  Physiol. Ther., 1911, 2:  23-6.   Also
repr.—Cumberbatch, E. P.  Modern methods of  electrical
treatment. Practitioner, Lond., 1933, 131: 515-28.—Delherm,
L.  Les applications de la haute frequence sans exception ne
sont que des formes de la d'arsonvalisation.  J. radiol. electr.,
1936, 20: 421-6.—Dhalluin, M.  Considerations  sur le lave-
ment electrique.  J. med. Paris, 1933, 53: 271-4—Duhem, P.,
& Dubost, J. La climalyse  et les courants progressifs.  Arch.
electr. med., 1938, 46: 297-304.—Freund, E.  Ueber  Behand
lung mit besonderen Stromarten. Wien. med. Wschr., 1927,
77: 988-90.—Geyser,  A. C.   The underlying principle of the
various electric modalities.  Am. Physician, 1925, 30: 23-8.—
Heat therapy ... from sun worship to electromagnetic induction.
Surg. Equip., 1934, 5: 20.—Henssge, E., & Stark, E.  Aktions-
stromtherapie. Ther. Gegenwart, 1937, 78: 539-46.—Heusser.
H.  Ueber die Anwendung der elektrischen Gleichstromtherapie
in der Chirurgie.  Schweiz.  med. Wschr., 1929, 59:  250-2.—
Hiranandani, D.  Diseases  amenable to high frequency cur-
rents.  Ind. M.  Rec, 1934, 54: 136-46.—Interrupted  (The)
low frequency and the constant electric current  in medicine.
J. Am. M. Ass.,  1936, 107:  1469-71.  Also Physiother. Rev.,
 1936,  16:  239-41.—Karp, M.  Eine neue Art der Wundbe-
handlung  durch elektrischen Strom.  Zbl.  Chir.,  1930, 57:
2610.—Kowarschik, J.  Die elektrische  Gymnastik (Schwell-
strombehandlung)   Ther.   Gegenwart,  1938, 79:  193-9 —
Laborderie, J.  Une nouvelle modalite electrique; les courants
exponentiels de basse frequence.  Rev. gin. clin. ther.,  1936,
50: 665-7.  Also Bull. Soc. eiectroradiol. med. France,  1938,
 26: 292-5.—Laquerriere, A.  L'exercice musculaire eiectrique-
ment provoque.  J. med. Paris, 1927, 46: 109-11.—Laville, C. 
ELECTROTHERAPY
159
ELECTROTHERAPY
La negativation  electrique.  Clinique, Par., 1934, 29: 205-8.
_____Negativation et nutrition.  Nutrition, Par., 1934, 4:
101-9.—Le Go,  P.  Les courants exponentiels de basse  fre-
quence;  bases physiologiques  et  indications th6rapeutiques.
Clinique, Par., 1935, 30: 45-8.—Liidecke, E.  Behelfsmassige
Elektrotherapie auf Handelsschiffen.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg.,
1931, 35: 243-6.—Momigliano, E.  Onde persistenti od onde
smorzate? ricerche sperimentali sopra l'elettrodieresi.   Arch.
ostet.  gin., 1933, 2. ser., 20:  149-224, 12 pi.—Morel-Kahn.
Les courants progressifs de Lapicque en eiectrologie.  Prat.
m6d. fr.,  1934, 15: 507-12.—Morse, F. H.  A plea for  the
more extensive therapeutic use of the direct current.  Am. J.
Phys.  Ther.,  1924, 1: 257.------  Indications for the use of
sine currents.  Ibid.,  1927, 8: 139-41.   -----—  Sinusoidal
currents; their mechanism and effects in constipation.  Ibid.,
1928,  9:  496-9.—Nagelschmidt,  F.  Low  voltage currents.
Ibid.,  1936, 17: 404-12.—Polgar, L.   [Therapeutic application
of oscillating  galvanic and faradic currents]  Gy6gyaszat, 1936,
76: 135.—Propos (A) de la negativation electrique.  Bull. Soc.
med. Paris,  1935, 70.—Regoli,  G.   Contributo  clinico  alia
elettrizzazione degli arti.  Ann. ital. chir., 1926, 5: 513-9.—
Remington, G. A. Low voltage currents and some of their uses.
Am. J. Phys. Ther., 1933, 10: 14.—Rice, G. B.  Low voltage
currents in the treatment of diseases of the nose, throat and ear.
Arch.  Phys. Ther., 1934, 15: 42-5.—Rosenthal, G.  Le nega-
tivation electrique de MM. Aubourg, Laville et Le Go.  Bull.
Soc. med. Paris, 1934, 468-70.—Rump, W.  Die Hochvolt-
therapie vom physikalischen Standpunkt nebst einem Bericht
iiber die bisher  bekanntgewordenen klinischen  Ergebnisse.
Radiol. Rdsch., 1937, 6: 137-60.—Rumpf.  Anionenbehandlung
oder Wirkung oszillierender  Strome?  Zschr. ges. phys. Ther.,
1925, 30: 1-4.—Schmid, K.  Der Wechselstrom als Heilmittel.
Med. Klin., Berl., 1924, 20: 1141.—Spiegelberg, O. Elektrische
Bader; ihre  Bauweise,  Anwendung und  Wirkung.  Zschr.
Krankenanst., 1917, 13: 3Q5-8— Stiebock, L. H. Therapeutik
im  elektromagnetischen Strahlenspektrum.  Zschr. ges. phys.
Ther., 1928,  35: 86-104.—Titus, N.  E.  Low voltage currents
in electrotherapy.  Med. J. & Rec, 1928, 127: 483.—Wadding-
ton, J. E. G.  Sinusoidal therapy.  Clin. M. & Surg., 1927, 34:
657-60.  ------  The direct  current; factors essential to its
therapeutic appreciation.  Phys.  Ther., 1929,  47: 247-54.—
Walker, R. C.   Seven thousand angstrom units plus.  Radi-
ology, 1932, 18:  1090-5.—Weigeldt,  W.  Neuerungen auf dem
Gebiete  der  Elektrotherapie  bei   inneren  Erkrankungen.
Fortsch. Ther., 1927,  3:  117-21—Weiss, T. B.  Neue Wege
auf dem  Gebiete der Elektrotherapie.  Wien. klin. Wschr.,
1925, 38: 1083; 1936, 39: 946.—Westerman, C. M. Low volt-
age currents in general practice.  Am. J. Phys. Ther.,  1929-30,
5: 497-504.—Woodbury,  F. T.   Galvanic and Faradic elec-
tricity and derived currents in general practice.   Med. J. &
Rec, 1925, 121: 3; 87.  Also repr.

---   Theory.

   Aubourg,  P.,  Laville, C, & Le Go, P.   La

negativation  electrique;  theorie,  premiers  resul-

tats cliniques.   146p.   8?  Par., 1934.
   Aubourg, P., & Le Go, P.  Verification, par oscilloscopie et
oscillographic, des courbes des courants employes en electro-
therapie.  Bull.  Soc. med.  Paris, 1935, 28.—Bowker,  R. R.
Electrostatic potential and human health.  Am. J. Electrother.,
1925, 43: 19-30.—Burch, J. H.  The physiological action and
therapeutic  effect of vacuum  tube  discharges.  J.  Advanc.
Ther., 1909, 27: 177-88.—Drevon, P.  L'eiectrotherapie; action
physiologique et  therapeutique des  courants  electriques.
Marseille med.,  1925, 62: 1758-73.—Johnson, W. J.  Report
of Committee on direct continuous currents.  Am. J. Electro-
ther.,  1925, 43: 17-9.—Lakhovsky, G.  Explication des effets
therapeutiques des circuits  oscillants ouverts  sur I'organisme
des etres vivants.   C. rend. Acad, sc, 1929, 188: 657.—Laquer-
riere, A.  Quelques precisions au sujet de modalites electriques
excito-motrices utilisees en therapeutique. J. radiol electr.,
1935,19:282-5.  ------  La revulsion electrique.  Union med.
Canada, 1937, 66: 956-61.  ------& Delherm.  Revue som-
maire  des actions de l'eiectrotherapie dans quelques troubles
circulatoires  et trophiques.  Bull. gen. ther., 1925, 176: 289-
94.—Morse,  F.  M.  Report  of  the Committee on  constant
current. Med. Herald,  1925, 44: 299; 1926, 45: 324.—Pasteur,
F.  Etude clinique et experimentale del'intensite et du potentiel
en electrotherapie. J. radiol. electr., 1934, 18: 615T7.—Perry,
M.  An experimental study of electricity as a remedial agent in
disease.  Med. Woman J., 1926, 33: 34-8.—Rein, H. Experi-
mentelle und theoretische  Grundlagen zu einer rationellen
Gleichstromtherapie.    Derm.  Zschr.,  1926,  49: 137-45.—
Turrell,  W.  J.  The physico-chemical action  of interrupted
currents in relation to their  therapeutic effects.  Proc R.  Soc.
M., Lond.,   1926-27,  20: sect,  electrother.,  13-26.   ------
The basic principles of the curative action of electrical energy.
Phys. Ther,  1926, 44: 307-18.

----   veterinary.

  Luquet, A.   *De  l'emploi des  courants  de

haute  frequence  associes  ou  non  aux  rayons

ultra-violets en medeeine canine  et  ferine.  66p.

8?  Lyon,  1935.
  Soutotj, J. R.  *La galvanotherapie et l'iono-
the>apie  electrique  en  medeeine   v6t£rinaire
[Alfort]  69p.   8?   Par., 1930.

ELECTROTHERMOTHERAPY.
  See Diathermy; Electrophototherapy; Thermo-
therapy.

ELECTROTONUS.
  See Nerve.

ELECTROTOPY.
  Karczag, L.  Ueber Elektropie; zugleich Richtigstellung der
Balintschen  Mitteilung  uber  Wasserstoffionenkonzentration
und Elektropie.  Biochem. Zschr., 1926, 170: 337-43.  ------
&  Nemeth,  L.   Ueber Elektropie;  Vitalchemoskopie unter
verschiedenen Einfliissen.  Ibid., 1925, 162: 1-17.—Karczag,
L., & Paunz, L.  Ueber Elektropie; iiber die Ausscheidung der
elektropen Farbstoffe und Carbinole.  Ibid., 1924, 145: 345-50.

ELECTROTROPISM.
  See Galvanotropism.

ELECTROVIBRATION.

   See also Massage.
   Manfroni, A.  L'elettrovibratore nella recerca
dei corpi stranieri magnetici.   114p.   8?  Cuneo,
1918.
   Muckle, P. A.  Electric vibrator and heater.  U. S. Patent
Off., 1938, No. 2,135,312.
   ELEFTHERIOU, Evangelos, 1904-       Con-
tribution a l'etude  du cancer de  la tete du pan-
creas chez les jeunes.  60p.  8?  Par., 1931.

ELEIDIN.

   See also Skin, Chemistry.
   Laroche, N., &  Laroche,  R.  Hypotltese d'un r61e stato-
lithique attribuable a lteleidine.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 103:
231.
   ELEIZEGUI Sieyro,  Jose  de.   Tecnica analf-
tica  del liquido cefalorraqufdeo.    133p.   diagrs.
8?    Madr., A. Marzo, 1932.

ELEKTRA complex.

   See under  Complex.

ELEMENT.
   See   also   Atom;  Electron;   Matter;   Metal;
Mineral; also  proper names  of elements.
   Bilecki,  A.   Gedanken iiber das   periodische
System  der   chemischen  Elemente.    31p.    8?
Troppau,  1915.
   Haber, F.  Ueber den Stand der Frage nach der Umwandel-
barkeit der chemischen Elemente.  Naturwissenschaften, 1926,
14: 405-12.—Kendall, J. Elements, old and  new.  Science
Progr., Lond., 1934, 29:  52-60.—Kleeberg, J.  Die Bedeutung
des natiirlichen  Systems der Elemente fiir die Medizin.  Klin.
Wschr.,  1931,  10: 509-12.—Meitner, L.  Atomkern  und
periodisches System der Elemente.   Naturwissenschaften,
1934, 22: 733-9.—Oliphant,  M. L.  E.,  Kempton, A. R., &
Rutherford.  The accurate determination of the energy released
in certain nuclear transformations. Proc.  R. Soc, Lond., 1935,
ser. A, 149: 406-16.—Paneth, F.  Die Entwicklung und  der
heutige Stand unserer Kenntnisse iiber das natiirliche System
der Elemente.  Naturwissenschaften,  1930, 18: 964—76. ------
Ueber die erkenntnistheoretische  Stellung des  chemischen
Elementbegriffs.   Sehr.  Kbnigsberg. gelehrt. Ges., 1931,  8:
101-25.  ------ Chemische Elemente und Urmaterie.  Scien-
tia, Bologna, 1935, 58:  219; 272; suppl., 93; 128.—Soddy, F.
The complexity of the chemical elements; electrical relations,
radio-active and the nuclear theory.   Sc. American, 1918, 85:
suppl., 78; 94.—Spiro. K.  Einige Ergebnisse iiber Vorkommen
und Wirkung der weniger verbreiteten Elemente.  Erg. Physiol.,
1925, 24: 474-516.—Stone, S. B.  The origin of the chemical
elements. J. Phys. Chem., 1930, 34: 821-41.

ELEPHANT [and Elephantidae]

   Benedict, F.  G.   Nutrition of  the elephant.
7p.  8?  Wash., 1936.
   ----   The physiology of the  elephant.   302p.
8?   Wash., 1936. 
ELEPHANT                                      16
   British  Museum  (Natural  History)   A
guide  to  the  elephants  (recent  and  fossil)  ex-
hibited in the department of geology and paleon-
tology.  48p.  8?   Lond.,  1922.
   Benedict, F. G., & Lee, R. C.  Further observations on the
phvsiology of the elephant.  J.  Mammal., 1938, 19: 175-94.—
Byalinitski-Biruli,  F. A.  [Certain cadaveric changes  in the
tissues of the Bervozovka mammoth]   Tr. Obsh. Russk. vrach.
pam.  Pirogova, 1904,  9. Congr., 1: 806.—Cautrelet, J.,  &
Neuville, H.  Sur  le sang du mammouth. C. rend. Acad, sc,
1914, 158: 593-5.—Chaney, R. W.  The food of fossil elephants.
News Serv.  Bull., Wash., 1933-35, 3: 177-82.—Dombrowski,
B.  Zur Biomorphologie der Elefanten.   Zschr. ges. Anat.,  1.
Abt., 1926,  78: 332-8.—Eales, N. B.   The anatomy of a foetal
African  elephant,  Elephas  africanus (Loxodonta africana)
the body muscles.  Tr. R. Soc. Edinburgh, 1927-28, 55: 609-
42 5 pi.  ------ The content of the thorax and abdomen, and
the skeleton.  Ibid.,  1928-29,  56: 203-42,  6 pi.—Hock, R.
Ergebnis der Obduktion eines afrikanischen Elefanten; zugleich
ein Beitrag  zur Anatomie  des afrikanischen  Elefanten; mit
einer  Krankengeschichte von  Obertierarzt  Dr  Kallmann.
Zschr.  Infektkr. Haustiere, 1924,  27:  222-30.—Loomis, F.
B.  Artifacts associated  with  the remains of a  Columbian
elephant at Melbourne, Florida. Am. J. Sc, 1924, 8: 503-8.—
Maska,  C,  Obermaier, H., & Breuil, H.   La statuette de
mammouth de Predmost. Anthropologic, Par., 1912, 23: 273-
85.—Mookerjee, H. K.  On the external morphology  and X-
ray photograph of a foetal Indian elephant.  Anat. Anz., 1933-
34, 76:  123-6.—Mouquet,  A.   Hasdrubal  et l'enucage des
etephants.  Bull. Acad. vet. France, 1929, 2: 78-80.—Pontier,
G.   Etephants  fossiles de  Grande-Bretagne.   Nature, Par.,
1924, 52: pt 2,  305-9.—Retterer, E.  Structure de la defense
d'etephant.  C. rend. Soc.  biol., 1926, 94:  255-9.—Van der
Westhuysen, O. P.  A monograph of tbe helminth parasites of
the elephant.  Onderstepoort J. Vet.  Sc, 1938, 10: 49-190.


ELEPHANTIASIS.

   See   also  Edema;  Pachydermia; also  undei
names  of parts affected as Arm,  Elephantiasis;
Extremity, lower, Elephantiasis; Scrotum; Vulva,
&c.
   Cherubin,  G.   Contribution a. l'etude etio-
logique,  pathogenique,  therapeutique  du  syn-
drome elephantiasis.  55p.  8?   Par., 1930.
   Costa, M.  V.  A. da.   *Breve estudo sobre a
elephancia.  175p.   8?   Lisb., 1884.
   Gywat. H.    *Ueber Elephantiasis.   43p.   8?
Konigsb., 1931.
   Bertwistle, A. P., & Gregg,  A. L.  Elephantiasis.  Brit. J.
Surg.,  1928-29, 16:  207-82.—Brandberg, R.  [Two cases  of
elephantiasis]  Lunds lak. sail, forh., 1926-27, 25-30.—Brun-
now, S.  Ueber Elephantiasis nostras.  Fol.  neuropath, eston.,
1926, 6: 19-23.—Castcllani, A.  Elephantiasis nostras (non-
filarial elephantiasis)  Proc. R. Soc. M„ Lond., 1934, 27:  sect.
trop.  dis., 519-24.  Also  J.  Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1934, 37:
257-64,  6 pi.—Cawston, F.  G.  Elephantiasis in South Africa
and Basutoland.  Ibid., 1935, 38: 34.—Cerutti, P.  Su un case
di elefantiasi dei genitali e degli arti inferiori.  Gior. ital. derm.
sif., 1935, 76: suppl., 46-48, pi.—Coicou, F.  Elephantiasis et
lymphangites en Haiti.  Progr. med., 1935, 441-5.—Cornell,
A.  H.  Report of a  case  of lymphatic obstruction  or  non-
parasitic elephantiasis.  J. Am.  Inst. Homeop., 1931, 24: 233.—
Delom, P.  Contribution a l'etude de l'etephantiasis dit tropical.
Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1936, 62: 697-706.—Di Prisco. L'ele-
fantiasi  nostras (elefantiasi non da filaria)   Morgagni, 1934,
76:717-9.—Dubois, A.  L'etephantiasis au Congo.  Rev. med.,
Louvain, 1926, 337-9.—Franchini, G., & Lambertini, G.  Su
di un caso di elefantiasi.   Arch. ital. sc. med.  col., 1928, 9:  201-
5.—Gurney, R., & Huber, F. A case of persistent lymphedema
involving the left arm, left face, and left thorax. Ann. Int. M.,
1934, 7: 1431-5.—Gusev, P. F.  [Elephantiasic folds of the
skin]   Khirurgia,  Moskva,  1913, 33: 769-72.—Hall, D. P.
Elephantiasis, case report. Kentucky M. J.,  1934, 32: 432-7.—
Hartel,  F.   Fall von riesenhafter Lappenelephantiasis bei einer
Japanerin.   Deut. Zschr.  Chir., 1928,  208: 423.—Lacapere, G.
Elephantiasis.  In Nouv. prat. derm. (Darier, Sabouraud, et al.)
Par.,  1936, 5:  501-15.—Lapeyre,  J.   L.   Contribution   a
l'etude de l'etephantiasis tropical.  J. chir., Par., 1937, 49: 682-
717.—Lombard, P.  Oedemes  chroniques;  elephantiasis.  In
Traite chir. orthop.  (Ombredanne) Par., 1937,  2: 1052-9 —
Manson-Bahr, P.   Elephantiasis.  In  Post-Grad. Surg. (Main-
got, R.) N. Y.,  1937, 3: 4200-17.—Muller, G. P., & Jordan, C.
G.  Elephantiasis  nostras.  Ann. Surg., 1933, 97: 226-36.—
Niesius, B.  Inaugural medical debate on elephantiasis or lepra
arabum  [University  of  Strassburg,  July 1673]   Translated
from the original Latin and Greek by Benedict Stetter, con-
tributed by O. E. Denney.  Ann. M.  Hist., 1927, 9: 267-76.—
Petracek, E. [Elephantiasis tropica; clinical and epidemiologi-
cal studies]  Cas. tek. Cesk.,  1937, 76: 1208-15.—Reichert,  F. L.
The recognition of elephantiasis and of elephantoid conditions
by soft tissue roentgenograms; with a report on the problem of
experimental lymphedema.   Arch. Surg., 1930,  20:  543-68.
Also repr.—Rosenak, I.  [Case of elephantiasis]  Gy6gyaszat,
ELEPHANTIASIS
1929, 68: 085-8.  Also Verh. ungar. arztl. (.es., 1929, 1: 176.—
Senear, F. E., & Shellow,  H.  Elephantiasis.   Arch. Derm.
Svph.,  (In.., 1937, 36: 229.—Vigne, P., &  Foumier, A.  A
propos de  quelques  observations  d'etephantiasis nostras et
d'etats elephantiasiques.  Marseille med., 1930, 67: 830-45.—
Wirz, F.   Uber Fruhfalle von Elephantiasis nostras.  Derm.
Wschr., 1930, 90: 336-9.

----   Causes.

   See also names of primary diseases as Eczema;
Filariasis; Lymphatics,   Obstruction;  Lympho-
granulomatosis   inguinalis;  Neurofibromatosis;
Syphilis.
   Poisson, R.    *Les elephantiasis tuberculeux.
95p.   8?   Par.,  1935.
   Bauereisen, A.  Ueber Elephantiasis und Schwangerschaft.
Zbl. Gyn., 1934, 58:  2539-45.—Bernard, R., & Tant, E.  Eie-
phanthiasis post-radiotherapique.  Bol. As. nted. Puerto Rico,
1932,  24: 469-72.—Bocca,  C. R.   Elephantiasis nostras et
tumeur de la surrenale.  Lyon m6d., 1936, 158:  402-7, pi.—
Brunner, W.  Beitrag zur Elephantiasis neuromatodes.  Deut.
Zschr. Chir., 1935-36, 246: 751-9.—Cappelli, E.  Elefantiasi
genito-anorettale di   natura  tubercolare.   Dermosifilografo,
1937, 12: 49-66.—Coicou, F.  Nos  lymphangites et l'etephan-
tiasis.  Ann. med. haiti., 1934, 11: 87-111.—Di Bella, F.  Ele-
fantiasi e loro origini.  Gior. ital. mal. esot., 1931, 4: 133; 161;
190; 221.—Dubois, A., & Forro,  M.  Contribution a l'etiologie
de l'etephantiasis congolais; le role de O. volvulus etudie au
Nepoko.   Ann.  Soc.  beige nted.  trop.,  1939, 19:  13-21.—
Dubois, A., Vitale,  S., & Birger, C.  Contribution a l'etiologie
de l'etephantiasis congolais;  region de  Betongwe, Chefferie
Medjeje.   Ibid., 27-31.—Dunn, N.  Case  of  elephantiasis
neuromatosa. Birmingham M. Rev., 1927, n. ser., 2: 35-8.—
Gabrielli, S.  Considerazioni su di un caso di elefantiasi secon-
daria  a mixedema.   Morgagni,  1933,  75: 365-9.—Gougerot,
Blum, P., & Desgrez, C. Trois cas d'eiephantiasis streptococci-
que non filarien chez des coloniaux.  Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph.,
1931, 38: 1463-5.—Groth, K. E.  Kongenitale, teilweise maligne
Geschwulstbildung  im Nervus ischiadicus mit anschliessender
Elephantiasis.  Acta  path, microb. scand., 1933, 11: 44-90.—
Harries, D. J. Non-filarial elephantiasis.  Brit. M. J., 1930, 2:
1079.—Hemangiolymphangioma  with   elephantiasis.   Arch.
Derm.  Syph., Chic,  1930, 34: 187.—Horsch, K.  Ueber eine
elephantiastische Form von neuropathischem Oedem.  Beitr.
klin. Chir., 1934, 159: 515-26.—Ingram, P. C.  P.  A case of
elephantiasis due to congenital syphilis.   Brit. I. Derm., 1930,
42: 391-3.—Joukowski & Lejeune, E.  Premiere note sur dea
cas d'etephantiasis presumes d'origine syphilitique.  Ann. Soc.
beige med. trop., 1935, 15: 209-11.—Leriche, R.  Etude sur le
mecanisme de l'etephantiasis des membres k propos d'un cas
d'etephantiasis du  sein  consecutif  a un  evidement ganglion-
naire de  l'aisselle.  Lyon chir.,  1924, 21:  766-9.—Lewis, D.
Elephantiasis nervorum.  Ann.  Surg.,   1931, 93: 209-17.—
Memmesheimer.  Elephantiasis beider Unterarme und Hande
nach  langjahrigem  chronischem  Berufsekzem  (Naphthalin-
putzol)   Derm.  Wschr.,  1937, 105: 1315.—Milian  & David.
Elephantiasis tuberculeux. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1935, 42:
235.—Myles, R. B.   Elephantiasis neuromatosa.  Brit. M. J.,
1929,  1:  1040.—Rolnick, H. C.  Elephantiasis secondary to
chronic urinary extravasation.  Interna^. J. M. & S., 1933, 46:
113-5.—Spittel, R. L., & Fernando, S. E.  A case of elephanti-
asis neuromatosa.  Brit. M. J., 1929, 1: 596.—Spittel, R. L., &
de Silva, J.   A  case of elephantiasis neuromatosa.  J. Ceylon
Brit. M.  Ass., 1928, 25: 58-61.—Stenhouse. H. M.  The real
cause of  elephantiasis.  U.  S. Nav. M.  Bull., 1925,  22:  119-
27.—Suarez, J.   Elephantiasis tropicum. Porto Rico J. Pub.
Health, 1933, 18: 293-8.—Vaccari, A.  Nota clinica sopra un
caso  di pseudoelefantiasi da  gravidanza.   Rass. ostet.  gin.,
1910, 19: 65-80.—Van den Berghe,  L. Sur l'existence, dans lea
ganglions inguinaux d'etephantiasiques,  d'une microfilaire non
encore signalee.   C. rend. Soc biol., 1937, 124: 1014.—Volavsek,
W. Ueber Tuberculosis subcutanea fistulosa cum elephantiasi.
Wien. med. Wschr., 1938, 88:  1331.

----   Complication.
   Bengisu, N.  Elargissement de la selle turcique et excavation
atrophique de la papille, sans hypertension oculaire, dans un
cas d'etephantiasis.  Fol. ophth. orient., 1935-36, 2: 218-23.—
Emmert, M.  Sarcoma and elephantiasis.  Nebraska  M. J.,
1928, 13: 412-4.—Larrabee, R.  C, & Peers, J. H.  A case of
nonfilarial elephantiasis terminating with aleukemoid anemia.
J. Am. M. Ass.,  1934, 102: 1936-8.  Also repr.—Lombard, R., &
Baudelet.  Onychogrypliose avec elephantiasis de la jambe et
troubles  trophiques.   Marseille  nted., 1938, 75: 123—Spill-
mann, L., Caussade, L. [et al.]  Elephantiasis nostras symdri-
que avec pyodermite ulc6ro-vegetante et gangrene spontanee
des orteils.  Bull.  Soc. fr. derm, syph.,  1936, 43: 1375-80.—
Watrin, J.,  & Meignant, P.  Elephantiasis  et paraptegie en
flexion.   Ibid., 1933,  40: 1250-2.

----    congenital.

   See also Edema,  congenital.
   Bisplinghoff,  E.    *Ueber  zwei  Falle  von
Elephantiasis  congenita  und   einen  Fall   von 
ELEPHANTIASIS
161
ELEPHANTIASIS
   Elephantiasis  congenita  hereditaria.   31p.   8?
   Munster, 1931.

     Willi,  H.    *Ueber  Elephantiasis   congenita
   lymphangiectatica   fZiirieh]   p.97-111.  8?   Jena,
   1926.
     Also Beitr. path. Anat., 1926, 76:

     Benoliel, S.  Um caso de elefantiase congenita numa crianca
   de 4 anos.  Lisboa med., 1928, 5: 836-42.—Bernheim, B. M.
   Decompression of femoral vessels together with  Kondoleon
   operation for congenital elephantiasis in a child; report of a case
   South. M. J.,  1935, 28:  320-2.—Brand.  W.  Ueber einen Fall
   von Elephantiasis congenita.   Arch.  Kinderh., 1925, 77: 101-
   4.—Clar,  F.  Angeborener partieller Riesenwuchs  und  Ele-
   phantiasis.  Beitr. klin.  Chir., 1931,  154: 178-86.—Delrez, L.
   Elephantiasis congenital. Ann. Soc. med. chir. Liege, 1933  66:
   57-61.  Also Liege med., 1933,  26:  601-10.—Elterich, T., &
   Yount, C. C.  Congenital elephantiasis.  Am. J.  Dis. Child
   1925, 29: 59-66.—Faber, H. K., & Lusignan, H. R. Hereditary
   elephantiasis;  congenital elephantiasis, hereditary  edema,
   trophedema, Milroy's disease. Ibid., 1933,  46: 816-25.  Also
   repr.—Gallois.  Elephantiasis congenital et glaucome infantile
   Lyon med., 1913,  120: 281.—Garrido-Lestache, J.  Elefantiasis
   congenita.   Pediat. espafi., 1928, 17: 184-6.—Geede, H.  Ein
   Fall von Oedema lymphangiectaticum congenitum.  Zbl. Gvn.
   1932, 56: 2847-51.—Glaser, F. Ueber einen Fall von Elephan-
   tiasis congenita lymphangiectatica.  Wien. med. Wschr., 1925,
   75: 764.—Griinwald, P., & Kornfeld, W.  Ein Fall von Ele-
   phantiasis  lymphangiectatica  bei einem vier Monate  alten
   menschlichen Fetus.   Beitr.  path. Anat., 1935-36, 96: 341-
   60.—Heusler, K.   Ueber Elephantiasis congenita non heredi-
   taria.  Zbl. Gyn.,  1925,  49: 1962-9.—Hofmann, A.  Ein Fall
   von  angeborenem lymphangiektatischem  Oedem.   Arch.
   Kinderh.,  1925, 76:  285-7.—Jarin,  S.   [Case of  congenital
   elephantiasis]  Vrach. delo, 1927, 10: 3; 194.—Keropijan, M. S.
   Ueber die Aetiologie und Behandlung der  kongenitalen Ele-
   phantiasis.  Deut. Zschr.  Chir.,  1925-26,  194: 268-76.—
   Leopold, J. S., & Castrovinci, F.  Congenital lymphangiectatic
   edema; report of case in a child aged 2 years.  Arch. Pediat.,
   N. Y., 1934, 51: 34-9.—Lyon, E.  Elephantiasis auf erblicher
   Anlage.   Zschr. Kinderh., 1925,  39: 36-43.—Marcus, J.  H.
   Congenital  lymphangiectatic  edema;   case  report.   Arch.
   Pediat.,  N. Y., 1929, 46:  507-10.—Mason, P. B., & Allen, E. V.
   Congenital lymphangiectasis   (lymphedema)   Am.  J. Dis.
   Child.,   1935,  50: 945-53.—Middleton,  D.  S.   Congenital
   lymphangiectatic fibrous hypertrophy (elephantiasis congenita
   fibrosa lymphangiectatica) Brit. J. Surg., 1932, 19: 356-01.—
   Nesbit, H. T.  Congenital elephantiasis.  Mil. Surgeon, 1930,
   67: 899-901.—Nirioka, Y. A  rare case  of elephantiasis con-
   genita lymphangiectatica.  J. Orient. M., Dairen, 1926, 5: 25.—
   Nussbaum, O.   Ein  Fall von kongenitalem, lymphangiek-
  tatischen Oedem.  Mitt.  Ges. inn. Med. Wien, 1920, 19: 183.—
  Rantasalo, V.  Pterygium colli  congenitum et elephantiasis
  congenita.   Acta paediat., Upps.,  1935-36, 18: 368-75.—Ruh,
  H. O., & Dembo,  L. H.  Congenital lymphangiectatic  edema.
  J. Am.  M. Ass., 1925, 84: 1410-3.  Also Am.  J. Dis.  Child.,
  1927, 33: 249-58.—Salazar de Sousa, C.  Elefantiase congenita.
  Med. contemp., Lisb., 1929, 47: 71-4.—Szodoray, L. Elephan-
  tiasis congenitalis.  Zbl.  Haut Geschlkr., 1935-36, 52: 405.—
  Wille, H.  Ueber  Elephantiasis congenita lymphangiectatica.
  Beitr. path. Anat.,  1926,  76: 98-112, pi.

  ----   Pathology.

    Falk,  R.  C.   *Oedemes durs  e'lephantiasiques
  par stase lympathique retrograde et non filariens.
  80p.   8?   Par., 1927.
    Akiyama,  S.  Patho-histological studies  on endemic ele-
  phantiasis.  Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1929, 19:  578-83.—Alberca. R.
  Contribution a la  connaissance  histopathologique de l'ete-
  phantiasis nostras.  C.  rend.  Soc. biol.,  1924, 91: 813-5.—
  Blume, C.  Ueber  Ascites chylosus beim  Saugling, seine Hei-
  lungsaussichten und seine Beziehung  zur  Elephantiasis.  Kin-
  derarztl. Prax.,  1935, 6: 345-7.—Bologna, M.   Le alterazioni
  dei vasi  nei processo elefantiasico.  Rass. internaz. clin. ter.,
  1925, 6: 516-25, pi.—Bosman, F. J. [Case of flap elephantiasis]
 Ned. tschr.  geneesk.,  1934, 78: 3135, pi.—Botreau-Roussel.
 Elephantiasis arabum; lymphangite etephantiasique a rechutes.
 J. chir., Par., 1937, 49: 821-56.—Cruickshank, M. M.  Hetero-
 topic bone in elephantoid tissues.  Ind.  M. Gaz., 1936, 71: 28.—
 Drinker, C.  K., Field, M.  E., & Homans, J.  The experimental
 production of edema and elephantiasis  as a result of lymphatic
 obstruction.  Am. J. Physiol., 1934, 108: 509-20.  Also repr.—
 Gougerot, H., & Carteaud, A.   Classification des syndromes
 ei6phantiasiques recto-ano-genitaux.  Ann. mal. vener., 1934,
 29: 161-76.—Homans. J., Drinker, C. K., & Field, M.  Ele-
 phantiasis and the  clinical implications  of its experimental
 reproduction in animals.  Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., 1934, 52: 325-45.
 Also Ann. Surg.,  1934,  100:   812-32.—Irger, J.   [Verrucose
 elephantiasis]  Belaruss. med. misl, 1924, 1: No. 2-3, 125-9.—
 Kveim, A.  [Elephantiasis; with special reference to elephanti-
 asis nostras; case reports with study of  its etiology and pathol-
 ogy]  Norsk,  mag.   laegevid.,   1935, 96:  1093-117.—Leo,  E.
 Elefantiasi in sede  rara.  Arch. ital. chir., 1934, 38: 227-50.
Also Arch.  Soc. ital.  chir.,  1934, 40: 719-24.—Matos. M.
Elefantiasis de los Arabes; obstrucci6n completa de la uretra
peneana y fistulas uretroescrotales consecutivas a una desgar-

       77908—vol. 5, 4th series----11
   ^™ de.la uretra membranosa.  Cir. cirujan., Mix., 1934, 2:
  i8/-9d.—Milligan, W. A.  Large lymphangioma or telangiec-
  tasis, occupying lower half of left abdomen and left leg.  Proc.
  R. Soc M., Lond., 1934, 27: 1013—Nicolas, J., Rousset. J., &
  Kacoucnot, J.  Elephantiasis verruqueux; eiasteidose nodulaire
   nCoo £? 4 ky?tes  et k contedons.  Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph.,
  1938, 45: suppl., 213-5.—Philipowicz, I. Ein Fall von besonders
  §r°sser isolierter LaPPenelephantiasis.  Zbl.  Chir.,  1934,  61:
  ^u41.—Rhodes, R. L.  Focal  infection (elephantiasis)  Surg.
  Gyn Obst., 1924, 39: 624—Saurez, J. A preliminary report
  on the clinical and bacteriological findings  in 60 cases of lym-
  phangitis associated  with  elephantoid fever  in Porto Rico.
  Am. J Trop. M., 1930, 10: 183-98.—Schmidt, T.  Kavernoses
  Lyrnphangiom der Haut  (Elephantiasis lymphangiomatodes)
  Wien. tierarztl. Mschr., 1933, 20: 33-43.—Wallgren, E.  Etude
  d un cas d'etephantiasis;  quelques considerations sur la patho-
  genie.  Acta med. scand., 1930, 73: 466-71.

  ----   Treatment.

     Bantow, H. H.   *Die Elephantiasis und ihre
  Behandlung.  26p.  8?   Kiel,  1933.
    Botreau-Roussel.  The treatment of elephantiasis.  French
  M. Rev., Par., 1932, 2: 79-85.—Bowesman, C.  Intra-arterial
  glycerin  treatment of elephantiasis.   Brit.  J. Surg.,  1938-39,
  26:  86-9.—Chomereau-Lamotte,  B.   L'eiectrotherapie sous
  forme  de galvanisation  bipolaire  dans le traitement de l'ete-
  phantiasis.  Rev.  med. hyg.  trop., Par.,   1930, 22:  61-6.—
  Finaly, R.  [Treatment of elephantiasis] Ned. tschr. geneesk.,
  1935, 79: 5298-5301,  pi.—Kimura, H. On the treatments of
  elephantiasis.  Japan. M World, 1925,  5: 201-11.—Low, G. C,
  & Dixon, D. S.  Elephantiasis treated by protein shock.  Lancet,
  Lond.,  1930,  1: 72.—McGolrick,  L.  Non-specific  protein
  therapy in elephantiasis.  Brit. M. J.,  1930, 2: 957.—Montel.
  Le carbone animal intraveineux dans le traitement des rechutes
  aigues febriles  de  la lymphangite chronique  etephantiasigene
  des pays chauds. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1935, 28: 171-4.—
  Schmidt,  A.   Konservative  Behandlung   der  Elephantiasis.
  Med. Welt, 1931, 5: 1213.—Seigneur, M.   Du traitement de
  l'etephantiasis.  Presse med., 1935, 43:  1411.—Ten Horn, C. H.
  [Treatment of elephantiasis]  Ned.  tschr.  geneesk.,  1929, 73:
  3868-71.—Wilson, C.  The treatment  of elephantiasis of the
  limbs.  West Afr. M. J., 1934-35, 8:  No. 4,  12.

  ----   Treatment, surgical.

    Bridot,  P.   E.  P.   Considerations   patho-
  geniques  et traitement  chirurgical de l'6llphan-
  tiasis   [Paris]   234p.   8?  Blois,   1936.
    Kaplinski, I.  *Traitement de l'etephantiasis
  par  le  drainage  hypodermique   (operation  de
  Walther)   37p.   8?   Par., 1936.
    Andrews, E.  The vasomotor reflex  arc   Ann. Surg., 1927,
  85: 116-9.—Auchincloss, H. A new operation for elephantiasis.
  Porto Rico J. Pub. Health, 1930-31,  6:  149,  4 pi.  Also repr.—
  Battista,  A.  The surgical  cure of elephantiasis.  Urol. Cut.
  Rev., 1930, 34: 431-6.—Clavel.  Un  cas d'etephantiasis nostras
  traite  chirurgicalement.   Lyon  med., 1926,  137:  583-6.—
  Clute,  H.  M.   Elephantiasis:  Kondoleon  operation.  Surg.
  Clin. N.  America,  1928,  8:  119-22.—De Greef, R.  Quelques
  considerations  sur 101 cas d'etephantiasis ou adenolymphocdle
  operes a Buta.  Ann. Soc beige med. trop., 1938, 18: 5-39.—
  Dick, W.  Ueber die Lymphgefasse  des menschlichen Netzes,
  zugleich ein Beitrag zur Behandlung der Elephantiasis.  Beitr
  klin. Chir.,  1935, 162: 296-314.—Falcone,  R.   Alcuni rilievi
 sul trattamento chirurgico alia Kondoleon degli stati elefantia-
 sici  degli  arti.  Arch. ital. chir., 1925, 13: 662-9.—Faykiss, F.
 [Surgical  treatment of elephantiasis]   Orv. hetil.,  1926,  70:
 1408.—Finaly, R.  Beitrag zur Behandlung der Elephantiasis.
 Zbl.  Chir., 1930, 63:  389-94.—Gillies, H., & Fraser, F.  R.
 Treatment of lymphoedema  by plastic operation (a preliminary
 report)  Brit. M. J., 1935, 1: 96-8.—Jiano, J.  Contribution a
 la chirurgie  de l'etephantiasis  dit nostras.  C. rend.  Congr.
 internat.  nted.  trop.,  1928, 1. Congr., 3:  353-7.—Keysser.
 Zur  operativen  Behandlung der Elephantiasis.  Deut. Zschr
 Chir., 1927, 203:-204: 356-75.— Kuntzen, H.  Die chirurgische
 Behandlung der Elephantiasis.  Erg. Chir.  Orthop., 1929, 22:
 431-62.  ------  Die Chirurgie der Elephantiasis; klinische,
 histologische und experimentelle Untersuchungen.  Arch. klin.
 Chir.,  1930,  158: 543-83.   Also Chirurg, 1930, 2: 667-73.—
 Leri, A., & Monod, R.  A propos d'un cas d'etephantiasis post-
 operatoire de la cuisse traite par la resection.  Bull. Soc. nat.
 chir., Par., 1930. 56: 1173-8.—Linari. O. T., & Parodi, L. M.
 Contribuci6n a la  terapeutica quirurgica  de  la elefantiasis.
 Rev. cir., B. Air., 1938, 17: 177-80.—Mclndoe, A. H.  Experi-
 ences in the surgical treatment of lymphoedema.  Proc  R.
 Soc. M., Lond.,  1934-35, 28:  1111-26.—Melletti, M.  Con-
 tributo  al trattamento chirurgico dell'etefantiasi  degli  arti
 Policlinico, 1925, 32: sez. chir.,  520-36.—Mirolli, A.   Due casi
 di elefantiasi operati con il metodo Kondoleon;  studio clinico
 ed istologico.  Minerva med., Tor., 1927, 7: 637-49.—Moene,
 I. [Severe case of elephantiasis;  operative  treatment]  Med.
 rev., Bergen, 1933,  50: 116-21.—Mollo, L.   La chirurgia della
elefantiasi.  Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1938,  19: 669; 765; f-09;
857.—Pieri, G.   Sulla cura chirurgica delle elefantiasi degli
arti.   Riv. osp., 1938, 28: 551.—Rago,  G.   L'elefantiasi degli
arti e la sua cura chirurgica. Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1932, 
ELEPHANTIASIS
40: 747; 783.—Romiti, C.  Contributo al trattamento chirur-
gico della elefantiasi. Arch.  ital. chir., 1928, 20: 607-40.—
Rosenak,  S.  Ueber eine neue Untersuchungsmethode zur
Stellung des Operationsplanes bei  der Elephantiasis.  Zbl.
Chir.,  1929, 56: 912-4.—Samorini, G.  Sulla cura chirurgica
della elefantiasi.  Policlinico, 1924, 31: sez. prat., 904-8.—
Telford, E. D., & Simmons,  H. T.  Chronic lymphoedema.
Brit. J. Surg., 1937-38, 25: 756-72.—Torgerson, W. R.  Pre-
liminary report on the Auchincloss operation for elephantiasis.
Porto Rico J. Pub. Health, 1931, 6: 411-8, 15 pi. Also repr.—
Touraine, A.  Traitement de  l'etephantiasis des membres par
le drainage lymphatique a tubes perdus (operation de Walther)
Bull. Soc. fr. derm,  syph., 1935, 42: 1771-5.  Also J. med.
Paris,  1936, 56: 128-30.—Vallone, L.  II comportamento dei
vasi nell'operazione della elefantiasi col metodo de Gaetano.
Ann. ital. chir., 1924,  3: 835-42.—Zorraquin, G.   Safena
artificial de Walther.  Bol. Soc. cir. B.  Aires, 1935, 19: 183.

----   in animals.
   Schmidt, H. W.  Elephantiasis  bei Fringilla coelebs fern-
Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1937, 45: 513.
   ELERT,  Reinhold, 1909-       *Ein Beitrag
zum   Ernahrungsproblem   des  Neugeborenen.
40p.   2  tab.  8?  Berl., R. Pfau,  1934.
   EL-ESHARY, Nabih. *La cholecystographie.
16p.   8?  Geneve,  1927.
   ELEZ, K.   The  road  to health.  92p.  8?
Bost., Meador Pub. Co., 1933.
   ELFELDT, Werner [Ludwig Hermann  Theo-
dor] 1891-      *Ueber  einen Fall von fornicalem
Adenomyom  (Adenomyositis)   [Berlin]   42p.
8?  Rostock, Adler's Erben,  1918.
   ELFRING,  Heinz,   1905-       *K6rperver-
letzungen und ihre  Motive:  §§ 223-224 St  G. B.
[Munster]   40p.   8? Quakenbruck, 1933.
   ELFTMAN, Herbert Oliver, 1902-      *Func-
tional adaptations  of the pelvis  in  Marsupials
[Columbia Univ.]  p. 189-232.  8?  N. Y..  1929.
   Also Bull. Am. Mus. Natur. Hist., 1929, 58: Art. V.
   ELFVING,  A. R.   *Ueber Blutdruck  und
Nierenfunktion der Prostatiker.   4 p. 1.   299p.
13  tab.  roy. 8?  Helsin.,  1928.
   Also Acta Soc. med. Duodecim, 1928, 9: 1-299.
   EL  GEBALI, Ahmed, 1914-       *La lipoma-
tose  symetrique.   71p.  8?    Lyon, Impr. des
Beaux-Arts,  1937.
   ELGER,   Walter,  1909-        *Ueber  den
Einfluss verschiedener Hypnotika auf den Sauer-
stoffverbrauch   [Munster i. Westf.]  16p.  8?
Duisb.-Meiderich, J. Graffmann,  1932.
   ELGETI, Hellmut [Hans Richard] 1911-
*Beitrage zur Gefasschirurgie  [Berlin]  31p.  8?
Charlottenb., K. &  R. Hoffmann,  1937.
   EL-GHERIANI,  Hassan  Rank.  Considera-
tions  sur l'etiologie  du zona.   26p.  8?   Geneve,
E. Mayer, 1933.
   ELGIN, 111.   Elgin State  Hospital.  Collected
and contributed papers, together with  various
notes  and comments.   288p.   8?   Chic,  Para-
mount Press, 1932.
  ----  Biennial reports.  Elgin,  21., 1910: 24.,
1916.
   ELGIN, 111.   Northern Insane  Hospital and
Asylum.  Biennial reports.   Elgin, 1.-20.. 1883-
1908.
  ELGIN, HI.   Sherman Hospital.  Reports of
the  board  of  managers.  Elgin,   1., 1896:  6.
19C0-01.
  ELGOOD,  Cyril,  1892-        Medicine  in
Persia,  xiii,  105p.   pi.  portr.   facsims.   16°
N. Y., P. B. Hoeber, 1934.
   Forms v.14, Clio medica (E. B. Krumbhaar)
  El HADDAD,  Mohammed,  1904-       *His-
toire   de la peste  en  Tunisie  (de l'antiquite
jusqu'a nos jours)   46p. 8?  Par., L. Rodstein,
1935.
  ELHAIK, Georges, 1910-       Contribution
a l'6tude de la climatologie me'dicale de la Tunisie
44p.   8?  Par., Libr. Maloine, 1937.
ELIA
   ELIA,  Isaia,  1892-       *Carcinom  und
Diabetes in  ihren  gegenseitigen  Beziehungen.
22p.   8?  Berl., E. Ebering, 1917.
   ELIAS,   Berta,   1906-       *Ueber   einen
weiteren Fall von  kavernoser  Lungenschwind-
sucht  ohne Beteiligung der Spitzen; ein Beitrag
zur  Frage  des  intraclavicularen  Beginns der
tertiaren  Lungentuberkulose.   p. 175-86.   8?
Berl.,  1932.
   ELIAS,   Fritz,  1904-        *Unsere   Erfah-
rungen  in  der Begutachtung von Heilstatten-
vorschlagen der Jahre  1927-28  [Jena]  30p.  8°
[Meerane i. Sa., E. R. Herzog,  1930]
   ELIAS,  Giinther,  1906-        *Eine  exakte
Methode zur Bes'immung  der Blutgerinnung
[Breslau]   p.693-705.   8?   Berl.,  J.  Springer,
1931.
   Also Zschr.  ges. exp. Med., 1931, 77:
   ELIAS,   Herbert,  1885-       Glykosurien,
renaler Diabetes und Diabetes mellitus.  vi, 88p.
pi. 8?  Wien, J.  Springer, 1928.
   See also Aschoff, K. A. L., Elias, H. [et al.] Pathologie und
Klinik in Einzeldarstellungen. 3v. 8? Berl., 1930.
   ELIAS,  Salomon, 1910-       Contribution
a l'etude des  hemiplegies transitoires des cardia-
ques.   66p.  8?  Par.,  Lipschutz, 1936.
   ELIASBERG,   Wladimir,   1887-        *An-
staltsbummler   [Heidelberg]  76p.  4  ch.  8?
Grafenhainichen,  C.  Schulze & Co., 1914.
   ----  Psychologie und Pathologie der Abstrak-
tion;   eine  experimentelle  Untersuchung  iiber
aufgabefreie  (natiirliche)   Beachtungsvorgange
an vorschulpflichtigen  Kindern, normalen Er-
wachsenen,  akademisch Gebildeten, Aphatikern,
Dementen und verschiedenen Fallen von  Hirn-
verletzung  unter  besonderer Berucksichtigung
der Beziehungen des Denkens zur Sprache.   188p.
8?  Lpz., J. A. Barth,  1925.
   Forms H. 35, Beihefte Zschr. angew. Psychol. [&c]
   ELIASCHEFF,  Sylvain,   1902-        *Des
Merits  dans  le delire  d'interpr6tation   [Paris]
154p.  8?   Gisors, 1928.
   ELIAS de  Moraes,  Jose.  *Alguns aspectos
chimicos do sangue na insufficiencia renal.  92p.
8?  S. Paulo, 1931.
   ELIASHEVA,  Olga,  1883-       *Myxcedeme
tubereux atypique  de  Jadassohn-Doessekker.
49p.  8?  Par.  1930.
   ELIASON,  Eldridge  Lyon, 1879-       First
aid in emergencies.  4. ed.  x,  234p. 12?  Phila.,
J. B. Lippincott Co. [1924]   Also 5. ed. x, 238p.
pi. [1926]  Also 7.  ed.  x, 238p.  9 pi.   [1931]
Also  8.  ed.   x, 240p.  illust.  pi.   [1935]   Also
9. ed.  x, 240p.  illust.  pi. [1938]
  ----  Practical bandaging,  including adhesive
and plaster-of-Paris dressings.  3. ed.  xiv,  128p.
3  pi.   8?   Phila., J. B.  Lippincott Co.  [1924]
Also  4.  ed.  4 p. 1.   x, 128p.  6 pi. [1930]
  ----  Fractures of  the  humerus,  radius and
ulna,   xvii,  307p.  roy. 8?   N. Y., D. Appleton &
Co., 1925.
  :---  FERGUSON,  L.  Kraeer, &  LEWIS,
Elizabeth Keller.  Surgical nursing,  xvi,  566p.
2  ch.  8?   Phila.,  J.  P.  Lippincott Co.  [1929]
Also   2.  ed.   xviii, 566p.   pi.   2 ch.   [1930]
Also  3.  ed.  xviii, 566p.   4  pi.   2  ch.   [1931]
Also   4. ed.   xviii,  584p.  illust.  ch.   [1934]
Also  5.  ed.   xviii, 662p.   illust.   tab.  [1936]
   ELIASZ,  Ernst, 1901-       *Klinisch  kasui-
stischer Beitrag zur Therapie der Pneumococcen-
sepsis und Meningitis durch Optochin.  20p.  8?
Frankf. a. M., 1925.
   ELICHE, F. R. G. Jeanne, 1893-       Con-
tribution a l'etude du paludisme autochtone chez
le nourrisson.  48p.  8?  Par., 1924. 
ELIET
163
ELKANA
   ELIET,  Gaston,  1901-       Contribution a
 l'etude de la syphilis traumatique; teguments, os,
 articulations.  88p.  8?  Par., 1926.

 ELIMINATION.
   See Excretion.
   ELIOPOULOS, Socrate,  1902-       *Action
 de la dielectrolyse trans-cer^brale sur les centres
 vasomoteurs   cer6braux  et  nouvelle  methode
 d'electrolyse   medicamenteuse   (ou  ionisation)
 180p.  8?  Par.,  1931.
   ----   Action  de  la  dielectrolyse  trans-cer£-
 brale des ions  Mg, Ca, K, I et CI sur les centres
 vasomoteurs  cerebraux.   176p.   8?    Par.,  N.
 Maloine, 1931.
   ELIOT,  Abigail  Adams,  1892-      Eating
 habits in relation to personality development of
 2- and  3-year  old  children.   p.399-481.   8?
 Worcester, Clark  University, 1933.
   Forms No. 5, v. 13,  Genet. Psychol. Monogr.
   ELIOT, John, 1736-87.
   Smith, R. W. I. Sir John Eliot of Peebles, and some of his
 friends. Edinburgh M. J., 1933, n. ser., 40: 237-42.
   ELIOT, John Llewellyn, 1853-1932.
   [Obiturrv]  Minnesota M„ 1932, 15: 860.
   ELIOT, Margaret.
   See Young, Helen,  Morrison, Georgia  Alberta, & Eliot, M.
 Lippincott's quick reference book for nurses [&c] [521]p.  16!
 Phila  [1935]
   ELIOT, Martha May,  1891-
   The promotion  of Dr Martha M. Eliot.  N. England J. M.,
 1934, 211: 1171.
   ---- &  PARK,  Ewards  A.   Rickets.   67p.
 illust.  pi.  8? Hagerstown, Md., W.  F.  Prior
 Co.,  1937.
   In Pract. Pediat. (Brennemann, J.) v.l, ch. 36.
   ELIOT,  Samuel  Atkins,  1862-      Report
 upon the conditions and  needs of  the Indians of
 the Northwest coast.  28p.  8?   Wash., 1915.
   ELIOT,  Walter Graeme, 1857-1931[?]   Por-
 traits of the noted physicians of New York,  1750-
 1900, with a  few facts in the lives of  each.  4
 p. 1.  200p. portr.  8?  N. Y.,  1900.
   Forms v.l, Am. Biogr. Society.
   ELIOTT-LYNN,  Sophie  C.    Athletics  for
 women and girls:  how to  be an athlete and why.
 xiv, 122p.  front.  7 pi.   12?   Lond., R. Scott,
 1925.
   ELISCHER, Gyula, 1875-1929.
   Huzella, T. [Commemoration of Gyula Elischer]  Orvos-
 kepzes, 1933, 23: 168-77.

 ELIXIR.
   See also Drug, Dispensing; also under  names of
 principal constituents.
   Herchmer, J. What is the elixir of life.  Med. Rev. of Rev.,
 1934, 40: 59-66.—Lee, C. O., & Close, M.  A study of aromat-
 ic elixir. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1934, 23: 236-44.
  ELIZABETH, N. J.  Alexian Brothers' Hospi-
 tal.   Annual report.   1897;  1898.
  ELIZABETH, N. J.   General  Hospital and
 Dispensary.  Annual  report by  the  board  of
 managers.   4.-42., 1884-1921.
  ELIZE, Raphael,  1891-      *Recherches sur
 les  effets  physiologiques et pathologiques de
 toxines du lait  des animaux tuberculeux   [Alfort]
 48p.  8?  Toulouse. 1927.
  ELIZUR. Dina, 1906-       *Ueber das  elek-
 trophoretische   Verhalten  der   Streptokokken.
 23p.  S?   Konigsb., 1933.
  EL  KAIM, Raoul Leonore, 1909-      *Souffle
 svstolique apexien et insuffisance mitrale.  62p.
 8?   Par., 1936.
  EL  KALAOUI, Mohamed Selim.  *La recherche
des points douloureux chez les tuberculeux.   18p.
8?   Geneve, 1921.
   ELKANA, Daniel,  1901-      Contribution
 a l'etude  critique du drainage a la  Mikulicz.
 60p.   8?   Par., 1927.
   El-KAOUEL,  Mohamed,  1907-       Con-
 tribution  a l'etude de la bilharziose vesicale en
 Tunisie.  58p.   8?  Par., Libr.  Maloine, 1938.
   EL  KHOLY, Moursy, 1889-       *Die Be-
 handlung der kongenitalen  Lues mit Neosalvar
 san  nach  Erfahrungen  im stadtischen  Kaiser
 und  Kaiserin  Friedrich-Kinderkrankenhaus in
 Berlin. 31p.  8?   Berl., A. Bertinetti, 1915.
   ELKIN,  M.  V.   Gonorrea  zhenshiny  i  ea
 lechenie [Gonorrhea of women and its treatment]
 48p.  12?  [Leningr., Pract. med.] 1926.
   ELKIND, Henry   Byron,  1893-        The
 healthy mind; mental hygiene for adu'.ts.   2 p. 1.
 269p.  8?  N. Y.,  Greenberg [1929]
   ----Preventive  management,  mental  hy-
 giene in industry,   xiii, 234p.  8?  N.  Y., B. C-
 Forbes Pub. Co. [1931]
   ELKIND, Judith, 1901-      *Ueber Becken-
 endlagen unter Zugrundelegung von 255  Geburten
 in Beckenendlage  vom  1.  September  1922  bis
 1. Januar 1926  [Leipzig]  22p.   8?   Zeulenroda
 i. Thiir., A. Oberreuter, 1926.
   ELKIND, Maurice D. *Die  Pathogenese der
 Migrane (eine  Uebersicht iiber die  Erklarungs-
 versuche des hemikranischen Syndroms)  [Basel]
 26p.   8?   Mulhouse, A. Knecht, 1936.
   ELKINGTON, John Simeon Colebrook, 1841-
       Asiatic  cholera.   80p.   8?   Melbourne,
 Gov.  Print. Off., 1916.
   Forms Ser. pub.  No. 7 Quarantine Ser., Australia Common-
 wealth Dep.  Health.
   ---- Notes on quarantine practice for quaran-
 tine officers,  vii, [3] 151p.   8?  Melbourne, H. J.
 Green, Pub. Print., 1925.
   Forms Ser.  Pub. No. 31, Australia Commonwealth Dep.
 Health.
   ELKISCH, Franz,  1891-      *Kombinierte
 Blutdriisenerkrankungen.   49p.   8?    Berl.,  E.
 Ebering, 1918.
   ELKOFF,  Peter, 1903-       *Die Haufigkeit
 der perniciosen Anaemie  und  der  Leukamien
 wahrend der letzten  17 Jahre" auf  Grund der
 Krankheitsfalle der beiden  medizinischen  Klini-
 ken in Miinchen.  32p.  8?  Munch., 1927.
   ELL, Edeltraut,  1911-      *Ueber  das Vor-
 kommen von Pulverrauchschwarzung  und son-
 stigen  Beweisspuren  an der  Schusshand von
 Selbstmordern.     29p.   8?    Miinch.-Pasing,
 Meindldruck, 1934.
   ELLA Sachs Plotz Foundation.  Publications
 of investigations aided  by  grants from  the ...
 3v.  roy. 8? [v. p.] 1923-30.
   ELLENBERGER, Henri  Frederic, 1905-
 *Essai  sur  le  syndrome psychologique   de la
 catatonie   [Paris]   130p.  8?  Poitiers, 1934.
   ELLENBERGER, Wilhelm. 1848-1929.  Lehr-
 buch  der  Histologie  und vergleichenden  mikro-
 skopischen Anatomie der Haussaugetiere. 6. Aufl.
 xi, 394p.  447 illust.   8?   Berl., P. Parey, 1931.
  For  biography see Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh., 1927-28, 57:
297; 1929, 60: (H. Zietzschmann)
  ----  &  BAUM,  Hermann.   Handbuch  der
vergleichenden  Anatomie   der  Haustiere.    17.
 Aufl.   xvii [1] 1102p.  illust.  roy. 8?  Berl., J.
Springer, 1932.
  ----& DITTRICH, Hermann.  Handbuch der
Anatomie der  Tiere  fiir  Kiinstler:  Textband.
x, 250p. 4 pi. tab.  sm. 4?  Lpz., Dieterich'sche
Verl., 1901.
  ELLENBERGER, Wilhelm, & SCHEUNERT,
A.  Lehrbuch der vergleichenden Physiologie der 
ELLENBERGER                            16
Haussaugetiere.  3.  Aufl.  xii, 643p.  8?  Berl.,
P. Parey, 1925.
  ELLENBOG, Ulrich, 1440-99.
  Barnard, C.  Ulrich Ellenbog [English translation of his
treatise on industrial medicine] Lancet, Lond., 1932, 1: 270.—
Kiirten,  H.  De ptisi; ein Consilium des Memminger Stadt-
arztes Dr Ulrich Ellenbog.  Arch. Gesch. Med., 1931, 24:
245—57.
  ELLENBOGEN, Raphael,  1906-       Con-
tribution a l'etude de la cesarienne haute.  78p.
ch.   8?  Par.,  1935.
  ELLENRIEDER,  Otto, 1890-       *Ein  Fall
von Foetus papyraceus.  12p.  8?   Miinch., C.
Wolf & Sohn, 1927.
  ELLER, Ernst  Wilhelm,  1908-       *Ueber
Pyodermia  chronica  papillaris   et  exulcerans
(Zurhelle und Klein)  [Freiburg i. B.]  33p.  8?
Bockenem a. Harz,  H. Schrader,  1936.
  ELLER,  Hedwig,  1909-        *Der  Sinus
maxillaris  und  seine Nachbarorgane bei  ver-
schiedenen Affen  und beim Hunde.  p.725-56.
8?  Wiirzb., 1931.
  Also Zschr. ges. Anat.,  1. Abt., 1932, 97:
  ELLER, Joseph  Jordan,  & REIN,  Charles
Robert.  Tumors,  p.453-549.  8?  N. Y. [1936]
  In Pract. Libr. M. & S. (Appleton) N. Y., 1936, 10:
  ELLER, Karl [August]  1897-       *Serolo-
gische  Untersuchungen bei Tertiana-Impfmalaria
an luesfreien Patienten  [Miinchen]   p.397-425.
8?  Jena, G. Fischer, 1932.
  Also Zschr. Immunforsch., 1932, 74:
  ELLERBRAKE,   Karl,   1907-        *Ueber
klinische Erfahrungen mit Doryl  [Koln]  13p.
8?  Dusseld., G. H.  Nolte, 1936.
  ELLERHORST, Max Josef, 1907-     *Tod
nach  Unfall  oder Ableben  aus naturlicher Ur-
sache?   (zugleich ein Beitrag zur  Frage  nach
der traumatischen Entstehung des Volvulus der
Flexura sigmoidea)  24p.  8?  Miinch., C. Wolf
& Sohn, 1932.
  ELLERMANN, Vilhelm,  1871-1924.   Mesu-
rage des  angles des mitoses comme moyen de
distinguer  entre elles les diverses cellules lym-
phoides dans  la moelle osseuse.   16p.   pi.  8?
Kbh., A. F. H0st &  S0n, 1921.
  ■----The  leucosis of  fowls  and leucemia
problems,   ix,  108p.  12  pi.   8?   Gyldendal
[1921]
  For biography see Hospitalstidende, 1924, 67: 637—40 (G.
Jorgensen)
  ELLING, Fritz, 1906-      *Ueber die Weiss-
farbung der Nagel.   23p.  8?  Tub., Bolzle, 1936.
  ELLING, Werner, 1896-       *Die patholo-
gische  Torsion  des  graviden  Uterus  [Berlin]
28p.  8?  Berl., E.  Ebering, 1928.
  ELLINGER, Alexander, 1870-1923.
  Ellinger, P. [Obituary]  Erg. Physiol., 1. Abt., 1924, 23:
139-79.
  ELLINGER,   Friedrich.    Die  biologischen
Grundlagen der Strahlenbehandlung; ein Lehr-
buch fiir Studierende und Aerzte.  255p.   3 pi.
8?  Berl., Urban &  Schwarzenberg, 1935.
  Forms Sonderbd 20, Strahlentherapie.
  ELLINGER,   Friedrich   Philipp,  1900-
*Ueber Anionenwirkung am uberlebenden Arte-
rienstreifen   [Frankfurt]  p. 548-64.  8?   Berl
J. Springer, 1926.
  Also Arch. ges. Physiol., 1926, 211:
  ELLINGER,  Philip, 1887-
  See Adler, Abraham, Ellinger, P. [et al.]  Resorption und
Exkretion. 889p.  roy. 8?  Berl.,  1929.
  ---- &  HIRT, August.   Eine  Methode zur
Beobachtung  lebender  Organe   mit  starksten
Vergrosserungen im  Luminiszenzlicht  (Intra-
vitalmikroskopie)  p. 1753-64.  8?   Berl., Urban
& Schwarzenberg, 1932.
  In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) Berl  Abt
ELLINGHAUS
   ELLINGHAUS,   Carl  [Gustav]  1906-
* Ueber den angeborenen Schulterblatthochstand
[Freiburg]  9p.  2 1.  8?  Quakenbriick, C. Trute,
1930.
   ELLINGWOOD, Finley, 1852-1920.  Synopsis
of medical  chemistry [&c]  84  1.  8?   Chic, J.
M, W. Jones Stat. & Print. Co., 1889.
   ELLIOT,  Gilbert.   *La  cirrhose  hepatique
dans la leucemie myeloide chronique.   32p.  8?
Lausanne, 1928.
   ELLIOT, Jared, 1685-1763.
   Jenkins, E. H.  A  pastor-physician of the  18. century
Ann. M. Hist., 1928, 10: 25-53, portr.
   ELLIOT, John Wheelock, 1852-1925.
   Codman, E. A. Biography.  N. England J. M., 1928, 198-
994-1004.
   ELLIOT, Robert Henry, 1864-1936.
   Obituary.  Lancet,  Lond.,  1936,  2:  1240,  portr.  Also
Nature, Lond., 1936,  138: 913.—T.,  F.  Necrologie.  Arch
opht., Par., 1937, n. ser., 1: 47.
   ---- BROWN,  R.  King [et al.]   Health in
•childhood; 5 lectures delivered at the Institute of
Hygiene,  x, 294p. 8?  Lond.,  G. Belle & Sons,
1925.
   ELLIOT,  Stephen,  1771-1830.   Address de-
livered at the opening  of the Medical  College in
Charleston  [S.  C] Nov.  13,  1826.  23p.   8°
Charleston, A. E.  Miller,  1826.
   For biography see Ann. M. Hist., 1935, 7:  164-8, portr.
(J. H. Hoch)
   ELLIOTSON, John,  1791-1868.
   Rosen, G.  John Elliotson, physician and hypnotist. Bull.
Inst. Hist. M., Bait., 1936, 4: 600-3.
   ELLIOTT,  Albert Wells.   The cause of the
social  evil and the remedy.  144p.  portr.   12°
Atlanta, Ga., Webb & Vary Co., 1914.
   ELLIOTT,  Charlotte,  1883-      Manual of
bacterial  plant pathogens,  ix,  349p.  8?  Bait.,
Williams & Wilkins Co., 1930.
   ELLIOTT,  Frank R.,  1893-       *Memory
for visual, auditory and visual-auditory material
[Columbia Univ.]  59p.  8?  N. Y., Arch.  Psy-
chol., 1936.
   ELLIOTT,  Grace Loucks, 1891-       Women
after 40; the meaning of the last half  of life,  x,
213p.  8?  N. Y., H. Holt & Co. [1936]
   ELLIOTT, Rush, 1903-
   See  Reighard, Jacob Ellsworth,  &  Jennings, Herbert
Spencer. Dissection of the cat [2. ed.] 106p.  8!  N. Y. [1932
Also 3. ed.  99p. [1935]
   ELLIOTT,    Sophronia   Maria,   1854-
Household  bacteriology;  lesson  paper.   2 pts.
2  1.   106p.   2 1. paged consec.   8?  Chic, Am.
School Household  Econom., 1904.
   ----  Household hygiene; lesson paper.  2 pts.
2  1.   113p.  paged  consec.   8?   Chic,  Am.
School Household  Econom., 1905.
   ----   Household hygiene,   iv,  216p.   12?
Chic, Am.  School Home  Econom.,  1926.
   ELLIS,  Aller G.,  1868-       Elements  of
pathology,  x, 544p.   8?   Phila., P. Blakiston's
Son & Co. [1926]
   ELLIS, David,  1874-1937.  Sulphur bacteria;
a  monograph,   ix,  261p.  8?  Lond., Longmans.
Green & Co., 1932.
   For biography see Nature,  Lond., 1937,139: 359.  Also Proc.
R. Soc. Edinburgh, 1936-37, 57: 408.
   ELLIS, E. R.  Homeopathic family  guide and
information for the people.  2. ed.  244p.  16?
Detr., 1882.
   ELLIS, E. T.  Insect pests.  156p.  12?  Lond.,
G. Allen &  Unwin  [1924]
   ELLIS,  Edward S.   Primary  physiology or
?ood health for boys and girls.   127p.  12?  N.
Y., Taintor Bros. & Co., 1889.
   ELLIS, Elizabeth E.  Low cost meals for health.
14p.   8?   Durham, N. H., 1936.
   Forms No. 185, Extens. Circ. Univ. New Hampshire. 
ELLIS
165
ELLISON
   ---- & SANBORN, Mary L.   Canning  of
 meats.  6p. (folder)   illust.  8?  Durham, N. H.,
 1935.
   Forms No. 175, Extens. Circ. Univ. New Hampshire.
   ELLIS,   Francis   Cutler.   Micro-dynamics;
 new science in  diagnosis  and treatment.  95p.
 illust.   8?   [Chic, Ellis Res.  Laboratories, Inc.,
 1933]
   ELLIS, Henry Afugustus]  Reaction in relation
 to disease.  27p.   12?  Lond., H. K. Lewis & Co.,
 1924.
   ELLIS,  Henry Havelock,  1859-1939.   Little
 essays of love and virtue,   ix, 187p.  8?  N. Y.
 G. H. Doran Co. [1922]
   ---- Impressions and comments, 3. (and final)
 ser., 1920-23.  3 p. 1.   241p.  8?   Bost., Hough-
 ton  Mifflin Co.,  1924.
   ---- Studies in the psychology of sex: sexual
 inversion.  3. ed., rev. and  enl.  xi, 391p.  8?
 Phila., F.  A. Davis Co., 1928.
   Forms v.2, Studies in the psychology of sex.
   --- Eonism and other supplementary studies.
 vii, 539p.   8?  Phila.,  F. A. Davis Co., 1929.
   Forms v.7. Studies in the psychology of sex.
   ---- Man and woman; a study of secondary
 and  tertiary  sexual  characters,   vi,  495p.  8?
 Bost.,  Houghton Mifflin Co.,  1929.  Also 8. ed.
 vii, 469p.   illust.  diagrs.  8?  Lond., W. Heine-
 mann, 1934.
   ----  Psychology of sex: a manual for students.
 xii, 322p.   8?  Lond.,  W. Heinemann, 1933.
   ----  My confessional; questions of our day.
 vii,  239p.   8?   Bost.,  Houghton Mifflin Co.,
 1934.
   ----  Questions of  our day.   vi,  313p.  8?
 Lond., J. Lane, 1936.
   For biography see Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1939, 41:
 804 (J. Dewey, A. Meyer [et al.])  Also Birth Control Rev.,
 1922-23, 7: 33-8 (H.  de Seiincourt) 1924-25, 8: 41 (R. Hale)
 Also J. Contracept., 1939, 4: 27-30, portr. Also Zschr. Sexwiss.,
 1928-29, 15: 580-2 (M. Hirschfeld)
   See also Goldberg, I.  Havelock Ellis; a biographical and
 critical survey; with a supplementary chapter on Mrs. Edith
 Ellis.  359p.  8? Bost. [1926]  Also Ishill, J. Havelock Ellis;
 in appreciation, by Elie Faure, Bertrand Russell, H. L. Mencken
 [et al.] with an unpublished letter by Thomas Hardy to Have-
 lock Ellis.  299p. 8?  Berkeley Heights, N. J., 1929.  Also
 Stocker, H. Havelock Ellis und sein Werk.  Neue Generation,
 1929, 25: 49-55.
   ELLIS,  John.   Family  homoeopathy.   404p.
 8?  Detr., E. R. Ellis, 1889.
   ELLIS, Lillian  Nelson,  1906-       *A quanti-
 tative  study of  the  nutritional  significance  of
 varied  proportions  of  vitamin G   [Columbia
 Univ.]  25p.  8?  N. Y., 1932.
   ELLIS, N. R.
   See Gamble, J. A., Ellis, N. R., & Besley, A. K.  Composi-
 tion and properties of goat's milk as compared with cow's milk.
 72p.  8?  Wash., 1939.
   ELLIS, Oliver C. de  C.   A history of fire and
 flame.   2  p. 1.   xxiv,  440p.   pi.  8?   Lond.,
 Poetrv lovers' fellowship, 1932.
   ELLIS, Valentine Herbert.
   See Burns,  Bryan H., & Ellis, Valentine H. Recent ad-
 vances in orthopaedic surgery. 296p.  8? Lond., 1937.
   ELLIS, William B.  Sanity for sale; the story
 of the rise  and fall of [the author]   179p.  illust.
 facsims.  portr.  12?  Advance, N. C, Advance
 Pub.  Co., 1928.
  ELLIS,  Willis  Davis,  1901-        A  source
 book  of gestalt psychology,   xiv, 403p.  diagrs.
 8?  Lond.,  K. Paul, Trench, Trubner [1938]
  ELLISON,  John, GOODWIN, Aubrey  [et al]
 Sex ethics: the principles and practice of contra-
ception,  abortion, and  sterilization,   xi,  281p.
pi.  diagrs.  8?  Lond.,  Bailliere, Tindall & Cox,
1934.
   ELLISON, John Malcus, 1892-
   See Garnett, W. E., & Ellison, J. M. Negro life in rural
 Virginia.  59p. 8?  [Blacksburg, Va., 1934]
   ELLMAN, Philip.  *Metabolisme du calcium
 et fonction parathyroidienne dans la tuberculose
 pulmonaire.  32p.  8?  Lausanne, 1927.
   ----  Chest disease in general practice: with
 special reference to pulmonary tuberculosis,  xv,
 266p.   8?  Lond., H. K. Lewis &  Co., 1932.
   See also Hill, Leonard, & Ellman, Philip.  The rheumatic
 diseases.  270p.  8!  Bait., 1938.
   ELLMANN,   Richard,   1911-        *Bericht
 iiber Kieferfrakturen, Behandlung und Heilungs-
 erfolge  nach  23  Akten  von   Unfallgenossen-
 schaften.  40p.  8?  Munch.,  1935.
   ELLNER, Fritz, 1910-       *Zur Frage  der
 von Zahninfektionen ausgehenden  Sepsis   [Er-
 langen]  22p.  8? Kallmunz, M. Lassleben, 1937.

 ELLOBIOPSIS.
   See  also Flagellata.
   Steuer, A.  Ueber Ellobiopsis chattoni Caullery 1910, einen
 ectoparasitischen  Flagellaten  mariner  Copepoden.  Arch.
 Protistenk., 1927-28, 60: 501-10.
   ELLRINGMANN, Walter, 1906-       *Beob-
 achtungen  an  181 erneuten Operationen  wegen
 Ruckfall bei der Geschwiirskrankheit des Magens
 und  Zwolffingerdarms    [Munster]    30p.   8?
 Bochum-Langendreer,  H. Poppinghaus, 1935.
   ELLSWORTH, Read McLane, 1899-1936.
   Obituary.   Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1936, 58: 383.
   ELLUCHASEN Elimithar.
   See Abul-Hasan al-Mukhtar Ibn Butlan.
   ELLWEIN,  Hermann,  1901-        *Beitrage
 zur  Anatomie  und Topographie  von Niere und
 Nebenniere  [Tubingen]  31p.  8?   Bleicherode-
 Harz,  C. Nieft, 1936.
  ELMAN,  Moise,   1907-       *La  nephrite
 hypertensive passagere.  81p.  8?   Par., Picart,
 1935.
  ELMAN, Robert, 1897-
  See Cole, Warren Henry, & Elman, Robert. Textbook of
 general surgery. 1031p.  8?  N. Y. [1936]
  EL MASRY  EL GARHY, Mohamed. *La vac-
 cinotherapie des affections gynecologiques d'ori-
 gine gonococoique.  16p.  8?  Geneve, 1925.
  EL-MASSY, Charles Helmy, 1908-      ♦Eti-
 ologie et prophylaxie de la prostitution envisages
 dans leur evolution actuelle.  150p.   8? Par.,  M.
 Lavergne, 1936.
  [ELMENDORF, W. F.]
  See [Tong,  George W., & Elmendorf, W. F.]  Points on
 practice.  12?  [n. p., 1890]
  ELMER, Oftto] H[erman]  1891-       Sweet
 potatoes in Kansas.  52p.   8?  Topeka, 1938.
  Forms Bull. 278, Kansas Agr. Exp. Sta.
  ELMER, Warren Philo, 1879-     ,  & ROSE,
 W. D.   Physical diagnosis.   6.  ed.   903p.  8?
 S. Louis, C. V.  Mosby Co., 1930.   Also 7.  ed.
 919p.  illust.   1935.
  ELMIGER,  Franz.  *Die  Grippe  im Kinder-
 spital  Basel im  Jahre 1918  [Basel]  40p.  8?
 Hochdorf, Gander, 1922.
  ELMIGER, Josef, 1868-1925.
  W.  Nekrolog.  Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1925, 55: 696.
  ELMIRA, N.  Y.   Arnot-Ogden  Memorial
 Hospital. Annual report,  v.1-26,  1889-1914.
  Incomplete.
  ELMIRA, N. Y.   Common  Council.   Pro-
 ceedings.  1899-1909;  1911-19;  1921-24.
  ELMS, Jessie.  Nursing of diseases of the eye;
a simple treatise for  nurses.  70p.   8?  Lond.,
Scientific Press [1923]
  El NAKIB, Ismail, 1903-       Contribution
a l'etude de 1'anemie dans l'ankylostomiase.  55p.
8?  Par., 1931. 
ELOIRE                                   166                                ELSHOLZ
   ELOIRE,  Auguste,  1854-       *La vente
 sur la legislation franeaise actuelle en matiere de
 repression  des  fraudes  du  beurre et  du  lait
 [Alfort]  120p.  8?  Par., 1926.
   ELOSU,  Suzanne,  1901-       *La  maladie
 de Jean-Jacques Rosseau.  160p.  8?  Par., 1928.
   ELOY,  Pierre   Alexandre  Jules.   *Fagon
 archiatre du grand roi.  88p.   8?   Par., 1918.
   EL  PASO,  Texas.   Department  of  Health.
 Monthly bulletin.  El Paso,  1915-18;  1924-27.
   Incomplete.
   EL RAFIE, Mohamed, 1909-      *Les locali-
 sations hilaires de la pneumonie infantile.  [Lyon]
 65p.  7 pi.  8?  Trevoux, G. Patissier, 1935.
   ELSAESSER, Carl Ludwig  von,  1808-74.
   Ruhrah, J.  Biography.  Am.  J.  Dis.  Child.,  1935,  49:
 1008-11.
   ELSAESSER, Ernst,  1901-      *Die  Kon-
 traktur  des  Bandl'schen   Rings   als  Geburts-
 hindernis.  30p.  8?  Munch., P. Denk, 1928.
   ELSAESSER, G unter.  Ausfall  des Coitus als
 Krankheitsursache in  der  Medizin des Mittel-
 alters.  40p.   8?  Berl., E. Ebering, 1934.
   Forms Heft No. 3, Abh. Gesch. Med. Naturwiss. (Diepgen)
   ELSAESSER, Karl, 1908-       *Die Erfolge
 und  Misserfolge der  Wurzelbehandlung am 1.
 Molaren im  Betrieb einer A.  O. K. Zahnklinik
 [Tubingen]  30p.  8?   Wiirzb., K. Triltsch, 1934.
   ELSAESSER,  Rudolf,  1905-        *Erfah-
 rungen iiber Peritonsillitis,  p.61-83.  8?   Wiirzb.,
 R. Mayr, 1932.
   Also Arch. Ohr. &c. Heilk., 1932, 133:
   ELSASSER. Johanne [Sophie  Helene] 1896-
       *Ueber congenitale Skoliose, insbesondere
 bei Spina bifida  (Auszug)  8p. 8? [Lpz, 1922]
   ELSBERG,  Charles Albert, 1871-       Tu-
 mors of the spinal cord and  the  symptoms of
 irritation and compression of the spinal cord and
 nerve  roots; pathology, symptomatology,  diag-
 nosis and treatment,  viii, 421p. roy. 4?  N. Y.,
 P. B. Hoeber, 1925.
   ELSBERG, Paul, 1907-      *Die malignen
 Ovarialblastome und ihr weiteres  Schicksal  mit
 besonderer  Berucksichtigung  der  Falle  an  der
 Universitats-Frauenklinik in  Giessen  [Giessen]
 19p.  8?  Warendorf-W., J. Schnell, 1933.
   ELSBERGEN,  Karl Heinz van,  1906-
 *Ueber die Bestrahlung des  Riickenmarks  bei
 Hautkrankheiten  mit  besonderer   Berucksichti-
 gung des Lichen ruber planus. 33p.  8?  Bonn,
 H. Trapp,  1932.
   ELSCHNIG, Anton, 1863-       Augenpflege.
 2 1.  56p.  8?  Berl., A. Hirschwald, 1915.
  ----  Die  Funktionspriifung des Auges,  fiir
 Studierende und Aerzte. 3. Aufl.  vii, 182p.   8?
 Lpz., F. Deuticke,  1923.
   See also Abelsdorff, G., Elschnig,  A. [et al.]  Auge [&c]
 546p.  8?  Berl., 1931.
   For Festschrift see Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1933, 91:
   For biography see Eye Ear &c. Month., 1934, 13: 68.  Also
 Miinch. med. Wschr., 1933,  80: 1298  (R. Salus)
   ELSDON. Gfeorge] D[avidson]
  See Evers, Norman, & Elsdon, G. D. The analysis of drugs
 and chemicals. 372p.  8?  Lond., 1929.
  ELSEN Magda, 1901-       *Die Behandlung
 des Schwangerschaftserbrechens nach den Erfah-
 rungen  der I.  Medizinischen   Klinik  Miinchen
 von  1927-34 und  der  Universitats-Frauenklinik
 Miinchen vom  1.   Mai  1934  bis   1. Mai  1935
 [Miinchen]   19p.  8?   Erlangen-B.,  M. Krahl,
 1937.
  ELSHOLTZ, Johann Sigismund,  1623-88.
  Gladstone, E.  [Biography] California West. M., 1933, 38:
432.
  ELSHOLZ,  Gerhard,  1903-       *Die Ver-
sorgung hoher Ureterverletzungen  [Berlin]  50p.
8?  Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1929.
  ELSHOLZ,  Heinz  [Otto]  1910-        *Zur
Geschichte  der Antisepsis und  Asepsis  unter
besonderer  Berucksichtigung  der  Sterilisation
der  Hande,  Instrumente  und  des  Operations-
zimme s des  Zahnarztes.   31p.  8?   Lpz., A.
Edelmann, 1935.
  ELSHORST, Gerhard, 1910-      Ceber den
Einfluss der verschiedenen im Laufe der Zeit als
verwendungsfahig bekannt gewordenen Materia-
lien  auf die  Entwicklung  der Gesichtsprothetik
[Wiirzburg]   30p.   8?    Mellrichstadt,  J. V.
Bauner, 1932.
  ELSNER,  Elisabeth,  1908-        *Verande-
rungen der regionaren Lymphdriisen bei dentalen
Infektionen  [Breslau]   42p.   8?   Wiirzb., K.
Triltsch, 1934.
  ELSNER,   Erich,  1898-       Ceber  die
postoperative Parotitis.    20p.   8?    Bresl., E.
Wurst  1927.
  ELSNER, Gabriele, 1905-      *Ein Fall von
Melanosarkom des Corpus ciliare  [Heidelberg]
23p.  8? Wartha, Schmidt &  Rucker,  1934.
  ELSNER,  Georg.  *Die wichtigsten  Bienen-
krankheiten im Lichte geschichtlicher Forschung
(Auszug)   [Leipzig]  lip.  8?  Dresd. [1922]
  ELSNER, Hans.  Krebsentstehung  und  endo-
krines System.   3 p.  1.   lOOp.  8?   Berl., S.
Krager, 1926.
  ELST,  Pieter Rudolf  van  der.    Critisch-
experimenteel onderzoek  over  het  verschijnsel
van Chvostek en den gelaatreflex. 66p.  roy. 8?
Amst., P. H. Vermeulen,  1928.
  ELSTE,  Ernst  Richard, 1908-       Ceber
konservative Therapie bei Ureterolithiasis.   37p,
8?  Greifswald, H. Adler,  1934.
  ELSTERMANN,  Walter,  1909-       *Die
Erfahrungen mit  rostfreien  Stahlbiigeln,  ihre
Verwendungsmoglichkeit zur  Herstellung parti-
ellen Ersatzes.  23p. 8?  Bresl., K. Vater, 1934.
  ELTAHER,  Housni.   *Le  traitement de la
pharyngomycose par Felectrocoagulation.   15p.
8?  Geneve, 1927.
  ELTE,   Walter  [Franz]  1908-        *Das
schnellende Hiift- und Kniegelenk unter beson-
derer  Berucksichtigung   der   Aetiologie   und
Mechanik   [Halle]  31 p.  8?   Bleicherode, C.
Nieft, 1936.
  EL TEBOURBI, Larbi, 1906-     *L;hygiene
dans  la cuisine.  51p.  8?  Par., Vigot freres,
1935.

EL TOR vibrio.
  See Cholera  vibrio,  Classification and types:
El Tor tvpe.
  EL TOUKHY,  A[bdul]  H[amid]    *Quelques
localisations peu fr6quentes de kystes hydatiques.
16p.  8? Geneve, Imp. Commerce, 1935.
  ELTRICH, Pierre, 1890-      Curieth6rapie
du  cancer  et  de l'hypertrophie de la prostate.
186p.  8?   Par., 1923.
  ELTZE,  Martin.  Die  Lungentuberkulose in
der Begutachtung; zum Gebrauch in der Praxis
dargestellt.   80p.   pi.  8?  Berl., R. Schoetz,
1936.
  ELVERMANN, Franz, 1908-      *Die Mam-
macarcinome  der  chirurgischen Universitats-
Klinik  Munster  von  1924-32  einschliesslich
[Munster]  19p. 8?  Bottrop i. W., W. Postberg,
1936.
  ELVERS, Heinz Erich [Hermann]  1912-
*Ueber  Kontraktionserscheinungen  der weissen
Edelmetallegierungen bei Anwendung des Schleu-
dergussverfahrens.   39p.   8?   Greifswald, H.
Adler, 1936. 
ELVY
167
EMACIATION
     ELVY, Frank, 1866-1924.
     Obituary.  Brit. M. J., 1924, 2: 390.
     ELWYN, Adolph, 1888-
     See Bailey, Frederick Randolph.  Bailey's text-book  of
   histology.  7. ed. 939p.  8!  N. Y., 1925.  Also 8. ed.  746p
   8!  Bait., 1932.  Also  Bailey, Frederick R., Elwyn, A.,  &
   Strong, O. S.  Bailey's text-book of histology.  9.  ed.  773d
   8?  Bait., 1936.                                      P'
     ELWYN,Herman, 1885-      Nephritis.  6pl
   347p.  2 pi.   8?  Lond., H. F. & G. Witherby,
   1926.
     ----   Edema  and its treatment,   viii, 182p
   3 pi.  8?  N.  Y., Macmillan Co., 1929.
     ELY, Leonard  Wheeler, 1868-
     For portrait, photograph, see collection in library.
     ELY, Richard  Theodore, 1854-      & HESS,
   Ralph.   Outlines of  economics.   6.  ed.  xviii
   1064p.  8?  N. Y.,  Macmillan, 1937.
     ELY,  Zinaida, 1903-        Ces  granulations
   dites  toxiques des  polynucleaires  neutrophiles
   37p.   8?  Par., E. Le Francois, 1935.
     ELYOT, Thomas, 1490?-l546.
     Robertson, W. G.  A.  The Castel of Helth and its author
   Ann. M. Hist., 1929, n. ser., 1:  270-83.
     [ELYSIUS, Johannes]  De mirabilibus civitatis
   Puteolorum [&c]
     See Accoltus de Aretio. De mirabilibus civitatis Puteolorum
   Nap., 1475.

   ELYTRO-

     For subjects beginning thus see Vagina.
    ELZE,  Curt,  1885-        Bewegungsapparat.
   xi, 822p.   8?  Berl.,  J. Springer, 1929.
    Forms 1. Bd, 2. Aufl., Anatomie des Menschen (H. Braus)
   Berl., 1929.

    ----   Centrales  Nervensystem.   vii,  234p.
   126 illust.   8?  Berl., J.  Springer,  1932.
    Forms 3. Bd, Anatomie des Menschen (H. Braus) Berl.,
   1932.
    ---- GLAS, E. [et  al.]  Die Krankheiten der
  Speiserohre und  des Ausseren Halses.  xii,  720p.
  roy. 8?  Berl., J.  Springer,  1929.
    Forms Bd 9, Handb. Hals-, Nasen-, Ohrenh., Beil., 1929.
    ELZE,   Karl,   1903-        Ceber  Pigment-
  streifen  in   der   Netzhaut.    44p.    8?   Berl.-
  Charlottenb., Gebr.  Hoffmann, 1932.
    ELZHOLZ, Adolf, 1863-1925.
    Gross, K.  Nekrolog.   Wien. klin. Wschr., 1925, 38: 234.
    ELZNER,  Waldemar, 1908-        *Experi-
  mentale Untersuchungen iiber die  Brauchbarkeit
  des  Perkains  in   der Zahnheilkunde.   27p.   8?
  Bonn,  P.  Kubens, 1931.
    EL-ZOMOR, Taha,  1901-       Ces  rayons
  ultra-violets dans  le  traitement  de la  tuberculose
  uro-genitale.  77p.  8?  Par., 1931.

  EMACIATION.
    See  also  Appetite; Cachexia; Debility; Defi-
 ciency  disease; Diet, underfeeding;  Height and
 weight;  Malnutrition;  Nutrition, Disorders, &c;
 also names of primary diseases.
    Aldenhoven,  H.  [F.  E.]   Ceber  den  un-
 merklichen  Gewichtsverlust unter  verschiedenen
 Bedingungen.   24p.   8?  Bonn, 1930.
   Kretjtzer, M.   Ceber Beziehungen zwischen
 der  Magersucht   und  den  Konstitutionstypen
 [Miinchen]   16p.   8?  Amberg,  1936.
   Bergmann, G. von.  Magerkeit und Magersucht.  Deut.
 med. Wschr., 1934,  60: 123; 159. Also Verh. Berl. med. Ges.
 (1933) 1934,  64: 160-83.—Bodart, F.  Ueber einen Fall von
 cerebraler Magersucht.  Zschr. klin. Med., 1933-34, 126: 499-
 505.—Borruso,  G.  Blutfettreaktionen bei endogener Mager-
 sucht.  Klin. Wschr.,  1935, 14:  783-5.  Also Mitt. Ges. inn.
 Med. Wien, 1935, 34: 42.—Brizard.  Les amaigris a Divonne.
 Presse therm, dim., 1938, 79: 467-70.—Brugsch, T.  Magerkeit
 und Abmagerung.   In Spec. Path. Ther.  inn. Krankh., Berl.,
 1919, 1: 401-33.—Campbell, H.  The problem of fatness and
leanness.  Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1924,  n. ser., 118: 265;
285; 305.—Cornil, L.  Les maigreurs.   Rev. gen. clin. ther.,
 1938, 52: 401-5.  Also Riv. med., 1939, 47:  5; 21.  ------ &
 ^m  ™oNancy' M-  La maigreur constitutionnelle.  Progr.
 mea., 1938,  1061.  ------  Les echanges metaboliques  au
 cours des maigreurs endogenes.  Ibid.,  pt 2,  1485.—Cursch-
 mann, H.   Ueber  postpartuale  Magersucht.  Mschr. Ge-
 io9oSoCG7^-,i930' 86:  253~9-  Ah><> Zschr. arztl.  Fortbild.,
 19.29, 26: 409-16.—Debenedetti, R. A propos de la disparition
 du myo-cedeme.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 104: 1281.—Fonte-
 w   roi •  masreza.  Fol. med., Rio, 1934, 15: 376.—Glitsch,
 w-   -rarlqnsonsyndrom  mit  Magerkeit  bei einem eineiigen
 ^willing. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1936,  141: 9-14.—Grafe,  E.
 kndogene Magerkeit (Magersucht) Zbl. inn. Med., 1933, 54:
 t   Jpo-—Hewetson, W. T.  Emaciation in cattle.  Vet. Rec,
 Lond., 1934, 14: 693-5.—Hutchison, R.  Wasting as symptom:
 a clinical lecture. Med. J. Australia, 1926, 2: 733-5.—Josefson,
 A.   Zerebrale Magersucht.  Acta med. scand., 1931, 75:  507-
 **.—Kern, K.  Magersucht.   Aerztl. Mschr.,  1929, 40-3.—
 Knipping, H.  W.  Ueber die Entstehung  der Magersucht.
 Deut. med. Wschr.,  1935, 61:  1075-8.—Korbsch.  R.  Die
 Magersucht im Gefolge der akuten Magenschleimhautatrophie
 ro!J|erKn      en als eigenes Krankheitsbild.  Ibid.,  1936, 62:
 1948-50.—Krauss.  E.   Studien  zur  spezifisch-dynamischen
 Wahrungs wirkung;  Ruhe-Nuchternumsatz  und  spezifisch-
 aynamische Fleischeiweisswirkung bei endogener Magerkeit.
 Zsch-. klin Med., 1929-30, 112: 289-311.—Kylin, E.  Mager-
 sucht  in der  weiblichen  Spatpubertat; ein  eigentumliches
 lyanUieitsbild sui generis. Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1937,  180:
 JiliT52.—Labbe, M. La maigreur et l'obesite.  Monde med.,
 1924, 34: 621-7.—Lauter, S.,  & Terhedebriigge, A.  Ueber
 fettansatz und Fettschwund bei der Magerkeit (Magersucht)
 und Abmagerung.  Deut. Arch. klin. Med.,  1937-38,  181:
 193-213.—Loeper, M.,  & Soulie, P.   La maigreur.  J. nted.
 fr.,  1931, 20: 371-5.—Lyon, G.  La maigreur.  Bull, med.,
 Par., 1939, 53: suppl., No. 7, 1-4.—Meige, H.  Claude Seurat,
 le squelette vivant.  Aesculape,  Par.,  1936,  26:  261-3 —
 Meyer, H. H.  Ueber Magersucht. Deut. med. Wschr., 1938,
 64:1400-4.—Montuoro, F.  Le donne magre.  Riv. ostet. gin.,
 1933, 15: 481-4.—Naidu, A. S.  Excessive leanness.  Madras
 M. J., 1932  14: 56-61.—Nob^court.  Considerations  sur la
 maigreur, 1'hypotrophie ponderate et l'amaigrissement.  Rev.
 gin. clin. ther., 1934, 48: 193-9.—Oswald, A.  Ueber Mager-
 sucht. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1935, 65: 868-72.—Parturier, G.
 Semeiologie hepato-biliaire de la  maigreur.  Rev. med. chir.
 mal. foie, 1938, 13: 91-145.—Ramond, L. Amaigrissement et
 asthenie.   Presse nted.,  1936, 44: 1551.—Raybaud, A.  Les
 etatsde maigreur. Marseille nted., 1928, 65: pt 2, 562-74.—
 Renzi, S.  de. La funzionalita epatica nelle adiposita e magrezze
 patologiche.   Rass. fisiopat.,  1937, 9: 530-53.—Sainton, P
 Maigreur.  Sem.  hop. Paris, 1932, 8:  217.—Stefan.  H.  Ein
 Beitrag zur zerebralen Magersucht.  Miinch. med. Wschr 1934
 81: 1608-10.—Stoeckel, W.  Schwangerschaft und Geburt bei
 endogener Magersucht.   Zbl.  Gyn.,  1935, 59: 1159-61.—
 Stroebe,  F.  Zum Problem der endogenen Magersucht.  Zbl.
 inn.  Med., 1938, 59: 97-100.—Thannhauser, S. J.  Endogene
 Magerkeit.  Verh. Ges. Verdauungskr.  (1929) 1930, 9: 96-116
 [Discussion] 142-66.—Weizsacker, V. von. Ueber Traume bei
 sogenannter endogener Magersucht. Deut. med. Wschr., 1937
 63: 253; 294.—Wiley, F. H., & Newburgh, L. H.  The relation-
 ship  between the environment and the  basal insensible loss of
 weight.  J. Clin. Invest., 1931, 10: 689-701

 ----  endocrine.

  See also Endocrine system, Disease; Pituitary;
 Suprarenals, &c.
  EIdh, S. [Extreme emaciation and pluriglandular insuffi-
 ciency] Sven. lak. tidn., 1932, 29: 1160.—Fonseca, F.  Mager-
 keit  und  Insulin; Hyperinsulinismus.  Arch. Verdauungskr
 1928,  42:  362-77.—Liegner,  B.  Die  insulare Magersucht.
 Deut. med. Wschr., 1935, 61: 1916-8.

----  Treatment.
   See also Diet; Insulin.
   Le Noir, F., & Richet, C.  L'amaigrissement
 et  son traitement.   106p.   12?  Par.,  1922.
   Velazquez,  R.    ^Contribution  a l'etude du
 traitement par 1'insuline  des £tats  de maigreur
 avec troubles  nerveux,  migraines,  etc.,  chez la
 femme.  60p.  8?   Par.,  1935.
   Werner,  D.  J.   *Insulin  in  malnutrition.
 17p.  8?   Wauwatosa, 1932.
   Albeaux-Fernet, M.   Les traitements de la maigreur  J
 med. chir., Par., 1939,  110: 163-7.—Azerad, E., & Court ial!
 Sur la maigreur et ses traitements.  Bull. gin. ther., 1936, 187:
 77-84.—Barker, L. F. On the management of patients exhibit-
 ing profound undernutrition, including the use of insulin as an
 agent for the promotion of appetite and gain of weight.  Med.
 J. & Rec, 1933,  137: 1-5.—Blotner, H.  The change produced
 in fat tissue by the use of insulin in malnutrition.  J. Am. M
 Ass., 1933, 100: 1235.—Blum, J.  Ueber die Behandlung der
 Magersucht ohne Schilddriisenerkrankung mit Dijodtyrosin.
 Munch, med. Wschr., 1933, 80: 1441.—Bockheler, T.  Ueber
 Mastkur mit Insulin bei Nichtdiabetischen.   Ibid., 1926, 73:
 1921-4.—Bohm, W. Ueber die Behandlung der Abmagerung.
Deut. med. Wschr., 1938, 64: 1185.—Borruso, G., & Ruggieri,
A.   L'azione del Lipoitrin sul corpi chetonici del sangue circo- 
EMACIATION
168
EMACIATION
 1 ante nella magrezza endogena.  Policlinico, 1936, 43: sez. med.,
 153-63.—Cardini, C. Empleo delazucar en las curas de engorde.
 Rev.  med. lat. amer.,  B. Air., 1927, 12: 471-5.—Carrasco
 Cadenas, E.  Insulina y delgadez; comentarios a prop6sito de
 3 casos de observaci6n personal.  Progr. clin., Madr.,  1927, 35:
 805-7.—Ceccarelli, D.  La terapia  insulinica negli stati di
 dimagramento consecutivi a colecistite calcolosa.  Policlinico,
 1930,  37:  sez. prat., 1665-72.—Depisch,  F.   Technik einer
 Traubenzucker-Mastkur.  Med. Klin., Berl.,  1926, 22: 1785.
 ------  Ueber die Verwendung des Zuckerfruhsttickes  zur
 Erzeugung von Hunger und zur Mastung.  Wien. Arch. inn.
 Med., 1926-27, 13: 685-97. Also Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 191 —
 Deschwanden, J.  von.   Verlauf der Blutzuckerkurven  bei
 Mast- und Entfettungskuren im Hochgebirge.  Ibid., 1929, 8:
 1220-2.—Dronsfield, A.  J.  How to gain weight. In Health &
 Nat. Cure Handb.  (Nat. Cure Ass.) Lond., 1932, 2: 119-21.—
 Einaudi, C. La magrezza e la sua cura.  Igiene & vita, 1922, 5:
 269-73.—Falta, W. Ueber Magerkeit und Insulinmast.  Wien.
 klin. Wschr., 1926, 39: H. 13, Sonderbeil., 1-15.  Also Tungchi
 med.  Mschr.,  1928-29,  4: 442-55.—Fellegi,  G.  Ueber  die
 Insulin-Mastkur.   Med.  Klin., Berl., 1929, 25: 265.—Freuchen,
 I.  [Use of Festal for increasing weight] Ugeskr. laeger, 1937,
 99: 282.—Ginsberg, G.   Putting on  weight with insulin.  J.
 M. Soc  N. Jersey, 1933,  30: 555-7.—Girault, A. Le traitement
 de la maigreur par l'insuline.  Gaz. nted. France, 1929, 3: 396-
 400.—Grafe,  E.   Ueber Magersucht und ihre Behandlung.
 Ther.  Gegenwart,  1935,  76:  337-40.—Gutierrez Muro, F.
 La cura de engorde por la insulina.   Clin. & lab., Zaragoza,
 1933, 22: 224-45.—Klinefelter, E. W.  The successful manage-
 ment of the naturally thin patient in private  practice.   Med.
 Rec, N. Y., 1939,  150: 13-6.—Kucharski. T.  [Treating loss of
 weight with insulin] Lek. wojsk., 1926, 8: 447-51.—Kylin, E.
 Die Behandlung  der  spatpubertaren Magersucht mit  Hypo-
 physentransplantation.  Acta med. scand., 1938, 96: 75-9.—
 Laemmer, M.  Les traitements  de la  maigreur.  Monde nted.,
 1924,  34:  667-72.—Lami, G.  Fisiopatogenesi e trattamento
 delle magrezze patologiche.  Gior. med. prat., 1937, 19: 235-
 50.—Lauter, S. Die Magerkeit und ihre Behandlung.  Fortsch.
 Ther., 1938, 14: 449-57.—Ledecq & Manfroid.  El aumento de
 peso por el arsileno.  Cr6n.  med. mex.,  1928,  27: 280-3.—
 Loeper,  M., & Justin-Besancon, L.  Le traitement thermal et
 climatique des 6tats d'amaigrissement. Presse therm, dim.,
 1938, 79: 457.—Lomon, A.  La radiologie dans les £tats d'amai-
 grissement. Ibid., 458-00.—Lublin.   Experimentelle  Beitrage
 zur Insulinmast.   Deut.  med.  Wschr.,  1926, 52:  1577.—
 McCastor, J. T., & McCastor, M. C.  One hundred and twenty
 underweight cases treated  with insulin and diets.  Virginia  M.
 Month., 1939,  66: 484-7.—McDonald, R. H.  The treatment
 of emaciation.   Med. Clin. N. America, 1935-36,19:1849-55.—
 Melocchi,  W.  L'insulina nella magrezza patologica.   Riv.
 idr. dim.,  1927,  38:  130-4.—Mouriquand, G.  Symptomes,
 6tiologie et traitement de la maigreur.  J. nted. chir., Par., 1925,
 96: 843-50.—Moutier, F.   Traitement de  la  maigreur et de
 l'amaigrissement par l'insuline.  Arch. mal. app. digest., Par.,'
 1926, 16: 422-31.—Nichol, E. S.   Insulin fattening: late results
 in  63 cases. South. M.  J., 1932, 25: 405-10.—Nothmann,  M.
 Ueberernahrung.  Med.  Welt, 1931, 5: 1131-3.—Parturier, G.
 Diagnostic et traitement  de la maigreur.  Rev. nted., Par., 1939
 56: 249-71.—Priesel, R., & Wagner, R. Ueber Insulin-Mast-
 behandlung im Kindesalter.  Klin. Wschr., 1926,  5: 57-9.—
 Rathery.  Therapeutique de la maigreur de l'adulte.  J. nted.
 chir., Par.,  1939, 110: 47-52.—Russo. P. L'insulina negli stati
 di dimagramento.  Studium, Nap., 1929, 19: 64-8.—Sainz, P.
 A.  Cura de engorde mediante la homo-hemoterapia  gravida.
 Rev. med. cubana, 1938,  49: 928-36.—Sautel.  La cure dieteti-
 que de la maigreur. Presse therm, dim., 1938, 79: 462-6.—
 Schneider, J.,  & Josserand.   La cure d'amaigrissement  de
 Contrexeville.   Ibid., 1922, 63: 477.—Sigwald, J.  Dietetique
 des 6tats de maigreur.  Gaz. nted. France, 1939, 46:  101.—
 Stites, F. M.   Insulin treatment in the promotion of gain in
 weight.  Kentucky M. J.,  1934, 32:  493-5.—Vahlen, E.  Ein
 irreversibles Metabolin, das bei innerer Darreichung Gewichts-
 zunahme bewirkt.   Fortsch. Ther., 1937, 13: 517-20.—Violle,
 P.  L.  Alimentation et  maigreur.  Rev. nted. fr., 1939, 20:
 145.—Vogt, E. Ueber die Behandlung der Magersucht und
 sekundaren Amenorrhoe mit Implantation der Hypophyse eines
 Neugeborenen  und mit Progynon und Proluton.  Med. Klin
 Berl., 1935, 31: 1393.—Wiley, F. H., & Newburgh, L. H. The
 doubtful nature of Luxuskonsumption. J. Clin. Invest., 1931
 10: 733-44.

 ----   voluntary.

   See  also  Diniirophenol;   Fasting;  Obesity,

 Treatment.

   Heckel,   F.   Maigrir,   pourquoi?   comment?
 conception   et   methode  nouvelles.   391p.    8°
 Par.  [1930]
   Bernard, E., Wiel, J., & Lotte, A.   Regimes de carence et
tuberculose; danger des cures d'amaigrissement non medicales
Bull. Acad, nted., Par., 1938, 3. ser.,  120:  781-4.—Foster, L
Dieting daughters (Jane  Foster discusses some mistaken ideas'
on the  subject  of ideal weight)  Hygeia, Chic, 1937, 15: 141-
3.—Friedrich. L. Darmbeschwerden nach Abmagerungskuren
Med. Klin., Berl.,  1929, 25: 1017.—Herz, L. F.   Dangers from
the use of drugs in weight reduction.  N. York Physician, 1938
11: No. 2,  20-3.—Kisch, F.  Klinisches und Kritisches uber
 Abmagerungskuren (Entfettung,  Entwiisserung,  Entgasung)
 Med. Klin., Berl., 1927, 23: 393-7.—Martin, W. C.  Pathologi-
 cal consideration of weight reduction.  N. York Physician, 1938,
 11:  No. 2,  24-7.—Richter, P. F.  Ueber Mode-Entfettungs-
 kuren.   Zschr. Bain.  Klim.,  1910, 3:  155-8.—Rosenfeld, F.
 Die Gefahren der Entfettungskuren.  Ther. Gegenwart, 1926,
 67:  236-8.—Rostaine, P.   How  to get thin.  Med.  Press &
 Circ, Lond., 1914, n. ser.,  98: 643.—Rusznyak, S. Gefahren
 und Schadigungen durch Entfettungsmassnahmen.   Fortsch.
 Ther., 1934,  10: 594-7.—Slimming.   Ind. M. Rec, 1935,  55:
 68-71.—Thompson, W. O.  The dangers of  weight reduction
 without medical supervision.  Bull. Chicago M. Soc, 1934,  37:
 42-4.

 ----  in children.

   See  also  Appetite,  deficient:  Treatment; Mal-
 nutrition.
   Feldstein, G. J.  Management of  underweight children
 Pennsylvania  M. J., 1934-35, 38: 706-9.—Jewesbury, R. C.
 Wasting in infancy. Brit. M.  J., 1936, 2: 321-3. Also Lancet,
 Lond., 1936, 2: 685.—Langstein, L. Mastung von  Sauglingen
 Deut. med. Wschr., 1924, 50: 638.—Nobecourt, P. Quelques
 donnees  nunteriques sur la maigreur chez les enfants et  les
 jeunes gens.  Gaz. hop., 1935, 108:  1169, 1201.  ------  La
 maigreur  et  l'amaigrissement  pendant la premiere enfance.
 Progr. nted., Par., 1935, 9-17.—Put olive oil into veins to help
 babies gain weight.   Science  News  Lett., 1935,  27: 398.—
 Suranyi,  G.   Disturbi digestivo-assimilativi  nella magrezza
 infantile.  Acta paediat., Upps., 1938,  22: 426-8.—Vegheiyi, P.
 Maigreur d'origine parasitaire. Ibid.,  413.

   EMAM,  Elsaid.   Contribution  a l'etude  du
 traitement  du  placenta prsevia  par l'operation
 cesarienne basse.   24p.   8?   Geneve, 1930.


 EMANATION.

   See  also  Radiation;   Radioactivity;   Radium;
 Radon.
   Benedikt,   M.     Die    latenten   (Reichen-
 bach'schen)  Emanationen  der Chemikalien; eine
 experimentelle  Studie.   51p.   8?   Wien, 1915.
   Buttersack.  Vom Kraftfeld, in dem  wir  leben.   Hippo-
 krates, Stuttg., 1938,  9:  1214-6.—Scheminzky, F.  Emana-
 tionsphotographien mit Magneten.  Wien. klin. Rdsch., 1916,
 30: 175;  211—Serono, C,  & Cruto,  A.  Sur les emanations
 photoactives  de quelques  substances  organiques irradiees.
 Bull. Soc chim. biol., Par.,  1933,  15:  833-9.

----   human.

   See also Heat; Parapsychology; Radiation; also
in 3. ser. Effluvium.

   Kilner,  W.  J.   The human atmosphere (the
aura)   2.  ed.   300p.   8?  Lond., 1920.
   Bernoulli, R.  Neues von der Emanationsforschung.  Zschr.
Parapsychol., 1933, 8: 529-32.—Boyd, W. E.  The emanom-
eter and disease. Brit. Homoeop. J., 1933, 23: 374-86, 5 pi.—
Caccia, L.  Radiazioni della  materia in rapporto ai poteri
rabdici dell'organismo umano.   Arch. gen. neur., Nocera, 1934,
 15:  131-3.—Fraser-Harris, D. F.   A  psycho-physiological
explanation of the so-called human aura.  Brit. J. M. Psychol.,
 1932, 12: 174.—Gigon, A., & Noverraz, M. Organe als Strah-
lungssender.  Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1930, 60: 585-9.—McKie,
 D.   The  Hon. Robert Boyle's essays  of effluviums  (1673)
Science Progr., Lond.,  1934, 29: 253-65.—Muller, E. K. Ob-
jektiver, elektrischer Nachweis der Existenz einer  Emanation
des lebenden  menschlichen Korpers und ihre sichtbaren Wir-
 kungen.   Schweiz.  med. Wschr., 1932,  62: 602; 622; 675 —
Perret, F. A.   Su  di  una  emanazione  forza  vitale effluente
 finoggi non  dimostrata;  nota preventiva. Boll. Soc. natur.
 Napoli (1923) 1924, 2. ser., 15: 256-62.—Protti, G. Accerta-
 menti e  considerazioni eseguite a Pirano sulla cosidetta donna
 luminosa.   Riforma med.,  1934, 50: 841-51.—Smith, J.  B.
 Phenomenon  associated with  the human  aura of  Dr  Kilner.
 Med. Press & Circ, Lond.,  1921,  n. ser., Ill:  281.

   EMANUEL,   J[oseph]  G[eorge]   1871-
 Auricular fibrillation.  31p.  16  pi.   8?  Birming-
 ham,  Cornish Bros.,   1926.
   Ingleby lectures  delivered at the University of Birmingham,
May 6.-13., 1925.

   EMAN-ZADEH,   Khanom  Agha,  1908-
*Contribution a l'etude  du mal  perforant  plan-
taire au cours de la lepre et de  la syringomyelie.
 H9p.   8?   Par.,  Lipschutz, 1937.


EMASCULATION.

   See Castration. 
EMBADOMONAS                            16
 EMBADOMONAS.

    See also Flagellata.
    Callanan, J. C. J.  Note on the finding of Embadomonas
 intestinalis in a Kisii native.  Kenya East Afr. M. J., 1926, 3:
 170.—Collier, J.,  & Boeck, W. C.  The morphology and culti-
 vation of Embadomonas cuniculi,  n. sp.   J. Parasit., Urbana,
 1925-26,  12: 131-40, pi.—Hogue, M. J.   Waskia intestinalis;
 its cultivation and cyst formation.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1921, 77:
 112.—Mackinnon, D. L.  Studies on parasitic protozoa; notes
 on the flagellate Embadomonas; the multiplication cysts of a
 trichoma^tigine.  Q. J. Micr. Sc, Lond.,  1915-16, 61:  105-18,
 pi.—Watt, J. y.  C.  On  Embadomonas sinensis  Faust and
 Wassell, 1921.  China M.  J., 1933, 47: 1331-5.

 EMBALMING.

    See also Cadaver;  Dead; Mummy.
    Coliez, A.   *De la conservation artificielle des
 corps; historique, technique moderne des embau-
 mements.   92p.  8?   Par.,  1927.
    Dhonau,   C.  O.   Manual  of  case   analysis
 [Embalming]   108p.   8?  Cincin., 1928.
    Htjber, O.  C.  Outline of hygiene and some of
 the  more  common diseases.   229p.   8?   Chic.
 [1933]
    Myers,  E.   The  Champion  text-book on
 embalming;  a  comprehensive  treatise  on the
 science  and  art  of embalming;  giving the latest
 and  most successful  methods of treatment, in-
 cluding descriptive and morbid  anatomy,  physi-
 ologv, sanitation, disinfection,  etc.  4.  ed.  655p.
 8?   Springfield,  O., 1900.
    Ntjnnamaker, A.  J.,  &  Dhonau, C.  O.   Dis-
 secting  guide  for  embalmers;  an outline of the
 gross structures of the human body.  214p.  8?
 Cincin., 1931.
    Pharmaceutical,  anatomical and chemical
 lexicon; the  National Funeral Directors' official
 textbook  [&c]  575p.   8?   Chic, 1886.
    Alexander, J.  Cultural medicine; embalming,  and its medi-
 cal and legal  aspects.  Med. Times, N. Y., 1931,  59: 184; 217;
 251.—Ara, P. A process  of embalming.   Bull. Internat. Ass.
 M.  Mus., 1934,  No.  13,  36.—Coliez, A.   La  conservacten
 artificial de los cuerpos: tecnica moderna de los embalsama-
 mientos.  Rev. espafi. med. cir., 1929, 12: 143-6.—Kolmer, J.
 A., &  Boerner, F.  Studies in embalming fluids  in  relation to
 necropsies.  J. Lab. Clin.  M., 1925-26, 11: 608-14.—Puhr, L.
 [Embalming]  Orv. hetil.,  1932, 76: mell., 149.—Relationship
 (The)  of the autopsy surgeon and the embalmer—a preliminary
 report. Ohio M. J., 1934, 30: 167-70.—Russell, E. R.. &
 Thienes, C. H.  Estimation of ethanol in the embalmed brain.
 Proc. Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1932,  30: 23.—Tanner de Abreu,
 H.  Embalsamamento.  Brasil med., 1930, 44: 1312-4.

 ----  History.
   Mayer, C. F.   [Old  methods of embalming]  Orv.  hetil.
 1925, 69:  799.—Nicolaeff,  L.  Quelques  donnees au sujet des
 ntethodes  d'exc^rebration employees, par les Egvptiens ancien?.
 Anthropologie, Par., 1930,40: 77-92.—Trenel. Une proposition
 de Larrey d'embaumer les Pairs  de France.  Bull. Soc  fr. hist.
 med., 1932, 26: 324.

 EMBARRASSMENT.
   Higuti, T.  Eine experimentelle Studie iiber die Psychologie
 der Verlegenheit.   Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kioto, 1924-25,
 7: 381-422, 16 ch.
   EMBDEN,  Gustav Georg, 1874-
   See Asher, Leon,  Embden,  G. [et  al.]  Methoden zum
 Studium der Funktionen f&c-l p.905-1628.  8?  Berl.,  1936.
   For biography  see  Arbeitsphysiologie,  1933-34,  7:  475-83
 (E. Lehnartz) Also Deut. med. Wschr., 1933, 59: 1442 (R.
 Schmitz)  Also Erg. Physiol., 1933,  35: 32-49 (H. J. Deuticke)
 Also Munch, med. Wschr.,  1933, 80: 1942-4 (G. Schmidt)
   ----  &  SCHMIDT,  Gerhard.   Tatigkeits-
 substanzen  der   quergestreiften   Muskulatur.
 p. 1505-90.  8?   Berl., 1936.
   In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (E. Abderhalden) Berl., 1936,
 Abt. 5, pt  5A, 2. H.

 EMBEDDING.
   See also Celloidin;  Histology, Technic; Micros-
 copy; Microtomy.
   Baitsell. G. A.   The use of blood plasma in the imbedding or
 the dissection of small organisms.  Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y.,
 1920-21, 18:  172.—Barron, D.  H.  Amyl acetate: a  useful
solvent for embedding masses.  Anat. Rec, 1934, 59: 1-3.—
EMBEDDING
Ca^L  Die Zentrifuge als Hilfsmittel bei der Herstellung von
Schnittpraparaten; Weiteres iiber die Verwendung von Blut-
serum  beziehungsweise  Glyzerinserum als  Aufklebe-  und
Einbettungsmittel: Neues vom histologischen Ausstriohpra-
parat.  Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1924, 32: 354.—Cutler, O. I.
Embedding in glycol stearate.  Arch. Path., Chic, 1935,  20:
445.—Defrise, A.  Sull'applicazione del celluloide nella tecnica
i^tologica: metodo per l'affettatura in serie di larghe sezioni da
pezzi  congelati.  Bol. Soc.  ital. biol. sper., 1928, 3:  157-9.
—-----   II  celluloide nella tecnica  istologica:  metodi  per
l'affettatura, la colorazione,  ed il montaggio in serie di  sezioni
da pezzi  congelati, e per l'attaccamento e la conservazione di
fette in serie da pezzi inclusi in celloidina.   Monit. zool. ital.,
1928,  39: 313-26— De Vecchi, B.   La fotossilina sciolta in
alcool metilico come mezzo d'inclusioni.  Zschr.  wiss.  Mikr.,
1906,  23: 312-5.—Erskine. E. B.  A quick method of fixation,
dehydration and embedding of tissues.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1933,
100: 573.—Johnson, W. M.  Histoloid as an imbedding asent.
Bull.  Internat.  Ass. M.  Mus.,  Montreal, 1918, No.  7, 31.—
Kisser,  J.   Die Bedeutung der  Zelloidinmethode als Hilfs-
mittel fur die pflanzlicbe Histologie.  Zschr. wiss.  Mikr., 1926,
43: 374-8.—Lane, E.  F. Rapid  and routine preparation of
tissue sections.  J. Lab. Clin. M., 1927-28,  13: 1143-5 —
Lebowich, R. J.  Rapid,  reliable and simple technic for simul-
taneous dehydration and infiltration  of human tissues.   Arch.
Path., Chic.  1936. 22: 782-805.—Mayer, P.  Ueber die Ein-
bettung  kleiner Objekte zum Schneiden.   Zschr.  wiss.  Mikr.,
1907,34:128-32.------  Ueber ein neues Intermedium.  Ibid.,
1909-10, 26: 523— Moller, W.  Einiges uber das Einbetten und
Schneiden von Horn.  Zschr. wiss. Mikr.,  1933, 50:  184-7.—
Nelson. I. A.  The use of proteins for embedding small  tissues
for sectioning by the freezing method. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1934-
35, 20: 964-8.—Richardson. G. D.  An improved rapid celloidin
method of embedding. Bull. Internat. Ass. M. Mus., Montreal,
1934,  No.  13,  81.—Seki, M.   Untersuchungen mit  nicht-
wasserigen  Fliissigkeiten; feingewebliche Veranderungen,  die
bei Fixierung und Einbettung  durch verschiedene  nicht-
wiisserige Fliissigkeiten verursacht werden.   Zschr. Zellforsch.,
1937,  27: 282-300.—Weber, A.  Inclusion mixte a la gelatine
et a la paraffine.  Bibl. anat., Par., 1914, 24: 146-8.—West. P.
A.  A method for imbedding small objects.   Science, 1915, n.
ser., 41:  898.—Wise, I. M.  A method for the preparation of
curettings for microscopic sections.  Am. J. Clin.  Path., 1938,
8:  142.—Wolf. J.  Die Glvzerinmethode der Zelloidineinbet-
tung.   Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1939, 56: 57-62.

----   Apparatus.
   Arndt, G.  Apparat zur  selbsttatigen Fixierung und Ein-
bettung  mikroskopischer Praparate.  Miinch. med. Wschr.,
1909, 56: 2226.—Craig-Bennett, A.  An embedding apparatus
for research workers.  .1. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1930, ser. 3,  50:
218-20,   pi.—Denne,  M. T.  A  new  apparatus for casting
paraffin  imbedding blocks.  Ibid.,  1920.  46: 265-7,  pi.—
Drastich, L.  Eine bequeme Methode zum Einbetten in Paraffin
mittels eines  neukonstruierten Einbettungsapparates.  Zschr.
wiss. Mikr., 1923, 40: 362-8.—Farkas. B.  Ein neuer Einbet-
tungsapparat.   Ibid.,  1913,  30:  40-4.—Harvey, W. H.   A
simple apparatus for paraffin infiltration under reduced pres-
sure (in  vacuo)  J. Path. Bact.,  Lond., 1908, 12: 368-70.—
Lillie, R. D.  An inexpensive apparatus for routine paraffin
embedding in vacuo; with notes on the technic of dehydration,
clearing and paraffin infiltration of tissues.  Arch. Path., Chic,
1933,  16: 232-5.—McLennan, G. C.   A paraffin embedding
apparatus.  J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1931, 51: 136-8— Materna,
L.  Ein neuer Vakuum-Paraffinofen.  Zschr. wiss.  Mikr., 1908,
25: 439-45.—Rusk, G. Y.  A constant temperature  oven for
paraffin imbedding.  Ibid., 1912, 29: 85.  Also repr.—Schenken,
J. R.. & McCord, W. M.   A  method for the examination of the
cellular elements of body fluids; a collodion sac for concentra-
tion and paraffin-embedding.   Am.  J. Clin.  Path.,  1939, 9:
suppl., 176-8.—VodrasEka, O.  Vereinfachte Herstellung von
Papierkastchen  zur Paraffineinbettung. Zschr. wiss.  Mikr.,
1927,  44: 37-40.—Waterman, F. A.   A simple  trimmer  for
paraffin blocks.  Stain Techn., 1937, 12: 29.—Wolf. J.   Die
Rotationstrommel zur Beschleunigung der Durchtrankung der
Objekte bei der Fixation und Einbettung.   Zschr. wiss. Mikr.,
1939,  56: 65-7.—Wolff.  M.  Ueber eine neue Wasserstrahl-
luftpumpe und  das Fixieren und  Einbetten mikroskopischer
Objekte im Vakuum.  Ibid., 1914, 31: 19-22.—Wood,  H.  A
tray for  dehvdration,  clearing  and paraffin impregnation of
large quantities of tissue.  Arch. Path., Chic, 1938, 26: 532-4.

----   celloidin-paraffin.
   Federici,  F.   L'ether  sulphurique  comme liquide  inter-
ntediaire  pour l'inclusion  a la paraffine et l'inclusion mixte a la
celloidine et paraffine.   Anat.  Anz.,  1907,  31:  601-4.—
Fieandt,  H. von, & Saxen, A.  Weitere Beitrage  zur Technik
der kombinierten Zelloidinparaffin-Einbettung.   Zschr. wiss.
Mikr., 1936, 53: 137-50.—Kornhauser, S. I.  Celloidin paraffin
method.  Science,  1916,  n. ser.,  44: 57.—Reichardt,  H., &
Wetzel, A.  Paraffineinbettungsmethode nach vorhergegangener
Zelloidindurchtrankung  unter  Vermeidung  der hartenden
Intermedien Xylol, Benzol,  Chloroform.  Zschr.  wiss.  Mikr.,
1928,  45: 476-9.—Seki,  M. Untersuchungen mit nichtwas-
serigen Fliissigkeiten; kombinierte Celloidin-Paraffineinbettung.
Zschr. Zellforsch.,  1937,  27: 278-81— Tschernjachinsky,  A.
Eine  Vervollkommnung des  Paraffin-Zelloidin-Verfahrens.
Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1930,  47: 200. 
EMBEDDING
170
EMBEDDING
 ----  gelatin.
   Collazo, J. A.  La inclusi6n en gelatina: contribuci6n a la
 t6cnica histol6gica; un nuevo medio de inclusi6n para cortes al
 micr6tomo de congelaci6n. An. Fac. med., Montev., 1926, 11:
 595-614.—Gaskell, J. F.  A method of embedding tissues in
 gelatin. Proc. Physiol. Soc, Lond., 1912-13, p.xxii.—Goldberg,
 I. M., & Kolessnikov, N. M.  [Methods of preserving histologi-
 cal preparations in gelatin]   J. teor.  prakt.  med., 1923,  1:
 333-5.—Graff,  S.    Gelatineeinbettung  fur  Gefrierschnitte.
 Munch, med. Wschr., 1916, 63: 1482.—Heringa, G. C.  Une
 nouvelle ntethode d'inclusion a la gdatine.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,
 1924, 91: 671-3.  ------  L'usage de la gdatine pour le collage
 des coupes a* congelation.  Ibid., 951.—Johnson, W. The use
 of gelatin  in microscopical technique.   Lancet, Lond., 1913, 2:
 1062.—Kisser, J.  Bemerkungen zum Einschluss in Glyzerin-
 Gelatine.  Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1934-35, 51: 372-4.—Meeker,
 L. H.  Microscope technique; gelatin embedding for  rapid
 frozen sections of curettings.  J. Techn. Meth., Toronto, 1936,
 16: 41.

 ----  paraffin.
   Beyer, E. M. Double imbedding method for rubber paraffin.
 Am. J. Clin.  Path., 1938,  8: suppl., 173-5.—Brunk, A.  Ueber
 die Azetonanwendung zur  Paraffineinbettung, besonders zu
 einer einfachen  Schnelleinbettungsmethode.   Miinch.  med.
 Wschr., 1905, 52: 2525-7.—Bucher, C. J., &  Blakely, K. D.
 The use of dioxane in the preparation of histologic  sections by
 the paraffin method.  Arch. Path., Chic,  1936, 22: 225-7 —
 Caullery,  M., & Chappellier, A.  Un procdte commode pour
 inclure dans la paraffine des objets microscopiques. C. rend.
 Soc. biol., 1905, 58: 454.—Deprek, L.   Die Ulbrechtsche Um-
 bettungsmethode  und die Paraffin-Schnelleinbettung  nach
 Ulbrecht.    Mikrokosmos, Stuttg.,  1913-14,  7:   177-80 —
 Dufitenov, J.  Emploi du  ntethvlal pour les inclusions  dans la
 paraffine.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 119: 375.—Feldman, W. H.
 The carbon disulphide-paraffin method of embedding tissues
 and their subsequent handling and staining by hematoxylin and
 eosin.   Arch. Path.,  Chic,  1927, 4:  979-83— Foot,  K.,  &
 Strobed, E. C. Sectioning paraffine at a temperature of 25°
 Fahrenheit.   Biol. Bull., 1905, 9: 281-6.—Fry, H. J. A paraf-
 fin method for serially sectioning a minute object in a known
 plane.  Anat. Rec,  1926-27, 34: 245-52.—Gemmill, J. F.
 Adaptation of ordinary paraffin baths for  vacuum embedding.
 J. R. Micr. Soc, Lond., 1911,  26-8.—Hamilton, T. D.  Notes
 on the  preparation  by Cheatle's  method of thin  microscope
 sections of whole organs embedded  in paraffin; a technical
 study.  Ibid., 1930, ser. 3,  50: 200-9, 1  pi.—Hewitt,  W. A.
 The use of butvl alcohol in the preparation of paraffin sections.
 Arch. Path.,  Chic, 1931,  12: 599.—Isidor, P.   Le  bioxyde de
 dtethylene (dioxane) dans la pratique de l'inclusion des tissus
 animaux dans la paraffine.  Ann.  anat. path.,  Par., 1937, 14:
 775.—Junack.  Die  Azeton-Paraffineinbettung.   Berl. tier-
 arztl. Wschr., 1906, 491.—Lang,  A. G.  The use  of n-butyl
 alcohol in the paraffin method.  Stain Techn.,   1937, 12:
 113-7.—Leferre, G.  An oil-immersion paraffine bath. Science,
 1906, n. ser., 23: 528.—Lendvai, J.  Korrektion einiger Falle
 des mikrotechnischen Paraffin-Verfahrens.   Zschr. wiss. Mikr.,
 1910, 27: 494-501.—McNamara, W.  L.  A  rapid paraffin
 technic.  J. Lab. Clin. M.,  1932, 17: 1162.—Miller,  H. F.
 Tissue technic—rapid  paraffin sections. Bull.  Am. Soc. Clin.
 Lab. Techn.,  1935,-1:  178-81.—Mongiardino, T. A proposito
 di un nuovo contributo alia tecnica delle sezioni microscopiche
 di oggetti  inclusi  in paraffina  del  Dottor Vastarini-Cresi.
 Arch. sc. Accad. vet. ital., 1906, 4: 6.5-8.—Mottura, G.  Mo-
 derni perfezionamenti nella tecnica delle inelusioni in paraffina.
 Diagn. teen, lab., Nap., 1937, 8: 241-7.—Murray, J. A.  Tech-
 nique for paraffin sections of formol-fixed insect material.  J. R.
 Micr.  Soc,  1937, 57:  15—Orsos, F.  Ein neues Paraffin-
 schneideverfahren.   Zbl.  allg.  Path.,  1906,  17:  977-80.—
 Osterhage, K. H.  Eine Methode zur Herstellung brauchbarer
 Paraffinschnitte von  schwer  schneidbaren Objekten.   Arch.
 Derm. Syph., Berl.,  1933, 168: 480-2.—Pavlow, W.  Kreosot
 als wasserentziehendes Mittel bei der Einbettung in Paraffin.
 Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1905, 22: 186.—Pond, A. M. An improved
 rapid method of  imbedding histopathological specimens in
 paraffin.  N. York M. J.,  1907, 86: 928.  Also repr.—Reitano,
 R. II metodo Schultz-Orlandi applicato alle sezioni in paraffina.
 Diagn. teen, lab., Nap., 1931, 2: 215-8.—Robb-Smith, A. H. T.
 A device to facilitate the impregnation of reticulin fibrils in
 paraffin sections. Am. J.  Clin. Path.,  1937, 7: No. 6, suppl.,
 88.—Scharrer, E.   Ein einfaches Orientierungsverfahren bei
 der Paraffineinbettung. Zschr. wiss. Mikr., 1927,  44: 332.—
 Sheridan, W. F.  The application of the process of  circulatory
 solution to the paraffin infiltration of tissues. J. Lab. Clin. M.,
 1929-30. 15:  270.—Sherman, L.f & Smith, L. W.   Notes on
 the rubber paraffin  method for embedding tissues.   Am. J.
 Clin. Path., 1938, 8: suppl., 171-3.—Stein, A. Who originated
 the method of rapid paraffin imbedding? a reply to Dr Pond
 N. York M. J., 1908, 87: 829.—Tollotson, A. E.  A rapid routine
method for producing paraffin sections.  Collect. Stud. Chicago
Mun. Tuberc Sanit.,  1934-36, 5: No. 19,—Vastarini-Cresi. G.
Contributo alia tecnica delle sezioni microscopiche di  oggetti
inclusi  in  paraffina.  Monit. zool. ital.,  1906, 17: 162-6.—
Vilkomerson,  I. M.  A new rapid paraffin method for tissue
sections.   J.  Lab.  Clin.  M., 1929-30,  15:  290.—Walsem,
C. G.  van.   Praktische Notizen  aus  dem mikroskopischen
Laboratorium; iiber die Weise, in mikroskopischen Bildern die
Vergrosserung anzugeben; dreissig Aphorismen zur  Bewertung
 der  Anwendung  der  Paraffinmethode  in  der menschlichen
 pathologischen  Anatomie.   Zschr.  wiss.  Mikr.,  1923,  40:
 16-21.  ------   Gefarbtes Paraffin.  Ibid.,  1926, 43: 512.
 ------Praktische Notizen aus dem mikroskopischen Labora-
 torium; nochmals: gefarbtes  Paraffin.   Ibid., 1934-35,  51:
 393.—Wanstrom,  R. C.  Rapid methods for preparing paraffin
 sections of tissues.  Am.  J. Clin.  Path.,  1937, 7: 78-84 —
 Waterman, H. C. The preparation of hardened embedding
 paraffins having low melting points. Stain Techn., 1939, 14:
 55-62.—Weber, A.   Notes critiques sur l'etalement et les
 ddormations  des  coupes a la paraffine.  C. rend. Ass.  anat.,
 Nancy,  1901, 3: 72-7, ch.—Weissberger, A., Young, J. Z., &
 Carleton, H.  M.  On  the  use of dioxane for  transference of
 tissues direct from water to paraffin wax.  Lancet, Lond., 1934,
 2: 1279.—Zawadzki, A.  [An easy and quick method of prepar-
 ing microscopical specimens, embedded  in paraffin without the
 aid of a thermostat]  Med. kron. lek., Warsz., 1908, 43: 895-8.

 EMBELIA.
   See also  Anthelminthics.
   Tischmacher,   J.   P.     *Etude   botanique,
 chimique   et  pharmacodynamique   des  fruits
 d'Embelia   laeta    (myrsinac^e,   taenifuge   du
 Tonkin)   119p.   8?   Strasb., 1934.
   EMBLEY, Edward Henry, 1861-1924.
   Mennell, Z. The second Embley memorial lecture delivered
 at Melbourne University.   Brit. J. Anaesth., 1935. 13: 3-24 —
 Obituary.  Current Res. Anesth., 1924, 3: 201; 238.—Osborne.
 W. A.  E. H. Embley memorial lecture.  Med. J.  Australia,
 1932, 1:755-60.

 EMBOLISM.

   See also  Blood  circulation, Disorders;  Infarc-
 tion;  Metastasis;  Thrombosis;  also names  of
 organs  and  blood vessels  affected   as  Aorta,
 Embolism;  Brain,  Blood   vessels:  Embolism;
 Coronary arteries, Embolism; Extremity; Lung;
 Retinal artery, &c.
   Frey, S.  Die Embolie.   178p.  8?  Lpz., 1933.
   Hoffheinz,  S.    Die Luft-  und  Fettembolie.
 259p.   8?   Stuttg., 1933.
   Nystrom,   G.    Lectures   on   embolism  and
 other surgical subjects.  213p.  8?   Bait., 1936.
   Bassett, G. O.  Embolism. Am. J. Nurs., 1937, 37: 503-5 —
 Doane, J. C.  Arterial embolism.  Pennsylvania M. J., 1935-36,
 797-800.—Gemmell, W. T.  An unusual case of embolism.
 Canad. M. Ass. J., 1936, 35: 666.—Girdlestone, G. R. Arterial
embolism.  Lancet,  Lond., 1935,  2:  1231.—Halbron,  P.
 Les  embolies.  Progr.  med..  Par.,  1939, 342-6.—Orozco
Acuna, D. V., & Savino, G. Embolias arteriales; monograffa.
 Sem. med., B. Air., 1938, 45: pt 2,  755-60.—Packard, M., &
 Wechsler, H. F.   Embolism of the systemic arteries.   Med.
Clin. N. America, 1930, 14:  479-90.—Kohlf, W.  A. Embolism.
J. Iowa State M. Soc,  1928, 18: 315-7.

----  air and  gas.
   See  also under  names  of causes  as  Caisson
workers;   Gas  edema;  Jugular   vein,  Injury;
Pneumothorax; Thyroid, Surgery,  &c.
   Cassaigne, M.   *Les manifestations cerdbrales
des embolies  gazeuses.  lOlp.   8?   Par.,  1934.
   Gillard, A.  *Recherches experimentales sur
les  embolies  gazeuses chez le  chien   [Alfort]
91p.   8?   Par., 1933.
   Muller, G. P.  G.  *Luftembolie  bei  Opera-
 tionen   mit  besonderer   Berucksichtigung  des
 Materials  der  Leipziger Chirurgischen Universi-
 tatsklinik  aus den Jahren   1912-31.   35p.   8?
 Lpz., 1934.
   Quilliot,   H.     *Recherches   experimentales
 sur l'embolie gazeuse.  44p.   8?  Par., 1926.
   Ramberg,   J.    Experimentelle  Studien  iiber
 die  Entstehung der  Luftembolien.   140p.   8?
 Helsin., 1939.
   Wever, E. [K. G. E.]  *Cerebrale Luftembolie
 [Kiel]   72p.   8?   Wiirzb., 1914.
   Amreich,  I.   Zur  Aetiologie der von  den Uterusvenen
 ausgehenden  Luftembolie.   Zbl. Gyn.,  1924,   48:  521-9 —
 Anthon, W.   Ueber  Luftembolie  im  Operationsbereich des
 Otologen.  Beitr.  Anat.  Ohr., 1925, 22:  321;  1926, 24: 327.
 ------   Vom Sinus  sigmoideus   ausgehende Luftembolie.
 Zschr.  Laryng.,  1925-26,  14: 427-9.   Also  Internat.  Zbl.
 Ohrenh.,  1926, 26: 206.—Bacher, J. A.  Fatal air embolism
 after  puncture  of maxillary  antrum;  autopsy.   California
 J.  M., 1923, 21: 433.—Balogh, E.  Ueber die rontgenologisch 
EMBOLISM
171
EMBOLISM
feststellbare anatomische Grundlage des plotzlichen Herztodes
bei Luftembolie;  mit erganzenden experimentellen kinemato-
graphischen und  histologischen Studien.  Verh.  Deut. path.
Ges.  (1938)  1939,  31:  371-85,  pi.—Barry, D.  T.   L'intro-
duction d'air dans les veines.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 101:
123.  ------  Effects of air in  the vascular system and the
mechanism of death. Brit. M.  J., 1930,  1: 689.—Baum. H.
Bemerkung  zu dem Aufsatz von J. Amreich: Zur Aetiologie
der  von den Uterusvenen  ausgehenden  Luftembolie.  Zbl.
Gyn., 1924, 48: 1201.—Bergstrand, H.   [Air embolism]  Sven.
lak. sail, hand., 1923,49: 210-40—Bielinski, Z.  M.   [Experi-
mental studies on air embolism]  Polska  gaz. lek., 1935, 14:
849; 871.—Binet. L.  Recherches expenmentales sur les em-
bolies gazeuses.  Bull. Soc. med. h6p. Paris, 1926, 3.  ser., 50:
915-7.  ------ & Donzelot, E.  L'auscultation du cceur chez
le chien  au cours et a  la suite  des injections  intraveineuses
d'air.  Ibid.,  1: 911-3.—Blegvad, N. R.  [Air embolism caused
by air inflation]  Ugeskr. laeger, 1939, 1Q1: 403-10—Brusi-
lovsky, E.  M., & Lurie, G. S.   [Influence of sun baths on
changes  in  gas-embolism]   Vrach.  delo,  1927,  10:  415-7.—
Chase, W.  H.  Anatomical  and experimental observations on
air embolism.  Surg. Gyn.  Obst., 1934, 59: 569-77.—Coles,
B. C, Richardson,  H. F.,  & Hall, G.  E.  Experimental gas
embolism: factors other than air as a cause of death in some
cases diagnosed air embolism.  Canad. M. Ass. J., 1937, 36:
24.—Colle,  G.   Considerazioni  sopra  un caso  di  presunto
embolismo  gassoso  cerebrate.  Minerva med., Tor.,  1927, 7:
490-2.—Crimeni, V.  Di un caso mortale di embolia gassosa
massiva. Riv. ostet. gin., 1935, 17: 25-9.—Curlillet, E.  L'em-
bolie gazeuse arterielle.  J. chir.,  Par., 1939,  53:  461-82.
------ &  Curtillet, A.   Etude  microscopique  de  l'embolie
gazeuse chez la grenouille,  progression et sort  de l'embolus.
C. rend. Soc. biol., 1939, 130: 645-7.   ------   Etude micro-
scopique de  l'embolie gazeuse; l'air embolis6; sa resorption.
Ibid.,  647-9.   ------   L'embolie  gazeuse; la  traversee des
rfeeaux  capillaires;  roles des anastomoses  arterio-veineuses.
Ibid.,  650-2.  ------   Etude  experimentale  de  l'embolie
gazeuse.  J. physiol. path, gen., 1939,  37: 573-84.—D'Abreu,
A. R.  Experiments in air  embolism.  Indian M. Gaz., 1925,
60:  417-21.—Deadman, W.  J.   Fatal  air embolism  case
reports.  Canad.  M. Ass. J., 1937, 37: 157-60.—Decoulx  &
Btdrine.  Embolie  gazeuse  par injection uterine d'eau savon-
neuse; hysterectomie; guerison.   Bull.  Soc. gyn.  obst. Paris,
1939, 28: 27.—Drenkhahn, R. Gedanken iiber die Behandlung
der Luftembolie.   Munch,  med. Wschr., 1936, 83:  1646 —
Dudits, A.  Ueber die  Luftembolie.   Zschr. ges. exp. Med.,
1933, 87: 220-30.—Egedy, E., Dudits, A., & Radnai, P.  [Elec-
trocardiographic diagnosis of cardiac cbanges from air embolism]
Orv. hetil., 1933, 77: 625; 656.—Evans, R. L.  Air embolism.
Bull. Guthrie Clin., 1932, 2: 55-7.—Frey, S.  Experimenteller
Beitrag zur venosen Luftembolie;  Todesursache und  Behand-
lung.  Arch.  klin.  Chir., 1927,  148:  536-52.   ------   Die
Luftembolie.  Erg. Chir. Orthop., 1929, 22: 95-161—Frisch,
A. V.   Zur Klinik der  cerebralen  Luftembolie.   Wien. klin.
Wschr.,  1924, 37: 1135-8.—Fulcher, O. H.  Successful treat-
ment of  massive  air embolism; report of  a  case.  Med. Ann.
District  of Columbia, 1936, 5:  365.—Gallina, G. Sopra un
caso di  embolismo  gasoso  cerebrate.   Minerva  med.,  Tor.,
1927, 7: 303-5.—Gold, E. Ependymom am Boden der Rauten-
grube  und  zerebrale  Luftembolie  mit  protrahiertem Verlauf.
Arb. Neur. Inst. Wien, 1923-24,  25: 223-46.—Gomez, F. D.. &
Petrillo,  L.  M.   Ensayo infructuoso de reproducci6n experi-
mental de  los accidentes nerviosos atribufdos  a la embolia
gaseosa.  Rev. tuberc Uruguay, 1933, 3: 479-83.—Goret, P., &
Gillard,  A.   Recherches expenmentales sur  les embolies ga-
zeuses.   J.  physiol. path, gen., 1934, 32: 792-819.—Guisy, B.
Des cas  mortels  d'embolie  gazeuse observes pendant le rem-
plissage de la cavite vesicate au moven d'air.  Arch. fr. belg.
chir., 1928, 31: 653.—Guthrie, D.   Die Gefahren der Luftem-
bolie mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Tbyreoidektomte.
Wien. klin. Wschr.,  1937,  50:  1667-70.  ------ & Brown,
M. J.  Air embolism to  the spinal  cord.  Bull. Guthrie Clin.,
1937-38, 7:  89-92.—Hamilton,  C. E., & Rothstein, E.  Air
embolism.   J.  Am.  M.  Ass., 1935, 104: 2226-30.—Harkins,
H. N., & Harmon, P. H.  Embolism bv air and oxygen: com-
parative studies.   Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.  Y., 1934, 32:
178-81.—Haselhorst,  G.    Experimentelle  Untersuchungen
uber venose  Luftembolie.   Arch.  Gyn., Berl.,  1924,  122:
632-62.—Heid.  Ein eigenartiger Todesfall in der Schwanger-
schaft durch Luftembolie.   Oeff. Gesundhdienst,  1936-37,  2:
A,  720-2.—Helly. K.  Zum Nachweis der Luftembolie.   Zbl.
dig. Path.,  1933, 58: Sonderbd, 95-7.—Henomatsu, T.  Experi-
mentelle Studien iiber die intrathorakale und intravaskuliire
Gaseinfiihrung; experimentelle Studien iiber die intravaskulare
Gaseinfuhrung (Gasembolie)   Kekkaku,  1934,   12: 28.—
Hutter,  K.   Venose  und   arterielle   Luftembolien.  Mitt.
Grenzgeb.  Med.  Chir.,  1926-27,  40:   205-23.—Jung, L..  &
Auger, L.  Sur le ntecanisme de la mort par penetration d'air
dans les veines.   C. rend. Soc biol., 1928,  98: 610-2.—Kerber.
B.  Experimentelle Studien iiber venose Luftembolie.  Fortsch.
Rontgenstrahl.,  1938,  57:  439-54— Koana,  A.  Ueber die
Veranderungen der Lungenarterien bei  kunstlich  erzeugter
Luftembolie.  Tr. Soc.  path, jap.,  1937,  27:  155-8.— Kogan,
D. A.  [Complications in blood transfusions; case of air embo-
lism]  Khirurgia, Moskva,  1939,  No.  2-3,  150.—Komis, A.
La reproduction  experimentale des  signes cliniques  de  l'em-
bolie gazeuse.  Bull. Soc. med.  hop. Paris, 1933, 3.  ser., 49:
664-6.—Kreisinger, V.  [Gaseous embolism as cause of death]
Cas. tek. Cesk., 1926, 65: 541-51.—Lambrecht, W.  Ist spon-
tane Luftembolie aus eroffneten herzfernen Gliedmassenvenen
moglich?  Beitr.  klin.  Chir.,  1938,  168:  267-71.—Landis,
H. R. M.  Air embolism.   Progr. Med., Phila., 1923, 3: 187.—
Lapolla, A.  Contributo  sperimentale alio studio delle  cause
della  morte per embolia gassosa.  Gazz.  internaz. med. cir.,
1936, 46:  95.—Lapolla, L.   Sulla patogenesi della morte per
penetrazione di aria nella vene.  Clin, vet., Milano, 1934, 57:
593-606.—Lenggenhager, K.  Ueber  die Todesursache  bei
Luftembolie.   Munch,  med. Wschr.,  1936,  83:  1099—Lher-
mitte,  J.,  &  Barrelet.    Embolie gazeuse cerebrate  d'origine
peripherique.   Ann. med. psychoi., Par., 1934, 92: pt  2. 852.—
Lhermitte, J.,  & Cassaigne. Les manifestations cerebrates des
embolies gazeuses.   Gaz. h6p.,  1934,  107: 425-30.—Lieber-
meister, G.  Das anamische Zungenphanomen,  ein wichtiges
Fruhsymptom der arteriellen Luftembolie.  Klin. Wschr., 1929,
7: 21-3.—Mathe,  C. P.   L'embolie gazeuse au  cours  d'une
intervention chirurgicale sur la  vessie.   J.  urol. nted., Par.,
1929, 28:  163-9.  Also repr.  ------  Fatal embolus due to
inflation of bladder with air.  Surg. Gyn. Obst.,  1929,  48:
429-36.—Meixner,  K.   Beitrage zum  Gegenstand   Luftem-
bolie; Faulnisgase im Blut; riicklaufiges Eindringen von Luft
in Schlagadern; eine einfache Vorrichtung zur Entnahme von
Gas aus dem Herzen. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1939, 52: 499-503.—
Menniti-Ippolito,  R.    Sull'embolia   gassosa  sperimentale;
alterazioni dell'orecchio,  della fannge e della laringe.  Arch.
ital. laring., 1938-39, 55:  33-41.—Neumann. W.  Luftembolie.
Aerztl. Prax., Wien, 1936, 10: 283.—Neumeyer, G.  Ueber die
Todesursache bei venoser Luftembolie.  Miinch.  med. Wschr.,
1936, 83:  927.—Osborn,  G. R.. & Dawson, J. C. C.   Air em-
bolism; with reports of 3 cases.  Lancet, Lond., 1938, 2: 770-2.—
Pfanner, W.  Ueber die Todesursache bei Luftembolie.  Miinch.
med. Wschr., 1936, 83: 591.  -----  Ueber den intrapulmonalen
Ueberdruck und die Ueherdruckluftembolie.  Ibid.,  1266-9.—
Pines, I.  [Experimental investigation on massive air embolism
of the lungsl   Warsz. czas. lek., 1939, 16: 124; 144.—Polak, B.,
& Adams, H.   Traumatic air embolism in submarine escape
training.   U.  S. Nav. M.  Bull.,  1932,  30: 16.5-77, 5 pi —
Pollak, M.  Air embolus; ca«r  reports.   Am. Rev.   Tuberc,
1933, 28:  187-95.—Pompe, J. C.  [Fatal case of air embolism]
Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1935,  79: 608-11.—Radnai. P.  [Patho-
logical problems of venous air embolism]  Orv. hetil.,  1936, 80:
822-5.  ------& Mosonyi, L.  Ueber d;e zirkulationspathologi-
schen  Probleme der venosen  Luftembolie.   Zschr.  ges. exp.
Med., 1936, 98: 755-61.—Reltig, W.  Kritische  Betrachtung
iiber  die Luftembolie,  insbesondere auf urologischem Gebiet.
Arch. klin. Chir., 1930, 161: 72-88.—Richardson, H. F.,  Coles,
B. C, & Hall, G. E. Experimental gas embolism: intravenous
air embolism.  Canad. M. Ass. J., 1937, 36: 584-8.—Rotenberg.
G. A.  [Two fatal cases of air embolism on the operating table]
J. profil.  subtrop.  klin.  med., Tashkent, 1934,  4:  99-101.—
Schlaepfer. K.   Collateral circulation in chronic obstruction of
the pulmonary veins and its relation to air embolism  following
various diagnostic and therapeutic procedures (pneumolysis)
Surg.  Gyn. Obst., 1923. 37: 510-20.—Schmidt, O.   Luftem-
bolie durch stumpfe Gewalt und  deren Nachweis.  Med. Klin ,
Berl.,  1929,  25: 935-7.    Also  Jahrber.  Schles.  Ges. vaterl.
Cult.  (1929)  1930, 102:  Med. Sekt., Teil 2, 21-5.—Simpson,
C.  K.  Air embolism.   Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond.,  1935, 49:
58-62.—Singh. I.  Certain effects of pulmonary gas embolism.
J. Physiol., Lond., 1936.  87: 11-22.—Steindl, H.  Luftembolie
auf paradoxem Weg.  Wien. klin. Wschr.,  1924, 37: 206-10.
------ [Verlauf einer  Luftemboliel  Wien. med.  Wschr., 1924,
74:  1916—Stratmann,  G.. fr  Uhlenbruck, P.   Ueber  das
Elektrokardiogramm nach  Luftembolie; vorlaufige Mitteilung.
Zschr.  Kreislaufforsch.,  1928,  20:  193-9.—Stroh,  J.  E-, &
O inger, M. T.  Air embolism.  Am.  J. Obst., 1938. 35:  711.—
Suprunov, V. K.  TAir embolism of aural  origin]  Vest, sovet.
otorinolar., 1932, 25:  479-82.—Tamarin, I. L.  [Air embolus
in artificial pneumothorax]  Vrach. gaz.,  1929, 33: 1976-8.—
Terplan,  K.  L., &  Milch, E.  Air  embolism  with unusual
sources and  pathologic  features.  Arch.  Path.,  Chic,  1936,
22: 715.—Thomassen. K.  [Case of paradoxical  air embolism]
Norsk, mag.  laegevid.,  1938, 99: 470-4.—Tureen,  L. L., &
Devine, J. B.  The pathology of air embolism: report of 2 cases.
J.  Missouri  M. Ass.,  1936, 33: 141-4.—Van  Allen, C. M.,
Hrdina, L. S„  & Clark, J.   Air embolism from the pulmonary
vein;  a clinical and experimental studv.  Arch. Surg., 1929,
19:  567-99.  Also repr.—Vigyazo, J.  Ein Fall  von  tastbarer
Luftembolie.   Zbl.  Chir.,  1925, 52:  1816.—Villaret. M.. &
Cachera.  R.    L'embolie gazeuse; donnees experimentales et
pa hosteniques.  Bull.  Soc. med. hop. Paris,  1938, 3. ser., 54:
1093-105.  ------& Fauvert, R. L'embolie gazeuse  cerebrate;
son  effets circulatoires locaux.  C. rend. Soc. biol..  1937, 125:
108-11.—Warembourg, H.  L'embolie gazeuse.   Progr. med.,
Par., 1936, 1641-55.—Warwick, M.  A case of postpartum air
embolism. Arch. Path.,  Chic, 1937, 24: 270.—Wolffe, J. B., &
Robertson. H. F.  Experimental air embolism.   Ann. Int. M.
1935-36, 9: 162-5.—Zaharsky. V. [Case of sudden death due
to gas embolism  during treatment  for pleural  empyema]
Cas. tek. desk., 1928, 67: 903-6.

----  Causes.

   See also names  of primary diseases as Arteritis;
Endocarditis;   Fracture;  Phlebitis;   Puerperal
sepsis;  Thrombosis, &c.
   Fischer,  H.   [O.l   *Embolie  und   Wetter.
27p.   8?   Lpz., 1936. 
EMBOLISM
172
EMBOLISM
    Andreesen.   Ueber Haufigkeit und  Vorkommen posttrau-
 matischer  Embolien und  Zusammenhange  mit Witterrungs-
 verhiiltnissen.   Zbl.  Chir., 1935,  62:  2629.—Biirtschi,  W.
 Embolie und Wetter.  Schweiz. med. Wschr.,  1930, 66: 1209-
 12.—Beardsley, G. S.  Embolism in obstetrics  and gynecology.
 West. J. Surg., 1931,  39: 519-23.—Blond, K. Die Spontan-
 thrombose des  Plexus  haemorrhoidalis inferior;  ein  Beitrag
 zum Embolieproblem.   Med. Klin, Berl., 1935, 31: 880-3 —
 Chevrier, L.  Spasme arteriel et phtebite; pet te embolie apr£s
 hirud nisation.   Mem.  Acad,  chir., Par.,  1938,  64:  445.—
 Dorfler, H.  Ein Fall  von todlicher Embolie  nach Abtastung
 der entzundeten Gallenblase.   Zbl.  Chir.,  1928,  55:  989.—
 Friedlant'er,  E.  Nervensystem,  Witterung  und Embolien.
 Wien.  klin.  Wschr.,  1937, 50:  478.—Haimovici, H.  Les
 arterites emboliques chroniques.   Marseille med., 1939,  76:
 322-35.—Johnston,  R.  S.  Traumatic emboli.  Southwest. M.,
 1935, 19: 120-4.—Meyer-Wildisen, R.  Emboliehaufung und
 InjektionsschSden.   Zbl. Chir., 1932, 59: 2263.—Wahlig, F.
 Ueber  Embolievermehrung  und  intravenose  Injektionen.
 Klin.  Wschr.,   1930,  9:  2110-2.—Willius, F. A.  Cardiac
 clinics; a talk on the embolic manifestations of heart disease
 Proc. Mayo Clin., 1939, 14: 325-7.

 ----   cellular and parenchymal.

    See also Anemia; Burn;  Cancer; Endocarditis;
 Leukemia;  Liver,  Injury,  &c.
    Ferrandu, S.  Sui  trapianti embolici  cellulo-parenchimali
 di vario tipo nei polmone del coniglio, in riferimento alia
 soprawivenza delle embolie cellulari e parenchimali nell'uomo
 Sperimentale, 1935,  89: 43-66.—Goroncy,  C.  Ueber Knochen-
 marksriesenzellembolie  im  grossen   Kreislauf.    Virchows
 Arch., 1924, 249: 357-67.

 ----   Diagnosis.

    Audier.    Syndromes  emboliques progressifs;  syndromes
 emboliques regressifs: embolies manquees.  Progr.  nted., Par.,
 1937, 441-5.—Desclaux, L.  Valeur  de l'rtemoculture  en  cas
 d'embolie microbienne; un interessant arret  de  la Cour de
 Rennes. Ann. med. teg., 1933, 13:  393-400.—Giliarevsky, S. A.
 [Differential  diagnosis and localisation of  embolism]   Klin,
 med.,  Moskva,  1928,  6:  14;  869.—Graham,  D.  Embolism
 and thrombosis of  the larger arteries: their diagnosis and
 treatment.  Canad. M. Ass. J., 1937, 36: 33-8.—Killian, H.
 Beitrag  zum Embolieproblem; Technik der Melaningerin-
 nungsprobe.  Deut.  Zschr.  Chir., 1927, 201: 157-71.—Lewis, T.
 Pain as an early symptom of arterial embolism and its causa-
 tion.  Clin. Sc, Lond., 1935-36, 2: 237-51.—Seifert, E.  Die
 Deutung des Schmerzes bei der arteriellen Embolie.  Deut.
 Zschr. Chir., 1931,  232:  187-98.—Swineford, O.,  jr.  An
 unusual manifestation of embolism.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1932, 98:
 218.  Also repr.

 ----  experimental.

   Armentrout, A. W.  Embolism  and thrombosis; prolonged
 direct observation of the phenomena in pial vessels of the living
 cat. Arch. Path., Chic, 1931, 11: 519-45.  Also repr.—Cornil,
 L., Carcassonne, F.  [et al.]  Les  embolies arterielles experi-
 mentales. Ann. anat. path., Par.,  1937, 14: 101-212.  ------
 Sur les reactions histophysiologiques partetales consecutives
 aux embolies arterielles experimentales.   C. rend. Soc. biol.,
 1937, 124: 465-8.—Groedel, F.  M., Schneider,  E.,  & Wachter,
 R. Rontgenologische Serienuntersuchungen zum Vorgang der
 Embolie am Kreislauf  des Hundes.  Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl.,
 1928, 37: 230-4.—Jacobsen, V. C.   Experimental endometrial
 embolism in the rabbit.  Proc. Soc.  Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1932, 30:
 56.—Szymanowicz, J.,  & Herzhaft, S.  [Effect of factors that
 check coagulation of blood in experimental embolism]  Gin.
 polska, 1936,  15: 23.—Tournade, A.  Demonstration directe de
 l'hyperadrenalinemie que dedenche l'embolie cerebrate experi-
 mentale.  Bull.  Acad,  med., Par., 1925,  3. ser.,  93:  873-8.
 ------ & Rocchisani, L.  Mecanisme des effets hypertenseurs
 qu'engendre l'injection de  poudre embolisante dans I'artde
 principale d'un membre, chez  le chien.  C. rend. Soc biol.,
 1934, 116: 203-5.

 ----   fatty.

   See  also  Fracture,  Complication; Injection;
 Osteomyelitis, &c.
   Berg, F.   *Ueber Fettembolie  nach Knochen-
 briichen.    20p.   8?   Berl.,  1915.
   Borle, J.   Contribution a l'etude  de  l'embolie
 graisseuse  apres  le  redressement  brusque  des
 contractures  articulaires    [Berne]   44p.    8?
 Geneve, 1905.
   Franzmeyer,   F.   *Spatembolien nach  Injek-
tion  von  grauem  Oel   [Bonn]   31p.   8?   Biele-
feld, 1918.
   Frey, W.  [W.  F. W.]   *Ueber Fettembolie bei
Knochenoperationen.     31p.     8?    Engelsdorf-
Lpz.,  1933.
    Ginger,  R.    *Les  embolies  arterielles  con-
 secutives aux injections intra-musculaires de sels

 insolubles du bismuth.  31p.   8?   Par., 1928.
    Hosch,  H.    *TJeber  die  Beeinflussung  der
 Nierenfunktion  durch  Fettembolie.   27p.   8?

 Marb.,  1935.

    Muller, K.  [A. F.]   *Zur Kenntnis  der cere-

 bralen Fettembolie   [Breslau]  19p.  8?  Bresl.,

 1929.

    Schery, K.   *Ueber Fettembolie.    31p.   8?
 Konigsb., 1933.

    Zinser,  G.    *Ein  Beitrag  zur  Entstehungs-
 weise   der  Fettembolie   [Freiburg]    14p.    8?
 Quakenbriick,  1933.

    Zondek,  L.   *Ueber Fettembolie.    31p.   8?
 Berl.,  1934.
    Aievoli, E.  Studi recenti sulle embolie de grasso.  Morgagni,
 1931, 73: 1962-6.—Cammermeyer, J.  Cerebral changes in an
 acute case of fat-embolism.  Acta psychiat. neur., Kbh., 1937,
 12: 333-54.—Carr, J. L., & Johnson, C. M. Embolism; follow-
 ing instrumentation and injection of oil into the urinary bladder.
 J. Am. M. Ass., 1935, 104: 1973-5.—Ceelen, W., & Wienert, B.
 Bildet der ruhiggestellte  Knochen  eine  erhohte Gefahr der
 Fettembolie?   Zschr.  orthop.  Chir.,  1930,  53:  195-202 —
 Cepparo,  F.  Sindrome  asfittica per  probabile embolia da
 iniezione oleosa. Rass. clin. sc, 1935, 13: 573-5.—Clark, G. N.
 Fat embolism; 2 fatal cases.  Lancet,  Lond., 1933, 1: 77.—
 Clarke, B. E.  Fat embolism; a report of 2 fatal cases following
 orthopedic manipulation.   J. Am. M. Ass., 1927, 88: 919-21.—
 Costa, A. C. da, Morato, M. J. X., & Gomes, F. P. La methode
 radiographique dans l'etude des embolies graisseuses  experi-
 mentales.  C. rend.  Soc. biol., 1935, 118: 1105-8.—Culver, H.,
 & Baker,  W. J.  Fat embolism following pyelotomy for stone
 with leukoplakia of the renal pelvis.  Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin.
 Surgeons, 1930, 23:  151-61.—Dennis, W. S., & Work, P.  Mul-
 tiple fat embolism, with report of case.  Colorado M., 1924, 21:
 347-52.------Multiple fat embolism with special reference
 to  renal  changes.   Ibid.,  1931,  28:  259-64.—Dietrich. A.
 Die Bewertung der  Fettembolie.   Chirurg, 1930,  2: 593-
 6.—Domanig, E.  Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die
 Fettembolie.  Deut. Zschr.  Chir.,  1932, 236: 693.—Eeftinck
 Schattenkerk, J. C.  P., & Mansens, B.  J.  [Fat  embolism]
 Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1936, 80: 4611-6, pi.—Elting, A. W.  Fat
 embolism;  with study of  2 fatal cases.  Tr.  Am. Surg. Ass.,
 1925, 43: 622-52.   ------ & Martin, C. E.   Fat  embolism;
 with study of 2 fatal  cases.  Ann. Surg.,  1925, 82: 336-63.—
 Firica, T.   [Two fatal cases of post-operative fattv embolism]
 Spitalul, 1933, 53: 460-2.—Fischer, B.  Versuche iiber Fettre-
 sorption und Fettembolie.  Verh. Deut. path. Ges., 1925, 20:
 291-3.—Flick, K., & Traum, E. Versuche iiber den Einfluss der
 Fettembolie auf die Funktion der  gesunden Niere.   Deut,
 Zschr. Chir., 1930, 222: 274-84.—Franceschini, P., & Vannucci,
 D.  Sull'embolia grassosa.  In Castaldi (L.) Scritti biol.,  Siena,
 1926,  163-88,  pi.—Frey.   Experimentelle  Untersuchungen
 iiber das Verhalten  des Hirndruckes bei Fettembolie.   Arch.
 klin. Chir., 1935, 182: 581.—Gold. Ueber Fettembolie.  Ibid.,
 1923, 126: 180-2.  ---■---& Loftier, E.  Experimentelle Unter-
 suchungen zur Pathogenese der Fettembolie.  Zschr. ges. exp.
 Med., 1923, 38: 153-73.—Groskloss, H. H.   Fat  embolism.
 Yale J.  Biol., 1935-36, 8: 297-315, 2 pi.—Hansen,  E. H.
 [Traumatic  fatty embolus]   Ugeskr.  laeger,  1934,  96:  1201-
 11.—Harris, R. I. Fat embolism.  J. Am. M. Ass.,  1935, 105:
 1013-6.  Also Canad. M.  Ass. J., 1936,  34: 166-9.—Heim, V.
 [Fat embolism]  Gy6gyaszat, 1932, 72: 666-70.—Hindmarsh.
 [Case of fatty embolism with unusual course]  Sven. lak. tidn.,
 1934, 31: 559-65.—Jirka,  F. J., & Scuderi, C. S.  Technic of
 urinalysis  in fat embolism; clinical  and experimental study.
 J. Lab. Clin. M., 1934-35, 20: 631-3. ------ Fat emboiism;
 a control  study  of  blood  serum  and urine.  Ibid., 945-7.—
 Joulia.  Un cas d'embolie  arterielle consecutive a une injection
 intra-musculaire de bismuth oteo-soluble.  Bull. Soc. fr.  derm.
 syph., 1930, 37: 118-22.—Kessel, F. K.  Zur Kenntnis cere-
 braler Erscheinungen bei Fettembolie.  Mschr. Unfallh., 1937,
 44:481-4.—Killian, H. Die traumatische Fettembolie.   Deut.
 Zschr.  Chir.,  1931,  231:  97-186.—Klapp. R.  Beitrag  zur
 Fettembolie. Zbl.  Chir.,  1931, 58: 2954-8.—Koch, H.  Fett-
 embolie  durch Humanolinjektion.   Deut.  Zschr. Chir.,  1924,
 186: 273-8.—Kratochvil, K.  Zur Frage der Fettembolie. Zbl.
 Chir., 1937,  64: 450.—Landis. H.  R. M.  Fat  embolism.
 Progr. Med., Phila., 1923, 3: 186.—Landois, F.  Die Fettem-
 bolie.  Erg. Chir. Orthop., 1923, 16: 99-154.  Also Deut. med.
 Wschr.,  1926,  52: 283-5.—Larin,  G. P.  [Rare case of pul-
 monary  fat embolism]  Sovet. med., 1937, No. 2, 28.  ------
 [Pathogenesis of traumatic fat embolism]  Ibid., 1938, 41-4.—
 Lehman, E. P., & McNattin, R. F.  Fat embolism; incidence at
postmortem.  Arch. Surg.,  1928, 17:  179-89.  ------   Fat
embolism; pathology of lungs  in experimental fat  embolism.
 South. M. J., 1929, 22: 201-7.—Lehman, E. P., & Moore, R. M.
 Fat embolism, including  experimental production  without
trauma.  Arch. Surg., 1927, 14: 621-62.—McCarter, J. C.  Fat
embolism; a case report of cerebral involvement.  Wisconsin
M.  J., 1937, 36: 724-7.—Mackenzie, W. Fat embolism, with 
EMBOLISM                                      173                                     EMBOLISM
 report of a fatal case.  Newcastle M. J.,  1932, 12: 102-13.—
 Makai, E.  Zur Frage der Fettembolien.  Zbl. Chir., 1932, 59:
 521-4 —Melchior,  E.  Zur Kenntnis der cerebralen Fettem-
 bolie.  Mitt.  Grenzgeb.  Med.  Chir., 1924,  38:  178-203 —
 Menestrina, S.  Di  un caso letale di embolia grassa.  Boll.
 med. trent., 1927, 43: 210-3.—Muller-Hess & Ohlsen.  Ueber
 die Fett- und Luftembolie.  Jahrkurs. arztl.  Fortbild., 1929,
 20:  H. 9,  11-6.—Nicod, J. L.  Embolie graisseuse chez le
 nouveau-ite.  Schweiz.  med. Wschr., 1938, 68: 845.—Oppen-
 heimer, H.  Multiple Fettembolien des grossen Kreislaufs. Klin.
 Wschr., 1929, 7: 24.—Oppolzer, R.  La importanza clinica della
 embolia grassosa.  Gazz.  osp.,  1936, 57: 1072-4.  Also Wien.
 klin. Wschr.,  1936, 49: 1245-8.  Also Aerztl.  Prax., Wien,
 1937, 11: 181-4.—Orsini, A.   Sull'embolia grassosa in gine-
 cologia.  Ann. ostet. gin., 1928, 50: 1011-34,  2 pi.—Outland,
 T., & Appel, J. Z.  Fat embolism.  Bull. Guthrie Clin., 1932,
 2: 51-4.—Palumbo, E.  Modificazioni circolatorie e respiratorie
 nella embolia adiposa sperimentale.  Arch. sc. biol., Bologna,
 1934-35, 20: 228-40.—Patania, A. La curva glicemica nell'em-
 bolia adiposa sperimentale.  Riv. pat. sper., 1937, 19: 376-82.—
 Paul, F., & Windholz, F.  Experimentelle Studien iiber die
 Fettembolie  und den  durch sie verursachten Tod.   Mitt.
 Grenzgeb. Med. Chir., 1924-25, 38: 614-51. Also Klin. Wschr.,
 1925, 4: 1722-4.—Porter, W.  T.  Fat embolism a cause of
 shock. Boston M. & S. J., 1917, 176: 248.  Also repr.  ------
 Shock from fat  embolism of  the vasometer  centre.  Am. J.
 Physiol., 1924-25,  71: 277-315, pi.—Rappert, E.  Die Blut-
 fettbestimmung als Hilfsmittel fiir die Diagnose und Prognose
 der  Fettembolie.  Zbl. Chir., 1937, 64: 387-93.—Riickert, W.
 Zur Frage  der Todesursache bei Fettembolie (R. N.-Unter-
 suchungen)   Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1934,  243: 537-49.  ------
 Die Entstehung des Fiebers  bei traumatischer  Fettembolie.
 Ibid.,  1935, 245:  36-57.—Schwamm,  M.   Zur  Frage  der
 Fettembolie  nach  orthopadischen  Operationen.   Zbl.  Chir.,
 1920,  53:  395.—Scuderi,  C.  S.  The  present  status of fat
 embolism;   bibliographic   review.   Internat.  Surg.  Digest,
 Hagerst., 1934, 18: 195-215.  ------  Fat embolism;  resume
 of the literature plus some newer thoughts on diagnosis.  Arch.
 Surg.,  1938, 36: 614-25.—Skolnik,  E.  A.,  &  Nomland,  R.
 Embolia cutis medicamentosa; local arterial embolism following
 the injection of mercuric salicylate in oil.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1930,
 95:  1742.—Sophian, A.,  & Koritschoner, R.   Fat embolism.
 J. Missouri M. Ass., 1936, 33: 48-52.—Sophian, A., & Scharels,
 F. H.  Fat  embolism.  Ibid., 1938, 35: 391-3.—Strassmann, G.
 Ueber Fettembolie nach  Verletzungen durch  stumpfe  Gewalt
 und nach Verbrennung. Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1933, 22:
 272-98.—Susani, O.  Der Nachweis der traumatischen Fettem-
 bolie im Blute und die Hohe der todlichen Fettmenge.  Arch.
 klin. Chir., 1934, 179: 463-84.—Terplan, K., Hubbard, R. S., &
 Javert, C. T.  Fat  content in the blood of the right side of the
 heart in a case of fatal fat embolism.  Arch. Path., Chic, 1935,
 20: 814.—Vance, B. M. The clinical diagnosis of fat embolism.
 Am. J. Surg., 1934, n. ser., 26: 27-34.—Vannucci, D., & France-
 schini, P.  Sull'embolia grassosa (ricerche sperimentali)  Arch.
 ital. chir.,   1926,  16:  585-681,  pi.—Veiga de  Carvalho,  H.
 Embolia gordurosa.  Ann. paul.  med. cir., S.  Paulo, 1937, 33:
 107-16.—Venezian, E. Embolia grassosa. Bull. Accad. med.
 Roma, 1930, 56: 341-6.—Vogel, W.  Blutfettbestimmungen
 bei Frakturen, ein Beitrag zur Ffage der Fettembolie.  Deut.
 Zschr. Chir., 1933, 240: 376-82.—Walcher, K.  Beobachtungen
 bei  Fettembolie im  grossen und bei Luftembolie im  kleinen
 Kreislauf.   Deut.  Zschr. gerichtl.  Med., 1935, 25: 31-40 —
 Watson, A. J. Fat embolism: report of a case, with review of
 the literature. Brit, J.  Surg., 1936-37, 24: 676-90.—Weimann,
 W.  Besondere Hirnbefunde bei cerebraler Fettembolie. Zschr.
 ges.  Neur.  Psychiat., 1929,  120:  68-83.—Weingarten,  R.
 Beitrag zur Lehre von der Fettembolie.  Schweiz. med. Wschr.,
 1926, 56: 249.—Wheelihan, R.  Y.  Fatty embolism following
 fractures.   Wisconsin M. J., 1931, 30: 19-21—Whitaker, J. C.
 Traumatic  fat  embolism; report of 2  cases with recovery.
 Arch.  Surg., 1939,  39: 182-9.—Winkler, F.  Experimentelle
 Beitrage  zur  Frage  der  Fettembolie  nach orthopadischen
 Operationen.  Zschr.  orthop.  Chir.,  1924, 45:  616-23.—
 Wright, R.  B. Fat embolism.  Ann. Surg., 1932, 96: 75-84.—
 Zakharov   [Fatty embolism after orthopedic operations] Vest.
 khir., 1929, 18:  163-70.—Zwerg, H. G.   Ueber Fettembolie
 (klinische  und experimentelle  Untersuchungen)   Beitr.  klin.
 Chir., 1927, 141:268-80.

 ----   fatty:  Treatment.

   Steffens,  W.   *Versuche  iiber die  Wirksam-

 keit  der  Esmarch'schen  Binde  als prophylak-

 tisches  Mittel  gegen die Fettembolie.   35p.   8?

 Berl., 1916.
   Daniels, A.  Zur  Verhiitung und Behandlung der trauma-
 tischen Fettembolie.   Zbl. Chir., 1933, 60: 2422-4—Rappert,
 E.  Experimentelle Untersuchungen zur Frage emer Fettem-
 bolietherapie.   Deut.  Zschr.   Chir.,  1935-36,  246: 449-56.
 ---—  Behandlung der Fettembolie mit Dechohninjektionen.
 Wien. med. Wschr., 1936,  86: 607.   ------  Fettembolie und
 ihre  Behandlung.   Deut. Zschr. Chir.,  1938,  250: 276-94.
 Also Zbl.  Chir., 1938, 65:  1076-8.—Riickert, W.  Experi-
 mentelle Studie zur Prophylaxe und Therapie der Fettembolie.
 Deut. Zschr. Chir.,  1932-33,  238:  730-5.—Vogel, W.   Die
 Beeinflussung der experimentellen Fettembolie durch Arznei-
mittel.  Ibid., 236: 269-80.
----   foreign body.
   See also Foreign body, Migration; Wound.
   Anghel, I.  [Arterial  embolism caused by bismuth]  Rev.
san. mil., Bucur., 1931, 30: 454.—Baker, R. D. Bullet embolism.
Am.  J.  Surg.,  1935, 29: 282-4.—Barthelemy, R.   Embolie
arterielle par injection intramusculaire de carbonate de bismuth.
Bull. Soc fr. derm, syph., 1926, 33: 372-5.

----   Forensic  aspect.
   Bockholt,  H.   *Die Fettembolie  und  ihre
gerichtsarztliche  Bedeutung    [Munster]    16p.
8?   Emsdetten,  1934.
   Kroemer, G.   *Fettembolie  als Todesursache
vom gerichtlichmedizinischen Standpunkt nebst
einem   Fall  von   todlicher   Fettembolie   nach
Kontrakturbehandlung.   39p.   8?   Bresl.,  1934.
   Bohmer, K.  Luftembolie bei oberflachlichem  Halsschnitt.
Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1926, 7: 350-9.—Dyrenfurth,  F.
Zur Technik der Feststellung des Todes an Luftembolie.  Ibid.,
1923,3:145.   ------ Ueber die Quant  tat der Faulnisgase im
Herzen  und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Feststellung des Todes
durch Luftembolie.   Ibid., 1924, 4: 562-5.  ------  Gerichts-
iirztliche Erfahrungen  iiber   klinische   Erscheinungen  und
anatomische Befunde bei Luftembo'ie und die Feststellung der
letzteren.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1926, 22: 807.—Frauendorfer, O.
Zur Kasuistik  der Fettembolie.  Beitr. gerichtl. Med.,  1924,  6:
1-9.—Lindblom, A.  Ueber Luftembolie  bei Neugeborenen und
Sauglingen und die gerichtlich  medizinische Bedeutung dersel-
ben.   Virchows  Arch.,  1924,  252: 197-207.—Merkel,  H.
Beobachtungen iiber intravitale und postmortale Verschleppung
von Gehirnsubstanz innerhalb des Gefassystems.  Deut. Zschr.
gerichtl. Med., 1926, 7: 217-22.  ------   Ueber die Bedeutung
der sogenannten paradoxen oder gekreuzten Embo'ie fiir die
gerichtliche Medizin  (nach einem landgerichtsarztlichen Fort-
bildungsvortrag)  Ibid.,  1934, 23: 338-51.—Miloslavich, E.  L.
Fat embolism; medico-legal aspects.  Wisconsin M. J., 1930,
29: 139-43.—Morgenstern, Z., Loutcheva, E. [et al.]  L'embolie
'trais^euse en medeeine legale.  Ann. med. teg., 1936, 16: 383-
)0.—Schnizer   von.   Dienstbeschadigung fiir Embolie ab-
?elehnt.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1931, 27: 1040.

----   multiple.
   See  also Endocarditis; Sepsis.
   Frank, W. W.  Endocarditis with multiple emboli; amputa-
tion  of leg; recovery. Med. Bull. Veterans Admin., 1937-38,
14: 378.—Lyter,  J.  C.  Multiple  emboli.  Med. Clin. N.
America, 1923-24, 7: 1593-9.—Roch, M.  Embolies multiples
chez une cardiopathe.   Presse med., 1938, 46:  111.—Trillat,
Chavent & Colson.  Mort par embolies multiples chez une
cardiaque.  Bull.  Soc. obst. gyn. Paris,  1928, 17:  78.

----   paradoxical.
   See  also  Ductus arteriosus,  patent;  Foramen
ovale,  patent.
   Wittig,  L.  G.   M.   *Ueber  die  sogenannte
paradoxo  Embolie.   p.505-18.   8°   Marb., 1927.
   Also  Zschr.  Kreislaufforsch., 1927, 19: H. 15.
   Barnard, W. G. A case of paradoxical embolism with blood-
dot lodged in  foramen ovale.   Q. J. Med., Oxf., 1929-30 23:
305-7, pi.—Beattie, W.  W.  Paradoxical  embolism associated
with 2 types of patent foramen ovale. Bull. Internat. Ass. M.
Mus., Montreal, 1925, 11: 64-75.—French, L. R.  Paradoxical
embolism.  Arch. Path., Chic, 1931, 11: 383.  Also repr.—
Hartfall, S.  J.  Paradoxical embolism  of the basilar  artery.
Lancet, Lond., 1931, 1: 700.—Hirschboeck, F. J.  Paradoxical
pmbolism.  Am. J.  M. Sc, 1935, 189: 236-9.—Ingham, D. W.
Paradoxical embolism.   Ibid., 1938, 196: 201-7.—Knazovicky,
I.  [Paradoxical embolism of the brachial and common carotid
artery with  open oval foramen; embolectomy]   Bratisl. lek.
listy.  1927-28, 7: 499-505, pi.—Koritschoner, R.  Paradoxical
pmbolism.  J.   Am. M.  Ass.,  1936,  106: 1269.—Kressin, W.
Zur  Klinik  der paradoxen  Embolie insbesondere nach der
Geburt.  Deut. med. Wschr.,  1930, 56:  2081.—Mozer, J.  J.
Deux cas d'embolie paradoxale par le canal arteriel.  Rev. med.
Suisse  rom.,   1925,  45: 532-7.—Taylor, J.  S.   Paradoxical
pmbolism.  Bull. Ayer Clin. Lab., 1934,  3: No. 13, 39-45, pi.—
Thompson, T., & Evans. W.  Paradoxical embolism.  Q.  J.
Vied., Oxf., 1929-30, 23: 135-50, 2 pi.

----   parasitic.
   See   under  names   of  parasitic  diseases   as
Cysticercosis;  Echinococcosis,  &c.

----   Pathogenesis.
   Bernheim,  B. M.  Fatal emboli  from thrombosis  of great
blood vessels;  the concealed thrombus.   South. M. J., 1929,
22: 464-6.—Denk, W.  Beitrag zum Thromboembolieproblem.
Wien. klin. Wschr., 1935, 48: 72-4.—Doane, J. C, & Blumberg,
N.   Some observations on the origin  and  effects  of  arterial
embolism.  Tr. Coll. Physicians Philadelphia,  1935, 4. ser., 3:
51.—Frey,  S.   Der  gegenwartige Stand der  Lehre  von der
Embolie.  Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1934, 31: 313.—Frissell, L. F. 
EMBOLISM
174
EMBOLISM
The  possibility of  emboli  from arterial  thrombosis  short-cir-
cuiting peripheral and pulmonary capillary circulations.  Am.
Heart J., 1938, 15: 335-40.—Geisthovel,  W.   Venose und
arterielle Embolie.  Med. Klin., Beri.,  1938,  34: 1592-5 —
Helly, K. Blutpartialstrome und Embolielokalisation.  Zschr.
ges. exp. Med., 1929, 68: 196-200.—Herbst, E.  Die Gewebs-
missbildungen  (Hamartome  und  Choristome)  als  formate
Genese  der Tumoren, gleichzeitig ein Versuch fiir eine  neue
Theorie  fiir  die Genese der Emboli.  Deut. Mschr. Zahnh.,
1924, 42: 144-53.—Lampert, H.  Die Bedeutung des Schrum-
pfungsprozesses fiir Entstehung und Behandlung der Embolie
und  der Steinkrankheiten.  Umschau,  1939,  43: 608-11.—
Melzner, E.  Ueber Entstehung und Bedeutung der sekundaren
Thrombose bei arteneller Embolie.  Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1929,
218: 22-87.   ------   Problem Thrombo-Embolie.   Klin.
Wschr.,  1933,  12: 1121-30.—Naegeli, T.  Quelques considera-
tions nouvelles concernant la question de l'embolie.  Bull. Soc.
obst. gyn. Paris, 1936, 25: 624-8.—Nemery.   Considerations
sur l'embolie.  Arch. med. beiges, 1934, 87: 41-5.—Neuda, P.
Zur Frage der Thromboembolic.   Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1932, 237:
353-82.—Zinck, K. H.  Lasst sich die Zunahme der fulminanten
Embolien durch die Ueberalterung erklaren?  Virchows Arch.,
1935-36, 296:  289-94.

----   Pathology.
   Weissenrieder,   M.    *Histologische   Ver-
anderungen bei cerebraler Luft-  und Fettembolie
[Miinchen]   22p.   8?  Bad Tolz, 1934.
   Lobeck, E.   Ueber aseptische Embolien in Rohrenknochen.
Arch. klin. Chir., 1927, 146: 222-54.—Pate, J.  Sur la  physio-
pathologie des embolies arterielles.  In Lecons phys. med. chir.
(Binet,  L.)  Par.,  1935, 19-27.—Putnoky, G.,  &  Farkas,  K.
[Pathohistologic examination  of myocardium  in  thrombo-
embolism; report  on  1,200  autopsies]   Magy.  orv. nagyhet
jegyzokve, 1931, 6.—Walder, R.  Elektrokardiographische und
histologische Untersuchungen des Herzens bei experimenteller
Luft- und Fettembolie. sowie bei Embolie durch Starkesuspen-
sion.  Beitr. path.  Anat., 1939, 102: 485-511.

----   peripheral.
   Vonderlin,   E.    *Die   periphere   Embolie
[Heidelberg]  21p.   8?  Rockenhausen,  1937.
   Bergendal, S.  Contribution to the question of the  periph-
eral  emboli.   Acta chir.  scand., 1934,  74: 248-62.—Brust
R. W.   Embolism  of the peripheral arteries.  J. Am. M. Ass.'
1934,102: 2172.—Goedon Murray, D. W.   Embolism in  periph*
eral  arteries.  Canad. M. Ass.  J., 1936,  35: 61-6.—Nuboer"
J. F.  [Embolism of the Deripheral blood vessels]   Ned. tschr'
geneesk., 1935, 79:  414-20.

----   postoperative.

   See  also Thrombosis.
   Wagner, G.   *Ueber  todliche  postoperative
Embolien.   47p.   8?   Strassb.,  1913.
   Wilde,  E.   ^Postoperative embolism    [Mar-
quette M.  School]   12p.   4?   Milwaukee,  1923.
   A. Ist der Tod durch  Embolie dem Chirurgen zur Last zu
legen?   Zschr. iirztl. Fortbild., 1939,  36: 368.—Beer,  E.  Post-
operative venous  embolism.  Rapp.  Congr.  Soc.  internat.
chir., 1929-30,  8. Congr., 2: 154.—Cantelmo, O.   Le embolie
post-operative fulminanti (cinque casi clinici)   Riforma med.,
1927, 43:  1120-2.—Chiarolanza, M.   Sulla  embolia post-
operativa. Rapp. Congr. Soc internat. chir., 1929-30, 8. Congr.,
2: 164-6.—Chiasserini, A.  Cause e  meccanismi delle embolie
postoperatorie. Ibid., 1: 3-48, 4 pi.; 2: 377.  Also Arch. med.
chir. app. resp., Par., 1930,  5:  459-64.—Collins, D. C.  The
value of papaverine hydrochloride in the treatment of post-
operative pulmonary embolism.  Rocky Mountain M. J., 1938,
35:  381-6.—Corachan.   Embolias  post-operativas.   Rapp.
Congr.  Soc.  internat.  chir.,  1929-30, 8. Congr., 2:  155 —
Cotte, G. Embolie mortelle au  8. jour chez une malade levee
precocement.   Lyon  chir.,  1939,  36:   441-5.—Coudray,  J.
A propos des embolies post-operatoires.   Bull. Soc. chir. Paris,
1928, 20: 856.—Dietrich,  A.  Einige bemerkenswerte Beob-
achtungen von Thrombose und  Embolie.  Chirurg,  1928-29,
1: 485-8.—Faure, J. L.   Embolie post-operatoire.  Rapp.
Congr.  Soc.  internat.  chir., 1929-30,  8. Congr. 2:  156.—
Forgue, E.  Comment prevoir, comment prevenir,  comment
traiter l'embolie post-operatoire?  J. med. fr., 1925,  411-9.
------   Causes et mecanisme  de l'embolie post-operatoire.
Rapp.  Congr.  Soc. internat. chir.,  1929-30,  8.  Congr.,  1:
49-78.   Also Bruxelles med., 1929,  9: 1273-86.  Also  Mont-
pellier med.,  1929, 51: 503; 527.—Giordano.   Embolie post-
operatoire.    Rapp.  Congr.  Soc.  internat. chir.,  1929-30,
8. Congr., 2:  157.  ------  Causes et mecanisme de  l'embolie
postoperatoire. Ibid., 1:  79; 2:  151, pi.—Jayle, F.  La mort
par embolie au cours de l'operation.  P. verb. Congr. fr. chir.,
1928, 37: 915-20.  Also Rev. fr. gyn. obst., 1929, 24: 25-30 —
Jeanneney, G. A propos de l'embolie post-operatoire.  Rapp.
Congr.  Soc internat.  chir.,  1929-30, 8.  Congr., 2:  373-6.—
Kummell, jr.  Operationsvorbereitung  mit Bluttransfusion
und  Emboliegefahr.  Arch.  klin. Chir.,  1931,  167:  246-8 —
Landau, H.   [Post-operative embolisms]  Warsz. czas.  lek.,
1939, 16: 268-70.—Leonard, H. S.  Post-operative embolism.
Indianapolis M. J., 1930, 33:  426-9.—Lilienthal, H.   Post-
operative embolism.   Rapp.  Congr.  Soc.  internat.  chir.,
1929-30, 8. Congr. 2: 158-60.—Loewe, O.  Die postoperativen
Embolien.  Munch, med. Wschr., 1928, 75: 1163-5.—Lothrop,
E. P.  Post-operative embolism.  N. York State J.  M.,  1931,
31: 76.—Lunardi, B.  Embolie post-operatorie.  Arch.  ital.
chir., 1935,  40:  237-52.—Lutaud,  P.  Embolie et syncope
cardiaque 10  jours apres une laparotomie;  injection intra-
cardiaque d'adrenaline; guerison.  Bull. Soc. chir. Paris,  1928,
20: 874.—Madden, J. J.  An  unusual  case of postoperative
embolus.  Am. J. Obst.,  1936, 31: 891-4.—Matas, R.   The
cause  and mechanism  of postoperative  embolism.  Rapp.
Congr.  Soc. internat. chir.,  1929-30,  8. Congr.  1:  137-44 —
Mayer, L.  A propos de l'embolie post-operatoire.  Bruxelles
med., 1929-30, 10: 312-5.  Also Rapp.  Congr. Soc. internat.
chir., 1929-30, 8.  Congr., 2: 366-72.—Mayet.   Contribution a
l'etude  de l'influence de la coagulation sanguine sur les  phle-
bites et embolies post-operatoires.  Bull. Soc chir. Paris,  1931,
23: 207-12.—Moncany, C.  Trois cas d'embolies post-opera-
toires.  Ibid., 1928, 20: 793.—Picot, G. Du role de la coagula-
tion sanguine dans la pathogenie des phtebites  et des embolies
post-operatoires.   Ibid.,  1931,  57: 281-7.—Polak,  J. O., &
Mazzola, V.   Postoperative obstetric  embolus; its  incidence,
cause and prevention.  Tr. Am. Gyn. Soc, 1930, 55:  268-82
Also Am. J. Obst., 1930, 20: 529-38.—Ricard, M.  Embolies
et lever precoce.   Lyon  chir.,  1939, 36: 448-50.—Ritter, A.,
Govaerts, P.  [et al.J  Cause e meccanismo dell'embolia  post-
operatoria. Clin, chir.,  Milano, 1929, 32: 1400-10.—Schmid,
D.  H. H.  Trombosi ed  embolie  dopo i  parti  e operazioni.
Gazz. osp., 1924, 45: 559-63.— Schnitzler, J.  Zur  Frage der
Thromboembolic  Chirurg,  1928-29,  1: 949-51.—Stadler, E.
Wie stellt man sich heute die Entstehung der postoperativen
Embolie vor?   Zschr.  arztl.  Fortbild.,  1934,  31:  45-7.—
Stich, R. Postoperative Embolie.  Arch. klin. Chir.,  1935, 183:
301-26   [Discussionl 74-83.  Also  Chirurg, 1935,  7: 330-2.
Also Zbl. Gyn.,  1935, 59: 1477-81.—Szathmary, A.  [Post-
operative mortality due to embolism]  Orv. hetil.,  1931, 75:
353; 384.  Also Zbl. Gyn., 1931, 55: 1064-88.—Villard. Deux
cas d'embolies  mortelles au  cours  du lever  precoce.  Lyon
chir., 1933, 30: 606-8.—Watson, J. Postoperative embolism.
J. M. Ass. Alabama, 1933, 2: 462-4.

----   Prevention.

   Aiken, C. E.  Postoperative Embolie und Sympatolprophy-
laxe.   Munch, med.  Wschr.,  1936,  83:  1301.—Birkenfeld.
Apparat zur  Embolieprophylaxe.   Chirurg, 1933,  5: 159.—
Chaton, M.   Recherches relatives k la prophylaxie  des  acci-
dents emboliques.  P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1928, 37:  920-44.—
Chistiakov, S. I.  [On a contrivance, fitted into the  apparatus
for internal and  subcutaneous  injections,  that eliminates air
embolism]  Nov. khir.  arkh.,  1939,  43:  79-81.—DeCourcy,
J. L.  Postoperative embolism, venous stasis and its  preven-
tion by proper  posture after  lower  abdominal operations.
Internat. J. Surg., 1928, 41:  179-83.—Fobe, H.  Echec d'un
essai de prophylaxie des embolies postoperatoires par la auto-
hemotrterapie.  Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris,  1927, 26:  368-70.—
Gamble, H.  A.  The prevention of  postoperative  embolism
and phlebitis with description  of apparatus employed.  Am.
J. Surg., 1935, 28: 93-5.   Also repr.—Jayle, F.  Contre l'em-
bolie  avant, pendant et  apres  les operations  gynecologiques
abdominales.   P. verb.  Congr. fr. chir.,  1931, 40:  867-71.—
Krenzer, W.    Die Moglichkeit  der  Fruhdiagnose und die
Notwendigkeit der aktiven Therapie emboliefiihiger Venener-
krankungen.  Fortsch. Ther., 1938, 14: 289-96.—Kulenkampff,
D.  Die Verhutung schwerer und todlicher Embolien durch
Ausraumung  der  Vena iliaca.  Arch.  klin. Chir., 1938,  193:
727-36  [Discussion] 36.—Martens.  Verminderung  todlicher
Embolien.  Med.  Klin.,  Berl., 1926,  22:  1054.—Nicolaysen,
J.,  & Nicolaysen, K.  [Prophylactic  measures  in  regard to
postoperative thrombosis and embolism]  Norsk mag. laegevid.,
1930, 91: 913-34,—Parini, A.   Flebiti ed  embolie post-opera-
torie  e  loro  profilassi.   Riforma  med.,  1935, 51:  223-7 —
Shaw, W. F., & Rickards, C. E. B.   Post-operative exercises
as a preventative of embolism.  J. Obst. Gyn. Brit. Empire,
1938, 45: 451-5.—Walters, W.  The suggested use of thyroid
extract  to reduce the incidence  of postoperative embolism.
Minnesota M., 1927, 10: 25-8.

----   retrograde.

   See  also  under Hepatic artery;  Renal artery.
   Ciechanowski,  S.  Ueber  retrograde  arterielle  Embolie.
Virchows Arch.,  1938, 302: 784-91.—Peola, F.  Contributo
alia conoscenza delle embolie venose retrograde: sopra un caso
interessante di embolia retrograda della cava superiore. Cuore
& circol., 1926, 10: 250-7.

----   Sequelae.

   See  also Aneurysm, embolic; Infarction; Metas-
tasis;  Purpura, &c.
   Amory, O. T.   Fatal  emboli—with report  of cases.   Vir-
ginia M. Month., 1930-31, 57:  795-8.—Canavan,  M.  M-
Embolism as  a causative factor in death.   N. England J. M..
1929, 201: 630-3.—Donati, G. S., & Massone, A. Alterazioni
circolatorie nei decorso  di embolie arteriali.   Boll.  Soc.  med.
chir., Pavia, 1938, 52: 865-909.—Lenggenhager, K.  Wirkungs-
weise der Luft- und Fettembolie.  Schweiz. med.  Wschr., 1934, 
EMBOLISM                                     175                                     EMBOLISM
 64- 146-50.—Tendeloo, N. P.  [Sudden death due to embolus]
 Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1933, 77: 2282-90, pi.

 ----   Statistics.

   Schmitz,  E.   *Die  Embolien in  der  Frauen-
 klinik der  Medizinischen Akademie in Diisseldorf
 vom 1.  April 1928  bis zum 31.  Dezember  1931
 [Munster]     36p.     8?     Bochum-Langendreer,
 1933.
   Griffiths,  D.  L.   Arterial embolism; a  study of  8  cases.
 Lancet,  Lond., 1938, 2:  1339-44.—Sitsen,  A.  E., &  Bartsch,
 G. H. Zur Frage der Haufigkeit der Thromboembolic. Zschr.
 Kreislaufforsch.,  1933, 25:  577-90.—Stich, R.  Vorschlage
 fur einen Emboliefragebogen.  Zbl. Chir., 1936, 63: 938-41 —
 Tapfer,  S.   Thrombose  und todliche Embolie an der Inns-
 brucker  Frauenklinik in den Jahren 1919-29.  Zbl.  Gyn.,
 1933, 57: 796-800.—Zinck, K. H.  Statistische Berechnungen
 zur  Sterblichkeit an  Embolien  in Berlin.  Sitzber. Preuss.
 Akad. Wiss.,  1935, phys.  math. Kl., 101-14.

 ----   Treatment.

   Jungsbluth, A.    *Beitrage zur Diagnose  und
 Behandlung  der  arteriellen  Embolie.   29p.    8?

 Tub.,  1930.
   Blumenthal, N. L.  [Treatment of embolic processes with
 leeches]  Vest, khir., 1936, 43: 3-10.—Civalleri, I., & Santolini,
 P.  Nuovi orientamenti nella cura  delle  embolie arteriose.
 Riforma med., 1939, 55:  797-800.—Collins, D. C.  The value
 of papaverine hydrochloride in the treatment  of arterial em-
 bolism.  Med.  Rec, N.  Y., 1938, 148: 186-90.—Denk, W.
 Zur Behandlung der arteriellen Embolie. Miinch. med. Wschr.,
 1934, 81:  437-9.  ------   Weitere  Erfahrungen  mit  der
 unblutigen Behandlung  der Embolie.  Zbl. Chir., 1936, 63:
 2-7.  ------  Zur Behandlung  der Embolie.  Wien.  klin.
 Wschr.,  1938, 51: 321-6.—Domanig, E.  Eupaverintherapie
 der Embolie. Zbl. Chir., 1937, 64: 1161.—Frensche, H. D.
 Ein Beitrag zur Eupaverinbehandlung bei arteriellen Embolien.
 Munch,  med. Wschr.. 1938, 85:  1747.—Leiner, G.  Zur Be-
 handlung der arteriellen Embolie.   Klin.  Wschr., 1937, 16:
 639.—Lund,  C. C.  The treatment of embolism of the greater
 arteries.  Tr. Am. Surg.  Ass., 1937, 55: 392-421.—Morhardt,
 P. E.  Le  traitement des embolies arterielles et les spasmoly-
 tiques.   Presse  med.,  1937,  45:  1765.—Schroder, W.   Be-
 handlung der Embolie mit Eupaverin.  Zbl. Chir., 1937, 64:
 1977.—Schwarz, S.  [Effect of intravenous and rectal drop-
 injections  following treatment for embolism]   Gin. polska,
 1936, 15: 23-5.—Valdoni, P.   Ricerche sperimentali e cliniche
 sull'azione  dell'eupaverina nell'embolia arteriosa. Policlinico,
 1937, 44: sez. prat., 1557-63.

 ----   Treatment, surgical.

   Taubenreuter,  A.   *Die Embolektomie  als
 Behandlungsmethode  der  peripheren  arteriellen
 Embolie.  31p.   8?   Wiirzb.  [1936]
   Akesson, N.  Ein Beitrag zur Behandlung der Arterienem-
 bolien.   Acta chir. scand., 1936-37, 79: 575-80.—Aleman, O.
 A case of embolectomy.   Ibid., 1925, 59: 50-4.—Cocuzza, V.
 Sopra due  casi di embolectomia dell'arteria brachiale.  Arch.
 ital. chir.,  1929, 24: 328-38.—Danzis, M.  Arterial  embolec-
 tomy. Ann.  Surg., 1928,  87: 667;  1933, 98:  249; 422.—Deitch,
 H. I.  Three arterial embolectomies in the same  patient,
 including one in each femoral artery.  Lancet,  Lond., 1936, 1:
 475-7.—Dickinson,  A. M.  Embolectomy; report  of a  case.
 Arch. Surg.,  1925, 10: 991-5.—Dinaburg, V. M.  [Two cases
 of embolectomy]   Vest,   khir.,  1937, 53:  171.—Djanelidze,
 J. J., &  Ogloblin, Z. V.  [Embolectomy]  Ibid., 1926, 8: No.
 24, 85-103.—Donati, G. S., & Massone, A.  Sull'embolectomia.
 Boll.  Soc.  med.  chir., Pavia,  1938,  52: 943-70.—Feitelberg,
 P. A.  L'embolectomie.   Presse med., 1935, 43: 824.—Fried-
 rich,  H.  Erfahrungen  aus  vier erfolgreichen  peripheren
 Embolektomien.  Zbl. Chir., 1938, 65: 2341.—Gamble, H. A.
 Embolectomy, with report of  2 cases.  Internat. J. M. & S.,
 1930, 43: 575-8.—Gohrbandt, E.  Chirurgische Behandlung
 der Embolie.  Med. Welt, 1933,  7: 481-3.—Grekov, I. I., &
 Davydov, G.  M.  [Bilateral  embolectomy]  Vest, khir., 1931,
 23: 96-9.—Groth, K. E.  Melkung  oder intraarterielle Ein-
 griffe bei Embolien des grossen Kreislaufs mit schwer zugiing-
 licher Lokalisation.  Chirurg, 1939, 11: 73-83.—Heanley, C. L.
 Arterial  embolectomy.   Lancet,  Lond., 1939,  1: 696.—Hen-
 schen, C.  Zur Technik der arteriellen Embolektomie (Durch-
 spiilung der Gefassperipherie nach Entfernung  des Embolus)
 Helvet.  med. acta,  1935-36,  2:  216-20.—Hindmarsh, J., &
 Sandberg,  I.  Forty-five  embolectomies (retrospective survey
 with special  regard to the after  results)  Acta chir. scand.,
 1936,  78: 81-93.—Jefferson, G.   Report of a  successful case
 of embolectomy, with a review of the literature.  Brit. M. J.,
 1925,  2:  985-7.  ------  Arterial embolectomy. Ibid., 1934,
 2: 1090-4.—Jouve.  Arteriectomies poplitee et  hunterale pour
 embolie chez deux cardiaques.  Lyon chir., 1931, 28: 609-14.—
 Keller. O.  [Remarks on an arterial embolectomy with good
 results in  a  pronounced arteriosclerotic patient]   Ugeskr.
lager, 1928, 90: 1179.—Kohlmayer, H.  Ein Beitrag zur Frage
der Behandlung  arterieller Embolien.   Zbl. Chir.,  1933, 60:
1698-705.—Kubanyi, E.   [Thrombo-embolism and surgery]
Magy. orv. nagyhet jegyzokve, 1931, 5:  [Discussion] 7-11.—
Kulenkampff, D.  Ueber  Schwierigkeiten der Beurteilung bei
Embolektomie.   Zbl.  Chir.,  1933, 60: 2436.  ------   Zur
Gefasschirurgie:  Embolektomie  aus der Aorta  abdominalis,
Aneurysmabehandlung, Embolie und Thrombose; zugleich ein
Beitrag zur funktionellen Einheit  des  Gefassystems.  Ibid.,
1936,  63:   1089-94.—Leriche, R.  A  propos des  embolies.
P. verb. Congr.  fr. chir.,  1937, 46:  466-72.—Lerman, J.,
Miller, F. R., & Lund, C. C.  Arterial embolism and embolec-
tomy;  report of  cases.  J. Am.  M. Ass.,  1930, 94: 1128-33.
Also repr.—Lian, C, & Moure, P.  De  l'arteriotomie dans
l'embolie; a propos  d'une arteriotomie suivie  de  succes dans
une embolie  de l'artere  axillaire.  Presse med.,  1925, 33:
1266.—Liedberg, N.  [Operated  case of peripheral embolism]
Sven.  lak.  tidn.,  1938, 35: 368.—Loreti, M. Embolia ed em-
bolectomia.  Gior. med.  prat.,  1928, 10:  48.  Also Clinica,
Bologna, 1937, 3: 767-76. ------& Sandrini,  G.  Contributo
sperimentale ed  anatomo-patologico alio  studio  dell'embolo
asettico in  rapporto all'indicazione dell'embolectomia.  Arch.
ital. chir.,  1929, 24: 339-56.—Lund, C. C.  The  treatment of
embolism  of  the greater arteries.  Ann.  Surg., 1937,  106:
880-909.  ------   Embolectomy  for  peripheral embolism.
Surg.  Gyn. Obst., 1939, 69: 117.—Lundblad, O.   Three cases
of embolus: two at the bifurcation of the aorta, and one in the
common iliac artery; operation.   Acta chir. scand., 1924, 57:
375-85.—McMaster, A. M.  Arterial embolectomv; with notes
of a case.  Brit. M.  J.,  1939, 1: 441-3.—Moure, P.  A propos
de l'embolectomie.  Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1927, 53:  301;
1931,  57:  6.-—Naulleau.  A propos des embolies arterielles.
P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1937, 46: 487-9.—Nordentoft, J.
[Two   cases of embolectomy]    Hospitalstidende, 1929, 72:
55-60.—Nystrom,  G.   Zur  Prognose und  Methodik  der
Embolektomie.  Acta chir. scand., 1926, 60: 229-54.—Olovson,
T. Bericht iiber 8 Embolektomien, nebst einigen Bemerkungen
iiber  die  Verhutung  sekundarer Thrombenbildung.   Ibid.,
1938,  81: 281-92.—Pemberton, J. D. Embolectomy; report of
3 cases. Tr. South. Surg. Ass.,  1927,  40:  30-45, 5 pi.   Also
Ann. Surg., 1928, 87: 652-66. ------  Presentation of a case
of embolectomy.  Proc. Mayo Clin., 1927, 2: 239.—Petterson.
G.  Some  remarks on  the  indications  for  Trendelenburg's
operation in reference to an operated case.  Acta  chir. scand.,
1935,  77: 163-73.—Peyton, W. T.  Embolectomy.  Ann. Int.
M., 1930-31, 4: 440-6.—Portis,  B.. & Roth, H. A.  Embolec-
tomy  of the peripheral  arteries; report  of 3 cases.  J. Am. M.
Ass., 1933, 101: 1556-8.—Pozzi, A., & Valdoni, P. Su un caso
di fibrillazione auriculare complicato da embolia  arteriosa ed
operato di embolectomia  con esito in guarigione.  Policlinico,
1933,  40:  sez. prat.,  1481-92.—Rago,  G.  Embolectomia e
arteriectomia nell'embolismo periferico; 4 casi.  Osp. maggiore,
Milano, 1938,  26: 447; 485.—Remijnse, J.  [Case of  embo-
lectomy]  Ned.  tschr.  geneesk.,  1928, 72:  1374-9— Riddell,
V. H.  Arterial embolectomy in  a case  of  brachial embolism.
Lancet, Lond.,  1935,  2:  1230.   ------  Peripheral  embo-
lectomy.  Proc  R.  Soc  M., Lond.,  1936-37, 30:  684-90.—
Rimini, R.  Studi sperimentali  sulle alterazioni  della  parete
arteriosa dopo embolectomia.  Policlinico, 1932, 39: sez. chir.,
489.—Rubashev, S.  [Embolectomy]  Vrach.  gaz.,  1928, 32:
827-31.—Sciacca, F.  Sull'embolectomia;  a proposito di due
casi personali: dell'iliaca comune e della femorale aU'origine.
Policlinico, 1938, 45:  sez. chir., 374-84,  pi.—Soderlund, G.
Two cases of embolectomy.  Acta chir. scand., 1925, 59: 225-
36.—Stevenson,  D. L.   A new  technique in embolectomy.
Lancet, Lond., 1938, 1: 723.—Stowe, W. R. C. Two cases of
embolectomy following embolism of tbe abdominal aorta.  Clin.
J., Lond., 1934, 63: 255-7.—Strombedk, J. P. The late results
of embolectomy performed on arteries of the greater circulation
(Sweden 1913-32)  Acta chir.  scand., 1935, 77:  229-55 —
Surgery (The) of embolism.  Lancet, Lond., 1938, 2:  1365.—
Torell, R.   Three cases of embolectomy.  Acta  chir. scand.,
1925-26, 59: 171-80.—Turco, A.  Su un caso di embolectomia
arteriosa.  Minerva med., Tor.,  1931, 22: 145-8.—Valdoni, P.
Sulla  trombosi secondaria a embolectomia.  Arch. Soc. ital.
chir.,  1933,  39: 1077-84.—Wertheimer,  P.  A  propos des
embolies arterielles.  P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1937, 46: 472-7 —
Wustmann,  O.,  & Hallervorden,  J.   Beobachtungen  bei
Trendelenburgschen Embolieoperationen.  Deut. Zschr. Chir.,
1935,  245:  472-84.—Zierold, A.  A.   Surgical treatment of
arterial embolism.  Tr. West.  Surg. Ass., 1932,  42: 382-96.
Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1933, 101: 7-9.

----   in women.

   See also Labor;  Pregnancy; Puerperium.
   Achard, C.  Embolies puerperales.  Bull, med., Par., 1924,
38: 755-9.   Also Gazz. osp., 1924, 45: 800-4.—Hemmings, C. T.
A study of post delivery deaths caused by embolism.  Ohio M.
J., 1936, 32: 620-6.—Koerting, W. Zur Frage der  Luft- und
Gasembolie unter der Geburt. Zbl. Gyn., 1923, 47: 1657-67.—
Reeb.  A  propos de quelques observations d'embolies puer-
perales mortelles. Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1928, 17:  317-
22.—Vermelin, H.  Les embolies tres precoces du post-partum.
Ibid.,  1929, 18: 258-61.

   EMBREE,  Edwin Rogers,  1883-         Julius

Rosenwald Fund; a  review for the 2 year period,

1931-33.   2 p. 1.   47p.   8?   Chic, 1933. 
EMBREE
176
EMBRYO
   ----  Every  10. pupil;  the story of the Negro
school  in  the South.    12p.   portr.   S?   Chic,
Julius Rosenwald Fund, 1935 (?)
   ——   Julius  Rosenwald  Fund;  review  of  2
decades 1917-36.   55p.   portr.   8?   Chic,  1936.


EMBRYO.

   See  also  Embryogeny;  Embryology;  Fetus;
Larva; Ovum.
   Angulo y Gonzalez, A. W. The prenatal development  of
behavior in the albino rat.   J. Comp. Neur., 1932, 55: 395-
442.—Castle, W. E.   The fate  of  unborn rabbit embryos.
Am. J. Anat., 1928, 42:  399-401.—Hunt,  T. E.  An experi-
mental study of Hensen's node in the  chick embryo.   Proc
Soc Exp. Biol.,  N.  Y., 1929-30, 27: 84-6.—Patterson, J. T.
Polyembryony in animals. Q. Rev. Biol.,  1927, 2: 399-426.—
Pillai, M. J. S.   Visionary's vision of the mammalian embryo.
Madras M. J., 1936, 16:  190-3.—Przibram, H.  Die virtuelle
und reelle Lage des Amphibienembryos nach naturlichen und
kiinstlichen Marken am Ei des Alpenmolches, Triton alpestris.
Arch. mikr.  Anat. Entwmech., 1924,  102: 584-603, 3 pi —
Streeter, G. L. Advances in our knowledge of the early primate
embryo.  Tr. Am. Gyn.  Soc  (1938) 1939, 63:  129-31.  Also
Am. J. Obst., 1938, 36: 747-9.—Tuge, H. The development of
behavior in avian embryos.  J. Comp. Neur., 1937, 66: 157-76,
2 pi.—Wetzel, R. Untersuchungen am Huhnerkeim.  Verh.
Anat. Ges., 1925, 34: 127-9.—Zing Yang  Kuo.  Ontogeny  of
embryonic behavior in aves; the structural  and environmental
factors in embryonic behavior.  J. Comp. Psychol., 1932, 13:
245-71.  Also J. Exp. Zool., 1932, 61: 395; 430.

----  Abnormity.

   See also Abnormities;  Teratology;  also under
names of parts affected.
   Beissenhirtz,  H.  Experimentelle Erzeugung  von  Mehr-
fachbildungen bei Planarien.   Zschr. wiss. Zool.,  1928, 132:
257-313, pi.—Bergel, A.   Der Dotterstiel als  Ursache einer
menschlichen Fehlbildung.  Zschr. ges.  Anat.,  1. Abt.,  1929,
89: 532-42.—Cardot, H.  Sur quelques anomalies des ceufs  et
des embryons de  gasteropodes pulmones.   C. rend. Soc. biol.,
1924, 91: 1019-22.—Dodds, G. S.  An abnormal human embryo
11  mm.  long.  Anat.  Rec,   1929, 43:  199-208.—Fadda, G.
Ueber die Bildung der  Doppelembryonen.  Arch. Entwmech.,
1926,  107:  213-8.—Goerttler,  K.  Experimentell  erzeugte
Spina bifida- und Ringembryobildungen und ihre Bedeutung
fiir die Entwicklungsphysiologie der Urodeleneier.  Zschr. ges.
Anat.,  1. Abt.,  1926, 80:  283-343.—Goetsch,  W.   Ueber
kiinstliche Herstellung tierischer Chimaren.   Sitzber. Ges.
Morph. Physiol. (1923-24) 1924, 35: 5.—Grosser, O. Grund-
legende Vorgange der  Wirbeltierentwicklung und ihre  Bezie-
hungen zur Missbildungslehre.  Med.  Klin., Berl.,  1925, 21:
1185-7.—Humphrey, R. R.  The occurrence of supernumerary
limbs  in Amblystoma following  operations for  removal  or
implantation  of gonadic preprimordia.   Anat. Rec, 1933, 56:
1—13.—Hutt,  F. B.  The frequencies of various malpositions of
the chick embryo and their significance.  Proc. R. Soc. Edin-
burgh, 1928-29, 49: 118-30, pi.—Keith, A.   Malformations of
the human body from a new point of view.  Brit.  M. J., 1932,
1: 387.—Koether, F. Ueber Duplicitas anterior, posterior und
posterior partim cruciata  bei Triton.  Arch. Entwmech., 1927,
110: 578-625.—Lazarevic, V.  Mehrfache  Fehlbildungen bei
hypoplastischer Anlage.  Virchows Arch., 1929, 273: 445-53.—
Lecamp, M.   Production experimentale  de membres  sur-
nunteraires  chez le  crapaud  accoucheur  (Alytes  obstetricans
Laur.)  C. rend. Acad,  sc,  1932,  194:  1197-9.—Livini,  F.
Intorno ad un embrione umano mostruoso; duplicita posteriore.
Arch. ital. anat.,  1934, 33: 212-21, 7 pi.—Llambias,  J.  Ano-
malia embrionaria de vaca.  Rev. Soc. argent,  biol., 1925,  1:
589-92.—Macchiarulo, O.  Terapia ormonale  materna nelle
malformazioni embrionali. Fol. demogr. gyn., Genova, 1937,
34: 147-51.—Maspes, P. E.  Duplicita molto circoscritta in un
embrione di  polio e sua interpretazione.  Boll.  Soc. ital. biol.
sper., 1931, 6: 828-30.—Morosi,  G.  Di un embrione umano
anomalo.  Monit. zool. ital.,  1932, 43:  186.—Papilian, V., &
Nana, A.  Die an Vogelembryonen durch Versuche erhaltenen
Missbildungen.  Virchows Arch., 1932-33, 257: 5-9.—Penners,
A., & Schleip, W.  Die Entwicklung der Schultze'schen Doppel-
bildungen aus dem  Ei von Rana fusca.   Zschr. wiss. Zool.,
1927-28, 130: 305; 1928, 131:  1, 6 pi.  ------  Weitere Unter-
suchungen iiber  die Entstehung  der Schultzeschen Doppel-
bildungen beim   braunen Frosch.  Verh.  Phys.  med. Ges.
Wiirzburg,  1926, n. F.,  51: 46-52.—Terni, T.   Duplicitas
anterior leggerissima,  in  un embrione  de  polio di sei  giorni
Arch. ital. anat.,  1925, 22: 158-94.—Titlebaum, A.   Artificial
production of janus embryos of Chaetopterus.  Proc. Nat. Acad.
Sc. U. S., 1928, 14: 245-7.—Tyler, A.  Experimental produc-
tion of double embryos in annelids and mollusks. J. Exp. Zool
1930, 57: 347-402,  2  pi.—Vogt.  Ablenkung der Symmetrie
durch halbseitige Beschleunigung  der Friihentwicklung  (nach
Versuchen an Rippenmolch- und Axolotlkeimen)  Verh. anat
Ges.,  1928,  37: 139-55.—Wessel, E.  Experimentell erzeugte
Duplicitas cruciata bei Triton.  Arch.  Entwmech., 1926, 107:
481-556.—Wittmann,  C.   Untersuchungen an  Schultze'schen
Doppelbildungen von Rana fusca und Triton taeniatus.  Zschr.
wiss.  Zool., 1929,  134:  358-532. pi.—Yamasaki,  M.   Ein
menschlicher Embryo  von 8.5 mm Scheitel-bteisslange mit
fehlerhaften und ungewohnlichen Bildungen. Arb. Anat. Inst.
Univ. Sendai, 1933, 27-59.  ------  Ein atyplsch missgeblldeter
menschlicher Embryo  aus  dem  zweiten  Schwangerschafts-
monate.  Ibid., 1935, H. 17,  137-51.

----  Age.
   Arey, L. B.  Simple formulae for estimating the age and size
of human embryos.  Anat. Rec, 1925, 30: 289-96.—Grosser, O.
Ovulationstermin und Altersbestimmung junger  menschlicher
Embryonen.  Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1927, 77:  1-3.  -----
Ueber das wahre Alter menschlicher Embryonen.  Anat.  Anz.,
1931-32, 73: 479-86.  ------  Embryonalentwicklung,  Kon-
zeptions- und Ovulationstermin.  Zbl. Gyn., 1932,  56:  706-
10.—Ludwig, E.  Zur Altersbestimmung menschlicher Embrv-
onen.  Anat. Anz., 1928,  66: 222-30.—Macdowell, E. C, &
Allen, E.  Weight  of mouse embryos 10-18 days after concep-
tion, a logarithmic function  of embryo age. Proc. Soc  Exp.
Biol., N. Y., 1926-27, 24: 672-4.—Teacher, J. H.  Demonstra-
tion on the estimation of the  age of early human ova and the
nature of menstruation.  Glasgow M. J.,  1909, 71: 56-60.—
Treutler. K.  Ueber das wahre  Alter  junger menschlicher
Embryonen. Anat. Anz., 1930-31, 71: 245-58.

----  Chemical  and physical properties.

   See  also Embryo,  Metabolism and  nutrition;
Embryogeny, Chemistry and physics.

   Needham,  J.  Chemical embryology.   3v.   8?
Cambr., Engl., 1931.
  Aloisi, M. Osservazioni sul glicogeno neU'embrione di Cavia.
Monit. zool. ital., 1932,  43: 173.—Ashbel, R.  Sulla viscosita
delle uova fecondate e non fecondate dei ricci di mare (Arbacia
pustulosa)  Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1930, 5:  70-2.—Blazso,
A.  Ueber die Reduktion der OES im embryonalen Gewebe.
Zschr. physiol.  Chem.,  1936, 244:  138.—Chambers, R., &
Pollack, H.  The pH of the blastocoele of  echinoderm embryos,
Biol. Bull., 1927, 53: 233-8.—Pulzetto, F.   II glutatione  nelle
ova fecondate e non fecondate di Paracentrotus lividus. Arch.
zool. ital., Tor., 1931, 16: 461-7.—Evans, T. C.  Presence of
SH-compounds in non-developing embryos.  Proc Soc.  Exp.
Biol., N. Y., 1933, 30:1214.—Florkin, M.  Le pouvoir oxyphori-
que du liquide coelomique et des Itematies de Sipancultus nudus
C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 112: 705.—Froboese,  C, & Hoepke.
Ueber das Vorkommen von Fett in jungen Embryonen. Verh.
Deut. path. Ges., 1926, 21: 296.—Grasset, E. Recherches sur
la sensibilite du  tissu  embryonnaire aux  antigenes; essais
d'immunisation  comparee  de l'embryon de poulet  et de la
poule adulte. C. rend. Soc.  biol., 1929,  101: 1102-4.—Hosoi,
K.  Ueber die Gesamtmenge der organischen Sauren im frischen
und bebriiteten Huhnerei. Jap. J. M. Sc, 1935-37, 3: Biochem.
249-56.—Kamei, T.  Untersuchungen iiber  die physikalischen
Eigenschaften und die chemische  Zusammensetzung der  Am-
nios-  und  Allantoisflussigkeit des  Hiihnerembryos.  Zschr.
physiol. Chem.,  1927, 171: 101-13.—Koschtojanz. C.  Beitrag
zur Physiologie des  Embryos (Embryosecretin)   Arch.  ges.
Physiol., 1931, 227: 359.—Love, W. H.  The X-ray absorption
spectrum of the chorio-allantoic membrane of chick embryo and
the emission spectrum of the ash of the egg of the domestic
fowl;  a preliminary communication.   Med. J. Australia, 1929,
2: 395.—Mendeleev, P.  Rapports physico-chimiques entre les
organismes maternels et embryonnaires.   Ann. physiol., Par.,
1926,  2: 257-76.  ------  Les trephones et les hormones de
tissus embryonnaires.  C. rend. Soc biol., 1935,  118: 1219-
22.—Moore, A. R., & Miller, W. A.  Occurrence of birefringence
in the fertilized egg of the sea urchin.  Proc Soc. Exp. Biol.,
N. Y., 1937, 36: 835.—Murray, H. A., jr.  Physiological onto-
geny; chicken embryos;  the concentration of the  organic con-
stituents and the calorific value as functions of age.  J.  Gen.
Physiol., 1925-26, 9: 405.  ------  The iodine reaction for the
quantitative determination of glutathione in the tissues  as a
function of  age.   Ibid.,  621-4.   ------  The pB,  chloride,
carbonic acid,  and protein  concentrations in  the  tissues as
functions of age.  Ibid.,  789-803.  Also repr.—Nattan-Larrier,
L., & Grimard, L.   L'age et variations de  la sensibilisatrice
inti-embryonnaire.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1935, 119: 1025-7.—
Needham, J. Chemical embryology.  Annual Rev. Biochem.,
1932, 1: 507; 1933, 2: 337; 1935, 4: 449.—Peebles, F.  Growth
regulating substances in echinoderm larva?.   Biol. Bull., 1929,
57:  176-87.—Sagara, J.  Ueber die Glutathionbildung im
Organismus des Hiihnerembryos.  Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1930,
188: 124-6.—Sparta, A.  Peso specifico di embrioni di Blennius
palmicornis Cuv.  Boll.  Soc.  ital. biol. sper., 1928, 3: 731-4.—
Szantroch, Z. Untersuchungen iiber den Fettgehalt embryonaler
Gewebe.   Anat.  Anz.,  1932-33, 75:  46-51.—Takata,  M.
Untersuchungen uber  Cetacea;  iiber das  Fruchtwasser des
Seiwals. Tohoku J. Exp. M.,  1921-22, 2: 459-64.—Tomita, M.,
Nakamura, Y. [et al.] Beitrage zur Embrvochemie der Repti-
lien.  J. Biochem., Tokyo, 1928-29, 10:  351; passim.—Wladi-
mirov, G. E., & Schmidt, A. A. Zucker-, Fett- und Reststick-
stoffgehalt  im Blute des Huhnerembryos.   Biochem.  Zschr.,
1926, 176: 304-8.—Yamada, K.  Ueber den Gehalt des Blutes
des Huhnerembryos an  Chlor, Gesamt- und Reststickstoff.
Jap. J. M. Sc,  1933, 2: Biochem., 81-3.  ------ Ueber den
Oesamtbasengehalt der  frischen und bebriiteten Hiihnereier.
Ibid., 1935-37, 3: 241-7. 
EMBRYO
177
EMBRYO
   ----   Cytology and histology.

     See also Embryogeny, Cytology; Histogenesis;
   also under names of organs.

     Nicolet,  E.    *Die  Oxydase-Reaktion   bei
   jungen    menschlichen    Embryonen     [Zurich]
   p.602-24.   8?   Lpz.,  1927.
     Also Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch., 1927, 10:

     Beckton, H.   Altmann's  granules  in  embryonic  tissues
   Arch. Middlesex Hosp., Lond., 1910, 19: 103-10.—Bieling, W-
   Die  Stellen besonders starker Vitalfiirbbarkeit am Miiuse-
   embryo, ihre Bedeutung fur  die  Formbildung  nebst Unter-
   suchungen iiber vitale Farbung von Degenerationen.  Arch
   Entwmech., 1937-38,  137: 1-12.—Boyden, E. A. Concerning
   the regular  occurrence of glairy cysts  in the amnio-allantoic
   wall of chick  embryos.   Anat. Rec,  1929, 43:  165-8, pi.—
   Bruin, A. D.  [Known and unknown properties of spindle cells
   of tadpole]  Ned.  tschr. geneesk., 1927, 71: pt 2, 471-5.—
   Espinasse, .P.  G.  The membrana  granulosa of the  mouse
   Nature,  Lond.,  1934,  134:  182.—Faure-Fremiet,  E.  Con-
   stitution et  proprietes physico-chimiques des eteocytes d'Am-
   phitrite johnstoni  (Malmgren)  Protoplasma, Lpz., 1928-29
   5: 321-37.   Latta,  J. S., & Busby, L. F.  The reaction of the
   chick embryo  and its membranes to  trypan blue.  Am. J
   Anat., 1929, 44: 171-98.—Mainland, D.  The early develop-
   ment of the ferret: the zona  granulosa, zona pellucida  and
   associated structures.   J.  Anat.,  Lond., 1932,  66: 586-601,
   pi.—Moore, A. R.  On the hyaline membrane  and hyaline
   droplets of  the fertilized egg  of  the  sea  urchin,  Strongylo-
   centrotus  purpuratus.   Protoplasma, Lpz.,  1927-28,  3: 524-
   30.—Politzer, G.   Ueber Zahl,  Lage und  Beschaffenheit  der
   Urkeimzellen eines menschlichen  Embryo mit 26-27  Urseg-
   mentpaaren.  Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt., 1928, 87:  766-80.—
   Preto, V.  Particolari morfologici osservati in giovani embrioni
   di ratto; sulla regione assiale anteriore dell'area embrionale.
   Arch. ital. anat., 1938, 40:  321-45.—Ranzi, S.  Ricerche sui
   placodi  dei  ciclostomi,  ganoidi e teleostei con particolare
   riguardo al  destino  del  placode  epibranchiale  del faciale.
   Boll. Ist.  zool.  Roma (1926)  1927,  77-132, pi—Spotkov, E.
   M.   The centriole  in  tbe parthenogenetic and fertilized egps
   of Habrobracon juglandis.  J. Morph., 1938, 62: 49-79, 4 pi.—
   Studnicka, F. K.  Le ntesostroma  des annexes embryonnaires
   des manuniteres a l'etat frais et fixe.  Bull, histol. appl., Lyon,
   1934,  11:  173-89.—Vintemberger, P.   Sur la  situation de
  rebaueho chordale presomptive avant le creusement  du blasto-
   cele dans l'ceuf de Rana fusca.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1934, 115:
   852-4.—Weissenberg,  R.  Untersuchungen iiber den Anlage-
  plan beim Neunaugenkeim; das genauere Verhalten der Glie-
  derung der zentralen  Anlagezonen.   Anat. Anz.,  1936,  82:
  20-32.—Winiwarter, H.  de.   Plages de pycnoses chez l'em-
  bryon.   C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 109: 64-0.

  ---   Description.

    Hill,  J. P.,  &  Florian,  J.   A young human

  embryo (Embryo  Dobbin) with  head-process and

  prochordal plate,  p.443-86.  4?  Lond.,  1931.
    Meyer, P.    *Ein junges menschliehes Ei mit

  0,4   mm  langem  Embryonalschild.    5p.    8?
  Zur.,  1923.
    Atwell, W. J.  A human embryo with seventeen pairs of
  somites.   Contr.  Embryol. Carnegie  Inst.,  1930, 21: 1-24,
  4 pi.—Bean, R.  J.  Notes on a young human abortus.  Canad.
  M. Ass.  J.,  1927, 17:  815-7.—Brault, P.  Presentation d'un
  oeuf humain de quelques heurs, en place dans la cavite uterine.
  Bull. Soc obst. gyn.  Paris, 1937, 26: 268.—Brenner.  Ueber  ein
  junges menschliehes Ei.  Berl. klin. Wschr., 1913,  50: 1459.—
  Brewer, J. I.  A normal human ovum in  a stage preceding the
  primitive streak  (the Edwards-Jones-Brewer ovum)   Am. J.
  Anat., 1937, 61: 429-81.  Also repr.  ------  A human embryo
 in the bilaminar blastodisc  stage; the Ed wards-Jones-Brewer
 ovum.  Contr. Embryol. Carnegie Inst.,  1938, 27: 85-94, 9  pi
 ------& Fitzgerald, J.  E.  Six normal and complete presomite
 human ova.   Am. J. Obst.,  1937, 34: 210-24.—Brewer, J.  I.,
 & Jones, H. O.  Implantation and structure of a human ovum
 near the 17th day (primitive streak  stage)  Tr. Chicago Path.
 Soc,  1933,  14:  107.—Bryce, T.  H.  Measurements of very
 early  human embryos.  Zschr.  ges.  Anat., 1. Abt.,  1925, 77:
 493.—Caffier, P.  Ueber ein 1 Monat altes Abort-Ei.  Zschr.
 Geburtsh. Gyn., 1933, 106:  290-306.—Chiarugi, G.  II sacco
 vitellino e la sua appendice in un giovane uovo umano. Monit.
 zool.  ital.; 1933, 44: 174-83.—Cordier,  G., & Coujard,  R.
 Sur un embryon humain de 1  mm.  05.  Ann. anat. path.,
 Par.,  1939,  16: 239-53.  ------ Description d'un  embryon
 humain de 0 mm. 90; etude  histologique de cet  embryon  et
 d'un embryon humain  de 1  mm.  05 precedemment decrit.
 Ibid.,  531-40.—Corner,  G. W.  A well-preserved  human em-
 bryo of 10 somites.   Contr. Embryol. Carnegie  Inst.,  1920,
 20: 81-99, 7 pi.—Edwards, E. A., Jones, H. O., & Brewer, J. I.
 A normal human ovum in a stage preceding the primitive streak.
 Am. J. Obst., 1936, 31: 672-4.—Elder, J. H., Hartman, C. G., &
Heuser, C. H.  A ten and one-half day  chimpanzee  embryo,
 Yerkes A.  J.  Am. M. Ass.,  1938, 111: 1156-9.  Also repr.—
Falkiner, N. M.  A description of a  human ovum  15  days old

       77908—vol. 5,  4th sebibs---12
with special reference to the vascular arrangements and to the
morphology of the trophoblast.  J. Obst. Gyn. Brit. Empire,
1932, 39: 471-506,  16 pi.—Fetzer, M., & Florian, J.  Der
jungste  menschhche Embryo  (Embryo Fetzer)  mit  bereits
entwickelter Kloakenmembran.  Anat.  Anz.,  1929, 67: 481-
«■—Florian,  J.  Ueber zwei junge menschliche Embryonen.
Verh. Anat. Ges., 1927, 36: 184-92.  ------   [Graphic recon-
struction of human  embryo in very early stages of develop-
ment]  Spisy Lek. Fak. Masaryk. Univ.,  1928, 6: 1-64.  ------
[Angle of section commonly used in young  human embryo]
Ibid., 1930, 9:  A. 94,  1-8.  Also  Anat. Anz.,  1390-31,  71:
i  ,,; ,------  Ueber  einige  bisher unkorrigiert gebliebene
fehlerhafte Angaben der junge menschliche  Embryonen  be-
schreibendeiL Arbeiten.   Ibid., 1934,  78: 445-50.
  Ueber die Existenz von zwei verschiedenen Typen junger
  menschlicher Embryonen.  Biol, gen., Wien, 1934, 10: 521-44.
  [Human embryo Bi(ttmann) with a head bud 0.105 mm long]
  Bratisl. lek. listy, 1934, 14: 299-329, 29 pi.  ------& Hill, J. P.
  An early human embryo (No. 1285, Manchester  collection)
  with  capsular attachment of the  connecting stalk.  J. Anat.,
  Lond., 1934-35, 69: 399-411, 3 pi.—Frazer, J. E. S.  A fairly
  young human embryo.   S. Mary's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1926,
  32: 58-60.------A  very  young human  ovum.  Lancet,
  Lond., 1932, 1: 25.—Girgis, A.  Description of a human embryo
  of 22 paired somites.  J. Anat., Lond., 1925-26, 60: 382-410,
  Ph—Greenhill, J. P.  A  young human ovum in situ.  Am. J.
  Anat., 1927,  40: 315-54. ------  A human  ovum  approxi-
  mately 19 days old.  Surg. Gyn.  Obst.,  1927,  45: 493-501.—
  Grosser, O.  Junge menschliche Embryonen (der dritten und
  vierten Woche)  Zschr. ges. Anat.,  3. Abt., 1924, 25: 391-447.—
  Hayek, H. von.  Ein menschlicher Embryo mit 16 Urwirbeln,
  25  Tage  alt.   Anat. Anz., 1930-31, 71:  194-202.------
  Ein  menschlicher Embryo vom 40. Tage.  Ibid., 1934,  78:
  315-20.—Hei.ie.  Graviditat von wenigen Tagen.   Deut. med.
  Wschr., 1911, 37: 1675.—Heuser, C. H.  A human  embryo
  with  14  pairs of somites.  Contr.  Embryol. Carnegie  Inst.,
  1930, 22: 135-54, 4 pi.------A presomite human embryo
  with a definite chorda canal.   Ibid., 1932, 23: 253-67, 7 pi.—
  Hiramatsu, K.   Ein junges Menschenei (Ei-Ando)   Nippon
  fujinkagakkai  zasshi,  1935, 30:  17-9.—I Chuan Wen.  The
  anatomy of human embryos with 17 to 23  pairs  of  somites.
  .1. Comp. Neur., 1928,  45:  301-59,  8 pi.—Jones,  H. O., &
  Brewer, J. I.  Normal human ovum in the primitive streak
  stage  (approximately 18J-2 days)   Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1935, 60:
  657-66.—Kindred, J. E.  A human embryo of the presomite
  period from the uterine tube.  Am.  J. Anat., 1933, 53: 221-41.—
  King, A. F. A.  The Bryce-Teacher early human ova.   Wash-
  ington M. Ann., 1909-10, 8: 1-9.—Litzenberg, J. C. A young
  human ovum of the early somite period.  Tr. Am. Gyn. Soc,
  1933,  58: 147-58.   Also Am.  J.  Obst.,  1933,  26: 519-29 —
  Lordy, C.  Um ovo humano nas primeiras phases de seu desen-
  volvimento.  Ann. Fac.  med. S. Paulo,  1931, 6: 21-35, 5 pi.
  Also C. rend. Soc biol.,  1932,  109: 407.  ------  Estudo de
  um ovo humano in situ (Gua  II)   Ann. Fac med. S. Paulo,
  1934,  10: 253-65, 6  pi.—Ludwig,  E.   Ueber einen jungen
  menschlichen  Embryo (Dal.)   Sahweiz.  med.  Wschr.,  1927,
  57: 671.------•  Ueber einen operativ  gewonnenen mensch-
  lichen  Embryo  mit  einem  Ursegmente   (Embryo  Dal.)
  Morph. Jahrb.,  1928, 59: 41-104, 3  pi.—Martin,  C. P.,  &
  Falkiner, N. M.  The Falkiner  ovum.  Am. J. Anat., 1938, 63:
  251-71,  2 pi.—Maurer,  F.  Ein menschliehes, operativ  ent-
  ferntes Abortivei aus der  dritten Woche.   Jena. Zschr. Natur-
  wiss.,  1929, 64: 197-218. 3 pi.—Normal  (A)  human ovum in
 the primitive streak stage. Brit. M. J., 1935, 1: 985.—Odgers,
 P. N.  B.  An early human ovum (Thomson)  in situ.  J. Anat.,
  Lond., 1937, 71:  161-8, pi.—Payne, F. General description of
 a 7-somite human embryo. Contr. Embryol. Carnegie Inst.,
 1925, 16: 115-23, 3 pi.—Politzer, G. Ueber einen menschlichen
 Embryo mit 18 Ursegmentpaaren.   Zschr. ges. Anat.,  1.  Abt.,
 1928,  87: 674-727,  4 pi.------Ueber einen menschlichen
 Embryo mit sieben Urwirbelpaaren.  Ibid., 1930,  93:  386-
 428, 3 pi.—Ramsey, E.  M.  The  Lo.ckyer embryo: an  early
 human embryo in situ.  Contr.  Embryol.  Carnegie Inst.,  1937
 26: 101-19, pi.------The Yale embryo.  Ibid.,  1938, 27:
 67-84, 3 pi.—Roume, A.  Presentation d'un embryon  humain
 rle 11 millimetres.   Bull. Soc. obst.  gyn.  Paris,  1934, 23:
 300.—Scipiades,  E., jr.   Young  human ovum detected in
 uterine scraping.  Contr.  Embryol. Carnegie Inst., 1938, 27:
 95-106,  pi.  Also Magy. orv.  arch., 1938, 39:  495-507.—
 Shaw, W.  Two specimens of early human ova.  Brit. M. J.,
 1932, 1: 411-5, pi.—Sternberg, H.   Beschreibung eines mensch-
 lichen  Embryos  mit  vier Ursegmentpaaren,  nebst  Bemer-
 kungen iiber  die Anlage und fruheste  Entwicklung einiger
 Organe beim Menschen.  Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt., 1927, 82:
 142-240, 5 pi.—Stieve, H.  Ein  menschliehes Ei vom Ende der
 zweiten Woche.   Verh. Anat. Ges., 1926,  35: 138-43.------
 Ein ganz junges,  in der Gebarmutter erhaltenes menschliehes
 Ei (Keimling Werner)   Zschr.  mikr. anat. Forsch., 1936, 40:
 281-322, pi.—Streeter, G. L.  The  Miller ovum: the youngest
 normal human embryo  thus  far  known.   Contr. Embryol.
 Carnegie Inst.,  1926, 18:  31-48, 8 pi.  ------ Early stages
 of the  macaque embryo.   Verh. Anat. Ges., 1937, 44: 4-6.—
 Stump, C. W.  A human blastocyst in situ.  Tr. R. Soc. Edin-
 burgh,  1928-29,  56: 191-202, 9 pi.—Teacher, J. H. Demon-
stration of an  extremely young human ovum (Teacher-Bryce
ovum)   Proc R.  Soc. M.. Lond., 1907-8, 1: obst. gyn. sect.,
264-7.  ------   Lantern and microscopic  demonstration of an
extremely early human ovum (Teacher-Bryce ovum)  Glasgow
M. J., 1909, 71: 55.  Also Tr. Glasgow Obst. Gyn. Soc, 1911, 
EMBRYO
 7: 1.—Tennant, R., & Ramsey, E. M.  An early human embryo
 in situ.  Surg. Gyn. Obst.,  1934, 58: 968-71.—Terni, T.  Un
 embrione umano nello stadio presomitico.  Monit. zool. ital.,
 1929, 40: 3-19 51— Waldeyer, A.  Ein junges  menschliehes Ei
 in situ [Seho(nholz)]  Zschr.  ges.  Anat.,  1.  Abt., 1929, 90:
 412-57.—West, C.  M.  Description of a human embryo of 8
 somites.   Contr. Embryol.  Carnegie Inst., 1930,  21: 25-35,
 3  pi.  ------  A  human embryo of 25 somites.  J. Anat.,
 Lond.,  1937,  71: 169-200,  pi.—Wirtinger, W.   Ueber eine
 typische Verletzung bei der Gewinnung menschlicher Embry-
 onen;  gleichzeitig eine Kritik der Schrift von Gosta Ekehorn
 Ueber Degeneration der Harnblase beim menschlichen Fetus.
 Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt.,  1931, 94: 733-50.—Young, J. Study
 of an early human  ovum and the functional similarity of the
 ovarian and placental hormones.  Tr. Edinburgh  Obst.  Soc,
 1925-26, 46: 113-27, 2 pi.

 ----  Extract.

   See also  Amniotic  fluid,  Effects; Fetus.
   Clarac, R.   Contribution a l'etude  de l'em-
 bryotherapie.   68p.   8?    Par.,  1936.
   Velaye,  C.  I.  M.   Contribution  a l'etude
 des  applications  therapeutiques  du  sue  d'em-
 bryons de  poulet.   41p.    8?   Par.,  1937.
   Attiah, M. A., & Sorour, M.   A preliminary note on the
 therapeutic value of embryonic tissue extract in eye diseases.
 Bull. Ophth.  Soc. Egypt (1935)  1936, 28: 180-200.—Borger,
 G., &  Zenker, R.  Ueber haltbaren Embn onalextrakt.  Arch.
 exp. Zellforsch.,  1931-32, 12: 347-54.—Friedheim, E. A. H.
 Le  potentiel  d'oxydo-reduction  d'extraits  embryonnaires.
 C.  rend.  Soc.  biol.,  1929,  101:  1039-42.—Goldberger,  S.
 Ricerche sull'azoto  aminico negli  estratti di embrione di polio.
 Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1931, 6:  70.—Hetzel,  H.  [Embryonal
 extracts for growth] Allatorv. lap., 1932, 55: 293-9.—Hueper,
 W. C, Allen, A.  [et al.]  Studies of growth factors of embryo
 extract.  Am. J. Cancer, 1933, 17: 74-105.— Jacoby, F. Migra-
 tory and mitotic activity of chick fibroblasts under the influence
 of dialysate of embryo juice.  Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1936-37,
 19: 241-54, pi.—Lasnitzki,  I.   The action of heated embryo
 extract upon  the growth of fibroblast cultures.  Skand.  Arch.
 Physiol., Berl.,  1937, 76: 303-12.—Mendeleev, P.  L'action
 coagulante du sue de tissus embryonnaires de cobaye. C. rend.
 Soc. biol., 1934, 117: 1219-22.  ------  La spedfite du pouvoir
 coagulant de tissus  embryonnaires de cobaye.   Ibid., 1222-4.—
 Miszurski, B.  Further contribution to the influence of extracts
 from embryos of different age on the growth  of cartilage and
 ossification in vitro.  Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1939,  23: 80-3.—
 Morosow,  B.  D.   Stimulationsein wirkung des Embryonalex-
 trakts und der Embryonalgewebe bei Regenerationsversuchen
 an Amphibien.  Arch.  Entwmech.,  1935,   133:  310-22.—
 Pugliese, A.  L'azione fisiologica degli estratti embrionali e le
 loro applicazioni in  terapia (1'endoxidina nella cura dell'obesita)
 Terapia, Milano,  1931,  21:  257-61.—Razumov,   N.  P.,  &
 Nikolskaya, A. V. [Effect of embryonic juices upon the vascular
 system of  the heart and partially on  the tonus   of cardiac
 muscle]  Klin, med., Moskva, 1928, 6: 579-87.  Also Acta med.
 scand., 1928,  69: 436-52.—Rosenthal, P.  L'embryotrterapie.
 C.  rend.  Acad, sc,  1934,  198:  994-6.—Sachs, D.  Sur les
 proprtetes reductrices de  1'extrait embryonnaire.  Arch. exp.
 Zellforsch., 1934,  15: 179-85. ------Ephrussi, B., & Rapkine,
 L.  Sur les proprietes reductrices de 1'extrait embryonnaire;
 les deshydrases. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 113:  708-10. ------
 Quelques facteurs dtetablissement du potentiel limite.  Ibid.,
 829.—Spuhr, W.  Ueber die Extraktstoffe der  Embryonen des
 Dornhaies (Acanthias vulgaris)  Zschr. Biol., 1937,  98: 43-8.—
 Twitty, V.  C.  Experiments on the  phenomenon of paralysis
 produced by a toxin occurring  in  Triturus embryos.  J.  Exp.
 Zool., 1937, 75: 67-104.—Velicogna, A. Le proprieta biologiche
 del succo di embrione di polio nei riguardi del bacillo del tifo.
 Ann. igiene, 1930, 40: 506-10.

 ----  Implantation.

   See also  Decidua;  Pregnancy.
   Boon von Ochssee, M., & Tholen, A.  Zur Einnistung des
 menschlichen Eies in die Uterusschleimhaut.  Mschr. Geburtsh
 Gyn., 1932, 92: 178.—Bryce, T. H.  Implantation of the ovum
 in mammals in the  light of recent research.  Edinburgh M. J
 1937, 44: 317-32.—Caffier, P. Zur Biologie von Ei  und Eibett.
 Klin. Wschr., 1932, 11: 1089-92.—Courrier,  R.,  & Gros, G.
 Remarques sur la nidation de l'ceuf chez la chatte.  C. rend
 Soc. Biol.,  1932, 111: 787-9.—Hamlett, G. W. D.   Implanta-
 tion und Embryonalhiillen bei zwei siidamerikanischen Fleder-
 mausen.   Anat.  Anz.,  1934-35,  79: 146-9.—Heinricius, G.
 [The embedding of  the ovum]   Fin. lak. sail, hand., 1910, 52:
 1, 48-59.—Heuser,  C. H.  A study of the implantation of the
 ovum of the pig from the stage of the bilaminar blastocyst to
 the completion  of  the fetal membranes.   Contr. Embryol
 Carnegie Inst., 1927, 19: 229-44,  5 pi.—Kudriashov, B.  A., &
 Agatov, P.  A.  [Effect of highly molecular  ketones on the
implantation of an impregnated ovum of a female rat]  Akush
gin., 1937,  19-22.—Latta, J. S., & Tollman, J. P. An early
stage of human implantation.   Anat. Rec, 1937, 69: 443-56
3 pi.—Meyer-Ruegg, H.  Ueber  Einbettung  und  erste  Blut^
versorgung  des  menschlichen  Eies.   Anat. Anz.,  1930  69-
380-2. Also Arch.  Gyn., Berl., 1930, 140: 466-95—Moellen-
EMBRYO
dorff, W. von.  Ueber die Implantation des Eies beim Menschen.
Jahrkurs. arztl.  Fortbild., 1937, 28: H.  1, 1-8.—Pankow, O.
Die Bedeutung des Mutterbodens fur die Wahl des Implanta-
tionsortes und die Implantationsart des menschlichen  Eies.
Zbl.  Gyn.,  1926,  50: 932-6.—Spee,  von.   Epidiaskopische
Demonstration eines jungen Stadiums der menschlichen Eiein-
bettung.  Verh.  Deut. Ges. Gyn., 1906, 421-3.—Streeter, G.
L.  Characteristics of the primate egg immediately preceding
its attachment to the uterine wall.   In Cooper, res. (Carnegie
Inst.) Wash.,  1938, 397-413, 3 pi.—Zaleski, W.   [Tests with
implantation of a fertilized ovum in rabbits]  Polska gaz. lek.,
1931, 10: 941;  1934, 13: 689.

----   Metabolism and nutrition.
   Ashbel, R.   Sulla  respirazione delle uova e la produzione
dell'ammoniaca durante lo sviluppo.  Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper.
1928, 3: 1310-3.  ------  Glicolisi  anaerobica delle uova di
ricci di mare fecondate e  non fecondate.  Ibid., 1929, 4: 1152—
5. ------  Sul  quoziente respiratorio delle uova fecondate e
non fecondate dei ricci di mare (Arbacia pustulosa Gray)  Ibid.,
1930, 5: 72-4.—Baldwin, E.  The energy sources in ontogenesis;
the respiratory  quotient  of  developing gastropod eggs.  J.
Exp. Biol., Lond., 1935, 12: 27-35.  ------& Needham, D. M.
On phospborus metabolism in embryonic life; phosphogen in
avian development.  Ibid., 1933, 10:  105-12.—Barron, E. S. G.
Studies  on cell metabolism; the oxygen consumption of nereis
eggs  before and  after fertilization.  Biol. Bull., 1932, 62: 42-
5.—Boell, E. J., Koch, H., & Needham, J. Morphogenesis and
metabolism; studies with the Cartesian diver ultramicromano-
meter;  respiratory quotient of  the  regions of the amphibian
gastrula.  Proc.  R. Soc, Lond., 1939, ser. B, 127: 374-87.—
ttoell, E. J., Needham, J., & Rogers, V.  Morphogenesis and
metabolism; studies with the Cartesian diver ultramicromano-
meter;  anaerobic glycolysis  of  the  regions of the amphibian
gastrula.   Ibid.,  322-56,  pi.—Brachet,  J.   La  synthese  de
1'acide  thymonucteinique pendant le developpement de l'oeuf
d'oursin.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931,  108: 813-5.   ------  Sur
la consommation d'oxygene pendant la mitose chez l'oeuf de
grenouille.  Ibid., 1932, 110: 562-4.  ------  Le  metabolisme
de l'ceuf de grenouille pendant la mitose.  Arch. exp. Zellforsch.,
1934, 15: 46-53.  ------  Etude du metabolisme de l'oeuf de
grenouille (Rana fusca)  au  cours du developpement.  Arch.
biol., Liege, 1934, 45: 611-727.  ------  La  respiration  de
l'ceuf pendant  la fecundation et la mitose.  Ibid., 1935, 46: 1-
24. ------ Metabolisme respiratoire et centre organisateur de
la gastrula.  Ibid., 25-45.  ------  La synthase des nucteopro-
teides au cours du developpement de l'ceuf.  Ann. Soc. sc nted.
natur. Bruxelles, 1935, 73-84.  ------  Etude du  metabolisme
de l'ceuf de grenouille, Rana fusca, au cours du developpement;
le metabolisme proteique et hydrocarbone de l'ceuf en relation
avec le  probleme  de  l'organisateur.   Arch,  biol., Par., 1939,
50:233-67.  ------& Needham, J.   Etude du metabolisme de
l'ceuf de grenouille (Rana fusca) au  cours du developpement;
la teneur en glycogene de l'ceuf de la segmentation a l'eclosion.
Ibid., 1935, 46: 821-35.—Buchanan, J. W.  Regional differences
in rate  of  oxidations in the chick  blastoderm as shown by
susceptibility to hydrocyanic acid.   J.  Exp. Zool., 1926,  45:
141-57.—Buckner. G. D., Martin, J.  H., & Peter,  A. M. Con-
cerning  the mode of transference of  calcium from the shell of
the hen's egg to the embryo during incubation. Am. J. Physiol.,
1925,  72:  253-5.—Buglia, G.   Sullo scambio gassoso delle
uova di Aphysia  limacina nei vari periodi dello sviluppo.  Arch.
fisiol., Fir.,  1907-8, 5: 455-67.—Burrield, S. T.   The absorp-
tion  of  oxygen by plaice eggs.  Brit. J. Exp. Biol.,  1928, 5:
177-84.—Burkholder, J.  R.  Oxygen consumption of egg: a
quantitative study of  oxygen consumption of single developing
eggs  (Orthoptera)   Proc Soc.  Exp.  Biol.,  N. Y., 1933,  30:
1113.—Byerly, T. C.  Growth of the chick embryo in relation
to its food supply.  J. Exp. Biol.,  Lond., 1932, 9: 15-44 —
Calzoni,  M.   Contributo alio studio dell'utilizzazione  delle
riserve vitelline  nell'embrione degli  uccelli.   Riv. biol., 1930,
12: 14-7.—Grafe, E.  Der Stoff- und Kraftwechsel bei der
Ontogenese.  Biochem. Zbl.,  1907,  6: 441-8.—Groebbels, F.
Untersuchungen  uber Wachstum,   Entwicklung  und  Stoff-
wechsel von Froschlarven unter verschiedenen Bedingungen
der Ernahrung.   Arch.  ges. Physiol.,  1925,  208: 718-29 —
Gudernatsch, F., & Hoffmann, O. A study of the physiological
value of a-amino acids during the early periods of growth and
differentiation.  Arch. Entwmech.,  1936, 135: 136-77, pi —
Hayes, F. R.  The metabolism  of developing salmon eggs; the
significance of hatching and the role of water in development.
Biochem.  J., Lond., 1930,  24:  723-34.—Hyman, L. H.  The
metabolic gradients of vertebrate embryos; the brook lamprey.
J. Morph.,  1926-27,  42:  111-33, 4  pi.   ------   The chick,
Biol. Bull.,  1927, 52: 1-36, 3 pi.—Jordan, P.  Ueber die Be-
deutung des embryonalen Glykogens, insbesondere  fiir  das
Wachstum.  Zschr. Zellforsch., 1927, 6:  558-86.—Jost, H., &
Sorg, K.   Ueber  Fett-  und Phosphatidstoffwechsel bei der
Entwicklung im Huhnerei.  Arch. ges. Physiol., 1932-33, 231:
143-54.—Konopacki, M., & Erecinski, K.  Sur le role du sac
vitellin dans le metabolisme chez les embryons de Syngnathus
acus.  Bulk internat.  Acad, polon. sc,  1932, ser. B, 2: 141-52,
pl-—Kusui," K.  Zur Kenntnis des Cholesterinstoffwechsels im
bebriiteten Ei.  Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1929, 181:  101-6.—
Lambertini, G.  Ricerche fisiomorfologiche sopra il sacco vitel-
lino di embrioni  di mammiferi e di uomo. Boll. Soc. ital. biol.
sper., 1928, 3: 686-8.—Lipmann, F.  Stoffwechselversuche an
Gewebekulturen, insbesondere iiber die Rolle der Glykolyse im
Stoffwechsel embryonaler Zellen.  Biochem. Zschr., 1933, 261: 
EMBRYO
179
EMBRYO
  157-64.—Mankin,  W. R.   Concerning the source of calcium
  required by the developing chick embryo.  Med. J. Australia,
  1929, 2: 916-9.—Marocco, C.  Contributo alio studio delle vie
  di nutrizione dell'uovo  umano.  Atti Soc. ital. ostet. (1904)
  1905, 10: 177.—Mikulski, J. S. Experimental studies in ther-
  mal  ecology  of developing eggs of some amphibians, Rana,
  Bufo, Pelobates. Bull, internat. Acad, polon. sc, 1937, ser. B,
  2: 23-45.—Murlin, J.  R.   Nutrition of  the  embryo.   Tr.
  Internat. Congr. Hyg. Demogr. (1912)  1913, 15. Congr.,  2:
  415-23. Also Cornell Univ. M. Bull., 1914, 4:  6.—Needham,
  J.  The metabolic behaviour  of i-inositol in the  developing
  avian egg.  Biochem. J., Lond., 1924, 18:  1371-80.  ------
  The metabolism of  the developing egg.  Physiol. Rev., 1925, 5:
  1-62. ------ L'excretion de l'azote par l'embryon du poulet.
  C. rend. Soc  biol., 1926, 95: 1399-401.  ------ The energy-
  sources in ontogenesis;  the relation between absorption and
  combustion of protein and fat in  the  developing avian egg.
  Brit. J. Exp. Biol.,  1926-27, 4: 258-79.  ------ The uric acid
  content and the general  protein metabolism of the developing
  avian egg.  Ibid.,  114-44.  ------ The carbohydrate meta-
  bolism  of the developing avian egg.  Ibid.,  1927-28, 5: 6-26.
  -----  The  relation  between combustion,  constitution, and
  concentration in the developing avian embryo.  Ibid., 27-42.
  -----  The  carbohydrate metabolism in  amphibian embryo-
  genesis.  Q. J. Exp. Physiol., Lond., 1927, 18: 153-9.  ------
  On the true metabolic rate of the chick embryo and the respira-
  tion of its membranes. Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1932, ser. B, 110:
  46-74.  ------ A  manometric analysis of the metabolism in
  avian ontogenesis;  the normal  respiratory quotient of blasto-
  derm, embryo, and yolk-sac during the first week of develop-
  ment.  Ibid.,  112:  98-113.  ------  The energy sources  in
  ontogenesis; the respiratory quotient of developing crustacean
  embryos.   J.  Exp.  Biol., Lond., 1933,  10: 79-87.   ------ &
  Needham, D. M.  Nitrogen-excretion in selachian  ontogeny.
  Ibid., 1930, 7: 7-18.—Pei  Sung Tang.   The rate of oxygen
  consumption  of asterias eggs  before  and  after fertilization.
  Biol. Bull., 1931, 61: 468-71.   ------ & Gerard, R. W.  The
  oxygen  tension-oxygen consumption curve  of fertilized arbacia
  eggs. J. Cellul. Physiol., 1932, 1:  503-13.—Portmann, A., &
  Bidder, A. M. Yolk-absorption in  Loligo and the function of
  the embryonic liver  and pancreas. Q. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1928,
  72: 301-24, 7 pi.—Ranzi, S.   II ricambio minerale dell'uovo
  durante lo sviluppo della  Sepia officinalis.   Arch. exp. Zell-
  forsch.,  1938-39, 22:  557-66.—Rapkine,  L.   Les edianges
  gazeux et la nature  des oxydations chez l'ceuf feconde d'oursin
  (Paracentrotus lividus Lk.)  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 96: 143-
  5.—Remotti, E.  Ricerche fisio-morfologiche sul sacco vitellino
  del polio.  Ricer. morf., 1927, 7: 199-232.   ------   Sull'assun-
  zione delle riserve grasse durante lo sviluppo embrionale del
  polio.  Ibid., 1930, 10: 1-21.  ------  Sulla riduzione del sacco
  vitellino negli uccelli;  ricerche di morfologia causale.  Ibid.,
  1931, 11:  361-74.—Romanoff,  A. L.  Fat metabolism of the
  chick embryo under  standard conditions of artificial incubation.
  Biol.  Bull., 1932, 62: 54-62.  ------& Romanoff, A. J.  Gross
  assimilation of yolk  and albumen in  the development of the egg
  of Gallus domesticus.  Anat. Rec, 1933, 55: 271-8.—Russo, G.
  II metabolismo delle basi esoniche e l'origine del nucleo purinico
  nello sviluppo  dell'uovo di gallina.   Arch, sc biol.,  Nap., 1927,
  10: 128-37.  Also Boll. Soc.  ital. biol. sper., 1927, 2: 179-81.—
  Sharpenak, A.  E.  [Albumin metabolism in a developing chicken
  egg]  J. eksp. biol., 1930,  13: 78-91.—Spirito, A.  Studi di
  biologia embrionale; ricerche comparative  sull'anaerobiosi nei
  petromizonti e negli anfibi.   Arch. sc. biol., Bologna, 1937, 23:
  185-220.—Takahashi, K.  Ueber die Ab-  und Zunahme  von
  Milchsaure, Azetaldehyd und  Azeton bei der Bebrutung des
  Hiihnereis ohne oder mit Zufuhr verschiedener Kohlehydrate.
  Mitt.  Med.  Akad.  Kioto,  1935,  14: 159-72.—Taniguchi, T.
  Ueber die  Ernahrung der mit verschiedenen  Nahrungsmitteln
  gefiitterten  Amphibienlarven.   Fol. anat.  jap., 1929, 7: 113-
  36.—Thomas, J. A.  Action de l'ovalbumine sur la vitellogenese
  de la cellule entoblasto-vitellogene.   C. rend. Soc.  biol., 1935,
  118: 1315.—Tomita, M.,  & Takahashi, M.   Ueber die Harn-
  saurebildung  im  Organ ismus  des  Huhnerembryos.   Zschr.
 physiol.  Chem., 1929,  184: 272-5.—Tyler, A., & Horowitz, N.
 H.  Comparison of the respiratory rates of parthenogenetic and
 fertilized urechis eggs.  Biol. Bull.,  1938, 74: 99-107.—Tyler,
 A., & Humason, W.  D. Comparison of the temperature coeffi-
 cients  of the respiratory rates of unfertilized and of fertilized
 eggs.  Ibid., 1937,  73:  261-79.—Van  der  Ghinst,  M.  Re-
 marques sur la synthese de 1'acide thymo-nucteique pendant le
 developpement de l'ceuf de truite (Salmo fario et S. irideus)
 Arch, biol., Liege, 1934, 45: 729-34.—Whitaker, D. M.  On the
 rate of oxygen  consumption by fertilized and unfertilized eggs.
 J. Gen. Physiol., 1931, 15: 167-82.   ------  Cumingia telli-
 noides.  Ibid.,  183-90.  ------  Nereis limbata.  Ibid.,  191-
 200.  ------   Comparisons  and interpretation.   Ibid., 1932,
 16: 497-528.  ------  Chaetopterus and Arbacia punctulata.
 Ibid., 475-95.—Wintrebert, P.  La dissolution des gla res et du
 gluten dans l'ceuf des plagiostomes et la recherche des facteurs
 qui la  determinent.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1931, 106: 1417-50.
 -----& Ouang Te  Yo.   La digestion in vitro des glaires et du
 gluten  de  l'ceuf  des  plagiostomes ovipares  (Scylliorhinus
 canicula L. Gill) par  la glande frontale de l'embryon.  C. rend.
 Acad, sc, 1931, 193: 350-2.—Wladimirow, G. E. Die Anhau-
 fungdes Glykogens in der Leber des sich entwickelnden Huhner-
 embryos.   Biochem.  Zschr.,  1930,  224: 79-82.   ------  &
 Danilina, M. J.  Beitrage zur  Embryochemie und Embryo-
physiologie; die Anhaufung des Glykogens im Korper des sich
entwickelnden Huhnerembryos.   Ibid.,  69-78.
 ----Pathology.

    See  also   Abortion,   Causes  and  pathology;
 Embryogeny, Pathology; Fetus, Pathology; Preg-
 nancy, Diseases.
    Baumann, A.  Le choc anaphylactique du germe de poulet.
 Bull, histol. appl., Lyon, 1934, 11: 323-33.—Bauer, K. Ueber
 pathologische Reaktionen im embryonalen Organismus  nach
 Einwirkung chemischer und  physikalischer Mittel.  Virchows
 Arch., 1934-35, 294:477-536.  ------  Verhalten embryonaler
 Gewebe nach schadigenden Einwirkungen.   Verh.  Anat.  Ges.,
 1936, 43:  129-36,  pi.—Brault, P.   Petit oeuf molaire retenu
 dans la cayite uterine.  Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris,  1926, 15:
 434.—Bucciante, L.  Ulteriori ricerche  sulle ondizioni pid
 adatte alia soprawivenza dei vari tessuti embrionali di  polio
 alia  morte dell'organismo.  Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 19 3, 14:
 56-138.—Byerly, T. C.  Studies  in growth; suffocation effects
 in the chick embryo.   Anat.  Rec, 1926, 32: 249-70. ------
 Titus,  H.  W. [et al.]  A new nutritional disease of the ch ck
 embryo.   Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y.,  1934-35, 32: 1542-6.—
 Byerly, T. C, Titus. H. W., & Ellis, N. R. Mortality of em'ryos
 in eggs from hens  on diets containing  protein supplements of
 different origin.  J. Nutrit.,  1933, 6: 225-42.—Death cf ovum
 and  pregnancy  test.   J.  Am.  M.  Ass., 1935, 105: 1009.—
 Domini, G.  Osservazioni sul riassorbimento degli  embrioni
 nella Seps chalcides. Arch. zool. ital., 1928, 12: 191-218,  pi.—
 Dove,  W. F.   Classification of chick-embryo  positions at
 different ages and  malposition as a cause  of mortality.  J.
 Agr. Res., 1935, 50: 923-31.—Ehrhardt, K.  Breus'sche Hama-
 tommole und Schwangerschaftsreaktion.  Deut. med. Wschr.,
 1939,  65:  800.—Granzow, J.  Zur  Frage  der Widerstands-
 fahigkeit menschlicher junger Eier gegen aussere  Gewaltein-
 wirkung (Eiwachstum ohne Frucht nach Abtreibungsversuchen)
 Zbl.  Gyn., 1930, 54: 2770-5.—Hamlett, G. W. D.  Delayed
 implantation and discontinuous de/elopment in the mammals.
 Q. Rev. Biol.. 1935, 10: 432-47.—Henriet, P.  La mole tubereuse
 de Breus.  Montpellier med.,  1939, 3. ser., 15: 160-7.—Ilberg,
 G.  Ein  pathologisch  veranderter menschlicher Embryo im
 Alter von 2-3 Wochen.   Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1933,  14<*:
 126-41.—Laibach, F.  Ueber Storungen in den physi jlogischen
 Beziehungen zwischen Mutter und Embryo  V-ei Hast irdierung.
 Zschr.  indukt.  Abstamm.,  1931,  59:   102-23.—Mutrux, S.
 Alterations et expulsion des cellules en division mitotique  dans
 le tube nerveux de l'embryon de poulet lois du choc de  type
 anaphylactique.   C.  rend.  Soc. biol.,  1936,  122:  1207.—
 Pigeaud, H.  Le processus de dissolution des embryons morts
 et retenus  in utero.  Lyon med.,  1928,  141: 397-400.

 ----   Physiology.

    Barcroft, J., Barron, D. H., & Windle, W. F. Some observa-
 tions  on  genesis of somatic  movements in  sheep embryos.
 J.  Physiol.,  Lond.,  1936,  87: 73-8.— Ber.elbach van  der
 Sprenkel, H.  Persistenz der Dottergefisse in den Embryonen
 der Fledermause  und ihre Ursache.  Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch.,
 1932, 28: 185-268.—Bodine, J. H., & Boell,  E. J.  Respiratory
 mechanisms  of  normally developing and blocke 1  embryonic
 cells  (Orthoptera)   J.  Cellul. Physiol., 1934-35,   5:  97-113.
 ------  Respiration of embryo versus esg (Orthoptera) Ibid.,
 1936, 8: 357-66.—Byerly,  T.  C.  The effects of breed on the
 growth of  the chick embryo.  J.  Morph. P iysiol.,  1930, 50:
 341-59.—Cardot,  H.   Observations physiologiques  sur les
 embryons des gasteropodes pulmones.  J. physijl.  path, gin.,
 1924, 22: 575-86.—Coghill, G. E.  Somatic myogenic action in
 embryos of  Fundulus  heteroclitus.  Proc  Soc Exp. Biol.,
 N. Y., 1933, 31: 62-4.—Crozier, W. J., & Stier, T. J. B. Tem-
 perature characteristics for heart rate in embyo- of  Limulus.
 Ibid.,  1926-27, 24:  339.—East, E. W. An anatomical -tudy of
 the initiation of movement in rat embryos.  Anat. Rec, 1931,
 50: 201-19.—Gelderen, C. van  [Circulation in yolk  of ovum
 and of placenta in primates]  Ned. tschr. verlosk.,  1927, 32:
 139-53.—Giacomini, E.  Le  condizioni  anatomiche vaseolari
 degli annessi embrionali degli uccelli e loro significato funzionale.
 Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1930, 5: 343-5— Himmett, F. S., &
 Zoll, D.  The influence of H-ion concentratio l and CO2 on the
 yolk-sac blood vessels of the chick  embryo.   Am. J.  Phjsnl.,
 1928, 86: 520-7.—Horstadius, S.  Temperaturanpassung bei
 den  Eiern  von Paracentrotus lividus Lk.  Biol, gen., Wi?n,
 1925, 1: 522-36.—Isobe, M. The significance, physicochemical
 conditions  and pharmacological studies on  the movement of
 the hexacanth embryo.  Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kioto, 1925-
 26, 8: 519-36.—Jolly, J., & Fere3ter-Tadie, M. Sur la disposi-
 tion de l'embryon dans l'ceuf et ses rapports avec les membranes
 ovulaires chez le rat et la souris.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935,  119:
 364-6.—Kasansky,  W. J.  Der erste Fall einer Beweglichkeit
 der Fischembryonen in friihen Entwicklungsstadien, bald nach
 der  Furchung  des Eies.  Zool.  Anz.,  1928,  75:  235-40.—
 Needham, J. The developmental efficiency of the avian embryo.
 Brit. J. Exp. Biol., 1927-28, 5: 43-54.—Orr, D. W.,  & Win He,
 W. F.  The  development of  behavior  in chick embryos: the
 appearance of somatic movements.  J. Comp.  Neur., 1934, 60:
 271-85.—Parpart, E. R.,  &  Glaser, O.  Temperature  and
 heart rate  in chick embryos.  J. Exp.  Biol.,  Lond.,  1930, 7:
 143-53.—Paton, S.  Regulated activities.  J. Nerv. Ment. Dis.,
 1926, 64:  433-55.—Pilati, L.  Sul processo secretivo  degli
abbozzi ghiandolari di embrione d'uomo e di mammifero e sul
loro valore morfogenetico.  Monit. zool. ital., 1932,  42: suppl.,
 178-80, pi.—Ranzi, S.  Ricerche istofisiologiche e fisiologiche 
EMBRYO
180
EMBRYOGENY
sui rapporti degli embrioni di selaci con la madre. Ibid., 1932-
33, 43: suppl., 232-4.  ------  Ambiente e fisiologia dell'em-
brione.  Arch. sc. biol., Bologna, 1936, 22: 80-94.—Romijn, C,
& Roos, J.  The air space of the hen's egg and its changes during
the period  of incubation.  J. Physiol., Lond.,  1938, 94: 365-
79.—Schmidt. G. A.  [Laws in variation of types of embryonal
adaptation]  Biol.  J., Moskva, 1936, 5: 633-56.—Thomas, E.
Einige Abhangigkeiten der ersten  Entwicklung.  Zschr.  ges.
exp. Med., 1926, 50: 1-10.—Thomas, J. A.  La fonction vitel-
logene in vitro de la cellule entoblastique.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,
1935, 118: 1312-4.—Twiesselmann, F. Experiences de scission
precoce  de  1'aire embryogene chez le poulet.   Arch, biol., Par.,
1938, 49: 285-367,  pi.—Twitty, V. C.  Experimental studies on
the ciliary  action of amphibian embryos.  J.  Exp. Zool., 1928,
50: 319-44.—Waters, N. F.  Changes in the position of chiek
embryos after the  18th day of incubation.  Science,  1935, 82:
66.—Wayciechowski, B. [Movement of human embrvo, 42 mm
long] Polska gaz.  lek., 1928, 7: 409-11.—Windle, W. F.  On
the  nature of the first forelimb  movements of mammalian
embryos.   Proc Soc  Exp.  Biol., N.  Y.,  1937,  36: 640-2.
------The  genesis  of somatic movements  in sheep embryos.
Verh. Anat. Ges., 1937, 44: 91.------& Griffin, A. M.  Ob-
servations on embryonic and fetal  movements of the cat.  J.
Comp. Neur., 1931,  52: 149-88.—Yamamoto. T.  Studies on
the  rhythmical movements  of the  early embryo of Oryzias
latipes;  temperature and  the amplitude of  the contraction
waves.  J.  Fac Sc Univ. Tokyo, 1933, 3: 105-10.—Zing Yang
Kuo & Tsi  Chen R. Shen.  Ontogeny of embryonic behavior in
Aves; respiration in  the chick embryo.   J.  Comp.  Psychol.,
1937, 24: 49-58.

EMBRYOGENY.

   See also Fetus; Generation; Genetics; Growth;
Histogenesis; Morphogenesis; Ontogenesis; Or-
ganogenesis; Phylogenesis;  Reproduction,  &c;
also under names  of  organs, parts  and tissues as
Brain, Development; Cornea, Embryology,  &c.
   Patten,  B.  M.  The embryology of the  pig.
323p.   8?    Phila. [1927]   Also  2.  ed.   327p.
[1931]
   ----   The  early  embryology of  the  chick.
3. ed.  228p.   8?   Phila. [1929]
   Brachet, J.  La differenciation sans elivage dans  l'oeuf de
cltetoptde  envisagee aux points de vue cytologique  et  nteta-
bolique.  Arch, biol.,  Ltege, 1937, 48: 561-89, pi.—Bryce, T. H.
Observations  on the early development of the human embryo.
Tr.  R. Soc. Edinburgh, 1924-25, 53: 535-67,  9 pi.  Caffier.
Studien zur friihen Eientwicklung.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1934,
60:  1297.—Cohen,  A. F.   Physiological ontogeny;  chicken
embryos.   J.  Exp.  M., 1925, 42: 275; 291; 299.—Davydov, C.
Sur  1'embryologie  des protonemertes.   C.  rend.  Acad,  sc,
1928. 186:  531-3.—Dehnel,  G.  Observations sur  l'embryo-
g6nie du coq de bruySre  (Lyrurus  tetrix L.)  C. rend. Soc.
biol., 1927,  97: 529. ------& Tur, J. Sur la duree des stades
embryonnaires.  Ibid., 1928, 99: 1696.—De Lange, D.  [Primary
development  of  Otenodaetvlus gundi]  Ned. tschr.  geneesk.,
1935, 79: 374.—Eastham,  L.   A contribution to the embry-
ology of Pieris rapae.  Q. J. Micr. Sc, Lond.,  1927, 71: 353-94,
5 pi.—Evans, E. I. Ovulation, fertilization and early develop-
ment of the  mammalian  egg.  Am. J.  Physiol.,  1936,  116:
45.—Ewest, A.  Struktur und erste Differenzierung im Ei des
Mehlkiifers Tenebrio molitor.  Arch.  Entwmech.,  1936-37,
135: 089-752.—Farnie, W.  C.   The development of Amphibola
crenata  (Martyn)  Q. J. Micr. Sc,  Lond., 1923-24,  68: 453-
69.—Filatow,  D.   Entwicklungsmechanische Untersuchungen
an Embryonen von  Acipenser giildenstadtii und  Aeipenser
stellatus.   Arch. Entwmech.,  1930,  122: 546-83.—Fulinski, B.
Die   Entwicklungsgeschichte  von   Dendrocoelum   lacteum
Oerst; die erste Entwieklungsphase vom Ei bis zur Embryonal-
pharynxbildung.  Bull, internat.  Acad.  sc. Cracovie,  1914,
ser.  13,  147-90, 2 pi—Gabler, H.  Beitrag  zur Kenntnis des
Eies,  der Eiablage und der Larven von  Calocoris biclavatus
H.-Sch.   Zool.  Anz.,  1937, 119: 299-302.—Gasow,  H.   Ein
geeignetes Objekt  zur  Untersuchung der Embryonalentwick-
lung von Schmetterlingen.  Mikrokosmos,  Stuttg.,  1924-25,
18:  25-7.—Gawrilenko, A.   Die  Entwicklungsvorgiinge im
Prachordalgebiet bei den  Geckonen.  Morph. Jahrb.,  1930,
64: 395-531.—Goetz, R. H.  On the early development of the
Tenrecoidea  (Hemicentetes    semispinosus)    Biomorphosis,
Basel, 1938.  1: 67-79.—Graper,  L.  Zur  Schwanzknospen-
und Primitiventwicklung des Hiihnehens.   Anat. Anz., 1926-27,
62: 398.  ------ Die friihe Entwieklung des Hiihnehens nach
Kinoaufnahmen  des  lebenden Embryo.  Verh.  Anat. Ges.,
1926, 35: 54-8.   ------ Die Primitiventwicklung des Huhn-
chens, verglichen mit der anderer Wirbeltiere, mit stereokine-
matographischen Demonstrationen.  Ibid.,   1929, 38:  90-6
Also Arch. Entwmech., 1929, 116:  Teil 1,  382-429,  pi.—
Grave. B. H.  Embryology and  life  history of Chaetopleura
apiculata.   J. Morph.  Physiol., 1932, 54: 153-60.—Gregory,
P. W. The early embryology of the rabbit.   Contr. Embryol'
Carnegie Inst.,  1930,  21: 141-68,  2 pi.—Hamilton, W. 3.
The  early stages in the development of the ferret: fertilisation
to the formation of the prochordal plate.  Tr. R. Soc.  Edin-
 burgh, 1933-34, 58: 251-78, 7 pi.—Hamlett. G. W. D.  Ob-
 servations  on the  embryology of  the  badger.   Anat. Rec,
 1932, 53: 283-303.------Notes on the embryology of a
 phyllostomid bat.  Am. J.  Anat.,  1935, 56: 327-53, 2 pi.—
 Hammarsten, O. D., & Runnstrom, J.  Zur Embryologie von
 Acanthochiton  discrepans Brown.  Zool. Jahrb., Abt. Anat.,
 1925, 47: 261-318.—Hartman, C.  G.  The development of the
 egg as seen by the physiologist.  Sc. Month., 1931, 33: 17-28.—
 Heuser,  C. H., & Streeter. G. L.  Early stages in the develop-
 ment of pig embryos, from the period  of initial cleavage to the
 time of the appearance of limb-buds.  Contr. Embryol. Carnegie
 Inst., 1929, 20: 1-28, 12 pi.—Heuser,  C. H., & Wislocki, G. B.
 Early development of the  sloth  (Bradypus  jrriseus)  and its
 similarity to that of man.   Ibid., 1935,  25: 1-14, 4 pi.—Hill,
 J. P., &  Tribe, M.  The early development of the cat  (Fells
 domestica)   Q.  J.  Micr.  Sc, Lond., 1923-21,  68:  513-602,
 6 pi.—Horstadius,  S.  Ueber die zeitliche Determination im
 Keim von Paracentrotus lividus Lk.  Arch. Entwmech., 1936,
 135: 1-39.—Hoesslin,  H.  von. Embryonales Wachstum von
 Saugetieren.  Zschr. Biol., 1930-31,  91: 334-45.—Inkmann, F.
 Beitrage  zur Entu irklungsgeschichte des Kornkafers (Calandra
 granaria  L.) die Aiif,-ings-.tadien der Embryogenese.   Zool
 Jahrb., Abt.  Anat.. 1032 33, 56:  521-58, 6 pi.—Ivanov, P. P.
 Die embryonale  Kntwieklung von  Limulus moluccanus.  Ibid.,
 163-348,  3 pi.—Johannsen, O. A.  Some phases in the embry-
 onic development  of Diacrisia virginica Fabr.  (Lepidoptera)
 J. Morph. Physiol., 1929, 48: 493-541.—Koch, A.  Morphologie
 des Eiwachstums der  Chilopoden.  Zschr. Zellforsch.,  1925
 2: 293-346, 3 pi.—Kopsch, F.  Die Bildung des Embryons bei
 Scyllium  canicula.   Verh.  Anat.  Ges.,  1931,  39: 146-54.—
 Kronfeld, P., & Scheminzky, F.   Beitrage zur  physikalisch-
 chemischen  Biologie   der   Forellenentwicklung;  Wachstum,
 Dotterresorption  und  Wasserhaushalt.  Arch.   Entwmech
 1926,  107:  129-53.  Kuhl,  G.  Die  Fruhentwicklung des
 Saugetiereies.   Umschau,  1939, 43:  81-4.—Kuhl,  W.  Die
 Entwicklung des Eies  der weissen Maus.  Arch.  Gyn., Berl
 1938,  166: 400.—Lewis, W. H., & Wright, E. S.  On the early
 development of  the mouse  egg.  Contr. Embryol. Carnegie
 Inst.,  1935,  25:  115-43, 6  pi.—Lowe,  E. The embryology of
 Tubularia larynx (Allm.)  Q. J.  Micr.  Sc, Lond., 1926,"70:
 599-627,  2 pi.—Maclaren, N. H.  W.  The early  development
 of cavia;  note on associated  remains of previous  placentation.
 Proc.  R.  Soc, Lond.,  1926-27, ser.  B., 99: 230, pi.  Also Tr
 R. Soc. Edinburgh, 1926-27, 55:  115-23, 3 pi.  Also Monit.
 zool. ital., 1931, 41: Suppl., 321.—Mangold, O.  Neue Experi-
 mente  zur Analyse der friihen  Embryonalentwicklung  des
 Amphibienkeims.  Naturwissenschaften, 1938, 16: 387-92.—
 Mathias, P.  Sur  le developpement  de l'ceuf dun  crustacfi
 phyllopode (Artemia salina L.)  C. rend. Acad, sc, 1932, 194:
 1195-7.—Moore, A. R.  Fertilization and development without
membrane formation in the egg of the sea  urchin, Strongy-
locentrotus purpuratus.  Protoplasma,  Lpz., 1930, 9: 9-17.
—-----   Fertilization and  development  without  the fertiliza-
tion membrane in  the  egg of  Dendraster eccentricus.  Ibid.,
18-24.  ------ & Moore,  M. M.   Fertilization and develop-
ment without membrane formation in the egg of the sea urchin
(Paracentrotus lividus)  Arch, biol.,  Ltege, 1931, 42: 375-88.—
Moreira,  C.  Recherches  sur la reproduction  de  l'Hoplias
malabaricus (Bloch) et sur l'encubation d'oeufs de Salmo fario
au Bresil. Bull. Soc. zool. France,  1919, 44: 329-36.—Morgan,
T. H.  The formation  of the antipolar lobe  in Ilyanassa.  J.
Exp.  Zool., 1933,   64: 433; 1936,  74:  381.—Nachtwey, R.
Untersuchungen uber die Keimbahn, Organogenese und Anato-
mie von  Asplanchna   priodonta  Gosse.  Zschr.  wiss.  Zool.,
 1925, 136: 239-492, 9  pi.—Newby, W. W. The early embry-
ology of the echiuroid, Urechis. Biol. Bull., 1932, 63: 387-99 —
Noskiewicz, J.,  & Poluszynski, G.   Embryologische  Unter-
suchungen  an  Strepsipteren; Embryogenesis der Gattung
Stylops   Kirby.   Bull, internat.   Acad,  polon.  sc,  1927,
ser. B,  1093-227,  4 pi.—Oppenheimer, J.  M.   Experimen-
tal  studies  on  the   developing  perch  (Perea  flavescens
Mitchill)   Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1934, 31: 1123. -----
The  normal  stages of  Fundulus heteroclitus.   Anat. Rec,
1937-38,  68:  1-8, 3 pi.—Pelseneer, P.  Notes d'embryologie
malacologique: ponte et developpement de Cypraea europaea;
Trifons perversa et Lucina  lactea.  Bull. biol. France, 1926,
60: 88-112.—Peter, K.  Die innere Entwicklung des Chama-
leonkeimes nach der Furchung bis  zum Durchbruch des Ur-
darms.   Zschr.  Anat.  Entw.,  1935,  104:  1-60.—Ranzi, S.
Ricerche  sull'accrescimento  embrionale.  Arch.  zool.  ital.,
1931,  16: 401.   Also  Arch.  Entwmech., 1930, 121: 345-65.
------   Risultati di richerche sull'accrescimento embrionale.
Sunti  Congr. internaz. fisiol., 1932,  14.  Congr., 214.  -----
Le basi fisio-morfologiche dello sviluppo  embrionale dei selaci.
Pubb. Staz. zool. Napoli, 1933-34, 13: 331-437.—Runnstrom, J.
Zur experimentellen Analyse der  Entwicklung von Antedon.
Arch.  Entwmech.,  1925, 105: 63-113.—Sato,  K.  Ueber die
Entwicklungsgeschichte  des  Mauseeies;  die   intrauterine
Entwicklung desselben, besonders der Entstehungsmechanis-
mus des  Amnions.  Okayama igakkai zasshi,  1936, 48: 423;
692.—Sawadski, A. M.  Untersuchungen zur Entwicklungs-
geschichte des Sterlets (Acipenser ruthenus L.)   Zschr. ges.
Anat.,  1. Abt.,  1926,  78: 26; 682; 6 pi.—Schmalhausen, I.
Studien iiber Wachstum und Differenzierung; die embryonale
 Wachstumskurve des  Hiihnehens.  Arch. Entwmech., 1926,
 108: 322-87.—Schmidt,  G. A.  Untersuchungen  uber die
Embryologie der Anneliden; die Besonderheiten  der Embryo-
nalentwicklung der Ichthyobdellidae  und  ihre  Entstehung.
Zool.  Jahrb., Abt.  Anat., 1924, 46:  199-244, 2  pi.----- 
EMBRYOGENY
181
EMBRYOGENY
 Die Embryonalentwicklung von  Piscicola geometra  Blainv.
 Ibid.,  1925,  47: 319-428, 6  pi.   ------  Untersuchungen
 uber die Embryologie der Nemertinen.  Arch. zool. ital., 1931,
 16- 821-30.—Schooley, J. P.  Early  development  in  some
 Sciuridae.  J.  Morph., 1934, 56:  477-511,  2 pi.—Simoes-
 Raposo, L.  La formation  des gaines et du cartilage chorda]
 chez les amphibiens.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 102:  224-6.—
 Squier, R. R.   The living  egg and early stages of  its  develop-
 ment  in the guinea-pig.   Contr. Embryol.  Carnegie  Inst.,
 1932,  23: 225-50, 2  pi.—Stefanelli.  A.   Prime  osservazioni
 sulla'assunzione di O2 delle uova  e dei primi stadi embrionali
 dei bufonidi.  Boll. Soc. ital.  biol. sper.,  1937, 12:  284-6 —
 Steinmetz, H.   Die  Embryonalentwicklung  des  Bliisshuhns
 (Fulica atra) unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der Allantois.
 Morph. Jahrb.,  1930, 64: 275-338.—Svetlov, P.  Entwicklungs-
 physiologische   Beobachtungen   an   Forelleneiern.     Arch.
 Entwmech.,  1928-29,  114:  771-85.—Szidat,  L.   Beitrage
 zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der  Holostomiden.   Zool.  Anz.,
 1924, 61: 249-66.—Tai Lee. Developpement de l'ceuf d'Agrio-
 limax  agrestis avec  ou sans coque.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1934,
 115: 1124-6.—Teissier, G.  La  croissance embryonnaire de
 Chr'ysaora  hysocella  (L.)   Arch.  zool. exp.,  Par.,  1929-30,
 69: 137-78.—Tiegs, O. W., & Murray, F.  V.   The embryonic
 development  of Calandra  oryzae.   Q. J.  Micr.  Sc,  Lond.,
 1937-38, 80: 159-284, 0  pi.—Veit,  O.  Alte Probleme und
 neuere Arbeiten auf dem Gebiete  der Primitiventwicklung der
 Fische. Zschr.  ges. Anat.,  3. Abt., 1923, 24: 414-90.—Voss, H.
 Entwicklungsphysiologische  Untersuchungen   am  Froschei
 (Rana  fusca)   Arch.  Entwmech.,  1926,  107:  241-79.—
 Wetzel, R.  Untersuchungen am  Hiihnchen; die Entwicklung
 des Keims wahrend der ersten beiden  Bruttage.  Ibid., 1929,
 119- 188-321.   ------  Neue Experimente zur Friihentwick-
 lung des Huhnes. Verh. Anat. Ges., 1929, 38: 76-84.—Wietrzy-
 kowski, W.  Recherches sur le developpement de 1'Edwardsia
 beautempsii.    Bull, internat. Acad. sc.  Cracovie, 1914,  ser.
 B, 782-816,  4 pi.—Wintrebert,  P.  L'edaircissement  des
 oeufs de rates pour l'observation continue du developpement in
 vivo.   C. rend. Acad,  sc, 1926, 183: 1355-7.—Wotzel, F.
 Zur Entwicklung des Sommereies von Daphnia pulex.  Zool.
 Jahrb., Abt. Anat., 1937, 63: 455-70.—Ziegler, H.  E.  Beitrage
 zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der Echinodermen.   Ibid.,  1924,
 46: 521-72, pi.

 ---   Activation.

   See also Fecundation; Parthenogenesis.
   Kling, K. G.   *Experimentelle  Untersuchun-

 gen   iiber die  traumatische  Parthenogenese bei

 Amphibieneiern.   144p.   8?   Upps.,  1936.
   Voss   [H.  E.  C]  H.    *Die   experimentelle
 Herstellung   von   parthenogenetischen  Frosch-
 larven durch Anstich des Eies mit einer Glasnadel.
 31p.   8?   Rost.,  1919.
   Ahcel, P., & Vintemberger, P.  Sur  l'activation de l'ceuf de
 Rana  fusca par les courants electriques.   C.  rend. Soc biol.,
 1934, 117: 697-9. ------   Sur la rotation de fecondation dans
 l'ceuf  de grenouille active  electriquement.   Ibid., 1937,  124:
 1102-4.—Bataillon,  E.  Le processus membranogene  et le
 developpement  regulier  provoques  chez  les  ceufs  vierges
 d'echinides par le  seul traitement  hypertonique.   C.  rend.
 Acad,  sc,  1926, 182: 1508-11.  ------  Analyse de la feconda-
 tion par la parthenogenese experimentale.   Arch.  Entwmech.,
 1929   115: 707-78,  3  pi.  ------ & Tchou Su.  L activation
 et la rectification  dans la parthenogenese des edi in ides  par
 l'hypertonie seule.  C. rend. Acad,  sc,  1926,  183:  636-9 —
 Champy,  C.   Parthenogenese  experimentale  chez le lapin.
 C. rend. Soc biol., 1927, 96: 1108-11.—Delage, Y  Nouvelles
 recherches sur la parthenogenese  experimentale chez Asterias
 glacialis.  Arch. zool. exp.,  Par.,  1902  3.  ser. 10:  213-
 40—Dorfman.  V.  A.   [Present state of  the  question  of  the
 activation of the egg]  Usp. sovrem. biol., 1936  5: 824-46.—
 Einsele, W.   Entwicklungserregung  von Iroscheiern durch
 Injektion  zellfreier  Organextrakte.   Arch.  Entwmech.,  1930,
 123: 279-300.—Fankhauser,  G.  Die  Entwicklungspotenzen
 diploidkerniger  Halften des ungefurchten Tritoneies.   Ibid.,
 122- 671-735.—Hiraiwa, Y. K., & Kawamura, T.   Studies on
 the  artificial  parthenogenesis  of  Urechis  unicinctus   (von
 Drasche)  J. Sc. Hiroshima Univ.,  1935, ser B   Div.  1, 4:
 35-67  3 pi.—Inaba,  F.   Studies on the  artificial partheno-
 genesis of Ostrea  gigas Thunberg.  Ibid.,  1936-37   ser  B,
 Div 1   5- 29-46, 3  p].—Jordan Lloyd, D.   A critical analysis
 of Delkge's method of producing artificial Parthenogenesis in
 the eggs of sea urchins.  Arch. Entwmech., 1914, 38:  402-8.—
 Just, E. E.  Initiation of  development in  Arbacia; the  erlect
 of slowly  evaporating sea-water  and its significance for  the
 theory  of auto-parthenogenesis.  Biol. Bull., 1928, 55: ^58-08
 ------ The effect  of sea-water precipitates, with special
 reference to the nature of lipolysin.  Ibid.,  1929, 57: 422-38 —
 Koltzoff, N. K.  Ueber  die kunstliche  Parthenogenese  des
 Seidenspinners.   Biol. Zbl., 1932, 52:  626-42.—LillieR. S
 Production of  artificial parthenogenesis in Asterias  througn
 momentary elevation  of temperature.  Proc.  Am.  Physiol.
 Soc. (1906) 1907, p. xvi.  ------  The activation of starfish
eggs by acids;  the action of substituted benzoic acids and ol
 benzoic and salicylic acids as influenced by  their salts.   J. <_.en.
Physiol., 1926-27, 10: 703-23.  ------■ Influence of cyanide
    C. rend. Acad.
. biol., 1935, 119:
 on the partheno-
 Biol. Bull., 1907,
and lack of oxygen on the activation of starfish eggs by acid,
heat and hypertonic sea-water. Biol. Bull., 1931, 60: 288-308.
------The influence of hypertonic and hypotonic sea water
on the artificial activation  of starfish eggs.  Ibid., 1934,  66:
361-76.   ------& Cattell, W.  The conditions of activation of
unfertilized starfish eggs by the electric current.  Ibid., 1925,
49: 100-10.—Lloyd, D.  J.  On  methods of raising partheno-
genetic larvae of Echinus esculentus.   Rep. Brit. Ass. Advance.
Sc. (1912) 1913,  495.—McClendon. J. F.   Fertilization and
artificial  parthenogenesis of the egg.  Pop. Sc. Month., 1915,
86: 568-75.—Motomura, I.  On the mechanism of fertilization
and development without  membrane formation  in  the  sea
urchin egg, with notes on a new method of artificial partheno-
genesis.   Tohoku  Univ. Sc  Rep.,  1934,  9: 33-45— Olivo,
O.  M.,  & Garufi, G.   Segmentazione sperimentale di uova
ovariehe non fecondate di coniglio.  Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper.,
1935,  10: 409-14.—Pincus,  G., &  Enzmann, E. V.  The com-
parative  behavior of mammalian  eggs in vivo  and in vitro;
the activation of ovarian eggs.  J. Exp. M., 1935, 62: 665-75,
2  pi.  ------  The activation  of tubal eggs  of  the  rabbit.
J. Exp.  Zool., 1936, 73: 195-208.—Reimann, S. P., &  Miller,
B. J.  Studies of human ova; description of artificially induced
parthenogenetic activities in  one.  Arch. Path., Chic, 1939,
27: 412-8.—Rostand, J.  Sur le deuxteme temps de la partheno-
genese traumatique.  C. rend.  Soc. biol., 1926, 94: 836.  —;----
Proprietes du catalyseur-noyau, en parthenogenese traumatique.
Ibid., 1928, 98: 1207.—Runnstrom, J. Atmungsmechanismus
und Entwicklungserregung bei  dem  Seeigelei.  Protoplasma,
Lpz.,  1930, 10: 106-73.—Sato, H.  Untersuchungen uber die
kunstliche Parthenogenese  des Seidenspinners  Bombyx mori.
Biol.  Zbl., 1931, 51:  382-94.—Tchakhotine,  S.   Partheno-
genese experimentale de l'oeuf de la pholade par rnicropuncture
ultraviolette, aboutissant a  une larve vivan
sc, 1938, 206:  377-9.   Also  C. rend. So.
1394-6.— Tennent, D. H.  Further  studie
genetic  development of  the  starfish egg.
13: 309-16.—Tyler,  A.   The relation between  cleavage and
total activation in artificially activated eggs of Urechis. Ibid.,
1931,61:45-72.  ------  The production  of normal embryos
by artificial  parthenogenesis in the ecluuroid, Urechis. Ibid.,
1931,  60: 186-211. ------&  Bauer, H.  Polar body extrusion
and cleavage in artificially activate'1  egg.s of Urechis caupo.
Ibid., 1937, 73: 164-80.—Wolfsohn, J. M.  The causation of
maturation in the eggs of limpets by chemical means. Ibid.,
1907,  13: 344-50.—Woodward, A. E., & Hague, F. S.  Iodine
as a parthenogenetic agent. Ibid., 1917, 33: 355-60.

---   Chemistry and physics.

   See also Embryo,  Metabolism.
   Schutte,  E.  A.   *Ueber  das  Verhalten von

Enzymen  im  Huhnerei  wahrend  der Bebriitung.

p.216-33.   8?   Berl., 1935.
   Also Biochem.  Zschr., 1934-35,  275:

   Wachs,  E.   *Acetylcholin  und   Cholin   im
Huhnerei   wahrend  der   Bebriitung.    8p.   8?
Freib.  i. B,  1932.
   Amnion, R., &  Schutte, E.  Ueber das Verhalten von Enzy-
men im Huhnerei wahrend der Bebriitung.   Biochem. Zschr.,
1934-35, 275:  216-33.—Ancel, P., & Vintemberger,  P.   Sur
une modification  de la  sensibilite  au  courant electrique et
aux solutions basiques determinee par l'activation dans l'oeuf
de  Rana fusca.   C.  rend.  Soc.  biol.,  1935,  119: 1011-4.—
Berenstein, F. J., & Peniarzszkewicz, E. E.  Ueber die aktive
Reaktion des Inhalts der Huhner- und Enteneier wahrend der
Inkubationsperiode.  J.  Physiol.  USSR,  1935, 18: 655-9.—
Bottero, G. D.  Variazioni della quantita di urea nelle uova del
Bombyx mori durante  l'incubazione.  Boll. Soc. ital.  biol.
sper.,  1937, 12: 635.—Briggs, R. W. Changes in the  density
of the frog  embryo Rana pipiens,  during development.  J.
Cellul. Physiol.,  1939,  13: 77-89.—Buytendijk, F  J. J., &
Woerdeman, M.  W.  Die physico-chemischen Erscheinungen
wahrend der Eientwicklung; die Messung der Wasserstoffionen-
konzentration.   Arch.  Entwmech.,  1927,  113:  387-410.—
Calvery,  H.  O.   Some chemical investigations of  embryonic
metabolism; an investigation  of the basic amino acids of the
hen's  egg during development.   J.  Biol. Chem., 1929,  83:
649-56." ------   The  embryologieal biochemistry  of  the
developing hen's  egg.  Sc.  Month.,  1930, 31: 30L-5.   —----
Studies of some of the amino acids of the yolk, white, embryo,
and shell membranes during development of  the  hen's egg.
J. Biol.  Chem.,  1932, 95: 297-300.  Also repr.—Castagna. S.,
& Talenti, M.  II comportamento del glutatione nelle uova
di gallina durante l'incubazione.  Arch. farm, sper., 1933, 55:
28-34.—Child, C. M.  Differential reduction of vital  dyes in
the early development of echinoderms.   Arch. Entwmech.,
1936,  135: 426-56.—Cole, K. S.,  & Spencer, J. M.  Electric
impedance  of  fertilized  Arbacia  egg suspensions.   J. Gen.
Physiol., 1937-38, 21: 583-90.— Dorfman, V. A.  The p„  and
anaerobic redox potential in  early amphibian  morphogenesis.
Bull. biol. med. exp. URSS, 1938,  6: 413-7.—Euler H. von. &
Hellstrom, H.  Ueber die Veranderung der Menge der Carotl-
noide  bei der Entwicklung  des Hiihnereies.  Biochem. Zschr.,
1929,  211: 252-8.—Gadaskin, I.  D.  Ueber den  Gehalt an
uneebundenem Zucker in dem Weissen und Dotter der Hiih-
nereier bei Ontogenese.   Ibid.,  1926, 172: 447-50— Galvialo. 
EMBRYOGENY                                 182                                 EMBRYOGENY
M. I., & Goriukhina. T. A.  [Ferments in a developing chicken
embryo]  J. Physiol.  USSR,  1937.  22: 215-23— Hattori, M.
Ueber  die  Vergleichung  des Glutathiongehalts bei der  Be-
briitung  von  Eiern  einiger Vogelarten.   Mitt. Med. Akad.
Kioto, 1934, 11: 555-64.—Henry, R., Plimmer, A., & Lowndes,
J. The changes in the lime  content of the lien's  egg during
development.   Biochem.  J., Lond., 1924,  18: 1163-9.—Hira-
bayashi, K. Change of blastocoelic pB during gastrulation of
the echinoid embryos. Annot. zool. jap.. 1937, 16: 205-9.—
Horning. E. S., & Scott, G. H.  A preliminary study of the
distribution and changes in the inorganic salts during embry-
onic development of the chick.  Anat. Rec, 1932, 52: 351-66.—
Howard. E. Studies on the physiology of growth; the freezing
point of the milieu of germ cells and embryonic tissue, and the
significance of their  hypotonicity  to  the  adult.   J.  Cellul.
Physiol., 1933, 3: 291-311.—Idzumi, S.   Biochemische  und
serologisehe Untersuchungen  von  bebriiteten  Huhnereiern.
Mitt.  Med.  Fak. Univ.   Tokyo,  1924-25,   32:  197-216 —
Insho, W.  M., jr,  & Lyons, M.  Calcium and phosphorus in
the development  of the turkey embryo.  J. Nutrit., 1933, 6:
507-13.—Irving, L., & Manery, J. F. Changes in CO2 capacity
and  ionic  changes during  the  development of trout eggs.
J. Cellul.  Physiol., 1934,  4:  483-503.—Iseki, T.  Ueber das
Verhalten  der anorganischen Bestandteile hei der Bebriitung
des Hiihnereies.  Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1930, 188: 189-92.—
Jacobson,  W.   Histochemical and experimental investigations
of the early development  of the avian embryo.  Arch.  exp.
Zellforsch., 1938-39,  22: 555.—Konopacka, B.  Sur les graisses
et les lipo'ides dans  le developpement des  embryons de la
grenouille,   C. rend. Soc. biol.. 1924,  91: 971-3.—Konopacki.
M.  Sur le  glyeogene dans le developpement des embryons  de la
grenouille.   Ibid., 973-5.  ------  [Behaviour of  glycoien
during the development of the embryo  of  Clavelina  lepadi-
formis]   Polska gaz.  lek.,  1936,  15:  544-6.—Lipman, H. J.
The phosphatase  content  of  tbe developing  chick embryo.
Univ.  Pittsburg  Bull., 1936,  33:  272.—Murray,  H.  A., jr.
Chemical changes in  fertile eggs  during incubation; selection
of standard conditions. J. Gen. Physiol.,  1925-26, 9: 1-37.—
Nakamura, Y. Ueber die  Bildung  der organischen Basen bei
der Entwicklung  des  Eies.  Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1928,  177:
34-41.—Needham, J.  The chemistry  of embryonic develop-
ment. Science Progr., Lond., 1924, 19: 70-85.  ------  The
energy-sources in ontogenesis; the urea content of the develop-
ing  avian  egg.  Brit. J.  Exp. Biol., 1925-26, 3:  189-205.
------  The  ammonia content of the developing avian egg
and  the  theory of recapitulation.   Ibid., 1926-27, 4: 145-54.
------  A note on the rhythm of  chemical differentiation in
the avian  embryo.  Q. J.  Exp. Physiol., Lond., 1926-27, 16:
343-6.  ------ The free carbohydrate of the developing chick.
Ibid., 1927, 18: 161-73.  ------  Brachet, J., & Brown, R. K.
The origin and fate of urea  in the developing hen's egg.  J.
Exp. Biol., Lond., 1935, 12: 321-36.—Ogorodny, I. M. [Vari-
ability of the  pH volume in the chicken egg during embryonal
development  as  related to incubation]   J.  Physiol.  USSR,
1936, 20:  741-3.—Pavlov, V.  A.,  & Issakowa-Keo, M. M.
Redoxpotentiale im  Huhnerei vor und wahrend der Entwick-
lung.   Biochem.  Zschr.,  1929-30, 216:   19-27.—Plimmer,
R. H. A.,  & Lowndes, J.   Changes in  the amino-acids in the
proteins of the hen's egg during development.  Biochem. J.,
Lond., 1927, 21: 254-8.—Rapkine, L., & Prenant, M.  Reaction
du liquide blastocoelien chez le pluteus d'oursin dans la  pre-
mtere phase du developpement.  C. rend. Acad, sc, 1925, 181:
1099-101.—Reiss, P.  Evolution du potentiel du platine au
voisinage d'oeufs  d'oursin  en developpement.   C.  rend. Soc.
biol., 1934, 116:  1407-9.—Ries, E.  Histochemische Sonde-
rungsprozesse   wahrend  der  friihen   Embryonalentwicklung
verschiedener  wirbelloser Tiere.  Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1938-
39, 22: 569-86.—Romanoff. A. L.. & Grover. H. J.   Electrical
conductivity of yolk,  albumen, allantoic and amniotic fluids of
the  developing birds' eggs.  J. Cellul. Physiol., 1935-36, 7:
425-31.—Rubinstein, M.   Ltevolution  du pa des constituants
de l'oeuf de poule pendant l'incubation.  C. rend. Soc.  biol.,
1932, 111: 60.  ------  Les  courbes de neutralisation et de
coefficients-tampons des constituants de l'ceufs de poule pendant
l'incubation.  Ibid.,  63.—Runnstrom, J.  Die  Veranderungen
der Plasmakolloide bei der Entwicklungserregung  des Seeigel-
eies.   Protoplasma,  Lpz.,  1928,  4: 388-514,  2 pi.  ------
Zur  Kenntnis der Stoffwechselvorgange bei der Entwicklungs-
erregung des Seeigeleies.  Biochem. Zschr., 1933, 258: 257-79.—
Saccardi,  P.,   &  Latini, P.   Sulle variazioni percentuali di
acqua, ceneri  e sostanze organiche nell'embrione e nell'uovo di
polio durante l'incubazione.   Riv. biol.,  1931,  13:  9-13, ch.
Also Boll.  Soc. eustach., 1933, 31: 17-21.—Sagara.  J. Ueber
die Bildung der Hexon- und Purinbasen bei der Entwicklung
des Hiihnereies.  Zschr.  physiol. Chem., 1928, 178: 298-301.
------  Ueber das  Verhalten des gebundenen Zuckers bei
Bebriitung von Huhnereiern.  J. Biochem., Tokyo,  1929-30,
11: 433-6.—Sammartino, II.  Activite de catalyse pendant la
periode de croissance des embryons de  Salmo irideus et d'Esox
lucius.  Arch. ital. biol., 1935-36, 94: 121-9.—Schenck, E. G.
Untersuchungen iiber das  Verhalten der Eiweisstoffe bei der
Bebriitung des Hiihnereies. Zschr. physiol.  Chem., 1932, 211:
111-53.—Sendju, Y.  Ueber das Verhalten der leToenswichtigen
Aminosauren  bei der Bebriitung des Hiihnereies.  J.  Biochem.,
Tokyo, 1925,  5:  391-415.------Ueber das Verhalten der
lebenswichtigen Aminosauren  bei  der Bebriitung  des  Hiih-
nereies; das Verhalten des Cystins resp. Cysteins bei der Be-
briitung des Hiihnereies.  Ibid.,  1927, 7:  175; 181.—Serono,
C. & Montezemolo, R.  Sulla formazione di estrina nell'uovo
di gallina durante l'incubazione.  Boll.  Accad. med.  Roma,
1936, 62: 153-8.—Sparta, A.  Contributo alia conoscenza delle
variazioni di peso specifico nelle uova hsse di teleostei durante
lo sviluppo.  Boll. Soc. biol. sper.,  1926,  1:  152-5.—Spek, J.
Zustandsanderungen  der Plasmakolloide  bei Befruchtung und
Entwicklung  des Nereis-Eies.   Protoplasma, Lpz., 1930,  9:
370-427, pi.—Spirito. A.  Indagini morfologiche e comparative
in relazione al comportamento dei fermenti durante lo sviluppo
embrionale.   Monit.  zool.  ital.,  1934, 45:  suppl., 322-4.—
Takahashi, K.   Ueber das Verhalten der Phosphorverbindungen
des Huhnereis  bei der Bebriitung; uber  die  Veranderung der
Verteilung  der  saureloslichen   Phosphorverbindungen  im
Huhnerei bei der Bebriitung.  Mitt.  Med. Akad. Kioto,  1935,
14: 211-25.—Takahashi, M. Beitrage zur Embryochemie der
Reptilien; iiber das Verhalten des Ovomukoides und Cholins
bei der  Bebriitung des  Meerschildkroteneies.   J. Biochem.,
Tokyo,  1928-29, 10:  443-9.------Ueber  das  Verhalten der
Hexon-  und Purinbasen, die wahrend der Bebriitung in freier
b'orm im Huhnerei vorhanden sind.   Ibid., 451-5.—Vies,  F., &
Gex, M.  Sur  les conditions physico-chimiques  qui accompa-
gnent apparition des spicules calcaires dans les blastules d oursin.
C.  rend.  Soc  biol.,   1925,  93:  1673-6.—Whkaker,  D. M.
Permeability  to water and  staining rate of developing and
resting sea urchin eggs.  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y.,  1936,
34: 708-12.—Wilkerson, V. A., & Gortner, R. A.  The chem-
istry of embryonic growth; a biochemical study  of the  embry-
onic growth of the pig with special  reference to  nitrogenous
compounds. Am. J.  Physiol., 1932, 102:  153.  Also Proc. Am.
Soc. Biol. Chemists,  1932,  8:   p.   lxi.—Wladimiroff, G.  E.
Beitrage zur Embryochemie und Ernbryophysiologie;  einige
physikalisch-chemische Veranderungen des  Eiereiweisses sich
entwickelnder   Huhnereier.   Biochem.  Zschr.,   1926,  176:
280-97.  ------ & Schmidt. A.  A.   Zucker-, Rest- und Ge-
samtstickstoffgehalt  im Eiereiweiss  sich entwickelnder  Huh-
nereier.   Ibid., 298-303.—Yamada, K.   Ueber die Verteilung
von Chlor in sich entwickelnder  Huhnereiern.  Jap. J.  M Sc,
1933,  2:  Biochem., 71-9.—Yaol.  H.  Glutathione,  cytochrome
and hydrogen  ion concentration  in developing chick embryos.
Jap. J. Exp. M., 1928, 7: 135-43.  Also Japan M. World,  1929,
9: 38-41.

----  Cleavage  [cellulation]
   Allee, W. C, & Evans, G.  Further studies on the effect of
numbers on the rate of cleavage  in eggs of Arbacia. J. Cellul.
Physiol.,  1937,  10:  15-28.—Ancel,  P.,  &  Vintemberger,  P.
Sur les rapports entre  le plan de syntetrie de l'ceuf feconde et
le premier plan de segmentation chez Rana fusca.  C.  rend.
Soc. biol., 1932,  111:  45.— Bartelmez, G. W.,  & Riddle,  O.
On parthenogenetic cleavage and on the  role of water  absorp-
tion by the ovum in the formation of the subgerminal cavity
in the pigeon's egg.   Am.  J. Anat., 1924, 33:  57-66.—Clark,
R. T.  Studies on the physiology of reproduction in the sheep;
the eleavage stages of  the ovum.  Anat. Rec,  1934, 60: 135-
59.—Daloq, A.  Exploration du plancher du blastoceie et de la
zone  marginale interne chez le  discoglosse; evolution de ces
6bauches en  situation anormale.  C. rend. Soc  biol.,  1939,
131: 781-3.—Dan, K., Yanagita, T., & Sugiyama, M. Behavior
of the cell surface during cleavage.  Protoplasma, Lpz.,  1937,
28: 66-81.—Defrise, A.  Some observations  on living eggs and
blastulae of the albino rat.  Anat. Rec, 1933,  57: 239-50 —
Drastich, L.  [On the segmentation of the egg of a hedge-hog
under varying  partial  oxygen  pressure]    Spisy  L6k.  Fak.
Masaryk Univ., 1927, 5:  No. 5,  1-17.—Ephrussi, B.  Vitesse
de segmentation des ceufs d'oursin.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1923,
89: 928.—Fadda, G.   Die Richtung der ersten Furchungs-
spindel bei Seeigeleiern in Rohrchen.  Arch. Entwmech.,  1926,
107:  202-12.—Fogg,  L. C.  A  review of the  history of the
centriole  in  the second  cleavage  of Ascaris  megalocephala
bivalens. Anat. Rec, 1931, 49: 251-64.—Frommolt, G.  Die
Befruchtung  und  Furchung des   Kanincheneies im  Film.
Zbl. Gyn., 1934, 58: 7-12.—Giglio-Tos, E.  Studi sulla mec-
canica dello sviluppo; la blastula. Riv. biol., 1925, 7:466-85.—
Herlant,  M.   Sur le mecanisme de  la premtere segmentation
del ceuf d'oursin dans la parthenogenese experimentale (me-
thode de J. Loeb)   C. rend. Acad, sc,  1914,  159: 408-10 —
Hovasse, R.   L'apparition  des  parabasaux chez les  jeunes
blastulas de l'oursin,  Paracentrotus lividus.   C.  rend. Soc.
biol.,  1935,  118: 450-2.—Lecaillon, A.    La  segmentation
partbenog6nesique chez la poule  qui  ne s'est jamais accouptee.
Ibid., 1909, 66: 966-8.  ------  Sur la segmentation parthfe-
nogenesique de l'ceuf  des oiseaux.   C. rend. Acad, sc,  1909,
148:  52.—Lewis, W. H., & Hartman, C. G.  Early cleavage
stages of the egg of  the monkey  (Macacus rhesus)   Contr.
Embryol. Carnegie  Inst.,  1933, 24:  187;  189, 2 pi.—Mac-
donald,  E., &  Long, J. A.   Some features  of cleavage in  the
living egg of  the rat.  Am. J. Anat.,  1934,  55: 343-61 —
Mollendorft, W. von.  Das menschliche Ei WO(lfring) Im-
plantation, Verschluss der Implantationsoffnung und  Keimes-
entwicklung beim Menschen vor Bildung des Primitivstreifens.
Zschr. ges. Anat.,  1.  Abt.,  1925, 76: 16-42.—Moor, M.  M.
On the coherence of the blastomeres of sea urchin eggs.  Arch.
Entwmech.,  1931-32,  125: 487-94.—Page,  I.  H.  Rhythmic
susceptibility  changes in the cleaving Arbacia egg.   Brit. J.
Exp. Biol., 1928-29, 6: 219-28.—Pasteels,  J.   Sur la reparti-
tion des territoires de l'oeuf de  Discoglosse avant la gastrula-
tion.  C. rend. Soc.  biol.,  1936, 121: 1390-4.—Portmann, A.
Die Ausbildung der Keimblase.  Biomorphosis,  Basel, 1938,
 I; 49-66.—Schleip,  W,  Die Furchung dispermer Dentalium- 
EMBRYOGENY
183
EMBRYOGENY
 Eier.  Arch. Entwmech.,  1925, 106: 86-123.—Schmidt, G. A.
 [Contribution to the regulation of the axial organs in Anura;
 the blastula  stage]  Biol.  J., Moskva,  1937,  6: 513-64.—
 Smith, B. G.   The embryology  of Cryptobranchus alleghe-
 niensis;  formation  of the blastula.  J. Morph., 1926-27, 42:
 197-252.—Spatlich, W.  Die Furchung und Embryonalhullen-
 bildung  des Eies von Diorchis inflata Rud. Zool. Jahrb., Abt.
 Anat., 1925, 47: 101-12, 3 pi.—Tharaldsen, C. E.  The origin
 and nature of cleavage centers in echinoderm  eggs; an experi-
 mental and cytological study of astral phenomena in starfish
 eggs.  J. Exp.  Zool.,  1926, 44: 159-207, 5 pi.—Tung, T. C.
 Recherches sur les potentialites des blastonteres chez Ascidiella
 scabra.  Arch. anat. micr..  Par.,  1934, 30: 381-410.—llbisch,
 L. von.  Entwicklungsphysiologische Studien an Seeigelkeimen;
 Uber die Beziehungen  der ersten Furchungsebene zur Larven-
 Bymmetrie, und die   prospektive  Bedeutung  der Eibezirke.
 Zschr. wiss. Zool., 1925, 124: 361-81.—Wetzel, R.   Ueber den
 Primitivknoten   des  Hiihnehens.    Verh. Phys.  med.  Ges.
 Wiirzburg,  1924, n.  F.,  49: 227-33, pi.—Whitaker, D.,  &
 Morgan, T. H.  The cleavage of polar and antipolar halves  of
 the egg  of  Chaetopterus.   Biol.  Bull.,  1930,  58:  145-9.—
 Wintrebert, P.   La topographie et  la valeur prospective des
 territoires d'6bauches  presuntees,  a la blastula, chez la Dis-
 coglosse.  C. rend. Soc biol.,  1934, 115:  1575-9.   ------
 Modalites et causes de la descente des blastonteres de l'rtemis-
 pltere animal, au  cours  de la  blastulation  ,des  amphibiens.
 Ibid., 1935,  119:  1042-5.—Witschi,  E.  On determinative
 cleavage and yolk  formation  in the harpactid copepod Tisbe
 furcata (Baird)  Biol. Bull., 1934, 67: 335-40.

 ----   Culture  and explantation.

    Wesle,  O.   *Kontraktion  der Magen-Darm-

 muskulatur   des   Huhnerembryos   in   der  Ge-
 webskultur.   15p.   8?   Tub., 1934.
    Celestino da Costa,  A., & Pires-Soares, J.  Developpement
 d'embryon de mammiferes in vitro.  C. rend. Soc biol.,  1933,
 113: 510-2.—Fazzari,  I.  Differenze nella morfologia e nelle
 connessioni degli dementi mesenchimal!  di organi diverse  di
 uno stesso embrione nelle culture di  tessuti  in vitro.  Arch.
 ital. anat., 1924, 21: 451-63, pi.—Galgano, M.  La differenzia-
 zione degli ovociti  nelle colture in vitro di giovani ovaie em-
 brionali  di polio. Monit. zool. ital.. 1938, 49:  235-43.  ------
 Differenziazione degli  ovociti, indipendentemente  dall'ormone
 gonadotropo dell'ipofisi, nelle culture in vitro di giovani  ovaie
 embrionali di polio.  Ibid., 1939,  50: 94-100—Gothie, S.,  &
 Tsatsaris, B.  Evolution nucteaire  au cours de  la  premiere
 mitose de maturation  de l'ovocyte de souris  cultive  in vitro.
 C. rend. Soc. biol., 1939, 131: 202-5.—Janda, V.   Ergebnisse
 der anatomischen Untersuchungen von  Embryonen, die sich
 aus intraabdominal implantierten befruchteten Axolotl-Eiern
 entwickelten. Biol. Zbl.,  1926, 46: 625-9.  —----Zur Frage
 der Entwicklung intraabdominal implantierter Amphibieneier.
 Arch. Entwmech.,  1927, 109: 24-40.—Jolly, J., & Lieure, C.
 Sur la culture des oeufs de mammiferes.   C.  rend. Soc.  biol.,
 1936, 122: 723-6.  ------   Les conditions de la  culture des
 oeufs de cobaye et le  rat.  Ibid.,  1937,  124: 312-5.  ------
 Le bourgeon caudal et  la chorde dans les cultures  de l'ceuf du
 rat.  Ibid.,  1938,  127: 595-8.   ------   Recherches sur  la
 culture des oeufs des  Mammiferes.  Arch. anat.  micr.,  Par.,
 1938, 34: 307-73, 6 pi.—Kitahara, H.  Ueber das Wachstum
 des  implantierten  Kaninchenembryos bei Schilddriisenfunk-
 tionsstorungen.   Tr.   Soc.  path,  jap.,  1935,  25: 648-52.—
 Lallemand, S.  Sur le  developpement de l'ceuf de Rana  fusca
 dans l'huile de paraffine.  C. rend. Soc biol., 1932, 110: 722.—
 Nicholas, J. S.  Development of transplanted rat eggs. Proc
 Soc. Exp. Biol., N.Y.,  1933, 30:1111-3. ------ The develop-
 ment of rat embryos  in a  circulating medium.   Anat.  Rec,
 1937-38, 70: 199-210.   ------ &  Rudnick, D.  The  develop-
 ment of  rat embryos in tissue culture.  Proc. Nat. Acad. Sc.
 U. S., 1934, 20: 656-8. ------  Development of rat embryos
 of egg-cylinder to head-fold stages  in plasma cultures.  J. Exp.
 Zool., 1938, 78:  205-32.—Pincus, G., & Enzmann, E. V.  Can
 mammalian  eggs  undergo  normal  development in  vitro?
 Proc. Nat. Acad. Sc.  U. S.,  1934, 20: 121.—Romanoff, A. L.
 Cultivation of the chick embryo in an opened egg.  Anat. Rec,
 1931, 48: 185-9.—Suzue, K., Morozumi, N.,  & Kitahara, H.
 Ueber das Wachstum  des ins Hirn implantierten  Kaninchen-
 embryos bei Thymus- und Nebennierenfunktionsstorungen und
 bei Injektionen mit Zucker, Magnesium, Kalium,  Calcium
 und Tusche.  Tr. Soc.  path, jap., 1935, 25: 644-7.—Teutsch-
 laender.   Zu  Bjelogolowys angeblich gelungener Erzeugung
 von Sarkomen  durch  Implantation friiher Furchungsstadien
 von Froscheiern auf erwachsene Tiere derselben Art. Zschr.
 Krebsforsch., 1923,  20: 70-8.—Vogelaar, J. P. M., & van den
 Boogert,  J. B.  Development  of the egg  of Gallus domesticus
 in vitro.  Anat. Rec, 1925, 30: 385-93, pi.—Waddington, C. H.
 Experiments on early  chick  and  duck embryos cultivated in
 vitro.  Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1931, 11: 259.—Waterman, A. J.
 Survival  of young rabbit  embryos on  artificial media.  Proc.
 Nat. Acad. Sc U. S., 1934,  20: 145-7.  ------ Experiments
 on young chick embryos  cultured in vitro.   Ibid., 1936, 22:
 1-3.  ------  The  differentiation  of entire young rabbit em-
 bryos in omental grafts.   Am.  J. Anat., 1934,  54: 347-81.
------ & Waddington, C. H.  The development  in  vitro of
young rabbit embryos.  J. Anat.,  Lond.,  1933, 67: 355-70.—
Zaleski, W.  [Results obtained in transplantation of impreg-
nated ovum in rabbits]   Gin. polska, 1936, 15: 717-24.
----   Culture and  explantation:  Isolated  frag-
   ments.

   Savignac,  R.  A.   *Contribution a  l'etude  des
greffes   de  tissus  embryonnaires.    63p.    8?
Strasb., 1934.
   Andre Thomas, J.  La culture pure du  syncytium vitellin
ombilical de l'embryon de poulet; les premiers stades.  C. rend.
Acad, sc,  1933,  196:  812-4.—Askanazy,  M.   Ueber  Arsen-
wirkung auf verpflanzte embryonale Gewebe.  Zbl. allg. Path.,
1926, 37: 539.  Also Verh. Deut. path. Ges., 1926, 21: 182-
95.—Bautzmann,  H.  Ueber  Zuchtung  von  Organanlagen-
stiicken junger Embryonalstadien von Urodelen und Anuren in
Bombinatorhautblaschen.   Sitzber. Ges.  Morph.  Miinchen
(1929 30) 1930, 39:1-18,2 pi.  Brachet. J.,&Rapkine,L. Oxyda-
tion et reduction d'explantats dorsaux et ventraux de sastrulas,
amphibiens.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1939, 131: 789-91.—Butler, E.
The developmental  capacity of regions  of the unincubated
chick blastoderm  as tested in chorio-allantoic grafts.   J. Exp.
Zool., 1935, 70: 357-89, 3 pi.—Byerly. T. C.  Studies in growth;
local growth in dead chick  embryos.   Anat. Rec,  1926,  33:
319-25.—Cohen,  A., & Berrill, N. J.  The development  of
isolated blastomeres  of the ascidian egg.  J. Exp. Zool., 1936,
74:  91-117.—Conklin, E. G.   The development of  isolated
and partially separated  blastomeres  of Amphioxus.  Ibid.,
1933, 64: 303-75.—Copenhaver, W. M.   Results of hetero-
plastic transplantations of the  heart rudiment in Amblystoma
embryos.   Proc.  Nat. Acad.  Sc U.  S.,  1927,  13:  484-8 —
Dalton, A. J. The potencies of portions of young chick blasto-
derms as tested in chorio-allantoic grafts.  J. Exp. Zool., 1935,
71: 17-51, 2 pi.—Di Grazia, A.  Culture  in vitro  di  tessuti
embrionali di polio teratologico.   Boll.  Soc ital. biol. sper.,
1937, 12: 92-4.  Also Riv. pat. sper., 1937,  18: 236-41.—
Ephrussi, B.  The  behavior in vitro of tissues  from lethal
embryos.   J. Exp. Zool.,  1935, 70: 197-204.—Erdmann,  W.
Ueber  das  Selbstdifferenzierungsvermogen  von  Amphibien-
keimteilen  bekannter prospektiver Bedeutung im Explantat.
Arch. Entwmech., 1931, 124: 666-706.—Francescon, A.  Im-
pianti  embrionarii corioallantoidei  di  horsa di Fabricio,  di
intestino, di polmone e di pelle.  Atti Soc. med. chir. Padova,
1932, ser. 2, 10:  446-55.—Grodzinski, Z.   Area vitellina  of
chick blastoderm  in tissue cultures.   Contr. Embryol. Carnegie
Inst., 1930, 22: 155- 72, 4 pi.—Hadorn, F.  Ueber die Entwick-
lungsleistungen  bastardmerogonischer  Gewebe  von  Triton
palmatus  (9) x  Triton cristatus  d1  im  Ganzkeim  und  als
Explantat in vitro.  Arch. Entwmech..  1934, 131: 238-84.—
Hiraiwa, Y. K. Studies on grafts of embryonic tissues of  the
rat on tbe chorio-allantoic membrane of the (thick; differentia-
tion of ectodermal derivatives.  J. Exp. Zool., 1927, 49: 441-57.
Also Fol.  anat. jap., 1929-30,  8: 157-62.—Hoadley, L.  The
in situ development  of sectioned  chick  blastoderms.  Arch.
biol., Ltege, 1926, 36: 225-309, 2 pi.  ------  Differentiation
versus cleavage in chorio-allantoic  grafts.   Arch. Entwmech.,
1929, 116: Teil 1,  278-99.—Holtfreter, J.  Ueber die Aufzucht
isolierter Teile des Amphibienkeimes; Methode  einer Gewebe-
ziichtung in  vivo.  Ibid.,  117: 421-510.  ------  Ueber  die
Aufzucht isolierter Teile des Amphibienkeimes;  Zuchtung von
Keimen und  Keimteilen in Salzlosung.  Ibid., 1931,  124: 404-
66.—Hunt,  T.  E.   Developmental potencies  of  explanted
quadrants of Hensen's node.  Proc Soc  Exp. Biol.,  N.  Y.,
1930-31,  28: 626-8.—Mangold,  O.   Transplantation  und
Isolationsexperimente  hei   Forellen.    Naturwissenschaften,
1931, 19: 475.—May, R. M.  Les substances embryonnaires de
croissanee; leur rapport avec la culture des  cellules  embryon-
naires.  Bull. Soc. philomath. Paris (1936) 1937, 119: 16-33.—
Morgan, T.  H.  The development  of  egg-fragments.   Sc.
Month.,  1924, 18: 561-79.—Mori,  Y.   Entwicklung  isolierter
Blastomeren  und teilweise  abgetoteter  alterer Keime  von
Clepsine sexoculata.  Zschr.  wiss. Zool., 1932, 141: 399-431 —
Murray,  P. D. F.  Chorio-allantoic  grafts of fragments of the
2-day chick,  with special reference  to the development of  the
limbs, intestine, and skin.  Austral. J. Exp. Biol.,  1928,  5:
237-56, 2 pi. ------ Chorio-allantoic grafts of single somites
and of the  unsegmented paraxial  region of the 2-day chick
embryo.  J. Anat., Lond., 1933, 67: 563-72.------& Huxley,
J. S.  The development of grafted embryonic fragments of the
chick.  Brit.  J. Exp. Biol., 1925-26, 3: 9-34, pi.—Murray, P.
D. F.. &  Selby, D.  Chorio-allantoic grafts  of entire and frag-
mented blastoderms of the chick.   J. Exp. Biol., Lond., 1930,
7: 404-15, pi.—Nicholas, J. S.,  & Rudnick, D. Explantation in
vitro of transverse pieces of early rat embryos. Proc. Soc. Exp.
Biol., N. Y., 1937-38, 37: 118.—Olivo, O. M. Connettivo,
cellule della  granulosa e  uovo prelevati da ovaio umano  e
coltivati in vitro.  Arch. ital. anat.,  1934, 33: 718-25.   ------
Colture in vitro di tessuti embrionali umani.  Monit. zool. ital.,
1934, 45: suppl., 287-90, 3 pi.—Oppenheimer, J.  M.  The
development of isolated blastoderms of Fundulus heteroclitus.
J. Exp.  Zool.,  1935-36,  72: 247-69.—Penners, A.   Experi-
mentelle  Untersuchungen  zum Determinationsproblem  am
Keim von Tubifex rivulorum Lam.; die Entwicklung teilweise
abgetoteter  Keime.  Zschr.  wiss. Zool.,  1926,  127:  1-140.—
Plough, H.  H.  Partial pluteus larvae from isolated  blasto-
meres of the 2-cell stage of the egg of Arbacia.  Ann. Rec,
1924, 29: 108. ------ Defective pluteus larvae from isolated
blastomeres of Arbacia and Echinarachnius.  Biol. Bull., 1927,
52: 373-93.—Reverberi, G.   Sullo  sviluppo di frammenti di
uovo di Ciona intestinalis.   Arch. zool. ital., 1931, 16: 483-6.
------  Studi sperimentali sull'uovo di ascidie; la  segmenta- 
EMBRYOGENY                                 18
zione del blastomeri isolati dell'uovo di Ciona e di Phallusia.
Pubb. Staz. zool. Napoli, 1932, 12: 385-400.—Rossi, F.  Vita-
"Tnihe e  colture in vitro; 1'influenza del plasma nutrizio sullo
sviluppo delle colture di tessuti embrionali.  Boll. Soc. med.
chir., Pavia, 1936, 50: 457-62.—Rudnick, D.  Differentiation
in culture of pieces of the early chick blastoderm; short primitive
streak stages.  J. Exp. Zool., 1938. 79: 399-427, pi.—Ruud, G.
Lie  Entwicklung isolierter Keimfragmente  friihester Stadien
von Triton taeniatus. Arch. Entwmech., 1925, 105: 209-93 —
Salfi. M.   Osservazioni sulla  evoluzione delle colonie e sullo
sviluppo degli  abbozzi  blastogenetici dei Didemnidi.  Arch.
zool. ital., 1933,  18: 203-45, 4  pi.—Sandstrom, C. J., & Kauer,
G. L., jr.  Heteroplastic transplants of duck cartilage  to the
chorio-allantoic membrane of the chick.   Anat. Rec, 1933, 57:
119-31.—Sartori, C.  Sugli innesti de tessuti embrionali.  Arch.
ital.  chir.,  1926,  15:  339-49.—Silberberg, M.,  A Voit,  K.
Untersuchungen  iiber das Vorkommen von  Thymonuelein-
siiure in ausgepflahzten und embryonalen Geweben.  Virchows
Arch., 1932, 283: 186-9.—Spirito, A.  Ricerche di  innesti e di
trapianto su parti embrionali  isolate negli embrione di  anfibi.
Arch. Entwmech., 1932,  127:  61-104.—Takeyama, B.  Ueber
den  Einfluss verschiedenei  Alkaloiden auf das Wachstum des
Gewebes  von  Hubnerembryo (Gewebekultur)  Sei i  kwai,
1931, 50: No. 4, 1.—Teissier,  G.  Sur la syntetrie des colonies
de Dvnamena pumila (L.) developpees  a partir de fragments
d'embryon.  C.  rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 115:  1474-6.—Vintem-
berger,  P.   Sur  le developpement compare des micronteres de
l'oeuf de Rana  fusca divise  en huit: apres isolement; apres
transplantation sur un socle de cellules vitellines.   Ibid., 1936,
122: 927-30.—Waterman, A. J.  Development, of young rabbit
blastocysts in tissue culture and in grafts.  Am. J. Anat., 1933,
53:  317-47.   ------  Survival of rabbit embryonic tissues
after removal from the uterus and exposure to low temperature.
Anat. Rec, 1939, 73: 243-55, pi.—Whitaker, D. M.  Cleavage
rates in fragments of centrifuged  Arbacia eggs.   Biol. Bull.,
1929, 57: 159-71.—Wilson, E. B.  Notes  on the development of
fragments of the fertilized Chaetopterus egg.   Ibid., 1930, 59:
71-80.  ------  The development of egg-fragments  in annelids.
Arch. Entwmech.,  1929, 117:  179-210.—Zifferblatt,  A. H
Embryonic  chick blood  a growth-promoting medium for the
cultivation  of embryo chick-tissue in vitro.  Arch. exp. Zell-
forsch.,  1931-32, 12: 339-46.   ------& Seelaus, H. K.  Em-
bryo chick plasma;  the  introduction of a growth-activating
medium for the  cultivation of embryonic chick tissue in vitro.
Anat. Rec, 1931, 48: 367-77.

----   Cytology.

   See  also Cell division; Chromosome;  Fecunda-
tion;  Genetics.
   Fry,   H.   J.    * Asters  in  artificial partheno-
genesis;  asters in nucleated  and enucleated eggs
of   Echinarachnius  parma  and the  role  of the
chromatin    [Columbia   Univ.]    p.49-81.    8?
N.  Y., 1925.
   Ancel, P.,  & Vintemberger, P.   Sur la premiere reaction
pelliculaire  d'activation  dans  l'oeuf de  Rana fusca.   C. rend.
Soc. biol., 1936, 122: 931-4.   ------  Sur les deplacements du
pigment qui accompagnent la premiere reaction  pelliculaire
d'activation  dans l'ceuf  du Rana.  Ibid., 934-6.—Balinsky,
B. I. Ueber den Teilungsrhythmus bei der Entwicklung des
Eies der Ascidle Ciona intestinalis.  Arch. Entwmech., 1931-
32, 125: 155-75.—Beams, H. W.  Maturation phenomena in
artificial parthenogenesis of Asterias forbesii. Biol.  Bull., 1927,
53: 155-72, 2 pi.—Boilnoure, L.  Sur la nature golgienne d'un
etement cytoplasmiqiie  caracteristique  du  germen dans les
premiers stades  du developpement de la grenouille.  C. rend.
Acad, sc,  1931, 193: 297-300.  ------ Sur l'existence et la
localisation dans les premiers blastomeres de la grenouille d'un
materiel cytoplasmiqiie distincte destine au germen.  C. rend.
Soc. biol., 1931, 107:991-3.—Cahn.T., & Bonot, A.  Recherches
sur les  variations des equilibres des constituants  cellulaires.
Ann. physiol., Par., 1928, 4:  399-479.—Cappe de Baillon, P.
Contribution  anatomique et  physiologique  a l'etude  de la
reproduction chez les locustiens et les grilloniens;  la ponte et
l'eclaaion  chez les locustiens.   Cellule,  Louvain, 1920-21, 31:
5-245, 7 pi. ------  La ponte et 1'eclosion chez les grilloniens;
conclusions generates. Ibid., 1922, 32: 5-193, 5 pi.—Comandon,
J., & de Fonbrline.  Inscription cin6matographique de mouve-
ments protoplasmiques, pendant les premiers stades du develop-
pement d'oeufs d'Ascaris megalocephale.  Ann. physiol., Par.,
1934, 20: 995-8.—Dalcq, A.  A propos de Particle  de J. Dues-
berg: Quelle est la cause de l'inegalite de la cytodterese?  Arch.
biol., Liege, 1926, 36: 351-60.—Dehnel, G.  Sur la  soi-disant
plaque  axiale dans le developpement des oiseaux.   C. rend.
Soc. biol.,  1929, 100: 258-60.—Dorfman, W. A.  Rhythmical
changes of the cortical layer of the developing sea-urchin egg.
Protoplasma, Lpz., 1934, 21: 235-40.—Du Bois, A. M.  Chro-
mosome behavior during cleavage in the eggs of Sciara copro-
phila (Diptera) in the relation  to the problem of sex determina-
tion.  Zschr. Zellforsch.,  1933, 19: 595-614.—Fry, H. J. The
so-called central bodies in fertilized  Echinarachnius eggs; the
relationship between central  bodies and astral structure as
modified by various mitotic phases.  Biol. Bull., 1929, 56: 101-
28.   ------  The relationship between central  bodies  and
astral structure as modified  bv various fixatives.   Ibid., 57:
131-50.   ------Jacobs, M.,  & Lieb, H, M.  The  relationship
EMBRYOGENY
 between central  bodies  and astral  structure as modified by
 temperature.   Ibid.,  151-8.—Ginsburg,  J.   Beitrage  zur
 Kenntnis der Guaninophoren und Melanophoren; nach Unter-
 suchung lebender Entwicklungsstsdien von Lebistes  reticulatus.
 Zool. Jahrb., Abt. Anat., 1929, 51: 227-60. pi.—Godlewski, E.
 Kernplasmarelation bei  der Eireifung und in den ersten Ent-
 wickelungsphasen  der  Echinodermenkeime.   Bull,  internat.
 Acad. sc.  Cracovie, 1917, ser.  B,   102-13.—Gray, J.  The
 relationship  between cell-division and growth  in  segmenting
 eggs.  Brit. J. Exp. Biol., 1926-27, 4: 313-21.—Gurwitsch, A.,
 <fc Gurwitsch, L.  Zur Energetik der mitogenetisehen Induktion
 und Zellteilungsreaktion.  Arch. Entwmech., 1928, 113: 740-
 52.—Guthrie, M. J.  Cytoplasmic inclusions in cross-activated
 eggs of  teleosts.   Zschr. Zellforsch., 1925, 2: 347-81, 3  pi —
 Hibbard, H.  Cytoplastic constituents in the developing egg of
 Discoglossus pictus Otth.  J. Morph., 1928, 45: 233-51, 2 pi.—
 Hindle,  E.  A cytological study of artificial parthenogenesis in
 Strongylocentrotus purpuratus.  Rep. Brit. Ass. Advance. Sc.
 (1910)  1911, 80: 630.—Ikeda, T.  Ueber  die genetische Ver-
 anderung der Zellorganellen, besonders der Golgisehen Apparate
 in Vogeleizellen.  Fol.  anat. jap., 1928,  6:  389-423,  6  pi.—
 Kasansky, W. J.  Verschiedene Bewegungsarten des Hechtei-
 Inhaltes (Esox lucius L.) in der friihen Stadien der embryonalen
 Entwicklung.  Zool. Anz., 1936, 115: 89-96.—Kraczkiewicz, 2.
 De la difference  entre les premiers  stades de maturation des
 oocytes  parthenogenetiques et des oocytes sexites  de  Miastor
 metraloas Meinert (Diptera)  C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1936, 123:
 879-83.  ------  Recherches cytologiques sur le cycle evolutif
 de Miastor metraloas Meinert, Cecidomyidae, Diptera.  Cellule,
 Louvain, 1937, 46: 55-74, 2 pi.—Lecaillon, A.  Sur la presence
 de spheres attractives et de centrosomes dans les cellules issues
 ile la segmentation parthenogeitesique de l'ceuf  de  la poule et
 sur les caracteres de ces formations.   C. rend. Acad, sc, 1909,
 149: 64-6.—Lepeshinskaia, O.  B.  [Living matter and  the cell;
 process of development of an  artificially  impregnated egg of
 Acipensor stellatus, changes  in the yolk and increase  of chro-
 matin in the cells  during the development of the embryo]
 Arkh. biol. nauk, 1937,  47: 105-30.—Mainland,  D.   The early
 development of the ferret; the pronuclei.  J. Anat., Lond., 1930,
 64:262-87.  ------  The early development of  the ferret: the
 cytoplasm.  Ibid., 1931, 65: 411-26, 2 pi.—Mangenot, G.  De
 I'influence du noyau sur le developpement et la  morphogenSse
 de l'individu.  Bull, histol.  appl., Lyon,  1929,  6:  205-20 —
 Minouchi, O.  Cytologische Studien uber das  Ei von  Poly-
 stomum integerrimum  von  der  Eiablage  bis zu den  friihen
 Furchungsstadien.   Zschr. Zellforsch.,  1936,  24:  85-127 —
 Moore, A. R.  The function  of cytoplasmic structures  in early
 embryonic development.  Scientia,  Bologna,  1935, 58: 92-
 100, suppl., 54-62.—Naville, A.  La meiose, la  fecondation et
 la  dihaplophase  de  Myxobolus  guy6noti sp.  nov.   Zschr.
 Zellforsch.,  1928, 7: 228-50,  2 pi.—Parat, M.   Le vacuome
 (appareil de Golgi)  au  cours de l'ovogenese  et  du  developpe-
 ment de l'oursin Paracentrotus lividus Lk.   C. rend. Soc biol.,
 1927,  96: 1360-3— Peter,  K.   Untersuchungen  uber  Zell-
 urttergang in  der Embryogenese;  Prolegomena:  Ueber die
 Wertung des physiologischen Zelluntergangs im allgemeinen;
 die vermeintliche morphogenetische  Zelldegeneration.  Zschr.
 Anat. Entw., 1935-36,  105:  409-28.—Reiss, P., & Vellinger,
 E.  Sur le potentiel d'arret  de la division de l'oeuf d'oursin.
 C. rend. Acad, sc, 1929, 188: 100-2.—Ries,  E.,  & Gersch, M.
 Die Zelldifferenzierung  und Zellspezialisierung  wahrend der
 Embryonalentwicklung von  Aplysia  limacina L.; zugleich ein
 Beitrag zu Problemen der vitalen Farbung.  Pubb. Staz. zool.
 Napoli,  1935-36, 15: 223-73, ch.—Runnstrom,  J.   Ueber die
 Veranderung der Plasmakolloide bei  der Entwicklungserregung
 des Seeigeleies.  Protoplasma, Lpz.,  1928-29, 5:  201-310,  pi —
 Salazar, A. L.  Les poussees cinetiques de la granulosa atretique
 et les ondes de cindse de  Dustin.  C.  rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 113:
 757-9.—Salensky, W. Ueber die Thatigkeit der Kalymmocyten
 (Testazellen)  bei der Entwicklung  einiger  Synascidien.  In
 Festschr. 70. Geburtst. (Rudolf Leuckart)  Lpz., 1892, 109-20,
 2 pi.—Saikind, S.  Ueber den Rhythmus  der mitogenetisehen
 Strahlung bei der Entwicklung des Seeigeleies.  Arch. Entw-
 mech.,  1929,  115: 360-2.—Trifondva,  A.  N.  [Physiology of
 differentiation and growth; effect of  asphyxia on the develop-
 ment and cariokinetic division in embryos of fish]  Arkh. biol.
 nauk, 1935, 37: 757-83,  pi.—Ussow, S.A.  Eine besondere Art
 der  Zellenbildung im Tierreiche;  vergleichend-embryologische
 Studien.  Zool. Jahrb.,  Abt.  allg.  Zool., 1925-26, 42: 367-420,
 7 pi.—Voigtlander, G.   Neue Untersuchungen iiber den Cyto-
 tropismus der Furchungszellen.  Arch. Entwmech., 1932. 127:
 151-215.—Weber, A.  Le noyau de l'ceuf du  triton  alpestre
 pendant le  repos  intercinetique, de remission des  globules
 polaires a la premiere division  de  segmentation.  C. rend. Soc.
 biol., 1923, 89: 483.—Wilson, J. T.  On  the question of the
 interpretation of the structural features of the early blastocyst
 of the guinea pig. J. Anat., Lond., 1927-28, 62:  346-58, 6 pi.—
 Wintrebert, P.  L'ascension du germe au pole dorsal du vitellus
 pendant le developpement, chez les plagiostomes (Scylliorhinus
 canicula L. Gill.)  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 96: 668-71.  -----
 Les changements  de forme des  membranes et de l'ceuf de
 Discoglossus pictus Otth. apr6s la ponte. Ibid., 1928, 99:1944-
 6.  ------   Analyse du developpement de Discoglossus pictus
 Otth.  par le proc6de des marques  colorees; la  position dans
 l'ceuf  des  territoires invaghtes.   Ibid.,   1930,  104:  1234-8.
 ------  Les voie3 de rapprochement des pronuclei et le  mode
 de formation du premier noyau de segmentation dans l'ceuf de
 Discoglossus  pictus  Otth.   Ibid., 1930,  105: 764-9.   -----
I Les courants plasmiques corticaux  decetes par les  figurations 
EMBRYOGENY                                 185                                EMBRYOGENY
 pigmentaires a la surface de l'ceuf feconde indivisde Discoglossus
 pictus Otth.  Ibid., 1931,  106: 784-8. ------  La rotation de
 regulation,  ou rotation de concentration plasmique perinucte-
 aire, dans  1 '(enf indivis  des amphibiens.   Ibid.,  1933,  114:
 1301-4- Zakolska, Z.  Les  phenontenes cytologiques dans les
 oeufs activ6s  de la grenouille rousse.   Ibid.,  1925,  92:  799-
 801.—Zirkle,  C.  Vacuoles  in  primary meristems.  Zschr.
 Zellforsch.,  1932, 16: 26, 4 pi.

 ----   Dynamics.

    See also  Embryology, Theories.

    Bujard,  E.  Remarques sur  le mecanisme du
 modelage des  embryons  humains  (jusqu'a  6  a 7
 mm.  de  longueur)   courbes  embryotectoniques.
 96p.   8?    Lpz., 1914.
    Abderhalden, E.   Ueber den Einfluss der  Ernahrung  und
 von Umweltsfaktoren auf die Entwicklung von Kaulquappen.
 Arch. ges.  Physiol.,  1927. 216: 749-52.—Aron, M.  Role du
 systeme  nerveux  central dans  la croissance  embryonnaire;
 recherches  chez les batraciens.  Arch,  biol., Liege,  1929, 39:
 607-75, 3  pi.—Arshavsky,  I.  A.   [Parameter of labilitv in
 evolutionary  physiology]  J. Physiol.  USSR, 1938,  25:  199-
 207.—Boss!, L. A. Distribucion del material formativo embrio-
 plaslico.  Dia med.,  B.  Air., 1935, 7:  1154-6.—Bourdin, J.
 Le  htecanisme  de I'eclosion chez  les  teteosteens;  evolution
 histologique des cellules sereuses cutanees provoquant I'eclosion,
 chez k truite.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 95:  1183-6.—Boveri.
 T.  Ueber den Einfluss der Samenzelle auf die Larvencharaktere
 der Echiniden.  Arch. Entwmech.,  1903,  16: 340-63, pi —
 Child,  C. M.  The physiological significance  of the cephalo-
 caudal  differential in  vertebrate development.   Anat. Rec,
 1925, 31: 369-83. ------  The axial gradients in Hydrozoa;
 modification of development through differential susceptibility.
 Biol Bull., 1925,  48:  176-99.  ------   Studies on  the axial
 gradient  in Corymorpha palma;  differential susceptibility,
 penetration  and  oxidation-reduction   in  development   and
 reconstitutiort.  Biol. gen.. Wien, 1926, 2: 609-30.—Comandon,
 J., & de Fonbrune, P.   Contractions periodiques, accompagnees
 d'emission de liquide,  dans les premiers stades du developpe-
 ment d'eeufs  de limnees  (enregistrement cinematographique)
 C.  rend. Soc  biol.,  1931, 106: 248-50.—Dorier,  A.  Sur la
 nature  et l'origine des mouvements rythmiques  de l'ceuf de
 Brochet.   Ibid.,  1939,  130:  991.—Faur6-Fremiet,  E.    La
 cinetique du developpement.  Arch.  exp. Zellforsch., 1925-26,
 2: 220-2.—Friedmann, H.   A  case of apparently  adaptive
 acceleration of  embrvonic growth-rate  in birds.  Biol. Bull.,
 1927, 53: 343-5.—Giblio-Tos, E.  Die  Wirkung  der Schwer-
 kraft auf die Riehtung der ersten Furchungsspindel im Ei des
 Seeieels.  Arch. Entwmech., 1926, 107:  186-201.—Giglio-Tos,
 E.  Studi sulla meccanica dello sviluppo. Riv. biol., 1925, 7:
 1-20.—Gregory, W.  K.  Polyisomerism and  anthropogeny.
 Human Biol., 1934, 6: 632-6.—Greil.   Dynamik der mensch-
 lichen  Keimbildung.   Verh.  Anat. Ges., 1928, 37:  42-64 —
 Grosser, O.  Ueber Variabilitat in der menschlichen Embryonal-
 entwicklung.   Zschr.  Morph.  Anthrop., 1934, 34:  108-12, 2
 pi.—Gurwitsch, A.  Weiterbildung und  Verallgemeinerung des
 Feldbegriffes.   Arch.   Entwmech.,  1927,   112:   433-5L—
 Gurwitsch,  N.   Ueber  zweifache  Verwertung embryonaler
 Elemente im Laufe der Embryogenese.   Anat. Anz., 1921-25,
 58:  32-9.—Hessek, C. Die  Bedeutung der normalen Lage der
 Keimscheibe  far  die  Entwicklung  des Hiihnereies.   Bull.
 internat.  Acad. sc. Cracovie, 1914, ser. B,  827-36, 2 pi.—
 Holmdahl,  D. E.  Experimentelle Untersuchungen  uber die
 Lage der Grenze zwischen primarer und sekundarer Korperent-
 wicklung beim  Huhn.  Anat. Anz., 1924-25, 59: 393-6,  pi.
 ------   Neue  Gesichtspunkte zur friihen Embryonalentwick-
 lung.  Upps. tek. friren. forh., 1936,  42: 1-20.—Hykes, O. V.
 Role de  l'enveloppe  geiatineuse  de l'ceuf dans  la  premiere
 periode du d6veloppement de la grenouille.  C. rend. Soc biol.,
 1928, 98:1029-31.—Jucci, C.  L'eredita materna e paterna nelle
 capacita di sviluppo dell'uovo.  Boll. Soc ital. biol. sper., 1926,
 1: 175-8.—Kingsbury, B. F. On the so-called law of antero-
 posterior  development.   Anat.  Rec,   1926,  33:  73-87.—
 Krdning,  F., & Engelmann, C.   Penetranz, Expressivitat und
 Asymmetrie der Ueberzehen des Meerschweinchens und die
 Abhangigkeit  ihrer Realisation von  Aussenfaktoren.   Nachr.
 Ges. Wiss.  Gottingen, 1934-35, n. F.,  1:  math,  physik.  Kl.
 Biol., 123-41.—Kuo, Z. Y. Ontogeny of  embryonic behavior in
 Aves; the mechanical factors in the  various stages leading to
 hatching.   J.  Exp.  Zool.,  1932,  62:  453-87.—Luther,  W.
 Entwicklungsmechanik des  Wirbeltter-Eies.   Psychiat. neur.
 Wschr., 1936, 38: 205-7.—Mangold, O.  Probleme  der Ent-
 wicklungsmechanik.  Naturwissenschaften,  1928, 16: 661-5.—
 Murray, H.  A., jr.  Physiological ontogeny; chicken embryos;
 weight and growth rate as functions of age.  J. Gen. Physiol.,
 1925-20, 9:  39-48.  —■----  Accelerations  of  integration and
 differentiation during the embryonic period.   Ibid., 603-19,
 2 pi  Also repr.—Oppenheimer, J. M.   Processes of localiza-
 tion in  developing Fundulus.  J. Exp.  Zool.,  1936,  73: 405-
 44 —Pigorini,  L.  Fenomeni embriologici e di  metabolismo in
 taluni invertebrati.  Riv. biol., 1931, 13: 433-41.—Pincus.G.,
 & Werthessen, N. T.  The comparative behavior of mammalian
 eggs in vivo and in vitro; factors controlling the growth of the
 rabbit blastocyst.  J. Exp. Zool., 1938, 78: 1-18—Ramult, M.
 Untersuchungen uber die Entwicklungsbedingungen der Som-
mereier  von Daphnia pulex und  anderen Cladoceren.   Bull.
internat. Acad. sc. Cracovie, 1914, ser. B, 481-514.—Ranzi, S.
I gradienti assiali  nello sviluppo embrionale.  Boll. Soc. ital.
biol. sper., 1931, 6: 618-45. ------ Le basi fisio-morfologiche
dello sviluppo embrionale dei selaci. Pubb. Staz. zool. Napoli,
1932, 12: 209-90.—Rapkine, L.  L'energetique du developpe-
ment de l'ceuf. Arch. anat. micr., Par., 1929, 25: 482-8.  Also
Ann. physiol., Par.,  1931, 7: 242-9.—Remotti, E.   Fattori
funzionali e  differenziazione  morfologica  nello sviluppo em-
brionale.  Monit.  zool. ital., 1934, 45: suppl.,  258-62.—Rud-
nick, D. Regional restriction of  potencies in the chick during
embryogenesis.  J. Exp. Zool., 1935,  71: 83-99.—Ruffini, A.
Meccanica dello sviluppo embrionale e filogenesi.  Monit. zool.
ital.,  1924,   35:  117-24.—Schmalhausen,  J.   Beitrage zur
quantitativen Analyse  der  Formbildung;  iiber die  Gesetz-
massigkeiten des embryonalen Wachstums.  Arch. Entwmech.,
1927, 109: 455-512.—Seidel, F.  Die Potenzen der Furchungs-
kerne im Libellenei  und ihre  Rolle bei  der Aktivierung des
Bildungszentrums.  Ibid., 1932,  126: 213-76.—Sorin,  A.  N.
Ueber  mitogenetische Strahlung und  Induktion; iiber  mito-
genetische Induktion  in den friihen Entwicklungsstadien des
Huhnerembryo.   Ibid.;  1928,  113: 724-30.—Tur, J.  Sur la
synergie embryonnaire  dans  les systemes  polygeniques.  C.
rend. Soc. biol.,  1927, 97:  473.—Tyler, A.  Comparison of the
rates of development and of oxygen consumption  of  tight
membrane and normal echinoderm eggs.  J. Exp. Zool.,  1937,
76: 395-406.—Umanski, E.  Zur Frage iiber den Einfluss der
vertikalen Lage des  Eies auf die Entwickelung des Embryos
von Gallus  domesticus.   Zool.  Anz.,  1926, 68: 81-7.—Van
Campenhout,  E.   Les facteurs du developpement embryon-
naire.  Tr. R. Soc. Canada, 1932, 3. ser.,  26: 211-6.—Vies, F.
Documents pour servir a l'etude du role des facteurs electriques
dans revolution des  embryons d'oursin.   Arch. phys.  biol.,
Par., 1931-32, 9: 173-200.—Waddington, C. H.   Develop-
mental  mechanics of warm-blooded  animals.   Arch. exp.
Zellforsch.,  1934,  15: 302-6.—Wang. S.  C.   Die  regulative
Entwicklung  dorsal-lateraler  Verbandskeime   von  Triton
taeniatus.  Arch.  Entwmech., 1933,  130: 243-65.—Weill, L.
Beitrag zur  Entwicklungsmechanik.  Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn.,
1928, 80: 278-82.—Whitaker. D. M. Some observations on the
eggs of Fucus and upon their mutual influence in the determina-
tion of  the  developmental axis.   Biol. Bull., 1931, 61: 294-
308.—Wintrebert,  P.  Sur l'existence  d'une rotation  dtepura-
tion et d'une rotation de regulation dans l'ceuf feconde indivis
de  Discoglossus pictus  Otth.  et sur  le  ntecanisme de leur
determination. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931,  106: 724-8.  ------
La   ntecanique  embryonnaire des Amphibiens, consider,
d'une  mantere  epigenetique,  comme  un  enchainement  de
structures et  de fonctions tranistoires.   C. rend.  Acad, sc,
1933, 197:  602-4.   ---—  Les lois  de  1'epigenese.  chez les
amphibiens.   Ibid., 1934, 198:  1181-3.  ------  Les rotations
d'equilibre et  lc plan  d'ebauches de l'ceuf du discoglosse.  C.
rend. Soc. biol.,  1936, 121: 1584-7.  ------  Les fonctions de
construction  de  l'embryon, facteurs de l'unite et de l'indivi-
dualite  du germe, dans le  developpement des amphibiens.
Ibid., 1938,  129:  366-70.—Zawadowsky, M.  M.   Aeussere
Entwicklungsbedingungen der Eier von Ascaris megalocephala.
Arch. Entwmech.,  1927, 109: 14-23.

----    Effect of external factors.

   Romanoff,  A.  L.    Biochemistry  and   bio-
physics of the  developing  hen's egg;  influence of
humidity.   27p.   8?  Ithaca,  N.  Y., 1930.
   Blandau,  R. J., & Young, W. C.   The effects of delayed
fertilization  on  tbe  development  of  the guinea pig ovum.
Am. J. Anat., 1939, 64: 303-29.  5  pi.—Cunningham, B.  The
incubation of  hen  eggs under increased atmospheric pressure.
J. Elisha Mitchell Sc. Soc,  1926-27,  42:  188; 1936,  52: 269,
pi.—Fankhauser,  G.   Zytologische Untersuchungen  an ge-
schniirten Triton-Eiern; die  verzogerte Kernversorgung einer
Halfte nach  hantelformiger Einschniirung  des  Eies.   Arch.
Entwmech.,  1930,  122: 117-39.—Gallera. J.  Experiences sur
Taction de la pression sous-blastodermique  sur les embryons
d'biseaux. Bull, internat. Acad, polon. sc, 1934, B 2, 73-83.—
Gianferrari.  L.,  & Pugno-Vanoni, E.  Sull'azione di  campi
elettrici ad alta frequenza nello sviluppo embrionale; esperienza
su Strogylocentrotus lividus.   Boll. Soc  biol. sper.,  1926, 1:
252-7.    Also  Gior.  biol.  med.  sper.,  1924-25.  2: 280-6.—
Goedbloed,  J.  Einige Beobachtungen an  geschnurten  Eiern
von Triton taeniatus.  Arch. Entwmech., 1933,  129: 561-9.—
Magrou, J., Magrou, M., & Chouchroun, F.  Action a distance
du  Bacterium tumefaciens  sur  le developpement de  l'ceuf
d'oursin (nouvelles experiences)  C. rend.  Acad, sc, 1929, 188:
733-5.—Musselman, L. K.  Effects of  changes in environment
on development of the chick.  Proc.  Soc. Exp.  Biol., N. Y.,
1929-30, 27: 216.—Romanoff, A.  L.  Effect of humidity on the
growth, calcium metabolism,  and mortality of the chick em-
bryo. J. Exp. Zool., 1929, 54: 343-8.—Schmidt, G. A.  Schnii-
rungsversuche bei Anuren.  Arch. Entwmech., 1930, 122: 665.
Schniirungs- und Durchschneidungsversuche am  Anurenkeim.
Ibid., 1933, 129: 1-44.—Shippen, L. P. The effect  of light on
the development and staining of ova in eosin solutions.   Univ.
Pennsylvania  M. Bull.,  1906-7.  19: 316-9— Stiles, K.  A..  &
Watterson, R. L.   The effects of jarring upon the embryogeny
of chick embryos.  Anat. Rec, 1937-38, 70: 7-12.

----   Effect of external factors: Centrifugation.
  Bagini, M.  Azione della centrifugazione sullo sviluppo delle
uova segmentate di anfibi anuri.  Arch. ital. anat., 1925, 22:
35-83, 8 pi.—Beams,  H. W., & King,  R.  L. The suppression 
EMBRYOGENY
186
EMBRYOGENY
of cleavage in Ascaris eggs by ultracentrifuging.  Biol. Bull.,
1937, 73: 99-111.  ------ Pigmentation changes in tadpoles
of Rana  pipiens  following centrifugation  during the early
gastrula.  J. Morph.,  1938, 63: 477-89, 3 pi.  ------& Risley,
P. L. Studies on centrifuged frog eggs.  Proc Soc. Exp. Biol.,
N. Y., 1934, 32: 181-4.—Bodine.  J. H., & Boell, E. J.   The
effect of ultracentrifuging on the respiratory activity of develop-
ing  and  blocked  embryonic  cells  (Orthoptera)   J. Cellul.
Physiol., 1935-36, 7:  455-63.—Clement, A. C.   The structure
and  development  of  centrifuged eggs and egg fragments of
Physa heterostropha.  J. Exp.  Zool.,  1938,  79: 435-60.—
Costello, D. P.  Some effects of centrifuging the eggs of nudi-
branchs.  Ibid., 1939, 80: 473-99, incl., 2 pi.—Duesberg, J.
Etude cytologique des ceufs centrifuges de Ciona intestinalis.
Arch, biol., Liege,  1926, 36: 489-522.  Also C. rend. Soc. biol.,
1926, 95: 730.—Gresson, R. A. R.  Effect of ultra-centrifuging
the oocytes  of the mouse. Nature,  Lond., 1938, 142: 957.—
Harvey,  E. B.   Development of the parts of sea urchin eggs
separated by centrifugal force.  Biol. Bull., 1933, 64: 125-48.
------   The mitotic  figure and cleavage plane in the egg of
Parechinus  microtuberculatus,  as  influenced  by centrifugal
force.  Ibid.,  1935, 69: 287-97.  ------  Some surface phe-
nomena in the fertilized sea urchin egg as influenced by  cen-
trifugal force.   Ibid.,  298-304.—King, R. L., & Beams, H. W.
Effect of ultra-centrifuging on the egg of Ascaris megalocephala.
Nature,  Lond.,  1937,  139: 369.—Lindahl,  P. E.  Zur experi-
mentellen Analyse der Determination der  Dorsoventralachse
beim Seeigelkeim; Versuche mit zentrifugierten Eiern.  Arch.
Entwmech., 1932,  127: 323-38.—Morgan, T. H.  Centrifuging
the eggs of Ilyanassa in reverse.  Biol. Bull., 1935, 68: 268-79.
------  The separation of the egg of Ilyanassa into 2 parts by
centrifuging.  Ibid., 180-95.—Moore, A. R.  On the centering
of the nuclei in centrifuged eggs as a result of fertilization and
artificial membrane formation.  Protoplasma,  Lpz., 1936-37,
27: 544-51.—Norminton, G. M.  The effects of ultra-centrifug-
ing the oocytes of Lumbricus terrestris.  Q.  J. Micr. Sc, Lond.,
1936-37, 79: 471-86,  pi.—Pasquini, P.  Anisotropia dell'ovo
fecondato di Arbacia e  analisi degli  effetti provocati dalla
forza centrifuga sulla  sua  organizzazione.  Boll. Ist. zool.
Univ. Roma,  1928, 6: 90-112,  pi.  ------ & Reverberi, G.
Studi sulla determinazione nello sviluppo degli anfibi (analisi
sperimentale degli effetti  della centrifugazione  sui primi stadi
embrionali di  Rana esculenta)  Ibid.,  1929, 7: No.  8, 1-55,
3 pi.—Pauli, M. E.  Die Entwicklung geschniirter und centri-
fugierter  Eier  von   Calliphora erythrocephala  und  Musca
domestica.  Zschr. wiss.  Zool.,  1927,  129: 483-540.—Pease,
D.  C.  The influence of centrifugal  force on the  bilateral
determination of the spirally-cleaving egg  of Urechis.   Bio!.
Bull., 1938, 75: 409-24.  ------  An analysis of the factors
of bilateral determination in centrifuged echinoderm embryos.
J. Exp. Zool., 1939, 80: 225-47, 3 pi.—Reith, F.  Ueber die
Lokalisation   der  Entwicklungsfaktoren  im  Insektenkeim;
Zentrifugierversuche  an  Ameiseneiern.   Arch.  Entwmech.,
1932, 127: 283-99.—Tchou-Su.  Embryons doubles obtenus
par  la centrifugal on  d'ceufs  d'anoures  recemment  feconctes;
origine des localisations germinates.  C. rend. Soc biol., 1936,
122: 1043-5.—Whitaker, D. M.  Determination of polarity by
centrifuging eggs of Funcus furcatus. Biol. Bull., 1937,73:249 ^>0

----   Effect   of  external  factors:   Chemical
   agents.
   Armstrong, P. B.   The antagonism between acetic acid and
the chlorides of sodium, potassium, and calcium as manifested
in developing  fundulus embryos.  J. Gen.  Physiol., 1927-28,
11:  515-23.—Ashbel, R.   L'influenza  della  concentrazione
degli idrogenioni sulle uova di ricci di mare, fecondate e  non
fecondate.   Boll.  Soc. ital.  biol. sper.,  1929,  4: 239-41.—
Belehradek, J.   Influence de I'argent colloidal sur les elements
reproducteurs  et sur le developpement de l'Arbacia pustulosa.
C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 93: 1108-2.—Blumenthal, R.  Mitotic
development of Arbacia  eggs in cyanides.  Physiol.  Zool.,
1930, 3: 539-63.—Boell, E. J., & Needham, J.  Morphogenesis
and  metabolism; studies with the Cartesian diver ultracro-
manometer; effect of dinitro-o-cresol on the anaerobic glycolysis
of the regions of the amphibian gastrula.  Proc R. Soc, Lond.,
1939, ser. B,  127: 356-62.—Buchanan,  J.  W.   The relation
between embryo volume and the susceptibility of Amblystoma
punctatum embryos  to  potassium cyanide.  Physiol.  Zool.,
1929, 2: 125-47.—Deotto. R.  L'azione della tionina e della
piocianina sullo sviluppo dell'uovo fecondato di Paracentrotus
lividus.  Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1939,14: 327-9.—Deutsch, J.
Ueber  die Beeinflussung friihester  Entwicklungsstufen  von
Amphibien durch Organsubstanzen.  Arch. Entwmech., 1927,
109: 110-28.—Dilling, W. J.,  & Healey, C. W.  Influence of
lead and the metallic ions of copper, zinc,  thorium, beryllium
and  thallium on the  germination of frogs' spawn and on the
growth of tadpoles.   Ann. Appl. Biol.,  Lond.,  1926, 13:  177-
88.—Drzewina, A., & Bohn, G.  Action de I'argent metallique
sur le sperme et les larves d'oursin.  C. rend. Acad,  sc, 1926,
182: 1651.—Diirken,  B.  Ueber  die Wirkung von Zink auf die
Entwicklung der Froschlarven.   Biol,  gen., Wien,  1931, 7:
345-66.—Finkelstein, E. A., & Shapiro, E.  M.  [Influence du
dinitropltenol, de la thyroxine et des histolysats sur le developpe-
ment des embryons de Triton taeniatus]  Med. exp.,  Kharkov,
1937, No. 3, 5-10.—Hinrichs,  M. A.  Modification of develop-
ment in  Arbacia punctulata  on the basis  of differential  sus-
ceptibility to certain alkaloids.  Proc. Soc  Exp.  Biol., N. Y.,
1929-30, 27: 192.  ------& Genther, I. T.  Effect of certain
alkaloids upon early  cleavage in Arbacia  punctulata.  Ibid.,
189-91.—Just, E. E.  The period of maximum susceptibility
to dilute sea-water in the cleavage cycle of the fertilized egg of
Arbacia.  Physiol. Zool., 1928,  1: 26-36—Kamon,  H.  Ueber
den  Einfluss verschieder  Pharmaka  auf  das Wachstum des
Lungen- und  des Herzkammergewebes vom Hiihnerembryo
in vitro.   Fol. pharm. jap., 1928, 7: 8.—Konig, K.  Ueber die
Wirkung  extrem verdiinnter (homoopathisierter) Metallsalz-
losungen auf Entwicklung und Wachstum von Kaulquappen.
Zschr.  ges.  exp. Med.,  1927,  56:  581-93.—Konopacki, M.
Ueber den Einfluss des verdunnten Seewassers auf verschiedene
Entwicklungsstadien der Echinideneier.  Bull, internat. Acad.
sc. Cracovie,  1914, ser.  B, 515-25.—Lapidari, M.   L'azione
dell'indolo sullo sviluppo degli embrioni.  Boll. Soc.  med. chir.,
Pavia,  1927, n.  ser., 2:  763-5.—Lehmann, F. E.  L'influence
des substances chimiques sur le developpement embryonnaire.
Ann.  Soc. sc med. natur. Bruxelles,  1936, suppl.,  1-15.—
Lite, J. C,  & Whitney, D. D.  The role of aeration  in the
hatching of  fertilized eggs of rotifers.  J. Exp. Zool.,  1925-26,
43: 1-9.—Matthews, S. A., & Detwiler, S. R.  The reactions
of Amblystoma  embryos  following prolonged treatment with
chloretone.  Ibid., 1926, 45: 279-92.—Mendeleev, P.  Influ-
ence des ions ntetalliques sur la croissance des tissus embryon-
naires in vitro et in vivo.  Ann. Soc. sc med. natur. Bruxelles,
1924, 79:  164-73.—Needham,  J.   The  effects of  fluoride,
iodoacetate, and other reagents on the respiration of blasto-
derm,  embryo,  and yolk-sac.   Proc. R. Soc,  Lond.,  1932,
ser. B, 112: 114-38.—Neter, E., & Witebsky, E.  Influence of
drugs on chicken embryo and on its reaction to sera containing
Forssman antibodies.  Proc. Soc. Exp.  Biol., N.  Y.,  1934-35,
32: 725-8.—Pasteels, J.  Les effets de la rupture de la b  lance
des chlorures de l'eau de mer  sur  l'ceuf de  Pholade, Barnea
Candida;  analyse  des  premiers  stades du  developpement;
etude de  Taction  des sels sur le protoplasme.  Arch,  biol.,
Ltege,  1930, 40:  247-355. 2  pi.—Popov,  M.,  Dobrev, M.
[et al.|  Sur le  deVeloppement 'des oeufs  d'oursin (Strongy-
locentrotus  lividus)  sous  Taction des  extraits de  pollen  de
quercus et de calla.  C.  rend. Acad, sc, 1926,  183: 511.—
------& Paspalev, G.   Zellstimulationsstudien  an  reifen
Seeigeleiern;  iiber den  Einfluss  des  pH-Gehaltes des  Meer-
wassers  auf  die  Entwicklung  der  stimulierten  Seeigel-
eier.     Zellstimulationsforschungen,   1927-29,   3:  1-14.—
Rogalski, T.  Action de Tacide carbonique sur le developpement
de l'ceuf de  poule.  C. rend.  Soc biol., 1925, 93:  706-8.—
Romanoff, A. L.  Effect of composition of air on the growth
and mortality of the chick embryo.   J. Morph. Physiol.,  1930,
50: 517-25.—Rose, M.  Action des pH acides sur la segmenta-
tion de Tceuf d'ourison. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 109:109-11 —
Runnstrom, J.  Ueber  den Einfluss  des  Kaliummangels auf
das Seeigelei; experimentelle Beitrage zur Kenntniss des Plas-
mabaues, der Teilung und der Determination des  Eies.  Pubb.
Staz. zool. Napoli, 1925, 6: 1-200, p. i-ix.  ------   Influence
of iodoacetate on activation and development of the eggs of
Arbacia punctulata.  Biol. Bull., 1935, 69: 351-5.—Schneyer.
Die Beeinflussung der Entwicklung von Froscheiern und -larven
durch  Badgasteiner Thermalwasser.   Miinch. med.  Wschr.,
1926, 73:  1273-5.—Takahashi, K.   Beitrage zur Chemie der
Bebriitung des Hiihnereis;  iiber  die  Ab- und Zunahme von
Milchsaure,  Azetaldehyd,  Azeton und Glukose des  Hiihnereis
wahrend der Bebriitung bei der Zufuhr verschiedener Hormone.
Mitt. Med.  Akad.  Kioto,  1935, 14:  173-98.  ------  Ueber
den Einfluss der Glutathionzufuhr auf die Menge von Milch-
saure,  Azetaldehyd,  Azeton   und  Glukose  des  Hiihnereis
wahrend der Bebriitung.  Ibid., 199-204.  ------  Ueber den
Einfluss der zugefiihrten Monojod- und Monobromessigsaure
auf die Menge  der intermediaren  Zersetzungsprodukte des
Kohlehydrates und Fettes des befruchteten Hiihnereis bei der
Bebriitung.  Ibid., 205-10.—Taniguchi, T.  Ueber die Wirkung
des Jodnatriums und Schilddriisen-Praparates auf die Frosch-
embryonen.   Fol.  anat.  jap.,  1929-30,  8:  345-59.—Thomp-
son, V.  Action of electrolytes on lateral body wall movements
of grasshopper embryos (Acrididae, Orthoptera)  J. Exp. Zool.,
1938, 78: 19-46.—Windle, W. F.,  Scharpenberg, L.  G., &
Steele, A. G.  Influence of carbon dioxide and anoxemia upon
respiration in the chick at hatching.  Am.  J. Physiol.,  1938,
121:  692-9.—Ziegelmayer, W.   Untersuchungen  iiber die
Zustandsanderung der  Eimembran  nach der Eiablage  sowie
iiber den  Einfluss  von  Neutralsalzen  auf das  Plasma von
Leuciscuseiern.  Zool. Jahrb., Abt. allg. Zool., 1925, 42:175-81.

----   Effect of external  factors: Irradiation.
   Aisikowitsch,  E. A. Ueber den Einfluss der Dunkelheit, des
Lichtes und der Quecksilber-Quarzlampe-Bestrahlung auf die
Nachkommenschaft bei  den Tieren.  Zschr.  ges.  phys.  Ther.,
1930-31, 40:  153-60.—Ancel,  P.,  & Vintemberger. P.  De
Taction des rayons X sur la segmentation  et la gastrulation
chez Rana fusca.  C. rend  Soc. biol., 1924, 91:1267-70. —;—
Influence de Tactivite cellulaire sur la manifestation des tesions
produites  dans le blastoderme de Tceuf de poule par les rayons
X.  Ibid., 1425-8.  —:----  Influence de la rapidite devolution
de l'ceuf irradte de rana  sur la duree de sa survie.   Ibid., 1925,
93: 281-3.  ------  Etude de Taction des rayons X sur le
developpement embryonnaire; les rayons X ont-ils  une action
acceteratrice?  Arch, biol., Ltege, 1925, 35: 1-43, pi.—Austoni,
G.   Risultati embriosperimentali d'irradiazioni  ultraviolette
limitate alia zona del balancer in embrioni di Triton taeniatus.
Monit.  zool.  ital.,  1934,  45:  suppl.,  249-54.—Brandes, J.
L'irradiation des oeufs de Rana fusca au moment de la premiere
division.  Bull. Acad.  Belgique, 1938, 5.  ser.,  24:  93-100.
------   Irradiation  de  jeunes gastrulas  chez  Pleurodeles 
EMBRYOGENY
187
EMBRYOGENY
 waltii.  Ibid., 101-8.—Butler, E. G.  The effects of radium and
 X-rays on embryonic development.  In  Biol, effects of radiat.
 (Duggar,  B  M.) N. Y., 1936, 1: 389-410.—Chase, H. Y.  The
 effect of ultra-violet light upon early development in eggs of
 Urechis caupo.  Biol. Bull., 1937, 72: 377-83.  ----—  The
 effect of ultra-violet light upon cleavage in certain marine eggs;
 some studies on cleavage rate.  Ibid., 1938,  75:  134-44.—
 Colwell, H.  A., Gladstone, R. J., & Wakeley, C. P. G.  Action
 of X-rays upon the developing chick embryo.  J. Anat., Lond  ,
 1925-26, 60: 207-28.—Dognon, A., & Tsang, J. C.  Le coefficient
 de temperature de  Taction des rayons  ultra-violets sur Tceuf
 d'Ascaris.   C.  rend.  Soc. biol.,  1928,  98: 22-4.—Geigy, R.
 Erzeugung  rein imaginaler Defekte durch ultraviolette Eibe-
 strahlung bei  Drosophila melanogaster.  Arch. Entwmech.,
 1931-32,  125:  406-47.—Giese, A.  C.  The effects  of ultra-
 violet radiations of various wave-lengths upon cleavage of sea
 urchin eggs.  Biol. Bull., 1938,  75: 238-47.^Gladstone, R. J.,
 & Colwell. H. A.  On some effects of X-rays on the developing
 chick embryo.  J. Anat., Lond., 1933,  68: 85-95.—Hagedoorn,
 A. C, & Vorstheuvel la Brand   [German resolutions relative to
 the  risk  of injuring  the fetus by irradiation]   Ned. tschr.
 geneesk.,  1934, 78: 4261-5.—Hammett, F. S., Green. M., &
 Davenport,  E.  The effect of radium  on growth and develop-
 ment in eggs of Crepidula and Pagurus.  Protoplasma, Lpz.,
 1932, 15: 415-21.—Henshaw, P. S.  Studies  of the effect of
 roentgen rays on the time of the first  cleavage in some marine
 invertebrate eggs; recovery from roentgen-ray effects in Arbacia
 eggs.  Am.  J. Roentg., 1932, 27: 890-8. —----Henshaw, C.
 T., & Francis, D. S.  The effect of roentgen rays on the time of
 the  first  cleavage  in  marine  invertebrate  eggs;  differential
 recovery and its influence when different methods of exposure
 are  used.   Radiology,  1933,  21: 533-41.—Hinrichs, M.  A.
 Modification of development on the basis of differential suscep-
 tibility to radiation; chick embryos and ultraviolet radiation.
 J. Exp. Zool., 1927, 47: 309-42.— Kahlstorf, A.  Experimentelle
■Untersuchungen an Ascariseiern; iiber die Wirkung der f raktioni-
 erten Rontgenbestrahlung.  Strahlentherapie,  1028,  31:  199-
 206.—Kaven, A.  Das Auftreten von Gehirnmissbildungen nach
 Rontgenbestrahlung von Mauseembryonen.   Zschr. menschl.
 Vererb., 1938-39, 22: 247-57.—Krontowski, A.  A. Zur Analyse
 der Rontgenstrablenwirkung auf den Embryo und die embryo-
 nalen Gewebe.  Strahlentherapie,  1925, 21: 12-30.—Magrou,
 J.  Action a distance et embryogenese.  Radiobiologia, Venez.,
 1932-33,  1: 32-8.—Pomini,  F.  Normale Entwicklung von
 befruchteten Eiern  von  Ascaris megalocephala und mikro-
 morphologische Effekte durch  Bestrahlungen-,  mikrokinemato-
 graphisch untersucht.   Arch.  exp. Zellforscb.,  1936-37, 19:
 511.—Regaud, C, Lacassagne, A., &  Jovin, J.   Lesions micro-
 scopiques determinees par les rayons X  dans  l'embryon  de
 poulet.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1925,  93: 1587-9.—Reprev,  A.
 [Synthesis and  analysis of hen's egg during normal incubation
 and under influence of X-ravs and radium]  Vest, rentg., 1927,
 5: 245-53.—Strangeways, f. S. P., & Fell, H. B.  A study of
 the direct and indirect action of X-rays  upon the tissues of the
 embryonic fowl.  Proc R. Soc, Lond., 1927,  ser. B, 102:  9-
 29.—Tchakhotine, S.  Sur le mecanisme de la reaction de la
 couche superficielle  de Tceuf de la pholade a la micropuncture
 ultraviolette.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 120:  714-6.------
 Experiences de micropuncture  ultraviolette sur les blastomeres
 de Tceuf de pholades (Ph. Candida et Ph. crispata)  Ibid., 1938,
 127: 200-2.—Vintemberger, P. Sur les variations de la radio-
 sensibilite au cours des premieres mitoses de segmentation dans
 Tceuf de  Rana fusca.   Ibid.,  1928, 98: 532-5.  ----—   Sur
 Tamplitude  des variations de la radiosensibilite  dans Tceuf de
 Rana fusca au cours des premieres mitoses de  segmentation.
 Ibid., 536. ------  De Tegale radiosensibilite des blastodermes
 en activite et des blastodermes mis au repos par refroidissement.
 Ibid., 1930,  103: 707.  ------  Sur les resultats de la destruc-
 tion par irradiation localisee, dans Tceuf de grenouille rousse, de
 Tun des quatre premiers blastomeres, dans le cas ou celui-ci
 renferme la  region centrale du croissant gris.  Ibid., 1932, 109:
 215-8.  ------  Sur un procede permettant dtetendre l'emploi
 de la technique des irradiations localisees, dans l'etude embryo-
 logique experimentale  de Tceuf  des  amphibiens;  resultats
 generaux sur Tceuf de grenouille rousse.  Ibid., 208-12.  ------
 Sur les resultats de la destruction, par  irradiation localisee, de 2
 ou des 4 macromeres du stade a 8 cellules, dans Tceuf de Rana
fusca.  Ibid., 1933,  112: 1083-6.  ------  Sur la position des
 principales  ebauches  presomptives  par rapport au  troisieme
plan  de  segmentation,  d'apres  les  resultats  d'irradiations
localisees  a  2 ou 4 des 8 premiers blastomeres,  dans  Tceuf de
Rana fusca.   Ibid., 1087-9.  ------  Sur Involution de ltebau-
che ntedullaire  presomptive, dans l'ceuf de Rana fusca, apres
irradiation localisee empechant la formation de  tout revfitement
la separant  du blastoceie. Ibid., 1931, 115: 392-4.—Wilson,
C. W., Hughes, A. F. [et al.)  Bestrahlungsversuche an Hiihner-
embryonen  in vitro  und in vivo mit Radiumgammastrahlen.
Strahlentherapie, 1935,  52: 519-24.—Wolff, E.  Sur la forma-
tion d'une rangee.axiale de somites chez l'embryon de poulet
aprds irradiation du nceud de Hensen.  C. rend. Soc. bio!.,  1935,
118: 452-5.—Woskressensky,  N. M.  Ueber die Wirkung der
Rontgenbestrahlung auf das embryonale Wachstum.  Arch.
Entwmech.,  1928, 113:  447-61.—Yamamoto. T.   Effects of
Roentgen rays on  the development  of embryo of the hen.
Japan M. World, 1929, 9: 45-52.

----   Effect of external  factors: Mutilation.
   Adams, A. E. Some effects of removal of endoderm from the
mouth region of early Amblystoma punctatum embryos.  J.
Exp. Zool., 1931, 58: 147-61, pi.—Cappe de Baillon, P.  La
bipartition experimentale des pieces impaires de Texosquelette
chez le Tenebrio molitor L.  (Coleopt.; Tenebrionidae)  C.
rend. Acad sc, 1931 193: 428-30 — Dalcq. A.  Experiences de
merogonie sur Tceuf d'Ascidiella aspersa.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,
1932,  109: 955-7.   ------  Etude micrographique et quanti-
tative  de  la merogonie double  chez Ascidiella scabra.   Arch.
biol., Par., 1938, 49: 397-568, 2 pi.—Dehnel, G.  Blastotomie
experimentale des germes  d'oiseau.  C. rend. Soc biol., 1929,
102: 313.—Fankhauser, G.   Cytological studies on egg frag-
ments  of  the Salamander triton; chromosome  number and
chromosome individual ty in the cleavage mitoses of merogonie
fragments.  J. Exp.  Zool.,  1934,  68:  1-57.   ------   The
cleavage of egg fragments  without the egg nucleus.  Ibid.,  67:
349-93.—Harvey, E.  B.   Study  of the development  of  sea
urchin eggs  without nuclei.   Yearb. Am. Philos. Soc.  (1937)
1938,  201.  ------  Parthenogenetic merogony  or  develop-
ment  without nuclei of the  eggs  of sea  urchins from Naples.
Biol. Bull., 1938 75: 170-88, 6  pi.------  Cleavage without
nuclei.  Science, 1935, 82: 277.—Howland. R. B., & Child, G.
P.   Experimental  studies  on  development  in Drosophila
melanogaster; removal of  protoplasmic  materials during late
cleavage and early embryonic stages.  J. Exp. Zool., 1935,  70:
415-27, pi.—Lehmann, F. E.   Entwicklungsstorungen  in  der
Medullaranlage  von Triton, erzeugt  durch  Unterlagerungs-
defekte.  Arch. Entwmech., 1926,  108: 243-82.—Leopoldseder,
F.  Entwicklung des Eies von  Clepsine nach Entfernung  des
vegetativen  Polplasmas.   Zschr. wiss. Zool.,  1931, 139: 201-
48.—Luther,  W.  Transplantations- und Defektversuche  am
Organisationszentrum der .Forellenkeimscheibe.  Arch.  Entw-
mech., 1937-38, 137: 404-24.—Okada, Y. K.  Versuche uber
die Wirkung der Dotterwegnahme am meroblastischen Ei  (Ei
von Loligo bleekeri  Keferstein)  Zool. Anz., 1927, 73: 280-4.—
Sladden, D.  E.  Experimental distortion of development in
amphibian tadpoles.  Proc. R.  Soc, Lond., 1930, ser. B, 106:
318-25, 3 pi.—Suzuki, S.  Defektversuche an ventralen und
lateralen  Bezirken  der  Randzone  von Pleurodeleskeimen.
Arch.  Entwmech.,  1928,  114: 371-457.—Vintemberger, P.
Sur une technique permettant Tablation totale ou partielle du
noyau de Tun des 2 premiers blastomeres, dans Tceuf de gre-
nouille rousse.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 100: 507-9.  ------
Sur les resultats de Tablation totale ou  partielle  du noyau de
Tun des 2  premiers blastomeres, dans Tceuf de grenouille rousse
(avec demonstration)   Ibid., 509—12.  ------  Sur une tenta-
tive experimentale pour obtenir un embryon entier, par deve-
loppement d'un seul des 2  premiers blastomeres,  dans Tceuf
de  grenouille rousse (avec demonstration)  Ibid., 102:  700-2.
------ Sur les resultats du developpement des 4 micronteres
isotes au stade de 8 blastomeres, dans Toeuf d'un amphibien
anoure.  Ibid., 1935, 118: 52.—Voss, H.  Organdefekte und
Asymmetrien  bei   einer  aus  zwei ungleichen  Blastomeren
entstandenen  Kaulquappe  (Rana fusca)  Anat. Anz.,  1927,
63: 278-82.

----  Effect of external  factors: Temperature,
   Achard, G.  Etude physico-chimique de la premiere division
de  Tceuf d'oursin chauffe et refroidi avant la tecondation.  C.
rend. Soc biol., 1929, 100: 858-61.—Bachrach, E., & Cardot, H.
Influence des refroidissements brefs et repetes sur la croissance
des embryons de  mollusques.   Ibid.,  1924, 91:  1017-9.—
Barthelemy, H., & Bonnet, R.  Influence de la temperature sur
Tutilisation de l'energie au cours du developpement de Tceuf de
grenouille rousse (Rana fusca)  Bull. Soc. chim.  biol., Par.,
1926, 8: 1071-80.—Becker, E. R., & Crouch, H.  B.   Some
effects of  temperature upon development of the oocysts of
Coccidia.  Proc Soc. Exp.  Biol., N. Y., 1930-31, 28: 529.—
Bodine, J. H.   Effect of  temperature on  rate of embryonic
development of certain Orthoptera.  J.- Exp. Zool., 1925,  42:
91-109.—Bucciante, L. Studi sulla durata del periodo cinetico
ed  intercinetico in embrioni di polio  incubati  a differente
temperatura.  Arch. Entwmech.,  1929, 115: 396-408. ■——
Sulla soprawivenza alle basse  temperature (fino a  —25°) dei
vari tessuti di embrioni di polio di cui fu interrotta l'incubazione.
Arch. exp. Zellforsch.,  1931, 11: 397-423.—Dean, I. L.,  Shaw,
M. E., & Tazelaar, M. A.  The effect of a temperature gradient
on the early development of the frog.  Brit. J. Exp. Biol., 1928,
5:  309-36,  2  pi.—Eisentraut, M.   Die Wirkung  niedriger
Temperaturen auf die Embryonalentwicklung bei Fledermausen
Biol.  Zbl., 1937, 57: 59-74.—Emmart, E. W.  Studies on the
effect  of  temperature on  the embryo of Carinogammarus
mucronatus,  Bay.   J. Exp. Zool., 1936,  74: 353-78, pi —
Ephrussi,  B.  Sur la reversibilite de Tarret de developpement
produit par Taction d'une temperature  eievee.   C.  rend. Soc.
biol.,  1924,  91: 77.  ------  Contribution a  Tanalyse  des
premiers  stades du developpement de Tceuf;  action  de la
temperature.   Arch,  biol.,  Liege,  1933, 44: 1-147.—Fank-
hauser, G., & Griffiths, R. B.  Induction of triploidy  and
haploidy in  the newt, Triturus viridescens, by cold treatment
of  unsegmented eggs.  Proc Nat. Acad. Sc U. S.,  1939, 25:
233-8.—Gause, G.  F., & Alpatov, W. W.  Ueber die Verande-
rung   der  Temperaturempfindlichkeit  des Seidenraupeneies
wahrend der Entwicklung.   Arch. Entwmech., 1934, 131: 188-
92.—Gray, J.  The growth of fish; the effect of temperature on
the development of the eggs of Salmo fario.  Brit. J. Exp. Biol.,
1928, 6: 125-30.—Grodzinski, Z.  Ueber die Entwicklung von
unterkiihlten  Huhnereiern.   Arch.  Entwmech.,  1933, 129:
502-21.—Huxley, J. S.  The modification of development by
means of  temperature gradients.  Ibid., 1927, 112: 480-516.—
Kaufman, L.  Ueber den Einfluss  von Temperaturen unter dem 
EMBRYOGENY
188
EMBRYOGENY
  Entwicklungsminimum auf bebriitete Hiihnereier.  Ibid., 1934,
  131:  193-204.—Lalinik, 1.  [Effect  of thermic agents, applied
  during embryonal development of the frogl  Bull, internat.
  Acad, polon. sc,  1928, ser. B, zool., 623-77.—Leiner. M.  Die
  Entwicklungsdauer der Eier des dreistacheligen Stichlings in
  ihrer Abhangigkeit von der Temperatur. Zschr. vergl. Physiol.,
  1932,  16:  590-605.   Ljubitzky. A. L.  Zur  Erforschung des
  Temperatureffekts in der Morphogenese; einfluss der Tempera-
  tur auf die Entwicklungsgeschwindigkeit  und Wachstum des
  Embryos von Salmo trutta L. m. fario. Zool. Jahrb., Abt. allg
  Zool., 1934-35, 54: 405-22, pi.—Lowrance, E. W.  Determina-
  tion of polarity in Fucus eggs by temperature  gradients.  Proc.
  Soc.  Exp.  Biol.,  N.  Y.,  1937, 36: 590.—Pringle,  E.  M., &
  Barott, H. G.  Effect of  incubation temperature on  time of
  death of chick  embryo and  relationship of energy metabolism
  to mortality. J. Agr. Res., 1937, 54: 465-8.—Romanoff, A. L.,
  & Faber, H.  A.  Effect of temperature on  the growth, fat and
  calcium metabolism, and mortality of the chick embryo during
  the latter part of  incubation. J. Cellul. Physiol., 1933, 2: 457-
  66.—Rostand, J.   Influence du refroidissement sur le develop-
  pement des oeufs hybrides Bufo  $ -Rana <?.  C. rend.  Soc
  biol., 1933, 113: 346.  ----—  Gynogenese par refroidissement
  des oeufs chez Hyla arborea.  Ibid., 1936, 122: 1012.—Tyler,
  A.  Comparison  of the temperature coefficients for cleavage
  and later stages in the development of the  eggs of some marine
  animals.  Biol. Bull., 1936,  71: 59-81.  ------   Comparison
  of the rates  of oxygen consumption  and  of development  at
  different temperatures of eggs of some marine animals.  Ibid.,
  82-100.—Wood,  A.  H.   The  effect of temperature  on the
  growth and respiration of  fish embryos (Salmo fario)  J. Exp.
  Biol., Lond.,  1932, 9: 271-6.—Worley, L. G.  Development of
  the egg of the mackerel  at  different  constant temperatures.
  J. Gen. Physiol.,  1933, 16: 841-57.—Zawadowsky, M. M . &
  Sidorov, C. M.  Die  Abhangigkeit der Entwicklung der  Eier
  von  Ascaris  megalocephala, Ascaris  suilla  und Toxasearis
  limhata von  der Temperatur.  Arch.  Entwmech., 1928,  113:
  536-55.

  ----  Fusion.

    Hatt, P.  La  fusion experimentale d'oeufs  de Sabellaria
  alveolata L. et leur developpement.  Areh. biol., Ltege, 1931,
  42: 303-23—Kollmann, M.,  & Salvan, H.  Fusion  des oeufs
  en exogastrulation chez les oursins.  C. rend.  Soc biol., 1938,
  128: 939.—Mangold,  O.,  & Seidel, F.  Homoplastische  und
  heteroplastische Verschmelzung ganzer Tritonkeime.   Arch.
  Entwmech., 1927, 111:  593-665.—Peter,  K.   Verwachsungs-
 versuche mit isolierten Blastomeren von Seeigeleiern.  Ibid.,
  1931,124: 17-53.—Ubisch,  L. von.  Entwicklungsphysiologische
 Studien an Seeigelkeimen;  die Entstehung  von Einheitslarven
 aus verschmolzenen Keimen.  Zschr.  wiss. Zool., 1925, 124:
 457-68.

 ----   Gastrulation.
   Bossi, L. A.  La gastrulaci6n en los mamfferos; a  proposito
 de comentarios aparecidos  en La Semana Medica.  Sem. med.,
 B. Air., 1935, 42: 1599-606.—Dalcq, A.  L'organisation morpho-
 gen6tique de Tceuf des Amphibiens aux  stades  blastula et
 jeune  gastrula.   C.  rend. Soc. biol.,  1936,  123:  319-22.—
 Graper, L.   Zur Gastrulation der Wirbeltiere.   Anat. Anz.,
 1930,  69: 248-74.   ----—   Die  Gastrulation nach  Zeitauf-
 nahmen  linear   markierter   Huhnerkeime.   Verh.   Anat.
 Ges.,  1937,  44:  6-12.—Lubosch. W.  Gastrula und Gastrula-
 tion im Lichte  der neuesten Forschungen.   Morph. Jahrb.,
 1931, 66: Teil 1, 583-607.—Moore, A. R. On the invagination
 of the  gastrula.  Protoplasma,  Lpz., 1930, 9: 25-33.—Need-
 ham, J., & Boell, E. J. Metabolic properties of the regions of
 the amphibian gastrula.  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1938-39,
 39: 287-90.—Pasteels, J.   Le role de Tactivite mitotique dans
 la gastrulation et la formation de l'embryon chez les t6teo-
 steens.  C.  rend. Soc. biol., 1934,  117:  1231-4.  ------  Cri-
 tique et controle experimental des conceptions de P. Wintre-
 bert sur la gastrulation du  discoglosse.   Arch, biol.,  Liege,
 1936, 47: 631-77.------Analyse des mouvements morpho-
 genetiques de gastrulation  chez les oiseaux. Bull. Acad. nted.
 Belgique, 1936,  5.  ser., 22:  737-52.  ------   Etudes sur la
 gastrulation  des vertebres nteroblastiques;  reptiles.   Arch.
 biol., Ltege, 1937,  48:  105-84, 2 pi.  ------   Sur le plan des
 ebauches de Tceuf d'Axolotl; au seuil de la gastrulation.  C.
 rend. Soc biol.,  1939,  131: 776-9. ------   Une version nou-
 velle du plan des ebauches  de la jeune gastrula du discoglosse.
 Ibid.,  779-81.—Peter, K.   Gastrulation  und  Homologie.
 Anat.  Anz., 1938,  86: 94-122.—Shimatz, H. T.  Some notes
 on the gastrulation and the  formation of  germinal  layers in
 the snake,  Elaphe quadrivirgata  quadrivirgata  (Boie)   Sc
 Rep. Tohoku Univ., 1937-38, 12: 115-63, 2 pi.—Vanderbroek,
 G. Les mouvements morphogenetiques au cours de la gastrula-
 tion chez Scyllium canicula Cuv. Arch, biol., Ltege, 1936, 47:
 499-584, 3  pi.—Wintrebert,  P.   L'anneau d'induction  mito-
 genetique de  Tceuf d'amphibien et  la  gastrulation  bipartie.
 C. rend. Acad, sc,  1938, 206: 696-8.

----   Gastrulation:  Blastoporus.

   Corsy, F., & Brunei, A.  La question du blastopore.  Mar-
seille  med.,  1928,  65: 653-9.—Florian, J.   Homologisierung
des Blastoporus  der Archi-,  Disco-  und Epigastrula.   Verh.
Anat. Ges.,  1936, 43: 104-17.  ------  Die Entwicklung  des
Blastoporus  beim Menschen.  Ibid., 1937, 44: [Discussion] 3.—
 Jolly, J.,  & Ferester,  M.   La chorde et le blastopore  dans
 Tceuf du rat.  C. rend. Soc biol.,  1934, 116: 1217-20.  ------
 Le prolonguement  cephalique et le blastopore dans Tceuf  de la
 souris.   Ibid.,  1935,  120:  751-3.—Riickert, J.   Ueber den
 Urmund und die zu ihm in Beziehung stehenden Entwicklungs-
 vorgange im hinteren Korperabschnitt der Selachierembryonen.
 Morph. Jahrb., 1923-24, 53: 165-210,  4 pi—Soderstrom,  A.
 Gastrula und Protostoma, Planula und  Blastopor, Oroproctula
 und  Oroproctus;   eine  vergleichend-embryologische  Skizze.
 Zool. Jahrb., Abt.  Anat,., 1926, 48: 19-94.—Vintemberger, P.
 Resultats  de la suppression du blastopore, chez  Rana fusca,
 par irradiation localisee a Trtemisphere inferieur  de la blastula,
 et  theorie de Torigine blastoporale du  dos de l'embryon. C.
 rend. Soc biol., 1933, 112: 809-12.—Wintrebert, P.  Relation
 directe  entre le temps  d'apparition des tevres  du blastopore,
 chez les amphibiens,  et Tactivite des fovers d'induction mito-
 genetique correspondants. Ibid., 1938,  129: 162-5.

 ----   Germ layers.

    See  also  Ectoderm; Entoderm; Histogenesis;
 Mesoderm; also  names of organs.
    Bossi, L. A. Hip6tesis sobre los  trastornos  del desarrollo
 blastodermico.  Sem. med., B. Air., 1936,  43: pt 2,  513-24 —
 Dautert, E.  Die Bildung der Keimblatter von  Paludina vivi-
 para.  Zool. Jahrb., Abt.  Anat., 1928-29,  50:  433-96.—
 Ingails, N.  W.  Symmetrical,  segmental  thickenings  in the
 dorsal ectoderm of human embryos.  Am. J. Anat., 1929, 44:
 455-73.—Keibel, F.  Die Keimblattlebre.  Deut. med. Wschr.,
 1924, 50: 1701.— Lehmann, F. E.   Die Entwicklung des Anla-
 genmusters im Ektoderm der Tritongastrula. Arch. Entwmech.,
 1929, 117: 312-83.—Mangold, O.   Die Bedeutung der  Keim-
 blatter  in  der Entwicklung  (auf Grund von Experimenten an
 Amphibienkeimen)  Naturwissenschaften, 1925, 13: 213;  231.—
 Monne, L.  Quelques observations sur les feuillets  embryon-
 naires de la cellule.  C. rend.  Soc biol., 1934,  115: 641-3 —
 Novikoff,  A. B.   Embryonic determination  in the annelid,
 Sabellaria  vulgaris; the differentiation of ectoderm and endo-
 derm when separated through induced exogastrulation.  Biol.
 Bull., 1938, 74: 198-210.—Rotmann, E.  Die  Rolle  des Ekto-
 derms und Mesoderms  bei der Formbildung der Keimen  und
 Extremitaten von  Triton;   Operation  im Gastrulastadium.
 Arch. Entwmech.,  1931, 124: 747-94.—Sawadski,  A. M.  Die
 Migration  der  Zellen in den friihen Entwicklungsstadien der
 niederen Wirbeltiere (zur Lehre von den Keimblattern)  Anat.
 Anz., 1925-26,  60: 380-94.

 ----   Organizer.

   Spemann, H.    Embryonic  development and
 induction.   401p.   8?   New Haven, 1938.
   Altekriiger, W.   Ueber den Einfluss experimentell erzeugter
 Formanderungen auf die Induktionsfahigkeit von  Organisa-
 toren.  Arch.  Entwmech.,  1932,   126:   1-18.—Ancel,  P., 4
 Vintemberger, P. Sur le determinisme de la symetrie bilaterale
 dans  Tceuf de  Rana  fusca; role de la  rotation d'orientation
 experimentalement  retardee dans les  oeufs activ6s 6tectriqUe-
 ment.  C.  rend. Soc.  biol., 193S, 128: 412-4.  ------  Sur le
 determinisme de la symetrie bilaterale dans  l'oeuf de  Rana
 fusca; la localisation  experimentale du croissant  gris est un
 phenontene reproductible au gri de Texperimentateur pendant
 les  2  premteres phases de l'activation.  Ibid., 414-6. -----
 Sur les facteurs du determinisme de la symetrie bilaterale dans
 l'oeuf de Rana fusca.  C. rend. Acad, sc, 1938, 206: 1325-7.—
 Bautzmann, H.  Ueber  Induktionsleistungen von Chorda und
 Mesoderm  bei Triton; vorlaufige Mitteilung. Verh. Anat. Ges.,
 1928,37:193-7. ------  Induktionsvermogen nach Abtdtung
 durch Hitze.   Naturwissenschaften, 1932, 20:  971.------
 Ueber Versuche  zur Regulationsfahigkeit des  Organisator-
 gebietes.  Verh. Anat. Ges.,  1936, 43: 118-25.—Bergeot, P., &
 Wintrebert, P.  Le determinisme  de I'eclosion chez Talyte
 (Alytes  obstetricans,  Laur.)   C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1926,  95:
 1326-30.—Bonfig, R.  Die Determination der Hauptrichtungen
 des Embryos von Ascaris megalocephala.  Zschr.  wiss.  Zool.,
 1925, 124: 407-56.—Bounoure, L.  Sur T existence d'un  de-
 terminant germinal dans l'oeuf  indivis de la grenouille rousse.
 C. rend. Acad, sc,  1931,  193: 402-4.—Brachet,  J.   Le  meta-
 bolisme  respiratoire du  centre organisateur de Tceuf de  disco-
 glosse.  C. rend. Soc.  biol., 1936, 122: 108-10.—Brauer, A., &
 Taylor, A. C. Experiments to determine the time and method
 of organization in  bruchid (Coleoptera) eggs.  J.  Exp.  Zool.,
 1936, 73: 127-51, pi.—Burt, D. R. R. The capacity of different
 regions  of Pelmatohvdra oligactis  Pall,  to  form  head or foot.
 Ibid., 1934, 68: 59-93.—Bytinski-Salz, H.  Untersuchungen
 uber  die Determination und die  Induktionsfahigkeit einiger
 Keimbezirke der  Anuren.   Arch.  Entwmech.,  1929, 118:
 121-63.------Untersuchungen  iiber die  Induktionsfahig-
 keit der hinteren  Medullarplattenbezirke.   Ibid.,  1930-31,
 123: 518-64.—Contardo, G.  B.  SulTazione morfogenetica dei
 tessuti  embrionali.    Rass.  ostet.   gin.,  1932,  41:  83-91.—
 Dalcq, A.  Exploration du plancher du blastooeie et de la zone
 marginale chez le discoglosse; observation d'actions  inductrices.
 C. rend. Soc biol.,  1939, 131:  783-5.  ------ & Pasteels, J.
 Potentiel morphogenetique,  regulation  et  axial  gradients de
 Child, mise au  point  des bases physiologiques de  la morpho-
 genese.  Bull. Acad. med. Belgique,  1938, 6. ser.,  3: 261-308 —
 Dantschakov, W.   Determination in der  Keimscheibe  des
Hiihnehens; der Hensensche Knoten; experimentelle Unter-
suchung mittels Radiumemanation.  Arch. Entwmech., 1932. 
EMBRYOGENY
189
EMBRYOGENY
 127: 542-68.—Hall, E. K.  Die Wirkung regionaler Verschieden-
 heiten im Organisationszentrum.  Ibid., 573.  ------  Regional
 differences  in  the action  of  the  organization center.   Ibid.,
 1936-37, 135: 671-88.—Hoadley, L.  Concerning the organiza-
 tion of potential areas in the chick blastoderm.  J. Exp. Zool.,
 1927,  48:  459-73.   Horstadius,  S.  Studien  iiber die  De-
 termination bei  Paracentrotus lividus Lk.  Arch. Entwmech.,
 1927,  112:  239-40.-----Weitere Studien uber die  De-
 termination im  Yerlaufe  der Eiachse bei Seeigeln.   Ibid.,
 1936,  135:  40-68.------Experiments on determination in
 the early development of Cerebratulus lacteus.   Biol. Bull.,
 1937,  73: 317-42.  ------ & Wolsky, A.   Studien uber die
 Determination  der  Bilateralsvmmetrie  des  jungen Secigel-
 keimes.  Arch. Entwmech., 1936,  135: 69-113.—Holtfreter, J.
 Organisierungsstufen nach regionaler  Kombination von Ento-
 mesoderm  mit  Ektoderm.  Biol.  Zbl.,  1933,  53: 404-31.—
 Hunt, T. E. An experimental study of the independent, differ-
 entiation of the isolated Hensen's node and its relation to the
 formation of axial and non-axial parts in  the  chick embryo.
 J.  Exp.  Zool., 1931, 59: 395-427.  ------  Potencies of trans-
 verse  levels of  the chick  blastoderm in the definitive-streak
 stage.   Anat.  Rec,  1933, 55: 41-69.—Kramer,  W.   Ueber
 Regulations-  und Induktionsleistungen destruierter  Induk-
 toren.   Arch.  Entwmech., 1934,  131:  220-37.—Kroning, F.
 Spemannsche   Organisatoren  der   Embryonalentwicklung.
 Umschau,  1935,  39: 954-6.—Lindahl,  P.  E.   Zur  experi-
 mentellen Analyse der Determination der Dorsoventralaehse
 beim  Seeigelkeim; Versuche  mit  gestreckten  Eiern.   Arch.
 Entwmech., 1932,  127: 300-22.—Mangold, O.  Ueber  forma-
 tive Reize in der Entwicklung der Amphibien.   Naturwissen-
 schaften, 1926,  14: 1169-75.—Marx, A.  Ueber Induktionen
 durch narkotisierte Organisatoren.   Arch.  Entwmech., 1930,
 123: 333-88.—Mayer, B.  Ueber das Regulations-  und  Induk-
 tionsvermogen  der  halbseitigen  oberen Urmundlippe  von
 Triton.  Ibid.,  1935, 133: 518-81.—Mitzkevitch. M. S.  Die
 Abhiingigkeit der formbildenden Reaktion  von der  Reife des
 Somas und  der  Anwesenheit des Geschlechtshormons.   Endo-
 krinologie, Lpz., 1930, 6: 167-88.—Montalenti, G., & Maccagno,
 A. M.  Analisi della  potenza dei primi blastomeri dell'uovo di
 Lampreda,  Lampetra (Petromvzon)  fluviatilis L.  Arch. ital.
 anat., 1936-37,  35: 69-96.—Motomura, I.   Determination of
 the embryonic axis in the eggs of amphibia and echinoderms.
 Sc. Rep. Tohoku Univ.,  1935,  10:  211-45.—Needham, J.,
 Waddington, C. H., &  Needham,  D- M.   Physico-chemical
 experiments on  the  amphibian  organiser.   Arch.  exp. Zell-
 forsch.,  1934,   15:  307-10.—Pasteels,  J.   Organisation de
 Tceuf  et segmentation.   Bruxelles  nted.,  1933-34,  14: 695.
 ------  Sur  Tinexistence d'un  centre  initiateur somatique
 (Wintrebert) chez  les amphibiens.  C. rend.  Soc  biol., 1936,
 121: 1394-7. ------ A propos du determinisme de la symetrie
 bilaterale chez les  amphibiens anoures; conditions qui  provo-
 quent Tapparition du croissant gris.  Ibid., 1938, 129: 59-61.—
 Keith, F. Versuche iiber die Determination der Keimesanlage
 bei Camponotus ligniperda.   Zschr.  wiss.  Zool.,  1931, 139:
 664-734.—Rotmann,  E.   Der Anteil von  Induktor und re-
 agierendem   Gewebe an   der  Entwicklune des  Haftfadens.
 Arch. Entwmech.,  1935, 133: 193-224.—Rudnick,  D.  Differ-
 entiation in culture of pieces  of the  early chick blastoderm;
 the definitive primitive streak and head-process stages.   Anat.
 Rec, 1937-38, 70: 351-68.—Runnstrom, J.  Plasmabau und
 Determination   bei  dem  Ei  von  Paracentrotus  lividus  Lk.
 Arch. Entwmech.,  1928, 113: 556-81.  ------  Ueber  Selbst-
 differenzierung und Induktion  bei  dem Seeigelkeim.   Ibid.,
 1929,  117:  123-45.—Schechtman,  A. M.  Relation between
 the grey crescent and the organizer  center of  a urodele egg
 (Triturus torosus)  Ibid., 1936,  134: 207.—Schmidt,   G. A.
 Conception  of organizer—history and theoretical significance.
 Arkh.  biol.  nauk, 1935,   39:  309-00.—Seidel, F.   Die  De-
 terminierung der Keimanlage  bei  Insekten; vorlaufige Mittei-
 lung.  Biol. Zbl., 1928, 48: 230-51.------Untersuchungen
 iiber das Bildungsprinzip  der  Keimanlage  im Ei  der  I.ibelle
 Platycnema pennipes.  Arch. Entwmech., 1929, 119: 322-440.—
 Sembrat, K.  [Organisators in embryology]  Polska  gaz. lek.,
 1936,  15:  77.—Spek,  J.   Ueber  gesetzmiissige   Substanz-
 verteilungen bei  der  Furchung des  Ctenophoreneies und ihre
 Beziehungen zu den Determinationsproblemen.   Arch.  Entw-
 mech.,  1926, 107: 54-73, 2  pi.—Spemann,  H.   Ueber  Or-
 ganisatoren  in  der  tierischen  Entwicklung.    Naturwissen-
 schaften, 1924,  12:  1092-4.   ------  Neue  Arbeiten  fiber
 Organisatoren in der tierischen Entwicklung.  Ibid.,  1927, 15:
 946-51.  ------  Organizers  in  animal development.   Proc.
 R.  Soc,  Lond.,  1927,  ser. B, 102:  177-87.   ------  Das
 Verhalten von Organisatoren  nach Zerstorung ihrer Struktur.
 Verh. Deut.  Zool. Ges., 1931, 34: 129-32.  ------  Induktions-
 vermogen nach Abtotung durch Alkohol.  Naturwissenschaften,
 1932 20:973.  ------ Embryonic development and induction.
 Yale J. Biol., 1933, 6: 181-8.—Steinberg, D. M.  [Determining
 and regulating processes in the eggs of insects]  Usp. sovrem.
 biol., 1936, 5: 120-9.—Svetlov, P. G.  [Study on organizators
 and the theory of development]  Priroda, Leningr., 1935, 24:
 46-58.—Tennent,  D.  H.,  Taylor, C. V.,  & Whitaker,  D. M.
 An  investigation on organization in  a  sea-urchin cnx. Papers
 Tortugas Lab.,  Wash.,  1929,  26:  1-104.—Tung, T. C.  Re-
 cherches  sur la determination du plan median dans 1 ceuf de
 Rana fusca.  Arch, biol.,  Ltege,  1933,  44:  809-40.  —----
 L'organisation de Tceuf feconde d'Ascidiella scabra au  debut
de la segmentation.  C. rend.  Soc. biol., 1934, 115: 1375-8.—
Umanski, E.   Das Organisationszentrum  der  Primitivent-
wicklung von Gallus  dom.  Zool.  Anz.,  1931, 96:  299-311 —
 Vintemberger, P.  Sur  Tetendue minimum  du segment de
 croissant  gris que  doit  renfermer Tun des 2 premiers blas-
 tomeres,  dans l'oeuf  de  grenouille rousse, pour  etre capable
 d'auto-organisation (avec demonstration)   C.  rend. Soc biol.,
 1932, 109: 212-5.  ------  Sur les resultats de Tautodifferen-
 ciation  de Tun  des  quatre premiers  blastomeres  de  Tceuf
 de  grenouille rousse dans le cas  particulier ou ce blastontere
 renferme  le segment moyen du croissant gris.  Ibid., 928-31.—
 Waddington,  C.  H.   Induction  by the  endoderm  in birds.
 Arch. Entwmech., 1933, 128: 502-21.------Experiments on
 determination in the rabbit embryo.  Arch, biol., Ltege, 1937,
 48:  273-90,  pi.  ------ Needham. J., & Needham, D. M.
 Beobachtungen  iiber  die  physikalisch-chemische Natur des
 Organisators.  Naturwissenschaften,  1933, 21:  771.—Weh-
 meier, E.  Versuche zur  Analyse der Induktionsmittel bei der
 Medullarplatteninduktion von  Urodelen.   Arch. Entwmech.,
 1934-35,  132:  384-423.—Wetzel.  Wachstumszentren  und
 Kopfproblem in  der  ersten Entwicklung des Huhns.  Verh.
 Anat. Ges., 1926, 35: 87-95.—Willier, B. H., & Rawles, M. E.
 The relation of Hensen's node to the differentiating  capacity
 of whole chick blastoderms as studied in chorioallantoic  grafts.
 J.  Exp.  Zool.,  1931,  59: 429-65.—Wintrebert.  P.  La de-
 termination  du  plan  de symetrie bilaterale  dans  Tceuf de
 Discoglossus pictus Otth.  C.  rend.  Acad,  sc,  1931, 192:
 891-4.  ------  Le  contractilite des cellules de l'embryon,
 instigatrice de la forme,  facteur necessaire du  developpement,
 chez les amphibiens.   Ibid., 193: 493-5.  ------ Sur Texis-
 tence, dans la blastula des amphibiens, d'un centre d'induction
 mitogenetique, ordonnateur du  developpement.  Ibid.,  1933,
 196: 571-3.  ------  La  determination tardive, au temps de la
 gastrulation, du  centre organisateur des  amphibiens, demon-
 tree chez le discoglosse  par Tascension experimentale de la
 tevre dorsale.  Ibid., 1833-5.------Le minimun longitudinal
 de centre initiateur capable de former, dans Tceuf du discoglosse,
 une tevre  dorsale et  un embryon.  C. rend.  Soc.  biol., 1934, 115:
 1580-3.   ------   Les  2  centres  initiateurs, somatique et
 germinal,  ordonnateurs du developpement  chez les amphibiens.
 Ibid., 1936, 122:  54-7.—Witschi, E.  Appearance of accessory
 organizers in overripe eggs of the frog.  Proc  Soc. Exp. Biol.,
 N.  Y., 1934, 31: 419.—Yamada, T.  Induktion der sekundaren
 Embryonalanlage im  Neunaugenkeim.  Okajimas fol.  anat.,
 1938-39, 17:369-88.

 ----   Organizer: Implantation.

   Bautzmann,  H.   Experimentelle   Untersuchungen  zur
 Abgrenzung des Organisationszentrums bei Triton taeniatus;
 mit einem Anhang: Ueber Induktion durch Blastulamaterial.
 Arch. Entwmech., 1926, 108: 283-321.------ Ueber Induk-
 tion sekundarer  Embryonalanlagen  durch Implantation  von
 Organisatoren  in  isolierte  ventrale Gastrulahalften.   Ibid.,
 1927, 110: 631-42.—Bytinski-Salz, H.  Untersuchungen uber
 das  Verhalten  des   priisumptiven   Gastrulaectoderms  der
 Amphibien bei heteroplastischer und xenoplastischer Trans-
 plantation ins Gastrocoel.   Ibid.,  1928-29,   114:  593-664.
 ------  Die Wirkung von  xenoplastischen Implantaten  und
 Embryonalextrakten auf die Entwicklung junger Amphibien-
 keimc  Ibid.,  605-85.  ------   Trapianti di  organizzatore
 nelle  uova  di Lampreda.  Arch.  ital.  anat.,  1937-38, 39:
 177-228.—Child,  C. M.   Lateral  grafts and  incisions  as or-
 ganizers in the hydroid, Corymorpha.  Physiol. Zool., 1929,
 2:  342-74.—Filatow,  D.  Entwicklungsbeschleunigung  in
 Abhangigkeit von einer kiinstlichen Vergrosserung der Anlage;
 Versuche   an  Amphibienaugen  und  -extremitaten.    Zool.
 Jahrb.,  Abt. allg.  Zool.,  1932, 51: 589-634.—Hatt,  P.  Ex-
 periences  d'induction sur la gastrula de Triton au moyen de
 parties  de blastoderme jeune  de poulet.   Arch. anat.  micr.,
 Par.,  1934, 30:  131-58.—Horstadius, S.   Transplantations-
 versuche  am Keim von  Paracentrotus lividus Lk.; vorlaufige
 Mitteilung.  Arch. Entwmech., 1928, 113: 312-22.—Holtfreter,
 J.   Induktionsleistungen  getrockneter,  erhitzter  und  ge-
 frorener Keimteile.  Naturwissenschaften,  1932,  20: 973.—
 Korschelt, E.  Zur Frage der  morphogenetischen Induktion
 nach Transplantation.  Arch. Entwmech., 1929, 117: 1-20.—
 Kusche, W.   Interplantation umschriebener  Zellbezirke aus
 der Blastula  und der  Gastrula von Amphibien;  Versuche an
 Urodelen.  Ibid.,  120: 192-271.—Mangold. H. geb. Proscholdt.
 Organisatortransplantationen in verschiedenen Kombinationen
 bei Urodelen.  Ibid.,  117: 697-710.—May,  R. M.  La greffe
 chez l'embryon d'oiseau et de mammifere.  Bull. Soc. philomath.
 Paris, 1930, 10. ser., 19: 19-36.—Morita,  S.  Sur Taction in-
 ductrice des tissus morts  vis-a-vis de Tceuf de poule.   C. rend.
 Soc. biol., 1935, 120: 1027.—Nicholas, J. S.  Transplantations
 of tissues  in fetal rats. Proc Soc. Exp.  Biol.,  N.  Y., 1928-29,
 26: 731.—Novikoff, A. B.   Embryonic  determination in the
 annelid, Sabellaria vulgaris; transplantation of polar lobes and
 blastomeres as a test of their inducing capacities.  Biol. Bull.,
 1938, 74:  211-34.—Oppenheimer, J.  M.   Transplantation
 experiments  on developing teleosts  (Fundulus  and  Perca)
 J. Exp.  Zool., 1935-36, 72: 409-37.  ------ The capacity for
 differentiation of fish embryonic tissues implanted into amphib-
 ian  embryos.  Ibid., 1939, 80: 391-421, incl.,  2 pi— Pasquini.
 P.  A  proposito  di trapianti embrionali.   Monit. zool. ital.,
 1929,  40:  263-9.—Reith, F.  Ueber  die  Induktionsfahigkeit
 mit Ultraviolett bestrahlter Organisatorbezirke nach Implanta-
 tion in eine Gastrula bei Triton.  Zschr. wiss. Zool., 1937-38,
 150: 179-205.—Spemann, H. Ueber den Anteil von Implantat
 und  Wirtskeim an  der Orientierung  und Beschaffenheit der
induzierten  Embryonalanlage.   Arch. Entwmech.,  1930-31, 
EMBRYOGENY
190
EMBRYOGENY
123: 389-517.  ------  & Schotte, O.  Ueber  xenoplastische
Transplantation  als  Mittel  zur  Analyse der  embryonalen
Induktion.  Naturwissenschaften, 1932, 20: 463-67.—Umanski,
E.  Ueber das Induktionsvermogen des Regenerationsblastems.
Zool. Anz.,  1933, 104: 119-30.—Vintemberger, P.  Induction
d'une ebauche embryonnaire secondaire, dans Tceuf de Rana
fusca,  par la tevre blastoporale dorsale  presomptive trans-
plantee au stade gastrula jeune.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 111:
48.—Waddington, C. H.  Induction by the  primitive streak
and its derivatives in the chick.  J. Exp. Biol., Lond., 1933, 10:
38-46, 2 pi.------  Experiments on embryonic  induction;
the competence of the extra-embryonic ectoderm in the chick;
experiments on coagulated organisers in the chick; a note on
inductions by chick primitive streak transplanted to the rabbit
embryo.  Ibid., 1934, 11: 211-27, 2 pi.  ------ & Schmidt.
G. A.  Induction by heteroplastic grafts of the primitive streak
in birds.  Arch. Entwmech., 1933, 128: 522-63.

----  Organizer: Translocation.
   Adelmann, H. B., & Maclean, B. L.   Studies on the somites
of Amblystoma punctatum;  the result of the dorso-ventral
reversal of the second, third and  fourth somites.  Anat. Rec,
1934, 58:  273-97.   ------  The results of the replacement of
the second to fourth by more caudal somites, and  the cephalo-
caudal reversal of the second to fourth.  J. Exp. Zool., 1935. 72:
101-25.—Penners,  A.   Schultzescher Umdrehungsversuch an
ungefurchten  Froscheiern.   Arch.  Entwmech.,  1929,  116:
Teil 1, 53-103.—Simons, E.  Verlagerungsversuche zur Unter-
suchung der prospektiven Potenz der Blastomeren des Echini-
denkeimes.   Ibid., 1931-32,  125:  71-95.—Spemann,  H., &
Geinitz, B.   Ueber Weckung  organisatorischer  Fahigkeiten
durch  Verpflanzung  in  organisatorische  Umgebung.   Ibid.,
1927, 109: 129-75.—Szepsenwol, J.  Transplantation  hetero-
topique des fragments de la vesicule cerebrate anterieure chez
les larves  d'amphibiens.  C. rend. Soc biol., 1938, 129: 1253-
6.—Ubisch, L. von.  Ueber die Entodermisierung ektodermaler
Bezirke des Echinoideen-Keimes und die  Reversion dieses
Vorganges.   Verh. Phys. med. Ges. Wiirzburg, 1925, n. F., 50:
13-9.—Vintemberger, P. Sur les resultats d'une translocation
de 180° des micronteres sur les macronteres, dans l'oeuf de Rana
fusca divise en huit blastomeres.   C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 118:
54.  ------  Sur les resultats de la transplantation  de la zone
chordale presomptive dans la region  ventrale de  la  voute
blastuteenne, chez Rana fusca.  Ibid., 1937, 124: 1098-101.

----  Pathology.
   Benesch. F.  Ueber  einen seltenen Fall von friihzeitigem
Entwicklungsstillstand  eines  Katzenembryos.   Prag.  Arch.
Tiermed., 1933, 13: 199-202.—Benoit. J., & Courrier. R.  Sur
le cas dune poule de race bedouine, qui pondit exclusivement
des ceufs nains, prUtes de jaune.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1933, 114:
1335-8.—Detwiler, S. R. Medulla injury in relation to cellular
proliferation in Amblystoma  embryos.  Anat. Rec, 1926-27,
35: 91-7.—Dunschen, F. Inversentwicklung und Mosaikfrage
bei Ascaris megalocephala Cloq.   Arch. Entwmech.,  1929, 115:
237-335.—Ermakov, M. V.  [Present status of physiology and
pathology in the development of the hen's egg]  J. med., Kiev,
1934, 4: 383-402.—Huettner, A. F.   Irregularities in the early
development  of  the  Drosophila  melanogaster egg.   Zschr.
Zellforsch., 1926-27, 4:  599-610.—Nicol, T.  Notes  on  irregu-
larities of ovogenesis and abnormal development of the embryo
in Cavia.  J. Anat., Lond.,  1933, 68: 75-84, 3  pi.—Remotti, E.
Su alcuni  fenomeni di disarmonia di sviluppo  embrionale.
Monit.  zool. ital., 1932-33, 43: suppl., 243-7.—Spemann, H.
Die Entwicklung seitlicher und  dorso-ventraler Keimhalften
bei verzogerter Kernversorgung.   Zschr. wiss. Zool.,  1928,
132:  105-34,  2  pi.  ------  & Bautzmann, E. geb. Wessel.
Ueber Regulation von Tritonkeimen mit ubersebiissigem und
fehlendem medianem Material.   Arch.  Entwmech., 1927,  110:
557-77.—Smreczynski,  S.   Experimentelle  Untersuchungen
iiber die Empfindlichkeit gegen  mechanische  Reize und  iiber
den Verlauf der anormalen Gastrulation im Ei von Rana fusca.
Bull,  internat. Acad,  polon. sc, 1929,  ser. B, 67-100, 2 pi.—
Szaniawski, W.  Sur une forme particultere du developpement
anormal de l'ectoderme dans les embryons d'oiseaux.  C. rend.
Soc. biol.,  1927,  97: 528.—Waddington, C. H.  A failure of
induction  in normal development. J. Exp. Biol., Lond., 1936,
13: 75-85.—Wintrebert, P. Les mitoses irregulteres des ntero-
cytes vitellins au cours de Tembryogenese des seieciens (Scyl-
liorhinus canicula L. Gill)  C. rend.  Acad, sc,  1935, 200: 91-3.

----   Primitive streak.
   Beh  Kang  Chen.  Early development of  the  duck's egg,
with special  reference to the origin of the  primitive  streak.
J. Morph. Physiol., 1932, 53: 133-87.—Bruno, G.  Sopra alcune
particolarita della linea  primitiva e dei foglietti blastodermici
in alcuni  mammiferi (Miniopterus  Schreibersii;  Vespertilius
murinus; Canis familiaris)  Arch. ital. anat., 1927, 24: 1-21.—
Pasteels, J.  Sur les mouvements morphogenetiques suscitant
Tapparition de la ligne  primitive chez  les oiseaux.  C. rend.
Soc. biol., 1935, 120: 1362-7.—Wintrebert, P.  La ligne primi-
tive des amphibiens, phase nouvelle du developpement  revetee
par les marques color6es.  C. rend. Acad, sc, 1932, 1»4: 2164-6.

----   Somites.

   Adelmann, H. B., & Maclean, B. L.   Studies on the somites
of Amblystoma punctatum;  the  replacement of  the second,
third, and fourth somites by the corresponding somites from
older or vounger  donors.   Anat.  Rec,  1934,  58: 249-71.—
Arey, L. B.  The history of the first somite in human embryos.
Contr.  Embryol.  Carnegie  Inst.,  1938, 27:  233-70,  pi.—
Bartelmez. G. W., <fe Evans, H. M.  Development of the human
embryo during the period of somite formation, including em-
bryos with 2 to 16 pairs of somites.  Ibid., 1926, 17: 1-67,
19 pi.  Also repr.—Butcher, E.  O.  The development of the
somites in the white rat (Mus norvegicus albinus) and the fate
of the myotomes,  neural  tube, and gut in  the tail.  Am. J.
Anat., 1929, 44: 381-439.—Florian, J. [Scheme  of the develop-
ment of axial formations in the human embryo  to the stage of
the 10th pair of somites]  Cas. tek. desk., 1933, 72: 1375-8.—
Kopsch, F.  Die Beziehungen  der aus  dem Primitivstreifen
hervorgehenden Ursegmente zu den Korperabschnitten  des
Huhnes.  Zschr.  mikr. anat. Forsch.,  1934,  33:  321-33.—
Kraczkiewicz,  Z.   Sur la valeur  morphologique  des proto-
somites chez les embryons platyneuriques. C. rend. Soc. biol.,
1926, 95: 97.—Pflugfelder,  O.   Ueber den  Mechanismus der
Segmentbildung bei der Embryonalentwicklung und Anamor-
phose von Platyrrhacus amauros Attems.  Zschr.  wiss.  Zool.,
1931-32, 140: 650-723.

----  Trophoblast.

   Florian, J.   Ueber das Syncytium im Trophoblast junger
menschlicher Embryonen.   Verh. Anat.  Ges., 1928, 37:  211-
21, pi.—Teacher, J. H.   On the implantation  of  the human
ovum and the early development of the trophoblast.  J. Obst.
Gyn. Brit. Empire, 1924,  n. ser., 31:  166-217,  12 pi.

----  in plants.

   See also  Fecundation;  Flower;  Plant,  Physi-
ology;  Spore.
   Haranov, P.  Cytologische und embryologische  Untersu-
chungen an Drimiopsis maculata  Lindl.  Zschr.  Zellforsch.,
1925-26, 3: 131-48.—Belling, J.   Configurations of biyalents of
hyacinthus with regard to segmental interchange.  Biol. Bull.,
1927, 52: 480-7.—Buchholz, J.  T.  The embryogeny of the
conifers.  Proc. Internat. Congr  Plant Sc (1926)  1929, 4.
Congr., 1: 359-92.—Campbell,  D. H.   The embryology of
Equisetum debile Roxb.  Proc Nat. Acad. Sc. U. S., 1927, 13:
554.—Colla, S.  Sulla nutrizione  di  embrioni  di  graminacee
mediante albumi di specie diversa.  Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper.,
1931, 6: 74-7.—Curini Galletti,  A.  Influenza del perisperma
sullo  sviluppo  dell'embrione e  sua sostituzione con  liquidi
nutritizi.  Arch. farm, sper., 1924, 38: 185-91.—Doyle, J., &
Looby, W. J.  Embryogeny in Saxegothaea and its relation to
other podocarps. Sc. Proc. R. Dublin Soc, 1939, 22: 127-47 —
Esenbeck, E., & Suessenguth, K.  Ueber die aseptische Kultur
pflanzlicher Embryonen,  zugleich ein Beitrag zum Nachweis
der Enzymausscheidung.   Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1925, 1: 547-
86.—Hocquette. M.  Evolution  du  chondriome au cours du
developpement  des  polls secrete  irs de Primula obconica.  C.
rend. Soc.  biol., 1935, 120: 29-31.— Kobel, F.   Zytologische
Untersuchungen an  Prunoideen   und  Poraoideen.    Arch.
Julius  Klaus Stift., 1927,  3:  1-84.—Krumbholz,  G.   Ueber
Verschiedenheiten in der Embryonengrosse einiger Oenotheren
und  ihrer  reziproken  Bastarde.   Zschr.  indukt.  Abstamm.,
1930, 56: 383-92.—Lenoir, M. Le noyau de la cellule utere du
sac embryonnaire chez le Pritillaria imperialis observe pendant
son evolution prosynaptique.  C. rend. Acad. s»., 1924, 179:
698-700.  —;----   Nouvelles observations sur  la  division de
Tantipode primordial  dans le sac embryonnaire du Fritillaria
imperialis L.   C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1931, 107:  45-7.  ----—
Observation sur la structure du  sac embryonnaire a maturite
chez  TAllium  ursinum.   Ibid.,  1933,   112:  1369.   ----—
Pltenomenes de necrobiose observes dans le  sac embryonnaire
de TAllium ursinum.  Ibid.,  113: 613.  ------  La ntetaphase
[II dans le sac embryonnaire du Fritillaria  imperialis.   Ibid.,
1935, 118: 1006.   ------   Sur la presence de  corpuscules
polaires chromophiles  dans le  sac embryonnaire du  Lilium
martagon.  Ibid.,  1936,  121: 1413-5.—Listowski, A.  Ueber
den Einfluss verschiedenfarbigen Lichtes auf die Keimung der
Sporen  und  Entwicklung der  Protonemen einiger  Moose.
Bull, internat. Acad, polon. sc, 1927, ser. B, 631-66.—Manaresi
A.  Azione dell'acido solforico e dell'acqua calda sulla germina-
zione dei  semi  del  carrubbio.  Riv. biol., 1925, 7: 525-32.—
Michaelis, P.  Ueber die experimentelle Erzeugung hetero-
ploider  Pflanzen  bei   Epilobium  und Oenothera;  vorlaufige
Mitteilung.   Biol.  Zbl.,   1928,  48:  370-4.—Niethammer. A.
Stimulationswirkungen im  Pflanzenreich;  die  Beeinflussung
ruhender Knospen  und der  Zellteilung durch Thyreoidea  und
Zinksulfat.  Protoplasma, Lpz., 1927, 2: 392-400—Peter, J.
Zur  Entwicklungsgeschichte einiger  Calycanthaceen.   Beitr.
Biol. Pflanz., 1920-25, 14: 59-86.—PeUt, A.   Le sac embryon-
naire et la formation  de l'albumen chez le Famaria officinalis.
C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928,  99: 1961-3.—Puri, V.  Embryo sac
and embryo of Moringa oleifera, Lamk.  Nature, Lond., 1935.
135:  70.—Soueges,  R.   Embryogenie  des  euphorbiacees;
developpement de  l'embryon chez TEuphorbia esula  L.  C.
rend. Acad, sc, 1924, 179: 989-91.  ------   Embryogenie des
liliacees: developpement de l'embryon chez le Muscari comosum
L.  Ibid., 1926, 183:  233-5.  ------  Embryogenie des papa-
veracees;  les derniers stades du developpement de l'embryon
chez le  Papaver rhoas L.  Ibid., 1119.—Walker, R. I.  Fertili-
zation and embryo development in Hesperophycus harveyanus.
Cellule, Louvain, 1930-31, 40:173-92, 3 pi.—Zimmermann, W. 
EMBRYOGENY                             191                             EMBRYOLOGY
 Experimente zur Polaritiit von Caulerpa und zum allgemeinen
 Polaritatsproblem.   Arch.  Entwmech.,  1929,  116:  Teil 1,
 669-88.

 EMBRYOLOGY.

   See  also  Embryo;  Embryogeny;  Evolution;
 Fetus;  Genetics; Growth;  Histogenesis; Mor-
 phogenesis; Ontogenesis; Organogenesis; Phylo-
 genesis.
   Arx, M. von.   Neue  Grundlagen der Entwicklungslehre.
 Anat. Anz., 1925-26, 60: 515-28.—Dalcq,  A.  Dialectique
 actuelle de  Tembryologie causale.  Ann. Soc. sc. med. natur.
 Bruxelles, 1938, Bull., 1-21.—Davila, M. Embriologia humana.
 Cron. med. mex., 1935, 34: 203-13.—Edington, G. H.  Em-
 bryology  and  clinical surgery;  illustrative  examples  from
 cephalic and caudal ends  of the body.  Tr. R. Med. Chir. Soc
 Glasgow, 1938, 32: 1-53.—Harrison, R. G.  Embryology and its
 relations.   Science, 1937,  85: 369-74.—Kornfeld, W.  Ueber
 neuere padiatrisch interessante Arbeiten aus dem Gebiete der
 Entwicklungsgeschichte.  Wien. med. Wschr., 1925, 75: 1661-
 4.—Ranzi, S.  I problemi  della moderna embriologia.  Scientia,
 Bologna, 1935, 58: 280; 333; suppl. 148; 155; 334.—Triepel, H.
 Zwei  entwicklungsgeschichtliche Fragen.  Anat. Anz.,  1929,
 67: 216-20.

 ---- comparative.
   Packard,  A.  S.   Outlines  of  comparative
 embryology.  243p.   8?  N. Y., 1878.
   Phillips, R.  L.   A text-book of vertebrate
 embryology,   treated   from  the   comparative
 standpoint.  302p.   8?   Phila., 1925.
   Richards, A.  Outline  of  comparative  em-
 bryology.  444p.  8?  N. Y., 1931.
   Ziegler, H.  E.   Lehrbuch der vergleichenden
 Entwicklungsgeschichte der niederen Wirbeltiere,
 in systematischer Reihenfolge  und  mit  Beruck-
 sichtigung   der  experimentellen   Embryologie.
 365p.  8?  Jena, 1902.
   Penners, A.  Vergleichende Entwicklungsmechanik.  Verh.
 Deut. zool. Ges., 1931, 34: 67-98.

 --- experimental.
   Durken, B.  Experimental analysis of develop-
 ment.   Transl.  by   H.   G.  and  A.  M.  Newth.
 288p.  8?  Lond. [19321
   Huxley,  J.  S.    Problems  in   experimental
 embryology; being  the  36th Robert  Boyle  Lec-
 ture.   17p.  8?  [Lond.] 1935.
   Morgan,  T.  H.    Experimental  embryology.
 766p.  8?  N.  Y., 1927.
   Dantschakov.   Experimentelle  Beweise  der  Keimbahn.
 Verh. Anat. Ges.,  1929,  38:  85-90.—Debrunner,  H.  Ueber
 experimentelle  Untersuchungen an  uberlebenden  Saugetier-
 embryonen  (zugleich ein  Beitrag  zur 1\ orphogenese  angebo-
 rener  Missbildungen)  Arch, orthop.  Unfallchir.,  1930, 28:
 2-29.—King, J. L., Collins, M., & Peterson, H. E.  Experi-
 mental interference with rabbit embryos in the early stages of
 their  development.   Am. J.  Physiol., 1932, 102:  375-8 —
 Lehmann,  F. E.   Selektive  Beeinflussung friihembryonaler
 Entwicklungsvorgange bei Wirbeltieren. Naturwissenschaften,
 1936, 24: 401-7.—Nicholas, J. S.   Notes on the application of
 experimental methods upon mammalian embryos. Anat. Rec.,
 1925,  31: 385-94.—Ranzi, S.  Resultati di ricerche di embrio-
 logia sperimentale sul cefalopodi.  Arch. zool. ital., 1931, 16:
 403-8.—Spemann, H.  Ueber  einige Probleme, Methoden und
 Ergebnisse  der experimentellen  Embryologie.  Ned. tscnr.
 geneesk., 1924,  68: pt 2,  1811-3.—Vandel, A.  Revue d'em-
 bryologie; Tanalvse experimentale du developpement.  Rev.
 gen. sc. pur., 1938, 49: 199-204.

 ----  History.
   Bilikiewicz,  T.   Die Embryologie  im Zeit-
 alter des  Barock und  des Rokoko.  183p.  8?
 Lpz., 1932.
   Emmel,  K.    *Das  Fortleben   der   antiken
 Lehren  von  der  Beseelung bei  den Kirchen-
 vatern   [Giessen]  107p.  8?   Borna-Lpz., 1918.
   Meyer, A. W.   An analysis of the De  Genera-
 tione  Animalium of William  Harvey.   167p.
8?  Stanford Univ.,  Calif.  [1936]
   Needham, J.  A history of embryology.  274p.
8?  Cambr. [Engl.] 1934.
  Sutra (die) uber Empfangnis und Embryo-
logie;  transl.  by Huebotter.  26p.  8?  Tokyo,
1932.
  Addison,  W. H. F.  Centenary  of the discovery of  the
mammalian  ovum.  Med.  Life,  1928,  35: 67-74.—Balss, H.
Praeformation und Epigenese in  der griechischen Philosophic
Arch. stor. sc, 1923, 4: 319-25.------  Die Zeugungslehre
und Embryologie in der Antike.  Quellen Gesch. Naturwiss.
Med., 1936, 5: H. 2-3, 1-82.—Boyd, M. J.  An ancient treatise
on embryology. Ulster M. J., 1936, 5: 40-5.—Cherif. A.  Le
Coran et  Tembryologie.  Presse med., 1937,  45: 1659-62.—
De Beer, G. R.  Embryology.  In Evolution (De Beer, G.  R.)
Oxf., 1938,  57-78.—Esser, A. M.  Modern-europaische und
alt-indische  Embryologie.  Munch,  med.  Wschr., 1925,  72:
1643-5.—Kirste,  H.  Die Geschichte der Entdeckung  des
Saugetiereies.  Ibid.,  1927,  74:  1286.—Koshtoiantz, K. S.
[Comparative and embryonal physiology at the XV.  Interna-
tional physiological congress]  Usp. sovrem.  biol.,  1936, 5:
180—7.—Meyer, A. W.  Essays on the history of embryology;
old  ideas  regarding sex, fertilization, and  procreation.  Cali-
fornia West. M., 1931, 35: 447; passim. ------  The Hunters
in embryology.  Ibid., 1936, 45: 420;  1937, 46: 38.   ------
Was von Baer's discovery an accident?  Bull. Inst. Hist. M.,
1935, 5: 33-42.—Needham, J. Limiting factors in the advance-
ment of science as observed in the history  of embryology.
Yale J. Biol., 1935-36, 8:  1-18.—Nekrassow, A. D.  Bemer-
kungen iiber die Menschlein, die von den Animalkulisten unter
dem Mikroskop im menschlichen Samen gesehen wurden, und
iiber die Entstehung der Idee der Einschachtelung alter  fol-
genden Generationen in den Geschlechtselementen (den Eiern
und  Spermatozoen)   SudhoSs  Arch., 1933,  26:  89-104.—
Streeter, G. L. Archetypes  and symbolism.   Science, 1927,
65:  405-12.—Wetzel,  R.   Hundert Jahre Entwicklungsge-
schichte.  Verh. Phys. med. Ges. Wiirzburg, 1929, n. F.,  54:
1-13.—Yesko. S. A.  Concise history of embryology.  Med.
Rec, N. Y., 1939, 149: 225-7.

----  Institutes and  research.

  De Lange, D.  Sixth meeting  of the Institute international
d'embryologie. Anat. Rec, 1936-37, 67: 271.—Faure-Fremiet.
E.  La chaire d'embryogenie comparee du College de France et
Involution des sciences du developpement.  Rev. gen. sc. pur..
1929, 40:  37-45.—Henckel, K. O.  La histologia y la embrio-
logia en la Facultad de medicina de Concepcion, Chile. Arq.
anat., 1936, 17: 429-35.—Krabbe, K. H.   [Tornblad  Institute
for  comparative  embryology]   Hospitalstidende,  1934,  77:
1428.—Rojas,  P.   Corso  libre  completo de  embriologia e
histologia; conferencia inaugural.  Sem. med., B. Air., 1929, 36:
1216-9.—Sixieme  reunion de TInstitut  international  d'em-
bryologie.  Arch, biol., Liege, 1937, 48: 269-71.—Stevenson,
P. H.  Plea for continuation  of cooperative embryological
research in China.  Chin. M. J., 1934, 48: 1313-9.—Streeter,
G.  L.  Department  of Embryology.  Yearb. Carnegie Inst.
Washington, 1923-24, No.  23, 3-22; passim.

----  Manuals.

   Arey, L. B.   Development  anatomy; a text-
book  and  laboratory  manual of   embryology.
433p.    8?  Phila., 1924.   Also  2.  ed.   563p.
1930.  Also 3. ed.  593p.  1934.

   Bailey, F. R., & Miller, A.  M.  Text-book
of embryology.   5. ed.  687p.  8?  N. Y.,  1929.

  Baixe,  G.  Manuel d'embryologie.  215p.  8?
Par., 1927.

   Boenig,  H.   Leitfaden der  Entwicklungsge-
schichte des Menschens.   266p.  8?   Lpz., 1938.

   Brachet, A.   L'oeuf et les facteurs de  l'onto-
genese.  2. eU  438p.  12?   Par., 1931.
   Broman, I.   Grundriss der  Entwicklungsge-
schichte des  Menschen.    1. &  2.  Aufl.   354p.
4?   Munch., 1921.
  ——   Die Entwicklung des Menschen vor der
Geburt;   ein  Leitfaden  zum  Selbstudium  der
menschlichen Embryologie.  351p.  8?   Miinch.,
1927.
   Champy, C.   Manuel d'embryologie.   2. 6d.
303p.   8?   Par.,  1927.
  Chiarugi,  G.   Trattato di embriologia;  con
particolare riguardo alia storia dello  sviluppo dei
mammiferi  e  dell'uomo.   3  v.   8?   Milano,
1929-35.
   Corning, H.  K.  Lehrbuch der Entwicklungs-
geschichte des Menschen.   659p.   4?   Miinch.,
1921.
   Davis,  C. L.   Outline of human  embryology.
76  [68] 1.  8?  College Park,  1935.
   De Beer, G.  R.  Embryology and evolution.
116p.    12?   Oxf.,  1930.   Also  2.  ed.   148p.

1934. 
EMBRYOLOGY
192
EMBRYOLOGY
  De Schweinitz,  K.  Growing  up;  the  story
of how  we become alive, are born and grow  up.
11 lp.  S?   N.  Y., 192S.
  Dodds, G.  S.   The essentials of human embry-
ology.   316p.   8?   N.  Y., 1929.   Also  2.  ed.
316p.  1938.
  Dubreuil, G.  Legons d'embryologie humaine,
avec  notions elementaires sur  les principales
malformations   congenitales.   386p.  4?    Par.,
1929.
  Fischel, A.    Lehrbuch  der  Entwicklung  des
Menschen.   822p.  8?   Wien,  1929.
  ----   Grundriss  der Entwicklung des   Men-
schen.   141p.   8?  Wien,  1931.   Also 2.  Aufl.
143p.  1937.
  Frazer, J. E.  A manual of embryology;  the
development  of the  human  body.   486p.   8?
Lond., 1931.
  Harman,  M.  T.   A textbook of  embryology.
176p.  8?   Phila., 1932.
  Hunter, R.  H.  Aids to embryology.   2.  ed.
172p.  16?    Lond., 1934.
  Huxley, J. S., & De  Beer, G. R.   The  ele-
ments  of experimental  embryology.  514p.   8?
Cambr. [Eng.] 1934.
  Jordan, H. E., &  Kindred,  J. E.  A textbook
of embryology.   613p.   8?  N. Y. [1926]   Also
2. ed.  613p.   1932.   Also 3. ed. 613p.  [1937]
  Keith,  A.    Human  embryology  and  mor-
phology.  5. ed.   558p.  8?  Lond.,  1933.
  M anton, W.  P. Syllabus of lectures on human
embryology.  2.  ed.   125p.  8?  Phila.,  1895.
   Morgan,  T.  H.    Embryology and  genetics.
258p.  8?   N.  Y., 1934.
  Rostand, J.   Adventures before birth.  Transl.
by  Joseph Needham.  157p.  8?  Lond., 1936.
  Shumway,   W.    Vertebrate  embryology;  a
text  book for  colleges  and universities.    314p.
8?   N.  Y.,  1927.
  Simkins, C.   S.   Textbook   of  human embry-
ology.   469p.  8?  Phila., 1931.
  Triepel,  H.    Lehrbuch der Entwickelungs-
geschichte.   224p.  8?  Lpz., 1917.
  Tuttle,  A.   D.   Embryology  and  histology
notes.   82 1.   8?   Pasadena, 1931.
  Vecchierello,  H.,   &  Worden,  J.  L.    A
laboratory  manual  of vertebrate embryology; a
volume  for  use in   colleges  and  universities.
92p.   fol.   Paterson, N. J., 1935.
   Vignoli, J.   Manuel d'embryologie humaine.
180p.   12?   Par., 1923.
   Weissenberg, R.    Grundziige  der Entwick-
lungsgeschichte des  Menschen in  vergleicliender
Darstellung.  13. Aufl.  448p.   8?   Lpz., 1933.

----   Methods and apparatus.

  Long, J. A.   Apparatus for  the dissection  and
study  of  embryos.    p. 101-15.   8?   Berkeley,
Calif.,  1936.
  Adamstone, F. B.  A modification of the technic of handling
chick embryos.  Stain Techn., 1931, 6:  41.—Augier. Necessite
d'une etude statistique  pour determiner revolution  d'un
caractere morphologique  embryonnaire.  Ann.  anat. path.,
Par.,  1937,  14:  152-4.— Bataillon, E.   Techniques nouvelles
pour l'etude de la gastrulation et des  localisations germinates
chez les batraciens.  C.  rend. Acad, sc, 1925, 181: 455-8.—
Comandon, J., & de Fonbrune, P. Recherches effectuees aux
premiers stades du  developpement d'oeufs  de gast6ropodes et
d'un ver  a 1 aide de la cinematographie.  Arch. anat. micr.,
Par., 1935, 31: 79-100, 5 pi— Detwiler, S. R., & McKennon,
G. E.  Mercurochrome (di-brom-oxy-mercuri-fluorescin)  as a
fungicidal agent in the growth of amphibian  embryos. Anat.
Rec, 1929, 41: 205-11.—Earle, W. R.   A simple apparatus and
method  for the  injection of early chick embryos.   J. Elisha
Mitchell Sc. Soc, 1924-25, 40: 171-5, pi.—Eggs of opossum
photographed to show earliest life stages.  Science News Lett.,
1937 31-21—Elias, H.  Plastisch-kinematograpniscne Kekon-
struktion embryonaler  Vorgange.   Arch,  exp  Zellfors-ch.,
1936-37 19-507-10   ------  A plastic trick film of embryologi-
cal development. J. Biol. Photogr. Ass., 1938-39  7: 102-4,
2 pi —Fazzari, I. Un metodo per rendere piu sicure le lniezioni
vascolari negli embrioni (nota di tecnica)  Monit. zool.  ital..
1929, 40: 24-^6.—Gersch, M. Die Erforschung der Sonderungs-
prozesse wahrend der friihen Embryonalentwicklung mit Hilfe
der vitalen Farbung.  Arch.  exp. Zellforsch., 1938-39,  22:
548-54.—Gersoni, C. S. A window technique for fetal obser-
vation.   Anat.  Rec, 1935-36, 63:  169-73.—draper, L.  Die
Erforschung von Wachstumsvorgiingen mittels stereoskopischer
Zeitraffkinoaufnahmen  lebender Embryonen.   Verh. Anat.
Ges., 1928, 37:  75-7.  —---- Die Methodik der stereokine-
matograph'ischen Untersuchung  des  lebenden vitalgefarbten
Huhnerembryos.   Arch.  Entwmech.,   1929, 115:  523-41.
------Wachstumsvorgange,  beobachtet  mittelst Stereo-
komparation von Reihenaufnahmen lebender Huhnerembryo-
nen.  Zschr  ges. Anat., 1. Abt., 1930. 92: 700-17.—Hanan, E. B.
Vital staining of the chick embryo by  injections of trypan blue
in  the  air  chamber.  Am. J.  Anat.,  1926-27, 38: 423-50 —
Hochstetter. F.  Ueber eine Abanderung des Objekttragers der
von  Greil  angegebenen  Einrichtung zur photographischen
Aufnahme der KorperoberflSche von Embryonen bei schwacher
Vergrosserung.  Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch., 1931, 26: 309-26.—
Kuhl, W.   Untersuchungen iiber das  Verhalten  kunstlich
getrennter  Furchungszellen und  Zellaggregate einiger Amphi-
bienarten mit Hilfe des Zeitrafferfilmes (Laufbild- und Teilbild-
Analyse) Arch. Entwmech.. 1937, 136: 593-671.—Lacassagne,
A., & Desclin. L. Sur l'emploi des rayons X, du polonium en
embryologie. comme agents de destructions localisees.  C. rend.
Soc. biol., 1928, 99: 98-101.—Long, J. A.  Apparatus for the
dissection and study of embryos.  Univ. California Pub., 1936,
41: Zool., 101-15, 3  pi.—Reagan. F. P.  A useful modification
of a clearing fluid formulated by Spalteholz.  Ibid.,  1926, 28:
No. 18, Zool., 357-9.—Richmond, G. W., & Bennett, L. Clear-
ing and staining of  embryos  for demonstrating  ossification.
Stain Techn., 1938, 13:  77-9.—Roosen-Runge. Ein Zeitraffer-
Mikrofilm  iiber die Furchung und  Primitiventwicklung von
Brachydanio rerio.  Verh. Anat. Ges., 1936, 43: 297-301, pi.—
Skarda. R.  Demonstration of ossification by improved method;
preparation of  embryos and foetuses—7 to 36 weeks.  Bull,
Internat. Ass.  M. Mus., Montreal,  1934, No. 13,  38-40 —
Sullivan, W. E.  Roentgenograms in embryology.  Anat. Rec,
1929, 42: 107.—Vogt, W.  Morphologische und physiologische
Fragen   der Primitiventwicklung, Versuche zu ihrer Losung
mittels  vitaler Farbmarkierung.  Sitzber. Ges. Morph. Miin-
chen (1923-24)  1924, 35: 22-32.—Vollmar, H. Eine Methode
zur Beobachtung der Entwicklung des Huhnembryos in vitro.
Zschr. Zellforschung, 1935, 23: 566-70.—Wetzel, R. Unter-
suchungen  am  Hiihnerkeim; iiber  die Untersuchung des le-
benden Keim mit neueren Methoden, besonders der Vogtschen
vitalen  Farbmarkierung.  Arch.  Entwmech.,  1925, 106: 463-
8.—Woerdeman,  M.  W.   Versuche  zur  Verringerung  der
Sterblichkeit nach mikrochirurgischen Eingriffen  an Amphi-
bienkeimen. Ibid., 1930, 121: 524-32.—Wright. W. H. Growth
and differentiation of larval grafts on  the adult newt, Triturus
viridescens viridescens  (Rafinesque)   Univ.  Pittsburg Bull.
School M., 1934, 31: No. 1, 396-403.

----   Theories.
   Brandt,  W.  Das typologische Grundprinzip.  Arch. Entw-
mech.,  1928, 114: 54-64.—Bujard, E.  Essai de  cinematique
du developpement.   Biomorpbosis,  Basel, 1938,  1: 36-48.—
Cohen-Kysper,  A.   Determination und Entwicklung.  Zool.
Jahrb., Abt. allg. Zool., 1925, 42:  182-92.—Dalcq, A. M.  A
new concept for causal embryology; the morphogenetic po-
tential.  Science Progr., Lond., 1939-40, 34: 55-62.—Gaskell,
W. H.   A  neuro-syncytial  theory of development.  Rep.  Brit.
Ass. Advance.  Sc  (1905) 1906,  75:  443—Giglio-To?, E.
Entwicklungsmechanische  Studien;  die  Ontogenese  und die
monodische Entwicklung.   Arch.  Entwmech.,  1925,  105:
385-429.—Greil,  A.   Lamarckistische  und  Darwinistische
Embryologie; Kritik des Mendelismus.  Anat. Anz., 1930-31,
71:  1-23.—Holtfreter,  J.   Kausalanalyse der Entwicklung.
Med. Welt, 1934,  8: 633-6.—Lehmann, F.  E   Das Prinzip
der kombinativen Einheitsleistung in der. Biologie,  im beson-
deren in der experimentellen Entwicklungsgeschichte, und seine
Beziehung zur  Gestalttheorie. Biol.  Zbl., 1933, 53: 471-96.—
Montandon, G.  L'ologenisme ou ologenese humaine.  Anthro-
pologic, Par.,  1929, 39: 103-22.—Nauck, E. T.   Ueber onto-
genetische beziehungskausate Entwicklungsmechanik.  Arch.
Entwmech., 1928, 114: 9-25.—Pasquini, P.  Preformismo ed
epigenesi nelle attuali concezioni  sullo  sviluppo embrionale.
Riv. biol.,  1938, 25: 291-305.—Riganno, E.  Le  but et la
methode de Tembryologie causale.   Scientia, Bologna, 1931,
2. ser.,  49: 105-14.—Tokin, B.  P.   Ontogenie der  Zelle  und
Entwicklungsmechanik.  Arch. exp.  Zellforsch.,  1936-37, 19:
343-51.—Veit,  O.   Neuere Auffassungen  zur   Theorie der
Entwicklungsgeschichte (die  Bedeutung der Spemannschen
Versuche fiir die vergleichende Anatomie)  Naturwissenschaf-
ten, 1927, 15:  134-8.—Wintrebert, P.  Une theorie nouvelle
du developpement; l'epig6nese physiologique, ou theorie des
chaines de fonctions.  C.  rend.  Acad, sc, 1935, 200: 1362-4.
------  Valeur explicative de  l'epigenese  physiologique.
Ibid., 201: 740-2.—Woerdeman, M. W.  [Modern conception
on embryonic  induction]  Ned. tschr.  geneesk,  1937, 81:
1614-22. 
EMBRYOMA
193
EMBRYOTOME
 EMBRYOMA.

   See also  Dermoid;  Teratoma;  also  names of
 parts affected.
   Beard, J.   Ueber Embryomata und andere Geschwiilste.
 Berl. klin. Wschr., 1903, 40: 695-7.—Bonnet.  Zur Aetiologie
 der Embryome.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1901, 27: Ver.-Beil., 53.—
 Bujor, M. I.   [Complicated, neoplastic dysembryoma  with
 nephrogenous  tissue and ;mnexal metastases]   Cluj.  med.,
 1937, 18: 521-26.—Corsy, F.  Sur l'origine et  revolution des
 ebauches  pigmentaires  developpees  dans  les  embryomes.
 Bull. Ass.  fr. cancer,  1927,  16:  90-107.—De Walsche, L.
 Contribution a l'etude des  embryomes a evolution chorio-
 carcinomateuse.  Arch, internat. nted. exp., Liege,  1929-30, 5:
 557-72.—Dienst,  A.   Ueber multiple  Embryome.  Jahrber.
 Schles. Ges.  vaterl. Cult. (1899)  1900, 77: 1. Abt.,  med.  Sect.,
 116-21.—Durand, R.   Dysembryome  sous-maxillaire.  Bull.
 Soc. anat. Paris, 1920, 90: 366.—Freund, W. Zur  Entstehung
 von Embryomen.   Munch, med. Wschr.,  1906,  53:  2078.
 Also Verh.  Ges.  deut.  Naturforsch.  (1906)  1907, 2.   Teil,
 2. Hefte,  153-5.—Fukui, M.  Seltene  Falle von  Embryom.
 Orient. J. Dis. Inf.,  Kyoto,  1934, 16: 17-20,  3 pi.—Nemenov,
 M. I.  Ueber Geschwiilste embryonalen Baues (Embryozytome)
 und  ihre  Radiosensibilitat.   Strahlentherapie,   1932,  44:
 655.  Also Vest,  rentg., Leningr., 1932, 11: 21-44, 23 pi.—
 Owen, S. E., Polanco, Q. G., & Prince, L. H.  Urine chemistry
 in the diagnosis of embryonal tumors.   Am. J. Cancer, 1937,
 31:  613-7.—Peyron, A.  Sur la presence des cellules genitales
 primordiales dans les boutons embryonnaires des  embryomes
 partltenogenetiques chez I'homme.  C.  rend. Acad, sc,  1938,
 206: 1680-3.   ------  Faits nouveaux  relatifs  a l'origine et a
 l'histogenese des embryomes.  Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1939, 28:
 658-81.  ------ Sur la segregation germinate dans les eml>-y-
 omes partltenogenetiques.   C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1939,  130:
 1470-2.  ------  Sur les cellules genitales primordiales et la
 morphologie comparee des  embryomes; demonstration  d'em-
 bryologie  normale  et  teratologique.   Ibid.,  131: 744-6.—
 Ph'lipp, P. W.  Retrobulbars Embryom bei  einem Neuge-
 borenen; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Genese der Keimdriisen-
 embryome.   Zschr.  Krebsforsch.,   1908-9,   12:   616-34 —
 Pomorski.  [Embryoma-teratoma in a 7-year-old girl]  Nowiny
 lek., 1913, 25: 184-6.—Tur, J.   [Embryonal neoplasma and
 vitality of the  germs]  Polska gaz. lek., 1936, 15: 585-90.


 EMBRYONIC  tissue.

   See under Embryo.


 EMBRYOTOME.

   See also Embryotomy.
    Reetz   [A.]  G.  [C].    *Neue   Drahtsagen-
 rollenembryotome fiir grosse  Haustiere  [Leip-
 zig]  37p.   8?  Hannover, 1931.
   Ricaud,  L.  E. J.  *De 1'embryotome de Thy-
 gesen en  obstetrique  bovine    [Alfort]   37p.  8?
 Par., 1927.
   Bertwistle,  J.  Some observations  on the use of the Danish
 embryotome.  Vet.  Rec, Lond., 1929,  9: 751-3.—Bruyel, J.
 [New method  of embryotomy in cows with a new  instrument]
 Tschr. diergeneesk., 1929,  56:  691-702.—Calderini.   Altra
 utile applicazione della trivella embriotomica Vicarelli.  Lucina,
 Bologna,  1907,  12:  100.—Gauenshtein,  E.  I.   [Veterinary
 embryotomes]   Vet.  obozr.,  Moskva, 1900,  2: 867-74.—
 Gotze, R., & Lioss, J.  Die neue Modifikation des Drahtsagen-
 Embryotoms.  Deut. tierarztl. Wschr.,  1928,  36: [Sondernum.]
 92-7—Hetzel, H.  Zwei Embrvotomien mit  dem Vacufact.
 Berl. tierarztl. Wschr.,  1927,  43:  529.—Holowko, A.  Ein
 Beitrag zur Embryotomie mit dem Sichelmesser.   S. Peters-
 burg med. Wschr., 1900, n. F., 17: 481-3.—Kaay, F. C. van der
 [Embryotomy  with  van Stuven's rachiotome]  Tschr.  dier-
 geneesk.,  1931,  58: 289-98.—Koviansky,  M.   Ein  neues
 Instrumententaschenbesteck zur Ausfuhrung der Embryotomie
 bei  den  grossen  Haustieren.  Mschr.  prakt. Tierh.,  1902,
 13:  501-5.—Liebsch, E.  Die Entwicklung  der Drahtsagen-
 Embryotome.  Berl. tierarztl. Wschr.,  1938, 54:  149; 153 —
 Liess,  J.  Eine neue Modifikation des Drahtsagen-Embryo-
 toms; vorlaufige Mitteilung.  Deut. tierarztl. Wschr.,  1927,
 35:  693-5.—Provost.  Embryotome.   Rec.  med.  vet.,  1935,
 91: 762.—Reetz.  Das Drahtsagen-Rollen-Embryotom.  Berl.
 tierarztl.  Wschr.,  1933, 49: 69.   ------  Bemerkungen zum
 Artikel: eine Kritik iiber  den  Wert  der Embryotome von
 Veterinarrat Dr Rehbock.  Ibid., 1936. 52: 215-7—Rehbock.
 Eine Kritik uber den Wert der Embryotome.  Ibid., 1935, 51:
 783-5.—Ricaud.   Embryotome  de  Thygesen.   Rec  mid.
 vet., 1927.  103:  644-7.—Robin,  V.  Embryotome Vacufact.
 Ibid.. €50-2.—Schiel. Die Embryotomie mit der Perssonschen
 Kettensiige.   Deut. tierarztl.  Wschr., 1904,  12: 221-3.—
 Schlichting, H.  Die Embryotomie mit einem neuen Draht-
 sagenfuhrungsinstrument.   Berl.  tierarztl. Wschr., 19^,  48:
657.—Schottler, F.  Der Vacufact, ein neues  Verfahren in der
Embryotomie.  Ibid., 1926, 42: 393-6.  ------Die Embryo-
tomie in Hinterendlage mit dem Vacufact.  l°ld-',}™7:*%:
169.  ------   Embryotomie mit dem Vacufact.  Ibid.,  l^s,
44:  101-3.—Schuller, R.  Das Embryotom nach  Thygesen.
Ibid., 157.—Strodthov, H.,  & Schlichting, H.  Die Geburts-

       77908—vol. 5, 4th series---13
hilfe mit Vacufact und  Embryotom  nach Thygesen  nebst
Kasuistik.  Ibid., 103-5.—Stuven, W. S.  Eine neue Methode
der Embryotomie mit einem neuen Instrumentarium (Rhachio-
for, Pelviklast, Spinaskop usw.)  Ibid., 1918, 34: 71-5.


EMBRYOTOMY.

   See also Embryotome; also names of mutilating
operations on embryo as Decapitation, &c.
   Denzer,   P.    Die   Amputation  des  normal
vorliegenden  Hinterschenkels  bei   zu  grossen
Kalbern.   30p.   8?  Berl.,  1921.
   Jtjrges,  F.    *Die   Perforation  des  lebenden
Kindes; unter Benutzung des Materials  vom 1. 1.
26 bis 1.  1. 33  [Miinchen]   23p.   8?  Kallmiinz,
1934.
   Kapp-Thissen,  M.   *Wochenbettsverlauf nach
zerstiickelnden  Operationen an der Universitats-
Frauenklinik Bonn.  47p.   X?   Bonn,  1935.
   Lagrange-Egret,   M.   T.   *L'embryotomie
rachidienne; statistique de  la  Clinique  Baude-
locque  (1890-1925)  47p.   8?  Par., 1926.
   Michaelis,  K.  [A.  E.]   *Ueber zerstiickelnde
Operationen.   16p.   8?   Greifswald, 1934.
   Peerenboom, M.   *Ueber die  zerstiickelnden
Operationen  in  der   Universitats-Frauenklinik
Gottingen von 1902-32.   24p.   8?  Gott.,  1933.
   Ruland,  R.   *Ergebnisse der  zerstiickelnden
Operationen am Kinde.   23p.   8?  Freib.  i.  B.,
1917.
   Stier,  W. [E. W.]   *Ueber die  zerstiickelnden
Operationen an der Universitats-Frauenklinik in
Halle-Wittenberg  wahrend  der  Jahre  1920-35
[Halle]   27p.  8?   Wiirzb., 1936.
   Bar, P.  Dans l'etat actuel de la science, existe-t-il des cas
oil s'il y a viciation pelvienne, le medecin peut, sans engager sa
responsabilite morale,  si decider  a pratiquer l'embryotomie
sur l'enfant vivant?  J. sages femmes,  1907, 35: 299;  305;
313.—Barreiro,  M.  Tecnica de la embriotomfa raquidiana en
la Maternidad de Mexico.   Cr6n. med. mex., 1889-1900, 3:
189-94.—Berthaut,  J.   Un foeticide  therapeutique.   Arch.
g6n.  med., Par., 1907,  1: 152-5.—Breiia, J.  La embriotomfa
en feto vivo.  Cron. med. mex., 1898-99, 2: 8-46.—Budin, P.
De l'embryotomie  sur l'enfant  vivant.   Obstetrique, Par.,
1906, 11: 200-10.  Also Progr. med., Par., 1906,  3. ser.,  22:
369-73.—Cazanove.   Embryotomie rachidienne;  extraction
de la tete rotee derntere a l'aide du crochet mousse.  C. rend.
Soc.  obst. gyn. padiat. Paris, 1908, 10: 249-52.—Chauvet, G.
Moyen de placer facilement et rapidement la scie-fil dans le
cas d'embryotomie  du train posterieur en  presentation ante-
rieure.   Rec. med. vet., 1931, 107: 895.—Cholet, R.  Dystocie
par presentation transversal e chez  la chienne et la  chatte;
facilite de l'embryotomte.  Ibid., 1938,  114: 718-20.—Civel, V.
Technique chirurgicale de l'embryotomie.  Arch.  prov. med.,
Par., 1899, 1: 225-36.—Cocq, V.   La question du foeticide
therapeutique posee a nouveau.  Clinique, Brux., 1902,  16:
183-9.—Cova, E.  Le indicazioni moderne  agli interventi  em-
briotomici.  Ginecologia, Fir., 1906, 3: 131-40.—Demmel, M.
Die Umfangsverkleinerung des fetalen Schulter- und Becken-
giirtels bei verschiedenen embryotomischen Methoden. Berl.
tierarztl. Wschr., 1931, 47:  113-6.—Diermen, F. A.  A.  van
[Total  embryotomy of  calf in transverse presentation]  Tschr.
diergeneesk.,  1928, 55: 571-3.—Duque  de Estrada,  J.   La
embriotomia en la casa de Maternidad  de Mexico.   Cr6n.
med. mex.,  1897-98, 1: 32; 49.  ------  Embriotomia y  em-
briotomo.  Ibid., 105,  pi.—Ferraresi,  C.   Interventi embrio-
tomici  nelle presentazioni di  tronco. Boll. Soc. eustach., 1908,
6: No. 2, 13-5.—Fieux, G.   Embryotomie  rachidienne. Rev.
mens,  gyn.,  Bord., 1903,  5:  376-8.—Florence. Presenta-
tion  du sommet avec procidence  du bras; embryotomie.   C.
rend. Soc obst. gyn. paediat. Paris, 1909, 11: 206-9.—Fruhins-
holz.   Les indications  de l'embryotomie rachidienne;  version
impossible et version contre-indiquee.  Rev. nted. est, 1910,
42: 257-65.—Furtado, A. H.   Embryotomia em feto vivo.
Brasil med., 1933, 47: 689-93.—Gonzalez, J. B.  Embriotomfa
en feto vivo o exposicion de la madre.  Rev. med., Rosario,
1929, 4: 1-7.  Also  Rev.  med.  lat. amer., B. Air., 1928,
14- 3209-15.   ------   La  embriotomia en feto vivo. Sem.
nted., B. Air., 1926, 33: 492-8.  Also Siglo med., 1926, 78:
262-  ' 287.—Gourdet,  J.  Embryotomie  a  lambeau.   Gaz.
med. Nantes, 1900-1901, 19: 145-50.  Also Gaz. med.. Par.,
1901, n.  ser., 6: 637-43.—Hagemeister.  Die Stuven-Instru-
mente  und einige Bemerkungen zur Embryotomie  des Becken-
giirtels.  Berl.  tierarztl. Wschr.,  1922,  38:  145-7.—Hering,
L. A. A contribution to the technique of embryotomy as applied
in transverse dystocia.  Medicine,  Detr.,  1903,  9: 825-7.—
Herz  E  Die Embryotomie; Vorschlag zur Verbesserung der
Technik. Wien. med.  Wschr., 1903, 53: 741; 810;  1908, 58:
1415.—Heynemann, T.  Die Haufigkeit  der zerstiickelnden
Operationen und die Moglichkeit ihrer Verminderung.   Zbl. 
)4                                 EMERGENCY
EMBRYOTOMY
Gyn., 1935, 59: 1922-7.—Johnk, M. Sechs hundert Embryoto-
mien beim Rind.  Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1928, 44: 657-62 —
Kossmann.  Indication und Reeht zur Todtung des  Fotus.
Verh. Berl. med. Ges. (1902) 1903, 33: 49; 55; 76;  87.—Latzko,
W.  Beitrage zur Technik der  Embryotomie.   Mschr. Ge-
burtsh. Gyn., 1901, 14: 729-44.  ------  Ueber Embryotomie.
Verb. Deut. Ges. Gyn., 1901, 9: 479-84.—Leconte. Embry-
otomie; detroncation pour presentation du tronc avec engage-
ment de ltepaule,  et procidence du bras gauche.  Gaz. med.
Picardie, 1903, 21: 121-4.—Mauer, Z.  [Mid-wives and medical
embryotomy]  Polska gaz. lek., 1932, 11: 884; 902.—Mauriac,
P.  Un agonissant probteme de  gvnecologie; l'intransigeance
de Iteglise.  J. med. Bordeaux,  1925, 55: 248-51—Mestre, R.
Embriotomia sobre feto vivo.  Bol. Soc obst. gin. B. Aires,
1928, 7:  157-63.—Niirnberger.  Nuevos  progresos  en  la
tecnica de las operaciones embriot6micas.  Rev. nted. germ.
iber. amer.,  1930, 3:  136-45.—Obiglio, J. R.   Desmembra-
miento experimental  por  arrancamiento del  feto. Rev. As.
med. argent., 1932, 45: 1500-4, pi.—Oui, M.  Deux cas d'em-
bryotomie a manuel  operatoire atypique.  C. rend. Soc obst.
gyn. paediat.  Paris,  1905, 7:  93-7.  Also Rev.  prat. obst.
paediat., Par., 1905, 23: 151-60.—Pedotti, A.  L'embriotomia
nella pratica.  Clin, vet., Milano, 1931, 54: 971-5.—Pinard, A.
Deux cas d'embryotomie a manuel operatoire  atypique.  Rev.
prat. obst. paediat., Par., 1900,  13: 367-78—Pohlmann. Eine
Embryotomie.   Miinch.  tierarztl. Wschr.,  1928, 79:  611.—
Pomayer.  Embryotomie  des  in Hinterendlage  eingekeilten
Beckens  beim Kalbe.  Ibid.,  265-7.—Risacher,  S.  E.   A
propos de l'embrvotomie  sur tete  derniere.  Prat. med. fr.,
1932, 13: 851-3.—Rojas, N., &  Falsia, M. V.  La  embriotomia
en el feto vivo ante la medicina legal.  Rev. As. med. argent.,
1933, 46: 2457-63.  Also Rev. crim., B.  Air.,. 1933, 20:  181—
Rousse, I.  Trente  embryotomies pratiquees  en clientele
privee; statistique de 1,655 embryotomies.  Bull.  Soc beige
gyn. obst., 1905-6, 16: 40-65.   Also Bull. Soc.  med.  Gand,
1906, 78:  129-31.—Sand, G.   Ueber die Embryotomie mit
Anwendung des  offenen  Schnittes.  Mhefte  prakt.  Tierh.,
1907, 18: 285-93.—Seeligmann, L.  Ueber  Embryotomie.
Zbl.  Gyn.,  1905,  29: 73-6—Serrao,  B.   Embryotomias.
Fol. med., Rio, 1928, 9: 176-9.—Stenzel, R.  [Embryotomy  in
obstetricsl Polska gaz. lek., 1932, 11: 103—Szello, F.  Ueber
unsere zerstiickelnden Operationen.  Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn.,
1931, 89:  174-9.—Talamo, P.   Considerazioni e proposta a
proposito di un embriotomia a feto morto in donna con  bacino
viziato.   Riv.  ostet. gin., 1934, 16:  385-91.—Tapken, A.
Ueber die Embryotomie beim Rind.  Mschr. prakt.  Tierh.,
1905-6,  17:  125-65.—Torres,  M. M.  Una  restriccion a  la
embriotomfa.  Sem. med., B. Air., 1934, 41: pt 2, 1968-71 —
Trawick,  G.  C.   Should embryotomy lie done on the living
foetus?   South.  Pract., 1904,  26:  211-7.—Triolo, G.   Le
operazioni embriotomiche nella corretta  pratica ostetrica.
Riv. ostet. gin., 1925,  7: 361-4—Wollesen, C.  Ein Beitrag
zur Geschichte und Technik der Embryotomie. Mschr. prakt.
Tierh., 1902, 13: 481-501.—Zander, G.  Ein Fall von Embry-
otomie bei lebendem Kinde.  Zbl. Gyn., 1902, 26: 364-8.


EMBRYOTOXON.

   See Cornea, Juvenile arc.
   EMDE,  Ernst,  1906-        *Die  Halsdrusen-
tuberkulose  und  ihre  Behandlung.   21 p.   8?
Wiirzb., R. Mayr,  1932.
   EMER,  Kurt,  1906-        *Die  Zahn-  und
Mundkrankheiten  der einzelnen Berufsgruppen
in  den  Arbeitsdienstlagern;  Franziskanerkloster
und Lager 42 (Stahlhelm) des Bezirkes Ingolstadt-
Donau   [Miinchen]   79p.   8?   Ingolstadt,  L.
Stadelmeier,  1935.


EMERGENCY.

   See also  Ambulance; First  aid;  also names of
medical  and surgical emergencies as  Abdomen,
Diseases, acute; Accidents; Appendicitis; Hem-
orrhage; Peritonitis,  &c.
   Hindin,  H.   *Recognition and  treatment of
emergencies in the  hospital.   50p.  8?   Spokane,
1937.
   Krasso,   H.   Erkennung   und  Behandlung
akuter lebensbedrohender  innerer Erkrankungen.
2. Aufl.  307p.  8?   Wien, 1937.
   Newman,  C.    Medical  emergencies.    128p.
8?   Lond.,  1931.  Also 2.  ed.   150p.   1937.
   Sargent, P. W.  G., & Russell, A.  E.  Emer-
gencies  of  general  practice.   3. ed.   454p.   8?
N. Y., 1925.
   Snowman, J.  Manual of emergencies, medical,
surgical  and obstetric; their pathology,  diagnosis,
and treatment.   3.  ed.  401p.   12?   Lond..  1936,
   Walker,  W. C.   Medical and  surgical emer-
gencies.  408p.  8°   Detr. [1903]
   Burns, W. B. The element of time; its importance in surgi-
cal procedure  of  the seriously injured and  seriously  sick.
Dallas M. J., 1926, 12: 156-61— Donini, G.  I  malori lmprov-
visi.  Gazz. osp., 1936, 57: 951-5.—Pal, J., & Brunn, F. Die
Behandlung  akuter  gefahrdrohender Zustiinde  bei inneren
Erkrankungen.  Jahrkurs. iirztl. Fortbild.,  1924,  15:  H.  8,
26-34.—Spence, J. C.  Some medical emergencies in childhood.
Practitioner, Lond., 1928, 121: 384-90.

----   Hospital.

   Baldassari, L.   Sul ricovero d'urgenza dei malatti in ospe-
dale.   0>p.  maggiore,  Milano,  1932,  20: 367.—Band, D.
Moscow:  the Sklifasofsky  Institute.  Tr.  Med.  Chir.  Soc
Edinburgh, 1938,  57-67,  pi.—Barros,  L.  de.  Hospital do
prompto soccorro.  In Conf. sem. hosp.  (Assist. Hosp. Brasil)
Rio,  1929, 79-90.—Calvo y Fonseca, R.   El  hospital muni-
cipal y  de emergencias General Freyre de Andrade.  Rev.
med. cir. Habana, 1935, 40: 613-21.—Central (The) emergency
hospital,  Moscow.  Brit.  J.  Surg., 1937-38,  25:  446-50.—
Clearing-house  (A)  for  hospital  emergencies  in London.
Lancet, Lond., 1937, 1:  358.—Couoh Vazquez, D.  La clinica
de urgencia.   Rev. med. Yucatan, 1932-33,  17:  176-83.—
Curtis, M.   Preparedness for emergencies.  Bull.  Am. Coll.
Surgeons,  1939, 24: 192.—Czyzewski,  K.   [Organization  of
emergency stations in secondary hospitals]  Polska gaz. lek.,
1938, 17: 632-5.—Emergency hospital organization; statement
by the Ministry of health.  Brit. M. J.,  1939, 2: suppl., 49.—
Freidlin,  S. J.  [Organization of traumatological aid  in the
surgical stations  of  Leningrad]   Khirurgia, Moskva,  1939,
No. 2-3, 62-4.—Greenberg, H., & Gollance, H.  Management
of emergency cases in a municipal hospital.  Hospitals, 1939,
13: No.  2, 37-41.—Ladyzhensky,  M.  E.   [Experiments  in
arrangement of surgical  help in villages during planting time
in the spring of 1931]  Sovet. khir., 1931, 1: 409.—Olsen, E. T.
The hospital and accident cases.  Hospitals, 1937, 11:  No.  8,
81-5.—Passim.  Guy's  Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1939, 53:  109 —
Rees, E.  M.  Impressions of the accident room in a general
hospital.  Irish J.  M.  Sc, 1938, 6. ser.,  No. 149, 225-9 —
Romakov, A. D.   [Organization of  urgent surgical  aid in the
rural districts]  Ortop.  travmat.,  1938, 12:  No.  3,  123 —
Seemen, H.  von.  Ueber die Tatigkeit  der Unfallstation der
Munchener chirurgischen  Klinik von  1928-36.  Arch.  klin.
Chir., 1938, 193:  321-4.—Simon,   J. I.   Preparedness for
emergencies in  hospitals. Bull. Am. Coll. Surgeons, 1933, 17:
31-3.—Voluntary  hospitals  emergency bed service.   Brit.
M. J.,  1938, 1: 1325.—Waugh, J.  M.,  Mayo, C. W. [et al.]
Report of the emergency general surgery for the years 1935 and
1936.  Proc. Mayo Clin., 1938, 13: 765-8.

----   surgical.

   See also under names of acute surgical diseases
and injuries as Fracture;  Hemorrhage;  Uterus,
Perforation, &c.
   Bailey, H.  Emergency  surgery.  2v.  380p.;
415p.  8?   Brist.,  1930-31.   Also 2. ed.  842p.
1936.
   Capasso, P.   Compendio  di  chirurgia  d'ur-
genza ad uso dei  medici e degli studenti.  304p.
18?   Nap.,  1916.
   De Tarnowsky,  G.  Emergency surgery; the
military surgery  of the  World  War  adapted to
civil life.   718p.   8?  Phila.,  1926.
   Gamel, E., & Paoli, J.  Questions de garde de
chirurgie;  notes  de chirurgie d'urgence.   3. ed.
363p.   12?   Marseille,  1937.
   Aspinall, A.  Casualty surgery.   Med. J. Australia, 1938,
2: 81-3.—Barge, Fougerat [et al.] Notes de chirurgie d'urgence.
Arch. med.  pharm. nav., 1939,  129:  111-29.—Berard,  L.
Chirurgie d'urgence et  accidents du travail; la loi de 1898;
1'accident;  les  maladies  professionnelles;  l'6tat  anterieur.
Bull, med., Par.,  1912,  26:  119-22.—Blood, W.  The  minor
surgical emergencies of  industry.   Practitioner, Lond., 1938,
140: 426-34.—Bogoraz, N. A.  [Problems of immediate surgery]
Vrach. gaz., 1912, 19:  708;  737.—Chauvenet, A.  Premiere
note sur la pratique de la chirurgie d'urgence.  J. med. Bor-
deaux, 1935,  112: 203-7.------Deuxteme note  sur  la
pratique de la chirurgie  d'urgence.  Ibid.,  1936, 113: 363-6.—
Conley, G. J.  Surgical emergencies in relation to first aid.
J. Am. Osteopath. Ass., 1934-35, 34: 455-62.—Digeon, P.  A.
L'operation  courante et  l'operation d'urgence du medecin
praticien.  Evolution ther., 1926,  7:  303-9.—Eccles,  McA.
Emergency operations.  Clin. J., Lond., 1897-98, 11: 357-62 —
Ehalt, W. Die Unfallchirurgie in den Vereinigten Staaten von
Nordamerika.   Wien.  klin. Wschr.,   1938,  51:  928-31.—
Ferre, A.  Los problemas que plantea la cirugfa de urgencia.
Arch, med., Madr.,  1927,  27: 29-33.—Hafferl, A.   Topo-
graphische  Anatomie dringlicher  Operationen.  Wien.  med.
Wschr., 1927,  77: 1387-90.—Iacobovici, I.  Considerations
sur 60 cas de  chirurgie d'urgence.   Rev.  chir., Bucur.,  1937,
40: 282-4.—Jong,  K. de  [Chirurgie d'urgence]   Geneesk. gids, 
EMERGENCY
195
EMERSON
 1938  16: 348-53.—Kinderman, H. W.  The surgical emer-
 gency.   Virginia M. Month., 1938, 65:  538-43.—Kraft,  R.
 Ueber chirurjrische Behandlung von frischen Unfallen.  Fortsch.
 Ther., 1930, 6: 449-57.—Leigh, S.  Some of  the troublesome
 sequelae in accident surgery.  South. M. J., 1915, 8:  715-8.—
 Levin, O. A. [Attempts to organize immediate treatment of
 trauma  in the surgical department]  Vest,  khir., 1939, 57:
 491-500 —Magnus, G.  Ziele und  Aufgaben der Unfallchi-
 rurgie.  Munch, med. Wschr., 1938,  85: 1697-702—Moncalvi,
 L.  Interferenze,  sindromi ed affezioni  addominotoraciche
 nella chirurgia d'urgenza.   Arch. ital. chir., 1938, 49: 1-64.—
 Neupert, C. von, jr. Cleanliness in emergency surgery.  Surg.
 J   1927-28, 34: 4-6.—Pinnock, D. D. The  surgery of acci-
 dents.   Clin. J.,  Lond.,   1938, 67: 248-50.—Pizzagalli,  L.
 Errori diagnostici in chirurgia d'urgenza.  Riforma med., 1936,
 52: 519-21.—Russell, J.  Emergency surgery.  Glasgow M. J.,
 1938,  129: 243-6.—Sheen, A. W.  The early recognition of
 surgical emergencies.  Clin.  J., Lond., 1927, 56: 265-71.—
 Simon, H.  Akut bedrohliche Zustande in der Chirurgie; ihre
 Erkennung  und  Behandlung.  Klin. Fortbild.,  1938-39,  6:
 125-83.—Sorel,  R.  Chirurgie d'urgence.  Normandie med.,
 1898 13: 357-65.—Todd, M.  H. Salient points in emergency
 surgery.  Virginia M. Month., 1936-37,  63: 15-25.—White,
 W. G.   Successful box car surgery.  Internat. J. Surg., 1915,
 28: 366.—Zinn, P. R.  Emergency surgery in South  America.
 Mil. Surgeon, 1928, 53: 702-8.
   EMERIT,  Jacques Emile,  1897-       Con-
 tribution  a   l'etude  de la  serotherapie  anti-
 gangreneuse   (quelques  indications  speciales  et
 particulierement  les  applications   locales  dans
 les  infections  gangreneuses)   52p.   8?    Par.,
 1924.
   EMERSON,  Charles Phillips,  1872-       Es-
 sentials of medicine;  a  text-book  for  students
 [Ac]   6. ed.   3 p. 1.   xi,  405p.  8?  Phila., J.  B.
 Lippincott Co.  [1925]  Also 7. ed.   3 p. 1.   xi,
 405p.  [1926]   Also  8.  ed.  vii,   588p.    1928.
 Also 9. ed.  rev.  xx, 588p.  [1929]  Also 10. ed.
 xx, 592p.  3 pi.   [1931]   Also 12. ed.  xxi, 608p.
 [1936]
   ---   Physical  diagnosis.   xv,  553p.    8?
 Phila., J. B. "Lippincott Co. [1928]   Also 2. ed.
 3  p. 1.   xv, 553p.   [1929]
   ---  The  nervous patient; a  frontier of in-
 ternal  medicine,  xiii,  453p.  8?    Phila., J.  B.
 Lippincott Co. [1935]
   ---  A textbook of  medicine,  xxv,   1296p.
 rov. 8? Phila., J. B. Lippincott Co. [1936]
   For biography see J. Indiana M. Ass., 1938, 31: 637, portr.
   ----& BETTS,  George  Herbert.   Hygiene
 and health series.   Book  1:  Hygiene and  health.
 2  p.  1.  117p.  pi.   12?   Indianapolis,  Bobbs-
 Merrill Co. [1930]
   EMERSON,  Charles  Phillips,   &  BROWN,
 Nellie  Gates.  Essentials of  medicine.  13. ed.,
 thoroughly rev. and reset,   xxii,   845p.   illust.
 diagr.   21cm.  Phila.,   J.  B.  Lippincott  Co.
 [1939]
   EMERSON,  Edwin,  1869-       Hoover and
 his  times;  looking   back   through the   years.
 xvi  p.  632p.  illust.   pi.    8?   Garden  City,
 Garden City  Pub. Co.,  1932.
   EMERSON,  Haven,   1874-       Alcohol:  a
 public  health problem,   p.555-9.   8?   [N.  Y.,
 1917]
   Bound in Papers on alcoholism.   (F. L. Hoffman) 1900-17.
   ----  Report on tuberculosis in Boston.   40p.
 8?  [Boston (?) Health league] 1926.
   ----    Public  health  diagnosis.   31p.    8.
 Chic, 1927.
   ----Alcohol,  its  effects  on  man.   x
 8?  N.  Y., D. Appleton-Centufy Co., 1935.
   See also Fisher, living, & Emerson, H. How to live.  20. ed.
 422p.  8?  N. Y., 1938.
  ----CHRISTIAN, Henry Asbury, &  HUNT,
 Reid.   Alcohol  and  man; the effects of  alcohol
 on man in health  and disease,  xi,  451p.   illust.
 diagrs.   8? N. Y., Macmillan Co.,  1932.
  EMERSON,  Haven,   FLYNN, Frederick  B.
 [et  al.]    Nelson  loose-leaf  system;  preventive
medicine;  public health,  xii,  427p.   4?
1928.
113p.
N. Y
  EMERSON, Haven, & PHILLIPS, Anna C.
Hospitals  and health agencies of San Francisco,
1923;  a survey.  4  p.  1.  154p.   8?  [S.  Franc,
1923]
  EMERSON, Louville Eugene.   Physician  and
patient; personal  care,   viii,  2  1.   244p.   8?
Cambr., Harvard Univ. Press, 1929.
  EMERSON,   Nathaniel   Waldo,   1854-
Svllabus  of  the  course  of  lectures  on  minor
surgerv.   196p.  8?   [n. p.] 1899.
  EMERSON, William Robie Patten, 1869-
The diagnosis of health,  xiv, 272p.  20 pi.  ch.
8?  X. Y.,  D. Appleton & Co., 1930.
  EMERY, Carlo, 1848-1925.
  Ghigi, A.  Necrologia.  Monit. zool. ital., 1925, 36: 130-2.
  EMERY, Emile, 1864-1936.
  [Necrologie]  Clinique, Par., 1936, 31:  320, portr.—Simon.
C.  Necrologie.  Ann. derm, syph., Par.,  1937, 7. ser., 8: 57,
portr.
  ---- &  MORIN,  A.  Le traitement actuel de
la syphilis,  viii, 229p.  12?   Par., J.  B. Bailliere
& fils, 1921.
  EMERY, J[ohn]   Thre practyses  nowe  used
at  Mountpeller,  by  mon  fyre  Emery a romayne
borne in Rome, a  doctoure in astronomye  and
phisyke,  and  other doth  practyse   the   same,
fyrste an oyle, or onement and a powder, and the
iii.  a  water for many infyrmytes and deseases for
the health  of  the  body.   16p.   12?   [London,
Robert Wyer, after 1530]
  Photostat facsimile reproduced from the copy in the Henry
E. Huntington Library.
  EMERY, Maurice.   Contribution a l'hema-
tologie du puerperium   [Bale]   52p.   8?   Man-
galore, 1926.
  EMERY, Zachary Taylor, 1847-1924.
  Obituary.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1924, 83: 1351.
  EMERY-LEWIS,  Inc.   Emery-Lewis  correc-
tion of stammering; lessons 1-10.  30 1.  roy. 8?
[n.  p.] 1935.
  Mimeographed.
  EMES,   Otto,  1907-         *Kreatininstoff-
wechsel bei Grundumsatzerhohung   [Wiirzburg]
16p.   tab.   8?   Bochum-Langend., H. Popping-
haus,  1934.

EMESIS.
  See Vomiting.

EMETIC.
  See also Stomach, Physiology;  Vomiting;  also
names of  emetic  substances as Apomorphine;
Ipecac, &c.
  Betz, R.  Contribution a l'etude de quelques
emetiques derives des acides lactique,  mandelique
et  malique.  72p.  8?   Strasb., 1933.
  Atkinson, A. J.. & Ivy, A. C. Studies on  the control of gastric
secretion; drugs acting on the autonomic-sympathetic system;
drugs acting as central emetics.  Am. J. Digest. Dis., 1937-38.
4:  811-6.—Duquenois,  P.   Sur la structure  complexe de
l'entetique ordinaire.  C. rend.  Acad, sc, 1938, 207: 570.—
Jague y Espinosa, L.   Los enemas  como provocadores de
nauseas.  Dia med., B.  Air., 1933-34, 6: 682.—Klee, P., &
Laux, L.  Weitere Untersuchungen iiber Erbrechen und Brech-
mittelwirkung.  Deut.  Arch. klin.  Med.,  1925,  149:  189-
208.—Kratinoff, A. G., & Sack, A. L.  Ueber den Innervations-
mechanismus der Brechbewegungen des  Darmes unter dem
Einfluss des Apomorphins.  Arch. ges. Physiol., 1927, 216:
753-64.  ------ Zur Frage des Mechanismus der Wirkung
der  nachfolgenden kleinen Dosen Apomorphins auf den Darm.
Ibid  217- 655-63.—Loeper, M.  Vomissements et vomitifs.
Progr. med., Par., 1928, 43: 1941-6.—Ochiai,  A.  Ueber den
Einfluss der psychischen Aufregung auf die brechenerregende
Wirkung. Fol. pharm. jap., 1928, 7: 28.—Schwartz, A. Re-
cherches sur l'excitabilite du centre vomitif chez les animaux
narcotises; action  stimulative de  l'apomorphine assoctee au
pentantethytenetetrazol (cardiazol)  C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1928,
99-  222-4.—Sohma, T. Die Wirkung der Brechmittel auf die
Da'rmbewe<*ung und den  Blutdruck  beim Kaninchen.   Mitt.
Med Akad. Kioto, 1935, 14:313-22.—Stahl, A.  Die Wirkung
der  gebrauchlichsten Brechmittel.   Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 
EMETIC                                           196                                         EMETINE
 1925, 33: 53.—Titaev, A.  A., & Slovikovskaia, O. V.  [The
 gastric  potential and its  physiological significance;  effect  of
 acids, inorganic salts and non-electrolytes upon the magnitude
 of the  gastric  potential  in vomiting]   Bull. biol. med.  exp.
 USSR,  1938,  6: 490-4.—Volmar &  Betz.   Contribution a
 l'etude d'entetiques derives de Tackle lactique.  C. rend. Acad.
 sc, 1933, 196: 355-7.  ------  Sur les entetiques derives des
 acides mandeiique et malique.  Ibid.,  197: 414-6.

 EMETINE.

   See   also   Amebiasis,   Treatment:   Emetine;
 Ipecac.
   Auringer,  H. E.  Preliminary report on emetine  hydro-
 chloride.  Med. World, 1935, 53: 726.—Basu, N. K.  Effect of
 emetine on blood-sugar.  Ind. J. M. Res., 1931, 19:  121-9  —
 Berman, P.. & Leake, W. H.  Emetin; its effect on the rabbit's
 heart.  California West. M., 1928, 28: 772-6.—Bonnin, H., &
 Aretas,  R.  Entamoeba dysenteriae et emetine in vitro; essais
 d'emetine; resistance provoquee.  Bull. Soc.  path, exot., Par.,
 1938, 31: 829-34.  Also C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1939, 130: 495  —
 Caserio, E.  Su  un nuovo sale di emetina.  Boll. chim. farm.,
 1937, 76: 365-8.—Chopra, R. N., Gupta, J. C, & Pillai, K.  V.
 Observations on the action of emetine on the gastro-intestinal
 tract.  Ind. J. M. Res., 1927-28, 15: 883-8, 4 ch.—Chopra,  R.
 N., Gupta, J. C, & Roy, A. C.  Action of emetine on the activity
 of the adrenal and thyroid glands.  Ibid., 1934-35, 22: 771-6  —
 Epstein, D.  The  actions of emetine and cephaeline  on the
 circulation, uterus and intestine.  Q. J.  Pharm., Lond., 1932,
 5: 21-32, 3  pi.—Fernandez Martinez, F.  Sobre la acci6n
 hemostatica de  las  sales solubles de emetina.  Siglo nted.
 1916, 63: 595.—Grau, C. A., &  Beretervide,  J. J. Una nueva
 sal de emetina:  el canfosulfonato  de emetina.  Actas  Congr.
 nac. med., Rosario, 1934, 5: pt  4, 143-53.—Greenway, D.
 Sobre la comprobaci6n in vitro del poder amebicida de la eme-
 tina.  Prensa med. argent., 1926, 13: 298.—Imaz, I., & Pastor,
 M. F.  El sulfocanfonato de emetina.  Rev.  As. nted. argent.,
 1935, 49: 99-104.—Kanfor, J. S.  Wirkungsmechanismus des
 Emetins.  Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1930,  74: 385-95.—Kouri,
 P., Basnuevo, J. G., & Fermoselle Bacardi, J.  Poder fascioli-
 cida del clorhidrato de emetina.   Cron. med. quir.,  Habana,
 1934, 60: 511-3. Also Arch. med. int.,  Habana, 1935, 1: 145 —
 Laidlaw, P. P., Dobell, C,  & Bishop, A.  Further experiments
 on the action of emetine in cultures of Entamoeba histolytica.
 Parasitology, Lond., 1928,  20:  207-20.—Mattei, C.  Rythme
 general  et rythme  nyctftenteral de l'eiimination urinaire du
 chlorhydrate  dtemetine absorbe par  la voie bypodermique.
 C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1925, 93: 1449-52.   ------  Recherches
 sur les  proprietes physiologiques et trterapeutiques du chlor-
 hydrate d'em6tine.  Bull. gen. ther., 1927, 178: 14-43.  ------
 La dose maxima de securite dans l'emploi therapeutique du
 chlorhydrate d'emetine.  Rapp. Congr. internat. hyg. ntediter.
 (1932) 1933, 1. Congr., 1: 188-90.—Mei-Yu Chen & Anderson,
 H. H. Effect of emetine hydrochloride by subcutaneous injec-
 tion on oxygen  consumption in human  subjects.  Proc.  Soc.
 Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1929-30, 27: 521-3.—Mensor, M. C.  Blood
 sugar and blood pressure under  emetin treatment for arthritis.
 California West. M., 1928, 29: 38.—R., K.  The action  of
 emetine on Entamoeba histolytica. Ind. M. Gaz., 1930, 65:
 211-6.—Rinehart, J. F., & Anderson, H. H.   Effect of emetine
 on cardiac muscle.  Arch. Path., Chic, 1931,  11: 546-53. Also
 repr.—Sapeika, N.  Pharmacological actions of emetamine and
 methylpsychotrine.   S.  Afr. J. M. Sc,  1937,  2:  10-14 —
 Tournade, A., Sarrouy, C, &  Curtillet, A.  De Faction de
 l'entetine en  injection  intraveineuse sur les appareils vaso-
 moteurs  et adrenalino-secreteurs.  C. rend.  Soc. biol., 1935,
 119: 237-40.—Watson, D. L.  Specific action of emetine hydro-
 chloride in the treatment of amebiasis, ulcer of the stomach and
 pulmonary tuberculosis.  Am. Med., 1930, 25: 239-43.

 ----  Poisoning.

   Charlot, J.   *Les  accidents nerveux (troubles
 moteurs  et  sensitifs)  secondaires  a l'emploi de
 I'emetine.  83p.   8?   Par.,  1936.
   Alain, M., & Ragiot, C.  De la diminution des effets toxiques
 de I'emetine par l'emploi de la vitamine Bi.  Bull. Soc. path.
 exot., Par., 1939, 32: 300-3.—Alajmo, B.  Alterazioni oculari
 da emetina (ricerche experimentali)  Gior. ocul., 1924, 5: 113-
 8.—Anderson, H. H., &  Leake, C. D.  The oral toxicity  of
 emetine hydrochloride and certain related compounds in rabbits
 and cats.  Am. J. Trop. M., 1930, 10: 249-59.—Beretervide, A.,
 & Pozzo, F.  Polineuritis emetinica en un nino de 20  meses.
 Sem. med., B. Air., 1925,  32: 1185.—Cawston, F. G.   Emetine
 poisoning. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1929, 32: 22-4.—Chariot,
 J. Les accidents nerveux au cours du traitement par I'emetine.
 J. m6d.  chir., Par., 1936. 107: 293.—Chopra,  R. N.  The toxic
 effects of emetine.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1934, 69: 309-12.   ------
 & Sen. B.  Toxic effects of emetine on the cardiovascular system.
 Ibid., 262.—Clark, O.  Intoxicacao pela emetina. Fol. med.,
 Rio., 1933, 14: 1.—Conos, B. Myeiite 6ntetique aigue.  Rev.
 neur., Par., 1933, 40: 214-17. ---— Les ntefaits de I'emetine
sur le systeme  nerveux  central: etat  confusionnel,  irritation
pyramidale.   Ibid.,  1935,  42: 968.—Barilari.  M. J., & Marti-
nez, A.  A prop6sito de un caso de intoxicaci6n por emetina;
dosis acumulativas de los medicamentos;  necesidad de  mayor
control.   Dfa med., B.  Air.,  1933-34,  6:  193.—Dopter  &
Fribourg-Blanc.  Un cas de polynevrite dm6tinienne.  Rev.
med.  fr., 1926, 7: 317-22.  Gabrielides, C.  Contribution a
l'etude des keratites par emetine.  Arch, opht.. Par., 1937, n.
ser., 1: 203-7.—Galewsky.  Ueber die gewerbliche Schadigung
der Haut durch Emetin.  Wien. med. Wschr., 1926, 76: 857.—
Gouriou, E.  Eruption zosteriforme avec elements urticariens,
localisee au territoire du femoro-cutane droit, apr6s injection
sous-cutanee de  chlorhydrate  d'emetine  dans cette  region.
Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1938, 31: 658.—Hein, G.,  & Van-
notti, A.  Die Capillarisierung und  die Ernahrung des Herzens
unter normalen und pathologischen Bedingungen;  die  Blut-
versorgung  bei dem durch  Emetin  geschadigten Myokard.
Zschr. ges. exp.  Med.,   1938-39,  104: 629-45.—Jacovides.
Troubles visuels a la suite d'injections fortes d'6ntetine. Arch.
opht., Par., 1923, 40: 657-60.—Leibly, F. J.  Fatal  emetin
poisoning,  due to  cumulative  action  in amoebic  dysentery.
Am. J. M.  Sc, 1930, 179: 834-9.—Lortat-Jacob,  Flandrin &
Poumeau-Delille.  Un cas d'anaphylaxie cutanee  a I'emetine.
Bull. Soc.  fr. derm, syph.,  1929,  36:  1088-91— Mattei, C.
Preuves biologiques et cliniques de l'accumulation de I'emetine
chez  I'homme.  Marseille med., 1926, 63: 278-88.   -----
L'intoxication par I'emetine chez I'homme.  Paris  nted., 1933,
87:495-8.   ------& Santelli, A. L'intoxication par I'emetine
chez I'homme.  Rapp. Congr. internat. hyg. ntediter.  (1932)
1933, 1. Congr., 1: 191-205.—Mouradian, H. Un cas d'albumi-
nurie entetinique.  Marseille nted., 1924, 61: 831.—Pal, B. D.
Paresis following  emetine injections.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1926, 61:
498.—Riegel, R.,  & Tsykalas.   Mittel zur Bekampfung der
toxischen Wirkungen des Emetins.  C. rend. Congr. internat.
med.  trop.,  1932,  1. Congr.,  4:  859-71.—Robert,  L.   Un cas
d'anaphylaxie locale a I'emetine; oedeme envahissant, prurit
intense puis erytlteme vesiculeux consecutifs  a  des injections
d'emetine.   Bull.  Soc path,  exot., Par., 1922, 15: 680-3.—
Rosen, E.  A., Martin, R. R., & David, N. A.   Cumulative
toxicity of emetine hydrochloride in guinea pigs.   Proc. Soc.
Exp.  Biol.,  N. Y.,  1935-36,  33: 289-91.—Rouben.  Accident
grave par injection intra-veineuse d'entetique.  Rev. gin. clin.
ther., 1926, 40: 344.—Sindoni,  M.   Reperti macro ed isto-
patologici nella intossicazione sperimentale con cloridrato di
emetina.   Med. ital., 1936, 17: 725-32.—Stern, E.  Anaphy-
laktischer  Chok und Tod  nach 0.02 g intraglutaaler Emetin-
einspritzung bei einem Kinde.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1928,
32: 610-2.—Torres Estrada, A.  Lesiones oculares causadas por
la emetina.   Gaz. med. Mexico, 1930, 61: 601-10.   -----
Nota preliminar  sobre las lesiones oculares causadas por la
emetina.   An. Soc. mex.  oft., 1931-32, 9: 11-22.—Tournade,
A., & Sarrouy, C.  Analyse physiologique des troubles  cardia-
ques engendres par l'injection intraveineuse d'emetine  chez le
chien. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 118:  1582-4.—Turner, N. H.
Keratoconjunctivitis due  to emetine hydrochloride. Virginia
M. Month., 1936-37, 63: 500-2.—Vizioli, F. Sindromi neuro-
logiche da intossicazione emetinica.  Riv. neur., 1938, 11: 145-
59.   ------   Neurologische Syndrome  nach  medizinaler
Emetin-Vergiftung.  Samml. Vergift., 1938, ser. A, 9: 117-22 —
Young, W. A., & Tudhope, G. R. The pathology of prolonged
emetin administration.  Tr.  R.  Soc. Trop. M. Hyg.,  Lond.,
1926-27, 20: 93-9.

----  Therapeutic use.

   See   also  Amebiasis,   Treatment:  Emetine;
Dysentery.

   Tuerino, H.   *L'emetine  dans  les  maladies
tropicales.  44p.  8?   Par.,  1928.
   Cioffi, G. Su l'uso de l'emetina.   Morgagni, 1934, 76: 74.—
Deuskar, V. N.  A note on the use of emetine intravenously.
Ind. M. Gaz., 1926, 61: 165-7.—Gordon, R.  M., & Hicks. E. P.
Fouadin and auremetine in the treatment of S. haematobium
infections amongst  West African children;  together with ob-
servations  on the  after-results  of treatment  with  emetine
periodide and emetine hydrochloride.  Ann.  Trop. M. Parasit.,
Liverp., 1930-31,  24: 443-7.—Kouri,  P., Basnuevo, J. G., &
Arenas, R.  Eine neue Verwendung von Emetin in der Para-
sitologic.   Rev. m6d. cubana, 1934, 45: 1045-8.   Also Vida
nueva, Habana,  1934,  33:  77-80.—Lejeune  &  Roelandls.
Sur 60 cas d'affections cutanees, musculaires, periostiques ou
osseuses, traitees par l'emetique.  Ann. Soe. beige med. trop.,
1936, 16: 213-6.—Levent, R.   L'entetine; indications, posologie.
Gaz.  hop.,  1925,  98: 391.—McRobert,  G.  R.   The abuse of
emetine.   Ind. M. Gaz.,  1925,  60: 563-5.—Mattei,  C.  La
dose  maxima de  securite d,ans l'emploi  therapeutique du
chlorhydrate d'emetine.  Bull, med., Par.,  1931, 45: 846-8 —
Miceli, C.   II cloridrato d'emetina in ginecologia.   Morgagni,
1922, 64:  Arch.,  409-14.—Reis, E.  Melhor rendimento da
emetina pela via endo-venosa.   Med. contemp., Lisb.,  1929,
47: 57-9.—Watson,  D. L.  Emetine hydrochloride intrave-
nously for the cure of infectious diseases.   Med. World, 1935,
53: 442-5.   ------  The use of emetine hydrochloride intra-
venously.  Ibid., 1937, 55: 468-72.

   EMICH, Friedrich,  1860-       Lehrbuch  der
Mikrochemie.    2.  Aufl.   x,   273p.   8?   Miinch.,
J. F. Bergmann, 1926.
   ----    Microchemical   laboratory   manual  ...
with  a  section  on  spot  analysis, by  Dr   Fritz
Feigl;  transl.  by  Frank  Schneider,   xvi,  180p.
8?   N. Y., J.  Wiley & Sons, 1932. 
EMIGRANT
197
EMIGRANT
   EMIGRANT [and immigrant]

     See also Emigration;  Refugee.
     Cunningham,  W.  Alien immigrants to  Eng-
   and.  286p.  12?  Lond., 1897.
     Galitzi,  C.   A.  _ *A   study  of  assimilation
   among  the  Rumanians  in  the  United  States
   [Columbia Univ.]  284p.  8?   N. Y.,  1929.
     Hill, J. A., & Parmelee, J. H.   Occupations
   of the first and  second generations of immigrants
   in  the United  States;  fecundity  of  immigrant
   women.   826p.    8?   Wash.,  1911.
     Kirkpatrick,  C.   Intelligence and immigra-
   tion.   127p.   8?  Bait., 1926.
     Abstract of the report on occupations of the first and second
   generations of immigrants in the United States. Rep. Immigr.
   Com., Wash., 1911,  28: 773-838.—Burlington. A. A.  Automo-
   bile migrants.  Proc.  Nat. Conf. Social Work, 1925. 52: 258-
   64.—Reichard, J. D.  The intelligence of the prospective im-
   migrant; a study of the mental ability, measured by language
   and nonlanguage tests, of  applicants for immigrant visas at
   Warsaw, Poland.  Pub. Health Bull., Wash., 1933, 206: 1-35.—
   Schmidt, I.   Ueber  Beziehungen zwischen  Landflucht  und
   Intelligenz.  Arch.  Rassenb., 1938,  32: 358-70.—Young, K.
   Sex differences in  certain immigrant groups. J. Social Psvchol.
   1930, 1: 227-47.

   ---   Examination.

     United   States.    Public  Health  Service.
   Miscellaneous Publication  No.  5:   Regulations
   governing   the  medical  examination  of  aliens;
   revised August, 1930; prepared under the direc-
   tion of the Surgeon  General.   64p.   8?   Wash.,
   1930.
    Armand-Delille, P. F.  Realisation d'un service d'examen
  et  de triage  medical  dans une station  fronttere; le service
  medical  des rapatriements civils k Evian pendant la  derntere
  annee de la  guerre.   Rev. hyg., Par.,  1926,  48: 1138-43.—
  Clark, D. A.  Medical aspect of immigration.   Pub. Health J.,
  Toronto, 1925-26, 17:  371-5.—Gervais, F., & Meunier, R.  Or-
  ganisation d'une surveillance sanitaire a l'embarquement des
  emigrants algeriens.   Ann. hyg., Par.,  1937, n. ser., 15: 278-
  84.—Jayle, F. Necessite d'un examen medical  complet des can-
  didate a  la naturalisation et de leur famille.  Bull. Acad, med.,
  Par., 1936, 3.  ser.,  115: 130-2.—Jeffs, H. B. Overseas immigra-
  tion medical service.  Canad. Pub. Health J., 1936, 27: 282-4.—
  Kortenhaus, F. Der auswanderarztliche Dienst.  In Schiffs &
  Hafenarzt (Kortenhaus.  F.) Jena, 1937,  170-4.—Liibcke, A.
  Die Ueberwachung des Auswanderungswesens in Hamburg. In
  Hyg. u. soz. Hyg. in Hamburg, 1928, 483-5.—Martial, R.  L'ex-
  amen sanitaire des immigrants a la fronttere et leur logement
  dans le pays.  Rev. hyg., Par., 1926, 48: 1050-92.—Medical in-
  spection of aliens.  Annual Rep. Port M. Off.  Health, Liverp.,
  1936,  70-6.—Meunier, R.  Fonctionnement  d'un service de
  controle sanitaire  a Immigration en Algerie; Avril 1937-Avril
  1938.   Bull. Off. internat. hyg. pub., Par., 1939, 31: 281-3.—
  Page, J. D. Medical aspects of immigration.  Pub. Health J.,
  Toronto, 1928, 19: 366-73—Perdigao, T.  A  immigracao e o
  servico medico na inspeccao individual dos immigrantes que
  chegam a S. Paulo. Bol. Of. san. panamer., 1936, 15: 938-43.—
  Violle. H. Le service  d'hygtene de l'immigration a Marseille.
  Rev. hyg., Par., 1926, 48:  804-9.—Ward, R. DeC.  Higher
  mental and physical standards for immigrants.  Sc. Month.,
  1924, 19: 533-47.

 ---   Welfare.
   Chancellor, W.  E.  The relation of teacher  and pupil, with
 especial reference to the education of  immigrants and of  their
 children in  American  public schools.   Tr.  Internat.  Congr.
 Hyg. Demogr. (1912)  1913, 15. Congr.,  3:  237-45.—Davis,
 M. M., jr, & James, L.  Industrial medicine and the immigrant.
 J. Indust. Hyg., 1920-21, 2: 397-422.—Francois, A. Le comite
 d'assistance aux etrangers  de  la Croix-Rouge de Belgique.
 Rev. internat.  Croix Rouge, 1935, 17:  733-45—Ferriere, S.
 Qu'est-ce  que  lTnternational migration service?  Ibid., 1934,
 16: 721-31.—Hurlbutt,  M. E.  The invisible environment of an
 immigrant.  Proc. Nat. Conf. Social Work, 1923, 50: 309-13.—
 Hull, L. J. [et al.]  The immigrant as a factor in social case
 work.   Ibid..  1925,  52: 589-99.—Ichok, G.   Les maladies
 professionnelles des immigres et les traites internationaux  de
 travail et  d'assistance.  Rev. hyg., Par., 1926,  48: 1105-10 —
 Jarrett,  M. C.  Social case-work  in  relation  to  the mental
 health  of immigrants.   Ment. Hyg., Alb., 1925, 9: 346-5 .—
 Martial, R.  L'immigration  et  l'initiative des  municipalites.
 Techn. san. mun.,  Par., 1933, 28: 99; 123.—Pearson, K., &
 Moul,  M.   The problem  of alien immigration  into Great
 Britain, illustrated  by an examination of Russian and Polish
Jewish  children.  Ann.  Eugen.,  Cambr., 1926-27, 2:  111.—
Quelques considerations ntedico-sociales sur l'indigence etran-
g6re en  Belgique.  Bruxelles med.,  1932-33,  12:  p. mdliii;
mdlxxxviii; mdcxxv.—Warren, G. L.  Assistance to aliens in
America.   Proc. Nat.  Conf.  Social Work, 1933,  60: 578-89.—
  Yerkes, R. M.  The work of committee on scientific problems
  ol human migration, National Research Council.  J. Personnel
  Res., 1924, 3: 189-96.


  EMIGRATION [and immigration]

    See also Demography;  Emigrant; Migration;
  Population;  Race.
    Whelpley, J.  D.   The problem of the immi-
  grant;  a  brief  discussion,  with  a summary of
  conditions, laws, and regulations  governing  the
  movement of population to and from the British
  Empire, United States, France, Belgium, Switzer-
  land, Germany,  Italy,  Austria-Hungary, Spain,
  Portugal,  Netherlands,  Denmark,  Scandinavia
  and Russia.   295p.  8?   Lond., 1905.
    Fairchild,  H. P.  Immigration and population  problems.
  Birth Control, 1930-31, 14: 353-4.—Feig, I.  Aus  der Wan-
  derungsstatistik  wichtiger Ein- und  Auswanderungsstaaten.
  Allg. statist. Arch., 1925-26, 15: 307-31.—Ichok, G.   La
  question de  l'immigration.   Progr.  med.,  Par., 1926, 41:
  1284-8.—Johnson, R. H.  The use of the median as a minimum
  requirement for  international migration.  Sc. Month.,  1925,
  20: 254-7.—Martial, R. Prophylaxie de l'immigration pendant
  et depuis la guerre.  Ann. hyg., Par., 1926, n. ser., 4: 399-411.
  ------  Position internationale du probleme de l'immigration;
  la conference de Rome.  Ibid., 495-501.  ------  Psychologie
  et technique  de 1'immigration.  Bull. Soc med. Paris, 1928,
  175-9. ------   L'immigration continentale et transcontinen-
  tale (en France et aux colonies)  Ann. hyg., Par., 1932, n.  ser.,
  10: 385;  509; 605.  ------  L'immigration et  le pouvoir de
  resorption de la France; science et politique de l'immigration.
  Rev. anthrop., Par., 1933,  43: 351; 447.  —----  Immigration;
  greffe d'une collectivite arntenienne dans la banlieue de Paris.
  Rev.  g6n.  sc pur.,  1933,  44:  276-80.------Selection;
  immigration;  naturalisation.  Bull.  Acad, med.,  Par., 1937,
  3. ser., 117:  554-64.—Meirelles,  E.  Inconveniencias  da
  immigracao Japoneza. Tribuna med., Rio, 1926, 22: 181-5.—
  Michels, R.  Der sexuelle Faktor des Auswanderungsproblems.
  Verh. Internat. Kongr. Sexforsch.  (1926)  1928, 1. Congr., 5:
  109-19.—Molinari, A.  Projet d'une methode  internationale
  uniforme  pour les statistiques des migrations.   Bull. Inst.
  internat. statist., Haye, 1934, 27: pt 2, 191-209.—Mombert, P.
  Internationale Wanderungen.  Umschau,  1934, 38: 525-7.—
  Montagnol, P.  Le probleme  de l'immigration.  Rev. hyg.,
  Par., 1926,  48: 1093-7.—Muller, E.  F.  Die Wanderungsbe-
  wegung in  Ostpreussen und ihre bevolkerungspolitische  Be-
  deutung.   Reichsgesundhbl.,  1936, 11: 289-95.   Pohlen, K.
  Bodenstandigkeit  und Binnenwanderung.   Ibid.,  1935,  10:
  1047-50.—Rollins, W. A.   The effect of immigration  on  the
 birth rate  of  the  natives.   J. Hered.,  1930, 21:  387-402.—
 Spillmann, L.. & Pariset, J.  La main-d'oeuvre etrangere et ses
 consequences au triple point de vue medical, social et financier.
 Rev. hyg., Par.,  1926, 48: 1111-8.—Wong. F. S.  The move-
 ments of peoples with special reference to Chinese emigration.
 Rep. Nat.  Quarant.  Serv.  China,  1937,  7:  39-95.—Zahn.
 Statistique des migrations.   Bull. Inst, internat. statist., Have.
 1936, 29: 68-70.

 ----  Public health aspect.

   See also Eugenics; Jew; Pauperism.
   Oedegaard,  O.    Emigration  and  insanity;
 a study of mental disease  among the Norwegian
 born  population   of  Minnesota.    206p.    8°
 Kbh., 1932.
   Armstrong, C.  P.   Immigration  and  deviates.   Eugen.
 News, 1935, 20:  29.—Bernard, L.  Le probteme sanitaire de
 1'immigration.  Rev.  hyg., Par.,  1925, 47: 769-87.—Clark,
 D. A.  The  problem of immigration having regard to tuber-
 culosis and other physical and mental defects.  Canada Lancet
 Pract., 1925, 64:  280-7.—Dahir  du 13 juillet 1938,  portant
 reglementation de l'emigration des  travailleurs  marocains-
 bulletin officiel du Maroc du 29 juillet 1938.  Bull. Off. internat.
 hyg. pub., Par., 1938, 30: 2525-7.—Dawes, S. L.  Immigration
 and the problem of the alien insane.  Am. J. Psychiat., 1924-25,
 4: 449-70.—Dequidt, G., & Forestier, G.  Les aspects sanitaires
 du probleme de  l'immigration  en France.  Rev. hyg., Par.,
 1926, 48:  999-1049.—Emigracao e mesticagem; a proposito
 das doutrinas de  Rene Marcial.  Med. contemp., Lisb., 1938,
 56: 425.—Ichok, G. Les migrations et l'hygtene.  Ann. hyg..
 Par., 1925, n. ser., 3: 681-92.—Juvenile delinquency as related
 to immigration. Eugen. News,  1933, 18 • 74.—Lavinder, C. H.
 Public health and immigration.   Pub. Health Nurs., 1935,  27:
 58-62.—Luxemberger, H.  Zur rassehygienischen  Bedeutung
 der Auswanderung.  Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1926, 28: 87.—
 Marie, A.  Immigration et hygiene mentale.  Arch, internat.
 neur., Par., 1934,  26. ser., 181-8. Also Hyg. ment., Par., 1934,
 29: 25-32.—Martial, R.   Legislation et prophylaxie de 1'im-
 migration aux Etats-Unis et dans d'autres pays.  Ann. hyg.,
 Par., 1926, n. ser.,  4: 463-70.  ------  La question de l'im-
 migration envisagee au point de vue de l'hygtene.  Arch. med.
pharm. nav., 1926, 116: 36-55.  ------ La greffe interraciale;
etude sur les conditions d'une saine immigration.  Bull. Acad.
med., Par., 1928, 3. ser., 99: 402-6.  ------  Aspect biologique 
EMIGRATION
198
EMIGRATION
 de l'immigration.  Ibid., 1939, 3. ser., 121: 853-65.—Nieto, S.
 Public health problems  created by the Mexican immigrant.
 Pacific Coast J.  Nurs.,  1934, 30:  535-9.—Park, R. E.  Im-
 migrant heritages.  Proc. Nat. Conf. Social Work, 1921, 48:
 492-7.—Pearson, K., & Moul, M.  The problem of alien im-
 migration into Great Britain, illustrated by an examination of
 Russian and Polish Jewish children.  Ann. Eugen., Cambr.,
 1925, 1: 5-127.—Purdy, J. S.  Migration and health.  Brit.
 M. .1., 1930, 2: 508-13.—Ramos. D.  F. Control of immigration.
 Se. Papers Internat. Congr. Eugen.  (1932) 1934,  3.  Congr.,
 79-86.—Steinmetz, R.  S.  Emigranten und Erblichkeit,
 Verh. Internat.  Kongr. Sexforsch.  (1926) 1928,  1.  Congr., 5:
 150-3.—Ward, R. de C, Grant, M. [et al.]  Immigration and
 eugenics.   J. Hered., 1925, 16: 287-98.

 ----   United States of America.
   Bromwell,  W.  J.  History  of  immigration
 to the United States, exhibiting the number, sex,
 age, occupation,  and country  of birth, of passen-
 gers arriving  ...  by sea  from foreign countries,
 from September  30,  1819, to December 31,  1855.
 225p.  8?   N. Y., 1856.
   Byrne,  S.   Irish emigration  to  the United
 States: what it has been  and what it is.  165p.
 12?    N.  Y., 1877.
   California.   Legislature.   Senate.   Spe-
 cial  Committee   on  Chinese  Immigration.
 Chinese  immigration; its  social, moral,  and po-
 litical  effect;  report.  302p.   8?   Sacramento,
 1878.
   Coolidge  [Mrs.   M.  E.  Burroughs]  R. S.
 Chinese  immigration.  531p.  12?   N. Y., 1909.
   Fairchild, H.  P.  Greek immigration to the
 United States.  278p.  8?   N. Haven, 1911.
   Flom, G.  T.  Chapters  on Scandinavian im-
 migration to Iowa.   150p.   8?  Iowa  City  [1906]
   Hourwich,  I.  A.   Immigration   and  labor;
 the  economic aspects of European  immigration
 to the United States. 544p.  8?  N. Y., 1912.
   Johnson, S. C.  *A history of emigration from
 the  United  Kingdom to North America,  1763-
 1912.  387p.   8?   Lond.,  1913.
   Kellor,  F. A.    The federal  administration
 and the alien; a supplement to Immigration and
 the future.   80p.   12?   N.  Y. [1921]
   Massachusetts.   Commission on Immigra-
 tion. Report of the Commission on Immigration
 on the problem of immigration in Massachusetts.
 295p.  8?  Bost., 1914.
   Millis, H.  A.   Japanese  and other immigrant
 races  in  the Pacific coast and Rocky  Mountain
 states.   Vol.   1:  Japanese  and  East Indians.
 403p.  8?  Wash., 1911.
   New   York  (State)    Commissioners   of
 Emigration.   Annual reports  ... from  the  or-
 ganization of  the Commission,  May 5, 1847, to
 I860,  inclusive: together with  tables and  reports,
 and  other official documents.  428p.; 63p.   8?
 N. Y., 1861.
  Ripley, W. Z.  The European population of the
 United States,  p.585-606.  8?   Wash.,  1910.
  Sanderson,  J.  P.   Republican  landmarks;
 the views and opinions of American statesmen on
 foreign immigration.  367p.   8?   Phila.,  1856.
  United States.   Bureau of Census.  Coun-
 try of birth of the  foreign  born.  p.225-59.  8?
 Wash., 1933.
  ----   Country of origin  of the foreign  white
 stock,  p.263-33.  8?  Wash.,  1933.
  United  States.    Bureau  of   Statistics.
 Special  report on  immigration;  accompanying
 information for immigrants  relative to the  prices
 and  rentals of land,  the staple products, facilities
of access to  market, cost of farm stock,  kind of
labor  in  demand  in the western and southern
states, etc.  231 p.  8?  Wash., 1871.
  United  States.   Congress.    House   of
 Representatives.  Japanese  immigration; hear-
ings before the  Committee on Immigration and
Naturalization,  House  of  Representatives, 66.
Congr., 2. sess.  4v. in 1.  8?  Wash.,  1921.
   United  States.   Immigration  Commission,
1907-1910. Reports. Wash., v. 1-5, 11-13, 17-35,
37-38, 40 41,  1911.
   United  States.   Treasury  Department.
Immigration   laws  and  regulations;  March 11,
1893.   16p.   8?  Wash.,  1893.
   Van Vleck, W. C.  The administrative control
of  aliens;  a   study in  administrative  law  and
procedure.   260p.   8?   N. Y., 1932.
   Administration of immigration, emigration, and naturaliza-
tion laws.  In Handb.  Lab. Statist. (Parker, F.  E.) Wash.,
1936, 253.—Boas, F.  The effects of American environment on
immigrants and their descendants. Science, 1936, 84: 522-5.—
Crawford, R.  Port problems in Europe and the United States.
Proc. Nat.  Conf.  Social  Work, 1921, 48: 465-71.—Dickerson,
R. E.  Some suggestive problems in the Americanization of
Mexicans.  Pedag.  Semin., Worcester,  1919, 26:  288-97.—
Ellis Island and the immigration problem.  Med. Press & Circ,
Lond., 1925, n. ser., 119: 14.—Foard, F. T.  The Boulder Dam
symposium; the immigration  aspect.  Am. J.  Pub. Health,
1930, 20:  1080-5.—Gold, N.  L.  Net emigration from the
United States to  Canada: 1909-1931. J. Am. Statist. Ass.,
1934, n. ser., 29: 282-7.—Gosnell, H. F. Characteristics of the
non-naturalized.   Am. J. Sociol.,  1929, 34: 847-55.—Hill, R.
Goals for wanderers.  Proc. Nat. Conf. Social Work, 1925, 52:
264-71.—Laugh I in, H.  H.  Rudyard Kipling  on  American
immigration.  Eugen. News, 1938, 23: 5.—Lewis, R. Have we
still an immigration  problem?  Proc. Nat. Conf. Social Work,
1933, 60: 566-77.—Migration of laborers to California.  Week.
Bull. California Dep. Pub. Health, 1938-39, 17: 49.—Natural-
ization of  aliens.  In Handb. Lab. Statist. (Parker, F. E.)
Wash., 1936, 264-7.—Rich, A. M.  Our immigration policy;
what about the present restriction phase?  Welf. Mag., Pontiac,
1927, 18: 446-60.—Schibsby, M. The medical-social worker
and the United States deportation law. Hosp. Social  Serv.,
1933, 28:  118-23.—Spengler, J. J.  Migration within the
United States; a review  of recent trends. J. Hered., 1936, 27:
3-20.—Stockwell, A. W. Our oldest national problem.  Am.
J. Sociol., 1927, 32: 742-55.—Treadway, W. L.  Our immigra-
tion policy and the nation's mental health.  Sc. Month., 1925,
21: 347-54.—Waltershausen, A. S. von.  Die Einwanderungs-
quotengesetze in den Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika.  Allg.
statist. Arch.,  1927, 17:  247-57.—Ward, R. DeC. The second
year of the new immigration law.  J. Hered., 1927, 18: 3-18.—
Whitton, C.  Juvenile immigration.  Proc. Nat. Conf. Social
Work, 1924, 51: 609-13.—Young, D.  Immigration law enforce-
ment.  Sc. Month., 1927, 24: 439-47.
   EMIL-BEHNKE, Kate.  Breathing for health;
athletics, sport.   4  p. 1.   40p.  diagrs.  21}£ cm.
Lond., J. Curwen & Sons [1938]
   EMILE-WEIL, Prosper.
   See Weil, Prosper Emile.
   EMIN,   Saada.    Contribution   a   l'etude
clinique  et  radiologique  des diverticules du  duo-
denum   [Geneve]   52p.   8?  Par.,  1927.
   EMINE, Mehmed, 1899-       *Le  role  des
phlebotomes   dans   la  transmission  des leish-
manioses humaines. 88p.  8?  Par.,  1928.
   EMMANUEL, Paulos, 1906-       *Drei Falle
von  Xabelschnurverknotung bei  monamnioti-
schen Zwillingen [Heidelberg] 32p.   8?  [Lipp-
stadt,  G. Thiele,  1931]
   EMMANUELLI,  Vincent,  1899-       *Le
spina ventosa  du femur.  50p.  8?  Par., 1925.
   EMMANUIL,  Evangelos,  1908-       *Die
malignen Genitaltumoren der Universitatsfrauen-
klinik  Wiirzburg in den Jahren  1923 bis  1931.
72p.  8?   Wiirzb.,  1933.
   EMMEL, Karl,  1875-       *Das Fortleben
der antiken Lehren von der  Beseelung  bei  den
Kirchenvatern   [Giessen]    107p.   8?   Borna-
Lpz., R. Noske,  1918.
   EMMEL, Victor Emanuel, 1878-1928.   The
BXA  arranged  as  an outline of  regional  and
systematic anatomy; a contribution to the science
and teaching  of  anatomy.   2. ed.   xxxi,  261p.
illust.   12  pi.   roy.  8?   Phila.,  Wistar  Inst.
Press,  1927.
   For biography see Anat. Rec,  1929,  42:  75-90,  portr.
(O. F. Kampmeier) 
EMMENAGOG                              199                                   EMOTION
 EMMENAGOG.

   See  Amenorrhea, Treatment; Dysmenorrhea,
 Treatment;  Menstruation, Pharmacology.

 EMMENIN.

   See Estrogen; Placenta, Extract.
   EMMENS,  C.  W.   Reports  on   biological
 standards—V; variables affecting the estimation
 of androgenic and oestrogenic activity,  xvi, 71p.
 8?   Lond., 1939.
   Forms No. 234, Spec. Rep. M. Res. Counc.
   EMMERICH   [Emil]   1882-     ,   &  HAGE.
 Winke  fiir  die Entnahme  und  Einsendung von
 Material zur bakteriologischen, serologischen und
 histologischen  Untersuchung; ein  Hilfsbuch fiir
 die   Praxis,    vi,  45p.  8?   Berl., J.  Springer,
 1921.
   EMMERICH,  Karl,  1910-        *Ueber den
 Cholesteringehalt    des    Speichels.    16p.   8?
 Frankf. a.  M., Kaiser & Co.  [1934]
   EMMERLICH,  Rudolf,   1913-        *Ueber
 die  Ansprechbarkeit der einzelnen histologischen
 Typen  der  Hautcarcinome  auf Strahlenbehand-
 lung.   23p.  8?   Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1938.
   EMMERSON,  Mack  A.,  1903-        *Der
 Serumkalkspiegel   beim   Rinde   mit  besonde-
 rer  Berucksichtigung  der Beziehungen zum Ge-
 schlechtsapparat   [Zurich]  p.355-80.   8?  Berl.,
 J. Springer, 1930.
   Also Biochem. Zschr., Berl., 1930, 226:
   EMMERT,  Emil,  1844-1911.   *Zwei  Falle
 von  Sarkomen der Orbita  nebst Beschreibung
 eines   neuen   Instrumentes  zur  Messung  der
 Prominenz  der Augen.   36p.   2 pi.   8?   Bern,
 Rieder & Simmen, 1870.

 EMMETROPIA.

   See under Eye,  Refraction.
   EMMETT,  A.  F.   Strong and beautiful eyes.
 82p.  16?   Toledo,  Ohio,   Franklin   Print   &
 Engr. Co., 1904.
   EMMINGER,  Eberhard,  1907-        *Unter-
 suchungen am Knochensystem jugendlicher Tiere
 nach   Injektion   natiirlicher   und   kunstlicher
 Porphyrine.  26p.  8?  Miinch., P. Denk, 1932.
   EMMONS,   Arthur   Brewster,  1875-
 Health  control in mercantile life; a problem of
 conserving  human  energy.   2. ed.    xi,  234p.
 5 pi.  8?  N. Y., Harper & Bros.,  1926.
   EMMRICH, Rolf,  1910-        *Spina  bifida
 und Familien mit  Spina bifida   [Tubingen]  66p.
 8?   Zeulenroda i.  Thiir., A.  Oberreuter,  1936.

 EMODIN.

  See also  Cascara sagrada; Frangula;  Gluco-

 side-                                    , „,
  Bridel, M., & Charaux, C. Sur la composition de 1 ecorce de
 bourdaine; le pr6cipite" obtenu par action diastasique en partant
 de l'£corce du commerce: gmodol (emodine)  et  franguloside
 (franguline)  Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1933, 15: 648-64 —
 Gilg,  E., & Heinemann, H.  Die Beziehungen des Emodins zur
 Svstematik der Gattung Cassia.  In Festsch.  70. Geburtst.
 Alexander Tschirch, Lpz., 1926, 52-61.
  EMOND,  Guy,  1904-        *Etude clinique
 de la  rate  au cours  du goitre exophtalmique.
 45p.  8?  Par., 1929.
  EMOND-MESTRE, France, 1907-       *Con-
tribution a l'etude de la vaccination par le BCG.
78p.  8?  Par., Vigot freres,  1938.
  EMORY  (The) medical review.  Atlanta, Ga.,
v.3,  No. 1,  1925.
  Discontinued.
EMOTION.

   See also Behavior; Instinct;  Reaction;  Stimu-
lus; also names of emotional reactions as Anxiety
and fear; Conscience; Courage; Ecstasy;  Excite-
ment; Grief; Jealousy, &c.
   Buscaino, V. M.  Biologia della vita emotiva.
236p.  8?   Bologna [1921]
   Haas, W.   *Ueber Echtheit und Unechtheit
von  Gefuhlen  [Miinchen]   43p.   8?   Niirnb.,
1910.
   Mid West Conference  on  Character  De-
velopment.   The   child's  emotion.   Proceed-
ings.  Chic, 1930.
   Allonnes, R. de.  Les phenontenes d'effet.  Encephale,  1933,
28: 103-15.—Anatomy (The) of emotion. Brit. M. J., 1939, 1:
780.—Carroll, R. P.  Redefining the emotions.  J. Gen. Psychol.,
1935,13:464.—Claparede, E. Ltemotion pure. Arch, psychoi.,
Geneve,  1929-30, 22: 333-47.—Clarke, H. G.  Emotions.
U. S. Veterans Bur. M. Bull., 1930,  6: 787-9—D'Agostino, V.
11 termine emozione e i suoi corrispondenti latini.  Arch. ital.
psicol., 1932, 10: 3-13.—Dearborn, G. V. N. Notes on affective
physiology.  Psychol. Bull., 1915, 12: 74.—Duffy. E.  Tensions
and emotional factors in reaction.  Genet. Psycho).  Monogr.,
1930, 7: 1-79.—Fisher, V. E., & Marrow, A. J. Experimental
study of moods.  Character & Personality, 1934,  2:  201-8.—
Gardiner, H. N.  Affective phenomena,  descriptive and  theo-
retical. Psychol. Bull., 1918, 15: 104-8.—Hodge, F. A.  The
emotions in a new role.   Psychol. Rev., 1935, 42: 555-65.—
Indestructibility of emotional force.  Brit. M. J.,  1937,  1:
683.—Jefferson, H. G. Statistical note on work  in  emotion.
J.  Appl. Psychol., 1924-25, 8: 350-3.—Landis, C.  Studies of
emotional reactions; severe emotional upset.  J. Comp. Psychol.,
1926, 6: 221-42.—Nakashima, T.  Contributions to the study
of the affective processes.  Am. J. Psychol., 1909, 20: 157-93.—
Schramm,  G. J.  A periodic table of  emotional  phases.  J.
Abnorm. Psychol., 1936-37, 31: 87-98.—Schroder,  P. Gefuhle
und Stimmungen. In Die Wiss. am Scheidewege  (Prinzhorn)
Lpz.,  1932, 201-6.—Skaggs, E. B.  Studies in attention and
emotion.  J. Comp. Psychol., 1930, 10: 375-419.—Sollier, P.
Emotions localisees.  C. rend. Congr. internat. psychoi. (1900)
1901, 4. Congr., 560-6.—Sternberg, W.  Gefuhl und Genuss.
Zschr. Krankenofl., 1916, 37: 73-81.—Stumpf. C.  Apologie
der Gefiihlsempfindungen. Zschr. Psychol. Physiol. Sinnesorg.,
1. Abt., 1916, 75: 1-38.—Tarumianz, M. A. Emotions.  Dela-
ware M. J., 1937, 9: 53-6.—Turro, R. La emocion.  Siglo nted.,
1919,  66: 1073-6.—Webber, W. G. Motives and emotions.
Boston M. & S. J., 1921, 185: 478.—Zielinski, M.  Ein Versuch
der Einteilung der Gefuhle  auf psychopathologischer Grund-
lage.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1934,  150: 405-10.

----  Attitude.

   See also  Behavior;  Character;  Constitution;
Personality;  Temperament.
   Eng,  H. K.  Experimental investigations  into
the emotional life of  the child compared  with
that  of  the  adult;  transl.  by  G.  H.  Morrison.
243p.  8?  Lond., 1925.
   Fankhauser,   E.   Ueber   Wesen   und  Be-
deutung der  Affektivitat.  79p.  8?   Berl., 1919.
   Wyss, W.  H. von.  Grundformen der Affekti-
vitat; die  Zustandsgefuhle  beim  gesunden  und
kranken Menschen.   104p.  8?  Lpz.,  1938.
   Benon, R. Les Amotions chez les enfants.  Arch. nted. enf.,
1925, 28: 686-8.—Brentlinger, W. H. Emotional stability and
other characteristics of 225  transients.   Psychol.  Bull.,  1935,
32- 682.------The emotional stability of the transient.
J.  Appl. Psychol.,  1936,  20:  193-207.—Bridges, K. M.  B.
L'age et les Amotions.  Union nted. Canada, 1934, 63: 878-82.—
Brown, F.  A comparative study of the influence  of race and
locale upon emotional stability of children. J. Genet.  Psychol.,
1936, 49: 325-42.—Brown. W.  Emotions and morals. Sociol.
Rev ' Lond., 1912, 4: 215-33.—Cannon, W. B.  The significance
of the emotional level. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1934,  31: 177-84.
Also Sc. Am. Month., 1934, 38: 101-10.—Codet, H.   Deux
aspects de l'£motivite\ Ann. med. psychoi., Par., 1930, 88:
429-35.—Fisher, V. E., & Watson, R. I.  A new approach to the
old problem of emotional stability.  Psychol. Bull.,  1939, 36:
5Q3 —Flemming, E. G. The personality and emotions of men.
J  Social Psvchol., 1933,  4: 187-200.—Goldscheider.  Ueber
die  Stimmung.  Berl.  klin. ther. Wschr., 1905, 409-18.  Also
Wien. klin. ther. Wschr., 1905, 409-18.—Hersey, R. B.   Emo-
tional cycles in man.  J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1931, 77: 151-69 —
Huther, A.  Wille,  Intelligenz und logisches Gefuhl.  Zschr.
padag. Psychol., 1911, 12: 582-4.—Johnson, B.  Variations in
emotional responses of children. Child  Develop., 1936, 7: 85-
94  —Laignel-Lavastine.  L'emotivite\  Sem. hop.  Paris,  1927,
3: 368-77.—McCance. R. A., Luff, M. C, & Widdowson, E. E.
Physical and emotional periodicity in women. J. Hyg., Lond.,
1937, 37: 571-611.—Muller-Freienfels, R.   Individuelle Ver-
schie'denheiten des  Affektlebens und ihre Wirkung im reli- 
EMOTION                                       200                                      EMOTION
giosen,  kunstlerischen  und  philosophischen  Leben.   Zschr.
angew. Psychol., 1914-15, 9: 77-131.—Patrick, J. R.  Studies
in rational behavior  and emotional  excitement; rational be-
havior in human subjects.  J. Comp. Psychol., 1934, 18: 1-22.—■
Rich, G. J.  Body aciditv as related to emotional excitability.
Arch. Neur. Psychiat.,  Chic, 1928, 20: 589-94.—Rignano, E.
Le  due  grandi categorie di mentalita logiche e la parte che
ha, nei determinarle, la natura affettiva dell'individuo.  Rendic.
R.  Ist.  lombard. sc.  lett.,  1917, 2. ser.,  50: 311-21—Schu-
werack. W. G.  Zur Affektivitat des Schulers.  Zschr. padag.
Psychol.,  1928,  29:  559-71.—Stratton,  G.  M.  Emotional
reactions connected with differences in cephalic index, shade of
hair, and color of eyes in Caucasians. Am. J. Psychol., 1934,
46: 409-19.  ------  The relation of emotion to  sex, primo-
geniture, and disease.  Ibid., 590-5.—Washburn, M. F., Hatt,
E.,  & Holt, E. B. Affective sensitiveness in poets and in scien-
tific students.  Ibid.,  1923, 34: 105.—Willoughby,  R. R.  The
relationship to emotionality of age, sex, and conjugal condition.
Am. J. Sociol., 1937-38, 43: 920-31.—Young, P. T.  Laughing
and weeping, cheerfulness and depression; a  study of moods
among college students.  J. Social Psychol., 1937, 8: 311-34.

----  Attitude:  Development.

   Brackett, C.  W.    *Laughing and crying of
preschool children  [Columbia Univ.]   91p.   8?
N. Y., 1934.
   Abramson, J.  Sur Involution de 1'affectivhte chez l'enfant.
Ann.  nted. psychoi., Par., 1925,  83:  pt 2, 201-13.—Belot, G.
Remarques sur la  constitution et  1'evolution des sentiments
supdieurs. J.  psychoi.  norm, path., Par., 1920,  17: 585-92.—
Bridges, K. B.  Le developpement des Amotions chez  le jeune
enfant.  Ibid., 1936,  33: 40-87.   Also Union nted. Canada,
1935, 64: 54; 15; 130; 374; 745; 862; 1218.—Crichton-Miller, H.
The  emotional development of  the child.  Mat.  & Child
Welf., Lond., 1926, 10:  42-4.—Fries, M. E.  Interrelationship
of physical, mental and emotional life of a child from birth
to 4  years of  age.  Am. J.  Dis.  Child., 1935, 49: 1546-63.
------  The study of the emotional  development  of children.
Med. Woman  J.,  1936, 43: 199-202.—Judd, C. H.  Early
emotions and early reactions as related to  mature character.
School & Soc,  1927, 25: 355-60.—Landauer, K.  Die Affekte
und ihre Entwicklung (Affekte, Leidenschaften, Temperament)
Imago,  Wien, 1936, 22: 275-91.—Lynch, J.  C. Practical con-
sideration of emotional development in children.  Bull. Guthrie
Clin., 1933-34, 3:  76-80.—McDougall, W.   Organization of
the affective life; a  critical  survey.  Acta  psychoi., Hague,
1936-37, 2: 233-346.—Rank, O.  The development  of the
emotional life.   Proc.  Internat. Congr. Ment. Hyg.,  1932,
1. Congr., 2: 118-50.—Serog, M.  Das Problem des Wesens
und der Entstehung des Gefiihlslebens.  Zschr.  ges. Neur.
Psychiat., 1911,  8: Orig., 107-12.—Watson, J. B.  Experi-
mental studies  on the growth of the emotions. Pedag. Semin.,
Worcester, 1925, 32: 328-48. ------ Recent experiments on
how  we lose and  change  our  emotional equipment.  Ibid.,
349-71.

----  Attitude:  Education.

   American  Council  on  Education.    Com-
mittee  on  the  Relation  of Emotion to the

Educative  Process.   Emotion and the educative
process.  323p.   8?  Wash., 1938.

   Odiorne, D. M.  Toward  the development of

an  emotional  stability.   13p.   8?    Langhorne
[1935]
   Astor, F.  Emotional needs of the exceptional child. Child
Res. Clin. Ser., 1937, 2: No. 6,  11-7.—Brandt,  H., Williams,
H.  M.,  & Carlson, H.  S.  Studies in emotional adjustment.
Univ. Iowa Stud.,  1937, 13: Child Welf., 9-102.—Bregman,
E. O. An attempt  to modify the emotional attitudes of infants
by  the conditioned response technique.  Psychol. Bull., 1934,
31: 749.—Friedjung, J. K.   Psychische Immunitat und Erzie-
hung.  Acta paediat., Upps., 1935, 17: 411-25.—Link, M. M.
Child nature and the child's emotional needs.   J. Iowa M
Soc,  1935, 25: 19-21.—Lundholm, H.  Taste for affect-gain.
Psychol. Rev.,  1938, 45: 242-56.—Meek, L. H.  Influences on
emotional growth inherent in the teacher's function; prepara-
tion of teachers for the emotional guidance of children.  Am J
Orthopsychiat., 1939,  9: 494-502.—Mitrano, A. J. Preliminary
construction of a schedule  of emotional stability for children.
Ibid., 9: 360-7.—Pease, M. C.  Emotional control in children;
a neglected  educational problem.  Med. Rec,  N. Y., 1938,
147:  149T51.—Ross,  E. H.   Influences  on  emotional growth
inherent in the teacher's function; the classroom as a setting
for a fulfillment of a function.  Am. J. Orthopsychiat., 1939, 9:
477-93.—Ruiz  Arnau, R.   Las emociones y  su  control.  Bol.
As. nted. Puerto Rico, 1932, 24: 395.—Schramm, G. J.  Direc-
tion of movements  of children in emotional responses.  Child
Develop.,  1935, 6: 26-51.—Vogt,  H.  Ueber Erziehung der
Gefuhle   (kntische Betrachtungen  zur  modernen  Psycho-
therapy)  Med. Klin., Berl.,  1912,  8: 607-10.—Woolley,  L. F.
Studies  in obsessive ruminative tension states; the effect of
erratic discipline in childhood on emotional tensions. Psvchiat.
Q.,  1937, 11: 237-52.
----   Attitude: Tests.
   Etienney,  M.    Contribution  a  l'etude  dea
tests d'emotivite.   46p.   8?  Par.,  1935.
   Flemming, E.  G.   *The predictive  value of
certain tests  of  emotional  stability  as  applied
to  college  freshmen   [Columbia   Univ.]   61p.
8?   N. Y., 1928.
   Frederick, J.  G.   Grow up emotionally  and
have fun! 58 valuable and amusing psychological
tests of emotional maturity.   300p.  8?  N. Y.,
1936.
   Armstrong, H. G.  The blood pressure and pulse rate as an
index of emotional stability. Am. J. M. Sc, 1938, 195: 211-
20.—Asher,  E. J.,  & Haven,  S. E.   The reactions of State
correctional school  and public school boys to the questions of
an emotional inventory.  J. Juven. Res., 1930, 14: 96-106.—
Bender, L.,  & Woltmann, A. G.  The use of  plastic mateiial as
a psycbiatric approach to emotional  problems in children.
Am. J.  Orthopsychiat.,  1937,  7: 283-300.—Burt,  C.  The
factorial analysis of emotional traits.  Character & Personality,
1938-39, 7:  238; 285.—Chambers, O R.  A method of measur-
ing the emotional maturity  of children.  Pedag. Semin., Wor-
cester,  1925,  32:  637-47.—Clark, H-,  Quackenbush,  N., &
Washburn,  M. F.  A  suggested coefficient  of affective sensi-
tiveness.  Am. J.  Psychol., 1913,  24: 583-5.—Despert, J. L.
Technical approaches  used in the study  and  treatment of
emotional  problems in children.   Psychiat.  Q.,  1937, 11:
111-30, 4 pi.  ------  Technical approaches used in the study
and treatment of emotional problems in children; drawing.
Ibid.,  267-95, 7 pi. ------  The playroom.  Ibid., 677-93.
------  Correlation of facts;  evaluation of methods.   Ibid.,
1938,  12: 176-94.  ------  & Potter, H. W.  Technical ap-
proaches used in the study  and treatment of emotional prob-
lems in children; the  story,  a form of directed phantasy.
Ibid.,  1936, 10: 619-38.—Duffy,  E.   The measurement of
muscular tension as a  technique for the study of emotional
tendencies.   Am. J. Psychol., 1932, 44: 146-62.—Enke, W.
Die Affektivitat der Konstitutionstypen im psychogalvanischen
Versuch.  Zschr. ges.  Neur. Psychiat.,  1932, 138: 211-37.—
Flowers, H. L.  A study of the emotions in  psychotic patients
(a report of the examination of 100 psychotic patients with the
Pressey test)  U. S. Veterans Bur. M. Bull., 1928, 4: 309-21.—
Gorham, D. R., & Brotemarkle, R. A. Challenging 3 standard-
ized emotional tests for validity and employability.  J. Appl.
Psychol., 1929, 13:  554-88.—Hawthorne, J.  W.  A group test
for the measurement of cruelty-compassion;  a proposed means
of recognizing potential criminality.  J.  Social Psychol., 1932,
3: 189-211.—Landis, C, Gullette, R., & Jacobsen, C. Criteria
of emotionality. Pedag. Semin., Worcester, 1925, 32: 209-34.—
Mira, E.  Exploracion de la afectividad.  Rev. nted. Barcelona,
1930,  14:  222-48.   Also  Arch,  neurob.,  Madr.,  1931, 11:
357-414.—Moore, H. T.  Laboratory tests  of anger, fear and
sex interests.  Am. J.  Psychol.,  1917, 28: 390-5.—Olson,
D. M., & Jones, V.  An objective measure of emotionally toned
attitudes.   J. Genet.  Psychol.,  1931, 39:  174-96.—Pressey,
S. L.  A group scale for investigating the emotions.  J. Abnorm.
Psychol., 1921-22, 16:  55-64.—Radecki, W.  Criteriologia del
estudio de la vida afectiva. Rev. crim., B. Air., 1933, 20:
26-39.—Sadler, L.  K.   The preliminary survey of emotional
analysis.  Med.  Woman J.,  1932, 39:  221.—Sharp,  D. L.
Group  and  individual  profiles in  the association-motor  test.
Univ. Iowa Stud., 1938, 15: Child Welf., 97-171.—Tomanek, Z.
[Index of psychosomatic equilibrium]  Polska gaz. lek., 1933,
12: 208-9.—Waller, M. D.  The emotive response of  a  class
of 73 students of medicine; measured in correlation with the
result of a  written examination.   Lancet, Lond.,  1918, 1:
510—Westbrook,  C.  H..  & Yao, Hsien-Hwei.  Emotional
stability of Chinese adolescents as measured by the Woodworth-
Cady-Matthews questionnaire.   J. Social Psychol., 1937, 8:
401-9.—Willoughby, R. R.  A  scale of emotional maturity.
Ibid., 1932,  3: 3-36.

----   Bodily changes.

   See also Mind and  body; also under  names of
organs and functions as Blood sugar, Variations,
&c.
   Dunbar, H.  F.   Emotions and bodily changes;
a survey of  literature on psychosomatic  interre-
lationships, 1910-33.  595p.  8?  N. Y.,  1935.
   Lacroix,  J.  A.   Contribution  a l'etude des
phenomenes  physiologiques   concomitants   de
l'emotion  (leur role  en  pathologie)    48p.   8?
Par.,  1931.
   Schou, H.  I.    Some investigations  into the
physiology of emotions,   lllp.   8?   Kbh.,  1937.
   After the strain.  Lancet, Lond., 1938, 2: 837.—Amicarelli,
A.  Geno-cuti-reazione e stati emotivi.  Athena, Roma,  1935,
4: 256-8.—Baker. L. M.  A study of the relationship between
changes in  breathing and pulse  rate, and the amount  learned
following supposed emotional  and supposed non-emotional
stimuli.  J. Gen. Psychol., 1934, 11: 348-68.—Cady, L. D. 
EMOTION                                         201                                        EMOTION
The emotions and their physical symptoms.  J. Missouri M.
Ass., 1934, 31: 238-41.—Dobrev, M.  Experimenteller Beitrag
iiber den  Einfluss von Affekten und  Muskelarbeit  auf  die
Urinausscheidung. Arch.  ges. Physiol., 1926,  213:  511-34.—
Drozynski, L.   Atmungs- und  Pulssymptome rhythmischer
Cefiihle.  Psychol. Stud., Lpz., 1911, 7: 83-140, 2 pi.—Dumas,
(;.  La neuropathologie et l'expression des Amotions.  Bull.
Acad. nted., Par., 1926, 3. ser., 95: 92-5.------Introduction
a l'dude de l'expression des Amotions.   Rev. philos., France,
1926, 101: 107; 223.  ------  Les reactions 6motionnelles de la
peau:  la sueur.   Vie  nted.,  1929,  10: 697;  945.—Gueniot.
Comment les grandes Amotions se traduisent au dehors.  Bull.
Acad,  nted., Par., 1926, 3. ser., 95: 101-4.—Heinze, H.  Zur
Phanomenologie  des Gemiits;  charakterologische Untersuchun-
gen an Kindern.   Zschr. Kinderforsch., 1932,  40:  371-456.—
Hill, T. R.  Emotion  from  the neurological point of view.  Brit.
J. M.  Psychol.,  1931,  11: 40-54.—Influence of the emotions
on  bodily  functions.  Lancet,  Lond.,  1937,  2:  80-2.—Jan-
kowska,  H.  Contribution a ltetude  des  modifications bio-
chimiques  au cours  des  emotions.   Enc6phale,   1931,  26:
204-18.—Joltrain, E.   Ltemotion,  facteur  de  d£s£quilibre
humoral.  Presse nted., 1933, 41: 905-7.—Jones, H. E.  The
galvanic skin reflex as related to overt emotional expression.
Am. J. Psychol.,  1935, 47: 241-51.—Kline, L.  W., &  Johann-
sen, D. E.  Comparative role of the face and of the face-body-
hands  as aids in identifying emotions.   J.  Abnorm. Psvchol.,
1934-35, 29: 415-26, 3 pi.—Kling, C.   The role of the para-
sympathetics in emotions.   Psychol. Rev., 1933, 40: 368-80.—
Landis, C.   Emotion: the  expressions of emotion.  In Handb.
gen. exp. psychoi. (Murchison, C.)  Worcester,  1934, 312-51.—
Lueders. C. W.   Gastro-intestinal reaction to the emotions;
the role of the vegetative system.  Arch.  Int. M., 1928, 42:
282-96.—Macomber, D.   The emotional  life of woman in
relation to the practice of  gynecology.  Am. J.  Obst., 1927, 13:
732-41.—Marston, W. M.  Bodily symptoms of  elementarv
emotions.   Psyche, Lond., 1929,  10: 70-86, pi.—Morris, D. P.
The effects of emotional excitement on pulse, blood pressure,
and blood sugar of normal human beings.  Yale J. Biol.,  1934-
35, 7:  401-20.—Niessl-Mayendorf, E. von.   Ueber die physio-
logischen  Korrelate  der Gefuhle.  Ber. Kongr. exp. Psychol.,
1912,  5: 188-92.—Ray, W. S.  A  study of the  emotions of
children with particular reference to circulatory and respiratory
changes.  J. Genet. Psychol,  1932, 40: 100717— Schroetter, H.
Zur Kenntnis des Energieverbrauches bei emotiven Aeusse-
rungen des Seelenlebens.   Mschr. Ohrenh., 1925, 59: 82-108.—
Shock, N. W., & Coombs, C. H.  Changes in skin resistance
and  affective  tone.   Am. J. Psychol.,  1937,  49:  611-20.—
Skaggs, E.  B.   Changes  in  pulse, breathing and  steadiness
under  conditions of  startledness  and  excited  expectancy.
J. Comp.  Psychol., 1926,  6:  303-15, pi.—Van de Water, M.
Emotions are betrayed by the gestures of the hands as well as
by voice or eyes, experiment shows.  Science News Lett., 1934,
26: 358.—White, W. A.  Emotions and bodily changes.  Psy-
choanal. Rev., 1935, 22: 439-47.—Wittkower, E., & Fechner, O.
Ueber   affektivsomatische Veranderungen;  der  psychogal-
vanische Reflex.  Zschr.  ges.  Neur.  Psychiat.,  1931, 136:
676-719.—Wolff, H. G.,  &  Mittelmann,  B.  Experimental
observations on  changes in skin temperature  associated with
induced emotional states.  Tr. Am.  Neur. Ass.,  1937,  63:
136-40.—Wyss,  W.  H. von.  Der Ausdruck  der Gemutsbe-
wegungen.   Nervenarzt,  1929,  2:  534-8.—Ziegler, L.  H., &
Cash. P. T.  A study cf the  influence  of emotions and  affects
on  the surface  temperature of the  human  body.  Am. J.
Psychiat., 1938-39, 95: 677-96.

----   Bodily changes: Blood and cardiovascular

   system.
   Beebe-Center, J. G., & Stevens, S. S. Cardiac acceleration
in emotional situations.  J. Exp. Psychol., 1937, 21: 72-87.—
Chalisov, M. A.. & Molukalo, L. P.  [Biochemical changes of
the blood in emotion]  Sovet. psikhonevr., 1932, 8: 82-91.—
Chalisov,  M. A., Wolfson, N. M., & Arutiunov, D. N.   [Bio-
chemical changes in  the  blood  during emotion]   Nevropat.
psikhiat., Moskva, 1937, 6: 3-10.—Gaskill, H. V.  Patterns in
emotional reactions;  heart rate and blood pressure.  Psychol.
Bull.,  1938,  35: 667.—Izquierdo,  J. J.   Emotional polycy-
thaemia in relation to sympathetic and medulliadrenal  action
on the spleen.  Am. J. Phy-io!., 1928, 84: 545-62.—Katz, H.
L., & Nice, L. B.   Changes in the chemical elements of the blood
of rabbits during emotional excitement.  Ibid., 1934, 107: 709-
16.—Kerley, C. G., Lorenze, E. J., jr, & Godfrey, E. R.  Emo-
tional imbalance in children; the calcium and  inorganic pbos-
phorus blood serum determination.  N. York State J. M., 1935,
35: 571.—Landis, C, & Gullette, R.   Studies on  emotional
reactions;  systolic blood  pressure and inspiration-expiration
ratios.   J. Comp. Psychol., 1925,  5: 221-53.—Landis,  C. &
Slight, D.  Studies of emotional reactions; cardiac responses.
J. Gen. Psychol., 1929, 2:  413-20.—Lian, C.  Variations de la
tension arterielle moyenne dans les efforts et les  Amotions.
C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 107: 1113-5.—Menkin, V.  Emotional
relative mononucleosis.  Am. J.  Physiol., 1928, 85: 489-97.
Montassut  & Delaville.   Variations des K et Ca serique au
cours de l'emotivite.   Sunti Congr. internaz. fisiol., 1932, 14.
Congr., 185.—Mora.  J. M. [et al.]  Effect of mental and emo-
tional states on the leukocyte count.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1926, 86:
945—Morris, D. P.  The relationship of emotional states to the
blood pressure and pulse  rate of normal  individuals.  Univ.
Hosp.  Bull., Ann Arb.,  1939,  5:  17.—Naudascher, G., &
Martimor, E.  Variations de la pression arterielle d'apres cer-
tains etats ^motifs.  Ann. nted. psychoi., Par., 1921, 11. ser., 2:
170-6.—Nice, L. B., & Fishman, D.  Changes in the viscosity
of the blood in normal,  splenectomized  and adrenalectomized
animals following emotional  excitement.  Am.  J. Physiol.,
1934, 107: 113-9. —---- The specific gravity of the blood of
pigeons in the  quiet state and during emotional excitement.
Ibid.,  1936, 117: 111.—Nice, L. B..  & Katz,  H. L.  Blood
volume and hematocrit  determinations  in rabbits before and
during emotional excitement.  Ibid., 1934, 108: 349-54.  ------
The specific gravity of the blood of normal rabbits and cats and
splenectomized  rabbits  before,  during  and  after  emotional
excitement.  Ibid., 1935, 113: 205-8.  ------ & Lindsay,  M.
The changes in the specific gravity and in the chemical elements
in the blood after emotional excitement.  Sunti Congr. internaz.
fisiol., 1932, 14. Congr., 193.—Pressman, A. P.  [On vascular
reactions during emotional  stimulation in dog]  J. Physiol.
USSR, 1935, 18: 458-62.—Puca, A.  Alterazioni bio-serologiche
nelle  scosse emozionali.  Riv.  psicol.,  1930, 26:  109-15.—
Schwab, S. I.  The heart in emotional conflicts.  Am. Heart J.,
1926-27, 2:  166-72.—Whitehorn, J.  C, Kaufman,  M. R.. &
Thomas, J. M.   Experimental study of heart rate in relation to
emotion.  J. Nerv.  Ment. Dis., 1933, 78: 62.—Wittkower, E.
[et al.]  Zur affektiven  Beeinflussbarkeit des Blutjodspiegels.
Klin. Wschr., 1932,  11: 1186.—Yassinsky, V., & Kartamyshev,
A.  [Leukocytosis in emotional states]  Sovrem. psikhonevr.,
1930, 12: 337-42.

----   Bodily changes:  Digestive and  respiratory
   system.

   See also  Appetite;  Speech;  Stomach, Secre-
tion;  Voice, &c.
   Alvarez, W.  C. Ways in which emotion can affect the diges-
tive tract.  J.  Am. M. Ass., 1929, 92:  1231-7.—Brunswick, D.
The effects of emotional stimuli on the  gastro-intestinal tone.
J. Comp. Psychol., 1924, 4: 19; 25.—Cason, H.. & Cason, E. B.
Affectivity in relation to breathing and gross bodily movement.
J. Gen. Psychol., 1933, 9: 130-56.—Gaskil, H. V., & Cox. G. M.
Patterns in emotional reactions: respiration; the use of analysis
of variance and covariance in psychological  data.  Ibid.,  1937,
16: 21-38.—Henry, G. W.  Emotions and digestive functions.
J. Am. Diet.  Ass.,  1927-28,  3:  19-23.—Langdon-Brown,  W.
Visceral svmptoms  in emotional states.  Practitioner, Lond.,
1939, 142:' 60!» 26.—North, H. M.  The emotions and functional
disorders of the viscera.  Med. J. Australia, 1937, 1: 621-5.—
Ruggles. H. E. Emotional influence upon tbe gastro-intestinal
tract.  California West,  M.,  1928, 29: 221-3.—Tigerstedt, C.
Der  Blutdruck des  Menschen  bei psvchischer  Exzitation.
Skand. Arch. Physiol., Berl., 1926,  48: 138-46.—Tomescu, P..
& Ionescu-Bucsani.   Etude des modifications ptethysmographi-
ques et respiratoires sous l'influence des etats emotifs.  Bull.
Soc. med. hop.  Bucarest, 1929, 11:  14-27.

----   Bodily changes: Endocrine  system.
   Brown, W. L.  Emotions and endocrines.  Brit. M. J., 1935.
1: 173.—Cannon, W. B., & Britton, S. B.   The influence of
motion and  emotion on medulliadrenal secretion.   Am. J.
Physiol., 1926-27, 79: 433-65.—Cantril, H.  The r61es of  the
situation and adrenalin in the induction of emotion.  Am. J.
Psychol., 1934,  46: 568-79.—Charvat, J.  [Influence of emotions
on metabolism; influence of emotions on the endocrinal system]
Voj. zdrav.  listy, 1936,  12: 274-9.—Danilevsky,  V. I.  [Cor-
relation between emotions and endocrines] Klin, med., Moskva,
1938, 16: 596-606.—Iandolo, C.  La sindrome  emotiva  e  i
riflessi ormonici. Studium, Nap., 1937,  27: 77-9.—Landis, C,
& Hunt, W. A.  Adrenalin and emotion.  Psychol. Rev., 1932,
39: 467.—Lyons, C.  The effects of the  glands  of internal
secretion upon emotions. Am.  Dent. Surgeon, 1925-26,  46:
455-7.—Maranon, G.  Nouvelles  observations sur le facteur
hormonal de l'emotion.  Rev. fr.  endocr.,  1937,  15:  443-56.
Also Rev. med., Rosario, 1937, 11: No.  Ill, 1-12.—Margreth,
G. Sulla esistenza  di una adrenalinuria emotiva.  Boll. Soc.
ital. biol. sper., 1927, 2:  508-11.—Rikimaru,  J.  Emotion  and
endocrine activities.   Psychol.  Bull.,  1925, 22:  205-58 —
Turner, C.  C.  The emotions  and  their relationship with  the
endocrine glands.  J. Tennessee M. Ass., 1934, 27: 193-8.

----   Bodily changes:   Metabolism.
   Bucciardi, G.  Ricerche sull'  iperglicemia emotiva.  Arch.
fisiol.,  Fir.,  1928, 26: 1-23.—Deutsch,  F.   Der Einfluss  von
Gemiitsbewegungen auf  den Energiestoffwechsel.   Wien. klin.
Wschr., 1925,  38: 1127-30.—Diethelm,  O.   Influence of emo-
tions  on dextrose tolerance.  Arch.  Neur.  Psychiat.,  Chic,
1936, 36: 342-61.—Gildea, E.  F., Mailhouse, V. L., & Morris,
D. P.  The relationship between  various  emotional  disturb-
ances and the sugar content  of the blood.   Am.  J. Psychiat.,
1935, 92: 115-30.—Henry, G. W.  Basal metabolism and emo-
tional  states.   J. Nerv.  Ment. Dis.,  1929, 70: 598-605.—
Lyons, C.  Emotional hypercholesterolemia.  Am. J. Physiol.,
1931, 98: 156-61.—Mittelstedt, A. A., & Novakovskaia, E. S.
[Changes in metabolism in certain emotional states]  J. Physiol.
USSR, 1936, 21: 704.  ------   [Changes  in  metabolism in
certain cases of emotional stimulation]   Arkh. biol. nauk, 1937,
45- 119-26.—Scheer, W. M.  van der  [Blood sugar and emo-
tion]  Psychiat. neur. bl., Amst.,  1933, 37:  26-54.—Silvette,
H., & Britton, S. W. The comparative effects on carbohydrate 
EMOTION                                        202                                        EMOTION
 metabolism of exhausting motive and  emotive responses and
 exposure  to cold.   Am.  J.  Physiol.,  1932,  100: 685-92.—
 Whitehorn, J. C.  [et al.]  The metabolic  rate in emotional
 moods induced by suggestion in hypnosis.  Am. J. Psychiat.,
 1929-30, 9: 661-6.—Wittkower, E.  Ueber affektiv-somatische
 Veranderungen;  iiber die affektive Beeinflussbarkeit des  Blut-
 zuckers.  Schweiz.  med. Wschr., 1934, 64: 469-71.—Ziegler,
 L. H., & Levine, B. S.  The influence of emotional reactions on
 basal metabolism.   Am. J. M. Sc, 1925,  169: 08-76.

 ----  Bodily changes: Muscles.

   Allen, I. M.  The dissociation of  voluntary and emotional
 movements of  the face  with  special reference to emotional
 paresis as a physical sign.  J. Neur. Psychiat., Lond., 1931, 12:
 24-39.—Berrien, F. K.  Finger oscillations  as indices of  emo-
 tion; preliminary validation.  J. Exp. Psychol., 1939, 24: 485-
 98.  ------  Finger oscillations as indices of emotion; further
 validation  and  use in  detecting deception.  Ibid., 609-20.—
 Hunt, W.  A.  The pressure correlate of emotion.  Am. J.
 Psychol.,  1931,  43: 600-5.—Kellogg, W. N.   The effect of
 emotional  excitement  upon  muscular steadiness.  J.  Exp.
 Psychol.,  1932, 15: 142-66.—Lightoller, G. S.   The action of
 the M.  mentalis in the expression of tbe emotion of  distress.
 J. Anat., Lond.,  1927-28, 62: 319-32.

 ----  Cerebral center.
   Bard, P.  On emotional expression after  decortication with
 some remarks on  certain theoretical views.   Psychol. Rev.,
 1934, 41: 309-29.—Braunmuhl, A. von. Ueber Gehirnbefunde
 bei schweren Erregungszustiinden. Zschr.  ges. Neur. Psychiat.,
 1928, 117: 163-70.—Fulton, J.  F., & Ingraham, F. D.  Emo-
 tional disturbances following experimental lesions of the base of
 the brain.  J. Physiol., Lond., 1929, 67: xxvii-xxviii.—Newman,
 I.  Cannon's theory of emotion, and an  alternative thalamic
 theory.  J. Abnorm. Psychol., 1936-37, 31: 253-9—Pellacani,
 G. I centri dei riflessi emotivi.  Riv. psicol., 1922, 18: 23-38 —
 Salmon, A.  II  ruolo  dei nuclei diencefalici nei meccanismo
 dell'emozione.  Riv. sper. freniat., 1937, 61: 385-406.

 ----  Disorders.

   See  also Anxiety  hysteria; Anxiety neurosis;
 Behavior, Disorders;  Depressive  states,  &c;
 also names of  psychoneuroses  and psychoses  as
 Hypochondria;  Mania;  Melancholy,  &c.
   Barker, L.  F.  The relation of  psychology  to
 medicine and the recognition  and treatment  of
 commoner affective  disorders.    68p.    8?   Law-
 rence, Kans., 1930.
   Schneider, K.  Pathopsychologie der Gefuhle
 und Triebe.   28p.   8?  Lpz., 1935.
   Cellerier, L.  La vie affective secondaire.   Rev.  philos.
 France, 1927, 104:  335-69.—Codet, H.  L'arrieration affective.
 J. nted. fr., 1933,  22: 126-30.—Dammann.  Ueber die Storungen
 des  Gemiitslebens  und ihre Behandlung.  Ther. Gegenwart,
 1907, 48: 261-8.—Davison,  C, & Kelman, H.  Pathological
 laughing and crying; a neuroanatomic, neurophysiologic and
 psychologic study.   Tr. Am. Neur. Ass., 1938, 64: 86-92.  Also
 Arch. Neur. Psychiat.,  Chic, 1939, 41:  649-55.—De Berry, E.
 M.  A common type of emotional problem encountered among
 college students.  Minnesota M., 1937, 20: 427-34  [Discus-
 sion]  472.—Deutsch, H.   Ueber einen  Typus der Pseudo-
 affektivitat  (Als  ob) Internat.  Zschr. Psychoanal., 1934, 20:
 323-35.—Draper, J. W. Kate the curst.  J. Nerv. Ment.  Dis.,
 1939, 89:  757-64.—Elmgren, J.  [Certain viewpoints on emo-
 tional psychology]   Sven.  lak.  tidn.,  1938, 35:  1819-39 —
 Emocion (La) violenta antes del c6digo actual; informe medico-
 legal.  Rev. crim., B. Air., 1925,   12:  483-90.—Emotional
 problems in childhood.  J. Indiana M. Ass., 1939. 32: 112-6.—
 Endemann, H.  Hetze als Gefahrdungsproblem.   Mschr. Krim.
 Psychol., 1924, 15: 181-93.—Fishbein, W. I.  Tempertantrums.
 Hygeia, Chic, 1939, 17: 449.—Forel, O. L.  Affektivitat und
 1'sychotherapie.  J. Psychol. Neur., Lpz., 1929, 38: 58-63.—
 Frank, L.  Ueber Affekstorungen bei Kindern. Korbl. Schweiz.
 Aerzte, 1919, 49: 641-52.—Freeman,  W.  Pathologic laughing
 and  crying.   Virginia M. Month., 1930, 57: 442-6.—Gilbert-
 Robin.  Les divers types dtemotivitfe  infantiles; role important
 du spdcialiste en art dentaire dans le depistage des anomalies
 psychiques de l'enfant.  Rev. odont., Par.,  1936,  57: 193-204.—
 Hajos, S.   [Moodiness]   Orv.  hetil.,  1935, 79:  mell.,  7.—
 Hawkesworth, T.  A.  Some  common emotional  disorders
 Practitioner, Lond., 1932, 128: 643-51.  Also Canad. J. M. &
 S.,  1933,  74:  61-70.—Hohman, L.  B.   Recurrent affective
states: their differentiation from psychoneuroses. South M. J.,
 1932, 25:  635-40.—Jahrmiirker.  Krankhafte  Rausch-  und
 Affektzustiinde.   Mschr.  Krim.  Psychol.,  1908-09,  5:   36-
42.—Johnson. H. K.  The symptom of loss of feelings.   Am. J.
 Psychiat., 1934-35,  91: 1327-41.— Karnosh, L.  J.  The recog-
nition of  affective  disorders and their management.   Proc.
Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1933, 270-4.—Kendrew,
E. N. A note on the persistence of moods.  Brit. J. Psycho!.,
 1935-30,  26: 165-73.—Kutzinski,  A.  Einige  Bemerkungen
iiber Affektstorungen.  Med. Klin.,  Berl.,  1909, 5: 356-9 —
 Laumonier,  J. L'emozione normale e patologica.  Rass.  clin.
sc, 1932,  10:  51-7.—Livet, L.   Les petits signes  de hyper-
dmotivitd  Bull. Soc. clin. nted. ment,, Par., 1920, 8: 193-5.—
McGraw, R. B.  Postoperative emotional disorders; their pre-
vention and management.  Bull. N.  York Acad. M. 1930, 2.
ser, 6: 179-88.—Mandolini,  H.   Psicopatolo<iia de los senti-
mientos; el  orgullo.   Rev.  crim.,  B.  Air., 192!),  16: 340-5.—
Maranon, G.  Patologia e higiene de la emocion.  Siglo nted.,
1925, 76: 177; 202.—Marcus.  H.  Die Paradoxien des Gefuhls.
Zschr. angew. Psychol.,  1927, 29: 197-228.—M .chad. J. C.
Treatment of affective  disorders.  Minnesota M.,  1933,  16:
81-3.—Morselli, E.   Note  di psicolosria e di estetica: l'ambi-
valenza negli stati psichici e nell'espressione.  Illust. med. ital.,
1935,  7:  147-51.—Mukherjee, K.  C.   Sex in  tantras.   J.
Abnorm. Psychol., 1926-27,  21: 65-74.—Pascal.  C, &  Des-
champs, A.  Psychoses de sensibilisation.  Ann. med. psychoi.,
Par., 1931, 89:'449;  pt  2, 8.—Pereira da Silva, G.   Da ana-
phyiaxia emotiva.    Tribuna  med.,  Rio,  1926,  30:  193-5.—
Porto-Carrero,  J.  P.   Prophylaxia  dos males  da  emocao.
Sciencia med., Rio, 1929, 7: 11-9.—Rasmus, M. H.  Degenera-
tion of emotional responses upon reshowing  of motion-picture
situations.   Psychol. Monogr., 1936,  48:  40-56.—Reca,  T.
Trastornos emocionales  en  la  infancia.  Arch, argent, pediat.,
1937, 8: 355-65.—Roenau, E.  Ambivalenz (zum 20jahrigen
Bestand des Terminus)  Zschr. ges. Neur.  Psychiat., 1937, 157:
153-65 [Bemerkungen von E. Bleuler]  166-8.—Saucier, J.
Emot:vit6 et Amotion; hyper6motivit<5; nevrose hyper£motive.
Union nted. Canada, 1934, 63: 1304-9— Schneider, K.   Zur
Psychologie  und  Psychopathologie  der  Gefiihlserlebnisse.
Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat.,  1928, 112: 233-46 ------ Ueber
Depressionszustande.  Ibid., 1932, 138: 584-9— Sierra, A. M.
Estudio psicopatotegico  referente  a  la emocion  experimental.
Sem.  med., B. Air., 1921, 28:  225-32.—Silva, R. B.. & Pinero,
H. M.  Luetoferapia en los estados de agitaci6n.  Rev. crim,
B. Air., 1932, 19: 24-31.—Speyr, W. von. Zwei Falle von eigen-
tumlicher Affektverschiebung.  Zschr.  ges.  Neur.  Psychiat.,
1918, Orie. 43: 147-58.—Sprunt, T. P. Affective disorders in
medica! practice.  Ann. Int. M., 1938-39, 12: 334-8.—Stagner,
R., & Feinberg, B. C.  A note on annoyances and emotionality.
J. Abnorm.  Psychol., 1934, 29: 53-5.—Veeder, B. S. Emo-
tional conflict in the  child and its functional and symptomatic
results. South. M. J., 1925, 18:  254-7.—Wells, F. L. Value
psychology and the affective disorders,  with special reference to
regression.  J. Abnorm. Psychol., 1926, 21: 135-48.—Wile, I. S.
Emotional behavior during earlv childhood from the standpoint
of the pediatrician.   Am. J. Dis. Child.,  1935, 49: 1082-9.—
Willoughby, R. R.  An operational approach to the problem of
emotional readjustment.   J. Abnorm  Psycho'., 1938, 33: 261-
4.—Wilson, D. C.  The use of shock therapy in the treatment
of the affective disorders. Virginia M. Month., 1939, 66: 197-
204.

----   Disorders: Instability.

   See also Personality, psychopathic.
   Aiginger, J. E;ne  einfache pathognomonische Harnreaktion
fiir Thvmopathien ausserhalb des Kreises der Psvchosen. Wien.
klin. Wschr., 1934, 47:  81-3.— Anderson, E. "W.   A clinical
study of states of ecstasy occurring in affective disorders.   J.
Neur.  Psychiat.,  Lond., 1938, 1: 80-99.—Banissoni, F.   I
tema di anormali affettivi (rivista sintetica)  Arch. ital. psicol.,
1926-27,  5:  94-109.—Barker. L.  F.   On  the milder affective
disorders (sometimes  unrecognized or misinterpreted by  the
general practitioner)   Ann.  Int.  M.,  1929-30,  3:  199-205.
------The diagnosis and treatment of  the milder affective
disorders (depressions and elations)  Canad.  M.  Ass. J., 1932,
26: 273-7.—Bender,  L.  Emotional problems in children.   In
Woods Schools: Proc.  of 2nd Inst, on except, child.  Langhorne,
Pa.,  1935,   49-64.—Benon, R.  L'hypergmotivite'  constitu-
tionnelle; hyperthymie constitutionnelle.  Hopital, 1930,  18:
614.—Bridges, J. W.  Emotional instability of college students.
J. Abnorm. Psychol., 1926-27, 22: 227-34.—Brown, F.  The
nature of emotion and its relation to anti-social behavior. Ibid.,
1934.  28: 446-58.—De Sanctis, S.   La instabilita.   Cervello,
1934,   13: 90-113.—Grunberger,  F.  Ueber die Stimmung
und deren Schwankungen.  Internat.  Zschr. Individpsychol.,
1936. 14: 196-209.—Kogan. Y. M.  [Various forms of affective
lability]  Odess.  med. J.,  1929, 4:  102-7.—Odionne, D. M.
Emotional instability; a case study.  Child Res. Clin. Ser.,
1934,  1: No. 2.—Olson, E.   A  study of the emotions in psycho-
pathic personalities.   J. Appl. Psychol.,  1931, 15: 182-98 —
Potter, H. W.  Family situations in relation to the emotionally
unstable  child.  Child  Res.  Clin.  Ser., 1935,  1:  No.  4 —
Roberti, C. E., & Fiore, C.  Emozione e stati  psicopatici.  Riv.
pat. nerv., 1936, 47: 334; 351.—Springer, N. N.  The influence
of general social status on the emotional stability of children.
J. Gen. Psychol., 1938,  53: 321-8.—Stagner, R.   The role of
parents in the development of emotional  instability. Am. J.
Orthopsychiat., 1938, 8:  122-9.

----   Effect on  health  and disease.

   See also  Allergy, Psychopathic  aspect; Com-
plex; Conflict;  Emotion,  Bodily changes; Psy-
choanalysis; Psychotherapy; also under names  of
organs, functions, and diseases.
   Anderson,  C.  M.   Emotional  hygiene;  the
art of understanding.   242p.   8?   Phila. [19371
   Weger,  G.  S.   The genesis  and  control  of
disease; an attempt  to  demonstrate the  patho- 
EMOTION
203
EMOTION
  logical  possibilities  of  emotional  and  physical
  maladjustment   and  resultant   metabolic  and
  nutritional  disturbance.   673p.  8?   Los Angeles
  [1931]
    Wittkower,   E.    Einfluss  der   Gemutsbe-
  wegungen   auf  den   Korper   (Affektphysiologie
  und Organneurosen)   215p.   8?   Wien [1936]
    A'kan.   Gemiitserregungen   als  Ursache   anatomischer
  Organveranderungen.   Fortsch. Med.,  1933,  51:  293-301 —
  Bevan-Brown, F. V.   The emotional factor in disease.  N.
  Zealand  M. J., 1933, 32: 268-76.—Camp. C.  D.  Endocrinal
  disturbances of emotional origin.  J. Michigan M. Soc, 1929,
  28: 92-4.—Campbell, C. M. Emotional factors in health and
  disease.  Tr. Coll. Physicians Philadelphia,  1938-39, 6: 16-34 —
  Cannon, W. B.  The mechanism of emotional disturbance of
  bodily functions.  N. Enfdand J. M., 1928, 198: 877-84. Also
  Montpellier nted.,  1930, 52: 395-407.------The  role of
  emotion in disease.  Ann. Int. M., 1935-3C. 9: 1453-65. Also
  Diplomate,  1936, 8: 191-201.  ------   The importance  of
  emotional factors in bodily disorders.  J. Physiol. USSR, 1937,
  22: 400-23.—Carlisle, C. L.  The role of affect in psychotic
  behavior.  U.  S. Veterans  Bur. M. Bull., 1931, 7:  202-8 —
  Combe. L. Ltemotion;  facteur de terrain;  sa valeur pathogene
  et curative.  Bull, nted., Par., 1931, 45: 619-24— Cowles, A. G.
  Emotional and  psychic  factor in  genito-urinary  diseases.
  Texas J. M., 1932, 27: 731— Cruchet, R. Emotintd et psycho-
  nevroses.  J. nted.  Bordeaux, 1911, 41: 437-40.—Day, H. B.
  Emotional causes of somatic diseases.  Tr. R. Soc. Trop.  Al.
  Hyg.,  Lond.,  1934-35, 28: 425-30— Emerson, C.  P.  The
  emotional life  and its importance in the production of patho-
  logical conditions. J. Indiana M. Ass., 1926, 19:475-8. ------
  The importance of the emotions in the etiology and prognosis of
  disease.  Bull.  N. York  Acad. M., 1929, 2. ser., 5: 985-1004 —
  Fremont-Smith,  M.  Relationships between emotional states
  and  organic disease.  N. England J.  M., 1933,  208: 69-71.
  —---- The influence of emotional factors upon physiological
  and pathological processes.  Bull. N. York Acad.  M,  1939,  15:
  560-9.—Giorgi. G.   II sistema neuro-vegetativo nelle sindromi
  mentali e sua importanza nei problema dei rapporti fra emozioni
  e psico-nevrosi.  Riv. pat. nerv., 1936, 47: 306-33.—Goecker-
  man, W. H. The relationship of the  emotions and cutaneous
  lesions.  Med.  Clin. N.  America. 1930, 14: 645-9.—Gregg, D.
  The lethal power of the emotions.  Ment. Hyg. Bull., Alb., 1936,
  20:  30-6.—Gualino, L.   L'emozione letale.   In  his  Stor.
  med. Roman,  pontefici, Tor.,  1934,  145-214.—Gumpertz,  M.
  Einfliisse von Gemiitserregungen auf den Gesundheitszustand.
  Fortsch.  Med., 1935, 53:  317-20.—Hunt,  J. R.   Nature and
  treatment of psychic and emotional factors in disease.  J. Am.
  M. Ass., 1927, 89:  1014-7.—Ionasiu, L.,  & Popescu-Sibiu, I.
  [Role of  affective and psychosexual factors in the genesis of
  psychoneuroses]  Spitalul,  1931, 51: 106-12.—Jackson, A. H.
  Emotional development and the neuroses.   Med. Rec, N.  Y.,
  1934,  139:  480-2.—Jamin, F.  Der Aerger als Krankheitsur-
  sache  und Krankheitserscheinung.   Med.  Welt,  1938,  12:
  1546-8.—Janet, P.  Discusion  del rol de la  emocion en la
  genesis de los estados neuropaticos; relacion sobre los problemas
  psicologicos de  la emoci6n.   Sem. nted., B.  Air., 1912, 19: 553-
  8.—Landis, C.. Ferrall, S., & Page, J. Fear, anger, and disease:
  their inter-correlations in normal and abnormal people. Am. J
  Psvchol., 1936, 48:  585-97.—McLester, J. S.  The emotional
  factor in disease.  South. M.  J., 1936, 29: 81-3.—Milici, P.
 Pathogenic effect of  emotional shock.   Psychiat,  Q., 1936, 10:
 639-51.—Neilson, C. H.  Emotional and psychic factors in
 disease; influence on exophthalmic goiter, diabetes  mellitus,
 and diseases of  the nose  and throat.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1927, 89:
 1020-5.—Pascal, C, & Davesne, J.  Chocs emotionnels patho-
 genes et tlterapeutiques.  J. psychoi. norm, path., Par., 1926, 23:
 456-87.—Perry, J. S.  Emotions as functional factors in the
 etiology and prognosis of disease.  Med. Rec, N. Y , 1934, 139:
 643-6.—Porto Carrero, J. P.  Profilaxis de las enfermedades por
 emocion.  Actas Conf. lat. amer. neur., B.  Air., 1929,  1. Conf.,
 81-97.—Raitzin, A.  Importancia etiopatogenica de los trau-
 matismos emotivos  en las afecciones mentales  y neryiosas de
 acuerdo con el  concepto actual sobre el mecanismo psico-end6-
 crino-vegetativo de  las emociones.  Rev. crim., B.  Air., 1922,
 9:  178-233.—Rice.  T. B.   The emotional factors in health.
 Month.  Bull.  Indiana  Div. Pub.  Health,  1936,  39: 35.—
 Robinson, G. C.  The relation of emotional strain to illness
 Ann. Int. M., 1937,  11:  345-53.—Scala, G.   L'emozione
 nell'etiopatogenesi dei morbi. Fol. med., Nap., 1931,  17: 657-
 87.  Also Ann. neur., Nap., 1932, 45: 41-76.   Also Athena,
 Roma,  1933, 2: 50;  88.—Stratton, G. M.   Emotion  and the
 incidence of disease.  J. Abnorm. Psychol.,  1926-27  21: 19-
 23.   Also  Psychol.  Rev.,  1929, 36:  242-53.—Swanton,  C.
 Emotional factors in health and disease.   Med.  J. Australia.
 1937, 1: 615-21.—Ziegler, L. H.  Clinical phenomena associated
 with depressions, anxieties and other affective or mood disturb-
 ances.   Am. J.  Psychiat., 1929, 8: 849-76  [Discussion] 877-9.

 ----   Effect on  mental faculties.

  See  also Mental hygiene; also proper names  of
 mental  faculties and  functions   as   Learning;
 Memory,  &c.
  Claude, H.,  Borel, A., & Robin, G.   Discordance entre
Tactivite' intellectuelle et 1'activite" pragmatique sous I'influence
 d'un complexe affectif; aspect schizoide.  Ann. nted. psvchol.,
 Par., 1923, 81: pt 2, 428-37.—Griffitts, C. H.  Results of some
 experiments on affection, distribution of associations, and recall.
 J. Exp. Psychol., 1920, 3: 447-64.—Harden, L. M.  The effect
 of emotional reactions upon retention.  J. Gen. Psvchol., 1930,
 3:  197-221.—Higginson, G. D.   The after-effects of  certain
 emotional situations upon  maze  learning among wliite rats.
 J. Comp. Psychol., 1930. 10: 1-10.—Patrick, J. R.  Studies in
 rational behavior and  emotional excitement; the effect of
 emotional excitement on rational  behavior in human subjects.
 Ibid., 1934,  18: 153-95.—Paul-Boncour, G., & Neron,  G.
 Influence des chocs affeetifs sur le psychisme  des  enfants.
 Progr.  nted.,  Par.,  1937, 9-14.—Regensburg,  J.   Emotional
 handicaps to intellectual achievement in supernormal children.
 Ment. Hyg., Alb., 1926, 10: 480-94.—Rose, H.  Der Einfluss
 der Unlustgefuhle auf den motorischen Effekt der Willenshand-
 lungen.  Arch. ges. Psychol., 1913, 28: 94-182.—Saussure, R.
 de.  Apprendre et sentir ou des relations de la vie intellectuelle
 et de la vie affective.  Rev. fr. psychanal., 1932, 5: 208-19.—
 Witty, P. A.,  & Lehman, H. C.   Ability vs affective ability.
 Psychol. Rev., 1928, 35: 67-86.— Zeigamik, B.  Untersuchun-
 gen   zur  Handlungs- und  Affektpsychologie; das  Behalten
 erledigter und unerledigter  Handlungen.   Psychol. Forsch.,
 1927, 9: 1-85.

 ----  Facial expression.

   See also Physiognomy.
   Dunlap, K.  The role of eye-muscles and mouth-muscles in
 the expression of emotions.  Genet. Psychol. Monogr., 1927, 2:
 No.  3, 197-233.—Foley, J. P., jr.   Judgment of facial expres-
 sion of emotion in the chimpanzee. J. Social Psvchol., 1935, 6:
 31-67.—Goodenough, F. L., &  Tinker,  M. A." The relative
 potency of facial expression and verbal description of stimulus
 in the judgment of emotion.  J. Comp. Psychol., 1931, 12: 365-
 70.—.lard en, E.. & Fernberger, S.  W.  The effect of suggestion
 on the judgment  of  facial  expression of emotion.  Am. J.
 Psychol.,  1926, 37: 565-70.—Jenness, A.  The recognition of
 facial expressions of emotion.  Psychol.  Bull..  1932, 29: 324-
 50.—Kanner,  L.  Judging  emotions  from facial expressions.
 Psychol. Monogr., Princeton,  1931, 41: No. 186, 1-91, 2 pi.—
 Landis, C.  Studies of emotional reactions; general behavior
 and facial expression.  J. Comp.  Psychol., 1924, 4: 447-501,
 i  pi.  Also J. Exp. Psychol., 1924, 7: 325-41, 3 pi.  ------
 The interpretation of facial expression i - emotion.  J. Gen.
 Psychol., 1929, 2: 59-72.—Mackenzie R. T. Le masque facial,
 dans l'effort.   Aesculape, Par., 1925, n. ser., 15: 31-4.

 ----  Innate patterns.

   See  also   names  of  primitive  emotions  as
 Anger; Anxiety and fear; Love.
   Cason, H.  Common annoyances; a psychological study of
 every-day aversions and irritations. Psychol. Monogr., Prince
 ton,  1930, 40: 1-218.—Dashiell,  J. F.  Are there any native
 emotions?   Psychol.  Rev.,  1928, 35: 319-27 —Dembo, T.
 Untersuchuncen  zur  Handlungs-  und  Affektpsycholog'e;  der
 Aerger als dynamisches Problem.  Psychol. Forsch., 1931,  15:
 1-144.—Marston, W. M.  Primary emotions.   Psychol.  Rev.,
 1927, 34: 336-63.—Meltzer, H.  Anger adjustments in relation
 to intelligence and achievement.   J Genet. Psychol., 1937,  50:
 63-82.—Muggia, A.   La collera nei lattante.  Clin, igiene inf.
 1930, 5: 313-7— Tait,  W. D.  A short  study in  dislike.   J
 Abnorm. Psychol., 1912-13, 7: 1-4.—Weber,  C.  O.  Intro-
 spective method and the theorv of primary and derived emo-
 tions.  Ibid., 1926-28, 22: 406; 414.

 ----  Measurement and registration.

   See  also names  of methods as  Brain, Examina-
 tion; Capillaroscopy;  Psychogalvanism, &c.
   Gaskill, H. V.   The objective measurement
 of  emotional  reactions,   p. 177-281.   8?   Wor-
 cester, 1933.
   Storring,  G.   Methoden der Psychologie de«
 Gefuhlslebens.   p. 1125-646.   8?   Berl.,  1935.
   In Handb. biol.  Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.)  1935,
 VI-B-2.

   Wechsler, D.   *The  measurement  of  emo-
 tional reactions; researches  on the psychogalvanic
 reflex  [Columbia Univ.]   181p.  8?   N. Y., 1925.
   Allende Lezama,  L.   La f6rmula matematica de la afecti-
vidad y de la personalidad humana; la afectividad es una  en-
tropia.  Rev. As. nted. argent.,  1932, 45:  1260-76.—Bartlett.
R. J.  Does the psychogalvanic phenomenon indicate emotion?
Brit.  J. Psychol., 1927, 18:  sect,  gen., 30-50.—Bramson, J.
[Plethysmographic and pneumographic phenomena in psychic
reactions]   Ned.  tschr. geneesk.,   1920,  1:  547; 614.—Brown.
C. W., & Henry, F. M. The central nervous mechanism  for
emotional  responses; a  combination  head-holder  and  goni-
ometer-manipulator  for controlling movements  of  a  point
electrode within the brain.  J. Comp. Psychol., 1935, 20:  53-
8.—Cros'and,  H. R.  Measurements  of  emotion.   Psychol.
Bull., 1931, 28: 575.  ------& Beck, L. F.  Objective measure-
ments of emotion.  Univ. Oregon Publ., 1931, 1:  133-202 —
Fliigel. J. C.  A  quantitative study of  feeling and emotion in 
EMOTION
204
EMOTION
everyday life.   Brit.  J.  Psychol.,  1924-25,  15: 318-55 —
Hackebusch, W. M.   Eine objektive Untersuchungsmethode
der Emotionen in der  psychiatr^chen Klinik; vorlaufige Mit-
teilung.   Zschr. ges.  Neur. Psychiat., 1926, 105: 642-52 —
Hoagland, H.,  Cameron. D. E.  let al.]   Emotion in man as
tested by the delta index of the electroencephalogram;  simul-
taneous records from cortex and from a region near the hypo-
thalamus.  J. Gen. Psychol., 1938, 19: 247-61—Hoagland, H.,
Cameron, D. E., & Rubin, M. A.  Emotion in man as tested by
the delta index of the electroencephalogram.  Ibid., 227-46.—
Jones, H. E.  An experimental cabinet for physiological studies
of emotions.  Child Develop.,  1936, 7: 183-99.—Kronfeld, A.,
Muller, A., & Reiner, R. C.  Untersuchungen mit dem Auto-
tonographen.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1933, 145: 62-98 —
Laignel-Lavastine, M., & d'Heucqueville, G. Les champs de
sensibility des ntethodes galvanontetrique et acidintetrique dans
l'exploration de l'^motivitd   Ann. nted. teg.,  1933, 13: 152-9.—
Larson,  J. A.   Classification  of polygraphic records in the
evaluation of emotional reactions.  Welf. Mag., Pontiac, 1926,
17: No. 11, 71-89.—Nafe, J. P.  An experimental study of the
affective qualities.   Am.  J.  Psychol,  1924,  35: 507-44.—
Podolsky, E.  Detecting the emotions by mechanical means.
West. M. Rev.,  1925, 30: 304-11.—Rackley, L. E.  The blood
pressure and galvanic reflex as indicators of emotional states.
J. Appl. Psychol.,  1930-31, 14: 497-504.—Reymert, M. L., &
Speer, G. S.  Does the Luria technique measure emotion or
merely bodily tension? a re-evaluation of the method.  Charac-
ter & Personality, 1938-39, 7: 192-200.—Ruckmick,  C.  A.
Emotions in terms of  the galvanometric technique.  Brit. J.
Psychol., 1930, 21: sect, gen., 149-59.—Schmitz.  Fortlaufende
graphiscbe Darstellungsweise von motorischen und sprachlichen
Erregungszustanden.  Psychiat.  neur. Wschr.,  1932, 34: 221-
3.—Sherman, M.  The differentiation of emotional responses
in infants; judgments of emotional  responses from motion pic-
ture views and from actual observation.  J. Comp. Psychol.,
1927, 7: 265-84.—Sicher, L.   Versuch einer  graphischen Dar-
stellung  psychischer  Bewegungsarten.    Internat.   Zschr.
Individpsychol.,  1934,  12: 96-104.—Syz,   H. C.   Psycho-
galvanic studies on 64 medical  students.  Brit.  J.  Psychol.,
1926-27, 17: sect, gen., 54-69.------Observations on the
unreliability of subjective reports of emotional reactions.  Ibid.,
119—26, ch.—Talenti, C.  Sulla valutazione dell'emozionabilita
per mezzo della reazione psicogalvanica.  Boll. Soc. ital. biol.
sper.,  1929,  4:  714-8.—Westburgh, E. M.  Psychogalvanic
studies of normal and abnormal subjects for the purpose of
determining the reliability of the galvanometer in investigating
 he emotions. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic,  1929, 22: 453-68.

----   Mechanism.

   Lehmann, A.    Die Hauptgesetze des mensch-
lichen Gefuhlslebens.   2. Aufl.   421p.   8?   Lpz.,
1914.
   Mall,  G. D.  Konstitution und Affekt.   104p.
8?   Lpz.,  1936.
   Bard, L.   De  la  transmission  par  l'influx  nerveux  des
tonalit^s affectives  des sensations.  J. psychoi. norm,  path.,
Par.,  1927, 24:  113-33.  ------  Emotion: the neuro-humoral
basis  of emotional  reactions.  In Handb. gen. exp. psychoi.
(Murchison,  C.)  Worcester,  1934,  264-311.—Brown,  C. W.
The central nervous mechanism for emotional responses; some
limitations  of  previous investigations with suggestions for
further experimental  work.   J. Comp.  Psychol., 1932,  14:
365-85.—Cason, H.  The influence of tension and relaxation
on the affectivities.   J. Gen. Psychol.,  1938, 18: 77-110.—
Fabrixius, H.  Versuch einer  Psychophysiologic  des Gefiihls.
Mschr. Psychiat.,  1910, 28: 400-10.—Hyder, H.  P.  Mecha-
nisms  of affective response.   Med. Rec,  N. Y., 1935, 141:
474-6.—Kainz, F.  Ein  Beitrag zur Werk- und Leistungs-
psychologie   des  hoheren  Gefuhlslebens.   Zschr.  Psychol.
Physiol. Sinnesorg., 1. Abt.,  1934, 132: 18-82.—Lindner. R. M.,
& Bentley. M. A functional and dynasomatic study of emoving.
Am. J. Psychol., 1939, 52:  186-209.—Mouchet, E.  El meca-
nismo de la emoci6n;  nuevos  puntos de vista basados en la
historia  del problema y en la  observaci6n experimental y
patologica.  Prensa  nted.  argent.,  1929-30, 16: 1230-47 —
Ossipov, W.  [On the physiological origin of emotions]   In
Omeliansky & orbeli sbornik Pavlova, Leningrad, 1924, 105-
14.—Papez, J. W.  A proposed mechanism of emotion.  Arch.
Neur.  Psychiat., Chic,  1937, 38:  725-43.—Peters,  H.  N.
Experimental studies of the judgmental theory of feeling; the
absolute shift in affective value  conditioned by learned reac-
tions.   J. Exp. Psychol., 1939, 24: 73-85.—Solomon, M. The
mechanism of the emotions.   Brit. J. M. Psychol., 1927, 7:
301-14.

----   Medical aspect.
   Allen, C. L.   Affectivity; its importance  in practical medi-
cine.  California West. M.,  1925, 23: 1571-6.—Alvarez  Miiio,
H.  La emocion experimental en psiquiatria.  Arch. Fac. cienc.
nted.,  Quito, 1934, 4: 197-256, pi.—Bogucka, W.  [Influence of
affective stimuli on the time of diagnosis]  Rozpr. wydz. mat.
przyrod. polska akad., 1913, 3. ser., 13: B, 235-72.—Brierley,
M. Die Affekte in der Theorie und Praxis.  Internat.  Zschr.
Psychoanal., 1936, 22: 439-52.  Also Internat. J. Psychoanal.,
Lond., 1937,  18: 256-68.—Core, D. E.  Some clinical aspects
of certain emotions.   Brit. J. Psychol.,  1925,  5: sect, med.,
310-28.—Favill, J. The need for emotional data in the medical
history.  Ann. Int. M., 1929-30, 3: 462-6.—Fremont-Smith, M.
Relationships between  emotional  states and  organic disease.
N. England J. M., 1933, 208: 69-71.—Kessel, L. The relation-
ship between the emotions and the clinical manifestations in
the involuntary nervous svstem.  Proc. Ass. Res. Nerv. Ment.
Dis.,  1930, 9: 538-41.—Miihl, A. M.  Problems  in general
medicine from the emotional standpoint.  Psychoanal. Rev.,
1929, 16: 390-6.—Smith,  S.  R.  The general practitioner
remembers that the child has  emotions.  J. Indiana  M. Ass.,
1939, 32: 21-3.—Solomon, J. C. The relation  of the emotional
aspect of childhood to the practice of pediatrics. Arch. Pediat.,
N. Y., 1937, 54: 218-30.—Weiss, E.  The study of the emotional
life in the practice of medicine. Med. Rec, N. Y.,  1935, 141:
68-71.—Westburgh, E.  M.   Affective factors from the point
of view of clinical psychology; an outline and a  discussion of the
simpler  affective factors. Psychol. Monogr., Princeton, 1936,
47: No. 2, 351-74.—Whitehorn, J. C.  Emotional responsive-
ness in clinical interviews. Am. J. Psychiat., 1937, 94: 311-5.—
Wile, I. S. Emotional behavior during early  childhood; from
the viewpoint of the pediatrist. Med. Rec, N. Y.,  1935, 142:
24-7.—Woodyatt, R. T.  Psychic and  emotional  factors in
general  diagnosis  and treatment.  J.  Am.  M. Ass., 1927, 89:
1013.—Young, W. W.   The role  of  the emotions  in general
medical problems.  J. S. Carolina  M. Ass., 1927, 23: 441-3.—
Zeehandelaar, J.  Affekte, Psychotonie und autonomes Nerven-
system in der Psychotherapie.  Abh.  Psychother., 1926, H. 4,
1-55.

---  Psychology.

   Gardiner,  H. N.,  Metcalf, R. C, & Beebe-
Center, J.  G.   Feeling and  emotion; a history
of  theories.  445p.  8?   N. Y. [1937]
   Lagerborg, R.   Das Gefuhlsproblem.   141p.
8?    Lpz., 1905.
   MacCurdy, J. T.  The psychology of emotion,
morbid  and  normal.   589p.   8?   Lond., 1925.
   Ribot, T. A.  The psychology of the emotions.
2.  ed.   455p.   12?  Lond., 1911.
   Ruckmick,  C.  A.   The  psychology  of  feeling
and  emotion.   529p.   8?   N.  Y., 1936.
   Wohlgemuth,   A.   Pleasure,  unpleasure,  an
experimental  investigation  on  the feeling-ela-
ments.  252p.   8?  Lond., 1919.
   Akeley, L. E.  The problematic situation; its svmbolization
and meanings.  J. Philos.,  1934, 31:  673-81.—Alexander, F.
The logic of emotions and its dynamic background.  Internat.
J.  Psychoanal.,  Lond., 1935,  16: 399-413.   Also Internat.
Zschr. Psychoanal., Wien,  1935,  21: 471-85.—Baratono, A.
Sviluppi della teoria Lange-James sulle emozioni.  Q. psichiat,
Genova, 1924,  11:  201-9.—Becher,  E.   Gefuhlsbegriff und
Lust-Unlustelemente.   Zschr.  Psychol.  Physiol.  Sinnesorg,
1915-16, 1. Abt.,  74: 128-54.—Botti, L. Retrospettive osser-
vazioni  psicologiche su un pericolo scampato.   Arch. ital.
psicol.,  1922-23, 2: 49-57.—Brautigam, H.  Wesen und Ent-
stehungsort des Gefiihls. Zschr. ges. Neur.  Psychiat., 1929-30,
123: 56-66.—Bridges, J. W.  A reconciliation of current theories
of emotion.  J. Abnorm.  Psychol.,  1924-25, 19:  333-40.—
Bridges, K. M. B. A genetic theory of the emotions. J. Genet.
Psychol., 1930, 37: 514-27.—Britan, H. H.  The function of the
emotions.   Psychol. Rev..  1926,  33: 30-50.—Brown,  J. F.
The methods of Kurt Lewin in the psychology of action and
affection.   Ibid.,  1929, 36: 200-21.—Cannon, W. B.  The
James-Lange theory of emotions: a critical examination and an
alternative theory. Am. J. Psychol., 1927, 39:  106-24.-----
Again the James-Lange theory and  the thalamic theories of
emotion.  Psychol. Rev.,  1931,  38: 281-95.—Cellerier, L.
Les dements de la vie affective.  Rev. philos. France, 1926, 101:
260; 426.—Cutsforth, T. D.  The role of emotion in a synaes-
thetic subject.  Am. J. Psychol., 1925, 36: 527-43.—Dana, C.
L.  The anatomic seat of  the emotions; a discussion of the
James-Lange  theory.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic,  1921, 6:
634-9.—Dearborn, G. V. N.   Notes  on affective physiology.
Med. Rec, N. Y., 1916, 89: 631-41.—Duffy, E.  Emotion—an
example of the n'jed for reorientation  in psychology. Psychol.
Rev., 1934, 41: 184-98.—Duprat, G. L.  Expansion et depres-
sion (resume' d'une 6tude experimentale des fondements affectifs
du caractere)  J. psychoi. norm, path., Par., 1920, 17: 332-6.—
Ehrenfels, C.  Die Intensitat der Gefuhle; eineEntgegnung auf
Franz Brentano's neue Intensitatslehre.   Zschr. Psychol.
Physiol. Sinnesorg., 1897, 16: 49-70.—Espafia, G. F.  Apuntes
de psicologia afectiva.   Rev. san. mil., Madr., 1915, 3. ser., 5:
125; 365.—Gadelius, B.  Modern development of the psy-
chology of emotions.   Acta psychiat.  neur.,  Kbh.,  1932,  7:
135-58.—Gemelli, P. A. Emozioni e sentimenti;  ricerche ed
osservazioni preliminari alia costruzione di una teoria.  Riv.
psicol.,  1930,  26:  94; 157.—Grossart,  F.  Zur  Kritik der herr-
schenden Gefuhlstheorien.   Arch. ges. Psychol., 1930, 74: 401-
54.  ------■  Gefuhl und Strebung; Grundlinien einer seelischen
Gefuhlslehre.  Ibid., 1931, 79: 385.—Harlow, H. F.,  &  Stagner,
R.  Psychology of feelings and  emotions. Psychol. Rev., 1932,
39: 570.------Psychology of feelings and emotions; theory
of emotions.  Ibid., 1933, 40: 184-95.—Hartmann, K. J. Das
Wesen der affektfreien qualitativen  Bedeutungsgefiihle; eine 
EMOTION
205
EMOTION
Untersuchung  iiber  den Stand des Gefiihlsproblems.  Abh.
Neur. Psychiat., 1926, H. 39, 1-120.—Hunt, W. A.  The relia-
bility of introspection in emotion.  Am. J. Psychol.,  1937, 49:
650-3.—Jelgersma,  G.  Psycho-analytische bijdrage  tot  de
theorie over het gevoelsleven.  Psychiat. neur. bl., Amst., 1916,
20: 453-66.  Also  Internat. Zschr. Psychoanal., Wien, 1921, 7:
j_g__Jones, H. E., & Jones, M. C.  Genetic studies of emotions.
Psychol. Bull., 1930, 27: 40-64.—Karsten, A. Untersuchungen
zur Handlungs- und  Affektpsychologie; psychische  Sattigung.
Psychol. Forsch.,  1928,  10: 142-254, 2 pi.—Kiesow, F.   Sul
tono sentimentale  della sensazione.  Arch. ital. psicol., 1929, 7:
241-59.—Kreuger. F.  Das Wesen  der  Gefuhle.   Arch.  ges.
Psychol, 1928, 65:  '.it-128.—Largieur des  Bancels, J.  L'in-
stinct et' ltemotion.   .1. psychoi. norm, path.. Par.,  1925, 22:
067-76.—Lewin,   K.   lntersuchungen zur  Handlungs-  und
Affekt-Ps\ chologie;   Vorbemerkungen iiber die psychischen
Krafte und Energien und uber die Struktur der Seele. Psychol.
Forsch., 1926. 7: 294-329.------■  Zwei  Grundtypen  von
Lebensprozessen.  Zschr. Psychol. Physiol. Sinnesorg., 1. Abt.,
1929  113: 209-38, —Lindworsky,  J.   Denken und Fuhlen.
Arch', ges. Psychol., 1931, 82: 430-9.—Lugaro, E.  Intorno al
senso di tensione  affettiva.  Ricer.  nevr., Catania, 1913, 219-
33 —Lungwitz, H.   Aus  der  Psychobiologie  der Gefuhle.
Psychiat.  neur. Wschr., 1927, 29:  437-42.—McDougall,  W.
The  nature of emotion.  J. Abnorm. Psychol., 1933, 28: 245-
58 —McKinney, J. M.  What shall we choose to call emotion?
J.'Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1930, 72: 46-64.—Marston, W. M. A
theory of  emotions and affection based upon  systolic blood
pressure studies.   Am. J.  Psychol.,  1924,  35: 469-506.—
Mochi, A.  Teoria bisomatica delle emozioni  e teoria biochimica
degli affetti.  Rass. stud, psichiat..,  1923, 12: 24-67.—Muller,
R  Zur Begriffsbestimmung und Analyse der Gefuhle.  Zschr.
Psychol. Physiol. Sinnesorg.,  1914, 68: 1.  Abt.,  237-80 —
Muller, F. P.  Gefuhlstheoretisches  auf   psychoanalytischer
Grundlage.  Imago,  Wien, 1926, 12: 263-7.—Newman. E. B.,
Perkins, F. T., & Wheeler, R. H. Cannon's theory of emotion;
a critique.  Psychol. Rev., 1930,  37: 305-26.—Ovsiankina, M.
Untersuchungen   zur Handlungs- und Affektpsychologie; die
Wiederaufnahme   unterbrochener   Handlungen.    Psychol.
Forsch., 1928, 11: 302-79.—Parhon, C. I.   [Psychophysiologic
affectivity]  Rev.  st. med., Bucur., 1930, 19: 1119-27.—Peters,
H N  The judgmental theory of pleasantness and unpleasant-
ness." Psychol. Rev., 1935,  42: 354-86.—Pfister, O.   Die
primaren  Gefuhle der  hrichsten  Geistesfunktionen.  Imago,
Wien, 1922,  8: 46-53.—Pradines,  M.  L'ltetdog<§n&te fonc-
tionnelle du plaisir et de la douleur.  Rev. philos. France, 1927,
103:  178;  395.—Rignano, E.   Les manifestations finalistes de
la vie; finalisme des tendances affectives de Tactivite mentale
et des manifestations sociales.  Scientia, Bologna, 1926, 39: 2.
ser., 95-110.—Rodriguez Etchart,   C.   La duraci6n de los
sentimientos como la de las sensaciones es mayor que la de sus
respectivos excitantes.  Rev. frenopat. espafi., 1911, 9: 1-9 —
Ruckmick, C. A.   The psychology  of pleasantness.  Psychol.
Rev.  1925, 32:  362-83.  ------   Why we have emotions.
Sc  Month., 1929, 28: 252-62.  —----  The systematic posi-
tion of emotion.  Psychol.  Rev., 1936, 43:  417-26.—Serejski,
M    Der  Affekt im Lichte  biochemischer  Auffassung.   J.
psychoi. neur., Moskva,  1923,  3:  186-96.—Sierra, A.   Te-
oria intelectualista de los afectos.   Rev. crim.,  B. Air.,  1932,
19-  643-51.—Stieler, G.   Die  Emotionen;  ein  Beitrag  zur
Ontologie der Seele. Arch. ges. Psychol., 1925, 50: 343-90.—
Stratton G. M. The function of emotion as shown particularly
in excitement. Psychol. Rev., 1928, 35: 351-66.—Titchener,
E. B.  A note on sensation and sentiment. Am. J. Psychol.,
1914 25- 301-7.—Tucker, B. R.  The emotion-reason balance.
Virginia M.  Month., 1938, 65: 128-31.—Vietor, H.  Ueber die
emotionale Objektion bei Kindern  und Jugendjichen.  Zschr.
angew.  Psychol.,  1935, 48: 79-112.—Von der Pfordten, O.
Empfindung und  Gefuhl.  Zschr. Psychol. Physiol. Sinnesorg.,
1 Abt  1912  62: 60-95.—Wechsler, D.  What constitutes an
emotion?  Psychol. Rev., 1925, 32:  235-40.—Whitehorn,  J. C.
Concerning emotion as  impulsion and instinct  as orientation.
Am.  J. Psychiat., 1932, 11:  1093-106.  Also repr.—Winter-
stein, A., & Bergler, E.  The psychology of pathos. Internat.
J. Psychoanal., Lond., 1935,  16: 414-24.—Young  P. T.  The
coexistence  and  localization  of feelings.   Brit.  J. Psychol.,
1924-25 15- 356-62.  ------  Studies in affective psychology.
Am. J. Psychol.,  1927, 38:  157; 1928, 40: 372.

----  Stimulus.

   Zeylmans  van  Emmichoven,   F.  W.    *De
werking der kleuren  op het gevoel   [The effect
of color on the  emotion]   [Amsterdam]   132p.

8?   Utrecht,  1923.             .
   Cantril, H., &  Hunt,  W. A. Emotional effects produced by
the injection of adrenalin.  Am. J. Psychol., 1932, 44: 300-7 —
Caster, J. E.  Emotional reactions  to strong stimuli.  J.  Oen.
Psvchol., 1930, 4: 131-53.—Hart, B. The relations of complex
and sentiment. Brit. J. Psychol., 1922-23,  13: sect  gen   141-
5—Hocart,  A. M.   Ritual and emotion.  Character & 1 er-
sonality, 1938-39, 7: 200-10.—Hoff.  F.  Ueber Aenderungen
der seelischen Stimmungslage bei  Verschieburigen des Saure-
basengleichgewichtes. Miinch. med. V\schr., 1935, 82: 147».—
Jones, H.  E.  Emotional factors in learning. J. Gen. Rsychol.,
1929, 2: 263-72.—Kretschmer, E.  [General body sensations
and their relation to affectivity]  Med. biol. J., Moskva, 1928,
4: 3-7.—Laignel-Lavastine, M.,  & d'Heucqueville, G.   Les
modificateurs pharmacodynamiques de  la  tonality  affective.
Presse  nted.,  1933, 41: 1025-7.—Landis, C.  Studies of emo-
tional reactions.  J. Comp. Psychol., 1924,  447; 1925,  5: 221.
Also J. Exp.  Psychol., 1924,  7: 341.—Marston, W. M. Pri-
mary colours and primary emotions.  Psyche, Bost., 1927, 34:
No.  30, 4-33.—Myers, C. S.  The relations  of complex and
sentiment.  Brit. J. Psychol.,  1922-23, 13: sect, gen., 146-8.—
Pear, T.  H.  The relations of complex and sentiment.  Ibid.,
130-40.—Rivers, W.  H.  R.  The relations of complex  and
sentiment.   Ibid., 107-13.—Shand, A.  F.  The relations of
complex and  sentiment.  Ibid., 123-9.—Shepard, J. F.  Affec-
tive  phenomena; experimental.  Psychol. Bull., 1912,  9: 181-
6.—Tansley,  A.  G.  The relations of complex and sentiment.
Brit. J. Psychol., 1922-23, 13: sect, gen., 113-22.—Tardieu, A.
Manifestations   hyperfimotives  de  la phase  hypnagogique.
Rev. gen. clin.  ther.,  1927, 41: 133.—Velikovsky, I.   Psychic
anaphylaxis and somatic determination of tbe  affects.   Brit. J.
M. Psychol.,  1937-38,17: 38-104—Verwoerd, H. F. A method
for the experimental production of emotions.  Am. J. Psychol.,
1926, 37: 357-71.—Watson, J. B., & Rayner,  R.  Conditioned
emotional reactions.  J. Exp. Psychol., 1920, 3: 1-14.

----   in animals.
   Craig, W.   The expressions of emotion in  the pigeon; the
blond ring dove  (Turtur risorius)  J. Comp. Neur.,  1909, 19:
29-80,  pi.—Friedmann, H.  The instinctive emotional life of
birds.  Psychoanal. Rev.,  1934, 21: 241;  381.—Hall.  C. S.
Emotional  behavior in  the rat;  the  relationship  between
emotionality  and ambulatory activity.   J. Comp.  Psychol.,
1936, 22: 345; 1937, 24: 369.—O'Kelly. L. I., & Steckle,  L. C.
A  note on long  enduring  emotional responses in the rat.  J.
Psychol., Provincet., 1939,  8:  125-31.—Patrick, J. R.  The
effect of emotional stimuli on the activity level of the white rat.
J.  Comp. Psychol.,  1931,  12: 357-64.

----   in art.
   Hippius.M.T.  Graphischer Ausdruck vonGefiihlen. Zschr.
angew. Psychol.,  1936,  51:  257-336—Klineberg, O.  Emo-
tional expression in Chinese literature.  J.  Abnorm.  Psychol.,
1938, 33: 517-20.—Malmud,  R. S.  Poetry and the emotions; a
dilemma  for critics; experimental verification.  Ibid.,  1920-28,
22: 443-72.—Vilhena,  H. de.   Sobre certas  expressoes  de
c61era nem fisicas, nem verbais, propriamente,  e seu  comento
literario.   Arq.  anat., 1930-32, 14: 533-43. ------  Sobre a
expressao corporal das emocoes comparativamente em alguns
grandes poetas  ou escritores meridionais e n6rdicos  (Ensaio)
Ibid., 553-604.  ------  A expressao corporal das emocoes no
Cancioneiro portuguSs da Vaticana.  Ibid., 1936, 17:  353-428.
         A expressao corporal das emocoes em  dois grandes
poetas latinos do perfodo literario de Decad&icia.  Ibid., 465-
98.  ------ A expressao corporal das emocoes nas obras dos
perfodos literarios de Desenvolvimento.  Ibid., 509-32.

----   in disease.

  See also under names of diseases; also Disabled;
Inferiority complex, &c.
  Beverly, B. I. The effect of illness upon emotional develop-
ment.  J.  Pediat., S. Louis, 1936, 8: 533-43.—Flowers, H. L.
A study of the emotions in  psychotic patients.  U. S. Veterans
Bur. M. Bull.,  1930, 6: 1055-8.—Kahn, E.,  & Powers, G. F.
Beside teaching; consideration  of  the  patient's emotional
response to case discussion.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1936. 107: 639'
41.—Kogler,  A.  Affektive Veranderungen  bei  Kindern mit
organischen Hirndefekten.  Allg.  Zschr. Psychiat., 1936, 104:
257-99.—Lohmann, J.   Affective  reaction  types of psychoses.
Minnesota M., 1937,  20: 174-6.—Medd,  M. R.  Emotional
responses  associated with physical handicaps.  Occup. Ther.
Rehabil.,  1936, 15: 47-54.—Prati, L.  Le varie reazioni agli
eccitamenti sensoriali emotivi in alcune forme  mentali.  Q.
psichiat., Genova,  1923,  10: 95-9, pi.—S., E. von. Ueber die
Ruhe des Gemuts bei Kranken.  Zschr. Krankenpfl., 1905, 27:
135-7.—Simpson, R. M.  Emotion and tuberculosis.  Am. Rev.
Tuberc,  1929,  20: 29-40.—Solomon,  J.  C.  The emotional
reactions ot psychotic individuals: a new and simple test.  J.
Abnorm.  Psychol., 1937,  32: 395-426.—Tenconi, P.   Dis-
funzioni ipofisarie e psicopatie (un caso di acromegalia atipica
ed uno di nanismo vero associati  ad alterazioni del tono affet-
tivo)  Note psichiat., Pesaro, 1937, 66: 495-510.— Timofeev,
N N. [Mechanism of emotional reactions in psychosis] Nevro-
pat. psikhiat.,  1938, 7:  No.   11, 66-81— Westburgh, E.  M.
Psychogalvanic studies in affective variations in the  mentally
diseased.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1929, 22: 719-36.

EMPATHY.
   Dorosz, J.  Le  probleme de l'Einfuhlung.  Arch,  psychoi.,
Geneve, 1937, 26: 198-203.—Geiger, M.  Ueber das Wesen und
die Bedeutung der Einfuhlung.  Ber.  Kongr. exp.  Psychol.
(1910) 1911, 4. Congr., 29-73.—Gordon, K.   A device for
demonstrating empathy. J. Exp. Psychol., 1934, 17: 892.
   EMPEDOKLES, 490-430 B. C.
   Piazza Martini, V.  Empedocle.  Cult.  med. mod.,  Pal.,
1925, 4: 175-7.
   EMPFENZEDER,    Karl,   1908-         *Die
Dilatation der Cervix uteri insbesondere mit dem 
EMPFENZEDER                              20
 Aletranoikter   [Miinchen]   16p.   8?    Wiirzb.,
 R.  Mayr, 1934.

 EMPHYSEMA.

   See also  under  names of organs  and  parts as
 Lung, Emphysema;  Mediastinum,  Emphysema;
 Skin,  Emphysema, &c.
   Bard, L.  L'emphyseme; diagnostic et  traite-
 ment.   60p.   4?   Par., 1930.
   Klein,  H.   *Ein  Beitrag  zur  Kenntnis  des
 allgemein   verbreiteten   Emphysems    [Berlin]
 31p.   8?   Giitersloh i.  W.,  1937.
   Luykex, H.  *Ueber das Vorkommen  und  den
 Verlauf des  allgemein  verbreiteten  Emphysems
 [Gottingen]   30p.   8°   Borna-Lpz.,  1931.
   Alexander,  H. L.  Emphysema.  Proc. Mayo Clin., 1935,
 10:  377-82.  ------& Kountz, W. B.  Symptomatic  relief of
 advanced emphysema.  Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians,  1933,  48:
 313-6.—Benedetti-Valentini,  F,  La  indicazione  del taglio
 soprasternale nei soccorso dei grandi traumatizzati  del torace
 con  enfisema generalizzato.  Policlinico, 1932, 39:  sez. prat.,
 557-65.—Bezancon, F., Jacquelin, A., & Celice, J. Le demem-
 brement de l'emphyseme.  J. med. fr., 1928, 17:  115-24 —
 Bolten, G. C.  [Functional emphysema]  Geneesk. gids, 1929,
 7: 56-61.—Clement, R.  Le ddnembrement  de l'emphyseme.
 Presse med., 1928, 36: 1647-50.—Dowell, D. M. Emphysema.
 J. Missouri M. Ass., 1931, 28:  260-3.—Gracey, G.  F.  Inter-
 stitial emphysema; following catheterization of the eustachian
 tube.  Pennsylvania M. J., 1930-31, 34: 396-401.—Joannides,
 M.,  & Tsoulos, G. D.  The etiology of interstitial and media-
 stinal emphysema  (experimental production of air  embolism,
 acute  pneumothorax,   acute  pneumoperitoneum, interstitial,
 mediastinal  and  retroperitoneal emphysema)  Arch. Surg.,
 1930, 21: 333-9.  Also repr.—Jorge, J.  M.,  & Berisso, O.
 Enfisema  par neumoperitoneo.   Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1931,
 15:  99-105.—Loeschke,   H.    Pathologie des Emphysems.
 Zschr. wiss. Biiderk.,  1928-29,  3: 116-36—Orsos,  F.  [et al.]
 [Emphysema]  Magy.  orv. nagyltet jegyzokve, 1933,  3:  90-
 101.—Reimold, W.  Beitrage zur Klinik und Therapie  des
 allgemein verbreiteten Emphysems.   Klin. Wschr., 1926, 5:
 352-4.—Secousse, H.,  Caussimon, J., & Lamothe,  P.  L'em-
 physeme du tissu cellulaire;  complication du pneumothorax
 artificiel.  Arch.  med. chir. app. resp., Par.,  1928, 3: 13-9.—
 Storm van Leeuwen, W.  Emphysem und allergische Krank-
 heiten.  Zschr. wiss. Biiderk.,  1928-29, 3:  1002-7.  ------ &
 Storm.  C. J.   [Functional emphysema]  Geneesk. gids, 1929,
 7: 1; 25; 49.

 EMPLASTRUM.

   See Plaster.

 EMPLOYEE.

   See also Employment; Unemployment; Work.
   Personnel journal.   Bait., v.6,  1927-
   Bartels, E.  Der Arbeitsplatz und die Arbeitsgeratschaften
 der  Angestellten  im Handels-  und Biirobetriebe.  Arbeiter-
 schutz,  1928,  207.—Brezina,  E.  Zur Bioloete  der  Wiener
 Arbeiterschaft.   Wien.  med.  Wschr., 1930,   80:  1681-3 —
 Copeland, H. A.  Studies in the reliability of personnel records.
 J. Appl. Psychol., 1938, 22: 247-51.—Eliasberg, W-,  & Jankau,
 V. Aus welchen Griinden nimmt die wirtschaftliche und sociale
 Leistungsfahigkeit   ab?  der  Vorgang des   wirtschaftlichen
 Absterbens untersucht an typischen Fallen  der  versicherten
 erwerbstatigen Bevolkerung.    Mschr. Psychiat.,  1929,  74:
 1-64, tab.—Handrick, J.   Berufs-  und  Lebensauslese  des
 deutschen Arbeiters.   Volk  & Rasse,  1937, 12:  174-8 —
 Holstein, E.  Angestellte.  In Handb. Berufskrankh. (Koelsch,
 F.) Jena, 1937. 2: 1080-4.—White collar workers.  In Handb.
 Lab. Statist. (Parker, F. E.) Wash., 1936, 588-91.

 ----   Age.

   See  also Child labor.
   Adolescent  (The) in industry.   Lancet,  Lond., 1937,  1:
 451.—Causes of discrimination against older workers.  Month.
 Labor  Rev.,  1938,  46: 1138-43.—Gafafer, W. M.  Age of
 gainful white and negro female workers of the United  States,
 1920 and 1930.  Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1937, 52:  999-1011;
 1938, 53: No. 1, 4-16.—Jenkins, W. D. The care of the older
 workman. J. R. San. Inst., 1935-36, 56: 290-5.—Job problems
 of older women. Personnel J., 1939, 17: 337-43.—Palmer, D. I.,
 & Brownell, J. A.   Influence  of age  on employment  oppor-
 tunities.  Month. Labor  Rev.,  1939,  48: 765-80.—Problems
 of the older worker  in the United States and  Europe. Ibid.,
257-70.

----   Aptitude.

  See also Skill; Vocation.
  Arnhold, R.  C.,  Ascher,  L. ret  al.]  Grund-
lagen und Aufgaben der physiologischen  Arbeits-
EMPLOYEE
eignungsprufung und  der  Anlernung.   109p.   8?

Berl.,  1928.
   Long, A. E. W., & Pear, T.  H.   A classifica-
tion of  vocational  tests of  dexterity.   17p.   8?
Lond., 1932.
   Andrew, D. M.  An analysis  of the Minnesota vocational
test for clerical workers.  J. Appl.  Psychol., 1937, 21: 18; 139.—
Ansion,  M.   Das Verhaltnis von Berufsberatung, Berufsaus-
lese, Berufseignunssprufung.  Zschr. Kinderschutz, 1926, 18:
167-9.—Baridon, F. E.  An occupational code; its construction
and  use with tabulating equipment.   Personnel J.,  1927, 6:
29-37.—Bergen, G. L. The practical use of tests; in appraising
occupational fitness.  Ibid., 1934,  13: 73-81.—Blumenfeld, W.
Ueber quantitative  und qualitative  Bewertung  von Test-
leistungen.  Zschr.  angew.  Psychol.,  1931,  40: 209-30.—
Bregman, E.  O.   A study of the vocational traits of women
secretaries, lawyers,  chemists, statisticians,  and  women in
positions  of  responsibility  in department  stores.   Psychol.
Bull., 1927, 24: 159-62.—Cimatti, L.  L'attivita spontanea e i
giuochi  come  campi di indagine sulle vocazioni e le attitudini
professionali.  Riv. psichol., 1927, 23:  134-50.—Claparede. E.
Percentilage de  quelques  tests  d'aptitude.  Arch, psychoi.,
Geneve, 1918-19, 17: 313-24.—Dwyer, P. S.  An analysis of 19
occupational scores of the strong  vocational interest test given
to 418 students entering the University  of Michigan medical
school during the years 1928, 1929, 1930.  J. Appl. Psychol.,
1938, 22:  8-16.—Filter, R. O.  Estimates of amount of work
one can do.  Ibid., 1927-28,  11:  58.—Freyd. M.  Selection of
typists  and stenographers;  information  on  available tests.
J. Personnel Res., 1927, 5: 409-510.—Furst, T.  Die arztliche
Mithilfe bei Berufseignungsprufungen in  gewerblichen Betrie-
ben.  Munch, med. Wschr., 1922, 69:  890.— Gemelli, A.  In-
torno alia applicazione  dei  tests mentali alia  selezione in-
dustriale.   Riv.  psicol.,  1936, 32:  27-36.—Heidepriem,  C.
Ergebnisse amtsarztlicher  Untersuchungen  iiber die Berufs-
eignung  von  Kraftfahrern.   Med.  Klin.,  Berl.,  1932,  28:
329-31.—Holtzmann,  F.,  &  Dorsch,  F.   Erbbiologie und
Industriearbeit;  ein  Beispiel  der  Veranlagung  der  Bevol-
kerung  Pforzheims  zur  Feinarbeit.   Arch.  Gewerbepath.,
1936, 7:  53-68.—Humm, D. G.   Problems  in  measuring
men.   Indust. M.,  1935, 4:  18-20.—Kalmanson, S.   [In-
dustrial  fitness of chronically ill  youth]  Mosk.  med. J.,
1927, 7: No.  5.  77-81.—Keane, F. L.,  & O'Connor,  J.  A
measure of mechanical aptitude.   Personnel J.,  1927, 6:  15-
24.—Kitson, H. D. Investigation of vocational interest among
workers.  Psychol. Clin., Phila., 1930-31, 19: 48-52.—Klemm,
O.  Ueber die Korrelation verschiedenartiger  Auffassungslei-
stungen bei Eignungspriifungen.  Arch. ges. Psychol., 1921, 42:
79-90.—Kornhauser, A. W.   A  study of 4 reference  report
forms.  Personnel J.,  1927,  6:  38-46.—Lipmann, O.   Die
Schriftbeurteilung  als  Methode  der  Berufsauslese.    Zschr.
angew. Psychol., 1929, 32: 219-22.  ------  Zur Methodik von
Untersuchungen iiber die praktische Bedeutung von Eignungs-
feststellungen.  Ibid.,  1932,  42: 273-84.—Lockhart,  L.  P.
Fitness and the industrial worker.  Brit. M. J., 1938, 1: suppl.,
289.—Longmuir,  J. B.  Vocational selection from trie point of
view  of the welfare  worker.   J.  State M.,  Lond., 1927,  35:
278-86.—Maday, S.   Zur  Eignungsprufung  von  hoheren
Kanzleiangestellten  (Konzipisten)  Zschr. angew.  Psychol.,
1919,'14:  306.—Oliveira Esteves, J. V. de.  La aptitud pro-
fesional. Rev. san. mil., B. Air.,  1934,  33: 114-25.—Oliver, T.
Occupation and personality; the choice of employment.  Med.
Off., Lond., 1928, 39: 211-3.—Otis, J. L.  The  prediction of
success in  power sewing machine operating. J. Appl. Psychol.,
1938, 22: 350-66.—Ottolenghi, S.  La personality fisico-psichica
del lavoratore e le funzioni del medico di fabbrica. Rass. med.
lavoro indust., 1934,  5: 1-5.—Pear, T. H., Langdon, J. N., &
Yates, E. M.  The nature of manual dexterity and its relation
to vocational testing.  Nature, Lond., 1928,  121:   773.—
Piccioli, G.   La psicotecnica  del lavoro in  regime  fascista.
Assist, sociale, Roma, 1937, 11: 504.—Pieron, H., & Pieron, H.
Etablissement et utilisation d'un  test d'intelligence en orienta-
tion professionnelle.  Hyg.  ment., Par., 1928, 23:   1-3.—
Pond, M.  What is new in employment testing.  Personnel J.,
1932, 11:  10-6.—Rosenthal, D.  Etablissement rationnel d'un
test industriel bas6 sur la statistique.  Hyg. ment., Par., 1928,
23: 9-14.—Sheddan, B. R.,  & Witmer,  L. R.  Employment
tests for relief visitors.  J. Appl.  Psychol., 1939, 23: 270-9 —
Stern, E.  Die Feststellung der psychischen Berufseignung und
die Schule.   Zschr.  angew.  Psychol.,  1921,  Beih., 1-153.—
Strong,  E. K.  Differentiation of certified public accountants
from other occupational groups.  J. Educ. Psychol., 1927, 18:
227-38.—Sukhareva, G. E.  [Importance of neuropsychiatric
data in  the problem of industrial fitness]  Sovet. nevropat.,
1933, 2: 68-78.—Thurstone,  L.  L.  A standardized test for
office clerks.  J. Appl. Psychol., 1919,  3: 248-51.— Vampa, D.
Ricerche psico-statistiche sulle attitudini e suite  vocazioni per
la scelta  professionale.   Riv. psicol., 1933,  29: 249-77.—
Vernon, H. M.  The wet kata-thermometer as an index of the
suitability  of  atmospheric  conditions for heavy work.   J.
Indust.  Hyg., 1927, 9: 287-96.—Vigliani,  G. A.  Competenze e
limiti nella selezione della  mano d'opera industriale.  Rass.
med. lavoro indust.,  1931, 2: 67; 134.—Viteles,  M. S.  Tests
in industry.  J. Appl. Psychol., 1921-22,  5: 57-63.—Weigl, E.
Psychotechnische  Untersuchungen  von   Biiroangestellten.
Zschr. angew. Psychol.,  1929,  33: 465-81.—Wilson.  J.  G.
Psychiatric aspects  of job  placement.   Pub. Health Rep.,
Wash.,  1934,  49: 1543-5.—Witty,  P.  A., & Lekman,  H. C. 
EMPLOYEE
207
EMPLOYEE
 Ability  versus  effective ability.   Psychol.  Rev.,  1928,  35:
 67-86.

 ----   Efficiency.

    See  also  Employee, Aptitude.
    Berchem, R. G.  The human element in factory efficiency.
 J. State M.,  Lond., 1936, 44: 169-71.—Carozzi, L.  L'igiene
 del lavoro pel mantenimento in efficienza  del fattore umano.
 Rass. med. lavoro indust., 1933,  4:  96-116.—Cullen,  G. M.
 Factors making for increased efficiency in industrial life.  Med.
 Off., Lond., 1921, 26: 231.—Forty-four factors  affecting effi-
 ciency.  Personnel J.,  1939, 17:  261-6.—Glock, G. E.   An
 investigation  of the effects of adverse atmospheric conditions
 such as  are encountered in various industries on mental and
 muscular efficiency.  J. Hyg., Cambr.,  1935,  35:  78-92.—
 Holt, H. M.  Physical efficiency;  its development in relation
 to industrial  employment.  J. State M.,  Lond.,  1930,  38:
 396-405.—Lovekin, O. S.  The quantitative measurement of
 human efficiency under factory conditions.  J. Indust. Hyg.,
 1930, 12: 99;  153.—Turner, C. E. Test room studies  in em-
 ployee effectiveness. Am. J. Pub.  Health, 1933, 23: 577-84.—
 Vance. W.  K.,  jr.  Relation of degenerative diseases to in-
 dustrial  efficiency.  Virginia M. Month.,  1939,  66: 453-6.—
 Witte. Arbeitsleistungen und Nahrungsverbrauch von Schwer-
 arbeitern.   Med. Klin., Berl., 1919, 15: 798.

 ---   female.

    Byrne, H. A.  The health and safety of women
 in industry.  23p.  8?   Wash., 1935.
    Kustner, H.   Fortpflanzungsschadigung  der
 erwerbstatigen Frau  und  ihre  Abhilfe.    124p.
 8?   Lpz., 1930.
    Pouget,  P.  J. F.   *L'hygiene  individuelle de
 la jeune travailleuse frangaise  (quelques  erreurs
 d'organisation)  116p.   8?   Par.,  1936.
    Teleky, L.,  Weickert,  I.  [et  al.]   Die  Wir-
 kungen der Fabrikarbeit der Frau auf die Mutter-
 schaft.   179p.   8?   Berl.,  1930.
    United  States.   Department  of  Labor.
 Women's Bureau.  Bulletin.   Wash., v.28, 1923-
    Anderson, A. M.  Women workers and the health  of the
 nation.  J. State M., Lond., 1918,  26: 257.  —----What the
 Americas are  doing  for the  woman worker.   Bull.  Panamer.
 Union, 1935, 69: 521-35.—Andrews, J. B.   Legal protection of
 female wage earners. Proc. Panamer. Sc. Congr., Wash.  (1915-
 16) 1917, 2. Congr., 9: 280-3.—Ascher.  Der Einfluss der ge-
 werblichen Beschaftigung auf die Gesundheit der  Frau.  Deut.
. med. Wschr.,  1929, 55: 234.—Batkiss, G. A.  [Methods of
 studying the effect of various professions on the reproductive
 functions in women]  Gig. bezopas. pat. truda, 1930, 8: 53-8.—
 Bevington, S.   The psychology of the woman  worker.  J.
 State M., Lond., 1926, 34: 589-95.—Burgdorfer, F.  Frauener-
 werbstatigkeit und Ehe. Zschr. Sexwiss.,  1927-28, 14: 333-
 9.—Cathcart,  E.  P.  The physique  of women  employed in
 industry, Proc. R. Inst. Gr. Britain, 1927, 25:  185-99, pi —
 Cullis, W.  Women in industry. J. State M., Lond., 1936, 44:
 260-4.—D., P.  Le retour de la mdre au foyer.  Presse nted.,
 1938, 46: 587.—De Barros Barreto, J.  O  trabalho  das  mu-
 lheres nas  industrias.   Fol. med.,  Rio, 1931, 12: 402-6.—
 Demidova, K. P.   [Women's work in cotton industries]  J.
 profil. subtrop. klin. med., Tashkent, 1934. 4: 49-58.—Duntzer,
 E.   Einwirkung des Berufes auf  weibliche Jugendliche  (ein
 Beitrag zur arztlichen Berufsberatung) Klin. Wschr., 1930, 9:
 2407-10.   ------  Die gesundheitliche und soziale Lage der
 erwerbstatigen weiblichen Jugend.  Veroff. Medverwalt., 1933,
 40: 433-98.—Employability of destitute women in Philadelphia,
 1933.  In Handb.  Lab.  Statist. (Parker,  F. E.) Wash., 1936,
 1108-10.—Gafafer, W. M.  Age of gainful female workers in
 different geographic regions of the United States, 1920 and 1930.
 Pub.  Health Rep., Wash., 1937, 52:  730-48.—Harger. J. R.
 Women as slaves to industry. Illinois M. J., 1937, 71: 165-9.-—
 Hecke,  W.   Berufsuberfiillung  und  Frauenerwerbsarbeit.
 Zschr. Kinderschutz, 1933,  25:  96-9.—Hirsch, M.   Die  Ge-
 fahrdung von Schwangerschaft, Geburt und  Wochenbett durch
 die Erwerbsarbeit  der Frau.  Deut. med.  Wschr.,  1925, 51:
 1385.—Hoffa, L.  Die korperliche Ertuchtigung der arbeitenden
 Frau.  Arch. Frauenk., 1933, 19: 173-8.—Ichok,  G.   L'action
 sanitaire  internationale;  la protection de la femme  dans des
 industries dangereuses, insalubres  et pdiibles,  ainsi  que dans
 le traval de nuit.  Rev. hyg., Par.,  1932, 54: 689-700.—Iwata,
 M., Ohnishi, S., & Nishino, R.  Ueber den  Einfluss der beruf-
 lichen Betiitigung in Druckereien und Tabakfabriken auf die
Eignung der Frauen zur Mutterschaft.  Nippon fujinkagakkai
zasshi, 1935, 30: 34-7.—Johnson, E. M. Present day problems
of women in industry  Nation's Health, Chic, 1927, 9:  No. 7,
20; 70.—Kronenberg, M. H. Women in industry.   Indust. M.,
1938, 7: 569-76.—Landi, G.  La tutela della lavoratnce madre.
Assist, sociale,  Roma, 1939, 13: 323-8.—Lile, S.  Unrest.  Tr.
M. Soc. Virginia, 1916, 46: 9-12.—Lockhart, L. P.  The welfare.
of women in industry.  J. State M., Lond., 1935, 43: 667-75.—
Macdonald, C.  N.  An answer to Women as  slaves in industry.
Illinois M. J„ 1937, 71: 289-91.—Mangold, G. B.  Birth-rates
and industrial employment. Birth Control, 1930-31,14:114.—
 Mann, C. J. M.  The progress of women in industry.  Internat.
 Nurs. Rev., Geneve, 1938, 12:  225-50.—Murrell, C. M.  The
 married woman worker. J. State M., Lond., 1926,  34: 660-2.
 ------ The health of the working girl, 14-16.  J. R. San. Inst.,
 1926-27,  47: 369-72.—Ogawa, K.  A  study on  the  physical
 development of female  workers, especially with regard to their
 fitness for maternity.   Rep. Inst. Sc. Labour, Kurasiki, 1933,
 No. 15, 1-19.—Palmieri, V. M.  Osservazioni clinico-statistiche
 sulle donne  che lavorano.  Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1930, 11:
 26-40.—Piotrowski, E.  [Legal and social protection of  the
 work of pregnant  women and  those in the puerperal period]
 Polska gaz. lek., 1937,16: 946-8.—Porrini, G.  Ladifesaigienica
 del lavoro delle donne  e dei fanciulli nelle industrie insalubri.
 Rass.  med.  lavoro indust., 1931,  2:  15-22.—Recognition of
 married women's right to work in Sweden. Month. Labor Rev.,
 1939, 48: 845.—Sanderson, A.  W.   The health of women  and
 girls  in industry.   Hosp.  Social Serv.,  1931,  23:  469-81.—
 Schmidt-Lamberg,  H.   Frauenarbeit  im  Gewerbe.  Zschr.
 Sexwiss.,  1928-29, 15:  403-6.—Schnauder, L.  Die Entwick-
 lung der Schutzgesetzgebung  fur  die gewerblichen  Arbei-
 terinnen  in Deutschland.   Oeff.  Gesundhdienst,  1936-37,
 2:  A, 223-8.—Semple, S.   Protecting  women  in industry.
 Proc.  Nat.  Safety  Counc, 1917,  6:  54-65.—Survey  (A) of
 women in industry, Victoria, 1928.  Health, Melbourne, 1929,
 7: 53-5.—Talpade. S.  K.  Further observations  on the diets
 and  maternity  conditions  of  women  workers  in Bombay.
 Ind. J. M. Res., 1931, 19: 485-9.—Teruoka, G.  Die Frau in der
 Industrie und ihre gesundheitliche Lage.   Arch.  Frauenk.,
 1926, 12: 467-77.—Thiele. A., Kriiger, E.  [et  al.]   II laboro
 femminile nelle industrie.  Med. lavoro, 1929, 20: 376-80.—
 Wietfeldt.  Die  Abend- und  Nachtarbeit weiblicher Ange-
 ftellter.  Zbl. Gewerbehyg., 1936, n. F., 13: 128-33.—Winslow,
 M. N.  Married women in industry.  Proc. Nat.  Conf. Social
 Work, 1923, 50:  321-6.—Woman in industry.  Lancet, Lond.,
 1919, 2:  167;  213.—Woman workers during the depression.
 In Handb. Lab.  Statist. (Parker, F. E.) Wash., 1936, 1093.

 ----  government.

   United States.  Civil Service.  Personnel
 Classification  Board.    Field Survey Divi-
 s on.    Report  of   wage   and  personnel  survey.
 511 p.    8?  Wash., 1929.
   Williams,  F. M.   Changes  in  cost  of living
 of Federal employees in the  District of  Columbia
 from 1928 to 1933.  12p.  8°   Wash.,  1934.
   Anstellungsverhaltnis der im Gesundheits- und Fiirsorge-
 wesen und in der Jugendwohlfahrt beschaftigten Dienstkrafte.
 Reichsgesundhbl.,  1938, 13:  485.—Ichok, G.  L'etude d'un
 budget ouvrier.  Rev. philanthrop., Par., 1937, 53: 457-64.—
 Selleslags, W., & Henon, J.  Sur la validity de 9,000 candidats
 aux emplois  publics. Arch. nted. sociale, Brux., 1938, 1: 601-8.

 ----  Legal aspect.

   See   also   Accidents;   Occupation,   Diseases;
 Sickness  insurance; Social  security;  Unemploy-
 ment; Workmen's Compensation.
   Executive of  corporation held   not  an employee  within
 Indiana compensation  act.   Month.  Labor Rev.,  1932,  35:
 1342.—Panunzio,  S.  L'assistenza  e  la  difesa  giuridica  dei
 lavoratori.  Assist,  sociale, Roma, 1936, 10:  130-8.—Schilling.
 Entscheidungen  aus dem  Arbeitsrecht  und  Beamtenrecht.
 Zschr. ges. Krankenhauswes., 1926,  22: 145; 398.

 ----  Medical examination.

   See  also under  names of  special senses,  their
 functions  and diseases  as Audition; Color  blind-
 ness; Vision, &c;  also under names of  occupa-
 tions as Aviator, &c.
   Tobias, H.    *Aerztliche  Erfahrungen bei  der
 Vermittlung von   Notstandsarbeiten.   18p.   8?
 Berl., 1937.
   Barsky, M. H., & Wolff, J.  Pre-employment examinations.
 Indust. M., 1937, 6: 19 -23— Barthelemey. Medeeine sdective
 et pratique industrielle. Bull,  nted., Par., 1935,  49: 77-9.—
 Britton, J. A.  Pre-occupational examinations.  J. Kansas  M.
 Soc, 1936, 37: 448-52.—Biifing, H.  Der Gesundheitszustand
 der  miinnlichen  Anwarter  zum  Freiwilligen  Arbeitsdienst.
 Gesundh.  &  Erzieh., 1934, 47: 266-73.—Evans,  E. E.  The
 medical examination of industrial  workers.  J. M. Soc.  N.
 Jersey, 1936, 33: 341-4.—Fisher. H. E.  Employee examina-
 tions.  Indust. M., 1937,  6: 503-6.—Furst,  T.    Der  Wert
 konstitutionshygienischer Untersuchungen fiir die  Auslese und
 die  gesundheitliche Kontrolle  jugendlicher Arbeiter.  Zbl.
 Gewerbehyg., 1926, n. F., 3: 68-74.—Furstenheim.  Gesund-
 heitsauslese und Gesundheitsbewahrung jugendlicher Berufsan-
 wiirter.   Med. Welt, 1929, 3:  237.—Gudjonsson   [Results
 gained in  industrial physical examination]  Hospitalstidende,
 1933,  76:  54-74.—Lawton, E. B.   Pre-employment physical
examinations; management's point of view.  Indust. M., 1935,
4: 547-9.—Macrae, A.  Importance  of vocational guidance for
preservation  of the health of the industrial worker.  Brit. M. J„ 
EMPLOYEE                                     208                                     EMPLOYEE
 1932, 2: 553.—Menacho, M.  Las exigencias de la industria
 respecto a la mano de obra en re!aci6a con la aptitud visual.
 Arch. oft. hisp. amer.,  1931,  31: 13o-47.—Nowak, H.  Ergeb-
 nisse der arztlichen Untersuchung von Berufswerbern.  Zschr.
 Gesundhverwalt.,  1932, 3:  490-3.—Page,  R. C.  The im-
 portance of  pre-employment and periodical medical examina-
 tions.   Illinois  M. J., 1938, 73: 343-8.—Parlett, E. M.   The
 medical selection and protection of employees.  Med. Insur.,
 1927, 43: 50-8.—Physical examinations of employees; an echo
 from the pre-depression era; written by one executive to another
 in 1930.  Indust. M., 1936, 5: 1-3.—Price, G. M. Occupational
 diseases and the physical examination of workers.  Tr. Internat.
 Congr.  Hyg. Demogr. (1912)  1913, 15. Congr., 3: 844-9.—
 Ranelletti, A.  La necessita delle visite preventive e periodiche
 dei lavoratori.  Rass. med. lavoro indust., 1930, 1: 23;  79.—
 Reyes, V. E. La importancia del examen ntedico i inspecci6n
 de los obreros industriales en relacion con la tuberculosis.  Rev.
 Slip,  med.,  1930,  21:  194-203—Sappington, C.  O.   The
 evaluation of  physical defects found  during  preemployment
 examinations.   J. Indust. Hyg., 1929, 11: 6-11.—Selby,  C. D.
 The place of physical examination in industry and the place-
 ment of the  employee in relation to his physical status.   Proc.
 Occup. Dis.  Sympos. (1938)  1939, 35-44— Siwinski, E.  [Aims
 and duties of the medical commission for the examination of
 adolescent industrial workers in Lodz]  Pediat. polska,  1936,
 16: 180.—Tschelzowa, O. N.   Konstitution und Beruf. Zschr.
 ges. Anat.,  2.  Abt., 1929-31,  15:  732-47.— Vidoni, G., &
 Tamburri, E.   Contributo all'orientamento professionale con
 note in riferimento alia costituzione individuate.  Riv. psicol.,
 1932, 28: 19-25.—Vigliani,  G. A.  II collocamento razionale
 della mano  d'opera nelle industrie: l'esame  dei difetti fisici e
 delle alterazioni morfologiche.  Rass. med. indust.,  1939, 10:
 219-39.—Watson. C. H. Pre-employment and periodic health
 examinations in industry. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1930, 50: 316-8.—
 Willis, A. P. Physical examination in industrial employment,
 with special reference to tuberculosis.  South. M. & S.,  1931,
 93:  89-91.—Woll,  M.  Pre-employment  examinations; the
 point of view of labor.  Indust. M., 1935, 4: 555-8.

 ----   Medical  service.

   See also  Industrial  hygiene; Industrial medi-

 cine; Sickness insurance, &c.

   United States.  Employees' Compensation

 Commission.  Annual Report.   Wash., v.l, 1916-

   ----    Medical  facilities   available  to   em-

 ployees of   the  United  States  Government in-

 jured  in the performance  of  duty under  Federal

 Compensation Act of  Sept.  7,  1916.   49p.   8?

 Wash.,  1934.
   Albert, A. Administrative order No. 89; Subject: Act 3961
 providing for free emergency medical treatment for employees
 and laborers of commercial, industrial and agricultural estab-
 lishments and regulations governing  the enforcement of the
 same.   Month. Bull. Philippine Health Serv., 1933, 13: 109-
 23.—Britton, J. A.   Health services in industry: equipment,
 personnel and cost.  Tr. Nat.  Safety Counc, 1931, 1: 157-64.—
 Clarke, W. H.   Practical experience,  with methods of health
 supervision.   Proc. Nat. Safety Counc,  1915, 4: 391-7.—
 Cristol.  L'assistance medicale aux ouvriers et le probleme de
 la tuberculose dans les arsenaux.  Arch. nted. pharm.  nav.,
 1930, 120: 403.—Denes, G.,  & Denes, R.  Controle sanitaire
 des ouvriers de retour de l'A. O. L., par l'oeuvre des laboratoires
 provinciaux  d'hygtene  et prophylaxie.   Boll. Sez. ital.  Soc.
 internaz. microb., 1937, 9: 193-6.—Dinsmore, J. C.  Caring
 for the  health of employees.   Mod. Hosp., 1934, 43: 57-9.—
 Fajardo, J., & Albert, A. Asunto: Ley No. 3961 estableciendo
 tratamiento  ntedico gratuito  de emergencia para empleados y
 obreros de establecimientos comerciales, industriales y agricolas
 y reglamentos para su cumplimiento.  Month. Bull. Philippine
 Health  Serv.,  1933,  13: 141-54.—Fosburg,  L. D.   Medical
 service for employees and families at the Endicott  Johnson
 Corporation.  Mod. Med., Chic, 1919,  1: 308-10.—Give medi-
 cal service to 5,000 gas company employees.  Nation's health,
 Chic, 1925, 7: 268.—Goenne, W. C.  The relationship between
 the industrial surgeon, the  insurance  company and  the em-
 ployee.  J. Iowa M. Soc, 1936, 26: 357-9.—Hoag, A. E.  Prob-
 lems of securing better care for the sick and injured in industry.
 Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1931, 52:  592—Kotzing, K.  Oeffentliche
 Dienste. • In Handb. Berufskrankh. (Koelsch,  F.) Jena,  1937,
 2: 1069-72.—Langelez, A.  Un aspect  de la surveillance sani-
 taire des travailleurs en Belgique.  Arch. Gewerbepath.,  1936,
 7: 243-54.—McCurdy, S. M.  Physical examination and re-
 generation of employees. J. Am. M. Ass., 1915, 65: 2050-4.—
 Medical care for trade-unionists in Los Angeles.  In Handb.
 Lab. Statist. (Parker, F. E.)  Wash.,  1936, 474.—Medical and
 hosnita.l services for ill and injured employees of Federal  Civil
 Works Administration.  J. Am.  M. Ass., 1934, 102: 136.—
 Miller, T. G.  The significance of the medical supervision of
employees in smaller business organizations.  Med. Clin. N.
America, 1926, 10: 135-46.—Piotrowski, E. [Medical assistance
and safety during work for young and miner workers]  Polska
gaz.  lek.,  1938, 17:  987-91.—Prodan, L.  [Organization of
health  and sanitation control in commercial  houses and in-
dustrial plants]   Cluj. med., 1937, 18: 426-6.—Schoenleber,
A. W.  Industrial health programs; trends which indicate that
industry is beginning to acknowledge its responsibility for the
medical care of employees.  Indust. M., 1933, 2: 243-1).

----   Physical condition.

   See also  Disability;  Disabled.
   Cathcart,  E.  P.,  Hughes,  D.   E.  R.,  &
Chalmers, J. G.   The  physique of  man  in in-
dustry.  52p.  8?  Lond.,  1935.
   United States.   Federal Board  for Voca-
tional  Education.   Bulletin  No.  146.   Re-
port of  study of possibilities of  employment  of
handicapped  persons in Minneapolis,  Minnesota;
a  report of methods followed in  making the in-
vestigation and of the  essential general findings of
the survey.    79p.   8?   Wash., 1930.
   Allen, F. P.  Physical impairment among 1,000 negro factory
workers.  J. Indust. Hyg., 1931, 13: 157-63.  —---- Cardio-
vascular  impairment  among  i,000 negro  factory workers.
Ibid., 164-8.—Carney,  C. S.  Physical standards for  factory
employment.   J. Personnel  Res.,  1923-24,  2:   147-52 —
Cranch, A. G.   The placement of workers from  a physical
standpoint.  Tr. Nat. Safety Counc, 1933,  22. congr., 78-81.—
Cristoforo, F. Amdioration de l'dat physique des travailleurs
par la rationalisation de leur  activity professionnelle.  Rev.
gen. sc. pur., 1932, 43: 643-9.—Hasegawa, S.  A  statistical
observation on the physical constitution and the nutrition of
the workers in the Naval Arsenal.  Bull. Nav. M. Ass., Tokyo,
1929-30, 18: 1-3.—Hutt, C. W. The relation of physical defect
to employment.  School Hyg., Lond., 1915, 6: 23-8.—Munro,
D.   Physical standards  in industrial health.   Practitioner,
Lond., 1936, 137: 270-9.—Physique (The)  of man in industry.
Lancet, Lond., 1935, 2: 199.—Schmidt, L.  Ueber den Einfluss
des Berufs auf kraftige und schwachliche Jugendliche.  Verh.
Phys. med. Ges. Wiirzburg, 1931, n. F., 56: 52-6.—Vischne-
vetzky, N. S.  [Young workers of Zaporojie; sanitary survey
data for 1926]  Profil. med., Kharkov, 1927, 6: 3, 55-66.

----   Psychology.

   Mace, C.   A.    Incentives; some experimental
studies.   69p.  8?   Lond.,  1935.
   Clostermann, G. Seelische Veranlagung und Arbeitscharak-
ter.  Arbeiterscbutz, 1934, 10-3.—Cooper, O. A.  Psychological
hazards of the  adolescent in  industry.  Bull. Massachusetts
Dep. Ment. Dis., 1931-32, 15: 10-4.—Dyer. D. T.   The rela-
tion between vocational interests of men in  college  and  their
subsequent occupational  histories  for 10 years.   J.  Appl.
Psychol.,  1939, 23: 280-8.—Heron, A. R.  Keeping  happy on
the job.  Ment. Hyg., Alb., 1939, 23: 107-15.—Hersey. R.  B.
Mental health of workers.  Med. Searchlight, 1934,  10: 15-7.
Also Ment. Hyg., Alb., 1934,  18:  462-8.—Hoppock, R.  Age
and job satisfaction.   Psychol. Monogr., 1936, 47:  No.  2,
115-8.—Ling, T. M.  The abnormal and temperamental worker.
Brit. M.  J.,  1936, 2: 1019-22.—Lipmann, O.  Joy in labor.
Character  & Personality,  1933, 2: 62-5.—McGregor, D.  The
attitudes of workers toward layoff policy. J. Abnorm. Psychol.,
1939, 34: 179-99.—Pollock, K. G.  A further study of the psy-
chological  effects of  long spells of repetitive work.  Brit. J.
Psychol.,  1929, 20: sect. gen. 43-58.—Puca, A.  Psicologia del
lavoro.  Fol.  med.,  Nap.,  1939,  25: 229-48.—Schroder, H.
Der  Berufswettkampf  als psychologisches Problem.  Zschr.
padag. Psychol.,  1935, 36: 284-91.—Scott.  W. D.  Changes in
some of our conceptions and practices of personnel.  Psychol.
Rev.,  1920, 27:  81-94.—Uhrbrock, R. S.   The  importance of
psychology; its bearing on the  efficiency, well-being and happi-
ness of employees.   Indust.  M.,  1934,   3:  61-70.   -----
Attitudes  of 4,430 employees.  J.  Social  Psychol., 1934,  5:
365-77.—Valentiner,  S.  Ueber das Mass der Abhangigkeit
von Begabungen (Korrelationslehre) Zschr.  angew. Psychol.,
1921, 18: 19-32.

■---   Salaries and wages.

   United   States   Department   of   Labor.
Bureau of  Labor  Statistics.   Bulletin  No.
134.   Wages  and hours of labor  in the boot  and
shoe and hosiery and  knit  goods  industries 1890
to  1912.   112p.   8?  Wash.,  1913.
   Gatti,  A., &  Venturi,  A.   Dispendio energetico  e  salario.
Arch. ital. psicol., 1936, 14: 189-203.—Holder, A. E.  What
is the relation of wages to public health? Am. J. Pub. Health,
1918,  8:  888-94.—Hopkins. M. D.  Do  wages buy  health?
the Oregon  minimum  wage case  re-argued.  Survey, 1916-
17, 37: 517-9.—Mottram, V.  H.  The physiological basis of
the minimum  wage.   Lancet, Lond.,  1927,  2: 898.—Owen,
E. D.  Minimum wage legislation in  Latin America.  Bull.
Panamer.  Union, 1938, 72:  323-31.—Sweeney,  S. B.  Report
of special committee on average  weekly wage bases,  with
special consideration  of the effect of widespread intermittent
employment.    Bull.   U. S.  Labor  Stand.,  1935,  No.  2,
192-200. 
EMPLOYEE
209
EMPLOYEE
  ----  Sickness.

    See also  Accidents;  Disability;  Occupation,
  Diseases;  Sickness;  Sickness  insurance;  Unem-
  ployment;  Workmen's Compensation.
    Australia.  Department of Health.   Serv-
  ice  Pub.  (Div. Indust.  Hyg.)  No. 3.   An in-
  quiry into  the morbidity and mortality statistics
  of the employees of the New South Wales govern-
  ment railways and  tramways  during  the  year
  1924 and  of the Victorian government  railways,
  during the years  1922, 1923  and 1924.   52p.  8?
  Melb. [1925
    Hill, A. B.  An investigation into the sickness
  experience of London transport  workers,  with
  special reference to digestive disturbances.   25p.
  8?   Lond., 1937.
    Smith, M., Leiper, M.  A., &  Greenwood, M.
  Sickness absence and  labour wastage.   70p.  8?
  Lond., 1936.
    Ascher.  Die Einwirkung der industriellen Entwicklung auf
  den Korper des Arbeiters.  Zbl.  Gewerbehyg., 1929,  n. F., G:
  131-8.—Brundage, D. K.  Sickness among persons in different
  occupations of a public utility.  Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1927,
  43: 314-35.   ------   Sickness among industrial  employees;
  frequency  of disability lasting longer  than 1 week from im-
  portant causes among 165,000 persons in industry in 1927, and
  a  summary of the morbidity experience from 1920  to 1927.
  Ibid.,  1929, 44: 387-403.  ------  The incidence of illness
  among wage earning adults.  J.  Indust. Hyg., 1930, 12: 338;
  381.   ------   Sickness among male industrial employees in
  the first quarter of 1931.   Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1931, 46:
  1799.   ------  Incidence of  illness among  male industrial
  employees in 1932 as compared with earlier years.   Ibid., 1933,
  48: 869-71.  ------  Disabling  illness among industrial em-
  ployees in  1934 as compared with earlier years.  Ibid., 1935,
  50: 1527-39.  ------   Sickness among male industrial em-
  ployees during  the first 3 months  of 1935.   Ibid.,  1125-7.
  -----Sickness among male industrial employees during the
  second quarter  and the first half of  1935.  Ibid.,  1607-10.
  ----- Sickness among male industrial employees during the
  third quarter and the first 9 months of 1935.  Ibid., 1936, 51:
  109-11. ------  Sickness among male industrial employees
  during the final quarter of 1935 and the entire year.   Ibid.,
  643-5. ------   Sickness among male  industrial employees
  during the second quarter and the first half of 1936.   Ibid.,
  1675-7. ------  Disabling illness among industrial employees
  in 1935 as compared with earlier years.  Ibid., 1937, 52: 1-8.—
  Hazanov. M.  [Statistics of diseases among insured workers in
  White  Russia]   Belaruss.  med.  dumka,  1925-26, 2:  10-11,
  47-68, 2 ch.—Hauck,  K.  Der  Weltkrieg und die  Gesund-
  heitsverhaltnisse der Wiener Arbeiterschaft.  Zbl. Gewerbehyg.,
  1926, n. F., 3: 91-5.—Hayhurst, E. R. The appalling mortality
  among occupied persons due to preventable causes.   Month.
  Bull. Ohio State Bd Health,  1913, 3: 708-16— Hill, A. B. An
  investigation  of sickness  in  various industrial occupations.
  J.  R.  Statist.  Soc, Lond., 1929, 92: 183-238.—Incidence of
  illness among adult wage earners.  In Handb.  Lab.  Statist.
  (Parker, F. E.) Wash.,  1936, 760-63.—Incidence of illness
  among Bombay  cotton operatives.  Month. Labor^Rev., 1931,
  32: 70.—Jardeleza, M. L.  Cost  of medical care for laborers.
  J.  Philippine Islands M.  Ass.,  1938, 18:  783-5.—Oliver, T.
  The health of the worker of to-day.  J. State M., Lond., 1930,
  38: 454-63.—Robson, R.  B.  Sickness in  industry.   Indust.
 M., 1938, 7: 483-5.—Selleslags, W.  Maladie et chomage chez
  16,000 employes de ltetat.  Arch.  nted.  sociale, Brux., 1939, 2:
 576-95.—Sickness among industrial employees in the  first
 half of 1930.  Pub. Health Rep., Wash.,  1930, 45: 2611.—
 Sickness among industrial employees  in the second  half of
 1930.  Ibid., 1931, 46: 765-7.—Solontsov, K.  [Diseases among
 the laborers of the Westinghouse factory of S. Petersburg for
 10  years (1899-1908)   Vest. obsh.  hig. sudeb.  prakt. med.,
 1911, 47: pt 2, 194-8.—United States Public Health  Service.
 Sickness records for industrial establishments.  Pub.  Health
 Rep. Wash., 1920, No. 573, 2593-604. Also repr.—Ward, R. V.
 Morbidity and mortality in industrial establishments.   Canad.
 Pub. Health J.,  1934, 25:  476-82.—Zevald, E. J.  [Infection,
 mortality and traumatism among workers of Aznaphta works]
 Profil. med., Kharkov, 1927, 6: 4, 75-9.

 ----   Sickness: Prevention.

   See  also Hygiene; Industrial hygiene, &c.
   Darlington, T.   Illness in  industry; its  cost
 and prevention,  p.279-94.   8?   N.  Y., 1918.
   Kremer & Holstein,  E.   Hygiene  im Biiro
 und  im  kaufmannischen   Betriebe.   61p.   8?
 Berl., 1931.
  Siebert,  K.  *Sozialhygienische Verhaltnisse
 bei landlichen Saisonarbeitern  [Greifswald]  32p.
8?   Charlottenb. [1929]

       77908—vol. 5, 4th sebies----14
   Giannini. C. Per la salute dell'operaio.  Rass. med. indust.,
 1939, 10: 172-7.—Haggard, H. W., & Greenberg, L. A.   Be-
 tween-meal feeding in industry; effects on the absenteeism and
 attitude of clerical employees.  J. Am.  Diet. Ass.,  1939, 15:
 435^-9.—Hoske, H.  Leibesiibungen in der Betriebshygiene und
 Freizeitgestaltung.   Verhber.  Internat.  Sportarzte  Kongr.,
 1937, 2. Congr., 370.—Kalteschutz der Angestellten in offenen
 Verkaufsstellen. Reichs2esundhbl.,1937,12:14.— Limprich. Der
 Kalteschutz der Angestellten in offenen Verkaufsstellen. Arbeits-
 schutz,  1936,  312-4.—Lottermoser, H. Diat in der Werkskan-
 tine.  Zbl. Gewerbehyg., 1937, n. F., 14: 127-9.—Newman. B.
 J.  Work environment as a factor  in the general  health of
 workers.  Am. J. Pub. Health, 1931  21: 1354-9— Ogden. F. A.
 The health of the worker; the new outlook.  J. R. San. Inst.,
 1938-39,  59:  501-10.—Spinner. J. R.   Hautkosmetik  der
 Berufstatigen.  Med. Welt,  1935, 9: 1322-4.—Taunay Leite
 Guimaraes, A.  Algumas  consideracoes ntedico-profilaticas  na
 coletividade bancaria.  Hospital,  Rio, 1939, 15: 353-6.

 ----  Union and strike.

   Downey, E. H.  Professor Hoxie's interpretation of trade
 unionism  Am. J. Sociol.,  1914, 20: 170-  0. —Health aspects of
 the Trinidad disturbances.  Lancet. Lond., 1938,  1:  625.—
 Industrial disputes; trend of strikes.  Month. Labor Rev., 1936,
 43: 1206-15.—Labor agreements; New York  painters' agree-
 ment. Ibid.,  1221-3.—Rieve, E.   The Hosiery Workers Union.
 Labor Inform. Bull.,  Wash., 1939, 6: No. 2, 4-7.

 ----  Welfare.

   See  also  Housing; Pension; Recreation; Social
 security, &c.
   Ashley,  W. J.  The task of the welfare super-
 visor.   8p.   8?   Lond., 1916.
   Stellmacher,  G.    *Ueber  den Einfluss  der
 Arbeiterwanderungen  auf  die   Arbeitnehmer.
 31p.   8?   Lucka-Lpz., 1935.
   Cannon, O. A.  Health opportunities in industry.  Canad.
 Pub. Health J., 1930,  21: 1-8.—Dismissal-Compensation plans,
 1937. Month. Labor Rev., 1937,  45: 1355-60.—Esslinger. M.
 A.  Le  repos hebdomadaire  et  la fermeture  collective des
 dablissements commerciaux.  Ann. hyg., Par., 1931, n. ser., 9:
 531-5.—Gerbis, H.  Aerztliche Probleme zur Frage der Fabrik-
 speisung.  Zbl. Gewerbehvg., 1930, Beih. 16, 19-38.—Graf,  E.
 Erholungsfursorge fur Lehrlinge.  Med. Welt,  1929, 3: 353.—
 Graf, O.  Die Arbeitspause in Theorie und Praxis.   Psychol.
 Arb.,  1925-28, 9: 563-681.—Hanse, G.  Zur Frage der Ge-
 staltung  der  Kost in Werkkantinen.  Hippokrates, Stuttg.,
 1939,  10: 427-32.—Hartmann. F.  .  Industrielle Wohlfahrts-
 pftege.  Zschr. Gewerbehyg., 1926,  32: 224-6.—Mensing,  P.
 Ernahrungstechnisehe Anlagen in Betrieben.  Zbl. Gewerbebyg.,
 1938,  n. F., 15: 117-25.—Nothnagel, M.  Arbeit und Ernah-
 rung; sind Werkskantinen notwendig? Ibid., 1936, n. F., 13:
 97-9.—-Ponzo, R.  Capacita laborative e loro educabilita.  Riv.
 psicol.,  1933,  29: 223-48—Romer,  J.   Die  Erziehung des
 Arbeiters zum Stand in ihrer biologis hen Bedeutung.  Volk &
 Rasse, 1937.  12: 159-62.—Seaton, A.  Welfare and pension
 plans  for employees.  Med. Insur., 1927, 42: 507.—Smith, H.
 W., & Donald, B.   Workers' education under the Federal
 government.  Labor Inform.  Bull.. Wash., 1936, 3:  No. 6, 7-
 9.—Williamson, A.  B.  Health  conditions in  underground
 offices.  J. R.  San. Inst., 1933, 53: 376-84.

 ----  Working hours.

   Archer, L.  The influence of working hours upon the health
 of the worker. J.  Indust.  Hyg., 1936, 18: 211-4.—Bedeutung
 (Die)  der Pausen im Betriebe und die Frage der durchgehenden
 Arbeitszeit. Zbl. Gewerbehyg., 1937. n. F., 14: 73.—Brauer. T.
 Die internationale Regelung  der  ArbeitszeP.  Soziale  Prax.,
 1926, 35:641-4.—Brunton.T.L. Should men work 6 days or 7?
 Lancet, Lond., 1915,  1: 725.—Cherkinsky, S. N., & Smirnov,
 A. P.  [Study of the effect of continuous work during the 5
 day week program on  the health of the workers and production]
 Mosk. med. J., 1930, 10:  9-22.—Drager, W.  Der Arbeits-
 zeitschutz der Beschaftigten  in gewerblichen  Betrieben (mit
 Ausnahme des Schutzes der Jugendlichen und Fraue i)   Zbl.
 Gewerbehyg.,  1936, n. F., 13:1-6.—Ehrismann, O., &  Hasse, A.
 Ueber die zulassige  Arbeitszeit  bei  hoher Temperatur  und
 Luftfeuchtigkeit.   Arch. Gewerbepath., 1937-38, 8: 611-38.—
 Gesetz iiber die Arbeitszeit in Backereien und Konditoreien.
 Reichsgesundhbl., 1936, 11: 634.—Hatlapa, W.  Die Neurege-
 lung des Jugendsehutzes und der Arbeitszeit.  Med. Welt, 1938,
 12: 1692.—Lipmann, O.   Das  Arbeitszeitproblem.   Veroff.
 Medverwalt., 1926, 22:277-768.  ------   Die sozialbygienisehe
 Seite  des Arbeitszei  problems.  Arch, sozial. Hyg.,  1926-27,
n. F., 2: 197-204.—Neitzel.  Der Arbeitsschutz der Jugend-
lichen und Frauen   (einschliesslich des  Arbeitszeitschutzes)
Zbl. Gewerbehyg., 1936, n. F., 13: 121-6.—Neue Fassung der
Arbeitszeitordnung.   Reichsgesundhbl.,  1938,  13: 578-82.—
Pribram, K.   Die  internationale  Regelung der  Arbeitszeit.
Soziale Prax., 1926, 35: 665-70.—Schmidt, F.  H.  Die neuen
Ausfuhrungsverordnungen  zum Jugendschutzgesetz  und zur
Arbeitszeitordnung.   Arbeitsschutz,  1938, 310-3.—-Vampa, D.
Tempi parziali e tempi totali di  laboro.   Arch. ital. psicol.,
 1935-36, 13: 200-30. 
EMPLOYMENT
210
EMPLOYMENT
 EMPLOYMENT  [and labor]

   See  also  Child labor; Employee; Occupation;
 Unemployment; Vocation;  Work.
   Coester, E.   *Die  Einwirkung des Berufs-
 lebens auf den jugendlichen Korper (bezogen auf
 die  innere  Konstitution)    [Miinchen]   20p.   8?
 Wiirzb., 1934.

   Sewell,  W. G.   The ordeal of free labor in the
 British West Indies.   325p.  12?   N. Y., 1861.
   Angsten, P. J.  Report of committee on status of emergency
 relief workers.  Bull. U. S. Labor Stand., 1935, No. 2, 200; 203.—
 Ascher, L. Die Wirkung der Arbeit auf den mannlichen Arbei-
 ter, gemessen  an  Kurzarbeit  und Arbeitslosigkeit. Zbl. Ge-
 werbehyg., 1931, n. F., 8:  297-301.—Brucculeri, A. II valore
 sociale del lavoro.  Assist, sociale, Roma, 1936,  10:  11-6.—
 Corrado, G.  II dovere e il  diritto di lavorare  di fronte al
 problema dell'organizzazione scientifica  del lavoro.  Arch.
 antrop.  crim., Tor., 1933, 53: 1401-9.—Peonage.  Rep. Im-
 migr. Com. Abstr., Wash.,  1911, 2: 439-49.—Perkins, F. Aims
 and progress in the field of labor.  Labor Inform. Bull., Wash.,
 1939, 6: No. 2, 1-3.—Schlesinger, E.  Jugendliche im Beruf:
 ihre  korperliche Entwicklung wahrend der Pubertat.  Arch.
 Hyg., Munch., 1934-35, 113: 335-53.—Stewart, E. M.  Origin
 and significance of Labor Day. Month. Labor Rev., 1936, 43:
 279-84.


 ----   Agencies, bureaus and institutes.

   Kurasiki,  Japan.   Institute  of Science of
 Labour.  Report.  Kurasiki,  1931-
   Incomplete.

   Pennsylvania.  Department of Labor and
 Industry.   Special  bulletin.   Harrisburg,  No.
 37,  1934.
   United  States.    Bureau  of Labor  Sta-
 tistics.  Labor information bulletin.  Wash., v.2,
 1935-
   United States.  Labor Department.  Divi-
 sion of Labor Standards.   Bulletin.  Wash.,
 No. 1,  1935-
   United States.   National Resources Com-
 mittee.   Public  works  planning.  221p.   4?
 Wash.,  1936.
   Carey, W. N.  Public works  administration in Minnesota.
 Quarterly, S. Paul, 1934, 33, 3: 5-10.—Chalmers, W. E.  Re-
 sults of  international labor conference, June 1937.  Month.
 Labor Rev., 1937, 45: 344-55.—Gambs,  J. S.  Program of
 International Labor Conference of June 1939. Ibid., 1939, 48:
 803-8.—International (The) Labor Organization.   In Handb.
 Lab. Statist. (Parker, F. E.) Wash., 1936. 395-8.—Jones, R. M.
 A placement bureau for the handicapped.  Mod.  Hosp., 1918,
 10: 165-9.—Simonson, E.  Aus der Arbeit des Arbeitsinstitutes
 des Ukrainischen Arbeitskommissariats in Charkow.  Zbl. Ge-
 werbehyg., 1932, n. F„ 9: 132.

----  compulsory.

   Braun, O.  Welche biologischen Werte  werden durch den
 Reichsarbeitsdienst dem  deutschen  Volkskorper zugefiihrt?
 Med. Welt, 1936, 10: 800.—Obligatory domestic service for
single women  in  Germany.   Month.  Labor Rev., 1938, 46:
 1176.—Reichsarbeitsdienstversorgung.     Reichsgesundhbl.,
 1936,  11:  409.—Reicharbeitsdienstgesetz.  Ibid.,  1937,  12:
606.

----  Laws and regulations.

   United States.  Labor  Department.  Divi-
sion of Labor Standards.  Discussion of labor
laws and their  administration.  166p.  8? Wash.,
1935.
   Alexander, S.  Der Entwurf eines Arbeitsnachweisgesetzes.
Fortsch.  Med., 1921, 38: 624-8.—Hebestreit, H.   Der Schutz
der menschlichen Arbeitskraft  im Rahmen der sozialpolitischen
Neuordnung.  Zbl. Gewerbehyg.,  1936,  n.  F.,  13: 49-53.—
Meyer, E.  Reichsvorschriften fur den Schutz von Arbeiterin-
nen und Jugendlichen bei ihrer Verwendung zu bestimmten
Arbeiten. Ibid., 1926, n. F., 3: 340-2.—Ponzo. M. La legisla-
zione italiana del  lavoro e la  psicotecnica.  Zacchia, 1937, 2.
ser., 1: 125-31.

----  Statistics.

   See also Unemployment.
   Paris.  Service du travail et de la statis-
tique  municipale.   Annuaire statistique de  la
Ville de Paris; annees 1932, 1933 et 1934.  759p.
4?   Par.,  1937
   Parker,  F. E.   Handbook of labor  statistics
[1935 ed.]   1151p.  8?   Wash., 1936.
   Berridge, W. A.  A new set of  labor turnover indexes.
Personnel J., 1927, 6: 1-14.—Bickham, M. H.  The American
labor market.  Am. J. Sociol., 1937-38. 43: 539-43.—Dichtiar,
S., & Einhorn, D. [Working youth of  White Russia] Belaruss.
med. misl, 1924-25, 2:  3-35.—Holmes. A. H. N.   Progress in
the conditions of employment in Norwich; presidential address
J.  State M., Lond., 1934, 42:  373-90.—Labor conditions in
Hawaii.  In Handb. Lab. Statist.  (Parker, F. E.) Wash., 1936,
407.—Labor conditions in the  Philippine Islands.   Ibid.,
408-13.—Labor conditions in Puerto Rico.  Ibid., 414-20.—
Lipmann, O.  Arbeitswissenschaftliche Statistik. Allg. statist.
Arch., 1930, 20: 1-7.—Mozolovszky,  S.  Assurances sociales,
accidents d'exploitations, conflits du  travail.  Magy. statiszt
szemle,  1938,  16:  403-7.—Valta, R. von.  Die  Mitarbeit
Deutschlands an der internationalen Arbeitsstatistik.  Allg.
statist. Arch., 1929, 19: 316-27.—Wages and labor conditions
in  Alaska. In Handb. Lab. Statist.  (Parker,  F. E.)  Wash.
1936, 405-7.

   EMPLOYMENT   for   disabled  sailors  and
soldiers; a  scheme for a national roll of em-
ployers.  72p.  8?   [n. p.,  1916]
   EMPRINGHAM, James.   Intestinal  garden-
ing  for the  prolongation   of  youth.   205p.   8?
Alb., M. Bender & Co., 1926.
  ----  Youth regained by intestinal gardening;
or, Constipation conquered nature's way.   228p.
pi.   8?  Los Ang.,  Health Educ. Soc. [1933]
  EMPT,  Josef,   1909-        *Ein  Fall  von
Keratitis parenchymatosa non syphilitica (Typus
Ronne)  8p.  8?  Wiirzb.,  R.  Mayr, 1936.


EMPYEMA.

  See also  under  organs  and parts  affected  as
Gallbladder;  Pleura, &c.
  Burgess, C.  M.  Acute empyema;  report of a case.  Proc.
Clinic, Honolulu, 1936, 2: No. 10, 11.—Heeks, W. G.  Statistics
on the surgical treatment of empyema at the Babies Hospital
with  brief reports on some of  the interesting complications
encountered.   J. Pediat.,  S. Louis,  1937, 11: 599-605.—
Paolucci. R.   Empiema acuto,  empiema cronico, empiema
tubercolare.  Clinica, Bologna, 1935, 1: 1-16.

  EMRICH,  Max,  1904-        *Beitrag  zur
toxikologischen Wirkung der aliphatischen Ester:
n-Butylacetat.   18p.   8?   Wiirzb., Gebr. Mem-
minger, 1932.
  EMRICH,  Paula.    *Ueber das  Dehnungs-
aneurysma  und  seine  Genese auf  Grund  his-
tologischer  Untersuchungen   an   Hirnarterien-
aneurysmen   [Zurich]  22p.   4  pi.   8?  Berl.,
E. Ebering,  1923.
  EMSLEY,  Harold  Heaton,   &   SWAINE,
William.  Ophthalmic lenses,    vii,   319p.    8?
Lond.,  Hatton Press,  1928.
  EMSLIE, Margaret.  Breast-feeding,  x,  142p
4 pi.   12?  Lond.,  Oxford  Univ. Press, 1931.
  EMSWORTH,  Engl.  Victoria Cottage  Hos-
pital.   Report and  balance  sheet.   Emsworth,
1.-14.,  1888-1900/1.


EMULSIFICATION.

  See  Colloid, Emulsion;  also under names  of
substances emulsified.

EMULSIN.

   See also Amygdala.
  Albers, H.,  & Hamann, K. Zur Kenntnis der Oxynitrilese
des Emulsins; uber die Kinetik der durch Emulsin beschleunig-
ten Synthese des (-(-VMandelsaurenitrils.  Biochem.  Zschr.,
1934,  269: 14-25.—Albers, H.,  & Albrecht, H.  Ueber  die
Zwischenverbindungen  bei der asymmetrischen Synthese  des
Mandelsaurenitrils  mit Hilfe von  Emulsin.   Ibid.,  43-62.
------ & Hamann,  K.  Zur Kenntnis der Oxynitrilese  des
Emulsins; die  Abhangigkeit  der  fermentativen "Synthese  des
(-H-Mandelsaurenitrils von der  Wasserstomonen-Konzentra-
tion   Ibid., 26-34.—Albers, H., Meyer, I..  &  Meyer, K.
Zur  Kenntnis  der  Oxynitrilese  des Emulsins; absorptions-
spektrographische  Messungen   am   Emulsin-Benzaldehyd-
System.  Ibid.. 35-42.—Bourdouil, C, & Hsieh-Yu. Influence
d'une maceration aqueuse prolongee sur ltemulsine des amandes.
Bull Soc. chim. biol.,  Par., 1932, 14: 645-8.— Breder  ck, H.,
Beuchelt, H., & Richter, G.  Ueber eine phosphatatische Wir-
kung des Emulsins.   Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1936, 244: 10^-4.— 
EMULSIN
211
ENAMEL
  Bridel,  M., &  Beguin.  C.   Recherches  biochimiques sur la
  composition du Salix triandra L.; obtention de rutoside, d'as-
  paragine et iVn nouveau gluco°ide a essen  e hydrolysahle par
  l'6mul*ine.   Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par.,  1926, 8: 901-14.—
  Bridel, M., & Desmaret, M.  Sur les proortet s d'une 6mulsine
  preparee depuis 23 ans.   J. pharm. chim.,  Par., 1928, 8. ser.,
  8: 201-5.—Fox, I). L.  Emulsin in certain marine invertebrates
  and micro-organisms.  Biochem.  J., Lond., 1934,  28: 1674-7
  -----& Sorkness, L. L. The coagulation and inactivation of
  emulsin by heat: influences  of crystalloidal and  of colloidal
  solutes.   Ibid., 1935,  29: 1532-7.—Gollan, J.  Action syn-
  thetisante de l'emulsine sur le glucose en solution dans 1'alcool
  propylique.  Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1931,  13: 403-16 —
  Helferich, B.  Emulsin.  Erg. Enzymforsch., 1938, 7: 83-104.
  -----& Appel, H.  Ueber Emulsin.   Zschr. ohysiol. Chem.,
  1932,  205: 231-47.—Helferich, B., & Goller. W. Ueber Emul-
  sin; die  gleichzeitige Spaltung mehrerer Substrate; ein Beitrag
  zum Problem der /3-d-Galaktosidase des Sussmandelemulsins.
  Ibid., 1937. 247: 220-4.—Helferich, B., Gootz, R., & Sparm-
  berg.  G.  Ueber  Emulsin.   Ibid., 1932, 205: 201-12.—Hel-
  ferich, B.,  & Giinther,  E.   Die Spaltbarkeit des Phenol-0-
  d-glucosid-6-methyl-athers durch Mandelemulsin.  Ibid., 1935,
  231: 62-4—Helferich, B., Heyne, H., &  Gootz. R.  Ueber
  Emulsin.  Ibid., 1933,  214: 139-44.—Helferich, B., Hoff, A., &
  Streeck, H.  Ueber Emulsin; zur fermentativen Spaltung von
  Aminoglucosiden  Ibid., 1931, 226: 258-64.—Helferich, B., &
  Petersen, S. R.  Die Einwirkung von Ozon auf Mandelemulsin.
  Ibid., 1935, 233: 75-80.—Helferich. B., & Schmitz-Hillebrecht.
  E.  Der Einfluss von Neutralsalzen auf die Wirksamkeit von
  Mandelemulsin.  Ibid., 234: 54-62.—Helferich, B.. & Vorsatz,
  F.  Die Einwirkung von Osmiumtetroxvd  auf  Siissma ulel-
  emulsin.  Ibid., 1936, 239: 241-56.—Helferich, B., Winkler, S.
  [et al.]  Ueber Emulsin.   Ibid., 1932, 208: 91-100.—Kuhn, R.
  Verzuckerung der Starke durch  Emulsin.  Ibid., 1924,  135:
  J2-5.—Olive, M. Action synthdisante de l'6mulsine sur le
  glucose en sol tion dans 1'alcool  allylique.  Bull. Soc.  chim.
  bid.,  Par.,  1931, 13: 254-71.  ------  Sur la temperature de
  destruction  de l'6mulsine dans les alcools allyliques de difite-
  rents titres.  Ibid., 72-5.—Rosenthaler. L.  Zur Kenntnis der
  Asymmetrasenwirkungen  des  Emulsins.   Biochem. Zschr.,
  1934  271: 439.—Veibel, S.  Studies on the action of emulsin.
  Biochem. J., Lond., 1934, 28:  1733-45.  ------  & Bach, E.
  Spaltung von 3-Methvl-pentanol-l-/3-d-glucosid  mittels Emul-
  sin   Biochem. ZschrJ  1932, 252:  401.—Veibel, S., & Eriksen,
  F.  Studies on the action of emulsin; some  sources of error in
  the polarimetric examination of enzymic hydrolysis of 0-gluco-
  sides.   Biochem. J., Lond., 1936, 30: 163-7.

  EMULSION.

    See Colloid, Emulsion.
    EMYGDIO da Conceigao Flores, Jose.  *Ano-
  malias da refraccao: myopia.    83p.    ch.    12?
  Lisb., 1875.

  ENAMEL.

   See also Dentin;  Tooth.
   Guntermann,  C.  [L.]   *Spurstreifen und ihre
  Bedeutung  fur  die  Ernahrung  des  Schmelzes.
  7p    12?   Hamborn [1921]
   Hausele, F.  *Ueber den Schmelz von Beutel-
  tieren.   p.484-96.   8?   Miinch., 1932.
   Also Zschr  Zellforsch, 1932, lfi:
   Allen, C. E.  The structure of human dental enamel; deter-
 mined by the use of models.  Austral. J. Dent., 1934, 38: 57;
 93; 215.—Beust, T. B.  Morphology and biology of the enamel
 tufts, with remarks on their relation to caries.   J. Am. Dent.
 Ass., 1932, 19: 488-94.—Bibby. B. G.   The organic striicture
 of dental enamel as a passive defense against caries.  J. Dent.
 Res., 1932, 12: 99-116.—Bodecker, C. F.  Enamel morphology.
 Dent.  Rev.,  1909, 23: 825-9.—Cohen, J.   The  width   the
 enamel surface area, and the volume of the crown of the decid-
 uous and the permanent teeth.  Internat. J. Orthodont., 1935,
 21: 477-82 —Eller Vainicher, G.  Lo smalto dei denti.  btoma-
 tologia, Mod., 1929,  27: 353-94.—Fujita, T.   Neue Feststel-
 lungen  iiber die  Retzius'schen  Parallelstreifen  des  Zahn-
 schmelzes.  Anat.  Anz., 1938-39, 87: 350-5— Hollander, F.,
 Bodecker, C. F. [et al.]  Indications for organized variations in
 calcification in tooth enamel.  J. Biol. Chem., 1934, 105: p.xl.—
 Hollander. F.. & Saper. E. The apparent radiopaque surface
 layer of the enamel.  Dent. Cosmos, 1935, 77: 1187-97.  Also
 Tr. Dent. Soc. State N. York, 1935, 67: 124-34.—Hopewell-
 Smith. A. Concerning human enamel; facts, explanations and
 applications.  Dent. Cosmos,  1926, 68:  639; 1927, 69: 360 —
 Jump, E.  B.  Vascularity of the human enamel organ.  J.Dent.
 Res., 1938,  17: 505-18— Keil,  A.  Ueber  den Feinbau der
 harten  Zahnsubstanzen  nach Untersuchungen in polansiertem
 Licht.  Deut. Zahn &c.  Heilk.. 1935. 2: 741-8.—Lartschneider,
 J. Ueber einige bisher  nicht beadi'ete Eigeuheiten desZahn-
 sclimelzes und der Schmelzzellen.   Zschr. Stomal., 1932, 30:
 475-81.—Leigh, R. W.  Studies on the enamel.   .1.  Am. Dent.
 Ass., 1927, 14: 592-600.—Levi,  G.  Sulla ualciheazione  dello
smalto  nei teleostei; esperienze di colorazione vitale con ali-
zarina.  Bull, histol. appl., Lyon, 1939, 16: 121-7.—Lud.ngton,
P.  Enamel   Internat.  J.  Orthodont.,  1934,  20: 1025 —
Manley. E. B.  The nature of the attachment of the oral epi-
thelium to the  enamel.  Brit. Dent. J..  1936, 61: 265-70.—
Retterer,  E.  De l'dmail des incisives des rongeurs.  Rev.
stomat., Par., 1926,  26: 65-77.—Rushton. M. A.  On the fine
contour lines of the enamel of milk teeth.  Dent. Rec, Lond.,
1933, 53:  170,  2  pi.—Santone,  P.   Ricerche sulla struttura
dell'organo dello smalto.  Stomatologia, Mod., 1935, 33: 633;
745.—Stephan,  J. F.  The enamel margin for fillings.  J. Am.
Dent. Ass., 1928,  15:  203 -21.— Thewlis,  J.  The structure of
tooth enamel.  Brit. J. Radiol., 1936, 9: 300-12.— Thomasset,
J. J.  Remarques sur  les canalicules de Ismail dentaire.   C.
rend. Acad, sc,  1928,  186: 459-61.   Tretjakov,  D.  Das
Sehmelzorgan bei  den  Beissbrassen.  Zschr.  Zellforsch., 1932,
15: 69-92.—Turner, J. G.  The finish of enamel.  Brit. Dent.
J., 1928, 49: 8-16.—Tylman, S. D. The  rlento-enamel junction.
J. Dent. Res., 1927-28,  8:  615-22.—Wilson. L. A.  Further
evidence on the subject of  recalcification of enamel.   Dent.
Digest,  1929, 35:  6-13.

----   Abnormity.

   Krause,  K. [K.  A.]  *Defekte des Schmelzes
[Berlin]   41p.   8?  Charlottenb., 1928.
   Zahn, H.  *Ueber einen Fall einer  bisher noch
nicht beschriebenen Missbildung des Schmelzes
der  Milch-  und  bleibenden Zahne.   20p.   8?
Wiirzb.,  1935.
   Bauer, W. Ueber die Entstehunt; der sogenannten Turner-
zahhe.   Zschr. Stomat., 1935, 33: 1089-96—Bodecker. C.  F.
Concerning defects in the enamel of teeth of ancient American
Indians. J. Dent. Res., 1929-30, 10: 313-22.—Clark, F. H.. &
Clark, C. S.  Absence  of tooth enamel;  a dominant hereditary
anomaly in  man.   J.  Hered., 1933,  24: 425-9.—Fiirst, R.
Ueber  schmelzlose Korperchen.   Zschr.  Stomat.,  1936, 34:
193-7.—Gardner.  B. S., &  Stafne. E. C.   Teeth  devoid  of
enamel; an interesting  dental anomaly.  Dent. Surv., 1932, 8:
26.—Hibbard, H., & Asturias, H.   Malformation in enamel.
Contact Point, 1935-36, 13: 176-8.— Macklin. M. T.   Absent
tooth enamel.  Eugen.  News, 1938,  23: 28.—Olson, J.  J.
Hereditary aplasia of the enamel. J. Am. Dent. Ass., 1938, 25:
830.—Roberts, J.  S.   A case of deficiency of enamel.  Brit.
Dent. J.,  1928,  49:  1203.—Watson,  A. E..  &  Woods. E. C.
Some irregularities of  the enamel margin observed in  human
molars.  Ibid., 1926, 47: 854-8.—Weinmann, J.  Die  unvoll-
standige Vereinigung des Mundepithels und des  vereinigten
Schmelzepithels  bei den Rattenmolaren.   Zschr. Stomat., 1938,
36: 235-43.

----   Chemistry.
   Armstrong, W. D., & Brekhus, P. J.  Possible relationship
 between the fluorine content of enamel and resistance to dental
 caries.  J. Dent.  Res., 1938, 17: 393-9.—Beretta, A.   La
 composition de l'^mail n'est pas stable: die se  modifie avec
 Tage.  Rev. stomat., Par.,  1927, 29: 937-46.—Bodecker. C. F.
 A report  of further investigations on the organic matrix in
 human enamel.  J. Dent.  Res., 1924-26,  6:  117-30.  ------
 The practical significance of the organic matrix in human adult
 enamel.   Ibid., 131-8.  ------  The albuminous content of
 human adult  enamel.  Ibid., 139-41.   ------   Discussion
 concerning the organic content in dental  enamel by J.  Leon
 Williams,  D.D.S.,  William J. Gies, P.H.D., and Charles F.
 Bodecker,  D.D.S.   Dent.  Cosmos,   1927,  69:   123-36 —
 Brammer, F.,  & Brauer, K.  Ueber organische  Substanz  im
 Schmelz menschlicher Zahne.  Deut. Mschr. Zahnh., 1926, 44:
 473-94.—Engel, L. L. A method for the determination of iron
 in dental enamel.  J. Dent. Res., 1934, 14: 273-6.—Gies, W. J.
 Direct  evidence of  the presence of albuminous matter in
 enamel.  Ibid., 1924-26, 6: 143-7.—Klein. H.. & Amberson,
 W. R.  A physico-chemical study of the  structure of dental
 enamel.  Ibid., 1928-29, 9: 667-88.—Kokubun,  S.   Beitrage
 zur Kenntnis des Auftretens von  Fett im Zahnschmelz.  Tr.
 Jap. Path. Soc, 1931. 21: 687-93, pi.—Pincus, P.  Qualitative
 tests on human enamel protein.  Biochem. J., Lond., 1939, 33:
 694-6.—Rosebury, T. A biochemical studv of the protein in
 dental enamel.  J. Dent. Res., 1930, 10: 187-213.—Sprawson,
 E., & Bury, F. W.   A chemical  investigation of the organic
 content of human enamel.  Brit.  Dent. J.,  1928,  49:  397-405.
 Also Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1928, ser. B, 102: 419-26.

 ----  Cleavage, fissure and lamellation.

   Hackmann, H.   *Haufigkeit  und Vorkommen
 von   Schmelzlamellen    [Wiirzburg]    17p.    8?
 Gladbeck-W.,  1935.
   Hofmann, F.   *Xeuere  Untersuchungen iiber
 die   sogenannten   Schmelzlamellen.    9p.     8?
 Wiirzb., 1930.
   Radeke,  P.   *Die Schmelzfissuren der Molaren.
 25p.   8?   Bonn,  1932.
   Schulz,  H.   [E.  A.1   *Schmelzspriinge  oder
 Lamellen?  [Jena]  22p.   8?  Lpz., 1933.
   Also Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch., 1933, 33:
   Akamatsu. K.  Nochmals zur traumatischen Entstehung der
sogenannten Lamellen und Biischel des Zahnschmelzes.  Vjschr. 
ENAMEL
212
ENAMEL
 Zahnh., 1928, 44: 551-67.—Beust, T.  B.  Tufts and lamellae
 in their relation to posteruptive form  changes in the enamel.
 J  Am. Dent. Ass., 1930, 17: 624-9.—Bodecker. C. F. Enamel
 fissures, their development, form and diagnosis.  Dent. Digest,
 1927, 33: 73-90.  ------  The excavation of enamel fissures as
 s tn under the microscope.  Dent. Items, 1927,  49: 239-47.
 ------  Enamel lamellfe.  J.  Am. Dent. Ass., 1928, 15: 1885-
 93.—Brammer, F.  Ueber Lamellen und  Biischel im Schmelz
 menschlicher Zahne.   Deut.  Mschr. Zahnh., 1930, 48: 753-
 64.—Filderman, J.  Les fissures adamantines des dents anti-
 rieures et leur  traitement.  Rev. odont., Par., 1933, 54: 357-
 64.—Hyatt,  T. P.  A review of dental literature  on pits  and
 fissures.  J. Dent. Res., 1930, 10:659-73.—Meyer, W. Schmelz
 lamellen und Schmelzbuschel.  Deut. Mschr. Zahnh., 1926, 44:
 750-69.—Orban, B.   Schmelzlamellen und  Schmelzbuschel.
 Ibid., 1927,  45:  334-41.   ------  Histology of  the  enamel
 lamellae and tufts.  J. Am.  Dent.  Ass.,  1928,  15: 305-15 —
 Pincus, P. Enamel protein.  Proc R. Soc. M., Lond., 1938-39,
 32:  sect, odont.,  513-8.—Schulz, H.   Schmelzsprunge oder
 Lamellen?   Zschr. mikr.  anat. Forsch., 1933,  33: 1-22 —
 Solbrig, S. O. Prophylactic treatment of fissures and pits of the
 enamel.  Dent. Rev., 1910, 24: 887-93.

 ----  Cuticle.

   Bohne, H.   *Untersuchungen iiber  Schmelz-
 oberhautchen, -lamellen  und iiber  die Frage, ob
 die beiden  von gleicher  Genese  sind.    14p.  8?
 Wiirzb., 1932.
   Huttel,  H.  *Das Vorkommen und Verhalten
 des  Schmelzoberhautchens  in   der  Zahnfissur.
 14p.   8?  Erlangen, 1935.
   Matt,  G.   A.   *Beitrag zur Histologie  des
 Schmelzoberhautchens.   24p.  8?   Wiirzb.,  1931.
   Keil, A.   Ueber Doppelbrechung und fibrillaren Feinbau des
 Schmelzoberhautchens.  Deut. Zahn &c Heilk., 1939, 6: 393-
 5.—Korff, K. von.  Die Zusammensetzung und Entstehung der
 sogenannten Nasmythschen Membran  und der Cuticula dentis
 primitiva.  Deut.  Mschr. Zahnh., 1930, 48:  817-30.—Lehner,
 J.   Ein Beitrag  zur Kenntnis vom Schmelzoberhautchen
 (Cuticula dentis)  Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch., 1931, 27: 613-
 29.—Meyer, W.  Ueber strittige Fragen in der Histologie des
 Schmelzoberhautchens.  Vjschr. Zahnh.,  1930, 46: 42-54.—
 Miinch.  Nimmt das aussere Schmelzepithel an der Bildung des
 Schmelzoberhautchens teil?  Ibid., 1929, 45:  80-3.—Orban, B.
 Schmelz- und Zahnoberhautchen; Schntelzlamellen und Biischel.
 Zschr. Stomat., 1926, 24: 136-67.—Pincus. P.   Nasmyth's
 membrane: structure and permeability.  Brit. Dent. J., 1937,
 63: 139-47.

 ----  Development.

   Plotz,  R.   Ueber  die  Beschaffenheit  und
 physiologische Bedeutung der  Schmelzoberfiache
 (zugleich  ein  Beitrag zur Frage  der Entstehung
 des  Schmelzes)   [Greifswald]   28p.   8?   Berl.,
 1931.
   Also  Zschr. Stomat., 1931,  29:
   Allen, C.  E.  The structure and development of marsupial
 enamel.  Austral. J. Dent., 1932, 36: 385; 431; 1933, 37: 41.—
 Anderson, B. G.  The fate of the ameloblastic  cells  of the
 enamel  organ.  J.  Dent.  Res.,  1928-29,  9:  689-94.—Apple-
 baum, E. Grenz  ray studies of the  calcification  of enamel.
 Ibidl, 1938,  17:  181-90.—Beust, T. B. von.  Intrafollicular
 enamel development.  J. Am. Dent. Ass., 1928, 15: 2021-31.—
 Bolk, L.  Ueber die Bedeutung der  Schmelzpulpa und die
 Natur des Schmelzseptums.  Anat. Anz.,  1928, 66: 241-56.—
 Chase, S. W. Histogenesis of the enamel. J. Am. Dent. Ass.,
 1932, 19: 1275-89.  ------  The nature of the enamel matrix
 at different ages.  Ibid., 1935, 22: 1343-52.—Emmel. L.  Die
 Herkunft des Schmelzes der erwachsenen Nager mit Unter-
 suchungen iiber den Nagezahn von Sciurus vulgaris L.  Zschr.
 wiss. Zool., 1937-38, 150: 358-403.—Eschler, J.  Zur Frage der
 Entstehung  des Zahnschmelzes.  Zschr.  Stomat.,  1938,  36:
 221-35.—Fazzari, I.  La papilla dentaria si origina dall'epitelio
 dell'organo dello smalto? (a proposito di una nota del Dott.
 Ed. Retterer)  Monit. zool. ital., 1928, 39: 103-14—Harders-
 Steinhiiuser, M.  Die Erhartung des Zahnschmelzes im Laufe
 seiner Entwicklung.  Umschau, 1939,  43: 135.—Hattyasy, D.
 Untersuchungen iiber die Entwicklung des Schmelzes.  Deut.
 Zahn &c. Heilk.,  1938,  5: 128-38.—Kitchin, P. C.   Some
 observations on enamel development as shown in the mandibu-
 lar incisor of the white rat. J. Dent. Res., 1933, 13: 25-37.—
 Lartschneider, J.  Kritische Beleuchtung einiger  Kapitel der
 Zahnentwicklung und der  Zahnpathologie; Aufbau und stam-
 mesgeschichtliche  Bedeutung  des  Zahnschmelzes.   Zschr.
 Stomat., 1930, 28: 713-41.  ------  Die Zahnscherbchen und
 ihr  Schmelziiberzug;  Schmelzorgan und Zahnschmelz;  dia
 heranwachsende Zahnkrone; das  Auftreten  des  Perikoronar-
 raumes;  Schicksal  des  Schmelzorgans.   Ibid., 1931, 29: 153-
 69.—Muller, J.  On the occurrence of vascularized enamel-
 organs.  Proc  Akad. wet. Amsterdam,  1927,  30: sect,  sc,
298-307.—Reichenbach, E.  Die Umwandlungen der Schmelz-
pulpa und der Schmelzepithelien wahrend der Entwicklung des
Zahnes;  Untersuchungsmethoden und eigene Befunde.   Zschr.
ges. Anat., 1. Abt., 1926, 80: 524-46.
Die Umwand-
lung der Schmelzpulpa in ihren Beziehungen zur Formgestal-
tung des Zahnes.  Ibid., 1928,  85:  490-540.   ------■   Die
Schmelzpulpa als Gewebe.  Ibid., 511-40.—Retterer, E.  De
la structure  et de l'origine  de l'email  dans les incisives  des
rongeurs.  Odontologie, Par., 1926, 64: 85-108.-^Santone, P.
Osservazioni sui precoci stadii di formazione dell'organo dello
smalto.  Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1935,  10: 279.—Skues, K. F.
The development of dental enamel in marsupials.  Austral. J.
Dent., 1932, 36: 187; 232; 282.—Stein, J. B.  The formation
of the enamel through cytomorphosis and necrobiosis.  Dent.
Cosmos, 1930, 72: 117-31.—Verne,  J.  Idees  actuelles  sur
l'histogenese de l'email.  Rev. odont., Par., 1932, 53: 20-8.—
Walkhoff, O.  Studien iiber  die erste Entwicklung des Zahn-
schmelzes.  Deut. Mschr. Zahnh., 1927, 45: 49; 1928, 46: 785 —
Weidenreich, F.  Die  Hartsubstanzgewebe des  Zahnes in
phylogenetischer Betrachtung.  Paradentium, Berl.,  1930, 2:
194-207, 2 pi.—Yamamura, S. Beitrage zur Entwicklung des
Schmelzorgans von menschlichen Zahnen.   Mitt. allg. Path.,
Sendai, 1936, 9: 1--2, 6 pi.

----   Disease and  tumor.

   See also Adamantinoma.
   Benrath,  J.    *Ueber  Zahnerosionen    [Er-
langen]   28p.   8?   [Berl.] 1929.
   Buhler [G.] H.   *Untersuchungen iiber Form
und   Massverhaltnisse  der   Zementhypoplasie
und   Schmelzeinstiilpung   an   den   maxillaren
Backzahnen des Pferdes.   44p.   8?  Lpz.,  1936.
   Haas,  H.   *Weisse  Flecke  im  Schmelz vom
klinischen  Standpunkt betrachtet.   20p.    8?
Erlangen,  1937.
   Hirzel,  G.    *Beitrag  zur  Kasuistik   der
Adamantinome.   45p.   8?  Zur., 1929.
   Bauer, W.  Der laeurtare Abbau der unverkalkten Zahn-
hartgewebe.  Virchows Arch., 1929, 273: 780-93.—Boyle,  P. E.
The effect of ascorbic acid deficiency on enamel formation in
the teeth of guinea pigs.   Am. J. Path., 1938, 14: 843-8, 6 pi.—
Dick, J. L.   Abnormal conditions of  enamel in  cases of mal-
nutrition.  Lancet, Lond., 1918,  2: 456.—F., E. W.   Enamel
absorption; photomicrograph. Brit. Dent. J., 1938, 65: 500.—
Fosdick, L. S., Hansen, H. L., & Epple, C.  Enamel decalcifica-
tion by mouth organisms and dental caries: a suggested test
for cartes susceptibility.  J.  Am.  Dent.  Ass., 1937, 24: 1275-
80.—Goldmann, H., & Herzog, W.  Die Beziehung zwischen
den Schmelzveranderungen der Nagezahne und  der Katarakt
bei parathyreopriven Ratten. Klin. Wschr., 1937, 16: 205.—
Gore, J. T.  Saliva and enamel decalcification; saliva separator.
J. Dent. Res.,  1938, 17: 69-74.  ------  Saliva and enamel
decalcification; autolysis.  Ibid., 411-21.—Kazis, H.  Diseases
of enamel:   treatment by extensive porcelain  restorations.
Dent. Digest, 1934, 40: 424-7.—Kitchin, P.  C, & McFarland,
R. D. Does pasteurized milk cause variation from normal in
the crystal structure of enamel formed during the period of use
of such milk?  J. Dent. Res., 1933, 13: 359-62.—Kotanyi, E.
Die konservative Behandlung der Schmelzepithelsgeschwiilste.
Zschr. Stomat., 1937,  35: 790-9.—San tone. P.   Sopra alcune
modalita di  involuzione  dell'organo dello  smalto  nei molari
dei mammiferi.  Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper.,  1934, 9: 109-11.—
Schenk, F.  Zur Methodik des Ersatzes ausgedehnter Schmelz-
defekte.  Oesterr. ungar. Vjschr.  Zahnh., 1913,  29: 216-27.—
Sjoquist, P.  E.  The macroscopic formation of the enamel
deformations caused by rickets or spasmophilia  and  a theory
of their mechanism of evolution.  Acta  paediat., Upps., 1936-
37, 19: 281-319.—Stein,  G.   Schmelzschaden am Milchgebiss
und ihre klinische Bedeutung. Zschr. Stomat., 1936,  34: 843-
62.—Wallace, J. S.  Recent research on enamel and the inci-
dence of dental oaries.  Austral. J. Dent., 1929, 33: 321-8.

---   Effect of various agents.

   Berger,  O.   *Die  Salzsaurewirkung auf   den
Zahnschmelz.  14p.  8?  Wiirzb.,  1933.
   Peetz,  L.   H.     *Saureeinwirkung  auf  den
Zahnschmelz    [Jena]    p.387-402.    8?   Berl.,
1929.
   Also Deut. Mschr. Zahnh., 1929, 47:
   Becks, H., & Furuta, W. J. Effect of magnesium deficient
diets on oral and  dental tissues; changes in the enamel epi-
thelium. J. Am. Dent. Ass.,  1939, 26: 883-91.—Begelmann, I.
A. [Permeability of the enamel to coloring substances] Sovet.
stomat.,  1931, 9: 29-35.—Bodecker, C. F., & Bodecker, H. W.
C. The bacterial destruction of dental enamel.  J.  Dent  Res
1928-29, 9: 37-53.—Dobbs, E. C.  Surface resistance of human
enamel to acid decalcification. Ibid., 1932, 12: 581.—Fonso, Y.
E. El esmalte del diente frente a la acci6n qufmico bacteriana!
Rev. nted. Rosario, 1935, 9:  54.—Klein, H.  Physico-chemical
studies on the structure of  dental enamel; the cataphoretic
determination of the effects of  pH and  electrolytes on the
electric charge resident on enamel particles.  J. Dent  Res
1932, 12: 79-83.------ The effects  of acidity and alkalin-
ity upon particles  of tri-calcium  phosphate.  Ibid. 85-  87 —
Kraus, A.  Zur Frage der experimentellen De- und Reminerali- 
ENAMEL
213
ENAMEL
sation des Zahnschmelzes.  Deut. Mschr.  Zahnh., 1931, 49:
833-44.__Leclerq, A., & Ripert, J.  De la resistance de ltemail
aux agents chimiques; action des acides; la salive et son pouvoir
mouillant.  Rev. stomat., Par., 1933, 35: 557-605.—McClel-
land, J. R.  The decalcification of human tooth enamel.  Dent.
Cosmos,  1926,  68: 127-32.—Naeslund, C.   Experimentelle
Versuche iiber den Einfluss des Zahneputzens auf den Zahn-
schmelz.   Paradentium,  Berl.,  1933, 5:  113-8.—Peetz,  H.
Saureeinwirkung auf den  Zahnschmelz.  Deut. Mschr. Zahnh.,
1929, 47: 387-402.—West, E. S., & Judy, F. R.   Destruction
of tooth enamel by acidified candies.  J. Dent. Res., 1938, 17:
499-504.

----   Fluorosis [mottling]

   See also Fluorine, Poisoning; Tooth,  Caries.
   Genet,  G.   *Les  alterations des dents  dans
l'intoxication  fluorique  chronique.    35p.    8?
Geneve, 1932.
   Ainsworth, N. J.  Mottled teeth.   Brit.  Dent. J., 1933, 55:
233-50.—Anderson, B.  G.  An endemic  center of mottled
enamel in China.  J. Dent. Res., 1932, 12: 591. ------ &
Stevenson, P. H.  The  occurrence of mottled enamel among
the Chinese.  Ibid., 1930, 10: 233-8.—Applebaum, E.  Mot-
tled enamel.  Tr. Dent. Soc. State N. York, 1936, 68:  97-108.
Also Dent. Cosmos,  1936, 78: 969-80.—Barondes,  R. deR.
Chronic fluorine intoxication: report of  mottled enamel in a
dog.  Southwest. M., 1937, 21: 357-63.—Beust, T. B.  The
capillaries of the enamel and their relation to mottled teeth.
J. Am. Dent. Ass., 192C, 13: 980-98.—Blue, J. A.  Mottled
enamel in Oklahoma Panhandle, and its possible relations  to
child development.  J. Oklahoma M. Ass., 1938, 31: 296-301 —
Boissevain. C. H.  The presence of fluorine  in the water supply
of Colorado and its  relation to  the occurrence of mottled
enamel.  Colorado M.,  1933, 30: 142-8.—Bowes, J.  H.,  &
Murray,  M. M.  A  chemical study of mottled teeth from
Maldon, Essex.  Brit. Dent. J., 1936, 60: 556-62.—Cannava, A.
Un nuovo mezzo per svelare la fluorosi iniziale dei denti.  Boll.
Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1938, 13: 838-40.—Chaneles, J. Effets  de
la fluorose chronique sur  les dents des rats blancs et action des
rayons ultra-violets.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929,  102: 860-2.—
Churchill, H. V.  The occurrence of fluorides in some waters of
the United States.  J. Dent. Res., 1932, 12: 141-8.—Dean, H.
T.  Distribution of mottled enamel in the United States.   J.
Am. Dent. Ass., 1933, 20: 319-33.   Also  Pub.  Health  Rep.,
Wash., 1933,  48: 703-34.  ------  Classification of mottled
enamel; diagnosis. J. Am. Dent. Ass.,  1934,  21: 1421-6.------
Mottled enamel in cattle. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1935,  50:
206-10, pi.------ Etat actuel de la fluorose dentaire endemi-
que; dudes aux Etats-Unis.  Bull. Off. internat. hyg. pub., Par.,
1939, 31: 862-5. ------Dixon, R. M., & Cohen, C.  Mottled
enamel in Texas.  Pub.  Health Rep., Wash., 1935, 50: 424-
42 2  pi.—Dean, H. T., Elvove, E., & Poston, R. F.  Mottled
enamel in South Dakota.  Ibid., 1939, 54:  212-28.—Dean, H.
T., & McKay, F. S. Production of mottled enamel halted by a
change in common water supply.  Am. J.  Pub.  Health, 1939,
29: 590-6.—Deatherage, C. F., Klassen, C. W., & Weart, J. G.
Fluorides  and mottled  enamel in Illinois.   Illinois Dent.  J.,
1939  8: 194-205.—Diasio, F. A. Mottled  enamel; report of a
case.  Dent, Cosmos, 1933, 75: 872-5.—Fossum, C.  Mottled
enamel.  J. Am. Dent. Ass., 1928, 15: 1701-10.—Hodge, H. C,
Luce-Clausen, E. M., & Brown, E. F.  Fluorosis in rats due to
contamination with fluorine of commercial casein; the effects of
darkness and of controlled radiation upon  the pathology of
the teeth.  J. Nutrit.,  1939, 17: 333-46.—Kempf, G.  A., &
McKay,  F. S.  Mottled enamel in  a segregated population.
Pub.  Health Rep.,  Wash., 1930, 45: 2923-3340,  3 pi.  Also J.
Dent. Res., 1932, 12: 121^0.—Koepel. F.  Mottled enamel
and pitted teeth. Dent. Surv., 1934, 10: 34-6.—Lemmon, J. R.
Mottled enamel of  teeth in children; a resume with considera-
tion of clinical  and etiologie factors.  Texas J.  M., 1934,  30:
332-6.—Loewe, S., & Salfeld, H.  Mottling of enamel effected
by a single fluorine dose.  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1934-35.
32: 1649-51.—Machle, W. F. Normal urinary  fbiorine excre-
tion and the problem of mottled enamel. Dent.  Cosmos, 1936,
78: 612-15.—Mcintosh. J. F., Montelius, G.,  & Ma.  Y.  C.
Chemical studies of mottled enamel  and brown stain.   China
M. J., 1932,  46: 1099-103.—McKay. F.  S.  Water  supplies
charged with disfiguring teeth; remarkable  effects of  certain
waters on the growing enamel; specific  cases cited; room for
investigation by water works chemists. Internat. J. Orthodont.,
1926, 12: 211-22.  Also  Pacific Dent. Gaz.,  1926, 34: 308-21.
------   Mottled enamel;  the chemical determination of  the
discoloration known as brown stain.  Dent. Cosmos, 1927, 69:
736-8.------  Mottled enamel; report of an examination of
an afflicted District  in  Italy.  J.  Dent.  Res., 1927-28,  8:
353-65.------The  relation of mottled enamel to canes.
J. Am.  Dent. Ass., 1928, 15: 1429-37.  ------ An  analysis
of the conditions held accountable for the  beginning of dental
caries  (mottled enamel)   Dent.  Cosmos,  1929, 71:  649-57.
------   The establishment  of  a definite  relation  between
enamel that is defective in its structure, as mottled enamel, and
the liability to decay.  Ibid., 747-55. Also Pacific Dent. Gaz.,
1929,37:599-610.  ------ The present, status of the investiga-
tion of the cause, and of the geographical distribution, of mottled
enamel, including a complete bibliography  on mottled enamel.
J. Dent. Res., 1930, 10:  561-8.  ------  A brief presentation
pf the present status of the investigation  of mottled enamel.
Bull. Colorado Dent. Ass.,  1932, 12: 15.
Mottled
enamel; the  result  of a change of water supply at  Bauxite,
Arkansas; 10 years afterward.  J. Am. Dent. Ass., 1939, 26:
900-5.  ------& Kempf, G. A.  A review of the most recent
research on mottled enamel.  J. Dent. Res., 1927-28, 8: 416.—
Metral, E.,  &  Tcheraz,  A.  Taches  de  l'email.   Schweiz.
Mschr. Zahnh., 1935, 45: 839-41, pi.—Montelius, G., Mcintosh,
3. F„ & Ma, Y. C.  Chemical investigations of mottled enamel
and  brown stain.   J. Dent.  Res.,  1933, 13: 73-9.—Morgan,
M. T.  La fluorose dentaire  en Grande-Bretagne.  Bull. Off.
internat.  hyg. pub., Par., 1939,  31: 855-61.—Mufioz, J. M.
El fluor del agua y las alteraciones dentarias en la Republica
Argentina.  Rev. Soc argent, biol., 1934, 10: 43-64.—Ostrem,
C. T.  Mottled  enamel.  Iowa Dent. Bull.,  1933, 19: 73-5.—
Pierle, C. A.  Production of mottling and of  brown stain.
J. Am. Dent. Ass., 1926, 13: 999-1012.—Pillai, S. C.  Observa-
tions on  the mottled condition of human teeth  endemic in a
certain locality  of  Nagercoil in  Travancore,  S. India.  Ind.
M. Gaz., 1938, 73: 408.—Reed, J. J. Mottled enamel. J. Am.
Dent. Ass.,  1932,  19:  1985-9.—Schour, I., & Cammack, M.
Mottled teeth: an experimental and histologic analysis.  Angle
Orthodont.,  1935, 5: 224.—Schour, I., & Smith,  M. C.  Mot-
tled  teeth: an experimental and histologic  analysis.  J. Am.
Dent. Ass.,  1935,  22:  796-813.  Also repr.—Sebrell, W. H.,
Dean, H. T. [et al.]  Changes in the teeth of white rats given
water from a mottled  enamel area compared with those pro-
duced by water containing sodium fluoride.  Pub. Health Rep.,
Wash., 1933, 48: 437-45, 2 p!.—Sinton, J. J.  The significance
of mottled enamel; as manifested by  a recent survey.  Bull.
Colorado Dent. Ass., 1934, 12: 36-8.—Smith, A. E.  Mottled
enamel.  N.  Orleans M.  & S. J., 1935-36, 88: 376-8.—Smith,
M. C.  Dietary factors in relation to mottled enamel.  J. Dent.
Res.. 1935, 15: 281-90. ----— & Smith. H. V. The occurrence
of mottled enamel on the temporary teeth.  J. Am. Dent. Ass.,
1935,22:814-7.  ----— & Lantz, E. M.  The cause of mottled
enamel.  Dent.  Surv., 1932, 8: 25-32. Also J. Dent. Res.,
1932,12:149-59.  ------ Further studies in mottled enamel.
J. Am. Dent. Ass., 1935, 22: 817-29.—Snoddy. W. H.  Mottled
and  stained teeth.  Mil. Dent. J., 1929, 6: 95.—Sogolov, M. I.
[On  the  so-called  mottled  enamel  (stained)]   Stomatologia,
Moskva, 1938, No. 4, 73-6.—Steelsmith. D. C.  Fluorides and
mottled enamel in  Iowa.  J. Iowa M. Soc, 1933, 23: 273.—
Study  may make possible the prevention of mottled enamel.
Science News Lett., 1936, 29: 215.—Throndson, A., & Thomp-
son, L.  Mottled enamel.   Contact Point, 1934-35, 12: 267-9.—
Trendley Dean, H.  Chronic endemic dental fluorosis (mottled
enamel)   J. Am.  M. Ass.,  1936,  107:  1269-73.—Velu,  H.
Rapports entre  l'intoxication fluorique et la calcification de la
denture de remplacement chez le mouton.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,
1938, 127: 854.—Walker, J. S. Mottled enamel.  J. Am. Dent.
Ass., 1933, 20: 1867-71.  ------  One man's battle against
mottled  enamel.   Oral  Hyg.,  Pittsb.,  1934,  24:  340-7 —
Walker,  O.  J.  Mottled  enamel in Alberta.  J.  Canad. Dent.
Ass., 1937. 3: 503-6.  ------& Spencer. E. Y. The occurrence
of mottled enamel  of teeth  in Alberta and its relation to the
fluorine content of the water supply.  Canad. J. Res., 1937,
15: Sec. B, 305-14.

----   Histology.

   Benning,  P.   *Beitrag  zur  vergleichenden
 Histologie der  Hartsubstanzen der Hasenzahne.
 16p.   8?   Wiirzb.,  1931.
   Enger, E.   *Beitrag  zur Histologie des Tier-
schmelzes   [Gottingen]   35p.   8?   Hannover,

 1930.
   Gerig, H.   *Beitrag zur Histologie der soge-
nannten kolbenf ormigen Fortsatze an der Schmelz-
dentingrenze.   16p.  8?  Wiirzb., 1935.
   Gottmann,  F.   *Beitrag   zur vergleichenden
 Histologie der  Hartsubstanzen der Katzenzahne.
 18p.   8?   Wiirzb., 1929.
   Krueger,  A.    *Beitrag  zur   vergleichenden
 Histologie  des  Zahnschmelzes   von   Macropus
 browni.   15p.   8?   Wiirzb.,  1932.
   Lutteken,  A.   *Beitrage  zur  vergleichenden
 Histologie der  Hartsubstanzen des Rinderzahnes
 [Wiirzburg]   21p.   8?   Warendorf, 1929.
   Plumer,   A.    *Beitrag  zur   vergleichenden
 Histologie der Hartsubstanzen der Haifischzahne.
 16p.   8?   Wiirzb., 1930.
   Sachs, J.  *Histologische  Untersuchung (Stu-
 dien)  des Zahnschmelzes unter Berucksichtigung
 der Milchzahne und besonderer Falle  [Wiirzburg]
 55p.    8?   Arnstein Ufr., 1933.
   Scheel,  F.   *Ueber Struktur  und Bedeutung
 des  sogenannten  Schmelzstranges.    12p.    8?
 Wiirzb., 1936. 
ENAMEL
214
ENAMEL
   Schwiegersbausen, G.  *Histolog;sche Unter-
suchungen iiber Schmelzkanale  an Milchzahnen.
17p.   8?   Wiirzb., 1934.
   Voss,  R.   *Beitrage zur vergleichenden His-
tologie der Hartsubstanzen der Rehzahne  [Wiirz-
burg]   20p.  8?   Duisburg-Ruhrorf,  1929.
   Allen. C. E.  A new view of the microscopic anatomy of
human  dental enamel.  Austral. J. Dent.,  1930. 34: 3-58.—
Beckwith, T. D.. & Williams, A.  The examination of guinea
pig dental enamel matrix  by celloidin section.  Proc. Soc.
Exp. Biol.. N. Y.. 1926-27, 24: 76-8.  ------  The organic
matrix in dental enamel of the guinea-pig and rabbit.  Dent.
Cosmos, 1927, 69: 912-20.—Berke, J. D.  Studies in the his-
tology  and  pathology of human  enamel.  Ibid.,  1936,  78:
700-10.—Beust, T. B.  Microscopic anatomy of the enamel.
J.  Dent. Res., 1937, 16: 235-41.—Bodecker, C. F.  The Cape-
Kitchin modification  of the celloidin decalcifying method for
dental enamel.  Ibid.,  143-9.—Eisenberg.  M. J.  A micro-
scopic study of the surface enamel of  human teeth.  Anat.
Rec, 1938,  71: 221-31.—Erler, G.  Ueber den Zahnschmelz
der Krokodile.   Zschr. Zellforsch.,  1935,  23:  589-606.—
Faber.  F.  Das  organische  Gewebe des menschlichen Zahn-
schmelzes. Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt., 1928,  86: 1-70.
Zur Kenntnis der kolbenf ormigen Fortsatze im menschlichen
Zahnschmelz. Paradent;um, Berl., 1930. 2: 48-56.—Funaoka,
S.  Die  Anordnung  der  Mikrokrystalle  im  Zahnschmelz.
Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kioto, 1926,  9: 41-3, pi.—Gustafson,
G.  Ueber Spiralbildungen  im Schmelz des  Menschen.  Deut.
Zahn  &c Heilk.,  1936, 3: 602-8.   ------  Weiteres uber
Spiralbildungen  im  Schmelz  des Menschen.  Ibid., 1938, 5:
376-84.—Hollander, F., Bodecker, C. F. [et al.]  A study of the
bands  of Schreger  by histological and Grenz-ray methods.
Dent. Cosmos,  1935,  77: 12-20.—Katayama, T.  The histo-
logical study of human dental hard tissues  by the Sump
method.  Tr. Nippon Dent. Ass., 1933, 29-33, 4 pi.—Kato, S.
Histological  study of  human  enamel.  Dent.  Cosmos,  1929,
71: 1139.—King, J. D.  A note on the microscopic structure of
enamel. J. Anat., Lond., 1938-39, 73: 424-31—Maccafeni, G.
Esiste una colorazione  propria dello smalto?  Riv. ital. stomat.,
1936,  5:  13-7.—Meyer,  W.  Mikrophotographie allerfeinster
Strukturen  des  Schmelzes  mit ultraviolettem Licht.  Deut.
Zahn &c Heilk., 1935, 2: 43-5.—Renyi, G.  S.  Central bodies
in the cells  of  the inner enamel epithelium.  Am. J.  Anat.,
1933, 53: 413-25.—Smreker, E. Ueber Injektion des Schmelzes
durch  die  Zahnbeinkanalehen.  Zschr. Stomat.,  1926, 24:
460-7.—Thewlis, J.   X-rays and enamel  histology.   Brit.
Dent. J.,  1936, 61: 270-6.  ------  The submicroscopic struc-
ture of dental enamel.  Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1939, 127: ser. B,
211-23, pi.—Thomas.  L.   Comnaraison  entre l'email des
vert£hr£s supdieurs et  le revdement  superficiel  des dents
d'dasmobranches.   Rev. stomat., Par.,  1936,  38:  467-71 —
Walkhoff.  Ein Beitrag zur  Kenntnis  der Leistungen der
Mikrophotographie  mit sichtbarem und ultraviolettem Licht
bei histologischen Untersuchungen insbesondere des Schmelzes.
Deut. Mschr. Zahnh.,  1930, 48: 1201-8.

----   Hypoplasia.

   Baarhs, O.   *Hypoplasien des Zahnschmelzes
als   Folge  von  Kindertetanie  und  Rachitis;
Prophylaxe   und  Therapie dieser Krankheiten
unter besonderer  Berucksichtigung der Yitamin-
lehre  und- behandlung.   19p.   8?  Wiirzb.,  1930.
   Bruckner, S.    *Beitrag  zur Histologie  der
Schmelzhypoplasien.   22p.   8?    Wurzb.,   1931.
   Calteux,  J.   P.    *Die   Schmelzhypoplasie
[Bonn]   86p.  8?   Lpz., 1933.
   Fritzsche, H.   *Kasuistischer  Beitrag  zur
vererbbaren  Schmelzunterentwicklung  und  der
histologische Befund  solcher  Zahne   [Leipzig]
30p.   8?   Zeulenroda,  1932.
   Hexke,  J.   *Schmelzhypoplasien  des  blei-
benden   Gebisscs   unter  Berucksichtigung   der
sozialen Schichtung des Volkes   [Munster]  34p.
8?   Quakenbruck, 1933.
   Kretzsch.maxn,  K.   [H.]    *Schmelzhypopla-
sien  bei  aussereuropiiischen  und   Xaturvolkern
[Leipzig]   39p.   8?  Oelsnitz-Y., 1934.
   Meyer, A. *Ueber Aetiologie und  Haufigkeit
der Schmelzhypoplasien im Kindesalter   [Miin-
sterl   32p.  8?   Detmold,  1932.
   Schoxberger,   F.    *Die    Geschichte   der
Schmelzhj-poplasien.  53p.   8?   Erlangen, 1930.
   Zilz,  R.  [geb.   Meyer]   *Ueber   vererbbare
hochgradige  Schmelzunterentwicklung  [Leipzig]
43p.   8?   Zeulenroda, 1932.
  Dechaume, M.  Un cas d'hvpoplasie brune lter£ditaire de
l'email.  Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1939, 37:  110-6.—Klein, H.
Etiology of enamel hypoplasia in rickets as  determined by
studies on rats and swine.  J. Am. Dent. Ass., 1941, 18: 8ob-
S l— Mellanby. M. The structure of dental tissues with special
reference to some stages in the development  of  norma! and
hypoplastic enamel.  Brit. Dent. J., 1937, 63:  557-68, 5 pi.—
Stein, G.  Hvpoplasien. Wien. med. V\schr., 1935, 85: 1149.—
Viverito. J. A.  Porcelain restorations for  hypoplastic enamel.
Dent. Cosmos, 1936, 78: 1080-2.

----  Nodule and pearl.

   Jaross,  L.   *Entwicklungsgeschichtliche Stu-
dien   iiber  die Bedeutung  des  Schmelzknotena
[Wiirzburg]   15p.  8?  Ochsenfurt-M., 1935.

   Krusselmaxx, F.  *Beitrag zur Histologie der
sogenannten  Schmelzsporne.  20p.  8?   Wiirzb.,
1931.
   Xollatj,   P.   [C]     *Ueber   Schmelztropfen
[Leipzig]  40p.   8?  Zeulenroda i. Thiir., 1933.
   Teichert,  A.    *Genese  und   Histologie  der
Schmelzperlen.  16p.   8?   Wiirzb., 1931.
   Gollner. L. Ueber Schmelztropfen.  Deut. Mschr. Zahnh.
1928,  46: 225-40.—Kershaw,  J.   An  enamel  nodule.  Brit.
Dent.  J., 1934. 57: 75.—Lartschneider, J.   Beitrage zur Kennt-
nis der fiir die Entstehung und die Lokalisation der Schmelz-
tropfen massgebenden biologischen und  pathologischen Mo-
mente. Zschr. Stomat., 1929, 27: 751-6.—Pfluger, H.  Zur
Entstehung der Schmelzperlen.  Deut. Mschr. Zahnh., 1931,
49: 993-1003.

----  Pharmacology.
   Braxdatj,   G.    *Die  Remineralisation  dea
Zahnschmelzes   [Wiirzburg]   15p.   8?   Hagen-
W. [1933]
   Bodecker, C. F.  The remineralization of white spots in the
dental enamel.  Internat. J. Orthodont., 1930, 16: 1146-9.—
Wilson, L. A.  Is the artificial calcification and recalcification
of dental enamel possible? report of research into this problem.
Dent. Digest, 1928, 34: 689-702.

----  Physical properties.
   Tietze,  H. F.   *Priifungen iiber die Harte des
Schmelzes.   lop.   8?   Bresl., 1934.
   Benedict, H. C, & Kanthak, F. F.  The solubility of dental
enamel in various buffered solutions.  J. Dent. Res., 1932, 12:
277-89.—Bodecker, C. F. Enamel of the teeth decalcified by
the celloidin  decalcifying method  and examined with  ultra-
violet light.  Dent. Rev., 1906, 20: 317-37.—Eisenberg, M. J.
The refractive index  of  enamel.  Am.  Dent. Surgeon, 1930,
50: 231-5.—Forbes, J. C.  Solubility  of enamel.  J.  Dent.
Res.,  1933,  13:  349-58—Harders-Steinhauser,  M.   Die
Erhartung des  Zahnschmelzes  nach  polarisationsoptischen
Untersuchungen.   Zschr. Zellforsch.,  1938, 28:  274-91 —
Kanthak. F. F.  Velocity of solubility of various samples of
d°ntal enamel.  J. Dent. Res.,  1934,  14:  21-8— Keil, A.
Beitrage zur  Kenntnis der Doppelbrecbung des menschlichen
Zahnschmelzes.   Zschr.  Zellforsch.,  1936,  25:  204-20.—
Klein, H. Physico-chemical studies on the  structure of dental
enamel; the mechanism of.production of membrane potentials
(electrical differences  of potentials)  in  the enamel of dogs.
J. Dent. Res., 1932, 12: 91-4.—Klinger, A. Experiments on the
solubility of  human enamel.  Dent. Rec,  Lond., 1938. 58:
303-20.—Mummery,  J.  H.  Translucent  zones in enamel.
Brit. Dent.  J., 1926,  47: 473-82.—Proell  & SchuberL  Die
Ritzharte des Schmelzes; vorlaufige  Mitteilung.  Zschr. Sto-
mat.,  1928,  26:  1047-63.—Richter,  H.  Hartepriifung an
Schmelz  und  Dentin; iiber Ritz-  und  Kugeldruckharte der
harten Zahnsubstanzen, ein  kritischer Vergleich.  Ibid., 1931,
29: 591-606.—Rushton, M. A. The birefringence of deciduous
tooth enamel formed before and after birth.  Brit. Dent. J.,
1939.  67: 1-10.—Thewlis.  J.  Optical properties  of dental
enamel.   Nature, Lond , 1939, 143: 682.


----   Prism.
  Enke, H.   *Beitrag zur  Frage der  Querstrei-
fung der Schmelzprismen.   19p.   8?    Wiirzb.,
1935.
  Chase, S.  W.  The enamel prisms and the interprismatic
substance.   Anat. Rec, 1927-28,  36:  239-58.—Marcus. H.
Zur  Phylogenie  der  Schmelzprismen.   Zschr.  Zellforsch.,
1930-31, 12: 395-429, 2 pi.—Mummery. J. H.  On the structure
and arrangement  of the enamel prisms,  especially as shown in
the enamel of the  elephant.  Proc. R. Soc. M.. Lond., 1915-16,
9: odont. sect., 121-38.—Schmidt, W. I.  Ueher die Orientierung
der  Kristallite im Zahnschmelz.  Naturwissenschaften, 1936,
24: 361.—Schnizer, E. von.  Versuche zur Rekonstruktion des
Verlaufes menschlicher Schmelzprismen (vorlaufige Mitteilung)
Deut. Mschr. Zahnh., 1925, 43: 294-6.—Thewlis. J. Ueber die
Kristallorientierung im  Zahnschmelz.   Naturwissenschaften,
1937, 25:42. 
ENAMEL
215
ENCAUSSE
 ----   Vitality.
    Fell, E.   *Beitrag  zur  Vitalitat  des  Zahn-
 schmelzes.   25p.   8?   Wurzb., 1930.
    Hafen,   R.    *Die  Vitalitat  des   Schmelzes.
 28p.   8?   Munch., 1937.
    Kromik, F.   *Beitrag zur Frage der Vitalitat
 des   Schmelzes   besonders   an   der    Schmelz-
 Dentin-Grenze  an Hand von  Schliffen mensch-
 licher Zahne.   13p.   8?   Wurzb.,  1930.
    Siebert,  K.   *Untersuchungen  der  Schmelz-
 Dentin-Grenze  (unter  besonderer  Berucksichti-
 gung  der  Vitalitat   des  Schmelzes)    25p.   8?
 Tub., 1936.
    Applebaum,  E.  Concerning the permeability of  human
 enamel.   J. Dent. Res.,  1931, 11: 611-8.—Astakhov, N. A.
 [Vitality of the enamel of  the teeth]  Odont. stomat., Moskva,
 1928, 6: 7-16.—Begelmann,  I.  Die elektrische Leitfahigkeit
 als Methode zur Bestimmung der Permeabilitat des Schmelzes.
 Zschr. Stomat.,  1930, 28: 1058-70.—Bodecker, C.  F.  The
 dento-enamel circulation.  J.  Dent. Res., 1924-26, 6: 113-6.—
 Chase, S. W.  A critical review of the controversy concerning
 metabolism in the enamel. J. Am. Dent. As«., 1931, 18: 697-
 710.—De Vecchis, B.  La permeabilita dello smalto: rapporti
 istogenetici,  istologici, biochimici  e  clinici.   Stomatologia,
 Mod., 1927, 25: 73-106.  ------  Le vie umorali dello smalto.
 Ibid.,  1929, 27: 453-5.—Faber, F.  Die Frage  der  Vitalitat
 des menschlichen Zahn&chmelzes  im  Lichte  der  neueren
 Forschung.  Zschr.  Stomat.,  1929, 27: 530-45.—Fish,  E.  W.
 Age changes in the permeability of dog's enamel.  J. Physiol.,
 Lond.,  1931,  72: 321-6.------The vitality  of enamel.
 Brit. Dent. J.,  1932, 53:  563-71, 6 pi.—Fletcher, J.   Dental
 enamel:  is it  a vital tissue?   Pub. Health,  Lond., 1933, 46:
 396-402.—Gies, W.  J.   On the vitality of dental enamel.
 Proc.  Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1928-29,  26: 69.—Hopewell-
 Smith,  A. Evidences against the theory  of the metabolic
 properties of human enamel.   Proc R. Soc.  M., Lond., 1931,
 24: 1598.—Jager,  O.  Die  Frage der  Durchlcissigkeit des
 Zahnschmelzes fiir Wasser und Salzlosung.  Vjschr. Zahnh.,
 1933, 49: 444-9.—Jeffery, G. E. S.  The permeability of enamel.
 Brit. Dent,  J.,  1932, 53: 65-76, pi.—Klein,  H.   Physico-
 chemical studies on the structure of dental enamel; a quantita-
 tive method for determining relative differences in the  perme-
 ability of the teeth.  J.  Dent. Res., 1929-30,  10: 447-50.
 ----- A method for determining the rate at which a salt may
 penetrate the enamel.  Ibid., 1930, 10: 727-31.—Kronfeld, R.
 The problem  of vital  processes in the human dental tissues.
 Dominion Dent.  J.,  1934, 46: 107-10.—Lefkowitz,  W., &
 Bodecker. C. F.  Concerning the vitality of the calcified dental
 tissues; the permeability of enamel.  J. Dent. Res., 1938, 17:
 453-63.—Lukomsky, J. H.  Zu den Lebenseigenschaften des
 Zahnschmelzes und der anderen Zahngewebe.  Deut. Msehr.
 Zahnh.. 1930, 48: 31-6.—Miinch.  J.  Beitrag zur Frage der
 Vitalitat des  Schmelzes.   Vjschr. Zahnh., 1929, 45: 532-42.
 ------  Neue Untersuchungen iiber die  Vitalitat des  Zahn-
 schmelzes.  Verh. Phys.  med  Ges.  Wiirzburg,  1930,  n.  F.,
 55:  118-2!.-—Pincus,  P.   Enamel—organic matter.   Brit.
 Dent. J., 1936, 61: 583-9.—Sprawson, E. On the  histological
 evidences of the organic content  and reactions  of marsupial
 enamel, with a note on human enamel. Proc. R. Soc,  Lond.,
 1930, ser. B, 106: 376-87, 4 pi.

 ENAMEL  [ceramic]

   See also Ceramics; Eating utensil.
   Litterscheid,   F.  M.    Antimonhaltige   Emails.    Zschr.
 Untersuch. Lebensmitt., 1928, 55: 296.—Misslavskaya. M. M.,
 & Shapszev, K. N. [Meteorologic factors in enameling processes
 and their effect on the organism of the workers]  Profess, pat.
 gig., 1928, 55-64.—Spietschka, T.  Ueber  eine  eigenartige
 Erkrankung  der Arbeiter in Emailfabriken.   Arch.  Derm.
 Syph., Lpz., 1910, 104: 85-90.

 ENANTHEMA.

   See Eruption.

 ENANTIA.
   Santesson,  C.  G.   Drogen aus  dem   Kamerungebiete;
 Bololo:  Cortex Enantiae  chlorantae  Oliv.  Skand.  Arch.
 physiol., Berl., 1932, 64: 225.
   ENAUD,   Yves, 1892-        *L'heliotherapie
 en  Cerdagne; les Escaldes,  Font-Romeu, Odeillo,
 Osseja.   205p.   8?   Par., 1926.
  ENBOM, Gustaf.   Gegenseitige  Abhangigkeit
 der Gefass-  und  Organentwicklung im Bauche
 beim   Opossum.    114p.    illust.    8?    Lund,
 H.  Ohlsson,  1937.
  ENCAUSSE,  Philippe,  1905-        *Sciences
occultes  et  desequilibre  mental.    198p.    8?
Par., Ed. Leymarie,  1935.
   ENCAUSSE Hubert, Regine, 1907-       *Du
role   de  l'assistante   sociale  en  ophtalmologie
[Paris]   81p.   ch.   8?   Saint-Amand, 1933.
   ENCEPHALE  (L')  journal  de   psychiatric
Par., v.l,  1906-


ENCEPHALITIS [including Meningoen-

   cephalitis]

   See also Brain,  Disease; Cerebellum,  Disease;
Encephalitis,  epidemic; Encephalomyelitis; Hy-
drocephalus;  Nervous  system, central,  Disease;
also  under names  of primary diseases.
   Betchov, N.  Une maladie oubltee: la phrenite.  Rev. nted.
Suisse rom., 1924,  44: 209-14.—Carter, L. D.  Encephalitis.
J. Indiana M. Ass., 1936,  29:  63-6.—Eckstein.  Encefalitis.
Dfa med., B. Air., 1931-32,  4: 191-3.—Elliott, B. L.  Encepha-
litis.  Month. Bull. Kansas City Clin. Soc, 1936,  12: No. 6,
13.—Hempelmann,  T. C.   Encephalitis.  In Pract. Pediat.
(Brennemann, J.) Hagerstown, 1937, 4: ch. 7, 33.—Hengstler,
W. H., & Ruthberg, G. N. Encephalitis.  Minnesota M., 1930,
13: 888-90.—Hufford,  A. R.  Encephalitis.  Clin.  M.  & S.,
1931,  38: 644-6.—Kahn.   Les enefiphalites.  Rev.  gin. clin.
ther., 1929, 43: 452-4.—Knapp, A.  Die Encephalitis.  Arch.
Psychiat., Berl., 1928, 83: 34-58.—La Mont. E.  Case study of
encephalitis. Trained Nurse, 1938, 101: 57-61.—Long,  H. D.
Encephalitis.  J. Tennessee M. Ass., 1934, 27:36-9.—Mclntyre,
H. D. The encephalitides.  Ohio M. J., 1933, 29:  239-42.—
McKhann, C. F., Eley, R. C. [et al.]  Nonsuppurative encepha-
litis.  In Pract. Libr. M. & S. (Appleton)  1935, 7:  711-42.—
Masten,  M. G.  Encephalitis.   Med. Woman J.,  1931,  38:
109-15.—Powell, L. S.  Encephalitis.  Eye Ear &c Month.,
1937-38,  16: 308.—Rivers, T.  Encephalitis.  Yale J.  Biol.,
1934-35,  7: 369.—Wyllie, W. G.  Encephalitis.  Brit. M. J.,
1934,  2: 241-3.

----  acute.

   Henning,   G.   *Ueber  seltenere  Formen der
akuten  nichteitrigen  Enzephalitis  [Strassburg]
50p.   8?  Berl., 1914.
   Bortz. W. M.  The problem of acute encephalitis from the
internist's viewpoint. Atlantic  M. J., 1927-28, 30: 771-4.—
Campagna, M.  Acute encephalitis (case report)  N. Orleans
M. & S. J., 1927-29, 80: 40.—Courtois, A.  De la valeur diag-
nostique et pronostique de  l'azot^mie dans un groupe d'ence-
phalites aigues.  C. rend.  Soc.  biol.,  1929,  100:   1002-4.—
Curschmann,  H.   Ueber  nichteitrige  akute  Enzephalitis.
Munch, med.  Wschr.,  1923,  70:  1368-70.—De  Stella. H.
Meningo-encephalite aigue.   Rev. beige sc. nted., 1934, 6: 639-
48.—Frets, G. P.   [Acute  nonpurulent encephalitis,  acute
encephalitis]  Ned. tschr.  geneesk., 1933, 77: 4098-102.—
Glesinger, B.  Zur Behandlung der akuten Encephalitis.  Med.
Klin., Berl., 1927,  21:  127-9.—Henner, K.   [Divergence  of
etiology in acute encephalitis in the last vears]  Cas. tek. Cesk.,
1933,  72: 577; 615; 650.—Hubbard, R. S., & Terplan, K.
Demonstration of sucrose in the cerebrospinal fluid of a patient
with acute encephalitis.  Arch. Path., Chic, 1935,  20: 307.—
Jumentie  & Valiere Vialeix.  Sur un cas d'encephalite aigue
non-suppur6e de l'adulte avec neVrite optique; aspect ophtalmo-
scopique de stase papillaire;  tesions k localisations predominant
sur le trajet des voies optiques intra- et extra-cd6brales.  Ann.
ocul.,  Par., 1925, 162:  14-41.—Leri, A.,  & Tretiakov.   Ence-
phalite aigue avec ramolissement presque total du corps calleux:
dat de depression pseudo-ntelancolique et paralys.es oculaires
ayant simule l'enc6phalite ldhargique.   Bull. Soc. nted. hop.
Paris, 1923, 3. ser., 47:  1098-102.—Lhermitte, J.   Le traite-
ment  des enc6phalites aigues.  Gaz. hop., 1934, 107: 581-3.—
Loeper, M., Lemaire, A. [et al.]   Groupement symptomatique
inhabituel au cours dune enc6phalite aigue primitive.  Bull.
Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1937, 3. ser., 53: 548-50.—Macera,  J. M.,
Feigues,  J.,  & Pereyra Kafer,  J.  Encefalitis  aguda.  Sem.
med., B. Air.,  1930, 37: pt 2,  815-7.—Muhl,  G.   On acute
encephalitis as a cause of sudden death.  Acta paediat., Upps.,
1935,  17: suppl. 1, 314-23.—Schuster, P.  Encephalitis  acuta.
In Spec. Path. Ther. inn. Krankh., Berl., 1924, 10:  Teil  2, 37-
58,  pi.—Silbermann, M., & Zappert, J.  Klinische Studien
iiber die akute primare Encephalitis. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1936,
49: 1577-81.—Sioli, F.  Die Therapie der akuten Encephalitis.
Fortsch. Ther., 1931, 7: 673-7.—Skoog. A. L.  Acute encepha-
litis:  its  diagnostic indications  and therapv.   Month. Bull.
Kansas City Clin. Soc, 1936, 12: 8-10.—Stefani, S.  Questioni
attuali sulle malattie infiammatorie acute del nevrasse.  Note
psichiat., Pesaro, 1931, 60:  131-57—Tixier, L., & de Seze, S.
Nevraxite aigue et grossesse.  Gaz. hop., 1929, 102: 1153-8.—
Victora, K.  [Case of  recurring primary acute encephalitis]
Rev. neur. psychiat, Praha,  1930, 27: 76-80.—Wiesen.  E. M.
Zur Lehre iiber die akuten Encephalitiden. Arch.  Psychiat.,
Berl.,  1929-30,  89:  46-64.—Wigton. H. A.  Acute encephalitis
and inflammatory cerebral complications as found in the gen-
eral practice of medicine. Nebraska M. J., 1934, 19: 316-8.—
Wilson, F. I.  Acute encephalitis: report of an unusual case.
J. Kansas M. Soc, 1929, 30: 153-5.—Zentay, P.  J.   Acute
encephalitis or toxic encephalopathy simulating brain abscess.
Am. J. Surg., 1938, 42: 112-5. 
ENCEPHALITIS
216
ENCEPHALITIS
 ----  acute  aseptic benign [Meningitis lympho-
 cytica serosa]
   See also Encephalitis, epidemic,  Type, menin-
 geal.
   Boquien,  Y.    *La meningite  lymphocytaire
 curable.   77p.   8?  Par.,  1933.
   Brewda,   M.    *La meningite aigue  lympho-
 cytaire b6nigne.   43p.  8?   Geneve,  1936.
   Dainko, A. J.   *Benign lymphocytic chorio-
 meningitis    (acute  aseptic   meningitis)    25p.
 8?   East Chic,  Indiana,  1936.
   Datjna, V.   *Des  meningites lymphocytaires
 bSnignes ou curables.  94p.  8?   Par., 1930.
   Fournatjd,  J.   *La meningite  aigue  lympho-
 cytaire benigne.   51p.  8?  Par., 1931.
   Gesta,  A.   *A propos  d'un  cas de meningite
 lymphocytaire benigne.   77p.   8?  Par.,  1930.
   Jacquemard,   A.   *Les  meningites  lympho-
 cytaires curables.  40p.  8?   Par., 1926.
   Kentenich,  A.   *Ueber  Meningitis serosa.
 20p.   8?   Wiirzb., 1930.
   Kreis, B.    *La maladie d'Armstrong, chorio-
 meningite lymphocytaire;  une nouvelle entite
 morbide?  157p.   8?   Par., 1937.
   Nemsky,   B.   *La  meningite  lymphocytaire
 benigne.   56p.  8?  Geneve,  1931.
   Schenkenberg,  G.     *Benign   lymphocytic
 choriomeningitis.   22p.   8?   Wauwatosa,  1936.
   Akasawa, T.  Ueber die akute gutartige aseptische Meningi-
 tis.  J. Orient.  M.,  Dairen, 1934, 20:  31.—Allen, I. M.,  &
 Spencer, F.  M.  Acute aseptic meningitis.  Med. J. Australia,
 1935,  2:  275-81.—Ambrosetto,  C.  Sulla  meningite  acuta
 linfocitaria  benigna.  Biol, med.,  Milano,  1936, 12: 181.—
 Andersen, M. S.,  &  Wulff, F.  Meningitis acuta serosa idio-
 pathica benigna.  Acta path, microb. scand.,  1930, Suppl.  3,
 21-40.  Also  Ugeskr. laeger,  1930, 92: 572-5.—Antos, S.
 [Benign, lymphocytic,  epidemic meningitis]  Cas.  tek.  desk.,
 1932, 71: 421-6.—Aronovich, G. D. [Acute  primary serous
 meningitis]  Sovet. vrach. gaz., 1932, 36: 1113-8.—Artwinski,
 E., & Gradzinski,  A.  [Lymphocytic meningitis]  Polska  gaz
 lek., 1938, 17: 81-3.—Ashton, D. C.  Benign choriomeningitis
 (aseptic meningitis)  West  Virginia  M: J., 1938, 34: 61-5.—
 Bagley, C, jr. Acute serous meningitis.  Tr. Am. Neur. Ass.,
 1936, 62:  182.—Benign lymphocytic choriomeningitis (acute
 aseptic  meningitis)  Month.  Bull.  Philadelphia Dep.  Pub.
 Health, 1935, 18-24.—Birch, A. C.  Acute aseptic meningitis.
 Practitioner, Lond., 1936, 137: 219-24.—Boccia, D., & Salvo,
 C.   Meningitis  aguda  linfocitaria  benigna.   Prensa  nted.
 argent., 1936, 23:  2001-5.—Borsalino, G.  La meningite lin-
 focitaria acuta i sempre benigna?  Gior. clin.  med., 1932, 13:
 965.—Brugi,  A.    Le meningiti  acute   linfocitarie benigne.
 Athena, Roma, 1935, 4: 321-4.—Cannon, D. A.  Benign lym-
 phocytic meningitis.  Glasgow M. J., 1939, 131: 1-8.—Cantone,
 D.  Meningite linfocitaria benigna.  Minerva med., Tor., 1932,
 23: pt 2, 796-800.—Charleux, G.  Meningites  lymphocytaires
 benignes.  J. med. chir.. Par., 1933, 104:  820-4.—Collis, W. R.
 F. Acute benign lymphocytic meningitis (acute aseptic menin-
 gitis) Brit.  M. J.,  1935, 2: 1148-50.—Cotter, E. F., & Gerwig,
 W. H., jr.  Acute choriolymphocytic meningitis.  Bull. School
 M.  Univ.  Maryland,  1907-38,  22: 157-70.—Demme,  H.
 Ueber aseptische idiopathische Meningitiden.  Fzschr. ges. Neur
 Psychiat.,  1938,  161:  247-59.—Dickens, P.  7   Benign lym-
 phocytic choriomeningitis.   South. M. J., 193  - 30: 728-31.—
 Dominick, D.   Lymphocytic  choriomeningitis.  J. Am. M.
 Ass., 1937,  109:  247-50.—Draper. P. A.  Acu e lymphocytic
 meningitis.   Rocky  Mountain  M.  J.,  1938,  35: 863-7.—
 Dummer, C. M.. Lyon, R.  A., & Stevenson,  F. E. Benign
 lymphocytic meningitis. J.  Am. M.  Ass., 1937, 1 08: 633-6.—
 Fernandez, J. A.  Preliminary report on aseptic meningitis
 Rev. filip. med.,  1927, 18: 91-100.—Fornara, P.  Le meningiti
 sierose acute apparentemente primitive.   Clin, pediat., Mod
 1931, 13: 704-58.—Frank, T. J. F. Acute benign lymphocytic
 meningitis.   Melbourne Hosp.  Clin. Rep., 1937, 8: 89-94.—
 Gager, L. T. Aseptic (lymphocytic) meningitis.  Virginia M
 Month., 1930-31, 57: 532.—Gardos, I., & Szabo,  B.  [Lym-
 phocytic meningitis]  Orv. hetil., 1938, 82: 1004.  Also Wien
 klin. Wschr., 1939, 52: 92-4.—Gaussen, J.  F. H.  A case  of
 acute aseptic meningitis. J. R. Nav. M. Serv., 1937, 23: 72-4.—
 Gautier P., &  Chausse-Klink.  Les meningites puriformes
 aseptiques a polynucteaires intacts  chez l'enfant.  Rev  fr
 pediat.,  1927, 3: 78-90.—Gibbens, J.  Acute aseptic meningitis"
 Lancet,  Lond., 1931, 2: 12-5.—Ginsburg, S. W. Acute aseptic
meningitis.   J.   Mount  Sinai Hosd.,  1935-36,  2: 165-8.—
Gismondi, A.  La  meningiti linfocitarie benigne o meningiti
asettiche.  Prat,  pediat., Milano,  1937,  15: 99-106.—Glanz-
mann. E.. &  Heller. D. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der gutartigen
aseptisch-eitrigen Meningitis im Kindesalter.  Schweiz. med.
Wschr., 1936, 66: 541-6.—Gomez de Mattos.  Meningite aguda
linfocitaria benigna.  Pediat. prat., S. Paulo, 1931-32, 4: 115-
20.—Gunther, A.  Ueber akute aseptische Meningitis.  Jahrb.
Kinderh.,  1930, 3. F., 78: 127-54.— Hammes, E. M.  Acute
lymphocytic meningitis.  Minnesota M.,  1938, 21:  151-4.—
Herz, O.  Akute  aseptische  Meningitis (epidemische Menin-
gitis serosa)  Mschr. Kinderh., 1931, 50: 233-6.—Hneleski, I.
S.  Acute lymphocytic  meningitis.  Arch.  Neur. Psychiat.,
Chic,  1936, 36:  1392.—Holland,  J. A.   Aseptic meningitis.
Hahneman. Month.,  1931, 66: 436-46.—Hughes, W.  Acute
lymphocytic meningitis.   Brit. M. J.,  1937,  1: 1063-5.—
Krabbe, K. H.  [Benign lymphocytic meningitis]  Bibl. laeger,
1929, 121: 511-31.  Also Rass. internaz. clin. ter.,  1930, 11:
168-79.—Kuklova-Sturova, B.  [Meningitis serosa]   Bratisl.
lek. listy, 1932, 13: 231-43—Langley, W. D., & Reilly,  E. L.
Acute  aseptic  meningitis.  Guthrie  Clin. Bull., 1938-39, 8:
63-71.—Lauterbach,  L.  F.  Acute  lymphocytic meningitis.
Am. J. Dis. Child., 1938, 55:  1124.—Lesne\ A., & Boquien. Y.
Meningite lymphocytaire curable  chez l'enfant.   Bull, nted.,
Par.,  1936, 50: 840.  Also Med. inf., Par., 1936, 43:  409-15.
Also Presse nted.,  1936, 44: 1728.  Also Rev. gdi. clin. ther.,
1936, 50: suppl.,   2235-41.—Maurer, H.  Ueber  aseptische
Meningo-Encephalitiden blanden Verlaufs.  Med. Welt,  1937,
11:  179-82.   Also Zschr.  ges. Neur.  Psychiat., 1937,  158:
130-3.—McGeorge, M.   Benign  lymphocytic  meningitis.
N. Zealand M. J.,  1938, 37: 200-2.—McLean, J. A.  A case of
acute benign lymphocytic meningitis. Med. J. Australia,  1936,
1: 576.—Marin, P.  Sulla meningite acuta linfocitaria.  Minerva
med., Tor., 1933,  24:  pt 2, 821-33.—Meningitis linfocitarias
curables. Dia med., B. Air., 1937, 9: 239.—Moretti, A.  Menin-
giti criptogenetiche a reperto linfocitario e a decorso  benigno.
Riforma med.,  1934, 50: 50-4.—Muggia, A.  Meningite acuta
sierosa.   Ibid., 1927,  43: 798.—Noone, E.  L.  Epidemic
lymphocytic meningo-encephalitis.   Arch. Neur.  Psychiat.,
Chic,  1936,  36:  1393.  ------ Habel, K., &  Riggs, H. E.
Epidemic  lymphocytic meningo-encephalitis.   Am.   J.  Dis.
Child., 1936, 52:  870-81.—Perrault, M.   La meningite  lym-
phocytaire  curable.   Progr.   med.,  Par.,  1936,  1689-95.—
Poidomani, R.  Meningite puriforme asettica.  Policlin. inf.,
Tor., 1939, 7: 48-51.—Prebil, M.   Contributo alia conoscenza
delle  meningiti puriformi  asettiche.  Pediatria  (Riv.)  1931,
39: 697-706.—Ramond, L.  Meningite lymphocytaire. Presse
nted., 1937, 45:  1301.—Rankin, A. L. K.  Acute aseptic menin-
gitis.  Brit. M. J., 1932, 1: 138.—Rimbaud, Boulet & Fayot.
Meningite puriforme aseptique toteree.   Bull. Soc. sc.  nted.
biol.  Montpellier,  1926-27,  8: 298-300.—Riven,  S. S., &
Fleming, W. L.  Acute aseptic meningitis.  South. M.  J.,  1936,
29: 717-20.—Rizzatto, R.  Su  di un caso di meningite linfocitica
benigna.   Pediatria  (Riv.)  1933, 41:  1177-82.— Roch, M.
Des meningites aigues lymphocytaires benignes. Schweiz. med
Wschr., 1926,  56: 591-4.  Also  In Festschr. 70. Geburtst.
Hermann Sahli, Basel, 1926, 265-75.  ------  Les meningites
bdiignes de l'adulte.  Bruxelles med., 1935-36, 16: 1837.  Also
Bull, med., Par.,  1936, 50: 839.  Also  Gaz. hop., 1936, 109:
1681. Also Rev. med. fr.,  1937, 18: 103-8.  ------Lesne, E.
[et al.]  Les meningites aigues curables.  Presse med., 1936, 44:
1727-31.—Rodier, P.  Les meningites lymphocytaires aigues
benignes. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1936, 34: 476-80.—Roge, R.
Meningites lymphocytaires curables chez l'enfant.  Gaz.  nted;
France,  1936, 43:  1041-9.—Salazar de Sousa, C.  Meningite
puriforme aseptica.  Lisboa med., 1933,10:  149-58.—Schiavini.
A. Considerazioni sulle cosidette meningiti linfocitarie benigne.
Pediat. mod. prat., Tor., 1938,  13: 516-27.—Schiff, E. Ueber
gutartige aseptische eitrige Meningitis im Kindesalter.  Deut.
med. Wschr., 1930, 56: 1562.—Sheppe,  W. M.   Benign lym-
phocytic chorio-meningitis.  Pract. otorhinolar.,  1938, 1: 44-
8.—Shinkle, C. E.  Benign lymphocytic meningitis.   J. Med.,
Cincin., 1936-37, 17: 138.—Sigaard Andersen, M., & Wulff, F.
Meningite aigue sdeuse idiopathique benigne.  C. rend. Soc.
biol., 1930, 104: 1355.—Silberstein, J. Meningitis linfocitarias
benignas.  Sem. med., B. Air.,  1931,  38: pt 2, 1194-8.— Skog-
land, J. E.  Benign lymphocytic  meningitis.  Minnesota M.,
1939, 22: 46279.—Stender, O.  Ueber die Meningitis serosa
acuta idiopatica  beziehungsweise epidemica.   Deut. Zschr.
Nervenh., 1936, 141- 217-26.—Taitslin, I. S.  [Acute, primary
serous meningitis]  Sovet.  vrach. J., 1937, 2: 683-8.—Tcher-
kassov, A.  V.,  &  Mehrson,  F. S.  [Primary serous aseptic
meningitis]  Sovet. vrach. gaz., 1934, 38: 1183-8.—Thorson,
O. P.  Benign  lymphocytic meningitis or acute aseptic menin-
gitis.  Minnesota  M.,  1936, 19: 664-7.—Tumenniene-Mingai-
laite, V.,  &  Kikseviciene-Cechirovaite, E.  [Aseptic  acute
meningitis]  Medicina, Kaunas, 1939,  20: 92-106.—Urechia,
C. I., & Elekes, N.  Meningite lymphocytaire benigne.  Bull!
Soc. med. hop.  Paris, 1936,  3.  ser., 52: 1293-7.—Viets, H.  R., &
Warren, S.  Acute lymphocytic meningitis.  J. Am.  M. Ass.,
1937, 108: 357-61.—Viets, H. R., & Watts, J.  W.   Aseptic
(lymphocytic)  meningitis.   Ibid.,  1929,  93:  1553-5.  Also
repr.  ------  Acute aseptic  meningitis.  J. Nerv. Ment. Dis.,
1934, 80: 253-73.   Also repr.—Watts, J. W.  Acute lympho-
cytic  meningitis.   Arch.   Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1936, 36:
1391.—[Weismann-Netter, R.]  Les meningites lymphocytaires
aigues  benignes.  Rev. prat, biol., Par.,  1934, 27:  48-50.—
Wirth, J.  [Aseptic puriform meningitis]  Orv. hetil., 1936, 80:
466-8.—Young, G. A., &  Bennett,  A.  E.  Aseptic  purulent
meningitis; report  of 6 benign cases.  Am. J. M. Sc, 1932, 183:
550-8.

----   acute aseptic  benign: Causes.

   Bastien,  G.  *Les meningites  lymphocytaires
curables;  maladie   ou  syndrome?    49p.    8?
Par.,  1937. 
ENCEPHALITIS                                217                               ENCEPHALITIS
   Fichet, P.  *De la valeur des reactions menin-
ges  puriformes  dites  aseptiques  d'origine  in-
fectieuse.   106p.  8?   Par., 1933.
   Creyx &  Berguignan.  Sur un cas  de reaction nteningee
lymphocytaire aigue au cours d'une pneumopathie grippale.
J. nted. Bordeaux, 1933, 110: 312.—Creyx, M., & Ringenbach,
G.   Meningite puriforme aseptique d'origine  indeterminate.
Ibid., 1938, 115: 617-24.—Disertori, B.  Su un caso di meningite
sierosa  acuta  recidivante.   Cervello,   1937,  16:  149-60.—
Grassi, A.   Le meningiti acute asuppurative benigne; studio
citologico del liquor c sp. e considerazioni eziopatogenetiche.
Arch. ital. pediat., 1938, 6: 333-94.—Halbron, P., Lenormand,
J., & Raynaud, M.  Meningites sdeuses d'origine encephaliti-
que.  Bull. Soc. med. h6p. Paris, 1938, 3. ser., 54: 408-11 —
Harvier, P.,  & Wilm, A.   Meningite aigue benigne a poly-
nucteaires; spirodtetose meningee pure.  Ibid.,  1931,  3. ser.,
47:  893-6.—Hoesch,  K.   Ueber  epidemische  lymphocy-
tare  Meningitis (akute serose  Meningitis) und ihre Aetio-
logie.   Zbl.   inn.  Med.,  1935,  56:  401-11.—Janbon.  M.,
Ratie, A., &  Vedel, A.  Meningite aigue lymphocytaire benigne
survenue neuf jours apres le dd>ut d'un chancre.  Arch. Soc. sc.
med. biol. Montpellier, 1934,  15: 557-61.—Johansen, A. H.
Serous meningitis and infectious mononucleosis.  Acta  med.
scand.,  1931,  76:  269-72.—Kaplan, M.,  & Champault, J.
Meningite aigue lymphocytaire tres probablement vermineuse.
Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1938, 36: 62-8.—Law, F. W.   Aseptic
serous meningitis following intra-ocular  foreign body.   Brit. J.
Ophth.,  1928,  12:  644-6.—Lepine,  P.   Sur l'etiologie des
meningites lymphocytaires  primitives.   Schweiz. Zschr. allg.
Path.  Bakt.,  1939, 2:  204-16.—Lesne\ E., &  Boquien, V.
Etiologie et symptomes des meningites  lymphocytaires  ou
meningites sdeuses curables chez l'enfant.   Medeeine,  Par.,
1937,  18:   621-34.—Malaguzzi-Valeri,  O.   Considerazioni
sull'eziologia della  meningite linfocitaria benigna a proposito
di un caso di natura diploeoeeica. Riv. clin. pediat., 1939, 37:
520-34.—Martinetti, R-, & Carere-Comes, O.  Epicrisi ana-
tomo-clinica di un caso di meningite linfocitaria ad etiopato-
genesi ignota, anafilattica?  Riv. pat.  nerv., 1938, 51: 475-
503.—Meningites (Les) lymphocytaires curables;  dies sont
assez frequentes chez l'enfant;  dies  reconnaissent  diverses
causes etiologiques; herpes, poliomydite. Mid. inf., Par., 1930,
37: 154-8.—Nobecourt. Meningites sdeuses aigues, benignes,
cryptogendiques chez les enfants (meningites lymphocytaires
curables)  Rev. gen.  clin. titer., 1937,  51:  433; 451.—Roch,
Demole, J. M., & Mach, R. S.  Un type nouveau probablement
specifique de nteningite lymphocytaire benigne.  Bull, nted.,
Par., 1935, 49: 555.—Schneider,  H.  Ueber epidemiscfie serose
Meningitis  und ihre  Beziehungen  zu Virus-Krankheiten des
zentralen Nervensystems.  Wien. med.  Wschr.,  1938, 88:  549;
569.—Tinti,  M.  Meningite linfocitaria  acuta ad esito infausto
(enterococcica?)  Gior.  clin. med.,   1937,  18: 1645-75 —
Turrettini, G.,  & Choisy,  R.  Un cas  de meningite  lympho-
cytaire benigne, accompagnee d'herpds; gudison rapide apres
une  ponction lombaire.  Rev. nted. Suisse rom., 1931,  51: 22-
4.—Zuccola, A.  Meningite  linfocitaria benigna da  v.  tbe
filtrabile.  Gazz. osp., 1936,  57:  1044; 1070.

----  acute aseptic  benign:  Clinical  aspect and
   cases.

   Balmelle,  H.   *Contribution  a l'etude  des
reactions  meningees aigues aseptiques (avec trois
observations in6dites)    40p.   8?   Par., 1930.
   Biret,  C.   *Sur un  cas  de meningite  aigue
lymphocytaire  benigne.   51p.   8?  Par., 1931.
   Josipovici,  J.    Contribution  a  l'etude  des
meningites aigues lymphocytaires  benignes chez
l'enfant.   84p.   8?  Par.,  1935.
   Tupin,   R.    *Contribution   a  l'etude   de  la
meningite  aigue  lymphocytaire  curable.   91p.
8?   Lyon, 1935.
   Beretervide, E. A., &  Delfino, E.   Meningitis puriforme
amicrobiana en un  nifio de  11  anos; curaci6n.   Prensa nted.
argent.,  1929-30, 16:  923-7.—Biemond,  A.  [Acute benign
encephalitis  with xanthochromic cerebrospinal  fluid]   Ned.
tschr. geneesk., 1930. 74: pt  2, 5576-86—Bjork, H.  [Cases of
benign meningitis]   Fin. lak. sail, hand., 1936,  79: 429-53.—
Carella, G.   Su un caso di meningite acuta linfocitaria benigna.
Riv. pat. clin. tuberc, 1937, 11: 525-33.—Ceruti, G.  Consi-
derazioni sopra un caso di meningite linfocitaria benigna. Rass.
internaz. clin. ter., 1939, 20: 57-62.—Cotti, L. Raffrontie clinici
a proposito di alcune sindromi meningee infiammatorie benigne
(meningite linfocitaria acuta  benigna, meningismo e menins.te
sierosa)  Gior. clin. med., 1935, 16: 257-79.-Cucco, G. P.  Me-
ningite linfocitaria benigna a caratterericorrente.  Athena, Ro-
ma,  1937, 6:421-3.—Delearde.  A propos d'un cas de reaction
meningee a liquide louche, puriforme et aseptique, simulant une
meningite cdebrospinale. J. med. fr., 1908, 2: 210-4.-Dickens,
P. F.   Aseptic (lymphocytic) meningitis; report of  2 cases.
U. S. Nav. M. Bull.,  1932, 30: 362-9, 6 pi.—Dubberstein, W.
Beitrag zur  Klinik der Meningitis aseptica purulenta.  Deut.
Zschr. Chir., 1931,  233: 62-6.—Englert, S.  [Case  of serous
encephalo-meningitis]    Lek.  wojsk.,   1934, 23:  138-42.—
Furno,  A.   Un cas interessant  de  nteningite cdd>rospinale
puriforme amicrobienne.  Rev. prat. mal. pays chauds, 1932,
12: 169.—Gautier, P.,  & Peyrot, R.  A propos d'un  cas de
meningite aigue lymphocytaire  benigne.  Rev. nted. Suisse
rom.,  1931, 51: 19-21.—Gordon, I., & Abrahams. A.  Case of
acute  aseptic  meningitis.  Lancet,  Lond.,  1931,  2:  903.—
Hatieganu, I., & Goia,  I.  [Five cases of benign acute  menin-
gitis]  Rev. st. med., Bucur., 1928, 17: 134-42.— Jackson, A. H.
Lymphocytic chorio-meningitis;  report of 3 cases.  J. Con-
necticut M. Soc, 1938, 2: 333-5—Jovanovich, R., & Rouvidich,
J.   [Acute lympbocytic  meningitis; 2 cases]  Voj. san. glasnik,
1930,  1: 56-71.—Kaplan, A. W., Fryszman, W.  [et al.]  [Cases
of  mild, lymphocytic meningitis]  Polskie arch. med.  wewn.,
1938,  16: 488.— Kitzulescu,  G.,  &  Horovitz, F.   [Case  of
lymphocytic meningitis; cure]  Romania med., 1933, 11: 39.—
Le Blaye, R.  Les formes anormales des meningites aigues dites
b6nignes.  Clinique, Par., 1937, 32: 323-8.—Maire, G. L. R., &
Bloch, H. R.  A propos de 3 cas de meningites lymphocytaires
aigues benignes. Arch.  med. pharm. mil., 1935  102: 915-30.—
Mase, K.  Two cases of aseptic puriform meningitis.  Orient.
J.  Dis. Inf., Kyoto,  1935,  17:  29.—Matturri-Matrai,  E.  Su
di  un particolare caso di meningite  linfocitica  recidivante, in
una paraplegica.  Rinasc. med., 1937, 14: 43-7.—Millet.  Un
cas de meningite aigue lymphocytaire curable.  Bull. Soc. med.
mil. fr., 1936, 30: 310-2.—Nordwall, G.  Ueber Falle zellularer,
aseptischer Meningitis.  Acta psychiat. neur., Kbh., 1934, 9:
285-349.—Rodier,  P. M.  A  propos de 10 observations de
forme primitive de meningite  lymphocytaire  aigue curable.
Rev.  fr. pediat., 1937,  13: 173-9.—Roger, H., & Paillas, J.
Considerations sur neuf cas de meningites aigues ou subaigues
curables, a  type lymphocytaire.  Marseille nted.,  1937,  74:
685-706.—Spero, G. D.  A case of lymphocytic meningitis (?)
with ocular findings.  Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1937, 18: 428-30.—
Turquety, R. La nteningite puriforme aseptique dans la petite
enfance.  Paris med., 1934, 93: 325-30.—Ujlaki, P.  [Case of
Ivmphocytic meningitis]   Geneesk.  tschr.  Ned. Indie, 1934,
74: 1540-5.—Viets, H. R., & Wat's, J. W.  Three cases of
aseptic (lymphocytic) meningitis. .1. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1929.
60: 300-5.   Also repr.   Also N. England J. M., 1929,  200:
633.—Walgren,  A.  Eine eig°nartige Form von epidemischer
Meningitis (meningitis aseptica acuta) Wien. Arch. inn. Med.,
1926,  12: 297-312.—Young, G. A., & Bennett, A. E.  Aseptic
purulent meningitis; report of 6 benign cases.  Am. J.  M. Sc,
1932,  183:  550-8.—Zemp, F. E.  Lymphocytic choriomenin-
gitis;  report of a proven case with recovery. J. S. Carolina M.
Ass ,  1938, 34:  115.—Zuccola, P.  Su di un caso di meningite
puriforme asettica.  Rinasc. med., 1934, 11: 75.

----  acute  aseptic benign: Diagnosis.

   Gracoski, S.  Sur les meningites lymphocytaires simulant la
nteningite tuberculeuse.  Bull. Acad. med. Roumanie, 1936, 1:
479-91.—Halphen & Salomon.  Meningite s6reuse simulant un
abces cerebelleux.  Rev. otoneur.,  Par.,  1932,  10:  266.—
Howard, M. E.  Lymphocytic choriomeningitis: a discussion of
its diagnosis in man.  J. Infect. Dis.,  1939, 64: 66-77.—Kecht,
B.  Zur DifTerentialdiagnose  zwischen lymphocytarer  Menin-
gitis und multipler Sklerose.  Kin. Wschr., 1932, 11:  1301.—
Kulin, L. von.   Angaben zur DifTerentialdiagnose der  Menin-
gitis serosa  epidemica.   Jahrb.  Kinderh., 1936-37,  3.  F., 98:
309-16.—MacCallum, F. O., Findlay, G. M., &  Scott, T. McN.
Pseudo-lymphocytic  choriomeningitis.   Brit.  J.  Exp. Path.,
1939,  20: 260-9, pi.—Mollaret,  P.. & Lepine, P.  Les bases
immunologiques, dans le sang, du diagnostic actuel de la chorio-
nteningite lymphocytaire.  Paris med., 1939,  111: 470-8.—
Roch, Martin,  E.. &  Monedjikova,  V.   La nteningite aigue
lymphocytaire  benigne de nature indeterminee simulant la
meningite tuberculeuse.  Bull. Soc.  med. hop.  Paris, 1930, 3.
ser., 46: 402-37.—Salinger,  F.   Eine unter dem Bilde der
Rentenneurose verlaufende Meningitis serosa.   Aerztl. Sach-
verst. Ztg, 1928, 34: 273-8.—Simon  & Abel.  [Symptoms of
curable meningitis]  Bratisl.  lek. listy,  1929,  9:  638-44.—
Toomey, J. A.  Acute lympbocytic meningitis?  J.  Pediat., S.
Louis, 1936, 8: 148-53.—Viel, J., Baron, F., & Charbonnel, A.
A  propos d'un  cas de meningite aseptique  au cours d'une
otorrhee chronique ayant pos6 le probteme d'une suppuration
intra-cranienne possible.  Ann.  otolar., Par., 1907, 693-8.

----  acute aseptic benign:  Epidemiology.

   Braithwaite, J. V. C, & Innes, W. M.  Epidemic meningitis
minor.  Brit. M. J.,  1931,  2: 567-8.—Denechau.   Six cas de
meningite aigue de nature indeterminee, dont un post-vaccinal.
Arch. m*d. Angers, 1926, 30: 188.—Doleschall. F. [Enkephalo-
meningitis endemica]  Orv. hetil., 1936, 80: 153.—Eckstein. A.
Meningite sierosa  epidemica.   Gazz. osp., 1931, 52:  1102-5.
------   Epidemische  Meningitis serosa.   Zschr.  Kinderh.,
1930-31, 50: 564-95.   Also Klin. Wschr.,  1931, 10:  22-4.—
Kent, A. A., jr.  An epidemic of benign lymphocytic meningitis.
South. M. & S., 1939, 101: 374-6.—Kulin, L. von.  Zur Frage
der Meningitis serosa epidemica (massenhaftes Auftreten von
Meningoenzephalitiden im Herbst 1935 und im Fruhling 1936)
Jahrb. Kinderh., 1937, 3. F., 99: 183-93.—Lange, J.  Gehaufte
aseptische Enzephalomeningitiden in Schlesien.   Deut.  med.
Wschr.,  1935,  61: 1345-9.—Magnusson,  J.  H.   Epidemie
nosocomiale  de  meningites  lymphocytaires  aigues,  forme
subclinique; dans  un service reserve aux enfants atteint de
coqueluche.   Acta paediat.,  Upps.,  1937-38. 20:  265-309 —
Oheim, L.  Katamnestische  Untersuchungen  bei  Meningitis
serosa epidemica (Wallgren)  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1939.
165: 350-68.—Presnell, W. H.  Lymphocytic choriomeningitis
in Iowa.  J. Iowa M.  Soc, 1939,  29:  18.—Schilling, E..  <& 
ENCEPHALITIS                                218                                ENCEPHALITIS
 Zeumer, G.  Beobachtungen an gehSuften Fallen von Menin-
 gitis serosa.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1939, 65: 994.—Schlesinger,
 B.  Epidemic serous  meningitis.   Proc.  R. Soc. M., Lond.,
 1933,  26:  145-7.—Szczeniowski,  J.   [Encephalomeningitis
 serosa in father and son]  Polska gaz. lek., 1933, 12: 918-22.—
 Iraub. E.  The epidemiology of lymphocytic chorio-meningitis
 in white mice.  J. Exp. M., 1936, 64: 183-200.  Also repr.

 ----   acute  aseptic  benign:  Immunology  and
    serology.
    Lepine, P., Mollaret, P., & Kreis, B. Receptivite de I'homme
 au virus murin de la chorionteningite lymphocytaire;  reproduc-
 tion experimentale de la meningite lymphocytaire  benigne
 C. rend. Acad,  sc, 1937, 204:  1846-8.—Lepine.  P.,  Mollaret,
 P., & Sautter, V.  Application de la deviation du complement a
 1'etude  de  la meningite lymphocytaire.  Ann. Inst.  Pasteur,
 Par., 1938, 61: 868.—Traub, E.  Persistence of lymphocytic
 choriomeningitis virus in immune  animals  and its relation
 to immunity.  J.  Exn. M., 1936,  63: 847-61,  pi.   -----
 Immunization of guinea pigs with a modified  strain of lympho-
 cytic choriomeningitis virus. Ibid., 1937, 66: 317-24.------
 Immunization  of  guinea pigs against lymphocytic  chorio-
 meningitis  with formolized tissue vaccines.  Ibid., 1938, 68:
 95-110.  Also repr.—Wooley, J. G., Armstrong, C, & Onstott,
 R. H.   The occurrence in  the sera of man and monkeys of
 protective antibodies against the virus of lymphocytic chorio-
 meningitis as  determined by the serum-virus protection test in
 mice.  Pub. Health Rep., Wash , 1937, 52:  1105-14.

 ----   acute aseptic benign:  Pathology.

    Chatjsse-Klinik,  T.   *Les meningites puri-
 formes aseptiques a polynucleaires intacts.  31p.
 8?   Geneve,  1926.
    Ambrosetto,  C.  Sulla meningite acuta linfocitaria benigna.
 Biol, med.,  Milano, 1936,  12: 181; 193; 267.—Armstrong, C, &
 Dickens, P. F.   Benign lymphocytic choriomeningitis (acute
 aseptic meningitis) a new disease entitv.  Pub.  Health Rep.,
 Wash.,  1935, 50:  831-42.—Baird,  R. D.. & Rivers, T. M.
 Relation of lymphocytic choriomeningitis  to  acute  aseptic
 meningitis (Wallgren)  Am. J. Pub. Health, 1938,  28:  7-53 —
 Barison, F.,  & Telatin,  L. Comportamento  della  barriera
 emato-liquorale  di fronte alia  meningite asettica provocata.
 Gior. psichiat.,  1934,  62:  13-41.—Beneke, R. Zur Aetiologie
 und Histogenese der Meningitis serosa cerebralis. Arch.  klin.
 Chir., 1934, 179: 327-54.—Blau, A.  A case of serous meningo-
 encephalitis, with autopsy report. Arch. Otol., N  Y.,  1907, 36:
 432-5.—Cantone, D.  Ancora sulla meningite acuta linfocitaria
 benigna criptogenetica.   Osp.  maggiore,  Novara, 1936,  13*
 64-91.—Cappellini, I., & Pisani. G. Contributo alia conoscenza
 della meningite acuta linfocitaria benigna  Diagnosi, 1934, 14:
 81-98.—Cattaneo, A.   Nuove acquisizioni sulla corio-meningite
 linfocitaria.  Gazz. osp.,  1939,  60: 107-11.—Claude, H.  La
 realite de la meningite sdeuse idiopathique.   Rev. neur., Par.,
 1928, 35: pt 2, 69-71.—Coggeshall, L. T.  The transmission of
 lymphocytic choriomeningitis by mosquitoes.  Science, 1939,
 89: 515.—Dickens, P. F., & Armstrong, C.   Benign lympho-
 cytic  choriomeningitis  (acute  aseptic  meningitis)—a  new
 disease entity.  U. S. Nav. M. Bull.,  1935, 33: 427-34 —
 Eckstein, A.,  Hottinger,  A., & Schleussing, H.  Ueber die
 Beziehungen der Meningitis serosa epidemica  zur Poliomyelitis
 beziehungsweise Encepbalitis epidemica.  Zschr.  klin. Med ,
 1931, 118: 98-118.—Findlay, G. M.,  & Stern, R. O.   Patho-
 logical changes due to infection with the virus of  lymphocytic
 choriomeningitis.   J.  Path. Bact.,  Lond., 1936,  43:  327-38,
 3  pi.—Frugoni,  C.  Encefalite  iniziata come meningite  lin-
 focitaria. Policlinico,  1938, 45:  sez prat., 3-11.—Girolami, M.
 Ricerche sulla  eziologia  della  meningite acuta linfocitaria
 benigna.  Bull.  sc. med.,  Bologna, 1938, 110: 40-5.—Glatzel,
 H.   Zur Frage der   gutartigen  lymphocytaren  Meningitis.
 Klin. Wschr., 1938, 17: 1360-2.—Grosser, R.   Ueber aseptische
 Meningitis  und  meningeale Encephalitis.  Mschr.  Kinderh.,
 1933,  57:  452-69.—Griin,  R.   Ueber benigne  fteberhafte
 lvmphocytare   Meningitis  unbekannter  Aetiologie.   Deut.
 Arch. klin. Med., 1931-32, 172: 429-42.—Hagi Paraschiv, A., &
 Visineanu, N. Contributions a l'etude des meningites aigue a
 lymphocytes  rapidement curables.   Bull.  Soc.  nted   hop
 Bucarest, 1930,  12:  268-74.—Hassmann,  K.   Beitrag  zur
 Kenntnis der akuten aseptischen   Meningitis  (Meningitis
 serosa epidemica)  Zschr. Kinderh.,  1932, 53: 612-28.  ------
 Bemerkungen  zur  Arbeit von  R.  Grosser:  iiber aseptische
 Meningitis und  meningeale Encephalitis.  Mschr.  Kinderh.,
 1933, 58: 362.—Hissard, R. Inoculation positive, a la contee
 du lapin, de liquide cephalo-rachidien d'une malade  atteinte
 de  meningite  aigue, benigne a lymphocytose surabondante
 Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1933, 40: 1319-23.—Kano, Kimura &
 Isotani.   Four cases  of  puriform  aseptic meningitis; and a
successful experiment of causing an  inflammation  of the brain
in a rabbit, injecting with the cerebro-spinal fluid of the patient.
Orient J. Dis. Inf.,  Kyoto, 1934, 16: 29.—Knauer. H.  Gehort
die akute aseptische Meningitis zu  den  Encephalitiserkran-
kungen?  Klin.   Wschr.,  1932,  11: 449.—Lauterbach,  L. F.
Observations on acute lymphocytic meningitis.   Univ. Hosp.
Bull., Ann Arb., 1937, 3: 84.—Lillie, R. D.  Pathologic his-
tology of lymphocytic  choriomeningitis in  monkeys.  Pub.
Health Rep., Wash., 1936, 51: No 12, 303-10.—Livierato, S., &
Simoneto, A.  Contribution a l'etude de la meningite primitive
b6nigne a lymphocytes.  Paris nted., 1936, 99: 465.—Machella,
 T.  E., Weinberger, L. M.. & Lippincott, S. W.  Lymphocytic
 choriomeningitis; report of a fatal case with  autopsy findings.
 Am. J. M. Sc, 1939,  197: 617-25. pi.—Margulis. S. M.  [No-
 sography and pathogenesis of acute serous meningitis]  Mosk.
 med. J., 1926, 6: No. 12, 29-39.  Also Deut. Zschr.  Nervenh.,
 1927, 97: 179-99.—Mollaret, P., & Kreis, B.  Le probleme des
 meningites  lymphocytaires curables  primitives.   Paris nted.,
 1938,  107:  125-35.------& Lupine. P.  Les modifications
 leucocytaires dans la chorionteningite experimentale.  C. rend.
 Soc. biol., 1939, 131: 1003-5.—Molteni, M.   Contributo alio
 studio ed alia casistica della meningite  puriforme abatterica.
 Osp.  maggiore,  Milano,  1935.  23:  207-16.—Naville.  F.   A
 propos de la meningite aigue lymphocytaire benigne.  Schweiz.
 Arch.  Neur. Psychiat., 1931, 27: 340-7.—Riggs, H.  E.  Path-
 ologic changes in  a  case  of fatal lymphocytic meningo-ence-
 phalitis.  Arch.  Neur. Psychiat.,  Chic, 1936,  36: 1394.—
 Rizzo, C.  Considerazioni sulle meningiti asettiche sperimentali.
 Riv. pat. nerv., 1935,  46: 373-409.—Ronchetti, V.  Contributo
 alio studio  della meningoencefalite  acuta  benigna.   Osp.
 maggiore, Milano,  1930,  18:  437-42.—Schachter.  Quelques
 considerations sur la  question des meningites aigues benignes
 curables.    Bruxelles  med.,  1932-33, 13:  153-7.—Scbenck,
 H.  D.  Serous meningo-encephalitis.  J. Ophth. Otol.. 1926,
 30: 388-99.—Schneider, H.  Ueber epidemische akute Menin-
 gitis serosa. Wien  klin. Wschr., 1931,  44:  350-2.------
 Spatfolgen  der  epidemischen  akuten  serosen   Meningitis.
 Ibid.,  1934,  47: 173.—Siegl. G.  Considerazioni sulla contem-
 poranea insorgenza di meningite asettica  e poliomielite.  Gazz.
 osp., 1937, 58: 1089-92 — Sucher, A., & Schwarz, E.  Lympha-
 tische Reaktion und Encephalomeningitis. Wien. klin. Wschr.,
 1936, 49: 1417-24.—Tcherkasov, A., &  Merson,  F.  Sur les
 meningites  aseptiques sereuses  primaires.  Rev.  fr. pediat.,
 1934, 10: 588-98.—Terzani, A.  Contributo  alio studio della
 meningite acuta criptogenetica con  iperlinfocitosi del liquor.
 Gior. clin. med.,  1933, 14: 1754-77.—Vogt.  H.   Chronische
 Verlaufsform der benignen lymphocytaren Meningitis.  Deut.
 Arch. klin. Med , 1938-39, 183: 501-14.—Widal, F.,  &  Phili-
 bert, A.  Epanchement puriforme aseptique des meninges avec
 polynucteaires intacts; benignite  du  pronostic   Bull.  Acad.
 med.. Par., 1907, 3. ser., 57: 504-10.

 ----   acute aseptic benign:  Treatment.
  Boenninghaus, G.   Ueber  die  Losung des Ventrikelver-
 schlusses  bei Meningitis  serosa acuta  durch  Bildung eines
 flirnprolapses  nach breiter Spaltung  der Dura.  Zschr. Hals
 &c  Heilk., 1928, 21: 62-6.—Michelazzi,  A.  La terapia endo-
 venosa nelle meningiti sierose acute.   Lavori Congr.  med. int.
 (1908)  1909, 18. Congr., 502-5.—Ronse, M.  Essai de chimio-
 ttterapie dans la chorio-nteningite de la souris.  C. rend. Soc.
 biol., 1938, 127: 845.—Taitzlin, I. S., & Gluzstein, A. B.  [Roent-
gentherapv in a case of acute serous  meningitis]  Vrach. delo,
 1935, 18:713.

 ----   acute aseptic benign:  Virus.

  Oliveira  Bastos,  F.  de.   *Meningite aguda
 linfocitaria  benigna; ideias gerais sobre  as me-
 ningo-encefalomielites  por  virus  neurotr6picos.
 112p.   8?   S. Paulo,  1933.
  Armstrong, C.  Acute lymphocytic  choriomeningitis:  ex-
 perimental  considerations.  Areh.   Neur. Psychiat.,  Chic,
 1936,  36:  1393-9.------& Wooley, J. G.   Studies on the
origin of a newly discovered virus which causes lymphocvtic
choriomeningitis in experimental animals. Pub. Health Rep.,
 Wash., 1935. 50: 537-41.------Benign lymphocytic chorio-
 meningitis, laboratory studies with the virus.  J. Am. M. Ass.,
 1937,  109: 410-2.------& Onstott. R.  H.   Distribution  of
lymphocytic choriomeningitis virus in the organs of experi-
mentally inoculated  monkevs.  Pub. Health  Rep., Wash.,
 1936, 51:  298-303.— Bengtson,  I. A.  The cultivation of the
virus of lymphocytic choriomeningitis in  the developing chick
embryo.  J. Bact., Bait., 1936, 31: 46.------& Wooley, J. G.
Cultivation  of the virus of lymphocytic choriomeningitis  in
the  developing chick embryo.  Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1936,
51:  29 41.—Brodie, M.  Tests of viruses of  choriomeningitis
and  encephalitis  (S.  Louis)  with serum from nonparalytic
 poliomyelitis (New York City, 1935)  J Infect. Dis.,  1937, 61:
 139-42.—Findlay,  G. W. M.  Sections  illustrating chorio-
lympho-meningitis, a  new virus disease of  mouse and man.
Tr.  R.  Soc.  Trop. M.  Hyg., Lond., 1935-36, 29: 358. ------
Alcock, N. S.. & Stern, R. O.  The virus aetiologv  of one form
of lymphocytic meningitis.  Lancet,  Lond., 1936",  1: 650-4.—
Lepine, P., & Sautter, V.   Existence en France du virus  murin
de la chorio-meningite lymphocytaire.   C.  rend. Acad, sc,
 1936,  202:  1624-6.------Contamination de  laboratoire
avec le virus de la chorionteningite lymphocytaire.  Ann. Inst.
 Pasteur, Par.,  1938,  61: 519-26.---■---& Mollaret,  P.
 Deviation du complement dans l'infection par le  virus de la
choriomeningite  lymphocytaire.  C.  rend.  Soc.  biol.,  1938,
 129: 925-7 — Lepine,  P.. Kreis, B„ & Sautter, V.  Sensibilite
de la souris,  du cobaye et du rat au virus parisien de la chorio-
meningite lymphocytaire.  Ibid., 1937,  124: 420-2.------
SiSee de la  virulence dans la chorio-meningite lymphocytaire;
caractdes du virus.   Ibid.,  422-4.—Lillie,  R.  D.   Histo-
pathologic reaction to the virus of lymphocytic choriomeningitis
in the  chick embryo.  Pub.  Health  Rep., Wash..  1936, 51:
41.—MacCallum, F.  O.,  &  Findlay, G. M.   Lymphocytic
choriomeningitis; isolation of the virus from the nasopharynx. 
ENCEPHALITIS
219
ENCEPHALITIS
Lancet, Lond., 1939, 1: 1370-3.—Mendoza. M. A.  Reparti-
tion du virus de la chorionteningite lymphocytaire et virulence
comparee des ditT6rents organes dans l'infection experimentale
du  cobaye.   C. rend. Soc. biol., 1937,  125: 600-2.—Rivers,
T. M., & Scott, T. F. M.  Meningitis  in  man caused  by a
filterable virus.   Science,  1935,  81:  439.—Roch,  M., Mach,
R. S. [et al.]   Meningite  lymphocytaire apyretique vraisem-
blablement due a un ultra-virus  provenant  d'un chat malade.
Rev.  nted. Suisse rom.,  1939, 59:  355-61.— Ronse, M.  Le
virus  de la chorio-meningite de la souris. C. rend. Soc  biol.,
1937,  125:  393-5.—Scott.  T. F. McN., & Elford. W. J.   The
size of the virus of lymphocytic choriomeningitis as determined
by ultrafiltration and ultracentrifugation. Brit. J. Exp.  Path.,
1939.  20: 182-8.—Scott, T. F. M., & Rivers,  T. M.  Meningitis
in man caused by a filterable virus; two cases and the method of
obtaining a virus from their spinal fluids.   J.  Exp. M.. 1936, 63:
397-432, 2 pi.  Also  repr.—Smadel, J.  E., Baird,  R.  D.,  &
Wall, M. J.  Complement-fixation in infections with the virus
of  lymphocytic  choriomeningitis.   Proc.  Soc.  Exp.   Biol.,
N. Y., 1939, 40: 71-3.  ------  A soluble antigen of lympho-
cytic choriomeningitis; separation of soluble antigen from  virus.
J. Exp. M.,  1939, 70: 53-66.—Timmerman, W. A.  [Acute
choriomeningitis,  caused  by  Armstrong's  and  Lillie   virus]
Versl. volksgezondh.,  1937, 43-56.—Traub, E.  An epidemic
in a  mouse colony due  to the virus of acute  lymphocytic
choriomeningitis.  J. Exp. M., 1936,  63: 533-46, 2 pi.  ------
Factors influencing the persistence of choriomeningitis  virus
in the blood of mice after clinical recovery.  Ibid., 1938, 68:
229-50.  Also repr.

----  acute  hemorrhagic  [Strumpell-Leichten-
   stern]

   See also Brain, Apoplexy;  Hemiplegia.
   Bruce,  J.  W.   Encephalitis  (type   of  Striimpell-Marie)
report of case.  Kentucky M. J., 1928, 26:  566-9.—Collins, J.
Acute, hemorrhagic non-purulent encephalitis.  Tr. Am.  Neur
Ass.,  1897,  23: 110-4.—Gaeta, R.   L'encefalite emorragica
acuta dei bambini.  Gazz. osp., 1930, 51:  913-5.—Goldman,
H.  I.  Acute  hemorrhagic encephalitis; report of a case.  J.
Maine M.  Ass., 1939, 30: 94-6.—Hirsh, J. E.  Acute hemor-
rhagic meningo-encephalitis.  South. M. J.,  1933  26: 170-6.—
Levison, A., & Saphir, O.  Fulminating hemorrhagic enceph-
alitis.  Am. J. M. Sc,  1935,  190: 42-51.—Miller,  J.   Acute
haemorrhagic  encephalitis.  Ontario J.  Neuropsychiat.,  1925,
36-42.—Norris,  G.  W.   Acute  hemorrhagic  encephalitis.
Internat. Clin., 1922, 32. ser.,  1: 24-8.— Salvioli, G.  Entema
pellagroide ed  encefalite tipo Strumpell-Leichtenstern.   Cer-
vello, 1927, 6: 145-56.—Wilkerson. L. O.  Acute hemorrhagic
cortical encephalitis. Texas J. M., 1925-26, 21: 354-6.

----  acutissima.

   See under Encephalitis, epidemic.

----  americana.

   See Encephalitis,  epidemic, American.

----  Associated  diseases.
   Bezancon, P., Bernard, E. [et al.]  Oedeme aigu du poumon
mortel au cours d'une encephalite.  Bull  Soc. med. hop  Paris,
1932,  3. ser.. 48: 1273.—Freeman, W.  Encephalitis with tumor
of the brain.   Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic,  1927, 18: 433-7 —
Oppenheimer,  E.  H.  A  peculiar  case of encephalitis and
myositis.  Bull. Johns Hopkins  Hosp., 1937, 61: 280-8. pi.—
Osnato, M., & Casamajor, L.  Meningo-encephalitis associated
with carditis- report of a case with necropsy findings  Arch.
Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1924, 12: 553-8.

----  atypical.
  Gordon, A. H.  Atypical forms of encephalitis.  Canad. M.
Ass. J., 1933, 28: 8-13.—Modena, G. B.   Forme larvate di
encefalite.  Riv. sper. freniat., 1924, 48: 89-91.

----  australiensis.

  See Encephalitis, epidemic, Australian.

----  bacterial and  parasitic.

  See  also  Brain,  Abscess;   Encephalomyelitis,
para- and  post-infectious;  also  names of  infec-
tions and  parasitic  diseases  as  Favus;  Torula;
Undulant fever, &c.
  Cornu,   R.   *Sur une forme  lethargique et
onirique   d'cncephalite   toxique   colibacillaire
37p.   8?   Par., 1937.
  Adant,  M.   Coccobacille isote d'un cas  d'encephalite.  C
rend.  Soc. biol., 1931,  106: 59.—Atkinson, M.  Localized non-
suppurative encephalitis adjacent to a focus of infection in the
skull.  Arch.  Neur. Psychiat.,  Chic,  1939,  41: 556-64 —
Baylac. J.,  & Sendrail, M.  Les meningo-nevraxites a bacille
de Pfeiffer.  Arch. med. enf., 1930, 32: 474-80.—Bertoliatti, J.
Un  cas de meningite cerebro-spinale aigue  primitive a bacille
de Pfeiffer.  Rev. med. Suisse rom., 1935, 55: 307-9.—Burn. C.
G.  Unidentified gram-positive bacillus associated with menin-
go-encephalitis.  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1934, 31: 1095-7.
------  Cultural and pathogenic properties of a new pathogen
isolated from human cases of meningo-encephalitis.  Am. J.
Path., 1935, 11:  855.—Campana, A.  Suite infezioni acute non
purulente del nevrasse.  Rass. stud, psichiat.,  1933, 22: 949-
79.—Cassoute & Giraud.  Un cas de nteningo-encephalite a
pneumocoques.   Marseille med., 1920, 57: 1099-102.—Chavany,
J. A.  Sur les nevraxites infectieuses se rapprochant de l'ence-
phalite  epktemique.   Bull,  med.,  Par.,  1928,  42:  841-5.—
Del Caril, M. J., & Estiu, M. D.   Consideraciones sobre  un
caso de meningoencefalitis especifica.  Rev. As. nted. argent.,
1934, 48: 602-8.—Eiwin, P., & Wurman. S.  Ueber infektiose
Encephalitiden  im Kindesalter.  Mschr. Kinderh.,  1933, 56:
365-76.  Also Sovet..vrach. gaz., 1933, 37: 622-8.—Evrard. E.
Meningo-eneephalite traumatique   a  pneumocoques.   Ann.
Soc. med. chir. Ltege, 1936,  64: 96-101.   Also J. beige  neur.
psychiat., 1936, 36: 363-7.—Frank, E. S.  [Encephalitis due to
colibacillosis]   Mschr.  kindergeneesk.,  1934,  3:  445-8.—
Gans,  A., & Vedder, A.  Ein  Fall von Encephalitis,  durch
Kokken  verursacht  (Encephalitis  streptomvcotica)  Zschr.
ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1929-30, 123: 67-80.—Caspar. I. Blasto-
mvcotic meningo-encephalitis.  Arch.  Neur.  Psychiat.,  Chic,
1929, 22: 475-86— Gobell, O.. & Keller. W.  Die  infektiose
Enzephalomeningitis  in  ihrer  diagnostischen  Bedeutung
gegeniiber der tuberkulosen Meningitis und der Poliomyelitis.
Kinderarztl. Prax , 1936, 7: 258-63— Grumbach. A., & Liithy,
F.  Experimentelle Streptokokkenencephalitis beim Kaninchen.
Deut.  Zschr.  Nervenh.,  1937,  144:  187-204.—Hansmann,
G.  H.,  & Schenken, J. R.   Melitensis  meningo-encephalitis;
mycotic  aneurysm  due to Brucella melitensis var. porcine.
Am. J. Path., 1932, 8:  435.—Heringa, S.  [Encephalitis and
infection]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1937, 81: 760-7.—Infectious
encephalitis.   Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1935, 50: 542-5 —
Jonesco-Sisesti & Stroesco, G. L'encephalite nteningococcique.
Bull. Acad, med.,  Par., 1939, 3. ser.,  121: 792-8.—Leone. F.
Considerazioni su di una centuria di  casi  di encefalite infettiva.
No'e psichiat., Pesaro, 1925, 3. ser., 13: 12-44.—Lopez Albo. W.
Parasitosis del  sistema nervioso central (neuroaxitis   para-
sitarias)  Arch, neurob., Madr., 1932, 12: 821-80.—McKinley,
E. B.  Failure to confirm Rosenow's  work on encephalitis in its
relation to green streptococcus.  Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y.,
1929-30, 27: 436-40.—Marcellus, M. B., Crouch.  E.  I,.,  &
Terry, M. C.   A  case of meningoencepbalitis, with special
reference to an organism found in the spinal fluid. Northwest
M.,  1936,  35: 50-2.—Marinesco, G., Jonesco-Sisesti,  N..  &
Stroesco, G.   L'encephalite  pneumococcique.  Bull.  Acad.
med., Par., 1938, 3. ser., 119: 452-64.—Millous. P., & Dang-
Tran-Anh. Pftenontenes tetaniformes au cours d'une meningo-
eneephalite pneumococcique.  Ann. med. pharm.  col.,  Par.,
1926, 24: 229-31.—Model, M. [Acute meningococcic meningo-
encephalitis in  early childhood]  Sovet.  klin., 1933, 19: 894-
902.—Modena,  G.  Osservazioni sulla istopatologia dei  cilin-
drassi  nelle lesioni da encefalite infettiva. Riv. sper. freniat.,
1926, 50: 635-7.—Mollison, W. M.   Localized non-suppurative
encephalitis.   Proc.  R. Soc. M.,  Lond., 1926-27,  20: sect.
otol., 50.—Nathan, H.  Ueber Viridans-Encephalitis.   Zschr.
ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1930,  126: 536-44.—Ottone,  T.  Su di
un  caso di meningo-encefalite  probabile complicanza  della
tubercolosi polmonare.  Clin, vet., Milano, 1939, 62:  227-34.—
Rimbaud, L., & Janbon, M.  Le syndrome encephalo-nteningite
de  la  neuro-nteliticoccie.   Presse  nted.,  1933, 41: 68-71.—
Rosenow, E. C.  Electrophoretic potential of streptococci as
isolated in studies  of encephalitis and  other  diseases of the
nervous system.  Proc. Mayo Clin., 1932, 7: 25-7.   ------&
Balado, M.  Lesiones microsc6picas del encefalo en conejos
inyectados  con  estreptococos  provenientes  de encefalitis,
torticolis espasm6dico  y poliomielitis.   Bol. Inst. clin.  quir.,
B. Air., 1926, 2: 169, 2 pi.—Rosenow, E. C. & Jensen, L. B.
Cataphoretic velocity of streptococci isolated in cases of ence-
phalitis and of other diseases of the nervous system.  J. Infect.
Dis., 1933, 52:  167-84.—Schultz, E. W., Terry, M. C.  |et al.]
Bacteriological observations on a case of meningo-encepbalitis.
Proc. Soc.  Exp.  Biol., N. Y., 1934,  31:  1021-3.  ------  Lis-
terella monocytogenes; a cause of meningoencephalitis in man.
Ibid.,  1938,  38:  605-8.—Sentis  &  Leenhardt.   Meningo-
eneephalite a nteningocoque  C chez une nourrisson.   Mont-
pellier med.,  1920. 42: 168-71.—Serebrjanik, B.   Lympho-
granulomatose   Meningo-Encephalitis   und   Polyradiculitis.
Deut.  Zschr.  Nervenh ,  1932-33,  129:  103-30.—Simont. D.
Ueber die Veranderungen der  Hirnhaute und der Gehirn-
substanz unter dem Einfluss  von Kontaktinfektionen.  Zschr.
Laryng., 1923-30, 19: 232-9.—Untersteiner, R. Beitrag  zur
Kenntnis  der   Pneumokokken-Meningoencephalitis  mit  be-
sonderer Berucksichtigung der Fibrinexsudation im Z.  N. S.
Zschr.  ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1926, 102: 64-99.—Urechia, C. I., &
Tataru, C. Encephalite favique et tricophytique. Rev.  neur.,
Par., 1923, 30: pt 2, 231-6.—Veen.  S. M. C. van [Symptoms
of colitoxicosis in  encephalitis]  Mschi.  kindergeneesk., 1933,
11: 419-23.—Weissenbach, R. J., & Bouttier, H.  Importance
du  role joue par le streptocoque pyogene dans l'etiologie  des
nteningo encephalites  diffuses, complications  des plates  pene-
trantes du cerveau par projectiles  de guerre.  C. rend. Soc.
biol.,  1918,  81:  777-9.—Wohlwill,  F.  Ueber embolische
Encephalitis  (Encephalitis embolica  durch  Strept.  viridans;
Coli-encephalitis)  Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1927, 96: 290.

----   Blood and cerebrospinal  fluid.
   Asarch, M.   Die Chloride  im  Blute der  Encephalitiker.
Zschr.  ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1926, 106: 155-7.—Bohrod, M. G.. 
ENCEPHALITIS                                220                                ENCEPHALITIS
 Goodyear. A. F., & Stanley, O. O.  Encephalitis with unusually
 high  eosinophilia.  Arch. Neur.  Psychiat.,  Chic, 1931, 25:
 1251-6.—Halliday, J. L.  The spinal fluid sugar in encephalitis.
 Q.  J. Med.,  Oxf., 1924-25, 18: 300-8.—Kling. C.  [Present
 knowledge of blood  picture in  experimental and epizootic
 encephalitis]  Fin. lak. sail, hand., 1927, 69: 563-91.

 ----  bulbar.

   See also Medulla oblongata, Diseases; Paraly-
 sis, bulbar.
   Guthrie, L.   Acute bulbar  polio-encephalitis.   Polyclin.,
 Lond.,  1910, 14: 50-2.—John, M.   Ist die von  Nikolic bei
 Hunden und  Katzen beobachtete epidemische Bulbarliihmung
 identisch mit der in Nr. 43 und 44 dieser Wochenschrift 1922
 von mir in Gemeinschaft mit Dr Stockebrand beschriebenen
 eigenartigen,  unter dem  Bilde  einer epidemischen  Bulbarlah-
 mung auftretenden Massenerkrankung in  einem  Mulheimer
 Fursorgehause?   Miinch.  med.  Wschr.,  1936,  83:   1315 —
 Judson. C. F., & Carncross, H.  Inferior polio-encephalitis in a
 child of 4 years, with recovery.  Am. J. M. Sc, 1908, n. ser.,
 136: 861-7.—Krabbe, K. H.  [Bulbar encephalitis with myas-
 thenic symptoms]  Hospitalstidende, 1932, 75: Neur. Selsk.
 Forh., 59.—Lehoczky,  T.   Abortive  Polioenkephalitis inferior
 infolge  von Botulismus.  Psychiat.  neur. Wschr., 1938, 40:
 166-8.—Leigh,  H.   Polio-bulbar-encephalitis; case  report.
 Southwest J. M. & S.,  1933, 17: 238.—Muratov, V. A.  [Cur-
 able  bulbar  encephalitis]  Med.  obozr., Moskva, 1901, 56:
 481-9.—Poppi, U.  Contributo alia conoscenza delle leuco-
 encefalopatie  acute  (leucopatia  uniloculare   cervico-bulbare
 acuta)   Riv.  neur., 1934, 7:  423-74.—Rimbaud, Boulet &
 Vidal.  Un cas de ntedullo-bulbo-encephalite.  Rev. otoneur.,
 Par., 1927. 5: 132-5.—Roger. H., & Bremond, M.  Les syn-
 dromes paralytiques des derniers nerfs craniens d'origine bul-
 baire; paralysie des IX, X,  XI  (avec paralysie faciale) par
 poliobulbite aigue avec reaction meningee.  Progr  med , Par.,
 1928, 43: 1462-9.—Salazar de Sousa.  Polyencephalite inferior.
 Med. contemp., Lisb., 1911, 29: 17.

 ----  Causes.

   See  also  subheadings  of   Encephalitis;  also
 names of  infections,  poisonings,  protozoa,  and
 viruses.
   Barraquer Ferre\ L.  Neuraxitis primitivas.    An  Hosp.
 S. Cruz., Barcel., 1932,  6:  297-9.—Crassousi. Ueber einen
 Fall  von  Meningoencephalitis  mit  Ikterus.  Nervenarzt,
 1937,  10:  27.—Hoch  &  Baurmann.  Zu  der einheitlichen
 Aetiologie der Encephalitiden.  Klin. Wschr., 1932, 11: 1451.—
 Levison.  [Encephalitis with  general sinus thrombosis]  Hos-
 pitalstidende, 1931, 74: Neur.  Selsk. Forh., 31-4.—Salzman,
 S. R.  Relation of gallbladder infection to encephalitis. Med.
 J. & Rec, 1924, 120: 14-7—Schope, M.  Zur Frage Blastom-
 Encephalitis.  Arch. Psychiat.,  Berl., 1908-39,  109: 755-84 —
 Stiefler. G., & Gamper, E.  Ueber gehauftes Auftreten akut-
 entziindlicher Erkrankungen des Zentral nerven systems.  Deut.
 Zschr. Nervenh., 1930, 116: 254-90.—Tiberi,  R.   Uremia  e
 stati  meningoencefalici.  Diagnosi,  1936, If:  170-9.—Voron,
 Dechaume, J., & Malartre.   Encephalite  latent  demasquee
 par  l'accouchement.  Bull.  Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1927, 16:
 66-8.—Webster,  L. T., &  Fite, G. L.  Contribution to the
 etiology of encephalitis; differentiation of encephalitis by pro-
 tection tests.   Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N. Y., 1933, 31: 344-6.

 ----  Classification and  nomenclature.
   Baker, A. B.  The  nonsuppurative forms of encephalitis.
 Arch. Path.,  Chic,  1935,  19: 213-32.—Brock,  A.  J.  En-
 cephalitis and pleomorphism.   Lancet,  Lond., 1925,  1: 54.—
 Demmer, F.  Encephalitis profunda progredtens.  Wien. klin.
 Wschr., 1929, 42: 260-3.—Denser,  C. H.   The scope of the
 term encephalitis.  U. S. Veterans  Bur. M.  Bull., 1930, 6:
 984-8.—Draganesco, S., & Reys, L.  Sur une forme particultere
 d'encephalite (etude anatomo-clinique)  Encephale, 1926, 21:
 774-7.—Gorter,  E.  [Forms of curable meningitis and  en-
 cephalitis]   Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1928,7 2: pt 2,  4489-97.—
 Hempelmann, T. C.  Encephalitis: clinical types, their symp-
 toms, diagnosis and treatment.  Med. Clin. N. America, 1936-
 37, 20:  415-38—Nobecourt, P.,  & Pichon,  E.   Meningo-
 eneephalite subaigue  difficile  a classer.  Bull. Soc.  p5diat.
 Paris, 1925,  23: 70-2.—Patrikios, J.   A propos des differents
 types de nevraxites non classees observees en Gr£ce.   Bull.
 Off. internat. hyg. pub.,  Par., 1938,  30: 2219-23.—Spatz, H.
 Ueber Encephalitis und Encephalitiden.  Nervenarzt,  1931, 4:
 466; 531

 ----  Clinical aspect and cases.

   Bonnet.  Trois observations de phlegmasie cerebrate.  J.
 med.  Bordeaux, 1924, 54: 479-81.—Bostroem, A.   Die Enze-
 phalitis und ihre Bedeutung fiir  die Psychiatrie.  Munch, med.
 Wschr., 1927, 74: 1615-8.—Breuer,  F. Die Bedeutung der
 nichteitrigen  Entzundungsprozesse   des  Gehirns  und ihre
 Folgezustande fiir die  Chirurgie.   Deut. Zschr.  Chir., 1929,
 221: 303-20.—CorkhilI, J.  G. G.  A case of  posterior basal
 meningitis with few cerebral symptoms.  Brit.  M.  J.,  1906, 1:
 734.—Hirsch, S.   Report of a case of meningoencephalitis.
 Med. Rec, N. Y., 1936, 144: 310.—Ide, M.  A propos d'ence-
phalite.   Rev. med., Louvain,  1920,  38-40.—Ingram, M. E.
Encephalitis: story of a patient.  Am.  J. Nurs., 1936, 36:
553-5.—Jenkins, W. A.  Encephalitis; case report.  Kentucky
M. J., 1921, 19: 437-9.—Macera, J. M., Pereyra Kafer, J., &
Messina, B. R.  Sobre un caso de neuroaxitis.  Arch, argent.
pediat., 1932, 3: 796-805.   Also Rev. As. nted. argent.,  1932,
45: 1336-40.—Merklen, P., Wolf, M., & Adnot, A.  Reflexions
sur 2 observations  d'encephalite a forme meningee.  Bull. Soc.
med. hop.  Paris,  1928,  3.  ser.,  52:  1304-11.—Micks, R. H.
A  case of meningo-encephalitis.  Irish J. M. Sc, 1929, 6. ser.,
264.—Palatini, A.  Studio statistico sulle encefaliti.  Riv. clin.
pediat., 1935, 33: 218.—Pereyra Kafer, J.  Sobre un  caso de
neuraxitis leve.  Rev. As.  nted. argent.,  1932, 45: 1323-8.—
Potzl, O.  Encephalitische Erkrankungen aus der Beobachtung
der Wiener Nervenklinik.   Wien. klin. Wschr., 1937, 50: 587-
90.—Quincke, H.   Kasuistischer Beitrag  zur Enzephalitis.
Munch, med.  Wschr., 1929,  76: 794.—Shafer, R.  J.   Non-
suppurative encephalitis; report of 5 cases.  J. Am. M. Ass.,
1936, 106: 699-701.

----  congenital interstitial [Virchow]

   See Encephalomyelitis, neonatorum.

----  Diagnosis.
   Buscaino, V. M.  Sindromi encefalitiche e sindromi isteriche;
patogenesi.  Riv. pat. nerv.,  1932, 39: 33-72.—Ferraro, A.,
Barrera, S. E., & Gregory, H. S.  Clinicopathologic considera-
tions for differential diagnosis  between juvenile paresis and
other forms of encephalitis.  Am. J.  Psychiat., 1937-38, 94:
1291-306,  4 pi.—Haberman,  J.  V.   Encephalitis completa;
diagnosis and differential diagnosis.  Med. Rec,  N. Y.,  1921,
100: 135; 187.—Herlitz, C. W.  [Case of encephalitis?]  Hygiea,
Stockh.,  1926,  88: 720.—Hutcherson,  J.  K.   Encephalitis
simulating brain abscess; case report.  Kentucky M. J.,  1928,
26: 300-4.—Kukan, F.  [Diagnostic importance of inoculation
of  liquor into  cornea  in encephalitis]  Orv.  hetil., 1933, 77:
205.—Latham, O.   Some difficulties  met with in the patho-
logical diagnosis of encephalitis.  Med. J. Australia,  1930, 1:
376-82, 4 pi.—Levinson, A.  Meningitis masked by encephalitic
symptoms.   Arch.  Pediat., N. Y., 1932, 49: 6-16.—Micks,
R. H.  Meningitis  and encephalitis.  Lancet,  Lond.,  1930, 1:
1236.—Roller,  D.   Diagnose und Therapie der entziindlichen
Erkrankungen der  Meningen und des Gehirnes.   Wien. klin.
Wschr., 1939, 52: 71-5.—Simon, H. T.  [Diagnostic difficulties
in  a case of encephalitis and chronic ear affection]  Ned. tschr.
geneesk., 1937, 81: 2419.—Sokoliansky, G. G.. & Gastev, D. M.
[Differential diagnosis between vascular  and  inflammatory
processes in the brain  (embolism or encephalitis?)]  Nevropat.
psikhiat., 1939,  8:  No. 4, 70-4.—Ujsaghy, P.   Neue einfache
Methode zur DifTerentialdiagnose der Meningitis und Ence-
phalitis.  Klin. Wschr.,  1938,  17: 1656.—Whipham. T. R.
A  case of (?) neurosis, (?) encephalitis. Rep.  Soc. Study Dis.
Child, Lond , 1906-7, 7:  172-8.

----  diffuse.
   Delhaye, A.  Deux eas de nevraxite diffuse, parcellaire et
fugace devolution favorable.  J. neur. psychiat., Brux.,  1931,
31: 521-8.— Hasun G.  B., & Hoffman. S. J.  Acute diffuse
encephalitis; a report of 2 cases.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic ,
1931  25: 1118-22.—Knaggs, R. L.  Acute  diffuse non-suppura-
tive  encephalitis.   Lancet,  Lond., 1937,  1:  745-7.—Tuthill,
C  R.   Subacute  primary  diffuse encephalitis with marked
involvement of the right central cortical region in a child aged
10. Arch  Neur. Psychiat , Chic, 1934, 31: 1271-82.

----  disseminated.

   See  under Encephalomyelitis.

----  epidemic.

   See  Encephalitis, epidemic.

----  experimental.

   See also Encephalitis—in animals;  Encephali-
tis,  epidemic, experimental;  Encephalomyelitis.
   Belikov, P. F., & Razumov, M. I.   [Experimental enceph-
alitis]  Klin,  med., Moskva, 1925, 6: 39-43.—Bouman,  L., &
Bok,  S.  [Experimental encephalitis]  Ned.  tschr. geneesk.,
1925, 69:  2406-15,  pi.—Fischl, V., & Schaefer,  W.   Experi-
mentelle Encephalitis bei  Mausen.   Klin. Wschr., 1929, 8:
2139-43.—Flexner,  S.,  &  Amoss, H. L.  Contributions to
the patholosy of experimental  virus encephalitis.  J. Exp. M.,
1925, 41: 357— Hoefer P. F. A.. Putnam, T. J., & Gray, M. G.
Experimental encephalitis produced by intravenous injections
of  variaus coagulants. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1938, 39:
799-812.—Hoff, H., & Potzl, O.  Ueber Schienen-Enzephalitis.
Wien. med. Wschr., 1937, 87: 374; 563.—Hoff, H., & Pol lak, E.
Zur  Frage  der Paralyse-Encephalitis beim  Kaninchen nach
subduraler  Injektion  von  Paralytikerliquor.   Klin.  Wschr.,
1926, 5: 1235.—Krauspe.   Ueber experimentelle Enzephalitis
und  Myelitis.   Verh. Deut.  path. Ges., 1929, 24: 302-8.—
Levaditi. C, & Schoen, R.  Encephalite experimentale du singe.
C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1928, 98: 1189-92.—Lombardo. F.  Ence-
falite sperimentale da muffe.  Ann. igiene, 1926, 36:  31-5.—
McKinley,  E. B.,  &  Holden,  M.  Studies   on  experimental
encephalitis,   J.  Infect.  Dis.,  1926, 39: 441-50   ---— 
ENCEPHALITIS                                221                                ENCEPHALITIS
 Immunologic studies in  experimental  encephalitis.   Arch.
 Path., Chic, 1927, 4:155-61.—Mandelbaum, A. B.  [Oxidation-
 regeneration processes in  experimental meningo-encephalitis]
 Nevropat.  psikhiat.,  1937, 6: 76-85.—Miyake, M.  Bericht
 uber die pathologisch-anatomischen Veranderungen der experi-
 mentellen Encephalitis bei Kaninchen und Katze.  Psychiat.
 neur. jap., 1936,  40: 4.—Pette, H.   Ueber  die  nach  intra-
 testikularer Verimpfung  von Paralytikerhirn beim Kaninchen
 auftretenden  Gehirnveranderungen.  Klin.  Wschr., 1925, 4:
 1209-13.—Plaut, F.  Zur Bewertung  von Liquorbefunden bei
 Kaninchen.  Ibid., 1926, 5: 1235.—Speranskiy A. D. Enceph-
 alitis as one of the consequences of freezing a portion  of the
 cerebral cortex in  dogs.  In his Basis  for the Theory of Med.,
 N. Y., 1936, 67-70.—Volpino, G., & Racchiusa, S.  Influenza
 ed encefalite sperimentale  amicrobica. Ann. igiene, 1923, 33:
 241-7, pi.

 ----   hemorrhagic.

    See  also   Cerebrospinal  cavity,  Hemorrhage;
 Encephalitis,  acute  hemorrhagic;  Encephalitis,
 psychotic.
    Heusser, H. H.   *Ueber recidivierende Ence-
 phalitis  haemorrhagica; zugleich ein Beitrag  zur
 Kenntnis  der  Encephalitis  nach   Appendicitis
 [Basel]   20p.   8?   Lpz.,  1921.
    Also Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1921,  71: 210-27.
    Baker,  A. B.  Hemorrhagic encephalitis.   Am.  J.  Path.,
 1935, 11: 185-235, 5 pi.  ------& Buggs, C. W.  Experimental
 investigations  in  hemorrhagic encephalitis.   J. Infect. Dis.,
 1938. 62: 293-6.—Baker, P.  Q.  A report of a case of hemor-
 rhagic encephalitis.  Nebraska M. J.,  1939, 24: 130.—Bergoui-
 gnan & Baron.  Un cas de nteningo-encepbalite rtemorragique;
 considerations  anatomo-cliniques.  J. med.  Bordeaux, 1938,
 115: pt 2, 149-52.—Boucomont, J., & Guibert, H.  Encephalite
 rtemorragique tuberculeuse.   Bull. Soc pediat. Paris, 1938,
 36:  717-21.—Cacciamali, A.  Contributo  alia  conoscenza
 della encefalite emorragica.   Pathologica,  Genova,  1934, 26:
 55-62.—Guszman, J.  Encephalitis  baemorrhagica.   Derm.
 Wschr.,  1937,  105:  1371.—Helfand, M.,  &  Wolfson, I. N.
 Cerebral   toxic  pericapillary  hemorrhage   (brain  purpura)
 Psychiat. Q., 1936, 10: 575-85, 2 pi.—Itzenko, N. M.  [Sub-
 arachnoid  hemorrhages]   Vrach.  delo,  1927, 10:  23-7.—
 Lasersohn, M.   A case of  hemorrhagic  encephalitis treated
 with sodium thiosulphate.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1925, 85:  436.—
 Lindau, A. Ueber die Natur und die Pathogenese der Einzel-
 veranderungen bei Encephalitis  haemorrhagica und Purpura
 cerebri.   Frankf.  Zschr. Path., 1924, 30:  271-88.—Malkina,
 M. S., Robinson,  I. A., & Frenkel, O. M.  [Peculiar form of
 hemorrhagic meningoencephalitis]  Sovet. nevropat., 1933, 2:
 8-18.—Pollak, E.,  & Rezek,  P.  Studien zur Pathologie der
 Hirngefasse; die Blutgefasse bei der  Hirnpurpura.  Virchows
 Arch., 1928, 269:  254-79.—Simons, L. H.  [Observations on
 the causes of a case  of encephalitis hemorrhagica]  Geneesk.
 tschr. Ned. Indie, 1934, 74: 1455-72.

 ----  herpetic.

    See also Herpes;  Herpes virus.
    Canale, P. Sui rapporti fra encefalite epidemica e infezioni
 erpetiche (rivista critica)   Riv. clin. med., 1926, 27: 217-27.—
 Dmitriev, S. F.  [Relation of herpetic infection to encephalitis]
 J. eksp. biol., 1926, 84-8.—Doerr, R. Herpes und Encephalitis.
 Zbl.  Bakt., 1.  Abt.,  1925-26,  97:  76-94—Flexner, S.   Epi-
 demic encephalitis and simple herpes.  J. Gen. Physiol. (J. Loeb
 Mem. vol.) 1927, 8: 713-26.—Gay, F. P., & Holden, M. The
 herpes-encephalitis problem.   J. Infect.  Dis.,  1929, 45: 415;
 1933, 53: 287.  ------   Further evidence for the presumed
 herpetic  origin of  epidemic encephalitis.  Tr. Ass. Am. Phy-
 sicians, 1933,  48:  16-22.   Also repr.   ------  Isolation of a
 herpes virus from several cases of epidemic encephalitis.  Proc.
 Soc  Exp.  Biol., N.  Y.,  1933,  30: 1051-3.—Kramer.  P.  H.
 [Herpes zoster, varicella and acute encephalitis]   Ned.  tschr.
 geneesk., 1935, 79:  2169; 2609, pi.—Levaditi, C. Le probteme
 Itiologique de l'encephalite epidemique dans ses rapports avec
 l'herpgs.   Paris med., 1925, 55: 97; 573.—MacGillivray, A. G.
 Herpes zoster and encephalitis.  Brit. M. J.,  1931, 2: 895.—
 Schoenborn, S.  Encephalitis epidemica und  Herpes.   Deut.
 med.  Wschr., 1927, 53:  870-2.—Stern, F.  Herpes und  Ence-
 phalitis.  Zbl. Bakt.,  1. Abt., 1925-26,  97:  94-135.—Zinsser,
 H., & Tang,  Fei-Fang.   Herpes virus and  the encephalitis
 problem.  Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1926, 41: 243-6. Also repr.

 ----  herpetic: Cases.

   Castel,  J.   *Sur  un nouveau  cas d'atteinte
 du n6vraxe dans le zona.  52p.  8?   Lyon, 1935.
   Andersen, M. S., & Wulff, F.  Meningitis serosa und Ence-
 phalitis bei Zoster.  Acta psychiat.  neur., Kbh., 1933, 8: 213-
 9.—Andre-Thomas & Buvat,  J. B.   Existe-t-il  encephalite
 zonateuse? Herpes zoster a foyers multiples (mort au 18e jour)
 Paris  med., 1931,  79: 600-4.—Bel lavitis, C.   Nevrassite  da
herpes-zoster.  Riv. neur., 1931, 4: 307-62.—Biggart, J.  H., &
Fisher, J. A.  Meningo-encephalitis complicating herpes zoster.
Lancet, Lond., 1938, 2: 944-6.—Flexner, M., & Flexner. J. A.
The herpetic viruses and encephalitis,  with  case report.  Ken-
tucky M.  J., 1926, 24: 375-80.—Morsier,  G. de.   Les ence-
phalites herpetiques; forme apoplectique; forme convulsive
et hallucinatoiire; contagion par le virus herpetique.   Presse
med., 1938, 46: 1611-3.—Roger, H., Poursines, V., & Paillas, J.
Origine  zosterienne   probable  dune  polio-ntesfncephalo-
myelite subaigue.   Rev. otoneur., Par., 1938,  16: 176-9.—
Schiff, C. I.,  & Brain, W. R.   Acute meningo-encephalitis
associated with  herpes  zoster;  a fatal case.   Lancet,  Lond..
1930, 2: 70.—Soto  Romay, R.,  & Dassen,  R.  Meningo-
radiculo-neuritis y aracnoiditis espinal fibro-adhesiva y quistica
zosteriana.  Sem. med., B. Air.,  1907, 44: 663-9.


----  herpetic:  Immunology.

   Andrewes,  C. H.,  & Carmichael, E.  A.  A  note  on the
presence of antibodies to herpes virus in post-encephalitic and
other human sera.  Lancet, Lond., 1930, 1: 857.—Founder, L.,
& Levaditi,  C.   Essais de  vaccination  du lapin  contre la ni-
vraxite provoquee par le virus herpeto-encephalitique.  C. rend.
Soc biol., 1928,  98: 1115-7.—Gay, F. P.,  & Holden, M.  Loss
of viricidal property in serums from  patients with herpes and
encephalitis.  J. Am. M. Ass.,  1931, 96:  2028.—Levaditi,  C,
& Lepine, P.  Mecanisme de ltetat ref ractaire naturel des simiens
inferieurs a  regard du virus herpeto-encephalitique.  C. rend.
Acad, sc, 1929, 189: 66-8.—Nicolau, S., Kopciowska, L.,  &
Constantinesco,  V.   Immunite  et virus  filtrables; recherche
par l'eiectrophorese du virus herpetique  dans  le n6vraxe des
Iapins immunises.   C.  rend. Soc. biol., 1931,  106: 1100-3.—
Remlinger, P., & Bailly, J.  Animaux refractaires a l'encephalite
herpetique.  Ibid.,  1927, 96: 109-11.—Zinsser,  H., & Tang,
F. F.  Immunological studies with herpes  virus with a con-
sideration of the herpes-encephalitis problem.   J. Exp. M.,
1926, 44:21-34.

----  herpetic:  Pathology.
   Alberca Lorente, R.  Estudio histopatol6gico de la encefalitis
experimental.  Progr. clin., Madr., 1928, 36: 81-128 —Bouman,
L.   [Experimental  study  of  encephalitis  herpetica]   Ned.
tschr. geneesk.,  1924,  68: pt  2,  3006.—Dmilriev, S.   Zur
Frage der Beziehungen der  herpetischen  Infektion zur Ence-
phalitis.  Zschr.  Hyg., 1926, 106: 547-51.—Doerr, R., & Kon,
M.   Schieneninfektion,  Schienenimmunisierung und   Kon-
kurrenz der  Infektionen im Z. N. S. beim Herpesvirus.  Ibid.,
1936-37, 119: 679-705.—Goodpasture, E.  W.   Intranuclear
inclusions in experimental  herpetic lesions of rabbits.   Am.  J.
Path., 1925, 1: 1-9.  ------  The axis-cylinders  of peripheral
nerves as portals of entry  to the central nervous system for
the virus of  herpes simplex in experimentally infected rabbits.
Ibid.,  11-28.   ------  The pathways  of infection  of the
central nervous system in herpetic encephalitis of rabbits con-
tracted by contact; with a comparative comment on medullary
lesions in a case of human poliomyelitis.  Ibid.,  29-46.  ------
Nuclear  changes of ganglion  cells in  experimental  herpetic
encephalitis.  Ibid.,  1927, 3: 395-9, pi—Le F&vre de Arric, M.
Degenerescence et inclusions cellulaires dans les  ganglions au
cours de l'encephalite herpetique.  C.  rend. Soc. biol.,  1923,
88: 1230-2.—Lauda, E.  Zur Histopathologie der herpetischen
Meningoencephalitis des Kaninchens.  Zbl. Bakt., 1.  Abt.,
1923-24, 91: Orig.,  159-75.—Luger,  A., &  Lauda, E.   Ueber
Kernveranderungen  an Glia-  und  Ganglienzellen  bei der
herpetischen Enzephalitis  des Kaninchens.  Mitt. Ges. inn.
Med. Wien, 1922,  21: 218.—Mariani, G.   Ricerche speri-
mentale sulla cheratite e sulla meningoencefalite.  Policlinico,
1922, 29: sez. prat.,  1193-5.—Nicolau, S.  La mecanisme de la
formation des inclusions dans le  systeme nerveux des Iapins
infectes experimentalement avec le virus herpetique.  C. rend.
Soc. biol., 1937,  126: 226-30.  ----—  &  Kopciowska, L.  Le
liquide cephalorachidien dans l'encephalite  herpetique experi-
mentale du lapin. Ibid., 1931, 106: 1213-6  ------& Guiraud,
P.  Les tesions cerebrates chez les Iapins  immunises contre le
virus herpetique; leur ressemblance avec les alterations trouvees
dans le nevraxe de certains altenes.  Ibid.,  1929, 101: 338-41.—
Olitsky, P. K., & Long, P. H.  The relation of streptococci  to
herpes virus encephalitis.   J. Exp. M., 1928, 48:  199-205.—
Remlinger, P., & Bailly, J.  Le sang dans l'encephalite herpeti-
que du lapin.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 94: 112-4.—Steiner, G.
Experimenteller  Beitrag zu  vorstehendem  Aufsatz  von  P.
Gyorgy und zur Frage der  Herpesencephalitis iiberhaupt.
Klin.  Wschr., 1925, 4: 917-9.

----  herpetic:  Transmission.

   Da Fano, C.  Herpetic  meningo-encephalitis in  rabbits.
J. Path.  Bact., Lond., 1923, 26: 85-116.  ------& Perdrau,
J. R.  Chronic or subacute herpetic meningo-encephalitis in the
rabbit with some observations on calcification   Ibid., 1927, 30:
67-95, 8 pi.—Delorme, M.  Encephalite  herpetique du chim-
panz6.  C.  rend. Soc. biol., 1929,  101: 121.—Dmitriev, S.  F.
[Herpetic encephalitis in rabbit in relation to contemporary
doctrine of epidemic encephalitis]  J. mikrob., Moskva, 1925,
2: 15-25.—Flexner, S.   Contributions to  the pathology  of
experimental virus  encephalitis; herpes virus  encephalitis  in
the guinea pig.  J.  Exp. M.,  1928,  47:  23-36.—Fontana.  A.
Sulla  meningoencefalite cronica nell coniglio da virus erpetico
d'origine genitale.   Rev. derm, argent., 1925-26, 11: 53-8.—
Goodpasture, E.  W.  Certain factors determining the incidence
and severity of herpetic encephalitis in  rabbits.  Am. J. Path.,
1925,  1: 47-55.—Kopeloff, N.,  &  Holden,  M.   Radiothermy
and experimental herpes encephalitis in  rabbits.  Proc. Soc.
Exp. Biol., N. Y.,  1931, 29: 148.—Levaditi, C,  & Lepine.  P. 
ENCEPHALITIS
222
ENCEPHALITIS
L'encephalite herpetique experimentale du singe.  Acta  med.
scand., 1929, 71: 192-220.  Also C. rend. Acad, sc, 1929, 188:
518.—McKinley,  E.  B.  Experimental  herpetic encephalitis
produced bv feeding herpes  virus to guinea pigs.   Proc. Soc.
Exp.  Biol.,'N.  Y.,  1928-29, 26:  21.------Experimental
herpetic encephalitis in the guinea pig produced through the
respiratory tract.  Ibid., 699-701.—Remlinger, P., & Bailly, J.
Sur les formes cliniques de l'encephalite herpetique  du lapin.
C. rend. Soc biol., 1925, 93: 1071-4.  —----Sur l'encephalite
herpetique  experimentale  du chat et du  chien.  Bull. Soc.
centr. nted. vet., Par., 1926, 79: 202-6.  ------  Transmission
de l'encephalite herpetique au chien.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926,
94: 1064-6.------Transmission de l'encephalite herpetique
au pigeon.  Ibid.,  95: 1542-5.           Transmission de
 l'encephalite herpetique a l'oie. Ibid., 1927, 96: 401-6.
 L'encephalite herpetique  du Iterisson.  Ibid., 1126-8.  -
 Encephalite herpdique experimentale de la marmotte.  Ibid.,
 1929,101:428.  ------  L'encephalite herpetique du pore-epic
 (Hystrix cristata)  Ibid.,  1931,  106: 81-3.—Schaefer, W.
 Ueber  Herpesencephalitis bei  Mausen (zugleich ein Beitrag
 zur  Frage der  Erregerpersistenz  im  Zentralnervensystem)
 Zschr.  Hyg.,  1930,  111:  536-41.—Zinsser,  H.  Herpes ence-
 phalitis in Cebus monkej'S.  J. Exp. M., 1929, 49: 661-70.

 ----   herpetic: Virus.

    See also Herpes virus.
    Flexner, S. Contributions to the pathology of experimental
 virus encephalitis; recurring strains  of herpes virus.  J.  Exp.
 M., 1928, 47: 9-22.  ------& Amoss, H. L.  Contributions to
 the pathology of experimental virus encephalitis; varieties and
 properties of the herpes virus.   Ibid.,  1925,  41:  357-77.—
 Haber,  P.  Sur  un virus encephalo-herpetique deerit sous le
 nom de vims B.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1935,  119: 136-8.—
 Lepine, P.  Exaltation de la virulence pour le lapin d'une souche
 herpeto-encephalitique ayant pass6 dans le  cerveau du singe.
 Ibid., 1929, 100: 801.------ & Schoen, R.  Etude compare
 de l'aptitude enc6phalitogene pour le lapin de diverses souches
 herpetiques humaines  au moment de  leur  isolement.   Ibid.,
 1931,  108:  769-72.—Levaditi. C,  Sanchis-Bayarri,  V., &
 Reinie, L.  Le ntecanisme des variations de la  virulence des
 virus herpetiques et herpeto-encephalitiques.   Ann.   Inst.
 Pasteur, Par., 1927, 41: 1292-313.—Nicolau, S. Modifications
 de proprietes du  virus herpetoencephalitique apres 6  annees
 de passages sur  lapin.  C.  rend. Soc.  biol.,  1926, 95: 190-2.
 ------& Kopciowska, L.  Reactivation a l'aide de la glycerine,
 du virus herpetique dans le cerveau de certains Iapins morts de
 neuro-infection  autosterilisee.   Ibid.,  1930,  104:  965-7.—
 Pette,  H.  Ueber die Beziehungen des Erregers  der Ence-
 phalitis epidemica zum Virus des Herpes simplex vom klini-
 schen,  anatomischen und experimentellen  Standpunkt  aus.
 Med. Klin., Berl., 1926, 22: 573-6.—Remlinger. P., & Bailly, J.
 Sur le comportement du virus herpetique dans 1'encephale  de la
 tortue.   C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 101: 548-51.—Ward. H. K.. &
 Tang, Fei-Fang.  A note on the filtration of the virus of herpetic
 encephalitis and of vaccinia.  J. Exp. M., 1929, 49: 1-4.

 ----   industrial.

    See under Encephalitis, toxic.

 ----   infantile.

    See  also Diplegia, cerebral; Paralysis;  Polio-
 myelitis,  acute anterior.
    Buium,  H.  L.   Contribution   a l'etude  des
 encephalites   aigues   primitives  chez   l'enfant.
 64p.   8?   Strasb., 1935.
    Dull,  W.   *Ein Fall von zystischer Entartung
 der  linken  Hemisphere  nach  Encephalitis in  der
 Kindheit  [Erlangen]  43p.  8?   Niirnb., 1916.
   Eckstein,  A.   Encephalitis  im  Kindesalter.
 172p.    8?   Berl.,  1929.
   Also Erg. inn.  Med.  Kinderh., 1929, 36: 494-662.

   Riom, C.   Contribution a l'etude clinique des
 enc6phalites   aigues  de  l'enfant.    199p.    8?
 Par.. 1933.
   Alarcon,  A. G. Encefalitis infantiles.  Gac. med. Mexico,
 1936, 66: 255-68.—Anderson, A. F. Report of 5 cases of acute
 encephalitis. Boston M. & S. J., 1923,  189: 177-9.—Appel, K.
 E.  Encephalitis  in children; some etiologie and therapeutic
 considerations. J. Pediat., S.  Louis,  1935, 7: 478-87.—Araoz
 Alfaro, G.  Las encefalitis agudas infantiles v la tesis de Mite
 Combi.   Sem. med., B. Air.,  1936, 43: 801-8.—Babonneix, L.
 Encephalite infantile de cause  indeterminee avec symptomes
insolites: abolition  des reflexes tendineux,  atrophie optique,
 ataxie, sclerose centrolobaire.  Rev. neur., Par., 1927, 34: pt 2,
 57-61.  ------   Encephalites  aigues infantiles.  Gaz.  hop.,
 1931, 104:  867; 1927.  Also Rev. med.,  Par., 1932, 49:  422.
------Les encephalites aigues infantiles a tendances  eVolu-
tives.  Arch, internat.  neur., Par., 1939, 58: 25-33.—Beach,
M. W.  Encephalitis.  Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1930, 47: 651-4.—
Benedek, L., & Thurzo, J.  [Hyperkinetic symptoms of infantile
encephalitis  and a new strophophasic symptom]   Orv. hetil.,
 1936,  80: 455-7.—Bernuth, F. von.  Ungewohnliche Erschei-
 nungs-  und  Verlaufsformen  kindlicher  Encephalitis   (Ge-
 schwistererkrankung,  Pseudohirnttimor,   postencephalitische
 Charakterveranderung von kurzer Dauer mit Ausgang in Hei-
 lung) X-scbr. ges.  Neur. Psychiat., 1923-29, 118: 234-9.-----
 & von den Steinen, R.  Paroxysmale Tachykardie als Symptom
 einer Encephalitis bei Sauglingen.  Zschr. Kinderh., 1929-30,
 48: 687-9.—Bessau, G.   Katarrh und Encephalitis.  Mschr.
 Kinderh.,  1938,  74: 1-10.—Beverly,  B.  I.   Encephalitis  in
 children. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1929, 37: 600-10.—Blench, T. H.
 A case of encephalitis in  a cbild of 6 weeks.  Newcastle M. J.,
 1926-27, 7:  147.—Bournoville, P.  J., & Degand.  A.  Les
 encephalites aigues de l'enfance. Echo med. nord, 1934, 3. ser.,
 1:  462-7.—Brock, J. Ueber Systematik und Klinik meningo-
 encephaler  Krankheitszustande  im   Kindesalter.    Zschr.
 Kinderh.,  1925-26,   40:  552-72.—Burhans,  C. W.   Acute
 hemiplegie encephalitis  in  infants.   Ohio M.  J.,   1928, 24:
 368-71.—Case,  T. J.  Status marmoratus  related  to  early
 encephalitis.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat, Chic,  1934, 31: 817-23.—
 Collin.   Les encephalites  de l'enfance.  J. nted. Paris, 1934, 54:
 535-8.—Comby, J.  Les encephalites aigues  chez les enfants.
 Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1921, 19: 40-53. ----~ & Comby, M.
 T.  Sur l'etiologie des encephalites aigues infantiles.  Paris nted.,
 1935, 97: 356-9.—Dagnelie, J., Dubois. R. [et al.] Les encepha-
 lites aigues non  suppurees  de  l'enfance.   J. neur.  psychiat.,
 Brux., 1932, 32: 549-629—Debre, R., Broca, R., & Marie, J.
 Encephalite de l'enfance  et poliomyeiite.  Bull. Soc. pediat.
 Paris,  1932, 30: 224-34.—De Toni, G., Taccone, G., & Berga-
 mini, M.  Le sindromi encefalitiche  nell'infanzia.   Studium,
 Nap.,  1931, 21: 406-9.—Doerr. Die nichteitrigen Encephali-
 tiden im Kindesalter; Aetiologie der  nichteitrigen Encephali-
 tiden im Kindesalter.  Mschr.  Kinderh., 1929, 44:  149-70.—
 Eckstein, A.  Die nichteitrigen  Encephalitiden im Kindesalter;
 die  Klinik.   Ibid.,  171-94.  ------   Ueber encephalitische
 Gehirnveranderungen  bei  sogenannter   Exsiccose.    Klin.
 Wschr.,  1930,  9:  1257.—Fiano, A.   Le encefaliti nell'infanzia;
 le  encefaliti  acute  primitive  (non  epidemiche)   Riv.  clin.
 pediat.,  1936,  34:  97-122.—Flament,  R.   Deux  cas  d'en-
 ceohalites  aigues  non sunpurees  de  l'enfance.  Ann.  Inst.
 chir., Brux.,  1933, 34:  126-30.—Gardere, C.   L'encephalite
 avec mort rapide chez l'enfant.  Medeeine, Par., 1937, 18: 645-
 9.------ Bertrand, G., & Viallier, J.  Encephalite du nourris-
 son a  forme entetisante.  Lyon med., 1938,  162: 612-5.—
 Garddre, C, Dauvergne,  M., &  Bertrand, G.  Les encephalites
 avec mort rapide chez l'enfant.   J. med. Lyon, 1939, 20: 281-
 6.—Hadot.  Deux cas d'enc6phalite infantile k forme d'ataxie
 aigue 1'un avec syndrome de Parinaud l'autre avec  ophtalmo-
 ptegie bilaterale.  Rev. nted. est, 1933, 61: 85-8.—Haushalter.
 Presentation  d'un enfant avec sequelles  d'encephalite poly-
 morphe.   Ibid., 1921, 49: 288.—Herz, O.  Hypertonie und
 Encephalitis.  Zschr. Kinderh., 1932-33,  54:  272-6.—Holz-
 mann, E.  Akute Enzephalitis im  Kindesalter.  Deut.  med.
 Wschr.,  1931, 57: 144-6.—Kemkes, B.,  & Saenger,  S. Ueber
 Encephalitis des  Kindes.  Mschr.  Kinderh.,  1926,  32: 334;
 33: 127.—Knauer, H., & Jaensch, P. A.   Zur  Aetiologie der
 verschiedenen   Enzephalitisformen  im  Kindesalter.   Jahrb.
 Kinderh., 1930-31, 3. F., 80: 265-304.—Lange, C.  de  [En-
 cephalomeningitis of  unknown causes in children] Ned. mschr.
 geneesk., 1929-30. 16:709-18.   ------  [Encephalitis]  Mschr.
 kindergeneesk., 1934, 3:383-7.  ------  Die Diagnose Encepha-
 litis im  Sauglings- und  Kleinkindesalter.  Mschr.  Kinderh.,
 1938, 75: 264-85.—Lapage, C. P. Encephalitis, polioencepha-
 litis, and vaccinal encephalitis in children.  Brit. M. J., 1933, 1:
 811-3.  ------  The diagnosis between acute  inflammations
 of the brain in children.  Med. Press & Circ, Lond.,  1935, 191:
 137-40.------Treatment of acute cerebral inflammation in
 children.  Practitioner, Lond.,  1935, 135:  330-8.—Low, A. A.
 Acute, toxic (nonsuppurative) encephalitis in children; study
 of 5 cases.  Arch. Neur.  Psychiat.,  Chic,  1930, 23: 696-714.
 Also repr.—Macera, J. M.,  &  Pereyra  Kafer, J.  Encefalitis
 aguda (neuroaxitis, caso clinico)  Arch, argent, pediat., 1933, 4:
 190-5.—Mader.  Liquoruntersuchungen bei Encephalitis  und
 Encephahsmus.  Mschr. Kinderh., 1929, 44: 233-6.—Moses, J.
 Encephalitis and psychopathy  in childhood.  Harefuah  Tel
 Aviv, 1938, 14: No. 6 1.—Neal, J. B.  Round table discussion
 on  encephalitis.   J.  Pediat.,  S. Louis, 1936,  8:  516-28.—
 Niederwieser.  V.  Zur Frage der Enzephalitis bei Kindern
 Jahrb. Kinderh.,  1931, 3.  F., 73: 318-25.—Pacchioni, D.  Un
 caso di meningoencefalite emorragica in un lattante.   Riv. clin
 pediat., 1905, 3: 26-31.—Parrel, G. de.  Sur la reeducation des
 sequelles d'encephalites  aigues  de l'enfance.   Arch, internat
 neur  Par., 1939, 58: 61-3.—Pelevin, M. P.  [Encephalitis in
 children]   Mosk.  med.  J.,  1925,  5:  42-8— Radermecker.
 Encephalite avec aphasie chez un enfant de 12 ans. Arch. med.
 beiges, 1935. 88:  165-75.—Radici, M.   Ricerche sperimentali
 sull'etiologia deU'encefalite  nell'infanzia.   Riv  clin  Dediat
 1937, 35: 289-343, 3 pi.—Russkikh, V. N.,  & Petriaeva, A. T.'
 [Children's encephalitis  with  selective localization]  Sovet
 nevropat., 1935, 4: No. 6,  133-6.—Samson, K.  Ueber Liquor-
 befunde  und ihre Deutung beim  Meningoencephalismus im
 Kindesalter.  Mschr. Kinderh.,  1932, 52: 378-85.—Schmid. H.
 Ein unter dem Bilde schwerer  Hysterie verlaufener Fall vori
 Encephalitis im Kindesalter.  Nervenarzt,  1932, 5:  355-60__
 Schneider, S  [Infantile encephalitis and amaurosis]  Budapesti
 orv. uis., 1:133. 35: 509.—Sigwald,  J.   Epilepsie localisee au
cours d encephalites   baigues primitives de l'enfance   Arch
internat.  neur.. Par.,  1939, 58: 49-55.— Spielmeyer, W.   Die
nichteitrige Encephalitis   im Kindesalter;  anatomische  Tat-
sachen und Probleme.  Mschr. Kinderh., 1929, 44: 195-221__ 
ENCEPHALITIS                                223                                ENCEPHALITIS
Stoss, M.  Akute Enzephalitis im Kindesalter; eine selbstandige
Infektionskrankheit.   Schweiz.  med. Wschr., 1926,  56:  758-
63.  Also In Festsch.  z  70. Geburtst. Hermann Sahli, Basel,
1926, 97-111.—Szasz, A. von S. Ueber den Muskeltonus bei
an Meningitis beziehungsweise Encephalitis erkrankten Kindern.
Mschr. Kinderh.,  1930, 47: 61-3.—Taccone, G.  Le sindromi
encefalitiche nell'infanzia; la clinica delle forme acute.   Boll.
spec. med. chir., 1932, 6: 517-23.—Titcomb, I. M.   Meningo-
encephalitis.   Proc. R.  Soc.  M.,  Lond.,  1928-29,  22:  sect.
Btud. dis. child., 17.—Tuthill, C.R.  Destruction of the ganglion
cell in the infant brain. Arch. Path., Chic, 1938, 26: 463-70.—
Verhaart, W. J. C.  [Nonpurulent encepbalitis in small chil-
dren]  Ned. tschr. geneesk.,  1932, 76: pt 3,  3262-71,  pi.—
Willemin-Clog, L.  L'injection  intra-veineuse  des  solutions
hypertoniques  dans le traitement  des  formes  convulsives de
l'encephalite du nourrisson.  Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1936, 34:
294-9.—Zappert,  J.   Die  akute  Enzephalitis beim  Kinde.
Jahrkurs. arztl. Fortbild., 1928,  19: H. 6, 14-22.------Der
jetzige Stand  der  Enzephalitisfrage  im Kindesalter.  Aerztl.
Prax., Wien, 1932, 6:  225.  Also Wien. klin. Wschr., 1932, 45:
737-44. ------ Enzephalitis im Kindesalter.  Ibid., 1935, 48:
824.

---->   influenzal.

   See  under  Encephalomyelitis,  para- and post-
infectious.

----   japonica.

   See  Encephalitis,  epidemic, Japanese.

----   lethargic.

   See  Encephalitis,  epidemic.

----   Leukoencephalitis.

   See  also Encephalitis, periaxial.
   Caron, S., & Samson. M.   Etude anatomo-clinique  d'une
leuco-encephalite.  Bull. Soc. med. hop. Qu6bec, 1936, 43-7.—
Grigorescu, D-, & Axente, S.   [On leuco-neuraxitis]  Rev. st.
med., Bucur., 1938, 27: 156-69.—Lassale, J. C. L.. Aujaleu, E.
J. Y.,  & Sohier, R. M. P. J.   Les leucoencephalites  (revue
generate)   Rev. serv. san.  mil.,  Par.,  1936,  104:  217-51.—
Marinesco,  G.   Sur  un  cas  de  nteningo-leuco-encephalite
atypique subaigue chez un enfant.  Rev. neur., Par., 1936, 66:
1-21.

----   lymphocytic.

   See Encephalitis, acute aseptic  benign.

----  Manifestations.
   Andrenelli, L.  Contributo  clinico alia conoscenza delle
manifestazioni  encefalitiche nei  giovani.  Ann.  med.  nav.,
Roma, 1936, 42: 11-25.—Brock, S.. & Katz, S.  The evolution
of an encephalitic dystonia into a hypertonic-akinetic syndrome
resembling Wilson's   progressive lenticular degeneration.   J.
Nerv.  Ment.  Dis., 1927,  66:  460-7.—Brouwer, B.   Ueber
Meningoencephalitis und die Magnus-de-Kleynschen Reflexe.
Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1917,  36: Orig., 161-80—Caccia-
puoti. G. B.   Sindromi encefalitiche con  retropulsione,  cata-
Iessia ed ipertricosi. Cervello, 1931, 10: 113-26.—Carlotti, M.,
Jacquet & Desremaux, M.  Syndrome d'encephalite  suivi d'un
syndrome hypophysaire.  Rev.  otoneur.,  Par., 1934, 12: 340-
3.—D'Oelsnitz &  Prince,  J.   Encephalite avec  contracture
extrapyramidale generalisee, papillite bilaterale et convulsions
persistantes; action remarquable de TabcSs de fixation sur les
accidents  convulsifs.   Ibid.,  1928,  6:  480-4.—Gugrin,  A.
Encephalite dermotrope. Rev.  gin. clin. ther., 1925, 39: 534-
6.—Hamill, R. C.  Encephalitis with involuntary movements.
Arch. Neur. Psychiat.,  Chic. 1920, 4: 44-54.  Also repr.—
Jayle, G. E.. Paillas. J. E. [et al.]  Encephalite pseudo-tumorale
avec troubles oculaires et auditifs.  Rev. otoneur., Par.,  1937,
15: 433-8.—Parkinson, P. Facial paralysis due to encephalitis.
Rep. Soc. Stud. Dis. Child., Lond.,  1907-8, 8: 58—Petren, K.,
& Ingvar, S.  Abolition of speech (anarthria) during meningo-
encephalitis (encephalitis  epidemica?)   Acta  med.  scand.,
1926-27, 65: 602-8.—Ribadeau-Dumas, L., & Le Melletier.
D6shydratation et acidose dans  un  cas de meningo-eneephalite
basale  aigue.  Bull.  Soc.  pediat. Paris, 1935, 33: 619-22 —
Richet,  C,  fils, Jacquelin,  A.,  & Joly, F.   Manifestations
hepatiques  au cours  dtetats  eneephalonteninges.   Bull. Soc.
med hop. Paris, 1931, 3. ser., 47: 1528-34.—Ruttin, E.  Eigen-
tiimliche Vestibularbefunde und Symptome bei Encephalitis.
Mschr.  Ohrenh..  1937,  71:  873-5.—Sheehan, D.   Localised
meningo-encephalitis  involving  the grey  matter of  the  third
and fourth ventricles, associated with  glycosuria.  Acta psy-
chiat. neur., Kbh., 1934,  9: 157-69.—Stertz, G.  Enzephalitis
und  Katatonie.  Mschr. Psychiat.,  1925,  59:  121-9—Teju,
I., & Stefaniu, A.  [Meningo-encepbalitis  with  hemiplegia and
aphasia  of otic origin]  Spitalul, 1932, 52: 344.—Tromner, E.
Seltene  und neue  Symptome bei  Enzephalitis.  Deut.  med.
Wschr.,  1925, 51: 99-102.—Urechia,  C. I..  & Elekes, N.  Sur
un cas d'ltemiptegie encephalitique.  Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris,
1934,  3.  ser.,  50: 117-21.—Van   Gehuchten,  P.   Trois cas
d'encephalite  avec stase  papillaire.  J. beige neur.  psychiat.,
1939,  39: 407-16.—Walker,  C.  B.   Abrupt monocular  blind-
ness, resulting in  complete optic atrophy, during encephalitis
with double papillitis; X-ray of optic canals.  Arch. Ophth.,
N. Y., 1925, 54: 165-71.

----   Manifestations, mental.

   See Encephalitis, psychotic.

----   meningeal.

   Both for encephalo-meningitis and for meningo-
encephalitis see subdivisions  of  Encephalitis.

----   neonatorum [Virchow]

   See Encephalomyelitis, neonatorum.

----  otitic.

   See also  Hydrocephalus;  Otitis media, Com-
plications.
   Atkinson,  M.   Otogenous nonsuppurative encephalitis;  a
clinical entity.  N.  York State J. M., 1939,  39:  994-8.—
Bante, J. A.  M6ningo-radiculite de la fosse cerebrate posterieure
droite apres otite  catarrhale droite.  Rev. otoneur., Par., 1924,
2:  366.—Biileveld, J. A.   Un  cas  d'encephalite  temporale
otogene non suppuree. Ibid., 1936, 14: 81-5.—Borries, G. V. T.
[Otogenous encephalitis]  Hospitalstidende,  1921, 64: 545-54.
Also  Zschr. ges.  Neur. Psychiat.,  1921, 70:  Orig., 93-101.
------ L'encephalite otogene nontepidemique.  Rev. otoneur.,
Par.,  1931, 9: 557-62.  ------  L'encephalite otogene rtemor-
ragique.  Rev. laryng., Bord., 1932,  53: 49.—Bremond, Roger
& Pourtal.   Meningite puriforme aseptique d'origine laby-
rinthique droite avec aphasie.  Rev. otoneur., Par.,  1929, 7:
41-4.—Bullis, J. A. E.  Acoustic verbal agnosia due to otog-
enous  encephalitis.   Bull. Los Angeles Neur. Soc,  1936, 1:
19-22.—Canuyt. G., Lacroix, M., & Wild, C.  Abces de fixation
temporo-sprtenoidal gauche avec meningite puriforme  aseptique
chez une otorrfteique; traitement par la  craniectomie, le serum
anti-streptococcique de Vincent et l'abces de fixation; guerison.
Strasbourg  med.,  1933,  93:  364.—Cathala, J.,  & Odinet.
Encephalite aigue otogene  chez  le nourrissons.  Bull. Soc.
pediat. Paris,  1927, 25: 201-4.—Col ledge, L.   Otogenic ence-
phalitis.  J. Lar.  Otol., Lond.,  1938, 53: 148—Horgan, J. B.
Localized  non-suppurative encephalitis  of otitic origin.  Brit.
M. J., 1935,  2:  161.—Jerlang,  E.  Otogenous non-purulent
encephalitis.   J.  Lar. Otol., Lond., 1938, 53:  283-93.—Key-
Aberg, H.   Contribution a  l'etude de  l'encephalite  otogene.
Acta   otolar.,  Stockh.,  1926-27, 10:  75-80—Leegaard,  T.
[On otogenous encephalitis]   Norsk mag. laegevid.,  1938, 99:
1294-300.  Also  Acta otolar., Stockh.,  1939,  27:  46-54.—
Lund, R.  [Case of so-called otogenous encephalitis  with gas-
forming bacilli]   Hospitalstidende,  1921, 64:  Dansk. otolar.
selsk.  forh., 81-4.—Meller,  H.  Drei Falle von  Enzephalitis
bei Mittelohreiterung (Otogen?)  Mschr. Ohrenh.,  1939,  73:
223-8.—Oppikofer, E.  Geheilte otogene Encephalitis, welche
die typischen Symptome  eines  linksseitigen  Schlafenlappen-
abszesses verursacht hatte.  Schweiz. med.  Wschr.,  1926, 56:
306.—Piquet, J.  L'oedeme cerebral aigu au cours des suppura-
tions  de l'oreille  moyenne.   Presse med., 1938, 46: 468-70.
------& Minne, J. L'encephalite aigue non suppuree d'origine
auriculaire; oedeme cerebral  aigu avec rtemorragies et n6crose.
Ann.  otolar., Par., 1938, 285-313.—Renaud, M. Enc6phalites
secondaires aux tesions de l'oreille moyenne et des rochers dans
la rougeole.   Bull. Soc. nted.  hop. Paris,  1931, 3. ser.,  47:
986.—Roche.  Petrosite a symptomatologie frontale bruyante,
avec meningite a formule lymphocytaire, et paralysie faciale.
Ann.  otolar., Par., 1937, 69-71.—Roediger, K.  Ein Fall von
Meningoencephalitis serosa bei doppelseitigem Cholesteatom.
Beitr. Anat. Ohr.,  1926, 24:  143-8.—Roger, H., Cremieux, A.,
& Bonnet.  Encephalite temporale otogene non suppuree avec
paralysie du regard en haut;  intervention; guerison.  Rev.
otoneur., Par., 1932,  10: 332.—Voss,  O.   Otitis media und
Encephalitis.  Zschr.  Hals  &c Heilk.,   1928, 21: 596-608.—
Yerger, C.  F.  Acute toxic meningo-encephalitis of  otorhino-
genic  origin.  Arch. Otolar.,  Chic, 1925, 1: 198-208.

----  Paraencephalitis [Sicard]

   See also Encephalitis, epidemic, Type, atypical.
   Fornara, P., & Greppi, L.  Sopra alcuni casi  di  paraence-
faliti infantili. Pediatria (Riv.) 1932, 40: 414-31.—Grinstein,
A. M.  [Paraencephalitis]   Vrach. delo, 1934, 17: 707-14.—
Zalkan, D. M„ & Safonova, G. A.  [Paraencephalitis]  Ibid.,
1936,  19: 487-92.

----  Pathology.

   Homen,  E. A.   Experimentelle  und   patho-
logische Beitrage zur  Kenntnis  der infektiostoxi-
schen,   nichteitrigen   Enzephalitis.    90p.     8?
Jena, 1919.
   Bertrand.  I., & Miyashita, K.   Variabilite des perivascu-
laris au cours des enc6phalites.  Presse med., 1936, 44: 491-
4.—Bouman   [Histological demonstration; encephalitis]  Ned.
tschr.  geneesk., 1923, 67: pt 2, 950.—Devic, A., Ricard, A., &
Jeune, M.  Meningite sereuse de la convexite consecutive a une 
ENCEPHALITIS                                224                                ENCEPHALITIS
 encephalite.  Lyon med., 1938, 161: 37-43— Economo, C. von.
 Bemerkungen zur Frage der infektiosen nicht eitrigen Enze-
 phalitiden. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1932, 124: 84-7.—Fleck, U.
 Ueber  nichteitrige  Hirnentzundungen  (mit  Ausnahme  der
 Encephalitis  epidemica)   Med.  Welt,  1934, 8:  1465-9 —
 Gilbert, Q. O., & Gurd, A. E.  Clinicopathological study of a
 series of cases of  acute meningo-encephalitis.  Am.  J. M.  Sc,
 1924, 167: 781-815.—Harbitz, F.  Cases  of encephalitis pre-
 senting distinctive clinical and anatomical picture (arteritis of
 a peculiar nature) contribution to case-histories.   Acta path.
 microb. scand., 1933, suppl. 16,  101-13.—Hoelen, E.  [Me-
 ningoencephalitis  circumscripta]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1923, 67:
 pt 2, 945-7.—Leidler, R.   Fragen der Lokalisation innerhalb
 des zentralen Vestibularsystems; die entziindlichen,  nichteitri-
 gen  Erkrankungen  des  Hirnstammes (Enzephalitis)   Mschr.
 Ohrenh., 1936, 70: 176; 267; 472; 544; 725; 801.—Lichtwitz, O.
 Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Encephalitis meningitica.   Wien.
 klin. Wschr., 1925, 38: 223-6.—Myers, J. L.  Tracts other
 than otic  for intracranial  infection.  Eye Ear &c Month.,
 1924-25, 3: 566-8.—Nakamura, J.  Studien zur Entziindungs-
 frage im  Zentralnervensystem; der Einfluss  der  Thyreoidea,
 Testikel, Ovarien  und Hypophyse auf die Entziindung. Arb.
 Neur. Inst. Wien,  1927, 29: 50-9.—Volland.   Beitrag zur Frage
 des cerebralen Fiebers.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1921,  63:
 Orig., 136-42.—Vries, E. de. Een geval van multiple meningo-
 encephalitis.  Psychiat.  Neur. bl., Feestb. C. Winkler, Amst.,
 1918, 743-58.—Wiener,  A.  A study of a case of encephalitis,
 with changes in the pia.  Tr. Am. Neur. Ass., 1897, 23: 110.—
 Williams,  H.  W.  Role of the pia in encephalomeningitis and
 meningoencephalitis.  Arch. Path., Chic, 1936, 21: 35-43.

 ----   periaxial concentric [Balo]

    See also Encephalitis, Leukoencephalitis.
    Balo, J.  Leucoencephalitis periaxialis concentrica.  Magy.
 orv. arch., 1927, 28: 108-21, 6 pi.  Also Arch. Neur. Psvchiat.,
 Chic,  1928,  19:  242-64.—Barre\ J.  A., & Van  Bogaert.  L.
 Contribution a la  dissociation  anatomique  et clinique  des
 leucoencephalites  subaigues;  le  type concentrique de Bate.
 Rev. neur., Par., 1933, 40: 358.—Hallervorden, J., & Spatz. H.
 Ueber  die konzentrische Sklerose und die physikalisch-chemi-
 schen Faktoren bei der Ausbreitung von Entmarkungsprozessen.
 Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1932-33, 98: 641-701.

 ----   periaxial diffuse  [Schilder-Heubner-Foix]

    Diekmann,   H.     *Ueber   Encephalitis   sub-
 cortical   chronica   progressiva   (Binswanger)
 [Jenal   13p.   8?   Berl.,  1919.
    Austregesilo, Galloti,  O.,  & Borges, A.  Leucoencephalo-
 pathie  diffuse (maladie de Sehilder)  Rev. neur., Par., 1930, 37:
 1-25.—Babonneix, L.  La maladie de Schilder-Flatau.  M6d.
 inf., Par., 1926, 32: 326-38.   Also J. med. Paris,  1927, 46:
 7-9.—Barre & Morin.  Stase papillaire sans hypertension dans
 l'encephalite p6riaxiale.  Rev. otoneur., Par., 1926, 4: 521.—
 Barre, Morin [et al.]  Encephalite periaxialediffuse. Rev. neur.,
 Par., 33: pt 2, 541-57.—Bergamini, M.  Riflessi eugenici in
 relazione   alia  varieta  infantofamigliare   della malattia di
 Sehilder.   Acta paediat., Upps.,  1938,  22: 71.—Bouman, L.
 [Encephalitis periaxialis diffusa]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1922, 66:
 pt 2, 639-41.  Also Brain, Lond., 1924, 47: 453-88.—Braun, E.
 Ueber einen Fall von diffuser Encephalo-Myelitis (ein Friihfall
 von  Encephalitis  periaxialis  diffusa [Sehilder])  Zschr. ges.
 Neur. Psychiat., 1922, 80: 310-30.—Brock, S., Carroll, P. M., &
 Stevenson, L.  Encephalitis  periaxialis diffusa of Sehilder;
 report  of  a case.   Arch.  Neur. Psychiat., Chic,  1926,  15:
 297-308.—Buchanan,  D. N.,  & Tanaka, K.   A clinical and
 pathological study  of Schilder's  encephalopathy.  J. Nerv.
 Ment.  Dis.,  1938,  87:  213.—Canavan, M. M.   Schilder's
 encephalitis periaxialis diffusa; report of a case in a child aged
 16J.4 months.  Arch.  Neur. Psychiat., Chic,  1931, 25: 299-
 308.—Coenen, L.,  & Mir,  L.   Encephalite periaxiale diffuse;
 maladie de Schilder-Foix.  Encephale,  1931, 26:  357-76.—
 Collier. J.  Schilder's disease; encephalitis  periaxialis diffusa.
 Tr. Ophth. Soc U. K., 1925, 45: 443-7.  ----— & Greenfield,
 J. G.  Encephalitis periaxialis of Sehilder; a clinical and patho-
 logical  study, with  an account of 2 cases,  one of which was
 diagnosed  during  life.  Brain,  Lond.,  1924, 47: 489-519.—
 Court.  A.  H., &  Latham,  O.  Schilder's  disease.   Med.  J.
 Australia, 1935, 2: 117-20, 4 pi.—D'Antona, S.  La encephalitis
 periaxialis  diffusa  di Sehilder (encephalopathia extracorticalis
 diffusa, tipo Sehilder)  Riv. pat. nerv.,  1927,  32: 461-544 —
 Davison, C., & Schick, W.   Encephalopathia periaxialis diffusa
 (Schilder's disease)  Arch.  Neur.  Psychiat., Chic,  1931, 25:
 1063-80.—De Crespigny, C. T. C.  A case of Schilder's disease
 (encephalitis  periaxialis diffusa)   Lancet,  Lond.,  1929,  2:
 864-6.—Elkington, J.  StC.  (?) Schilder's encephalitis.  Proc.
 R.  Soc. M., Lond., 1934, 27: 1346.—Farnell, F. J., & Globus,
 J. H. Chronic progressive vascular subcortical encephalopathy;
 chronic progressive  subcortical encephalitis  of Binswanger.
 Tr. Am. Neur. Ass., 1931, 57: 93-104. Also repr.  Also Arch.
 Neur.  Psychiat.,  Chic,   1932,  27:  593-604.—Ferraro,  A.
 Familial form of  encephalitis periaxialis  diffusa.  J. Nerv
 Ment. Dis., 1927, 66: 329; 479; 616.—Flynn, J., & Greenaway,
 T.  M.   Diffuse encephalitis  presumably  Schilder's  disease.
 Med. J. Australia, 1935, 2: 120.—Ford, F. R., & Bumstead,
 J. H.  Encephalitis  periaxialis diffusa  of Sehilder; report ol  2
cases with  anatomical findings.  Bull. Johns  Hopkins  Hosp.,
 1929,  44:  443-58.—Gasul, B.  M.   Schilder's disease  (ence-
 phalitis  periaxialis diffusa)   Am. J. Dis. Child., 1930, 39:
 595-609.  Also repr.—Globus, J. H.. & Strauss, I.  Progressive
 degenerative subcortical  encephalopathy  (Schilder's  disease)
 Arch.  Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1928,  20: 1190- 228.— Gozzano,
 M., & Vizioli, F.  La encefalopatia periassiale diffusa di Sehilder
 ed i suoi rapoorti con la sclerosi a placche.  Riv. neur., 1932, 5:
 257-326.—Hamel, J.. & Michel, J.  Maladie de Schilder-Foix.
 Rev.  med. est,  1933, 61:  625-32.—Hassin. G. B.  Schilder's
 disease.   In Pract.  Pediat.  (Brennemann, J.) Hagerstown,
 1937, 4: chap.  10, 3.—Heuyer, G.,  Lhermitte, J.,  & Vogt, C.
 Forme familiale de l'encephalite periaxile diffuse.   Rev. neur.,
 Par.,  1934,  41:  pt 2, 843-51.—Heuyer, G., Vogt,  C, &  Rou-
 dinesco.  Forme  familiale de  l'encepbalite  periaxile  diffuse
 (maladie de Sehilder)  Arch. med.  enf., 1934, 37: 278-86.—
 Innes, J. R. M.  Swayback: a congenital demyelinating disease
 of lambs  with  affinities  to Schilder's encephalitis.  Proc.  R.
 Soc. M., Lond., 1935-36, 29: 406-9.  Also Vet. Rec,  Lond.,
 1936, 16: 1539-49.—Jakob,  C, & Gonzalez. T.   Leucoence-
 falosis eentrolobar simetrica progresiva familiar (enfermedad
 de  Sehilder)   Arch, argent,  neur.,  1936-37,  14:  51-76.—
 Joz, H., & Sterling, W.   Sur un  cas de maladie de  Sehilder.
 Rev. neur.,  Par., 1934, 41: pt 2,  143.—Kogerer, H.   Beitrag
 zur  Kenntnis  der Encephalitis  periaxialis diffusa.   Jahrb.
 Psychiat. Neur.,  1926-27,  45:  109-19.—Kraus.  W.  M.. &
 Weil, A. An unusual and protracted  case of Schilder's disease.
 J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1925, 62: 620-5.  ------  Encephalite
 periaxile diffuse (type Sehilder) Encephale, 1928 23: 77.5-86 —
 Lauritzen, G. K.,  & Lundhalm,  I. L. H.  Schilder's disease;
 report of a  case.   Arch.  Neur. Psychiat.,  Chic, 1931,  25:
 1233-62.—Leenhardt, E„ &  Chaptal, J.  Triptegie spastique,
 crises  d'epilepsie   sous-corticale  et  declteance   psychique;
 encephalite pdiaxile diffuse (type Sehilder)  Gaz. med. France,
 1929, 3: 195-203.—Lhermitte.  Sur  la  maladie de Sehilder.
 Rev. neur.,  Par., 1936, 65: 535.—Londen, D. M. van, & Frets,
 G.  P.  Encephalitis periaxialis  diffusa Sehilder.   Psychiat.
 Neur.  bl.,  Amst., 1926,  30:  235-51.—Lucas,  R.  E.  Ence-
 phalitis periaxialis  diffusa (Schilder's disease)  [?]   Proc. R.
 Soc. M., Lond., 1928-29, 22: sect,  neur., 12.—Macnamara,
 E.  D.   Encephalitis periaxialis  diffusa  (Schilder's  disease)
 Ibid.,  10.  —■----  Encephalitis periaxialis diffusa (Sehilder)
 Ibid., sect. stud. dis.  child., 99.  ----— & Carnegie-Dickson,
 W. E.  Encephalitis periaxialis  (Sehilder)  Ibid., 1933,  26:
 297-302.—Marcus,  H.    [Diffuse  subcortical  encephalitis]
 Hygiea,  Stockh.,  1930,   92:  913-21.—Massary,  J.,  de,  &
 Albeissar, R. Maladie de Sehilder. Rev. neur., Par., 1936, 65:
 100-11.—Maudsley, H. F., & Wright-Smith, R. J.  A case of
 encephalitis periaxialis  diffusa  (Schilder's encephalitis)  con-
 firmed by pathological findings.  Melbourne Hosp.  Clin. Rep.,
 1930, 1: 21-32.—Meyer, A., & Pilkington,  F.  Some problems
 of pathogenesis in Schilder's disease.  J.  Ment.  Sc,  Lond.,
 1936,  82:  812-26.—Meyer,  A.,  &  Tennent,  T.   Familial
 Schilder's disease.   Brain,  Lond.,  1936,  59:  100-12,  pi.—
 Parodi, U.,  &  Ricca, S.  Contributo  alia conoscenza della
 encefalite periassile  diffusa  di  Sehilder  (contributo  clinico-
 anatomo-patologico)   Riv. pat. nerv.,  1926,  31: 588-614.—
 Patrassi, G.  Diffuse  Gehirnentmarkungen  und  sogenannte
 Encephalitis  periaxialis  diffusa   (Sehilder)  (besser:  Leuko-
 encephalopathia myeloclastica  primitiva)   Virchows  Arch.,
 1931, 281: 98-113.—Penington, A. H.  A case of acute Schilder's
 disease.  Med.  J. Australia,  1937, 1: 136-8.—Perdrau, J. R.
 Schilder's encephalitis periaxialis diffusa in a rhesus monkey.
 J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1930, 33: 991-4, 2 pi.—Russkikh, V. N., &
 Krylova, E. S.   [Encephalitis periaxialis diffusa (Schilder's) ]
 Sovrem.  psikhonevr., 1930, 10: 297-305.—Schaltenbrand, G.
 Encephalitis periaxialis diffusa (Sehilder)  a case report  with
clinical and anatomic studies.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic,
 1927,  18: 944-81.—Sehilder, P.  Die Encephalitis periaxialis
diffusa (nebst Bemerkungen uber die Apraxie des Lidschlusses)
 Arch. Psychiat., Berl.,  1924, 71: 327-56.—Shelden, W.  D.,
 Doyle, J. B., & Kernohan, J. W.   Encephalitis  periaxialis
diffusa.  Arch.  Neur. Psychiat., Chic,  1929, 21:  1270-98.—
Stewart, T.  G., Greenfield, J. D., & Blandy. M.  A.  Ence-
 phalitis periaxialis diffusa; report  of 3 cases with pathological
examinations.  Brain, Lond., 1927, 50: 1-29.—Stott,  H., &
 Sharma, G. L.   A case of encephalitis periaxialis  (Schilder's
syndrome)   Ind. M. Gaz., 1935, 70: 146.—Symonds, C. P.
 A case of Schilder's  encephalitis with a  family  history of the
disease.  Proc.  R. Soc. M.,  Lond.,  1926-27,  20: sect, neur.,
46-8.  ------ A contribution to the clinical study of Schilder's
encephalitis.  Brain, Lond., 1928, 51: 24-35.   ------  Ence-
 phalitis periaxialis diffusa;  Schilder's encephalitis; a critical
 review.  Brit.  J.  Child.  Dis.,  1928,  25:  83-95.—Tretiakov,
 K. N., & Meltzer, D. A.  [Case of Schilder's disease]  Nevropat.
 psikhiat.,  1936,  5:   1853-8.—Urechia,  C.  L.  Encephalite
 periaxiale de Sehilder, 6voluant sous l'aspect d'une tumeur.
 Rev. neur., Par., 1935, 42: pt 2, 968-75.  -----Mihalescu, S.,
 & Elekes, N.  L'encephalite  periaxiale diffuse type Sehilder.
 Encephale, 1924, 19: 617-27—Valdes, J.  M.,  & Piantoni. C.
 Enfermedad  de Sehilder.   Arch, argent,  pediat., 1933,  4:
 556-77.—Vogt.  C. Roudinesco, H. G. [et al.]  Forme familiale
 de l'encephalite periaxiale diffuse (maladie de Sehilder)   Rev.
 neur.,  Par.,  1933, 40:  pt 2, 856-64.—Worster-Drought,  C.
 Encephalitis periaxialis diffusa of Sehilder (?)   Proc.  R.  Soc.
 M., Lond.,  1928-29,  22: sect,  neur., 10; 1929-30, 23:  sect.
stud. dis. child., 14.  ------& Hill, T. R.  Schilder's periaxial
encephalitis. Ibid.,  1930-31,  24:  sect. stud. dis. child., 12.—
 Worster-Drought,  C, &  Mandel, L.   Encephalitis periaxialis
diffusa of Sehilder (?)  Ibid., 1928-29, 22: sect, neur., 11. 
ENCEPHALITIS
225
ENCEPHALITIS
 ----   Polioencephalitis.

    See   also   Encephalitis,   bulbar;   Paralysis;
 Poliomyelitis, acute anterior.
    Horibe, R.   *Ein Beitrag zur Kasuistik der
 Polioencephalitis.   37p.   8?   Munch.,  1911.
    Batten, F. E.   Polioencephalitis  and  poliomyelitis.   Tr.
 Internat. Congr. M. (1913) 1914,  Sect. X, Dis. child., pt 2,
 145-61  [Discussion]  167-70.—Bertelson, E.. & Ronne, H.
 Ein Fall von Polioencephalitis  mit assoziierter  Blicklahmung
 supranuklearen  Ursprungs.   Mschr.  Psychiat.,  1909,  25:
 148-60.—Carr,  J.  W.   Case  of polio-encephalitis.   Proc.
 R. Soc.  M., Lond., 1913-14, 7: sect.  stud. dis. child, 68 —
 Chiappori, R.  Polioencefalomielitis sub-aguda con fatigabilidad.
 Prensa nted. argent., 1916-17, 3: 57-9.—Courtin, W.  Sehner-
 venerkrankungen bei atypiscb verlaufender Polioencephalitis.
 Zscbr. Kinderh., 1932,  53: 288.—Delmas-Marsalet, P.   Sur
 les polioencephalites curables.   J. med. Bordeaux,  1938, 115:
 5-17.—Duhig, J. V.  Polio-encephalitis.   Med.  J. Australia,
 1922, 2: 261.—Garcin, R., & Renard, G.  Sur quelques cas de
 paralysies multiples extensives et curables des nerfs craniens;
 polio-encephalites  subaigues  a  virus  neurotrope  probable.
 Paris med.,  1934, 93: 263-72.—Gonzales Olaechea,  M. Polio-
 encefalitis localizada  en los nucleos del  oculomotor  comun,
 trigemino, facial,  intermediario,  de Wrisberg,  vestibular  y
 nucleo rojo.  Cr6n. med., Lima, 1929, 46: 45-52.—Govsieyev,
 A. A.   [Acute superior and inferior  polioencephalitis]  Russ.
 vrach,  1909,  8: 411;  437.—Guillain, G.,  Mollaret, P., &
 Bertrand, L.  Considerations anatomo-cliniques sur un cas de
 polio-encephalite aigue chez un enfant.  Rev. neur.,  Par., 1935,
 62: pt 2, 683; 1936, 65: 1.—Guthrie, L.   Notes on a case of
 polioencephalitis.  Rep. Soc. Stud. Dis. Child., Lond.,  1907-8,
 8: 214.—Hatid Ulas.   [Anatomo-pathological observations on
 a case of acute polioencephalitis in  a child]  Askeri sihhiye
 mecmuasi, 1936, 65: 98-111.—Hawkins, H. P.  Case of acute
 polio-encephalitis.  S.  Thomas Hosp.  Rep.,  Lond.  (1903)
 1904, n. ser.,  32: 399-405.—Hecht, D. O.  Infantile cerebral
 paralysis due to polioencephalitis.  J. Nerv. Ment.  Dis., 1908,
 35: 593.—Herman, E.,  & Fuswerk, J.   Un cas de polioence-
 pbalite disseminee  avec predominance des tesions nerveuses
 du  cote gauche.  Rev.  neur.,  Par.,  1938, 70: 354.—Higier.
 [Diffuse  polioencephalitis  with  incipient cerebral  diplegia;
 choreo-athetosis]   Neur. polska,  1910, 1: 8.—Loeser.  Case
 of polioencephalitis.  Med. J. S. Africa,  1918-19,  14: 489 —
 Merzbach,  J.   Acute  polioencephalitis.  Am.  Med., 1911,
 n. ser., 6: 523-7.—Miller, R.   Acute  polioencephalitis.  Prac-
 titioner, Lond.,  1910, 85: 94-101.—Monier-Vinard &  Brunei.
 Polioenc6phalite  subaigue  du  tronc cerebral.   Rev. neur.,
 Par., 1936,  66: 62-71.—Neilson, D.  F. A.  Late acute polio-
 encephalitis.  Proc R. Soc. M., Lond.,  1934, 27: sec. lar., 215.
 Also J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1934, 49: 281.—Netter, M. A. Polio-
 encephalitis and poliomyelitis.  Tr. Internat. Congr. M. (1913)
 1914, Sect. X, Dis. child., pt 2, 163-6  [Discussion] 167-70.—
 Patrick, H. T. A case of so-called poliencepnalitis; a prel iminary
 note.  Tr. Am. Neur. Ass.,  1897, 23:  107-9.—Picken, R. M. F.
 Polioencephalitis and an epidemic disease of obscure origin.
 Med.  Off.,  Lond., 1918,  20:  37.—Polioencephalitis [Edit.]
 Med. Rec, N. Y., 1910, 78: 627.—Rosenow, E. C, & Heilman,
 F. R.   Observations on the epidemic  of  polioencephalitis in
 Los Angeles,  1934.   Proc. Mayo Clin.,  1934,  9: 443-51 —
 Rothman, P. E.  Polioencephalitis   Am. J. Dis. Child., 1931,
 42:  124-32.—Scharapow, B.  Isolierte  Affektion der hinteren
 Kerne des Nervus vagus in einem Falle von Polioencephalitis.
 Zschr. ges.  Neur. Psychiat., 1927, 109: 733-8.—Steinhardt,
 I. D.  Anterior  polioencephalitis.  N. York M. J., 1911, 93:
 721-7.—Sundelin, F.  [Certain cases  of toxic polioencephalitis]
 Nord.  med.,  1939, 2: 1440-8.—Tanaka, T.  So-called breast
 milk intoxication.  Am. J. Dis. Child., 1934, 47:  1286-98 —
 Turner, J. B.  Acute superior and inferior polioencephalitis.
 N. York M.  J.,  1907,  85: 937.  Also repr.—Woods, A. H.
 Four cases  of  polioencephalitis,  with apparent  contagion.
 China M. J., 1927, 41: 111-7.

 ----   Polioencephalitis,  acute hemorrhagic  su-
   perior [Wernicke]

   Cotjloumy,  J.  B.  G.    *La  grippe  dans l'eti-
 ologie de la polioencephalite aigue hemorragique.
 59p.  8?   Toulouse, 1909.
   Weyers, F.   *Ueber Polioencephalitis  haemor-
 rhagica superior  (Wernicke)    [Miinchen]   13p.
 8?  Frankf. a.  M.,  1932.
   Wicke, A.  *Ein Beitrag zur Polioencephalitis
 haemorrhagica superior  acuta  (Wernicke)   27p.
 8?  Kiel,  1933.
   Zilz,  J.  *Zur Frage  der nicht alkoholischen
 Polioencephalitis Wernicke.  214p.  8?   Munch.,

 1936.
   Campbell, A. C. P.,  &  Biggart, J.  H.  Wernicke^ ence-
phalopathy  (polioencephalitis   haemorrhagica  superior)  its
alcoholic  and non-alcoholic incidence.  J. Path.  Bact., Lond.,
1939, 48: 245-62,  6 pi.—Davidenkov, S.  Polioencephalitis
(superior et  inferior) haemorrhagica acuta.  Kharkov. M. J.,
 1909, 7:  1-15.  Also Russ.  med. Rdsch., Berl.,  1909, 7: 487-

       77908—vol. 5, 4th seeiks_----15
98-—Disertori, B.  Sindrome  di Parinaud  per esiti di polio-
encefalite  superiore di Wernicke.  Riv. otoneur., 1934, 11:
483-93.—Ecker,  A. D.,  & Woltman, H. W.  Is nutritional
deficiency the basis  of  Wernicke's  disease? report  of case.
J. Am. M. Ass., 1939. 112: 1794-6.—Elkington, J. St C.  Polio-
encephalitis haemorrhagica superior.  Proc.  R. Soc. M.,  Lond.,
1936-37, 30:  1096-1100.—Fischer, O.  Ein  gehulter Fall von
Polioencephalitis haemorrhagica superior, zugleich als Beitrag
zur Symptomatologie  dieser Krankheit (Storung der Sprache
und  Schrift als besondere Form der Adiadokokinesis;   Zschr.
ges.  Neur. Psychiat., 1911,  8: Orig.,  475-83.—Gamper, E.
Zur Frage der Polioencephalitis haemorrhagica der chronischen
Alkoholiker; anatomische Befunde beim alkoholischen Korsa-
kow  und ihre Beziehungen zum klinischen Bild.  Deut.  Zschr.
Nervenh., 1928,  102: 122-9.—Gaupp.  R.  jr.   Wernickesche
Krankheit und Polyneuritis auf nichtalkoholischer Grundlage.
Nervenarzt,  1937,  10: 309-13— Guizetti, H. U.  Zur  Histo-
pathologie des dorsalen  Vaguskerns  (gezeigt am Beispiel der
alkoholischen  Polioencephalitis)  Deut.   Zschr.  Nervenh.,
1934-35,  135:  129-41.—Grigorescu, D.,  Kreindler,   A., &
Cohen,  E.  [Superior  hemorrhagic polioencephalitis with in-
version  of the rhythm of sleep]  Spitalul, 1930, 50: 57-61.—
Kuligowski,  S. W.  Un cas  anatomo-pathologique  de  polio-
encephalite de Wernicke.  Rev. neur., Par., 1938, 70:  359.—
Lafora,  G. R.  El substratum anatomopatotegico de la polio-
encefalitis hemorragica  superior de Wernicke.   Rev.  clin.,
Madrid, 1912, 7: 121-39.—Lewis, W. H., & Hopkins,  G. H.
Acute  superior  polioencephalitis.   Colorado M.,  1928, 25:
227-9.—Luthy, F., & Walthard, K. M. Ueber Polioencephalitis
haemorrhagica superior (Wernicke) Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat.,
1928, 116: 404-22.—Mondio, E.  Polioencefalite emorragica
superiore acuta del Wernicke.   Manicomio,  1927, 40: 41-51.—
Neuburger,  K.  Ueber  die  nichtalkoholische  Wernickesche
Krankheit, insbesondere  iiber  ihr Vorkommen beim  Krebs-
leiden.  Virchows Arch.,  1936, 298: 68-86.—Nielsen, J. M., &
Millitzer, M. M.  A case  of acute hemorrhagic polioencephalitis
superior (Wernicke) with autopsy.   Bull. Los Angeles Neur.
Soc, 1939, 4: 82.—Sager, O., Kreindler, A. [et al.]  Un  cas de
polioencephalite hemorragique superieure avec reflexes toniques
labyrinthiques et cervicaux sur les yeux. Rev. otoneur., Par.,
1929, 7: 504-6.—Schroder, P.   Zur Lehre von  der  akuten
hamorrhagischen Poliencepbalitis superior (Wernicke)  Histol.
histopath. Arb.  Grosshirnrinde, Jena,  1908, 2:  145, 3 pi.—
Teulteres & Delmas-Marsalet.  Sur un cas de polio-encephalite
subaigue du type Wernicke.   Rev. otoneur., Par.,  1937, 15:
187-9.—Wernicke's encephalopathy and vitamin Bi.  Lancet,
Lond., 1939, 1: 1107.

----   Polioencephalitis, superior.
   Cordova, A. de.  Polioencefalitis superior sub-aguda.   Rev.
med. cir. Habana,  1918,  13: 451—4.—Dehogues, J.  Oftalmo-
plegia extrinseca  doble; polioencefalitis superior aguda.   Ibid.,
1935, 40: 695-700.—Freund, C. S.  Polioencephalitis superior
mit  striaren  Symptomen.  Klin.  Wschr.,  1927,  6: 2064.—
Holden, W. A.   Report  of cases of polioencephalitis superior.
Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, 1906-8, 11: 220-5.------& Collins, J.
Polioencephalitis superior;  its  causation, clinical  course and
termination: with a report of 6 cases.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1908,
50: 514-8.—Krumbhaar, E. B.  Poliencepnalitis superior, with
report of a case with autopsy.  Univ. Pennsylvania M.  Bull.,
1908, 21: 84-90.—Mann, L.  Fall von Poliencephalitis superior.
Berl. klin. Wschr.,  1911,  48: 2359.—Tomasini, S.  Un caso di
polioencefalite superiore  con esito in  quarigione.   Atti Accad.
sc. med. Palermo (1897) 1898, 119-26.—Tornatola,  S.   Etio-
logia e profilassi della polioencefalite.  Arch, ottalm., 1927, 34:
546-59.

----   Pseudoencephalitis.

   See  Encephalitis,  Polioencephalitis, acute  hem-
orrhagic [Wernicke]

----   pseudo-tumoral.

   See  also  Brain  tumor, Diagnosis.
   Conos,  B.  Encephalite hemorragique  ayant simute une
tumeur  cerebrate.  Rev.  neur., Par., 1927,  34: pt 2, 703-8.—
Hoff, H. Bericht iiber eine Diplokokkenencephalitis, die unter
tumorahnlichen Symptomen verlief.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat.,
1931, 134: 24-30.—Medea, E.  A proposito della cosi detta
encefalite pseudotumorale. Riv. otoneur.,  1938,  15: 174—7.—
Roger,H., Arnaud, M., &Paillas, J. E.  Les encephalites pseudo-
tumorales.   Marseille med.,  1939, 76: 145-70.—Roger, H.,
Arnaud, M., & Paillas, J. L. Contribution a l'etude diagnosti-
que des  encephalites pseudo-tumorales.  Presse med., 1939, 47:
485-8.—Villard, Euziere  [et al.] Encephalite a forme pseudo-
tumorale avec signe d'Argyll-Robertson. Rev. otoneur., Par.,
1937, 15: 281-4.

----   psychotic.

   See  also  Encephalitis,  toxic;  Encephalitis, epi-
demic, Type, psychotic;  also names of primary
diseases  and   conditions   as   Puerperal  state;
Uremia, &c.
   Fardet, R.  P. G.   *Les encephalites h6mor-
ragiques; l'encephalite psychosique aigue hemor-
ragique.   71p.   8?   Par., 1934. 
ENCEPHALITIS                               226                                ENCEPHALITIS
   Lorexzi,  L.    *Contribution  a   l'etude  des
delires  aigus  dits  primitifs;   encephalites  psy-
chosiques  aigues azotemiques.   lOOp.   8?  Lyon,

1937.
   Marchand, L., & Courtois, A.  Les encepha-
lites  psychosiques.  144p.  8?   Par., 1935.
   Arcalides,  M. N.   Sur un  cas d'encephalite psychosique
aigue  staphvlococcique.  Ann.  nted. psychoi., Par., 1933, 91:
pt 2,  550-5— Courtois, A.  Les  enc6phalites  psychosiques.
Bull,  med., Par., 1934, 48: 524-8.  ------ Delaville, M.,  &
Russell.  Variations du rapport globulines serine dans quelques
cas d'encephalites psychosiques aigues. Ann. nted. psychoi.,
Par.,  1931, 89: pt 2, 575-81.—Cruchet, R.  Les enc6phalites
psychosiques et leur rapport avec l'encephalomyeiite epidemi-
que.  J. nted. Bordeaux, 1933,  110: 478-80.—Damaye, H.,  &
Poirier,  B.   Les  nteningo-encephalites des  psychoses  toxi-
infectieuses.  Progr. med., Par., 1931, 1374-7.—Dawson, W. S.
The mental aspects of encephalitis. Med. J. Australia, 1928, 2:
74-80.—De  Mennato,  M.  Psicosi  con  sintomi  encefalitici
extrapiramidali.  Rass. stud,  psichiat., 1937, 26: 659-73.—
Feuillade.  Sept cas d'encephalites psychosiques aigues post-
puerp6rales mortelles.  Lyon med., 1938, 161: 53-8—Fribourg-
Blanc & Gauthier.  Deux cas d'encephalite aigue avec troubles
psychiques precedes dans un cas par un lichen plan.  Bull. Soc.
med. hop. Paris, 1928, 3. ser., 52: 1345-9.—Giard, P., Cornut,
P., & Moreau, P.  Etude critique des etats dits primitifs de
deiire aigu (l'encephalite psychosique azotemique)   Rev. med.,
Par.,  1937,  54: 311-42.—Hamel, Lalanne &  Michel.   Les
encephalites  psychosiques et leur traitement.  Rev. med. est,
1934,  62: 561-7.—Heuyer, G.  Les  psycho-encephalites  ou
encephalites psychosiques.  Rev.  crit. path., Par., 1931, 2:
315-20.   ------  &  Le Guillan.   Psychose encephalitique;
reactions medico-tegales; automatisme mental d'origine encepha-
litique.  Encephale, 1929, 24: 203-6.—Jelliffe, S. E.  Somatic
pathology and psychopathology at the encephalitis crossroad;
a fragment.   J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1925, 61: 561-86.—Lepine,
Larrive  & Chaillet.  Encephalites psychosiques azotemiques.
Lyon med.,   1932,  149: 73-6.—Marchand, L.   La demence
precoce  symptomatique d'enc6phalite.  Ann. med. psychoi.,
Par.,  1930, 88: pt 2, 5-36.  ------  Les encephalites psychosi-
ques; etude  anatomo-clinique. Gaz.  hop.,  1933,  106: 893.
------& Courtois, A.  Note anatomo-pathologique sur 10 cas
d'encephalite psychosique  Jtemorrhagique.  Ann. anat. path.,
Par.,  1933,  10: 1040-9.  ------  L'encephalite psychosique
aigue hemorragique.  Ann. med. psychoi.,  Par.,  1934, 92: pt 2,
88; 359.—Meyer, E.   Encefalitis y psicosis. Rev. med. germ.
iber.  amer.,  1930, 3:  129-35.—Montaud, R. de.  Importancia
social de las llamadas psicoencefalitis.   Rev. med. Barcelona,
1933, 20: 138-43.—Neel, A. W.  Ueber psychotische Formen
von Encephalitis larvata et atypica, sowie iiber die Notwendig-
keit von  Lumbalpunktionen bei Psychosen; zugleich ein Ver-
gleich zwischen den Eiweissbestimmungen in der Spinalflussig-
keit nach Brandberg-Stolnikow-Bisgaard  und  Sicard-Canta-
loube und Kafka-Samson.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1929,
122:  277-90.—Persch,  R.  Schizophrenie  (Katatonie)  und
Encephalitis.  Allg.  Zschr. Psychiat.,  1938, 107:  246-55 —
Porot & Bardenat.  Psycho-encephalite a poussees successives,
caracterisee  par des  accidents convulsifs, suivis de bouffees
deiirantes.  Ann. med. psychoi., Par., 1937, 95: pt 2, 669-74.—
Radovici, A.   [Psychotic encephalitis treated by fixation abscess]
Romania med., 1933, 11: 184.—Riser,  Couadau [et al.]  Ence-
phalite aigue avec confusion mentale et nevrite optique grave.
Rev.  otoneur.,  Par., 1908, 16:  388-90.—Rouquier, A.   L'azo-
temie au cours des encephalites psychosiques.  Rev. med. est,
1935, 63: 659-61.—Russkikh,  V. N.   [Hallucinations  in  me-
ningoencephalitis]  Sovet.psikhonevr., 1933, 9: 12-7.—Sehilder,
P.  Ueber Psychosen bei kortikaler Enzephalitis.   J. Psychol.
Neur., Lpz., 1928, 37: 293-302.  Also Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat.,
1928-29, 98: 346-65.—Simarro, J.  Las psicosis agudas ence-
falfticas  (a proposito de un caso clinico)  An. Hosp. S. Cruz,
Barcel.,  1930, 4: 357-60.   ------   La psicosis agudas ence-
falfticas.   Cr6n. med.  mex.,  1932,  31:  743-6.—Stertz,  G.
Encephalitis und Lokalisation  psychischer Storungen.  Arch.
Psychiat., Berl., 1925, 74: 288-302.—Targowla, R.  Psycho-
encephalite  a forme  anxieuse, depressive et  hallucinatoire;
syndrome parkinsonien  fruste;  hyperazotemie  transitoire.
Bull.  Soc. clin. med.  ment., Par., 1929,  17:  161-6.  ------
Nevraxites toxi-infectieuses et  maladies mentales:  les  psycho-
encephalites.  Bull. Acad, med., Par.,  1931, 3. ser., 105: 572-
5.  ------Serin, S., & Ombredane, A.  Psychoses et encepha-
lites toxi-infectieuses:  les psycho-encephalites.  Prat. m6d. fr.,
1928, 7: 108-28.—Toulouse, E., Courtois, A., & Dufet. Sequelle
mentales des  encephalites  psychosiques  aigues.   Ann. nted.
psychoi., Par., 1932, 90: 1-16.—Toulouse,  E., Marchand, L., &
Courtois,  A.  Deux  cas d'enc6phalites  psychosiques aigues
post-puerp6rales.   Ibid., 1930, 88: pt 2, 316-25.  ------
Les encephalites psychosiques secondaires. Presse  med., 1931,
39: 465-8.—Toulouse, E.,  Marchand, L., &  Schiff, P.  Les
encephalites psychosiques; etude anatomo-clinique.  Encephale,
1929, 24: 413-40.


----  rheumatic.

   See also Chorea.
   Gurevich, M. O.  [Chronic  rheumatic encephalitis]  Sovet.
psikhonevr.,  1939,  15: No. 2,  3-6.—Letailleur, M.  Psycho-
encephalite rhumatismale  primitive.   Bull, med.,  Par., 1939,
53: 78-80.—McCul loch, H.  Encephalitis rheumatica  chorea
minor of Sydenham; its diagnosis and course.   J. 1 ediat,, b.
Louis 1938, 13:741-7.—Simarro, J.  Las f ormas subagudas del
reumatismo cerebral (sobre 2  casos de  encefalitis  subaguda,
clinicamente reumatica)  Rev. nted. Barcelona, 1935, 24: 89-
94 —Toulouse, E., Courtois, A., & Pichard, H.  Un cas d ence-
phalite psychosique rhumatismale. Bull. Soc. clin. med. ment.,
Par., 1930, 18: 69-75.

----   rhinogenous.

   See also  Nose, Disease:  Complications.
   Manasse, P.  Ueber rhinogene traumatische Meningoence-
phalitis.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1911, 37: 1888-90.—Mygind, H.
Un cas  d'encephalite rhinogene,  simulant  un  abcSs cerebral.
Acta otolar., Stockh., 1923, 5: 235.—Zunker, M.  Rhinogene
Encephalitis.  Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1928, 44: 731.

----   sclerotizing.

   See also  Sclerosis.
   Bodechtel, G., & Guttmann, E. Beitrage zur  Frage nach den
Beziehungen zwischen klinischem Verlauf und  anatomischem
Befund bei Nerven- und Geisteskrankheiten; diffuse Encepha-
litis mit sklerosierender Entziindung des Hemispharenmarkes.
Zschr. ges.  Neur. Psychiat.,  1931, 133:  601-19.—Carrillo, R.
Encefalitis esclero-atrofiante de los hemisferios; estudio anatomo-
patotegico y clinico. Bol. Inst.  clin. quir., B.  Air., 1932-33,
8: 136-240  ------  Encefalitis esclero-atrofiante (esclerosis
difusa)  Sem. med., B. Air., 1934,  41: pt 2, 938.—Guttmann, E.
Zur Kasuistik der sklerosierenden Encephalitis.  Zschr. ges.
Neur. Psychiat., 1924, 94: 62-71.

----   serous.

   See Encephalitis, acute aseptic benign.

----   subcortical  [Binswanger]

   See Encephalitis, periaxial diffuse.

----   suppurative.

   See also  Brain abscess.
   Adlerman, T.  D. Acute suppurative encephalitis.  Nat.
Eclect. M. Ass. Q., 1933, 25: 78-82.—Brunner, H., & Dinolt, R.
Ueber die otogene Encephalitis purulenta progressiva (otogene
Encephalitis phlegmonosa)  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1938,
162: 106-25.—Fomina, P. I.   Beitrag zur  Frage der hyper-
emesisahnlichen Falle (Schwangerschaft  und eitrige Meningo-
encephalitis)  Zbl. Gyn., 1934, 58: 2491-4.—Weissenbach, R.,
Mestrezat,  W., & Bouttier, H.   Reactions nteningees  puri-
formes aseptiques au cours de revolution des plaies p6netrantes
cranio-encephaliques; leurs rapports avec les meningoencepha-
lites septiques.  Paris nted., 1919, 31: 232-6.

----   toxic.

   See also names of  poisons and toxemic states as
Eclampsia; Lead, Poisoning;  Mercury, Poisoning,
&c.
   Behr, S.  A fatal case of acute haemorrhagic encephalitis
following N. A. B. injections.  S. Afr. M. J., 1938,  12: 853 —
Brown,  W.  M.  Encephalitis complicating pregnancy near
term.  Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. Gyn. (1920) 1921, 33: 49-51 —
Ecker, A. D.  Arsenic and the  nervous system with special
reference to subacute and chronic encephalitis.  Collect. Papers
Mayo Clin.,  1938, 30:  783.—Grinker, R. R., & Stone, T. T.
Acute  toxic  encephalitis  in  childhood; a clinico-pathologic
study of 13 cases.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat.,  Chic,  1928, 20:
244-74.—Heimanovich, A. I., & Shevchenko, U.  G.  [Pro-
fessional type of para-encephalitic motor disorder]  Mosk. med.
J., 1928, 8: 15-25.—Lieb, H.  Ein  Fall von Encephalitis im
Puerperium als Beitrag zur Frage der  Schwangerschaftstoxi-
kosen.  Schweiz.  med. Wschr., 1924, 54: 550-2.—McCormick,
S. A.  Encephalitis with polyneuritis; inhalation of chemical
dust.  Wisconsin M. J.,  1937, 36: 551.—Osterberg, A. E.,  &
Kernohan, J. W.  The  presence of arsenic in the brain and its
relation to pericapillary hemorrhages or so-called acute hemor-
rhagic encephalitis.  Am. J. Clin. Path., 1934,  4: 362-9. Also
Collect. Papers Mayo Clin., 1934, 26.—Petit, G., & Marchand,
L.  Encephalite aigue toxique experimentale. Rev. neur., Par.,
1935, 42: pt 2, 873-85.—Voithenberg, V. von. Ein schwerer
Fall von Enzephalitis  nach  Salvarsan geheilt  unter Suprare-
ningaben.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1923, 49: 217.—Welz,  A.  En-
cephalitisartige Hirnbefunde  bei plotzlichen  Todesfallen (in
Zusammenhang mit Benzoleinwirkung, anderen  Giften und
Traumen)   Virchows Arch.,  1938,  302: 657-76.—Wolfer,  P.
Encephalitis toxica.  Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1927, 57:1144-6.

----   traumatic [and post-operative]

   See  also   Brain,   Injuries;  Brain,   Surgery;
Cranium, Injuries;  Head, Injury; Pugilism.
   Etienne,  P. J.   *Etude  du traitement de  la
meningo-eneephalite   traumatique.    51p.    8?
Par., 1930. 
ENCEPHALITIS                              227                              ENCEPHALITIS
    Maske,  B.   *Ueber  die traumatische Ence-
 phalitis.  7p.   S?   Lpz., 1924.
    Flexner,  M.   Encephalitis following slight  injury; case
 report. Kentucky M. J., 1927, 25: 172-4.—Jones, J. A.  Ence-
 phalitis following operations on the temporal bone.  Lancet,
 Lond., 1926, 1: 493.—Keegan, J. J.  Traumatic brain edema
 and encephalitis.  Nebraska M. J.,  1930, 15: 97-101.—May,
 R. M.  Etudes microchimiques sur le systeme nerveax; l'eau,
 l'azote, le soufre et le phosphore c6rebraux au cours de l'ence-
 phalite traumatique experimentale du cobave.  Bull. Soc. chim.
 biol.,  Par.,  1929, 11: 312-32.—Olmos, J. E.  Las  meningo-
 encefalitis traumaticas tratadas precoz mente con electrargol y
 sueroterapia endovenosa y vacunoterapia son susceptibles  de
 curacion.  Sem. med., B. Air., 1924, 31: pt 2, 313-8.—Peugniez,
 P.  Tentative de traitement  chirurgical de la meningo-enee-
 phalite diffuse post-traumatique.  Bull. Soc.  chir. Paris, 1929,
 21: 245-9.—Ravina, A.  L'encephalite traumatique ou punch
 drunk.  Presse  med.,  1937,  45:  1362-4.—Rayburn. C.  R.
 Traumatic and  inflammatory brains; with pneumographic
 demonstration of some  after-results.   J. Oklahoma M. Ass.,
 1931, 24: 1-8.—Rosenthal, S. R. Relationship between trauma
 sustained  at birth and encephalitis in children.   Arch. Path.,
 Chic, 1933, 16: 33-56. Also repr.—Vries, E. de   [Encephalitis
 following cranial trauma] Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1939, 79:
 886.

 ----  Treatment.

    Bautista, A., & Sison, A. B. M.  Spectacular  effect of ether
 anaesthesia on myoclonic encephalitis. J. Philippine Islands
 M. Ass., 1925, 5: 21-3.—Bravetti, S.  Terapia moderna delle
 encefaliti acute non purulente. Siglo nted., 1934, 50: 68-72.—
 Brock. J.  Rekonvaleszentenserumbehandlung der Encephalitis
 und Frage ihrer Aetiologie.  Klin. Wschr., 1931, 10: 1574-7 —
 Budde. W., & Crome, W.  Zur chirurgischen Indikationsstel-
 lung bei  Enzephalo-Meningitis mit  umschriebenen  Rinden-
 reizkrampfen.  J. Psychol. Neur., Lpz., 1928,  37: 64-71.—
 Buss. Ueber Behandlung der Enzephalitis mit Trypaflavin.
 Deut. Zschr. Nervenh.,  1925, 84: 66-9.—Fisher, S.  G.  Stra-
 monium in encephalitis.  Med. Bull. Veterans Admin., 1931, 7:
 864.—Freeman, W.  Specific  and  nonspecific remedies  in the
 treatment of encephalitis. J. Am. M. Ass., 1927, 89:1317-21.—
 Gate, J., Chanial, G.,  & Gonnet, J.  Impaludation recente
 pour meningo-eneephalite; mal perforant sans signes de tabes
 et sans modifications des reflexes.  Bull. Soc. fr. derm,  syph.,
 1937, 44:  1165.—Gibson, A.  Meningo-encephalitis; operation;
 recovery.  Canad. M.  Ass. J.,  1926, 16: 1361.—Goldberg, S. A.
 Roentgen therapy in cases of encephalitis.  Arch. Neur. Psy-
 chiat., Chic, 1937, 37: 446-8.—Gonda, V. E.  Medical manage-
 ment of cerebral infections.  Bull. Chicago M. Soc, 1935, 37:
 656.—Ishchenko,  G.  L.  [Negative results  in  treatment  of
 encephalitis with potassium]  Vrach. gaz., 1930, 34: 1733.—
 Kavyrshin, A. I.  [Diathermy in treatment  of acute, inflam-
 matory affections of the brain]  Nevropat. psikhiat., 1936,  5:
 141-8.—Kretschmer.  Ueber  Enzephalitis und  ihre Behand-
 lung.  Zschr. arztl.  Fortbild., 1927, 24: 549-52.—Levison,  P.
 [Treatment of encephalitis]  Hospitalstidende, 1937, 80: 169-
 77.—Mann, L.  Zur Therapie der Enzephalitis.  Deut. med.
 Wschr., 1924, 50: 1187.—Netter, A.  Le traitement de l'ence-
 phalite par le serum antipoliomyeiitique. J. med. Paris, 1932,
 52: 71.—Pansdorf, H., & Trautmann, E.  Ueber die entziin-
 dungswidrige Bestrahlung des Gehirns. Rontgenpraxis, 1930,
 2: 393-6.—Sharpe, N.  The results of operation in  a case of
 meningo-encephalitis.   Neur. Bull.,  N. Y.,  1919,  2:  84 —
 Tilmann.  Ueber  Encephalitis und ihre chirurgische Behand-
 lung.  Arch. klin. Chir., 1921, 116: 693-704.—Tucker,  B.  R.
 Consideration of some of the newer methods in the treatment of
 encephalitis.  Virginia M.  Month.,  1933,  60:  144-7.—Veil-
 chenblau,  L.  Zur Behandlung enzephalitischer  Prozesse mit
 Terpentin-Spirituseinspritzungen.  Miinch. med. Wschr., 1932,
 79: 67.—Voris. H. C.  Surgical management of cerebral infec-
 tions.  Bull. Chicago M. Soc, 1935, 37: 656-8.—Watkins,
 A. B. K.  Surgical considerations in inflammatory diseases of
 the brain and its  coverings.  Med. J. Australia,  1931, 2: 667-
 72 —Wigton, H. A.   Encephalitis  tvpes and treatment.  Ne-
 braska M. J.,  1939, 24: 178-80.—Wilhelm, F.  Intralumbale
 Prontosilinjektionen bei Enzephalitis.  Deut. med. Wschr.,
 1938, 64: 1513.—Wuite,  J. J.  [Treatment of encephalitis and
 post-encephalitis diseases] Psychiat. neur. bl., Amst., 1936, 40:
 535-66—Young, G. A.  Rational treatment of encephalitis.
 Nebraska M. J., 1934, 19: 318-20.

 ----   in animals.

   See also  Encephalitis, experimental: Encepha-
 lomyelitis; also names of infections as Distemper;
 Rabies;  Recurrent  fever, &c.
   Bendinger, G.   Zur  Pathologie der Ferkelencephalitiden.
 Arch. wiss. prakt.  Tierh., 1935-36, 70: 426-38.—Bodechtel, G.
 Spontanencephalitis  bei einem Affen.  Zschr. Hyg., 1930, 111:
 331-6.—Bouchet.   Meningo-eneephalite a  forme   pseudo-
 tuberculeuse chez un  cheval.  Bull.  Soc. centr. med. v6t.,
 Par., 1921, 74: 312-6.—Brotzu, G. Un nuovo batterio filtrabile
 patogeno per le caire e i conigli.  Bull. sc. med., Bologna, 1925,
 10. ser., 3: 225-34.—Cowdry, E. V., & Nicholson, F. M.  Menin-
go-encephalitic lesions and protozoan-like parasites in the brains
of  apparently normal laboratory animals commonly employed
for experimentation.  J.  Am. M. Ass., 1924, 82:  545.  ------
The coexistence of protozoan-like parasites and meningoence-
phalitis in mice.  J. Exp. M., 1924, 40: 51-62, 2 pi.—Doyle, L.
P.  Encephalitis in horses. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1936, 88: 636-
41.—Ernst, W.   Neuere Arbeiten  uber Encephalitiden bei
Tieren.  Erg. Hyg. Bakt., 1931, 12:  1-14.—Flexner, S.  Virus
encephalitis in the rabbit.  Proc Nat. Acad. Sc. U. S., 1925, 11:
84-7.—Gill, D. A. Circling  disease: a meningo-encephalitis of
sheep  in New Zealand; notes on a new species of pathogenic
organism.  Vet. J., Lond., 1933, 89: 258-70.—Gisatullin, H. G.
Zur Frage einer sterilen Encephalitis bei Laboratoriumstieren.
Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1936,  44:  244-7.—Goldberg, S. A.
Acute  exudative  meningo-encephalitis  in  domestic animals.
Cornell Vet.,  1921, 11: 64-72, 3 pi.—Graham, R., & Harris, B.
Estudios sobre la Hamada enfermedad de los rastrojos de mafz
en los  caballos; encefalitis t6xica o encefalitis no virulenta.
Rev. med. vet., B. Air.,  1936,  18: 588-93.—Grommelt.  Aus-
nahmsweise vollige Heilung einer weit iiber 5 Tage dauernden
akuten Gehirnentziindung bei einem Pferde.   Deut. tierarztl.
Wschr., 1921, 29: 121-3.—King,  L. S.  Moose  encephalitis.
Am. J. Path., 1939, 15: 445-54, 2 pi.—Koritschoner, R.  Zur
Kenntnis  der Encephalitis; die  Erkrankung beim Hunde.
Virchows Arch.,  1925,  255: 172-95.— Lewy,  F.  M. Liquor-
befunde bei spontaner und Impfencephalitis der Laboratoriums-
tiere.   Klin. Wschr., 1926, 5: 886.—Marchand, L., & Petit, G.
Les nteningo-encephalites en pathologie comparee; la paralysie
generate du chien. Rapp. Congr. internat.  path, comp., 1912,
1. Congr., 1: 123-30   [Discussion] 1914,  2:  252.  ------
Polioencephalite simulant la rage, chez un chien.  Rec. nted.
vet., 1914, 91: 281-6.—Masheter, J. W. H.  Cerebro-menin-
gitis in cattle.  Vet. J., Lond.,  1932, 88:  123-5.—Meningo-
encephalitis   of ruminants.   Cornell Vet., 1935,  25: 61.—
Mettam, R. W. M., & Carmichael, J. Turning sickness, a pro-
tozoan encephalitis of cattle in Uganda; its relationship with
East Coast fever.  Parasitology, Lond., 1936, 28: 254-83, pi.—
Miklosi, M.  [Encephalomeningitis of dog] Allatorv. lap., 1932,
55: 285.—Petit,  G.,  &  Marchand, L.   L'automutilation et
l'autophagisme ltes a la meningo-eneephalite.  Rec.  med. vet.,
1921,  97: 497-501.   ------ &  Bouchet,  G.   Nouveau cas
d'automatisme ambulatoire  par meningo-eneephalite, chez le
chien.  Ibid.,  1923, 99: 561-8.—Posrednik, F.  Zur Frage der
Erforschung von  Haustier-Encephalitiden.  Zschr. Infektkr.
Haustiere, 1930, 38: 181-5.—Schlotthauer,  C. F.  Meningitis,
encephalitis and myelitis in dogs.  J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1938,
92: 619-36.—Seifried, O.   Zur histologischen Klassifikation
nichteitriger Encephalitisformen der Haustiere.   Arch.  wiss.
prakt.  Tierh.,  1931,  63: 167-80.—Stedefeder,  K.  Akute
Gehirnentziindung bei Rindern, kurze Zeit nach dem Auftrieb
auf die Weide. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1925, 41: 807.—Wright,
J. C.  Infectious canine meningo-encephalitis (frights disease)
J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1927, 71: 281-95. Also Vet. Bull., Wash.,
1927, 20: suppl., 128-34.

ENCEPHALITIS, epidemic.

   See also  Encephalitis virus; Encephalomyelitis.
   Abeahamson,   I.    Lethargic    encephalitis.
103p.  8?    N. Y., 1935.
   Betjther, F.   *Ueber Encephalitis  lethargica
[Bonn]   46p.   8?   Rostock,  1921.
   Crafts,  L.  M.   Epidemic encephalitis (ence-
phalomyelitis)  237p.  8?  Bost. [1927]
   Economo, C. von. Die Encephalitis lethargica;
ihre   Nachkrankheiten  und  ihre  Behandlung.
251p.  8?   Berl.,  1929.  Also Engl, transl., 200p.
Lond., 1931.
   Gallo,  M.  L'encefalite epidemica.    74p.  8?
Cuneo [1921 ?]
   Hall, A. J.  Epidemic encephalitis   (encepha-
litis lethargica)   229p.  8?   Brist., 1924.
   Kristal,  H.   H.    *Ueber  Encephalitis  epi-
demica  (lethargica)  54p.   8?  [Bonn]  1926.
   Landi, L.  Sulla cosidetta encefalite letargica
(note riassuntive  e  critiche;  casistica)    92p.  8?
Pisa,  1920.
   Margtjlia,  M. S.   Ostryi ensefalit,  epidemi-
chesky   i   sporadichesky    [Acute  encephalitis,
epidemic and sporadic]   257p.   8?    [Moskva,
1923]
   Newsholme, H.  P.  Health, disease and inte-
gration;  an essay  based on a  study  of certain
aspects   of   encephalitis   lethargica.   327p.   8?
Lond. [1929]
   Parsons,   A.    C.    Encephalitis   lethargica.
344p.   8?    Lond., 1922.
   Rayburn, C. R.  Epidemic encephalitis; Fiske
Fund Prize  Essay,  No.  63.   49p.   8?   Provi-
dence, 1929. 
ENCEPHALITIS, EPIDEMIC
228
ENCEPHALITIS,  EPIDEMIC
   Rietti,   F.    Encefalite   letargica   acuta   e
cronica.  406p.   8?   Milano,  1935.
   Schmitz,  C.    *Die   Encephalitis  lethargica
(epidemica)  35p.  8?  Bonn,  1925.
   Stern,  F.   Die epidemische  Encephalitis.   2.
Aufl.   541p.   8?   Berl., 1928.
   ----  Epidemische Encephalitis (Economosche
Krankheit)  p.307-500.   8?   Berl.,  1936.
   In Handb. Neur.  (Bumke  & Foerster)  Berl., 1936, 13:
   Austregesilo, A.  Akute und subakute epidemische Neuro-
myelitis. Deut. med. Wschr.,  1936, 62: 48-51.—Baldovino, C.
La malattia  di von Economo.  Ann. med. nav.,  Roma, 1925,
2: 311-4.—Behneman, H. M. F.  Encephalitis  lethargica.
U. S. Nav. M. Bull.,  1926, 24:  515-33.  Also repr.—Bergman,
E.   [Encephalitis epidemica]   Hygiea,  Stockh.,  1924,  86:
426-42.—Bermann, G.  La encefalitis epidemica.  Sem. med.,
B. Air., 1929, 36: 1700-2.—Bowell, R. M.  Epidemic ence-
phalitis.  Northwest M.,  1926, 25:  25-8.—Buzzard, E. F.,
Hall, A. J. [et al.]  Encephalitis lethargica. Tr. M. Soc. London,
1924-25, 48: 40-70.  Also Brit.  M.  J„ 1924,  2: 937-9 —
Clement, R.  Encephalites epidemiques.  Presse med., 1935,
43: 302-5.—Collins,  R. J.  Encephalitis lethargica.   Canad.
M. Ass.  J., 1932, 27: 415.—Core, D. E.  Encephalitis lethargica.
Lancet,  Lond., 1925, 1:  872.—Corsonello, P.   L'encefalite
letargica.  Fol. med., Nap., 1927, 13: 991.—Crofton, W. M.
Encephalitis  lethargica, sleepy sickness.  Irish J.  M.  Sc,
1925, 5. ser.,  291-301.  Also Med. J. & Rec, 1925, 122: 331-
5.—Del Valle y Aldabalde, R.  Encefalitis letargica.  Siglo
med., 1920,  67:  877-80.—Eith,  G.  Epidemic  encephalitis.
Kentucky M. J.,  1934, 32: 383-5.—Encephalite  (L') epidemi-
que. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1934, 48: 9.—Encephalitis lethargica.
Ann. Clin. M., 1924,  3: 459-65. Also Med. Off., Lond., 1938,
59:  11.—Flexner, S.  Eoidemic encephalitis.   Med.  Progr.,
Louisv.,  1925,  41:  57;  161.—Garcia  del  Real.   Encefalitis
letargica.  Dia med., B.  Air., 1931-32,  4: 313-6.—Gardner,
W. A.   Encephalitis lethargica.  Kentucky M.  J„  1926, 24:
298-307.  Also South. M. J., 1927,  20: 831-8.—Gill, J. R.
Epidemic encephalitis. Virginia M. Month.,  1932, 59: 106-
9.—Good,  T. S.   Encephalitis  lethargica.   J.  Ment.  Sc,
Lond.,  1925, 71: 225-35.—Gottstein, W.   Die Encephalitis
lethargica.   Erg. Hyg. Bakt., 1922, 5:  394-474.—Gowdy,
R. A. Lethargic encephalitis.  J. Florida M. Ass., 1924-25, 11:
192.—Gray, J. K.  Epidemic encephalitis. Virginia M. Month.,
1925-26, 52: 576-8.—Gregory, M. S.  Epidemic encephalitis.
J. Oklahoma M. Ass.,  1927,  20:  192-6.—Harrison, W. T.
Epidemic encephalitis: general considerations.  J. Florida M.
Ass., 1934,  20: 346-8.—Heald, C. W.  Lethargic encephalitis.
Bull. Battle Creek  Sanit.,   1924-25,  20:  32-7— Heinicke.
Die  epidemische  Gehirnentziindung  (Encephalitis epidemica
seu  lethargica)  Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1926,  28: 234-9 —
Higgins, H.  L.   Epidemic encephalitis.   Cincinnati J.  M.,
1925-26, 6: 449-53.—House, W.  B.   Epidemic encephalitis.
J. Am.  Inst.  Homeop., 1929,  22: 139-49.—Howell, C. M. H.
Encephalitis  lethargica.   Brit. M. J., 1925, 1: 437-40.  Also
Med. Brief, 1925,  53: 380-7.—Hunter, C.  Encephalitis lethar-
gica. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1926, 16: 887-92.—Hyge, T., Levison,
P., & Wulff, F. [Acute epidemic encephalitis and its sequela' j
Hospitalstidende,  1931, 74: 185-201.—Ide, M.  L'encephalite
tethargique.  Rev. med., Louvain, 1921, 30-2.—Jenkins, B. L.
Encephalitis  lethargica.   Texas J. M., 1938-39,  34: 27-31 —
[Joint report from the encephalitis commission] Tschr. sociale
hyg., 1932, 34: 141-6.—Kauffman, O. J.  Encephalitis lethar-
gica. Proc.  Interst.  Postgrad. M.  Ass.  N.  America (1927)
1928, 3: 48-51, port.—LeSoine, L. F.  Encephalitis lethargica.
Eclect. M. J., 1934, 94: 48; 88; 153.—Littlejohn,  W. S. Ence-
phalitis. J. M. Ass.  Alabama, 1931,  1:  145-9—Loffler, W.
Encephalitis  epidemica  (lethargica)  In  Handb.  inn.  Med.
(Bergmann,  G. et al.) Berl.,  1934, 1: 669-97.—Mackenzie, I.
Epidemic encephalitis. J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1927,  73: 567-75.—
May, E.  Encephalite tethargique.  In  Nouv.  traite  med.
(Roger)  Par., 1922,  4:  30-75.—Meltzer.  Die epidemische
Gehirnentziindung (Encephalitis  epidemica   seu  lethargica)
Zschr.   Behandl.  Schwachsinn.,  1926,  46: 33-43.—Minton,
H. B.  Encephalitis lethargica. J.  Am. Inst.  Homeop., 1925,
18: 867-70.—Mitra, S. C. Encephalitis lethargica. Calcutta
M. J., 1924, 19: 19-25.—Muckenfuss, R. S.   Epidemic ence-
phalitis.  Internat. Clin.,  1938, n. ser., 2: 7-16.—Negus, C. W.
Epidemic encephalitis. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1938,  28: 611-6 —
Nelis, C.  L'encephalite  tethargique.   Rev.  med., Louvain,
1920, 1-10.—Oliver,  J.  Sleepy sickness (encephalitis lethar-
gica)  Med. Press & Circ, Lond.,  1925,  n. ser., 119: 475.—
Penna, O.  Encephalite epidemica.  Tribuna med., Rio, 1927,
33: 167-9.—Picard.  Encephalite 6pktemique; periode aigue.
Arch. med. pharm. nav.,  1937, 127: 766.—Pollard, J. W. H.
Epidemic encephalitis.  Illinois Health  Mess., 1934, 6: 30.—
Polozker, I. L.  Lethargic encephalitis.  J. Michigan M. Soc,
1928, 27: 347-50.—Priest, R.  Epidemic encephalitis. J. R.
Army M. Corps,  1926, 47: 275-80.—Radovici,  A.   [On epi-
demic encephalitis]  Rev.  st. med., Bucur., 1925, 14: 529-40.—
Rayburn, C. R.  Epidemic encephalitis.  South. M. J.,  1928,
21: 645-9.—Rhodes,  F.  L.   Encephalitis lethargica.  Ohio
M. J.,  1934, 30: 33-7.—Riggs, C. E.   Notes  on epidemic
encephalitis.  Minnesota M., 1927, 10: 100-11.—Rigobello, G.
Sull'encefalite letargica.  Boll. Soc. med. chir.,  Pavia,  1920,
33: 107.—Riley, H.  A.  Epidemic encephalitis.  Arch. Neur.
Psychiat., Chic, 1930, 24: 574-604.—Robb, A.  G. Some notes
on epidemic encephalitis.  Brit. M. J., 1925^ 2: 644-6.       ■
Encephalitis lethargica.   Med.  Press  &  Circ,  Lond.,  1925,
n. ser., 119:  173.—Rowley,  R. L.  Epidemic encephalitis.
Abstr.  Proc. Ass. Life  Insur. M. Dir. America, 193L 17:  126-
43.—Schupfer, F.  Sull'encefalite epidemica. Riv. elm. med.,
1925, 26:  161; 201.—Seval, J.  Die sogenannte epidemische
Enzephalitis.  Med. Welt, 1928,  2: 904-7.—Starr, N. Enceph-
alitis lethargica.  J. Am. Inst. Homeop.,  1935, 28: 532.—Steen,
P.  Epidemic encephalitis.  Am. J. Nurs., 1931,  31: 1235-9.—
Stein,  D.   Epidemic  encephalitis.  Med.  World,  1933,  51:
402-6.—Stern, F.   Encephalitis epidemica.  Fortsch. Neur.
Psychiat.,  1929,  1:  205; passim.  Also Med. Welt, 1930, 4:
243-7.—Stewart-Harrison,  R.   Encephalitis  lethargica;  the
symptoms, diagnosis  and  treatment.   Guy's  Hosp.  Gaz.,
Lond.,  1929, 43:  106-14.—Tait,  P. G.  Epidemic encephalitis.
Ohio M.  J.,  1935,  31: 335-8.—Tilney, F.  Epidemic  ence-
phalitis.   In  Pract.  Lect.  (Hoeber)  1923-24,  N.  Y.,  1925,
400-19.—Usspenskaia, V. E.  [Epidemic encephalitis]  Sovet.
psikhoneur., 1931,  7:  86.—Wyllie, W.  G.  Encephalitis  epi-
demica.  In Brit. Encycl.  M. Pract. (Rolleston, H.) Lond.,
1937,  4:  546-52.—Zappert,  J.   Encephalitis  (lethargica)
epidemica. Wien. klin. Wschr.,  1927, 40: 1547.

----   acutissima.
   Habild, G.   *Beitrage zur Frage der apoplecti-
form auftretenden Encephalitis  [Jena]  16p.  8?
Zeulenroda, 1934.
   Blasi, D.  Contributo alio studio istopatologico dell'ence-
falite a decorso acutissimo. Pediatria (Riv.) 1926, 34: 961-8.—
Eckel, J. L.  Encephalitis acutissima. Jahrb. Psychiat. Neur.,
1926, 45: 7-14.—Meyer, H.  Encephalitis acutissima.  Zschr.
ges.  Neur.  Psychiat.,  1934, 150: 110-21.—Middleton, W. S.
The  occasional fulminating course  of encephalitis epidemica.
Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1931, 26: 607-9.—Zappert, J.
Encephalitis fulminans.  Wien. med. Wschr., 1937, 87: 588-91.

----   American [St. Louis type]
   See also Encephalitis virus, St. Louis.
   United  States.   Public  Health  Service.
Report on the St.  Louis outbreak of encephalitis.
117p.   8?   Wash., D. C,  1935.
   Barr, D. P.   The encephalitis epidemic in S. Louis.  Ann.
Int. M., 1934, 8: 37-45.—Beckmajin, J. W.  Neurologic aspects
of the epidemic of encephalitis in S.  Louis.  Arch. Neur.
Psychiat., Chic, 1935, 33: 732-51.  ------ & Schwab, S. I.
The neurological aspects of the S. Louis epidemic of encephalitis.
Tr. Am. Neur.  Ass., 1934, 60: 105-7.—Bozalis, G. S., & Jones,
A. B.  Epidemic encephalitis, S. Louis type; survey of the out-
break, summer and fall of 1937.  J.  Oklahoma M. Ass., 1938,
31: 164-71.—Bredeck, J. F.  Historic survey and diagnosis.
Week. Bull. S. Louis M. Soc, 1933, 28:  104-6.  ------  The
story  of the epidemic of encephalitis in S. Louis.  Am. J. Pub
Health,   1933,   23:  1135-40.   ■------   The  epidemiological
features of encephalitis. Week. Bull. S.  Louis M. Soc, 1933,
28: 20-3.  ------Broun, G. O. [et al.l. Follow-up studies of the
1933 S. Louis epidemic of encephalitis. J. Am. M. Ass., 1938,
HI: 15-7.—Broun, G. O., & Casey, A. E. Epidemiology of S.
Louis encephalitis.  Week. Bull. S. Louis  M. Soc, 1938-39, 33:
468.—Cumming, H.  S.  L'encephalite  epidemique a Saint-
Louis et dans d'autres regions des Etats-Unis pendant I'iti de
1933.  Bull. Off. internat. hyg. pub., Par., 1933, 25: 2127-31.
         The  recent  outbreak  of  encepbalitis  at S. Louis.
South. M. J., 1934, 27: 161-3.—Epidemia (La) de encefalitis de
San Luis.  Bol. Of. san. panamer., 1935, 14: 626-38—Eschen-
brenner, J.  Symptoms and diagnosis of encephalitis as occurred
in S.  Louis, Mo.  Illinois  Health Mess., 1934,  6:  27-30 —
Gilman.  A report of the so-called sleeping sickness  epidemic
in S.  Louis.  Med.  Arts,  1933, 36: 361.—Harrington,  F. E.
Report on the outbeak of  encephalitis in S.  Louis, Mo.  J.
Lancet,  1933, 53: 509-24.—Harris, N. M.  The epidemic of
encephalitis at S. Louis, Mo.,  1933.  Canad. Pub. Health J.,
1933,  24: 514-7.—Hempelmann, T. C.   The symptoms  and
diagnosis of encephalitis (1933  S. Louis epidemic)  J. Am. M.
Ass., 1934, 103: 733-5.  ------  The 1933 epidemic of encepha-
litis in S. Louis; clinical symptoms and sequelae in childhood.
Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, 1935, 47: 14-6.  Also Am. J. Dis. Child.,
1935,  50: 539.   ------  Acute epidemic encephalitis  in S.
Louis.  J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1938, 13: 724-9.—Jones,  A. B.
The encephalitis  epidemic in S. Louis City and County, 1933.
J. Am. M. Ass., 1934, 103: 825.—Key, J.  A.  The epidemic of
encephalitis in and around S. Louis.  Crippled Child., 1933-34,
11: 33; 56.—Kinsella, R. A., &  Broun,  G.  O.  Clinical features
of epidemic  (S. Louis) encephalitis.   J.  Am. M. Ass., 1934,
103:  462-4.  Also repr.—Leake,  J. P.   Encephalitis  in S.
Louis.  Ibid., 1933, 101: 928. ------Musson, E. K.,  & Chope,
H. D.  Epidemiology of epidemic encephalitis, S. Louis type.
Ibid., 1934,  103:  728-31.   Also  repr.—Lowenberg,  K.   Epi-
demic encephalitis in Toledo (S. Louis type) Univ. Hosp. Bull.,
Ann  Arb., 1935, 1: 6.  ------& Zbinden, T.  Epidemic ence-
phalitis (S. Louis type) in Toledo, Ohio.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat.,
Chic, 1936,  36:  1155-65.—McFadden,  J. F.   Neurological
manifestations of epidemic encephalitis; a preliminary report on
the S. Louis 1933 epidemic.  J.  Missouri M. Ass., 1934, 31: 96-
8.—Muckenfuss, R. S.  Clinical observations and laboratory
investigations on the  1933 epidemic of  encephalitis in S. Louis. 
ENCEPHALITIS, EPIDEMIC              229             ENCEPHALITIS,  EPIDEMIC
  Bull. N. York Acad. M„ 1934, 2. ser., 10: 444-53.—Neal, J. B.
  Types of epidemic encephalitis; a comparison of the cases seen
  in S. Louis in  1933 with those seen in New York City.  Am J
  Pub. Health,  1933, 23: 1144-8.—Note  (A) on  epidemic ence-
  phalitis in S. Louis. Pub. Health Rep.,  Wash.,  1933 48- 1071-
  3.—Rivers, T. M., &  Stewart, F. W.   Virus III encephalitis
  J. Exp. M., 1928, 48: 603-13.—Saul, C.  D. Epidemic encepha-
  litis lethargica with report of the S. Louis epidemic  of 1933
  Med. Clin. N. America, 1933, 17: 559-70.—Sleeping sickness
  constantly in Ohio. Ohio Health News, 1934, 15: No. 18, 1.—
  S.  Louis (The)  epidemic.  Lancet, Lond., 1933, 2: 1327.—
  Tucker, W. H.  Distribution of encephalitis (S. Louis type) in
  Illinois during 1932, 1933 and 1934.  Illinois M. J., 1935,  68:
  61-6.  ------   Encephalitis  of the  S.  Louis type in Illinois
  Am.  J. Pub.  Health,  1936,  26: 268-73.—Werner, T.   Ein
  weiterer Beitrag zur  Klinik  und Anatomie der sogenannten
  Encephalitis B (Encephalitis von S. Louis) iiber einen Fall von
  Meningo-Panencephalitis  vom gleichen  Typ wie die Epidemie
  von S.  Louis (Encephalitis B)  Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1939,
  149:  66-73.—Zentay,  P.  J.  Story  of  epidemic encephalitis,
  especially in S.  Louis. Illinois Health  Mess.,  1934, 6: 22-7.
  ------& Basman, J. Epidemic encephalitis type B in children;
  clinical observations in the 1937 outbreak.  J. Pediat., S. Louis
  1939, 14: 323-32.

  ----  American:  Immunology.
    Brodie, M.  Absence of antiviral substance in normal adults
  for the virus of the S.  Louis encephalitis epidemic.  Proc Soc.
  Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1934, 31: 1227-9.—Hodes, H. L., & Webster,
  L. T.  Relation between degree of immunity of mice following
  vaccination with S. Louis encephalitis virus and the titre of the
  protective antibodies of the serum.  J. Exp. M., 1938, 68: 263-
  71.  Also repr.—Howitt, B.  F.  The complement fixation reac-
  tion in experimental  equine  encephalomyelitis,  lymphocytic
  choriomeningitis and  the  S.  Louis  type of encephalitis.  J.
  Immun., Bait., 1937, 33: 235-50.—Sulkin, S. E.,  Harford, C. G.,
  & Bronfenbrenner, J.  Immunization  of mice by  intranasal
  instillation of nasopharyngeal washings  from cases of S. Louis
  encephalitis.  Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N.  Y., 1939, 41: 327-9 —
  Webster, L. T.   Immunity of mice following subcutaneous
  vaccination with S. Louis encephalitis virus. J.  Exp. M., 1938,
  68:111-24.  ------& Clow, A. D.  Experimental encephalitis
  (S.  Louis type) in mice with high inborn resistance; a chronic
  subclinical infection.  Ibid., 1936, 63: 827^5, 3 pi.—Wooley,
  J. G., & Armstrong, C. The distribution of immunity against
  encephalitis virus of the S. Louis type in the United States as
  determined  by the serum-protection  test in white mice.  Pub.
  Health Rep.,  Wash., 1934,  49:  1495-505.

 ----   American:  Pathology.
    Armstrong,  C. Effect of experimental local  irritation upon
 susceptibility to vaccine and encephalitis virus (S. Louis type)
 Pub. Health Rep., Wash.,  1935, 50: 43-50, pi.—Brodie, M.
 Route of transmission of  S. Louis encephalitis virus in mice.
 Proc.  Soc. Exp.  Biol., N. Y., 1934-35,  32: 1647-9.—Burdon,
 K. L., Thurston,  E. W. [et al.]  Etiologie significance of strep-
 tococci in epidemic encephalitis; incidence of streptococci  in
 cultures from patients with encephalitis in S. Louis and from
 normal  controls, and   characteristics of  the various strains
 isolated.  Arch. Int. M., 1936, 58: 285-308.  ------  Experi-
 ments with animals and conclusions.   Ibid., 469-94.—Cook, E.
 A.  The effect of simultaneous inoculation with  various micro-
 organisms on the pathogenesis of S. Louis encephalitis in mice.
 J. Infect. Dis.,  1938, 63: 127.  ------  & Dack, G. M.   An
 apparatus for spraying the nasal passages of mice; experiments
 with S. Louis  encephalitis  virus and Friedlander's bacillus.
 J. Lab. Clin. M.,  1936-37,  22: 517-9.—Goldberg, S. A., Brodie,
 M., & Stanley, P. Effect of X-ray on experimental encephalitis
 in mice  inoculated  with the S. Louis strain.  Proc.  Soc. Exp.
 Biol.,  N. Y.,  1934-35, 32: 587-90.  Also repr.—Haber,  P.
 L'encephalite  americaine,   le   louping-ill,  la   peste aviaire;
 mecanisme de leur dispersion centrifuge chez la souris.  C. rend.
 Soc. biol., 1939,  131: 45.—McCordock,  H. A.,  Collier, W., &
 Gray,  S. H.  The pathologic changes of the S. Louis type  of
 acute  encephalitis.  J. Am.  M. Ass.,   1934,  103: 822-5.—
 McKinley, E. B„ & Verder,  E. Experimental observations  on
 the  S. Louis epidemic  of encephalitis.   Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol.,
 N. Y„ 1933, 31: 297-9.—Muckenfuss, R. S., Armstrong, C, &
 Webster, L. T. Etiology of the 1933 epidemic of encephalitis.
 J. Am. M. Ass., 1934, 103: 731-3. Also repr.—Rosenow, E.  C.
 Isolation of streptococci in a study of the epidemic of encepha-
 litis  in S. Louis.  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol.,  N. Y.,  1933, 31: 285.
 -----  The relation of streptococci to the epidemic of encepha-
 litis  in S. Louis: preliminary report. Proc Mayo Clin., 1933,  8:
 559-63.  Also  Week. Bull. S.  Louis M.  Soc, 1933,  28: 69  —
 Webster, L. T.  Experimental studies on S. Louis encephalitis.
 Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1934, 49: 142-6.   ------& Clow, A. D.
 Limited neurotropic character  of S. Louis encephalitis virus  in
 susceptible mice and its transmission from nose to brain by the
 olfactory route.  J. Bact., Bait., 1936, 31: 38.—Webster, L. T.,
 & Fite, G. L.  Experimental studies on encephalitis; transmis-
sion  of S. Louis and Kansas City encephalitis to  mice. J. Exp.
 M., 1935, 61: 103-14, pi. Also  repr.—Weil, A. Demonstration
of micro-organisms in epidemic  encephalitis (S. Louis epidemic)
Tr. Chicago Path. Soc,  1934, 14: 149.  ------ Histopathology
of the central  nervous system  in epidemic  encephalitis (S.
Louis epidemic)  Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1934, 31: 1139-
 ----   American: Treatment.

    Bredeck, J. F., &  Zentay, P. J.   Handling of the S. Louis
 epidemic encephalitis.  J.  Am. M. Ass., 1934, 103: 827-9.—
 Eschenbrenner, J. W. The treatment of encephalitis in the S.
 Louis epidemic of 1933. Ibid., 826.—Gay, L. P. The diagnosis
 and treatment of epidemic encephalitis.  Week. Bull. S. Louis
 M. Soc, 1933, 28: 27.—Goldberg, S. A., Baker. C. F., & Hurff.
 J.  W.  The  rationale of  X-ray treatment in encephalitis le-
 thargica.  Radiology, 1934, 22: 663-7.  Also repr.

 ----   Associated diseases.

    Alinour, R- ^ase  of encephalitis lethargica complicated by
 double acute mastoiditis, with accompanying temporary blind-
 ness.  Bull. Otolar. Clin. Beth Israel Hosp., 1924, No. 11, 99-
 103.—Barker, L. F. Tuberculosis; heart disease; post-encepha-
 litic  Parkinsonism.   Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M.  Ass.  N.
 America, 1932, 100-6.—Ciampi, L..  & Foz, A.  Hipersomnia y
 genito-lues.  Rev. med.,  Rosario,  1928,  18:  380-90,  2 pi.—
 Marinesco, G.  Contribution  a l'etude de  l'association de
 1 encephalite epidemique et des troubles hysteriformes.  Fol.
 neuropath, eston., 1936,  15:-16: 175-92.— Peters,  G.  Ueber
 das gemeinsame Vorkommen von Encephalitis epidemica und
 multipler Sklerose.  Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1935, 138: 23-33 —
 Pires, W.  Parkinsonismo post-encephalitico e syphilis.  Brasil
 med., 1930, 44: 1152-5.—Sagredo, N.  [Fatal  case of encepha-
 litis in boy, in whose lungs were found  Pentastoma dentata
 larva of Linguatulae rhinariae] Vrach. delo, 1928, 11: 314-6.—
 Scopinaro, A. J., & Hernandez  Ramirez, R.  Fibroma post-
 traumatico del helix en una degenerada con trastornos  neuro-
 psiquiatricos  post-encefalfticos.  Sem. med., B. Air., 1933, 40:
 pt 2,  554-7.—Van Bogaert, L., & Martin, P.  Une association
 exceptionnelle: maladie de Parkinson  post-encephalitique et
 arachnoidite  circonscrite occlusive kystique de la  fosse cere-
 brate posterieure.  Zbl. Neurochir., 1939,  4: 6-15.

 ----   Australian [X  disease]

   See also  Encephalomyelitis, enzootic—in sheep.
   Baldwin, A. H., & Heydon, G. M.  X-disease in Townsville.
 Med. J. Australia, 1925, 2: 394.—Burnell, G. H. Australian X-
 disease.  Ibid., 1922, 1: 126.—Collins, A. J. Epidemic encepha-
 litis.  Ibid., 1928, 2: 72-4.—Kneebone, J.  Le M.. & Cleland, J.
 B.  Acute encephalitis (X-disease) at Broken Hill.  Austral. J.
 Exp.  Biol., 1926, 3:  119-27.—Marshall,  H. H.. & Inglis, K.
 Encephalitis; with a pathological report.  Med. J. Australia,
 1926, 1: 159-63, 4 pi.—Perdrau, J. R.  The Australian epidemic
 of encephalomyelitis (X-disease)  J. Path. Bact., Lond.. 1936,
 42: 59-65,  3 pi.

 ----  Autonomic nervous system.

   See  also  Acrodynia; Autonomic nervous  sys-
 tem, Disorders; Salivation; Ulcer, &c.
   Massary,  J. L. F. de.    *Le  systeme neuro-
 vegetatif dans les   syndromes  post-encephalo-
 16thargiques.  223p.   8?   Par.,  1924.
   Thiessen, G.    *Ueber einen  Fall von Ence-
 phalitis  epidemica   mit  starkem  Speichelfluss.
 7p.  8?  Lpz., 1924.
   Ammossov, M.  [Changes in sympathetic nerve centers in
 encephalitis epidemica]   Med. biol. J.,  Leningr.,  1925,  1:
 No. 4, 118-30.—Baumann, E.  Zur Frage der postenzephaliti-
 schen Geschwiirsbildung.   Schweiz.  med. Wschr.,  1930,  60:
 239.—Borremans, P., & Van Bogaert, L. Syndromes vegetatifs
 paroxystiques  d'origine  centrale  dans  les  sequelles  post-
 encephalitiques.  Presse med.,  1936, 44: 1091-4.—Bttchler, P.
 Vasomotorisch-tropische Storungen bei Encephalitis epidemica.
 Klin.  Wschr.,  1925, 4: 1500-2.—Deriabin,  V.  [Condition of
 the sympathetic nervous system at the outcome of epidemic
 encephalitis]  Med. biol. J., Leningr., 1926, 2: No. 3, 41-52.—
 Ferraro, A. II tono del sistema nervoso vegetativo nei cosidetti
 postumi dell'encefalite epidemica esplorato a mezzo delle prove
 farmacologiche; vagotonia e simpatico-vagotonia (anfotonismo)
 Arch, pat., Bologna,  1924, 3: 393-444.—Ferrio, C.  Osserva-
 zioni sul sistema nervoso vegetativo dei parkinsonian! postence-
 falitici mediante il metodo di Danielopolu.   Note  psichiat
 Pesaro,  1932, 61:  117-37.—Gianelli,  V.,  & Campioni,  T.
 Ricercbe  sul tono del sistema nervoso-vegetativo nelle sindromi
 croniche  post-encefalitiche.  Rass.  stud,  psichiat.,   1934  23:
952-1039.  Also Riv. sper. freniat., 1934, 58: 1283-5.—Gordon,
 A.  Encephalitis lethargica of the vegetative centers; syndrome
of periodic somnolence associated with polyphagia and poly-
dipsia. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1939, 149: 335-8.  Also Rev. neur.
 Par.,  1939, 71: 411-6.—Greenbaum, S.  S., & Alpers, B. J.
 Postencephalitic trophic  ulcer.  Arch. Derm. Syph.,  Chic
 1934,  30: 837-40.—Guiral, R.  J.   Forma  vagotonica de la
neuraxitis epidemica.  Vida nueva,  Habana, 1931, 28: 285-95.
------   Epidemia de encefalitis con  sintomas  vagot6nicos.
 Ibid.,  1932, 29: 349-60.—Herman. E., & Zeldowicz. H.  [Case
of epidemic encephalitis with focal disorders in the vegetative
system]   Neur. polska, 1937, 20: 150-2.  Also Rev. neur., Par.,
 1938,  70: 361.—Hoffmann,  E.  Grosse trophische Ulzerationen
der Nase und Mundhohle im Gefolge von Encephalitis lethar-
gica (Parkinsonismus)  Deut.  med. Wschr., 1926, 52:  238—
Kaufman, M. R., Savitsky, N., & Freid, J. R.  Dystonia muscu- 
ENCEPHALITIS, EPIDEMIC             230             ENCEPHALITIS, EPIDEMIC
lorum of encephalitic etiology; vegetative nervous system dis-
turbances;  a  preliminary  report.   Arch.  Neur.  Psychiat.,
Chic,  1928,  20:  824-33.—Lammersmann,  P.   Ueber einen
Fall von grossen trophischen Ulzerationen im  Gefolge  von
Encephalitis  lethargica.  Derm. Zschr., 1926, 47: 58-63.—
Leenhardt, E., & Chaptal, J.  Encephalite et acrodynie infantile.
Medeeine, Par., 1930, 11: 582-90.—Londen, D. M. van  [Saliva-
tion as the first symptom of  Parkinsonism  after encephalitis
lethargica]   Ned. tschr.  geneesk.,  1925, 69:  pt 2,  2165 —
Maslov,  E.   Vergleichende  Untersuchung  des vegetativen
Nervensystems  der  Encephalitiker und der  Schizophrenen.
Zschr.  ges. Neur. Psychiat.,  1926, 106: 154.—Naccarati, S.
Vegetative disturbances in  post-encephalitic syndromes  and
their relationship to di-encephalic  lesions;  changes in basal
metabolism.  J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1926, 63: 219-37.—Petzal, E.
Trophisches,  postenzephalitisches Ulkus der ausseren  Nase.
Zschr. Laryng.,  1929, 18: 49-52.—Rosenberg, S. J., & Solovay,
J.  Trophic  ulcer following  encephalitis lethargica.   Arch.
Derm.  Syph., Chic, 1939, 39: 825-9.—Rosenthal, C.  Ueber
ein haufig mit Drangzustanden verbundenes, durch vegetativ-
endokrine Storungen  charakterisiertes  postencephalitisches
Syndrom. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1928, 107: 88-94.—Samaja,
N.   Mal perforante  plantare ed encefalite  letargica.  Clin.
med. ital., 1924, 55: 128-46.—Schlatter, E.   Ueber trophische
postenzephalitische Geschwiirsbildung der ausseren Nase und
der Wange.  Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1929,  59: 1121.—Sebek, J.
[Disorders in tbe sympathetic  system  in  the Parkinsonian
encephalitic syndrome]  Rev. neur. psychiat., Praha, 1933, 30:
193-200.—Simondi,  U.  Contributo alio studio del  sistema
nervoso vegetativo  nell'encefalite  epidemica cronica.   Gior.
clin. med., 1931, 12: 1175-94.—Soli, D.  Ricerche sul simpatico
dei post-encefalitici.  Gazz. osp., 1928, 49:  788-800.—Solov-
jeva, S., & Schedrakov. Untersuchungen  uber den vegetativen
Tonus  der chronischen Encephalitiker.   Zschr. ges. Neur,
Psychiat., 1926, 106:  150-4.—Stiefler,  G.  Ueber maligne
universelle Alopecie zentral-vegetativen Ursprungs  bei Ence-
phalitis lethargica.  Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1928,  107: 101-
11.—Systeme (Le) neuro-vegetatif dans  les  syndromes post-
encephalotethargiques.  Rev. gin. clin. ther., 1924, 38: 700.—
Thurzo, E.  Die Symptomatologie der Encephalitis chronica
seitens  des   vegetativen  Nervensystem.   Fol. neuropath.
eston.,  1936, 15:-16: 92-103.—Tschamper, M.  Ein Fall von
trophischem  Ulcus am hautigen und knorpeligen  Septum nasi
nach Encephalitis lethargica. Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1936-37,
41: 244-8.—Vedel, Puech &  Chardonneau.   Crises d'angio-
spasme  avec erythrontelalgie et  manifestations angineuses
d'origine  nevraxitique  probable.  Bull.  Soc. sc. med. biol.
Montpellier,  1926-27, 8:  77-83.—Zalkind, E.  M.   [Case of
chronic, epidemic encephalitis  with disorders  of the vasomotor
reflexes of the skin]  Med. misl, Rostov, 1925-26,  3: 62-7.
Plethysmographische  Untersuchungen  an  Encephalitis-epi-
demica-Kranken.  Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1925, 75: 144-63.

----   Cases.
B type.
See  subheading Japanese.

     Blood and hematopoietic system.
   Mercio Xavier, A.   *La recherche de l'hemo-
clasie  digestive dans les  sequelles  d'encephalite
lethargique.   16p.   8?  Lausanne, 1929.
   Alpern & Leites.  Die Blutfermente  bei der epidemischen
Encephalitis.  Zschr.  ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1924, 94: 35-40.—
Andrenelli,  L.  Contributo alio studio  della formula leuco-
citaria e dello schema di Arneth nei parkinsoniani encefalitici.
Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1937, 43: 26-41.—Borsetto, P.  Con-
tributo alia conoscenza della morfologia e della erasi sanguigna
nei parkinsoniani encefalitici.  Baglivi,  1937,  3: 326-32.—
Brailovsky,  V. Die Serumlipase der chronischen Encephaliti-
ker.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1926, 106: 157-60.
 ..w  uoiyu. . fe^o. a,cuii. ioj».uidb., LV6KJ, lUO; LiJi— OU.  ---------
 Chalissov, M.,  & Berlin,  M.   Die  Dynamik der Katalase
 bei  den  Encephalitis-epidemica-Kranken.   Ibid.,   136-45
 Also Med. biol. J., Leningr., 1927, 3: 108-13.—Chalissov, M.
 Calcium  im  Blute der  Encephalitiker.   Zschr.  ges. Neur.
 Psychiat., 1926, 106:  146-50.—Dobrev, M., & Saprjanov, T.
 Das Blutbild bei 65 Kranken mit Parkinsonismus post Ence-
 phalitis lethargica. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1937, 101: 735-7.—
 Gandellini, A.   Studio  sulla morfologia e sulla  funzionalita
 del midollo osseo  nei parkinsonismo encefalitico; contributo
 alio  studio della emoregolazione nervosa.  Boll. Soc  med
 chir., Pavia,  1938, 52: 911-41.—Huhnerfeld, J.   Ueber deri
 Zucker- und Kalziumspiegel, die  Blutsenkung und das Hamo-
 gramm  beim postenzephalitischen Parkinsonismus.   Mschr
 Psychiat.  Neur., 1930, 77: 348-57.—Jedlowski, P.  Citologia
 ematica nei parkinsonismo  encefalitico.  Boll. Soc. ital. biol
 sper., 1933, 8: 645-8.—Model, M., & Wolf, A.  Zur Frage iiber
 den Blutbefund bei epidemischer Encephalitis. Deut. Zschr
 Nervenh., 1925,  86:  113-28.  Also Mosk.  med.  J., 1925, 5-
 32-41.—Quadri,  S., & Campioni, T.  Alcune  ricerche sul pa
 e la riserva alcalina nelle sindromi croniche post-encephalitiche
 Rass. stud,  psichiat., 1931, 20:  1197-203.—Stern-Piper, l!
 Blutsenkungsgeschwindigkeit und postencepbalitische  Storun-
 gen.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1924, 91: 633-44.

 ----   Cardio-vascular system.

   Laubry, C.  Syndrome angineux de l'encephalite epidemique.
Bull. Soc.  nted. hop. Paris,  1924, 3. ser., 48: 1588-91.—Mar-
morstein. M.  [Changes of the circulatory system in epidemic
encephalitis] Klin, med., Moskva, 1924, 2: 183.—Streicher, O
   Denecke, K. [W. A.]   *Casuistische Beitrage
 zur  Encephalitis  lethargica  bei  Kindern  und
 Jugendlichen   [Leipzig]   103p.    8?  Zeulenroda,
 1931.
   Gronau,  W.   *Sechs  Falle  von  Encephalitis
 (Economo)  23p.  8?   Konigsb., 1926.
   Ardao, H. A.  A proposito de un caso de encefalitis letargica.
 An. Fac. med., Montev., 1938,  23: 362-7, 5 pi.—Bottelli, U.
 Due casi  di  encefalite epidemica.  Osp. maggiore,  Milano,
 1924, 3. ser.,  12:  295-301.—Chien,  M.  H.  Encephalitis
 epidemica  [Cases of different  kinds in Chinese]  Nat.  M.
 J.  China,  1926-27,  13:  332-8.—Corsonello, P.   L'ence-
 falite letargica.   Fol. med., Nap.,  1927,  13: 991;  1059.—
 Cuesta  Urcelay, F.  Nuevos casos de  neuraxitis  epidemica.
 Med. ibera, 1928, 22: pt 2, 156-8.—Denecke, K. Kasuistische
 Beitrage zur Encephalitis lethargica bei Kindern und  Jugend-
 lichen.  Mschr. Psychiat., 1932,  82: 328-35— D'Hollander, F.
 Quelques cas  d'encephalite epidemique.   Rev.  med., Louvain,
 1920, 198-207.—Fernando, P. B.  Notes on  a case of  enceph-
 alitis lethargica.  J. Ceylon  Brit. M. Ass.,  1937,  34: 183-8,
 pl.—Frazer, P.  Three recent cases of encephalitis lethargica.
 Brit. M. J., 1933, 1: 90-2.—Fritz, A.  Sur un cas d'encephalite
 epidemique.   Bruxelles med.,  1928-29,  9:  858-60.—Guiral,
 R. J. Encefalftis letargica.  Vida nueva, Habana, 1928,  21:
 223; 250; 360.—Harris, C. F., & Tait, G. B.   Some  cases of
 encephalitis lethargica.  S. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1924-25,
 32: 36-9.—Hume. Encephalitis lethargica.  Newcastle M. J.,
 1920-21, 1:  54-7.—Larroussinie.  Trois cas d'encephalite
 tethargique.   Clinique, Par.,  1925, 20: 332.—Lawrence, B. G.
 A case  of epidemic encephalitis.  Delaware M. J., 1935,  7:
 100-2.—Nour, G. E.  Epidemic encephalitis and meningitis;
 report of cases.  Am. Physician, 1925, 30: 34.—Ottonello,  P.
 Sopra un caso di encefalo-mielite epidemica.  Cervello,  1925,
4: 307-14, pl.—Perez Moreno, B.  Sobre un caso de encefalitis
letargica.  Siglo med., 1934, 93: 435-9.—Riesman, D.  En-
 cephalitis lethargica, with report of cases. Ann. Surg.,  1935,
 101: 303-12.—Rosenblueth,  A.   Un  caso de  encefalitis epi-
demica.  Medicina, Mex., 1928, 9: 167-73.—Sen Gupta, S.  C.
 A case of encephalitis lethargica.  Calcutta M. J., 1924,  19:
26-8.

----   Causes.
   See also Encephalitis,  herpetic;  Encephalitis
virus; Encephalomyelitis, para-  and  post-infec-
tious: Influenza;  Herpes.
   Bouquet, H.  L'encephalite tethargique est-elle due a une
intoxication?  Monde med., 1926,  36: 778-81.—Cruchet, R.
Etiology of epidemic encephalitis.  Practitioner, Lond., 1930,
124: 174-87.—Cuatrecasas, J.  El  problema etiotegico de la
encefalitis epidemica.   Rev. m6d. Barcelona,  1931,  15: 257-
78.—Dechaume, J.  Inclusions cellulaires et agent patbogene
de l'encephalite  epidemique.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1927,  97:
755-7.—Evans, A. C. & Freeman, W.  Studies on the etiology
of epidemic encephalitis; the Streptococcus.  Pub. Health Rep.
Wash., 1926,  41: 1095-117, 4 pl.—Gundersen,  E. Has lethar-
gic encephalitis any relation to epidemic parotitis?  J.  Infect
Dis., 1927,  41: 257-66.—Ivashentsov, G. A.  [On the aetiology
of encephalitis lethargica, herpes and influenza]   Vrach. gaz.,
1923, 28: 173-6.—Jahnel, F.  Die Aetiologie der epidemischen
Encephalitis.  Zschr. ges. Neur.  Psychiat.,  1925, 99: 253-70.
---—  Ueber einige  Gesichtspunkte  bei  kunftigen Unter-
suchungen  uber die Aetiologie der epidemischen Encephalitis.
Zbl. Bakt.,  1. Abt., 1925-26, 97: 151-5.—Misasi, M.  Sull'eti-
ologia dell'encefalite epidemica.  Pediatria (Arch.) Nap., 1925,
33: 781-7.—Neal, J. B.  The present status of the etiology of
epidemic encephalitis.  J. Am.  M.  Ass.,  1928,  91:  231-4 —
Planansky,  K.  [Etiology  of  lethargic  encephalitis]  Cas.
tek. Cesk., 1929, 68: 1497-503.—Salzman, S. R. Is encephalitis
an infectious, epidemic disease?  Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic
1925,  14: 638-48.—Seval,  J.   La  maladie boute-feu  et  la
liberation pyretique des toxiques dans la genese de l'encephalite
dite  epidemique.  Rev. gin.  clin.  ther.,  1928,  42:  420-4.—
Steiner, G.   Was lehrt uns die Encephalitis  lethargica?  Jahr-
kurs.  arztl. Fortbild., 1927, 18: H. 5, 5-29.—Tarsitano, A.
Etiologia dell'encefalite  epidemica.   Morgagni,  1925, 67;
1157-63.

----   Causes: Predisposing factors.

   Becker [A.]  M.  *Encephalitis epidemica und
Trauma  [Leipzig]  31p.   8?  [Zeulenroda, 1930]
   Also Mschr. Unfallh., 1930, 37: 529-51.

   Petjst,  E.    Constitution,  Veranlagung  und
Vererbung bei der Encephalitis epidemica darge-
stellt  an  den in  den  Jahren  1921-1925/26  an
Encephalitis  epidemica  behandelten  Fallen  der
Universitats-Nervenkhnik  Halle  a.   S.   [Halle
a. S.]  44p.   8?  Lpz., J.  A. Barth,  1928.
   Also J. Psychol. Neur., Lpz.,  1928-29, 37: 233-73. 
ENCEPHALITIS, EPIDEMIC             231             ENCEPHALITIS, EPIDEMIC
   Beringer.  Auslosung eines neuen Encephalitisschubes durch
korperliche Ueberanstrengung?  Klin. Wschr., 1924, 3: 2058.—
Castex, M. R., Roman, N., & Di Cio, A. V.  Sindrome  de
encefalitis letargica post-traumatica.  Rev. Soc. med. int.,  B.
Air.  1925, 1:  343-51.—Petrd,  F.  Parkinsonismo post-ence-
falico tard'ivo e suoi rapporti col  trauma cranico.  Minerva
med., Tor., 1931, 22: 800-4.—Rabiner, A. M.  The influence of
trauma in acute and chronic encephalitis.  N. York State J.
M.,  1933, 33:  796-802.—Rosenson, G.  [Psychic  trauma  as
cause of epidemic encephalitis]  Vrach. delo, 1928, 11: 976.—
Salzman,  S. R.  Chronic encephalitis associated  with gall
bladder infection.  Ohio M. J., 1933, 29: 767-71.—Stern, F., &
Grote, A.  Bemerkungen uber die Konstitutionsfrage bei der
epidemischen Encephalitis.  Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1925, 75:
235-55.—Stewart, W. B., & Evans, M. J. Preliminary notes on
bacteriologic studies and treatment of  chronic epidemic ence-
phalitis.   Am. J.  M. Sc, 1930,  180:  256-65.—Tinel, J., &
Robert.  Transformation subite, a l'occasion d'un traumatisme,
d'un parkinsonisme discret postencephalitique en  un  grand
nombre de syndromes parkinsoniens.   Rev. neur.,  Par., 1936,
65: 614-6.

----   Cerebrospinal fluid.
   Cookson, H. A.  Diagnostic value of the sugar content of the
cerebro-spinal  fluid in  encephalitis lethargica.  Brit.  M.  J.,
1925 1:157.—Hancock, A.  The cerebro-spinal fluid in encepha-
litis lethargica.  J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1926, 72: 58-61.—Klauber,
F.  Postencephalitische Storungen der Liquorzirkulation und
Liquorresorption.   Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1925, 97: 266-
77.—Masters, H. R.  The causation and treatment of encepha-
litis- report of spinal fluid analysis in 155 cases.  South. M. & S.,
1933, 95:  257-61.—Mestrezat, W., & Rodriguez, B. Sobre la
composicten y las propiedades del liquido cefalo-raquideo en la
encefalitis letargica.  Arch, neurob., Madr., 1920, 1: 226-34.—
Neel, A.  W.  Ueber larvierte und atypische Falle von Ence-
phalitis epidemica  sowie iiber die Veranderungen  der Spinal-
flussigkeit insonderheit bei chronischen  Fallen von Encephalitis
epidemica. Zschr.  ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1927, 110: 422-36.—
Neel, A. V. [On cell- and albumen contents in the cerebrospinal
fluid in epidemic encephalitis, disseminated sclerosis and dis-
seminated encephalomyelitis]   Bibl.  laeger, 1936, 128: 194-
204.—Novoa Santos, R.  Nota acerca de la presion y de  las
reacciones del liquido  cefalo-raquideo en  casos de sindrome
amiostatico  postencefalitico  de  tipo  parkinsonian©.   Arch.
neurob.,  Madr., 1924,  4:  71-3.—Rothschild, D. Xantho-
chromia  in epidemic encephalitis; report  of  3  cases.  Arch.
Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1926, 15: 365-70.—Steen, P.  H.. &
Steen, R. R.   The  cerebro-spinal fluid  in chronic epidemic
encephalitis.  Psychiat. Q., 1931, n. ser., 5: 90-4.

----   chronic.
   See  also  various subheadings   of Encephalitis,

epidemic.
   Guillain, G., & Mollaret, P.   Les sequelles
de  l'encephalite epidemique;  etude  clinique  et
therapeutique.    103p.   8?   Par., 1932.
   Wimmer, A.  M.  N.  Chronic epidemic encepha-
litis.  335p.  8?  Lond., 1924.
   ----  Further studies upon chronic  epidemic
encephalitis.   174p.  8?   Kbh.,  1929.
   Acuna, M., & Carreno, C.  Consideraciones sobre  algunos
casos de  encefalitis epidemica tardia (Parkinsonismo y corea)
Sem. nted., B.  Air., 1930, 37: 705-16.—Baird, J. H. The third
or chronic stage of epidemic encephalitis, with illustrative cases.
Med. Bull. Veterans Admin., 1932, 8:  179-85.—Bendon.   Un
cas d'encephalite tethargique a  forme prolpngfe.  Marseille
med  1924 61: 1356-63.—Bentley, J.   Sequelae to encephalitis
lethargica. Med. J. Australia, 1928, 2:  379 —Benvenuti, M.
Contributo alia conoscenza delle  forme tardivissime di ence-
falite.   Riv.  pat.  nerv.,  1934  43:. 430-9.-Beyerman  W.
[Epidemic encephalitis  as  a chronic disease]   Ned  tschr
geneesk.,  1925, 69: pt 2, 1666-76, pl.-Borthwick, G. A  The
sequela, of epidemic encephalitis  Clin. J.,  Lond  192II  60.
510- 521 —Burr, C. W. Sequela? of epidemic encephalitis with-
out any preceding  acute illness (chronic encephalitis I report; of
cases.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic,  1925, 14:  20-4.  Chris-
tiansen,  V.  [Late forms of epidemic encephalitis]  Ugeskr.
laeger, 1925, 87: 179-86.-Cruchet, R. Considerations sur les
sequelles  postenc6phaliques.  J. nted Bordeaux,  1931  108.
655-7— Delbruck.  H.  Die  Spiitstadien  der  epidemischen
EnJphantisbrDeut. med. Wschr., 1927,  53: 225-8 -Delmas-
Marsalet  P   A propos des rapports sur les sequelles post-
encephalitiques pr6senteS au V° Congas des Soctetesfrancaises
d'oto-neuro-ophtalmologie.   J.  mM.  Bordeaux  1931   08.
657 —Economo. C. von.  Die Nachkrankheiten der Encephalitis
lethargica, ihr Wesen und ihre Behandlung.  Ther  Gegenwart
1Q28 69-529-32—Feiling, A.  A case  of sequel of encephalitis
lethaVgtea  Tr M. Soc. London, 1925-26, 49: 50,-FIeck U &
Rustige,  E.  Ueber den Verlauf der chronischen Encephalitis
epidemica. Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1932 97: 101-12.-Fraz,er,
B. C. One of  the sequelae of encephalitis; case report.  Ken-
tuckv M  J  1924, 22:  526.—Freeman, W.  Chronic epidemic
encephadi'tis'   J Am. M.  Ass., 1926,  88: .1601-3^Frey. E.
'Encephalitis lethargica and post-encephalitis] Budapest orv
ujs., 1927, 25: 1437-45.—Galant, J.  S.   Postenzephalitische
Krankheitsbilder.   Arch.  Kinderh.,  1928,  83:  265-;9.—Gas-
barrini.  A., & Sala,  G.  Osservazioni e considerazioni sulla
cosidetta encefalite letargica con particolare riguardo ad alcuni
postumi.  Boll. Soc.  med. chir.,  Pavia,  1920,  33:  21; 79 —
Heidema,  S.  T.  [On  so-called postencephalitic conditions]
Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1928,  72: pt  2, 4397-410.—Herd,  H.
After-results  of encephalitis lethargica.   Med. Off.,  Lond.,
1925, 34: 201; 1926, 36: 167.—Kameya, Y.  Klinisch-statische
Studien  iiber die chronische Encephalitis.  Psychiat. neur. jap.,
1936, 40: 5; 19; 23.—Krabbe, K. H.  Chronic epidemic ence-
phalitis.  Internat. Clin.,  1928, 28. ser., 1: 100-7.—Leibovich,
B. E.  [Course of chronic  encephalitis]  Vrach. delo, 1931, 14:
906-8.—Loukine-Dekhterev, A.   [The sequels of  epidemic
encephalitis]  Russ. klin.,  1928, 9:  No. 49, 642-9.—McCowan,
P. K., & Harris, J. S.  Chronic epidemic encephalitis. J. Ment.
Sc, Lond., 1927, 73: 40-50.—Macdonald, W. M. The sequela?
of lethargic encephalitis.  Med. J. Australia, 1927, 2: suppl.,
477-9.—Nattrass, F.  J.  Twelve cases exhibiting sequela? of
encephalitis lethargica.  Newcastle M. J., 1923-24, 4: 77; 169.
Also Clin. J.,  Lond., 1925, 54: 25-9.—Navarro, J. C. Secuelas
de encefalitis letargica.  Rev. As. med. argent., 1924, 37: 7-18.—
Neuberger.  Quelques notions pratiques au sujet de l'encepha-
lite epidemique et de ses sequelles.  Vie med., 1925, 6: 1173-6.
Patrikios, J.  Sur un  cas de nevraxite a reprise tardive. Rev.
neur., Par., 1938,  69: 61-4.— Perez de Diego.  Forma prolon-
gada de encefalitis epidemica.  Pediat. espafi., 1924, 13: 301-
8.—Perkins, J. N.  Chronicity of epidemic encephalitis. Med.
Bull. Veterans Admin., 1931, 7: 858-60.—Purser, F. C. Sequela?
of encephalitis  lethargica.  Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1925,
n. ser.,  120: 7.—Redlich, E. Klinik der postenzephalitischen
Krankheitszustande.   Wien. med. Wschr.,  1924, 74: 1553;
1606; 1662; 1760.—Riddoch, G.  Chronic encephalitis. Brit.
M. J., 1927, 2: 537-9.  Also J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1927, 73: 582-
9.—Rittershaus, E.  Zur Kasuistik  der  postencephalitischen
Erkrankungen.  Deut.  Zschr. Nervenh., 1925,  85:  249-56 —
Schaltenbrand, G.   Zur  Frage der  Enzephalitis und  ihrer
Folgezustande.  Psychiat.  neur. Wschr.,  1928, 30:  82-4.—
Scheminzky,    Postenzephalitischer  Zustand.   Wien. med.
Wschr., 1925,  75: 2655.—Schou,  H.  I.   [Chronic epidemic
encephalitis]  Ugeskr. laeger, 1927, 89: 343-8.—Schroder, H.
Ueber  Endformen der Encephalitis  lethargica.   Vereinsbl.
pfalz. Aerzte, 1925, 37: 241-3.—Shrubsall, F. C. The sequela?
of encephalitis lethargica.  Brit. J. Psychol., 1927, 7: sect, med.,
210-20.—Smith, C. M.  Sequelae of encephalitis lethargica:
notes on 128 cases.  Brit. M.  J.,  1927,  1: 872.—Spagnol, B.
Sulla cosi  dette forme tardivissime di encefalite epidemica.
Cervello, 1936, 14: 137-50.—Speroni, D., & Dassen, R. Sobre
encefalitis epidemica y sus consecuencias precoces  y  tardias.
Sem. med., B. Air., 1929,  36: pt 2, 273-6.—Wilczek, J. [Ence-
phalitis lethargica tarda]   Polska gaz. lek., 1939  18: 96 —
Wilson, J.  E.  The sequelae of encephalitis.  Hahneman.
Month., 1927, 72: 200-9.

        Classification and nomenclature.
   Economo, C.  Gibt es verschiedene Arten von epidemisch
auftretenden Encephalitiden  oder gehoren sie alle zur Ence-
phalitis  lethargica?  Wien. klin. Wschr., 1931, 44: 1349-51.
Also Aerztl. Prax.,  1932, 6: 4-6.—Encephalitis lethargica and
other forms of epidemic  encephalitis; in Japan, Australia and
the United States; as an independent disease;  conclusion.
Annual  Rep. Chief M. Off. Min. Health, Lond. (1937)  1938,
60-5.—Fiano, A. Le encefaliti epidemiche.  Riv. clin. pediat.,
1934, 32:  513-36.—Levaditi, C, Schoen, R., & Levaditi, J.
Les encephalites humaines epidemiques.  Presse med., 1934, 42:
1973-7.—Molinari, E.  Encefalite di von Economo, encefalite
giapponese, encefalite americana.  Gazz. osp., 1935, 56: 432-4.

----   Clinical  aspect.

   Camargo Barros, M. de.    *Contribuicao  ao
estudo clinico  da encephalite  epidemica.   114p.
8?  S. Paulo, 1927.
   Martens,  G. [K. R.]   *Beitrag zur  Kenntnis
der Enzephalitis; Beobachtungen  am Kranken-
material  in  den   Jahren  1927-30.    32p.    8?
Konigsb., 1930.
   Weitkamp,  H.   *Beitrag   zur   Kenntnis  des
Ablaufs der Encephalitis  epidemica  im Kindes-
und  Jugendalter  [Dusseldorf]  39p.  8?   Qua-

kenbriick,  1933.
   Acuha, M.   La encefalitis letargica en la infancia; comen-
tario a dos observaciones. Sem. med., B. Air., 1925,  32: pt 2,
945-51.—Ash, R. L.  The clinical aspects of acute poliomvelo-
encephalitis and epidemic encephalitis in childhood.  Arch.
Pediat., N. Y., 1925, 42: 68-72—Beriel, A., & Devic, A.  La
phase de maturation des syndromes chroniques de l'encephalite
epidemique.   Lyon  nted.,   1928, 141: 485-92.-Bohne  O.
Beobachtungen bei Encephalitis epidemica.  Arch. Psychiat.,
Berl  1924-25, 72: 543-51.—Bouman, L. [Contribution to the
clinical  study'of encephalitis epidemica]  Psychiat. neur  bl.,
Amst   1924  6: 441-60.—Dinkin. A.  L.  [Clinic of  epidemic
encephalitis in  children]   Vrach.  delo,  1926  9:  402-7.-
Gaines  L M.  Different phases of  encephalitis lethargica.
J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1932, 21: 134-6.—Galant, J. S.  Ence-
phalitis  lethargica; Beschreibung eines Falles und Schlussfolge- 
ENCEPHALITIS, EPIDEMIC             232             ENCEPHALITIS,  EPIDEMIC
  rungen. Fortsch. Med., 1926, 44: 1225.—Guiral, R. J.  Ence-
  falitis letargica.  Rev. nted. cubana, 1928, 39: 1342;  1460.—
  Gullan, A.  G.  A  clinical study of encephalitis  lethargica;
  based on 62 cases.  Brit. M. J.,  1925, 1: 1120^.—Hallowell,
  D.  K.  Twenty-four cases of  acute epidemic encephalitis.
  Psychol. Clin.,  Phila.,  1925,  16:  167-92.—Higgins,  B. A.
  Epidemic encephalitis and the  country doctor.   J.  Kansas
  M.  Soc, 1928, 28:  391-7.—Lipschiitz. I.  [Clinic of lethargic
  encephalitis in children]   Vrach. gaz., 1927,  31: 1104-7.—
  Malone, A.  E.  Epidemic encephalitis; an account of 10 cases
  treated at Royal Naval Hospital. Plymouth.  J. R. Nav. M.
  Serv., 1925, 11: 140-6.—Marshall, R.  Some notes on  ence-
  phalitis lethargica.  J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1924, 70: 561-72.—
  Misasi,  M.  Contributo  casistico-clinico  alia  conoscenza
  dell'encefalite epidemica nei bambini. Pediatria (Arch.) Nap.,
  1925,  33: 1055-64.—Nattrass, F. J.   Encephalitis lethargica;
  clinical features.   Newcastle M. J., 1920-21, 1: 131-50.—
  Neal. J. B.  The encephalitis problem. J. Am.  M. Ass.,  1934,
  103: 726-8.------Jackson, H. W., &  Applebaum, E. A
  study of 450 cases  of epidemic encephalitis.  Am.  J. M. Sc,
  1925, 170: 708-22.—Pool, A. A clinical and pathological study
  of 3 cases of  epidemic  encephalitis.  J. Neur. Psychopath.,
  Brist.,  1930, 11: 45-59.—Reid, B.  A series of cases of  ence-
  phalitis lethargica at Whittingham Mental Hospital.  J. Ment.
  Sc,  Lond.,  1928,  74: 87-92.— Rubiano y  Herrera,  S.  El
  problema clfnico de  la encefalitis  epidemica (casufstica y
  doctrina)   Progr. clin.,  Madr.,  1927, 35:  736-60.—Ruggeri,
  R. G.   Decorso ed esiti dell'encefalite epidemica nell'infanzia.
  Med.  ital.,  1933,  14: 675-749.—Saenger.  Zur  Klinik der
  Encephalitis epidemica im  Kindesalter.  Deut. med. Wschr.,
  1926, 52: 1580.  Also Med.  Klin., Berl., 1926, 22: 1318.  Also
  Munch, med.  Wschr., 1926, 73: 1338.—Salzman, S. R.  A
  further experience in tbe etiology and  treatment of encephalitis.
  Ann. Int. M., 1928-29,  2: 1076-80.—Schlesinger, B.   Be-
  merkungen zur epidemischen Enzephalitis.  Mschr. Psychiat.,
  1924, 57: 160-90.—Sison, A. B. M. A clinical study of epidemic
  encephalitis.  J. Philippine  Islands M. Ass., 1925, 5: 110-4.—
  Slesinger, H. A.  Acute epidemic  encephalitis; a clinical study
  of 160 cases.  Am. J. M. Sc, 1936. 192: 225-34.—Sprunt,  T. P.
  Epidemic encephalitis; an  analysis of 50 cases. Ibid   1927
  174: 660-5.  Also Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1928, n. ser., 125:
  77-9.—Stefani. S. Appunti statistici  su cento casi di encefalite
  epidemica.   Gior. psichiat., 1928, 56: 37-56.—Storrs, H. C.
  Clinical aspects of encephalitis lethargica in children.  Psychiat.
  Q.,  1928, 2: 42-8.—Tarasevich,  I.   [Clinical study of ence-
  phalitis epidemica in childhood]   Pediatria, Moskva, 1924, 8:
  11-24.—Tucker, B.  R.  Concerning  encephalitis.  J. Florida
  M.  Ass., 1924-25, 11: 227-31.—Urechia, C. I., & Elekes, N.
  Quelques considerations  sur un cas d'encephalite tethargique
  Arch. gen. neur., Nocera, 1923-24, 4:-5: 125-8, 2 pl.—Weil, H.
  Beobachtungen an einer Reihe von Kranken mit Encephalitis
  epidemica.  Munch,  med. Wschr.,  1938, 85: 901-5.—Yasuyama,
  K.   Clinical observation of  30 cases  of lethargic encephalitis
  Bull. Nav. M.  Ass.,  Tokyo,  1936,  25: 5.

  ----  Contagiousness.

    Braun,   F.    *Zur  Frage   der  Contagiosity
  der epidemischen Encephalitis.  26p.   8?   TBonnl
  1926.
    Bortnik, N. V. [Contagiousness of chronic forms of epidemic
  encephalitis]  Klin, med., Moskva, 1937, 15: 747-9.—Crouzon
  & Horowitz.  Un cas de contagion  professionnelle d'encephalite
  epidemique a  sa phase  parkinsonienne; essais d'inoculation
  transcerebrale au lapin.  Bull. Acad,  med., Par., 1929 3  ser
  101: 488-90.—Kreis. B.  Presence du virus herpetique  dans
 la salive de parkinsoniens post-encephalitiques.  C. rend  Soc
 biol  1938, 127: 108.—Pennati, V.  Sul contagio d'encefalite da
 parkinsonismo post-encefalitico. Morgagni, 1932, 74: 315-8__
 Roasenda. G.  Sulla contagiosity dell'encefalite epidemica alio
 stadio acuto ed a quello cronico parkinsoniano. Minerva med
 Tor, 1925, 5: 210.—Schonfeld,  A.   Zur  Kontagiositat  der
 Enzephalitis  lethargica.  Wien. klin. Wschr., 1925, 38:  278__
 Stiefler, G.  Weitere Beobachtungen  iiber die  Kontagiositat
 der Encephalitis lethargica.   Ibid., 1924, 37: 850.

 ----   Deformities and articular changes.
   Abercrombie, R.  G.  Curvatures   of the spine  following
 encephalitis lethargica. Brit. M. J., 1928, 1:  174.—Achard, C.
 Thiers, J.. & Bloch,  S.  Syndrome   parkinsonien  postencd
 phalitique avec acro-contracture.   Rev. neur., Par.,  1925  32-
 pt 2  138-42.—Babicek, J.  [Parkinsonian  acrocontracturej
 Cas.  tek. Cesk  1926, 65: 1156-8.—Bracaloni, E.  Deformita
 delle  mam nei  Parkinson postencefalitico.  Riv. clin  med
 1930   31:  1221-47.-Bravetta,  E.   Acrodeformazioni  ndla
 encefalite epidemica.  Boll. Soc. med. chir., Pavia, 1927 n  «er
 2: 747-58.—Conos.   Deformations des extremites  et  de  la
 colonne vertebrate chez des parkinsoniens postencephalitiques
 Rev.  neur., Par  1925, 32:  pt 2,  620-3.-Euziere.  Pagfes &
 Cnardonneau.  Deformations pseudo-rhumatismales dans 2
 syndromes  post-nevraxitiques.  Bull. Soc.  sc.  nted   biol
SoPnPlln7' 19^26'+,7-: 45?-61-Gordon, A.  Ungual  loct
lization  of arthropathies in postencephalitic  Parkinsonian
i^'n  o^eo  ^   elr  Pathogenesis.  Med. Rec,  N. Y  1934
liJ      r V7Grml*ldi' L-  Le lesioni  arricolari del Parkinson
post-encefalitico.  Arch. gen. neur., Nocera, 1933 14- 105-15
2 pl.—Guillain,  G., Alajouanine, T., & TheVenard.  Deforma-
tions  progressives des extremites chez un parkinsonien post-
 encephalitique.  Rev. neur., Par., 1925, 32: 644-9.—Magni. L.
 Intorno ad una rara forma di contrattura degli arti osservata
 in  un  malato  affetto  da  parkinsonismo  post-encefalitico.
 Riv. pat. nerv., 1926,  31: 46-59.—Michaels, J. J., & Searle.
 O.  M.  A case of hypermobility of the joints with super-
 imposed postencephalitic parkinsonism.  J. Nerv. Ment. Dis.,
 1933, 77: 246-55.—Pennacchietti, M. Sulle  acrodeformazioni
 con  artropatie nei parkinsonismo postencefalitico.  Minerva
 med., Tor., 1936, 27: 423-31.—Winkler, G.  Einwirkung sub-
 kortikaler Mechanismen auf die Entstehung  von  Haltungs-
 anomalien  und Wirbelsaulendeformitaten  unter  besonderer
 Berucksichtigung der Folgezustande der Encephalitis epidemica.
 Zschr. orthop. Chir., 1925-26, 47: 236-58.

 ----   Diagnosis.

    Alajouanine, T., & Gopcevitch. M.  A propos du diagnostic
 d'encephalite  epidemique (et plus particulterement de la ten-
 dance a porter trop facilement de diagnostic)   J. med. chir.,
 Par.,  1929,  100:  313-21.—Andre-Thomas.    La  valeur de
 ltepreuve de passivite dans l'etude des sequelles et le diagnostic
 retrospectif de l'encephalite epktemique.   Rev. otoneur., Par.,
 1931, 9: 648-53.—Barker, L. F.   Clues for the recognition of
 epidemic encephalitis in its different  forms  and stages,  with
 comments upon treatment.   U. S. Veterans Bur.  M. Bull.,
 1929.5:729-45. Also repr.  ------  Diagnosis and treatment
 cf the Parkinson-like  syndromes of chronic epidemic ence-
 phalitis.  Med.  Clin. N. America,  1930,  14:  131-48.—Best,
 W.  H.  The  diagnosis of  encephalitis lethargica.   Clin. J.,
 Lond.,  1928, 57: 135-41.—Bouman, L., & Janzen, E.  [Diag-
 nosis of epidemic encephalitis in general practice] Ned. tschr.
 geneesk., 1925. 69:  pt 2, 2070-87.—Dechaume, J.  Le diagnostic
 experimental  de  l'encephalite epidemique.  J. med. Lyon,
 1927, 8: 117-26.—Denser, C. H. Diagnosis of chronic epidemic
 encephalitis. U  S. Veterans Bur. M. Bull., 1928, 4: 106-15.—
 Fribourg-Blanc &  Costedoat.   A  propos  du  diagnostic des
 formes  cliniques de l'encephalite epidemique.   Bull.  Soc. med.
 mil. fr., 1925, 19: 22-6.—Giovannini, S.  Distonia d'attitudine
 e  riflesso degli antagonisti; loro valore nella diagnosi dell'ence-
 falite  letargica dell'infanzia.  Riv. clin.  pediat.,  1938, 36:
 577-90.—Halliday, J. L. Difficulties in  the  diagnosis of the
 acute phase of  epidemic encephalits in  children.   Lancet,
 Lond., 1925, 1: 763-5.—Hanau, R.  Ein Beitrag zur Diagnostik
 der chronischen Hemienzephalitis.  Miinch. med. Wschr., 1928,
 75:  1413.—Haskovec, V.  [Diagnosis of  chronic case of epi-
 demic encephalitis  and cerebral obesity]  Rev. neur.  psychiat
 Praha,  1933,  30:  9-14.—Ide,  M.   Sequelles  d'encephalite
 nteconnue.  Rev.  med., Louvain,  1926,  312-9.—Kant,  O.
 Anamnestische Erhebungen  bei  Kranken  mit chronischer
 Encephalitis epidemica.  Zschr.  ges. Neur.  Psychiat.,  1928
 113:  246-54.—Liber, A. F.   L'encephalite epidemique; diag-
 nostic  Gaz. hop., 1935, 108: 439; 473.—Omarokov. L. I., &
 Vishnevsky,  A. S.   [Encephalography in chronic  forms'of
 epidemic  encephalitis]   Vest, rentg.,  1928,  6:  233-8  Also
 Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl., 1928, 37: 823-30.—Ravn, J. ' [Diag-
 nosis of epidemic encephalitis]   Ugeskr. laeger,  1932,  94:
 751.—Sainton,  P.   Comment diagnostiquer  et traiter  une
 encephalite  epidemique.  Sem. hop. Paris,  1928, 4: 269-79__
 Sato. A., & Toshimatsu. S.  The peroxide reaction in epidemic
 encephalitis; a new diagnostic and prognostic  method.  Am J.
 Dis. Child.,  1925, 29: 301-12.-Stockert. F. G. von.  Ueber die
 Beziehungen der Augenmuskeln  zum  Schlaf, gleichzeitig ein
 Beitrag zur Diagnostik der Encephalitis  lethargica.  Deut.
 Zschr. Nervenh., 1929, 111: 263-98.

 ----  Diagnosis, differential.

   Baudet,   A.    Contribution   a   l'etude  du
 diagnostic  differentiel  entre   l'encephalite  Epi-
 demique et certaines formes aigues  ou subaigues
 de scleroses en  plaques.  63p.  8?  Par.,  1928.

   Danowski   G.    *Beitrag  zur  Differential-
 diagnose psychogener Storungen  gegenuber Ence-
 phalitis epidemica.   22p.   8?   Konigsb.,  1924.

   Groeger, H.  *Stammganglientumoren unter
 dem klinischen  Bild der  Encephalitis lethargica
 beziehungsweise ihrer Folgezustande  [Jena] 43p.
 8?   Habelschwerdt, 1932.

   Lewinson,  M.   *Ueber  die DifTerentialdiag-
 nose zwischen Parkinsonismus  postencephalitics
 und Parkinsonscher Krankheit (Paralysis agitans)
 [Basel]  31p.   8?   Wilno,  1935.
   Schlebusch,  W.   *Vortauschung  von  Hirn-
 tumoren  durch  Encephalitis  epidemica   nach
 eigenen  Fallen.  15p.  8?   Heidelb., 1934
   Tratjt   H.    *Zur   DifTerentialdiagnose  zwi-
schen  epidemischer  Encephalitis  und Hysterie.
78p.  8?   Gott., 1925.

   Wienold   E.    *TJeber   Fehldiagnosen   bei
encephalitischem    Parkinsonismus     [Munster]
43p.   8?  Gelsenkirchen, 1928. 
ENCEPHALITIS,  EPIDEMIC             233              ENCEPHALITIS, EPIDEMIC
   Beriel, L., & Branche, J.  Meningites, nteningo-encephalites
et encephalites tethargiques.  Lyon med , 1920, 129: 272.—
Beriel, L., & Lesbros.  Contribution au diagnostic de l'encepha-
lite epidemique;  diagnostic de  l'encephalite et des  tumeurs
cerebrates.  Ibid., 1926, 138: 136-43.—Broun, G. O., & Ruskin,
J.  Encephalitis; the  virus neutralization test as  an aid in
differential diagnosis.  J. Missouri M. Ass., 1936, 33: 19-26.—
Christiansen, V.  L'encephalite chronique et paralysie agitante
vraie.  Fol. neuropath, eston., 1925, 3:-4: 397-401.—Dechaume,
J.  Encephalite  epidemique et syphilis nerveuse;  diagnostic
histopatologique  et experimental.  Lyon med., 1927, 139: 218-
22.—Dechterev,  V.  V.  [Differential  diagnosis  of Parkinson's
disease  and  postencephalitic  parkinsonism]   J.  nevropat.
psikhiat.,  Moskva,  1927,  20: 383-90.  ------  [Difference
between paralysis agitans and post-encephalitic parkinsonism!
Nevropat. psikhiat., 1936,  5: 981-5.—Galindez, L.   Enferme-
dad  de Parkinson y sindrome  parkinsoniano post-encefalitico
(estudio clinico)  Rev. nted. lat. amer., B. Air., 1928, 13: 1615-
24.—Globus, J. H.  Chronic epidemic  encephalitis  with mas-
sive  scar formation in the  midbrain  simulating brain tumor.
Tr. Am.  Neur. Ass.,  1935, 61: 165-7.  Also J. Mount  Sinai
Hosp.  N.  York, 1937-38, 4:  337-43.—Goldenberg, N. A.
[Differential diagnosis  of  epidemic encephalitis]    Sovrem.
psikhonevr.,  1929,  9:  782-93.—Gordon,  A.   Parkinsonian
syndromes in encephalitis lethargica  and in paralysis agitans;
consideration of  the clinical and pathological differential diag-
nosis.  J. Nerv. Ment. Dis.,  1924,  60:  468-71.—Jamin. F.
Hypophysentumor  oder postenzephalitische Zwischenhirner-
krankung?  Munch, med. Wschr., 1928,  75: 500.—Kalischer, S.
Encephalitis lethargica und  Arteriosklerose.   Klin. Wschr.,
1929, 7: 790.—Kauders, O.   Encephalitis  epidemica  acuta,
Delirium tremens und Hypnose.  Arch.  Psychiat., Berl., 1924-
25,  72:  440-58.—Kolorii,  K.  Encephalitis epidemica  und
Meningitis  tuberculosa. Fukuoka acta med., 1938,  31:  97.—
Lange, C. de.  Over de differentieele diagnose tusschen ence-
phalitis gripposa en  encephalitis epidemica acuta  bij  jonge
kinderen.   Ned. mschr. geneesk.,  1926,  13: 445-52, 3 pl.—
Marcus,  H.   [Encephalitis lethargica  and multiple  sclerosis,
a differential-diagnostic study]  Fin.  lak. sail, hand., 1929, 71:
569-87.—Nelson, J. A. Differentiation of the etiological factors
in Parkinsonian  states of encephalitis lethargica and syphilis.
U.  S.  Veterans  Bur.  M.  Bull.,  1927. 3: 218-22.—Pehu &
Dechaume, J.   Maladie de Heine-Medin et maladie de von
Economo;  diagnostic histopathologique.   Lyon med.,  1927,
139: 99-102.—Pereyra Kafer, J., & Rossignol, A. C.  Complejo
caso de encefalitis  letargica; consideraciones sobre diagnostico
diferencial.  Prensa med. argent.,  1934,  21: 907-15.—Puusepp,
L.   Encephalitis epidemica mit  Tumor-Symptomen  (Pseudo-
tumor encephaliticus)   Fol. neuropath, eston., 1926, 6: 49-56.—
Ravalli, P.  Suite forme di encefalite epidemica che  simulano
affezioni acute addominali.  Gior. psichiat., 1925, 53: 259-67.—
Selbach, H.   Zur  DifTerentialdiagnose der Spatfolgen nach
Encephalitis lethargica und Tetanusinfektion.  Aerztl.  Sach-
verst.  Ztg,  1939, 45:  1-7.—Sillevis Smitt, W.  G.  L'encepha-
lite tethargique et le diagnostic differentiel.  Psychiat. neur. bl.,
Amst., 1936,  40: 467-88,  pl.—Smith, A. D.  Some  points in
differential  diagnosis  of  epidemic  (lethargic)  encephalitis,
bulbar poliomyelitis and tubercular meningitis.  Arch. Pediat.,
N. Y., 1923, 40: 336-8.—Sperling, G.  Sporadische Encepha-
litis  lethargica  (Economo)  unter dem  Bilde  eklamptischer
Uramie.   Deut. med.  Wschr.,  1938,  64:  1113.—Stern,  F.
DifTerentialdiagnose und Therapie der chronischen Encephalitis.
Zschr. arztl.  Fortbild., 1926,  23: 752-9.—Stevenson,  G. H.
Epidemic encephalitis simulating acute surgical lesions of the
abdomen.  Brit. M. J., 1925,  1: 68.—Vuga, D.  Sulla diagnosi
differenziale fra la demenza precoce catatonica e le lievi  forme
di parkinsonismo postencefalitico.  Cervello, 1939, 18: 49-56.—
Worms, G., &  Sourdille, G. L'importance  de la stase papillaire
dans le diagnostic  entre  encephalite  epidemique  et tumeur
cerebrate. Arch, opht., Par., 1930, 47:  193-9.  ------ Sur les
difficultes du diagnostic entre encephalite  tethargique a  forme
hypertensive et tumeur cerebrate.  Bull. Soc. opht. Paris, 1930,
70-7.

----  Digestive  system.

   Budliger,  J.   *Die  icterischen Formen der
Encephalitis  epidemica   [Basel]   22p.   8?    Lu-
zern, 1925.
   Audo-Gianotti, G. B. Sulla natura della disfunzione epatica
nei parkinsoniani postencefalitici  considerata in rapporto alia
etiologia delle varie sindromi striate.  Minerva med., Tor., 1926,
6: 41-50— Blanke.   Die Mundhohle bei  Encephalitis epidemica.
Deut.  Mschr.  Zahnh., 1925, 43: 137-48.—Bolsi. D.  Sull'isto-
logia patologica  del fegato nell sindromi croniche postencefali-
tiche.  Riv. pat. nerv., 1925,  30:  193-216.—Castronuovo, G.
Visceropatie addominali nella malattia di Economo.   Studium,
Nap., 1926. 16: 288-90.—De Giacomo, U.  Beitrag zur Histo-
pathologie des Dunndarms bei postencephalitischem Parkin-
sonismus. Arch. Psychiat., Berl.,  1931, 95: 337-49.—Graziani,
A.  Alterazioni del fegato  e  patogenesi ddle  sindromi  amio-
statiche postencefalitiche.   Policlinico,  1925,  32:  sez.  med.,
573-88. ------ Contributo alio studio del connettiyo epatico
nelle sindromi  post-encefaliche e in diversi altri stati morbosi.
Bull.  sc.  med.,  Bologna,  1926, 10.  ser.,  4:  119-21.—Joo. B.
[Examination  of function  of  the liver in  chronic  epidemic
encephalitis]  Orv. hetil., 1930, 74: 1216-8.  Also Med.  Klin.,
Berl.,  1931, 27: 697.—Matsumura, T.   Histopathologische
Untersuchungen  iiber  die  Leberveranderungen bei postence-
phalitischem Parkinsonismus.  Fukuoka acta med., 1933, 26:
62.—O'Flynn,  E.,  & Critchley, M.  The hepatic aspect of
epidemic encephalitis.   Lancet, Lond.,  1925,  2:  1329-32.—
Pedrinoni, G.  La funzionalita epatica neU'encefalite letargica.
Gazz. osp.,  1925, 46: 342-4.—Runge & Hagemann.   Ueber
Leberfunktionsstorungen beim akinetisch-hypertonischen Syn-
drom der Encephalitis  epidemica.   Arch. Psychiat.,  Berl.,
1924-25, 72: 114-40.—Seletzky, V., & Heilitz, F. I.  [Intestinal
digestion in  disseminated chronic encephalitis (Parkinsonism) ]
Klin, med.,  Moskva, 1933,  11: 506-12.—Shargorodsky, L., &
Sheiman,  M.  [Chromodiagnosis of functions  of the liver in
chronic  forms of epidemic encephalitis]   Ibid.,  1927, 5: 1003-
9.—Signorelli, S.  Sui caratteri morfologiei e biochimici di un
germe anaerobio (Bacteroides  polimorphus n. sp.) isolato dal
succo duodenale di  un parkinsoniano post-encefalitico.   Boll.
Soc. ital.  biol. sper., 1932,  7:  1237-9.—Tarsitano,  A.   La
funzionalita  epatica nelle  sindromi  parkinsoniane postence-
falitiche.  Morgagni, 1929,  71: 1869-83.—Welch, A. S.  Post-
influenzal  vomiting with symptoms of lethargic encephalitis.
Ann. Int. M., 1928-29, 2: 1194-7.

----  Endemic and sporadic cases.

   Duckwitz [A. L.] R.   *Ueber einige atypische
und sporadisch aufgetretene  Falle von epidemi-
scher Encephalitis.  32p.  8?   Kiel,   1932.
   Charev, I.  I., & Tatarenchik,  S.  F.  [Peculiar endemic
infectious encephalitis]   Nevropat. psikhiat., 1937, 6: 34-42.—
Citron,  R., Seidmann, R.,  & Zappert.  J.  Ueber  sporadische
Enzephalitis. Arch. Kinderh., 1930, 92: 39-57.—Doleschall. F.
[Endemic  encephalomeningitis] Gyogyaszat,   1936, 76: 143.
Also  Verh. ungar. arztl. Ges.,  1936, 8: 57.—Draganescu, S.
[Danger of  spread  of  endemic  encephalitis   in  Rumania]
Romania med.,  1936, 14:  32.—Fetterman, J.  L.   Two fatal
contact cases of acute infection of  the nervous system.  Ohio
M. J., 1935, 31:  30-4.—Leake, J. P.  Endemic encephalitis.
Tr.  Conf. State &  Terr. Health  Off.,  1934, 32:  79-97.—Le
Guillant, L., & Loo. P. Une epid6mte locale de nevraxite.
Ann. med. psychoi., Par., 1935, 93: 115; 394.—Nobecourt, P.,
Haguenau, J. [et al.]  Trois nouveaux cas  d'infection  neuro-
trope chez l'enfant; s!agit-il d'une epidemie? Bull. Soc. pediat.
Paris, 1934,  32: 142-8.—Sciclounoff, F.  Un cas recent sporadi-
que d'encephalite aigue  epidemique.  Rev.  med. Suisse rom.,
1933, 53:  891-6.—Veritti, A.  Sopra un caso di encefalite di
Economo.  Lattante, 1938, 9: 171-3.

----  Endocrine system.

   Duvernoy,  F. L.   *Beitrag zu den entzund-
lichen  Veranderungen der  Hypophyse  bei epi-
demischer Encephalitis mit  Bekanntgabe zweier
in dieser Beziehung bemerkenswerten Falle.  31p.
8?   Tub., 1928.
   Theisen, H.  K.   *Ueber hypophysare  Fett-
sucht  im Gefolge   der Encephalitis lethargica.
24p.   8?  [Bonn] 1926.
   Alajouanine, T., Boudin, G., & Maire, R.  Sur l'association
de  maladie de Parkinson postencephalitique et de maladie de
Basedow.  Bull. Soc. med.  hop. Paris, 1932, 3.  ser., 48: 1703-
9.—Bellincioni, R.  Su alcune manifestazioni di tipo ipofisario
che seguono 1'encefalite epidemica.  Rass. stud, psichiat., 1927,
16: 285-98.—Bernhardt, H.   Diabetes  insipidus  nach Ence-
phalitis epidemica.  Klin. Wschr., 1928, 7: 472.—Cozzolino. O.
Sindrome adiposo-genitale  post-encefalitica.  Pediatria (Riv.)
1929, 37: 19-27.—De Costobadie, L. B.  Extensive haemorrhage
into the pituitary in a case of encephalitis lethargica.   Lancet,
Lond., 1924, 2: 1007.—Hall, G. W., Mayers, L. H., & Kerr. J.
A.   Diabetes insipidus as a sequel to epidemic encephalitis;  a
study of the water and chloride balance in 2 cases.  J. Neur.
Psychopath., Brist., 1925-26, 6: 181-90.—Halle, J., & Arondel,
P.   Myoclonic et gigantisme post-encephalitique chez une  fille
de 12 ans. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1933, 31: 129-32—Inglessis.
M.   Beitrag zur Frage  des Zusammenhanges  zwischen Ence-
phalitis und Basedowscher Krankheit.   Mschr.  Psychiat., 1926,
61:241-7.—Lang, W.J.  Post-encephalitic Frohlich's syndrome.
J.  Nerv.  Ment. Dis., 1928,  67: 120-7.—Lange, W.   Wachs-
tumsstorungen bei chronischer Encephalitis epidemica.  Allg
Zschr.  Psychiat.,  1932,  97: 135-51—Lhermitte, J.   Macro-
genitosomie precoce, hallucinations et narcolepsie dans un cas
d'encephalite epidemique.  Rev. neur., Par., 1938, 69: 65-8 —
Lupulescu,  I.  1.   [Basedow's disease  and post-encephalitic
parkinsonism]   Rev.  san.  mil.,  Bucur.,  1929, 28:  370-3.—
Mandel,  S.   [Postencephalitic  hyper- and   hypothyreosis]
Gyogyaszat, 1935,  75:  215-7. Also Deut. Zschr.  Nervenh.,
 1938, 145:   256-65.—Naccarati,  S.   Alcune considerazioni
sopra un caso di encefalite epidemica presentante una  insolita
sindrome  neuroendocrina.   Neurologica, Nap., 1926,  3:  163-
71.—Patrassi,  G.  Sindrome adiposo-ipertensivo-diabetica in
soggetto  postencefalitico;   tentativi  d'interpretazione pato-
genetica.   Sperimentale,  1935,  89:  suppl., 38-47.—Paulian.
Diahete insipide et Parkinsonisme consecutif a  l'encephalite
epidemique  fruste.  Rev.  neur..  Par.,  1925,  32: pt 2. 53.—
Radovici, A.  Le syndrome pseudo-epiphysaire; macrogenito-
somie precoce  d'origine post-encephalopathique.  Bull. Acad.
nted. Roumanie,  1936, 1:  194-9.—Risak, F.   Encephalitis
lethargica und Myxodem.  Med. Klin., Berl.,  1934, 30: 865.— 
ENCEPHALITIS,  EPIDEMIC             234             ENCEPHALITIS, EPIDEMIC
  Rivet, L., Rouques. L., fr Jany, C.  Syndrome adiposo-genital
  lie a une encephalite tethargique.  Bull. Soc. med. h6p. Paris,
  1925. 3. ser., 49: 311-6.—Schachter,  M.  Troubles somato-
  psvchiques  post-eneephaliques prenant l'allure  de syndromes
  epiphysaires.  Zschr. Kinderpsychiat.,  Basel,  1936-37, 3: 37-
  42.—Schnabel, P.  Ueber einen Zustand diencephal-mesence-
  phaler Post-encephalitis mit Diabetes  insipidus und Pneumo-
  sinus sphenoidalis.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1933-34, 149:
  200-7.—Steinova.  Encephalite epidemique avec une ombre
  massive  dans la  region ipiphysaire a  l'examen radiologique.
  Rev. neur.,  Par.,  1937, 68: 442-4.—Wohlfart, G. Pseudo-dia-
  betes insipidus after encephalitis lethargica.  Acta med. scand.,
  1933, 80: 454-65.—Worster-Drought, C.  A case of dyspitui-
  tarism following  encephalitis lethargica.   Proc. R.  Soc  M.,
  Lond., 1924-25, 18: sect, neur., 2.  ------& Hill. T. R. Arrest
  of physical  development (with respiratory dysrhythmia)  fol-
  lowing epidemic encephalitis.  Brit. J. Child. Dis.,  1930, 27:
  14-7.—Zuppa, A.   Sindrome di Frolich  in seguito ad  encefalite
  letargica. Studium, Nap., 1924, 14: 275.

  ----  Epidemiology.

    Liebert, E.  *Statistisches zur  Encephalitis
  epidemica.   23p.   8?    Berl., 1927.
    Schmid, H.   *TJeber  das epidemische Auftreten
  bisher  unbekannter  Infektionskrankheiten  des
  Zentralnervensystems in den Jahren  1917-1931.
  28p.  8?   Basel, 1932.
    David & Dekester.  Sur une epidemie actuelle paraissant
  se rattacher a une nevraxite.   Bull. Soc. nted. hop. Paris, 1926,
  3. ser., 50: 75-7.—Encephalitis lethargica.  Annual Rep. Chief
  Med. Off.,  Lond., 1934,  37-9.—Encephalitis  lethargica  in
  1929-30.  Rapp.  epktem., Geneve, 1930,  9: 329-33.—Ence-
  phalitis lethargica in 1932-33. Ibid.,  1934, 13: 7-11.—Hall,
  A. J.  Epidemic encephalitis (encephalitis lethargica) 1918 to
  1930.  J. M. Ass. S. Africa,  1930,  4: 543-8—Kling, C.  Die
  Aetiologie und Epidemiologie der  epidemischen Encephalitis.
  Sven. lak. sail, hand., 1926, 52: 41-80.—Mackay, H.  A note
  on  the  incubation period of epidemic encephalitis.  Practi-
  tioner, Lond., 1930,  125: 337-9.—McKenzie, I.  Discussion
  on   epidemic  encephalitis;  epidemiological  considerations.
  Brit. M. J.,  1927,  2: 532-5.—MacNalty, A.  The epidemiology
  of encephalitis lethargica.  Proc R. Soc M., Lond.,  1937-38,
  31:  1-8.—Nagel,  H.  Statistisches  zur  Frage der akuten und
  chronischen  Encephalitis  epidemica. Arch. Psychiat., Berl.,
  1938, 108:  94-101.— Shakhnovich,  R. A.   [Hemorrhagic and
  epidemic encephalitis  during  the past  years]  Nevropat.
  psikhiat.,  1936, 5: 485-9.—Silbermann,  M., & Zappert,  J.
  Ueber das  Vorkommen  nichtepidemiseher und  epidemischer
  Encephalitiden in den letzten zehn  Jahren.   Wien. klin.
  Wschr., 1936,  49: 268-70.—Vejdovsky.  [A new epidemic  of
  lethargic encephalitis]  Cas. tek. desk., 1928, 67: 1683-4.

  ----  Epidemiology: Age distribution.
   Bloise, N. L., & Beisso, O.  Encefalitis letargica en un nifio
  de tres afios.   Arch. lat. amer. pediat., B. Air., 1925, 3. ser., 19:
  1086-93.—Eschbach, H.  L'encephalite tethargique aux ages
  extremes de  la vie.   Arch.  med.  chir. province, 1925, 15:
  93-6.—Lange,  C. de  [Epidemic encephalitis in  the first year
  of infancy and after]  Ned.  tschr. geneesk., 1924, 68: pt  2,
  2696-702.—Macgregor, A. R.. & Craig, W. S. An epidemic of
 acute encephalitis in young children.  Arch. Dis. Childh., Lond.
  1934, 9: 153-70.—Malzberg, B.  Age of first admissions with
 encephalitis  lethargica.   Psychiat.  Q.,  1929,  3:  244-9.—
 Mettenheim, H. von.  Encephalitis epidemica im Kindesalter.
 Erg.  ges. Med.,   1926,  9: 1-22.—Moncrieff,  A.  Epidemic
 (lethargic) encephalitis,  in a very young  infant.    Lancet,
 Lond., 1929, 2: 496.—Neal, J. B.   Epidemic  encephalitis in
 children.  Am. Physician, 1924, 29: 603-6.—Reichle, H. S.
 A study of 23 cases of encephalitis lethargica in children.  Arch
 Pediat., N. Y., 1925, 42: 292-309.—Schweizer, F. Un caso de
 encefalitis letargica del lactante. Rev. espec, B.  Air., 1927  2-
 154-63.  Also Sem. med., B.  Air., 1927, 34: 1156-9.—Staily-
 brass, C. O.   Encephalitis lethargica in  childhood.  Child
 Lond., 1926-27, 17: 33-8.—Stevenson, M. M.  The life history
 of epidemic encephalitis in  the  child.  Arch.  Dis.  Childh
 Lond., 1928,  3: 57-80.—Voudouris, C.  Encephalite tethar-
 gique chez un nourrisson de 6XA mois.  Arch. med. enf., 1925,
 28: 433-5.—Zee, H. N.  Epidemic  encephalitis  in childhood!
 Nat. M. J. China, 1923-24, 10: 205-36.

 ----  Epidemiology: Early cases.

   Cruchet, R.  Les origines de l'encephalite ou l'encephalo-
 myeiite epidemique; les 64 premteres observations  connues
 J. med. Bordeaux, 1927, 57: 848; 895.  ------ Les origines de
 I'encephalo-myeiite epidemique. Ibid., 1930, 107: 895-900.—
 Schnizer,  E.   Friihfalle  epidemischer Encephalitis.   Zschr
 ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1930, 127: 736-54.

----   Epidemiology: Geographical distribution.

   Biberstein,  F.   *Die Encephalitis  lethargica
in der Schweiz, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung
der  Verhaltnisse von Basel und seiner  nachsten
Umgebung   [Basel]   22p.  8?  Bibcri.st, 1928.
    Blaschy,  R.    *Beobachtungen   und  Erfah-
  rungen bei epidemischer Encephalitis in Gottingen
  1920-1925.  53p.  8?   Gott., 1926.
    Great Britain.  Medical Research Coun-
  cil.    Special report  series  No.  108.    The
  Sheffield  outbreak of  epidemic  encephalitis  in
  1924.   73p.  8?  Lond.,  1926.
    Rajchenbach,  S.    *Epidemiologie   de  l'en-
  cephale 16thargique en Pologne.   32p.   8?   Par.,
  1934.
    Stern, S.  *Ueber die Verbreitung der Menin-
  gitis epid.,  Poliomyelitis anterior epidemica und
  Encephalitis lethargica innerhalb des Deutschen
  Reiches.  17p.   8?  Lpz., 1934.
    Aguilar, E.  D., &  Rodriguez, P. A.  Epidemic encephalitis
  in Zamboanga. Month. Bull. Philippine Health Serv., 1924,
  4: 305-11.—Assmann, H.,  & Vogt, H.  Gehauftes Auftreten
  von Enzephalitisfallen in Ostpreussen.  Deut. med. Wschr.,
  1936,  62:  877r81—Austregesilo,  A.,  &  Borges  Fortes,  A.
  Les neuromyeiites 6pidemiques aigues et subaigues observees
  au Bresil.  Rev. neur., Par., 1935, 42: pt 2, 353-90.—Balo, J.
  Encephalitis  epidemica und  Gesamtorganismus,  zugleich
  ein Bericht iiber solche  Epidemien in Budapest.  Frankf.
  Zschr.  Path.,  1924,  30: 512-28.—Barraquer, L.   Epidemia
  actual i formes frequents de Neuraxitis primitives.  An.  Hosp.
  S. Cruz, Barcel., 1933, 7: 399.—Beringer.  Ueber das Vorkom-
  men  der epidemischen Enzephalitis in Burjatio-Mongolien.
 J. Psychol. Neur., Lpz., 1929, 39:  254-6.—Bermann, G.  La
 encefalitis epidemica en la Republica  Argentina. Rev. argent.
 neur. psiquiat., 1928, 2: 112-9.—Berry, W.  A. Encephalitis
 lethargica and its  occurrence in South Africa.  J. M. Ass. S.
 Africa,  1927,  1: 33-6.—Bouman, L.   [Epidemic  encephalitis
 in the Nederlands]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1925, 69: 853-60.—
 Boyd,  W.   Epidemic  encephalitis; the second Winnipeg out-
 break.  Q. J. Med., Oxf., 1924-25, 18:  153-73, 2 pl.—Busse, W.
 Epidemiologische Beobachtungen und klinische Erfahrungen
 bei  der  Encephalitis epidemica in  Niedersachsen.   Arch.
 Psychiat.,  Berl., 1933, 99: 575-608.—Chasanow,  M.  Einige
 Zahlen  und Beobachtungen iiber die epidemische Encephalitis
 in Weissrussland.   Ibid.,  1930, 93: 116-29.—Davidson, A.
 A review of encephalitis lethargica  in Glasgow.   Med. Off
 Lond., 1927, 38: 47-9.—Deicher, H.   Ueber das Auftreten der
 epidemischen Enzephalitis in Preussen in den Jahren 1919-24.
 Veroff.  Medverwalt., 1926-27, 23: 731-42.—Dretler, J.  [Epi-
 demiological investigations on epidemic encephalitis in Woje-
 wodztwo (district) of Krakow]  Neur. polska, 1933-34, 16:-17:
 431-63.—Epidemic  encephalitis in  England.  Science,  1927,
 66: 133.—Espejo,  L.  D. La encefalitis epidemica,  especial-
 mente en el Peru.  Cr6n. med., Lima,  1923, 40: 231; passim.—
 Ghosh,  N.  Encephalitis lethargica in Assam.   Ind. M.  Gaz.,
 1933, 68:  86.—Heimanovich, A. T.  [Epidemic of encephalitis
 in Russia]  Tsentr. med. J., 1928,1: 837; 1015.—Kuttner, A. G.,
 & Ts'un,  T.  Encephalitis in North  China;  results obtained
 with neutralization tests.  J. Clin. Invest., 1936, 15: 525-30 —
 Lafora,  G.  R.   La encefalitis letargica  en Espafia (estudio
 clinico y anatomo-patologico)  Arch, neurob., Madr., 1920 1-
 209-25, 2 pl—Lalung-Bonnaire, Motais fils & Pons. Ence-
 phalite tethargique en Coohinchine.   Tr. Far East.  Ass. Trop
 M. (1923)  1924  5: 817-23.—Loffler, H.   Statistisches zur
 Encephalitis epidemica in Hamburg.   Arch. Psychiat., Berl
 1932-33, 98: 339-49.—Lowenberg, R. D. Notes on encephalitis
 in Shanghai. Chin. M. J., 1937, 51: 989-1000.—Lujan, M., &
 Nauck,  E.  Observaciones sobre la  encefalitis letargica  en
 Costa Rica.  Rev. nted. lat. amer., B. Air., 1930-31 16-  184-
 D~7IR??c?a,,t&.,.A-  S-   Encephalitis  lethargica in ' England.
 Brit M. J., 1926 1:1073-6.—Main. A. Lethargic encephalitis:
 the Glasgow epidemic  of 1923; its incidence and consequences,
 from the point of view of public health.  J. Hyg., Lond   1931
 31:  162-88.—Margouliss.   Apercu  general  de  l'epidemie
 d encephalite en 1923-24 a Moscou.  Arch, internat. neur.,
 Par., 1926, 19. ser., 1:  1; 55; 87.—Marjoribanks & O'DriscolI.
 Observations on epidemic encephalitis lethargica in Sarawak.
 Tr. Far. East Ass. Trop. M. (1923) 1924, 5: 806-16.—Mohr, W.
 Die chromsche  epidemische Enzephalitis in den niederschlesi-
 w en  ^oA"11^11" „und  pnegeanstalten.   Psychiat.  neur.
 Wschr.,  1929, 31:  583-90.-Moser, K.  Zum Epidemiegang
 der Encephalitis Economo in Ostpreussen.  Arch.  Psychiat
 Berl. 1931, 94: 273-302.-Neel, A. V.  [Encephalitis lethargica!
 singultus  epidemicus,  influenza  and  acute poliomyelitis in
 Denmark]  Hospitalstidende, 1925,  68: 392; 409.—Pencz  G
 IClinical observations  on the  epidemic encephalitis of 19311
 Orv, hetil.  1932 76:  i44-6.-Pfister, M.  [Encephalitis epi-
 demica in China]  Munch, med.  Wschr., 1926, 73: 645; 697.
   —  Prevalence of encephalitis  epidemica in China;  a
 contribution to the history of the  disease in the  Far East.
 Brit. M J„ 1929, 1: 1156.—Poston, R. I.  The geographical
 ?o.gmoO0.f ePldemlc encephalitis.  Practitioner, Lond.,  1930,
 t   a3 t~?U101' hA'  L'enc6phalite tethargique au Maroc
 J. med. Bordeaux, 1928, 58: 378-80.—Roussy, R., & Advier, H.
 Note sur 2 cas autochtones d'encephalite tethargique.   Bull.
Soc path  exot., Par.,  1928, 21: 347-9.—Spaar, E.  C. Ence-
phalitis lethargica in the tropics; a record of 2  cases occurring
in Ceylon.  J.  Trop.  M Hyg., Lond.,  1936, 39:  89-92.—
btocks,  P.   On the incidence of encephalitis  lethargica and 
ENCEPHALITIS, EPIDEMIC              235             ENCEPHALITIS, EPIDEMIC
 acute anterior  poliomyelitis  in  Lancashire and elsewhere.
 J. Hyg., Lond., 1932, 32: 219-39.—Syllaba, L., & Henner, K.
 Epidemic encephalitis as observed at the First Czech Medical
 Clinic in Prague. Arch. Int. M., 1928, 42: 151-71.—Van Wart,
 A. F.  Types  of encephalitis lethargica in New Brunswick.
 Canad. M. Ass. J., 1928, 19: 325-7.—Weber, M. Schlafgrippe
 (Enkephalins  epidemica sive  lethargica)  in  Nord-Mahren.
 Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1934, 36:  133; 148.—Wynns, H. L., &
 Hawley,  C.  J.  Epidemiology  of epidemic  encephalitis  in
 California.  Am. J. Pub. Health., 1939, 29: 781-6.

 ----   Eugenic aspect.

   Hoff, H., & Wieser, W. Schadigung der Nachkommenschaft
 nach postencephalitischen Zustandsbildern; vorlau6ge Mit-
 teilung.   Wien. klin.  Wschr., 1935,  48:  16-8.—Kahler, H.
 Zur Frage von Erbschadigungen  bei Metenzephalitis.   Ibid.,
 971.—Ramirez, R. H.  Embarazo y sindrome parkinsoniano
 post-encefalitico; observacten prolongada de la hija,  criada al
 pecho materno hasta los 2 afios.  Sem. med., B. Air., 1929, 36:
 pt 2, 1754-61.

 ----   Exanthema.

   See Encephalitis, epidemic,  Skin.

 ----   experimental.

   See also Encephalitis, experimental.
   Bruynoghe,  R.  L'encephalite  tethargique experimentale.
 Rev. med., Louvain, 1921, 150-4.—Dechaume, J., & Lebeuf, F.
 Contribution  a l'etude experimentale  de l'encephalite epi-
 demique.  C. rend. Soc biol., 1927,  96: 43-5.—Kawamura,
 R., Kodama, M. [et al.]  Studien des Erregers der epidemischen
 Encephalitis;  Beitrage  zur Kenntnis  der histologischen  Ver-
 anderung der experimentellen epidemischen  Encephalitis bei
 Affen.  Tr. Soc path, jap., 1936, 26: 426-9.—Lewy, F. H., &
 Frankel, E.  Experimentelle Untersuchungen zur  Encephalitis
 lethargica und Hundestaupe.  Verh.  Deut.  Ges. inn. Med.,
 1925,  37.  Kongr.,  240-2.—Nishibe, M.   Histopathology  of
 experimental epidemic  encephalitis in rabbits,  with  notes on
 spontaneous  encephalitis in  rabbits.  Sc.  Rep. Inst.  Infect.
 Dis., Tokyo, 1925, 4:  223-53, 2 pl.—Yasuyama.  K.   Experi-
 mental study on lethargic encephalitis.   Bull.  Nav.  M. Ass.,
 Tokyo, 1937, 26: No. 12, 3-5.

 ----   Eye.

   See also subheading Oculogyric  crisis.
   Blum, J.   *Contribution a l'etude du  syndrome
 oculo-moteur tardif de l'encephalite epidemique.
 196p.   8?   Par., 1928.
   Sauer,  L.    *Kombination  von Akkommoda-
 tions- und Konvergenzstorung nach Encephalitis.
 p.141-51.   8?   [Wurzb., 1930]
   Also Zschr. Augenh., 1930, 71:
   Abrahamson, I. A.   Case report; illustrating the ocular
 manifestations  of  epidemic encephalitis.  Cincinnati  J. M.,
 1925-26, 6: 456.—Alajmo, B.  Sintomi e sindromi  oculari nella
 encefalite  epidemica.   Rass.  clin. sc,   1936,  14:  447-51.—
 Anglade, D., & Lassalle, P. Aspect histologique du p6doncule
 c6rebral sur des coupes pratiquees a hauteur de l'6mergence du
 nerf moteur oculaire commun, chez des encephalitiques porteurs
 de reliquats paralytiques du  nerf.  Rev. otoneur., Par., 1931,
 9: 750-4.—Ball, L.  Discussion on the ocular manifestations of
 encephalitis lethargica.  Tr.  Ophth.  Soc.  U.  K,  1925, 45:
 884-9.—Barlow, A.  Ocular residua and sequelae of epidemic
 encephalitis.  Arch. Ophth.,  Chic, 1929, n. ser.,  1:  501-6 —
 Bernasconi Cramer, E., & Adrogue, E.  Sobre un caso de ence-
 falitis  epidemica con perturbaciones  oculares.  Rev.  espec,
 B. Air., 1926, 1: 980-4.—Bielschowsky, A.  Die Augensymp-
 tome bei der Encephalitis epidemica.  Klin. Wschr., 1925, 4:
 120-4.—Blum, J.  Contribution a l'etude du syndrome oculo-
 moteur tardif de l'encephalite epidemique.   Clin,  opht., Par.,
 1928, 32:  123;  183.—Cabannes  & Montoux.  Les  troubles
 oculo-moteurs de  l'encephalite tethargique.   Gaz.  sc. med.
 Bordeaux, 1925, 46: 243-5.  Also Bull. Soc. med. chir. Bordeaux
 (1925) 1926, 132-40.—Casteran,  M.  Sequelles oculaires de
 l'encephalite tethargique.  Bull, med., Par., 1926, 40: 1470-5 —
 Clark, C. P. The ocular disturbances in  epidemic encephalitis.
 Med. Arts, 1933, 36: 80-2.—Collier, J.  The ocular complica-
 tions of  encephalitis  lethargica.   Proc.  R. Soc.  M.,  Lond.,
 1927-28, 21: sect, ophth. neur., 87-98.—Coutela, C, & Blum, J.
 Les  troubles  oculo-moteurs  de  l'encephalite  epidemique.
 Monde  med.,  1928, 38:  545-8.—Critchley,  A. M.    Ocular
 manifestations following encephalitis lethargica. Bristol Med.
 Chir.  J.,  1928,  45:  113-24.—Dawson, W. S.  Ocular spasms
 in epidemic encephalitis.  Med. J. Australia, 1927, 2:  779.—
 De Benedetti, S.  I sintomi oculari nella diagnosi del parkin-
 sonismo  encefalitico.   Ann.  ottalm., 1925,  53:  398-407.—
 Defoug, P.  Observation de manifestations oculaires tardives
 de l'encephalite epidemique.   Bull.  Soc. opht. Paris, 1934,
 196.—Dvorjetz, M. A.   L'enc6phalite  epidemique et l'organe
de la vision.  Ann.  ocul., Par., 1935, 172: 852-4—Ehlers, H.
[Affections of the eye muscles in epidemic encephalitis]  Hos-
pitalstidende,  1929, 72:  633-50.—Faure-Beaulieu,  M.,  &
Cord, M.   Spasme oculo-facio-cervical postencephalitique.
Rev.  neur., Par.,  1931, 38: pt 2, 620-4.—Franchere, F. E.
Eye symptoms in lethargic encephalitis.  J. Lancet, 1925, 45:
240-2.—Girones, L.  Contribucten al studio de los espasmos
oculares.   Rev. med.  germ.  iber. amer., 1928,  1: 156-9.—
Guerin, A.  Les symptomes oculaires peuvent donner la sig-
nature d'une  encephalite.  Rev. gin. clin. ther., 1928, 42:
598-600.—Hall, A.  The ocular disturbances in chronic epi-
demic encephalitis. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. K., 1932, 52: 442-5.—
Jaensch, P. A.   Tonische  Akkommodation  bei  Encephalitis
lethargica.  Klin. Mbl. Augenh.,  1924, 73: 390.   ------
Spat- und Restsymptome an  den  Augen bei Encephalitis
epidemica.  Ibid., 1926, 77:  813-21.—Kennedy,  F.   Ocular
disturbances in  epidemic encephalitis.  Arch.  Ophth.,  Chic,
1929, n. ser.,  1: 346-50.  Also Rev. otoneur., B. Air.,  1929,
4: 312-9.—Kupriashin, Z. I. [Affection of the eye in epidemic
encephalitis]  Klin. J. Saratov., 1928, 6:47-9.—Marin Amat, M.
Manifestaciones oculares en la encefalitis letargica.  Siglo nted.,
1921, 68: 266-70.—Morax, V.  Notes cliniques sur quelques
symptomes oculaires de l'encephalite tethargique.   Rev. med.
est,  1925,  53:  800-17.—Miinzer, F. T.  Postenzephalitische
Hyperkinese in Form eines linksseitigen Fazialiskrampfes mit
synchroner  Rechtsrollung  (und  Retraktion)  beider  Bulbi.
Med. Klin., Berl., 1933, 29:  1276.—Muskens, L. J. J.  The
pathology of postencephalitic ocular disturbances in the light
of recent anatomical and  physiological  research.   J.  Neur.
Psychopath., Brist.,  1927-28,  8: 132-40.  Also Ned.  tschr.
geneesk.,  1927,  71:  pt 2, 1737-45.—Negro, C.   Di alcuni
fenomeni  oculari osservati  in parkinsoniani encefalitici.   Mi-
nerva med., Tor., 1925, 5:  12-20.—Nemlicher, L. J., & Surat,
W. S. Ueber Storungen der Blickeinstellung beim Nahesehen
bei  den  postencephalitischen  Parkinson-Zustanden.   Deut.
Zschr.  Nervenh., 1928,  102:  239-51.—Palich-Szanto,  O.
Schnell reifende Katarakt nach Encephalitis lethargica.  Klin.
Mbl.  Augenh., 1924, 72: 657-60.—Palomar Collado, F.   Los
smtomas  oculares de   la  encefalitis  letargica.   Rev.  nted.
Barcelona, 1924, 2.  ser., 1: 305-19.—Paulian, D.   Troubles
oculaires paradoxaux au cours  des sequelles de l'encephalite
tethargique et du Parkinsonisme.   Paris  med.,  1925,  57:
409-11.—Roger, H., & Reboul-Lachaux.  Les spasmes ocu-
laires de fonction dans l'encephalite epidemique.  Ann. med.,
Par.,  1927, 22: 18-44.   ------ & Payan. Spasmes oculaires
de  fonction  chez une parkinsonienne  post-encephalitique.
Rev.  otoneur., Par.,  1928,  6: 471.—Sauer, L.  Kombination
von Akkommodations-  und Konvergenzstorung  nach  Ence-
phalitis.  Zschr. Augenh., 1930, 71: 141-51.—Spadavecchia, V.
Encefalite  epidemica e manifestazioni oculari.  Ann. ottalm.,
1934, 62: 412; 452.—Springlova, M.  [Pain in movements of
the muscles of the eye in the chronic stage of epidemic ence-
phalitis]   Cas. tek.  desk.,  1924,  63:  916-9.—Suker, G.  F.
The similar eye signs and  symptoms in  exophthalmic  goiter
and encephalitis lethargica (a  clinical observation and eti-
ological suggestion)  J. Iowa  M.  Soc, 1930,  20:  539-47 —
Taussig, L.   [A rare  case of permanent conjugate  ocular
deviation during an epidemic  of encephalitis lethargica]  Rev.
neur. psychiat., Praha, 1928, 25: 4-12.------& Dosuzkov, T.
[Peculiar case  of permanent conjugate deviation in the course
of epidemic encephalitis]  Ibid., 1929,  26: 427-34.  Also Fol.
neurochir., Tartu, 1929, 9: 151-5.  Also  Rev. otoneur.,  Par.,
1930, 8: 679-83.—Terrien, F.  Les sequelles oculaires tardives
de l'encephalite epidemique.  Progr.  med., Par., 1935, 361-7.
------ & Sourdille, G.  Difficulte du diagnostic des sequelles
oculaires motrices de l'encephalite epidemique.  Rev. otoneur.,
Par.,  1929, 7: 58-62.—Teulieres, M.,  & Beauvieux, J.   Les
manifestations oculaires tardives dans l'encephalite epidemique.
Ibid., 1931, 9: 349-95, diag. Also Rev. otoneur., B. Air., 1931,
6: 418-22.—Thomsen,  H.  Eye symptoms  in  115 cases of
encephalitis lethargica.   Acta ophth.,  Kbh., 1925, 3: 131-40.—
Tirelli. C.  Etude des tesions oculaires au cours de l'enc6phalite
tethargique et mecanisme de leur  production.  Arch, opht.,
Par.,  1926, 43:  170-8.—Torres de  Gonzalez Enriquez,  C.
Trastornos oculares  en  los postencefaliticos.  An.  Soc.  mex.
oft., 1931-32, 9: 105-13.—Vancea,  P.  [Affection of the  asso-
ciated movements of the eyes in epidemic encephalitis]   Cluj.
med., 1934,  15: 609-14.—Vandegrift, G.  W.   The  ocular
manifestations  of  epidemic encephalitis.  Med. J. & Rec,
1927,  126: 729.—Veil, P.  Les manifestations oculaires tardives
de l'encephalite  epidemique.  Rev. gin. clin. ther., 1928, 42:
183.—Velhagen, K., jr.  Basedowahnliches Augensyndrom bei
Enzephalitis.   Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1930, 84: 189-206.  ------
Weitere Beobachtungen  iiber  das  basedowahnliche Augen-
syndrom bei Encephalitis.  Klin. Wschr., 1932, 11: 2109-11 —
Whittington, T. H.  Ocular complications of chronic epidemic
encephalitis.   Brit. M.  J.,  1931,  2: 981-3.—Worms, G., &
Chams.  Troubles de l'accommodation, sequelles tardives de l'E.
E.  Rev. otoneur., Par., 1931, 9: 717-20.—Zonta.G.  I disturbi
della motilita oculare nella encefalite epidemica cronica.  Riv.
sper. freniat., 1939, 63: 374-92.

----  Eye:  Eyelid.
   Adamowna,  S.   [Involuntary  movements of the  eyelids
after epidemic encephalitis]  Polska gaz. lek., 1929, 8: 102-4.—
Beauvieux, Delmas-Marsalet  & Despons.  Btepharospasme
bilateral et btepharospasme a bascule d'origine encephalitique.
Rev.  otoneur.,  Par.,  1931,  9:  568-70.—Disertori,  B.   Acces
de btepharospasme avec fermeture incomplete des paupteres
et avec syncinesie pseudo-paradoxale  des  muscles frontaux
chez un  post-encephalitique.  Ibid., 1934, 12: 190-6.—Lesch-
tschenko,  G. D.  Das posturale und tonische Element in der
Synkinese der Lider bei der epidemischen Encephalitis.  Arch. 
ENCEPHALITIS,  EPIDEMIC             236             ENCEPHALITIS, EPIDEMIC
  Psychiat., Berl., 1925-26, 76: 506-12.—Manthos, C. T.  Trem-
  blement clonique des  paupteres pendant leur occlusion dans
  l'encephalite epidemique.  Bull. Acad, nted,. Par., 1930, 3. ser.,
  104: 62.—Monbrun & Tsocanakis, G.  Btepharospasme post-
  encephalitique.   Rev.  otoneur., Par.,  1934,  12:  694—6.—
  Nordman, C.,  & Ravon, P.  Deux  cas de spasmes des orbi-
  culaires des  paupteres; sequelle  d'encephalite  epidemique.
  Loire med., 1930, 44: bis, 429-33.—Sainton, P., & Bourgeois. P.
  Spasme d'occlusion des paupteres post-encephalitique.  Rev.
  otoneur., Par., 1925, 3: 779-82.

  ----  Eye:  Optic nerve and retina.

    Barny de  Romanet, J.   *Des lesions du nerf
  optique   dans  l'encephalite   lethargique   Epi-
  demique.   30p.  8?   Par.,  1921.
    Valiere-Vialeix,  V.   *Etude  des  troubles
  oculaires sensoriels et  des lesions des  voies  op-
  tiques dans les encephalites aigues non suppurees
  et  en  particulier dans  l'encephalite  6pid6mique.
  162p.  8?   Par., 1925.
    Aubineau & Greiner.  Sensory ocular disturbances in ence-
  phalitis lethargica.  Eye Ear &c Month.,  1925-26, 4:  565-8.
  ------  Sensory ocular disturbances in encephalitis lethargica
  (sleeping sickness)  Med. Stand.,  1926, 49: No.  6, 13-5.—
  Bourdier,  F.   Les tesions  neuroretiniennes  de l'encephalite
  6pidemique.  Medeeine, Par., 1925-26,  7: 265-7.—Brunello,
  G. B. Un  caso di encefalite epidemica con amaurosi transitoria.
  Riv. med., 1935, 43: 65-7.—Bychowski,  Z.  Hemianopsie bei
  Encephalitis epidemica. Zschr. ges.  Neur.  Psychiat.,  1925,
  99: 508-13.—Halpern,  L. Ueber Anfalle von Rohrensehen bei
  einem  postenzephalitischen  Parkinsonkranken.   Wien. klin.
  Wschr., 1934,  47: 83-5.—Jumentie, J., &  Valliere-Vialeix.
  Etude anatomique d'un cas  d'encephalite epid6mique: tesions
  infectieuses  et  rtemorragies  capillaires;  atteints  des  voies
  visuelles.  Rev. neur.,  Par.,  1925,  32: 92-7.—Pennacchi, F.
  Le alterazioni del nervo ottico nell'encefalite letargica acuta e
  cronica. Ann. osp. psichiat. Perugia, 1930, 24: 63-86, 8 pl.—
  Rothenberg, S.  Optic  fundi changes in epidemic encephalitis.
  J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1929, 70: 271-84.—Sabbadini, D. Altera-
  zioni del fondo oculare nella encefalite letargica.  Riv. otoneur.,
  1926, 3: 31-42.—Sands, I. J.  Amaurosis in epidemic ence-
  phalitis.   J. Am. M. Ass.,  1929, 92: 1241-3.  Also repr —
  Vincent, C.  Amaurose  sans tesion du fond de 1'ceil dans une
  maladie du systeme nerveux du type encephalite epidemique.
  Rev. neur., Par.,  1926, 33:  350-6.—Walker, C. B.  Abrupt
  monocular blindness resulting  in  complete  optic  atrophy
  during encephalitis with double papillitis; X-ray of optic canals.
  Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, 1924, 22: 346-53, pl.—Weisner, E.  Ein
  weiterer Fall von Neuritis retrobulbaris  bei Encephalitis epi-
  demica. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1926, 77:  666-8.—Winther, K.
  Les affections du nerf optique dans l'encephalite epidemique.
 Acta  psychiat. neur.,  Kbh.,  1928,  3:  165-218.  Also  Bibl.
 laeger, 1928, 120: 494-519.  Also Rev. otoneur., B. Air., 1929,
 4: 95-103.

 ----   Eye: Paralysis  [including  syndromes  of
   Benedikt, Foville, Parinaud]
   Alajouanine, T.. Lagrange. H., & Perisson, J.  Syndrome de
 Parinaud (paralysie verticale du regard) et strabisme concomi-
 tant, consecutifs  a un etat  myoclonique des muscles  oculo-
 moteurs au cours d'une encephalite  eoidemique.   Rev.  neur.,
 Par., 1924,  31: pt 2, 78-81.—Andre-Thomas. Syndrome fruste
 de rigidite  post-encephalitique; epreuve de passivite; syndrome
 de Parinaud.   Presse  med.,   1928,  36:  155.—Bachstez.  E.
 Ueber Divergenzlahmung bei  Encephalitis epidemica.  Wien.
 med. Wschr., 1925, 75:  2501-4.—Brain, W. R.  Exophthalmos
 and conjugate ocular palsies  following encephalitis lethargica.
 Proc R. Soc. M., Lond., 1930-31, 24: sect, neur., 16.—Canton-
 net. A.  Les paralysies oculaires de fonction dans l'encephalite
 epidemique.  J. med.  fr.,  1926, 15: 15.—Chambers, E.  R.
 Paralysis of divergence in  encephalitis lethargica.  Brit. J.
 Ophth.,  1924, 8:  417.   ------  Diplopia in encephalitis le-
 thargica. Brit.  M. J., 1925, 1: 507.—Etienne, G„ Mathieu, L.,
 & Gerbaut. Paralysie des mouvements oculaires assoctes ver-
 ticaux dans le  sens de l'etevation par tesion encephalitique.
 Rev. med. est, 1926, 54: 246.—Genet. L.  Encephalite tethargi-
 que; paralysie bilaterale de l'accommodation; persistance apres
 4 ans.  Lyon med., 1925, 135: 556-8.—Hoffman, W. F.  Paresis
 of convergence  following  encephalitis lethargica.  Am.  J.
 Ophth.,  1926, 3.  ser.,  9: 823.—Isnel, R.  Observations de
 quelques cas de  paralysies  de 1'accommodation,  persistant
 depuis plusieurs annees chez des malades atteints d'encephalite
 epidemique et d'un syndrome de Parinaud post-encephalitique
 Ann. ocul..  Par.,  1926,  163: 516-21.—Jaensch.  Muskellah-
 mung  nach Enzephalitis.  Klin. Mbl. Augenh.,  1938,  101:
 86.—Laignel-Lavastine & Bernal, P.   Encephalite  aigue avec
 syndrome de Parinaud precoce, complique  et transitoire.  Rev.
 neur., Pa»\, 1929,  36: 479.—Laignel-Lavastine &  Bourgeois.
 Parinaud's  syndrome and double crossed syndrome  of Foyille
 with hemiplegia of encephalitic origin. Arch. Neur.  Psychiat.,
Chic, 1927, 18: 297.  Also Rev. neur., Par., 1927, 34: 84-7.—
Laignel-Lavastine & George,  P.   Syndrome  excito-moteur
cervico-facial avec paralysies oculaires d'origine encephalitique.
Ibid., 1926,  33: 635-9.—Laignel-Lavastine & Ravier. J.  Crise
de deviation conjuguee de la tete et des yeux avec regard en
 haut au cours d'un syndrome de Benedict avec Itemi-atrophie
 linguale, hyperidrose partielle de l'ltemiface paralysee; paresie
 du voile, instabilite de l'humeur et piterilite d'origine encephali-
 que.  Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1927, 3. ser., 51: 149-54.—
 Lhermitte,  J., de  Massary. J.,  & Kyriaco.  Syndrome  de
 Parinaud,  crises oculogyres, rire spasmodique, narcolepsie  en
 apparence essentielle, dans l'encephalite prolongee.  Rev. neur.,
 Par., 1928, 35: pt 2, 154-7.—Mathon, K.  Paralysie des mouve-
 ments conjugues des yeux apres encephalite epidemique.  Ibid.,
 1934, 41: pt 2, 369.—Morax, V.  Rapport sur la candidature de
 M.  Isnel (de Grenoble) et sur son travail intitule: Observations
 de  quelques cas  de paralysie de  l'accommodation persistant
 depuis plusieurs ann6es chez des malades atteints d'encephalite
 epidemique et d'un  syndrome de Parinaud post-encephalitique.
 Bull.  Soc. opht.  Paris, 1926,  62.—Muskens, L.  J.  J.  Les
 troubles  vestibulaires   supra-nucteaires   postencephalitiques;
 relations physio-pathologiques  entre les paralysies du regard
 chez I'homme et les mouvements forces des animaux.  Rev.
 neur., Par , 1927, 34: pt 2, 155-63.—Obarrio, J. Ist die Diplo-
 pie  bei  der epidemischen Enzephalitis  immer  paralytisch?
 Klin.  Mbl.  Augenh., 1925, 75:  455-9.—Reese, W. S.  Post-
 encephalitic paralysis of downward movement and of conver-
 gence.  Atlantic M. J., 1926-27,  30: 423.—Rodriguez,  B., &
 Ratio, L. A.  Oftalmoplejia bilateral  (pardlisis del  III par)
 consecutiva a la encefalitis letargica.  Arch. urug. med., 1936,
 8: 420-34.—Roger, H., Combes & Cremieux, A.  Syndrome
 alterne de paralysie dissoctee du III droit et rtemiparesie gauche,
 d'origine nevraxitique.  Rev. otoneur.,  Par., 1930, 8:  131-4.—
 Roger, H., Poursines, Y.,  & Alliez, J.  Paresie des tevogyres,
 amblyopie  et syndrome parkinsonien  discret  (chez  un sujet
 ayant presents un episode aigu d'encephalite epidemique avec
 nevrite optique en 1918)  Ibid., 1933, 11: 52.—Schweikert, M.
 Ueber einen Fall von akut aufgetretenem und schnell zuriickge-
 gangenem Benedikt'schen Syndrom bei Encephalitis epidemica.
 Vereinsbl. pfalz. Aerzte,  1927, 39: 165;  185.—Verger, H.,  &
 Delmas-Marsalet, P.  Paralysie oculaire de fonction ltee a une
 encephalite epidemique.  J. med.  Bordeaux, 1926, 56: 583.—
 Whitehead. A. L.   Paralyis of  the  accommodation  as  a life
 sequela of encephalitis lethargica.  Brit. M. J., 1924, 2: 665.—
 Yow, C. W.  Encephalitis letbargica with diplopia as an early
 sign. Lancet, Lond., 1924, 1: 1260-2.

 ----  Eye:  Pupil.
   Mader, A. [A. A.]  *Pupi!lenstorungen in den
 Spatstadien der Encephalitis  epidemica   [Kiel]
 15p.   8?   Gott,, 1930.
   Camauer, A. F., & Molinari, A. J.  Sindrome 6culo simpaticc-
 paralitico de Claudo Bernard-Horner  de  origen  encefalitico
 (encefabtis epidemica Hamada letargica)  Prensa med. argent.,
 1931-32, 18: 315-20.—Cornil. L.. Baudot, R., &  Louyot.  J.
 Signe  d'Argyll-Robertson  dans   l'encephalite  epidemique
 (remarques a propos de 2 cas)  Bull. Soc. opht. Paris,  1926,
 731-3.—Hansen, K.. & Goldhofer.  Ueber Pupillenungleich-
 heit  und vegetative Asymmetrie bei Postencephalitis.  Deut.
 Arch.  klin. Med., 1926, 152: 12-20.—Krabbe, H.  Le signe
 d'Argyll-Robertson  dans l'encephalite  epidemique  chronique.
 Rev. neur.. Par., 1924,  32: 45-8.—Sala, G.  Sopra un reperto
 istopatologico relativo  al ganglio  ciliare  in casi di cosidetta
 encefalite letargica.  Boll. Soc.  med. chir., Pavia, 1920, 33:
 93-6, pl.—Ten-ten, F., & Veil, P.  Troubles de la convergence
 et de la motilite pupillaire, sequelles d'encephalite epidemique.
 Arch, opht., Par., 1926, 43: 709-13.  Also Bull. Soc. opht, Paris,
 1926, 183-8.—Westphal, A.  Zur Frage des von mir beschrie-
 benen  Pupillenphanomens  bei Encephalitis epidemica (wech-
 selnde Pupillenstarre, Spasmus mobilis der Pupillen)  Deut.
 med. Wschr., 1925, 51: 2101-4.

 ----   Forensic  aspect.

   See also subheadings  Military aspect;  Per-
 sonality; Psychosis; Social aspect.
   Anders,   K.  [H.   G.]    *Zur   Prognose  der
 Charakterveranderung   und   Kriminalitat  bei
 postencephalitischen   Jugendlichen.    20p.   8?
 Bresl., 1929.
   Kutsche, F.  *Die forensische  Bedeutung der
 Encephalitis epidemica bei  Jugendlichen   [Bonn]
 51p.  8?    Halle, 1930.
   Also Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1930, 32: 431; 441.
   Neustadt,  R.    Die  chronische  Encephalitis
 epidemica  in  ihrer  gutachtlichen und  sozialen
 Bedeutung.  103p.   8?   Lpz.,  1932.
   Ruppert, K. J.   *Die  kriminelle Bedeutung
 encephalitischer Folgezustande.  51p.  8?   Bonn,
 1928.
   Seiler,  J.    *Zur  Frage  der  Dienstbeschadi-
 Kung  bei der Encephalitis  epidemica.   31p.  8?
 Miinch., 1930.
   Tessier, J.   *Considerations   mgdico-legales
 sur  la  delinquence  des   bradyphreniques  post-
encephalitiques.   62p.  8?   Par.,  1930. 
ENCEPHALITIS, EPIDEMIC              237             ENCEPHALITIS, EPIDEMIC
    Wanke,  P.    *Ein  Beitrag  zur  forensischen
 Bedeutung  der  Encephalitis  epidemica   [Jena]
 31p.   8?   [Grossenhain i.  Sa.,  1930]
    Alessandrini,  A.  Contributo  alia casuistica dei postumi
 psichici della  encefalite  epidemica con riferimenti medico-
 legali.   Manicomio,  1926,  39: 37-64.—Anders.  Charakter-
 veranderung und Kriminalitat bei postencephalitischen Jugend-
 lichen.  Arch. Psychiat.,  Berl.,  1927,  81:  756.—Benon, R.
 Encephalite tethargique et vols. Ann. med. teg., 1927, 7: 132-
 8.—Bing, R.  Die forensische Bedeutung der Folgezustande der
 Encephalitis  epidemica.   Schweiz.  med.  Wschr.,  1927, 57:
 1185-9.—Cantacuzene,  J.   Considerations  sur un cas  de
 troubles mentaux post-encephalitiques avec reactions ntedico-
 tegales.  Ann. med.  teg., 1936, 16: 295-300.—Ciampi, L.,  &
 Ameghino, A.  Sobre un importante aspecto medicolegal de  la
 encefalitis letargica en los ninos.  Rev. As. nted. argent.,  1926,
 39: 119-44.  Also Rev. crim., B.  Air., 1926,  13: 12-31 —
 Cisternas, R., & Laurnagaray, J.  M.   La peligrosidad  de los
 post-encefaliticos.  Rev. As. med. argent.,  1932, 45: 1535-9.
 Also Sem.  med., B.  Air., 1932,  39: 1097-100.—Crochet, R.
 Post-encephalitic delinquency.  Brit.  M.  J., 1929,  1:  1028-
 30. Also Edinburgh  M. J., 1929,  n. ser., 36: 573-92.—Dyren-
 furtb, F. Ueber die Auswirkung von Encephalitisfolgen in der
 Rechtsprechung.  Aerztl. Sachverst. Ztg,  1927, 33: 29-34.—
 Grosz, K.  Zur Frage der forensisch-psychiatrischen Bedeutung
 der post-encephalitischen Charakterveranderung.  Wien. klin.
 Wschr., 1920, 39: 1444-6.  ------  Forensische Bedeutung der
 psychischen Storungen nach Encephalitis. Aerztl. Prax., Wien,
 1933,  7: 199.  Also Wien. med. Wschr., 1933, 83: 945; 975 —
 Grotjahn, M. Entwicklung, Straftaten und Begutachtung eines
 jugendlichen Postenzephalitikers.  Zschr. Kinderforsch., 1934-
 35, 44: 213-23.—Hegemann.  Psychische Storungen bei einem
 erwachsenen Encephalitiker,  Anklage wegen Mordes.   Allg.
 Zschr. Psychiat., 1933, 101: 307-19.—Hentig, H. von.  Post-
 encephalitische Storungen und Kriminalitat.  Mschr.  Krim.
 Psychol., 1926, 17: 293-300.—Hoven, H.  Deux cas de psychose
 encephalitique tardive avec homicide. J. neur. psychiat., Brux.,
 1933, 33: 109-14.—Julius, D.   Zur forensischen Bedeutung der
 chronischen Encephalitis epidemica.  Mschr. Psychiat.,  1931,
 79: 45-67.—Kiirbitz.  Die Enzephalitis epidemica und  ihre
 forensische Bedeutung.   Med. Welt,  1927,  1: 393;  474 —
 Kutsche,  F.   Die  forensische Bedeutung  der  Encephalitis
 epidemica bei Jugendlichen.  Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1930, 32:
 431; 441.—Laignel-Lavastine & Vinchon, J.  Un cas de  fausse
 accusation chez une perverse  post-encephalitique.  Ann. med.
 teg., 1926,  6:  35-10.—Langen, A.  Mord  nach Encephalitis
 lethargica;  Beitrag zur  Psychologie  der  Postencephalitiker.
 Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1925, 95: 506-21.—Molitch, M.
 Chronic post-encephalitis in juvenile  delinquents.  Am.  J.
 Psychiat.,  1935, 91: 843-61, 3 pl.—Moser, K. Zur  strafrecht-
 lichen Beurteilung  der chronischen epidemischen Encephalitis
 (Economo) Arch. Psychiat., Berl.. 1930, 91: 741-9.—Niehaus.
 Ueber die  Encephalitis lethargica.   Aerztl. Mschr., 1928, 112-
 7.—Ovanessov, A.  G.  [Postencephalitic psychic changes and
 criminality]  Sovrem. psikhonevr., 1930, 10: 147-58.—Pierac-
 cini, A.  Gli encefalitici  e il Regio Decreto Legge 29 Ottobre
 1936-XV,  n.  2043.  Riv. sper. freniat., 1937,  61: 816-9.—
 Potts, C. S.  Medicolegal and sociological aspects of epidemic
 encephalitis.  Med. J. & Rec,  1925, 122: 335-8.—Rossi, M.
 Les reactions ntedico-tegales chez  les encephalitiques.   Ence-
 phale, 1926, 21: 399; 442.—Rouquier. Les reactions sociales au
 cours de l'encephalite epidemique.  Ann. med.  teg . 1929, 9:
 81-90.—Schaechter, M.   Die gerichtsmedizinische Bedeutung
 postenzephalitischer Zustande im Kindesalter.   Kinderarztl.
 Prax., 1933,4: 385-7.—Scholz.  Die gerichtlich-psychiatrische
 Bedeutung der epidemischen Enzephalitis. Deut. med. Wschr.,
 1927, 53: 776.  Also Munch, med.  Wschr.,  1927, 74: 345 —
 Stern, F. Dienstbeschadigungsfrage und epidemische Encepha-
 litis.  Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1925, 73: 246-76.  -----■  Zur
 gutachtlichen  Bedeutung  der  epidemischen  Encephalitis.
 Aerztl. Sachverst. Ztg, 1933, 39: 155-8.—Stertz, G.  Encephali-
 tisfolgen und Ehescheidung.  Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., !925,
 g.  241-7—-Stiefler, G.   Ueber die forensische Bedeutung der
 Encephalitis lethargica. Ibid., 1930-31, 16: 227-41.—Wimmer.
 A. Zur Kriminalitat der Encephalitiker.  Acta psychiat. neur.,
 Kbh.,  1930, 5: 23-43.

 ----   Gait  and posture.
    Albrecht, K.  Rhythmische Tretbewegungen  bei  Encepha-
 litis epidemica. Mschr. Psychiat. Neur.,  1926-27, 62: 330-7.—
 Cacciapuoti, G. B.   Tono posturale e  tono vegetativo,  nelle
 sindromi postencefalitiche, e loro modificabilitA sotto gli stimoli
 vibratorii orizzontali.  Ann.  neur., Nap., 1932,  45: 81-91.—
 Egas Moniz.  Marcha a fundo num antigo encefalitico.  Med.
 contemp., Lisb., 1927, 45: 57-60.—Poppi, U., & Renzetti. G.
 Disbasia lordotica postencefalitica.  Riv. neur., Nap., 1933, 6:
 337-56.—Selling, L. S.  A study of  postural persistence in
 cases of  postencephalitis.  J. Nerv. Ment. Dis.,  1933, 78: 24-
 32.—Sivadon, P., & Queron, P.   Troubles abasiques hysteri-
 formes chez un parkinsonien post-encephalitique.  Ann.  med.
 psychoi.. Par., 1938. 96: 345-7.

 ----    Genitourinary system and sexual instinct.

   See   also  subheading  Endocrine  system;  also
 names  of sexual disorders.
   Agostini, G.  Turbe del carattere e reazioni sessuali in adulto
affetto da encefalite epidemica  cronica.   Ann. osp. psichiat.
Perugia, 1931, 25: 61-78, pl.—Burger, H.  Die Sexualstorungen
der Enzephalitiker.  Allg. Zschr. Psychiat., 1927, 87: 278-92.
------  Die Sexual-Storungen der Postencephalitiker.  Verh.
Internat. Kongr. Sexforsch., 1927, 1. Congr., 2: 77-80.—Claude.
H., Sivadon, P., & Ajuriaguerra, J.  Desequilibre mental post-
encephalitique (perversions sexuelles: autoerotisme du mollet,
fetichisme du Soulier, etc.)  Ann. med. psychoi., Par., 1936, 94:
412-6.—De Nigris, G.  Sulle  alterazioni  dell'istinto sessuale
nelle forme tardive della encefalite epidemica.  Neopsichiatria,
Pisa, 1936, 2: 200-11.—Evzerov, E. K.  [Disturbance of sexual
functions in cases of epidemic encephalitis]  Vrach. delo, 1929,
12: 463-6.—Giraud,  G.,  & Guibal.   Parkinsonisme postence-
phalitique tardif, avec palilalie, obesite et insuffisance genitale.
Bull.  Soc.  sc. med. biol. Montpellier,  1925-26,  7: 245-52.—
Hesnard, A.   Inversion sexuelle  partielle consecutive a l'ence-
phalite epidemique.   J.  med.   Bordeaux,  1925,  55: 602.—
Korst, L.  Ein Fall von Eunuchofeminismus mit Parkinsonis-
mus und psychischen Alterationen  nach epidemischer Ence-
phalitis.  J.  Psychol. Neur., Lpz.,  1925, 32: 57-63.  ------
Un caso di eunucofeminismo con parkinsonismo ed alterazioni
psichiche consecutivo  ad encefalite epidemica.   Arch.  gen.
neur.,  Nocera,  1927,  8: 26-32.—Mazzei,  M.   Contributo
alia patogenesi  delle manifestazioni psichiche e delle turbe
dell'istinto sessuale delle forme tardive di encefalite epidemica.
Neopsichiatria, Pisa, 1936,  2: 414-43.—Schiff, P., & Trelles,
J. O.  Homosexualite post-encephalitique.  Ann. med. psychoi.,
Par., 1931, 89: pt 2, 154; 239.—Stekhin, I. M.  [Sexual sphere
in  subjects  with  postencephalitic  parkinsonism]   Sovrem.
psikhonevr.,  1930, 11: 181-7.—Wisch,  I. M.   [Disorders in
sexual  functions in chronic, epidemic encephalitis]  Nevropat.
psikhiat., 1937, 6: 152-6.

----   History.

   See also subheading Research.
   Bender, W. L.   Epidemic encephalitis; present status of
etiology and  treatment.   California West.  M.,  1927,  27:
625-9.—Browning, W.  Pre-epidemic  encephalitis lethargica;
and a case occurring  here in 1906.  J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1932,
75: 513-9.—Cruchet, R.  First appearances in Europe of epi-
demic  encephalitis.  Brit.  M. J.,  1929, 1:  407.—Dessy, G.
Le conoscenze attuali sull'encefalite epidemica; rivista sintetica.
Boll.  Ist.  sieroter.  milan., 1929,  8:  369-97.—Hilgermann.
Richtigstellung zu dem Sammelreferat von Griinewald (Ence-
phalitis epidemica)  Zschr. ges. Neur.  Psychiat.,  1926,  104:
339-41  [Erwiderung  von F. Jahnel] 342-4.—Hulbert, H. S.
Present status of  epidemic encephalitis lethargica.   Illinois
M. J., 1930, 58: 121-9.—Meyerhof, M.  An early mention of
sleeping sickness in Arabic literature. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond.,
1936-37, 30: 670-1.—Price, G. E. Epidemic encephalitis after
10 years.  Northwest M., 1930, 29:  149-52.—Rietti, F. Con-
tributo  alia  storia  dell'encefalite  epidemica  (encephalitis
lethargica di Economo) Archeion, Roma, 1929, 11: 198-205.—
Roncati, C.  L'encefalite epidemica: rivista sintetica.  Note
psichiat., Pesaro, 1924,  3. ser., 12: 301-20.—Verger, H.  L'en-
c6phalomyeiite epidemique; etat actuel de la question.  J. nted.
Bordeaux, 1929, 59: 35-41.—Wright, J.  Notes on the history
of encephalitis  epidemica  from  Egyptian and  Hippocratic
medicine.  Med. J. & Rec, 1927, 126: 375-7.  ------■  Notes
on the history of encephalitis lethargica; before and after Galen.
Ibid.,   569-71.   ----■—-  Described by Cajlius  Aurelianus.
Ibid.,  743-6.—Zinsser, H.   The present state of  knowledge
regarding epidemic encephalitis.  Arch. Path., Chic,  1928, 6:
271-301.

----   Intellect, ideation and memory.

   See also subheading Psychosis.
   Kirberg, H.  ^Untersuchungen von Postence-
phalitikern   mit   dem   Rorschachschen  Form-
deutversuch.  36p.  8?   Gott., 1931.
   Bebb, G.  L. A study  of memory  deterioration  in ence-
phalitis lethargica.  J.  Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1925, 61: 356-65.—
Brown, A.  W., Jenkins, R. L.,  & Cisler, L. E.  Influence of
lethargic encephalitis on intelligence of children as determined
by  objective tests.   Am. J. Dis. Child., 1938, 55: 304-21.—
Dalma, G.   Considerazioni intorno ad  un caso di ideazione
coatta in fanciulla postencefalitica.  Cervello, 1927, 6: 65-91.—
Dawson, S., & Conn, J. C. M. Effect of encephalitis lethargica
on  the intelligence of  children.  Arch. Dis. Childh., Lond.,
1926,  1: 357-68.—Dretler, J.   Ueber die Storungen der In-
telligenz bei Encephalitis epidemica chronica.  Schweiz. Arch.
Neur.  Psychiat., 1932-33, 30: 287; 1933, 31:  39.—Esser, A.
Ein eigenartiges kiinstlerisches Erzeugnis eines Postencephali-
tikers.   Nervenarzt,  1932,  5: 298-302.—Ferrio,  C.  Osserva-
zioni  sui parkinsoniani  postencefalitici  mediante i  metodo
psicometrico  di Rossolimo.   Note psichiat., Pesaro, 1930, 59:
493-522.—Lang, H.  B.,  & Polatin, P.   Spontaneous eidetic
imagery in a case of chronic epidemic encephalitis.  J. Nerv.
Ment.  Dis., 1937, 85: 548-56.—Lange, W.  Die  Entwicklung
der Intelligenz  bei  Kindern  nach  Encephalitis  epidemica.
Psychiat. neur.  Wschr.,  1928,  30:  579-88.— Marinesco, G.,
Jonesco-Sisesti, J. N., & Copelman,  L.  La rettexe psycho-
galvanique chez les parkinsoniens postencephalitiques.  Rev.
neur.,  Par., 1937, 67: 98-100.—Prochazka, H.  [Test of the
mental states following encephalitis]  Cas. tek. Cesk., 1927, 66:
1729;  1852; 1894; 1939.—Sanguineti, R.  Ricerche psicologiche
e psico-cronometriche in  parkinsoniani  postencefalitici.   Riv.
sper.  freniat.,  1924,  48:  77-84.—Schaltenbrand.  G.   Psy- 
ENCEPHALITIS, EPIDEMIC             238             ENCEPHALITIS,  EPIDEMIC
 chologische Untersuchungen an Kranken mit Parkinsonismus
 nach  Encephalitis epidemica.   Psychol.  Arb.,  1923-25,  8:
 563-7.—Sterl ing, A.  Amnesia following encephalitis lethargica.
 Med.  J. & Rec, 1926, 123: 605.  Also repr.—Veit, H.  Der
 Parkinsonismus nach Encephalitis epidemica im Rorschach-
 sehen  Formdeutversuch.  Zschr.  ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1927,
 110:301-24.

 ----   Japanese [Type B]

    See also Encephalitis virus, Japanese.
    Belli, C. M.  Encefalite epidemica  estiva.  Rinasc. med.,
 1934,  11: 629.—Encephalitis japonica.   Lancet,  Lond., 1938,
 2: 734.—Inada, R.  Compte rendu des recherches  sur l'ence-
 phalite epidemique au Japon.  Bull.  Off. internat.  hyg. pub.,
 Par.,  1937, 29:  1389-401.  ------  Recherches sur  l'ence-
 phalite epidemique du Japon.  Presse med., 1937, 45: 99-101.—
 Kaneko, R-, & Aoki, Y.  Ueber die Encephalitis  epidemica in
 Japan. Erg. inn. Med. Kinderh., 1928, 34: 342-456.—Naka, S.,
 &  Kuroiwa, K.   Katamnestische Untersuchungen auf Rester-
 scheinungen der Sommerencephalitis in  Japan.  Fukuoka acta
 med.,  1935, 28: 124.—Sakurai, T., & Ito, M. Katamnestische
 Untersuchungen  auf  Resterscheinungen  der  Sommerence-
 phalitis in Japan.  Ibid., 1937, 30: 97.—Uyematsu, S., Nakano,
 K.  [et al.]  Klinisch-statistische Untersuchungen iiber  die
 Resterscheinungen der Sommer-Encephalitis des Jahres 1935
 in der Tokyoer  Gegend. Psychiat. neur. jap., 1937, 41: 23-5.—■
 Yamamoto, S., & Ikeda, K. Katamnestische Untersuchungen
 auf Resterscheinungen der  Sommerencephalitis  in  Japan.
 Fukuoka acta med., 1939,  32: 62.

 ----   Japanese:  Epidemiology.
    Epidemic outbreak in  Japan  of  an unidentified  disease
 involving the central nervous system.  China M. J., 1925, 39:
 1-9.—Inada, R.  Donnees epictemiologiques sur  l'encephalite
 epidemique au Japon.  Presse med., 1938, 46: 851-3.—Ishitani,
 K.  Statistical  study  of  encephalitis epidemica.  Orient.  J.
 Dis. Inf., Kyoto, 1936, 19: 31-3,  4 pl.—Kaneko, R.  On the
 epidemic encephalitis, which occurred in Japan in 1924.  Japan
 M. World,  1925, 5: 237-41.—Nefishi, G., & Omori, M.  Ob-
 servations  epidemiologiques  et  cliniques  sur   l'encephalite
 tethargique dans la prefecture d'Okayama en 1933.  Bull. Off.
 internat.  hyg.   pub.,  Par., 1936,  28:  847-51.—Ochiai,  K.
 On the epidemiological and clinical observations on encephalitis
 epidemica in Dairen during 1919-26.  Polyclin. Dairen, 1930-
 33, 5:  No.  14,  41-4.   Also J. Orient. M., Dairen, 1931, 14:
 41-4.—Panov,  A. G.  [Data for comparative epidemiology of
 summer encephalitis]  Nevropat.  psikhiat., 1939, 8:  50-7.—
 Pette,  H.  Gibt es in Deutschland eine Enzephalitis vom
 Charakter der  Encephalitis japonica?  Munch, med. Wschr.,
 1938, 85: 1137-40.  —---- & Doring, G.  Ueber  einheimische
 Panencephalomyelitis vom Charakter der Encephalitis japonica.
 Deut.  Zschr. Nervenh., 1939, 149: 7-44.—Smorodintsev, A. A.
 [Etiology,  epidemiology  and prophylaxis of  seasonal ence-
 phalitis]  J. mikrob., Moskva, 1939, No. 2-3, 23-41—Syden-
 stricker, E.  The epidemic outbreak  in Japan.   Pub.  Health
 Rep.,  Wash., 1924, 39: 3125-9.—Tsurumi, M.  L'encephalite
 epidemique au Japon  en  1924  (encephalite  tethargique?)
 Bull. Off. internat. hyg. pub., Par., 1927, 19: 799-802.

 ----   Japanese: Pathology.
    Arima, M., Hiraishi, K. [et al.]  Pathologisch-anatomische
 und -histologische Studien iiber die Abartungszeichen  in den
 Organen an Fallen der im Sommer 1935 in der Stadt  Tokyo
 epidemisch aufgetretenen sogenannten Encephalitis epidemica.
 Tr. Soc. path,  jap.,  1936, 26: 454-61, 2 pl.—Bertrand, I.,  &
 Miyashita,  K.   Particularites anatomiques de  l'encephalite
 japonaise, en particulier au point de vue des perivascularites.
 Rev. neur., Par., 1936, 65: 81-8.—Chumakov, M. P., & Glad-
 kikh, S. On the role of Ixodidae in communicating spring and
 summer encephalitis.   Bull. biol.  med. exp. URSS, 1939, 7:
 221-3.—Hashimoto, H., Kudo, M., & Uraguchi,  K. Experi-
 ences in the summer epidemics of acute  encephalitis in Tokyo.
 J. Am. M. Ass., 1936, 106: 1266-8.—Kaneko,  R., Komiya, S.
 [et  al.]   Tierexperimentelles  zur Ueberimpfung von  Ence-
 phalitis  epidemica  Typus  B;  vorlaufige Mitteilung.   Klin.
 Wschr.,  1936,  15: 674-6.—Kasahara, S.,  Ueda, M.  [et al.]
 Experimental studies on epidemic encephalitis;  transmission
 test of the Japanese encephalitis in 1935 and some characteris-
 tics of the  infectious agent.  Kitasato Arch.,  1936, 13: 48;
 248, pl.—Kasuga, Y.   Ueber die Kalkablagerung im Gehirn
 bei der japanischen Sommerencephalitis.  Fukuoka acta med.,
 1937, 30: 48-50.—Kawakami, Z.  On the pathological histology
 of the  brain and spinal cord of encephalitis epidemica of 1924
 in Japan.  Japan M. World, 1926, 6: 182-4.—Kingo, S.  Ueber
 die Oxydasereaktion des Zentralnervensystems bei der soge-
 nannten Sommerencephalitis in Japan.   Fukuoka acta med ,
 1935, 28: 83-5.   ------ Ueber die Eisenreaktion des Gehirns
 bei der sogenannten Sommerencephalitis  in Japan.  Ibid., 86.—
 Kojima, S., & Ono, M. Etiological study of epidemic ence-
 phalitis observed in Japan in 1924, with special reference to the
 filterability of its virus.  Sc. Rep. Inst. Infect.  Dis., Tokyo,
 1925, 4: 157.—Levkovich, E. N., & Shubladze, A. K.  [Etiology
 of spring-summer epidemic encephalitis]   Arkh.  biol.  nauk,
 1938,  52:  162-83—Maruyama,   H.   Ueber  Nadioxydase,
Katalase, Glykolyse und Glykogenolyse im Gehirn von dauernd
unter etwa 38? C gehaltenen Kaninchen und von Sommer-
encephalitikern.  Arch. Psychiat., Berl.,  1935, 103: 294-300.—
 Matsumura, T., Komiya, S.  [et al.]   Ueber das Blutbild  der
 Sommerencephalitis in Japan.  Fukuoka acta med., 1934,  27:
 44.—Mitamura, T., Kitaoka, M. [et al.]  Ueber den Infektions-
 modus  der japanischen epidemischen  Enzephalitis mit  be-
 sonderer Berucksichtigung der experimentellen und epidemi-
 ologischen  Be weise  fiir  die  Krankheitsiibertragung  durch
 Miicken.   Tr. Soc. path, jap.,  1938, 28: 135-45.—Mitamura,
 T., Yamada, S. [et al.]  Ueber den Infektionsmodus der epi-
 demischen Enzephalitis; experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber
 ihre Ansteckung  durch Miicken.  Ibid., 1937,  27:  573-80.—
 Miyake, M.  Pathologisch-anatomische  Studien  iiber Ence-
 phalitis epidemica in Japan.  Ibid., 1936, 26: 462-5.—Naka, S.,
 Kingo, S.,  & Kuroiwa,  K.  Klinische Untersuchungen iiber die
 Sommerencephalitis in Japan.  Fukuoka acta med., 1934, 27:
 30-3.—Naka, S.,  Omura,  S. [et al.]   Biochemische Unter-
 suchungen iiber die Sommerencephalitis in Japan.  Ibid., 71.—
 Nishibe, M.  Histopathological studies  on  the experimental
 epidemic encephalitis  in rabbits.  Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1925,
 15: 61-4.—Oka, T., & Nakamoto, H.  Ueber die Indophenol-
 oxydase-Reaktion des  Gehirns  bei Sommerencephalitis-Affen.
 Fukuoka acta med., 1938,  31: 165-7.—Ono, M., & Kojima, S.
 The blood  figure of the epidemic encephalitis observed in 1924.
 in Japan.  Sc. Rep. Inst. Infect. Dis., Tokyo,  1925, 4: 269-
 75.—Shapoval, A.  [Peculiarities in the course of the so-called
 summer encephalitis]   Nevropat. psikhiat.,  1938,  7: No.  10,
 74-80.—Takeno,  K.    Histopathologie der  japanischen epi-
 demischen  Encephalitis.  Okayama igakkai  zasshi,  1932, 44:
 1459.—Uchiyama,  T.    Pathological  studies of  encephalitis
 epidemica of 1924 in Japan.  Japan M. World, 1925, 5: 345-8.

 ----  Japanese:  Treatment.

   Kingo,  S„ Nakamoto, H. [et al.]   Klinische Untersuchung
 iiber  die Sommerencephalitis in Japan,  mit besonderer Be-
 rucksichtigung ihrer Behandlung.  Fukuoka  acta med., 1935,
 28: 126.—Panov,  A. G.  [Treatment of  summer  encepalitis]
 Nevropat.  psikhiat., 1938,  7: No. 6, 18-32.—Tachibana, S., &
 Hasuo, H.  Ueber die  Rontgenstrahlenbehandlung bei  Ence-
 phalitis  epidemica Typus B.  Fukuoka acta med., 1935,  28:
 125.

 ----   Labyrinth [including cochlear  and vestib-
   ular changes]

   Lequint, C.  *Formes vertigineuses de l'ence-
 phalite Epidemique.   67p.   8?   Par., 1926.
   Paucke, A.  *Die krankhaften Storungen am
 Cochlear- und Vestibularapparat im chronischen
 Stadium der Encephalitis epidemica   [Tubingen]
 15p.   8?   Urach  (Wiirttb.) 1933.
   Alexandre, A.   Funzione labirintica ed esiti di encefalite
 letargica.   Otorinolar.  ital.,  1939,  9:  245-94.—Barre,  J.  A.
 Sequelles vestibulaires  tardives de  l'encephalite  epidemique
 (documents cliniques  et instrumentaux; considerations  sur
 l'interpretation qu'ils nteritent)  Rev.  otoneur., Par., 1932, 10:
 385-95.—Fedorov. E.   A.   [Ambulatory, vestibular form  of
 epidemic encephalitis]   J. nevropat. psikhiat., Moskva, 1928,
 21: 246; 406.—Ferreri, G.  Ricerche sulla funzione  cocleare nei
 parkinsoniani post-encefalitici.  Riv.  otoneur.,  1931, 8: 324-
 33.—Friesner, I.  Epidemic encephalitis: auditory  and vestib-
 ular lesions.  Tr.  Am.  Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1922, 28: 285-
 90.—Galant, I. B. [Symptom of double hearing in epidemic
 encephalitis]  Klin, med., Moskva, 1931,  9: 579.—Leidler.  R.
 Storungen  im zentralen Vestibularapparat  bei  Enzephalitis.
 Mschr.  Ohrenh.,  1935,  69:  359-65— Levy-Valensi,  J.,  &
 Sasportes, G.  Forme vestibulaire de l'encephalite epidemique.
 Rev. gen.  clin. ther., 1925, 29:  647.—Michon,  P.   Encefalite
 epidemica a forma vertiginosa.  Gazz. osp.,  1933, 54: 1477-9.
 Also Presse  med., 1933,  41: 1307.—Podesta,  E.  L'esame
 labirintico  nei parkinsoniani  post-encefalitici.   Ann. laring.,
 Tor.,  1928, 29:  1-15.—Portmann,  G.   Les manifestations
 cochteo-vestibulaires  tardives  de  l'encephalite  epidemique.
 Rev. otoneur., Par., 1931, 9: 241-96.------Le  nerf auditif
 dans les manifestations  tardives de l'encephalite epidemique.
 Rev. laryng., Par., 1932, 53: 3; 191, pl.  ------Despons, J., &
 Retrouvey,  H.   Les sequelles  vestibulaires  de l'encephalite
 epidemique. Ibid., 1930, 51: 515-21.  Also Acta otolar., Stockh.
 1931,  15:  433-9.—Poston, R. I.  Vestibular or labyrinthine
 epidemic encephalitis.   Brain,  Lond.,  1926, 49:  482-524.—
 Riser &  Rigaud.  Encephalite tethargique  a   debut  neuro-
 labyrinthique. Rev. otoneur., Par., 1931, 9: 685-7.—Wodak,
 E.  Ueber  die  monosymptomatische labyrinthare Form  der
 Encephalitis epidemica.  Acta otolar., Stockh., 1930, 14: 180-7.
 ------Quelques remarques sur les rapports entre l'encepha-
 lite epidemique et le nerf acoustique.   Rev. laryng., Par., 1930,
 51: 681r90— Wotzilka,  G.  Zwei Falle von Encephalitis lethar-
 gica  mit sogenannten Otolithensymptomen.  Zschr. Hals  &c.
 Heilk., 1926, 14: 312-8.

----   Manifestations.

   See also various subheadings  of  Encephalitis,
epidemic.
   Aymard, G.   Contribution  a l'6tude  symp-
 tomatologique  de  l'encephalite  lethargique;  sur
 une 6pidemie  d'encephalite lethargique dans  la 
ENCEPHALITIS, EPIDEMIC             239              ENCEPHALITIS, EPIDEMIC
  region  de  Corbeil   (hiver  1926-27)    39p.    8?
  Par.,  1930.
     Bfjxow,  W.  *Die Symptome der chronischen
  Encephalitis  hinsichtlich  der  Haufigkeit  ihres
  Auftretens in  den   Jahren  1928-29.   23p.    8?
  Kiel,  1931.

     Haas,  H.   *Wandlungen  im Symptomenbilde
  der epidemischen Encephalitis.   30p.   8?  Bonn,
  1930.
     Puche,  A.    Contribution  a  l'etude   des
  syndromes alternes dans l'encephalite epidemique
  71p.   8?   Par., 1927.
     Vadasz,  J.   *Kombinierte postencephalitische
  Anfalle  (Narkolepsie, Kataplexie, Blickkrampfe)
  [Basel]   20p.   8?   Zur., 1933.
     Also Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., 1933, 32: 154-71.
     Abraham son, I., & Rabiner, A. N.  Some phasic and perma-
  nent mutations  in  certain encephalitic syndromes.  J. Nerv.
  Ment.  Dis.,  1924, 60:  249-61.—Albanese,  P.   Sindrome
  odontomalacica  post-encefalitica  (nota preventiva)   Stoma-
  tologia, Mod., 1928, 26: 64.—Barer, C. G.  Some of the clinical
  manifestations of chronic encephalitis.  J. Iowa M. Soc,  1935,
  25: 324.—Barros, F.  de.  Sobre  algumas  manifestacoes
  tardias  de encephalite epidemica. Tribuna med., Rio, 1931, 35:
  15; 19.—Bettin,  G. G.   Manifestazioni postencefalitiche in
  rapporto aH'otorinolaringologia.  Ann. laring., Tor.,  1931, 31:
  206-17.—Bompiani, R.    Sindrome  eclampsiea da  encefalite
  epidemica.  Policlinico, 1924, 31: sez. prat., 1651-3.—Catalano,
  A. Su alcuni casi di encefalite epidemica: sindrome psicopatica
  d'origine corticale;  sindrome parkinsoniana  con crisi oculogire
  tonico-cloniche e retropulsione spontanea; sindrome parkin-
  soniana con acrodeformazioni.   Cervello, 1927,  6: 92-107.—
  Cautiero,  G.  I  piccoli segni iniziali del morbo  di Parkinson
  (essenziale o postencefalitico) Fol. med., Nap., 1927,  13: 1656-
  61.-—Cohen, M. J.  Some sequelae of encephalitis lethargica.
  Med. J. S.  Africa,  1926-27, 22: 139-44.  Also J. M.  Ass. S.
  Africa,  1927, 1:  163-8.—Crochet, R.  Les sequelles  de l'ence-
  phalomyeiite epidemique.   J. med. Bordeaux,  1928, 58: 367-
  78.—Dobrokhotov, B. D.  [Symptomatology of postencephalitic
  Parkinsonism]  J. nevropat. psikhiat., Moskva, 1928, 21: 567-
  74.—Dretler, J.  [Variation of symptoms in epidemic encepha-
  litis]  Neur. polska, 1936, 19:  209-27.—Fernandez Sanz, E.
  Encefalitis polimorfa prolongada, en evolucten desde  hace 2
  afios.  Siglo med., 1922, 69:  253-6.—Fracassi, T., & Monti, N.
  Sindrome  raro postencefalitico.   Actas  Conf. lat. amer. neur.,
  1929, 1. Conf., 477-81.—Francais, H., & Lancon, J.  Sequelles
  eioignees d'encephalite epidemique.  Rev. neur., Par., 1926, 33:
  pt 2, 575-7.—Graves, M.  L., & Pearce, M.  G.  Unusual com-
  plications and sequelae in epidemic encephalitis with illustrative
  cases. South. M. J., 1929,  22: 708-12.—Grimberg, L.  Unusual
 signs of  epidemic encephalitis.  J. Nerv. Ment. Dis.,  1926, 63:
  156-63.—Guiral,  R. J.   Encefalitis  letargica.   Vida  nueva,
 Habana, 1928, 21:  223-50.—-Hanneman, Y. [A  phenomenon
 in encephabtis epidemica]  Ned. tschr.  geneesk., 1926, 70:
  12-4.—Hunter, C.   The late sequelae of encephalitis lethargica
 and of  influenza.   Canad. M.  Ass.  J., 1931,  24: 828-30.—
  Kastan, M.  Ungewohnliche Symptome  bei Encephalitis le-
 thargica.  Deut. med. Wschr,, 1926, 52: 1534.  ------  Un-
 gewohnliche  Symptome;  Astereognosie und  Trommelfell-
 blutungen, bei Encephalitis lethargica.  Ibid., 1927, 53: 145.—
 Kennedy, F., Davis, T. K.,  & Hyslop, G. H. An additional con-
 tribution to the  symptomatologv  of epidemic  encephalitis.
 Cornell Univ. M. Bull., 1926,15: 1-7.—Koch, R. Der Gesichts-
 ausdruck bei Grippe und Encephalitis epidemica.  Zschr. ges.
 Anat., 2. Abt., 1924, 10: 281-8.—Lange, W.  Makrobasie bei
 chronischer  Encephalitis epidemica.  Allg.  Zschr. Psychiat.,
 1932, 98: 423-5.—Leone, F.  Considerazioni intorno ad alcune
 gpeciali manifestazioni postencefalitiche.  Rass. stud,  psichiat.,
 1931, 20: 1038-48.—Lipetz,  T. M., & Batkevich,  V. N.   [Ab-
 dominal  syndrome in epidemic encephalitis]  Vrach. gaz., 1931,
 35: 1491-6.—Mathisen,  K.  [Chronic encephalitis lethargica
 with special regard to its late symptoms]  Norsk mag. laegevid.,
 1928, 89: 1061-86.—Maudsley, H. F.  The sequela? of lethargic
 encephalitis.  Med. J. Australia, 1926, 1: 696-703.—Minea, I.
 [Observations on  isotopomorphism  in epidemic encephalitis]
 Rev. st. med., Bucur., 1927, 16: 289-301.—Moewes, C.  Ence-
 phalitis lethargica mit den  Erscheinungen eines Coma diabeti-
 cum. Deut.  med. Wschr., 1924, 50: 1085. -Mori, L.  Su di un
 caso di  malacia  dentaria  in parkinsoniano postencefalitico.
 Ann. osp.  psichiat., Perugia, 1928,  22:  107-13.—Nucci, E.
 I postumi della encefalite epidemica nella infanzia  (contributo
 clinico)   Rass. stud, psichiat., 1927, 16: 456-61.—Pfeifer, R. A.
 Ungewohnliche Symptome  bei Encephalitis epidemica.  Deut.
 med. Wschr., 1925, 51:  1553.—Prenatt, F.  The Parkinsonian
 syndrome as  a sequel to encephalitis; symptomatology.  Med.
 Arts, 1933,  36:  77-9.—Reinhardt,  G.   Postencephalitische
 Storungen bei Kindern.  Vereinsbl. pfalz. Aerzte, 1928, 40:
 15-8.—Saunders-Jacobs, V.   Some  sequelae of  encephalitis
lethargica in children. J. State M., Lond., 1926, 34: 565-74.—
Schaltenbrand, G.   Ueber  die  Symptomatologie  der Krank-
heitsbilder nach Enzephalitis. Jahrkurs. arztl. Fortbild., 1936,
27: H. 5, 45-58.—Scharnke,  A.  Ueber  Variationen der Sym-
ptomatologie der Encephalitis epidemica.  Deut Zschr. Nervenh., |
1926, 95: 118-22.—Thurzo, J. [New signs of chronic encepha-
litis]  Magy. orv. nagyttet jegyzokve, 1931,  40.—Vadasz, J.
Komhinierte, postencephalitische Anfalle (Narkolepsie, Kata-
plexie,  Blickkrampfe)  Schweiz.  Arch. Neur.  Psychiat.,  1933,
32: 154-71.—Winnicott,  D. W.   Symptoms suggesting  post-
encephahtis.  Proc R. Soc. M., Lond., 1928-29, 22: sect. stud.
dis. child., 90.—Zinkhan, A.  M.  Early ear, nose and throat
manifestations of lethargic encephalitis.  Laryngoscope,  1933,
 ----   Metabolism.

    See  also subheadings Digestive system; Endo-
 crine system; also Obesity, Causes.
    Bargi, L.  Disordini del ricambio lipidico  nella sindrome
 postencefalitica.  Minerva med., Tor., 1935, 26: pt 2, 71-8.—
 Beutter.  Obesite et troubles moteurs conseeutifs a une meningo-
 eneephalite chez un enfant.  Loire med., 1922, 36: 477-80.—
 Brunnow, S.  A.dipositas  nach Encephalitis epidemica.   Fol.
 neuropath, eston., 1925, 3:-4: 274-80.—Cassaet, Gre & Levy.
 Sur un  cas d'encephalo-myeiite epidemique  suivi  d'adipose
 douloureuse de la region  sous-ombilicale du  corps.  J.  med.
 Bordeaux,  1931, 108:  131-3.—Corbini,  G.    Alterazioni  del
 ricambio idrico-salino nei parkinsonismo postencefalitico.   Atti
 Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1932, 10. ser., 7: 595-600.—Crochet, R.
 L'obdsite postencephalitique.   Bruxelles  med., 1934-35,  15:
 61; 1086.  Also Presse med., 1935, 43: 1480.—D'Antona,  L.. &
 Corbini, G.  Sal ricambio degli idrati di  carbonio nei Parkin-
 sonismo post-encefalitico.  Arch. sc. med., Tor., 1931, 55: 519-
 50.—De Giacomo, U. La glicemia nelle sindromi parkinsoniane
 postencefalitiche e  nei morbo di Parkinson.   Riforma med.,
 1925,  41: 1-3.—Draganesco,  Kauffmann-Cosla  &  Lissivici-
 Draganesco.  Troubles du metabolisme general dans les syn-
 dromes parkinsoniens post-encephalitiques. C.  rend. Soc  biol.,
 1927, 97: 989.—Fattovich, G.  II metabolismo della colesterina
 nei parkinsonismo postencefalitico. Gior. clin.  med., 1938,  19:
 19-35.   Also Note  psichiat.,  Pesaro, 1938,  67:  509-68.—
 Fejer, A., & Hetenyi, G.   Untersuchungen uber den Zucker-
 stoffwechsel bei der chronischen Encephalitis.   Zschr. ges. exp.
 Med., 1927, 55: 14379—Held,  I. W., Goldbloom,  A. A., &
 Chasnoff, J.  Extra-insular (central)  glycosuria with hyper-
 glycemia following epidemic encephalitis.  Ann. Int. M., 1930-
 31, 4:  897-908.—Hirst, M.,  & Imrie, C. G.  Nitrogenous
 metabolism in post-encephalitic rigidity.  Q.  J. Med.,  Oxf.,
 1927-28, 21: 139-51.—Kasanin. J., & Grabfleld, G. P.  Blood-
 sugar curves in epidemic encephalitis.  Arch. Int. M., 1926, 37:
 102-9.—Labb6, M., & Gilbert-Dreyfus. Le metabolisme basal
 et  les troubles  de  la nutrition  chez  les  parkinsoniens post-
 encephalitiques.  Bull. Soc med. hop. Paris,  1933, 3. ser., 49:
 774-9.  ------  Maladie de Parkinson post-encephalitique et
 troubles de la nutrition; l'etevation du metabolisme basal et les
 syndromes d'apparence basedowienne chez les parkinsoniens.
 Presse med., 1933, 41: 1345-7.—McCowan, P. K., Harris, J. S.,
 & Mann, S. A.  Blood-sugar studies in encephalitis lethargica.
 Lancet, Lond., 1926, 1: 802-5.—Ottonello, P.  Contributo alio
 studio del ricambio creatinico nelle sindromi extra-piramidali
 da encefalite epidemica.  Note psichiat., Pesaro, 1925, 3. ser.,
 13: 439-62.—Outeirino, Eleizegui & Jaso. Recherches sur la
 fonction hepatique et le metabolisme des glucides dans les etats
 parkinsoniens post-encephalitiques. Ann. med., Par., 1931, 30:
 474-86.  Also Progr.  din., Madr., 1930, 38: 697-703.—Porta,
 V., & Monzeglio, L.   L'iperglicemia da carico di zucchero nei
 postumi  di encefalite epidemica.  Riv. sper. freniat., 1936, 60:
 299-314— Raphael, T.. Searle, O. M., & Ferguson, W.  G.
 The amyostatic syndrome of epidemic encephalitis; blood sugar
 tolerance studies. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1926, 15:  103-
 9.—Schargorodsky, L. I., & Scheimann, M. S.   Leberfunktion-
 und Stoffwechselstorungen bei  den chronischen Formen der
 epidemischen Encephalitis.  Arch.  Psychiat., Berl., 1927, 81:
 371-94.-----[Carbohydrate metabolism in chronic forms of
 epidemic encephalitis]  Med. biol. J., Leningr., 1927, 3:107-22.—
 Tkachev, R. A., & Axenov,  W. W.  Der Zuckerstoffwechsel bei
 chronischer  epidemischer Encephalitis und Paralysis agitans
 Zschr.ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1926,104:391-8.—Walsh,T.G. Post-
 encephalitic obesity; report of cases.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1926  87-
 305-7.—Weber,  F. P., & Hill, T. R.  A case of cerebral obesity
 due to chronic encephalitis lethargica. Brit.  J. Child. Dis
 1933,  30: 22-7.—Winkler,  W.  Die Storungen  des Ketonkor-
 perstoffwechsels bei Encephalitis lethargica. Zschr. klin. Med
 1932,   122:  466-76.—Zara,  E.   Sulla  glutationemia  negli
 ammalati di  parkinsonismo post-encefalitico.   Osp. psichiat.,
 Nap., 1933, 1:347-55.

----   Military aspect.

   See  also  subheadings Forensic aspect;  Social
aspect.
   Kirchner,  U.   *Encephalitis  Economos  und
 Dienstbeschadigung.   19p.  8?   Konigsb., 1925.
   Mauss.   Die Encephalitis epidemica in ihren
Beziehungen   zum   Militardienst.    140p.     8?
Berl., 1931.
  Berngov, F.  [Epidemic encephalitis in the Red  Army]
Mosk. med. J., 1925, 5: pt 2, 52-8.—Crochet, R. Le syndrome
bradykinetique  ou  parkinsonien postencephalitique  et   les
pensions  militaires.   J. nted. Bordeaux,  1930, 107:  247-58. 
ENCEPHALITIS, EPIDEMIC             240             ENCEPHALITIS, EPIDEMIC
 Also Lancet, Lond., 1930, 1: 1285-7. Also J. State M., Lond.,
 1931, 39:  165-72.  ------  Sur un cas canadien de parkinso-
 nisme postencephalitique ayant motive une demande de pension
 militaire.   J. nted. Bordeaux, 1935,  112:  223-7.—Hesnard.
 Sequelles hystero-organiques d'une encephalite epidemique chez
 un  militaire.  Bull. Soc. med.  chir. Bordeaux,  1926,  200-
 2.—Hill, H. Post-encephalitis and its problems in the service.
 Proc. R.  Soc M.,  Lond., 1928-29, 22: sect, war,  19-24 —
 Longo, D.  Le  forme  croniche dell'encefalite epidemica con-
 siderate dal pun to  di vista clinico e medico-legate  militare.
 Gior. med. mil., 1930,  78: 197-205.—Mauss, W.  Militararzt-
 liche  Begutachtungsfragen  bei  der Encepbalitis epidemica.
 Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med., 1930, 16: 51-60.—Ramirez, R., &
 Ferrer, C. O. Encefalitis y servicio militar; castigos y condena
 a un soldado con sindrome parkinsoniano. Rev. crim., B. Air.,
 1931, 18: 297-308.—Romberg,  E. von, & Bremer, F. W.  Ence-
 phalitis epidemica  und Kriegsdienstbeschadigung.   Miinch.
 med. Wschr., 1929, 76: 570-2.—Stiefler, G.   Ueber die Be-
 gutachtung der Folgezustande  nach Encephalitis lethargica bei
 Kriegsbeschadigten. Ibid., 1927, 74: 1618-21.—Strugnell, L. F.
 An aspect  of encephalitis lethargica.  J. R. Nav. M. Serv., 1927,
 13:  124-30.—Trocello, E.  Alcune considerazioni medico-legali
 militari intorno  all'encefalite  epidemica.   Ann.  med. nav.,
 Roma, 1927, 2: 2-10.

 ----   Muscular changes.

   Sattler,   W.    *Ueber  Hemirigor   (insbe-
 sondere   nach   Encephalitis  epidemica)    [Miin-
 chen]  19p.   8?   Borna-Lpz., 1927.
   Cruchet, R.  Le tonus musculaire dans le syndrome parkin-
 sonien   (ou bradykinetique)  postencephalitique.   J.  nted.
 Bordeaux, 1931,  108:  837-40.—D'Abundo,  E.  Lavoro mus-
 colare e acidemia nei morbo di Parkinson e nelle sindromi parkin-
 sonian consecutive ad encefalite epidemica.  Riv. ital. neuro-
 pat., 1922, 15: 81-106.—Dean, S. R.  A form of chronic epi-
 demic encephalitis simulating the Landouzy-Dejerine type of
 progressive muscular dystrophy.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic,
 1937, 38:  1039-46.—Dosuzkov, T.  [Changes in the muscular
 tonus in chronic epidemic encephalitis]  Rev.  neur. psychiat.,
 Praha,  1933, 30:  178-83.—Dubitscher, F.   Ergographische
 Untersuchung  von  Postenzephalitikern.   Mschr.  Psychiat.,
 1929,  73:  167-99.—Heinrich,  A.  Ueber das Verhalten des
 tragenden   Skeletmuskels nach  plotzlicher  Entlastung  bei
 Gesunden  und Postencephalitikern.  Deut. Zschr. Nervenh.,
 1937, 143: 290-6.—Klien, H. Muskeldystrophie und Enzepha-
 litis. Munch, med. Wschr., 1930, 77: 308-10.—Marinesco, G.,
 Sager, O., & Kreindler, A.  Etudes chronaxintetriques dans le
 parkinsonisme post-encephalitique.  C. rend. Soc.  biol.,  1928,
 98:  1204-7.  ------  Ueber Erregbarkeitsveriinderungen der
 Muskel und Nerven im postencephalitischen Parkinsonismus.
 Zschr.  klin. Med., 1928,  107: 544-59.—Reys,  L.   Atrophie
 musculaire type Aran-Duchenne, sequelle tardive d'encephalite
 epidemique.  Rev. neur., Par., 1925,  32:  490-2.—Sassa, T.
 Klinische Studien  iiber die Skelettmuskelchronaxie; iiber die
 motorischen Chronaxien bei chronischer Encephalitis. Psychiat.
 neur. jap.,  1938, 42: 8.—Smith, H. L., Baldes, E. J., & Sheard,
 C.  Electromyographic records of muscle tremors and phono-
 myographic records of muscle murmurs in postencephalitic
 Parkinson's disease and essential tremor.  Am.  J. M. Sc, 1933
 186: 518-20, 2 pl.—Sugiyama,  S.  Ueber die Eindruckbarkeit
 der rigiden Muskulatur bei chronischer Encephalitis. Psychiat.
 neur. jap.,  1937, 41: 29.—Tinel, Schiff & Courtois.  Syndrome
 myopathique  assocte au  parkinsonisme  postencephalitique.
 Rev. neur., Par., 1928, 35: pt 2,  157-60.—Vianello-Pierguidi, S.
 Sui rapporti tra tono muscolare e ricambio dei corpi creatinici;
 ricerche nei parkinsonismo postencefalitico.  Gior. clin. med.,
 1935, 16: 7-30.

 ---  Nervous system.

   See  also various  subheadings  as  Eye;  Laby-
 rinth; Pathology;  Reflexes, &c.
   Hauttement,  G.  F.    *Syndromes   protube-
 rantiels  et  encephalite  lethargique.   48p.    8°
 Par., 1925.
   Schepfler,   M.  [T.]    *Zur  Kasuistik  der
 postencephalitischen  nervosen  Syndrome.   19p.
 8?   Rost., 1927.
   Barre,  J. A.   Remarques  concernant les  manifestations
 nerveuse et oculaires tardives de l'encephalite; essai de synthese
 des differentes complications tardives de l'encephalite.  Rev
 otoneur., Par., 1931,  9: 639-46.—Castex, M. R., Camauer, A.
 F., & Battro, A.  Sindrome post-encefalftico: palilalia, fen6meno
 linguo-maxilar, paralisis de la elevaci6n por lesion de los tuber-
 culos cuadrigeminos anteriores,  parkinsonismo,  etc.  Rev. oto-
 neur., B.  Air., 1927, 1: 29-55.—Conos, B.  Hemiatrophie
linguale, scoliose, hemiatrophie du tronc avec  integrite des
 membres, c6phatee intense, spasme conjuge de la tete et des
 yeux chez un ancien encephalitique.  Rev. neur., Par., 1935, 42:
 285-7.—Cramer. A., & Giider, R.  Un cas de syndrome infundi-
 bulo-tuberien au cours de l'encephalite epidemique.  Rev. med.
 Suisse rom., 1923, 43: 578-81.—Enriques, E.  Sindrome palli-
dale  post-encefalitica.  Riv. clin.  med., 1925, 26: 251-62.—
Guevara y Oropesa, M.  Sindromo palido-piramidal consecutivo
a encefalitis letargica.   A.  M. M.,  Mex., 1924. 2: 94-8.—
 Jones, A. B. Neurology of epidemic encephalitis.  Week. Bull.
 S. Louis M. Soc, 1933, 28: 30-4.—Jong, H. de.  Symptomes
 neurologiques post-enc6phalitiques.  Psychiat. neur. bl., Amst.,
 1936,  40:  505-17.—Lafora, G. R.  Tratamientos de  los sin-
 dromes nerviosos postencefaliticos con  exclusion del  parkin-
 sonismo.   Siglo med.,  1929, 83: 106-9.—Lassalle-Dordins, Y.
 Le  deficit  des  automatismes  superieurs  dans  l'encephalite.
 J. med. Bordeaux, 1924, 54: 810-3.—Marinesco, G., Facon, E.,
 & Butto, G. Troubles de la fonction des centres infundibulo-
 tuberiens consecutifs a l'encephalite epidemique.  Rev. neur.,
 Par., 1934, 41: 962-6.—Maudsley, H. F.  Neurological aspects
 of the sequela} of encephalitis lethargica.  Med. J. Australia,
 1927, 2: suppl., 474-7.—Riser, M., & Meriel, P.  Les sequelles
 neurologiques de l'encephalite epidemique.   Marseille nted.,
 1931,  68:  198-207.  Also Rev. otoneur., Par., 1931,  9: 297;
 323.—Rostan, A. Di un raro postumo dell'encefalite epidemica:
 una sindrome tipo sclerosi multipla del cervello e della  midolla
 spinale osservata nella prima infanzia.  Riv. clin. pediat., 1927,
 25: 697-713.—Schou, H.  I.   Functional nerve symptoms in
 chronic epidemic encephalitis.  Acta  psychiat.  neur., Kbh.,
 1932,  7:  565-74.—Tripodi, M.  I  fenomeni  psico-motori  e
 psico-sensitivi nei parkinson post-encefalitico.  Policlinico, 1931,
 38: sez. med., 299-308.—Viela & Planques.  Sequelles  d'ence-
 phalite epidemique; tesions parcellaires de 1'auditif et du vago-
 spinal.  Rev. otoneur., Par., 1934, 12: 441.

 ----  Nervous system,  motor.

   See also subheading, Type, hyperkinetic.
   Angyal, L.  [Katatonic  and  postencephalitic motor disturb-
 ances]  Orv. hetil.,  1931, 75: 1160-4.—Benvenuti, M.   A
 proposito  di alcuni casi di encefalite  epidemica cronica  con
 manifestazioni coatte accessuali della motilita.  Cervello, 1927,
 6: 177-96.—Brodsky, I. A. Ueber die motorischen Storungen
 bei chronischen  Formen der Encephalitis  lethargica.  Wien.
 klin. Wschr., 1927, 40: 1055-7—Bychowski, Z.  Ueber eine
 ungewohnliche Storung der willkurlichen Motorik nach Ence-
 phalitis epidemica.  Zschr. ges. Neur.  Psychiat., 1928,  115:
 546-50.—Gopcevich, M., & Romanin, V.  Su di una varieta
 rara di sindrome eccito-motoria postencefalitica.  Policlinico,
 1931, 38:  sez. prat., 763-6,—Leone, F.  Considerazioni sulle
 manifestazioni  psicomotorie dell'encefalite infettiva.   Gior.
 psichiat., 1923,  51: 115-32.—Mari, A.   Manifestazioni coatte
 accessuaii  della  motilita in post-encefalitici parkinsonsimili.
 Cervello, 1927, 6: 313-26, pl.—Meyer, A. Die Handstellungen
 bei  parkinson istischen  Erkrankungen,  insbesondere  beim
 metencephalitischen Parkinson. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1928,
 104: 42-54.—Olkon, D. M., & Beard, H.   Unique postencepha-
 litic syndrome; complete pupillary immobility,  Hirschsprung
 colon and vesical incontinence.  Arch. Neur.  Psychiat., Chic,
 1930, 24: 781-5.—Rist,  O.   Eigenartige  Bewegungsablaufe bei
 Encephalitikern;  vorlaufige  Mitteilung.  Zschr.  ges.  Neur.
 Psychiat.,  1925, 95: 189-93.—Sacchetto, I.  La braditasia e la
 cinesi transitoria nei parkinsonismo postencefalitico.  Policlinico,
 1929, 36:  sez. prat., 367-9.—Sajdova,  V.  Encephalite  epi-
 demique aigue avec gros troubles excitomoteurs.  Rev. neur.,
 Par., 1935,  42: pt 2, 789.—Sterling, W.  Le syndrome dystoni-
 que, spasmodique, clazomanique et cataleptique de l'encepha-
 lite epidemique.  Ibid., 1928,  35: 605.—Thurzo, E.  Ueber
 einige  Storungen der  Motilitat bei Enkephalins chronica.
 Psychiat. neur. Wschr.,  1936,  38: 212-8.—Tiretta, G.   Sulla
 notevole frequenza di segni di lesione del protoneurone motore
 nella encefalite letargica e piu specialmente nelle forme parkin-
 soniane.  Riv. pat. nerv.,  1930, 35: 318-21.

 ----   Nervous system, motor, extrapyramidal.
   Kornyey, S.  Zur Histopathologie der  Spaterkrankungen der
 Encephalitis epidemica; zugleich ein Beitrag  zur  Lokalisation
 der extrapyramidalen Bewegungsstorungen.   Arch. Psychiat.,
 Berl., 1930, 92: 372-410.—Marotta, A.  S.   Contribuci6n al
 estudio  de  la clinica, etiologfa y patogenia de los sindromos
 motores extrapiramidales y de los sindromos dist6nicos post-
 encef&licos.   Rev. As.  med.  argent.,  1927,  40: 759-95.—
 Natoli, G.   Encefalite subcronica a sindrome pura extrapirami-
 dale.   Prat, pediat.,  Milano,  1934, 12: 147-62.—Rodriguez
 Galindo, R.   Sindrome Parkinsoniano  postencefalitico; sus
 relaciones   con  el sistema  motor extrapiramidal.   Pediat.
 espafi., 1925, 14: 193-207.—Weisenburg, T. H., & Alpers, B. J.
 Decerebrate rigidity following encephalitis; report of a case with
 necropsy.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic,  1927, 18: 1-15.

----   Nervous   system,   motor:   Involuntary
   movements.

   Avramova, S.    *Ein  Fall von  Krampf der
 Unterkieferoffner   bei  Encephalitis  epidemica.
24p.  8?   Halle, 1928.

   Kelterborn, W.   *Ueber paroxysmale Hyper-
kinesien  (lokale Spasmen, Tics) im Gefolge von
Encephalitis epidemica   [Basel]   88p.   8?   Solo-
thurn, 1926.

   Rehmet, M.   *Ein Beitrag  zur  Differential-
diagnose   hyperkinetischer   Zustandsbilder  im
Verlaufe  postencephalitischer Prozesse.  25p.   8?
Berl. [1938] 
ENCEPHALITIS, EPIDEMIC             241              ENCEPHALITIS,  EPIDEMIC
   Schoen, F.   *Ueber  Zwangsbewegungen  von
 Lid und  Unterkiefermuskulatur nach Encepha-
 litis epidemica.  19p.  8?   Tub., 1932.
   Aballi, A.  Sobre un  caso de  temblor post-encefalitico.
 Cr6n. med.  quir. Habana,  1928, 54: 472-6.—Balietti, L.  Con-
 tributo alio  studio della bradicinesia postencefalitica.   Rass.
 stud, psichiat., 1927, 16: 31-59.  ------  Ancora sulla cinesia
 paradossale   (con un saggio sperimentale sulla emotivita  dei
 parkinsoniani postencefalitici)  Riv. sper. freniat., 1934-35,  58:
 245-86, diag.—Boudet,  Balmes  &  Anselme-Martin.  Tic de
 genuflexion   chez   une  Parkinsonienne  postencephalitique.
 Arch. Soc.  sc. m6d. biol.  Montpellier,  1931, 12: 174-6.—
 Clemente, G.  II tremore nell'encefalite  epidemica e parti-
 colarmente  nei postumi (sindromi  Parkinsonoidi)   Fol. med.,
 Nap., 1925,  11:  601-32.—Crouzon & Ducas.  Mouvements
 involontaires de la face et  de la tete, a allure de spasmes ryth-
 miques, survenant chez un malade atteint d'eiu-ephalite lethar-
 gique.  Rev. neur., Par., 1928, 35:  709-12.—Crochet,  R.  Le
 syndrome   bradykinetique  post-encephalitique.    J.   nted.
 Bordeaux, 1924, 54: 771;  780.  ------  Das bradykinetische
 Syndrom   oder   der   postenzephalitische   Parkinsonismus
 Munch, med. Wschr., 1931, 78:  1423-8.—De Giacomo. U., &
 Corseri,  R.   Sulla fisiopatologia di  un  particolare disturbo
 mioclonico consecutivo all'encefalite letargica.  Riv. pat. nerv.,
 1928, 33: 543-68.—Devic,  A., & Bernheim, M. Hemichoree
 deja observee il y a trente ans et probable post-encephalitique.
 Lyon med.,  1925,  135: 464-6.—Disertori, B.   Paraspasmo ed
 emispasmo faciali da pregressa encefalite letargica.  Med. ital.,
 1933, 14: 349-56.—Duensing, F.  Bemerkenswerte postence-
 phalitische Hyperkinesen.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Fsvchiat.,  1938,
 163: 554-64.—Falkiewicz, T., &  Rothfeld, J.   Ueber Zwangs-
 bewegungen  und   Zwangsscbauen  bei epidemischer  Ence-
 phalitis.   Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1925, 85: 269-81.—Feiling,
 A., & Wright, A. D. Tonic spasm of arm: ? effect of encephalitis.
 Proc.  R.  Soc. M., Lond., 1936-37,  30:  393—Fischer,  B.
 Zwangmassige  Bewegungen bei  der  Encephalitis  epidemica.
 Med. Klin., Berl.,  1924, 20: 1459-62.—Gamble, C.  J., Pepper,
 O. H. P., & Muller, G. P.  Postencephalitic tic of the dia-
 phragm;  pulmonary overventilation, and  relief  by phrenic
 nerves. J. Am. M. Ass., 1925, 85: 1485-7.—Gamper & Unter-
 steiner.   Ueber  eine  komplex  gebaute  postencephalitische
 Hyperkinese und ihre moglichen Beziehungen zu dem  oralen
 Einstellautomatismus des Sauglings.  Arch. Psychiat., Berl.,
 1924,  71:  282-303.—Godlowski,  W.  [Rhythmic  reflexes,
 myodystonic reaction and megasynkinetic movements in a case
 of  epidemic encephalitis]   Neur.  polska,  1935, 18: 169-41,
 4 pl.—Guillain, G., Alajouanine, T.,  & Garcin, R.  Crampes
 myocloniques et  paralysie periprterique du sciatique  poplite
 externe evoluant  depuis  6 ans  chez un  parkinsonien  post-
 encephalitique; contribution a l'etude des  pltenomenes neuro-
 musculaires  au cours de l'encephalite prolongee.  Rev. neur.,
 Par., 1932,  39: 127-38.—Guillain,  G.,  & Girot, L.  Origine
 postencephalitique  d'un torticolis   chronique,  ayant les  ap-
 parences du torticolis dit mental.  Ibid., 1926, 33:  198-202.—
 Hall, A. J.  Rate of movement in post-encephalitic  Parkinson-
 ism.  Lancet, Lond., 1927, 2: 1009-12.—Higier,  H.   Ence-
 phalite  chronique  avec kinesie paradoxale  dans  le domaine
 des  nerfs  bulbaires.  Rev.  neur., Par., 1929, 36: pt 2, 732.—
 Hill, T. R., & Worster-Drought C.   Spasmodic head retraction
 following  encephalitis lethargica.  Proc. R. Soc.  M., Lond.,
 1929-30  23: sect.  stud. dis. child.,  28.—Kolle, K.   Postence-
 phalitische  Halsmuskelkrampfe.    Klin.  Wschr.,   1925,  4:
 925.—Krebs, E.   Des  mouvements involontaires  de 1 ence-
 phalite epidemique et de leurs caracteres intrinseques.  Rev.
 neur., Par.,  1924,  31:  pt 2,  222-34.—Laignel-Lavastine &
 George,  P.   Torticolis dit mental  d'origine  encephalitique.
 Ibid., 1926,  33: 639-42.—Le Blaye,  R.  Myorythmies  enc6-
 phalitiques  et  tremblement parkinsonien  (etude  graphique)
 Arch.  med.  chir.   province, 1925,  15:  97-101.—Leroy,  A.
 Automatisme ambulatoire chez une  encephalitique  hyper-
 tonique.   Liege med., 1931, 24: 525-30.—Leyser, E., & Ram-
 rath, B.   Ueber eine besondere  Form der  Hyperkinese nach
 Encephalitis im  Spatstadium.   Mschr.  Psychiat., 1926-27,
 62:  46-51 —Londen, D. M. van   [Torticollis  ocularis inthe
 course of Parkinsonism after encephalitis lethargica]   Ned.
 tschr. geneesk., 1925, 69: pt 2, 2165.—Mari, A.  Tic postence-
falitico insolito.  Riv. pat.  nerv.,  1929, 34: 282-7.—Marinesco,
 G., Nicolesco & Claudian, J.  Tic  multiple facial post-ence-
 phalitique.  Rev. otoneur., Par., 1928, 6:408-10—Mounquand,
 Bernheim &  Schoen.  Sequelles encephalltiques du type myo-
 clonique.  Lyon med., 1927, 139: 133-5.—Noica, D., & Lupu-
 lescu, I. [Contribution to the clinical study of post-encephalitic
involuntary  movements]  Rev.  san.  mil.,  Buour   1934,  33:
 588-95.—Nordman, C, & Rousson,  C.   Enc6phallte  epid6-
 mique debutant par du  spasme facial. Loire med., 1960, 44:
453-7—Nyssen, R., Dellaert, R.,  & Busschaert, R.   [fre-
 quency and  changes in  frequency  of  the tremor in paralysis
agitans and  encephalitic parkinsonism]  Ned. tschr. geneesk.,
 1936,  80:   4288-92.—Paschkis,  K.   Postenzephalitischer
 Parkinsonismus; Tetanie. Wien. med.  Wschr., 1938, 88: 301 —
 Rodriguez, B.  Discinesias faciales  (buco-palpebrales)  cons-
tituyendo  el  sfndroma dominante de estados post-encefallticos.
Arch. urug. med., 1937, 10: 34-50.—Rouquier, A., &  Lacambre,
J. H.  Syndrome  parkinsonien fruste, a  predominance uni-
laterale avec tic de flexion de la tete  et du cou, s6quelle d ence-
phalite epidemique; polyurie intermittente.  Lyon med.,  1924,
134: 338-40.—Salmon,  A.   La bradicinesia postencefalitica.
Riv. sper. freniat., 1924, 48: 85-9.—Sicard, Haguenau & Coste.
Torticolis  convulsif de  Brissaud-Meige,  suite  d'encephalite
epidemique.   Rev. neur., Par.,  1925, 32: 79-83.—Smith, H.
Diaphragmatic tic relieved by section of phrenic nerves; report
of 2 cases.  Am. J. M. Sc,  1932, 183: 837-40.—Speirs, G. O.
Encephalitic diaphragmatic spasm treated bv  phrenicotomy.
J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1929,  69: 407-13- Tchlenov, L.,  &
Toulaeva, N.  Syndrome post-encephalitique infantile; quelques
phenomenes nouveaux:   syncinesie  rythmique du  membre
superieur au cours de  la parole; syncinesie vocale pendant la
course; epilepsie et apraxie du regard;  perseveration tonique
du  reflexe  patellaire; reaction  mvodystonique  electrique.
Rev. neur., Par., 1926,  33: 563-76.—Westphal, A., & Meyer, A.
Ueber  Tetaniesymptome  bei epidemischer  Metenzephalitis.
Wien. med.  Wschr., 1927, 77: 1261-3.—Worster-Drought, C.
Atheto-chorea   of  Huntington's  type;  ?  post-encephalitie.
Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1927-28, 21: sect, neur., 12.

----   Nervous system, motor, pyramidal.
   Beriel, L., & Devic, A.  Demonstrations cinematographiques;
troubles akinetiques dans une encephalite chronique; paraptegie
spasmodique chez un  sujet porteur  d'une ancienne  paralysie
infantile; troubles fonctionnels de la marche chez un pensionne
de guerre.  Lyon med., 1924,  134: 296-9.-But,  N.I.  [Pyram-
idal symptoms in epidemic encephalitis]  Sovrem. psikhonevr.,
1930, 10: 325-9.—Mussio-Fournier, J. C,  & Agorio.  Maladie
de Friedreich survenant chez 2 freres et leur soeur a la suite de
l'encephalite tethargique.  Rev. neur., Par., 1928, 35:  420-2.

----   Nervous system, motor: Torsion spasm.

   Buchheister, K.   *Ueber torsionsdystonische
Bewegungsstorungen  bei  chronischer Encepha-
litis epidemica.  24p.  8?   Gott.,  1926.
   Agostini, C.  Sopra un caso di spasmo  di  torsione in ence-
falitica epidemica cronica.  Riv. pat. nerv., 1934, 43:  440-4.—
Beriel, L., & Petouraud.  Les formes actuelles de l'enc6phalite
epidemique: les formes  dystoniques d'embtee.  Lyon med.,
1926,  137: 764-71.—Brito  Foresti, C.  Espasmo de torsion
en el parkinsonismo post-encefalftico. An.  Fac. med., Montev.,
1931, 16: 698-701, 2 pl.—Ceconi. A.  Distonie postencefalitiche.
Minerva med., Tor., 1925, 5: 375; 406.—Crochet, R.  Sur un
eas de  parkinsonisme postencephalitique  avec  spasme de
torsion. J. med. Bordeaux, 1937, 114: 163.—Divry & Evrard, E.
Spasme de torsion post-encephalitique. J. beige neur. psychiat.,
1937,  37:  179-99.—Froment, J.,  & Chattot, J.  Spasme de
torsion  post-encephalitique du  type clonique.  Lyon med.,
1925, 135: 499-502.—Guillain, G., Alajouanine  & Thevenard.
Attitude d'extension  et de  torsion dans un  cas d'hypertonie
diffuse  post-encephalitique  a debut  Parkinsonien—rapports
avec la rigidite decerebree—troubles du tonus  de l'equilibre.
Rev. neur., Par., 1925, 32: pt 2, 303-11.  Also Bull, med., Par.,
1926, 40: 637-43.—Guillain. G., Mollaret, P., & Bertrand, I.
Etude  clinique,  cinematographique et anatomo-pathologique
d'un grand spasme de  torsion postencephalitique.  Rev. neur.,
Par., 1934, 41: 342-58.—Gullach Petersen. [Torsion  spasm or
encephalitis?]  Hospitalstidende,  1934, 77: Neur. Selsk. Forh.,
11-3.—Henner, K.  [Torsion  spasm in epidemic encephalitis]
Cas. tek. Cesk., 1924, 63: 797-801, 2 pl.—Rachit, E.  Un cas de
spasme de torsion postencephalitique. Rev. neur., Par., 1929,
36: pt 2, 583.—Rutkovsky, A. K.  [Torsion spasm as a sympton
of postencephalitic Parkinsonism]  J.  nevropat.  psikhiat.,
Moskva, 1927,  20:  261-8.—Szumlanski,  R., & Courtois, A.
Spasme de torsion post-encephalitique.  Bull. Soc. clin. nted.
ment., Par.,  1927, 15: 126-31—Urechia, C. L, Mihalescu, S., &
Elekes,  N.  Contribution anatomo-clinique  a  l'etude de  la
dystonie lenticulaire  (spasme de torsion)  Rev. neur., Par.,
1925, 32: pt 2,  177-89.—Vedel, V., & Giraud, G.  Le syndrome
ntesocephalique de torsion spasmodique  du membre superieur,
accident de  decerebration,  sequelle  tardive  des encephalites
de l'enfance.  Ibid., 1923, 30: 358-73.—Vercelli. G.  Cinesia
paradossale in sindrome iniziale di spasmo di torsione postence-
falitico: piede da Charleston.  Riv. neur.,  1930,  3: 60-72.

----   Nervous system, sensory.

   Nolte,   F.    *Zur   Frage  der  Drei-Zonen-
Sensibilitat bei Encephalitis epidemica chronica.
16p.   8?   Gott.,  1935.
   Rancoule, M.   Contribution  a  l'etude  des
troubles  psychosensoriels  dans le  syndrome  de
Parkinson   encephalitique   [Paris]   84p.    8?
Cahors,  1937.
   Cadwalader, W. B.  Lemniscus symptoms  following epi-
demic encephalitis;  bilateral  impairment of deep sensation.
Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1926, 16: 605-12.—Calligaris, G.
Le forme  dolorose dell'encefalite  epidemica.  Riforma  med.,
1925, 41: 609.   ------■ Le linee iperestetiche del corpo sensi-
bilizzate dall'encefalite epidemica.  Riv. pat. nerv.,  1926, 31:
233-8.—Haguenau,  J.,  & Abricosso,  L.   Isothermognoste
d'origine ntesocephalique au cours d'une n6vraxite epidemique.
Bull. Soc.  m6d. hop. Paris,  1928, 3. ser., 52:  1237-9.—Mayer,
C, & Scharfetter, K.  Beitrag zur Klinik  der Encephalitis
epidemica, besonders hinsichtlich Schmerzen und Parasthesieii.
Wien.  klin.  Wschr.,  1924,  37:  1020-3.—Morelli,   J. B., &
Quagliotti,  J.  N.  Les  bradyestltesies  post-encephaliques;
viscosite  psycho-sensorielle  et sensitive.   An.  Fac.  med.,
77908—vol. 5, 4th series----16 
ENCEPHALITIS,  EPIDEMIC             242              ENCEPHALITIS,  EPIDEMIC
 Montev.,  1929, 14: 1144-8.—Mussio Fournier, J. C,  Garra,
 A. [et al.]  Algie precordiale et encephalite epidemique.  Bull.
 Soc. med. hop.  Paris,  1928, 3.  ser.,  52:  450-2.—Novelli,
 J. B., & Quagliotti, J.  N.  Las bradiestesias postencefaliticas;
 la  viscosidad  psicosensorial  y  sensitiva.   Actas Conf. lat.
 amer. neur., 1929, 1. Conf., 609-11.—Oury, P., & Mornet, J.
 Les douleurs viscdales au  cours de l'enc6phalite  epidemique.
 J. med.  chir.,  Par.,  1925,  96:  738-42.—Pellacani, G.  La
 bradiestesia nell'encefalite epidemica cronica.  Riforma med.,
 1931,  47: 130-4.—Sebek, J.  [Changes  in  sensibility  in the
 Parkinsonian encephalitic syndrome]  Rev. neur.  psychiat.,
 Praha, 1933, 30: 209-16.—Worster-Drought, C, & Hill, T. R.
 Observations on vibration sense with special  reference to post-
 encephalitic Parkinsonism.  J. Neur. Psychopath.,  Lond., 1931,
 11:  318-23.—Zucker,  K.    Sensibilitat   und sensible Vor-
 stellungen bei chronischen Encephalitikern,  Zschr. ges. Neur.
 Psychiat., 1932, 140: 100-23.

 ----   Oculogyric  crisis.

    See also subheading Eye.
    Kolbe,  E.    ^Blickkrampfe bei  Encephalitis
 epidemica Economo.  27p.  8?  Konigsb., 1931.
    Aurand.  Spasmes intermittents des mouvements oculaires
 assoctes dtetevation consecutifs a une  encephalite  epidemique.
 Lyon med., 1925,  135: 272-4.— Bailliart &  Blum, J.   Crises
 oculaires toniques laterales et  paralysie de la   convergence
 d'origine encephalitique.  Bull. Soc opht.  Paris, 1927, 66-70.—
 Balietti, L.  Crisi  oculogire  e parkinsonismo postencefalitico.
 Riv. sper. freniat.,  1937, 61: 964-9.—Bennett, A. E., & Patton,
 J. M.   Oculogyric crises in postencephalitic states.   Arch.
 Ophth.,  Chic,   1930-31, 4: 361-7.—Benvenuti. E.   Crisi
 oculomotorie postencefalitiche: gli occhi al cielo.   Gazz. osp.,
 1929, 50: 1072-81— Beriel, L., & Bourrat.  Spasmes oculaires
 dans l'encephalite epidemique chronique  (presentation cine-
 matographique)  Lyon med., 1925, 136:  45,  pl.—Bing, R., &
 Schwartz, L.  Les crises oculogyres verticales du Parkinsonisme
 postencephalitique.  Encephale, 1925, 20: 150-8, pl.—Bonorino
 Udaondo. C, Grolman, G. von, & Pinedo, C.   Las  crisis oculo-
 giras en  la encefalitis  epidemica.   Bol. Acad. nac. med.  B.
 Aires, 1934, 12-20.—Braun, S., & Delafontaine,  M. P.  Les
 crises oculogyres d'origine encephalitique.  J.  med.  Paris, 1928,
 47: 110-2.—Cheney,   G., & Martins,  S.  Postencephalitic
 paroxysmal oculogyric crises;  report of case.  California West.
 M., 1930, 33: 724-8.—Compton, M. L.  Oculogyric crises in
 chronic epidemic encephalitis; report of 2 cases.   Med. Bull.
 Veterans Admin.,  1931,  7:  1150-2.—Crochet, R.  Sequelle
 d'encephalo-myeiite epidemique; crises convulsives des  globes
 oculaires.  J. med. Bordeaux, 1926, 56: 925.   ------  L'ano-
 blepsie et les spasmes  oculaires toniques post-encephalitiques.
 Rev. otoneur.,  Par., 1927, 5: 280-3.—Eber,  C.  T.   Ocular
 crisis; report of  2 cases.  J. Missouri M. Ass., 1933, 30: 241.—
 Engerth,  G.   Beitrag  zur  Klinik  des  postencephalitischen
 Blickkrampfes.  Deut.  Zschr. Nervenh.,  1934, 134: 191-8.—
 Euziere & Pagfes.  A propos des contractures spasmodiques des
 droits superieurs  dans l'encephalite  a  evolution  prolongee.
 Rev. otoneur., Par., 1925, 3: 707.—Fischer, M.   Der  extra-
 pyramidale Blickkrampf  als  postencephalitisches   Symptom.
 Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1926, 77: 303-13.—Gillan, R. U. Report
 on a case of Parkinson's syndrome with oculogyric  crises. Tr.
 Ophth. Soc. U. K., 1938,  57: 577-9.—Giraud,  G.  Crises
 oculogyres verticales toniques, avec spasme des releveurs des
 paupteres superieures,  au cours d'un  etat de  parkinsonisme
 postencephalitique.  Rev.  otoneur., Par., 1925, 705.—Griindler,
 P.  Ueber Sehauanfiille bei Encephalitis  epidemica.  Mschr.
 Psychiat.,  1926, 61: 378-88.—Hall, A. J.  Chronic epidemic
 encephalitis with special reference to the ocular attacks.  Brit.
 M. J., 1931, 2: 833-7— Hermann, K.  Blickkrampf, Bewusst-
 sein, Tonus; ein Beitrag zur  Symptomatologie der postence-
 phalitischen Anfalle.  Arch. Psychiat., Berl.,  1933, 100:  116-
 40.—Hesnard.   Crises  d'immobilite  oculaire au  cours  d'un
 strabisme divergent post-encephalitique.  Rev. otoneur., Par.,
 1928, 6: 469-71.—Hohman, L. B.   Forced conjugate upward
 movements of the  eyes in  postencephalitic Parkinson's syn-
 drome.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1925, 84: 1489.—Holmberg, S.  [Case
 of chronic  encephalitis with oculogyric crises and  compulsory
 movements]  Sven. lak. tidn.,  1937, 34: 1163-70.—Holterdorf,
 A.   Ueber die paroxysmalen tonischen Blickkrampfe bei der
 chronisch-myastatischen Enzephalitis.  Miinch. med. Wschr.,
 1928, 75: 1118-21.—Klein, R., & Pollak,  C.  J.  Ueber einen
 Fall von  postenzephalitischem Parkinsonismus mit  anfalls-
 weise auftretender  Tachykardie, Blutdruckerhohung, Tachy-
 pnoe, Temperaturanstieg,  Schweissausbruch und Veranderung
 des  Blutbildes, verbunden mit Blickkrampfen.  Med.  Klin
 Berl., 1935, 31: 273.—Kulkow, A. E. Periodischer Blickkrampf
 beim postencephalitischen Parkinsonismus. Zschr. ges.  Neur.
 Psychiat., 1926, 102: 636-44.—Laignel-Lavastine & Bourgeois.
 Syndrome  excito-moteur  cervico-facial avec  crises toniques
 d'etevation des  yeux d'origine encephalitique.  Rev.  neur.
 Par., 1926, 33: pt 2, 572-4.—Lampl,  O.  Ueber die paroxys-
 malen tonischen Blickkrampfe  bei der chronisch-mvastatischen
 Enzephalitis. Miinch. med.  Wschr., 1928, 75: 1504.—Laures,
 G.  Crampes des oculogyres au cours de l'encephalite epidemi-
que; 2 observations.  Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1927, 3. ser.,
51:  1273-5.—Leone, F.   Spasmo  tonico  accessionale nei
muscoli  oculari come postumo di encefalite epidemica.   Rass
stud, psichiat., 1926, 15:  125-9.—Levy, F., & Boye, G. Un
cas d'encephalite a forme plafonnante.  Rev. otoneur., Par.,
 1920,  4:  714.—McCowan, P. K.. &  Cook, L. C.  Oculogyric
 crises in chronic epidemic encephalitis. Brain, Lond., 1928, 51:
 285-309.—Malagueta, I.   As crises oculogvras na encephalite
 lethargica.  Brasil med., 1928, 42: 1398--105.—Marinesco. G.,
 Radovici, A., it  Draganesco, S.  Acces paroxystiques hyper-
 toniques de deviation conjuguee de la tete et des yeux au couis
 du parkinsonisme post-encephalitique.  Rev. neur., Par., 1925,
 32: 148-59—Meessen, H.   Ueber  Blickkrampfe  bei Ence-
 phalitis epidemica chronica.  Deut. Zschr. Nervenh.,  1933, 132:
 85-95.—Menninger-Lerchenthal,  E.   Die  Blickkrampfe  der
 Encephalitis lethargica.  Wien. med. Wschr., 1932, 82: 384-6.—
 Nardi,  J.   Crisi oculari  miotoniche  nell'encefalite cronica
 epidemica a forma parkinsonoide. Riv. pat. nerv., 1933, 42:
 317-64.—Notkin, J.  Cephalogyric and oculogyric crises  with
 opisthotonos  in  a case of chronic epidemic  encephalitis.  J,
 Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1930, 72: 637-9.  Also repr.—Pardee, I.
 Paroxysmal  oculogyric  crises in  Parkinsonian  encephalitis.
 Am. J. M. Sc, 1928, 175:  683-91.—PaschefT, C.   Ueber einen
 besonderen Tic bei Encephalitis epidemica; periodische, asso-
 ziierte Deviation der  Augen nach oben.  Ber. Deut.  ophth.
 Ges., 1925, 45: 220-3.—Popowa, N.  Tonische  Krampfe der
 Augenmuskulatur bei  Encephalitis  epidemica.   Zschr.  ges.
 Neur. Psychiat.,  1925, 97:  515-23.—Reinauer, A.  Beitrag zur
 Symptomatologie der  Blickkrampfe nach Encephalitis  epi-
 demica.   Sitzber. Phys. med. Soz. Erlangen  (1931-32)  1933,
 63:-64: 51-74.—Roger, H.  Spasmes des yeux au plafond et
 parkinson frustes, chez un frere et une soeur; contagion familiale
 de l'encephalite.  Rev. otoneur., Par., 1934, 12: 355.  ------&
 Reboul-Lachaux,  J.   Spasmes toniques oculogyres des droits
 superieurs et aphonie  intermittente chez une parkinsonienne
 post-encephalitique.  Ibid., 1925, 3: 684-6.  •—■---Spasmes-
 a-bascule  des oculogyres au cours  d'un syndrome  parkinsonien
 post-encephalitique; crises assoctees de deviation conjuguee des
 yeux a droite et a gauche.  Ibid., Par., 1926, 4:  689-92.  ------
 Spasmes des superogyres datant  de 5 ans au  cours d'un syn-
 drome parkinsonien post-encephalitique tres fruste. Bull, med.,
 Par., 1928, 42: 401.—Sainton, P.  Les yeux au  plafond.  Presse
 med., 1927, 35: 1259.  ------& Veil, P. Les spasmes oculaires
 dans le regard en haut  (les yeux au plafond) d'origine encepha-
 litique.  Medeeine, Par., 1927, 8:  331-7.  ------& Casteran.
 Spasmes du  globe de  l'oeil dans le regard  en haut d'origine
 encephalitique (les yeux au plafond) Rev. otoneur., Par., 1926,
 4: 542-5.—Sjogren, H.  [Conjugate spasms of eye muscles in
 encephalitis epidemica; 6 cases]   Hygiea,  Stockh., 1928, 90:
 150-60. Also Acta ophth., Kbh., 1928, 6: 97-109.—Takeya, S.,
 & Terashi, T.  Ein Fall von  Blickkrampf bei  postencephaliti-
 schem Parkinsonismus.  Otorhinolaryngologia, Tokyo, 1936,
 9: 301.—Taylor, E. W., & McDonald, C. A.  Forced conjugate
 upward movement of the eyes following epidemic  encephalitis.
 Arch.  Neur.  Psychiat., Chic, 1928, 19:  95-103.—Tinel, J.
 Les crises oculaires des encephalitiqiies. Clin, opht., Par., 1927,
 31: 446-55.  Also Prat. med. fr.,  1927,  6: 259-68.  ------ &
 Barak, H.  Crises hypertoniques oculogyres d'origine encepha-
 litique.   Encephale,  1926,  21:   778-82.—Velhagen,  K.  jr.
 Schauanfalle  und Schlaf. Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1929, 83: 169-
 80.—Verger,   H.,  &  Aubertin.   Anoblepsie  et  catoblepsie
 (regard en haut et regard en bas) a earactere intermittent chez
 d'anciens  encephalitiques.  Bull.  Soc.  med.  chir. Bordeaux
 (1925)  1926, 87-92.  Also Gaz. sc med. Bordeaux, 1925, 46:
 182-4.

----   Oculogyric  crisis: Pathogenesis.

   Jelliffe, S. E.   Psychopathology  of  forced
 movements and the oculogyric crises of lethargic
encephalitis.   219p.  8?  N. Y., 1932.
   Koralewski, F.  *Die Verbindung von Blick-
 krampfen mit psychischem  Drang und Zwang  bei
chronisch-epidemischer  Encephalitis.   23p.    8?
 Munster (Westf.)  1931.
   Alajouanine, T., Thurel, R., & Jarrige-Lemas,  P.   Maladie
de Parkinson  postencephalitique  conjugate avec  crises oculo-
gyres (reflexions sur  la  contagion  de l'encephalite a sa phase
 parkinsonienne et sur la similitude des manifestations neuro-
 logiques chez les 2 conjoints)   Rev. neur., Par., 1934, 41: 394-
8.—Aragona, G.   II comportamento del bromo ematico duran-
 te le crisi  oculogire del Parkinson postencefalitico.  Riv. pat.
 nerv.,  1935,  45: 64-8.—Cardona,  F.   Sulla patogenesi  delle
 erisi oculogire nei parkinsonismo encefalitico.   Ibid.,  1936, 47:
 278-89.—Delbeke, R., & Van  Bogaert, L.  Le probteme general
 des  crises oculogyres du  cours de l'encephalite  epidemique
chronique.  Encephale, 1928,  23: 855-90.—Flach,  A., & Palisa,
C.  Zur Psychopathologie des Zeiterlebens im postencephali-
 tischen Blickkrampf.   Zschr. ges. Neur.  Psychiat., 1935-36,
 154: 599-620.—Georgi, F.  Ungewohnliche postencephalitische
 Symptomenbilder  (zugleich ein Beitrag zur  experimentellen
 Erzeugung sogenannten Schauanfalle)  Ibid.,  1926, 106: 602-
 12.—Griin, R.  Die Einwirkung  affektbetonter Vorgange auf
die tonischen Augenmuskelkrampfe bei chronischer Enzephali-
tis.  Munch,  med. Wschr.,  1933, Jubil., Teil 1, 28.—Hels-
moortel, J., jr, & Van  Bogaert, L.  Recherches sur l'etat des
fonctions vestibulaires dans les crises oculogyres de l'encepha-
lite (10 cas)   Ann. mal. oreille, 1928, 47:  21-30.  Also Rev.
neur., Par.,  1927, 34: 980-9.—Jelliffe, S. E.  Psychologic
components in postencephalitic oculogyric crises;  contribution
to a genetic interpretation  of compulsion phenomena.  Arch.
Neur. Psychiat., Chic,  1929, 21:491-532.  ------ Oculogyric 
ENCEPHALITIS, EPIDEMIC
243
ENCEPHALITIS, EPIDEMIC
  crises  as  compulsion phenomena  in postencephalitis;  their
  occurrence, phenomenology and meaning.  J. Nerv Ment  Dis
  1929, 69: 59; 165;  278; 415;  531; 666.—Marinesco, G.   La
  relacten de las crisis de desviacion conjugada paroxfstica  post-
  encefalitica con la contractura histerica.  Rev. med Barcelona
  1926, 2. ser., 5: 270-3.  Also  Sc Ther., Lewist.,  1926-27  4-
  29.  Also Sem.  med., B.  Air., 1926, 33: 630-2.  -----'- &
  Draganesco, S. Sur la pathogenie des crises oculo-cephalogyres
  chez les parkinsoniens post-encephalitiques (a propo3 de 2 cas
  anatomo-cliniques)  Rev. otoneur., Par., 1932, 10: 396-403__
  Marinesco, G., & Radovici, A.  Mecanisme phvsiologique des
  crises hysteriformes, de deviation conjuguee de* la tete et des
  yeux, au cours du parkinsonisme.  Rev.  neur., Par., 1920  33-
  219-25.—Pascheff, C. La coincidence du tic ou syndrome  de
  la deviation penodique des yeux en haut avec  des  pseudo-
  hallucinations visuelles dans l'encephalite tethargique epidemi-
  que.  Rev. gen. opht.,  Par.,  1926,  4:  333-8.—Paulian,  D
  Sur les conditions clmiques de  l'apparition des spasmes conju-
  gues des  yeux et de la t6te comme manifestation tardive  de
  1 encephalite epidemique.  Rev. otoneur., Par., 1931, 9- 7">]  —
  Picot.  Crises oculogyres et syndrome vestibulaire ass'octe  au
  cours de 1 encephalite  epidemique.   Ibid., 1929 7-  85-95
  Also Bull. Soc.  opht. Paris, 1928, 357-9.—Podesta, E.  Fun-
  zione labirintica  e crisi oculo-gire nei parkinsoniei postence-
  falitici.  Riv.  otoneur., Roma, 1928, 5: 166-71.—Restivo, P., &
  Billi. A.   Crisi  oculomotorie  postencefalitiche  ed apparato
  vestibolare.  Boll. mal. orecchio, 1932, 50: 161-6.—Roger H
  &  Reboul-Lachaux, J.  Les  spasmes  des  inferogyres 'dan's
  1 encephalite epidemique  (a propos d'un cas de spasmes isotes
  en bas  et a droite avec diplopie intermittente chez un parkin-
 sonien postencephalitique)  Rev. otoneur., Par., 1927, 5: 120-
 4.—Senise, T. Su la genesi e la natura delle crisi oculogire nei
 post-encefalitici.  Cervello, 1929, 8: 109-23.  Also Riv.  pat
 nerv., 1930, 35: 69-71.—Stengel, E.  Zur Klinik und Patho-
 physiologic  des  postenzephalitischen  Blickkrampfes.   Mschr
 Psycluat.   1928, 70: 305-38.   ------  Weitere  Beitrage zur
 Kenntnis des postencephalitischen Blickkrampfes.  Zschr  ges
 Neur. Psychiat,., 1930, 127: 441-53.—Stern, F.  Ueber psychi-
 sche Zwangsvorgange und ihre Entstehung bei encephalitischen
 Blickkrampfen, mit Bemerkungen iiber die Genese der encepha-
 litischen Blickkrampfe.  Arch.  Psychiat.,  Berl., 1927, 81: 522-
 60.—Starring, E.  Ueber Zwangsdenken bei Blickkrampfen.
 Ibid., 1929r30, 89: 836-48.—Van Bogaert, L.  Sur les etats
 hallucinatoires au cours des crises oculogyres de l'encephalite
 epidemique.  Schweiz. Arch. Neur.  Psychiat., 1933, 32: 321-
 34.—Wexber*. E.  Remarks on the psychopathologv of oculo-
 gyric crises  in epidemic  encephalitis.  J. Nerv. Ment. Dis
 1937, 85: 56-69.


 ----  Oculogyric crisis:  Treatment.

   Cooper, H.  A.  The treatment of oculogyric crises in chronic
 epidemic encephalitis. Lancet, Lond., 1932, 1: 290.—Duensing,
 F.  Ueber  Beeinflussung  hyperkinetischer Erscheinungen im
 Schauanfall.  Nervenarzt, 1939,  12: 308-10. ------& Meyer,
 L.  Die Behandlung der  postencephalitischen Schauanfalle
 mit Calcibromat.  Zschr.  ges.  Neur. Psychiat.,   1938, 162:
 136-44.—Leak, W.  N.   Treatment  of  oculogyric crises of
 encephalitis lethargica.  Brit. M. J., 1935, 2: 1153.—Marinesco,
 G., Sager, O.,  & Kreindler,  A.   Beeinflussung eines Falles  von
 postencephalitischem Blickkrampf durch  das  Licht.   Arch
 Psychiat., Berl., 1932, 96: 474-8. ------  Action de l'excitant
lumineux sur les acces de deviation de  la tete et des yeux d'un
parkinsonien postencephalitique.  Rev. otoneur.,  Par., 1932,
10: 747.
 und  Pathogenese der  Folgeerscheinungen von epidemischer
 ™ePh,allt's  bei  Kindern.  Zschr. Kinderh.,  1925-26,  40:
 bhr 8-701 .—Meyer. A.  Beitrag zur Pathogenese des plotzlichen
 ttirntodes bei  Metencephalitis epidemica; zugleich  Bemer-
 Kungen  zur  Lokalisation  von  Blickkrampfen  und  Atem-
 storungen.   Arch. Psychiat.,  Berl.,  1929-30,  89: 25-38 —
 Pette,  H.   Klinische  und anatomische  Betrachtungen  zur
 pathogenese der Folgezustande nach  Encephalitis epidemica.
 Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1925, 87: 60-8.

 ----   Pathology.

    Derrien,  J.  y.  E.   Contribution a l'etude
 de   l'anatomie   pathologique   des   syndromes
 parkinsoniens post-encephalitiques avec quelques
 remarques sur la pathogenie et la therapeutique
 de ces  syndromes.   63p.   8?   Par., 1925.
   Dolega  [E.   G.]  H.   *Zur  pathologischen
 Anatomie der  Encephalitis epidemica.  26p.   8?
 Lpz., 1922.
   Agostini, G.  Sull'anatomia patologica  e sulla  patogenesi
 rtell encefalite epidemica cronica.  Ann. Osp. psichiat. Perugia,
 1925, 19: No. 4, 3-106, 9 pl.—Almeida Dias, A.  Ueber einen
 !• all von chronischer Encephalitis epidemica mit eigenartigem
 klinischen  und  anatomischen  Befunde.   Zschr. ges.  Neur.
 Psychiat., 1931, 137: 82-103.—Austin, R. S.   The pathology
 of epidemic encephalitis. Cincinnati J. M., 1925-26, 6: 453.—
 Borremans P., & Van Bogaert, L. Le degenerescence fibrillaire
 d Alzheimer dans les stades tardifs de l'encephalite tethargique.
 J. beige  neur. psychiat., 1935,  35: 610-3.—Bruecken, A. J.
 the pathology  and  bacteriology  of  epidemic  encephalitis.
 Atlantic  M.  J.,  1927-28, 30: 774-6.—Bruetsch, W. L.  The
 pathology of post-encephalitic Parkinsonism. Med. Arts, 1933,
 36: 86-90.—Buscaino, V. M.  Postilte  alia risposta di De Lisi
 e Businco.  Riv. pat.  nerv.,  1925,  30: 491— Carmichael,  R.
 Ine pathology of chronic epidemic encephalitis: a histological
 study of 4 cases with  widespread cerebral  lesions.   J.  Neur.
 Psychopath., Brist., 1930-31, 11: 207-38.—Catalano, A.  Sulle
 alterazioni anatomo-patologiebe, e citotectoniche  in  parti-
 colare, del parkinsonismo da encefalite epidemica; a  proposito
 di due casi con particolari sintomi.  Riv. neur., 1930, 3: 424-
 477, 3 pl.—Claude, H., &  Cuel, J.  Trois cas d'encephalite
 epidemique avec examen anatomique.  Encephale,  1926,  21:
 2727r4r-Cruchet' R"   Concepto  de  la  encefalitis letargica 6
 encefalomielitis  epidemica.   Siglo  med.,  1920, 67:  527-9.—
 Da Fano. C,  & Ingleby, H.   Histopathological observations
 in an unsuspected case  of chronic epidemic encephalitis in a
 young child.  J.  Path. Bact., Edinb., 1924, 27: 349-65, 5 pl.—
 D'Arrigo.  Speciali  reperti  del cilindrasse nella  encefalite
 epidemica.  Rinasc. med., 1930, 7: 163-5, pl.—Dawson, J. R., jr.
 Cellular inclusions  in cerebral lesions of lethargic encephalitis.
 Am. J. Path., 1933, 9: 7-15, 2 pl. ------  Cellular inclusions
 in  cerebral lesions of  epidemic  encephalitis;   second report.
 Arch.  Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1934, 31:  685-700.—De Lisi,  L.
 Sull'anatomia  patologica  del  parkinsonismo  da  encefalite
epidemica.  Note psichiat., Pesaro, 1924, 3. ser., 12: 167-210.
       & Businco, A.   A proposito d'anatomia  patologica e
  ----  Pathogenesis.

    See also Encephalitis virus.
    Meyer, H.   *Zur Pathogenese und Aetiologie
  der Encephalitis epidemica (lethargica)   [Berlin]
  40p.   8?   Custrin, 1927.
    Rolef,  E.    *Vergleichend-kritische  Darstel-
  lung  der  verschiedenen  Auffassungen  iiber  die
  Pathogenese der Folgezustande der  Encephalitis
  epidemica.   22p.    8?   [Basel,  1934]
    Ayres, O.  Do conceito da molestia de Economo (estudo
 critico)  Arch,  brasil.  med.,  1924,  14: 647-708.—Beriel. L.
 La meningo-eneephalite epidemique et l'encephalite tethargique;
 conception  generate  de  la  maladie;   un double  processus:
 encephalite aigue exsudative, encephalite chronique degenera-
 tive; des sequelles veritables.  J. med. Lyon, 1925, 6: 353-64.
 ------  Contribution  a l'etude de l'encephalite epidemique;
 le double processus de la maladie: encephalite aigue exsudative,
 encephalite chronique degenerative (projections)  Lvon nted.,
 1925, 136: 16-22.—Buscaino,  V. M.   Contributo alio studio
 della patogenesi  della  encefalite epidemica e delle sindromi
 croniche postencefalitiche.  Riv. pat. nerv., 1926, 31: 116-60.
 ------  Nuovi dati sulla genesi tossica delle sindromi croniche
 postencefalitiche.  Ibid., 1927-28, 32: 880-97.—De Lisi, L., &
 Businco, A.  Anatomia  patologica e patogenesi dell'encefalite
 epidemica cronica. Ibid., 1925, 30: 345-404.—Hallervorden, J.
 Zur  Pathogenese  des  postencephalitischen Parkinsonismus;
 vorlaufige Mitteilung.   Klin. Wschr., 1933, 12:  692-5.   Also
repr.  ------  Anatomische Untersuchungen zur Pathogenese
des  postencephalitischen  Parkinsonismus.   Deut.   Zschr.
Nervenh., 1935,  136: 68-77.—Kwint, L.  Beitrage zur Klinik
 patogenesi  dell'encefalite epidemica cronica.  Riv. pat.  nerv
 1925, 20:  487-90.—Fenyes,  I.  Alzheimersche Fibrillenver-
 anderung im Hirnstamm einer 28jahrigen Postencephalitikerin.
 Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1932, 96: 700-17.—Erancioni, G.  Sopra
 i  reperti anatomo-patologici del  Parkinsonismo da encefalite
 epidemica.   Cervello, 1926, 5: 65-106, 4 pl.—Frets, G.  P.
 [Three cases  of chronic epidemic  encephalitis; pathological
 examination]   Ned. tschr.  geneesk.,  1930, 74: 484-97, pl.—
 Frey, E.   Zur  pathologischen  Anatomie  der Encephalitis
 lethargica.  Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., 1931, 27: 259-77.—
 Giacanelli,  V. U.   La  nevroglia nella  encefalite  epidemica
 cronica.  Ann. Osp. psichiat., Perugia, 1931, 25: 15-36, 2 pl.—
 Greenfield. J. G.  The pathology of epidemic encephalitis.
 J. State M„ Lond., 1926, 34: 697-708.  Also Brit. M. J , 1927
 2:  535-7.  Also J. Ment.  Sc,  Lond.,  1927,  73:  575-81.—
 Greig, W. M.  Notes on the pathology of a case of chronic
 epidemic encephalitis with myoclonia.  Colorado M., 1926, 23:
 116.—Hassler, R.  Zur Pathologie der Paralysis agitans und
 des postenzephalitischen Parkinsonismus. J. Psychol Neur
 Lpz.,  1938, 48: 387-476.—Hohman, L. B.   Pathologisch-
 anatomische  Untersuchungen  uber   den  encephalitischen
 Parkinsonismus.  Arb. Neur. Inst. Wien.,  1925, 27: 1-46,  11 pl.
 Also  Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1925, 36: 403-10.—Ives,  g!
 Clinical  pathology  of epidemic encephalitis.  J. Missouri'm!
 Ass.,  1933,  30: 431-3.—Justschenko, A. J.  Zur Biologie der
 Encephalitis epidemica chronica.  Zschr.  ges. Neur. Psychiat.,
 1926, 106: 136.—Kawakami, Z.  Veranderungen des Gehirns
 und des Ruckenmarkes bei  der Encephalitis epidemica   Tr
 Jap.  Path.  Soc, 1925, 15:  58-60.—Kernohan, J.  W.   The
 pathology of chronic encephalitis (epidemica) paralysis  agitans.
 Proc Mayo Clin., 1935, 10: 685—Kin?o, S.  Ueber die Eisen
 reaktion des Gehirns bei postencephalitischem Parkinsonismus.
 Fukuoka acta med., 1934, 27: 142.—Kreindler, A.  [Physio-
 pathological mechanism of all modifications of epidemic  ence-
 phalitis]   Rev.  st.  med., Bucar., 1929,  18:  360-7.—Lange-
 Malkwitz, F.,  &  Lange, W.  Kapillarmikroskopische Unter-
 suchungen  bei  chronischer   Encephalitis epidemica.   Allg
 Zschr. Psychiat., 1932, 97:  152-7.—Ley, R. A.  Anatomie
 pathologique de  l'encephalite ou nevraxite epidemique.  Bru-
xelles med.,  1925-26, 6: 662-5.—Lhermitte, J. J.,  Kraus, W. M., 
ENCEPHALITIS,  EPIDEMIC              244              ENCEPHALITIS, EPIDEMIC
 & Bertillon, F.  Mucin-like bodies in the central nervous system
 in epidemic encephalitis.  Arch. Neur.  Psychiat., Chic,  1924,
 12: 620-4.—Lucksch, F.  Die pathologische Anatomie  (His-
 tologie)  der  Encephalitis  epidemica.   Seuchenbekampfung,
 1925, 2: 143-50.—McAlpine, D.  The  pathology  of the Par-
 kinsonian syndrome  in  epidemic encephalitis.   Proc. R. Soc.
 M.,' Lond., 1925-26, 19: sect, neur.,  35-45.   ------  The
 anatomo-pathological basis  of the  Parkinsonian syndrome
 following epidemic   encephalitis.   Brain,  Lond.,  1926, 49:
 525-56.—Marchand,  L., & Demay, G.  Syndrome parkinsonien
 encephalitique chez une syphilitique; considerations anatomo-
 pathologiques.  Ann. nted. psychoi.,  Par., 1937, 95: 89-92.—
 Mari, A.  Sulle alterazioni istologiche del sistema nervoso nella
 rigidita parkinsoniana  postencefalitica.  Riv.  sper.  freniat.,
 1927, 51: 232-73.—Marinescu-Baloi, D.  Histopathologie der
 akuten und chronischen Encephalitis epidemica.  Klin. Wschr.,
 1925, 4: 1282.  ------  Ueber die pathologische  Anatomie und
 Pathophysiologie  der   akuten  epidemischen  Encephalitis.
 Arch. Psychiat.,  Berl., 1925-26,  76: 704-65.  ------   Die
 anatomisch-pathologischen   Veranderungen  bei  chronischer
 epidemischer Encephalitis.  Mschr.  Psychiat.,  1925-26, 60:
 320-77.—Meyer.  A.  Zur pathologischen Anatomie der epi-
 demischen  Metencephalitis im Kindesalter.  Arch. Psychiat.,
 Berl.,  1927, 80:  624-32.—Monti,  A..  &  Tibaldi, E.  Sulla
 patologia e patogenesi dell'encefalite  letargica.   Boll.  Soc.
 med.  chir., Pavia, 1920, 33:  97-105.—Murray, H. S. E.  The
 histopathology of the Parkinsonian syndrome following ence-
 phalitis lethargica. J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1928, 74: 405-9,  pl.—
 Niculescu,  I. T., & Runcan, V.  [Histopathology of epidemic
 encephalitis]   Romania  med.,  1930,  8:  201-4.—Nishii,  R.
 Ueber Ganglienzelleinschliisse und  Kerndegenerationen bei
 Encephalitis lethargica.  Arb. Neur.  Inst. Wien., 1929, 31:
 96-l0l.—Omorokov,  L. I.  |Pathological  anatomy  of chronic
 encephalitis: with pronounced lipoid degeneration and peculiar
 metabolism]  Izv. Tomsk,  univ.,  1926,   78: 143-81.   Also
 Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1926,  104:  421-42.—Pjatnizky,
 N.  N.,  Pawljutschenko,  E.  M., & Michejev,  W. W.  Zur
 Pathophysiologie und pathologischen Anatomie  des postence-
 phalitischen Parkinsonismus.  Arch. Psychiat., Berl.,  1927,
 82: 422-33.—Renaud, M.  Sur 3  autopsies de  parkinsoniens
 post-encephalitiques.  Rev. neur., Par., 1925, 32:  pt 2, 57-60.—
 Reynolds, F. E., & Slater, J. K.  A contribution to  the pathology
 of the later manifestations of encephalitis lethargica; investiga-
 tion of  a case.  J.  Neur. Psychopath., Brist.,  1929-30,  10:
 242-6, pl.—Romberg,  E.  H.  Ein  Grenzzustand der Ence-
 phalitis epidemica.   Deut. med. Wschr.,  1935,  61: 747-9.—
 Rostan, A.  Contributo  alia patologia dell'encefalite epidemica
 cronica.  Riv. neur.,  1928, 1: 177-96, pl.—Rotter, R.  Ueber
 einen eigenartigen nicht entziindlichen  zentralen Prozess mit
 herdformig disseminierter  plasmatischer Gliaproliferation bei
 dem klinischen Bilde akuter epidemischer Encephalitis.  Arch.
 Psychiat., Berl., 1929, 87: 327-38.—Schoenemann, H.  Funk-
 tionspriifungen innerer Organe bei Folgezustanden nach Ence-
 phalitis  epidemica.  Zschr. ges. Neur.  Psychiat.,  1926,  105:
 175-81.—Seletzky, W    Encephalitis  chronica  disseminata
 (seu encephalitis lethargica)  Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1924-25,
 72:  478-514.—Shaw, A. F.  B.  Encephalitis lethargica; the
 pathology.   Newcastle  M. J.,  1920-21,  1:  151-69, 2  pl.—
 Shinkle, C. E., & Day,  H. A.  A case of encephalitis; clinical
 and post-mortem report.  Cincinnati J. M., 1925-26, 6: 297.—
 Smith, E. C.  Post-mortem report on a case encephalitis lethar-
 gica.  Irish J. M. Sc, 1924, 5. ser., 395-401, 6 pl— Somogyi, I.
 Beitrage  zur Pathohistologie  der  Encephalitis  epidemica.
 Zsehr. ges.  Neur. Psychiat., 1924,  93: 783-90.—Tiretta, G.
 Sulla  frequente compartecipazione  del  protoneurone  motore
 al processo encefalitico  (da  encefalite  letargica)   Riv.  pat.
 nerv., 1930, 36: 49-59.—Tramontano, V.   La encefalite  epi-
 demica cronica (contributo anatomo-clinico)  Rass. internaz.
 din.  ter.,  1929, 10:  452-81.—Urechia,  C. I., & Elekes, N.
 Un cas de Parkinsonisme encephalitique avec autopsie.  Arch.
 gen. neur. psichiat., Nap., 1925, 6: 206-9.—Van Bogaert, L.
 Les  inclusions  argentophiles  dans  l'encephalite tethargique
 chronique.  J. beige neur. psychiat.,  1935, 35: 644.—Verga, P.,
 & Uluhogian, L.  Per   l'anatomia  patologica  dell'encefalite
 letargica  cronica.   Riv.  pat.  nerv.,  1924,  29: 376-403.—
 Weil, A.  The histopathology of the central nervous system in
 epidemic encephalitis.  Tr. Am. Neur. Ass., 1934, 60: 107-11.—
 Yamashita,  M.   Alzheimersche  Fibrillenveranderung beim
 postencephalitischen   Parkinsonismus.   Fukuoka acta  med.,
 1934, 27: 141.—Yates, A. L.  The condition  of the accessory
 sinuses in encephalitis lethargica. J. Lar. Otol.,  Lond., 1925,
 40: 646-9.—Zibordi,  F.   Contributo alia casuistica  e all'ana-
 tomia-patologica dell'encefalite epidemica  nell'eta  infantile.
Clin, pediat., Mod., 1926, 8: 151-61, pl.

----   Pathology, comparative.

   Gutzwiller,  K.   *Polioencephalitis  haemor-
rhagica superior acuta (Wernicke) und Encepha-
litis  lethargica  (epidemica)   eine vergleichende
Studie.   23p.   8?   [Basel. 1922]
   Kuttner,  H.   P.   *Pathologisch-anatomische
Untersuchungen  zur Verwandtschaft der mensch-
lichen epidemischen  mit  der tierischen Herpes-,
Kling-  und Staupe-Encephalitis.   p. 182-92.   8?
Berl., 1926.
   Also Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1926, 105:
    Araoz Alfaro.  G.  Corea  infantil y encefalitis epidemica.
 Fol. med., Rio, 1922, 3: 33-5.—Baumann, C, & de Leeuw, C. H.
 Encephalitis  epidemica  und  Grippeencephalitis.   Zschr. ges.
 Neur. Psychiat., 1932-33, 143:  403-26.—Bemelmans, E.  Zur
 Losung des Encephalitis-Problems;  vergleichende Studie  iiber
 das Wesen der Encephalitiden beim  Menschen und beim Tiere.
 Erg. allg. Path..  1932,  25: 906-50.—Beriel,  L..  fr Devic, A.
 L'encephalite epidemique et l'etiologie des scleroses en plaques.
 Lyon med.,  1920,  138: 483; 510.—Gins,  H. A.  Ueber die
 Beziehungen der Encephalitis epidemica zu den postinfektiosen
 Encephalitiden.   Veroff. Medverwalt.,  1931, 34: 585-664.—
 Hoffmann, W. H.  La infiltracten calcarea vascular de Duerck
 en la encefalitis letargica y la malaria tropica.  San.  & benef.,
 Habana, 1922, 27: 486-8.—Joest, E.  Vergleichend-anatomische
 Betrachtungen iiber Encephalitis.  Klin. Wschr., 1926, 5: 209-
 11.—Levaditi, C.   Etiology of epidemic encephalitis, its rela-
 tion to  herpes,  epidemic poliomyelitis and post-vaccinal ence-
 phalopathy.   Arch. Neur. Psychiat.,  Chic,  1929, 22: 767-
 803.  Also repr.—Lewy, F.  H., Frankel,  E., &  Kuttner, H.
 Encephalitis lethargica und spontane Tierencephalitis.  Klin.
 Wschr., 1926, 5: 272.—Lewy.  F. H.,  & Kantorowicz, R.  Ence-
 phalitis lethargica und Hundestaupe. Ibid., 1925, 4: 1254-6.—
 Michels, N. A., & Globus, J. H.  The so-called small round cell
 infiltrations; polio-encephalitis and acute epidemic  encephalitis
 Arch. Path.,  Chic, 1927, 4: 692-731.—Salazar Viniegra, L.
 Sobre las  posibles relaciones  de la  encefaiitis epidemica y la
 esclerosis  en  placas.   Medicina, Mex.,  1928,  9:  173^6.—
 Seletzky,  W.  Pseudosklerose,  Wilsonsche  Krankheit  und
 Encephalitis  chronica disseminata  (C.  Westphal, Strumpell,
 Wilson, A. Westphal)   Arch.  Psychiat., Berl., 1926,  77: 704-
 39.—Spaar, R.  Schlafsuchtkrankheit (Encephalitis lethargica
 epidemica)  Schlafkrankheit  (Trypanosomiasis)  und Grippe-
 encephalitis mit besonderer Berucksichtigung ihrer pathologisch-
 histologischen Grundlagen.  Fortsch. Med.,  1925, 43:  133-6.

 ----   Pathology, topographical.
   Agostini, G.   Ulteriore contributo all'anatomia patologica
 della encefalite epidemica cronica,  con speciale riguardo alle
 alterazioni della istoarchitettonica corticale.   Ann. Osp. psichiat.
 Perugia, 1927, 21: No. 3-4, 35-61, 5 pl.  ------   Sulle altera-
 zioni della citotettonica della corteccia cerebrate nell'encefalite
 epidemica cronica.  Ibid., 1935, 29: 153-68,  8 pl.—Bertrand, L,
 & Chorobski,  G.   Les  tesions corticales dans les syndromes
 parkinsoniens  postencephalitiques.  Rev. neur., Par., 1929, 36:
 pt  2,  172-93.—Donaggio, A.  Sur le parkinsonisme post-
 encephalitique: une doctrine cortico-nigrique.  Ibid., 1925, 32:
 1058.—Eaves, E. C, & Croll, M. M.  The pituitary and hypo-
 thalamic region in chronic epidemic encephalitis.  Brain, Lond.,
 1930, 53: 56-75, 2 pl.—Euziere, J.,  Pages, P., &  Janbon. M.
 Poliomyeiite anterieure chronique consecutive  a une nevraxite
 epidemique.   Bull. Soc.  sc. med.  biol.  Montpellier, 1925-26,
 7: 85-S.—Herman, E.  Un cas d'encephalo-myeiite epidemique
 avec localisation predominante  dans les noyaux  de  la base.
 Rev. neur., Par., 1929, 36: pt 2, 122.—Holzer, W.  Die Glia-
 narbe im Nach- und Zwischenhirn nach Encephalitis epidemica.
 Zschr. ges.  Neur.  Psychiat.,  1926,  104: 503-12.—Illing,  E.
 Uebergreifen der Encephalitis  lethargica auf das Riickenmark.
 Mschr.  Psychiat.,  1932,  82:  177-86.—Kawata, A.  Untersu-
 chungen uber  die  Veranderungen des Kleinhirns bei  der epi-
 demischen  Encephalitis.   Arb. Neur. Inst. Wien., 1927,  29:
 226-47.—Kohnstamm, P.  Ueber  die Beteiligung  der beiden
 Schichten der Substantia nigra  am  Prozess der Encephalitis
 epidemica.  J. Psychol. Neur.,  Lpz., 1934, 46: 22-37.—McKin-
 ley, J. C, & Gowan, L. R.  Neuron destruction in postencepha-
 litic paralysis  agitans; a micrometric study of the lenticular
 region and substantia nigra.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic
 1926, 15: 1-27.—Marchand, L..  & Courtois, A.  Deux cas de
 syndrome  de  Parkinson  encephalitique datant  de  14  ans;
 disparition des cellules du locus niger.   Ann. med. psychoi.,
 Par., 1935, 93:  pt 2, 791-7.—Marchand, L.,  & Pichard, H.
 Syndrome  de  Parkinson post-encephalitique;  destruction du
 locus niger.   Ibid.,  1933,  91: pt  2. 716-9.—Monrad-Krohn,
 G. H., & Schj0tt, A.  [Case of epidemic encephalitis with irrita-
 tion in  temporal and occipital lobes]  Norsk  mag. laegevid.,
 1929, 90: 465-72.—Omodei-Zorini,  A.   Spatfolgen der En-
 cephalitis epidemica und Substantia  nigra Sommeringii.  Vir-
 chows Arch., 1924, 250:  487-94.—Raviart, G., Nayrac, P., &
 Dubois,  J.   Les tesions  de l'aqueduct de Sylvius dans l'ence-
 phalite  epidemique.   C. rend. Soc.  biol.,  1929,  101: 840.—
 Redlich, E.  Ueber das Vorkommen von  sogenannten Amyloid-
 korperchen in den Ganglienzellen  der Substantia  nigra beim
 metenzephalitischen Parkinsonismus.  Mschr.  Psychiat., 1930,
 75: 129-37.—Sacon, J. L. Un complejo caso de polioencefalitis
 superior o ponto-peduncular por encefalitis  letdrgica.   Prensa
 med. argent., 1933-34, 20: 2038-45.—Wright, J. A. Epidemic
 encephalitis with severe involvement of  the spinal  cord. Brit.
 M. J., 1926, 2: 115.—Zucker, K.  Ueber einen Fall von Ence-
 phalitis  chronica  mit starker  Beteiligung der  Rinde.  Zschr.
 ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1928,  113: 313-31.

----   Personality and behavior changes.

  See   also   subheadings  Forensic  aspect;  Psy-
chosis; Social aspect.
   Bond,  E. D., & Appel, K. E.   The  treatment of
behavior disorders  following  encephalitis,  an ex-
periment in re-education.  163p.  8?  N.  Y., 1931. 
ENCEPHALITIS,  EPIDEMIC             245             ENCEPHALITIS, EPIDEMIC
    Menger, P.   *Les perversions morales  post-
  encephalitiques.   228p.  8?   Par.,  1929.

    Tissenbaum,  M. J.   *Contribution  a  l'etude
  des  troubles  du  caractere  post-encephalitiques
  chez les enfants.   54p.   8?   Par.,  1936.
    Agostini,  G.   I  perturbamenti del carattere  nei ragazzi
  affetti da  encefalite epidemica  cronica;  contributo  clinico
  medico-legate.  Ann.  Osp. psichiat., Perugia, 1924, 18: 34-75.—
  Alzina y Melis, J.  Efectos eticos lejanos de la encefalitis letar-
  giea.  Rev.  espafi. med. cir., 1930, 13: 653-5.—Ameghino &
  Ciampi, L.   Atrofia etica de encefalite letargica nei  fanciulli.
  Rass. stud,  psichiat.,  1926,  15: 243-58.—Andreew,  M. P.
  Psychopathogenetische  Probleme  betreffend   die  Verande-
  rungen  der  Psvchik  bei  Kindern  infolge von epidemischer
  Encephalitis.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1925, 99: 271-89.—
  Berrien, F. K.  Psychological differences in psychopathic and
  post-encephalitic children.  J.- Appl. Psychol.,  1934,  18: 536-
  4g.—Bier, F.   Die  postencephalitisch-psychischen  Zustande
  der Kinder  und Jugendlichen in klinischer, forensischer und
  fursorgerischer  Beziehung.  Allg. Zschr.  Psychiat.,  1932,  98:
  71-g2.—Blagini,  G.   Sindrome  psicopatica  dell'encefalite
  letargica nell'eta giovanile.  Gior. med. mil., 1931, 79: 523-38.—
  Bond, E. D.  Behavior  disorders after encephalitis.  J. Indiana
  M. Ass., 1930, 23: 205-8.  ------  Postencephalitic, ordinary
  and  extraordinary children.  J. Pediat.,  S.  Louis,  1932, 1:
  310-4. ------ Post-encephalitic and post-traumatic behavior
  and disorders.  In Oxford Med. (Christian, H. A.) N. Y., 1936,
  7:211-6. ------& Appel, K. E.  Post-encephalitic personality
  disorders, their nature and treatment.   Ann. Surg., 1935, 101:
  44-8.  Also  In Surgery (Ravdin, I. S.) Phila.,  1935, 44-8.—
  Bond, E. D., & Partridge,  G. E.  Post-encepbalitic  behavior
  disorders in boys and their management in a hospital.  Am. J.
  Psychiat.,  1926-27, 6:  25-103.—Bond,  E. D., & Smith,  L. H.
  Post-encephalitic behavior  disorders; a 10-year review  of  the
  Franklin School. Ibid., 1935, 92: 17-33. Also repr.—Bouman,
  L.   [Epidemic  encephalitis  and  psychopathy]   Ned.   tschr.
  geneesk., 1930, 74: 2978-83.—Brown, A. W.  A quantitative
  study of some of the intellectual and emotional changes follow-
 ing encephalitis lethargica.   Psychol.  Bull., 1934,  31:  685.—
 Carp, E. A. D. E.  [Disorders of personality in  young persons
 after epidemic encephalitis]   Ned. mschr. geneesk.,  1929-30,
 16: 664-79.—Ceillier, A.  Transformations morbides du carac-
 tfire  consecutives  a  l'encephalite epidemique.  Progr.   med.,
 Par.,  1926,  41: 1055-70.—Ciampi,  L.   La perversion  moral
 post-encefalitica en los ninos.  Rev. psiquiat.  crim., B. Air.,
 1937, 2: 389-408.—Clark. L. P., Uniker, T. E., & Ireland, H. M.
 A preliminary studv of  the conduct disorders of lethargic ence-
 phalitis.  Arch. Psychoanal., Stamford, 1926-27. 1: 138-73.—
 Colapietra. F.   Fattori predisponenti delle  psicopatie encefa-
 litiche.  Ann.  Osp.  psichiat.  Perugia,  1934,  28:  151-6 —
 Cruchet, R.  Les pervers de l'encephalite epidemique.  Progr.
 med., Par.,  1929,  44: 1485-94.—Delmond, J.,  &  Carrere, J.
 Le syndrome  psychologique dans  les  cas  de  perversite par
 encephalite  epidemique chronique a  forme retardee.   Ann.
 med. psychoi., Par.,  1938,  96: pt 2, 401-11— De Nigris, G.
 L'encefalite  epidemica  nei  carattere e nell'etiea individuate.
 Arch. gen. neur.,  Nocera,  1928,  9:  66-86.—Dorer,  M.  Ver-
 anderungen  der  psychischen  Struktur  durch  Encephalitis
 epidemica.  Arch.  ges. Psychol., 1937, 98: 1-32.—Engerth.  G.,
 & Hoff, H.   Ueber das Schicksal der Patienten mit schweren
 Charakterveranderungen nach Encephalitis epidemica.  Deut.
 med. Wschr., 1929, 55: 181-3.—Fracassi, T., & Quaranta, A. P.
 El sindrome de  perversidad  post-encefalitica.   Rev.  med.
 Rosario, 1934, 24: 889-909.—Frankl, G.  Triebhandlungen  bei
 Dissozialitat  nach Enzephalitis epidemica und anderen psycho-
 pathischen Storungen des Kindesalters.  Zschr.  Kinderforsch.,
 1936-37, 46:  401-48.—Fribourg-Blanc, A.  Les reactions anti-
 sociales au cours de l'encephalite  epidemique.  Ann. med. teg.,
 1928, 8: 281-354.—Gerstmann, J., & Kauders, O.   Ueber den
 Mechanismus der  postencephalitischen  psychopathieahnlichen
 Zustandsbilder bei Jugendlichen.  Arch. Psychiat.,  Berl., 1924,
 71: 165-82.—Gordon, A.  Alteration of character,  disposition,
 and behavior as a  sequela of encephalitis lethargica.  Med. J.
 & Rec,  1926,  123:  591-4.—Guttmann, E.  Personhchkeits-
 veranderung  nach epidemischer Encephalitis.   Miinch.  med.
 Wschr., 1926, 73:  1650-2.—Henry, C.   Hysteriform fits and
 regression of the affect in  a  case  of  encephalitis lethargica.
 Med. J. Australia, 1924, 2: 324.—Heuyer, G.  Considerations
 sur quatorze cas de  perversions  post-encephalitiques.  Arch.
 med.  enf.,  1926, 29:  249-54.—Hill. T. R.   The problem of
 juvenile behaviour disorders in chronic epidemic encephalitis.
 J. Neur. Psychopath., Brist., 1928-29,  9:  1-10.  Also Lancet,
 Lond., 1929,  1: 968-71.—Imber, I.  Su di una non comune
 forma di aggres=ivita in  un caso di probabile encefalite cronica.
 Riv. sper. freniat.,  1931-32, 55:  828-40.—Jacob-Kleffner.  E.
 Ueber pathologische Neugier und Mangel an Langeweile bei
 Encephalitis epidemica.   Arch. Psychiat., Berl.,  1933-34, 101:
 657-65.—Jenkins,  R. L.. & Ackerson, L.  The behavior  of
 encephalitic children.   Am.  J. Orthopsychiat.,  1934,  4:  499-
 507.—Jenkins,  R. L., & Rowley,  C.  C.   Bulbocapnine in the
 treatment of  behavior disorders such as occur in chronic epi-
demic encephalitis.  J. Nerv. Ment. Dis.,  1936, 84: 507-20 —
Jung, F.  Ueher einen Fall schwerer Personlichkeitsveranderung
nach  Encephalitis  epidemica.   Allg. Zschr.  Psychiat.,  1937,
106: 243-50.—Kwint, L. A.   Die psychologischen  Profile der
postencephalitischen  Parkinsoniker.  Arch.  Psychiat.,  Berl.,
1925,  75; 67-80,—Laignel-Lavastine.  Reactions  perverses des
 enfants atteints d'encephalite epidemique.  Sem. hop.  Paris,
 1926, 3: 175-7.—Leone, F.  Su alcune caratteristiche psichiche
 e sull'evoluzione dei postumi dell'encefalite infettiva nell'eta
 adulta.  Rass.  stud, psichiat.,  1927,  16: 1 OU -32.—Levi,  L.
 Sulla decadenza etica dei  fanciulli  da eucefilite epidemica.
 Q.  psichiat., Genova, 1928, 15:  81-98.—Leyser, E.  Unter-
 suchungen iiber  die Charakterveranderungen nach Encephalitis
 epidemica.  Arch.  Psychiat.,  Berl.,  1924-25,  72: 552-609.—
 Lichtveld,  J. A. M.  [Change of character after  encephalitis]
 Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1926, 70: 1857.—Marchand, L., & Cour-
 tois, A.  Hemisyndrome parkinsonien conseeutif a une encepha-
 lite tethargique  paraissant s'etre manifestee au debut par des
 symptomes de folie  morale.  Rev. neur., Par., 1927, 34: pt 2,
 765.—Nathan, M.   Exaltation de la vie  interieure  chez une
 femme  atteinte  d'encephalite  epidemique  fruste.  Encephale,
 1928, 23: 45.—Neustadt, R.  Zur Psychopatholoste  der Ence-
 phahtis-Folgezustande bei Jugendlichen.   Klin. Wschr., 1926,
 5: 1800-2.—Petri, V.  Contributo alio studio delle manifesta-
 zioni psichiche e psicomotorie tardive da encefalite  epidemica
 della prima infanzia.  Rass.  stud, psichiat, 1934, 23:  243-70.—
 Rizzatti, E.. & Pennacchietti, M. Contributo alio studio di una
 delle cause di decadimento etico dell'eta evolutiva: l'encefalite
 epidemica.   Note   psichiat.,  Pesaro,  1932,  61:  89-115.—■
 Roubinovitch.  J.,  &  Abramson.   Etude  compare   entre les
 perversions constitutionndles  et celles consecutives a  l'ence-
 phalite tethargique.  Bull,  med.,  Par., 1926, 40:  619-21.—
 Schachter.  Troubles de la mentalite et du comportement des
 enfants post-encephalitiques.  Rev. med. fr., 1933, 14: 43-9.—
 Strecker, E. A.  Behavior problems in encephalitis;  a clinical
 study of the relationship between behavior and the  acute and
 chronic phenomena  of encephalitis.   Areh. Neur.  Psychiat.,
 Chic, 1929, 21:  137-44.—Thiele, R.  Zur Kenntnis der psychi-
 schen Residual  zustande  nach  Encephalitis  epidemica  bei
 Kindern und Jugendlichen, insbesondere der weiteren Entwick-
 lung dieser Falle. Abh. Neur., 1926, H. 36, 1-100.—Unger, W.
 Gedanken  iiber  Ausdruckspsyehologie anlasslich der Beobach-
 tung eines Enzephalitikers.   Ber. Allg. arztl.  Kongr. Psycho-
 ther.,  1929, 4:  135.—Ventra,  C.   Intelletto  e carattere  in
 rapporto  ai postumi  dell'encefalite epidemica;  fondamento
 biologico  del  carattere.   Manicomio,  1928,  41: 197-244.—
 Weidner, E.  Die  kindliche  Charakterentartung  nach epi-
 demischer  Enzephalitis und ihre  Behandlung.   Deut. med.
 Wschr.,  1925,  51:  1731-3.—Willson, G. M.  A case of post-
 encephalitic conduct disorder.  Training School Bull., 1925-26,
 22:  25-7.—Young,  R.  C.   Chronic  epidemic  encephalitis:
 report of 11 cases  with chronic alcoholism as the outstanding
 symptom.  N. Orleans M. & S. J., 1935-36, 188: 150-8.

 ----  Pharmacology.

   See also subheading Treatment.
   Hepp,  L.   *Versuche iiber das  Verhalten von
 Atropin  im  Korper  von  Post-Encephalitikern.
 19p.   8?   Tub., 1934.
   Beyerman,  W., & Leicher, A.  T.  Ueber den  Einfluss des
 Hyoscins, Hyoscyamins und Atropins auf die Muskelleistungen
 und den Geist von  Parkinsonismuspatienten  nach der Ence-
 phalitis epidemica.   Zschr.  ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1929,  119:
 1-16.—Bremer,  F.   W.    Ueber  die  Unterempfindlichkeit
 gegeniiber  Atropin bei den chronisch-amyostatiscben  Ence-
 phalitis-Kranken.  Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1925, 149:  340-53 —
 Centini,  D.  Considerazioni sull'azione della stricnina sulla
 rigidita postencefalitica.   Riv. sper. freniat.,  1934, 58:  1194-
 6.—Ferrio, C.  II comportamento del tremore del parkinsonismo
 postencefalitico sotto l'influenza di sostanze ad azione  farma-
 codinamica; contributo alio studio dell'innervazione vegetativa
 dei muscoli striati.   Riv. neur., 1933, 6: 365-88.—Finkelman, I.
 Effect of ephedrine on blood sugar mobilization in chronic
 encephalitis; reversal of ephedrine action in untreated subjects
 and effect of treatment with atropine or hyoscine on  ephedrine
 glycemic reaction.   J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1933, 77:  345-50.—
 Fuchs, A.  Untersuchungen iiber das quantitative und qualita-
 tive  weisse Blutbild  (Arneth)  iiber  Widals hamoklasische
 Krise und  fiber  die  Einwirkung des Adrenalins auf Blutbild
 und   Blutdruck  beim postencephalitischen  Parkinsonismus.
 Zschr. ges. Neur.  Psychiat.,  1928, 113: 426-44.—Kurella,
 H. V., & Schramm, F. Untersuchungen iiber  die Muskelharte
 bei  Encephalitikern und  die  Wirkung des Scopolamins auf
 dieselbe. Ibid.,  1924, 93: 555-62.—Levaditi, C, & Li Yuan, P.
 La calcification  des  lesions d'encephalite chronique  sous I'in-
 fluence de  l'ergosterol irradie  (sterogyl)   C. rend. Soc. biol.,
 1929, 101: 881-5.—Marinesco, G.,  & Bourguignon, G.  Varia-
 tions  de  la chronaxie et de  l'attitude des membres  sous I'in-
 fluence de  la scopolamine et de lteserine  dans 2  cas de syn-
 dromes  parkinsoniens post-encephalitiques.   Ibid.,  1927, 97:
 207-10.

 ----  Pharynx and larynx.

  See also subheading Speech.
  Magnard,  P.  *Les manifestations  pharyngo-
 laryngees de l'encephalite  epidemique.     113p.
 8?    Lyon, 1934.
  Childrey, J. H., & Parker, H. L.  Myoclonic movements of
 the  larynx and  pharynx; a manifestation of epidemic ence-
phalitis.  Arch, Otolar., Chic, 1931, 14; 139-48— Collet, F. J. 
ENCEPHALITIS, EPIDEMIC             246            ENCEPHALITIS,  EPIDEMIC
Troubles  pharyngo-larynges dans un cas  de parkinsonisme
post-encephalitique.  J. med., Lvon,  1931,  12: 429-32.  Also
Rev. otoneur., Par., 1931, 9: 669-73— Mayoux & Charachon.
Paralysies de l'oesophage et du glosso-pharyngien post-ence-
phalitiques.  Lyon med., 1936, 157: 172-4.—Piazza Missorici,
A.  A proposito di un  caso di paralisi del  postico sinistro da
encefalite letargica.  Riv. otoneur., 1926, 3: 686-92.
 A propos d'un cas de paralysie du crico-aryt6noidien posterieur
 par encephalite tethargique.   Rev. otoneur., Par.,  1928, 6:
 221.—Rebattu, Devic & Mounier-Kuhn.  Les manifestations
 velo-pharyngo-laryngees  de  l'encephalite  epidemique.   J.
 med.  Lyon, 1931,  12:  437-40.—Terracol, J.  Les  sequelles
 pharyngo-laryngees de  l'encephalite  epidemique.  Rev.  oto-
 neur., Par., 1931, 9: 681-4.

 ----   Prevention and public  health aspect.

    Alum treatment  makes mice resistant to encephalitis; study
 suggests new way to protect against this and similar  diseases.
 Science News Lett., 1935, 27: 69.—Anzeigepflicht fur die epi-
 demische  Gehirnentziindung.   Med. Korbl. Wurttemberg,
 1926,  96: 139.—Browning, W. Epidemic encephalitis; a com-
 mon etiologie factor, and its importance in prevention. J. Am.
 M.  Ass.,  1925, 85:  1394-7.—Schneider, C.  Referat  uber die
 Bedeutung der Encephalitis  lethargica  fur  die  offentliche
 Gesundheitspflege und die von der Medizinalverwaltung dage-
 gen zu  ergreifenden  Massnahmen.  Allg. Zschr. Psychiat.,
 1925, 82: 265-312.

 ----   Prognosis.

    See  also  subheadings  Forensic   aspect;  Per-
 sonality and character changes; Social aspect.
    Funcken, E.   *Die Prognose der Encephalitis
 epidemica.   76p.    8?    Bonn, 1931.

    Hayden,  E.  A.   *Die  Prognose  der  Ence-
 phalitis   epidemica  nach  den Erfahrungen  in
 America  und Europa   [Basel]   21p.   8?   Mul-
 house, 1936.

    Lengsfeld,  W.   *Ueber  die  Verlaufsweise

 und   die   Prognose   der   postencephalitischen
 Krankheitszustande.  41p.   8?  Bresl., 1927.

   Parsons,  A. C.   Report of  an inquiry into the
 after-histories of  persons  attacked  by  enceph-
 alitis lethargica.  204p.  8?   Lond., 1927.

   Satjter,  E.   *Ein Beitrag  zum Schicksal  der
 Encephalitiker;  katamnestische Untersuchungen
 der an akuter Encephalitis lethargica erkrankten
 und  an  der Zurcher medizinischen Klinik  hos-
 pitalisierten Patienten  [Zurich]  20p.  8?  Basel
 1933.
   Also Schweiz. med.  Wschr., 1934, 64: 464-9.

   Barre & Crusem.  Spasmes pharyngo-glottiques avec crises
 d apn6e suivies de perte de  connaissanee et d'accidents Jack-
 soniens.   Rev.  otoneur., Par., 1926, 4:  533-7.—Brand,  W.
 Was wird aus Encephalitis-Kindern  und Jugendlichen'' Arch
 Psychiat.,  Berl.,  1929, 88: 698-704.—Bremer, F. W.  Ein
 bemerkenswerter  Heilungserfolg bei Encephalitis epidemica
 Deut.  med. Wschr., 1925, 51: 1159.—D'Alessandro,  F.  Su
 di un  caso  di encefalite epidemica  ad esito non  frequente
 Clin. med. ital., 1924, 55: 147-61.—Dennig, H., & Voellm, r'
 Untersuchungen  iiber  die Prognose  der  chronischen Ence-
 phalitis epidemica.  Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1927,  155: 257-
 62— Eyrich, M., & Eyrich, H.  Zur Prognose der epidemischen
 Encephalitis im Kindesalter; Ergebnisse  einer  Katamnese
 Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1928, 117: 620-48.—Graves, C H
 Progress and outcome of epidemic  encephalitis.  Med  Bull
 Veterans Admin.,  1931, 7: 861-3.—Hall, A. J.  Prognosis in
 epidemic  encephalitis:  acute  and chronic.   Lancet  Lond
 ■^I'iaI 147~AHe1a1^ W"  Prognosis of lethargic encephalitis
 in childhood. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1936, 36: 921-30 —
 Holt, W. L., jr.  Epidemic encephalitis: a  follow-up study'of
 266  cases.   Ibid.,  1937,  38:  1135-44.—Howe, H  A   The
 prognosis for epidemic encephalitis  in children.  Bull. Johns
 Hopkins Hosp., 1930, 47: 123-56.-Levi, L.  Sul decorso e la
 prognosi della encefalite epidemica nei ragazzi.  Q. psichiat
 Genova  1930,  17:  89-102.-Naegeli, H.   Katamnestische
 Untersuchungen bei  Encephalitis epidemica chronica.  Mschr
 Psychiat  1938, 98:  143-67.-Peter, A.  Ueber einen  gunstig
 beeinflussten Fall von  Encephalitis  lethargica und  Parkin"
 sonismus.  Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1927, 57: 960.—Robb A  G
 RHltMCTenfo?5al,l,isc;1tche Proportion of permanent reco'veries!
 vnn  mi  p-if27'i:  ^--Stroniback, G.  Nachuntersuchung
 m a- —  ?alle^,deM Enc?Phahtis epidemica  acuta aus der
 Medizimschen Klmik zu Lund 1920-27.  Acta med.  scand.
Fnee'nIaiitS-UP&- a°' 2,50r66.-Werner, M.  Was wird aus den
Encephalitis-Kindern.'  katamnestische  Erhebungen.  Zschr
ges  Neur.  Psychrat.,  1927,  107:  231-46.—Ziegler,  L.  H
follow-up  studies  on persons  who have had  epidemic ence-
phalitis.  J. Am. M.  Ass.,  1928, 91: 138-41.    ^wmi. ence
 ----   Psychosis.

    See also subheading Type, psychotic.
    Baron,  O.    *Ueber  die  psychischen Folge-
 zustande nach Encephalitis  epidemica  bei  Kin-
 dern.   41p.   8?   Kiel, 1927.

    Johnen [T.  M.] R.  *Zur Frage der Psychosen
 bei  Metencephalitis.  32p.   8?   Bonn, 1928.
    Makela, V.   *Ueber psychische Storungen bei
 und nach der  epidemischen Encephalitis.  236p.
 8?   Helsin.,  1923.
    Pruckner,  H. A.   *Zur Psychopathologie  der
 chronischen  Encephalitis epidemica  [Miinchen]
 23p.  8?   Niirnb., 1926.
    Ribeiro de Souza,  S.   Perturbacoes mentaes
 nas  formas prolongadas da encephalite epidemica
 (contribuicao para o  seu estudo clinico)   137p.
 8?   S. Paulo, 1928.
   Alajouanine,  T., & Gopcevitch.  Hallucinose prehypnique,
 automatisme ambulatoire et verbal  nocturne,  eclipses con-
 fusionnelles paroxystiques  chez  une  malade  atteinte  d'un
 syndrome parkinsonien postencephalitique, avec syndrome de
 Parinaud respectant les  mouvements  automatico-reflexes, et
 crises toniques des membres k type de crampes  vesperales.
 Rev. neur.,  Par., 1928, 35: pt 2, 714-8.—Alpers, B. J.  Post-
 encephalitic parkinsonism with psychosis.   J. Nerv. Ment.
 Dis., 1930, 72: 257-65.—Amyot, R.  Contribution a l'etude des
 aspects psychiatriques de l'encephalite  epidemique a  forme
 prolongee; observation et commentaires.  Union nted. Canada,
 1931, 60: 785-95.—Astvatsatourov, M.  Sur une  symptome
 psychique chez les parkinsoniens postencephalitiques: akairie.
 Rev. neur.,  Par., 1928, 35: 215.—Auden, G.  A.  Encephalitis
 lethargica; its psychological implications.  J. Ment.  Sc, Lond.,
 1925, 71: 647-58.—Bellavitis, C.   Manifestazioni mentali nei
 parkinsonismo  postencefalitico.   Gior.  psichiat.,  1928,  56:
 1-21.—Bergamini, M.  Sull'evoluzione dei  reliquati psichici
 dell'encefalite  epidemica  nelle prime  eta della vita.  Note
 psichiat., Pesaro, 1928, 3. ser., 16: 497: 1929, 3. ser., 17: 1 —
 Bermann, G.   Sfndromes  neuropaticos en la encefalitis epi-
 demica cronica.  Dia med., B. Air., 1928-29, 1: 287.—Bertolani,
 A.   Manifestazioni coatte  accesuali  della  motilita oculare
 associate a disturbi psichici nell'encefalite epidemica cronica.
 Riv.  sper. freniat., 1925-26, 49:  333-70.—Bosch,  G., &  Mc
 Gatti, E.  Contribucten al  estudio  del estado mental de los
 parkinsonianos postencefaliticos.  Prensa med. argent., 1932-
 33, 19:  1230-4.—Bramwell, E., Hall,  A. [et  al.]   Discussion
 on the mental sequelae of encephalitis lethargica.  Proc. R. Soc.
 M., Lond., 1924-25, 18: sect, psychiat., &c, 17-39.  Also Lan-
 cet,  Lond.,  1925,  1: 181-3.—Bromberg, W.  Mental states
 in  chronic encephalitis.  Psychiat.  Q.,  1930,  4:  537-66.—
 Buchanan, G.   Sur  le traitement.  des  personnes atteintes
 de  sequelles mentales de  l'encephalite  tethargique.  Bull.
 Off.  internat.  hyg. pub.,  Par.,  1926,  18:  1339-6.  ------
 Les sequelles mentales de l'encephalite tethargique en Grande-
 Bretagne.   Ibid.,  1927,  19:  764-9.—Cappelle  &  Noguier,
 P.   A propos  des sequelles mentales de  l'encephalite epi-
 demique chronique.  Echo med.  nord, 1933, 37:  359-61.—
 Castro,  H. R.   Sodium iodide therapy  in  post-eneephalitic
 psychosis  (preliminary  report on  the treatment of  16 cases)
 State Hosp. Q.,  Utica,  1925-26,  11:  194-207.—Catalano,
 A.   Sindrome mentale e  parkinsonismo da encefalite  epi-
 demica  in un fanciullo; reperto  istopatologico e  considera-
 zioni  patogenetiche.  Gior.  psichiat.,  1927,  55:  35-48,  pl.—
 Charpentier, P. J. L. Troubles psychiques post-encephalitiques.
 Arch  med.  pharm. nav.,  1925, 115:  73-6.—Chodos, C. G.
 Zur  Psychopathologie des chronischen Stadiums  der Ence-
 phalitis  lethargica.  Zschr.  ges.  Neur. Psychiat., 1933,  145:
 u 7-  •—Claude>  H.   Sur les  troubles  mentaux  post-ence-
 pnahtiques.  Rev.  gin. clin. ther., 1925, 39: 225-8.------
 Migault, P., & Lacan, J.  Spasme de torsion et troubles men-
 taux postencephalitiques.  Ann. med. psychoi., Par., 1932, 90:
 546-51— Cooper, H.  A.  The mental sequelae of chronic epi-
 demic encephalitis  and their prognosis.  Lancet, Lond.,  1936,
 2: 677-9.—Coppola, A.  Sulle manifestazioni psicogene delle
 sindromi postencefalitiche.  Riv.  pat.  nerv., 1930,  35: 299-
 312.—Daspit, H.  Epidemic encephalitis; a  factor in  some
 morbid mental states.  N. Orleans M. & S. J., 1927-28,  80:
 ?A?T8^Dezwa»rte/  D-   Sequelles  mentales  d'encephalite
 lethargique.   Arch, internat. neur.,  Par., 1927, 20. ser.,  2:
 108-10—Dretler, J.   Influence  de l'encephalite epidemique
 chronique sur la schizophrenic.  Encephale,  1935,  30:  pt 2,
 656-70.—Euziere, J.,  Viallefont, H., & Lafon, R.  Les troubles
 mentaux  episodiques,  sequelles  d'encephalite  epidemique.
 Gaz  med: France,  1931, 473-5.—Ewald, G.   Schauanfalle als
 postenzepnalitische Storung (zugleich ein Beitrag  zur Frage
 psychischer  Storungen  bei  postenzephalitischen Zustanden)
 Mschr. Psychiat., 1924, 57: 222-53.—Fleck, U. Erbbiologlsche
 Untersuchungen  im  Hinblick  auf die  psychischen Folge-
 5™„an,°;e der Encephalitis epidemica.   Arch. Psychiat.,  Berl.,
 1926-27,  79: 509-30.------Ueber die psychischen Folge-
zustande  nach  Encephalitis  epidemica  bei  Jugendlichen.
 Ibid.,  723-85.  ———  Ueber die psychischen Veranderungen
der  erwachsenen Metencephalitiker mit  Betrachtungen uber
die  psychischen  Folgezustande  der  Encephalitis  epidemica 
ENCEPHALITIS,  EPIDEMIC              247             ENCEPHALITIS, EPIDEMIC
 iiberhaupt.  Ibid., 1927,  80: 297-311—Funfgeld, E.  Ueber
 chronische Encephalitis mit eigenartigen seelischen Storungen.
 Deut. Zschr. Nervenh.,  1936,  139: 234.  Also  Nervenarzt,
 1936,  9: 293-7.—Galant, Z.  B.   [Psychic changes in abortive
 forms of encephalitis]  Sovrem. psikhonevr.,  1930,  10: 306-
 25.—Golant-Ratner,  R.,  &  Matussov.  L.   Zur Klinik  des
 phasenformigen  Verlaufes der  postenzephalitischen Geistes-
 storungen.  Mschr. Psychiat., 1928, 67:  311-9.—Gozzano, M.
 Ricerche psicometriche  sopra  alcuni  parkinsoniani posten-
 cefalitici.  Riv. pat. nerv., 1925, 30: 304-12.— Gurevitsch, M.
 Postencephalitische Geistesstorungen und vergleichende Topis-
 tik der psychischen Mechanismen.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat.,
 1924,  92: 283-95. ------& Tkachev, R.  Beitrage zur Klinik
 der  chronischen  epidemischen Encephalitis: Extrapyramidale
 Anfalle; extrapyramidaler Mutismus; centrale  Parasthesien;
 Encephalitis epidemica bei einem Schizophrenen.  Ibid., 1925,
 99:  485-502.—Hall, A. J.  The mental sequelae of epidemic
 encephalitis in children.  Brit. M. J., 1925, 1: 110.—Hall, S. B.
 The mental aspect of epidemic  encephalitis.   Ibid., 1929, 1:
 444-6.—Helsper, R.   Psychosen bei chronischer Encephalitis
 epidemica.  Zschr. ges.  Neur. Psychiat.,  1933-34,  149: 374-
 408.—Hendrick.  I. Encephalitis lethargica and the interpreta-
 tion of mental disease.   Am. J. Psychiat., 1927-28, 7: 989-
 1014.—Heuyer,  G.   Troubles   psychiques  de  l'encephalite
 epidemique.   Sem. hop.  Paris, 1931, 7: 330-7.—Hinsie, L. E.
 Psychological  aspects of a  case   of epidemic  encephalitis.
 State  Hosp.  Q.,  Utica, 1925-26, 11: 363-75.—Jablonszky, A.
 [Mental aspect of epidemic encephalitis]   Orv.  hetil.,  1930,  74:
 926-8.—Kagachovskaia,  Z.  L.,  & Zeigarnik,  B.  V.   [Psycho-
 pathology  of  negativism in epidemic  encephalitis]   Sovet.
 nevropat., 1935, 4: No. 8, 65-80.— Kant. O.   Der Geisteszu-
 stand  (erwachsener)  chronischer Encephalitiker.  Arch. Psy-
 chiat., Berl., 1924-2.3, 72: 610-65.—Kling, C. A.  Les sequelles
 mentales de  l'encepbalite tethargique en SuSde.   Bull.  Off.
 internat. hyg. pub.. Par., 1927, 19: 770-7.—KlUber.  Ence-
 phalitis  und  postencephalitische Geistesstorung.   Vereinsbl.
 pfalz.  Aerzte.  1926, 38: 83.—Krivy. M.  [Psychical disturbances
 in post-encephalitic conditions especially in paralvsis agitans]
 Bratisl.  tek.  listy,  1926, 5: 251-68—Lariviere, P.  L'etat
 mental des parkinsoniens  post-encephalitiques.  J. Hotel-Dieu,
 Montreal,  1934,  3: 99-112.—Lautier,  J.  Sequelles psyeho-
 organiques d'encephalite  epidemique;  evolution  lente vers la
 guerison.  Ann.  nted. psychoi., Par.,  1928,  86: 342-8.—Le
 Guillant, L. Troubles mentaux de l'encephalite; revue generate.
 Sem. hop. Paris,  1932, 8:  16-24.—Lupulescu, I.  [Psychic form
 of  chronic  epidemic  encephalitis]  Rev. st. med., Bucur.,
 1934,  23:  148-55.—McCowan,  P.  K.  Observations on some
 cases of  post-encephalitic psychoses. Lancet,  Lond., 1925, 1:
 277-9. ------• & Cook, L. C.  The mental aspect of chronic
 epidemic encephalitis.  Ibid.,  1928, 1:  1316-20.— McKenna,
 J.  B.   Two  patients  with  postencephalitic parkinsonism
 associated  with  psychoses.   Arch.  Neur. Psychiat.,  Chic,
 1937,  37: 213-9.—Makarov,  V. E.  [Variations  in  course of
 insanity caused  bv chronic  eoidemic encephalitis]   Sovrem.
 psikhonevr., 1930, i0: 105-16. Also Zschr. ges. Neur.  Psychiat.,
 1930,  130: 132-47.—Miikela, V.  Ueber  psychische Storungen
 bei und  nach der epidemischen  Encephalitis.   Acta Soc med.
 Duodecim, 1923, 4: H. 2, 1-230.—Marshall,  R.  M.  Mental
 aspects of epidemic encephalitis.  Brit. M. J.,  1927, 2: 539-41.
 Also J. Ment. Sc,  Lond.,  1927, 73:  589-95.—Marshall,  W.
 The psychopathology and treatment of the parkinsonian syn-
 drome and other post-encephalitic sequelae.  J.  Nerv.  Ment.
 Dis.,   1936, 84:  27-45.—Mikulski, A.   Quelques remarques
 relatives aux  troubles  psychiques de l'encephalite epidemique
 et aux etats  parkinsoniens.   Encephale,  1925, 20:  272-7.—
 Neustadt,  R.   Zur  Auffassung  der Psychosen bei  Metence-
 phalitis.  Arch. Psychiat., Ber!., 1927, 81: 99-132—Nicolauer.
 Psychische  Storungen  nach  Encephalitis   lethargica   bei
 Kindern resp. Jugendlichen.  Klin. Wschr.,  1925,  4:  377.—
 Paskind, H.  A.  Mental disturbances with chronic  epidemic
 encephalitis.   Med. Clin. N. America,   1939, 23:  219-25 —
 Pennacchi, F.  Contributo alio  studio della  sindrome psico-
 patica  nell'encefalite epidemica cronica.  Ann. Osp. psichiat.
 Perugia,  1933, 27: 249-75.—Petit, G., & Daussy, H.  Ence-
 phalite epidemique  chronique fruste  avec crises  de  brady-
 psychie et  perversions instinctives  chez un enfant de 12 ans.
 Ann.  med. psychoi.,  Par., 1927, 85: 269-76.—Pfersdorv, C.
 L'encephalite tethargique. Strasbourg med., 1931, 91: 187-9 —
 Prochazka, L.  Les sequelles mentales de l'encephalite  tethar-
 gique  en Tcltecoslovaqute.   Bull.  Off.  internat. hyg. pub.,
 Par., 1927, 19: 791-4.  Also Cas. tek. cesk., 1927, 66:  1982-5 —
 Reznikoff,  L.   Effect  of  benzedrine sulfate in treatment  of
 psychosis with postencephalitic  parkinsonism.  Arch.  Neur.
 Psychiat., Chic, 1939, 42: 112-20.—Richet, C, fils, Dublineau,
 J., & Rubenovitch, P.  Syndrome  psychopathique post-ence-
 phalitique evoluant chez une periodique.   Ann. med.  psychoi.,
 Par., 1934, 92: 405-11.—Roncati. C.  A proposito di un segno
 psichico speciale  che si puo osservare nei parkinsoniani post-
 encefalitici.  Gior. psichiat., 1929, 57: 66-9.—Sacristan, J.  M.
 Las psicosis atfpicas de la encefalitis cr6nica.   Arch, neurob.,
 Madr., 1933,  13: 871-98.—Sanchis-Banu?. J.   Las secuelas
 mentales tardfas de la encefalitis epidemica (letargica) resumen
general eon motivo de algunos casos clinicos.   Ibid., 1922, 3:
225-44.—Schachter, M.   Les troubles du psychisme de l'en-
fant  encephalitique.   Progr.  med.,  Par.,  1931, 1826-9.  Also
Rass. internaz. clin. ter.,  1932,  13: 539-42.—Scheer, W.  M.
van der  [Psychosis after encephalitis]  Ned.  tschr. geneesk.,
 1932,  76: pt  2,  2087-95.   ------  [Psychopathologie and
psychotic  manifestations  following  epidemic   encephalitis]
Psychiat. neur. bl., Amst.,  1936, 40: 518-34.—Sehilder,  P.
Zur  Kenntnis  der Psychosen bei chronischer  Encephalitis
epidemica; nebst Bemerkungen fiber die Beziehung organischer
Strukturen zu den psychisehen Vorgangen.  Zschr. ges. Neur.
Psychiat., 1928-29, 118: 327-4.3—Schnyder, L.  A propos de
la micrographie postencephalitique.   Rev. med.  Suisse rom.,
1923, 43: 705-13.—Silk. S. A. Mental reactions in sequelae of
epidemic  encephalitis.  Ann. Clin.  M.,  1925, 4: 117-39.—
Simson,  T. P.  [Mental changes during epidemic  encephalitis]
J. nevropath. psykhiat., Moskva, 1926, 19: 35-52.—Sjogren, H.
Sequelles psychiques  de  l'encephalite   d'Economo.   Acta
psychiat. neur., Kbh.,  1936-37,  11:  605-14.—Spence, J.  C.
Mental sequela; of encephalitis lethargica.  Lancet, Lond., 1925,
1: 280.—Stallybrass, C. O.   The mental after-effects of ence-
phalitis lethargica.  Med. Off., Lond., 1926, 36: 5-7.—Steck, H.
Die  psychischen  Storungen  nach  Encephalitis  lethar<rica.
Schweiz. med.  Wschr.,  1931, 61:  824-7.—Thelen, F.  Ueber
einen  postencephalitischen Zustand mit  Schrei-  und Streck-
krampfen und  Storung der Achtsamkeit.  Zschr. ges.  Neur.
Psychiat., 1937, 158: 147-51.—Tredgold, A. F. Some observa-
tions on the mental changes occurring in encephalitis lethargica.
Ment. Welf.,  Lond., 1925, 6: 1-7.—Trossarelli, A.   Sui disturbi
mentali nell'encefalite letargica.  Note psichiat., P°saro, 1927,
3.  ser.,  15:  375-86.—Varvasovszky, J.   [Postencephalitic
Parkinsonism slowly developing as a psychosis]   Orv.  hetil.,
1937, 81: 85.—Visser.  [Case of  psychosis after encephalitisj
Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1927, 71: pt 2, 565-7.—Vullien & Guilbert.
Encephalite epidemique et psychoses.  Echo med.  nord, 1934,
3. ser., 1:  628-33.—Ward, E.   A subjective study of ence-
phalitis lethargica.  Clin. J., Lond., 1927, 56: 66-71.—Wilckens,
H.  A.   Zur  pathologischen  Anatomie  der Metencephalitis
chronica  mit  psvehischen  Storungen.    Zschr.   ges.   Neur.
Psychiat.,  1925, '99:   139-84.—Wimmer,  A.  Les  troubles
mentaux precurseurs  de l'encephalite epidemique chronique.
Ann. med. psvchol., Par.,  1925, 83: 306-25.  Also Hospitalsti-
dende, 1926,  69: 1009; 1029.---~  Psychotische Syndrome
bei  der  chronischen,  epidemischen Encephalitis.  Acta psy-
chiat. neur., Kbh., 1928, 3: 409-92.—Witzel, A. E.  Epidemic
encephalitis,  sequelae  and the psychoneuroses.   State Hosp.
Q.,  Utica,  1924-25, 10:  387-403.—Worster-Drought.  C, &
Hardcastle, D.  N.   A contribution to the psychopathology of
residual encephalitis lethargica.  J. Neur. Psychopath., Brist.,
1924-25, 5: 146-50.—Zeckel, A.   [Post-encephalitic disorders
of consciousness]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1934, 78:  4229-52.

----    Psychosis:  Type.
   Korn, G.   Contribution a l'etude  des m£ca-
nismes pathogeniques  des syndromes   delirants
post-encephalitiques.   45p.  8?    Par.,  1936.
   Volstein,  A.    Contribution  a,  l'etude  des
syndromes hallucinatoires, sequelles  d'encepha-
lites.    lOOp.   8?   Par., 1932.
  Armenise,  P.  Encefalite  epidemica cronica a  tipo psico-
polinevritico.   Cervello,  1927, 6: 327-34.—Barison, F.  Oni-
rismo ed  encefalite epidemica cronica.  Gior. psichiat., 1937, 65:
189-91.—Baruk, H., & Meignant, P.  Syndromes hallucina-
toires  post-encephalitiques.   Encephale,  1929, 24:  210-3.-—
Benon, R.   La  manie  chronique infantile post-encephalo-
pathique.  Arch.  med.  enf.,  1923, 26:  585-609.—Bermann,
G.   Sindromes  de depresion  afectiva  en  postencefalitieos
ignorados.  Actas Conf. lat. amer. neur., 1929, 1. Conf. 680-94.—
Borok, I. G.  [Korsakov's syndrome after acute encephalitis]
Sovet. vrach. gaz., 1934, 38: 1112.—Claude, H.. & Ey, H.
Les  etats hallucinatoires  a  type  schizophrenique de  l'ence-
phalite epidemique chronique  et. le probteme des hallucinations.
Encephale, 1933,  28:  485-503.   ------  Troubles psycho-
sensortels et  etats  oniriques dans l'encephalite  epidemique
chronique.   Presse  med.,  1933,  41:  1281-5.—Davis,  C.  C.
Acute  encephalitis and  the  Korsakov  symptom-complex.
Lancet,  Lond.,  1932,  1:  670.—Dickmeiss, P.  Les facteurs
etiologiques exogenes dans les  psychoses maniaco-meiancoliques
particulterement en connexite avec l'encephalite  epidemique
chronique.  Ann. med. psychoi., Par., 1936, 94: pt 2, 769-78.
------[Exogenous  etiological  factors  in manic-depressive
psychosis with  special reference  to  encephalitis  epidemica
chronica]  Hospitalstidende, 1936, 79:  774-81.—Dupouy, R., &
Pichard,  H.    Syndrome  hallucinatoire  post-encephalitique.
Ann. med. psychoi., Par., 1931, 89: 476-8.—Fernandez, S. C, &
Huergo,  A.   Hipoestesia afectiva,  perversidad, sindrome
epiteptieo y mitomania en una postencefalitica.   Cron. med.
mex.,  1933,  32: 18-22— Fracassi, T., &  Garcia.  D. E.  Un
caso de hemidistonia de actitud post-encefalitiea  a tipo hipo-
t6nico  con alucinaciones  hipnagogicas.   Rev. med. Rosario,
1932, 22: 20-9.—Froment, J.  Onirisme  postencephalitique
sequellaire anteliore par l'insuline.  Rev. neur., Par., 1930, 37:
1162-4.—Giorgi, L.   Sindromi melanconiche nella encefalite
epidemica cronica.  Riv.  psicol.,  1933,  29: 120-8.—Golant-
Ratner, R.  Hallucinations motrices verbales de la langue dans
l'encephalite  epidemique.  Encephale,  1934, 29: 483-94.—
Handelsman, J.  Acces de deiire periodique avec exhalation
d'une odeur fetide (foetorcekreusis) dans un cas d'encephalite
epidemique.  Ann. med. psychoi., Par., 1929, 87: pt 2, 329-44.—
Herrmann, G.  Affektiver Tonusverlust (Lachschlag  Oppen-
heims) nach  Encephalitis epidemica und seine Beeinflussung
durch Strychnin,  Med. Klin., Berl., 1928. 24: 854.—Hiihner- 
ENCEPHALITIS, EPIDEMIC              248             ENCEPHALITIS, EPIDEMIC
 feld, J.  Ueber einen  Fall spatenzephalitischer Seelenstorung
 mit epileptoiden Erscheinungen und liliputiformen Halluzina-
 tionen.  Allg. Zschr. Psychiat., 1938,  108:  157-64.—Huergo,
 A., & Speroni, C. F. Hipoestesia afectiva, perversidad, sindrome
 epiteptico y mitomania en una post-encefalitica.  Rev. crim.,
 B. Air., 1931, 18: 401-8.—Kanevskaia, F.  O.  [Peculiar de-
 pressive psychosis caused by epidemic encephalitis]   J. nevro-
 pat. psikhiat., Moskva,  1931,  24: 39-47.—Kharchenko, S.  I.
 [Peculiarity of  symptom of fright  in encephalitic  patients]
 Ibid., 48-50.—Marchand, L., Fortineau, J., & Petit, P.   Deiire
 d'interpretation  aprSs  encephalite epidemique.  Ann.  med.
 psychoi., Par.,  1935,  93: 98-102.—Marinesco  & Nicolesco.
 Un cas de parkinsonisme accompagne de crises oculogyres et
 d'hallucinations colorees.  Rev. neur., Par., 1932,  39: pt 2,
 691-3.—Masquin,  P.,  Mareschal  &  Altaian.   Syndromes
 hallucinatoires  post-encephalitiques.    Ann.  med.  psychoi.,
 Par.,  1933,  91:  607-12.—Nardi, I.  Stati onirici,  pseudo-
 allucinatori ed  ossessivi a contenuto sessuale-mistico  nella
 encefalite cronica epidemica.   Arch.  gen. neur., Nocera, 1935,
 16:  237-48.—Powitzkaja, R.  S.   Zum  Mechanismus  der
 Wahnbildung  bei epidemischer  Encephalitis.   Zschr.  ges.
 Neur. Psychiat., 1928, 116: 189-98.—Raphael, T.. & Dieterle,
 R. R.  The Korsakow syndrome in association with epidemic
 encephalitis.  In Contr. Med.  Sc. (A.  S. Warthin) Ann Arb.,
 1927, 647-59.—Schiff, P., & Simon, R.  Deiire de possession
 zoopathique succedant a un deiire de grossesse chez une obese
 post-encephalite.  Ann. med. psychoi.,  Par.,  1933, 91: 612-5.—
 Schiff,  P., &  Trelles, J. O.   Attaques toniques generalisees,
 avec crises de fureur, chez un encephalitique.  Ibid.,  1931, 89:
 pt 2, 397-404.—Steck, H.  Contribution a l'etude des sequelles
 psychiques  de l'encephalite tethargique (les formes d61irantes
 et hallucinatoires)   Schweiz.  Arch.   Neur.  Psychiat., 1927,
 21: 214-37.—Torras, O., & Sarni, R.  Sindromes me!anc61icos
 post-eneefaliticos.  An. Hosp.  S. Cruz, Bared., 1930, 4: 297-
 305.—Tsiminakis, Y.  Ueber  einen  Fall von  postencephaliti-
 schem Korsakoffschen Syndrom.   Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat.,
 1934, 150: 323-7.

 ----   Psychosis:  Type:  Dementia.

    Witzleb,  E.   *Paranoid-halluzinatorische Zu-
 standsbilder bei  chronischer  Encephalitis lethar-
 gica.   56p.   8?   Jena,  1935.
    Agostini, C.  La sindrome  psicopatica della encefalite  epi-
 demica a tipo parkinsonoide (pseudo-demenza postencefalitica)
 Ann. Manic  Perugia, 1921, 15:  113-33, 3  pl.—Bermann, G.
 Taquipnea  anhelante;  secuela  respiratoria y  demencial de
 encefalitis epidemica, en una  nina de  cinco afios.  Arch. lat.
 amer. pediat., B. Air., 1928, 3. ser., 22: 20-9.  ------  & Bar-
 rancos. A.  La demencia bradifrenica: contribucten a!  estudio
 de las psicosis cronicas postencefaliticas.  Sem. med., B. Air.,
 1926. 33: pt 2, 951-7—Caliigaris, G., & Sartordli, E.  Sindromi
 isteriche, attacchi vegetativi e stati allucinatori-paranoidi nella
 metencefalite.   Policlinico,  1927, 34: sez. med.,  617-24.—
 Domarus,  E.  von.   Halluzinatorisch-paranoide Bilder  bei
 Metencephalitis.  Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1926,  78:  58-63.—
 Engerth. G.. Flach. A., & Palisa,  C.   Ueber paranoid-halluzi-
 natorische Zustandsbilder bei  postenkephalitischem  Parkin-
 sonismus.  Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1935, 37: 489-93.—Erb, A.
 Zur Dynamik der Wahnideen  (auf Grund von Beobachtungen
 in Fallen von schizophrenen  Psychosen  bei postencephaliti-
 schem Parkinsonismus)  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1937-38,
 160: 793-803.—Kwint, L. A.   Eine  paranoide  Variante der
 postencephalitischen psyehotischen Zustande. Arch. Psychiat.,
 Berl., 1928, 78: 375-82.—Leonhard, K.  Besonderheiten an den
 halluzinatorisch-paranoiden Bildern nach epidemischer Ence-
 phalitis.  Zschr. ges.  Neur.  Psychiat.,  1932,  138:  780-807.
 ------  Zur  Symptomatologie und DifTerentialdiagnose  der
 halluzinatorisch-paranoiden   Psychosen   nach   Encephalitis
 epidemica.   Arch.  Psychiat.,  Berl.,  1934, 102:  372-82.—
 Mitomo, S.  Ueber einen atypischen chronischen epidemischen
 Encephalitisfall  (Charakterfehler,  schizophrenes  Krankheits-
 bild, ohne  Parkinsonismus)  mit  Sektionsbefund.  Psychiat.
 neur. jap., 1937, 41: 16.—Morseilli, F.  Sindromi catatoniformi
 e  schizofrenosimili da encefalite letargica (contributo  clinico,
 con speciale riguardo al  problema delle  componenti motrici
 nell'attivitd, mentale)  Gior. psichiat.,  1925, 53:  143-79, pl.—
 Polik.  Geistesstorung bei chronischer  Enkephalins epidemica
 oder Schizophrenic?  Psychiat. neur. Wschr.,  1936, 38: 403-7.—
 Puca, A.  Sindrome catatonica ed encefalite epidemica cronica.
 Riv.  pat. nerv., 1930, 35: 246-5.5.—Querido, A.   [Role of
 enceohalitis in production of  feeblemindedness]  Ned.  tschr.
 geneesk., 1929, 73: 1837-41.  Also Psychiat. neur. bl.,  Amst.,
 1929, 33: 229-32.—Rizzatti, E.  Sulla schizofrenia postence-
 falitica.  Note psichiat., Pesaro,  1926, 3. ser.,  14: 445-65.—
 Schmidt.  M.   Zur  Feststellung  der  postencephalitischen
 Bradyphrenie  (Naville) durch den  summarischen Assoziations-
 versuch. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1925, 55: 712-6.—Sumbaevz,
 I.   S.   [Paranoid  manifestations  in  epidemic   encephalitis]
 Sovrem. psikhonevr.,  1929, 9: 735-41.—Vivaldo,  J.  C. &
 Haedo,  A.   Sobre  un  caso  de  demencia post-encefalitica.
 Prensa  med.  argent.,  1929,  15:  936-41.—Wyrsch, J.   Zur
 Kenntnis der  schizophrenie-ahnlichen  metencephalitischen
 Psychosen.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1929, 121: 186-210.

----  Psychosis:  Type:  Impulsive states.
   Angyal, L.  Zur Kenntnis der postencephalitischen Antriebs-
und Gedachtnisstorungen.  Zschr.  ges,  Neur, Psychiat., 1929,
122:  187-203.—Burger, H.  Ueber Encephalitis und  Zwang.
Ibid., 1928, 113: 239-45.  ------& Mayer-Gross. W.  Ueber
Zwangssymptome  bei Encephalitis  lethargica und  fiber  die
Struktur der Zwangerscheinungen fiberhaupt.  Ibid., 116: 645-
86-—Chlopicki, W.  Ueber anfallweise auftretende Zwangser-
schdnungen im Vsrlaufe  von  Parkinsonismus nach  der  epi-
demischen Encephalitis.   Arch.  Psychiat.,  Berl.,  1931,   93:
1-27.—Claude, H., Baruk,  H., & Lamache,  A.   Obsessions-
impulsions consecutives a 1 'encephalite epidemique.  Encephale,
1927, 22:  716-20.—Heuyer, G., Maire & Lorsignol.  Tics,
obsessions et croissance excessive de la taille d'origine encephali-
tique.   Bull. Soc.  pediat. Paris,  1935, 33:  349-54.—Laignel-
Lavastine, M., & Morlaas, J.  Perversions instinctives chez un
impulsif obsede vagotonique  avec  parkinsonisme  d'origine
encephalitique.   Encephale,  1926,  21:  783-5.—Persch,  R.
Ueber Gedankenzwang und  automatisiertes Denken bei  der
Encephalitis  lethargica.   Allg. Zschr. Psychiat.,  1939, 110:
316-24.—Skalweit, W.  Ueber Zwangsantriebe und psychische
Zwangszustande  im  Gefolge  der  Encephalitis  epidemica.
Mschr. Psychiat., 1928, 67: 11-39.

----  Reflexes.
   Claude, H., Baruk, H., & Noiiel, S.  Le reftexe de posture du
biceps; nature de la contraction musculaire; etude comparative
des facteurs posturaux et psycho-moteurs en particulier dans
l'encephalite tethargique. Encephale, 1931, 26: 581-90, 4 pl.—
Dosuzkov, T.   (Condition of reflexes in  cases of chronic  epi-
demic encephalitis]  Rev. neur. psychiat.,  Praha, 1929, 26: 360-
71.—Dufour. H., Duhamcl & Hurez.  La reponse  du facial a
la compression  du  nerf auriculo-temporal chez les encephaliti-
ques parkinsoniens.  Bull. Soc med. hop. Paris, 1926, 3. ser.,
50: 1204.—Euziere & Pages, P.  Les reflexes dans la nevraxite
epidemique.  Bull. Soc. sc med. biol. Montpellier,  1926-27, 8:
69-72.—Harris, J. S.  A study of the patellar reflex in epidemic
encephalitis, with  special reference to the  effect of hyoscine.
Lancet, Lond.,  1927,  1: 968-70.—Oggioni.  G.  Aspetto delle
grafiche di fenomeni riflessi nei parkinsoniani encefalitici. Boll.
Soc ital.  biol.  sper.,  1938,  13: 894.—Pakozdy, K.   [Gastric
reflexes  in epidemic encephalitis] Orv. hetil., 1927, 71: 1353-5.
Also Deut.  Zschr. Nervenh., 1928,  103: 309-15.—Testa. U.
Contributo alio studio della motilita reftessa  nei parkinsonismo
encefalitico. Riv. sper. freniat., 1928, 52: 57-76.

—:—  Relapse.
   Bazzicalupo,  G.   Encefalite epidemica  a tipo  ondulante;
nota clinica su  di un  caso a forma astenicaipertonica a lungo
deeorso  e a fase acuta recidivante.  Gazz. internaz. med. chir.,
1932, 40: 645-53.—Epidemic encephalitis returns?   Lancet,
Lond.,  1933, 2: 811-4.—Feiling, A.   Relapsing encephalitis
lethargica, with paralysis of diaphragm.  Tr. M. Soc. London,
1924-25, 48: 30.—Gordon, A.  Late recrudescence in encepha-
litis lethargica with succession of new manifestations at intervals
of years;  the problem of prognosis.   Ann.  Int. M., 1936, 9:
1725-8.—Lampronti, G. Sopra un caso di encefalite mioclonica
recidivante, con speciale riguardo alia influenza della volonta,
delJ'attenzione e del sonno sulle  manifestazioni sperimentali.
Riv. med., 1927, 35:  68-70.—Lariviere, P.  Evolution depuis
16 ans  de 2 cas  d'encephalite epidemique.   J. Hotel-Dieu
Montreal, 1935, 4: 76-83.—Lassale,  Sohier  &  Aujaleu.  Ne-
vraxite epidemique a rechutes avec remission complete entre les
poussees infectieuses.   Bull. Soc. med. mil.  fr.. 1934,  28:  96-
101.—Marinescu, G.,  Vasilescu, N., & Bruckner. I.   [Observa-
tions on a case  of  relapse of  lethargic encephalitisl  Romania
med., 1935,  13: 293.—Nemlicher, L. Y.. Rappoport. B. I., &
Sinegubko. L. L.   [Hemiplegic,  recurring  form of encephalitis]
Sovrem. psikhonevr., 1930, 11: 226-9.—Ramond, L., & Boudin,
G.  Encephalite tethargique a forme  ondulante anormalement
prolongee  (29 rechutes en 6 ans)  Bull. Soc. med.  hop. Paris,
1934, 3. ser., 50: 499-503.—Throckmorton. T. B. Intermittent
muscular spasms, resembling Jacksonian epilepsy, complicating
recurrent epidemic encephalitis.  J. Iowa M. Soc, 1930,  20:
11-5.—Vondracek.   Rediute d'une encephalite epidemique
aprgs 15 ans; periode de 9 jours du sommeil.   Rev. neur., Par.,
1936,66: 324.—Witzleben, H. D. von.  Chronisch rezidivierende
Encephalitis. Arch. Psychiat.,  Berl., 1929, 88: 149-62.

----   Research and  clinics.

   See  also subheading History.
   New  York.    Matheson  Commission.   Epi-
demic  encephalitis; etiology, epidemiology,  treat-
ment;  report of a survey.  1.-3.  reports.   3v.   8?
N. Y., 1929-39.
   A[ldershoff]  [H.]   [Report of the  encephalitis  committee]
Tschr. sociale  hyg.,  1932,  34:  141-6.—Borthwick, G.  A.  A
year's work of a post-encephalitis lethargica unit.  J. State M.,
Lond., 1927, 35: 111-9.  ------ An observation and treatment
unit  for post-encephalitis lethargica.   Med.  Off., Lond., 1927,
37: 93-6.—Gasbarrini, A..  & Da Gradi, A. Contributo  alio
studio  della cosidetta encefalite letargica;  nota  preventiva.
Boll.  Soc.  med. chir., Pavia,  1920, 33:  1-8.—Gwyn.  N. B.
Second report of the William J.  Matheson encephalitis research
commission.  Canad.  M.  Ass.  J., 1933,  29: 428.—Heinicke.
Die   Enzephalitikerabteilung  der  Landeserziehungsanstalt
Chemnitz-Altendorf.  Allg. Zschr. Psychiat., 1926, 85: 305-8.
—--»-  Enzephalitiker-Zentralen oder nicht?   Fortsch. Med., 
ENCEPHALITIS, EPIDEMIC              249              ENCEPHALITIS, EPIDEMIC
  1926,  44: 1258-60.—Jahnel,  F.  Ueber  den  gegenwartigen
  Stand  der  atiologischen   Enzephalitisforschung.  Psychiat.
  neur. Wschr., 1925, 27: 460-3.—Lange, W.  Erfahrungen und
  Ergebnisse auf Grund einer zehnjahrigen Beobachtung in der
  Enzephalitiker-Abteilung Chemnitz-AItendorf.   Zschr. Kinder-
  forsch., 1934, 43: 263-99.—Loffler, H.  Familienjieschichtliche
  Untersuchungen bei Encephalitis epidemica und ihren Folge-
  zustanden.   Arch.  Psychiat.,  Berl.,  1924,  71:  393-415.—
  Maclaughlin, T. F.  A study in encephalitis.  Lancet, Lond.,
  1929,  2:  599-602.—Reck,  S.  Die  Encephalitiker-Abteilung
  der Heilanstalt Emmendingen.  Allg.  Zschr. Psychiat., 1929,
  91: 409-17.—Research into epidemic encephalitis.   Week Bull.
  California Dep. Pub. Health, 1934, 13: 61.—Sioli, F.   Ergeb-
  nisse der Enzephalitisforschung.  Deut. med.  Wschr., 1929,
  55: 560-2.—Stern,  F.   Epidemische  Encephalitis;  neuere
  Ergebnisse  der  atiologisch-pathogenetischen und  klinischen
  Forschung.   Erg. ges. Med., 1926, 8: 102-57.—Veratti, E., &
  Sala. G.  Ricerche sperimentali  sulla eziologia della encefalite
  epidemica (nota preventiva) Boll. Soc. med. chir., Pavia, 1922,
  35: 239-62.—Wanner,  F.   Recherches sur l'encephalite epi-
  demique.   Schweiz.  med. Wschr., 1926, 56: 767-9.   Also In
  Festschr.  70. Geburtst. Hermann Sahli, Basel, 1926, 329-36 —
  Ward, E.  A subjective study of encephalitis lethargica. Guy's
  Hosp. Gaz.,  Lond., 1926, 40: 324-9.—Wilier, H.  Ergebnisse
  der Encephalitisforschung.   Wiirzb.  Abh.  Med., 1928-29, 25:
  225-40.—Witzleben,  H. D. von.   Die Enzephalitisklinik in
  Rom.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1938, 64: 162.

  ----  Residua.

     Amsel,   H.     *Ueber   Nachkrankheiten  dei
  Encephalitis  lethargica ohne  bekanntes  akute?
  Stadium.   28p.   8?   Kiel. 1931.
    Carpenter. J. D.  Unusual residuals of encephalitis lethargica
  Med. Bull.  Veterans Admin., 1937-38, 14: 92.—Carr, A. D.
  An  encephalitic  residual  simulating  progressive muscular
  atrophy of shoulder girdle type.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic,
  1926. 16:  344-6.—Ewald, G.  Seltenere leichte  postencephali-
  tische Storungen.   Med. Welt, 1933,  7: 300-3.—Gareiso, A., &
  Petre, A.  J.  Secuelas neuropsiquiatricas de  la encefalitis
  epidemica en la infancia. Arch,  argent, pediat., 1935, 6: 337-
  54.  Also  Prensa med. argent., 1935, 22: 1544-51.—Goodharl,
  S.  P., &  Cottrell,  S. S.  Residua and sequelae of epidemic
  encephalitis.   J.  Am. M. Ass., 1925, 84: 32-6.—Halle, J., &
  Reyt, P.  Accidents post-encephalitinues chez un enfant.  Bull.
  Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1931, 3. ser., 47:  1850.—Harris,  J. S., &
  Cooper, H. A.  Late results of encephalitis lethargica. Med.
  Press & Circ, Lond.,  1937,  194:  12-4.—Heidema, S. T. [The
  so-called  postencephalitic  residual  conditions]   Ned. tschr.
  geneesk.,  1928. 72:  pt  2,  3616.—Heinze.   Residualzustande
  nach Encephalitis epidemica bei Kindern.   Klin. Wschr., 1927,
  6: 2065.—Jamieson-Craig, C. I. A.  Encephalitis lethargica and
  its  sequelae.  Abstr.  Theses  Univ.  Aberdeen, 1934, 29.—
  Kandaratskaia, K.   [Residual manifestations  following  epi-
  demic encephalitis in children]   Nevropat.  psikhiat., 1936, 5:
  99-110.—Lama. A.  Un tvpe non decrit de syndrome  residuel
  postencephalitique.  Encephale, 1928, 23: 310, pl.—Lewy, F. H.
  Encephalitis-Restzustande,   arteriosklerotische   und  senile
  Gehirnerkrankungen,  Alkoholismus.   Med. Welt, 1929, 3:
  25.—Mallowitz, M.  The residuals of epidemic encephalitis.
  Med. Clin. N. America, 1927-28, 11: 1351-60.—Marshall, W.
  H.,  & Chambers, M. S.  Some residua of epidemic encephalitis.
 J. Michigan  M.  Soc,  1926, 25:  645-9.—Mendl, J.  Dauer-
  zustand nach Encephalitis lethargica.  Wien. Arch. inn. Med.,
  1925,  10:  559-68.—Price,  G.  E.  Epidemic  encephalitis;
 residua, late manifestations and atypical forms of the  disease.
 J. Iowa M.  Soc,  1926,  16: 395-400.—Roeder,  F.  Ueber  die
 Folgezustande der epidemischen  Enzephalitis.   Med. Klin.,
 Berl.,  1938, 34: 1613-6.—Rogers, J. C.  Residuals of encepha-
 litis lethargica.  U. S. Veterans Bur.  M. Bull., 1925, 1: No. 2,
 20-3.—Stengel, E.   Ueber  die Bedeutung einer abgelaufenen
 Encephalitis lethargica fur Entstehung und symptomatologische
 Gestaltung cerebraler Prozesse anderer Genese; ein Beitrag zum
 Problem der erworbenen lokalen  Vulnerability im  Gehirn.
 Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat.,  1935, 153: 425-37.—Strauch.  Die
 Folgezustande der wahrend  des Weltkrieges  aufgetretenen
 akuten epidemischen Encephalitis lethargica^ (Economo)  und
 der gegenwartige Stand ihrer Bekampfung.  Veroff. Heer. San.,
 1938, H. 105, 577-90.—Tildon, T. T.  Residua of encephalitis
 lethargica among negro veterans.  U. S. Veterans  Bur. M. Bull.,
 1927, 3: 214-7.

 ----  Respiratory system.

   Jelliffe, S.  E.   Postencephalitic  respiratory
 disorders;  review  of   syndrom,   case   reports,
 physiopathology,  psychopathology  and  therapy.
 135p.   8?   N. Y.,  1927.
   Also J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1926, 63: 57; passim.

   Weinand,  N.    *Kasuistischer  Beitrag  zur
 Frage  der  Respirationsstorungen   bei  epidemi-
 scher Encephalitis.   31p.   8?   Bonn,  1927.
   Alajouanine, Horovitz &  Gopcevitch.  Dysrythmie respira-
toire  postencephalitique  (polypnee   et tic  de  soufftement)
gudie en quelques jours par injections intraveineuses de sulfate
d'atropine.   Rev. neur., Par., 1928, 35: pt 2, 718-23— Barre &
 Lieou.   Crises respiratoires violentes apres encephalite.  Rev.
 med., Par.,  1929, 46:  931-6.—Behmack,  C.   Eigentiimliche
 Atemstorung  bei  chronischer  Encephalitis   epidemica  im
 Kindesalter.  Mschr. Kinderh., 1926, 32: 226-36.—Brown,  M.,
 & Imrie, C. G.  Some  observations on persistent bradypnoea
 in a case of post-encephalitic Parkinsonism. Q. J. Med., Oxf.,
 1932, n. ser., 1: 319-30, 4 pl.—Bueno y Huarte, R.  I'n nuevo
 caso de forma respiratoria de encefalitis  epidemica. Arch, med.,
 Madr., 1927, 27: 643-5— Callewaert.   Forme  respiratoire de
 l'encephalite  epidemique.   Bruxelles  med.,  1926-27,  264.—
 Ciampi, L.  A proposito de la forma respiratoria de la encefali-
 tis letargica.  Rev. argent,  neur., 1928, 2: 242-9. -Cordier. V.,
 & Vincent-Loison, C.   Troubles isotes du rythme respiratoire
 d'origine encephalitique probable.   C. rend.  Soc. biol.,  1929,
 100:  1041-3.—Critchley, M.  The pathogenesis of respiratory
 anomalies after epidemic encephalitis.   Brit. M. J., 1927, 1:
 273-5.—Fernandez  Sanz,  E.   Sindrome  respiratorio  post-
 encefalitico.  Arch, neurob., Madr., 1924, 4: 16-24.—Fog, M.
 Encephalite  epidemique chronique  a  crises respiratoires et
 tetaniques.  Acta psychiat. neur., Kbh., 1932, 7:  101-24.—
 Gordon, R. G.  Report of a case of postencephalic respiratory
 disorder associated  with conduct changes;  apparent complete
 recovery.  J. Neur. Psychopath.,  Brist., 1927-28,  8: 340-2.
 ------   Postencephalitic   respiratory  syndromes,  pheno-
 menology  and pathologic  considerations.  Arch. Neur. Psy-
 chiat.,  Chic,  1927,  17:  627-61.—Laignel-Lavastine  &  Va-
 lence,  R.   Encepbalite  epidemique  a  forme  respiratoire
 et insomnique d'apparence Itebephrenique. Bull. Soc.  med.
 hop.  Paris, 1926, 3. ser., 50: 623-7.—Leone, F. Considera-
 zioni  sopra  una speciale  manifestazione  postuma di ence-
 falite infettiva.  Rass. stud,  psichiat.,  1927,  16: 440-55.—
 Liedholm, K.  Tachypnoe, bei Encephalitis lethargica.  Klin.
 Wschr., 1934, 13: 980-3.—Marie, P., & Levey,  G.  Diagnosis
 of the respiratory form of epidemic encephalitis.  Am. Physi-
 cian,  1925, 30:  33.—Marinesco, G.,  Sager, O.  [et al.]   Con-
 tributions  cliniques  et  physio-pathologiques  a  l'etude   des
 troubles respiratoires  dans l'encephalite  epidemique.   Bull.
 Acad, roumain.,  1929-30, 12: No. 7-10, 1-25, 6 pl.—Mir, L.
 Crisis respiratoria en la encefalitis prolongada.  Vida nueva,
 1929, 23: 361-85, pl.—Parker,  H.  L.   Epidemic encephalitis;
 respiratory syndrome.   Med. Clin.  N. America, 1930,   13:
 1347-62.—Passanisi, I.  Sui disturbi respiratori nei postumi
 dell'encefalite letargica a proposito  di un caso  di asma in
 soggetto postencefalitico.  Terapia, Milano, 1936, 26: 2-14.—
 Roch, M.   Les troubles respiratoires  dans l'encephalite  epi-
 demique.  Rev. m6d. Suisse rom., 1925, 43: 129-33.—Sanchis
 Ban us,  J.  Las formas prolongadas de  la encefalitis epidemica
 con alteraciones  del ritmo respiratorio.  Arch,  med.,  Madr.,
 1927,  26: 1-13.—Schmid, H.  Die  Atmungsveranderungen im
 Laufe der  Encephalitis epidemica.    Schweiz.   Arch.  Neur.
 Psychiat.,  1935, 35:  353-64.—Smith. W. A. Respiratory dis-
 turbances  following  epidemic  encephalitis.   Arch.   Neur.
 Psychiat.,  Chic, 1926,  15: 617-22.  Also  repr.—Suckow, J.
 Atemstorungen  bei   der  Encephalitis  epidemica.   Mschr.
 Psychiat.,  1924,  56: 317-46.—Tanabe, H., &  Kikuzawa, T.
 Ueber die Pathologie der Pneumonie bei Encephalitis epidemica.
 Tr. Soc  path,  jap., 1936, 26: 466-8.—Turner, W. A., &
 Critchley, M.   Respiratory disorders  in epidemic encephalitis.
 Brain, Lond., 1925, 48: 72-104.-----;  The  prognosis  and
 the late results of postencephalitic respiratory  disorders.  J.
 Neur. Psychopath., Brist., 1927-28, 8: 191-208.—Wolff. H.  G.,
 & Lennox,  W.  G.   Encephalitic  respiratory sequelae,  with
 periods  of unconsciousness  and convulsions; a clinical  and
 experimental study.   J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1928,  48: 337-54.

 ----  Self-mutilation.
   Emma, M.  Autoenucleazione di un occhio in un soggetto
 postencefalitico.  Gior. Accad. med. Torino,  1932, 95: 47-50.—
 Goodhart, S. P.  AvuLsion of both eyes and optic nerves by a
 postencephalitic patient.  J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1932, 75: 163-
 6.------& Savitsky, N.  Self-mutilation in chronic encepha-
 litis; avulsion of  both eyeballs and extraction of teeth.  Am.
 J. M. Sc,  1933,  185: 674-84.—Michele, E.  Contributo  alio
 studio della patogenesi delle automutilazioni; enucleazione di
 un occhio in un soggetto postencefalitico.  Arch, antrop. crim.,
 Tor.,  1932, 52: 203-17.

 ----  Serology.
   Berger.  W.,  &  Untersteiner,  R.   Morphologische und
 serologische Blutuntersuchungen im  akuten und chronischen
 Stadium der Encephalitis epidemica.  Wien. Arch. inn.  Med.,
 1924,  9: 1-30.—Mutermilch, S., & Nicolau, S.  La reaction de
 fixation dans l'encephalite epidemique humaine.  C. rend. Soc.
 biol.,  1926, 95:  645.—Zara,  E.  Sul  comportamento  e  sul
significato della siero-coagulazione di Weltmann nella sindrome
 parkinsoniana post-encefalitica.  Osp.  psichiat., Nap., 1935,
3: 717-28.  ------   Le reazioni di Takata-Ara e di Ucko
quali  prove di labilita colloidale  del siero di sangue dei post-
encefalitici.  Ibid., 1938, 6:  393-410.

----   Sexual life.

   See  under  subheading  Genitourinary system.

 ----   Skin and  appendages.
   Appelrath.  Steigerung der Hautempfindlichkeit fur Ront-
genstrahlen bei  Encephalitis lethargica.   Strahlentherapie, 
ENCEPHALITIS,  EPIDEMIC             250              ENCEPHALITIS, EPIDEMIC
 1924, 18: 593.—Gundersen, E.  [Epidemic myelo-encephalitis
 with  general zoster exanthem]  Norsk, mag. laegevid., 1925,
 86:  106-15.—Haxthausen, H.  [Chronic  encephalitis; lateral
 hyperpigmentation on chest and upper  arm]  Dansk.  derm.
 selsk. forh.,  1931-32,  13.  ------   Skin changes in chronic
 encephalitis.  Acta derm vener., Stockh., 1932-33, 13: 408-16.
 Also repr.  Also Hospitalstidende, 1936, 79: Dansk derm, selsk.
 forh., 39.—Hohlfeld, M.   Encephalitis lethargica mit initialem
 Exanthem.   Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6:  1564.—Krestin, D.  The
 seborrhoeic facies  as a  manifestation  of post-encephalitic
 Parkinsonism and allied disorders. Q. J. Med., Oxf., 1927-28,
 21: 177-86, pl.—Poor. F.  [Hematoma of the matrix of the nail
 and parkinsonism after  epidemic encephalitis]  Orv.  hetil.,
 1930, 74: 557.  Also Derm. Wschr., 1931, 92: 45-8.—Rattner,
 H. Changes in the skin in chronic encephalitis.  Arch. Derm.
 Syph., Chic, 1935, 31: 35-7.—Sabrazes, J., Flye Sainte-Marie
 & Baylac.  Erytrteme scarlatiniforme au debut de l'encephalite
 epidemique.   Gaz. sc. med.  Bordeaux,  1925, 46:  84-6.—
 Schirmer, O.  Ueber trophische Nagelveriinderungen (multiple
 Panaritien) bei einem Fall von Encephalitis eoidemica.  Schweiz.
 med. Wschr., 1924, 54: 984.—Selissky, A. B.  [Furfuraceous
 dermatitis in epidemic encephalitis]   Vrach. delo, 1926, 9: 438.
 Also Deut. med. Wschr., 1926, 52: 709.—Stein, R. O.  Sebor-
 rhoe als Folgeerscheinung  der Encephalitis lethargica.  Arch.
 Derm. Syph., Berl., 1926,  151: 416.

 ----   Sleep disorder.

   Bokofsky,  H.   *Encephalitis  lethargica  und
 Schlaftheorien. 24p.   8?  Stetten-Basel,  1937.
   Stiegele,  W.   *Ueber Narcolepsie  als  Sym-
 ptom eines postencephalitischen Zustandes.   30p.
 8?   Freib. i. B.,  1926.
   Altshuler, I. M.  Sleep  and epidemic encephalitis.  J.  Neur.
 Psychopath., Brist., 1928-29, 9: 222-7.—Beriel, L.  Le calomel
 dans les troubles du sommeil ltes a l'encephalite epidemique.
 Lyon  med.,  1926,  137:   641-4.—Berlncchi,  C.   Fenomeni
 psichici subliminari durante il sonno  consecutivi all'encefalite
 epidemica.  Gior. clin. med.,  1925, 6: 291-7.—Bonhoeffer, K.
 Ueber  Dissoziation  der  Schlafkomponenten  bei  Postenze-
 phalitikern.  Wien. klin. Wschr., 1928, 41: 979-81.—Campbell,
 D.  Periodische Schlafzustande nach Encephalitis epidemica.
 Mschr. Psychiat., 1927, 65: 58-60.—Colo, F.  Considerazioni
 su di una  sindrome particolare consecutiva ad  encefalite epi-
 demica.   Gior.  med.  Alto Adige, 1929,  1: No.  5,  19-38 —
 Gartner, P.  [Postencephalitic insomnia]   Gyogyaszat,  1926,
 66:  32-4.—Jordan, T. [Narcoleptic syndrome in  a case  of
 chronic  encephalitis]   Voj. san. glasnik,  1938, 9:  374-8.—
 Kamman,  G. R.  Narcolepsy following epidemic encephalitis.
 J. Am. M. Ass.,  1929, 93:  29.—Koster, S. [Case of relapsing
 hypersomnia caused  bv  lethargic encephalitis]   Ned.  tschr.
 geneesk., 1934,  78:  883-7— Leonhard,  K.  Partielle Schlaf-
 zustande  mit   Halluzinationen  bei  postencephalitischem
 Parkinsonismus.   Zschr.  ges.  Neur.  Psychiat.,  1930-31, 131:
 234-47.—Madora, D.  V.,  & Mintz, I. E.  [Disorders  of sleep
 in epidemic encepbalitis]  Nevropat. psikhiat., 1935, 4: No. 12,
 81-8.—Mankowsky,   B.    Zur  Pathogenese   kataplegischer
 Anfalle bei Narkolepsie  (auf Grund  eines Falles  von  Ence-
 phalitis  epidemica)    Mschr. Psychiat.,  1926, 61:  340-9.—
 Mouriquand, Bernheim &  Schoen.   Insomnie  prolongee  et
 tenace chez un enfant atteint de syndrome parkinsonien post-
 encephalitique;  amelioration immediate par la purgation au
 calomel.  Lyon nted.,  1927, 139: 70-2.—Mouriquand, Bertoye
 & Mantelin.  Insomnie post-encephalitique; son traitement par
 le beurre arsenical.  Ibid., 1925,  136: 574-6.—Munzer, F. T.
 Zur Frage der symptomatischen Narkolepsie nach Enzephalitis
 lethargica.  Mschr. Psychiat., 1927, 63: 97-111.—Perrier, S.
 Les narcolepsies postencephalitiques.  Rev. neur., Par., 1925,
 32: 1056-8.—Rizzatti,  E.   A proposito della genesi del  sonno
 (considerazioni su di un  caso di narcolepsi post-encefalitica)
 Gior. psichiat.,  1927, 55:  135-49.—Spiller, W. G.  Narcolepsy
 occasionally  a  post-encephalitic syndrome.  J.  Am.  M.  Ass.,
 1926, 86:  673.—Stiefler,  G.  Narkolepsie nach Enzephalitis
 lethargica.  Wien. klin.  Wschr., 1924,  37: 1044-6.  ------
 Zirkulare  Schlaf storungen  nach  Encephalitis  lethargica.
 Munch,  med. Wschr., 1926,  73: 981.  ------  Ueber zwei
 weitere Falle von Narkolepsie nach  Encephalitis lethargica.
 Wien.  med. Wschr.,  1926,  76:  110.   ------  Ueber postenze-
 phalitische periodische Schlafzustande.   Wien. klin.  Wschr.,
 1927, 40: 586.—Stfizek, F.  [Cases of insomnia during chronic
 encephalitis]  Rev. neur.  psychiat., Praha, 1927, 24: 71-5.—
 Symonds,  C. P.  Narcolepsy  as a symptom of encephalitis
 lethargica.   Lancet,  Lond.,  1926,  2:   1214.—Tromner,  E.
 Schlaf und Encephalitis.   Zschr. ges. Neur.  Psychiat., 1926,
 101: 786-97.—Wilson, D. C.   Narcolepsy probably following
 encephalitis.  Clifton M. Bull., 1927-28, 13: 27-9.

 ----   Social aspect.

   See   also  subheadings  Forensic  aspect;  Per-
 sonality and  character.
   Bond, E. D.,  & Appel, K.  E. The treatment of post-ence-
 phalitic children in a hospital school.  Am. J. Psychiat.,  1930-
31, 10: 815-28,  pl.—Catalano, A.  Sulla  educabilita lavorativa
 e scolastica dei psicopatici postencefalitici non  parkinsoniani.
 Gior.  psichiat.,  1929,   57: 373-91.—Clark, L. P.  A  psycho-
analytic introduction  to a study of  the conduct disorders of
lethargic encephalitis,  with outline of plan  for psychosocial
reconstruction.  Med.  J. &  Rec, 1926, 123: 595;  645; 730 —
Cole, B. E.   The problem of social adjustment  following epi-
demic encephalitis  in  children.   Ment.  Hyg.,  Alb.,  1924, 8:
977-1023.—Emma,  M.  Su  l'assistenza ai minori anormali o
psicopatici da encefalite epidemica.  Cervello, 1939, 18: 43-8.—
Haahti, H.  The possibility of re-education for  post-encepha-
litic children  following methods used  for  crippled children.
Welf. Mag.,  Pontiac,  1926,  17: 23-44.—Heinicke. W.   Zur
Frage der Enzephalitikerfursorge.   Psychiat.  neur. Wschr.,
1925, 27: 99-102.  ------   Die unzuliingliche Fursorge fiir
chronische Encephalitiker.  Arch. Psychiat., Berl.,  1926, 77;
701-3.—Hill, H.  Post-encephalitis and its problems.  J. R.
Nav. M. Serv., 1929, 15: 36-41.—Malkwitz, F. Die Behandlung
chronisch Gehirngrippekranker,  ein Grenzgebiet der Medizin,
Padagogik und sozialen Fursorge.  Zschr. Behandl. Schwach-
sinn., 1926, 46:  152-9.—Meco, O.  Commento alia legge per
l'assistenza agli encefalitici parkinsoniani.  Rass. stud, psichiat.,
1937, 26:  497-502.—Parsons, A. C.  Post-encephalitis and its
problems.  Proc. R. Soc.  M., Lond., 1927-28, 21: sect, epidem.
state med., 83-94.  Also Clin. J., Lond., 1928, 57: 401-7 —
Rizzatti, E.  La capacita lavorativa nei postumi  dell'encefalite
epidemica  con particolare riguardo agli stati parkinsoniani.
Gior. clin. med., 1937,  18:  782-802.—Schneider, C.   Die
gegenwartige praktische Bedeutung der Encephalitis epidemica.
Fortsch. Med., 1926,  44: 193-7.—Schultze, E.  Encephalitis
epidemica und Kruppelfursorge.  Deut.  med.  Wschr., 1931,
57: 21-3.—Simon, T.,  &  Miller, J. C.  Les  enfants internes a
la Colonie de Perray-Vaucluse  pour accidents  consecutifs a
une atteinte  d'encephalite  tethargique.   Bull.  Off. internat.
hyg.  pub., Par.,  1927, 19:  778-88.—Stemplinger, F.  Enze-
phalitikerfursorge der  Bayreuther  Heilanstalt.   Allg. Zschr.
Psychiat., 1933, 99: 35-41.—Stern, F.  Die epidemische Ence-
phalitis und ihre soziale Bedeutung.  Zschr.  Medbeamte, 1924,
37: 399-427.—Wolf, A.,  &  Chlenov, L.  [Working capacity
in chronic encepbalitis] Sovet. nevropat., 1932, 1: 42.

----  Speech, voice, and writing.
   Agostini, C.  La  palilalia  nei  parkinsoniani postencefalitici.
Ann.  Osp. psichiat.  Perugia, 1925, 19: 89-111.  ------  Sulla
importanza del fattore psichico  nei disturbi del linguaggio e
della  motilita nei parkinsoniani post-encefalitici.  Ibid. (1926)
1927, 20:  5-22, 2 pl.   Also  Boll. Accad. med. Perugia, 1926,
1-3.—Benedek, L.  Zwangsmassiges Schreien in Anfallen als
postencephalitische Hyperkinese. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat.,
1925, 98:  17-26.—Cascelli,  G.   Palilalia post-encefalitica
(contributo clinico)  Pensiero med., 1927, 16: 602-4.—Cesaldo.
Un caso de sindrome parkinsoniano postencefalico con palilalia
y signo linguosalival; curacion.  Siglo med., 1924, 74: 307-9.—
Charpentier, A.,  & Castiaux, P.   Dysarthrie paradoxale  vrai-
semblablement post-encephalitique.   Rev.  neur.,  Par., 1927,
34: 635-9.—Cisler,  J.  [Trouble  in articulation and phonation
in epidemic encephalitis]  Cas.  tek. cesk.,  1926, 65: 1873-6.
Also Arch, internat. laryng.,  Par., 1927, 33: 1054-7.—Graziani,
A.  La palilalia nelle sindromi parkinsoniane  post-ence/alitiche;
contributo clinico.  Bull. sc. med., Bologna, 1924,  10. ser., 2:
385-7.—Hayashi, Y.  Ueber Stimm- und Sprachstorungen bei
Encephalitis epidemica. Hals &c Arzt, Teil  1, 1937, 28: 122.—
Herschmann, H., & Wolf, H.  Ueber eine eigenartige Sprach-
storung bei postencephalitischem Parkinsonismus und deren
Behebung durch  prothetische Behandlung.  Zschr. Stomat.,
1928, 26: 813-9.—Lemos, M.  Crampe des  ecrivains au cours
du syndrome parkinsonien encephalitique prolonge; localisation
striee probable;  demembrement de la crampe des  ecrivains.
Rev.  neur., Par., 1927, 34:  161-80.—Loebell & Mauz.   Zur
Diagnostik und  zum  Symptomenbild  postencephalitischer
Sprachstorungen.   Zschr. ges.  Neur. Psychiat.,  1931,  132:
281-6.—Magalhaes   Lemos.    Claudication  intermittente;
crampe des ecrivains, deviation conjuguee de la t£te et des yeux,
spasme  des  muscles   masticateurs  glosso-palato-larynges  et
des  membres superieurs, apparus  au  cours  du syndrome
parkinsonien; encephalite prolongee; localisation strtee proba-
ble.   Rev. neur.,  Par., 1924, 31: pt 2, 425-49.—Olkon, D. M.
Vocal myasthenia  of  postencephalitic origin.  Arch.  Neur.
Psychiat., Chic, 1930,  24: 570-3.—Rordorf,  R., & Cocchiararo,
G.  Un symptome  rare dans le syndrome postencephalitique
parkinsonien: la palilalie.  Rev. neur., Par., 1926, 33:  144-53.—
Sittig, O.  Ueber Schreibkrampf bei Encephalitis epidemica.
Klin. Wschr.,  1929,  7:  794.—Thurzo, J., & Katona, T. Ueber
die Benedeksche  Klazomanie und  die  Souquessche Palilalie,
als postenkephalitische Hyperkinesen.  Deut. Zschr.  Nervenh.,
1927, 98: 278-83.  Also Gy6gyaszat, 1927, 67: 54.—Treves. M.,
& Treves, G.   II metronomo come mezzo di  cura delle turbe di
linguaggio e  scrittura nella encefalite letargica.   Riv.  sper.
freniat., 1934, 58: 1521-7— Vivaldo, J. C.  Sobre un caso de
palilalia, acompafiado  por crisis espasntedicas oculares y per-
turbaciones mentales  de origen post-encefalitico  (considera-
ciones clinicas)   Prensa  med. argent.,  1925-26, 12: 1186-92.
Also  Rev. crim., B. Air., 1926, 13:  280-90.— Volpi-Ghirardini,
G., & Tarozzi, G.  Sulla  palilalia nelle sindromi parkinsoniane
da encefalite  epidemica.  Note psichiat., Pesaro, 1925, 3. ser.,
13: 263-74.

----  Temperature.
   Briau, R.  Evolution  d'acces  a forme septteemique chez un
encephalitique parkinsonien   Ann. mid. psychoi., Par.,  1930,
88:  pt  2,  341.—Finkelman, I., &  Stephens,  W. M.  Heat
regulation in chronic encephalitis.  Arch. Neur.  Psychiat.,
Chic, 1937,  37: 514-22.—Galligaris, G.   Le forme iperter- 
ENCEPHALITIS, EPIDEMIC             251             ENCEPHALITIS, EPIDEMIC
miche dell'encefalite  epidemica.   Riforma med.,  1925,  41:
423.—Giannelli, V., &  Campioni, T.  Ricerche sui disturbi
della regolazione termica nei postumi dell'encefalite epidemica.
Riv. sper. freniat., 1934,  58: 1285-7.—Keller, K.  [Temperature
disturbances in epidemic encephalitis]  Orv. hetil.,  1927, 71:
1016-9.—Ledoux,  E., & Theobalt, E.   L'enc6phalite hyper-
thermique prolong6e.  J. nted. Lyon, 1925, 6: 281-6.—Mazza,
A.  La temperatura dei postencefalitici.   Riv.  sper. freniat.,
1934-35, 58: 17-37, ch.—Steen, R. R.  Body temperatures in
chronic epidemic encephalitis.  Psychiat. Q., 1931, 5: 659-62.

----   Tongue and mastication.
   Abboud,  M.  A.   Post-encephalitic  glossal-facial  clonic
spasm.  J. Egypt.  M. Ass.,  1934, 17: 1000.—Cooper,  M. J.
Associated movements of tongue in epidemic encephalitis eon-
trolled by voluntary effort.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1935,
33: 148^-54.—Dassen, R.   Hiperkinesia faciolingual.  Sem.
med.,  B. Air., 1928, 35: pt 2, 121-3.—Duhot, F., & Greselle, P.
Une sequelle rare  de l'encephalite epidemique: la paralysie
ma?ticatrice.  Prat. med. fr., 1926, 5: B, 435-48.—Helsmoortel,
J., jr.   Sequelles  masticatoires  de l'encephalite  epidemique.
J.  neur. psychiat., Brux., 1931, 31: 693-5.—Huber,  A., &
Oesterreicher, W.   Storungen  der  Zungenbewegung beim
postenzephalitischen Parkinsonismus.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1938,
34: 470.—Ingebrigtsen, B.   Surgical treatment of postenceph-
alitic  involuntary  movements of the  tongue.  Acta psychiat.
neur.,  Kbh.,  1937, 12: 55-9.—Lhermitte, J.,  & Kyriaco,  N.
Protraction de la  langue par spasme, dans l'encephalite pro-
longee: amyotrophic  localisee aux masticateurs.   Rev. neur.,
Par.,  1928, 35: 282-7.—Rodriguez, B.   La protrusi6n de la
lengua en el parkinsonismo  post-encefalico; las hipercinesias
linguales de la encefalitis.  Arch.  urug. med., 1935, 7: 317-34.—
Roger, H., & Reboul-Lachaux,  J.  Hemiatrophie linguale et
mouvements   linguaux   arythmiques   post-encephalitiques.
Progr. med., Par.,  1926, 41:  1238-41.  ------  Hemiatrophie
linguale et mouvements linguaux  arythmiques postencephali-
tiques.  Rev. otoneur., Par., 1926, 4: 618-20.—Zentay. P. J.
Irresistible mastication during  epidemic encephalitis.  Arch.
Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1927, 17: 239-44.  Also repr.

----  Transmission and  mode  of infection.

   See also subheading  Contagiousness.
   Karvounis,  C.   *Zur  Frage der  Konstitution
bei der Encephalitis epidemica  und iiber plazen-
tare   Uebertragung   derselben    [Halle-Wittem-
berg]  55p.  8?  Halle, 1926.
   Dibie, J. H.  Attempts to transmit epidemic encephalitis to
rabbits.  J.  Path. Bact., Lond., 1925, 28: 457-62, pl.—Inada,
R.   Du mode  d'infection  dans  l'encephalite  epidemique.
Presse med., 1937, 45: 386.—Muckenfuss, R. S., Armstrong,
C, &  McCordock, H. A. Encephalitis: studies on experimental
transmission.  Pub. Health Rep.,  Wash.,  1933, 48: 1341-3.—
Yates, A. L.   The  nasal minuses as a  route of  infection in en-
cephalitis  lethargica.  Proc. R.  Soe.  M„ Lond., 1925-26,  19:
sect, lar.,  13.  ------ & Barnes,  S.  The nasal  sinuses as  a
route  of infection  in encephalitis  lethargica.  Lancet,  Lond.,
1925,  2: 130.

----  Treatment.

   Szuster,  A.    *Ueber  die  Behandlung  der
Spatfolgen von  Encephalitis   lethargica  (epi-
demica)    [Basel]   32p.   8?    S.  Louis,  Switz.,

1929.
   Zinnemann,  K.    *Die  Therapie der  chroni-
schen Encephalitis   [Frankfurt a.  M.]   p.310-45.
8?   Berl., 1930.
   Also Zschr. ges.  Neur. Psychiat., 1930, 130:
   Adams, F. M., & Hays. P. L.  Treatment of the post-enceph-
alitic  parkinsonian syndrome.  J.  Oklahoma  M.  Ass., 1931,
24: 261-4.—Arghiris. G.  Die  Behandlung der Poliomyelitis
(Encephalitis lethargica)  und  besonders  deren  Spatfolgen.
Munch, med. Wschr.,  1931, 78: 1183— Aubert.   Traitement
des formes prolongees de la nevraxite  epidemique.  Bull, med.,
Par   1929, 43: 681.—Benedek, L.   Cura dell encefalite epi-
demica.  Riforma  med.,  1932,  48: 1011-3.— Billigheimer, E.
Ueber die Behandlung der Encephalitis  epidemica.   I her.
Gegenwart,  1925,  66: 466-9.—Blum,  K.  Ueber die Behan.i-
lung der Folgezustande der epidemischen Encephalitis.  Ner-
venarzt, 1929, 2: 457-60.—Bolten, G. C.  [Treatment of post-
encephalitic  parkinsonism]  Geneesk.  gids,  1934, 12: 933-8.—
Bonorino Udaondo, C, & Pereyra Kafer, J.  Tratamiento de
las formas prolongadas y tardias de la encefalitis letargica de
von Economo. Cr6n. med.  mex.,  1933,  32: 277-80.  Also Dfa
m6d.  urug.,  1934,1:  144.—Boudreau. L'encephalite epidemi-
que et son traitement. J. med. Bordeaux, 1935, 112: 170—
Busse, W. Ergebnisse der Behandlung der akuten Encephalitis
epidemica.   Deut.  Zschr.  Nervenh,  1933,  130:  161-6.—
Castex, M. R., Gonzalez, H., & Camauer. A. F. Sobre un caso
de encefalitis letargica grave curada.  Prensa med.  argent.,
1926-27, 13: 997-1002.—Cottrell, S. S.  Encephalitic sequelae
and their treatment.   Am.  J. Psychiat., 1931, 11: 253-68.—
Crookshank, F. G.  Some epidemiological problems: encepha-
litis lethargica; its treatment.  Mil.  Surgeon, 1926, 59: 439-
46.—Dabrowski, K.  [Significance of age  in treatment  and
pathology of parkinsonism and lethargic encephalitis]  Neur.
polska, 1935, 18: 514-27, 4 pl.—Draganesco, S., & Facon, E.
Difficultes tberapeutiques dans les cas de parkinsonisme post-
encephalitiques assoctes aux  etats  hvperthvroidiens.   Bull.
Soc  med.  hop.  Paris,  1937,  3.  ser.," 53:  1111-5.—Enjolras
Vampre & Cintra do Praso, F.  Tratamento da enoephalite
epidemica e as suas  manifestacoes tardias.  Brasil med., 1926,
40:  185-96.—Fekete,  J.   [Treatment  of postencephalitic
syndromes]  Gy6gyaszat,  1933,  73: 253.—Fleck,  U.   Los
estados  postencefalfticos  y  el tratamiento de  la encefalitis
epidemica. Rev. med. germ. iber. amer.,  1930,  3: 75-83.—
Gillespie, I. A.  Treatment of  post-eneephalitis.  J. Ment. Sc,
I ond., 1928, 74: 410-5.—Hali, A. J.  Tbe prognosis and treat-
ment  of  chronic epidemic encephalitis.   Practitioner, Lond.,
1934,  133:  26-36.—Hanau, G.  Cura del parkinsonismo post-
encefalitico.  Gazz. osp., 1931,  55:  513-5.—Heagey,  F. W.
The treatment of acute epidemic encephalitis. Minnesota M.,
1929,  12: 121-8.—Horvitz, I.   El tratamiento de los trastornos
post-encefaliticos.  Rev. med. aliment.,  Santiago,  1935-37, 2:
397-406.—Hubert, A.  [Treatment  cf lethargic encephalitis]
Polska gaz., lek., 1931, 10: 630.—Hurst, A.  F.  The treatment
of post-encephalitic parkinsonism.   Lancet, Lond.,  1934, I:
499.—Kleemann, A.  Die chronische Encephalitis und  ihre
Behandlung.   Med. Korbl. Wtirttemberg,  1929, 99:  1; 43.—
Koock.   Ein  bemerkenswerter  Heilerfolg  bei  Encephalitis
epidemica.  Ther. Gegenwart, 1926, 67: 475.—Kramer, P. H.
[Treatment of epidemic encephalitis]   Ned. tschr. geneesk.,
1937,  81: 5925-31.—Kurhltz, W.  Therapeutische Erfahrungen
bei chronischen Enzephalitikern.  Allg. Zschr. Psychiat., 1928,
89: 390-6.—Lafora, G. R.. & Rodriguez Arias, B.  Tratamiento
de los sindromes  post-encefaliticos.  Rev. med.  Barcelona,
1928,  10: 572-89.—Lampl, O.  Zur  Therapie der encephaliti-
schen Folgezustande; vorlaufige Mitteilung.   Med. Klin., Berl.,
1928,  24:  136.—Lepine, J. Traitement preventif des  sequelles
encephalitiques.  Medeeine, Par., 1924-25,  6: 354.—Levy, M.
Le traitement de l'encephalite epidemique. Bull. gen.  ther.,
1925,  176: 95-112.—Maier,  H.  W.   Zur Behandlung der
parkinsonistischen Folgezustande nach Encephalitis epidemica.
Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1938,  68:  1354.—Neuberger, L.  Les
traitements actuels de l'encephalite Parkinsonienne.  Vie med.,
 1927, 8:  593-5.—Offermann, A.   Ueber  die  Therapie der
Postenzephalitis.  Psychiat. neur. Wschr.,  1926, 28:  424-9.—
Paulian,  D. E. Sur le traitement de l'encephalite epidemique
et ses sequelles, le parkinsonisme.  Rev. neur., Par., 1925, 32:
86-9.—Perkins, O. C.   Chronic encephalitis; care and treat-
ment of  patients found  in State and municipal hospitals.  N.
 Vork State J. M.,  1936, 36:  255-8.—Radovici, A.   Therapie
actuelle  des syndromes post-encephalitiques.   Monde  med.,
 1927, 37: 429-32.—Richart, J.  V.  Epidemic  encephalitis
lethargica (with reference especially to the treatment of Parkin-
sonian residue)  J. Indiana M. Ass.,  1931, 24: 261-3.—Sacazc,
J. M. Traitement des  formes prolongees  et des  sequelles de
l'encephalite epidemique. Bull, med., Par., 1927, 61:  500-4.—
Sagal, S. A.   [Prevention and treatment of chronic  lethargic
 encephalitis]   Sovet.  klin.,   1931,  15:  197-205.—Savatteri-
 Castelli,  V. Su la cura dell'encefalite infettiva nell'adulto e nei
 bambino.  Studium, Nap., 1932, 22: 325-30.—Schaltenbrand,
 G., & Wolff,  H.   Die  Behandlung der postenzephalitischen
 Storungen. Jahrkurs. arztl. Fortbild., 1938, 29: H. 5, 47-56.—
 Shalabutov, K. V.  [Therapv of epidemic encephalitis]  Vrach.
 gaz.,  1927, 31: No. 3, 187-90— Shields, E.  Nursing care of the
 chronic adult postencephalitic patient.  Am. J. Nurs.,  1931, 31:
 1240-2.—Simonini, G.   Su  la  terapia delle  manifestazioni
 encefalitiche croniche.   Cervello, 1936,  15: 34-51.—Sison, A.
 B. M.   Treatment of  epidemic  encephalitis.   J. Philippine
 Islands M. Asd., 1924, 4: 306-11.—Skalsky, A. K.  [Treatment
 of chronic encephalitis]  Omskymed. J., 1927,2:37-46.—Smith,
 B. F. Presentation of  a group  of  cases of chronic  epidemic
 encephalitis under  treatment.  Proc. Mayo Clin., 1935, 10:
 684.—Steen, P.  Chronic epidemic encephalitis; with remarks
 on treatment.  Psychiat. Q., 1931, 5: 652-8, pl.—Stern, F.
 El tratamiento  de  la encefalitis epidemica, especialmente de
 sus formas cr6nicas.  Rev. med. germ. iber. amer., 1930, 3:
 513-20.—Sumay, J. A.  Tratamiento  de  la  neuraxitis epi-
 demica y  sus secuelas.   Dfa med., B. Air., 1936, 8: 214.—
 Thayer,  R. G.  Therapv in  Parkinson's syndrome  following
 epidemic  encephalitis.  Med.  Arts, 1933, 36: 83.

----   Treatment:  Alkaloids.

   See also under names of alkaloids as Banisteria;
 Hyoscine,  &c.
   Augenstreich, M.   *Des effets therapeutiques
 de la pilocarpine dans  I'hypertension  arterielle et
 dans   Fencephalite-parkinsonienne.     34p.   8?
 Par., 1931.
   Brusky, A. H.   *Stramonium as a therapeutic
 agent in paralysis agitans and post-encephalitic
 Parkinsonism    [Marquette  Univ.]    18p.   4?
 Wauwatosa, 1931.
   Baird, J. H.  Treatment of chronic encephalitis, with special
 reference to stramonium therapy.  U. S. Veterans Bur. M.
 Bull., 1929,  5:  675.—Beringer,  K.. &. Wilmanns,  K,  Zur 
ENCEPHALITIS,  EPIDEMIC             252              ENCEPHALITIS,  EPIDEMIC
 Harmin-Banisterin-Frage.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1929, 55: 2081-
 6.—Burns, M. M.  The use of stramonium in the treatment of
 encephalitis.  Psychiat. Q., 1931, 5:  271-7.—Clerici, A.  Un
 rimedio poco noto della encefalite letargica.  Gazz. osp., 1929,
 50: 673-5.—Eichler, P.  Klinische und ergographische Unter-
 suchungen iiber die Wirkung  von Harmin und Harmalin bei
 Postenzephalitikern.   Mschr.  Psychiat.,  1929-30,  74:  152-
 63.—Fischer,  A.   Untersuchungen  fiber  die  Wirkung  des
 Alkaloides  Harmin   bei   postenzephalitischen  ZustSnden.
 Munch, med. Wschr., 1929, 76: 451-3.—Hill, T. R., & Worster-
 Drought,  C.  Observations on harmine  in  the treatment of
 chronic epidemic encephalitis.  Lancet, Lond.,  1929,  2:  647-
 9.—Hohman,   L.  B.   The  treatment  of  post-encephalitic
 Parkinson syndrome with hyoscin hydrobromide, with a note
 on the mental attitude in this syndrome and a report of 18 cases.
 Bull.  Johns Hopkins Hosp.,  1924, 35:  335-8.— Jacobi, H.
 Harminbehandlung bei chronischer Enzephalitis. Miinch. med.
 Wschr.,  1930, 77: 929-31.—Jacobson, A. L.,  & Epplen,  F.
 Stramonium as a therapeutic agent in the sequelae of epidemic
 encephalitis.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1929, 93:  2027-30.  Also repr.
 ------ Later results in the use of stramonium in post-encepha-
 litic syndrome.  Ann. Int. M., 1930-31, 4: 145-8.—Klimes. K.
 [Harmine in treatment of epidemic encephalitis]  Orv. hetil.,
 1930,  74: 769-71.—McCowan, P. K., Harris. J. S., & Mann,
 S.  A.   Hyoscine in post-encephalitis  lethargica; with special
 reference  to its influence on carbohydrate metabolism.  Brit.
 M. J., 1926, 1: 779-81.—Marinesco, G., Sager, O., & Kreindler,
 A.   Mecanisme de Taction therapeutique de la scopolamine
 chez  les  parkinsoniens post-encephalitiques.  C. rend.  Soc.
 biol.,  1928, 98: 1322-5.—Moll,  H.  The treatment of post-
 encephalitic Parkinsonism by  nicotine.  Brit. M. J., 1926, 1:
 1079-81.—Otis, W.  J.   Chronic  encephalitis: stramonium
 treatment.  South. M.  J.,  1931, 24: 314-7.—Rosenberger, A.
 Klinische Erfahrungen fiber  die Wirkung  des Harmins bei
 postencephalitischem Parkinsonismus.  Wien.  klin.  Wschr.,
 1930,  43: 207.—Sainton, P., & Hesse, D.  Le traitement des
 etats post-encephalitiques par lharmine.   Hopital,  1931, 19:
 236-8.—Steen, P.  Stramonium in chronic epidemic encepha-
 litis; report of its effects on 16 Parkinson and 4 choreoathetoid
 cases. N. York State J. M., 1931, 31: 1090-2.—Stott, H.  The
 use of stramonium for the rigidity and  drowsiness following
 encephalitis lethargica.  Ind. M. Gaz.,  1935, 70:  620-3 —
 Worster-Drought, C, & Hill, T.  R. The treatment of chronic
 encephalitic  Parkinsonism with  dried preparations   of  stra-
 monium.  Lancet, Lond., 1930, 1: 1225-8.

 ----   Treatment: Atropin.

    Golse,  J.    *Le traitement par l'atropine a
 hautes  doses  du  parkinsonisme post-encephaliti-
 que.   83p.   8?   Par., 1934.
    Lewenstein,   H.     *Die   Behandlung   der
 Encephalitis epidemica  und ihrer Folgezustande
 mit hohen  Atropindosen.   p. 198-210.   8?   Bonn,
 1931.
   .Also Areh.  Psychiat.,  Berl.,  1931,  94:  Also Deut. med.
 Wschr., 1931,  57: 1014-6.
   Adams, F.  M., & Hays, P. L.  The atropine treatment of
 post-encephalitic Parkinsonian syndrome.   J. Oklahoma M.
 Ass., 1933, 26: 443.  Also Am. J. Psychiat., 1934, 90:  151-3.—
 Askgaard, V.  Atropinbehandlung mit hohen Dosen bei Folge-
 zustanden nach Encephalitis epidemica chronica.  Acta psy-
 chiat.  neur., Kbh., 1935, 10: 203-9.—Bauer, E., Golse, J., &
 Marquet, G.  Le traitement du  syndrome parkinsonien ence-
 phalitique par le sulfate d'atropine a haute dose (method de
 Roemer)  Ann. med.  psychoi., Par., 1935, 420-9.  Also  Arch.
 internat. neur., Par., 1936, 55: 221.—Benhamou, E., Foures, R.,
 <fe Cixous.  Le traitement des  syndromes post-encephalitiques
 par l'atropine a hautes doses.  Paris med., 1935, 97: 484-8.—
 Blum, W.  Ueber  die  Behandlung  postencephalitischer Zu-
 stande  mit  hohen Atropindosen.  Praxis,  Bern,  1937,  26:
 117.—Braune,  J.  Zur  Behandlung der  postenzephalitischen
 Folgezustande  mit hohen  Atropingaben.   Mschr.  Psychiat.,
 1931. 79:  216-22.—Brednow, W.  Einfluss hoher Atropindosen
 auf das morphologische und motorische Verhalten des  Magens
 beim Enzephalitiker.   Rontgenpraxis,  1935,  7: 183.—Busse,
 W.  Die Behandlung der  chronischen  Encephalitis epidemica
 mit hohen Atropindosen.   Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1932,  97:
 113-26.—Cohn,  H.   Beitrag  zur  Atropinbehandlung  des
 postencephalitischen Zustandsbildes und  verwandter Erkran-
 kungen.  Klin. Wschr., 1932, 11: 116-8.—Cristini, R.   Disturbi
 elettrolitici nei sangue dei parkinsoniani e loro modificazioni in
 seguito al trattamento atropinico a  <losi creseenti (met.  Klee-
 mann)  Riv. neur., 1933, 6: 421-48.—Disertori, B.  Sull'azione
 del solfato di betafenilisopropilamina  associato alia  cura  di
 belladonna nell'encefalite letargica eronica.  Policlinico,  1938,
 45: ses. prat., 1768-74.—Duensing. F.   Ueber die Wirkung des
 Apoatropins beim Menschen  und seine  Anwendung in  der
 Behandlung der chronischen Encephalitis.  Klin. Wschr., 1938,
 17: 1550-4.—Ehrenberg, L. [Treatment  of  postencephalitic
 states with large doses of atropin]  Hygiea, Stockh., 1932,  94:
 787-97.—Fattovich, G.  II trattamento della sindrome parkin-
 soniana postencefalitica con il solfato di atropina ad alte dosi
 Gior. clin. med., 1931,12:414-24.—Fehsenmeier, H. Klinische
Untersuchungen fiber das Verhalten des  Magen-Darmkanals
bei mit Atropin behandelten Enzephalitikern.  Miinch. med.
 Wschr.,  1935, 82: 1723-6.—Finkelman, I., & Shapiro, L. B.
 Benzedrine sulfate  and atropine in  treatement of  chronic
 encephalitis. J. Am. M. Ass., 1937, 109: 344-6.—Hagstrom, O.
 [Treatment of  post-encephalitic  state  according to  Roemer]
 Sven. lak. tidn., 1934, 31: 369-82.—Hall, A. J.  The results of
 high atropine dosage in chronic epidemic  encephalitis, with
 comments.  Brit. M. J., 1937,  1: 795-9.—Huisman,  G. J. P.
 [Atropin in treatment of the chronic stages of  encephalitis]
 Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1933. 73: 1272-5.—Jewett. S. P.,
 Rosow. H. M.,  & Pumpian-Mindlin. E.  High dosage  atropine
 therapv in chronic encephalitic  parkinsonism.  Am. J. M.  Sc,
 1938, 195: 809-19.—Koenen, J. H. M.  [Ca*e of post-encepha-
 litic parkinsonism successfully  treated  by  Roemer's  method,
 large doses of atropine]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1934, 78: 4327-
 30.—Kucher, J., & Zutt, J.  Ueber die therapeutische Reduk-
 tion hoher  Atropindosen;  ein  Beitrag zur  medikamentosen
 Behandlung postencephalitischer Leidenszustande.   Nerven-
 arzt, 1939, 12:  71-8.—Lageze,  P., & Flattot, M.  Parkinson
 post-encephalitique  datant de 5  ans; amelioration rapide et
 considerable par l'atropine  a hautes doses.   Lyon med., 1938,
 162: 526-9.—Laguna.   La  atropina  a grandes  dosis  en el
 parkinsonismo post-encefalico.  Arch,  med., Madr., 1935,  38:
 99.—Lisak,  A.    Die Atropinbehandlung  des postenzepha-
 litischen   Parkinsonismus.    Schweiz.   med.  Wschr.,  1932,
 62:  672.—Maeda,  K.   Therapeutic  value of  large  doses
 of atropin  for sequela of  encephalitis  epidemica.  J. Orient.
 M.,  Dairen,  1935,  23:  5.—Malmros, R.   [Atropine in  the
treatment   of  postencephalitic  parkinsonism]   Hospitals-
 tidende,  1936, 79: 865-80.—Marinesco, G., & Facon, E.  Le
 traitement des  troubles post-encephalitiques par  l'atropine a
 hautes doses.  Bull  Acad, med., Par., 1933, 3. ser., 109: 511-
 6.  Also Romania med., 1933,  11: 153.  ------  Nouvelles
 contributions au traitement des troubles post-encephalitiques
 par l'atropine a haute dose.  Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1934,
 3. ser., 50: 479-81.  Also J. med. Paris, 1934, 54: 852.  ------
 L'atropine a doses progressives et fortes dans le traitement  des
 troubles  post-encephalitiques.   Bull. Acad,  med., Par., 1936.
 3. ser., 115: 493-9.  Also Presse  med., 1936, 44: 547.—Meulen,
 F. van der  [Danger in treatment of parkinsonism with large
 doses of atropin (by Roemer)]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1933,  77:
 5693-5.—Muntner,  S.  Die Wirkung von  Atropin mit Pilo-
 carpin bei  postenzephalitischen Erkrankungen.  Med.  Klin.,
 Berl., 1931, 27: 1599. ------  Zur Therapie der enzephaliti-
 schen Folgezustande (Atropin in  hohen Dosen, Atropin-Pilo-
 karpin, Eustateina)  Ibid.,  1932, 28: 295.   ------   Weitere
 Erfahrungen in  der Behandlung des  Parkinsonismus mit
 hoheren Atropindosen.  Wien. klin. Wschr.,  1936, 49: 8.30-2.—
 Nielsen,  O. J.  [Treatment  of post-encephalitic parkinsonism
 with atropine]  Hospitalstidende, 1935, 78: 806-12.—Orechkin,
 S. B.  [Atropin in post-encephalitic disorders]  Sovet. vrach.
 gaz., 1932, 36: 309.—Pires, W.  Tratamento do parkinsonismo
 encephalitico por altas doses de atropina (Methodo de Roemer)
 Brasil med., 1936, 50: 55-9.—Radovici. A.  L'action de l'atro-
 pine  sur  l'hypertonie  post-encephalitique;  parkinsonisme,
 tremblements,  hemispasme  de  torsion,  retropulsion,  akinesie
 periodique.  Presse  med., 1925, 33: 555-8.—Regt, W. W.  de
 [Novatropine in treatment of chronic encephalitis]  Neil,  tschr.
 geneesk., 1934, 78: 1537-40.—Roemer, C.  Die Atropinliehand-
 lung der encephalitischen Folgezustande.  Zschr.  ges.  Neur.
 Psychiat.,  1931,  132:  724-36.    ------  Zur  Therapie der
 enzephalitischen  Folgezustande   (Atropin  in  hohen  Dosen,
 Atropin-Pilokarpin,  Eustateina)   Med. Klin., Berl., 1932,  28:
 224. ------  Die Behandlung des postenzephalitischen Parkin-
sonismus.  Miinch. med. Wschr.,  1933, Jubil., Teil 1,  24-7.—
 Schachter.  Le traitement atropinique des etats parkinsoniens
 post-encephalitiques.  Strasbourg  med., 1933, 93: 360-3.—
 Schenk, E.  Atropinbehandlung bei Enzephalitikern.   Miinch.
 med. Wschr., 1931,  78:  1177-9.—Siegmund, H.   Anatomisch
 nachgewiesene Folgen  von  Tonus- und Motilitatsstorungen
des Verdauungskanals bei  Enzephalitikern, die mit  Atropin
behandelt wurden.  Ibid., 1935,  82: 453.—Teenstra, P. E. M.,
 & Visser, J. J.   [Hirsau's atropin treatment of Parkinsonism
following lethargic encephalitis]  Ned. tschr. geneesk.,  1932,
 76: 22-33.—Teppa,  S.  [Treatment of postencephalitic states
 by large  doses of atropin]   Polska gaz. lek., 1933,  12: 132-5.
—■----   [Results of  atropin treatment in  postencephalitic
conditions]  Ibid., 1934, 13: 29.—Wang, C. H.t & Chen, M. P.
Effect of scopolamine and  atropine on  the  muscle tonus  in-
creased by passive movements in a post-encephalitic  Parkin-
sonism patient.  Chin. J. Physiol.,  1935, 9: 83-100.—Weber, H.
Zur Behandlung von Folgezustanden nach  Encephalitis epi-
demica.  Med.  Welt, 1936.  10: 1038.—Wuite, J.  J.   [Hirsau
treatment of parkinsonism]   Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1935. 79:
3S49-54.


----   Treatment: Benzedrine.

   Davis, P. L., & Stewart, W. B. The use of benzedrine sulfate
in postencephalitic Parkinsonism. J. Am. M. Ass., 1938, 110:
 1890-2.—Dressier,  M.  Benzedrin in  der  Behandlung  des
postencephalitischen  Parkinsonismus.  Schweiz. med.  Wschr.,
 1938, 68: 1031.—Matthews, R. A.  Symptomatic treatment of
chronic encephalitis with benzedrine sulphate.  Am. J. M Sc
 1938, 195:  448-52.   Also  Digest Treat., Phila., 1938-39, 2:
 139.—Reveil, A. J.  The use of benzedrine sulphate in a case of
encephalitis lethargica as a sequela to measles.  J. Kansas  M.
Soc, 1938, 39:  505.—Solomon, P., Mitchell, R. S., & Prinz-
metal, M.  The use of benzedrine sulfate in postencephalitic
Parkinson's disease.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1937,  108: 1765-70. 
ENCEPHALITIS, EPIDEMIC              253              ENCEPHALITIS,  EPIDEMIC
----   Treatment:  Bulgarian cure [Belladonna]
kinsonismo  da encefalite  cronica.  Note psichiat.,  Pesaro,
1936, 65: 21-33.—Musella, M.  La nuova cura del morbo di
Parkinson.  Schweiz. med.  Wschr., 1936, 66:  101.—Muyle, G.
Le  Donabell dans le traitement de la maladie de Parkinson.
J. beige  neur. psychiat., 1938, 38: 52.5 bis.—Neuwahl, F. J.
Treatment of postencephalitic parkinsonism with  Bulgarian
belladonna.  Lancet, Lond., 1939, 1: 693-5.  ------& Fenwick,
C. C.  Bulgarian treatment of postencephalitic parkinsonism.
Ibid., 1937, 2: 619-21.—Nikolov. P.   Die Volksheilung  des
postencephalitischen Parkinsonismus  in  Bulgarien.    Med.
Welt, 1937,  11: 279.—Noto, G. G.  Metodo di Roemer e cura
bulgara  nei  parkinsonismo  postencefalitico.   Rass.  stud.
psichiat.,  1936, 25: 969-79.—Oggioni, G.  Glicemia  e  curva
glicemica nei parkinsoniani encefalitici,  in  rapporto alia cura
bulgara.   Boll. Soc. ital.  biol. sner.,  1937, 12:  330-3.   Also
Riv. sper. freniat.,  1937, 61:  909-15.—Panegrossi,  G.  Sulla
cosl detta cura bulgara del  parkinsonismo  postencefalitico.
Policlinico, 1935, sez. prat., 42:  56-9.  ----■—■  Sulle recenti
acquisizioni  nella cura  del  parkinsonismo encefalitico.  Ibid.,
1487-97.  ——-—  Sopra un  nuovo metodo di cura dell'ence-
falite epidemica cronica a  forma Parkinsoniana (Parkinson
encefalitico)  Riv. osp., 1937, 27: 3-17,  4 pl.   ------  Ueher
die neue  Heilmethode  der chronischen epidemischen  Enze-
phalitis mit  Parkinson-Erscheinungen.   Deut.  med.  Wschr.,
1938, 64: 669.  Also Verh. Deut. Ges. inn.  Med.,  1938, 50.
Kongr., 541-61.  ------  Assistance  aux parkinsoniens post-
encephalitiques et leur traitement, en Italic.  Bull. Off. internat.
hyg. pub., Par.,  1939, 31: 640-7.—Popek, K.  [Bulgarian cure
in parkinsonism]  Cas.  tek. 6esk.,  1937, 76: 1656-60.—Porta,
V., & De Vito, L.   La  secrezione gastrica nei postumi d'ence-
falite epidemica; azione  della cura bulaara.  Riv. sper.  freniat.,
1939, 63: 69-89.—Porta, V., & Pelliccioli. V. G.  Sul ricambio
dei corpi creatinici nei parkinsonismo postencefalitico,  e  le sue
modificazioni nei deeorso della  cura  con belladonna.  Ibid.,
1936, 60: 388-408.—Ravina, A.  La cure bulgare des  troubles
post-encephalitiques.    Presse  med.,  1935,   43:   1980-2.—
Roger, H., & Paillas, J. E.  La  cure bulgare des syndromes
parkinsoniens et des sequelles post-encephalitiques.  Marseille
med., 1938,  75: pt 2, 545-56.— Roques. K. R. von.  Die Bul-
garische  Kur des  Parkinsonismus.   Med. Welt,  1936,  10:
1476.—Rossi, M.  L'azione terapeutica degli estratti  fluidi di
radice di  belladonna italiana nell'encefalite epidemica cronica
ed  in particolare sulle  sue  manifestazioni psichiche.   Neopsi-
chiatria,  Pisa, 1936, 2: 582-608.—Schmitz, A.  Erfahrungen
bei der  Behandlung  der  chronischen  Encephalitis  mit  der
Bulgarischen Kur (Homburg 680)  Psychiat.  neur.  Wschr.,
1939, 41:  146-8.—Selzer, H.  Die sogenannte bulgarische Kur
in der Behandlung des postenzephalitischen  Parkinsonismus.
Miinch. med. Wschr.,  1937,  84: 139-41.—Soldi, A.,  & Tra-
bucchi,  C.  Le  radici  di  Atropa belladonna nella  cura del
parkinsonismo encefalitico.  Policlinico,  1936, 43: sez.  prat.,
2051-7.—Stokvis,  B.   [Treatment  of   chronic encephalitic
parkinsonism with Belladonnisate  combined with small doses
of atropine  or novatropine]  Ned. tschr. geneesk.,  1935,  79:
5733-8.—Strauch.   Die Bulgarische Kur  bei  Encephalitis
chronica epidemica  lethargica.  Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1939,
41: 140.—Tocco. L. Osservazioni e ricerche sulla cura bulgara
del parkinsoniano postencefalico.  Rass. ter.  pat. clin.,  1936,
8: 154-62.—Tron, G.  La cura bulgara del parkinsonismo post-
encefalitico.   Terapia, Milano, 1936, 26: 257-70.—Voiler, W.
Bericht  fiber  die  italienisch-bulgarische  Heilmethode  der
chronischen   epidemischen   Enzephalitis  mit  Parkinson-Er-
scheinungen.   Miinch.  med.  Wschr.,  1938,  85:  1703-8.—
Vollmer,  H.   The  Bulgarian treatment of post-encephalitic
parkinsonism.  J. Mount  Sinai  Hosp. N.  York, 1939-40, 6:
93-9.—Witzleben,  H. D.  von. Bemerkungen iiber die soge-
nannte Bulgarische Kur der chronischen Encephalitis epidemica.
Deut, med.  Wschr., 1938, 64: 671.  Also Klin. Wschr., 1938,
17: 329;  369.  Also Psvchiat. neur. Wschr.,  1938,  40:  73.
Also  Schweiz. med. Wschr.,  1938,  68: 1352-4.— Zalla,  M.
Parkinsonismo encefalitico e  cura bulgara.  Rass. clin.  sc,
1935, 13: 547-52.

----  Treatment:  Chemotherapy.

   Pollet,  H. L. J.   Contribution  a l'etude  de

bleu de trypane dans le traitement de quelques

affections nerveuses et specialement du syndrome

parkinsonien post-encephalitique.  39p. 8?   Par.,

1932.
   Bergouignan  &  Verger.   Parkinsonisme  aigu   regressif
apparu chez un encephalitique ancien au cours d'un traitement
parte novarsenobenzol.  J. med. Bordeaux,  1936, 113: 491-3.—
Buss, O.  Zur Trypaflavinbehandlung der Encephalitis lethar-
gica.  Med. Welt, 1938, 12: 777-9.  ------& Peltzer.  Ueber
erfolgreiche   Behandlung   der Encephalitis   epidemica  mit
Trypaflavin.  Deut. med. Wschr.,  1924, 50: 1014-7.—Cheval-
lier, P.,  Schwob, R.,  & Durandy.  Essai de  traitement de
l'encephalite  tethargique par le trypanblau.  Bull.  Soc med.
hop. Paris, 1929, 3.  ser., 53: 1173-5.—Fuller, A. W.  A case of
encephalitis  lethargica  of severe  type, treated successfully by
injections of  electrocolloidal gold and silver.  Lancet, Lond.,
1926, 2:  172.—Laignel-Lavastine & Sterne, J.   Le traitement
par le bleu de trypane  des parkinsoniens d'origine  encephali-
tique.  Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1932, 3. ser.,  48: 689-93.—
McCartan, W.  Trypan-blue intravenously in post-encephalitic
Parkinsonism.   Lancet, Lond.,  1934,  2:  601.—Neve,  G.
   Ceni, C  Sul meccanismo d'azione della  cura
 bulgara nei parkinsonismo postencefalitico.   44p.
 8?   Bologna, 1935.
   Agostini,  C.  La cura  bulgara del parkinsonismo  post-
 encefalitico.   Policlinico,  1936,  43:  sez. prat., 1244.—Alcock,
 N. S., & Carmichael, E. A. An investigation into the treatment
 of Parkinsonism with Bulgarian belladonna.  Q. J. Med., Oxf.,
 1938, 7: 565-74, pl.—Ambrosetto, C. La riserva alcalina negli
 encefalitici cronici in cura bulgara.  Cervello, 1937, 16: 61-6.—
 Andrenelli,  L.   II  fenomeno  d'ostacolo  del Donaggio  nei
 parkinsoniani encefalitici  in rapporto alia cura Bulgara.  Ann.
 med. nav.,  Roma,  1936, 42:  183-200.—Angelini,  C. A., &
 Turletti, A.   Sul  trattamento bulgaro  italiano dell'encefalite
 cronica.  Gior. clin. med.,  1939,  20:  353-68.—Baldauf, F.
 Zur  Frage  der  Behandlung  postenzephalitischer  Zustande
 (Parkinsonismus)  mit deutscher Belladonnawurzel.   Munch.
 med. Wschr.,  1938, 85: 54-7.—Benvenuti, M.  Ricerche clinico-
 sperimentali sulle modificazioni della sindrome parkinsoniana
 encefalitica  apportate  dalla  cosidetta  cura bulgara.  Neo-
 psichiatria,  Pisa, 1937,  3: 59-140.  ------   Modificazione del
 quadro psicopatologico  degli encefalitici sotto l'influenza della
 cosidetta cura bulgara.  Riv. sper. freniat., 1937, 61: 970-82.—
 Bianchini, M. L. ; Osservazioni sulla cura bulgara nei tratta-
 mento  del  parkinsonismo encefalitico  epidemico cronico  dal
 puntoJdi |vista clinico, statistico ed ospedaliero.  Arch. gen.
 neur., Nap., 1937, 18: 35-40.—Bing, R.  Bulgarische Methode
 der   Parkinsonismus-Behandlung.    Schweiz.  med.  Wschr.,
 1937,  67: 1241.—Bonorino  Udaondo.  C.   La  cura  bulgara
 en el parkinsonismo encefalitico; memoria preliminar. Prensa
 med. argent.,  1936,  23:  1355-9.—Caccuri,  S.   Le cura bul-
 gara del  parkinsonismo  Dostencefalitico.   Riforma  med.,
 1935, 51: 599.—Coste, M., & Devize, M.  A propos du traite-
 ment des syndromes post-encephalitiques par la cure  bulgare.
 Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1936,  3. ser., 52: 814.—Detmar.
 Die Cura bulgarica.  Hippokrates,  Stuttg.,  1938, 9: 909-11.—
 Di Mattei,  P.  Sulla cosl detta cura bulgara dei  postumi di
 eneefalite epidemica. Policlinico, 1935,  42: sez. prat., 501-6.—
 D'Ormea, A.. &  Broggi, E.   La Cura Bulgara nei  postumi
 nervosi e psichici della Encefalite  letargica.  Rass. stud, psi-
 chiat., 1936, 24: 125-50.—Eisenberg. D.  [Treatment of parkin-
 sonism with Bulgarian therapy] Gyogyaszat, 1937, 77: 397.
 ------  [Bulgarian cure of postencephalitic disorders of speech]
 Ibid., 1938, 78: 383-5— Eitzleben,  H.  D. von, & Werner, A.
 Behandlung  der  chronischen  Enzephalitis  epidemica  (Par-
 kinsonismus)  Bulgarische Kur mit Homburg 680.  Deut. med.
 Wschr., 1938, 64:  1174-8.—Ferrannini, L.  La  cura bulgara
 di alcuni postumi  di encefalite letargica. Policlinico, 1935, 42:
 sez. prat.,  967-74.—Gandellini, A.  Lo stato  attuale  della
 cura bulgara  nei parkinsonismo encefalitico.  Boll.  Soc. med.
 chir., Pavia,  1937, 51:  221-95.  ------  Su alcune modifica-
 zioni umorali e funzionali dei  parkinsoniani encefalitici in cura
 bulgara.  Ibid.,  351-6.  ------   Osservazioni  ematologiche
 in novanta parkinsoniani  encefalitici sottoposti a cura bulgara.
 Ibid., 1938, 52: 93-116.  ------ La reazione di Buscaino nei
 parkinsoniani  encefalitici sottoposti a  cura bulgara.   Ibid.,
 165-80. ------  Resultados  de la cura bulgara en el parkin-
 sonismo encefalitico.  Rev. sudamer. endocr., B. Air., 1938, 21:
 218-23.—Gozzano.  M.   Osservazioni sulla  cura bulgara  dei
 parkinsoniani  encefalitici;   correzione  dei  disturbi  visivi,
 salivari e vesicali.  Rass.  med. sarda, 1936, 38: suppl., 3-5.—
 Hall, A. J.  Post-encephalitic Parkinsonism; with some remarks
 on the  results of treatment by belladonna.  Brit. M. J.,  1926,
 1: 127-30.—Hill, D.  Bulgarian treatment of post-encephalitic
 Parkinsonism; a comparison with English belladonna.  Lancet,
 Lond.,  1938, 2: 1048-50.—Horst, L. van der  [The Bulgarian
 cure]  Ned.  tschr. geneesk.,  1939,  83:  3497-501.—John,  M.
 Bemerkungen  zur Bulgarischen Kur.   Miinch. med.  Wschr.,
 1939, 88: 135.—Kauders, O.,  & Oesterreicher, W.   Ueber die
 Wirksamkcit der sogenannten  bulgarischen Kur beim postence-
 phalitischen  Parkinsonismus  im Vergleiche zur Behandlung
 mit  hohen  Atropindosen.   Wien.  klin. Wschr.,  1936, 49:
 1548-52.—Lehoczky, T.  Erfahrungen  mit der Belladonna-
 wurzel-Behandlung  bei  Parkinsonismus   postencephaliticus
 (Bericht fiber  64  Falle)  Deut. Zschr.  Nervenh ,  1938, 146:
 263-71.—Lemoine,  G.   [Bulgarian cure  in treatment  of
 Parkinson's disease]  Cluj. med., 1938, 19: 376-9.—Lereboullet,
 J.   Le traitement  belladone  des  syndromes parkinsoniens.
 Paris med.,  1938,  107: 69-76.—Ley, R.  A.  Le  traitement
 bulgare de la maladie  de Parkinson post-encephalitique.  J.
 beige neur.  psichiat.,  1936, 36: 028-32.—Maksudov, G. A.
 [Beneficial effect of  infusion  of the root  of  belladonna  on
 parkinsonism]   Klin,  med.,  Moskva,   1938,  16:   1742-9 —
 Marinesco, G., &  Facon.  E.  Quelques remarques sur la cure
 bulgare  des  troubles  post-encephalitique.   Bull.  Soc.  med.
 hop.  Paris,  1936,  3. ser., 52:  670-2.—Marschner,  H.   Die
 bulgarische Kur.  Vertrauensarzt, 1938, 6: 251-3.—Martillotti,
 F.   La cura  bulgara nei postumi  dell'encefalite  epidemica.
 Pediatria (Riv.) 1935, 43: 979-81.—Mattioli-Foggia,  C.  Sul
 trattamento del parkinsonismo postencefalitico con  un metodo
 derivato dalla cosidetta cura bulgara.  Note psichiat., Pesaro,
 1937, 66: 113-23.—Meco, O.   I resultati della  cura  bulgara
 nelle malattie nervose e particularmente nelle sindromi  ence-
 falitiche-parkinsoniane.  Cervello, 1935,  15: 285-315.  ---^—-
 La remissione  della sintomatologia demenziale negli  encefalitici
sottoposti alia cura bulgara.  Riv. pat. nerv., 1937, 50: 75-95.—
Modonesi. C.   Cura atropinica  e cura di belladonna nei par- 
ENCEPHALITIS,  EPIDEMIC             254             ENCEPHALITIS, EPIDEMIC
  [Treatment of encephalitis lethargica with argotropin]   Hos-
  pitalstidende, 1924,  67: 541-3.—Strecker, E.  A.,  & Willey,
  G. F.  Epidemic encephalitis, 4 cases complicated by pregnancy
  and a preliminary report of experimental therapy by  intra-
  venous injections of acriflavine.  Am. J. Psychiat., 1924-25, 4:
  631-42.—Viner, N.  A case of encephalitis epidemica (lethar-
  gica) treated by sulphanilamide.   Canad. M. Ass. J., 1939, 40:
  586.—Ziskind, E., & Somerfeld-Ziskind, E. Metrazol therapy
  in chronic encephalitis with parkinsonism; effect on oculogyric
  crises.  Bull. Los Angeles Neur. Soc, 1938, 3: 186-8.

  ----  Treatment:  Fever therapy.

    Bifulco. C, & Ebhardt,  E.  Cura dell'encefalite  epidemica
  cronica mediante infezione ricorrente.   Cervello,  1927,  6:
  295-9.—Chiabov,  A.   La terapia di  Roehmer nei postence-
  falitici. Rass. stud,  psichiat.,  1935, 24: 673-85, 2 pl.—Craig,
  R. N.  The treatment of the Parkinsonian syndrome, following
  encephalitis,  by  malaria.   Lancet,  Lond.,  1927,  2: 860.—
  Donaggio, A.  Comportamento della mia reazione nei parkin-
  sonismo encefalitico di fronte all'etettropiressia da onde corte,
  marconi-terapia,  e alia malarizzazione.   Riv.  sper. freniat.,
  1937, 61:  898-905.—Embden.  Malariaimpfung  bei postenze-
  phalitischem Parkinsonismus.  Deut. med. Wschr.,  1926, 52:
  2014.—Hoglund, G.  [Superinfection  with relapsing fever  in
  chronic epidemic encephalitis]  Fin. lak. sail, hand., 1927, 69:
  402-8.  ------  & Sjogren, V.  H.  Traitement des formes
  croniques de l'encephalite tethargique par la ftevre recurrente;
  r6sultats de l'examen ulterieur des patients traites k la Clinique
  neurologique du Serafimerlasaret pour encephalites tethargiques
  croniques entre les annees 1920 et 1929, surtout ou point de
  vue  des effets du traitement par la ftevre recurrente.  Acta
  psychiat. neur.,  Kbh., 1931, 6: 397-404.  ------  Kliniscfae
  Studien iiber die Prognose bei Encephalitis lethargica chronica
  und das Resultat ihrer Behandlung  mit Febris  recurrens.
  Sven. lak.  sail,  hand., 1931, 57: 204-33.—Kling, C.  [Some
  historical data concerning superinfection-therapy; technic of
  treatment of chronic epidemic  encephalitis by relapsing fever]
  Fin. lak. sail, hand., 1927, 69: 395-401.—Kiirbitz, W., & Lange,
  W.   Impfmalaria bei  chronischer  Encephalitis epidemica.
  Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1929, 31: 67-70.—McCowan, P. K., &
  Cook,  L.  C.  Chronic epidemic  encephalitis; treatment  by
  induced malaria.  Lancet, Lond., 1927, 2: 861.—Marcus, H.
  [Researches on chronic epidemic encephalitis; its treatment by
  relapsing fever]  Fin. lak. sail, hand., 1927, 69: 375-94.  ------
  Kling, C, & Hoglund, G.  Le traitement de l'encephalite epi-
  demique chronique par l'infection recurrente.   C. rend. Soc.
  biol.,  1926, 95: 749-52.—Stefani, S.  Piretoterapia spontanea
  malarico-tifica in parkinsoniano postencefalitico. Rass. stud.
  psichiat., 1928, 17: 656-66.

 ----   Treatment: Methods.

    Frangie,  C.   *Le traitement de l'encephalite
 Epidemique et  de ses sequelles  par les injections
 intrarachidiennes de caseine.  20p.   8?  Geneve,
  1927.

    Hagen,  F.   *Ueber  die therapeutischen  Be-
 strebungen bei der Encephalitis epidemica.   26p.
 8?   [Bonn] 1926.

    Sartmadjeff,   T.    *Contribution  au  traite-
 ment  de   l'encephalite  lethargique;   role   de
 l'abces de fixation.  113p.   8?  Par.,  1932.
   Adam, S.  Ueber gunstige Erfolge von Schwefelinjektionen
 bei  Spatencephalitis  (vorlaufige  Mitteilung)   Klin.  Wschr.
 1925, 4: 1822.—Aleksandrova, L. I., & Stolbun, D. E.  [Treat-
 ment of the sympathetic  nervous  system in post-encephalitic
 parkinsonism]  Nevropat. psikhiat., 1935, 4: No. 11, 91-102.—
 Alessandrini,  P., & Frattali,  F.  Le iniezioni endorachidee di
 solfato di magnesid  nei parkinsonismo  encefalitico.   Bull
 Accad. med. Roma, 1926, 52: 242-6.—A1 ford,  L. B.  Glucose
 in the treatment of epidemic encephalitis. J. Missouri M. Ass.
 1927, 24: 249-52.  Also J. Nerv.  Ment. Dis., 1928, 67:  277
 Also South. M. J., 1928,  21: 649-53.—Aschieri,  G.  Terapia
 sintomatica del parkinsonismo encefalitico.   Riforma med.,
 1935, 51: 1866-71.—Ashkenasy.  Bei Encephalitis lethargica
 ist  Behandlung von Nasenaffektionen wichtig?   Med. Welt,
 1927, 1: 879.—Bettolo, A.  Contributo casuistico alia cura della
 encefalite letargica. Policlinico, 1927, 34: sez. prat., 959-62.—
 Cautrecasas, J.  Tratamiento de la encefalitis epidemica.  Rev
 espafi. med.  cir.,  1929,  12:  329-36.—Cruchet,  R.   Criteres
 nosologiques de l'encephalo-myeiite epidemique et son traite-
 ment  hydromineral.   J.  nted.  Bordeaux,  1933, 110:  860.
 ------ Les associations ntedicamenteuses dans les  sequelles
 des encephalites.   Ibid., 861-3.—Eden,  G., & Yates, A. L.
 Treatment of encephalitis lethargica by the removal of possible
 etiological factors.  Brit. M.  J., 1927,  1: 714-6.—Faberi, M.
 Contributo alia terapia dell'encefalite  letargica.  Policlinico
 1925, 32: sez. prat., 1524-6.— Fernio, F.  La cura dell'encefalite
infettiva epidemica con lo joduro  di sodio.  Cult, med  mod
Pal., 1925, 4: 393-402.—Francese, G.  Contributo alio studio
ed alia terapia di una particolare forma di encefalite epidemica
Med. prat., Nap., 1926, 11: 281-8.—Froment, J., & Chambon,
M.   L'insuline, medication adjuvante de l'encephalite epide-
mique et de ses sequelles parkinsoniennes ou psychiques.   J.
 nted. Lyon, 1930, 11: 491-505.—Gamarnik, I. I.   [Treatment
 of post-encephalitic parkinsonism with potassium permanganate
 Vrach. delo,  1934, 16: 293-6.—Gandellini, A.  Sul nuovo in-
 dirizzo  terapeutico  dei postumi  della encefalite  letargica.
 Gazz. osp., 1938, 59: 421-6.—Hall,  A.  J.  Modern technique
 in treatment; treatment of epidemic encephalitis  (encephalitis
 lethargica)   Lancet,  Lond.,  1924,  2:  617.—Heinicke.   Zur
 Therapie  und Prognose der  akuten und  chronischen  Ence-
 phalitis epidemica.  Miinch. med. Wschr., 1926, 73: 1647-50.—
 Hess, F. O.  Zur Behandlung der Encephalitis-Folgeerschei-
 nungen.  Aerztl. Prakt., 1931-32, 2:  125.—Jenny, F.  Zur Be-
 handlung der chronischen  Encephalitis. Praxis,  Bern, 1939,
 28: 199 202.-  Kleemann, A.   Mitteilungen zur Therapie tier
 chronischen Encephalitis.   Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1929, 111:
 299-305.—Krakowski, A.  [Luke-warm and hot baths in treat-
 ment of  post-lethargic  states]   Warsz.  czas. lek.,  1935,  12:
 728-30.—Lampl.  Zur Therapie der  chronischen  Encephalitis
 epidemica.  Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1929, 111: 133-7.  ------
 Weitere Beitrage zur symptomatischen  Therapie der chroni-
 schen Encephalitis.   Med. Klin.,  Berl., 1929, 25:  1353-7 —
 Maidan-Maidansky,  E.  M.   [Potassium permanganate  for
 treating  post-encephalitic  paralysis   agitans   (Parkinson's
 disease)]   Mosk.  med.  J., 1928, 8:   30.—Marx, E.   Zur
 Symptomatologie und Therapie der  chronischen Encephalitis
 lethargica.  Miinch.  med. Wschr., 1927, 74:  1916.—Meumann,
 E.  Zur  Frage  der  Behandlung spiitenzephalitischer  Krank-
 heitszustiinde. Mschr. Psychiat., 1930, 76: 364-72.—Meyer, O.
 Zur Behandlung der Encephalitis lethargica.  Zbl. inn. Med.,
 1938, 59: 705-8.—Naumov, F. A.  [Subarachnoidal injections
 of the patient's blood in epilepsy  and  post-encephalitic par-
 kinsonism]   Sovet.  nevropat.,  1935, 4:  No.  7, 95-102.—
 Neal, J.  B., & Bentley, I.  A.   Treatment  of epidemic  ence-
 phalitis; a review of  the work of the Matheson Commission.
 Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic,  1932, 28:  897.—Norbury, F. G.
 The use of sodium amytal in myoclonic  encephalitis.  Illinois
 M. J.,  1933,  64: 358-60.—Olsen, A.  [Treatment of  chronic
 encephalitis with intravenous  injections  of sodium  iodide]
 Ugeskr. laeger,  1936, 98: 180.—Paasche, K.  Zur Frage der
 Therapie  bei  postencephalitischen  Krankheitsformen.   Allg.
 Zschr. Psychiat.,  1925-26, 83:  114-7.— Pagano, G., & Varvaro,
 G. B.  Quattro casi di encefalite epidemica trattati con succe3SO
 con  iniezioni  endovenose  di  stomosina antigrippale.  Riv.
 clin.  med.,  1925,  26:  216-9.— Paulian,  D.   Contributions a
 l'etude du traitement de l'encephalite epidemique et de  ses
 sequelles.  Marseille nted.,  1925, 62:  945-55.—Pelet, J.  Re-
 marques sur le traiterhent ntedicamenteux  du parkinsonisme
 post-encephalitique.   Rev. med.  Suisse rom., 1938,  58:  348-
 53.—Roch, M. M., & Katzenelbogen.  Traitement des formes
 6volutives chroniques- de  l'encephalite  epidemique,  par  les
 injections intrarachidiennes de caseine. Schweiz. med. Wschr.,
 1924, 54: 834-8.—Schroeder, K. [Sulfosin treatment of certain
 conditions of the central nervous system of non-syphilitic origin
 (epidemic   encephalitis,   Parkinsonism)]   Hospitalstidende,
 1929, 72:  808-14.  Also Deut. med. Wschr., 1929,  55: 1711 —
 Seckbach, M.  Zur Behandlung der Folgezustande der Enze-
 phalitis.  Ibid., 1932, 58: 1045.—Sepp, E. K., Liwschitz. J. G.
 [et al.] Die Oxytherapie bei  der epidemischen  Encephalitis;
 vorlaufige  Mitteilung.   Arch.  Psychiat.,  Berl.,   1927,  81:
 ?1_I"  Also Klin, med., Moskva, 1927, 5: 318-22.—Simonson,
 J. T.  Epidemic encephalitis  and homeopathic  therapeutics.
 J. Am. Inst. Homeop., 1934, 27: 641-4.  Also Collect. Papers
 N- York Homeop. M. Coll., 1935, 1:  73-80.—Stemplinger, F.
 Aur   Therapie  des   postenzephalitischen   Parkinsonismus.
 Munch, med.  Wschr.,  1930, 77: 1926-30.—Winkler, G.  Zur
 TheraP'e der Encephalitis epidemica.   Klin.  Wschr., 1927, 6:
 1508-10.—Zapatero Dominguez,  J., &  Bartolome Iraeta, J.
 Estados metencefalfticos y un  moderno  tratamiento del par-
 kinsonismo. Cron. m6d.  mex., 1932, 31:  852-65.

 ----  Treatment: Radiotherapy.

   D'Arman,  S.   Postumi  di  encefalite letargica  trattati
 coi raggi  X.  Atti  Congr. ital. radiol., 1924,  5:  144-6 —
 Fawcitt, R. Treatment  of  encephalitis  lethargica associated
 with Parkinsonism by ultra-violet rays.  Brit. M.  J., 1927, 1:
 422 —Jaffg, H.  N.  Encephalitis lethargica associated  with
 Parkinsonism  treated by ultra-violet  rays.  Ibid., 2: 1219.—
 Krause, P.  Rontgentherapeutische  Versuche bei Kranken mit
 Enzephalitis und Folgezvstanden.  Strahlentherapie, 1932, 44:
 8378-TI\lo,l:8ier'  G-  de'  &  Gi'bert,  R.   Encephalite  bulbo-
 ntesocephalique; action  favorable de  la  radiotherapie.   Rev.
 otoneur.,  Par., 1936,  14: 575.—Nuvoli,  U.   La radioterapia
 dell encefalite  epidemica nei suo stadio acuto.   Policlinico,
 1929,  36:  sez. med.,  177-94.—Pidone.   La  radioterapia nei
 postumi di encefalite letargica.  Radiol, med., Milano, 1924 11:
 525.—Podesta, V.  Contributo della radioterapia delle malattie
sistematiche del  sistema nervoso  centrale  specialmente  in
rapporto ai  postumi  di encefalite letargica.  Atti Congr. ital.
radiol.,  1924,  5: 143.  Also Radiol, med., Milano, 1924, 11:
 58r79.—Trautmann,   E., & Pansdorf,  H.   Versuch einer
 Kontgenbehandlung der  chronischen Encephalitis;  gleichzeitig
ein Beitrag  zur Frage der  Wirkung der  Rontgenstrahlen auf
Entzundungsvorgange  im  Gehirn.   Klin. Wschr.,  1930,  9:
 1444-7.—Tucker, J.   Some  observations in the  treatment of
acute  encephalitis by roentgen therapy and typhoid shock re-
actions. Cleveland Clin.  Q., 1939, 6: 134-9.-Vor der Briick, G.
Die Rontgenbestrahlung  des Stammhirns und ihre Ergebnisse
bei chronischer  Encephalitis  epidemica.   Psychiat.  neur.
 Wschr., 1939, 41: 305; 319. 
ENCEPHALITIS, EPIDEMIC             255             ENCEPHALITIS, EPIDEMIC
 ----  Treatment:  Salicylates and urotropin.

   Leqtjin, A.    *Traitement des fdrmes parkin-
 soniennes  de  l'encephalite  epidemique  par  les
 injections  intraveineuses  de salicylate de soude
 glucose.   79p.   8?   Par., 1928.
   Leroy,  Y.   Contribution a  l'etude  du traite-
 ment de l'encephalite epidemique par le salicylate
 de soude.   94p.  8?  Par.,  1926.
   Abely,  X.   Posologie  de  1'uroformine  dans  l'encephalite
 epidemique.  Bull. Soc. clin. nted.  ment., Par., 1926, 14: 57-
 9.—Benard, R., Marchal & Bureau, Y.  Encephalite epidemique
 a forme chor6ique grave traitee par le salicylate de soude intra-
 veineux; guerison.   Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1925, 3. ser.,
 49: 61-7.   Also Rev. internat. med. chir., Par., 1925, 36: 8-11.
 ------ Un cas d'encephalite aigue a forme choreique traitee
 par les injections intraveineuses de salicylate de soude glucos6;
 persistance de la gu6rison apres 26 mois. Bull. Soc. med. hop.
 Paris, 1926, 3. ser.,  50: 1751.—Courcoux, A., & Meignant, P.
 Le traitement de l'encephalite epidemique par le  salicylate de
 soude.  Bull, nted.,  Par.,  1925, 39:  39-41.—Denechau, D.  A
 propos de l'encephalite epidemique; l'6tat actuel de la question;
 son traitement par le salicylate de soude.  Arch. med. Angers,
 1926, 30:  175-83.  ------& Barbary, J.  Un cas d'encephalite
 aigue a type tethargique traite par le salicylate de soude intra-
 veineux; guerison rapide.  Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1925, 3.
 ser.,  49:  1199-202.   Also Riforma med., 1925,  41:  1004.—
 Denechau, D., &  Leroy, Y.   Le traitement de  l'encephalite
 6pidemique par le salicylate de soude, etat actuel de la question,
 d'aprds 15 cas personnels.   Monde med., 1926,  36: 944-55.
 Ibid.,  960-71.—Denechau,  D., Peignaux,  J., &  Fruchaud,
 H.  Un cas d'encephalite epidemique  grave chez  un enfant
 de 27  mois  traite  par  le salicylate de soude  intraveineux
 avec  guerison remontant k  10  mois.   Bull. Soc.  med.  hop.
 Paris, 1926,  3.  ser., 50: 1587-92.—Encephalite tethargique,
 zona  et salicylate  de soude.  Clinique,  Par.,  1934,  28: 197.—
 Epstein, S. H., Farnham, R.  K.,  & Cobb, S.  The  use of
 salicylates in the  treatment  of chronic  epidemic encephalitis.
 Boston M. & S. J.,  1927-28,  197: 1552-6.  Also repr.—Freed,
 A. [Experiment in  treating  epidemic encephalitis with injec-
 tion of urotropin  into  the cerebrospinal fluid]   Vrach.  delo,
 1927, 10: 1541-4.—Ichok, G.  El tratamiento de  la encefalitis
 epidemica por el salicilato de sosa.   Arch, med., Madr., 1927,
 26: 708-12.—Injections  (les) intra-veineuses de  salicylate de
 soude comme traitement de l'encephalite  epidemique.   Rev.
 gen.  clin.  ther.,  1925,   39:  173.—Labuchelle  & Magendie.
 Syndrome de Parkinson  para-encephalitique chez  une jeune
 fille de 21 ans; traitement mixte par l'urotropine, l'arsenic et le
 bismuth; amelioration.  J. nted. Bordeaux, 1924, 54: 819-21.—
 Levy, G., & Piera, A.  Encephalite tethargique grave consecu-
 tive a une eruption de zona et rapidement guerie par des injec-
 tions  intraveineuses  de salicylate de soude. Bull. Acad, med.,
 Par.,  1934, 3. ser.,  Ill:  129-33.—Macbride, H. J., &  Car-
 michael, E. A.  Sodium salicylate in encephalitis  lethargica.
 Lancet,  Lond.,  1924,  2:  958.—Merle, E.   Traitement  de
 l'encephalite tethargique aigue, par le salicylate de soude intra-
 veineux.  Neurotherapie, Amst., 1928,10:1-5.—Nachmanovich,
 A. S.  [Chorea-epidemic encephalitis; its treatment by intra-
 venous injection of salicylic acid]  Vrach. gaz., 1926, 30: 140-
 3.—Panaitescu, V., Popescu,  C, &  Tataranu, G.  [Treatment
 of lethargic encephalitis with intravenous injections of sodium
 salicylate]  Rev. st. med., Bucur.,  1927, 16: 1174-9.  ■------
 [Grave form of lethargic encephalitis treated with intravenous
 injections of salicylate of sodium and fixation abscess]  Ibid.,
 1928, 17:  145-52.—Simonena, A.  Ueber die Behandlung der
 Encephalitis  lethargica  in ihrer lethargischen  Phase durch
 intravenose Urotropin-Injektionen.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1926,
 22: 883-5.—Vedel,  Puech & Pages.  Quelques  resultats  du
 traitement des syndromes parkinsoniens post-encephalitiques
 par le salicylate de soude.  Bull. Soc. sc. nted. biol. Montpellier,
 1924-25, 6: 159-C2.

 ----  Treatment:  Serum and vaccine.
   Abramson, J. L., & Victor, G.  Influenza vaccine in the treat-
 ment of chronic encephalitis.  J. Lab. Clin. M.,  1934-35, 20:
 1043-7.—Boucek, J.  L'emploi du chinosol comme desinfectant
 dans  la preparation du vaccin  de Levaditi.  Tr.  Inst. hyg.
 pub.  tehee,  1930, 1: 139.—Catola, G.   A propos  de  l'auto-
 serotrterapie  intrarachidienne dans l'encephalite  epidemique.
 Rev.  neur., Par.,  1925,  32:  1069-71.—Conti, A.   Autosiero-
 terapia  rachidiana nei parkinsonismo post-encefalitico.  Gior.
 clin. med., 1926, 7: 246-52.— Draganesco, S., & Lazaresco,
 D.   Mesencephalite d'origine  infectieuse  obscure;  ophtal-
 moptegie  externe  bilaterale; abolition des  reflexes  tendi-
 neux  et osteo-periostes; les  bons  resultats obtenus avec  du
 serum   de  parkinsonien  postencephalitique.   Rev.  neur.,
 Par.,  1931, 38:  pt  2, 808-10.—Epstein,  J.,  &  Foote,  E. L.
 Epidemic  (lethargic) encephalitis;  its treatment by means of
 Rosenow vaccine and serum.  U. S. Veterans Bur. M.  Bull.,
 1931,  7: 457-9.—Finlayson. A. D., & Karnosh, L.  J.  Auto-
 serum treatment of chronic encephalitis.   Ohio M. J., 1926, 22:
 309-14.—Flowers,  H. L.  Encephalitis lethargica, with report
 of 6 cases  treated  with  hyperimmunized rabbit brain.   Med.
 Bull. Veterans Admin.. 1934-35, 11: 247-52.—Helmholz, H. F.,
 & Rosenow, E. C.   Three cases of acute encephalitis treated
 with specific serum.  Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1922, 39: 368-70.—
Henner, K.  [Levaditi's encephalitis vaccine]  Cas.  tek. 6esk.,
1925, 64: 543-6.—Keith. J. R.  Influenza antigen in the treat-
ment of encephalitis lethargica.  Brit. M.  J.,  1926, 2: 525.—
Pette. H.  Ueber endolumbale Eigenserumtherapie bei Folge-
zustanden  von  epidemischer  Enzephalitis.   Munch,  med.
Wschr., 1926, 73: 1025-7.—Renaud, M. Echec d'une vaccina-
tion non spedfique  dans le syndrome parkinsonien post-ence-
phalitique.  Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1924, 3. ser., 48: 1479-
83.—Russo, V.   L'encefalite epidemica nei bambini con con-
tributo  alia terapia vacciniea.  Riv. med., 1926, 34: 84.—
Seletsky, V.,  Mitnitsky,  D. M., & Fridman,  A.  A.   [Auto-
hemoliquortherapy  in chronic encephalitis  (parkinsonism)]
Vrach.  delo,  1935,  18: 62.—So,  T.  Treatment of epidemic
encephalitis by  intra-spinal injection  of normal serum.  Kita-
sato Arch., 1938, 15: 101-23.—Tucker, B. R. Intraspinal auto-
genous serum treatment  in  lethargic  encephalitis.  J. Nerv.
Ment. Dis., 1924, 60: 347-9.

----   Treatment: Surgery.

  Cornil, L., Paoli, J., & Alliez, J. Parathyroidectomie dans un
cas de maladie de Parkinson.  Rev. neur.,  Par., 1934, 41: pt 2,
121-5.   ------   Considerations sur les effets de la parathyroi-
dectomie unilaterale dans la maladie de Parkinson. Progr. med.,
Par., 1935, 217-21.—Gesse, E. R.  [Eleven cases of sympathec-
tomy in parkinsonism after epidemic encephalitis]  Vest, khir.,
1929, 18: 214-7— Harrower, G., & Ghosh, K. C.  Bilateral first
thoracic ganglionectomv in 2 cases of Parkinson's syndrome.
Brit. M. J., 1933, 1:  772-4— Machansky, F. I. Traitement
chirurgical  des  mouvements  involontaires  des extremites
applique au parkinsonisme post-encephalitique.  J. chir.,  Par.,
1935, 46: 877-99.—Myerson, A., & Berlin, D. D.  A  case of
postencephalitic Parkinson's disease treated by total  thyroi-
dectomy.  N. England J. M., 1934,  210: 1205.  Also Arch.
Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1935, 33: 437-40.—Rees,  C. E.  Ob-
servations following sympatbetic ganglioneetomy in cases of
post-encephalitic Parkinsonian  syndrome.   Am. J. Surg., 1933,
21:411-5.  Also repr.—Riesman, D.   Encephalitis lethargica.
In Surgery (Ravdin, I. S.) Phila., 1935, 303-12.—Rosanov, V.
N., & Chugunov, S. A.  [Surgical treatment of postencephalitic
parkinsonism] Russ. klin., 1927, 7: 36; 522-7.—Schaltenbrand,
G.  Zur Frage  der Encephalitis  und ihrer Folgezustande.
Deut.  Zschr. Chir.,  1928,  209:  246-50.—Strickler,  C. W.
Forced spinal drainage in epidemic  encephalitis.  Bull. Fulton
Co. M.  Soc,  1934-35, 9:  No. 8, 5.—Tilmann.  Zur Frage der
Encephalitis  und ihrer Folgezustande.  Deut. Zschr.  Chir.,
1927.  200: 26-35.  Also Psychiat. neur.  Wschr.,  1927,  29:
561-6.

----   Type.

  Beriel, L.  Sur les formes actuelles de l'encephalite epidemi-
que.  Bull. Soc. med. h6p. Paris, 1926, 3. ser., 50: 365-8.  Also
Lyon med., 1926, 137: 667-71.—Bermann,  G.  Sintomatologfa
y formas clinicas de la encefalitis epidemica.   Rev. crim., B.
Air., 1928, 15: 411-8.—Bokretas, A.  [Rare cases of epidemic
encephalitis]  Orv. hetil.,  1930, 74: 142.—Brailovsky,  V. Zur
Kasuistik.der wellenartig verlaufenden Encephalitis epidemica.
Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1925, 98: 197-9.—Cuatrecasas, J.
Las formas clinicas de la encefalitis epidemica.  Rev.  med.
Barcelona, 1930, 14: 150-64—D'Arbela, F., & Montanari, A.
La sintomatologia e  le forme cliniche dell'encefalite epidemica:
studio clinico  di 60 casi osservati nella clinica medica di  Firenze
negli anni 1919-26.  Riv. clin.  med., 1928,  29: 14; 41.   ------
Le forme cliniche dell'encefalite epidemica.  Ibid., 255; 307.—
Eschenbrenner, J. W. Forms and course of epidemic ence-
phalitis.  Week.  Bull. S. Louis M.  Soc, 1933, 28:  25-7.—
Girard, J.  Quelques formes actuelles de l'encepbalite epidemi-
que. Gaz. hop., 1928, 101: 485-90.—Krabbe, K. H.  [Varying
types of epidemic encephalitis during the last 20 years]  Hospi-
talstidende, 1935, 78: Jydsk med. selsk. forh., 58-74.—Obraz-
tzov, V. N.  [Acute forms  of  epidemic encephalitis]   Vrach.
delo, 1926, 9: 693-5.—Pappenheim, M.  Eine neue Form von
epidemischer  Enzephalitis.  Wien. klin.  Wschr.,  1927, 40:
674.—Riggs, C.  E.  Epidemic encephalitis; illustrating changed
clinical picture of today; report of 2 cases. Minnesota M., 1927,
10:  200.—Schaeffer, H., Oumansky & Thiebaut. Encephalite
epidemique a syndromes successifs varies et polymorphes avec
signe d'Argyll.   Rev. neur., Par., 1927,  34: pt 2, 482-6.—
Smith, C. T.  Cases illustrating the polymorphism of epidemic
encephalitis.  South.  M. & S.,  1925,  87: 5-7.—Verger, H.
Formes  cliniques de  l'encephalite epidemique rappelant le
syndrome  de  Gerlier.  Bull. Soc. nted. chir. Bordeaux (1926)
1927, 69-73.  Also Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1926, 47: 164-6.

----   Type,  amyostatic  [Parkinsonian]

  Alpers, B.  J., &  Patten, C.  A.   Acute  encephalitic  parkin-
sonism.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1927, 88: 1387-9.—Edwards, K. H. R.
A psychological  case study of the amyostatic-akinetic  form of
encephalitis lethargica.  Brit. J.  M. Psychol.,  1932, 12: 315-
36.—Eschbach.  H.  Parkinsonisme  aigu, debut d'une encepha-
lite.  Bull. Soc med. hop.  Paris,  1925,  3. ser., 49:  1548.—
Fiorio,  C.  Encefalite epidemica acuta a forma amiostatica in
gravidanza.   Fol. med., Nap.,  1931, 17: 913-20.—Gordon, A.
Parkinsonian  syndrome in encephalitis lethargica and in paraly-
sis  agitans;  consideration  of  the clinical and pathological
differential diagnosis.  Internat. Clin.,  1924, 34. ser.,  3: 257-
60.—Levy, G.   Le syndrome parkinsonien de l'enc6phalite
epidemique.  Presse therm, dim., 1931, 72: 75-80.—Lorentzen,
F.  [Parkinsonism in acute encephalitis]  Nord. med.,  1939, 1: 
ENCEPHALITIS,  EPIDEMIC             2;
 518-20.—Obraztzov, V. N.   [Cases of acute lethargic encepha-
 litis with acute parkinsonism]  Odess.  med.  J., 1926, 1: 3-9.
 Also Uzhny med. J., 1926, 3-9.—Rimbaud & Boulet.  Un cas
 d'encephalite avec syndrome  parkinsonien  precoce aigu  a
 evolution  regressive.  Montpellier med., 1926.  48:  1-4.—
 Verger, H., & Delmas-Marsalet, P.  Decdebration aigue par
 encephalite mortelle; existence de reflexes profonds du cou.
 J. nted. Bordeaux, 1926, 56: 543.

 ----   Type, amyostatic chronic [Parkinsonism]

    See  also  Parkinsonism.
    Agostini,  C.    Sindromi  pseudoparkinsoniane
 da encefalite epidemica; contributo  clinico.  '54p.
 8?   Perugia, 1921.
    Auger,   R.     *L'evolution   des   syndromes
 parkinsoniens  post-encephalitiques.    80p.    8?
 Par.,  1925.
    Bornstein, N.   *Sur des formes  d'association
 entre  catatonie   et   parkinsonisme   dans   les
 nevraxites; 6tude clinique.   99p.   8?  Par.,  1932.
    Detcheff,  M.    *De  l'identite  du  tableau
 clinique  de la  maladie de Parkinson  vraie et  de
 certaines  formes parkinsoniens de  l'encephalite
 lethargique  [Geneve]   16p.   8?   Sofia,  1922.
    Francioni,  M.   *Le  signe  de Dufour  dans
 l'encephalite  parkinsonienne;   recherche  par  le
 procede de Marie-Foix.  39p.   8?  Par.,  1928.
    Kaslin, W.  *Postencephalitische und sonstige
 Parkinsonismen  nach  Trauma  (Anhand  der  in
 den Jahren 1930-34 bei der SUVA angemeldeten
 Falle)   29p.   8?   Basel, 1935.
    Kahn, S.   *Parkinsonismus  als Spatfolge der
 Encephalitis  lethargica.   19p.   8?  Basel, 1923.
    Matthisson,  L.    *Zur  Klinik  des  amyo-
 statischen Symptomenkomplexes unter  besonde-
 rer Berucksichtigung der Encephalitis epidemica.
 23p.    8?   Kiel, 1925.
    Weigert,   M.    *Die   Inkubationszeit   des
 postencephalitischen  Parkinsonismus    [Berlin]
 31p.    8?   Charlottenb., 1937.
    Welcker,  C.    *Ueber  den  amyostatischen
 Symptomenkomplex bei Encephalitis  epidemica
 [Kiel]  22p.  8?  Frankf. a.  M., 1925.
   Agostini, A.  Contributo alio studio dell'encefalite epidemica
 cronica a tipo parkinsonoide (contributo clinicol   Ann. Manic.
 Perugia, 1921, 15: 3-52, 2 pl.—Arnous, J.,  & Gahinet, M.
 Notes sur quelques observations de parkinsonisme post-ence-
 phalitique.  Arch. med. Angers, 1929, 33: 33-7.—Bahr. M. A.
 The Parkinsonian syndrome due to chronic epidemic enceph-
 alitis (von Economo type) a  clinico-anatomical study of 2
 cases.  J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1935, 82: 514-24.—Bazzicalupo, G.
 Un  caso di  encefalite letargica a sindrome parkinsoniana.
 Gazz.  internaz.  med.  chir.,  1931,  39: 6-14.—Beringer,  K.
 Ueber ein ungewohnliches Anfallssyndrom bei postencephalitic
 schem Parkinsonismus.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1931, 136:
 259-90.  ------  Zur Frage des Intervalls zwischen Infektion
 und Parkinsonismus bei epidemischer  Encephalitis.   Arch.
 Psychiat., Berl.,  1937, 107: 411.  Also Nervenarzt, 1937, 10:
 313.—Brissot, M., & Delsuc.  Parkinsonisme post-encephali-
 tique chez un enfant traite par la methode de Roemer.   Ann.
 med. psychoi., Par.,  1936, 94: 746-51.—Bubenzer, H.  Zur
 Frage des freien Intervalls beim postenzephalitischen Parkin-
 sonismus.  Miinch. med. Wschr.,  1939, 86:  573-5.—Camauer,
 A.  F.    Sindromo  parkinsoniano  post-encefalitico; fisiologia
 patotegica,  patogenia,  anatomia patotegica, tratamiento, etc.
 Prensa med.  argent., 1929-30,  16:  412-7.— Canciulescu, M.,
 Hirsch, R., & Paulon, S.  [Case of acute anterior poliomyelitis
 and post-encephalitic Parkinsonism]  Rev. st. med., Bucur.,
 1926, 15: 362-75.—Carrasco  Martinez, C. P.  Sindrome par-
 kinsoniano  post-encc-falieo unilateral.   Arch,  med., Madr.,
 1929, 30: 752-7.—Cohen, M. J.  Post-encephalitic extensor
 Parkinsonism.  J. M. Ass. S. Africa, 1928, 2: 553.—Crochet, R.
 The relation  of  paralysis agitans to the Parkinsonian syn-
 drome of epidemic encephalitis.   Lancet, Lond., 1925,  2:
 263-8.   Also Progr. med., Par., 1926,  41: 483-90.—Cuesta
 Urcelay,  F.  Sindrome parkinsoniano consecutivo a encefalitis
 letargica. Siglo  med.,  1922, 70:  105.—Donaggio, A.  Con-
 tributo alia conoscenza  del parkinsonismo encefalitico.  Cult.
 med. mod.,  Pal., 1931, 10: 889-903.—Estape, J. M. Sobre un
 caso de  hemi-parquinsonismo  post-encefalftico.   Arch. lat.
 amer. pediat.,  B. Air., 1927, 3. ser., 21: 454.—Ferrannini,  L.
 Parkinsonismo post-encefalitico.   Athena,  Roma, 1936,  5:
 19-24.—Fletcher, G. B.  The Parkinsonian syndrome following
 lethargic (epidemic)  encephalitis.   J.  Arkansas  M.  Soc,
 1924-25,  21: 181-3.—Frankl, G.  Ueber postenzephalitischen
 Parkinsonismus und  verwandte Storungen im  Kindesalter.
Zschr.  Kinderforsch.,  1936-37,  46:  199-249.—Gallais,  P.
ENCEPHALITIS, EPIDEMIC
 Maladie de Parkinson vraisemblablement post-encephalitique.
 Bull. Soc path  exot., Par., 1933, 26: 531-3.—Garcia Domin-
 guez,  A.   Sindrome  parkinsoniano  postencefalitico.  Siglo
 med.,  1929, 84: 254-7.—Gasbarrini,  A., & Sala, G.  Ulteriori
 osservazioni sui  postumi  della cosidetta  encefalite letargica
 con particolare riguardo  alle  sindromi  parkinsoniane.  Boll.
 Soc. med. chir., Pavia, 1922, 35: 33-6.— Gironc, V.  Sindrome
 cerebello-parkinsonoide da encefalite  epidemica.   Neurologica,
 Nap.,  1924, 1: 223-35, pl.—Guilmot.  Syndrome parkinsonien
 postencephalitique.  J. neur. psychiat., Brux., 1933, 33: 510-
 3.—Hall,  A. J.  The post-encephalitic Parkinsonian.  Brit.
 M. J., 1935, 2: 555.  Also  In Treat. Gen. Pract., 2. ed., Lond.,
 1938, 2: 11-7.—Hancock,  A.   Parkinsonism together with  the
 apache type in encephalitis lethargica.  Brit. M. J., 1925, 1:
 966.—Hill, T. R.  Postencephalitic Parkinsonism as a chronic
 infection.  J. Neur. Psychopath., Brist., 1928-29, 9:  337-46.—
 Hunt, E. L., & Cornwall, L. H.  The postencephalitic  Parkinson
 syndrome.  J.  Am. M. As?.,  1925,  84: 29-32.—Indemans,
 J. W. M.  [Parkinsonism after influenza and encephalitis; case]
 Ned.  tschr.  geneesk.,  1928, 72:  2895-8.—Jaureguy, M.  A.
 Hemi-parkinsonismo post-encefalftico.  Arch. lat. amer. pediat.,
 B. Air., 1925, 3. ser., 19: 815-20.—Jordan, E. M.  Report of 2
 cases  of unilateral  postencephalitic  Parkinsonian syndrome.
 Wisconsin M. J., 1935, 34:185; 214.—Katona,T.  [Parkinsonism
 in encephalitis  lethargica]   Gy6gy.4szat, 1926, 66:  318-20.—
 Krabbe, K. H.  The initial stages of the Parkinsonian forms in
 chronic epidemic encephalitis.   Acta psychiat.  neur., Kbh.,
 1932,  7: 317-37.—Laignel-Lavastine & Sterne, J.  Aspect de
 main  hypothalamique au  cours d'une maladie  de Parkinson
 d'origine encephalitique.   Rev. neur., Par., 1931,  38: pt 2,
 612-4.—Leonhard,  K.  Lange Intervalle zwischen  akuter
 Encephalitis  epidemica und dem parkinsonistischen Folge-
 zustand.   Nervenzart, 1937,  10: 568-72.—Lo  Schiavo,  R.
 Sindrome parkinsoniana progressiva in un caso  di  encefalite
 epidemica  cronica.   Gazz. internaz.  med. chir.,  1934,  42:
 49-54.—Marinesco, G., Draganesco, S.,  &  Grigoresco,  D.
 Sur un cas de parkinsonisme post-encephalitique survenu chez
 un ancien poliomyeiitique.  Bull. Acad, roumain., 1929-30, 12:
 No. 4-5, 5.  Also Rev. neur.,  Par., 1929, 36: pt 2,  102-4.—
 Negro, C.  Sul fenomeno della troclea dentata nella malattia di
 Parkinson e nei parkinsonismo  dell'encefalite epidemica.  Riv.
 pat. nerv., 1922, 27: 269-75.—Nielsen, J. M. Extreme enceph-
 alitic  Parkinsonism  with  contractures  which  relax  during
 somnambulistic state.  Bull. Los Angeles Neur. Soc, 1936,  1:
 28-30.—Nobecourt.   Syndrome parkinsonien et  encephalite
 epidemique. Progr. med., Par.,  1926, 41: 249-59.—Noronha, F.
 Post-encephalitic Parkinsonism.  Ind.  M. Gaz., 1929,  64: 21.—
 Oggioni, G.  II  fenomeno  della ruota dentata  del  tarso nei
 parkinsoniani post-encefalitici.   Boll. Soc. ital.  biol.  sper.,
 1936, 11: 393.—Patry, F. L.  The  diagnosis and treatment  of
 post-encephalitic Parkinsonism, with  case reports.  J. Nerv
 Ment. Dis., 1929, 69: 617-41.—Pritchard, W. H.  Parkinson's
 syndrome following epidemic encephalitis.  Ohio  M.  J., 1926,
 22: 131-4.—Quisumbing,  M.   Report sobre  dos  casos de
 Parkinsonismo letargico. J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1925,
 5: 114-21.—Renaud, M., & Auger.  Ltevolution des syndromes
 parkinsoniens  post-encephalitiques.   Bull. Soc.  med.  hop.
 Paris, 1925, 3. ser., 49:820-3.—Roasenda, G.. & Maspes, P.  E.
 Sui rapporti tra alcunS manifestazioni di  Parkinsonismo post-
 encefalitico, sindromi  isteriche  e  sindromi  catatoniche.  Mi-
 nerva med., Tor.,  1934, 25: pt 2, 321-7.—Rose, E. J.   Parkin-
 sonian syndrome,  following epidemic encephalitis, with report
of 2 cases.  U. S. Veterans Bur. M. Bull.,  1927, 3:  210-3.—
Rubiao Meira. Sobre um caso de syndrome parkinsoniana post-
 encephalitica, de rharcha stacionaria; observacao.  Bol.  Soc.
 med. cir. S. Paulo, 1923-24, 3.  ser., 6: 46-8, pl.—Runcan, V.
 [Epidemic encephalitis and Parkinson's disease]  Rev. st. med.,
 Bucur.,  1931, 20: 1438-47.—Sicard.   Forme pseudo-pottique
 cervicale de la nevraxitie epidemique; les hypertonies parkin-
soniennes localisees.   Rev.  neur., Par., 1926, 33:  329.—Sim-
 chowicz, T., & Kenigsberg; L.   Un cas de parkinsonisme  et
 cushingisme postencephalitiques.  Ibid., 1936, 66: pt  2, 639.—
 Steel,  J. P.  The onset  of post-encephalitic  parkinsonism.
 Edinburgh M. J., 1927, n. ser., 34:  231-4.—Sterling, W., &
Joz, H.  [Modification of Rosenbach's symptom in encephalitic
 parkinsonism]  Warsz. czas. lek., 1939, 16: 21-3.—Thevenard,
 A.  Le pltenomene de la poussee chez les parkinsoniens, son
 etude  dans les  Itemi-syndromes parkinsoniens  postencephali-
 tiques;  ltepreuve de la scopolamine.   Rev.  neur.,  Par., 1930,
 37: 643-55.—Tyndel, M.  Zur  Frage des Intervalles  zwischen
 Encephalitis und Beginn des postencephalitischen Parkinsonis-
mus.  Nervenarzt, 1938, 11: 305.—Vizioli, F.  Sopra due casi
 di parkinsonismo  encefalitico della forma tardivissima.  Riv.
 neur.,  Nap., 1937, 10: 276-84— Wagenhals,  F.  C.   Parkin-
sonian syndrome following  epidemic encephalitis.  Ohio M. J.,
 1925, 21: 645-7.—Witzleben, H. D. von.  Intervalle  zwischen
 akuter  Erkrankung an Encephalitis  epidemica  und  erstem
 Auftreten   parkinsonistischer   Erscheinungen.    Nervenarzt,
 1937, 10:  566-8.—Young,  A. W.  A clinical analysis of an
extrapyramidal syndrome;  paralysis agitans and postencepha-
litic Parkinsonism.  J. Neur. Psychopath., Brist.,  1927-28,  8:
        Type, amyotrophic.
   Decourt, J.. Mathieu, P., & Meyer, L. Syndrome de sclerose
laterale  amyotrophique consecutif a  une  encephalite lethar-
gique;  signes extrapyramidaux  assoctes.   Rev. neur.,  Par.,
1934, 41: pt 2,  596-600.—Euziere, Viallefont, H.,  & Lonjon- 
ENCEPHALITIS,  EPIDEMIC             257              ENCEPHALITIS, EPIDEMIC
 Turot.  Un cas de paralysie amyotrophique du grand dentete
 d'origine nevraxitique.   Arch. Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier,
 1929, 10:  145-8.—Froment, M. J.  Sclerose  laterale amyo-
 trophique et encephalite epidemique.  Rev. neur., Par., 1925,
 32: 842.—Jancso, I.  [Case of epidemic encephalitis,  causing
 amyotrophic lateral sclerosis]  Orv. hetil., 1928, 72: 1047-9.—
 ------Ueber ein  nach  Encephalitis  epidemica  beobach-
 tetes, der amyotrophischen Lateralsklerose ahnliches  Krank-
 heitsbild.  Klin. Wschr., 1928, 7: 2442-4.—Laignel-Lavastine,
 & Boegner, E. Amyotrophie cervicale posterieure avec syn-
 drome de  Raynaud et degenerescence  pyramidale d'origine
 encephalitique. Rev. neur., Par., 1928, 35: 596-600.—Mason,
 J. B. Posterolateral sclerosis following epidemic encephalitis.
 Arch. Neur. Psychiat.,  Chic, 1927, 18: 308.—Ornsteen, A. M.
 The syndrome of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis in epidemic
 encephalitis.  J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1930, 82: 369-78.— Shafrai,
 L. S. [Affection of the motor neurons of amyotrophic type of
 sclerosis  and  epidemic encephalitis]   Sovrem.  psikhonevr.,
 1929, 9: 804-9.—Wimmer,  M.  Amyotrophies de type sclerose
 laterale amyotrophique dans l'encephalite epidemique chronique.
 Rev.  neur.,  Par.,  1925, 32: 841.  ------   Les amyotrophies
 systematisees dans l'encephalite epidemique chronique.  Acta
 med. scand., 1928, suppl., H. 26, 392-8.------& Neel, A. V.
 Les amyotrophies systematisees dans l'encephalite epidemique
 chronique.  Acta psychiat. neur., Kbh., 1928, 3: 319-65.

 ----  Type, atypical.
    Artwinski,  E.   [Atypical forms  of lethargic  encephalitis]
 Polska gaz. lek.,  1932, 12: 249-50.—Barbier,  H., Arbeit &
 Lebee.  Note  sur quelques  manifestations nerveuses apparues
 en serie: relations  possibles  avec l'encephalite epidemique et la
 grippe.  Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1922, 20: 67-71.—Cautiero, G.
 Forma  pseudo-appendicolare  nella  malattia   di  Economo.
 Studium, Nap., 1927,  17:  374-6.—Cuatrecasas, J.  Formas
 larvadas  de encefalitis  epidemica.  Arch, med., Madr., 1927,
 26: 782-4.  Also Rev. nted. Barcelona, 1927, 2. ser., 8: 169-71 —
 Dosuzkov, T., & Sajdova, V.  Un cas de forme d'encephalite
 epidemique; deviation conjugee paroxystique des yeux symp-
 tome principal de cette maladie.  Rev. otoneur., Par., 1933, 11:
 31-5.—Frets, G. P.  [Two  cases of atypical cbronic epidemic
 encephalitis]   Psychiat. neur. bl., Amst., 1933, 37: 80-95,  8
 pl.—Fribourg-Blanc  &  Picard, J.  Spasme de torsion  des
 muscles de la nuque r6veiateur d'une encephalite fruste.  Rev.
 neur., Par., 1927, 34: pt 2, 649-52.—Gorodetzky, S. [Atypical
 forms of epidemic encephalitis]  Vrach. gaz., 1931, 35: 1336-
 40.—Guerin, A.  Les formes frustes et les sequelles de l'ence-
 phalite.  Rev.  g6n. clin. ther., 1925, 39: 804-6.—Jackson, J. A.,
 & Pike, H. V. Encephalitis;  atypical modes of onset and clinical
 manifestations. Med. J. & Rec, 1926, 124: 560-2.—Kahl meter,
 G.  Encephalites  epidemiques abortives.  Acta med. scand.,
 1926, Suppl., 16: 226-33. ------  Quelques formes atypiques
 d'encephalite epidemique.   Acta psychiat.  neur., Kbh., 1931,
 6: 359-67.—Kreuser, F., & Weidner, E.  Atypische Erschei-
 nungsformen der Encephalitis epidemica.  Deut. med. Wschr.,
 1927, 53: 1547-9.—Kufs, H.  Atypische Encephalitis epidemica
 mit lyssaahnlichem Verlauf,  starker Beteiligung des Grosshirns
 und relativer Verschonung  wichtiger pradilektiver Stellen im
 Zwischen- und Mittelhirn.  Mschr. Psychiat., 1933, 85: 256-
 76.—Mclntyre, H. D.   An  unusual type of encephalitis.  J.
 Med., Cincin., 1934, 15: 203-10.—Margulis, M. S., & Model,
 M.  M.   Abortive  Formen der epidemischen  Encephalitis.
 Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1927,  99: 193-204.—Martin, J. F.,
 Dechaume,  J., &  Mallartre. Encephalite epidemique latente
 demasquee par l'accouchement.  Ann. anat. path., Par., 1926,
 3:  875-7.—Massary, J. de.  A  propos de quelques  formes
 atypiques recentes de l'encephalite  epidemique.  Encephale,
 1927,  22:  775-85.—Michon,  P.    Encephalite epidemique
 inapparente  r6vetee par accidents seriques.  Bull. Soc. med.
 hop.  Paris,  1933,   3. ser.,  49:  1375-8.—Mondon & Barrat.
 Syndrome de Weber double,  incomplet a droite, et nevrite
 optique bilat6rale  au cours  d'un etat febrile; encephalite epi-
 demique probable.  Rev. otoneur.,  Par., 1937,  15: 549-51.—
 Morgan, O. G., & Symonds, C. P.  A series of cases with rapid
 onset of unequal pupils and  failure of accommodation; a forme
 fruste of  encephalitis lethargica.   Guy's Hosp. Rep.,  Lond.,
 1927, 77: 13-5.—Neel, A. V.  On atypical and masked forms
 of encephalitis  epidemica (lethargica) on a basis of about 125
 cases.  J. Nerv. Ment. Dis.,  1926, 63: 1-16.  ------  [Masked
 and  atypical cases  of encephalitis epidemica with changes  in
 the spinal cord, especially in  chronic cases]  Ugeskr.  laeger,
 1927,  89: 789-95.—Recht,  G.  The rudimentary forms  of
 encephalitis epidemica.   Ars medici, Wien, 1930, 8: 495-7.—
 Romer, C. Ueber  eine eigenartige monosymptomatische Form
 der Encephalitis epidemica.  Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1925, 86:
 274-84 —Roxo, H.   Formas anomalas da encephalite lethargica.
 Brasil  med.,  1927,  41:  1003.—Sajdova,  V., &  Dosuzkov, T.
 [Atypical  form of  encephalitis epidemica]  Bratisl. lek. listy,
 1931, 11: 453-9.—Stallybrass, C. O., & McNeil, A. S. Multiple
 abortive cases of encephalitis lethargica.  Lancet, Lond., 1924,
 2: 271.—Steblova,  E. M.  [Atypical forms of epidemic enceph-
 alitis]  Vrach. delo, 1931,14: 22-5.  ------   Ueber atypische
 Formen der  epidemischen  Enzephalitis.  Mschr. Psychiat.,
 Berl., 1931,  80: 232-40.—Stief, A.  Ueber  einen  atypischen
 Fall von  chronischer Enkephalitis epidemica.  Psychiat. neur.
 Wschr.  1934, 36:  413-7.—Susmann, J. S.  Die Psychoenze-
phalose;  fiber  psychische Zustandsbilder  bei  den  abortiven
Formen der  Encephalitis epidemica.   Miinch.  med.  Wschr.,
 1930  77:  1924-6.—Thevenard, A.   Amyotrophie thenanenne
unila'terale,  seul symptome  d'une  encephalite epidemique.

       77908—vol. 5,4th  sebihs----17
 Rev. neur., Par., 1929, 36: pt 2, 96-8.—Weimann, W.  Atypi-
 sche Formen der akuten  Encephalitis epidemica; nebst Be-
 merkungen iiber die Lokalisation  der Encephalitis epidemica
 und ihre Beziehungen zur Paralyse.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat.
 1925, 99: 185-217.

 ----   Type, atypical: Hiccup.
   Brunei I i, P.  Singhiozzo ed encefalite  epidemica in Gedda.
 Arch. ital. sc med. col., 1936, 17: 121-4.—D'Abundo, E.  Su
 di un caso di singhiozzo incoercibile cosidetto epidemico. Riv.
 pat. nerv., 1938, 52: 358-66.—Fuentes, L.  Report on epidemic
 of hiccup  in a family.   Rev. filip. med., 1927,  18:  322-5 —
 Griggs, J. F.  Quinine in  the treatment of epidemic hiccough.
 Northwest M.,  1929, 28: 557-60.—Hoquet (Le) epidemique.
 Rev. med., Louvain, 1925, 47.—Joltrain, E., & Hutinel,  J.
 Encephalite  epidemique  et  hoquet spasmodique:   l'heredo-
 encephalite.   Presse med., 1924,  32:  748-50.—Kuklova, B.
 [Influenza of  1926-27 and the  epidemic  singultus, which fol-
 lowed]   Bratisl. lek.  listy,  1927, 7: 170-216—Levai, M.
 [Treatment of epidemic hiccup with  cutaneous  injections  of
 atropine]  Budapesti orv. ujs., 1931, 29: 395-8.  Also Wien.
 klin. Wschr.,  1931,  44:  1028-30.—Logre,  Heuyer,  G.,  &
 Bourgeois.   A  propos  d'une  nouvelle epidemie de hoquet.
 Gaz. hop., 1923, 96: 56-8.—MacNalty, A.  S. Epidemic hiccup.
 Lancet,  Lond.,  1929, 2: 62.—Micheli, F.  II singhiozzo epi-
 demico.   Gior.  med. prat.. 1920,  2:  No. 7,  1-4.—Riedl, L.
 [Grave  case of hiccup of encephalitic origin]  Cas. tek. desk.,
 1937, 76: 974.—Rosenow, E. C.  Further studies on the etiology
 of epidemic hiccup (singultus) and its relation to encephalitis.
 Arch.  Neur.  Psychiat., Chic,  1926,  15: 712-34.   ------■
 Neuromyelo-encephalitis during and following an epidemic  of
 hiccup; diverse localization of streptococci. Ibid., 16: 21-36.—
 Trenel.  Sur une serie de cas de hoquet epidemique k 1'asile de
 Villejuif.  Bull. Soc. clin.  med.  ment., Par., 1925, 13: 11-3 —
 Tricot-Royer.  Une  epidemie de  hoquet  a Tournai en  1413.
 Bull. Soc. fr. hist, med., 1924, 18: 396-401.—Tschudi Madsen,
 S.  Hiccup as a sequel of  influenza]  Med. rev., Bergen, 1927,
 44: 267-71.—Zangger, T.  Grippe mit Singultus  (epidemicus)
 Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1927, 57: 326.

 ----   Type, bulbar.
   Bilancioni & Fumarola.  Sur quelques rares  manifestations a
 forme bulbaire de l'encephalite chronique epidemique.  Arch.
 internat.  laryng., Par., 1924,  30:  1012.—Folly.  Etudes  de
 troubles oculaires et vestibulaires dans un cas de syndrome
 bulbaire unilateral  d'origine  encephalitique.  Rev.  otoneur.,
 Par., 1925, 3: 445-8.—Kemp,  F.  W.  Apparently  complete
 recovery from encephalitis lethargica of the bulbar type.   Brit.
 M. J., 1927,  1: 716.—Krai, A.  Spino-l.ull.are Syndrome nach
 Encephalitis  epidemica  bei zwei Gcsehwistern.   Mschr. Psy-
 chiat., 1938, 98: 340-50.—Margulis.M. S.   Rhombencephalitis;
 bulbarer, pontiner Symptomenkomplex der akuten epidemi-
 schen  und sporadischen  Encephalitis.   Zschr.  ges.  Neur.
 Psychiat., 1924, 93: 248-77.—Mayoux & Charachon. Paralysie
 de l'oesophage et du  glosso-pharyngien   post-encephalitique.
 Ann. otolar., Par., 1936, 324.

 ----   Type, epileptic.

   See  subheading Type, hyperkinetic.

 ----   Type, hyperkinetic.

   See  also subheading Nervous system, motor.
   Gass,   F.    *Ueber   Encephalitis   epidemica
 choreatica   [Basel]   15p.   8?  Bulach,  1929.
   Loewe, R.  *Ueber  Encephalitis myoclonica.
 20p.   8?   Rostock, 1926.
   Reimold, W.   *Ueber die myoklonische Form
 der Encephalitis.   7p.   8?   [Karlsruhe]  1924.
   Acuno, M., & Accineli, A. N.  Encefalitis mioctenica.  Arch.
 argent, pediat., 1933, 4: 641-5.—Araoz Alfaro, G. La encefa-
 litis letargica y los estados coreicos y mioclonicos.  Arch, lat;
 amer. pediat.,  B. Air.,  1921, 2. ser., 15: 546-56.—Armand-
 Delille,   P.  F.,  & Vibert, J.  Manifestations  choreiformes
 persistantes chez un enfant de 4 ans, d'origine encephalitique
 probable.  Bull.  Soc.  p6diat. Paris, 1927, 25:  29.  ------
 Choree prolongee vraisemblablement d'origine encephalitique
 chez un jeune enfant.  Med. inf., Par., 1927, 33: 66.—Guiraud,
 P., & Thomas, A. Encephalite epidemique avec epilepsie et
 myoclonies.  Ann. med. psychoi.,  Par.,   1928,  86:  55-60.—
 Knopfelmacher, W.  [Fall von Encephalitis choreatica  (myo-
 clonica)]  Wien. med. Wschr., 1920, 70: 1130.—Marinelli, G.,
 & Musella, M.  Prodromi coreici ipercinetici in un caso di
 encefalite epidemica.  Rinasc. med., 1924, 1: 450.—Mikulowski,
 W.   Syndrome rare opso-myoclonique observe chez un enfant
 au cours d'une encephalite. Arch. med.  enf., 1926, 29: 279-
 84.—Reboul-Lachaux, J., & Bravinsky, N.  Encephalite algo-
 myoclonique  avec forte hyperalbuminose  du liquide  cephalo-
 rachidien  et  myoclonies oculaires; discussion du diagnostic;
 rapports de l'encephalite epidemique et de l'ltemorragie menin-
 gee.  Rev. otoneur.. Par., 1930, 8: 81-93.—Reimold, W.  Ueber
 die myoklonische Form der Encephalitis.  Zschr. ges.  Neur.
 Psychiat., 1925, 95: 21-36.—Rotky. Enzephalitis mit Chorea.
 Berl. klin. Wschr., 1920, 57: 887.—Sterz.   Erganzende Mittei-
lung fiber die Encephalitis choreatica.   Ibid.,  907.—Veillet. 
ENCEPHALITIS, EPIDEMIC             258             ENCEPHALITIS, EPIDEMIC
Sur une epidemie de nevraxite epidemique a type excitomoteur
special.  Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1926, 3. ser., 50: 239-42 —
Zweig, H. Beitrag zur myoklonischen Form der Encephalitis
epidemica im Kindesalter.  Mschr.  Kinderh., 1924-25, 29:
122-30.

----   Type,  hyperkinetic:  Epilepsy.

   Eichler, H.   *Ueber  Encephalitis epidemica
und Anfalle  [Munster]  49p.   8?   Quakenbriick,

1934.
   Agostini,  G.   Encefalite epidemica  cronica ed epilessia.
Ann. Osp. psichiat., Perugia, 1932, 26: 445-62.  Also Riv. pat.
nerv., 1934, 43: 49-55.  ------  Reperti istopatologici in  un
caso di  sindrome epilettica da encefalite epidemica cronica.
Ann. Osp. psichiat. Perugia, 1936, 29: 137-51, 6 pl.—Centini, D.
Sull'epilessia postencefalitica. Rass. stud, psichiat., 1933, 22:
389-410.—Claude, H., Caron, M., & Sivadon,  P.  Epilepsie a
debut brusque et a forme grave paraissant en rapport avec  un
processus encephalitique.  Ann. med.  psychoi., Par., 1935, 93:
293-7.—Claude,  H., Lamache,  A., & Cuel, J.  Encephalite
epidemique et crises epileptiques avec hyperthermic. Encephale,
1928,  23: 522-6, pl.—Conos.  Encephalite epidemique convul-
sivante.  Rev. neur.,  Par., 1931, 38: 202-4.—Dupouy, R., &
Courtois, A.   Encephalite epidemique chronique avec excita-
tion psychique  d'allure hypomaniaque  et crises convulsives
localisees du  type epilepsie sous-corticale.   Encephale,  1929,
24: 213-6.—Krebs, E.   Suites eioignees d'une  encephalite epi-
demique a mouvements involontaires: raideur parkinsionenne
et crises epileptiformes assoctees.  Rev.  neur.,  Par.,  1924,
31: pt 2, 54-6.—Notkin, J.  Epileptic manifestations in chronic
epidemic encephalitis.   J. Nerv. Ment.  Dis.,  1930,  71:  7-26.
Also repr.—Oelsnitz, de, Turillot, J., & Prince, J. Encephalite
aigue avec convulsions subintrantes;  action remarquable  de
l'abces de fixation sur les accidents convulsifs.  Bull. Soc. med.
hop.  Paris,  1928, 3. ser., 52: 77-83.—Riicker-Embden,  F.
Zur Frage der Anfalle bei Encephalitis-Folgezustanden.  Arch.
Psychiat., Berl., 1931, 93: 616-29.—Sandomirsky, M.  [Attacks
in epidemic encephalitis]  Sovrem. psikhonevr., 1929, 9: 579-
88.—Sokolansky,  G.   Ueber  Anfalle bei der epidemischen
Encephalitis; zur Frage der sogenannten subcorticalen Epilepsie.
Zschr. ges.  Neur.  Psychiat.,  1928,  112:  605-13— Soli,  D.
Crisi oculo-gire accompagnate da accessi epilettoidi in parkin-
soniani post-encefalitici. Gior. clin. med., 1930, 11: 999-1008.—
Steck, H. Contribution a l'etude des sequelles psychiques de
1 encephalite lethargique (les associations experimentales;  les
formes epileptoides)  Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., 1924, 14:
163; 15: 27.—Sterling, W.  Le type spasmodique tetanoide et
tetaniforme   de  l'enc6phalite  epidemique;   remarques  sur
1'epilepsie extra-pyramidale.  Rev. neur., Par., 1924, 31: pt 2,
484-92.—Triminakis, C.  Enzephalitis lethargica und Epilepsie.
Wien. klin. Wschr., 1926, 39: 717.—Wimmer, A.  Ltepilepsie
dans  l'encephalite epidemique chronique.   Rev. neur.,  Par.,
1927, 2: pt 2, 269-76.  Also Acta psychiat. neur., Kbh.,  1928,
3:367-407.

----  Type, lenticular [Wilsonian]
   Bau-Prussakowa, S.  [Case of hepatolenticular degenera-
tion of lethargic origin]  Neur. polska, 1938, 21: 122.  ------&
Mackiewicz, S.  [Hepato-lenticular degeneration and epidemic
encephalitis]  Ibid.,  1935, 18:  66-101, p!.—Christy, H.  Une
forme wilsonienne de l'encephalite chronique.  Prat. med. fr.,
1930, 11: 110-4.—Rabinovich, A.  [A case of epidemic encepha-
litis with a clinical picture of Wilson's disease]  J. psikhol. nevr.,
Moskva, 1924, 4: 104-9.  Also  Zschr. ges. Neur.  Psychiat.,
1924-25, 94: 478-82.—Roger,  H.   Torticolis de  tendencia
espasntedica con  ligera desviacten  conjugada  de los  ojos,
estrabismo y disartria por sfndrome wilsoniano post-encefalitico.
Arch, med., Madr., 1927, 26: 521-3.  Also Rev. otoneur., Par.,
1927, 5: 289-94.

----   Type, meningeal.

   Fernandez  Sanz, E.   La meningo-encefalitis
epidemica (encefalitis  letargica  y procesos  simi-
lares)  estudio crftico y clinico.  55p.   8?  Madr.,
1920.
   Glaser,  F.    *Encephalitis   epidemica  mit
Krampfen im Kindesalter (Encephalitis  meningi-
tica seu convulsiva)  [Breslau]   19p.  8?  Lpz.,
1925.
   Be>iel, L.. & Devic, A.  Les formes actuelles de l'encepha-
lite epidemique; les formes nteningees. Lyon med.,  1926, 137:
734-48.—Darleguy.  Sur un cas d'ltematome nteninge de nature
encephalitique.  Bull. Soc med.  hop. Paris, 1927,  3. ser., 51:
805-9.—Fernandez Sanz, E.  Casuistica personal de meningo-
encefalitis epidemica (encefalitis letargica y procesos similares)
Siglo  med.,  1920,  67: 201;  223.—Glaser, F.  Encephalitis
epidemica mit Krampfen im Kindesalter (Encephalitis meningi-
tica seu convulsiva)  Mschr. Kinderh., 1926,  32:  289-307 —
Laplane, L.,  & Duraon.  Le syndrome clinique de I'rtemorragie
meningee dans l'encephalite epidemique.   Gaz. med. France,
1931,  193-6.—Martin, W.  B.   Meningeal form of epidemic
encephalitis. South. M. J., 1925, 18: 718-21.—Roch.  Encore
la  meningite lymphocytaire benigne; la  forme  meningee de
l'encephalite epidemique.  Rev.  med. Suisse rom., 1931, 51:
1-18.

  —   Type, myasthenic.
   Beriel, L., & Lesbros. Les formes actuelles de l'encephalite
epidemique; les  formes pseudo-myopathiques.   Lyon  med.,
1926, 137: 705-21.—Gronberg. A., & Stenstrom, B.  Contribu-
tion a l'etude clinique et anatomo-pathologique de l'encephalite
myastrteniforme.   Acta med.  scand., 1929, 70:  179-92.—
Guillain. G., Alajouanine, T., & Kalt, M.  La forme myastlteni-
que de  l'encephalite  prolongee; de quelques symptomes my-
astlteniques consecutifs a l'encephalite epidemique.  Rev. neur.,
Par., 1926, 33: 39-44.—Leenhardt, Reverdy & Gondard.  Un
cas de myasthenic postencephalitique.  Bull.  Soc.  sc. med.
biol. Montpellier, 8:  226-30.—Wimmer, A.,  & Vedmand. H.
Le syndrome  myastrteniforme dans l'encephalite  epidemique
chronique.  Rev. neur., Par.,  1926, 33: pt 2,  368-75.

----   Type,  oligosymptomatic.

   See subheading Type, atypical.

----   Type,  paralytic.

   See also subheading Nervous system,  motor.
   Abadie, J., & Laubie, E.  L'ltemiptegte dans l'encephalite
epidemique.  Prat. med. fr., 1930, 11: 187-201.—Babonneix, L.
Hemiptegie droite postencephalitique?  Rev. neur., Par., 1929,
36: 767-9.—Bernstein, M.  Epidemic encephalitis  (hemiptegie
form) report of a case with recovery.  Boston M. & S. J., 1925,
192: 298-300.—Harvier, P.  Paralisi deU'emidiaframma sinis-
tro, episodio evolutivo di una encefalite epidemica.  Riforma
med., 1936, 52: 828-30.—Neel, A. V.  De l'ltemiptegte, surtout
passagere, s'observant parfois  dans l'encephalite epidemique et
notamment dans sa forme larvae.  Acta psychiat. neur., Kbh.,
1932, 7: 381-430.—Ramond, L.  Encephalite epidemique a
forme paraptegique.   Presse med.,  1928, 36: 123.—Robinson,
G. W.  The paralytic type of epidemic encephalitis.  J. Missouri
M. Ass., 1927, 24: 246-9.—Roger, H., & Raybaud, A.  Formes
Itemipteates de  l'encephalite  epidemique.  Rev. med., Par.,
1935, 52: 272-301.—Santone, M.  Contributo alio studio delle
emiplegie  postencefalitiche.   Cervello, 1933, 12:  123-32.—
Trend  & Sizaret. Syndrome de paraptegie spasmodique avec
strabisme et nystagmus consecutif a une encephalite tethargique.
Bull. Soc. clin. med.  ment., Par.,  1927, 15: 61.—Verger, H.
Formes  hemiptegiques et monoptegiques du syndrome  brady-
kinetique. Bull.Soc  med. chir. Bordeaux (1923) 1924, 249-51.
------Hemiptegies encepbalitiques.   Ibid.  (1926)  1927,
303-8.

----   Type, peripheral.

   See  also Polyradiculoneuritis.
   Blaizot,   A.    *Nevraxite  pei*ipherique  epi
demique et liquide cephalo-rachidien.   52p.   8?
Par.,  1929.
   Diais, F.   Contribution a l'etude de quelques
formes spinales de la  neVraxite epidemique de la
forme  amyotrophique   en  particulier.    143p.
Par.,  1932.
   Ferrat-Marton,   I.   *La localisation   peri-
ph6rique du  virus de  l'enc6phalite lethargique.
36p.   8?   Geneve, 1931.
   Guttmann, H.   Contribution a  l'etude des
infections du  nevraxe avec atteinte predominante
du  neurone   peripherique  (syndrome  rappelant
cliniquement les  polynevrites)   55p.    8?    Par.,
1934.
   Arruda Sampaio, A.  Um caso de neuraxite epidemica, baixa,
de f6rma nevralgica.   Rev. As. paul. med., 1934,  4: 170-3.—
Audo Gianotti, G. B.  Su di un caso di diplegia facciale da virus
encefalitico. Pensiero med., 1930, 19: 366-71.—Auriat, G., &
Delmas-Marsalet, P.  Valeur des reflexes de posture etemen-
taires et  de ltepreuve de  la  scopolamine dans le diagnostic
differentiel de certaines formes  ntedullaires ou polynevritiques
d'encephalomyeiite epidemique.  C. rend. Soc biol.,  1927, 96:
75.—Auriat, G., & Gre, J.  Encephalo-mydite epidemique a
forme ntedullaire: paralysie flasque atrophique et contractions
toniques involontaires des muscles des membres  inferieurs
consecutives.  J. nted. Bordeaux, 1927, 57: 554-9.—Beriel, L.,
& Devic, A. La meningo-eneephalite epidemique et l'encepha-
lite tethargique; les  formes pdiplteriques de la maladie.  J.
med. Lyon, 1925, 6: 263-75.  ------  Sur  le diagnostic dea
myopathies acquises  et des polynevrites (2e  note) existerait-il
une forme  neuro-musculaire  de  l'encephalite  epidemique?
Lyon med., 1925, 136: 258-61.  ------  Les formes  periprteri-
ques de l'encephalite  epidemique.  Presse med., 1925, 33: 1441.
        Les formes actuelles de l'encephalite epidemique; les
formes periprteriques.  Lyon med.,  1926, 137: 671-9.—Bour-
guignon,  G.   La  chronaxie dans  l'encephalite epidemique
(chronaxie vestibulaire; chronaxie dans les formes basses de
l'E. E.) (etude d'ensemble de la chronaxie dans l'E. E.)  Rev.
otoneur.,  Par., 1931, 9: 729-42.—Chavany. J.  A., & Thiebaut, 
ENCEPHALITIS, EPIDEMIC             259             ENCEPHALITIS, EPIDEMIC
  P.  Sur les nevraxites de nature indeterminee  avec  atteinte
  predominante des neurones  peripheriques rappdant les poly-
  nevrites.  Rev. neur., Par., 1932, 39: 838-43—Conos, B.  Un
  cas  d'encephalite  tethargique,  forme  encephalomyeiitique.
  Gaz. med. orient, 1924,  69:  775-8.—Crouzon, O., Vogt, C, &
  Delafontaine, P.  Formes ateiques et formes polynevritiques de
  l'encephalite epidemique.  Monde med., 1926, 36:  725-33 —
  Cruchet, R.  Encephalite tethargique de C. von Economo et
  encephalomyeiite epidemique.  Presse med..  1929, 37: 990-2.
  ------& Verger, H.  Les formes basses de l'encephalo-myeiite
  epidemique; mydites, radiculites, polynevrites.   Ibid., 1926,
  34:  737-9.—Economo, C. von.  Encefalite letargica ed ence-
  falomielite subacuta diffusa di Cruchet.  Gior. clin. med., 1929,
  10:  140-9.  Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1929, 92: 1703.   Also repr.
  Also J. neur. psychiat.,  Brux., 1929, 29: 71-4.  Also  Lancet,
  Lond.,  1929, 2: 121.  Also  Presse med., 1929,  37: 798-800.
  Also Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1929, 31: 33G-9.  Also Wien. klin.
  Wschr.,  1929,  42: 366-8.   ------   Sind  die  Encephalitis
  lethargica (epidemica) und die Encephalomyeiite (von Cruchet)
  ein und dieselbe Erkrankung? Nein.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat.,
  1929, 120: 265-85.—Euziere, Pages & Sacaze.  Deux nouveaux
  cas d'encephalite epidemique a forme periprterique.  Bull. Soc.
  sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1924-25,  6: 397-401.—Fawkes, R.
  B.  A  case of encephalitis lethargica with onset  of acute neu-
  ralgic  type.  Guy's Hosp.  Rep.,  Lond.,  1924,  74: 483-5 —
  Fribourg-Blanc,  A.  J., &  Gauthier, M. M. J.   Les  formes
  peripheriques de l'encephalite dans l'arntee. Arch. med. pharm.
  mil., 1928, 88: 893-918.—Froment, Sedallian, P.,  & Ravault, P.
  Paraptegie type  polynevritique  et  encephalite epidemique.
  Lyon med., 1925, 135: 295-8.—Kahlmeter, G.  Contribution a
  l'ltude de la forme periprterique de  l'encephalite epidemique.
  Acta med. scand., 1926-27,  65: 709-21.—Lassale,  Sohier &
  Aujaleu. A propos d'un cas de nevraxite periprterique mortelle.
  Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr., 1934, 28: 213-9.—Lepine, J., Regnier,
  P., & Lesbroc, A. Epidemie d'encephalite pdipherique. Lyon
  med.,  1925, 136: 13-6— Margulis, M. S.   Myelo-Radiculo-
  Polyneuritiden  bei epidemischer Encephalitis.   Deut.  Zschr.
  Nervenh., 1926, 89: 262-77.—Morlaas, J. Les formes ntedul-
  laires et peripheriques de l'encephalite.   Prat. med.  fr., 1927,
  6: 292-7.—Nayrac, P., & Breton, A.  Sur l'encephalite epidemi-
  que periprterique. Echo med. nord, 1932, 36: 61-6.—Noica, D.,
  Panaitesco, V. [et al.]  [Bilateral symmetrical neuritis of the
  cubital  nerve during lethargic encephalitis]   Rev.  san. mil.,
  Bucur., 1930,  29: 63-6.—Nordman & Croisy.  Encephalite
  epidemique  (forme  periprterique; forme  avec paralysies per-
  sistantes)  Loire med., 1926, 40: 186-90.—Nordman & Dubuis.
  Enc6phalite basse a forme mvopathique laissant  persister une
  paralysie radiale double.   Ibid., 1928, 42: 169-72.—Pages,  P.,
  & Viallefont, H.   La nevraxite toxi-infectieuse  a debut par
  troubles mentaux decrite par M. Targowla est-elle autre chose
  qu'une forme clinique de la maladie de Cruchet?  Presse med.,
  1928, 36: 100.—Paliard, F., & Dechaume, J.  Forme  periplteri-
  que  de l'encephalite  epidemique  ou polynevrite infectieuse
  primitive; les septin6vrites a  ultra-virus neurotrope schwanno-
  phile.  Lyon med., 1931, 148: 173-83—Pehu, M., & Dechaume,
  J.   Etude histopathologique  d'une observation  de  forme
  periprterique, de l'encephalite epidemique.  Ann. med., Par.,
  1927, 22:  172-88.—Ravina, A.  Les formes  peripheriques  de
  l'encephalite epidemique.  Presse med., 1927, 35:  646-8.—
  Roch, M., &. Bickel, G.  Polynevrite epidemique avec reaction
  meningee; forme  periprterique de l'encephalite  tethargique?
  Schweiz.  med%  Wschr.,  1927, 57:  18-22.—Rogover,   A.  B.
  [Spinal and peripheral forms of epidemic encephalitis]  J. nevro-
  path. psikhiat.,  Moskva, 1928, 21: 269-81.—Salus, F.   Ueber
  Encephalitis  epidemica   mit  spinalen  und  peripherischen
  Manifestationen.  Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1929, 109: 259-73.—
  Saucier,  J.   Myelo-radiculo-nevrite  de  l'encephalite  avec
 hyperiteniie papillaire. Union nted. Canada,  1934, 19: 1235-
 9.—-Schaeffer, H.  La forme basse de l'encephalite epidemique.;
 Presse med., 1929, 37: 595.—Simarro, J.  Un caso  de neuraxitis,
 epidemica  de forma periterica.  An. Hosp. S. Cruz, Barcel.,
  1928, 2: 294-7.—Thomas, A., & Rendu, H.  Sur un syndrome
 caracterise par une diptegie faciale et des signes de polynevrite,
 hyperalbuminose du  liquide  cephalo-raehidien;  ses  rapports
 possibles avec l'encephalite epidemique.  Rev. neur.. Par., 1925,
 32: pt 2, 758-62.—Vedel, Puech  & Reverdy.   Formes basses
 prolongees de l'encephalite epidemique; sequelles  pyramidales;
 lorme periprterique.   Bull. Soc. sc.  med. biol.  Montpellier,
 1924-25, 6: 304-10.

 ----  Type,  pseudoneurasthenic.

   De Nigris, G.   Osservazioni sopra un caso  perspicuo  di
 encefalite epidemica  cronica  infantile  a tipo  psicastenico.
 Arch. gen. neur. psichiat., Nap., 1926, 7: 305-13.—Giorgini,  R.
 Crisi  asteniche  in una parkinsoniana postencefalitica.   Note
 psichiat., Pesaro, 1936, 65: 261; 463.—Hesnard  & Darleguy.
 Les syndromes  pseudo-psychastlteniques  dans  l'encephalite
 epidemique.   Marseille  med.,  1932,  69:  287.—Nordman.
 Encephalites a debut neurastftenique.  Loire  med.,  1932, 46:
 327.—Reid,  G.   Ueber die  infektios-toxische Genese  pseu-
 doneurasthenischer  Krankheitsbilder aus  dem  Formenkreis
 der Encephalitis lethargica.  Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1932, 124:
 77-83.—Senise, T.  Le psicosi affettive prodromiche dell'ence-
 falite  epidemica  e  delle  sindromi parkinsoniane.   Cervello,
 1935,  15: 7-14.—Thurzo, J.  [Symptoms of pseudoneurasthenia
in post-encephalitic condition]  Orv. hetil., 1928, 72: 1072-6.—
 Weersma, M.  [Latent forms of encephalitis  lethargica with
 aspect of neurasthenia]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1936, 80: 1113-8.
 ----   Type, psychotic.

    See also  subheading Psychosis.
    Iturra   Moreira,   W.    *Contribuci6n   al
 estudio  de  las   formas  psiquiatricas  y  neuro-
 vegetativas  de  la  encefalitis  epidemica.    74p.
 8?   Santiago,  1929.
    Lienau,   A.   *Psychosen  als  Initialsymptom
 der  Encephalitis  epidemica    [Rostock]    36p.
 8?   Bergdorf,  1929.
    Rottenberg,  J.  G.   Contribution a  l'etude
 des syndromes dementiels  de  l'encephalite epi-
 demique  (arguments  en  faveur  d'une  origine
 toxi-infectieuse dans  certains cas de  la  demence
 precoce)  70p.  8?   Par., 1932.
   Balint, A., & Julius, D.  Sprachiterationen und Psychose bei
 Encephalitis epidemica.  Mschr. Psychiat., 1925, 58: 102-20.—
 Burger, H., & Mayer-Gross, W.  Schizophrene Psychosen bei
 Encephalitis lethargica.  Zschr. ges. Neur.  Psychiat.,  1926,
 106: 438-82.—Kaganovskaia, E.  [Dementia praecox syndrome
 in epidemic encephalitis] Sovet. nevropat., 1933, 2: 25-37.—
 Kasanin, J., & Petersen, J. N.  Psychosis as an early sign of
 epidemic encephalitis. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1926, 64: 352-8.—
 Matsuoka, R.  Die psychischen Begleiterscheinungen der epi-
 demischen Encephalitis; die psychischen Storungen des akuten
 Stadiums.  Mitt. Med. Akad. Kioto, 1934, 10: 1028.—Paulian,
 D.  E., Bistriceanu, I.  V., & Aricescu, C.  [Myoclonic or myo-
 rhythmic form of epidemic encephalitis with mental disorder of
 confusional  type]   Spitalul,   1931,  51:  153-62.—Petit,  G.
 Considerations generates sur les troubles mentaux et les formes
 mentales ou psycho-organiques de  l'encephalite epidemique.
 Prat. med. fr.,  1925, 4: B, 481-6.—Rayneau, Marchand, L., &
 Deshayes.  Un cas d'encephalite epidemique  aigue a forme
 mentale.  Bull. Soc. clin. med. ment., Par.,  1926, 14: 22-5.—
 Sands, I. J.   The acute psychiatric  type of epidemic enceph-
 alitis.  Am. J. Psychiat., 1927-28, 7: 975-87.—Strom-Olsen, R.,
 & Gough, J. The psychotic form of acute epidemic enceph-
 alitis;  clinico-pathological report  of  a  case.   Lancet, Lond.,
 1933,  2:  1259.—Trunk, H.    Schizophrene  Psychosen  bei
 Encephalitis lethargica.   Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat.,  1927,
 109: 495-500.—Van Binnendyk, D. A.   A case of psychotic
 epidemic  encephalitis.  S.  Afr. M. J., 1934, 8: 839^41.—
 Vizioli, F.  Sindromi psichiche iniziali della encefalite epidemica.
 Ann. neur.,  Nap., 1927, 41: 93-120.—Ziveri, A.  Commento
 psicologico filosofico a proposito di un caso di  encefalite epi-
 demica con allucinazioni. Cervello, 1934, 13: 218-47.

 ----  Type, somnolent.

   See also subheading Sleep.
   Buchanan, D. N. Acute  encephalitis with bilateral ophthal-
 moplegia.   Proc. R. Soc. M.,  Lond., 1931, 24:  1064—Giam-
 paolo, R. Sopra un caso di encefalite epidemica a tipo letargico.
 Pensiero med., 1926, 15: 206-8.—Margulis, M. S.  Ophthal-
 moplegischer Symptomenkomplex der  akuten epidemischen
 und sporadischen Mesencephalic.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat.,
 1924, 93: 219-47.—Nobecourt.  Sur un garcon de 2 ans atteint
 d'une encephalite a forme  somnolente  et de troubles vaso-
 moteurs des extremites;  encephalite  et acrodynie.  Rev. gin.
 clin. ther., 1936, 50: 529-35.—Pascheff, C.  Sur l'ophthalmo-
 ptegie nucteaire progressive et un tic oculaire  particulier de
 l'encephalite tethargique epidemique.  Arch, opht., Par.,  1925,
 42: 705-23.—Perdomo Hurtado, B., & Mir, L.   Sobre un caso
 de  encefalitis  letargica;  forma 6culo-letargica.  Gac.  nted.
 Caracas, 1932,  39: 33.—Stella, P. Emiplegia alterna dell'oculo
 motore esterno nell'encefalite  epidemica.  Lettura  oft., 1925,
 2: 241-7.

 ----   Type, tabetic ataxic.
  Babonneix,  L.  Certaines ataxies  aigues infantiles retevent
 de l'encephalite tethargique.   Gaz.  hop., 1927, 100: suppl.,
 15.—Gordon, E. S., & Propper, N. I.  [Tabetic form of epidemic
 encephalitis]  J. nevropat. psikhiat., Moskva, 1929, 22: 363-
 6.—Jenkins, A.  Epidemic  encephalitis  with cerebellar  symp-
 toms; a clinical study  of  2  cases.  Arch.  Neur. Psychiat.,
 Chic, 1929, 22: 469-74.—Turetsky, M.  I.  [Case of epidemic
 encephalitis  in  a young child with  symptoms  of ataxia  and
 peculiar mental changes]  Sovet. pediat., 1934, No. 5, 67-9;

 ----   in pregnancy.

   Debon, E. L. D.  *Contribution a,  l'etude des
 rapports  de  l'encephalite  epidemique  et de  la
 gestation.  76p.  8?  Par., 1929.
   Poligone, J. H.   *Contribution  a l'etude  de
 l'encephalite   lethargique  survenant  chez   la
 femme enceinte.   71p.  8?  Par.,  1926.
  PtiTZ, H.  U.   *Epidemische Encephalitis  und
 Schwangerschaft  [Munster]   20p.  8?  Munch.,
 1933.
  Agostini,  G.  Encefalite epidemica  e  gravidanza.   Ann.
Manic. Perugia, 1921, 15:  75-110,  2 pl.—Bernardi, O. M. 
ENCEPHALITIS, EPIDEMIC              260                      ENCEPHALITIS VIRUS
 Parkinsonismo postencefalitico e gravidanza (ricerche chimiche
 e chimico-fisiche sul sangue)   Arch, ostet. gin.,  1930, 2. ser.,
 17:  273-93.—D'Andrea, D.  Un  caso di postumi di encefalite
 epidemica osservato  durante  la  gravidanza,  il parto  ed il
 puerperio.  Riv. ostet. gin., 1926, 8:  264.—Di Francesco, S.
 Encefalite epidemica  e gravidanza.   Ann. ostet.,  1926,  48:
 642-55.—Henneberg.   Une malade ayant 6te atteinte d'ence-
 phalite tethargique, avec actuellement sequelles  Parkinson-
 niennes et venant d'accoucher.  Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1924,
 54:  1020.—Kanter, A.  E., & Klawans, A. H.   Postencephalitic
 parkinsonism complicated by pregnancy.  Am. J. Obst., 1939,
 38:  334-7.—Offergeld.  Die chronische Encephalitis und der
 Gestationsprozess.  Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1928,  133:  558-72.—
 Pigeaud,  H. Encephalite et grossesse.  Lyon med., 1927, 140:
 357-60.—Pitimada,  F. A.   L'encefalite  epidemica  e  i  suoi
 postumi  nei rapporti  con  la gestazione; l'equilibrio  acido-
 basico del sangue  dei parkinsoniani post-encefalitici.   Arch.
 ostet. gin., 1921, 2. ser., 11:  124-41.—Poligone, J. H. Aspect
 clinique  de l'encephalite tethargique  chez la femme  enceinte.
 Arch. med. Angers, 1926, 30: 117-23.—Roques, F.  Epidemic
 encephalitis  in  association  with  pregnancy, labour, and  the
 puerperium; a review  and report of 21 cases.   J. Obst. Gyn.
 Brit. Empire, 1928, 35: 1-113.—Trancu-Rainer, M.  Enceph-
 alitis lethargica  und  Schwangerschaft.  Zbl.  Gyn.,  1930,  54:
 1307-13.—Voron & Pigeaud.  Deux observations d'encephalite
 au cours  de la grossesse avec mort du foetus in utero.  Bull.
 Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1925, 14: 394.

 ENCEPHALITIS virus.

   See  also  Encephalitis, experimental;  Enceph-
 alitis, epidemic; Encephalomyelitis; Herpes virus;
 Virus.
   Auriat, G.,  & Flye  Sainte-Marie, P. E.  Virus de l'ence-
 phalite epidemique et  virus herpetique; contribution  a l'etude
 experimentale.  Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux,  1924,  45: 419-22.—
 Dechaume,  J.   Virus encephalitique; inclusions  cellulaires
 viscerates. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 98: 605-8.—Edward, D. G.
 Observations on the nature of Gordon's encephalitogenic agent.
 J. Path.  Bact.,  Lond., 1938, 47: 481-7.—Encephalitis viruses
 in  the  U.S.A.  and Japan.   Lancet,  Lond., 1938, 1: 646.—
 Gerbasi,  M., & Giuffre, M.  Contributo alia  conoscenza  dei
 virus poliomielitico, encefalitico ed erpetico.   Riv.  pat. sper.,
 1926, 1: 94-133.  Also Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1928, 108:  58-87 —
 Hunsel, J. H. F. E. van  [Virus  in epidemic encephalitis and
 acute, serous meningitis]  Geneesk. gids,  1935,  13: 961-74.—
 Kasahara, S., Hamano, R., & Yamada, R.  Choriomeningitis
 virus isolated in the course of experimental studies on epidemic
 encepnalitis.  Kitasato Arch., 1939, 16: 24-35.—Mocsy, J.
 [Encephalitis types due to neurotrop viruses]  Allatorv. lap.,
 1934, 57: 267-70.—Nicolau,  S.  Etude de quelques virus dits
 encephaiitiques.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 92: 553-5.------&
 Poincloux, P. Presence du virus encephalitique dans le liquide
 cephalorachidien.   Ibid., 1924,  91:  1063.—Perdrau,  J.  R.
 The virus of encephalitis lethargica.  Brit.  J. Exp.  Path.,
 1925-26,  6: 123-8.—Schweinburg, F.   Ueber das Virus Korit-
 schoner.  Zschr. Immunforsch.,  1925,  43:  552-70.—Shebol-
 daeva, A. D.  [Virus  of  epidemic encephalitis]  J.  mikrob.,
 Moskva,  1937,  18:   499-515.—Silberstein,  F.   Ueber  die
 Verschiedenheit und die biologische Dignitat der Encephalitis-
 erreger.   Zschr.  ges.   exp.  Med.,  1924-25,   44:  285-93.—
 Veillard, A.  Existe-t-il un virus  de l'encephalite epidemique?
 Arch, internat. neur.,  Par.,  1929, 22.  ser.,  1:  suppl., No. 3,
 p. iii-viii.—Veratti, E., & Sala, G.  A proposito di  un  virus
 encefalitico di Kling.   Boll. Soc.  med. chir., Pavia,  1924,  37:
 45-60, pl.

 ----  American.
   Armstrong, C, & Lillie, R. D.  Experimental lymphocytic
 choriomeningitis of monkeys  and mice produced by a virus
 encountered in studies of the 1933 S. Louis encephalitis epidemic.
 Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1934, 49: 1019-27.  ---—   Enceph-
 alitis virus (S. Louis type)   Ibid.,  1936, 51:  1069-75.—Bauer,
 J. H., Fite, G. L., &  Webster, L. T.   Ultra-filtration experi-
 ments with the encephalitis  virus from the S. Louis epidemic.
 Proc Soc. Exp. Biol.,  N. Y„  1934, 31: 696-9.—Broide, M.
 Experiments with virus of the S. Louis epidemic of encephalitis.
 Ibid., 1229-32.—Broun, G. O., Gruetter, J. [et al.]  The virus
 of the 1937 out-break of encephalitis in S. Louis.  Week. Bull.
 S. Louis  M.  Soc, 1937-38,  32: 40-3.—Cook,  E. A.   The  re-
 sponse of specifically immunized mice to reinoculation  with the
 virus of S. Louis encephalitis,  with especial attention to the
 development  of myelitic symptoms. J. Infect. Dis., 1938, 63:
 206-16.   ------ &  Hudson,  N. P.  The  preservation of the
 virus of S. Louis encephalitis.   Ibid., 1937, 61: 289-92.—Cox,
 H. R., & Fite, G. L.  Serological distinction between the viruses
 of encephalitis in S. Louis, 1933, equine encephalomyelitis, and
 vesicular stomatitis.  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol.,  N. Y., 1934, 31:
 499.—Greutter, J., Broun, G. O. [et al.]   Further studies on the
 virus of the 1937 outbreak of encephalitis  in S. Louis.  Ibid.,
 1937-38, 37:  281.—Harford, C. G., Sulkin, S.  E., & Bronfen-
 brenner, J. Susceptibility of wild  mice to the virus of S. Louis
 encephalitis.  Ibid.,  1939, 41: 331.  ------  Infection of mice
by feeding of tissues containing the virus of S.  Louis encepha-
litis.   Ibid., 332.—Harrison,  R. W., & Moore, E.  Cultivation
 of the virus of S. Louis encephalitis.  Ibid., 1936-37, 35:  359-
61.   Also Am. J. Path., 1937,  13: 361-75.  Also J. Bact., Bait.,
 1937, 33:  60.—Hodes,  H. L.  Effect  of pregnancy upon the
 immunity of mice vaccinated  against  S.  Louis encephalitis
 virus.  J.  Exp. M., 1939, 69: 533-43.—Howitt, B. F.  Anti-
 viral substances to the virus of encephalitis (S.  Louis  type) in
 serums collected in California.  Proc. Soc.  Exp. Biol., N. Y.,
 1938,  38: 334-6.—Lennette,  E. H., & Smith,  M. G.  The
 propagation of  S. Louis  encephalitis virus in mouse  testicle.
 Ibid., 1939, 41:  193.—McCordock, H.  A., Smith, M. G., &
 Moore, E.  Isolation of S. Louis encephalitis virus during inter
 and epidemic periods.   Ibid., 1937-38, 37: 288-90.—Moore,
 H. N., & Kersten, H.  The inactivation of encephalitis virus
 (S. Louis type) bv means of soft X-rays.  J. Bact., Bait., 1937,
 33:  615-8.—Muckenfuss, R.  S., Smadel, J. E., & Moore,  E.
 The  neutralization of encephalitis virus (S.  Louis, 1933) by
 serum.  J. Clin.  Invest., 1938, 17: 53-7.—Schultz,  E. W.,
 Williams, G. F.,  & Hetherington, A.  Cultivation of the virus
 of S. Louis encephalitis.  Proc. Soc.  Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1938,
 38: 799.—Smadel, J. E., & Moore, E.  Changes produced in the
 central nervous system of the mouse by the virus of S. Louis
 encephalitis.  Am. J. Path.,  1934, 10:  827-34, 2 pl.—Smith, M.
 G.  Effect of prolonged  passage on  the chick  egg on the  S.
 Louis encephalitis virus.  Proc Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1939, 40:
 191-4.  ------  Survival of the virus of S. Louis encephalitis in
 rats and guinea pigs.  J. Infect. Dis.,  1939, 64: 307-9.  ------
 & Moore, E.  Neutralization of the virus of S. Louis encepha-
 litis by serum from children.   Ibid., 1938, 63: 319-23.—Sulkin,
 S. E., Harford, C. G., & Bronfenbrenner, J.  Attempts to infect
 guinea pigs with  the virus of S.  Louis encephalitis.  Proc. Soc
 Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1939, 41: 329-31.—Webster, L. T., & Clow,
 A. D.  The limited neurotropic character of  the encephalitis.
 virus (S. Louis type) in susceptible mice.  J. Exp. M., 1936, 63:
 433-48, 3 pl. Also repr.  ------& Bauer, J. H.  Survival of
 encephalitis virus (S. Louis type) in Anopheles quadrimaculatus.
 Ibid., 1935, 61: 479-87.—Webster, L. T., & Fite. G. L.   Experi-
 mental studies on encephalitis;  the specific virus character  of
 the infectious agent from cases of  S. Louis and Kansas City
 encephalitis, 1933.  Ibid., 411-22.  Also repr.------& Clow,
 A. D.  Experimental studies on encephalitis; specific inactiva-
 tion of virus by sera from persons  exposed  to encephalitis, S .
 Louis type, 1933.  Ibid., 62: 827-47.

 ----  Cultivation and isolation.

   Evans, A. C.  Studies on the etiology of  epidemic encepha-
 litis;  virulent bacteria cultivated from  so-called herpetic and
 encephalitic viruses. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1927, 42: 171-
 6, pl.—Gasteiger, H., & Niederwieser, V.  Zum Nachweise des
 Vakzine-  beziehungsweise Enzephalitisvirus  mit  Hilfe  der
 Hornhautimpfung.  Jahrb. Kinderh.,  1931-32, 3. F., 84: 184-
 95.—Lepine, P.  Action de la cataphorese sur le virus encephali-
 tique; recuperation du virus par la cataphorese.  C. rend. Soc.
 biol., 1930, 104: 760-2.  ------& Schoen, R. Modifications de
 la virulence des virus encephalitogenes; essais d'activation de
 ces virus.   Ibid., 103: 585-7.  ------& Levaditi, C. Modifica-
 tions de la virulence des virus encephalitogenes.   Ibid., 1929,
 101: 116-20.—McCartney, J. E.  Criteria of transmission and
 cultivation of encephalitis and  allied viruses.  Brit. M. J., 1924,
 2: 1159-62.—Rupilius, K., & Szekely, J. Zum Nachweis des
 Enzephalitisvirus durch Hornhautimpfung.  Jahrb. Kinderh.,
 1934, 3. F., 92: 351-8.

 ----  Immunology.
   Hoff, H., & Silberstein,  F.  Experimentelle Encephalitis-
 studien; iiber Immunisierungsversuche  mit  Encephalitisvirus.
 Zschr. ges.  exp.  Med.,  1924-25,  44: 257-67.—Kashara, S.,
 Yamada,  R., & Hamano, R.   Immunological comparison of
 viruses of the Japanese (B. type) and the American (S.  Louis)
 types.  Kitasato Arch., 1937, 14: 229-33.

----  Japanese.

   See also Encephalitis, epidemic,  Japanese.
   Chumakov, M. P. [Culture of virus of seasonal encephalitis]
J. mikrob., Moskva, 1939, No. 4, 5-13.—Cowdry, E. V.  Com-
parison of virus obtained by  Kobayashi from cases of epidemic
encephalitis with  the virus of rabies.  J. Exp. M., 1927, 45:
799-806.—Fujita, T. Studium uber das Virus der Encephalitis
epidemica in Japan.  Jap. J.  Exp. M.,  1933, 11: 599-617.—
Grigorovich, K. A., & Tkacheva  [Virus isolated from cases of
epidemic summer encephalitis]   J. mikrob., Moskva, 1937, 19:
406-10.—Haagen, E., & Crodel, B.  Untersuchungen uber das
japanische Enzephalitisvirus.  Ziichtungs-,  Immunitats- und
Neutralisationsversuche.   Zbl. Bakt.,  1. Abt.,  1938, 142: 269-
79.—Ianada, R.  Comptes rendus des recherches sur l'encepha-
lite epidemique au Japon; le virus de l'encephalite epidemique.
Presse med., 1937, 45:  1885-8.—Kasahara, S.,  Yamada, R.
[et al.]  The uniformity of the virus of the Japanese summer
encephalitis.  Kitasato Arch.,  1937, 14: 220-8.—Kawakita, Y.
Cultivation in vitro of the virus of Japanese encephalitis. Jap.
J. Exp. M.,  1939, 17:  211-25.— Kawamura, R., Kodama. M.
[et al.]  Epidemic encephalitis in Japan; the  causative agent
compared  with that in the  S. Louis  epidemic.  Arch. Path.,
Chic, 1936, 22: 510-23.  ------  Studies concerning the virus
of epidemic encephalitis, Japanese type.   Kitasato Arch,. 1936,
13: 281-323, 4 pl.  ------ Wtederum die Resultate der Virus-
Neutralisationsversuche,  gleichzeitig Differenzierung zwischen
dem  japanischen und  S. Louis-Encephalitis-virus.  Tr.  Soc.
path, jap., 1936, 26: 423-6.—Kudo, M., Uraguchi, K.  [et al.j
Experimental studies on encephalitis virus of 1935 epidemic  in 
ENCEPHALITIS VIRUS
261
ENCEPHALOMALACIA
 Tokyo with special reference to its serological difference from
 the virus of S. Louis encephalitis.  J. Immun., Bait., 1937, 32:
 129-35.—Mitamura, T., Kitaoka,  S.  [et al.]  Ueber das Virus
 der  epidemischen   Enzephalitis  (Sommerenzephalitis)   mit
 besonderer  Berucksichtigung seiner  immunologischen Eigen-
 schaften und seiner Beziehung zu  einem Virusstamm der Win-
 terenzephalitis.   Tr. Soc.  path,  jap.,  1936,  26: 429-52.—
 Takaki, I.  Ueber das Virus der Encephalitis japonica. Zschr.
 Immunforsch., 1926, 47: 441; 456.—Taniguchi, T., Hosokawa,
 M  & Kuga, S.  A virus isolated  in  1935 epidemic of summer
 encephalitis of Japan.   Jap. J. Exp. M., 1936,  14: 185-96, 8
 pl.—Taniguchi, T., Kuga, S.  [et al.]  A study on the virus of
 summer encephalitis of Japan. Ibid., 1935, 13: 109-24, 5 pl.—
 Webster, L. T.  Japanese B encephalitis virus:  its differentia-
 tion from  S.  Louis encephalitis virus and relationship to
 louping-ill virus.  J. Bact., Bait., 1938, 35: 42.  Also J. Exp.
 M., 1938, 67:  609-18, 2 pl.—Yamada, R., Kasahara, S. [et al.]
 Experimental studies on epidemic encephalitis; isolation of the
 virus  from patients during an epidemic in  summer  of 1936.
 Kitasato Arch., 1938, 15: 285-93.

 ----   Pathogenicity.

    Dechaume, J.  Virus de l'encephalite; inclusions cellulaires
 (nevraxe, foie, reins)  Lyon med.,  1928, 141: 710-3.—Janishev-
 sky, A. E.   [Rhombencephalitis as a manifestation of particular
 neurotropic virus]   Rev.  neur.  psychiat.,  Praha, 1932,  29:
 129.—Kawamura, R.. Kodama, M. [et al.] Ueber das Verhalten
 und die Ausbreitung des encephalitischen  Virus  im Zentral-
 nervensvstem bei nasal angesteckten Tieren.  Tr. Soc path, jap.,
 1930, 26: 419-23.—Kawamura, R., Makoto, K. [et al.] Unter-
 suchungen iiber das  Virus der Encephalitis epidemica; Verglei-
 chung der Pathogenitat der beiden Virusarten von Japan u. S.
 Louis, gegen die Affen aus den Sudseen. Ibid., 1937,  27: 568-
 72.—Orel. H.,  & Silberstein, F.  Ueber das Vorkommen von
 Encephalitisvirus  im   Nasenrachenraum   gesunder  Hunde.
 Zschr.  ges. exp.  Med., 1924-25,  44: 280-4.—Ottolenghi. D.
 Sulla trasmiscibilita del virus dell'encefalite letargica al contelio.
 Bull. sc. med.,  Bologna. 1924, 10. ser., 2: 605-21.—Smith, M. G.,
 & Lennette, E. H.  Comparison of activity of viruses of S.
 Louis  and Japanese encephalitis in  the chick embryo.  Proc.
 Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1939, 41: 323-6.

 ENCEPHALITOZOON.

   Anigstein, L.  Recherches sur  l'enc6phalitozoon (Levaditi)
 des souris spontanement infeetees.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1925, 92:
 99]_3.  ------  Cycle evolutif de l'encephalitozoon (Levaditi)
 des  souris.  Ibid., 993-5.—Levaditi,  C, Nicolau, S., & Schoen,
 R.  Nouvelles domtees sur l'Encephalitozoon cuniculi.  Ibid.,
 1923, 89: 1157-62.  ------  L'etiologie de  l'encephalite  ipi-
 zootique du lapin, dans ses rapports  avec l'etude experimentale
 de l'encephalite tethargique; Encephalitozoon  cuniculi (nov.
 spec.)   Ann. Inst Pasteur, Par., 1924, 38: 651-712, 2  pl —
 Manoudian, Y., & Viala, J.  Encephalitozoon Negrn, parasite
 de l'encephalo-myeiite des jeunes  chiens.  C. rend. Acad, sc,
 1927, 184: 630-2.—Muratov, A. P. [Observations on Encepha-
 litozoon cuniculi Levaditi]  J. mikrob., Moskva, 1927, 4: 493-
 501.—Smith, T., & Florence. L. Encephalitozoon cuniculi as a
 kidney parasite in the rabbit.  J.  Exp. M.,  1925, 41:  25-35, 3
 pl.—Woodcock, H. M.  An analysis of the present state of our
 knowledge relating to Encephalitozoon.  J. R. Army M. Corps.
 1925, 44: 401; 45: 1.

 ----   Human infection.
   Aoki. K., Kondo. S., & Tazawa. J.  Ueber eine neue Krank-
 heit welche vom Hasen auf Menschen ubertragbar ist; allge-
 meine  Untersuchung.  Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1927-28, 105: 252-
 74__Coulon,  G.    Presence  d'un   nouvel  encephalitozoon
 (Encephalitozoon brumpti  n. sp.)  dans le liquide  cephalo-
 rachidien d'un sujet atteint  de  meningite suraigue.  Ann.
 parasit., Par., 1929, 7: 449-52.—Jerace, F.  I parassiti nportati
 ai gen Neuroryctes e Encephalitozoon nella patologia umana.
 Ann. igiene, 193S, 48: 593-6.—Magarinos Torres, C.   Morpho-
 lo«te d'un nouveau parasite de I'homme, Encephalitozoon
 chagasi,  n. sp.. observe dans un cas de memngo-encephalo-
 mveiite congenitale avec myosite et myocardite.  C. rend. Soc
 biol   1927, 97: 1787-90.  ------  Affinites  de  1 Encephalito-
 zoon chagasi,   agent etiologique d'une menmgo-encephalo-
 myeiite congenitale avec myocardite et myosite chez 1 homme.
 Ibid  1797-9  ------  Sobre uma nova entidade  morbida do
 homem, caracterizada por meningo-encephalo:myelite, myosite
 e myocardite aguda  diffusa congenita?, associadas a presenca,
 nos respectivos tecidos, de um novo  parasito, Encephalitozoon
 chagasi, M. Torres,  1927.   Brasil  med., 1928, 42: 1-14 pl —
 Wolf A  & Cowan, C.  Granulomatous encephalomyelitis due
 to an encephalitozoon; a new protozoan disease of man.  Tr.
 Am. Neur. Ass.,  1937, 63: 20.  ------  Granulomatous en-
 cephalomyelitis due  to an  encephalitozoon  (encephalitozoic
 encephalomyelitis)  a new protozoan  disease of man.  Bull.
 Neur. Inst. N.York,  1937, 6:306-71.  ---— Granulomatous
 encephalomyelitis due to protozoon (toxoplasma or Encephali-
 tozoon) identification of a case from the literature.  Ibid., X968,
7: 266-83, 7 pl.

ENCEPHALOCELE.

  See Brain, Hernia,
ENCEPHALOMALACIA.

   See Brain, Softening.

ENCEPHALOMALACIA,  nutritional.

   See also Fowl,  Disease.
   Elvehjem, C. A., Phillips, P. H., & Hart, E. B.  Differentia-
tion between  vitamin B deficiency and encephalomalacia in
growing chicks.  Proc.  Soc. Exp.  Biol.,  N. Y.,  1937-38, 36:
129-31.—Goettsch, M., & Pappenheimer, A. M.  Brain weight
and moisture  content in normal  chicks and those with nutri-
tional encephalomalacia.  Am. J. Physiol., 1936, 115: 610-7.
         The  prevention of  nutritional  encephalomalacia in
chicks by vegetable oils and their fractions.  J. Biol. Chem.,
1936,  114: 673-87.  ------  Nutritional encephalomalacia in
chicks; influence of age, growth, and breed upon susceptibility.
J. Exp. M., 1933, 57: 365-71.  Also repr.

ENCEPHALOMYELITIS [including  me-

   ningo-encephalomyelitis]

   See  also  Encephalitis;  Myelitis;  Spinal  cord,
Disease.
   Ammosov,  M.  M.   [Acute  encephalitis  and  encephalo-
myelitis]   Nevropat. psikhiat., 1938, 7:  3-21.—Futer. D. S.
[Progress in the study of acute encepbalomyelitis]  Ibid., 1937,
6:  157-70.—Mauriac, P.  Sur un cas d'encephalomveiite.  J.
med. Bordeaux, 1932, 109: 127-9.— Redlich, E.  Encephalo-
myelitis.   Med. Klin.,  Berl.,  1927, 23: 536.—Wyllie.  W. G.
Encephalo-myelitis.   In Brit. Encycl.  M.Pract. (Rolleston, H.)
Lond.,  1937, 4: 553-60.

----   acute serous [Brown-Symmers]
   Brown, C. L., &  Symmers, D.  Acute  serous encephalitis;
a newly  recognized  disease  of children.  Am. J. Dis. Child.,
1925, 29: 174-81.  Also J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1925, 61:  181-6.—
Martin,  J. P.  Acute  benign mvelitis  (encephalo-mvelitis)
Proc. R.  Soc. M., Lond., 1933, 26: Sect, neur., 843.—Martinez
Garcia, P.  Un nuevo sindrome de encefalitis aguda serosa de
la infancia.  Rev.  med.  Barcelona, 1925, 2. ser., 4: 298-300 —
Szajna, M.  [Serous  encephalitis]  Polska gaz. lek., 1938,  17:
939.

----   Aujeszky's  type  [Infectious  bulbar* paral-
   ysis]

   Remlinger,   P.,  &  Bailly, J.    La  maladie
d'Aujeszky.   204p.   8?   Par., 1938.
   Baias, K.   [Epizootic infectious bulbar paralysis of rats]
Allatorv.  lap., 1908, 31: 80— Bang, O.  Pseudowut  (akute
infektiose Bulbiirparalyse)  beim Rinde in Danemark.   Acta
path,  microb.  scand., 1932, suppl.  11.  180-2.—Brago, A., &
Faria, A.  Paralysia bulbar  infect uosa  (pseudo-raiva,  peste de
cocar, doenca Aujeszky)  Bol. Inst. Vital Brasil, 1934, No. 16,
1-3.—Burggraaf, A., & Lourens. L. F. D. E. [Infectious  bulbar
paralysis  (Aujeszky's disease)]  Tsehr. diergeneesk., 1932,  59:
981.—Carini, A., &  Maciel, J.  Peste de  cocar  (pseudoraiva,
paralysia bulbar infectuosa, ou molestia de Aujeszky)  Brasil
med.,  1912,  26: 491.  ------  La pseudo-rage ou  paralysie
bulbaire infectieuse au Bresil. Bull. Soc. path, exot.. Par., 1912,
5:  576-8. Also Tribuna med., Rio,  1913, 19: 7-9.—Cause!.
Nouvelle observation de paralysie bulbaire aigue  endemique
des bovides et du cheval. Rec. med. vet., 1924, 100: 329-33.—
Cordier,  G., & Menager, J.  Premier cas africain de maladie
d'Aujeszky.  Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1937, 3. ser., 117:  532-5 —
Cruveilhier,  L., Truche, C, & Viala, C.  Note sur  2  cas de
maladie d'Aujeszky observes en France.   Ann. Inst.  Pasteur,
Par.,  1936, 56: 395-400.—Fischer,  H.  Progressive Bulbar-
paralyse  des Pferdes. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1922, 38:  173.—
F01ger, A. F.   Ueber die histologische Untersuchung  der Falle
von  Pseudorabies  an  Rindern auf  Sjaelland.   Acta  path.
microb.  scand.,  1932,  Suppl.  11,   182-7.—Galloway,  I. A.
Aujeszky's disease;  common synonyms,  pseudo-rabies,  infec-
tious bulbar paralysis, mad itch.  Vet. Rec, Lond.. 1938,  50:
746-62.—Gentilucci.  A.  S.   La pseudo-rabbia (paralisi bulbare
infettiva)   Ann.  igiene,  1935,  44:  48-53.—Gerlach,  F..  &
Gmeiner, F.   Demonstration  mikroskopischer Praparate von
Pseudolvssa   (infektiose Bulbarparalvse  Aujeszky)    Wien.
med. Wschr., 1928, 78:  877.—Gerlach, F., & Kress, F.  Ueber
Granulabefunde  im Zentralnervensystem  bei  Pseudolyssa
(Paralysis bulbaris infectiosa  Aujeszky)  und  experimenteller
Poliomyelitis anterior acuta.  Arch.  wiss.  prakt. Tierh., 1931,
63: 53-64.—Gerlach, F., <fe Schweinburg, F.  Experimentelle
Untersuchungen iiber die Aujeszkysche Krankheit (Pseudowut)
Wien. klin. Wschr., 1935, 48: 1379; 1936, 49: 551.  Also Zschr.
Infektkr. Haustiere,  1935, 48: 270; 1936-37, 50: 86.--Glover,
R.  E.   An examination of  pig sera for neutralising antibodies
against the virus of Aujeszky's disease, mad itch—pseudo-rabies.
Vet. Rec, Lond., 1938,  50: 377-80.—Goret, P., & Mariette, C.
Receptivite du furet, Putorius furo L., au virus de la maladie
d'Aujeszky inocute par  differentes voies.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,
1938,  128: 871-3— Gowen, J. W.,  & Schott,  R. G.  Genetic
constitution in mice as differentiated by 2 diseases, pseudorabies
and mouse typhoid.  Am.  J. Hyg.,  1933, 18: 674-87.  Also
repr.—Harvey, F. T., & Reid, J.  Suspected mad itch in cattle. 
ENCEPHALOMYELITIS                     262                    ENCEPHALOMYELITIS
 Vet,  Rec, Lond., 1938, 50: 268-70.—Hirt, G.   Beitrage zur
 Aujeszkv.-ehen Krankheit der Saugferkel.  Arch. wiss.  prakt.
 Tierh., i93.">-30,  70: 86-94.  ------  Ueber die das Virus der
 Aujeszkvschen Krankheit  neutralisierenden viruliciden  Sera.
 Ibid., 1937, 72: 79-88.—Hofstra, H.  Bulbair-paralyse bij een
 rund.  Tschr. diergeneesk.,  1918, 45: 29-32.—Hurst, E. W.
 Studies on pseudorabies (infectious bulbar paralysis, mad itch)
 routes of infection in the rabbit, with remarks on the relation
 of the virus  to  other  viruses affecting the nervous system.
 J. Exp. M.,  1934, 59:  729-49.  ------  The disease in the
 rhesus  monkey,  Macaca mulatta.  Ibid., 1936, 63: 449-63,
 2 pl.  Also repr.—Ispolatow, W.  Die  chronische progressive
 Bulbarparalyse bei Pferden.  Arch.  wiss.  prakt.  Tierh.,  1929,
 60: 248-52.—Izabolinski, M. P., & Patsevich, B. L.  [Infectious
 bulbar paralysis  in animals]  Vest. obsh.  vet., 1912, 24: 376-
 82.—Jansen,  J.  [Susceptibility of the mouse to the virus  of
 Aujeszky's  disease  (paralysis  bulbaris  infectiosa)]  Tschr.
 diergeneesk.,  1934, 61:  761-3.—Johricke.  Infektiose Riicken-
 marks- und  Gehirnlahmung.  Deut. tierarztl. Wschr.,  1925,
 33: 218.—Jonnesco, D.  Contribution a l'etude de  la maladie
 d'Aujeszky.   Ann.  Inst.  Pasteur,  Par., 1934,  53: 554-63.
 Also  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 116: 1184-6.------& Zugra-
 vesco, I.  La cholesterine dans le serum sanguin et les lipoides
 totaux dans les organes, au cours de la  maladie d'Aujeszky.
 Ibid., 1939,  130:  581-3.—Koves, J., & Hirt,  G.  [Aujeszky's
 disease and its epidemic incidence in  pigs]  Allatorv. lap., 1934,
 57: 71; 91.  Also Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh., 1934, 68: 1-23 —
 Kolonitz, B.   [Acute infectious bulbar paralysis in dogs, sheep,
 and  cattle]  Allatorv.  lap.,  1912, 35: 615-7.—Lepine,  P.,  &
 Sautter,  V.   Lesions  du  systfime nerveux dans la maladie
 d'Aujeszky.   C.  rend. Soc.  biol., 1937, 126: 753-6.—Lourens,
 L. F. D. E.  [Aujeszky's disease]  Tschr. diergeneesk., 1935, 62:
 885;  949.—Murray, C.  Mad itch.   Cornell  Vet,,  1933, 23:
 303-5.—Nicolau, S., Cruveilhier, L., & Kopciowska, L. Lesions
 cytologiques et presence d'inframicrobes  et d'inclusions dans
 les tissus d'animaux infectes experimentalement  avec le virus
 de la maladie d'Aujeszky.  C.  rend. Soc. biol.,  1937, 126:
 756-9.—Nicolau,  S., Cruveilhier, L. [et  al.]   Neuroinfection
 autosterilisee a virus de la maladie  d'Aujeszky chez le chim-
 panze.   Ibid., 1938,  129: 176-8—Nikolic.  M.   Paralysis
 bulbaris infectiosa (Morbus Aujeszky)  Zschr. Immunforsch.,
 1932-33,  77: 311-5—Panisset, L.  Maladie d'Aujeszky.
 Rec. med. vet.,  1935,  91:  853-90.—Patsevich,  B.  L., & Iza-
 bolinski, M. P.  [Infectious bulbar paralysis in animals]  Vet.
 obozr., Moskva, 1912, 14:  49-54.—Ratz, S. von.  Futterungs-
 versuche  mit dem  Virus  der  infektiosen  Bulbarparalyse.
 Zschr.  Infektkr.  Haustiere,  1913,   13:  1-7.   ------   Die
 Empfangliehkeit der Tiere  fiir Paralysis bulbaris infectiosa.
 Ibid., 1914,  15:  99-106.—Remlinger,  P.,  &  Bailly. J.   La
 maladie d'Aujeszky et le pore  Bull. Acad.  vet. France,  1933,
 6: 169-79.  ------  Transmission  de la maladie  d'Aujeszky
 au chacal (Canis anthus L.) et  a ltepervier (Astur nisus L.)
 Ibid., 444-8.  ------  Transmission  aux oiseaux de la paralysie
 bulbaire infectieuse (maladie d'Aujeszky)  C.  rend. Soc. biol.,
 1933, 112: 1043-5.------La maladie d'Aujeszky experi-
 mentale du chat.  Ibid., 1274-6. ------  La maladie d'Aujesz-
 ky experimentale du lapin.  Ibid.,  1606-8.   ■------  Trans-
 mission  de la maladie  d'Aujeszky  au  porcelet.  Ibid., 113:
 36.  ------  Le  siSge du  virus dans la  maladie d'Aujeszky
 experimentale.  Ibid., 125.  ------   L'urine  dans  la maladie
 d'Aujeszky experimentale.   Ibid., 255-7.  ------  Le sang
 dans la maladie d'Aujeszky.  Ibid., 362-4.   ------  Trans-
 mission de la paralysie bulbaire infectieuse (maladie d'Aujeszky)
 au herisson.  Ibid., 557-9.  ------ La  paralisi bulbare in-
 fettiva (malattia d'Aujeszky) malattia di studio e di dimostra-
 zione.  Biol, med., Milano,  1934, 10: 175-97.  ------  Trans-
 mission de la maladie d'Aujeszky au  lapin par  voie auriculaire.
 C. rend.  Soc.  biol., 1935,  119: 937-9.  ------  La maladie
 d'Aujeszky se transmet-elle par morsure?  Bull. Acad. vet.
 France, 1936, 9:  192-9.  ------  La vaccination des animaux
 contre la maladie d'Aujeszky est-elle possible?  Ibid., 428-31.
 ------  La mort, la nuit, dans la maladie d'Aujeszky.  Ibid.,
 471-3.  ------  Existence de regions avirulentes dans le sys-
 teme nerveux central des animaux morts  de la maladie d'Au-
 jeszky.  C. rend. Soc.  biol., 1936, 124: 326-9.------La
 souche africaine de la maladie d'Aujeszky.  Bull. Acad, med
 Par.,  1937, 3. ser., 118:  155-62. '------'  Non-elimination du
 virus d Aujeszky par la muqueuse gastro-duodenale; caractere
 differentiel avec la rage.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1938,  127: 965.
 ------  La glycemie et le  rapport cblore  erythro-plasmatique
 dans  la  maladie  d'Aujeszky.   Ibid., 128:  178-80.  ------
 Transmission  de la maladie  d'Aujeszky  au  chien par voie
 vesicate.  Ibid., 129:  1057.  ------  & Rossi,  P.  La maladie
 d Aujeszky existe-t-elle  en  France?  Bull. Acad.  vet. France,
 1933,  6: 267-71.—Ries,  J. N. Maltre equarrisseur, une paraly-
 sie bulbaire aigue endemique des bovides et du cheval.  Bull.
 Soc. centr. med.  vet.,  1923, 76: 91-100.—Rossi, P.  L'uree
 sanguine chez les bovins atteints de maladie d'Aujeszky  C
 rend.  Soc biol., 1937, 124: 706.—Sabin, A. B.  The immuno-
 logical relationships of pseudorabies  (infectious bulbar paraly-
 sis, mad itch)  Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1934, 15: 372-80.—Salyi, G.
 IW'stopatMogy of Aujeszky's  disease]  Allatorv. lap.,  1935,
 58: 23-o.   Also Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh., 1935, 69: 55-60.—
 hangiorgi,  G.   Ricerche sulla  pseudorabbia.   Pathologica,
 Genova,  1913-14. 6:  282-4.—Schaar, B.   [Infectious bulbar
 paralysis m cattle]  Allatorv. lap.,  1909, 32:  173.—Seddon,
H.  K.  Bulbar paralysis in  cattle due to the action of a toxi-
 cogenic bacillus,  with  a discussion   on the  relation of the
condition  to  forage  poisoning (botulism)   J.  Comp.  Path,
Lond.,  1922,  35: 147-90.—Shope,  R. E.   An  experimental
study of mad itch with especial reference to its relationship to
pseudorabies.  J. Exp. M„ 1931, 54: 233-48.  ------  Experi-
ments on the epidemiology  of pseudorabies; mode of trans-
mission of the disease in swine, and their possible role in its
spread to cattle.  Ibid., 193.5,  62: 85-99.  Also repr.  ------.
Experiments on the epidemiology of pseudorabies; prevalence
of the disease among Middle Western swine, etc.  Ibid., 101-7—
Szanto, J.  Paralysis bulbaris infectiosa.  Allatorv. lap., 1907,
30:  77.—Tomiolo,  A.  La pseudo-lissa  canina.   Gior.  Soc.
Accad. vet. ital., 1902, 51: 977-87—Truche, C, Cruveilhier,
L., & Viala, C.  Deux cas de maladie d'Aujeszky observes en
France.  Bull. Acad. vet. France, 1935, 8: 463-8.—Tscherniak,
W. Z.,  & Rastegayewa, A. M.  Observations sur la maladie
d'Aujeszky.   Rec  med.  vet.,  1936, 112: 461-7.—Tuncman,
Z.  M.  Le premier cas asiatique  de la  maladie d'Aujeszky
observe chez un chien.  Bull. Acad, med., Par.,  1937, 3.  ser!,
118: 240.—Visotski, N.  [Infectious bulbar paralysis of cattle
in the County of Dorogobuga]  Vet. obozr., Moskva, 1912, 14:
190-3.—Zwick & Zeller. Untersuchungen iiber die sogenannte
Pseudowut. Arb. Gesundhamte, 1911, 36: 382-408.

----  Aujeszky's type: Human infection.
   Jonnesco,  D.  Pseudo-rage chez l'homme:  diagnostic et
traitement.   Presse  med.,  1926, 34:  1397.—Tuncman,  Z. M.
La maladie d'Aujeszky observee chez I'homme.  Ann. Inst.
Pasteur, Par., 1938, 60: 95-8.

----  Aujeszky's type:  Virus.
   Badenski, G., & Bruckner, I. Essais de culture du virus de
la  pseudorage,  virus  d'Aujeszky,  sur la  membrane  chorio-
allantoi'de de l'embryon de poulet.   C. rend. Soc biol., 1938,
129: 406; 408.— Elford, W. J., & Galloway, I. A. The size of the
virus of Aujeszky's disease  (pseudo-rabies,  infectious bulbar
paralysis,  mad-itch)  bv  ultrafiltration  analysis.  J.  Hyg.,
Cambr., 1936, 36: 536-9.—Glover, R. E.  Cultivation  of the
virus of Aujeszky's disease on the  chorio-allantoic membrane
of the developing egg.   Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1939, 20: 150-8.—
Manninger, R.,  & Marcis, A.  Versuche mit dem Erreger der
Aujeszkyschen Krankheit.  Zschr.  Infektkr. Haustiere, 1937,
51: 25-32.—Mesrobeanu, I.   Culture du virus de la maladie
d'Aujeszky dans la membrane chorio-allantoidienne du poulet.
C.  rend.  Soc.  biol.,  1938,  127:  1183-5.—Remlinger,  P., &
Bailly, J.  Sur quelques modes d'inoculation du virus de la
maladie  d'Aujeszky.   Ibid.,  1933,  112:  1147-50.   ------
Action de la dilution, de la chaleur  et de l'ether sulfurique sur
le virus de la maladie d'Aujeszky.  Ibid., 113: 689-91.   -----
Diffusibilite du virus de la maladie d'Aujeszky.   Ibid., 844-6.
------  L'inoculation du virus de la maladie d'Aujeszky dans
la chambre anterieure de 1'oeil.  Ibid., 1020-3.   ------  Sur
la resistance du virus de la maladie d'Aujeszky a la dessicca-
tion.  Ibid. ,1109.  ------  Sur le  comportement du virus de
la maladie d'Aujeszky dans le cerveau de la tortue.  Ibid., 114:
889. ------  Contribution a l'etude de la nature du virus de la
maladie d'Aujeszky.  Ibid., 1934, 117: 409-11. ------ Con-
tribution  a 1'etude du virus de la maladie d'Aujeszky.  Ann.
Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1934, 52: 361; 1935, 54:  149;  1937, 59: 5.
------  La souche frangaise du virus de la maladie d'Aujeszky.
Bull. Acad. vet. France, 1935, 8: 178-81.  ------  Action de la
bile sur le virus de la maladie d'Aujeszky.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,
1938, 127: 95.   ------  Sur la presence du  virus d'Aujeszky
dans la glande de Harder.   Ibid.,  657.  ------  Action  des
hautes temperatures sur les virus rapidement dessedtes de la
maladie  d'Aujeszky et  de  l'encephalomyeiite  des equktes.
Ibid., 129:  460-2.—Sangiorgi, G.   La  filtrabilita del virus
della pseudorabbia.  Pathologica, Genova,  1913-14, 6: 201-4.
------   A  proposito di alcuni recenti studi sul virus della
malattia di Aujeszky.  Biol,  med., Milano,  1935, 11: 45.—
Shope, R. E.  Identity of tbe viruses causing mad itch  and
pseudorabies.  Proc.  Soc.  exp. Biol.,  N. Y., 1932, 30: 308.
------   Modification  of  the pathogenicity  of  pseudo-rabies
virus by animal  passage.  J. Exp. M.,  1933, 57: 925-31.  Also
repr.—Traub,  E.  Cultivation of pseudorabies  virus.   Ibid.,
58: 663-81, pl.------Multiplication in vitro of pseudorabies
virus in the testicle tissue of immunized guinea pigs.   Ibid.,
1935, 61: 833-8.  Also repr.

----   avian  [Fowl  paralysis of Marek; Neuro-
   lymphomatosis]

   Drogtjet,   H.    *Le  syndrome   paralysie  des
poules en France   [Alfort]   77p.   8?  Par.,  1933.
   Hepding,  L.    *Beitrage   zur  Aetiologie und
Diagnostik  der  ansteckenden  Huhnerlahmung
[Giessen]   58p.  8?   Bochum-Langend., 1936.
   Also Zschr. Infektkr. Haustiere, 1936, 49: 292-308.

   Pappenheimer,  A.  M.,   &  Dunn,   L. C.   A
study  of fowl   paralysis  (neuro-lymphomatosis
gallinarum)   p. 187-290.   8?   N.  Y., 1926.
   Asmundson, V. S., & Biely, J.  Inheritance of resistance to
fowl paralysis (neurolymphomatosis gallinarum) differences in
susceptibility.  Canad. J. Res., 1932, 6: 171-6.—Bachmann, W.
Mareksche Huhnerlahme auch in der Schweiz.  Schweiz. Arch.
Tierh., 1934, 76: 286-95.—Barber,  C. W.   A study of  fowl
paralysis.  Cornell Vet., 1937, 27: 42; 1939, 29: 41.—Barile, C, 
ENCEPHALOMYELITIS
263
ENCEPHALOMYELITIS
 Sulla paralisi infettiva dei polli.  Gior. batt. immun., 1932,  9:
 808-38.—Bayon, H. P.  Acute neuro-lymphomatosis gallinarum
 in a strain of Rhode Island red fowls.  Vet. Rec, Lond., 1931,
 11:907-11.  ------  Notes on the pathology and treatment of
 neurolymphomatosis  gallinarum  observed on fowls during 8
 outbreaks.   Ibid.,  1221-4, pl. ------  The pathogenesis  of
 neuro-lymphomatosis gallinarum and similar  forms of fowl
 paralysis.   Ibid.,  1932,  12: 457-67—Biely, J., & Palmer,  V.
 E.  Observations  on the gonads of male  birds affected with
 fowl paralysis  (neurolymphomatosis gallinarum)   Canad.  J.
 Res., 1932, 7: 293-9.  ----— & Asmundson, V. S.  Inheritance
 of resistance to fowl paralysis (Neurolymphomatosis gallinarum)
 on a significant difference in the incidence of fowl paralysis in 2
 groups of  chicks.   Ibid., 6: 374-80, pl.—Blakemore, F.  The
 leucocytes of fowl blood with special reference to fowl paralysis.
 Vet. Rec,  Lond.,  1934, 14: 417-22.  ------  The nature  of
 fowl paralysis (neurolymphomatosis)  J. Comp. Path.,  Lond.,
 1939, 52: 144-59, 2 tab., 3 pl.—Blount, W. P.  Vitamin B and
 fowl paralysis.  Vet.  J.,  Lond., 1932,  88: 289-99.   ------
 Some diseases of the digestive tract, including  a note on fowl
 paralysis.   Vet. Rec, Lond.,  1937,  17: 1074-80.—Boer. E. de
 [Neurolymphomatosis gallinarum]  Tschr. diergeneesk., 1934,
 61: 349; 520.—Brownlee, A.   Paralysis in fowls and scrapie in
 sheep.  J.  Comp. Path.,  Lond., 1936, 49: 328-35.—Dalling, T.,
 & Warrack, G. H.  Observations on fowl paralysis (lympho-
 matosis)   Vet. J., Lond., 1936, 92: 310-21, pl.—Dobberstein.
 Neurolymphomatosis  gallinarum.    Papers  Internat.  Vet.
 Congr., 1934, 12. Congr., No. 42— Downham, K. D., & Cromp-
 ton, C. Observations upon neuritis in  fowls  (so-called fowl
 paralysis)  a quick method of diagnosis by means of nerve
 smear preparations.  Vet. J.,  Lond., 1934, 90: 505-7.—Doyle,
 L. P.  Neuritis in chickens. J. Am. Vet.  M. Ass., 1925-26, 68:
 622-30.  ------   Neuritis or paralysis  in chickens.   Ibid..
 1927-28,  72: 585-7.—Eijkman, C.   [Polyneuritis in chickens]
 Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie. 1930, 70: 1167-89.—Emmel,  M. W.
 The etiology of fowl paralysis (neurolymphomatosis gallinarum-
 Pappenheimer) leucosis  and allied conditions in the domestic
 fowl.  J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1934,  85: 96.  ------  The import-
 ance of endotoxin of Salmonella aertrycke in the development of
 fowl paralysis.  Ibid., 1937, 90: 749-54.—Emoto, O., & Miya-
 moto. K.   Studies on the fowl paralysis.  J. Jap. Soc. Vet. Sc.,
 1930,  9: 309-25,  5 pl.—Fenstermacher,  R.  Lymphocytoma
 and fowl paralysis.  J. Am. Vet.  M. Ass.,  1936, 88: 600-13.—
 Frauchiger, E., & Bourgeois, E.  Ist die Huhnerlahme eine der
 Poliomyelitis iihnliche Erkrankung?   Schweiz,  med. Wschr.,
 1938, 68: 1057.—Fritzsche, K. Versuche zur Erforschung und
 Bekampfung der Marekschen  Hiihnerlahme; Versuche iiber die
 Ausscheidung  des Huhnerlahmevirus mit  dem Kot und iiber
 die natiirliche  Infektionsweise.  Zschr.   Infektkr.  Haustiere,
 1937-38, 52: 51-69.  —----  Versuch iiber die Brauchbarkeit
 des Praparates Therapeksi zur Bekampfung der Huhnerlahme.
 Ibid.,  124-7.   ----—  Beobachtungen iiber den Verlauf und
 die Bekampfung der Marekschen Huhnerlahme in iiberwachten
 Gefliigelzuchten.   Berl.  tierarztl. Wschr., 1938,  54:  181-4.
 ------ Kritische Betrachtung zur Aetiologie der Marek'schen
 Huhnerlahme.  Deut.   tierarztl.  Wschr.,  1938,  46:   791-4.
 ------  Ist die Mareksehe  Hiihnerlahmung eine Form der
 Huhnerleukose?  Zschr. Infektkr. Haustiere, 1939, 55: 68-74.—
 Furth, J.  Observations on fowl paralysis (neurolymphomatosis)
 Proc. Soc. Exp. Bio!., N. Y., 1934, 31: 921-3.  Also repr —
 Gray, E.  Pathogenic organisms and fowl paralysis.  Vet, Rec,
 Lond.,  1938, 50: 1051; 1939, 51: 754.—Hamilton. H. P.   Some
 notes on lymphomatosis gallinarum.  Vet. J. Lond., 1937, 93:
 21-5, 3 pl.—Harriss, S. T.   Lymphomatosis (fowl paralysis)
 in the pheasant.  Ibid.,  1939, 95: 104-6.—Hartwigk,  H.  Zur
 Diagnostik der Marek'schen  Huhnerlahme.  Deut. tierarztl.
 Wschr.,  1935, 43: 33-7.—Jaensch  & Lerche.   Die Augen-
 veranderungen bei  Marekscher Gefliigellahme.  Arch. Ophth.,
 Berl.,  1933,  131:  359-76.—Johnson,  E.  P.,  & Conner,  B.
 V.  Blood  studies of fowls  with various  forms  of lympho-
 matosis (fowl paralysis)  J.  Am.  Vet.   M. Ass.,  1933, 83:
 325-43.—Johnston, J. W., & Wilson, J.E.  Observations on an
 outbreak of fowl paralysis. Vet. J., Lond., 1937, 93: 13-9 —
 Jones. E.  E.  Epidemic tremor, an encephalomyelitis affecting
 young chickens. J. Exp.  M., 1934, 59: 781-98, 2 pl.  Also
 repr —Jungherr, E.  The etiplogic and diagnostic aspects of the
 fowl paralysis problem.  J. Am. Vet. M.  Ass.,  1935, 86: 424-
 32.—Lerche & Fritzsche, K.   Gefliigellahme. Zschr. Infektkr
 Haustiere,  1932-33, 43:  185-210.  ------   Die Aetiologie der
 Gefliigellahme.  Ibid., 1933, 44: 11-42.  ■------  Histopatho-
 logic und Diagnostik der  Gefliigellahme.   Ibid., 45: 89-109,
 5  pl.—Lhermitte, J.,  Souquet & Ajuriaguerra. de.  La  neuro-
 lymphomatose des gallinacees.   Rev.  neur., Par., 1938. 70:
 82-90.—McGaughey, C.  A.. & Downie,  A. W.  Preliminary
 report on an outbreak of fowl  paralysis in England. J. Comp.
 Path., Edinb.,  1930,  43: 63-76.—Marginson,  G. C, & Mc-
 Gaughey, C.  A.  Field  observations  on the spread of fowl
 paralysis by eggs and young chicks.  Vet. Rec, Lond.. 1931, 11:
 573.—Meyn, A., & Rievel, H.  Beitrag  zur Marekschen Ge-
 fliigellahme.   Deut,  tierarztl. Wschr.,  1934,  42: 832-6 —
 Morax, Truche & Nida.  Les troubles oculaires dans la paralysie
 des gallinaces.  Ann. ocul., Par., 1934, 171: 385-96.  Also Bull.
 Soc. opht. Paris, 1934, 83.—Niemann. K. W.  Autopsy findings
in field cases of fowl paralysis.  J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1929, 75:
3g_50.—Olson, C.  Attempts  to  transmit fowl  paralysis.   J.
Infect. Dis., 1937,  61: 325-30.—Pappenheimer, A.  M.,  Dunn,
L. C  & Seidlin,  S.  M.  Studies  on fowl paralysis (neuro-
lymphomatosis  gallinarum)   transmission  experiments.    J.
Exp. M., 1929, 49; 87-102.—Pappenheimer, A. M.. Dunn, L. C,
& Vone, V.  Studies on fowl paralysis (neurolymphomatosis
gallinarum)  clinical features  and pathology.   Ibid.,  63-86, 7
pl-—Patterson,  F.  D.    Neurolvmphomatosis  gallinarum.
Papers Internat. Vet. Congr., 1931, 12. Congr., No. 5.  ------
Murray. W. C, & Henderson, E. W.  So-called range paralysis
of the chicken.   J.  Am.  Vet.  M. Ass.,  1932,  81:  747-67.—
Potel,  K.   Histologische  Untersuchungen  zum  Wesen  der
sogenannten  Marekschen  Gefliigellahme.   Zschr.  Infektkr.
Haustiere, 1938-39, 54: 143-54.  ------  Histological investi-
gations  into  the nature  of  so-called  Marek's disease  (fowl
paralysis)   Vet,  J., Lond., 1939, 95: 114.— Ries, J. N.  Sur la
paresie des poulains nouveau-nes.  Bull. Soc. centr. med. vet.,
Par., 1923, 76: 428-32.—Roberts, R. S.  The epidemiology of
fowl paralysis as  an indication of its mode of transmission. Vet.
J., Lond., 1935,  91:  127-32.—Schumann. P., & Fritzsche. K.
Die Diagnose der Marek'schen  Gefliigellahme  mit  den Aus-
wirkungen fiir die Herdbuch- und Vermehrungszuchten.  Deut.
tierarztl. Wschr., 1937, 45: 134.—Seagar, E. A.  The pathology
of fowl  paralysis, with some  aspects of its cause and control.
Vet. J.,  Lond., 1933, 89: 454-73, 2 pl.  ------  Cellular reac-
tions  in the  blood  in neurolymphomatosis  gallinarum  (fowl
paralysis)   Ibid., 557-61.—Seifried. O.  Infektiose  Paralvse
bei Huhnern.  Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh.,  1930, 62: 209-22.
------Gefliigellahme und Nahrschadenkrankheiten.  Deut.
tierarztl. Wschr.,  1936, 44:  520-2.—Stafseth. H.  J.   Fowl
paralysis and the roup complex.  J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1931,  78:
423-9.—Thomas, A.  D.  Leg-weakness in poultry (a prelimi-
nary note on the occurrence of  a specific fowl paralysis  in
South Africa)  J. S.  Afr.  Vet, M.  Ass., 1928,  1: 67-72, pl.—
Thomas, J. C, & Hamilton, H. P.  Fowl paralysis: an analysis
of 1,000 cases. Vet. J., Lond., 1935, 91: 526-36.—Titus, H.  W.
The calcium metabolism of the chicken with special reference
to a condition known as leg-weakness (1929-31) Bull. George
Washington Univ., 1931, 86.—Van Roekel, H.,  Bullis, K. L., &
Clarke, M. K.  Preliminary report on inf ecti ous avian encephalo-
myelitis. J. Am. Vet. M." Ass.,  1938, 93:  372-5.—Vianello, G.
Su  una enzoozia di  paralisi  infettiva dei polli osservata  in
Lombardia.   Clin, vet., Milano, 1933, 56: 913-25, 6  pl.—
Warrack, G.  H., & Dalling, T.   So-called fowl paralysis; also
called neuritis in  chickens, range paralysis, neuro-lymphomatosis
gallinarum; a discussion on the various theories as to causation,
with special  reference to field  observations and laboratory
transmission experiments.  Vet.  J. Lond.,  1932, 88: 28-43.

----   Borna type.

   Nicolau,  S.    Borna   disease  and  enzootic
encephalo-myelitis of  sheep  and  cattle.   90p.
8?   Lond., 1928.
   Vesper,  E. J.   *Erfahrungen mit  der Borna-
schen  Krankheit  des Pferdes.   28p.   8?   Lpz.,
1924.
   Enders.    Die sog.  Borna'sche  Pferdekrankheit.   Berl.
tierarztl. Wschr., 1902, 653-8.—Gehirn- und  Riickenmarks-
entziindung  der Pferde.  Veroff.  Jahres. Vet. Ber.  beamt.
Tierarzte Preuss. (1913)  1920, 14: 45.—Guth, O.  Infektiose
Ruckenmarksentzundung   (Spinalmeningitis)  beim   Pferde.
Munch, tierarztl. Wschr., 1916, 67:  161-4.—Hagele.  Ueber
Kopfkrankheit und schwarze  Harnwinde beim  Pferde.  Zschr.
Veterinark.,  1931, 43: 244-51.—Ktihn.  Betrachtungen iiber
die  sogenannte Bornasche Krankheit.   Berl.  tierarztl. Wschr.,
1908, 173-5.—Liebener.  Die Bornasche Krankheit der Pferde.
Ibid.,   197-202.—Mieckley.  Ueber  Bornasche  Krankheit.
Ibid.,  1915.  31:  403.—Pfanz. Zur Kasuistik  der infektiosen
Ruckenmarksentzundung der Pferde.   Mitt. Verein. badisch.
Tierarzte,  1907,  7: 61-3.—Stange, C. H.   Epizootic equine
encephalomyelitis (Borna  disease)   Am.  Vet.  Rev., 1912-13,
42: 399-408.—Zwick,  W.  Ueber die seuchenhafte Gehirn-
Ruckenmarksentzundung  (Bornasche  Krankheit)  der Pferde.
Munch,  med. Wschr.,  1926, 73:  127.------  Ueber  die
Bornasche Krankheit.   Zschr. Infektkr.  Haustiere,  1938-39,
54:  1-7.

----   Borna  type: Causes.
  Fischer, K. E. Untersuchungen bei der Bornaschen Krank-
heit  des Pferdes mit  besonderer  Berucksichtigung der  ge-
fundenen  Darmparasiten.  Miinch.  tierarztl.  Wschr.,  1927,
78: 345-8.—Kraus,  R.  Sobre  la  etiologia de la  epidemia
reinante  entre  los  equinos  (meningo-encefalitis  enzootica;
enfermedad de Borna)  Prensa med. argent., 1918-19, 5: 256.
------ Kantor, L. von, Fischer, H., & Quiroga, R.  Ueber  die
Aetiologie  der  Meningo-Encephalitis  epizootica  (Bornasche
Krankheit)  Zschr. Immunforsch., 1920, 30: 121-43.—Scheuer.
Erdstrahlen und  Bornasche Krankheit.  Berl. tierarztl. Wschr.,
1933, 49: 501-3.

----   Borna  type: Control.
   Edelmann.    Zur  Bekampfung  der  Gehirnruckenmarks-
entziindung  (Bornaische Krankheit)  der  Pferde.  Deut. tier-
arztl.  Wschr.,   1926,  34: 167-9.—Steinbruck.  Ueber  die
Bornasche  Krankheit  der Einhufer,  ihre Beziehungen  zur
Viehversicherung und Versuche zu  ihrer  Bekampfung  im
Regierungsbezirk Merseburg.   Ibid.,  1931,   47:   793-8.—
Verordnung  des  Wirtschaftsministers uber die Bornakrankheit
der Sehafe.   Vorsehr. sachs.  Vet., 1935, 30: 61.—Zwick,  W.
Ueber die  seuchenhafte Gehirn- und Ruckenmarksentzundung 
ENCEPHALOMYELITIS
264
ENCEPHALOMYELITIS
(Bornasche Krankheit) der Pferde.  Seuchenbekampfung, 1926,
3: 57-70.

----   Borna  type:  Diagnosis.
   Arndt,  H. J.   Ist  die  encephalite  enzootique du  cheval
(Moussu und  Marchand)  als identisch mit der Bornaschen
Krankheit  anzusehen?  Zschr. Infektkr. Haustiere, 1926,  29:
184-94.—Glamser. F.  Zur Unterscheidung der seuchenhaften
Gehirnentziindung (Bornaschen Krankheit, Kopfkrankheit der
Pferde) von anderen Gehirnleiden.  Ibid.,  1927, 31: 1-35.—
Schwarzmaier. E. Erfahrungen bei der Festellung der Borna-
schen Krankheit.  Arch.  wiss. prakt.  Tierh., 1937, 72: 167-80.

----   Borna  type:  Epizootics.

   Bogenschneider, J.  Statistische Betrachtungen iiber Borna-
sche Krankheit und Witterungseinfliisse in Wurttemberg in den
Jahren  1922-28.   Zschr.  Veterinark.,  1930, 42:  113-22.—
Diem.   Seuchenhaft auftretende rheumatische Ruckenmarks-
entzundung bei Kuhen.  Wschr. Tierh. Viehzucht, 1904,  48:
375-7.—Holz.  Ueber  das  Vorkommen versehiedener Formen
von infektioser Gehirn-Riickenmarksentzundung der Pferde in
Wurttemberg.  Zschr. Infektkr.  Haustiere, 1934, 46: 304-27,
7  pl.—Kalkoff.  Ueber  die Bornasche Krankheit unter den
Pferden  der Umgebung von  Ulm  (Wiirttemberg)   Zschr.
Veterinark., 1908, 20: 247-54.— Nikolsky, M. M.  [Epizoonto-
logical factors in encephalomyelitis  of horses]  Sovet. vet.,
1939, 16: No.  3, 67.—Vichelessky, R.  S., Naskov, A. [et  a! ]
Meningo-encephalite-mydite infectieuse du cheval en U.R.S.S.
Rec. med. vet., 1935, 111: 357-64.—Zettler. Zum Vorkommen
der  seuchenhaften  Gehirn-  und  Ruckenmarksentzundung
(Bornaschen Krankheit)  der Pferde im Breisgau: zugleich ein
Beitrag  zur  Therapie  dieser  Krankheit  mit  Jodincarbon,
Grippeserum und Introcid. Mitt, Verein. badisch. Tierarzte,
1926, 26:  65;  74; 82.—Zwick, W.,  &  Seifried, O.  Unter-
suchungen  iiber  die in Hessen gehauft auftretende seuchen-
hafte  Gehirn-  und  Ruckenmarksentzundung   (Bornasche
Krankheit)  bei Pferden.  Berl.  tierarztl. Wschr.,  1924,  40:
465-71.

----   Borna  type:  Immunology  and serology.

   Ernst, W.,  & Hahn,  H.  Bestehen  Aussichten,  gegen  die
seuchenhafte  Gehirn-Riickenmarkentziindunjr  der  Pferde
(Borna'sche Krankheit)  zu immunisieren?  Munch,  tierarztl.
Wschr., 1926, 77: 477.—Nicolau. S.,  &  Stroian, N.  Anticorps
tissulaires mis  en evidence  par la reaction de fixation du com-
plement  dans  les extraits d'organes  provenant de Iapins  im-
munises contre la maladie de Borna.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929,
100: 86-8.  ------  &  Galloway, L.  A.   L'immunite dans
I encephalo-myeiite enzootique experimentale.  Ibid., 607-10.—
Stroian, N. Reaction de fixation  du complement dans l'en-
cephalo-myeiite enzootique experimentale (maladie de Borna)
Ibid., 83-6.—Zwick, W., fr Witte,  J.  Zur  Frage der Schutz-
impfung und der Inkubationsfrist bei der Bornaschen Krank-
heit.  Arch. wiss. prakt.  Tierh., 1931-32, 64: 116-24.

----   Borna  type:  Pathogenesis.
   Ernst, W., & Hahn, H.  Weitere Beitrage zur Borna'schen
Krankheit  der Pferde  und zur Frage der Aetiologie des bos-
artigen Katarrhalfiebers des Rindes.  Miinch. tierarztl. Wschr
1927, 78: 8.5-9.—Iakushev, V. I.  [New findings in the patho-
genesis of encephalomyelitis of horses]  Sovet. vet., 1939,  16:
20-3.—Jofst, E.   Weitere  Untersuchungen iiber die seuchen-
hafte  Gehirn-Riickenmarksentzundung  (Bornasche  Krank-
heit) des Pferdes, mit  besonderer Berucksichtigung des Infek-
tionsweges  und der Kerneinschliisse.  Deut. Zschr  Nervenh
1912, 44:  206-19.—Moussu, R.   Observations  cliniques  et
recherches  experimentales  sur  la  nteningo-encephalomyeiite
enzootique  du cheval  (maladie de Borna)  Ree  med  vet
1922, 98: 499-511.—Nicolau. S., & Galloway, I. A.  Prelimi-
nary note  on the experimental study of enzootic encephalo-
myelitis (Borna disease)  Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1926-27, 8: 336-
41.  Also Ann. Inst, Pasteur, Par., 1930, 44: 673; 45: 457 —
f.^tte:  H-,  & Kornyey,  S.  Ueber die Pathogenese und  die
Histologie  der Bornaschen  Krankheit  im Tierexperiment
Deut.  Zschr. Nervenh.,  1935,  136:  20-63.—Seifried.  O.. &
Spatz. H.   Die Ausbreitung der enzephalitischen Reaktion bei
der Bornaschen Krankheit  der Pferde und deren Beziehungen
zur Encephalitis  epidemica, zur Heine-Medinschen Krankheit
und zur Lyssa  des Menschen.  Ibid., 1929,  111: 38-42  Also
Zschr. ges.  Neur. Psychiat., 1930, 124: 317-82.—Zwick. W., &
Witte, J.  Ueber  die atiologischen Beziehungen des bosartigen
Katarrhalfiebers  des Rindes  zur Bornaschen Krankheit  des
Pferdes und Schafes.   Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh., 1931-32,  64:
105-15.  —---- & Seifried, O.  Experimentelle Untersuchun-
gen uber  die  seuchenhafte Gehirn-  und Ruckernmarksent-
zundung der Pferde (Bornasche Krankheit)  Zschr. Infektkr
Haustiere, 1926, 30: 43-136, 8 pl.
----   Borna type: Pathology.
   Bemmenn,  H.   *Beitrag zur  pathologischen
Histologie,  postmortalen  Diagnose  und  Patho-
genese der seuchenhaften Gehirn-Ruckenmarks-
entzundung (Borna'sche  Krankheit)  der Pferde
16p.   8?   Giessen, 1928,
   Stofer,  J.   *Ueber histologische  Veranderun-
gen in  der Retina und Chorioidea bei  Borna-
scher  Krankheit und iiber die Beziehungen dieser
Krankheit  zur Mondblindheit der Pferde  [Gies-
sen]   33p.   8?   Dornstetten, 1934.
   Almeyeff, H.  Lymphknoten und Milz bei der epizootischen
Encephalomyelitis der Pferde.  Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1935,
43: 535.—Aries.   Betrachtungen fiber das Wesen der soge-
nannten seuchenhaften Gehirn-Ruckenmarkserkrankung  der
Pferde  (Borna'sche Krankheit, Kopfkrankheit, Kleekrankheit
usw.) Encephalopathia endemica.  Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1928,
44: 137-44.—Dobberstein, J.  Anatomische Befunde bei einer
infektiosen Gehirn-Ruckenmarksentziindung der Pferde.  Ibid.,
1925, 41:  177-81, pl. ------ Beitrage zur Histopathologie des
Gehirns bei der  Bornaschen Krankheit des Pferdes.   Zschr.
Infektkr.  Haustiere, 1928, 33: 290-305, 2  pl.—Holz, K.  Bei-
trage zur sogenannten Bornaschen Krankheit (Kopfkrankheit)
und der ansteckenden Blutarmut des Pferdes.  Ibid., 1938, 53:
161-74, 2  pl.—Joest, E.  Ueber  die enzootische  Encephalo-
myelitis (Bornasche Krankheit)  des  Pferdes.  Verh.  Deut.
path. Ges., 1913,  16: 126-48, pl. ------& Degen. K.  Unter-
suchungen iiber die pathologische Histologie, Pathogenese und
postmortale  Diagnose  der  seuchenhaften   Gehirn-Riicken-
marksentzundung  (Bornaschen  Krankheit)   des  Pferdes.
Zschr.  Infektkr. Haustiere, 1911, 9: 1-98,  6 pl.—Lesbouyries,
Michel |et al.]  Contribution a l'etude des  nteningo-eneephalo-
myeiite du cheval.  Bull. Acad. vet. France, 1937, 10: 74-83.—
Manouelian, Y.  Rage, maladie de Borna et neurones peri-
pheriques.  C. rend. Acad, sc, 1935,200: 862.—Nicolau, S. Les
modifications histo-pathologiques des capsules surrenales et des
glandes salivaires des Iapins morts d'encephalomyeiite enzootique
experimentale (maladie de Borna)  Ibid., 1928,  186:  655-7.
          Kopciowska,  L.   Le liquide  cephalorachidien dans
l'encephalo-myelite enzootique experimentale du lapin (maladie
de Borna)  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 108: 470-2.—Nicolau, S.,
& Stroian, N. Alterations du systSme nerveux, de l'estomac et
de l'intestin des Iapins  morts d'encephalo-myeiite enzootique
experimentale (maladie  de Borna)  Ibid., 1928, 99: 1102-6.—
Oppenheim, H., & Ostertag, R.  Beitrag zur pathologischen
Anatomie der Bornaschen Krankheit.   Zschr. Infektkr. Haus-
tiere, 1907, 2: 148-57, 2 pl.—Zwick, W.  Ueber die infektiose
Gehirn- und Ruckenmarkentziindung der Pferde  (Bornasche
Krankheit)  Zbl. Bakt,, 1. Abt., 1925-26, 97:  155-60. -----■
Seifried,  O., &  Witte, J.  Weitere Untersuchungen iiber die
seuchenhafte  Gehirn-Riickenmarksentzundung   der  Pferde
(Bornasche Krankheit)   Zschr. Infektkr. Haustiere, 1927-28,
32: 150-79, 4 pl.  ------  Weitere Beitrage zur Erforschung
der Bornaschen Krankheit  des  Pferdes.  Arch.  wiss. prakt.
Tierh.,  1929, 59: 511^5.

----   Borna type:   Transmission.

   Ernst, W., & Hahn, H. Uebertragbarkeit der seuchenhaften
Gehirn-Riickenmarksentzundung  des  Pferdes  (Borna'schen
Krankheit) auf  kleine  Versuchstiere (Kaninchen  und Meer-
schweinchen)  Munch,   tierarztl.  Wschr.,  1926,  77:  46.—
Galloway, I. A., & Nicolau,  S.  Encephalo-myeiite enzootique
experimentale; infection par cohabitation, par introduction de
virus dans l'estomac et par voie intramusculaire.  C. rend Soc
biol. 1929, 100: 537-9.—Zeki, S. Liquoruntersuchungen bei
kunstlich nut dem \ lrus der Bornaschen Krankheit infizierten
Kaninchen unter besonderer Berucksichtigung des Befundes bei
gesunden und spontan erkrankten Kaninchen.  Zschr. Infektkr.
Haustiere, 1935, 48: 230-7.—Zwick, W.  Zur Frage der Ueber-
tragbarkeit  der seuchenhaften  Gehirn- und  Ruckenmarks-
entzundung  der Pferde (Bornaschen Krankheit) auf kleine
Versuchstiere. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1925, 41: 453-5. ______
Zur Frage der naturlichen Ansteckungsweise bei  Bornascher
Krankheit.  Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1932, 40: 332-5. ------
&  Seifried, O.  Uebertragbarkeit der seuchenhaften Gehirn-
und  Ruckenmarksentzundung  des   Pferdes  (Borna'schen
Krankheit)  auf  kleine  Versuchstiere   (Kaninchen)   Berl.
tierarztl.  Wschr., 1925, 41: 129-32.

----   Borna type:  Treatment.

   Bert,  F.   *Zur Therapie  der  seuchenhaften
Gehirn-Riickenmarksentzundung    (Bornaschen
Krankheit)   des  Pferdes.   39p.    8?    Giessen,
1936.

   Schaumburg,  W. L.   *Zur  Frage der  chemo-
therapeutischen  Behandlung  der  seuchenhaften
Gehirn-Riickenmarksentzundung    (Bornaschen
Krankheit)   des  Pferdes   [Giessen]   35p.   8?
[Borna-Lpz.] 1929.
   Ariess.  Betrachtungen uber die Borna'sche Kopfkrankheit
und die therapeutische  Wirkung des Hexamethylentetramins.
Munch, tierarztl. Wschr.,  1927, 78:  281.—Geissert, E.   Zur
lherapie der Bornaschen  Krankheit,  erfolglose Behandlung
mit Hexamethylentetramin (Urotropin) Berl. tierarztl. Wschr.,
7vT ' 41:,586-—Grimm   Urotropin gegen die Kopfkrankheit
(Borna) der Pferde   Ibid., 1927, 43: 153.—Lange.  Zur Be-
f™""!, der  Gehirnruckenmarksentzundung  der Pferde.
Ibid., 1931, 47: 227.—Ostertag, R. von.  Neue Aussichten der
Bekampfung der ansteckenden Gehirnruckenmarksentzundung 
ENCEPHALOMYELITIS
265
ENCEPHALOMYELITIS
(Kopfkrankheit, Bornaschen  Krankheit) der  Pferde;  erfolg-
reiche  Behandlung mit  Hexamethylentetramin  (Urotropin)
Ibid., 1924, 40: 705-11.—Schmidt, J.   Untersuchungen uber
das  klinische  Verhalten  der  seuchenhaften  Gehirnrucken-
marksentzundung (Bornaschen  Krankheit)  des Pferdes nebst
Angaben iiber diesbeziigliche  therapeutische Versuche.   Ibid.,
1912, 28:  581;  597.—Trepel.   Hexamethylentetramin  bei
einem Falle von Bornascher Krankheit.   Ibid., 1926, 42: 881.

----   Borna type: Virus [including Joest-Degen
   bodies]

   Scholl,   P.   G.    *Untersuchungen  iiber  die

Spezifitat  der  Einschlusskorperchen  bei  Borna-

scher  Krankheit  und  iiber  Altersveranderungen

im Gehirn des Pferdes.  28p.   8?  Giessen,  1929.
   Deianov, V. I.  [Relation  of the virus of epidemic enceph-
alitis to Borna's disease of horses and  analogical  affections in
other animals]  Sovet. psikhonevr., 1937,  13: 86-9.—Dima-
nesco-Nicolau, O.  Inoculation intracerebrale du virus de Borna
chez le lapin; alterations histologiques produites par la septine-
vrite dans le systeme nerveux intra- et extra-oculaire.  C. rend.
Soc. biol., 1928, 99: 1099-102.—Elford, W. J., & Galloway, I. A.
Filtration of tbe virus of Borna  disease through  graded col-
lodion membranes.  Brit.  J. Exp. Path.  1933, 14: 196-205 —
Joest, E., & Degen, K. Ueber eigentumliche  Kerneinschliisse
der Ganglienzellen bei  der enzootischen Gehirn-Riickenmarks-
entziindung der  Pferde.   Zschr.  Infektkr. Haustiere, 1909,
6: 348-56,  pl.—Nicolau, S., & Galloway, I. A.  Sur les septine-
vrites a virus filtrables; presence du virus et des tesions  dans le
systeme nerveux periprterique des  animaux infectes par voie
cerebrate  avec  le  virus  de  l'encephalo-myeiite  enzootique
(maladie de  Borna)   C.  rend.  Soc. biol.,  1928,  98:  112-6.
------  Etude sur les inclusions intranucteaires caracterisant
la maladie  de Borna.  Ibid., 99: 1455-7.  ------  Etude sur la
conservation in vitro du virus  de la nevraxite enzootique
(Borna) Ibid., 1457-9.   ------   Nouvelles recherches sur le
virus de l'encephalomyeiite  enzootique (maladie de  Borna)
Ibid., 1929,  100:  534-6.   ------  Modification  de certaines
proprietes d'une souche de virus d'encephalo-myeiite enzootique
(maladie de  Borna)  entretenue pendant pres de cinq annees
par  passage  sur  lapin.  Ibid.,  1931, 107: 135-7.  ------ &
Dimancesco-Nicolau,  O.   Sur  la  septinevrite provoquee par
le virus de l'encephalo-myeiite enzootique (maladie de  Borna)
Ibid., 1928, 98: 1119-21.  ------  Septinevrite experimentale
a virus  encephalo-myeiitique  (maladie de Borna) virulence des
capsules surrenales et du pancreas des Iapins morts de la maladie
conferee par voie intracranienne.   Ibid.,  99:  464-9.  ------
Genese, structure et interpretation des corpuscules  de Joest-
Degen  (inclusions nucteaires  caracterisant  l'encephalo-myeiite
enzootique)   Ibid.,  674-7.—Nicolau,  S.,  & Kopciowska,  L.
Virus de l'encephalo-myeiite enzootique (maladie de  Borna)
et electrophorese.  Ibid., 1931, 108: 364-6.  ------& Galloway,
I. A. Conditions de conservation  du virus dessedte  de l'ence-
phalo-mveiite  enzootique  (maladie de  Borna)   Ibid.,  107:
30-2.—Witte,  J., &  Schaal, J.   Prufung  der  Widerstands-
fiihigkeit des Virus der Bornaschen Krankheit und der Hiihner-
pocken  gegen chemische Desinfektionsmittel,  insbesondere
gegen  Trosilin.   Zschr.  Infektkr.  Haustiere,  1933-34,  45:
265-72.—Zwick,  W.,  &   Witte, J.  Ueber die Widerstands-
fahigkeit des Virus der Bornasehen Krankheit gegen Trocknung
und iiber  Schutzimpfungsversuche mit  getrockneter  virus-
haltiger Gehirnsubstanz.   Berl.  tierarztl.  Wschr.,  1931, 47:
33-5.  ------ & Schwarzmaier, E.  Zur Frage der  Pluralitat
des Bornavirus.  Zschr. Infektkr.  Haustiere, 1937, 51: 261-7.
------   Weitere Untersuchungen tiber das Virus der  Borna-
schen Krankheit.  Ibid., 1937-38, 52: 1-10.

----   canine.

   See  also Distemper;  Dog, Diseases.
   Balo, J.  [Encephalitis of dogs with Eck's fistula]  Orv.
hetil., 1932,  76:  181-4.   Also repr.  ------ & Korpassy, B.
The encephalitis of dogs  with Eck fistula fed on meat.  Arch.
Path., Chic, 1932, 13: 80-7.—Draganesco, S., & Stroesco, G.
Sur  l'encefalo-myeiite  des jeunes chiens  (maladie de Carre)
In  Marinesco  Festschr.,  Bucar..  1933,  189-201.—Frey,  E.
Ueber   Riickenmarksdurchschneidiing  beim   staupekranken
Hund mit myoklonischen Zuckungen  bei  Myeloencephalitis.
Psychiat.  neur. bl.,  Amst.,  1934,  38:  605-16.—Hoff, H., &
Silberstein, F.  Experimentelle Encephalitisstudien; Uebertrag-
barkeit  der  Encephalitis  der  Hunde  mit Eckscher Fistel.
Zschr.  ges.  exp.  Med., 1924-25,  44:  268-79.—Kallo,  A., &
Korpassy,  B.  Zur  Frage der  Ueberimpfbarkeit der  Ence-
phalitis  der  Erk-Fistel-Hunde.   Ibid.. 1931, 77:  533-7 —
King, L. S.  Disseminated encephalomyelitis of the dog.  Arch.
Path.,  Chic,  1939, 28: 151-62.—Lewy, F. H.   Encephalitis
lethargica  und spontane  Tierencephalitis; Befunde und  Be-
trachtungen  zur  Pathogenese der Spontanencephahtis  der
Hunde  (Strassenstaupe)   Klin. Wschr., 1926, 5:  887.—Mar-
chand,  L., & Petit. G.   Paralysie progressive par  nteningo-
cerebello-bulbo-myeiite (forme  aigue de la choree du chien)
Rec. med. vet., 1912, 89: 235-41.------ & Coquot.  Meningo-
myeiite  bulbo-cervicale du chien.   Ibid.,  1906,  83: 5-14.—
Pugh, L. P.  Epidemic encephalitis in dogs.  Lancet, Lond.,
1926, 2: 950-2.—Stallybrass, C,  O.   Epidemic encephalitis
in dogs.   Ibid., 1036.
----   catarrhal malignant.

   See  Catarrhal fever [malignant]

----   diffuse subacute [Cruchet]

   See  Encephalitis, epidemic, Type, peripheral.

----   disseminated.

   See  also Sclerosis multiplex.
   Bouman, I..  [Disseminated encephalomyelitis]  Geneesk.
bl., 1934, 32: 173-234.—Hallervorden, J.   Ueber disseminierte
Enzephalomyelitis.  Deut,  Zschr. Nervenh., 1929, 111: 19.—
Henner, K.  [Acute, disseminated encephalitis in Tchekoslo-
vakia in the present day]   Cas. tek.  Cesk., 1935, 74: 89-95.—
Kornyei, I.  [Az encephalomyelitis disseminatarol]  Orv. hetil.,
1935, 79: 680.—Muller, W.  Ueber einen Fall von disseminierter
Leukencephalitis.  Deut. Zschr. Nervenh.,  1933, 132: 43-68.—
Ontiveros,  J.,  & Diaz,  H.  Sobre un caso de encefalo-mielitis
diseminada.   Ars  medica. Bared.,  1933,  9:  275-9.—Pitha.
Encephalomyeiite  disseminee.  Rev. neur., Par., 1934, 41:
pt 2, 370.—Pollock. E. M.  Disseminated encepbalovmelitis.
Glasgow M.  J.,  1932,  117:  231-7.—Prussak,  L.   [Primary,
disseminated  encephalomyelitis  in  children]   Neur.  polska,
1933-34,  16-17: 301-20.—Randolph,  H.  E.   Disseminated
encephalomyelitis.  Med.  Bull.  Veterans  Admin.,  1935, 12:
90.—Schlack,  H.  Ueber die sporadische Encephalitis  (Ence-
phalomyelitis  disseminata)   Med. Korbl. Wurttemberg, 1932,
102: 439.—Silvestrini,  R.   Nevrassite disseminata.  Diagnosi,
1935, 15:  252-67.—Spiller.  W.  G.  Encephalomyelitis dis-
seminata.  Tr. Am. Neur.  Ass., 1929, 55:  62-86.   Also Arch.
Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1929,  22: 647-71.   Also repr.

----   disseminated,  acute.

   See  also in 3. ser. Myelitis.
   Audo-Gianotti,  G.  B.   Sull'eziologia  della mieliti  acute
disseminate.   Riforma  med., 1931, 47: 490-3.—Aymes, G.
Myeiites aigues disseminees.  Presse therm, clim., 1934, 75:
410-6.—Babonneix, L.  Encephalites aigues infantiles; ence-
phalomyelites aigues infantiles.  In Actual, infant. (Babonneix,
L.)  Par.,  1932,  37-67.—Bouman,  L.  [Acute,  disseminated
encephalo-myelitis]  Ned. tschr. geneesk, 1934, 78: 1066-71.—
Dagndie, J . & Van Bogaert, L   Etude anatomoelinique d'un
cas d'encei>hulomveiite disseminee aigue a evolution mortelle
chez l'enfant.   Rev. neur., Par., 1931, 38: 576-91.—Delbeke.
R., & Van Bogaert, L.   La myeiite  disseminee aigue.  J. neur.
psychiat,,  Brux.,  1931,  31: 638-44.  ------  L'encephalo-
myeiite disseminee aigue.   Ibid.,  645-50.—Demme, H.  Zwei
Falle von  ganz  akut  todlich verlaufener Encephalomyelitis
disseminata.   Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1930, 128:  5-22.—
Etienne, G.   Myeiites aigues epktemiques;  2  gpidemies mili-
taires.   Nouv. iconog.  Salpetrtere,  1916-17, 28:  199-225.
------Une  etape dans  l'application de la serotrterapie des
myeiites aigues par le serum de l'lnstitut Pasteur; serotrterapie
dans 17 cas.   Presse  nted.,  1926,  34:  1185.------Trois
nouveaux cas de serotrterapie des myeiites aigues de  l'adulte
par  le  serum antipoliomyeiitique de l'lnstitut Pasteur (nos.
14,  15  et  16)  guerison complete.   Rev. nted. est, 1926, 54:
232-40. ------■  Svmptomes du debut des  myeiites aigues
de l'adulte.  Ann.  med.,  Par., 1927, 22:  431-48.  ------ &
Gerbaut, P.  Myeiite aigue de l'adulte; serotrterapie; guerison
complete.  Rev. med.  est, 1930, 58: 353-6.—Ferraro.  A.,  &
Jervis,  G. A.  Acute  demyelinizing disseminated encephalo-
myelitis.  N. York State J. M., 1936. 36: 139-55.—Fribourg-
Blanc.  Troubles trophiques  severes et prolonges au cours de
revolution d'une  meningo-radiculo-myelite infectieuse aigue
de nature  indeterminee.   Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr., 1935, 29:
333-8.—Giordano,  C,  & Levi. L.   Considerazioni su  un caso
di  neurassite  infettiva disseminata.  Riv.  neur.,  1928,  1:
476-88.—Kahlmeter, G.   Patho-anatomical investigations  of
cases of encephalomyelitis disseminata acuta (neuraxitis focalis
acuta)  probably belonging to Morbus Economo.  Acta med.
scand.,  1931-32, 77: 171-86.— Keschner, M.  A case of en-
cephalo-myelo-radiculitis.   J.  Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York
1934-35, 1: 213-5.—Lang, A. Ueber einen, den Redlichschen
Fallen  analogen Fall von akuter Myelitis.  Wien. klin. Wschr.,
1927, 40: 453.—Latham, O.  Some thoughts on the term acute
disseminated  encephalomyelitis and its  affinities.  Med.  J.
Australia, 1931, 2: 677-81.—Maldague, L.  Un cas de  myeiite
aigue diffuse  a developpement ascendant  chez  un enfant  de
10 ans.  Rev.  med., Louvain, 1928, 97-101.—Marsden, J. P.
Acute perivascular myelinoclasis; acute disseminated encephalo-
myelitis; a report of 2  further cases associated with exanthem-
ata.  Lancet,  Lond.,  1934, 2:  871.—Martin, J. P.   Acute
disseminated   encephalo-myelitis.    Ibid.,  1928,  2:  628.—
Mattirolo,  G.  Note sulle  mieliti primitive acute disseminate
Baglivi, 1936, 2: 81-102.—Pagani-Cesa, A.   Un gravissimo
caso di  encefalo-mielo-radicolite con esito in guarigione.  Pediat
med. prat., Tor.,  1936, 11:  531-5.—Paul, F.   Myelitis acuta
disseminata.   Wien. med. Wschr., 1928, 78: 190.—Revello, M.
Sclerosi in placche ad  inizio acuto  (encefalite  epidemica)''
Cervello, 1929, 8: 87-93.—Richon, Girard  & Kissel.  Sur
quelques cas  de myeiites aigues  primitives  de  leur  rapport
possible avec la sclerose de plaques.  Rev. med. est, 1932, 60:
49-61.—Rouslacroix & Coulange.   Un cas de nevraxite aigue
diffuse  giterie par le serum de Pettit.  Marseille med.,  1928,
65: 277-81.—Stout, R.  E., & Karnosh, L. J.  Acute disseminated
encephalomyelitis;  its  clinical manifestations and  sequelae. 
ENCEPHALOMYELITIS
266
ENCEPHALOMYELITIS
J. Am. M. Ass., 1933, 101: 667-72.  Also repr.—Van Bogaert, L.
Contribution  clinique  au  probteme  des  encephalomyelites
disseminees  aigues,  d'origine  indeterminee,  chez  l'enfant.
Ann.  med.,  Par., 1932, 31: 59-79.  ------   Les  probtemes
etiologiques  de la mydite disseminee aigue.   Presse  med.,
1932,  40: 44-6.  ------ & Baeten, J.  Les probtemes etiolo-
giques de la myeiite  disseminee aigue.  Ibid., 1930, 38:  1770-
2.—Villaverde, J.  M.  de.  La mielitis  diseminada aguda.
Med.  ibera, 1932, 26:  829-39.—Wimmer, A.   [Acute  non-
suppurative  inflammations of  the central  nervous system
(encephalomyelitis)]   Hospitalstidende,  1933,  76:  517-35,
iO pl.—Zambrano, E.  Su di  un caso di encefalite  acuta dis-
seminata. Pediatria  (Riv.) 1933, 41: 67-72.

----   disseminated:  Cause.
    Baker, A.  B.   Encephalomyelitis, probably  due to lead
 poisoning; report of a case.  Am. J.  Path., 1934, 10: 637-45,
 2  pl.—Fisher, J. H.. & Gilmour, J. R.  Encephalomyelitis
 following administration of  sulphanilamide.  Lancet, Lond.,
 1939, 2: 301-5.—Frissell, L.  F.  Report of a case of dissemin-
 ated myelitis of doubtful origin  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1914, 86:
 132.—Paul,  F.  Zur  Aetiologie der  Encephalomvelitis dis-
 seminata. Med. Klin., Berl., 1928, 24: 732; 773.—Thompson,
 R.  H.  Encephalo-myelitis  disseminata  following ascending
 neuritis.  J.  Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1935,  81: 373-87.—Weinstein,
 E.   Disseminated, subacute, productive  encephalitis of  un-
 known etiology.  J. Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York, 1938-39, 5:
 179-84.

 ----  disseminated, chronic.

    See also Sclerosis multiplex.
    Krober,  G.   Chronische  disseminierte  Encephalomyelitis.
 Zschr. ges.  Neur. Psychiat.,  1933,  148: 38-49—Schaefer,  R.
 Ein  Beitrag  zur Kenntnis  der  Encephalomyelitis  chronica.
 Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1928, 107: 205-10.

 ----  disseminated: Clinical aspect.
    Albrecht, O.  Zur Klinik und Therapie der Encephalomyeli-
 tis.  Wien. klin.  Wschr., 1927, 40: 1122-4.—Bau-Prussakowa,
 S.  [Disseminated inflammation of the central nervous system
 with paraplegia of the lower extremities and affection of the
 knee-joints]   Neur. polska,  1938,  21: 116-8.—Bouman,  L.
 [Tetanoid form  of encephalomvelitis]  Ned.  tschr.  geneesk.,
 1935, 79: 1346.—Courtois, A., & Thomas, J. A.  Myeio-encepha-
 lite psychosique.  Bull. Soc  clin. med. ment., Par., 1929,  17:
 15-8.—Langsteiner, F.   Enzephalomvelitis  und  Stauungs-
 papille.  Munch, med.  Wschr., 1937,  84:  406.—McAlpine, D.
 Myelitis with blindness: acute disseminated encephalomyelitis.
 Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond.,  1934, 27:  662-4.—Montzka, K.
 Beitrag zur Klinik der Encephalomyelitis disseminata.  Zschr.
 ges.  Neur. Psychiat., 1928, 116: 161-70.—Redlich, E.  Ueber
 abortive  Formen der  Encephalomyelitis disseminata.  Deut.
 med. Wschr., 1929, 55: 562.—Sterling, W., Wolff, M., & Stein,
 W.  Paralysies des nerfs faciaux; syndrome dysletharsrique et
 symptomes  alternatifs  au cours  de  l'encephalomyeiite dis-
 seminee.  Rev. neur.. Par., 1935, 42: pt 2, 293.—Targowla, R.
 [Disseminated neuraxitis of anxiety type]  Rev. neur. psychiat
 Praha, 1931, 28: 201-17.—Verger  & Lartigaut.   Encephalo-
 myeiite diffuse et  myoclonie.  J.  med. Bordeaux,  1920, 50:
 302.

 ----  disseminated: Diagnosis.

    Feldman,  M.   *Disseminierte  Myelitis  und
 multiple  Sklerose   (Beitrag  zur   Diagnosenstel-
 lung)   [Basel]   16p.    8?   Mulhouse,  1937.
    Bau-Prussak.    Un  cas  d'encephalo-myeiite  disseminee
 simulant  la  syringobulbie et  la  svringomveiie,  avec  stase
 papillaire.  Rev. neur., Par., 1934, 41: pt 2, 154.—Coleman, F.
 H.  ?Encephalomyelitis.  Proc.  R.  Soc. M.,  Lond.,  1935-36,
 29: 1217.—Haberman, J. V.  Encephalitis disseminata, and the
 differential diagnosis  from acute cerebral multiple  sclerosis,
 pseudo-tumor and  tumor.   J.  Nerv.  Ment,  Dis.,  1923  57-
 463-84.—Wyard,  S.,  &  Hobhouse,  N.   Encephalomyelitis
 simulating diphtheritic paralysis.  Brit. M. J., 1935, 1: 523.

 ----  disseminated:  Epidemiology.
   Altschuller,  I. S., &  Sergeeva, I.  S.  [Clinical aspect of
 epidemic  encephalo-myelitis]   Nevropat.  psikhiat.,  1939  8-
 No. 1, 58-65.—Futer, D. S.  [Observations on the epidemics of
 primary, acute encephalomyelitis for the last 17 years]  Ibid.,
 1937,  6:  153-9.—Herman, E.   [Demonstration  of  cases of
 encephalomyelitis epidemica disseminata with ocular symptomsl
 Neur. polska, 1938, 21: 115.—Leroy, A.  Une epidemie a noxe
 neurotrope;  inflammation disseminee  du   systeme nerveux
 J.  neur. psychiat., Brux.,  1932,  32: 363-95.  ------  Un
 nouvelle epidemie a virus neurotrope dans  notre  province;
 inflammation disseminee du  systeme  nerveux.  Liege med
 1932, 25:  93-121.------Une epidemie d'encephalomyeio-
 nevnte; importance des  troubles mentaux; une  forme  avec
 narcolepsie; une forme  avec  vertiges  et chute.   Ibid.,  197-
 211.—Molnar, I.   [Frequency of  mild disseminated myelitis
 and encephalomyelitis]  Orv. hetil.,  1935,  79: 406-8.  Also
 Kim.  Wschr.  1935, 14: 533.—Morsier, G.  de.   Frequence
 actuelle des nevraxites disseminees a semiologie polymorphe et
a evolution benigne.  Rev. otoneur.,  Par., 1938, 16- 113 —
 Redlich,  E.   Ueber ein gehauftes Auftreten von  Krankheits-
 iallen mit den Erscheinungen der Encephalomyelitis dissemi-
 nata.  Mschr. Psychiat. Neur., 1927, 64: 152-84.  Also Wien.
 klin. Wschr., 1927, 40: 344.—Rodriguez Arias, B.  Casos de
 encefalomielitis diseminada aguda  familiar.  Rev. nted. Bar-
 celona, 1932, 17: 302-7.—Tinel. J., & Badonnel.  Encephalo-
 myeiite diffuse chez 2 enfants de la meme famille.  Rev. neur.,
 Par.. 1934, 41: 373-5.

 ----   disseminated:  Pathology.
    Adie,  W. J., Greenfield, J. G. [et al.]  Discussion on dis-
 seminated encephalo-myelitis.  Proc R. Soc  M., Lond., 1928-
 29. 22: sect,  neur., 43-7.—Bannwarth, A.  Zur Histopathologie
 der Encephalomyelitis  disseminata.  Deut.  Zschr. Nervenh.,
 1932, 125: 148-65.—Biemond, A.  [Meningo-radiculo-neuritis
 and  meningo-myelo-encephalitis;  clinical  and  pathologico-
 anatomical demonstration]   Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1937, 81:
 825-8.—Brain, W. R., Hunter, D.,  & Turnbull,  H. M.  Acute
 meningo-encephalomyelitis of childhood; report of 6 cases, with
 a pathological report of 1 case.   Lancet, Lond.,  1929, 1: 221-
 7.—Ferraro,  A.  Primary demyelinizing processes of the central
 nervous system.   Tr.  Am.  Neur.  Ass.,  1936,  62:  86-95.—
 Galloway, I. A.,  Greenfield, J.  G. [et  al.]  Discussion on en-
 cephalo-myelitis  of man and animals.   Prov.  R.  Soc.  M.,
 Lond.,  1928-29, 22: sect. comp. med. neur., 131-44.—Globus,
 J.  H.  Inflammatory disease of the central nervous system;
 so-called  nonsuppurative encephalitis  and encephalomyelitis.
 Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1932, 28: 810-43.—Hansen, J., &
 Munch-Petersen, C. J.  The Arneth  blood picture  in  dis-
 seminated encephalitis  and   disseminated  sclerosis.   Acta
 psychiat. neur., Kbh., 1935, 10: 47-69—Herman & Fusswerk.
 [Case of disseminated inflammation of the nervous system with
 unilateral predominance in the cranial nerves]   Neur. polska,
 1937, 20:  129-31.—Jedlowski, P. Riproduzione sperimentale
 di  formazioni patologiche  proprie delle leucoencefalomieliti
 umane.  Boll. Soc. ital.  biol. sper., 1938,  13: 892-4.—Jonesco-
 Mihaiesti, C, Noica, D., & Wisner. B.  Transmission experi-
 mentale au singe dune encephalo-myeiite disseminee humaine.
 C.  rend.  Acad,   sc,  1932,  194:  1028.—Laignel-Lavastine.
 Encephalomyeiite  aijrue, Itemorrhagique,  hyperplastique et
 diapedetique.  Arch. med.  exp., Par.,  1908, 20:  234-69.—
 Lesne,  E., Lhermitte,  J. [et al.]   Syndrome  bulbaire  par
 myelencephalite;   tesions olivaires  cavitaires.   Rev. neur.,
 Par.,  1935, 42: 876-84.—Lotmar, F.  Beitrage zur Histologie
 der akuten  Myelitis  und  Encephalitis,  sowie verwandter
 Prozesse.   Histol.  Arb.  ii.  Grosshirnrinde  (F.  Nissl) Jena,,
 1913-14, 6: 245-432, 12 pl.—Mandl, A..  & Puntigam, F.  Ein
 Beitrag zur Frage der Encephalomyelitis disseminata.  Deut.
 Zschr. Nervenh., 1931, 122: 183-201.—Mitchell, J. H.  Enceph-
 alomyelitis accompanied by large bullous tesions on the dorsal
 surfaces of the hands.  Arch. Derm. Syph.,  Chic, 1935,  31:
 741.—Mosny  &  Moutier,  F.   Paralysie  ascendante  aigue
 (syndrome de Landry) avec encephalo-myelonevrite chez une
 tuberculeuse;  autopsie;  discussion  clinique, anatomique et
 pathogenique.  Arch. med.  exp., Par.,  1911, 23:  284-309.—
 Pette, H. Die Stellung der  disseminierten Encephalomye-
 litis im Rahmen der akut  entzundlichen  Erkrankungen  des
 Zentralnervensystems.   Zbl.  inn. Med.,  1935,  56:  377-9.—
 Putnam, T. J.  Disseminate  encephalomyelitis: a histologic
 syndrome assoeiated with thrombosis of small cerebral vessels.
 Arch. Neur.  Psychiat.,  Chic,  1937, 38:  1127-9.  ------ &
 Alexander, L.  Disseminated  encephalomyelitis; a histologic
 syndrome associated with thrombosis of small cerebral vessels.
 Ibid., 1939. 41:  1087-110.—Rivers, T.  M., Sprunt, D. H., &
 Berry, G. P.   Observations on attempts to  produce acute dis-
 seminated encephalomyelitis in monkeys.  J. Exp. M., 1933,
 58: 39-53, 3 pl.—Rochon-Duvignaud, Jumentie. J., & Valiere-
 YlaJeix' v-  Cecite a marche rapide avec stase  papillaire mo-
 deree; mort dans le coma avec contractures intenses et gene-
 rahsees; foyers multiples  d'encephalite  interessant les radia-
 tions  optiques.  Rev. neur., Par.,  1923,  30: pt 2,  73-80.—
 Schaefer,  R.  Zur Kenntnis der Encephalomvelitis disseminata.
 Deut  Arch.  klin. Med,  1930,  167: 273-87.—Straussler, E.
 Die Bedeutung  der Histopathologie in  der Lehre  von der
 Enzephalomyditis.   Wien.  med. Wschr.,  1931,  81:  1003;
 1035.—Vialetto, E.  Contributo clinico ed anatomo-patologico
 alio studio delle encefalomieliti.  Note psichiat.,  Pesaro, 1936,
 oi> i Zi\)o—oJ.y.

 ----  disseminated: Pathology, comparative.

   Vogeley, F.  W. G.   *Multiple  Sklerose und
 akute   disseminierte  Encephalomyelitis   [Miin-
 chen]   29p.   8?  Heidelb., 1935.
   Winograd,  A.   *Die Frage  der  Beziehungen
 zwischen  Encephalomyelitis   disseminata  und
 multipler  Sklerose    [Basel]    23p.     8?   Riga,
 1936.
  Gerstmann, J., & Straussler, E. Beitrag zum Problemgebiet
der  Encephalomyelitis  und  der  multiplen  Sklerose.   Deut.
Zschr.  Nervenh.,   1930,   116:  140-3.   Also Arch. Psychiat.,
Berl  1931, 93: 182-211,—Gill, J. C, & Richter, R.  Encepha-
litis disseminata; a clinical and anatomic  report of a case  with
features akin  to multiple sclerosis and diffuse sclerosis. Arch.
Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1932, 28:  1072-90.—Grinker,  R. R., &
Bassoe, P.   Disseminated encephalomvelitis; its relation to
other  infections of  the  nervous system.   Ibid.,  1931,  25: 
ENCEPHALOMYELITIS                    267                   ENCEPHALOMYELITIS
 723-47.   Also  repr.—Hassin,  G. B.   Disseminated  ence-
 phalomyelitis, meningoencephalomyeloradiculitis, versus mul-
 tiple sclerosis.  Tr. Am. Neur. Ass.,  1938, 64:  4-8.  Also
 Arch.  Neur.  Psychiat.,  Chic,  1938,  40:  1111-25.—Jakob.
 Ueber  diffus  verbreitete  Myelitis  und  ihre  Beziehungen
 zur multiplen und diffusen  Sklerose.   Berl.  klin.  Wschr.,
 1914, 51: 285.—Juba, A.  Die Beziehungen zwischen multipler
 Skerose  und  Encepbalomvelitis disseminata.   Deut, Zschr.
 Nervenh., 1937, 143: 268-82.—McAlpine, D.  Acute  dissemi-
 nated  encephalomyelitis: its  sequelae and its relationship to
 disseminated  sclerosis.   Lancet, Lond.,  1931,  1:  846-52.—
 Peters,  G.  Zur  Frage  der Beziehungen zwischen  der  dis-
 seminierten, nichteitrigen Encephalomyelitis und der multiplen
 Sklerose.  Zschr.  ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1935, 153: 356-84.—
 Putnam,  T.  J.  Evidences of vascular  occlusion in multiple,
 sclerosis and encephalomyelitis.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic,
 1937, 37: 1298-321.  Also J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1937, 85: 72.
 ------Lesions of encephalomyelitis and  multiple sclerosis;
 venous thrombosis and the  primary  alteration.   J.  Am.  M.
 Ass., 1937, 108: 1477-80.  Also N. England J. M., 1937, 216:
 103.—Reuter, A., & Bayer, L. Ueber die multiple Sklerose  und
 die  verwandten  akuten  Encephalomyelitiden.   Nervenarzt,
 1939, 12: 62-71.

 ----   enzootic.

    See  also Encephalomyelitis subheadings  (Au-
 jeszky's type; avian; Borna type; equine; enzo-
 otic—in fox, &c.)
   Donatien, A., & Bosselut, R.  Encephalite aigue contagieuse
 du bceuf.  Rev. gin. mid. v6t., 1922,  31:  185-91— Goulart,
 G.  Contribuicao  para  o  diagnostico  clinico  da encefalo-
 mielite.   Rev. mil.  med. vet.,  Rio,  1938,  1: 365-70—Hup-
 bauer, A.  Ueber eine in Jugoslawien beobachtete seuchen-
 hafte Gehirnruckenmarksentzundung.  Wien. tierarztl. Mschr.,
 1933,  20: 673-84.—Jakob,  C, & Jakob,  H.   Ueber   eine
 bisher beim  Maulwurf  (Talpa  europaea)  ncch  nicht  beo-
 bachtete  disseminierte Encephalitis.  Deut. tierarztl. Wschr.,
 1938,  46: 5.—Marchand, L.,  Moussu, R., &  Bonn etat. A.
 L'encephalite  enzootique  des  bovktes.    Rev.  med.  v6t.,
 1925, 101: 387-417.—Souza Vieira, M. de, Costa Monteiro, A.
 da,  &  Olegario da  Silva, J.,  jr.   Estudo de uma epizootia de
 encephalite,  no municipio de S. Borja, Rio Grande do  Sul,
 resumo dos trabalhos de laboratorio.  Rev. mil. med. vet., Rio,
 1938, 1: 61-8, tab.—Stewart, S. L. Importance of nursing in
 encephalomyelitis.  Vet. Med.,  Chic,  1938, 33: 572.—Tang,
 F. F., &  Ruiz Castaneda, M.  An attempt to cultivate bacteria
 from rabbit encephalitis viruses.  J. Bact., Bait.,  1928,  16: 431-
 6.—Vogel.  Encephalomyelitis  infectiosa in den  Vereinigten
 Staaten von Amerika.  Munch, tierarztl. Wschr.,  1937,  88: 689-
 94.—Ziegler, M. Ueber Bornasche Krankheit, Katarrhalfieber
 und Schafenzephalitis im Freistaat Sachsen.  Berl. tierarztl.
 Wschr.,  1933, 49: 757; 773.

 ----   enzootic—in fowl.
   See Encephalomyelitis, avian.

 ----   enzootic—in fox.
   Cunningham, J. R.  A distemper like disease  of  the  fox-
 Vet. Rec, Lond., 1932, 12: 141-4.—Dalling. T.  Distemper in
 the  fox.   Ibid.,  141.—Green, R. G.  Distemper in the silver
 fox  (Culpes vulpes)  Proc.  Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y.,  1925-26,
 23:  677.  ------   Epizootic  encephalitis  of  foxes; general
 consideration of fur-range epizootics.  Am. J. Hyg., 1931,  13:
 201-23.   ------  Fox encephalitis.   Vet.  Med., Chic, 1936,
 31:  527-31.  ■------ & Dewey, E. T.  Fox encephalitis  and
 canine distemper.  Proc. Soc.  Exp.  Biol.,  N.  Y., 1929-30,
 27:  129.—Green, R.  G., Green, B. B.  [et al.]   Epizootic fox
 encephalitis; the occurrence of the virus in the upper respiratory
 tract in  natural and experimental infections.  Am. J.  Hyg.,
 1936, 24: 57-70, 3 pl.—Green, R. G.,  Katter, M. S. [et  a!.]
 Epizootic fox encephalitis; the intranuclear inclusions.  Ibid.,
 1933, 18: 462-81.—Green, R. G., & Shillinger. J. E. Epizootic
 fox  encephalitis; a description  of the experimental infection
 in dogs.  Ibid., 1934, 19: 362-91 —Green, R. G.. Zieglar, N. R.
 [et al.]  Epidemic  encephalitis in foxes.   J. Bact.,  Bait., 1928,
 15:  47.   Also C.  rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 100:  327-30.   Also
 Am. J. Hyg., 1930, 12: 109-29.  -----:  Epizootic fox ence-
 phalitis;  experimental transmission.   Ibid.,  1931,  14: 353-73.
 ------■  General and pathogenic properties of the virus.  Ibid.,
 1934, 19: 343-61.   ------   Nature of  the  immunity.  Ibid.,
 1935, 21:  366-88.—Levaditi, C.  A  propos de l'encephalite
 epidemique des renards.   C  rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 100: 326.
 ------Lepine, P. [et al.]  Encephalite epizootique du renard;
 localisation des tesions dans la substance blanche.  Ibid., 1930,
 104: 755-60.—Levaditi, C. Lepine, P..  & Bazin, J.  Au sujet
 de  l'encephalomyeiite epizootique du  renard.    Ibid.,  103:
 136-42.—Levaditi. C, Lepine, P.,  & Schoen, R.  L'encephalo-
 myeiite epidemique du renard.  Ibid.,  1929, 100: 1007-12.—
 Schoop,  G.   Ansteckende  Gehirnentziindung  beim  Fuchs.
 Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1936, 44: 101-4.

----   enzootic—in horse.

   See also  Encephalomyelitis subheadings (Borna
type; equine)
   Balzamentov, A. D. [Changes in the  brain of horses having
died with symptoms of encephalomyelitis]   Sovet, vet., 1939,
16: 25—Haring, C. M., Howarth, J. A., & Meyer, K. F.  An
infectious brain disease of horses and mules (encephalomyelitis)
North Am. Vet., 1931, 12: 29-36. Also Vet. Bull., Wash., 1932,
26: 51-8.—Holz.  Ein Beitrag zu der hamorrhagischen Enze-
phalitis der Pferde in Wurttemberg.  Zschr. Infektkr. Haustiere,
1935, 48: 70-6, 2  pl.—Lebedev, N. A.  [Measurement of neu-
rones of the  central nervous system in epizootic cerebral affec-
tions of horses (encephalomyelitis,  meningitis, and meningeal
diseases)]  Sovet.  psikhonevr., 1937, 13: 62-75, 3 pl.—Meyer,
K.  F.   Neurotropic  virus infections  of  the  horse.   Collect.
Repr. Williams Hooper Found., 1934-38, 15: No. 625, 2915-25.
------ Haring, C. M., & Howitt. B.  Newer knowledge of the
neurotropic  virus  infections  of the horse.  J. Am.  Vet. M.
Ass., 1931, 79: 376-89.—Thum. H.   Die enzootische Meningo-
encephalitis  der Pferde.  Mhefte prakt. Tierh.,  1911-12, 23:
60-84.

----   enzootic—in mouse.
   Gildemeister, E., & Ahffeld, I.  Ueber eine bei der  weissen
Maus   spontan   aufgetretene  Meningo-Enzephalomyelitis.
Zbl. Bakt.,  1. Abt.,  1938, 142: 144-8.—Iguchi,  M.   On the
spontaneous encephalomyelitis of mice and its  virus.  Kitasato
Arch.,  1939, 16:  56-78,  5 pl.—Olitsky, P.  K.   Viral effect
produced by intestinal contents of normal mice and  of those
having spontaneous encephalomyelitis.  Proc  Soc. Exp. Biol.,
N. Y., 1939, 41: 434-7.—Theiler, M.  Spontaneous encephalo-
myelitis of mice,  a new virus disease.  J. Exp. M., 1937, 65:
705-19.   Also repr.

----   enzootic—in rabbit.

   See  also Encephalitozoon.
   Bald, J.,  & Gal, E.  Ueber die  spontane  Encephalitis der
Kaninchen und deren Bedeutung in der atiologischen Forschung
der epidemischen  Encephalitis sowie in sonstigen Kaninchen-
versuchen.   Virchows Arch.,  1927,  265: 386-402.—Bigoni,
A.  Ricerche sul  liquor nell'encefalite spontanea dei  conigli.
Note psichiat.,  Pesaro,  1924, 3.  ser., 12: 271-85.—Bon-
figlio. F.  Nuovi  dati e nuove vedute sulla  cosl detta ence-
falite spontanea del  coniglio  (soroplasmosi) e sul  suo paras-
sita (Soroplasma citophilum)  Ibid., 1925, 3. ser., 13:  353-96.
------   L'encefalite  spontanea del  coniglio  ed il problema
etiologico  dell'encefalite  sperimentale  cosiddetta da  paralisi
progressiva.    Policlinico,  1925, 32:  sez.  prat.,  377-85.—
Cowdry, E.  V.  The geographical  distribution of spontaneous
encephalitis  in rabbits.  J.  Exp.  M.,  1926, 43: 725-32.—
Levaditi, C, Schoen, R., & Sanchis-Bayarri,  V.   Encephalite
spontanee du lapin,  provoquee par  le  Toxoplasma cuniculi.
C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 97: 1692.  ------  Recherches sur
l'encephalo-myeiite toxoplasmique du lapin.   Ibid., 1928, 98:
292-6.   ------ L'encephalo-myeiite toxoplasmique chronique
du  lapin  et de la  souris.   Ibid.,  99:  37-40.—Levaditi, C,
Sanchis-Bayarri,  V.  [et  al.]   Etude  sur l'encephalo-myeiite
provoquee par le  Toxoplasma cuniculi.  Ann. Inst. Pasteur,
Par., 1929, 43: 673; 1063.—Oliver. J.  Morphologic differenti-
ation of meningo-encephalitis  of rabbits and epidemic  (lethar-
gic)  encephalitis;  with a note on  the occurrence  of parasites
in the former disease. Arch. Neur. Psychiat.,  Chic, 1924, 11:
321-7.—Pagano Leonetti, A.   [Sull'encefalite spontanea del
coniglio]  Pathologica, Genova, 1927, 19: 491-4.—Pette, H.
Experimentelle Studien zum Problem der sogenannten Spon-
tanencephalitis der Kaninchen.  Zschr. Hyg., 1927-28, 108:
700-32.—Petter,  H.  Ueber  eine  spontan  beim Kaninchen
auftretende  encephalitische Erkrankung.  Klin. Wschr., 1925,
4: 257-60.—Rivela Greco, A.  Ricercbe sulla encefalite del
coniglio (soroplasmosi)  in  Puglia.   Note psichiat.,  Pesaro,
1928, 16: 43-9.—Schuster,  J.   Ueber  eine spontan beim
Kaninchen  auftretende  encephalitische  Erkrankung;  Be-
merkungen zur Arbeit von H. Petter.  Klin.  Wschr., 1925, 4:
550.—-Seifried, O.  Zum Problem der spontanen und experi-
mentellen Encephalitis  beim Kaninchen.   Zschr.  Infektkr.
Haustiere, 1929,  36:  18-30.—Siniscalchi, R.  Ricerche speri-
mentali sull'encefalite spontanea dei conigli.  Note psichiat.,
Pesaro,  1925, 3.  ser.. 13: 45-56.—Twort, C.  C.  Encephalo-
myelitis of rabbits. Vet. J., Lond., 1922, 78: 194-7.

----   enzootic—in  sheep [Looping ill]

   Priemer [K.] B.   *Gibt es beim Schaf eine  der
seuchenhaften    Gehirnruckenmarksentzundung
(Borna'schen  Krankheit)  des  Pferdes analoge
Erkrankung?   34p.  8?  Lpz., 1925.
   Alston, J. M., & Gibson, H. J.  A note on the experimental
transmission of louping-ill to mice.   Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1931,
12: 82-S.—Beck,  A.  Beitrag zur enzootischen Encephalitis
des Schafes.  Zschr.  Infektkr.  Haustiere, 1925,  28:  99-110,
2 pl.  ------ & Frohbose, H.  Die enzootische Encephalitis
des  Schafes;  vergleichende  experimentelle   Untersuchungen
uber  die  seuchenhafte  Gehirnruckenmarksentzundung  der
Pferde und  Schafe.  Arch.  wiss. prakt. Tierh.,  1926,  54: 84-
110.—Czarkowska-Gladney, J., & Hurst, E.  W.   Some data
concerning the infectivity, survival  and powers  of diffusion
of the virus of louping-ill.   Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1931, 12:
426-41.—Gordon,  W. S., Brownlee,  A. [et  al.]   Studies  in
louping-ill (an encephalomyelitis of sheep)   J.  Comp. Path.,
Edinb.,  1932, 45: 106-40.—Greig. J. R., Brownlee, A. [et al.]
The nature of louping-ill.  Vet. Rec, Lond., 1931,11: 325-33.—
Hurst, E, W, The  transmission  of louping-ill  to the mouse 
ENCEPHALOMYELITIS
268
ENCEPHALOMYELITIS
and  the monkey: histology of the experimental disease.  J.
Comp. Path., Edinb., 1931  44: 231-45, pl.—Lepine. L.  Etude
des proprietes du virus de la tremblante du mouton.  C. rend.
Soc.  biol.,  1931,  108: 476-8.  ------  Sur le virus  ecossais
de la tremblante du mouton (louping ill) inoculation au mouton.
Ibid., 397-9.  ------ Etudes sur la tremblante du  mouton
par inoculation a la  souris.   Ibid., 665-7.—MacLeod,  J., &
Gordon, W. S.   Studies in louping-ill  (an encephalomyelitis
of sheep) transmission bv the sheep tick, Ixodes ricinus  L.
J. Comp. Path.,  Lond.,  1932, 45: 240.—Marchand, L.  Re-
cherches anatomo-pathologiques sur la nevraxite infectieuse
de mouton.  Rec. med. vet., 1927,  103:  24-39— Miessner, H.
Seuchenhafte  Gehirn-Riickenmarksentzundung  des  Schafes;
Meningo-Encephalomvelitis epidemica  ovis.  Deut. tierarztl.
Wschr., 1926,  34: 637-9— Mironov, V.  S.  [Encephalomyelitis
of sheep (louping-ill) and its significance for the understanding
of certain infections in man]  Med. parazit., Moskva, 1939, 8:
137-40.—Nicolau, S., Kopciowska,  L. [et al.]  Inclusions cyto-
plasmiques dans le cerveau de la souris normale et inclusions
decrites  chez  la souris morte apres inoculation du virus de
tremblante du mouton (louping ill) C.  rend.  Soc biol.,  1933,
114: 441-3.—Pool, W. A.  The etiology of louping-ill, a review
of literature.  Vet. J.,  Lond., 1931,  87:  177; 222.  •-----
Brownlee, A.,  &  Wilson, R.  D.   The  etiology of  louping-ill.
J. Comp. Path., Edinb.,  1930, 43: 253-90.—Treatment  of
tremblings in sheep; farmers and the use of calcium gluconate.
Vet.  Rec, Lond.,  1931, 11: 304.—Webster, L. T., & Fite, G. L.
Infection in mice following nasal instillation of louping-ill virus.
Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1933,  30: 656.

----  enzootic—in swine.

   See also Encephalomyelitis, Aujeszky's type.
   Rump!,  L.   Auftreten  der Encephalomyelitis  enzootica
suum in Oesterreich.   Wien. tierarztl. Mschr.,1939, 26: 1-6.

----  epidemic.
    See Encephalitis,  epidemic; also subheadings
 of  Encephalomyelitis.

 ----  equine [American]

    For  the  Borna  type  of  enzootic  encephalo-
 myelitis  in horses  see Encephalomyelitis, Borna
 type.
    Bailly.   A  propos  de l'encephalomyeiite infectieuse des
 equides.  Rev. vet. mil., Par.,  1937, 21: 315-39.  Also Rev.
 mil. med. vet., Rio, 1938, 1: 152-63.—Campbell, J. N.  Equine
 encephalomyelitis. North Am. Vet., 1938, 19: No. 12, 31-6.—
 Derrick, J. D.  Equine encephalomyelitis.  Vet. Bull , Wash.,
 1938,  32: 133-6.  ------& Fort Dodge Serum Co., Research
 Staff.   Equine encephalomyelitis.  Ibid.,  1936,  30:  No. 3,
 174-92.—Equine  encephalomyelitis.    Ibid.,  1038,  32: 63;
 293.—Farquharson,  J.  Infectious equine  encephalomyelitis
 J.  Am. Vet,  M.  Ass., 1939,  94: 459-65.—Giltner, L. T., &
 Shahan, M. S.  Horse  disease,  known as  encephalomyelitis,
 yielding to research.  Yearb. U. S. Dep. Agr.,  1935, 233-6.
 ------The  present status  of  infectious  equine  encephalo-
 myelitis in  the United States.  J. Am. Vet.  M. Ass , 1936, 88:
 363-74.—Howitt, B. F.  Equine  encephalomyelitis.  J. Infect.
 Dis., 1932,  51: 493-510.—Infectious equine encephalomyelitis.
 North Am. Vet., 1938, 19: No. 7, 41.—Meyer, K. F. A sum-
 mary  of  recent  studies on equine  encephalomyelitis.   Ann.
 Int. M., 1932, 6: 645-54.—Mohler, J. R.   The present status
 of equine encephalomyelitis in the United States of America
 North Am. Vet., 1936, 17: 34-8.—Nye, E. L., & Christensen,
 N. F.  Equine encephalomyelitis.   Vet.  Bull.,  Wash.,  1938,
 32:  60-2.—Padron  Torra, A.   Estado  actual  de  nuestros
 conocimtentos  sobre encefalomielitis equina.  Rev.  san. mil
 Habana, 1939, 3: 188-216.—Rosenow,  E. C, & Schlotthauer!
 C. F.  Studies on the relation of streptococci to the etiology of
 equine encephalomyelitis.  Proc.  Mayo  Clin , 1937, 12: 631-6.
 ----;—  Further studies on the relation of streptococci to epi-
 demic  equine encephalomyelitis: treatment and  prophylaxis.
 Ibid.,  825-30.—Salsberg,  C.  E.  Equine  encephalomyelitis
 North Am.  Vet., 1936, 17: 21-31.—Schoening, H. W.  Recent
 developments in equine encephalomyelitis.  Vet.  Med   Chic
 1939,  34: 84-9.—Tyzzer, E. E.,  Sellards, A. W., & Bennett!
 B. L.  Occurrence in nature of equine encephalomyelitis in the
 ring-necked pheasant.  Science, 1938, 88: 505.—Vitor, Faria &
 Pais.   Encefalo-mielite  epizootica dos equinos.   Rev  mil
 med. vet., Rio, 1938, 1: 139-44.

 ----   equine: Argentine type.

   Ackermann, L. F.  Algunas observaciones sobre un foco de
 encefalomielitis equina durante la epizootia  de Enero-Febrero
 de 1936.  Rev. med. vet., B. Air., 1936, 18: 471-83.—Lerena,
 C. A.  La encefalo-mielitis o meningitis cerebro-espinal de Iso
 caballos.  Rev. zootecn., B. Air., 1936,  23:  172-8.—Quevedo,
 J. M.  Breves comentarios clinicos sobre la ultima epizootia de
 encefalo-mielitis de los equinos.  Rev. med. vet., B. Air., 1936
 18: 536-43.—Remlinger, P.. & Bailly, J. Quelques symptomes
 de 1 encephalomyeiite experimentale des equides (Virus argen-
tin)  Bull. Acad. vet. France, 1935, 8: 420-8. ------  Modes
de transmission du virus de l'encephalomyeiite des equides en
Argentine.   C.  rend.  Soc.  biol.,  1935,  120: 983-5.
Transmission de l'encephalite argentine des equides au chien,
au chat et au rterisson.  Ibid., 1067-9.
Transmission
de l'encephalo-myeiite argentine des equides a l'oie, au canard,
a la buse et au merle.  Ibid.,  1936, 121: 146-9.  ------  Stege
du virus dans l'encephalomyeiite argentine des equides.  Ibid.,
429-31.  ——■—   Action, sur  le virus de l'encephalomyeiite
argentine des equides,  de la  dessication, de la chaleur, de la
glycerine, de l'ether  et de la dilution.   Ibid.,  626-9.  ------
Inoculabilite  du  virus  de l'encephalomyeiite  argentine  des
equides par la  voie  du conduit auditif  externe.   Ibid., 933.
        Contribution a l'etude  de la nature du virus de l'ence-
 phalomyeiite argentine des equides.  Ibid., 1265.—Rosenbusch,
 F.  Ueber die epizootische Enzephalomyelitis der Pferde in
 Argentinien.   Zschr.  Infektkr. Haustiere, 1934-35,  47:  48-
 59.—Rottgardt, A., & Riglos, A.  La encefalomielitis equina en
 la Republica Argentina (epizootia 1935-36)  Rev. Soc. argent.
 biol., 1937, 13: 52-6.

 ----   equine: Control.
    Gochenour, W. S.  Recently acquired knowledge concerning
 equine encephalomvelitis and its relationship to the problem of
 control.  North Am.  Vet., 1939,  20: No.  6, 20-5.—Illinois
 veterinarians combat  equine encephalomyelitis.  Ibid., No. 1,
 25-7.  Also Vet. Pract., Evanston, 1939, 20: 16-8.—Lyon. B. M.
 Present status of equine  encephalomyelitis  and its  control.
 Cornell Vet., 1939, 29: 198-216—Lyon, E. M.   Equine enceph-
 alomyelitis and its  control.  North Am. Vet., 1938,  19:  No.
 12, 22-30.—Mohler, J. R. Control methods in infectious equine
 encephalomyelitis. Vet. Med., Chic,  1938, 33: 36-9.

 ----   equine: Eastern type.
    Finkelstein, H., Marx, W. [et al.]  Rate of inactivation of
 equine encephalomyelitis virus, Eastern strain, relative to H ion
 concentration.  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1938-39, 39: 103-
 5.—Giltner, L. T., &  Shahan, M.  S.   The 1933  outbreak of
 infectious  equine encephalomyelitis  in  the  Eastern  states.
 North Am. Vet., 1933, 14: 25-7.—King, L. S.  The pathology
 of  Eastern equine encephalomyelitis in the guinea pig.  Am. J.
 Path., 1938, 14: 636.   ------  Studies on Eastern equine  en-
 cephalomyelitis; histopathology of the nervous system in  the
 guinea  pig.  J. Exp.  M., 1938, 68:  677-92,  4 pl.  Also repr.
 ------Studies on Eastern equine  encephalomyelitis; patho-
 genesis of the disease in the guinea pig.   Ibid., 1939, 69: 675-
 89, pl.  ---;--- Studies on Eastern equine encephalomyelitis;
 intraocular infection with fixed virus in the guinea pig.  Ibid
 691-704,  pl.—Tenbroeck,  C,  Hurst, E. W.,  &  Traub, E.
 Epidemiology of equine encephalomvelitis in the Eastern United
 States.  Ibid.,  1935, 62: 677-85.  Also repr.—Van Roekel,  H.,
 &  Clarke, M. K.  Equine encephalomyelitis  virus (Eastern
 type) isolated from ring-necked pheasant.  J. Am. Vet. M. Ass.,
 1939, 94:  466-8.

 ----  equine: Epizootics.
   Doyle. L. P. Midwinter equine encephalitis.  J.  Am. Vet
 M. Ass., 1937, 90:  786-8—Emoto, O.. Kondo. S-, & Watanabe,
 M.  On the epidemic equine encephalitis which occurred in  the
 year 1935 in Japan.   J. Jap. Soc Vet. Sc, 1936,  15: 41-63 4
 pl.—Equine encephalomyelitis—1938.  Vet. Bull., Wash., 1939,
 33: 130-2.—Head, C.  Equine encephalomyelitis not infectious
 in Saskatchewan.  Vet. Med., Chic,  1939, 34: 431-3.—Kelser,
 R.  A.  Equine encephalomyelitis  in Panama   Vet. Bull.,
 Wash.,  1937, 31:  19-21.—Leasure. E. E.  Equine encephalo-
 myelitis in Kansas.   North Am.  Vet.,  1934, 15: 16-21.__
 Osteen, O.  L.   Infectious  equine encephalomyelitis;  mid-
 winter case.  J. Am. Vet. M. Ass.,  1939, 94: 441.—Randall, R.
 Notes  on  the  New  England outbreak of equine encephalo-
 myelitis.  Vet.  Bull., Wash., 1939, 33: 87-95.—Roberts, S. J.,
 & Moore, G. R.  Report on equine enzootic encephalomyelitis
 at  the  Kansas state  veterinary college clinic.  Cornell Vet
 1939  29:  270-8.—Zecha,  J.  R.   Kansas horse plague  and
 encephalomyelitis. Vet. Med., Chic, 1939, 34: 150.

 ----  equine: Human cases.

   Eklund, C.  M., & Blumstein, A.   The relation of human
 encephalitis to encephalomyelitis  in  horses.  J. Am. M  Ass
 t  Li11/ l^.—Euqine encephalomyelitis in man.  Brit.  M.
 J., 1939, 1: 877.—Farber, S., & Branch. C.  Pathologic observa-
 tions on equine encephalitis  in man.  Arch. Path., Chic, 1939
 27: 647-9.—Feemsier, R. F.  Outbreak of encephalitis in man
 due to the Eastern virus of  equine encephalomyelitis.  Am. J.
 Pub Health, 1938, 28: 1403-10.—Foster. M. A.  Acute ence-
 ?n!A°m2 o^: e?|llne  or avian?  Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic,
 1939, 42: 370.-Fothergi!l, L. D., Dingle, J. H. [et al.]   Human
 encephahtis caused by the virus of the eastern variety of equine
 encephalomyelitis.   N. England J.  M.,  1938  219-  411 —
 Fothergill, L. D Holden, M., & Wyckoff, R. W. G.  Western
 equine encephalomyelitis in a laboratory  worker.  J. Am.  M.
 Ass., 1939, 113: 206.—Isolation from human beings of equine
 encephalomyelitis virus.  Ibid., 1938, 1H: 1768.—Johnson, B.
 Vo M<>rse, L M.  Equine encephalomyelitis in man; report
 ot 6 questionable cases.  Wisconsin M. J., 1939, 38- 464-6 —
 Larimer, R  N., & Wiesser, E.  G.  Human equine encephalo-
 myelitis.  J Iowa M. Soc, 1939, 29:  287-9.— McAdams, J.  C,
 & Sorter,  J. E. Encephalitis in man  caused  by the virus of
equine encephalomyelitis.  N. England J.  M.,  1939, 221: 163-
o.— New health danger seen in horse  sleeping sickness; disease,
spread by mosquitoes,  is enough like polio so that new attack
on that UI may result.  Science News  Lett.,  1938 34- 327__ 
ENCEPHALOMYELITIS
269
ENCEPHALOMYELITIS
Olitsky, P. K., & Morgan, I. M.  Protective antibodies against
equine encephalomyelitis virus in the  serum  of  laboratory
workers.   Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol.,  N. Y.,  1939, 41:  212-5.—
Webster, L. T., & Wright, F. H.  Recovery of Eastern equine
encephalomyelitis  virus from  brain tissue of human cases of
encephalitis in  Massachusetts.   Science,  1938,  88: 305.—
Wesselhoeft, C, Smith,  E. C, & Branch, C. F.  Human en-
cephalitis;  8 fatal cases, with 4 due  to the virus  of equine
encephalomyelitis   J. Am. M. Ass., 1938, 111: 1735-41.

----  equine: Immunology.

   Beard, J. W., Finkelstein, H. [et al.]   Immunization against
equine encephalomyelitis with  chick embryo vaccines. Science,
1938, 87: 490.—Cox, H. R., & Olitsky.  P. K.   The action of
formolized  virus as a  preventive of experimental equine en-
cephalomyelitis in guinea pigs.  J.  Bact., Bait., 1936, 31: 38.
------ Active immunization  of guinea  pigs with  the virus of
equine encephalomyelitis; quantitative studies of  serum  anti-
viral  bodies in animals  immunized with active and inactive
virus.  J. Exp. M., 1936, 64:  217-22.  ------   Immunization
with formolized virus.  Ibid.,  63: 745-65.  ------   Effect of
immune serum on antigenicity of active  and inactive virus.
Ibid.,  64: 223-32.   Also repr.—Eichhorn, A., & Wyckoff, R.
W. G.  Immunological  studies on equine encephalomvelitis
J. Am Vet. M. Ass., 1938, 93: 285-90.—Howitt, B. F.   Immuni-
zation of guinea-pigs to the virus of equine encephalomyelitis.
J. Infect.  Dis., 1934, 54: 368-87.  ------   Method of trans-
mission of immunity to equine encephalomyelitic  virus in the
guinea pig.  Ibid., 1937, 61: 88-95—Meyer, K. F., Wood, F.
[et al.]  Susceptibility  of non-immune, hyperimmunized horses
and  goats to Eastern,  Western and Argentine virus of equine
encephalomyelitis.  Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y, 1934, 32: 56-
8.—Olitsky, P.  K.,  & Cox, H. R.   Active immunization of
guinea pigs with the virus of equine encephalomyelitis; quanti-
tative experiments with various  preparations of active virus.
J. Exp. M., 1936, 63: 311-24.—Olitsky. P. K., &  Harford, C. G.
Intraperitoneal and  intracerebral routes in  serum protection
tests with the virus of equine  encephalomyelitis; a comparison
of the 2 routes in protection tests.  Ibid.,  1938,  68: 173-89.
------  Intraperitoneal and  intracerebral  routes  in serum
protection  tests with  the virus  of equine encephalomyelitis;
mechanism  underlying the difference  in protective  power by
the 2 routes.  Ibid., 761-77.  ------ Intraperitoneal and intra-
cerebral  routes  in serum protection tests  with the virus of
equine encephalomyelitis; comparison of antiviral serum con-
stituents from guinea pigl immunized with active or formolized
inactive  virus.  Ibid., 779-87.  Also repr.—Records, E., &
Vawter, L.  R.  Equine encephalomyelitis  immunization.  J.
Am. Vet. M. Ass.,  1934, 84: 784-98.—Riglos, A., & Rottgart, A.
Encefalomielitis equina; ensayos de vaeunacion con antigenos
formolizados.  Rev.  sudamer.  endocr., B. Air.,  1939, 22:  230-
5.—Shahan, M. S., & Giltner, L. T. Some aspects of infection
and immunity in  equine encephalomyelitis. J. Am. Vet. M.
Ass.,  1934, 84: 928-34,  ------   Experimental  studies on
equine  encephalomyelitis; formolized  brain tissue vaccine.
North Am. Vet., 1935, 16: No. 6, 18-26.—Vaccination against
equine encephalomyelitis.  Vet. Med., Chic, 1939, 34: 137.

----  equine: Pathology.

   Covell,  W.  P.   Intranuclear  inclusions in  brain of  chick
embryo after inoculation of egg with virus of equine encephalo-
myelitis.  Proc. Soc.  Exp. Biol.,  N. Y.,  1934,  32: 51-3 —
Hurst, E. W.   The histology  of equine  encephalomyelitis.  J.
Exp.  M.,  1934, 59: 529-42, 4 pl.  Also repr.—Jabotinski, J.
Les  alterations histopathologiques du  systeme nerveux des
Iapins dans l'infection experimentale avec  le virus  de l'ence-
phalo-myeiite equine.    Ann.   Inst. Pasteur, Par.,  1938, 60:
451-64.—Lar sell,  O., Haring, C. M., &  Meyer, K. F.  Histo-
logical changes in  the central  nervous  system following equine
encephalomyelitis.   Am. J. Path , 1934, 10: 361-73, 2  pl —
Shahan, M. S., Giltner, L. T.  [et al.]  Secondary disease occur-
ring subsequent to infectious  equine  encephalomyelitis.   Vet.
Med.,  Chic,  1939,  34:  354-8.—Wyckoff,  R.  W. G.  Ultra-
centrifugal concentration of a homogeneous  heavy component
from  tissues diseased  with equine encephalomyelitis.   Proc.
Soc. Exp. Biol.,  N. Y., 1937, 36: 771-3.

----  equine: Transmission and mode of infec-

   tion.
   Herms,  W. B.,  Wheeler, C. M., & Herms, H. P.  Attempts
to transmit equine encephalomyelitis by means of blood sucking
insects, especially  mosquitoes.  J. Econom. Entom.,  1934, 27:
987-98 —Howitt, B. F.  Propagation  of virus  of  equine en-
cephalomyelitis after intranasal instillation in the guinea pig.
Proc Socf Exp. Biol.,  N. Y.,  1934, 32:  58-60.-Hurst, E. W.
Infection of the rhesus  monkey  (Macaca mulatta) and the
guinea-pig  with the virus  of equine encephalomyelitis.  J.
Path.  Bact.,  Cambr.,  1936,  42: 271-302.—Kelser,  R.  A.
Mosquitoes as vectors of the virus of equine encephalomyelitis.
Papers Internat. Vet. Congr., 1934,  12. Congr., No. 36
Transmission of the virus of equine encephalomyelitis by Aodes
taeniorhynchus.  J.  Am. Vet.  M. Ass.,  1938, 92: 195-203-
Madsen, D. E., Knowlton, G. F-, & Rowe, J. A. Further studies
on transmission of equine encephalomyelitis by  mosquitoes.
Ibid  1936, 89: 187-96.—Merrill, M. H., Lacaillade, C. W., jr,
& Broeck  C. T.   Mosquito transmission of equine encephalo-
myelitis. Science, 1934, 80: 251.—Merrill. M. H..&Ten Broeck.
V.  The transmission  of equine encephalomyelitis  virus  bv
Aedes aegypti.   J. Exp.  M., 1935,  62:  687-95.   Also repr.—
Remlinger, P.,  & Bailly,  J.  Transmission du virus de 1 ence-
phalomveiite des equides a la ein,erne.  C. rend. Soc biol., 1936,
122: 518—Sabin, A. B., & Olitsky, P. K.  Variations  in path-
ways  by which equine encephalomyelitic viruses invade the
CNS of mice and guinea-pigs.  Proc. Soc.  Exp. Bioi., N. Y.,
1938,  38: 595-7.  ------  Age  of host and capacity of equine
encephalomyelitic viruses to invade the  CNS.  Ibid., 597-9.—
Simmons, J. S.  Transmission of encephalomyelitis in the horse
and possible vectors in the human being. N. England J. M.,
1939, 220: 956-8. ------Reynolds, F. H. K., & Cornell, V. H.
Transmission of the virus of equine encephalomvelitis through
Aedes albopictus, Skuze.  Am. J. Trop. M., 1936,  16: 289-302.
Also repr.—Syverton, J. T., & Berry,  G. P.   Susceptibility of
the gopher, Citellus richardsonii (Sabine) to equine encephalo-
myelitis.  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1936, 34: 822-4.

----   equine: Treatment.

   Goldberg, S. A. The possible effect of irradiation on equine
enceohalomyelitis and on canine  distemoer.  Cornell  Vet.,
1934,  24: 267-9.—Lyon, B. M.. & Wyckoff, R. W. G.  Chick
vaccine  for equine encephalomyelitis.  Vet. Med., Chic, 1938,
33: 408.—Records, E.   Infectious equine encephalomyelitis
and its biological treatment.  Ibid., 201-3.  ——— & Vawter,
L. R.  Equine  encephalomyelitis antiserum.  J.  Am.  Vet. M.
Ass., 1933, 82: 608-16.

----   equine: Virus.

   Bauer, J. H., Cox, H. R., & Olitsky. P. K.  Ultrafiltration
of the virus of equine encephalomyelitis.   Proc. Soc  Exp.
Biol., N. Y., 1935-36, 33: 378-82.  Also repr.—Broeck, C. T., &
Merrill, M. H.  A serological difference between eastern and
western  equine encephalomyelitis  virus.   Ibid.,  1933,  31:
217-20.—Cox,  H. R.   Ti-sue  cultures  as  a more  sensitive
method than  animal inoculation  for detecting equine ence-
phalomyditis virus.  Ibid., 1935-36, 33: 607-9.—Higbie, E., &
Howitt, B.  The behavior of  the  virus  of equine encephalo-
mvelitis on the chorioallantoic membrane of the developing
chick.   J.  Bact., Bait.,  1935, 29: 399-409.—Howitt,  B. F.
Certain properties of tbe virus of equine encephalomyelitis.
J. Infect.  Dis.,  1934, 55: 138-49.  ------  An immunological
study in laboratory animals of  13  different strains of equine
encephalomyelitic virus.  J. Immun.,  Bait.,  1935, 29: 319-41.
        Complement fixation test  differentiating 3 strains of
equine encephalomyelitic virus and the virus of  lymphocytic
choriomeningitis.   Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N.  Y.,  1936-37, 35:
526-8.  —----  The Moscow No. 2 strain of equine encephalo-
myelitic virus as compared with other strains of  equine ence-
phalitic viruses.  J. Infect. Dis., 1938, 63: 269-86.  ------&
Meyer, K. F.  Tests for cross-immunity between the virus  of
Borna disease and that of  equine  encephalomvelitis.  Ibid.,
1934, 54: 364-7.—Lazarus, A. S.,  & Howitt, B. F.  Ultra-
filtration of virus of equine encephalomyelitis (Russian strain,
Moscow No 2)  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y.,  1937, 36: 595 —
Merrill, M. H.  Quantitative  studies on the neutralization  of
equine encephalomyelitis virus by immune serum; combination
of virus and  antibody in vitro.   J. Immun.,  Bait., 1936, 30:
185-92.  ------  Quantitative studies on the neutralization of
equine encephalomyelitis  virus by  immune  serum; the per-
centage law  Ibid., 193-202.   -----■ & Ten Broeck, C.  Mul-
tiplication  of  equine  encephalomyelitis virus in mosquitoes.
Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, N. Y., 1934-35, 32: 421-3.—Muratova,
A. P., & Dedova, N. P.  [Virus in the blood of mice, infected
with encephalomyelitis of horses]  J.  mikrob., Moskva, 1938,
20: No. 5, 71-3.—Olitsky, P. K-. Cox, H. R., & Syverton, J. T.
Comparative studies  on the  viruses of vesicular stomatitis
and  equine encephalomyelitis (1)    J. Exp. M.,  1934,  59:
159-71.—Records, E.. &  Vawter, L. R.  Equine encephalo-
myelitis cross-immunity in horses  between western and eastern
strains of virus.  J. Am. Vet.  M. Ass., 1934, 85:  89-95; 1935,
86: 773-7.—Remlinger, P., &  Bailly, J.  Action du ricinoteate
de sodium sur  le  virus  de  l'encephalomyeiite  des  equides.
C. rend. Soc. biol..  1936, 122: 605.—Schoening, H. W., Giltner,
L. T., & Shahan,  M. S.  Equine encephalomyelitis  produced
by inoculation of human encephalitis virus.   Science, 1938, 88:
409.—Shahan. M.  S., &  Giltner, L. T.  Equine encephalo-
myelitis  studies;  cross-immunity tests  between  Eastern  and
Western types of virus.  J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1935, 86: 764-
72.—Trager, W.   Multiplication of the virus of equine encepha-
lomyelitis in  surviving  mosquito tissues.  Am.  J. Trop. M.,
1938, 18: 387-93.—Traub, E.  Experimentelle Untersuchungen
iiber einen durch Taubenpassage  veranderten Virusstamm der
amerikanischen Pferdeenzephalomyelitis. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt.,
1938-39, 143: 7-22.
equine: Western type.
   Cox, H. R., Philip, C. B. [et al.] Observations incident to an
outbreak  of equine encephalomyelitis in the Bitterroot valley
of western Montana.  J.Am Vet. M. Ass., 1938, 93: 225-32.—
Newsom,  I. E.   Encephalomvelitis of  horses  in  Colorado.
Vet. Med., Chic, 1933, 28:  132-5.—Remlinger. P., & Bailly, J.
Transmission  de l'encephalomyeiite  des equides (virus  cali-
'fornien) au vautour fauve (Vultur fulvus Briss.)  C.  rend. Soc.
biol., 1936, 123: 562. 
ENCEPHALOMYELITIS
270
ENCEPHALOMYELITIS
   See
tious.
exanthematic.
Encephalomyelitis,  para-


experimental.
and  post-infec-
    Findlay, G. M., & Stern, R. O. Encephalomyelitis produced
 by neurotropic yellow fever virus.  J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1935,
 40: 311-8, 3 pl.—Hoefer. P. F. A.. Putnam, T. J., & Gray, M. G.
 The  experimental  production of  encephalomyelitis  by  the
 intravenous administration of coagulants.   Tr. Am. Neur.
 Ass.,  1937, 63: 85-8.—Pette,  H.   Ueber  gewisse  Formen
 encephalomyelitischer  Erkrankungen  im  Lichte tierexperi-
 menteller  Erfahrungen.   Deut.  Zschr. Nervenh.,  1927,  96:
 301-4.—Rivers, T.  M., & Schwentker, F. F.   Encephalomye-
 litis accompanied by myelin destruction experimentally produced
 in monkeys.  J. Exp. M., 1935, 61: 689-702, 3 pl.  Also repr —
 Tesdal, M.  [Experimental  encephalomyelopathy  in rabbit
 after intravenous injections of a smooth form of Pfeiffer's B.
 cultivated from a patient with meningitis] Norsk mag. laegevid.,
 1932, 93: 849, 4 pl.

 ----   funicular infectious [Munch-Petersen]
    Munch-Petersen, C. J. [Disseminated (Redlich) encephalo-
 myelitis and infectious,  funicular encephalomyelitis]  Bibl.
 laeger., 1934, 126: 97;  137.   ------  [Infectious funicular
 myelitis]  Hospitalstidende, 1934, 77: Neur.  Selsk. Forh.,  31.
 ------  Encephalomyelitis disseminata (Redlich) und Ence-
 phalomyelitis funicularis  infectiosa.  Zschr.  ges. Neur. Psy-
 chiat.,  1934,  150: 451-92.  ------  Neuere  Untersuchungen
 uber Encephalomyelitis funicularis infectiosa.  Acta psychiat.
 neur., Kbh., 1937, 12: 477-80.

 ----   granulomatous.

    See Encephalitozoon.

 ----   necrotic.
    Foix. C, & Alajouanine, T.  La myeiite necrotique subaigue:
 myeiite centrate angeio-hypertrophique a evolution progressive;
 paraptegie  amyotrophique  lentement  ascendante,   d'abord
 spasmodique, puis  flasque,  s'accompagnant  de  dissociation
 albumino-cytologique.   Rev.  neur.,  Par., 1926,  33: pt 2,
 1-42,  11 pl.—Juba, A.  Myelitis necroticans  subacuta (Foix-
 Alajouanine)  Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1938-39, 148: 17-30.—
 Marinesco, G.,  & Draganesco, S.  Myeiite necrotique aigue.
 Ann. med., Par., 1932, 31: 5-20.—Riser, Geraud & Planques.
 De l'encephalomyeiite necrotique subaigue. Rev. neur., Par.,
 1937, 67: 455-76— Roger, H., Poursines, Y., & Boudouresques,
 J.  Myeiite necrotique aigue a forme pseudotumorate d'origine
 staphylococcique vraisemblable.    Ibid.,   1939,  71:  57.—
 Stefani, S.  Osservazioni anatomo-cliniche su di un  caso di
 mielite necrotica acuta.   Note psichiat.,  Pesaro, 1936,  65:
 35-70,  2 pl.—Van  Bogaert, L., Ley, R.  A., & Brandes,  F.
 Contribution  anatomo-clinique a  l'etude de la myeiite ltecro-
 tique subaigue de Foix-Alajouanine.  Rev. neur., Par., 1930,
 37: pt 2, 1-17.—Van Gehuchten, P. Un cas de myeiite necro-
 tique aigue (etude  clinique et anatomo-pathologique)   Ibid.,
 1927, 34: 505-19.

 ----   neonatorum [Virchow]

   Albin,  H.   *Ueber  die  Encephalitis  inter-
 stitialis  congenita und  die Kornchenzellbefunde
 in Gehirnen  von  Neugeborenen und  Sauglingen
 [Munster]  47p.   8?   Konigsb.,  1933.
   Terwesten,  H.  H.    *Ueber die  Encephalitis
 interstitialis  congenita  Virchow  mit  3 eigenen
 Fallen   aus   dem   Beobachtungsmaterial  des
 Heidelberger Pathologischen Instituts   [Heidel-
 berg]   16p.  8?  Eisfeld-Thiir., 1934.
   Amolsch. A. L. True interpretation of the histologic findings
 in encephalitis congenita.  Am. J. Clin. Path., 1935, 15: 371-
 83-—Berkholz, A.   Encephalitis  interstitialis congenita Vir-
 chow.  Mschr. Kinderh., 1929, 42:  12-23.—Brandt, H.  Beitrag
 zur Encephalitis congenita (Virchow)  Virchows Arch., 1934,
 293: 487-92— Farnsworth, H. E.  Encephalitis and meningitis
 in the newborn.  J. Iowa M.  Soc, 1935, 25: 23-7.—Guillery,
 H.,  jr.   Entwicklungsgeschichtliche  Untersuchungen  als
 Beitrag zur Frage der Encephalitis interstitialis neonatorum
 (Virchow)   Zschr. ges.  Neur.  Psychiat.,  1923,  84: 205-56.
 ——-—   Encephalitis Virchow und Markscheidenentwicklung.
 Virchows Arch., 1925, 255: 706-8.—Hassin,  G. B.   Acute
 (epidemic?) encephalitis; report of a case in a new-born twin
 with histologic observations.   Arch. Neur. Psychiat.,   Chic
 1927, 18: 44-55.—Manunza. P.  Due casi di encefalite a carat-
 tere emorragico in neonati.  Riv.  sper. freniat., 1933-34, 57:
 147-63.—Querido,  A.   [Congenital encephalitis;  an  experi-
mental research]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1930, 74: pt 2, 4221-6.—
Richter, R.   Meningo-encephalomyelitis neonatorum; anatomic
^?rt,^of a case-   Arch-  Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1936, 36:
1085-100.—Schleussing,  H.    Encephalitis congenita  vera.
Schweiz. med. Wschr.,  1935,  65: 225.—Schwartz,  P.  Die
Geburtsschadigungen des  Gehirns  und die Virchowsche Ence-
phalitis  interstitialis neonatorum.  Zbl. allg. Path., 1921, 32-
59.—Siegmund,  H.   Neue  Untersuchungen  iiber die Ence-
phalitis interstitialis  congenita Virchow.  Klin.  Wschr.,  1922,
1: 2274-8.—Stewart,  W. B.  Encephalitis in children apparently
congenital and following  maternal influenza.  Am. J.  M. Sc,
1934, 188: 522-8.—Ufer,  J.  Zwei Falle von  Enzephalitis bei
Neugeborenen.   Zschr.  Geburtsh. Gyn.,  1937, 115: 290.—
Wachenheim, F. L.  Case of congenital meningoencephalitis.
Am. J.  Obst.,  1913,  67:  1036.—Wohlwill, F.   Zur Frage der
sogenannten Encephalitis congenita  (Virchow)  fiber normale
und  pathologische Fettkornchenzellbefunde bei  Neugeborenen
und  Sauglingen.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat.,  1921, 68: Orig.,
384-415.------Ueber schwerere cerebrate  Destruktions-
prozesse bei Neugeborenen und kleinen Kindern  (corticale und
medullare Encephalomalacien  und  Sklerosen)  Ibid.,  73:
Orig., 353-9.

----   neural.
   Austregesilo, A.   Las neuromielitis agudas y  subagudas.
 Dfa med., B. Air.,  1932-33, 5: 908.  Also Brasil med., 1933, 47:
 275-80.------Novos  casos  de neuromyeiites agudos  e
 subagudos.  Bol. Acad. nac. med., Rio, 1933-34, 105: 391-8.—
 Magalhaes, E.  de.   A proposito das neuromyeiites.  Brasil
 med., 1934, 48: 217-21.

 ----   neural optic [Devic]

   See also Optic  nerve, Neuritis.
   Hillion,  H. J.  T.   *De la neuromyelite  op-
 tique  aigue.  160p.  8?   Par., 1907.
   Michatjx,   L.    *La  neuro-myelite   optique
 aigue.   289p.   8?   Par., 1930.
   Acchiote, P.  Sur un cas de neuromyelite optique subaigue
 ou de maladie de Devic Rev. neur.,  Par., 1907, 15: 775-7.—
 Balser,  B. H.  Neuromyelitis optica.  Brain,  Lond., 1936, 59:
 pt 3,  353-65,  pl.—Barrera,  S.   E.   Ophthalmo-encephalc-
 myelopathy; clinico-pathological study of a case.  Psychiat. Q.,
 1932, 6: 421-37, 4  pl.—Beck. G. M.  A case of diffuse myelitis
 associated  with  optic neuritis.  Brain, Lond., 1927,  50:  687-
 703.—Berliner, M. L.  Acute optic neuritis in demyelinating
 diseases of the nervous system.  Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1935, 13:
 83-98.—Bethoux,  L., Isnel, R., & Marcoulides, J.  Neuro-
 myelite optique  aigue avec varicelle intercurrente,  traitee par
 l'abces  de  fixation   et  1'iode-benzomethylformine salicytee.
 Bull. Soc.  pediat. Paris,  1937,  35:  199-204.—Bohmig, R.
 Neuritis N. optici, Myelitis acuta und Meningitis bei Gonorrhoe.
 Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1938, 101: 889-93.—Bollack, J., Voisin, J.,
 & Wolkowicz, M.  Nevrite optique aigue avec papillite au cours
 de 1'evolution d'une sclerose en plaques fruste.  Bull. Soc. opht.
 Paris,  1936, 801-4.—Bouchut &  Dechaume.  Etude histo-
 pathologique d'un  cas de neuropticomyeiite aigue.   Ann. anat.
 path., Par.,  1927, 4: 357-72. ------& Lebeuf. Contribution
 a  l'etude bacteriologique et experimentale de la neuroptico-
 myeiite  aigue.  C.  rend.  Soc. biol, 1926, 95: 469-71.—Bourne-
 rille &  Perrin.  Deux  cas de nteningoencephalite chronique
 avec cecite.  Arch, neur., Par., 1906, 2. ser., 21: 1-25.—Caron,
 S.  Neuromyelite optique, benjoin colloidal subpositif, lympho-
 cytose marquee dans le liquide cephalo-rachidien.  Laval med.,
 1937, 2: 193-201.—Cestan, Riser & Planques.  De la  neuro-
 myelite  optique.  Rev. neur., Par., 1934, 41: pt  2, 741-62.—
 Chang, S. P. Acute retrobulbar neuritis in myelitis; report of
 a  case.   China M. J., 1934, 48:  991-8.—Dickinson, T. V., &
 Lwow, H.  A case of Devic's disease: neuroptieo-mydite aigue.
 Med. Press  & Circ, Lond., 1928, n. ser., 125: 479.—Dolgopol,
 V. B.  Neuromyelitis optica.  Arch.  Neur. Psychiat.,  Chic,
 1938, 39: 561-9.—Dollfus, M. A.  Sur un cas de neuromyelite
 optique a evolution  suraigue.   Bull.  Soc.  opht. Paris, 1925,
 549-52.  Also Ann. ocul., Par., 1926, 163: 115-22—Draganesco,
 S.,  &   Lazaresco.   Syndrome   ophtalmo-neuro-myeiitique
 transitoire au cours d'une infection grippale.   Rev. otoneur.,
 Par., 1934, 12: 141-3.—Euziere, Pages & Bremond.  A propos
 dun cas de neuroptico-mveiite?   Ibid.,  1927, 5:  129-32.—
 Fralick, F. B., & DeJong, R. N.   Neuromyelitis optica.   Am.
 J. Ophth., 1937,  3. ser.,  20: 1119-24.  Also Univ. Hosp. Bull.,
 Ann Arb., 1937, 3:  76.—Futer, D. S. [Optic encephalomyelitis;
 clinical aspect, pathological anatomy, pathogenesis]  Nevropat.
 psikhiat., 1938, 7:  50-9.—Gonzalez, T.  Neuromielitis  6ptica
 aguda.  Rev. As. med. argent., 1932, 45: 1547-53.—Goulard &
 Rabemanantsoa. A propos d'un cas de neuro-myelite optique
 de Devic; considerations etiologiques.   Bull. Soc. path, exot.,
 Par. 1937, 30: 908.—Goulden, C.   Optic neuritis and myelitis.
 Tr. Ophth. Soc. U.  K, 1914, 34: 229-52.—Gozzano, M.  Sulla
 neuromiehte ottica.   Riv. neur.,  Nap., 1937, 10:  529-73 —
 Grenet,  H.,  & Triau.  Un cas de  neuromyelite optique aigue.
 Bull.  Soc.  pediat.  Paris,  1931,  29:  388-93.—Guillain,  G.,
 Alajouanine, T.  [et   al.]   Sur  une  forme anatomo-clinique
speciale  de neuromyelite optique necrotique aigue  avec crisis
 toniques  tetanoides; contribution a l'etude des crises  toniques
sous-corticales.   Ann. med.,  Par.,  1928, 24: 24-57.—Halbron,
P., Desvignes, P.,  & Klotz, H.  A propos d'un cas  curable de
 neuromyelite optique aigue  post-grippale.   Rev. neur.. Par.,
 1936, 65: 830-2.—Hassin,  G.  B.   Neuroptic myelitis versus
 multiple sclerosis; a pathologic study.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat.,
Chic, 1937,  37: 1083-99.—Higier, H.  Opticoneuritis, Optico-
myehtis, Opticoencephalitis, Opticoencephalomvelitis endemica
ambulatona. Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1932-33," 129: 89-102.—
Hill, T. R.   Some aspects of neuromyelitis optica.  Tr. Ophth.
Soc. U. K., 1938,  58:143-9.—Kaneko, T. Ueber einen Fall von 
ENCEPHALOMYELITIS                     271                    ENCEPHALOMYELITIS
Neuromyelitis optica.  Acta Soc.  ophth.  jap., 1939, 43: 13;
53.—Kaplan, E.   Neuromielitis 6ptica aguda.  Arch. oft.  hisp.
amer., 1933, 33:  545-54.—Kerschensteiner.   Ueber Neuro-
myelitis  optica.   Munch,  med. Wschr.,  1906,  53: 802-5.—
Kiely, C. E.  Neuro-myelitis  optica.   Ohio M. J., 1936, 32:
740-2.—Klar, J.  Encephalomyelitis optica acuta.  Klin.  Mbl.
Augenh., 1932, 89: 045-55 —Kyrieleis, W. Ueber ortlich und
zeitlich gehiiuftes Auftreten  von  Neuritis nervi  optici und
Neuritis  retro-bulbaris, sowie ihre Beziehungen zur Encephalo-
myelitis disseminata und zur multiplen Sklerose. Deut. Zschr.
Nervenh.,  1932, 124: 220-38.—Lannois & Gauthier.  Neuro-
myelite optique.   Bull. Soc.  med. hop.  Lyon, 1908, 7: 406.
Also  Lyon med., 1908, 111: 1021-30   [Discussion]  514.—
Laruelle, L., & Gaudissart, P.  Un cas de neuro-myelite optique.
J. neur.  psychiat., Brux., 1930, 30: 91-7.—Ley, R. A., & Van
Bogaert, L.  Paralysie ascendante de Landry avec nevrite
optique double sans tesions histologiques decelables.  J.  beige
neur. psychiat., 1934, 34: 490-4.—Lopez Albo. W.  Un caso de
opticomielitis subaguda (enfermedad  de  Devic)  Arch,  med.,
Madr., 1935, 38: 810;  1936, 39: 139.   Also Rev. cubana oto-
neur., 1936,  5: 60-6.—McAlpine,  D.   Familial neuromyelitis
optica; its  occurrence in identical twins.   Brain, Lond.,  1938,
61: 430-48.—McKee,  S. H.,  & McNaughton. F.  L.  Neuro-
myelitis optica: a report of 2 cases.  Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc,  1937,
35: 125-35.  Also Am.  J. Ophth., 1938, 21: 130-7.   Also Arch.
Ophth.,  Chic, 1038, 19: 455.—Markiewicz, T., &  Peters,  G.
Beitrag zur  Klinik und  Anatomie der Neuromyelite optique
(Devic)  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat.. 1936, 156: 287-301.—
Mazal, V.   [Optic  neuromyelitis]  Cas.  tek. fesk., 1933, 72:
952-4.—Merkel,  K.   Ueber  einen Fall  sogenannter Neuro-
myelitis  optica.   Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat.,  1930, 129: 591-
8.—Morsier, G.  de.  Un  cas de heuroptico-myelite.   Rev.
otoneur.. Par.,  1936, 14: 571-3.—Neuromyelitis optica.   Brit.
M. J., 1935, 2: 348.—Perritt, R. A.   Optic neuromyelitis;
report of 2 cases.  Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1934, n. ser., 11: 492-
7.—Pires,  W. Paralysia a*cendente aguda de Landry e neurite
optica.  Arch, brasil.  med., 1928, 18: 91-6.—Poggio, E.  A
proposito della neuromielite ottica.  Tommasi, Nap., 1908. 3:
652-62.—Pontecorvo, C. Un caso tipico di neuromielite ottica.
Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1912,  18: 177.—Popow, N. A. Neuro-
myelitis  optica acuta.   Deut. Zschr.  Nervenh., 1934-35, 135:
142-57.  Also  Sovet.  nevropat.,  1935, 4: No. 2, 93-104.—
Rezende, L. de filho.  Syndrome de neurite optica associada a
myeiite  aguda ascendente  no decurso da neuro-lues.   Brasil
med., 1936, 50: 931-3.  Also Rev. med. Bahia, 1937, 5: 29-33 —
Riehm.   Doppelseitige  enzephalo-myelitische Papillitis mit
Iritis.  Zschr.  Augenh., 1934-35, 85: 357—Rosenbaum. J.
Optic encephalomyelitis; report of a case.   Arch. Ophth., Chic,
1937,  17: 694-7.—Sager, O.,  & Grigorescu, D.  Beitrage zum
Studium der Ophthalmoneuromyelitis und ihrer  Beziehungen
zur disseminierten Encephalomyelitis. Arch. Psychiat., Berl.,
1932-33, 98: 378-87.—Salvati. G.  Contributo alio studio della
neuromielite ottica.   Gior. ocul.,  1928, 9: 73-5.   Also Arch.
ottalm.,  1931,  38:  310-24.—Sanchis Banus, J.  Sobre las
encefalomielitis agudas diseminadas (con motivo de un caso de
neuroptico-mielitis aguda?)  Arch, med., Madr., 1932, 35: 241-
50.  Also Arch, neurob., Madr., 1932, 12: 145-65.—Shefer, D.
G.  [Optic encephalitis]  Nevropat. psikhiat., 1938, 7: No. 10,
50-6.—Stephenson, S.  Imperfect sight in a girl, aged 11 years,
due  to an  attack of  meningitis, or encephalitis, entailing optic
atrophy  (incomplete) 4 years before she fell under notice.  Rep.
Soc. Stud.  Dis. Child., Lond., 1907-8, 8: 430.—Ter Braak, J.
W. G., & van Herwaarden, A.  Ophthalmo-encephalo-myelitis
Klin.  Mbl. Augenh., 1933, 91: 316-43.—Tsiminakis, Y.  Zur
Frage der  Neuromyelitis optica.  Zschr.  ges. Neur. Psychiat.,
1933,  144: 245-54.—Urechia. C.  I.   Neuro-myelite optique
aigue; controle anatomique.  Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris,  1936,
3. ser., 52: 1589-93.  ------; & Veluda. Neuromyelite optique
aigue avec controle  anatomique.  Rev. neur.,  Par., 1934, 41:
1039-41.—Van Gehuchten, P., & Gaudissart, P.   Un cas de
neuromyelite optique; la  stase papillaire dans les myeiites;
l'etiologie  de la neuromyelite.  Rev.  otoneur , Par.,  1927, 5:
541-50.—Vedel & Puech.  Neuromyelite optique aigue.   Bull.
Soc sc med. biol. Montpellier, 1926-27,  8:  15-9.  Also Rev.
otoneur., Par.,  1927, 5:  125-8.—Walsh, F. B.  Neuromyelitis
optica; an anatomical-pathological study of 1 case; clinical
studies of 3 additional cases.  Bull. Johns  Hopkins Hosp., 1935,
56- 183-210.—Williams. D.   Retrobulbar neuritis. ?Devic's
disease.  Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1936-37, 30: 394.

----   para- and post-infectious.
   See  also  under  proper  names  of  infectious
diseases;  also Encephalitis, herpetic; Encephalo-
myelitis, post-vaccinal.
   Comby, M. T.   *Syndromes encephalitiques au
cours  des maladies   infectieuses  de   l'enfance
(encephalites  aigues)   173p.   8?    Par.,  1935.
   Kramer, E.   *Zur Kasuistik  der Encephalitis
acuta non suppurativa nach  akuten Infektions-
krankheiten   bei  Kindern    [Basel]    15p.    8?

Bern, 1920.
   Aballi, A.  Secuelasdelasencefalitisinfecciosas.   Vidanueva,
Habana,  1929, 23: 97-110— Brodtmann, J. Restbefunde und
Spatschadigungen  bei  postinfektioser   und  postvaccinaler
Encephalitis.  Mschr. Kinderh., 1939, 78:  162-86.—Camauer,
A. F., &  Sacon,  J. L.   Sobre un complejo sindrome nervioso
universal  (neuromielitis,  estriatitis,  encefalitis  cortical etc.)
de origen infecioso  (septicopyemia)  Rev. As.  med. argent.,
1932, 45: 1354-8.—Cardinali, G.  Brevi considerazioni su due
casi di encefalite acuta non  purulenta  secondaria a bronco-
polmonite influenzale e a  morbillo.  Pediat. prat., Mod., 1935,
12: 182-7.-—Carrara, N.  Meningoencefaliti acute postinfettive.
Lattante,  1937, 8:  13-20.—Ciarla,  E.   Sulle encefalopatie
infantili ed in  particolare sulle encefaliti  da infezioni  acute.
Terapia,  Milano, 1938,  28:  34;  74; 110.—Comby,  J.  Les
syndromes encephalitiques au cours des maladies infectieuses
de l'enfance;  encephalites aigues.  Arch, internat. neur., Par.,
1939, 58:  56-60.  ------  Les encephalites aigues post-infec-
tieuses de l'enfance.  Bull,  med.,  Par., 1939,  53: 117-21.—
Davison, C,  & Brock, S.   Acute demyelinating  encephalo-
myelitis following  respiratory disease.   Bull. Neur. Inst. N.
York, 1937, 6: 504-18.—Fiano, A.  Le  encefaliti nell'infanzia;
encefaliti  parainfettive.   Riv. clin. pediat., 1935, 33:  1189-
213.—Finley, K. H.  Perivenous changes in acute encephalitis
associated with vaccination, variola and measles. Arch. Neur.
Psychiat., Chic, 1937, 37:  505-13.   ------  Pathogenesis  of
encephalitis  occurring with vaccination, variola and  measles.
Ibid., 1938, 39: 1047-54.—Gins, H. A.  Zerebrale Komplika-
tionen nach der Impfung und nach akuten  Infektionskrankhei-
ten.  Verh. Berl. med. Ges. (1933) 1934, 64: 99-108.—Grinker,
R. R. The pathology of post-infectious acute toxic encephalitis
in children.  Tr. Chicago Path. Soc,  1928, 13: 15.—Hanse,  A.
Ueber einen eigenartigen  Fall von Milzbrand-Meningo-Myelo-
Encephalitis  mit  ungewohnlichem  Verlauf.   Deut.  Zschr.
Nervenh., 1928, 103: 67-77.—Knauer, H., & Jaensch, P.  A.
Nachweis einer einheitlichen  Aetiologie bei den verschiedenen
Formen der  Encephalitis im Anschluss an Infektionskrank-
heiten  im Kindesalter.   Klin. Wschr., 1930,   9: 2049-51.—
Kousmine, C.   Zwei Falle  von Myelitis  nach Mumps und
Masern.   Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1934, 64: 235-7.—Lancaster,
F. H.   Encephalomyelitis complicating the virus infections;
report of 7 cases. South. M. J., 1938, 31:  1063-72.—Levaditi,
C, Anderson, T. [et al.]  L'encephalite recurrentielle.   Bull.
Acad, med.,  Par.,  1930, 3.   ser.,  103: 672-90.—Levy, G.  J.
Post-infectious  encephalitis.   Memphis M. J., 1936, 11:  No. 4,
7-14.—Lichtenstein, A.   Parainfectious encephalitis.   Acta
paediat., Upps., 1933-34, 15: 99.  Also Hygiea,  Stockh., 1934,
96: 183.—Lucksch, F.  Ueber Enzephalitis nach Varicellae,
Variola,  nach Vaccination  und nach Morbilli.  Med.  Klin.,
Berl., 1932, 28: 1554-7.—Mcintosh, J.   Encephalo-myelitis in
virus infections and exanthemata; an experimental and  patho-
logical study.   Brit. M. J., 1928, 2: 334-6.—Marinesco, G., &
Draganesco,  S.  Recherches  sur la pathologie de certaines
encephalomyelites  a ultravirus.  Rev.  neur., Par., 1932, 39:
pt 1, 1-37,  pl.—Marques, A.  Vista de  conjuncto sobre  as
encephalomyelites por virus.   Brasil  med.,  1936, 50: 683-9.—
Miller, M. K.  Four types of encephalitis; Mumps meningo-
encephalitis;  postvaccinal encephalitis; measles encephalitis;
hemorrhagic  encephalitis  due  to  arsenic therapy—sulph-
arsphenamine.   J.  Am.  M.  Ass.,  Chic,  1931, 97:  161-4.—
Morris, L. M. & Morris,  M.  Acute non-suppurative encepha-
litis complicating certain infectious diseases of doubtful etiology.
Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1930, 47: 135-51.—Nove-Josserand, L.,
Bertrand, G., & Flotard, M. Encephalite infectieuse  recidi-
vante.  Arch. med. enf., 1939, 42: 34-6.—Paulian, D-, Ionescu,
D., & Bistriceano, I.  Contribution  k  l'etude de l'encephalo-
myeiite experimentale; virus dermoneurotrope.   Encephale,
1931, 26: 677-81.—Poinso,  R.   L'encephalite boutonneuse.
Presse med., 1939, 47: 1159-61.—Reimold, W., & Schadrich, E.
Ueber  Enzephalitis  im Verlaufe  kindlicher Infektionskrank-
heiten.  Jahrb. Kinderh., 1929, 3. F., 73: 229-71—Rupilius, K.
Zur  Enzephalitis im Kindesalter nach  Infektionskrankheiten
und  nach Impfung.  Wien. med. Wschr.,  1932, 82: 1451-4 —
Sampietro, G.  Encefaliti postinfettive.  Ann. igiene, 1931, 41:
476-95.—Sarabia Pardo, D.  J.  Encefalo-mielitis consecutiva
a la viruela, varicela;  sarampion,  tos ferina,  etc.   Pediat.
espafi., 1930, 19: 33-7.—Schiodt, E.  Encephalitis and  menin-
gitis subsequent to  acute infections with filtrable virus.  Acta
med. scand.,  1932-33, 79: 426-57.—Sterling &  Kipmanova, J.
Nevraxite aigue para-infectieuse  (1.  bronchopneumonique, 2.
dysenterique)  Rev. neur., Par., 1936, 65:  850.—Stokes, J„ jr.
Clinical evidences of encephalitis in the acute infections of
childhood. Pennsylvania M.  J., 1929-30, 33: 212-6.—Taccone.
G.  Encephalites secondaires parainfectieuses  dans l'enfance.
Acta paediat.,  Upps., 1931,  11: 599-603   [Discussion]  610.—
Turnbull, H.  M.   Encephalo-myelitis in  virus diseases and
exanthemata.  Brit.  M. J., 1928,  2: 331-4.—Wieland,  E.
Weiterer Beitrag zur postinfektiosen Encephalitis im Kindes-
alter.  Acta  paediat., Upps., 1932, 13: 488-98.—Wilson. S. A.
K.  Encephalitis and specific fevers.  J.  Neur. Psychopath.,
Brist., 1929, 10: 36-46.

----   para- and post-infectious:   Herpes.

   See  Encephalitis,  herpetic.

----   para- and post-infectious:  Influenza.
   Brouwer,  B. [Influenza encephalitis cured by intravenous
urotropin injections]  Ned.  tschr.  geneesk.,   1930,  74:  685
[Discussion] 687.—Claus. H.   Grippe-Otitis und -Encephalitis.
Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1935, 38: 149-53.—Daddi, G., & Pana,
C.  Ricerche sulle alterazioni prodotte  nei cervello dei coniglio
dal virus influenzale inoculato  per via  intracranica.   Gior.
batt. immun.,  1937, 19:  761-8.------Ricerca dell'attivita
encefalitogena  del  virus influenzale  inoculato  per via intra- 
ENCEPHALOMYELITIS
272
ENCEPHALOMYELITIS
 cranica nei topolino.  Ibid., 1938, 21: 439-41.—De Crinis, M.
 Enzephalitis und Grippe.   Miinch. med.  Wschr.,  1934,  81:
 130-3.  Also Siglo med., 1934, 93:  465.—Eklund. C. M.  In-
 fluenza,  rabies, and encephalitis.   Minnesota  M.,  1938,  21:
 821-4.—Elmer, R. F., & Boylan, C. E. Postinfluenzal encepha-
 litis.  Med. J. & Rec, 1933, 137:  93-5.—Fribourg-Blanco &
 Kyriaco.  Spasme des abaisseurs de la machoire au cours d'un
 syndrome encephalitique consecutif a une grippe.  Rev. neur.,
 Par.,  1929, 36: pt 2,  571-5.—Greenfield,  J. G.   Acute dis-
 seminated  encephalomyelitis  as  a  sequel to  influenza.   J.
 Path. Bact., Lond., 1930,  33: 453-62, 4 pl—Guardabassi, M.
 Pachimeningite emorragica interna e  meningo-encefalite  in-
 fluenzale.  Diagnosi, 1927, 7:273-308.—Guiffrida, E.  Meningo-
 encefalite influenziale in operato di mastoidotomia guarito con
 la sieroterapia endorachidea.  Otorinolar. ital.. 1936, 6: 6-15.—
 Hempel,  J.  Infektiose Enzephalitis zur Grippeepidemiezeit.
 Munch,  med.  Wschr., 1935, 82:  1120-2.—Herrmann,  G., &
 Wotke,  E.  Die Beeinflussung des  Tremors bei  Encephalo-
 pathia postgripposa durch  Nikotin.  Med.  Klin.,  Berl.,  1925,
 21: 1842-4.—Holzer, H., & Klein,  O.   Ueber einen Fall von
 StofTwechselstorung mit periodischer Oligurie und Oedemten-
 denz nach Grippeencephalitis (Encephalitis comatosa)   Ibid.,
 1927,  23: 8-11.—Indemans, J. W. M.  Influenza,  encephalitis
 lethargica, paralysis agitans. Geneesk.  gids, 1928, 6: 25-8.—
 Jaksch-Wartenhorst.   Encephalopathia postgripposa.    Med.
 Klin., Berl., 1926,  22: 1319.—Kantorowicz.  Nervose Hunde-
 staupe und Gehirnsirippe   des Menschen.   Deut.  tierarztl.
 Wschr.,  1925,  33:  926.—Kaupe, W.  Grippe,  Veitstanz und
 Luminal.  Munch, med. Wschr., 1927, 74: 1022.— Kollarils. J.
 Beziehungen zwischen Grippeparkinsonismus, katatonischem
 Stupor, und Torticollis mentalis; iiber polyvalente Einstellung
 des Zitter-,  Spasmen- und Reflexmechanismus.   Schweiz. med.
 Wschr.,  1923,  53: 642-5.—Liebers, M.   Zur Histopathologie
 der hamorrhagischen  Encephalitis  bei  Grippe mit  akuter
 Hepatitis.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1930, 126: 236-45 —
 Luger, A.  Grippe und Encephalitis.  Wien. klin. Wschr.,  1926,
 39: H. 1, Sonderbeil., 1-19—Meerloo, A. M.  Die Grippe-
 komplikationen und  die  toxisehe  Grippe-Encephalopathie;
 Beitrag  zum  Problem  Krankheitsform  und  Personlichkeit.
 Zschr. ges.  Neur.  Psychiat., 1931,  136: 508-22.   ------  &
 Frets, G. P. [Influenzal encephalopathy]  Ned. tschr. geneesk.,
 1934, 78: 3357-60, 2 pl.—Menko, H. S. N.  A case of influenzal
 encephalitis.  Lancet, Lond., 1926,  2: 753.—Oern, W.  [Case
 of influenza with purpura  cerebri]  Sven. lak. tidn.,  1931, 28:
 449-52.—Patton, W.  D.   Encephalitis  lethargica;  influenza
 encephalitis. Canad. M. Ass. J., 1927, 17: 436-8.—Perugini, A.
 Frequenza del  parkinsonismo consecutivo a easi di  meningo-
 encefaliti linfocitarie di natura influenzale.  Diagnosi, 1936, 16:
 1-58.—Piroth,   A.   Histopathologische Untersuchung  des
 Nervensystems bei  Grippeencephalitiden. In Hughlings Jack-
 son Mem. Vol., Debrecen,  1935, No. 30, 13, 5 pl.—Ranno, A.
 Su due casi di encefalite infuenzale con anartria.  Pediat. prat.,
 Mod., 1932, 9: 303-9.—Rodet. A.   Deux cas de  sclerose  en
 plaques chez l'enfant (2  frSres) apres atteinte  discrete d'en-
 cephalite etiquetee grippe; influence favorable de la medication
 arsenicale et de la medication iodee sur le second. Lyon med.,
 1926,  137:  507-10.—Rostan, A.   Contributo alia patologia
 dell'encefalite  influenzale.   Riv.  neur.,  1930,  3:  146-62.—
 Schaeffer,  H.   Meningo-encefalite  influenzale.   Gazz.  osp.,
 1932,  53: 1517-9.—Schmidt.  Ueber einen Fall von Schlaf-
 krankheit (Encephalitis lethargica)  im Anschluss  an Grippe.
 Deut.  med.  Wschr., 1934, 60: 171.—Sleeping sickness seen as
 influenza of brain and nerves.   Science News Lett., 1933, 24:
 380.—Teixeira  Mendes, R. S.  Sobre um caso  de cerebellite
 aguda grippal.   Brasil med., 1929,  43: 115.—Tesaf,  B.   Case
 of encephalitis lethargica during influenza epidemic of current
 year.  Cas.  tek. desk., 1927, 66: 1321.—Tiberi, R.  Meningo-
 encefaliti influenzali. Diagnosi, 1933, 13: 41-62.—Tinel. J., &
 Valence, R.  Les  encephalites de la grippe.  Prat.  med. fr..
 1926, 5:  195-204.—Vries. E. de  [Post-influenzal encephalitis]
 Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie,  1936, 76: 2428.

 ----  para- and post-infectious:  Measles.

   Behnke,   A.    *Ueber   Veranderungen   am
 Gehirn  und Ruckenmark als Begleit- oder  Fol-
 geerscheinung  bei  Masern    [Berlin]   31p.    8°
 Charlottenb. [1938]
   Bovier-Lapierre,  J.   *Contribution a  l'etude
 des  meningo-encephalites morbilleuses    [Lyon]
 91p.  8?  Bourg, 1937.
   Flori,  J.   *Les  myeiites de la rougeole.  48p.
8?   Par.,  1935.
   Giraudoux,  J.  M.   *Contribution a  l'etude
des encephalites morbilleuses.   102p.  8?   Par,
1935.
   Le Garrec,  L.    *Contribution  a  l'etude  de
l'encephalomyeiite  de  la  rougeole.   63p.    8°
Par.,  1931.
   Schadrich, E.  *Encephalitis im Verlaufe von
Morbillen.   15p.  8?    Bresl.,  1928.
   Schulz, F.  [P.  0.  E.]   *Die  Masernencepha-
iitis.  29p.   8?   Halle, 1935.
    Sulzer,  H.    *Zur  Frage  der   sogenannten
 Masernencephalitis    [Zurich]    p.394-419.    8?
 Thiir.,  1930.
    Also Jahrb. Kinderh., 1930, 3. F., 78:

    Wilms,  E.   *Zur Kasuistik  der  Masern-En-
 cephalitis.   39p.   8?   Bonn, 1929.
    Andres, B., & Rushing, G. S.  Measles encephalitis—coma;
 1  month—recovery.   Tristate  M.  J.,  1936-37,  9:  1857.—
 Andrieu, G., & Henrion, J.  Les nteningo-mveiites de la rougeole.
 Paris med., 1936, 99:  314-20.  ------& Ferrabouc, L.  Un cas
 de nteningo-mveiite morbilleuse.  Bull. Soc. med. hop.  Paris,
 1935, 3. ser., 51: 1428-31.—Atwell, J. C, & Lucas, R. S. En-
 cephalitis as sequela of measles.  Pennsylvania M. J., 1930-31,
 34: 253.—Avtsyn, A. P.  [Pathological anatomy in affections of
 the central nervous svstem in measles pneumonia]  Arkh. pat.
 anat., Moskva, 1939,  5: No. 2, 6-19.—Babonneix,  L., & Levy,
 F. B.  Paraptegie consecutive a la rougeole.  Bull.  Soc. pediat.
 Paris,  1931,  29:  371-5.—Babonneix, L., Lhermitte,  J.,  &
 Trelles, J. O.  Encephalo-myeiite morbilleuse; etude histologi-
 que.  Rev. neur.,  Par.,  1934, 41: 550-6.—Badie.  Encephalite
 morbilleuse a forme suraigue.   Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr., 1935,
 29: 341-4.—Barnes, G. A. E., Blake, J. C. [et al.] Encephalitis
 in measles.  Lancet. Lond., 1937, 1: 687-9.—Bazan, F.   Sobre
 un caso de  encefalitis  aguda postsarampionosa.  Arch. lat.
 amer. pediat., B. Air., 1928, 22:  469-73.  ------& Maggi, R.
 Encefalitis  aguda post-sarampionosa.   Sem.  med.,  B. Air.,
 1936, 43: pt 2, 1853-61.  Also Arch, argent, pediat,, 1937, 8:
 8-24.  Also Prensa med. argent., 1937, 24: 1129-39.—Benn, E.
 C. Measles encephalitis; 2 fatal cases.  Brit. J.  Child. Dis.,
 1931, 28: 22-9.—Blechmann, G.,  & Toupet,  J.  Rougeole et
 encephalite; coma de  18 jours; guerison sans sequelles.  Bull.
 Soc. pediat. Paris,  1934, 32: 68-73.—Boisserie-Lacroix, J., &
 Malaplate, J.  L'encephalite de la rougeole.  J. med. Bordeaux,
 1927, 57: 946-51.—Bosse, E. A.  [On encephalitis during mea-
 sles]  Pediatria, Moskva,  1928, 12: 425-33.—Bregman, L. E.,
 & Poncz. K.   Enzephalitis nach  Masern.  Wien. med. Wschr.,
 1929, 79: 271-4.—Bruce. J. W. Encephalitis following measles.
 Kentucky M. J., 1929, 27: 278.—Capaldo, L.  Un  caso di en-
 cefalite morbillosa con  postumi parkinsoniani.   Policlinico,
 1932, 39:  sez.  prat., 94-6.—Caussade,  L.,  & Michon,  P.
 Hemiptegie  post-rougeoleuse.  Rev. med.  Nancy, 1938, 66:
 314-6.—Chalier, J. Plauchu, M., &  Badinand, L. Les meningo-
 encephalites morbilleuses.   J. med. Lyon, 1936, 17: 579-90.—
 Chevalier-Lavaure & Jaulmes, F. Un cas  de confusion mentale
 consecutif a  une rougeole.  Bull.  Soc. sc. med. biol. Mont-
 pellier,  1925-26, 7: 319-24.—Cibils Aguirre, R., &  Puglisi. A.
 Encefalitis post sarampionosa.  Arch, argent, pediat., 1931, 2:
 325-30.—Collet.   Abces cerebral  consecutif  a  la rougeole.
 Lyon med., 1907,  108:  1025-9.—Cutler,  L. M.  Encephalitis
 as a complication of measles and a case report.  Maine M. J.,
 1936, 27: 12-4.—Darleguy & Baixe.  Polynevrite  suraigue  a
 forme bulbaire consecutive a une  rougeole.  Bull. Soc.  med.
 hop. Paris, 1931, 3. ser., 47: 1264-6.—Debbasch, G-, Spezza-
 fumo, C, & Santillana. A.  Syndrome de Little par tesion des
 corps strtes a la suite d'une rougeole.  Arch. med. enf., 1932, 35:
 212-6.— Debre, R., Turquety. R., &  Broca, R. L'encephalite de
 la rubeole.  Presse med.,  1930, 38: 348.—De Marco, A. Le
 encefaliti psicosiche da morbillo.  Osp. psichiat., Nap., 1934,
 2:  709-42.—De Mare, F.  Su di un caso di encefalite  post-
 morbillosa.  Pediatria (Riv.) 1927,  25: 1182-5.—Draganesco.
 S., & Milcoveanu, S.  Deux  cas  d'encephalite au cours de
 I'infeetion morbilleuse; court apergu sur les encephalomyelites
 posteruptives et postvaccinales observees  en Roumanie.   Rev.
 neur., Par.,  1936,  65: 983-6.—Erb, I. H., & Morgan, E. M.
 The pathology of measles encephalitis. Canad. Pub. Health J.,
 1933, 24: 222-8.—Fairbanks, A. W.  Ataxia following measles.
 Arch. Pediat., N. Y„  1907, 24: 770.—Ferraro, A..  & Scheffer,
 I.  H.  Encephalitis and encephalomyelitis in measles; a patho-
 logic report of 6 cases.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1931, 25:
 748-82.  ------   Toxic encephalopathy in measles.   Ibid.,
 1932,  27:   1209-25.—Genoese,  G.   Encefaliti   morbillose.
 Pediatria (Riv.) 1932,  40: 1253-67.—Gilman, W. R.  Report of
 a case of aphasia as a complication of measles.  Boston M. &
 S. J., 1903, 149: 177.  Also repr.—Gonzalez, H. D.. & Dalto, A.
 Psicosis sarampionosa.  Prensa med. argent., 1939, 26: 135-8.—
 Grassi,  A.  Contributo  alia conoscenza dell'encefalomielite
 inter e postmorbillosa.  Riv. clin. pediat., 1936, 34: 1069-103.—
 Greenfield, J. G.  The encephalomyelitis of measles. Proc. R.
 Soc M. Lond.,  1928-29, 22: sect,  neur., 15-8.  Also Brain,
 Lond., 1929, 52: 171-95, 2 pl.—Guibert, L. E. M. Les compli-
 cations  nerveuses  de  la rougeole;  la nevraxite morbilleuse.
 Rev. serv. san. mil., Par.,  1936,  104: 477-513.—Gunn, W. D.
 Acute disseminated encephalomyelitis  complicating measles.
 J.  R. Nay.  M. Serv., 1938, 24: 350.—Heath, P. Measles
 encephalitis; a clinical report of  some eye findings.  Tr. Am.
 Ophth. Soc, 1931, 29: 357-65,  pl.  Also Am. J. Ophth., 1932,
3.   ser.,  15:   130-4.—Holgate.    Encephalitis  complicating
 measles.  N. Zealand  M. J., 1934,  33: 56.— Hurthle, R. Re-
 mission  von  Enzephalomyelitis  nach Masern.   Deut.  med.
 Wschr.,  1929, 55: 1928.—Tancu, A.   [Neurotropic infections in
children: a case of encephalitis after measles] Cluj. med., 1936,
 17: 599-602.—Klinkert, H.  [Case of  encephalitis following
 measles]  Geneesk.  gids,  1929, 7:  437-46.  Also Ned.  tschr.
 geneesk., 1929, 73: 2126.—Konovalov, N. V., Bogolepov, N. K.,
& Khondkarian, O. A. [Sequels  of  encephalomyelitis of mea-
sles]  J. nevropat. psikhiat., Moskva,  1930,  23:  117-38.—
Koszler, V.   Ein seltener  Fall  von Enzephalomyelitis  nach 
ENCEPHALOMYELITIS
273
ENCEPHALOMYELITIS
 Masern.  Arch. Kinderh., 1935, 106: 241-3.—Krainick, H. G.
 Zur Frage der Enzephalitis bei Masern.  Ibid., 1937, 110: 24-
 31.—Lavergne, V. de, & Helluy.   Les formes nteconnues des
 encephalites de la rougeole.   Progr. med., Par.,  1939, 337-41.
 ------  Deux cas d'encephalite post-morbilleuse.  Rev. med.
 Nancy,  1939, 67: 147—Lechelle, P., Bertrand, I., & Fauvert,
 E.   Observation  d'un  cas  d'encephalite morbilleuse; etude
 anatomique;  considerations  etiologiques et pathogeniques.
 Arch. med. enf., 1931, 34: 718-27.  Also Bull. Soc. med. hop
 Paris, 1931, 3. ser., 47: 898-908.—Lemierre, A.,  & Gabriel, P.
 Encephalite morbilleuse a forme foudroyante.  Ibid., 1934, 3.
 ser.,  50: 998-1104.—Liege, R.  Encephale morbilleuse a type
 apoplectique chez un garcon de 8 ans.  Bull. Soc pediat. Paris,
 1936, 34: 338-47.—Lilliestierna, H.  [Case of  measles encepha-
 litis]  Sven.  lak.  tidn.,  1937,  34: 1129-36.—Lo Passo,  G.
 Mielite trasversa da morbillo.  Prat, pediat., Milano, 1933, 11:
 140-5.—Lopez Albo, W.  Un caso  de encefalomielitis saram-
 pionosa.   Arch, neurob., Madr.,  1932, 12:  50-3.—Lust, F.
 Die  paramorbillose Encephalitis und  ihre  Folgen.   Mschr.
 Kinderh.,  1926, 34: 284-93.   Also Munch, med.  Wschr., 1927,
 74:  96-101.—McCausland, A. M.,  &  McClendon. S.J.  En-
 cephalomyelitis following measles; case  report with encephalo-
 gram.  Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1934, 51: 178-82.—Macchi, A.
 Su due  casi di  meningoencefalite postmorbillosa.  Med. ital.,
 1935, 16:  380-5.—Malamud, N.   Encephalomyelitis  compli-
 cating measles.  Arch. Neur.  Psychiat.,  Chic, 1937, 38: 1025-
 38.   ------"  Sequelae   of postmeasles encephalomyelitis; a
 clinicopathologic study.   Ibid., 1939,  41: 943-54.—Martinez,
 A. A., & Gerde, P. J.  Las psicosis  post-sarampionosas.  Rev.
 As.  med. argent. 1935,  49:  349-54.—Martinho  da Rocha, J.
 Encephalite consecutiva ao sarampo.   Brasil med.,  1929, 43:
 795-801.—Mensi,   E.    L'evoluzione   clinica   dell'encefalite
 morbillosa.  Clin, igiene inf., 1930, 5: 455-8.—Mornet, J., &
 Filloux,  P.  Rougeole  benigne d'un  nourrisson de  13 jours;
 encephalite foudroyante mortelle  de sa mere.  Bull. Soc. nted.
 hop. Paris, 1938, 3. ser.. 54: 1529-31.—Morquio, L. La meningo-
 eneephalite apr£s rougeole.  Arch. med. enf., 1931, 34: 269-83.—
 Motzfeldt,  K.  [Rubeola encephalitis]   Norsk, mag.  laegevid.,
 1933, 94: 153-6.—Musser, J. H., & Hauser, G. H.  Encephalitis
 as a  complication of measles.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1928, 90: 1267-
 70.—Nakagawa,  H.   Zur  Kenntnis  der hypothalamischen
 Epilepsie  (Bericht  eines recht   bemerkenswerten  Falls  von
 Masernencephalitis)   Psychiat.  neur.  jap.,  1937, 41:  15.—
 Neal, J. B.,  & Applebaum, E.   Encephalitis associated with
 measles.  Bull. N. York  Acad. M„  1927, n. ser., 3: 414. Also
 J. Am. M. Ass., 1927, 88: 1552-4.—Norman, H. R. B.  Toxic
 psychosis  following measles.   Lancet,  Lond., 1936,  2:  684.—
 Paulian, D., & Aricesco, C.  Encephalomyeiite post-rougeolique
 a type de sclerose en plaques aigue.  Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris,
 1932, 3. ser., 48: 241.—Paulian, D.,  & Cardas, M.  Encephalite
 postmorbilleuse.  Rev. neur., Par., 1939, 71: 457-9.—Perlman,
 E. C. Purpuric and cerebral manifestations following measles;
 report of 2 cases.  Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1934, 51: 596-604 —
 Peterman, M. G., & Fox, M. J.  Encephalitis  as a complication
 of measles; a report of 13 cases.   Am. J. Dis. Child., 1933, 46:
 512-7.  Also repr.  ------  Postmeasles encephalitis.   Ibid.,
 1939, 57: 1253-9.—Picard,  J.   Encephalite  morbilleuse sub-
 aigue mortelle.  Bull, med., Par.,  1938, 52: 364.—Pierret & Le
 Marc'Hadour.  Un cas  mortel de  meningo-eneephalite rube-
 olique.  Echo nted. nord, 1931, 35: 412.— Plumier-Clermont.
 Paralysie  consecutive a la rougeole.   Ltege med.,  1928, 21:
 295-300.—Price,  H. W.  Measles  encephalitis.  Canad.  M.
 Ass.  J.,  1937, 36: 43-7.—Redlich,  F.   Ein Fall von Masern-
 encephalitis.  Zschr. Kinderh., 1927, 43: 178-80.—Roger, H.,
 Paillas,  J., & Jouve, A.  Signe d'Argyll-Robertson transitoire
 au cteeours  d'une encephalite morbilleuse.  Rev. otoneur., Par.,
 1935, 13: 530-3.—Ruggeri, R.  Rari esiti nevrologici e psichici
 di due casi di encefalite  morbillosa.  Pediatria (Riv.) 1934, 42;
 1329-39.—Schunte, L. F.  Encephalitis as a complication of
 measles.  Univ. Hosp. Bull.,  Ann Arb., 1935, 1: 31.—Siegl, J.
 Ein  Fall von  Enzephalitis nach  Rubeolen.  Arch. Kinderh.,
 1932, 97: 235-8.—Signa, A.  Su di un  caso di encefalite con-
 secutiva  a morbillo.   Pediatria  (Riv.)  1929,  37:  550-6.—
 Smith, J. A.  Meningeal symptoms occurring in the course of
 measles? meningitis.  Rep. Soc. Stud. Dis. Child., Lond., 1903-
 4, 4: 177-81.—Sola y  Esprin, R.  Paralisis pot  polineuntis
 consecutiva a sarampion hipertoxico.   Med. nirios, 1907, 8:
 239-42.—Staerman, I.  Y.  [Simultaneous attack of epidemic
 encephalitis  and  measles]  J. rann.  detsk.  vozr., 1932, 12:
 355._Storts,  B. P., jr.  Encephalitis  complicating measles;
 treatment with convalescent serum intraspinously (a case report)
 Southwest J. M. & S., 1933, 17: 330.—Van Bogaert, L-, Borre-
 mans & Couvreur.  Reflexions sur 3  cas d'encephalomyelite
 postmorbilleuse.   Presse med., 1932, 40: 141-4^Walthard, B.
 Encephalitis nach Masern.  Zschr. ges.  Neur. Psychiat., 1937,
 157-  100-15.—Walthard, K.  M.   Spatstadium  von Masern-
 enzephalitis; Bemerkungen zur Histologie und Pathogenese der
 Masernenzephalitis.  Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1929, 111: 117-
 22------Spatstadium einer  Encephalitis  nach Masern;
 Bemerkungen zur  Histologie und  Pathogenese.   Zschr  ges.
 Neur. Psychiat.  1930.  124: 176-93.—Wiidik, A.  Zwei Falle
 von Masernencephalitis.   Fol. neuropath, eston.,  193b, 15:-lb:
 387_91 —Winnicott, D.  W.   Encephalitis after measles  and
 chicken-pox.  Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1927-28, 21: sect. stud.
dis. child.,  29.  ------   Muscle  weakness,  altered  gait  and
absent deep reflexes after measles.  Ibid., 59. -——  Mea-
sles encephalitis.  Ibid.,  1928-29, 22:  sect.   stud. dis.  child.,
89 —Wohlwill,  F.  Ueber  Encephalomyelitis  bei  Alasern.
Zschr. ges. Neur.  Psychiat., 1928, 113: 20-49.—Zimmerman,

        77908—vol. 5,  4th seeiks----18
H. M„ & Yannet, H.  Encephalomyelitis complicating measles;
report of a case with  necropsy.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic,
1930, 24:  1000-13.—Zischinsky, H.  Zwei Falle von Masern
mit zerebralen Komplikationen.  Jahrb. Kinderh., 1935, 3. F.,
94: 353-6.—Ziskind,  J., & Schattenberg, H. J.  Postmeasles
encephalitis.  Arch. Path., Chic, 1939, 27: 128-32.

----  para-  and post-infectious:  Parotitis.
   Bazan, F.,  Mnggi, R., & Schteingart, E.   Meningo-ence-
falitis  urliana.   Prensa  med. argent..  1939,  26: 1146-54.—
Birnherg, T. L.  Mumps meningo-encephalitis.  Minnesota M.,
1935, 18: 377;  1939, 22: 173.—Blechmann, G.  Encephalo-
meningo-myeiite ourlienne serum de convalescent et pyovacein.
J.  med. Par.,  1934, 54: 58"i.  Also Med. inf., Par.,  1934, 41:
131-6.—Cartagenova, L.  Le complicanze meningo-encephali-
tiche da parotite.  Prat, pediat.,  Milanu, 1930, 8: 211-5.—
Casarotti, E.  Sindrome cerebro-spinale successiva  a parotite
epidemica.  Riv. med., Milano, 1914, 22: 3.—Collens, W. S., &
Rabinowitz, M. W.   Mumps polyneuritis; quadnplegia with
bilateral facial paralysis.  Arch.  Int.  M., 1928, 41: 61-5.—
Darre, H.  La meningite et la meningo-eneephalite ourliennes
primitives.  Rev. crit. path., Par., 1930, 1: 623-34.—Denechau.
Un cas de myeiite ourlienne; sclerose ntedullaire consecutive
evoluant depuis plus de 4 ans.  Bull. Soc. med. h6p. Paris,  1939,
3.  ser., 55: 31-5.—Finkelstein.  H.   Meningo-encephalitis in
mumps.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1938, 111: 17-9.—Fishback, H.  R., &
Fauley, G. B.  Mumps complicated by acute meningoencepha-
litis.  Illinois M. J„  1939, 75: 273-5.—Fortney, A. C.  Trans-
verse myelitis following mumps.  Ann. Int. M.,  1937-38, 11:
682-4.—Harris, W.,  & Bethel), H.  Meningo-encephalitis and
orchitis as the only symptoms of mumps. Lancet, Lond.,  1938,
2: 422.—Janbou, M., Jarry, R., & Henriet, P.  Main d' Aran-
Duehenne consecutive a une maladie ourlienne.  Arch. Soc. sc.
med. biol. Montpellier, 1929,  10: 261-7.—Jasinski, W.  Mumps-
meningitis  und -meningoencephalitis  bei Kindern.  Zschr.
Kinderh., 1934-36, 57: 661-7.—Johansen, G. F.  [Case of acute,
lethal afiection of the brain with possible etiological connection
to epidemic parotitis]  Ugeskr. laeger, 1937, 99: 522.—Kaizl, L.
[Parotid encephalo-meningitis] Cas. tek. Cesk., 1938, 77: 689.—
Lassale & Passa.  Encephalite ourlienne primitive  sans me-
ningite a symptomato'ogie confusionnelle.  Bull. Soc. med. mil.
fr., 1935, 29: 97-102.—Lavergne, V. de, Kissel, P., & Accoyer,
H.   Les bases anatomopathologiques de la itevraxite ourlienne.
Ann. med., Par., 1937, 42: 527-40.—Ledoux, E., & Tournier, G.
Meningo-encepbalo-nevrit.e ourlienne.   Rev.  med. est.,  1931,
59: 297-302.—Lemierre, A., Layani, F-, &  Meillaud, P.   Me-
ningites et meningo-encephalites ourliennes. J. med. chir., Par.,
1935, 106: 169-78.—Lemierre, A., Lievre, J. A., & Pham Huu
Chi.  Encephalite ourlienne sans nteningite.   Bull. Soc.  med.
hop. Paris, 1934, 3. ser., 50:  109-13.—Lemierre,  A.,  & Morin,
M.  Sur un cas de myeiite ourlienne.  Ibid.,  1938, 3. ser., 54:
525-9.—Litvin, M. B.  [Primary parotid meningo-encephalitis]
Sovet. vrach. gaz., 1934, 38: 1242-6.—McKaig, C. B.. & Wolt-
man, H. W. The neurologic complications of epidemic parotitis:
report of a case of parotitic myelitis.  Proc Mayo Clin.,  1933,
8: 542-4.  Also Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic,  1934, 31: 794-
808.—Mensi, E.  Rapporti fra encefalite e parotite epidemica.
Clin, igiene inf., 1933, 8: 218-21.—Montgomery, J. C.  Mumps
meningo-encephalitis.  Am. J. Dis.  Child., 1934, 48: 1279-83.—
Shenderovich, M. Y.  [Meningo encephalitis  as complication
of epidemic parotitis]  Klin, med., Moskva, 1930, 8: 791-5.—
Smith,  L.  H.   Mumps meningitis  and meningoencephalitis,
report of 6 cases.  Northwest M., 1935, 34:  375-9.—Stewart,
R. C. & Edwards, P.  A case of mumps encephalitis.  Canad.
M. Ass. J.,  1939, 40: 582—Stroe, A., & Chiser, S.   Deux cas
d'encephalite ourlienne  avec sequelles; diptegie cerebrate avec
demence  et mouvements  ehoreo-athetosiques.   Bull.   Soc.
pediat.  Paris, 1932,  30: 608-11.—Urechia, C.  I.  Parotidite
epidemique a forme psychosique; autopsie.  Encephale,  1938,
33: pt  2,  144-50.------& Elekes, N.  Oreillons a forme
cerebrate,  a debut psychosique.   Bull.  Soc med. hop. Paris,
1936, 3. ser., 52:  1290-3.—Vaccari, D.   Sopra un caso  di
meningo-encefalo-mielite consecutiva a parotite acuta.  Pediat.
prat., Mod., 1931, 8: 397-400.—Van Bogaert, L., & Meunier, M.
Syndrome ntesocephalique aigu au cours des  oreillons.   Bull.
Soc. med. hop.  Paris, 1938,  3. ser., 54: 896-8.—Wegelin,  C.
Ueber Meningoencephalitis bei Mumps.  Schweiz. med. Wschr.,
1935, 65: 249-52.—Weissenbach. R. J.  A propos de la meningo-
eneephalite  ourlienne primitive et  de la meningo-eneephalite
ourlienne autonome.  Progr. med., Par., 1932, 377.   ------&
Basch,  G.  Un cas  de meningite  ourlienne  primitive avec
aphasie et  rtemipar6sie transitoires; la meningo-eneephalite
ourlienne primitive.   Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1929, 3. ser.,
53: 813-8.  ------ & Basch, M.  La meningite et la meningo-
eneephalite ourliennes primitives.  Ann. med.,  Par.,  1930, 27:
5-38.   ------  La  meningo-eneephalite  ourlienne primitive;
signification des alterations  du liquide cephalo-rachidien dans
I'infection ourlienne.  Paris med., 1930, 75:  531-7.—Wessel-
hoeft,  C.   Mumps  meningo-encephalitis.   Med.  Clin.  N.
America, 1933, 16: 899-906.—Young, R. C.  Mumps encepha-
litis: report of  a case with bilateral optic  neuritis, rapid and
complete blindness and complete recovery.  N. Orleans M. & S.
J., 1933,86:25-33.—Zemke, E. E. Meningo-encephalitis; a com-
plication of epidemic parotitis. Minnesota M., 1930,13: 107-9.

-----  para-  and  post-infectious: Rubella.
   Barraclough,  W.  W.  German measles encephalomyelitis.
Canad. M.  Ass. J.,  1937,  36:  511-3.—Baumgartner,  E.  A. 
ENCEPHALOMYELITIS
274
ENCEPHALOMYELITIS
 Encephalitis following German measles.  N. York State J. M.,
 1936,  36:  907.—Briggs,  J. F.  Meningoencephalitis  following
 rubella. J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1935, 7: 609-12.—Brock, J. H. E.
 A  case of meningo-encephalitis following  German  measles.
 Lancet, Lond.,  1929,  2: 1190.—Davison, C,  & Friedfeld, L.
 Acute  encephalomyelitis following  German measles.  Am. J.
 Dis. Child., 1938, 55: 496-510.—Goldbloom, A., rfe Keith, H. M.
 Acute encephalitis following German measles.  Canad. M. Ass.
 J., 1937, 36: 181.—Levinson, A.  Encephalitis following Ger-
 man measles.  Am. J. Dis.  Child., 1936,  51: 220.—Merritt,
 H. H., & Koskoff, Y.  D.  Encephalomyelitis following German
 measles  Am. J.  M.  Sc, 1936, 191: 690-6.—Skinner, H. O.
 Encephalitis complicating German  measles. J. Am. M.  Ass.,
 1935,  105: 24.—Taylor, R. J. Meningo-encephalitis  following
 German measles.  Med.  J. Australia, 1937, 2:  604-6.—Welch,
 A. S.  Rubella and encephalitis.  J.  Missouri M. ^ss., 1938, 35:
 251.

 ----   para-  and  post-infectious:  Scarlet  fever.

    Rambert,  G.   *Les encephalomyelites de  la
 scarlatine.   138p.  8?   Par., 1937.
    Spire-Weill,  M.  *L'hemip!egie  de la  scarla-
 tine chez l'enfant; ses rapports avec  l'encephalite
 aigue.  65p.    8?   Par., 1936.
    Callewaert, H.  Torticolis spasmodique et polyomvelite
 anterieuie aigue consecutive a la scarlatine.  Policlin., Bour.,
 1910,  19: 77-80.—Dubois, R.  Ataxie aigue en cours de scarla-
 tine.  Bruxelles med., 1933-34, 14: 512. ------ Les complica-
 tions encephalitiques de la scarlatine; a propos de 2 cas d'ataxie
 aigue  de scarlatine.   Rev. fr.  pediat.,  1934,  10:  320-35.—
 Ferrand, Schaeffer, H., & Martin.   Encephalomyeiite subaigue
 precoce de la scarlatine.   Paris  nted.,  1935, 95:  245-7.—
 Hainan &  Bolzinger.  Syndrome de myeiite ascendante  au
 cours  d'une fievre scarlatine.  Bull. Soc. nted. mil. fr.,  1936,
 30: 238-43.—Kuligow ski,  Z. W.   [Anomaly  of gait due to
 encephalitis during scarlet fever]  Neur. polska,  1938, 21: 135.—
 Lemierre, A., & Laplane, R.  Nephrite azotemique et encephalite
 preeoees au cours d'une scarlatine.  Gaz. hop., 1933, 106: 1761-
 5.—Leone, A.  Encefaliti acute para e postscarlattinose.  Clin
 pediat., Mod., 1937, 19: 151-95.—Marquezy, R. A., & Rambert,
 P.  Encephalite de la scarlatine, k  type de deiire aigu.  Bull.
 Soc. med.  hop. Paris, 1937, 3. ser., 53: 1282-7.—Martin, R., &
 Champion, P.   L'encephalo-myeiite de la  scarlatine.  Arch.
 med. enf.,  1937, 40: 84-100.—Masayama, S. Studien  iiber die
 Pathologie  von Gehirn und Ruckenmark beim Scharlach.  J.
 Orient. M., Dairen,  1932,  16:  22.—Mery, H., Salin, H., &
 Wilborts, A.  Encephalopathie scarlatineuse, debut par amau-
 rose; reaction meningee toxique.  Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris,  1912,
 14: 484-91.—Mornet, J., & Vezin.  Un cas  d'encephalite de la
 scarlatine.  Bull. Soc. med.  hop. Paris, 1936, 3. ser.,  52: 378-
 80.—Moschini, S. Emiplegia destra  ed afasia post-scarlat-
 tinosa in um bambino di cinque anni. Pediat. med. prat., Tor.,
 1935,  10:  408-20.—Neurath,  R.  [Ein Fall von postscarlati-
 noser  choreatischer Parese]   Mitt.  Ges. inn.   med.  Kinderh.,
 Wien,  1909, 8: 197.—Porot,  A.  Sur  un cas de deiire  aigu
 scarlatineux; quelques considerations sur les encephalites post-
 infectieuses. Ann. med. psychoi., Par., 1933, 91: pt 2, 85-9.—
 Sarrouy,  C.  Encephalite de la  scarlatine;  ophtalmoptegie
 transitoire. Progr. med., Par., 1938, pt 2, 1549.—Sehilder, P.
 Bemerkungen iiber die Symptome eines Falles von Encephalitis
 cerebelli bei Scharlach.  Deut.  Zschr. Nervenh.,  1928,  103:
 170-88.—Stroe, A.,  &  Banu, E.   La  meningo-eneephalite
 scarlatineuse.  Bull. Off. internat. hyg. pub.,  Par., 1938,  30:
 1794.—Suermann. Zerebrale Komplikationen beim Scharlach.
 Kinderarztl. Prax., 1938, 9:  460-4.—Toomej, J.  A.,  Dembo,
 L.  H., &  McConnell, G.   Acute  hemorrhagic encephalitis;
 report  of a case following scarlet fever.  Am. J. Dis. Child.,
 1923,  25:  98-106.  Also repr.—Van Bogaert,  L., Borremans
 [et al.]  Les encephalomyelites subaigues  et  tardives de la
 scarlatine.   Presse med., 1932, 40: 1370.

 ----   para- and  post-infectious: Smallpox.
    Higier, H.  Przypadek polioencephalomyelitidis variolosae.
 Neur. polska, 1910-11, 1: No. 4, 94.—LeHuludut & Ittiacondy.
 Contribution a l'etude des encephalites aigues; a propos d'un
 cas d'encephalite  variolique.  Ann. nted.  pharm. col.,  Par
 1937, 35: 186-95.—Marsden, J. P., & Hurst, E. W.  Acute
 perivascular myelinoclasis (acute disseminated encephalomyeli-
 tis) in smallpox.   Brain,  Lond.,  1932, 55: 181-225.—Tanfani,
 G.  Neurassite vaiuolosa in un Consilium di Gentile da Foligno
 Rass. clin. ter., 1938, 37: suppl., 233-7.—Troup, A. G., & Hurst!
 E.  W.   Disseminated encephalomyelitis  following smallpox;
 with report of a fatal case.  Lancet,  Lond., 1930, 1: 566-69, pl.

 ----   para- and  post-infectious: Typhoid  fever.

   Stehelin,   J.    *Contribution  a  l'etude   des
 manifestations  encephalitiques  au  cours  de  la
 fievre  typhoide.    115p.   8?   Par.,  1931.
   Abrami,   P.,  Bertrand-Fontaine  [et  al.]   Pseudo-tabes
 d'origine typhique.  Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1932, 3.  ser.,
48: 38-41.—Alberca Llorente, R.   Sobre la encefalomielitis
post-tifica  (contribution  al  estudio de  las  encefalomielitis
parainfecciosas)   Arch, med.,  Madr., 1933,  36:  346-52.—
Baruk, H., Poumeau-Delille, G., & Sicard, M.  Ace£s cata-
tonique avec etat  onirique transitoire  au decours d'une  ty-
 phoide;  role respectif de la toxi-infection  typhique et coli-
 bacillaire.  Rev. neur., Par.,  1933, 40: pt 2, 581-7.—Bouchut,
 L., Froment,  R.,  &  Guicbard,  A.  Encephalite typhique  a
 forme hypertonique;  sequelles de type  parkinsonien.  Bull.
 Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1933, 3. ser., 49: 652-8.—Bruciaferr , A.
 Sull'encefalite da febbre tifoide.   Diagnosi, 1933, 13: 83-98.—
 Ceruti, G.  La meningo-encefalite post-tifica.  Clin.  med. ital.,
 1934, 65: 677-93.—Chalier, J., & Froment, R. L'encephalite
 typhique.  J.  med. Lyon,  1930, 11: 329-41.  ------  De
 l'existence d'une encephalite typhique, de sa relative frequence
 et de ses principales modalites en clinique.  Rev. internat. med.,
 Par.,  1930, 41:  78-82.—De Busscher. J.   Troubles ence-
 phalitiques a  repartition  diffuse, lentement progressifs, chez
 un homme  de 37  ans, survenus imntediatement  apr£s  une
 fievre typhoide en  1916.  J.  neur. psychiat., Brux., 1932, 32:
 509-25.—Emdin, P., Garkawi, C. [et al.]   Ueber den  Neuro-
 typhus und die Cerebrospinalflussigkeit bei  demselben; Beob-
 achtungen   wahrend  der   Abdominal-typhus-Epidemie  in
 Rostow  a.  Don.   Zschr.  ges.  Neur. Psychiat., 1927,  109:
 626-34.—Falk,  W.   Ueber  Encephalitis   posttyphosa  im
 Kindesalter.    Fol.  med.  int.  orient.,  1936,  2:   301-8.—
 Frugoni, C.  Encefalo-neuro-mielite  tifica.   Policlinico, 1933,
 40:  sez. prat., 1441-7.—Gascon,  fils.  Fievre  typhoide k
 forme bulbaire; dysphagie. Bull, med., Par., 1902, 16: 445.—
 Hagelstamm,  J.   [Seltene  Komplikationen  von  Seite  des
 Nervensystems bei Abdominaltyphus  (hamorrhagische Ence-
 phalitis und Papilloretinitis. Res., 303] Fin. laki sail, hand.,
 1908, 50: 284-302.—Henneberg, A.   Ueber einen unter dem
 Bilde der akuten  Bulbarparalyse letal verlaufenen Fall von
 Typhus  abdominalis.    Mitt.   Hamb.  Staatskrankenanst.,
 1902-3,  4: 49-55.—Hillemand,  P.,  & Stehelin,  J.   Un  cas
 d'encephalite au cours d'une fievre typhoide grave; presence
 de colibacilles  dans une rtemoculture et dans les urines.  Rev.
 neur., Par., 1933,  40: pt 2,  878-80.—Huber,  H. G.  Ueber
 Typhusenzephalitis;  zugleich  ein Beitrag  zur Differential-
 diagnose der infektiosen  Enzephalomeningitis.  Kinderarztl.
 Prax., 1937,  8: 152-7.—Kingo,  S.   Histologische  Verande-
 rungen  des Gehirns  beim  Typhus  abdominalis.   Fukuoka
 acta med.,  1935, 28: 103.—Lavergne, V. de, &  Kissel, P.  La
 moelle epintere dans la fievre typhoide.   Presse med.,  1930,
 38:  97-9.—Lorando,  N.,  &  Catacouzinos,  A.  Sur  un  cas
 d'encephalite typhique  a forme pyramido-extra-pyramidale.
 Ann.  med., Par., 1939, 46: 155-63.—Mansoor, A. R.  A case
 of typhoid fever with cerebral symptoms.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1933,
 213.—Marchand, L., & Nouet, H.  Demence precoce et hemi-
 ptegie symptomatiques  de  meningo-eneephalite   typhique.
 Bull.  Soc anat. Paris,  1907, 82: 364.—Piaggio Blanco, R. A., &
 Fascioli,  A.  Sindrome catatonico secundario a una fiebre
 tifoidea.  Arch. urug. med.,  1933,  2: 823-34.—Simarro, J.
 Sobre  la encefalomielitis  eberthiana.  An. Hosp.  S. Creu,
 Barcel., 1933,  7: 121-4.—Videla, C.  A., & Rey, J. C.  Ence-
 falitis tifica.  Prensa med. argent., 1934-35,  21: pt 2,  1391-5.
 Also Rev. As. med. argent.,  1934, 48: 1282-6.—Wieland, E.
 Encephalitis nach Typhus und nach Paratyphus B, bei zwei
 Kleinkindern.   Mschr. Kinderh., 1930,  47: 289-300.

 ----  para- and  post-infectious:  Varicella.

   Batjmgart, H.   *Complications nerveuses  de
 la   varicelle  (les   encephalomyelites  post-vari-
 celleuses)   43p.  8?   Par.,  1934.
   Boquet,   P.   A.  H.    *Les  encephalo-myelites
 de la varicelle.   62p.   8?   Par., 1933.
   Prtjvost,  M.     *Etude   des    complications
 nerveuses de  la varicelle a  propos d'un  cas  de
 meningo-eneephalite.   55p. 8?  Par., 1926.
   Babonneix,  L., Adeline &  Colombe.  Un cas d'encephalite
 varicellique.  Gaz. med. France, 1928, 174.—Baraffa,  V.   Un
 caso di mielite  postvaricellosa.  Diagnosi, 1930, 10: 301-11.—
 Bazan, F.,  &  Maggi,  R.   Encefalitis varicelosa.   Rev. As.
 med.  argent.,  1939, 53:  311-5.—Bonaba, J.  Meningo-ence-
 falitis  post-varicelosa.   An. Fac. med.,  Montev.,  1927,  12:
 85-94. Also Cron. med. mex., 1928,  27: 22-6.—Carrau, A., &
 Mantero, M. E. Encefalitis varicelosa.  Arch, pediat. Uruguay,
 1938, 9:  739-42.—Chavany, J. A., &  Chaignot,  A.  Un cas de
 nevraxite post-varicelleuse  a symptomatologie  cerebelleuse
 pure.   Bull. Soc. med. hop.  Paris, 1931, 3. ser., 47: 28-33.—
 Conrad, C.  E.   Case of encephalitis secondary to  chickenpox.
 Arch. Pediat.,  N. Y.,  1929, 46: 716.—Cornil, L., & Kissel, P.
 Sur l'ataxie aigue postvaricelleuse.  Rev. neur., Par., 1930,  37:
 169-73.—Crouzon,  O., &  Lifige.    Nevraxite varicellique.
 Ibid., 1928, 35: 700-3—Debre, R.  A  propos de l'encephalite
vancelleuse.  Bull.  Soc.  med. hop.  Paris,  1931,  3. ser.,  47:
452.—Eckstein, A.  Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber  die
 Varicellenencephalopathie.  Acta paediat.,  Upps.,  1933,  16:
 606-12.  Also  Zschr.  ges.  Neur. Psychiat.,   1933-34, 149:
 176-90.—Faust, O. A.  Chickenpox meningitis and encephalitis,
 Arch. Pediat.,  N. Y., 1938, 55: 29-35.—Fry, F. M.  A case of
encephalitis complicating varicella.  Canad.  M. Ass. J., 1932.
 27: 284.—Gautier,  M., & Monedjikova, V.  Un cas d'ence-
 phalite varicelleuse. J. med. Paris, 1931, 51: 560.—Gautier, P.
 Un cas d'encephalite varicelleuse.  Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris,
 1931, 3. ser., 47: 332-5.—Gorini, P.  Meningo-encefalite in un
lattante ne1 decorso della varicella.  Lattante, 1932, 3: 120-7.—
Graham, S. Two cases of varicella  encephalitis.  Arch. Dis.
Childh., Lond., 1930, 5: 146-8.—Grenet, H., & Isaac-Georges,
P.  Encephalite varicelleuse.  Bull.  Soc. pediat. Paris, 1938, 
ENCEPHALOMYELITIS
275
ENCEPHALOMYELITIS
36: 240-2.  Also Med. inf., Par., 1938, 45: 199.—Greppi.L.  Un
caso di tremore  cerebrate acuto in decorso di varicella.  Clin.
pediat., Mod., 1931, 13: 965-75.—Ingelrans.   Ataxie  aigue
post-varicelleuse  (encephalite de  la  varicelle)   Echo  med.
nord, 1930, 34: 581.  Also Gaz. med. France, Par., 1930, 520.—
Josserand, P. Trois cas d'encephalites  de la varicelle.  Bull.
Soc pediat. Paris, 1938, 36:  207-12.—Lelong, M., Moussoir,
J.,  &  Lefranc, M.  La  meningo-eneephalite de la  varicelle.
Gaz. med. France, 1934, 73-80.—Lukaczewski, H., & Kagan. D.
[Encephalomeningitis varicellosa]   Warsz. czas.  lek.,  1938, 15:
108.—Macchi, A.  Paresi flaccida  in un convalescente di vari-
cella.  Med.  ital., 1934, 15: 647-50.—Maclntyre, D., &  Whit-
church Beach, H. L.  Acute encephalomyelitis complicating
chicken-pox.   Biit. J. Child.  Dis.,  1937, 34: 113-9.—Miihlen-
kamp,  P.   Enzephalitis  nach Varizellen.  Arch.  Kinderh.,
1932-33, 98: 89-91.—Murano,  G.  Su di un caso di tremore
cerebrate  acuto coriseeutivo a varicella.   Pediatria  (Riv.)
1936, 44: 521-9.—Nyssen, R.,  &  Vervaeck, P.  Un nouveau
cas d'ataxie varicelleuse.  J.  neur. psychiat., Brux.,  1930, 30:
589-92.—Rake,  G. W.  Varicella encephalo-myelitis.   Guy's
Hosp. Rep.,  Lond.,  1929,   79:  58-60.—Rendu,  R.   C6re-
beliite varicelleuse.  Arch. med. enf., 1930, 23: 24-8.—Rossi, L.
Considerazioni su  di un caso di  tremore cerebrate  acuto in
seguito a varicella.  Pediat. prat., Mod.,  1933, 10: 1-11.—
Saucier, J. Varicelle compliquee d'hypertension intracranienne
avec  syndrome  cerebelleux.   Union  med. Canada,  1936,  65:
229-31.—Spilman, F. J.  Amaurosis due to encephalitis follow-
ing chicken-pox.  Tr. Indiana  Acad.  Ophth.  Otolar.,  1934,
71-6.—Swyer, R.  Varicella  with encephalitis.   Lancet, Lond.,
1938, 2: 947.—Trabaud, J.   Forme bulbaire 'antee de l'ence-
phalite postvaricelleuse.  Rev.  neur.,  Par., 1933,  40:  pt 2.
96-8.—Tramer,  E.  Ueber  zwei  Falle von Zerebralerschei-
nungen nach Varizellen.   Med. Klin., Berl., 1930, 26: 1598.—
Vahlquist,  B.   Ein  Fall von Enzephalitis nach  Varizellen
mit Ophthalmoplegia interna als  Folgeerscheinung.   Uppsala
lak.  foren.  forh., 1938-39,  44:  257-62.—Van  Bogaert, L.
Histopathologische Studie iiber die  Encephalitis nach  Wind-
pocken  (Encephalitis  postvaricellosa)    Zschr.  ges.  Neur.
Psychiat.,  1932,  140: 201-17.   ------  Breughelmans, &
Boiiwens.  Deux cas d'encephalite varicelleuse dans la  nteme
famille dont  un a evolution  fatale.  J.  beige neur. psychiat.,
1935, 35: 640-3.—Vermeylen, G., Van Bogaert, L., & Vervaeck,
P.  Syndrome cerebello-pyramidal et mental  au cours de la
varicelle.  J.  neur. psychiat., Brux.. 1930, 30: 39-46.—Walcott,
C. F.  Chickenpox encephalitis, report of a case.  N. England
J. M , 1937,  217: 136.—Winnicott, D. W., & Gibbs,  N.  Vari-
cella  encephalitis  and vaccinia encephalitis.  Brit.  J.  Child.
Dis.,  1926, 23:  107-27.—Zimmerman, H.  M., & Yannet, H.
Nonsuppurative encephalomyelitis accompanying chickenpox.
Arch. Neur. Psychiat.,  Chic, 1931, 26: 322-32.—Zischinsky, H.
Ein Fall von Enzephalitis bei Varizellen. Miinch. med. Wschr.,
1935, 82: 1908.

----  para- and  post-infectious: Whooping cough.

    Deroide,  A.  *Contribution a l'etude clinique
des  encephalites  de  la  coqueluche.   68p.    8?
Par., 1937.
   Djabi,  Z.   *Contribution  a, l'etude  des  en-
cephalites de la  coqueluche.   23p.  8?   Geneve,
1932.
   Hockenjos,  E.   *Beitrag  zu  den  cerebralen
Affectionen bei Keuchhusten   [Basel]   p.425-45.
8?    Lpz.,  1900.
   Moorrut,  E.   *Les convulsions de la  coque-
luche;  leurs  rapports   avec l'encephalite  coque-
lucheuse.  147p    8?  Par., 1933.
   Askin, J.  A., & Zimmerman, H.  M.  Encephalitis accom-
panying whooping cough; clinical history and report of post-
mortem examination.  Am. J. Dis. Child., 1929,  38: 97-102 —
Berardi, A.  Contributo clinico alio studio delle complicanze
cerebrali da  pertosse.   Pediatria  (Riv.) 1927,  35:  188-94.—
Bertoye, P.   Sur quelques  complications  encephaliques et
nteningees au cours de la coqueluche.  J. med. Lyon,  1929, 10:
431-6,—Blasi, G.  Un caso di complicanza cerebrate da  per-
tosse  con esito in guarigione.  Policlinico,  1927, 34: sez. prat.,
1580.—Borrelli.  F.  Considerazioni  su due casi di tremore
cerebrate acuto del lattante  di  cui uno in decorso di pertosse.
Lattante, 1937, 8:  422-30.—Cianelli,  C.   Encefalitis  en el
curso de la tos convulsa.  Arch, argent, pediat., 1935, 6:  194.—
Comby. J.  Convulsions de la coqueluche et encephalites  aigues
infantiles.  Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris. 1933, 31: 250-4.   ----—- &
Comby. M. T.  L'encephalite aigue au cours de la coqueluche
Arch. med. enf., 1935, 38: 597-604.—Dezzani,  L. Comphca-
zioni  encefalitiche della  pertosse.   Pediat.  med. prat., Tor.,
1938, 13: 170-5.—Dubois, R.. Ley, R. A., & Dagndie. J.  Con-
tribution anatomo-clinique a l'etude des complications neuro-
logiques et tout  particulterement des convulsions de  la coque-
luche.   Rev.  fr. pediat.,  1933, 9: 50-80.—Fattovich,  G., &
Lenti. P. Sulle cosiddette encefalopatie da pertosse (contributo
anatomo-istologico)  Rass. stud, psichiat.,  1938, 27: 13-31.
Ford, F. R.   Degeneration of the cerebral cortex in the course
of pertussis; resume of the literature  and report of a  case with
anatomic observations.  Am. J. Dis. Child., 1929,  37:  1046-
50.—Gambirassi, A.  Encefalitis coqueluchosa en un iactante.
Arch, argent, pediat., 1933, 4: 213-22.—Gianelli,  C.  Ence-
falitis en el curso de la tos  convulsa.  Arch,  pediat. Uruguay,
1936, 7: 14-20.—Grenet, H., & Bloch, A.   Surdite d'origine
centrale  consecutive a  une coqueluche.  Bull.  Soc.  pediat.
Paris, 1935, 33: 646-8.—Grenet, H., & Mourrut, E.  Les con-
vulsions de la coqueluche.  Ibid., 1933, 31: 233-8.—Habel, K.,
& Lucchesi, P. F.  Convulsions complicating pertussis; a clinical
study.  Am. J.  Dis. Child., 1938, 56:  275-86.—Hassler.  Zur
Keuchhusteneklampsie.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1927,  53: 513.—
.lochims, J.   Ein Beitrag zur  Keuchhusten-Encephalopathie.
Zschr. Kinderh.,  1927-28, 45:  326-32.—Mencarelli, L.  Con-
tributo  alio studio delle encefalopatie  da pertosse.   Riv. pat.
nerv., 1933, 42: 552-86.—Mendilaharzu, J. R., & Colecchia, J.
M.  Encefalopatias coqueluchcsas.  Sem. med.,  B.  Air., 1937,
44:  29-35.—Mikulowski,  V.   Encephalite  coquelucheuse  a
I'age  infantile.   Rev. fr. pediat.,  1928,  4:  646-59.  ------
[Affections of  the brain in the course of  whooping cough]
Polska gaz. lek., 1929, 8: 445; 472; 489.  Also Jahrb. Kinderh.,
1929, 3. F., 74:  103-14.  Also Acta paediat., Upps., 1930,  9:
454-84.  ------  [Encephalitis caused  by whooping cough in a
child]  Polska gaz., lek.,  1931, 10: 483-5. Also Arch. med. enf.,
1930, 33: 519-45.  Also  Jahrb. Kinderh., 1932, 3. F., 85: 207-
12.  ------  Beitrag zur Symptomatologie der Hirnerkrankun-
gen bei Keuchhusten. Jahrb. Kinderh., 1934, 3. F., 92: 364-
7.—Nelson, R. L.  The neurological complications of whooping
cough; a review of the literature with the reports of 2 cases  of
pertussis encephalitis.  J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1939, 14: 39-47.—
Pierret, R., & Breton, A. L'encephalite coquelucheuse. Echo
med. nord, 1935, 3. ser., 3: 209-14.  ------ Spasme de glousse-
ment survenu au dedin d'une coqueluche; encephalite probable;
sequelles  psychiques  graves.  Ibid.,  443-5.—Poinso, R.,  &
Simeon, P.  Encephalite aigue de la  coqueluche.  Bull. Soc.
pediat.  Paris,  1938,  36:  263-6.—Preston.  H.   E.   Case  of
pertussis with permanent residual  lesion of the brain stem.
Bull. Los Angeles Neur.  Soc, 1936, 1:  32-4.— Rogerson, C. H.
Encephalitis in whooping cough; a clinical study  of 2 cases.
Guy's Hosp.  Rep.,  Lond.,  1934,  84:  468-72.—Schachter-
Nancy.  M.  Complicaciones y secuelas neuro-psiquicas de  la
tos convulsa.  Arch, pediat. Uruguay, 1938, 9: 724-9.—Singer,
L.    Ueber die   Keuchhustenapoplexie.  Verb.  Deut.  Ges.
Kreislaufforsch.,  1928, 86-91   [Discussion]  91.  Also Zschr.
Kreislaufforsch.,  1928,  20: 338-43.   Also  Virchows Arch.,
1929-30, 274: 645-96.—Vor dem Esche, C.   Die Pathogenese
der  cerebralen  Komplikationen des Keuchhustens.  Mschr.
Kinderh., 1934-35, 61:  446-61.—Wiesner,  B.  Eine wenig
hiiufige Verlaufsform der Keuchhusten-Encephalitis.  Miinch.
med. Wschr., 1935, 82:  786.—Willemin-Clog, L., Mdy, R., &
Yung.  L'encephalite  coquelucheuse.  Strasbourg med., 1932,
92: 803-8.—Winther, K.  [Encephalitis as a sequel of whooping
cough?]  Hospitalstidende,  1933, 76: Neur. Selsk. Forh., 37.—
Yamaoka, Y.   Studien  iiber das  Keuchhustengehirn; histo-
pathologische Studien uber das menschliche Keuchhustenge-
hirn. Zschr.  Kinderh., 1929, 47: 543-59.—Zerbino, V.  Ence-
falitis en la tos convulsa. Arch. lat. amer. pediat., B. Air., 1929,
23: 95-101.—Zischinsky, H.  Die  zerebralen Komplikationen
der Pertussis.  Kinderarztl. Prax., 1935, 6: 313-20.

----  para- and  post-infectious—in animals.

   Blanc, G., Melanidi, C, & Stylianopoulo, M.  L'encephalite
claveleuse du mouton.  Arch. Inst.  Pasteur helten., 1923-26,  1:
372-5.—Dobberstein,  J.  Beitrage  zur Pathologie des Zentral-
nervensystems beim Pferde; Encephalitis malleosa beim Pferde.
Berl. tierarztl.  Wschr.,  1935, 51: 545.—Galli-Valerio, B.   La
nteningo-encephalo-myelite des Iapins a coccidiase et le probleme
de l'etiologie des encephalites.  Zschr. Immunforsch., 1930, 65:
325-30.------Nouvelles observations  sur  les nteningo-
encephalomyeiites determinees par des parasites animaux.
Schweiz. med.  Wschr.,  1936, 66:  836.—Goodpasture, E.  W.
Yellow  fever encephalitis  of the  monkey  (Macacus rhesus)
Am.  J. Path.,  1932,  8: 137-50.—Jungherr, E.  Ovine  ence-
phalomyelitis associated with Listerella infection. J. Am. Vet.
M. Ass., 1937,  91: 73-87.—Levaditi, C, Anderson, T. [et al.]
L'encephalite recurrentielle du lapin et du singe.   C. rend. Soc.
biol., 1930, 103: 570-3.—Seifried,  O.  Die Ausbreitung der
encephalitischen Reaktion bei  Schweinepest  und deren Bezie-
hungen zur  Hundestaupe-Encephalitis.  Arch.  wiss.  prakt.
Tierh., 1931-32, 64: 432-43.

----  Polioencephalomyelitis.

   See also  Poliomyelitis.
   Barbier &  Chapuis, A.   Deux cas de polioencephalomyeiite
subaigue.  Lyon  med.,  1933, 151:  769-77.—Collis, W. A.  F.
Unusual  cases   of  poliomyelo-encephalitis.   Lancet, Lond.,
1927, 1: 927.—Euziere,  Viallefont [et al.] Polioencephalomye-
iite vraisemblablement nevraxitique avec immobilite  oculaire
quasi totale.  Rev. otoneur., Par.,  1937, 15:  279.—Guthrie. L.
Case of polio-encephalo-myelitis.  Proc R. Soc.  M., Lond.,
1915-16, 9: child, sect., 16-8.—Hertz, A. F., & Johnson,  W.
Case of polio-encephalo-myelitis associated with optic neuritis,
nephritis, and myocarditis.  Ibid., 1912-13, 6: clin. sect., 90-2.—
Richards, M.  Case of polio-encephalomyelitis.  Ibid., 1915, 8:
sect. stud. dis. child., 85.—Roger, H., Masquin, P., & Vague, J.
Polioencephalomyeiite subaigue.  Rev. otoneur., Par., 1937, 15:
452-60.—Sepich. M.  J.,  & Gotusso, G. O.   Polioencefalo-
mielitis sub-aguda.  Prensa med. argent., 1936, 23: 1625-9.—
Stoloff, B. An  analysis of 3 cases of poliomyeloencephalitis.
Arch. Pediat., N. Y.,  1926, 43: 321-8. 
ENCEPHALOMYELITIS
276
ENCEPHALOMYELITIS
 ----   post-vaccinal.

   See also under names of infectious diseases as
 Rabies; Smallpox.
   Palombi,  P.    Varicella,  vaiolo,  vaccinazione
 antivaiolosa   ed   encefalomielite.     HOp.    8?
 Bologna, 1936.
   Aldershoff, H.  [Vaccination and post-vaccinal encephalitis]
 Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1927,  71: pt 2, 1825-30.  Also Wien. med.
 Wschr., 1928, 78: 843-6.—Allaria, G. B.  Les encephalites post-
 vaccinales.   Boll. Sez. ital. Soc internaz. microb.,  1932,  4:
 560-85.—Armstrong, C. Post-vaccination encephalitis.  Ann.
 Int. M.,  1931,  5: 333-7.—Babonneix, L.  Encephalite post-
 vaccinal;.  Medeeine,  Par.,  1931,  12: 110.—Bakker, S. P.
 [Postvaccinal encephalitis]   Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1930, 74:
 1827-31.—Bauer,  E.  L.   Virus  encephalitis.  J. Pediat.,  S.
 Louis, 1935, 6: 512-6.—Belli, C. M.   L'encefalite post-vac-
 cinica.  Rinasc. med., 1930, 7: 305-7.—Berblinger, W.  Ueber
 die  Encephalo-Myelitis nach Pockenschutzimpfung.  Med.
 Welt, 1933, 7: 913-5.—Bickel, B.  How is post-vaccinal enceph-
 alitis regarded  at the present moment?  Internat. Clin., 1929,
 39. ser., 2: 286-8.—Bie, V.  [Encephalitis after vaccination]
 Ugeskr.  Jaeger, 1928, 90:  925.—Bij!,  J. P.   Die bisherigen
 Erfahrungen iiber Encephalitis nach Schutzpockenimpfungen.
 Zbl. ges.  Hyg., 1928,  17:  449;  1932,  17: 449.—Blanc, G.,  &
 Caminopetros,  J.   L'encephalite vaccinate  existe-t-elle chez
 I'homme?   Arch.  Inst.  Pasteur helten., 1923-26, 1:  354-7.
 Also  Schweiz.   med.  Wschr.,  1926,   56:  131.—Bouman, L.
 Encephalitis nach Kuhpockenimpfung.   Deut. Zschr. Nervenh.,
 1928, 101: 312-4.—Bouwdijk Bastiaanse, F. S. van  [Encepha-
 litis after vaccination]  Geneesk. gids,  1925, 3: 1106-12. Also
 Ned.  tschr. geneesk.,  1931, 75: 586-95.   Also Rev. neur., Par.,
 1932, 39: 825-36.------Bijl, J. P., & Terburgh, J. T. Post-
 vaccinale encephalitis.  Ned.  tschr. geneesk., 1926, 70: pt  2,
 1267-89, pl.—Brass, J.  Encephalitis nach Kuhpockenimpfung.
 Beitr.  path.  Anat.,  1934,  94: 236-44.—Brouwer, B.   [Post-
 vaccinal encephalo-myelitis]  Mschr. kindergeneesk., 1938-39,
 8: 379-92, 6  pl.—Bruckner.  Encephalitis post vaccinationem.
 Med. Klin., Berl., 1930, 26: 239.—Bruynoghe, R.  L'encepha-
 lite  postvaccinale.   Rev.  med.. Louvain,  1930,  88-93.—
 Buchanan, R. A.  Encephalitis following small-pox vaccination.
 J. Lancet,  1929, 49: 155.—Camus, L.  A propos de la question
 de l'encephalite dite postvaccinale discutee a la  Societe des
 Nations par la  Commission de la Variole et  de la Vaccination.
 Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1929, 3. ser., 101: 428-38.—Carrara, N.
 L'encefalite  postvaceinica.  Pediatria  (Riv.)  1930, 38: 451-
 65.—Comby, J. Encephalite aigue d'origine vaccinate. Bull.
 Soc. med. hop. Paris,  1926, 3. ser., 50: 1434-7.—Constantinescu,
 C.  [Postvaccinal encephalitis] Romania med., 1935, 13: 29.—
 Cozzolino,  O.   Vaccinazione  jenneriana ed encefalite post-
 vaceinica.  Lattante, 1930,  1: 591-603.—Dally, P.  L'encepha-
 lite postvaccinale.  Clinique, Par., 1930, 25: 195.—Darleguy &
 Bars.   L'encephalite  post-vaccinale.  Arch. nted. pharm. nav.,
 1934,  124:  5-15.—Debenedetti,  R.  L.   L'encephalite post-
 vaccinale.  Rev. Serv.  san. mil., Par., 1939,  110:  923-38.—
 Defries. R. D.,  & McKinnon, N.  E.  Vaccination and encepha-
litis.   Canad. M.  Ass.  J.,  1929,  21:  516-20.— Demel, A. C.
 Osservazioni  sulla  encefalite  postvaceinica.   Pathologica,
 Genova,  1932, 24: 139; 199.—De Vries, E.  On post-vaccinal
 encephalitis.  China M. J., 1928, 42:  353-65.—Eckstein, A.
 Acerca de la Hamada encefalitis postvacunal.  Rev. med. germ.
iber. amer., 1930, 3: 471-6.------  Encefalitis post-vacunal.
Dia med.,  B. Air., 1931-32, 4:  103.—Encefalitis (La) post-
vacunal.   Ibid., 1930-31,  3: 846.—Flexner, S.  Postvaccinal
encephalitis.  Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1929, 44: 181-8
 Postvaccinal  encephalitis and allied conditions; the  Nathan
 Lewis Hatfield lecture.  Tr. Coll.  Physicians Philadelphia,
 1929,  51:  30-52.—Fornara,  P.   L'encefalite consecutiva alia
 vaccinazione jenneriana.  Clin,  igiene inf., 1927, 2: 25-36.—
 Fracassi, T., & Recalde Cuestas, J. C. Encefalitis postvaccinal.
 Actas Conf. lat. amer. neur., 1929, 1. Conf., 533-6.—Fulgham,
 J. H., & Beykirch, J. G.  Postvaccinal encephalitis.  J.  Am
 M.  Ass., 1929, 92: 1427.—Galli, P.  Encefalopatie e mielo-
 patie  post-vaccinali.   Pediat. prat., Mod., 1928,  5:  1-7.—
 Gins, H. A. Was ist es mit der sogenannten Vakzine-Enzepha-
 litis?  Zschr.  arztl. Fortbild., 1928, 25:  142.  ------  Die
 postinfektiose Enzephalitis, mit  besonderer Berucksichtigung
 der  nach der Impfung beobachteten Falle.   Klin.  Fortbild"
 1934, 2: 20-53.—Giordanelli, L.  Le encefaliti post-vacciniche
 Rinasc. med.,  1933,  10:  474; 498.— Gobbi,  I.  [Encephalitis
 after typhoid vaccination]  Budapesti orv. ujs., 1937, 35: 51.—
 Gordon, A.  H.   Postvaccinal  encephalitis.   Tr.  Ass.  Am
 Physicians, 1931,  46:  188-96.   ------  &  Rhea, L.  J.  Post-
 vaccinal encephalitis.   Am. J. M. Sc,  1932, 184: 104-11.__
 Gorter. E.   Postvaccinal encephalitis.   J. Am. M. Ass., 1933,
 101: 1871-4.  Also In his  Indrukken v. med. Amerika,  Leiden!
 1934, 93-104.—Graubarth, J.  Post-vaccinal encephalomyelitis'
 Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1929. 46: 703-6.—Grey, F. T., & Whittaker.
 W. M.  Septicaemia and encephalitis in relation to vaccination.
 Brit. M. J., 1930,  1:  1125-7.—Haas de & Verhaart   [Post-
 vaccinal  encephalitis]  Geneesk.  tschr.  Ned. Indie,  1936, 76:
 1011-—Heymann,  K.  Vakzination  und Enzephalitis.  Med'
 Welt 1927, 1: 1322.—Hoist. P. M.  [Vaccination encephalitis]
 Nord.  med., 1939, 2:  1505.—Huber, J.  Encephalite post-
vaccinale.  Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1926, 3. ser., 50: 1580 —
Ide,  M.  Encephalite vaccinate.   Rev.  med., Louvain, 1929,
210-8.—Invaldi, A.  Encefalitis  post-vaccinal.   Rev.  med
Rosario, 1933,  23: 1063-71—Jervell, O.  [Case of postvaccinal
 encephalitis]  Norsk,  mag.  laegevid., 1929,  90:  1279-81.—
 Jitta, N. M. J.,  & Aldershoff, H.  [The Smallpox Commission
 of the League of Nations and post-vaccinal encephalitis]  Ned.
 tschr. geneesk.,  1928,  72: pt 2, 4575-80.—Jorge, R.  Variolo-
 vaccine; encephalites  post-vaccinales.  Lisboa med., 1928, 5:
 367-79.—Klotz.  Die postvaccinale Encephalitis.  Med. Klin.,
 Berl., 1928,  24:   1907.—Knopfelmacher,  W.   Encephalitis
 postvaccinatoria.   Wien. klin.  Wschr.,  1930,  43:  97-103.—
 Kollar, I.  Ueber Vaccineencephalitis.  Mschr. Kinderh.,  1926,
 34:  51-3.—Kramer, P. H.  [Some  remarks  on post-vaccinal
 encephalitis]  Geneesk.  gids,  1925,  3: 1142.—Lamm,  S. S.
 Postvaccinal encephalomyelitis.  Am. J. Dis.  Child., 1938, 56:
 824-30.—Lander,  E. W.   Postvaccinal encephalitis.   South-
 west. M,  1938, 22: 46-8.—Langer, J.  Zur Frage  der bisher
 unbewiesenen Vaccineencephalitis  beim  Menschen.  Mschr.
 Kinderh.,  1927,  37: 324-35.—Leifer, A.  Ueber postvaccinelle
 Encephalomyelitis.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1938-39, 164:
 352-64.—Leiner, C. Ueber zerebrale Krankheitserscheinungen
 im Verlaufe der  Kuhpockenimpfung.   Med. Klin., Berl., 1926,
 22:  441-4.—Ljungdahl,  M.   [Encephalitis   after   smallpox
 vaccination]  Hygiea,  Stockh.,  1928,  90: 337-53.—Lucksch.
 Die  Vaccineencephalitis.  Med. Klin., Berl.,  1927,  23:  1282.
 -----■  Blatternimpfung und  Enzephalitis.   Ibid.,  1924, 20:
 1170.  ------ Die Vakzineencephalitis. Ibid., 1925, 21: 1377.
 Also  Schweiz. med. Wschr , 1925, 55: 897.   ------  Ueber
 Impfschaden des Zentralnervensystems.  Deut. Zschr. gerichtl.
 Med., 1926, 7: 203-16.  ------  Encephalitis nach Vakzination
 oder  Vakzineencephalitis?  Zbl.  Bakt., 1. Abt.,  1927,  103:
 227-67.—Meirelles, E. Da myelo-encephalite post  vaccinica.
 Rev.  brasil, med. pharm.,  1930, 6: 227-34.—Miani, D.  Esiste
 una  encefalite post-vaccinica?  Clin,  igiene inf., 1929, 4:  717-
 21.—Mikulowski,  W.   [Encephalitis  postvaccinalis]  Polska
 gaz.  lek., 1927, 6: 509-12.—Murano, G.  Su di un caso di me-
 ningo-encefalite paravaccinica.  Pediatria  (Riv.) 1937, 45: 714-
 9.—Netter, A.  Encephalites  post-vaccinales.   Bull.  Soc med
 hop. Paris, 1926, 3. ser.,  50: 1439-41.  ------   Encephalite
 post-vaccinale ou encephalite vaccinate.  Bull. Acad, med., Par
 1929, 3. ser., 102: 30-6.  Also Gaz. hop., 1929, 102:  1023-6 —
 Newman, S. Postvaccinal encephalitis.  J. Pediat., S.  Louis,
 1933, 3:  461-70.—Ontiveros, F. J.   Los fenomenos  de reacti-
 vaeion microbiana: a proposito  de la encefalitis postvacunal.
 Med. ibera, 1927, 21: pt 2, 245-8.------&  Harcourt, J. de.
Sobre la encefalitis postvacunal.  Ibid., 289-93.—Paisseau, G.
Encephalite vaccinate.  Rev.  crit. path., Par., 1930,  1: 59-64.
       & Scherrer.  L'encephalite vaccinate.   Med.  inf., Par.
 1930, 37: 3-12.—Palombi, P.  Varicella, vaiolo, vaccinazione
 antivaiolosa  ed encefalomieliti.  Arch. ital. pediat., 1936  4-
 93-202.—Perritt, R. A., & Carrell, R. C.  Postvaccinal myelitis.
 J. Am. M. Ass., 1930,  94: 793.—Pette, H.  Sobre  encefalitis
 postvacunal.  Rev. med. germ. iber. amer., 1929, 2: 277-86.
 Also in Handb.  Neur.  (Bumke & Foerster) Berl.,  1936  13-
 259-307.—Platte, H. M.  [Post-vaccinal  encephalitis]  Ned.
 tschr. geneesk., 1927, 71: pt 2, 2452-5.—Post-vaccinal encepha-
 litis.  Glasgow M. J., 1936,  125: 229-31.—Priest,  R.  Septi-
 caemia and encephalitis in relation to  vaccination.   Brit.  M.
 J., 1931, 1: 349.—Riggio, G.  Contributo alia conoscenza della
 encefalite postvaceinica nei lattante.  Lattante, 1936, 7: 872-
 85.—Rocha, M. da, jr.  Sobre a  debatida questao da encephalite
 postvaceinica.  Brasil med.,  1929, 43: 1096-8.—Scott, T.  F.
 McN.  Post-vaccinal  encephalitis in infancy.  Brit. J. Child.
 Dis.,  1930,  27: 245-69.—Shostakovich, V. V.  [Postvaccinal
 encephalitis]   Sovet.  psikhonevr., 1933, 9:  145-9.—Sikl,  H.
 [Postvaccinal  encephalitis]  Sborn. tek., 1930, 31:  231-59 —
 Spangenberg, J. J., Rossi Belgrano,  C,  & Accialini, D.  A.
 Encefalitis post-vacunal.  Prensa nted.  argent., 1938, 25: 433-
 6-—TurnbuII.H. M. Post-vaccinal encephalo-myelitis. Lancet
 Lond., 1929, 2: 43.—Vallejo Nagera, A.   La encefalitis post-
 vacunal.   Siglo  med.,   1929,  83: 889-93.—Vallette,  A.,  &
 Hoerner,  G.   Les encephalites  post-vaccinales.  Strasbourg
 med., 1932, 92:  798-802.—Wiersma,  D.   Encephalitis after
 vaccination.  Acta psychiat.  neur., Kbh.,  1927, 2: 167- 1929,
 4: 75.—Winkelman, N. W., &  Gotten,  N.   Encephalomyelitis
 following the use of serum and vaccine.   Am. J. Syph., 1935, 19:
 414-24—Winkler,  W"   F-   Kritisches Sammelreferat uber
 angebliche Schadigungen des Zentralnervensystems  durch  die
 Kuhpockenschutzimpfung.   Deut. med.  Wschr.,   1926,  52:
 a   fi ---\—  Neuere Arbeiten iiber angebliche Schadigungen
 des Zentralnervensystems durch die Kuhpockenimpfung.  Zbl.
 ges. Kinderh., 1926-27, 20:  1-19.  ------  Erstimpflingsalter
 u?  , Postvaccinale  Erkrankungen des  Zentralnervensystems.
 Med. Kim., Berl., 1928, 24: 858.

 ----   post-vaccinal: Clinical aspect and cases.
   Andren, G.  [Case of serous meningitis and acute encephalo-
 myelitis due to small-pox vaccination]  Sven. lak. tidn., 1932,
 29: 873-5— Arias, F. J., & Sola Torino, J. T.  A prop6sito de
 un caso de encefalitis post-vaccinal.  Sem.  med., B. Air., 1938,
 45:  pt  2,  328-32.—Armstrong.   Encefalitis  postvacunal.
 Actas Conf. panamer. dir. nac. san.,  1931,  2: 126.—Arteche
 Aramburu, I.   A proposito de las encefalitis post vaccinates.
Clin,  lab.,  Zaragoza,  1930,   16:  298-303.—Aymes, G.,  &
Geyer, L.  Encephalite  aigue  post-vaccinale mortelle.  Mar-
seille med., 1932, 69: 24-8.—Barbary, J., & Barbary.U.  Trois
cas d encephalite  post-vaccinale.  Arch.  med. Angers,  1930,
34: 107-9.—Barcaglia, A. Un caso di encefalite post-vaccinica.
Osp. maggiore,  Milano,  1936, 24: 305-9.—Baumier,  P.   A
propos d'un cas d'encephalite vaccinate.  Arch. nted. Angers,
 1932,  36:  65-9.—Bentivoglio, G.  C.  Sindromi   encefalo-
mielitiche para- o post-vaccinali.   Arch. ital. pediat., 1932-33, 
ENCEPHALOMYELITIS                     277                    ENCEPHALOMYELITIS
 1:  517-72.—Benvenuti,  B.   Encefalomieliti e  vaccinazione
 Jenneriana.  Riv. clin. pediat., 1929, 27: 580-98.—Bergel, A.
 Ein Fall von Encephalitis nacb Vaccination bei einer Erwach-
 senen.  Med.  Klin.,  Berl.,  1929,  25: 1890-3.—Bergman, G.
 [Several  cases of postvaccinal encephalitis]   Hygiea, Stockh.,
 1932, 94: 673-86.—Biagini, G.   Un caso di encefalite post-
 vaccinica.  Gior. med. mil.,  1936, 84: 52-9.—Bonorino Uda-
 ondo, C, Sanguinetti, L. V., & Zunino, L. V.  Mielitis  mortal
 por vacunacion  antirrabica.   Prensa nted. argent.,  1934, 21:
 1565-70.—Brockbank, T. W.  Postvaccinal myelitis; report of
 a case.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1931, 97: 227-30.—Brockington, C. F.
 A case of post-vaccinal encephalitis.  Guy's Hosp. Gaz.,  Lond.,
 1929, 43: 231.—Browne,  J.  W.   Case  report; post-vaccinal
 encephalitis.   Practitioner, Lond., 1934, 133: 753.—Cattaneo,
 C.  A proposito di un caso di encefalite post-vaccinale. Rinasc
 med., 1927, 4: 447-9.—Cincinnati, V.  Un caso di encefalite
 post-vaccinica. Riv. med., 1936,, 44: 67.—Comby, J.  Nouveau
 cas d'encephalite post-vaccinale.   Bull. Soc.  med. hop. Paris,
 1927, 3. ser., 51: 671-4.—Cramer, C. D.  [Symptoms of infec-
 tion of the central nervous system after  smallpox vaccination]
 Geneesk. gids, 1928, 6:  69-77.—D'Abundo, E.  Encefalopatie
 in soggetti adulti di recente vaccinati.  Riv. pat. nerv., 1935,
 45: 767-80.—De Crinis, M.  Ueber Impfencephalitis und ihre
 Differentialidagnose.  Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1935, 48: 474-81 —
 Eckstein, A., Herzberg-Kremmer, H., & Herzberg, K.  Weitere
 Beitrage zur Klinik der Vakzinationsenzephalitis.  Deut. med.
 Wschr., 1930, 56: 1429.—Faberi, M.  Un caso di complicazione
 nervosa in seguito a vaccinazione antivaiuolosa.  Policlinico,
 1929, 36: sez.  med.  582-91.—Ferrante,  D.   Su un caso di
 encefalite post-vaccinica.  Minerva med.,  Tor.,  1931, 22:
 pt 2, 290-7.—Fittipaldi, A.  Contributo alio studio  delle ence-
 falopatie post-vacciniche.   Osp.  psichiat.,  Nap.,  1933,  1:
 525-30.—Foa,  A.  Sopra  un  nuovo  caso di  encefalite post-
 vaccinica.  Pediat.  med. prat., Tor.,  1931, 6: 24-30.—Gins,
 H.  A.  Zerebrale Komplikationen im Verlauf der Vaccination.
 Med. Welt, 1929, 3:  1277-81. ------   Krampfbereitschaft,
 Impfung und  Encephalitisdiagnose.   Zschr. Kinderh.,  1932,
 53: 470.—Giraud, P., Bernard, R., & Provansal, J.   Deux cas
 mortels d'encephalite  apres vaccination antivariolique.   Mar-
 seille med.,  1938, 75:  585-90.—Gismondi, A.  Intorno ad uno
 caso di encefalite vaccinica.   Prat, pediat., Genova,  1930, 8:
 427-33.—Grose, G. N.  A case of post-vaccinal encephalitis.
 Lancet, Lond., 1929, 2: 381.—Gunther, A. [Report on 2 cases
 of post-vaeeinal complications in the central nervous svstem]
 Hygiea, Stockh.,  1934, 96: 186-8.—Hassin, G. B., & Geiger,
 J. C.  Postvaccinal (cowpox) encephalitis; a clinico-pathologic
 report of a case.  Arch. Neur.  Psychiat.,  Chic,  1930, 23:
 481-93.—Heidema, S. T.  [Acute anterior poliomyelitis after
 vaccination]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1930, 74: 902.—Hekman, J.
 [Ten  cases  of postvaccinal   encephalitis]  Ibid.,  1929, 73:
 pt 2, 4774-82.—Herrenschwand, F. von.  Zur Beteiligung des
 Sehnerven bei Encephalomyelitis  post vaccinationem.   Klin.
 Mbl. Augenh., 1939, 102: 815-23.—Hinrichs, A.  Enzephalitis
 nach  Vakzination.   Zbl. allg.  Path.,  1930-31,  49:  1-9 —
 Holbrook, C. S.  Encephalitis and encephalomyelitis following
 vaccination against smallpox;  report of 5 cases.  South.  M. J.,
 1930, 23: 696-702.—Huf, J. E. L. J.  A. M., & Beck, J.  [Case
 of encephalitis  after cow  pox in children, infected by cows]
 Tschr. diergeneesk., 1932, 59:  400.—Hutter, A.  [Observations
 on  post-vaccinal encephalomyelitis]   Ned.  tschr.  geneesk.,
 1930,  74: 893-9.—Klugh, W.  G., & King, L. E.  Acute ence-
 phalomyelitis following vaccination against small-pox: case
 report with a review  of the literature.  J. Arkansas M. Soc,
 1934,  31: 91-4.—Kokken.  Etude anatomo-clinique d'un cas
 d'encephalite vaccinale.  Ann. nted. psychoi., Par.,  1937, 95:
 327.—Kudelka, O.   Nachuntersuchung  von 27 Fallen post-
 vakzinaler  Enzephalitis.  Miinch. med. Wschr.,  1932, 79:
 379.—Lancet,  A.   A  case  of vaccination  with  meningeal
 sequelae.  Lancet, Lond., 1929, 2: 606.—Lesniowski, S. [Su-
 perior and inferior poliencephalitis; inoculation against rabies]
 Polska gaz.  lek.,  1931, 10: 433-6.—Lorusso,  E.  Un caso di
 encefalite post-vaccinica.  Pediat. med.  prat.,  Tor.,  1931, 6:
 31-6.—Marinesco & Grigoresco.  Guerison d'un cas de para-
 ptegie flasque  postvaccinoth6rapique  chez un malade atteint
 de la maladie  de Nicolas-Favre.  Rev. neur., Par.,  1935, 42:
 713-6.—Markowski, S.,  & Legezynski, S.  Sur  un cas  de
 paralysie postvaccinale  chez  un chien.  C.  rend.  Soc.  biol.,
 1929, 100: 291.—Martinson, A. S., Model, F. A. [et  al.]  [Case
 of  post-vaccinal encephalitis]   Sovet. pediat.,  1934, No. 5,
 62-81.—Mazur, C.  [Case  of  post-vaccinal encephalitis with
 persistent incomplete  hemiplegia]   Polska gaz. lek.,  1933, 12:
 324.—Meunier, M.  Considerations cliniques sur l'encephalite
 post-vaccinale  infantile.  J. beige neur.  psychiat.,  1937, 37:
 706-11.—Mikulowski, V.   [Au sujet  de l'encephalite post-
 vaccinale. Rev. fr. pediat., 1927,  3: 657-67.—Mornet, J., &
 Vigneron.   Deux cas mortels d'encephalite  de la  vaccine.
 Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1931, 3. ser., 47: 1830-2.—Nandris-
 Calugareanu, A.  [Three cases of post-vaccinal encephalitis]
 Rominia  med., 1932, 10:  225.—Neustadt, M. I.   [Case of
 meningo-encephalitis in a 6-year old child following small-pox
 vaccination]   Sovet.  vrach.   J.,   1936,  1:  1533-2.—Olsen,
 C. W., & Abbott, K. H.  Myelopathy following vaccination.
 Bull. Los Angeles Neur. Soc,  1937, 2: 34-6.—Paisseau, G., &
 Scherrer.  Encephalite vaccinale et vaccine generalisee.  Bull.
 Soc. pediat. Paris, 1929,  27: 500-  .—Paulian, D. E.  [Relapse
 of  myelitis  after antirabic  vaccination]   Spitalul,  1932,  52:
 9-11.  ------ & Finkelstein,  M.  Ua cas d'enc6phalomyeiite
atypique apr£s  revaccination antivariolique.  Bull.  Soc. med.
h6p. Paris, ,932, 3.  ser., 48: 237-40.—Pereira & Oliveira, A.
 Um caso de encephalite post-vaccinal.  Brasil med., 1934, 48:
 127-9.—Peschle, B.  Considerazioni su un caso di encefalite
 postvaceinica.  Med. ital., 1936, 17: 511-8.—Piccioli, A.  Sopra
 un caso di encefalomielite  in  soggetto  di recente vaccinato.
 Lattante, 1939,  10: 231-41.—Pietraroia, M.  Un caso di ence-
 falomielite  postvaceinica.   Rinasc.  med.,  1930,  7:  556.—
 Pinelli, A.  Su due casi di encefalite post-vaecinica.  Pediatria
 (Riv.) 1930, 38: 1058-65.— Polito, F.  Su di un caso di ence-
 falite  post-vaccinica.   Athena,  Roma,  1936,  5:  421-5.—
 Prakken, J. R.  [Case of encephalitis after vaccination]  Ned.
 tschr. geneesk.,  1925, 69: 2018-20.—Priesel, R.  Ein Fall von
 Encephalitis post vaccinationem.  Zschr. Kinderh., 1928.  46:
 569.  ------  &  Wagner, R.   Beitrag zur Encephalitis post-
 vaccinationem.   Ibid.,  1930, 49: 348-56.—Rijssel, E. C. van
 [Cases  of  postvaccinal encephalitis]   Ned. tschr. geneesk.,
 1930, 74:  1847-62.—Rozendaal,  H.  M.  [Postvaccinal ence-
 phalitis; case]  Ibid., 1929,  73: pt 2, 5117.—Ruiter, M.   [Der-
 matitis  polymorpha   dolorosa  (Duhring-Brocq)   following
 vaccination accompanied by  encephalitic  symptoms]  Ibid.,
 1931, 75: 1121-7.—Sainz de los Terreros, C.  Un caso de ence-
 falitis postvacunal.  Arch,  espafi. pediat.,  1931,  15: 413-5.—
 Sardemann,  E.   [Case of encephalo-myelo-meningitis  and
 vaccination]  Ugeskr. laeger., 1934,  96: 10-11.—Scheyhing, H.
 Neuritis optica mit vorubergehender Erblindung und Meningo-
 Enzephalitis nach Schutzpockenimpfung. Klin. Mbl. Augenh.,
 1939, 102: 223-7.—Sturgeon,  J. D., jr.   Postvaccinal ence-
 phalitis in siblings; case reports. Pennsylvania M. J., 1934-35,
 38: 968-70.—Taccone,  G.   Sulle cosidette  encefalomieliti da
 vaccinazione.   Boll,  spec  med.  chir., 1930,  4:  329-46.—
 Timossi, G.   Contributo  alia  casistica della encefalite post-
 vaccinale.  Pediat. prat.,  Mod.,  1931, 8: 224-7.—Tuthill, R.
 A case  of encephalitis and influenzal  pneumonia  following
 vaccination.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1930, 24: 759-65.—
 Valkenburg  van   [Postvaccinal  encephalitis;  case]    Ned.
 tschr. geneesk.,  1930,  74:  1826.—Vallejo Nagera, A.  Sobre
 la encefalitis post-vacunal.  Rev. san. mil.,  Madr.,  1929,  19:
 227-31.—Van   Bogaert, L.,   &   Borremans.    Encephalites
 vaccinates,  poliomyeiite et polynevrites survenant dans les
 jours qui suivent une vaccination; difficulte de ces diagnostics.
 J. neur.  psychiat., Brux., 1931, 31: 654-63.—Van Gehuchten,
 P., & Falcon, M.  Etude  anatomo-clinique  d'un cas d'ence-
 phalite  post-vaccinale.   J.  beige  neur.  psychiat.,  1938,  38:
 932-41.—Vedel,  Puech &  Lapeyrie.  Myeiite  aigue  apres
 vaccination antivariolique;  paraptegie  flasque  puis  spasmo-
 dique; guerison.   Bull. Soc sc. nted. biol. Montpellier, 1926-27,
 8: 436-41.—Viets, H. R., & Warren, S.  Vaccinial encephalitis;
 a  report of 3 cases,  2 with  postmortem  examination.   N.
 England J. M.,  1931,  204:  475-81.   Also repr.—Vries, E. de
 [Case of epidemic  encephalitis following vaccination]   Ned.
 tschr. geneesk.,  1928,  72:  pt 2,  5081-4,  pl.—Walenta, E.
 Kasuistischer  Beitrag  zur  Encephalitis post vaccinationem.
 Mschr.  Kinderh., 1929, 42: 530-2.—Wallgren,  A.  Two cases
 of  fatal post-vaccinal  encephalitis.   Acta  paediat.,  Upps.,
 1932-33, 14: 223.—Weichsel, M.   Encephalitis post-vaccina-
 tionem  und generalisierte  Vaccine.   Mschr. Kinderh., 1931,
 49:  28-32.—Wolf, H., &   Brams,  W. A.   Post-vaccination
 encephalitis;  report  of  a  case. J.  Nerv.  Ment.  Dis.,  1930,
 71: 714-7.—Zappert, J.  Ueber  abortive Formen  der  Ence-
 phalitis postvaccinalis.  Wien. med.  Wschr., 1930, 80: 1443.—
 Zimmermann, C. A. W., & Cochran, J. H.  Encephalitis follow-
 ing vaccination against smallpox and coincident with an  attack
 of chickenpox; report of a case. J. Missouri M. Ass., 1932,  29:
 158.

 ----   post-vaccinal:  Epidemiology.

   Baron,  P.   *L'encephalite post-vaccinale  en
 France (a propos  d'une  observation personnelle)
 103p.    8?   Par.,   1929.
   Almazan, L. A.  L'encephalite post-vaccinale au Mexique.
 Bull. Off. internat. hyg. pub., Par., 1936, 28: 1941-3.—Almeida,
 E. de.  Le premier cas  d'encephalite postvaccinale observe en
 Angola  sur une  fillette de  4 mois et demi.  C. rend.  Congr.
 internat.  med.  trop. (1928) 1929,  1.  Congr.,  2:  719-22.—
 Bouman, L.  Impfenzephalitis in  Holland.   Deut.  Zschr.
 Nervenh.,  1930, 116: 169.—Bouwdijk Bastiaanse,  F. S. van.
 Die in Holland beobachteten Falle von Encephalomyelitis post-
 vaccinalis bis zum 1. Januar 1929.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat.,
 1931, 134: 657-794.  ------ L'encephalite post-vaccinale aux
 Pays-Bas.  J. beige neur. psichiat., 1937, 37: 685-95.—Cambosu,
 G.   Vaccinazione antivaiolosa ed  encefalite  post-vaccinale.
 Igiene mod., 1931, 24:  37-41.—Carriere.  L'encephalite post-
 vaccinale en Suisse.  Bull. Off.  internat. hyg. pub., Par., 1930,
 22: 1148.—Chodzko, W. Deux premiers cas d'encephalite post-
 vaccinale observes  en  Pologne.  Ibid.,  1927,  19: 1133-6.—
 Deve, F.  Un  cas normand  d'encSphalite pn-tvaccinale.   Bull.
 Acad, med., Par., 1929, 3. ser., 102: 25-u —Enquete sur l'en-
 cephalite post-vaccinale en  France.   Bull.  Off. internat. hyg.
 pub.,  Par., 1929,  21: 1129-35.—Gildemeister,  E.   Ueber
 Encephalitis post vaccinationem. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1929, 110:
 H. 6-8, Beih., 120-33  [Discussion] 140.—Grace, A. W.   A case
 of post-vaccinal encephalitis in British Guiana.  Tr. R.  Soc
Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1929-30, 23: 427.—Hamel. L'encepha-
lite post-vaccinale en Allemagne en 1927, 1928  et 1929.  Bull.
Off. internat.  hyg.  pub., Par., 1929, 21: 2052-4.—Hoist, P.
L'encephalite post-vaccinale en Norvtege.  Ibid.,  1930, 22: 1132-
47.—Jorge, R.  Variole et vaccine; encephalites postvaccinales.
 Ibid., 1927, 19: 37-59,—Kaiser, M.  Hat es  Storungen  der 
ENCEPHALOMYELITIS
278
ENCEPHALOMYELITIS
Funktionen des  Zentralnervensystems  nach  Blatternschutz-
impfungen bereits in friiherer Zeit gegeben?  Wien. med. Wschr.
1930,80:1683-5.  ------  Die Encephalitis post vaccinationem
in Oesterreich.  Arch. Kinderh.,  1931,  93: 1-30.   ------ &
Zappert, J. Nachuntersuchungen bei Encephalitis  postvacci-
nalis.   Munch,  med.  Wschr., 1937, 84:  801-3.—Kling,  C.
Experiences recentes faites en SuSde sur l'encephalite post-
vaccinale.  Acta paediat,, Upps., 1932, 13: 274-80.   Also Bull.
Off. internat. hyg. pub., Par., 1932, 24: 81-7. ------Lonberg,
N., & Wassen, E.  Sur l'encephalite post-vaccinale en Suede.
Ibid., 1929, 21:  2055-62, 2 pl.—Morgan, M. T.  Statistiques
concernant l'encephalite post-vaccinale en  Angleterre et dans
le Pays de Galles.  Ibid., 1938, 30: 729.—Netter, A.  Encepha-
lite vaccinale.  Bull. Acad, med.,  Par., 1929, 3. ser., 102: 255-
69.—Neurdenburg, M. G.  [Statistical researches on the causes
of postvaccinal encephalitis]  Geneesk. gids, 1931, 9: 635-7.—
Nicol,  C. M.  Un cas d'encephalite post-vaccinale  survenu a
Murree, Pendjab. Bull. Off. internat. hyg. pub., Par., 1938, 30:
1708.—Olin, G.  Apparition de l'encephalite post-vaccinale en
Suede  au  cours des annees 1924-36.   Ibid.,  743-58—Pala-
vandova, G. B., & Serebrianyi, A. I.  [Postvaccinal paralysis
in the Pasteur Institute at Odessa]  Vrach. delo, 1931,14: 155-
64.—Petragnani,  G.   L'encephalite post-vaccinale  en Italie.
Bull. Off. internat. hyg. pub., Par., 1938, 30: 741.—Pierret, R.
Vaccination antivariolique; complications nerveuses; l'experi-
ence britannique.   Biol, med., Milano,  1929,  19:  313-42.—
Post-vaccinal encephalitis.  Annual Rep. Chief M. Off. Min.
Health, Lond., 1934,  19; 1937, 26.—Reiter.  Cas  d'encepha-
lite post-vaccinale en Allemagne au cours de l'annee  1936.
Bull.  Off.  internat.  hyg.  pub.,  Par.,  1938,  30: 737.—Ren-
seignements sur la frequence de l'encephalite post-vaccinale
dans quelques  pays en 1933-35.  Ibid., 1934, 26: 75; 1935,  27:
287; 1936,  28:  513.—Sim, K. A.  [Post-vaccinal encephalitis in
the Dutch East Indies] Mschr. kindergeneesk., 1935, 4: 309;
1936, 5: 264.—Stiefler, G.  Die Encephalomyelitis post vaccina-
tionem  in Oberosterreich 1930-37.  Wien. klin. Wschr.,  1938,
51: 425-7.—Terburgh, J.  T.   [Epidemiology of post-vaccinal
encephalitis in  the Netherlands] Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1927,  71:
pt 2, 1810-24.   Also Bull. Off. internat, hyg. pub., Par.,  1930,
22: 71-94.—Van den Branden, F., & Ndis, P. Sur l'encephalite
post-vaccinale  en Belgique.  Bruxelles med.,  1936-37, 17:  1-
9.—Voss, J. A.  L'encephalite post-vaccinale  en Norvtege  en
1933-37.  Bull. Off. internat. hyg. pub., Par., 1938,  30: 1712-
4.—Wolter, F.  Das epidemische  Auftreten von Krankheiten
des Zentralnervensystems in  der gegenwartigen Zeitperiode,
mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der postvaccinalen Encepha-
litis; in Vergleich gestellt mit  dem gegenwartigen Stande der
Beri-Beri-Frage.  Zschr. Medbeamte, 1929, 42: 53-81.
 Das  Problem der postvaccinalen Encephalitis vom epidemio-
 logischen Standpunkt.  Med. Welt, 1933, 7: 1056-8.—Yoanno-
 vitch.  L'encephalite post-vaccinale en Yougoslavie.  Bull. Off.
 internat. hyg. pub., Par., 1930, 22: 1153.—Zappert, J.  Die
 postvaccinale Encephalitis in Wien und  Niederosterreich im
 Jahre 1929.   Wien.  med. Wschr., 1930, 80: 127-9.

 ----   post-vaccinal: Pathogenesis.

    Goldman,   M.     Contribution   a   l'etude  dc
 l'encephalite   post-vaccinale.   56p.    8?    Par
 1936.
    Hattingberg,   C.   von.    *Zur  Frage   der
 Encephalomyelitis   postvaccinalis    [Heidelbergl
 21p.   8?   Wurzb., 1937.
  _  Rassers, J. R. F.  Encephalitis  post vaccina-
 tionem;  experimentelle Studie.  92p.  8?  Leiden
 1931.
    Abramova, N. D.  [Present state of the question of post-
 vaccinal encephalitis]  J. mikrob., Moskva,  1932, 9: 172-7.—
 Aldershoff, H.  [On the question  of sterile vaccine in connection
 with  post-vaccinal encephalitis]  Ned. tschr. geneesk.,  1927,
 71: pt 2, 1202-13. ------  Experimental studies on a case of
 encephalitis post vaccinationem.  Acta path, microb.  scand
 1930,  Suppl.  3, 9-19.------[Researches on the cause  of
 postvaccinal encephalitis]  Ned. tschr. hyg. microb., 1930-31
 5:  1-22, 8  pl.  Also  Bull. Acad,  med.,  Par.,  1930, 3. ser., 103:
 533-9.   ------ & Pondmann,  A.  B. F. A.  [Experimental
 researches  on postvaccinal encephalitis] Ned. tschr. geneesk
 1928, 72: 1198-202.  Also Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1928, 107: 433-
 48.—Balo, J.  [Encephalitis after vaccination] Budapesti orv
 ujs., 1931, 29: 1-3. ------& Lorincz, F.  Ueber die Komplika-
 tionen der  Pockenschutzimpfung mit besonderer Rucksicht auf
 die Enzephalitis.   Jahrb.  Kinderh.,  1931, 3.  F., 81: 106-22.__
 Bienenstein, E.  Zur Kenntnis der  Encephalitis  post vaccina-
 tionem.  Zschr. Kinderh., 1930, 49: 248-58.—Bijl, J.  P.,  &
 Frenkel, H. S.  Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber Encepha-
 litis postvaccinatoria;  Vaccinia generalisata  beim Kaninchen
 Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt.  1929, 112: 412-27.—Burgers & Schmidt.
 Zur Frage  der Vakzinationsenzephalitis.  Ibid.,  1931, 120:
402-5.^Carbonara, G.  Sopra l'encefalite consecutiva a vacci-
nazione jenneriana (ricerche sperimentali)  Clin, pediat., Mod
 1928,  10: 629-44.—Cattaneo, L.  Contributo alio studio della
eziologia delle encefaliti post-vacciniche.  Riforma med   1932
48: 742 —Clearkin, P. A.  The  etiology of  post-vaccinal en-
cephalitis.   Kenya East  Afr. M.  J.,  1931-32,  8:  224-34 —
Daddi,  G.   Delia cosidetta  encefalite post-vaccinale.   Riv.
clin. med.,  1930, 31:  225-47.—De Megnj, N.  Contributo alio
studio delle encefaliti post-vacciniche.   Clin,  pediat.,  Mod.,
1939, 21:  168-93.—Demme, H.  Welche Schlusse erlaubt uns
das Tierexperiment,  auf die  Ursachen der Encephalitis nach
Kuhpockenimpfung zu Ziehen?  Deut. Zschr. Nervenh.,  1928,
105:  177-90.—Eckstein,  A.   Zur Frage  der  Vaccinations-
encephalitis.  Klin. Wschr., 1929, 8: 1153-8.  ------  Klinisch-
experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die  Vaccinationsencepha-
litis; iiber die Permeabilitat der  Meningen bei normalem Ver-
lauf der Vaccination.  Zschr. Hyg., 1930,  111: 669-71.  ------
Klinisch-experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Vaccinations-
encephalitis; Klinik der Vaccination.  Zschr. Kinderh.,  1930,
49: 218-39.  —----  Experimentell erzeugte Vaccineencepha-
litis beim Affen.  Klin. Wschr., 1931,10: 408.  ------  Klinisch-
experimentelle  Untersuchungen   iiber   die  Vaccinationsen-
cephalitis;  experimentell  erzeugte  Vaccineencephalitis  beim
Affen.   Zschr.  Hyg.,   1931, 112:  151-77.------Weitere
Untersuchungen  iiber  die  experimentelle  Vaccinationsen-
cephalitis  beim Affen.   Ibid.,  1931-32, 113: 371-89.
 Investigations  on  the causes  of  vaccination  encephalitis.
 Arch. Dis. Childh.,  Lond.,  1932,  7: 105-16.  ------  Ueber
 Veranderungen  des  Zentralnervensystems  bei  Affen  nach
 intratrachealer  beziehungsweise  intrapulmonaler  Infektion
 mit  Vaccinevirus.   Zschr.  Hyg.,  1932, 114:  92-6.   ------
 Herzberg-Kremmer,  H.,  & Herzberg, K.   Klinisch-experi-
 mentelle Untersuchungen iiber die  Vakzinationsenzephalitis.
 Deut. med. Wschr.,  1930,  56: 264;  2208.—Eckstein, A.,  &
 Sarvan, M. Klinisch-experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die
 Vaccinationsencephalitis; iiber den Verlauf der Vaccination bei
 Affen, deren Allgemeinbefinden experimentell geschadigt wurde.
 Zschr. Hyg., 1930, 111: 659-68.—Eckstein, A., Sioli, F. [et al.]
 Weitere Beobachtungen und Untersuchungen iiber die Encepha-
 litis  post vaccinationem.  Klin. Wschr., 1932, 11: 1053-8.—
 Faberi,  F.   La questione dell'encefalite postvaccinale.   Poli-
 clinico,  1930, 37: sez. prat., 905-12.—Gabriel,  E.   Zur Frage
 der Encephalitis post vaccinationem.  Jahrb. Kinderh.,  1930,
 3. F., 77: 359-69.—Gamalei, N. F.  [Postvaccinal encephalitis
 and  necrosing vaccine virus]  Gig. epidem.,  1930, 9: 41-5.—
 Gildemeister, E.  Zur Frage der postvakzinalen Encephalitis;
 experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber das Verhalten des kutan
 verimpften Vakzinevirus zum Gehirn des Versuchstieres.  Arb.
 Reichsgesundhamt., 1926, 57:290-5.—Godinho, R.  Oproblema
 das encephalites post-vaccinicas.  Brasil med., 1932, 46:  289-
95.—Grassi, E.  Contributo  alia conoscenza  dell'encefalite
post-vaccinica.   Clin,  pediat.,  Mod.,  1935, 17:  288-304.—
Heerup, L.  Is the postvaccinatory encephalitis of accidental
infectious-toxic origin?  Acta path, microb. scand., 1936, suppl.
26, 119-23.  ------  [Etiology  of post-vaccinal encephalitis]
Hospitalstidende, 1936, 79: 169-90.—Herzberg, K.   Zur Frage
der postvakzinalen Enzephalitis; Kuhpockenimpfstoff, Herpes-
virus und postvakzinaleEnzephalitis.  Arb. Reichsgesundhamt.,
 1926, 57: 725-32.—Herzberg-Kremmer, H-.  & Herzberg, K.
Untersuchungen iiber postvakzinale Enzephalitis;  Verhalten
des Vakzinevirus im Menschen  bei normalem und gestortem
 Impfverlauf.   Zbl.  Bakt.,  1.  Abt.,  1929-30,  115:  271-80.
        Weitere Untersuchungen  iiber das Verhalten  des
Vakzinevirus im menschlichen  Korper.  Ibid., 1930-31, 119:
175-92.   ------  Selbstentkeimung im  Kaninchenhirn bei
Vakzine-Meningo-encephalitis.   Ibid., 1931,  122:  223-30.—
Huber, H. G., & Gildemeister, E.  Zur Frage der Enzephalitis
im Anschluss an die Pockenschutzimpfung.  Deut. med. Wschr.,
1929, 55: 1 j70;  1372.—Hurst,  E. W., &  Fairbrother, R. W.
Experimental  vaccinial encephalitis  in the  monkey and the
rabbit, with special  reference to the problem of encephalitis
following vaccination in man. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1930, 33:
463-82, 6 pl.—Iguchi, M.  Studies concerning the neurotropic
strain of variola vaccine virus;  infections, immunities against
intracerebral infection, and mechanism of intranasal infection
in mice and rabbits.  Kitasato  Arch.,  1939, 16: 134-73, pl.—
Ikei, S.  Experimentelle Studien uber das Entstehungsmoment
der Postvaccinal-encephalitis.  Jap.  J. Exp. M.,  1932, 10:
563-80.—Jorge, R.  Viruela-vacuna; encefalitis postvacunales.
Rev. espafi.  med. cir., 1928, 11:  545-9. ------  Post-vaccinal
encephalitis: its  association with vaccination and  with post-
infectious and  acute disseminated encephalitis. Lancet, Lond.,
1932. 1: 215: 267.—Keller.  Zur Frage der  Vaccineencephalitis.
Mschr. Kinderh., 1929, 44:  222-32.—Kling, C. A.  [Researches
on the  cause of so-called postvaccinal encephalitis]  Sven. lak.
sail, forh., 1929, 322-33, 2 pl.  ------Wassen, E., & Faahraeus,
J. Recherches sur l'etiologie de l'encephalite post-vaccinale.
C. rend.  Soc. biol., 1932, 109:  1337-40.—Kraus, R.   Zur
Aetiologie der postvakzinalen Enzephalitis. Wien. klin. Wschr.,
1927, 40:  185.  ------& Takaki, J.  Zur Aetiologie der post-
vakzinalen Encephalitis.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1925, 21: 1872-5 —
Langer.  Zur experimentellen Vakzineenzephalitis.  Ibid., 1926,
22: 233.—Levaditi, C, Lepine, P., & Troisier, J.  A propos de
l'etiologie de l'encephalite  postvaccinale.   Bull.  Acad,  med.,
Par., 1928, 3.  ser., 100:  818-21.—Levaditi,  C, & Nicolau, S.
A propos de l'etiologie de l'encephalite postvaccinale. C. rend.
Soc.  biol., 1926, 94: 114-7.  ------  & Sanchis Bayarri, V.
L'etiologie de  l'encephalopathie  post-vaccinale.   Presse med.,
1927, 35: 161-5.—Lewy, F.  H., & Lewy, F. M. Liquorbefunde
bei  Spontan-  und Impfencephalitis der  Laboratoriumstiere.
Zschr.  ges.  Neur.  Psychiat.,  1926,  102: 803-7.—Lucksch, F.
Gibt es beim Menschen eine Vakzine-Encephalitis?  Zbl.  Bakt.,
1. Abt., 1925, 96: Orig., 309-40, pl.—Marcora, F.  II problema
della encefalite post-vaccinale. Pensiero med., 1930, 19: 419.—
Matsuda, M.   Experimentelle  Studie iiber  die  sogenannte
postvaccinale Encephalomyelitis.  Tr. Jap.  Path. Soc,  1929,
19; 428,—Meltzer, D.  A.   [Post-vaccinal allergic and virus 
ENCEPHALOMYELITIS
279
ENCEPHALOMYELITIS
  encephalomyelitis]   Nevropat.  psikhiat.,  1938,  7:  60-8.—
  Mikulowski, V.  Zur Frage  der Encephalitis postvaccinalis.
  Schweiz.  med.  Wschr.,  1928,  58: 506-9.—Mundel,  O.,  &
  Zurukzoglu, S.  Ueber den Einfluss der Blockierung des Reti-
  kuloendothels auf den  Ablauf der Infektion  und  die  Anti-
  korperbildung bei Vakzinevirus;  ein Beitrag zum Problem der
  postvakzinalen Enzephalitis.  Zschr. Immunforsch., 1935, 86:
  87-96.—Neurdenburg, M. G.  [Statistical examination of the
  cause of postvaccinal encephalitis]  Geneesk. gids,  1930, 8:
  1153-60.—Nicoli,  L.   Sulla  cosl  detta  meningo-encefalite
  vaccinica  sperimentale.   Bol.  Soc.  ital.  biol.  sper.,  1928, 3:
  208.—Pagniez, P.  La question de l'encephalite post-vaccinale.
  Presse med., 1930,  38:  134-6.—Paschen, E.   Zur Frage der
  postvakzinalen Enzephalitis.   Deut. med.  Wschr.,  1930, 56:
  219.—Peruzzi, M.  II problema dell'encefalite postvaccinale.
  Ann. med. nav., Roma, 1928, 34: pt 2, 333-5.—Pette, H.  Das
  Problem  der postvakzinalen Enzephalitis.   Miinch.  med
  Wschr., 1928, 75: 207-10.  ------& Kornyey, S.  Tierexperi-
  mentelle  Untersuchungen  zur  Frage  der  Auswirkung des
  Vaccinevirus im Zentralnervensystem,  speziell nach intra-
  carotidealer und intracisternaler Infektion.  Zschr. Hyg., 1933
  115: 752-73.—Plaut, F., Mulzer, P., & Neuburger, K.  Ueber
  die Frage  der Impfenzephalitis der Kaninchen und ihrer Bezie-
  hungen zur Syphilis.  Miinch. med. Wschr., 1924, 71: 1781-4.—
  Pondman, A.   [Bacteriological  researches in post-vaccinal
  encephalitis]   Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1927, 71:  pt  2, 2037-55.
  ------  [A workable hypothesis concerning  the  problem of
  post-vaccinal encephalitis]   Ibid.,  1928, 72: pt 2,  3735-9.—
  Priesel, R.  Beitrag zur  Encephalitis  post  vaccinationem.
  Zschr. Kinderh., 1929, 47: 153-7.—Reisch, O. Zur Klarung der
  Bedingungen fur das Auftreten der Encephalitis post vaccina-
  tionem.   Wien. klin.  Wschr.,  1930,  43:  103-5.—Russi, F.
  L'encefalite post-vaccinica. Rinasc. med., 1928, 5:  1439-43.—
  Soberheim, G.   L'encephalite post-vaccinale; a  propos de
  1'article du Dr  Juillard:  la  vaccination jemterienne est-elle
  absolument inoffensive?   Rev. med.  Suisse rom.,  1928, 48:
  177-90.—Suppan, L.  Zur  Frage der  Encephalomyelitis  post
  vaccinationem.  Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1936-37, 106: 681-97.—
  Thomas, E.  Vakzination, Spatreaktion und Spatenzephalitis.
  Deut. med. Wschr., 1934, 60: 1673-5.—Ustvedt,  Y.   [Post-
  vaccinal affections of central nervous system and their possible
  mechanism of causation]  Norsk mag. laegevid., 1930, 91: 417-
  32.—Van Bogaert, L.  Introduction au probteme de l'encepha-
  lite vaccinale.   J. beige neur. psychiat.,  1937, 37:  675-84.
  ------  Reponse a la discussion sur l'encephalite vaccinale.
  Ibid., 712-6.  ------ & Borremans.  Sept observations d'en-
  cephalite post-vaccinale en Belgique  (1927-29) discussion de
  leurs relations  avec  la  poliomyeiite aigue.  Bruxelles med.,
  1930-31, 11:  1022-9.—Voizard & Baize.   Les encephalopathies
  postvaccinales et leur pathogenie.  Gaz. hop., 1927,  100: 1265-
  76.—Widowitz, P.  Beitrag zum Problem der postvakzinalen
  Enzephalitis.  Arch. Kinderh., 1930, 92: 81-103.—Winkler, W.
  F.  Zur Frage der Neurolapine und der angeblichen Vakzine-
  Enzephalitis.  Deut.  med. Wschr.,  1926, 52: 477.—Woodcock,
  H. M.  Some considerations on the question of rabbit-encepha-
  litis in  relation to post-vaccinal encephalitis.  J. R. Army M.
  Corps, 1931, 56: 275-80.

 ----   post-vaccinal: Pathology
    Aldershoff, H.  Uebertragbarkeit der  in den Niederlanden
 vorkommenden Poliomyelitis und  Encephalitis postvaccinalis
 durch Hautimpfung auf Affen.   Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1935,
 65: 510-3.—Bizzozero, R. C. Las lesiones del sistema nervioso
 consecutivas a la vacunacion antivariolica.  Dfa med., B. Air.,
 1928-29,  1: 441.—Bouman, L.,   & Bok, S. T.   Die Histo-
 pathologie der Encephalitis post vaccinationem.  Zschr.  ges.
 Neur. Psychiat., 1927,  111: 495-510—Brinnitzer,  H.  N.
 Klinisch-experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Vaccinations-
 encephalitis; das weisse Blutbild bei der Pockenschutzimpfung.
 Zschr. Kinderh., 1930, 49: 240-7.—Coyle, C. D., & Hurst, E. W.
 Acute disseminated encephalomyelitis following vaccination.
 Lancet, Lond., 1929, 2: 1246-8.—Esser, A. Die Hirnschadigun-
 gen nach Pockenschutzimpfung.   Virchows Arch.,  1930, 278:
 200-20.—Flexner, S.   Postvaccinal encephalitis  and allied
 conditions.   J. Am. M. Ass.,  1930,  94: 305-11. Also  repr —
 Gounelle,  H.   Myeiite lombo-sacree  post-vaccinale.  Paris
 med., 1931, 81: 144-7.—Grinker, R. R.   Pathology of experi-
 mental vaccinal and rabies encephalitis.  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol.,
 N. Y.,  1930-31,  28:  349-51.—Herkenrath, B.   Pathologisch-
 anatomisch gesicherte Ausheilung eines Falles von Encephalitis
 post vaccinationem.  Zschr.  ges.  Neur.  Psychiat., 1935, 152:
 293-300.—Herrenschwand, F. von.   Ueber Veranderungen am
 Sehnerven  bei Encephalomvelitis post vaccinationem.   Beitr.
 path. Anat.,  1931, 87: 161-8.—Keller,  W.  Ueber Erkrankun-
 gen des Zentralnervensystems im Anschluss an die Kuhpocken-
 impfung.   Nervenarzt,  1928,  1:  729-42.—Kokken, E.   En-
 cephalite post-vaccinale  mortelle.  J.  beige neur.  psychiat.,
 1937, 37: 696-702.—Marburg, O.   Zur Frage der  basichro-
 matischen   Kernveranderungen   bei    Vaccine-Encephalitis.
 Nervenarzt, 1931, 4:  269-73.—Nature (The) of postvaccinial
 encephalitis.   J. Am. M. Ass., 1933, 101: 1485—Nowak, T.
 [Investigations of 4 cases of postvaccinal cerebro-spinal menin-
 gitis and encephalitis]  Polska gaz. lek., 1938, 17: 315-8.—•
 Perdrau, J. R.  The histology of post-vaccinal encephalitis.
 J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1928, 31: 17-32.—Pette, H. Die Stellung
der postvakzinalen Encephalitis in der Reihe infektioser  Er-
krankungen des Zentralnervensystems.  Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt.,
 1929, 110: H. 6-8, Beih., 134-7  [Discussion] 140.— Querido, A.
[Encephalitis after revaccination with absence of sudden reac-
 tions,  and some observations on the patho-histology of post-
 vaccinal encephalitis]  Ned. tschr.  geneesk.,  1930, 74:  1047-
 56.  Also  Zschr. ges.  Neur. Psychiat.,  1930,  125: 423-35.—
 Rix, E.  Histologische und tierexperimentelle Untersuchungen
 iiber die Encephalitis post vaccinationem.   Beitr. path. Anat.,
 1931, 87: 637-58— Sanz Ibanez, J., & Rodriguez Perez, A. P.
 Histopatologia de  la encefalitis  post-vacunal  experimental
 (encefalo-mielitis no  supuradas) reacciones macro v  micro-
 glials. Arch, neurob., Madr., 1933, 13: 293-306.—Schmid, H.
 Sur l'anatomie pathologique de l'encephalite dite postvaccinale
 experimentale. Encephale, 1933, 28: 337-49.—Schurmann, P.
 Ueber Encephalo-Myelitis nach Kuhpockenimpfung.  Beitr.
 path. Anat.,  1927-28, 79: 409-30.—Slonimskaia, V. M.  [Dis-
 eases of  the  central nervous system due to smallpox vaccine]
 Sovrem.   psikhonevr.,  1930,  12:  373-81.—Spielmeyer,  W.
 Vergleichend anatomische Betrachtungen iiber einige Encepha-
 litiden, insbesondere  iiber den  Typus der Impfencephalitis.
 Zschr. Hyg.,  1931-32, 113: 170-91.—Spooner, E. T.  C.  A
 comparative  histological study  of acute meningo-encephalitis
 produced in rabbits by the viruses of neurovaccinia  and herpes
 simplex.   Am. J. Path., 1930, 6: 767-77.—Turnbull, H. M., &
 Mcintosh, J.  Encephalo-myelitis following vaccination.  Brit.
 J. Exp. Path., 1926-27, 7: 181-222,  10 pl.

 ----   post-vaccinal:  Residua.
   Duken, J.  Beitrage zur Klinik der Vaccinationsencephalitis;
 spastische Hemiptegie als Folgezustand.  Zschr. Kinderh., 1930,
 50: 292-5.—Krause,  F.   Klinische Mitteilung uber schwere
 Defektzustande nach Encephalomyelitis postvaccinalis.  Deut.
 Zschr. Nervenh.,  1930,  114:  214-31.—Linde, E.   [Case of
 epilepsy, following post-vaccinal encephalitis]  Sven. lak. tidn.,
 1936, 33:  193-6.—Martin, J. P. Recovery with hemiplegia,
 from  vaccination  encephalitis.    Proc. R. Soc. M.,  Lond.,
 1926-27, 20: sect,  neur., 80.—Raab, W.  Zerebrale Fettsucht
 nach  Vakzinations-Enzephalitis  (Behandlung mit  Elityran)
 Med. Klin., Berl., 1931, 27: 1760.

 ----   post-vaccinal:  Treatment  and prevention.
   Aldershoff, IT.   [Serum treatment  of  encephalitis post
 vaccinationem]  Ned.  tschr. geneesk., 1926, 70: pt 2, 267.—
 Armstrong,  C.   Postvaccination  encephalitis with  special
 reference to prevention.  Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1932,  47:
 1553-68.—Bemelmans, E.  [Specific effect of normal serum and
 a new view on the nature of postvaccinal encephalitis] Geneesk.
 gids, 1931, 9: 252; 269.—Bizzozero, R. C.   Tratamiento de la
 encefalitis  vacunal  por las inyecciones de suero  de  sujetos
 recientemente vacunados.  Dia med., B. Air., 1931-32, 4: 659.—
 Bouwdijk Bastiaanse, F.  S. van  [Vaccine-serum against post-
 vaccinal  encephalitis]  Ned. tschr. geneesk.,  1926,  70:  pt 2,
 268.—Gangel, L.   [Treatment   of postvaccinal  encephalitis]
 Polska gaz. lek., 1931, 10: 795.—Griineberg. Zur Therapie  der
 postvaccinalen Encephalitis.  Klin. Wschr., 1930,  9: 1127.—
 Hekman, J.   [Treatment of postvaccinal encephalitis]   Ned.
 tschr. geneesk., 1929, 73: pt 2, 5227-31.  ------ L'encephalite
 postvaccinale et son traitement par le serum homologue.  Bull.
 Acad, med., Par., 1930, 3. ser., 103:  539-51.  Also Med. Welt,
 1930, 4:  247-9.—Netter, A. Encephalite vaccinate; efficacite
 des injections de serum de sujets recemment vaccines avec
 succes; utilite de l'approvisionnement en ce serum.  Bull. Soc.
 med. hop. Paris,  1931, 3. ser., 47: 1915-26.—Ogrinz, H.  Ueber
 die Moglichkeit der Verhutung der postvaccinalen Encephalitis.
 Wien. klin. Wschr.,  1930, 43: 783.

 ----   post-vaccinal:  Virus.
   Aldershoff, H.   Untersuchungen  iiber  die  postvakzinale
 Enzephalitis  und Ultravira.  Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt.,  1931, 122:
 215-21.—Caminopetros, J., Comninos, D., & Dervou.   Etude
 experimentale d'un virus isote du liquide cephalo-racbidien d'un
 cas de meningo-eneephalite post-vaccinale.   C. rend. Acad,  sc,
 1938, 207: 310-2.—Kling,  C,  Wassen, E.. & Faahraeus, J.
 Morphologie  du  parasite stegeant dans le n6vraxe des sujets
 atteints d'encephalite post-vaccinale.  C. rend. Soc.  biol., 1932,
 109:  1340-44.—Thompson, R.   Attempted  production  of
 vaccinal encephalitis in rabbits with a testicular virus.   Proc.
 Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1928-29,  26: 559-61. ------& Buch-
 binder, L.  Variations in the encephalitogenic power  of vaccinal
 virus.  J. Immun., Bait.,  1932, 22: 267-75.

 ENCHELYDINAE.

   See  subheadings of  Ciliata  (Didinium;  Holo-
trichida; Ichthyophthirius)

ENCHOMYIA.

   See Diptera.

ENCHONDROMA.

   See Chondroma; Chondromatosis.
   ENCICLOPEDIA   della   medicina   pratica;
comprendente trattati sulla  natura e cura  della
malattie, materia  medica [etc.]  tradotta dall'in-
glese dal L. Michelotti.  Nos. 1-30.  8?  Livorno,
Tip.  Vignozzi, 1833-42. 
ENCKE
280
ENDAMEBIDAE
   KNCKE, Bernhard,  1906-        *Ueber einen
 Fall von Anurie zweifelhafter  Aetiologie.   33p.
 8?  Greifswald, H. Adler, 1930.
   ENCKE, Hellmut, 1909-      ^Untersuchungen
 zur Aethylenoxydvergiftung.  23p.  22cm. Koln,
 J. Borowsky, 1936.
   ENCYCLOPAEDIA  (The) Britannica.   14. ed.
 24v.   4?  Lond. [1929]
   ENCYCLOPAEDIA  sexualis; a  comprehensive
 encyclopaedia-dictionary  of the sexual sciences;
 ed.  by Victor Robinson,  xx, 819p.   illust.   portr.
 diagrs.  8?  N. Y., Dingwall-Rock, 1936.
   ENCYCLOPAEDIA  of sexual  knowledge,  by
 A.  Costler, A. Willy and  others; ed. by Norman
 Haire.   2 p.  1.  xxiip.   2 1.   647p.  atlas  [16] 1.
 8?   Lond., F. Aldor  [1935]

 ENCYCLOPEDIA.

   See also  Biography;  Dictionary;  also  under
 names of subjects as Medicine, Encyclopedia.
   Brockhatjs'  Konversations-Lexikon;  der
 grosse   Brockhaus;  Handbuch   des  Wissens.
 15.  ed.  20v.  8?  Lpz., 1928-35.
   Encyclopaedia   (The)  Britannica.    14.  ed.
 24v.   4?  Lond., [1929] _
   Encyclopedie; ou,  Dictionnaire raisonne" des
 sciences, des  arts et des metiers; par une  societe
 de  gens  de lettres;  mis  en ordre &  publie  par
 M.  Diderot;  & quant a la partie  mathematique,
 par  M.  d'Alembert.   39v.   8?   Lausanne  &
 Berne, 1780-82.
   Job  of Edessa.    Encyclopaedia  of   philo-
 sophical and  natural sciences  as taught in Bagh-
 dad about A. D. 817;  or, Book of treasures; ed.
 and transl. by A. Mingana.  470p. 8?   Cambr.,
 1935.
   Lehmann,  E.  H.   Geschichte  des Konversa-
 tionslexikons.  63p.  8?   Lpz.,  1934.
   Napkelet lexikona.   2v.   740p.; 738p.   8°.
 Budap., 1927.
   Wissowa,  G.,  & Kroll,  W., ed.   Paulys
 Real-Encyclopadie  der  classischen  Altertums-
 wissenschaft.  Neue  Bearb.  8?    Stuttg., v.l,
 1894-
   Zeiler, H.  *Les  collaborateurs medicaux  de
 l'encyclopedie de  Diderot et  d'Alembert.   52p.
 8?   Par., 1935.
   ENCYCLOPEDIA (The)  Americana; 1939 ed.
 [A.   H.   McDannald,  ed.]   30v.   illust.   pl.
 portr.   maps, tab. diagr.  26 cm.   N. Y., Ameri-
 cana Corp., 1939.
   ENCYCLOPEDIE; ou,  Dictionnaire raisonne
 des  sciences, des  arts  et  des  metiers, par une
 societe de gens de lettres; mis en  ordre et publie
 par  M.  Diderot;  et quant a.  la  partie  mathe-
 matique, par  M. d'Alembert.   39v.  illust.  pl.
 portr.   8?  Lausanne  &  Berne,   Soc.  Tvpoer .
 1780-82.                                     S

 ENDAMEBA.

   See under Endamebidae.

 ENDAMEBIDAE.

   See also Amebiasis; Amebidae;  Entameba.
   Hartmann, M.,  & Belar, K.    Die parasiti-
 schen Amoben des Menschen und der Saueetiere
 p.1295-1343.   8?  Lpz., 1931.
   In Handb. path. Protoz. (Prowazek) Lpz., 1931, 3:
   Hirayama S.  Statistische Betrachtung und morphologische
 und biologische Studien uber die parasitischen Amoeben des
 menschlichen Darmkanals.  Fukuoka acta med   1934  27-
 35-7.—Stabler, R. M., & Tze-Tuan Chen.  Observations on
fnoa^™0**, Parasitizing  opalinid  ciliates.   Biol. Bull..
19db,  70: 56-71,
Councilmania.
   Allen, E. A.  Culture methods, encystment and excystment
 of Councilmania dissimilis Kofoid in culture. Arch. Int. M,
 1928, 41: 574-8.—Bercovitz, N.  A comparison of the cysts of
 Endamoeba coli and Councilmania lafleuri in Congo  Red.
 Univ. California Pub., 1923, 20: Zool., 365-71.—Boyers, L. M.
 Presentation of case of infection with Councilmania dissimilis
 Kofoid.  Arch. Int. M., 1928, 41: 479-585.—Kofoid, C.  A.
 The occurrence of cysts of Councilmania lafleuri Kofoid and
 Swezy in the duodenal drainage.  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y.,
 1925-26, 23: 299.  ------  On Councilmania dissimilis, sp.
 nov., an intestinal Amoeba from man.  Univ. California Pub.,
 1927, 31: No. 2, Zool., 7-16, 2 pl.  Also Arch. Int. M., 1928,
 41:558-73. ------& Allen, E. A.  On the culture in vitro of
 Councilmania lafleuri and Endamoeba coli.  Proc.  Soc.  Exp.
 Biol., N. Y., 1925-26, 23: 300.—Kofoid, C. A., & Swezy, O.
 A note  on Dr  Gunn's  difficulties with Councilmania.  J.
 Parasit., Urbana, 1923-24, 10: 153-7. ------& Kessel, J. F.
 On the  genus Councilmania, budding intestinal amoebae
 parasitic in man and rodents.  Univ.  California  Pub., 1923,
 20: Zool., 431-45. ------ On the distinctions between Enda-
 moeba coli and Councilmania lafleuri.  Ibid., 1924, 26: No. 3,
 21-39.—Pickard, R. J.   On Councilmania lafleuri.  California
 West. M.,  1928, 28: 639-45.—Stabler,  R. M. An extended
 study of variations in a single race of a coli-like amoeba and
 its bearing on the specificity  of Councilmania lafleuri.  Am.
 J. Hyg., 1932, 16:  1-31, 2 pl.—Wight, T.  H. T.   Notes on
 Councilmania lafleuri (Kofoid-Swezy 1921)  Proc. Soc.  Exp.
 Biol., N. Y., 1924-25, 22: 517-22.  Also U.  S. Veterans Bur.
 M. Bull., 1925, 1: No. 3, 1-4.

 ----  Dientamoeba.

   See  Dientamoeba.

 ----  Endameba.

   See also Blatta.
   Elmassian,  M.   Sur  l'Amoeba blattae: morphologie;
 generation.  An. Inst. nac. parasit., Asuncion, 1928, 1: 109-29,
 pl.—Kudo, R.  Observations on Endamoeba blattae.  Am. J.
 Hyg., 1926, 6: 139-52, 4 pl.—Lucas, C. L. T.  Two new species
 of amoeba  found in cockroaches; with notes on the cysts of
 Nyctotherus ovalis Leidy.  Parasitology,  Lond., 1927,  19:
 223-35, 2  pl.—Morris,  S.  Studies of  Endamoeba blattae
 (Butschli)  J.  Morph., 1936, 59: 225-63.—Smith, N. M., &
 Barret, H. P. The cultivation of a parasitic amoeba from the
 cockroach.   J.  Parasit.,  Urbana,  1927-28, 13:  272,  pl.—
 Thomson. J. G., & Lucas, C. L. T.  A preliminary note on the
 study of Endamoeba blattae  (Butschli, 1878; Leidy,  1879)
 found parasitic in the intestine of Blatta orientalis in England,
 with some remarks  on its generic status. J. Trop. M. Hyg.,
 Lond., 1926, 29: 41-3, pl.

 ----  Endolimax.

   See Endolimax.

 ----  Hydrameba.
  Reynolds, B. D., &  Looper, J. B.  Infection experiments
 with Hydramoeba hydroxenia  nov. gen.  J. Parasit., Urbana,
 1928-29, 15: 23-30, pl.—Threlkeld, W. L., & Reynolds, B. D.
 The pathogenicity  of  Hydramoeba hydroxena in different
 hydrogen ion concentrations.   Arch. Protistenk., 1929, 68:
 409-14.

 ----  Iodameba.
   Brand, T. von. Studien iiber den Kohlehydratstoffwechsel
 parasitischer Protozoen; das Verhalten des Glykogens in den
 Cysten von Jodamoba butschlii Prowazek.  Zschr. Parasitenk.,
 1931-32, 4: 753.—Brug, S.  L.   [Nucleophagus  intestinalis]
 Meded. dienst volksgez. Ned. Indie, 1926, 520-2.—Smith, S. C.
 Polar planimeter measurements of cysts of Iodamoeba williamsi.
 J. Parasit., Urbana, 1927-28, 14:  97-101.   ------  Host-
 parasite relations between Iodamoeba williamsi and  certain
 mammalian hosts (guinea pigs and rats)  Am. J. Hyg., 1928,
 8: 1-15, 3 pl.—Taliaferro, W. H., & Becker, E. R.  The human
 intestinal amoeba, Iodamoeba williamsi, and its cysts  (iodine
 cysts)  Ibid., 1922,  2: 188-207, 2 pl.

 ----  Schizameba.
  Davis, H. S.  A new parasitic Ameba from salmonoid fishes.
 Anat. Rec, 1924, 29: 116.

 ENDARTERITIS.

  See  also  Arteries, Diseases;  Arteritis; Blood
 vessels,  Diseases;  also  names  of  arteries and
infectious diseases.
  Ciambellotti, E.  Arterite cronica necrosante.   Gior. ital.
derm, sif., 1933, 74: suppl., 153-5.—Kahler, H. Ueber Endar-
teritis und Periarteriitis.  Wien. klin. Wschr.,  1931, 44:
99; 139.—Mauriac,  P.  Endarterite chronique progressive des
sujets d'age moyen.  Progr. med., Par., 1937, 513-7.—Nathan,
H.  Blande anamische  Erweichungsherde im Anschluss an
eine infektiose Thromboarteriitis  (tuberculosa beziehungsweise 
ENDARTERITIS
281
ENDARTERITIS
  purulenta)  grosser Hirnbasisarterien.   Zschr.  ges
  Psychiat., 1 29-30, 123: 579-605.

  ----   chronica deformans.

     See Arteriosclerosis.


  ENDARTERITIS  obliterans.

     See  also  Arteries,  Obliteration;  Arterioscle-
  rosis;  Dysbasia,  intermittent,  angiopathic; also
  names of arteries and parts affected as Coronary
  arteries, Inflammation; Extremity (Endarteritis;
  Gangrene)  Penis;  Retinal artery,  &c.
     Nimz,  R.   A.    *Buerger's   disease:  thrombo-
  angiitis obliterans.   22p.   8?    Wauwatosa, Wis-
  consin,  1936.
     Ahlberg, A.  Thrombo-angiitis obliterans  (Buerger)  Acta
  chir. scand., 1931-32,  69:  479-93.—Bais.  [Burger's disease]
  Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1934, 74: 625.—Beck, C.  Arteritis
  obliterans.  Surg. Clin.  Chicago, 1920, 4:  1267-9.—Bellerose,
  A.  Maladie  de  Buerger;  apercus g6n6raux et observation
  clinique.  Union nted. Canada, 1927, 56: 433-44.—Binderman,
  S. L.  Some notes  on thrombo-angiitis obliterans.  Middlesex
  Hosp. J.,  1939,  39:  122-7.—Bonadies, A.  La malattia di
  Buerger (trombo-angioite obliterante)  Riv. osp.,  1928,  18:
  87-109—Brown. G. E.   Thrombo-angiitis obliterans; Buerger's
  disease.  Surg. Gyn. Obst,, 1934, 58: 297-311.  Also Northwest
  M.,  1935,  34:  463-6.—Bullrich, R.   Enfermedad  de  Leo
  Buerger.  Dia med., B. Air., 1931-32, 4: 831.—Buxton, S. J. D.
  Thrombo-angiitis obliterans. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1930-
  31,  24: sect,  clin., 22.—Cannaday, J. E., & Cooke, W. L.
  Buerger's disease.  Internat. J.  M. & S., 1935, 48:  15-25.—
  Carpentier.  Deux formes cliniques de l'endarterite obliterante
  subaigue.  Arch. mal.  coeur.,  1918,  11:  112-4.—Cerqua, S.
  Sul morbo di  Buerger.   Rinasc. med., 1933,  10: 58-60, pl.—
  Chakravarti, D.  C.  Thrombo-angiitis obliterans.   Ind.  M.
  Gaz.,  1935,  70:  16-9.—Claridge,  J. D.   Thrombo-angiitis
  obliterans.  Illinois M.  J.,  1926, 49: 328-32.—Clark, A. S.
  Thrombo-angiitis obliterans.  Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1922,
  n. ser., 6: 249.—Clark, C. N. A case of thrombo-angiitis obli-
  terans.  Lancet, Lond.,  1930, 2:  191.—Clerici, A.  La malattia
  di Burger.  Gazz. osp., 1928, 49: 449-51.—Collins, A.  N., &
  MacRae, G. C.  Thrombo-angiitis obliterans.  Tr. Ass. Phvhi-
  cians Mayo Clin. (1925) 1926, 6: 105-18, pl.  Also J. Lancet,
  1926, 46:  1-5.—Diez, J. Tromboangeitis obliterante.   Prensa
  med. argent., 1934-35, 21: 949; 1011.—Duncan, E. A.   Throm-
  bo-angiitis obliterans.    Southwest.  M.,  1927,  11:  20-2.—
  Egedy,  E.   [Endarteritis obliterans]  Orvoskepzes, 1937,  27:
  43-51.—Farkas, J.  [Endarteritis obliterans]  Orv. hetil., 1931,
  75:  709-11.—Frauenthal, H.  W.  Obliterating endarteritis.
  Internat. Clin., 1918, 28. ser., 4: 62.—Frugoni, C. Sindrome di
  Burger.  Minerva med., Tor., 1929, 9: pt  2, 592-603.—Gans,
  O.  Endarteriitis oder  Thromboangiitis obliterans?   Derm.
  Zschr., 1928, 53: 213-26.—Gasbarrini, A.  Sindrome di Burger.
  Minerva med., Tor., 1934, 25: 721-7.—Gemmill, W. F.  Throm-
  bo-angiitis obliterans.   Atlantic M.  J., 1925-26, 29:  244.—
  Haft, H.  Buerger's disease—thrombo-angiitis obliterans.   J.
  Nat. Ass. Chiropod., 1930,  20: No. 6, 17-9.—Haxthausen, H.
  [Thrombo-arteritis  obliterans  (Buerger's  disease)]   Dansk.
  derm, selsk. forh., 1931-32, 64: 47.  Heale, T. A. F.  Thrombo-
  angiitis obliterans.  Melbourne Hosp. Clin.  Rep., 1930,  1: 55-8.
  ------  Burger's  disease.  Med. J.  Australia, 1938, 1: 179.—
  Heitz, J.  La maladie de Leo Buerger.  Prat. nted. fr., 1929,
  8: 28-38.—Hijmans van den Bergh, A. A.   [Buerger's disease]
  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1931, 75: 6-16.—Kennedy, R. L.   Throm-
 bo-angiitis obliterans.  J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1934, 23:  17-23.—
 Kessel,  R.  Thrombo-angitis  obliterans  (Buerger's  disease)
 West Virginia  M. J., 1931, 27:  301-8.—Kia;r, S.  [Thrombo-
 angiitis  obliterans (Buerger)]  Ugeskr. laeger, 1932,  94: 95-
  104.—Koukine, N.  Probtemes  d'etiologie, de clinique et de
 traitement de l'endarterite obliterante.  Rev. chir., Par., 1934,
 72: 639-53.—Leachman, T. C.  Buerger's disease, or thrombo-
 angeitis  obliterans.  Eclect.  M. J., 1931, 91: 92-4.—Leotta, N.
 Tromboangite obliterante (morbo di Buerger)  Rass.  clin. sc,
 1937,  15:  363-8.—Leriche,  R.   Das  Problem  der  Arteriitis
 obliterans.  Med.  Welt,  1935, 9: 851.—Letulle, M., Marchak,
 J.. & Boyer, G.  La maladie de Buerger. Presse med., 1928, 36:
 193-6.—Lodder,  J., &  Muller,  H.   [Winiwarter-Buerger's
 disease]  Geneesk. tschr.  Ned. Indie, 1937, 77:  3315-29, 2 pl —
 Lowenstein,  P. S.   Thrombo-angiitis  obliterans  (Buerger)
 Week. Bull. S.  Louis M. Soc, 1935, 29: 407-13.—Marchak, J.
 La maladie de  Buerger.   Bull. Soc.  med. hop. Paris,  1933, 3.
 ser.,  49:  1558-62.—Marinacci, S.  Endoarterite obliterante.
 Arch. ital.  chir., 1933, 35: 795.  Also Policlinico, 1934, 41: sez.
 prat., 1687-92.—Marnoch,   J.,  & MacRae,  E.   Thrombo-
 angeitis obliterans. J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1927, 30: 39-43, pl.—
 Martin, J. F.  Thrombo-angiitis obliterans.  Am. Med.,  1935,
 41:  456-9.—Matthews,  A.  A.   Thrombo-angiitis obliterans.
 Surg. Clin. N. America,  1930, 10: 1119-33.—Miltau  [Endar-
 teriitis obliterans]   Przegl. derm., 1938, 33: 408.—Moldaver.
 Les arterites  obliterantes.  Rev. neur.,  Par., 1935, 42: 992.—
 Monaco, B. Morbo di Leo Buerger.  Ann. ital. chir., 1934, 13:
 1364-87.—-Moore,  A. T.   Thromboangiitis obliterans.  J.  S.
Carolina M. Ass.,  1933, 29:  144-7.—Morrison, B.  Thrombo-
angiitis obliterans.  J. M. Ass.  S. Africa, 1927, 1: 26-33.—
Muskat,  G,   Die  Buergersche  Krankheit  Thromboangitis
 obliterans.   Med. Welt, 1931, 5:  367-9.—Nygaard, K.  K.
 [Thromboangitis obliterans]  Norsk mag. laegevid.,  1938, 99:
 1051-6— O'Farrell, P. T.,  &  Doolin, W.  Thrombo-angiitis
 obliterans.  Irish J. M. Sc, 1934. ser. 6, 223-8, 2 pl.—Orr, T. G.
 Thrombo-angiitis obliterans.   Surg.  J.,  1927-28, 34: 173-5.
 Also South. M. J., 1928, 21: 565-8.—Painter, C. F.  Thrombo-
 angiitis obliterans (Buerger's disease)  N. England J. M., 1928,
 199: 598-607.—Pavlovsky, A. J.   Tromboangeitis obliterante;
 Dia med., B. Air., 1938,  10: 1337-42. Also Rev. med. cubana,
 1939, 50: 481-93.—Pikas, A.  [Leo-Buerger's disease (thrombo-
 angiitis obliterans)]  Medicina, Kaunas, 1930, 11: 405-13.—
 Puente Veloso, S. Arteritis obliterante y tromboangitis.  Med.
 ibera,  1929, 24: 65-7.—Rechtman, A. M.  Thromboangiitis
 obliterans (Buerger's disease)  Med. J. & Rec, 1929, 129: 367-
 9.  Also repr.—Schena,  A. T.  Tromboangeitis obliterante.
 Sem.  med.,  B. Air.,  1937, 44:  pt 2, 1426-39.—Silbert,  S.
 Thrombo-angioitis obliterans.   Rass. internaz. clin.  ter., 1934,
 15: 405-12.  Also J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1937, 34:  681.—Sloan,
 L. H.,  & Roberts, J. M.  Thrombo-angiitis  obliterans.  Med.
 Clin. N. America, 1930-31, 14: 1177-9.—Smith, S.  Thrombo-
 angiitis obliterans. J. R. Army M. Corps, 1931, 57: 92-106.—
 Telford, E. D.  Thrombo-angiitis  obliterans.  Lancet, Lond.,
 1937, 1: 549-52.—Thrombo-angiitis obliterans.  Annual Rep.
 Chief M. Off. Min. Health, Lond. (1936)  1937,  218.—Waas, F.
 J.  Endarteritis  obliterans; etiology, symptomatology and
 surgical treatment.  J. Florida M. Ass., 1923-24, 10: 155-61.—
 Wallace, J.  Thrombo-angiitis obliterans (Buerger's  disease)
 Clin. J. Chiropody, 1933, 6: 79.—Wallich, R.  Le probteme de
 la thrombo-angeite  obliterante  dite  maladie  de  Buerger.
 Hopital,  1927,  15:  426-8.—Wheeler, W. I.  C.  Thrombo-
 angiitis obliterans.  Brit. M. J., 1927, 1: 225.  Also Clin.  J.,
 Lond.,  1927, 56: 385-9.  Also Irish J. M. Sc, 1927, 6. ser.,
 76-82.

 ----   Associated disease.

    Capella,  F.  Raro caso di tromboflebite migrante del plesso
 spermatico in morbo di Buerger.  Boll. Soc. med.  chir., Pavia,
 1935, 49: 801-21.—Collens, W.  S.. & Wilensky, N. D.  Throm-
 boangiitis obliterans in  a diabetic.  Am. Heart J.,  1939, 17:
 624-7.—Helm, S., & Horton,  B. T. Thrombo-angiitis oblite-
 rans  associated  with diabetes  mellitus.  Ann. Int. M.,  1938-
 39, 12: 1493-8.—Horton, B. T., & Brown, G. E.  Unusual cases
 of thrombo-angiitis  obliterans; their  association with  poly-
 cythemia vera and traumatic myelitis.  Med. Clin. N. America,
 1928-29, 12: 1017-27.—Levin,  O. L. Thrombo-angiitis oblite-
 rans and  multiple telangiectases.   Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic,
 1937,  36: 1253-5.—Silbert, S.  Thrombo-angiitis  obliterans
 and Addison's disease in  the same  patient.  J. Am. M. Ass.,
 1937, 108: 551.—Smith, R. P., & Patterson, D.  W.  Thrombo-
 angiitis obliterans in association with syphilis.   Brit. M.  J..
 1927, 1: 227, pl.

 ----  capillary.

   See also Capillaries;  Roseola; also  names  of
 exanthematic diseases.
   Alzona, F.  Ricerche capillariscopiche nella trombo-angioite
 obliterante (morbo di Buerger)  Bull. sc. med., Bologna, 1928,
 ser. 10,  6: 97-111.—Buinewitsch, K.  Capillaropathia obliterans
 circumscripta acuta.  Zbl. inn. Med., 1934, 55: 1009-15.  Also
 Urol. Cut. Rev.,  1935, 39: 257-60.—Gougerot, H.. & Brouet,  G.
 Capillarite obliterante, necrosante,  recidivante, febrile.  Bull.
 Soc. fr. derm, syph.,  1936, 43: 391-5.  ------& Eliaschev, O.
 Histologie de la  capillarite obliterante necrosante, recidivante,
 febrile: capillarites intenses et  reactions tuberculoides. Ibid.,
 568.—Starkus,  A.  Zur Frage der Capillaropathia obliterans
 circumscripta  acuta.   Zbl.  inn.  Med.,  1937,  58:  161-5.—
 Straussler,  E.   Ueber das  Wesen der Endarteriitis luetica
 (Heubner)  und  der  Endarteriitis  der  kleinen  und kleinsten
 Gefasse  (Nissl-Alzheimer)  Mschr.  Psychiat., 1936-37, 94:
 301-17.—Weill,  G.   Capillarites  obliterantes  disseminees a
 poussees successives.   Bull. Soc. fr. derm,  syph.,  1935, 42:
 1702-8.

 ----  Cases.

   Feitig,  W.    *Klinische   Beobachtungen  an
 zwei   Fallen   von   Thrombangiitis   obliterans
 [Buerger]   [Miinchen]  23p.   8?  Bleicherode-H.,
 1935.
   Allen, E.  V.   Thrombo-angiitis obliterans; report of a case.
 Proc Mayo Clin., 1927,  2: 92-6.   ------   Thrombo-angiitis
 obliterans; a clinical study of  200 cases; etiology, pathology,
 symptoms, diagnosis.  Ann. Int. M.,  1927-28,  1:  535-49.—
 Balado, M., & Selva, R.   Un caso de endarteritis obliterante.
 Sem. med., B. Air., 1923, 30: 548-53.—Beers, D. L. Thrombo-
 angiitis obliterans, report of case.  U. S. Nav.  M. Bull.,  1926,
 24: 900-5.—Bellerose, A.   A case of thrombo-angiitLs obliterans
 (Buerger's disease)  Canad. M. Ass. J., 1927, 17: 1061. ------
 Maladie de Buerger; apercus g6n6raux et observation clinique.
 Gaz. hop., 1928, 101:  405-8.—Bernheim. A. R., & London,
 I.  M.  Arteriosclerosis and thrombo-angiitis obliterans; report
 of  cases and  treatment.  J. Am. M.  Ass., 1937,  108: 2102-9.—
 Bircher, W.   Ein Fall von Endarteriitis  obliterans.   Miinch.
med. Wschr., 1937, 84: 168-70.—Bee, G.  [Case of Buerger's
disease]  Med. rev.,  Bergen, 1927, 44: 550-65, 3 pl.—Boyd,
A.   M.   Thromboangiitis obliterans;  a  clinical study.   S. 
ENDARTERITIS
282
ENDARTERITIS
  Barth. Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1938,  71:  151-72, 2 pl.—Brebner,
  I. W.  The case-incidence of thrombo-angiitis as seen in Johan-
  nesburg; diagnosis and treatment.  J.  M. Ass. S. Africa, 1928,
  2: 348-50, 2 pl.—Brooks,  H.  A study of a case of thrombo-
  angitis obliterans.  J.  M. Res., 1911, 20: 247-58. Also repr.—
  Buxton, S. J. D. Case of thrombo-angeitis obliterans.  Proc. R.
  Soc. M., Lond., 1922-23, 16: sect, clin., 14-6.—Cautiero, G.  Su
  un raro caso di arterio-ftebite obliterante  (malattia di Burger)
  Fol. med., Nap., 1927,  13: 1411-8.—Christiansen, S.   [Case
  of thrombo-arteritis obliterans]   Hospitalstidende, 1934, 77:
  Dansk derm, selsk. forh.,  37.—Crank, A. G.  Observations in
  10 cases of  thromboangeitis obliterans.  Med. Bull. Veterans
  Admin., 1931, 7: 922.—Darley, W., & Burnett, C. T.  A review
  of 10  cases of thrombo-angiitis  obliterans.    Colorado M.,
  1934, 31: 18-23.—De Gaetano, L.  Su di un caso  di male di
  Leo  Buerger o tromboangioite obliterante giovanile  (endo-
  arterite obliterante giovanile)  Ann. ital. chir., 1928, 7: 13-40.—
  Denechau. D., & Picaud, L.  Un cas de maladie de Lio Buerger
  ou thrombo-angeite obliterante.  Arch.  med.  Angers,  1930,
  34: 69-78.—Dumas, A. G., & Evans, E. V. Thrombo-angiitis
  obliterans;  report of 52  cases.  Minnesota M.,  1932, 15:
  320-8.  Also Med. Bull. Veterans  Admin.,  1933, 10: 99-109 —
  Evans, G.  Case of thrombo-angeitis obliterans.  Proc  R. Soc.
  M.,  Lond., 1922-23,  16: sect,  clin.,  12-4.—Gelonesi,  G.
  Contributo  clinico  al morbo  di  Burger.   Ann.  med.  nav.,
  Roma, 1930, 36: pt 2, 550-67.—Goldsmith, G. A.  Thrombo-
  angiitis obliterans with common  types of pain: report of  3
  cases.  Med. Clin. N. America, 1934, 18: 623-8.—Grieco, F.
  Note cliniche ed anatomo-istologiche su due casi di sindrome
  di L. Buerger.  Arch. ital. chir.,  1933, 33: 289-305.—Guillaume,
  A. C.  Etude clinique sur la soi-disante maladie de Buerger.
  Gaz. hop., 1927, 100: 1009; 1041.—Guimy.  Thrombo-angiite
  obliterante.  Arch. med. beiges, 1927, 80: 49-52.—Hadorn, W.
  Neue Krankheitsbilder bei Thrombangiitis obliterans Buerger.
  Helvet. med. acta, 1937,  4:  728-34—Hofesji, J.   [Case of
  Buerger's endarteritis]   Cas. tek.  Cesk., 1936,  75:  1203-5.—
  Ibarra, J., jr.   Un  caso de tromboangeitis obliterante o en-
  fermedad  de Buerger.  Rev. cir. Hosp. Juarez,  Mex., 1937, 8:
  579-83—Kallos, P., & Nusselt, H. Zur Kenntnis der Throm-
  boangiitis obliterans (Burger)  Klin. Wschr., 1933, 12: 425-7.—
  Klaer, S.   Thrombo-angitis obliterans (Buerger)  Acta orthop.
  scand., 1931, 2: 103-32.—Malloch, A.  A case of thrombo-
  angeitis obliterans.  Canad. M. Ass.  J.,  1924, 14: 516-8.—
  Marchal.  La maladie de Buerger; k propos de 2 observations
  personnelles.  Rev. med.  est,  1935,  63:  382.—Nadeau,  C.
  Sur 3 cas de maladie de  Buerger.  J. Hotel-Dieu  Montreal,
  1935, 4: 29-37.—Natoli, M. S.  Su due casi di obliterazioni
 arteriose.   Riv.  med.,  1937,   45:  115-7.—Nicolaysen, K.
 [Case of  Buerger's disease] Norsk, mag.  laegevid., 1937, 98:
 665-71.—Orth,  O.  Ein  Fall  von  doppelseitiger  Thrombo-
 angitis obliterans.   Med.  Welt, 1938, 12: 559.—Pai,  M. N.
 A case of thrombo-angiitis  obliterans.   Ind. M. Gaz., 1931, 66:
 431-3.—Peters, J. T.  [Thrombo-angiitis obliterans (Buerger)
 in  the Netherlands; case]  Geneesk. gids,  1927, 5:  789-94.—
 Pflimlin,  R. Ein Fall von Endangitis obliterans Winiwarter
  (Buergersche Krankheit)   Klin.  Mbl. Augenh.,   1935,  95:
  106.—Rubinstein,  H.  S.   Thrombo-angiitis  obliterans;  a
 clinical survey.   Bull. School M.  Univ. Maryland,  1933, 18:
 51-7.—Sato, T.  Ein seltener Fall von Arterien-Obliteration.
 Klin. Wschr., 1938, 17: 1154-7.—Schupfer, F.   Sopra un caso
 di  endoarterite  obliterante.  Minerva med., Tor.,  1933 24:
 pt 2, 113-22.—Steel, W. A.  The  clinical  aspect of thrombo-
 angiitis obliterans.   Internat. Clin.,  1927,  37. ser.,  3:  46-51,
 2 pl.—Sussi, L.  Delia malattia di Buerger.  Arch. sc.  med.,
 Tor.,  1930,  54: 497-514.—Svensson, H.  [Three cases of
 Buerger's disease]  Nord. med., 1939, 2: 1366-8.—Syms, G. F.
 Two  cases  of thrombo-arteritis obliterans.  J.  R.  Nav. M.
 Serv., 1935,  21: 48.—Takats, G.  Observations  on  Buerger's
 disease.  Proc. Inst. M. Chicago, 1934-35, 10: 238.—Thomsen,
 E.  [Case of Buerger's disease (thrombo-angiitis-obliterans)]
 Hospitalstidende, 1933, 76: Dansk. kir. selsk. forh., 17-22.—
 Trabaud, J.,  & Faham, M.  Note br£ve au sujet d'un nouveaux
 cas de Leo Buerger.  Rev. prat. mal.  pays chauds,  1937 17-
 399-407.—Zeno, L. O.. Cames,  O., & Cid, J. M.  Enfermedad
 de  Lio Buerger.  Rev. med.  lat.  amer.,  B. Air.,  1928, 14:


 ----  Causes.

   Kiszelnik,  D.     *Maladie  de  Buerger  et
 typhus  exanthematique  inapparent.   64d     8°
 Par., 1934.

   Stegmaier,   J.    *Das  Krankheitsbild    der
 Thromboangiitis  obliterans (Biirgersche  Krank-
 heit)   mit  besonderer    Berucksichtigung    der
 atiologischen Faktoren.   96p.   8?   Berl.,  1931.
   Aetiology  of  thrombo-angiitis  obliterans.   Brit. M.  J
 1936,  2: 1149.—Allen, E. V., &  Lauderdale, T. L. Accidental
 transmission of thrombo-angiitis obliterans from man to man
 Proc  Mayo  Clin.,  1936,  11:  641-4.—Barker,  N. W    The
 tobacco factor in thrombo-angiitis obliterans.  Ibid  1931 6-
 27-!'—Barron*  M,'  ,E-  &  Linenthal,  H.   Thrombo-angiitis
 obliterans;  general distribution  of  the  disease.   Arch   Surg
 1929,  19: 735-51.  Also repr.—Bergman, A., & Dragosky, l!
rL?,.2^xla y tromboangeitis.  Prensa med. argent.,  1936 23-
 1694-700.—Bergman, A., & Rikles,  H.  El rol del tabaco en la
trombo-angeites  obliterante.  Rev. med., Rosario, 1936  10-
No. 91, 1-11.—Dupre. P. Arterite  obliterante de Page moyen
 ou des  adultes.   Bull.  med.  Quebec,  1928,  29:  329-34.—
 Goodman, C.  A skin test to suggest the diagnosis of recovered
 typhus and thrombo-angiitis.  Bull. N. York Acad. M., 1935,
 11: 403-12.  Also repr.  ------  Thrombo-angiitis obliterans
 and typhus; evidence of  etiologie relationship.   Arch.  Surg.,
 1937, 35: 1126-44.—Gray, H. J.  Thromboangiitis obliterans:
 significant findings  and a theory  of etiology.  Med. Bull.
 Veterans Admin.,  1934-35, 11: 16-23.—Gruber, G. B.  End-
 arteriitis obliterans und Kiiltebrand. Beitr. path. Anat., 1930,
 84: 155-82, pl.—Horton,  B.  T., &  Brown, G.  E.   Thrombo-
 angitis obliterans among persons  past  middle age.  Ann. Int.
 M., 1931, 5: 613-24.—Kaunitz, J.  Chronic endemic ergotism;
 its relation to thrombo-angiitis obliterans.  Arch. Surg., 1932,
 25: 1135-51.—Kukin, N. N.   [Effect  of lead on the develop-
 ment and course of endarteritis obliterans]  Khirurgia, Moskva,
 1937,  No. 2, 90-100.—Liebstein, A.  M.  Etiology of thrombo-
 angeitis obliterans in relation to  its therapy.   Eclect. M. J.,
 1928,  88: 467; 514.—McDougall, J.  B.,  & Crawford,  J. H.
 Thrombo-angiitis  obliterans (Buerger's disease) gassing  as an
 aetiological  factor.   Lancet,  Lond., 1935, 2: 366-8.—Maga-
 zanik, G. L.  [Certain properties of the constitution in subjects
 with endarteriitis  obliterans]  Vest,  khir.,  1936, 44:  276-80.—
 Snijders,  E.  P.   [Winiwarter-Burger's disease  in the Dutch
 Indies]   Geneesk.  tschr. Ned. Indie,  1933,  73:  4-16,  pl.—
Thrombo-angiitis obliterans; a discussion of causes and  treat-
ment.  Roche Rev., Nutley, N. J., 1937-38, 2: 91-7.—Troisier,
J., &  Horowitz, A.  Maladie de Buerger  et typhus exanthe-
matique.   Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1933, 3. ser., 49: 151-7.—
Westcott. F. H., & Wright, I. S. Tobacco allergy and throm-
boangiitis obliterans.  J. Allergy, 1937-38, 9: 555-64.
 ----   Causes: Heredity.
   Kaplan, T.  Thromboangiitis obliterans; report of a case in
 brothers.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1939,  149:  365.—Meszaros, K.
 [Arteritis obliterans; a familial disease] Orv. hetil., 1931,  75:
 1044-6.   Also Deut. Arch.  klin.  Med.,  1931, 171: 391-6.—
 Meulengracht, E., & 0llgaard, E.  [Thrombo-angiitis (Buerger's
 disease)  in  enzygotic  twins]   Hospitalstidende,  1933,   76:
 397-401.—Reichert. O.  Zur Erbbedingtheit der Thrombangitis
 obliterans; Beitrag zur Erbfrage beim Rheumatismus.   Zschr.
 menschl.  Vererb.,  1939,  23: 53-66.—Samuels,  S. S.  The
 incidence of  thrombo-angiitis obliterans in  brothers.  Am.
 J. M. Sc, 1932, 183: 465-7.—Weber, F. P.  Thrombo-angiitis
 obliterans  in  father and son.  Lancet, Lond.,  1937,  2:  72.
 Also repr.  ------ & Huber, H.  Stammbaum-Untersuchung
 bei der Thrombangiitis obliterans.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1939,
 65:  256.—Wilensky,  N.  D.. &  Col lens, W.  S.  Thrombo-
 angiitis obliterans  in sisters.  J. Am. M.  Ass., 1938, 110:
 1746.—Zolotov, N. A.  [Familial forms of spontaneous gangrene
 and endarteritis obliterans]   Ortop. travmat., 1935, 9: 129-33.

 ----  Causes: Race.

   Moldovan,  S.   *Sur  trois cas de maladie  de
 Buerger  chez les individus  non-Israelites.   52p.
 8?   Par., 1931.
   Bergman.  A., & Rikles,  H.  El factor racial  en la trom-
 boangeitis obliterante.  Prensa nted. argent., 1935, 22: 2179-
 84.—Col lens,  W.  S.   Thromboangiitis obliterans (so-called
 Jewish disease)  Hebrew M.  J., 1939, 1: 178-82.—Koyano,  K.
 Etude clinique de  120 cas de thromboangiitis obliterans chez
 les Japonais.   Bruxelles med., 1925-26, 6: 1156-62.—Ludlow,
 A. I.  Thrombo-angiitis obliterans; a review and report of the
 disease in Koreans.  China M. J., 1931,  45: 487-514.   Also
 repr.—Noble,  T. P.   Thrombo-angiitis obliterans in  Siam.
 Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop.  M., 1930,  1: 512-22.  Also Lancet,
 Lond., 1931,  1: 288-91.—Parson, G. W.  A case  of thrombo-
 angiitis obliterans  in  a negroid.  Texas J. M., 1936-37,  32:
 546-8— Trabaud. J.,  & Mredden.   Maladie de  Leo Buerger
 chez une jeune fille musulmane.  Bull. Soc. med. hop.  Paris,
 1931 3 ser., 47: 579-83.—Weber, F. P., Rast, H.,  & Lutterotti.
 O.  Thrombo-angitis obliterans in non-Hebrew subjects, and
 report of a case of  chronic ulcus cruris in a young man.  Brit.
 M. J., 1930,  2: 279.  Also  repr.—Yater,  W.  M.  Thrombo-
 angiitis obliterans in negroes; report of 5 cases studied arterio-
 graphically and pathologically.   Am.  Heart  J.,  1937,  13:
 511—33.

 ----   cerebral and  ocular.

   See  also   Brain,  Apoplexy;  Retina,  Diseases;
 Vitreous, Hemorrhage,  &c.
   Benedek, L. [Cerebral symptoms in endarteriitis obliterans]
?^hetl1" 1936> 80: 575> 2 P1-  Also Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat,,
 1936,  156: 646-52.—Essen,  K. W.   Hemiptegie bei Endar-
teriitis obliterans.  Deut. Zschr. Nervenh.,  1935, 138: 99-101.—
Foerster, O.,  & Guttmann, L.  Cerebrate  Komplikationen bei
 1 hrombangiitis obliterans.  Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1933, 100:
506-15.—Giampalmo, A.   Beitrag zur Endarteriitis obliterans
des Gehirns.   Deut. Zschr.  Nervenh.,  1937,  144:  166-74 —
Hausner, E., & Allen, E. V.   Cerebrovascular complications in
thrombo-angiitis obliterans.   Ann. Int. M., 1938-39, 12: 845-
52.—Holz.  Endarteriitis obliterans als Ursache eines apoplek-
tischen  Insultes.   Berl.  tierarztl. Wschr., 1935,  51:  768 —
Marchesani, O. Juvenile recidivierende Glaskorperblutungen
und Thrombangiitis obliterans (Buerger)  Ber. Deut.  ophth.
Ges.,  1934, 50: 53-60  [Discussion]  60-4.  ------ Thromb-
angiitis obliterans am Auge.   Arch. Augenh., 1935, 109: 124- 
ENDARTERITIS
283
ENDARTERITIS
38
Zwei weitere anatomisch untersuchte Falle von
Thrombangiitis obliterans am Auge.   Klin. Mbl.  Augenh.
1938,  100:  607.—Meszaros, K.   Thromboangiitis obliterans
mit Veranderungen am Augenhintergrund.  Deut. Arch. klin.
Med., 1937, 180: 526-9.—Meves, H.  Ueber cerebrate Beteili-
gung  bei  der Thrombangiitis  obliterans  (von  Winiwarter-
Buergersche  Krankheit)   Nervenarzt,  1938, 11:   127-9.—
Monbrun.  Spasme  artdiel et arterite obliterante au niveau
des radiations optiques et de  l'ecorce  visuelle.  Clin,  opht.,
Par., 1928, 32: 303-19.—Pflngst, A. O.   Endarteritis obliterans
with unusual  eye involvement.  J. Med., Cincin.,  1933-34, 14:
566-70.  ------& Townes, C. D.  Endarteritis obliterans with
spontaneous gangrene of both corneas.  Tr. Am.  Ophth. Soc,
1932,  30: 148-65,  6 pl.—Schmelzer,  H.  Die  Embolie der
Zentralarterie  eine   Erscheinungsform  der  Thrombangiitis
obliterans am Auge?  Klin. Mbl. Augenh.,  1937,  98:  630-3 —
Spatz, H.  Ueber die Beteiligung des Gehirns  bei  der  von
Winiwarter-Buergerschen  Krankheit   (Thrombo-endangiitis
obliterans)   Deut.  Zschr.  Nervenh.,   1935,  136: 86-132.—
Stauder, K. H.  Neurologische Storungen  bei Thrombangitis
obliterans (Buerger)  Klin. Wschr., 1934, 13: 1784.—Stender,
A.  Zur Symptomatologie und Therapie  der cerebralen Form
der Endangitis obliterans.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1936,
156: 761-76.—Uyama, Y.  Ueber das Vorkommen der sogenann-
ten Thromboangiitis obliterans am Auge unter Berucksichtigung
anatomischer  Untersuchungen.   Arch. Ophth.,  Berl.,  1937,
137: 438-46.—Yanovsky, M. Sistema neuro-6rgano-vegetativo
en el sindrome tromboangiitis tipo Buerger, denominado neuro-
angiitis  fibrosa obliterante.  Sem. med.,  B. Air.,  1936,  43:
pt 2, 968-91.

----   Complication.

   See   also  Gangrene;   Infarction;  also   under
names of parts affected.
   Causa y Ramirez, A.  Gangrena por endoarteritis obliterante.
Rev. med.  cubana,  1927, 38: 12-14.—Dorronsoro Montes, A.
Caso de gangrena por arteritis obliterante.  Siglo med., 1936,
97: 89.—Fatherree, T. J., & Hines, E. A., jr.  Fatal complica-
tions  of thrombo-angiitis obliterans; a clinical study.   Proc.
Mayo  Clin.,   1938,  13:  342-7.—Hartmann.  Gangrene  par
arterite. Clinique, Par., 1926, 21: 17.—Lattauer,  D., & Wright,
I. S.  Simultaneous quadrilateral acute ulcerations in  thrombo-
angiitis  obliterans: report of a case.  Am. Heart J.,  1937, 14:
466-73.—Leibovici, R.   Remarques sur le diagnostic  et le
traitement des gangrenes par arterites obliterantes de l'adulte.
J. chir., Par., 1928, 31: 354-76.—Lisch, K.   Embolie  der
Zentralarterie bei  der  Buergerschen Krankheit.  Klin. Mbl.
Augenh., 1937, 99: 812.—Louste, Thibaut [et al.]  Gangrene
seche par arterite  de la  region dorsolombaire; considerations
etiologiques.   Bull. Soc.  fr. derm, syph.,  1927,  34:  223-6.—
Piola, C. La gangrena por endarteritis obliterante.  Rev. med.,
Rosario, 1927,  17: 82-97.—Rikles,   M.  H.   Mutiladones
quirurgicas en la trombo-angeftis  obliterante.  Sem. med., B.
Air., 1933, 40: 76-80.—Sezary,  A., & Bolgert, R.  Gangrene
livedoide par arterite de la  fesse.  Bull.  Soc. fr. derm, syph.,
1934, 41: 1555-7.

----  Diagnosis.

   Allen, E. V., & Brown, G. E.  Erroneous diagnosis of Ray-
naud's disease in obliterative vascular disease (thromboangiitis
obliterans)  vasomotor   disturbances   simulating  Raynaud's
disease.  Am. J. M. Sc,  1927, 174: 319-29, 4 pl.—Baillat, G.,
& Meriel, P.  Lipiodiagnostic  arteriel ou oscillontetrie, le
procede  d'examen de choix dans les  gangrenes par arterite.
Gaz.  hop.,  1926,  99:  181-3.—Cohen, S.  S., & Barron, M.
E.  Thrombo-angiitis obliterans  with  special reference to its
abdominal  manifestations.  N.  England  J. M.,  1936,  214:
1275-9— Colomer, T.  Sur quelques cas d 'endarterite obliterante
simulant la maladie de Raynaud.  J.  neur. psychiat., Brux.,
1930, 30: 880-4.—De Leo, S. Sindrome di  Raynaud atipica ed
endoarterite  obliterante.  Morgagni,  1924, 66:  838-47, pl —
Del Plato, G.  Le sindromi cliniche dell'endoarterite obliterante
e della tromboendoangioite.  Fol. med., Nap., 1929  15: 1679-
99 —Dyer. J. H.  Thromboangeitis obliterans and Raynaud s
disease   U.  S.  Veterans Bur.  M. Bull.,  1930, 6:  462-9 —
Edwards, E.  A.  The arteriographic comparison of  thrombo-
angiitis  obliterans and  arteriosclerosis.  N.  England  J.  M.,
1935, 213: 616, pl.—Goldsmith, G. A.,  & Brown, G. E. Pain in
thrombo-angiitis obliterans:  a clinical study of 100 consecutive
cases.  Collect. Papers Mayo Clin., 1934, 26: 672-4   Also Am.
J. M. Sc, 1935, 189: 819-33, 2 pl.—Goodman, C, & Brodie, M.
A test for diagnosis of thrombo-angiitis obliterans.  Proc. hoc.
Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1934-35, 32: 1331.—Guerreri  D Antona, G.
Sull'importanza della diagnosi per l'indicazione e  la  terapia
chirurgica del morbo di  Buerger.  Clinica, Bologna, 1935, 1:
466-82.—Hill, L. V.  Some diagnostic points in trombo-angiitis
obliterans.  J. Kansas M. Soc, 1928, 28: 73-81.—Labbe, M-, &
Heitz, J.  De la valeur  des indications fournies par 1 oscillo-
ntetrie  pour  le  diagnostic  des  arterites stenosantes.   Pans
med., 1926, 59: 498-501.—Lloret Gil, F.  Un caso  de endar-
teritis obliterante con sindrome entromelalgico.  Med. ibera,
1935, 29: 107.—Lowenstein, P. S.  Thrombo-angiitis obliterans
(Buerger) its recognition and treatment by the practitioner.
J. Missouri  M. Ass.,  1935,  32: 227-33—Masselot,  F.,  &
Poignant, H.   Syndrome de  Buerger et syndrome de  Raynaud.
Tunis, med.,  1930, 24: 1-7.—Moldaver.   Les arterites oblite-
rantes-  appreciations de la  valeur fonctiondle des  terntoires
atteints par les mesures de chronaxie.   Encephale,  1936, 31:
115-38, 2 graph.—Portela, C. J.  Tromboangeitis obliterante;
sintomatologia y diagnostico.  Dfa med., B. Air., 1931-32, 4:
566-72.—Samuels, S. S.  The early diagnosis  of  thrombo-
angiitis obliterans; a new diagnostic sign.   J. Am. M. Ass.,
1929, 92: 1571. Also repr.  Also J. Nat. Ass. Chropod., 1930,
20: No. 11, 7-9.  ----—  Newer aspects of thromboangiitis
obliterans;  diagnostic and therapeutic.   Long Island M. J.,
1929, 23: 153-7.—Schuller, J.  Die Endarteriitis  obliterans im
Arteriogramm.  Verh.  Deut. orthop. Ges.  (1933)  1934,  28.
Kongr. 318-28.—Whitsitt, L. M.  Early  diagnosis of thrombo-
angiitis obliterans.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1929, 92: 2122.

----   generalized.

   Dahlheim,  L.    *Ueber  Thrombangiitis  ob-
literans   an  den  Gefassen der  unteren Extremi-
taten und gleichzeitig an anderen Korperarterien.
35p.   8?   Berl., 1935.
   Allen, E. V., & Willius, F. A. Disease of the coronary arteries
associated  with thrombo-angiitis obliterans of the extremities.
Ann. Int. M., 1929-30, 3: 35-9.—Barker, N. W., & Brown, G. E.
Progressive disseminated  obliterating  arteritis  of  unknown
origin.  Med. Clin. N. America, 1933,  16: 1313-25.—Birnbaum,
W., Prinzmetal, M.t &  Connor, C. L.   Generalized thrombo-
angiitis obliterans; report of  a case with  involvement of retinal
vessels and suprarenal infarction.   Arch. Int. M.,  1934,  53:
410-22.—Black, F. J. Report of a case of mesenteric thrombosis
occurring in an old case of thrombo-angiitis obliterans.  Hosp.
News, Wash.,  1937, 4: 11-5.—Bouchut, L., & Paupert-Ravault,
P.   Note  sur  les tesions veineuses au cours des obliterations
arterielles.   Lyon med., 1926, 137: 359-63.—Constantinesco,
M.  Thromboangeite obliterante et infarctus ntesenterique.
Rev. chir., Par.,  1938,  76: 713-5.—Crisp, N. W.  The coinci-
dence  of  gastro-intestinal lesions and  thrombo-angiitis obli-
terans. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1930, 5: 51.—Cserna, S.  Arteritis
obliterans mit analogen Veranderungen  in den Venen.  Wien.
Arch. inn. Med., 1926, 12: 213-26.—Ehrstrom, M. C.  [Organic
diseases of the  heart  with  thromboangiitis  obliterans and
Raynaud's  syndrome]   Fin. lak. sail, hand.,  1933, 75: 892-
923.—Endoarterite   obliterante  delle   arte'ie   mesenteriche.
Gazz.  osp., 1936,  57: 183.—Eppinger, E. C.  Thrombo-angiitis
obliterans: a case with  extensive  distribution  of  the vascular
lesions including the coronary arteries.  In Med. Papers (H. A.
Christian   Anniv. vol.)  Bost.,  1936,  157-69.—Hadorn,  W.
Ueber Endarteriitis obliterans der Organe.   Deut. Arch. klin.
Med., 1937, 181:  18-54.—Hulst, L. A.  [Does thrombo-angiitis
obliterans  affect  only  the vessels of the extremities?]  Ned.
tschr.  geneesk., 1933, 77: 1886-9.—Lange. F.  Ueber Thrombo-
angiitis obliterans  (Buerger) der Organe.   Verh. Deut. Ges.
Kreislaufforsch.,  1936,  9: 311-8.—Lemann,  I.  I.  Coronary
occlusion  in Buerger's  disease (thrombo-angiitis obliterans)
Am. J. M.  Sc, 1928, 176: 807-12.—Linenthal. H-,  & Barron,
M.  E. Thrombo-angiitis obliterans; a generalized vascular
disease. Med. Clin. N. America, 1929, 13: 228-36.—Lopez
Lomba, J.   Les arterites obliterantes, maladies generalises et
leurs formes vasculo-c6rebrales; considerations ttterapeutiques.
 Paris  med., 1933, 89:  425-33.—McGregor, A. L., & Simson,
 F. W.  Thrombo-angiitis obliterans; with special  reference to a
case involving the spermatic vessels.  Brit. J. Surg., 1928-29,
 16: 539-54.—McMichael, J.  Extensive visceral endarteritis
obliterans  in a young child.  Arch. Dis. Childh., Lond., 1929,
4: 165-9.—Norpath, L.  Thromboangiitis obliterans mit Beteili-
gung der  Abdominalgefasse.   Munch, med. Wschr., 1932, 79:
 1470.—Perla, D., & Seligman, B.  Diffuse, obliterating endar-
teritis of unknown etiology; an instance with obliteration of the
inferior vena cava.  Arch. Path.,  Chic,  1929, 7: 55-62.—
Samuels,  S. S.,  & Feinberg, S.  C.   The  heart in thrombo-
angiitis obliterans.  Am.  Heart J., 1930-31,  6:  255-63.—
Saphir, O.  Thromboangiitis obliterans of the coronary arteries
and its relation to arteriosclerosis.  Ibid., 1936,  12: 521-35.—
Sprunt, T. P.   A  case of  thrombo-angiitis  obliterans with
features suggesting an involvement  of the mesenteric vessels.
 Med. Clin. N. America, 1933, 17: 1163-83.------Thrombo-
angiitis obliterans as a general vascular  disease.  South. M. J.,
 1934, 27: 698-703.—Straussler, E., Friedmann,R.,&  Scheinker,
J.  Ueber  die Endangiitis obliterans  (von Winiwarter-Buerger-
sche Krankheit)  unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der Hirn-
veranderungen.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat.,  1937,  160: 155-
7g.—Taube, N.  Mesenteric involvement in Buerger's disease
 (thrombo-angiitis obliterans)  J. Am. M. Ass., 1931, 96: 1469-
72.  Also repr.

---- juvenile.

    See also  Extremity,  Endarteritis;  Extremity,
 Gangrene.
    Chautemps,  J.    *Les   arterites   juveniles.
 HOp.   8?   Par.,  1936.
    Kleeberg,  W.     * Ueber  juvenile   Gangran
 (Thrombangiitis  obliterans)    43p.    8?    Lpz.,

 1932.
    Rotjllier,  J.    *Considerations  histo-patho-
 logiques sur  la forme inflammatoire des arterites
 dites juveniles.  37p.   8?  Par., 1932. 
ENDARTERITIS                                284                                ENDARTERITIS
    Bastai.  P.,  &  Dogliotti,  G. C.   Effetti  immediati  della
  paratiroidectomia   parziale  nella   endoarterite  obliterante
  niovanile (morbo di Buerger)  Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper.,  1933,
  8: 417-20.—Cahill, J. A.  Thrombo-angiitis obliterans; report
  of acute case in child  of 2  years.   South. M.  J., 1!<2S, 21:
  105-8.—Carajannopoulos, G.  Sur un cas d'arterite obliterante
  juvenile traitee par Tablation de la surrenale.  Bull. Soc nat.
  chir., Par., 1928, 54: 581-7.—Delrez, L.  L'endarterite oblite-
  rante juvenile.  Liege med.,  1938,  31: 809-17.—Florescu, A.
  Rezultatele  suprarenalectomiei  in  tratamentul   arteritei
  obliterante juvenile.  Cluj.  med., 1927, 8: No. 6, 199-206 —
  Fossel, M.  Ueber juvenile Gangran (Thrombangiitis oblite-
  rans)  Frankf. Zschr. Path,, 1934, 47: 181-93.—Gasbarrini, A.,
  Sotgiu, G., & Benacchio, L.  Arterite obliterante giovanile in
  soggetto con lesioni del nervo ischiatieo.  Clinica,  Bologna,
  1935, 1: 427-39.—Girotto, A.  Su di un caso di  endoarterite
  obliterante giovanile operato  di surrenalectomia.   Minerva
  med., Tor., 1931, 22: pt 2, 524-8.—Gosset, A., & Leibovici, R.
  L'epreuve du temps dans le  probleme des  arterites juveniles.
  Presse therm, clim., 1936, 77: 211-3.—Gregoire, R. Thrombo-
  angeite obliterante juvenile aigue.   Bull. Soc  nat. chir.,  Par.,
  1929, 55: 1434-8.—Guerreri D'Antona, G.  Un  altro caso di
  endoarterite giovanile trattato con  surrenalectomia.   Clinica,
  Bologna, 1936, 2:  337-41.—Guillaume, A. C.   Le traitement
  des arterites obliterantes juveniles et seniles et de leurs  com-
  plications;  les ntethodes generates non operatoires de traite-
  ment.   Bull, med.,  Par., 1927, 41:  693;  835.   ------  La
  maladie de Buerger  et l'arterite juvenile ne semblent dre
  qu'une  seule  et meme affection.  Bull.  Soc. nted. hop. Paris,
  1927, 3. ser., 51: 329-32.  ------ Les tesions  anatomiques  de
  l'arterite juvenile (maladie de Buerger?) et les conclusions qui
  se degagent de leur etude sur les  causes  de  cette affection.
  Ibid., 611-3.   ------  Le mecanisme des  accidents observes
  dans l'arterite juvenile (maladie de  Buerger?)  son importance
  dans les indications de  traitement.   Ibid.,  963-9.—Langeron,
  L., Camelot, E. [et al.] Surrenalectomie dans un cas d'arterite
  juvenile; resultats cliniques et biologiques.  Ibid.,  1934, 3. ser.,
  50: 221-5.—Leriche, R.  Du traitement par la surrenalectomie
  de certaines arterites obliterantes juveniles.   Bull. Soc.  nat.
  chir., Par.,  1926, 52: 521-8.  Also Progr. med., Par., 1926, 41:
  839-42.  —---  Donnees generates sur  les arterites oblite-
  rantes juveniles; resultats de leur traitement par l'arteriectomie
  et la surrenalectomie.   Bull. Soc. nat.  chir.,  Par.,  1928, 54:
  201-12.  ------ & Stricher,  P.  Donnees generates sur les
  arterites obliterantes juveniles; resultats de leur traitement par
  l'arteriectomie et la surrenalectomie.   Progr. med., Par., 1928,
  43:  1935-8.  ------  Observations on juvenile  obliterating
  arteritis; results of treatment by arteriectomv and epineph-
  rectomy.  Brit. J.  Surg.,  1928-29,  16: 500-12.—Martiri, A.
  La tromboangioite  obliterante primitiva dei giovani.  Riforma
  med.,  1929, 45:  695-703.—Meersseman,  F.   Les  arterites
  obliterantes juveniles et la  maladie de Iteo Buerger.  Arch.
  med. pharm.  mil.,  1933,  98:  373-405.—Mornard, P.   Les
  arterites juveniles dites  maladie de  Buerger.   Clinique,  Par.
  1928, 23: 37r9 — Neumann. B.  Akute Thromboangitis oblite-
 rans; ein Beitrag zum Krankheitsbilde der juvenilen Gangran.
 Arch. klin. Chir.,  1930, 159:  352-60.—Popken, C.  Ueber
 juvenile  Spontangangran  (Thrombar.gitis  obliterans)   Beitr.
 path. Anat,,  1936,  97:  396-408.— Renaud, M.  Vascularites
 obliterantes juveniles et maladie de Buerger. Rev. crit. path.,
 Par.. 1931,  1: 885; 959.—Seabra Velloso, C.  Arterites oblite-
 rantes do- jovens.   Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1935, 43: 84-96.—
 Uluhouian,  L.   I traumi  e  la gangrena giovanile  da endo-
 arteiiti non specifiche. Ann. ital. chir., 1930, 9: 123-37.

 ----   Medicolegal aspect.

   See  also subheading  (traumatic).
   Magasanik, G. L.  [Industrial factors in the pathogenesis of
 endarteritis obliterans]  Klin, med.,  Moskva, 1933, 11: 900.—
 Masciotra,  A. A.   Un caso  de endoarteritis obliterante  con-
 siderado accidente del trabajo.  Sem. med., B. Air., 1921, 28:
 500-8.—Rieder.  Ist es berechtigt,   bei folgendem Fall  von
 Endarteriitis   obliterans  Dienstbeschadigung  abzulehnen?
 Chirurg, 1933,  5:   157-9.—Stapf,  A.   Die Thromboangitis
 obliterans und ihre Begutachtung.  Med. Welt, 1932, 6: 268-70.

 ----   Pathogenesis.

   Broich.mann  [B.]  X.   *TJeber die sogenannte
 Thrombangiitis  obliterans und ihre Beziehungen
 zur  Arteriosklerose.   26p.  8?   Bonn, 1935.
   Marckwort,  G.   *Beitrage zur Kenntnis  der
 Thromboangiitis obliterans (Burger'sche Krank-
 heit)   24p.   8?    Wiirzb., 1935.
   Bakk, A.. Enachescu, S. D., & Jonescu, T. [Histopathologic
 7™,  ?,rstoli<;yimd Pathogenesis of Buerger's disease]  Spitalul,
 1931, 51: 251-6— Barker, N. W.  Lesions of peripheral nerves
 m  thromboangiitis  obliterans;  a  clinicopathologic  study
 rr*A  I?t'~P" I?38' 62,: 2yi-84.-Beneke,  R.  Intlmafibrose
 (Endarteriitis obliterans) als  Folge ortlicher Stromanomalien.
 Zschr. Kreislaufforsch., 1937, 29: 145-9.—Buerger, L.  Throm-
 bo-angiitis obliterans;  experimental  reproduction  of lesions
 Arch. Path., Chic, 1920, 7: 381-90.—Dreyfus,  J.  R.  Burger-
 Winiwartersches Syndrom,  Angiosklerose, Nikotin und Lues.
 Wien. klin.  Wschr.   1937, 50: 93-6.—Ghiron, V.  Sulla  pro-
duzione  sperimentale  di  trombo-angioiti obliteranti.   Bull
Accad. med. Roma,  1928, 54:  16-8.  —  La trombo
 angioite obliterante: studio clinico e sperimentale.   Arch. ital.
 chir.,  1929, 23: 227-79.—Gibert Queralto,  J., & Pallares
 Pges, M.  Contribucion al estudio de la patogenia de la endo-
 arteritis obliterante.  Med. ibera, 1935, 29: 776-9.—Goecke, H.
 7.\ir Ent>tehung der Endarteriitis obliterans.  Virchows Arch.,
 1927-28, 266:  603-29.—Goldemberg,  L.    La  constitucten
 end6crina en la tromboangeitis obliterante juvenil o enfermedad
 de Buerger  y en la arteritis obliterante cronica presenil.  Sem.
 med.,  B. Air., 1933, 40: pt 2,  98-124.—Hanser, R.   Zur Frage
 der Thrombangitis obliterans.  Beitr. klin.  Chir., 1934,  159:
 390-413.—Harbitz, F.  [On arteritis (endarteritis) of unknown
 nature,  especially  with regard  to its  relation to   syphilitic
 arteritis and periarteritis  nodosa]  Norsk,  mag.   laegevid.,
 1921,  82:  609-30.—Herzenberg, H., & Maschkileisson, L.
 Ueber  Thrombangitis  obliterans; zugleich  ein Beitrag  zur
 Pathogenese des Jododerma bullosum vegetans.  Beitr.  path.
 Anat., 1934, 94: 353-60.—Horton, B. T., &  Dorsey, A. H. E.
 Experimental thrombo-angiitis  obliterans;  bacteriologie  and
 pathologic studies.  Arch.  Path., Chic, 1932,  13:  910-25.—
 Krompecher, S.  Teleangiostenose, die morphologische Grund-
 lage der juvenilen oder spontanen Gangranen (Endarteriitis
 obliterans,  Arteriitis  obliterans,  Thromboangiitis obliterans)
 Arteriolosclerosis renum und Scleroderma.  Beitr. path. Anat.,
 1930, 85: 647-82.—Kvale, W., &  Allen, E. V.  Sudden arterial
 occlusion in thromboangiitis obliterans.   Am. Heart J.,  1936,
 12:  458-66.—Leriche, R.,  & Froelich, F.  Recherches experi-
 mentales sur  l'origine  des  arterites  obliterantes; production
 d'art6rites obliterantes  a la suite de greffes repetees de  sur-
 renales.  Ann. anat. path., Par.,  193o,  13:  1039-53.  ------
 Realisation  experimentale d'un syndrome vasculaire  rappelant
 la thrombo-angeite de Buerger; de l'origine surrenalienne des
 obliterations arterielles et veineuses   dans cette   maladie.
 Mem.  Acad,  chir..  Par.,  1936,   62: 1032-6, pl.—Lian,  C,
 Gilbert-Dreyfus & Puech, P.  Du spasme et de l'obliteration
 en etages dans les necroses par arterite incomptetement oblite-
 rante.  Bull. Soc. med.  hop. Paris, 1927, 3. ser., 51: 269-78.—
 Nusselt, H.  Ueber  endokrin-vegetative Storungen bei der
 Biirgerschen Thromboangiitis  obliterans.  Arch. Derm. Syph.,
 Berl.,  1933,  169: 28-39.—Panchenko, D. I.   [Significance of
 pain in the pathogenesis of endarteritis obliterans]  Nevropat.
 psikhiat., 1937, 6: 148-54.  ------  [Etiology of endarteritis
and spontaneous  gangrene]  Klin, med., Moskva,  1938, 16:
 1328-33.— Schmidt-Weyland,   P.    Experimentelle  Unter-
suchungen iiber die Erzeugung von Nekrosen durch  Infektion
und gleichzeitisc Beeinflussung der Blutstromung; ein Beitrag
zur Frage der Pathouenoe der  Biirgerschen Krankheit. Zschr.
ges. exp. Med., 1033, 91: 34-55.—Vesely, B,   [Treatment and
pathogenesis of thromboangiitis  obliterans!   Cas. tek.  desk.,
1936, 75: 142-5.—Weber, F. P.  Thrombo-angiitis obliterans
on the basis of developmental arterial hvpoplasia.  Proc  R.
Soc. M.,  Lond., 1927-28, 21: sect, clin., 7."

         Pathology.
   Muggexthal, L.   *Zur Pathologie der Endan-
 sitis  obliterans  unter Verwertung von Soktions-
 fallen.   21p.  8?  Munch., 1936.
   Averbuck, S. H.. & Silbert, S.  Thrombo-angiitis obliterans;
 the cause of death.  Arch. Int. M., 1934, 54: 436-65.—Cobellis,
 L.  Produzione di  una membrana limitante interna nei vasi
 neo-formati del trombo nella  malattia di Leo Buerger.   Arch.
 Soc. ital. chir., 1935, 41: 746-8.—D'Abreu, A. L.  Relation of
 thrombophlebitis  migrans  to   thrombo-angiitis  obliterans.
 Brit. M  J., 1934, 2: 101.—De Blasi, A.   I reperti di autopsia
 nei morbo di  Buerger.  Pathologica, Genova,  1934, 26: 258-
 74-—De Vecchi, B.   Spunti di  patologia  vasale.  Rass. clin.
 sc, 1934,  12:  15; 67.—DUrck,  H.   Die sogenannte Throm-
 bangiitis obliterans  im Rahmen  der infektios-toxischen Ge-
 fassentzunduniren.  Verh.  Deut. path. Ges., 1930, 25: 272-91 —
 Friedlander  M., & Silbert,  S.   Thrombo-angiitis obliterans
 (Buerger)  chemistry of the blood.  Arch. Int.  M.,  1931 48:
 500-6.   Also repr.—Fugazzola, F.   Le lesioni scheletriche nei
 morbo di Buerger.   Ann. radiol., Bologna, 1938, 12: 1-35 —
 Girdwood, R. O.  Thrombo-angeitis obliterans.  J. Path. Bact.,
 Lond., 1927, 30: 643; 1928, 31:  549,  pl—Gruber, G. B.  Zur
 Buergerschen  Thromboangiitis obliterans.   Verh. Deut.  path.
 Ges.,  1929, 24:  290-302.—Heitz, J.  De  la cholesterhtemie
 chez les sujets  affectes d'art6rites obliterantes.  Ann. nted.,
 Par., 1923, 14: 378-409.  ------& Labbe, M.   De la choles-
 tennemie chez les sujets  porteurs d'arterite obliterante.  C.
 rend.  Soc  biol., 1922, 86: 1024-6.—Horton, B.  T., & Dorsey,
 A. H. E.  Bacteriologie studies in thrombo-angiitis obliterans.
 Proc. Mayo Clin., 1930, 5: 337.—Kaunitz, J.  The pathological
 similarity of thrombo-angiitis obliterans and endemic ergotism.
 Am  J. Path.  1930,  6: 299-315, 4 pl.—Krebs. E.  Les modi-
 fications de  la  chronaxie des  muscles  dependent d'arteres
 atteintes d arterite  obliterante.   Rev. neur.,  Par., 1935 42:
 pt 2,  42-4— Labbe, M.,  & Heitz, J. De la cholesterinemie
 chez les sujets affectes  d'arterites  obliterantes; sujets  dia-
 betiques.   Ann.  med.,  Par.,  1925,   18:  108-35.  ------  &
 Nepveux, F.  Dosages de la  cholesterine dans les parois arte-
 ioo-T  (aortlte> obliteration  des  tibiales)   C. rend. Soc. biol.,
 19-3, 88: 1131-4.  ------  Du taux de la cateemie chez les
 porteurs  <1 arterite  obliterante.   Ibid.  1930,  104: 187-9 —
 Labbe.  M   Heitz,  J.,  & Violle,  P. L.   Etude de certaines
 proprietes du serum  sanguin dans les cas d'arterite stenosante
ou oblitdante.   Ibid., 1928,  98: 907-9.—Leriche.  Mecanisme
des troubles consecutifs aux obliterations arterielles spontanees,
d origine arteritique en  dehors  de  l'atlterome.  Lyon  chir., 
ENDARTERITIS
285
ENDARTERITIS
1925, 22: 69-71.—Lindenbaum, I., & Kapitza, L.  Zur Klinik
und  pathologischen  Histologie der  Buergerschen  Form der
Thrombangitis  obliterans.   Arch.  klin. Chir.,  1935-36, 184:
413-35.—Mastrosimone, C.   Interpretazioni  ulteriori  sulle
alterazioni vasali nei morbo di Buerger.  Riforma med.,  1938,
54: 1078-82.—Monacco, B.  Osservazioni istopatologiche sul
morbo di Leo  Buerger.  Arch. ital. chir., 1933, 35: 800.—
Omer, N.   Contribution a  l'etude histopathologique de la
thrombo ang6ite obliterante juvenile.  Ann. anat. path., Par.,
1930,  7:  317-26.—Pozniakoff,  L.,  &  Kohan,  A.   Examen
des  reflexes vegetatifs  dans l'endarterite obliterante.  Rev.
chir.,  Par.,  1937,  56:  5-18.  Also Vest, khir.,  1938, 55:
45_8.—Princigalli, S.   Contributo  clinico ed anatomico alio
studio delle arteriti obliteranti.  Gior. clin. med.,  1933, 14:
1542-73.—Roth, G. M-, Maclay, E.  V., & Allen,  E. V.  Blood
in thromboangiitis obliterans.  Arch. Int.  M.,  1938, 62: 413-
22.—Silbert, S., Kornzweig, A. L., & Friedlander, M.  Throm-
bo-angiitis  obliterans  (Buerger) reduction of  blood volume.
Ibid.,  1930,  45:  948-57.   Also repr.—Strunsky,  M.   The
prepulse disturbing stage of endarteritis obliterans.  J. Am.
M. Ass., 1921, 76: 519.—Theis, F. V., & Freeland, M. R.  The
blood  in thromboangiitis obliterans.  Arch. Surg.,  1939, 38:
191-205.—Trabaud, J., & Chaty, C.  Etude microscopique des
tesions dans un cas de maladie de Leo Buerger chez  une femme
musulmane.  Bull.  Soc. nted.  hop. Paris, 1931, 3.  ser., 47:
583.—Vaquez, H.   De  quelques vartetes  peu frequentes d'ar-
terites st6nosantes.  Monde med., 1927, 37: 513-23.—Verdelli,
E.  Sull'anatomia patologica della tromboangioite obliterante.
Arch. ital. anat., 1937-38, 8: 200-35.

----  Prognosis.
   Horton, B. T.  The outlook in thrombo-angiitis  obliterans.
J. Am. M. Ass., 1938, 111: 2184-9.—Schlesinger, H.   Die Pro-
gnose  der Thromboangitis obliterans (Biirgersche Krankheit)
Klin. Wschr.,  1930, 9: 2112-4.—Study  (A) of social problems
involved in  100 thromboangiitis obliterans cases registered in
the Mount Sinai Hospital Out-patient Department,  New York,
N. Y.  Hosp. Social Serv.,  1929, 20: 177-90.

----  pulmonary.

   See Pulmonary  artery.

----  syphilitic.

   See Syphilis,  Arteries.

----  traumatic.

   See also Arteries, Injuries.
   Babinski, J., & Heitz, J.   Les obliterations arterielles trau-
matiques.   Arch.  mal.  cceur,  1918, 11:  481-509—Barbier.
Arterite obliterante par traumatisme  arteriel repete.  Lyon
med.,  1925, 136:  786-9.—Dervieux &  Descoust.   Un  cas
d'obliteration arterielle traumatique.  Ann. med. teg., 1935, 15:
994_9 —Duvoir, M., Pollet, L., & Bouley, H.   Arterite oblite-
rante  et accident  du  travail.  Ibid.,  1000-2—Girardier de.
Arterite obliterante par traumatisme repete du au  port d une
bequille.  Lyon  med.,  1926,  138: 357-60.—Piedelievre  &
Prevent.  Arterite obliterante et accident du travail.   Ann. med.
teg., 1935, 15: 1003-5.—Ravault, P. P., & de Girardier, J. Sur
le role etiologique des  traumatismes repetes  dans  certaines
arterites obliterantes.  Presse med., 1926, 34: 1413-5—Rieder.
W  Zur Frage der traumatischen Entstehung der Endangitis
obliterans.  Arch. klin. Chir., 1938,  193: 737-42.—Vadder, M.
de.  Quatre observations d'arterite  obliterante d'origine trau-
matique.  Ann. med. teg.,  1935, 15: 678-85.

----   Treatment.

   L£veiller,   J.    *Les traitements  actuels des
arterites  stenosantes non  diabetiques.   62p.  8?

Par., 1931.
   Loucas,   S.   A.    *Quelques   faits  nouveaux
relatifs  au  traitement des  arterites obliterantes.

46p.   8?   Par., 1926.  _                 ,-•,♦.,,
   Allen, E. V.  Thrombo-angiitis obliterans: a clinical study ot
200 cases; treatment and prognosis.  Ann. Int. M.,  1927-28, 1:
550-7   ------  Clinically arrested thrombo-angiitis obliterans.
Med.'Clin.  N. America, 1927-28,  11:  1527-34—Baecke. L.
Un cas de maladie de Leo Buerger (trombo-angeite obliterante)
traite par l'opotherapie ovarienne.   Bruxelles med.,  1926-27, 7:
1086-9.—Barker, N. W.  Results of treatment of thrombo-
angiitis obliterans by foreign protein.  J.  Am. M.  Ass., 1931,
97: 841-3.  Also repr.—Bax, H. R.   [Hypertonic salt solution
in thromboangiitis obliterans]  Ned. tschr. geneesk.,  1936, 80:
4191-9.—Berens, S. N. The use of sodium thiosulphate and
sodium iodide in a  case of Buerger's disease, thrombo-angiitis
obliterans.  J. Chemother., 1936-37, 13: 106-8.—Borovansk?.
M.  [Radiotherapy in  endarteritis obliterans]   Cas. tek. cesk.,
1933, 72: 463-7.—Boyer. G., & Thibault, G.  La  maladie de
Leo  Buerger,  que  faut-il entendre par  troubles  trophiques
d'origine vasculaire? Presse med., 1927, 35: 100—Carnesecchi,
M.  Impiego delle soluzioni  ipertoniche endovenose di cloruro
di sodio nella tromboangite obliterante di Buerger.  Arch. sc.
med., Tor.,  1939, 67: 117-46.  Also  Minerva med., Tor., 1939,
30: 365.—Colvin, H. L.  The vaccine treatment of thrombo-
angiitis obliterans.  Med. Ann. District of Columbia,  1932, 1:
185-8.—Cottenot,  P.   Zur  Rontgenbehandlung der  Endar-
teriitis  obliterans.   Strahlentherapie,  1936, 56:  569-76.—
Davydov, V.   Sur un cas d'arterite  obliterante  traite par les
extraits pancreatiques  desinsulines.   Arch.  mal. coeur, 1933,
26: 458-60.—Delherm, L.  La radiotherapie des plexus ab-
dominaux par voie antdieure  dans le traitement des arterites.
Ball.  Soc.  radiol.  nted. France, 1934, 22: 211-3.  ------ &
Beau,  H.  Note sur la  radiotherapie dans  le  traitement de
l'arterite  obliterante.  Ibid.,  1929,   17: 32-4.   ----—   La
diathermie et la radiotherapie dans le traitement de l'arterite
obliterante.  J. radiol.  electr.,  1929, 13: 383-8.   ---:— Essai
de  traitement  de l'arterite obliterante par  la  radiotherapie.
Paris med., 1929, 71: 104-6.  Also Am. J. Phys. Ther., 1929-30,
6:  295-9.—Denecke, K.   Die konservative Behandlung der
Endarteriitis obliterans.   Zbl.  Chir.,  1938. 65:  2332,  2553.—
Desplats & Langeron.  Action favorable de l'irradiation de la
region surrenale dans les arterites  obliterantes.   Bull.  Soc.
radiol. med. France, 1929, 17: 34-40.  ------ Huit annees de
pratique de  la radiotherapie  des  regions surrenales  dans les
arterites  obliterantes.   J. radiol.  electr.,  1937,  21:  152.—
Destefano, J.  Un caso de arteritis obliterante  tratado por el
citrato de sodio.  Sem. med., B. Air.,  1922, 29: pt 2, 1232-4.—
Dimitracov,  C.   Arteritis  obliterante y extracto  pancreatico
desinsulinado.   Cron.  med.  mex., 1930, 29:  559-66.  Also
Vie med., 1930, 11: 963-70.—Duryee, A.  W.  Present-day
investigation  on therapy of thromboangiitis obliterans.  Tr.
Am.  Ther. Soc, 1934, 33: 74-80.—Emptage.  V.  Thrombo-
angiitis obliterans; what the nurse should know about it.  Am.
J.  Nurs.,  1929, 29: 787-90.—Gerlach, W.   Secale cornutum
gegen Gangran; ein Beitrag zur medikamentosen Behandlung
der Thromboangiitis obliterans.  Miinch. med.  Wschr., 1933,
80: 1743-5.   Also J.  Am.  Inst. Homeop.,  1934, 27:  654.—
Giroux, R. Le citrate de soude dans le traitement des arterites
obliterantes ou stenosantes et des rtemorragies.   Evolut. ther.,
1926. 7: 246-50.—Goslings, J.  [Treatment  of  Buerger's dis-
ease  with  hypertonic  salt solution]   Geneesk.  bl., 1938, 36:
75-95.—Gouin, J., & Bienvenue. A.  Au sujet de la radiothera-
pie dans le traitement de l'arterite  obliterante  et de  Taction
favorable de l'irradiation de la region surrenale dans les arterites
obliterantes.   Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1929, 17: 57-65.—
Goyena, J. R.  La tromboangeitis obliterante y su tratamiento
medico.   Sem. med., B. Air.,  1927,  34: pt  2,  1481-7.  Also
Rev. As. med. argent., 1928,  433-50.—Guillaume, A. C.  Le
traitement des arterites obliterantes juveniles et seniles et de
leurs complications.   Bull, med., Par.,  1927,  41: 543-8.—
[vantsov, P. N.  [Physical methods in treatment  of endarteriitis
obliterans]  Sovet. klin.,  1934, 20: 404-77.—Kessler, M. M.
Intraspinal alcohol injection for pain relief in thromboangiitis
obliterans.  N. York State J. M., 1937, 37: 2026-8.—Lazeanu.
E.  [Radiotherapy of the supra-renal capsule in arteritis obli-
terans]   Romania med., 1933, 11: 280.—Leeuwen, H.  C. van
[Treatment of Burger's  disease  (thrombo-angitis obliterans)]
Geneesk.  tschr. Ned. Indie, 1938, 78: 39-43.—Leriche. R., &
Fontaine,  R.   De  l'emploi des injections intra-arterielles de
novocaine dans les formes douloureuses des arterites obliterantes
Bull. Soc.  nat. chir., Par., 1935, 61: 224.  ----—  Beitrag zur
Behandlung der chronischen Arteriitis obliterans (Endarteriitis
obliterans und Arteriitis arteriosclerotica)  Zbl. Chir., 1939, 66:
1377-88.—Leriche, R., & Policard. A. Remarques cliniques sur
les obliterations  arterielles localisees; orientation  nouvelle de
leur  traitement.  Paris  med., 1921, 41: 27-9.—Lian, C, &
Blonde). A.  Arterites obliterantes (indications  trterapeutiques
medicates  et chirurgical es)   Monde  med.,  1927, 37: 34.—
Mahorner, H. R.  Thromboangiitis obliterans: a consideration
of  the disease and its management.  Am. J. Surg., 1933, 19:
419-28.   Also repr.—Marcora, B.  Sulla terapia del morbo di
 Buerger.   Pensiero med., 1934, 23: 361-8, pl— Michalowski, E.
 [Thrombo-angiitis obliterans (M. Buerger's)  and its treatment
 from the modern view-point]   Polska gaz.  lek.,  1934,  13: 217-
 20.—Morichau-Beauchant,   R.   Traitement   des  arterites
 obliterantes et des spasmes vasculaires par le citrate de soude
 Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1922, 3. ser., 46: 404-9. Also Bull.
 Soc.  med. Vienne,  1922, 14-22.—Mougeot, A., & Aubertot. V.
 Du traitement des arterites obliterantes.  Gaz. med. France,
 1928, 2: 293-8.—Nordmann. O. Die Behandlung der Thrombo-
 angitis mit  dem  Kreislaufhormon nach  Frey.   Deut. Zschr.
 Chir., 1930,  227: 145-50.—Ottobrini Costa, M.  Tratamento
 da  thromboangeite   obliterante.    Ann.   paul.   med.  cir.,
 1936, 31:  79.—Pfahler, G. E.  Roentgen therapy of thrombo-
 angiitis obliterans  (Buerger's disease)  Am.  J.  Roentg.. 1935,
 34: 770-7.—Pirchan, A.  [Treatment of endarteritis obliterans
 with injections of radium chloridej   Cas. tek. fesk.,  1930, 69:
 581.—Pontes, A., Goulart, M., & Heilborn. S.  Tratamento
 cirurgico da thrombo-angeite obliterante.   Brasil med., 1935,
 49: 977; 1001; 1024.—Portela, C. J. Tromboangeitis obliterante;
 su tratamiento.  Dia med., B. Air., 1931r32, 4: 733.— Rabino-
 wilz, H. M.  Newer concepts on the physiopathology and treat-
 ment of thromboangiitis obliterans.  Am. J. Surg., 1933. 21:
 260-71.   Also repr.  ------   The use of  sodium iodide thio-
 sulphate,  activated sulphur, in  the treatment of thrombo-
 angiitis obliterans.  J. Chemother., 1936-37,  13: 1-4.-----&
 Kahn, J.   Relationship of phospholipin metabolism to thrombo-
 an'riitis obliterans and its treatment.   Am. J. Surg..  1936, 31:
 329-39.—Rieder, W.   Die  Endangitis  obliterans  und ihre
 Behandlung.  Arch. klin. Chir., 1932, 172: 458-89,  pl.  Also
 Zbl.  Chir., 1939,  66: 957-66.  ------  Neuere Anschauungen
 uber die  Endangitis obliterans und ihre Behandlung.   Med. 
ENDARTERITIS
286
ENDARTERITIS
 Welt,  1939,  13: 479-82.—Rogers. W. N.   Sul meccanismo
 d'azione delle iniezioni ipertoniche di cloruro  de sodio  nella
 tromboangioite  obliterante.  Riv. clin. med., 1937, 38:  509-
 19.—Rosenstiel  & Garsaux.  Une methode nouvelle de traite-
 ment des arterites obliterantes.  Presse med., 1937, 45: 1013.—
 Samuels,  S. S.   The  conservative  treatment of thrombo-
 angiitis obliterans.  Lancet, Lond., 1936, 2: 1511-3.—Schwartz-
 man, M.  Five cases of thrombo-angiitis obliterans treated with
 muscle  extract.   Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1931, 24: 697-9.
 -----   Obliterative  arterial  disease  treated  with muscle
 extract.  Lancet, Lond., 1935, 1: 1270.—Sicard.  Sur la maladie
 de Buerger.  Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1927, 3. ser., 51:  443-
 5.—Silbert, S.   The treatment of thrombo-angiitis obliterans
 by intravenous injection of hypertonic salt solution.  J.  Am.
 M. Ass., 1926, 86:  1759; 1930, 94: 1730.  Also repr.  ------
 Traitement de l'arterite obliterante.  P. verb. Congr. fr. chir.,
 1934,  43:  866-70.   ------   Thrombo-angiitis  obliterans
 (Buerger) treatment of 524 cases by repeated intravenous injec-
 tions of hypertonic salt solution.   Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1935, 61:
 214-22.  ------ & Friedlander,  M.   Studies in thrombo-
 angitis obliterans (Buerger) effect of thyroid administration on
 blood volume. J. Am. M. Ass., 1931, 97: 17.—Spangenberg, J.
 3.  Tratamiento de las arteritis  obliterantes.  Dia nted.,  B.
 Air., 1935,  7: 1255-7.  :-----  & Munist. L.  La  acetilcolina
 como medicacten  arteriolar  en las  endarteritis  obliterantes.
 Prensa  med. argent., 1928, 15: 714-20.—Stern, E. L.   The
 intraspinal (subarachnoid) injection of alcohol  for thrombo-
 angiitis obliterans.  Med.  Rec,  N.  Y.,  1935,  141: 244-8.—
 Surmont, J., & Le  Go. P. Traitement eiectrotrterapique des
 arterites obliterantes.   Prat.  med. fr.,  1935,  16:  520-30.—
 Teitge. H.  Die Behandlung der Endangiitis obliterans und des
 Ulcus cruris mit Sexualhormon.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1937, 33:
 1153-5.—Van Gorder.  G. W.   Conservative  treatment  of
 thrombo-angiitis obliterans.  China M. J., 1929, 43: 235-40.—
 Vanysek, F.  [Treatment of endarteritis obliterans by injection
 of radium  emanation]  Cas.  tek.  desk.,  1925,  64:  809-11.—
 Vaquez, H., & Yacoel. J.  Arterites stenosantes non diabetiques;
 traitement  par l'insuline.  Presse med.,  1927,  35: 625-8.—
 Walser, J., Deglaude, L., & Djevad-Atjikalin  H.  Traitement
 des arterites  obliterantes par la methode des compressions et
 depressions alternees.   Bull.  Acad, med., Par., 1939,  3.  ser.,
 121: 286-95.—Weissenbach, R. J., & Perles, L.  Les injections
 intradermiques  d'histamine dans le traitement  des douleurs
 symptomatiques  des arterites chroniques  obliterantes.  Bull.
 med., Par., 1938, 52:  127.—Wollaeger, E. E., Allen, E. V., &
 Ghormley,  R. K. The value  of persistence in the treatment of
 thrombo-angiitis  obliterans;  report  of 2  illustrative cases.
 Minnesota  M., 1939, 22: 305-9.—Yacoel, J., & Boyer.  G.   Un
 cas de regression  d'arterite chronique obliterante non diabetique
 sous 1'influenee de l'insuline.  Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1927, 3.
 ser.,  97: 429-34.

 ----   Treatment, surgical.

    Lassays, R.  A.  M.   *Des  ligatures  et  resec-
 tions   veineuses  associees  a  la  sympathectomie
 pe>i-art6rielle dans  le  traitement  des  arterites
 obliterantes.   64p.   8?   Par.,  1928.

    Leriche, R., & Stricker,  P.   L'arteriectomie
 dans   les   arterites  obliterantes;  etude  experi-
 mentale et therapeutique.  194p.  8?   Par., 1933.
    Sylvain, G.  J.   thromboangiitis  obliterans;
 results of sympathectomy  in  3 cases.   4?  Wau-
 watosa, Wis., 1933.
    Adson, A. W., & Brown, G. E. Thrombo-angiitis obliterans;
 results of sympathectomy.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1932, 99: 529-34.
 Also  repr.—Aguilar Gonzalez,  J.  Un caso de  endarteritis
 obliterante  tratado por  reseccion quirurgica del  simpatico
 lumbar.  Rev. nted. veracruz,  1934, 15: 1364-7.  Also Rev
 mex. cir., 1934, 2: 617-22.—Allen, E. V.  The result of lumbar
 ganglionectomy in  thromboangiitis obliterans.   Proc.  Mayo
 Clin., 1928,  3: 303.  ------ & Myerding, H.  W.  Surgical
 procedure  in  obliterative  vascular  disease (thrombo-angiitis
 obliterans) a report of 45 cases.  Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1928  46-
 260-5—Bastai, P., Stoppato, L., & Dogliotti, G. C.  Ulteriori
 osservazioni  sulla paratiroidectomia  nei morbo di Buerger
 Arch. Soc. ital. chir.,  1936, 42: 677-9.—Bazy, L.   Deux cas
 d'arteriectomie pour arterite  obliterante segmentaire.  Bull
 Soc  nat. chir.,  Par.,  1935, 61: 70-2.—Cevad.   Endangiitis
 obliterans and lumbo-sacral sympathectomy.   Askeri  sihhiye
 mecmuasi,   1935, 64:  26-37.—Chiasserini,  A.   Interventi
 bilaterali sulle surrenali nei trattamento della tromboangioite
 obliterante.   Boll. Accad. med. Roma, 1938, 64: 218.—Ciceri,
 C.  Considerazioni su due casi di morbo di Burger trattati con
 la paratiroidectomia. Minerva med., Tor., 1935,  26: 214-8.—
 Dejardin, L.  Maladie de Buerger; arteriographie; arteriecto-
 mie; guerison  locale  datant de plus d'un an.   Bruxelles med
 1935-36, 16: 1138-41.  Also Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1936, 52:
 44.—Flothow, P. G.  Sympathetic ganglionectomy in thrombo-
 angiitis  obliterans.  West. J.  Surg.,  1931,  39:  192-203.—
 Fontaine, R.  A propos du traitement des arterites obliterantes
 par les resections  arterielles.  Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1931,
57:  1184-8.   ------  & Branzeu,  P.   Demonstration  par
1 arteriographie de  Paction vasodilatatrice de  l'arteriectomie
dans un  cas de thromboang6ite chez un vieillard.  Rev. chir.
 Par., 1938, 76: 762-9.—Friedlander, M., Laskey, N., & Silbert,
 S.  Studies in thrombo-angiitis obliterans (Buerger) reduction
 in blood volume following bilateral oophorectomy.  Endo-
 crinology, 1935,  19: 461-5.—Giordanengo,  G.  Chirurgia ed
 arteriti  obliteranti.   Gazz.  med.  ital.,  1937,  96:  147-53.—
 Guerreri D'Antona, G.  Sulla terapia chirurgica del  morbo di
 Buerger a proposito di  tre casi trattati  con surrenalectomia.
 Clinica,  Bologna, 1935,  1: 66-94.—Hartmann,  H.   La sym-
 pathectomie dans les cas  d'arterite obliterante.  Bull.  Soc
 nat. chir., Par., 1928, 54: 272-4.—Ito, H., & Asami, G.  Lum-
 bosacral sympathetic ganglionectomy; its value as a terapeutic
 measure for thromboangiitis obliterans (with a sidelight upon
 alleged sympathetic innervation of the tonus of the sketetal
 muscles)  Am. J. Surg., 1932, n. ser., 15: 26-38.—Jones, H. W.
 Lumbar  ganglionectomy  for  Buerger's disease (thrombo-
 angiitis obliterans)  Mil. Surgeon, 1932, 70: 149.—Kordenat,
 R. A.  Periarterial  sympathectomy  in  the  treatment of en-
 darteritis obliterans.  Ibid.,  1933,  72:  392-5.  Also repr.—
 Lanari,  V.   Da  neuro-gangliectomia  lombar  nas  trombo-
 angeites  obliterantes.   Hospital,  Rio,  1939, 15:  961-71.—
 Landivar, A.  F., &  Leoni Iparraguirre,  C. A.  Generalidades
 acerca del tratamiento quirurgico de la tromboangeitis oblite-
 rante.  Dia med.,  B.  Air., 1938, 10: 520-2.—Leibovici, R.
 La surrenalectomie dans le traitement des arterites obliterantes.
 J. med. Paris, 1934, 54: 988-90.  Also Bull.  gin. ther., 1936,
 187: 216-24.  ------ Conclusion de la  discussion.  P. verb.
 Congr. fr. chir., 1934, 43: 942-8.—Leriche, R.  Traitement par
 la  sympathectomie  periarterielle  de  la  douleur premonitoire
 de la gangrene dans l'endarterite chronique obliterante.  Bull.
 Soc. chir., Par., 1921, 47: 536-40.  ------■  Une artere com-
 ptetement obliteree  peut-elle  redevenir  permeable?   Lyon
 chir.,  1926,  23: 453-8.  ———  Resultat 61oigne (4  ans et
 demi)  d'une arteriectomie  de 1'iliaque externe  pour arterite
 obliterante.   Ibid.,  1933,  30: 349-51.  ---■---  Orientation
 actuelle  du  traitement chirurgical des arterites obliterantes.
 Prat. med. fr., 1935, 16: 503-12.  ------  Des indications de
 la  surrenalectomie dans  la thromboangeite;  a  propos de 3
 resultats  de plus  de 10  ans.   Presse med.,  1939, 47:  377-9.
 ------ & Fontaine, R.   Conditions necessaires, resultats  et
 technique de  l'arteriectomie dans les obliterations arterielles
 d'apres  80  operations recentes.   Ibid.,  1935,  43:  1953-6.
 ------ & Frieh, P.   Arteriectomie dans  les  obliterations
 arterielles; sur l'indication  arteriographique.   Bull. Soc  nat.
 chir.,  Par.,  1933, 59: 386-91.—Leriche,  R.,  & Stricker, P.
 Resultat eioigne (4 ans) d'une surrenalectomie dans la maladie
 de Buerger.  Gaz. hop., 1930, 103: 717.  Also Strasbourg med.,
 1930, 90: 237. ------  Place de la surrenalectomie dans le
 traitement conservateur des arterites juveniles du type throm-
 bo-angeite a propos de 12  observations.   Presse nted.,  1932,
 40: 1237.—Lipshutz, B.  The utility of ligation in treatment of
 Buerger's disease.  Pennsylvania  M. J.,  1928-29, 32:  551.—
 McLure, H. M.  Peripheral nerve section in  thrombo-angiitis
 obliterans.  Med. Bull. Veterans  Admin., 1937-38,  14: 71 —
 Miller, G.,  & Kaufmann,  M.   Thrombo-angiitis  obliterans;
 a  plea for conservative  surgery.   Canad. M. Ass. J.,  1928,
 19:  198-202.—Nesselrode,  C.  C.  Some surgical experiences
 with thrombo-angiitis obliterans.  Tr. West.  Surg. Ass. (1925)
 1926, 35: 55-65.   ------  Surgical care of Buerger's disease.
 J. Kansas M.  Soc, 1927, 27: 16.—Pasman, G.  El metodo de
 MacArthur  en el tratamiento  de la endoarteritis obliterante.
 Sem. med., B. Air.,  1920, 27: pt 2, 742.  Also Rev. As. nted.
 argent., 1920,  33: sect. soc. cir., 146-50.—Parker, P. E. Sym-
 pathectomy in the  treatment  of thromboangitis  obliterans.
 J. Tennessee M.  Ass., 1936, 29: 127-30.—Pavone, M.  L'al-
 coolizzazione degli splancnici nella tromboangite obliterante;
 un caso di guarigione.  Cult. med. mod., Pal., 1939, 18: 71-3.—
 Perrotti,  G.   L'azione  della  simpaticectomia  lombare  sul
 fattore vasospasmo  nell'endoarterite  obliterante  giovanile
 documentata  dall'arteriografia.   Riforma med.,  1938,  54:
 973-8.—Ropke, W.  Zur Frage des Erfolges nach Grenzstrang-
 Ganglienresektion bei Endarteriitis  obliterans.   Zbl. Chir.,
 1938, 65: 916-20.—Roviralta, E.  Consideraciones acerca  del
 tratamiento de  la  enfermedad  de  Leo Buerger  mediante
 la neurectomia periferica;  a prop6sito de un caso de particu-
 lar interes.  Rev. med. Barcelona, 1935, 24: 402-11.—Schoe-
 tnaker, J.  A propos  du  traitement de la  thrombo-ang6ite
 obliterante.  Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1938, 64: 1016.—Sein, M.
 Thrombo-angiitis obliterans; report of a case treated by lumbar
 ganglionectomy.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1939, 74: 404.—Starlinger, F.
 Zwei  mit gutem Erfolge  durch Grenzstrangresektion  be-
 handelte  Kranke  mit Endarteriitis  obliterans.   Wien. klin.
 Wschr., 1935,  48: 1497.—Stern, E. L.   Alcohol injection of
 nerve roots for thromboangiitis obliterans; preliminary report
 of 3 cases definitely improved.  Am. J. Surg.,  1930, n. ser.,  10:
 107-15.   Also repr.—Stricker, P.   Des  resections arterielles
 etendues dans  le traitement des certaines arterites obliterantes.
Rev.  chir.,  Par.,  1928,  66:  214-52.—Sympathectomy  for
thrombo-angiitis  obliterans.   J.  Am. M. Ass., 1935, 104:
2353.—Telford, E. D., & Stopford, J.  S. B.  Results of lumbar
sympathectomy in thrombo-angiitis  obliterans.  Brit.  M. J.,
 1933, 1:  173-6.  ------  Thrombo-angiitis  obliterans, with
special reference to  its  pathology  and  the  results  of sym-
 pathectomy.   Ibid.,  1935, 1: 864-6.—Valdoni, P.  Risultati
della ganglionectomia nei morbo di Buerger e prova di Brown.
 Policlinico, 1935,  42: sez. chir., 559-72.—Van Gorder, G.  W.
High vein ligation in thrombo-angiitis obliterans; a report of
9  cases.  Ann.  Surg.,  1929,  90:  88-105.—Welchman,  W.
 Bilateral lumbar ganglionectomy and ramisection for Buerger's
disease.  S. Afr. M.  J., 1932, 6: 38.—Wood,  E. H. A case of 
ENDARTERITIS
287
ENDLICH
 thrombo-angiitis obliterans treated by bilateral lumbar sym-
 pathetic ganglionectomy.  Canad. M. Ass. J., 1931, 25: 438-41.

 ----  visceral.

   See Endarteritis obliterans, generalized.

 ----  in women.

   Delanoe, E.  Maladie de Buerger chez une femme  arabe;
 essai d interpretation de la pathogenie de  cette maladie, son
 traitement.  Bull. Soc. path, exot.,  Par., 1935, 28: 460-4.—
 Elliot, A. H.  Thrombo-angiitis obliterans in a woman.  Cali-
 fornia West. M., 1937, 47: 190.—Herrell, W. E., & Allen, E. V.
 Thrombo-angiitis obliterans affecting a woman: report of case.
 Proc  Mayo Clin., 1936, 11:  349.—Horton, B. T.,  & Brown,
 G.  E.  Thrombo-angiitis obliterans  among  women.  Arch.
 Int. M., 1932, 50: 884-907.  Also repr. Also Proc Mayo Clin.,
 1932,  7: 107-9.—Kukin, N. N.  [Obliterating endarteritis in
 women]  Sovet. khir., 1934, 6: 40-3.—Millman, S. Throm-
 boangiitis obliterans in a woman;  report of a case.  Am.
 Heart J., 1938, 15: 746-8.—Robinson, S. K. Thromboangiitis
 obliterans in a woman with the menopausal syndrome.   Med.
 Rec,  N. Y., 1939, 149: 223.—Silbert, S. Thrombo-angiitis
 obliterans in women; report of 2 cases.  Ann. Surg.,  1935, 101:
 324-8.  Also In Surgery (Ravdin, I. S.) Phila., 1935, 324-8 —
 Telford, E. D.,  &  Stopford, J. S. B.  Two cases of thrombo-
 angiitis obliterans in women.  Brit. M. J., 1927, 1: 1140, pl.—
 Van Dellen, T. R., & Wright, I. S.  Thromboangiitis obliterans
 in women; report of a case.  Am. Heart J., 1937,  13: 373-5.

   ENDE, Lothar  H. K. am.
   See Am Ende, Lothar H. K.


 ENDEMIC.

   See Epidemic; also names of endemic infec-
 tious and non-infectious diseases.
   ENDER, Karl  Heinz,  1904-       *Ueber die
 bakterizide Wirkung des menschlichen Speichels
 gegeniiber Typhusbazillen  [Wiirzburg]   15p.  8?
 Munch., J. Schon, 1936.
   ENDERLE, Alfons.   Ueber  die von  der  y-
 Strahlung  des Radiums  ausgeloste  sekundare
 Elektronenstrahlung.    p.589-605.   8?   Wien,
 Holder-Pichler-Tempsky, 1922.
   Forms H. 153, Mitt. Inst. Radiumforsch., Wien.

   ENDERLEIN,   Giinther,   1872-         Bak-
 terien-Cyclogenie;  Prolegomena   zu  Untersu-
 chungen iiber Bau, geschlechtliche  und  unge-
 schlechtliche Fortpflanzung und Entwicklung der
 Bakterien.  viii, 390p.  8?  Berl.,  W. de  Gruyter
 & Co., 1925.
   ENDERLEIN  [Marie]   Gertrud,   1911-
 *Ueber   Blasenscheidenfisteln:  nach  den.  von
 1926 bis  1934 an  der Universitatsfrauenklinik zu
 Leipzig  operierten  Fallen  [Leipzig]  22p.   23}^
 cm.  Zeulenroda, A. Oberreuter, 1936.
   ENDERLEN, Eugen,  1865-
   Helferich, H. [Biography]  Munch, med. Wschr., 1933, 80:
 113, portr.—Redwitz, E. von  [Biography] Chirurg, 1933, 5:
41-7.
   ENDERLIN,  Christian.   *Ein  Beitrag  zur
 Casuistik  der  Abdominaltumoren.    47p.    pl.
8?   Ziir., Zurcher & Furrer, 1885.
   ENDERS,  Fritz  Werner,  1900-        *Be-
trachtungen  iiber die Aetiologie der Blutgefass-
verletzungen   durch  stumpfe   Gewalten   mit
Einschluss  der  innerlich  funktionellen   Krafte
[Leipzig]    58p.  2  1.   8?   [Dresd.,  R.  Muller,
1925]
   ENDERS, Robert K[endall] 1899-       Mam-
malian life histories from Barro  Colorado Island,
Panama.  [118]p.   5 pl.  8?   Cambr., 1935.
   Forms No. 4, v.78, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard.

   ENDERSZ,  Frigyes,   1900-         Lumbal-
punctio  es hquordiagnostika  [Lumbal puncture
and diagnostics of the cerebrospinal fluid]  lllp.
illust. tab.  ch.   8?  Budap., R. Novak, 1935.
  ENDERT, Franz Josef van, 1905-        *Ein
Fall  von  Keratosis follikularis  (Siemens)  mit
Beziehungen zur Poikilodermia atrophicans vas-
cularis (Jacobi)  15p.  2 1.  8?  Dusseld. [1931]
  ENDLICH,  Hanskarl,   1907-         *Ueber
tonsillogene Sepsis.  16p.   8?  Erlangen-Bruck,
R. Windsheimer, 1934.


ENDO-

  For subjects  beginning  with  Endo-  see  also
fundamental terms without  the  prefix  as Toxin
for Endotoxin, &c.

ENDO-agar.

  See Agar;  Bacteria,   Cultivation:  Methods;
Typhoid bacillus, Cultivation.


ENDOBLASTIDIUM.

  Codreanu, R. Sur revolution des Endoblastidium, nouveau
genre de protisfce parasite coelomique des larves d'epltenteres.
C. rend. Acad, sc, 1931, 192: 772-5.

ENDOCARDITIS.

  See also  Cardiovascular  system,   Diseases;
Endocardium;  Endomyocarditis;  Heart  and its
subheadings;  Heart  failure;  also  names  of
primary diseases as Sepsis; Syphilis, &c.
  De Vecchi,  B.   Le  endocarditi.   29p.   8°.
Palermo, 1925.
  Duflo, J. A.   *L'endocardite du nourrisson.
66p.   8?  Par.,  1934.
  Aievoli.  Recenti contributi in tema di endocardite e peri-
cardite. Morgagni, 1934, 76: 44.—Cohn, H.  Endokarditis-
probleme in Amerika.  Klin. Wschr., 1926, 5: 1240.—Croft, L.
E. Endocarditis.  Med. Times,  N. Y., 1926, 54: 289-91.—
Geiger, R.  Ueber Endokarditis im friihen Kindesalter.  Zschr.
Kinderh., 1925-26, 40: 370-400.—Gibson, A. G. Endocarditis,
non-malignant.  In  Brit.  Encycl. M. Pract.  (Rolleston, H.)
Lond., 1937, 6: 288-96.—Giddings, E. S.  Two cases of endo-
carditis in infants.  Canad. M.  Ass. J., 1936, 35: 71-3.—
Hannema, L. S. Endocarditis.  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1928, 72:
pt 2, 3770-80.—Horder, T. Endocarditis.  Brit. M. J., 1926, 1:
603; 661;  733.  Also Lancet, Lond., 1926,  1: 695; 745; 850.
Also Med. Brief, 1926, 54: 274-83.—Kinsella, R. A.  Endo-
carditis.  Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1937,
312-6.—Kovacs, J.  [Etiology,  pathology, clinical  course and
treatment  of  endocarditis] Gyogyaszat, 1927, 67: 486-516;
538; 562; 587.—Mark, A. E. Endocarditis.  Med. J. & Rec,
1930,  132: 315-8.—Schnizer  von.   Dienstbeschadigung fiir
Endocarditis und ihre Folgen (Tod) abgelehnt.  Med.  Klin.,
Berl., 1926, 22: 1459.

----  acute.

  See also Endocarditis, bacterial,  acute.
  Sandmann, A.   *Beitrage zur  Kenntnis  der
akuten   Endocarditis    [Munster]    54p.    8?
Quakenbriick, 1931.
  Buchschtab, L., & Kosova, M.  [Clinical data and classifica-
tion of acute endocarditis] Vrach. delo, 1927, 10: 725; 808.—
Cowan, J.  Acute endocarditis; a clinica! study. Glasgow M. J.,
1927, 108: 249; 338.  Also Tr. R. Med. Chir. Soc. Glasgow,
(1927-28)  1929, 22: 1-38.—Martin, W. B.  Acute and subacute
endocarditis.  Virginia M. Month., 1933, 60: 71-4.—Merklen,
P.  Types d'endocardites aigues.  Presse nted., 1934, 42:
1947.—Morse, J. L.  The prognosis of acute endocarditis in
childhood.  Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, 1931, 43: 59-62.  Also Am.
J. Dis. Child., 1931, 42: 735-48.  Also repr.—Norris, G. W.
Acute endocarditis.  Med. Clin. N. America, 1927, 10: 1445-
58.—Rieux, J.  Considerations cliniques  sur les endocardites
aigues.  Rev. gen. clin. titer., 1929, 43: 497-501.—Sanders, C.
B. Acute  endocarditis in infants; a case report.  Texas J. M.,
1934, 29:  585-7.—Sandmann, A.  Beitrage zur Kenntnis der
akuten Endokarditis. Zbl. inn. Med., 1932,  53: 1591-3.

----  bacterial.

  See also  Endocarditis   subheadings  (lenta;
septic; subacute; ulcerative)
  Bleu, F.   *Sur  l'hippocratisme  digital  dans
les  endocardites infectieuses.   45p.   8?   Par.,
1931.
  Lemeirre,  A. A., &  Deschamps, P.  N.   Les
endocardites infectieuses;  diagnostic  et  traite-
ment.  72p.   8?   Par., 1930.
  Perry, C. B., & Lloyd-Jones,  D. M.   Bac-
terial  endocarditis;  with  an appendix on  an
experimental  study  of  malignant endocarditis.
137p.  8?   Brist.,  1936. 
ENDOCARDITIS                               288                               ENDOCARDITIS
    Ruiz  Covarrubias,  L.   *Les  rapports de la
 syphilis  et de  l'endocardite infectieuse.   45p.   8?
 Par.,  1928.
    Allen, A. C.  Mechanism of localization  of vegetations of
 bacterial endocarditis.  Arch. Path., Chic, 1939, 27: 399-411.
 ------  Nature of vegetations of bacterial endocarditis. Ibid.,
 661-71.—Beet, E. A., & Hulbert, K. F.  Four cases of infective
 endocarditis.   Middlesex Hosp.  J.,  1934,  No. 214,  62-70 —
 Berard  &  Duchamp, P.  Endocardite infectieuse avec doigts
 hippocratiques et  anevrysme de la poplitee.   Loire nted., 1931,
 45: 78-82.—Bonnet, P.  Embolie de l'artSre centrale de la
 retine au cours d'une endocardite infectieuse.  Bull. Soc. opht.
 Paris, 1935, 429-32.—Chester, J. L.  Bacterial  endocarditis.
 Ann. Clin. M., 1926-27, 5: 305-7.—Coombs, C.  F.   Infective
 endocarditis.   Clin. J., Lond., 1933, 62: 184-7.—Dauphinee,
 J.  A.  Bacterial endocarditis.  Univ.  Toronto M. J., 1930-31,
 8:  70; 131.—Goetsch, C.  Persistent ostium  atrio-ventriculare
 commune  with bacterial endocarditis in a Mongolian idiot.  J.
 Techn. Meth., Toronto, 1938,  18: 117-22.—Grable, J. S.  A
 possible causative mechanism of bacterial  endocarditis.   J.
 Florida M. Ass., 1933, 20: 166.—Harbitz, F.  [Winge-Heiberg's
 infectious  endocarditis (1869) a historical note]   Norsk mag.
 laegevid.,  1930, 91:  1-5, 3 pl.—Helwig, F. C, & Wilhelmy, E.
 W. Mycotic aneurysm of the superior mesenteric artery com-
 plicating bacterial endocarditis; report of 3 cases.   Arch. Path.,
 Chic,  1930, 9: 648-53.—Jaffe,  R.  H., & Lifvendahl, R. A.
 Bacterial  tbrombo-endocarditis in  a patient with  beginning
 mycosis fungoides.   Med.  Clin.  N.  America,   1929-30,  13:
 1165-70.—Kidd, J. G.  Instant death in bacterial endocarditis:
 report  of  a case  with mycotic ulceration of the conduction
 system. Ann. Int. M., 1935-36, 9: 78-84.—Kinsella, R. A.
 Bacterial  endocarditis.  Proc.  Interst.  Postgrad.  M. Ass. N.
 America, 1935, 300-2.—Lewis, T., & Zotterman,  Y.   Vascular
 reactions of the skin to injury; annular oedema of the skin in a
 case of  infective endocarditis.  Heart,  Lond., 1926,  13 : 193-
 201.—Longcope, W. T. The differentiation of acute rheumatic
 fever from bacterial endocarditis.   Med.  Clin.  N. America,
 1933, 17:  1029-42.—Martin, H. E., & Adams, W. L., jr.  Bac-
 terial endocarditis  superimposed on  syphilitic  aortitis  and
 valvulitis; a clinicopathological study with 5 case reports. Am.
 Heart J., 1938, 16: 714-27*—MoncriefT, A.  Specimens from a
 case of infective endocarditis in a boy of 6.  Proc. R. Soc. M.,
 Lond., 1927-28, 21: sect. stud. dis. child., 6,—Pallasse, Guichard
 & Chapuis.  Hemorragie spontanee et rupture capsulaire de la
 rate au cours d'une endocardite infectieuse.  Lyon nted., 1931,
 147: 577-85.—Poston. M.  A., &  Orgain, E.  S.  Immunologic
 studies on  patients suffering from bacterial endocarditis. Proc.
 Soc. Exp.  Biol.,  N. Y.,  1939, 40: 284-6.—Roubier,  C,  &
 Viallier, J.  Syndrome addisonien et endocardite infectieuse.
 Lyon med., 1938, 161: 261-5.—Rouillard, J.  Contribution a
 l'etude anatomique  et clinique des endocardites infectieuses.
 Presse med., 1927, 35: 36-8.—Schiller, I. A.  Bacterial endo-
 carditis  witb the clinical picture of ball-valve thrombus of the
 left auricle; a report of 2 cases.  J. Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York,
 1935-36, 2: 153-9.—Segal, M. S.  Bacterial endocarditis with
 special reference to tbe cardiac irregularities; a clinical and path-
 ological study of 191 cases.  Am. Heart J., 1936, 11: 309-24.—
 Semsroth,  K., & Koch, R.   Study of the pathogenesis of bac-
 terial endocarditis.  Arch. Path., Chic, 1929, 8: 921; 1930, 10:
 869. Also  repr.—Shaw, D.   A confusional state associated with
 infective endocarditis.  Brit. M. J.,  1935, 1: 1313.  Also J.
 Ment.  Sc, Lond., 1935,  81: 435-7.—Shrewsbury,  J.  F.  D.
 Bacterial endocarditis.  Birmingham M. Rev., 1928, n. ser., 3:
 271-86.—Symonds,  C. P.   Infective endocarditis;  cerebral
 embolism;  aphasia.  Postgrad. M. J., Lond., 1925-26, 1: 35.—
 Thayer, W. S.  Studies on bacterial (infective)  endocarditis.
 Rep. Johns Hopkins Hosp.,  1926, 22: 1-185.  ------  Observa-
 tions on rheumatic pancarditis and infective endocarditis. Ann.
 Int. M., 1931, 5: 247-55.  ------  Bacterial or infective endo-
 carditis (the Gibson lectures for 1930)   Edinburgh M. J., 1931,
 n. ser., 38: 237; 307.—Winkelman, N. W., & Eckel, J. L. The
 brain in bacterial endocarditis.  Tr. Am. Neur. Ass.,  1929, 55:
 524-45.  Also Arch.  Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1930,  23: 1161-82.
 Also repr.—Winternitz, M.  Rhythmusstorungen bei bakterieller
 Endokarditis.  Verh. Deut.  Ges. Kreislaufforsch.,  1930, 3: 39-
 46.  Also  Zschr. Kreislaufforsch., 1930,  22:  576-82.  ------
 Herzblock  bei  bakterieller  Endokarditis.  Med.  Klin., Berl.,
 1937, 33: 725.

 ----   bacterial, acute.
   Ayerza,  L., Castagna, A., & Agustoni, C. B.  Consideraziones
 sobre un caso de endocarditis infecciosa maligna a mareha
 aguda.  Sem. med., B.  Air.,  1938,  45: pt 2, 1094-7.—Blackaby,
 E. J.  An  autopsy on a case of acute bacterial  endocarditis.
 East Afr. M. J., 1934-35, 11: 394-7.—Davidson, M.  Notes on
 a case of acute infective endocarditis terminating in complete
 recovery.   Postgrad.  M.  J.,  Lond.,  1934,  10: 397-400.—
 Hektoen, L.  The determination of the infectious nature of
 acute endocarditis in commemoration of the 50th anniversary of
 the Chicago Pathological Society.  Arch. Path., Chic, 1930, 9:
 540-56.  Also repr.  Also Tr. Chicago Path. Soc,  1930, 13:
 269-86.—Mulsow, F.  W.,  & Hess, H. R.   Acute bacterial
 endocarditis in infants; report of a case.  Am. Heart J., 1936,
 12: 368.—Musser, J. H.  Acute bacterial endocarditis.  Mod.
 Concepts Card. Dis., 1934,  3: No. 12, 1.—Phipps, C.  Acute
 bacterial endocarditis.  N. England J. M., 1932, 207: 768-70.—
 Rosenwasser, H.   Otitic sepsis or acute bacterial endocarditis?
J. Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York, 1936-37, 3: 121-3.—Sansby, J.
M., & Larson, L. M.  Acute bacterial endocarditis in infancy;
a review of the literature and report of a case in a 5 weeks' old
infant.  Am. J. Dis. Child., 1930, 39: 1261-7.  Also repr.

----   bacterial, subacute.

   See Endocarditis, subacute.

----   bacterial: Treatment.
   Barton, R. L., & Stinger, D.  Subacute bacterial endocarditis
treated with sulfanilamide; report of a case.  J. Iowa M. Soc,
1939, 29: 402-4.—Brown,  H. H.   X-ray treatment and sub-
acute  bacterial  endocarditis.   Brit.  M.  J., 1935, 2:  970.—■
Browne. D. D.  Immuno-transfusion in bacterial endocarditis.
Med. J. Australia,  1927, 1: 578.—Cohn,  F.  Subakute Endo-
karditis  im Herzbade.  Verh.  Deut.  Ges. Kreislaufforsch.,
1931, 4: 91-7.—Dry, T. J.,  & Willius, F. A.  Fever therapy for
subacute bacterial endocarditis.   Proc Mayo Clin., 1937,  12:
321-4.—Ellis,  G. R.  Treatment of subacute bacterial endo-
carditis with M.  & B. 693.  Lancet, Lond., 1938, 2:  1521.—
Faget, G. H.  A case of subacute bacterial endocarditis unsuc-
cessfully treated by pyretotherapy.  Hosp. News, Wash., 1935,
2, 9: 12-6— Freung, H. A., & Watts, F. B. The treatment of
subacute bacterial  endocarditis  with excessive  hyperpyrexia.
Abstr. Papers  Fever Conf.,  1935, 5: 86-91—Gunewardene, H.
O.  Some cases presenting features of subacute infective endo-
carditis with special reference to their treatment with rheumatic
phylacogen.  J. Ceylon Brit. M. Ass., 1935, 32: 81-82, 4  ch.
------ Some  cases which illustrate the favourable influences of
the tropics on the course and treatment of subacute bacterial
endocarditis.  J.  Trop. M. Hyg., Lond.,  1936, 39: 113-6.—
Hamman, L.  Healed  bacterial endocarditis.  In  J. H. Pratt
Anniv. Vol., 1937, 239-58.—Hussey, H. H. Probable bacterial
endocarditis apparently cured with sulphanilamide, report of a
case.  Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1937, 6:  275.—Kurtz,
C. M., & White, P. D. The treatment of subacute bacterial endo-
carditis by transfusion from immunized donors.  N. England J.
M., 1929, 200: 479-81.—Loeper, M.  Traitement de l'endo-
cardite infectieuse.  In Ther. med. (Loeper, M.) Par., 1933, 6:
81-99.—Major, R. H., & Leger, L. H.  Recovery from subacute
infectious endocarditis following prontosil therapy.  J. Am. M.
Ass., 1938, 111: 1919.  Also J. Kansas M. Soc, 1939, 40: 324.—
Marchal, G. Les grandes lignes du traitement des endocardites
infectieuses a evolution lente.  Progr. med., Par.,  1931, 2073-
81.—Polowe, D. Splenectomy in treatment of proved subacute
bacterial endocarditis; report of a case and review of the litera-
ture.  Arch. Surg.,  1939, 38: 139-47.—Riesman, D., Kolmer,
J. A., & Polowe, D.  Splenectomy in the treatment of subacute
bacterial endocarditis.  Tr.  Ass. Am. Physicians, 1936, 51: 25-
39.  Also Am.  J. M. Sc, 1936, 192: 475-83, 2 pl.—Rosenow, E.
C.  Elective localization and cataphoretic potential of Strepto-
coccus viridans and serum treatment  of subacute bacterial
endocarditis.  In Contr. med. sc. Libman Annivers. Vol., 1932,
3:  989-1001.—Sailer,  S.   Subacute bacterial  endocarditis
treated with sulphanilamide resulting in granulocytopenia and
death.   Am. J. Clin. Path., 1939,  9: 269-78.—Solway, L. J., &
Pritzker, H. G. Sulphanilamide in  the treatment of bacterial
endocarditis.  Canad. M. Ass. J.,  1939, 40: 543-6.—Spink, W.
W., & Crago, F. H.  Evaluation of sulfanilamide in the treat-
ment of patients with subacute bacterial endocarditis.  Arch.
Int. M., 1939,  64: 228-48.—Welch, F. E., & Southwood, A. R.
Apparent  cure in a case of subacute bacterial  endocarditis.
Med. J. Australia, 1939, 1: 392-4.

----   Bacteriology.

   See  also Heart, Inflammation:  Causes.
   Langle,  I.   Contribution a l'etude des  endo-
cardites  malignes;  endocardite   a  Diplococcus
crassus.   56p.   8?  Par.,  1937.
  Add, F.  Ueber  einen Fall von Endocarditis septica durch
Micrococcus tetragenus.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1931, 27:  129.—
Alestra, L.,  &  Girolami, M.  Endocarditi  da nocardie. Poli-
clinico,  1937, 44: sez.  med., 441-63.—Andreassian.  L'endo-
cardite zosterienne.  Paris med., 1934, 93: 533.—Babonneix, L.,
& Dubuy, A.  Endocardite uteero-vegetante due peut-etre  au
tetragene.  Bull. Soc. med.  hop. Paris, 1927, 3. ser., 51: 1262-
6.—Borruso, G.   Sulla esistenza della endocardite da B. coli.
Policlinico, 1931, 38: sez. med., 511-23.—Brodin, P., & Richet,
C,  fils.  Un cas d'endocardite maligne primitive a evolution
prolongee consecutive  a une vaccination  jennerienne.  Bull.
Soc med. hop. Paris, 1928. 3. ser.. 52: 895-900.— Bungeler, W.
Ueber   Endocarditis  maligna  durch  Bazillus  pyocyaneus.
Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1927,  35: 428-35.—Clemente. G.   Endo-
cardite lenta da Proteus con esito in guarigione.  Morgagni,
1925, 68: 33-44.—Connaughton, F. W., & Rountree, P. M.  A
fatal case of infective endocarditis due to Neisseria flava. Med.
J. Australia, 1939, 2: 138—Corelli, F. Observations bacterio-
logiques et immunitaires sur les endocardites.  Boll. Sez. ital.
Soc internaz.  microb.,  1933, 5: 220-7.—Cornil, L., Mosinger,
M., & Jouve,  A. X.  Nephrites experimentales consecutives a
l'inoculation de germes provenant  de sujets endocarditiques.
C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1936, 121: 1490-501.—Crawford, A. M., &
Cruickshank, R. A case of infective endocarditis due to Bacillus
coli.  Glasgow M. J., 1934,  122: 21^.—Crohn, W. H.  Septi-
sche Endocarditis durch Bacillus  Friedlander.   Med. Klin.,
Berl., 1930, 26: 552.—De La Chapelle, C. E.  Vegetative endo-
carditis due to the Brucella melitensis; with a case report. Am. 
ENDOCARDITIS
289
ENDOCARDITIS
Heart J., 1928-29, 4: 732-9.—Dickar, L.  Acute bacterial endo-
carditis  due to Bacterium acidi-lactici.  Arch. Int. M., 1932,
49: 788-98.  -Also repr.—Fish. G. W., Hand, M. M., & Keim,
W.' F., jr.   Acute bacterial endocarditis due to Pseudomonas
aeruginosa  (B. pyocyaneus)   Am.  J. Path., 1937,  13: 121-7,
pl —Forster, D. E.  Fatal bacterial endocarditis due to Salmo-
nella suipestifer.   Am. J. M. Sc, 1939, 197: 234-40.  Freeman.
G  An  unusual bacillus from a case  of bacterial endocarditis.
J. Lab. Clin.  M., 1937-38, 23: 379-81.— Friedberg, C. K.,
Gross, L., & Bukantz, S. C.  Bacterial endocarditis due to a
gram-negative  cocco-bacillus  of undetermined identity.  J.
Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York, 1935-36,  2: 109-15.—Goldstein, J.
D.  Endocarditis due to a Neisseria pharyngis organism. Am. J.
M.  Sc,  1934, 197: 672-7.—Graef, I.,  De La Chapelle, C. E. &
Vance,  M.  C.   Micrococcus pharyngis siccus endocarditis.
Am. J. Path., 1932, 8: 347-54, pl.—Harries, G. E., & Burten-
shaw. J. M. L.  Acute infective endocarditis due to Bacterium
coli.  Lancet, Lond.,  1937, 2: 803.—Kearns, J. J.   Malignant
endocarditis due to Bacillus pyocyaneus.  Arch. Path., Chic,
1936,  21: 839-43.—Kreidler,  W. A.  Bacteriologie studies in
endocarditis.  J. Infect. Dis., 1926, 39: 186-201.—Levy, D. F-,
& Singerman, B.  Brucella melitensis bacteremia associated
with vegetative endocarditis.  Am. Heart J., 1938, 15: 109-13.—
Lima, C.   Bacteriologia das  endocarditis.   Ann.  paul.  med.
cir., 1929,  20:  217-22.—Marschall, F.   Der Doderleinsche
Bacillus vaginalis  als Endokarditiserreger.  Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt.,
1938,  141: 153-9, pl.—Uhr, N. Bacterial endocarditis: report of
a case in which the cause  was Actinomyces bovis.  Arch. Int.
M., 1939, 64: 84-90.—Wagner, G.. Maiorov, G., & Steriopoulo,
S.  [On Streptothrix infection: case  of  endocarditis lenta,
caused by Streptothrix and its mutants]  Russ. klin., 1927, 8:
315-24.—Weiss,  H.,  &  Ottenberg,  R.   Relation  between
bacteria and temperature in subacute bacterial endocarditis.
J. Infect. Dis., 1932, 1: 61-8.  Also repr.—Zdansky, E.  Ueber
vergleichende  Keimzahlbestimmungen im  arteriellen  und
venosen Blute bei Endocarditis lenta.  Zschr. ges.  exp. Med.,
1931,  76: 571-6.

----  Bacteriology:   Dental    and  other   focal
   infection.

    Grziwa,  A.  *Endocarditis und  focale  Infek-

tion   [Halle]  17p.   8?   Halle, 1932.

    Prado Martinez. J    *La  endocarditis lenta

en su  relaci6n  con  los  focos  cr6nicos bucales.

39p.   roy. 8?   Santiago,  1928.
   Abrahamson, L.  Subacute bacterial endocarditis  following
removal of septic foci.   Brit. M. J.,  1931,  2: 8.—Craig, P.
Endocarditis and its dental inter-relations.  Ann. Dent., 1938,
5:  100-11.—Feldman, L.. & Trace, I. M.  Subacute bacterial
endocarditis following the removal of teeth  or tonsils.  Ann.
Int. M.,  1937-38,  11:  2124-32.—Fleury,  J.  Streptococcie
maligne lente;  greffee sur un canal arteriel  permeable apres
avulsion dentaire; origine dentaire des endocardites malignes.
Arch  mal.  coeur,  1939, 32: 464-8.  Also Normandie med., 1939,
50: 80-6.—Lesbre,  P.,  &  Granclaude,  C.  Les infections
str'epto-enterococciques des dents et leurs metastases viscerates;
2 cas d'endocardite maligne dus a des virus  dentaires cardio-
tropes.   Presse  med.,  1926, 34:  1157-9.—Okell, C. C. &
Elliott, S. D.  Bacteriaemia and oral sepsis with special reference
to the aetiology of subacute endocarditis. Lancet, Lond., 1935,
2-  869-72.—Schulz. E.   Ueber  Bacillus Buday-Sepsis, insbe-
sondere Endokarditis dentaler  Genese.  Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt.,
1935  134: 466-9.—Vanderhoof, D., & Davis, D.   Subacute
bacterial endocarditis  following extraction of teeth  with report
of 2 cases.  Virginia M. Month., 1933, 60: 151-4.

----  Bacteriology: Gonococcus.

   See  also Gonorrhea, Heart.
   Gallois,  P.  M.   Contribution  a 1  etude de
1'endocardite  maligne  gonococcique.   48p.   8°.

Par., 1925.                           ..          ,   ,
   Rerner  O  A case of gonococcemia with  gonococcal endo-
carditis.  Acta derm, vener., Stockh., 1930, 11: 405-10  2 pl-
Blondin, P., Advier, M.,  & Rivoalen  A.  Sur 2 cas d endo-
cardite gonococciques.  Bull. Soc.  path exot  Par., 1935  28.
234 —Brandes, W. W.  Gonococcal  endocarditis; in an infant
10 days old with gonorrheal conjunctivitis.  Am J.  Dis. Ghild.,
1933,  46:  341-5.-Brunet, W  M.   Gonococcal endocarditis:
report of a case with autopsy.  Am. J. Syph._, 1939, 23: 207-9.—
Clarke,  R.  M., & Haining, R. B.  Neisseria  catarrhalis endo-
carditis.  Ann. Int. M., 1936-37, 10:  117-21.-Cohn, I.  Gono-
coccic endocarditis; report of a case with positive blood culture.
J. Am. M.  Ass., 1936, 107: 1630-2.—Cooper, D. A  & Klinck,
G  H   ir   Acute gonococcic endocarditis; a report of 2 cases.
Med.  Clin. N. America,  1931, 15:  541-51.-Cromer  J K.
Gonococcemia with endocarditis and recovery    Med- Ann.
District of Columbia  1937  6V, ^a'8-^^ ^1 • 269^2
coccal endocarditis.  Canad. M. Ass. J  1934  31: 269-72.-
Edwards,  B. B.  Gonorrheal endocarditis.  U.  S.  Veterans
Bur M Bull., 1929, 5: 360-3—Faure-Beaulieu, M., & Bach-
man,  S.   Curabilite  de  1'endocardite gonococcique.   Prat.
nted! fr., 1933, 14: 10-6.-Freund, H. A . & Anderson W. L., &
Lilly,  V. S.   Recovery  from  gonorrheal endocarditis alter

        77908—VOL. 5, 4th series----19
artificial hyperpyrexia. J. Am.  M. Ass., 1938, 110: 549-52.—
Gabinus, O.  Fall von Gonococcenendocarditis.   Acta derm.
vener., Stockh., 1935, 16: 116-8.—Gelbfisz, A., & Zera.  Sur
1'endocardite  gonococcique; etude clinique en marge de 2 cas
observes.  Arch. mal. coeur, 1938,  31: 1010-8.—Gertzog, A., &
Kuzmin, T.   [Cases of gonorrheal endocarditis]   Vrach.  delo,
1929,  12: 512-4.—Gillespie, J. O., & Thompson, R. M. Gono-
coccic endocarditis.  Mil. Surgeon, 1937, 80: 418-29.  Also
repr.—Gonzalez  Sabathie,  L.    La myo-endocardite  gono-
coccique; sa  pathogenic   Bull. Soc. nted. hop.  Paris, 1935,
3. ser., 51: 610-4.—Gukosian, A. G., & Bumazhnaya, K. L.
[Symptomatology  of  gonorrheal  endocarditis]   Ter.  arkh.,
1935,  13: 37-44.—Helpern, M., & Trubek, M.  Isolated ne-
crotizing arteritis  and subacute glomerulonephritis in a case of
gonococcal endocarditis.  Arch.  Path., Chic, 1932, 14: 266-8.
        Necrotizing arteritis and  subacute glomerulonephritis
in gonococcic endocarditis; toxic origin of periarteritis nodosa.
Ibid., 1933,  15:  35-50.—Hoffman, A. M.,  & Taggart, F. C.
Gonococcal endocarditis; summary of the literature and report
of a case.  Ann.  Int. M., 1932, 5: 1397-403.—Hoyt, L. H., &
Warren, H.  A.   Gonorrheal endocarditis; a report of 3 cases,
1 treated with fever therapy.  Ibid., 1938-39, 12: 675-87 —
Josselin de Jong, R. de  [Case of gonorrheal ulcerative malig-
nant  endocarditis]  Ned. tschr.  geneesk.,  1932, 76:  pt 4,
5122-9,  3 pl.—Karamchandani,  P.  V.  Fatal case of acute
gonorrboea  (septicaemia  with  ulcerative endocarditis)  Ind.
M.  Gaz., 1937, 72: 157.—Kirkland, H. B.  Gonococcus endo-
carditis; report of a case. Am. Heart  J., 1932,  7: 360-70.—
Klein, E.  Endocardite infectieuse gonococcique; mort le 48"
jour apr6s l'accouchement.  Bull.  Soc obst. gyn. Paris, 1927,
16:  524-6.—Krusen, F. H., & Elkins, E. C.  Fever therapy for
gonococcemia  and  meningococcemia  with  associated endo-
carditis: report of 2 cases.  Proc. Mayo Clin., 1937, 12: 324-9.—
Lichtman, S. S.   Gonococcal endocarditis  with jaundice.  J.
Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York, 1937-38, 4: 72-6.—McCants, J. M.
Gonococcus  infection of the heart; with a report of 2 fatal cases
due to a gram  negative  diplococcus.   U. S. Nav.  M. Bull.,
1930, 28: 603-13, 2 pl.—Malek, I.  [Case of gonococcal endo-
carditis with positive hemoeulture]  Cas. tek. Cesk.,  1934, 73:
654.—Newman,  A. B.   The prognosis in gonococcal endo-
carditis; review of literature and report of case with spontane-
ous recovery. Am. Heart J., 1933, 8: 821-33.—Orgain, E. S., &
Poston, M.  A.   Gonococcal  endocarditis, with recovery after
sulfapyridine; report of a case.  N. England J. M., 1939, 221:
167-9.—Perry, M. W.  Gonorrheal endocarditis with recovery;
a case report.  Am. J. M.  Sc, 1930, 179: 599; 1933, 185: 394.—
Peters,  H. L., & Horn, B.  Malignant ulcerative gonococcic
endocarditis; fatal 5 days after appearance  of cardiac involve-
ment.  J. Am.  M. Ass., 1934, 102: 1924-6.—Pilcher, J. F.
Gonorrheal  endocarditis with  amyloidosis.   Texas  J.  M.,
1936-37, 32: 292-6.—Porter,  W. B.   A  case of gonococcal
endocarditis with rupture of the aortic  valves and death from
acute pulmonary oedema.  Heart, Lond., 1933,  16: 201-3.—
Prendergast, D. Gonococcal  endocarditis.  Canad. M.  Ass.
J.,  1932, 26: 201.—Ross,  C. W., & Greaves, F. C.  Gonococcic
and meningococcic endocarditis, with report of 3 cases. U. S.
Nav. M. Bull., 1935, 33: 179-83.—Rowlands, R. A., & Simpson,
S. L. Gonococcal endocarditis. Brit. J. Vener. Dis., 1937, 13:
215-37.—Rucks, W. W., jr.  Gonorrheal  endocarditis—case
report with  autopsy.  J.  Oklahoma  M. Ass., 1934, 27: 3-5.—
Ruiz, F. E.  Absceso gonoc6ccico del miocardio y endocarditis
maligna consecutiva.  Actas Congr. nac.  med., Rosario,  1934,
5:  pt 4, 621-7.  Also Rev. med.  lat. amer., B. Air., 1934, 20:
266-85, 12 pl.—Russu, E. [Malignant gonococcic endocarditis]
Cluj. med.,  1936, 17: 243-6.—Solomon, P.,  Hurwitz. D. [et al.]
Diagnosis of gonococcus endocarditis.   Arch. Int.  M.,  1933,
52: 1-15.—Staffleri, D., Ruiz, F. R., & Gonzalez Sabathie, L.
Estudio anatomopatotegico y  electrocardiografieo de  un  caso
de  mio-endocarditis gonococcica con trastornos de conduccten.
Actas Congr.  nac. med., Rosario,  1934,  5: pt  4, 740-8.—
Staffleri, D., Ruiz,  F. R. [et al.l  Patogenia de la  mio-endo-
carditis gonoc6ccica. Ibid., 699-704. Also  Sem. med., B.  Air.,
1934, 41: pt 2,  1481-93.—Steiner. W. R., & Walton. L. L.
Gonorrheal  endocarditis with  bilateral  parotitis and  toxic
jaundice as additional complications.  In J. H.  Pratt Anniv.
Vol., 1937,  720-7.—StDia, L, & Stanciulescu,  P. [Malignant
ulcerative-vegetative endocarditis of gonococcic  origin]  Rev.
st.  med., Bucur.,  1933,  22: 1383-6.—Stone, E.  Gonorrheal
endocarditis.  J. Urol., Bait., 1934, 31: 869-95.—Van der Veer,
J.  N.  Pure gonococcal endocarditis, with  death.  Urol.  Cut.
Rev., 1929, 33: 815-7.—Williams,  R, H.   Gonococcal  endo-
carditis treated  with artificial fever (Kettering hypertherm)
Ann. Int.  M.,  1936-37, 10:  1766-74.   ------  Gonococcic
endocarditis; a study of 12 cases, with 10 postmortem examina-
tions. Ibid., 1938,  61: 26-38.—Ziegler, K. Ueber  die gonor-
rhoische Endokarditis der Pulmonalklappen.  Miinch.  med.
Wschr., 1933, 80: 2001-3.

 ----   Bacteriology: Hemophilus.
   See also Influenza, Heart.
   De Santo, D. A., &  White, M.   Hemophilus  hemolyticus
endocarditis. Am. J. Path., 1933, 9: 381-92, pl.—Fiessinger,
N., & Albeaux-Fernet, M.  Deux nouveaux cas d'endocardite
maligne lente a bacille de Pfeiffer.  Bull. Soc. nted. hop. Paris
1933, 3. ser., 49:  391-5.—Fiessinger,  N., & Arnaudet,  A.
Endocardite maligne a forme lente a  bacille de Pfeiffer. Ibid
1932, 3.  ser.,  48:  629-35.—Fothergill, L.  D., Sweet. M. fr
Hubbard, J.  The  hemolytic, hemophilic  bacillus  (bacillus X) 
ENDOCARDITIS
290
ENDOCARDITIS
 in subacute bacterial endocarditis.  J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1932,
 1: 692-8.--Fox. W.  W.   Endocarditis due to the hemolytic
 para-influenza bacillus.   J.  Am. M. Ass.,  1935, 105:  876 —
 Frank. H.  Influenzabazillen-Endokarditis unter dem Bilde der
 Endocarditis lenta.  Munch, med. Wschr., 1931, 78: 1509-11.—
 Jaffe,  R. H.   Endocarditis lenta  (subacute bacterial endo-
 carditis,  Bacillus influenzae)  Bull. Chicago M. Soc, 1933, 36:
 15.—Le3ne, E., Liunay, C, & Cirrez, P.  Endocardite maligne
 aigue a bacilles de Pfeiffer.  Bull. Soc. nted. hop. Paris, 1936,
 3. ser.. 52: 587-90.  Also  J.  nted.  Paris, 1936,  56:  549 —
 Lichty, J. A., jr.  Subacute bacterial endocarditis due to a
 hemolytic para-influenza bacillus.  Am. J. Dis. Child., 1937,
 54:  1311-9.—Loewenberg, S.  A.,  & Goldburgh, H.  L.  In-
 fluenzal subacute bacterial endocarditis; report, of a case with
 autopsy findings and blood culture technique from the medical
 service of the Philadelphia General  Hospital.  Med. J. & Rec,
 1931, 134: 115-8.—Miles, A.  A.,  & Gray, J.  Haemophilus
 para-influenzae endocarditis.  J. Path. Bact.,  Lond.,  1938,
 47:  257-77.—Ninni,  C.   Singolare reperto  microbico  in un
 e i-o di endocardite  lenta: B.  para-Pfeiffer.  Riforma med.,
 1927, 43: 532-5.—Oppenheimer, E. H.   A case  of influenza
 bacillus endocarditis.  Bull. Johns  Hopkins  Hosp., 1926, 38:
 372-5.  Also repr.—Ru33dl, D.  S., & Filde3, P.   A case of
 endocarditis in man av-oriated  with  Bacillus parainfluenza?
 Rivers, 1922.  J. Path.  Bact.,  Lond., 1928,  31: 631-6,  pl —
 Stuart-Harris, C. H., Wells, A. Q. [et al.]  Four cases of in-
 fective endocarditis due to organisms similar to Haemophilus
 para-influenzae, and 1 case due to a pleomorphic Streptobacillus.
 Ibid., 1935, 41:407-21, 2 pl.

 ----  Bacteriology: Meningococcus.

    See also Meningitis, epidemic.
    Kotlarewski,  J.   *L'endocardite  meningo-
 coccique.   79p.   8?   Par.,  1936.
    Bancker, E. A.  Meningococcus endocarditis; with a review
 of the literature.  J. M. Ass.  Georgia,  1930, 19: 480-5 —
 Finger, H.  Meningokokkensepsis  und Endokarditis.   Med.
 Klin., Berl.,  1938, 34: 1529.—Gwyn, N. B.   Subacute meningo-
 coccal  endocarditis.   Arch. Int. M.,  1931, 48:  1110-7.—
 Hyland,  C.  M.   Meningococcus endocarditis.  J. Am. M.
 Ass.,  1929,  92:  1412.—Jacchia,  L.   L'endocardite  meningo-
 coccica.   Rass.  clin.  sc,  1937, 15:  433-9.—Lemierre, A.,
 Laporte,  A. [et  al.]  Endocardite  lente a  nteningocoque B.
 Bull. Soc med. hop.  Paris, 1934, 3. ser., 50: 1004-10.—Mac-
 Mahon, H. E., & Burkhardt, E. A., jr.  Meningococcus endo-
 carditis; report of a case.  Am. J. Path., 1929, 5: 197-214, pl.—
 Melnotte, P.. & Fort, P. Endocardite maligne aigue a nteningo-
 coque A.   Bull. Soc med. hop. Paris, 1932, 3. ser., 48: 1219.—
 Rhoads, C. P.  Vegetative endocarditis due to the meningo-
 coccus; with  a  case  report.  Am.  J.  Path., 1927,  3:  623-9,
 5  pl.—Weichselbaum,  A., &  Ghon, A.   Der Micrococcus
 meningitidis  cerebrospinalis als Erreger  von  Endokarditis
 sowie sein Vorkommen  in  der  Nasenhohle Gesunder und
 Kranker.   Wien. klin. Wschr., 1905, 18: 625-37.—Weindel, R.
 Ueber Meningokokkensepsis und -Endokarditis. Klin.  Wschr.,
 1934, 13: 338.—Willius,  F.  A.,  &  Eaton, L. M.   Clinic on
 meningococcemia  with  vegetative  mitral  endocarditis (sub-
 acute bacterial endocarditis) with  findings  at postmortem
 examination.  Proc. Mayo Clin.,  1937, 12: 762-6.

 ----  Bacteriology:  Pneumococcus.

    See also Pneumonia, Complications.
    Aubertin, C, Robert-Levy  & Levy-Bruhl.  Endocardite
 pneumococcique  greffe sur une tesion congenitale  du  cjeur;
 pouvoir  toxigfine  du pneumocoque.   Bull.  Soc. nted.  hop.
 Paris, 1934, 3. ser., 50: 1353-8.—Cataldi, G.  Sull'endocardite
 pneumococcica.  Rass. internaz. clin. ter.,  1933, 14: 630-40.—■
 Ciuca, M., Alexa, L, & Agapi, C. [Hemorrhagic syndrome in
 the course of infectious  pneumococcal endocarditis]    Rev.
 st. med.,  Bucur., 1929, 18: 24-32.—Cullinan, E. R., & Baxter,
 W. S.  A case of malignant endocarditis (pneumococcal) with
 early calcification and with calcareous renal emboli. Am. Heart
 J., 1930-31,  6:  420-2.—Kapsinow,  R.  Acute pneumococcus
 endocarditis  following extraction of teeth.  Dominion  Dent.
 J., 1930, 42: 319-21.—Lassen, H. C. A. [Pneumococcic  endo-
 carditis]   Ugeskr.  laeger,  1939,  101: 99-104.—Laubry,  C, &
 Coffin, M. Endocardite infectieuse primitive a pneumocoques
 terminee par la guerison.  Bull.  Soc nted. hop. Paris,  1928,
 3. ser., 52: 281-90.—Levi,  M. L'endocardite da pneumococco.
 Sperimentale, 1933, 87: 609-38.—Lewkowicz, K.   [Diagnosis
 of a case  of Roger's disease during  life (occlusion of the ven-
 tricular septum  of the  heart) though complicated  by  lobar
 pneumonia and pneumococcal endocarditis]  Polska gaz. lek.,
 1932, 12:   405-8.—Lord, F. T.    Pneumococcus endocarditis.
 N. England J. M., 1932, 207: 767.—Pichon, E., & Pham-hu-chi.
 Sur un cas d'endocardite secondaire pneumococcique maligne.
 Bull.  Soc.  nted.  hop.  Paris, 1933, 3. ser., 49: 355-60.—Plazy
 &  Damany, P.  Endocardite maligne a pneumocoques localisee
 aux valvules sigmoides de l'art§re pulmonaire.  Ibid., 879-82.—
 Rosenbluth, M. B.  Pneumococcus endocarditis.   In Contr.
 med. sc. Libman Annivers. Vol., 1932, 3: 983-8.—Rue^segger.
 J.  M.  Pneumococcic  endocarditis.  Arch. Int. M.,  1938, 62:
388-400.—Sanes, S.,  & Kenny,  F.  E.  Acute  pneumococcic
endocarditis in early infancy.  Arch.  Path., Chic, 1934, 17:
721.—Turchetti,  A.  Endocardite maligna lenta da pneumo-
cocco.  Clin. med. ital., 1937, 68: 295-304.
 ----   Bacteriology:  Staphylococcus.
    Baumgartner, M. M.  Bacterial endocarditis; a  case  of
 primary  (?) acute  staphylococcus  aureus  endocarditis with
 recovery.  Wisconsin M. J., 1934, 33: 349-52.—De Candole, C.
 A.  A case of malignant endocarditis of the pulmonary valve
 due to the Staphylococcus aureus.  J. R. Army M. Corps, 1936,
 67: 116.—Glascock,  H.,  Glascock,  H.,  jr  [et al.]  Subacute
 bacterial  endocarditis due to  Staphylococcus albus.   South.
 M.  & S.,  1938, 100: 605-7.—Kutzner,  G.   Endokarditis im
 Siuglings-ilter   bei  Pyamie   durch  Staphvlokken.    Zschr.
 Kinderh.,  1934-35, 57: 153-9.—Laederich,  L., Worms, R., fr
 Rubens Duval, A.   Endocardite  maligne  a  staphvloeoques.
 Bull. Soc med. hop. Paris, 1936, 3. ser., 52:  1297-301.  Also
 J. med. Paris,  1936, 56: 405-7.—Lemierre,  A., Laporte, A., &
 Boltanski, E.  Endocardites vegetantes a staphyloi oque; forme
 suraigue et forme lente.  Bull. Soc.  nted. hop. i'aii-. 1931, 3.
 ser., 47: 532-42.—McMillan, R. L.,  & Wilbur, E.  L.  Staphy-
 lococcic endocarditis superimposed on syphilitic aortic endo-
 carditis.  J. Am. M. Ass.,  1937. 109: 1194—Noran, H. H., &
 Weisman, S. A.  Acute staphylococcic valvulitis with vegeta-
 tions of rheumatic type; report of a case.  Am. Heart J., 1938,
 16:  307-73.—Prochazka,  J., & Jedlicka, V.  [Staphylococcic
 endocarditis in a child, having the aspect of epidemic menin-
 gitis] Cas. tek. cesk., 1936, 75: 328.—Sendrail, M., Gadrat, J.,
 &  Lasserre, J.  Endocardite  partetale  staphylococcique  du
 coeur droit.   Bull.  Soc.  pediat. Paris,  1936. 34: 255-61.—
 Stich, B.   Subacute  bacterial  endocarditis  due to Staphylo-
 coccus albus; report of  a ease.   Arch. Int. M., 1932, 49: 666-
 70.—Warfield,  L.  M.   Acute  staphvlococcus  aureus endo-
 carditis.  Am. Heart J., 1927, 2: 576-8.

 ----  Bacteriology:  Streptococcus.

    Cholakov,  B.   *Endocardite a  streptocoques
 et acridinotherapie.   15p.   8?   Geneve, 1927.
    Delbreil,  J.    *Contribution  a l'etude  des
 lesions  renales  dans  l'endocardite  lente strepto-
 coccique (maladie d'Osler)   73p.  8?   Par., 1929.
   Vialle, M.  L.   *Premunition  de l'endocardite
 maligne secondaire lente a  streptocoques.   76p.
 8?   Par., 1932.
   Abercrombie, G.  F., &  Scott, W. M.  A case  of infective
 endocarditis due to Streptococcus mutans.  Lancet, Lond.,
 1928, 2:  697-9.—Aubertin, C, &  Horeau, J.   Endocardite
 primitive  a streptocoques. Bull, med.,  Par., 1937,  51: 879-
 81.—Bingold, K.  Ueber eine durch anaerobe Streptokokken
 verursachte Endokarditisform.   Deut. med.  Wschr.,  1932, 58:
 443-5.—Bonciu, O., & Stefanescu, V.   [Bacteriological study
 of Streptococcus blood cultures from endocarditis lenta]  Rev.
 St. med., Bucur., 1929, 18: 572-81.—Cattan,  R., & Laur, C. M.
 Sur la presence d'hematies nucteees dans le  sang au cour  des
 endocardites k  streptocoques.  Sang, Par.,  1929, 3: 161-8.—■
 Dominguez, C, & Bizzozero, R. C.  Endocarditis maligna a
 evolueion   lenta producida por el  estreptococo  hemolitico.
 Prensa  med. argent.,  1927,  14:  826-31.—Ferguson, J. A..
 Murdock, T. P., & Welch, H.  The significance of streptococci
 that resemble diphtheroids recovered from  blood  cultures in
 subacute bacterial endocarditis. J.  Lab. Clin. M„ 1934, 19:
 1304-10.  Also Rep. Connecticut Dep. Health, 1934, 249-56 —
 Foord, A.  G., & Stone, W. J.  Endocarditis caused by diphthe-
 roid bacillus (pleomorphic streptococcus)  Am. J. Clin. Path.,
 1934, 4:  492-503.—Girolami,  M.  Contributo  alio studio
 eziologico  dell'endocardite lenta; modificazioni di uno strepto-
 cocco isolato del sangue nei corso della malattia.  Riforma med.,
 1937, 53:  1127-32.—Grosso, G.  Dati batteriologici ed ematc-
 logici sull'endocardite  da streptococco  mite.   Rinasc.  med.,
 1927, 4:  182-4.—Lehmann,  W.   Die Bedeutung anaerober
 Streptokokken fiir die Aetiologie der akuten septischen Endo-
 karditis.   Munch, med.  Wschr., 1926, 73: 233-8.—Loygue, G.,
 Guibert, L. E., & Sauvez,  H.  Endocardite maligne  lente
 streptococcique  a  evolution  exceptionnellement  prolongee;
 streptocoque  hemolytique  et Streptococcus viridans.   Bull.
 Soc med. hop.  Paris, 1933, 3. ser., 49: 648-53.—Mann, S. J.
 Subacute  infectious  endocarditis  caused by Streptococcus
 haemolyticus.   Med. Bull.  Veterans Admin., 1932, 8: 69-71.—
 Marchal, G., & Jaubert, A.  Etude bacteriologique de l'endo-
 cardite iniectieuse secondaire lente  a streptocoques:  essais  de
 therapeutique.   Presse med.,  1926, 34: 324-7.—Marchal. G..
 Porge,  J., &  Ortholan, J.  Endocardite streptococcique  a
 evolution  lente  avec localisation latente aux sigmoides pul-
 monaires;  coexistence d'un anevrysme  de la crosse de l'aorte.
 Arch. mal. coeur, 1937,  30: 601-8.—Moran,  H.  Classification
of streptococci  from cases of endocarditis.   Proc. Soc.  Exp.
 Biol., N. Y., 1938,  38: 805-8.—Onaca, N. [Case of vegetative
endocarditis of the pulmonary valves in the  course of strepto-
coccus septicemia]  Cluj.  med., 1929,  10: 208-11.—Pasteur-
 Vallery-Radot, L.,  & Stehelin, J.  Serum antiheterolysant  au
cours d'une endocardite a streptocoques.   Sang, Par.,  1927, 1:
210-7.—Patoir,  A., Decoulx,  P., &  Patoir,  G.  Endocardite
tricuspid'enne  a  streptocoques  post-partum; hysterectomie.
Bull.  Soc  obst. gyn.  Paris,  1937, 2G:  667-9.—Tow.  A..  &
 Wechsler, H. F.   Diphtheroid  bacillus as tbe cause of acute
endocarditis.   Am. J.  Dis. Child.,  1932. 44:  156-61.   Also
repr.—Tunnicliff, R., & Woolsey, C. I.  The  presence of rough-
ness in streptococcus cultures from endocarditis.  J. Infect. Dis.,
 1935, 56:  116-23. 
ENDOCARDITIS
291
ENDOCARDITIS
----   Bacteriology:  Streptococcus   fecalis  [En-
   terococcus]

   Henske,  M.    *Beitrag  zur  Kasuistik  der
Enterokokken-Endocarditiden.   15p.   8?   Berl.,

1933.
   Baum,  N.  [Enterococcus endocarditis]   Orv. hetil., 1935,
79: 852.   Also Wien. klin. Wschr., 1935, 48:  1067-9.—Boyer,
L., & Sauvan, A.   Sur un germe du type enterocoque obtenu
par rtemoculture dans un cas d'endocardite maligne.  C. rend.
Soc. biol., 1931, 108:  104-6.—Brito del Pino, J.  A., Osimani,
J. J., & Dighiero,  J. C.  Un caso de endocarditis aguda por
enterococo curada  o en remisten franca.  Arch. urug. med.,
1936, 8:  383-6.—Ceresoli,  A.   Endocardite sperimentale nei
coniglio da enterococco causa di endocardite  lenta nell'uomo.
Atti Soc. lombard. sc. med., 1927, 16: 341-6.  Also Gior. clin.
med., 1927, 8: 583-609.—Clements, A. B. Enterococcus endo-
carditis.  N. York  State J. M.,  1937, 37: 1842-4.—Clerici, A.
Endocardite infettiva da enterococco.  Gazz. osp.,  1928, 49:
353-5.—D'Antona, L.  La sepsi  subacuta e lenta enterococcica
(riproduzione  sperimentale  della endocardite enterococcica)
Minerva med., Tor., 1933, 24: 376-86.—Giraud, G., Puech, A.,
& Fayot.  Endocardite infectieuse a enterocoque.  Arch. Soc.
sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1928,  9: 79-83—Grogler, F. Ueber
Enterokokkenendokarditis.   Zbl. inn. Med., 1934, 55: 689-93.
-----■  Neue Erfahrungen zur  Frage der Enterokokkenendo-
karditis.   Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1937,  180:  153-63.—Mac.-i-
otta, G. Endocardite acuta da enterite streptococcica contratta
nelle prime dodici ore di vita.  Pediatria (Riv.) 1927, 35: 1313-
28 —Otto, E.   Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Enterokokkenendo-
karditis.   Klin. Wschr.,  1938,  17: 1847-50.— Parenti,  G. C.
Endocardite da enterococco.  Sperimentale, 1934, 88: 218-28.—
Reiners, H. Enterokokken-Endokarditis.  Klin. Wschr., 1936,
15: 1067-9.—Rohleder, T.  Ein Beitrag zur Frage der Entero-
kokken-Endokarditis.  Mschr.  Kinderh., 1938,  73:  361-6 —
Rosenberg. G.  Der Enterokokkus als Erreger von Endocarditis
chronica.  Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1931, 121: 75-85.  ------  Zur
Kenntnis  der Enterokokken-Endokarditiden.   Klin. Wschr.,
1932, 11:  359-62.—Waaler, E.   Bacterial endocarditis caused
by hemolytic fecal streptococci (enterococci)  Acta med. scand.,
1937, 91:  121-6.—Wallach, K.   Subacute enterococcus endo-
carditis.   J. Mount Sinai Hosp.  N. York, 1934, 1: 80-3.

----  Bacteriology: Streptococcus viridans.

   Deutschmann, H.  [T.]  *Zur  Aetiologie  und
Klinik   der  Endocarditis  lenta und  iiber  ihre
Beziehung   zu  verschiedenen  grunwachsenden
anhaemolytischen Streptokokken   [Breslau]  31p.
8?   Gorlitz, 1938.
   Herrlein,  E.   *Ueber akute  Verlaufsformen
bei Herzklappenentziindung  mit  Streptokokkus
viridans als Erreger.   25p.  8?   Erlangen, 1934.
   Capps, J. A.  Prognosis of  bacterial endocarditis due to
Streptococcus viridans; abstract.  Proc. Inst. M. Chicago, 1938,
12: 219.—De  La  Chapelle, C. E.. & Graef, I.   Two unusual
cases of subacute bacterial endocarditis (Streptococcus viridans)
Med. Clin. N. America, 1931, 14:  1335-8.—Fox,  H.   T he
relationship of strains of  green streptococci to the clinical
character  of subacute bacterial endocarditis.  J. Infect. Dis.,
1936  58:  230-3.—Geilig, F. I.   [Streptococcus viridans, cause
of endocarditis lenta]  Klin, med., Moskva, 1926, 4: 41779.—
Held, I. W.. & Goldbloom, A. A.  Acute streptococcus viridans
endocarditis; report of 4 cases, with autopsy observations in 2.
Arch. Int. M., 1934, 53: 508-26—Jurukoff, B.  Zur Biologie
des Streptococcus viridans bei Endocarditis lenta  Zbl. Bakt.,
1. Abt., 1931, 120: 392-8.—Kimmelstiel, P.  Ueber Viridans-
Encephalitis bei Endocarditis lenta.  Beitr. path. Anat., 1927-
28, 79: 39-68.—Kissling, K.  Eine anschemend geheilte Endo-
carditis lenta (Streptococcus viridans)  Med. Klin., Berl., 1935,
31- 1427__Korbsch, R.   Zu: Eine anschemend geheilte Endo-
carditis lenta (Streptococcus viridans)  Ibid., 1936, 32: 355.—
Kropveld, A.  [Streptococcus viridans and  endocarditis lenta)
Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1926, 70: pt 2, 26-9.—Lawson, G. M., &
Palmer R S  Occurrence of subacute bacterial endocarditis
in childhood; report of 3 cases, aged 6, and 10 years respectively
with a note on a case of Streptococcus viridans septicemia in  a
child aged 21 months without demonstrable valve tesions.  JN.
England J. M., 1928, 199: 1205-7.—Leech, C. B.   Streptococcus
viridans endocarditis  in children; report of 15 cases and of  1
instance  of streptococcus viridans septicemia  without endo-
carditis.   Am. J.  M. Sc, 1930, 180:  621-8.-Lemierre  A.,
Reilly  J   &  de  Font-Reauls,  P.   Streptococcus viridans
atypique  dans une endocardite lente   Bull. Soc med.  hop.
Paris,  1935,  3. ser.,  51:  128-36.-Micheli,  F.   Endocardite
primitiva  da  Streptococcus viridans.   Minerva med.,  Tor.,
1935, 26:  769-77.—Pepper, O.  H.  P.  The hematology  of
subacute  streptococcus   viridans endocarditis.   J.  Am.  ivi.
Ass  1927  89: 1377-80.—Pinelli, A.  Contributo battenologico
all'endocardite lenta;  trasformazione di  uno streptococco viri-
dans in streptococco emolitico.  Pediatria (Riv.)  193a  J8.
959-66 —Resio, L. L., & Berendorf. I.   Tratamiento biologico
de las endocarditis prolongadas a estreptococo viridans. 1 rensa
med. argent.,  1937, 24: 2071-3.-Schwalbe,  G.  Wie ist der
schnelle Verlauf der Endocarditis acuta durch  Streptococcus
viridans im Gegensatz  zur Endocarditis  lenta zu  erklaren.'
Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1934-35, 177: 283-91.—Stenstrom, T.,
& Gripwall, E. Ein Fall von Endocarditis lenta (Viridanssepsis)
geheilt  durch Behandlung  mit  Immunotransfusionen und
Aurodetoxin.  Acta med. scand., 1938, 96: Suppl. 89, 201-8.—
Vercellotti, G. Endocardite maligna a lento decorso da Strepto-
coccus viridans (illustrazione di un caso clinico) Osp. maggiore,
Milano, 1926, 3. ser., 14: 106-15.

----   chronic.
   Bruetsch, W. L.  Psychosen bei chronischer Endokarditis.
Psychiat.  neur.  Wschr.,  1936,  38:  551; 563.—Clerc.  A., &
Bascourret.  Endoaortite maligne lente avec tesions aneyris-
males a marche aigue, sans endocardite, malgre l'existence d'une
tesion valvulaire ancienne.  Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1929,
3. ser., 53: 385-93.—Gentzen, G. Ueber Riesenzellengranulome
bei zwei Fallen von Endocardfibrose.  Beitr. path. Anat., 1936-
37, 98:  375-97.— Leitman.  G. S.  [Acute  contraction of  the
right  conus arteriosus  caused  by  chronic,  parietal  fibrous
endocarditis]  J. teor. prakt. med., 1926, 2: 175-9.—McGarity,
J.  A.  Chronic  endocarditis.  South. M. J.,  1927, 20: 453.—
Mahon, G. S.  Idiopathic hypertrophy of the heart with endo-
cardial fibrosis;  report of 2 cases.  Am.  Heart J., 1936, 12: 608-
17.—Netousek,  M.  [Chronic endocarditis]  Bratisl.  lek. listy,
1935.  15: suppl., No.  7.  125-8.—Renaud,  M.   Thrombose
considerable de l'oreillette gauche par endocardite chronique.
Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1927, 3. ser.. 51: 119-22.—Wilier, H.
Ueber funktionelle Herzklappenven'inderungen und chronisehe
Endokarditis.  Zbl. allg. Path., 1933, 58: Sonderbd, 215-27.

----   Classification.
   Jouve,  A.  X.  Considerazioni critiche sulla classificazione
delle  endocarditi.   Fol. med.,  Nap.,  1938,  24:   529-38.—
Krischner, H.   Beitrage  zur Einteilung der  verschiedenen
Formen der Herzklappenentzundungen.  Virchows Arch., 1927,
265: 545-82.—Langeron, L.  Caracteres giniraux  et formes
cliniques des endocardites.  J. nted. Paris, 1930, 50: 1075-81.—
Libman, E.  The varieties of endocarditis and their  clinical
significance.  Tr. Ass.  Am. Physicians, 1938,  53:  345-51.—
Paisseau,  G.   Endocardite rhumatismale  et endocardite
maligne.  Rev.  crit. path., Par., 1930, 1: 231-5.—Ponticaccia,
L.  Endocardite reumatica ed endocardite lenta.  Gior. clin.
med., 1934, 15:  1708-40.— SaxI, P.  Ueber akute und subakute
Endokarditis.  Wien. klin. Wschr., 1928, 41: 21-5.

----   Complication.
   Baehr, G.  Renal complications  of endocarditis.   Tr. Ass.
Am. Physicians, 1931, 46: 87-95.—Bilderback, J. B.  Aneurysm
of external iliac artery  and gangrene of leg as complications of
bacterial endocarditis.   J. Pediat., S.  Louis, 1932, 1:  82-6.—
Bruetsch, W. L. The histopathology of  the  psychoses with
subacute  bacterial  and  chronic  verrucose  rheumatic endo-
carditis.  Am.   J.  Psychiat.,  1938-39,  95:  335-46,  7 pl —
Carriere, G.  L'endocardite ur6mique.  Echo nted. nord, 1934,
3  ser., 2: 107-16.—Halbron, P.  Tuberculose et endocardites.
Paris med., 1933, 87: 407-16.—Rossdale, G. H.  Endocarditis
with emboli in a child, with recovery.  Proc R.  Soc. M., Lond.,
1933  26: 1019.—Zolotowa, N. A.  Gehirnveranderungen  bei
Endokarditis.   Virchows Arch., 1930,  277: 420-30.

----   Diagnosis.
   Carvalho Lima, J.   Hemocultura nas endocardites. Ann.
paul. med. dr.,  1926, 17: 41-5.—Chernikov, E., &  Bortz,  O.
[Diagnosis of endocarditis]  Vrach.  delo,  1935, 18: 211-8.—
Clark,  J. H.  Differential diagnosis  of a case of endocarditis.
Med. Clin. N.  America,  1929-30,  13: 1063-8.—Donini,  G.
Qualche difficolta  e curiosita diagnostiche  in  argomento di
endocarditi.  Gior. clin. med., 1938, 19: 9-16.—Smith, H. L.
Differential diagnosis  of endocarditis.  Minnesota  M., 1931,
14: 521-5.—Sutton, C.  Silent endocarditis.  Illinois M. J.,
1932, 61:  438.—Vorobeichik, N. L.  [Monocytosis in endo-
carditis; diagnostic test]  Klin, med.,  Moskva, 1937, 15: 82-9.

----   experimental.
   Andrei, G., & Ravenna, P.  Sulla natura ed il significato della
tromboendocardite sperimentale del coniglio.  Boll. Ist. sieroter.
milan., 1937, 16: 138-49.—Armstrong, R. R-,  & Roles, F. C.
Experimental endocarditis produced by inoculation of  Strepto-
coccus pyogenes. S. Barth. Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1930, 63: 127-
37 pl.—Blahd, M., Frank,  I., & Saphir, O.  Experimental
endocarditis in dogs.   Arch. Path.,  Chic,  1939, 27:  424-32.—
Chini, V.  Ricerche sperimentali  sulla tromboendocardite del
coniglio.   Atti  Congr. naz.  microb.,  1937,  6: 342-54. Also
Boll. Ist. sieroter. milan., 1937, 16:  288-308.—Clark, P. F., &
Svec,  P. E.   Experimental subacute bacterial endocarditis.
J. Bact., Bait., 1938, 35: 55.—Cornil,  L., Mosinger,  M. [et al.]
Sur les lesions cardiovasculaires de l'endocardite experimentale.
C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 122: 685-8— D'Antona, L.  Endo-
cardite enterococcica sperimentale.  Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena,
1933,  11.  ser.,  1:  87.—De  Vecchi,  B.   L'importanza degli
istiociti valvolari nello svolgimento dei processi endocarditici
sperimentali.  Sperimentale,  1932, 86: 1-29, pl.—Dietrich, A.
Versuche iiber Herzklappenentziindung. Zschr. ges.  exp. Med.,
1926 50:  85-92.—Dietrich,  W.  Ueber Anfiinge der experi-
mentellen Endokarditis.  Virchows Arch., 1937, 299: 285-99.—
Frank,  I., & Blahd, M.  Role of the tonsils  in experimental
endocarditis.  Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1939, 29: 480-3.—Fried- 
ENDOCARDITIS
292
ENDOCARDITIS
 man, M., Katz, L. N. [et al.] Experimental endocarditis due to
 Streptococcus viridans; biologic  factors in  its development.
 Arch. Int. M., 1938, 61: 95-118.—Hedley, O. F., & Rose, E. J.
 A form of experimental endocarditis produced in rabbits. Pub.
 Health Rep., Wash., 1933, 48: 1038-43.—Isibasi, T.  Ueber die
 experimentelle Endokarditis.  Tr. Soc. path,  jap.,  1938,  28:
 235 !).   Kinsella, R. A., & Hayes, C. M.  Further study of the
 baeteriemia of experimental streptococcus endocarditis.  Proc.
 Soc. Exp. Biol., N.  Y., 1926-27, 24: 887-9.—Kinsella, R. A., &
 Muether, R. O.  Studies  of experimental streptococcal endo-
 carditis.  Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1934, 49: 115-8.  Also Arch.
 Int. M., 1938, 62: 247-70.—Luciani, P.  Endocardite speri-
 mentale da germi anaerobi. Gior. batt. immun.,  1930, 5:  167-
 80.—Nedzel, A. J.  Experimental endocarditis.  Arch. Path.,
 Chic, 1937, 24:  143-200.—Piola, L., & Cellina, M.  Sui rap-
 porti fra il R. A.  A. dell'uomo  e la  tromboendocardite del
 coniglio. Atti Congr. naz. microb., 1937, 6: 359-64.—Sato, T.
 Studien iiber  die experimentelle Endocarditis.  Fukuoka acta
 med.,  1939,  32:  50.—Silbergleit, W.  H.  Osservazioni  ana-
 tomiche e sperimentali sulla genesi della endocardite. Boll. Ist.
 sieroter. milan. 1937, 16: 873-93, pl.—Thomson, J. G.  Experi-
 mentelle Versuche iiber Endocarditis. Beitr. path. Anat., 1935,
 95: 316-29.—Welch,  H.,  Murdock, T.  P., & Ferguson, J. A.
 Subacute bacterial endocarditis  produced  in rabbits  with
 streptococci  that resemble  diphtheroids.  J.  Lab.  Clin. M.,
 1935-36, 21:  1264-73.—Wright,  H. D.  The production of
 experimental endocarditis with pneumococci and  streptococci
 in immunised animals.  J. Path. Bact.,  Lond.,  1926, 29: 5-11.

 ----   fetal.

   Cappelli, E.  Endocardite fetale: ricerche sistematiche sulle
 lesioni  infiammatorie  delle valvole cardiache nei feto  umano.
 Sperimentale, 1933, 87: 129-55.—Manzini, C.  Sopra un  caso
 assai raro di cuore a 5 cavita (pseudocor pentaloculare)  trovato
 in  una  donna adulta, presumibilimente conseguenza  di una
 malformazione delle valvole tricuspidali per endocardite fetale.
 Arch.  ital. anat. pat., 1936, 7: scritti,  369-94—Piischel, E.
 Ueber fetale Endokarditis. Arch.  Kinderh., 1938, 114:  1-11.

 ----   lenta.

    Apfelstedt, W.    *Endocarditis lenta   [Jena]
 16p.    8?   Arnstadt  i. Thiir., 1925.
   Wyler,  M.   *Ueber einen  Fall  von  emboli-
 scher  Endocarditis  recurrens.    29p.   8?   Ziir.,
 1897.
   Achard. C. Endocardite lente.  Bull, nte.!.,  Par., 1927, 41:
 485-93.—Baumann, E.   Ueber Endocarditis lenta.  Miinch.
 med.  Wschr., 1936, 83:  469-73—Borras,  N.  Endocarditis
 lenta.   Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1926, 31: 378-85.—Castillo, P.
 A., & Cardenas Pupo, M.  D.  Endocarditis lenta.  Arch. med.
 int., Habana, 1935, 1: 1039-47.—D'AIessandria, E. Un caso
 di endocardite lenta.  Gazz. internaz. med. chir.,  1933, 41:
 643-7.—Duque Sampayo,  A., & Comas, R. Un nuevo  caso de
 endocarditis  lenta.   Med. ibera,  1926, 20:  pt 2, 418-21 —
 Falta,  W.   Endokarditis lenta.   Mitt.  Volksgesundhamt.,
 Wien, 1933, Aerztl. Prax., 329-34.  Also Wien. klin. Wschr.,
 1933, 46: 673-8.—Fiumel, A. [Endocarditis lenta]  Lek. wojsk.,
 1930,  16: 422-7.—Gasbarrini, A.  Endocardite lenta.  Rass.
 clin. sc, 1936, 14: 403-10.—Goglia, G. Endocardite lenta.
 Gior. clin. med.,  1931, 12: 539-70.—Guerricchio, A.  L'endo-
 cardite lenta nella pratica corrente. Med. prat.,  Nap., 1926. 11:
 138—43.—Jelges,  T.   Endocarditis lenta  im  Kindesalter.
 Mschr. Kinderh., 1927, 35: 389-97.—Langley, G. J.   Endo-
 carditis lenta.  Postgrad.  M. J.,  Lond.,  1936,  12: 138-42.—
 Liegeois.M.  L'endocardite lente; symptomatologie; diagnostic,
 notions pathogeniques recentes.  Arch. nted. pharm. mil., 1930,
 93: 355-93.  ------  & Albot, G.  Notions recentes  sur  les
 endocardites  lentes.  Ann.  med., Par.,  1932, 32:  61-92.—
 Macera, J. M., & Oyhenart, J. C.  Endocarditis lenta.  Arch.
 argent, pediat., 1934, 5: 84-97. Also Sem. med., B. Air., 1935,
 42: 111-7.—Marchal, G.  La endocarditis a evolucion lenta.
 Dia nted., B. Air., 1930-31, 3: 109.—Martinez, J.  Las endo-
 carditis lentas.  Rev. nted., Rosario, 1928, 18:  11-28, 13 pl —
 Mazzoleni, A.   Ricerche  su un  caso  di endocardite  lenta.
 Morgagni, 1930, 72: 1511-7.—Merlo, E. V.  Sepsis  lenta con
 endocarditis.   Rev.  Cfrc  nted. argent.,  1925, 25: 1639-49.—
 Mindlin, S. S.  [Observations of  cases of endocarditis lenta]
 Vrach. delo, 1928, 11:  1233-6. ------  [Results from observa-
 tion of cases of endocarditis lenta]  Klin, med.,  Moskva, 1929,
 7: 306-9.—Morawski,  M.  [Endocarditis lenta;  personal obser-
 vations and literature of the past 15 years]   Polska gaz. lek.,
 1938,  17: 289; 318.—Nedelmann, E. Ueber  die Endocarditis
 lenta  im Kindesalter.  Arch. Kinderh., 1927, 81:  106-13.
 ------  Weiterer Beitrag zur Klinik der Endocarditis lenta im
 Kindesalter.  Zschr. Kinderh., 1929, 47: 273-5.   Also Deut.
 med. Wschr., 1932, 58: 1880-2.—Policicchio, A.  L'endocardite
 lenta.  Med. nuova, 1932, 23: 371.—Purjesz,  B., & Kup, G.
 [Cases  of endocarditis lenta]  Budapesti  orv. ujs., 1928,  26:
 903-14.—Roch, M.  Endocardite archi-lenta.  Gazz. osp., 1933,
 54:  901-5.  ------ Endocardite  archi-lente.  Presse  med.,
 1933, 41: 527.—Romano, N.  Endocarditis lenta.  Dia med.,
 B. Air.,  1935,  7:  959-61.—Ruitinga, P.   [Endocarditis lenta]
 Ned.  tschr. geneesk.,  1934, 78:  3104-9.—Siegenbeek  van
Heukelom, A.  [On  endocarditis lenta]   Geneesk.  tschr. Ned.
Indie, 1939, 79: 386-97.—Stahl.  Endocarditis lenta.  Tungchi
med. Mschr., 1926-27, 2:  400-10.—Strasser, A.  Vorstellung
 eines Falles  von Endocarditis lenta.  Mitt. Ges. inn. Med.
 Wien, 1934, 33: 135-7.—Syllaba, L.  Vingt ann6es d'experience
 de l'endocardite infectieuse a evolution lente.  Ann. med., Par.,
 1928,  23: 430-44.—Theodorescu,  B.   [Endocarditis lenta]
 Rev. st. med., Bucur., 1928, 17: 873-95.—Victorov. L. K.,Irger,
 L. J., & Dvijkov, P. P.  [Present status of sepsis (Endocarditis)
 lenta] Mosk. med. J., 1926, 6: No. 5, 22-31.—Vries, W. M. de
 [Endocarditis lenta]   Ned. tschr.  geneesk.,  1933, 77: 5665-71,
 pl.—Wauchope, G. M.   Endocarditis lenta.  Lancet,  Lond.,
 1929, 1: 859-64.—Wedekind, W.  Kurze Mitteilung zur Endo-
 carditis lenta im  Kindesalter.  Mschr.  Kinderh.,  1936,  67:
 129-33.—Witzleben, H. D.  V.  [Endocarditis lenta]   Vrach.
 delo, 1926, 9: 14-23— Zainal   [Endocarditis lenta]  Geneesk.
 tschr. Nod. Indie, 1936,  76: 1008.

 ----  lenta: Cause.

   See also Endocarditis, Bacteriology:  Strepto-
 coccus viridans.
   Benevolenski, P. P., & Huzarchik, V. I.  [Bacteriology of
 endocarditis  lenta]  Klin, med., Moskva, 1926,  4: 419-20.—
 GUnther, O.   Beitrag zur Bakteriologie der Endocarditis lenta.
 Zbl.  Bakt.,  1. Abt.,  1938-39, 143: 399-432.— Hartoch,  O.,
 Muratowa, K., & Swischtschewskaja, E.  Zur Aetiologie  der
 Endocarditis lenta. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt.,  1927, 102: 227-44.—
 Herrmann,   O.   Bakteriologische   Blutuntersuchungen   bei
 Endocarditis  lenta  und anderen  septischen  Krankheiten.
 Ibid., 1931, 120: 399-402.—Kohen, G., Surta-Zaharenko, A., &
 Dmitrieva, S.  [Baeteriemia in chronic recurrent endocarditis]
 Russ. klin., 1927, 8: 793-802.—Lehmann, W.  Klinische und
 bakteriologische Erfahrungen  bei  Endocarditis lenta.  Klin
 Wschr.,  1926, 5:  1408-14.—Lossen, J.   Zum  Krankheits-
 bild und  zur Aetiologie der Endocarditis lenta.   Med. Klin
 Berl., 1926, 22: 639-43.—MacNeal,  W.  J., Spence, M. J., &
 Wasseen, M.  Transmission  of endocarditis lenta to rabbits
 Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1939,  40:  473-5.—Reichel, H.
 Bakterienziichtung  aus  dem  Blute  bei  Endocarditis  lenta.
 Klin. Wschr., 1936,15: 642-4— Sinek,F.,&Springer,L. Beitrag
 zur  Aetiologie der Endocarditis lenta.   Zbl. Bakt.,  1. Abt.
 1933, 129: 341-50.—Wigand,  R., & Bonn, F. L.  Beitrag  zur
 Aetiologie der Endocarditis lenta.  Zschr. Hyg., 1925-26, 105-
 538-42.

 ----  lenta: Complication.

   Hunlich [K.]   W.    *Ruptur  eines  Milzin-
 farktes  bei Endocarditis lenta.   15p.   8?   Bresl
 1928.
   Kirsch   [W.  H.]  E.    *Ueber  einen  Fall von
 Nierenembolie  mit  Riesenzellbefunden bei Endo-
 carditis lenta.   24p.  8?  Bonn, 1937.
   Melcher, A.   *Ueber Encephalitis  bei Endo-
 carditis lenta.   28p.  8?  Zur.,  1934.
   Also Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., 1934, 34: 299-324.
   Ask-Upmark, E.  Beitrag zur Diagnostik septischer Arterien-
 embolien  unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der Verhaltnisse
 bei Endocarditis lenta.  Klin. Wschr.. 1938, 17: 20.—Duken, J.
 Profuse Lungenblutungen bei recidivierender Endocarditis  und
 Polyarthritis im Kindesalter; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis
 der kindlichen Mitralstenose.  Zschr. Kinderh.,  1927-28, 45:
 333-45.—Fingerland, A.  [Rupture of the spleen in endocarditis
 lenta]  Cas.  tek. cesk.,  1938,  77: 422-6.—Gorski, K.  [Two
 cases of endocarditis lenta and meningitis purulenta arteficialis]
 Polska gaz. lek., 1927, 6: 645.—Kimmelstiel, P.  Bemerkungen
 zu der Arbeit von Saxl: Ueber die blanden Embolien bei Endo-
 carditis lenta. Med. Klin., Berl., 1928, 24: 2012.—Micheli, F.
 Endocardite lenta; anemia a tipo emolitico; glomerulo-nefrite
 diffusa.   Minerva  med., Tor.,  1924, 4:  660-6.—Moretti, E.
 Sopra un  caso di endocardite lenta  complicata  da  sindrome
 meningea.   Pensiero  med.,  1926,  15:   603-5.—Olmer,   D.,
 Mosinger  [et  al.]  Endocardite a marche lente chez un lupique
 avec aspects  pseudo-tuberculeux de la rate  et des reins, coro-
 narite obliterante et necrose miliaire  du foie.  Bull. Soc. med
 hop. Paris, 1935, 3. ser., 51: 634-7.  Also J.  med.  Paris, 1935,
 55: 506-8.—Pineles, F.   Aortenlues und Endocarditis lenta.
 Med. klin., Berl., 1926, 22: 444.—Saxl, P. Ueber die blanden
 Embolien  bei Endocarditis lenta.  Ibid., 1928, 24: 1436.—
 Siemens,  W.  Zur Aneurysmabildung bei Endocarditis lenta.
 Deut. Zschr.  Chir., 1930, 227: 326-9.—Stern, R.  Arterielle
 Aneurysmen  bei Endocarditis  lenta.  Klin.  Wschr.,  1926, 5:
 1041.—Terplan, K.  Mykotisches Aneurysma des Stammes der
 Pulmonalarterie mit Endarteriitis des offenen Ductus Botalli
bei einem Falle von Endocarditis lenta.  Med. Klin., Berl.
 1924, 20:  1331.—Weinberger, W.   Embolie der Arteria alveo-
laris inferior bei Endocarditis lenta.  Zschr.  Stomat., 1936, 34:
 1015.—Wohlwill, F. Sobre a encefalite emb61ica na endocardite
lenta e especialmente sobre as lesoes do corno de Ammon nesta
afeccao.   Lisboa nted., 1938, 15: 54-76.

----   lenta: Diagnosis.

   Bergau,  E.    *Serum-Formol-Reaction  bei
 Endocarditis  lenta;  nach   den  Angaben  von
 Privatdozent   Dr    Kurten-Halle.     40p.     8?
 Konigsb.,  1930. 
ENDOCARDITIS
293
ENDOCARDITIS
    Barkagan, S. L.  [Clinical importance of Kiirten's reaction]
 Sovet. klin., 1932, 17: 51-9.—Corelli, F.   Su alcuni dati diffe-
 renziali  fra endocardite lenta  e reumatica;  sulla reazione  di
 Kurten.  Riv. clin. med.,  1935, 36: 658-66.—Hatzieganu, J.,
 Telia, L., & Baniello, L.  Le symptome de la  toux nocturne
 dans l'endocardite lente.   Bull. Soc. nted. hop.  Paris, 1926, 3.
 ser., 50: 559-64.—Kurten, H.  Zur Diagnose der Endocarditis
 lenta.  Zschr. ges. exp. Med.,  1928, 61: 494-504.—May, H.
 Ein Hilfsmittel zur Diagnose der Endocarditis lenta (Formol-
 gelierung des  Blutserums  nach Kurten)  Med. Klin.,  Berl.,
 1931,  27:  16.—Melkikh,  B. M.   [Diagnosis of  endocarditis
 lenta]  Klin, med., Moskva, 1930,  8: 1194-6.—Vivoii, E.  La
 reazione di Kurten per la diagnosi di endocardite lenta (la
 formologelificazione del siero di sangue)   Riv. clin. med., 1931,
 32: 620-5.

 ----   lenta:  Malignant type.

    See Endocarditis, ulcerative.

 ----   lenta:  Manifestation.

    Atjperin,   C.    Contribution  a l'etude  des
 formes  renales de l'endocardite lente.   67p.   8?
 Par., 1926.
    Bartelt, H.   *Klinische Beobachtungen  iiber
 Endocarditis   lenta    [Heidelberg]    16p.    8?
 Sackingen a. Rh., 1929.
    Chabrol, E., &  Sallet, J.   A  propos d'une endocardite
 prolongee a forme hepato-renale.  Bull. Soc.  med. hop.  Paris,
 1937, 3. ser., 53: 254-8.—Driagin, K. A., &  Iniushkin,  N. V.
 [Blood  picture in endocarditis  lenta]   Ter.  arkh.,  1932, 10:
 46.—Garreton  Silva,  A.   Consideraciones  clinicas sobre  la
 endocarditis lenta.  Rev. med. aliment.,  Santiago, 1933-35,  1:
 257-67.—Gasbarrini, A. L'endocardite lenta nella sua varieta
 cosidetta pallida.  Rinasc med., 1927, 4: 198; 223.  Also In
 Lez. med.  biol. (Martelli) Nap., 1930, 329-40.—Gubyova, K.
 [Local monocytosis in endocarditis lenta]  Bratisl. lek. listy,
 1929, 9: 740-3.—Lemierre, A.. & Augier, P.  Endocardite lente
 a  forme  psychique.   Gaz. hop.,  1932,  105: 355—Lukl, P.
 [Endocarditis lenta and Flint's phenomenon]  Cas.  tek.  desk.,
 1935, 74:  1032-5.—Mascheroni, H. A., & Tourreilles, J.  F.
 Endocarditis lenta a forma meningea.  Sem. med., B. Air., 1927,
 34: 366-9.—Mindlin,  S. S.  [Clinic and hematology of  endo-
 carditis lenta]   Vrach. delo, 1927, 10: 641; 727— Oettinger, J.
 Ueber das  Vorkommen  von  eigenartigen Petechien in der
 Konjunktiva bei Endocarditis  lenta.  Munch, med. Wschr.,
 1929, 76: 796.—Singer, H. A., & Levy, H. A. Relationship of
 Felty's and allied syndromes to sepsis lenta.  Arch. Int. M ,
 1936, 57:  576-600.—Soutter.   Manifestations  cutanees dans
 l'endocardite lente.  Schweiz. med. Wschr.,  1929, 59: 1202 —
 Wydrin, A.  Bakteriamie,  Wassermann-Reaktion und morpho-
 logisches Blutbild bei Endocarditis lenta.  Wien. Arch. inn.
 Med., 1934, 25: 231-44.

 ----   lenta:  Pathology.

    Hirschowitz,  M.  *Ueber  Morbiditat  und
 Mortalitat  der Endocarditis recurrens und lenta
 mit   besonderer   Berucksichtigung  der   Kriegs-
 und Nachkriegszeit.   22p.  8?   Berl., 1926.
    Piess,  G.  M.    *Ueber Blutbeschaffenheit bei
 Endocarditis lenta  [Rostock]  24p.  8?   Endorf,

 1931.                                       ,. .  ,
    Wyss, F.   *Ein Beitrag zur Endocarditis lenta
 mit  spezieller Berucksichtigung  der  im  Blutc
 auftretenden  Endothelzellen.    39p.   8?   Zur.,

 1924.
   Arrigoni, A.  Sulle cellule istioidi circolanti nella endocardite
 lenta.  Arch. Ist.  biochim.  ital.,  1930, 2: 49-120, pl.—Blina, L.
 V.  Contributo alio studio dell'endocardite lenta.  Gior. din.
 med  1933 14: 2-21, pl.—Buday, L. [Concerning endocarditis
 with'special regard to endocarditis lenta]  Magy. orv. arch.,
 1928  29- 68-92   ------  [On  endocarditis with special  refer-
 ence' to' endocarditis  lenta]    Ibid.,  155-80.—Fontana,  L.
 Ricerche su di uno speciale reperto ematologico nella endo-
 cardite lenta e su reperti affini in varie altre condizioni. Haema-
 tologica,  Nap., 1926,  7:  271-382, 6 pl—Gasbarrini, A.,  &
 Rizzetto, E.  Endocardite lenta impiantata su un vizio congenito
 di cuore.  Baglivi, 1939, 5: 117-32—Istamanowa. T. Histo-
 logische  Befunde bei  Endokarditis lenta    Virchows  Arch
 1928, 268: 224-36.—Ivanov, S.   [Endocarditis lenta  with focal
 process in pulmonary artery]  Vrach. gaz., 1928, 32: 594-6.
 JafTe\ R. H.  Zur Histologie der Herzklappenveranderungen bei
 der Endocarditis lenta.  Virchows  Arch., 1932-33, 287: 379-
 92—Kucharski, T., & Lukasiewicz, K.  [Causes and patho-
logical anatomy of endocarditis lenta]   Polskie arch.  med.
 wlwn., 1927,  91-102—Micheli. F., & Rotta, C.  Guarigione
anatomica della lesione endocarditica in caso di endocardite
lenta. Minerva med., Tor., 1929, 9: pt 2, 585-8.—Ottander, O.
Hochgradige Endotheliose im  Blut bei  Endocarditis lenta.
Acta med. scand.. 1925-26, 63:  336-54, 4 pl—Roversi, A.  Su
di un caso di endocardite lenta in cardiopatia congenita.  Gior.
med. prat., 1937, 19: 179-89— Wette, W. Endocarditis lenta
bei angeborenem Herzfehler.   Zbl. Herz Gefasskr., 1926, 18:
1-6.—Wybauw, M.  Endocardite lente greffee sur une tesion
congenitale.  Bruxelles med.,  1928-29, 9: 283-6.

----   lenta:  Treatment and prognosis.

   Papencordt,   P.     *Nouere  Versuche   und
Erfahrungen  zur  Behandlung  und Vorbeugung
der Sepsis  unter  besonderer  Berucksichtigung
der Endocarditis lenta.   32p.   8?   Bonn, 1930.
   Alwens, W.  Die praktische  Therapie  der  Endocarditis
lenta, der Infektarthritis und deren Folgezustande.  Med. Klin.,
Berl., 1928, 24: 997; 1035.—Arrigoni, A. Osservazioni cliniche,
batteriologiche e terapeutiche su un caso di endocardite lenta.
Clin. med. ital.,  1928, 59:  351-90—Bogendorfer,  L.   Zur
Prognose der Endocarditis lenta.  Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1926,
154: 60-9.—Bramann, C. von.  Behandlung der Endocarditis
lenta durch Brennen am Orte der Wahl.  Med. Klin., Berl.,
1929, 25:  12-6.—Dimitracov, C.  L'endocardite lente et son
traitement par les autovaccins microbiens.  Bull, med., Par.,
1932, 46:  6-9.   Also Arch. mal. cceur, 1934, 27: 246-60 —
Fiedler, O. A.  Endocarditis lenta; the preparation and use of
an immunized human serum in the treatment.  Wisconsin M.
J., 1929, 28:  298-300.—Kraiss, H.  Zur Frage der Ausheilung
der Endocarditis lenta. Med. Klin., Berl., 1936,  32: 566.—
Quali risorse ha la cura della endocardite lenta?  Gazz. osp.,
1935, 56: 957-60.—Schulten, H.  Was kann man bei  Endo-
carditis lenta therapeutisch machen?  Med. Klin., Berl.,  1935,
31: 937-41.

----   malignant.

   See Endocarditis, ulcerative.

----   Manifestation.
   Frank,  E.  S.   [Skin striae in endocarditis]   Ned.  tschr.
geneesk., 1926,  70:  pt 2,  2402.—Geldstein, E.  M.. Tolka-
chevskaia, G.  N., & Frankstein, M.  I.  [Blood metabolism
(Urobilin metabolism) in endocarditis]  Ter. arkh.,  1933, 2:
371-81.—Grosman, S. A.,  & Hornstein,  A. B.  [Vegetative
nervous system, subfebrile temperatures  and  endocarditis]
Vrach.  delo,  1934, 16: 191-8.—Orlov, P.  K. [Morphological
picture of the blood in endocarditisj  Tr. Acad. mil.  nted.
Kiroff,  1935, 4:  360.—Rosenblum, Z. I.   [Problem  of  basal
metabolism in endocarditis]   Arkh. med. nauk, 1929, 2: 311-
6.—Vydrin, A. M.  [Hematology of endocarditis]  Klin, med.,
Moskva, 1933,  11: 86-90.

----   mural.
   See also Endocarditis, septal.
   Comeau,  W.  J.   Diffuse  parietal  endocardial sclerosis;
review of the literature and report of 2 cases.  Am. J. Path.,
1937, 13: 277-87, 3 pl.—Landau, A., Feigin, M. [et al.]  Apercu
sur l'endocardite parietale chronique d'origine non valvulaire.
Bull. Soc med. hop. Paris, 1927, 3. ser., 51: 484-90.—Loftier,
W. Endocarditis parietalis fibroplastica mit Bluteosinophilie;
ein eigenartiges Krankheitsbild.  Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1936,
66: 817-20.—Magarinos Torres, C. Contribuigao ao estudo da
thrombose do coracao, sobre a endocarditis muralis (endocardite
vegetante parietal) um typo anatomico de  endocardite, occor-
rendo, nao raramente,  no Rio de Janeiro, em doentes com
insufficiencia cardiaca  grave (assystolia)   Brasil  med.,  1926,
40: 69; 83; 100.   Also C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 94: 166.  Also
Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 1928, 21: 219-308,  8 pl., 4  cb.

----   Pathogenesis.
   Klaboschke, A.   *Zur Frage der Pathogenese
der Endocarditis.   18p.   8?  Bresl.,  1928.
   Unger, W.   *Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen
angeborenem  Vitium  und   Endocarditis  unter
besonderer Berucksichtigung von vier Fallen mit
offenem Ductus  Botalli  und  sekundarer Endo-
carditis   [Berlin]  18p.   8?   Charlottenb., 1933.
   Albertini, A. von Zum Problem der Endokarditis.  Schweiz.
med. Wschr., 1935, 65: 200-2.—Dietrich. A.  Endokarditis und
Allgemeininfektion.  Munch, med.  Wschr.,  1928,  75:  1328.
------Korperreaktion und Krankheit am Beispiel der Endo-
carditis.  Wien. klin. Wschr., 1939, 52: 153-5.—Egoroy. B. A.
[The theory of  endocarditis]  Russ. klin.,  1926, 5:  189-95.—
------  Contribution  k  la  trteorie de l'endocardite.   Arch.
mal. coeur, 1926, 19: 647-53.  Also Zschr. klin. Med.,  1926, 103:
584-92.—Lenoble, E., & Barrault, M. Endopericardite d'origine
mixte (rhumatismale et bacillaire)  Bull. Soc med. h6p. Paris,
1926, 3.  ser., 50: 1669-72.—Nedze!. A. J.  Vascular instability
in development of endocarditis.  Arch.  Phys. Ther., 1938,  19:
335-9  [Discussion] 345-9.—Schottmiiller.  Zur Aetiologie  der
Endokarditis.   Klin. Wschr.,  1926, 5:  388.  Also Med. Klin.,
Berl., 1928, 24: 1430-3.—Semsroth, K., & Koch, R.  Studies
on the pathogenesis of endocarditis.   Proc.  Soc. Exp.  Biol.
N. Y., 1928-29, 26: 516-8—Siegmund. H.  Untersuchungen
zur Pathogenese der Endokarditis,  insbesondere der Friihver-
anderungen. Virchows Arch., 1933, 290: 3-22.—Silbergleit. W.
H.  Osservazioni anatomiche e  sperimentali sulla genesi della
endocardite.  Boll. 1st. sieroter. milan., 1937, 16; 695-710,— 
94                               ENDOCARDITIS
ENDOCARDITIS
Tata. R.  II determinismo delle endocarditi.  Riv. osp., 1927,
17: 289-303.

----  Pathology.

   Burgtorf, W.   *Die Endokarditis am Leichen-
material unter  besonderer Berucksichtigung ihrer
Lokalisation und Form.   19p.   8?   Gott.,  1925.
   Honegger,  F.   *Beitrage zur Kenntniss  der
degenerativen und entzundlichen Veranderungen
der Intima des Herzens und der grossen  Gefass-
stamme.  53p.   8?  Zur., 1882.
   Albot, G., & Miget,  A.   Etude anatomo-pathologique des
endocardites.  Ann. anat.   path.,  Par.,  1935,  12:  13-40.—
Buchshtab, L. B.  [On the unity of endocarditis]  Vrach.  delo,
1929, 12: 325.  Also Zschr. Kreislaufforsch., 1929, 21: 677-9 —
Clawson, B. J., & Bell, E. T.  A comparison of acute rheumatic
and subacute bacterial endocarditis.  Arch. Int. M.,  1926, 37:
66-81.—De Vecchi, B.   The  endocarditic process in childhood.
Arch. Path., Chic, 1931, 12: 49-69.  Also repr.—Grant, R. T.
Observations on endocarditis.  Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1936,
86: 20-68.—Karsner, H. T.  The pathology of endocarditis; a
summary review.  J. Am. M. Ass.,  1931, 96: 411-7.—Kinsella,
R.  A.  Points of  difference and similarity  in  bacterial  and
rheumatic  endocarditis.  Tr. Ass.  Am. Physicians,  1936, 51:
103-5.—Paisseau,  G., & Oumansky, V.   Les formes interme-
diaires  entre  l'endocardite  rhumatismale et les endocardites
malignes.   Arch.  mal.  coeur,  1929, 22: 652-65.—Schoen, R.
Die Herzinnenhautentziindung und  ihre Folgen.   Jahrkurs.
arztl. Fortbild., 1939, 30: H.  2, 1-11.—Simon, L, & Weinmann,
M.  [Role of tbe reticulo-endothelial apparatus in endocarditis]
Gy6gyaszat,  1931,  71:  226.—Tow, A.   Cor biloculare  with
truncus arteriosus and endocarditis. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1931,
42: 1413-6. Also repr.

----  polypoid.

   See Endocarditis, ulcerative.

----  rheumatic.

   See also Rheumatic  fever, Heart.
   Brandenburg, K.  Zur Klinik und Pathogenese der rheu-
matischen Endocarditis.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1930, 26: 915-8.—
Callari, I.   Sull'endocardite  reumatica  (con  reumatismo)
Prat, med., Nap., 1909-10, 10: 65-74 — Cathala, J., Sustendal,
J.,  & Patey, G.  Endocardite rhumatismale primitive chez un
enfant de 22 mois.  Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1936, 34: 187-90 —
Chauffard.  [Still-Chauffard's  syndrome  with  endocarditis
lenta]   Geneesk.   tschr. Ned. Indie,  1938,  78: 1336.—De
Giovanni, A.   Qualche cosa intorno alia  endocardite reumatica.
Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1910, 13: 329.—Dott, E. F.  Rheu-
matic endocarditis and pericarditis; case.  Tr. Med. Chir. Soc.
Edinburgh, 1937-38,  181.—Gonzalo,  G. R.    Endocarditis
reumaticas. Siglo med., 1928, 81: 196.—Ide, M.  Les endo-
cardites rhumatismales.   Rev.  med., Louvain. 1919, 159-61.—
NobScourt, P., & Peyre.  Endocardites et pericardites aigues
rhumatismales chez les soldats du front.  Bull.  Soc. med. hop.
Paris,  1916, 3. ser., 40: 233-54.—Odriozola,  E.   Endocarditis
reumatica. Cr6n. med., Lima, 1914, 31: 96-100.—Tuley, H. E.
Rheumatic endocarditis  in  children; report of 2 cases  with
exhibition of patients.  Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1911-12,
18: 268-71.—Wood, E. E. Rheumatic endocarditis in children.
J. M. Ass. S. Africa, 1930, 4:  586-9.

----  rheumatic:  Diagnosis and symptoms.
   Cottin,  E., & Saloz. C.  Endocardite  rhumatismale a evolu-
tion pseudo-septique sous I'influence d'acces palustres.   Rev.
med., Par., 1924. 41: 47-59.—Hindman, S.   Rheumatic endo-
carditis with auricular fibrillation of 10 years' duration.  Med.
Bull. Veterans Admin.,  1936, 13: 170.— Iversen, P.  [Acute
rheumatic endocarditis with lengthened  P-R interval]  Ugeskr.
laeger, 1928, 90: 959.—Levintova, S. E.  [Clinical peculiarities
of rheumatic endocarditis in children]   Sovet.  pediat., 1934,
No. 7, 28-35.—Mut, A.  Una forma poco frecuente de endo-
pericarditis reumatica.   Rev. iber. amer. cienc med., 1908, 19:
409-15.—Neuhof, S. A case of auricular flutter occurring dur-
ing rheumatic  endocarditis.   Med. Rec, N. Y., 1914,  86: 63.—
Routier, D., & Heim de Balsac, R.  Aspects radiologiques du
coeur dans les endocardites mitrales rhumatismales.  Bull. Soc
radiol. med. France,  1932, 20: 197: 413, pl.

----  rheumatic, malignant.
  Dumas, A.  L'endocardite infectieuse terminate au cours des
endocardites rhumatismales anciennes.  Arch. mal. coeur, 1938,
31:  381-92.—Grenet, H.  Rhumatisme cardiaque evolutif et
endocardite maligne chez l'enfant.  In his Conf. clin. nted. inf.,
Par., 1934, 3. ser., 255-70.— Langeron, L., & Delcour, J.   Sur
l'endocardite rhumatismale maligne; interpretation nosographi-
que et pathogenique. Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1928, 3. ser.,
53:  345-9.  ------  Contribution a l'etude des formes in-
fectieuses du rhumatisme cardiaque.  J. med. Lyon, 1928, 9:
241-54.  ------  Sur  les formes  malignes  de l'endocardite
rhumatismale.  J. med.  chir., Par., 1928,  99: 733-9.—Lutem-
bacher,  R.  Endocardite maligne au cours d'une maladie de
Bouillaud.  Arch. mal. coeur, 1938, 31; 1105-10.—Marchal, G.,
& Thiolat, P.  Forme maligne de rhumatisme cardiaque gtterie
par l'association therapeutique; salicylate de soude et soufre.
Monde  med., 1929,  39: 681-9.—Morquio,  L.   Endocarditis
maligna  en  el  curso de una  cardiopatfa reumatica cr6nica.
Arch. lat. amer. pediat., B. Air.,  1926, 3. ser., 20: 263-71.—
Takayasu, R.  Zur  Kenntnis  der sogenannten  Endarteritis
infectiosa und der Knotchenbildung bei rheumatischer maligner
Endokarditis.  Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1908-9, 95: 270-9, pl.

----   rheumatic:  Pathology.

   Lane, F. C.  *The interrelation of rheumatism,
tonsillitis,  chorea  and  endocarditis.    12  1.   4!
Youngstown, Ohio, 1929.
   Barjon.   Endocardite grave d'origine  rhumatismale avec
suppuration d'un caillot de l'auricule gauche.  Lyon med., 1910,
114: 1295-7.—Chiari, H. Ueber Veranderungen in der Arteria
pulmonalis in Fallen von akuter  rheumatischer  Endokarditis
oder bei Herzfehlern  rheumatischen Ursprungs.  Klin. Wschr.,
1930, 9: 1862-4.—Coombs. C.  The histology of rheumatic
endocarditis.  Lancet, Lond., 1909, 1: 1377.—Costa Bertani, G.
Endocarditis  reumatica  primitiva por sepsis focal  mastoidea.
Rev. As. med. argent., 1938, 52: 100-2.—Cowen, S. O.   Rheu-
matic endocarditis; adhesive pericarditis;  auricular fibrillation.
Med. J. Australia, 1927, 2: 69.—Davis, D., & Weiss, S.  The
relation of subacute  and acute bacterial endocarditis to rheu-
matic endocarditis; a study of 66 cases  with necropsies.  N.
England J.  M.,  1933,  208:  619-23.—Dumas  &  Vernaud.
Endocardite rhumatismale evolutive dans un cas d'endocardite
chronique ancienne avec tesions orificielles;  mort par oedeme
aigu du poumon.   Lyon med..  1927, 139: 758-65.—Gorelik, S.
Z.  [Present view-point on Bouillaud's  endocarditis]   Klin.
med., Moskva.  1936.  14: 1600-6.—Grady, H. G.  Tuberculous
vegetative endocarditis superimposed on  active chronic  rheu-
matic heart  disease.  Arch. Path.,  Chic, 1937, 24: 398 —
Haza  Grasso,  L.   Endocarditis  parietal  trombosante  de
naturaleza especifica (reumatica)   Arch. med. int., Habana,
1936, 2:  66-85.—Leary, T.  Early lesions of rheumatic endo-
carditis.  Arch. Path., Chic, 1932, 13: 1-22.—Lieber, M. M.
Ueber  die  Lokalisation  der  rheumatischen Affektionen am
Herzen und an den  Herzgefassen sowie iiber die Entstehung
der rheumatischen Endocarditis.  Beitr. path. Anat., 1933, 91:
594-616.—Masugi, M.,  & Isibasi, T.  Ueber die  Endocarditis
rheumatica undseptica.  Tr. Soc. path, jap., 1937, 27: 377-86.—
Mouriquand, G., & Savoye, J. Evolution asystolique  d'une
maladie de Roger aprds poussee d'endocardite rhumatismale.
Lyon med., 1936, 157: 72-4.—Oppenheimer, B. S.  Rheumatic
cardiovalvular disease with  thromboendocarditis.  J.  Mount
Sinai Hosp. N. York, 1936-37,  3: 245-7.—Poynton, F. J.  The
histology of rheumatic  endocarditis.  Lancet, Lond., 1909, 1:
1556.—Routier, D., & Heim de Balsac, R.  Les  endocardites
mitrales rhumatismales; entite nosologique.  Presse nted., 1935,
43: 2118-20.—Ruddock, J. C.  Bacteriologv of rheumatic endo-
carditis.  California West. M., 1928,  28:  51-4.—Schwartz, B.
A., & Glazer, A. M. Rheumatic endocarditis with involvement
of all the valves confirmed by autopsy. J. Med., Cincin., 1930-
31,  11: 526-9.—Talalajev, V. T.  L'endocardite rhumatismale
et le developpement des vices du coeur.  Rapp. Congr. internat.
rhumat.  (1934) 1936, 4. Congr., 169-72.—Von Glahn,  W. C.
Auricular endocarditis  of rheumatic origin.  Am.  J. Path.,
1926, 2: 1-14, 9 pl. —;----& Pappenheimer. A. M.  Relation-
ship between rheumatic and subacute  bacterial  endocarditis.
Arch. Int. M., 1935, 55: 173-85.

----   rheumatic:   Treatment,   prevention,   and
   prognosis.

   Costabile, V.  Tiroidina y  salicilato  de sodio en el trata-
miento de la endocarditis reumatica.  Rev. med.  Barcelona,
1927, 2. ser., 7: 154-8.—Duckworth, D.  The aversion of se-
quels of rheumatic endocarditis by prolonged rest.  S. Barth.
Hosp.  Rep.  (1911)  1912,  47: 29-31.—Ferreira,  J.  Trata-
mento preventivo da endocardite  rheumatismal.   J. Soc. sc.
med. Lisboa, 1908, 72:  172-4.—Gorlitzer, V.  Ein Beitrag zur
Behandlung der Endocarditis  rheumatica mit Manganchlorid
ad modum Walbum.  Wien. klin. Wschr., 1932, 45: 107-11.—
Heninger, B. R.,  & McHardy, G.  Aminopyrine  treatment of
rheumatic endocarditis  associated with active rheumatic in-
fection; a preliminary report. South. M. J., 1938, 31: 1056-9.—
Hryniewiecki, S.  [Effect of  tooth  extraction on rheumatic
endocarditis  in  a childl  Nowiny lek.,   1936,  48: 704-6.—
Marfan, A. B.  Los elementos de pronostico en las endocarditis
mitrales reumaticas.  Dia nted., B. Air., 1938, 10: 62.  -----■
Los elementos  del pronostico  en las endocarditis  reumaticas
a6rticas.   Ibid., 75.—May, H.   Zur Behandlung  der  rheu-
matischen Endokarditis.  Med. Klin., Berl.,  1938, 34:  1386.—
Piatot, A.   Les endocardites  rhumatismales;  leurs poussees
evolutives et leur traitement.   Marseille med.,  1929, 6:  157-
75.    ------   Traitement  hydromuteral  des  endocardites
rhumatismales.  Rev.  med. fr., 1939,  20:  199.—Reitter, C.
Zur atiologischen Behandlung und Verhutung der Endocarditis
rheumatica.   Med. Klin.,  Berl.,  1934,  30: 1718-21—Scott-
muller, H.  Endocarditis rheumatica, endocarditis  lenta und
ihre Prognose.  Contr.  Med. Sc Libman  Annivers. Vol., 1932,
3: 1057-60.—Shapiro, M. J.  Organized care of patients with
acute  rheumatic  endocarditis.   Minnesota M.,   1931, 14:
428-30.—Tillich,  A.  Zur Therapie der rheumatischen Endo-
karditis,  Deut, med, Wschr., 1937, 63: 928-31.—Trias de B§8, 
ENDOCARDITIS
295
ENDOCARDITIS
  L. Contribuci6n al tratamiento de las endocarditis reumaticas
  evolutivas.   Ars medica, Barcel., 1933, 9: 357-64.—Villanova,
  R. R. Un caso de endocarditis reumatica curada por la yono-
  terapia salicilica.  Clin,  mod., Zaragoza,  1908,  7:  061-6.—
  Whitten,  M. B.   Antistreptococcus  cardioarthritidis  serum
  and antigen (S. C. A.)  in the treatment of  chronic rheumatic
  endocarditis; a  preliminary report.   Texas J. M.,  1932, 28:
  217-23.

  ----  septal.
     Mcintosh, C.  A.   Chronic  endocarditis  associated  with
  defects of the septum ventriculorum.  Ann. Clin. M.,  1925-26,
  4: 748-54.—Rikles, M. H.  Endocarditis septal cr6nica forma
  bradicardica.  Prensa med.  argent.,  1933-34,  20: 1037-104.

  ----  septic.

     See also  Endocarditis  subheadings (bacterial;
  lenta; ulcerative, &c.)
     Sayegh, A.  *A propos d'un cas d'endocardite
  septique  post-grippale.   15p.   8?   Geneve, 1927.
     Bykova, O.  Origine des histiocytes du pltenomene de Bittorf
  au cours des endocardites septiques.  Presse  nted.,  1939, 47:
  1097-9.—Cornwall, E.  E.   Septic endocarditis involving the
  right heart.  Long Island M. J., 1929, 23:  604-8.—Falconer,
  A. W. Mercurochrome-220,  soluble intravenously, in the treat-
  ment of chronic septic endocarditis.  S. Afr. M. Rec, 1926, 24:
  14-6.—Filo, E.   [Treat menl  of  septic endocarditis with gold
  and silver]   Bratisl. lek.  listy,  1935,  15: 813-29.—Galdi, F.
  Panmielotisi di  Frank (mielosi globale aplastica e arigenerativa)
  con endocardite settica.  Minerva med.,  Tor., 1935, 26: pt 2,
  617-24.—Gergely,  M.   [Septic endocarditis in the  aged]
  Budapesti  orv.  ujs.,  1928,  26:  187-91.—Horder, T.  Notes
  on septic endocarditis.  In Contr. Med. Sc  Libman Annivers.
  Vol.,  1932, 2: 569-71.  ------  Septic endocarditis.  Lancet,
  Lond., 1936, 2:  174-7.—Iurenev,  P. N.  [Splenic abscess in
  protracted septic endocarditis]   Klin, med.,  Moskva, 1939,
  17: No. 6,  113.—Lax. H.  [Septic diseases of the heart]  Gyo-
  gyaszat, 1933, 73: 814-20.—Oudintzev, F. A.  [Fluctuation of
  temperature in  septic endocarditis  of  long  duration]  Vrach.
  gaz.,  1928,  32:  1009-14.—Rossaro,  G.  Encefalite  acuta da
  trauma precordiale in un caso di endocardite settica.  Gazz.
  osp., 1926, 47: 435.—Taussig, H. B.  Septic  endocarditis in an
  infant 7 weeks of age.   Am. J. Dis. Child., 1934, 48: 355-8 —
  Wayte, W. A.  A possible cause for septic endocarditis. Brit.
  Dent, J., 1934, 57: 255.

  ----  Statistics.

    Guder, R.   *Statistisches iiber Endocarditis
  und   Herzklappenfehler   [Breslau]     24p.    8?
  Bottrop i. W., 1936.
    Buday, L. Statistisches iiber Endokarditiden und Klappen-
  fehler.  Frankf.  Zschr.  Path.,  1929,  37: 450-79.—Krausz. G.
  Ueber  gehauft  auftretende  Falle  von Endokarditis.  Wien.
  klin. Wschr., 1936, 49:  1368.—Morrison, H.  A study of the
  incidence of  sub-acute  bacterial endocarditis  at the Massa-
  chusetts General Hospital.  Boston M.  &  S.  J.,  1927,  197:
  46-9.—Schaefer, W.  Ueber familiar gehauftes Auftreten von
  Endokarditis.  Mschr. Kinderh.,  1926, 34: 45-7.—White, P. D.
  The incidence of endocarditis in earliest childhood.  Am. J.
  Dis. Child.,  1926, 32: 536-49.

 ----   subacute.

    See also Endocarditis, bacterial.
    Kurtin, H.   *Subacute bacterial endocarditis.
 27p.   4?   Wauwatosa, 1938.
    O'Donnell,  S.    ^Subacute  bacterial  endo-
 carditis    [Marquette]    23p.    4?    Milwaukee,
  1930.
    Bierring, W.  L. Subacute bacterial endocarditis; a clinical
 study  of 30 cases.  J.  Am. M. Ass., 1926, 87:  464-70.—Bliss,
 R.  W.  A case of subacute bacterial endocarditis.  Med. Clin.
 N.  America, 1928, 12: 367-79.—Brink, J. R., & Smith, H. L.
 Subacute  bacterial endocarditis.  Am. Heart  J.,  1937, 14:
 362-6.—Christie,  A. U., & Heald,  A. H.   Subacute bacterial
 endocarditis  in a young child.  J. Pediat., S.  Louis, 1933, 2:
 331-5.—Constantine, C. E.  Subacute  bacterial endocarditis:
 ease report.  Wisconsin  M. J.,  1933, 32: 177-200.—Dickson,
 E. C.  Subacute  bacterial endocarditis. California West. M.,
 1929, 30: 5;  103.—Doyle, F.  W., & Murphy, R. V. A case of
 sub-acute endocarditis.  J. Obst. Gyn. Brit.  Empire,  1937,
 44: 209-13.—Dwyer, H. V.  Subacute bacterial endocarditis.
 Rep. Wayne  Co. M.  Soc,  1932-33, 30-4.—Fairley,  K.  D.
 Subacute bacterial endocarditis.  Melbourne Hosp. Clin. Rep.,
 1933, 4: 107-10.—Fiedler. O. A.,  & Eigenberger, F.  Subacute
 bacterial endocarditis.  Wisconsin M. J., 1931, 30: 251-6.—
 Fischer, A. E. Subakute bakterielle Endokarditis im Kindes-
 alter  (Endocarditis  lenta)   Zschr.  Kinderh.,   1931-32, 52:
 405-22.—Fremont-Smith, M.   Subacute bacterial endocarditis.
 Boston  M. & S.  J.,  1927, 197: 184.—Gilmore. J. W.  Acute
carditis and  subacute  bacterial endocarditis.  West  Virginia
 M.  J., 1928, 24: 502-7.—Hamman, L., & Brown, T. M. P.
 Subacute bacterial endocarditis.  Internat. Clin., 1937, 47. ser.,
3; 33-40,—Hamman, L.,  & Rich, A. R.  Two cases of subacute
 bacterial endocarditis.  Ibid., 1933, 43. ser., 2: 201-37, 2 pl —
 Kaye, G. A., & White, N. B.  Subacute bacterial endocarditis.
 Med. J. Australia, 1927,  1: 859.—Keefer.  C.  S.  Subacute
 bacterial endocarditis; active cases without bacteremia.  Ann.
 Int.  M., 1937-38, 11: 714-34.—Klemmer, A. P., & Klemmer,
 R. N.  Subacute bacterial endocarditis with  illustrative cases.
 Med. Rec, N. Y.,  1934, 140: 317-55.—Laubry, C, Leblanc.
 M.,  & Vericourt, E. de.  Endocardite infectieuse primitive a
 forme subaigue et prolongee.  Gaz. hop., 1936, 109: 1445-8.—
 Letondal, P.   Endocardite maligne a  evolution  subaigue chez
 une fille de 11 ans.  Union med. Canada, 1928,  57: 459-63.—
 Libman, E.  A further report on recovery and recurrence in
 subacute bacterial endocarditis.  Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1933,
 48: 44-54.—Lipscomb, H. R.  Subacute bacterial endocarditis.
 Med. Bull. Veterans Admin.,  1933, 9: 414-6— Lutembacher, R.
 Endocardite maligne primitive a forme subaigue.  Arch. mal.
 coeur, 1396, 29: 691-6.—McPhedran, H.  Subacute malignant
 endocarditis.   Canad. M. Ass. J., 1930, 22: 504-7.—Mathieu.
 L., & Michon,  P.  Trois observations d'endocardite infectieuse
 maligne. Rev. nted.  est,  1926,  54:  363-75.—Moore, R. M.
 Subacute bacterial  endocarditis;  some clinical  observations.
 J.  Indiana M. Ass., 1930,  23: 259-65.—Morgan, H. J.  Sub-
 acute bacterial endocarditis.   J. Tennessee M. Ass., 1926-27,
 19: 33-9.—Morrison, B.  Some cases of  subacute  bacterial
 endocarditis.   Univ. Durham School  M. Gaz.,  1938-39, 39:
 120-4.—Musser, J. H.  Subacute bacterial endocarditis. Ann.
 Int. M., 1933,  7: 715-27.—Patient (A) with subacute bacterial
 endocarditis.   Ulster M. J., 1939, 8: 53-8.—Phillips, J.  Sub-
 acute bacterial endocarditis.  Memphis M. J.,  1928,  5: 117-
 23.—Portis, S. A., & Hoffman, S. J.  Subacute bacterial endo-
 carditis.  Med. Clin. N. America, 1928, 12: 250-3.—Schlesinger.
 B.   Subacute  infective  endocarditis in  childhood.   Brit. J.
 Child. Dis., 1928, 25: 33-48.—Smith, F. J., & Brumfiel. D. M.
 Subacute bacterial  endocarditis  with a review  of 28 cases.
 J. Michigan  M. Soc,  1927, 26: 245-50.—Smith, G. E. Sub-
 acute bacterial endocarditis.  Am. J. Dis. Child., 1937,  54:
 947.—Spangler, P. C.  Subacute bacterial endocarditis.  Med.
 Bull. Veterans Admin., 1933, 9: 409-13.—Stiehm, R. H.  Sub-
 acute bacterial endocarditis;  a case report.  Wisconsin M. J.,
 1927, 26: 256-8.—Strauss, N.  Sub-acute bacterial endocardi-
 tis.   N. York  State J.  M.,  1932,  32: 657-9.—Turnbull, H.
 Subacute bacterial endocarditis.  Med. J.  Australia, 1927, 2:
 68.—Turner, K. B.   The  incidence of previous tonsillectomy in
 subacute bacterial  endocarditis;  a preliminary  report.  Am.
 Heart J., 1925-26, 1: 747-9.—Ullian, L. J.  Subacute bacterial
 endocarditis; discussion  of a  case.  Med.  Clin.  N. America,
 1929, 13: 237-67.—White, S. M.  Subacute bacterial endocardi-
 tis.   J. Lancet, 1931, 51: 653-9.

 ----   subacute: Complication.
   Armand-Delille, P., & Lesobre, R. Malformations conge-
 nitales  du coeur avec cyanose;  endocardite subaigue;  double
 hemiptegie.  Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1935, 33: 274-80.  Also
 Nourrisson, 1935, 23: 252.—Baehr. G.,  & Klemperer, P.  Sub-
 acute bacterial endocarditis complicated by acute pericarditis.
 J. Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York, 1937-38, 4: 103.—Brinkmann,
 F.  Ueber histologische Befunde im Zentralnervensystem bei
 Endocarditis infectiosa beziehungsweise septica mit cerebralen
 Storungen.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1928, 114: 734-50.—
 Brule, M.. Hillemand, P. [et al.]  Paralysie unilaterale du voile
 du  palais, du  pharynx, du larynx, avec syndrome de Claude
 Bernard-Horner par foyer septique  bulbaire  au cours  d'une
 endocardite  maligne subaigue.  Bull.  Soc. med. hop. Paris,
 1934, 3. ser., 50: 1475-81.—Davis, D., & Ayman,  D. Subacute
 bacterial endocarditis with unusual vesiculobullous skin lesions;
 necropsy report in 2 cases. Am. Heart J., 1926-27, 2: 671-81.—
 De Jong, R. N.  Central nervous system complications  in sub-
 acute bacterial endocarditis.   Univ. Hosp. Bull., Ann Arb.,
 1936, 2: No.  6, 1.  Also J. Nerv.  Ment.  Dis., 1937, 85: 397-
 410.—Finland,  M., & Davis, D.   An unusual distribution of
 peripheral gangrene in a ease of subacute bacterial endocarditis.
 N.  England J.  M., 1928,  199: 1019-21.—Leader, S. D., &
 Kugel, M. A.  Congenital heart disease; pulmonary stenosis of
 inflammatory and developmental origin complicated by rheu-
 matic heart  disease  and subacute  bacterial  endocarditis.
 J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1934, 4: 595-603.—Mayer,  W. D.  Peri-
 carditis  complicating  subacute  bacterial endocarditis.   J.
 Michigan M. Soc, 1936, 35: 219-22.—Mendel, D. L., & Saibil,
 M.  A case of  subacute bacterial endocarditis with brain  ab-
 scess.  Canad. M. Ass. J., 1937, 37: 53-5.—Neal, J. B., Jackson.
 H.  W„  & Applebaum, E. Neurological complications of sub-
 acute bacterial  endocarditis.  N. York State  J. M., 1936,  36:
 1819-26.—Peterman, M. G.   Infectious  (subacute bacterial)
 endocarditis with cerebral  thrombosis; report of a case.   J.
 Pediat., S. Louis, 1932, 1: 699-703.—Smith, F. J., & Brumfiel.
 D. M.  Meningitis complicating subacute bacterial endocardi-
 tis; with report of a  case.  Am. Heart J.,  1926-27, 2: 446-9.—
 Smith, W. F.   Meningitis secondary to subacute bacterial
 endocarditis.   N. England J. M., 1939, 220: 587-92.

----   subacute: Diagnosis.
   Brumfiel, D. M.   Criteria for the diagnosis of subacute
bacterial endocarditis.  M. & S. Yearb.  Physicians  Hosp.,
Plattsburgh, 1929, 1: 118-21.—Elliott, S.D.  The use of saponin
in blood  culture media, with special reference  to blood cultures
in subacute  bacterial  endocarditis.   J. Path. Bact.,  Lond.,
 1938,  46: 121-31.—Spence,  G. S.  Subacute bacterial endo-
carditis diagnosed tuberculosis.  South, M. J., 1939, 32; 295,^ 
ENDOCARDITIS
296
ENDOCARDITIS
Ullom, J. T.   Subacute endocarditis simulating meningitis.
Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1929, 21: 418-23.  Also Tr. Coll.
Physicians Philadelphia, 1932,  50: 17-26.—Winans, H. M., &
Caldwell, J.  The diagnosis of subacute bacterial endocarditis.
Texas J. M., 1926-27, 22: 245-7.

----  subacute:  Manifestation.

   Bethoux, L., & Giraud, G.  Endocardite infectieuse maligne
subaigue a forme renale et anemique avec accidents  cutanes
terminaux diffus et polymorphes.  Arch. mal. coeur, 1939, 32:
219-25.—Blumer, G.  The digital manifestations of subacute
bacterial endocarditis.  Am.  Heart J.,  1925-26, 1:  257-61.
Also repr.—Blumgart, H.  L.   The clinical syndrome  of sub-
acute bacterial endocarditis involving the right chambers of the
heart.  Med. Clin. N. America, 1933, 16: 881-93.—Bruynoghe,
R.  La septicemic au cours de l'endocardite subaigue.  Rev.
med., Louvain, 1932, 79.—Buchbinder, W. C. & Saphir,  O.
Heart  failure in subacute bacterial endocarditis. Arch. Int.
M., 1939, 64: 336-47.—Cabot, R. C.  Daily chills at  4 p.  m.
Boston M. & S. J., 1927, 196: 1102-4—Foxe, A. N.  A case of
paroxysmal tachycardia in the course  of active subacute bac-
terial endocarditis.   Am.  Heart  J.,  1928-29,  4:  615-8 —
Golden, G. M.  The clubbed finger;  its clinical significance,
with special reference to its occurrence  in subacute bacterial
endocarditis.  Hahneman. Month., 1926, 61:  541-6.—Gross-
man, A., & Lieberson, A.   Unusual clinical  manifestations  of
subacute bacterial endocarditis.  Am. Heart J., 1937, 14: 352-
61.—Hurxthal, L. M.  CUnical observations on subacute bac-
terial endocarditis.  Boston M. & S. J., 1927, 197: 41-6, ch.—
Kasich, M. Friction rub over the liver in a patient with sub-
acute bacterial endocarditis. Ann. int. M.,  1932, 6: 689-90.—
Krinsky, C. M., & Merritt, H. H.  Neurologic manifestations of
subacute bacterial endocarditis.  N. England J. M., 1938, 218:
563-6.—Merklen, P., & Israel, L.  Forme nteningo-encephaliti-
que de l'endocardite maligne subaigue.  Strasbourg med., 1934,
94: 620-2.—Muniz, J. R.  Estudio clfnico de la endocarditis
infecciosa sub-aguda.  Vida nueva, Habana, 1928, 21: 505-18.—
Rothschild, M. A., Sacks, B., & Libman, E.  The disturbances
of the cardiac  mechanism  in  subacute  bacterial endocarditis
and  rheumatic fever.  Am. Heart J., 1926-27,  2: 356-74.—
Saphir, O., & Wile, S. A.  Rheumatic manifestations in sub-
acute bacterial endocarditis in children.   Ibid.,  1933. 9: 29-
44.—Segal, M. S.  Auricular fibrillation and auricular flutter in
the course  of subacute bacterial endocarditis; report of a series
of cases.   N. England J. M.,  1935, 212: 1077-82.—Waldman,
D. P., & Kahn, M. H.  A case of subacute infective endocarditis
with mycotic aneurysm and meningeal  symptoms.  N. York
State J. M., 1926, 26: 667.—Willius, F. A.  Clinic on subacute
bacterial endocarditis; its simultaneous occurrence in  2 mem-
bers of a family.  Proc.  Mayo  Clin., 1937, 12: 164-8.

----  subacute:  Pathology.
   Deglaire, Y.   *Endocardite secondaire;  con-
 tribution a,  l'etude  de  sa forme subaigue.   70p.
 8?   Par., 1929.
   Sullivan,  J.  M.   *Subacute  bacterial endo-
 carditis with  particular reference to the  embolic
 phenomena.   15p.   8?   Wauwatosa, Wis., 1932.
   Cornil, L.,  Mosinger, M., & Jouve, A.  Les  tesions  myo-
 cardiques dans  l'endocardite maligne  prolongee  humaine  et
 experimentale.   Ann. anat. path., Par., 1937, 14:  471-84.—
 De Navasquez,  S.  The incidence and pathogenesis of  myo-
 cardial  lesions  in subacute bacterial endocarditis.   J.  Path.
 Bact., Lond., 1939, 49: 33-8, 3 pl.—Denman, H. C.  Subacute
 bacterial endocarditis; report of 6 cases with autopsy findings.
 Internat. Clin., 1932, 42. ser., 2: 131-50, 4 pl.—Dixon, H.  B. F..
 & O'Farrell, W. R.  A case of subacute endocarditis with
 aortic valve and pulmonary artery involvement.   J. R. Army
 M. Corps, 1927. 49: 366-70.—Finley,  K. H.  A congenital
 anomaly of the heart (truncus arteriosus communis  with sub-
 acute endocarditis)  Am. J. Path.,  1930,6: 317-23, 2  pl.—
 Friedman, M.   A study of the fibrin factor in its relation to sub-
 acute endocarditis.  J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1938, 63:  173-82.—
 Fulton, M. N., & Levine, S. A. Subacute bacterial endocarditis,
 with  special reference  to the valvular lesions and  previous
 history.  Am. J. M. Sc. 1932, 183: 60-77.—Graef, I., & de la
 Chapelle, C.  Subacute bacterial endocarditis superimposed or
 rheumatic aortic valvular disease with no previous involvement
 of the mitral  valve.  Arch.  Path.,  Chic,  1932, 14: 117.—
 Grant, R. T., Wood, J. E., & Jones, T. D.  Heart valve irregu-
 larities in relation to subacute bacterial endocarditis.  Heart,
 Lond.,  1927-28,  14:  247-61,  3  pl.—Hamman.  L.   Healed
 bacterial endocarditis.   Ann.  Int. M., 1937, 11:  175-94.—
 Lemann, I. I.  Subacute bacterial endocarditis (pneumococcal)
 engrafted upon preexisting syphilitic  valvular disease.  Inter-
 nat.  Clin.,  1931, 41.  ser., 2: 66-78.—Saphir, O.   Myocardial
 lesions in subacute bacterial endocarditis.  Am. J.  Path.,  1935,
 11: 143-56, 3 pl.—Sprague, H. B.  Subacute bacterial  endo-
 carditis; a correlation  of  the  clinical  evidence  of valvular
 deformity with the condition of the valves as found at autopsy
J. Am.  M. Ass., 1930,  94: 1037-9.   Also repr.—Weiss.  H.
Relation of portals of entrv to sub-acute bacterial endocarditis
 -Arch. Int. M., 1934,  54:  710-9.—Weiss, S., & Rhoads,  C. P.
 Healing and healed vegetative  (subacute  bacterial)  endo-
carditis,  N. England J. M., 1928, 199; 70-4.—Willius,  F. A.
Cardiac  clinics;  clinic  on  subacute bacterial  endocarditis:
sudden death: postmortem findings.  Proc. Mayo Clin., 1935,
10: 73-8.

----   thrombotic non-bacterial.

   Friedberg, C.  K.,  & Cross, L.   Nonbacterial thrombotic
endocarditis; associated with acute thrombocytopenic purpura.
Arch. Int. M., 1936, 58: 641-61.  ---—  Nonbacterial throm-
botic endocarditis; classification and general description.  Ibid.,
620-40.  ------  & Wallach, K.   Associated with  prolonged
fever, arthritis, inflammation of  serous membranes  and wide-
spread vascular lesions.   Ibid., 662-84.—Renaud, M.  Endo-
cardites sctero-thrombosantes.  Bull. Soc med. hop.  Paris,
1934, 3. ser., 50: 8-13.—Winter, R. Ueber die Entstehung von
Thromben im  rechten  Herzen  (Endocarditis  thrombotica
parietalis carcinomatosa) und in den Aesten der Lungenschlag-
ader (Thrombendarteriitis pulmonalis carcinomatosa) auf dem
Boden  von  Krebszellembolien.  Virchows Arch., 1931, 282:
99-106.

----   toxic.
   Mencarelli, L.  Endocardite da tossine di germi anaerobi
Gior. batt. immun., 1930, 5: 287-302.—Wilier, H.  Toxische'
Endokarditis.  Zbl. allg. Path., 1932-33, 56: 1-6.

----   Treatment and  prognosis.
   Chopra, R. N., Choudhury, R., & Sen, B.  A case of endo-
carditis treated  with  polyvalent  antistreptococcus  serum.
Ind. M. Gaz., 1933, 68: 517.—Freifeld, E.  [Vaccinations and
endocarditis]   Mosk.  med. J.,  1928, 8: 21-3.—Jones. T. D.
Treatment of endocarditis—rheumatic,  bacterial.  Maine M.
J.,  1931,  22: 154-9.—Mezhiborsky,  M.  B.   [Argoflavin  in
treatment of endocarditis]  Vrach. delo,  1931, 14: 761-4.—
Panchenkov,  M.  M.,  & Gordon,  Z. L.  [Treatment of endo-
carditis]  Ter. arkh., 1939, 17: 187-91.—Renaud, M.  Sur la
guerison ou mieux sur les remissions des endocardites.  Bull.
Soc med.  hop. Paris,  1928, 3. ser., 52: 299.—Solis-Cohen, M.
The necessity of removing  bacterial foci  of infection in  the
treatment and prevention of endocarditis  in children.  Arch.
Pediat., N. Y„ 1926,  43: 423-35.  Also Med.  Press & Circ,
Lond.,  1926,  n. ser., 122: 404-8.—Strazhevsky, N. D.  [Prog-
nosis in endocarditis]  Klin, med., Moskva, 1929, 7: 1561-7.

----   ulcerative [malignant]
   Achard, C. Endocardite uteero-perforante.   Rev. gen. clin.
ther., 1928, 42:  513-8.  ------  & Hamburger. M.  Endo-
cardite uteero-perforante; communication du ventricule gauche
avec l'oreillette droite.  Bull. Soc. med. h6p. Paris,  1928, 3.
ser., 52: 134-8.—Achuthan, A., & Kelu, M.  Fulminant case of
ulcerative  endocarditis.   Ind. M. Gaz.,  1938,  73:  740.—
Almeida,  T.  d\   Endocardite maligna:  observacao clfnica;
discussao  do  diagn6stico;  aut6psia; problemas  de semtetica  e
anomalias anatomicas.   Lisboa med., 1929, 6:  1-19.—Boysen,
A.  E.   Chronic  parietal  endocarditis  and acute  ulcerative
thrombo-endocarditis  with  Streptococcus  viridans,  in  a  9
months old infant.  Am. J. Dis. Child., 1932, 43: 143-6.  Also
repr.—Conti, L.  Su di un  caso di endocardite maligna.  Pedia-
tria (Riv.) 1926, 34:  1078-81.—Davidson, S.  W.  Subacute
ulcerative endocarditis; 2 cases.  Newcastle M.  J., 1922-23, 3:
107.—Dimmock,  A.  Malignant endocarditis; report  of case!
J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1933, 22: 174-7.—Falconer, A. W.  Endo-
carditis, malignant. In Brit. Encycl. M. Pract.  (Rolleston  H )
Lond., 1937, 6: 297-308, pl.—Fonck, G.  Endocardite uteereuse.
Presse  med.  beige,  1867-68, 20: 221-5.—Holt,  W. G., &
Griffiths,  G.   Malignant endocarditis.  Med.  J.  Australia,
1929,  1:  486.—Leblond,  S.   Un  cas  d'endocardite  maligne
aigue.  Bull.  Soc. med. hop. Quebec, 1934, 417-21 —Massary
E. de, & Boquien, M. Y. Deux cas d'endocardite maligne aigue
»,iorme meningee sans symptomes cardiaque.  Bull. Soc. med
hop Pans, 1930, 3. ser., 46:  1509-14.—Milhit, J., & Derot. M.
in™ °iT«e  ™,pat!Suef de l'endocardite maligne.  Gaz. hop.,
1929, 102: 721.—Nordman & Lafon.   Endocardite maligne  a
Forme septicemique.  Loire med., 1932, 46: 425-9 —Periot  M
Jouve,  A.  X., &  Legre.   Modifications  stethacoustique's et
remamements tesionnels au cours des  endocardites malignes
orolongees. Marseille med., 1938, 75: pt 2, 480-6 —Pinard  M
Bioy & Arager.   Forme  ictero-nteningee  d'une endocardite
maligne aigue.  Bull.  Soc. med. hoo.  Paris, 1934, 3.  ser., 50:
9Sj  ~Aorda£ A' , [Diagnostic difficulties in acute ulcerative
endocarditis]  Orv. hetil., 1935, 79: mell., 118.—Videla, C  A
Endocarditis  maligna aguda a forma meningea.  Rev As med
argent., 1935, 49: 1258-61.-Weil, J. A.  Endocardites malignes.'
Strasbourg med.,  1927, 85: pt 2, 83-8.
ulcerative:  Complication.
t   j   ,r&nC\„?erf2ratmS endocarditis.  Med. Press & Circ,
Lond   1930,  130: 489-91.  Also Monde med., 1933, 43: 845^
oz.  Chute, A.  LA  case  of pyelonephritis secondary to
ulcerative endocarditis.   Tr. Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1926,
1»: l-6i—Cibils AKuirre, R., Carrega Casaffoustil. C, & Villa.
A. L..   Endocarditis  maligna a embolias multiples con locali-
?tei°n excepcional en miembros. Sem. med., B. Air.  1934 41 •
i^ 7:     °rnil' ,L" M»sinSer- M., & Jouve, A.  Sur les tesions
hepatiques dans les endocardites malignes. Ann. anat.  path.,
Par.,  1935, 12:  1102-8.—Diamond. I. B.  Brain  changes in 
ENDOCARDITIS                               297                              ENDOCARDITIS
malignant endocarditis.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1932,
27: 1175-208.  Also  repr.—Hechst, B.   Ueber  Gehirnver-
anderungen  bei  Endocarditis  ulcerosa.  Zschr.  ges. Neur.
Psychiat., 1933-34, 149: 365^-73.  Also  repr.—Krokiewicz,  A.
Spontanruptur der  Milz bei Endocarditis ulcerosa  aortica.
Virchows Arch.,  1926,  262:  328-32.—Levine, V.  Malignant
endocarditis with cerebral  emboli.  Bull. Chicago M. Soc,
1934, 37: 103.-—Lutembacher, R.  Thromboses et endocardites
malignes chez les cardiaques.  Bull, med., Par., 1935, 49: 328-
33.—Mouquin, M.  Endocardite maligne et meningite.  Ibid.,
1937, 51: 883-8.—Renaud,  M.,  & Bordes.  Endocardite utee-
reuse  et thrombosante cause  reelle de  gangrenes  cutanees
isotees  et recidivantes.  Bull.  Soc.  med.  hop. Paris, 1932,
3. ser.,  48:  1349-51.—Wilier, H.  Endocarditis ulcerosa und
Perforation des linken Ventrikels.  Zbl. allg. Path., 1931, 51:
209-13.

----   ulcerative, lenta.
   See also Endocarditis, lenta.
   Chambon,  C.  A.  L.   *L'endocardite maligne,
primitive,  a  evolution lente.   78p.   8?   Par.,
1928.
   Hatti,  J.    *L'endocardite   ulcereuse   lente.
27p.   8?   Geneve, 1925.
   Jouve,  A.   X.   Les   endocardites  malignes
prolongees.  356p.   8?  Par., 1936.
   Juille,  M.   *Les lesions spleno-hepatiques au
cours  de  l'endocardite maligne lente.   65p.   8?
Par.,  1936.
   Koffas, D.   *Contribution a l'etude  anatomo-
clinique  des  complications nerveuses des  endo-
cardites  malignes  subaigues et  lentes type Osier.
156p.   8?   Par., 1937.
   Kuypers, F.  Contribution a l'etude clinique
de la forme  cerebrale de l'endocardite maligne
lente.   195p.   8?  Par., 1937.
   Maurage,  F.   ^Contribution  a  l'etude des
formes  renales  de  l'endocardite  maligne  lente.
75p.   8?   Par.,  1936.
   Pelletier,  E.    Contribution a l'etude des
accidents nerveux de l'endocardite maligne lente
et en particulier de la forme  psychique.   114p.
8?   Par.,  1932.                              .
   Areta  T.  Endocarditis lenta maligna con aneurisma de la
radial.  Sem. med., B. Air.,  1935, 42: pt 2, 645.—Audibert, V.,
Raybaud, A. [et al.]  Endocardite maligne lente d'un orifice de
communication  interventriculaire.   Bull. Soc.  med.  hop.
Paris,  1933,  3. ser., 49: 7-9.—Bonnet, P., & Bonamour,  G.
Les manifestations oculaires de l'endocardite maligne a evolu-
tion lente.  J. med.  Lyon, 1938,  19: 191-202.—Carnot, P., &
Lambling, A.  Volumineux pendulum neoplasique de 1 oreillette
droite, secondaire a une tumeur dite sarcomateuse de 1 estomac;
syndrome  clinique d'une  endocardite  maligne lente.  Bull.
Soc med. hop. Paris, 1928, 3. ser., 52:1773-81.—Centeno, A. M.
Endocarditis maligna a evolucion lenta.  Sem. med.,  B. Air.,
1928   35-  1067-100.—Ceresoli,  A.  Sull eziologia dell endo-
cardite  maligna  a  lento  decorso (ricerche  batteriologiche)
Atti Soc. lombard. sc. med., 1927, 16: 329-40.  Also Gior. clin.
med   1927  8: 259;  1929,  10:  14.—Chavez, I.,  & Martinez
Baez', M.  Sobre un  caso de enfermedad de Osier.  Hosp. gen.,
 M6x   1928 3: 171-81, 8 pl.—Cornil, L., & Jouve, A. X.  Etude
 pathogenique de  l'endocardite  maligne  prolongee.   Presse
mid   1937  45: 1523.—Del Sel, M., Gerscovich, J., & Lorenzo,
J A '  Sobre un caso de endocarditis maligna a evoluci6n lenta.
Prensa  med. argent.,  1936, 23: 2879-87.—Dumitrescu, T.
[On a case of malignant  endocarditis  lenta]  Romania med.,
 1928 6- 168 —Enescu, I.   [A few cases of malignant endocar-
ditis'lenta]  Rev. st. med., Bucur., 1924, 13:  40-54.—Etinger,
 Y G   [Specific petechia of the conjunctiva in cases  of malig-
 nant, subacute endocarditis lenta]  Vrach. delo, 1929, 12: 326-
g —Fiessinger, N., Ravina, A., & Messimy, R.  Quelques re-
marques sur les arterites ectasiantes de l'endocardite maligne
lente.   Presse nted., 1935, 43: 321-3.—Gloor, H. U., & Gi bert,
M.   La micro-embolie multiple  et repetee,  non purulente,
dans l'endocardite uteereuse lente.   Schweiz.  med.  Wschr.,
 1926  56- 17-20.—Jouve, A. X.  Aspects cliniques et diagnostic
des endocardites  malignes prolongees.   Marseille med.  1937,
74: 261; 301; 341; 393; 437—Landau,  A., & Glass, J.  [Rena
insufficiency in  the course of  malignant  endocarditis lenta]
Polska gaz. lek., 1929, 8: 809; 826.—Langeron, L.  Remarques
sur un cas d'endocardite chronique maligne.   Bull.  Soc. med.
hop. Paris, 1929,  3. ser., 53: 473-7.—Lefebvre.  Uncus de
maladie d'Osler.  In Liv. jubil. P. Derache Brux., 1933, 139-
42__Lega G.  Su alcuni  casi di endocardite maligna lenta.
Cuore & circol., 1931,  15: 325-56.—Lemierre, A., Bertrand, I.
 [et al ]  Sur l'existence d'un processus d encephalite demyfe-
linisante en plaques au cours d'une endocardite maligne sub-
aigue  type Osier.  C.  rend. Soc. biol., 1935,  120: 1079-82.—
Le Noir, Baize & Boquien.  Endocardite maligne lente simulant
une nephrite rtematurique; evolution apyretique. Bull, hoc
 med. h6p. Paris, 1928, 3. ser.,  52:  1041-4.—Lian, C, Mou-
longuet, P., & Brocard, H.  Les anevrysmes par rupture arte-
rielle dans les endocardites  malignes lentes du  type Jaccoud-
Osler.  Presse med., 1937, 45: 1731-4.—Lian, C, Nicolau, S., &
Poincloux, P.  Histopathologie  du nodule d'Osler; etude  sur
l'endothelite de l'endocardite maligne a evolution lente. Ibid.,
1929, 37: 497-9.—Livierato, P. E.  Alcune osservazioni sull'en-
docardite maligna lenta.  Riv. osp., 1927, 17: 124.—Luna,  de,
Mockers &  Meyer.  Maladie d'Osler  a  evolution  lente,  pre-
dominance des  tesions  aortiques.   Marseille nted., 1939,  76:
863-5.—Martini, T., & Joselevich, M.  La endocarditis maligna
a evolucten lenta segun nuestras  observaciones.   Sem. med.,
B. Air., 1929, 36: 121-40.—Matti, J.   Malignant endocarditis
with slow evolution.  Internat. Clin., 1927, 37. ser.,  1: 142-9.—
Merklen, P., &  Wolf, M.  Participation des endotheiites
arteriocapillaires au syndrome de  l'endocardite maligne lente.
Presse nted., 1928,  36: 97-100.—Nobecourt.   Endocardites
malignes lentes et subaigues chez les enfants.   Rev. gin. clin.
ther., 1937, 51: 321-8.—Olmer, D., & Jouve, A. X.  Les aspects
cardiaques des endocardites malignes prolongees.   Paris med.,
1937, 105: 319-24.—Orlando,  R.   Embolia septica,  trombo-
arteritis en las ramas de distribucten profunda  de la Silvianas
y hemorragia ventricular en el curso de una endocarditis lenta
maligna.  Prensa med.  argent., 1927-28,  14: 1153-7.—Pedro y
Pons, A. Contributo alio studio dell'endocardite maligna lenta.
Rass. internaz.  clin.  ter., 1926,  7: 649-72.  Also Rev. espafi.
med.  cir., 1926, 9:  599-613.—Ramond,  L.  Forme nteningee
d'endocardite maligne  a evolution prolongee.   Presse nted.,
1935, 43: 1639.—Rist, E., & Holland, J.  Contribution a l'etude
clinique  anatomique  et pathogenique  des infarctus et  des
rtemorragies  pulmonaires au cours de l'endocardite  maligne
a evolution prolongee.   Ann. med., Par., 1926, 20: 307-35.—
Ronchetti, V.  Endocardite maligna a  lento  decorso.  Gior.
med.  prat.,  1928, 10: 248; 280.—Rouslacroix, A., & Boyer, L.
Caractdes du germe isote dans un cas d'endocardite maligne
lente primitive.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1934,  115: 549-51.—
Schupfer, F.  Sopra un caso di endocardite maligna a lento
decorso.  Gin.  med.  Alto Adige, 1930,  2:  505-21.  Also
Minerva  med.,  Tor.,  1933, 24:  pt 2,  305-13.—Segers,  A.,
Montserrat,  J. L. [et al.]  Endocarditis ulcero-vegetante  a
forma  lenta;  enfermedad de  Jaccoud-Osler-Schottmuller.
Arch,  argent, pediat., 1939,  11:  147-85.—Sindoni. M.   Un
caso di endocardite  ulcerosa a lento  decorso  (nota clinica e
reperto anatomico)  Rinasc. med., 1924, 1: 473.—-Soupault,
R., Gutmann, R. A. [et al.]  Endocardite maligne prolongee
avec anevrisme de l'avant-bras  oper6; donnees  de  laboratoire.
Presse med., 1929, 37: 236.—Staffieri.  D., &  Silberstein, J.
Algunas consideraciones sobre la  terapeutica y pron6stico de
la endocarditis maligna a evolucion lenta. Rev. nted., Rosario,
 1929, 19: 222-".).—Tata, R.  L'endocardite maligna  lenta (pato-
logia;  clinica; batteriologia)  Riv. osp., 1926, 16: 427-56.—
Trenti, E.  Sull'agerte patogeno dell'endocardite lenta maligna.
 Bull. Accad. med. Roma, 1929,  55: 120-5.

----   ulcerative: Pathology.
   Endocardites  (Les) malignes dans  les cardiopathies con
genitales.  Rev.  gin. clin. ther., 1937, 51:  28.—Grenet, H..
Levent, R. [et al.]   Endocardite maligne developpee sur une
cardiopathie  congenitale, persistance du canal arteriel.  Bull.
Soc. m6d. hop. Paris, 1939, 3. ser., 55: 824-8.  Also Arch. med.
enf.,  1939, 42: 449-53.—Manzini, C.  Sulla patogenesi della
dilatazione del tronco comune della arteria polmonare nella
stenosi  pura, acquisita dell'orifizio  arterioso  di destra, con
contributo alio studio della cosidetta endocardite poliposa del
cuore destro.  Cuore & circol.,  1935, 19: 713-44.—Pen-in, M.,
Watrin, J. [et al.]   Endocardite maligne et vegetation mon-
strueuse.  Rev. med. Nancy, 1938, 66: 333-5.—Two cases of
polypoid malignant endocarditis.   Med. Sc. Arch. Adelaide
Hosp., 1932,  No. 12, 5-7, pl.

----  ulcerative: Treatment.
   Babcock, W. W.  Malicnant endocarditis, Bier's  cautery
operation.   Surg.  Clin.  N. America,  1932,  12:  1393-5.—
Chiray, M., Liegeois, M. [et al.]  A propos du traitement des
endocardites malignes,  subaigue et lente.   Ann. med., Par.,
1931,  30:  163-75.—Heilborn, F.  Ist eine Beeinflussung der
Endocarditis  ulcerosa  beziehungsweise  Sepsis  lenta durch
Milzexstirpation moglich?   Med. Klin.,   Berl.,  1926,  22:
535-7.—Howell, K. M., Portis, B., & Beverley, D. A.  Anti-
body  response  after immunotransfusion in malignant  endo-
carditis.   Proc Inst.  M.  Chicago,  1926,  6:  86.   Also J.
Infect. Dis., 1926, 39: 1-11.—Leake, W. H. The intravenous
use of sodium cacodylate,  mercurochrome-220 soluble,  and
gentian violet in  malignant endocarditis.   California West.
M., 1926, 25: 346-9.—Routh, F. M. Is malignant endocarditis
preventable?  South. M. & S., 1930, 92: 160-2.

----  ulcero-vegetative.
   Acuna, M., & Puglisi, A.  La endocarditis maligna ulcero-
vegetante en  la infancia.   Arch,  argent, pediat.,  1936,  7:
659-74.—Brito Foresti, C.  Sobre el foco de auscultaci6n de los
soplos  organicos del orificio de la arteria pulmonar; a prop6-
sito  de una  endocarditis infecciosa aguda  ulcerovegetante.
An. Fac. med., Montev., 1933,  18:  689-96, 2 pl.—Ciuca, M.
[Case of malignant ulcerative vegetative endocarditis]  Rev.
st. med., Bucur., 1927. 16: 919-29.—Cucullu, L. M., & Leta-
mendi, A. Endocarditis maligna ulcerovegetante en la infancia,
Prensa med. argent., 1937, 24: 424-9. 
ENDOCARDITIS
298
ENDOCARDITIS
  ----   valvular.
     Anitschkow,  N.  Atherosclerosis (lipoidosis) of the  heart
  valves  and  its  relation  to  endocarditis.   Contr. Med.  Sc.
  Libman Annivers.  Vol..  1932,  1:  65-74.—Delhaye,  A.,  &
  Groodt, A.  de.  Endocardite vegetante des  valvules du ven-
  tricule  droit  (trieuspide  et  pulmonaire)  chez un adolescent
  porteur d'une malformation congenitale du cceur.   Arch. mal.
  coeur, 1927, 20:  309-10. — Dimsdale, L. J.  Valvular endocardi-
  tis with paradoxic emboli. J. Iowa M. Soc, 1935, 25: 448.—
  Friedberg,  C. K.,  & Tartakower, T.  Ueber den giinstigen
  Verlauf der endokarditischen Herz-Klappenfehler  (mit be-
  sonderer Berucksichtigung des Alters und der Schwangerschaft)
  Zschr.  klin. Med.,  1931, 116: 759-803.—Harper, W.  F.  The
  blood supply of beart valves in  relation  to  endocarditis.  J.
  Anat.,  Lond., 1938-39, 73: 94-111.—Holsti,  O. Beitrage zur
  Kenntnis  der  entziindlichen  Klappenaffektionen  mit be-
  sonderer Berucksichtigung der Pathogenese.  Arb. Path. Inst.
  Helsingfors,  1927-28, n. F.,  5: 401-86.—Kiss, P.  Die ent-
  ziindlichen  Herzklappenerkrankungen und  ihre  Folgen  im
  Kindesalter.  Jahrb. Kinderh., 1935-36,  3.  F., 96: 77-97.—
  Kramer, R.  Ueber die  Behandlung  kindlicher Herzklappen-
  entziindungen  mit  hohen  Pyramidongaben.   Med.  Welt,
  1935, 9:  1394.—Lukin,  N.  Incipient valvular endocarditis
  as a clinical concept. Arch.  Pediat., N. Y., 1926,  43: 312-20.
  Also  Med. Press & Circ, Lond.,  1926, n.  ser.,  122: 149-53.—
  Marfan, A. B.  Endocardite v6getante des orifices mitral et
  trieuspide chez une fillette de 3 mois atteinte de malformations
  cardiaques.   Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris,  1927, 25: 315-21.  Also
  Nourrisson, 1927,  15: 329-35.—Nechaev,  S.  P. [Affection of
  the valves  of the  right heart in endocarditis]  Klin,  med.,
  Moskva, 1938, 16: 1593.— Plaut, A., & Sharnoff, G.  Acute
  valvular endocarditis in the new-born.   Arch. Path., Chic,
  1935, 20: 582-6.—Spengler,  G.   Ueber eine  Herdreaktion  an
  entziindeten  Herzklappen.   Wien. klin.  Wschr.,  1924, 37:
  1325.—Waldow, H. J.   Endokardreaktionen bei  Sauglingen
  und Kleinkindern an Mitral- und Tricuspidalklappen.  Vir-
  chows Arch., 1935, 295: 21-32.

  ----   valvular: Mitral valve.

    See also Mitral valve.
    Dumas, A.   L'endocardite mitrale  a  forme  hypertensive.
  Presse med.,  1928, 36: 1172.  ------Froment, R.,  & Mercier.
  Quarante cas  d'endocardite  mitrale chronique;  modalites
  evolutives et phase terminate  (observations anatomo-cliniques)
  Lyon med.,  1928,  141:  429-41.—Koch.  V.  F.  [Differential
  diagnosis of  endocarditic and sclerotic insufficiencies  of the
  bicuspid valve]   Klin,  med.,  Moskva,  1931, 9: 971-5.—
  Mannarini, F.  Contributo clinico e terapeutico in un caso  di
  endocardite acuta ad esclusiva localizzazione  mitralica, curato
  eon siero antiviridans e antistreptococcico.  Terapia, Milano,
  1932,  22: 257.—Martini, T., &  Gourdy,  C. A.  Mitraiitis,
  anterior endarterica.  Sem.  med.,  B.  Air.,  1926,  33: pt  2,
  648-56.—Paviot,  Jarricot,  H., &  Weigert.   Oedeme  aigu
  pulmonaire  au  cours  d'une  endocardite  infectieuse greffee
  sur un  retredssement mitral; occlusion de l'orifice  mitral par
  une grosse  vegetation.   Lyon med.,  1933,  152:  447-51.—
  Routier, D., & Dwelshauvers.  Influence de  l'arythmie com-
  plete  sur l'aspect  radiologique  des  endocardites mitrales.
  Arch.  mal.  coeur, 1936,  29: 179-95.—Wolff,  K.  Eine gene-
 ralisierte Xantheiasmatose  mit Bevorzugung des Herzens auf
 dem Boden  einer ulcerosen Endokarditis der Mitralis.   Vir-
 chows Arch., 1934, 293: 472-86.

 ----   valvular:  Pulmonary valve.

    See  also  Pulmonary artery.
    Dongas, P.   *Ueber  Endocarditis  der  Pul-
 monalklappen.   14p.   8?   Berl.-Neukolln, 1934.
    Wepner,  R.    *Ueber  isolierte  Endokarditis
 der   Pulmonalis  (nebst  statistischen  Angaben
 iiber die in den Jahren  1907-1930 beobachteten
 Endokarditisfalle)   23p.  8?  Gott., 1930.
   Bishop, L. F., Bishop. L.  F., ,jr, &  Wallace. S. C.  Pul-
 monarv  stenosis with bacterial endocarditis in an adult.  Am.
 Heart  J., 1929-30, 5: 238-42.—Brandes, W. W.  Two cases of
 malignant ulcerative endocarditis  of  the  pulmonary valve.
 Tr.  Chicago  Path.  Soc,  1928-31, 13: 217.—Famulari, S.
 Considerazioni diagnostiche e semiologiche  su di un caso di
 endocardite settica  a lento decorso con  localizzazione  alle
 valvole  semilunari  dell'arteria polmonare.  Riv. clin.  med.,
 1931. 32: 939-48.—Gallavardin & Josserand. A.  De l'absence
 de signes stethoscopiques  dans une endocardite  infectieuse de
 l'artere pulmonaire.   Lyon med., 1926,  138: 690-2.—Grayzil,
 D. M.  P llmonic endocarditis: a clinical and pathologic report
 of 3 cases.  Yale J.  Biol.,  1934-35,  7: 515-20. pl.—Holzmann,
 M.  Ueber  septische  Endokarditis  der  Pulmonalklappen.
 Zschr.  klin.  Med., 1930-31, 115: 209-43.—Johnston, J. I., &
 Johnston, J.  M.   Gonococcal  and pneumococcal  vegetative
 endocarditis of the pulmonary valve.  Am. J. M.  Sc, 1929,
 177: 843-9.—Langeron, L.,  &  Gardere. H.  Les endocardites
infectieu=es  des  valvules  sigmoides de 1 artere pulmonaire.
J. med. Lyon, 1927, 8: 603-9— Leadingham. R. S.  Tetralogy
of Fallot; report  of a case with bacterial endocarditis of  the
pulmonary valve  and collapse of both lungs.  Ann. Int.  M.,
1930-31,  4: 620-7.—Oelmeyer, H.  Beitrag zur Pathologie der
Endocarditis pulmonslis.  Virchows Arch., 1932, 284: 120-5.—
  Posey. L. C.  Vegetative intimitis of the pulmonary artery in a
  boy with congenital  intraventricular septal  defect,  persistent
  conus arteriosus and bicusped pulmonary valve.  South. M. J.,
  1938, 31: 761-6.—Tosser. R. Considerazioni su di un caso di
  endocardite settica delle semilunari polmonari.  Minerva med.,
  Tor., 1932,  23: 173-7.—Weiss,  E.   Ulcerative endocarditis of
  the  pulmonic cusps;  case report.   Ann. Int. M.,  1928-29,  2:
  665.

  ----   valvular:  Tricuspid valve.

    See also  Tricuspid valve.
    Baraban, L. [Case report of an isolated, ulcerous inflamma-
  tion of the tricuspid valve]  Warsz. czas. lek., 1937, 14: 812-5.—
  Brack,  E.   Ueber Tricuspidalendocarditis.  Zbl.  inn.  Med.,
  1929,  50:  1154-61.—Hacker. E.  Milzzerreissung  mit sub-
  kapsularem  Hamatom bei Endocarditis lenta  der Tricuspidalis.
  Virchows Arch.,  1931,  281:  191-6.—Melnick & Jaffe. R. H.
  Malignant endocarditis of the tricuspid valve.  Bull. Chicago
  M.  Soc, 1935,   37:  550.—Oerting,  H.   Subacute bacterial
  endocarditis  involving  the tricuspid  valve only.   Minnesota
  M.,  1931, 14: 82.—Pinchin, A.  J.  S., &  Morlock. H.  V.   A
  case of malignant endocarditis of the tricuspid valve associated
  with daily rigors.  Lancet, Lond., 1929,  1:  230.—Wearn, J. T.
  The combination of jaundice and  cyanosis as a helpful diagnostic
  sign in tricuspid valvulitis.  In Med. Papers (H. A. Christian
  Annivers. Vol.) Bost.,  1936, 60-5— Wilkinson. J. F.  An obscure
  case of ulcerative endocarditis of the tricuspid valve.  Lancet,
  Lond., 1929, 1: 716.

  ----   verrucous.

    Beneke, R. Ernst Neumann's fibrinoide  Degeneration bei
  Endocarditis  verrucosa.  Schweiz.  med.   Wschr.,  1935,  65:
  313-6.—Chatagnon, P., Brosse,  T.  [et al.]  Forme psychique
  d'une endocardite vegetante  a  evolution  lente   Ann. med.
  psychoi., Par., 1939. 97: 253-60.—Davie,  T. B.  Tuberculous
  verrucose endocarditis.   J.  Path.  Bact.,  Lond.,  1936,  43:
  313-20, 4 pl.  Also  repr.—Fruhinsholz,  A., & Michon.  A
  propos de 2  cas  d'endocardite vegetante,  aigue et mortelle.
  Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1933, 22:  795-800.—Harrison, W. F.
 Congenital heart disease; extreme congenital pulmonary steno-
 sis  (tetralogy of  Fallot)  collateral  pulmonary  circulation;
 massive right-sided vegetative endocarditis.   Am. Heart J.
  1929-30, 5: 213-31.—Lereboullet & Bohn,  A. Malformations
 cardiaques congenitales  et endocardite vegetante.   Bull. Soc
 pediat. Paris,  1928, 26: 29-33.   Also Nourrisson, 1928,  16:
 144-7.—Mansens. B.  J.  [Histology of endocarditis verrucosa]
 Ned. tschr. geneesk.,  1935, 79: 5388-91.—Monges,  J., Poinso,
 R..  & Battesti, P.  Endocardite aigue  vegetante.   Marseille
 med., 1935, 72: (i(i(i.—Moretti, L.  Endocardite verrucosa del
 euore destro.  Cuore &  circol., 1928, 12: 204-10.—Morini, E.
 Due  casi di  endocardite proliferante con probabile origine da
 ferite cutanee superfieiali.  Profilassi, 1933,  6: 305-7.—Netter,
 A., & Salanier, M.  Endocardite vegetante apparue plus de 2
 ans apr£s une  pneumonie et ayant dure plus de 6 mois.  Bull.
 Soc. med. hop. Paris,  1928, 3. ser.,  52: 275-81.— Rohmer. P.,
 Bellocq  & Schneegans, E.   L'endocardite  verruqueuse  du
 nourrisson.   Rev.  fr.  pediat.,   1933, 9:  681-91.—Buschke.
 Apoplektischer Insult  bei  Endocarditis   verrucosa.   Med.
 Welt,  1927,  1: 1627.—Solis. F.  A report  of an unidentified
 microorganism isolated from  cases of acute vegetative  endo-
 carditis among lepers in Culion, with brief mention of clinical
 aspects.  J. Philippine Islands M. Ass., 1927, 7: 155-9.

 ----   verrucous, atypical.

   Gross. L.   The heart  in  atypical verrucous endocarditis
 (Libman-Sacks)  Contr. M. Sc. Libman  Annivers.  Vol.,  1932,
 2: 527-50.—Keil. H.   The so-called Libman-Sacks syndrome.
 Arch.  Derm. Syph., Chic,  1936, 34: 124-6.—Reuben,  M. S.
 Subacute  bacterial  endocarditis;  Libman's  disease.   Arch.
 Pediat., N. Y., 1928, 45: 65-83.

 ----   in animals.

   Barberis,  S. Su un caso di endocardite trombotica.  Pro-
 filassi, 1931,  4: 195— Buitenhuis, J.  G.   [Case of pyogenic
 endocarditis  in a  cow]  Tschr. diergeneesk.,  1935, 62: 1137-
 46.—Comotti, G.  Endocardite cronica da  mal rossino in un
 suinetto sotto i tre mesi di eta.  Clin, vet., Milano, 1938, 61:
 349-55.—Cornell,  R. L.  A case  of  streptococcic endocarditis
 in a pig.  Vet. Rec, Lond.,  1927, 7: 305,  pl.—Davies, G. O.
 Mitral endocarditis in a 5-months-old foal.  Ibid., 1934, 14:
 1446.—Donadeo,  O.   Interessanti  eomplicazioni della endo-
 cardite nei cane (studio anatomo-patologico)  Gior. med. vet.,
 1928. 77: 839; 861; 885;  909; 933.—Euken. Ueber das ge-
 haufte Auftreten einer Endocarditis verrucosa bei Rinuern.
 Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1929, 37: 263.—Fox, H.  Acute endo-
 carditis in wild animals, with especial reference to the opossum.
 Am. Heart J.,  1939, 18: 166-70.—Gooch, F. L.   Endocarditis
 in cattle.   Vet. Rec,  Lond.,  1933,  13: 926.—Schornagel, H.
 [Endocarditis  in  domestic  animals]  Ned.  tschr. geneesk.,
 1935, 79: 5386-8.   Also Tschr. diergeneesk., 1936, 63: 57; 143 —
Stuhlenmiller,  M.   Endocarditis  thrombotica  der rechten
Herzkammer  beim Rind  als Folge der Retentio secundinarum.
 Munch, tierarztl. Wschr..  1934,  85: 199.—Wagner,  H.   Ein
 Fall von akuter endokarditis beim Pferde  in  differentialdiag-
nostischer  Beleuchtung.  Berl.  tierarztl.  Wschr.,  1935, 51; 
ENDOCARDITIS                             299                             ENDOCARDIUM
 148.—Zwijnenberg, H. A.  [Verrucous endocarditis in  cattle]
 Tschr. diergeneesk., 1933, 60: 234-9.

 ----   in pregnancy and puerperium.

    See also Pregnancy, Disease.
    Alders, N.  Endokarditis  in der Schwangerschaft und im
 Wochenbett.  Mschr. Geburtsh.  Gyn.,  1932.  90:  259-76 —
 Bradford, W. Z. Subacute bacterial endocarditis complicating
 pregnancy and  the  puerperium.   Am.  J. Obst.,  1934, 27:
 296.—Corbet, R.  M.   Bacterial endocarditis complicating
 pregnancy.   J. Obst. Gyn.  Brit. Empire, 1938, 45:  205.—
 Cruickshank, J. N.  Acute endocarditis in pregnancy and the
 puerperium; note on  11 autopsies.  Glasgow M. J., 1927,  108:
 279-93.—Felsen. J., Schumer, H.. & Osofsky. A.  G.   Preg-
 nancy complicating subacute bacterial endocarditis; report of a
 case with immunologic studies.   J. Am. M. Ass., 1937,  108:
 1783-7.—Fortune,  C. H.  Endocarditis following septic abor-
 tion with special reference to sub-acute bacterial endocarditis.
 Ann. Int. M., 1928-29, 2: 912-22.—Kobacker, J. L.  Subacute
 bacterial endocarditis complicated by pregnancy. J. Am. M.
 Ass., 1930,  95: 266.   Also  repr.—Konig, H.   Endocarditis
 lenta im Wochenbett.  Zbl.  Gyn., 1938, 62: 675-8.—Lieber-
 man, B. L.  Subacute bacterial  endocarditis  in pregnancy.
 J.  Michigan  M. Soc, 1934,  33:  305.—Macdonald, E.  K., &
 McNab, G. R.  A  case of ulcerative endocarditis of puerperal
 origin.  Brit. M. J., 1929, 1: 348.—MacRae, D. J.  Subacute
 endocarditis  and pregnancy.   J. Obst. Gyn.  Brit. Empire,
 1937, 44: 300-9.—Mengert, W. F.  Subacute bacterial endo-
 carditis as a  complication of  pregnancy.   Am. J. Obst.. 1933,
 25: 121-5.—Niehaus, F. W.  Pregnancv and subacute bacterial
 endocarditis.  Nebraska M. J., 1939, 24: 219.—Page, E. W.. &
 Campbell. J. V. Streptococcus viridans endocarditis in preg-
 nancy; with 3 case reports. Am. J. Obst.,  1939, 38:  97-104 —
 Ramirez  Olivella, J.  Tromboendocarditis en la infecci6n
 puerperal comprobadas anatomicamente  durante  los afios
 de 1934-37  en el  Hospital municipal de  maternidad.   Vida
 nueva, Habana, 1938, 41: 134, 2 pl.—Reinberger, J. R.  Endo-
 carditis complicating pregnancy; case report. Memphis M. J.,
 1927. 4: 7.—Terwilliger. W. G.  Subacute bacterial  endo-
 carditis in pregnancy.  Am.  J.  Obst.,  1934,  27:  248-52.—
 Walser,  H.  C.  Subacute bacterial  endocarditis of strepto-
 coccus viridans type in pregnancy, with 2 case reports,  ibid.,
 1928, 15: 840-6.

 ENDOCARDIUM.

    See  also Endocarditis; Endomyocarditis; Heart
 and its subheadings.
    Bisceglie,  V.  Culture  in vitro  di cellule  endocardiche.
 Bull. sc. med., Bologna, 1929, 101:  482-94.—Miyazawa, M.
 Die Bedeutung der Endokardzellen bei der Antikorperbildung
 in  Gewebekulturen.  Tr. Jap. Path.  Soc,  1932, 22: 502-7.—
 Nishibe, M.  A pure strain  of endocardial cells.  Arch.  exp.
 Zellforsch., 1929, 8: 367-70, pl.  ------  Demonstration of a
 pure strain of endocardial cells.  Tr. Jap. Path.  Soc, 1930, 20:
 312-5.

 ----  Disease and tumor.

    See  also  Endocarditis; also names  of  cardiac
 valves as Pulmonary valve, &c.
    Alfers,  J.    *Subendocardiale   Blutungen im
 Bereich des Reizleitungssystems bei Hirntumoren
 29p.   8?   Bonn,  1933.
    Mehring,  A.   *Ueber  Herzklappentumoren
 unter  besonderer  Berucksichtigung  der papil-
 laren Klappenfibrome.   15p.   8?   Kiel,  1933.
   Abrahamer, I.  Myxomatose Bildungen an den Herzklappen
 beim Neugeborenen.  Zbl. Gyn., 1931, 55: 2344  8— Binder, A.
 Zur Frage der Endocardtumoren.  Beitr. path. Anat., 1927, 77:
 332-41.—Bolle, W.  Beitrag zur Kenntnis der sogenannten
 Endokardtumoren.  Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh., 1929, 59: 451-
 60.—Castelli, G. Di un caso di localizzazioni luetiche terziarie
 endocardica (mitralica) e polmonare.  Dermosifilografo, 1927,
 2: 341-6.—Ciechanowski, S.  Ueber Vorhofsendokardtumoren.
 Bull,  internat.  Acad, polon. sc, cl. med., 1936,  231-49 —
 Cilotti, M. Contributo alio studio e alia conoscenza del processi
 filiformi  (eserescenze  di  Lambl) dell'endocardio  valvolare
 umano.  Cuore & circol., 1930, 14: 105-39.—Clerc, A., Guibert
 [et  al.]  Hemorragie sous-endocardique en  nappe; consecutive
 a un traumatisme cervical. Arch. mal. coeur, 1939, 32: 181-
 6.—Eck,  H.   Zur Frage der  primaren gutartigen Endocard-
 tumoren. Beitr. path. Anat.,  1939. 102: 554-9— Eschbach, H.
 Ueber ein malignes Leiomyom des Endocards mit Verstopfung
 der Lungenschlagader.  Ibid., 1928, 80: 672-81—Gallone, L.
 Della diagnosi  anatomoistologica differenziale  tra  tumori  e
 pseudotumori dell'endocardio.  Arch. ital.  anat. pat.  1935,
 6:   suppl., 473-84.—Guldberg.  G.  Primare Geschwulst im
 Endokardium, mit  Anmerkungen iiber  die  Anatomie  der
 Endokardgeschwiilste.   Norsk  mag. laegevid.,  1928,  89:
 272-9.—Haglund, A. L.  Ein Fall eines  Papilloms an emer
 Herzklappe.  Upsala lak. foren. forh., 1931, n. F., 36: 339-48.—
Ingham, D. W., & Henthorne. J. C.  Endocardial pockets.
Arch.  Path.,  Chic, 1938,  25:  250-5.—Krischner,  H.   Die
Entstehung der Endokardzottchen,  Virchows Arch.,  1927,
265: 444—51.—Marziani,  R.   Contributo alia conoscenza  dei
tumori papillari delle valvole cardiache.  Atti Soc. lombard. sc.
med., 1928, 17: 59-68.—Montaldo, G.  Sul fibromixoma dell'en-
docardio.  Arch. ital. anat. pat., 1935, 6: 313-41.—Muller, W.
Ueber  polypose,  bosartige,   metastasierende  Endokardge-
wachse und gewachsartige Thromben des linken Herzvorhofs.
Virchows Arch., 1932, 284: 105-19.—NicholIs, A. G. Second-
ary carcinoma implanted on the endocardium of the right
ventricle.  Canad. M. Ass. J.,  1927, 17: 798-800.—Praglowski,
T.  Ueber Endokardtaschen.  Bull, internat. Acad,  polon. sc,
cl. med., 1937, 547-55.—Rothberger, C. J.  Ueber subendo-
kardiale Blutungen  und  die  durch  sie bedingten  Leitungs-
storungen.  Klin. Wschr., 1928, 7:  1596-600.  Also Wien. klin.
Wschr., 1929, 42: 442.—Soria, E.  Tumori e pseudotumori
endocardici.   Arch.   ital. anat.  pat.,  1930,  1:  843-58.—
Spangaro, C.  Su di  un caso di elastoblastoma  papillifero
dell'endocardio valvolare. Ibid.,  1938-39, 9: 165-98,  tab.—
Stein, J.  [On the histogenesis and  nature of papillomatous
tumors of the endocardium]  Nowotwory, 1938, 13: 405-48,
5 pl.—Vertkin, I. M.  [Pocket-like  formations  of  the endo-
cardium]  Klin, med.,  Moskva, 1929, 7: 1291-9.—Zanetti, G.
Su di un raro caso di varice  sottoendocardica.   Pathologica,
Genova, 1926, 18: 187-90.

----   Fibrosis and  sclerosis.

   See also Heart failure;  Heart  valve.
   Lutz, O.   *Ueber Verdickungen des  Wand-
endocards verursacht durch  Reibung  verkalkter
Klappenteile.   23p.   8?  Ziir.,  1897.
   Boger,  A.   Ueber  die Endocardsklerosen.   Beitr. path.
Anat., 1928-29, 81: 441-72.—Loh, H.  Untersuchungen iiber
die diffuse Endocardverdickung bei Sauglingen.   Ibid., 1938,
101: 253-67.—Wertkin, I. M.  Zur Frage der umschriebenen
Endokardschwielen.  Virchows Arch., 1931, 280:  87-106.

ENDOCERVICITIS.

   See Cervicitis.

ENDOCRANIUM.

   See Dura mater.

ENDOCRINE  gland.
   See  also Endocrine  system;  Endocrine ther-
apy;  Endocrinology;   Hormone;   also   proper
names of  endocrine glands  as Gonad;  Ovary;
Pancreas; Parathyroid;  Pineal  body;  Pituitary;
Suprarenal  gland;  Thymus;  Thyroid;  also   in
3. ser.  Ductless glands.
   Lahm, W.   Ovarium,  Uterus, Scheide, Klitoris,
Plazenta und  Brustdriise als innersekretorische
Driisen  vom Standpunkte  der Embryologie und
Morphologie.   p.123-96.   8?  Lpz., 1932.
   In Hirsch. Handb. inn. Sekret.,  Lpz., 1932, 1:
   Wetzel,  G.   Thymus, Schilddriise  und Epi-
thelkorperchen.   p.741-95.   8?   Miinch., 1936.
   In Handb. Anat. Kindes (Peter, Wetzel, u. a.) Miinch., 1936,
2:
   Berman, L.  Anthropology and the endocrine glands.   Sc.
Month., 1925, 21: 157-65.—Blum, F.  Blutdrusen, Hormon und
Hormogen. Zbl.  inn. Med., 1927,  48: 914-23.—Brown, J.  M.
The endocrines in industry.   Internat. J. M. & S., 1929, 42:
678-80.—Colago,  A.  As glandulas endocrinas.  Arq. Esc med.
eir. Nova  Goa,  1930,  ser. B,  n. v.,  430-76.—Cori, M.   Le
glandole a secrezione interna.   Gior. psichiat., 1929, 57: 163-
72.—Crispin, A. M.   La3 glandulas de secrecten interna.  Rev.
As. med. argent.,  1917, 27: 845-52.  Also Siglo med., 1917, 64:
908-10.—Fischer, A.  W.  Nebenhoden, Samenwege, Prostata,
akzessorische  Geschlechtsdriisen.  In  Hirsch.  Handb.  inn.
Sekret., Lpz., 1932, 1: 281-336.—Frankl, O.  Ueber Abspren-
gung innersekretorischer Driisen. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1936, 49:
360.—Goldblat, G.   [Subauricular  gland belongs  to glands of
endocrine system]  Beloruss. med.  misl, 1924, 1: 2-3; 100-6.—
Greisheimer, E.   The endocrine organs; the adrenals and para-
thyroids.  Am. J. Nurs.,  1932, 32: 241-8— Hawkinson, L. F.
What about those ductless glands?  Everybody's Health, 1935,
20: No. 2, 1; 9.—Kingsbury,  B. F.  The endocrine organs; a
point of view.   Endocrinology, 1924, 8: 91-102.—Kohn, A.
Versuch einer Einteilung der Driisen mit innerer  Sekretion.
Endokrinologie, 1929, 5:  434-9.—Riddle, O.  On endocrines
and organisms.  Am. Natur., 1927,  61: 481-502.—Robinson,
W.  D.   Endocrine glands.  Tr. Am.  Clim. Clin. Ass.  (1920)
1923, 36: 167-79.

----   Chemistry.
   Marx, H.   *Die  anorganischen Bestandteile
von Pankreas und Nebennieren: Erster, physio-
logischer Teil   [Basel]   p.414-25.    8?   Berl.,
1926.
  Also Biochem.  Zschr., 1936, 179; 
ENDOCRINE GLAND                        300                       ENDOCRINE GLAND
    Arndt, H. J.  Ueber die morphologisch nachweisbaren Lipoide
 in Epithelkorperchen und  Schilddriise des Menschen.  Beitr.
 path. Anat., 1923-24, 72: 517-79.—Bar, R., & Jaffe, R.  Lipoid-
 befunde in  Nebennieren und  Keimdrusen  beim Kaninchen.
 Zschr. ges. Anat., 2. Abt., 1924, 10: 321-8.—Becher, H.  Histo-
 chemische Untersuchungen an den inkretorischen Organen mit
 der Plasmalreaktion.  Verh. Anat. Ges., 1938,  45: 38-47 —
 Brown, J. B. Arachidonic acid in the lipids of thyroid, supra-
 renal, and spleen.  J. Biol. Chem., 1929, 83: 777-82.—Goss-
 mann,  H. P.   Ueber das Vorkommen von Fettgewebe  und
 Lipoiden in  Epithelkorperchen,  Schilddriise und Nebennieren
 des Menschen.  Virchows Arch., 1927, 265: 137-59.—Handov-
 sky, H., &  Hauss, L.  Determination  of  rH  in  endocrine
 extracts of a protein nature.  Nature, Lond., 1939, 143: 283.—
 Kendall, E. C.   The consideration of some of the glands of
 internal secretion from a chemical viewpoint.  Endocrinology,
 1931, 15:  357-64.—Peisachowitsch, I. M.  Kohlenoxyd  und
 inkretorische Driisen.  Virchows Arch.,  1929, 274: 223-9 —
 Regnier, M. T.  Le glutathion dans les glandes endocrines.  C.
 rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 118:  1060-2.

 ----   Disease.

    See  under Endocrine system.

 ----   Extract.

    See  Endocrine therapy;  Hormone.

 ----   Histology  and tissue culture.
    Bernardo-Cornel, M.  C.  Sulla curva della variability dei
 volumi nucleari  delle cellule timiche, tiroidee e paratiroidee del
 ratto.  Monit. zool. ital., 1937, 48: 150-4.—Bozzolo,  C.  La
 colorazione vitale in confronto e sotto l'azione dei metodi di
 Ciaccio  per la diagnosi differenziale delle cellule a secrezione
 interna.  Boll. Soc. med. chir. Modena,  1925-26, 26: 77-85.
 Also Arch. ital. biol., 1926, 75: 186-90.  Also Endocr. pat. cost.,
 Bologna, 1927, n. ser., 2: 246-52.—Carra, J.  Culture affrontate
 di organi a secrezione interna.  Boll. Soc. med. chir. Modena,
 1923-24, 24:-25: 60-75.  Also  Endocr.  pat. cost., Bologna,
 1924, 3: 84-96.—Fukuhara, J., Simpo, K., & Takeda, K. Die
 Beschaffenheit der  die Silberreaktion erzeugenden Substanzen
 im Gewebe; die Silberreaktion erzeugende Substanz im Vor-
 derlappen  der Hypophyse,  im Nebennierenmark und  in  der
 Pankreasinsel.  Ibid., 46-8— Fukusima, T., Itoh, C, & Takeda,
 K.   Die Beschaffenheit  der die Silberreaktion  erzeugenden
 Substanzen im Gewebe; die die Silberreaktion erzeugende Sub-
 stanz in der Schilddriise,  Parotisdriise und der Pankreasdriise.
 Tr. Soc. path, jap., 1938, 28: 48-50.—Lisakovsky, I. V., &
 Jerebtsova,  A.  G.   [Individual  histological  peculiarities  of
 human endocrine glands]  Vrach. delo,  1926, 9: 2027-32.—
 Omura,  S., & Osaku, F.  Ueber die Kon's Silberreaktion  der
 innersekretorischen  Organen bei mit Lanolin und Lecithin
 gefutterten Kaninchen.  Tr. Soc. path, jap., 1938, 28: 40-2 —
 Takeda, K.,  Nuki,  M., & Maruyama, A.  Die Beschaffenheit
 der die Silberreaktion erzeugenden Substanzen im Gewebe; die
 die Silberreaktion erzeugende Substanz in der Nebennierenrinde
 in den  Zwischenzellen des Hodens und  im Corpus  luteum.
 Ibid., 43-6.—Tomaschek, K.  Histologischer Vergleich einiger
 Driisen mit innerer Sekretion der undifferenzierten Rasse mit
 denen der differenzierten  Rasse von Rana temporaria (Neben-
 niere, Thymus,  Schilddriise, Hypophyse)   Zschr. mikr. anat.
 Forsch.,  1933, 34: 539-52.

 ----   Innervation.

   See also Endocrine  system, Regulation.
   Braeucker, W.   Die Nerven der  Schilddriise,  der Epithel-
 korperchen und  des Thymus.  Klin. Wschr., 1923, 2: 1074.—
 Collin, R.   Reflexes neuro-endocriniens exteroceptifs.   Liege
 med., 1936, 29: 949-64.—Laruelle, L.  L'appareil d'innervation
 des glandes  endocrines.  Bruxelles med.,  1935-36,  16: 277-
 84.—Pines. L.  Ueber die Innervation der innersekretorischen
 Driisen.  Deut.  Zschr. Nervenh., 1928, 107: 178-81.  ------
 Allgemeine Ergebnisse unserer Untersuchungen iiber die Inner-
 vation der innersekretorischen Organe.   Arch. ges. Physiol.,
 1931, 228: 373-90.  ------  Zentrale und peripherische Inner-
 vation der innersekretorischen  Driisen.   Cervello, 1932,  11:
 477-9. ------  Nouvelles donnees experimentales sur l'inner-
 vation cerebrospinale  des glandes endocrines.   Presse  nted.,
 1937, 45:  1646-9.—Watzka. M.  Ueber  die  Verbindungen
inkretorischer und neurogener Organe.  Verh. Anat. Ges., 1931,
39: 185-90.

----  Metabolism.
   Epstein, S., & Mima, E.  Der intermediare Stoffwechsel in
den Driisen mit innerer Sekretion; Proteolyse und Ammoniak-
bildung in  den endokrinen  Organen.   Biochem. Zschr., 1935,
281: 339-44.—Utevsky, A. M.  [Metabolism in the organs of
internal  secretion]  J. physiol. USSR, 1936, 21: 719.------&
Epstein, S.  Der intermediare Stoffwechsel in den endokrinen
Driisen.  Biochem. Zschr., 1933, 265: 320-8.—Utevsky, A. M.,
Epstein, S. F. [et al.]   [Metabolism  of the glands of internal
secretion]   Vrach. delo, 1935, 18: 147-52.

----   Morphology.

   Fraenkel.  L.   Structure  and functions  of  the endocrine
glands, particularly  of the  ovary. Am.  J. Obst., 1927,  13:
 606-10.—Kingery,  H. M.  The structure of the  endocrine
 organs.  Colorado M., 1935, 32: 446-8.—Meneses Hoyos, J.,
 & Alfaro, J.   Anatomia comparada de las glandulas de secre-
 cion interna.   Gac med. mil., Mex., n. ser., 1934-35, 2: 20-4.—
 Rothschild, F. S.  Von der Uebereinstimmung im Aufbau des
 Zentralnervensystems und des Systems der Hormone.  Zschr.
 ges. Neur.  Psychiat., 1934, 151: 54-88.

 ----   Physiology.

   See also Endocrine system,  Function.
   Hogben, L.  T.    Comparative physiology  of
 internal  secretion.  148p.  8?  Cambr., 1927.
   Hoskins,   R.   G.   The   endocrine   glands.
 p.833-902.   8?    S. Louis, 1938.
   In Macleod's physiol.  8. ed. (Macleod, J.  J. R., Bard, P.
 et al.) S. Louis, 1938.
   Cannon, W. B., & Britton, S. W.  Studies on the conditions
 of activity in endocrine glands.  Am. J.  Physiol.,  1925, 72:
 283; 295; p. xvi.—Cannon, W. B., Linton, J. R., & Linton, R. R.
 Conditions of activity in  endocrine glands.   Ibid.,  1924, 71:
 153.—Evans, H. M.  Endocrine glands; gonads, pituitary, and
 adrenals.  Annual Rev. Physiol., 1939, 1: 577-652.—Goldstein,
 H. Physiological and anatomical considerations of the ductless
 glands.  Med. J. & Rec,  1924, 119: p. cix-cxii.—Goodall, A.
 Physiology of the  endocrine glands.  Med.  Press &  Circ,
 Lond.,  1926,  n.  ser., 121:  155-8.—Roller, G.   Die innere
 Sekretion  bei  wirbellosen Tieren.    Biol. Rev.  Cambridge
 Philos. Soc, 1929, 4: 269-306.—Larson, T. H. A new theory
 in endocrine and hormone physiology. Clin.  M. & S., 1927,
 34: 108-110.—Longwell, B. B.  A  brief survey of the physi-
 ological function of some  of the endocrine glands.   Colorado
 M., 1935, 32: 454-7.—Mansfeld, G.  Ueber die Beziehungen
 zwischen ausserer und innerer Sekretion  der  Driisen.   Arch.
 exp. Path., Lpz.,  1928, 130: 28-36.   ------ &  Szirtes,  L.
 Ueber  die Beziehungen zwischen ausserer  und innerer Sekre-
 tion der Driisen.  Ibid.,  1-27.—Shank, W. L.   Biology of the
 ductless glands.   Illinois  M. J., 1925, 48: 404-8.—Sharpey-
 Schafer's,  E.  Endocrine  physiology.   Brit. M. J., 1931,  2:
 353. Also Irish J. M. Sc, 1931, ser. 0, 483-505.—Taylor. N. B.
 The physiology of the ductless glands.  Sc. Month., 1928, 26:
 385-97.—Trunecek, C.  Une nouvelle categorie de processus
 endocriniens:  l'extraction  interne.   Rev.  med.,  Par.,  1930,
 47: 843-55.  —;----Le  vytah ou l'extraction interne; une
 nouvelle categorie de processus endocriniens.   Bruxelles  med.,
 1932-33, 13: 601-6.  Also  Riforma med.,  1934, 50:  519-21.—
 Weiler, R. B.  An  outline of  endocrinological  physiology.
 Med. J. & Rec, 1927, 126:  540; 603.—Zondek,  H.  EinleiteiTde
 Bemerkungen  zur  normalen und pathologischen Physiologie
 der inneren Sekretion.  Zschr.  wiss. Baderk., 1928-29, 3:
 925-8.

 ----   Secretion.

   See also  Hormone.
   Asher, L.   Physiologie der  inneren Sekretion.
 395p.   8?   Wien, 1936.
   Berblinger,   W.    Die  innere  Sekretion  im
 Lichte  der morphologischen  Forschung  (Form
 und Funktion)  30p.   8?   Jena,  1928.
   Fleischmann,  W.   Vergleichende Physiologie
 der inneren Sekretion.  147p.   8?  Wien,  1937.
   Laquer,  F.   Hormone  und innere Sekretion.
2. Aufl.   368p.  8?   Dresd., 1934.
   Abel, J.  J.  The  ductless glands;  general considerations in
respect to the hormones.   Tr.  Congr. Am. Physicians (1925)
 1926, 13: 12-21.—Abelous, J. E.  Etude generate des secretions
internes.  In  Traite physiol. norm. path. (Roger,  G.  H.,  &
Binet, L.) Par., 1928, 4:  1-18.—Asher. L.  Allgemeine Physi-
ologie der inneren Sekretion.  In Handb. inn. Sekret. (Hirsch)
 Lpz.,  1929, 2: 1. Hiilfte,  1-35.—Berger,  L.   La neurocrinie;
consideration  histologique  sur  le mecanisme de la secretion
interne.  Presse med., 1930, 38: 1729-31.—Cohn,  S.  Ueber
Gesetze der sogenannten inneren Sekretion.  Arch.  Frauenk.,
 1925,  11:  30-42.—Ehrlich. P.   The  external and internal
secretion of the healthy and diseased organism in the light of
vital staining.  Canad. J. M. & S.,  1910, 38: 73-7.—Gamier.
Les secretions  internes.  Rev. sc, Par., 1925.  63: 193-203.—
GedroyC, M..  & Koskowski, W.  [Transportation  of various
 nutritive substances and  certain hormones in the organisml
 Polska gaz. lek., 1931,  10: 245-8.—Gudernatsch,  F.   Die
 Spielweite der inneren Sekretion.  Zschr.  ges.  Anat., 1.  Abt.,
 1926, 80: 750-76.—Hogben, L. T.. & Crew, F. A. E.  Studies on
internal secreHon.  Brit.  J. Exp.  Biol.,  1923, 1:  1; 487.—
 Kohn,  A.  Ueber den Begriff der inneren Sekretion.   Med.
 Klin., Berl., 1924, 20: 1272-4— London, E. S., &  Kotchneff,
 N. P.  Further studies by the angiostomy method of hormonal
secretion of pancreas and  suprarenal.  Proc Soc. Exp.  Biol.,
 N: Y., 1931, 28: 1003-4.—Masson, P., & Berger. L.  Sur un
 nouveau  mode de secretion interne:  la neurocrinie.   C.  rend.
 Acad,  sc,  1923,  176: 1748-50.—Muller.  O.  Ueber  innere
 Sekretion.  Med. Korbl. Wurttemberg, 1924,  94: 23; 39; 51;
 59.—Muto. C.  On the path of the  secretion of  hormones;
 the secretion of  the hormones of pancreas, testicle and hy-
 pophysis cerebri.  Acta med. Keijo, 1928, 11:  125-57, 2 pl.— 
ENDOCRINE GLAND
301
ENDOCRINE  SYSTEM
Papadato, L., & Sapkowa, B.   Les  glandes endocrines intra-
craniennes et les hormones du liquide cephalo-rachidien.  Acta
med. scand.,  1936, 88: 204-16.—Pfeiffer,  H.  Ueber innere
Sekretion.  Mitt.  Verein.  Aerzte Steiermark,  1925, 62: 131—
40.—Poll, H.  Die innere Sekretion der Bauchspeicheldriise,
der Nebenniere und des Eierstocks.  Verh. Berl.  med. Ges.
(1930)  1931, 61: pt 2,  267-78.  Also Med. Klin., Berl.,  1931,
27: 231-5.—Priester,  I.  Wege der  Inkrete   Wien.  med.
Wschr., 1933.  83: 840.—Roth, I.   [Observations on internal
secretions]  Orv. hetil., 1928, 72: 93-5.—Smorodintsev. I. A.
[Hormones and endocrine  glands!   Trop. med. vet , Moskva,
1931. 9: 19.—Sserdjukov.  M.  Die inkretorischen Prozesse des
Drusenparenchyms des Ovariums und der Nebennierenrinde
bei vitaler Farbung.  Arch. ges. Physiol., 1926, 214:  196-206.—
Stockklausner.  Die Driisen mit innerer  Sekretion  und die
Hormone.   Munch,  tierarztl.  Wschr.,  1930,  81:  41-5.—
Vincent,  S.  Current  views on internal  secretion.  Physiol.
Rev., 1927, 7: 288-319.

----   Serological aspect.

   See also Hormone, Antihormone.
   Herrmann, E.  Ueber natiirliche  Abwehrvorrichtungen des
tierischen Organismus  gegen experimentelle hormonale Ein-
fliisse.  Endokrinologie, 1929,  5: 87.—Koyano, T.  The  in-
fluence of the  serum of animals immunized with  hypophysis
on the endocrines,  especially the hypophysis and the suprarenal
gland.  Mitt. Med.  Fak.  Univ. Tokyo, 1922-23, 20:  363-84.
pl.—Picado, C. Considerations preiiminaires  sur  les  precipi-
tines anti-glandes endocrines  du serum  humain  dans leurs
ensemble.  C.  rend. Sqc.  biol., 1936,  121:  1146-8.—Richard,
G., & Biot, R.  Phenomdies sdologiques endocriniens.  Rev.
f r. endocr., 1936, 14: 488-96.

----   Transplantation.

   See Endocrine therapy, surgical.

----   Tumor.

   Weber, F.  P.  Endocrine tumours, and  other
essays.    207p.   8?   Lond.,  1936.
   Bickel, G. Les adenomes secreteurs des glandes endocrines.
Rev. med. Suisse rom.,  1935, 55: 1-28.—Hutchens, D. K.
Early  diagnosis  of  cancer  of  the  endocrine  glands.   Med.
Times, N. Y., 1932,  60: 383-5.—Kalbfleisch, H. H. Adenome
inkretorischer  Driisen bei  Hypoglykamie.  Frankf.  Zschr.
Path.,  1936-37, 50: 462-77.—Lloyd. P. C.  A  case of hypo-
physeal tumor associated  with tumor-like enlargement of the
parathyroids and islands of Langerhans. Bull. Johns Hopkins
Hosp., 1929, 45:  1-14—Swift. G.  W.  Adenoma of  thyroid,
cystic degeneration of  the pituitary. Northwest M., 1924, 23:
272.—Weber,  F. P.  Endocrine tumours.   Proc. R. Soc. M.,
Lond., 1928-29, 22: sect,  med., 9-24.  Also repr.  Also Brit.
M. J.,  1929, 2: 533-5.   Also repr.

----   Volume, and  weight.
   Freeman. W.  The  weight of the  endocrine glands; biometri-
cal studies in psychiatry!  Collect. Papers Inst.  Biol. Johns
Hopkins, 1934, 10: No. 15. Also Human  Biol., 1934, 6: 489-
523.—Juhn, M., &  Mitchell, J. B.  On endocrine weights in
brown  Leghorns.  Am. J.  Physiol.,  1929, 88: 177-82.—Schild-
meyer,  H.  Untersuchungen   iiber die Gewichtsverhaltnisse
innersekretorischer  Driisen bei Schlachttieren.   Deut.  tier-
arztl. Wschr., 1925, 33: 651-4.—Swinyard, C.  A. Methods for
volumetric determination of  fresh  endocrine  glands.   Anat.
Rec. 1939, 74: 71-8.
   ENDOCRINES (The) in  theory and  practice;
articles  republished from   the  British medical
journal,  ix, 278p. 8?  Lond.,  H. K. Lewis, 1937.

ENDOCRINE  system.

   See also Endocrine gland; Endocrinology; also
proper  names  of endocrine  glands, hormones,
and  diseases;  also  subdivisions  of  various sub-
jects  related  to endocrinology as Cerebrospinal
fluid,  Endocrine  aspect; Duodenum, Endocrine
aspect, &c.                            .   ^T
   Berman, L.  Man  and his glands.  In his New creations,
N. Y.,  1938, 40-89.—Sigwald. J.   Hypophyse; thyroide;
parathyroide;  glandes genitales;  surrenales;  hormones  et
regulations hormonales. Gaz. med. France, 1937, 44: 839T5o —
Wagenseil,  F.   Bemerkungen uber  den innersekretorischen
Apparat  der Chinesen.   Zschr. Morph.  Anthrop., 1934, 34:
436-58.

----    Correlation with  other organs.

   See also under  proper  names of organs.
   Ayzenstein,  K.   *Etude histo-physiologique
des effets vasculaires  de quelques glandes endo-
crines.   32p.   8?   Par., 1932.
  Droge,  K.    *Ueber  Veranderungen  in  der
chemischen  Konstitution  des  Tierkorpers nach
Exstirpation  der   Milz,   der  Hoden   und  des
Schilddrusenapparates.   43p.   8?  Tub.,  1913.
  Delater,  G.  Coeur  peripfterique et glandes  endocrines.
Gaz. med. France,  1937, 44: 211-5.—Endoo, N.  An experi-
mental study of the influence of endocrine organs on the tissues.
Gun idan zasshi, 1933, 237: 1.—Giua, A.  Rapporti fra con-
dizioni dei  capillari ed  orientamenti  neuro-endocrini  nei
bambini.  Clin, pediat., Mod., 1937, 19:103-34, pl.—Kabanova,
N. A. [Role of endocrine glands in distribution of  blood in the
organism]   Vrach. delo,  1931, 14: 9-13.—Koh. M.  The rela-
tionship existing between hormone and nonspecific  cell ac-
tivity, especially that between  the influence of ultra-violet
ray upon the erythrocvtes and  the hormones of the spleen and
the thyroid.  J. Chosen M. Ass., 1932, 22:  53— Krause, P.
Innere Sekretion und Kreislauforgane.   Zschr. wiss. Baderk.,
1929-30, 4: 172-82.—Mauriac, P. Les regulations hormonales
en clinique  medicate.  Ltege med., 1937, 30: 867-76.—Parhon,
C. I., Marza, V., & Cahane, M.  Sur les relations des glandes
endocrines  avec  l'hydratation du sang, des muscles et  de
certaines  glandes  endo-  et  exocrines.   C. rend. Soc. biol.,
1930, 103:  281.—Perrin,  M.,  & Hanns. A.  Les  glandes  a
secretion interne et le sang.  C. rend. Congr. fr.  med., 1922,
16.  sess., 263-7.—Tokumitsu, Y.  [Interrelationships between
specific  and non-specific  cell  activity  and  hormones]  Tr.
Jap. Path. Soc, 1929, 19: 3-32—Varvaro.  G. B.  La  chimica
del sangue  in  rapporto alia costituzione ormonica.  Endocr.
pat. cost., Roma, 1923, 2: 50-67.

----  Development  and growth.

   See also Age;  Fetus; Puberty.
   Cooper,  E. R. A.  The histology of the more
important human  endocrine  organs  at  various
ages.  119p.  8?  Lond., 1925.
   Thomas,  E.   Innere  Sekretion in der  ersten
Lebenszeit  (vor  und nach der Geburt)   194p.
8?    Jena, 1926.
   Aron,  M.  Le fonctionnement des glandes endocrines chez
l'embryon et le passage des hormones maternelles a  travers  le
placenta.   Strasbourg med., 1930, 90:  333-5.  ------  Re-
cherches  histophysiologiques sur le fonctionnement et les cor-
relations des glandes endocrines embryonnaires chez les verte-
bres. Bull. biol. France, 1931, 65: 438-521, 3 pl.—Brown, W.
L.  The endocrine system in childhood.  Clin. J., Lond., 1925,
54:  497-505.—Carlson,  A. J.  The thyroid, pancreatic islets,
parathyroids,  adrenals,  thymus and  pituitary.    In Probl.
ageing (E. V. Cowdry)  Bait.,  1939, 361-97.—Cattaneo,  L.
Contribution experimentale a l'etude du passage des hormones
foetales a travers le placenta (les hormones  des  glandes sur-
renales et  l'hormone hypophysaire posterieure)  Arch.  ital.
biol., 1931-32, 86:  1-10, 5 diag.  ------  Recherches experi-
mentales sur le passage des hormones de la  mere au foetus a
travers le placenta (a propos du passage de l'adrenaline, de la
choline et de l'hormone hypophysaire posterieure de la ntere au
foetus chez la brebis)  Ibid., 1933-34, 90:  100-10,  3  ch.—
Erede, U.  Gli ormoni fetali.  Ann. ostet.,  1924, 46: 93-110.—
Fertik, I. M., Majanz, A. I., & Monossohn, S. M.  Ueber die
endokrinologische Formel bei Kindern in verschiedenen Alters-
perioden.  Jahrb.  Kinderh., 1927,  3.  F.,  65: 363-70,  ch  —
Gilmour, J. R.  The embryology of the parathyroid glands, the
thymus  and certain associated rudiments.  J. Path. Bact.,
Lond., 1937, 45: 507-22, 4 pl.—Hal I ion, L.  Sur Involution des
fonctions regulatrices humorales.  Rev. fr. endocr.,  1923,  1:
 137-46.—Hammar, J. A.  A quelle epoque de la vie foetale  de
I'homme apparaissent les premiers signes d'une activite endo-
crine?  Upsala lak. foren. forh., 1925, 30:  375-480.—Hogben.
L.  T., & Crew, F. A. E.  Studies on internal secretion; endo-
crine activity in fcetal and embryonic life.  Brit. J. Exp. Biol.,
 1923, 1: 1-13.—Kern,  M.  Les glandes endocrines avant la
puberte.   Rev.  fr.  endocr.,  1925,  3: 26-36.—Leopold-Levi.
 Les glandes endocrines de la procreation a la mort. Ibid., 1929,
 7: 294-306.—Mazer, C.  The endocrine glands in the process of
 aging. Week. Roster, Phila., 1938-39, 34:  1487-90.—Nicoletti,
 F.   Dati biometrici e bioehimici sulle capsule surrenali e sul
 timo nella vita endo-uterina.  Cult. med.  mod., Pal., 1928, 7:
 63-72.—Nobel, E.   Thyreoidea  und Pankreas im Kindesalter.
 Wien. klin. Wschr., 1930, 43: 333.—Okkels, H.  [Biology of old
 age and the endocrine  glands]  Hospitalstidende, 1936, 79:
 155-64.—Redaelli,  P.    Anatomia  patologica   generate   del
 sistema endocrino  del feto e  del neonato con brevi  cenni di
 endocrinologia fetale.  Lattante, 1936, 7: 271-85.—Rumph,  P.,
 & Smith, P. E.  The first occurrence of secretory  products and
 of  a specific  structural  differentiation in  the  thyroid and
 anterior pituitary  during the development of the  pig foetus.
 Anat. Rec, 1926, 33: 289-98.—Selle, R. M. L.  The embryology
 of the thyroid, parathyroid and thymus of the Pacific pallid bat
 (Antrozous pacificus Merriam)  Am. J. Anat., 1935,  56: 161—
 91, pl.—Sistema (II) endocrino del feto e del neonato. Studium,
 Nap., 1936, 26: 225-30.—Sun, T. P. Histo-physiogenesis of the
 glands  of  internal secretion  (thyroid, adrenal,  parathyroid,
 and thymus) of the chicken embryo.  Physiol. Zool., 1932, 5:
 384-96.—Ward, J. F.  The internal secretions in infancy and
 childhood.  Clin. J., Lond., 1925, 54: 5-9.—Weller, G. L., jr.
 Development of the thyroid, parathyroid and thymus glands 
ENDOCRINE  SYSTEM
302
ENDOCRINE SYSTEM
 in man.  Contr. Embryol. Carnegie Inst., 1933, 24: No. 141,
 95-138, 4 pl.—Winkler, H., &  Binder, A.  Zur  Frage  der
 hormonalen Eigenproduktion des Feten. Klin. Wschr., 1939,
 18: 816-8.—Wyeth, G. A.  Studies in the embryology and
 histology of the ductless glands. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1935, 141:
 65; 200; 360; 400.

 ----   Disease.

    See also  proper  names  of   endocrine  glands
 and  their   diseases  as  Acromegaly;   Addison's
 disease; Diabetes insipidus; Myxedema; Osteo-
 malacia;  Tetany, &c.
    Berman,  L.   The personal  equation.   303p.
 12?    N. Y.  [1925]
    Curschmann,  H.   Endokrine  Krankheiten.
 151p.   8?   Dresd.,  1927.    Also  Engl,  trans'.
 188p.   Lond.,  1929.
    Eppinger, H.   Die Krankheiten der  Driisen
 mit  innerer  Sekretion.  p. 172-239.   8?   Berl.,
 1936.
    In Lehrb. inn. Med., 3. Aufl., Berl., 1936, Bd 2.
    Falta, W.  Endocrine diseases; including their
 diagnosis  and  treatment.    3.  ed.   669p.   8°.
 Phila.  [19231
    ----  [The  same]    Die  Erkrankungen  der
 Blutdrusen.   2.  Aufl.   568p.   8?   Wien, 1928.
    Means,  J.  H.   Diseases   of  the  endocrine
 glands,  p.873-938.   8?   Phila., 1938.
    In Int. med. (Musser, J. H.) 3. ed., Phila., 1938.
    Pascaitlt, L.  Precis de diagnostic et de traite-
 ment  des etats endocriniens.   115p.   16?   Par.,
 1931.
    Porak,  R.   Les  glandes surrenales et 1'hypo-
 physe;  clinique  et   therapeutique.    103p.   8?
 Par.,  1922.
    Zondek,  H.   Die Krankheiten der endokrinen
 Driisen;  ein   Lehrbuch  fiir   Studierende  und
 Aerzte.  316p.   8?  Berl.,  1923.
    ----  [The same]   The  diseases of the endo-
 crine  glands.   3. ed.   Transl. by Carl Prausnitz.
 492p.   8?   Bait., 1936.
    Achard, H. J. The endocrines in pathogenesis and therapy.
 N. Orleans M. & S. J., 1926-27, 79: 92-102.—Alexander, E. L.
 The endocrines  in medicine. Virginia M. Month., 1936-37, 63:
 712-8.—Barr, D. P.  Medical clinics.  J. Iowa M. Soc, 1933,
 23: 595-603.—Bishop, P. M. F.   Endocrines in theory and
 practice.  Brit.  M.  J.,  1937,  1:  819-21.—Buckman, T. E.
 Endocrine disorders.  In Pract. Libr. M. & S.,  1935, 7: 793-
 801.—Cantarow, A.  Progress in medicine.  Internat. Clin.,
 1934, 44. ser.,  1: 221-69.—Ciambellotti, E.  Casistica clinica
 endocrinologica. Arch. ital.  derm,  sif.,  1935, 11: 292-309.—
 Fancher,  J. K.  Endocrine statistics  from the Southwest.
 Endocrinology,  1934,  18: 221-7.—Gardiner-Hill, H.  Endo-
 crine  disorders.  Practitioner, Lond.,  1936,  137:  545-53.
 ------   Endocrinology.   Ibid., 1938, 141: 543-53.—Hunter,
 D. Diseases of  the endocrine glands. In Pract. Libr. M. & S.,
 1935, 8: 601-21.—Hutton, J. H. An outline of the endocrine
 disorders. Am.  Med., 1929, 24: 77-85.  ------ Three illustra-
 tive cases of endocrine disorders. Med. Clin. N. America, 1929-
 30, 13: 1245-53.  ------  Endocrinopathies on the railroad.
 Tristate M. J., 1935-36,  8:  1661-3.—Lerman,  J.  Common
 endocrine diseases.  Am. J. Nurs., 1939, 39: 627-31.—Lowy, M.
 Zur Kasuistik  seltener dyshumoraler  (innersekretorischer)
 Storungen. Prag. med. Wschr., 1911, 36: 435; 449; 463; 475.—
 Moehlig, R. C.   Clinic on endocrinopathies.   Ann.  Clin. M.,
 1926-27, 5: 247-52—Nob ecourt, P.  [Diseases of the ductless
 glands]   Ucheb. detsk.  bolez.,  1928,  3: 524-46—Pilliere.
 Contribution a l'etude des troubles endocriniens chez I'homme.
 Arch, internat. neur., Par., 1932, 23. ser., 2: 595.—Prior, G. P.
 U.  Notes on 3 cases of endocrine interest.  Med. J.  Australia,
 1924,  1:  162.—Rosenow.  Innere Medizin und Storungen der
 inneren Sekretion.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1925, 51: 889; 931.—
 Rossiiskil, D. M.  [Clinical study of diseases of  the glands of
 internal secretion]  Arkh. klin. eksp. med., 1924, 3: pt 4, 46-
 62.—Rowntree,  L. G.   Progress relative to  diseases of the
 ductless glands.  Pennsylvania M. J., 1933, 36: 646-60.  ------
 Recent advances in the progress of endocrine diseases.  Proc.
 Interst.  Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1933, 152-65.  ------
 The endocrines  from  the standpoint of the internist.   Week.
 Roster, Phila., 1936-37, 32: 964; 966.—Rubin, I. L. Diseases of
 the endocrines.   Med. Bull., N.  Y.,  1938-39,  4:  109-14.—
 Schaefer, R. L.  Endocrine diagnoses with special reference to
 the anteropituitary.  Grace Hosp. Bull., Detr., 1932, 16: 1.—
 Schirch, P. F.   Frenadores endocrinicos.  Brasil med., 1936,
 50: 226.—Schmidt, R. Merksatze zur Klinik der endokrinen
 Organe.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1936, 32: 789-93.—Shuman, J. W.
 On endocrine diseases.  Med. J.  & Rec,  1926,  124: 348.—
Simpson, S.  L.   Endocrine disturbance in  general practice.
 Clin. J.,  Lond., 1937, 66: 484-8.—Some  endocrine puzzles.
 Brit. M. J., 1936, 2: 978.—Sprunt, T.  P.  Notes on endocrino-
 pathies.  N. York State J. M., 1928, 28: 837-42.—Stoevesandt,
 K.  Beobachtungen uber innersekretorische Storungen aus der
 taglichen Praxis.  Munch, med. Wschr., 1924,  71:  831-3.—
 Sturgis, C. C.  The endocrinopathies.  In Pract. Libr. M. & S.,
 1932, 2: 577-601.—Thomson, A. P.  Certain aspects of endo-
 crine disorders.  Birmingham  M. Rev.,  1936,  11:  124; 217.
 Also Clin. J., Lond., 1936, 65: 442-51.—Trifon, H. M. Clinical
 approach to endocrinology.   Tristate M.  J.,  1937-38, 10:
 2110-4.—L'hler,  C.  Some glandular insufficiencies.  Dallas
 M. J., 1926, 12: 36-8.—Veil, W. H.  Erkrankungen der inneren
 Driisen.   Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1932, 29: 592; 632; 659.—
 Volodin, A., & Sokolovsky, V. [Clinical study of  endocrine
 disturbances]  Vrach. delo, 1928,  11: 9; 106— Wheelon, H.
 The incidence of endocrinopathies in  the Puget Sound Basin.
 Endocrinology, 1923, 7: 689-98.—Zondeck, H.  Neue Gedan-
 ken iiber endokrine Erkrankungen.  Prakt. Arzt, 1928,  n. F.,
 13: 128.

 ----  Disease: Cause.

   See  also names  of primary diseases.
   Bauer, J. Los trastornos endocrinos en relacten con la cons-
 titucion  personal.  Rev. nted.  Barcelona, 1930,  14: 66-74.—
 Borchardt.  Einfluss des Lebensalters  auf die Manifestationen
 endokriner Storungen.  Fortsch. Med., 1929, 47: 1-3.—Camp,
 C. D.  Endocrinal disturbances of emotional origin.   J. Michi-
 gan M. Soc, 1929, 28: 92-4.—Chilikin, V. I.  [Relation between
 endocrine diseases and chronic infection]  Russ. klin., 1930, 14:
 372-7.—De Tullio, R.  Modificazioni  anatomiche e funzionali
 delle ghiandole a secrezione  interna nelle  malattie  infettive.
 Rass. ter. pat.  clin., 1929, 1: 288-302.—Ferrannini, L. Azione
 dei veleni professionali sulle glandole endocrine: fisiopatologia.
 Med. ital., 1929, 10: 389-400.—Fiessinger, N. Les insuffisances
 endocriniennes par entrainement.  Rev. g6n. clin. ther., 1935,
 49: 417-20.—Fraenkel, L.  Sexualhormon  und Endokrinkrank-
 heiten.  Munch,  med. Wschr., 1928,  75: 780-5.—Hutton, J. H.
 Endocrinology and industrial  medicine; the importance of
 endocrine  consultation.   Indust.   M.,   1935,  4:  357-60.—
 Kogan-Yassnyi, V.  M.  [Racial diseases and pathology of the
 endocrine system among Jews]  Vrach. gaz., 1929,  33: 2284-
 91.—Parade, G. W.   Hormonale Storungen der Schilddriise
 und Hypophyse.  Aerztl. Rdsch., 1934, 44: 340-8.—Ratner, J.
 A.   [Diencephalic  insufficiency of  endocrine glands]   Med.
 biol. J., Leningr., 1925,  1: 47-58.—Sainton, P.  Le r61e des
 formations accessoires et ectopiques en pathologie endocrinienne.
 Paris med., 1937, 105: 19-24.—Stoltenberg, L.  [The endocrine
 glands in rickets and spasmophilia]  Norsk mag.  laegevid.,
 1929, 90: 729-44.--Vacher, H.  Observation contribuant a
 montrer l'importance du terrain en endocrinologie.  Bull. Soc.
 med.  Paris,  1938, 656-61.—Warkany, J., & Mitchell, A. G.
 Relation of endocrine disturbances to certain heredo-degenera-
 tive  symptoms.  Am. J.  Dis.  Child., 1938, 55: 231-43.—
 Weinmann, K.  Zur Psychogenese und Psychotherapie endo-
 kriner Storungen.  Internat. Zschr.  Individpsychol., 1931, 9:
 108-12.

 ----   Disease:  Classification.
   Cahane, M.   Quelques considerations  sur la classification
 des syndromes endocriniens.  Rev. fr. endocr.,  1939,  17: 97-
 107.—Freytag,  F. F.  The need for reorientation in the classifi-
 cation of the endocrinopathies.  Delaware  M. J., 1939, 11: 99-
 101.—Hutton, J.  H.  Schema generate dei disordini endocrini.
 Med. ital., 1929, 10: 146-56.—Pende, N. Classificazione clinica
 delle  malattie  endocrine.  In  Marinesco Festschr.,  Bucur.,
 1933, 539-48.—Wilder, R. M.   Recently discovered  endocrine
 diseases; hyperepinephrinism,  hyperinsulinism and hyperpara-
 thyroidism.  Internat. Clin., 1930, 40. ser., 1: 293-305, 8 pl.

 ----   Disease:  Diagnosis.

   See  also  subheadings  of  Endocrine  system
 (Disease: Manifestation;  Examination)
   Connor,   A.    *Der   Mucksche  Adrenalin-
 Sondenversuch  und seine Beziehungen zu  Kran-
 ken  mit  innersekretorischen  Storungen.   39p.
 8?   Konigsb., 1932.
   Harrower,  H.   R.    Endocrine   diagnostic
 charts,  with  other  related  information.    144p.
 8?   Glendale [1929]
   Apperman, I.  Laboratory aids in the diagnosis of  endocrine
disorders; general aspects and perspective.  Med. Rec, N. Y.,
 1934, 139: 587-91.  ------  Laboratory aids in the diagnosis
of endocrine disorders; consideration  of  additional endocri-
 nopathies.  Ibid., 1935, 141: 202-33.—Baumann, C.  [Colori-
 metric researches in diseases of the thyroid  gland and hypophy-
sis]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1928, 72:  pt  2, 3609-13.—Beier,
 V. A.  [Significance of Liittge-Mertz  reaction  in endocrine-
 metabolic affections] Tr. Acad. mil. nted. Kiroff,  1936, 5: 297-
301.—Bernhardt,  H.   Die  Erkennung  innersekretorischer
 Erkrankungen.   Klin.  Fortbild., 1937, 5: 312-49.—Boggess,
 W. F.  Recognition of some of the  common effections of the
endocrine glands. Kentucky M. J., 1924, 22: 491-7.—Breit-
mann, M.   Diagnostische  Irrtiimer in  der Endokrinologie.
 Wien. klin. Wschr., 1933, 46: 103; 137. Also Monit. endocr., 
ENDOCRINE SYSTEM
303
ENDOCRINE SYSTEM
1934, 2: 149.  ------  Ueber die endokrinologische Diagnostik
in der  Nervenheilkunde.   Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1935,  37:
232-7 —Engelbach, W.  Diagnosis and treatment of ductless
gland disorders.  Nebraska M. J.,  1925, 10: 409; 459.  ------
Early diagnosis of disorders of the endocrine glands.  Dallas M.
J  1929, 15: 120-7.—Foa, C. Diagnosi e terapia delle malattie
endocrine.   Terapia,  Milano, 1925, 15:  321-7.—Goldzieher,
M. A.  Diagnosis of the ordinary endocrine disorders.  Yale J.
Biol., 1934, 7: 73.—Jonas, V. [Importance of laboratory and
experimental investigations for diagnosis and study of changes
in internal secretion]  Cas. tek. Cesk.,  1934, 73: 513;  548 —
Lax, H.  [Criticism of methods of  diagnosis in diseases  caused-
by disorders of internal secretions]  Gy6gyaszat, 1929, 68: 341-
5.—Levi,  L.   Comment reconnaitre les  diverses  vartetes de
I'insuffisance endocrinienne?  J. med. Paris, 1925, 44: 353-63.—
MacBryde, C. M.  Borderline endocrine  disturbances.   Med.
Clin. N. America, 1936-37,  20:  337-51.—Parhon,  C. I., &
Milcou, S. M.  La valeur de la reaction d'arr§t de l'ltemolyse,
reaction de Richard-Biot.. dans les endocrinopathies. Rev. fr.
endocr., 1938, 16: 190-204.—Pascault, L.  Plan d'examen pour
le diagnostic des petits  syndromes  endocriniens.  Clinique,
Par., 1930, 25: 391.—Pinto Viegas, A.  Contribucten a semio-
logia endocrinica; estudio comparativo  do metabolismo basal,
accao dynamico-especifica de proteinas,  cholesterol e acido
urico sanguineos;  mensuracoes endocrinicas  e  estado  dos
phaneros em 118 casos.   Brasil  med., 1935, 49: 920.------
Diagnostico em endocrinologia.   Ibid., 1939,  53: 569-74.—
Rowe,  A.  W.  A short series of tests for  the diagnosis of  dis-
turbed endocrine function.  Boston M. & S. J., 1924, 190: 291-
5.------  The diagnosis of endocrine disorders.  Ibid., 191:
151-7.   ------  Studies of the endocrine glands; a  general
method for the diagnosis of abnormal function.  Endocrinology,
1928, 12: 1-54.  ------Chandler, J. [et al.] A group study of
certain blood and urine findings, and of the gaseous metabolism.
Boston M. & S. J., 1925, 192: 747-52.—Schaefer, R. L.  Endo-
crine diagnosis  and  treatment.   Rep.  Wayne Co.  M. Soc,
1931-32, 2:  58-61.  ------  The present status  of endocrine
diagnosis.  J. Michigan M. Soc, 1934,  33: 449-55.—Sereisky,
M. Y., & Barenblat,  I. G.  [Functional diagnosis of endocrine
diseases]  Med.  biol. J.,  Leningr.,  1929, 5: 66-81.  Also Endo-
krinologie, 1930, 6: 254-69.—Sexton, D. L. Laboratory aids in
endocrine diagnosis.  Week. Bull. S. Louis M. Soc, 1935, 29;
551-3.—Sezary, A.   Les  ntethodes d'examen des malades
atteints d'affections  endocriniennes.  J.  med. fr., 1923,  12:
246-53.—Szondi, L.  Az  endokrinophathotegiai  syndromak
diagnosztikaja.  In Klin, diagn. (V. Muller)  Budap., 1937, 1:
119-65.—Talbot, F.  B.   The recognition and treatment of
adolescent endocrine  disturbances.  Med. Clin.  N. America,
1938, 22: 805-17.—Villa, L. L'elemento  endocrino nella  dia-
gnostica comune ed extraendocrinologica. Endocr. pat. cost.,
Roma, 1923, 2: No. 2, 19; 1924,  3: 35, 2 pl.—Wolf, W.  Newer
aspects in the diagnosis of disturbances of the endocrine glands.
Med. J. & Rec, 1927, 126: 417-21.  Also  repr.

----   Disease:  Diagnosis, differential.

   Rowe,  A.  W.   The  differential  diagnosis  of
endocrine disorders.   220p.  8°   Bait., 1932.
   Alwens, W., & Bauke, E.  Zur DifTerentialdiagnose,  Klinik
und Therapie  funktioneller  sekundar-degenerativer  Blut-
driisenstorungen.  Endokrinologie,  1934-35,   15:  53-67.—
Bate, R. A.  Allergy, or dysendocrinosis.  Am. Med., 1935, 41:
315-9.—Lawrence, C. H., & Rowe, A. W. An analys's of 500
cases simulating endocrine disorders.  Endocrinology, 1929,13:
109-43.—Lebee, L.   Les faux endocriniens;  importance du
diagnostic entre les troubles endocriniens et les troubles d'hyper-
sympathicotonie.  Paris med., 1926, 61: 240-3.—Rowe, A. W.
Studies on  the  endocrine  glands;  the differential  diagnosis
of  endocrine  disorders.   Endocrinology, 1929,  13:  327-62.
------ & Lawrence, C.  H.  Protocols of non-endocrine cases
simulating endocrinopathies.  Ibid., 263-84.

----   Disease:  Diagnosis, radiographic.
   Boenheim, F.  Beitrag zur Rontgendiagnostik  bei Erkran-
kungen der Driisen  mit  innerer Sekretion.   Fortsch. Med.,
1928,46: 205-8.—Breitmann.M.   Ueber die endokrinologische
Diagnostik  in  der  Rontgenologie.   Fortsch.  Rontgenstrahl.,
1933, 48:  206-8.—Bromer, R. S.  The  value of Roentgen-ray
diagnosis  in endocrine disorders in childhood.  Pennsylvania
M. J., 1938-39, 42: 1186-8.—Clark, D. M. The practical value
of roentgenography of the epiphyses in the diagnosis of pre-
adult endocrine disorders.  Am. J. Roentg., 1936, 35: 752-71.—
Engelbach,  W., & McMahon,  A.  X-ray diagnosis in endo-
crine diseases.  Radiol.  Rev.,  1924,  1: 3-9.—Kading, K.
Endokrine Storungen und  Rontgendiagnostik.  Munch, med.
Wschr., 1927, 74: 747-51.—Morel le, J., & Sole, H. L'examen
radiologique dans la pathologie  des glandes  endocrines.   J.
radiol.  electr., 1935, 19: 360-400; 1936,  20: 113 [Discussion]—
Shepardson, H. C.  The importance of roentgenographs studies
of osseous development  in  endocrine  diagnosis.   Radiology,
1936, 26: 685-99.

----   Disease, familial and hereditary.
   Aschner,  B.   Zur Vererbung  endokriner Storungen.  Wien.
Arch. inn. Med., 1936,  29: 69-94.—Baldwin, J.  Report  of
glandular dysfunctions in one family.  N. York M. J., 1923,118:
508.—Bauer, J.  Contribution to the problem of heredity on
endocrine disorders.  Am.  J.  Obst.,  1937,  33:  1077-80.—
Dowling, D. A.  Unusual endocrine disturbances in aboriginal
sisters.  Med. J. Australia,  1937, 1:  474.—Hutton, J. H.  An
endocrine family.  Illinois M. J., 1926, 50: 473-7.—Luth, K. F.
Endokrine Storungen bei eineiigen Zwillingen.  Zschr. mensehl.
Vererb., 1937, 21: 55-67— Reilly, W. A.  An atypical familial
endocrinopatby in males with a syndrome of other defects.
Endocrinology,  1935, 19: 639-48.—Seitz, A., & Leidenius, L.
Ueber den Einfluss experimenteller Schadigung von Schilddriise
und Nebenniere der Eltern auf das endokrine System der Nach-
kommenschaft.  Zschr. ges. Anat., 2. Abt., 1924-25, 10: 559-
66.—Strongin,  H. F.   Glandma and  glandpa;  preventive
medicine in biological retrospect. Med. J. & Rec, 1931,  134:
391-5.—Wimmer, A. Ueber dyskrine Familien.  Deut. Zschr.
Nervenh., 1928, 107: 31-5.  Also Ugeskr.  laeger, 1929,  91:
603-12.

----   Disease,  functional.

   See  also Endocrine  system, Interrelations.
  Abramovilsch.  La dualite et le  dysfonctionnement endo-
crinien.  Rev. gen. clin. ther.,  1923, 37: mdxxxix-mdxliv.—
Bauer,  J.   Ueber hormonale Dysharmonien.   Wien.  med.
Wschr., 1932, 82: 1283.—Cesare Piazza, V.   L'ipofunzione e
l'iperfunzione nella  fisiopatologia  delle  ghiandole  endocrine.
Ann. clin. med.,  Pal.,  1927, 17: 295-317.—Eccles, C. E.  A
case  of endocrine  deficiency.  J. R. Army M. Corps, 1936, 66:
398-400.—Gamier, M.  Sur les notions d'insuffisance  et de
suractivite glandulaires en  physiologie pathologique.  Presse
med., 1926, 34: 81-3.—Heimann, F.   Die  Beziehungen  von
Erkrankungen der Driisen mit innerer Sekretion zu den Sexual-
hormonen.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1928, 24: 1893-8.—Hutton, J.
Hypo-thyroidism  and hypo-adrenia.  J. Iowa State M. Soc,
1925, 15: 316-20.—Lipschiitz, A.  Des6quilibre experimental
entre ovaire et  prehypophyse,  chez la femelle du cobaye.   C.
rend. Soc.  biol., 1936,  123: 545-7.—May, E.  Les nouveaux
syndromes  d'hyperfonctionnement  glandulaire.   Rev.  crit.
path.,  Par., 1930, 1: 11; 177.—Miranda, F. de P.  Sobre el
concepto de disendocrinia.  Gaz. med.,  Mex., 1933, 64:  109-
21.—Oswald, A.  Zum Begriff der Dysfunktion in der Endo-
krinologie. Munch, med. Wschr., 1928, 75: 1915-7.—Quervain,
F. de.  Zur Frage von der Dysfunktion der innersekretorischen
Driisen.   Schweiz. med. Wschr.,  1927, 57: 840.—Rowntree,
L. G., & Snell, A. M.  The diagnosis and treatment of certain
glandular deficiencies.  Med. Clin. N. America, 1926, 10: 513-
30.—Sommer, K.  Das klinische Bild der hormonalen Unter-
funktion. Med. Klin., Berl.,  1938, 34:  1315.  Also Zbl. Gyn.,
1938, 62: 119.—Walters, W., & Kepler, E. J.  Hyperfunctioning
lesions of the ductless glands.  West Virginia M. J., 1938, 34:
550-8.—Wereschinski, A.  O.   Zur Frage  der  Korrelations-
storungen zwischen  Nebenniere und Eierstock  und ihre  Be-
deutung fiir die  chirurgische Pathologie.   Arch.  klin.  Chir.,
1924,  129:  810-33.—Young,  A.  M.   Pathological  changes
resulting from excess and deficient secretion of ductless glands.
Am. J. Clin. Path., 1935, 5: 180-210.

----   Disease, infantile  and juvenile.

   See   also   Achondroplasia;   Dwarfism;  Dys-
trophy, adiposogenital;  Growth, Disorders, &c.
   Nobecourt,  P.  Les  syndromes endocriniens
dans l'enfance et  la jeunesse.   314p.   12?   Par.,
 1923.
   Beumer.  Die  Storungen der inneren Sekretion bei Kindern.
Deut. med. Wschr., 1925, 51: 1347-9.—Cockayne. E. A.   Dis-
eases of the ductless  glands.  In  Dis. Child.  (Thursfield &
Paterson) Lond.,  1934, 531-63.—De Rudder.  Die  Bedeutung
der  Hormone im Kindesalter.   Aerztl.  Rdsch., 1929, 39: 379-
81.—Ellis, R. W. B.   Some endocrine  disorders  of childhood.
Practitioner, Lond., 1939, 142: 463-71.—Estrada Sanson, M. T.
Dos interesantes  casos de endocrinopatia en la infancia.   Bol.
Soc cubana pediat.,  1937, 9: 345-77.—Gordon, M. B.   The
diagnosis of endocrine conditions  in  infants  and  children.
Med. Times, N.Y., 1935, 63:367.  ------& Kuskin, L. Endo-
crine studies in infants and children; time of onset of teething,
walking, and talking in endocrine disorders:  its relationship to
intelligence in endocrine  and nonendocrine conditions.   J.
Pediat., S. Louis, 1935, 7:  89-98.—Granozzi, G. M.  Vecchi e
nuovi tentativi diagnostici dello stato  endocrino nell'infanzia.
Pediatria (Riv.) 1938,  46: 97-113.—Kern, M. The endocrines
in  children.  J.  Am.  Inst.  Homeop.,  1924, 17:  951-65.—
Kunstadter, R. H.  Endocrine  disorders in children with par-
ticular reference  to treatment.  Med. Clin. N. America, 1935,
18:  1443-63.  Also J.  Lancet, 1935, 55: 231-6.—Kurzweil, P.
M., & Saxl, N. T.   Endocrine disturbances in  children,  their
management and treatment.   Am.  Med., 1930, 25: 168-73.—
Langdon-Brown, W.  The  treatment of endocrine disorders in
children.  Med.  Press &  Circ, Lond., 1938,  197:  324-6.—
Mariupolskaia, K. L.  [Pluriglandular insufficiency in children]
Omsky med. J., 1929, 4: 63-8.—Masslov, M. S.  [Role of con-
stitution in endocrinopathy in children] Vrach. gaz., 1930, 34:
663; 743.  Also Zschr.  Kinderh., 1930-31, 50: 431-50.—Mensi,
E.   Endokrines System und  vegetatives Nervensystem in der
Klinik der  Kinderkrankheiten;  das  Gesetz Hess-Eppinger.
 Mschr. Kinderh., 1923, 25:  440-53.—Moinson. L.  La recherche
et le diagnostic des endocriniens dans les ecoles.   J. nted. Paris,
 1936,  56: 14.—Mouriquand,  G.   Probtemes endocriniens et
scolaires ltes a la prepuberte.  J. med. Lyon,  1936, 17:91-103.—
Neurath, R.   Gleichsinnige  endokrine  Storungen bei  Still- 
ENDOCRINE SYSTEM                      304                     ENDOCRINE  SYSTEM
  miittern und Sauglingen.  Wien. med. Wschr., 1927, 77: 1618.
  ------  Die endokrinen  Storungen im  Kindesalter.  Wien.
  klin. Wschr., 1929, 42: 617-22.  Also Aerztl. Rdsch., 1934, 44:
  348-56.—Nobel, E.  Thyreoidea und Pankreas im Kindesalter.
  Prakt. Arzt,  1930, n. F., 15: 50-6.  ------  Zwei Kinder mit
  endokrinen Anomalien.  Wien. med. Wschr., 1926, 76: 56.—
  Petrin, I.  Fenomeni endocrini nei neonati.  Pediat. med. prat.,
  Tor.,  1931, 6: 47-9.—Raue, C. S.  Endocrine disturbances in
  childhood.  Hahneman. Month., 1923, 58: 282-6.—Schultz, F.
  W.  Endocrine disorders  in childhood.   Proc Interst. Post-
  grad.  M. Ass. N. America,  1936, 57-64.—Sevringhaus, E. L.
  Endocrine disorders in adolescence.   Am. J. Dis. Child., 1939,
  57: 983-8.—Shapiro, S.  Endocrine disturbances among the
  high school  boys.  Endocrinology,  1929,  13:  144-8.—Talbot,
  F. B.  Endocrine disturbances in childhood.  South.  M. J.,
  1931,  24:  13-9.   ------   The pineal gland, the suprarenal
  glands, the pituitary gland, dwarfism, the gonads, obesity, and
  progeria.  In Pract.  Pediat. (Brennemann, J.) Hagerstown,
  1937,  1: ch. 40, 21. —----Disorders of internal gland secre-
  tion in children.  J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1936, 8: 96-103. ------
  & Talbot,  N. B.  Disorders of internal gland secretion in  chil-
  dren.   Ibid.,  1937, 10:  533-41.—Thomas, E.  Pathologie der
  innersekretorischen  Driisen  im  Kindesalter.   Zschr. arztl.
  Fortbild.,  1931, 28: 108-12.  ------  Ueber innersekretorische
  Erkrankungen im Kindesalter.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1933, 59:
  1721-6. ------  Aus den Grenzgebieten der Endokrinologie
  im Kindesalter.   Jahrkurs.  arztl. Fortbild., 1936,  27: H. 6,
  11-7.—Vergara,  E. A.  Sindromos  endocrinos  de la primera
  infancia. Rev. mex. puericult., 1930-31, 1: 5-17.—Wagner, R.
  Die wichtigsten hormonalen  Storungen des Kindesalters und
  ihre Behandlung.  Wien.  klin.  Wschr., 1928, 41:  1689.—
  Weisman, A. I.  Further response to therapy  of a neglected case
  of thyropituitary disease at the age of puberty.  Arch. Pediat.,
  N. Y„ 1937,  54: 556-9.—Zamorani, V.  Endocrinopatie.  In
  Man.  pediat.  (Frontali,  G.) Tor., 1936, 1: 374-92.

  ----  Disease:  Manifestation.

    See also  under  names of  organs affected.
    Cole  Chemical Co.  [S.   Louis]   Diagnostic
  endocrine  syndromes.   2.  ed.   153p.   8?   S.
  Louis, Mo., 1931.   Also 3. ed.  143p.  1932.
    Porak, R.   Les  syndromes endocrines.   2.  eVl.
  554p.  8?   Par.,  1929.
    Apperman, I.  Laboratory aids in  the diagnosis of endocrine
  disorders;  consideration of specific  syndromes.   Med. Rec,
  N. Y., 1934, 140: 375; 422.—Bazzicalupo, G.  Semiologia delle'
  glandole a secrezione interna.  Gazz.  internaz. med. chir., 1934,
  42: 353; 410.—Borchardt,  L. Das Wesen der inneren  Sekre-
  tion und Uebersicht der aus ihrer Storung entstehenden Krank-
  heitsbilder.  Deut. med. Wschr.,  1925, 51: 807-10.—Brown,
  W. L.  Minor endocrine disturbances, and their metabolic and
  physical effects.  Brit. M. J., 1923, 2: 1073-7.—Dietel, F. G.
 Ausfallserscheinungen.   Ber. ges. Gyn.,  1938,  36: 1-25.—
 Falk, O. P. J. A resume of symptoms and signs in some of the
  principal endocrin disturbances.  J. Missouri M. Ass., 1923, 20:
 201-3.—Feinblatt, H. M. Three cases of endocrine disease with
 pronounced asthenia.   Med.  Clin. N. America, 1927-28,  11:
  1071-9.—Gennes, L. de.  Les fievres endocrino-sympathiques.
 J. med. chir., Par., 1934, 105: 19-25.—Grow, H. M. C. A brief
 of endocrine symptomatology.  Southwest. M., 1937, 21: 151—
 7.—Hajos, K.  [Early symptoms of endocrin diseases]  Gyo-
 gyaszat, 1936, 76: 17-21.—Heermann, A.   Neue  Beobach-
 tungen iiber endokrine Driisen. Fortsch. Ther., 1927, 3: 394.—
 Hutton, J. H.  Endocrine disorders as related to more common
 syndromes.  Med. Clin. N. America, 1927, 11: 113-26. Also
 Memphis M. J., 1928, 5: 189-95.  Also Surg. J., 1928, 34: 202-
 6.—Krauss, E.  Seltenere endokrine Storungen.  Med.  Welt,
 1932,  6:  511; 584.—Kugelmann, B.  Larvierte  endokrine
 Storungen  als  Ursache  einiger  atypischer Krankheitsbilder.
 Deut.  med. Wschr., 1927,  53: 702-4.—Leopold-Levi.  Les
 quatre teintes en clinique endocrinienne. Clinique, Par., 1927,
 22: 155.—Marsili, S.   Sintomi generali e secrezioni interne.
 Clin, vet.,  Milano, 1925, 48: 375-83.—Oswald, A.  Aus  der
 klinischen Pathologie  der inneren Sekretion; die  mitigierten
 Formen der  klassischen Syndrome.   Schweiz. med.  Wschr..
 1926, 56: 993-6.—Pascault, L.  Les caracteristiques des petits
 syndromes endocriniens d'apres Leopold-Levi. Clinique, Par.,
 1929, 24: 400-6.—Richard, G., & Biot, R. Reactions humorales
 et troubles endocriniens.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 120: 446-
 8.—Rynearson, E. H.  Clinical syndromes resulting from  the
 overfunction and  the underfunction of some of the endocrine
 glands. Minnesota M., 1937, 20: 496-501.  Also Mil. Surgeon,
 1939, 84: 600.—Sears, T. P.  Clinical syndromes.   Colorado
 M., 1935, 32: 457-60.—Shereshevsky, N. A. [Early symptoms
 of  endocrine  affections]   Sovet.  klin., 1933, 19:  685-91.—
 Thaddea, S.  Friihsymptome endokriner Storungen.  Zbl. inn.
 Med., 1939, 60: 609; 625.

 ----   Disease:  Manifestation,   articular  and
   osseous.

   See  also  Achondroplasia;  Bone,   Diseases;
 Growth, Disorders;  Joint, Disease.
   Dieckmann, H.  *Ueber die Beziehungen der
innersekretorischen  Driisen   zum Skelettsystem
[Berlin]   72p.   8?   Kallmunz, 1935.
    Cohen, H., Jupe, M.  H. \et al.]  Discussion  on skeletal
 changes in metabolic and endocrine disorders.  Proc. R. Soc.
 M., Lond., 1937-38, 31:  1391-404, 7 pl— Coryn, G.  Etude
 de I'influence des glandes endocrines sur le squelette.  Arch.
 internat. nted. exp.,  Ltege, 1936-37, 11: 135-290.  Also Presse
 med., 1937,  45:  611-3.—Engelbach, W., &  McMahon,  A.
 Osseous development in endocrine disorders.  Radiology, 1924,
 2: 378-410.  Also Internat. J. Orthodont, 1925, 11: 124-63 —
 Pringle, G. L. K.   Endocrine imbalance and its  relation to
 chronic  arthritis.  Brit. M.  J.,  1928, 1: 751.—Puxeddu,  E.
 Sintomatologie articolari  e ghiandolari nei corso degli stati
 disendocrinopatici.  Clin.  med.  ital.,  1931,   62:  821-62.—
 Rochline,  D.  G.   La pathologie  de l'ossification  des extre-
 mites dans les affections des glandes endocrines. Ann. roentg.
 radiol., Par.,  1926-27, 2: 411-30.—Sousa Pereira.  L'influence
 des greffes repetees d'hypophyse,  d'ovaire, testicule, thyroide
 et de parathyroides sur la croissance des os en longeur.  Lyon
 chir.,  1937,  34:  673-82.—Sun, T.  P.   Histo-physiological
 study of the glands of  internal secretion and  their  effect on
 ossification in the  chondrodystrophic and  sticky  chicken
 embryo.  Physiol. Zool., 1932, 5:375-83, pl.

 ----   Diseases: Manifestation,   cardiovascular
   and  hematic.

   See  also  Blood pressure,  high; Cardiovascular
 system,  Diseases;  Heart,   Disease;   also  under
 names  of endocrine glands.
   Finger,   T.    *Die   Leukozytenformel   bei
 innersekretorischen  Erkrankungen   [Strassburg]
 46p.   8?  Metz, 1914.
   Versen,  H. von.   *Die Bedeutung der Lym-
 phocyten im  Blute bei den  endokrinen Erkran-
 kungen.   14p.   8?    Berl.,  1926.
   Bock, K. A.  Ueber die Bedeutung atypischer Capillarbilder
 bei innersekretorischen Storungen.  Klin. Wschr., 1932, 11:
 102-4.—Bonilla, E.,  & Moya, A.   Sedimentation of  erythro-
 cytes in the  endocrinopathies.   Endocrinology,  1930,  14:
 7-11.—Dalche,  P.  Pseudo-cardiopathie;  troubles  glandu-
 laires.   Rev.  gin. clin.  ther., 1913,  27: 705.—Herzfeld,  E.
 Ueber Herzstorungen bei  Stoffwechsel- und  endokrinen Er-
 krankungen.   Zschr.  arztl. Fortbild.,  1932,  29: 595.—Kap-
 lansky, S.  [Influence of endocrine  glands on reaction and on
 reserve  alkalinity  of blood]  Russ. klin., 1927, 7:  832-7.—
 Kazimov, S. A. [Change in Arneth's formula in various condi-
 tions of endocrine insufficiency] Vrach. delo, 1925, 8: 1322-7.—
 Kiihn, G.  Ueber Blutveranderungen bei Storung der inneren
 Sekretion (vorlaufige  Mitteilung)  Med. Klin., Berl., 1927, 23:
 95.—Kuklova-Sturova & Vseticka. [Capillaries of the skin
 in diagnosis of endocrine affections] Bratisl. lek. listy, 1936,
 16: 422-6.—Lentrodt, H. W. Die Beziehungen des endokrinen
 (insbesondere der Thyreoidea) und vegetativen Systems zum
 Blutbild  (insbesondere zur Lymphocytose)  Verh. Deut. Ges.
 inn.  Med., 1937,  49. Kongr.,  Sekt.  inn. Med.,  335-46 —
 Means, J. H.  Circulatory disturbances in diseases of the glands
 of internal secretion.   Endocrinology,  1925,  9:  192-200.
 Also Proc. Interst.  Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America (1927) 1928,
 3: 374-6.—Oswald, A.  Der Einfluss der Hormondriisen und
 ihrer Erkrankungen auf die Blutbeschaffenheit.  Helvet. med.
 acta,  1935-36, 2: 289-311.—Reich, C.  Endocrines:  relation
 to blood  disorders.  N. York State J. M., 1937, 37: 1271-4.—
 Samuels, J. [New methods in examination and treatment of
 the  endocrine  system;  the  endocrine  electrocardiogram]
 Geneesk.  gids, 1936,  14:  1203-13.—Trifon, N.  Hyperthy-
 roldisme  et castration ovarienne; vitesse de sedimentation des
 hematies.   C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929. 101: 232.—Vasaturo,  A.
 La reazione sedimentaria dei  corpuscoli sanguigni; suo com-
 portamento negli stati tiroparatiroidei e genitalici;  ricerche
sperimentali e cliniche.  Fol. med.,  Nap., 1925,  11: 241-63 —
Weicker, B. Elektrokardiogramm und endokrine Erkrankung.
Zbl. inn.  Med., 1936, 57: 330-42.

----   Disease: Manifestation, cutaneous.

   See   also   Alopecia;   Dermatosis;  Eczema;
Erythema;   Hair;  Hypertrichosis;    Ichthyosis;
Pigmentation; Poikiloderma; Pruritus, &c.
   Poser, R.    *Krankhafte Hautveranderungen
des Riickbildungsalters und endokrine Aetiologie.
32p.   8?  Erlangen,  1934.
   Belakhov, I. L.  [The  endocrine-parasympathetic apparatus
in skin diseases]  Russ. klin.,  1928,  10: 291-301.—Berger, M.
Dermatologische  Beziehungen einzelner  Frauenkrankheiten
endokrinen Ursprungs.   Schweiz.  med. Wschr.,  1935,  65:
366.—Bertaccini, G.  Alterazioni cutanee e ghiandole endo-
crine. Gazz. osp., 1928, 49: 221-3.—Bohnstedt, R. M.  Unter-
suchungen uber Ausscheidung von Prolan A und Follikulin im
Harn  von Hautkranken.   Klin. Wschr., 1934,  13:  1675-7 —
Brandt.   Drei  Kinder mit  innersekretorischen  Storungen und
Hautveranderungen.   Acta derm,  vener.,  Stockh., 1935,  16:
90.—Buschke,  A.   Die Bedeutung der endokrinen Organe fiir
die Entstehung und Behandlung von Hautkrankheiten.  Med.
Welt, 1932, 6:  153-5.  ------& Joseph, A.  Hautkrankheiten
und innere Sekretion.  Ther. Gegenwart, 1931, 72:  65-9 —
Carrera,  J. L.  Reacciones  cutaneas y endocrinologia.  Rev. 
ENDOCRINE SYSTEM
305
ENDOCRINE SYSTEM
 sud.amer.  endocr.,  B. Air.,  1925, 8:  417;  508.—Comment
 reconnaitre l'origine endocrinienne d'une dermatose.  Rev.
 prat, biol., Par., 1925, 18: 14-8.—Desaux, A.  Developpement
 anormal du systeme pileux et d6sordres endocriniens a l'epoque
 de la puberte ou de l'adolescence.  Hopital,  1938,  26: 232-6.
 ------& Guillaumin, C. O.  Contribution a l'etude des troubles
 endocriniens  constates au  cours de certaines dermatoses:
 au cours de la seborritee et de l'acne (application de la technique
 interterometrique de Hirsch)  Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1932,
 39: 1703;  1933, 40: 444.—Dietel.  Untersuchungen uber die
 Korrelation  innerer  Driisen  mit Hautkrankheiten.    Arch.
 Derm.  Syph., Berl.,  1928,  155: 192-4.—Doczy, G.   Mit
 Inkretextrakten angestellte Ninhydrinreaktion (Liittge-Mertz)
 bei einigen Dermatosen.   Derm.  Wschr., 1927, 85:  1685.—
 Ford, W. K.  Relation of skin diseases  to internal secretions.
 Illinois M.  J., 1933, 63: 380-3.—Gans, O.  Ueber  die Bezie-
 hungen von Hautveranderungen zu den Storungen der endo-
 krinen  Drusen.  Zbl. Haut.  Geschlkr.,  1923-24,  12:  1-12.
 ------  Dermatoses  in  relation to endocrinology.   Proc.
 Mayo Clin., 1927, 2: suppl., 199-202.—Geber, J.  [Endocrine
 disturbances and skin diseases] Budapesti orv. ujs., 1931, 29:
 1131-9.—Goyens, L.  [The relation  of  internal secretions to
 skin-diseases]   Geneesk.  tschr.  Belgie,  1913,  4: 381-6.—
 Hajos,  K.   [Role of  endocrine system  in the treatment of skin
 diseases]  Gyogyaszat, 1931,  71: 481-4.—Handley, F.   Skin
 changes in endocrine disorders.  Hosp. News, Wash.,  1939, 6:
 No. 6,  9-15.—Heller, J.  Eine Sammelforschung iiber die
 pathologische Anatomie der endokrinen Drusen bei Hautaffek-
 tionen  mit  angeblich endokriner Pathogenese.  T)°  m. Zschr.,
 1926, 48: 51.—Hunt, H. L.  The glands of int».ial secretion;
 their relation to skin disease.   Med.  Times,  N.  Y., 1927. 55:
 106; 121.—Hutton, J. H.  Endocrine disorders and the de-ma-
 tologist.  Urol. Cut. Rev., 1929,  33: 439-42.—Levin,  O. L.
 Some cutaneous manifestations of endocrine  disorders.  Med.
 J., N.  Y.,  1933,  138: 420-3.—Malattie della pelle e  sistema
 endocrino-neuro-vegetativo.   Monit.  endocr., 1934, 2:  947-
 9.—Matusis,  I. A.  [The  role of the endocrine factor in the
 pathology  of  the skin]  Odess. med.  J.,  1928, 3:  395-406.—
 Mayr, J. K.  Haut und innere  Sekretion.  In Haut. & Geschlkr.
 (Arzt & Zieler) Berl., 1933-34,  1: 331-48.—Moreira da Fonseca,
 J.  Manifestacoes   cutaneas  das  perturbacoes  endocrinicas.
 Bol. Acad.  nac. med., Rio,  1934-35,  106: 75-81.—Oswald, A.
 Die Beziehungen der Dermatosen  zur  inneren   Sekretion.
 Klin. Wschr.,  1930,  9: 145; 196.—Poor, F.  [The  connection
 of certain  cutaneous diseases with internal secretions]   Orv.
 hetil., 1918, 57: 431; 457.—Pulay, E.  [Endogenous dermatosis
 and vegetative-hormonal disorders]   Cesk. derm., 1930, 11:
 195-209. Also Acta derm, vener., Stockh., 1931, 12: 81-99 —
 Pulvermacher, L.   Hautkrankheiten und innere  Sekretion.
 Samml. Verdauungskr., 1927, H.  11, 1-83.—Rgffy, F.   [Cu-
 taneous diseases and endocrine disorders]  Gy6gyaszat, 1934,
 74: 470-2.—Rubin, H. H.  Tbe endocrines as factors in  urologic
 and cutaneous conditions.  Urol. Cut. Rev.,  1925, 29: 706.—
 Sannicandro,  G.  Dermatosi  e ghiandole endocrine.  Gior.
 ital. derm, sif., 1926, 67:  560-89.—Santo, J.  [Endocrine skin
 disturbances in tuberculosis of the lungs]  Magy. orv. nagyhet
 jegyzokve,  1931, 190.—Schalek, A.  Endocrinology  and its
 relation to skin diseases.  Nebraska M. J., 1929, 14:  21-3.—
 Slonimskaya, V. M., & Glouberson, S. A.  [The skin in endo-
 crinopathies]   Sovrem.   psikhonevr.,   1930,   11:   252-79.—
 Smith,  E. B.  The endocrines and dermatology.  Hahneman.
 Month., 1938, 73: 723-32.—Spillmann, L.   Ghiandole  endo-
 crine e  dermatosi.  Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1936,  77: 483.  ------
 Dermatoses en rapport avec  des troubles des  glandes  endo-
 crines  et de la nutrition; generalites; la methode des tests.
 In Nouv. prat. derm. (Darier, Sabouraud, et al.) Par., 1936,
 5: 665-82.  ------   Description des dermatoses provoquees
 par des troubles endocriniens.   Ibid.,  683-734.—Staehlin.
 Fenomeni cutanei nei corso di malattie del metabolismo e di
 endocrinopatie.  Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1936, 77: 481.—Stumpke,
 G. Weiterer Beitrag zu den Beziehungen mancher Dermatosen
 zum endokrinen System  und ihre  gelegentliche  praktische
 Auswirkung.  Derm. Wschr., 1933,  96:  733-9.—Sulzberger,
 M. B.   Dyshormonal dermatosis (Werner's syndrome)  (sclero-
 derma,  poikiloderma,  bilateral juvenile cataract,  precocious
 graying of the hair, pluriglandular dysfunction)  Arch. Derm.
 Syph.,  Chic,  1937,   36:  1255;  1257.—Tommasi,  L.    Fisio-
 patologia della pelle in rapporto al sistema  neuro-endocrino.
 Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1934,  75: 373-433.—Urbach, E.  Endokrin
 bedingte Haut-, Schleimhaut-  und Haarerkrankungen.  Arch.
 Derm.  Syph., Berl.,  1930,  161: 492-503.—Weille,  R.  Dys-
 fonctionnement endocrinien et dermatoses.  Rev.  nted.  est,
 1935, 63: 572-86.—Weissenbach,  R.  J.,  & Basch, G.  Syn-
 dromes   endocriniens  et  neuro-endocriniens;  scterodermies;
 scteroatrophies regionales.  In  Traite  derm.  (Schulmann)
 1933, 2: 25-64.—Werther.  Endokrine Zusammenhiinge  bei
 Hautkrankheiten.   Arch.  Derm.  Syph., Berl.,  1926,  151:
 179-94.

 ----   Disease:  Manifestation,  digestive.

   Atjzimour, J.   *Glandes  a secretion interne et
 tube digestif.  52p.   8?  Par.,  1922.
   Fiocconi,  M.   R.   *Repercussions sur  l'ap-
 pareil digestif des perturbations endocrines  [Paris]
 109p.    8?  Angouleme,  1934.
   Achitouv, E.  Influences reciproques entre  les troubles  des
secretions internes et ceux de l'appareil digestif.  Progr.  med.,

        77908—vol. 5,4th sebies----20
Par.,  1927, 42: 220-4.—Barker, L. F.  Endocrine functions
and  the digestive apparatus.  Tr. Am.  Gastroenter. Ass.,
1918, 21:  220-45.—Boenheim, F.  Die Bedeutung der Blut-
driisen  fur den Verdauungstraktus.  Arch.  Verdauungskr.,
1925, 25:  186; 337.—Hernando,  T.   Wechselbeziehungen
zwischen den Storungen der inneren Sekretion und dem Ver-
dauungsapparat.   Samml.  Verdauungskr., 1926,  9:  H.  8,
1-111.  ------ Alteraciones gastrointestinales en los enfermos
endocrinos.  Med.  ibera,  1931,  15: 512-8.   Also Progr. clin.,
Madr.,  1931,  39: 261-80.—Houssay, B.  A., Foglia, V. G., &
Fustinoni, O.   Motricidad  y absorcion  digestivas en  las in-
suficiencias hipofisaria y suprarrenal  del  sapo.  Rev.  Soc.
argent,  biol.,  1937, 13: 218-24.—Moutier,  F.   Los  trastornos
endocrinos en las  enfermedades del aparato  digestive  Ars
medica,  Barcel., 1930, 6:  145-53.—Pineles,  F.  Endokrine
Erkrankungen und Verdauungsapparat.  Wien. klin.  Wschr.,
1925, 38: H. 21,  Sonderb.,  1-15.—Singer,  G.  Endokrine
Drusen  und  Verdauungsapparat.   Ibid., 1923,  36: 273-6.—
Trynkine, A. P. [Glycogenic and diastatic functions of isolated
liver in  different cases of endocrinic insufficiency]  Med. biol.
J., Leningr., 1925,  1: No. 4, 48-51.—Uzan, M.  Les repercus-
sions  gastriques des troubles endocriniens.   J.  med. Paris,
1921, 40: 66-9.

----  Disease: Manifestation, mental and neu-
   ral.

   See  also Autonomic nervous system; Nervous
system, Disease; Psychoneurosis;  Psychosis, &c.
   Berland, A.  S.,  &  Ginsburg, A.  L.   [Hemato-encephalitic
barrier  and  endocrine  affections]  Vrach. delo,  1935,  18:
641-6.—Campbell, C. M.   Psychical disturbances in  the dis-
eases  of the glands  of internal secretion.  Endocrinology, 1925,
9: 201-12.—Downs, W. G., jr.  Observations on the coinci-
dence of  endocrine dystrophies and mental  subnormalities.
Ann.  Int.  M., 1928-29, 2: 810-4.—Fischer, H.  Die Rolle der
inneren  Sekretion  in  den  korperlichen  Grundlagen  fiir das
normale und  kranke Seelenleben.  Zbl.  ges. Neur.  Psychiat.,
1923, 34: 233-65—Jovanovte, D. D.  [Two cases of endocrine
affections  with mental syndromes]  Voj. san. glasnik, 1938,
9: 381-7.—Keister, B. C.  Relation  of internal secretions and
faulty metabolism  to mental  perversions.  Ther. Gaz., Detr.,
1926, 3. ser., 50: 323-8.—Lurie, L. A.  Endocrinology  and be-
havior disorders of children.  Am. J. Orthopsychiat., 1935, 5:
141-53.—McCready, E. B.  The nervous and mental aspects of
endocrine  dysfunction.   Internat. Clin.,  1924,  34.  ser.,  2:
134-49.—Messteres, E. de.  D6ficience  psychique et retards
scolaires d'origine  endocrinienne.  Clinique, Par.,  1934,  29:
25-7.—Molitch, M.  Behavior, personality and intelligence of
children with endocrine disturbances.  Arch. Neur.  Psychiat.,
Chic, 1937, 38: 1339.—Muller, L. R.  Ueber  das Nachlassen
der Lebenstriebe.  Klin. Wschr., 1926, 5: 2145-8.—Oliver, J., &
Oliver,  G. Y.  The oculo-cardiac reflex and  endocrinology.
Edinburgh M.  J.,  1925,  n. ser., 32: 69-71.—Ossipov, V. P.
[Endocrine system in  psychopathology]   Vrach. gaz.,  1930,
34: 585-91.—Rosenfeld, M.  Die Beziehungen innersekretori-
scher Vorgange zu psychopathologischen Phanomenen.  Zbl.
ges. Neur. Psychiat.,  1930-31, 57: 1-27.—Tarumianz, M. A.
Psychiatric implications of endocrine disturbances.  Delaware
M. J., 1936, 8: 93-98.—Tomor, E. Nervous manifestation and
not humoral  effect as  basis of endocrinology.  Med.  Times,
Lond.,  1939,  67:  89-3.—Williams,  E. H.,  &  Wright, C.  A.
Psychoendocrine states.  Med. J. & Rec, 1926, 123: 739-41.

----  Disease: Manifestation,  otorhinolaryngo-
   logic.

   See  also  names of aural, nasal,  and pharyngo-

laryngeal diseases.
   Cody, C. C, jr.   Relation of endocrine dysfunction to oto-
laryngology.  Arch. Otolar., Chic,  1939, 30:  1-11.—Dalche,
P., & Labernadie,  M.  L'orecchio e le  ghiandole endocrine,
l'ovario  in particolare.  Fol. med., Nap., 1924, 10:  269-76.—
Galperin, J. A.  [Influence of internal secretion on the auditory
organs  and  the upper air  passages]  Vrach.  delo,  1923,  6:
150-3.—Halasz, G.  [Endocrinological observations in  rhinola-
ryngology]  Gy6gyaszat, 1934, 74: 484-91.—Hubert, L.  A
clinical  study of endocrine disturbances in rhinological and
laryngological cases.   Med. J. & Rec,  1924,  120:  p.  lxiii.—
Kern, M.  The endocrines in  ophthalmology and otolaryngol-
ogy; with special reference to irradiation  as endocrine stimula-
tion.  J. Ophth. Otol., 1924,  28:  405-13.—Lisser, H.  The
role of the ophthalmologist and oto-rhinolaryngologist in the
diagnosis of ductless gland disease.  Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1926-
27, 35:  856-65.—Looper, E. A.  The relation of the nose and
throat to endocrine disturbances.  Tr. Am. Lar. Rhin. Otol. Soc,
1924,  30: 42-56.—Malyutin, E.  [Relation  of  inner secretions
to otolaryngology]  Russ. klin., 1929, 12: 671-6.—Poos, E. E.
Relationship of endocrines to otolaryngology.   Laryngoscope,
1927,  37: 671-4.

----  Disease: Metabolism and nutrition.

   See  also Basal  metabolism;  Metabolism; also
names  of  nutritional  disorders  as   Dystrophy;
Obesity, &c. 
ENDOCRINE SYSTEM                      306                     ENDOCRINE SYSTEM
   Reiss,   M.    Gesamtstoffwcchsel  unter   der
Wirkung   von  Inkreten  und  bei   endokrinen
Krankheiten.   p. 188-247.  8?   Jena, 1936.
   In Handb. Biochem.  (Oppenheimer, C.)  2.  Aufl.,  Jena,
1936, Erganzbd, 3:
   Bansi, H.  W.  Arbeitsstoffwechsel und Kreislauf bei endo-
krinen Erkrankungen. Deut. med. Wschr., 1929, 55: 347-50.—
Bing, H. I.,  & Heckscher, H.  Untersuchungen iiber Fett-
Cholesterinmengen im  Blute  bei Adipositas  und Mvxodem.
Biochem. Zschr., 1925, 162: 32-42.—Blumgarten.  A. S.  Spon-
taneous hypoglycemias in endocrinopathies.  Med.  Clin. N.
America, 1933, 17: 79-89.—Bolten, G. C.   [Trophic  disturb-
ances of endocrine origin]  Geneesk. gids, 1930, 8: 333-41.—
Cicin, A. Distrofia da insufficienza endocrina.  Monit. endocr.,
1934, 2: 601.—Coffen, T. H., & Rush, H.  P.  Some  signs of
endocrine  dystrophies.    Northwest M., 1927, 26:  186-8.—
Drozhennikov, A.  V.  [Sugar  curves in endocrine  diseases]
Ter. arkh.,  1934,  12:  122-32.—Gasparini,  A.  II  ricambio
dell'acido  lattico in affezioni  endocrine.   Clin.  med. ital.,
1933, 64:  199-224.—Gilman,  M. L.  [Cholesterinemia  in
some diseases of the endocrine glands]  Vrach. delo,  1931,
14: 13-7.—Grassheim, K. Grundumsatz und Hautkondensator
bei innersekretorischen Erkrankungen.  Deut. med.  Wschr.,
1930, 56: 1653-5.—Hermann,  H., & Richard, G.  Metabolisme
basal et troubles  endocriniens.  Rev. fr.  endocr.,  1923,  1:
455-73.—Herzfeld, E., & Frieder, A.  Gasstoffwechselunter-
suchungen bei hypophysaren und ovariellen Storungen. Zschr.
klin. Med., 1928, 109:  269-78.—Jones, H.   The influence of
endocrine diseases on nutrition and basal metabolism.  Clin.
M. & S., 1928, 35: 476-84.—Kaboth,  G. Endokrine Mager-
sucht und  Fettsucht und  ihre  Beziehung  zur Amenorrhoe.
Mschr.  Geburtsh. Gyn., 1936-37, 104:  166-83.—Koopmann, J.
Le metabolisme des tissus dans quelques maladies endocrines.
Rev. fr. endocr., 1924, 2: 114-24.—Lopatine, G.  [Amylolytic
property of the  blood and some organs in  diverse formes of
endocrine insufficiency]   Med. biol.  J., Leningr.,  1926,  2:
No. 2,  18-33.—Lusk, G.   Interpretation of  disturbances  in
metabolism due to the  glands of internal secretion.  Endo-
crinology,  1925,  9:  213-20.—Mori,  S., Suzuki,  K.  [et  al.l
Pathological studies of fat metabolism  in the case of disturbed
function of internal secretion.  Tr. Soc. path, jap., 1934,  24:
424-8.—Papazian, R.  Echanges  hydriques  dans les etats
pathologiques chez les endocriniens.   Bull.  Soc. med. hop.
Bucarest,  1934,  16:  62-72.—Parhon,   C. I., &  Werner, G.
Sur le rapport protides/lipides au point de vue ilikibiologique
et dans certaines dvstrophies endocriniennes.   Bull. Soc. chim.
biol., Par.,  1938,  20:  1182-7— Perelman,  L. R.  [Calcium
contents in the blood in different forms of endocrine insuffi-
ciency]   Med. biol.  J.,  Leningr.,  1925, 1:  No.  3,  52-61.—
Porak,  R.  Frequence des dysvegetatonies et des dystrophies
glandulaires  chez les Chinois.   Ann. med.,  Par.,  1925,  17:
624-32.—Schor,  D.  [Read's  formula  and  basal  metabolism]
Romania med., 1933, 11: 229.—Schulmann, E., & Mamou, H.
Diagnostic des cachexies endocriniennes. Progr. nted., Par.,
1933,  1179-89.—Schwarz,  H.   Untersuchungen uber den
Erhaltungsumsatz  bei  Storungen  des endokrinen  Sj'stems.
Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 79 -801.—Tarsitano, A. II  metabolismo
basale nelle malattie endocrine.  Morgagni, 1926, 68: 1153-9.—
Taussig, L. R. Trophic diseases and endocrine manifestations.
In Pract. Libr. M. &. S (Appleton) N. Y., 1936, 10: 781-92 —
Trifon,  N.   Hyperthyroldisme  et castration ovarienne; sero-
cateemie et serocholesterinemie.  C.  rend. Soc  biol.,  1929,
101: 233.—Veil,  W. H.  Die  Beziehung der Ionenaziditat  des
Hams und der COs-Spannung des arteriellen Blutes zu Wasser-
retentionen  kardialer und  endokriner  Genese.   Verh.  Deut.
Ges. inn. Med., 1923, 35. Kongr., 109.

----   Disease, neurohormonal.

   See  also Autonomic   nervous system;  Para-
sympathetic nervous  system;  Sympathetic  ner-
vous system.
   Bogendorfer,  L.  Vegetativ-endokrine  Storungen  in  der
Sprechstunde und der taglichen Praxis.  Med. Welt, 1938, 12:
441-5.—Engelkes, H.  Sympathico-endocrine insufficiency; a
hitherto undescribed syndrome.  Acta med. scand., 1938,  96:
231-54, pl.—Ferrannini, L.   Neuro-endocrinopatia complessa
ipertiroidea  ed ipopituito-surrenalica.  Minerva  med., Tor ,
1935, 26: pt 2, 569; 593.—Hombourger, P.  Un cas  de syndrome
endocrino-sympathique.   Rev. fr. endocr., 1921,  2: 190-4.—
Laignel-Lavastine, M.   Syndromes  endocriniens sympatho-
genetiques.  Rev. med., Par., 1923, 40:  449-81.—Leopold-Levi.
Les angiocriniens.  J. nted. Paris, 1925, 44:  523-9.—Licciardi,
S.   II  sistema  endocrino-vegetativo  considerato  dal lato
fisiopatologico e  dal  lato clinico.  Rass. clin. ter., 1925,  24:
71-.S4.—Lichtwitz, L.   Das  vegetative System; allgemeine
EndoUrinologie.   In his  Path. Funktionen,  Leiden,  1936,
1-17.—Likhacheva, N. P., & Voykhanski, D. E. [Investigation
of vasomotors in disturbances of endocrine secretions]  Vrach
delo, 1926, 9: 1907-10.—Mogilnitzky, B. N.   Zur Frage  der
pathologischen Veranderungen des  vegetativen Nervensystem
bei Erkrankungen der endokrinen  Drusen.   Virchows Arch ,
1925, 257:  765-76.—Pende, N.  Una nuova  forma di endo-
crinosimpatosi; la sindrome di Schuller.  Riforma med., 1929,
45: 659-62.—Perlmutter, M.   Ueber  einige  neuro-vegetative
und endokrine Storungen.  Zschr. ges. Neur.  Psychiat., 1931
132: 737-54.—Perrin, M., &  Hanns,  A.  Rapports du sym-
pathique et des glandes  endocrines en pathologie.  Gaz. sc.
med. Bordeaux, 1923, 44: 493-5.  Also Presse nted.,  1923, 31:
862-4.   Also Rev.  fr. endocr.,  1923, 1: 391-404.  Also Rapp.
Congr. fr. med., 1923, 17.  sess., 183-264.—Roesler, G.  Die
Behandlung vegetativ-endokriner Storungen mit Kalzium und
Vitamin D.  Fortsch. Ther., 1931, 7: 742-7.—Sereiski, M.,
Frumkin, J., &  Kaplinsky, M.  [Imbalance of the sympathetic
system in endocrine  diseases]  Med. biol. J., Leningr.,  1926,
2: 46-53.   ------   Die  Phanomene  der vegetativen Asym-
metrie bei endokrinen Krankheiten. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat,
1926, 104: 241-8.—Tamburri, T.  Sulle poliendocrinosimpatosi.
Riforma  med.,  1930, 46:  83-9.—Wimmer,  A.  Dyscrinies
familiales.  Encephale, 1930, 25: 1-23, pl.

----   Disease:  Pathogenesis.

   Bauer,  J.   Allgemeine  Pathogenese  innersekretorischer
Storungen.   Wien.  med. Wschr., 1929,  79: 1543-6.  Also Wien.
klin. Wschr., 1930, 43: 532.—Ehrstrom, R.  [On conditions of
disordered functional activity  of  a hormone]  Fin.  lak. sail.
hand., 1924, 66: 197-209.—Hajos, K.  [Internal secretions and
anaphylaxis]  Orv. hetil.,  1926, 70: 883-5.—Jino, K.  Prufung
der Frage von giftigen Stoffen im Serum schilddriisenloser und
parathyreopriver Tiere mit Hilfe des respiratorischen Grund-
umsatzes.  Bioebem. Zschr., 1924, 145: 105-15.—Maraiion, G.,
& Laroche, G.  La notion des premaladies dans les affections
de la nutrition et des glandes endocrines.  Marseille  med.,
1938,  75:  pt  2,  123-52.—Pashaev,  T. G.   [Shwartzman
phenomenon  in conditions  of endocrine deficiency]  J.  med.,
Kiev, 1937, 7: 503-17.—Pincherle, M., & Gelli, G. Alimenta-
zione di larve di Bufo vulgaris con sieri di sangue di giovani
soggetti sani e discrinici e con gravi alterazioni del ricambio.
Boll. Soc. ital.  biol.  sper., 1930,  5: 674-80.—Ratner, Y. A.
[Mechanism of  morphologico-functional dissociation  in  endo-
crinology]   Med. biol. J.,  Leningr., 1928, 4: 69-76.—Uzan, M.
Glandes a secretion interne et anaphylaxie.  Med. prat.,  Par.,
1924, 31: 174-8.—Zondek, H. Probleme der inneren Sekretion
(Relativitat der Hormonwirkung,  Hormon- und Zellfunktion,
Genese der  endokrinen Krankheit)  Deut. med.  Wschr., 1924,
50: 364-7.  ■---—  Gedanken und Erfahrungen iiber Patho-
genese  und Behandlung  endokriner  Krankheiten  (Tetanie,
endokrin-cerebrales Fieber, Morb. Basedowii)  Med. Klin.,
Berl., 1928,  24: 685-8.   Also  Verh. Berl. med. Ges. (1928)
1929, 59: 2. Teil, 62-71.

----   Disease:  Pathology.

   Berblinger, W.,  Dietrich, A. [et al.]  Drusen
mit innerer  Sekretion.  1147p.  8?   Berl.,  1926.
   In Handb. spez. path. Anat. (Henke &  Lubarsch)  Berl.,
1926, 8:

   Chataing, H.   *Sur la maladie d'Addison et la
maladie de Basedow.   40p.  8?   Par., 1920.
   Alteri.   Nuove  contribuzioni di fisio-patologia endocrina
(ipofisi-ovaio-tiroide)   Morgagni,  1935,  77: 804.—Biedl, A.
Some questions of thyroid  and hypophyseal pathology.  Tr.
Coll. Physicians Philadelphia,  1924, 3. ser., 46: 54-74.   Also
Ann. Clin. M., 1924, 3: 444-58.—Brugsch, T. Innere Sekretion.
Spec. Path. Ther. inn. Krankh.,  Berl., 1919, 1:  437-76, ch —
Douglass, M.  Observations on  ovarian  and pituitary endo-
crinopathies,  with special reference  to basophil adenoma.
Ohio M. J.,  1936, 32: 411-6.—Engelbach, W.  Studies of dis-
orders of the ductless glands.  J.  Missouri M. Ass.,  1924 21:
217-26.—Etienne, G., & Richard, G.  Maladie de  Basedow et
Addisonisme.   Rev.  fr.  endocr.,  1926,  4:  1-11.—Fein, A.
Zwei Falle von Erkrankung der Zirbeldriise und der Hypophyse.
Med. Korbl. Wurttemberg, 1923, 93:  87; 99.—Fiessinger, N.
Introduction a  l'etude de la physio-pathologie endocrinienne.
Rev. g6n. clin. ther.,  1932, 46: 769-75.—Guillaume, A. C. Les
troubles  endocriniens  et  leur  physio-pathologie  generate.
Hopital, 1929, 17:  126-31—Kostlivy, S.  [Recent advances in
the pathology of the internal secretory glands]  Cas. tek. Cesk.,
1910, 49: 127-30.—Mosto, D. Consideraciones generates sobre
fisiopatologia de las glandulas de secrecion interna.  Cr<5n. med.
mex., 1930, 29: 332-6.—Nakamura, H.  Ueber Pathologie der
inneren Sekretion.  Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1922, 12: 155; 1925, 15:
123; 1927, 17: 302.—Paulian, D.  Les dyscrasies associatives;
contribution a l'etude de  endocrinologie clinique.  Prat.  nted.
fr., 1928, 7: 331-3.—Rowntree, L. G.  Hyper-parathyroidism;
hyper-insulinism; Addison's disease.   Proc. Interst.  Postgrad.
M. Ass. N.  America (1930) 1931, 6: 482-8.— Selye,  H. Studies
on adaptation.  Endocrinology, 1937, 21: 169-88.— Sokolov,
N. N.  [Diseases of the ductless glands—data from  autopsies
in Obouchov Hospital from 1890-1926]   Russ. klin., 1928, 9:
729-37.—Sternberg,   C.    Pathologisch-anatomische Grund-
lagen innersekretorischer  Storungen.   Wien.  klin.  Wschr.,
1930, 43: 239.—Thomson, D. L., & Collip, J. B.  The physi-
ology of the endocrine glands in health  and disease.  Pract.
Libr.  M. & S., 1932, 1:  1013-28.—Trautmann. A.  Beitrage
zur pathologischen Anatomie der innersekretorischen Organe
der Haustiere;  Entwicklungsanomalien  der  inneren  Epithel-
korperchen   beim   Schafe;  thyreo-parathyreogene  Struma
nodosa  beim Pferde. Zschr.  Infektkr.  Haustiere, 1924, 27:
20-9, 2  pl.—Verse,  M.   Zur  allgemeinen  Pathologie und
pathologischen Anatomie der inneren Sekretion.  Zschr. wiss.
Biiderk., 1928-29, 3: 928-41.—Williams, G.  Z.  The  more
important pathologic lesions associated with  endocrinopathies.
Colorado  M.,  1935,  32: 448-54.—Zondek,  H.  Ueber die 
ENDOCRINE SYSTEM
307
ENDOCRINE SYSTEM
  patho-physiologische Bedeutung von Schilddriisenhyperplasien
  und Volumenzunahmen anderer Inkretdriisen.  Klin. Wschr.
  1927, 6: 794-7.

  ----  Disease, pluriglandular.

    See also Dwarfism;  Lipodystrophy;  Obesity;
  Scleroderma,  &c.
    Elkisch,   F.     *Kombinierte   Blutdrusener-
  krankungen.   49p.   8?   Berl.,  1918.
    Geschelin,  M.   *Ein Fall von  Insufficientia
  polyglandularis  mit  Obduktionsbefund.    30p.
  8?   Berl., 1914.
    Israeli, J.  *Sur un nouveau type de syndrome
  pluriglandulaire  a.  participation  hepatique.   89p
  8?   Par., 1931.
    Klingner,   R.     *Biglandulare   Blutdriisen-
  erkrankung (Thyreosuprarenaler Typus nach M.
  B. Schmidt) unter  dem Bilde eines acuten Morbus
  Addisoni   [Kiel]   22p.  8?   Kahla (Thur.)  1932.
    Lonicer, E.   *Zur Kenntnis  der pluriglandu-
  laren Insuffizienz.   21p.  8?   Rost.,  1936.
    Nutsias, T. [S.]   *Ein Beitrag zur pluriglandu-
  laren Insuffizienz.   16p.  8?   Miinch., 1925.
    Ratjen, A.  E.    *Ein  Fall  von  sogenanntcr
  multipler  Blutdriisensklerose.    16p.   8?   Kiel,
  1928.
    Vericotjrt,  E.  R. de.   Le  syndrome  endo-
  crino-hepato-myocardique.     144p.    8?    Par.,
  1936.
    Abramson, A.  A.   [Cachectic form of pluriglandular syn-
  drome]  Vrach. gaz.,  1930, 34: 1031.—Amyot, R.  Maladie de
  Steinert sans myotonie, syndrome pluri-glandulaire; hypotltese
  pathogenique. Presse med.,  1938,  46: 188-91.—Anca, E..  &
  Gavrila, I.  Un caz de insuficienta, pluriglandulars.  Cluj. med.,
  1927, 8: 5, 153-5.—Apert, E.  Les syndromes pluriglandulars
  vrais et les pretendus  syndromes  pluriglandulars.  Monde
  med., 1924,  34: 86-9.—Arnett, H.  J.  Addison's disease and
  diabetes mellitus  occurring simultaneously; report  of a case.
  Arch. Int. M., 1927, 39: 698-704.—Babonneix, L., & Azerad, E.
  Syndromes pluriglandulars.  In Traite  med. enfants (Nob6-
  court &  Babonneix)  Par., 1934,  1:  779-91.—Boiler, R-,  &
  Goedel, A.   Zur  Kenntnis der Klinik und pathologischen
  Anatomie der multiplen Blutdriisensklerose.  Wien. Arch. inn.
  Med.,  1935,  27:  41-74.—Borchardt,  L.   Die  thyreosexuelle
  Insufficienz,  eine besondere Form der multiplen  Blutdriisen-
  sklerose.  Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1923,  143: 35-45.  ------
  Pluriglandulare  Insuffizienz.  Erg. ges.  Med., 1924, 5: 86-
  121.   Also Med. Klin.,  Berl.,  1927,  23: 547-9.  Also In Spec.
  Path. Ther. inn. Krankh., Berl., 1927, 11: 325-48.—Bosisio, R.
  Su un caso di sindrome pluriglandolare consecutiva ad influenza.
  Fol.  med.,   Nap.,  1922,  8:  394-400.—Bouchut  & Croizat.
  Syndrome pluriglandulaire avec anemie grave et parkinsonisme.
  Lyon med., 1927, 140: 638.—Breiman, M. [Methods of study
  of polyglandular  diseases]  Vrach.  delo, 1926, 9:  105-9.—
  Brenner, M. A.  Zur  Klinik der pluriglandularen Insuffizienz.
  Schweiz. med. Wschr.,  1937,  67: 540.—Briede, F.  [Peculiar
 case of polyglandular  insufficiency]  Ned.  tschr. geneesk., 1927,
 71: 1693-7.—Briguglio, G.   Distrofte pluriglandolari; stati
 degenerativi.  Med. inf., Roma, 1936, 7: 101-16.—Brugsch, T.
 Pluriglandulare Insuffizienz endokriner Blutdrusen, multiple
 Blutdriisensklerose.  In Spec. Path.  Ther. inn. Krankh., Berl.,
  1919, 1:  1009-12— Castano, C. A., & Del Pont, A. M. Endocri-
 nopatfas en ginecologia; diagnostico biotegico de los sindromas
 pluriglandulares.  Bol. Inst. clfn. quir.,  B. Air., 1925, 1: 51-
 4.—Cavallucci, U.   Su un  singolare caso di atrofia  idiopatica
 maculosa della cute,  con  concrezioni  calcaree sotto-cutanee
 simmetriche, da grave insufficienza pluriglandolare,  a predomi-
 nanza tiroidea, di probabile natura tubercolare. Riforma med.,
 1929, 45: 287-96,  2 pl.—Cervino, J. M., & Barsantini,  J. C.
 Pituitario-tiroidismo congenito.  Arch. urug.  med.,  1937, 10:
 51-9.—Ciauri, R.   Sulla dottrina della genesi plurighiandolare
 delle endocrinopatie.  Fol. med., Nap., 1928, 14: 1603-9.  Also
 Gior. med. mil., 1929,  77: 87-9.—Cirri Rescigno, A.   Su di una
 complessa sindrome endocrina  (ipoevolutismo somatico, fades
 gerodermica,   diabete  mellito,  cataratta)  contributo  clinico.
 Fol. med., Nap., 1927,  13: 1215-23.—Conklin, S. D., & Killings-
 worth, W. P.  Polyglandular endocrine dysfunction with a case
 report.  Bull. Guthrie Clin.,  1935,  5: 52-9.—Cotellessa, M.
 Sulle  sindromi pluriglandolari e la  loro  terapia.  Rass. clin.
 ter., 1924, 23: 17-25.—Crile,  G. W.  Polyglandular disease.
 Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass. N.  America, 1934, 373-7.
 Also J. M. Soc. N. Jersey,  1936, 33: 336-41.  ------Turner,
 H., & McCullagh,  P.  Polyglandular disease.  N.  York State
 J. M., 1936, 36: 475-84.—De Candia, S.   La sclerosi giovanile
 dell'apparato endocrino.  Baglivi, 1938, 4:  113-5.—Dimmel, H.
 Ein Fall von multipler Blutdriisensklerose.  Wien.  Arch. inn.
 Med.,  1926,  13:  377-84.—Domfnguez,   C,  & Orlando, R.
 Senilismo de  Ciauri o eunucoidismo de tipo  gerod6rmico de
 Rummo y Ferannini  en la  mujer (enfermedad  de Hodgson)
Sem. med., B. Air.,  1925, 32: 1125-7.  Also Rev. Soc. med. int.,
B. Air., 1925, 1: 372-82.—Edelmann, A. Dysfunctio  pluri-1
 glandularis dolorosa.  Wien. med.  Wschr.,  1928, 78: 431.—
 Eidelsberg,  J.   Endocrinopathies:  the thyro-pituitary syn-
 dromes; diagnosis and treatment.  Med. Clin.  N.  America,
 1930,  14: 425-38.—Else, J. E.  Pluriglandular disease.  Med.
 Sentinel, 1930,  38:  337.—Engelbach,  W.   Thyro-pituitary
 (posterior  lobe)  insufficiency.  Endocrinology, 1924, 8: 437;
 439.   ------   Pluriglandular insufficiency,  with  epilepsy.
 Ibid.,  443.—Fall zur Diagnose: pluriglandulares Syndrom,
 lichenoid atrophisierende, ichthyosiforme Dystrophie der Haut
 mit pluriglandularen Storungen. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1936,
 66: 324.—Falta,  W.   Fall von multipler  Blutdriisensklerose.
 Verh.  Deut. Ges.  inn. Med., 1923, 35. Kongr., 115.—Finckh, O.
 Zur multiplen Blutdriisensklerose.  Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1928,
 83: 664-76.—Formanek, F.   Zur  Therapie pluriglandularer
 innersekretorischer Storungen.  Wien. med. Wschr.,  1928, 78:
 135.—Gawalowski, K.  Un cas de  dysendocrinie  pluriglandu-
 laire avec un nouveau symptome a la peau.  Acta derm, 'vener.,
 Upps., 1921-22, 2: 370-88, 4 pl.—Gessler.  Knabe mit endo-
 krinen Storungen, die sich nicht  durch  Funktionsanderung
 einer  Druse  erklaren lassen.   Wien. med. Wschr., 1925,  75:
 118.—Gougerot, H.,  & Peyre, E.  Hypotepinephrie  et dysin-
 sulinisme; nouveau syndrome pluriglandulaire. C. rend. Soc.
 biol.,  1925, 93: 1202.  Also Rev. derm,  argent., 1925-26,  11:
 59-72. Also  Rev. med., Par., 1927, 44: 559-76.—Heinrichs, H.
 Beitrag  zur  multiplen Blutdriisensklerose  (Falta)  Zbl.  allg.
 Path., 1932-33, 56: 52-8.—Held. Pluriglandulare Insuffizienz.
 Virchows Arch.,  1926,  261: 600-22.—Herman, K. Ueber die
 multiple Blutdriisensklerose.   Med. Welt, 1931,  5: 1602-4.
 Also Gy6gyaszat, 1932, 72: 342-4.  ------  Ueber die multiple
 Blutdriisensklerose (M. Addison und  Basedow)  Wien. klin.
 Wschr.,  1932, 45: 1041.  Also  Endocrinology, 1933,  17: 36-
 42.—Hirsch,  S.   Zur Begriindung und Abgrenzung der pluri-
 glandularen  Insuffizienz.  Miinch.  med.  Wschr.,  1923,  70:
 1449-52.  ------ &  Berberich, J.   Beitrag zur Frage  der
 multiplen  Blutdriisensklerose  (pluriglandulare  Insuffizienz)
 Klin. Wschr., 1924, 3: 483-6.—Isola, D. Distrofia generalizzata,
 sclerodermia  in  adolescente affetto da gravi fenomeni patologici
 di ordine endocrino.  Note psichiat., Pesaro,  1925, 3. ser.,  13:
 397-414.—Itzenko, N.   Pluriglandulares Syndrom mit patho-
 logisch-anatomischem Bild.  Zschr.  ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1926,
 103:  63-72.—Joest,  W.  Gekoppelte endokrine Storungen
 unter  dem Ausdrucksbild  des Morbus Addison.  Deut. med.
 Wschr.,  1938,  64:  1209-11.—Kaunitz,  H.   Pluriglandulare
 Insuffizienz.  Mitt. Ges. inn. Med. Wien, 1936, 35: 92-6.  Also
 Wien.  med. Wschr.,  1937, 87: 356.—Kehrer, E.  Ein Beitrag
 zur Tetanie,  Osteomalazie und pluriglandularen  Insuffizienz.
 Zschr. Geburtsh.  Gyn., 1937-38, 116: 141-86.—Koopman, J.
 Klinisches und  Experimentelles  zum Problem der  polyglandu-
 laren  Insuffizienz.  Verh. Deut. Ges.  inn. Med.,  1923,  35.
 Kongr.,  199.  ------  [Two  case  of  Timme's  syndrome]
 Geneesk. gids, 1927, 5:  973-7.—Kreibig, W.  Zur Kenntnis des
 thyreosuprarenalen Typus der pluriglandularen Erkrankungen
 (M. B. Schmidt)  Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1928, 36: 668-85.—
 Leyton, O.  Multiglandular d  ease.  Lancet, Lond., 1934,  1:
 1221-6.—Lindemann,  E.   Ueber  die  multiple   sogenannte
 Blutdriisensklerose.   Virchows Arch.,  1922-23, 240:  11-29.—
 Lisser, H.   The  uni-glandular  origin of pluriglandular syn-
 dromes.  Endokrinologie,  1929, 5:  138-70.—Marani, B.  D.
 Su di  una sindrome di insufficienza pluriglandolare endocrina.
 Endocr.  pat.  cost., Bologna, 1938, 13: 253-71.—Martinet, A.
 Syndrome  hypophysique  et   insuffisance  pluriglandulaire.
 Presse med.,  1913, 21: 339.—Meerwein, F.  Ueber die multiple
 Blutdriisensklerose  Falta  (pathologisch-anatomische Unter-
 suchungen an Hand eines Falles) Frankf. Zschr. Path.,  1938.
 52: 54-79.—Modern. F. S., &  Reed, G. F.  Case  of pluri-
 glandular dyscrasia.   Endocrinology, 1925,  9:  61-9.—Nacht-
 nebel, O.  On the pluriglandular sclerosis.  Magy. orv. arch.,
 1926,  27: 558-65.—Nekam, L., jr.   Hautveranderungen  bei
 polyglandularer Insuffizienz.  Zbl.  Haut Geschlkr.,  1935-36,
 52: 485.—Nittono. F.,  & Fujisaki,  S.  Ein  Fall  von Linde-
 mannscher  Atrophie  multipler  Blutdrusen.   Jap.  J. M. Sc,
 1937-38, 3: 183-97,  2  pl—Nordman, C, &  Dubuis, P.  Un
 cas de syndrome pluriglandulaire interessant: la  surrenale et
 l'hypophyse.  Loire med., 1928, 42: 413-7.—Norsa,  G.   Sin-
 drome endocrino-epato-cardiaca. Gazz.  osp.,  1936, 57: 509-
 11.—Oks, A. A.  [Polyglandular diseases]  Vrach.  delo,  1925,
 8:  1307-11.—Philosophow  &  Prosorowski.   Ein  Fall  von
 pluriglandularer Insuffizienz mit vorwiegender Schadigung der
 Nebennieren  und eigenartigem Symptomenkomplex des vege-
 tativen Systems.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1927, 107: 321-
 41.—Pia, J. C.t & Fabregat, A.  Sindromes enctecrinos pluri-
 glandulares; hipertiroidismo asociado  a insuficiencia suprarrenal
 cr6nica.  Arch.  urug.  med.,  1933,  2: 351-5.—Pribram,  H.
 Ueber  pluriglandulare Erkrankungen.  Wien. Arch. inn. Med.,
 1925, 10: 575-84.—Rabot, P.  Complejo endocrino con partici-
 pation evidente de testiculo y tiroides.  Med. ibera, 1934, 28:
 818.—Richter, P. F.  Multiple Blutdriisensklerose.  Deut. med.
 Wschr., 1929, 55: 1760.—Rodriguez  de la Cruz.  Un caso de
 sindrome de  Timme  y los resultados  obtenidos en su trata-
 miento.  Rev. med.  cir.  Habana, 1929, 34: 482-94.—Rosa,
 M., &  Furtado, D.   Sindromas plurialandulares;  a prop6sito
 de um  caso clinico.  Lisboa med., 1931, 8:  212-21.—Rowe, A.
 W„ & Lawrence, C.  H.  Studies  of the  endocrine glands;
 pluriglandular syndromes.  Endocrinology, 1928, 22: 707-59.—■
 Sabrazes, J.   Syndrome  pluriglandulaire  de  gigantisme  et
 d'obesite au cours de la premiere enfance et de l'adolescence.
 Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1923, 44: 613-6.—Scala, G.  II plesso
solare  in un  caso di infantilismo  pluriglandolare di natura
tubercolare.   Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1923, 27:  1; 16; 27.— 
ENDOCRINE SYSTEM                     308                     ENDOCRINE SYSTEM
 Scherechevski- N.  Questions de correlation dans la clinique
 des maladies endocrines.  Rev. fr. endocr.,  1938, 16: 29-35.—
 Schilling, V.  Ueber die Diagnose einer Milzatrophie durch den
 Befund von Kernkugeln  als Teilerscheinung pluriglandularer
 Insuffizienz.  Klin.  Wschr.,  1924, 3: 1960-2.—Schwank.  [A
 case of pluriglandular syndrome with remarks on cutis verticis
 gyrata]  Ceska derm., 1923, 4: 177-88.—Suchoi, A. A.  [Mul-
 tiple inflammation of the glands of internal secretion]  Vrach.
 gaz.,  1925,  29: 600.—Tatarinov,  D. I.  [Pluriglandular  in-
 sufficiency]   Russ.  klin., 1927,  7: 362-9.—Thomas.   Les
 syndromes polyglandulaires.   Praxis, Bern, 1925,  14: H.  22.
 1; 3.—Timme. W. Pluriglandular syndrome; involving calcium
 deficiency and  correlated with behavior disturbances.  Arch.
 Neur Psychiat., Chic, 1929, 21: 254-60.  Also Endokrinologie,
 1929, 5:  324-30.—Trizzino, E.   Sclerosi pluriglandulare in un
 caso di encefalopatia infantile.  Endocr. pat. cost., Bologna,
 1929, n. ser., 4: 545-59.—Turner, H. H.  Polyglandular disease.
 Tr. Am.  Ther. Soc, 1936, 36: 42.—Ullmann, H. Pluriglandu-
 lare Insuffizienz mit Pigmentanomalie. Med. Klin., Berl., 1925,
 21: 1160.—Uriev, F. S.  [Clinical aspect of the pluriglandular
 syndrome]   Klin, med., Moskva, 1931,  9: 912-6.—Lsadel, G.
 Ueber pluriglandulare  Insuffizienz.  Frankf.  Zschr.  Path.,
 1932-33, 44: 454-PO— Valobra, N.  Su di un  nuovo caso di
 sindrome poliglandulare  associata  a grave  nevrosi  celiaca.
 Riforma med., 1923, 39: 723-7.—Villaret, M., Bith.  H., &
 Bernal.  Sur une vartete de syndrome pluriglandulaire a partici-
 pation hepatique. Rev. med. chir. mal.  foie, 1931, 6: 22-30.—
 Villaret,  M., Bith, H.. & Guillain.  Syndrome pluriglandulaire
 acquis a participation hepatique.  Ibid., 81-4.—Warembourg,
 H., & Dahlluin.  Sur un syndrome endocrinien complexe.  Rev.
 fr. endocr.,  1937. 15: 195-207.—Wilder, R. M.  Symposium:
 polyalandular  dyscrasias  involving abnormalities  of  sexual
 characteristics. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1933, 8:  97-100.—Worster
 Drought, C.  A case of thyro-pituitary endocrinopathy.  Brit
 M. J., 1927, 1: 50.  ------& Allen,  I. M.  Endocrinopathy of
 mixed origin, probably thyropituitary.  Proc. R. Soc.  M.,
 Lond., 1928-29, 22:  sect, clin., 66.

 ----   Disease:  Prevention.
   Hutton, J. H.  Endocrine disorders from a public  health
 aspect.  Illinois M.  J.,  1939, 76: 78-83.—Scheurlen von.  Die
 Hygiene der inneren Sekretion, eine Aufgabe der offentlichen
 und  privaten  Gesundheitspflege.   Arb.  Reichsgesundhamt,
 1926,  57: 652-7.—Shelton,  E.  K.  Prevention of endocrine
 disorders.  In Pract. Libr. M. & S. (Appleton) N. Y., 1937,  12:
 731-58.—Woodwark, S.  Measures  to be adopted in the pre-
 vention of diseases of the ductless glands.  J. State M., Lond.,
 1935, 43: 262-71.

 ----   Disease:  Treatment.

   See also Endocrine therapy; Hormone therapy;
 Organotherapy.
    Boenheim, F.   Behandlung  endokriner  Sto-
 rungen durch  Opotherapie.   60p.    8?   Halle,
 1932.
   Edwards, W.  G.   Glanopathy;  a manual  of
 gland  technique  through   pressure.    44p.    8?
 Reno,  Nev., 1934.
   Konig,   E.    *Experimenteller   Beitrag   zur
 Frage  der regionaren Beeinflussung von Schild-
 driise,  Thymus  und  Herz.    38p.   8?   Konigsb.
 1919.                                                  '
   Pilliere  de  Tanotjarn,  A.   Contribution a
 l'etude du  traitement  des  troubles endocriniens
 chez  I'homme.   63p.  8?   Par., 1932.
   Anardi, T.   Sul trattamento dell'atrofia od  ipoplasia delle
 ghiandole endocrine mediante  inversione  alia Goldjanitzki-
 Obolenskaja.  Riv. pat. sper., 1931-32,  7: 372-93.—Ascoli, A.
 Stimoli e controstimoli endocrini.  Biochim. ter.  sper.,  1938
 25: 271-92.—Bastanier, E. Homoopathie und Endokrinologie
 Med. Klin., Berl., 1935,  31: 904-6.—Blum, F.  Ueber einige
 hormonale  Eigenschaften des Blutes und  ihre  therapeutische
 Verwertbarkeit bei Epithelkorperchen-Tetanie und bei Morbus
 Basedowii.  Munch, med. Wschr., 1928,  75: 1618.—Boenheim.
 F.   Behandlung  endokriner  Krankheiten.   Fortsch.  Ther
 1929, 5:  797-803.—Breitman, M. Y. [New method of treat-
 ment in diseases of internal secretion and metabolism by iodine
 vapors]  Vrach. gaz., 1931, 35: 748.—Carlson, A. J.  The prob-
 lem of control  of endocrine function.  Tr.  Am. Pediat  Soc
 1935, 47: 26.—Carriere, G.,  & Gineste, P. J.   Indications de
 regime dans les syndromes  endocriniens.  Echo  med.  nord
 1939, 3.  ser.,  10:  265-73.—Dantchakov, V.   Une methode
 simple pour assurer a  I'organisme un afflux  continuel d'hor-
 mones.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1938, 127: 995-7.—Engelbach,  W.
 Symposium  on treatment of ductless  gland disorders; with
 principal complaints referable to other  systems.  J. Missouri
 M. Ass.,  1926, 23: 206-9.—Fiessinger, N.  Les directives de la
 therapeutique endocrinienne.   Rev.  gen. clin. ther., 1933,  47-
 193-8.—Fn'.Ier, R.  S., & Friedman, M.   The treatment of
 pituitary and ovarian dysfunction.  J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1938,
 35: 150-5.—Fischer. R.  L.    Endocrinology  in  osteopathic
practice.   J. Am.  Osteopath  Ass., 1938-39,  38:  137-46.—
Frohlich, A.  Medikamentose Therapie innersekretorisch  be-
dingter Erkrankungen.  Wien. med. Wschr., 1932,  82:  867;
938.  Also Mitt. Volksgesundhamt., Wien, 1933, Aerztl. Prax.,
219-21.—Goth, E.  [Vitamin treatment of endocrine diseases]
Budapesti orv. ujs.,  1936,  34: 1065-9.—Haj6s, K.   [Thera-
peutic principles of endocrine diseases]  Ibid., 1935,  33: 740-
4.—Honekamp, P.   Ueberlegungen zur Entstehung und  Ver-
suche zur Behandlung von Storungen im vegetativ-endokrinen
System.   Fortsch.  Ther.,  1935, 11: 488-93.—Hutton, J. H.
Treatment of  endocrine disorders.   Illinois  M. J.,  1938, 73:
321-5.—Jores,  A.   Die  Behandlung  latenter  endokriner
Storungen.   Ther.  Gegenwart, 1937, 78: 294-8.— Jumon, H.
Endocrinologie et arsenic thermal.   J. med. chir., Par.,  1936,
107:  229-36.   Also Presse therm, dim., 1939, 80: 309-15.—
Kepler, E. J.  Diagnosis and treatment of emergencies associ-
ated  with diseases of some of the ductless glands.  Med. Clin.
N. America,  1938, 22: 979-1008.—Kretschmer, J.  Zur Klinik
und Therapie endokriner Storungen.  Med. Klin., Berl.,  1926,
22: 810-2.—Leriche,  R.   De  la reactivation des glandes a
secretion  interne dans les syndromes d'insuffisance.  Rev. chir.,
Par., 1937, 56: 75-98.—Lyon, D. M.  Diet  in endocrine dis-
orders and obesity.  Practitioner, Lond., 1938. 140:  68-76.—
Mittelmann, D. Die Heilung eines durch Myokarditis kompli-
zierten Falles  von pluriglandularer Insuffizienz durch  Sub-
stitutionstherapie.   Deut.  med.  Wschr.,  1926,  52: 237.—
Miiller, N.   Natiirliche und einfache Mittel zur Starkung des
endocrinen  Driisensystems.   Naturarztl.  Rdsch.,  1939, 11:
105-9.—Muenzer,  A.   Zur  Frage der  Serumtherapie bei
Basedow  und Akromegalie.  Fortsch. Med.,  1926, 44: 1007.—
Quackenbos, J. D.  The treatment of delinquent glands. Med.
Times, N. Y., 1926,  54:  42-4.—Radermacher, H.   Therapie
hormonaler Storungen in der Praxis.  Ther.  Gegenwart,  1937,
78: 398-401.—Raeder, O. J.  The  treatment of endocrinoses
with  particular refe ence to the feeble-minded.  Bull. Massa-
chusetts Dep. Ment. Dis.,  1924-25,  8:  14-24.—Roberts, H. A.
Homoeopathic therapeutics  in the  field  of endocrinology.
Homoeop. Rec, 1939, 54: No. 6,  5-21.—Rolleston,  H.   The
treatment of endocrine  disorders.   Postgrad. M.  J., Lond.,
1927-28,  3:  37-40.—Savy, P.  Traitement  des maladies des
glandes endocrines.  In  his Ther. clin., Par., 1936,  3: 2083-
227.—Sevringhaus, E. L.  Treatment  of disturbances of the
thyroid and parathyroids and of anterior pituitary and gonads.
J.  Indiana  M. Ass.,  1937,  30: 185-9.—Shereshevsky, N. A.
[Treatment of diseases of the endocrine system in health re-
sorts] Russ. klin.,  1929, 12: 706-12.  ------  [On correlation
in  treatment of endocrine affections]  Vrach. delo,  1938, 20:
875-8.— Swanwick, E. M.  Organotherapy in endocrine dysfunc-
tion  of thyroid and pancreas.  Med. Times, Lond.,  1927, 55:
34-7.

----   Disease: Treatment:  Physiotherapy.

   Delacloche, J.  *De Taction des bains carbo-
gazeux  sur  les  troubles  endocriniens.   17p.   8°
Par., 1922.
   Jarry,  J. J.    Contribution  a.  l'etude de la
d'arsonvalisation  mammaire; sa repercussion  sur
l'equilibre  endocrinien.   72p.  8?    Par.,  1935.
   Bernard, I.  Considerations sur la physiotlterapie applique,
d'apres le test  de Dausset et Ferrier, a la therapeutique endo-
crinienne. J. med. Bordeaux, 1937, 114: pt 2, 10-22.—Cohn, F.
Ensayos  balneoterapicos y experiencias en los trastornos de la
secrecten interna.   Rev. med. Hambnrgo,  1926, 7:  300-2.—
Curschmann, H.   Endokrine Krankheiten  und Ostseekiiste.
Zschr.  wiss.  Biiderk.,  1929-30,  4: 1147-52.—Custo, E. L.
Modificazioni strutturali e funzionali indotte per mezzo dello
stimolo elettrico sull'ipofisi, ovaio,  surrene, tiroide  e utero.
Fol. demogr. gyn., Genova, 1938, 35: 129-50, 5 pl.—Dubois, R.
Le traitement hydrotiterapique des  affections endocriniennes.
Presse therm, dim., 1939, 80: 315-8.— Ferrier, M.  Diathermie
et  ondes  courtes en therapeutique endocrinienne.   Ann. Inst.
actin., Par., 1934-35, 9: 86-90.—Galup, J.  Dysfonctionne-
ments endocriniens et cure du Mont-Dore.  Presse therm.
dim., 1939,  80: 336-43.—Hesse, E.  Zur Pharmakologie der
inneren   Sekretion  unter  besonderer Berucksichtigung der
Balneologie.   Med. Klin., Berl., 1935,  31: 1014-6.   Also Psy-
chiat. neur. Wschr., 1935, 37: 437-40.—Kern, M.  Endocrines
and  physiotherapy.   Arch.  Phys.  Ther., 1927, 8:  191-6 —
Kisch,  F.  Inkretionsstorungen und Balneotherapie.  Wien.
med. Wschr.,  1928, 78: 477.—Leachman, T. C.  Diathermy
in  the diagnosis  and  treatment of  endocrine diseases.  Nat.
Eclect. M. Ass.  Q.,  1933,  24: 174-6.—Lisser, H.   Ductless
gland disease; the role of physiotherapy  in its  treatment.
Northwest M., 1925, 24: 503-5.—Nagelschmidt, F.  The effects
of  diathermy on the  internal secretions.  Brit. J. Phys. M.,
1933 8: 34-6.—Porges, M., Lowry, M., & Kopf, H.  Glandular
insufficiency and spa treatment. Arch. M. Hydr., Lond., 1926,
4.  175-7.—Rathery,  F.   Syndromes endocriniens et physio-
tlterapie.   Rev. physiother., Par., 1936, 12:  81-5.—Rodriguez
Pinilla, H.  Crenoterapia y  endocrinologfa.  Rev.  sudamer.
endocr   B. Air., 1924, 7: 569.—Samuels, J. [Treatment of
the endocrine system with short waves and observations on the
endocrine and short-wave therapy]  Ned. tschr.  geneesk.,
1936, 80: 533-40.   ------  [Short-wave therapy of the endo-
crine system, the diencephalon and mesencephalon]  Geneesk.
gids, 1937, 15: 863; 886.  ------  Die Kurzwellenbehandlung
des endokrinen Systems, des Diencephalons und Mesencepha-
lons.  Jap. J. Obst.,  1937, 20: 560-78.  Also Ref.  Internat.
Kongr. Kurzwellen, 1937,  1. Kongr., 273-6.  Also Wien. klin, 
ENDOCRINE SYSTEM                      309                     ENDOCRINE  SYSTEM
 Wschr.,  1938,  51:  170-6.—Schlayer.  Innere  Sekretion und
 Balneotherapie.  Veroff.  Medverwalt.,  1922,  16:  777-80.—
 Selye, H., & Collip, J. B.  Fundamental factors in the interpre-
 tation of stimuli influencing endocrine glands.  Endocrinology,
 1936,  20: 667-72.—Vogt, H.   Baderbehandlung endokriner
 Storungen.   Zschr.  ges.  phy3.  Ther., 1928-29,  36:  143-59.
 ------  Die  Bedeutung  der Heilquellenbehandlung fiir die
 innersekretorischen  Erkrankungen.   Med.  Welt,   1930,  4:
 519-23.—Wright, C. A.  Endocrinology and physical therapy.
 Physiother. Rev., 1934, 14: 100-3.

 ----  Disease: Treatment:  Radiotherapy.
   Andreev, E. Z.  Importance des rayons X et du radium en
 endocrinologie.  Acta  Unio internat. cancr., Brux., 1939, 4:
 617.—Benjamin, H.  Effects of Roentgen rays on the endo-
 crine glands.  J. Am Ass. Med. Phys. Res., 1924-25, 2: 32-7.
 ------ The influence of Roentgen rays on the endocrine glands;
 with  a contribution to the problem of rejuvenation in women
 Med. J. & Rec,  1924,  120: 585-9.—Borak, J.   Die Rontgen-
 therapie bei Erkrankungen innersekretorischer Organe.  Ther.
 Gegenwart, 1928, 69:  492;  544.—Bray,  S.  A  skin eruption
 caused by X-ray therapy on endocrine glands. Brit. J. Radiol.,
 1939,  12:  312-5.—Brodersen,  H.  Die  Strahlentherapie der
 Drusen innerer Sekretion.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1939, 35: 650-3.—
 Castronuovo,  E.   Roentgen-terapia  stimolante  e  ghiandole
 endocrine.  Endocr. pat. cost., Roma,  1923, 2: 56-8.—Cla-
 veaux, E. M.  Indicaciones de  la radioterapia en las enferme-
 dades de  las glandulas  de secreci6n interna.  Dia med.  urug.,
 1937-38,  5: 450-4.—Clement,  J.  Du traitement radiotltera-
 pique de quelques maladies des glandes endocrines.   Marseille
 med., 1927, 64: 805-12.—David.   Ueber  die  Beeinflussung
 endokriner Drusen durch Rontgenstrahlen.  Verh. Deut. Ges.
 inn. Med.,  1922, 34. Kongr., 385—Davies, H.  X-ray treat-
 ment in some conditions of the thyroid and thymus.   Brit.
 J. Radiol., 1934, n. ser., 7: 362-71.—Fleischner, F., & Sack, F.
 Zur Rontgentherapie  innersekretorischer  Storungen.   Wien.
 med. Wschr.,  1929, 79: 539.—Gantenberg, R.  Die Bedeutung
 der   Gaswechselbestimmung  fiir  die   Rontgentherapie  bei
 Erkrankungen der endokrinen  Drusen.  Rontgenpraxis, 1929,
 1: 512-7.—Gleichmann, F.  Rontgentherapie der innersekre-
 torischen  Drusen.  Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1935, 32: 616-20 —
 Guarini, C.  L'organoterapia rontgenologica.  Rass. internaz.
 clin.  ter., 1922, 3:  491-5.—Gudzent.  Radiumanwendung bei
 Storungen der inneren Sekretion, insbesondere  bei der Base-
 dowschen Krankheit.   Med. Klin., Berl.,  1931,  27: 803-5.—
 Holmes, G. W. Radiation therapy of the thyroid and ductless
 glands.  Boston  M. & S. J.,  1924, 191:  10-2.—Huet, J. A.
 Le role r6gulateur de  la radiotherapie  sur le  principe de la
 relativite  hormonique.  Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1935,
 23: 32-5.  ------  La radiotherapie moyen de determination
 de l'hormone directrice. Ibid., 35-7.  ——-— La radiotherapie
 nerveuse  en  endocrinologie.   Bull.  Soc.  eiectroradiol.  med.
 France, 1938, 26: 205.—Hutton, J. H.  Roentgenotherapy of
 endocrinopathies.   Arch. Phys.  Ther.,  1939,  20:  287-93 —
 Laroche, G., Saidman & Serdaris.  Les variations de la sensi-
 bilite cutanee  aux rayons ultraviolets chez les  endocriniens.
 C. rend.  Soc. biol.,  1935,  118:  641-3.—Lehmann, P.   La
 radiostimulation  endocrinienne et ses  applications.   Presse
 med., 1934, 42:  1516-8.—Lepmann, P.   La radiostimulation
 endocrinienne et ses applications.  Arch, internat. neur., Par.,
 1935, 27.  ser., 21.—Lorey, A.  Fortschritte in der Rontgenbe-
 handlung endokriner  Storungen.  Fortsch. Ther.,  1930, 6:
 673-9.  Also Spitalul, 1931, 51: 47-50.  Also Dfa med., B. Air.,
 1932-33,  5: 533-6.—Mascherpa. F.   La rontgenterapia delle
 malattie da disfunzione delle ghiandole  a secrezione interna.
 In Tratt. roentg. curie ter., Milano, 1934, 1: pt 2, 663-90 —
 Meo-Colombo, I.  Le  modificazioni  del sangue nella  radio-
 terapia della tiroide e  dell'ipofisi.  Policlinico,  1925, 32: sez.
 med.,  337-55.—Milani,  E.    Radioterapia  delle  ghiandole
 endocrine.  Arch, radiol., Nap., 1925, 1:  437-41.  Also Atti
 Congr.  ital.  radiol.,   1925,  6:  237-321.—Momigliano,  E.
 Ueber den Einfluss der Schilddriisenbestrahlung auf das Ovar.
 Strahlentherapie,  1937,  58:  53-73.—Moyar,  C. C.  Use of
 radium in the treatment of endocrines.   Sc. Ther.,  Lewist.,
 1925-26,  3:  91-4.—N.   La   radiostimolazione endocrina.
 Gazz. osp., 1936, 57: 775.—Pighini, G.  L'azione della emana-
 zione da torio (Toron)  suite glandole endocrine.  Biochim. ter.
 sper., 1936, 23: 225-32.—Recasens, S.  Acci6n biologica de las
 radiaciones sobre las glandulas endocrinas.  Progr. clin., Madr.,
 1928, 36: 163-9.—Risse, O., & Poos, F. Ueber die Moglichkeit
 rontgenexperimenteller   Verschiebung   des  physiologischen
 Inkretgleichgewichts zwischen Pankreas und Nebennieren und
 ihren Einfluss  auf das vegetative System  (Studien an der
 denervierten Kanincheniris; Bestrahlungsmiosis und -mydriasis)
 Arch. exp. Path., Lpz.,  1925, 108: 121-48.  ------  Rontgen-
 strahlen und innere Sekretion,  zugleich ein Beitrag zur Frage
 des Adrenalin-Insulin-Antagonismus.   Klin. Wschr., 1925, 4:
 60-2.—Romanova-Lesskova,  A.  A.    [Roentgen therapy  in
 certain diseases of the  endocrine system]  Tr. Vsesoiuz. sezda
 fizioter., 1927,  2: 124-6.—Saidman, J.  Note  sur les  rayons
 ultra-violets et le traitement des glandes a secretion interne
 (ovaires)   Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1924, 3. ser., 92: 938-41.
------    L'actinotrterapie des  glandes  endocrines.    Rev.
actinol., Par.,  1925,  1:  86-90.  ------  L'etude du  rayonne-
ment  et de  la temperature superficielle;  son importance chez
les endocrines.   Rev. physiother., Par.,  1936,  12:  146-58.—
Sajous, C. E. de M.  The endocrine glands as dominant factors
in the therapeutic action of  light and heat.  Tr. Am. Ther.
Soc, 1925-26, 27: 174-7.—Samuels, G.  II trattamento O. C.
del sistema endocrino, del diencefalo e del mesencefalo.  Arch.
radiol.. Nap.. 1937, 13: 338-47.—Saralegui, J. A.  Las aplica-
ciones  de los  rayos  X en  las afecciones de las glandulas a
secrecten interna.   Sem. med.,  B.  Air., 1936, 43: 961-5.—
Saupe, E.  Ueber die Strahlenbehandlung von Erkrankungen
der Drusen mit innerer Sekretion.   Med. Welt, 1933,  7: 261;
397; 548.—Schildmacher, H.  Hoden  und Schilddriise des
Gartenrotschwanzes  Phoenicurus ph.  phoenicurus  (L.) unter
dem Einfluss zusatzlicher Belichtung  im Herbst und Winter.
Biol. Zbl., 1938, 58: 464-72.—Schittenhelm.  Aus dem Indika-
tionsgebiet der Strahlenbehandlung von Hypophyse,  Schild-
driise und Nebenniere.  Zbl. Gyn., 1938, 62: 2283.—Sielmann.
R.   Rontgendiagnostik  und Rontgentherapie  bei  einigen
Storungen  innerer  Sekretion.   Strahlentherapie,  1925,  19:
690-711.—Stafford.  O. R.  X-ray therapy  in  endocrine dys-
function.   Am.  Med., 1930,  25:  282-7.—Wieser, W. von.
Zur Therapie der Drusen mit innerer Sekretion in der Ront-
genologie.  Acta radiol., Stockh., 1926, 7: 646-74.—Wintz, H.
Erfahrungen mit der Beeinflussung innersekretorischer Drusen
durch   Rontgenstrahlen.   Strahlentherapie,  1926-27,  24:
412-38.  Also Radiology,  1927, 9:  285-303.—Zimmern,  A.
Les  probtemes de  la  radiotherapie endocrinienne.   Monde
med., 1933, 43: 813-35.

----   Disease—in women.

   See  also  under  proper  names  of  organs  and
endocrine glands.
   Benthin.   Endokrine  Krankheiten in  der Gynakologie.
Deut. med. Wschr.,  1925, 51:  1265-7.—Breitmann, M.   Ueber
die endokrinologische  Diagnostik  in  der  Frauenheilkunde.
Zbl.  Gyn.,  1933, 57:  1095-102.—Clauberg, C.   Hormonale
Storungen  bei der Frau.   Med. Welt,  1934,  8: 285; 327.—
Ferguson, R. T.  Endocrines as related to gynecology.  South.
M. & S., 1938,  100: 510-3.—Finkler, R. S. The clinical aspects
in endocrine disturbances in women.  Med. Woman J., 1933,
40: 33-6.—Gentili,  A.  Malattie del sistema endocrino  en
gravidanza.  Rass.  ostet., 1926,  35: 28-30.—Greil. A.  Ein-
wande   gegen  die  Inkretionstheorie.   Zbl. Gyn.,  1925,  49:
995-1000.—-Gutman, J.  Endocrine disorders of the female sex,
their causes and correction.  Med. Rec, N. Y.,  1936, 144: 283;
515; 560.------Endocrine disorders of the female sex;
thyroid and parathyroid; clinical uses of their hormones.  Ibid.,
1937, 145:  73-6.—Hofbauer, J.   Hormonal  gynaecological
pathology and its clinical aspects.  J. Obst. Gyn. Brit. Empire,
1939, 46: 232-49,  pl.—Kotz, J., & Parker, E.  Methods of
diagnosis of female  endocrinopathies.   Med. Ann. District of
Columbia, 1937, 6: 321-7.  Also Radiology,  1938, 31: 66-72.—
Latson, H. H.  The endocrines in gynecology.   Southwest. M.,
1935, 19: 411-3.—Lower, M.  J.  The endocrines in diseases of
women.  Clinique, Chic, 1926, 47: 403-6.—MacBryde, C. M.
Endocrine diagnosis  and  therapy in gynecological conditions.
J. Missouri M. Ass., 1934,  31: 458-61.—Mack, H. C.   Endo-
crine relationships in obstetrics and gynecology.  Rep.  Wayne
Co.  M. Soc,  1932-33, 24-8.—Meerloo, A. M.  [Changes in
disposition and psychoses in women in relation to secretion of
hormones]   Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1936, 80: 5730-5.—Miglia-
vacca,  A., &  Cappelli  Vegni, A.  Di  un metodo  pratico di
orientamento diagn3stico nelle disfunzioni endocrine in gravi-
danza e in forme morbose ginecologiche.  Arch. Ist. biochim.
ital., 1938, 10: 37-54.—Novak, E.  The endocrines in gyne-
cology and  obstetrics.   Proc Interst. Postgrad. M. Ass.  N.
America,  1934,  301-6.----—  Endocrine mechanisms in
certain  functional gynecological disorders.  Surg. Gyn.  Obst.,
1935, 60: 330-40.—Raab, E.  Versuche zur  Beeinflussung von
endokrin bedingten  gynakolo°;ischen Erkrankungen mit Kurz-
wellendurchstromung der  Hypophyse  und  des  Ovariums.
Wien. med. Wschr.,  1937, 87:  767-9.—Roge, R.  Diagnostic et
traitement des troubles gynecolo?iques d'origine endocrinienne
(nuberte-ntenopause)  Gaz. med. France, 1937, 44: 661-7.—
Rutich. J.  [Climacteric  development of grave  disorders of
internal secretions]   Orv. hetil,, 1927, 71: 983-5.—Sar-Louis,
A. G.  The endocrines in gynecology.  Ohio M. J., 1937, 33:
528-33.—Seitz, L.  Die endokrin bedingten Umwalzungen und
Erkrankungen der  Frau  und ihre  Behandlungsmoglichkeit
durch Bade- und Trinkkuren. Deut.  med.  Wschr., 1937, 64:
1-3.—Serdjukov, M. G.  Zur Frage der intrasekretorischen
Wechselbeziehungen einiger endokrinen Drusen und des Uterus;
eine  kombinierte Erkrankung des Uterus (Metritis cavernosa)
der Schilddriise und der Nebenniere.   Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1923,
118: 560-85.—Sevringhaus, E. L.   Practical  applications of
recent researches on the hypophysis and ovary.   Tr.  Kansas
City Acad. M. (1935-37) 1937, 13-28.— Sibernagel, W. M., &
Fidler, R. S.  Endocrine diagnosis and treatment  in women.
Ohio M. J., 1938, 34: 546-50.—Talia, F.  La terapia Rontgen-
ipofisaria  nelle endocrinopatie ginecologiche.  Arch,  radiol.,
Nap., 1928, 4: 956-70.—Tratamiento  de las endocrinopatias
genitales de la mujer.  Dfa  med., B. Air., 1939, 11:  149-51.

----   Effect  of diet.

   See  also subheading Relation to  vitamins.
   Action (L') des aliments sur le systeme endocrino-svmpathi-
que.  Clinique, Par., 1936,  31: 169.—Gardiner-Hill. H.  Diet
and  endocrine deficiency.   Practitioner,  Lond.,  1934, 132:
92-100.—Levine,  V. E.  Faulty food with reference  to the
endocrine system.   Diet. Admin. Ther., 1926, 4:  243-60.—
Pende,  N.  L'action des aliments sur le systeme endocrino-
sympathique.  Bruxelle3 med., 1934-35, 15: suppl., 79; 1935- 
ENDOCRINE SYSTEM                      310                      ENDOCRINE SYSTEM
36, 16: 114.—Stefko. Les modifications des glandes a secretion
interne a la suite d'une alimentation insuffisante chez I'homme.
Rev. fr. endocr., 1928,  6: 103-21.—Verzar,  F.  The influence
of diet on internal secretion.  Proc. Mayo Clin., 1929, 4: 351.

----   Examination.

   See also Endocrine system,  Disease: Diagnosis.
   Foi, C.  L'ultrafiltrazione usata per ricercare
alcuni ormoni nei siero di sangue e primi tentativi
de  una   identificazione  spettrografica  di  essi.
p.399-410.   8?   Venez.,  1924.
   Moity,  J. O.   *Etude  sur les  methodes  de
determination des  hormones dans  les liquides de
I'organisme.  74p.   8?   Par., 1937.
   Bernhardt, H. Die funktionelle Diagnostik der endokrinen
Erkrankungen.  Klin. Wschr., 1926, 5: 713; 758.—Biot, R., &
Richard, G.  Diagnostic  serologique d'etats  endocriniens;
essais et controles.  Rev.  fr.  endocr.,  1935,  13: 459-69.—
Bock, H.  Der Nachweis  der Hormone im Blut.  Jahrkurs.
arztl. Fortbild., 1924, 15: 47-9.—Browne, J. S. L., & Venning,
E. M.  The assay of hormones in the human individual.  Tr.
Am. Neur. Ass., 1935,  61:  10-7.—Chorazak, T., & Zisch,  K.
Funktionsbestimmungsversuche endokriner  Drusen mit Hilfe
kutaner  Reaktionen.   Derm.  Wschr.,  1934,  98:  390-4.—
Colaneri, X.  L'electrodiagramme  endocrinien.  J. med.  Paris,
1936, 56: 545.  Also Clinique, Par., 1937, 32: 310-2.—Dausset.
Les tests endocriniens utilises dans le service central de physio-
therapie  de l'Hotel Dieu.  Bull. Soc.  med. Paris,  1935, 572-4,
------Ferrier & Lamy.  Les tests endocriniens en usage dans
le service de physiotlterapie de l'Hotel-Dieu.  J. radiol. electr.,
1936, 20: 208-12.—Donnet,  V.  Etude critique  du test  de
Dausset  et Ferrier.   Progr. med., Par., 1939, pt  2, 1141-5.—
Drevon & Mourgues. Nouvelle mesure du test endocrinien par
le spectroreductontetre  de Ferrier.  Marseille med., 1938,  75:
706-11.—Durupt, A.   Deux tests  biologiques  endocriniens.
Presse therm, dim., 1934, 75: 251-6.—Fellner, O.  O.  Be-
merkungen  zu  dem Aufsatz  von S.  Loewe: qualitative und
quantitative Analyse in Anwendung auf weibliche Inkretzu-
bereitungen.   /.bl.  Gyn.,  1926,  50: 1657-9.—Follmann,  J.
[The diagnostic value  of  the intracutaneous  injections  in
endocrinology]  Gy6gyaszat,  1931, 71: 633-5.—Franco,  P. M.
II sondaggio potenziale fisico  de surreni e della tiroide (i raggi
Roentgen nello studio  della capacita potenzia le degli  organi
endocrini) rivista sintetica.   Arch, radiol., Nap., 1927, 3: 681-
784.—Glassberg, B. Y.  The diagnostic value  of the  sugar
tolerance curve in endocrinopathies.   Arch.  Int. M., 1930, 46:
984-7.—Glud, P., & Pedersen-Bjergaard, K. Determination
quantitative des hormones dans le serum et Purine des femelles
gravides.  C. rend. Congr. internat. pharm., 1935, 12. Congr.,
391-403.—Gordon, M. B.  Endocrine studies in infants and
children; methods of procedure and diagnostic criteria.   J.
Pediat,,  S   Louis, 1934,  5:  659-79.—Granozzi,  G. M.  Sul
valore della prova di Biot  e  Richard nello  studio dello stato
endocrino nell'infanzia.  Pediatria (Riv.)  1938, 46: 961-78.—
Heyer, G. R.  Ueber den Bockschen Nachweis der Hormone im
Blute.   Med. Klin., Berl.,  1925, 21:  1806.—Huet, J. A.  Les
tests physiotrterapiques en endocrinologie.  Progr. nted., Par.,
1937, 415.—Jeanneney, G.,  & Hirtz, J.  L'examen endocrinien.
Clinique,  Par.,  1937,  32:  93-6.—Kermorgant,  Y.   L'endo-
crinodiagramme de Ferrier.   Gaz.  med. France,  1938,  45:
501.—Koopman, J.  [Functional  diagnosis  of  the endocrine
organs]   Geneesk. gids,  1925,  3: 1041; 1057.—Labbe, M.,
Escalier, A., & Uhry, P. L'epreuve d'hypoglycemie provoquee
par injection intraveineuse d'insuline, au cours  d'etats  endo-
criniens.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1933, 114: 890-2.—Leone, R. E.
Un nuovo metodo semplice di sondaggio biologico delle glandole
endocrine.  Fol. med., Nap., 1924,10: 589-95. Also Wien. med.
Wschr., 1924,  74: 483-9.—Neumann, H. O., & Peter, F.  Zur
Methodik  der Hormonspiegelbestimmung  im  Blut.  Klin.
Wschr., 1931, 10: 2086.  ------ Zur klinischen Bewertung der
Hormonmengenbestimmung aus dem Blut.   Zbl. Gyn., 1932,
56: 391-4.—Pascault, L. Methode d'examen pour le diagnostic
des  etats endocriniens.  Monde  med.,  1930,  40: 622-34.—
Payan, L.  Les tests endocriniens. Marseille med.,  1925, 62:
1549-71.—Peritz, G.  Die Keimdriisen als Test fiir die Prufung
des Bockschen Nachweises der Hormone im  Blut.  Deut. med.
Wschr., 1925, 51: 1932.  ------ Ueber den Bockschen  Nach-
weis der Hormone im Blute.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1925, 21: 1342-
4.—Porak, R.   Les tests glandulaires de la senteiologie neuro-
glandulaire.  Rev. Soc. med. int., B. Air.,  1927,  3:  59-65.—
Porc'her, Y.   Conductibilite electrique  du corps humain et
dysendocrinie; un  nouveau test  biontetrique:  la mesure  de
Tangle de phase. Ann.  med. psychoi., Par.,  1936, 94: 254-7.—
Ragnotti,  R.  Dermoreazioni con estratti  ormonici.  Boll.
Accad. med. Perugia,  1926,  24-28.—Rago,  O.   La  reazione
dell'oro colloidale equate segno della funzionalita endocrina dei
tessuti.   Fol. med.,  Nap.,  1925, 11: 296-9.—Richard, G.   La
recherche dans le serum des activites endocriniennes; reflexions
preiiminaires k l'expose d'une  methode utilisable.  Progr. med.,
Par.,  1934,  1005-9.------Technique utilisable  pour  re-
chercher  dans  le serum les  activites endocriniennes.   C. rend.
Soc. biol., 1935, 120: 444-6.—Schkawera, G. L.  Die Methodik
der Untersuchungen an  den isolierten endokrinen  Driisen.
In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth.  (Abderhalden,  E.) Berl., 1938, T.
3B. 1. Halfte, 779-802.—Schlenck, A.  Vier Jahre Erfahrungen
mit dem Bockschen Nachweis der Hormone im Blute.  Fortsch.
Med., 1926, 44: 1400.—Schubert, E. von.  Ueber die Unhalt-
barkeit  der  physikalischen Voraussetzungen des Verfahrens
von Bock-Peritz zum Nachweis von Hormonen im Blut.  Deut.
med. Wschr., 1925, 51: 2147-9.—Solovtzova. A.  [Kottman's
reaction  (differential  sero-diagnosis of  endocrine  disorders)]
Vrach. gaz.,  1928, 32: 1639-41.—Sternberg, A.  Verhalten
des Organismus gegen Gifte und Funktionspriifung der Blut-
drusen.   Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1927,  57: 346-52.—Stevenin,
H., & Porak, R.   Le test de l'ergographie en endocrinologie.
Paris med., 1933, 87: 364-6.—Tests (Les) endocriniens. Rev.
prat, biol., Par., 1925, 18: 240-5.—Traina Rao, G., & De Palo,
A.  Ricerche sierologiche sullo stato funzionale delle ghiandole
endocrine in ginecologia.  Monit. ostet. gin.,  1937, 9: 55-89.—
Viamonte Cuervo.  L.   Exploracten clinica del sistema neuro-
endocrine   Vida  nueva,  Habana, 1935,  36:  101.------
Exploracten  clfnica del sistema endocrino en la  infancia.  J.
pediat. Santiago, 1937, 272-310.

----   Examination:  Interferometry.

   See also Interferometry.
   Maztjr,   B.    *Contribution  a  l'etude   de la
methode  interferometrique  de Hirsch  applique'e
a  la  recherche  des  antiferments  d'Abderhalden
dans  les  dysendocrinies.   134p.    8?   Strasb.,
1933.
   Abderhalden,  R.   Beitrag  zum Problem der innersekre-
torischen Storungen; die Bedeutung der  neuen Mikromethode
der Abderhaldenschen Reaktion (A. R.) fiir die Diagnostik
endokriner Krankheiten und ihrer Therapie.  Zschr. ges. exp.
Med., 1936-37, 100:  360-73.—Cuny,  L.  La ntethode inter-
ferontetrique et son emploi pour la recherche des dysfonctiona
endocriniennes.  Rev.  prat, biol., Par.,  1933,  26: 97; 129 —
Durupt, A.  Interpretation sero-interferontetrique des resultats
en endocrinologie.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1933, 112:  963.  ------
&  Lagarde, J.  Interpretation des resultats interferontetriques
dans les troubles endocriniens.  Presse med.,  1932, 40: 372-6.—
Durupt, A., & Schlesinger, A.  L'interf6rom6trie endocrinienne;
essais de critique et expose des controles des substrats; notation,
interpretation et signification des resultats.   Sang, Par., 1933,
9: 574;  676.—Girard,  L.   Quelques reflexions sur la valeur
clinique  de  l'interferom6trie  des glandes  endocrines.  Bull.
med.,  Par., 1935, 49: 57-63.—Groedel, F. M., & Hubert, G.
Der klinische Wert der interferometrischen  Blutuntersuchung
bei polyglandularer Sekretionsstorung,  speziell fiir die Deutung
psychischer und  konstitutioneller Anomalien.  Miinch. med.
Wschr.,   1926,  73:  1738.—Grosmand.  La  recherche de la
deficience endocrinienne  par l'examen  interferometrique du
sang.  Progr.  nted.,  Par.,  1930, 1042-5.—Guillaumin, C. O.
Mode d'expression et interpretation des resultats fournis  par
l'examen sero-interf6rontetrique  de Hirsch  dans l'etude  des
dysendocrinies. C. rend. Soc.  biol., 1932, 110: 1295.   -----
Faits  sur lesquels s'appui l'interpretation   des  results sero-
interferontetriques   en  endocrinologie.   Ibid.,   1933,  112:
651-3.------Quelques examples  de l'application de la
methodes interferometrique en endocrinologie.   J.   pharm.
chim., Par., 1934, 8. ser., 20: 485-93.—Hellmuth, K.   Unsere
Erfahrungen mit der  interferometrischen Untersuchung  bei
endokrinen  Storungen.  Arch.  Gyn., Berl.,  1926-27,  129:
965-86.   ------   Bringt  uns die interferometrische Sero-
diagnostik in ihrer gegenwartigen Form bei der Diagnose  von
Endokrinstorungen weiter?  Miinch. med. Wschr., 1926,  73:
1484.  ------  Das Problem der inneren Sekretion (einschliess-
lich Plazenta) im Lichte der interferometrischen Serodiagnostik.
Verh.  Internat.  Kongr.  Sexualforsch.,  1927, 1. Congr., 2:
110-6.—Jochims,  J.   Die  interferometrischen Abbaukurven
innersekretorischer  Drusen bei gesunden  Kindern.  Zschr.
Kinderh., 1936,  58: 465-78.—Kaminer, G.   Ueber die Ver-
wendbarkeit der  Abderhaldenschen Reaktion zum Studium
der endokrinen Erkrankungen (vorlaufige Mitteilung)   Wien.
klin. Wschr., 1928, 41: 881-5.—Kretz, J. Ergebnisse mit der
Abderhaldenschen   Inkretreaktion   (Abderhaldensche   Ab-
baureaktion bei Drusen mit innerer Sekretion)  Ibid., 885-8.—
Landsberg, M.  Interferometrie und innere Sekretion.  Deut,
Zschr. Chir., 1928-29, 230: 198-201.—Lendel, E., & Dutt, J. N.
Die Beeinflussung  der interferometrischen  Abbaukurve  der
Drusen   mit innerer  Sekretion  durch  erhohte  Temperatur.
Fermentforschung,  1930-31,  12:  333-40.—Lucandri, G.  La
reazione  di Abderhalden nelle malattie endocrine.  Boll.  Soc
ital. biol. sper.,  1938, 13:  3.—Moinson, L.,  & Perier, E. A.
Ce qu'on peut raisonnablement attendre de l'interf6rometrie
pour le diagnostic des dysendocrinies.  J. nted. Paris, 1934, 54:
213-6.—Monacelli, M.  Sul metodo interferometrico di Hirsch
per lo studio  delle  disendocrinopatie.  Boll. Soc. ital.  biol.
sper.,  1935,  10:  915-7.—Novaro, R.,  Marco del Pont, A.,  &
Castaldo, F.  Diagn6stico de la disendocrinias por la reaccten
de Abderhalden  y su tratamiento espeeffico.   Sem. med.,
B. Air.,  1923,  30: pt 2, 295-305.—Pettersson.  Zur  Klarung
endokriner   Dynamik durch  interferometrische  Belastungs-
reaktion.  Deut.  med. Wschr.,  1938,  64:  335-7.   ------
Wie finde ich  einen messbaren Faktor  in der Vielheit endo-
kriner Beziehungen? (Interferometrische-Belastungs-Reaktion)
Konst.  & Klinik,  1938, 1: 57-61.—Reiche, A.  Innersekre-
torische  Storungen im Kindesalter und  die Untersuchung auf
Abwehrfermente mittels der interferometrischen Methode  nach
P.  Hirsch.  Mschr. Kinderh., 1934,  62: 47-55.—Rinck, H.
Die Schwankungen  in den Abbauwerten endokriner Organe
und die  daraus folgende  Notwendigkeit mehrfacher Unter- 
ENDOCRINE SYSTEM
suchungen.   Biochem. Zschr.,  1926,  179:  194-8.—Schitten-
helm.  A., Chrometzka. F..  & Spteker, W.   Das  hormonale
Gleichgewicht und hormonale Entgleisungen  im  interfero-
metrischen Bild  des Serums.  Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1934-35,
95:  149-67.—Schwarz, K., & Koehler, G.  Klinisch-diagnos-
tische  Erfahrungen mit der Interferometrie unter besonderer
Berucksichtigung  der  endokrinen   Erkrankungen.   Klin.
Wschr., 1927, 6: 1652-4.—Weissenbach, R. J., & Durupt, A.
L'interferontetrte endocrinienne; notation et interpretation des
resultats.  Hopital, 1933,  21: 197-202.—Zimmer,  A., Lendel,
E.,  & Fehlow,  W.   Interferometrie  und  innere  Sekretion.
Deut. med. Wschr., 1928, 54: 1624.

——  Function.

   See also  Endocrine gland,  Physiology;  also
under  various  names of   bodily   functions  as
Growth; Metabolism, &c.
   Alpern, D.   [Endocrino-sympathetic  system;  its role in
internal secretion]   Vrach. delo, 1928, 11: 793-7.—Asher, L.
Neue Erfahrungen iiber den funktionellen  Aufbau  der tieri-
schen  Organisation.   Klin.  Wschr., 1926, 5:  163.—Bischoff,
H.  Die  Bedeutung  der  Hormone im Kindesalter.  Zschr.
arztl. Fortbild.,  1939, 36: 481-3.—Bogomolets, A.  A.  [Iono-
endocrine regulation in physiology and pathology]  Tr. Obsh.
nevropat. Saratov., 1927, 1: 17-9.—Bram, I.  The internal
secretions and the bodily processes.   Trained Nurse,  1929,
83: 42-7.—Cantilo, E.  Le mecanisme endocrinien r6gulateur
du temps physiologique.  Presse med.,  1938, 46: 1900-3.—
Carravetta,  M.   Intorno alia funzionalita  delle  principali
glandole endocrine isolatamente ed associate (ricerche  speri-
mentali)  Gazz. internaz.  med.  chir.,  1924,  29:  292-300.
Also Rass. clin. ter.,  1925,  24: 32-46.—Ceconi, A.  Innerva-
zione e secrezioni interne.  Minerva med., Tor., 1923, 3: 256-
8.—Danforth, C. H.  Genie and hormonal factors in biological
processes.  Bull. N.  York  Acad. M., 1939,  15:  359-76 —
Daly, I. de B.  Artificial and natural regulation of body func-
tion. Pharm. J., Lond., 1935, 4. ser., 81: 593.—Gley, E.   Des
relations entre les diverses activites des glandes plurifonction-
nelles.  Bruxelles med., 1927-28, 8: 1100; 1928-29,  9: suppl.,
64.—Harms, J.  W.  Das Wesen  der  Inkretion und ihre  Be-
deutung fiir  das normale und experimentell beeinflusste  Ge-
schehen innerhalb  der Lebensphasen  der Tiere.  Deut. med.
Wschr., 1925, 51: 631-3.—Henderson, J. J.  Endocrine in-
fluence on body  economy.  J. Am. Electr. Res. Ass., 1935, 12:
359-62.—Hoskins,  R. G.   The  functions  of the  endocrine
organs. Sc Month.,  1924, 18: 257-72.—Kendall, E. C.   The
influence of ductless glands on biologic reaction.  Wisconsin
M. J., 1925-26, 24: 303-5.—Kisch, B.   Regulationssignale des
Korpers.   Med. Welt,  1933,  7:  1164-6.—Laufberger,  V.
[Biologic significance  of  internal secretion]   Cas.  tek.  Cesk.,
1925, 64:  806-9.—Lenart, G.  [Function of endocrine glands
in childhood]  Orvoskepzes, 1936, 26: 577-95.—Lepore, M.
Le funzioni della glandula tiroide, dell'ipofisi e della glandula
pineale.  Gazz.  osp.,  1928, 49: 1603-8.—McQuarrie, I.   The
physiological roles and the clinical significance of the endocrine
glands; a  review.  J.  Lancet, 1936, 56: 254-70.—Murphy, A.
Known functions of the ductless glands.  Australas. Nurs. J.,
1935, 33: 247-51.—Pende, N.  Le funzioni generali endocrine.
Athena, Roma,  1939, 8:  159-67.—Peritz, G.  Die Bedeutung
der Drusen mit innerer Sekretion fiir den normalen Ablauf der
Korperfunktionen.  Fortsch. Gesundhfurs., 1927, 1: 53-6.—
Riddle, O.  Internal secretions in evolution and reproduction.
Sc. Month., 1928,  26: 202-16.—Weiler. R.  B.   The functions
of the glands of internal secretion.  Am. Med., 1928, 23: 17-29.

----  Function—in  healing,  and  resistance to
   infection.

   See also Immunity.
   Agduhr, E.   Internal secretion  and resistance to injurious
factors.  Acta med. scand., 1939, 99: 387-424.   ------  Tole-
ranz gegen schadigende Faktoren und innere Sekretion. Zschr.
mikr. anat. Forsch.,  1939, 45: 467-502.—Cramer, W.  Fever,
infections  and the thyroid-adrenal apparatus.  Brit. J. Exp.
Path.,  1926-27,  7: 95-110, 4 pl.—Cucco, G. P. | Les glandes
endocrines et les defenses immunitaires dans l'infection ex-
perimentale par staphylocoques.  Boll. Sez. ital. Soc. internaz.
microb., 1931, 3: 456-8.—Friede, K. A., & Zemtsova, O. M.
[Effect of the endocrine system on the course of the infectious
process and immunity]  J. mikrob., Moskva, 1938, 19: 823-8.—
Glusman, M.  Einfluss der Entfernung von Drusen mit innerer
Sekretion auf die Antikorperbildung.   Zschr. Hyg., 1924, 102:
428-37.—Horing, F. O.  Endokrine Krankheiten und Infek-
tionsresistenz.  Erg. inn. Med. Kinderh., 1937,  52: 336-74.—
Hunt, H. L.  The glands of internal secretion; relationship of
the endocrine glands, especially the gonads, to disease.  Med.
Times, N. Y., 1927, 55: 51;  66.—Ivany, B.  El aparato endo-
crino y las mutaciones del virus tuberculoso. Ars medica, Barcel.,
1930, 6: 405.—Melnik, M.  Contribution a l'etude des rela-
tions entre les glandes a  secretion interne  et l'immunite; le
corps thyroide et le bacille de Shiga. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925,
92: 474.—Sakharov, G. P.  [Endocrine system and  infection]
Med. biol. J.,  Leningr., 1928, 4:  13-9.—Seitz, A.  Endokrine
Drusen und Abwehr.  Zbl. Bakt., 1.  Abt., 1924,  93:  Orig.,
227-33.—Thielhaber,  A.   Der  Einfluss  der  Blutdriisen  auf
Krankheitsdisposition  und Krankheitsheilung.  Arch.  Gyn.,
Berl., 1929, 137: 1031-5   [Discussion]  1044-7.  Also Munch.
med. Wschr.,  1929,  76: 1241-3.
ENDOCRINE SYSTEM
----   Heredity.
   Aron,  M.   Les secretions internes devant  revolution  et
I'rter6dite.  Presse med, 1931, 39: 703-6.—Bauer, J.  Die
Beziehungen der Vererbungslehre zur Endokrinologie.  Wien.
klin  Wschr.,  1935, 48: 1103-7.—Beretervide, J. J.. & Rosen-
blatt, S.  Los factores hereditarios en endocrinologfa.   Prensa
med. argent., 1937,  24:  1965-72.—Busco, J.  Herencia endo-
crina similar;  conclusiones.   Rev.  espec, B.  Air.,  1926,  1:
1069.—Leidenius, L.   Ueber den  Einfluss der  elterlichen
Endokrinen auf  die allgemeine Entwicklung und die  Endo-
krinen  der  Nachkommenschaft; Tierexperimente.  Acta  Soc.
med. Duodecim,  1925, 6: 1-94, pl.—Sakharov, G. P.  [Rela-
tion  of the endocrine system to heredity]  Russ. klin., 1930,
14:  353-64.—Weygandt.    Endokrine  Vererbung.   Deut.
Zschr.  Nervenh., 1928, 107:  177. Also Munch, med. Wschr.,
1929, 76: 93-6.

----   Interrelations.

   See  also  under  name  of  individual  glands,
especially  Pituitary,  Interrelations;  also  Hor-
mone; also names of hormones.
   Kung, E.   *Weitere Untersuchungen iiber  die
Wechselbeziehungen  zwischen Hoden  und Ne-
benniere,  Schilddriise,  Milz.   30p.   8?    Zur.,
1926.
   Leschke,   E.    Die  Wechselwirkungen   der
Blutdrusen.   71p.    8?   Lpz.,  1933.
   Sklower,  A.    *Ueber Beziehungen zwischen
Schilddriise und Thymus   [Konigsberg]   p. 150-
66.   8?   Berl., 1927.
   Also Zschr. vergl. Physiol., 1927,  6:
   Zahn, K.   *Ueber den Einfluss der  Thyreoidea
und Thymus  auf das Ovar.   26p.  8?   Erlangen,
1931.
   Aron,  M.   Les correlations  entre  les glandes endocrines
hormonogenes.   In  Conf. physiol. nted.  (Ambard, L.,  et al.)
Par., 1935,  35-59.—Balo, J.  [Antagonism of thyreoid gland
and  pancreas]  Orv. hetil.,  1932, 76: 201-3.—Bansi,  H. W.
Wechselwirkung der Drusen untereinander. In Norm. Krankh.
Steuerung [etc.]  (Adam,  C.)  Jena, 1937,  102-8.—Benazzi, M.
Documenti per  la istofisiologia delle interrelazioni ovarico-
tiroidee.  Monit. zool.  ital., 1932-33, 43: suppl., 222-8 —
Bergmann,  G. von.   Korrelationen im  Gebiet der inneren
Sekretion.  Med. Klin.,  Berl., 1935, 31:  869-73.—Blotevogel,
W.  Zusammenwirken der Inkrete.  Verh. Anat. Ges., 1931,
40: 196-205.—Borak.  Die Rontgentherapie und die Organo-
therapie  bei  innersekretorischen Erkrankungen; innersekre-
torische Wechselbeziehungen.  Wien. med. Wschr., 1925, 75:
1180-2.—Brazioli, G.   Studi sperimentali sulle correlazioni
ormoniche fra tiroide e gonadi femminili. Endocr. pat. cost.,
Bologna, 1936,  11:  185-96.—Brougher,  J. C.  The  effect  of
desiccated spleen and splenectomy on serum calcium in normal
and  parathyroidectomized dogs.  Am. J. Physiol.,  1930, 92:
648-50.—Cabitto, A.  Contributo alia conoscenza delle correla-
zioni ormoniche  studiate per mezzo dell'azione di estratti  di
organi  sull'occhio della rana.   Riv. clin. pediat.,  1925, 23: 462-
70, pl.—Castagna, P.  Richerche sperimentali sui rapporti fra
pancreas ed ormoni genitali femminili.  Arch, ostet. gin., 1935,
42: 609-34.—Castellino, P.   Dello sviluppo ontogenetico delle
correlazioni glandolari endocrine.  Fol. med., Nap., 1928, 14:
1527-51.—Cheboksarov, M.  N., & Malkin, Z. I.  [Correlation
of glands of internal secretion]  Kazan, med. J.,  1925, 21: 787-
93.—Chiodi, H.  Accten de  la castracten prepuberal sobre el
peso de los organos endocrinos de las ratas albinas.  Rev.  Soc.
argent, biol., 1938, 14: 246-52.—Clark, G. A.  Interrelation of
parathyroids, suprarenals and pancreas.  J.  Physiol.,  Lond.,
1923-24, 58: 294-301.—Crainicianu,  A.  [Experimental re-
search  work on the  correlation between  neuro-glandular and
ovarian secretions and the  parasympathetic tonus]  Rev. st.
med., Bucur., 1925, 14: 139-54.—Cramer, W., & Homing, E. S.
On the relationship  between the male gonads and the adrenal
gland.   Lancet, Lond., 1937, 1: 1330-31, 2 pl.—Crile,  G. W.
New clinical and experimental studies of the interrelations of
the thyroid, adrenals and the nervous system.  N. England J.
M.,  1928, 198: 988-93.  ------  The interdependence of the
thyroid, adrenals and nervous system. Am. J.  Surg., 1929,  n.
ser.,  6: 616-20.  Also Illinois M. J.,  1930, 57: 97-101—Csepai,
K., & Ernst, Z.  Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Beziehungen zwi-
schen Schilddriise und Pankreas. Miinch. med. Wschr., 1927,
74: 1757.—Cuxto, E. L.  Reazione dell'ovaio  e dell'utero  di
coniglie impuberi a stimoli elettrici su ipofisi, tiroide e surrene.
Fol.  demogr. gyn., Genova, 1938, 35: 307-21, 4 pl.—Czarnecki,
E., & Sarabia, L. La secretion surrenale d'adrenaline chez  les
chiens  6thyroides.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1927,  97:  455.—Dal
Collo,  P. G.  Influenza sull'ovaio  della funzione surrenale.
Fol.  med., Nap., 1924, 10: 609-15.  ------  Contributo alia
conoscenza dei rapporti tireo-surrenali.  Policlinico,  1925, 32:
sez. med., 191-208.  Also Osp. maggiore,  Milano, 1926, 3. ser.,
14: 73-5.—De Lisi,  L.  Effetti della scerebrazione suite tiroidi
e sulle surrenali in animali castrati.   Schweiz.  Arch. Neur.
Psychiat., 1924, 14: 94-114.—Demel, R., Jatrou, S., & Wallner,
A.  Beziehungen der Ovarien, Nebennieren und  des Thymus
zur  Thyreoidea  bei Ratten;  experimentelle  Studie.   Mitt. 
ENDOCRINE SYSTEM
312
ENDOCRINE  SYSTEM
 Grenzgeb. Med. Chir., 1923, 35: 306-33.—Derville,  M.  Les
 relations fonctionnelles de l'ovaire et de la thyroide.  Hopital,
 1926,  14: 359-61.   ------  Les relations  fonctionnelles de
 l'ovaire et de la surrenale.   Ibid., 522. ------  Les  relations
 fonctionnelles de l'ovaire et de quelques  glandes endocrines.
 Ibid ,  1927, 15: 322-4.—Ferreira Pinto, O.  Dualismo vital em
 endocrinologia.  Brasil med., 1937,  51:  343-6.—Fichera, G.
 Correlazioni tra milza e ghiandole sessuali.  Arch. Soc. ital. chir.
 (1922) 1923, 29: 163-5.—Fonseca, F.. & Trincao, C.  Antago-
 nisme pancreatico-ovarien.   C.  rend.  Soc.  biol., 1929, 100:
 425.—Gallerani, G.  Le  ghiandole a secrezione interna e loro
 correlazioni funzionali.  Gior.  med.  mil., 1936, 84:  1-8.—
 Galli, G.  Studi sulle ghiandole a secrezione  interna e sulla
 milza  (asportazione della tiroide, delle paratiroidi, della milza,
 e funzione gastrica)   Biochim.  ter. sper.,  1935, 22:  173-9.—
 Gottsegen,  G.  [Endocrine correlations]   Gyogyaszat,  1935,
 75: 74; 87.—Greenwood, A. W., & Chu, J. P.  On the relation
 between thyroid and sex gland functioning in  the brown Leg-
 horn  fowl.  Q. J. Exp. Physiol., Lond., 1939-40,  29:  111-9 —
 Hammett, F. S.   Thyroid-adrenal association.  Anat.  Rec,
 1924,29:99. ------ Inter-glandular associations (a statistical
 study)  Endocrinology, 1925, 9: 297-300.—Interrelationships
 between  the endocrine glands; increasing knowledge  of endo-
 crine function reveals many complex physiologic mechanisms.
 Ther.  Notes,  Detr.,  1935,  42:  108-12.—Jaffe,  H. L.  The
 influence  of the suprarenal  gland on the thymus; regeneration
 of the thymus following  double suprarenalectomy in the rat.
 J. Exp. M., 1924, 40: 325-42, pl. ------  Direct evidence of
 regeneration of the involuted thymus following double supra-
 renalectomy in the rat. Ibid., 619-25, pl.  ------ Stimulation
 of the growth of the thymus gland following double  supra-
 renalectomy in young rats.  Ibid., 753-9, pl.—Jores, A.  Endo-
 krine Korrelationen.  Klin. Wschr., 1937, 16: 1777-9.—Junge,
 E. Thymus und Basedow; ein  Beitrag zur Frage  der Bezie-
 hungen beider Organe.  Beitr. Heilk. (Abt.  Inn. Med.)  1921,
 H. 2, 1-18.—Kajimura,  S.  Experimentelle Untersuchungen
 iiber die Beziehungen zwischen der Nebenniere und Schilddriise.
 Okayama igakkai zasshi, 1929, 41: 1888.—Klein. F.  Ueber das
 Verhaltnis zwischen Schilddriise und Thymus.  Virchows Arch.,
 1938, 301: 736-45.—Koranyi, S.  [Correlation of the organs of
 internal secretions]  Gy6gyaszat, 1929, 68: 441-5.—Krizenecky,
 J., & Po:'hrad3ky, J.  Zur Frage der entwicklungsmechanisch-
 antagonistischen Wirkung  der  Thymus und der Thyreoidea
 (Versuche an Kaulquappen) Arch.  Entwmechn., 1926, 108:
 68-86.—Kunisige, S.  Ueber die Korrelatio der Zirbel, Milz und
 des  Thymus  auf die Keimdriise. Okayama  igakkai zasshi.
 1938, 50: 570.—Leonard, O. L., & Leonard, S. L.  Failure of
 thyroidectomy to  influence the follicular  components  of the
 immature rat ovary.  Anat. Rec,  1937-38,  68:  249-52.—
 Leopold-Levi.  Actions reciproques  des ovaires  et  du corps
 thyroide.  Rev. fr. gyn. obst., 1934, 29: 362; 756.—Leschke, E.
 Weehselwirkungen der Blutdrusen.   Zschr. arztl. Fortbild.,
 1932, 29: 417; 456.—Lundberg, E.  Etudes sur le rapport entre
 les secretions internes de la glande thyroide et celles des glandes
 sexuelles.  Acta med. scand., 1926-27, 65: 499-520.   ------
 Weitere Untersuchungen iiber die Relation zwischen Thyreoidea
 und Ovarien.  Ibid., 1927, 66:  467-72.—Maniscalco, G.  Sui
 rapporti  funzionali tra surrenali e pancreas.  Ann. clin. med.,
 Pal.,  1924,  14: 423-40.—Marine, D.  Relation of suprarenal
 cortex to thyroid  and thymus  glands.  Arch. Path.,  Chic,
 1926, 1:  175-9.—Maurer, F. Pseudobranchie, Epithelkorper-
 chen  und Nebenniere.  Morph. Jahrb.,  1931,  67:  1-54.—
 Mendel, B.  Von den Korrelationen der Drusen mit innerer
 Sekretion.  Miinch. med. Wschr., 1925, 72: 218-22.—Messini,
 M.  Blutzucker und Thymus-Nebennierenmark-Antagonismus.
 Arch.  exp. Path., Berl.,  1931, 161: 247-65.—Migliavacca, A.
 Ricerche sui rapporti endocrini fra il pancreas e l'ovaio.  Zschr.
 Zellforsch., 1931,14:279-309.—Moscati, G.  Sull'antagonismo,
 fra surrenali e pancreas; ricerche sperimentali. Fol. med., Nap..
 1922,  8:  353-66.—Nakao,  H.    Die Beziehungen  zwischen
 Schilddriise,  Thymus,  Milz  und Knochenmark.  Biochem.
 Zschr., 1925, 163: 161-75.  ------ Fortgesetzte Untersuchun-
 gen iiber die Beziehungen zwischen Schilddriise, Thymus, Milz
 und  Knochenmark.   Ibid., 166: 337; 350.—Nakayama,  K.
 Das   Zusammenwirken  von Schilddriise  und  Nebenniere,
 gepruft am respiratorischen  Stoffwechsel.  Ibid., 155:  387-
 412.—Oppel, V. A.  [On the relation of some of the endocrine
 glands] Vest, khir.,  Moskva, 1926,  5: pt  14, 10-3.—Parhon,
 C. L, Cahane, M., & Marza, V. Action  de l'insuline, de la
 thyroide et de l'adr6naline sur la teneur en eau du foie; correla-
 tions  thyro-surr6no-pancreatiques.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927,
 97: 1117.—Pende, N.  Le correlazioni interormoniche  nella
 clinica.  Endocr. pat. cost., Bologna, 1933, n. ser., 8: 3-21.—
 Peritz, G.  Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen Schilddriise und
 Eierstock;  zugleich  ein  Beitrag  zur  Basedowfrage.   Zschr.
 arztl.  Fortbild.,  1928,  25:  211-4.—Portier,  P.  Regulations
 hormo-hormonales  ou inter-glandulaires.   Gynecologie, 1938,
 37: 26.—Quaranta,  L.  Contributo sperimentale alio studio
dell'antagonismo funzionale  tra  surreni  e  pancreas.   Poli-
 clinico, 1929, 36: sez. med.,  117-24.—Retterer, E. De Paction
des glandes  genitales et de  l'interaction des organes.  J. urol.
med.,  Par., 1931, 31: 537-74.—Rocha, A.   A correlacao endo-
crina entre ovario e thyreoide. Brasil med., 1933,  47: 732-4.—
 Rodriguez de la Cruz, J.  Sistema neuroendocrine y sus inter-
relaciones.  Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1929,  34: 852.—Rokhlina,
M. Contribution a l'etude de la correlation des glandes endo-
crines; interaction  entre  la  thyroide et la cortico-surrenale.
Rev. fr. endocr.,  1937, 15: 368-83.—Rowe, A. W. Endocrine
associations.  Endocrinology, 1933, 17: 485-93.—Ruata,  G.
 Sulle correlazioni pluriglandolari.  Note psichiat., Pesaro, 1923,
 3. ser., 11: 1-93, pl.—Sartori, E. Sul sinergismo funzionale fra
 timo e pancreas endocrino.  Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1939, 14:
 323.—Scheer, K., & Berchtold, B.  Ueber  den Einfluss von
 Thymus und Thyreoidea bei verschiedener (H') auf die Lebens-
 dauer von  Kaulquappen.   Klin.  Wschr.,  1926, 5:  2205.—
 Schloss, O.  M.  Interpretation of some recent  advances  in
 medicine in terms of equilibrium.  Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, 1933,
 45:  17-23.—Solovei, M. I.   [On the correlation  between the
 ovary and cortical substance of the supra-renal gland]  Biull.
 eksp. biol. med., 1939, 7: 434.—Solovzov,  A.   [Influence  of
 electrolytes on the hormones and the correlation of the internal
 secretory glands]   Klin,  med., Moskva, 1926,  4:  293-5.—
 Szondi, L.  [Interrelations of the endocrine glands and their
 diagnostic and therapeutic importance]  Gy6gyaszat, 1929, 68:
 941;  961;  1014.   Also Endokrinologie,  1931, 9:  321-54.—
 Takao,  T.  Zur Frage des antagonistisehen Verhaltens von
 Thymus und Thyreoidea.  Arch. ges. Physiol., 1926, 213: 192-
 7.—Thomson, D. L.   Correlations of  the  endocrine  system.
 Ann. Int. M., 1935-36, 9: 864-72.—Tsunashima, Y.  Experi-
 mental studies on the antagonistic functi :>n between the spleen
 and the thyroid gland; on blood-compounds (white blood cor-
 puscles in the splenic arteries and veins, hemoglobin, reticulated
 red  cells) and  the  histological picture of the blood-making
 organs.   Okayama  igakkai  zasshi, 1928, 40: 2474.  ------
 On the sedimentation of red blood corpuscles.  Ibid., 1929, 41:
 26.----—■  Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Wech-
 selbeziehung zwischen  der Milz und der Schilddriise; iiber die
 Veranderungen des Blutbildes, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung
 des Blutplattehens.   Ibid., 1928, 40: 180.—Wagner, R.  Zur
 Korrelation der Blutdrusen.  Wien. med.  Wschr.,  1921, 71:
 1942-4.—Walter, A.   Ueber Beziehungen  zwischen Thymus
 und Keimdrusen; Cyclusbeobachtungen.   Arch.  Gyn., Berl.,
 1930, 141: 47-60.—Ward,  E. H. P.   The adrenalin-thyroid
 mechanism.  West.  M. Times,  1924-25,  44:  217;  233.—
 Werner, G.  Modifications humorales dans le syndrome athyro-
 anorchitique experimental.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 103: 192;
 194.—Winter, L. B., & Smith, W.  On a  possible relation be-
 tween the pancreas and the parathyroids.  J. Physiol., Lond.,
 1924-25, 58:  108-10.—Yokoo, A.  Doppelexstirpation der
 innersekretorischen  Organe.  Tr. Jap.  Path. Soc,  1925, 15:
 126. ------  Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Doppel-
 exstirpation der Epiphyse  und der  Keimdriise.  Zschr. ges.
 exp. Med., 1927, 55: 349-70.—Zawadowsky, B. M.,  & Lipt-
 schina, L. Weiterer Beitrag zur Frage der Wechselbeziehungen
 der Keim- und Schilddriisen bei Hiihnern.  Arch. Entwmech.,
 1928, 113: 432-46.—Zwemer, R. L.  A thyroid-adrenal inter-
 relationship.  Proc.  Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y.,  1925-26, 23: 31.

 ----  Pharmacology.

   See also Endocrine  therapy; Hormone.
   Altenburger,  H.   Die  histologische Struktur innersekre-
 torischer  Driisen  nach  Beeinflussung  des  Gallenabflusses.
 Arch. ges. Physiol.,  1926, 212: 369-71.—Arai, T., & Okamoto,
 S.  Ueber das Verhalten von Glutathion und Vitamin C der
 innersekretorischen  Organe  bei den verschiedenen  Behand-
 lungen.   Tr.  Soc. path, jap., 1938, 28:  490-2.—Beltrametti,
 L., & Borri, E.  L'azione di alcuni  ormoni e di alcuni farmaci
 sul sistema  neuroendocrino  in  rapporto  alia regolazione del
 polso, della pressione e della glicemia  in soggetti endocrino-
 patici. Gior. clin. med., 1934, 15: 583-617.—Geiling, E. M. K.
 The endocrines from the standpoint of the physiologist and
 pharmacologist.  Week. Roster, Phila., 1936-37, 32:  1053.—
 Giedosz, B.  Influence des  vitamines A  et  C  sur  l'aspect
 histologique des glandes endocrines.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935,
 120: 557-9.—Kask, M.  Die Alkoholwirkung an Tieren mit
 Hypo- und Hyperfunktion der  Nebennieren, der Schilddriisen
 und der  Keimdrusen.  Fol. neurochir., Tartu,  1929,  9: 187-
 204.—Kermorgant, Y.  Contribution a l'etude de Taction de
 certaines eaux minerales sur l'ovaire et la thyroide.   Presse
 therm, dim., 1939, 80: 344-7.—Parhon, C, & Briese, M.
 Recherches histologiques sur  Taction du calcium et du potas-
sium sur les glandes  endocrines (thyroide, hypophyse)  C.
rend. Soc biol.,  1925, 93: 795.—Sato, S.  Einfliisse der Hepato-
flaviniiberdosierung  auf Korperentwicklung und  auf Thymus,
 Nebenniere und andere inkretorischen Organe bei jungen weis-
sen Ratten.  Tr. Soc. path, jap., 1938, 28: 500-2.—Schreiber,
G.  Variazione delle ghiandole endocrine in seguito all'iniezione
di calcio.  Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1929, 4: 61-3.—Selye, H.
Thymus, adrenals and thyroid in the response of the organism
 to certain durgs.  Am.  J. Physiol., 1936, 116: 141.

 ----   Psychological  and psychosomatic relation.

   See  also  Behavior, Disorders;  Body constitu-
 tion;  Character; Constitution;  Personality.

   Berman,  L.   The glands regulating personal-
 ity; a study of the glands of internal secretion in
 relation  to the types  of human  nature.   2. ed.
 341p.   8?   N. Y., 1928.
   Cobb, I. G.   The  glands of destiny  (a study
 of the personality) 295p.  12?   Lond.,  1927.
   Homan, J.  G.   Glands of power and  success.
 2. ed.   77p.   16?  Steubenville, 1925. 
ENDOCRINE SYSTEM
313
ENDOCRINE SYSTEM
    Kapp,  M. W.   Our  glands and  evolvement;
 a  short story of  our  physical development and
 our mental  and  spiritual evolvement.   36p.   8°
 S. Jose, 1923.
    Laszlo,  B.   [Internal secretion  and psyche]
 25p.   8?   Budap.,  1934.
    Mateer,  F.    Glands and  efficient  behavior.
 243p.  8?   N. Y., 1935.
    Pende, N.   Konstitution  und  innere Sekre-
 tion;  nebst  einem Versuch  der Anwendung  der
 Endokrinologie in der Kriminalpsychologie.   63p.
 8?   Budap., 1924.
    Pflegel [I. F.] H.  *Psychische Abartigkeiten
 endokrin  gestorter  Kinder; Versuch einer kon-
 stitutionspathologischen Grundlegung   [Leipzig]
 44p.   8?   Zeulenroda [1936]
    Rubin, H.  H.   Mysterious glands;  how your
 glands control your mental  and physical develop-
 ment and moral welfare.  179p. 8?  Phila.,  1925.
    Urbantschitsch,  R.   Die innere  Sekretion
 und   deren   bestimmender  Einfluss  auf   unser
 korperliches  und  seelisches  Leben.   50p.   8?
 Wien, 1922.
    Akhutin,  M. N.  [Study of the constitution and endocrine
 formula]  J. usov. vrach.,  1929, 7: 511-8.—Balena, A.   Dese-
 quilibrio endocrino e intellectualidade superior.  Brasil med.,
 1927, 41: 1095; 1125.—Barker, L. E.   On the relation of the
 functions of the glands of internal secretion  to the thinking,
 the feeling,  and the  striving of man. J. Florida M. Ass.,
 1926-27,  13:  254-60.—Bauer,  J.   Individual  constitution:
 vs endocrine  glands.  Bull.  Buffalo Gen. Hosp., 1923,  1:
 78-87.   ------  Neuere  Untersuchungen  auf dem  Gebiete
 der Konstitutionspathologie  und  inneren  Sekretion.   Deut.
 med. Wschr.,  1925, 51: 269.  ------  [Constitution in endo-
 crinology]   Med. biol. J., Leningr., 1925, 1:  No. 1-2, 14-36.
 ------  Die endokrin Stigmatisierten.  Deut. med. Wschr.,
 1932, 58: 439-42.—Benthin.  Konstitution  und innere Sekre-
 tion.   Arch.  Gyn.,  Berl., 1925,  125: 573-5  [Discussion]
 586-90.—Berliner, M.  Ueber den Einfluss  der endokrinen
 Hormone auf  die Konstitution in den verschiedenen Lebens-
 altern des  Menschen.  Arch. Frauenk.,  1924, 10: 117-35.—
 Herman, L.  The glands and antisocial behavior.   In his New
 Creations, N. Y., 1938, 244-54.—Biedl, A.  Die  Konstitution
 in ihrer endokrinen Bedingtheit.  Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1927,
 24: 273-80.—Bieler, H.   Endocrine  types.  Clin. M. & S.,
 1932,  39: 251-6.—Borchardt, L.   Konstitution  und  innere
 Sekretion.   Samml. Verdauungskr.,  1926,  9: H. 6,  1-56.—
 Ceni, C.  Die Beziehungen zwischen  psychischen Vorgangen,
 der Geschlechtsdriise und  den Drusen mit  innerer Sekretion.
 Schweiz. Arch.  Neur. Psychiat., 1926,  19: 56-69.—Cobb, I. G.
 Mental welfare and the endocrine organs.  Ment. Welf., Lond.,
 1926,  7: 63-70.—Filippini, A.  Ghiandole endocrine  e per-
 sonalia. Policlinico, 1934, 41: sez. prat., 1223.—Galant, J. S.
 Die  hypothyreoid-hypersuprarenale   Konstitutionsanomalie.
 Virchows Arch., 1925, 258: 678-86.—Hoskins, R. G.  Endo-
 crine factors in behavior.  J. Lancet, 1936, 56: 249-54.—
 Hunt, H. L.   Relation of the endocrine glands to crime.  Med.
 Rev. of Rev., 1927, 33: 267-79.—Ingle, D. J.  Endocrine func-
 tion and  personality.  Psychol.  Rev., 1935, 42: 466-79.—
 Kabanow, N.  Die endokrinen Faktoren  der Konstitution.
 Schweiz. med.  Wschr., 1933,  63:  589-93.—Klieneberger, O.
 Innere Sekretion und Psyche.   Zschr.  Behandl. Schwachsinn.,
 1926, 46: 145-52.—Lankford, J. S.  The endocrine glands and
 personality.   Am. Med., 1932, 38: 101-4.—MacAuIifTe.  Les
 temperaments endocriniens. Arch, internat. neur., Par., 1926,
 19. ser., 1:  121-40.—Maranon, G. Constitucten,  diatesis y
 glandulas de secreci6n interna. Siglo  med., 1916, 63: 65-7.—
 Menninger,  W. C.  The relationships between the endocrine
 system  and  the personality.  J.  Kansas M.  Soc, 1935,  36:
 353-63.—Mestre, A.  Glandulas  endocrinas; estado  psico-
 afectivos y criminalidad.   Rev. med.  cir. Habana, 1935, 40:
 131-6.—Miller, H. R.  The endocrine glands and their sig-
 nificance in mental and emotional states.  Hosp.  Social Serv.,
 1927, 16:  112-6.—Pende,  N.   Les  types constitutionnels de
 feminilite somatique  et  leur  formule endocrinienne.   Presse
 med., 1933,  41: 2094-7.—Quackenbos, J.  D.  Behavior as
 biased  by the glands of internal secretion.  Am.  Med., 1926,
 n. ser., 21: 653-7.—Rondoni, P.  La costituzione in rapporto
 al sistema endocrino.  Terapia, Milano, 1926, 16: 268-75.—
 Rothmann, H.  Die Einsonderungsorgane in ihrer Beziehung
 zur Konstitution.  Med.  Klin., Berl.,  1931,  27:  117-20 —
 Rubinstein,  H. S.  Glands—their  influence  on  body build
 and behavior. Hygeia, Chic, 1936, 14: 34; 67; 150.—Sacharov,
 G.  [Endocrine correlation and physiology of types]  Med.
 biol. J., Leningr., 1926, 2: No. 6,  17-36.—Sankford, J.  Las
 glandulas endocrinas y la personalidad humana.  Cr6n. med.
 mex., 1933, 32:  127-9.—Schultz, J. H. Innere Sekretion und
 Psyche.  Med.  Klin., Berl.,  1935, 31: 965-9.—Stokvis,  B.
[The endocrine system and psyche]  Geneesk. gids, 1939, 17:
696; 722; 748.—Timme,  W.   Endocrine aspects  of constitu-
 tion.  Proc.  Ass. Res.  Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1934, 14: 91-121 —
Tusques, J.  Les troubles endocriniens dans les etats d'excita-
tion.  Ann.  mfid. psychoi.,  Par., 1937, 95: pt 2,  15-39.—
Zondek, H.  [Hormon function and constitution]  Med.  biol.
J., Leningr.,  1926, 2: No. 3, 5-11.

----   Regulation.

   See  also  Autonomic  nervous system;  Endo-
crine  gland, Innervation;  Parasympathetic  ner-
vous system,  &c.
   Bandettini di Poggio, F.   Secrezioni  interne
e sistema nervoso.   381p.  8?   Genova, 1921.
 _ Laignel-Lavastine,  M.   The internal secre-
tions  and  the nervous system; transl. by F. T.
Robeson.  59p.  8?   N. Y., 1919.
   Langdon-Brown, W.   The integration of the
endocrine  system.   53p.   8?   Cambr.,  1935.
   Arullani, P. F.  Funzione di orientamento nei sistema or-
monopoietico.  Gazz. osp., 1927, 48: 891.—Biondi, C.  La
funzione  endocrinoneurovegetativa.    Rass.  previd. sociale,
1925, 12: No.  10, 10-20.—Crittenden, P. J.  Effects of anes-
thetics on the response of submaxillary and pancreatic glands
to prostigmine and physostigmine.   Proc.  Soc. Exp.  Biol.,
N. Y.,  1939,  41: 367-70.—Debeyre, A. Glandes endocrines et
sympathique.  Echo med. nord,  1929, 33: 445-51.—Foa,  C.
Rapporti fra il  sistema nervoso e le ghiandole  endocrine.  Rass.
clin. sc,  1937,  15: 95; 185.—Godlewski, H.  Les rapports du
sympathique et des glandes endocrines. Rev. med., Par., 1923,
40:  534-46.—Huxley, J. S.   Chemical regulation  and  the
hormone concept.  Biol. Rev. Cambridge Philos. Soc, 1935,10:
427-41.—Jakob,  A.  Hypothalamo  e  systema endocrino.
Rev. med. germ.  iber. amer., 1929, 2: 40-53.—Laignel-Lavas-
tine.  Rapports du  sympathique et  des glandes  endocrines.
J. med. chir.,  Par., 1924, 95:  253-66.—Langdon-Brown. W.
Integration of  the  endocrine system.  Brit. M. J., 1935,  2:
1061-3.  Also  Lancet, Lond.,  1935, 2: 1155-61.—Laruelle, L.
Les  centres  d'innervation des  glandes  a secretion interne.
Bruxelles med., 1934-35,  15: suppl., 15; 73.  Also Presse med.,
1935, 43: 1479.—Mohr, F. Die Beeinflussung der endokrinen
Drusen vom Gehirn aus.   Med. Klin., Berl., 1923, 19: 1325-8.—
Pachon,  V.  Considerations physiologiques  sur  les rapports
fonctionnels  du sympathique et des glandes endocrines.   Gaz.
sc. med.  Bordeaux, 1923, 44: 495. Also Gaz. hop.,  1923, 96:
1334-6.  Also Presse med., 1923,  31: 861.  ------ Perrin, M.
[et al.]  Considerations  pbysiologiques sur les rapports fonc-
tionnels du  sympathique et des glandes endocrines.  Arch.
internat. neur., Par., 1924, 17. ser.,  1: 92-101.—Pighini. G.
I rapporti fisio-ormonici fra ipotalamo  e ipofisi.  Riforma med.,
1934, 50: 55-60.—Popov, N. A., Ivanov, B. G., & Kudriavtsev,
A. A.   [Condition  of endocrine glands in  birds with large
hemispheres  of the brain  removed]  Tr. Inst. eksp. vet. med.,
Moskva, 1929,  6: 103-5.—Rapoport, J. L. [Endocrine system
and  its relation  to the  sympathetic  nervous system]   Russ.
klin., 1926, 6:  149-56.—Risak, E. Ueber die  Bedeutung des
Zwischenhirnes bei der inneren Sekretion. Wien. klin. Wschr.,
1937, 50: 507.  Also Wien. med. Wschr., 1937, 87: 178-82.—
Rodriguez de la Cruz, J.   Sistema neuroendocrine y  sus inter-
relaciones.   Rev. med.   cir.  Habana,  1929,  34: 852;  927.—
Roussy, G.  Les regulations  neuro-hormonales et  hormono-
neurales.  Gynecologie,  1938, 37: 24-26.—Steinach, E.  Ein
Reizstoff des Centralorgans und die centrale  Funktion.  Med.
Klin., Berl.,  1929, 25: 1273-6.—Sturm, A.  Ueber die Wechsel-
beziehungen  zwischen Schilddriise, Hypophyse und Zwischen-
hirn. Zbl. inn. Med., 1934, 55: 897-903.—Taccone, G.  Sis-
tema nervoso vegetativo nei suoi rapporti col sistema glandolare
endocrino e  riflessi simpatici viscerali.   Med. ital., 1924,  5:
526-47.—Teh-Jun,  Y., Kaiwa, T., & Wada,  M.  Influence of
piqure  on the production of  adrenal discharge,  the  sugar
content of blood and the  change of blood pressure. Jap. J. M.
Sc, 1931, 2:  No. 2,  Tr. Biophys.,  10.

----   Relation to vitamins.

   See also Vitamin.
   Abderhalden,  E.  Some thoughts  regarding so-called avi-
taminoses and  anincretionoses.  Am.  Med.,  1924, n. ser., 30:
143-6.   Also Klin. Wschr., 1924, 3:  267-9.—Decourt, J., &
Guillain, P.   Vitamines  et glandes  endocrines.  Gaz.  med.
France,  1938, 45: 475-81.—Gayet, R.  Sur les relations entre
les vitamines et le systeme endocrinien.  Rev. prat. biol. appl.,
Par., 1938, 31: 193-201.—Schmidt, A. A.  [Role of vitamines
in the endocrine  system]  Sovet. vrach. gaz.,  1933,  37:  525-
33.—Serrao,  A.  Rapporti tra vitamine e glandole endocrine.
Fol.  med., Nap., 1934,  20: 410-23.—Sure,  B.  Influence of
avitaminoses on weights of endocrine  glands. Endocrinology,
1938, 23: 575-80.

----   Surgery.
   See also Endocrine therapy, surgical.
   Hanke, H.   Innere Sekretion und Chirurgie.
326p.  8?  Berl., 1937.
   Biittner, G.  Was muss der Hausarzt von der Chirurgie der
endokrinen Drusen wissen?  Med. Welt, 1929, 3: 1140; 1184.—
Cheley, G. E.  Surgery of the ductless glands.  Colorado M.,
1935, 32: 460-3.—Crile, G. W. Surgery of the glands of internal
secretion.   Endocrinology,  1925,  9:  301-9.—Jeanneney, G. 
ENDOCRINE SYSTEM
314
ENDOCRINE SYSTEM
 Introduction a l'etude de la chirurgie endocrinienne. J. internat.
 chir., Brux., 1936,1: 321-41. ------ Qu'est-ce que le praticien
 peut demander a la chirurgie endocrinienne? Progr. nted., Par.,
 1938, 177-82.  ------& Foucault. P.  Introduction a l'etude
 de la chirurgie endocrinienne.  Clinique, Par., 1939, 34: 40-5.—
 Jentzer, A.  Beispiele von Wirkungen der Chirurgie  auf Be-
 seitigung endokriner Storungen.  Arch. klin. Chir., 1936, 186:
 195-204.—Jirasek, A.  [Surgery of the endocrine glands]  Cas.
 tek. Cesk., 1936, 75: 1141-8.—Joljanitzki, I. A., & Obolenskaja,
 A. I.  Die Umschaltung der endokrinen Drusen, als Behand-
 lungs-methode bei Atrophie oder Unterentwicklung derselben.
 Arch. klin. Chir., 1929, 154: 623-34.—Jurasz, A.  Discussion on
 surgery of the endocrinal glands.  Rapp. Congr. Soc. internat.
 chir., 1924, 6.  Congr., 141-3.—Klose, H., & Buttner, G. Die
 Chirurgie der endokrinen Drusen.  Zschr. wiss. Baderk., 1929-
 30, 4: 948-68.—Konig, E.  Die chirurgische Behandlung endo-
 kriner Storungen.  Deut. med. Wschr.,  1925, 51: 1223-5.—
 Lembo, S.  Die chirurgische Behandlung der Dysendokrinien.
 Ibid., 1936, 62: 1133.—Leriche, R.  De quelques regies de  la
 chirurgie endocrinienne; chirurgie du sympathique et chirurgie
 endocrinienne.   Presse med.,  1938, 46:  1537-9.—Macewen,
 W.   Chirurgie des glandes  endocrines  Rapp.  Congr. Soc.
 internat. chir., 1924,  6. Congr.,  119-21.—Maia, M.  Estado
 atual da cirurgia end6crina.   Hospital, Rio, 1939, 15: 457-
 79.—Mandl, F.  Ueber  neuere  chirurgische  Bestrebungen
 bei endokrinen Erkrankungen.  Wien. klin. Wschr., 1929, 42:
 1357-61.—Mayer, L.  Les progres de la chirurgie endocrinienne.
 Bruxelles med., 1936-37,  17:  1056-64.—Meyer,  P.   Fort-
 schritte in der Chirurgie von Schilddriise und Thymus.  Zbl,
 Chir., 1933, 60: 2127-40.—Oppel, B. A. [Surgical help in endo-
 crine diseases]  Klin,  med.,  Moskva,  1926,  4: 407-14.—
 Razumovsky,  V. I.  [Surgical treatment in  diseases  of the
 glands of internal secretion]  Ibid., 1924, 2: 163-6.—Sauer-
 bruch, F.  Die chirurgische Behandlung bestimmter  Formen
 endokriner Storungen.  Internat. med. Woche Schweiz (1936)
 1937, 2. Congr., 274  [Discussion] 459-61.—Veau,  V. La
 cirugfa de las glandulas endocrinas (excepto el cuerpo tiroides)
 Sem. med., B. Air., 1923, 30: pt 2, 1260-4.—Voronov, S.  Dis-
 cussion sur la chirurgie des glandes endocrines.  Rapp. Congr.
 Soc. internat.  chir., 1924, 6. Congr., 126-31.—Walker, R. M.
 The surgery of the ductless glands; parathyroid, pituitary,
 pancreas, adrenal and sex glands.  Nurs. Times,  Lond., 1936,
 32: 960-2.—Welti, H.  Etat actuel de la chirurgie endocrinienne
 en dehors des syndromes basedowiens.  Rev. med. Suisse rom.,
 1936, 56: 772.

 ----  Surgical aspect.
   Boyd, P. W. Endocrinology; its relation to general surgery.
 Virginia M. Month.,  1924-25, 51: 599-601.—Crile, G. W.
 Endocrinology from the point of view of the surgeon.  Am. J.
 M.  Sc,  1924,  168: 625-9.—Kocher, A.   Konstitution und
 Chirurgie unter spezieller  Berucksichtigung  der endokrinen
 Drusen.  Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1923, 53: 223-43.—Kosdoba,
 A. S. Ueber einige Probleme der klinischen Chirurgie und der
 experimentellen Endokrinopathologie. Arch. klin. Chir., 1935,
 182: 414-24.—Lehman, E. P.  Surgery and  the endocrines.
 Virginia  M. Month.,  1936-37, 63: 723-9.—Leriche, R.  Les
 regulations hormonales en clinique chirurgicale.  Li6ge  med.,
 1937, 30: 876-86.—Sweetapple,  A.  G.  Surgical aspects of
 endocrinology.  S. Afr. M. J., 1938,  12: 669-78.

 ----   in animals.

   Decker,  P.   *Die Sammlung innersekretori-
 scher  Drusen an den deutschen  Schlachthofen
 im  Jahre  1935.  35p.  8?   Giessen,  1936.
   Hagen, F. von.  *Die wichtigsten Endokrinen
 des Flussaals: Thyreoidea, Thymus  und Hypo-
 physe im Lebenszyklus  des  Flussaals  (Anguilla
 vulgaris) nebst einigen Untersuchungen iiber das
 chromophile  und  chromophobe   Kolloid   der
 Thyreoidea   [Bonn]  p.467-538.   8?   Naumb.
 (Saale) 1936.
   Also Zool. Jahrb. Abt. Anat., 1936, 61:

   Studer, E. *Zur Kenntnis endokriner Organe bei
 Haustieren  [Zurich]  88p.  8? Schaffhausen, 1925.
   Basir, M. A.  The  histology of the spleen and suprarenals
 of Echidna.  J. Anat., Lond., 1932, 66: 628-49, 3 pl.—Buchanan
 G.  The testis and thyroid in a hen feathered silver-gray
 Dorking cock.  Brit. J. Exp. Biol., 1926-27, 4: 73-80, 2 pl —
 Gley, E., & Ozorio de  Almeida.  Quelques donn6es anatomo-
 physiologiques  sur le pancr6as, les surrenales et la thyroide de
 plusieurs rongeurs et d'un marsupial  du Bresil.  C. rend. Soc.
 biol., 1923, 89:  1138-41.—Hanstrdm, B.  Inkretorische Organe
 und Hormonfunktionen bei den Wirbellosen.  Erg. Biol., 1937,
 14:  143-224.—Joseph.   Hormone  und  Hormonorgane bei
 Wirbellosen.  Wien. Arch. inn. Med., 1938, 32: Mitt. Verein.
 Endokr.,  19-32.—Klose, W.  Beitrage zur Morphologie und
 Histologie der  Schilddriise, der  Thymusdriise  und des  post-
 branchialen Korpers von Proteus anguinus.  Zschr. Zellforsch.,
 1931, 14: 385-439.—Landauer, W., & Aberle, S. D.  Studies
 on the endocrine glands of frizzle fowl. Am. J. Anat., 1935, 57:
 99-134.—Novotny, G.   [Endocrine glands of the hen]   Kozl.
 osszehas.  eiet. & k6rt., 1931, 24: 611-55.—Sjogren, S.   Die
Blutdriise und ihre Ausbildung bei den Decapoden.   Zool.
Jahrb., Abt. Anat., 1934,58:145-70.—Sternberg, A.. & Pojorow-
sky. S.  Zur vergleichenden  Erforschung der Formeln fur die
endokrinen Drusen des Meerschweinchens und Kaninchens im
Zusammenhang mit ihren biologischen Eigenschaften. Beitr.
Klin. Tuberk., 1923-24,  57: 402-9— Uhlenhuth, E.  The
endocrine system of Typhlomolge rathbuni.  Biol. Bull., 1923,
45: 303-24.

ENDOCRINE therapy.

   See  also Biological products;  Hormone; Hor-
mone therapy;  Organotherapy; also under  names
of diseases and hormones.
   American  Medical Association.    Council
on   Pharmacy  and   Chemistry.   Glandular
physiology  and therapy;  a symposium.    528p.
8?    Chic,  1935.
   Bier,  A.,  Gehrke,  A. [et al.]  Ueber Organ-
hormone und Organtherapie.  91p.   8?  Miinch.,
1929.
   Dickson,  I.  W.   Rational  gland therapy  for
women,  particularly  in relation to menstruation.
96p.   12?   Lond., 1926.
   Harrower, H. R.   Practical organotherapy;
the internal secretions  in general practice.  2.  ed.
268p.  8?   Glendale, 1920.
   Jeanneney,  G.,   &  Hirtz,   G.    Formulaire
endocrinologique du  praticien.    159p.   8?   Par.,
1936.
   Laemmer, M.   Opotherapie clinique, organo-
the>apie; formulaire.   151p.  8?  Par., 1925.
   Laroche,  G.   Opotherapie endocrinienne;  les
bases physiologiques, les syndromes, la posologie
de  l'opotherapie  par  les  glandes   a  secretions
internes.   256p.  12?  Par.,  1925.
   Moigneau, G. L. V.  *Evolution et tendances
actuelles   de   la  therapeutique  endocrinienne
(6tude critique)  65p.   8?   Par., 1930.
   Sevringhatjs,  E.  L.   Endocrine  therapy  in
general practice.   192p.  21cm.   Chic.  [1938]
   Aub, J. C.  A critique of endocrine therapy. Endocrinology,
1932, 16:  597-600.—Bickel,  G.  Considerations sur  Tendo-
crinotrterapie moderne. Helvet. med. acta, 1937, 4: 719-26.—
Bier, A.  Ueber Organhormone und Organtherapie.   Munch.
med.  Wschr.,  1929, 76:  1027-35.—Billings, F.  Glandular
therapy.  J. Am. M.  Ass.,  1924,  83: 1000.—Boenheim, F.
Probleme der Endokrinologie. Med. Welt, 1928, 2: 1045-8.—
Brown, W. L.  Endocrine therapy.  Brit. M. J., 1925, 1: 695-7.
Also Lancet, Lond., 1925, 1: 739;  766.  ------ Vincent, S.
[et al.] Special discussion on  endocrine therapy.  Proc. R. Soc
M.,  Lond.,  1924-25,  18:  25-48.—Cloake, P. C.  Endocrine
therapy.  Birmingham M. Rev., 1926, n. ser.,  1: 349-61.—
Endocrinology and endocrine therapy; some general considera-
tions.  Clin. Rev. Pittsburgh, 1935, 4:  61;  69.—Filderman,
L.  L'rtemocrinotherapie.  Bull. Soc. med. Paris,  1938, 662-
70.—Frank, R.  Clinical  application of newer discoveries in
the field of endocrinology.  Tr. Kansas City  Acad. M., 1933-
35, 33-43.   ------ Endocrine therapy.  Am. J. Obst., 1928,
15:40-8. ------  Goldberger, M. A., & Spielman, F.  Present
endocrine diagnosis  and  therapy;  a  critical analysis based
on hormone studies in the female.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1934,
103: 393-402.—Hallion, L.,  & Gayet,  R. Endocrinologie et
opotherapie.   Monde med., 1937, 47:  541-59.—Hermann, H.
L'essor de Tendocrinologie. Clinique, Par., 1934, 29: 68-70.—
Hutton, J. H.  Common sense and the endocrines; is not  organo-
therapy  specific medication?  Am. Physician, 1925, 30: 679.—
Laqueur, E.  Ueber Organ- und Hormontherapie.   In Bain. &
Balneother. Karlsbad (1933)  1935, 14: 319-43.—Liittge & von
Mertz.  Ist bei therapeutischen Injektionen von Organextrak-
ten die Bezeichnung der  Hormonwirkung berechtigt?   Deut.
med. Wschr.,  1927, 53: 1172-4.—Miller,  N.  F.  A preface to
endocrine-therapy.  J. Michigan M.  Soc,  1933,  32:  655 —
Minski, L.   Endocrine therapy. J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1927, 73:
414-8.—Osburn, H. K.  Endocrines.  Kentucky M. J., 1925,
23: 352-8.—Rowntree, L. G.  An evaluation of therapy, with
special reference to organotherapy.  Endocrinology, 1925, 9:
181-91.—Santesson, C. G.  [Hormones  and organotherapy,
with remarks on science and homeopathy]   Sven. lak. tidn.,
1929, 26: 1257-63.—Sevringhaus, E. L.  Endocrine therapy.
Minnesota M., 1936,19: 78-83.—Stubbs, L. E. Endocrinology;
its relation to therapeutics. Virginia M. Month., 1924-25, 51:
614-20.—Timme, W.  Endocrinology.  In Pract. Lect., 1924-
26. 2. ser.,  N. Y., 1927, 513-22.—Weaver, H. B.  The role of
the endocrine glands in organotherapy. Tr. M. Soc. N. Caro-
lina, 1923,  70: 207-19;

----   Abuse, and untoward effects.
  Arloing, F., Langeron, L.,  & Mounter,  P.  Chocs par injec-
tion  sous-durale d'extraits  endocriniens desalbumines.   C. 
ENDOCRINE THERAPY
315
ENDOCRINE THERAPY
rend.  Soc. biol.,  1926, 94: 1159.—Brown, W. L., Vincent,  S.
let al.] Discussion on the uses and abuses of endocrine therapy.
Brit. M. J., 1925, 2: 1051-61.—Cole, L.  The use and abuse of
endocrine  preparations.   Practitioner,  Lond.,  1937,  138:
493-501.—Csepai, K.   [Abuses and errors in the diagnostics
and therapy of endocrine diseases]  Budapesti orv. ujs., 1934,
32: 865-9.—Patterson, S. W.  Addiction to endocrine gland
extracts.   Brit. M. J., 1935, 2: 442-5.

----  Dosage.

   Bulsma, U. G.   Le dosage  biologique des produits endo-
criniens.  Bruxelles nted., 1934-35, 15: suppl., 12.—Hill, E. M.
Case reports—treatment with small doses of endocrine drugs.
Hahneman. Month., 1935, 70: 321-7.—Pratt, J. P.  Quantita-
tive hormone requirements.  Endocrinology, 1934, 18:211-20.

----  History.

   Achard, H. J.  The present status  of endocrine therapy.
Clin.  Med., 1926, 33: 784-9.—Dodds, E. C.  Recent advances
in treatment associated with the endocrine glands.   Practi-
tioner, Lond., 1935,  135:  403-12.—Hallion, L.,  & Gayet,  R.
L'endocrinologie  et l'opotherapie.  Monde  med., 1931, 41:
437-48.—Harrower, H. R.  Some recent practical attainments
in endocrine therapy.  Med. Rev. of Rev., 1936,  42: 27-33 —
Rubin, H. H. Some newer developments in endocrine therapy.
Med. J. & Rec, 1926, 124: 497.  Also repr.—Simpson,  S. L.
Recent advances in endocrine  therapy.  Med. Press & Circ,
Lond., 1934,  189: 319-22.—Thompson, W. O.  Recent thera-
peutic advances  in endocrinology.  Radiol. Rev., 1938, 60:
97-9.—Vorwahl,   H.   Zur  Geschichte  der Organotherapie.
Arch. Gesch. Med., 1925, 17: 201-3.—Werner, A. A.  Clinical
advances  in  endocrinology.  Merck Rep.,  1939, 48:  No. 2,
23-7.—Williams, E. B.  The use of glandular substances in
medicine; an historical survey of the field.  Trained Nurse,
1936, 96: 265-7.

----  Indications.
   Barbour, O.   The use of thyroid and suprarenal in the dia-
theses of  infancy (a clinical study)   Illinois M.  J., 1932, 61:
345-55.  ------   Suprarenal and thyroid gland therapy in the
functional disorders of infancy.  Med. Rec,  N. Y., 1934, 140:
189-93.—Berman, L.  Some indications for endocrinotherapy.
Am. Med., 1935, 41: 636-42.—Davies, R. L.  Extracts of endo-
crine glands and their clinical application.   Med. J. Australia,
1925,  2:  521-3.—Gutman,  J.  Adrenal,  orchic and  thymic
preparations; their  application in endocrine disorders.  Med.
Rec, N. Y.,  1937, 145: 343; 388.—Harding, J. R.  The  endo-
crines in penal therapy.  Med. J. & Rec, 1929, 130: 610-3 —
Richtzenhain, W.  Die Behandlung psychischer Storungen mit
Organ- und Hormonpraparaten.  Ther.   Gegenwart,  1934,
75:  302-5.—Ventura,  A.   Ghiandole  endocrine  e  malattie
infettive.  Gazz. osp., 1928, 49: 285-7.

----   Methods.

   Harrower, H. R.  A manual of pluriglandular
therapy.  288p.   16?   Glendale [1924]
   Jatjffret, J.  *Injections d'extraits  de glandes
a secretion interne dans les ventricles  cerebraux.
58p.   8?   Par., 1927.
   Bruneili, B.  Estratti ghiandolari totali od  ormoni puri?
Gior. med. prat., 1932, 14: 154-84.—Cavazzi, F.  De Texistence
d'un  systeme glandulaire et des injections sous-cutanees de
sang  ou de serum de sang glandulaire efferent ou d'hormones
comme methode therapeutique.   Bull.  Soc.  nted. Paris, 1931,
261-7.—Cawadias,  A. P.   Physical methods  of endocrino-
therapy.  Brit. M.  J.,  1936, 2: 215.—De Dandia, S.   Estratti
glandolari totali ed ormoni puri.  Minerva  med., Tor., 1935,
26: 58.—Herzig, E.  Beitrag zum Kapitel der pluriglandularen
Organotherapie.    Wien.  med. Wschr.,  1929,   79:  127-9.—
Jores, A. Therapie mit  Parathormon,  Thymus- und Epiphy-
senextrakt.   Fortsch.  Ther.,  1937, 13: 503-9.—Kellner,  D.
Terapia etero-proteica parenterale cogli estratti di ghiandole a
secrezione interna.  Gior. clin. med.,  1928, 9: 721; 943.—
Laroche,  G., & Simonnet, H.   Opotherapie polyhormonale
chimio-hormonale.  Bull, med., Par., 1934, 48: 14.—Offergeld,
H.  Volldriisen- oder Hormonbehandlung?  Zbl. Gyn., 1935,
59- 575-7—Preissecker,  E.  Volldruse oder chemisch  reines
Hormon?  Wien. klin. Wschr.,  1938, 51: 679-83.—Samuels,
J., & Jong, K. de.   [Endogenous endocrino-therapy] Geneesk.
gids,  1938,  16:  749-55.—Smith,  R.  Conocimientos actuates
sobre opoterapia ginecologica.  Rev. med. cubana, 1935,  46:
408-17.

----  Pharmacodynamics.

   Doring,   R.    interferometrische   Untersu-
chungen  iiber  die  Abbaufermentwirkung  nach
Hormongaben   [Frankfurt]    23p.    8?    Geln-
hausen, 1936.
   Fuchs,  J.    *Experimentelle Untersuchungen
uber die Wirkung von Pressaften und  Extrakten
aus Schilddriise, Eierstock und  Placenta auf den
uberlebenden    Kaninchenuterus    [Heidelberg]
31p.  8?   Stuttg., 1914.
   Renault, P.  *Action des extraits endocriniens
sur la glycoregulation.  98p.  8?  Par., 1927.
   Batassi, D. N.  Influssi ormonici locali da applicazioni locali
di organi e di estratti di organi.  Med. nuova, 1926, 17: 263-6.—
Breneman, W. R.  Effects of endocrine extracts on the early
development of the chick.  Science, 1934, 79: 434.—Campora,
G.   Ricerche comparative  con alimentazioni mono e  pluri-
glandolari in larve  di anfibi  (timo, surrene  corticale, ipofisi
anteriore  e  ipofisi totale)  Pathologica, Genova,  1926,  18:
602-10.—Candela, N.   Incretoterapia follicolare,  luteinica,
mammaria e sue influenze sul tratto genitale e sul  sistema
endocrino (studio  esperimentale)  Arch,  ostet.  gin.,  1930,
2. ser., 17: 97-177.—Car, A., & Ortynski, H.  Experimentelle
Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkung der Driisenextrakte  mit
innerer Sekretion auf die  Regeneration  des Kammerwassers.
Arch. Ophth., Berl., 1929, 122: 240-56—Ceccarelli, G.  SulTin-
fluenza di alcuni estratti di ghiandole a secrezione interna nella
rigenerazione dell'osso.  Arch. Soc. ital. chir., 1930,  36:  1132-
5.—Ceresoli, A.  Ricerche  comparative  intorno all'azione di
estratti  placentari,  ovarici  e  corpoluteinici  sulTapparato
sessuale femminile.  Atti  Soc. lombard. sc.  med.,  1924,  13:
278-89.—Chidester, F.  E.   The relation of iodin to the effec-
tiveness of endocrine extracts.  Mil. Surgeon, 1934, 75: 57-67.
Also repr.—Ciabatti & Floris.  Influenza di vari estratti endo-
crini e in particolare di corteccia surrenale sull'Artemia salina.
Gior. med. prat., 1929, 11: 390.—Corsonello, P.  La velocita di
sedimentazione dei corpuscoli rossi e suo  comportamento in
seguito all'azione di estratti ormonici. Gior.  clin. med., 1927,
8: 133-41.—Dell'Acqua, G.  Zur Frage der Beeinflussung der
Hautcapillaren endokrin  Kranker  durch  Hormonpraparntr.
Klin. Wschr.,  1928, 7:  2195-7.—Dellepiane, G., & Gioelli, F.
Su di una presunta azione ormonica esercitata sull'accresci-
mento di vegetali da estratti endocrini.  Boll. Soc. ital. biol.
sper., 1930, 5:  243-5.—Dessy, G.  Untersuchungen iiber  den
Einfluss  der Ernahrung mit einigen  Organen mit innerer
Sekretion von jungen und  alten Tieren auf  die Entwicklung
von Froschkaulquappen.   Endokrinologie,  1930, 7: 432-45.—
Donini, G., & Soldi, A.  Variazioni leucocitarie da estratti di
•rhiandole endocrine, di  ghiandole  linfatiche, di milza e di
fegato nei sangue periferico  dell'uomo normale.  Gior. clin.
med., 1934, 15: 1439-74.—Egorov, A. N. [Biological action of
preparations of the ovaries, placenta and the frontal lobe of the
pituitary  body]   J. akush., 1933, 44: 292-7.—Ellison,  E. M.
The effects produced by ingestion of extracts of endocrine
glands.  Med.  J.  & Rec, 1931,  133: 441;  494.  Also repr.
Also In Summaries Theses George Washington Univ., Wash.,
 1931, 1925-28, 21.—Falta, W., &  Hogler, F.   Ueber Inkretre-
sistenz.   Klin.  Wschr.,  1929,  8: 1895-9.—Fodor,  L, Eros,
G., & Kunos, I.  [Effect of endocrine extracts on the growth
of mouse cancer]  Gy6gyaszat, 1933, 73: 49; 68—Galata, G.
Primi risultati terapeutici dell'azione antiemetica e  antivagale
della pituitrina e della  pituitrina-adrenalina.  Boll.  Accad.
med. Roma, 1926, 52: 247-54.—Gray, C.  H. Determination
of  the ketogenic  activity  of extracts  of endocrine organs.
Biochem. J., Lond., 1938, 32: 743-55.—Guassardo, G.  Vari-
azioni del contenuto in Ca e K nei siero di sangue in seguito
all'iniezione de  determinati ormoni (ipofisina, tiroxina, para-
tiroidina, insulina,  adrenalina)  Riv. clin. pediat., 1930, 28:
841-55.—Hill,  C. A.   The effects on the blood from injec-
tions of endocrine  principles  in  the  female.  Am.  J.  Obst.,
 1939, 37: 47-53.—Korenchevsky, V.  Observations upon the
influence of  a glycerine  emulsion of testes  and adrenals on
tuberculous  and senile  patients.   Lancet,  Lond.,  1925, 2:
 1056-60.—Kozdoba, A. Z.   [Granulation  and  epithelization
as effects of extracts of the glands of internal secretion]  Sovet.
 vrach. gaz.,  1934,  38: 1499—Krantz, J.  C, jr.   Endocrine
 drugs and metabolism.  J. Am. Diet. Ass., 1938, 14: 172-6.—
 Krockert, G. Die Wirkung der Verfiitterung von Schilddriisen-
 und Zirbeldriisensubstanz an Lebistes reticulatus (Zahnkarpfen)
 Zschr. ges. exp. Med.,  1936, 98: 214-20.—Liaci, L.  Azione di
alcuni estratti di ghiandole  a secrezione  interna sulla fibro-
 cellula muscolare liscia.  Rass. ter. pat. clin., 1935, 7: 480-97.—
 Madruzza,  G.   Azione di estratti  di ghiandole a secrezione
 interna sulla placenta e decidua.  Riv. ital. gin., 1929-30, 10:
 410-26.—Maniscalco, G.   Sui rapporti fra azione ipotensiva
 degli estratti pancreatici ed ipertensiva  adrenalinica.   Ann.
 clin. med., Pal., 1924, 14: 383-412.—Manoilov, O., & Hellele-
 vich, M.  [Influence of hormones on carbohydrate metabolism
 after  extirpation  and transplantation  of certain  endocrine
 glands]   Vrach.  delo,  1926,  9:  613-8.—Mishchenko, I. P.,
 Fomenko, M. M., & Burnaz, L. S. [Use of extracts of endocrine
 glands in experimental blastomatoid tumors]  Med. biol. J.,
 Leningr., 1928,  4: 126-32.—Mordwinkin,  N.  Ueber den  Ein-
 fluss einiger endokrinen Fliissigkeiten auf die motorische Funk-
 tion  des Dickdarms.   Endokrinologie,   1928,  2:  117-21.—
 Mozzetti-Monterumici, M.   Ricerche sul potere  radiante di
 alcune ghiandole endocrine (ipofisi, ovaio,  testicolo) e dei loro
 prodotti  (prolan, liquido  follicolare, sperma)   Atti  Congr.
 internaz. elettroradiob.,  1934,  1. Congr.,  2: 849-64.—Naka-
 shima, I.  A contribution to  the  knowledge of  the mutual
 relationship of the skin and the endocrine glands observed from
 the standpoint of hydration and dehydration (change in weight)
the variation in the swelling, the QRZ and the water content
of the skin when the substance of several endocrine glands was
given.  Mitt. Med. Akad. Kioto, 1934, 10: 1019-22.—Norman,
E. C.  The effects of the administration of endocrine extracts 
ENDOCRINE  THERAPY                    316                    ENDOCRINE THERAPY
upon the  behavior  of normal individuals.  In  Summaries
Theses  George  Washington   Univ.,  1931,  1925-28,  61.—
Nuzzi, P.   Estratti di ghiandole a secrezione interna e coleste-
rinemia. Morgagni, 1930, 72: 496-504.—Occhipinti, G.  Effetti
della somministrazione di tiroide e di timo in fringillidi e in
fasianidi.   Arch.  ital. anat., 1927,  24:  122-49, 3 pl.—Pallotti,
A.   Iper ed ipoormonizzazione sulla febbre batterica.   Riv.
pat.  sper., 1935-36,  15:  239-54.—Pana,  C.   Ricerche  su
l'azione degli estratti freschi di alcune ghiandole a secrezione
interna, sopra  lo sviluppo e la velocita di accrescimento di
funghi e batteri.  Ann. igiene, 1930, 40: 89-113.—Picado, C.
Variations  des  mouches du genre Sarcophaga issues de larves
nourries sur diverses  glandes endocrines.   Bull. biol. France,
1939, 73: 248-54.—Pijoan, M.  The action of testicle, kidney,
and spleen extracts  on the infective  power of  bacteria.  J.
Exp. M.,  1931, 53: 37-42.—Rowntree, L. G.  The biological
effects of thymus and pineal extracts (Hanson)   Proc Interst
Postgrad. M. Ass. N. America, 1934, 395-8.—Rutishauser, E.,
Favarger, P., &  Queloz, M.  Gesetzmassige Unterschiede in
dem Angriffsort und  in der Wirkungsstarke von hormonalen
Stoffen, organischen  und anorganischen Substanzen  an den
verschiedenen  Stellen des  Skeletts.   Schweiz.  med.  Wschr.,
1935, 65: 209-13.—Sainton,  Simonneg, H. [et al.]  L'action
sur les  phaneres  de la sommation thyrosurrlnale ou thyroxi-
adr6nalinique.  Bull.  Soc. fr. derm, syph.,  1930, 37:  681-3 —
Sechi, E.  Azione di alcuni ormoni sulle ossidazioni di elementi
cellulari in  sviluppo normale  o neoplastico.  Riv. pat.  sper.,
1927, 2: 280-7.—Stimoli e controstimoli endocrini.  Studium,
Nap.,  1938, 28:  245-51.—Theilhaber,  A.   Der Einfluss  der
Einverleibung  lebender tierischer Organteile auf die Korper-
konstitution und Krankheitsdisposition.   Arch.  Frauenk.,
1930,  16:  295-307.—Trocello, E., &  Cruto, A.   Proprieta
antiipoglicemiche  dell'adrenalina  sintetica  e   dell'estratto
ipofiso-surrenale.   Rass. clin., ter.,  1927, 23-6.—Urechia, C. I.,
& Groza, I. L'influence des injections  d'extraits  hypophysaire
et epiphysaire sur la formule leucocytaire.   C. rend. Soc. biol.,
1927, 96: 1462.—Volpe, A.  Influenza degli estratti di placenta
e di feto e  del  siero di donne in diverse condizioni genitali sul
sistema reticulo istiocitario  dell'apparato  genitale femminile.
Arch,  ostet. gin., 1929, 2.  ser.,  16: 989-1002.—Wada,  H.
Ueber das  Verhalten des Harnquotienten  C:N bei Fiitterung
von Schilddriisen- und Hypophysenpraparaten.   Biochem.
Zschr.,  1926, 174: 392-9.

----  Preparations.

   Chabreyroux,  G.    *Contribution  a  l'etude
des extraits thymiques  et  orchitiques.   64p.   8?
Par., 1934.
   Alberdi  y Goni, J. M.  Estudio sintetico sobre endocrinologfa
general haciendo bien resaltar  su valor actual clfnico y tera-
peutico.  Progr.  clin., Madr.,  1927, 35: 519-65.—Bailly,  O.
Contribution a l'etude de I'influence de la  congelation sur les
glandes destinees a l'opotherapie.  J. pharm. chim., Par., 1934,
20:  61-6.—Barbour, O.  The use of  suprarenal and thyroid
in the functional disorders of infancy; a clinical study.   Arch.
Pediat., N. Y., 1933, 50: 851-66.—Champy, Gilbert-Dreyfus
[et al.]  Hormones synthetiques et extraits de  glandes  endo-
crines.  Vie med., 1939, 20: 403-13.—Guercio, V. Endocrino-
chemioterapia Gocce Aras (studio clinico)   Med. nuova, 1927,
18:  211-5.—Hallion,  L., &  Gayet,  R.   Endocrinologie  et
opotherapie; les  nouveautes de  1933; 1937.   Monde  nted.,
1934, 44: 539;  1938, 48: 419.—Hamburger, G.  Erfahrungen
mit  Hypophysenextrakt  und Ovarialextrakt Custodis.  Klin.
Wschr., 1928, 7: 383.—Lisser, H., Taylor, F. B. [et al.]  Endo-
crine preparations and their clinical  usefulness.  California
West. M.,  1935, 42: 181-7.—Mattis, P. A.   The microscopy of
certain  of the powdered desiccated endocrine glands.  Am. J.
Pharm., 1936,  108: No.  7, 276-302.—Munch, J. C.   Funda-
mental  principles of  endocrine bio-assays.   In  Cold Spring
Harbor Sympos.  Quant.  Biol., 1937, 5: 57-61.—Pierre-Bour-
geois, Gayet, R. [et al.] Hormones synthetiques  et extraits de
glandes endocrines.  Vie nted., 1939,  20:  139-65.—Pittenger,
P. S.   Endocrine products.  J. Am.  Pharm. Ass., 1925,  14:
99-107.—Popov,  N.    La coloration  en masse  appliquee a
Thistologie  vegdale  et aux  poudres  de glandes  endocrines.
Bull, histol. appl., Lyon, 1936, 13: 319-22.—Rock, J. Useful
endocrine preparations in gynecology.  Yale J. Biol., 1934, 7:
76.—Savitz, S.  A., & Lichtin, A.  Endocrine therapy; available
preparations and their  clinical  application.    Pennsylvania
M. J., 1938-39,  42: 636-9.—Wohl, M. G.  An evaluation of the
endocrine preparations, their use and dosage.   Med.  Clin.
N.  America, 1938,  22:  1813-34.—Youngken,  H.  W.   The
microscopy of powdered desiccated endocrine glands.  Am. J.
Pharm., 1935, 107: 463-71.

----   Principles.
   Achard,  H. J.  Endocrine therapy; a discussion of some of its
problems.   Am. Med., 1926, n. ser., 21: 242-9.—Bainbridge,
W. S.  Some internal secretory  considerations.  Tr. Am.  Ther.
Soc, 1934, 34: 71-5.  Also Med. Rec, N. Y., 1934, 140: 365-7.
Also repr.—Filderman, M.  Le diagnostic clinique endocrinien
et son  application a l'rtemocrinotlterapte.   Bull. Soc.  nted.
Paris, 1937, 845-51.—Fitz-Hugh, T.,  jr.  Medical aspects  of
endocrine therapy.  J. Indiana M. Ass., 1933, 26: 545-50.—
Geiling, E.  M.  K.  The need  for conservatism  in endocrine
therapy and research.  J.  Am. M.  Ass.,  1933,  101: 743-5.
Also repr.—Giauni, G.  Le correlazioni ipofiso-testicolari  in
 terapia.  Gazz. osp., 1936, 57: 421-4.—Harrower, H. R.  The
 role of homostimulation  in  endocrine therapy.  Med. Rec,
 N. Y., 1939,  150:  11-3.—Herbrand, W.  Biologische Ganz-
 heitsbetrachtungen  zur Therapie mit den Wirkstoffen endo-
 kriner Drusen.  Konst. & Klinik, 1938,  1: 51-7.—Levy, A. A.
 Some remarks on endocrine treatment from the point of view
 of the general practitioner; with a table of gland function and
 dosage.  Am. Med., 1928, 23: 59-65.—Roboz, P.  [Inhibition
 and stimulation in endocrinology]  Gy6gyaszat,  1935,  75:
 702-5.—Sajous, C. E.  de M.  Rational  endocrinology and
 organotherapy as foundations for greater efficiency in practice.
 Internat. Clin., 1928, 38. ser., 3: 1-27.—Vincent, S.  The scope
 and limitations of  endocrine therapy.   Practitioner,  Lond.,
 1931, 127: 605-13.— Weiler, R. B.   The clinical application of
 endocrinological principles; possibilities of profound importance
 to the general physician, rendering therapy and pharmacology
 of indefinitely greater use.  Am. Physician, 1925, 30: 441; 559

 ----  Relation to medical specialties.
   Banerjee, N. K.  Some  observations on endocrine therapy in
 obstetrics and gynecology. Calcutta M. J., 1939, 35: 195-9.—
 Bucura, C.  Praktische Ergebnisse der gynakologischen Endo-
 krinologie.   Med. Klin.,  Berl.,  1934, 30: 1626-8.—Crossen,
 R. J.  Rational endocrine  therapy in gynecology. J. Missouri
 M. Ass., 1936, 33: 339-42.—Dunn,  C. W.  Endocrine therapv
 in childhood.   Pennsylvania M. J.,  1938-39,  42:  1181-3.—
 Gupta,  S.  K.   Endocrine-therapy  and  female sex organs.
 Med. Surg. Suggestions, Madras, 1939, 8: 125-7.—Hertz, M. K.
 The basis  for  therapeutics  in  gynecological  endocrinology.
 Med. Rec, N. Y., 1938,148: 372-7.—Howland, J. A considera-
 tion of endocrine therapy in infancy and  childhood.  South.
 M. J., 1924,  17: 743.—Hudson,  G.  E.  Endocrine therapv in
 gynecology.  J.  Lancet, 1936, 56:  587-90.—Igonda, P.  Las
 glandulas endocrinas,  las hormonas  y la opoterapia en  la cos-
 mologia. Sem. med., B. Air.,  1938, 45: pt 2, 341-5.—Jacobsen,
 A. W. Clinical results of  endocrine  therapy in children. Am.
 J. Dis. Child., 1936, 51: 486.—Kaplan, M.  Thymus et glandes
 sexudles  (resultats  cliniques  de   l'opotherapie  thymique)
 In Lecons phys. med.  chir. (Binet,  L.)  Par., 1935,  181-95.—
 Kirk, H.  Endocrine  therapy.   Vet. Med., Chic,  1925, 20:
 497.—Novak, E. A summarizing  appraisal  of  gynecological
 endocrinology and organotherapy.  Internat. Clin., 1933, 43.
 ser., 4: 179-91.—Preston,  H. G.  Endocrine therapy; its rela-
 tion to ophthalmology and  otolaryngology. Virginia M. Month.
 1938, 65: 69-72.—Rabe, R. F. The  use of the endocrines from
 the homeopathic standpoint.  J. Am. Inst. Homeop., 1938, 31:
 328.—Talbot, F. B.  Some observations on endocrine therapy
 in the field of pediatrics.  N.  York State J.  M.,  1924, 24:
 927-9.—Taylor, H. C, jr.   The  present status  of gynecologic
 endocrine therapy. Bull. N. York Acad. M., 1938, 14: 608-34.

 ----  surgical.

   See also Endocrine system, Surgery; also under
 proper names of endocrine glands.
   Aouslender,  H.  Resultats proches et eloignes des  greffes
 des glandes endocrines. Rev. fr. endocr., 1936, 14: 246-55.—
 Boattini, G.  Gli innesti delle ghiandole a secrezione interna.
 Arch. sc. med., Tor.,  1923, 46: 323-37,  2 pl.  Also Boll. Soc.
 med. chir., Pavia, 1923, 36: 761-71.  Also Gior. biol. med. sper.,
 1923-24, 1: 185-8.—Breitner, B.  Chirurgische Organotherapie.
 Wien. med.  Wschr.,  1927,  77:  1548;  1588;  1622; 1658 —
 Brinkley, J. R.  History and theory of  gland transplantation
 for prolonging human efficiency.  Sc. Ther., Lewist., 1926-27,
 4: 137-41.—Castiglioni, G.  Ricerche intese a modificare  el
 destino dell'innesto omoplastico di organi a secrezione interna.
 Riforma med., 1927,  43:  387.—Dartigues, L.,  & Kfouri, P.
 Elargissement du domaine de Tendocrmotrterapie chirurgicale
 par  la  greffe  heterogene  a  I'homme de glandes endocrines
 d'animaux  domestiques  prealablement  prepares  par  Tanti-
 humanisation.   Bull.  Soc. med. Paris,  1934,  411-36.  Also
 Brasil med.,  1934, 48: 833; 858. ------  Greffe heterogene
 a  I'homme  de  glandes  endocrines  d'animaux  domestiques
 prealablement  prepares  par  Tantihumanisation.  P.  verb.
 Congr. fr. chir., 1934, 43: 978-86.—Foa, C.  Trapianti ed opo-
 terapia.  Terapia,  Milano,  1926,   16:  129-40.—Freedman,
 M. N.  [A case of  transplantation of the glands of internal
 secretion]  Vrach. delo,  1923,  6:  169.—Hunt, H. L.  The
 technic of  gland transplantation.   Endocrinology, 1928,  12:
 491-5.  Also J. Med.  Pract., 1936,  1: 51; 73.  ------  Gland
 transplantation  (impressions drawn  from 702  cases)   Clin.
 M. & S., 1933, 40: 462-5.—Iwao. T.,  Kurihara. M., & Ochial, A.
 Ueber das Resultat der Homotransplantation der endokrinen
 Drusen ins Knochenmark  beim Hunde.  Jap. J.  M. Sc, 1936-
 38, 4: Proc. Int. Med., 319-21.—Kadyseva, N. M. [On the
 grafting of endocrine glands]  Probl. endocr.,  Moskva, 1939,
 4: No. 2, 22-34.—Kuttner, H.  Die Injektionstransplantation
 endokriner Drusen.  Beitr. klin. Chir., 1928-29, 145: 721-3.—
 Laffont, A.  La greffe endocrino-fcetale.   Bull. Soc.  obst. gyn.,
 Paris,  1928,  17:  830-3.—Lipschutz, A.   [Transplantation  of
 endocrine glands and  its  mechanical action]   Med. biol. J.,
 Leningr., 1926, 2: No. 2,  13-7.—Lower, W. E.  Transplanta-
 tion of endocrine tissue;  preliminary report on experimental
 work.  Cleveland Clin. Q., 1938, 5:  156-60. ------& Cutuly,
 E.  Transplantation  of endocrine  tissue;  preliminary report
 on experimental  work. Tr.  Am. Ass.  Genitourin. Surgeons,
 1938,31:249-54  [Discussion] 260-2.—Maragliano. D.  Modi-
 ficazioni istologiche ed effetti fisiologici di ghiandole endocrine
fissate ed incluse nei vivo. Arch. Soc. ital. chir., (1926) 1927, 
ENDOCRINE  THERAPY
317
ENDOCRINOLOGY
33: 635-8.------Primi risultati d'inclusioni di ghiandole
endocrine fissate ed incluse nei vivo.  Riforma  med.,  1928,
44: 721-7.—Mauclaire.  Les greffes des  glandes  endocrines.
Rev. fr. endocr., 1923,  1: 58-71.—Oppel, V. A.  [Transplanta-
tion  of  glands of internal secretion]   Vrach.  delo, 1925,  8:
1097-104.—Passek,  V.,  &  Rubinstein,  M.   L'antitrypsine
du serum sanguin au cours des transplantations des glandes
endocrines.   C. rend.  Soc. biol., 1934, 115: 361-3.  ------
Transplantation des glandes endocrines  et glycemie.   Ibid.,
1935, 119: 1019-21.—Pende, N.  Heteroplastische pluriglandu-
lare  Implantationen beim Menschen zur Heilung  der Endo-
krinopathie.   Endokrinologie,  1928, 2:  81-94.—Pepere,  A.
In tema di innesti terapeutici di ghiandole endocrine. Terapia,
Milano, 1926, 16:  161-71.—Pettinari, V.  Criteri biologici per
Tattuazione e la riuscita degli innesti di ghiandole a secrezione
interna.  Arch. ital. chir., 192&, 20:  317-73.—Pybus,  F.  C.
Notes on suprarenal and pancreatic grafting.   Lancet, Lond.,
1924, 2: 550—Schmidt, A. A., & Obrastzov, G. D.  [Action of
homoplastic  transplantation  of certain endocrine  glands  on
blood  chemistry]   Vrach. delo, 1927,  10: 347-52.—Stone,
H. B., & Gey, G. O.  Living grafts of endocrine glands.   Cali-
fornia  West.  M.,  1933, 39: 81-3.  ------ &  Owings, J.  C.
Living grafts  of endocrine glands.  Ibid., 38: 409; 39: 10; 81.
Also Am. J. Surg., 1934, n. ser., 24: 386-95. Also Tr. South.
Surg. Ass., 1934,  46:  196-205.  Also repr.—Strong,  L.  C.
Genetics of pituitary and ovary grafts.  J. Hered., 1936, 27:
219-23, pl.—Valverde, B.   Endocrinotrterapie  chirurgicale;
10 observations de greffes glandulaires endocriniennes.   Bull.
Soc. med. Paris, 1931, 661-77.—Voronov, S.  Die  histologi-
schen Veranderungen und die  physiologischen Erscheinungen
der  Driisentransplantation.  Wien. med. Wschr.,  1935, 85:
426-8.—Voss, H.  E.  Ueber die Funktion endokriner Hetero-
transplantate als  Kennzeichen ihrer Einheilung.   Biol, gen..
Wien, 1927, 3: 571-84.

   ENDOCRINOLOGIA  e  patologia costituzio-
nale.  Bologna, v.l, 1926-
   ENDOCRINOLOGY.   Los  Ang.,  Calif.,  v.l,
1917-


ENDOCRINOLOGY.

   See also Endocrine gland; Endocrine  system;
Endocrine therapy;  Hormone.
   Aub, J. C.  Endocrinology.   N. England J. M.,  1939, 220:
595-9.—Brown,  L. L.  Endocrinology.    In  Recent  Progr.
M.  & S. (Collie, J.)  Lond., 1933,  1-23.—Dickens, P. F., &
Brown, O. J.  Present-day concepts of endocrinology.  U.  S.
Nav. M. Bull., 1937, 35: 8; 176; 387.—Essenson, S. J.  Con-
cepts of endocrinology.  Med.  J. & Rec, 1933, 137: 451; 484;
138: 8-44.—Ide.  M.  Endocrinologie.   Rev.  med., Louvain,
1922, 192-7.—Jumon, H.   Introduction a l'etude  de Tendo-
crinologie.  Bull, med.,  Par.,  1935, 49:  579; passim.—Kella-
way, C. H.   Endocrinology and modern medicine.  Med. J.
Australia, 1925, 2: 99-102.—Kemper,  C. F.  Endocrine semi-
nar;  general introduction.   Colorado M., 1935,  32:  444.—
Langdon-Brown, W.  The present  position of endocrinology.
Brit. M. J.,  1936, 2: 772-4.—Leone. R.  E. L'endocrinologia
nella scienza  e nella pratica.  Fol. med.,  Nap., 1924, 10: 464-
71.—Levy-Darras.   Endocrinologie.   Vie  med.,  1924,   5:
2025.—Lichtwitz, L. Grundlagen der Endokrinologie. Schweiz.
med. Wschr., 1937, 67: 993-6.—McCullagh,  E.  P. General
medical aspects of endocrinology with  a  few remarks concern-
ing some of the newer hormones. Cleveland Clin. Q., 1932, 1:
29-40.  Also Ohio M. J.,  1932, 28:  263-7.—Marinus, C. J.
Endocrinology as a branch of internal medicine.  J. Michigan
M.  Soc,  1929,  28:  94-101.—Novak, E.  Endocrinology  as
related to gynecology.  In Med. Leaves (J.  C. Beck) Chic,
1937, 146-50.—Peredelsky, A. A.  [Endocrinology of the in-
vertebrates]  Usp. sovrem.  biol., 1939,  10:   51-95—Sprunt,
T. P.  Certain phases of endocrinology of interest to the public
health nurse.  Pub. Health Nurse, 1925,  17: 234-41.

----  Bibliography  and reviews.

   Cameron,  A.  T.   Recent  advances  in endo-
crinology.   2.  ed.   406p.  8?   Lond., 1935.
   Rivoire,  R.   Les  acquisitions  nouvelles  de
Tendocrinologie.  2.  ed.  305p.   8?   Par.,  1935.
Also 3. ed.   264p.   1937.
   Sevringhaus,  E. L.   Endocrinology,  p.493-
746.   8?   Chic,  1935.
   Bansi, H.  W.  Uebersicht iiber einige amerikanische Verof-
fentlichungen aus dem Gebiet der Endokrinologie.   Med. Klin.,
Berl., 1939, 35: 553.—Boenheim, F.  Neuere Aifbeiten aus uem
Gebiete der Endokrinologie.  Ibid., 1928, 24:  1523-5.  ------
Fortschritte  in  der  Endokrinologie.  Med.  Welt, 1931,  5:
1748-50 —Brown, O.  J.  Recent advances in endocrinology.
U. S.  Nav.  M. Bull., 1939, 37: 22-46.—Burger, M.   Rund-
schau:  Fortschritte auf dem Gebiete  der inneren Sekretion.
Jahrkurs.  arztl. Fortbild.,  1935, 26:  H. 3,  1-10; passim.—
Butenandt,  A.   Neuere Ergebnisse  der  Keimdrusen- und
Hypophysenhormonforschung.  Zbl. Gyn., 1935, 59:  71-8.—
Castex, M. R.  Le prochain numiro sera consacr6 a la patho-
logie des glandes endocrines.  J. nted. chir.,  Par., 1924,  95:
201-11.—Chidester, F. E.  Recent developments in our knowl-
edge of the internal secretions.  Med. Times, N. Y., 1923, 51:
193-6.—Collip, J. B.  Some recent advances in endocrinology.
Canad. M. Ass. J., 1924, 14: 812-20.—David, I.   Recent ad-
vances in  endocrinology.  J. Ceylon Brit. M. Ass., 1923, 20:
1-10.—Dorr,  H.  Bericht  iiber innersekretorische Literatur
(November 1933  bis  Oktober 1934-37)   Mschr.  Geburtsh.
Gyn., 1934-35, 98: 297; passim.—Gardiner,  J. F.  Recent
advances in endocrinology.  Nebraska M. J., 1932, 17: 58-60.—
Gregory,  J.   An evaluation of periodical literature from the
standpoint of endocrinology.   Endocrinology, 1935,  19: 213-
5.—Heinze,   E.   Endokrine   Storungen.   Fortsch.  Neur.
Psychiat.. 1935, 7: 224; passim.—Hogben, L. T.  Some recent
work on  the ductless  glands.  Discovery,  Lond.,  1920,  1:
148-51.—Hoskins, R. G.  L'etat actuel de Tendocrinologie.
Arch. nted. beiges, 1924, 77: 347-55.—Hutton, J. H.  Recent
progress  in endocrinology.  Med.  Rev.  of  Rev.,  1932, 38:
389-95.  ------  Recent advances in endocrine diagnosis and
treatment. J. Lab. Clin. M.,  1935-36, 21: 736-42.—Kranz,
P., & Osten-Sacken. H. von der.  Innere Sekretion.  Fortsch.
Zahnh., 1933, 9: 259-72.—Laquer, F. Estado actual del estudio
de las hormonas.  Rev. med. germ. iber. amer., 1932, 5: 28-
34.—Lash. A. F.  Endocrinology in relation to obstetrics and
gynecology,  a review  of the  literature of 1934.   Surg. Gyn.
Obst., 1936,  63: Internat. abstr. surg.,  1-36.—Lewy, F. H.
Die Erkrankungen der endokrinen Drusen.  Fortsch. Neur.
Psychiat., 1929, 1: 347; 395.—Lurie, L. A.  The present status
of  endocrinology—a  review.   J.  Med.,  Cincin.,  1934,  15:
307-13.—Maraiion y Posadillo, G.  Revista critica de la litera-
tura reciente de endocrinologia y metabolismo.  Arch,  med.,
Madr., 1925, 20: 488-97.  ------  & Pittaluga, G.  Estado
actual de  la doctrina de las secreciones internas.  Siglo med.,
1922, 69: 283; passim.—R. m. T. Endocrinologie.  Praxis, Bern,
1932, 21: 395.—Sprunt. T. P.  Some  recent developments in the
field of endocrinology of interest to the  general practitioner.
Virginia M.  Month.,  1932,  59: 447.—Thomas, E.  Drusen mit
innerer Sekretion.  Mschr.  Kinderh., 1935-36, 64: 390; passim.


----   Congresses, and  conferences.

    Bruxelles.  Jotjrnees medicales.   14.  ses-
sion  consacree   a   la    physio-pathologie   des
glandes endocrines.   26p.   8?   Brux., 1934.
   Forms Suppl., Bruxelles med.,  1934-35, 15:

   Belkin. R. I.  [Internal secretion at the 15. International
Physiological Congress)  Usp. sovrem. biol., 1936, 5: 188-92.—
Erster Internationaler Kongress fiir  Endokrinologie in Marien-
bad vom  24. bis 26.  Mai 1934.  Munch, med. Wschr., 1934,
81:  309.—Laqueur, H. P. E.  [Meeting  of endocrinologists]
Ned. tschr.  geneesk.,  1935, 79: 4000-4.—Perelman, L.  R.
[Endocrinology at the 15th International Physiological  Con-
gress]  Priroda,  Leningr.,  1935, 24: 55.—[U. S.]  Association
for  the study of internal  secretions; proceedings of the 23.
annual meeting.  Endocrinology, 1939, 25: 457-79.


----   Essays.

    Endocrines  (The)  in  theory and  practice;

 articles republished  from   the  British  Medical

 Journal.   278p.    8?   Lond.,  1937.

    Harrow, H. R.  Three lectures on endocrinol-
 ogy in  everyday practice.  62p.   8?   Glendale,
 Calif.,  1935.
    Abel, J. J.  Some recent advances in our knowledge of the
 ductless  glands.  Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, 1925, 40: 442-4.
 Also Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1926, 38: 1-32.—Amaya. C. A.
 Algunas observaciones sobre endocrinologia.  Repert. med. cir.,
 Bogota,  1925-26, 492-506.—Astvatsaturov, M.  [Role of endo-
 crinology in the evolution of  principal understanding  of the
 nature of diseases]  Vrach. gaz., 1929, 33: 275-83.—Bishop,
 P. M. F. Facts and fallacies in  clinical endocrinology.  Clin.
 J., Lond., 1938, 67: 17-20.—Bochkarew, P.  Los adelantos de
 la endocrinologia.   Dia med., B. Air.,  1929-30, 2:  193.—
 Cannon,  W. B.  Endocrinology by  ukase.   Endokrinologie,
 1930, 6:  24-7.—Denison,  R.  Endocrinology; a present-day
 summary.   Pennsylvania  M. J.,  1934-35,  38:  313-20.—
 Discours de M. le professeur  Edgard Zunz.  Bruxelles med.,
 1934-35,  15: suppl., 26-9.—Harpole, J.   The wonder glands.
 In  his  Leaves [etc.]  Lond.,  1937, 241-53.—Hoskins,  R.  G.
 An appraisal of endocrinology.   Northwest M.,  1923,  22:
 189; 237. ------ Endocrinology of today.  Med. Bull. Univ.
 Cincinnati,  1936, 8:  3-11.—McKinlay, C. A.  A consideration
 of some recent developments in the studv of endocrine function.
 J. Lancet, 1932, 52: 197-9.—Magder, E. P.  Notes d'endo-
 crinologie.  Gaz. nted. France,  1939, 46: 529-40.—Maxwell,
 C. H.  A hodge-podge on endocrinology.   West Virginia M. J.,
 1932, 28: 407.—Sajous, C. E. de M.  The endocrine organs as
 a foundation for scientific medicine.   Proc. Am. Philos. Soc.
 (Bicent. Celebr., 1727-1927)  Phila. 1927, 66: 47-65.—Schul-
 mann, E.  A propos d'un recent essai d'endocrinologie.  Progr.
 med., Par.,  1924, 39: 751.—Smith, P. E.  Some comments on
 endocrinology.  Phi Chi Q., Menasha, 1934, 31: No. 2, 138 —
 Zuckerman,  S.  Hormones  and evolution:  an  examination
 of certain views on the part played by the endocrine glands in
 human evolution.  Man, Lond., 1936, 36:129-35. 
ENDOCRINOLOGY
318
ENDOCRINOLOGY
 ----  gynecological.

   Berblintger, W.  Allgemeiner Teil der Inkre-
 tologic.   p. 1-108.  4?   Munch., 1936.
   In Handb. Gyn. (J. Veit & W. Stockel) 3. Aufl. Munch.,
 1936, 9. Bd.

   ---  Clauberg,  C,  &  Kraus,  E.  J.   Die
 Bedeutung der inneren Sekretion fiir die Frauen-
 heilkunde.   1107p.   roy. 8?   Miinch., 1936.
   Clauberg,   C.   Ovarium,   Hypophyse,   Pla-
 centa  und Schwangerschaft  in  ihrer innersekre-
 torischen Beziehung zur Frauenheilkunde.  p. 109-
 579.   4?   Miinch., 1936.
   In Handb. Gyn. (J. Veit & W. Stockel) 3. Aufl. Miinch.,
 1936, 9. Bd.

   Graves, W.  P.  Female  sex hormonology;  a
 review.   131p.   8?  Phila., 1931.
   Harrower,  H.  R.   The  endocrines in gyne-
 cology.   256p.   16?  Glendale,  1927.
   Hoon,  P.   Contribution a  l'etude de l'hor-
 monologiegynecologique.   183p.  8?  Par., 1936.
   Kehrer,  E.   Endokrinologie fiir den Frauen-
 arzt in ihrer Beziehung zur Ovarialfunktion und
 insbesondere zur Amenorrhoe.  564p.  8?  Stuttg.,
 1937.
   Kurzrok,  R.   The  endocrines  in obstetrics
 and gynecology.  488p.  8?  Bait., 1937.
   Mazer,  C,  &  Goldstein, L.  Clinical endo-
 crinology  of the  female.    519p.   8?    Phila.,
 1932.
   Andrews, C. J.  The endocrines in gynecology and obstetrics.
 Virginia M.  Month.,  1936-37, 63:  719-23.—Araya, It.  La
 endocrinologia en ginecologia.  Sem. med., B. Air.,  1923, 30:
 pt 2, 863-98.—Averill, L. C.  L.  Some aspects of endocrinology
 in relation to gynaecology and obstetrics.  N. Zealand M. J.,
 1937, 36: suppl., 21-8.—Breckinridge, S. D.  Endocrinology in
 gynecology and obstetrics. Kentucky M. J., 1924, 22: 261-4.—
 Cox, D. M.  Female endocrinology.  Ibid., 1935, 33: 265-70.—
 Foldes, L.  [Endocrinology in gynecology]  Gyogyaszat, 1930,
 70: 308-12— Frank, R. T.   A review of the progress in endo-
 crinology of interest to the gynecologist and obstetrician.  Am.
 J. Obst.,  1930, 20: 215-20  [Discussion]  265-8.—Haon, P.
 Hormonologie gynecologique.  Gyn. obst.,  Par.,  1938,  38:
 283-6.—Hegediis, K.  [Limits of gynecological endocrinology]
 Orv. hetil., 1937, 81: 102-5.—Henderson, A. W.  Endocrinal
 aspects  of gynaecology. Abstr. Theses Aberdeen Univ., 1934,
 23.—Hofbauer, J.  Facts and fallacies in present day gyneco-
 logic endocrinology.  J. Med., Cincin.,  1938-39, 19: 65-72.—
 Hoffman. J.  Clinical application of the  newer contributions in
 female endocrinology.  Surg. Clin. N. America, 1936, 16: 371-
 95.—Johnstone,  R. W.  Gynaecological  aspects  of  endo-
 crinology.  Brit. M. J., 1933, 2: 557-60.—Keene,  F.  E., &
 Payne,  F. L.  The  clinical application of the recent  contribu-
 tions in female endocrinology. J. M. Soc. N. Jersey,  1934, 31:
 629-34.—Koller, O.  Zum heutigen Stand der Hormonforschung
 in der Gynakologie.  Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1938, 68: 1089;
 1119.—Lewis, N. D. C.  Neuropsychiatric aspects of female
 endocrinology.  Med.  Ann.  District of Columbia,  1934, 3:
 89-94.—Meigs,  J. V.  Female sex hormonology—an interpre-
 tation.  Med. Clin. N. America, 1935, 18: 1143- 73.—Moniz de
 Aragao, J.   Recentes acquisicoes en endocrinologia  genital
 feminina.   Brasil med., 1934, 48: 510-6.—Montoro, O.  Re-
 cientes adquisiciones en endocrinologia genital femenina.   Vida
 nueva, Habana, 1934, 34: 316-24.—Moran, C. S.  Some recent
 advances in female  endocrinology.  Nebraska M. J.,  1938, 23:
 51-4.—Novak, E.  Gynaecological aspects of endocrinology.
 Brit. M. J., 1933, 2: 553-7.  ------ Application of endocrinol-
 ogy  to gynecological problems. Tr.  Congr. Am. Physicians,
 1933, 15:  65-76.------Endocrine aspects of gynecology.
 J. M. Ass. Georgia,  1934, 23: 245-50.  ------  The endocrines
 in gynecology and  obstetrics.  Tr.  Kansas  City Acad. M.
 (1935-37)  1937, 177-84.  ------  Some less generally recog-
 nized aspects of gynecologic endocrinology.  Am.  J. Obst.,
 1937, 34: 237-47.—Parker, J. D.  Gynecologic endocrinology.
 J. S. Carolina M. Ass., 1939, 35: 37-40.—Payne, F. L.  Tbe
 clinical aspects of modern endocrinology of the female; abstract
 Tr. Coll. Physicians Philadelphia,  1936-37, 4: 14.—Ramirez,
 E. Algunos problemas de ginecologia y de obstetricia en relacion
 con la endocrinologia  moderna.  Medicina, Mex., 1933, 13:
 243-62.—Rayner, D. C.  Gynaecology and the glands  of in-
 ternal secretion. Clin. J.,  Lond.,  1931, 60: 337-41.   Also
 Bristol Med.  Chir.  J.,  1931, 48:  1-14.—Schaefer, R.  L., &
 Brosius, W. L.  Endocrinology in obstetrics.  J. Michigan M.
 Soc, 1932,  31: 703.—Sevringhaus, E. L. Current endocrine
 problems in gynecology.  Proc Inst. M. Chicago, 1936, 11:
 124.   Also  Wisconsin  M.  J.,  1937,  36: 543-8.—Siebke, H.
Grundriss  der Hormonlehre  in der Gynakologie.  Zbl  Gyn
 1937, 61: 2485-90, 4 pl.—Toly, B.  New conceptions of endo-
crinology as applied to clinical gynecology.   J. Am. Inst
Homeop., 1935,  28: 673-5.—Tritsch, J.  E., & Weisman, A. I.
Some newer aspects of female endocrinology.  Ibid.,  676-8.— I
 Wagner, C. A.  Les progres de Tendocrinologie et leur signi-
 ficance pour Tobstetrique et la gynecologic  Bruxelles mid.,
 1938, 18: 1028.  ------  L'endocrinologie dans le domaine de
 Tobstetrique et de  la gynecologie.  Gynecologie,  1938, 37:
 551.—Watts, S. H.  Endocrinologv; its relation to gynecology.
 Virginia M. Month., 1924-25, 51: 602-7.

 ----  History.

   Rolleston, H.  D.   The endocrine organs in
 health  and  disease, with  an historical  review.
 521p.   8?   Lond., 1936.
   Aub, J. C. Progress in the study of internal secretions.  N.
 England J. M., 1933, 209:  471-3.—Barr, D.  P.  Recent ad-
 vances in endocrinology; relation to interpretation and under-
 standing of common symptoms.   J. Am. M. Ass.,  1935, 105:
 1760-5.—Biedl,  A.  [New progress in endocrinology]   Med.
 biol. J., Leningr., 1927, 3: 6-13.—Blaisdell. F.  E., jr.  Is endo-
 crinology a new development? California West. M., 1934, 41:
 123.—Collin, R.  L'evolution de la notion  d'hormone.  Liege
 med., 1937, 30:  639; 667. Also Rev. gin.  sc.  pur.,  1937, 48:
 260-9.  Also Rev. prat. biol. appl., Par., 1937,  30: 193; 225 —
 Fabrikant, M. B.  Die Rolle der Stomatologie in der Entwick-
 lung der Lehre von den Drusen mit innerer Sekretion.  Zschr.
 Stomat., 1932, 30: 1117.—Gley, E. La fisiologia francesa y la
 doctrina de las secreciones internas. Rev. med.  Veracruz., 1925,
 5: 117-22.—Guillaume, A. C. La notion de secretion interne
 et Tceuvre de Theophile de Brodeu.   Rev. sc, Par., 1923, 11:
 394-7.—Herring, P. T.  The endocrine glands and their internal
 secretion; a brief historical survey.  Science Progr., Lond., 1924,
 18: 567-77.—Hirsch, M. Alte und neue Heilkunde im Lichte
 der Lehre von  der  inneren  Sekretion.  In his Handb. inn.
 Sekret., Lpz., 1932, 1: 4-24.—Hutton, J. H.  Progress in endo-
 crinology.   Clin. Med., 1926, 33: 30-4.—Ide, M.  L'avenir de
 Tendocrinologie.  Rev. med., Louvain, 1922, 273-9.—Kisch, B.
 Die  Spezifitat der  chemischen  Gewebsreaktionen und die
 Entwicklung der Hormonlehre.  Klin. Wschr., 1936, 15: 113.—
 Koopman, J.  [History of the development of endocrinology]
 Ned.  tschr. geneesk., 1926,  70: 2359; 1928, 72: 1695.  Also
 Bijdr. gesch. geneesk., 1931,  11: 169-73.—La Barre, J.  L'en-
 docrinologie; son evolution et ses plus recentes acquisitions.
 Bruxedes med., 1934-35, 15: suppl., 1-3.—Langdon-Brown, W.
 The present position of endocrinology. Postgrad. M. J., Lond.,
 1937,  13: 9-15.—Levi, L.  L'evolution des iatees en endocrino-
 ogie clinique.  Evolut. med. chir.,  1925, 6: 37-53.—Lisser, H.,
 Recent endocrinology.   California West. M.,  1930, 33: 545-
 50.—Neuburger, M.  Precursor of doctrine of internal secre-
 tions.   Med. Rev. of Rev.,  1930, 36: 502-7.—Rolleston, H.
 Some  points mainly historic on the endocrine glands generally
 and the thyroid and parathyroids in particular.   Internat.
 Clin.,  1931, 4: 217-50.  Also In Barker Festschrift, 1932, 493-
 526.  ------ The history of endocrinology.  Brit. M. J., 1937,
 1: 1033-6.—Rossysky, D. M.  L'histoire du developpement de
Tendocrinologie en Russie.  Rev. fr. endocr., 1926, 4: 301-14.
------  [Progress in endocrinology in Soviet Russia during the
lastlOyears] Tsentr. med. J., 1929, 3: 1-12.  ------  [Achieve-
ments in Soviet endocrinology]  Sovet. vrach. J., 1938, 42:
241-6.—Shindler, M. S.  [Development of  Soviet endocrinol-
ogy and organotherapy]  Vrach.  delo, 1935,  18:  99-102.—
Vogt,  E.  Ueber den gegenwartigen Stand der Lehre von der
inneren  Sekretion.  Med. Klin.,  Berl.,  1930,  26: 1469-72.—
Vorwahl, H.  Zur Geschichte des Synchronismus.  Arch. Gesch.
Med., 1925,  17: 203.—Waldorp.  C. P., &  Dominguez, J. A.
 Notas sobre la historia y evolucten de la doctrina de las secre-
ciones internas.   Rev.  nted.  Hamburgo, 1928, 9:  25; 63.—
Weil, A. The history of internal secretion. Med. Life. 1925, 32:
73-97.

----   Institutes, clinics, and societies.
   Daniel,  C. [Endocrine surgery; need for the organization
 of a service at the Faculty of medicine]  Romania med., 1938,
16: 125.—Haram, B. J.   Report of an endocrine clinic.  Brit.
M. J., 1939 1: 1243-5.—Hunter.  On the results of 6 months'
working of his hormone clinic at S. Mary's hospital, Manchester.
J.  Obst. Gyn. Brit.  Empire, 1937, 44:  406.—Kersha,  A. M.
An account of my visit to various endocrine clinics in London
and Vienna.  J. Egypt. M. Ass., 1939, 22: 271-81.—Schachter,
M. La premiere chaire roumaine d'endocrinologie.  Rev. med.
est, 1934, 62: 18-21.

----   Manual.

   Abelin, I., von Bergmann, G.  [et al.]   Physi-
ologie und Pathologie der Hormonorgane; Regu-
lation  von  Wachstum und  Entwicklung; die
 Verdauung  als   Ganzes;   die   Ermihrung  des
 Menschen  als  Ganzes;  die  correlativen  Funk-
tionen des  autonomen Nervensystems;  Regu-
lierung   der    Wasserstoffionen-Konzentration.
 1159p.   8?   Berl.,  1930.
   Alzona, L.   Ghiandole  endocrine  e apparato
cardiovascolare.   230p.   24cm.   Roma,  1936.
   Antognetti, L.,  &  Geriola,  F.   Semeiologia
ormonica; chimica e biologica.  441p.  8?  Roma,
 1936. 
ENDOCRINOLOGY
319
ENDOCRINOLOGY
  Bwer, J.  Innere Sekretion; ihre Physiologie,
Pathologie und Klinik.  479p. 8?   Berl., 1927.
  Bayer, G. & von den Velden, R.  Klinisches
Lehrbuch der Inkretologie und Inkretotherapie.
423p.   8?   Lpz., 1927.
  ----The same.  Trattato clinico di increto-
logia ed incretoterapia.  Trad. G. Vernoni.   2v.
382p.; 500p. 8?  Milano, 1929-30.
  Berkeley, W. N.  The principles and practice
of endocrine medicine.   368p.  8?  Phila., 1926.
  Biedl, A.  Innere Sekretion; ihre  physiologi-
schen Grundlagen  und  ihre Bedeutung fiir die
Pathologie.  4.  Aufl.  480p.  8?   Berl.,  1922.
  Brown,  W.  L.   The endocrines  in  general
medicine.   144p.   8?   Lond., 1927.
  Cobb, I. G.  The organs of internal secretion;
their diseases and  therapeutic application,  with
a chapter on obesity and its treatment.  4. ed.
303p.  8?  Lond., 1933.
  Cole Chemical Co.  [S. Louis, Mo.]  Ency-
clopedic  endocrinology.  3. ed.   91p.   8?  S.
Louis,  1939.
  Crofton, W. M. An outline of endocrinology.
126p.  12?  Edinb., 1924.  Also  2. ed.  163p.
1929.
  Crotti,  A.  Diseases of the thyroid, parathy-
roids and thymus.  3. ed., thoroughly rev. & enl.
1229p.  27}£cm.  Phila. [1938]
  Derctjm, F.  X.   The biology of the  internal
secretions; the  endocrine factor in development,
in subnormalities, in neoplasms and malignancy,
in nervous and mental  diseases and in heredity.
241p.  8?   Phila., 1924.
   Engelbach,   W.  Endocrine   medicine.  4v.
8?  Springf., 111., 1932.
   Frugoni, C.   Semeiologia ormonica, chimica e
biologica.  441p.  24 cm.  Roma, 1936.
   Goldzieher, M. A.  Practical endocrinology;
symptoms and  treatment.   326p.  8?   N. Y.
[1935]   Also 2. ed. 344p  [1937]
   Guillaume,  A.  C.   L'endocrinologie et les
6tats endocrino-sympathiques.   3v.  16?  Par.,
1929-30.
   Harrow, B.  Glands in health and  disease.
218p.   8?   N.  Y.    [1922]    Also  new ed.
revised and enlarged.   275p.  [1928]
   Harrower,  H. R.   Practical endocrinology.
704p.   8?   Glendale, 1931.
   Hirsch, M.  Handbuch der inneren Sekretion;
eine  umfassende  Darstellung  der  Anatomie,
Physiologie  und  Pathologie  der  endokrinen
Drusen. 3v.  8?  Lpz., 1928-32.
   Honekamp,  P.   Ueber  die  Storungen der
Harmonie   des endokrinvegetativen  Systems.
64p.   24 cm.   Halle a. S., 1938.
   Kemp, T., &  Okkels, H.  Lehrbuch der Endo-
krinologie.  224p.  8?   Lpz., 1936.
   Larson,  T.  H.  Why we are  what we are;
the science and art of endocrine physiology and
endocrine therapy. 347p.  8?  Chic. [1929]
  ----  Physicians and surgeons' text-book on
endocrinology  and  ready  reference   therapy.
870p.   8?   Los Ang. [1934]            .
   Loewentberc,  S. A.  Clinical endocrinology.
825p.   8?   Phila., 1937.
   Lucien,  M., Parisot,  J.,  &  Richard, Lr.
Traite d'endocrinologie; les parathyroides et le
thymus.  635p.  8?  Par., 1927.
   Penau,  H., Blanchard,  L., &  Simonnet, H.
Le probleme  des glandes a  secretion  interne;
les propriety  physicochimiques  et  pharmaco-
dynamiques des hormones.   2v.   v.l,  p.217-41;
v.2,  p.329-89.  8?  Par., 1929-31.
  Pende, N.  Endocrinologia; patologia e clinica
degli organi a secrezione interna.  11. ed. in 2 pts.
1131p.  8?   Milano, 1920.
  Peritz, G.  Einfuhrung  in die Klinik  der
inneren Sekretion.   257p.  8?  Berl., 1923.
  Sainton,  P., Simonnet, H., & Brouha,  L.
Endocrinologie; clinique,  therapeutique  et  ex-
perimentale.  83 Ip.  8?  Par., 1937.
  Sharpey-Schafer,  E.  A.   The  endocrine
glands; an introduction  to the study of internal
secretion.  Pt 1: The thyroid, the parathyroids,
and  the  suprarenal capsules.  2.ed.   175p.   8?
Lond., 1924.
  ■----The same.  Pt 2:  The  pituitary;  the
pineal; the alimentary canal;  the pancreas, and
the sex glands.  2. ed.  p. 177-417.  8?   Lond.,
1926.
  Thomalla, C.    Innere Sekretion; Probleme
der  Blutdrusen und Verjiingung.   107p.   8?
Lpz., 1925.
  Timme,   W.    Lectures  on   endocrinology.
123p.  8?  N. Y., 1924.  Also 2. ed.  192p.  1932.
  Tinel,  J.  Precis clinique d'endocrinologie.
184p.  8?   Par., 1931.
  Vincent,  S.  Internal secretion and the duct-
less  glands.  2. ed.  422p.   8?   Lond., 1922.
Also 3. ed.   463p.  1924.
  Weil, A.   Die  innere Sekretion;  eine  Ein-
fuhrung fiir Studierende und Aerzte.  140p.  8?
Berl.,  1921.   Also 3. Aufl.  150p.  1923.  Also
Engl, transl. of 3. Aufl.  287p. N. Y., 1924.
  Werner, A.  A.   Endocrinology; clinical appli-
cation and treatment.  672p.  8?   Phila.  [1937]
  Wolf, W. Endocrinology in modern practice.
1018p.  8?   Phila.,  1936.  Also  2. ed.   1077p.
1939.

----  Manual, popular.
  Antheil, G.  Every man his  own detective,
a study of  glandular  criminology.   127p.   8?
N. Y., 1937.
  Brinkley,  J.   R.    Shadows  and sunshine.
94p.   12?   Milford [1923]
  Gleason, J. D.  The specialist investigates
your glands; your glands control your  destiny
in the development of your mental, physical and
human efficiency.   191p.  8?  S. Franc. [1931].
  Gregory, J.  A B C  of the endocrines.  126p.
4?   Bait., 1935.
  Hoskins, R. G.  The tides of life; the endo-
crine  glands in bodily  adjustment.  348p.  8?
 N.  Y. [1933]
   Mayers, L.  H., & Welton, A. D.  What we
are  and  why; a study,  with illustrations, of  the
relation  of the endocrine glands  to human  con-
duct and dispositional  traits,  with special refer-
ence to the influence of gland derangements on
 behavior.  340p.   8?   N. Y. [1933]
   Moehlig, R. C.  Ductless gland cell  control.
 87p.  12?   [Detr.] 1918.
   Robinson, W.  J.  Our mysterious life glands
 and how they affect us.  291p. 8?  N. Y., 1934.
   Rtjbtn,  H.  H.   Glands  and  health.   47p.
 12?   [N. Y., 1924]
  ----  The  glands of  life; the story of  the
 mysterious  ductless glands.   164p.  8?   N.  Y.
 [1935]
   Van Henry, W.  Glands;  a treatise on their
 importance  in the human  machine and their
 scientific hygiene.  40p. 8?  Chic, 1924.
   Wheeler, C.   E.  Health and vitality from
 normal gland activity.  62p.  8?  Los Ang., 1934.
   Williams, E.  H.  How we become personali-
 ties; the glands  of health, virility and success.
 294p.  8?  Indianap. [1926] 
20                          ENDOCRINOLOGY
ENDOCRINOLOGY
   Williams,  H.  S.    Your  glands  and  you.
187p.  8?    X. Y. [1936]
   Wynne,   F.  E.    Ductless and  other glands;
a popular account of their nature and functions.
127p.  8°    Lond. [1923]

----   Methods.
   Abderhalden,  E.    Handbuch   der  biologi-
schen  Arbeitsmethoden.    Abt.   5.    Methoden
zum  Studium  der   Funktionen  der  einzelnen
Organe  im  tierischen  Organismus.   T.  3.   B.
Inkretionsorgane,  Hormone, Vitamine,  Auxine.
(1. Halfte) (2. Halfte)   2v.   1754p. paged consec.
8°   Berl.,  1938.
   Cannon, W. B., Lewis, J. T., & Britton, S. W.  A lasting
preparation of the denervated  heart  for detecting internal
secretion, with evidence for accessory accelerator  fibers from
the thoracic sympathetic chain.  Am. J. Physiol., 1926, 77:
326-52.—Coro, A. J. Contribucion al estudio experimental de
las  secreciones  internas.  Rev. med. cir. Habana, 1925, 30:
599; 627; 671;  695.—Da  Costa, A. C.  Le role de 1'histologie
dans la connaissance des secretions internes.  Rev. fr. endocr.,
1923, 1: 377-90.—Dart,  E.  E.  Conventional bacteriologie
technics in hormone and  vitamine research.  Proc. Soc. Exp.
Biol., X. Y., 1934, 32: 363-5.—Krontovsky, A. A.  [New method
of studying inner secretions  through  explantation]  Vrach
delo,  1927, 10: 33-6.  Also Arch.  exp. Zellforsch., 1927, 4:
79-84.—Loewe, S.   Die  Wirkstofferzeugung  der  Blutdrusen
als   Betraehtungsgrundlage  der  klinischen   Endokrinologie.
Zbl. inn. Med., 1930, 51:  257-71.—London, E. S.  Inkretions-
dynamik;  methodische Angaben.  Arch.  ges. Physiol., 1931,
228: 531.—McCullagh, D. R., & Guillet, R. Summary of some
laboratory methods  in endocrinology.  Cleveland Clin. Q.,
1939, 6: 95-104.—Meltzer, S. J.  Animal experimentation in
relation to our knowledge of secretions, especially internal secre-
tions.  J.  Am. Al.  Ass.,  1910.  Also repr.—Rogoff,  J. M.
Contributions of aDimal experimentation to medical progress;
endocrinology.   Am.  J. Surg., 1932, n.  ser.,  16:  337-47.—
Timme, W. Relation between clinical and experimental endo
crinology.  Endocrinology, 1924, 8: 719-26.

----   pediatric.
   Barker, L. F.  Endocrine glands in relation to infancv and
childhood. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1928, 35: 872-84.—Blechmann,
G.  Recherches sur Tendocrinologie infantile.  Bruxelles med.,
1934-35, 15: suppl., 15.—Dods, L.  Some aspects of paediatric
endocrinology.   Med. J.  Australia,  1937,  2: 255-60.  2 pl.—
Draper, G.  Endocrinology  and  pediatrics.   Med. Clin.  N.
America, 1924, 8: 55-70.—Harris, W. L.  Endocrinology; its
relation to pediatrics.  Virginia M. Month.,  1924-25,  51:
601.—Hosen, H.  Endocrinology in  pediatrics.  Texas J. M.,
1937-38, 33: 797-804.—Hoskins, R. G.  Panel discussion on
the ductless  glands.  J.  Pediat., S. Louis, 1935,  6: 850-65.
------Present status of endocrinology in its relation to the
child. Pennsylvania M. J., 1936-37, 40: 167-77.—Lurie, L A.
Endocrinology  and the understanding and treatment  of tbe
exceptional child.  J. Am.  M. Ass.,  1938,  110:  1531-6.—
Pende.  Endocrinologia e nipiologia.  Prat, pediat., Milano,
1932, 10: suppl., 21-3.—Shelton, E. K. The present status of
endocrinology as related to pediatrics. Proc. Interst. Postgrad.
M. Ass. N. America, 1938, 39-45.

---   Periodicals.

   Endocrinologia   e  patologia  costituzio-
nale.    Bologna,  v. 1-3,   1922-25,  incomplete;
n.  ser.. v.l,  1926-
   Endocrinologt.   Los Ang., Calif., v.l,  1917-
   Endokrinologie; Zentralblatt fiir das Gebiet
der  inneren  Sekretion  und  Konstitutionsfor-
schung.   Lpz., v.l,  1928-
   Ergebnisse  der  Vitamin-  und   Hormon-
forschtjng.   Lpz., v.2, 1939-
   Hormones.   Lond., v.l,  1934.
   Problemy  endokrinologii [Problemes  d'en-
docrinologie] Moskva, v.4, 1939-
   Revista   sudamericana   de   endocrino-
logia, IMMUNOLOGfA, QUIMIOTERAPIA.   B. Air.,
v.2-17, 1919-34.
   Revue FRANgAisE  d'endocrinologie.   Par.,
v.l, 1923-
   Zwanglose   Abhandlungen  AUS  dem  Ge-
biete   der  inneren  Sekretion;   Hrsg.   W.
Berblinger.   Lpz., Bd 1-5,  1937-38.

----   Practical use.
   Berman, L.  Endocrinology.  J.  Med. Pract., 1936, 1: 71;
73.—Boenheim, F.  Die  diagnostische  und  therapeutisohe
Bedeutung der Blutdrusen fiir die tagliche Praxis. Zschr. arztl.
Fortbild., 1925, 22: 089-92.—Clark, O.  Secrecoes internas e o
pratico.  Arch, brasil. med., 1922, 12: 819-87.—Frank, R.  T.
Endocrinology as now practiced. N. England J. M., 1939, 220:
741-4.—Goldzieher, M. A.  Endocrinological problems in the
general practice of medicine.  N. York State J.  M.,  1933, 33:
985-90.—Gow, A.  E.   Endocrinology  from the phvsician's
point of view.  Brit M. J., 1924, 1: 697-700.—Hansman, F. S.
Some practicil a-pects of endocrinology.  Med. J. Australia,
1928, 1: 700-6.—Kafka, V.  Die praktische Bedeutung der
modernen Hormonfor-ch-.ing.  Med.  Welt. 1932, 6: 148-52.—
Mainzer, F.  IVoer  kieine Endokrmolosie.   Schweiz.  med.
Wschr.,  1937, 67:  513-5.—Sexton, D. L.  Endocrinology; its
application in general practice.  J. Missouri M. Ass., 1930, 27:
533-41.—Veil, W. H.  Die endokrinen Erkrankungen in der
Praxis;  iiber einige Fragen der allgemeinen  Endokrinologie.
Munch,  med. Wschr.,  1927,  74: 1147-9.

----   Problems and studies.

   Bogomolets,  A. A.  [Crisis of endocrinology]
177p.   8?   Moskva, 1927.
   Also Med. biol.  J., Leningr., 1926, 2: 15-34.

   Gardiner-Hill, H. Endocrine problems in the special depart-
ments of medicine.   Lancet, Lond., 1933,  2:  937.  ------
Some endocrine problems; a post-graduate lecture. S. Thomas
Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1933,  34: 186-91.—Haberlandt, L.  Meine
Hormon-Arbeiten;   12 Jahre  phvsiologische  Experimental-
forschung.   Fortsch. Med.,  1931, 49: 343-7.—Hoskins, R. G.
Progress and problems in endocrinology.  J. Am. M. A-s., 1935,
105: 948-51.—Kogan-Yassnyi,  V. M.  [Does a  crisis exist in
endocrinology?]  Med. biol. J.,  Leningr., 1927, 3: 3-12.—
Kozdoba, A. Z.  [Certain problems  in clinical  medicine and
experimental endocrinology]  Vest, khir.,  1936, 43: 195-205.—
Leites, S. M.  [New problems in the study of internal secretions]
Med. biol. J-, Leningr., 1925, 1:  155-62— Nielsen, H.   [Nyt
Hormonforskningen [New hormone studies  (Placenta, Corpus
luteum,  liver and  posterior pituitary lobe)]  Ugeskr. laeger,
1932, 94: 16-21.—Pardee,  I.  Some problems which endo-
crinology presents.  Med. J. & Rec, 1925, 121:  166-70.   Also
repr.—Rowntree, L. G., Clark, J. H. [et al.]  Studies on the
thymus  and pineal glands.   Month. Bull. Philadelphia Dep.
Pub. Health.  1935, October, 12-7, 2 figs.—Sakharov, G. P.
[Contemporary studies of the glands of internal secretion]
Klin, med., Moskva,  1924, 5: 417-25.—Spurrell. W. R.,  &
Ucko, H.  Studies in clinical endocrinologv;  laboratory  con-
tributions.   Guy's Hosp. Rep.,  Lond., 1938, 88: 230-9.—T,
R. M.  Quelques problemes actuels d'endocrinologie. Praxis,
Bern, 1937,  26: 409-12.— Takacs, L.  [Studv of internal secre-
tions] Orv. hetil.,  1927, 71: 871-3.

----   Relation to medical specialties.
   Bassoe, P.  Endocrinology and neurologv.  Endocrinology,
1930, 14: 145-9.—Giesen, J. 3.  Endocrinology; its relation to
neurology and psychiatry.  Virginia M. Month., 1924-25, 51:
612^4.—Hajos, K.  [Endocrinology and dermatology] Magy.
orv.  nagyhgt  jegyzokve, 1931, 188-90.—Levi,  L.   L'endo-
crinologie au point de vue  neuro-psychique.  Arch, internat.
neur., Par., 1930, 22. ser., 3: 127-35.—Loverdo, G.  de.  Le?
glandes endocrines du point de vue neuro-psychiatrique.  Ann.
mid. psychoi., Par., 1937,  95:  394-9.—Neuber, E.  [Endo-
crinology and dermatology]  Magy. orv. nagyhe4 jegyzokve,
1931, 190.—Parhon, C. J.  La ilikibiologia; sus problemas, sus
m6todos, sus  relaciones  con la endocrinologia.  Rev. mid.
Barcelona,  1925, 2. ser., 3: 38-46.—Porter, W. B.  Endo-
crinology;  its  relation to  internal  medicine.   Virginia  M.
Month., 1924-25,  51: 595-8.—Ribiero do Vale, J.  Endo-
crinologia e systema nervoso.  Ann. paul. med. cir.,  1936, 31:
63.—Sprunt, T. P.  The role of the internist in endocrinology.
Sc. Month., 1924,  18:  580-7.—Stealy. C. L.  Endocrinology-
its value to the clinician.  Southwest. J. M. & S , 1933, 17: 359-
64.—Talley, D. D., jr.  Endocrinology; its relation to radiology.
Virginia M. Month.,  1924-25,  51:  608-12.—Vilaclara. J. M.
Endocrinologia y psiquiatria.   Ars medica, Barcel.,  1935, 11:
8-13.

ENDODERM.

   See  Entoderm.


ENDODERMOPHYTON.

   See also Dermatomycosis; Mycosis; Trichophy-
ton; also  in the 3. ser. Tinea.
   Acton, H. W., & Ghosh, L. M.  Tinea imbricata (Tokelau)
in Bengal.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1934, 69: 426-30,  2 pl.—Burkwall,
H. F. Tinea imrjricata in Hainan.  Chin. M. J., 1937, 51: 91 —
Castellani, A.  Case of tinea imbricata of 15 years' standing in
a  European;  cultures of Endodermophyton indicum isolated
from this case.  Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg.,  Lond., 1933, 26:
316-8.   ------  Tinea imbricata  (tokelau)  a  short general
account with report of a case in a European. J. Trop. M. Hyg.,
Lond., 1934, 37: 363-8, 2 pl.  ------ Tinea imbricata.   Proc.
R. Soc. M., Lond., 1934, 27: 1575.------A case of  tinea
imbricata.  Brit.  J. Derm. Syph., 1934, 46: 494-7.  ------
Note on the aetiology of soma tropical dermatomycoses:  tinea
cruris, tinea flava et nigra, tinea imbricata. Proc. R. Soc. M., 
ENDODERMOPHYTON
321
ENDOLIMAX
  Lond., 1912-13, 6: derm, sect., 31-9.—Fonseca, O. da.  Para-
  sitological and clinical relationship between Asiatic and Oce-
  anian tokelau and Brazilian chimbGre' of some Matto-Grosso
  Indians.   Rev.  med. cir.  Brasil,  1930, 38: 292-307, 4 pl.—
  Grigoraki, L.. & David, R. Caract^res bio-chimiques  d'Endo-
  dermophyton indicum, Castellani, 1911.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,
  1939, 131: 594-6.—Iseki, K.  Ueber Tinea imbricata, insbe-
  sondere iiber den Erreger derselben.  Acta derm., Kyoto, 1934,
  23: 100-2.—Kittredge, H. E.  Trichophytosis, including ony-
  chomycosis universalis, simulating tinea imbricata; report of an
  unusually extensive case.  Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1933, 27:
  607-23.—Koperberg   [Tinea imbricata]  Geneesk. tschr. Ned.
  Indie, 1936, 76: 2560, pl.—Meinardi-Flaumenhaft, F.  [Tinea
  imbricata]  Ibid., 1939,  79:  1394.—Ota, M., & Kawatsure.
  Sur 1'inoculabite au cobaye et sur le caractere immunologique
  des champignons parasites du genre: Endodermophyton castel-
  lani.  Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M., 1930, 2: 227-38. Also Ann.
  parasit., Par., 1931, 9: 144-61, 2 pl.—Soehirman.  [Case of
  tinea imbricata in a Javanese who had never left Java] Geneesk.
  tschr. Ned. Indie, 1936, 76: 883, 2 pl.—Takasaki, S. Contribu-
  tion to the etiology  of tinea  imbricata.   Acta derm., Kyoto,
  1927, 10: 521, pl.—Terai, T.  Ueber Hautpilzkrankheiten und
  iiber mykologische Studien im Bereiche Mandchoukuos; iiber
  Tinea imbricata.  J. Orient. M., Dairen,  1935, 22: 34.

  ENDOGAMY.

    See   also  Breeding;   Caste;   Consanguinity;
  Inbreeding;  Marriage; Relationship;  ^produc-
  tion.
    Brenk, H.  *Ueber  den Grad  der Inzucht in
  einem  innerschweizerischen  Gebirgsdorf.    39p.
  8?   Zur., 1931.
    Also Arch. Julius Klaus Stift., 1931, 6:

    Egenter,  A.   *Ueber den  Grad  der Inzucht
  in  einer Schwyzer  Berggcmeinde  und die  damit
  zusammenhangende   Haufung  rezessiver   Erb-
  schaden.   p.365-406.  8?   Zur.,  1934.
    Also Arch. Julius Klaus Stift., 1934, 9:

    Grob,  W.    *Aszendenzforschungen und Mor-
  talitatsstatistik  aus   einer  St. gallischen  Berg-
  gemeinde; ein  Beitrag  zur Frage der  Schadlich-
  keit der Inzucht.  p.237-64.   8?   Ziir.,  1934.
    Also in Arch.  Julius Klaus Stift., 1934, 9:
    Aginsky, B. W.  Kinship systems and the forms of marriage.
 Mem. Am. Anthrop. Ass., 1935, 3:-8: No. 45, 1-102.—Dahl-
 berg, G.  On rare defects in human populations with particular
 regard to in-breeding and isolate effects.   Proc. R. Soc. Edin-
 burgh, 1937-38,  58:  213-32.—Desai, S.  F.   Consanguineous
 marriage in Persia.  Eugen. News, 1936, 21: 54.—Eggan, F.
 The  Maya  kinship system and cross-cousin marriage.   Am.
 Anthrop.,  1934, 36:  188-202.—Fehlinger. H.   Die  Ehe in
 Indien.   Neue  Generation,  1926,  22:  19-22.—Garboe, A.
 Studien iiber eine kleine,  endemische Bevolkerung in Dane-
 mark.  Genetica,  Gravenh., 1928-29,  11:  465-90.—Hiibsch-
 mann, H.   Ueber die persische Verwandtenheirath.   Zschr.
 Deut. morgenland. Ges.,  1889,  43:  308-12.—Japanese (A)
 human inbreeding experiment: fate and  custom set  stage
 for development of a community  closed  to outside blood for
 over  3 centuries.  J. Hered.,  1937,  28: 379.—Kirchhoff, P.
 Verwandtschaftsbezeichungen  und Verwandtenheirat.   Zschr.
 Ethnol.,  1932, 64: 41-71.—Loeb,  E.  M., & Toffelmier, G.
 Kin  marriage and exogamy.  J. Gen.  Psychol.,  1939, 20:
 181-228.—Miiller,  J.   Erforschung  eines  voralpinen  In-
 zuchtgebietes  mit familiarer Haufung  von  Schizophrenic,
 Psychopathie und Oligophrenie sowie anderen heredodegenera-
 tiven Merkmalen.  Arch.  Julius Klaus Stift., 1933,  247-94,
 25 ch.—Orel, H.  Die Verwandtenehen in der Erzdiozese Wien.
 Arch. Rassenb., 1932, 26: 249-78.—Ruepp, G.  Erbbiologische
 Bestandesaufnahme in einem Walserdorf der Voralpen; ein
 Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Vererbung des Schwachsinnes und der
 Schizopbrenie  in  einem Inzuchtgebiet.  Arch. Julius Klaus
 Stift., 1935, 10: 193-218, tab.—Sapir,  E.  Terms of rp'.ation-
 ship and  the levirate.  Am.  Anthrop., 1916, 18: 327-37.—
 Seligman, B. Z.  Bilateral descent and the formation of marriage
 classes.  J. R. Anthrop. Inst. Gr. Britain, 1927, 57: 349-75.—
 Steuart, A. F.  Marriage of near kin in royalty.  Edinburgh
 M.  J., 1926, n. ser., 33: 720-4.—Titiev, M.  The problem of
 cross-cousin marriage among the Hopi.  Am. Anthrop.,  1938,
 40:  105-11.—Valavalkar, P. H.  Social bearings of the Hind  i
 system of marriage. Jubil. Vol. Anthrop. Soc. Bombay,  1937,
 261-74
  ENDOKRINOLOGIE;  Zentralblatt  fiir  das
 Gebiet der inneren Sekretion und Konstitutions-
 forschung.  Lpz., v.l, 1928-

 ENDOLIMAX.

  See also Amebidae.
  Hegner, R. W.  Endolimax caviae n. sp. from the guinea-
pig and Endolimax janisae n. sp. from the domestic fowl.  J.
Parasit., Urbana, 1925-26, 12: 146, pl.  ------  Endolimax

       77908—VOL. 5, 4th sebihss----21
 amoebae in the vagina of Rhesus monkeys.   Ibid., 1929-30,
 16: 91.—McFall, C. M. Endolimax reynoldsi nov. sp. from the
 intestine of the common  swift,  Sceloporus undulatus.  Ibid.,
 1925-26, 12: 191-8, pl.

 ENDOLYMPH.

   See  also Endolymphatic organ; Labyrinth.
   Egmond. A. A. J. van.  [Labyrinthine fluid]  Ned. tschr.
 geneesk.,  1935, 79: 3618-31.—Guild, S. R.  The circulation
 of the  endolymph.  Am. J.  Anat., 1927, 39: 57-81.  Also
 Laryngoscope,  1927, 37:  649-52.—Kaieda, J.  Biochemische
 Untersuchungen  des  Labyrinthwassers und der  Cerebro-
 spinalfliissigkeit der Haifische.  Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1930,
 188:  193-202.—La Reau, H. G.  Le sue endolymphatique et
 ses relations avec le tonus musculaire d'origine labvrinthique.
 Rev.  laryng., Par., 1928, 49:  539-42.—Leidler, R.  Vesti-
 bularapparat und vegetatives System; der Einfluss des vegeta-
 tiven Systems auf den peripheren Vestibular-apparat, zugleich
 ein Beitrag zur Lehre vom Labyrinthliquor.  Mschr. Ohrenh.,
 1934, 68: 686-712.—Leiri, F.  Ueber die Bewegung der Endo-
 lymphe  im Bogengangsapparat des Innenohres. Acta otolar.,
 Stockh., 1926-27, 10: 52-6.  Also Fin. lak. sail,  hand., 1925,
 67: 729-33.—Quix, F. H.  La direction des courants du liquide
 endolabyrinthien.  Bol. Acad.  nac. med., B. Aires, 1938,  176-
 83.  ------  [Movement of fluid in labyrinth of ear]  Ned.
 tschr. geneesk., 1931, 75:  pt 3, 4382-90—Szasz, T.  Beitrage
 zur Labyrinthliquorfrage.  Zschr.  Hals  &c.  Heilk.,  1923, 6:
 256-60.—Thornval, A.  Weitere Experimente iiber Endolymph-
 bewegungen im Taubenlabyrinth. Acta otolar., Stockh., 1931,
 16: 384-9.—Undritz, W.  Zur  Frage der Endolymphstromung
 in den Bogengangen.  Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk.,  1927,  19: 275-
 85.—Van den Branden, J.  Rapports entre la pression endo-
 lymphatique  et l'irritabilite! semi-circulaire.   C. rend.  Soc.
 biol.,  1930, 103: 507-9.  ------  Influence de la pression endo-
 labyrinthique  sur  l'irratibilit§  des  canaux  semi-circulaires.
 Ann. otolar., Par., 1933, 1201.—Werner. C. F.  Ueber die Lage
 und Funktion des lateralen Bogenganges beim Menschen und
 iiber die Theorie der Endolvmphstromung.  Zschr.  Hals &c.
 Heilk., 1935-36, 39: 194-202.

 ENDOLYMPHATIC organ.

   See   also   Cochlea;   Endolymph;  Labyrinth;
 Vestibular system.
   Anson,  B.  J.  The early development of the membranous
 labyrinth in mammalian embryos, with special reference to the
 endolymphatic  duct and the utriculo-endolymphatic  duct.
 Anat. Rec,  1934, 59:  15-25.—Bast, T. H.   The  utriculo-
 endolymphatic valve and duct and its relation to the endo-
 lymphatic and saccular ducts  in man and guinea pig.  Ibid.,
 1937-38, 68: 75-94, 2 pl.—Burlet, H. M. de.  Ueber  die Glie-
 derung des hautigen Labyrinthes.  Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt.,
 1931,  94:  54-67.  ------  Vergleichend-anatomisches iiber
 endolymphatische und perilymphatische Sinnesendstellen  des
 Labyrinthes.   Acta otolar., Stockh.,  1935,  22: 287-314.—
 Guild, S. R.   Observations upon the structure and normal con-
 tents of  the ductus and saccus  endolymphaticus in the guinea-
 pig (Cavia cobaya)  Am. J. Anat., 1927, 39: 1-56.—Iwasaki, I.
 Entwicklungsgeschichtliche Untersuchungen iiber das hautige
 Labyrinth der Knochenfische.   Jap. J.  M. Sc,  1936-37, 6:
 Anat., 301-419, 10 pl.—Kuwana, R.  Entwicklungsgeschicht-
 liche Untersuchungen iiber das hautige Labyrinth des Trionyx
 japonicus.  Ibid., 1931-33, 3: Anat., 295-423, 21 pl.—Larsell,
 O., McCrady, E., jr, & Zimmermann. A. A.   Morphological
 and functional development of the membranous  labyrinth in
 the opossum.   J. Comp. Neur., 1935-36, 63: 95-118.—Mura-
 yama, T.  Die Entwickelung  des hiiutigen Labyrinthes  des
 Knochenfisches (Oryzias  latipes)  Fol.  anat.  jap.,  1927, 5:
 333;  1928, 6: 147, 3 pl.—Peroni, A., &  Bozzi, E. Le modi-
 ficazioni delle membrane labirintiche da perfusioni allotoniche.
 Arch.  ital.  otol., 1932, 43:  193-210.—Portmann.  G.  The
 anatomic and  physiologic importance of the endolymphatic
 organ.   Tr. Coll. Physicians Philadelphia,  1923, 3.  ser.,  45:
 584-6.—Rejto,  A.  Frische  Praparate  des  membranosen
 Labyrinthes des Menschen.  Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1935,  38:
 184-6.—Shambaugh, G. E.  The development of the mem-
branous  labyrinth.  Arch.  Otolar., Cnic, 1926, 3: 233-6, 4 pl.

----   Duct.

   Fineman,  G.   *Beitrage  zur  Kenntnis  der
 Entwickelung des  Ductus endolymphaticus  bei
 dem  Menschen  und  einigen  Wirbeltieren  [Up-
 sala]   77p.   8?   Wiesbaden,  1915.
   Alexander, G. Zur Anatomie des Ductus endolymphaticus.
 Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1924, 9: 77-9.—Anson, B. J.. & Nessel-
rod,  J.  P.   Endolymphatic  and associated  ducts  in  man.
Arch.  Otolar., Chic,  1936, 24:  127-40.—Anson. B.  J., &
 Wilson,  J. G.  The form and structure of the endolymphatic
and associated ducts in the child.   Anat. Rec, 1936, 65: No. 4,
485-98.—Chatellier, H., & Chatellier, H. P.  Evolution em-
bryologique  du  d6bouche endolymphatique  chez  I'homme.
Ann. mal. oreille, 1925, 44: 773.  Also C. rend. Acad,  sc,
1925, 180:  1782.—Chernov. N.  D. Der Ductus endoVmphati-
cus bei  Diplophysa  dorsalis (Kessler)  Anat. Anz.,  1925-26,
60: 109-18.—Lugli, G.   Ricerche sperimentali sul  labirinto
del selaci; sul ductus endolymphaticus.  Pubb. Staz. zool. 
ENDOLYMPHATIC ORGAN              322                           ENDOMETRIOSIS
 Napoli, 1931, 11: 222-62.—San Pio, D. Importancia funcional
 del canal endolinfatico.  Clin, lab., Zaragoza, 1929,13:441-52.—
 Werner, C. F.  Das Labyrinth als hydrostatisches Organ und
 die Funktion des offenen Ductus endolymphaticus bei Fischen.
 Zschr. Hals &c Heilk.,  1930, 26: 444-50.

 ----   Perilymphatic space and fluid.
   Amano, K. W.  The perilymphatic space of Bufo vulgaris
 japonicus.  Nagoya J.  M. Sc, 1936,  10: 37-50,  3 pl— Bruni,
 A. C.   Sullo  spazio  perilinfatico  vestibolare  dell'orecchio
 interno dell'uomo.  Monit. zool. ital., 1933, 44: suppl., 273-5.—
 Trimarchi, A.  Appunti  anatomici sullo  spazio perilinfatico
 del vestibolo dell'orecchio interno umano.  Arch. ital.  otol.,
 1933, 45: 765-77.—Zanola,  E.  Sulla presenza  nei liquor e
 nella perilinfa  di  farmaci  somministrati  per  via gastrica e
 intramuscolare.  Valsalva, 1937, 13: 642-5.

 ----   Sacculus.
   Anson, B. J. The distal projection of the endolymphatic
 sac in human embryos.  Anat. Rec, 1933, 57:  53-8.—Bast,
 T. H.  Function  of the utriculo-endolymphatic valve; two
 cases of ruptured saccules in children.  Arch. Otolar., Chic,
 1934, 19: 539-50.—Brunner, H.  Die Entwicklung der  Vor-
 hofsackchen  im menschlichen Innenohre.   Mschr. Ohrenh.,
 1934, 68: 185; 276; 439.—La Reau, H. G.  The  saccus endo-
 lymphaticus  and its relation  to labyrinthine muscle tonus.
 Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1926, 35: 1032-40, 2 pl— M'Nally, W. J.
 Experiments  on the  saccus endolymphaticus  in the rabbit.
 J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1926, 41: 349-60.—Massione, G.  Ricerche
 sperimentali sul sacco endolinfatico.  Riv. otoneur., 1931, 8:
 255-70.—Ottoni de Rezende, M.  Conceptos modernos sobre
 la mancha sacular.  Rev. otoneur., B. Air., 1930, 5: 435; 487;
 1931, 6: 20; 5 .—Portmann, G.  Recherches sur le  sac endo-
 lymphatique;  resultats  et  applications chirurgicales.   Acta
 otolar., Stockh., 1927,11:110-3T.

 ----   Semicircular canals.
   See Vestibular system.

 ----   Utriculus.

   Wang,  Shi-Cheng.   *Utriculuscysten.   19p.
 8?   Jena,  1935.
   Anson, B. J., & Wilson, J. G. The utricular fold in the adult
 human ear.  Anat. Rec,  1929, 43:  251-4, pl.—Bast, T. H.
 The  utriculo-endolymphatic valve.   Ibid., 1928,  40:  61-4,
 pl.—Hoffman, E. F.,  & Bast, T. H.   A comparative study of
 the  utriculoendolymphatic valve in some of the  common
 mammals.   Ibid.,  1930-31, 46: 333-47.—McNally, W. J.
 Physiolo y of the utricle and its  association with  posture.
 Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1930, 39: 248-90.------Some experi-
 ments upon the utricle.  Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, 1933, 23: 99-105.
 Also  Laryngoscope,  1934,  44: 50-5.  ------   Experiments
 demonstrating the  interaction of the  semicircular canals and
 the utricles.  Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth., 1933, 265-74.------&
 Tait, J.  Function  of the utricular maculae of the frog.   Acta
 otolar., Stockh., 1934, 20: 73; 1936, 24: 52.  ------  Ablatory
 experiments  exhibiting  the relation  between  the  utricular
 maculae and  the vertical semicircular  canals of the frog.  Am.
 J. Physiol., 1936, 116: 100.—Perlman, H. B., & Lindsay,  J. R.
 The  utriculo-endolymphatic  valve.   Arch.  Otolar., Chic,
 1936, 24: 68-75.—Roberts, J.  T.  On the utriculo-endolym-
 phatic valve in the  albino rat.  Anat. Rec,  1932, 53: 255-64.—
 Wilson, G.  The utriculo-endolymphatic valve.   Acta otolar.,
 Stockh., 1930,  14: 276-82.—Wilson,  J. G., & Anson. B. J.
 The utriculo-endolymphatic valve (Bast) in a 2-year-old child.
 Anat. Rec, 1929, 43: 145-8, 2 pl.

 ENDOLYSIN.

   See  Leukocyte.

 ENDOMETRIOMA.

   See  Endometriosis.

 ENDOMETRIOSIS.

   See  also  names  of parts affected as Abdominal
 wall,  Tumors,  postoperative;  Appendix,  Endo-
 metriosis; Bladder, Endometriosis; also in 3.  ser.
 Tumor, endometrial;  Uterus, Tumor, adenomyo-
 matous.
   Ai.bin, T.  *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der  Adeno-
 myosis  (Endometriosis)    [Munster]   33p.    8?
 Quakenbriick, 1934.
   Schwalbe, F.  [G. H. H.]   *Ueber  die ekto-
 pischen  Endometriosen    [Rostock]    31p.    8?
 Berl. [1931]
   Spickmann,  F.    *Adenomyosis uteri  interna,
tubae interna und  Adenofibrosis peritonealis  und
extraperitonealis  der Jahre 1926-1930.   46p.   8°.
Berl., 1932.
   Almeida, F. de, & Silva Horta, J. da.  Endometriose.  Lisboa
med., 1939, 16: 279-99.—Attygalle, N., & Misso, C. J. L.
Notes on 2 cases of endometrioma—-including a short  general
consideration of the condition.  J. Ceylon Brit. M. Ass., 1935,
32: 152-8.—Benson, F. C, jr.  Endometrioma.   Hahneman.
Month.,  1930, 65: 16-20.—Benthin.  Endometriome.   Zbl.
Gyn., 1936, 60: 2432.—Bizard, G., Driessens, J., & Garraud, R.
Les endometriomes.  Echo m6d. nord, 1935, 3.  ser., 4: 893-
910.—Bolaiios, J. M., & Aleman, E. Algunas consideraciones
acerca de los endometriomas.  Vida nueva,  Habana, 1931, 27:
424-30.—Borras, P. E., &  Benito y Navarro, 3. V.  Corioepi-
telioma, metrioma, endometrioma y endometriosis. Sem. m6d.,
B. Air.,  1933, 40: pt 2,  745-61.—Bracht, E.  Adenomiosis.
Rev. med. germ. iber. amer., 1934, 7: 333-5.—Branch, J. R. B.
Endometriosis. China M.  J., 1927, 41: 325-38.—Bullock, W.
O.  Endometrial tumors. Kentucky M. J., 1928, 26: 129-32.—
Castano, C. A.  Los endometriomas o adenomiosis.  Dia mid.,
B. Air., 1933-34, 6: 689.------Endometrioma.  Ibid., 1935,
7: 1197-9.—Cerqua, S.  Due casi di endometriosi.   Gazz.
internaz. med. chir., 1937,  47: 543.—Cetroni,  B. M.  Endo-
metriomi ed endometriomiomi.   Clin,  ostet., 1926, 28:  567-
80.—Clark, H. C.  Endometriosis.  Arch. Surg., 1939, 38: 261-
73.—Claye, A. M.  A case of endometriosis.  J. Obst. Gyn.
Brit. Empire, 1938, 45: 387.—Clemetsen, N.  [Endometriosis,
3 cases]  Nord. med., 1939, 3: 2176-8.— Counseller, V. S.
Endometriosis.  Tr. Am. Gyn. Soc.  (1938) 1939, 63: 117-28.—
Cromer, J.  K.   Endometriosis; report of 2 cases.  Med. Ann.
District of Columbia, 1937, 6: 295-8.—Crowley, J. F.  Endo-
metriosis; report of 2 cases.  Ibid., 1935, 4: 197-9.—Czyzewicz,
A.  [Terminology in cases of ectopy of the mucous membrane
of the uterus]  Gin.  polska, 1937, 16:  413-8.—Davies,  R.
Wandering endometrioma.   Med. J. Australia, 1927, 1: 373.—
Derichsweiler, H.  Zur Kasuistik der Adenomyosis und Ade-
nosis. Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1931, 100: 28-42.—Dongen, J.
A. van  [Some cases of endo- and myometrium-like prolifera-
tion]  Ned. tschr.  geneesk.,  1927,  71:  1653-5.   ------ &
Hammer, E.  [On endometrioid proliferation] Ibid., 1145-56,
pl.—Dougal, D.   Endometriosis  and endometriomata.  Brit.
M. J., 1931, 2: 929-32.—Douglass, M. Tumors of endometrial
origin. N. England J. M., 1928, 199:305-14.—Eha.C.  Endo-
metrial cysts.  J. Am. Inst.  Homeop., 1931,  24: 1123-8.—
Fraser, A. D.  The endometriomata.  Bristol Med. Chir. J.,
1927,  44:  113-8, 4 pl.  ------  Ectopic endometrium  in a
Macacus rhesus.  J. Obst.  Gyn. Brit. Empire, 1929, 36: 590,
3 pl.—Frawley,  N. D'A.   Endometriosis.  Bull. Acad.  M.
Toronto,  1936, 10:  12-6.—Garcia Orcoyen, J. Endometriosis.
Progr. clin., Madr., 1927, 35: 703-13.—Goldhan, H.  Extra-
genital endometroide Wucherungen.  Zbl.  Chir., 1933,  60:
2500-3.—Goodwin, W. H.  Endometriosis.  South. M. J., 1932,
25:  325-32.—Green, B.  Endometriosis  following caesarean
delivery; report of a case.  Med. J.,  N. Y., 1933, 138: 157-9 —
Gricouroff, G.  L'endometriose.   Paris  med., 1937, 103: 249-
62.—Grier,  M. E.   Endometriosis.  Nebraska M. J., 1939, 24:
52-5.—Hamant, A., Cornil,  L.,  &  Mosinger, M.  Les 6tats
endomfitrioides; l'endom6triose  et  l'endom6triome tubaires;
etude anatomique et clinique.  Presse m6d., 1930, 38: 1345-8.—
Hanau,  G.   Endometriosi.   Gazz.  osp.,  1934,  55: 865-7.—
Hartz, P. H.  Ueber ektopisches Uterus- und Tubenepithel.
Acta brevia neerl.,  1931,  1:  16.—Hector,  F. J.   A case  of
endometrioma.  Lancet,  Lond.,  1930,  1:  1127.—Heim, K.
Endometriosis.   Ber.  ges.  Gyn.,  1930,  17:  641-71.—Hill,
L. L., jr.  Aberrant endometrium.   Am. J. Surg., 1932,  18:
303-21.   Also  J. M. Ass. Alabama, 1932, 2: 72.—Hooper, J.
Endometriosis.  Dallas M.  J.,  1938,  24:  61-3.—Hosoi, K.
Endometriosis.  Internat.  Surg.  Digest,  1932,   13:  323-43.
------ & Meeker, L. H.  Endometriosis.  Arch. Surg., 1929,
18:  63-99.—Hiissy, P.  Die Endometriosen.  Praxis, Bern,
1933,  22: 523-7.—Hurley, A.  Endometriosis.  J. Indiana M.
Ass.,  1938,  31:  167-9.—Isaacs, F. R.  Endometriosis.   J.
Kansas M. Soc, 1932, 33: 320.—Jacobsen. V. C. Ectopic endo-
metriosis.  Arch. Path., Chic, 1928,  5: 1054-75.—Jones, W. R.
Endometriosis.  Minnesota M.,  1938, 21:  70.—Josselin de
Jong, de  [Three cases of endometriosis of special interest] Ned.
tschr. geneesk., 1927, 71:  pt 2, 778-85.—Keene, F. E., &
Kimbrough, R. A., jr.  Endometriosis; a review base 1  on  the
study of 118 cases.  J. Am.  M. Ass., 1930, 95: 1164-8.—King.
R. C.  Endometriosis.  Ohio M. J., 1937,  33: 390-3.—Kitz-
miller, K. V.   Endometriosis. J. Med., Cincin.,  1934-35, 15:
554-9.—Kliman, F. E.  Endometriosis.  Minnesota M., 1931,
14:  504-6.—Lawick,  van,  &  Pabst,  van   [Endometriosis]
Geneesk.  tschr. Ned.  Indie,  1937, 77: 42.—Leonard, L. L.
Endometrioma: report of a case.  J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1934,
31: 41.—Maxwell, A. F.  Endometriosis.  California West. M.
1931,  34: 337-40.— Merwe,  E. S.,  van der.  Endometriosis.
S. Afr. M. J., 1936, 10: 86-8.—Mocquot, P., Palmer, R. [et al.]
Remarques  a  propos de  quelques endometriomes.  Mem.
Acad, chir.,  Par., 1939, 65: 988-92.—Morris,  J. W.  Endo-
metriosis; summary of cases at S. Elizabeth's Hospital for the
past 10 years.  South. M. & S.,  1938, 100: 320.—Moss, T. C.
Aberrant endometrium. Memphis M. J.,  1936, 11: No. 9, 38-
43.—Moulonguet, P.  Les endometriomes.   In  Diagn. Anat.
Clin. (Lecene,  P.)  Par., 1932, 2: 2. pt, 335-54.—Nelson, J. B.
Endometriosis.  Ohio M. J., 1937, 33: 178-80.—Noble, R. T.,
& Johnston, H. W. A case of endometriosis in a young girl.
Canad. J. M. & S., 1935, 78: 105-7.—Oewre, A.  [Two cases of
endometriosis]   Med. rev., Bergen, 1929, 46: 543-7.—Okinczyc,
J. A propos des endometriomes.   Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1937,
63:22-8. ------   Les endometriomes.  Paris med., 1937. 105:
498-505.—Philips, E.  Das Krankheitsbild der Endometriose. 
ENDOMETRIOSIS
323
ENDOMETRIOSIS
 Fortsch. Med., 1934, 52: 261-3.—Phillips, J.  Endometriosis.
 Clin. J., Lond., 1938, 67: 493-6.—Puhr, L.  [Endometriosis]
 Orv. hetil., 1934, 78: mell., 49.—Rocmans, M., & Petitfrere.
 A propos d'endometriome. Bruxelles med., 1936-37, 17: 1001-
 6.—Roncoroni, E. F., & Picena, J. P.  Nueva observaci6n de
 un endometrioma.  Rev. med. Rosario, 1931, 21:  220-31.—
 Roques, F.  Endometriomata.  Middlesex Hosp. J.,  Lond.,
 1928, 28: 194-200.—Ruiz, V.   Endometriosis.  Dia  med., B.
 Air., 1933-34, 6: 356.—Rulle, P. Role des heterotopics endo-
 metroides en gynecologie et en chirurgie.  Gyn. obst., Par.,
 1928, 17: 116-28.—Sampson,  J. A.  Endometriosis following
 salpingectomy. Tr. Am. Gyn. Soc,  1928, 53: 189-229. Also
 Am. J. Obst., 1928, 16: 461-99, pl.—Schmid, H. H.  Naturliche
 und  kunstliche  Verlagerung  der  Gebarmutterschleimhaut
 [Endometriosis]  Med. Klin., Berl., 1932, 28: 1455.—Schmitz
 E. F. Endometriosis.  J. Missouri M. Ass., 1934, 31: 282-4 —
 Scrivner, W. C. Some remarks on endometriosis. Radiol. Rev.,
 1938, 60:23; 18.—Seitz, L.  Ueber Genese, Klinik und Therapie,
 der Endometriosis (Adenomyosis)  Miinch. med. Wschr., 1932,
 79:  741-4.  ------  Ueber Endometriosis.   Jahrkurs. arztl.
 Fortbild., 1934, 25: No. 7, 1-12. Also Klin. Fortbild., 1934, 2:
 310-20.—Shallenberger, W.  F.  Endometriosis.  Tr.  South.
 Surg. Ass. (1929) 1930, 42: 61-6.—Smith, G. Van S. Endome-
 triosis.  Med. Rec,  Houston,  1937, 31:  168-71.—Snoo. K. de
 [Endometriosis]  Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie,  1938,  78: 458-
 71.—Stetson, H. G., & Moran, J. E.  Endometriosis; report of
 2 cases.  Tr. N. England Surg. Soc,  1931, 14: 166-72. Also
 N. England J. M., 1932, 206:  52-4.—Stewart, M. J., & Clayc,
 A. M.  Endometriosis and adenomyoma. In Brit, r^ncycl. M.
 Pract.  (Rolleston, H.)  Lond., 1937,  4:  561 73.—Stolz. J.
 [Types of endometrioma]  Cas. 16k. cesk., 1928, 67: 395-401 —
 Thiessen.  Besondere Falle von Endometriosis.  Mschr  Ge-
 burtsh. Gyn., 1935-36, 101: 215.—Tongeren, F. C. van.  Einige
 besondere Falle von Endometriom.  Zbl. Gyn., 1937, 61: 2422-
 5.—Turunen. A. [Endometriosis externa]  Duodecim, Helsin.,
 1937, 53: 165-76.—Vogt, E.  Ueber das Adenomyom und die
 Adenomyosis.  Munch, med. Wschr., 1931, 78: 2043; 2080 —
 Walker, A. T.  Endometriosis.  U. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1936, 34:
 342-7, pl.—Watts, B. Endometriosis.   Univ. Toronto M. J.,
 1938-39, 16: 191-6.—Wigham. J. T.  Endometrioma and other
 similar abnormalities.  Irish J. M. Sc, 1936,  6. ser., 279, pl.—
 Williamson, W. L.  Endometriosis.  Memphis M. J., 1938, 13:
 18-20.

 ----  Clinical aspect.

   Bayer,   V.    *Ein  Beitrag  zur   Klinik  und
 Therapie der  Endometriose   [Heidelberg]   17p.
 8?   Philippsburg-Baden, 1935.
   Beutler,  E.    *Das  weitere   Schicksal  der
 wegen Endometriose operierten  Frauen; zugleich
 ein Beitrag zur Anamnese, Symptomatologie und
 Therapie bei  Endometriose   [Frankfurt]    40p.
 8?    Gelnhausen, 1936.
   Canstein, H. von.    *Ein  Beitrag zur  Frage
 der  endometroiden  Heterotopien  und  ihre Be-
 deutung- fiir die Chirurgie.   18p.   8?  Konigsb.,
 1928.
   Helpenstell, H.  *Ueber  Klinik und  Thera-
 pie  der Adenomyosis ( = endometrioide  Hetero-
 topien)   53p.   8?   Wurzb., 1934.
   Lacour,   W.    *Endometriose;  ihre  Klinik;
 Therapie; Prognose.  [Freiburg]  23p.  8?   Qua-
 kenbriick,  1932.
   Niermann,  J.   *Zur Klinik der Endometriose
 [Leipzig]  71p.   8?   Loningen i. Oldbg.,  1933.
   Aaberg,  C.  [Course  of clinical  endometrioses]   Ugeskr.
laeger, 1938, 100: 6-10.—Counseller, V. S.   Endometriosis;
a clinical and surgical review.  Am. J. Obst., 1938, 36: 877-88.
------  The clinical significance of endometriosis. Ibid., 1939,
37:  788-97.—Crile, G., jr.  Endometriosis; a clinical study of
37 cases.  Cleveland  Clin. Q., 1937, 4:  303-8.—Dietlein,  M.
Die  Bedeutung  der  heterotopen  Epithelwucherungen vom
Bau  der Uterusschleimhaut  fiir  die  Chirurgie.  Zbl. Chir.,
1927, 54: 1346-53.—Gross, F.  Die Bedeutung der heterotopen
Wucherungen  vom Bau der Uterusschleimhaut fur die Chi-
rurgie.  Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1928-29, 213: 13-22.—Haselhorst,
G.   Zur Klinik der endometrioiden Heterotopien  (Adeno-
myosis)  beim  geschlechtsreifen Weibe.  Deut. med.  Wschr.,
1929, 55: 1304-6.—Heidler,  H.  Klinik der  Endometriose.
Wien. klin.  Wschr.,  1934, 47: 467-71.   Also Aerztl. Prax.,
Wien, 1937,  11: 125-9.—Heynemann,  T.   Zur Klinik  der
Endometriose.  Zbl. Gyn., 1939, 63: 1-7.—Holtz, F.   Endo-
metriome avec  reaction  gravidique.  Gyn. obst., Par., 1938,
38:   278.—Hosoi,  K.   Clinical problems of  endometriosis.
Tr.  Hawaii M. Ass.,  1936, 46: 81-4.—Keene, F. E., & Kim-
brough. R. A. Clinical aspects of endometriosis; a review based
upon the study of 100 cases. South. M. J., 1929, 22: 101-8 —
Keller. R., & Burger, P.  L'adenome corporeal polypeux de la
matrone.  Gynecologie,  1937,  36: 5-16.  Also Liege med.,
1937, 30: 1266-76.—Kraul, L.  Zur Klinik der Blutzysten und
Bluttuben.   Zschr.  Geburtsh. Gyn.,  1933,   106:  64-76 —
Langen,  B.  Klinisches zur Adenomyosis.  Mschr. Geburtsh.
Gyn., 1926, 72: 303-7.—Lapeyre, N. C, Estor, H., & Gros, C.
A propos des adenomes de  l'uterus.   Bull. Soc. gyn. obst.
Paris, 1938, 27: 305-8.—Lee, C. M., & Linder. H.  Endome-
triosis; a review and report of 4 cases.  Clifton M. Bull., 1935,
19: 22-32, pl.—Masson, J. C.  Surgical  significance of endo-
metriosis. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1935, 10: 603-5.  Also Tr. Am.
Surg. Ass., 1935, 53:  330-44.  Also Ann. Surg.,  1935, 102:
819-33.—Mathias.  Menstruationsfolgen bei einer Endometri-
ose.   Med. Klin., Berl., 1927,  23: 891.—Oettingen, K. von.
Klinische Beobachtungen  bei heterotoper Epithelwucherung.
Zbl.  Gyn., 1927, 51: 1635-9.—Peple,  W. L.  Endometriosis;
report of cases illustrating unusual features.  South. M. & S.,
1935, 97: 511-3.—Philipp, E. Zur Klinik der Endometriosen.
Zbl.  Gyn., 1937, 61: 2-13.  ------& Huber, H.  Das Krank-
heitsbild der  Endometriose im  Licht neuer Forschungsergeb-
nisse.  Miinch. med.  Wschr., 1939,  86: 909.  ------  Die
Klinik der Endometriose  im Lichte  neuer Forschungsergeb-
nisse.   Zbl.  Gyn.,  1939,  63:  482-97.—Schusterowna,  H.
[Endometriosis and its significance in medical practice]  Polska
gaz.  lek., 1935,  14: 269-71.—Scontrino, A.  Studio clinico ed
anatomico sulle metropatie (endometrosi ed  endometriti)
Riv. ital. gin., 1928, 8: 333-401.—Seitz, L.  Die  Klinik der
Endometriosis.  Zbl. Gyn., 1933, 57:  1-11.—Stickel, M.  Zur
Klinik  der  Endometriosen.   Ther.   Gegenwart,  1935,  76:
352-7.—Sullivan, E. S. The surgical problem of pelvic endo-
metriosis.  Wisconsin  M.  J.,  1933,  32: 90-4.—Sunde,  A.
[Clinical significance of endometriosis]  Norsk, mag. laegevid.,
1935, 96: Forh. kir.  foren., 30-4.—Tyrone,  C.  H.   Endo-
metriosis; a clinical study.  South. Surgeon, 1935, 4: 345-52.

----   Complication.

   Brauner, H.   *Karzinom und Endometriose.
47p.   8?   Munch., 1933.
   Mohle,  R.  [H.  A.]   *Blutungsrezidiv  nach
Rontgenbestrahlung;  ein  Fall von  Adenomyom
des Uterus bei gleichzeitigem Vorhandensein von
hormonhaltigen  Follikelcysten in einem bestrahl-
ten Ovar.   22p.   8?    Gott., 1927.
   Ahumada,  J. C,  & Contreras Ortiz, N.  Endometriosis y
tuberculosis genital.   Bol. Soc  obst. gin. B. Aires, 1931, 10:
355-65.—Borowski,  P.  Ueber  maligne  Adenomyome  des
Uterus.  Zschr.  Geburtsh. Gyn.,  1929,  95: 311-28— Cirio,
C. R.  La degeneracion cancerosa en la endometriosis.  Rev.
sudamer. endocr., B. Air.,  1933, 16: 555-60.—Galloway, C. E.
Endometriosis, chronic Bartholinitis, and ovarian cyst.  Am.
J. Obst., 1935, 29: 128.—Hanser, R.  Carcinom auf der Basis
ausgedehnter  Endometriose.  Zschr.  Krebsforsch., 1935-36,
43:  306-22.—Hauser,  H.   Ein Fall von  Ureterkompression
durch Endometriosis externa.  Zbl. Gyn., 1938, 62: 520-5.—
Herrera, R. G.,  & Salaber, J. A.  Endometriosis y perforaci6n
uterina.  Bol. Soc. obst. gin. B.  Aires,  1937, 16: 486-90.—
Lash, A. F.   Tuberculosis and adenomyoma.  Am. J. Obst.,
1934, 28: 272-4.—Reinhardt, E.  Karzinom auf der Basis
einer ausgedehnten  Endometriosis.   Zbl. Gyn.,  1937,  61:
1102-6.—Rigdon,  R.  H.   Adenomyoma  (adenomyosis  of
Frankl) of the  uterus  with  tuberculous infection.  Am. J.
Obst.,  1933,  25: 902-6.—Rockstroh, H.   Ueber  begleitende
und  iiber ursachlich bedeutsame Erkrankungen  der  Adeno-
myosis uteri interna, insbesondere Falle von Carcinoma adeno-
matosum uteri und Falle von Granulosazell tumor des Ovars mit
Adenomyosis  uteri interna.  Zbl. Gyn.,  1936, 60: 550-9.—
Rutten, E.  Ein Fall von  angioplastischem  Sarkom (Peri-
theliom)  am  Uterus, kombiniert mit Adenomyosis.  Frankf.
Zschr.  Path.,  1933, 46: 151-4.  Also repr.—Smith, C. H., &
Masson, J. C. Carcinoma in an adenomyoma of the uterus and
a  squamous-cell epithelioma of the  cervix; report of case.
Proc. Mayo Clin., 1939, 14: 476-8.—Stewart. C.  Tuberculous
infection of uterine endometrioma.  J. Obst. Gyn. Brit. Em-
pire,  1933, 40:  299-301.—Stewart, M.  J.,  &  Oldfleld, C.
Endometriosis uteri diffusa with secondary tuberculous infec-
tion.  Ibid.,  1932, 39:  759-63.—Terasvuori, H.  On cases of
adenomyosis  uteri  interna  with tuberculosis.   Acta  obst.
gyn., scand., 1931, 11:  382-402.—Vaux, D. M.  Adenomyoma
of the  uterus with tuberculous  infection.  J.  Obst. Gyn.
Brit. Empire,  1932,  39: 594, pl.—Vogt, E. Carcinom auf der
Basis einer Endometriosis.  Med. Welt, 1936, 10: 1548.  Also
Zbl.  Gyn., 1937, 61: 54.—Watkins, R. E.  Uterine retrodis-
placements, retrograde menstruation and endometriosis.  Tr.
Pacific Coast  Soc. Obst., 1937, 7: 120-34.—Winterton. W. R.
Adenomyoma malignum.  Proc. R. Soc.  M., Lond., 1936-37,
30: 563.

----   Diagnosis.

   Roczen, U.   *Zur Frage der  Unterscheidung
der   adenomatosen   Schleimhautveranderungen
und des malignen Adenoms in  Ausschabungen.
25p.   8?   Bresl,  1934.
   Butsch, W. L.  Significant symptoms of pelvic endometriosis:
report of a case.  Proc. Mayo Clin., 1935, 10: 10-12.—Cuizza,
T.  Sulla diagnosi clinica  deU'endometriosi.  Riv.  ostet. gin.,
1931, 13: 328-36.—Halban,  J.   Zur Diagnose  der  Adeno-
myosis und der Adenomyome der Gebarmutter.   Zbl. Gyn.,
1933, 57: 961-3.—Jaschke, R. T. von.  Zur Symptomatologie
und  Diagnose der  Endometriosis interna.   Ibid.,  1858.—
Kleine, H. O. Extrauterine endometrioide Wucherungen als 
ENDOMETRIOSIS
324
ENDOMETRIOSIS
Ursache  diagnostischer  Irrtiimer.  Zschr. Geburtsh.  Gyn.,
1932-33,  104: 490-8.—Leuret, J.  A propos du  diagnostic
clinique des endometriomes.  Gaz. med. France,  1935, 42:
406-13.—Mussey, R.  D.,  & Butsch, W. L.  Symptoms of
pelvic endometriosis.  Collect. Papers Mayo  Clin., 1934, 26:
439-45.  Also Am.  J.  Surg., 1935,  30: 141-7.—Philipp, E.
Die  Diagnose und  Behandlung der Endometriose.   Ther.
Gegenwart, 1937,  78: 529-33.—Pugsley, C.  The diagnosis of
early endometriosis.  Med. Rec, Houston,  1938, 32: 826.—
Rivett, L. C.  Endometrioma; a case  for diagnosis.  Proc. R.
Soc.  M., Lond., 1927-28, 21: sect. obst. gyn., 51.—Tesauro. G.
A propos d'erreurs de diagnostic avec lelipiodol: un cas d'adeno-
myome polypoide kystique pris pour un cancer du corps de
l'uterus.  Gynecologie, 1928,  28: 598-604.

----  experimental.

   Barbitz, H.  F.   Clinical,  pathogenetic  and
experimental   investigations  of  endometriosis
especially  regarding  the  localisation  in  the  ab-
dominal wall  (laparotomy scars) with a contribu-
tion to  the study of experimental transplantation
of endometrium.   400p.   8?   Oslo,  1934.
   Allen, E.  A clinical and experimental study of endometriosis.
Am. J. Obst., 1933, 26: 803-14.  ------& Bauer. C. P.  Auto-
transplantation of endometrium in the eye of rabbits.   Surg.
Gyn.  Obst.,  1928,  47: 329-33.—Brakemann,  O.   Experi-
mentelle Studien zur  Frage  der Endometriose.  Arch. Gyn.,
Berl.,  1933-34,  155:  276-310.—Cogliandro,  V.  L'endome-
trioma  sperimentale  in  rapporto all'adenomioma  uterino.
Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1931, 39: 177-86.—Dahl-Iversen, E.
[Experiments  on autotransplantation of endometrium  and
uterine epithelium onto ovary of guinea pigs] Hospitalstidende,
1928, 71: 1136; 1153.   Also Lyon chir.,  1929, 26: 141;  767, 3
pl.—Dallera,  N.   Modificazioni  dell'epitelio  uterino  sotto
influenze  ormonali.  Fol.  gyn.,  Genova, 1936, 33: 7-21.—
Dellepiane, G.  Endometriomiomi ovarici sperimentali.  Riv.
pat. sper., 1927,  2: 433-56, 8 pl.—Ferracciu, D.  Sulla produ-
zione sperimentale  di  endometriomi.   Boll.  Soc. biol.  sper.,
1926, 1:  123.—Fumagalli, C.  R.  Ricerche sperimentali sull'en-
dometriosi.   Riv. pat.  sper.,  1930-31, 6:  154-76,  4  pl.—
Gonzalez Marmol, D.  Endometrioma experimental observado
durante los ensayos  de profilaxis de la  menopausia artificial por
los injertos  de endometrio.  Vida nueva, Habana, 1938, 41:
123-33, 2 pl.—Greene, H. S. N.  Uterine adenomata  in the
rabbit; homologous  transplantation experiments. J. Exp. M.,
1939, 69: 447-66, 2 pl.  ------ & Saxton, J. A., jr.  Uterine
adenomas in the rabbit. Am. J. Path., 1938, 14: 655.  ------
Uterine adenomata in  the rabbit; clinical history, pathology
and  preliminary  transplantation experiments.   J. Exp. M.,
1938, 67: 691-708, 4 pl.  Also repr.—Hagino, N. An experi-
mental study on the adenomyosis; on the  effect of the functional
changes  of ovaries on the transplantability and heteroplastic
attitude  of  the  endometrium; on the  transplantability and
heteroplastic attitude of the non-castrated and non-pregnant
endometria.  Jap. J. Obst., 1938, 21: 352-8, 2 pl. ------  On
the  transplantability and  heteroplastic  attitude of the  endo-
metrium, which has suffered a castrative change concurrently
with or before transplantation of the tissues.  Ibid., 345-51,
2 pl. ------  On the transplantability and heteroplastic atti-
tude of the pregnant endometrium.  Ibid., 359-63, pl.  ------
An experimental  study on the adenomyosis; on the  effect of
various sexual hormones on  the transplantability and hetero-
plastic attitude of endometrium.   Ibid., 364-9, 2 pl.—Katz, H.,
& Szenes, A.   Untersuchungen iiber  die Verpflanzung  des
Endometriums in die Peritonealhohle beim Kaninchen.  Zschr.
Geburtsh. Gyn.,  1926, 90: 74-88.—Kristensen, M.  [Experi-
mental researches on autotransplantation of  uterine  mucosa
and  epithelium onto ovary of guinea pigs]  Hospitalstidende,
1928, 71: 1172-6.—Markee, J. E., Pasqualetti, R. A., & Hinsey,
J. C.  Growth of intraocular endometrial transplants in spinal
rabbits.  Anat. Rec, 1935-36, 64: 247-53.—Michon.  Produc-
tion experimentale d'endometriomes; endometriomes; grossesse
tubaire et hematosalpinx.   Lyon chir.,  1927, 24:  726-9.—
Neumann, H. O.  Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber Uterus
schleimhautverpflanzungen.  Virchows Arch.,  1929, 272: 265-
78.—Neumann, R.  Uterus-Kammer-Transplantationen; Ver-
pflanzung von Endo- und Myometrium  in die vordere Augen-
kammer.  Arch.  Gyn., Berl., 1932, 150:  393; 1934, 157: 549.—
Pierson,  H.  Experimentell  erzeugtes infiltrierendes  Adenom
im Uterus des Kaninchens  durch Hypophysenvorderlappen-
extrakt.   Zschr.  Krebsforsch.,  1937-38,  47:  166-8.—Schmid,
H. H. Kunstliche Endometriosis.  Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1933-34,
155:  217-33.—Schochet, S.  S.  Experimental endometriosis.
Am. J. Obst., 1929, 17: 328-44 [Discussion] 413-6—Spirito, F.
Contributo sperimentale alia  genesi degli endometriomi.  Arch.
ostet. gin., 1927,  2. ser., 14: 1-22, 2  pl.—Usawa, T.  Experi-
mentelle Untersuchungen  iiber  die  Implantation  des  Endo-
metriums in der  Kaninchenbauchhohle.   Sei i kwai, 1929, 48:
H. 6, 3.—Zaleski, W.   Adenomyosis uteri interna experimen-
talis, nach Injektion von Jodtinktur bei Kaninchen.  Zbl. Gyn.,
1936,60:2664-71. ------  [Effect of the sympathetic nervous
system and sexual hormones on experimental adenomyosis in
rabb.ts]  Gin. polska,  1936, 15: 393-409.  —----  Experi-
mentelle Endometriosis bei Kaninchenweibchen  nach  Pro-
laninjektionen.  Zbl. Gyn., 1937, 61:  2426-9.  ------  Endo-
metriosis uteri interna  nach  experimentellen Untersuchungen.
Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1939, 168: 98-126.
----   implanted.

   Sengtjpta,  Bibekmohan.   *Zur  Frage   der
Implantationsendometriose.    16p.    8?   Freib.
i.  B.,  1933.
   Allen, E.   Endometrial transplantation.   Am.  J.  Obst.,
1932, 23: 343-50.—Bonney, V.  A case in  which endometrial
tissue was accidently implanted.  J. Obst. Gyn. Brit. Empire,
1926, 33:  658.   ------  A specimen of implantation endo-
metrioma.  Proc. R.  Soc. M., Lond.,  1932, 25: 1391.  ------
&  Davidson, H. S.   A further case where  endometrial tissue
was accidentally implanted. J. Obst. Gyn. Brit. Empire, 1928,
35:  135.—Bouwdijk Bastiaanse.  van   [Transplantation of
uterine mucosa]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1929, 73: 1890-2.  Also
Ned. tschr. verlosk.,  1928-29,  33: 256-60.—Brea, C. A.  Con-
tribuci6n al estudio de los transplantes del endometrio.  Bol.
Soc. obst. gin. B. Aires, 1933, 12: 251-64.—Cheval, M.  Action
biologique des greffes uterines.  Bruxelles  med.,  1934-35,  15:
suppl., 11; 65.  Also Gynecologie, 1935, 34: 505.—Gleave.H. H.
On the growth of endometrial autotransplants in the rabbit.
J.  Path.  Bact., Lond., 1930,  33:  675-81,  2  pl.—Hall, G. J.
Influence of endometrial transplants on ovaries of mice follow-
ing hysterectomies.  Med. Rec,  N.  Y.,  1934,  139: 109-13.
Also repr.—Harbitz, H. F.   [Endometriosis  and grafting of
endometrium]   Norsk,  mag.  laegevid., 1936, 97: 665-80.—
Jacobson,  V. C.  The intraperitoneal transplantation of endo-
metrial tissue;  an  experimental study.  Arch.  Path.,  Chic,
1926  1:  169-74, 9  pl.—Lanford,  J.  A.  Endometrial  trans-
plants. N. Orleans M. & S. J., 1929-30, 82:  209-14—O'Keefe.
C. D-, &  Crossen, R.  J.  The autotransplantation of endo-
metrial tissue in dogs.  J. Missouri M. Ass., 1927, 24: 252-4.—
Roeder, C. A.   Surgical transplantation of endometrial tissue
from the uterus into the  abdominal  wall.  Nebraska M. J.,
1928 13:226.—Sengupta, B. M. Zur Frage der Implantations-
endometriose.  Mschr.  Geburtsh. Gyn., 1933-34, 96: 262-9 —
Sullivan, J. C.   Tumor-implantation  in a  laparotomy wound
during operation in  a  case of sarcoma of  the uterus.   Bull.
Buffalo Gen. Hosp., 1928, 6: 55.

----   Pathogenesis.

   Jagau,  H.   *Ueber  Endometriome und  ihre
Entstehung   [Kiel]   19p.   8?    Essen-Werden,
1931.
   Poppek,   W.     *Ein   Beitrag  zur  Frage  der
Genese  endometrioider  Heterotopien.  32p.   8°.
Bresl., 1936.
   Scultetus,   F.    *Zur  Kenntnis   iiber   die
Entstehung  der Endometriosen.  40p.  8?  Jena,
1935.
   Weyeneth,  R.   *Kongenitale  Adenomyosen.
p.43-86.  8?  Geneve,  1933.
   Ascheim, S., Brocq,  P., & Varangot, J.  Sur la presence de
formations endometriales dans les vaisseaux  du myomere; a
propos de la pathogenie de l'endometriose.  Mem. Acad, chir.,
Par., 1939, 65:  992-7.—Baer, W.  Freie Uterusschleimhaut in
der Tube  (ein Beitrag  zur Aetiologie  der Endometriose)  Zbl.
Gyn., 1922, 56: 3106-8.—Burg, E. von.  Zur Frage der Adeno-
myosis interna.  Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1926-27, 90: 642-9.—
Candela, N. Reperto, nei peritoneo, di sangue refluo dall'utero;
contributo alia etio-patogenesi  degli  endometriomi.   Ann.
ostet. gin., 1929, 51: 1501-31.—Davis, C.  H., & Cron, R. S.
A contribution to the study of endometriosis.  Am. J. Obst.,
1926, 12: 526-35    [Discussion]  62 -31.—Dougal, D.   The
problem of endometriosis.  Ibid.,  1938, 35: 373-86.—Everett,
H. S.  Probable tubal origin of endometriosis. Ibid., 1931, 22:
1-34.—Fernandez Ruiz.  Contribucion al estudio de la  adeno-
miosis.   Med.  ibera,  1936,  30: 602-6.—Ferracciu, D.   Sul
trapianto di alcuni tessuti in rapporto alia genesi degli endome-
triomi.  Clin, ostet., 1928, 30: 1-14.—Gonzalez Marmol, D.
Anatomia patol6gica y teorias patogenicas  de la endometriosis
aberrante.  Rev. med. cubana, 1935, 46: 191-204, pl.—Graves,
W. P.  Relationship  of ectopic adenomyomata to ovarian func-
tion.  Am.  J.  Obst.,  1925,  10:  665-70   [Discussion]  730.—
Gricouroff, G.  Sur la pathogenie de l'endom6triose. Ann. anat.
path., Par., 1939, 16: 751-60.— Haselhorst, G. Zur Klinik und
Genese  der Endometriose;  Adenomyosis  tubae nodosa  mit
Tubargraviditiit. Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn.,  1931-32, 101: 241-
53.—Heim. K.  Beitrag zur Frage der Verschleppungsmoglich-
keit und Wachstumsfahigkeit menschlicher Uterusschleimhaut.
Zbl. Gyn., 1927, 51:  1818-21.—Jacobsen, V. C.  Fate of endo-
metrial emboli in the venous circulation of the rabbit.  Arch.
Path., Chic, 1933,  15:  1-7.—Kleine, H. O.  Genese und Klinik
der  Endometriosis.   Klin. Wschr., 1934, 13:  23-6— Kraul, L.
Hamatometra im isolierten Nebenhorn als  Ursache einer endo-
metroiden Teerzyste und menstruierenden  Bauchwandfistel.
Wien. klin. Wschr.,  1938,  51: 759.—Lahm.  Demonstrationen
zur Adenomyosisfrage.  Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1927, 132: 345-7.—
Lartschneider,  J.    Endometriosis  im  Lichte  synthetischer
Betrachtung.   Wien. klin. Wschr., 1938, 51: 673-7.—Lauche,
A. Kurze Bemerkung zu der Arbeit von J.  Bungart: Zur Frage
der  endometrioiden Epithelheterotopien  und  besonders der
Entstehung der sogenannten  extraperitonealen Wucherungen
dieser Art.  Arch. klin. Chir., 1926, 139: 785.—Levinsky, O. B.
[Genesis of endometrioid heterotopics]  J. med., Kiev, 1934, 4: 
ENDOMETRIOSIS
325
ENDOMETRIOSIS
  301-7.—Lewinski, H.   Beitrag  zur  Frage der Adenomyosis.
  Zbl. Gyn., 19.31, 55: 2163-7.—Maczewski, S.  [Pathogenesis of
  adenomyositis from the viewpoint of Sampson's theory]  Polska
  gaz. lek., 1928, 7: 211-6. pl.—Mankin,  Z. W.  Beitrage zur
  Lehre von den endometrioiden Heterotopien. Arch. klin. Chir.,
  1933, 175: 314-34.—Manzi, L. Tentativi di innesti nei vasi di
  frammenti di mucosa  uterina a contributo  del  meccanismo
  genetico degli endometriomi.  Riforma med., 1928, 44: 1016-
  8.—Mascia, G.  Contributo casistico e sperimentale alia genesi
  degli adenomi di Menge; nota preventiva.  Atti Accad. fisiocr.
  Siena, 1938,  11. ser., 6:  Stud.  Fac.  med. senese, 252-60.—
  Massazza, M.  Intorno alle genesi ed alia evoluzione di alcune
  forme di tipo endometriale a localizzazione extragenitale.  Fol.
  gyn., Genova, 1932,  29: 45-76, 4 pl.—Matyas, M.   Beitrage
  zur Kenntnis der Endometriose.  Arch. klin.  Chir.,  1933-34,
  178: 629-44.—Mestitz,  W.   Ursprung und Ausbreitungswes
  des heterotopen Uterusepithels.  Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1927,  130:
  667-726.—Michon, L., & Comte, H.   Les theories pathogeni-
  ques de l'adenomyomatose.   Gyn. obst.,  Par., 1926, 14: 298-
  318.—Moench,  G.  L.   The etiology of  adenomyositis  and
  uterine  fibromyoma; an hypothesis.  Am. J. Obst.,  1929,  18:
  682-8.  Also Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1929, 49: 332-45.—Molinengo,
  L.  Sullo stato attuale della questione isto-patogenetica dell'en-
  dometriosi.  Ann. ostet.  gin., 1930,  52:  80-99.—Novak, E.
  The significance of uterine mucosa in the Fallopian tube, with a
  discussion of the origin of aberrant endometrium. Tr. Am. Gyn.
  Soc, 1926, 51: 45-87.  Also  Am. J. Obst., 1926,  12: 484-526
  [Discussion] 623-31.—Philipp, E.,- &  Huber, H.   Die Entste-
  hung der Endometriose, gleichzeitig ein Beitrag zur Pathologie
  des interstitiellen Tubenabschnittes.   Zbl. Gyn., 1939, 63: 7-
  40.—Portes,  H., &  Isidor,  P.  A propos du probleim  des
  formations endometrio ides genitales et extragenitales chez la
  femme.    Gyn.  obst.,  Par.,  1933,  27:  309-45.—Reich,  H.
  Neunzehn Falle von Endometriosis;  zugleich ein  Beitrag  zur
  Genese.   Zschr. Geburtsh.  Gyn.,  1938-39, 118: 469-510.—
  Rieck, A.  Zur Genese  der Endometriome, gleichzeitig  ein
  Beitrag zur Kenntnis  und  zur  Heilung einer ganz  seltenen
  Gynatresie.   Zbl. Gyn., 1933, 57: 2665-72.—Sampson, J. A.
  Metastatic or embolic endometriosis, due to the menstrual
  dissemination of endometrial tissue into the venous circulation.
  Am. J. Path., 1927, 3: 93-109, 22  pl.—Schereschewsky, J.  Zur
  Adenomyosisfrage  (Cystadenomyoma  subserosum  peduncu-
  latum corporis uteri et Adenomyosis externa et interna)  Mschr.
  Geburtsh. Gyn., 1931, 87: 389-98.—Seitz, L.  Ueber Genese.
  Klinik und Therapie  der Endometriosis  (Heterotopien  der
  Uterusschleimhaut)  Arch. Gyn., Berl.,  1932, 149: 529-607.
  Also Mschr. Geburtsh.  Gyn., 1932, 92: 1.  Also  Med. Welt,
  1939, 13: 550-2.—Spirito, F.  Ulteriore contributo alia genesi
  degli endometriomi.  Arch, ostet. gin., 1927, 2. ser., 14: 345-
  50.—Terasaki, O.  Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Endometriosen.
  Virchows Arch., 1928, 269: 723-9.—Tonkes, E  Eine neuere
  Meinung iiber die Entstehung der endometrioiden Heterotopien.
  Zbl.  Gyn., 1932, 56: 1151-5.—Weller,  C. V.  The  ectopic
  decidual reaction and its significance in endometriosis.  Am. J.
  Path., 1935, 11: 287-90, pl.—Witherspoon, J. T.  Hormonal
  origin of  endometrioma; a  hypothesis.   Arch. Path., Chic,
  1935, 20: 22-7.—Wolfif, K.   Experimentelle und  kasuistische
  Beitrage  zu der Entstehungsfrage der  endometrioiden Hetero-
  topien.  Frankf. Zschr.  Path., 1930,  40: 247-71.—X.  Ueber
  einen Fall von  vermutlich  traumatisch  entstandener  Endo-
  metriosis,  verbunden  mit Uterusmyom  (Selbstbeobachtung)
  Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1936-37, 104: 342-5.

 ----   Pathology.

    Boch, G.   *Beitrage zur Kenntnis der hetero-
 topen  Endometriosen   nach  einer  Statistik  aus
 dem Erlanger Pathologischen Institut.  32p.   8?
 Erlangen, 1936.

   Schrank,  P.   *Beziehungen der Adenomyosis
 uteri interna zum Schleimhautsarkom des Uterus
 [Berlin]  31 p.  8?   Speyer-Rh.,   1938.
   Burns, J. W.  Diffuse  adenomyoma;  endometriomatosis.
 Brit.  M.  J.,  1927, 1: 378.—Casco, C. M.,  & Salerno, E. V.
 Endometrio libre en  la luz  de la trompa concomitante  con
 adenomiosis nodular istmica en una  enferma con cuadro de
 hemorragia interna.   Prensa  med. argent., 1937, 24:  1493-
 501.—Davis, C. H., & Cron, R. S. A contribution to the study
 of endometriosis.  Tr. Am.  Gyn. Soc,  1926,  51: 88-105.—
 Delannoy, E., & Bedrine, H.  Evolution anatomique des endo-
 metriomes.  Echo med. nord,  1935, 3. ser., 876-82.—De Snoo.
 The regeneration of the uterine  mucosa  in connection with
 myomata and endometriosis.  J. Obst.  Gyn.  Brit. Empire,
 1934,  41: 568-78, 19  pl.—Dougal, D.  Endometriosis as a
 pathological and  clinical problem.  Tr. Edinburgh Obst. Soc,
 1938,  61-78.—Driessen,  L. F.   [Endometriosis and  cancerl
 Ned.  tschr. geneesk.,  1930,  74:  pt 2, 3734-6—Frankl,  O.
 Einige seltenere  Erscheinungsformen  der  Adenomyosis und
 Endometriosis.   Zbl.  Gyn.,  1937, 61: 1071-4.  Also Zschr.
 Geburtsh. Gyn., 1937, 115: 1-17.—Green-Armytage, V. B., &
 Datta, S. K.  Endometriomata: the 5 clinical types. Brit. M.
 J., 1933,  1: 602-4.—Higuchi,  K.   The heterotopic gland-like
 tissues in the ovaries,  tubes and uterus. Sei i kwai, 1928,  47:
 No. 5, 2.—Hollstein, K.  Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Adenomyosis
 uteri und der extrauterinen Endometriosen.  Zschr. Geburtsh.
Gyn.,  1936-37, 114: 305-30.—Hunter, W.  C, & Adams, J. C.
Adenomyoma of  the uterus; a clinical and  pathologic study.
 Northwest M., 1931, 30: 62-9.—Karlin, M.,  & Osjakina, A.
 Zur  Pathologie und Klinik der ortsfremden  endometrioiden
 Wucherungen.  Mschr.  Geburtsh.  Gyn., 1935,  99: 353-9.—
 King, E. S. J., & Fiddes, J.   A clinical and pathological study of
 endometriosis.  J. Coll. Surgeons Australasia, 1928-29, 1: 303-
 36,  pl.—Laszlo,  F.  Endometriose  und verwandte  Verande-
 rungen.  Deut. tierarztl.  Wschr., 1936, 44: 706-8.—Letulle, M.,
 & Petit, G. L'endometriome uterin, chez la  chienne.   Bull.
 Ass.  fr.  cancer, 1928, 17:  12-8.—Marabotto, F.  Sulle neo-
 formazioni endometriali  eterotope;  contributo clinico e  speri-
 mentale.    Fol.  gyn.,  Pavia, 1929,  26:  181-273,  18  pl.—
 Matyas, M.  Fall von Endometriosis interna, in Form einer
 ungewohnlich grossen solitaren Schokoladencyste.  Zbl.  Gyn.,
 1934, 58:  2903-7.—Migliavacca,  A.   Ricerche  sull'azione
 istolitica  dello  stroma  ghiandolare  nell'adenomiosi uterina
 interna,  con speciale riferimento al sistema elastico.  Zschr.
 Zellforsch., 1932, 16: 217.   ------   Contributo clinico e ana-
 tomo-patologico alio studio deH'adenoma dell'endometrio; suoi
 caratteri  differenziali da forme  similari benigne  e  maligne.
 Fol.  gyn.,  Genova, 1933,  30:  373-413, 2 pl.—Moss, T. C.
 Endometriosis.  Am. J. Clin. Path.,  1939, 9: 345-52.—Novak.
 J.  Pathologie  und Therapie der Endometriose.   Med. Klin.,
 Berl., 1937, 33:  1424-7.—Oria,  J.   Consideracoes  geraes a
 proposito de observacao  histologica  da  endometriose uterina.
 Ann. Fac. med. S. Paulo,  1934, 10: 143-61, 3 pl— Pilcher, R. S.
 Four microscopical sections of endometrioma.   Proc. R. Soc
 M., Lond., 1934-25, 28: 420-2— Pumphrey, R. E.   Endome-
 triosis: a clinicopathologic study of 48 cases.  Ohio M. J.,  1937,
 33:   61-4.—Rosenloecher,   K.    Anatomische  und  klinische
 Erfahrungen an Hand von 65 Fallen von  Endometriosis.  Arch.
 Gyn., Berl., 1932,  149: 439-49.—Sachs,  E.  Zwei Seltenheiten
 aus dem Gebiet der Adenosen; Adenomyosis uteri interna mit
 zyklischem Grossenwechsel der Gebarmutter und schmerzhafte
 Scheidenzysten.  Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1931, 87:  55-66.—
 Schaanning, C. K.   [Endometriosis  with decidual transforma-
 tion]  Med. rev., Bergen, 1931,  48:  414-8.—Schulz, H.  Zur
 Frage der endometrioiden Wucherungen in funktioneller, mor-
 phologischer und entwicklungsmechanischer Hinsicht. Zschr.
 Geburtsh.  Gyn., 1929, 96: 296-305.—Sherwood, M. W. Endo-
 metriosis;  pathology, surgery and after-treatment.   Texas J.
 M.,  1939-40,  35:  16-9.—Shirer, J. W.  Endometriosis; a
 pathological study  of 30  cases.   Canad. M. Ass.  J., 1928, 18:
 151-5.—Skamnakis, S. N.  Ueber gleichzeitiges Vorkommen
 von Adenomyosis  uteri  interna mit  anderen  pathologischen
 Veranderungen des Genitales,  insbesondere  mit Carcinoma
 uteri.  Zbl. Gyn., 1938, 62: 414-23.—Smith, G. Van S. Endo-
 metrioma; a clinical and  pathologic study of 159 cases treated
 at  the Clinic of the Free  Hospital  for Women, Brookline,
 Massachusetts.  Am. J. Obst., 1929, 17: 806-14.—Stavely. A.
 L.  Endometrial cell invasions.  Virginia M. Month., 1926-27,
 53: 176-81.—Thiessen, P.   Uteruszysten als besondere Form
 der Endometriosen.  Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1935-36,  101:
 129-37.—Tobler, T.  Ueber tumorartige entziindliche uterin-
 drusenahnliche Wucherungen des Peritonealepithels in Laparo-
 tomienarben und  iiber ebensolche Spontanwucherungen im
 Nabel.  Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1923,  29: 558-88.

 ----  primary  [uterine]
   Allen,  E.  Regurgitation of  endometrial  tissue  through
 Fallopian tube during operative procedures.  J. Am. M. Ass.,
 1928, 90: 507.—Bail lat & Bertrand.  Un cas d'endometriome
 uterin.   Rev. fr. gyn. obst.,  1930,  25: 745-7.—Baltzer, H.
 Ueber das  Adenomyom des  Uterus.  Arch. Gyn.,  Berl.,  1929,
 138:  278-96.—Bazterrica, E.  Un caso  de adeno-mioma del
 dtero a forma dismenorreica.  Prensa med. argent.,  1926, 13:
 697-701.—Charbonnel  & Darmaillacq.   Sur  un cas d'endo-
 metriome du corps uterin.  Bull. Soc obst. gyn.  Paris, 1934, 23:
 713.—Costa, C. C.  da.  Endometriose uterina.  Rev.  gyn.
 obst., Rio, 1932, 26: 46-54.—Cotte, G.  Endometriose diffuse
 du corps uterin.  Gynecologie, 1935, 34: 639-42.  Also Lyon
 chir., 1936,  33: 106-8.------Endometriose circonscrite de
 l'uterus;  operation conservatrice.   Ibid.,  1938,  35: 713-5.
 ------ &  Trillat,   A.  Sur l'endometriose du corps uterin.
 Gynecologie, 1933,  32: 641-58. Also Lyon chir., 1934, 31: 214-
 20.—Delle Piane, G. Su di un caso di adenomioma interno
 dell'utero associato ad adenomiofibrosi esterna.  Osp. maggiore
 Novara, 1933, 10: 257-70.—Drips. D. G.  Adenomyoma of the
 uterus in young women.  Med. Clin. N.  America, 1927-28, 11:
 1460.—Eerland, L. D.  [Endometriosis centralis uteri with (or
 developed into?) adenocarcinoma  corporis uteri in a Javanese
 woman]  Ned.  tschr. verlosk., 1935, 38: 124-31.—Engelkens
 [Internal endometriosis]   Ibid., 1931-32, 35: 108-13.—Frankl,
 O.  Adenomyosis uteri.   Irish J.  M. Sc, 1932, ser.  6, 303-7.
 —----  Weitere Beitrage zur Klinik und  Bemerkungen zur
 Pathologie  der Adenomyosis uteri.  Zbl. Gyn.,  1932,  56: 902-
 27.—Guercia, T.  Endometriosi uterina  interna.  Atti Accad.
 fisiocr. Siena, 1935, 11. ser., 2:  203-5.   Also Riv. ostet. gin.,
 1935,  17: 96-108.—Haselhorst, G. Ueber die Entwicklung der
 Endometriose an Ort und  Stelle.  Zschr.  Geburtsh. Gyn., 1933,
 105:  40-2.—Heim, K.   Ueber die  Entwicklung der Endo-
 metriose an Ort und Stelle.  Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1932-33,  152:
 269-311.—Held, E.  Adenomyoses de l'ut6rus et  des  annexes.
 Helvet. med. acta,  1939, 6: 59-61.—Jayle, F.  Le soienome ou
 myo-sol6nome de  l'uterus; synonymes:  polype creux; polype
 fibrokystique ou polype de Lee; tumeur fibrocystique  ou fibro-
 kystique; sarcoma  adenoides uterinum;  fibroide  intra-uterin;
fibrome kystique;   adenome;  adenomyome;   endometriome;
soienome du corps  de l'uterus.  Rev. fr. gyn. obst.,  1928, 23:
257-350.—Klee, F.  Eine endothelial Geschwulst des Uterus. 
ENDOMETRIOSIS                           326                           ENDOMETRIOSIS
 Arch.  Gyn., Berl., 1928,  133:  186-92.—Lapeyre, N. C.  A
 propos des adlnomes du corps de l'uterus.  Paris med., 1936,
 99: 36-42.—Mazza, H. L., & Lucena, C. L.  Solenoma difuso
 del utero.  Bol. Inst. med. exp. cancer, B. Air., 1932,  9: 367-
 80.—Migliavacca, A. Sugli adenomiomi dell'utero.  Fol. gyn.,
 Pavia, 1930, 27: 479-529, pl.—Moench, G. L.  An unusual case
 of adenomyositis.  J. Am. M. Ass.,  1929, 92: 893.—Montaldo,
 G.  L'adenoma di Menge  ed un particolare forma poliposa
 cistica della mucosa del corpo uterino nelle vecchie.  Riv. ital.
 gin., 1937, 20: 129-79.—Nagy. G.  Fibro-adenoma polyposun
 uteri.  Orvoskepzes, 1936, 26: sept, kulonf. (Toth Festschr.)
 82-6.—Nigrisoli, P.  Adenomiomi  multipli dell'utero  e degli
 annessi.   Arch. ital. chir., 1928, 16: 261-72.—Nikultzev, A. S.
 [Frequency of endometrioid heterotopia in the muscular wall of
 the uterus]  J. akush., 1930, 41: 523-5.—Orlandi, N., & Meda,
 C.  Contributo alia  casistica  dei  tumori  cistici  dell'utero
 (fibro-adeno-mioma cistico papillifero e sarcoma cistico della
 mucosa uterine)   Rev. sudamer. endocr., B. Air.,  1932,  15:
 517-40, 2 pl.—Ossiakina, A. I.  [Adenomyosis of the  uterus]
 J. akush., 1930, 41: 25-35.—Palacios Costa, N., Falsla, A., &
 Fals-ia, M. V.  Adenomioma quistico del utero.  Bol. Soc obst.
 gin. B. Aires,  1936, 15: 810-6. Also Sem. med., B. Air., 1937,
 44: pt 2.  277-80.—Placeo, F.   Endometriosi  intramurale
 atipica.  Cancro, Tor., 1934, 5: 40-4, pl.—Roffo, A. H. Sole-
 noma  total del utero; tipo difuso. Bol. Inst. med. exp.  cancer,
 B. Air., 1929,  5: 1-23. Also Rev. med., Rosario, 1930,  5: 181-
 95.—Ruiz, F.  R.. & Roncoroni, E.  Contribuci6n al estudio de
 los endometriomas; endometrioma del utero  y  del tabique
 vesico-uterino.  Rev. med. lat. amer.,  B. Air., 1930-31,  16:
 785—813.—Saylor,  E. L.  Pedunculated cystic adenomyoma of
 the uterus occluding the vagina; report of a case. Am. J. Obst.,
 1928,  15: 650-7.—Spirov, V. E.  [Cystiform fibromyoma uteri]
 J. akush., 1926, 37: No.  3,  309-16.—Stefancsik,  S.  [Adeno-
 myosis of the uterus] Orv. hetil., 1930, 74: 429-33.—Talalaiev,
 V. [Endometrial growths in women: adenomyosis uteril  Mosk.
 med. J., 1927, 7: 1-4, 2 pl.—Violet.  Adenomyome de la paroi
 posterieure de l'uterus propag6 au rectum.  Lyon med., 1928,
 141: 493.

 ----  Site.

    Batjmgart,  H.    *Beitrag  zur  Kenntnis  der
 endometrioiden  Bildungen,  insbesondere  der
 Narbenwucherungen   [Marburg] 28p. 8? Kirch-
 hain, 1929.
    Derocqtje,  A.   *Endometriomes vaginaux et
 para-vaginaux.  288p.   8?   Par., 1926.
    Gobel,  F.   *Endometriose in der Darmwand
 [Miinchen]   42p.   8?   Dillingen a.  Donau,  1932.
    Hoersen,  W.  *Einige seltenere Falle aus dem
 Gebiet der Adenomyosis beziehungsweise Endo-
 metriosis, 2 Nabeladenome und 3 Cervixpolypen.
 16p.   8?    Wiirzb.,  1933.
    Krieger, H.  *Ueber einen  weiteren Fall von
 Endometriose  in  einer  Laparatomienarbe  nach
 Ventrifixatio uteri.   15p.  8?   Miinch.,  1933.
    Lucas, R.  *Die Klinik der Adenomyosis recto-
 vaginal    [Munster]    21p.   8?   Quakenbruck,
 1932.
    Moschel,  G.   *Menstruelle Peritonitis und
 Ileus bei endometrioiden  Ovarialhamatomen und
 Endometriose  des  Darmes.   46p.   8?   Miinch.,
 1935.
   Seidl,  G.  *Endometriose des Darms  [Miin-
 chen]   30p.   8?   Marquartstein  i.  Chiemgau,
 1937.
   Strauss,  K.   *Ueber  einen  Fall  von Endo-
 metriose  in  einer  Laparotomienarbe  und  liber
 Endometriose im Allgemeinen   [Miinchen]   20p.
 8?  Giinzb.,  1932.
   Zahedi,  E.   localisations  extra-peritoneales
 de l'endometriose.   179p.  8?   Lyon, 1937.
   Adams-Ray, J.  On extragenital and inguinal endometriosis
 and its surgical importance.  Acta chir. scand., 1932,  70:
 167-201.—Barsony, J.   Sulla  endometriosi  degli annessi
 uterini. Monit.  ostet. gin.,  1936, 8: 375-96.  ------  [Endo-
 metriosis  of adnexa]  Gyogyaszat, 1935,  75:  293;  318; 330.—
 Behrertdt  & Neumeyer.   Zur Chirurgie und Pathologie  der
 Endometriose  des Diinndarms.  Zbl. Chir.,  1936,  63: 2153-
 5.—Biebl,   M.  Bauchferne  Endometriose  am  Unterarm
 und ihre Bedeutung fur eine neue Lehre von einer einheitlich
 mesenchymalen Genese der  Endometriosen allgemein.  Ibid.,
 1938, 65:  1026-42.—Briscoe,  C.  C.  Endometriosis in lapa-
 rotomy scars.  Am. J. Obst., 1639, 37:  114-20.—Buiko. P., &
 Lissovetzky, V.  [Endometrioid  heterotopics  on the anterior
and posterior walls of the vagina]  J. akush., 1931,42:779-86.—
 Castano, C.  A.  Endometrioma de  trompa y ovario;  contri-
buci6n  a su estudio.  Bol. Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1929, 13: 48-52.—
Cattell, R. B.  Endometriosis of the colon  and rectum with
intestinal obstruction.  N. England J. M., 1937, 217: 9-18.—
Christopher, F.  Inguinal endometriosis.  Ann. Surg., 1927,
86: 918-21.—Chydenius, J.  J.   Ueber die  Pathologie und
Therapie  der  rektovaginalen  Endometriosen.   Arb.  Path.
Inst. Helsingfors, 1935, n. F., 8: 153-98.—C9ggi, C.  Contributo
alio studio degli endometriomi delle  cicatrici laparotomiche.
Ann.  ostet.  gin., 1930,  52:  146-57,  2 pl.—Crossen, H.  S.
Clinical features of pelvic endometriosis. J. Arkansas M. Soc,
1932, 29: 145-52.—Dahl-Iversen, E. [Experimental researches
with free  implantation of endometrium  into peritoneum  of
guinea pigs]  Hospitalstidende, 1929, 72:  931-42.—Damm,  P.
[Development  of endometriosis in abdominal organs]   Ibid.,
1931, 74: 847-56.—Delannoy, E., Hioco & Bedrine, H.  Endo-
metriome  des  cornes uterines;  evolution  anatomique.  Echo
med. nord, 1935, 3. ser., 3: 762.—Douglass, M.   Endometrial
tumors in abdominal scars. J. Am. M. Ass., 1928, 90: 1853-6.
------  Endometriosis in uterine cornua.  Surg. Gyn. Obst.,
1929, 49:  138-44.—Ehrenpreis & Letulle,  R.  Endometriome
post-op6ratoire  de la  paroi abdominale  anterieure.   Bull.
Ass.  fr. cancer,  1928, 17: 19-24—Fagioli,  M.  Contributo
alia conoscenza  della endometriosi inguinale.   Ginecologia,
Tor., 1935, 1: 863-74, 2 pl.—Frachtman, K.   Ein  Fall von
Adenomyosis  externa der Bauchhaut zwischen Nabel und
Symphyse. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1928, 41: 1712-4.—Fiirst, A., &
Skorpil, F.   [Important  localizations  of heterotooic  endo-
metriosis from the surgical view-point]  Cas. 16k. Cesk., 1934,
73: 315; 347;  384; 407.  Also Arch.  klin. Chir., 1934, 179:
485-501.—Funck-Brentano,  P.,  Bertrand, I., &  Chsrallier.
R. J.   Sur un cas d'endometriose de  cicatrice. Ann. anat.
path., Par.,  1939, 16: 212-7.—Gale,  C.   Endometriomatous
bowel  stricture,  with  an unusual  complication.   Austral.
N. Zealand J. Surg.,  1931, 1: 323-5.—Gauthier-Villars, P.,  &
Lamy, M. Endometriomes de l'appendice.  Ann. anat. path.,
Par., 1939, 16: 189-93.—Geist, S. H. A case of  endometriosis
with polypoid invasion of the vagina.   J. Mount Sinai Hosp.
N. York, 1934-35, 1: 197-202.  ------  Endometriosis of the
abdominal wall and scar.  Ibid.,  1937-38, 4:  237-44.—Gold-
stine, M. T.  On the distribution of endometrial cvsts.  Am.  J.
Obst., 1928, 15: 191-5 [Discussion] 257-60.—Goodwin, W. H.
Endometriosis  with reference to intestinal implantation. Vir-
ginia M. Month., 1934, 61: 257-63.—Gosset, A., Bertrand, I., &
Chevallier, R. J.  Considerations statistiques  et histologiques
sur l'endometriose pelvienne.  Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1939,
65: 821-31.—Gouilliod,  Martin, J. F., & Michon, L.  Les
endometriomes des  cicatrices  de laparotomie.   Gyn.  obst.,
Par., 1928, 17: 106-15.  Also Lyon med.,  1928, 141: 65-7 —
Haeusermann, E.  Endometroide Wucherung in  Laparatomie-
narbengewebe nach Pertubation.  Zbl. Gyn., 1928, 52: 2880.—
Hampton,  H. E.  Endometriosis—report  of  a spontaneously
ruptured ovarian cyst.  J. Nat. M. Ass., 1933, 25: 62-5.—
Hansmann, G. H., & Schenken, J. R.  Endometrioses of lymph
nodes.  Am. J. Obst., 1933, 25: 572-6.—Haselhorst, G.  Zur
Klinik und Genese der Endometriose (mit besonderer Beruck-
sichtigung der  Endometriosis  recto-cervicalis)   Zschr. Ge-
burtsh.  Gyn.,  1933,  105: 1-39.—Henderson, D. N.  Pelvic
endometriosis;  report of 40 cases.  Canad. M. Ass.  J., 1939,
40: 34-7.—Hewitt. W. R.  Endometrioma of laparatomy scars.
Am. J.  Obst.,  1939,  38: 356.—Heyman,  J.   Ein erfolgreich
rontgenbehandelter Fall von  Endometriosis  recto-vaginalis.
Strahlentherapie, 1930, 37: 590-4.—Iraeta, D.  Endometrioma
difuso del recto  y vagina.  Prensa med.  argent.,  1928, 14:
896-9.—Jeanneret, R.  Note sur les  endometriomes [of ab-
dominal wall]  Rev.  med. Suisse rom., 1926, 46: 866-79.—
Jiirgens, O.  Adenomiosis uterina perimetrica  incipiente  a
forma miliar.  Bol. Soc. obst. gin. B. Aires,  1937,  16: 114-20.—
Kaufman, P. A., & Wilensky, A. O.  Endometrial tumors in
postcesarean abdominal laparotomy scars.  Surgery, 1938, 4:
708-17.—Knoflach, J. G.  Endometriosis der Leistengegend
und des Nabels bei einer Patientin.  Wien. klin.  Wschr., 1935,
48: 698-700.—Konjetzny, G. E.  Zur Kenntnis der heterotopen
Endometriose des Dickdarms.   Chirurg,  1935,  7: 279-87.—
Kranzfeld, M.  Beitrag zur Frage  der Genese  der  Adenosis
endometrioides in  Laparatomienarben.   Arch.  Gyn.,  Berl.,
1933, 154: 196-205.—Krebs,J.  MenstruierendesEndometriom
der Fascia superficialis.  Ibid., 1930, 141: 141.—Kulikowska, L.
Endometriose  ovarienne et appendiculaire avec myome  de
l'appendice.  Gyn. obst.,  Par.,  1937, 36: 48-52.—Lelievre  &
Montpellier.  Sur un cas d'endometriome de  la region ombi-
licale.  Bull. Ass. fr.  cancer,  1927, 16: 867-71.—Longwood,
O. W.  Endometroid heterotopias  of the umbilicus. Am.
J.  Obst., 1932,  23:  582-9.—Maclean, N.  J.   Endometriosis
of  the large bowel.   Canad.  M. Ass. J.,  1936,  34:  253-8 —
Maczewski,  S.  [Heterotopic neoplasm  of   uterine  mucous
membrane in the vaginoanal cavity]  Polska gaz. lek., 1926,
5:943.—Malcolm, W. A.  Pelvic endometriosis.  Illinois M. J.,
1936, 70:  424-8.—Marcus, H.   [Case  of  endometriosis with
localization in the ligamentum teres uteri]   Uppsala lak. foren.
forh., 1931-32, n. f.,  37: 207.—Matry, C.  Endometriome du
rectum.  Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1930, 56: 712-9.—Mattina,
A.  Endometrioma del Douglas (contributo anatomo-patologico
e clinico)  Ann. ostet. gin., 1929, 51:  182-211, 2 pl.—Micho-
litsch. T.  Heltene Lokalisation  einer Endometriose in einer
Episiotomienarbe.  Wien. med.  Wschr.,  1933, 83:  725.—
Michon, L.  L'endometriome de l'ovaire.   Rev.  fr. gyn. obst.,
1930, 25: 258-68. ------ & Comte, H.   Les endometriomes
ou adenomyomes du  ligament rond.  J. chir., Par.,  1928, 31:
182-204.—Mikulicz-Radecki,  F.  von.  Endometriosen  ausser-
halb der Geschlechtsorgane.  Munch,  med. Wschr.,  1939, 86:
962-8.—Milone,  S.   L'endometrioma dell'appendice.   Arch. 
ENDOMETRIOSIS                            327                           ENDOMETRIOSIS
 sc.  med., Tor.,  1930, 54:  449-72— Molinengo, L.   Auto-
 trapianto di endometrio nei peritoneo del coniglio.  Ann. ostet.
 gin., 1930, 52: 309-24.  ------  Endometrioma della regione
 crurale.  Clin, ostet., 1930, 32: 486-94.  ------  Endometriosi
 inguinale.  Cancro, Tor., 1934, 5: 32-9, pl.—Morse, A.  H., &
 Perry, I. H.   Diffuse pelvic endometrioma constricting the
 uterus.   Am. J.  Obst.,  1928,  16: 38-43.—Murphy,  E.  A.
 Endometriosis simulating  tumors of the bowel; a collective
 review.   West.  J. Surg.,  1938,  46: 78-83.—Neumeyer, G.
 Die  Endometriose des Darms.   Zbl. inn.  Med.,  1936,  57:
 97-104.—Nielsen, M.  Two cases  of endometriosis externa
 extraperitonealis.  Acta  obst. gyn. scand., 1934, 14: 322-37.
 Also  Hospitalstidende,  1934,  77: Foren.  gyn.  obst.  forh.,
 75-9.—Novak, E.  Pelvic endometriosis; including a report of
 3 cases of  spontaneous  rupture of large  endometrial  cysts.
 Tr. South. Surg. Ass., 1931, 43:  434-50.   Also Am. J.  Obst.,
 1931, 22: 826-37.  ------  Pelvic endometriosis and it*  treat-
 ment.  Am. J. Surg., 1936, 33: 422-7.—Oberling, C. & Hickel,
 P.  Le probldme de l'endometriome; a  propos  de 2 cas nou-
 veaux (intestin et ombilic)  Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1927,  16:
 691-707.—Pallares, M.  Endometrioma del peritoneo.   Hosp.
 gen., Mix., 1929,  4: 9-12, pl.—Perlmann, S.  Endometriosis
 of the bladder.  Urol. Cut. Rev., 1934, 38: 700-3.—Puhr, L.
 Contribution  to  the  pathology  of umbilical  endometriosis.
 Magy. orv. arch., 1934, 35: 87-96.—Rouilland, H., & Isidor, P.
 Adenomyose  diffuse du  tractus genital  de la  femme.  Ann.
 anat.  path., Par., 1937, 14: 61-4.—Sampson,  J. A.  Endo-
 metriosis  of the sac of a right inguinal hernia, associated with
 a pelvic peritoneal endometriosis  and an endometrial cyst of
 the  ovary.  Tr.  Am.  Gyn. Soc, 1926, 51:  20-44, 2 pl.   Also
 Am. J. Obst., 1926,  12: 459-83,  2  pl.   [Discussion] 623-31.
 ------  Peritoneal endometriosis due to  the menstrual dis-
 semination  of endometrial tissue  into the peritoneal cavity.
 Ibid., 1927, 14: 422-69.  Also Tr. Am. Gyn.  Soc. (1927) 1928,
 52:   171-218.  ------   Postsalpingectomy  endometriosis
 (endosalpingiosis)   Ibid.,  1930, 55: 48-87.  ------  Pelvic
 endometriosis and tubal  fimbriae.  Am.  J.  Obst., 1932,  24:
 497-542,  pl.—Schiir, W.,  & Scheidegger, S.   Ueber  extra-
 genital Endometriosen.   Beitr. klin. Chir.,  1934,  160:  161-
 73.—Schiller, W.  Ueber endometrioide  Bildungen in den
 Parametrien.  Arch.  Gyn., Berl., 1926,  129: 425-47.—Scho-
 field, J. D., & Bacon, H. E.  Endometriosis of the rectum and
 sigmoid; review of the literature and case report.  Ann.  Surg.,
 1938, 107: 1022-8.—Schumann, E. A., & Parke, W. E.  Endo-
 metriosis in laparotomy scars.  Am. J. Obst., 1934, 28: 222-7.—
 Schwarz,  O.  H.   Endometrial tissue in the abdominal scar
 following Cesarean section.  Ibid., 1927, 13: 331-3.—Semb, C.
 Heterotope uterus-schleimhautahnliche Proliferationen (Endo-
 metriosen in den Ovarien  und in einzelnen  andern Organen,
 Uterusoberflache,  Dunndarm,  Lig.  rotundum)  Acta  obst.
 gyn. scand., 1926, 5: 147-200, tab. Also Norsk mag. laegevid.,
 1926, 87: 257-87.—Stearns, H. C & Watkins, R. E.  Endo-
 metriosis  of the pelvis.   Surg. Clin. N.  America, 1934,  14:
 1511-25.—Tausch,  M.  Beitrag  zur Endometriosis  externa
 unter  Berucksichtigung von  Fallen  mit  besonderer Lokalisa-
 tion.  Arch.  Gyn.,  Berl.,  1939,  168: 8-21.—Tuthill, C. R.
 Malignant endometriosis of the  ovary, resembling arrheno-
 blastoma; report of a case in a girl aged 19.  Arch. Surg., 1938,
 37: 554—61.—Violet.   A propos d'un cas d'endometriome dans
 une cicatrice  de dechirure perineale.  Lyon  med., 1928, 141:
 62-5.—Weijtlandt, J. A.  Endometriosis of  the bladder.  Proc.
 R. Soc. M., Lond., 1934, 27: 1493-8.—Zubrzycki, J.  [Endo-
 metriosis  of the adnexa uteri]  Bratisl. lek. listy, 1935,  15:
 149-55.

 ----  Treatment.
   Cattell, R. B.,  &  Swinton, N. W.   Endometriosis, with
 particular reference to conservative treatment.   N. England
 J. M., 1936, 214:341-6.—Claye, A. M. A case of endometriosis;
 conservative treatment followed by pregnancy. Clin. J., Lond.,
 1938,  67: 75.—Cruz M.,  H.  Endometriosis  retro-cervical;
 comunicacion  de un caso tratado con roentgenterapia profunda.
 Bol. Soc. cir. Chile, 1935,  13: 61-7.—Graves, W. P. The  treat-
 ment of obstructing rectovaginal endometriosis.  Am. J. Obst.,
 1927, 13:  728-31.—Heineberg, A.  The use of  radium in the
 treatment of endometrioma of the rectovaginal septum.   Ibid.,
 14:  235-9.—Long, W., & Strecker, W. E.  Endometriosis;
 review of  incidence of 1,453 abdominal pelvic operations at S.
 Anthony Hospital 1935-37, with particular  reference to identi-
 fication and treatment.  South.  M. J.,  1939,  32:  489-95 —
 Michon, L.,  & Labry, R.   Des indications operatoires dans les
 adenomyomes  des cornes  uterines.  Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris,
 1927, 16: 468-72.—Read, C. D., & Roques,  F. After-results in
 the operative treatment of endometriomata; a study of 41  cases.
 Proc R. Soc.  M., Lond.,  1928-29, 22: sect. obst. gyn., 75-85.
 Also Brit. M. J., 1929, 1: 1159.—Tuxen, P. V.  [Case of  endo-
 metriosis resembling  cancer treated with radium]  Hospitals-
 tidende, 1934,  77:  Med.  Selsk. Fyens Stifts. Forh.. 15-20.—
 Walz.  W.  Zur  Therapie  der  endometroiden  Wucherung.
 Zbl.  Gyn., 1928, 52: 1839-41.

----   in pregnancy.

   See also Decidua, ectopic.
   Aschheim.  Adenomyosis uteri externa  und Graviditas
Arch. Gyn.,  Berl.,  1929,  137: 999-1001   [Discussion]  1026.—
Batizfalvy, J.   Endometriose und Schwangerschaft.  Zbl.  Gyn.,
1939, 63: 40-52.—Faber, J. E. Full term pregnancy in a pnmi-
para following  ovarian resection for endometriosis.  Proc Mayo
Clin.,  1938,  13: 85-7.—Franque,  O. von.  Schwangerschaft
wahrend des Bestehens von Endometriosis rectocervicalis und
Teercysten.  Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1934, 157: 446-51.—Holzbach.
Ueber Folgen einer Endometriosis  in graviditate; Entbindung
durch den Schragkanal, mit Bemerkungen zu dieser Operations-
methode.   Zbl. Gyn.,  1934   58: 2859.  Also  Schweiz.  med.
Wschr., 1935, 65:  1032.—Olson, H.  J.,  & Hansmann, G.  H.
Endometriosis during the final month of pregnancy.  Am. J.
Obst., 1936. 32: 148-51.—Szymanowicz, J.  [External adeno-
myosis of the uterus during gestation, labour and post partum
period]  Polska gaz. lek., 1935, 14: 683.

ENDOMETRITIS.

   See  also  Cervicitis;  Endometrium;  Uterus,
Inflammation;   also  under  names  of  specific in-
fections.
   Thiesen, K.  H.   *Ueber Endometritis  [Kiel]
24p.   8?   Libau, 1933.
   Abelein, R. Beitrag zur Diagnose des Gebarmutterkatarrhs.
Munch, tierarztl. Wschr., 1930, 81: 29-32.—Araya,  R.  La
dilataci6n lenta del cuello y los topicos en la endometritis.
Rev.  med.,  Rosario, 1926, 1: 9-14.—Demelin.  Les endome-
trites au cours des  6 premiers mois  de la grossesse.  Rev. gen.
clin. ther., 1928, 42:  97-9.—Dick, V.  [Painful endometritis
(dolorosa)]  J. akush.,  1927, 38: 449-53.—Driessen  [Metro-
pathia  haemorrhagica  or endometritis necrobiotica]   Ned.
tschr. verlosk., 1921, 28:  219-26.—Erismann, H., & Saxer,  E.
Zur Diagnose der Endometritis catarrhalis des Rindes. Schweiz.
Arch. Tierh.,  1933, 75: 534-52.—Falls,  F. H.  Endometritis
and physometra due to Welch bacillus. Am. J. Obst., 1933, 25:
280-8.-—Geyser, A. C. Metritis and endometritis and cervicitis
(cervical catarrh)  Am. Med., 1918, n. ser., 13: 604.—Hartmann,
H. Zur Anatomie und Klinik der echten Endometritis.  Arch.
Gyn., Berl.,  1927,  131: 405-21.—Hoevelmann, E.  Die  Ent-
zundungen der Uterushohle.  Med. Welt, 1934, 8: 1541; 1581.—
Kennedy, W. P., & Baird, W. H.  Diffuse cystic endometritis.
J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1927, 71: 713-22.—LeFevre, L. Diphthe-
ritic endometritis; review of the recent literature and report of
a new case.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1928, 90:  1015.—Legl, G.  Ein
Fall von Endometritis exfoliativa.  Med. Welt, 1931, 5: 1287 —
Lentz, W.  Neuzeitliche Behandlung der Endometritiden.  Berl.
tierarztl. Wschr., 1934,50: 483.—Logwinsky, P.N., & Kolegaew,
G. A.  Die klinischen Erscheinungen von Endometritis und ihr
Verhaltnis   zum  pathologisch-histologischen  Bild.   Mschr.
Geburtsh.  Gyn.,  1933-34,  96: 124-9.—Randall, L.  M.,  &
Herrell. W. E.  Cystic  changes in the endometrium.  Surg.
Gyn.  Obst., 1937,  65: 666-71.—Snoo, K.  de.  Endometritis.
Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1926, 70: 220-3.—Tietze. K.  Behandlung
der Blutungen bei Endometritis mit Follikelhormon und dessen
Anwendung zu differential-diagnostischen Zwecken. Zbl. Gyn.,
1935, 59: 1763-70.

----  chronic.

   Hesselbarth,  W.   *Zur Kenntnis der  Endo-
metritis  chronica  und Pyometra  der  Hiindin.
43p.   8?   Lpz., 1937.
   Alessandro, A. de.  Endometritis crdnica y raspaje.  Sem.
m6d., B. Air., 1910, 17: 1157-60. Also repr.—Herzl, L.  [Inter-
esting case of chronic endometritis]  Cluj. med., 1928, 9: 689.—
Lesbouyries & Berthelon. Les effets de l'ovariectomie sur le
tractus  genital, chez le chienne et chez la chatte atteintes
d'endrometrite chronique. Bull. Acad. vet. France, 1935,  8:
257-65.—Scarpello, A.   Studio  istologico  sulle endometriti
croniche.   Arch, ostet. gin.,  1926,  2. ser.,  13:  363;  398.—
Stader, O.  Treatment  of chronic bovine endometritis.  J.
Am. Vet. M. Ass.,  1934,  84: 580-7.  ------  Chronic bovine
endometritis; its importance, and a new treatment.  North Am.
Vet.,  1934, 15: 25-7.—Takeda,  M.   On  the  relationship
between the endometritis chronica and the cyclic changes in the
uterus.  J.  Chosen  M. Ass., 1929,  19:  540.—Vecchiarelli,  A,
La endometrite cronica quale causa principale della sterilita.
Boll. Soc. eustach.,  1934,  32: 197-214, 2 pl.

----  puerperal.

   See   also   Abortion;   Pregnancy;   Puerpe  al
sepsis; Puerperium.
   Beck, H. Puerperale Endometritis durch retrograde venose
Infektion.  Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1927-28, 131: 701-9.—Bidoire.
L'endometrite detiduale.   Hopital, 1933, 21: 232-7— Dissel-
beck, L.  Die schnelle Heilung der Endometritis puerperalis
und die Prophylaxe der Puerperalsepsis.  Med. Welt, 1936, 10:
1662.—Hamm, A.   Traitement chirurgical ou medical de l'endo-
metrite puerperale  post-partum. Bull, med.. Par., 1927, 41:
973-6.  Also Rev.  med.,  Louvain,  1928, 2-10.—Jeannin.  De
l'endometrite dedduale hemorragique.   Rev. gen. clin. ther.,
1926, 40: 305-7.—Levy-Solal, E., &  Sureau, M.  Application
de I'arsenotherapie massive au traitement des endometrites du
post-partum ou du post-abortum.   Bull. Soc. gyn. obst. Paris,
1938, 27:  206.—Lipkin,  Z.   [Treatment of puerperal  endo-
metritis with ichthyol]   Vrach.  gaz., 1928, 32:  446.—Peeters-
Minnoye, F.  Le traitement de l'endometrite puerperale.  Rev.
mid., Louvain, 1928, 318.—Rosenzweig, M.  Syncytial endo-
metritis and syncytioma.  Am. J.  Obst., 1927,  13: 563-75.— 
ENDOMETRITIS                              328                              ENDOMETRIUM
Vaudescal, R.  Traitement de l'endometrite puerperale.  Hopi-
tal, 1928, 16: 185.

ENDOMETRIUM.

   See   also   Cervix;  Fallopian   tube;   Genital
[female] Uterus.
   Bain, C. G.  Observations made during a study of the cytol-
ogy of endometrium.  Am. J.  Clin.  Path., 1933, 3: 237-41.—
Blumenthal, R.  Sur la dependance de structure de la muqueuse
uterine par rapport au tissu sous-jacent.  Bull. Soc. beige gyn.
obst., 1908-9, 19: 69-72.—Boschetti, M.  Epitelio piatto nella
mucosa del corpo uterino.  Ann. ostet. gin., 1931, 53: 631-80.—
Clauser. F.  Azione dei raggi Rontgen sulla funzione granulo-
pessica degli  elementi reticolo-endoteliali  dell'utero.   Monit.
n,u>t. gin., 1929,  1: 394-417.—Counseller, V. S., & Herrell, W.
E.  Some changing concepts regarding the endometrium and
their  significance.  J. Indiana M.  Ass.,  1936, 29: 57-63.—
Daron, G. H. The arterial pattern of the tunica mucosa of the
uterus in Macacus rhesus. Am. J.  Anat., 1936, 58: 349-419,
11 pl. Also repr.—Di Maria, G.  Sulla presenza di cellule basali
nell'epitelio cilindrico dell'utero.  Ann.  ostet. gin.,  1934, 56:
53-81.—Glas. R.  Ueber den Aufbau der Gebarmutterschleim-
haut. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1931, 146: 463-73.—Goldschmidt, A.
Die sogenannten  Plattenepithelknotchen in der Uterusschleim-
haut.  Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1936, 113: 306-15.—Gros, G.
Evolution de la muqueuse uterine chez la chatte. C. rend. Soc
biol., 1935, 118: 1575-8.—Migliavacca, A.  Su  di una modifica-
zione caratteristica della mucosa uterina.   Bull. Soc. ital. biol.
sper., 1935, 10: 103-5.  ------  Su diversi tipi di alterazioni
provocate nella mucosa del corpo e del collo dell'utero della
scimmia. Ann. ostet. gin., 1937, 59: 577-85.—Numers, C. von.
Beobachtungen iiber das Flimmerepithel  in der Schleimhaut
des menschlichen Uterus.  Acta  Soc. med. Duodecim,  1935,
ser. B, 23: No. 24,  1-15.—Pistofidis, A.  Ueber Plattenepithel-
knotchen in der hyperplastischen Schleimhaut und bei Adeno-
myosis,  in  Schleimhautpolypen  des Corpus  und der Cervix
uteri, im Adenomyom und bei Carcinoma adenomatosum; ein
Plattenepithelknotchen in normal  funktionierendem  Endo-
metrium.   Zbl.  Gyn.,  1938,  62:  2709-19.—Rauscher, H,
Granula im Endometrium.  Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1936, 162: 42-
52.—Szathmary, Z.  [Minute connective  tissue fibers  of the
uterine mucosa and decidua]  Magy. orv. arch., 1931,  32: 5-
13.—Turchini, J., & Broussy, J. Sur la structure cytologique et
plus specialement l'appareil de Golgi de l'epitheiium uterin et
de ses cryptes.   Arch. anat. micr.,  Par.,  1929, 25: Spec No.,
597-600.—Zambelli,  R.  Di  una  particolarita  morfologica
deU'endometrio del topo  bianco.  Ann. ostet. gin., 1938, 60:
1325-8.—Zambonini, A.  Sulla mucosa uterina del feto e del
neonato.  Monit. ostet. gin., 1935,  7: 196-213.

----  Abrasion.

   See  Endometrium, Examination.

----  Cancer.

   See  also Cervix, Cancer; Uterus, Cancer.
   Cooke, W. R.  Transition to malignancy in  benign lesions of
the uterine mucosa.  Am. J. Obst.,  1930, 19:  210-9.—Martin,
C.  Un  cas complexe de fibromes uterins necrobioses et d'epi-
theliomas de la muqueuse du corps; traitement radiologique,
puis hysterectomie abdominale  totale.   Rev. fr. gyn.  obst.,
1932, 27: suppl., 549-51.—Ruiz, V. Cancer  del  endometrio.
Dia med., B. Air., 1935, 7: 1536.—Zuckermann, C.   Epitelioma
vegetante del endometrio.  Rev. mex. cir., 1936, 4: 332-7.

----  Cartilage.

   Mechlem,   J.   *Ein  Fall  von   Knorpelfund
unter  dem  Endometrium.    14p.    8?    Miinch.,
1927.
   Blasek, S.  Knorpeleinschliisse  in der Uterusschleimhaut.
Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1930, 141: 530-47.—Gierke, E. von.  Ueber
Knorpelinseln  in  Uterusaussclialumgen.   Zbl.  allg.  Path.,
1935, 62: 145-9.—Isbruch, F.   Knorpelgewebe  in  der Ge-
barmutterschleimhaut.  Zbl. Gyn.,  1934,  58:  874-7.—Kovacs,
F.  Ueber das Vorkommen von Knorpelgewebe im Abschabsel
der Uterusschleimhaut.  Ibid., 1931, 55: 2108-14.—Roessler,
H.  Ueber das  Vorkommen  von  normalem Knorpelgewebe
im Endometrium.  Ibid., 1044-58.

----   Chemistry.

   Winkler, H.   *Die Aschenstruktur der Uterus-
schleimhaut  und  ihre mikrochemische  Differen-
zierung   [Frankfurt]    p.281-306;   177-38.   8°.
Berl., 1937.
   Also Mschr. Geburtsh.'Gyn., 1936-37, 104-5:
   Binder, H., & Neurath, O.  Ueber den  Glykogengehalt der
normalen, der hyperplastischen und der adenomyotisch dysto-
pen Gebarmutterschleimhaut.  Mschr.  Geburtsh.  Gyn.,  1929,
81: 170-5.—Higuchi, K., & Yamashita, T.  Ueber den Glyko-
gengehalt in  der Uterusschleimhaut.   Tr.  Soc.  path, jap.,
1933,  23: 887; 1934, 24:  470.—Iakovlev,  I. I.  [Glycogen in
uterine mucous  membrane  in  normal and  disturbed cyclic
phases as well as in ectopic pregnancy]   J. akush., 1926, 37:
No. 6, 744-57.—Okey, R., Bloor, W. R., & Corner, G. W. The
variations in  the lipids of  the uterine  mucosa in  the pig.  J.
Biol. Chem., 1930, 86: 307-14.   Also repr.

----   Culture.

   See also  Tissue culture.
   Azumi, Y.   Ueber die Gewebsziichtung in vitro von men-
schlicher Uterusschleimhaut;  iiber die  Gewebsziichtung  in
vitro von normaler Uterusschleimhaut.   Mitt.  Med. Akad.
Kioto, 1937, 20: 500. ------ Ueber den Einfluss verschiedener
menschlicher  Blutseren auf die Gewebsziichtung in vitro der
menschlichen  Uterusschleimhaut.   Ibid., 508.  ------  Ueber
die Einfliisse  der  verschiedenen  Hormonpraparate  auf die
Zuchtung in  vitro  von   menschlicher   Uterusschleimhaut.
Ibid., 512-4.   ------  Ueber  die Einfliisse  des  Vegetativ-
nervengifts auf die Zuchtung in vitro von menschlicher Uterus-
schleimhaut.   Ibid., 514.—Caffier, P.  Ueber Endometrium-
explantation:  bisherige  Ergebnisse, Wachstumsmechanik und
Kritik.  Zbl.  Gyn., 1928,  52: 63-75.—Corinaldesi, F.   Influ-
enza della granulosa e del corpo luteo nell'accrescimento della
mucosa dell'utero coltivata in vitro. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper.,
1934,  9: 719-21.—Guercio, F.   Considerazioni  tecniche  e
ulteriori  rilievi sulle culture di  mucosa uterina di coniglio
adulto.  Ann. ostet. gin., 1935, 57: 1311-9.  ------& Genile, P.
Osservazioni e considerazioni sulle culture in vitro  di tessuti
di coniglia adulta e di embrione di coniglio trattate con ormone
preipofisario gonadotropo con particolare riguardo alia mucosa
uterina ed alia decidua.  Ibid., 1275-310, 11  pl.—Heim,  K.
Zur Frage  der Endometriumkultur.   Zbl.  Gyn.,  1928,  52:
939-42.—Hirsch, E. F., & Jones, H. O.  The behavior of the
epithelium in  explants of human endometrium.  Am. J. Obst.,
1933, 25: 37-41.—Traut, H. F.   Adult human endometrium
in tissue culture. Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1928, 47: 334-7.

----   Diseases.

   See   also  Cervix,   Diseases;  Endometriosis;
Endometritis.
   Deelman, H.  T.    Die Histopathologie  der
Uterusmucosa;   ein Leitfaden  fiir  Gynakologen
und  Pathologen  bei  der  histologischen Diag-
nostik.   247p.   8?   Lpz.,  1933.
   Melzer,  H.    *Ueber  die  Struktur  der  Ge-
barmutterschleimhaut und ihre  Beziehungen zu
klinischen  Krankheitsbildern.   21p.   8?  Bresl.,
1934.
   Neugarten,  K.   *Beitrag  zur Untersuchung
pathologischer  Uterusschleimhautbilder,  speziell
solcher  mit Zunahme des Schleimhautbindege-
webes  [Genf]  30p.    8?   Emsdetten, 1934.
   Ahlstrom,  E. A case of cancer-like changes in the endo-
metrium.  Acta gyn. scand., 1923, 2: 178-80.—Derichsweiler,
H.  Ueber das Oedem des Endometriums.  Arch. Gyn., Berl.,
1933-34, 155: 408714.—Fluhmann, C. F. Squamous epithelium
in the  endometrium  in  benign and  malignant conditions.
Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1928, 46: 309-16.—Gile, J. F.  Pathological
changes  of the endometrium.   Tr. N. Hampshire M.  Soc,
1930,  127-39.   Also N. England  J. M., 1930,  203: 928-32.—
Gitelson, U. E.  [State of  the mucosa of the uterus in fibro-
myomas]  Akush. gin., 1939, 20-30.—Gutman, M.  Uterus-
myom  und  prakanzeroses  Stadium der Uterusschleimhaut.
Mschr.  Geburtsh.  Gyn.,  1931,  89:  309-14.—Hartmann,  H.
Ueber Endometriumverfettungen ausserhalb der Geschlechts-
reife.  Zbl. Gyn., 1926, 50: 1500-2.—Koerner, J.  ZurSampson-
frage.  Ibid., 1927, 51: 1702-7.—Kreis,  J.   Les lesions conjunc-
tives de l'endometre  dans les cas de metrorragie d'origine
heredosyphilitique.    Strasbourg   med.,  1930, 90:  349-51.
------& Rigaut, J.  Les lesions conjonctives en particulier du
grillage  collagene de l'endometre dans  les cas  de menorragies
et de metrorragies fonctionnelles; recherches anatomiques et
cliniques de l'etiologie heredo-syphilitique.  Gyn. obst., Par.,
1930,  21: 324-65.—Lahm,  W.   Zur  Pathologie  der basalen
Schicht  der  Uterusschleimhaut.   Mschr.  Geburtsh.  Gyn.,
1929,  82: 157-68—Laszlo, F.   Beitrage zur pathologischen
Histologie des Endometriums  des Rindes.   Deut. tierarztl.
Wschr.,  1935, 43:  371-3.—Mason, L. W.,  Black, W.  C, &
Gustavson, R. G. A correlation of endometrial histology with
clinical symptoms.   Am. J.  Obst., 1938, 35: 189-200.—Meyer,
R.   Mangelhafte funktionelle  Ruckbildung mit verzogerter
menstrueller  Abstossung, zweitens funktionelle Hypertrophie
und drittens pathologische Hyperplasie des Endometrium sind
drei grundverschiedene Dinge.  Zbl. Gyn., 1929, 53: 1362-77.—
Mohs, F. E., & Guyer, M. F. Response of the rat endometrium
to cancer grafts. Anat. Rec, 1937, 69: 197-212.—Sakuma, H.
Experimental study on excretory function of uterine mucosa;
pathological and histological change in uterine mucosa due to
various kinds of poisoning.  Jap. J.  Obst. Gyn.,  1927,  10:
No. 4,  50-5, pl.—Sammartino,  R. Patologia de la capa basal
del endometrio. Rev. med. lat.  amer., B. Air., 1932-33,  18:
1303-20.—Schisano, A. Le modificazioni istologiche deU'endo-
metrio nei miofibromi dell'utero.  Gazz.  internaz. med. chir.,
1935, 45: 566-72— Traut, H. F., & Kuder, A.  Irregular shed-
ding and irregular  ripening of the endometrium.  Surg. Gyn.
Obst.,  1935, 61: 145-54.—Turco, A.  Studio comparativo  tra 
ENDOMETRIUM
329
ENDOMETRIUM
  l'endometrio e l'ovaio negli uteri fibromiomatosi con speciale
  riguardo all'emorragia uterina.  Minerva med., Tor., 1931 22-
  pt 2, 109-12.—Wolfring, O.  Fibrose Degeneration des Endo-
  metrium mit  hochgradiger Kalkablagerung  im Cavum  uteri
  Zbl. Gyn.,  1928, 53: 2357.

  ----   Endocrine aspect.

     Biedeniakov, A.  Quelques mots sur la metrocrine, sur  la
  myole et sur  une preparation nouvelle tiree de l'endometre.
  Rev. fr. endocr., 1934,  12:  229-33.—Engle, E. T., & Smith.
  P. E.   The endometrium of  the monkey and  estrone-proges-
  terone  balance.  Am.  J. Anat., 1938, 63: 349-65, 4  pl.—
  Hisaw, F. L.,  & Leonard, S. L.  Relation of the follicular and
  corpus  luteum hormones in the production of progestational
  proliferation of the rabbit's uterus.  Am. J. Physiol., 1930, 92:
  574-82.—Lendrum, F.  C,  & Hisaw, F. L.  Cytology  of the
  monkey endometrium under influence of follicular and corpus
  luteum hormones.  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol.,  N. Y.,  1936 34-
  394-6.—McClellan, G. S., Phelps, D.,  & Burch, J. C.  Endo-
  metrial studies.  Endocrinology, 1935, 19: 321-8.—Miglia-
  vacea,  A.   Inkretogene heterotype  Epithelwuchorungen  im
  Uterus.  Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1936, 162: 595-644.—Westman, A.
  Ueber die  Zirkulationsverhaltnisse in  der  Utrrusschleimhaut
  nach Corpus luteum-Exstirpation. Zbl. Gyn., 1931,55: 1890-6.

  ----  Examination.

    See also  Uterus,  Curettage;  Uterus,  Endos-
  copy;  Uterus,  Radiography.
    Beitzke,  H.  Ueber Reste von Placentagefpssen in ausge-
  schabter Uterusschleimhaut.  Zbl.  Gyn., 1932, 56: 14-8.—
  Boon von Ochssee, M. C.   [Hysteromucography in tumors]
  Geneesk. tschr. Ned. Indie, 1935,  75: 1379,  pl.—Cotte,  G.
  Instrumentation  pour  preldvements  de fragments  de mu-
  queuses uterine et vaginale en vue de leur  exploration  cvto-
  hormonale.  Gyn.  obst.,  Par., 1938, 37: 210-2.—Engle,  E. T.
  Method  for  obtaining  currettings  from  uterine mucosa of
  macacus monkeys.  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol.,  N. Y.,  1932, 29:
  447-9.—Gilbert, R., Meylan, R. [et al.]  Essai d'application des
  colloides opaques a la representation du relief muqueux ut6rin.
  Bull. Soc. radiol. med. France, 1934, 22: 451-4.  Also J. radiol.
  electr., 1935, 19: 257-63.—Guardo, J., & Bazterrica, E.  Estu-
  dio radiografico de la  mucosa uterina.  Bol.  Soc. obst. gin.
  B. Aires, 1933, 12: 152-68.—Hamant & Thomas. Une methode
  nouvelle d'exploration uterine, l'hystero-mucographie ou itudf
  radiologique de la muqueuse uterine par le procede des couches
  minces. Rev. med. est,  1934, 62: 817-37.  ------  L'hystero-
  mucographie.  Rev. fr. gyn. obst., 1935, 30:  771-85.—Hinsel-
  mann, H.   Die klinische Differenzierung  der  Matrixbezirke.
  Zbl. Gyn., 1933, 57: 1682-7.—Hoffmann. P. E.  Biopsy speci-
  mens of the endometrium.  Am. J. Obst.,  1934, 27: 616-8.—
  Israel, S. L., & Mazer, C.  The safety and advantages of  office
  curettage; an  evaluation of the endometrial findings in 305
  patients.  Ibid., 1938,  36:  445-53.—Kakuschkin, N.  Ueber
  die Ausschabung der Uterusschleimhaut auf  dem Wege durch
  die Bauchhohle.  Zbl. Gyn., 1927, 51: 179.—Klingler, H. H., &
  Burch, J. C.  Suction in obtaining endometrial biopsies.  J.
  Am. M. Ass., 1932, 99:  559.—Kotz, J., & Parker, E.  The
  clinical interpretation of the endometrial biopsy; report of 300
  cases.  Endocrinology, 1939, 24: 447-61.—Ledoux-Lebard, R.,
  Garcia-Calderon, J., &  Dalsace,  J.  Etude radiologique  de la
  muqueuse uterine.  Bull. Soc.  obst.  gyn.  Paris,  1933, 22:
  612-7.—Lorenz, B.  Usage  de l'eiectro-aspirateur en  gvne-
 cologie.   Ibid., 1934,  23: 679.—Meigs, J.  V.  Endometrial
 biopsy and the uterine index.  Am. J. Obst., 1939, 38: 161-4.—
 Menees, T.  O., &  Miller, J.  D.  Demonstration of the relief
 of the endometrium with thorium hydroxide sols.  J. Michigan
 M. Soc, 1934, 33:  598-601.  Also Rev. radiol.  fisioter., Chic,
 1935, 2: No. 3, 29-33.—Mikulicz-Radecki, F.  von.  Weitere
 Erfahrungen  mit  der   Hysterioskopie,  insbesondere   beim
 Studium des Endometriums.  Zbl. Gyn., 1929, 53: 258-64.—
 Raisz, D., & Gajzago, E.   Modifiziertes  hysterographisches
 Verfahren  zur  Feststellung  der Veranderungen  der Gebar-
 mutterschleimhaut;  Hysteromucographie.   Ibid.,   1933, 57:
 1139-43.—Randall, L. M.  Endometrial biopsy. Proc. Mayo
 Clin.,  1935,  10: 143.   ------   Endometrial biopsy of 156
 subjects.  Ibid.,  1936, 11: 58.—Rock, J., & Bartlett, M. K.
 Biopsy studies  of human endometrium.  J. Am.  M. Ass., 1937,
 108: 2022-8.—Ross, R. A. The study of the endometrium as
 an indicator.  South. M. J., 1939, 32: 52-6.—Runge, H.  Die
 Gefahren der Abrasio mucosae uteri.  Deut.  med. Wschr.,
 1928, 54: 651-3.—Tamis, A.  B.  A modified instrument for
 biopsy of the endometrium.  Am. J. Obst., 1936, 32: 505-7.—
 Uzeta, H.  Fotografia endouterina.  Rev.  cir.  Hosp. Juarez,
 Mex., 1935, 6: 309-13.—Varangot, J.  La biopsie fonctionnelle
 de  l'endometre; technique et  applications  pratiques.   Bull.
 m6d., Par., 1938, 52: 343-6.—Wittner, A. J.  The endometrium
 as an index in diagnosis.  Med. Woman J.,  1938, 45: 322-4.

----   Functional changes, and  regeneration.

   See also Estrus cycle; Menstruation; Pregnancy;
 Uterus, pregnant.
   Gohlisch, I.   *Mensueller Zyklus und Lipoid-
gehalt der  Uterusschleimhaut  [Breslau]   8p.  8?
Berl., 1933.
   Also Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1933, 94: 223-7.
    Allen, W. M.  Cyclical alterations  of the endometrium of
 the rat  during the normal cycle, pseudopregnancy, and preg-
 nancy; production of  deciduomata during pregnancy.   Anat.
 Rec, 1931, 48: 65-103.—Baniecki, H.  Die Frage der Funktion
 im Schleimhautbild des Uterus.   Virchows Arch., 1937, 299:
 376-425.—Bartelmez,  G.  W.   Histological  studies  on  the
 menstruating mucous membrane of the human uterus.   Contr.
 Embryol.  Carnegie  Inst., 1933, 24:  Nos.  139-43, 143-88,  16
 pl.—Beker, J. C.  [The mucous membrane of the uterus in
 various  phases]   Ned.  tschr.  geneesk.,  1935,   79:  4338.—
 Broders, A. C, & McDonald,  J. R.  Histologic study of the
 endometrium during pregnancy.  Am.  J. Clin. Path., 1938, 8:
 547-62. —Brouha, A.  Dissociation entre  les  2  modifications
 pre-gravidiques de la muqueuse uterine  chez la  Lapine.   C.
 rend. Soc. biol., 1933,  112: 1254-6.—Carloni, E.   Osservazioni
 intorno alle modificazioni gravidiche della mucosa cervicale, con
 particolare riguardo alia genesi della decidua. Rass. ostet. gin.,
 1930, 39: 323; 403; 13 pl.—Choisser, R. M., & Notes. B.  Signif-
 icance of trauma and infection in the syncytial reaction of preg-
 nancy.  J. Am.   M.  Ass.,  1937,  109: 1628.—Cleveland,  R.
 Cyclic changes in chromatin of the nuclei of the endometrium.
 Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1939, 69: 18-38.—Costa. A. C. da.  Sur les
 gaines  perivasculaires de  la  muqueuse  uterine  du herisson
 pendant la gestation.  Arch. anat. micr., Par.,  1929, 25: Spec.
 No., 157-65, pl   Also C. rend. Soc biol., 1929, 100: 515.—De
 Wald, G. L.  Histological changes in the endometrium inciden-
 tal to the menstrual cycle.  Univ. Pennsylvania M. Bull., 1908,
 21: 91-3.—Falkiner, N.  Note  on the menstruating mucosa of
 the human uterus. Irish J. M.  Sc, 1932, ser. 6, 159-62, 2 pl.—
 Glod-Verchuk, V. I.  [Histological  changes  in  the mucous
 membrane of the  womb in different phases of its physiological
 functions] Belaruss. med.  dumka, 1926, 2: 77-85.—Hamilton,
 W. J.   The restoration and regeneration of the epithelium and
 endometrium of the uterus of Cavia  post partum in non-preg-
 nant animals.  Tr. R. Soc. Edinburgh, 1932, 57: 593-600, pl.—
 Herrell, W. £.  Histologic studies of the endometrium during
 various  phases of the menstrual cycle:  preliminary report.
 Proc Mayo Clin., 1935, 10:  168-75.------Studies on the
 endometrium in association with the normal menstrual cycle
 with ovarian dysfunctions and with  cancer  of the  uterus.
 Collect.  Papers Mayo Clin.,  1938, 30: 348-57.  Also Am. J.
 Obst., 1939, 37: 559-72.------& Broders, A. C.  Histological
 studies of endometrium during various phases of menstrual cycle.
 Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1935, 61: 751-64.—Inouye,  S.  Ueber den
 Einfluss der Ovarialfunktion auf die Regeneration des  Endo-
 metriums. Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1930, 20: 269-73.—Kasper, J.
 A.  Morphological changes in  the endometrium; their signif-
 icance in health and disease.  Rep. Wayne Co. M. Soc, 1932-
 33, 3:  104-6.—Klein, M.  Sur le remaniement  de la muqueuse
 uterine chez la  lapine a la fin de la grossesse; comparaison avec
 ['involution de la meme muqueuse a la fin de la pseudo-grossesse.
 C. rend.  Soc. biol.,  1932,  109: 934-6.—Meyer,  R. Pramen-
 struelles, pragravides,  progravides  oder funktionelles Stadium
 des  Endometrium? eine Frage  der Bezeichnung.   Zbl. Gyn.,
 1928, 52: 288-90.—Naito, K., & Tanaka, H.  Genitalzyklus und
 Fettgehalt in  den Epithelzellen der  Uterusschleimhaut  bei
 Maus.   Nippon fujinkagakkai zasshi, 1935, 30: 16.—O'Leary,
 J. L. A quantitative study of the relation of nucleus to cyto-
 plasm in the  human endometrium during the menstrual cvcle.
 Anat. Rec, 1931,  50: 33-44.—Robson, J. M.  The physiology
 of the endometrium and uterine muscle,  and  of  the ovarian
 cycle.  Brit. M. J., 1937, 1: 566-8.—Simpson, J.  W., Ellison,
 E. T. [et al.]  The evaluation of the hypophyseal factor in the
 interpretation of endometrial changes.  Am. J. Obst., 1936, 32:
 129-34, pl.—Wesselink [Mucous membrane of the uterus in
 various  phases]   Ned. tschr.  verlosk.,  1935,  38: 231-6.—
 Williams,  J.  W.   Regeneration of the uterine mucosa after
 delivery, with especial reference to the placental site. Tr. Am.
 Gyn. Soc, 1931, 56: 53-89.  Also Am. J. Obst., 1931, 22: 664-
 96.—Young, J.  The structure and functions  of  the uterine
 mucosa;  the nature of  the chorionic action and the function of
 the  decidua  (with lantern demonstration)   Tr.  Edinburgh
 Obst. Soc, 1911, 36: 61-79, 9 pl.

 ----    Glands.
   Beams. H. W., & King, R. L.  The effects of ultracentrifuging
 upon the Golgi apparatus in the uterine gland cells.  Anat. Rec,
 1934, 59: 363-73.— Gatenby, J. B., & Aykroyd, O.  E. Cytology
 of the  human uterine  gland cell.  Nature, Lond., 1939,  144:
 331.—Hintze, O.   Plattenepithelknotchen  in hyperplastischen
 Drusen  der Korpusschleimhaut.  Zbl.  Gyn., 1928, 52: 2209-
 20.—Lipschutz, A.  Croissance  atypique des glandes du  corps
 uterin.   Gyn.  obst.,  Par.,  1937,  36: 481-98.—Mugnai, U.
 L'apparato reticolare interno del Golgi nelle ghiandole endo-
 metriali normali e patologiche.   Monit. ostet.  gin., 1938,  10:
 450-64.—-O'Leary, J. L.  Form changes in the human uterine
 gland during the menstrual cycle and i n early pregnancy.  Am.
 J. Anat., 1929, 43: 289-346.—Papanicolaou, G. N. Epithelial
 regeneration in  the uterine glands  and on the surface of the
 uterus.  Am. J.  Obst., 1933, 25: 30-7.

----   Hetero- and metaplasia.

   See also Endometriosis.
   Feurer,  M.   *Ueber die Bildung  heterotoper
Epithelien  im  Gebarmutterkorper; ein  kritischer
Beitrag   zum    Metaplasieproblem.     20p.     S"
Tub., 1934. 
ENDOMETRIUM
330
ENDOMETRIUM
    Aschheim, S.  Dimcultes dans le diagnostic histologique des
 transformations benignes et malignes de la muqueuse du corps
 de l'uterus.  Rev. fr. gyn.  obst., 1938,  33: 471-9.—Engelhard,
 J. L. B.  [So-called metaplasia of the mucous membrane of the
 uterus]   Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1935, 79:  5384-6.   Also Ned.
 tschr. verlosk., 1935, 38: 163-78, 26 pl.—Garufi, G.  Ricerche
 e considerazioni sull'eteroplasia  dell'epitelio  uterino.   Arch.
 ostet. gin., 1938,  ser. 2, 2: 324-48.—Momigliano, E.   Meta-
 plasia  ed atipia  sperimentale  dell'epitelio  uterino.   Ricer.
 morf., 1928, 8: 1-229.

 ----   Hyperplasia.

    Sturmlinger,    F.    *Ueber    Granulosazell-
 tumoren und Schleimhauthyperplasie des Uterus
 [Miinchen]   20p.   8?   Augsb.  [1934]
    Uzupis,   J.   M.    *Ueber  Schleimhautwuche-
 rungen des Tragsacks der Katze und der Hiindin.
 24p.   8?   Miinch., 1928.
    Adler,  K.   Die klinischen Erscheinungen  bei glandularer
 Hyperplasie des Endometriums. Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1932,
 90: 340-8.—Babes, A.  Ueber die ovarielle Uterusscbleimhaut-
 hyperplasie.   Zbl.  Gyn.,  1926, 50: 2639-42.—Beckman, M.
 Beitrag zur   Frage  der Hyperplasie  und Hypertrophic  der
 Uterusschleimhaut.   Arch. Gyn., Berl.,  1928-29,  135: 519-
 35.—Blair, E. M.  Endometrial hyperplasia—a clinical entity.
 Canad.  M. Ass., J.,  1936. 35: 603-9.—Breipohl, W.  Das Vor-
 kommen von  Glykogen bei der  glandular-cystischen Hyper-
 plasie der Uterusschleimhaut und seine Bedeutung.  Zbl. Gyn.,
 1936, 60: 1481-5.—Burch, J. C, Phelps,  D., & Wolfe,  J. M.
 Endometrial hyperplasia.  Arch.  Path., Chic,  1934, 17: 799-
 826.—Burch,  J. C, Williams, W. L. [et al.] The hypophyseal-
 ovarian relationship; quantitative studies with especial refer-
 ence to hyperplasia of the endometrium. J. Am. M. Ass., 1931,
 97: 1859-61.—Burch. J. C, Williams,  W. L., & Cunningham,
 R. S.  The etiology  of endometrial hyperplasia.  Surg. Gyn.
 Obst., 1931, 53: 338-45— Burch, J. C, Wolfe, J. M., & Cunning-
 ham, R. S. Experiments on endomentrial hyperplasia.  Endo-
 crinology, 1932, 16: 541.—Burch,  L.  E.   The diagnosis  of
 endometrial hyperplasia.   Surg. Gyn.  Obst.,  1936  2:  373-6.
 ------& Burch, J. C.  Endometrial hyperplasia; a review of
 experimental  work.  Am. J. Obst., 1933, 25:  826-33.—Cornil,
 L., & Mosinjer, M.   Essai sur la delimitation anatomique du
 cadre des metroses hyperplasiques.   Marseille med., 1933, 70:
 No. 19, 7-20.—Criscitiello, M., jr.   Hyperplasia of  the  endo-
 metrium; with report of cases.  N. England J. M., 1928, 199:
 1034-41.—Dahl-lversen, E., & Hjoerdisjo-Ergensen.  Hyper-
 plasie glandulaire kystique  chez les animaux. Lyon chir., 1936,
 33: 410-32.—Dahl-lversen, E., &  J0rgensen,  H.  [Gonado-
 tropic hormone in treatment of hyperplasia irregularis glandu-
 laris  endometrii]   Hospitalstidende,  1937,  80:  197-207.—
 Damm,  P. N. [Treatment of irregular glandular hyperplasia
 with blood of  pregnant women] Ugeskr. laeger,  1935, 97: 387-
 91.—DeVita,  J.  Hyperplastic endometritis or  so-called pyo-
 metra of the bitch; preliminary report.  J. Am. Vet. M. Ass.,
 1939,  95: 50-8.—Farthing, F. R.  Endometrial hyperplasia.
 J. Missouri M. Ass., 1934, 31: 144-8.—Fels, E.  Investigaciones
 experimentales sobre la hiperplasia qufstico glandular.  Prensa
 med. argent.,  1939, 26:  146-51.—Ferguson, R. T.  Dangerous
 hemorrhage from hyperplastic endometritis, with  report of a
 case.  South.  M. & S., 1924, 86: 227-30.—Fluhmann,  C. F.
 Hyperplasia of the  endometrium and the hormones of the
 anterior hypophysis and the ovaries. Surg. Gyn. Obst.,  1931,
 52: 1051-68.—Franck, S.  [Irregular glandular hyperplasia of
 endometrium]  Hospitalstidende,  1931, 74: 573-84.—Goecke,
 H.  Die klinischen Erscheinungen bei Hyperplasia glandularis
 cystica.   Zbl.  Gyn., 1935, 59: 788-94.—Hamblen, E. C.  The
 endometrium in endometrial hyperplasia after therapy.  Endo-
 crinology,  1936, 20: 769-80.  ------ & Thomas, W. L., jr.
 Hyperplasia of endometrium: a study of endometrium after
 treatment.  South. M.  J.,  1936,  29: 269-82.—Heitgress, H.
 Ueber Hyperplasie des Endometriums im Gefolge von Geburten
 und Aborten.  Zbl. Gyn., 1938, 62: 1777-83.—Hetzel. H.  Die
 Hyperplasia glandularis  cystica endometrii bei den Fleisch-
 fressern.  Wien. tierarztl. Mschr., 1935, 22: 609-22.—Hintze,
 O.  Klinische Nachuntersuchung an 24 Fallen schwerer Hyper-
 plasie der Korpusschleimhaut.  Zbl. Gyn.,  1929, 53:  2396-
 405.—Hirsch-Hoffmann,  H.   U.   Konstitution,  vegetatives
 Nervensystem  und Behandlung bei Hyperplasia endometrii
 Jugendlicher.   Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1932, 103: 445-60.—
 Hofbauer, J.   Hyperplasia endometrii  pituitaria.  Zbl.  Gyn.,
 1930, 54: 2569-73. ------  Concerning the etiology of hyper-
 plasia of the endometrium.   Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1931, 52: 222-
 7.—Holliday, P. L.  Endometrial hyperplasia: report of cases.
 J. M. Ass. Georgia,  1933,  22: 125.—Honermeier, A.  Endo-
 metropathia hyperplastica  und Umwelt.   Arch. Gyn.,  Berl.,
 1938,  167: 189-98.—Ingleby, H. Hyperplasia of endometrium.
 Bull.  Internat. Ass. M. Mus., Montreal, 1934, No. 13, 125-
 31.—Junghans, E.  Ueber die Reaktion des Uterus auf Hypo-
 physenhinterlappenextrakte  bei der  Hyperplasia  glandularis
 cystica.  Zbl.  Gyn.,  1935,  59:  1760-3.—King,  J. E.  Endo-
metrial hyperplasia and its relation to endocrine dysfunction.
 Tr.  Am. Gyn. Soc, 1933, 58: 177-86.  Also Am. J. Obst.,  1933,
26:  582-7.—Koster, K. H.  [Hyperplasia irregularis glandularis
endometrii treated with excochleatio  uteri]  Hospitalstidende,
1937,  80: 1164-72.—Limburg, H.  Ueber  cystisch-glandulare
Hyperplasie des Endometriums der Jugendlichen.  Zbl.  Gyn.,
1938,  62: 1534-47.—Mack, H.  Die  histologische Bewertung
 von Hyperplasie der Korpusschleimhaut, nachgepriift an 200
 Fallen.  Ibid., 1929, 53: 2068-74.—McNamara, F. P.   Endo-
 metrial  hyperplasia.   J.  Iowa  M. Soc, 1938, 28: 623-5.—
 Marino, A.   Considerazioni  cliniche  e anatomo-patologiche
 sopra talune forme d'iperplasia ghiandolare  dell'endometrio.
 Ann.  ostet.  gin.,  1926, 48:  544-91,  2 pl.—Mazzola, V. P.
 Endometrial hyperplasia, puberty, adenocarcinoma, 15 years'
 follow-up.  Am. J. Obst., 1938, 36: 698-701.—Morilla Una, L.
 Hiperplasia de la mucosa uterina.  Progr. clin., Madr., 1930,
 38: 608-16.—Moulonguet, M.,  P., &  Gasne,  L.  Diagnostic
 anatomo-pathologique entre les hyperplasies et les neoplasies
 de la muqueuse uterine.  Ann. anat. path., Par., 1934, 11: 736-
 40.—Novak, E., & Yui, E.  Relation of endometrial hyperplasia
 to adenocarcinoma of the uterus.  Tr. Am. Gyn. Soc, 1937, 61:
 210-34.  Also Am. J. Obst., 1936, 32: 674-98.—Osathanondh,
 J.   Vergleichende  Untersuchungen  iiber das  Verhalten  der
 Stromazellen und Bindegewebsfibrillen  bei   normaler und
 pathologisch  gesteigerter  Proliferation  des   Endometriums
 uteri, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der glandular cystischen
 Hyperplasie.   Zbl. Gyn.,  1938, 62: 402-8.—Parkes,  A.  S.
 Experimental endometrial  hyperplasia.   Lancet, Lond., 1935,
 1:  485.—Payne, F. L.  The clinical significance of endometrial
 hyperplasia.  Tr. Am. Gyn. Soc, 1938, 62: 57-74.  Also Am. J.
 Obst., 1937,  34: 762-79.—Pazourek,   [Hyperplasia  of  the
 mucous membrane of the uterus]  Bratisl. lek.  listy,  1935, 15:
 408-13.—Ramirez, E.  La hipertrofia  del endometrio y sus
 relaciones ovaricas. Rev. mex. biol., 1929, 9: 102-7.—Reinhart,
 H. L.  Diffuse decidual hyperplasia of the endometrium in the
 absence  of pregnancy.  Am.  J.  Path.,  1935, 5:  365-70.—
 Rocmans,  M.  Considerations  cliniques et therapeutiques  a
 propos de  quelques cas d'hypertrophie  glandulaire de l'endo-
 metre.  Gyn. obst., Par., 1938, 37: 402-24.—Salerno, E. V., &
 Marelli,  A.  Hiperplasia glandular  quistica del endometrio,
 con degeneracion adenocarcinomatosa.  Rev.  med. quir. pat.
 fem., B.  Air., 1939, 13: 210-28.—Shields, C. L. Hypertrophic
 endometritis. Rocky Mountain M. J.,  1938, 35: 477.— Szarka,
 S.  [Role of folliculin in glandular hyperplasia of endometrium]
 Orv.  hetil., 1933, 77:  899-902.—Tietze, K.   Regressive und
 progressive Prozesse in funktionell abnorm proliferierten Endo-
 metrien. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1930, 142: 680-701. ------ Die
 Follikelpersistenz  mit  glandularer  Hyperplasie  des  Endo-
 metriums in  klinischer und anatomischer Beziehung.   Ibid.,
 1933-34, 155:  525-64.  ------  Die  Follikelpersistenz mit
 glandularer Hyperplasie des  Endometriums in vergleichend
 pathologischer, experimenteller  und  genetischer  Beziehung.
 Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1934, 108: 79-120.—Umeda, S.  Atypi-
 sche und kollaterale Hyperplasie der Epithelien des mensch-
 lichen Uterus.  Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1925, 15: 209-11.—Wilson.
 K.  M., & Elden, C. A.   Some points in the treatment of endo-
 metrial hyperplasia by  progesterone therapy.   Am.  J. Obst.,
 1936, 32: 194-200.—Witherspoon, J. T.  The interrelationship
 between ovarian follicle cysts, hyperplasia of the endometrium,
 and fibromyomata.  Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1933, 56: 1026-35.

 ----  Lymphatics and lymphoid formations.
   Cotte, G.,  Martin, J. F.  Sur l'existence d'amas lymphoides
 dans la muqueuse uterine.  Gyn. obst., Par., 1929, 19: 360-70.—
 Ferrari,  F.,  Montpellier, J.,  & Chiapponi,  L.   Metaplasie
 lymphoide  de la muqueuse uterine. Ibid., 1933, 28: 59-62.—
 Fraenkel, L.  Multiple Lymphocytome der Uterusschleimhaut.
 Zbl. Gyn.,  1927, 51: 1313.—Franque, von.  Zur Kenntnis der
 Lymphgefasse der Uterusschleimhaut und des Tubencarcinoms.
 Verh. Deut. Ges. Gyn., 1906, 438-47.—Llambias, J.,  & Iraeta,
 D.  Formaciones linfoides de la  mucosa uterina; raro proceso
 de  la mucosa del utero.  Prensa med.  argent., 1930-31, 17:
 916.—Melandri, V.  I  follicoli linfatici  della mucosa uterina.
 Riv. ital. gin., 1935-36, 18: suppl., 480-522.—Neumann, H. O.
 Zur Frage  des lymphatischen Apparates in der Gebarmutter-
 schleimhaut.   Arch. Gyn.,  Berl., 1930,  141: 425-49.------
 Ungewohnliche Vermehrung  der  Lymphfollikel  im  Endo-
 metrium.   Zbl. Gyn.,  1931, 55: 156-62.—Taddei, A.  Sulle
 formazioni  linfoidi della  mucosa  dell'utero.   Arch,  ostet.
gin.,  1933,  2. ser., 20:  274-86.  ------   Sulla formazioni
linfoidi della  mucosa uterina e tubarica.  Minerva med., Tor.,
 1934, 25: pt 2, 93-100.

----   Pharmacology  and therapeutics.
   Eleftheriou, D. S. Passage eiectif de substances hormonales
 a travers l'epitheiium uterin.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 123:
231-3.—Reifferscheid,  W.  L'importanza dell'aspetto  fun-
 zionale della  mucosa uterina per la  terapia ormonale.  Clin.
 ostet.,  1939,  41: 144-8.—Steiger, A.  Ueber die  Behandlung
der Gebarmutterschleimhaut.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1923, 49:
 1057.—Terasaka, M.  Beitrage zur Pharmakologie des isolier-
ten Uterus; iiber Arzneiresorption der Schleimhaut des isolierten
 iiberlebenden Kaninchenuterus.  J. Chosen M.  Ass.,  1929, 19:
352.—Zimmern, A.  L'introduction par l'eiectricite des sub-
stances  medicamenteuses dans la muqueuse  uterine.   Livre
d'or (Pozzi) Par., 1906, 393-404.

----   Physiology.
   Adler, K.  Der Gewebsstoffwechsel  der Uterusschleimhaut
in   den  verschiedenen  Stadien  ihrer  biologischen  Funktion.
 Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1930, 141: 306-18.—Caffier, P.  Studien zur
 Morphologie  und Physiologie der Uterusschleimhaut (zugleich
ein  Beitrag  zur Sampson-Frage)  Zbl. Gyn., 1931, 55: 878-96.—
Klein, M.  La  muqueuse uterine de la lapine; contribution a
l'histophysiologie des muqueuses.   Bull, histol. appl.,  Lyon, 
ENDOMETRIUM                            331                            ENDOMETRIUM
 1933, 10: 327-54.—Lehwirth, S.  Zur Frage der Schleimsekre-
 tion  der  Korpusmucosa.  Zbl.  Gyn., 1938,  62: 409-11.—
 Meyer, J. L.  The  elimination of dyes by the uterine mucosa.
 J. Lab. Clin. M., 1928-29, 14: 936-9.—Raab, E.  Der Stoff-
 wechsel der uberlebenden Uterusschleimhaut.   Arch. Gyn.,
 Berl., 1929, 138: 726-38— Robson, J. M.  The physiology of
 the endometrium and uterine muscle, and of the ovarian cycle.
 Brit. M. J., 1937, 1: 512.—Sakuma, H.  Experimental study
 on excretory function of uterine mucosa; biological observation.
 Jap. J. Obst., 1928, 11: 112-6.

 ----  Polypus.

   Bruns,  I.    *Ein  Fall von  sarkomatoser Ent-
 artung  eines   Schleimhautpolypen   im  Corpus
 uteri  [Berlin]   19p.   8?   Charlottenb.,  1937.
   Coulombeix, J. V.  H.   *Diagnostic et traite-
 ment  des  polypes   intracavitaires  de  l'uterus.
 66p.   8?   Par., 1937.
   Fogel,  A.    *Polyposis   sarkomatosa   uteri
 [Basel]   18p.   8?   Libau,  1936.
   Jacoby,   E.   *Ueber  karzinomatose  Uterus-
 polypen  [Basel]  31p.   8?  Berl., 1934.
   Lemke  [J.  J.]  E.   *Pathologie,  Klinik  und
 Therapie der Schleimhautpolypen des  Cervikal-
 kanals und  des  Corpus uteri.   34p.    8?   Kiel,
 1929.
   Schum, R.   *Myomatoser Polyp und  Prolaps
 [Miinchen]   29p.  8?  Wiirzb., 1934.
   Vaissie, R.   *De l'importance qu'il convient
 d'attacher  aux polypes  muqueux  de  l'uterus;
 comme signes revelateurs ou avant-coureurs d'un
 cancer uterin   [Paris]   63p.   8?   Gournay-en-
 Bray,  1928.
   Babes, A.  Cellules pigmentaires rameuses dans un polype
 de la muqueuse uterine.  Ann. anat. path., Par.,  1927, 4:
 373-8.—Berezin,  B.  Ueber die  Moglichkeit,  an  Uterus-
 ausschabsel die Diagnose Korpuspolyp zu stellen,  besonders
 im Hinblick auf die Differentialdiagnose gegen Schleimhauthy-
 perplasie.   Acta path, microb.  scand.,  1936, 13:  125-71.—
 Beuttner,  O.  Zur klinischen Bedeutung der  Schleimhaut-
 polypen des Uterus. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1926, 56: 718-22.—
 Bovier.  Volumineux polype fibreux de l'uterus enleve par voie
 abdominale.  Bull. Soc. chir. Paris, 1935, 27: 467.—Bowes, K.,
 & Bamforth, J.  An adenomatous polyp of unusual type occur-
 ring in the body of the uterus.  J. Obst. Gyn. Brit. Empire,
 1936, 43:  109-12,  2 pl.—Bremond.  Polype du corps uterin
 en voie d'expulsion au 15 jours apres un accouchement.  Bull.
 Soc. gyn.  obst.  Paris,  1938, 27: 305.—Caffier, P.  Schwierige
 Differentialdiagnose  und  merkwiirdige   Verformung  eines
 grossen Uteruspolypen. Zbl. Gyn., 1934, 58: 722-7.—Cotte, G.
 Metrorragies  des jeunes filles;  polype  intra-uterin.  Lyon
 chir., 1933, 30:  92-4.—Dafoe, W. A.  Papilloma of  the endo-
 metrium.  Am.  J. Obst., 1930, 20: 103.—Dannreuther, W. T.
 Uterine polyposis,  malignant transformation  with pulmonary
 metastases.  Am. J. Surg., 1930, n. ser., 8: 824-8.—Desmarets
 & Diamant-Berger.  Presentation d'un cas clinique de polype
 sphaceie repondant anatomiquement a un cancer perforant du
 corps uterin.  Ann. anat. path., Par., 1927, 4: 201.—Digonnet.
 Un cas d'inversion uterine par polype fibreux, traite par colpo-
 hysterectomie posterieure.  Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1937,
 26:  41-3.  Also  Gyn6cologie, 1937, 36: 666.—Dubois,  V.
 Polype  uterin;  excision.  Presse med.  beige,  1868-69,  21:
 261.—Fioraso, A.   Ptialismo ed iperemesi intermittenti  da
 polipo uterino.   Gazz. osp.,  1933,  54: 514-6.—Gigon.  Ac-
 couchements prematures a repetition d'enfants morts du fait
 de la presence dans l'uterus  d'un volumineux polype. Bull.
 Soc. gyn.  obst.  Paris, 1938,  27: 485.—Godoy  Alvarez, M.
 Estrangulaci6n  de  un p61ipo uterino simulando apendicitis.
 Rev. cienc. med., Mex.,  1928, 7: 301-5.—Hamant, Chalnot &
 Vichard. A propos du traitement des gros polypes sphaceies
 de l'uterus.  Bull.  Soc. obst.  gyn. Paris, 1934,  23: 653-5 —
 Hintze,  O.  Die histologische Bewertung von Schleimhaut-
 polypen des Uterus, nachgepruft an 277  Fallen.  Zbl. Gyn.,
 1928, 52:  2439-49.—Keller,  R.,  &  Burger, P.  L'adenome
 corporeal polypeux de la matrone.  Bull.  Soc. obst. gyn.
 Paris, 1937, 26: 362.—Lifvendahl,  R. A. Ascending intra-
 uterine polyp.  Am. J. Obst., 1932,23: 594.—Martin, C. Polypes
 uterins enleves par myomectomie.  Arch. med. Angers, 1934,
 38:  104.—Mocquot, P.   Polype intra-cavitaire  de l'uterus
 enleve par  hysterotomie abdominale.  Bull.  Soc. obst. gyn.
 Paris, 1936, 25: 662-6.   Also Gyn6cologie,  1937,  36: 160.
 ------ & Palmer,  R.  Diagnostic et traitement des polypes
 intracavitaires de l'uterus.  Paris med., 1936, 101: 462-7.—
 Molin & Charachon. Enorme polype sphaceie; phiebite double;
 hysterectomie; guerison.  Lyon med., 1928, 142: 12.—Nyulasy,
 F. A. A mucous polypus of  the uterus causing post-partum
 haemorrhage.  Brit. M. J., 1924,  1:  150.—Pasman, F. R.. &
 Lovazzano, G.   Anemia grave por polipo uterino.  Bol. Soc
obst. gin. B. Aires, 1932, 11: 559-65.—Pieper, W.  Zur Genese
der Schleimhautpolyposis des  Corpus uteri. Mschr. Geburtsh.
Gyn., 1936-37, 104: 102-6.—Placeo, F.  Osservazioni su 162
casi di polipi dell'utero.  Cancro, Tor., 1934, 5: 158-61, 2 pl.—
Rowe, J. W.  Uterine polypi.   Lancet Clinic, Cincin.,  1914,
112: 486.—Sztehlo, I.  [Uterine polypi]  Orv. hetil., 1935, 79:
mell., 124.—Vaux, D. M.  Carcinomatous change in a polypus
of the uterine body.  J.  Obst. Gyn. Brit. Empire, 1935, 42:
845-7, 4 pl.

----   Sarcoma.

  Luhr, J.  *Ein Schleimhautsarkom des Uterus
von  besonderer  Form   [Breslau]   16p.   3 pl.
8?   Weisswasser O.  L., 1930.
  Goodall, J. R.  Sarcoma versus stromatous endometriosis of
the  uterus.  J. Internat.  Coll. Surgeons,  1939, 2:  196-205.—
Laskowski, J.  [Case of sarcoma of the mucous membrane  of
the  uterus]  Gin.  polska, 1937, 16: 279-89.—Meeker, L. H., &
Moench, G. L.  Diffuse sarcoma of the endometrium: report
of a case. Arch. Path., Chic, 1935, 20: 662.  ------  Dif-
fuse sarcoma of the  endometrium. Am. J.  Obst., 1935, 30:
435-8.—Offergeld, H.  Ein ungewohnlicher Fall von Schleim-
hautsarkom  der   Gebarmutterhohle.   Zschr.  Krebsforsch.,
1933, 39: 191-205.—Rankin, F. W., & Broders, A. C.  Primary
fibromyxochondrosarcoma  of  endometrial stroma.  Am.  J.
Surg.,  1931, n. ser.,  12:  74.—Tudhope, G.  R.. & Chisholm,
A. E.  On the so-called sarcoma of  the endometrium.  J.  Obst.
Gyn. Brit. Empire, 1934, 41: 708-20, 5 pl.

----   Surgery.
  Cirio, C. R., & Murray, E. G.  Greffes endomyometriales;
etudes experimentales, utilisation en gynecologie. Gyn. obst.,
Par., 1936, 33: 156; 252.—Eberhart. F.  Ueber den Wert der
Excisio mucosae uteri.  Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1932-33, 93:
369-73.—Geist, S. H. The viability of fragments of menstrual
endometrium. Am. J. Obst., 1933, 25: 751.—Hochloff, A. W.
Beitrag zur Klinik der Excisio mucosae cavi uteri.  Zbl. Gyn.,
1932, 56: 232-4.

----   Tumor.
  Brodersen, N.  H.  [Case  of angioma  mucosae  uteri with
persistent uterine hemorrhage]   Norsk mag. laegevid.,  1928,
89:  384-7.—Rodrigues do Lago, G.  Sobre um caso de myoma
intramucoso  de  Frankl.  Rev.  gyn.  obst.,  Rio, 1939, 33:
271-8.—Selye, H., Harlow, C, &  McKeown, T.  The endo-
metrial  mole.  Proc. Soc. Exp.  Biol., N. Y.,  1934-35, 32:
1253-6.—Vojtech, R.  [Hemoangioma  mucosae uteri]  Cas.
lek.  cesk., 1934, 73: 1288.


ENDOMIXIS.

  See also Protozoa, Biology.
  Diller, W. F.  Binary fission and endomixis in the Tricho-
dina from tadpoles (Protozoa, Ciliata)  J. Morph.,  1928-29,
46:  521-52, 4 pl.—Gelber, J.  The effect of shorter than normal
interendomictic  intervals on mortality  after  endomixis  in
Paramecium aurelia.  Biol. Bull.,  1938, 74:  244-6.—Pierson,
B. F.  The relation of mortality after endomixis to the prior
interendomictic interval in Paramecium aurelia.  Ibid., 235-
43.—Sonneborn, T. M.  Induction of endomixis in Paramecium
aurelia.   Ibid., 1937, 72: 196-202.  ------ &  Lynch, R.  S.
Factors   determining conjugation  in  Paramecium aurelia;
a genetic factor: the  origin at endomixis of genetic diversities.
Genetics, 1937, 22: 284-96.

ENDOMYCES.

  See under Endomycetaceae.

ENDOMYCETACEAE.

  See also Endomycetales; also under Bronchitis;
Mouth, Mycosis; Nail, Mycosis, &c.
  Castellani, A.  Smooth and rough forms of Monilia tropicalis
Cast, in the sputum  of the same patient.  J. Trop. M. Hyg.,
Lond., 1938, 41:  277-9.—Guilliermond, A.  Sur la reproduc-
tion sexuelle  de  l'Endomyces magnusii  Ludvig.  C.  rend.
Acad,  sc, 1909,  148: 941-3.—Manuel, J.   Observations sur
la sexualite de 2 espSces du genre Endomycopsis.  C. rend. Soc.
biol., 1930, 122: 1016-9.—Rewbridge, A. G.,  Dodge, C. W., &
Ayers, T. T.  A case of meningitis due to Endomyces capsulatus
(new species)  Am. J. Path., 1929, 5: 349-64, 3 pl.—T'ung, T.,
& Wong, S. C.   Sensitizing capacity of polysaccharide  of
Monilia tropicalis. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1939, 41:155-7.


ENDOMYCETALES.

  See  also  Ascomycetes;  also names  of families
and  genera   as  Coccidioides;   Cryptococcus;
Dipodascaceae;   Endomycetaceae;   Eremasca-
ceae;  Histoplasma; Piedraia; Saccharomyceta-
ceae, &c.
  Aleixo, A.  A  endomycose ou  sapinho e suas  localizacoes
habituaes.  Brasil med., 1936,  50: 353.—Artorn, M.  Con-
tributo alio studio della endomicosi cutanea.  Dermosifilografo,
1929,  4: 225-34— Benham. R.  W.   Monilias, yeasts, and
cryptococci; their pathogenicity, classification, and identifica-
tion.  Am. J. Pub. Health, 1932, 22:  502-4.—Manuel,  J. 
ENDOMYCETALES
332
ENDOSCOPE
 Sur la sexualite des principales espSces des genres Saccharo-
 myces, Hansenula et Pichia.  C.  rend. Acad, sc,  1937, 205:
 1955-7.—Pollacci, G., & Nannizzi, A.  Sui caratteri dei generi
 Monilia  e  Crvptococcus.   Atti  Accad.  fisiocr.  Siena, 1927,
 10. ser., 2: 35143.—Wachowiak, M., & Fleisher, M. S.  Epi-
 dermomycosis of the sole caused by monilia and yeast.  Arch.
 Derm. Syph.,  Chic,  1926,  n. ser.,  13:  815-8.—Wickerham,
 L. J., & Fabian, F. W.  Dissociation of Saccharomyces aceris-
 sacchari  Fabian and  Hall and Pichia alcoholophila Klocker.
 J. Pact.,  Bait., 1935, 29: 11-3. Also J. Infect. Dis., 1936, 58:
 165-71.

 ENDOMYCOPSIS.

   See under Endomycetaceae.

 ENDOMYOCARDITIS.

   See also Endocarditis; Heart,  Disease;  Myo-
 carditis.
   Etienne, G., &  Gerbaut,  P.   Myocardite et endocardite
 rhumatismales evolutives; vaccinotherapie; arret de revolution.
 Rev. med. est, 1927, 55: 617-20.—Farber, S., & Hubbard, J.
 Fetal endomyocarditis: intrauterine infection as  the cause of
 congenital cardiac anomalies.  Am. J. M. Sc, 1933, 186: 705-
 21, 4  pl.—Garcia Tellez, S.  Endomiocarditis  cr6nica reu-
 matica evolutiva.   Medicina,  Mix.,  1929-30, 11: 286-94.—
 Olmer, D.,  & Audier,  M.   Sur  un  cas d'endo-myocardite
 rhumatismale au debut.  Marseille med., 1933, 70: 687-90.—
 Perocco, F. A.  Contributo alia conoscenza della patogenesi dei
 vizi congeniti di cuore;  endomiocardite fetale.  Clin, pediat.,
 Mod.,  1939, 21: 341-74.—Tavares, C. Endocardite e myo-
 cardite rheumatismaes (septicemia rheumatismal)   Med. con-
 temp., Lisb., 1911, 29: 281-7.

 ENDOMYSIUM.

   See Muscle.

 ENDOPHLEBITIS.

   See Phlebitis.

 ENDOPHTHALMITIS.

   See under Eyeball.

 ENDOSCOPE.

   See  also  Endoscopy; also   names  of  special
types as  Bronchoscope; Cystoscope;  Esophago-
scope, &c.
   Adler,  H.   Stereo-Endoskop zur Betrachtung von Korper-
hohlen.   Mschr. Ohrenh.,  1936,  70:  37-9.—Allyn,  W.  N.
Endoscope.  U. S. Patent Off., 1935,  No. 2,023,945.—Arauz,
S. L., &  Del Sel,  J.  Resultados  obtenidos con los distintos
instrumentos para endoscopia oral en el servicio del hospital
Rawson de Buenos Aires.  An. otorinolar. Uruguay, 1935, 5:
31-4.—Arnesen, W. A.  Diagnostic instrument.  U. S. Patent
Off.,  1935, No. 1,990,972.—Butterfield, P. M.  A new female
urethroscope and infant vaginoscope.  J. Urol., Bait., 1935, 33:
310-4.  Also repr.—Howarth, W.  A set of modified Jackson's
tubes  and instruments for peroral  endoscopy.  Proc. R. Soc.
M., Lond., 1924-25,  18:  sect, lar.,  48.— Katzschmann,  E.
Kurzer Abriss der Instrumentenkunde und Technik der Jack-
sonschen Bronchoskopie  und  Oesophagoskopie; eine Anregung
zum Studium des amerikanischen Verfahrens.  Zschr. Laryng.,
1930-31, 20: 579-92.—Langer, E.   Endoskope mit einer Optik
fiir zwei Beobachter.  Derm. Wschr., 1929, 88: 649-51
An endoscope with an ocular for 2 observers.  Urol. Cut. Rev.,
1929, 33: 381.—Lowsley, O. S., & Peterson, A. P.  The Lowsley-
Peterson universal endoscope; a new instrument and its uses.
Am.  J. Surg., 1938, 39:  168-70.—Orlandini, A.  II mio nuovo
tubo per endoscopia e broncoesofagoscopia.  Boll. mal. orec-
chio, 1930, 48: 161-72.—Peck, M.  R.  Fenestrated endoscopic
tube.  U. S. Patent Off., 1937, No.  2,076,741, pl.—Rubin, J. S.
The Rubin endoscope. J. Urol., Bait., 1936, 35: 411.—Shekter,
A. J.  A new endoscope for closing safety-pins.  Arch. Otolar.,
Chic, 1925, 1: 643; 1926, 3: 534.   Also repr.—Waldapfel,  R.
Ein  neues  Elektroskop  fiir  die  direkte Untersuchung der
Luft-  und  Speisewege.  Mschr. Ohrenh., 1934,  68:  75-7.—
Wappler, F. C.  Electrodic  endoscopic  instrument.  U.  S.
Patent Off., 1936, No. 2,038,393;  1937, No. 2,090,923; 1938,
No.  2,129,391.------Endoscopic  tube and  obturator
therefor.   Ibid.,  No.  2,131,924.—Wolf,  G.   Instrument  for
examining  tubes and cavities in the human and other bodies
Ibid., 1935, No. 1,995,196.
Auxiliary devices.
   Marsat,  P.  *L'eclairage en endoscopie.  47p.
8?   Par., 1934.
  Binkley, J. S.   The use of dry cell batteries, rheostat, and
voltmeter for economy in endoscopic examinations.  J. Urol.,
Bait,, 1939, 41: 930-3.—Goodyear, H. M.  New head-rest for
endoscopic examination.  Arch. Otolar., Chic,  1928, 8: 191.—
 Guillemin, A.  Statif pour examens endoscopiques; presentation
 d'appareil.  Rev. med. Nancy, 1939, 67: 535.—Morrow, H. R.
 Lamp for body cavities.  U. S. Patent Off., 1934, No. 1,976,-
 084.—Nielsen, S. F.  [Movable support for the head for endo-
 scopic purposes] Ugeskr. laeger,  1939, 101: 598.—Waldapfel,
 R., & Back, F. G.  Ueber die physikalisch-technischen Grund-
 lagen der Beleuchtungsapparate fiir die Endoskopie der oberen
 Luft- und Speisewege.  Mschr. Ohrenh., 1935, 69: 1439-53.—
 Welt, B.  A new type of head rest for endoscopic examination.
 Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1938, 27: 95.


 ENDOSCOPY.

   See also Endoscope; also under specific  names
 as Bronchoscopy; Cystoscopy, &c.
   Korsch,  R.   Lehrbuch und  Atlas der Laparo-
 und Thorakoskopie.  73p.   8?   Miinch., 1927.
   Liess,  J.   Die Endoskopie  beim  Rinde;  ihre
 klinische Bedeutung und praktische  Ausfiihrung.
 167p.   8?   Hannover,  1936.
   Arbuckle, M. F.  Endoscopy; a review of the recent litera-
 ture with comments.  J. Pediat.,  S. Louis, 1935, 7: 682-9.—
 Cann, R. J.  Endoscopic methods in surgery.   In Post-Grad.
 Surg. (Maingot, R.)  N. Y.,  1937,  3: 4805-40.—Ellis,  M.
 Some recent advances in endoscopy.  Practitioner, Lond., 1935,
 135: 684-91.—Escomel, E. La endoscopia al alcance de  todos
 los praticos.   Siglo  med., 1927, 74: pt 2, 349-51.—Gorasch,
 V. A.  [Importance of studies in cystoscopy, urethroscopy and
 rectoscopy]  Vest, khir., 1928, 13: 298-301.—Leiter,  F.  Zur
 Geschichte der Elektro-Endoskopie  in Wien.  Wien.  med.
 Wschr., 1926, 76: 1143-5.—McGinnis,  E.  Special difficulties
 in endoscopy.   Illinois  M. J.,  1929,  55:  413.—McMahon,
 B. J.  The value of endoscopy to the internist.  J. Missouri
 M. Ass., 1925,  22: 1-6.—Moore, P. M. Endoscopy as an aid
 in diagnosis and treatment.  Cleveland  Clin.  Q., 1936, 3:
 278-80.—Nadeau, O. E., & Kampmeier, O. F.  Endoscopy of
 the abdomen; abdominoscopy; a preliminary study, including
 a summary of the literature and a description of the technique.
 Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1925, 41: 259-71.—Ravina, A.  L'endoscopie
 abdominale.  Presse med., 1925,  33: 1508-10.—Richards, L.
 A year of endoscopy. Boston M & S. J.,  1925, 193: 761-8.—
 Rood, A. D. Endoscopy and its indications.  N. England J.
 M., 1931, 204: 538-42.—Schenck, C. P.  Unusual endoscopic
 experiences.  Texas  J. M., 1925-26, 21:  227-31.—Schnabel,
 T. G.  Internal medicine, endoscopy, and cystourethroscopy.
 Med. Clin. N. America, 1926, 10:  199-209.—Seifert, E.  Chi-
 rurgie  und  Endoskopie.   Chirurg,  1928-29,  1: 397-401 —
 Sternberg, W.  Cystoskopie und Gastroskopie  (neue Gesichts-
 punkte aus der Mechanik der Bewegung)  Zschr. Urol.,  1926,
 20: 817-26.—Swerdfeger, E. B.  Endoscopy—an aid in diagno-
 sis. Colorado M., 1937, 34:395-8.—Woodward, F.D.  Report
 on year's  work in endoscopy, University Virginia Hospital.
 Virginia M.  Month.,  1926-27, 53: 299-305.  ------  &  Fitz-
 Hugh, G. S.  Endoscopy; its role in a general hospital.  Ibid.,
 1938, 65: 742.—Wright, J. G.  Endoscopy as an aid to  diag-
 nosis. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1937, 17: 535-8.—Zinn, W. F.  Endos-
 copy; its relation to everyday practice.  West  Virginia M. J.,
 1939,35:355-7.

 ----   peroral.

   Brunings,  W.,   &  Albrecht,  W.   Direkte
 Endoskopie   der  Luft-  und  Speisewege.   324p.
 8?   Stuttg., 1915.
   Eicken, C. von.   *Zur Geschichte der Endo-
 skopie der oberen  Luft-  und Speisewege.   38p.
 8?   Giessen, 1921.
   Jackson,   C.   Bronchoscopy  and  esophagoa-
 copy; a manual of peroral endoscopy and laryn-
 geal surgery.  2. ed.  457p.  8?  Phila., 1927.
   ----& Jackson, C. L.  Bronchoscopy, esopha-
 goscopy,   and  gastroscopy.   3.  ed.   485p.   8?
 Phila., 1934.
   Aubir.  La tracheo-broncho-cesophagoscopie chez I'homme
 et les aninaaux  domestiques.  Rec. med. vet., 1927, 103:  265-
 90.—Aucoin, E.  L'endoscopie perorale; s6rie  consecutive de
 100 corps etrangers des voies digestives et respiratoires. Arch.
 internat. laryng., Par., 1929,  35: 513; 641.—Batson, O. V.
 Preparing cadavera for endoscopy. Ann.  Otol. Rhinol.,  1936,
45: 58.—Beck,  J. C, & Guttman,  M. R.  Recent advances in
 the endoscopic aspects of diseases of the food and air passages.
Am. J. M. Sc,  1936, 192: 875-81.—Boies, L. R.  The modern
use of peroral endoscopy.  J. Lancet, 1939, 59: 14-6.—Brighton,
G. R. The use of avertin in endoscopy.  Laryngoscope,  1933,
43: 407-10.—Buckman, L. T.  Peroral endoscopy.  Pennsyl-
vania M. J.,  1931, 34: 616-20.—Canfield,  N.   Diagnostic and
therapeutic peroral endoscopy.   J. Connecticut M. Soc,  1939,
3: 393-6.—Carmody, T. E.  Some interesting endoscopic cases.
Tr. Am. Bronchosc.  Soc, 1937,  20:  21-5.  Al.-o Ann.  Otol.
Rhinol.,  1937,  46:  760-2.—Ceballos, A., &  Bottini, A.  C.
Cabezal para endoscopia  toracica.  Prensa med. argent.,  1937,
24: 2260-2.—Clark, A. F. Some peroral endoscopic problems,
with case reports.   Med. Rec, Houston, 1927, 21: 316.— 
ENDOSCOPY
333
ENDOSCOPY
Clerf, L. H.  Peroral endoscopy; a critical review of the litera-
ture.  Arch. Otolar., Chic,  1925, 1: 298; passim.   ------
Peroral endoscopy as an aid to the doctor in general  practice.
South. M. & S., 1928, 90: 653-5.  ------  Peroral endoscopy
in Otolaryngological practice.  Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1935, 60: 575.
Also In Pract. Libr. M. & S. (Appleton) N. Y., 1937, 11: 1112-
6. ------& Putney, F. J.  Peroral endoscopy.  Arch. Otolar.,
Chic, 1939, 29: 720-39.—Cline, B. M.  Disease of the respira-
tory and upper alimentary tracts.  J.  M. Ass. Georgia, 1937,
26:74-7.—Delph, J. F. Endoscopic experience.  Arch. Otolar.,
Chic, 1934, 20: 131-3.—Fletcher, G. W. Endoscopic experi-
ences in Winnipeg.  Tr. Am. Bronchosc. Soc, 1935,  18:  110-
5.—Foster, J. H.  The  development of peroral endoscopy.
Texas J. M., 1934, 30:  322-8.—Gaines, T. R.  Practice in
peroral endoscopy.  South. M. J., 1934, 27: 863-5.—Gobeli, R.
Oesophaco.=kopie  und Gastroskopie.  Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk.,
1927, 19: 116.—Hasslinger, F.   Untersuchungen  iiber die
Topographie der  Mund- und Halsorgane vom Standpunkt der
direkten Endoskopie der Luft- und Speisewege.  Ibid.,  42-58.—
Heinberg, C. J.  Peroral endoscopy; report of cases. J.Florida
M.  Ass., 1938-39, 25: 179.—Hill, W.  Direct endoscopy of the
lower air passages and upper food tracts in diagnosis.   Prac-
titioner, Lond., 1926, 116: 119-24.—Horning, J. G., & McKee,
A. J.  Bronchoscopy and  esophagoscopy in  dogs and  cats.
Vet. Med., Chic,  1925,  20: 103-5.  ------  Laryngoscopy,
bronchoscopy, esophagoscopy and gastroscopy in dog and cat
practice.  Ibid., 1926, 21: 7-17.—Howarth, W.  Endoscopy of
the upper respiratory and alimentary tracts.  In Brit. Encycl.
M.  Pract. (Rolleston, H.) Lond., 1937, 5: 1-19, pl.—Jackson.
C.  The technique of peroral endoscopy.  Lancet, Lond., 1926,
1:924-7.  ------& Jackson, C. L. Endoscopy of the respira-
tory and gastroesophageal tracts.  In Pract. Pediat.  (Brenne-
mann, J.) Hagerstown, 1937, 2: ch. 55, 9.—Johnson, B.  Dis-
cussion  on anaesthesia in  endoscopy.  J. Lar. Otol.,  Lond.,
1939, 54: 412-28.—Katzschmann, E.  Technik und Wert der
direkten Laryngoskopie, Bronchoskopie und Oesophagoskopie.
Med. Welt, 1935, 9: 445; 483.—Kernan, J. D.  Three unusual
endoscopic cases. Laryngoscope, 1927, 37: 62-4.—Knight. J. S.
Peroral  endoscopy.  Indust. M,  1937,  6: 74-6.—Krstic, V.,
& Sercer, A. Beitrage zur Technik der direkten Laryngoskopie,
der Oesophagoskopie und  der Bronchoskopie.  Otolar. slav.,
Praha, 1931, 3: 281-91.—Light, M. B.  Indications for endos-
copy in the diagnosis and treatment of the food and air passages
including gastroscopy. J. Med., Cincin., 1936-37, 17: 481-4 —
Looper, E. A. Endoscopy; its use as an aid to general  diagnosis
in diseases of the  throat and thorax.  Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1925,
2: 350-4.—McCannel, A. D.  Peroral endoscopy (observations
in 200 cases of foreign bodies)  Canad.  M. Ass. J.,  1937, 37:
42-7.—Matsui, T.  The problems of tracheobronchoscopy and
esophagoscopy.   China M. J., 1926, 40: 646-54.  Also  Laryngo-
scope, 1926, 36: 79-95.—Mingo, J.  La endoscopia en el  diag-
n6stico de lesiones esofago-traqueo-bronquicas.  Prensa  med.
argent., 1934, 21: 2165-80.—Moore, I. A historical survey of
peroral endoscopy from its  origin to the present day.  Brit. M.
J.,  1926, 1: 278-82.—Myers, E. L.  Endoscopic experiences.
Laryngoscope, 1928, 38: 1-18— Myerson, M. C.  The incep-
tion  and  development  of peroral endoscopy.  Ann.  Otol.
Rhinol., 1939, 48: 454-72.—Negus. V. E.  Peroral endoscopy.
Lancet,  Lond., 1929, 1:  60-6.—Nicolsky, A. M.  Klinik der
Tracheoskopie und Oesophagoskopie.  Mschr. Ohrenh.,  1929,
63: 867-81.—Nodine, E. R.  The modern role of peroral endos-
copy.  J.  M. Ass.  Alabama  1937-38, 7: 53.—Peeler, C. N.
Peroral endoscopy.  South. M. & S.,  1928, 90: 487-9.—Philip,
M.  La clinique Jackson a Philadelphie.  J.  med. Bordeaux,
1935 112:237-9.—Putney, F. J.  Anesthesia in peroral endos-
copy.  Laryngoscope, 1939,  49: 55-8.—Rentschler,  H. D., &
Proudfit, J. P. Peroral endoscopy.  Bull. Guthrie Clin.,  1936,
6: 27-36.—Roberts, S. E.  Some experiences in bronchoscopy
and esophagoscopy; foreign body case reports. J. Kansas M.
Soc, 1928, 28: 291-302.—Rovenstine, E. A.  Oral, endotracheal
and endobronchial technics. In Pract. Libr. M. & S. (Appleton)
N. Y., 1938, Suppl., 622-6.—Shekter, A. J.  Bronchoscopy and
esophagoscopy in every day practice and some points  of special
importance to the beginner.  Laryngoscope, 1925, 35: 446-52.—
Soulas,  A.  Indications de l'endoscopie des voies aeriennes et
de l'oesophage d'apres la pratique .journaliere des cliniques du
Professeur Chevalier Jackson a Philadelphie.  Presse med.,
1930, 38: 651-4.   ------  Recentes acquisitions dans 1 endo-
scopic des voies aerodigestives. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1936-
37,  40:  597-601.—Spearman, M. P., & Vandevere,  W.  E.
Peroral endoscopy as an aid in general diagnosis and treatment.
Southwest. M., 1939, 23: 118.—Specht, F.   Oesophagoskopie
und Gastroskopie.  Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1925-26, 13: 592-
7.—Sternberg, W.  Allgemeine Endoskopie und Gastroskopie.
Deut. med. Wschr., 1926, 52: 361.—Taylor, J. W.  Endoscopy;
an aid in the diagnosis and treatment in disease of the throat
and thorax.  J. Florida M. Ass., 1931, 18: 229-31.   ■---— &
Forbes. S. B.  Peroral endoscopy with report of cases.  Ibid.,
1930-31, 17: 261-5.—Tilley, H.  Some experiences in bronchos-
copy  and  oesophagoscopy.  Brit. M. J., 1927, 1: 1135-8.
Tucker,  G.   Recent  developments  in peroral  endoscopy;
esophagoscopy and bronchoscopy for disease; reports of cases.
Tr.  Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar., 1925, 30: 302-17.  Also  Surg.
Gyn. Obst., 1926, 42: 743-52.  ------  Peroral endoscopy m
its relation to otolaryngology, with special reference to  post-
operative complications.  Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. Otolar.,  1926,
31:395-405.  ------  Peroral endoscopy, its use in  complica-
tions  following  operations on  the nose and  throat.   Arch.
Otolar., Chic, 1927, 5: 321-33. Also repr.—Van den Wilden-
berg, L.  Quelques applications de l'endoscopie directe.  Rev.
med., Louvain, 1931, 129-35, pl.—Veneziale, A.  L'endoscopia
perorale nella sua dignita  di branca sussidiaria  alia clinica.
Policlinico,  1937,  44:  sez. prat., 2399-404.—Vinson,  P. P.
Selection of cases for bronchoscopy, gastroscopy and esophagos-
copy.  Proc. Mayo Clin., 1927, 2: 150.—White, W. B.  Tra-
cheobronchoesophagoscopy.  Med. J. & Rec, 1926, 123: 178-
80.—Zufa'.l, N. L.  Endoscopy; operating room technic.   Am.
J. Nurs., 1929, 29: 1407-14.

ENDOSMOSIS.

  See Osmosis.

ENDOSPERM.

  See  also  Germination;   Plant,  Reproduction;
Seed.
  Boyes, J. W., & Thompson, W. P.  The development of the
endosperm and embryo  in reciprocal  interspecific crosses in
cereals.  J.  Genet., Cambr., 1937, 34: 203-27.—Kurihara, H.
The  endosperm formation in Cryptomeria japonica.  Tohoku
Univ. Sc. Rep., 1936, 11: 185-9.

ENDOSTEUM.

  See also Bone; Bone,  Growth; Periosteum.
  Fell, H. B.  The osteogenic capacity in vitro of periosteum
and endosteum isolated from the limb skeleton of fowl embryos
and young chicks.  J. Anat., Lond., 1932, 66: 157-80, 6 pl.—
Villafane, I. Z., & Lascano Gonzalez, J. C.  El endostio o
periostio interno es un mito.  Rev. cir. B.  Aires,  1939, 18:
285-7.

ENDOTHELIAL reticular  system.

  See Reticuloendothelial system.

ENDOTHELIOCYTE.

  See  also Endothelium;  Histocyte;  Leukocyte;
Macrophage;  Monocyte;   Reticulo-endothelial
system.
  Clark, E. R., & Clark, E. L.  On the failure of endothelial
cells, even after desquamation, to be transformed into wander-
ing cells, with  observations  on the nature of endothelium.
Anat. Rec,  1927-28, 36: 357-82.—Cunningham, R. S.  The
physiology  of the  endothelial cell, especially its permeability,
under normal and pathological conditions.  Am. Rev. Tuberc,
1924-25, 9: 491-506.—Goldner, J. Capacites evolutives de la
cellule endotheliale.   C. rend. Soc.  biol., 1934, 115: 783-5.—
Herzog, F.   Endothelien der Froschzunge als Phagocvten und
Wanderzellen.  Zschr.  ges. exp. Med.,  1924,  43:  79-93.—
Iichiro Sato.  Influence of the endothelial cell constituents on
blood gas. Jap. J.Exp. M., 1931,9:509-17.  ------ Influence
of aorta endothelial cell constituent on blood pressure.  Ibid.,
519-26.—Linton,  R. W.  Mobilization  and transfer of  clas-
matocytes.   Arch. Path.,  Chic, 1928, 5:  787-809.—Miller.
W. S.  Origin  and  normal function  of the endothelial cell.
Tr.  Nat. Tuberc.  Ass., 1924, 20: 251.—Permar, H. H.  The
function of  the endothelial  cell in pathological conditions,
especially in tuberculosis.  Am. Rev. Tuberc,  1924-25,  9:
507-18.—Sabin, F. R., & Doan, C. A.  The presence of desqua-
mated endothelial cells, the so-called clasmatocytes, in normal
mammalian blood. J. Exp. M., 1926, 43: 823-37, 2 pl.  Also
repr.—Shibuya, T. On the pure  cultivation of endothelial cells
from aorta and their  differentiation.   Kitasato  Arch.,  1931,
8:  68-88.—Toro,  E. D.  Ueber die  Potenz  der  Endothel-
zellen in der Gefassbildung.  Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1936-37,
19: 342.  ------  Untersuchungen iiber die Potenz der Endo-
thelzellen bei der  Gefassbildung in  der Gewebekultur.  Ibid.,
1937, 20: 156-71.—Walter, L.   Das Flagellum der Endothel-
zellen.  Zschr. ges. Anat.. 1. Abt., 1926, 81:  738-41.

ENDOTHELIOMA.

   See  also   Blood-vessels,   Tumors;   Cancer;
Lymphatics, Tumor;  Reticuloendothelioma; Sar-
coma;  also  under names  of  parts  affected as
Scalp, Tumor, &c.
   Gazen  [gen.   Gaza]   W.   von.    *Ueber   die
sogenannten Endotheliome  der Haut  und Spei-
 cheldriisen und iiber die Zahnkeimkystome.  37p.
8?    Greifs., 1912.
   Korner,  O.    *Ein  seltener Fall  von  peri-
 tonealem   Endotheliom   (sog.  Endothelkrebs)
 compliciert  mit  multipler  Cystenbildung.    32p.
8?    Wiirzb., 1901.
   Stapel,   W.    *Ueber  bosartige   angeborene
 Geschwiilste insbesondere Endotheliome  [Greifs-
 wald]  27p.   8?   Lengerich  i.  W.,  1936.
   Bary, E. de.  Ueber zwei Falle von malignem Hamangio-
endotheliom.   Frankf. Zschr.  Path.,  1933-34,  46: 410-5.— 
ENDOTHELIOMA                           334                             ENDOTHELIUM
 Baviera, V.   Sulla genesi degli endoteliomi.  Boll. Soc. Lanci-
 siana osp. Roma, 1907, 27: 22-7.—Bilancioni, G., & Cipollone,
 L. T.   Sul concetto e sull'istogenesi  degli endoteliomi.  Atti
 Clin, otorin.  Roma  (1912) 1913, 10:  483-548, 6 pl—Botteri,
 G.  Endotelioma in un cavallo.  Clin, vet., Milano, 1924,
 47: 67-72.—Cecca.  R.   Sarcoma  endoteliale  melanotico
 primitivo delle ghiandole  linfatiche.   Gazz. osp., 1905, 26:
 981-4.—Dijkstra. O. H.  A propos des endotheliomes.  Ann.
 anat. path., Par.,  1926, 3: 471-80.—Fabris, A. L'endotelioma;
 per una miglior  classificazione  dei  cosidetti endoteliomi,  a
 proposito di un mesotelioma da echinococco.  Tumori, Milano,
 1930, 16: 239-79.— Flarer, F.  Endoteliomatosi  cutanea con
 caratteri di sistematizzazione.  Gior. ital. derm, sif.,  1934, 75:
 829-54, pl.—Gargano, C. Dei tumori spontanei nei mammiferi:
 endotelioma  della cavita  pleurica in un gatto.  Boll.  Soc.
 natur. Napoli (1921-22) 1933, 2. ser., 14: 33-45.—Gioja, E.
 Tumori  multipli  di  probabile  origine nevica  (endoteliomi)
 Arch. ital. chir.,  1925,  14: 69-109.—Goormaghtigh, N.  Sur
 la proliferation maligne de tissu reticuloendothelial des gang-
 lions lymphatiques.  C. rend.  Soc.  biol.,  1925,  92:  457.—
 Kingman, H. E., & Newsom,  I. E.  An interesting tumor
 [malignant endothelioblastoma in dog]  J. Am. Vet. Ass., 1918,
 52: 703-5.—Lewis,  D., & Geschickter, C.  F.   Endothelial
 tumors.  Tr.  West. Surg. Ass., 1935, 45: 447-91.  Also West.
 J. Surg., 1936, 44: 133-48.—Lindsay, L. M.  A case of endo-
 thelioma with xanthochromia.  Canad. M. Ass. J., 1926, 16:
 407.—Mikhailov,  N. Z.  [Case of endothelioma of lymphatic
 glands and bones]  Klin, med., Moskva, 1938, 16: 1589-92.—
 Muggia, A.  Sulla produzione sperimentale di  proliferazioni
 endoteliali.  Pathologica, Genova, 1924,  16: 503-7.—Ogilvie,
 R. F., & MacKenzie, I.  Malignant haemangio-endothelioma,
 with a  report of  2  cases.  J. Path.  Bact.,  Lond., 1936, 43:
 143-50, 4 pl.—Piney, A. Endotheliomas with special  reference
 to those growing in a compact form.  Arch. Path., Chic, 1926,
 2: 301-17.   Also repr.—Szersziiyski, B.    (Endothelioma)
 Przegl.  chir.  gin.,  Warsz.,  1913, 8: 209-24.—Tizzoni, G.
 L'azione del radio sullo endotelioma perivascolare trasmissible
 del topino.   Rendic. Accad. sc. Ist.  Bologna,  1926-27, 31:
 123-35.  ------ & De  Angelis, G.   L'azione del radio sullo
 endotelioma  perivascolare  trasmissibile  del topino.  Ann.
 igiene, 1927, 37: 274-82.—Welsh, D. A.  On  the classification
 and characters of the endothelial newgrowths. J. Cancer Res.
 Com. Univ. Sydney, 1930,  2: 6-13.


 ----   cylindromatosum.

    See  Cylindroma.


 ----   filtrable [Murray]

    See  also  Fowl, Disease.
    Begg, A. M. A filtrable endothelioma of the fowl.  Lancet,
 Lond., 1927, 1: 912-5.—Guerin, M., & Bonciu, C. Contribu-
 tion a l'etude de l'endotheiiome  de  Murray chez la  poule.
 Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1932. 21:  518.—Jarmai, K.  Ueber die
 Serosengeschwulste  (Karzinome  und  Endotheliome)  der
 Hiihner. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1935, 43:  164-7.—Murray,
 J. A., & Begg, A. M. Histology and histogenesis of a  filterable
 endothelioma of the fowl.  Sc. Rep. Cancer Res. Fund,  Lond .
 1930, 9: 1-12, 13 pl.

 ----   osseous.

   See  Bone marrow,  Tumors:  Ewing's type.


 ENDOTHELIOSIS.

   See  also  Capillaries,  Fragility;  Capillaries,
 Toxicosis;  Hemorrhagic diathesis; Purpura.
   Bayer, W.  Entgegnung zu vorstehender Mitteilung. Jahrb.
 Kinderh., 1930-31, 3. F.,  80: 66.—Dorffel,  J.  Ueber einen
 Fall von Endotheliosis im  Kindesalter.  Derm. Wschr., 1929,
 89: 1178; 1200.—Frontali,  G.  Sindromi endoteliari e costitu-
 zione  endoteliare.   Pediatria (Riv.)  1933,  41: 276-89.—
 Gonzalez Guzman, I.  Endoteliosis parcelares y hemohistio-
 blastosis hemorragicas.  Medicina, M6x., 1929",  9:  261-5.—
 Jaso Roldan,  L.  Contribuci6n al estudio del sindrome endo-
 telial de  Bikel.  Arch, med., Madr., 1934, 37: 156-8.—Schitten-
 helm. Ueber Endotheliose.  Munch,  med. Wschr., 1926  73-
 1597.  Also Klin. Wschr.,  1927, 6:  93.—Wiemer, P.   Das'
 Endothelsymptom.  Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1931, 78: 229-45.—
 Zanfrognini,  G.   Sulla  funzione  endoteliale nelle nefriti e
 nelle cardiopatie. Rass. internaz. clin.  ter., 1932, 13:  15-27.


 ENDOTHELIUM   [including   mesotheli-

   um]

   See  also Blood-vessels,  Histology; Capillaries;
Epithelium;  also  names of blood-vessels,  lym-
phatics,  and   body  cavities;   also   Reticuloen-
dothelial system.

   Pense,  G.    *Durch Beeinflussung  des  ort-
hchen  Stoffwechsels   hervorgerufene  Endothel-
veranderungen im  Fettgewebe weisser Mause
53p.   8?   Greifsw., 1929.
   Beard, J. W., & Beard, L. A.  The phagocytic activity of
 endothelium in the embryo chick.  Am. J. Anat., 1927,  40:
 295-308, 3 pl.—Citterio, V.  Capacita eritropoietica dell'endo-
 telio cardiaco nella larva di Chimaera monstrosa.  Monit. zool.
 ital.,  1931, 42: 284-9.— Debenedetti.  R.,  & Florentin, P.
 Etude des rapports entre la monocytose sanguine et le tissu
 reticuloendothelial a propos d'un cas d'endothelite generalisee.
 Bull.  Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1931, 3. ser., 47: 739-42.—Ephrussi,
 B. Sur la culture de  l'endotheiium  du  foie embryonnaire.
 C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 103: 762-4.—Falk, W.  Beitrage zur
 Herkunft der polymorphkernigen Leukocyten; uber die Entste-
 hung  von  Leukocyten  aus Gefassendothelien und  im Ent-
 zundungsherd.   Virchows  Arch., 1928, 268: 410-35.—Hanger,
 F. M.  Phagocytic activity of capillary endothelium of  skin
 and probable relation  to focal immunity.   Proc. Soc. Exp.
 Biol.,  N. Y., 1927-28, 25: 232-4.—Horning, E. S., & Richard-
 son, K. C.  On the cytology and behaviour of  endothelium
 during the process of de-differentiation in vitro.  Arch.  exp.
 Zellforsch., 1930-31,  10: 488-500, 3  pl.—Jenkins, C. E.  The
 nature and recognition of  endothelium: with special regard to
 the silver methods of staining.  Brit.  J. Surg., 1935-36,  23:
 279-81.—Jordan, H. E.  Evidence of hemogenic capacity of
 endothelium.  Anat. Rec, 1916, 10: 417-20.—Klostermeyer,
 W.   Ueber Phagocytose  in  Capillarendothelien.  Virchows
 Arch., 1933, 288: 703-16.—Lewis, W. H.  The outgrowth of
 endothelium and  capillaries in tissue culture.  Bull. Johns
 Hopkins Hosp., 1931,  48: 242-53.—McJunkin,  F.  A.   The
 phagocytic activity of vascular endothelium  of granulation
 tissue.  Am. J. Path., 1928, 4: 587-92, pl.   ------■  Effect of
 stimulation on phagocytic activity of  vascular endothelium.
 Proc.  Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1928-29, 26: 294.  ------ Trans-
 formation of sinusoidal endothelium into the ordinary capillary
 type.   Am. J.  Path.,  1931, 7: 9-12, pl.—Markl, J.  Etudes
 experimentales  de  Taction du radium  sur l'endotheiium  des
 capillaires sanguins.  Ann. anat. path., Par., 1925, 2:  26-53.—
 Silberberg, M.  Endothel in der Gewebskultur.  Arch. exp.
 Zellforsch.,  1929-30, 9:  36-53, pl.—Storti, E.  L'endoteho
 degli  anfibi e  le sue potenzalita evolutive.  Boll. Soc. med.
 chir.,  Pavia, 1931, 45: 87-99.—Waldman,  V. A. [Endothe-
 iitis and  the cup test]  Klin, med., Moskva, 1938, 16: 313-8.


 ENDOTHERMY.

   See Diathermy; Short wave.


 ENDOTHIA.

   See also Plant, Parasites.
   Hunt, N. R.  Notes on the occurrence and growth of cankers
 of Endothia parasitica.  Phytopathology, 1923, 13: 366-71.

 ENDOTHRIX.

   See Hair, Mycosis; Trichophyton.

 ENDOTOXIN.

   See Toxin.
   ENDREJAT,  Erich  [Waldemar]  1906-
 *Methodisches zur Avertinbestimmung im Blut.
 15p.   8?  Lpz., Ballin & Topfer, 1931.
   ENDRES, Karl,  1908-       *Ueber  den Ein-
 fluss  von Temperaturreizen auf den Sauerstoff-
 verbrauch   [Wiirzburg]   15p.   8?   Ochsenfurt
 a. M.,  Fritz  &  Rappert, 1934.
   ENDRES, Ludwig [Alexander Nikolaus]  1868-
        *Ueber  Nieren-Dystopie.   21p.   8?   Er-
 langen, Junge & Sohn, 1914.
   ENDRES, Otto, 1906-       *Ueber  die Sero-
 reaktionen   bei  Hauttuberkulosen  und  Lupus
 erythematosus.  15p.  8?  Wiirzb., J.  Schacherer,
 1934.

   ENDRES, Paul, 1903-       *Behandlung der
 Rachitis  durch Vigantol   [Erlangen]  29p.    8?
 Forchheim, F.  A. Streit, 1930.
   ENDRES, Peter,  1893-       *Experimentelle
 Untersuchungen  zur  Kenntnis des  Vibrations-
 sinnes  der Zahne  [Bonn]   44p.   pl.   8?   Koln,
 P. Kerschgen, 1929.
   ENDRESS,  Heinrich, 1909-        *Ueber die
 Notwendigkeit  und   Bedeutung  des  Rontgen-
bildes in  der  Zahnheilkunde.   14p.   8?   Wurzb.,
 C. J. Becker, 1935.
   ENDRISS, Werner, 1909-        *Ueber Ham-
angiome  im  Skelettsystem    [Tubingen]   15p.
 8?  Dresd.,  Risse-Verlag, 1935.
   ENDRISZ, Karl  Emil, 1867-       Die Klei-
dung als  Waffe im  Kampf ums Dasein;  kurzer 
ENDRISZ                                        335                                          ENEMA
 Abriss der Bokleidungslehre.  43p.  8?   Miinch.,
 0.  Gmelin, 1915.
   ENDROS, Ludwig, 1906-       *Krebsvorkom-
 men im Bezirksamt  Zusmarshausen;  ein  lokal-
 statistischer  Beitrag  zur  Erforschung  des  Car-
 cinoms   [Erlangen]    p. 165-94.    8?    Augsb.,
 H.  Heber, 1934.
   Also Zschr. Krebsforsch., 1932, 37:

 ENDURANCE.

   See  also  Adaptation;  Efficiency; Effort;  Ex-
 haustion;  Fatigue;  Learning;  Pain;  Training;
 Work.
   Galdo, L.  II dolore nella valutazione dinamica della per-
 sonality.   Studium, Nap.,  1938, 28: 73-8.—Gordon,  B., &
 Baker, J. C.  Observations on the apparent adaptability of
 the  body to infections,  unusual  hardships,  changing environ-
 ment and prolonged exertion. Am. J. M. Sc, 1929, 178: 1-8.—
 Imbert,  A.  Influence exercee par la douleur sur la forme des
 traces ergographiques de la fatigue. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1910,
 151: 767-9.—Lunt, L. K.  Human nature and its reaction to
 suffering.  In Physician & Patient (Emerson)  Cambr., 1929,
 143-74.—Olinto, P.  A dor e a fadiga.  Arch, brasil. med.,
 1916, 6: 656.—Waggett, E. B.   Criteria of intolerable pain.
 Brit. M. J., 1935, 1: 1036.

   ENDZIULAITYTE, Marija, 1900-      *Ueber
 das  Tuberculum  articulare  anterius  und die
 Fossa  digastrica   [Miinchen]   56p.   7 pl.  8°.
 [Kovno]  1926.

 ENEMA.

   See   also   Colon,   Irrigation;   Constipation,
 Treatment:  Mechanotherapy; also under names
 of  diseases  and substances as  Glycerin;  Oil;
 Soap, &c.
   Jamison, A.  B.   Intestinal irrigation;  or, Why,
 how and  when to flush the  colon, treated in con-
 nection  with   other   matters   of  physiological
 interest  and  importance.    5.  ed.   210p.    12?
 N.  Y. [1929]
   A., J.  Le clystere au XIVe siScle.  Aesculape,  Par., 1926,
 n. ser., 16: 105.—Batinkov, E. L., & Bukatko, N. A.  [Irrigation
 of the rectum as therapeutic method]  Sovet. vrach. J., 1937,
 41:  1907.—Berghoff, L.   Die Rolle des Enterocleaners in der
 Balneologie.   Wien. med.  Wschr., 1935,  85:  1124.—Bihler.
 Ueber praktische Erfahrungen mit  dem subaqualen Darmbad.
 Zschr. ges. phys.  Ther.,  1932, 42:  157-62.—Brandess, T.
 Neue Anwendungsmoglichkeiten beim subaqualen Darmbad.
 Zschr. wiss. Biiderk., 1927-28, 2: 245-51.—Brosch, A. Entero-
 cleaner-Darmbad bei einer  Neunzigjahrigen.   Wien.  med.
 Wschr., 1935, 85: 1236.—Buizard, C. Sur l'aspiroclyse.  Bull.
 Soc. chir. Paris, 1936, 28: 600-3.—Bunster, M., E.  Un aparato
 simplificado para proctoclisis.  Bol. Soc. cir. Chile, 1934, 12:
 15-9.  Also repr.—Burgkhardt, F.  Der diagnostische und
 therapeutisohe Wert des Darmbades.   Hippokrates, Stuttg.,
 1939,  10: 697-702.—Carlson, H. E., & Orr, T. G.  Effect of
 enemas on intestinal motility. Arch. Surg., 1935, 30: 881-3.—
 Countryman, C. W.  The postoperative enema. Northwest M.,
 1934, 33: 355-7.— Deaton, U. S. G. The rectal colonic tube:
 its uses and abuses.  Ohio M. J.,  1910, 6: 27-30.—Finkelstein,
 R.  The enema: its use and  abuse.  N. York State J. M., 1932,
 32:  577-80.—Freifeld, A. O. [Use of under-water intestinal
 bath in diagnosis and treatment]  Sovet. klin., 1933, 19: 91-
 8.—Frick, E. J.  The enema and fecal examination  in the dog.
 Vet. Med., Chic, 1934, 29: 130.—Friedenwald, J., & Feldman,
 M.  Experimental studies on the effect of the prolonged use of
 colon enemas upo-i t^e  bowel in animals.  Tr. Am. Gastro-
 enter. Ass.  (1930) 1931, 33: 12-9.  Also Am. J. Surg., 1931, n.
 ser.,  11:  23-30.  Also repr.—Galbraith, W.  W.  Severe  rectal
 injuries caused by an enema given through a rigid nozzle.  Brit.
 M. J., 1937, 1: 859.—Gibson, A.  G.  The use of the  Plombieres
 douche.  Proc R. Soc. M.,  Lond.,  1922-23, 16: sect, balneol.
 clim.,  22.—Gilbert, R.  Transmission  of incitants of enteric
 disease by unsterile equipment used for administering fluid by
 rectum.  J. Am.  M. Ass., 1938,  110: 1664.—Golob, M.  Ene-
 mata in the light of the X-ray.   Am. Med., 1926, n. ser., 21:
 37-9.—Hansen, R. J.  A modified 1-2-3 enema. J. Am. Pharm.
 Ass.,  1938, 27: 227-9.—Harbitz, H.  F.  [The enterocleaner and
 its use] Norsk mag.  laegevid., 1929, 90: 967-9.—Harrison, P.
 W.    Proctoclysis.   Boston M.  &  S.  J., 1910, 162: 641 —
 Hirschman,  L. J.  Enemas; some  of their  uses and  abuses.
 J. Am. M. Ass., 1927, 89: 1039-41.—Hixson, J. S. Proctoclysis
 as a means of combating acute infections, particularly surgical.
 Texas J. M., 1910-11, 6: 142.—Iversen, M. Proctoclysis; a
 simple method of administering the Murphy treatment.  J.
 Am.  M.  Ass.,  1909,  52: 1927.—Jukes, E.   Indigestion and
 costiveness  in  1831.  Tr. Internat.  Coll. Surgeons, 1938, 1:
203-0.—Kellogg, J. H.  How to change the intestinal flora; the
 use of enemas.  Good Health, 1936, 71: 198; 231; 268; 298.
------  The much maligned enema exonerated.  Ibid.,  1937,
 72:  170-3.  ------  How to take an enema.   Ibid.,  300.—
 Kortzeborn, A.  Das subaquale Darmbad (Suda-Bad, Entero-
 cleaner) ein wichtiges Heilmittel des modernen Krankenhauses.
 Zschr. ges. Krankenhausw., 1930, 92-5.—Lacerda, T. de.  Os
 microclismos de agua no tratamento da prisao de ventre.  Med.
 contemp., Lisb., 1936,  54: 379-81.—LeRoy, B.  R.  Irrigating
 the small intestine.  J. Am. Coll. Proct., 1933-34, 6: 281; 286.—
 Lewis, S.  A.  Enemata from the  anatomical and physiological
 standpoints.  California West. M., 1931, 34: 31-4.—Marxer,
 O. A., &  Patterson, S. W.   High  and low enemas.   Nurs.
 Times, Lond.,  1939, 35: 877-80.—Mauch, O. von.  Etwas uber
 verschiedene Arten und  Anwendungsformen von Einliiufen.
 Fortsch. Med., 1937, 55: 16-9.—Montague, J. F.  History and
 appraisal of the enema.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1934, 139: 91; 142;
 194;  245;  297;  299.—Moran,  H. M.   The enema through
 history.  Australas. Nurs. J., 1926, 24: 271-4.—Murphy, J. B.
 Proctoclysis in the  treatment of  peritonitis.  J. Am. M. Ass.,
 1909, 52: 1248-50.  Also repr.—OIpp, G.  Wirkung und Indika-
 tion des Su-Da-Bades.  Jkurs. arztl. Fortbild., 1934, 25: No. 8,
 48-59.—Patterson,  S.  W.  Enemas  and colonic  irrigations.
 In Brit. Encycl.  M. Pract. (Rolleston, H.) Lond.,  1937, 5: 33-
 41.—Perusse, G. L., jr.  The solution of choice in proctoclysis.
 Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1932, 54: 770-84.  ------  The administra-
 tion of proctoclysters.  Ibid., 1933, 56: 116.—Rothman, H. W.
 Colonic therapy.  Clin. M. & S., 1930, 37: 895-7.—Sakane, Y..
 Experimentelle  Studien iiber den Einfluss  des  Hochdruck-
 klistiers auf die  Diinndarmperistaltik, insbesondere die thera-
 peutisohe  Bedeutung desselben mittels  hypertonischer  Koch-
 salzlosung  bei Darmparese.  Mitt. Med. Akad. Kioto, 1934,
 11:  624.—Scarpitti,  C.   Su  una nuova  cura  solvente delle
 affezioni flogistiche dei genitali interni femminili; il trattamento
 salsojodico con il lavaggio intestinale subacquale.  Arte ostet.,
 1936, 50: 365-78.—Soper, H. W.  The enema  and  colonic
 lavage.  Arch. Phys. Ther., 1934, 15: 487-9.—Stepanov, A. E.
 [Clinical investigation of various enemas]  Ter. arkh., 1937, 15:
 246-59.—Stieffel, R.  Indications du lavage intestinal dans la
 therapeutique  thermale de Plombieres.   Gaz.  med. France,
 1938, 45: Suppl., Therm., 41.—Tachezy, R.  [Rectal hormonal
 enemas]  Bratisl. lek. listy, 1935, 15: 559-63.—Trout,  H. H.
 Proctoclysis, experimental study.   Tr. South. Surg. Gyn. Ass.
 (1912) 1913, 25: 109-21.—Unna,  W.  Ueber Klystier-Ersatz-
 Therapie.   Ther. Gegenwart,  1910,  51:  261-3.—Veenendaal,
 H.  [Enemas to cause vomiting in dogs]   Tschr. diergeneesk.,
 1932, 59:  1379-82.—Vidlicka, J.  [Use of enemata in medical
 practice]   Bratisl.  lek. listy, 1929, 9: 1123-8.—Walkling, A.
 Rupture of the sigmoid by hydrostatic pressure.  Ann. Surg.,
 1935, 102: 471.—Young, H. W. P.  Continuous proctoclysis.
 Lancet, Lond., 1910, 2: 1517.

 ----  Apparatus.

   Babler,  E.  A.   A satisfactory inexpensive  and portable
 proctocylsis apparatus.  J. Am.  M. Ass.,  1910, 54:  870.—
 Bassler, A.  A new recurrent  rectal tube.   Ibid.,  1929, 92:
 1264.—Bottaro, G.   Una modificazione  all'apparecchio ordi-
 nario per la proctoclisi.  Policlinico, 1923, 30: sez. prat.,  728.—
 Calonge, S. D.  Rectal dam and irrigator.  Northwest M., 1917,
 16: 198.—Comment improviser un appareil a irrigation con-
 tinue.  Rev. gin. clin.  ther.,  1916, 30: suppl., p.  xxiii-xxv.—
 Frank, L.  Elbrecht's  apparatus for  rectal saline adminis-
 tration. Louisville  Month. J. M. & S.,  1908-9, 15: 303-5.—
 Harbin, R. M.  Apparatus for proctoclysis at an even tempera-
 ture.   J. Am. M. Ass.,  1909, 53: 2160.—Hudgings,  W. F.
 Medical apparatus [for intestinal irrigation]  U. S. Patent Off.,
 1934, No.  1,983,298.—Kraemer, M.  A disposable non-break-
 able hard enema tip.  Am. J. Digest. Dis., 1938-39, 5:  791 —
 Magnuson, P.  B.   Saline proctoclysis  apparatus; with the
 description of the apparatus used  in Dr J. B. Murphy's clinic
 Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1910, 10: 187-9.—Minningham, W.  D.  A
 new apparatus for proctoclysis.  N. York M. J., 1913, 98: 1022.
 Also repr.—Nylander electric saline heater, for the saline solu-
 tion in proctoclysis treatment.  Mod. Hosp., 1915, 5:  304.—
 Ramsay, J.  An apparatus for the continuous administration of
 saline and other fluids  by rectum.  Austral. M. J., 1910, 15:
 130-2, pl.—Saxon, G. J. An apparatus for the introduction of
 salines into  the  rectum.  Ann. Surg., 1909, 49:  404;  440.—
 Smith, D.   An enema tube for patients with loss  of sphincter
 control. Tr. Am. Proct. Soc, 1934, 35: 102.—Suarez de  Men-
 doza, F. F.  D.  Apparatus for intestinal irrigations.   U. S.
 Patent Off., 1937,  No. 2,074,374, 3 pl.—Sutton, W.  S.  A
 speedometer for proctoclysis apparatus.  Surg. Gyn.  Obst.,
 1911, 12:  166.—Venable, C.  S.   On the usefulness of special
 containers for  proctoclysis.  Am. J.  Surg.,  1911,  25:  364.—■
 Wolbarst,  A. L.  An improved rectal irrigating  tube.  J. Am.
 M. Ass., 1909, 53: 384.—Wroth,  P., jr.  Apparatus for proc-
 toclysis.  Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1909, 9: 588.

 ----  nutrient.

   Lindemtjth,   H.   *Neue  Versuche   zur  Be-
 griindung einer rationellen Rektalernahrung.   31 p.
 8?  Halle, 1908.
   Begtrup, E.   Untersuchungen  uber  die  Rektalernahrung.
Arch. Verdauungskr., 1915, 21: 369-400.—Blount, W. P. Are
nutrient enemata of value in animals?   Vet. J., Lond., 1931,
87: 136-43.—Boas,  I.  Kritisches zur Lehre von der  Rektal-
ernahrung. Arch. Verdauungskr., 1926, 37: 37-53.—Bross, W.,
& Kubikowski, P. [Analysis of the blood for the determination
of  the absorption of alimentary substances injected through the 
ENEMA
336
EXGEL
 rectum]  Polska gaz. lek., 1934,  13: 194-8.—Burianek, B.
 [Rectal feeding in surgerv]  Cas. 16k. cesk., 1922, 61: 851-5.—
 Cornwall. E. E.  A plan of rectal feeding.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1918,
 70: 1451.  Also repr.—D'Agata, G.  Ueber Rectalernahrung
 nach Operationen im Munde und im Schlunde.  Berl. klin.
 Wschr., 1914, 51: 638-12.—Drueck, C.  J.  Rectal feeding.
 Med. Rev. of Rev., 1925,  31: 505-13. Also Med. J. & Rec,
 1926, 124: 286; 334.—Dunham, J. D. Beitrag zur Rektumer-
 nahrung in  der Behandlung von Magenkrankheiten.  Arch.
 Verdauungskr., 1911, 17: 697-700. Also repr.—Fenwick, W. S.
 The prevention of parotitis during rectal feeding. Brit. M. J.,
 1909, 1: 1297.—Herman.  K.  [Rectal nutrition] Orv. hetil.,
 1933, 77: 264.  Also Miinch. med. Wschr., 1935, 82: 503.—
 Hill, E. C. A simple method of rectal feeding or proctoclysis.
 J. Am. M. Ass., 1910, 55: 2233.—Kuttner, H.  Der Milch-
 Sirupeinlauf.  Zbl. Chir.,  1923, 50: 249.—McClendon, J. F.,
 Cavett, J. W., & Johnson, R.  Prolonged rectal feeding.  J.
 Lab. Clin. M.,  1936-37,  22: 1000-2.—Niles, G. M.  Rectal
 feeding.  J. M. Ass. Georgia,  1925,  14: 197-9. Also Med.
 Progr., Louisv.,  1925, 41:  35.—Ornstein, L.  Stoffwechselver-
 suche mit rectaler Ernahrung.  Biochem. Zschr.,  1918, 87:
 217-36.—Rouse, A. E. The value of rectal feeding in illness.
 Practitioner,  Lond.,  1922, 109: 463.—Schafer, W.  Ueber
 Rectalernahrung mit Kohlenhydraten im Kindesalter.  Zschr.
 Kinderh., 1922, 34: 196-206.
   ENEQUIST,  Paul.   Das  Bachneunauge  als
 okologische  Modifikation  des  Flussneunauges;
 iiber die Fluss- und  Bachneunaugen Schwedens.
 22p.  map, diagr.  22 cm.   Stockh., Almqvist &
 Wiksells, 1937.

 ENERGY [and energetics]
   See also Calorimetry; Cosmogony; Dynamics;
 Force; Matter;  also  various forms of energy  as
 Electricity; Heat; Radiation, &c.
   Anderson, W. Existiert eine obere Grenze fiir die Dichte
 der Materie und der Energie?  Acta Univ.  Tartu,  1936, 29:
 A, No. 9, 1-142.—Bolza, H.  Einige  Bemerkungen  zum Satz
 der Erhaltung der Energie. Verh. Phys. med. Ges. Wiirzburg,
 1933, n. F., 58: 44-64.—Caux, G.   Les transformations de
 l'energie.  Rev. cosmobiol., Nice, 1934-35, 1: 66.—Einstein, A.
 Der Energiesatz in der allgemeinen Relativitatstheorie. Sitzber.
 Preuss. Akad. Wiss., 1918,  448-60.—Friedman, V. G. [Engels
 and  the law of preservation  of energy]   Priroda,  Leningr.,
 1935, 24: 1-7.—Strahlende Energie.  Reichsgesundhbl., 1936,
 11: 21.—Weiss, M.  Principes generaux de la mecanique et
 de la chaleur.  In Traite  physiol. norm. path. (Roger, G. H.,
 & Binet, L.) Par., 1929, 8:  241-91.

 ENERGY [human]
   See  Constitution;  Efficiency;   Metabolism;
 Mind; Mind and body; Muscle; Nerve; Work.

 ENERGY metabolism.
   See Metabolism.
   ENFEDSCHIEV,   Michael, 1911-       *Ein
 Beitrag zu den traumatischen Ps3rchosen.  48p.
 8?   Erlangen, K. Dores,  1937.
   ENFIELD, Charles Darwin, 1885-      Radi-
 ography; a manual of X-ray technique, interpre-
 tation  and therapy.  vii,  299p.   4?   Phila.,
 P. Blakiston's Son &  Co. [1925]
   ENG,  Helga   Kristine,  1875-        Experi-
 mental investigations into the emotional life  of
 the child compared with that of the adult; transl.
 by George H.  Morrison,   vi, 243p.  9  pl.  8?
 Lond., H. Milford, 1925.
  ----  Kinderzeichnen; vom ersten  St rich bis
 zu  den  Farbenzeichnungen   des  Achtjahrigen
 198p.  8 pl.  8?   Lpz., J.  A. Barth, 1927.
  Forms H. 39, Beih. Zschr. angew. Psychol.
  ----  The same.  The psychology of children's
 drawings,  from the first  stroke  to" the coloured
 drawing,   viii, 223p.  8 pl.  8?  Lond., K. Paul,
 & Co., 1931.
  EXGE,  Arne  Ragnar.   *Do controle  medico
 da educacao phvsica.   104p.  8?   S. Paulo, 1929
  ENGE,   Erich,  1907-       *Schtiller-Chris-
tiausche Krankheit [Berlin]  25p.  8?  Charlot-
tenb.,  K. & R. Hoffmann, 1937.
  ENGEL, Alexander,  1898-       *Ueber Ver-
anderungen  der  Senkungsgeschwindigkeit  der
roten  Blutkorperchen  bei   der   Paradentitis.
40p.  8?   Wiirzb., R. Mayr,  1933.
   ENGEL,  Alfons, 1908-       *Zur  Kenntnis
 der  Erfolge  der  Proteinkorpertherapie  beim
 Magengeschwiir mit  Erfahrungen der Med. und
 Xervenklinik zu  Wurzburg mit Xovoprotin von
 1926-1932  [Wurzburg]  20p.   8?   Bottrop-W.,
 W. Postberg, 1933.
   ENGEL, Carl, 1901-       *Xeue Behandlungs-
 methoden  der  gonorrhoischen  Arthritis.   18p.
 4 tab.  8?  Berl., 1932.
   ENGEL,  Cfonrad] S[amuel]  1S.62-       Der
 Krebs  und  seine  zellularen   Verwandten  als
 pathologische   Knospenbildungen.    127p.    S:
 Berl., A.  Haack, 1924.
   ENGEL, Elsbet, 1906-       *Einige Cephalo-
 thoracopagi bei Saugetieren [Gottingen]  p. 706-
 22.   8°   Berl., J.  Springer, 1931.
   Also Virchows Arch., 1931. 280:
   ENGEL,  Erhard,  1905-        *Ueber   eine
 seltene Form von isoliertem  Vertikalbruch des
 Kreuzbeins, zugleich ein Beitrag zum Studium
 der isolierten Kreuzbeinfrakturen  [Berlin]  43p.
 8?   Charlottenb.,  Gebr. Hoffmann, 1931.
   EXGEL, Erika,  1909-       *Heilungsverlauf
 von Dammriss und Episiotomie im Wochenbett.
 20p.   8?   Heidelb., H. Fahrer, 1935.
   ENGEL, Franz, 1850-1931.
  Olpp, G.  Nekrolog.  Munch,  med.  Wschr., 1931,  78:
 2163-5.
  ENGEL [Friedrich]  Rudolf, 190S-       *Das
 Differentialblutbild  bei  chirurgischen Erkran-
 kungen.  54p.   8?   Lpz., A. Edelmann, 1932.
  ENGEL, Fritz,  1907-       *Ueber retroperi-
 toneale Lipome.  47p.  8?   [Heidelb.] 1933.
  ENGEL, Gerhard,  1907-      *Beitrag zur
 Frage der Uterusruptur in alter Kaiserschnitt-
 narbe vor Ende der Schwangerschaft.  18p.  8?
 Bresl., Breslauer Genoss. Buchdruck, 1935.
  ENGEL,  Gretel,  1905-        *Ueber  die
 Haufigkeit einiger  Varietaten im Rontgenbild der
 Halswirbelsaule.   39p.   8?  Bonn,  H.  Trapp,
 1932.
  ENGEL, H[ans]
  See Bauer, M., Engel. H. [et al.] Dritte Verordnung uber
 Ausdehnung der Unfallversicherung auf Berufskrankheiten
 vom 16. Dezember 1936. 513p. 8? Lpz., 1937.
  ---- & ECKERT, J.  Die Sozialversicherung
 im  Dritten Reich,  [v.  p.]   8?   Berl., Beamten-
 presse, 1937.
  ENGEL,  Hans  Joachim,  1912-        *Zur
 Operation nach Pirogoff,   iiber  die  gefahrdete
 Stelle der Art. tibialis post, bei  der Fersenlappen-
 bildung und die Gefassversorgung des Calcaneus
 [Leipzig]   15p.   23*2 cm.   Zeulenroda, A. Ober-
 reuter, 1936.
  ENGEL,  Helmut,  1910-       *Ueber  die
 spontanen  Dickdarmperforationen  bei  Neuge-
 borenen unter besonderer Berucksichtigung  eines
einschlagigen Falles.   17p.  pl.  S?   Erlangen,
 K. Dores, 1936.
  ENGEL, Johannes,  1463-1512.  Astrolabium
planum in tabulis  ascendens.  176 1.  8?  Augs-
burg, Erhard Ratdolt, Oct.  6, 1488.
  ----  The same.   175 1.  8?  Venezia,  Joh.
 Emericus de Spira, June 9,  1494.
  ENGEL, Leo.   *Ein Beitrag  zu den Aushei-
lungsmoglichkeiten frakturierter  Schneidezahne.
 18p.  8?  Wurzb.,  K. Triltsch,  1933.
  ENGEL, Maurice,  1911-      Contribution
a l'etude des fistules duodenocoliques,  secondaires
au  cancer primitif du  colon.    32p.   8?    Par.,
L.  Rodstein, 1936.
  ENGEL, Max,  1902-      *Ueber einen Fall
von genuiner diffuser Phlebektasie am Unterarm
[Leipzig]   19p.  2  pl.  8?   [Zeulenroda i.  Thiir.,
A.  Oberreuter] 1928. 
ENGEL
   ENGEL, Max, 1911-      *Die plasmatische
 Bilirubinbildung  [Zurich] 75p.  8?  Wadenswil,
 J. Villiger & cie., 1935.
   ENGEL, R.
   See Curtius, F., Engel, R. [et al.]  Ueber Erkrankungen des
 arteriellen Systems. 102p.  8? Lpz., 1935.
   ENGEL, Rose, 1907-      *Ueber die Ernah-
 rung  der weissen  Maus als  Versuchstier des
 Laboratoriums.  16p.  8?  Berl., R. Scherk, 1936.
   ENGEL, Rudolf,  1904-       *Der  Fliissig-
 keitsaustausch zwischen Blut und Gewebe unter
 dem Einfluss venoser Stauung   [Bonn]   16p.
 8?   [Lpz., Breitkopf & Hartel] 1928.
   ENGEL, Sigmund.  The elements  of child-
 protection; transl. from the German by Dr Eden
 Paul,  xi, 276p.  8?  Lond., G. Allen & Co., 1912.
   ENGEL,  Stefan,   1878-        Die  okkulte
 Tuberkulose  im  Kindesalter  dargestellt  auf
 Grund  klinischer  und  experimenteller   Unter-
 suchungen.  92p.  8?  Lpz.,  J. A. Barth, 1923.
   Forms H. 12, Tuberk. Bibl., Lpz.
   ----  Konstitutionsanomalien und Stoffwech-
 selkrankheiten  nebst  den  Erkrankungen des
 Blutes und der blutbereitenden Organe sowie den
 Verdauungskrankheiten jenseits des Sauglings-
 alters.   79p.   8?   Lpz., G. Thieme,  1924.
   Forms H. 3, Diagn. ther.  Irrtiim. Kinderheilk.
   ----   Handbuch der Rontgendiagnostik und
 -Therapie  im  Kindesalter.   220p.   roy.  8°.
 Lpz., 1933.
   See also Kinderarztliche Praxis; eine Zeitschrift  fiir den
 praktischen Arzt [&c] Lpz., v.1-2,  1930-32.
   ----& PIRQUET, C.  Handbuch  der Kinder-
 tuberkulose unter Mitwirkung von Fachgenossen.
 2v.   xii, x,  1591p., paged  consec.   4?   Lpz.,
 G. Thieme, 1930.
   ENGEL, Willi,  1911-      *Ein Fall  von
 progressiver Progenie  [Tubingen]   15p.   4 pl.
 8?   Schramberg (Wiirtt.) Gatzer & Hahn,  1934.
   ENGELBACH, William,  1877-1932.   Endo-
 crine medicine.  4v.  illust.  pl.  diagrs.  roy. 8?
 Springf., 111.,  C. C. Thomas, 1932.
   For biography see Tr. Am. Ther. Soc, 1934,  33: 9.
   ENGELBARTH, Heinz, 1909-      *Die Schul-
 zahnpflege im Kreise Wittgenstein unter Beruck-
 sichtigung der sozialen Verhaltnisse   [Munster]
 21p.   8?  Bottrop i. W., W.  Postberg, 1935.
  ENGELBERG, Ancel,  1907-      ^Contribu-
 tion k l'etude des  torsions du  testicule  et de
 I'hydatide  sessile  de  Morgagni  chez  l'enfant
 (syndrome d'orchite aigue primitive des enfants)
 55p.   8?  Lyon, Bosc freres, 1936.
  ENGELBERG, Kurt,  1910-       *Verlage-
 rung der verkalkten  Zirbeldriise und  ihre Be-
 deutung  fiir  die  rontgenologische  Diagnostik
 von Hirntumoren  [Wurzburg]   13p.  8?   Wert-
 heim-M., E. Beckstein, 1937.
  ENGEL BEY, Friedrich.   Zur Therapie der
 Lepra.   60p.  8?  Lpz., J. A. Barth, 1926.
  Forms Beih. 2, v.30. Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg.
  ENGELBRECHT [Albert Franz] Rudolf, 1907-
       *Die supracondylar Humerusfraktur bei
 Kindern, ihre Komplikationen  und ihre Behand-
 lung.  32p.  8?  Berl., F. Linke, 1937.
  ENGELBRECHT, Arno, 1899-       ♦Unter-
 suchungen uber den dosierten Valsalvaschen Ver-
 such an gesunden Herzen  [Konigsberg]  8p.  8?
 [Berl.,  H. Pusch] 1926.
  ENGELBRECHT, Richard, 1901-      *Ueber
 Furchen und Fissuren der bleibenden menschlichen
Seitenzahne.  32p. 8?  Greifswald, H. Adler, 1930.
  ENGELBRECHT, Richard, 1910-      *Men-
surverletzungen der Nase.   15p.   8?  Wiirzb.,
K. Triltsch, 1934.
      77908—VOL. 5, 4th  sef.ibs----22
ENGELDER
  ENGELDER, Carl J[ohn] 1890-      Labora-
tory record book of quantitative analysis.  2. ed.,
rev.  p. 1.  96p.  tab.  23 cm.   X. V., J. Wiley &
Sons, 1938.
  ENGELHARD, Albert, 1891-      *Contribu-
tion a l'etude  de  la cesarienne tardive.   195p.
ch.  8?  Par.,  1926.
  ENGELHARDT, Anna [Friederike] 1896-
*Ueber die  Behandlung der  inficierten  Extra-
uteringraviditat  [Berlin]  43p.  8?  [Domitz i.
Meckl., E. Mattig] 1928.
  ENGELHARDT, Emil, 1909-      *Zur Klinik
der Subarachnoidalblutung  [Erlangen]  28p. 8?
Numb., F. Osterschrist, 1935.
  ENGELHARDT,  Fritz,   1899-       *Ueber
Ureterknotung.  15p.  8?  Miinch.,  1927.
  ENGELHARDT, Gunther, 1907-      *Spiro-
metrische und  phonetische Untersuchungen an
6-14jahrigen Kindern  [Kiel]  20p.   8?  Rade-
beul-Dresd., Kupky & Dietze, 1934.
  ENGELHARDT,  Hannes,  1908-       *Zur
Strahlentherapie der puerperalen Mastitis  [Gies-
sen]  32p.  8?  Dusseld., G. H. Xolte, 1935.
  ENGELHARDT, Hans,  1892-       *Schadi-
gungen nach Intrauterinstift und nach Fruktulet.
16p.  8?  Wiirzb.,  K. Triltsch, 1929.
  ENGELHARDT,  Ludwig,  1900-       *Das
Vorkommen  von Progenie und Prognathie bei
Geisteskranken und Schwachsinnigen  [Erlangen]
28p.  8?  Eisfeld-Thur., C. Beck, 1937.
  ENGELHARDT,  Wilhelm  Erwin, 1901-
*Ueber die Moglichkeiten einer gasanalytischen
Methode  zur Untersuchung der fermentativen
Eiweisspaltung  [Berlin]  32p.  8?   Domitz i.
Meckl., E. Mattig,  1926.
  ENGELHARDT, Willy, 1895-      *Die Aus-
scheidung des  Wismuts  aus dem menschlichen
Organismus  unter  Berucksichtigung  der  Be-
deutung  fiir  die Therapie der Syphilis bei  ver-
schiedenen  Anwendungsarten  und  Praparaten
[Habilitationschrift]   [Giessen]  42p. 8?  Berl.,
J. Springer,  1928.
  Also Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1928, 156:
  ----& EISENBERG, W.  Die Bedeutung der
Urethroskopie fiir Diagnose  und Therapie  von
Harnrohrenerkrankungen.   56p.    8?    Halle,
C. Marhold, 1930.
  Forms H. 11, Samml. Derm.
  ENGELHART,  Alfred,   1911-       *Ober-
kiefer-Zysten, insbesondere Oberkieferfront-Zys-
ten und ihre Behandlung  [Miinchen]  19p. 8?
Wiirzb., R. Mayr,  1935.
  ENGELIEN,  Adolf, 1910-       *Zur  Praxis
der Schweinegeburtshilfe.   78p.   8?   Lpz., A.
Edelmann, 1933.
  ENGELKE, Heinrich, 1904-       *Die Hau-
figkeit des  weichen  Schankers in  den Jahren
1919-30.  18p.   8?   Miinch., 1931.
  ENGELMANN, Fritz, 1902-       *Ueber die
kausale Bedeutung  exogener Momente in  der
Aetiologie schizophrener Erkrankungen [Halle]
p.588-632.  8?   Berl., J. Springer, 1928.
  Also Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1928, 84:
  ENGELMANN, Ffritz] 1873-    , & MAYER,
A.  Sterilitat und  Sterilisation; Bedeutung der
Konstitution fiir die Frauenheilkunde.  xii, 879p.
illust.  roy. 8?   Miinch., J. F. Bergmann, 1927.
  Forms 3. Bd Handb. Gyn. (J. Veit & W. Stockel) 3. Aufl.
  ENGELMANN, George, 1809-84.
  [Biography]  In  Some Am. Med.  Botanists (H. A. Kelly)
1929, 157-62.
  ENGELMANN,  Guido,  1876-        Einfiih-
rung in die Orthopadie.  2 p. 1.  90p. 8?  Wien,
J. Springer,  1929. 
ENGELMANN                           338                                ENGHOFF
   ----  Konservative orthopadische Behandlung
 der Poliomyelitis,  vii, 44p.  illust. 23cm. Wien,
 W.  Maudrich, 1938.
   See also Aschner, Berta, & Engelmann, Guido.  Konstitu-
 tionspathologie in der Orthopadie [&c] 312p.  8? Wien, 1928.
   ENGELMANN,   Hanns,  1910-      *Die
 Fauna  unbeerdigt  liegender  Menschenleichen
 [Heidelberg]  23p.   8?   Diisseld., G.  H. Xolte,
 1937.
   ENGELMANN   [Hans]  Heinz,  1909-
 *Ueber  die  Heilung von Spontanfrakturen  auf
 neoplasmatischer Grundlage  [Halle]  23p.   8°.
 Bleicherode  a. Harz, C.  Nieft, 1935.
   ENGELMANN  [Hermann  Wilhelm]   Harro,
 1901-       *Katatone  und hebephrene  Krank-
 heitsbilder bei Jugendlichen  [Leipzig]  37p.   8?
 [Zeulenroda  i. Thiir., A.  Oberreuter] 1925.
   ENGELMANN, Rudolf, 1908-      *Die Be-
 handlung offener Knochenbriiche an der Wiirz-
 burger Klinik in den letzten 10  Jahren.   p.356-
 76.   8?   Wiirzb. [1933]
   Also Arch, orthop. Unfallchir., 1932, 31:
   ENGELMANN, Sophie  Charlotte, 1899-
 *Beitrag zur Genese der tuberkulosen Meningitis
 im Kindesalter.  32p. 8? Rostock, C. Hinstorff,
 1925.
   ENGELS, Helmut, 1908-      *Ueber Diver-
 tikel und Ulcus an der  grossen Curvatur des
 oberen Magens.  23p.   8?  Berl., 1934.
   ENGELS,  Herbert,  1907-        *Ueber  Be-
 deutung, Haufigkeit und Aetiologie des Pyovars
 [Kiel]  21p.   8?  Quakenbriick,  C.  Trute, 1934.
   ENGELS,  Sidonie, 1901-      *Ueber einen
 Tumorfall des Limbus corneae. 18p.  8?  Wiirzb.,
 Gebr. Memminger,  1929.
   ENGELSON, Moise.   *Evolution et structure
 de la schizophrenic  67p.   8?  Lausanne, 1933.
   ENGELSTAD, Rolf Bull. Ueber die Wirkun-
 gen der Rontgenstrahlen auf die Lungen.  94p.
 18 pl.  8?  Stockh., 1934.
   Forms Suppl. 19, Acta radiol.
   ENGELSTED, Sophus, 1823-1914.
   Norrie, G. [Biography] Bibl. laeger, 1926, 118:  120-30.
   ENGENDAHL,  Josef, 1907-       *Blutende
 Mamma.  48p.  8?   Bonn, P.  Kubens [1934]
   ENGER,  Emil,   1907-       *Beitrag  zur
 Histologie des Tierschmelzes  TGottingenl 35p.
 8?  Hannover,  A. H. Borcher, 1930.
   ENGER,  Rudolf,  1897-       Harnfarbstoff-
 ausscheidung  und   Nierenfunktion    [Habilita-
 tionsschrift Frankfurt]   p.385-441.   8?   Berl ,
 F. C. W. Vogel, 1933.
   Also Deut. Arch. klin. Med.,  1933, 175:
   ENGER, Wilhelm, 1912-      *Ueber lokale
 unmittelbare  durch die  Art  der  Behandlung
 bedingte Storungen im Bereich des Gebisses [Got-
 tingenl   24p.   8?    Hannover, K. Funke, 1936.
   ENGERING, Ludger,  1909-      *Der Ein-
 fluss der  innersekretorischen Storungen auf das
 Gebiss   [Munster]   42p.   8?  Quakenbriick,  R.
 Kleinert, 1933.
   ENGERT,  Karl,   1910-       *Beitrage  zur
 Speichelsteinkrankheit.   25p. 8?  Wiirzb., Gebr.
 Memminger, 1935.
   ENGESTROEM,  Tor,  1905-       Beitrag zur
 Kenntnis der  Magensaftaciditat  und  der Ver-
 dunnungssekretion   des   Magens.    75p.   8°
 Stockh.,  Zetterlund & Thelander,  1935.
   Forms Suppl. 66, v.85. Acta med. scand.
   ENGHOFF,  Sven Axel  Henrik, 1894-
 *Der Barospirator;  Untersuchungen iiber seine
 Wirkungsweise mit besonderer Berucksichtigung
 der  pneumographischen  Methodik.   168p.  ch
8?   Lund, 1927.
   Also Skand. Arch. Physiol., Berl., 1927, 51:
   ----Quantitative Hamoglobinbestimmungen
 und  Erythrozytenuntersuchungen.   389p.  tab.
 ch.   24^cm.   Upps.,  A.  B.  Lundequistska Bok-
 handeln [1937]
   Forms No. 9, Upps. Univ. Arsskr., 1937.
   ENGHUSEN, Franz, 1913-      *Ortsfremdes
 Gewebe im Pulpencavum  [Leipzig]  25p.  23cm.
 Liibbenau-Spreewald, A.  Scharff, 1936.

 ENGINEERING.
   See also under  headings  related  to   special
 types of  engineering  as Architecture;  Army;
 Aviation;  Building; Chemical industry;  Drain-
 age;  Electrotechnology; Sanitation;  Water sup-
 ply, &c.
   Cambridge, Mass.   City Engineer.  Annual
 report. 1916-
   Irregular and incomplete.
   Chemical and metallurgical engineering.
 N. Y., 20-31, 1919-24.
   Lockhart,  C  F.  Practical  instructor  and
 reference  book for  locomotive firemen and engi-
 neers.  362p.  12?  N. Y., 1917.
   Taylor, F. A.   Catalog  of the  mechanical
 collections of the Division of Engineering, United
 States National Museum.  203p.   8?  Wash.,
 1939.
   Estes, S. G., & Horn, D. Interest patterns as related to
 fields of concentration among engineering students. J. Psychol
 Provincet., 1939, 7: 29-36.—Massey, A. Health of workers in
 the engineering industry. J. State M., Lond.,  1931, 39: 569-
 76.—Miller,  A. P. Undergraduate engineering training in
 public  health and related activities in engineering colleges of
 the United States. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1939, 54: 29-35
 2 tab.
   ENGLAND.  Medical  statutes  [1736]   [8]p.
 sm. 4?  London, 1736.
   ENGLAND.  Statutes [Sess.  of  Parliament,
 February  4, 1509]  [14] 1.  sm. 4?  [London, 1512]
   ---- Another different edition.  [14] 1.  sm. 4?
 London, 1513.
   ---- Statutes [Sess. of Parliament, April 28,
 1540]  67  1. sm. 4?  London, T. Berthelet, 1540.
   ENGLAND.  Committee for the Investigation
 of Dental Disease.   The influence  of diet  on
 caries in  children's teeth (final report)  137p.
 xii. tab.   ch.   8?  Lond., H. M. Stat. Off., 1936.
   Forms No. 211, Spec. Rep. Ser. Gr. Britain Privy Counc.
 Med. Res. Counc.
   ENGLAND.  Great Western  Railway  Com-
 pany.   Great  Western  Progress,  1835-1935.
 180p.  front,  illust.   portr.  fold, map, facsim.
 tab.   8?   Lond., 1935.
   ENGLAND.  Registrar-General.   Quarterly
 return of  marriages, births, and deaths.  Lord.,
 No. 221, 1889-
  ---- Statistical review of England and Wales.
 Lond., 1921-
  ---- Weekly return of births and  deaths of
 England and Wales.  Lond., v.44-82, 1883-1935.

 ENGLAND  [and English]
   See also Great Britain; also names of English
 towns as Birmingham; Bristol; Liverpool, &c.
   Chadwick, H. M.   The origin of the English
 nation. 2. ed.  331p.   8?  Cambr., 1924.
   Desk standard  dictionary of  the English
 language, abridged from the  Funk  & Wagnalls
 New standard dictionary of the English language,
 by James  C. Fernald; a new ed. rev. by Frank H.
 Vizetelly.   894p. 8?  N.  Y. [1938]
   Fleure, H. J.   The  races of  England  and
 Wales.  118p.   12?  Lond., 1923.
  Choinski. A.  Die nationale Abstammung der Englander.
Polit. anthrop. Rev., Lpz., 1904, 3: 542-9.—Fitzwilliams, D. C.
L. An excursion  along the green ways of England.  S. Mary
Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1938, 44: 141-8.—Maeder, A.  Psycho- 
ENGLAND
339
ENGLAND
 analytische Eindriicke von einer Reise in England.  Imago,
 Wien, 1912, 1: 188-96.—Moir, J. R.  Solutrean flint imple-
 ments in England.  Man, Lond., 1925, 25: 21-3.—Parsons, F.
 G.  The Englishman  of the future.  Rep. Brit. Ass. Advance.
 Sc, 1927, 95: 138-54.

 ----  Hygiene and vital statistics.

   England.   Registrar-General.   Statistical
 review of England and Wales.  Lond., 1921-
   England  and  Wales.  Registrar-General.
 Weekly  return of births  and deaths.  Lond.,
 v.44-82, 1883-1935.
   Great Britain.  Census Office.  Census of
 England and Wales, 1931.   General tables, com-
 prising population, institutions, ages and marital
 conditions,   birthplace  and  nationality,  Welsh
 language.   246p.    fol.   Lond., 1935.
   Hill,  T. W.   The health of England.  301p.
 8:   Lond. [1933]
   Rees,  F.    National  health;   from  magic,
 mystery,  and  medicine,  to  a  national health
 service.  68p.  12?   Bristol,  1919.
   Berg. M.  Bevolkerungsbewegung und Gesundheitszustand
 in England. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1926, 23: 130-4.—Derrick.
 V. P. A.  Observations on errors of age in the population sta-
 tistics of  England and Wales,  and the changes in mortality
 indicated by the national records.  J. Inst. Actuaries, Lond.,
 1926-27, 58: 117-59, 3 ch.—England and Wales; vital statistics
 for 1930.  Brit. M. J., 1931, 2: 774-6.—Gear,  H. S.  Some
 notes on English medical and vital statistical history.  China
 M. J., 1933, 47: 1040-51.—Martin, W. J.  Studies in the declin-
 ing birth-rate,  England and Wales;  the northern counties;
 summary of results for all areas.  J. Hyg., Lond., 1937, 37: 489-
 511.—Nation's (The)  health in  1933 [Engl. & Wales]  Lancet,
 Lond., 1934, 2: 1364.—Picken,  R. M. F.  The organisation of
 public health services  in Wales. Pub. Health, Lond., 1936-37,
 50: 49-51.—Powell, A. The relation of public assistance to
 public health in England. Am. J. Pub. Health, 1931, 21: 1315-
 24.—Scientific events; English vital statistics.  Science, 1918,
 n. ser., 47: 285.—Vital statistics for England and Wales, 1921,
 1922.  Pub.  Health  Rep., Wash., 1923,  38: 683-5.—Vital
 statistics of England and Wales, the Registrar-General's review
 of 1926.  Lancet, Lond., 1928, 2: 469-72.—Welton, T. A.  Note
 on urban and rural variations according to the English census
 of 1911.  J. R.  Statist. Soc, Lond.,  1912-13, 76: 304-17.—
 Wolff, G. Die Statistik in England.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1927,
 53: 371.—Zum Busch, J. P.  Volksgesundheitliches aus Eng-
 land. Schweiz. med.  Wschr., 1935, 65: 307-9.

 ----   Medicine.
   Compulsory mobilization of the English medical profession.
 J. Am. M. Ass., 1917, 68: 1486.—English Medical Corporations
 granting diplomas; Examining Board in England by the Royal
 College of Physicians of London and the Royal College of
 Surgeons  of England.  Lancet, Lond.,  1922, 2: 444-52.—
 Kisskalt,  K.   Medizinalwesen  und  Medizinalgesetzgebung
 in den Kulturstaaten am Anfange des 20. Jahrhunderts; 2.
 England; von W. J. Wilson.  Deut. Vjschr. off. Gesundhpfl.,
 1912, 44: 301-45.—Medical organization in England  [Edit.]
 J. Am. M. Ass., 1913, 60: 1657.—Prinzing, F.  Aerzteuber-
 schuss und neuer  Steuergesetzentwurf in England.  Deut.
 med. Wschr., 1909, 35: 1238.—Tomescu, P.  [Medical impres-
 sions from England]  Romania med., 1937, 15: 272.

 ----  Medicine:  History.

  See also Medicine, History.
   Muller,  G.   Aus  mittelenglischen Medizin-
 texten;  die Prosarezepte des   Stockholmer Mis-
 zellankodex X-90.  215p.  8?   Lpz., 1929.
  San Marino, Calif.   Henry E. Huntington
 Library  and Art Gallery.   Medical knowl-
 edge in Tudor England  as displayed in an ex-
 hibition  of  books  and  manuscripts.   31p.   8?
 [San Marino, Calif., 1932]
  Clemens, J. R.  Notes on English  medicine (Henry V11I-
 George IV) Ann. M. Hist., 1931, n. ser., 3: 308-17— Combrie,
 J. D.  English medicine in the 18th century.  Proc.  R. Soc.
 M.,  Lond., 1934-35, 28: 1603-10.—Cowlishaw, L. Harvey s
 England;  1578-1657,  glimpses  of  the times both lay  and
 medical.  Med. J. Australia, 1928, 2: 398-403.—Crawford, J. H.
 Medicine in England in 1837.  Am. J. Surg., 1938, 38: 220-3 —
 Dobie, W. H.  Chester and North  Wales  medical  society.
 Med. Press & Circ,  Lond.,  1937,  195:  388-91.—Dolamore,
 W. H. The beginning of medical legislation in England  Brit.
 Dent. J., 1906, 27: 5-15.—English  medicine in the 18th cen-
 tury. Brit. M. J., 1935, 1: 1335.—Fifty years ago; the good
old  days  (English  medical students,  1893, as reported in
Berliner klinische Wochenschrift)  S. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond.,
1937  45: 6.—Group (A) of books dealing with the history of
medicine in England.   Ann. M. Hist., 1919, 2:  391.—Jones,
D. D.  Edwin Chadwick and the early public health movement
in England.  Univ.  Iowa  Stud., 1931, n. ser., No.  197, 9:
1-160.—Jones, F. A.  The impress of English thought on medi-
cine. South.  M. J., 1909, 2: 1107-11.—Jones, I. B.  Popular
medical knowledge in 14th century English literature.  Bull.
Inst. Hist. M., 1937, 5: 538-88.  Also repr.—Jurgens, A.  Der
Wandel in der englischen Medizin.  Deut. med. Wschr.,  1936,
62: 1970-2.—Larkey, S. V.  Public health in Tudor England.
Med. Off., Lond., 1934,  52:  233.—Morpurgo, E.   English
physicians, Doctorati, at  the University  of Padua in the
Collegio Veneto Artista (1617-1771)  Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond.,
1926-27, 20:  sect. hist,  med.,  63-74.—Parker, G.   English
medicine, its history and progress.  Canad. J. M. & S.,  1930,
68: 44-54.—Riddel 1, W. R.  A royal patient and her treatment
4 centuries ago.  Med. J. & Rec,  1932, 136: 165.—Williams.
G. J.  Ancient Cymric medicine.  LJniv. Durham Coll. M.
Gaz., 1928-29, 29: 101-13.—Woolf, A. E. M.  Some personali-
ties of the Hunterian epoch.  Ann. M. Hist., 1929,  n. ser., 1:
105-15.
   ENGLBERGER,  Rudolf,  1908-        *Kri-
tische Abhandlung  der  neueren  Literatur iiber
Lues antiqua und  Lues im  Mittelalter.   28p.
8?   Miinch. [1932]
   ENGLER, Alfred, 1883-       *Experimentelle
Untersuchungen   hinsichtlich der   fiir  die  Be-
wirkung  der Sporulation des Milzbrandbazillus
geeignetsten Substrate  vermittelst  des  Strass-
burger Verfahrens zum Nachweis von Milzbrand
[Bern]   67p.  8?   Hannover, 1911.
   ENGLER, Horst, 1907-      *Die Anwendung
des Insulins bei  Nichtzuckerkranken.  56p.  8?
Berl., W. Pilz &  Noack,  1933.
   ENGLER, Rudolf [Franz]  1894-       *Ueber
die Sterblichkeit in Sachsen fiir die Jahre  1901-
1910  nach  Alter  und   Geschlecht  (Auszug)
[Leipzig]  12p.  8?  Straubing, E. Arnold, 1921.
   ENGLER, Wilhelm, 1904-       *Der Einfluss
von Geburtsverletzungen auf  den Verlauf  des
Wochenbettes   [Wiirzburg]   15p.   8?  Coburg,
Muller & Schmidt, 1931.
   ENGLERT,  Helmut,  1909-        *Was  ist
bisher in der Literatur  bekannt geworden iiber
die Knochenveranderungen bei Bewegungen der
Zahnreihen  in   der   Orthodontie?   24p.   8?
Greifswald, H. Adler, 1936.
   ENGLERT,  Leonhard, 1910-        "'Histolo-
gische  Untersuchungen  an  retinierten  Zahnen.
16p.  8?  Wiirzb., M. Hofmann,  1935.
   ENGLERT, Ludwig.   Von altdeutscher Heil-
kunst.  53, 3p.  illust.  pl.   12?   [Lpz., Bibliogr.
Inst., 1935]
   ENGLESON,  Nils Peter  Hugo,  1884-
Dysenteriestudien;   eine  historisch-epidemiolo-
gische  Untersuchung iiber  die  Dysenterie in
Kronobergs  Ian  und  Blekinge,  sowie in Teilen
von Kristianstads- und Hallands Ian in Schweden
in den Jahren 1749-1830  mit besonderer Beruck-
sichtigung  der Sterblichkeit  und  Verbreitungs-
weise.   290p.  diagr., 4 maps.   8?  Lund, H.
Ohlsson,  1937.
   Forms Suppl. 83, Acta med. scand.
   ENGLEWOOD  Hospital  Association,  N.  J.
Annual report,   v.7,  1896-
   Incomplete.
   ENGLISH, David Combs,  1842-1924.
   [Memorial]  J. M. Soc.  N. Jersey, 1937,  34: 397, portr.—
Obituary.  J.  Am. M. Ass., 1924, 83: 1182.
   ENGLISH, Oliver  Spurgeon,  1901-      ,  &
PEARSON, Gerald Hamilton Jeffrey.  Common
neuroses  of children  and adults,   vi, 320p.  8?
N. Y., W.  W. Norton & Co.  [1937]
   ENGLISH, Richard Matthew, 1873-1931.
   Mullins, S. F. [Obituary] Proc. Connecticut M. Soc, 1932,
140: 166.
   ENGLISH, V[irgil] P[rimrose] 1858-       Doc-
tor's  plain  talk  to  young  women;  anatomy,
physiology  and hygiene of the sexual system and
the relation of this system to health, beauty and
popularity,   ix, 220p.  8?  Cleveland, Ohio State
Pub.  Co., 1902. 
ENGLISH
340
ENNEMOSER
   ENGLISH catalogue of books for [1926-     ]
 giving in one  alphabet, under author, subject
 and title, the size, price,  month of publication,
 and  publisher  of  books  issued  in the  United
 Kingdom, ed. by James D. Stewart.  8?  Lond.,
 Pub. Circular,  1927-

 ENGRAVING.
   See also Book; Graphic arts; Illustration.
   Bartsch, A.  Le peintre graveur [Reprint  of
 1822 ed.]  22v.  8?   Wiirzb., 1920-22.
   Dodgson,  C.  Woodcuts of  the fifteenth  cen-
 tury in the John Rylands  Library,  Manchester.
 Reproduced  in facsimile  with  an introduction
 and notes.  17p. fol.   Manchester, 1915.
   Hind, A. M.  A history of engraving and etch-
 ing.   487p.   4?  Lond., 1923.
   Huth,  A.  H.  A catalogue  of  the woodcuts
 and engravings in  the Huth Library.   97p.  8?
 Lond., 1910.
   Lippmann, F.  The art  of wood-engraving in
 Italy in the 15.  century.  179p. 4?   Lond., 1888.
   Pfister,  K.   Die  primitiven  Holzschnitte.
 29p.  44 pl.  8?  Munch., 1922.
   Stadler, F. J.  Michael Wolgemut und der
 Nurnberger Holzschnitt. 271p. 8?  Strasb., 1913.
   Wegner, R. N.   Kupferstich und Anatomen-
 bildnis; eine  Einfuhrung in ein Sondergebiet der
 Aerztebildniskunde.  p.209-40.  8?  Jena, 1937.
   Woodberry,  G.  E.   A  history of   wood-
 engraving.  221p.  8?  N. Y., 1883.
   Murray, A.  Monochrome reproduction in photoengraving.
 J. Franklin Inst., 1936, 221: 721-44.
   ENIGK  [Friedrich] Karl,  1906-       *Die
 Veranderungen der Bronchien bei der Tuberku-
 lose des Rindes.  38p.  8?   Lpz., A. Edelmann,
 1931.
   ENKE, Alfred, 1852-1937.
   For portrait see Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1924, 73: H. 9-10.
   For biography see Arch. Kinderh.,  1937, 111: H. 2, portr.
 (E. Muller)  Also Zschr. Orthop., 1937, 66: H. 3, portr. (A.
 Wollenberg)
   ENKE [Anna Karoline]  Elisabeth, 1902-
 *Zur  Kenntnis  der  Dermatomyome   [Leipzig]
 38p.  8?  [Zeulenroda i. Thiir., A. Oberreuter]
 1926.
   ENKE [Elisabeth] Gertrud, 1902-      *Blut-
 druckmessungen  bei  akuten   Infektionskrank-
 heiten  [Halle]  p.349-56.  8?  Berl., J. Springer,
 1929.
   Also Zschr. klin. Med., 1929, 111:
   ENKE,  Hans, 1909-      *Beitrag zur  Frage
 der  Querstreifung  der  Schmelzprismen.   19p.
 8?  Wurzb., Gebr.  Memminger, 1935.
   ENKE,  Willi, 1895-
   See Kretschmer, Ernst, & Enke, Willi.  Die Personlichkeit
 der Athletiker.  75p.  8?  Lpz., 1936.
   ENKELMANN, Alfred,  1908-      *Beitrage
 zu der  pathologischen  Anatomie  der  Fremd-
 korperwirkung  im Oesophagus  [Kiel]  23p.   8°
 [Libau, G. D. Meyer]  1931.
   ENKLING,  Hildegard,  1908-        *Ueber
 Mundschleimhautbeteiligung bei Erythema exsu-
 dativum  multiforme  und  nodosum  [Freiburg]
 31p.   8?   Kettwig, F. Flothmann, 1933.

 ENLISTMENT.
   See Recruiting.
   ENLOE, Cortez  F
 Reizleitungsstorungen
 Koronarerkrankungen
 R. Pfau, 1937.
   ENMER,  H.  Die  Unfruchtbarmachung  der
Frau.  p.327-46.  8?   Miinch., 1936.
   In Gesetz. Verhutung erbkrank. Nachwuchs.  (Giltt, A
[et al.]) Miinch., 1936.
 jr.   *Intraventrikulare
in  ihrer  Beziehung  zu
  14p.   pl.   8?   Berl.,
   ENNEMOSER, Joseph, 1787-1854.
   Bremm,  J.   Der Tiroler Joseph Ennemoser.
 165p.   8?  Jena, 1930.
   ENNINGHORST, Heinz, 1907-       *Misch-
 geschwiilste der Parotis.  36p.  8?   Freib. i. B.
 R. Rebholz [1933]
   ENNIS,  Leroy Massey,  1892-        Dental
 roentgenology,   ix, 288p.   8?   Phila.,  Lea  &
 Febiger,  1931.   Also  2.  ed.   351p.   illust.
 diagr.  1936.
   ENNULAT,  Arno,  1890-       *Ein Beitrag
 zur  Operationssucht   bei  Geisteskrankheiten.
 18p.  8?  Konigsb., O. Kiimmel, 1918.
   ENNUYER, Auguste,  1909-       *L'h6mato-
 logie de la maladie de Hodgkin.  104p.  8? Par.,
 L.  Rodstein, 1935.
   ENOCH,  David, 1904-       *Die  Xantho-
 proteinreaktion  bei Bestrahlung  von  Genital-
 carcinomen  der  Frau  [Frankfurt]   23p.   8?
 Darmst., L. Simon, 1933.
   ENOCK, C. Reginald, 1868-      The tropics;
 their resources, people and future;  a  description
 of the tropical lands of  Africa, Asia, &c.  xxiii,
 466p.   64  pl.   front,  map.  8?    N.  Y.,  C.
 Scribner's Sons,  1915.
   ENOCKSSON, Erick  Birger,  1899-      A
 study  of  the reducing power of the  blood with
 special reference to some gastro-intestinal diseases
 and their diagnosis.  370p.  8?   Stockh., P. A.
 Norstedt & Soner, 1932.
   Forms Suppl. 45, Acta med. scand.

 ENOCYTE.
   See also Insect.
  Glaser, R. W. A contribution to our knowledge of the func-
 tion of the cenocytes of insects.  Biol. Bull., 1912-13, 23:
 213-24.—Hollande, A. C. Les corps figures  du protoplasme
 des cenocytes  des insectes.  C. rend. Acad, sc,  1913, 156:
 636-8.  ------  Les cerodecytes ou cenocytes des insectea
 considers au point de vue  biochimique.  Arch. anat. micr.,
 Par., 1914, 16: 1-66, 4 pl.—Stendell, W. Beitrage zur Kenntnis
 der Oenocyten von Ephestia kuehniella Zeller.  Zschr. wiss.
 Zool., 1912, 102: 136-69, pl.

 ENODRIN.
  See under Glycerin.

 ENOL [and enolization]
  See also Aldehydes;  Isomerism; Keton.
  Fuson, R. C, Fisher, C.  H. [et al.]  Reactions of bromo-
magnesium enolates of mesityl ketones.  J. Org. Chem., 1939,
4: 111-8.—Henze, M. Ueber Isomerisierung  bei Oxyketonen;
Umlagerung des Phenylketols (CeHsCHOHCO-CHjCOCHs.)
Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1935, 232: 117-22.—Kohler, E. P., &
Weiner, N.  The tautomerism of alpha diketones;  benzhydryl
phenyl diketone.  J. Am. Chem. Soc,  1934,  56: 434-8.—
Neuberg, I. S.  Zur  Frage nach der Enolstruktur der Brenz-
traubensaure und ihrer  aliphatischen Abkommlinge.  Bio-
chem. Zschr., 1930, 219: 165-70.

ENOPHTHALMOS.
  See also Eye,  Injury;  Eyeball,  Atrophy; Eye-
ball, Displacement; Face, Hemiatrophy; Horner's
syndrome;  Migraine.
  Cohn,  E.   *Zur Genese des  traumatischen
 Enophthalmus.  31p.  8?  Konigsb.-Pr. [1935]
  Risack, A.  *Ueber die Genese des Enophthal-
 mus traumaticus.   13p.  8?  Wurzb., 1933.
  Birch-Hirschfeld.  Zur Genese des traumatischen Enophthal-
mus. Zschr. Augenh., 1930, 72: 259-65.—Brana.  J. Sehr
hochgradiger Enophthalmos  im Anschluss an eine linksseitige
Hemiatrophia facialis.  Klin. Mbl. Augenh.,  1925, 75: 387.—
Craig, J.  A. A case of traumatic enophthalmos.  Tr. Ophth.
Soc. U.K., 1924, 44:433-5.—Dejean, C.  L'enophtalmie. Gaz.
h6p., 1933, 106: 403-6.—Francois, J. De l'enophtalmie trau-
matique et de sa pathogenie.  Bruxelles med., 1934-35, 15:
830.  Also Bull. Soc. beige opht.,  1934, No. 70, 71-9 —
Gallenga, R.  Avanzamento  con innesto tarsale del musculo di
Muller nella pseudoptosi da enoftalmo.  Rass. ital. ottalm.,
1934, 3: 626-36.—Morrison, F. A., & Rutherford, C. W. Trau-
matic enophthalmos with a case report.  Am. J. Ophth., 1926,
3. ser., 9: 876-9.—Nigetitch, Z.  Les operations sur le globe 
ENOPHTHALMOS                           341                                 ENSTHALER
 dans le cas d'enophtalmie.  Arch, opht., Par., 1924, 41: 604-
 7.—Seefelder, R.  Zur operativen Behandlung des traumati-
 schen  Enophthalmus.  Arch. Augenh., 1924,  95:  92-5.—
 Stallard, H. B.  Enophthalmos and exophthalmos.  In Brit.
 Encycl. M.  Pract. (Rolleston, H.)  Lond., 1937,  5: 42-9.—
 Takagi, A. Three cases of traumatic enophthalmos.  Bull. Nav.
 M. Ass., Tokyo, 1936, 25: 9.—Wagener, H. P. Enophthalmos
 in Horner's syndrome.  Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, 1933,  31: 166-75.
 Also Am.  J. Ophth., 1934,  3. ser., 17: 209-14.—Weill, G., &
 Nordmann, J.  Enophtalmie traumatique. Rev. otoneur., Par.,
 1926, 4: 744-8.—Zentmayer, W.  A  case of traumatic enoph-
 thalmos Tr. Coll. Physicians Philadelphia, 1924,3. ser., 46: 337.

 ENOSTOSIS.

   See Bone, Tumors:  Osteoma.
   ENQUIN,   Benjamin,   1905-          *Valeur
 clinique  de la  reaction  de   sedimentation  des
 globules rouges  dans  la tuberculose  pulmonaire
 de l'adulte.  148p.   8?   Par., A.  Legrand,  1934.
   ENRIGHT,  John Allen, 1905-        *Hyper-
 nephroma   of  the  kidney   [Marquette  Univ.]
 25p.   8?   Milwaukee, Wis.,  1932.
   Typewritten.
   ENRIQUES, Paolo, 1932-
   Terni, T.   Necrologia.  Atti Soc.  med. chir. Padova, 1933,
 ser. 2,  11: 132-41, portr.—Truffi, M. [Necrologia]  Ibid., 66.
   ENRIQUEZ, Edouard,  1865-1928.    Maladies
 infectieuses et parasitaires, maladies de la bouche,
 du  pharynx, de l'cesophage,  de l'estomac et  de
 l'intestin.    1523p.   illust.    pl.   roy. 8?   Par.,
 G. Doin & cie, 1926.
   Forms v.l, Nouv. traits path. int.  (Enriquez, E.)
   See  also Nouveau trait! de pathologie interne  [&c]  4?
 Par., 1926-33.
   For biography see Bull. Soc. mid. hop.  Paris, 1928, 3. ser.,
 52: 1837-41.
   ENRIQUEZ-OYARZABAL,  Jose,   1901-
 *Traitement  des  luxations  recentes  du semi-
 lunaire  (luxations  subtotales  retro-lunaires  du
 carpe)  68p.  8?   Par., 1928.
   ENROTH, Emil.   *Om den konstitutionella
 dispositionens  betydelse  i den  parenkymatosa
 keratitens   etiologi;  en klinisk  och  serologisk
 (Abderhalden-) undersokning.  114p.  8?   Helsin.,
 1919.
   ENSEIGNEMENT  de la medeeine en France;
 les centres frangais  d'enseignement de la  mede-
 eine dans  le  monde.    Nouvelle ed.   172p.   8?
 [Par.] Presse med.,  1932.

 ENSTFORM cartilage.

   See Sternum;  Xiphoid.

 ENSILAGE.

   See Silage.
   ENSINGER,  Hermann,  1911-         *Ueber
 die   bakterizide   Wirkung  des   menschlichen
 Speichels.    lOp.   8?   Wiirzb., K.  Triltsch, 1936.
   ENSLEN, Walter [Karl  Hermann]  1906-
 *Ueber Ammoniakbildung  bei der  Muskeltatig-
 keit   [Miinchen]   30p.   8?    Gunzburg  a.  D.,
 1931.

 ENSOL.

   See also Cancer, Treatment.
   Connell, H. C.  Clinical results  of ensol therapy.  Bull.
 Hendry-Connell Res. Found. Kingston, Ont., 1936, 1: 24-41.
 ------   Ensol.  Ibid., 1937, 2: 5-7.  ------  The antigenic
 activity of ensol.  Ibid., 1938, 3: 3-9.  ------  Complemeni
 deviation with ensol antisera and tumor cell antigens.  Ibid.
 10-4.   ------& Holsgrove, B. J.  The precipitin reactions of
 ensol.  Ibid.,  1936, 1: 83-6.—Connolly, G. A.  Ensol at Wil-
 mington; case histories.   Ibid.,  1937,  2: 22-7.—Holt,  W
 Ensol at Portland, Maine; treatment of 7 cases of cancer with
 ensol (Rex)  Ibid., 8-16.—Munro, F. L. Bio-chemical studies
 on cancer patients treated with ensol; the hydrogen ion  con-
 centration of the blood in relation to clinical response.  Ibid.,
 1936, 1: 76-82.—Pitts, H.  C.  Ensol at Vancouver General
 Hospital. Ibid., 1937, 2: 17-21.—Pommerenke, W. T. Effects
 of so-called ensols on normal thyroid  and testicular tissue.  N.
 York State J.  M., 1937, 37:  1575.—Post-mortem reports upon
cases treated with ensol.  Bull. Hendry-Connell Res. Found.
 Kingston, Ont., 1936, 1: 42-51.
   ENSTHALER, Josef.  Die oberosterreichische
Sanitatsgemeinde.    144p.    illust.   tab.    map.
8?   Linz, Buchdruck der  o.-b.  Landesregierung,
1934.


ENTAMEBA.

   See also Amebiasis; Amebidae.
   Burova,  L.  F.  Experimental study of histolytica-like
amoebae in lower monkeys.  Bull. biol. med. exp. URSS, 1939,
7: 249-53.—Cunha, A. M. da, & Penido, J. C. N.  Entamoeba
pimelodi, n. sp., parasite d'un poisson d'eau douce.  C. rend.
Soc biol., 1926, 95: 1010.— Dobell, C. Researches on the intes-
tinal protozoa of monkeys and man; an experimental study of
the histolytica-like species of Entamoeba living naturally  in
macaques.  Parasitology, Lond.,  1931, 23: 1-72.—Franchini,
G.  Sur une amibe particuliere d'une aschipiadacee (Chloroco-
don White)  Bull. Soc path, exot., Par., 1922, 15:  393-8 —
Glaser, R. W. On the cytology and life history of the amoebae;
with description of 2 new species.  J. Parasit., Urbana, 1921-22,
8: 1-10, pl.—Heathman, L.  Studies  of the antigenic properties
of some free living and pathogenic  amebas. Am.  J. Hyg., 1932,
16: 97-123.—Lavier, G.  Entamoeba varani n. sp. amibe para-
site de reptile. Ann. parasit., Par., 1928, 6:152-4.—Le Dantec.
ProcSdes  pour obtenir des  amibes et des  anguillules pour les
travaux pratiques de parasitologie.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1909,
66: 237.—Ogawa, J.  Studien  iiber intrazellulare Wasser-
stoffionenkonzentration   der  Entamoeba histolytica  und
Entamoeba coli.   Zbl.  Bakt., 1.  Abt.,  1929,  114:  68-81.—
Pavlova, E. A.  [Comparative study of movement in Entamoeba
histolytica and Entamoeba coli]  Med. parazit., Moskva, 1938,
7: 110-8.—Ratcliffe, H. L.  The relations of Endamoeba muris
and Chilomastix bettencourti to the  diet and intestinal condi-
tions of rats.  J. Parasit., Urbana, 1929-30,  16:  75-80.—
Reichenow, E.  Neuere Forschungen iiber die  Darmamoben
des Menschen.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1926,  30: 207-21 —
Sanders, E. P., & Cleveland, L. R.  The morphology and life-
cycle of Entamoeba terrapinae spec nov., from the terrapin
Chrysemys elegans.  Arch. Protistenk., 1930, 70: 267-73, pl —
Schuckmann, W. von.  Untersuchungen iiber das serologische
Verhalten  verschiedener  Amobenstamme.  Arb.  Reichsge-
sundhamt., 1920, 52: 133-62. ------  Ueber eine  aus  dem
Darm eines Meerschweinchens gezuchtete Amobe.  Ibid., 1926,
57: 801-20, pl.—Shimura,  S.  A  new non-pathogenic tetra-
genous ameba.  J. Exp.  M., 1918,  28: 415; 1919,  29: 415,  2 pl.
Also repr.—Tsaturian, A. T. [The existence of non-pathogenic
histolytica-like amoeba]   Vest, mikrob.,  1936, 15: 60-6.

----  aulastomi.
   Bishop, A.  Further observations upon Entameba aulastom
Noller.  Parasitology, Lond., 1937, 29: 57-69, 3 pl.—Drbohlav,
J.  J.  Culture d'Entamoeba aulastomi  Noller,  1919.   Ann.
parasit., Par., 1925, 3: 367.

----  biddulphiae.
   Zuelzer, M.  Ueber  eine Amobeninfektion bei Diatomeen.
Arb.  Reichsgesundhamt., 1926, 57: 821-35, 2  pl.------
Ueber Amoeba biddulphiae n. sp., eine in der marinen Diatomee
Biddulphia sinensis  Grev.  parasitierende  Amobe.   Arch,
Protistenk., 1927, 57: 247-84, 5 pl.

----  bobaci.
   Li Yuan Po. Entameba bobaci n. sp. des tarabagans (Mar-
mota bobac)   Rep. North Manchur.  Plague Prev. Serv., 1927-
28, 6: 183-6.  Also Ann. parasit.,  Par., 1928, 6:  339-14.

----  buccalis [gingivalis]

   Assmann,  G.   *Ueber   das  Vorkommen und
die  Bedeutung  der  Mundamoben.    42p.   8?
[Berl.] 1931.
   Beltran, E.   Estudios  en Endamoeba  gingivalis  Gros;
historia y  nomenclatura.  Gac. m6d. Mexico, 1938,  68:  263-
71.—Chiavaro, A.  Researches upon the Entamoeba buccalis.
Dent. Rev., 1914, 28: 1122-35.—Child, H. J.  Studies  on the
ingestion  of leucocytes,  and on mitosis, in Endamoeba gingi-
valis.  Univ. California Pub., 1926, 28: No. 14,  Zool., 251-84,
5 pl.—Deschiens, R.  Les entamibes de la bouche (E. gingivalis
Gros, 1846) peuvent-elles etre hGrnatophages?  Bull. Soc. path.
exot., Par., 1930, 23: 177-80, pl.  ------ & Gourvil. E.  Les
entamibes de la bouche  des singes.  Ibid., 711-4.—Hiraoka, S.
Experimentelle Studien iiber Entamoeba buccalis; statistische
Betrachtung iiber die  Ansiedlungshaufigkeit  bei Japanern.
Fukuoka  acta med.,  1936,  29: 29.   ------  Zuchtung und
Beobachtung  der  Kulturen.  Ibid., 30.  ------  Morpho-
logische Studien.  Ibid., 31.  ------   Biologische Studien.
Ibid., 32.   ------  Uebertragungsversuche. Ibid., 33.  ------
Studien iiber die leukozytolytische  Substanz aus Entamoeba
buccalis.  Ibid., 33. ------  Serologische Studien.  Ibid., 34.—
Howitt, B. F.  The cultivation of Endamoeba gingivalis (Gros)
Univ. California Pub.,  1925, 28: Zool., 65-126,  3 pl.  —----■
The effect of certain drugs and dyes  upon the growth of Enda-
moeba gingivalis  (Gros) in vitro, and experiments with Enda-
moeba gingivalis  (Gros) in  mixed  bacterial cultures; in  filtered
saliva; on a solid base; with peritoneal cells; and with digestive
secretions.  Ibid., No. 8, 173-82, tub.; No. 9, 183-202,  2 pl.— 
ENTAMEBA
342
ENTAMEBA
 Koch, D. A.  An experimental study of the effects of dyes, of
 dye mixtures, and of disinfectants upon Endamoeba gingivalis
 (Gros) in vitro.  Ibid.,  1926, 29: No. 11,  Zool.,  241-66, tab.
 ------Relation of moisture and temperature to the viability
 of Endamoeba gingivalis (Gros) in vitro.  Ibid-., 1927, 31: No.
 3, Zool., 17-29.—Kofoid, C. A., & Swezy. O.  The cytology of
 Endamoeba gingivalis (Gros) Brumpt compared  with that of
 E. dysenteriae, with special  reference to the determination of
 the amoebas in  bone marrow in arthritis deformans of Ely's
 second type.  J. Am. Dent. Ass.,  1925, 12: 175-96, 5 pl.—
 Pick, E.  [Spreading of  Entamoeba gingivalis in Leningrad,
 and its clinical significance]  Med.  parazit., Moskva, 1932, 1:
 246-9.—Popov, P. P., Zassukhin, D. N., & Kudriavtzev, V. A.
 [Material  for  studying  Entamoeba gingivalis  Gros (1849)]
 Vest, mikrob., 1929, 8: 308-18.—Simitch, T.  Sur une amibe
 buccale du chien, Entamoeba canibuccalis n. sp.  Ann. parasit.,
 Par.,  1938, 16: 251-3.

 ----  coli hominis.

    Stiles, C.  W.  Report of the  Committee on
 the relation of protozoa to disease, in  particular
 Amoeba coli.   14p.   8?  [Wash., 19?]
    Brumpt, E.   Infection experimentale du  chat par 1'Enta-
 mceba coli Loesch,  1875, Schaudinn emendavit  1903.  Ann.
 parasit., Par.,  1926, 4:  272-85.  ------   L'Entamceba coli
 peut-elle 6tre pathogene pour I'homme? exp£rimentalement elle
 peut l'etre pour le chat.  Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1926, 3. ser.,
 95: 284-93.—Das Gupta, B. M.  An abnormal Entamoeba coli
 cyst in the monkey (Silenus rhesus)  Ind. J. M. Res., 1936-37,
 24: 545.—Dobell, C. Researches on the intestinal protozoa of
 monkeys and  man;  an  experimental study  of some Simian
 strains of Entamoeba  coli.  Parasitology,  Lond.,  1936,  28:
 541-93.—Drbohlav, J. J.  Culture  d'Entamoeba  coli Loesch,
 1875, Emend.  Schaudin,  1903.   Ann. parasit.,  Par., 1925, 3:
 364-6.—Faust,  E. C.  The Endamoeba coli  index of E. his-
 tolytica in a community. Am. J.  Trop. M., 1930, 10: 137-
 44.—Goiffbn, R. L'Entamceba  coli signe de stagnation colique
 droite.  Arch. mal. app. digest., Par., 1930, 20: 964-8.—Hall,
 J. H., & Reed, A. C.  Endameba coli; a clinical study.  J. Am.
 M. Ass.,  1925,  84: 1914.—Penso,  G.  Sulla  patogenicita
 dell'Entamceba  coli.   Riforma  med.,  1931,  47: 601-5.—
 Ristorcelli, M.  Essais d'infestation experimentale du chat par
 Entamoeba coli, par la  voie intestinale haute, apres laparo-
 tomie. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par.,  1939, 32: 597-9.—Tanabe,
 M., & Kuwabara, N. Studies on the growth of Entamoeba coli
 in vitro.  Keijo J. M., 1931,  2: 199-207. ------& Chiba, E.
 On the cultivation of Entamoeba coli in Tanaba  and Chiba's
 medium.  Ibid.,  1930, 1:  91-3.—Tyzzer, E. E., & Geiman, Q.
 M. The ingestion of red blood cells by Endamoeba coli and its
 significance in  diagnosis.   Am. J. Hyg., 1938, 28: 271-87, 2
 pl.—Yoshida, K.  Ueber die Auskeimung  der Cyste von E.
 tetragena und E. coli in vitro.  Verh. Jap. path. Ges., 1918, 8:
 139-41.

 ----   Cultivation.
    Arndt, A.  Zur Technik der Amobenziichtung.  Zbl. Bakt.,
 1. Abt., 1922, 88: Orig., 417-22.  ------  Demonstrationen zur
 Kenntnis der Kulturamoben.  Ibid., 1924, 93: Orig., 257.—
 Barbagallo, P.  Sulla pretesa coltivazione delle amebe parassite
 dell'intestino dell'uomo.   Rass.  internaz. med. mod.,  1906, 7:
 95.—Brumpt, E.  Quelques  faits nouveaux concernant  les
 amibes intestinales de I'homme et leur culture.  Bull, mid.,
 Par., 1926, 40:  105-9.—Craig, C. F., & St John,  J. H.   The
 value  of cultural methods in surveys for parasitic amebae of
 man.  Am.  J.  Trop. M.,  1927, 7: 39-48.—Michaelis,  W.
 Ueber Gewinnung und Reinzuchtung bakteriensteriler Amoben,
 sowie deren antigene Eigenschaften.  Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt.,  1930,
 117: 298-311.—Sautet. J.  Action de 1'amidon sur les cultures
 d'amibes.  Ann. parasit., Par., 1926,  4: 344-8.

 ----  dispar.

   Brumpt, E.  Etude sommaire de  l'Entamceba dispar n. sp.
 amibe k kystes  quadrinuclees, parasite  de I'homme.   Bull.
 Acad,  med.,  Par., 1925,  3. ser., 93: 943-52.  ------  Indi-
 viduality de l'Entamceba dispar.  Bull. Soc. path, exot.,  Par
 1926, 19: 399-402.—Penso, G.  Sull'individualita  morfologica
 dell'Entamceba dispar (Brumpt)  Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1935,
 16:  563-73.—Simic,  T.   Presence  de l'Entamoeba dispar
 Brumpt dans le sud de la Yougoslavie (Macedoine Serbe)  Ann.
 parasit.,  Par., 1931, 9:  289-302.  ------  Infection  experi-
 mentale de I'homme par  Entamoeba dispar Brumpt.  Ibid.,
 385-91.  ------  L'infection du chien par l'Entamoeba dispar
 Brumpt.  Ibid., 1933, 11: 117-28.

 ----   hartmanni.

   Cunha, A. M. da, &  Muhiz, J.  Consideraciones sobre
 Entamoeba hartmanni.  Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1928, 4:
 593-9.—Simic, T. Infection experimentale  de I'homme et'du
 chien  par  l'Entamoeba  hartmanni  Prowazek  1912.  Ann
 parasit., Par., 1935, 13: 234-7.

----   histolytica.

   See also  Amebiasis; Dysentery, amebic.
   Rodenhuis, Y.  *Over  het bestaan  van ver-
schillende  rassen binnen  de  soort  Entamoeba
 histolytica Schaudinn   [Amsterdam]  60p.   roy.
 8?   Gravenh.,  1924.
   Alexkieiff, A.  Phagocytose chez l'Entamoeba histolytica.
 Bull.  Soc.  path, exot.,  Par.,  1933,  26: 909-13.—Chiba, E.
 Morphological studies upon Entamoeba histolytica Schaudinn.
 J.  Chosen  M.  Ass.,  1929,  19:  1316.—Cleveland, L. R., &
 Sanders, E. P.  Encystation, multiple fission without encyst-
 ment, excystation, metacystic development, and variation in a
 pure line and  9 strains  of Entamoeba  histolytica.  Arch.
 Protistenk., 1930, 70: 223-66, 7 pl.—Coutelen, F.   Recherche
 du  fer chez l'amibe dysentenque  h£matophage.   Bull. Soc.
 path,  exot., Par., 1928, 21: 369-71.—Dobell, C.  Description
 of the whole-life-history of Entamoeba histolytica in cultures.
 Parasitology, Lond., 1928,  20: 357-412, 4 pl.  —----  The
 life  history  of Entamoeba histolytica.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1929, 64:
 331-5.—Elmassian,  M.  Sur une nouvelle esp£ce  amibienne
 chez I'homme, Entamoeba minuta n. sp.; morphologie; evolu-
 tion; pathogenie.  An. Inst. nac. parasit.,  Asunci6n,  1928, 1:
 145-68, 2 pl.—Fischer, W.   Ueber Dysenterieamoben.  Hamb.
 med. Ueberseehefte,  1914-15, 1: 177-83.—Gioseffi, M.  Forme
 di sporulazione della Amoeba hystolitica  Schaudinn nei sangue
 circolante.   Riforma med., 1925,  12: 276.—Ivanic, M.   Zur
 Kenntnis der- Entwicklungsgeschichte  von  Entamoeba  his-
 tolytica  Schaudinn.   Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1936, 137: 65-91, 2
 pl.—Kessel, J.  F.   Some similarities between the  dysentery
 amoeba  of  the monkey and of man.  Proc. Soc. Exp.  Biol.,
 N. Y., 1925-26,  23:  675.—Koch, D. A., & Reed, A. C.   Enda-
 moeba histolytica; unusual strains.   Am. J. Trop. M., 1932, 12:
 307-16.—Kofoid, C. A., & Swezy, O.  On  the number of
 chromosomes and the type of mitosis in Endamoeba dysenteriae.
 Univ.  California Pub., 1925, No.  19,  Zool., 331-52,  3 pl —
 Kuwabara,  N.  Observation on cultured form of Entamoeba
 histolytica,  in special reference to its encystation and excysta-
 tion. J.  Chosen M. Ass., 1929, 19: 1314-6— Poindexter, H. A.
 The Puerto  Rican strain of Endameba histolytica; comparison
 of the diagnostic value of direct smear examination and cultiva-
 tion with pathogenicity test.  Porto Rico  J.  Pub. Health, 1933,
 9: 31-6.—Spector,  B. K.  Significance  of  the small  variety
 Endameba histolytica.  Am. J. Pub.  Health, 1936, 26: 813-
 8.—Tanabe, M.  The excystation and metacystic development
 of Entamoeba histolytica in the intestine of white rats. Keijo
 J. M., 1934, 5: 238-53, 3 pl.—Tsuchiya,  H.  Observations on
 induced  encystment  of Endameba histolytica in  vitro.   J.
 Lab. Clin. M., 1937-38, 23: 261-6.—Uribe, C.  Nuclear divi-
 sion in the trophozoites of Endamoeba histolytica.  Proc. Nat.
 Acad.  Sc. U. S., 1926, 12: 305-11,  4 pl.—Westphal, A.  Zur
 Grossenvariabilitat der Entamoeba histolytica.  In Festschr.
 B. Nocht, Hamb., 1937, 662-9.—Yorke, W.,  & Adams, A. R. D.
 Observations on  Entamoeba histolytica; development of cysts,
 excystation, and development of excysted  amoebae, in vitro.
 Ann. Trop.  M. Parasit., Liverp., 1926-27,  20: 279-302, 4 pl.
 ------  Some factors governing development and excysta-
 tion  of the cysts  in vitro. Ibid., 1927-28, 21: 281-92.  ------
 Investigations into the life-history of  Entamoeba histolytica.
 Brit. M.  J.,  1927, 2: 486-90—Yosezato,  M.  Observations of
 the  biological characters of  E.  histolytica.   J. Orient.  M.,
 Dairen, 1936, 24: 57.

 ----   histolytica: Cultivation.

   Paez-G6mez,   M.    *Kultivierung  der  Enta-
 moeba  histolytica  [Leipzig]   28p.  8?   [Zeulen-
 roda i.  Thiir.] 1928.
   Andrews, J., Johnson, C. M., & Schwartz, S. C. The use of
 fecal extracts in the cultivation of Endamoeba histolytica.
 Am.  J. Trop. M., 1933, 12: 591-3.   Also  repr—Birch-Hirsch-
 feld, L.  Die  Bedeutung physikalischer  Bedingungen  bei der
 Kultur der  Entamoeba histolytica.   Zschr. Hyg., 1936, 118:
 361-8.—Boeck, W.  C, &  Drbohlav,  J.  The  cultivation of
 Endamoeba  histolytica. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sc. U. S., 1925,  11:
 235-8.  Also Am. J.  Hyg.,  1925, 5: 371-407, 4 pl.—Bonnin,
 H., & Courdurier, J.  La culture d'Entamoeba dvsenteriae et
 ses applications cliniques. Gaz. med. France, 1936, 43: 673-9.—
 Brug, S. L.   Observations on a culture of Entamoeba  histoly-
 tica.  Meded. dienst volksgez. Ned. Indie,  1928, 17:  225-33,
 2 pl., ch.—Brumpt, E.  Differentiation of  the human intestinal
 amoeba; with  4-nucleated cysts.   Tr. R.  Soc. Trop.  M. Hyg.,
 Lond., 1928,  22:  101-24.—Chalaia,  L.  E.   [Morphological
 study of  Entamoeba histolytica in culture]  Med. parazit.,
 Moskva,  1938, 7: 95-109.—Chiba, E.  On  the cultivation of
 Entamoeba  histolytica.  J.  Chosen M. Ass., 1928,  751.—
 Cleveland, L. R., & Collier, J.  Various improvements in the
 cultivation of Entamoeba histolytica.  Am.  J. Hyg., 1930, 12:
 606-13.—Colon  y Camacho,  M.  Cultivo  de la  Entamoeba
 histolytica; su importancia para el control diagn6stico  y tera-
 peutico de las amibiasis.   Rev.  cienc. med., Mix., 1929, 7:
 340;  389.—Craig, C. F. A simplified  method for the cultivation
 of Endamoeba histolytica.  Am.  J. Trop. M.,  1926,  6: 333-9.
------   Observations upon  the  cultivation of Endamoeba
histolytica.   Ibid.,  461-4.   Also  repr.------   Scientific
apparatus and laboratory methods: the cultivation  of  En-
 damoeba histolytica.   Science, 1926, n. ser.,  64: 406.—Craig,
 G. M.  Relation of hydrogen ion concentration to growth and
encystment  of Entamoeba  histolytica in  cultures.   Am. J.
Hyg.,  1936,  23: 114-21.—Daspect, M.,  &  Joncheres,  H.
Action favorisante de l'hemoglobine sur la culture d'Entamoeba
dysenteriae.   Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1933, 26: 995-9.—
Deinse, F. J. H. von   [Cultivation  of Entamoeba histolytica] 
ENTAMEBA                                      343                                      ENTAMEBA
 Ned. mschr. geneesk., 1926, 13: 540-3.—Deschiens, R.  Re-
 cherches sur la culture d'Entamoeba dysenteriae; modifications
 du milieu et de la technique de Boeck-Drbohlav.  C. rend. Soc.
 biol., 1927, 96: 1356-8.------Recherches sur la culture
 d'Entamoeba dysenteriae (pH, evolution  chimique,  simplifica-
 tion)  Ibid., 1929, 101: 665-7.  —----  Methode de culture,
 a des temperatures alternees, de l'amibe dysenterique.   Ibid.,
 1934, 115:  1072.  ------  & Kipchidze,  N.  Culture d'Enta-
 moeba dysenteriae sur un milieu a base de geiose de Musgrave.
 Ibid., 1930, 103: 226-8.—Dhayagude, R.  Culture de l'Enta-
 moeba  dysenteriae sur milieux a l'intestin du chat.   Ann.
 parasit., Par., 1932, 10: 514-9.—Dobell, C.  Further observa-
 tions and experiments on the cultivation of Entamoeba  histo-
 lytica  from cysts.  Parasitology, Lond.,  1927,  19:  288-313.
 ------ & Laidlaw, P. P.  On the cultivation of Entamoeba
 histolytica and some other entozoic amoebae. Ibid., 1926, 18:
 283-318.—Drbohlav,  J. J.  Une nouvelle  preuve de la  possi-
 bilite  de cultiver Entamoeba  dysenteriae  type histolytica.
 Ann. parasit., Par., 1925, 3: 349-57.  ------  Culture d'Enta-
 moeba  dysenteriae type tetragena minuta.  Ibid., 358-63.—
 Fichera, S.  Particolari modificazioni della Amoeba histolytica
 in culture.  Morgagni, 1930, 72: 1935-8.   Also Boll. Soc. ital.
 biol. sper., 1931, 6: 476-9.—Friedrichs, A. V., & Harris, W. H.
 Cultivation of  Entamoeba histolytica from a hepatic amoebic
 abscess.  Proc. Soc.  Exp.  Biol.,  N.  Y.,  1929-30, 27:  90 —
 Frye, W. W., & Meleney, H. E.  The cultivation of Endamoeba
 histolytica  in  Erlenmeyer  flasks.   Science, 1935, 81:  99.—
 Greenway,  D.   Los metodos de cultivo de la Entameba his-
 tolitica. Prensa med. argent., 1925, 12: 641-9.—Guerin, F. H.,
 & Pons, R.  Culture  d'Entamoeba dysenteriae  par le procede
 de W. C. Boeck et Jaroslav Drbohlav. Bull. Soc path,  exot.,
 Par., 1925,  18: 517-20.—La Bourdelles. B., Liegeois, R., &
 OHivier, M.  Essais  de culture de l'amibe dysenterique.  C.
 rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99: 79-81.—Ogura, K.  The cultivation
 of Entamoeba histolytica in S. John's  medium.  J. Chosen
 M. Ass., 1933,  23: 50.—Paulson, M.   An accurate method for
 the  numerical determination  of  Endamoeba  histolytica  in
 vitro and  its  possible use with  other  intestinal  protozoa;
 suggested clinical application.  Am.  J.  Trop.  M.,  1932,  12:
 387.—Pavlova, E. A.   [Methods of cultivation  of Entamoeba
 histolytica]  Med. parazit., Moskva, 1938,  7: 224-7.—Pons, R.
 Essais de mise en culture d'Entamoeba dysenteriae en partant
 du pus  d'abcSs  hepatique d'origine amibienne.  Bull. Soc.
 path, exot., Par., 1929, 22: 768-70.—St  John,  J. H.   Valor
 prdctico de los analisis en  busca de la Endamoeba histolytica
 por  medio  de  cultivos.   Gac. med.  Caracas,  1926,  33: 190.
 Also Am. J. Trop. M., 1932, 12: 301-5.—Stone, W. S.  A
 method  of  producing encystment in cultures  of Endamoeba
 histolytica.   Ibid., 1935,  15: 681-4.   Also J.  Lab.  Clin. M.,
 1935-36, 21: 190.—Tanabe, M., & Chiba, E.  A new culture
 medium for Entamoeba histolytica.   Acta med., Keijo, 1928,
 11: 221-4.—Tripoli, C. J.   A study of stools cultured for Enda-
 meba histolytica for diagnostic and other purposes.  Am. J. M.
 Sc,  1929, 178: 822-33.—Tsuchiya, H. A simple culture medi-
 um for Endamoeba histolytica.  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol.,  N. Y.,
 1932, 29: 347.  ------  Further studies on the cultivation of
 Endameba  histolytica  and  a complement  fixation test for
 amebiasis.  J. Lab. Clin. M., 1934, 19: 495-504.—Yamamoto,
 Y.  Cultivation  of Endamoeba histolytica.   J.  Orient. M.,
 Dairen,  1937, 26: 81.—Yoshitake, S. Preliminary  report on
 the  cultivation of Entamoeba  hystolytica.   Taiwan igakkai
 zasshi, 1929, 4.

 ----   histolytica:  Immunity  and  serology.

   Craig, C. F.  Observations upon  the hemolytic,  cytolytic
 and  complement-binding properties of extracts of Endamoeba
 histolytica.   Am.  J.  Trop. M., 1927, 7: 225-40.  Also repr.
 ------  The presence of hemolytic, cytolytic and complement-
 binding  substances  in  extracts  of  Endamoeba histolytica.
 Science, 1927, 65:620. ------& Swartzwelder, J. C.   Observa-
 tions upon  the complement-fixation  test in  monkeys infected
 with Endamoeba histolytica.  Proc.  Soc. Exp.  Biol., N. Y.,
 1937-38, 37: 671-3.—Menendez,  P. E.   Serological relation-
 ships of  Entamoeba  histolytica.   Am.  J.  Hyg.,  1932,  15:
 785-808.  Also An.  Inst. nac. parasit., Asuncion,  1932,  5:
 5-77.—Sherwood, N.  P., & Heathman, L.  Further studies on
 the antigenic properties of pathogenic and free living amebas;
 complement fixation in amebic dysentery.  Am. J. Hyg., 1932,
 16:  124-36.—Shiraogawa, H.   Immunologische Studie uber
 die Dysenterieamobe.  Fukuoka acta med.,  1935, 28: 113-5.

 ----    histolytica:  Pathogenicity.
   Andrews, J.   Cysts of the dysentery-producing Endamoeba
 histolytica in a Baltimore dog.  Am. J.  Trop. M.,  1932, 12:
401------The retention of Endamoeba histolytica cysts
 under finger-nails.  Ibid., 1934,  14: 439-41.  ------& White
H. F.  An epidemiological study of Protozoa parasitic in wild
rats  in Baltimore, with special reference to Endamoeba  histo-
lytica.   Am. J.  Hyg., 1936,  24: 184-206—Arnold,  L.   Com-
mensal  and parasitic  Entameba histolytica infestation; para-
sitogenesis  of Entameba histolytica.  Am. J.  Digest. Dis.,
1934-35, 1: 351-7.—Atchley, F. O.  Experimental  infections
of rats with Endamoeba histolytica.   Am. J. Hyg.,  1936, 23:
410-4—Boe,  J.   Experimentelle   Entamoeba  histolytica-
Infektionen bei Ratten.  Zbl.  Bakt., 1.  Abt.,  1938-39  143:
393-8.—Castex, M.  R.,  Galan,  J.  C,  &  Heidenreich, A.
Entameba histolftica  en el liquido duodenal.  Rev. boc. med.
int., B. Air.,  1925, 1: 426-8.—Cerqua, S.  Localizzazioni non
comuni dell'Entameba istolitica.  Gior. ital. clin. trop., 1938,
2: 252-8.—Chiba, E., & Kuwabara, N.  On the pathogenicity
of Entamoeba histolytica cultivated  in  Tanabe and Chiba's
medium.  Keijo J.  M., 1930, 1: 94-8.—Cleveland,  L.  R., &
Sanders, E. P.  The virulence of a pure line and several strains
of Entamoeba histolytica for the liver of cats and the relation
of bacteria, cultivation, and liver passage to virulence.  Am. J.
Hyg.,  1930,  12:  569-605.—Deschiens. R.  Modification de
l'aptitude pathogene, pour le chat, de l'amibe dysenterique en
culture.  Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1935, 28: 119-26.----;—
Modifications expenmentales du pouvoir pathogene de l'amibe
dysenterique.  C. rend. Soc.  biol., 1936, 123: 783-5.---;---
Considerations sur Taction pathogene d'une souche  d'amibes
dysenteriques (souche: C. Dobell, D. B. K.)  Bull. Soc. path.
exot., Par., 1937, 30: 562-4.  ------  Nouvelle observation de
reduction du  pouvoir pathogene pour  le chat d'une  souche
d'amibes dysenteriques en culture.  C. rend.  Soc. biol., 1938,
127: 939-41.   ------  Affinite alimentaire de l'amibe dysen-
terique pour  la bilirubine.  Bull. Soc. path, exot.,  Par., 1938,
31: 626-35, pl.—Frye, W. W., & Meleney, H. E.  The influence
of the bacterial flora in cultures of E. histolytica on the patho-
genicity of the amoebae.  Am. J. Hyg.,  1933, 18: 543-54.
------ Observations on the  intestinal protozoa of young pigs
and attempts to produce infection with a human strain of E.
histolytica.  Ibid., 1934,  20:  404-14, pl.  ------The patho-
genicity of a strain of  small race  Endamoeba  histolytica.
Ibid., 1938, 27: 580-9, pl.—Hegner, R.  Absence of  tissue in-
vasion in monkey carriers of Endamoeba histolytica.  Am. J.
Trop. M., 1935, 15: 41-3.—Joranson, Y., & Simons, J.  En-
damoeba  histolytica; experimental  infection of the  stomachs
of dogs and  cats.  Arch.  Path., Chic,  1939, 27: 218-38.—
Marin, R. A.   Preliminary note on the morphology and patho-
genicity of E. histolytica in Puerto  Rico.  Porto Rico J. Pub.
Health, 1931, 6: 429-34.—Meleney, F. L., & Meleney, H. E.
Gangrene of the buttock, perineum  and scrotum due  to Enda-
moeba histolytica.  Arch. Surg., 1935, 30: 980-90.—Meleney,
H. E.,  & Frye, W. W.  A comparison of 5 strains of E. histoly-
tica with  reference to their pathogenicity for  kittens.  Am. J.
Hyg., 1933, 17: 637-55, pl.   ------  Further observations on
the pathogenicity of certain strains of E. histolytica for kittens.
Ibid., 1935, 21: 422-37.  ------  The pathogenicity of Enda-
moeba histolytica. Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1935-36,
29:369-79. ------  The effect of direct animal passage on the
pathogenicity of Endamoeba histolytica for kittens.   Am. J.
Hyg.,  1937,  25:  313-26.  ------   The pathogenicity of  4
strains  of Endamoeba histolytica from Chicago.   Am.  J.
Digest. Dis., 1937-38, 4: 37-40.------ & Leathers, W. S.
The effect of prolonged cultivation on  the pathogenicity of
various strains of Endamoeba histolytica for  kittens.  Am. J.
Hyg.,  1939,  29:  Sect. B,  61-71.—Morcos,  Z.  Entamoeba
histolytica in dogs.  Vet. J., Lond.,  1936, 92: 38.—Morita, Y.
On the phagocytic  activity of dysenteric amoeba of the  red
blood  cells.  J. Orient. M.,  Dairen,  1938, 28: 35.—Pavlova,
E.  A.   [Certain factors influencing the phagocytosis  of ery-
throcytes of Entamoeba histolytica  in culture]  Med. parazit.,
Moskva,  1938, 7: 119-22.—Pickard, R. J.  The pathogenicity
of the small races of the ameba of dysentery. J. Lab. Clin. M.,
1926-27,  22: 743-55.—Rees, C.  The infectivity and patho-
genicity of a  starch-fed strain  of Endamoeba histolytica.  J.
Parasit., Urbana,  1928-29, 15: 131-4.  Also repr.—Reichenow,
E.  Zur Frage des Sitzes von Entamoeba histolytica im Darm.
Arb.  Reichsgesundhamt.,  1926,  57:  136-46.   ------   Die
Biologie  der  Entamoeba histolytica als Grundlage fur  die
Pathogenese.  Arch.  Schiffs  Tropenhyg., 1937, 41: 257-62.—
Sarkisian, M. A.  [Pathogenicity of  various strains of Enta-
moeba  histolytica  from healthy carriers  to  kittens]  Med.
parazit., Moskva, 1938, 7:  123-8.—Sautet, J.  Pouvoir patho-
gene des  cultures d'Entamoeba dysenteriae faites en presence
d'amidon de  riz.  Ann. parasit., Par., 1929, 7: 140-4.—Sharp,
C. J. H.,  & Morrison. H.  Entamoebae as an etiological factor
in multiple abscesses.  Brit. M. J., 1925,1: 205.—Spector, B. K.
The pathological  changes produced in the intestines  of kittens
by Endamoeba histolytica,  with and without certain added
bacteria.   Am. J.  Hyg.,  1935, 22:  366-75.   ------  Self-
inoculation with Endamoeba histolytica trophozoites through
vaseline and the longevity of the trophozoites in vaseline.  Am.
J. Trop. M.,  1935, 15: 689-91.—Swartzwelder, J. C.  Do cysts
of Endamoeba histolytica formed in the intestine excyst before
evacuation and cause internal autoinfection?   Proc.  Soc. Exp.
Biol.,  N.  Y.,  1937-38,  36: 266-9.   ------  Experimental
studies on Endamoeba histolytica  in the  dog; a  preliminary
report.  J. Trop.  M. Hyg., Lond., 1937,  40: 173.  Also Am.  J.
Hyg.,  1939,  29:  Sect. C,  89-109.—Takemura,  S.    On the
pathogenicity of quadrinucleate cysts obtained from the  con-
tact-carriers  of Entamoeba  histolytica.  J. Chosen M. Ass.,
1934,  24: 86-112.—Tenney, A. C.   The  present concept  of
Entameba histolytica infestation.  Illinois M. J.,  1936, 70:
145-8.—Ter-Matevosian, S. M., Sarkisian, M. A., & Tsaturian.
A. T.   [Pathogenicity of certain strains of Entamoeba histo-
lytica, found in Armenia, to kittens]  Med. parazit., Moskva,
1936, 5: 108-18.—Wenyon, C. M., & O'Connor, F. W.  The
carriage of cysts of Entamoeba histolytica and other intestinal
protozoa and eggs of parasitic worms by house-flies with some
notes  on the resistance  of cysts  to disinfectants and other
agents.  J. R. Army M. Corps, 1917,  28: 522-7.—Westphal,
A., &  Gonnert,  R.   Ueber die Haufigkeit  von  Entamoeba
histolvtica-Infektionen in  Landern mit tropischem und  ge-
massigtem Klima.  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1936, 40: 425-39. 
ENTAMEBA
344
ENTAMEBA
----   histolytica: Resistance and virulence.
   Browne, D. C.  Effect of vital stains on cultures of Enda-
moeba histolytica.  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1930-31, 28:
255-7.—Chiba, E.  Studies on the effects of certain drugs upon
Entamoeba histolytica in culture.  J. Chosen  M. Ass.,  1928,
753.—Deschiens, R.  Influence des hematies et de Themoglobine
des mammiferes sur les cultures d'amibes dysenteriques.  Bull.
Soc. path, exot., Par., 1933, 26: 999-1002. ------  Influence
du  froid sur  les formes vegetatives de l'amibe dysenterique.
C. rend. Soc.  biol., 1934, 115: 793-5.  ------  Modification de
la virulence pour le chat d'une souche d'amibes dysenteriques
conservee en  culture.  Bull. Soc. path, exot.,  Par.,  1935, 28:
481-90.  ------  Perte de la virulence de 2  souches d'amibes
dysenteriques en culture.  Ibid., 1936, 29:  576-84.  ------
Action comparee du serum de lapin et du serum de cheval sur
les cultures de l'amibe dysenterique.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1936,
121: 327; 422.  ------  Action comparee du serum de chat et
du  serum de  cheval sur les cultures  de l'amibe dysenterique.
Ibid.,  122: 409-11.—Dopter, C,  &  Deschiens,  R.  Action
comparee du serum humain  et  du serum de cheval sur les
cultures de l'amibe  dysenterique.  Ibid., 1935, 119:  1370-3.
------  Action comparee du serum humain normal et du
s6rum de dysenterique amibien  sur  l'amibe dysenterique  en
culture.  Ibid., 1936, 123: 355-8.  ------  Action comparee du
serum humain normal et du serum humain icterique sur les
cultures d'amibes dysenteriques.  Ibid,. 1937, 126:  960-72.
------  Action  de la  bilirubine et de la bile totale sur les
amibes dysenteriques.  Ibid., 1938, 129: 626-8.  ------ Action
des sels biliaires et  du cholesterol sur les  cultures d'amibes
dysenteriques.  Ibid., 628-32.—Frye, W. W., &  Meleney, H. E.
The effect of  various suspending  media on the  pathogenic and
phagocytic activity of  Endamoeba histolytica.  Am. J. Hyg.,
1936, 24: 414-22.- Garcia, E. Y.  Effects of chlorinated lime
in  lethal concentrations  on Entamoeba  histolytica cysts.
Philippine J. Sc, 1935, 56: 295-312, pl.—Gemar, F.  Effects
of  bacteriophage  upon cultures of  Entamoeba histolytica.
Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y.,  1929-30, 27: 95-7.—Halawani, A.
Experimental study on the resistance of Entamoeba histolytica
to emetine hydrochloride in  vitro.  Ann. Trop. M.  Parasit.,
Liverp., 1930-31, 24: 273-88.—Kofoid, C. A., & Wagener, E. H.
The behavior of Endamoeba dysenteriae in mixed cultures with
bacteria, and studies of the effects of certain drugs upon Enda-
moeba dysenteriae in vitro.  Univ. California Pub.,  1925, 28:
Zool.,  127-54.—Liu, K. B.  The comparative lethal effects of
certain chemicals on bacteria and Endamoeba histolytica from
human feces.  China M. J., 1928, 42: 568-74.—Nasset, E. C,
& Kofoid, C.  A.  The effects of radium and radium in combina-
tion with metallic sensitizers on  Endamoeba dysenteriae in
vitro.  Univ. California Pub., 1928, 31: No. 17, Zool., 387-416,
2 pl.—Nossina,  V. D.   [Effect of chemiotherapeutic prepara-
tions on  Entamoeba  histolytica in  culture]  Med. parasit.,
Moskva, 1934, 3: 451-9.—Poindexter, H. A.  Some observa-
tions on the effects on environmental changes on the biology of
Endamoeba histolytica. Puerto Rico J. Pub. Health, 1936-37,
12:  314-23.—Schachsuwarly, M.   Ueber die Beeinflussung
von Entamoeba histolytica in der Kultur durch die Konzentra-
tion des Mediums und durch Bakteriophagen.  Arch. Schiffs
Tropenhyg.,  1929, 33:  129-34.—Simic, T.  Faut-il attribuer a
Tamidon de  riz la perte de Taction pathogene des amibes de
culture?  Ann.  parasit., Par., 1930,  8: 577-81.—St John, J.
H.  The effect of emetin on Endamoeba histolytica in culture.
Am. J. Hyg., 1933, 18: 414-32.—Stone, W. S.  The  resistance
of Endamoeba histolytica cysts to chlorine in aqueous solutions.
Am. J. Trop. M., 1937, 17: 539-51.—Tsuchiya, H. The effects
of dyes on Endameba histolytica in  vitro.  J. Lab.  Clin. M.,
1935-36, 21:  1028-35.—Vogel, H.  Ueber Kulturen der Ruhr-
amobe und deren Beeinflussung  durch Yatren.  Arch. Schiffs
Tropenhyg.,  1927, 31: 74-88.—Westphal, A.  Betrachtungen
und experimentelle  Untersuchungen zur Virulenz der Enta-
moeba histolytica beim Menschen. Ibid., 1937, 41:  262-80.—
Wight, T., &  Wight, V. On the viability of cysts of Endamoeba
histolytica under variable conditions.  Am. J. Trop.  M.,  1932,
12:  381.—Yorke, W.,  & Adams, A.  R. D.  Observations on
Entamoeba histolytica; longevity of the cysts in vitro, and their
resistance to heat and to various drugs and chemicals.  Ann.
Trop.  M. Parasit., Liverp., 1926-27, 20: 317-26.

----   Identification.

   See also Amebiasis,  Diagnosis.
   Brumpt, E.  Pluralite des amibes  intestinales humaines a
kystes a quatre noyaux.  Bol. Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1927, 3:
835-60.—Casagrandi,  O.   Cisti e  pseudocisti  octonucleate
amebiche.  Policlinico, 1925, 32: sez.  prat., 587-91.—Craig, C.
F.  The differential diagnosis of the intestinal entamebas of man
Arch. Int. M., 1914,  23: 917-44.  Also repr.—Gnezdilov,  B. G.
[Biometry and statistics on the cyst of Entamoeba histolytica
and Entamoeba hartmanni]   Vest,  mikrob.,  1934,   13: 137-
49.—Hakansson, E. G., Buckner, J. F., & Down, H. A. Obser-
vations on chromatoid bodies in the cysts of Entamoeba his-
tolytica.  U.  S. Nav. M. Bull., 1936,  34: 478-92.—Poindexter,
H.  A.   La Entameba histolytica de Puerto Rico; comparacion
del valor diagn6stico de su cultivo y examen microscopico directo
con la prueba patogenica.  Porto Rico J. Pub. Health, 1933, 9:
37-43.—Ravaut, P., & Krolunitsky, G.  Quelques notions de
technique pratique sur la recherche microscopique des amibes
ou de leurs kystes.  Presse m6d.,  1917, 25: 373.—St John, J. H.
Differential characteristics of the amoebae of  man in culture
Am. J. Trop.  M., 1926, 6: 319-25, 3 pl.—Sumi, I., & Inoue, K.
Simple method for the determination of degenerated trophozoite
and cvsts of E. histolytica in the feces.  J. Orient. M., Dairen,
1935,22: 88.—Thomson, J. G.  Large macrophages simulating
Entamoeba  histolytica in the lymph follicles of the human
appendix.   Tr.  R. Soc.  Trop. M.  Hyg.,  Lond.,  1935-36, 29:
360.—Wight, T. H. T.,  & Prince, L. H.  Artifacts in Enda-
moebae which have led to the naming of a new genus and species.
Am.  J. Trop. M., 1927, 7: 287-308,  7 pl.   Also repr—Zer-
chaninov.  L. K.  [Differentiation  of  cysts resembling Enta-
moeba histolytica]  Med. parasit., Moskva,  1933, 2: 267-73.

----   invadens.
   Birch-Hirschfeld, L.  Ueber die Wirkung niederer Carbon-
sauren und  ihrer a-Oxyderivate auf  Entamoeba histolytica.
Zschr. Hyg., 1936-37, 119: 91-102.—Rodhain, J. Entamoeba
invadens n. sp., parasite  de serpents.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934,
117:  1195-9. ------ & Van  Hoof, M. T.  Note preiiminaire
sur le role pathogene possible d'Entamoeba invadens chez les
serpents.  Ibid., 1199.----—  Sur le role pathogene d'En-
tamoeba invadens.  Ibid., 1935, 118: 1646-50.   ------  Les
cheioniens porteurs d'Entamoeba invadens.   Ibid.,  1936, 121:
156-8.  ------  Sur le  pouvoir hematophage au Entamoeba
invadens.  Ibid., 123: 138-41.  ------  Essais d'infestation de
rongeurs divers par Entamoeba invadens.   Ibid.,  1937, 126:
1241-4.

----   Parasites.

   See also Entamebophaga.
   Bacigalupo, J.  Entameba coli parasitada con  Sphaerita.
Rev. Soc. argent, biol., 1927, 3: 694-8.—Becker, E. R.  Enda-
moeba citelli sp. nov. from the striped ground squirrel Citellus
tridecemlineatus, and the life-history of its  parasite, Sphaerita
endamoebae sp. nov.  Biol. Bull., 1926, 50: 444-54, pl.—Brug,
S. L.  [Sphaerita as parasite of E. histolytica]  Meded. dienst
volksgez. Ned. Indie, 1926, 523, 2 pl.—Lavier, G.  Action sur
la biologie d'une entamibe, du parasitisme intranucieaire par
une Nucleophaga.  C. rend.  Soc.  biol.,  1935, 118: 457-9 —
Lwoff, A.    Chytridinees parasites des amibes de  I'homme;
possibilite de leur utilisation comme moyen biologique de lutte
contre la dysenterie  amibienne.  Bull. Soc.  path, exot., Par.,
1924,  17: 18-23.

----   Pathogenicity.
   Chiang, S. F.  Study of parasitic  amoebae by  experimental
cross infection of laboratory animals.  Nat. M. J. China, 1924-
25, 11: 440-82,  3 pl.—Couret, M.  A study upon amoebae
cultivated from the normal human intestine. Am. Soc. Trop.
M., 1914,  9: 191-205, pl.  Also Am. J. Trop. Dis., 1914-15, 2:
450-64, pl.—Craig, C. F. Observations upon amebas infecting
the human intestine, with a description of 2 species, Entamoeba
coli and Entamoeba dysenteriae.  Am. Med., 1905, 9: 854; 897;
937.  ------ Studies upon the amebae in the intestine of man.
J. Infect. Dis.,  1908,  5: 324-77.  Also repr.—Dumont,  G.
Quelques problemes nouveaux sur le role pathogene  de l'amibe.
Vie med., 1924, 5: 959-61.—Faust, E. C.  A new type of amoeba
parasitic in man observed in North China. J. Parasit., Urbana,
1922-23, 9:  221-6, 2 pl.  Also China M.  J., 1924, 38: 278-85,
pl.—Franchini,  G. Essais d'inoculation au chat, d'amibes du
latex de plantes.  Bull.  Soc.  path, exot.,  Par., 1922,  15: 931-
3.—Justesen, P. T.  [Morphological observations on amebae in
man]   Geneesk. tschr. Ned.  Indie, 1929, 69: 393-6, 4 pl —
Simic, T.   Infection experimentale du chat  et du  chien par
Entamoeba  dispar et Entamoeba dysenteriae;  reinfection et
immunite  croisee du chien.   Ann. parasit., Par.,  1935, 13:
345-50, pl.

----  ranarum.
   Barret, H. P., &  Smith, N. M.  The  cultivation of Enda-
moeba ranarum.  Ann. Trop. M. Parasit.,  Liverp.,  1926-27,
20: 85-8.—Sanders,  E. P.  The life-cycle of Entamoeba rana-
rum Grassi (1879)  Arch. Protistenk.,  1931,  74: 365-71, 2 pl.—
Taliaferro, W. H., & Fisher, A. B. The morphology of motile
and encysted Endamoeba ranarum in culture.  Ann. Trop. M.
Parasit., Liverp.,  1926-27, 20: 89-97, pl.

----  Resistance.

   Postmtjs, S., jr.   *De werking van geneesmid-
delen op culturen van amoeben.   68p.  8?  Amst.,
1924.
   Chiba,  E.  Further  experiments on the effects  of  certain
drugs  upon  Entamoeba histolytica  and Entamoeba  coli  in
culture.  J.  Chosen M. Ass.,  1929, 19: 1165.—Pyman, F. L., &
Wenyon, C. M.  The action  of certain emetine derivatives on
amoebae.  J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1917, 10:  237-41.—Simic. T.
La resistance des amibes pathogenes a Taction du  froid, de la
chaleur et de la lumiere solaire.  Ann. parasit., Par.,  1930, 8:
225-30.—Spector, B. K., & Buky, F.  Viability of Endamoeba
histolytica and Endamoeba coli; effect of  drying.  Pub. Health
Rep., Wash., 1934, 49: 379-85.

----  Staining.
   French, R. W.  Acetic-alcohol fixation for parasitic amoebae
and  for tissues.  Am. J. Trop. M.,  1923,  3: 213-7,  3 pl.—
Kitabatake, E.  On the vital staining of Entamoeba histolytica. 
ENTAMEBA
345
ENTERITIS
J. Orient. M., Dairen, 1933, 18: 30.—Ramirez Corria, C. M.
M6thode de coloration elective des amibes dans les coupes.
C. rend. Soc biol., 1925, 93: 1015-7.  ------  Tecnica para la
tinci6n selectiva de entameba en secciones.  Rev. Soc. argent.
biol., 1925,1: 310-7. Also Sem. med., B. Air., 1925, 32:1244-6.

----   vesicalis.
  Girolami, M.  Infestazione intestinale da Entamoeba vesi-
calis.   Riforma med., 1937, 53:  919.—Gudger, E.  W.  On
Leidy's  Ouramoeba and its occurrence at Greensboro,  N. C.
Science, 1915, n. ser., 42: 433.  Also J. Elisha Mitchell Sc. Soc,
1916, 32: 24-32.—Penso,  G.  Sopra un'ameba parassita della
vescica urinaria, Entamoeba vesicalis n. sp.  (mihi)  Ann. med.
nav., Roma, 1930, 36: 32-49, pl.

ENTAMEBOPHAGA.

  See  also Entameba, Parasites.
  Ivanii, M.  Ueber einen Protoplasmakorperparasiten von
Entamoeba histolytica Schaudinn (Entamoebophaga hominis
gen. nov. spec, nov.)  Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1936, 138: 48-56, pl.

ENTELECHY.

  See  also Biophilosophy; Life;  Vitalism.
  Barach,  J. H.  Entelechy and  scientific determinism in
medicine.  Ann. M. Hist., 1932, 4: 474.—Bertalanffy, L.  Die
Teleologie des  Lebens. Biol, gen.,  Wien,  1929,  5: 379-94.—
Delevsky, J. Le finalisme dans la nature. Rev. philos. France,
1938,  63:  55-95.—Driesch, H.  Analytische und  kritische
Erganzungen zur Lehre von der Autonomie des Lebens.  Biol.
Zbl., 1907,  27: 60-80.—Kleinschrod.  Ueber Eigengesetzlich-
keit des Lebens; eine neue Lehre vom  Leben.  Arch.  phys.
diat. Ther., 1908,  10: 33; 71.—Rignano, E. Les manifesta-
tions  finalistes  de la vie; finalisme du comportement des
organismes  inferieurs et finalisme des reflexes et  des instincts.
Scientia, Bologna, 1926, 2. ser., 39: 19-38. Also Psyche,  Lond.,
1926, 7: 40-58, portr.  Also Abh. theor. Biol., 1927, H. 26, 1-35.

ENTEQUE.

   See Oesophagostomum; also Septicemia, hemor-
rhagic.

ENTERIC fever.

   See  Typhoid  fever.

ENTERITIS.

   See  also  Colitis;  Constipation,  Causes; Diar-
rhea;  Digestive  system,  Diseases; Dysentery;
Dyspepsia;  Enterocolitis;  Food-poisoning;  Gas-
tro-enteritis;  Ileum; Intestine, Diseases, &c.
  Basile, A.  Ricerche sul decorso dei processi infiammatori
nei  digiuno di  breve durata.  Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1936,
11: 422.—Beardsley, E.   Case of an enteritis.  Yale J. Biol.,
1934,  6: 33-8.—Cruickshank, R.   Acute entritis.  Lancet,
Lond., 1937, 1: 444-6.—Mathis, J.  A. Enteritis.  Illinois M.
J.,  1938, 73: 325-7.—Porges, O.  Ueber  Dunndarmkatarrh
ohne Dickdarmkatarrh.   Zschr. klin.  Med., 1928, 109:  28-34.
------  Ueber das klinische Krankheitsbild der Enteritis ohne
Kolitis. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1931, 44: 442-5. Also J. Egypt.
M.  Ass., 1937, 20: 131-4.—Trick, H. R.   Inflammatory  lesions
of the intestines.  Med. Rec, N. Y.,  1934, 140:  435.

----   Cause.
  See  also Allergy,  gastrointestinal; also names
of  intestinal  bacteria  and   protozoa   and  the
specific diseases  caused as Cholera; Salmonella;
Typhoid fever,  &c.
  Blackman, S. S., jr. Acute staphylococcal infection of the
jejunum and ileum.   Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1935, 57:
289-94,  pl.—Catel, W., & Pallaske, G.  Ueber die  experimen-
telle Erzeugung einer Enteritis durch Kolibakterien.  Jahrb.
Kinderh., 1933, 3. F., 89: 165-92, pl.—Delamare, G., & Gatti,
C.  Enterite algide spirochetienne.   Bull. Acad, med., Par.,
1932, 3. ser., 107: 657-9.—Dick, J. S.  A contribution  to the
study of intestinal infection.  Practitioner, Lond., 1931, 127:
381-8.—Estes, W.  L., jr.  Enteritis of the obstructed loop
following entero-anastomosis  for intestinal obstruction.  Tr.
South.  Surg. Ass.,  1936,  49:  186-92.—Goldie, H.  Beobach-
tungen iiber die Spirochatenenteritis.  Arch.  Schiffs Tropenhyg.,
1929, 33: 313-22.—Hosmer-Zambelli, F.  Un caso di enterite
con reperto di  Cryptococcus hominis.  Atti Accad.  fisiocr.
Siena  (1928) 1929,  10. ser., 3: 973-88, 2  pl.—Panayotatou, A.
Sur  une espece d'enterobacille isoie des selles a entente.  Zbl,
Bakt., 1. Abt., 1927, 104: 473-7.—Pozzi, L.   La infiammazione
allergica nella parete delTintestino tenue.  Sperimentale, 1935,
89:  652-67.—Reischauer,  F.  Enteritis nach  Magenoperation.
Beitr. klin. Chir.,  1928,  142: 757-63.—Roelcke,  K.  Ueber
einen neuen Enteritiserreger.  Zbl. Bakt.,  1. Abt., 1936, 137:
454-65.  —;----& Intlekofer, H.  Untersuchungen iiber drei
verschiedene Wuchsformen eines Enteritiserregers.  Ibid., 1938,
142: 42-51.—Sanarelli. G.  Sur la pathogenie et sur le traite-
ment des infections dites intestinales.  Bull. Soc. path, exot.,
Par., 1933, 26: 121-46.—Silberstern, E.  Ueber einen Fall von
akuter Enteritis mit protozoarer Mischfauna und Vorherrschen
von Limaxamoben im Stuhlbilde.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1929, 25:
348.—Squires, W. H.,  &  Belcher, H. S.   Acute intestinal
bacterial infections.  Med. Clin. X. America,  1931, 14: 1469-
73.

----   Cause: Salmonella.

   See  also  Dysentery; Salmonella.
   Abramson, H., Frant.  S., & Oldenbusch, C.  Salmonella
infection of the newborn; its  differentiation from epidemic
diarrhea and  other primary enteric disorders of the newborn.
Med.  Clin.  N. America,   1939, 23: 591-606.—Balteanu,  I.,
Calalb,  G. [et al.] Sur une epidemie d'enterite dysenteriforme
due a une Salmonellose.   Arch,  roumain. path.,  Par., 1930,
3: 5-39, 2  pl.—Bowie, F.  J. T., Kinloch, J. P., & Smith, J.
Paratyphoid  fever and Aertrycke  enteritis in Aberdeen;  a
contrast.  J.  Hyg., Cambr.,  1926-27, 25: 444-52.—Bratt,  O.
[Some experiences in  an  epidemic of  enteritis]  Upsala lak.
foren. forh., 1926, n. F., 31: 261-71.—Bridges. R. F., & Scott,
W. M.  Bact. poonae: a new type of Salmonella causing acute
enteritis.  J.  R. Army M. Corps, 1935,  65: 221-3.—Chopra.
R. N., & Chaudhuri, R. N.  Dysentery produced by Bacterium
pseudo-carolinum.  Ind.  M. Gaz.,  1934, 69: 251-4.—Furth,
E., & Klein,  K. Neue Feststellungen  iiber die Entstehungs-
ursache   von  Enteritis-Gruppenerkrankungen (Enteritis und
Entenei)   Veroff.  Medverwalt.,   1932-33,  39:   363-76 —
Goedecke  & Griittner, F.  Enteritis  bei  Kiihen durch  B.
enteritidis  breslaviense.   Deut. tierarztl. Wschr.,  1928,  36:
106.—Herrmann, J.  Ein Beitrag zu dem Krankheitsbild der
Enteritis Breslau.  Med.  Klin., Berl.,  1932, 28: 1672.—Hor-
maeche, E„ Peluffo, C. A., & Aleppo, P. L.  Zur Aetiologie der
Sommerdiarrhoe bei Kindern mit besonderer Berucksichtigung
der Salmonella-Infektionen.  Zschr. Hyg., 1936-37, 119: 453-
8.—Kerrin, J. C, Elder, A. T., & Smith, J. Fatal enteritis due
to Salmonella oranienburg.  Lancet, Lond., 1935,  1: 1042.—
Kinloch, J. P., Smith, J.,  & Taylor, J.  S.  The Aberdeen out-
break of milk-borne Gaertner enteritis, July, 1925. J. Hyg.,
Cambr., 1926-27, 25: 434-43.—Lorenzo y Deal, J.  La enteritis
a salmonellas en el lactante.  Arch. urug. med., 1937, 10: 295-
320.—McKinlay,  B.   Infectious diarrhea  in the  new-born
caused by an unclassified species of Salmonella.  Am.  J. Dis.
Child.,  1937, 54: 1252-6.—Miessner,  H. Enteritisinfektion;
zur Benennung der Enteritisgruppe. Deut. tierarztl. Wschr.,
1937, 45:  177-9.—Quincke, H.  Enteritis Breslau.   Deut.
Arch. klin. Med., 1929, 165: 275-82.—Seitz, L.  Das  Krank-
heitsbild der Enteritis Breslau; epidemiologische, bakteriologi-
sche und klinische Besonderheiten einer Breslau-Hausepidemie.
Jahrb.  Kinderh., 1935, 3. F., 95: 31-53.—Waldmann, A., &
Rostowa, E.   Ueber Darmveranderungen  bei Mausen nach
verschiedenen Infizierungsarten  mit  B. enteritidis Breslau.
Zbl. Bakt., I. Abt., 1936, 136: 49-54.—Wiseman, W. R.  Out-
break of enteritis near  Glasgow; a bacteriological account.
Lancet, Lond., 1927, 1: 817.—Yonesaka, W.  Die klinischen
und bakteriologischen  Beobachtungen  der  Enteritis  durch
Gartner-bazillen. Okayama igakkai zasshi, 1938,  50:  1722.—
Zerbino, V. Enteritis por salmonelas;  nuevo tipo de enteritis
identificado en nuestros ninos.  Arch. urug. med.,  1936-37, 9:
21-31.

----    chronic.
   Bohn, H., & Juza-Uhlig, G. Hypoglykamische Erschei-
nungen  bei chronischer Enteritis.  Zbl.  inn.  Med., 1938,  59:
465-74.—Gros,  W.   Ueber Erkrankungen  und  Tod nach
Obstgenuss.  Munch, med. Wschr.,  1928, 75: 212-5.—Heim,
F.  Ein Fall von chronischer Enteritis,  ihre Ursache  und
Heilung.   Med. Klin., Berl.,  1927, 23: 1539—Hetenyi, G.
[Chronic enteritis]  Orvoskepzes, 1938, 28: 57-65.  Also Klin.
Wschr.,  1938, 17: 889-93.—Kraemer, M.  Chronic interstitial
enteritis. Rev. Gastroenter., 1937, 4:  239-46.—Steenis. P. B.
van [Chronic enteritis]   Geneesk. tschr. ned. Indie, 1933, 73:
450-60.

----    Diagnosis.

   Joltrain,  E.,  &  Batjfle,  P.  L'examen  clini-
que des intestinaux (enteritiques et faux ent^riti-
ques)  notes de sem6iologie  pratique.   88p.   12?
Par.,  1919.
   Cole, L. G., & Pound, R. E.  Small intestine—inflammatory
lesions  and accompanying reactions.   Radiology, 1936,  27:
330-8.—Downie, A. W., & Fairbrother, R. W.  The laboratory
diagnosis of  the enteric  infection with  remarks  on the per-
sistence of infection.  Brit. M. J., 1934, 2: 55-8.—Flekel, I. M.
[Symptom of gurgling in the  sigmoid in diagnosis of latent
forms and stages of  enteritis]  Vrach. gaz.,  1930, 34: 1738-
43.—Horgan, E. S. Qualitative or quantitative methods in"the
serological diagnosis  of enteric infections?   J. Hyg., Cambr.,
1932, 32: 523-8.—Jacquelin, A.  L'intestin des tuberculeux;
ent6rites simples et tuberculose intestinale.  Vie med.,  1927, 8:
1471-9.—McCrady, M. H.,  Lebeau. L.  P. [et al.] Multiple
specimens for central laboratory diagnosis of enteric infections.
Canad.   Pub.  Health  J.,   1936, 27: 439-44—Schapiro, I. S.,
Hypertrophic jejuno-ileitis—tuberculous or nonspecific?  .1.
Mount  Sinai Hosp.  N. York, 1934, 1: 121-4. -Schreiber, W. 
ENTERITIS
346
ENTERITIS
Weitere Erfahrungen mit dem Nissleschen Anreicherungsver-
fahren  zum  Nachweis von Darminfektionserregern.   Zbl.
Bakt., 1. Abt., 1932, 125: 519.

----  Pathology.

   Duntze, F.  *Tierexperimentelle Studien  iiber
die Wirkung antagonistisch  starker Colistamme
auf  den Verlauf   von  Enteritisendemien.   24p.
8?   [Freib. i. B., 1937]
   Schiele, G.  *Die klinische Diagnose Enteritis
in ihrer Beziehung  zum  pathologisch-anatomi-
schen Befund.   28p.   8?   Lpz.,  1935.
   Voigt,  H.   *Beitrag zur  Frage  des Zusam-
menhanges zwischen Erkrankung des Digestions-
apparates  und  Blutbeschaffenheit  auf  Grund
eines Falles von sprueahnlicher chronischer Ente-
ritis   [Miinchen]   25p.   8?   Borna-Lpz.,  1935.
   Blackburne, G.  Report of a case presenting multiple areas
of enteritis.  J. M. Soc. N.  Jersey,  1939, 36: 24.—Catel, W.
Ueber experimentelle  Darmentziindung  und die  Reizbarkeit
des entzundeten Darmes.  Mschr. Kinderh., 1933, 56: 227-31.
------ Untersuchungen  iiber Peristaltik und Resorption am
entzundeten  Darm.    Klin.  Wschr.,  1936,  15:  1348-50 —
Corcan, P., & Nieder, G.   Iieo-jejunite ulcero-necrotique avec
perforations multiples  chez un nourrisson.  Rev. fr. pediat.,
1927, 3: 105-10.—Heimbeck, J.   [Acidosis in a  case of  acute
enteritis]  Norsk mag. laegevid., 1928, 89: 131-5.—Hetenyi, G.
Ueber Storungen der Kalkresorption und Auftreten von Tetanie
im Laufe des chronischen Dunndarmkatarrhs.  Klin. Wschr.,
1938, 17: 506.  Hettche, H. O.  Die Einwirkung enteraler und
parenteraler Infektion  und Intoxikation auf den Diinndarm.
Arch. Hyg., Miinch., 1937-38, 119: 185-98.  Also Zbl. Bakt.,
1. Abt.,  1937, 140: Beih., 74-6.—Ide, M.  L'enterite muco-
membraneuse.  Rev. med., Louvain, 1924, 109-15.—Jackman,
W. A. Localized hypertrophic enteritis as a cause of intestinal
obstruction with a report of 2 cases.  Brit. J. Surg., 1934, 22:
27-32.—Jordan, C. F.  Deaths due to enteritis and related con-
ditions; some data regarding such deaths in Iowa in 1934.  J.
Iowa M.  Soc,  1935, 25: 34-7.—Loeper,  M., & Lemaire, A.
L'hypocalcemie des ent6ritiques.  Progr. med., Par., 1928, 43:
454-8.—Masago, K.  Ueber die Resorption einiger Arzneistoffe
von der  entzundeten  Darmschleimhaut  aus.  Fol. pharm.
jap., 1929, 8: fasc 3, Brev., 5.—Rohmer, P.  Coma acidosique
dans les enterites infectieuses de  l'enfant.  Gaz.  med. France,
1928, 2: 593-5.—Salomone, M.  L'azione del parasimpatico in
alcune forme di enterite muco-membranosa.   Rinasc.  med.,
1926, 3: 149.—Tsurumaki, R.  Die pharmakologische Reaktion
des entzundeten Darmes.   Fol. pharm.  jap., 1928, 7:  29.—
Zahorsky, J.   Exudative enteritis.  Med. Clin. N. America,
1927, 11:319-23.

----  phlegmonous.

   See also  in 3. ser. Intestine, Phlegmone.
   Blagoveshchensky, M. A.  [Rare  case of metastatic phleg-
mone of the small intestines]  Vest,  khir.,  1932, 27: 146-9.—
Clark, E., & Wright, A. Acute phlegmonous enteritis.  Arch.
Surg.,  1937,  34: 997-1009.—Fischer, A.  [Phlegmone of  the
intestinal  wall]  Gyogyaszat, 1930, 70: 766.—Foged, J. Diinn-
darmphlegmone. Zbl. Chir., 1936, 63: 1468-71.—Forbes,  R. D.
Phlegmonous enteritis.  West. J. Surg.,  1936,  44: 641-3 —
Fossel, M.  Ueber einen Fall von operativ  geheilter Darm-
phlegmone.   Zbl. Chir., 1932, 59: 1160-5.—Irwin, C. G., &
McDonald, S.  Two cases of localized phlegmonous enteritis.
Brit. J. Surg., 1932, 19: 362-73.—Jones, E. M. Phlegmonous
enteritis.  Minnesota  M.,  1931,  14: 956-9.—Kuznetzovsky,
N.  J., &  Pavlenko, V. A.   [Primary phlegmonous enteritis]
Vest,  khir., 1926,  8: No. 23, 96-101.—Mushkatin, V. I.   [In-
flammatory phlegmonous  affections  of  the intestinal  tract]
Nov.  khir. arkh., 1936,  37:  202-14.—Ostrowski, S.   Zur
Klinik der Dunndarmphlegmone.  Zbl. Chir., 1933, 60:  501-
9.—Sommer,  R.   Dunndarmphlegmone.   Ibid.,   1936,  63:
2769.—Tuxen, P. V.   [Case of  phlegmone of small intestine
cured by excision]  Bibl. laeger, 1927, 119: 308-16.

----  regional.

   See also  Ileum.
   Adam, L. [Chronic cicatricial inflammation of the intestines]
Orvoskepzes, 1935, 25: aug. kulonf., 1-8, pl.—Barbour, R. F., &
Stokes, A. B.   Chronic cicatrising enteritis; a phase of benign
non-specific granuloma  of the small intestine.  Lancet, Lond.
1936, 1: 299-303.—Bargen, J. A.  Regional enteritis; diagnosis,
complications and medical suggestions.   Proc.  Mayo  Clin.,
1938,  13: 550.—Bell, H.  G.  Chronic  cicatrizing enteritis.
California West. M., 1934, 41: 239-41.—Brown, P. W., Bargen,
J. A., & Weber,  H. M.  Chronic inflammatory lesions of the
small intestine (regional enteritis)  Am. J. Digest. Dis., 1934-
35,  1:  426-31.  Also Collect. Papers Mayo Clin., 1934,  26:
133-44.  Also Tr.  Am. Gastroenter. Ass., 1934, 37. annual
meet.,  2-7.—Brown,  P. W.,  &  Scheifley, C. H.  Chronic
regional enteritis occurring in 3 siblings.  Am.  J. Digest. Dis
1939-40,  6: 257-61.—Chapin, W. A. R.  Regional enteritis'-
a  study of 5  cases.  N. England J.  M.,  1939, 220: 232-5.—
Clark, R. L.  Regional  enteritis; symptomatology and review
of cases.   Proc.  Mayo Clin.,  1938,  13:  535-8.------  &
Dixon, C. F.  Regional enteritis. Surgery,  1939, 5: 277-304.—
Coffey,  R. J.  Pathologic  manifestations of regional enteritis.
Proc. Mayo Clin., 1938, 13: 541-4.—Cutler, E. C.  Cicatrizing
enteritis—a neglected clinical entity.  Proc Interst. Postgrad.
M. Ass. N. America, 1937,  132-40.—Dixon, C. F.  Regional
enteritis.   Tr. Am.  Surg.  Ass.,  1938, 56: 369-78.   Also Ann.
Surg.,  1938, 108: 857-66.   —----  Surgical treatment  of
regional enteritis. Proc Mayo Clin., 1938,  13: 552.—Halligan,
E. J., & Halligan, H. J. Acute free perforation as first sign  of
regional enteritis.  Am. J. Surg.,  1937, 37: 493-7.—Harvey,
C. D., Sprague, J. S., &  Clapperton, G.  Regional enteritis.
N. England J. M., 1938, 219: 159-62.—Jackson, A. S.  Regional
enteritis.  Tr. West.  Surg. Ass., 1936, 46: 157-85.   Also Surg.
Gyn. Obst., 1937, 65: 1-10, pl.  ------ Regional enteritis; re-
port of  5 cases.  Wisconsin M. J., 1937, 36: 632-5.—Landry,
B. B. Regional enteritis, with report of 2 cases.  J. Connecti-
cut M. Soc, 1938, 2: 213-22.—Lehman, E.  P.  Regional enter-
itis;  the acute phase.  Rev.  Gastroenter.,  1939, 6: 222-33.—
Lesisohn, R.  Segmental  enteritis.  Surg. Gyn.  Obst., 1938,
66:  215-22.—Merricks, J.  W.  Urologic complications  of
regional  enteritis.   Proc.  Inst. M.  Chicago,  1938-39,  12:
403.—Meyer, K. A., & Rosi, P. A.  Regional enteritis (non-
specific)   Surg. Clin. N. America,  1935, 15: 697-711.   Also
Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1936, 62: 977-88.—Mixter, C. G.  Regional
enteritis.  Ibid., 1939, 68: 322-6. ------& Starr, A.  Further
experience with regional enteritis.   N. England J. M., 1938,
219: 37-40.—Moulonguet, P.  Infarctus il6o-mesenterique par
enterite ulcereuse segmentaire.  Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1931,
57:  1504-12.—Piotet, G.  L'enterite  chronique cicatrisante.
Rev.  med.  Suisse rom.,  1937,  57:  731-5.—Pollock, L. H.
Regional enteritis.  J. Missouri M. Ass., 1937, 34: 109-14.—
Prouty,  J. V.  Regional enteritis. J. Iowa M.  Soc, 1938, 28:
379-82.—Reggi,  J.  P.  Enteritis regional o enfermedad de
Crohn-Ginzburg-Oppenheimer.  Dia med., B.  Air., 1938, 10:
546-52.—Saito, T.   Ueber  einen  Fall von  umschriebener,
verschorfender  Enteritis.  Zbl.  Chir., 1936,  63:  2055-8.—
Samson, M., &  Larue,  G. H.   Considerations sur l'enterite
chronique cicatricielle a Toccasion d'une observation anatomo-
clinique d'iieite terminale.  Laval med., 1937, 2:  212-20.—
Scheifley, C. H.  Chronic regional enteritis occurring in  3
siblings.   Proc. Mayo Clin.,  1939,  14: 479.—Skewes,  D. B.
Regional enteritis.  Med. J. Australia, 1938, 1:  1097.—Upham,
R.  Regional enteritis. Rev. Gastroenter., 1938, 5: 133-41.—
Weber,  H. M.  Regional  enteritis;  roentgenologic manifesta-
tions.  Proc. Mayo  Clin.,  1938,  13: 545-50.—Woolsey, J. H.
Regional  enteritis.    Southwest.  M.,  1938,   22:  258-62 —
Zaaijer, J. H.  Zur  Klinik der  unspezifischen Enteritis  regio-
nalis. Zbl. Chir., 1937, 64: 2137-46.

----   Treatment and prevention.

   Faroy,  G.    Hygiene  et  dietetique  de  l'en-
teritique.  114p.  12?   Par., 1933.
   Lafontaine,  R. J.  *Vaccinotherapie  par voie
buccale  de  nourrissons   et de   jeunes   enfants
atteints d'enterite grave.   58p.  8?   Par.,  1937.
   Arthus, A., Dejust, S., & Prevost,  A.  Sur la vaccination
intestinale des  enterites.  J. med. Paris,  1935,  55: 371.—
Babecki, J. [Prevention of intestinal infections in  the Polish
army]   Lek. wojsk.,  1932, 20:  437-45.—Barbuto, V.  Con-
tributo  alia terapia  delle  enteriti dissenteriformi  mediante  i
composti  di  arsenico.  Arch.  ital.  sc. med.  col.,  1933,  14:
36-41.—Basch, F.   Die Behandlung akuter und chronischer
Enteritiden im Kindesalter mittels  Rohapfel und Apfelpulver.
Wien. med. Wschr.,  1931, 81:  1662.—Bohm, W.   Vakzine-
therapie  akuter Darmkatarrbe.   Munch, med. Wschr.,  1926,
73: 2022.—Bogdanovic, P.  Ueber die Behandlung chronischer
garungs-dyspeptischer Enteritis  mit Aepfeln.  Ibid.,  1933, 80:
1217.—Catel, W.  Ueber den Einfluss von Natriumazetat auf
den  entzundeten Diinndarm.  Jahrb. Kinderh.,  1933,  3. F.,
89: 309-17.—Cullen,  G. E.  The factors governing fluid therapy
in the treatment of enteritis.  Ohio M. J., 1936, 32: 509-14.—
Damade,  R.   Therapeutique medicale des infections et des
intoxications intestinales.   Gaz. hop., 1934,  107:  1438.—
D'Amato, H. J.   El tratamiento moderno de  la intoxicaci6n
intestinal.   Sem.  med., B.  Air., 1938, 45: 231-7.  ------
Gorlero  Pizzaro, R.,  & Vacarezza, R.  La  bacteriofagoterapia
en las infecciones intestinales y biliares.  Ibid., 1931, 38: pt 2,
1809-16.—Dautwiz.    Ruhrheilstoff-Boehncke  bei  infektiosen
und  nicht-infektiosen Darmkatarrhen.  Deut. med. Wschr.,
1925, 51: 1913.—Duhot, E. Therapeutique hydrominerale des
infections et intoxications  intestinales.  Gaz. hop.,  1934, 107:
1438.—Enriquez, E.,  & Carrie, P. A. Regime des enteritiques.
Monde med., 1927, 37: 603-15.—Feemster, R. F.  Epidemio-
logical value of isolating bacteriophage in outbreaks of intestinal
infection.  Am. J. Pub. Health,  1934, 24: 1109-15.—Goglia, G.
Sul trattamento delle enteriti aspecifiche.   Rinasc. med., 1936,
13: 159.—Goiffon, R.  La  bacteriotherapie  lactique  intestinale
n6cessite-t-elle Tingestion  de ferments lactiques? Paris med.,
1933, 89: 241-4.—Gruber,  L. I., Bomstein, E. B., & Tatko, T. S.
[Disinfection at  the  bed-side in intestinal infections]   Ann.
Mechnikov. Inst., 1936, 3: 381-6.—Kefir (Le) et le  yoghourth
dans le traitement des enterites.  Rev. prat, biol., Par., 1926,
19: 15-21.—Lebinski, G.  von.   Beitrag zur Therapie akuter
und  chronischer  Darmkatarrhe.   Klin.  Wschr.,   1927,  6:
2119.—Panayotatou,  A.  Trois cents cas d'enterite  gueris par
le vaccin  a Tenterobacille.  C.  rend. Congr.  internat.  med. 
ENTERITIS                                      34
 trop.,  1932, 1. Congr., 4: 1307-18.—Riviere, J.  Constipation
 and enteritis.  Internat. J. Surg., 1927, 40:156-9.—Sauer, L. W.
 Enteritis: its control and prevention by the Dick diet; kitchen
 and nursery technic. Am. J. Dis. Child., 1935, 50: 1159-63.—
 Skovorodnikova,  E.  S.  [Apple therapy in chronic  enteritis
 and enterocolitis]  Ter. arkh.,  1939, 17: 161-8.—Stefansky,
 V. K., Griinfeld, A. A. [et al.]  [Examination of hands and
 objects for preventing intestinal infections]  Ann. Mechnikov.
 Inst.,  1936, 3: 375-80.—Svartz, N.  Traitement de  quelques
 cas graves d'enterite de fermentation par le s6rum anti-gan-
 gr6neux.  Acta med. scand., 1936, Suppl. 78, 433-40.—Topley,
 W. W. C.  Tbe role of active or passive immunisation in the
 control of enteric infection.  Lancet, Lond., 1938, 1:  181-6.—
 Truelle, R.  La therapeutique hydrominerale dans les infections
 intestinales a Plombieres.  Strasbourg med., 1939, 99:  225-7.—
 Wilkinson, D. E.  Colonic lavage in the treatment of haemor-
 rhagic enteritis.  Vet. Rec, Lond., 1931, 11: 216.

 ----   ulcerative.

    See  also  Colitis,  ulcerative;  also  names  of
 specific ulcerations  as  Typhoid  fever;  Tubercu-
 losis, &c.
    Gaber,  F.   *La  perforation  de  l'enterite
 ulcereuse des  tuberculeux.   95p.  8?   Par.,  1937.
    Ameuille, P., & Duperrat, R.  La perforation de  l'enterite
 ulcereuse des tuberculeux. J. mid. Paris, 1936, 56: 587.  Also
 Rev. tuberc,  Par.,  1937, 5. ser., 3: 386-408.—Buie,  L. A., &
 Kaump, D. H.  Chronic tuberculous enteritis and proctitis with
 fistula. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1936, 11: 841-5.—Corr, P.,  & Boeck,
 W. C.  Chronic ulcerative  enteritis.   Am.  J.  Digest. Dis.,
 1934-35,  1:  161-3.—Taylor,  R.  T.   Localized  nonspecific
 ulcerative  enteritis  with some unusual features.   Am.  J.
 Roentg., 1937, 38: 884-6.

 ----   in animals.

    See also Cat, Diseases:  Enteritis; Enterotox-
 emia; Paratuberculosis;  Salmonella; also under
 names of animals.
    Priemer,   H.   H.   *Systematische   Untersu-
 chungen des Zellbildes der Darmzotten bei Rin-
 derfoeten, Milchkalbern und alteren Rindern,  mit
 besonderer  Berucksichtigung  der  anatomischen
 Diagnose Enteritis.  47p.  8?   Lpz., 1935.
    Beckett, F.  Necrotic enteritis of the pig and its differential
 diagnosis.  Vet. J.,  Lond., 1935, 91: 259-77.—Behnke. Eine
 Enteritisinfektion bei Kiihen.   Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1928,
 36: 417-9.—Chapron, H. Forme  speciale d'enterite hemor-
 ragique chez les bovins.  Rec. med. vet., 1928, 104: 399-405 —
 Charmoy.  Sur l'emploi du sulfate d'hordenine dans  le traite-
 ment de l'enterite chez le chien.  Congr. internat. path, comp.,
 1914, 1. Congr., 2: 704-9.—Dumas.  De l'emploi du lait dans les
 ententes du cheval.   Bull. Acad. vet. France, 1930, 3:  222-4 —
 Engelmann.  Bericht iiber mehrere Falle von Enteritisinfek-
 tionen bei  Schlachttieren  unter besonderer Berucksichtigung
 einiger Verfahren zur Feststellung intravitaler Infektion des
 Fleisches geschlachteter Tiere.  Zschr. Fleisch Milchhyg., 1922-
 23, 33: 180-4.—Francke, G., Standfuss, R., & Wilken, H.  Die
 Bekampfung der Enteritiserkrankung des Rindes nebst weiteren
 Beobachtungen iiber diese Krankheit.  Berl. tierarztl. Wschr.,
 1934, 50: 753-9.—Gray, L. A.  Enteritis in swine.  North Am.
 Vet., 1939, 20: No. 5, 27-32.—Hinshaw, W. R., McNeil, E., &
 Kofoid, C. A.  The relationship of Hexamita sp. to an enteritis
 of turkey poults.  Cornell Vet., 1938, 28: 281-93.—Hudson, R.
 Haemorrhagic enteritis simulating milk fever in the cow.  Vet.
 J., Lond.,  1937, 93: 190.—Jones, F. S., & Little, R. B.  Vi-
 brionic enteritis in calves.  J. Exp. M., 1931, 53: 845-51.  Also
 repr.—Klimmer,  M., & Haupt,  H.  Ueber  Infektion  von
 Hiihnern mit  dem Bacterium gallinarum Klein (1889)  Zbl.
 Bakt., 1. Abt., 1927-28, 105: 99-113.—Konno, T.  Kleinsche
 Hiihnerseuche in Korea (Enteritis der Huhner)  Deut.  tierarztl.
 Wschr., 1929, 37:  136-8.—LeDune, E. K.  Ulcerative enteritis
 in  ruffed grouse.   Vet.  Med., Chic, 1935, 30: 394.—Liitje.
 Ueber  Enteritiden beim Gefliigel und eine spontane Uebertra-
 gung von Kalberenteritis auf Kiiken.  Deut. tierarztl. Wschr.,
 1937, 45: 242-5.—McBryde,  C. N.  Acute enteritis in young
 pigs due to infection with  colon group.  J. Am. Vet.  M. Ass.,
 1934, 84: 36-50.—McCunn, J.  Canine hemorrhagic enteritis-
 Vet. Rec, Lond.,  1929, 9: 907.—Mayall, G. A case of muco-
 enteritis in the horse. Vet. J., Lond., 1937, 93: 267.—Miessner.
 Chronic contagious  enteritis  of cattle;  summary of report.
 Rep. Internat. Vet. Congr. (1914)  1915, 10. Congr., 3: 198 —
 Panisset, L., & Verge, J.  Nouvelles recherches sur Tent6rite
 chronique hypertrophiante des bovides.  Rec. med. vet., 1926,
 102: 521-34.—Piening. C, & Mahlau, E.  Zur Frage der En-
 teritisbekampfung der Rinder.  Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1938,
 54: 33-6.—Rasch, K., & Lorenzen, P.  Erfahrungen bei der
 Bekampfung der Enteritis in Rindviehbestanden in den Regie-
rungsbezirken Breslau und Liegnitz.  Ibid., 1935, 51: 749-53.—
Ray, J. D.   Enteritis in swine.  Vet. Med., Chic, 1936, 31:
382-5.—Shillinger, J. E., & Morley, L. C.  Studies on ulcerative
enteritis in  quail.  J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1934, 84: 25-35.—
Wilkinson. D. E.  Some clinical notes on the incidence of canine
hemorrhagic  enteritis.   Vet.  J.  Lond.,  1930,  86: 101-4 —
ENTERITIS
Wilson, H. M.  Some types of enteritis met  with in cattle
practice.   Vet. Rec, Lond., 1933, 13: 820-8.

ENTERITIS bacillus.

   See Salmonella.

ENTEROANASTOMOSIS.

   See Intestine, Surgery.

ENTEROBIOSIS.

   See also  Enterobius;  also in 3. ser.  Oxyuriasis.
   Bellocq, G. P.  L'oxyurose  chez  le nourrisson.  Rev. fr.
p6diat., 1935,  11: 785-96.  Also Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1936,
34: 401-4.—Bendix,  B.   Oxyuriasis.   Med. Welt, 1928, 2:
734-6.—Fort,  M. A.  Pin  worm infection; symptoms, life
history and removal. J. M. Ass. Georgia, 1929, 18: 111-3.—
Fiirbringer.   Ueber  Madenwiirmer  bei  Kindern.    Zschr.
arztl.  Fortbild., 1931, 28: 40-3.—Guilbeault, A.  L'oxyurose.
Union med. Canada, 1936, 65: 250-2.—Hamburger, F.  Ueber
Oxyuren und  Oxyuriasis.  Arch. Kinderh., 1934, 102: 223-5.—
Ide, M.   L'oxyurase.  Rev.  med., Louvain, 1930, 38; 1934,
20.—Paul, M. E.  Intractable thread-worms.  Lancet,  Lond.,
1902, 2: 1600.—Pipping, W. [Intestinal diseases, especially con-
cerning Oxyuris vermicularis  in children]  Duodecim, Helsin.,
1911,28:211-37.—Revilliod, L.  A propos de Toxyuriase. Rev.
med. Suisse rom.,  1913, 33: 317-9.—Still, G. F.  Observations
on Oxyuris vermicularis in children.  Brit. M. J., 1899, 1: 898-
900.—Timmermans, F.  Wurmkrankheiten (Oxyuriasis, Aska-
ridiasis)  Jahrkurs. arztl. Fortbild., 1935, 26: H! 6, 25-44.

----   Allergy.
   Gotz, H.  Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Ueberempfindlichkeit;
Oxyuren-Allergie.   Med. Klin., Berl., 1927, 23: 1853.—Leib-
holz,  E.   Oxyuriasis und Hautleiden.  Med.  Welt,  1928, 2:
1122.—Morenas, L.  Coryza  spasmodique et crises conjoncti-
vales, reactions anaphylactiques dans Toxvurose.  Lyon med.,
1930,  145: 405-8.—Schropl,  E.  Hautpfoben  mit Oxyuren-
extrakt.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1926, 52: 1508.—Tsuchiya, H.,
& Bauerlein, T. C.  Intradermal test as an aid in the diagnosis
of enterobiasis.  J. Lab. Clin. M., 1938-39, 24:  627-31.

----   Complication.

   See also  Appendicitis, Causes.
   Hengstenberg,    T.   *Die   Bedeutung    der
Oxvuren fiir die  Chirurgie  [Freiburg]   15p.   8?
Stuttg.,  1926.
   Schmidt [E.] B.   *Die Bedeutung der Oxyuri-
asis beim Strophulus infantum   [Miinchen]  44p.
8?   Stuttg., 1932.
   Wegner,  H.   *Peritonitis  oxyurica  mit Be-
kanntgabe  eines akuten, klinische Erscheinungen
machenden Falles.   lip.   8?  Walldorf-Heidelb.,
1933.
   Bain, C. G. Periappendicitis; due to penetration by Oxyuris
vermicularis.   Northwest  M., 1935,  34:  14.—Banaitis, S.  I.
[Oxyuris and  appendicitis]  Arkh. med. nauk.,  1929, 2: 115-
29.—Bell, M.  A.   Oxyuris  vermicularis and appendicitis.
Arch.  Pediat.,  N. Y.,  1936,  53: 649-53.—Culhane,  T.  H.
Appendicitis due to threadworms.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1910, 54:
48.—Deschiens, R.  Crises epileptiques periodiques  dans un
cas d'oxyurose chez le chimpanze.  Presse med., 1935, 43: 404.—
Henry, F. C.  Oxyuris vermicularis as the cause of appendicitis.
J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1930, 27: 446.—Jaroschka, K.  Ueber
Typhlitis und Appendicitis, verursacht durch Oxyuren.  Deut.
Zschr.  Chir.,  1923, 183: 99-113.—Manning, V. R.  Oxyuris
vermicularis with a case report in a child of procidentia recti
caused by pin  worms. Med. World, 1937, 55: 45-7.—Marshall,
G. R., & Wood, Q. L.  Ischioanal abscess caused by Oxyuris
vermicularis.   Northwest  M., 1938, 37: 180-2.—Nathorff, E.
Oxyuriasis; Madenwiirmer beim  Menschen; Oxyuris vermicu-
laris als Krankheitsursache.  Klin. Fortbild., 1935, 3: 48-63.—
Pabeuf &  Dubois.  Un  cas d'appendicite par oxyures.   Bull.
med.,  Par.,   1908, 22:  153.—Schneider,  F.   Fremdkorper-
pseudotuberkulose des Netzes  durch Oxyuren.   Zbl.  Chir.,
1931,  58:  1301-4.—Soloviev, N. I.   [Role of Oxyuris  in the
etiology of appendicitis]  Vest, mikrob., 1927, 6: 265-74.

----   Diagnosis and statistics.
   Bodrogi, G.  [Diagnosis of  oxyuriasis] Orv. hetil., 1933, 77:
564-6.—Bozicevich, J. The incidence of pinworm infestation
in a group of 230 boys in  Washington, D. C.   Med. Ann.
District of Columbia, 1937, 6: 239-41.  ------& Brady, F. J.
Studies on oxyuriasis; a study of 504 bovs in  a boys'  camp.
Ibid.,  1938, 7: 187-90.—Brau.  De l'oxyurose en Indo-Chine.
Bull. Soc med. chir. Indo China, 1912, 3: 582-4.—Cram, E. B..
Jones, M. F.,  Reardon, L., & Nolan,  M. O. The incidence of
oxyuriasis  in 1,272 persons in Washington, D. C, with notes on
diagnosis.   Pub. Health  Rep.,  Wash.,  1937,  52: 1480-4.—
Cram, E. B., & Nolan, M. O.  Studies on oxyuriasis; examina-
tions of children in a private nursery  school over an 18-month
period. Ibid., 1939, 54: 567-74.—Cram, E. B., & Reardon, L., 
ENTEROBIOSIS
348
ENTEROBIOSIS
Studies on oxyuriasis; epidemiological findings in Washington,
D. C.  Am. J. Hyg., 1939, 29: sect. D, 17-24.—Desportes, C.
Complement aux recherches sur la frequence du trichocephale
et de Toxyure a Paris.  Ann. parasit., Par., 1938, 16: 17-21.—
Epstein, S. I., & Fedorova, T. V.  [Epidemiology of enterobiosis]
Vest, mikrob., 1932, 10: 365.—Folan, J. P. The preparation
and cleaning of the NIH anal swab used in  the diagnosis of
oxyuriasis.   Pub. Health Rep., Wash.,  1939,  54:  1392-5 —
Hall, M. C.  Studies on oxyuriasis; types  of anal swabs and
scrapers, with a description  of an  improved type of swab.
Am. J. Trop. M., 1937,17:445-53.—Muller. S.   [The prevalence
of Oxyuris  vermicularis]  Hospitalstidende, 1917,  8.  R., 10:
297-307.—Oleinikov, S. V.  [Diagnosis and epidemiology of
enterobiasis]  Russ. J. trop. med., 1929, 7: 393-402.—Reardon,
L.  Studies on oxyuriasis; artifacts in cellophane simulating
pinworm ova.  Am.  J. Trop. M.,  1938, 18:  427-31,  2 pl.—
Ruotsalainen,  A.   [The  frequency  of  intestinal  parasites,
especially of the  Oxyuris vermicularis, in children]  Fin. lak.
sail, hand.,  1911, 1: 444-66.  Also Mschr. Kinderh., 1911, 10:
Orig., 325-39.—Sawitz, W., Odom,  V. L., & Lincicome, D. R.
The diagnosis of  oxyuriasis.  Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1939,
54: 1148-58.—Serbinow, P. I., & Schulmann, E. S.  Ueher die
Methode der  Analabschabung  zur  Oxyurisdiagnose.  Arch.
Schiffs Tropenhyg.,  1927, 31: 482-4.—Solberg, M.  [Endemic
occurrence of  Oxyuris  vermicularis]   Norsk  mag. laegevid.,
1920, 81: 184.

----   Manifestation.
   Boenkost, K.   *Oxyuren  und  Appendicitis.
 38p.   8?   Konigsb.,  1936.
   Lampe,  L.  * Appendicopathia oxyurica.   23p.
 8?   Kiel, 1934.
   Brady, F.  J., & Wright, W. H.  Studies on oxyuriasis; the
 symptomatology of oxyuriasis as based on physical examina-
 tions and case histories on 200 patients.  Am. J. M. Sc., 1939,
 198:  367-72.—Ehlers, H. W.  Ein Beitrag zur Frage  der
 Appendicopathia oxyurica.  Deut. Zschr. Chir.,  1928-29, 213:
 275-9.—Goldbach, L.  Zur Casuistik der Colica vermicularis
 (Breuer)  Prag. med. Wschr., 1898, 23: 181-3.—Hamburger, F.
 Die  Oxyurenneurose.  Med.  Klin., Berl.,  1939,  35:  369.—
 Langfeldt.   Ob  Appendicopathia  oxyurica,  oder  Pseudo-
 Appendicitis ex oxyure? Was ist richtig?  Aerztl. Rdsch., 1913,
 22: 205-7.—Petrovich, A. I.   Sur les troubles occasionnes par
 Tenterobiose  des adultes.  Arch. mal. app. digest., Par., 1931,
 21: 572-7.—Pfeiffer. Oxyuren und Anstaltspellagra. Psychiat.
 neur. Wschr., 1937, 39: 508-12.—Steinberg,  I.  R., & Abbate,
 E. A.  Seudointoxicaci6n tuberculosa  por  oxiuriasis.   Sem.
 med., B. Air., 1938,  45: pt 2, 490-3.

 ----  Pathology.

   Butter [C] R.  *Ueber Oxyureneier in  einem
 Serosaknotchen des Douglas'schen Raumes.   30p.
 8?   Munch., 1929.
   Allen, J. M.  Thread worms in the appendix.  J. Am. M.
 Ass.,  1910, 55: 127.—Bauer, A.  Oxyuriasis als  Einzeleiinfek-
 tion.  Aerztl. Rdsch., 1934, 44: 21-3—Caplescu, P., & Martz,
 F.  Contributiuni la studiul oxyurosei apendiculare. Spitalul,
 1913, 33: 1-10.—Caro, J.  Au sujet de 2 cas  d'cedSmes de
 Calabar.  Bull. Soc. path, exot.,  Par., 1927,  20: 977-9 —
 Froriep,  E.   Ueber  einen  Fall  von Oxyuris-vermicularis-
 Implantation  auf dem Peritoneum.  Zbl.  Gyn., 1938,  62:
 923-6.—Goodale, R. H., & Krischner, H.  Oxyuris vermicularis
 in the peritoneum.   Arch. Path.,  Chic,  1930, 9: 631-4.—
 Ku, D. Y.  Oxyuris infection of the wall of the Fallopian tube.
 Tr. Far East. Ass. Trop. M.,  1934, 9: pt 1, 605-10, pl.—Lu-
 bieniecki, H.  Zur Frage der  individuellen Verschiedenheiten
 in der Entstehung  und im Verlaufe der Oxyuriasis.   Wien.
 klin.  Wschr.,  1929,  42: 1526-30.—Macdonald, G.  Oxyuris
 vermicularis in the vermiform appendix.  Brit. M. J., 1912, 1:
 485.—Melchior, E.  Oxyuren  als Wundparasiten.  Zbl. Chir.,
 1936, 63: 379-81.—Nathan,  H.  Zwei seltene Befunde  bei
 Oxyureninfektion des Menschen. Frankf. Zschr. Path.,  1928,
 36: 82-92.—Oleinikov, S. V.   [Revision of  the question on
 the  invasion  of  Enterobius   vermicularis]  Vest, mikrob.,
 1932, 10: 369.—Petrovich, A. I.  Zur Frage uber einige Ursachen
der Invasion und Reinvasion bei Enterobiosis.   Munch, med
Wschr.,  1931,  78: 663—Seval, J.  Le terrain  de  l'oxyurose.
Rev. g6n.  clin. ther., 1927, 41: 647.—Susman, M. P.  Thread
worms in the  peritoneal cavity.  J. Coll. Surgeons Australasia
 1929-30,  2: 273.—Troisier, J., & Deschiens, R.  Deux  cas
d'oxyurose chez le chimpanze  traversee de la  paroi intestinale
jusqu'au peritoine.  Ann. parasit., Par., 1930,  8: 562-5, 2 pl.—
Wakefield, R. W.  Oxyuris vermicularis found  in the vermiform
appendix.   J. Am. M. Ass., 1908, 50: 1904.

        Treatment.
   Bauer,  A.   Chlorammonium gegen Oxyuriasis.  Zbl. inn.
Med.,  1931,  52:  625-7.  ------   Oxyurenverhalten  gegen
Alizarin.   Mschr.  Kinderh.,  1932,  53: 254.—Bonifacio, G.
La cura radicale degli ossiuri.  Athena, Roma, 1935, 4: 154.—
Borini, A.  Sulla cura dell'Oxyuris vermicularis.  Gazz. osp.,
1911, 32: 517.—Brandstetter, E.  Therapie der Oxyuriasis bei
Erwachsenen  mit der kombinierten Oxymorskur.  Wien med
Wschr., 1937, 87:  948.—Brown, H. W.   Treatment  of  pin
worm  (Enterobius  vermicularis)  infestation  with hexylresor-
cmol.   Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y.F 1932, 30: 221-4.—Briining,
 H.  Kurze Bemerkungen  zu  dem Aufsatze von  Herrn  Dr
 Weinberger iiber eine einfache und zuverlassige Oxvurenhe-
 handlung.   Med. Klin.,  Berl.,  1924, 20: 1001.   ------  Die
 Behandlung der Oxyuriasis.  Fortsch.  Ther., 1928, 4:  245  7.
 Also  Rev.  m6d.  Hamburgo,  1928,  9:  191-4.  Also  Tungdii
 med. Mschr.,  1928-29, 4: 293-9.—Cefaly, A.  Cura dcll'o.^i-
 uriasi.  Rinasc. med., 1938, 15:  169.—Chevalier, J.   A  la
 recherche d'un remede contre les oxyures.  Gaz. med. France,
 1929, 3: No.  11, p. vi.—Chiodo, A.  Contributo clinico alia
 terapia dei vermi intestinali (Oxyuris vermicularis) mediante
 lo  Yatren   105.  Prat,  pediat.,  Milano, 1932,  10: 451-3.—
 Cura (La)  radicale degli  ossiuri.  Gazz. osp., 1935,  56: 529.—
 Dingmann, A.  Zur Behandlung der Oxyuriasis in der Kinder-
 praxis.  Deut. med. Wschr.,  1927,  53: 621.—Freud, P.  Be-
 handlung der kindlichen Oxyuriasis mit Aluminiumsubazetat
 in Form von Vermicet-Tabletten.  Kinderarztl. Prax., 1935, 6:
 161.—Fiilleborn. Klinik und Bekampfung der Spulwurminfek-
 tion.  Klin. Wschr., 1932, 11: 1679; 1716.—Hase, A.  Kurzer
 Beitrag zur Frage der Bekampfung der Oxyuriasis mit Oxylax.
 Munch, med.  Wschr., 1926, 73: 196.—Heubner, O.  Studien
 iiber  Oxyuriasis; Therapeutisches.   Jahrb.  Kinderh.,  1926,
 3. F., 64: 127-32.—Hildebrand, B.  Ein Beitrag zur Behand-
 lung der Erkrankung an  Oxyuris vermicularis.  Miinch. med.
 Wschr., 1913,  60: 131.—Januschke, H.  Zur Behandlung der
 Oxyurenkrankheit mit Mohrriiben-Dialysat; mit quantitativen
 Beobachtungen iiber die Wirkungsstarke.  Wien. med. Wschr.,
 1934, 84:  1253.—Kjerrule, H.   [Oxyuris and its  treatment]
 Hygiea, Stockh., 1919, 81: 401-14.—Koch.  E.  W.  Die Be-
 kampfung  der  Verwurmung der Kinder  (Oxyuriasis)   Deut.
 Zschr. off.   GesundhpfL,  1927,  3:  85-95.   Also Med.  Welt,
 1932,  6:  957.—Kretschmer.   Ueber  neuere Oxyurenmittel
 (Butolan und Cupronat)  Ther. Halbmhefte, 1920, 34: 700 —
 L., P. B. Tratamiento de los oxiuros en el adulto.  Dia med.,
 B. Air., 1931-32, 4: 491.—Lentze, F. A. Gibt es ein wirklich
 sicheres Mittel zur Oxyurenbeseitigung?  Zschr. arztl. Fortbild.,
 1936, 33:  528.—Lieb,  C. W.   The successful  treatment of
 resistant whipworm infestation; with observations on over-
 looked symptoms.  Am.  J.  M. Sc, 1927,  173:  523-6.—Lu-
 bieniecki, H.  Zur Frage  der Therapie der Oxyuriasis.  Wien.
 klin. Wschr., 1931, 44: 287; 355; 384.—Mertz, A.  Die Be-
 handlung  der Oxyuriasis.  Aerztl.  Rdsch.,  1929,  39:  21.—
 Mindlin, S., & TJrribarri,  A.  Tratamiento de la oxyuriasis por
 enemas de eter.  Prensa mid. argent., 1939, 26: pt 2, 1603-8.—
 Monat, H.  A.   Problems  confronted in  the treatment of oxy-
 uriasis.   Med.  Ann. District of Columbia,  1939,  8:  112.—
 Nebert, H.   Ueber  die Oxyurenbehandlung  mit  Oxylax.
 Deut.  med. Wschr., 1926,  52: 240.—Nottebaum.   Die Be-
 handlung der Oxyuriasis mit Schwefel.   Ibid., 1927,  53: 283.—
 Perrin & Thiry.  Le traitement des oxyures. Rev. internat.
 med. chir.,  1914, 25: 39.—Rietschel, H.  Zur Behandlung der
 Oxyuriasis.  Kinderarztl. Prax., 1935,  6: 485; 1936, 7: 14.—
 Rouse, M.  O., & Patterson, C. O.   Medical  treatment of pin
 worms.  Dallas M. J., 1936, 22: 110-2.—Sabrazes, J. Decoc-
 tion de gousses  d'ail en  lavement  dans l'oxyurose inveteree.
 Gaz. sc med. Bordeaux, 1924, 14: 328.—Schmidt, G.  Alumi-
 nium subazetat als Mittel gegen Oxyuris vermicularis.  Deut.
 med. Wschr., 1910, 36: 847.—Schmidt, W. T.  Diagnostik und
 Therapie der  Oxyuriasis.  Med.  Welt, 1931,   5:  811-3.—
 Schreiber, G.  Traitement de l'oxyurose. Clinique, Par., 1934,
 29: 145.—Schule.   Ueber die  Behandlung der  Oxyuren mit
 Butolan. Med. Klin., Berl., 1920, 16: 931.—Scriabine, K. J., &
 Schultz, E. S.  [Therapy and prophylaxis of Enterobius vermicu-
 laris in  children] Profil. med., Kharkov, 1928, 7: 22-39.—
 Silianski, L.  Zur  Behandlung  der  Oxyuriasis.   Deut.  Med.
 Wschr., 1926, 52: 366.—Tanaka, M.  Ueber die  Wirkung von
 Digenia simplex  gegen  Oxyuris.   Mitt. Med.  Ges. Tokyo,
 1907,  21: 747-53.—Tarasov, V.  [Enterobiasis and its  treat-
 ment]  Sovet. vrach. J.,  1936, 1: 752-6.—Tratamiento de la
 oxiuriasis.  Dia med., B.  Air., 1935,  7: 1377.—Trautmann, W.
 Ueber  Oxyuriasisbehandlung.   Ther.  Gegenwart,  1927, 68:
 304.—Vanni, V.  Saggi  di  terapia  biologica della  ossiurosi.
 Policlinico,   1937, 44:  sez.  prat.,  2233-5.—Villaret, M.,  &
 Cachera, R.  Un nouveau traitement  de l'oxyurose.  Rev.
 med. chir. mal. foie, 1930, 5: 5-8.—Vorwahl, H.  Erfahrungen
 mit Oxymors in der Kinderpraxis.   Fortsch. Med., 1935, 53:
 563.—Vourch, A.   A la recherche d'un remede  contre les
 oxyures.  Gaz. med.  France,  1929, 3:  253-5.—Wagner, R.
 Antoxurin,  ein neues Oxyurismittel.  Klin. ther. Wschr., Wien,
 1920,  27: 192.—Weber, H.  Zur  Frage der Oxyurenbekam-
 pfung.  Med. Welt, 1931, 5: 89.—Wright, W. H., Bozicevich,
J., & Gordon, L. S.  Studies on oxyuriasis; therapy with single
doses of tetrachlorethylene.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1937, 109: 570-3.
 Also Am.  J. Trop. M.,  1938, 18: 609-17.—Wright, W. H..
Bozicevich, J., & Rose, J.  Studies on oxyuriasis; a preliminary
note on treatment with tetrachlorethylene.  Virginia M. Month.,
 1937-38, 64: 339-41.—Wright. W. H., & Cram, E. B. Studies
 on oxyuriasis; some  aspects  of the problem of therapy.   Am.
J. Dis. Child.,  1937, 54: 1276-84.


 ENTEROBIUS.

   See  also   Enterobiosis;  Oxyuroidea;  also in
 3. ser. Oxyuris.
   Romain,  R.   *L'oxyure (Oxyuris vermicularis)
 et son role pathogene   [Lyon]    119p.    8?    Va-
 lence,  1913.
   Boston,  S. C. The common red roach as a probable source
 of Oxyuris  vermicularis.  Am. Med., 190*, n. ser., 3: 179.— 
ENTEROBIUS
349
ENTEROCOCCUS
Buckley, J. J. C.  On two new species of Enterobius from the
monkey Lagothrix humboldtii. J. Helminth., Lond., 1931, 9:
133-40.—Davies,  A. N.  Oxyuris vermicularis.  Brit. M.  J.,
1907, 1: 932.—Gharpure, P. V., & Charpure, V. V.  The rarity
of the male Enterobius vermicularis. Ind. M. Gaz., 1937, 72:
23.—Ide, M. Les oxyures.  Rev. med., Louvain, 1924, 56.—
Japha, A.   Neuere  Untersuchungen iiber Lebensweise und
Verbreitung des  Madenwurms  (Oxyuris vermicularis  L.)
Naturwissenschaften, 1926,  14: 342-4.—Jodicke, P.  Oxyuris
vermicularis. Med. Klin., Berl., 1912, 8: 64.—Kanngiesser, F.
Oxyuris vermicularis.   Ibid.,  1911, 7: 1659.—Landerer,  R.
Oxyuris vermicularis.   Ibid.,  1818.—Lentze,  F.  A.   Zur
Biologie des Oxyuris vermicularis. Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1935-36,
135: 156-9.—Levine, Z. S.   Les oxyures.  Arch.  med. enf.,
1933,  36: 344-51.—Looft, C.  [Oxyuris]   Med. rev., Bergen,
1923,  40:   249-59.—Manning, J.  B.   Oxyuris  vermicularis.
Hosp.  Progr.,  1927, 8:  269-71.—Mejlaender,  O.   [Oxyuris]
Med. rev., Bergen, 1923, 40: 504.—Nolan, M. O., & Reardon.
L.  Studies on oxyuriasis; the distribution of the ova of Entero-
bius vermicularis in household dust.  J. Parasit., Lancaster, 1939,
25: 173-7.—Penso, G.  Nouvelles considerations sur la biologie
des oxyures.  Ann. parasit., Par., 1933, 11: 268-70.  ------
II ciclo di  sviluppo degli ossiuri.   Policlinico,  1935, 42: sez.
prat.,  1943-9.—Reardon, L.  Studies on oxyuriasis; the number
of eggs produced by the pinworm, Enterobius vermicularis,
and its bearing on infection.  Pub.  Health Rep., Wash., 1938,
53: 978-84.—Rheindorf, A.   Ist  die  Oxyuris vermicularis
imstande,   aktiv  die Processuswand zu  durchdringen,  und
ist sie  ein blutsaugender Parasit?   Zbl. Bakt.,  1. Abt., 1914,
74: Orig.,  604-17, pl.—Seurat, L. G.  Sur un cas de pcecilo-
gonie chez un oxyure.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1913, 74: 1089-92 —
Wendt, H.  Beitrage zum Entwicklungszyklus bei Oxyuris
vermicularis. Zschr. Kinderh., 1936, 58:  375-87.—Zawadow-
sky, M. M., & Schalimov, L. G.  Die Eier von Oxyuris vermi-
cularis und ihre  Entwicklungsbedingungen,  sowie uber  die
Bedingungen, unter denen  eine Autoinfektion bei Oxyuriasis
unmoglich ist.  Zschr. Parasitenk., 1929, 2: 12-43.

ENTEROCELE.

   See Hernia.

ENTEROCOCCUS.

   See also Streptococcus.
   Schonfeld, H.    *Zur Morphologie und Bio-
logie  der Stuhlstreptokokken   [Breslau]  p.388-
401.    8?  Jena, 1926.
   Also Zbl. Bakt., 1926, 99:
   Aschoff,  L.    Ueber  den Enterokokkus   (Streptococcus
Libman)  In Confr. med. sc.  Libman Annivers. Vol., 1932,  1:
87-93.—Bagger,  S.  V.   The  Enterococcus  (Streptococcus
fsecalis, Str. fsecium partim)   J.  Path.  Bact., Edinb.,  1926,
29: 225-38, pl.—Buchholz, L.   Ueber die Beziehungen der
Enterokokken zu den  Milchsaurestreptokokken und Pneumo-
kokken.  Jahrb. Kinderh., 1929, 3. F., 74: 347-56.—Chapman,
G. H.  Studies  of  streptococci;  resistance  of  enterococci.
J. Bact., Bait.,  1936, 32: No.  1, 41-6.—Dimtza, A.  Ueber
Enterokokken.   Schweiz.  med.  Wschr.,  1929, 59: 64-7.—
Einaudi, M. Contributo alio  studio dell'enterococco isolato da
focolai morbosi.   Gior. batt. immun., 1932, 8: 54-74.—Gross-
mann.  Zur Bedeutung und Biologie der Enterokokken.  Zbl,
Bakt., 1. Abt., 1929, 110: H.  6-8, Beih.,  241-5.—Gundel, M.
Die Enterokokken.  Ibid.,  1928, 109: 384-92.  ------  Zur
Nomenklatur der Enterokokken und  Streptokokken.  Ibid.,
1930,   118: 68-74.—Henriksen,  S. D.   [Hemolytic, fecal
streptococci (enterococci)]   Norsk,  mag.  laegevid., 1935, 96:
361-73, pl.—Kleckner, A. L.  Bacteriologie studies on the fecal
streptococci and the lactic acid streptococci. J. Lab. Clin. M.,
1935-36, 21: 111-23.—Lodenkamper,  H.  Studien iiber  die
Streptokokkengruppe,  insbesondere iiber  die Enterokokken.
Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt.,  1937, 139: 287; 371.  —---- & Geih, H.
Studien uber  Enterokokken.  Ibid.,  1936,  137:  270-9 —
Meyer, K.   Ueber hamolytische Enterokokken.  Ibid., 1926,
99- 416-9   ------  Zur Nomenklatur der Enterokokken und
Streptokokken.  Ibid., 1930,118: 65-8.—Neter, E., & Witebsky,
E.  Comparative study of fibrinolytic and  anticoagulating
properties   of Streptococcus  hemolyticus  and Streptococcus
fecalis  (Enterococcus)  Proc.  Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1937-38,
37: 99-103.—Noel,  G.  Streptocoques et enterocoques. ■ C.
rend. Soc. biol., 1934,  116:  363; 117: 497—Orcutt, M. L.  A
study of enterococci from  the digestive  tract of  calves.   J.
Bact., Bait., 1926, 11: 129-39.—Schmitz, H.   Weitere Unter-
suchungen uber Enterokokken.  Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1925, 96:
Orig  277-80  ------   Unsere heutigen Kenntnisse von den
Enterokokken.   Ibid.,  1930,  117:  380-4.—Sherman,  J.  M.
The enterococci and related streptococci.  J. Bact., Bait., 1938,
35- 81-93    ------ Mauer, J. C, & Stark, P.  Streptococcus
fecalis.  Ibid., 1937, 33: 275-82.—Weatherall,  C, &  Dible,
J. H.   Aesculin fermentation  and haemolysis by enterococci.
J. Path. Bact.,  Edinb.,  1929, 32:  413-7.—Weinberg,  M-, &
Devesne, J.  Role de Tenterocoque dans les associations mi-
crobiennes.  C. rend. Soc biol., 1928, 98: 196-8.

----   Cultivation and identification.

   Spanier,  F.  *Ueber das Glykosidspaltungs-
und Reduktionsvermogen der Enterokokken und
seine  Bedeutung fiir ihre Untersuchung von  den
Streptokokken    [Leipzig]    12p.    8?   [Zeulen-
roda i. Thiir.] 1928.
   Also Zbl. Bakt., 1927-28, 105: 106.
   Dechigi, D. M., & Musettini, G.   Ricerche sull'identifica-
zione dell'enterococco.  Gior. batt. immun., 1931, 6: 141-58.—
Di Gennaro, A.  Su un metodo semplice per Tisolamento dell'en-
terococco  dalle feci.   Ibid.,  1936,  17: 814-31.—Dold, H.
Unterscbiedliches Verhalten von Enterokokkenstammen  (En-
terokokkenkulturen)  gegenuber  meiner Differentialfarbung.
Zbl.  Bakt.,  1.  Abt., 1932-33, 127: 374-8.—Ehrismann, O.,
Hartmann, P.  [et  al.]   Ueber  die differentialdiagnostische
Abgrenzbarkeit  der  Enterokokken.   Zschr. Hyg., 1935,  117:
307-40.—Gregoire, C.  Procede d'isolement de Tenterocoque
par les milieux dits cyanoferrique et eiectif de L. Muller.
Arch, internat.  med. exp., Liege,  1930-31, 6: 319-25.—Ham-
mer, B. W.  The action  of aldehydes on certain cultures of
Streptococcus liquefaciens in milk.  J.  Bact., Bait.,  1936, 31:
479-87.—Kovacs, N. Zur Differenzierung der Enterokokken.
Zschr.  Immunforsch., 1926, 49: 450-6.  ------  Veranderung
der Hamatinplatte durch Enterokokken (vorlaufige Mitteilung)
Klin. Wschr., 1932, 11: 864.—Magheru, G., &  Dimitriu, O.
Nouveau moyen de distinguer les enterocoques des strepto-
coques.  C. rend.  Soc. biol., 1938, 127: 1334.—Meyer, K., &
Schonfeld, H.  Ueber die Unterscheidung des Enterococcus
vom Streptococcus viridans und die Beziehungen beider zum
Streptococcus lactis.  Zbl. Bakt.,  1. Abt., 1926, 99: 402-16 —
Oldfelt, C. O. Some points of view on the cultivation of entero-
cocci  from faeces.  Acta  med.  scand., 1937, 93: 429-36.—
Pane, N.  Su di un metodo elettivo per isolare lo pneumococco
dallo sputo e Tenterococco dalle feci, e sui caratteriche diffe-
renziano i due germi.  Riforma med., 1921, 37: 1147.—Severi,
R.  Le variazioni sperimentali dell'enterococco; comportamento
delle  caratteristicne principali dell'enterococco dopo  Tinvec-
chiamento in terreni di cultura liquidi.  Riv. pat. sper., 1937,
18: 352-69.—Violle, H.  Contribution au diagnostic differentiel
entre le groupe des streptocoques et pneumocoques et le groupe
des enterocoques par les  ricinoieates solubles.  C. rend. Soc.
biol.,  1935, 120: 1042.—Weissenbach, R. J.  Un bon caractere
differentiel entre  le streptocoque pyogSne  et Tenterocoque;
resultat de Tensemencement en eau pepton6e glucosee a la bile.
Ibid., 1918, 81: 559-61.  ------  Differentiation de Tentero-
coque, du streptocoque pyogSne  hemolytique et du strepto-
coque pyog^ne  non  hemolytique par Tensemencement en eau
peptonee glucosee  a la bile.  Ibid., 819-21.

----  Infection.

   Heinz, K.   *Die  pathogenetische  Bedeutung
der   Enterokokken     [Heidelberg]     16p.    8?
Gutersloh i.  Westf.,  1935.
   Liepmann, W.   *Der heutige Stand der Ente-
rokokken-Erkrankungen    [Bonn]     41p.    8?
Briihl,  1937.
   Barberis, L. U.  Sulle varieta di streptocochi fecali e sulla
loro importanza igienico-sanitaria. Minerva med., Tor.,  1937,
28: 217-9.—Barbiroli, M.  L'importanza dell'enterococco in
chirurgia.  Arch.  ital. chir., 1938, 48:  415-44.—Burgers. La
importancia de  los enterococos como agentes pat6genos.  Rev.
med.  germ. iber.  amer.,  1938,  11:  168-74—Cared,  P.  Le
infezioni acute  da  enterococco in  oto-rinolaringoiatria; con-
siderazioni cliniche e ricerche sperimentali.  Valsalva, 1926, 2:
97-102.—D'Antona, L.  L'individualita batteriologica dell'en-
terococco e la sua importanza in patologia umana.   Minerva
med.,  Tor.,  1937, 28: pt  2, 265-70.—Ehrismann,  O.   Die
pathogenetische Bedeutung  der  Enterokokken.   Zbl. Bakt.,
1. Abt., 1935,  119: 97-108.—Einaudi, M.  Infezione speri-
mentale  da  Enterococcus.   Gior.  batt.  immun.,  1931,  6:
673-91, 2 pl.—Frank, H.  Klinisch-bakteriologische Befunde
und Beobachtungen  zur Pathogenitat der Enterokokken.
Deut.  Arch.  klin.  Med., 1930,  167:  352-62.—Gundel, M.
Ueber die  atiologische  Bedeutung  der  Enterokokken bei
Blasen-Nierenerkrankungen und iiber die  Beziehungen der
Enterokokken zu  den Milchsaurestreptokokken.  Zbl. Bakt.,
1. Abt.,  1926, 99: 469-78.  ------  Die pathogenetische Be-
deutung der Enterokokken.  Deut. med.  Wschr.,  1933, 59:
1381-5.  ------ &  Seeber, F.  Die klinische Bedeutung der
Enterokokken im Magen-Darmkanal.  Deut. Arch. klin. Med.,
1929, 164: 190-201.—Karwacki, L.  [Enterococcus infections]
Lek. wojsk., 1926, 8: 224; 311; 407.—Koch, F. E. Enterokok-
kenstudien;  Elektiv-  und  Differenzierungsnahrboden  fiir
Enterokokken;  Tierpathogenitat, Vorkommen  und Patho-
genitat der Enterokokken.  Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt.,  1935, 134:
348-67.—Kuvalov, M. T.  [Experiments with  Enterococcus
in pathological processes]   Vest,  khir., 1928, 13: No. 39, 89-
96.—Macaigne, M.  Enterococcie.    In  Nouv.  traite  med.
(Roger) Par., 1920, 1: 283-9.—Meyer, K.  Die Bedeutung des
Enterokokkus fiir die Infektionen der  Harn- und Gallenwege.
Klin. Wschr., 1924, 3: 2291-4.   ------ & Lowenberg, W.
Experimentelle  Untersuchungen zur  Enterokokkeninfektion
der  Gallenblase;  ein  Beitrag zum  Problem  der elektiven
Lokalisation  von  Krankheitserregern.  Ibid., 1926,  5: 989-
92.—Montlaur, H., & Montlaur, J. A propos de la communica-
tion de M. Kitchevatz; enterococcies cutanees.  Bull. Soc. fr.
derm, syph.,  1933, 40:  804.  ------ & Vidal, S.  Les ent6ro-
coccides des enfants du premier age;  phenomene de sensibilisa-
tion.   Acta paediat., Upps., 1933,  16: 145-7.   Also  J. mid. 
ENTEROCOCCUS
350
ENTEROCOCCUS
 Paris, 1933, 53: 755.—Musante, E. L'importanza dell'entero-
 cocco proteiforme come agente patogeno.  Gazz. osp., 1924,
 45: 821-3.—Olinesco, R.  Un cas grave d'enterococcie (etude
 clinique et  baeteriologique)   Bull. Soc.  med.  hop.  Bucarest,
 1925, 7: 59-67.— Radvan,  I.   [Clinical  manifestations  of
 enterococcus; therapeutic deductions]   Rev. st. med., Bucur.,
 1935, 24: 730-41.—Shaw, F.  W.  Enterococcus peritonitis and
 pleuritis.  Virginia M.  Month.,  1930-31,  57: 804-6.—Sub-
 barayudu, G.  Enterococcus infection.   Ind. M. Gaz., 1931, 66:
 139.—Thiercelin, E.  Des manifestations  gastro-intestinales
 dans les  infections a enterocoque. Arch.  mal.  app. digest.,
 Par., 1924,  14: 869-97.—Went, I.  I Morphology, biology and
 pathology of  EnterococcusJ   Orv. hetil.,  1926, 70: 748-50.
 ------  Ueber Morphologie, Biologie  und pathologische  Be-
 deutung des sogenannten Enterokokkus.  Zbl.  Bakt., 1  Abt.,
 1926-27,  100: 62-75.—Wohlfeil,  T.  Ueber Enterokokken als
 Krankheitserreger und Saprophyten.   Arch.  Hyg., Miinch.,
 1933, 111: 11-22.

 ----   Infection:  Sepsis.

    See also Sepsis
    Goere,  Y.    Contribution  a  l'etude   des
 enterococcemies.   122p.   8?   Par.,  1933.
    Wyss,  F.     *Enterococcensepsis   unter   dem
 Bilde der Endocarditis  lenta.    23p.   8?   Ziir.,
 1930.
    Botta, B. Setticopioemia da enterococco  a sindrome iniziale
 otitica.  Arch. ital. otol., 1927, 38: 122-9.—Fuss, E. M.  Uro-
 gene Enterococcensepsis.  Med. Klin.,  Berl., 1927, 23: 245.—
 Gozony, L.  [Enterococcus sepsis complicated with meningitis]
 Orv. hetil.,  1932,  76: 211.—Meyer, K.  Ueber Enterokokken-
 sepsis.  Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6:2045-7.—Ribeyro, R. E. Entero-
 cocemia.  Cron.  med.,  Lima, 1927,  44: 4-8.—Rouslacroix,
 Zuccoli & Martin, P.  Endocardite maligne et  septicemic a
 enterocoques.  C. rend. Soc.  biol., 1926, 95: 499-502.—Tidow,
 G.   Enterokokkensepsis unter  dem Bilde der Endocarditis
 lenta.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1929, 25: 872.

 ----   Serology.
    Aoki, D.  Immunisatorische Untersuchung  einer Art von
 Enterokokken, isoliert aus verschiedenen  Eiterherden.  Zschr.
 Immunforsch., 1937, 90: 37-42.—Celarek, J.   [Enterococcic
 serum]   Med. dosw., 1937,  22:  331-43.—Grumbach, A.,  &
 Schnetz,  A.    Serologische   Enterokokken-Differenzierung.
 Schweiz. Zschr. allg. Path. Bakt., 1938, 1:  59-71.—Kendrick,
 P., & Hollon, H. C. Serologic and bacteriophagic relationships
 in a group of fecal streptococci.  J. Bact., Bait., 1931, 21: 49.—
 Meyer,  K.   Repartition geographique des differents types
 serologiques d'enterocoques.   C.  rend. Soc. biol., 1937, 125:
 835-7.  ------& Lowenstein, H.  Ueber spezifische Agglutina-
 tion  der Enterokokken.  Zschr. Immunforsch., 1926, 47: 39-
 58.—Schigeno, K.  Ueber die weitere  immunisatorische Ein-
 teilung von Enterokokken.  Ibid.,  1937, 90: 323-7.—Takeda, K.
 Vorkommen von  Enterokokken im gesunden sowie  auch im
 erkrankten  Darm,   mit  besonderer   Berucksichtigung  der
 serologischen Typen.  Ibid.,  1935, 86:  337-40.  ------  Im-
 munisatorische Einteilung der Enterokokken.  Ibid.,  341-6.—
 Yoshiwara,  R.  Zur  Serologie der Enterokokken; Agglutina-
 tions- und  Komplementbindungsversuche.  Ibid., 1930, 68:
 109-23.

 ----  Variants.

    Asshoff,  P.   *Untersuchungen iiber  biologi-
 sche Eigenarten  verschiedener  Streptokokken-
 arten;  ein Beitrag  zur Frage   der Identitat des
 Streptokokkus   lacticus    und    Enterokokkus
 [Munster]  17p.   8?  Unna, 1932.
   Barbiroli, M., & Bazzani, G. I tipi di enterococco in alcune
 affezioni chirurgiche;  Tenterococco nell'appendicite  cronica.
 Clinica,  Bologna,  1937,  3:  247-54.—Bautz,  F.  [Intestinal
 streptococcus of horse and cattle]  Arch. vet. nauk., 1914, 44:
 728-46.—D'Antona, D. L'individualita batteriologica dell'en-
 terococco  di fronte alio streptococco e pneumococco.  Patho-
 logica, Genova, 1935, 27: 616-22.—Demeter, K. J.  Studies on
 lactic acid streptococci; on Streptococcus lactis L. and its rela-
 tion to the fecal streptococci.  J. Bact., Bait., 1929, 17: 32.—
 Devloo, E.  Les souches d'enterocoques.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,
 1937, 126: 54.—Habs, H.  Zur Frage der Enterokokkentypen.
 Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1937, 140: Beih.,  94   [Discussion] 96.—
 Levenson, S. Enterocoques mobiles. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1937,
 124: 1270. Also Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par.,  1938,  60: 99-112.—
 Meyer, K.  Zur experimentellen Erzeugung und Umwandlung
 von Enterokokkenformen.  Zbl.  Bakt., 1.  Abt., 1933,  129:
 106-10.   ------   Der Enterococcus   als  Artindividualitat.
 Zschr. Hyg., 1936,  118: 204-11.—Severi, R.   Le forme  M
 dell'enterococco.  Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1939, 14: 239-42.—
 Sherman,  J.  M., Stark, P., & Yawger, E. S., jr.  The entero-
 coccus and lactic groups  of the streptococci. J. Bact., Bait.,
 1937, 33:  25.—Shigeno,  K.  Vergleichende Untersuchungen
 der 4 Enterokokkentypen von K. Meyer mit  den von uns
aufgestellten 31 serologischen Typen.   Zschr.  Immunforsch.,
 1938, 94: 520-2.—Storck, W.  Umwandlung von Streptococcus
lactis (lacticus, acidi lactici) in Streptococcus faecium (faecalis
Enterococcus)  Zbl.  Bakt.,  2. Abt.,  1936, 95: 284-310 —
 Tolentino, P.  La variability  nei grupo  degli streptococcic;
 rapporti tra pneumococco ed enterococco.  Boll. Ist. sieroter.
 milan., 1939,  18: 94-111.—Welch, H.  Classification of the
 streptococci of human feces.  J. Bact., Bait., 1929, 17: 413-21.


 ENTEROCOLITIS.

   See  also  Colitis;  Enteritis;  Gastro-enteritis;
 Intestine, Disease.
   Holmgren, I. Dyspepsie de fermentation et enterocolite de
 fermentation.  Acta med. scand., 1939, 99: 476-91.—Lauda, E.
 Die Fieberbehandlung der chronischen Enterokolitiden.  Med.
 Klin., Berl., 1939, 35: 381-4.—Minkevich, I. E., Moskvin, I. A.,
 & Shtriter, V. A.  [Mass findings of Salmonella morgani (Bac.
 morgani #1) in summer enterocolitis in relation to their etiology]
 Sovet. vrach. gaz.,  1933, 37: 781-8.—Neumark, I. O., Sko-
 vorodnikova, E. S., & Alekseev-Berkman, I. A.  [Fatty diet in
 chronic enterocolitis] Klin, med., Moskva, 1936, 14: 701-10.—
 Nordenskjold, A.  [Chronic enterocolitis  caused  by Proteus
 vulgaris]  Sven. lak. tidn. 1935, 32: 1153-6.—Oviedo Bustos, J.
 Miasis intestinal; entero-colitis miasica.  Arch,  argent, enferm.
 ap. digest.,  1938-39, 14: 382-95.—Penner, A., &  Bernheim,
 A. I.  Acute postoperative enterocolitis; a study on the patho-
 logic nature of shock.  Arch. Path., Chic,  1939, 27: 966-83.—
 Russo, G.  Eine enterokolitische Hausepidemie mit verschie-
 denen spezifischen Erregern.  Miinch. med. Wschr., 1938, 85:
 747-9.—Scharpff, W.   Ueber  die  Behandlung des akuten
 Darmkatarrhs (Enterocolitis)  Ibid., 1936,  83: 795-7.


 ENTEROCRININ.

   See  also Intestine Endocrine aspect.
   Nasset,  E. S.  Enterocrinin, a hormone which excites the
 glands of the small intestine. Am. J. Physiol., 1938, 121: 481-7.


 ENTEROCYSTOMA.

   See  also names of parts affected as  Mesentery,
 &c.
   Brock, T.  *Ueber eine postanale Darmcyste
 und  andere seltene Beckengeschwiilste   [Heidel-
 berg]  15p.  8?   Walldorf,  1930.
   Sussmanowitz,   E.   *Ueber   Enterokystome
 (mit  einem  eigenen  Fall)   20p.   8?   Heidelb.,
 1932.
   Torin, J.  E.   *Ueber  einen  Fall von Entero-
 kystom.   37p.  8?  Berl. [1935]
   Umbreit,   H.    *Ueber   das   Enterokystom
 [Heidelberg]   30p.   8?  Arnstadt,  1936.
   Bobrik, N. I.  [Enterogenous cysts]  Sovet.  khir., 1933, 4:
 561-72.—Bourde, Y., & Mosinger, M. Les kystes enteroides.
 J. chir., Par., 1937, 50: 289-309.—Bradley, C. E., & Hoke, C. C.
 Ileocecal (enterogenous) cyst.   J. Pediat., S.  Louis, 1933, 2:
 614.—Forrester, A. C.  Enterogenous cyst: record  of a case,
 Glasgow M. J.,  1933, 119: 202-5.—Grasbeck, A.  [Two cases
 of enterocystoma]  Fin. lak. sail, hand., 1926, 68: 130-41.—
 Horn, L. J.  A  retroperitoneal  enterogenous  cyst.  Brit. J.
 Surg., 1935-36, 23: 676-8.—Hughes-Jones, W.  E. A. Entero-
 genous cysts. Ibid.,  1934, 22: 134-41.—Iolkin, M.  Ein Fall
 von Enterocystom.   Arch. klin. Chir., 1927, 144:  238-43.—
 Kettel, K.  Zur Klinik der Enterocystome.  Ibid., 1933, 176:
 292-309.  ------  [Enterocystoma]  Hospitalstidende, 1933,
 76: 313; 388.—McLanahan, S., & Stone, H. B.  Enterogenous
 cysts; report of  2 cases associated with the rectum.  Surg.
 Gyn. Obst., 1934, 58: 1027-9.—Mayer, O.  B.  Enteric cysts.
 Ann. Int. M., 1935-36, 9: 797-805.—Melchior,  E.  Intestinale
 Massenblutung   als   Komplikation   eines Enterocystoms;
 sekundar maligne Enterocystome.  Deut.  Zschr.  Chir., 1934,
 243:  749-51.—Menezes,  M.   Um caso  de  enteroquistoma
 desenvolvido  a  custa do  diverticulo  de  Meckel.  Med. con-
 temp.,  Lisb.,  1933, 51: 45.—Millar,  R.  E., &  Robertson, G.
 Enterocystoma.  Brit. J. Surg., 1929-30,  17:  373-9.—Mon-
 serrat, L.   Quiste enter6geno intermuscular del ciego a desa-
 rrollo intracavitario.  Rev. As. med. argent., 1936,50: 1721-9.—
 Pachman,  D. J.  Enterogenous intramural cysts of the intes-
 tines.  Am. J. Dis. Child., 1939, 58: 485-505.—Pasqualini, G.
 Produzione sperimentale di enterocisti del mesentere e della
loggia retroperitoneale.   Policlinico, 1928,  35: sez. chir., 601-
 12.—Sherwin, B. _ Enterogenous cysts.  Am. J. Surg., 1938,
40: 413-8.—Shimizu, M.  Darmcyste, die eine Invagination
hervorrief.  Okayama igakkai zasshi, 1933, 45: 532.—Slesinger,
E. G.   Enteric  cyst  of large size in a boy.   Brit. J. Surg..
1928-29, 16: 333.


ENTEROGASTRONE.

  See Gastrointestinal tract, Hormone.


ENTEROHEPATITIS.

  See  Blackhead;   Histomonas;   also   Turkey,
Disease. 
ENTEROKINASE                             351                             ENTEROPTOSIS
ENTEROKINASE.

   Sec  also  Intestine,  Enzyme;  Tryptase,  Co-
en zyni.
   Bates, R. W.  A  method for the determination of entero-
kinase.  Proc.  Soc.  Exp.  Biol.,  N. Y.,  1931,  28: 1055-6.—
Chrometzka, F., & Ishida, J.  Permentstudien; vergleichende
Enterokinaseanalysen.  Zschr. ges. exp. Med.,  1929,  67: 465-
74.—Corsonello,  P.   Sulle  particolari  azioni terapeutiche
dell'enterasi.  Gazz. med. Roma, 1934,  60:  298-305.—Dele-
zenne, C, & Ledebt, S.  Sur la transmission en s6rie du pouvoir
prot6olytique initialement confere au sue pancreatique inactif
par Tenterokinase.   C.  rend. Acad, sc,  1922, 175: 779-81.—
Guillaumie, M.  Recherches sur la vitesse du developpement de
Tactivite tryptique du sue pancreatique en fonction des quan-
tit6s d'enterokinase.  C. rend. Soc.  biol., 1934, 116:  624-6.
------Etudes sur la vitesse d'activation du  sue pancreatique
et sur le taux d'activite prot6olytique, en fonction de la dose de
kinase.  Ibid., 873-6.------Activation du  sue pancreatique
du  lapin par Tenterokinase;  rapide diminution,  a 30°,  du
pouvoir presurante.  Ibid., 117: 604-7.—Kunitz, M.  Purifica-
tion and concentration of enterokinase. J. Gen. Physiol., 1938-
39, 22: 447-50.   Also repr.—Lombroso, U.  Sur  Tactivite
proteolytique du sue pancreatique et le role de Tenterokinase.
Arch, internat. physiol., Liege, 1927, 29:  213-26.—Luccarelli.
V.   L'importanza dell'enterasi come evacuante, colagogo ed
antisettico.  Gazz. med. Roma, 1934, 60: 232-41.—Mellanby,
J., & Woolley, V. J.  The relations of secretin  and enterokinase
to the ferments of the  pancreas.  Proc.  Physiol. Soc,  Lond.,
1909, p. xi.—Pace, J.  The effect of heat upon the activating
efficiency of enterokinase.  Biochem. J., Lond., 1931, 25: 1-7.
------  The formation  of enterokinase from a precursor in the
pancreas: a supplementary note.  Ibid., 1932, 26:  1566-70.—
Rasenkow, I. P.  Einfluss der sauren Reaktion und der Siede-
temperatur auf die Enterokinase.  Fermentforschung, 1926-28,
9: 382-8.   ------   Ueber einen Parallelismus im Verhalten
des Pankreassekretins und der Enterokinase zur Siedetempera-
tur.  Ibid.,  1928-29,  10: 72-7.—Terroine,  E. F., & Kahn-
Marino, L.  Le role de Tenterokinase. Arch, internat. physiol.,
Liege,  1926,  26:   69-81.—Waldschmidt-Leitz,  E.   Ueber
Pankreasenzyme;  zur  Kenntnis  der Enterokinase.   Zschr.
physiol. Chem., 1925,  142: 217-44.  ------ & Shinoda, O.
Vergleich  der  Aktivierungsleistung von  Enterokinase  ver-
schiedener  Herkunft.   Ibid., 1928,  176: 301-13.

ENTEROLITH.

   See Intestine, Calculus.


ENTEROMONAS.

   See also Embadomonas; Mastigophora.
   Cunha, A. M. da, & Muniz, J.  Description d'une nouvelle
espSce d'Enteromonas,  parasite du csecum du Lagostomus tri-
chodactylus Brookes,  1829.   C.  rend.  Soc. biol.,  1927,  96:
478.  ------•  Sur la  division de  TEnteromonas  intestinalis
Fonseca 1918.  Ibid., 479-81.—Escomel, E.  Enterocolite par
Enteromonas hominis au Perou.  Bull. Soc  path,  exot., Par.,
1935, 28:  710-3.—Fonseca,  O.  da. Sur le flagelie Entero-
monas hominis. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 97: 1086.

ENTEROPROVENTRICULITIS.

   See under Fowl, Disease.


ENTEROPTOSIS.

   See also Abdomen, Distention; Ascites;  Emaci-
ation; Obesity; Visceroptosis.
   Feliu   de  la   Rosa,  R.    *Contribuci6n  al
estudio  de  las  epiploitis  y  ptosis  gastro-colicas
y  su  tratamiento  quiriirgico   (resecciones epi-
ploicas)   55p.   8?   Santiago, 1930.
   Groth, W.  *Anatomische Untersuchung iiber
Form und Verlauf  der Wurzellinie des S-Darmge-
kroses in  Zusammenhang  der  Frage der Einge-
weidesenkung.   p.234-48.    8°    Berl., 1934.
   Also Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt., 1933, 101: 234-48.
   Aaron,  C. D.   A  diagnostic sign  of gastroenteroptosis.
Arch. Diagn., N. Y., 1917, 10: 178.—Burger, H.  Ueber En-
teroptose und deren  Behandlung mit besonderer Berucksichti-
gung eines von mir angegebenen Unterleibshalters.  Deut. med.
Wschr., 1934, 60: 755.—Burkard.  Die Enteroptose als Berufs-
krankheit.  Aerztl.  Sachverst. Ztg,  1926, 32: 159-61.—Carro,
S.  Las ptosis intestinales.  Clin,  lab.,  Zaragoza, 1929,  14:
353-76.—Fernandez Fierro,  D.  Estado actual de la cirurgia
de las ptosis viscerales del  tubo  digestivo  en su segmento
abdominal.   Rev. cir. Hosp. Juarez, M6x., 1935, 6: 473-86.—
Gindes, E.   [Enteroptosis in children]  J. teor. prakt. med.,
1923,  1: 101-21.—Gonzalez Campo, J. Concepto clinico de las
ptosis gastrica e intestinal.   Progr. clin., Madr.,  1931,  39:
382-94.—Goudim-Levkovich,  D. A.  [Enteroptosis  and its
prophylaxis  in gynecology]   Nov. khir., Moskva^  1925,  1:
5; 697.—Gwerder-Pedoja, J., &  Kalmar,  L.  Della ptosi
intestinale nei tubercolotici.  Riv. pat. clin. tuberc,  1929, 3:
845-8.  Also Arch, med., Madr., 1930, 32: 469-72.  Also Rev.
tuberc.  Par., 1930, 3. ser., 11: 316-22.—Ill, E. J.  General
enteroptosis.  Surg.  Clin.  N. America,  1926,  6: 1607-9.—
Kohler, M. Torsion normaler Adnexe bei Enteroptose.  Wien.
klin. Wschr., 1927, 40: 1387.—Kopf, H.  Betrachtungen iiber
erworbene Enteroptose bei  Fettleibiskeit.   Med. Klin., Berl.,
1932, 28: 651-3.—Levin, A. M.  [Pathogenesis of enteroptosis]
Klin, med., Moskva,  1932,  10: 731-4.—Matignon, J.   L'as-
thenie consecutive a  la  selle, chez les  constipes ptosiques.
Paris med., 1924, 51: 332.—Moody, R. O.  Are diagnosis of
enteroptosis,  gastroptosis  and coloptosis  now  justifiable?
Am. J. Surg., 1929, n. ser., 7: 470-3.  Also Tr. Am. Gastroenter.
Ass. (1929) 1930, 32:  470-3.—Moore, H., & Wheatley, F. E.
Gastroptosis and  enteroptosis;  a  clinical consideration  and
review.  Boston M. & S. J., 1927, 196: 226-32.—Parlavecchio.
Sulle pessie del tubo gastro-enterico.   Policlinico, 1921, 28:
sez.  prat.,  1512-4.—Payr,  E.   Ueber  Eingeweidesenkung.
In Chirurgie (Kirschner & Nordmann)  Berl., 1927, 5: 1181-
240.—Petermann,  J.   Die Eingeweidesenkung.   Erg.  ges.
Med., 1930, 14: 223-43,  pl.—Prat.  Traitement  chirurgical
des ptoses de l'estomac et du transverse.  Arch.  med. chir.
Province,  1927, 17: 43-50.  Also  Gaz. med.  France,  1928,
179-89.—Roccavilla, A.  Per la diagnosi e la terapia medica
delle ptosi gastro-intestinali.  Riforma med., 1927, 43: 990.—
Sperling, R.  Myasthenia und Ptosis intestini bei asthenischer
Konstitution. Kinderarztl. Prax., 1930,  1: 109-13.—Stemmer,
W., & Heyde, B. Ueber Leibbinden, Gymnastik und Massage.
Zbl. Gyn.,  1933, 57:  1169-79.—Strauch.  F. W.  Erkennung
und Behandlung der Darmsenkung.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1926,
52: 1769-72.—Tiegel, W.  Die Eingeweidesenkung.   Natur-
arztl. Rdsch., 1937, 9: 362-9.— Willard, C. E. Gastroentropto-
sis  with  gastric dilation  treated  by physiotherapy.   U. S.
Veterans Bur. M. Bull., 1927, 3: 837, 4 pl.


ENTERO-RENAL syndrome.

   See  also Constipation; Kidney,  Disease; Pye-
litis; Pyelonephritis.
   Botjvier,  M.    *La  forme  hematurique  du
syndrome entero-renal.  83p.  8?   Par., 1924.
   Abeshouse, B. S.  The  entero-renal  syndrome.   Urol.
Cut. Rev., 1935,  39: 831-9.  Also repr.—Belciugateanu &
Blum, I.  [Treatment of the entero-renal syndrome]  Romania
med., 1932, 10: 158.—Cervera Andrade,  A.   Dos casos de
sindrome entero-renal en ninos pequefios.  Rev.  mid. Yucatan,
1936-38, 19: 181-3.—Goiffon, R., & Pretet,  H.  Le diagnostic
du syndrome entero-renal; ses difficultes.   Paris med.,  1929,
71: 607-11.—Heitz-Boyer,  M., &  Grigaut, A.   L'indoxylurie,
test urinaire du fonctionnement intestinal; son  dosage; sa
signification et  son int6ret dans le syndrome  enteror6nal et
ses syndromes associ6s.  J. med. fr., 1933,  22: 214-29, pl.—
Martins, C.  Sur une bacterie isoiee par hemoculture dans un
cas mortel de syndrome infectieux entero-renal.   C. rend. Soc.
biol., 1929, 102: 245-7.—Schneider, J.   Les differents traite-
ments du syndrome  entero-r6nal  d'Heitz-Boyer et sa thera-
peutique hydrominerale.  J. med.  Paris, 1926, 45: 463-6.—
Schwarzenberg, J.  Algunas consideraciones sobre la patogenia
y el tratamiento del sindroma entero-renal.  Rev. med. Chile,
1924, 52: 637-50.—Wakefield, E. G., Mayo, C.  W., &  Bargen,
J. A.  Ileus associated with transient renal insufficiency; a
true enterorenal syndrome.  J. Am. M. Ass.,  1935, 104: 2235-9.


ENTEROSTOMY.

   See  also  Abdominal wall,  Surgery:  Methods;
Colostomy; Intestine, Fistula; also under  names
of  its  indications as  Intestine, Obstruction,  &c.
   Bowen,  W.  W.   Enterostomy  as a life-saving measure.
J. Iowa M. Soc, 1932, 22: 216-9.—Burgkhardt.  Diinndarm-
fistel bei peritonitischem Ileus.  Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1936, 161:
409  [Discussion] 412-4.—Cave, H.  W.  A  method of closure
of temporary external fecal fistula.   Surg. Gyn.  Obst., 1935,
61: 499-502.—Clute, H. M. Enterostomy in obstructions and
peritonitis.  Tr. N.  England Surg.  Soc, 1928,  10:  247-58.
Also N.  England J.  M.,  1928, 198: 908-12.—Coors, G. A.
Enterostomy.  Memphis M. J., 1935, 10: 7.—Cutting,  R. A.
The relative mechanical strength  of enterostomies performed
with and without clamps; an experimental study.  Arch. Surg.,
1928, 17: 658-71.—DeCourcy, J. L.  The value  of enterostomy
in intestinal surgery; an important aid in lowering the mortality
from  generalized  peritonitis,  acute  intestinal  obstruction,
paralytic ileus, intussusception and resections of the intestine.
Am. J. Surg., 1929, n. ser., 7: 769-73.—Eduque. J.  A case of
natural enterostomy.   J. Philippine Islands M. Ass.,  1925, 5:
191-4.—Evans, R. L.   Value  of  enterostomy in intestinal
surgery.  Am. J. Surg., 1934, n. ser., 24: 53-62.—Goullioud.
Ent6rostomie transpylorique.  Bull. Soc  chir.  Lyon,  1906, 9:
No. 4, 143-51.—Guthrie, D., & Brown. M. J. The indications
for enterostomy.  Guthrie Clin.  Bull., 1938-39, 8:  3-10.—
Hawk, G. W.  Indications for enterostomy with special refer-
ence to  technic.  Pennsylvania M.  J.,  1934-35, 38: 782-7.—
Heineck, A. P.  Acquired external fecal fistulae involving the
anterior  or lateral abdominal wall.  Med. World, 1934, 52:
238-42.—Hendon,  G.  A.   Enterostomy.  South.  Surgeon,
1936, 5: 60-6.—Hermeto, S., jr.  Nova technica proposta para
a execucao das enterostomias em geral.  Ann. paul. med. cir., 
ENTEROSTOMY                              352                                    ENTODERM
 1932, 24: 47-50.—Kantor, A.  Zur  Technik der Resektion
 temporarer artifizieller Diinndarmfisteln.  Zbl. Chir.,  1928,
 55: 2761.—Khaskelevich, M. G.  [Preparation of fecal fistulas
 for the operation of occlusion]  Vrach. delo, 1938, 20:  145-8.—
 Klingenstein, P.  Perforation  Of intestine due to enterostomy
 tube; a hitherto undescribed complication of enterostomy with
 a report of 2 cases.  J. Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York,  1937-38,
 4: 292-7.—Knox, R. W.   Drainage of the small intestine as a
 complemental  procedure  in operations for acute  abdominal
 infection.  Med. Rec,  Houston, 1928, 22: 118-21.—Krajewski,
 F.  Une nouvelle methode de  pratiquer une fistule intestinale
 experimentale.  Bull, internat. Acad, polon. sc, 1937,  cl.  med.,
 357.—Linton, R. R.   Enterostomy, with special reference to
 the operative technique in acute Intestinal obstruction.  Am.
 J. Surg., 1934, n. ser.,  25: 55-63.  Also repr.—McGlannan, A.
 Some limitations of enterostomy.  Tr. Am. Surg. Ass.,  1933,
 51: 443.—McLanahan, S.  Aluminum paste and skin protec-
 tion in  enterostomy.  J.  Am.  M. Ass.,  1937, 108: 385.—
 Macrae, D., jr.  Indications for intestinal drainage—enteros-
 tomy and  colostomy: technic of operation; report of 133 cases.
 Tr, West. Surg. Ass.  (1931) 1932, 41: 545-78.—Narat,  J.  K.
 Intestinal  prolapse through enterostomy following Rammstedt
 operation.  Am. J. Surg.,  1937, 36: 729-31.—Nixon, S.  An
 aseptic method  of temporary valvular  enterostomy.   Surg.
 Gyn. Obst., 1936, 62: 1006-9.—Orr, T. G.  Gas bacillus infec-
 tion of  abdominal wall; report of 3 cases complicating enteros-
 tomy.  J. Am.  M. Ass.,  1934,  102: 2081.—Potter, E.  B.
 Intestinal  fistulae; a method for preventing  digestion of the
 skin.  Ann.  Surg.,  1932,  95: 700-3.—Rosenthal, M.  Zur
 Behandlung  der operativ gesetzten  Diinndarmfisteln.  Zbl.
 Chir., 1928, 55: 330.—Rowlands, R. P.  Enterostomy. Guy's
 Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1926, 76: 165-9.—Sakane, Y.  Experi-
 mentelle Studien iiber  den Einfluss des Darminnendruckes auf
 die Darmbewegung, insbesondere die Bedeutung der operativen
 Darmfistelbildung bei  Darmparese.  Mitt. Med. Akad. Kioto,
 1934, 11: 1212-4.—Sarafov, D.  Zur Technik der kiinstlichen
 Darmfistel mit Hinblick auf ihren spateren Spontanverschluss.
 Zbl. Chir., 1933, 60: 198-212.—Scudder, J., & Zwemer, R. L.
 The effect of complete intestinal fistula  on blood potassium.
 Surgery, 1937, 2: 519-31.   Also repr.—Sei, G. Therapeutical
 value of an enterostomia for peritonitis and ileus.  Jap. J. M.
 Sc, 1934-36, 4: Surg. &c, 274.—Shelley, H. J.  Enterostomy;
 a  consideration  of  the  literature.  Arch. Surg.,  1932, 25:
 943-57.—Smith, J.  F.,  &  Christensen.  H.  H.   Intestinal
 fistulae—a method of  preventing skin excoriation.  Tr. West.
 Surg. Ass. (1925) 1926,  35: 323-7.  Also  Surg. Gyn. Obst.,
 1926, 43: 701.—Tayloe, D. T., jr.  Enterostomy as a life saving
 procedure.  South. M. & S., 1926, 88: 70-2.—Webber, I. M.
 The limitations of enterostomy and undesirable effects incident
 to its use.  Tr. N. England Surg.  Soc, 1934, 17: 173-92.—
 Woolsey,  J.  H.   Enterostomy; technic and  management.
 West. J. Surg., 1937, 45: 368-74.—Yovanovitch, B.  Y.  Etude
 des fistules  persistantes du  grSle  apres enterostomie  pour
 occlusion intestinale.  Rev. chir., Par., 1937, 75: 609-38.


 ENTERO-TOXEMIA [of sheep]

    See also Clostridium; Dysentery—in animals;
 Gas gangrene.
    Bennetts, H. W.  Infectious entero-toxaemia, pulpy kidney,
 and other  related diseases of sheep. Vet. J., Lond., 1932, 88:
 248-56.  ------  The active  immunization of sheep against
 infectious  entero-toxaemia (Braxy-like disease) by means of
 B. ovitoxicus anaculture.   J. Counc. Sc.  Indust. Res., Melb.,
 1933, 6: 92-8.—Carre,  H.  Contribution a T6tude de l'enterite
 des agneaux.   Rec. med.  vet.,  1931,  107: 321-35.------
 Sur l'enterite  des agneaux provoquee  par la suralimentation.
 Ibid., 1936, 112: 321-33.—Delpy, L.   Epizootie de pneumo-
 enterite chez le mouton en Perse.  Rec med. v6t. exot.,  1932,
 5: 134-41.—McEwen,  A. D.  The  aetiology of braxy-like dis-
 eases of sheep.  Vet.  J.,  Lond., 1932,  88: 180-92.  ------
 Struck enteritis and peritonitis of sheep caused by a bacterial
 toxin derived from the alimentary canal.  J. Comp. Path.,
 Lond., 1933, 46: 108-25.   ------ &  Roberts, R. S.   Struck
 enteritis and peritonitis of sheep caused  by a bacterial  toxin
 derived from the alimentary canal.  Ibid., 1931, 44: 26-49.—
 Montgomerie, R. F., &  Rowlands, W. T.  Pulpy kidney disease
 of  young lambs in North  Wales.   Vet. J., Lond., 1931, 87:
 401-10.—Mossinson, D.   Entero-toxaemia  in sheep of Pales-
 tine.  Ibid.,  1935,  91: 215-8.—Oxer, D. T.   Pulpy kidney,
 or acute infectious enterotoxaemia of lambs due to B. ovitoxicus
 (Bennetts) J. Counc. Sc. Indust. Res., Melb.,  1932,  5: 25-7 —
 Roberts, R. S.  Braxy-like diseases of sheep; the mechanism of
 entero-toxaemia, with particular  reference to Cl. welchii type
 D.  Vet. Rec, Lond., 1938, 50: 591-604, 2 pl.

 ENTODERM.

   See also Embryogeny.
   Boccardi, L.  Espianti dell'abbozzo delTintestino e di altri
 organi entodermici di  anfibi anuri.  Monit. zool. ital., 1934,
 45: suppl.,  175-7.—Grodzinski, Z.  Das Verdauen der Dotter-
 kugeln durch  Dotterzellen des Hiihnehens in  vitro.   Verh.
 Anat. Ges., 1937, 44: 3.—Hendrix, N. B.  Foregut; triumphant
 entry to conflict.  West Virginia M. J.,  1939, 35:  169-78.—
 Hunt, T. E. The origin of entodermal  cells from the primitive
 streak of the chick embryo.  Anat. Rec, 1937, 68: 449-58,  pl.—
 Jacobson, W.   The early development of the  avian embryo;
endoderm formation.  J. Morph., 1938, 62: 415-43.—McCon-
 nell, C. H.  The discharge of the peristomal glands of Hydra.
 Zool. Anz.,  1938,  121:  257-62.—Mangold,  O.   Experimente
 zur Analyse der  Zusammenarbeit der Keimblatter.   Natur-
 wissenschaften, 1936, 24: 753-60.—Pasteels, J.  Sur la forma-
 tion de Tentoblaste primaire chez la tortue, Clemmys leprosa
 Schw.   C.  rend. Soc.  biol.,  1936, 123:  1027-9.—Peter, K.
 Die  Entwicklung  des  Entoderms  beim  Huhnchen.   Zschr.
 mikr.  anat.  Forsch.,  1938,  43:  362-415,  pl.  ------  Die
 Entwicklung des Entoderms bei der Taube.  Ibid., 416-50.
 ------ Untersuchungen iiber die Entwicklung des Dotterento-
 derms; die Entwicklung des Entoderms bei Reptilien.  Ibid.,
 44: 498-531.—Rohlich, K. Eine Methode zur Farbmarkierung
 des Entoderms nach der Gastrulation bei Amphibien embryonen.
 Arch. Entwmech., 1933, 129: 570-2.

 ENTODINIUM.

   See Ciliata, Entodinium.

 ENTOMOLOGY.

   See also Insect.
   Buxton, P.  A.   Researches in  Polynesia and
 Melanesia; an account of investigations in Samoa,
 Tonga, the Ellice group,  and the  New Hebrides,
 in  1924,  1925.   Pts  1-4  (relating principally to
 medical entomology)  260p.  4?   Lond., 1927.
   Bishopp,  F. C.  Some problems in medical and veterinary
 entomology.  J. Parasit., Lane, 1939, 25: 1-9.—Bodenheimer,
 F. S.  Arbeitsstellen und Arbeiten auf dem Gebiete der ange-
 wandten Entomologie in  Palastina.   Zschr. angew.  Entom.,
 1927,13: 199-203.—Buchmann, W.  Medizinische Entomologie.
 Reichsgesundhbl., 1934,  9: 253-5.—Crossman, S.  S.  Foreign
 travel and entomologists met while searching for enemies of the
 gipsy moth.  J. Econom. Entom.,  1925, 18: 164-72.—De
 Meillon, B.  Studies on insects of medical importance in South
 Africa.  Pub. S. Afr. Inst.  M. Res., 1934, 6: 253; 323.  ------
 Entomological studies; studies on insects of  medical importance
 in South  Africa.   Ibid.,  1936,  7: 129-215.—Escherich, K.
 Die Entwicklung der  angewandten Entomologie in Deutsch-
 land.  Umschau, 1925, 29: 809-12.  ------  Die angewandte
 Entomologie in Brasilien.  Anz. Schadlingsk., 1926, 2: 81-5-—
 Essig,  E.  O.  A  sketch history of  entomology.   In Osiris,
 Bruges, 1936,  2: 80-123.—Ferreira d'Almeida, R. Excursao
 scientifica aos rios Cumina e Trombetas.  Mem. Inst. Oswaldo
 Cruz, 1937, 32: 235-98,  5 pl.—Ferris, G. F.  The principles of
 systematic entomology.  Stanford  Univ. Pub., 1928,  5: Biol.
 Sc., 1-169.—Franchini, G.  Nota di entomologia sulle Colonie
 Italiane.  Arch. ital. sc. med. col., 1927, 8:  363-6.—Gaminara,
 A., & Talice, R. V.  Dos notas de entomologia medica.  Bol.
 Inst. clin. quir., B. Air., 1928,  4: 653-6.—Greeves-Carpenter,
 C. F.  Insect  collecting; a healthy recreation for nurse and
 patient.  Trained Nurse, 1927, 79: 35-7.—Horn,  W.  Ueber
 die Zukunft der Insekten-Systematik.   Anz.  Schadlingsk.,
 1929,  5:  41-5.  ------   Gedanken uber den Gebrauch von
 entomologischer Literatur.  Ibid.,  1932, 8: 17-21.—Howard,
 L. O.  The needs of medical entomology.  Am. Natur., 1927,
 61: 173-9.   ------  The historical development and present
 organization  of applied entomology  in the United  States.
 Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1927, 71: 105-13.—Joyeux, C.  Les  recentes
 acquisitions  en entomologie medicale.  Bull, med., Par., 1926,
 40: 109-16.—Keyes, H.  R.  Medical entomology  and derma-
 tology.  Urol. Cut. Rev., 1935, 39: 569-71.—Martini,  E.  Zur
 Terminologie in der Lehre vom Massenwechsel der Organismen.
 Zschr.  angew. Entom.,  1931, 18: 440-59.   ------  Ento-
 mologie und Hauptstadt. Anz. Schadlingsk., 1939, 15: 43-6.—
 Polikarpova.  [The  first graduates of assistant-entomologists]
 Med. parazit.,Moskva, 1936, 5: 758—Raevsky,G.E. [Methods
 of laboratory entomological  observations]   Ibid., 1938,  7:
 941.—Reh. L. Zoologie und Entomologie.  Zool.  Anz., 1927,
 74: 34-8.—Richards,  O. W.  The centenary of the Royal
 Entomological Society of London.  Science Progr., Lond., 1933,
 28: 52-60.—Rodenwaldt, E.  [Entomological notes]  Meded.
 dienst volksgez. Ned. Indie, 1926, 89-108, 3 pl., tab.—Scheidter,
 F.  Forstentomologische Beitrage.  Zschr. Pflanzenkr., 1926,
 36: 6;  146;  193.—Schwetz, J.   Notes  geograpbiques d'ento-
 mologie medicale sur la  Province Orientale (Congo beige)
 (tiques, tabanides et maringoins)   Ann. Soc. beige med. trop.,
 1932,  12: 549-55.—Shortt, H.  E.  Note on a  method  of
 obtaining stereoscopic photographs of entomological subjects.
 Ind. J. M. Res., 1924r-25, 12: 339, pl.—Silvestri, F. Probleme
 der landwirtschaftlichen Entomologie.   Zschr. angew.  Entom.,
 1927,  13:  203-10.—Strong,  L.  A.   What  is  entomology?
 Annual Rep. Bd Regents Smithson. Inst., 1937, 377-83, 16 pl.—
 Swellengrebel, N.  H.   Le medecin et 1'entomologie.   Riv.
 malariol., 1935, 14:  suppl. 3, 73-86.—Taylor, F. H.   Medical
 entomology  in Australia.  Health, Melb.,  1934, 12: 88-91.—
 Tillyard, R. J. The  principles of biological control  in economic
 entomology.  Nature,  Lond., 1927, 119: 202; 242.—Uichanco,
 L. B.  A historical  resume of Philippine  entomology.  Rep.
 Nat. Res. Counc. Philippine Islands, 1935,  472-80.—Williams,
 C. B.  The use of logarithms in the interpretation of certain ento-
mological problems.  Ann. Appl. Biol., Lond., 1937, 24: 404-14.

----   Manuals and periodicals.

   Annals of the  Entomological Society  of
 America.   Columbus,  v. 18, No. 2, 1925. 
ENTOMOLOGY
353
ENTOMOSTRACA
   Anzeiger  fur  Schadlingsktjnde.    Berl.,
v.l, 1925-
   Bequaert, J.   Medical and  economic ento-
mology,  p. 155-260.   26%cm.   Cambr.,  Mass.,
1926.
   Comstock, J.  An introduction to entomology.
1044p.   8?   Ithaca, N. Y., 1924.
   De   Meillon,  B.    Entomological  studies:
Studies  on  insects  of  medical importance  from
Southern Africa and adjacent territories,  p.310-
411.  8? Johannesb., 1937.
   Essig, E. 0.  A history of entomology.  1029p.
8?   N. Y.,  1931.
   Fernald, H. T.  Applied entomology.  2.  ed.
395p.   8?   N.  Y.,  1926.  Also  3.  ed.   405p.
1935.
   Howard,  L.  O.   A history  of applied  ento-
mology (somewhat anecdotal)  564p.  8?  Wash.,
1930.
   Imms, A. D. A general textbook of entomology.
698p.   8?   Lond. [1925]
   Journal of Economic Entomology. Geneva,
N. Y., v.l,  1908-
   Lochhead,  W.   Class  book of   economic
entomology.  436p.  12?  Phila. [1919]
   Martini, E. C. W. Lehrbuch der medizinischen
Entomologie.  462p.   8?   Jena, 1923.
   ------   Beitrage zur medizinischen Entomolo-
gie und zur  Malaria-Epidemiologie  des unteren
Wolgagebiets.  134p.   8?  Hamb., 1928.
   Matheson, R.   Medical entomology.  489p.
8?   Springf., 111., 1932.
   Microentomology.   Stanford  Univ.,   v.4,
No. 1, 1939-
   Packard, A. S.  Our common insects.  225p.
8?   Bost., 1873.
   Psyche;  a journal of entomology.   Bost., v.21,
1914-
   Riley, W. A.,  & Johannsen,  O. A.  Medical
entomology; a survey  of insects  and allied forms
which  affect the  health  of  man and animals.
476p.    23^  cm.   N.  Y.,  1932.  Also 2.  ed.
483p.   1938.
   Schroder, C.   Handbuch der Entomologie.
3 Bd.   8?   Jena, 1925-29.
   Wardle,  R.  A.  The problem of applied  en-
tomology.  587p.   8?    [Manch.] 1929.
   Zeitschrift fur angewandte Entomologie.
Berl., v.4, 1917-
   Zeitschrift  fur wissenschaftliche Insek-
tenbiologie.  Berl., v. 15-27, 1919-34.

---  Methods.

   See  also  Histology;  Microscope; Microscopy;
also proper names of insects.
   Austin,  E.  E.   Instructions for  collectors:
No. 7.   Blood-sucking flies, ticks [etc.] and how
to collect them.  5. ed.  28p.  8?  Lond., 1926.
   Dunn, M. B.   Methods  of  protection  from
mosquitoes,  blackflies and similar pests in  the
forest.   12p.   8?  Ottawa, 1932.             .
   McDunnough, J. H.  Directions for collecting
and preserving insects.  14p. 8?  Ottawa,  1936.
  Aubel, E., & Levy, R.  Dispositif permettant d'injecter un
liquide dans une larve d'insecte maintenue en milieu gazeux
defini. C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1930, 104: 861.—Leeson, H. S.
Methods of rearing and maintaining large stocks of fleas and
mosquitos for experimental purposes.   Bull.  Entom. Kes.,
Lond., 1932, 23: 25-31.—Nicholson, A. J. Methods of photo-
graphing living insects.  Ibid.,  1931, 22: pt 2, 307-21, 10 pl.


ENTOMOPHTHORA.

  See also Fungi.
  Sawyer, W. H., jr. Studies on the morphology and develop-
ment of an insect-destroying fungus, Entomophthora sphaero-
sperma.  Mycologia, Lancaster, 1931, 23: 411-32, 2 pl.

      77908—vol. 5, 4th  series----23
ENTOMOSTRACA.

  See also Copepoda; Crustacea.
  Dodds, G. S.  Entomostraca and life zones; a study of dis-
tribution in the Colorado Rockies. Biol. Bull., 1920,38:89-108.

ENTORHIPIDIUM.

  See as subheading of Ciliata.


ENTOZOA.


  ENTRES,  Josef  Lothar,  1883-       Studien
iiber  Vererbung und Entstehung geistiger Sto-
rungen; zur Klinik und Vererbung der Hunting-
tonschen  Chorea.  149p.  8?  Berl., J. Springer,
1921.
  Forms H. 27, Monogr. Neur. Psychiat., Berl.

  ENTRES,  Lothar,  1889-        *Schwanger-
schaft  Geburt  und  Wochenbett  alter  Erst-
gebarender.    29p.    8?     Munch.   [J.  Giehrl]
1926.
  ENTRESS, Erich.  *Beitrag  zur  Aetiologie
der  Larynx- und Tracheatuberkulose  bei den
Schlachttieren  und  ihre   Bedeutung  fiir  die
Fleischbeschau  [Bern]  28p.  3  pl.  8?   Berl.,
L. Schumacher, 1911.

ENTROPION.

  See Eyelid.
  ENTSCHEFF, Entscho D., 1897-      *Bak-
terizidie  des  normalen Rattenblutserums  gegen
Dysenterie  und  Pseudodysenterie  A.  D.   H.
[Leipzig]   14p.   8?   [Zeulenroda i.  Thiir.,  A.
Oberreuter] 1926.
  ENTZEROTH, Mathilde, 1908-       *Halo-
metrische Untersuchungen  am kindlichen  Blut
[Marburg]  17p.  8?  Treysa, W. Kempf, 1934.


ENURESIS.

  See also Urination, Disorder; also  under names
of  causes  as  Behavior,  Disorders;  Epilepsy;
Prostate, Hypertrophy; Spina bifida, &c.
  Batty, R. J.   Enuresis or bed-wetting.   91p.
8?   Lond., 1933.
  Scoe, H. F.   *Bladder control in infancy and
early childhood.  83p. 8?   Iowa City, 1933.
  Addis, R. S.  A statistical study  of nocturnal enuresis.
Arch. Dis.  Childh., Lond., 1935,  10: 169-78.—Bakwin, H.
Enuresis in children. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1929, n. ser.,
127:  10-4.—Batty, R. J.  Enuresis among  school children.
Med. Times, Lond., 1932, 60: 182.—Bazy, P.   Nocturnal
incontinance of urine in the child.  Med. Press & Circ, Lond.,
1926, n. ser., 121: 355-7.—Benjamin, J., & Lauer, J.  Pre-
liminary report  on a clinical study of enuresis.  J. Delinq.,
1926, 10: 389-98.—Beverly, B. I.  Incontinence in children.
J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1933, 2: 718-25.—Bickford, J. V. Enuresis
in children.  Virginia M. Month., 1936-37,  63: 271-4.—
Bleyer,  A.  A clinical study of enuresis.  Am. J. Dis. Child.,
1928, 36: 989-97.—Boggess, J. W., jr. Enuresis in children
its cause and treatment.  J. M. Ass. Alabama, 1935-36, 5:
417.—Bouzom,  G.  De l'enuresie (pathogenie, diagnostic,
traitement)  J.  mid. Bordeaux, 1935, 112: 748-51.—Calvin,
J. K. Enuresis in children. Med.  Clin. N. America, 1928, 12:
131-43.—Cameron,  H.  C. On enuresis nocturna.   Guy's
Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1927, 77: 482-9.—Campbell, M. F. Enu-
resis; its urologic aspects. J.  Urol., Bait., 1932, 28: 255.
------  A  clinical  study of persistent enuresis.  N. York
State J. M., 1934, 34: 190-4.   ------  Enuresis.  Arch.
Pediat., N.  Y., 1937, 54: 187-97.—Colburn, W. O.  Enuresis.
Nebraska M. J., 1934,  19: 67.—Deniston, A.  D.  Enuresis.
Delaware M. J., 1933,  5: 98-101.—Dreyfus-See, G. L'in-
continence d'urine chez l'enfant. Presse mid., 1935, 43: 707.—
Dupaquier,  E. M.  Enuresis. N. Orleans M. & S. J.,  1901-2,
54:  641-8.—Earl, C. J. C.  Nocturnal  enuresis.  Brit. J.
Child. Dis., 1934, 31: 205-15.—Ezickson, W.  Enuresis with
report of 2 interesting cases. Med.  J. & Rec, 1926, 124: 493.—
Ferrandiz, V.  Sobre un caso de incontinercia nocturna. Urol.
clin. Hosp.  provinc. Madrid, 1928-30, 2: 67-74.—Fuller, E. B.
Nocturnal enuresis.  S. Afr. M. Rec, 1926, 24: 362-4.—Gallo,
C. Contributo alio  studio dell'enuresi notturna nei bambini.
Pediatria (Riv.) 1927, 35: 710-9.—Gray, J. P.  Nocturnal
incontinence in children.  Brit. M. J., 1930, 2: 906.—Hakke-
bush,  V.  M.   [Nocturnal enuresis  in  children]  Sovrem.
psikhonevr., 1930,  10:  378-82.—Hamill, R.  C.  Enuresis. 
ENURESIS                                         354                                       ENURESIS
 J. Am. M. Ass., 1929, 93: 254-7.  Also repr.—Hoffman, R. L.
 Enuresis nocturna.  Kansas City M. J., 1938, 14: No. 12, 25 —
 Roster, S. [Enuresis bei Erwachsenen und Kindern]  Psychiat.
 neur. bl., Amst, 1936, 40: suppl. No. 1A, 184-204.—Looft, C.
 I Enuresis in children]  Med. rev., Bergen, 1929, 46:  337-51.—
 Mandel,  L.   On  enuresis.   Brit.  J.  Child.  Dis.,  1931,  28:
 1-13.   Also  Guy's  Hosp.  Gaz.,  Lond.,  1931, 45: 230-5 —
 Marcelli, G.  Sull'enuresi  essenziale.   Pediatria  (Riv.)  1933,
 41:1301-7.—Martinico, G.   L'enuresi infantile.  Prat,  pediat..
 Milano, 1934, 12: 401-5.—Moodie, W., Miller, R.  [et  al.]
 Enuresis.  Lancet,  Lond.,  1936,  1: 1009-11.—Movitt,  S. I.
 Enuresis.  Urol. Cut. Rev., 1936, 40: 496-501.—Muldawer,
 I. J.  Enuresis.   Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1927, 44:  429-36 —
 Paraf.  L'enurfere.  Sem.  hop. Paris,  1931,  7: 79-88.—Par-
 tridge, M. N.  A studv of nocturnal enuresis in  boys.  J.
 Delinq., 1927, 11: 296-308.—Pekelsky. A.  [Nocturnal enuresis]
 Voj. zdrav.  listy, 1931, 7:  159-78.—Pototzky, C.  Enuresis.
 Am. J.  Dis.  Child.,  1930,  40: 46-58.  Also repr.—Rewalt,
 R. K.  Enuresis.  Pennsylvania M. J., 1929-30, 33: 386-8 —
 Rietschel, H.  Ueber  Enuresis im  Kindesalter.  Zschr. Urol.,
 1926, 20: 664-70.—Ronge, P. H.  [Case of nocturnal enuresis]
 Geneesk. gids, 1933, 11:  141-7.—Schachter,  M.  Considera-
 tions  gdne>ales sur  l'£nur£sis  nocturne  infantile.  J.  med.
 Paris, 1932,  52: 619.  Also Med. inf., Par., 1932,  39:  161-75.
 ------Considerations  sp^ciales  sur  l'6nuresie  nocturne
 infantile.  Ibid.,  345-52.   ■------  Etude  sur l'enuresie  des
 enfants.  Strasbourg med.,  1938, 98: 375; 391—Scheffelaar
 Klots, T.  [Observations on enuresis and orthostatic  albumi-
 nuria; cases]  G eneesk. gids, 1927, 5: 811; 833; 857.—Scoe, H. F.
 Bladder control in infancy  and early childhood.   Univ. Iowa
 Stud. Child Welf., 1933, 5:  1-83.—Sheldon, W.  Some aspects
 of enuresis.  Practitioner, Lond.,  1934, 132: 475-84.—Steele,
 A.  H.  Nocturnal enuresis.  J. Michigan M. Soc,  1934,  33:
 455-8.—Steiner, M.   Ueber Enuresis nocturna.   Med. Welt,
 1936,  10: 679.—Stephen, E. H. M.  Enuresis.  Med.  J. Aus-
 tralia,  1928, 2: 502.—Strawbaun,  A. E.  Enuresis.  S.  Afr.
 M.  J., 1935,  9: 75.—Ternovsky,  S. D.  [Nocturnal enuresis
 in children]  Sovet. pediat., 1934,  Nos. 8-9,  220-4.—Tucker,
 S. A.  Nocturnal incontinence of urine in school children.  Med.
 Off., Lond.,  1930,  43: 279.—Zappert, J.   Kritisches uber
 Enuresis  nocturna.   Arch.  Kinderh.,  1926, 79:  44-69.—
 Znoiko,  Z. V.  [Nocturnal enuresis in children]  J. profil.
 subtrop. klin. med., Tashkent, 1934, 4: 58-71.

 ----   Cause.

   Corbillon,  A.  Contribution  a  l'etude  de
 l'enuresie  dans ses rapports  avec l'heredosyphilis.
 92p.   8?   Par., 1932.
   Lievre, J.  A.   *Etiologie  de  l'incontinence
 nocturne d'urine.  84p.   8?  Par., 1935.
   Allaria, G. B.  L'enuresi essenziale.  Pediat.  med. prat.,
 Tor., 1932, 7:  65-78.—Angelini, G.  Enuresi e disturbi della
 sensibilita.  Gior. med. mil., 1935, 83: 1047-56.—Bastos,  M.
 Enuresis y espina bifida.  Progr. clin.,  Madr., 1928, 36: 399-
 407.—Berri, H. D.  Incontinencia nocturna de  orina por espina
 bifida  oculta.  Sem. med., B. Air., 1934, 41:  pt 2,  1051-3 —
 Bize, P. R.  Enuresie essentielle et malformation lombo-sacree.
 Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1934, 32: 606-13—Bleyer, A.  The
 role of the parasympathetic nervous system in true enuresis.
 Week. Bull. S. Louis M. Soc, 1935, 30: 167-9.—Boenheim, C.
 Der gegenwartige  Stand der Bettnasserfrage. Zschr. Schul-
 gesundh., 1928, 41: 125-36.—Bray, G. W.  Enuresis of  allergic
 origin.  Arch. Dis. Childh., Lond., 1931, 6: 251-3.—Brechot, A.
 Incontinence dite  essentielle d'urine et malformations spino-
 durales.  Progr. med., Par., 1926, 41: 39-43.—C, J.   Les
 causes et le traitement de l'enuresie.  Arch. med. enf., 1929, 32:
 672-9.—Calaway,  F.  O. Enuresis, its  causes and treatment.
 Med.  Rec,  Houston,  1927, 21:  451.—Cazac-Averbuch, L.
 Enuresis und Keuchhusten.  Kinderarztl. Prax., 1933, 4: 68.—
 Cozzolino, O.  Enuresi essenziale,  dismorfismo della colonna
 lombo-sacrale e mielodisplasia di Fuchs.  Pediatria, Nap., 1923,
 31: 105-24.—Delaria, A. Sulla frequenza e sul decorso  dell'en-
 uresi essenziale nei figli di tubercolitici.  Pediatria (Riv.)  1934,
 42: 24-30.—Di Bella, F. Enuresi e disturbi sessuali da grave
 malformazione congenita del rachide lombo-sacrale.  Riforma
 med.,  1932, 48: 242.—Di Lauro, E.  Adenoidismo ed  enuresi
 notturna.  Pediatria (Riv.)  1927, 35: 437-9.—Ederer, S., &
 von  Lederer, E.   Zur Pathogenese  der  Enuresis.  Jahrb.
 Kinderh., 1933, 3. F., 88: 21-30.—Esersky, J. M., Plotitscher,
 A. I., & Furmanow, A. M.  Probleme der Klinik und der Genese
 der  Enuresis  nocturna bei  Kindern.   Zschr. Kinderforsch.,
 1931, 38: 233-55.—Frary, L. G.  Enuresis;  a genetic study.
 Am. J. Dis. Child., 1935, 49: 557-78.—Freund, J.  Zur Aetio-
 logie  der Enuresis nocturna.   Zbl. Gyn.,  1929,  53:  546.—
 Fumi,  C,  & Serra, V.  Contributo alio  studio  dell'enuresi
 infantile.  Pediatria  (Riv.)  1937, 45: 673-91.—Hubert, W. H.
 de B.   The aetiology of nocturnal enuresis.  Lancet, Lond.,
 1933, 1: 1281-3.—Iogikhess, M. I.   [Causes and treatment of
 enuresis in children]   Sovet. vrach. gaz, 1934, 38: 890-4.—
Jacobovici, J., Urechia, C. I., & Teposu, E.  Enuresis et spina
bifida occulta; resultats operatoires dans 16 cas. Presse med.,
 1929, 37: 1103-5.—Kovacs, L.  Ancora sul mistero dell'enuresi
 essenziale notturna.  Prat, pediat., Milano, 1935, 13: 67-73.—
Kuprianov, P. A.  [Enuresis and spina bifida occulta]  Vest.
 khir., 1927, 9: No. 26-27, 46-57.—Lesne, E.,  Lievre, J. A., &
Lidvre, J. A.  Rachischisis  et incontinence nocturne d'urine.
Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1934, 32: 613-9.  ------  Les facteurs
etiologiques de l'enuresie infantile.  Presse med., 1935, 43: 1868-
70.—Magaz,  Granda & Vegas.  Breve contribuci6n al estudio
de la enuresis nocturna y de la albuminuria ortostatica en la
infancia. Med. ibera, 1935, 29: 475-7. Also Kev. cir. Barcelona,
1935, 9: 267-71.—Masante, G.  Contributo alio studio del
sistema  nervoso  vegetativo nell'enuresi  essenziale.   Pediat.
med. prat., Tor., 1936,  11: 157-64, ch.—Mohr, G. J., & Water-
house, E. H.   Enuresis in children; observations on causation
and  treatment.  Am. J. Dis. Child., 1929, 37: 1135-45.  Also
repr.—Nathan.  Les id£es actuelles sur l'enuresie.  Presse med.,
1928, 36: 1363.—Oransky,  W.  Zur Frage uber Vererbung der
Enuresis nocturna.  Deut.  Zschr. Nervenh., 1928,  104:  308-
11.—Paraf, J.  Etiologie et therapeutique de l'enuresie. Bull.
Soc. med. hop. Paris,  1932, 3. ser., 48: 619.—Perrin, E.  In-
continence d'urine et malformations lombo-sacrees.  P. verb.
Congr. fr. chir., 1932, 41: 864-7.—Pinard, M.  L'avenir et la
descendance des enuretiques qui n'ont pas recu de traitement
antisyphilitique.  Bull. Soc. med. hop.  Paris, 1934, 3.  ser., 50:
440-2.------L'enuresie; son etiologie.  Paris med., 1934,
91:  195-7.   ------ &  Corbillon.  Valeur diagnostique  et
pronostique de l'enuresie.   Bull. Soc.  med. hop. Paris, 1932,
3. ser., 48: 543-9.—Rebiere, P. H. A. Enuresie, malformations
vertebrales et lipiodol epidural.  Arch. med. pharm. mil., 1930,
92: 605-22.—Rubaltelli, E.  Contributo all'eziologia,patogenesi,
cura dell'enuresi notturna infantile.  Riv. med., 1926, 34: 129-
31.—Ruiz,  J.  B.   Incontinencia de orina por verumontanitis
curada por la fulguracion del verumontanum.  Rev. med. cir.
Habana, 1928, 33: 750-2.—Saidel, F. L.   [Etiology and treat-
ment of enuresis]   Sovrem. psikhonevr.,  1929,  8:  531-7.—
Schachter, M. Die Pathogenese der Enuresis. Jahrb. Kinderh.,
1933, 3.  F., 90: 234.—Sienkiewicz, E. M.,  & Segalin, G. W.
Zur Pathogenese der Enuresis.  Zschr. Urol., 1936, 30: 340-5.—
Smith, C. K.   Control of congenital urinary incontinence in the
male; report of a case due to spina bifida occulta.  Med. Herald,
1928, 47: 281-4.—Stropeni, L.  Incontinenza diurna e notturna
d'orina  con schisi totale del  sacro e  opercolo osseo mobile;
asportazione  dell'opercolo   e  isolamento  del  sacco  durale;
miglioramento  notevole.  Gior. Accad.  med.  Torino,  1927,
SO:  417-33.-—Surraco,  L. A.   El sindrome incontinencia de
orina por rebosamiento en los  j6venes y  su relaci6n con la
espina bifida oculta; nuestra terapeutica especial.  Rev. med.
lat. amer., B. Air., 1928, 13: 1886-901.—Tanturri, D.  L'enuresi
spontanea negli adenoidei:  rilievi sulla patogenesi.  Rass. ital.
otorinolar., 1933, 7: 145-50.—Thomas,  B. A., & Hubbell, R. J.
Enuresis nocturna; an analysis of 40 cases, stressing lesions of
the verumontanum as a cause.  J. Urol.., Bait., 1931, 26: 107-
19.—Tixier, L., & Bize, P. R.  Enuresie et perturbations humo-
rales. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1934, 32: 619-24.—Vedrani, G.
II mistero  dell'etiopatogenesi dell'enuresi  essenziale notturna.
Prat, pediat., Milano, 1934, 12: 303-11.—Weiss, S.  Enuresis;
a statistical and analytical study. J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1936, 8:
570-81.—West, J. W.  Notes  on  an  investigation into  the
relation between enuresis and spina bifida occulta, carried out at
the Royal Herbert Hospital, Woolwich; with a foreword.  J.
R. Army M. Corps, 1927, 48: 38-45.—Wylder, M. K.  Etiology
and  treatment of enuresis.  Med. J. & Rec, 1926,  123: 358.
Also repr.

----   Cause, mental.

   Meyer, H.   *Ueber die Zunahme der Enuresis
wahrend des Krieges  [Auszug]   16p.  8?   Lpz.
[1922]
   Ackerson, L., & Highlander, M.  The relation of enuresis to
intelligence, to conduct and personality problems, and to other
factors.   Psychol. Clin., 1928-29, 17: 119-27.—Anderson, F. N.
The  psychiatric aspects of enuresis.  Am. J. Dis. Child., 1930,
40: 591; 818.   Also repr.—Bize, P. R.  Le facteur mental dans
l'enuresie.  Bull. gen. ther.,  1939, 189:  147-59.—Boenheim, C.
Zur  Psychogenese  der  Enuresis.  Zschr. Kinderh.,  1927,  43:
211-20.—Bretschneider, A.  Enuresis als Organsprache.  Arch.
Kinderh., 1931,  94:  305-7.—Gavarino, G.   Ricerche  di psi-
cologia nei fanciulli enuretici.  Pediat.  med. prat., Tor., 1936,
11: 42-52.—Gerard, M. W.  Child analysis as a technique in
the investigation of mental  mechanisms; illustrated by a study
of enuresis.  Am.  J. Psychiat.,  1937-38, 94: 653-63.—Lewis,
J. M., & Ostroff, J.  Psychic  enuresis  in  normal children; an
experimental study.   Am.  J.  Dis.  Child.,  1932, 43:  1490-3.
Also repr.—Markey, O. B.  The psychiatric implications in
enuresis.  Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1932,  49:  269-78.—Merklen.
P.  De l'enuresie hypogenesique des enfants; l'enuresie element
du syndrome de dibilite motrice d'inhibition.  Tribune med.,
Par., 1909, n. ser., 41: 421.—Michaels, J. J., & Goodman, S. E.
Incidence and intercorrelations  of enuresis and other neuro-
pathic traits  in so-called normal children.  Am. J. Orthopsy-
chiat, 1934,4:79-106.—Miihl, A. M. Emotional maladjustment
during pregnancy with possible  relationship to enuresis in the
child.  Psychoanal.  Rev.,   1927, 14:  326-31.—Weissenberg,
S.  Ueber das Bettnassen und die Rolle der Traume in seinem
Bilde.  Zschr. Kinderh., 1925-26, 40: 343-52.—Woolley, H. T.
Enuresis as a psychological problem.  Ment. Hyg., Alb., 1926,
10: 38-53—Zanker, A., & Holub, M. Ein Bettnasser. Internat.
Zschr. Individpsychol., Wien, 1937, 15: 29-34.

-----   Classification.
   Albrecht,  H.   Enuresis ureterica  infolge Harnleiterfehl-
bildung.   Munch, med.  Wschr., 1931, 78: 231.—Fey, B., &
Busson, G.  L'enurfeie considered au point  de vue urologique. 
ENURESIS
355
ENURESIS
 Bull. g6n. th6r., 1939,  189: 133-8.—Houtappel, H. C. E. M.
 [Enuresis ureterica]  Ned. tschr. geneesk.,  1936, 80: 4692-7,
 pl.—Macciotta, G.   Forme  spasmofile dell'enuresi  infantile.
 Pediatria (Riv.)  1930, 38: 1145-57.—Monticelli, M.  Enuresi
 ureterale congenita.  Ibid., 1931, 39: 401-25.—Pototzky, C.
 Classificagao dos enureticos em typos diversos, tomando por
 base la capillaroscopia.  Brasil med., 1930, 44: 943-5.  ------
 Die Typeneinteilung der Enuresisfalle unter Berucksichtigung
 der Capillaroskopie.  Zschr.  Kinderh.,  1930,  49: 476-92 —
 Shapiro, I. N.   [Ectopic opening of ureter as cause of urinary
 incontinence, and its treatment]  Vest, khir., 1931, 24: 17-23.—
 Sienkiewicz, E. M.  Versuch einer urologischen Klassifizierung
 der Enuresis.   Zschr. Urol., 1936, 30: 73-6.

 ----   Diagnosis, and prognosis.
    Beckerman, A. G.  [Urosphinctrodynamometry in enuresis]
 Urologia, Moskva,  1938, 15: No. 2, 46-9.—Sienkiewicz, E. M.
 Diagnostic cystoscopique de  l'enuresie.   J. urol.  med.,  Par.,
 1936, 42: 532-42.— Toporkov,  N. N., & Kazakov, A. A.   [Prog-
 nosis in nocturnal  enuresis,  stammering  and  convulsive tic]
 J. nevropat. psykhiat., Moskva, 1927, 20: 627-32.

 ----   diurnal.
    Adler, A.  Ein Fall von Enuresis diurna. Internat. Zschr.
 Individpsychol., Wien,  1930,  8: 471-8.—Finchk, J.  Enuresis
 diurna  et nocturna.   Aerztl. Rdsch., 1926,  36: 227-31 —
 Miller, C. J.  Diurnal incontinence in women.  South. Surgeon,
 1933,  2: 293-300.—Ohno,  T.  Ein  sehr  seltener Fall  von
 Enuresis diurna.  Jap.  J. Derm. Urol., 1929, 29: 9.—Wither-
 spoon,  J. T.  Diurnal  incontinence  in women.   Arch.  Surg.,
 1934, 28: 548-60.

 ——   Pathology.
    Deutsch, I.   Ein seltsamer Befund in der hinteren  Harn-
 rohre bei Enuresis.  Zschr. Urol.,  1926, 20: 1-5.—Friedell, A.
 A reversal of the normal concentration of  the urine in children
 having enuresis.  Am. J. Dis. Child.,  1927,  33: 717-21.—
 Gulacsy, Z.  Beitrage zur Pathologie des Bettnassens.   Arch.
 Kinderh.,  1935,  105: 81-6.—Rubini,  F.   Calcio, potassio e
 sistema nervoso vegetativo nell'enuresi essenziale.  Med. inf.,
 Roma,  1934, 5:  313-26.—Siegl, J.,  & Asperger, H.  Bemer-
 kungen zu der  Arbeit Beitrage zur Pathologie des Bettnassens
 von Zoltan von Gulacsy.  Arch.  Kinderh., 1935, 106: 47.—
 Sitkery, J.  [Pathology  of enuresis nocturna]  Orv. hetil., 1937,
 81: 185.------   Untersuchungen iiber  die Pathologie der
 sogenannten  Enuresis  nocturna.   Zschr.  Urol.,  1939,  33:
 409-21.—Stocks, A. V.  Calcium and the nervous system, with
 special  reference to enuresis in children.    Med. Off.,  Lond.,
 1936, 56: 87-9.

 ----   Treatment,  and prevention.

    Barbin,  C.    *Contribution  a l'etude  de l'enu-
 resie  et de ses  traitements; essais du Cupressus
 sempervirens.   64p.  8?   Par., 1931.
    Motjssa,   M.    *L'incontinence d'urine   noc-
 turne   essentielle  et  l'eiectrotherapie;  la  dia-
 thermie  dans  l'incontinence   avec spina  bifida
 occulta lombo-sacre.  115p.   8?   Par., 1933.
   Troger,  W.   *Die Behandlung der  Enuresis
 nocturna  mit   epiduralen  Kochsalzinjektionen
 [Erlangen]   28p.  8?  Hof (Saale) 1926.
   Wilking,  W.   *Enuresis  und  epidurale  In-
 jektion  [Kiel]   64p.  8?  Heidelb., 1933.
   Artamonov, S. D. [Treatment of nocturnal incontinence of
 urine]  Vrach. gaz., 1931, 35: 1067-71.  ------  [Treatment of
 nocturnal enuresis]   Sovet.  vrach.  gaz.,   1934, 38:  690.—-
 Barbacci, P.   Prove farmacodinamiche in qualche caso  di
 enuresi  (nota  preventiva)  Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena,  1929,
 10. ser., 4: 553-5.—Baretz, L. H. A new treatment for enuresis
 in the male (preliminary  report)  Urol. Cut. Rev., 1936, 40:
 321.—Blau, A. 1. The treatment of enuresis. Med. J. & Rec,
 1926, 124: 492.—Bonjour, J.   Un moyen  pour gu6rir l'incon-
 tinence  d'urine nocturne.   Rev. med.  Suisse rom., 1931,  51:
 82.—Borrelli, F.  Calcioterapia nell'enuresi essenziale.   Rass.
 internaz.  clin.  ter.,  1935, 16:  184-93.—Brookfield,  R.  W.
 Ephedrine in the treatment of enuresis. Brit.  M. J., 1935, 2:
 1018.  Also Lancet, Lond.,  1935,  2: 1119.—Cain,  G.   Les
 traitements de  l'incontinence  d'urine des  enfants et en par-
 ticulier par l'hypophyse enterieure.  J. med. chir., Par., 1934,
 105: 516-23.  ------ Le traitement de l'incontinence d'urine
 par l'hypophyse anterieure a haute dose.  Bull. Soc. pediat.
 Paris, 1935, 33: 93-101.—Chausse, P. E.   De la guerison de
 l'incontinence nocturne  d'urine par la psychotherapie.   Rev.
 med. Suisse rom., 1934, 54: 1005-11.—Chavany, J. A.   L'in-
 continence nocturne d'urine en pathologie infantile: ses causes;
 son traitement.   Monde  m6d., 1926, 36: 705-11.—Clement, R.,
 & Dreyfus-See, G.   Conduite  a tenir en presence d'un  6nure-
tique. Bull. gin. ther., 1939, 189: 121-7.—Contra, L. Enuresis
nocturna y su tratamiento.  Inform, med.,  Valladolid, 1927, 4:
209-18.—Dietel,  F.    Behandlungsversuche  der  Enuresis
nocturna  mit  mannlichem  Sexualhormon.   Miinch.   med.
Wschr.,  1935, 82: 787.—During, E. von.  Enuresis nocturna.
Mschr.  Harnkr.  sex. Hyg.,   1928-29,  2:  11;  45.—Enuresi
 (Dell') notturna dei bambini; cure vecchie e nuove.  Boll. med.
 trent., 1930, 45: 3-7.—Falchetti, G.   L'enuresi nella pratica
 medica;  nuovo  metodo  di  cura  esperimentato  e riscontrato
 assolutamente atto.  Cult. med. mod., Pal., 1939,  18: 189-94.—
 Feer, E.   Die Behandlung  der Enuresis.   Jahrb. Kinderh.,
 1933, 3.  F., 89: 38-43.—Finogenov, S. N.   [Reflex erythemo-
 therapy [ultraviolet] in nocturnal enuresis in children]  Nevro-
 pat. psikhiat.,  Moskva,  1937, 6: 145-8.—Fontana, G.  Peri-
 coloso rimedio empirico contro l'enuresi notturna.  Gior. med.
 Alto Adige, 1929, 1: No. 6,  67.—Frankel, W. K.  Ueber Enu-
 resis  nocturna  und ihre lokal-medikamentb'se  Behandlung.
 Kinderarztl. Prax.,  1932, 3:  58-61.—Freisfeld, F.  Beitrag zur
 Behandlung des Bettnassens.  Miinch.  med. Wschr., 1935, 82:
 622.—Gasiunas, J.   [Treatment of nocturnal enuresis]  Medi-
 cina,  Kaunas,  1934, 15: 457-60.—Gayet, R.  L'incontinence
 d'urine dite essentielle de la jeune fille; son traitement par le
 resserrement du  sphincter  v6sical  ou  operation de Marion.
 Lyon m6d., 1938, 161:  285-94.—Georgievsky, A. A. [Enuresis
 in  women  and its  cure through  Goebel-Stockel  operation]
 J. akush., 1926, 37: 153-5.—Gestri, R.  La terapia dell'enuresi
 notturna con lo zolfo soluto (aspetti poco noti della zolfoterapia)
 Rinasc med.,  1937, 14: 380.—Glaser, J., & Landau, D.  B.
 A simple  mechanical method for the treatment of enuresis in
 male children.  J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1936, 8: 197-9.—Goldman,
 M. R.  Treatment of enuresis—past and present.  Pennsylvania
 M. J.,  1934-35, 38: 247-51.—Horton,  K.  M.   Enuresis  in
 hospital practice. Arch. Dis. Childh., Lond., 1929, 4: 105-10.—
 Ionescu Miltiade, I., &  Ovanez,  I.  [Operative  treatment in
 nocturnal incontinence of urine]  Spitalul, 1934, 54: 465-7.—
 Krasnogorski,  N. J.   Die   neue  Behandlung  der Enuresis
 nocturna.  Mschr. Kinderh., 1933, 57: 252-4.—Laskownicki, S.
 [Treatment of nocturnal enuresis]  Polska gaz. lek., 1935,  14:
 778.—Lazarovits,  L.   [Treatment  of  nocturnal enuresis]
 Gy6gyaszat, 1926, 67:  802-3.—Leclerc, H.   La phytotherapie
 dans le traitement de l'enuresie. Presse  m6d., 1934,  42: 1507.—
 Legueu.   La laminectomie dans le traitement de l'incontinence
 d'urine et des retentions par spina-bifida occulta.   Rev. gin.
 clin. ther., 1928, 42: 195-7.—Lippman, H. S.  Treatment of
 enuresis.   Minnesota M.,  1934,  17:  23.—McCIellan, C. L.
 Device  to prevent bed  wetting.   U.  S. Patent  Off.,  1936,
 No. 2,046,080.—McGuinness, A. C.  The treatment of enuresis
 in childhood.   Med. Clin. N. America,  1935, 19: 287-94.—
 Malavazos, A.  The effect of anterior-pituitary-like substance
 in enuresis.  Urol. Cut. Rev., 1935, 39: 322-5.—Molitch, M., fr
 Poliakoff, S.  The effect of benzedrine sulfate on enuresis.
 Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1937,  54: 499-501.—Morales Gonzalez,
 J. L.  Tratamiento de la enuresis  nocturna por  la pituitrina.
 Arch, espafi. pediat.,  1933,  17:  161-78.—Narath, A.  Eine
 kausale Therapie der Enuresis nocturna.  Klin. Wschr.,  1926,
 5:  1446.—Nazarov, N.  N.   De l'alcoolisation nerveuse dans
 l'enuresie  fonctionnelle chez  I'homme.   Rev. chir.,  Par.,  1935,
 73: 762-7.—Nobel,  E.  Ernahrungstherapie  des  kindlichen
 Bettnassens. Wien.  med. Wschr.,  1932, 82: 30-2.—Paterson,
 D.  Hints on the treatment of enuresis.  Clin. J., Lond.,  1927,
 56: 414-6.—Perrin &  Rolland.   Vice de  diff6renciation  du
 rachis lombo-sacre et incontinence d'urine; guerison par l'inter-
 vention  chirurgicale. Lyon chir.,  1932, 29: 723-5.—Pototzky,
 C.  Die Behandlung der Enuresis nocturna der Kinder.  Med.
 Welt, 1927, 1:  316.—Pueyrredon,  E. M.  Tratamiento  de la
 incontinencia nocturna de orina por los rayos ultra  violeta.
 Arch. lat.  amer. pediat., B. Air.,  1927, 3.  ser.,  21: 751-8.
 Also Prensa med. argent., 1927, 14: 441-6.—Puff, G.  Ueber
 die Behandlung  des  Bettnassens  auf  Grund  der  Typen-
 einteilung.  Zschr.  arztl.   Fortbild.,  1926,  23:   187-91 —
 Rietschel, H.   Ueber Fortschritte in der Therapie der  Enu-
 resis.   Fortsch.  Ther.,  1931, 7: 513-6.—Rossi,  L.  L'uro-
 tropina nella cura dell'enuresi.  Clin, pediat., Mod., 1932,  14:
 54-64.—Schultz, J. H.  Die Psychotherapie des Bettnassens.
 Fortsch.   Ther.,  1926,  2:  759-61.—Seeligmiiller, A.   Zur
 Behandlung des  Bettnassens.  Ther.  Gegenwart,  1935,  76:
 284.—Siegl, J., & Asperger, H.  Zur Behandlung der Enuresis.
 Arch. Kinderh., 1934,  102:  88-102.—Sorrentino, M.  L'irra-
 diazione   con  onde  ultracorte  nell'incontinenza  essenziale.
 Rinasc med., 1935,  12: 389.—Stolte, K.  Die Enuresisbehand-
 lung.  Arch. Kinderh.,  1931-32, 95: 294-7.—Thomas, B. A.
 Enuresis nocturna successfully treated bv fulguration. J. Urol.,
 Bait., 1927, 18: 527—Torok, S.  [Treatment of  enuresis with
 saline infiltration of perineum]  Gvogyaszat,  1935, 75: 326-8.
 Also J.  urol.  med.,  Par.,  1935,  40:  433-7.—Traitement de
 1'inccntinence  nocturne d'urine.  Arch.  m6d. chir. province,
 1926, 16: 440-2.—Tromp, F.  Der Apparat eines  Kurpfuschers
 gegen Bettnassen.   Munch,  med. Wschr.,  1918,  65: 298.—
 Tuszkai,   O.  Eine  eigenartige Beobachtung  bei Enuresis.
 Med.  Welt, 1929, 3:  1358.— Ugoccioni, V.  Proteinoterapia
 nell'enuresi.  Pediat. prat.,   Mod., 1932, 9:  10-22.—Usher,
 S. J.  The treatment of enuresis in hospital  practice.  Canad
 M.  Ass. J., 1931, 24: 665-7.—Wertheimer, J.  L'hyptiogenese
de l'enuresie nocturne et son traitement.  Rev. fr.  p6diat., 1938.
14: 264-9.

----   in adults.

  Fulda,  L. Das Bett  des  erwachsenen Bettnassers, insbe-
sondere des Nerven- und Geisteskranken.  Oeff. Gesundhdienst,
1936-37,  2: B,  159.—Gorodetzky,  S.   [Nocturnal  enuresis in
the Red Army]  Voen. san.  delo,  1931, 40-5.—Graf, P.  Zur
operativen Behandlung  erwachsener Bettnasser.   Zbl. Chir.,
1930, 57:  331-3.—Malinowski,  A.   [Enuresis among soldiers]
Lek. wojsk., 1938, 31: 541;  663.—Sienkiewicz, E.  M.   Ueber
Beziehungen zwischen  Enuresis und Prostata.  Zschr. Urol., 
ENURESIS                                    356                            ENVIRONMENT
1936, 30: 20-5.—Ullmann, K.  Enuresis nocturna militarium.
Wien. klin.  Wschr., 1916, 29: 62 <.—Vaiciunas,  V.  [Enuresis
among  recruits]   Medicina, Kaunas,  1930,   11:  20-30.—
Weatherby, F. E.  Nocturnal enuresis in adults. Southwest.
M., 1939, 23: 171-3.

ENVIRONMENT.

   See   also   Adaptation;   Anthropo-geography;
Anthropology, social;  Biophysics; Body [human]
Constitution;  Ecology; also names of environ-
mental  factors  as  Altitude;  Climate; Culture;
Family; Religion; Soil, &c.
   Taylor, T. G.  Environment, race,  and migra-
tion.  483p.   25cm.  Chic, 1937.
   Droogleever  Fortuyn, A.  B.  An analvsis of  environment.
Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch., 1934,  36: 535-9— Gause. G. F.
Ecology of  populations.  Q. Rev.  Biol., 1932, 7: 27-46 —
Hallion, L.   Les constantes physiologiques les plus generates
du milieu vital: minerale, thermique, osmotique.  Rev. prat.
biol., Par., 1926, 19:  1-9.—Hardy, A. C.  Change and choice:
a  study in  pelagic ecology.   In  Evolution (De Beer, G. R.)
Oxf., 1938, 139-59.—Ignatiev. M. V. [Quantitative analysis of
the influence of heredity and surrounding]  Biol. J., Moskva,
1933, 2: 458-74.—Just, G.  Das Umweltproblem.  Eugenik,
Berl., 1930-31,  1: 192-9.—Kafka, G. The change in the con-
cepts of world and surrounding-world.  J. Gen. Psychol., 1936,
14: 438-60.—Lake, G. B.  Heredity and environment.  Am.
Med.,  1932, 37: 39-42— Lange, J.  Umwelt  und Erbgut.
Deut. med. Wschr.,  1937, 63: 1429; 1475.—Lassen, H. Der
LTmgebungsbegriff als Planbegriff; ein Beitrag zu den erkenntnis-
theoretischen Grundfragen der Umweltlehre.  Sudhoffs Arch.,
1934-35,  27:  480-93.—Livingston,  B.  E.  Environments.
Science,  1934,   80:  569-76.—Mascart,  J.   L'influence  de
I'homme sur le climat. Rev. gen. sc. pur., Par., 1933, 44: 545-
52.—Osborn, F.  Heredity and environment.  Eugen.  News,
1934,  19: 71-5.—Weber, H. Zur neueren Entwicklung der
Umweltlehre J. von Uexkiills. Naturwissenschaften, 1937, 25:
97-104.

----   Effect.
   See also names of parts or functions affected  as
Character; Growth; Sexual instinct, &c.
   Barker, L.  F.  Heredity and environment  in
relation  to the handicapped; Beaumont  founda-
tion lectures.  90p.   8?   Grand Rapids,  Mich.,
1935.
   Conklin, E. G.   Heredity and environment in
the development  of   men.   6.  ed.   387p.    8?
Princeton, 1930.
   Harvard  University.   School  of  Public
Health.   The environment and its  effect  upon
man;  symposium  held  at   Harvard  School  of
Public Health,  August 24-August 29,  1936,  as
part of Harvard  University tercentenary  celebra-
tion,  1636-1936.  297p.   8?   Bost.,  1937.
   Marett,  J. R.  de la H.   Race, sex,  and
environment; a  study of mineral  deficiency  in
human  evolution.   342p.   8?  Lond.,  1936.
   Schwesinger, G. C.   Heredity  and environ-
ment; studies in  the genesis  of  psychological
characteristics.   484p.  8?   N. Y.,  1933.
   Shapiro,  H. L.   Migration  and environment;
a  study  of  the  physical  characteristics  of the
Japanese immigrants to Hawaii and the effects of
environment on their descendants.   594p.   8?
Lond., 1939.
   Skeels,  H.  M., Updegraff,  R.  [et  al.]   A
study of  environmental stimulation; an  orphan-
age preschool  project.  191p.   8?   Iowa City,
1938.
   Soxtag, L. W.  The Samuel S.  Fels Research
Institute  for the study of  prenatal and postnatal
environment.   47p.   8?   Yellow Springs,  Ohio,
1938.
   Sydenstricker, E.  Health and environment.
217p.   8?  N. Y.,  1933.
   Allport, G. W., & Schanck, R. L.  Are attitudes biological or
cultural in origin?  Character & Personality, 1935-36, 4: 195-
205.—Angyan, J.  Das Milieuproblem in arztlicher Betrach-
tung.  In Bain. & Balneother. Karlsbad (1933)  1935, 14: 26-
33.—Barker, L.  F.  Environment and its relation to health and
disease.  In Papers & Addr.  (L. F. Barker) No. 371.—Bleuler,
M. The delimitation of influences of environment and heredity
on mental disposition.  Character & Personality, 1933, 1: 286-
300.—Busemann, A.  Milieu und Schultuchtigkeit von Volks-
schiilern.   Zschr. Kinderforsch., 1929,  35:  1-21.—Chein.  I.
The  problems  of heredity  and environment.   J. Psvchol.,
Provincet., 1936, 2:  229-44.—Gause. G. F.  The influence of
ecological factors on  the size of population. Am. Natur., 1931,
65: 70-6.—Gershenfeld, L.  Environment; the big factor in
health  and disease.   Am. J. Pharm., 1925,  97:  746-62.—
Gottschaldt, K.  Umwelterscheinungen im erbpsychologischen
Bild.  Naturwissenschaften, 1937,  25:  431-4.—Graucob,  K.
Zur  Grundlegung der padagogischen  Milieukunde.   Zschr.
padag.  Psychol., 1931, 32: 1; 121.—Hamilton, A. E.  Good
heredity—bad environment.  Eugen. News, 1935,  20: 31.—
Heider,  F.  Environmental determinants  in  psychological
theories.  Psychol. Rev.,  1939, 46:  383-410.—Hiscock, 1. V.
Clinical-public health  case studies by medical students, with
special reference to home visits.  J. Ass. Am. M. Coll., 1939, 14:
79-87.—Hogben, L.  The interaction of heredity and environ-
ment. J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1933, 79: 590-601.—Huber, J. B.
Environment and disease. Med. Times, N. Y., 1908,  36: 65-
7.—Jennings, D.  Heredity or environment?  Lancet, Lond.,
1939, 2: 575.—Jones,  F. W.   Environmental conditions and
physical characters.  Nature, Lond.,  1939, 144:  177.—Knower,
F.  H.  Experimental  studies  of changes in attitude;  some
incidence  of attitude changes.  J. AppL Psychol.,  1936, 20:
114-27.—Krout, M.  H. Heredity, environment, and develop-
mental process.  Psychol. Rev., 1931, 38: 187-211—Lottig, H.
Anlage  und Umwelt bei Adoptionsfallen.  Zschr. ges. Neur.
Psychiat., 1937, 158: 447-57.—Macalister, C. J. The effect of
environment on the physical and mental development of school
children.  J.  R. Inst.  Pub.  Health, 1911, 19: 14-28.—Mac-
Master. J. This thing called personality; heredity and environ-
ment.  Trained Nurse, 1936,  96:  426-32.—Masters.  H.  R.
On growing up to be a human being.   South. M. & S., 1938, 100:
99-102.—Meakins, J. C.  Diseases  due to abnormal environ-
ments.  In his Practice of Med., S. Louis, 1936, 1269-86.—
Meleney, H.  E. Environmental  case studies  by medical
students.  J. Ass. Am.  M. Coll., 1939, 14: 72-8.—Notes intro-
ductory to American health and social problems; environment.
Q.  Bull.  Health Org.  League  of Nat., 1936,  5: 749-68.—
Organism (The) and the environment. Ind. M. Gaz., 1938, 73:
101.—Peters, W. Anlage und Umwelt in der geistigen Ent-
wicklung.  Arch, sozial. Hyg.,  1928, n. F.,  3: 272-6.—Red-
field, C. L.  Acquired characters vs environment.   Indian-
apolis M. J.,  1924,  27: 65-7.—Reiter,  H.  Auswirkung von
Anlage  und Milieu,  untersucht an adoptierten unehelich Ge-
borenen.   Klin. Wschr., 1930, 9: 2358-61.—Rostaud,  J.
Heredite et milieu.   Arch, internat. neur.,  Par., 1929, 22. ser.,
2:  p.xiii-xxxiv.—Sappington, C. O.  Environment and man.
Indust. M., 1936, 5: 550-7.—Schorsch, G.  Anlage und Umwelt
in der kindlichen Entwicklung.  Mschr. Psychiat., 1934-35, 90:
1-59.—Seham, M., & Schey, O. The influence of the environ-
ment upon health and function.  Child Develop., 1934, 5: 177-
96.—Spielmann, L.  Wechselwirkung von personaler Finalitat
und exogenen und endogenen Kraften.  Internat. Zschr. Indi-
vidpsychol., Wien. 1935, 13: 47-57.—Spiro, K.  Umwelt und
Personlichkeit.   Schweiz. med. Wschr.,  1931, 61: 2-6.—■
Strong, R. P. The importance of ecology in relation to disease.
Science,  1935, 82:  307-17— Wheeler, L.  R.  Heredity and
environment; their relative roles in the development of east
Tennessee  mountain children.  Se.  Papers  Internat. Congr.
Eugen.  (1932) 1934, 3. Congr., 164-6.—Wolff. A.  Umwelts-
typen.  Zschr.  padag.  Psychol., 1928,  29: 177; 247.—Young,
J. Z. The evolution  of the nervous system and of the relation-
ship of organism and  environment.  In Evolution (De Beer,
G.  R.) Oxf.,  1938, 179-204.—Zulliger, H.  Milieuwechsel  als
heilerzieherisches Mittel.  In Aim.  Psychoanal., Wien, 1936,
223-40.

----  physical.

   See also Climate; Soil, &c.
   Hellpach,  W.  H.    Geopsyche;  die  Men-
schenseele  unterm  Einfluss  von  Wetter  und
Klima,  Boden und Landschaft.  4.  Aufl.  317p.
8?   Lpz., 1935.
   De Rudder.  Steuerungen des Organismus hinsichtlich seiner
atmospharischen Umwelt. In Norm. Krankh. Steuerung [etc.]
(Adam, C.) Jena, 1937,  281-94.—Dotterweich. H. Aenderungen
des Erbgutes durch chemische Beeinflussung.  Umschau, 1939,
43: 783-6.—Knorr,  M.  Der kranke und gesunde Boden im
Wandel der Zeit. Jahrkurs. arztl. Fortbild., 1935, 26: H.  10,
1-16.—Shelford, V. E.   The physical environment. In Handb.
Social Psychol. (Murchison, C.) Worcester, 1935,  567-95.—
Zambo, E.  [Biological inferiority of the inhabitants of sandy
soil]  Nepegeszsegugy,  1938,  19: 914-21.

——  social.

   See  also  names  of   biosocial,  physico-  and
psychosocial factors as Animal, domestic; Culture;
Education; Family; Housing; Industry; Physical
education, &c.
   Beckmann,   F.   *Erbhygienische   Untersu-
chungen an Hilfsschulkindern in der Stadt Gel-
senkirchen-Buer  und  zwar  in  den  Stadtteilen
Buer  und Horst  unter  besonderer  Beriicksichti- 
ENVIRONMENT                              357                            ENZYKLOP^DIE
gung der sozialen Verhaltnisse.   23p.  8?   Miinst.,

1935.
   Allport, F. H.  Individuals and their human environment.
Proc. Ass. Res. Nerv. Ment.  Dis.,  1934, 14: 234-52.—Arge-
lander, A. Das wirtschaftliche Milieu in seiner Auswirkung auf
Schulleistung und Intelligenzalter des Kindes.  Zschr. Kinder-
forsch.,  1931.  38: 589-613.—Bouterwek, H.  Vererbung und
Schulerziehung.  Arch. Rassenb., 1936, 30: 497-505.—Hender-
son, L.  J., & Mayo, E.  The effects  of social environment.
In  Environment [&c] (Harvard  Univ.) Bost.,  1937, 1-16.—
Lidbetter, E. J.  Heredity, disease  and pauperism.  I.  C. N.
Geneve,  1927, 2: 262-71, 2  ch.—Michaelis, A.  Der psy-
chologische Einfluss des Auslandsmilieus  auf den deutschen
Jugendlichen.  Zschr.  padag. Psychol., 1933, 34: 212-23.—
Muller,  K.  V.  Zur  Rassen- und Gesellschaftsbiologie  des
Industriearbeiters.   Arch.  Rassenb.,   1935,  29:  187-234 —
Paetzold, I.  Vererbung und Schulerziehung.  Ibid., 278; 1937,
31: 56.—Stern, L. Heredity and environment: the Bilder clan.
Proc. Nat. Conf. Social Work, 1922, 49: 179-89.—Taylor. G.
Environment and nation. Am. J. Sociol., 1934-35, 40: 21-33.—
Verschuer, O. von.   Soziale  Umwelt  und Vererbung.   Erg
Bozial. Hyg.,  1930, 2: 1-33.—Vertes,  J.  O.  Entwurf einer
Milieupsychologie; Milieu und Kind.  Zschr. Psvchol. Physiol.
Sinnesorg., 1. Abt., 1936, 139: 1-37.—yidakovitch, S.  Influ-
ence des conditions economiques  et sociales sur la natalite, la
morbidite et la mortalite des  enfants dans les villes de Yougo-
slavie. Bull. Off. internat. hyg. pub., Par., 1938, 30: 339-62.

----  of animals.
   Eakin, R.  M.  Further  studies in regulatory development
of Triturus torosus.  Univ. California Pub.  Zool., 1939,  43:
185-209, pl.—Guareschi, C   L'adattamento degli anfibi  alle
forti concentrazioni saline nei comportamento dei vari sistemi
organici; osservazioni sulle funzioni digerenti.  Boll. Soc. ital.
biol. sper., 1933, 8:  64-9.—Harnly, M. H.  An experimental
study of environmental factors in  selection  and  population.
J. Exp.  Zool., 1929, 53: 141-70.—Janisch. E.  Ueber den Ein-
fluss der Umweltfaktoren auf die Entwicklung von Insekten.
Med. Klin.,  Berl., 1934,  30: 1696.—Krieg,  H.  Zur Frage der
Degeneration und Kummermodifikation beim Rehwild.  Biol
Zbl., 1937, 57: 225-8.—Moszynski,  A.  Variabilite du poids de
certains lombriciens en rapport avec le milieu.  Bull, biol., Par.,
1934, 68: 464-87.—Payne, N. M.  The differential  effect of
environmental factors upon Microbracon hebetor Say (Hymeno-
ptera: Braconidae)  and its  host,  Ephestia  kuhniella  Zeller
(Lepidoptera: Pyralidae)  Biol. Bull.,  1937,  73: 147-54 —
Tauson,  A.   Die Wirkung der ausseren Bedingungen auf die
Veranderung des Geschlechts und  auf die Entwicklung  von
Daphnia pulex de Geer.  Arch. Entwmech., 1930, 133: 80-131.

----  of plants.

   See  also Ecology;  Plant, Physiology.
   Beauverie, J., & Mangin, L. Sur les rapports existant entre
le developpement des rouilles du bie et le climat.   C. rend.
Acad, sc, 1923, 171: 529-31.—Bleier-Kraupa, M.  Die Narzis-
senwiese als Lebensgemeinschaft.  Biol,  gen., Wien,  1927, 3:
557-70,  3 pl.—Borghesani, G. A. R.  L'ecologia vegetale  e le
sue applicazioni.  Riv. biol.,  1922,  4:  521-34, pl—Bouverie,
J.,  & Monchal, S.  La vie des plantes vertes en atmosphere
confinee.  C. rend. Acad,  sc, 1932, 195: 897-9.—Effront, J.
Influence de la pulpe vegetale sur les conditions chimiques du
milieu et sur la coordination du travail des catalyseurs bio-
chimiques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1923, 88: 132-5.—Espino, R. B.
Plant physiology and ecology.  Rep. Nat. Res. Counc. Philip-
pine Islands, 1935, 414-24.—Hocquette, H. Influence du bord
de la mer sur la structure des feuilles d'Atropis maritima. C.
rend. Soc. biol., 1927. 97: 1711.—Katz, N. J.  Die grundlegen-
den Gesetzmassigkeiten  der  Vegetation  und der Begriff  der
Assoziation.   Beitr. Biol.  Pflanz.,  1930,  18:  305-33—Lam-
brecht, E.  Beitrag  zur  Kenntnis der  osmotischen Zustands-
grossen  einiger Pflanzen des Flachlandes.  Ibid., 1929,  17:
87-136.—Owen,  F. V.  Hereditary  and environmental factors
that produce mottling in soy beans.  J. Agr. Res., 1927, 34:
559-87,  pl.—Turesson, G.  The genotypical response  of the
plant species to the habitat.  Hereditas, Lund, 1923,4: 211-350.

   ENZYKLOP^DIE   der  klinischen  Medizin;

hrsg.  von L.  Langstein, C.  von  Noorden  [et  al.]

7v.  roy.  8?   Berl., 1914-31.

                        CONTENTS

   Allg.  Teil. Konstitution und Vererbung in ibren Beziehungen
zur Pathologie (F. Martius)  1914.
   Spez.  Teil.  Erkaltungskrankheiten  und  Kalteschaden, ihre
Verhutung und Heilung (G. Sticker) 1916.
   6 Teil. Die Erkrankungen  der Milz (H. Hirschfeld)  1920.
   Spez. Teil. Die Krankheiten des  Auges, im Zusammenhang
mit der inneren Medizin und Kinderheilkunde (L. Heine)  1921.
   Spez   Teil.  Avitaminosen  und verwandte Krankheits-
zustande (W. Fischer, P. Gyorgy  [et al.])   1927.
   Allg.  Teil.  Handbuch  der Ernahrungslehre. Bd 2:  Spezielle
Diatetik &c (C. von Noorden & H. Salomon)  .1929.
   Spez.  Teil. Diagnostik  der Kinderkrankheiten (E. beer)
1931.
   ENZYKLOP^EDIE der mikroskopischen Tech-

nik ;  begriindet von Paul Ehrlich, Rudolf Krause
[et al.]  3. Aufl.  v.1-3.  roy.  8?   Berl., Urban &
Schwarzenberg, 1926-27.

ENZYME.

   See also  Enzymology; Fermentation; Respira-
tion;  also  in  3.  ser.  Ferments.   For  specific
enzymes  see their proper  names and names  of
organs, parts,  substances,  and tissues in  which
they occur.
   Herzog,  M.  A contribution  to the study  of
the nature of enzymes.  107p.  8?   Chic. [1919?]
   Ambard, L.  Les ferments.  In Traite  physiol., Par., 1933,
1: 1079-111.—Armstrong, E. F.  Enzymes: a  discovery and
its consequences.  Nature,  Lond., 1933,  131:  535-7.—Bech-
hold, J. H.  Ferment  oder Lebewesen?   Umschau,  1934, 38:
401; 426.—Discussion on  recent advances in the study of
enzymes and their action.   Proc R. Soc,  Lond.,  1932, 111:
ser. B, 280.—Gomez, A. E.  Las enzimas, diastasas o fermentos.
Repert.  med. cir., Bogota,  1924-25,  16:  205-10.—Lange, O.
Ueber  Enzyme.   Munch,  med.  Wschr.,  1925, 72:  1168 —
Monetti, G.  Novita sui fermenti.  Fisiol. & med., Roma, 1939,
10: 89-98.—Neuberg, C.  Betrachtungen zum Fermentproblem.
Zschr. physiol.  Chem., 1926,  157: 299-315.—Quastel, J.  H.
Enzymes.   Annual Rev. Biochem., 1936, 5: 25-62.—Rona, P.
Die Fermente.  In Handb. norm. path. Physiol. (A.  Bethe, G.
von  Bergmann  [et al.])  Berl., 1927, 1:  68-90.—Sapiro,  N.
[Ferments]   Medicina, Kaunas, 1928,  9: 646-51.—Sumner,
J. B.  Enzymes.  Annual Rev. Biochem.,  1935, 4: 37-58.—
Waldschmidt-Leitz, E.  Enzymes. Ibid., 1932, 1:  69; 1934,
3: 39.

----   Activators and  inhibitors.
   Artom,  C.   Riflessioni   e  proposte  sulla  nomenclaturai
classificazione e valutazione quantitativa  dei fattori accessor!
modificanti  le reazioni enzimatiche.  Atti  Soc. sc. med. natur.
Cagliari, 1933, 35: 93-7.  Also Boll. Soc ital. biol. sper., 1933,
8: 484-8.—Euler, H. von, & Nilsson, R.  Ueber die spezifischen
Aktivatoren der Garungsenzyme.  Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1926-
27, 162: 264-71.—Euler, H. von, &  Philipson, T.  Garungs-
aktivatoren Z und Wachstumsstoffe.   Biochem. Zschr., 1932,
249: 245.—Guerrini, G.  Fotocatalizzatori ed enzimi. Atti
Soc. med. chir.  Padova,  1933, ser. 2, 11: 567-70.  Also Boll
Soc. ital. biol.  sper.,  1933, 8: 1357-60.—Jacoby, M.  Sulle
sostanze coadiuvanti degli  enzimi (Auxokorper)  Cult. med.
mod., Pal.,  1925, 4: 313. ------ Ueber  die Verstarkung der
Enzymwirkung durch  kleinste Mengen in ihrer Zusammenset-
zung  bekannter  Substanzen.   Biochem.  Zschr.,  1927, 181:
194-206. ------  & Rosenfeld, L.  Zur  Kenntnis der Auxo-
korperwirkung.    Ibid.,  1925,  158:  334-6.—Kisch,  B.   O-
Chinone als Fermentmodell; bei pH 6 bis 8 unwirksame Ka-
talysatoren.  Ibid.,  1932, 249: 63-71.  ------ & Hecht, U.
Ortho-Chinone  als   Fermentmodell;  Beobachtungen iiber
Aktivatorwirkungen  bei  Sauerstoffausschluss.  Ibid.,  1934,
271: 424-6.—Kmietowicz, F.,  & Tumidajski, J. L'activation
des proferments par les rayons X.  C. rend. Soc biol., 1925,
92: 380.—Myrback,  K.  Ueber Verbindungen einiger Enzyme
mit  inaktivierenden  Stoffen.   Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1926,
159: 1-84.—Nord. F. F., &  Franke, K. W.  On the mechanism
of enzyme action; a study of  zymase fermentation  with con-
tributions  to a theory of  enzyme activation.   Protoplasma,
Lpz., 1928, 4: 547-95, ch.—Tauber, H.   Activators  and in-
hibitors of enzymes.  Erg. Enzymforsch.,  1935, 4: 42-67.

----   Antienzyme.
   Abderhalden, E.,  & Wertheimer, E.  Beitrag zur Kenntnis
der sogenannten  Antifermente.   Fermentforschung,  1922,  6:
286-301.—Basilevitch, I.   [Antiferments and  their   clinical
importance]  Vrach. delo,  1925, 8:  1619-25.—Harvey, E. H.
Efficiency of  some anti-ferments.  Am. J.  Pharm., 1922, 94:
797; 1923, 95: 105—Luers, H., & Albrecht, F. Ueber Anti-
amylase; ein Beitrag  zur  Frage  der Antienzyme.  Ferment-
forschung.  1924, 8:  52-72.—Mellanby, J.,  & Pratt, C. L. G.
Antitrypsin and antithrombase.  J. Physiol., Lond., 1938, 92:
Proc, 5.—Moriyama,  H.  On antienzyme.  J. Shanghai Sc.
Inst.,  1937-38,  sect. 4,  3: 93-107.—Obdulio Fernandez.
Los antifermentos en terapeutica.   Siglo  med.,  1917,  64:
858; 376.—Standenath,  F.   Zur Kenntnis der Antifermente
und des Antitrypsins.   Fermentforschung,  1926,  9:  9-17.—
Weill, J., Sartory, R.,  &  Meyer, J.  Production experimentale
dantiferments chez  I'homme.  Bull. Acad, med.,  Par., 1933,
3. ser., 109: 243-5.

----   Biological and practical significance.

   See  also  Allergy; Bacteria;  Catalysis;  Diges-
tion; Fermentation; Germination;  Immunity, &c.
   Quevli, N.   Enzyme intelligence and  whence
and   whither,   illustrating that  enzymes  and
ferments  are  the  ultimate,  indestructible  and
invisible   units  of  life  and  are  conscious  and
intelligent.   578p.  8?   Minneap., 1925.
   Alves de Barros,  A.  Os microzymas.  Rev. brasil. med.
farm.,  1929, 547-54.—Flaschentrager. B.  Enzyme als biolo- 
ENZYME                                         358                                        ENZYME
 gische Werkzeuge.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1927, 53: 569; 611 —
 Florkin, M.  Les ferments ferroporphyriniques et leur  impor-
 tance en biochimie.  Liege med., 1932, 25: 437-50.—Haldane,
 J. B. S.  Enzymes; and the future.  Discovery, Lond., 1925,
 6: 105.—Lange, F., & Bohne, A.  The use of ferments in the
 provision trade.  In Med. in its  chem.  aspects, Leverkusen,
 1934,  2:  195-202.—Roche,  J.  Enzymes  et  vie  cellulaire.
 Sciences, Par., 1937, 65: 277-9.

 ----  Chemistry.

   Tatjber,  H.   Enzyme  chemistry.   243p.   8°
 N.  Y.,  1937.
   Fernandez, O.  Quelques points de vue sur la  chimie des
 ferments.   Bull. Soc chim.  France,  1931, 4. ser., 49: 1435-
 60.—Holter,  H.  Studies on  enzymatic histochemistry.  J.
 Cellul. Physiol., 1936,  8: 179-200.—Langenbeck, W.   Unter-
 suchungen  iiber die chemische Natur der Fermente (ohne die
 haminhaltigen Fermente)  Erg. Physiol.,  1933, 35: 470-97 —
 Linderstrpm-Lang,  K., & Holter,  H.  Enzymatische  Histo-
 chemie.  Erg. Enzymforsch., 1934, 3: 309-34.—London, E. S.
 [Correlation  between  enzj'mes,  vitamins  and  hormones]
 Vrach. delo, 1935, 18: 925-8.—Myrback, K.  [Certain enzymes
 with known chemical composition] Sven. farm, tskr., 1937, 41:
 241; 253; 309; 369.—Northrop, J. H., & Herriott, R. M.  Chem-
 istry of the crystalline enzymes. Annual  Rev. Biochem., 1938,
 7: 37-50.—Progress in enzyme chemistrv.   Nature,  Lond.,
 1936,  137: 53-5.—Stem,  K. G.   The relationship  between
 prosthetic group and protein carrier  in  certain enzymes and
 biological pigments.  In Cold Spring  Harbor Sympos. Quant.
 Biol., 1938, 6: 286-300.—Warburg, O. Chemische Konstitu-
 tion von Fermenten.  Erg. Enzymforsch., 1938, 7: 210-45.—
 Willstatter, R.   Neue Probleme der Enzymchemie.  Scientia,
 Bologna, 1935, 57: 210-20, Tr. Fr. Suppl. 66.

 ----   Chemistry,  physical.

   Ganike, E. A.   [Viscosimetric  determination of ferments]
 Arkh. biol. nauk, 1918, 21:  101-18.—Heupke, W.  Das  Ein-
 dringen der Fermente in kunstliche Membranen.   Verh.  Ges.
 Verdauungskr.,  1934, 12: 66.   Also  Klin. Wschr., 1935, 14:
 14.—Hirsch,  P.  Physikalisch-chemische Studien  an  biologi-
 schen  Reaktionen.   Fermentforschung,  1922-23,  6:  27-9.—
 Jansch, H. F.   Ueber  das Unvermogen der Fermente, insbe-
 sondere  der  Diastasen,  die pflanzliche  Zellenmembran zu
 durchdringen.   Arch.  Verdauungskr., 1937, 61:  278-317.—
 Kraut, H., & Wenzel, E.  Ueber Enzymadsorption.   Zschr.
 physiol.  Chem., 1925, 142:  71-96.—Kuhn.  Physikalische
 Chemie der Fermente.   Tabulae biol., Berl., 1925, 2:  25-50.
 —---- Optische Spezifitat von Enzymen. Erg. Enzymforsch.,
 1936, 5:  1-48.—Lineweaver, H., & Burk,  D.  The  determina-
 tion of enzyme dissociation constants.  J.  Am. Chem.  Soc,
 1934, 56: 658-66.—Van de  Velde, A. J. J.   Recherches sur
 l'adsorption des enzymes.  Bull. Acad. Belgique, cl. sc, 1932,
 5. ser., 18:  1095-115.

 ----  Clinical and pathological aspect.

   See  also   Abderhalden  reaction;   Achylia;
 Cachexia;  Cancer, &c.
   Polli, G.   Sulle malattie da fermento morbifico
 e sul  loro trattamento.   97p.   fol.  Milano, 1864.
   Ammon, R.   Die Fermente  unter  pathologischen  Bedin-
 gungen.  Deut.  med. Wschr.,  1936, 62:  1958-60.  ------ &
 Chytrek, E.  Die Bedeutung der Enzyme  in der klinischen
 Diagnostik.  Erg. Enzymforsch., 1939, 8: 91-134.—Ghiron, M.
 Enzimi ed immunita. Boll. Ist. sieroter. milan., 1931, 10: 720-
 2.  Also  J. Trop. M. Hyg.,  Lond., 1931, 34:  164-6.   ------
 Gli  enzimi nella difesa dell'organismo dalle malattie.   Ann.
 med. nav., Roma,  1932, 38: 154-74.—Howard, J. W.   Fer-
 ments et antiferments  organiques normaux et modifies; leur
 desequilibre dans les etats pathologiques.  C. rend. Soc biol.,
 1930,  103: 1276.—Jacobsohn, K. P., & Cruz, A. da.  Sur
 Tactivite fermentaire d'organes a la  suite de leur alteration
 pathologique.  Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1938, 20:  1206-10.—
 Kopaczewski, W. Le probleme de la specificite en pathologie.
 Rev. sc, Par., 1937, 72:  45-51.—Leupold, E.  Organschadigung
 durch organeigene Abbaustoffe.  Verh. Deut. path. Ges., 1934,
 27: 250-4  [Discussion]  259-61.—Lubich,  V.  Margine d'utiliz-
 zazione da  parte dell'organismo delle propriety fermentative
 specifiche verso un dato tessuto ammalato.  Arch, biol., Genova,
 1924, 1:  119-30.—Mariani, G.  Enzimi ed immunita.  Med.
 nuova, 1936,  27: 195-202.—Marrack, J.   Immunochemistry
 and its relation to enzymes.  Erg. Enzymforsch., 1938, 7: 281-
300.—Nannizzi, A.  Contributo alio studio delle forme micro-
 talliche nei fermenti e loro importanza  in  patologia.   Atti
 Accad. fisiocr. Siena,  1931, 10. ser., 6:  257-67.—Ottenstein, B.
[Enzymes in  dermatology]  Orv.  hetil.,  1935, 79: 506-8.—
Polli, G., & Janssens, E.  Sur les maladies dues a un ferment
 morbide et sur  leur traitement.  Presse med. beige, 1861-64,
 14: 53; 301; 309; passim.—Rosenheim, A. H.  The action of
 enzymes on antibodies.  Biochem. J., Lond., 1937, 31: 54-71 —
Sellei, J.  Krankheiten infolge Storung der Fermentproduktion
 (Fermentkrankheiten und  Fermenttherapie)  Derm. Wschr.,
 1933,97:1725-9.  ------  Dysfermentosen und Fermentthera-
pie.  Klin. Wschr.,  1934, 13: 1725-7.   Also Fol. med., Nap.,
1935, 21: 1102-7.—Serono, C.  Equilibrii e disfunzioni enzi-
matiche, ormoniche  e vitaminiche  nei vivente.  Stomat. ital.,
1939, 1: 631-8.—Volodin. A. N.  [Condition of fermentative
function in certain endocrine diseases]  Med. biol. J., Leningr.,
1929, 5: 82-100.

----  Co- enzymes.

   See also Auxourease; Enterokinase; also under
names of enzymes as Zymase for Co-zymase.
   Ambard, L., & Trautmann, S.  Du role de la concentration
du coferment dans  la vitesse des reactions fermentaires.  C.
rend. Soc.  biol., 1936, 121: 470-2.—Andersson,  B.  Studien
iiber Schardinger-Enzym und einige bei der Phosphorylierung
und  der  Oxydoreduktion  beteiligten Co-Enzvme.   Zschr.
physiol. Chem., 1935, 235: 217-25. ------  Ueber  Hemmung
von Schardingerenzym durch adeninhaltige Co-Enzyme.  Ibid.,
1936, 241: 11-6.—Green, D. E., & Dewan, J. G.  The reversible
oxidation and reduction of coenzyme.  Biochem.  J.,  Lond.,
1937, 31: 1069-73.—Kluyver, A. J., & Struyk, A. P.  Ueber das
sogenannte Coenzym  der alkoholischen Garung;  ein Versuch
zu einer synthetischen Betrachtung des Coenzymproblems auf
experimenteller Grundlage.  Biochem. Zschr., 1928, 201: 212-
58.—Lockhart, E. E. Diaphorase (coenzyme factor)  Biochem.
J.,  Lond.,  1939, 33: 613-7.—Lohmann,  K.  Untersuchungen
iiber die chemische  Natur des Koferments der  Milchsaurebil-
dung.  Biochem. Zschr.,  1931, 237: 445-82.—Negelein, E.,  &
Haas, E.  Ueber die  Wirkungsweise des Zwischenferments.
Ibid.,  1935, 282: 206-20.—Straub,  F. B., Corran,  H.  S.,  &
Green, D. E.  Mechanism of the oxidation of reduced  coenzyme.
Nature, Lond., 1939, 143: 119.—Warburg, O., & Christian, W.
Co-Fermentproblem.   Biochem.  Zschr.,  1934,   274:  112;
passim.  ------ &  Griese, A.  Wasserstoffiibertragendes Co-
Ferment, seine Zusammensetzung und Wirkungsweise.   Ibid.,
1935, 282: 157-205.—West, P. M., & Wilson, P. W.  The
relation of Coenzyme R to biotin.  Science, 1939, 89: 607.

----  Determination.
   Aaron, A. H., Bockus, H. L., & Ivy, A. C. A report of the
committee on a survey of the enzyme tests, as performed by the
members of  the American  Gastro-enterological  Association.
Am. J. Digest. Dis., 1934-35,  1: 462-6.—Bach, I.  Ferment-
diagnosztika.  In Klin, diagn. (V. Muller)  Budap., 1937, 1:
406-21.—Capocaccia, M.  L'enzymoreaccion. Arch. ital. biol.,
1928,  80:  196-205.—Linderstrpm-Lang,  K.,  &  Holter,  H.
Beitrage zur enzymatischen Histochemie; iiber die Bestimmung
kleiner  enzymatischer  Spaltungen.   Zschr. physiol.  Chem.,
1931, 201: 9-30.—Penau, H., & Audic, R.  Dosage des ferments
solubles officinaux (matieres passives et  ferments normalises)
C. rend. Congr. internat. pharm., 1935, 12. Congr., 579-87.
Also J. pharm. chim., Par., 1937, 8. ser., 25: 107-10.—Rebaudi,
U.  Una messa a punto  dell'enzimoreazione.  Riforma  med.,
1937, 53: 1378-82— Sivori, L., Rebaudi, I., &  Menniti, I.  I
principi,  la tecnica,  le  applicazioni  dell'enzimoreazione in
rapporto con la teoria dei fermenti.  Arch, biol.,  Genova, 1929,
6: 3-40.  Also Presse med., 1929, 37: 1038-40.—Sreenivasaya,
M., & Bhagvat, K.  Dilatometry and its applications  in the
study of enzymes.  Erg.  Enzymforsch.,  1937, 6:  234-43.—
Sreenivasaya,  M., & Sastri, B. N.   Dilatometric  studies in
enzyme action. Biochem. J., Lond., 1929,  23:  975-81.

----   Dynamics.

   Bayliss, W. M.  The nature of enzyme action.
5. ed.   200p.  8?   Lond.,  1925.
   Frankenburger,  W.    Katalytische  Umset-
zungen in homogenen und  enzymatischen Systc-
men.   444p.   8?   Lpz., 1937.
   Abderhalden, E.  Neuere Anschauungen iiber das Wesen der
Fermentwirkungen.  Wien. med. Wschr., 1930,  80:  5.—Balls,
A. K.  Some modern aspects of enzyme catalysis.  J. Washing-
ton Acad. Sc, 1938, 28: 425-33.—Bansi. H. W.,  & Ucko, H.
Die Variabilitat der  Fermentwirkung.  Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6:
309.—Beccari, L.  Osservazioni sul modo  di agire degli enzimi.
Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1927, 2: 469.—Berkson, J., & Flexner,
L. B.  On the rate of reaction between enzyme  and  substrate.
J. Gen. Physiol., 1927-28, 11: 433-57.—Bodansky, O.  The
Schiitz-Borissov law for  enzymes.  Science, 1937,  86:  52.—
Borsook, H.   Reversible  and reversed enzymatic  reactions.
Erg. Enzymforsch.,  1935, 4: 1-41.—Briggs, G.  E.  A further
note on the kinetics of enzyme action.  Biochem.  J.,  Lond.,
1925, 19: 1037.—Colin, H., & Chaudun, A.  Le complexe entre
l'enzyme et les produits d'hydrolyse, lors de l'inversion diastasi-
que du sucre.  C. rend. Acad, sc, 1930, 190: 1415-7.—Elliott,
K. A. C.  Note on  the reduction of the disulphide group by
enzyme systems.  Biochem. J.,  Lond.,  1928,  22:  1410-2.—
Euler,  H.  von.  Ueber  die zwischen Substrat und Enzym
bestehenden Afnnitaten und ihre Spezifitat.  Zschr. physiol.
Chem.,  1925,  143:  79-88.  ------  & Josephson, K.  Ueber
Enzymspezifitat.  Ibid.,  1927,  166: 294-317.—Falk,  K. G.
The mechanism of enzyme actions.  Science, 1935,  81: 471-5.
------Noyes, H. M., & Sugiura, K.  Studies on  enzyme action.
J, Biol. Chem., 1924, 62: 697; 687.—Fodor, A.   Die  Wirkungs-
weise der  Fermente  beziehungsweise der Fermentsysteme.
Fermentforschung, 1928-29, 10: 274-301. ------  Mechanis-
mus der Enzymwirkung.   Erg. Enzymforsch., 1932, 1: 39-76.
------ & Frankenthal, L.  Ueber das Wesen der Ferment-
wirkung im allgemeinen.   Biochem. Zschr., 1930,  228: 101-
22.—Frankenburger, W.  Die Fermentreaktionen unter dem
Gesichtspunkt der heterogenen Katalyse.  Erg.  Enzymforsch.. 
ENZYME
359
ENZYME
1934, 3: 1-22.—Gramenitzki, M. J.  Von der Moglichkeit der
Verwandlung einer fermentativen Eigenschaft in die andere in
Abhangigkeit von Versuchsbedingungen.   Biochem.  Zschr.,
1927,  185: 433-7.—Groll,  H.   Ueber die Einwirkung von
Fermenten auf Gewebsschnitte.  Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1937,
101: 451-6.—Haehn, H.   Ueber Enzymmodelle aus  plasmo-
philen Stoff en.   Med. Klin., Berl., 1926, 22: 577-9.—Haldane,
J. B. S.  The affinity of different types of enzyme for their sub-
strates.  Nature, Lond., 1928, 121: 207.  ------  The molecu-
lar statistics of an enzyme action. Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1931,
ser. B, 108: 559-67.—Hedin, S. G.  Ueber die Anwendung des
Massenwirkungsgesetzes  auf den Verlauf der Enzymwirkung.
Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1925, 146: 122-9.  ------ Zur Frage
iiber die  Anwendung des  Massenwirkungsgesetzes auf  den
Verlauf  der Enzymwirkung.   Ibid., 1926, 154:  252-61 —
Isihama, M.   Thermochemische Studien  iiber  die  Enzym-
wirkung.  Fukuoka  acta med.,  1938,  31:  150.—Kisch,  B.
O-Chinone als Fermentmodell.  Biochem. Zschr., 1931, 243:
1-20. ------■  Versuche mit verschiedenen Substraten.  Ibid.,
1932, 244: 440-50.—Koda, N.  Ueber die Reversibilitat ver-
schiedener adsorbierter Stoffe und ihre Reversionsgeschwindig-
keit; Ferment.  Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kioto, 1927-28, 10:
43-55.—Kopaczewski, W.   Activite  des  ferments  et  effet
anionique.   Bull.  sc. pharm.,  Par., 1934, 41: 391-402 —
Kostytschew, S.   Zur Frage der  Spezifitat  der  Fermente.
Zschr. physiol.  Chem., 1926, 162: 139-44.—Kuhn.  Spezielle
Kinetik von Ferment-Reaktionen.  Tabulae biol., Berl., 1925,
2: 50-98.—Langenbeck, W.  Fermentmodelle.  Erg. Enzym-
forsch.,  1938, 2:  314-35.—Lebedew,  A.   Ueber die zellfreie
Garung.   Zschr.  physiol. Chem.,  1928,  173:  89-102.  Also
Biochem. Zschr., 1929, 214: 488-96.—Lohmann, K.  Fermente
und Wirkstoffe.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1938, 64: 491.—Manceau,
P.  Theories modernes des mecanismes des actions fermentaires.
Arch. med.  pharm.  mil., 1931, 94: 265-334.—Meyerhof, O.
Beobachtungen zur Kinetik der zellfreien  Garung.   B ochem.
Zschr., 1934, 273: 80-102.  •------& Lohmann, K.  Ueber die
enzymatische Gleichgewichtsreaktion zwischen Hexosediphos-
phorsaure und  Dioxyacetonphosphorsaure.   Ibid., 271: 89-
110.—Moelwyn-Hughes,  E. A.  The kinetics of enzyme reac-
tions.  Erg.  Enzymforsch., 1933, 2: 1;  1937,  6: 23.  —----
Pace, J., & Lewis, W. C. M.  The kinetics of enzyme reactions;
Schutz's law.  J. Gen. Physiol.,  1929-30, 13: 323-34.  Also
repr.—Nord. F. F.  Notes on the mechanism of fermentation.
Science,  1927,  65: 474-7.------Physikalisch-chemische
Vorgange  bei Enzymreaktionen. Erg. Enzymforsch., 1932, 1:
77-112.    ------  Die  Kryolyse und  ihre Beziehung zum
Mechanismus  der Enzymwirkung.   Ibid.,  1933,  2: 23-49.
——■— &  Weichherz, J.  Ueber den Zusammenhang zwischen
Enzymwirkung und Adsorption. Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1929,
183: 191-217.—Noyes, H. M.,  Sugiura,  K-,  & Falk, J. G.
Studies on enzyme action.  J. Am. Chem. Soc,  1924, 46: 1885.
Also repr.  Also J. Cancer Res., 1924-25,  9: 105.—Przylecki,
S. J.  [Effect  of  the  structure on enzymic reactions]  Med.
dosw., 1930, 11: 288-309.  ------Giedroyc, W., & Sym, E. A.
The systems glucose-enzyme and ester-catalyst.  Biochem. J.,
Lond.,  1928, 22: 811-25.—Przylgcki, S. J., Niedzwiedzka, H.,
& Majewski, T.  The systems urea-urease-charcoal and poly-
saccharide-amylase-charcoal.   Ibid.,  1927,  21: 1025-39 —
Rona, P.,  &  Kleinmann, H.  Untersuchungen  iiber die Bezie-
hung zwischen Substratdispersitat und Fermentwirkung mittels
einer neuen Methode zur Bestimmung der fermentativen Fett-
spaltung.  Biochem. Zschr., 1926, 174: 18-42.—Rona, P.,  &
Reuter,  F.  Untersuchungen am Fermentmodell von Bredig
und Fajans.  Ibid., 1932, 249: 455.—Schoen.   Problemes de
specificite  dans  les processus de fermentation.  Ann.  Inst.
Pasteur,  Par.,  1931,  47:  690-742.   Also Scientia, Bologna,
1933, 54: 413-25.—Sivori, L.  Nuove concezioni sulla teoria dei
fermenti: l'enzimoreazione.  Arch, biol., Genova, 1928, 5: 63-
73.—Steam, A. E.  The theory of  absolute  reaction  rates
applied  to enzyme catalysis.   Erg. Enzymforsch., 1938, 7: 1-
27.—Steppuhn,  O.  Zur  Theorie des biochemischen  Abbaues
komplexer Gebilde.   Fermentforschung,  1923, 7:  68-76.—
Stern,  K.  G.   Fermentwirkungen.  In  Med. Kolloidlehr.
(Lichtwitz) Dresd., 1935,  157-92.—Tschermak, A. von. Zymo-
thermik.  In Handb.  biol.  Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden) Berl.,
1936, 4: 143-64.—Urk, H. W.  van.  Beitrag zur Frage: Ist die
Fermentwirkung   als  eine   kolloidchemische  aufzufassen"
(Untersuchungen an  Pepsin)   Biochem.  Zschr., 1925,  163:
358-63.— Westenbrink, H.  G. K., & Romijn, H. M.  On the
mechanism of enzyme reactions.  Arch, neerl. physiol.,  1930,
15:  529; 1931, 16: 528.—Woolf, B.  The addition compound
theory  of  enzyme action.  Biochem. J.,  Lond., 1931,  25: 342-
8 —Wurmser, R.  Signification des potentiels d'oxydo-reduc-
tion pour les reactions enzymatiques.  Erg. Enzymforsch., 1932,
1: 21-38.

        Effects of external factors.
   Graham, A.  On the optimum hydrogen ion concentration
and  temperature of the  style enzyme  of  Pecten maximus.
Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1931, ser. B,  108: 84-94.—Klissmnis, N.
Fermente  und  Licht; uber  Beeinflussung  von Fermentwir-
kungen durch Jodsalze unter Bestrahlung.  Biochem. Zschr.,
1924, 152:  416-9.—Pincussen, L.  Fermente und Licht; iiber
Beeinflussung von Fermentwirkungen durch  Jodsalze unter
Bestrahlung.  Ibid.,  406-15.—Redaelli,  P.   II diverso com-
portamento biochimico di fermenti e pseudofermenti in rap-
porto con  l'ambiente in  cui  hanno vissuto.   Boll. Soc biol.
sper., 1926, 1: 28-31.—Schamberg, J. F-, & Brown, H. Effect
of various  agents;  ultraviolet  light,  vaccines,   turpentine,
neoarsphenamin  and autoblood injections  on  the  enzymes of
blood and skin.  Arch. Int. M., 1925, 35: 537-48.

----   Effects of external factors,  chemical.
   Ambard, L., & Trautmann, S.  Du role  de la concentration
du substrat dans la vitesse des  reactions fermentaires.   ('.
rend.  Soc. biol.,  1936, 121: 472.—Bleyer, B., Diemair, W., <k
Leonhard, K.  Ueber den Einfluss von Konservierungsmitteln
auf enzymatische Vorgange. Arch. Pharm., Berl.,  1933, 271:
539-52.—Brownlee, J.  On the methods  of fitting the formula
of Michaelis in relation to the effect of hydrogen ion concentra-
tion on enzyme action to the data; with some discussion of the
results.  Biochem.  J.,  Lond.,  1925,  19: 377-84.—Fodor,  A.
Fermentwirkung und Wasserstoffionenkonzentration.  Kolloid
Zschr., 1926, 40: 234-40.—Gould, B. S.   Effects of thorium,
zirconium, titanium and cerium on enzyme action.  Proc. Soc
Exp.  Biol.,  N.  Y., 1936,  34: 381-5.—Ido, M.   Ueber den
Einfluss der Elektrolyten und  der nicht Elektrolyten auf die
Enzymwirkung.   Sei i  kwai, 1931, 50: H.  10,  1.—Jacoby, M.
Zur Kenntnis der Bedeutung der Blausaure  bei der Metall-
vergiftung der Enzyme. Biochem. Zschr.,  1926, 175: 79-85.—
Keeser, E.  Morphin und Fermente.  Arch. exp.  Path., Berl.,
1932, 167: 267; 1933, 171: 311.—Kluge, H.  Ueber den Einfluss
von  Konservierungsmitteln auf die Wirkuriff  von  Fermenten.
Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt.,  1933, 66:  412 -35— Labes, R.
Die Giftwirkung naszierenden elementann Tellurs und  Selens
auf Fermente.   Arch.  exp. Path., Lpz., 1928, 133: 57-62.—
Locke, A., & Main, E.  R.   The relation  of copper and iron to
production of toxin and enzyme action.  J. Infect. Dis., 1931,
48:  419-35.—Mascherpa,  P.   La digestione in  vitro  delle
metallo-proteine; azione del metallo sul  fermento.  Boll. Soc.
ital. biol. sper., 1930, 5: 142-8.—Nord, F. F., & Franke,  K. W.
On the mechanism of  enzyme  action;  further evidence con-
firming the observations that ethylene increases  the permeability
of cells and acts as a protector.  J. Biol.  Chem., 1928, 79: 27-
51.—Oparin, A., & Kurssanow, A.  Inaktivierung von Fer-
menten durch Gerbstoffe.  Biochem. Zschr.,  1929, 209: 181-
94.—Quastel, J. H.   The action of  dyestuffs on enzymes.
Biochem. J., Lond., 1931, 25:  898-913.  ------  & Wheatley,
A. H.  M.  The  action  of dyestuffs on enzymes; dyestuffs and
oxidations.   Ibid.,  629-38.—Rossi, G.  Influenza  dello solfo
colloidale sopra alcune reazioni enzimatiche.  Biochem. ter.
sper., 1926,  13:  281-6.—Schemer, H. A.   The effects of radia-
tion on enzymes. In Biol, effects of radiation (Duggar, B. M.)
N. Y., 1936, 2: 1115-65.—Smorodinzew, J. A.,  & Adowa,
A.  N.   Der Einfluss  verschiedener  Praparate  der Chinin-
gruppe auf die  fermentativen  Funktionen des  Organismus;
die Bedeutung  der aktuellen  Reaktion des  Milieus bei der
Erforschung  der fermentativen  Prozesse.   Biochem.  Zschr.,
1927, 183: 274-82.

----  Effects of external factors,  physical.
   Artom, C.  Sul  comportamento degli  enzimi essiccati  e
sottoposti al calore.  Arch. farm, sper., 1924,  38: 105; 129.—
Bachrach, E.,  & Cardot, H.   Sur la  possibilite de deplacer
l'optimum thermique d'un ferment figure.  C.  rend. Soc. biol.,
1926, 95: 962.—Baker, J. R. Temperature and enzyme activity.
J. Marine Biol. Ass. U.  K., 1926-27, n. ser., 14: 723-7.—Balls,
A. K., & Lineweaver, H.  Action of enzymes at low tempera-
tures. Food Res., 1938, 3: 57-67.—Collier, H. B., & Wasteneys,
H.  The action of radiation on enzymes. Austral. J. Exp. Biol.,
1932, 9:  89-112.—Deuticke, H. J., &  Harren, F.  Ueber den
Ablauf fermentativer Reaktionen unter hohem Druck.  Zschr.
physiol. Chem., 1938, 256: 169-83.—Di Frisco, S., & Amato. A.
Sulla inattivazione al calore secco di alcuni enzimi.   Boll. Soc.
ital.  biol. sper., 1926,   1: 595-7.—Firdman,  J.  L'optimum
thermique de Taction des enzymes en fonction de leur origine et
de leur  degre  de purete.  Ann. physiol., Par.,  1938, 14:  67-
93.—Fuller, H. J.  Some effects of radiations  from a mercury
vapor arc in quartz upon enzymes. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard.,
1932,  19: 505-31.—Kosieradzki, K.   [Study  of the effect of
short  waves on  enzyme]  Med. dosw.,  1936, 21: 388-96.—
Macheboeuf, M. A.. & Basset, J.  Die Wirkung sehr hoher
Drucke  auf Enzyme.   Erg. Enzymforsch.,  1934, 3: 303-8.—
Mardaschew, S., & Mogilewsky, M.   Vergleich zwischen den
Grossen  des osmotischen Druckes und  der Geschwindigkeit
fermentativer  Reaktionen.  Biochem.  Zschr.,  1934, 273: 430-
4.—Matsudaira, M., &  Sato, A.   Effect of supersonic ray on
enzymes; preliminary report.  Tohoku J. Exp.  M, 1933-34, 22:
412-6.—Oya,  T.  Fermente  und  Licht; Versuche  iiber  den
Einfluss  der Temperatur bei der Lichtwirkung.   Biochem.
Zschr., 1929, 207: 410-5.—Pereira de Forjaz, A.  Ueber die
Wirkung  elektromagnetischer Wellen auf  Fermentsysteme.
Ibid., 1935-36, 283: 53-8— Tomaru, T. The effect of electrici-
ty, gas and absorbent for enzyme.  Bull. Nav. M. Ass., Tokyo,
1928,  17: No.  2, 1.—Wense, T.  Ueber ein scheinbar kaltelie-
bendes Ferment. Fermentforschung,  1936-37, 15: 291-301 —
Wohlgemuth,  J., & Sugihara, N.   Ueber Aktivierung  und
Hitzebestandigkeit von Fermenten; zugleich  ein  Beitrag zur
Fra"e von den Beziehungen zwischen Lab  und Pepsin.  Bio-
chem. Zschr., 1925, 163: 253-9.

----   Formation and secretion.

   See  also names of  parts and tissues of  animals
and plants.
   Auxilia, F.  Influenza del sistema nervoso vegetativo sulla
produzione di  fermenti  cellulari.  Pathologica, Genova,  1935, 
ENZYME
360
ENZYME
27: 409-12.—Hegarty, C. P.  Physiological youth as an im-
portant factor in adaptive enzyme formation.  J. Bact., Bait.,
1939, 37: 145-52.—Northrop, J. H.  The formation of enzymes.
Physiol. Rev., 1937, 17: 144-52.------  Chemical nature and
mode  of formation of  pepsin,  trypsin  and bacteriophage.
Science, 1937, 86: 479-83.

----   Isolation and purification.

   Frankel, S.  Allgemeine Darstellungsmethoden  der Fer-
mente.  In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden) Berl.,
1936,  4:  1-36.—Fricke,  R., Fischer, F. A.,  & Borchers, H.
Ueber Fermentreinigung  durch Elektrodialyse und Elektroos-
mose.  Kolloid  Zschr.,  1926,  39:  152-65.—Gorbach,  G.,  &
Nitsche, K.  Die Hochdruck-Ultrafiltration mit Cellophan als
Mittel zur Enzymreinigung und Teilchengrossenbestimmung.
Biochem. Zschr., 1935, 281: 306-9—Negelein, E.  Methode
zur Gewinnung  des A-Proteins der Garungsfermente.  Ibid.,
1936,  287: 329-33.—Pincussen,  L.   Ueber den Einfluss der
Reinigung von Fermenten auf  ihre Empfindlichkeit gegeniiber
der Strahlung.   Fermentforschung,  1924-25,  8:  181-6 —
Stern,  K. G. Ueber die Isolierung  und  Kennzeichnung der
Enzyme. Klin. Wschr., 1931, 10: 1226-9.—Studi sulla demetal-
lizzazione degli enzimi.  Gior. biol. indust., 1936, 6: 150-64.—
Valette, G. Les tentatives de purification des ferments.  Bull.
sc. pharm., Par., 1931,  38: 108-22.

----   metabolic.
   See also  Digestive  glands; Metabolism; and
 proper names of digestive glands as Pancreas, &c.
   FAIRCHILD'S  HAND-BOOK  OF  THE  DIGESTIVE
 ferments;  as  remedies, per se,  as  surgical  sol-
 vents and in the peptonisation of milk and other
 foods for the  sick and for modification of  cow's
 milk  to  the standard of human milk by the Fair-
 child process.   125p.   8?  N. Y., 1892-93.
   Oppenheimer, C.  Stoffwechselfermente.  92p.
 8?  Brnschw., 1915.
   Albertoni, P.  Sur la secretion des enzymes digestifs.  Arch.
 ital. biol., 1930,  83: 128.—Bergmann, M.,  & Fruton, J. S.
 A new type of enzyme in the intestinal tract.  Science, 1936,
 83: 306.—Bernardi, A.  I fermenti nell'intestino anteriore dei
 polli.   Biochim.  ter.  sper.,  1926,  13:   287-95.—Digestive
 ferments.   Proc. Am. Drug Manuf. Ass.,  1924, 13: 224-9.—
 Ferrari. R.  Azione degli ormoni sulla secrezione dei fermenti
 digestivi.   Arch, fisiol., Fir., 1936, 36: 47-56.—Goldstein, H.
 Enzymes; dictators of  the  digestive system.   Hygeia, Chic,
 1939, 17: 37-9.—Graetz, E.  Ueber einige Verdauungsfermente
 im Kropfsafte einheimischer Pulmonaten.  Zool. Jahrb., Abt.
 allg. Zool., 1928-29, 46: 375-412.  Also Zschr. physiol. Chem.,
 1929, 180: 305-7.—Hasler, A. D.  The physiology of digestion
 in plankton Crustacea; further studies on the digestive enzymes
 of Daphnia and Polyphemus; Diaptomus and Calanus.  Biol.
 Bull.,  1937, 72: 290-8.—Henke, M. E.  A new acid-forming
 enzyme in gastric and other tissues, and its possible significance
 in the gastric hydrochloric acid mechanism.   J. Biol. Chem.,
 1926, 67:  p. xi-xiii.—Hykes, O. V., Mazanec, J., & Szecsenyi,
 L.  Contribution  a la connaissance des ferments digestifs des
 poissons.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 117: 166-8.—Ishida, J.
 Digestive  enzymes of Actinia mesembryanthemum.  Annot.
 zool. jap., 1935-36,  15:  285-305.—Kriiger,  P.  Ueber  die
 Verdauungsfermente der Wirbellosen.  Sitzber. Preuss. Akad.
 Wiss.,  phys. math. KL,  1929, 548-64.—Mansour-Bek, J. J.
 Die proteolytischen Verdauungsenzyme einiger Invertebraten.
 Acta brevia neerl., 1933, 3: 146.—Roche, J.  Enzymes et
 assimilation des aliments.  Sciences, Par.,  1937, 65: 280-2.—
 Sarin,  E.  Ueber Fermente der Verdauungsorgane der Honig-
 biene.   Biochem.  Zschr.,  1923,  135: 59-74.—Saviano,  M.
 Ricerche sugli  enzimi  digestivi dell'Anemonia  sulcata.  Boll.
 Soc. ital.  biol. sper., 1936,  11: 145.—Schlottke, E.   Unter-
 suchungen iiber die Verdauungsfermente  von Insekten;  die
 Verteilung der Fermente im Darmkanal von fleischfressenden
 Carabiden und die Aenderungen ihrer Konzentration wahrend
 der Verdauung.  Zschr. vergl. Physiol., 1936-37, 24:  210-47.
------  Die Fermente der Laub- und Feldheuschrecken und
ihre  Abhangigkeit  von  der  Lebensweise.   Ibid.,  422-50.
------  Die Abhangigkeit des Fermentgehaltes von der Art der
Nahrung;  Versuche an  Periplaneta  orientalis  L.  Ibid., 463-
92.—Silverman, D. N., & Denis,  W.  The influence  of food
intake  on  the  enzymatic concentration of human  intestinal
contents obtained  from a duodenal fistula.   Arch. Int  M
1925, 35:  357-61.   Also repr.—Vonk, H. J.  The specificity
and collaboration   of digestive enzymes in Metazoa.  Biol
Rev. Cambridge  Philos.  Soc, 1937,  12:  245-84.
Die biologische Bedeutung der pB-bptimums der Verdauungs-
enzyme bei  den  Vertebraten.  Erg. Enzymforsch.,  1939, 8:
55-90.

----   Metabolism.
   Wirtz,  H.  *Das Schicksal  der  Fermente  im
Verdauungskanal.   18p.   8?  Frankf.,  1933.
   Boas,  I.  Ueber  das Verhalten der  Oxydationsfermente
unserer Nahrungsmittel im menschlichen  Verdauungsapparat
Kim. Vvschr., 1930, 9: 2295.—Heupke, W., & Wirtz, H.  Das
Schicksal der Fermente im Verdauungskanal.  Ibid , 1933, 12:
1806.—Kriiger,  P.  Vergleichender Fermentstoffwechsel  der
niederen Tiere.  Erg. Physiol., 1933, 35: 538-72.—Ribera, M.
Sorte dei fermenti nei tubo digerente.  Morgagni, 1934, 76: 179.

----   Occurrence.
   See also Bacteria, Enzymes; Blood, Ferments;
Cell, Enzymes, &c.
   Schaeffer,  Y.    *Les ferments;  conceptions
modernes; recherches  expenmentales  sur  quel-
ques ferments animaux.  166p.   8?  Par., 1929.
   Tscherikowski,  S. A.  *Beitrag zur Kenntnis
der Zellfermente  [Basel]  12p.  8?   Berl., 1921.
   Abderhalden,  E., & Herrmann, O.  Beitrag zur Kenntnis
der in Organen vorhandenen auf Eiweiss und Eiweissabbau-
stufen eingestellten Zellfermente.  Fermentforschung, 1929,11:
78-85.—Ammon, R.  Die Fermente im menschlichen Korper.
Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1936, 33:  673.—Bernardi, A., & Schwarz,
M. A.  Ueber das Vorkommen von Amylase, Invertase und
Protease im Huhn, in Hydrochelidon nigra L. und im Vanellus
vanellus  L.   Biochem.  Zschr., 1933, 262:  175-80.  ------
Intorno ad alcuni fermenti di polio.  Biochim. ter. sper., 1933,
20: 297-310.—Cruz. A. da.  Sur Tactivite fermentaire chez les
jeunes  animaux.  C. rend. Soc.  biol.,  1938,  129:  691-3.—
Galamini, A.  I  fermenti dei tessuti  degli organi ed escreti.
Riv. biol., 1936, 20: 399-459.—Holter,  H., & Doyle,  W. L.
Studies on enzymatic histochemistry; enzymatic  studies on
Protozoa. J. Cellul. Physiol., 1938, 12: 295-308.—Kriiger, P.,
& Graetz, E.  Ueber  die Eiweissfermente des Flusskrebses.
Zschr. physiol. Chem.,  1927, 166: 128-34.—Linderstrem-Lang,
K.  Distribution of enzymes in tissue and cells.  In Harvey
Lect., Bait.,  1938-39,  34: 214-45.—Otani,  H.  Ueber  die
Wirkung  der Schimmelpilzfermente  auf  die Benzoylderivate
der Aminosauren und  Dipeptide.  Acta  Scholae med.  Univ.,
Kioto, 1934T35,17: 330-3— Szelenyi, G.. & Becze, G.  Beitrage
zur Kenntnis der Enzymwirkung von Alternaria solani.  Zbl.
Bakt,, 2.  Abt., 1928, 76:  121-4.

----  Pharmacology and therapeutics.
   Bastedo, W. A.  The use and utility of digestive enzymes in
therapeutics; a summary of the replies to a questionnaire sub-
mitted to the members of the American  Gastro-Enterological
Association.  J. Am. M.  Ass., 1925, 85: 743.—Baum, L.  Die
ortlichen  Wirkungen subcutaner Fermentinjektionen. Frankf.
Zschr. Path., 1939, 53: 220-33.—Bodechtel, G., & Kinkelin, W.
Versuche  iiber die Wirkung eines  pflanzlichen Verdauungs-
fermentes beim Menschen.  Munch, med. Wschr.,  1935, 82:
413-6.—Both,  B.  [Therapeutic  use  of  digestive  ferments]
Gy6gyaszat,   1937, 77:  710-3.—Enzyme  therapy  of  gram-
positive infections.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1939, 112: 2156.—Franzen,
G.   Ueber  pharmakologische  Beeinflussung  fermentativer
Vorgange. Munch, med. Wschr., 1931, 78: 700-3.—Hermann,
S.,  & Neuschul, P.  Untersuchung und  Beurteilung  von
Fermentpraparaten.   Klin.  Wschr.,  1932,  11:   1065-7.—
Imperio,  S.   Sulla  fermentoterapia.   Morgagni, 1934, 76:
463.—Jacoby,  M.   Pharmakologische  Beeinflussung  von
Fermentwirkungen. _  Jahrkurs. arztl. Fortbild.,  1930,  21:
H.  8, 2-9.—Marfori, P.   Uno sguardo alia moderna enzimo-
terapia.    Rass.  fisiopat.,  1937,  9:  193-204.—Nemetz,  O.
Encypan,  ein neues Ferment- und Enzyme-Substitutions-
praparat.   Deut. med.  Wschr.,  1928,  54: 1047.—Novi,  I.
Dei fermenti digestivi ingeriti  e  in  particolare della  pepto-
pancreasi Serono. Rass.  clin. ter., 1932, 31: 139-48.—Sellei, J.
Maladies  en  rapport avec des troubles dans la production des
ferments  (dysfermentoses)  fermentotherapie.  Rev. fr. derm.
vener., 1933, 9: 451-9.

----  protective.

   See also Abderhalden reaction.
   Abderhalden,  E.   Methodik des  Nachweises
von  Abwehrfermentwirkungen.    p.2089-2158;
2551-76.  8?   Berl., 1936.
   In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth.  (Abderhalden) Berl.,  1936,
4:pt2.

   Beloweschdowa, R.   *Abwehrfermente.   18p.
8?   Munch.,  1935.
   Abderhalden, E.  Die Beziehungen der Senkungsgeschwin-
digkeit der  roten  Blutkorperchen  zu  im  Blutplasma  vor-
handenen  dialysierbaren Verbindungen;  Beziehungen zu den
Abwehrfermenten.   Fermentforschung,  1920-21, 4: 230-41.
        Eine einfache Methode zum Nachweis von Abwehr-
fermentwirkungen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1935, 31: 385.
Abwehrfermente.   Erg.  Enzymforschung,  1937, 6: 189-200.
—----& Buadze, S.   Weiterer  Beitrag zur Kenntnis  der
Eigenschaften der proteolytischen Abwehrfermente; Feststellung
des PH-Optimums ihrer Wirkung; Nachweis von Polypeptidasen
im Harn.   Fermentforschung,  1931-32, 13: 363-81. ------
Fortgesetzte Studien iiber die spezifische  Einstellung von
Abwehrfermenten unter  Verwendung  von  Serumglobulinen
(Fibringlobulin, Euglobulin und  Pseudoglobulin)  und  -albu-
minen verschiedener Tierarten und ferner von jodierten und
nitrierten Eiweisskorpern der  genannten Art.  Ibid., 505-43.
------  Fortgesetzte Studien iiber die Grenzen  der  spezi- 
ENZYME                                     361                                      ENZYME
fischen Einstellung von Abwehrfermenten; Unterscheidung von
Eisweisskorpern   aus  Blutplasma  beziehungsweise  -serum
verschiedener Blutgruppen gesunder und erkrankter Individuen,
ferner von arteigenen Gewebseiweisstoffen.  Ibid.,  1933, 14:
76-103.   ------   Vergleichende Untersuchungen  iiber den
Einfluss von  ultraviolettem Licht  auf Serumeiweisskorper
mittels  der  Abwehrfermentreaktion.    Ibid.,  295-310.—
Brunner, E.   Vergleichende Untersuchungen iiber die  Aus-
losung von relativ und absolut spezifischen Abwehrfermentreak-
tionen bei Verwendung von aus glatter und quergestreifter
Muskulatur gewonnenen Substraten.  Ibid., 345-56.—Guil-
laumin,  C O.  Importance  de la technique dans l'etude des
ferments de defense du serum.  C. rend. Soc biol., 1935, 118:
632-4.—Hirsch,  P.   Die quantitative Bestimmung der Ab-
wehrfermentwirkung mittels des Interferometers.  In Handb.
biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden)  Berl., 1936, 4: pt 2, 2171-
211.—Jacobsohn,  K. P., & Cruz, A. da.  Contribution au
probleme des ferments de defense.  C. rend. Soc biol., 1938,
129: 695-7.

----   synthetic.
   Benigno, P.  Influenza delle variazioni dei component! del
sistema  sulla sintesi  enzimatica fra acido oleico e glicerolo.
Enzymologia, Gravenh., 1938, 5: 293-301.—Marston, H. R.
On the  acceleration  of enzymatic synthesis of proteins by
lipoidal  emulsions. Austral. J. Exp.  Biol., 1926, 3: 233-6.—
Przylecki, S. J. Les syntheses enzymatiques in vitro. C. rend.
Soc. biol., 1927, 96: 335-7.

----   Types.
   Bamann, E.,  &  Salzer,  W.  Lyo- und desmo-Enzyme.
Erg. Enzymforsch., 1938, 7: 28-49.—Kostytschew,  S.  Ueber
die Nichtexistenz einiger Fermente.  Zschr. physiol. Chem.,
1926, 154: 262-75.—Lagrange, E.  Un ferment soluble coagu-
lant le jaune d'ceuf.   Rev.  prat. mal. pays chauds, 1926, 6:
133-8.—Myrback, K.  Nonproteolytic enzymes.  Annual Rev.
Biochem., 1939, 8: 59-80.

----   Types: Desmolase.

   See  also  Carboligase; Carboxylase; Catalase;
Dehydrogenase;   Oxidoreducase;   Peroxidase;
Phenolase;  Purindehydrase;  Zymase  and  its
components.
   Frey,  O.    *Ueber  die  Atmung   einer  Fer-
mentlosung  aus  Hefe  und ihre  Deutung  durch
Dehydrierungsvorgange   [Miinchen]   43p.   8?
Goppingen [1932]
   Bach, A., & Nikolajew,  K.   Sind sauerstoffiibertragende
Enzyme mit wasserstoffubertragenden identisch?  Biochem.
Zschr.,  1926,  169: 105-12.—Battelli,  F.,  & Stern, L.  Le
mecanisme d'action des  ferments oxydants et  des ferments
reducteurs.  Arch, internat. physiol., Liege, 1921, 18: 403-18.—
Brunei, A. Un nouvel enzyme, l'allantoicase; sa presence dans
la regne animal.  C. rend. Acad, sc, 1937,  204: 380-2.—
Fosse, R., & Brunei, A.  Un nouveau ferment.  Ibid., 1929,
188: 426-8.

----   Types: Hydrolase.

   See also Carbohydrase; Esterase; Glucosidase;
Nuclease.
   Etjler-[Chelpin], H. [K. A. S.] von.   Chemie
der Enzyme.  2.  und 3. Aufl.   3v.  8?  Munch.,
1927-34.
   Braunstein, A.  E.  The enzyme system of trans-amination,
its mode of action and biological significance.  Nature, Lond.,
1939, 143: 609.—Hellerman, L.  Reversible inactivations of
certain hydrolytic enzymes.   Physiol. Rev., 1937, 17:454-84.—
Jacobsohn, K. P., & Soares, M.  Sur I'existence probiematique
du groupe fermentaire des ammoniacases.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,
1937, 125:  554-6.—Newton, W.  H.   Carbonic  anhydrase.
In Recent Advance. Physiol. (W. H. Newton) 5. ed., Lond.,
1936, 109-24.

----   Types: Hydrolase: Amidase.

   See  also  Amides; Arginase; Arginin;  Aspara-
gine;   Creatin,    Metabolism;  Hippuric  acid;
Peptidase;  Purin; Urease.
   Abe, M.  Desamidase in the organs of the human fetus and
the new-born.  Jap. J. Obst.,  1930, 13:  456-66.—Bernheim,
F., & Bernheim, M. L. C   The purification of the enzymes
which oxidize certain amino acids.  J. Biol. Chem., 1935, 109:
131-40.  Also repr.—Conway. E. J., & Cooke. R.  The deami-
nases of adenosine and adenylic acid in  blood and  tissues.
Biochem. J., Lond., 1939, 33: 479-92.—Edibacher, S., Baur,
H., & Kobner, G. Weitere Charakterisierung von Arginase
und Histidase.  Zschr. physiol. Chem.,  1939, 259:  171-81.—
Jacobsohn. K. P., & Soares,  M. Sur I'existence hypothetique
d'enzymes analogues a l'aspartase.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1937,
124:  1026-8.—Sabalitschka,  T.  Arginase und Urease.  In
Handb.  biol.  Arbeitsmeth.  (Abderhalden)  Berl.,  1936, 4:
279-314.—Schuwirth,  K.  Chinone als Fermentmodell; kata-
lytische  Desaminierung von Aminosauren bei Sauerstoffab-
schluss  und  bei  Anwendung  von  Wasserstoffakzeptoren.
Biochem. Zschr., 1932, 254: 148-57.—Stock, C. C, Perkins,
M. E., & Hellerman, L.  Activation of enzymes; the jack bean
argininolytic  enzyme.  J. Eiol. Chem., 1938, 125:  753-69.
Also repr.

----   Types: Hydrolase:  Esterase.
  See Esterase.

----   Types: Hydrolase:  Polyase.

  See  also Amylase;  Cellulose, Decomposition;
Inulin, &c.
  Glimm, E., & Gizycki, I. von.  Zur Kenntnis der Biolase.
Biochem. Zschr., 1932, 248: 449-73.—Kertesz, Z.  I.  Pectic
enzymes; the determination of pectin-methoxylase activity.
J. Biol. Chem., 1937, 121: 589-98.  Also repr.—Mehlitz, A., &
Maass, H.  Ueber die Bestimmung der pektolytischen Kraft
von Filtrationsenzymen.  Zschr. Untersuch. Lebensmitt., 1935,
70: 180-6.

----   Types: Hydrolase:  Protease.

  See Autolysis; Protease;  also proper names of
proteases as  Casein,  Chymase; Peptase;  Tryp-
tase, &c.

----   in plants.
  See also names of plants.
  David, R. L'influence des enzvmes sur la  germination de
Pisum  sativum.   C.  rend.  Soc.  biol., 1938,  129:  274-6.—
Doby, G., &  Hibbard, R. P.  Verhalten, insbesondere Ionen-
aktivierung von  Pflanzenenzymen in Abhangigkeit von der
Ernahrung; iiber  die Amylase  kalihungriger Zuckerruben.
Biochem. Zschr., 1926, 176: 165-77.—Iwanov, N. N.  Ueber
die Veriinderlichkeit des Fermentgehalts in Samen und Friich-
ten.  Ibid., 1932, 254: 71-87.—Lischkewitsch, M. J., &  Pri-
zemina, S. P. Ueber den Fermentgehalt  in Samen  verschie-
denen Ursprungs.  Ibid., 1929, 212:" 280-90.—Neuberg, C, &
Gorr,  G.  Phytochemische  Reduktionen.   In Handb. biol.
Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden) Berl.,  1936, 4: 645-70.—Noguera
Gomez.  Fermentos vegetales.  Gac. med. Caracas, 1926, 33:
76-8.—Oparin,  A., & Pospelowa, N.  Der  Fermentgehalt
ruhender Weizensamen. Biochem. Zschr.,  1927, 189: 18-25.—
Rosenthaler,  L.  Ueber Enzyme der Mondbohne.  Ferment-
forschung, 1924-25, 8: 282.—Suessenguth,  K.  Ueber  das
Wirksamwerden  pflanzlicher Enzyme.  Erg.  Enzymforsch.,
1932, 1: 364-9.
  ENZYMOLOGIA.  's-Gravenhage, v.5, 1938-

ENZYMOLOGY.

  See also  Biochemistry; Enzyme; Fermentation.
  Bersin,  T.    Kurzes  Lehrbuch  der   Enzy-
mologie.   170p.  8?  Lpz., 1938.
  Enzymologia.   's-Gravenhage, v.5, 1938-
  Ergebnisse  der  Enzymforschung.   Lpz.,
v.l, 1932-
  Falk, K.   G.  The  chemistry  of  enzyme  ac-
tions.  2. ed.   249p.   8?   N.  Y.,  1924.
  Haldane,  J.  B.  S.   Enzymes.   235p.    8?
Lond., 1930.
  Oppenheimer,  K.   Lehrbuch  der Enzyme;
Chemie,  physikalische  Chemie   und  Biologie.
660p.   8?   Lpz., 1927.
  Waksman,  S.  A.   Enzymes;  properties,  dis-
tribution,  methods and applications.  364p.   8?
Bait,, 1926.
  Waldschmidt-Leitz,  E.   Die Enzyme; Wir-
kungen und Eigenschaften.  233p.  8?  Brnschw.,
1926.  Also Engl, transl.  255p.   N. Y., 1929.
  ---- &  Balls, A.  K.  Enzyme,   p.677-767.
8?  Berl.,  1933.  Also p.705-824.  1935.
  Willstatter,  R. M.   Untersuchungen iiber
Enzyme.   2v.   860p.; p.863-1775.   4?   Berl.,
1928.
  Ammon.  R.   Neuere Forschungen iiber  die  Fermente.
Deut.  med. Wschr., 1936,  62: 472.—Graff, S.  Fermentfor-
schung und Morphologie.  Med. Klin., Berl.,  1925, 21: 480-3.

----   Methods.

  R6na,   P.    Praktikum  der  physiologischen
Chemie; Fermentmethoden.   331p.    8?   Berl.,
1926.   Also 2.  Aufl.   420p.   1931.
  Graff,  S.  Die mikromorphologischen  Methoden der  Fer-
mentforschung im tierischen  und pflanzlichen Organismus. 
ENZYMOLOGY
362
EOSIN
  In  Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden)  Berl.,  1936, 4:
  93-112.—Grassmann, W.   Neue  Methoden und  Ergebnisse
  der  Enzymforschung.  Erg.  Physiol., 1928, 27: 407-551 —
  Griiss,  J.   Die  Capillarisation  zur  Unterstiitzung mikro-
  chemischer Arbeiten und zur Untersuchung von Fermenten.
  In  Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden)  Berl.,  1936, 4:
  37-88.—Hirsch,  P.   Zur   Kritik  der   interferometrischen
  Methode.  Fermentforschung, 1933-34,  14: 311-7.—Krijgs-
  man, B.  J.  Die nephelometrische Technik in der  Enzymfor-
  schung.  Erg. Enzymforsch.,  1936,  5: 348-65.—Neuberg, C, &
  Kobel, M.   Abfangverfahren.  In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth.
  (Abderhalden) Berl., 1936, 4: 593-614.—Schneider, J., jr, &
  Hajek, A.  Vorversuche fiir eine neue Methode zur Bewertung
  der Enzymbeizen nach deren Einfluss auf Elastin.   Biochem.
  Zschr., 1928, 195: 403-14—Willstatter, R.  Ueber neue Me-
  thoden der Enzymforschung.  Naturwissenschaften, 1926, 14:
  937; 1927,  15: 585.   ------ & Rohdewald, M.  Zur enzym-
  chemischen  Methodik.  Zschr.  physiol.   Chem.,  1934,  229:
  241-54.

    EOCHE-DUVAL, Leon,  1909-        *La  ke-
  rato-conjonctive  pustuleuse  de   l'enfant  et   les
  affections  du   rhino-pharynx;   contribution  a
  l'etude  de leurs relations.   63p.   8?   Par., Jouve
  & cie 1934.
    EON,  Michel,  1914-        *Action  du   852
  et  du 915 Fourneau sur le  paludisme humain et
  aviaire;  contribution   a l'etude  de  la  chimio-
  thei-apie  du  paludisme.    61p.    8?   Par.,   A.
  Legrand, 1938.
    EON,  Pierre,  1912-        Contribution  a
  l'etude  de  la torsion  du  testicule  en  ectopic
  57p.  8?   Par.,  Vigot  freres,  1937.

  EONISM.

    See also Fetishism;  Transvestism.
    Ellis  [H.]  H.   Eonism  and  other  supple-
  mentary studies.  539p.  8?   Phila., 1929.
    Boening.   Ueber  einen  Fall  von  vorgeblichem Trans-
  vestitismus.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1925, 21: 381.—Bombach, C.
  Ein Transvestit.  Arch. Krim., 1927,  80: 110-8.—Duck,  J.
  Ein fiirstlicher Transvestit vor 600 Jahren.  Zschr. Sexwiss.,
  1928, 15: 41-5.—Fessler, L.   Ein Fall von posttraumatischem
  Transvestitismus  (ein klinischer  Beitrag  zur  Biologie  der
  Sexualitat)   Arch.  Psychiat.,  Berl., 1933, 100:  232-52.—
  Foley, G.  Lovers of women's clothing—eonists.  Sexology,
  1934-35,  2: 548-51.—Hill, W. W.  The status of the herma-
  phrodite and transvestite in Navaho culture.  Am.  Anthrop.,
  1935, 37: 273-9.—Levy-Valensi, J., Pequignot, H., &  Pasche,
 F.  Une  observation de travestissement  tardif. Ann. med.
 psychoi.,  Par., 1939, 97: 771-4.—London,  L. S.   Psychosexual
 pathology of transvestism. Urol. Cut. Rev., 1933, 37: 600-4.—
 Masson.  Un cas de  travestissement.  Ann. med. psychoi.,
 Par., 1939,  97:  132-9.—Mohammed Amir.  II travestitismo
 in Batavia.   Arch, antrop. crim., Tor., 1934, 54: 896-900.—
 Placzek.  Vom Transvestitismus; ein Beitrag zur Abderhalden-
 schen  Abbaureaktion.  Deut.  med. Wschr.,  1927, 53: 1509-
 11.—Schrader.  Ein  eigenartiger  Fall  von  Psychopathie,
 verbunden  mit.  Transvestitismus.    Aerztl.  Sachverst.  Ztg,
 1937, 43: 299-301.—Schwarz, O.   Zur Pathologie des Trans-
 vestimus.   Wien.  med. Wschr., 1928, 78:  113-5.—Talmey,
 B. S.  Transvestism;  a contribution to the study of the psy-
 chology of sex.  N. York M. J., 1914, 99:  Also repr.—Wei-
 mann, W. Ueber eine eigenartige kunstliche Veranderung der
 Briiste  bei  einem Transvestiten.  Arch. Krim., 1930,  87:
 243, pl.

   EOS; Zeitschrift  fur  die  Erkenntnis und  Be-
 handlung jugendlicher Abnormer.  Wien, v. 1-25,
 1905-33.

 EOSIN.

   See  also  Fluorescein;   Histology;  Lipstick;
 Staining.
   Bier, O.,  & Rocha e Silva,  M.  Action des  solutions con-
 centrees de NaCl sur  l'hemolyse et la fixation des erythrocytes
 par l'eosine  irradiee.   C. rend. Soc.  biol., 1935,  118: 914.—
 Blum,  H.  F., &  Spealman, C. R.  Nature of  the hemolytic
 agent in previously irradiated solutions  of eosine.  Proc. Soc.
 Exp.  Biol., N.  Y., 1934, 31:  1007.—Clementi,  A.  L'azione
 dell'eosina sul sistema nervoso centrale.  Arch, fisiol., 1926,
 24: 322-42.   Also  Boll. Soc. sc. med. natur. Cagliari, 1926,
 27:  83-96.—Dall'Acqua,  V.  Ricerche  sperimentale sulla
 fissazione  dell'eosina nei tessuti viventi.   Sperimentale, 1930,
 84: 529-35, 2 pl.—Goldenberg, L.  La eosina reducida por el
 hidrogeno  naciente. Prensa med. argent., 1925-26, 12: 85-7.—
 Gougerot,  H.,  & Degos, R.  Erytheme brun sur des lesions
 blanchies par l'eosine.  Bull.  Soc. fr. derm, syph.,  1938,  45-
 914.—Holmes, W. C, Melin, C. G., & Peterson, A. R.  Eosin B.
 Stain Techn., 1932, 7: 121.—Jullien, A., Latarjet, R., & Popier.
A.  Mesure de la permeabilite a l'eosine de la vessie isoiee de
grenouille. C. rend. Soc biol.,  1938,  129: 608-10.— Kortiim, G.
 Die Lichtabsorption des Eosin-Natriums.  Zschr. phys  Chem
 Abt. B, 1936, 33: 1-22.—Latarjet, R., Jullien, A., & Popier, a!
 Permeabilite  de la vessie isoiee de  grenouille a l'eosine   J
 physiol. path, gen.,  1939, 37: 86-100.—Mitolo, M.  L'azione
 fotodinamica  dell'eosina sul  midollo spinale isolato di Bufo
 Arch,  fisiol.,   1926,  24: 343-81.—Pennetti,  G.  Sull'azione
 fotodinamica  dell'eosina sul sangue di cavia.   Arch. sc. bio1
 Nap., 1923, 4: 316-22.—Pereira, J. R.  On the combined toxic
 action  of light and eosin. J. Exp. Zool., 1925, 42: 257-62.—
 Pessoa, S. B., & Pereira. J. R.  Contribuieao para o estudo da
 accao photodynamica da eosina.  Brasil med., 1929, 43: 117.—
 Rocha e Silva, M.  Action combinee de l'eosine et de la lumiere;
 action inhibitrice de la catalase sur l'oxydation de l'iodure de
 potassium par l'eosine irradiee.  C. rend. Soc biol., 1937, 124:
 143-5.   ------  Action de  l'eosine irradiee  sur la systeme
 iodure  de potassium catalase,  comme  modeie de  Taction
 photodynamique.   Ibid., 146.   ------   Action  combinee
 de l'eosine et  de la lumiere; action de la catalase dans  le phe-
 nomene  photodynamique.    Ibid.,   148-50.—RofTo,   A.  H.
 Viraje de la eosina por las irradiaciones Roentgen. Rev. mid
 lat. amer., B.  Air., 1929-30, 15: 661-5, 4 pl.  ------& Correa,
 L. M.  Sobre  la reducci6n de la eosina.  Prensa med. argent.,
 1925-26, 12: 225.


 EOSINOPENIA.

    See also  Agranulocytosis.
    Aubertin, C, & Musso, R.  La disparition des eosinophiles
 au cours de la  polynucieose infectieuse.  Presse med., 1925, 33:
 1409.


 EOSINOPHIL.

    See also Blood  picture; Leukocyte.
    Collas,  D.    *Sur  les formes  irregulieres  des
 cellules eosinophiles.  24p.   8?   Lausanne,  1921.
    Biggart, J.  H.   Some  observations on the eosinophile cell.
 J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1932, 35: 799.—Etzel, E.  Les granulo-
 cytes eosinophiles des cavides sylvestres.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,
 1931, 107: 1157-60.—Glaeser, K.  Das Vorkommen qualitativ
 degenerativer  (toxisch granulierter)  eosinophiler  Leukocyten.
 Klin. Wschr.,  1934, 13: 414.—Hall, I. W.  Eosinophiles and
 homologous proteins.  J. Path. Bact., Cambr., 1935, 40: 319-
 22.—Herxheimer,  K., & Herrmann,  F.   Ueber  Farbung,
 Vorkommen und  Funktion der eosinophilen Zellen.   Derm.
 Zschr., 1928, 53: 285-92.—Ingraham, E. S., & Wartman, W. B.
 Chemotropism of  human  eosinophilic  polymorphonuclear
 leukocytes.  Arch. Path., Chic, 1939, 28: 318-22.—Jullien, A.
 Sur la signification des  granulations  eosinophiles des cellules
 sanguines de la seiche.  C. rend. Acad, sc,  1928, 186:  644.—
 Loewenthal, N.  Des pseudo-eosinophiles du sang des oiseaux.
 C.  rend. Soc.  biol.,  1929, 100: 1092-4.—Misasi. M.  Com-
 portamento dei leucociti eosinofili nei lattanti sani ed ammalati.
 Pediatria, Nap., 1924, 32: 1222-7.—Page, I. H., Turner, K. B.,
 & Wilson, J. H. The clinical significance of eosinophiles on a
 general  medical service.  J. Lab. Clin. M., 1927-28, 13: 1109-
 16.—Pascheff, C.   Les corpuscules eosinophiles dans les exsu-
 dats et les tissus. Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1936-37, 19: 438-41.—
 Rizzo, C.  Gli eosinofili con funzione fagocitaria nei liquido
 cefalo-rachidiano.  Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1934, 9: 823-7.—
 Shioya,  H.  Ueber das Reduktionsvermogen der Leukozyten,
 insbesondere der eosinophilen  Zellen.  Tr.  Jap. Path. Soc,
 1925,  15: 13-5, pl.—Wallgren, A.  Der eosinophile Leukozyt
 in  Dunkelfeldbeleuchtung;  eine  morphologische,  morpho-
 genetische und physiologische Studie.  Arb. Path. Inst. Helsing-
 fors, 1926, n. F., 4: 227-39.—Wright, L. H.  Some observations
 regarding eosinophiles.  J. Agr. Res., 1921-22,  21: 677-88.—
 Zibordi, D. Su un particolare reperto nei leucociti eosinofili del
 cane.  Haematologica, Nap., 1920, 1: 450-3, pl.

 ----  Counting, and staining.

   Horntjng, H.   *Ueber  die  Bestimmung der
 Eosinophilen im dicken Tropfen im Vergleich mit
 andern Methoden.  p.207-22.  8?   Berl.,  1926.
   Also  Zschr.  klin. Med., 1926, 104:
   Borrelli, G.   I caratteri differenziali morfologici e cromatici
 tra i leucociti polimorfi eosinofili dei principali animali domestici.
 Nuovo  ercolani, 1923, 28: 5-12.—Domarus,  A., von.  Die
 Bedeutung der Kammerzahlung  der Eosinophilen  fur  die
 Klinik.   Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1931, 171: 333-58.—Fried-
 man,  T. B.  A rapid  method for the determination of blood
 eosmophiha. J. Am. M. Ass., 1934, 103: 1618.—Hill, E.  Labo-
 ratory technic  for detecting eosinophiles. Am. J. Ophth., 1924,
 3. ser.,  7: 869.—Hultgan, J.  F.   Arneth's nucleoanalytical
 method as applied to the eosinophiles.  N. York M. J., 1912, 95:
 173-5.—Mori,  K.  Studies on the supravital  and vital staining
 of white blood  cells; the vital staining with acid dyes.  Tr. Jap.
 Path.  Soc, 1928, 18:  130-2.—Neumann, A.  Die eosinophile
Granulasubstanz des  Blutes  und  ihre Darstellung;  Unter-
suchungen iiber ihre  Beschaffenheit  und Eigenschaften; Vor-
bemerkungen,  Technik  der  Darstellung.   Biochem.  Zschr.,
 1924,  148: 524-8.  ------ Ueber die Moglichkeit einer Post-
vitalfarbung der Leucocyten durch Eosin.  Zschr. Zellforsch.,
 1925, 3: 44.—Romieu, M. Sur les reactions histochimiques des
granulations eosinophiles de I'homme.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926,
95: 491-3.—Rosa Mallia, G.  Un buon metodo, rapido e facile, 
EOSINOPHIL                                  363                                  EOSINOPHIL
per colorare, in modo chiaro, gli eosinofili.  Minerva med., Tor.,
1937, 28: pt 2, 103.—Sakurada, H.  Differentiation of eosino-
phile and  pseudo-eosinophile cells  by  means of peroxidase
reaction (copper method) on the smear and in the counting
chamber.  Tohoku J. Exp. M.,  1928, 11: 1-5.—Sato, A.  Two
methods for the eosinophile count in the counting chamber for
routine work.  J. Lab. Clin. M., 1927-28, 13: 1056.—Sjoji, K.
Differentiation  of eosinophile and  pseudo-eosinophile leuco-
cytes in rabbit blood by use of the oxidase reaction (smear
method and counting chamber method)  Tohoku J. Exp. M.,
1928, 11: 6-9.—Sramek, R.   [Eosinophil elements in the blood
and their count] Cas. 16k. desk., 1934, 73: 953-6.—Weiber, I.
Staining method for  nasal smears for eosinophile counts.  J.
Lab. Clin. M., 1936-37, 22: 1286.

----  Granulation.

   Pimper,   K.  H.    *Beitrag  zur  chemischen
 Konstitution der eosinophilen Leukozytengranula
 [Marburg]   14p.   8?   Friedb.,  1934.
   Barker, L. F.  On the presence of iron in the granules of the
eosinophile-leucocytes.  Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp.,  1894,  5:
93;  121.   Also repr.—Berg,  W.  Zur Ninhydrinreaktion der
eosinophilen Granula.  Klin. Wschr., 1923, 2: 1757.—Betances,
L. M. Les granulations necrotiqucs ou meianoides des eosino-
philes.  C. rend. Soc biol., 1926, 94: 422-4.—Hirschfeld, H.
Ueber das  Vorkommen sudanophiler Granula in den eosino-
philen Leukocyten des menschlichen Blutes.  Klin.  Wschr.,
1933, 12:  991.—Klewitz, F., & Krieger, E.  Ueber die  Nin-
hydrinreaktion  der  eosinophilen Granula.   Ibid.,  1923,  2:
 1366.—Lundquist, C. W., & Hedlund, B.   Ueber die ver-
schiedenen Granulaformen der sogenannten Pseudoeosinophilen
Leukozyten im Htihnerblut.  Fol. haemat., Lpz.,  1924-25, 31:
1. Teil, 253-64.—Neumann,  A.  Die eosinophile Granulasub-
stanz des  Blutes und ihre Darstellung;  Untersuchungen  iiber
ihre Beschaffenheit und Eigenschaften; Chemisches und Physi-
kalisches.    Biochem.  Zschr.,  1924,  150:   256-64.   ------
Ueber einige bisher unbekannte Eigenschaften der eosinophilen
Granula.  Verh. Deut. Ges. inn. Med., 1924, 36. Kongr., 150-2.
------ Zur Lipoidnatur  der  eosinophilen  Granulasubstanz
Klin. Wschr., 1925, 4: 1552.  ------  Ueber makrochemische
Untersuchungen der eosinophilen Granulasubstanz der Leuco-
cyten mit Bemerkungen zur Begriffsbestimmung der Eosino-
philic und zur Frage der Sauerstofforte.   Zschr. Zellforsch.,
 1925, 3: 46-55. ------ Die eosinophile Granulasubstanz des
Blutes und  ihre Darstellung; Untersuchungen iiber ihre Be-
schaffenheit und Eigenschaften; zur Kenntnis des oxydativen
Prinzips der eosinophilen Granula.  Fol. haemat., Lpz.,  1925-
26, 32: 1. Teil, 166-76.—Noel, R-, & Pigeaud, H. Sur la nature
mitochondriale  des granulations  eosinophiles des leucocytes,
chez le foetus humain.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 104: 209.—
Rizzo, C.  Le granulazioni nero-refrangenti degli eosinofili nei
liquido cefalo-rachidiano. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper.,  1934,  9:
1013-6.—Romieu, M.  Essais microchimiques sur les  granula-
tions des leucocytes eosinophiles de  I'homme.  C. rend. Acad.
sc, 1924, 179: 579-81.

----  Origin.

   Karfiol,  G.   *Studien zur Genese der eosino-
philen Zellen (Betrachtungen iiber  mesenchymal
Vorgange nach  Splenektomie  und  Anaphylaxie
unter  besonderer  Berucksichtigung des  Eosino-
philieproblems)    [Miinchen]    47p.    8?   Iglo,
1927.
   Manuel,   J.   *Essai   sur  les   modifications
physico-chimiques dans  la genese des granula-
tions eosinophiles des leucocytes.  73p.  8?  Par.,
1936.
   Ringoen, A. R.  *The origin of the eosinophil
leucocytes  of   mammals    [Univ.   Minnesota]
p.10-68.   8?   [Minneap.] 1921.
   Also Fol.  haemat.,  Lpz., 1921, 27: Heft 1.
   Acton, H. W., & Knowles, R.  The nature of the Kurloff
body; a stage in the development of the eosinophile leucocyte.
Ind. J. M. Res., 1913-14, 1: 523-31, pl.—Ascoli, M.  Ueber die
Entstehung der eosinophilen Leukocyten. Fol. haemat., Berl.,
1904, 1: 683-6.—Barbacci, P. Contributo alio studio deli'ori-
gine istiogena  degli  elementi eosinofili.   Atti  Accad  fisiocr.
Siena, 1929, 10. ser., 4: 323-9.—Blanc, J.  Cellules eosinophiles:
leur origine et leur role a l'etat normal et a l'etat pathologique.
Rev. serv. san. mil., Par., 1937,  107: 657-78—Calatroni, R., &
Macchi Campos, R.   Acerca de la eosinofilia in vitro.   Rev.
med.  Rosario,   1928,  18: 431-9—Chiurco, G.  Sull'origine
mielogena degli eosinofili. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper.,  1931,  6:
936-8.—Fischer, E.   Sur l'origine des granulations oxyphiles
des leucocytes,  chez l'ecrevisse.  Bull. Soc. zool. France, 1924,
49: 652-5.—Froes, H.   Origem, natureza e significacao dos
corpusculos fucsinofilos  ou eosinofilos (corpusculos de Russel)
a margem  de um estudo experimental recente.  Arch, brasil.
med., 1931, 21: 533-8, 2 pl.—Landivar, R. ^La eosinofilia tiene
un origen renal? Sem.  med., B. Air., 1924, 31: pt 2, 931 —
Latta, J. S.  The development of eosinophiles in human  lym-
phatic nodes.  Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1924-25, 31: 1. Teil, 1-12 —
Leinati,  F.   Sull'origine degli eosinofili nei  processi  reattivi
asettici. Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1930, 10. ser., 5: 173-85.—
Loele,  W.   Die Entstehung der eosinophilen Leukocyten des
Menschen.  Virchows Arch., 1932, 285: 332.—Michels, N. A.
Sur l'origine des granulations eosinophiles.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,
1922,  87:  79.5-7.—Migliavacca, A.  Sull'origine delle  cellule
eosinofile dei  tessuti.   Haematologica, Pavia,  1930, 11: 151-
61,  pl.—Neumann, A., & Zimonjic, B.   Die E.  Liebreich-
schen Versuche und ihre Deutungsmoglichkeiten mit besonderer
Berucksichtigung der Frage der Neuentstehumr der eosinophilen
Zellen in vitro.  Wien. Arch. inn. Med., 1923-24, 7: 587-612,
pl.—Terni, T.  Ricerche sulla eosinofilopoiesi degli uccelli; sede,
fisionomia,  epoca di comparsa e durata dei centri  eosinofilo-
poietici nei polio.  Arch. ital. anat., 1924, 21: 533-61.  —;——
Sede, epoca di comparsa e durata dei centri eosinofilopoietici
degli uccelli.  Gior. Accad. med. Tor., 1924, 4. ser., 30: 51.

----   Proportion.

   Semova, B.   *Sur la repartition des  leucocytes
Eosinophiles  dans les tissus  des tetards  de  gre-
nouille.   16p.  8?   Lausanne, 1919.
   Appel, W.  Ueber die Tagesschwa'jkunaen der Eosinophilen.
Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1938, 104: 15-21.—Borrelli, G. Propor-
zione e morfologia dei leucociti poliformi eosinofili nei sangue dei
bovini.  Nuovo ercolani,  1922, 27: 289-94— Lcewenthal, N.
Du taux relatif des globules blancs  eosinophiles  et basophiles
dans le sang.   Rev.  med. Suisse rom., 1927, 47:  457-64.—
Panisset, L., & Havet, G.  La proportion des eosinophiles dans
le sang des bovides.   C. rend.  Soc  biol., 1922, 86: 260.  Also
Vet. Med., Chic, 1922, 17: 260.

----   Variation.

   See also  Eosinopenia;  Eosinophilia.
   Beselatj,   A.    *Ueber   das  Verhalten  der
eosinophilen Zellen bei Anaphylaxie und Splenek-
tomie unter  dem  Einfluss   eiweissfreier  Milz-
extrakte.   15p.  8?   [Miinch.] 1926.
   Ancona, G.  Azione dei raggi X sugli eosinofili.  Riv. crit.
clin. med., 1916, 17: 365; 377.—Barath, E. Ueber die Wirkung
des Pilocarpins auf das eosinophile Blutbild, speziell bei experi-
menteller Eosinophilic. Zschr. klin. Med., 1924, 100: 286-92.—
Freuchen,  I.  Einleitende Versuche  zur Feststellung des Ver-
haltens der eosinophilen Zellen bei antistoffbildenden Processen.
Acta path, microb. scand., 1930, Suppl. 3, 123-32.—Hajos, K.
Die Verteilung der eosinophilen Zellen nach Proteininjektionen
und im anaphylaktisierten Meerschweinchen. Zschr. ges. exp.
Med., 1928, 59: 383-8.—Josey, A. I.  The role of the eosinophil
in inflammation. Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1933, 51: 80-95.  ------
& Lawrence, J. S.  The effect of starvation and exposure to cold
on the white  blood cells of the guinea-pig.  Ibid., 1932, 48:
303-12.—Kraatz, C.  P.   A possible role  of  the  eosinophil
leucocytes in the endocrine complex of the female rat.  Am. J.
Physiol., 1936, 117: 250-6.—Lo Presti-Seminerio, F. La curva
eosinofila in alcuni stati morbosi infantili.  Pediatria  (Riv.)
1927,  35:  1280-94.—Strobl, A. Die Eosinophilenkurve nach
Seruminjektion  bei exsudativen  und verwandten Diathesen.
Mschr. Kinderh., 1930, 47: 401; 1931, 50: 325—Vaughan, S. L.
The leukocyte response in man to Dick toxin,  with  special
reference to eosinophil changes.  J. Infect. Dis.,  1932, 50:
315-29.

EOSINOPHILIA.

   See also  Leukocytosis; also  under  names  of
primary  diseases  as  Allergy;  Asthma;   Hel-
minthiasis, &c.
   Ahl,  H.  F.   *Ueber   experimentelle  Eosino-
philic [Erlangen]  20p.  8?   Mainz,  1914.
   AstJA,  F.  J.   Los leucocitos eosinofilos  y  la
eosinofilia.   llOp.  8?  Madr.,  1920.
   Romeyke,  K.   *Friihjahrseosinophilie  beim
gesunden  Organismus.   12p.    8?   Greifswald,
1934.
   Tonack, W.   *Friihjahrseosinophilie  und  Ul-
traviolettstrahlung.   lip.   8?   Greifswald,  1934.
   Arneth, J.  Ueber die Bedeutung leuko- und thrombo(zyto)-
penischer  sowie normal er  Blutbefunde bei  qualitativer Be-
trachtung;  ein Fall  hochgradiger Eosinophilie.   Wien. med.
Wschr., 1937, 87: 1; 36; 73.—Becking,  B. E. J.  H.  [Case of
marked eosinophilia]  Mschr. kindergeneesk., 1936, 6: 17-26.—
Benedetti, G. Sulla questione della eosinofilia.  Riforma med.,
1934, 50:  1352-7.—Boekelman, W. A.  [An unusual case  of
eosinophilia]  Ned.  tschr. geneesk., 1925, 69:  998-1002.—
Brahme, J.  A.  [On  eosinophilia]  Allm. sven. lak.tidn.,
1919,   16:  153-9.—Casini, F.   Congiuntivite  primaverile
e modificazioni stagionali della eosinofilia  ematica.   Arch.
ottalm., 1932,  39:  241-59.—Chillingworih,  F.  P.,  Healy,
J. C, & Haskins, F. E.  Reflex eosinophilia. J. Lab. Clin. M.,
1934,  19:  486-94.—Cowan, A.   Eosinophilia  75 per cent.
Ohio M. J., 1933,  29: 633-5.—Dolfini, G.  Un caso di  grande
eosinofilia.  Atti Soc med. chir. Padova,  1933,  ser.  2,  11:
719-9.—Drenhan, A. M.,  & Biggart, J. H.   Persistent  eosino- 
EOSINOPHILIA
364
EOSINOPHILIA
philia.   J.  Path.  Bact., Edinb., 1930, 33: 995-1002,  pl —
Gavazzeni, M.. & Beltrametti, L.  Contributo alio studio della
grande eosinofilia  sanguigna.  Gior. clin.  med.,  1932, 13:
199-211.—Hajos,  K.   [Observations on eosinophilia]   Orv.
hetil.  1927,71:977-80.—Hameed,  A.  Eosinophilia of unde-
termined origin. J. Ind. M. Ass., 1935-36, 5: 99.—Ishihara, A.
Untersuchungen uber das  Wesen der Eosinophilie mit  Hilfe
der harten  Rontgenbestrahlung.  J. Chosen M. Ass.,  1937,
27: 82, bis.—Iwatsuru,  R., Minami, Y., & Nanjo, K.  Ueber
Phosphatasewirkung des Blutes sowie des Serums bei kliniseher
und  experimenteller  Eosinophilie.   Biochem. Zschr.,   1939,
301: 23-8.—Kelly, G. F.   Eosinophilia.  Am.  J. Dis.  Child.,
1935,  49: 403-7.—Klein, I. J., & Kuskin, L.  Eosinophilia.
Med. Rec, N. Y.,  1935,  142: 132-4.—Krasso, H.  Das Eosino-
philieproblem.  Wien. Arch. inn. Med., 1934-35,  26: 55; 213;
363.—Lamberty, H. G. Eosinophilia.  Med.  Times,  Lond.,
1934,62:90.—Langen.CD.de [Hypereosinophilia]  Geneesk.
bl., 1932, 30: 83-113.—Mayr, J. K.   Studien zur  Eosinophilie.
Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1926, 151: 208. ------& Moncorps,
C.  Die  Milz  in  ihren Beziehungen zur Eosinophilie  (vor-
laufige Mitteilung)   Munch, med.  Wschr.,  1925,  72:  683.
------  Studien zur Eosinophilie.  Virchows Arch., 1925, 256:
19; 1927, 264: 774.—Morenas, Tuthu & Boucher.  Deux cas
de  grande  eosinophilic sanguine.   Lyon med.,  1933,  152:
504-7.—Murphy, J. A  case of unusually high eosinophilia of
obscure origin.  Brit. M. J.,  1933,  1: 233.—O'Meara,  F. J.
A case of eosinophilia.  J. R. Army  M. Corps, 1935, 65: 50-
2.—Pessoa, S. B., & Meira,  J. A.  Eosinophilia sanguinea.
Ann. paul. med. cir., 1933, 26: 175; passim.—Pires, A.  Estudio
experimental sobre la llaga de verano. Rev. med. vet., B. Air.,
1938,  20: 397-422.—Punch, A. L., & Close, H. G.  A  case of
unexplained eosinophilia.  Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1938, 88:
143-9.—Ringoen,  A. R.  Eosinophile leucocytes and  eosino-
philia.   In  Handb. Hemat.  (Downey, H.)  N. Y., 1938, 1:
181-229.—Sanguinetti,  H. H.  Eosinophilia;  a  record  of  3
cases.  Lancet, Lond.,  1931, 2: 67.—Sterling-O.uniewski, S.
Recherches sur l'eosinophiiemie.  C.  rend. Soc  biol., 1924, 91:
963.—Stockton, A. B.  Unexplained eosinophilia.  California
West. M., 1930, 33: 781-5.—Turner, H. M. S.  Eosinophilia;
a  possible function.  Newcastle M. J., 1930-31, 11: 23-6 —
Vaindrach. G. M.  Eosinophilia.  Vrach. delo, 1926, 9: 317-9 —
Wieck, W.  Zur Frage der persistierenden Eosinophilie.  Deut.
Arch. klin. Med., 1931,  171: 640-6.

----   Artificial induction.

   Benz,   D.    *Eosinophilie   und    allergische
Intrakutanreaktion  [Heidelberg]  19p.   8?  Berl.-
Steglitz, 1932.
   Wimplinger, F.  *Verhalten der eosinophilen
Zellen  nach  Hautinjektionen  bei   konstitutio-
nellen  Anomalien  im   Kindesalter.    20p.    8?
Erlangen, 1925.
   Also Sitzber. Phys.  med. Soz.  Erlangen, 1924-25, 56-57:
96-114.
   Banerji, N.  The induction of eosinophilia in normal animals.
Am. J. M. Sc, 1933,  186: 689-93.—Cioni, G.  Alcune con-
siderazioni  sul meccanismo  di  produzione  dell'eosinofilia.
Policlinico,  1925.  32: sez.  prat.,  1041-5.—Dobrev.  M., Doi-
tschinov, L. S.,  &  Marinov, B.   Ueber  das Verhalten der
Bluteosinophilie bei der  Adrenalinleukocytose (Untersuchungen
am klinischen Material)   Klin.  Wschr.,  1934,  13: 1536 —
Dobrev, M., & Toschev,  A.  Ueber einen Fall  von spontan
auftretender kryptogenetischer langdauernder exzessiver  Blut-
eosinophilie; zugleich ein  Versuch die  Bluteosinophilie durch
vagotrope Gifte  zu beeinflussen.   Deut. Arch. klin.  Med.,
1935,  178:  230-8.—Domenighini,  R., &  Sablich,  G.   La
eosinofilia da paratormone.  Arch,  sc med., Tor., 1936, 62:
665-76.—Fleischer, H.  Zur  Kritik der sogenannten Parat-
hormon-Eosinophilie nebst Bemerkungen iiber  den Einfluss
der  Nahrungsaufnahme  auf  die   Bluteosinophilie.   Arch.
Kinderh.,  1933, 100: 220-6.—Krompaszky, T.  Die  eosino-
philen  Zellen bei  gesunden und tuberkulosekranken Kindern
nach Adrenalinbelastung.  Mschr. Kinderh., 1934, 60: 321-9.—
Lenart, G., & Reis, S.   [Parathormone eosinophilia tests in
healthy children]   Orv. hetil., 1930,74:  1005-8.  Also Arch.
Kinderh.,  1930-31,  92: 161-9.—Reiners, H.    Beziehungen
zwischen Epilepsie und Tetanie; Beitrag zur Frage der soge-
nannten Parathormon-Eosinophilie.  Zschr. klin. Med., 1935-36,
129: 235-46.

----   Causes.

   Boeminghaus, A.   *Verschiebungen im Saure-
Basen-Haushalt  und  Eosinophilie    [Marburg]
27p.   8?   Halle, 1930.
   Hampel,  E.  [A. A.  G.]   *Ueber Eosinophilie
mit besonderer Berucksichtigung und mit  Unter-
suchungen bei  Rheumatismus  [Leipzig]    73p.
8?  Staffelstein, 1922.
   Kastner,  E.    *Die  Bedeutung der Eosino-
philie   bei  allergischen  und   medikamentbsen
Erkrankungen.   40p.   8?    Bonn,  1931.
   Niedieck,  F. J.   *Beitriige zum Studium des
eosinophilen   Blutbildes   bei   Infektionskrank-
heiten  [Rostock]  23p.  8?   Berl.,  1913.
   Arneth.   Ueber  die  Notwendigkeit  qualitative;:  Blut-
untersuchung an der Hand von  Beobachtungen bei Tetanus
und Asthma bronchiale (Eosinophilie)  Klin. Wschr., 1931, 10:
497-501.—Baag0e, K. H.   Eosinophil cells  in the blood of
normal and  of asthmatic children.  Am.  J. Dis. Child., 1928,
35:  171-85.—Baar, H.   Allergische  Eosinophilie.   Mschr.
Kinderh., 1927,  37:  444-8.—Borchardt, W.  Zur mutmass-
lichen Genese der Eosinophilie bei  Ascarisinfektion und evtl.
auch bei anderen Wurmkrankheiten;  die  Wirkung  von  ali-
phatischen  Aldehyden.   Klin.   Wschr.,  1929,  7: 591-4.—
Brown, G. T.  Eosinophilia in asthma, hay  fever, and allied
conditions.   J.  Lab. Clin.  M.,  1926-27, 12:  1145-8.   Also
repr.—Bullrich, R. A., & Repetto. R.  La eosinofilia sangufnea
en las anemias.  Sem. m§d., B. Air., 1927, 34: pt 2, 1424-7.—
Chalier, J.,  & Levrat, M.  La grande eosinophilic sanguine;
insuffisance spienique eosinophilique.  Lyon  med., 1930, 146:
305-9.  Also Sang, Par., 1931, 5: 1-38—Gonzalez Olaechea, M.
Eosinofilia,  infecci6n y vagotonia.  Cron. med., Lima, 1924,
41: 95-7.—Hajos, K.  Ueber den  Zusammenhang zwischen der
Bluteosinophilie und Immunkorperbildung.   Zschr. ges. exp.
Med., 1928,  59: 389.  ------& Mazgon, R.  Die Desensibili-
sierungseosinophilie.  Ibid., 1929, 68: 767-71.—La Manna, S.,
& Borghetti, U.  Eosinofilia e tumori.  Tumori, Milano, 1938,
24: 499-516, pl.—Lawrence, R. D.,  & Buckley, O. B.  Eoiino-
philia in insulin therapy; a preliminary report to the Medical
Research Council.  Brit. M. J., 1929, 1: 597.—Mayr, J. K., &
Moncorps, C.  Eosinophilie und Milz.  Miinch. med.  Wschr.,
1926, 73: 1777-82.—Mazzabella,  O.  Un  caso  di  intensa
eosinofilia seguita da poliglobulia.  Policlinico, 1935, 42: sez.
prat., 1294-8.—Moreira, M.  Eosinofilia  febril  epidemica;
sindroma de Loeffler.  Lisboa med., 1938, 15: 420-50, diagr.—
Pagniez.   Les eosinophilies  non parasitaires.  Progr.  med.,
Par., 1938, pt 2, 1603.—Peipers, A.  Eosinophilie und Allergie;
klinisch-experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber ihre Beziehungen.
Deut. Arch. klin. Med.,  1930,  169: 65-74.—Pescatori,  F.
Ricerche  sperimentali sulla patogenesi della eosinofilia.  Hae-
matologica,  Pavia,  1930, 11: 477-98.  Also Riv.  pat.  clin.
tuberc,  1930, 4: 725-39,   2  pl.—Pirera,   A.   L'eosinofilia
febbrile epidemica. Rinasc. med., 1938, 15: 755.—Schilling, V.
Eosinophilie  und  ihre  Beziehungen  zur  Allergie.   Zschr.
arztl. Fortbild., 1932,  29: 720-3.—Schlecht,  H. Eosinophilie
und  Allergie.  Med. Klin.,  Berl.,  1931, 27: 1303-7.—Sclair
Boikan, W.  Eosinophilia in.malignant endocarditis; report of
a case with discussion of its pathogenesis.  Fol. haemat., Lpz.,
1930, 42: 164-79.—Sorour, M. F.   Role de la cellule poly-
nucleaire a granulations eosinophiles dans l'association de la
bilharziose a la tuberculose.  Ann.  anat. path., Par., 1930, 7:
439-48.  Also J. Egypt. M. Ass., 1930, 13: 73-9, 4 pl.—Spou-
jitch, V.  L'^osinophilie sanguine en rapport avec les injections
des albumines etrangeres et dans  le choc h6moclasique.  J.
physiol.  path, gen.,  1928, 26: 655-67.—Suzuki, T.   Eosino-
philia in  cases of  pleuritic and nephritic affections; a new sig-
nificance  of eosinophilia.   Tohoku J. Exp. M.,  1938,  33:
413-8.—Tanturi, C. A., & Rugiero, H. R.  Alergia y eosino-
filia.  Dia med., B. Air., 1933-34, 6: 1005-8—Thomson, A. P.,
Wilson, G. H., & McDonald, S.  Three cases  of unusual illness
with eosinophilia,  one with lesions in the liver resembling those
of tularaemia.  Lancet, Lond., 1937, 2: 9-13.—Uffenheimer, A.
Anfallbereitschaft und Eosinophile.  Mschr.  Kinderh., 1927,
37: 523-5.

----   constitutional.

   Bruhn, T.   *Eosinophilie  und  Konstitution
[Marburg]  45p.   8?   Berl., 1929.
   Belufli, E. L.  Contributo alio studio dell'eosinofilia costi-
tuzionale.  Gior.  clin. med., 1939, 20:  821-6.—Briasco, J.
Eosinofilia familiare e apparato dentario.  Stomatologia, Mod.,
1935, 33: 865-7.—Cattaneo, L. Contributo alio studio dell'eo-
sinofilia costituzionale.  Haematologica, Pavia, 1931, 12: 263-
71.—Cirio,  L.  Sopra un caso di cosidetta eosinofilia costitu-
zionale.  Riforma med., 1926, 42:  219-22.—Dalla Palma, M.
Sulla eosinofilia famigliare.  Policlinico, 1931, 38:  sez. med.,
605-19, diagr.—Dieck, C. Eine Eosinophilie bei Friihgeburten.
Mschr. Kinderh., 1939,  78: 64-72.—Fanton, E.   Contributo
alio  studio  della cosidetta diatesi eosinofila.  Clin,  pediat.,
Mod.,  1928, 10: 295-306.—Molteni, P.  Considerazioni sopra
un'osservazione  di  ipereosinofilia  senza  causa apparente,  a
distribuzione familiare. Riv. clin. pediat., 1932, 30: 889-902.—
Pean.  Grande eosinophilie  sanguine  d'apparence essentielle.
Sang, Par.,  1938, 12: 549-54.—Smits, E.  Ein Fall von kon-
stitutioneller Eosinophilie.   Miinch.  med. Wschr., 1927, 74:
896.—Stewart, S. G.  Familial eosinophilia.  Am. J. M. Sc,
1933, 185: 21-9.

----   Diagnostic value.
   Brewer, V.  Prognostic value  of  eosinophiles in cases of ear
infection. J. Lab. Clin.  M.,  1925-26, 11: 865-70.—Claude, F.
Valeur diagnostique de l'6osinophilie.  J. med. chir., Par., 1936,
107: 243.—CorrSa Velho, H.   Valor clinico da eosinophilia
sanguinea.   Fol. med., Rio, 1933,  14: 425-8.—Hinkleman, A. J.
Clinical significance of the eosinophilic cells  in the blood.  N.
York M. J., 1923, 117: 465.— Kirn, R. C. The clinical signifi-
cance of eosinophilia. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1937-38, 23:1137-46.— 
EOSINOPHILIA
365
EOSINOPHILIA
Oba, T.   Clinical  significance of eosinophilic  leucocytes in
surgical diseases, especially of patients with intestinal parasites.
Taiwan igakkai zasshi,  1926, No. 259—Schmite.  Valeur de
l'eosinophile sanguine.  Medeeine, Par., 1925-26, 7: 227-31.

----  leukemic and leukocytosic.

   Dumas,  J.   *Etude sur la signification  et la
valeur semiologique de la leucocytose eosinophile.
55p.  8?   Par., 1934.
   Armand-Delille, Hurst. A.  P., & Sorapure, V. E.  Hyper-
leucocytose eosinophilique  d'origine tropicale  chez  l'enfant.
Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1930, 3. ser., 46: 768-13— Brumlik,
J„ & Sikl, H.  Eosinophile  Leukamie mit Driisentuberkulose
oder leukamoide Reaktion  mit Eosinophilie?   Fol. haemat.,
Lpz., 1930-31, 43:  1-31, 2 pl.—Ferrabouc, L., & Jaulmes, C.
Disparition d'une  leucocytose eosinophile  au cours d'une
congestion pulmonaire mortelle.  Bull. Soc m6d. mil. fr., 1934,
28: 313-5.—Lottrup, M. C.  Hochgradige  Eosinophilie  und
eosinophile Leukamie.  Fol. haemat., Lpz.,  1935-36, 54: 66-
92.—McCowen, G. R., Parker, H. B., & Panton, P. N.  A case
of acute eosinophilic leukaemia. J. R. Nav. M. Serv., 1932, 18:
131-3.—Sanhueza, A. C.  La leucocitosis eosinofilica.  Rev.
m6d. Chile, 1902, 30: 389-94.—Valledor, T.. Mendoza, R., &
Pedrera, J.  Sindrome  leucemoide  eosinofilico, con imagen
seudograniilica  pulmonar, de  forma prolongada y evoluci6n
regresiva en  la infancia; consideraciones sobre cuatro casos
clinicos.  Bol. Soc. cubana pediat., 1939, 11: 207-36.

----   local.

   Hatjsmann,  H.   *Zusammenhange  zwischen
eosinophil-granulierten Leukocyten im peripheren
Blut, im Knochenmark  und entzundeten Gewebe
(Studien  an hyperergischen   Meerschweinchen)
p.511-35.   S?   Berl.,  1935.
   Also Zschr. ges.  exp. Med.,  1932, 85:
   Barboni, E.  Contributo alio studio delle lesioni—a colora-
zione verde, da eosinofilia locale  nei vitelli;  focolai eosinofilici
diffusi  a piil organi anche inseriti  nei grande  circolo sanguigno.
Clin, vet., Milano, 1939, 62:  137-58— Bratiano, S.  Eosino-
philie pulmonaire physiologique chez le lapin; ses rapports avec
I'absorption de graisse animale injectee dans la cavite pleurale.
C. rend.  Soc. biol., 1928,  99: 1086.—Bravetti, S.   Ricerca
sperimentale  di una istoeosinofilia da tossine bacteriche. Gior.
batt.  immun.,  1931,  6: 446-57.—Capocaccia, M.   Reperti
singolari  di istoeosinofilia.  Pathologica, Genova, 1934, 26:
483-6.—Curzio,  A.  Ricerche sperimentali  sulla  patogenesi
dell'eosinofilia pleurica.  Rass. ter. pat.  clin.,  1929, 1:  705-
24.—Faure-Beaulieu.   Les rapports  entre  les eosinophilies
sanguine  et  locale, envisagees surtout  au  point  de  vue  de
1'eosinophilic  pleurale.   Progr. med., Par.,  1938, pt 2, 1599-
603.—Fausto, L. Sulla presenza e sull'origine degli eosinofili nei
focolai di liponecrosi traumatica  e di reazione asettica.  Hae-
matologica, Pavia, 1931, 12: 313-38.—Garcia Orcoyen, J. La
eosinofilia local en  el cancer  y en las lesiones precancerosas.
Arch,  med., Madr., 1927, 26:  419-22.—Homma, E. Intensive
infiltration of eosinophile leucocytes in the uterus of white rats.
J. Orient. M., Dairen, 1924, 2: 107.—Hiibner, K.  Zur Griin-
farbung  pathologischer  Prozesse  in  den  Organen  unserer
schlachtbaren Haustiere durch  lokale  Eosinophilie.  Zschr.
Infektkr.  Haustiere, 1932,  42: 40-66, 2  pl.—Knott, F. A., &
Pearson, R.  S. B.  Eosinophilia in allergic conditions;  local
eosinophilia in cutaneous reactions. Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond.,
1934 84: 230-6.—Kon,  Y., & Takeda, K. Ueber  die Eosino-
philie der Zellen.  Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1930, 20: 390-2.—Lams,
H.  Infiltration de globules blancs eosinophiles dans l'uterus,
l'oviducte et  l'ovaire de la rate.  C. rend. Soc.  biol.,  1925, 92:
1338-40.—Langen,  C. D. de,  & Bergman, R. A. M.  [Hyper-
eosinophilia and the formation of Charcot's crystals]  Geneesk.
tschr.  Ned. Indie, 1931, 71:  1298-320.  Also Acta brevia neerl.,
1932,  2:  26.—Louyot, P., Pierquin, I...  & Royer,  J.   Un cas
d'eosinophilie pleurale.  Rev.  m6d. Nancy, 1938, 66: 484-9 —
Luzzatto,  A.  Su un singolare reperto  d'intensa eosinofilia a
carattere sistematizzato.  Haematologica, Nap., 1926,  7: 461-
6.—Morenas, L.  Eosinophilie intestinale et emission  de cris-
taux de Charcot.   J. med. Lyon, 1928, 9: 215-8—Nino,  F. L.
Consideraciones diagn6sticas  y parasitologicas acerca de  un
caso de eosinofilia  apendicular.  Bol.  Inst. clfn. quir., B. Air.,
1933, 9: 339-45.—Pavel, I., & Brancovici. M.   Contribution a
l'origine  des  eosinophiles dans le syndrome de l'eosinophilie
pleurale.  Sang, Par.,  1928,  2:  4-9.—Stabel.  R.   Sternalbe-
funde  bei eosinophilem  Lungeninfiltrat.  Fol.  haemat.,  Lpz.,
1938,  59: 341-50,  tab.—Touart, M. D., Thomas, W. S., &
Russell, H. K.  Eosinophilia in  bacterial reaction sites; pre-
liminary  report.   N. York State  J.  M., 1933, 33:  11-3.—
Westphal, C.  Eosinophile  Cystitis.  Deut.  Arch.  klin. Med.,
1932, 173:  104-8.

----   splenomegalic.
   Bass,  M.  H.   Unusual eosinophilia with  splenomegaly
(eosinophilic leukemia?) in a child 6 years. Am. J. M. Sc,  1925,
170: 416-20.—Brugsch, H.  Persistierende Eosinophilic mit
Milztumor.   Deut. Arch. klin.  Med.,  1931,  170: 537-46.—
Cremer, J. Eosinophilie bei Splenomegalie  (reticuloendotheli-
ale Reaktion bei Eosinophilie)  Ibid.,  1939, 184: 519-29.—
Harrison, F. F.  Eosinophilia with splenomegaly.  In  Clin.
Misc. Bassett Hosp., 1934, 1: 72-6.

   EOUZAN, Emile, 1908-       *Complications
nerveuses  des  leuc^mies   et  des  lymphadenies.
56p.  8?    Par., M. Vigne, 1935.


EOZOON.

   Carpenter,  W.  B.   Observations  on  the structure  and
affinities of  Eozoon canadense. Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1867, 15:
503-8, pl.   Also repr.

   EPELBAUM,  Louis, 1907-        *La  region
tubaire.   183p.  8?   Par., Vigot freres, 1934.
   EPELSTE1N, Herbert,  1891-        *Ueber die
Injektionstherapie bei  Varizen.   30p.   8?   Berl.,
H. &  R.  Kunz, 1929.


EPENDYMA.

   See as  subheading under Brain ventricles.


EPERYTHROZOON.

   See  also Bartonella;  Bartonellasis;  Haemo-
gregarina.
   Bruynoghe, R., & Vassiliadis, P.  Contribution a Vit de des
eperythrozoaires coccoides.  Ann. parasit., Par., 1929,  u: 353-
64.  Also C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 100: 763. —----  7Trans-
mission des eperythrozoaires de  la souris.   Ibid., 102: 939.
------   Les  eperythrozoaires.   Ibid.,  1931,  106:   1287 —
Cuill§, J., Chelle, P. L.,  & Berlureau, F.  Existence en France
d'un nouvel hematozoaire du boeuf: Eperythrozoon wenyoni.
C. rend. Acad, sc, 1935, 201: 1526.—Dinger, J. E.  Naheres
iiber das Eperythrozoon coccoides.  Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt.,  1929,
113: 503-9, pl.—Donatien, A., & Lestoquard,  F.   Existence
d'Eperythrozoon ovis en Algerie.  Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par.,
1935, 28:  423-6.  ------   Transmission  naturelle d'Epery-
throzoon wenyoni  par une tique  du genre Hyalomma.  Ibid.,
1937, 30: 459.—Eliot, C. P., & Ford, W. W.  Eperythrozoon
coccoides in  mice.  Am. J.  Hyg.,  1930, 12: 677-80.—Galli-
Valerio, B. Contribution a  l'etude de Taction  pathogene de
l'Eperythrozoon coccoides Schill.  Zschr. Immunforsch., 1931,
70:  521-4.—Jakimov, W. L.  Zur Frage iiber den Parasitismus
der  Susswasserfische; Eperytrozoon beim Hecht (Esox lucius)
Arch.  Protistenk., 1931,  73:  274-9,  pl.—Marmorston,  J.
Effect  of splenectomy on a  latent infection, Eperythrozoon
coccoides,  in white mice.  J. Infect.  Dis.,  1935, 56:  142-52.
Also repr.—Neitz, W. O. Eperythrozoonosis in sheep.  Onder-
stepoort J.  Vet. Sc, 1937, 9: 9-30. ------Alexander,  R. A., &
Du Toit, P. J.  Eperythrozoon ovis (sp. nov.) infection in sheep.
Ibid., 1934, 3: 263-71.—Oliveira Castro, G. M. de, & Seiler, E.
Nata a respeito de Eperythrozoon coccoides Schilling,  1928.
Rev. med.  cir. Brasil, 1934, 42: 249-51.

EPHEDRA.

   See also Ephedrine;  Gnetaceae.
   Chopra, R. N., & Dutt, A. Seasonal variations in the alka-
loidal content of the Indian  Ephedra.  Ind. J. M. Res.,  1929-
30,17: 647-9.—Chopra, R. N., & Ghose, T. P.  Indian ephedras:
their chemistry and pharmacology.  Ibid., 1931,  19: 177-219.—
Chopra, R. N.. Ghosh, S., & Dutt, A. T.  Ephedrine from the
Indian varieties of Ephedra.  Ibid.,  1927-28,  15: 889-94 —
Christensen,  B. V., & Hiner, L. D. Cultivation of ephedra in
South  Dakota.  J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1936, 25:  969-73.  Also
Am. J. Pharm. Educ, 1937, 1: 126-31.  ------  Cultivation of
Ephedra sinica in South Dakota.  J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1939, 28:
199-209.—Clark, G. W., &  Groff, G. W.  Presence of physi-
ologically active substance in 2 California  species of Ephedra.
Proc. Soc.  Exp. Biol.,  N. Y., 1926-27, 24: 325.—Farwell, O. A.
The botanical identity  of Ma Huang.  J.  Am. Pharm. Ass.,
 1927, 16: 135.—Feng, C. T., & Read, B. E.  A comparison of
Ephedra equisetina and E. sinica and their  seasonal content of
ephedrine.   Chin. J. Physiol.,   1928,  2: 87-95, pl.------
Further assays of Chinese Ephedra.  Ibid., 337-44.—Fujii, M.
Untersuchung iiber die chinesische Droge Ma Huang  Ken (die
Wurzel von Ephedra vulgaris) J. Orient. M., Dairen, 1925, 4:
6.—Ghosh, T. P., & Krishna, S.  Jahreszeitliche Veranderung
des Alkaloidgehalts  der  indischen  Ephedra-Arten.  Arch.
 Pharm., Berl., 1930, 268: 636-43.—Gonzalez, M., Ardao, M. I.,
 & Lombardo, A.  La ephedra en el Uruguay.  Rev. brasil. med.
 pharm., 1933, 9: 431-8.—Hsu, Y. D.  Comparative methods of
 assays of  Chinese ephedras. J. Am.  Pharm. Ass., 1930, 19:
 817-20.—La Floresta, A. Studi per la valorizzazione della flora
 medica sarda; sopra una nuova droga che si ricava dalla Ephedra
vulgaris  Rich, di alcune regioni  della Sardegna.  Arch. farm.
 sper., 1939, 68: 66-71.—Masucci, P., & Suto, K.  A note on the
 ephedrine  content of Ephedra vulgaris  var. helvetica.  J. Am.
 Pharm. Ass.,  1926, 15: 748.—Nielsen, C,  McCausland. H.,  &
 Spruth, H. C. The occurrence and alkaloidal content of various
 Ephedra species.  Ibid., 1927,  16: 288-94.—Rathery, F.,  &
 Gerard, P. Extraction d'un produit hypertensif a partir d'un
 ephedra d'origine franeaise.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1930,105: 378-
 80.—Read, B. E., & Feng, C.  T.  The alleged ephedrine action of
 2 California species of Ephedra.  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol.,  N. Y., 
EPHEDRA
366
EPHEDRINE
 1926-27, 24: 819-21.—Short, G. R. A.  Ephedra sinica, Stapf.,
 with comparative notes on 2 other species of Ephedra.  Q. J.
 Pharm., Lond., 1928, 1:  182-7, 5 pl.—Shou Shih Chang.  The
 value of Ephedra vulgaris in Chinese and foreign therapeutics.
 Nurs.  J. China, 1931, 12: 20.—Sievers, A. F.  Experiments
 with Ephedra in the Southwest.  J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1938, 27:
 1221-4.—Small, J.  The Ma  Huang  of  commerce.  Q. J.
 Pharm.,  Lond.,  1928, 1: 163-7.—Terry, R.  E.  A  study of
 Ephedra nevadensis.  J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1927, 16: 397-407.—
 Vere Hodge, E. H. A short clinical note on tincture of Ephedra
 as a cardiac stimulant. Ind. M. Gaz., 1931, 66: 629.—Weiss, S.
 The use of Ephedra in Asiatic medicine and rituals.  N. Eng-
 land J. M., 1932, 207: 494.

 EPHEDRINE.

   See also Ephedra; Epinephrine.
   Chen,  K.  K., &  Schmidt,  C.  F.  Ephedrine
 and related substances.   121p.  8?  Bait., 1930.
   Also Medicine, Bait.,  1930, 9: 1-117.
   Bonnamour,  S., & Delorme,  J.  L'ephedrine.  J. med.
 Lyon,  1929, 10: 423-9.  Also J. med. Paris, 1930, 50: 113-7.—
 Boyer, P., & Levy, J.  Sur l'ephedrine, ses isomeres, ses homo-
 logues, ses isologues.  Medeeine,  Par., 1927-28,  9:  925-9.—
 Chavez, S.  A.   Caracterizacion de  la  efedrina extraida  del
 Pinco-pinco.  Cr6n. med., Lima, 1932, 49: 245-53.  Also Rev.
 med.,  Rosario,  1932, 7:  307-17.—Chen,  K.  K.   Ephedrine.
 Wisconsin M. J., 1925-26, 24: 321-3.—Dawson, W. T.  Ephe-
 drine.   Internat. Clin.,  1928,  38. ser., 4: 105-19, pl.  Also
 Med.  Rec, Houston, 1929, 23:  411-6.—Emde,  H.   Ephe-
 drin.   Arch. Pharm., Ber!., 1930, 268: 83-103.—[Ephedrin]
 Sovet.  med., 1939,  No. 2, 48.—Frohlich, A. Ephedrin.  Wien.
 klin. Wschr.,  1935, 48:  1218.—Gaddum,  J. H.   The alka-
 loid ephedrine.  Brit. M. J., 1938,  1: 713-7.—Hess, F. O.
 Ueber  Ephedrin.  Munch, med. Wschr., 1926,  73:  1691-
 3.—Hoekstra, R. A., & Revers, F. E.   [Ephedrine and ephe-
 tonine]   Meded.  Rijks Inst,  pharm. ther. onderzoek, 1930,
 493-510.—Miller,  T.  G.  A new-old  drug  of importance.
 South. M. & J., 1926,  88:  87.—Read, B. E.  Some  proper-
 ties of ephedrine  alkaloid.   Chin. M. J., 1937,  51:  69-76,
 pl.—Rossi, L., & Rossi, O. A.  Efedrinas y efetonina.  Dia
 med. urug., 1935, 2: 348.—Schmidt, C. E.  Ephedrin and other
 drugs of China.  Atlantic M. J., 1925-26, 29: 441-3.

 ----   Chemical  and physical properties.
   Abildgaard,   J.,  &   Baggesgaard-Rasmussen,   H.   Die
 Ionisationskonstante  und  das  Absorptionsspektrum  von
 Ephedrin  und Pseudoephedrin.  Arch. Pharm., Berl., 1930,
 268: 353-7,  pl.—Blaschko, H.  Amine oxidase and ephedrine.
 J. Physiol., Lond., 1938, 93: suppl.,  7.—Freudenberg,  K.,
 Schoeffel, E., & Braun,  E.   Study on  the configuration of
 ephedrine.  J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1932, 54: 234-6.—Monnet, R.,
 & Durand, P.  A propos du Codex 1937; sur  la volatilite de
 l'ephedrine et de la pseudoephedrine.  J. pharm. chim., Par.,
 1938,  8. ser., 28: 145-51.—Saem de  Burnaga Sanchez, M. J.
 Sur un homologue de l'ephedrine. Bull. Soc.  chim. France,
 1929, 4. ser., 45-46: 284-6.

 ----   Detection and purification.

   See also Ephedra.
   Chou, T. Q.  The preparation and properties of ephedrine
 and its salts.  J. Biol. Chem., 1926, 70: 109-14, pl.—Feng, C. T.
 A method of preparing  pure ephedrine hydrochloride from
 Ephedra equisetina, BGE.  Chin. J. Physiol., 1927,  1: 63-8.
 ------   The biuret  reaction  as  applied  qualitatively  and
 quantitatively to  ephedrine  mixtures.   Ibid.,  397-406.—
 Grill, F.  Microscopic identification of ephedrine with nitrous
 acid.   J. Am. Pharm.  Ass., 1932, 21: 1012.—Hartung,  H.,
 Crossley, F., &  Munch,  J. C.   Quelques remarques  sur la
 reaction colorimetrique de Sivadjian pour distinguer l'ephedrine.
 J. pharm. chim., Par.,  1931, 8. ser.,  13: 474-8.—Pesez,  M.
 Revue  des  reactions analytiques de  l'ephedrine;  nouvelles
 methodes d'identification de cet alcaloide.  Ibid., 1938, 8. ser.,
 27: 120-8.—Sanchez, J.  A.  Etude chimique fonctionnelle de
 l'ephedrine;  nouveau procede  pour son dosage.  Ibid., 1935,
 8. ser., 22: 489-96.—Tsiang, K., & Brown, E. D.  Ephedrine;
its isolation  and detection from the  toxicological  standpoint.
 J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1927, 16: 294-6.

----   dl-ephedrine [Ephetonin]
   See also  Ephedrine, synthetic.
   Bonzanigo,  C.   *Klinisch-experimentelle  Un-
tersuchungen der Ephetonin-Wirkung im Kindes-
alter  [Basel]   33p.   8?   Stuttg.,  1931.
   Also Arch. Kinderh., 1931, 94: 15-45.
   Schulze,   [H.]   M.    *Ueber   langdauernde
Ephetoningaben   und   dadurch   bedingte  Or-
ganveranderungen beim Meerschweinchen   [Leip-
zig]   18p.   8?   Zeulenroda-Thur., 1931.
   Bauer,   Klinische Beobachtungen uber die Wirkung des
Ephetonin liquidum compositum und anderer peroral verab-
reichter Analeptika.  Med. Klin., Berl.,  1937,  33: 1440-3.—
Berger,  W„ Ebster, H., &  Heuer, M.   Ueber Ephetonin;
 Wirkuns auf Blutdruck, Blutbild und  Hautgefasse.  Miinch.
 med. Wschr.,  1927.  74:  1317-21.—Brems,  A.,  &  Holten,
 C.   Ephetoninuntersuchungen  mit speziellem  Hinblick  auf
 einen eventuellen  Antagonismus  gegen Insulin.  Acta med.
 scand.,  1930-31, 74: 459-78.  ------   [Researches on ephe-
 tonin with special  regard to a possible antagonistic action to
 insulin]  Bibl. laeger, 1930,  122: 137-58.—Cannavo, L. Studii
 sulle sostanze  adrenalinosimili:  influenza  dell'efetonina  sul
 metabolismo dei carboidrati.  Boll. Soc. ital. biol.  sper., 1928,
 3:  259-61.—Chistoni,  A.   Influenza  della  efetonina sulla
 anestesia cocainica  Ibid., 1929, 4: 1107.   Also Rass.  ter. pat.
 clin., 1929, 1: 577-84.—Curtis, F. R.  Ephedrine and ephetonin.
 Lancet, Lond., 1928, 2: 226.—Dodds. E. C,  & Noble, R. L.
 The comparative action  of synthetic and natural ephedrine.
 Pharm. J., Lond., 1938, 86: 641.—Dohmann, J. F.  Vantagena
 da substituicao da adrenalina pela ephedrina ou pela ephetonina.
 Fol. med., Rio, 1928,  9: 46-8.—Egan, E.   Zur  Ephetonin-
 Wirkung.  Munch, med.  Wschr.,  1931, 78: 397.—Fonseca,
 F.,  & Trincao, C.  Action de l'ephetonine sur le chimisme
 gastrique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 98:  1016—Frankel, W. K.
 Ephetoninwirkungen auf Magen  und  Darm.  Med. Klin.,
 Berl., 1929,  25: 110.—Fridrichovsky,  J.   [Use  of ephetonin
 in dental  surgery]  Bratisl. lek. listy,  1929, 9: 141-4.—Graf,
 H.,  &  Harberg.  G.   Weitere  pharmakologische Untersu-
 chungen am isolierten Uterus des Rindes; Ephetonin.   Arch.
 wiss. prakt.  Tierh.,  1930,  62: 171-7.—Herxheimer, H.,  &
 Kost, R.  Die Wirkung von Ephetonin auf die Atmung Ge-
 sunder unter Grundumsatzverhaltnissen und C02-Einwirkung.
 Arch. exp. Path.,  Berl.,  1932, 165: 111-3.—Hess, F.  Eine
 bisher unbekannte Nebenwirkung des  Ephetonins.   Miinch.
 med. Wschr., 1931, 78:  627.—Kaiser, J. H.  Ephetonin und
 Auge.   Zschr.  Augenh.,  1928,  66: 432-40.—Kreitmair,  H.
 Ueber  einen synthetischen  Korper  mit  der Wirkung des
 natiirlichen  Ephedrins  (Ephetonin)  Munch, med.  Wschr.,
 1927, 74:  190-2. ------  Wirkt das linksdrehende Ephedrin
 starker als das optisch inaktive Ephedrin (Ephetonin)? Arch.
 exp. Path., Lpz., 1929,  143: 358-67.—Muller, E.  Klinische
 Erfahrungen  mit  Ephetonin  liquidum  compositum  Merck.
 Deut. med. Wschr., 1938, 64: 339.—Neurauter, A.  Anwendung
 und Wirkung des Ephetonins in der Augenheilkunde.  Klin.
 Mbl. Augenh.,  1933, 90: 529-32.—Sattler, C. H. Die An-
 wendung  des  Ephetonins (Merck)  in  der Augenheilkunde.
 Ibid., 1927,  79: 524-8.—Selinger, A.   Erfahrungen  mit p-
 Amido-Ephetonin (Ephetonal)  Med. Klin., Berl., 1931, 27:
 206.—Spaeth, H.  Die Einwirkung  des Ephetonins auf den
Blutzuckerspiegel.  Zschr. klin. Med.,  1930,  113: 700-12.—
Tristaino,  L.  Azione  dell'efetonina sull'occhio.  Boll, ocul.,
 1934, 13: 229-60.—Zaglmayr, E.   Ueber  Erfahrungen mit
Ephetonin liquidum als Kreislaufmittel.  Miinch. med.  Wschr.,
 1937, 84: 292.

----   1-ephedrine  and derivatives.
  Pak,  C, & Read, B. E.  The comparative action of methyl-
ephedrine  and  ephedrine;  systemic  effects.  Q.  J. Pharm.,
Lond.,  1936, 9: 235-55.   ------   The comparative action of
methylephedrine and ephedrine; the bronchial effects.  Ibid.,
256-67.—Risi, A.  Ricerche sperimentali sull'azione farmaco-
dinamica della efedrina levogira (sanedrina)  Rass. ter. pat.
clin., 1936, 8: 129-53.—Van  Bogaert, A.  Action de  l'ephedrine
basique  gauche sur la chronaxie du nerf moteur,  du muscle
rapide et du  muscle lent.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 108: 1132.
       & Veil, C.  Action de l'ephedrine gauche sur les chron-
axies du cceur de la grenouille.  Ibid., 1932, 110: 700-2.

----   nor-ephedrine.
   Levy, J.  Sur les proprietes cardiovasculaires  de  la  nor-
ephedrine.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1931, 106:  548-51.  -----
Mecanisme de Paction cardiovasculaire  de la norephedrine;
etude de quelques proprietes pharmacodynamiques de cette
substance.  Ibid., 552-4.   ------ & Boyer, P.  Action de la
norhomoephedrine  sur  le  cceur isoie de la grenouille et de
l'escargot comparee a celle de l'ephedrine naturelle et de la
0-tetrahydronaphtyl amine.  Ibid., 1927, 97: 572-6—Tiffeneau.
Sur la  nor-homoephedrine.  Bull. Acad,  med.,  Par., 1927,
3. ser., 98: 101-4.  ------Levy, J., & Boyer, P.  Sur quelques
homologues de la norephedrine.  Paris med., 1928, 67: 553-61.

----   Oxy- and dioxy-ephedrine [Corbasil,  &c]
   Biircher, J. Corbasil als Ersatz fur Adrenalin und Atropin-
vorbereitung bei  Lokalanasthesie.   Mschr. Ohrenh., 1935, 69:
1082-4.  Also Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1936, 66: 491.—Hirsch, C.
Corbasil, ein neues Ersatzmittel des Adrenalins.  Deut. med.
Wschr.,  1933, 59: 446-8.—Moiler, K. O.  Contributions to the
pharmacology of corbasil (3, 4-dioxy-nor-ephedrine)  with an
analysis of the effect of cocaine and procaine on the vascular
actions  of adrenaline  and  corbasil.  Arch, internat.  pharm.
dyn.,  Par., 1937,  57:  67-93.—Oremus, J.  Action comparee
de la p-oxy-ephedrine  et de l'ephedrine sur le debit cardiaque
et la ventilation pulmonaire chez  I'homme et chez le chien.
Ibid., 1938, 59:  30-42.—Raymond-Hamet.   Sur la  3.4-di-
oxyephedrine et  la 3.4-dioxynoreph6drine.  C. rend. Acad.
sc, 1931, 192: 300-2.— Schaumann, O.  Ueber  Oxyephedrine;
ein Beitrag zum Problem: Konstitution und Wirkung.  Arch.
exp. Path.,  Lpz.,  1930,  157: 114; 1931, 160: 127.------
Zur Pharmakologie der optischen Isomeren des  3, 4-Dioxynor-
Ephedrin; ein Beitrag zum Problem: Molekulare Asymmetrie,
chemische Konstitution und physiologische Wirkung.  Ibid.,
1936,  181: 137.—Tempestini, O.  Risultati e ricerche  cliniche 
EPHEDRINE
367
EPHEDRINE
 su di un  preparato  (il  corbasil) che  sostituisce l'adrenalina
 nell'anestesia novocainica.   Stomatologia,  Mod.,  1935,  33:
 1006-31.

 ----   Pharmacology.

    Conrad,  F.    *Ueber die  lokalanasthetischen
 Eigenschaften des  Ephedrins.   26p.   8?   Halle,
 1931.

    Mohring,  F.  [P.]    *Ueber  die  blutzucker-
 steigcrnde Wirkung  des  Ephedrins  unter  ver-
 schiedenen   Bedingungen.    23p.    8?     Gott.,
 1929.

    Rumfelder,   H.    * Vergleichende  Untersu-
 chungen iiber  chemische Konstitution und phar-
 makologische  Wirkung  im  Ephedringebiet  am
 Froschefidasspraparat   nach   Lawen-Trendelen-
 burg   [Erlangen]   21p.   S?   Coburg, 1933.

    Trachtenberg,  F.    *Ephedrinwirkung   auf
 die   Magen-Darmtatigkeit;  klinisch-experimen-
 telle Untersuchungen.   p. 69-95.  8?  [Jena, 19301
    Also Arch. Verdauungskr., 1930. 48:
    Ahnsjo, S.. & Oehnell, R.   Wirkung einiger Oxy-Ephedrine
 auf den Sauerstoffverbrauch der weissen Maus.  Skand. Arch.
 Physiol., Berl., 1934, 68: 181-6.—Beccari, E.  Contributo
 all'analisi  dell'azione efedrinica sui centri bulbari; azione sui
 centri cardio-inibitori.   Boll.  Soc. ital. biol. sper.,  1935,  10:
 231-4. -----   Contributo all'analisi dell'azione efedrinica sui
 centri bulbari; azione sul centro respiratorio.  Ibid., 234-7.—
 Boiseau, R.  Action neutralisante in  vitro  du chlorhydrate
 d'ephedrine sur la toxine tetanique.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1936,
 123: 1077.—Cannavo, L.  Intorno all'influenza dell'efedrina
 sulla glicoregolazione e sul metabolismo  dei carboidrati; ricerche
 sperimentali. Riv. pat.  sper., 1929, 4: 256-67.—Chen, K. K.
 The effect of ephedrine on experimental shock and hemorrhage.
 Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1924-25, 22: 203-6.  ------  The
 effect of ephedrine on digestive  secretions.   J.  Pharm.  Exp.
 Ther., 1926,  27: 87-92.  ------  A comparative study of ephe-
 drine, pseudo-ephedrine  and  (3-phenyl-ethylamine;  with refer-
 ence to  their effects on  the pupil and  on the blood pressure.
 Arch. Int. M.,  1927, 39: 404-11.  Also Brit. M. J., 1927, 2:
 593.  ------Anderson,  R. C. [et al.]   Pharmacological action
 of ephedrine. Chin. J. Physiol., 1935, 9: 17-20.—Chen, K. K.,
 Wu, Chang-Kong, & Henriksen, E.  Relationship between the
 pharmacological action  of the chemical constitution  and  con-
 figuration of the optical isomers of ephedrine and related com-
 pounds.  J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1929, 36: 363-400.—Chen, K.
 K., & Poth, E. J. Ephedrin as a mydriatic in Caucasians.   Am.
 J. M. Sc, 1929, 178: 203-9.—Chen, K. K.,  & Schmidt, C. F.
 The action of ephedrine, the active principle of the  Chinese
 drug Ma Huang. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1924-25, 24: 339-57 —
 Coltrin, G. S.  Effects of ephedrine upon blood lactic acid and
 respiratory metabolism in man.  Proc.  Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y.,
 1932,  29:  854-6—Csepai,  K., & Doleschall, F.  Ueber  eine
 bisher unbekannte Wirkung des Ephedrins.  Arch. exp. Path.,
 Lpz., 1928, 134: 109-12.—Curtis, F. R.  The sympathomimetic
 action of ephedrine.  J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1929, 35: 333-41 —
 Derouaux, G. Etude experimentale de Taction hemostatique de
 l'6phedrine et recherche du seuil de son activite.  C. rend. Soc.
 biol., 1939, 130: 74.—Dikshit, B.  B.  A note on the action of
 ephedrine  on temperature.  Ind. M. Gaz.,  1930, 65: 433.—
 Ding, M.  Beitrage zur Pharmakologie  des Ephedrins. Zschr.
 ges. exp. Med.,  1929, 65: 547-56.—Duliere, W. Le quotient
 respiratoire et le metabolisme sous I'influence de l'ephedrine et
 de substances similaires.   C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 97: 1201-4.—
 Epstein, D.  The responses of the excised batrachian alimen-
 tary canal to autonomic drugs; ephedrine.  Q. J. Exp. Physiol.,
 Lond., 1931, 21: 281-7.—Gaddum, J.  H.  Ephedrine; a  new
 theory.  Pharm. J.,  Lond., 1938, 86: 271.   ------ & Kwiat-
 kowski, H.  The action of ephedrine.  J. Physiol., Lond., 1938,
 94: 87-100.—Grandinesco, A., & Marcu,  I.   L'oncographie
 spienique et renale et la diurese sous I'influence de l'ephedrine.
 C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 96: 27-30.—Gunn,  J. A., Thompson,
 J. H. [et al.] Discussion on the action and  use  of ephedrine.
 Proc. R. Soc.  M., Lond., 1928-29, 22: sect. ther. pharm., 9-13 —
 Haintz, E.   Die Wirkung des Ephedrins auf die Adrenalin-
 hyperglykamie.  Arch.  exp.  Path., Lpz., 1928, 137: 343-7.
 Also Magy. orv. arch., 1929, 30: 277-80—Halsey, J. T.  Action
 of ephedrin on  intestine  and  bronchi.  Proc. Soc Exp. Biol.,
 N. Y., 1928-29, 26: 16.—Hano,  J.,  & Taschner, E. [Com-
 parative  studies  on the pharmacological effect of ephedrin and
 pseudoephedrin]  Polska gaz. lek. 1935, 14: 238-41—Hau-
 schild, F. Pharmakologische Wirkungen nach Abanderungen am
 Ephedrinmolekiil.  Arch. exp. Path., Lpz.,  1938, 190: 177 —
 Himwich, H. E., Henstell, H., & Fazikas, J.  Effect of ephedrine
 on blood glucose and lactic acid and plasma fat. Proc Soc.
 Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1930-31, 28: 333.—Hou, H. C.  The action
 of ephedrine on melanophores. Ibid., 221.—Howard, H. J., &
 Lee, T. P.  The effect of instillations of ephedrine solution upon
 the eye.  Ibid., 1926-27, 24: 700-2.—Ide, M.  Les infideiites
 de l'ephedrine. Rev. med., Louvain, 1932, 202-5.—Isenberger,
 R. M., & Rice, J. C.  The antagonism between ephedrine  and
procaine  after  cisternal  injection during  morphine-sodium |
 amytal anesthesia and ether anesthesia. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther.,
 1936,  56:  307-18.—Joyeux,  R.,  &  Hugon,  L.  Revue sur
 l'6phedrine; etude chimique  et pharmacodynamique.  Arch.
 med. pharm. mil., 1935, 103: 841-62.—Killian, H., & Kuhlmann,
 K.  Beobachtungen  iiber die zentralerregende Wirkung des
 Ephedrin und Ephetonin.  Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1936-37, 100:
 432-46.—King, T., &  Pak.  C. Y.  A study  of the  effect of
 ephedrine on the nasal mucous membranes. Chin. J.  Physiol.,
 1927, 1: 445-53.   ------ Comparative studies of ephedrine,
 racemic  ephedrine and pseudoephedrine;  effects on the nasal
 mucous membranes.  Ibid., 1929, 3: 95-108.—Kinnaman, J. H.,
 & Plant, O. H.  Effect  of ephedrine on contractions  of the
 alimentary  canal  in unanesthetized dogs.  J. Pharm. Exp.
 Ther., 1931, 43:  477-86.—Kochmann, M.  Ephedrin  in der
 Lokalanasthesie.   Klin.  Wschr.,  1931,  10: 408.—Kohn,  R.
 Der Einfluss des  Theocins auf Ephedrin- und Hypophysin-
 wirkungen; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Systematik des Ephedrins.
 Arch.  exp.  Path., Berl.,  1933, 170: 432-42.—Kreitmair, H.
 Die pharmakologische  Wirkung des  Ephedrins.   Ibid., 1927,
 120: 189-228.—Launoy, L., & Nicolle, P.  Sur Faction synergi-
 que des  chlorhydrates  d'adrenaline  et d'ephedrine.   C. rend.
 Soc. biol., 1928, 99:  198-200.—Leyko, E., & Mehes, G. The
 action of ephedrine on the blood-sugar [with a note on its action
 on the denervated  pupil of a cat]  J. Physiol., Lond., 1929, 68:
 247-58.—Marcu,  I.  [Pharmacodynamic of ephedrine]   Rev.
 §t. med., Bucur.,  1930, 19: 1128-63.  ------& Savulesco, A.
 Motilite de l'estomac sous I'influence de l'ephedrine; considera-
 tions sur l'amphotropisme de cet alcaloide.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,
 1928, 98: 243-6.—M011er, K. O.   [Ephedrine; pharmacology
 and therapeutic use]   Hospitalstidende, 1927, 70: 772-88.—
 Moraes, A., & Aranha, A.  Sur le point d'action de l'ephedrine
 et de  l'ephetonine.  C.  rend. Soc.  biol.,  1930, 105: 723.—
 Mouzon, J.   L'ephedrine.   Presse  med.,  1927.  35:  1111—
 4.—Miigge, H.  Ein Beitrag zur Analyse der Wirkung des
 Ephedrins  und einiger  chemisch  verwandter  Substanzen.
 Arch.  exp. Path.,  Berl.,  1932,  165:  230-3.—Nagel,  A. Ein
 Beitrag zur pharmakologischen Analyse der Ephedrinwirkung.
 Ibid.,  1925,  110:  129-41.—Nitzescu, I. I.  Ephedrine et gly-
 c6mie.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 98: 56. ------& Munteanu,
 N. Action de l'ephedrine sur l'acide lactique du sang.  Ibid.,
 1931, 106:  1173-5.—Orestano, G.  Sul meccanismo  d'azione
 dell'efedrina sugli  scambi gassosi.   Boll. Soc.  ital. biol. sper.,
 1935, 10: 467-9.—Oribe, T.  Studien iiber die Ephedrintachy-
 phylaxie. Jap. J.  M. Sc.  Pharm., 1938, 11: Proc, 68.—Pak,
 C, & King, T.  The action of ephedrine and pseudo-ephedrine
 upon bronchial muscle.  Chin. J. Physiol., 1930, 4: 141-58.—
 Pak,  C, &  Read, B.  E.  Comparative study  of ephedrine,
 racemic ephedrine  and  pseudoephedrine.   Ibid., 1928, 2: 435-
 57.—Pak, C, & Tang, T. K.  The mydriatic effect of a mixture
 of ephedrine and homatropine.  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y.,
 1930, 27: 887-9.—Pennetti, G.  Ricerche cliniche e sperimentali
 sull'efedrina.  Riforma med.,  1928,  44:  1587-97.------
 Azione dell'efedrina sul ricambio respiratorio e sulla glicemia.
 Ibid., 1929,  45: 463 —Penta,  P.  L'azione  dell'efedrina  (clori-
 drato di fenilmetilamminopropanolo) quale farmaco diencefalico
 sugli accessi narcolettici totali e parziali.  Boll. Soc ital. biol.
 sper.,  1931,  6: 1026-9.—Pittenger, P. S.  The actions and
 biologic assay of  ephedrine.  J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1928,  17:
 634-40.—Radoslav, C, & Stoicescu, C.  Wirkung intravenos
 einverleibter abgestufter Ephedrinlosungen  auf den Blutzucker
 und Blutdruck beim Menschen im  Vergleich mit Adrenalin.
 Wien. klin. Wschr., 1928, 41: 1775.—Raymond-Hamet.  Ueber
 den  Antagonismus von Kokain  und Ephedrin.   Arch. exp.
 Path., Lpz.,  1931, 160: 1-8.—Read, B. E.  Ephedrine; a review
 of more recent  botanical  researches, alkaloidal content of the
 crude drug and experiments with  ephedrine and pseudo-ephe-
 drine to  elucidate their action.  Tr.  Far East. Ass. Trop. M,
 1927, 7. Congr., 3: 537-42, 2 pl.—Reinitz, N. Action de l'ephe-
 drine sur l'intestin et l'uterus.  C. rend. Soc  biol., 1928, 98:
 809-11.  Also Skand. Arch. Physiol., Berl., 1929, 57: 138-58 —
 Rietschel, H.  Zur Pharmakologie von Ephedrin und Isalon.
 Klin. Wschr.,  1935,  14: 1649.—Ross, E.  L.  Ephedrine and
 cocaine synergy.  Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1927, 5: 509-13.  Also
 repr.—Roth, G. B. Ephedrine on  the ureter.  J. Pharm. Exp.
 Ther.,  1930, 39: 301-12.—Salant, W., &  Vogt, E. Effect  of
 calcium and potassium on action of ephedrine.  Proc Soc
 Exp.  Biol.,  N.  Y.,  1928-29, 26:  680-4.—Schaumann, O.
 Ueber  den  Wirkungsmechanismus  des Ephedrins und den
 Unterschied  in der Wirkungsstiirke zwischen seinen Isomeren.
 Arch.  exp. Path.,  Lpz.,  1928,  138: 208-18.—Stark,  W. B.
 Effect of mineral oil and solutions of  ephedrine on the normal
 nasal mucous membrane of the rabbit. Arch.  Otolar.,  Chic,
 1932, 16: 39-45.—Swanson,  E. E.  The action of ephedrine,
 pseudoephedrine and  epinephrine on the bronchioles.   J.
 Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1929, 36: 541-68.—Tainter, M. L.  Com-
 parative  effects of  ephedrine and  epinephrine on blood pres-
 sure, pulse and respiration, with reference to their alteration by
 cocaine.  Ibid., 569-94.—Takacs, L.  Untersuchungen uber die
 Wirkung der  adrenalinahnlichen  Alkaloide:  Ephedrin und
 Ephetonin.   Wien.  klin. Wschr., 1928, 41: 1375-8.—Takahashi,
 W., Inaba, T., & Wada, M.  Influence of ephedrine upon the
 epinephrine discharge, the blood pressure and the blood sugar
 content in non-fastened, non-anaesthetized dogs.  Tohoku  J.
 Exp. M., 1935, 25: 310-31.—Tenconi, P.  Contributo  al com-
 portamento dell'efedrina sulle funzioni muscolare e psichica in
soggetti sani e psicopatici.  Osp. psichiat., Nap., 1936,  4: 651-
64.—Thienes,  C.  H.   Ephedrine-epinephrine  antagonism.
Proc. Soc. Exp.  Biol., N. Y.,  1928-29, 26: 500.—Thorp, E. G.,
Essex, H. E., & Mann, F. C. Studies on the fate of ephedrine in 
EPHEDRINE
368
EPHEDRINE
 the dog. Am. J. Physiol., 1933, 105: 389-92.—Van Liere, E. J.,
 Northup, D., & Sleeth, C. K.  The effect of ephedrine on absorp-
 tion from the small intestine.  J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1937, 60:
 434-8.—Veil,  P.   L'action de l'ephedrine naturelle sur l'ceil.
 Bull. Soc. opht,  Paris,  1930,  160-6.—Wada,  M.   Effect of
 ephedrine upon the organ volumes.  Jap. J. M. Sc, 1931, 2:
 No. 2, Biophys.,  9.—Wilson, J. A.  Ephedrine hyperglvcemia
 in dogs  and rabbits.   J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1926-27,  30:
 209-15.

 ----   Pharmacology:  Blood  and  blood-circula-
   tion.

   Nawaz,  M.  *Die Wirkung des  Ephedrins auf
 den Kreislauf  beim  gesunden  Menschen.   19p.
 8?   Miinch.,  1926.
   Barlow, O. W., & Sollmann, T. Effects of ephedrine on the
 perfused frog heart and blood vessels.   J. Pharm. Exp. Ther.,
 1926-27, 30: 21-9.—Beccari, E.  L'azione della efedrina sulla
 eccitabilita del vago cardiaco.  Arch, fisiol.,  Fir., 1933-34, 33:
 247-60.—Binet,  L., Arnaudet, A. [et al.]   Mobilisation  par
 l'6phedrine des elements figures du sang en reserve dans la rate.
 C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 98: 1282-4.—Burch, J. C, & Harrison,
 T. R.  The effect of ephedrin on the circulation of dogs during
 spinal anaesthesia.  Surg. Gyn. Obst.,  1931, 52: 953.—Carbo-
 naro, G.  L'azione vasocostrittiva locale dell'efedrina, com-
 parativamente con quella deU'adrenalina, in rapporto all'assor-
 bimento. Rass. ter. pat.  clin., 1931, 3: 82-97.  ------  Con-
 tributo  alio  studio delle  sostanze adrenalinosimili; l'azione
 vasocostrittiva locale del'efedrina, comparativamente con quella
 deU'adrenalina, in rapporto all'assorbimento.  Ibid., 739-45.—
 Chen. K. K., & Meek, W. J.  Further studies of  the effect of
 ephedrine on the  circulation.   J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1926, 28:
 31-57.—Chopra,  R. N., Dikshit,  B. B., & Pillai,  K. V.  The
 comparative  action of ephedrine and pseudo-ephedrine from
 Indian  varieties of Ephedra  on the heart.   Ind.  J. M. Res.,
 1928-29, 16:  780-7, 3  pl.—Christensen,  A., &  Foged,  J.
 [Effect  of ephedrine on blood-pressure]   Ugeskr. laeger, 1929,
 91: 1102-5.—Coelho, E.   Action de l'ephedrine sur le cceur du
 chien  (etudes eiectrocardiographiques)   C.  rend. Soc  biol.,
 1928, 99: 1525; 1929, 100: 519.—Foged, J. [Effect of ephedrine
 on blood pressure]  Hospitalstidende,  1930, 73: 971-80.  Also
 Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1931, 159: 328-37.—Gomes da Costa,
 S. F. Les actions de l'ephedrine sur le coeur isole de  grenouille.
 C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 96: 1332.  ------  Influence du cal-
 cium et du potassium sur Taction cardiaque paralysante de
 l'ephedrine.  Ibid.,  1334.—Hildebrandt, F.t & Miigge, H.  Die
 Kreislaufwirkung des Ephedrins.  Klin. Wschr., 1931, 10: 291-
 4.—Hoick, H. G. O., & Kan'an, M. A modified class demonstra-
 tion of difference between ephedrine  and epinephrine blood-
 pressure response after cocaine.  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y.,
 1933, 30: 1087-90.—Hou, Hsiang-Chuan. Action of ephedrine
 and related substances on the blood vessels.  Chin. J. Physiol.,
 1932, 6: 243.  ------  Action of ephedrine on peripheral blood
 vessels   as observed  in  transparent  chamber preparations.
 Proc. Soc Exp. Biol., N.  Y., 1932, 29:  795.—La Barre, J.  A
 propos  de Taction cardio-vasculaire de l'ephedrine chez les
 animaux chloroform6s.   Bruxelles med., 1928-29,  9: 3-7.—
 Launoy, L., & Nicolle, P.  Doses liminaires d'activite vasculaire
 de l'ephedrine et de l'adrenaline levogyres. C. rend. Soc. biol.,
 1928, 99: 3-5.  ------  De Taction de l'ephedrine naturelle a
 doses liminaires  sur le cceur  in situ du lapin.  Ibid., 1387-9.
 ------  Nouvelle contribution a T6tude de Taction cardiaque
 du chlorhydrate  d'6phedrine naturelle  sur  le cceur du lapin.
 Ibid., 1936-8. ------ Sur Taction hypertensive comparee des
 6phedrines droite, gauche, rac6mique de synthese et de l'ephe-
 drine naturelle.   Ibid., 1929,  100: 334-7.—Lundy, J. S.  The
 response of the blood pressure to ephedrine during spinal anes-
 thesia in dogs. Proc. Mayo Clin., 1931, 6:  301-4.—Marcu, I.
 Recherches  piethysmographiques sur Taction  vasculaire  de
 T6phedrine.   Bull. Soc.  m6d. hop. Bucarest,  1926,  8: 210;
 250, ch.  ------  & Gheorghiu, P.   La   vaso-construction
 produite par l'ephedrine, ne reside-t-elle que dans le territoire
 splanchnique? C. rend. Soc.  biol., 1927, 96:  1439-42. ------
 Sur le mecanisme de Taction vaso-constrictive de l'ephedrine.
 Ibid., 1447-50.—Marcu, I., & Petresco, M.   Sur Tinversion de
 la reaction sanguine normale apres T6phedrine.  Bull. Soc. med.
 hop. Bucarest, 1927, 9: 179-82. ------  Action de l'ephedrine
 sur le sang chez Thomme.  C. rend. Soc biol., 1928, 98: 246-
 8.—Meek, W. J., & Seevers, M. H.  The cardiac irregularities
 produced by  ephedrine  and a  protective  action  of sodium
 barbital. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1934, 51: 287-307.  Also repr.—
 Melville, K. I.. & Stehle, R. L.  The antagonistic action of
 ephedrine (or adrenaline)  upon the coronary constriction pro-
 duced by pituitary extract and its effect upon blood pressure.
 Ibid., 1931, 42: 455-70.—Norifumi, I.  Ueber die Wirkung von
 Ephedrin auf Gefiisse.  Jap. J. M. Sc,  1937, 10: Pharm., 17.—
 Poliakov-Stanevich, N. G.   [Investigation  of  the  action of
 Soviet ephedrin on the vascular system]  Tr. Acad. mil. med.
 Kiroff, 1935, 4: 269-77.—Seevers, M. H., & Meek, W. J.  The
 cardiac  irregularities produced by ephedrine after  digitalis.
 J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1935, 53: 295-303.—Simpson, S. L., &
 Cadness, B. H. E.  The effect of ephedrine on erythrocytes,
leucocytes and plate-ets in the normal and splenectomised guinea
 pig.  Ibid.,  1936, 56: 389-95.—Suzuki, T.   Ueber die blut-
drucksteigernde Wirkung des Ephedrins.  Tohoku J. Exp. M.,
 1928-29, 12: 87-96.—Terada,  Y. Ueber die  Wirkung  von
Ephedrin auf die  Darmgefasse und das Herz. Jap.  J. M. Sc,
 1938, 11: Pharm., 65-8.—Tomescu, P., & Ionescu-Buc§ani, I.
 [Contribution to the study of the effect of ephedrine and ephe-
 tonin on the general circulation]  Romania med., 1929, 7: 162-
 4—Wilson, C. P., Pilcher, C,  & Harrison, T. R.  The effects
 of drugs on cardiac output; the effect of ephedrine on the minute
 cardiac output of  normal  dogs.  Arch. Int.  M.,  1928, 41:
 622-32.

 ----  pseudo-ephedrine.
   Besson, H.  Sur les proprietes vaso-motrices de la r-pseudo-
 norephedrine.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936,  122: 40.—Bossert, R.
 G., & Brode, W. R.  A synthesis of pseudoephedrine.  J. Am.
 Chem. Soc, 1934, 56: 165.—Chopra,  R.  N., Dikshit, B. B., &
 Pillai, K. V.  Pharmacological action of pseudo-ephedrine from
 the Indian varieties of Ephedra.  Ind. J. M. Res., 1929-30, 17:
 366-76, 2 pl. Also Ind. M. Gaz., 1929, 64: 1-4, 2 ch.—Fujii, M.
 Ueber die pharmakologischen Wirkungen des Pseudo-ephedrins
 und deren Vergleich mit der des Ephedrins.  J. Orient. M.,
 Dairen, 1925, 3: 1-26.—Howard, H. J.,  & Lee,  T. P.  Effect
 on the eye of instillations of a  10 percent solution of pseudo-
 ephedrine.   Proc Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1925-26, 23: 672-5.—
 Liljestrand, S. H.   Action of pseudo-ephedrine on uterus and
 bladder. Ibid., 1927-28, 25: 198.  Also Chin. J. Physiol., 1929,
 3: 249-68.—Loo, Chih-Teh, & Read,  B. E.  Perfusion experi-
 ments with  pseudo-ephedrine and ephedrine.  Ibid., 1928,  2:
 97-105.—Okanishi, T.   On the diuretic action  of  pseudo-
 ephedrin.   J.  Orient. M.,  Dairen,  1930, 13: 1.—Pak, C, &
 Read, B. E.  The action of pseudoephedrine; its diuretic effects.
 Chin. J. Physiol.,  1929, 3: 287-300.—Read, B. E., & Feng,
 Chih-Teh.   Pseudoephedrine from Chinese  Ephedra.   Ibid.,
 1927, 1: 297-304.—Read, B. E., & Chou,  T. Q.  Isolation and
 comparative action of ephedrine pseudo-ephedrine from Ma-
 huang (Ephedra vulgaris, var. helvetica)  Proc  Soc. Exp.
 Biol., N. Y., 1925-26, 23: 618-20.

 ----   Substitutes  [and derivatives]

   See  also Benzedrine; Phenylethylamine.
   Arai, K.  Ueber die  Wirkung  des Diathylaminoathylephe-
 drins im Vergleich zu der des Ephedrins.  Tohoku J. Exp. M.,
 1938, 33:  125-40.  ——  Ueber die Wirkung  des  cumarin-
 carbonsauren Diathylamino-athylephedrins.   Ibid., 219-23.—
 Augstein,  W.   Ueber   (2)-Amino—(l)-Oxyhydrinden, eine
 ephedrinartige  Substanz.  Arch.  exp.  Path., Berl.,  1932-33,
 169: 114r-8.—BecK, W.   Ueber neuere Arzneimittel;  adrena-
 linahnliche Praparate (Ephedrin, Ephetonin, Stryphnon, Syn-
 thol)  Ther. Gegenwart,  1928, 69: 36-S— Bohm, J.  Ueber
 klinische Erfahrungen mit einem kombinierten Kalzium-Kam-
 pher-Ephedrinpraparat (Canfidrol)  Wien. med. Wschr., 1935,
 85: 1123.—Burgmann, W.   Ueber Erfahrungen mit kumarin-
 karbonsaurem 1-Ephedrin.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1536, 62: 1500-
 2.—Dlugosz, H. [Derivatives of levogyric ephedrin  in therapy]
 Polska gaz. lek., 1938, 17: 893-7—Duliere. W.  Action com-
 paree sur  le cceur  isole de la grenouille, de nouveaux ethers
 d'aminoalcools du groupe des ephedrines.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,
 1927, 96:  1067-71.------Action  sur l'intestin isol6  de
 mammiferes de  nouveaux amino-6thers du groupe des ephe-
 drines.  Ibid.,  97: 905.—Feng, Chin-Tung, & Wilson, S.  D.
 Some derivatives of ephedrine.   Chin. J. Physiol., 1930, 4: 231-
 46,  2 pl.—Giordanengo,  G.   L'associazione  adrenalino-efe-
 drinica in chirurgia.  Policlinico, 1931,  38: sez. prat., 543-9.—
 Grynfeltt, E.,  & Aimes, A.  Etude histologique de  quelques
 tumeurs et  tissus normaux soumis  a Taction  du  Synthol,
 mettant en  valeur  son  pouvoir  de destruction elective des
 cellules  n6oplasiques.   Arch. Soc sc  med. biol. Montpellier,
 1931, 12: 28-56, 4 pl.—Kreitmair, H., & Leffkowitz, M.  Ephe-
 dralin, ein Kombinationsprodukt aus Ephetonin und Adrenalin
 (Paranephrin)   Deut. med. Wschr., 1929, 55: 480-2.—Kummer,
 F. Klinische Erfahrungen und experimentelle Untersuchungen
 iiber die perorale Stryphnondarreichung. Med. Klin., Berl.,
 1936, 32: 87-90.—Mannich, C, & Budde,  H.  Ueber die
 Synthese einiger dem Ephedrin verwandter Substanzen. Arch.
 Pharm., Berl., 1933, 271: 51-5.—Pak, C, & Read,  B. E. The
 action of ephedrine quaternary halide compounds.  Chin.  J.
 Physiol., 1935,  9: 1-15.—Rossi, L., & Rossi,  O.  Efedrinas y
 efetonina; su caracterizaci6n en los preparados farmaceuticos.
 Bol.  Inst. med. exp. cancer, B. Air., 1934, 11: 542-7.—Schmid,
H.  J.   Therapeutisohe  Erfahrungen  mit Efrodal.   Praxis,
 Bern, 1934, 23: 545.—Swanson, E. E.  A comparative pharma-
 cological study of some related ephedrine compounds.  J. Am.
Pharm. Ass., 1932, 21: 1125-34.

----   sulfate.

  Doty, E. J.   A comparative study of the effect upon rat and
rabbit tissues of ephedrine sulphate, epinephrine chloride and
an adrenaline-like usbstance. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1929, 36:
 519-23.—Jacobsen, C. F., & Kennard, M. A.  The influence of
ephedrine  sulphate on the reflexes of  spinal monkeys.  Ibid.,
 1933, 49: 362-74.—Light, A. B., & Warren, C. R.  Creatinuria
in adolescent males: the effects of  the oral administration  of
 ephedrine sulphate.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1934, 103: 410.—Nelson,
F. Ephedrine sulphate: its use  in otitis media.  Arch. Otolar.,
 Chic, 1932,  15: 444. Also repr.—Rudolf, R. D., & Graham, J.
D.  Notes on sulphate of ephedrine. Tr. Am. Ther.  Soc, 1925-
 26,  27:  143-51. Also Am.  J. M. Sc, 1927,  173:  399-408 —
 Weinstein, M.,  & Barron, A.  Ephedrine sulphate  in spinal
 anesthesia, administered prior to subdural block.  Am. J. Surg.,
 1936, 31: 154-9. 
EPHEDRINE
369
EPHEDRINE
----   synthetic [Pervitin,  &c]

   See also  Ephedrine, dl-ephedrine.
   Beals. E. L., & Gilfillan, F. A.   Ephedrine synthesis; the
preparation of propiophenone diethyl acetal and  of 1-phenyl-
1-ethoxy-propene-l.  J.  Am.  Pharm.  Ash., 1936, 25: 426.—
Bleyer, B.  Naturliches und  synthetisches  Ephedrin.   Arch.
Pharm., Berl., 1938,  276:  164-70.—Eberhard, A. Ueber die
Synthese des  inaktiven Ephedrins  beziehungsweise Pseudo-
ephedrins.  Ibid.,  1920, 258: 97-129.—Graf, O.  Ueber den Ein-
fluss von Pervitin  auf einige psychische und psychomotorische
Funktionen.   Arbeitsphysiologie,  1938-39,   10:  692-705 —
Hauschild,  F.  Tierexperimentelles iiber eine peroral wirksame
zentralanaleptische Substanz mit  peripherer Kreislaufwirkung.
Klin. Wschr., 1938, 17: 1257.------Zur Pharmakologie des
l-Phenyl-2-methylaminopropans (Pervitin)  Arch. exp. Path.,
Lpz   1938-39, 191: 465-81.—Heinen, W.  Erfahrungen mit
Pervitin. Med. Welt, 1938, 12: 1637.—Lehmann, G., Straub,
H  &  Szakall, A.   Pervitin als leistungssteigerndes Mittel.
Arbeitsphvsiologie, 1938-39, 10:  680-91.—Pullen, C.  Erfah-
rungen mit  Pervitin.  Miinch. med. Wschr., 1939, 86: 1001-4 —
Seifert, W.   Wirkungen des  l-Phenyl-2-methylamino-propan
(Pervitin) am Menschen.  Deut. med. Wschr.,  1939, 65: 913-6.

----   Therapeutic use.

   Arvay,  B.  N.   Contribution  au  traitement

des accidents s6riques; leur prevention  au moyen

de l'ingestion  d'ephedrine.   52p.   8?  Par., 1933.

   Charpentier,   M.   *Contribution  a  l'etude

de l'administration de  l'adrenaline  et  de l'ephe-

drine par voie rectale.  55p.   8?  Par.,  1937.

   Lauer,  J.   *L'ephedrine  en  therapeutique et

surtout dans les etats de  choc.  30p.   8?   Par.,

1934.
   Also Rev.  med. chir. mal. foie, 1934, 9: 269-90.
   Althausen, T. L., & Schumacher,  I. C.  Clinical results with
ephedrine therapy: a report of 62 cases.  Arch. Int. M.,  1927,
40- 851-72 —Carter, J. C.   Ephedrin and the  allergic diseases.
Tristate M. J., 1929-30, 2: 241-3.—Chen, K. K.. & Schmidt,
C. F.  The action and clinical use  of ephedrine; an alkaloid
isolated from the Chinese drug Ma huang.  J. Am. M. Ass.,
1926, 87: 836-42.—Collina, G.  SuTefedrina; contributo alio
studio delle sue applicazioni cliniche.  Studium, Nap.,  1927,
17- 346-50—De  Murtas,  C.  Considerazioni sulla tolleranza
alle dosi alte di efedrina. Pediat.  prat., Mod., 1931, 8: 200-7 —
Ephedrine inhalants.  Proc. Am. Drug Manuf. Ass., 1931, 20:
237-41, port.—Frohlich, A.  Ephedrin.  Aerztl.  Prax., Wien,
1936   10:  249-51.—Guerra,  A.   L'efedrina puo  sostituire
Tadrenalina.   Boll. chim.   farm., 1931, 70: 537.—Guinat,  J.
De quelques essais d'utilisation  du chlorhydrate d ephedrine
en  stomatologie.   Rev.  odont.,  Par.,  1930. 51: 468-84.—
Holder, H. G.  Spinal anesthesia; with special reference to tht
use of ephedrin.   Current Res.  Anesth.,  1929,  8: 109-14.—
Lake, G. B.  Personal experiences with ephedrine.  Med. J. &
Rec, 1929, 130:  7-9.  Also repr.—Liaci, L.  Azione dell efe-
drina  introdotta  per  via  endovenosa  ed  endopent.oneale.
Arch.  farm,  sper., 1933,   55: 101-22.—Lund-,,  J.  S.  Sug-
gestions on the use  of ephedrine in spinal anesthesia.   Surg.
Clin. N. America, 1933, 13: 981-3.—McPhedran, H.   Com-
ments on ephedrine and its uses.   Canad. M. Ass. J.,  1928,
18- 295-7 —Marino, E. L'efedrina nella cura di alcune malat-
tie' dell'infanzia.   Gazz.  osp.,  1930  51:  1427-37.-Melik-
Adamian, A.  A.   [Ephedrin and ephedrinotherapy]  Vrach.
delo  1935  18: 495-8.—Merkel, C. C.  Uses of ephedrine  in
rhinology.    Laryngoscope,  1927,   37:  212-6.—Middleton,
W  S  & Chen, K. K.  Ephedrine; a clinical study. Arch Int.
M* 1927 39:385-403.  Also repr.—Miller, T. G.  A considera-
tion of the clinical value of ephedrin; with a report on its effects
in certain special cases.   Am. J. M. Sc, 1925,  170:  157-81.
______ Ephedrin- its  use  in the treatment of vascular hypo-
tension and  bronchial asthma.  Ann. Clin.  M, 1925-26,  4:
713-21.—Monro, J. E.  Ephedrine and pseudo-ephedrine  in
spinal anaesthesia.  Q. J. Pharm., Lond.,  1934, 7:  32-5.—
Nardelli  L   Esperienze  con  una nuova sostanza ad azione
adrenalina  simile   Rinasc med., 1928, 5: 369-73.-N.v,ere &
Barrat.  Essai sur  T6ph6drine;  son utilisation en ihinologie.
Rev.  larvng., Par.,  1929,  50: 47-50.—Ockerblad,  N.  F., &
Dillon f  G  The use  of  ephedrine in  spinal anesthesia;
prehminary report.  J. Am. M. Ass  1927,  88: "35.--O.T,
H.C.  Ephedrine in ophthalmology.  Practitioner, Lond., 1929
122: 262:—Paleckova, B.   [Ephedrine and its use in internal
medicine]  Cas. lek. Cesk., 1927, 66: 1391-3.-P.ness. G., &
Miller, H.   Ephedrine in asthma  and  hay fever; value  of
ephedrine as shown by its use in "0 cases of asthma and  20
cases of hay fever.  J. Am. M. Ass.,  1927, 89:  515.-PolIak L
& Robitschek, W.  Ueber  die therapeutische Verwendbarkeit
des Ephedrins.  Wien.  klin.  Wschr.  1926, 39:  643.  ———
Ueber die therapeutische Verwendbarkeit des  Ephedrins m der
inneren Medizin.  Ibid., 39: 753   Also Wien  med.  Wschr
1926, 76:  667.—Rice,  W. J.   Ephedrine inhalants.   Proc.
Am. Drug  Manuf. Ass.,   1932  21: 158-Schm.dt. H   Das
Ephedrin  in der operativen  Praxis.  Zbl. Lhir.,  1 .)-*, i>».
3207-9— Schoenberg,  M.  J.  Experience  with  ephedrine  in

        77908—vol. 5, 4th sebies----24
ophthalmic practice.  Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1928, 57: 272-4.—
Sise, L. F.  The use of ephedrin in spinal anesthesia.  Surg.
Clin. N.  America,  1928, 8:  195-200.—Stewart. H.  H.  The
use of ephedrine in asthma and whooping-cough.  Brit. M. J.,
1929,  1:  293-5.—Stieda, H.  Unterstutzung  therapeutischer
und physikomechanischer Massnahmen.   Deut. med. Wschr.,
1939, 65:  682.—Stokes. J. H., & Mclntyre, M. C.  The use
of ephedrine in controlling reactions to arsphenamine.  Arch.
Derm. Svph., Chic, 1928, 18: 131-5.—Thomas, W. S.  Clinical
use of  ephedrine.   N. York  State J. M., 1927, 27: 831-3.—
Winograd, A. M., Hirsch, D. A., & Barnard, R. D.  The use of
ephedrin  during spinal anesthesia for the relief of  paralytic
ileus; a therapeutic fallacy.  Am. J. M. Sc, 1933, 185: 506-8 —
Wu, S. T., & Read, B. E. Ephedrine, N. N. R., a review with
case reports. China M. J., 1927, 4: 1010-6.

----   Toxicity.

   Abramowitz, E. W., & Noun, M. H.  Ephedrine dermatoses:
clinical and experimental study of a personal case, with a review
of the  literature.   Brit. J. Derm. Syph.,  1933, 45: 225-37 —
Ayres,  S., jr, & Anderson, N. P.  Dermatitis  medicamentosa
due to ephedrine.  J.  Am. M. Ass., 1931, 97: 437-40.—Balyeat,
R. M., <fe  Rinkel, H. J.  Urinary retention due to the  use of
ephedrine.  Ibid., 1932, 98: 1545.  Also repr.—Bloedorn, W. A.,
& Dickens, P.  F.  Danger of the administration of ephedrine in
heart failure.  Arch. Int. M., 1928, 42: 322-30.—Boston, L. N.
Dysuria following  ephedrine therapv.  Med.  Times,  N. Y.,
1928,  56:  94.—Bullen,  S. S.,  Franci3, N., &  Parker,  J. M.
Dermatitis medicamentosa due to ephedrine.  J. Allergy, 1932,
3: 485-8.—Carpenter, C. C.  Pompholyx  produced by  sensi-
tivity to ephedrine. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1936, 34: 1028-
30.—Case  (A)  of overdose of ephedrine hydrochloride.  Ind.
M. Rec, 1935, 55: 274.—Chaudhuri, S. A case of  overdose of
ephedrine hydrochloride. J. Ind. M. Ass., 1934-35,  4: 505.—
Chen, K. K. The acute toxicity of ephedrine.  Proc. Soc. Exp.
Biol., N.  V.,  1924-25, 22:  404.  Also J.  Pharm. Exp.  Ther.,
1926, 27: 61-76.   ------   The effect of repeated adminis-
tration of  ephedrine.  Ibid., 77-86.—Chopra, R. N., & Mukher-
jee, B.  Toxic effects of ephedrine—a warning.  Ind. M. Gaz.,
1933, 68:  622-6.—Edgar, J. N.  A  note on the toxic effects of
ephedrine.  N. Zealand M.J,  1928-29, 27: 232.—Issekutz, B.
von, jr. Vergiftung durch Pervitin.  Samml. Vergift., 1939, 10:
A, 85-8.—Romberg, M.  Dermatitis venenata due to ephedrin.
N. York State J.  M.( 1935, 35: 620.—Martin-Laval.  L'ephe-
drine peut-elle etre une cause de retention chez les prostatiques?
Arch. mal. reins, 1933-34, 8: 372-4.—Nadler, J. E.  A quantita-
tive comparison  and  toxicological study of   ephedrine and
epinephrin. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1926-27, 30: 489-97. Also
Chin. J. Physiol., 1927, 1: 271-6.—Ogden, E., & Teather, A. R.
Observations on dogs under the continued influence of ephe-
drine.  J.  Pharm.  Exp. Ther.,  1935, 54: 320-6.—Pak, C, &
Read,  B. E. Comparative studies of ephedrine, racemic ephe-
drine and pseudoephedrine; comparative  toxicity.  Chin. J.
Physiol., 1929, 3: 81-94.—Rothschild, F.  Studien uber chroni-
sche Ephedrinwirkung; zugleich Versuche zur Erzeugung experi-
mentellen  Dauerchochdrucks und dessen  Beeinflussung durch
ein Antihypertonicum (Vasoclin) Zschr. ges. exp.  Med., 1931,
78: 412-25.—Scheer, M. A case of dermatitis venenata due to
ephedrine. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1929, 20: 641.—Schulze,
M. Ergebnisse von Tierversuchen zum langdauernden Gebrauch
von Ephedrin  und  Ephetonin.  Miinch. med. Wschr., 1931, 78:
1826.—Valentine, J.  J., & Fitzgerald, J. S. Retention of urine
due to ephedrin, with a discussion of the mode of action and a
therapeutic usage.  J.  Urol., Bait., 1935,  34: 314-23.—Zeller.
M.  Hypersensitivity to ephedrine and ephetonine.  J. Am. M.
Ass., 1933, 101: 1725.  Also repr.


EPHELIS.

   See also Light, Effect; Pigmentation, Disorders.
    Guesdon, P.  L.  *Traitement des ephelides.
51p.   8?   Par.,  1936.
   Blashill, J. B.  Pigmentation of the face and  neck  due to
freckle cream.  J. Am. M. Ass.,  1932, 98: 2200.—Coglievina, B.
SulTimportanza biochimica delle efelidi.  Riforma med., 1925i
41:  581.—Justus, L.   [Difficulties in removal of  ephelides]
Gyogyaszat, 1934, 74:  519-21.—Matarosso.   Traitement des
 taches de rousseur (ephelides) par la niege carbonique.  Ann.
derm,  syph., Par., 1932, 7. ser., 3: 818-30.—Roelen. W. Eine
 Methode  zur Beseitigung der Epheliden. Fortsch. Ther., 1936,
 12: 84-7.—Roxburgh, A. C.  Case of permanent freckles treated
 with pure carbolic- acid. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond.,  1926-27, 20:
sect, derm., 44.—Sellei, J.  Weitere Beitrage  zur Entfernung
der Epheliden. Wien. med. Wschr., 1928, 78: 1439.—Sezary,
 A., &  Duruy,  A.   Ephelides.  In Nouv.  prat. derm. (Darier,
 Sabouraud, et al.) Par.,  1936, 5: 915-20.—Siemens.  H.  W.
 Zur Kenntnis der Epheliden mit Bemerkungen  iiber Haar-
 bleichung und Haarfarbenbestimmung.   Arch. Derm. Syph.,
 Berl.,  1924, 147: 210-27.------Zur  klinisch-atiologischen
 Analyse und Systematik kleinfleckiger Pigmentierungen, nebst
 Beschreibung  einer besonderen Form von Epheliden.  Derm.
 Zschr., 1928,  53:  575-91.—Sukharev, V., & Alperovich, B.
 [Finding  of cosmetics for the prevention of  freckles, and the
 value  of existing ones] Sovet. vest, vener.,  1934, 3: 780-4.—
 Tsinoukas, B.  Sur un nouveau traitement des epheiide3 par la
 diathermie. Arch, electr. med.. 1928, 38: 147.—Warner, A.
 A case of ephelis ab igne.  Brit. M. J., 1933, 1: 149. 
EPHEMERAL                                  370                                       EPHRAIM
EPHEMERAL  fever.

   See also Fever,  obscure.
   Schiaffino,  R.   Las pequeiias  fiebres.   20p.
8?   Montev., 1920.
   Apert, E.  Les fievres passageres cryptogeniques des enfants.
Monde med.,  1925. 35: 847-52.—Castaiion Albertos, G.  M:is
sobre febriculas.  Med. ibera, 1932, 26: 1005-11.—De Candia,
S.  Le febbricole.  Arch, pat., Bologna, 1929,  8: 184-209.—
Escontria, M.  La fiebre en el recien nacido.  Gac. med. M6xico,
1932, 63: 375.—Fiebres tropicales de corta duracion.  Rev. san.
mil., Asunci6n, 1936-37, 9: 273-8.—Franco, P. M.  La febbri-
cola.  Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1938, 19: 249-56.—Gasbarrini,
A.   Febbricole  e quadri  morbosi  di  oscura interpretazione.
Gior. med. prat., 1935,  17: 101-12.—Gomez Pallete.   Con-
sideraziones sobre 53 casos de febricula.  Med. ibera, 1935, 29:
pt 2, 36.—Hauffe, B.  Febris ephemera. Munch, med. Wschr.,
1935, 82: 1637.—Levi, L.  Spunti clinici e critici in tema di
febbricola.  Gior. clin. med., 1936, 17: 603-18.—MacArthur,
W. P., Dudley, S. F., & Whittingham, H. E. Tropical fevers of
short duration.   J. R. Army  M. Corps, 1929, 53: 247-9.—
Maranon, G.  El problema de la febricula. Arch, med., Madr.,
1926, 25: 145-95.  Also Med.  ibera, 1926, 20: pt  2, 331; 359.
Also Siglo med., 1927, 79: 8; 34; 54; 82;  108;  140; 173.—
Merino, M.   La febricula  de origen hepatico.  An. Hosp. S.
Jose, Madr., 1929-30, 1: 299-306.—Micchioro, G.   Febbricole
e funzione tiroidea.  Minerva med., Tor., 1934,  25: pt 2, 127-
36.—Phease, R. N. Report of  the investigation of short fevers
at Kamptee, Central Province, 1928.   J. R. Army M. Corps,
1929, 52: 404-18.—Reale, E.  Febbricole e febbri criptogene-
tiche.  Morgagni,  1930,  72:  2000-7.—Rossi  Belgrano,  C.
Febriculas de alarma;  consideraciones generates y considera-
ciones particulares a cuatro casos clinicos.  Sem. med., B. Air.,
1933, 40: pt 2,  2027-35.—Schreiber,  G.  La fievre  ephemere
chez le nouveau-ne.  Bull, med., Par.,  1932, 46:  193.  Also
Clinique, Par., 1933, 28: 33.—Smith, S. The abortive fevers of
the East,  J.  R. Army M. Corps, 1929, 52: 419-23.—Stmga-
nelli, P.   Contributo  alia conoscenza delle  febbricole.  Fol.
med., Nap., 1928, 14: 919-57.—Torpy, C. D.   An investigation
of the short fevers at Trimulgherry, 1931.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1931.
66: 564-7.—Vilches y Martinez, G., & Gonzalez Galvan, J. M.
Las  febriculas de origen hepato-renal.  Med. ibera, 1934, 28:
pt 2, 357-61.

EPHEMERIDAE.

   See also Insect.
   Murphy, H. E.  Notes on the biology of some of our North
American species of May-flies.  Bull. Lloyd Libr., 1922, Entom.
ser. No. 2, 1-46,  7 pl.  ------& Needham, J. G.  Neotropical
Mayflies.  Ibid.,  1924, Entom. ser. No.  4, 1-79, 13 pl.—Parlato,
S. J. The May fly as an exciting cause of seasonal allergic
coryza and asthma. J.  Allergy, 1938-39, 10: 56-60.—Vayssiere,
A.  Sur l'organisation interne des larves nymphales de Baetisca
(types d'ephemeres) C. rend. Acad, sc, 1934, 198: 870-2.

EPHESTIA.

   See also Lepidoptera;  Phycitidae.
   Drummond, M. The germinal layers concerned in the for-
mation of the alimentary canal and  Malpighian tubules of
Ephestia kuhniella  (Lepidoptera)  Q. J. Micr.  Sc, Lond.,
1935-36, 78: 533-42, 2 pl.—Feldotto, W.  Sensible Perioden des
Fliigelmusters bei Ephestia kuhniella Zeller. Arch.  Entwmech.,
1933, 128:  299-341.—Hase, A.  Ueber einen  merkwiirdigen
Fall von Eischnuren-Bildung  bei  der Mehlmotte  (Ephestia
kuhniella)  Anz. Schadlingsk., 1928. 4:87.—Kriiger, P. Be-
obachtungen  am  Mehlmottenparasiten Nemeritis canescens
Gravenhorst;  zugleich  ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der ausseren
Anatomie der Ichneumoniden.  Zschr. angew. Entom., 1920-21,
58-67.—Mattes,  O.  Parasitare Krankheiten der Mehlmotten-
larven und Versuche iiber ihre Verwendbarkeit als  biologisches
Bekampfungsmittel (zugleich  ein Beitrag zur  Zytologie der
Bakterien)  Sitzber. Ges. Naturwiss. Marburg, 1927, 62: 381-
417, pl.—Murphy, H. E. Rearing Mayflies from egg to adult.
In Cult. Meth. Invertebr. (Galtsoff, P. S., et al.) Ithaca, 1937,
266.—Needham, J. G.  The male  of  the  parthenogenetic
May-fly,  Ameletus  ludens.  Psyche J.  Entom., 1924, 31: 308-
10.—Voukassovich, P.   Observations  biologiques  sur un 16pi-
doptere (Ephestia kuehniella Zella)  C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1929,
100: 62-4.  ------   Nouvelles  observations sur Ephestia
kuhniella Zell.  Ibid., 64-7.—Wehmer, C.  Versuche iiber die
Giftwirkung von Essig auf die Entwicklung der  Melhmotte.
Zbl. Bakt., 2. Abt., 1911, 31: 591-8.


EPHETONIN.

   See Ephedrine,  dl-ephedrine.


EPHIALTES.

   See Nightmare.
   EPHRAIM, Jerome William, 1901-       Take
care of  yourself; a practical guide to  health and
beauty, stressing the proper way to use, and the
prudent way to   buy home  remedies  and  cos-
metics,  xiv, 287p.   illust.  8?  N. Y., Simon &
Schuster, 1937.
   EPHRUSSI,  Boris.   La  culture  des  tissus.
viii,   233p.    illust.    tab.    diagr.    8?    Par.,
Gauthier-Villars & cie,  1932.


EPHYDRIDAE.

   See also Muscoidea;  Myiasis.
   Ping, C.   The  biology of  Ephydra subopaca
Loew.   p.561-612.  8?  "ithaca, N. Y., 1921.


EPIBDELLA.

   See also Trematoda.
   Jahn, T. L.  Epibdella melleni.  In Cult. Meth. Invertebr.
(Galtsoff, P. S., et al.) Ithaca, 1937, 158-60.------ & Kuhn,
L. R.  The life history of Epibdella melleni MacCallum 1927, a
monogenetic trematode parasitic on marine fishes. Biol. Bull.,
1932, 62: 89-111.

EPICANTHUS.

   See also Eyelid;  Mongol; Mongolism.
   Aichel, O.  Beitrage zur Faltenbildung am Auge.  Anthrop.
Anz., 1932, 9: 211-4, pl.—Blair, V. P., Brown, J. B., & Hirnm,
W. G.  Correction of ptosis and of epicanthus.  Arch. Ophth.,
Chic, 1932,  n.  ser.,  7: 831-46.  Also repr.—Boehm.  Was
versteht man unter Mongolenfalte und Mongolenfleck?  Zschr.
arztl. Fortbild.,  1933, 30: 619.—Biihler, E.  Die Oberliddeck-
falte am  Europaerauge.  Zschr.  Morph. Anthrop., 1939, 38:
56-62, 3 pl.—Chouke, K. S. The epicanthus or Mongolian fold
in Caucasian children.  Am. J. Phys.  Anthrop., 1929-30, 13:
255-79.—Coutela & d'Heucqueville.  Biepharochalazis, epican-
thus et ptosis progressifs.  Rev. otoneur., Par., 1938, 16: 139.—
Desfosses, P. L'oeil Mongol; Toeil des Indo-Chinois.   Presse
med., 1938, 46: 1125.—Gifford, H.  The Mongolian eye.  Am.
J. Ophth., 1928,  3. ser., 11: 887-93.—Goldberger, E.  Epican-
thus and its variants among Caucasians.  Arch. Ophth., Chic,
1936, 16: 506-15.—Lou, T. H.  Bilateral congenital epicanthus
inversus and ptosis; report of a case.   China M. J.,  1934, 48:
814-8,  pl.—Muller, H. K.   Kongenitales Entropium durch
Epiblepharon.   Klin.  Mbl.  Augenh., 1931, 87: 184-90.—
Olah, E.  Ueber  Operation des Epikanthus tarsalis.  Ibid.,
1933, 90: 233.—Pillat, A.  Marked epiblepharon with retro-
flection of the eyelashes of both lower lids in an adult Mongolian.
Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1929, n.  ser., 1: 315-23.—Rosenstein, A.
M. Epicanthus und Hereditat.   Med. Welt, 1931, 5: 354-6.—
Satanowsky. P.   Criptoftalmia parcial con epicantus y ptosis
congenita del parpado  superior.  Arch. oft. hisp. amer., 1933,
33: 643-52.  Also Rev. As. med.  argent., 1933, 46: 2718-24 —
Usher, C. H. Pedigrees of hereditary epicanthus.  Biometrika,
Cambr., 1935, 27: 5-25.—Wen, I. C.  The development of the
upper eyelid  of the Chinese with special reference to the mon-
golic fold. Chin. M. J., 1934, 48: 1216-27.—Wrzosek, A. La
bride mongole chez  les enfants  et la jeunesse des  ecoles de
Poznan.  Anthropologie,  Praha,  1928, 6: 23-7.

EPICARDIUM.

   See also Pericardium.
   Blume, H.  *Die  cystenartigen Bildungen im
Epikard nach fibrinoser Perikarditis  [JenaJ   20p.
8?  Apolda,  1929.
   Girgensohn,  H. [J. G.]  *Die Entstehung der
Sehiienflecke   des  Epikards;  pathologisch-ana-
tomische  und   experimentelle  Untersuchungen
[Leipzig]   32p.  8?   Zeulenroda-Thiir., 1934.
   Grosswirth,  A.  *Ein  Fall von Epicardcyste.
16p.   8?   Munch.,  1929.
   Andolf, N., Bergmark, G., & Gellerstedt, N. Un  cas de
coelotheiioma epicordis.  Upsala lak. foren. forh.,  1937, 42:
363-79.—Blumer, G.  Pericarditis epistenocardica.  J. Am. M.
Ass., 1936, 107:  178-81. Also Gazz. osp., 1936, 57: 1219-23.—
Cellina, M.  Di un grosso lipoma pendulo dell'epicardio; con-
tributo alia conoscenza dei tumori benigni del pericardio.  Gior.
clin. med., 1931, 12: 1324-45.—Demel, V. C. Sulla periechia
epicardica asinechiale.  Cuore & circol., 1936,  20: 37-51.—
Hamdi, H.  Ein Fall  von Colothelioma Epicardii multiplex.
Verh. Deut. path. Ges., 1929,  24: 281-6.—Lenkeit, W.   Zysten
des Epi- und Perikards.  Zbl. allg. Path., 1928-29, 44: 97-100 —
Manca,  C.   Epicarditis  chronica pigmentosa superficialis
(contributo  anatomo-patologico alio  studio delle cosidette
chiazze e noduli emosiderinici del pericardio)  Arch. ital. anat.
pat., 1931, 2: 1269-300.—Matzdorff, F.  Fleckformige Ablage-
rung von melanotischem Pigment im Epikard.  Zbl. allg. Path.,
1928, 42:  294.—Menneke,  F.   Hamosiderinknotchen am
Epikard. Zschr. Kreislaufforsch., 1933, 25: 545-62.—Musotto,
G., & Crescimanno, P.  Emopericardio da erosione vasale  in
sede di un tessuto  di granulazione  aspecifico dell'epicardio.
Pathologica,  Genova, 1939, 31: 287-91.—Mussi, G.  Su alcuni
casi  di  epicarditis chronica  pigmentosa  superficialis.   Ibid.,
59-69. 
EPICONDYLITIS                              371                                      EPIDEMIC
 EPICONDYLITIS.

    See under Humerus.

 EPICRANIUM.

    See under Scalp.

 EPIDEMIC.
    See also Communicable disease; Epidemiology;
 Infection; Infectious  disease; also under proper
 names of infectious  diseases.   For contagious dis-
 ease in animals see Animals, Diseases, contagious.
    Bruynoghe, R.  Les epidemies.  Rev. m6d., Louvain, 1932,
 302-4.—Friedemann, U.  Epidemiology of children's infectious
 diseases.  Lancet, Lond., 1928, 2: 211-7.—Godfrey, E. S., jr.
 Age distribution in  milk-borne outbreaks of scarlet fever and
 diphtheria.   Am. J. Pub.  Health, 1929, 19: 257-64.------
 Age  distribution in milk-borne  outbreaks of  scarlet fever
 and diphtheria.  Med. Off., Lond., 1929, 41: 215-7.—Hoder, F.
 Die Seuchen. Med. Welt,  1933,  7: 1845-8.—Mouriquand, G.
 Epidemies  pseudo-infectieuses et  dystrophies  inapparentes.
 Bull. Acad,  med., Par., 1933, 3.  ser., 110: 257-60.—Picken,
 R. M. F.   Age-incidence and  sex-incidence  of  milk-borne
 epidemics.  Brit. M.  J.,  1936, 1: 1291-5.—Tibbetts, T.  M.
 Some non-infectious epidemics in general practice. Birmingham
 M. Rev.,  1932, 7: 31-7.

 ----  Association and interrelationship.
    Godfrey, E. S.  Influenza  and  measles, their epidemiologic
 similarity.  N. York State J. M., 1926, 26: 312-4.—Hunsel, J.
 H. F. E. van.  Extermination  of cholera in prevention of small-
 pox in  the Dutch East  Indies.   Geneesk. bl., 1936, 33: 373-
 408.—Lowenstadt,  H.  Die  epidemiologischen Beziehungen
 zwischen  Diphtherie  und  Scharlach, nachgewiesen an dem
 zeitlichen Ablauf der Epidemien  und der Letalitat.  Veroff.
 Medverwalt., 1930,  32: 409-539.—Nechaev, A. A.  [Mutual
 dependence and periodicity of outbreaks of infectious diseases]
 Vrach.  gaz.,  1930, 34: 1285-90,

 ----  Climatic  and geologic factors.
    Wolter,  F.   Seuchenentstehung  und  Klima-
 forschung; die Ergebnisse  der Klimaforschung in
 ihrer  Bedeutung fiir  die  Epidemiologic.   43p.
 8?   Stuttg., 1936.
    Epidemiology of an island.  Lancet, Lond., 1935, 2: 1129.—
 Harmon,  G. E., & Perkins, R.  G.  A comparison of the seasonal
 prevalence of diphtheria, measles and scarlet fever in different
 latitudes. J. Prev. M., 1926-27, 1: 327-41.—Lotze, H.  Boden
 und Seuchen; ein experimenteller Beitrag zur Frage der ursach-
 lichen Beziehung zwischen Bodenverhaltnissen und Auftreten
 von Seuchen.  Zschr. Hyg., 1934, 116:  556-75.  ;------  Boden-
 gasintoxikationen; eine tierexperimentelle Studie zur Frage  der
 Bedeutung  von  Bodengasen  fiir  das Zustandekommen  von
 Seuchen.   Ibid.,  586-601.—Martini,  E.  Ueber Klima  und
 Seuchen (vom Standpunkt des Entomologen) Anz. Schadlingsk.,
 1929, 5: 45-8.—Robertson, A. W. Ground temperature and
 epidemic disease.  Lancet, Lond.,  1934, 2: 512.—Rodenwaldt,
 E.  Geomorphologische  Analvse  als Element der Seuchen-
 bekampfung.  Hippokrates,  Stutt.,  1935, 6:  375;  418.—
 Schilcher, E. Epidemien, Bodenbeschaffenheit und Klima.
 Munch, med. Wschr., 1925, 72: 1888.—Wolter, F. Der Wandel
 in  den  Erscheinungsformen des epidemischen Erkrankens in
 seiner Abhangigkeit von  Boden  und Klima.   Hippokrates,
 Stuttg., 1928, 1: 181-217.  ------  Ueber die Rolle des Bodens
 bei der Seuchenentstehung unter Menschen und Tieren; eine
 vergleichend-epidemiologische Studie  zur Aufklarung einiger
 ratselhafter Fragen in der menschlichen und tierischen Seuchen-
 lehre.   Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1932, 48: 293-9.

 ----  Control and  prevention.
   See  also  Disinfection; Insect, Extermination;
 Milk,  Inspection; Port, Hygiene; Quarantine, &c.
   Kirchner,  M.    Hygiene   und  Seuchenbe-
 kampfung; gesammelteAbhandlungen.  658p.   8?
 Berl.,  1904.
   Montaldo, F.   Las  epidemias; defensa  mo-
 derna, social  e individual  contra las  principales.
 182p.   12?  Barcel. [1902]
   Sutterlin,  T.   Seuchenbekampfung.   p.291-
 376.    8?   Jena, 1936.
   In Der Amtsarzt (Gutt, A., Conti, L. [et al.]) Jena,  1936.
   Wretlind, E. \V.   Huru forhindras farsoters
spridning   [How  to prevent  the spread  of  epi-
demics]   23p.  8?   Stockh., 1892.
   Bertarelli, E.  Come si pud e si deve praticare Tisolamento
degli infetti e dei sospetti durante le epidemie. Morgagni, 1915,
57: pt 2,  1033-6.—Bloomfield, J.  J.  Engineering aspects of
problems in industrial epidemiology.  Indust.  M., 1938,  7:
377-85.—Bolduan, C. F. The conquest of pestilence.  Q. Bull.
Milbank Mem. Fund, 1935, 13: 219-22.—Bordas.  Prophylaxie
des maladies epidemiques a Paris.  Ann. hyg., Par., 1923,  n.
ser., 1: 73-87.—Britton, F. W.  Research on epidemics in rela-
tion to hygiene and public health.  Med.  Times, Lond., 1937,
65: 100.—Bundesen. H. N., & Hedrich,  A.  W.  Method for
early detection of epidemic trends.  Am. J. Pub. Health, 1925,
15: 289-96.—Camomot, C.   Control of water-borne diseases in
the province.   Month. Bull. Philippine Health Serv., 1925,  5:
671-4.—Candiotti.  Rapport de  fin de campagne,  cotes de
Syrie et de Cilicie (fevrier-juillet 1923)  Arch. med. pharm.
nav.,  1923, 113: 455-67.—Carter, E.  C.   Some observations
concerning the controlling of epidemics.  J. Ass. Mil. Surgeon
U.  S.,  1906, 18:  89-95.—Crookshank, F. G.  Public health
considerations  relating to   influenza,  pneumonia,  and allied
epidemics; the epidemiuloirieal point of view.  J. R. San. Inst.,
1920-21,41: 103-9.--Dorbeck, F.  Zur Geschichte der Abwehr-
massregeln gegen epidemische Krankheiten in  Russland, mit
einer  Einleitung  iiber die  Bedeutung der Geschichte  der
Medizin.  S. Petersb.  med.  Wschr., 1908,  33: 343.—Dosquet.
Die Bekampfung der  Volkskrankheiten durch Umgestaltung
der Wohnungen und Schulen.  Deut.  med. Wschr., 1928, 54:
63.—Dowling,  O.  Three great national health problems.   J.
Am. M. Ass., 1925, 85: 484-8.—Eichholtz.  Brief an den Heraus-
geber  der   Schweizerischen  medizinischen  Wochenschrift.
Schweiz. med.  Wschr., 1939, 69:  686.—Emery, W.  G.  Some
observations on county health work.  Nebraska M. J., 1935, 20:
172-5.—Epidemic (The) and public  health  nursing.  Johns
Hopkins  Nurs. Alumnae Mag.,  1918, 17:  223.—Fang,  L.
Cooperation between the civil and military authorities in ques-
tion of prevention of diseases in China. Atti Congr. internaz.
med. farm, mil., 1923, 2. Congr., 2: 47L».—Flu, P. C.  Mesures
de  prophylaxie  antichoierique  et antipesteuse aux Indes
Neerlandaises.  Bull. Soc. path, exot,, Par.,  1924, 17: 703-14.—
Freitas F. L. de, & Paz de Almeida, A.  O combato as doencas
epidemicas no Rio de Janeiro.  Fol. med., Rio, 1934, 15: 265;
282.—Friedemann, U.  Fortschritte der  Seuchenprophylaxe.
Jahrkurs. arztl. Fortbild., 1927, 18: H. 10, 15-24.—Fulton, J. S.
The management of epidemies of contagious and  infectious
diseases.  Albany M. Ann.,  1903,  24: 575-86.—Gins, H. A., &
Rosenhaupt.   Epidemie-Bekampfung.   Deut.   Zschr.  off.
GesundhpfL, 1929, 5: 176-93  [Discussion] 209-11.—Gordon, J.
Ueber den jetzigen Stand der Epidemioiogie und Bekampfung
der Infektionskrankheiten in Paiastina. Arch. Schiffs Tropen-
hyg.,  1924,  28:  387-97.—Grumbach, A.  Die Lehren  des
Weltkrieges  fiir  die  Seuchenbekampfung.   Schweiz.  med.
Wschr., 1936, 66: 739-45.—Hecker, H.  Seuchenbekampfung
in friiherer Zeit und Erfolge der neueren Seuchenbekampfungs-
methoden.  Reichs  Med.  Anz., 1912, 37: 769.—Hull, T.  G.
Pasteurization  minimizes  milk-borne  epidemics.    Nation's
Health, Chic, 1923, 5: 203-5.—Ichok, G.   L'action sanitaire a
Tetranger; la  prevention des maladies infectieuses au Japon.
Rev. hyg., Par., 1932, 54: 430-41.  ------  L'action sanitaire
a Tetranger; la lutte ccfntre  les  epidemies en Pologne.  Ibid.,
1934, 56? 691-714.—Joannon, P.   La  methode de Milne.  J.
med. fr., 1923,  12:  497-507.—Jurgens, G.  Neue  Wege der
Seuchenbekampfung.  Berl.  klin. Wschr., 1919,  56:  532-6
[Diskussion] 570-5.  Also Deut  med. Wschr.,  1919, 45: 645
[Diskussion]  701.—Kirchner.  Seuchenbekampfung.  In Soc.
Kult. Volkswohlf. ... Kaiser Wilhelm II, Berl., 1913, 2: 265-
77.—Kirchner, M.  Die soziale Bedeutung der  Volksseuchen
und ihre Bekampfung.  Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1904, 1: 35; 68;
98. ------  Neue Wege der Seuchenbekampfung.  Berl. klin.
Wschr., 1919, 56: 625-30.—Kisskalt.  Seuchenverbreitung und
Seuchenbekampfung.  In Spec.  Path. Ther. inn.  Krankh.,
Berl., 1923, 2: Teil 3, 211-90.—Liebetrau.  Moderne Seuchen-
bekampfung.  Soziale Med.  Hyg., Hamb.,  1907, 2:  135-43.—
Mauriac, E.  La prophylaxie des maladies d'origine hydrique et
en particulier de la fievre typhoide.  Rev. hyg., Par., 1923, 45:
1202-5.—Mendez, V. G.  Que es lo que debe hacer el campesino
cubano para evitar el paludismo y la  fiebre tifoidea.  San.  &
benef.,  Habana,  1924,  19:  34-7.—Naslund, C.  [Danger of
epidemics in Europe and their  prevention]  Hygiea, Stockh.,
1922, S4: 689-718.—Nicolajevitch, N.   Our new effort in the
campaign against  epidemics.  Med. Off., Lond., 1923, 30: 81-
3.—Petruschky, J.  Neue Wege des Seuchenschutzes.  Deut.
med. Wschr.,  1920, 46: 366.—Prausnitz, C.  Seuchenausbrei-
tung und Seuchenbekampfung.  Erg. ges. Med., 1928, 11: 305-
23.—Raebiger  &  Rautmann.  Versuche zur Seuchenbekam-
pfung mit Methylenblau medicinale Hoechst.  Berl. tierarztl.
Wschr.,  1916, 32: 253-8.—Schopf,  V. Seuchenbekampfung.
Amtsarzt,  Lpz.,  1916,  8:   173-91.—Seuchenbekampfung in
China.   Schweiz.  med. Wschr.,  1938,  68: 31.—Seyfarlh, C.
Seuchen und Seuchenbekampfung in Russland.  Zschr. klin.
Med., 1924, 100: 203-22.—Seymour, F. R.  Men and masses.
Med. Off'., Lond., 1935, 53: 35; 45;  55.—Soloviev, M.  N.
[Fighting epidemics  in the Ukraine]  Profil. med.,  Kharkov,
1928,  7:  35-49.—Steudel,  E.  Die Seuchenbekampfung in
Deutsch-Ostafrika. Med. Welt,  1934, 8: 1366; 1452.—Synnott.
M. J. The prevention of epidemics.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1909,
75: 393-7.—Taveta, M. K.   Anti-yaws and  hookworm cam-
paign.  Native M. Pract., Suva, 1935, 2:  225-8.—Uhlenhuth.
Die Bedeutung des Tierexperimentes fiir die Erkennung und
Bekampfung der  Seuchen.   Umschau, 1929, 33:  771-4.—
Wolf.  Die moderne Seuchenbekampfung  mitbesonderer Be-
rucksichtigung der Desinfektion am Krankenbett. Gesundheit.
Lpz , 1907, 32: 449-64.—Wolter, F. Zur Frage, welche Rolle
die  Desinfektion in der Seuchenverhutung und  -bekampfung 
EPIDEMIC
372
EPIDEMIC
 spielt.   Hippokrates, Stuttg., 1930-31, 3: 559-78.  ------
 Die Bedeutung der Pforzheimer Typhusepidemie von 1919 und
 der Malariaepidemie in Russland von  1923 fiir die Seuchen-
 verhutung.  Med. Welt,  1932, 6: 278-80 [Erwiderung von C.
 Prausnitz] 280.—Woo, S. M.  The use of  disinfection and
 isolation in epidemics.  Nat.  M. J. China, 1918-19, 4: 16-26 —
 Woodwark, S.  The rise and fall of certain diseases concurrently
 with the progress of hygiene and sanitation.  J. R.  Inst, Pub.
 Health,  1937-38, 1: 897-910.—Wu Lien Teh.  The prevention
 of  infectious diseases in China.  China M. J.,  1929, 43: 343-
 50.—Yakovenko, E. I.   [Methods  of straightening the epi-
 demic curves]  Gig. epidem., 1929, 8:  71-9.—Zerbe.G.  Warum
 wird die Schlussdesinfektion  zu einer symbolischen Handlung?
 Munch,  med. Wschr., 1931, 78: 405.

 ----   Control and prevention: Organization.

    Russell, R.   National strategy against infec-
 tion.   16p.   8?   Lond., 1888.
    Bingham, A. W., & Gallagher, J.  J.  Community control of
 the acute infections.  Am. J. Pub. Health, 1927, 17: 448-51.—
 Bohm,  A. Sanitatspolizeiliche Massnahmen  bei Epidemien.
 Klin. ther. Wschr., Wien, 1915, 22: 143-8.—Cheyrou-Lagreze.
 Le role du medecin adjoint; technique d'hygiene et de prophy-
 laxie. Marseille med.,  1936,  73: pt 2, 430-2.—De Rudder.
 Die Zivilisationsseuchen  in ihrer Beziehung zu Fursorge und
 Seuchenpolizei.  Klin. Wschr., 1927,  6: 1668-73.—Filippini, A.
 Le  attribuzioni  dell'ufficiale sanitario  nella  profilassi  delle
 malattie infettive.  Ann. igiene, 1934,  44: 248-54.—Guerrino,
 G.  Disposizioni  sanitarie contro la  peste bubbonica, il colera
 e la febbre gialla. Med. ital., 1924, 5:  123-47.  ------ Saggi
 di organizzazione profilattica; contro la peste,  Delhi, Inverno,
 1922-24; contro la malattia del sonno, Cameroun, Agosto, 1922-
 Novembre 1923.  Ibid., 1925, 6: 341-9.—Hahn, M.   Standige
 Organisation der Seuchenabwehr.  Seuchenbekampfung,  1928,
 5: 213-25.—Hill, F. C.  The  Seymour Plan.  Pub. Health J.,
 Toronto, 1927, 18: 118-23.—Kirchner, M. Die  neue Organisa-
 tion  der bakteriologischen  Seuchenfeststellung in  Preussen.
 Verh. Berl. med. Ges.  (1908) 1909,  39:  2. Teil, 37-51  [Dis-
 cussion]  1. Teil, 44-6.—Kraus, R.   Zur  Geschichte  der inter-
 nationalen Seuchenbekampfung.   Wien. med.  Wschr.,  1925,
 75:   1020-2.—Kutscher,   K.   Der  Grenzseuchenschutz  im
 Regierungsbezirk Allenstein.  Zschr. Hyg., 1924, 103: 379-84.—
 Lebredo, M.  G.  Importaneia de  que las  naciones latino-
 americanas acuerden que la fiebre amarilla, la peste bubonica
 y el paludismo, pueden y  deben ser perseguidos hasta la erradi-
 cacion dentro de sus territories. Rev. med. cir. Habana,  1922,
 27: 821-36.—Lentz  & Janzon.  Die  Tatigkeit der preussi-
 schen Medizinalbeamten in  der Seuchenbekampfung. Zschr.
 Medbeamte, 1933, 46: 394-418.—Likun, W.  The activities of
 medical  and sanitary  organization  of the Chinese Eastern
 Railway Administration in North Manchuria in combating the
 epidemics of plague and cholera,  1910-26.   Tr. Far East.
 Ass.  Trop. M.  (1927) 1928,  1: 791-816.—Martin, L. Sur le
 service des epid6mies.  Bull. Acad,  med., Par., 1928, 3. ser.,
 100:  1201-10.—Merlin, M.  Circulaire du gouverneur general
 de  l'Afrique occidentale  franeaise au sujet de  la prophylaxie
 des affections  endemo-epidemiques.  Ann.  med. pharm. col.,
 1924, 22: 136-40.—Mitwirkung des  deutschen Roten Kreuzes
 bei  der  Seuchenbekampfung.  Reichsgesundhbl.,  1937,  12:
 646.—[Plans  for  control of  epidemics  for 1939]  Gig.  san.,
 Moskva, 1939, No. 2-3, 32-41.—Soper, G. A.   The danger of
 pestilence in Europe and the need of an International Health
 Commission.  N. York M. J.,  1919,  109: 888-90.—Thibierge,
 G.   Sur  les recompenses  a accorder  pour les services des epi-
 demies, en 1919,  au nom de la Commission permanente des
 gpidemies. Bull. Acad, med., Par.,  1920, 84: 78-86—Wata-
 biki. T.  On centralizing the control of epidemics in the Orient.
 Japan M. World, 1923, 3: 163.

 ----   Endemicity.

   Kermack, W. O., & McKendrick, A. G.  Contributions to
 the  mathematical theory of  epidemics; the problem of en-
 demicity.  Proc.  R.  Soc, Lond., 1932, ser. A, 138: 55-83;
 1933, ser. A, 141: 94.—Moldovan, I.   Zur  Familienepidemi-
 ologie einiger  Infektionskrankheiten (Diphtherie,  Scharlach,
 Masern)  Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1925, 29: Beih. 1, 239-44.—
 Petersen, W. F.  Studies in endemiology (periodicity in sun
 spots and in mortality)   Arch. Path., Chic, 1937, 24: 404.—
 Picaza,  S. Historia de  las  grandes endemias  tropicales  en
 Cuba; nuestra contribucion a su estudio.  In  Monogr.  Inst.
 Finlay, 1938, 5: 83-124.


----  Genius epidemicus.
  Engel, K.   Der  Genius epidemicus.  Verh.  ungar. arztl.
 Ges., 1936, 8: 49.  Also Wien.  Arch.  inn. Med.,  1937, 30:
 385-400.—Ferraro, D.   Come puo  spiegarsi  il genio  delle
 epidemie (osservazioni cliniche e statistiche)  Ann. med. nav.,
 Roma, 1928, 34: pt 2, 213-24.—Godonneche, J. A propos  du
g^nie epidemique.  Rev.  med. Nancy,  1938,  66:  472-9.—
Goodall, E. W.  The epidemic constitution.  Proc. R. Soc. M.,
Lond., 1927-28, 21:  sect,  epidem. state med., 1-10.—Magels-
sen, A.   Genius epidemicus  i Stockholm.   Hvgiea, Stockh.,
 1926, 88: 245;  759.   ------  Das  Wetter als Genius epi-
demicus durch 100 Jahre. Zschr. wiss. Biiderk., 1926-27, 1:
332-51.—Szontagh,  F.   Ueber Genius  epidemicus  et  loci.
Mschr. Kinderh., 1923, 25: 631-42.
----  Geography.

   See also Morbidity; Mortality; Vital statistics.
   Low,  R.  B.    The  progress  and diffusion  of
plague,  cholera and vellow  fever throughout the
world, 1914-17.   276p.   8?   Lond., 1920.
   Cullen,  G. M.  World epidemics and their relationship as
cause and  effect to social conditions.  Brit.  M. J., 1927, 2:
305-7.  Also Lancet,  Lond., 1927,  2:  709-11. —Dudley, S. F.
The ecological  outlook on epidemiology.  Proc  H. Soc.  M.,
Lond.,  1936-37, 30: 57-70.  Also J. R.  Nav. M. Serv., 1937,
23:  131-48.—Epidemiological report of  the  health section of
the Secretariat,  Rapp. epidem., Geneve, 1933,  12:  1; 163 —
Ichok,  G.    Les  principaux  fovers  endemo-epidemiques du
monde.  Rev.  hyg.,  Par.,  1928,  50:  193-219.—Kuhn,  A.
[Monthly report of epidemological  section  of the  League of
Nations]  Polska gaz. lek.,  1927, 6: 741.—Mollers, B.   Die
Ausbreitung  der  gemeingefahrlichen Volksseuchen im  Jahre
1924 in den 5 Erdteilen.  Med. Klin.,  Berl., 1925, 21: 1670.—
Parr, L. W.,  Goodale, R. H., & Krischner,  H.  The epidemi-
ology of diphtheria and scarlet fever  in the subtropics, with
special  reference to the Syrian States  under French mandate.
J. Prev. M.,  1930, 4: 39-48.—Rapport epidemiologique de la
section  d'hygiene  du secretariat.   Rapp.  epidem., Geneve,
1932, 11:  221-41.—Seligmann, E.   Vierter epidemiologischer
Bericht der Hygienesektion des Volkerbundes fiir das Jahr 1926.
Klin. Wschr., 1928, 7: 319.—Taux de mortalite pour certaines
causes de deces (maladies epidemiques  ou  generales) annees
1851 a  1933.  Bull. Off.  internat. hyg.  pub., Par., 1935,  27:
746-55.

----   Geography: Africa.

   Fischer,  O.   Studien  zur  Pathologie  und
Epidemiologie  Ost-Afrikas;  Beobachtungen  und
Untersuchungen   im Mandatsgebiet Tanganyika
(Deutsch-Ost-Afrika)   104p.   8?  Lpz.,  1932.
   Annual report  of the  Sudan medical  service for the year
1935; epidemic  diseases.  J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1937,  40:
Suppl.,  69-72.—Gauget.  De quelques maladies epidemiques
ou endemiques  au Senegal.  Arch. med. pharm. nav.,  1933,
123: 192-214.—Georgelin.  Maladies endemiques et endemo-
epidemiques  constatees au Gabon  pendant Tannee  1921-22.
Ann. m6d. pharm. col., Par., 1923, 21: 209-15.—Javett, S. N.
Notes on some  conditions in Zululand.  Med. Rev. of Rev.,
1934, 40: 493-8.—Lasnet.  Mouvement epidemique en Algerie
pendant Tannee  1936.   Progr.  med..  Par., 1937, 1049 —
Orenstein,  A. J.   Epidemiology.   S.  Afr.  M. J.,  1937,  11:
529-35.

---   Geography: America.

   American Public Health Association. Com-
mittee  on  Water  Supply.   Water-borne out-
breaks in the  United States and Canada,  1930-
1936,  and  their significance.   28p.   8?   Newark,
N. J. [1937]
   U.   S.  Public  Health Service.   The  noti-
fiable  diseases,  prevalence in States 1936.  13p.
8?   Wash., 1938.
   Bigelow, G. H., &  Forsbeck, F.  C. Milk-borne  disease in
Massachusetts.   Am.  J.  Pub. Health, 1927,  17:  1019-23.—
Blumer, G. The occurrence of undulant fever and typhus fever
in Connecticut.   Proc. Connecticut  M. Soc.  (1928) 1929, 136:
193-204.—Chesley, A. J.   Reportable diseases in Minnesota.
Minnesota  M.,  1929, 12:  1-5.—Cholera,  yellow  fever, plague
and smallpox, from July  1,  to Dec.  29,  1911.  Pub. Health
Rep., Wash.,  1911, 26: 2091-101.—Coicou, F. La physionomie
de nos petites 6pidemies.  Ann. mid.  haiti.,  1932, 9: 3-17.—
Crumbine, S. J. Milk-borne epidemic diseases in the United
States and Canada,  Proc. Conf.  Health  Author. N. America,
1931, 46: Suppl., 7-9;  1934, 49: suppl. 66.  Also Child Health
Bull., 1932, 8:  109; 1935, 11:  113.   Also Vet. Bull., Wash.,
1936, 30: 59-66.—Gerber. C. W.  Outbreak of tvphoid and
dysentery.  N.  Mexico Health  Off., 1937,  7:  10.—Hopkins,
C. D.   Epidemiology  [typhoid and measles]  Health Notes,
Jacksonville,  1935, 27: 7-11.—Illingworth  Icaza, J.  La sanidad
en el Litoral.  Bol.  Of.  san. panamer.,  1935,  14:  111-3 —
Jackson, F. W., & McKinnon, N. E.  Epidemiology and vital
statistics.  Canad. Pub. Health J., 1930, 21: 466-8.—Landa, E.
La viruela, el tifo exantematico y la fiebre tifoidea en el afio
de 1923 en el Distrito Federal.  A.  M. M.,  Mex., 1925, 3:
723^43,  2 pl.—Milk-borne epidemics in 1933.  Michigan Pub.
Health,  1934,  22:  125-7.— Milk-borne  epidemics in  1934.
Week.  Bull.  California Dep. Pub.  Health,  1935,  14: 89.—
Murray, R. H.  Epidemics  in Canada due  to milk-borne in
fection.  Canad. Pub.  Health J.,  1934, 25: 19-21.—Notifiable
diseases in States, 1937; summary of morbidity and mortality
for  certain  important communicable diseases.  Pub. Health
Rep., Wash.,  1938, 53: 1963-7.—Peltier, M., Durieux, C, &
Martin,  J.  Etude retrospective d'une epidemie ayant s6vi en
1932 dans la  region nord de la  Guinee franeaise.  Bull. Soc
path, exot., Par., 1937, 30:  608-11.—Pena Chavarria, A.. &
Guerrero,  J.  Las epidemias de sarampi6n y tos ferina en
Costa Rica  en el ultimo cuarto de siglo. Rev. med. lat. amer., 
EPIDEMIC
373
EPIDEMIC
  B. Air.,  1928-29, 14: 612-9.—Prevalence  of  communicable
  diseases in the United States, January 1 to February 25, 1939.
  Pub. Health Rep.,  Wash.,  1939, 54: 245; 413-6.—Primio,
  R. di.  Transmissores de doencas no  Rio Grande do Sul
  Bol. Of. san. panamer., 1938, 17: 406-8.—Ross, M. A.  Epi-
  demiology and vital statistics; endemic index for diphtheria,
  scarlet fever,  whooping cough, and measles in the provinces of
  Canada, July 1935-June 1936.  Canad. Pub. Health J., 1936,
  27: 471-3.—Salgar. A., Huertas, J. V. [et al.]  Epidemiologia
  y profilaxis.  Rev. med. Bogota, 1934-35, 44: 799-808.

  ----  Geography:  Asia.

    Moayed-Hekmat,  M.   A.    *Epidemiologie
  generale de lTran.  180p.  8?   Par., 1937.
    Cherefeddin, O. Deux epidemies.  Rapp. Congr. internat.
  hyg.  mediter. (1932)  1933,  1. Congr., 1: 215-20.—Chun,
  J. W. H.  Survey of certain  quarantinable diseases.  Rep.
  Nat.  Quarant. Serv.  China, 1934, ser. 5,  131-6, pl.—Gear,
  H. S., & Earle,  H. G.  Epidemiological survey of hospital
  patients: interim report.  China  M. J., 1933,  47:  864-76.—
  Hernando,  E. Health index and  epidemic index.   Month.
  Bull. Philippine Health Serv.,  1926, 6: 87-97, 3 ch.—Kligler.
  I. J., & Olitzki, L. The epidemicity and seasonal prevalence of
  infectious diseases in Palestine.  Fol. med. int. orient.,1932-33,
  1: 169-94.

  ----  Geography: Australia.
    Epidemiological (The) record of the Austral-Pacific Zone
  for the year 1937.   Health,  Canberra, 1938, 16: 93-9 —
  Sutton, H.   An  epidemiological study.  Med. J.  Australia,
  1937, 2: 197-210.

  ----  Geography: Europe.

    Arnaudov, M. [S.]  *Der Gang der Seuchen in
  Bulgarien einst und jetzt.  63p.   8?   Lpz.,  1935.
    Bascou,  P.   *Epidemies  observees dans  le
  Canton  de Mouthoumet;  considerations  etiolo-
  giques.   44p.   4?   Toulouse, 1894.
    Poland.  Ministerstwo opieki spolecznej.
  Rapport  hebdomadaire  sur  les  maladies  epi-
  demiques.   Warsz., 1924-39.
    Incomplete

    Wilke,  W.  *Zur  Epidemiologic  der  Diph-
  therie, des Scharlach  und  des  Typhus  in Ost-
  preussen.    123p.   8?  Konigsb., 1930.
    Aaser, P.,  &  Malm, O.  Melke-epidemien i  Kristiania;
 erklffiring fra overlaege.  Norsk mag. lffigevid., 1908,  5  R., 5:
 811-24.—Auftreten der spinalen Kinderlahmung, des Unter-
 leibstyphus und der Diphtherie  im Deutschen Reich.  Reichs-
 gesundhbl.,  1934, 9:  874.—Bernard,  L.   Rapport sur les
 epidemies de 1926.  Bull. Acad, med.,  Par.,  1927, 3.  ser., 98:
 450-73.—Brouardel, G.  Rapport sur les epidemies  de 1929
 Ibid.,  1930, 3. ser., 104: 315-29. Also Rev.  hyg., Par., 1931,
 53: 5-15.—Chiadini, M.  L'amebiasi e la febbre maltese in
 Romagna.  Gior.  clin. med., 1924, 5: 582-4.—Dornedden, H.
 Der Einfluss der  Seuchen auf die deutsche  Bevolkerungsent-
 wicklung. Arch, sozial. Hyg.,  1930, 5: 217-30.------Die
 Seuchenentwicklung im Deutschen Reich  in den letzten
 Jahrzehnten.   Reichsgesundhbl.,  1935,  10: 479-81.-Dub-
 rowinsky, S.   Von den  Seuchen in Russland, ihrer  Epidemi-
 ologic und Bekampfung in der Gegenwart. Klin. Wschr., 1925,
 4: 836;  887.—Dworetzky,  A.  Demographisches und  Epi-
 demiologisches aus  Sowjetrussland.  Munch,  med.  Wschr.,
 1926, 73:  1420.—Forst, P. von der.  Die Erkrankungen an
 Typhus, Paratyphus,  Ruhr und Nahrungsmittelvergiftung im
 Regierungsbezirk Munster in Westfalen in den Jahren  1925-31.
 Arch.  Hyg., Munch.,  1932-33, 109: 85-107.—Gottstein, A.
 Die Bewegung der akuten Seuchen im letzten Jahrfiinft, mit
 besonderer  Berucksichtigung des  Unterleibstyphus.  Klin.
 Wschr., 1927, 6: 1-5.  ------  Die Seuchenkurve.  Erg. Hyg.
 Bakt., 1934,  16:   209-25.—Hemming,  H.   [A milk-borne
 epidemic]  Ugeskr. laeger, 1928, 90: 42.—Hofer, F.,  & Schu-
 bert,  K.  Adjusted epidemic index.  Orsz.  Kozegeszs. Int.
 kozlemenyei,  1932, 5: No. 20,  1-5.—Hoist, A.  Melke-epi-
 demien i Kristiania.  Norsk mag.  laegevid., 1908,  5 R., 5:
 585-619.—Joannides, G. S.  Quelques notes  epidemiologiques
 sur le departement de Messenie  (faune malacologique et
 vulnerante, paludisme, fievre  typhoide,  leishmanioses, lepre)
 Arch. Inst. Pasteur helien.,  1928, 2: 3-13.—Kazanskaia, V.
 [Survey of epidemics in White Russia for 1923-25] Belaruss.
 med. dumka,  1925, 2:  5-23.—Krahn, H. Die Epidemiologic
 von Scharlach  und Diphtherie im Freistaat  Sachsen in den
 letzten 50 Jahren.  Zschr.  Hyg.,  1928,  109: 328-47.—Las-
 bennes, L.  Contribuci6n demografica al estudio de la actual
 epidemia en  Madrid.   Siglo  med.,  1918, 65: 460-8.—Lentz.
 Ueber die Epidemien des Sommers 1925 in  Preussen.  Klin.
 Wschr., 1925, 4: 1924-9.—Madsen, T. H. Sur quelques epi-
 demies causees par le lait au  Danemark.  Bull. Off. internat.
 hyg. pub., Par., 1929, 21: 2063-9.  Also Ann. hyg.,  Par.,
 1930, n. ser., 8: 155-63.—Magelssen, A.  [Genius epidemicus
in Denmark]   Ugeskr.  laeger,  1925, 87: 848-50.   ------
[Monthlv epidemics in Copenhagen] Ibid.,  1927, 89: 1049-
51.—Marzeiev, A.  [Era of major  epidemics,  1920-22, in
 Soviet Russia]  Profil. med., Kharkov, 1927, 6: No. 11, 13-27.—
 Moore,  J. W.   Epidemiology in Ireland; past and present.
 Irish  J. M.  Sc, 1928, 6. ser., 626-39.—Muhling, A.  Eine
 Fieberepidemie  in der Oberlausitz.  Mum h.  med. Wschr.,
 1927,  74: 1870.—Pohlen, K.  Der Stand der anzeigepflichtigen
 Krankheiten im Deutschen Reich am Ende  des Jahres  1935.
 Reichsgesundhbl.,  1936, 11:  183-91.—Prinzing.   Zur  Seu-
 chengeschichte des Jahres 1923. Deut. med. Wschr., 1924, 50:
 16.56.—Roux.  Sur les epidemies en 1931. Bull. Acad, med..
 Par.,  1932,  3. ser., 108: 1321-8.—Sangiorgi, G.  Spunti epi-
 demiologic! e demografici della regione pugliese. Ann. igiene,
 1934,  44: 239-44.—Semaschko, N. Das Gesundheitswesen in
 Sowjet-Russland; die Epidemien und ihre Bekampfung (1914-
 23)  Deut. med. Wschr., 1924, 50: 213; 243.—Solbrig.   Der
 Seuchenstand in Deutschland und Preussen wahrend der
 letzten  10  Jahre.  Gesundh.  Ingenieur,  1924, 47: 209-11.
 ------  Der Seuchenstand  in Deutschland mit  besonderer
 Berucksichtigung des Zeitabschnittes 1921-1927.  Ibid., 1928,
 51: 361-4.—Sticker, G. Seuchengange in Ungarn.   Mschr.
 ungar. Med., 1931, 5: 79-138.—Syssine.  Etat epidemiologique
 de l'Union  des  Republiques  Sovietistes socialistes en 1925.
 Bull.  Off.  internat. hyg. pub.,  Par.,  1926, 18:  1027-30.—
 Tanon,  L.  Sur  les maladies epidemiques  en  1936.  Bull.
 Acad.  ine.L,  Par., 1937, 3. ser., 118:  360-8.—Ustvedt,  Y.
 Melke-epidemien i Kristiania.  Norsk  mag. lagevid., 1908,
 5  H.,  5: 904-11.—Verbreitung  (Die)   der Seuchen in  den
 Jahren 1922  bis  1924.   Zschr. Desin.ekt.,  1926,  18: 1-3.—
 Zeiss,  H.   Zur  Seuchenlage  in  Russland.   Munch,  med.
 Wschr., 1925, 72: 991.

 ----   History.

    See also Epidemiology, History.
    Battistini, M.    Le Epidemic in  Volterra dal
 1004  al 1800  con  notizie  particolari  della peste
 del 1631  pressi  vieini  a  Volterra in  Pisa  e nei
 territorio  Pisano.   59p.   8?  Volterra, 1916.
    Bernard,  P. E. C.  H.  E.   *Etude chrono-
 logique de  certaines  epidemies  du  debut  de
 notre ere a 1900.  41p.   8?  Par., 1935.
    Canutus,    Bishop   of  Arhus.   A   treatyse
 ageynst pestylence  and  of  the  infirmites.   12p.
 8?  [Wynkyn de Worde, ca 1510]
    Photostat facsimile reproduced from the copy in the Henry
 E. Huntington Library.
    Florio,  M.  Cladis  epidemiae florentissimam
 Neapolitanam  urbem  devastantis  lacrymabilis
 laconismus.   114p.   32?   Verona, 1661.
    Fraatz, P.  Beitrage  zur Seuchengeschichte
 Westfalens und der hollandischen Nordseekiiste.
 6Sp.  8?   Jena, 1929.
    Gartmann,  C.    *Seuchen   und  Seuchen-
 massnahmen  in  Baselstadt  und Baselland  in
 den Jahren 1784-1815  [Basel]   48p.  8?  Chur,
 1930.
   Goodall,  E. W.  A short history of  the epi-
 demic  infectious  diseases.   113p.    8?   Lond.,
 1934.
   Haxssen,  P.  Geschichte  der  Epidemien  bei
 Menschen  und Tieren  im  Norden;  nach Unter-
 suchungen  ausgehend  von  Schleswig-Holstein.
 228p.   8?   Gluckstadt,  1925.
   Krebs,   F.   *Kritische  Betrachtungen  iiber
 die Seuchengeschichte  des Standes  Glarus  zur
 Zeit der Vogteien   [Bern]   172p.   8?   Weida i.
 Thiir., 1923.
   Picard, L.   *Les epidemies dans le porcien et
 les regions  circonvoisines de  1772 a 1782.  103p.
 8?  Par., 1938.
   Scott, H. H.  Some notable epidemics.  272p.
 8?  Lond., 1934.
   Sticker, G.   Vorgeschichtliche Versuche  der
 Souchenabwehr und Seuchenausrottung.   p.3-62.
 8?  Lond., 1924.
   Winslow,   C. E. A.   The  epidemiology  of
 Noali Webster,   p.21-109.  24y2cm.   N. Haven,
 Conn., 1934.
   Boinet. La peste et la lepre dans la Bible.  Marseille med.,
 1920, 57: 69-71.—Brantigan, C  F.  Fighting  epidemics in
early days in the Philippines.  Month. Bull. Philippine Health
Serv.,  1932, 12:  316.—Brownlee, J.  The health  of London
in  the  18th century. Proc. R.  Soc. M.,  Lond., 1924-25, 18:
sect, epidem. state med., 73-85.—Day, O. J.   Notes on  epi-
demics  of  the past. Manitoba M. Ass. Rev., 1938, 18: 111-7.—
Hanssen, P.  Ueber  Seuchenbekampfung in  Kiel  im  18. 
EPIDEMIC                                       374                                       EPIDEMIC
 Jahrhundert.   Arch.  Gesch.  Med., 1925, 17: 171-80.—Hea-
 gerty, J. J. Epidemics that guided the hand of destiny.  Health,
 Toronto,  1937, 5: 33—Herissay, J.  L'epid6mie de 1794 sur
 les pontons de Rochefort.  Bull. Soc.  fr. hist. m6d., 1926, 20:
 64-73.—Hippocrates.   Of the  epidemics.   Med.  Classics,
 1938-39,  3: 100-44.—Kanngiesser, F.  Ueber die Seuche des
 Thukydides.  Klin. ther. Wschr., 1914, 21: 35-7.—Laifle, F. X.
 Die Seuchen wahrend der Belagerung von Wien und wahrend
-des letzten Turkenkrieges  1683-99.   Arch. Hyg.,  Munch.,
 1937-38,  119:  61-91.—Lesne, E.  Rapport  sur  les epidemies
 pe 1930 presente, au nom de la Commission des Epidemies.
 Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1931, 3.  ser., 106: 361-78—Ocaranza,
 F.  Las grandes epidemias del siglo XVI en la Nueva Espafia.
 Medicina, Mex., 1933,  13: 176-8.—Petersen, A.  [Fever year
 1831}  Ugeskr. laeger, 1932,  94: 53-5.—Pisani, A.  Igiene ed
 epidemie nei  Medio-Evo.  Gazz. med.  lombarda, 1930,  89:
 131-8.—Pousson, A.   Les grandes epidemies  de Bordeaux;
 lepre, peste, grippe,  cholera.  J. med.  Bordeaux, 1933,  110:
 635-43.—Reich, J.  Breslauer Seuchen  und ihre Bekampfung
 in friiheren Jahrhunderten.   Klin.  Wschr., 1928,  7:  865.
 Also Med. Klin., Berl., 1928, 24: 918; 953; 992; 1029.— Remy,
 E.  Seuchen der  Menschheit, Entstehung,  Verbreitung, ihre
 kulturellen  und   religiosen   Begleiterscheinungen.    Natur,
 Lpz., 1925-26, 17: 121; 144.—Simmons, J.  S.  The influence
 of epidemic diseases on the early history of  the western hemi-
 sphere.   Mil.  Surgeon,  1932, 71:  133-43.—Solari, P.  Docu-
 ments  sur les mesures prophylactiques prises contre  les mala-
 dies  contagieuses sous l'ancien regime.  Marseille med., 1927,
 64: 118-21.—Sticker, G. Volkskrankheiten in den Mittelmeer-
 landern zur Blutezeit Athens. In Festschr. B. Nocht, Hamb.,
 1937, 594-610.—Torlais. Les grandes epidemies en Aunis et
 Saintonge.   Gaz.  sc.  med.  Bordeaux, 1926,  47:  19-28.—
 Twitchell, E. W. The California pandemic of 1883.  California
 West. M., 1925, 23: 592.—Warbasse,  J. P.  Faith and science
 in the  great epidemics.  In his Doctor and the public, N. Y.,
 1935, 144-60.—Wickersheimer, E.  Contribution a l'histoire
 des epidemies  a Strasbourg pendant  le moyen age; le regime
 de Maitre Jean de Saxe, suivi d'une  note sur le regime des  5
 medecins strasbourgeois. Janus, Leyde,  1924, 28: 369-79.—
 Winslow, C.   E.  A.   The  epidemiology of Noah  Webster.
 Contr.  Yale  M.  School Dept.  Pub.  Health,  1933-35, 14:
 No.  9.—Zlatogorov,  S.  [Fighting epidemics in various  his-
 torical  epochs]  Vrach. gaz.,  1930, 34: 103-7.—Zoepfl, F.  De
 quelques maladies epidemiques  en Allemagne au  moyen age.
 ^Esculape, Par., 1929, n. ser., 19: 154-7.

 ----    Hospital and medical management.

    See also Infectious disease, Hospital; Quaran-
 tine.
    Great  Britain.  Ministry of  Health.   On
 the provision  of isolation  hospital accommoda-
 tion by local authorities.   6p.  8?   [Lond., 1924]
    Iscovich,  A.    *L'hopital   moderne de  con-
 tagieux (etude de  quelques principes)   40p.  8?
 Par.,  1934.
    Meffert,   F.   Caritas  und  Volksepidemien.
 268p.  8?   Freib., 1925.
    Bifulco, C.   Dispositivo della fognatura per la disinfezione
 delle acque luride dell'Ospedale  per malattie  contagiose A.
 Cotugno in Napoli.  Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1932, 20: 547-51.—
 Borawski, W.  L'amenagement  de services d'observation et
 de traitement des maladies contagieuses dans  les petites et
 grandes  villes.  Nosokomeion, Stuttg.,  1934,  5: 237-45.—■
 Borel,  P.  Note sur le service des contagieux a l'hopital d'Adana
 (Cilicie)  et a  l'hopital d'Alep  (Syrie)  Marseille med., 1923,
 60:  1288-95.—Cambe36edes. H.  Sur le plan d'une chambre
 ,de contagieux a l'hopital.  Ann. hyg., Par., 1933, n. ser., 11:
 278-81.—[Care  of  patients with   communicable  diseases]
 Ziekenhuis, 1929, 20: 87.—Carter, F. G. Contagious disease
 in a general hospital.   Bull. Am. Hosp. Ass.,  1931, f: 97-9.
 ------  What is  the best method of  handling the problem of
 contagious disease in  a general  hospital?   Tr.  Am.  Hosp.
 Ass., 1931, 32:  412-5. ------  Strict aseptic  technique is
 required in the  contagious  unit.   Mod.  Hosp.,  1933,  41:
 67-9.—Craster, C. V.  The isolation  hospital.  J. M. Soc. N.
 Jersey, 1926,  23:  71-4.—Dalrymple-Champneys. W.  The
 future  of the isolation hospital.  J. R. San. Inst., 1936-37, 57:
 140-7.—Engel. S.   Bekampfung der  epidemieartigen  Aus-
 breitung einer Infektionskrankheit durch planmassige Kranken-
 hausversorgung.   Mschr.  Kinderh.,  1929,  44:  437-55.—
 Evmentiev, N.  [Plans and project  of  typical buildings for
 contageous diseases]   Profil. med., Kharkov,  1928, 7: No. 4,
 92-101. 5 plans.—Future (The)  of isolation hospitals.  Med.
 Off., Lond.,  1936, 56: 53.—Gelston, C. F.   Communicable
 diseases  department; Children's Hospital of San Francisco.
 West,  Hosp. Rev., 1936-37, 24:  11.—Grulee, C.  G., & Munns,
 G. F.  A review and summary of a report on contagious hos-
 pitals in  the United States and  Canada.  Hospitals, 1937, 11:
 88-93.—Harries,  E. H. R.   The function of the isolation
 hospital  in modern practice.  Brit.  M. J.,  1931, 2: 339-42.
 ----—  The  future of the isolation hospital, from the stand-
 point of a medical superintendent. J. R. San. Inst., 1936-37,
 57: 147-51.—Hobday,  W. H.  The modern isolation hospital.
 Pub. Health, Lond., 1932, 46: 6.  ------  The future of the
 isolation hospital.   J.  R. San.  Inst,, 1936-37, 57:  151-65.—
Hutchinson, F. H. G.   Rapport sur le lazaret de Camaran.
Bull.  Off.  Internat.  hyg.  pub.,  Par.,  1924,  16: 429-45.—
Inga,  S.   Resoconto st.tistico-clinico del primo quinquennio
di funzionamento dell'Ospedale  d'lsolamento  di  Palermo.
Cult.  med. mod., 1937, 16: 325-36.—Jackson,  F. W.  Com-
municable  diseases  and the  general hospital.  Canad.  Pub.
Health J.,  1930,  21: 423-7.—Lahm, W.  Massnahmen  einer
Krankenhausverwaltung im Falle  drohender  oder  bereits
ausgebrochener  Epidemien.   Zschr.  ges.  Krankenhauswes.,
1927  23:  496-9.—Lemaire,  G.   Un  pavilion  moderne de
contagieux. Presse med.,  1938, 46: 805.—Lin, C. S.   A brief
account of the quarantine hospital, Newchwang.  Rep. Man-
chur.  Plague Serv., 1929-30, 7: 200-6.—McNee, J.   Duluth
saves  money by closing its contagious hospital; contract with
2 non-municipal general  hospitals results in  good   care of
patients at considerable saving to tax payers.  Hosp. Manage-
ment  1933, 36: 30.—McRae, A.  J.   Communicable diseases
in the general hospital.  Ibid., 1939,  47: No. 2,  15.   ------
Planning  for  communicable diseases.   Hospitals, 1938, 12:
No. 2, 84.—Martin, L.  L'hospitalisation  des  maladies epi-
demiques a l'hopital Pasteur.  C. rend. Congr.  internat. hyg.
demogr., 1903, 2: 68-71. ------   L'hospitalisation des mala-
dies contagieuses.  Internat. M. Blue Book, 1939, 10: 17-20 —
Meriwether, F.  V.  The  feasibility of handling contagious
diseases in a general hospital.  Hosp. News,  Wash.,  1934, 8:
1-5.—Morquio, L. El pabell6n de  contagiosos de la clinica de
ninos- 20  afios de funcionamiento  (1910-29)  Bol. Cons. nac.
hig.,   Montev., 1931, 26: 5-37.—Munk,  F.  Pflegliche  und
arztliche Behandlung bei epidemischen Infektionskrankheiten,
Fleckfieber, Typhus,  Ruhr.  Deut.  Militararzt,  1936,  1:
239-45.—Paisley Infectious Diseases Hospital.  Pub.  Health,
Lond., 1936-37, 50: 88.—Parrel, G. de.  La medeeine franeaise
au Maroc; les  gites d'etape; les lazarets et la surveillance des
courants epidemiques.  Rev. gin. clin. ther., 1923, 37: p. ccxix-
cexxvi.—Parry, B. E.  The modern hospital for treatment of
contagious and infectious diseases.  Canad.  Pub. Health J.,
1930,  21:  338-44.—Pickles,  W. N.  Epidemiology in country
practice.  Brit. M. J., 1935, 1: 1137-9.—Ponton, T. R. Man-
agement of communicable  diseases  in a general hospital.
Bull.  Am.  Coll. Surgeons,  1933, 17: 35-8.—Quennell, W. L.
Contagious unit of Highland Park Hospital  cares for 26 pa-
tients.  Hosp. Management,  1927, 23: No. 3, 42.—Report of
the Committee on hospitals and dispensaries; contagious disease
hospitals.   J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1936, 9: 377-415.—Smith, J. D.
A review of the communicable disease hospitals of the city of
New  York. Hospitals, 1937, 11:  No. 8, 43-9.—Wieland, E.
Anlage und Betrieb der neuen Basler Kinderklinik in den ersten
zwei Betriebsjahren, nebst Bemerkungen uber die sogenannte
Saal-Quarantane  und iiber  Verhutung von  Krankheitstiber-
tragung im Spital. Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1932, 62: 1123-36.

----  Immunological aspect.
   Doorenbos, W.  Natural vaccination and its influence on
the course of epidemics, with particular reference to bubonic
plague.   J. Am.  M. Ass., 1928,  91: 416.—Greenwood, M.,
Newbold, E. M., Topley, W. W.  C., & Wilson, J.   On the
mechanisms by which protection against disease is acquired in
natural  epidemics.  J. Hyg., Cambr.,  1926-27, 25: 336; 1927-
28, 36: 19-27.  ------  Contributions to the experimental
study of  epidemiology; the effect  of  vaccination  on  herd
mortality.   Ibid.,  1931, 31: 257; 484.—Hahn,  M.  Seuchen-
probleme;  iiber Schutzimpfungen.   Deut.  med. Wschr.,  1925,
51: 381-7.—Practical (The) application of specific prophylaxis.
Lancet,  Lond., 1935, 1:  1507.

----  Individual susceptibility.
   Albaladejo, L.  Estudio de los contactos  eficientes en las
epidemias.  Siglo  med.,   1930,  85:  445-8.—Behrendt,  H.
Ueber den Einfluss der sozialen Lage auf  die Morbiditat an
Scharlach und Diphtherie.  Zschr.  Hyg., 1926, 106: 556-60.—
Gottstein,  A.    Personliche  Empfanglichkeit.   Deut.  med.
Wschr.,  1925,  51:  299-303.—Lange,  B.   Experimentelle
Beitrage zur Frage der Disposition und ihrer Bedeutung fiir
Entstehung und  Verlauf  von  Seuchen.   Ibid., 1975-7.—
Newsholme, H. P.  Individuality and epidemic  disease.  Proc.
R. Soc. M., Lond., 1928-29, 22: sect, epidem. state med., 1-8.—
Schiff, F.   Blutgruppen und Epidemiologie.  Klin.  Wschr.,
1935,  14: 786-90.

----  Legislation.

   See  also Quarantine; Sanitation.
   Durasnel,  A.   A.   *La  defense  de  l'Europe
contre  l'invasion   des  epidemies  indiennes  par
voie maritime,   lllp.  8?   Lille,  1899.
   Borntraeger, J.  Nochmals sanitatspolizeiliche Stellung der
Bakterientrager im  Rahmen unserer Seuchengesetze.  Zschr.
Medbeamte, 1906, 19: 658-65.—Buchanan,  G. S.   Interna-
tional action to control the spread of infectious diseases.   Brit.
M. J., 1934, 2: 977-83.—Convention sanitaire  internationale,
signee a Paris le 17 Janvier,  1912, contre l'invasion et la pro-
pagation de la peste, du cholera et de la fievre jaune (adhesion
de la Nouvelle-Zeiande)  Bull. Off. Internat. hyg. pub., Par.,
1924, 16:  1185-233.—De Blasi, S. E.   Consiglio Superiore di
Sanita; la recente importante sessione. Italia  san.,  1933, 25:
No.  15-16, 3-9.—Frey.  Der Schutz  des  Deutschen Reiches
gegen Seuchengefahr.   Zschr. Desinfekt.,  1925, 17:  225-8.— 
E PIDEMIC
375
EPIDEMIC
  Grayson, W. B.  Report of the committee on health and public
  instruction to the house of  delegates.  J. Arkansas M. Soc,
  1939-40, 36:  14.—Internationales Abkommen  iiber  die Ab-
  schaffung der Konsulatssichtvermerke auf den Gesundheits-
  passen.  Reichgesundhbl., 1935, 10: 547.—Kraus, R.  Zur
  Geschichte der internationalen Seuchenbekampfung. Seuchen-
  bekampfung, 1925, 2:  197-9.—Leyes promulgadas y decretos
  dictados durante el afio  1936.  Bol. san., B. Air., 1937, 1:
  37-53.—Lustig,  W.  Seuchengesetzgebung  und Desinfektion.
  Jahrb. ges. Krankenhauswes., 1932, 1: Teil 2, 45-54.—Madsen,
  T.t Buchanan, G. S. [et al.]  Dispositions internationales rela-
  tives a la prevention des maladies epidemiques dans certaines
  r6gions du Proche-Orient, bassin de  la Mediterranee et de la
  Mer Noire et  a  propos de la pelerinage de la Mecque.  Ann
  hyg., Par., 1922, 4. ser.,  38: 129-54.— Rimpau, W.  Zur Ver-
  reichlichung der Seuchenbekampfung.  Munch, med. Wschr.,
  1935, 82: 1989-93.—Seligmann.   Neufassung des preussischen
  Seuchengesetzes  und seiner Ausfuhrungsbestimmungen.  Klin.
  Wschr., 1927, 6:  1309.—Tanon, L. Sur les maladies infectieuses
  et epidemiques a declaration obligatoire.   Bull. Acad,  med.,
  Par., 1936, 3. ser., 116: 326-30.

  ----  Meteorological and seasonal factors.

    Kantardschieff,   P.    *Ueber  die  jahres-
  zeitliche  Verteilung  der   Infektionskrankheiten
  des  Kindesalters (Masern, Keuchhusten,  Schar-
  lach, Diphtherie)  24p.  8?   Munch.,  1928.
    Bijl, J.  P.   [Epidemiologic role of climate  and weather]
  Geneesk. bl., 1931, 29:  109-54.—Marina, R., fr Brancato, F.
  Influenza delle stagioni e delle condizioni meteorologiche sul
  ritmo delle malattie infettive.  Ann. med. nav. col., Roma, 1931,
  37: pt 2, 418-33, 2 diag— Chun, J. W. H.  Some meteorological
  factors in smallpox and  cholera.  Rep. Nat. Quarant.  Serv.
  China,  1935-36, ser. 6, 42-56, 7 tab.—Craster, C. V.  The
  influence of season upon the prevalence of epidemic diseases.
  Mod. Med., 1919,  1: 425-8.—De Rudder.  Der Wintergipfe!
  von Krankheiten.  Deut. med. Wschr.,  1932, 58: 1909-11.—
  Fonzo, F.  Kala-azar e malaria in rapporto alia stagione e al
  clima.  Pediatria,  Nap.,  1923,  31:  1262-9.—July the  most
  dangerous month.   Statist.  Bull. Metrop.  Life Insur.,  1938,
  19: No.  6, 1.—Kiister, E.  Wetter  und Auftreten von Epi-
  Demien. Med. Welt, 1936, 10: 1133 9. Also In Med. meteor.
  Statist. (Konf. med. naturwiss. Zusammenarb.) Berl.,  1936,
  115-50.—Levaditi, C, Lepine, P., & Schoen, R.  Contribution
  experimentale  a  l'etude de la periodic-He saisonniere des epi-
  demies.  C. rend. Soc.  biol., 1930, 104: 175-8.—Lillie, R. D.,
  Dyer, R. E., Armstrong,  C,  & Pasternack, J. G.  Seasonable
  variation in intensity of  brain reaction of the S.  Louis  ence-
  phal.tis in mice  and  of endemic  typhus in guinea  pigs.  Pub.
  Health Rep., Wash., 1937, 52: 1805-22.—Madsen, T.  [Seasonal
  variations of infectious diseases]  Ugeskr. laeger, 1930, 92:
  733-42.—Pohlen, K.   Die  Beobaehtung der jahreszeitlich-
  epidemiologischen   Bewegung   von  Infektionskrankheiten.
  Reichsgesundhbl., 1936, 11: 521-4.

  ----   Military and  naval  aspect.

    Galambos, A.   Kriegsepidemiologische Erfah-
  rungen.   303p.   8?   Wien, 1917.
    Prausnitz, W.  Freiwillige Kriegsfiirsorge auf
  dem Gebiete  der Seuchenbekampfung.   96p.  8?
  Graz, 1915.
    Bofinger. Epidemiologisches aus dem  Weltkrieg.  Miinch.
 med.  Wschr.,  1935,  82:  1644-6.—Brekenfeld,  F. W.  Die
 Entseuchung und Entwesung beim Heer.  Med. Welt, 937, 11:
 1704-6.—Chauzy,  M.    Cinquante  annees  d'epidemiologie
 militaire en Tunisie.  Tunis, med., 1932, 26: 113.—Fauque, M.
 La conduite du medecin en presence d'une epidemie dans un
 regiment, dans une formation sanitaire.  J. med.  Bordeaux,
 1937, 114: 199-212.—1 erreira, C.  Labor del cuerpo m6dico de
 carabineros en la profilaxia de las enfermedades epidemicas.
 Congr. med. cir. nav. mil. Chile, 1929,  1. Congr., 490-2.—
 Friedenthal.   Kriegsseuchenbekampfung durch  klinisch-anti-
 septische Massnahmen.  Kriegsarztl. Vortr., 1915, Teil 1, 240.—
 Fuenzalida, J. M. Labor del cuerpo medico de carabineros en la
 profilaxis de las enfermedades epidemicas.  Congr. med. cir. nav.
 mil. Chile, 1929, 1. Congr., 484-9.—Gahrton, A. H. W. [On war
 epidemics]  Tskr. mil. halsov., 1937, 62: 93-101 .—Gonzalez, G.
 EDidemiologia y patologia infecciosa en relacion con la guerra del
 Chaco.   Rev. med. mil., Rio, 1936,  25: 30-46.—Hale,  R. A.
 Epidemiology in  mobilisation.  Mil. Surgeon, 1938, 82:  243-
 59.—Hiine.   Der Einfluss gesunder Keimtriiger in der  Ver-
 breitung der Seuchen, mit besonderer  Berucksichtigung der
 Truppen im Frieden und im Kriege.  Deut, mil. arztl. Zschr.,
 1913, 42: 103-17.—Jochmann.  Fleckfieber und Ruckfallfieber
 als Kriegsseuchen.    Seuchenbekampfung,  1915,  198-210.—
 Kaup, J.  Kriegsseuchen im Weltkrieg mit besonderer Beruck-
 sichtigung der osterr.-ung.  Armeen (wichtigste Tatsachen und
 vergleichende Betrachtung)  Munch,  med. Wschr., 1938, 85:
 1316-9.—Kirchner.  Verhutung und Bekampfung von Kriegs-
 seuchen.    Seuchenbekampfung,   1915,  27-55.—Kooch,  R.
 Seuchenbekampfung im  Kriege.  Klin. Jahrb.,  1902, 9:  1-8.—
 Lentz. Seuchenbekampfung und Seuchenbewegung in Preussen
 wahrend des Krieges bis Ende 1915. Kriegsarztl. Vortr., 1917,
 Teil 4,  104-8.—Lindau,  A.  [Review  of  experiences  of war
epidemiology of United States]  Tskr.  mil. halsov., 1932, 57:
259-70.—Lustig,  A.   La difesa dell'esercito germanico dalle
 epidemie, durante  la guerra mondiale  (1914-18)   Boll. Ist.
 sieroter. milan., 1935, 14: 84-94.—Marcandier.  Epidemiologic
 nayale; les rats.  Bruxelles med., 1932-33, 13: 437-9.—Noble, E.
 Kriegsbakteriologische Betrachtungen in ihrer Beziehung zur
 Bekampfung der Kriegsseuchen.  Wien. klin. Wschr., 1916, 29:
 149-52.—Oribe. J.  A.  La instrucci6n de los  conscriptos y su
 relacion con la duracion e intensidad de las epidemias en  los
 cuarteles.  Rev. san. mil.,  B. Air., 1932, 31: 451-5.—Pfeiffer,
 H.  Der Seuchendienst in  der  X. Armee.  Militararzt,  1918,
 52: 4; 28.—Schucany.  Kri< trsseuchen.  Schweiz. med. Wschr.,
 1936, 66: 734-9.—Therp, H.  [Military hygiene and epidemic
 diseases during war time]  Militaerlsegen, 1935, 41: 173-93.—
 Wassermann, A. von.  Ueber Seuchenbekampfung im Kriege.
 Seuchenbekampfung, 1915, 1-26.—Wirgin, G.  [Prevention of
 epidemic diseases in field]  Tskr.  mil. halsov., 1925, 50: 303-
 10.—Wolter, F. Die Entstehungsursachen der Kriegsseuchen,
 ihre  Verhutung  und  Bekampfung,  vom  epidemiologischen
 Standpunkt.  Med. Welt, 1936, 10: 268-71.

 ----   new and obscure.
    Boinet & Pieri,  J.  Epidemies d'exantheme infectieux  de
 nature indeterminee observees  sur le littoral mediterraneen.
 Presse med., 1927,  35:  1345.—Cornelio, F.  Una strana epi-
 demia.  Gazz.  osp., 1932; 53: 419-29.—Gottche, O.  Masern-
 ahnliche  Endemie  in   einer  Siiuglingsabteilung.   Mschr.
 Kinderh.,  1933,  56: 55-60.—Henningsen, E. J.   [Peculiar
 epidemic in Roskilde in 1935]  Ugeskr. laeger, 1936, 98: 45-8.—
 Ichok, G.   Une nouvelle epidemie non identifiee  au Japon.
 Ann. hyg.,  Par., 1925,  n.  ser., 3:  396-404.—Petzetakis, M.
 A propos de la nature de l'epidemie de Syra.  Bull. Soc. path.
 exot., Par., 1932, 25: 1058-61.—Schwetz, J.  Sur une epidemie
 benigne  observee chez les noirs de l'agglomeration de Stanley-
 ville, en fevrier-mars 1933. Ibid., 1933, 26: 1176-81.

 ----   Origin, cause,  and course.

    Ackermann,   T.    Ueber  die  Ursachen   epi-
 demischer Krankheiten.   40p.   8?   Berl.,  1873.
   Angerer,  K. von.  Ein Beitrag zum Problem der Zivilisa-
 tionsseuchen.  Arch. Hyg., Berl., 1929, 101: 338-62.—Bijl, J. P.
 [Appearance and disappearance of epidemics]  Ned.  tschr. hyg.
 microb., 1933, 8: 35-60.-—Bing, M.  Werden und Vergehen der
 Epidemien.   Umschau, 1929, 33: 327.—Brownlee, J.  Certain
 considerations  on  the  causation  and course  of  epidemics.
 Proc. R. Soc.  M.,  Lond.,  1908-9,  2: epidem. sect., 243-58.
 ------  The causes of epidemics and the laws which regulate
 their course.  Tr. Internat. Congr.  M. (1913)  1914, sect. 18,
 hyg. prevent, med., pt 2, 151-9.—Chijevsky, A. L.  L'activite
 corpusculaire, eiectromagnetique  et  periodique du soleil  et
 l'eiectricite atmospherique, comme regulateurs de la distribu-
 tion, dans la suite des temps, des maladies epid6mique et de la
 mortality generate.   Acta med. scand., 1937, 91: 491-522.—
 Chun, J. W. H.  On the  causes of epidemics.  Nat. M.  J.
 China,  1930, 16: 395-401.—Faure, M.  Les causes  des epide-
 mies.  Rev. cosmobiol., Nice, 1937-38, 3: 259; 1938-39, 4: 97 —
 Foerster, A.  Ueber Entstehung und Verlauf  von Epidemien,
 eine Entwicklung der heute geltenden Lehren seit Pettenkofer.
 Zschr. Medbeamte,  1929, 42: 127-35.—Gartner, I.  [Origin and
 causes of epidemics]  Orvoskepzes, 1933, 23: 504-14.—Gott-
 stein, A.  Kommen und Gehen der Epidemien.  Naturwissen-
 schaften, 1928, 16:  906; 913.— Grumbach,  A.  Beitrage zur
 Pathogenese  und Epidemiologie  der Infektionskrankheiten.
 Praxis, Bern, 1936,  25: 37-42.—Kermack, W. O., & McKen-
 drick,  A. G.  Contributions to the mathematical  theory  of
 epidemics;  analysis of  experimental  epidemics  of mouse-
 typhoid; a bacterial disease conferring incomplete  immunity.
 J. Hyg., Lond., 1939, 39: 271-88.—Kisskalt. K. Originating
 and passing of epidemic diseases.   Internat. Clin., 1926, 36.
 ser., 4: 53-69.  ------ Entstehen und Vergehen von Seuchen.
 Seuchenbekampfung,  1926, 3:  179-88.—Lotze,  H.  Wand-
 lungen in der Auffassung von der Seuchenentstehung.  Hippo-
 krates, Stuttg., 1935, 6: 197-206.—McCoy. G. W.   Comings
 and doings  of  epidemics.  Am. Interne,  1936,  2: 5;  22.—
 Magelssen, A.  [Epidemics and their causes]  Hygiea, Stockh.,
 1927, 89: 370-8.—Martini, E.  Ueber Provokationsepidemien.
 Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1929,  110: H. 6-8, Beih., 245-8.—Meyer, K.
 F.  Why epidemics.   Week. Bull. California Dep. Pub. Health,
 1937-38, 16: 73; 77; 81; 85; 89; 95.— Petheo, J.  Beobachtungen
 an  den Scharlach-  und  Masernepidemien.  Zschr. Kinderh.,
 1927, 44: 195-9.—Prausnitz. Ut ber Werden und Vergehen von
 Epidemien.  Klin. Wschr., 1927,  6: 665.   Also Med. Klin.,
 Berl., 1927,  23: 303.  Also Med.  Welt,  1927,  1: 1345; 1385.
 Also Umschau, 1929, 33:  1-4.—Redetzky, H.   Die verschie-
 denen Theorien iiber Entstehung,  Verlauf und Erloschen von
 Seuchen  vom Standpunkt der offentlichen Gesundheitspflege.
 Erg. Hyg. Bakt., 1931,  12: 465-528— Robertson,  W. G. A.
 A new theory to explain the origin and spread of epidemic
 diseases.  J. State M., Lond., 1935, 43: 292-302.—Shirokogorov,
 I. [Origin of polymorphism in the clinical aspect and pathology
 of epidemic diseases] Klin, med., Moskva, 1932, 10: 700-5.—
 Venzmer, G.  Vom Kommen und  Gehen der Seuchen.  In
 Kampf Bazil. (Venzmer, G.) Munch., 1936,  117-23.-Walker,
 W. F.  Some relation between our health and our environment;
 a study of the prevalence of disease in the City of Detroit, with
special reference to the influence of the type and sanitation of
dwellings upon disease.  Am. J. Pub.  Health, 1923, 13:  897-
914.—Wolff, G. Zur Epidemiologie der jungsten Scharlach- und
 Diphtherie-erkrankungen;  Seuchenwelle und  Bevolkerungs-
zusammensetzung.   Klin. Wschr.,  1928, 7: 1477-81.—Wolter 
EPIDEMIC
376
EPIDEMIC
F.  Wandlungen  in  der Auffassung von  den Entstehungs-
ursachen der epidemischen  Krankheiten und Neuorganisa-
tionen auf dem  Gebiete der Seuchenforsohung.  Munch, med.
Wschr.,  1925, 72:  1380-2.------Ueberschwemmung und
Seuchengefahr vom epidemiologischen Standpunkt betrachtet.
Klin. Wschr., 1929, 6: 1774-6.—Wynne, F. E.  Overcrowding
and epidemic disease.  Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1924-25, 18:
sect, epidem. state med., 29-40.

----   Periodicity and forecasting.
   Chapplain, L.   Sur I'existence  d'une  loi  periodique des
epidemies.   Chron. med.,  1924, 31:  131-5.—Dublin,  L.  I.
Nineteen hundred and thirty-eight will be healthy with  prob-
ably no  major epidemics.  Science News Lett., 1938, 33:  10.—
Forecasting epidemic in the tropics.  Brit. M. J., 1933, 1: 823.—
Jamieson, J.  Periodicity in epidemic diseases.  Tr. Australas.
M. Congr. (1908)  1909, 8. Congr., 2: 97-103— Kushev,  N. E.
[Periodicity of epidemies]  Vrach. gaz.,  1931, 35: 670-2.—Rog-
ers, L.  Further experience in forecasting epidemics of smallpox,
plague, and cholera in India, and its bearing on the reduction of
cholera.   Proc.  R. Soc. M.,  Lond.,  1929-30, 23: sect, epidem.
state med., 27-36.------Forecast of  the probable major var-
iations in cholera, small-pox and plague in India during 1930,
based on the meteorology of 1929. Ind.  M. Gas., 1930. 65: 181
5.------Result of  the forecast  of cholera, smallpox and
plague incidence in India in 1930, and new forecast for  1931.
Ibid., 1931, 66: 61-5.------Result of the forecast of cholera,
smallpox and plague in India  in 1932 and forecast for  1933.
Ibid.,  1933,  68: 1-3.  ------  Notes on making epidemic
forecasts.  Ibid., 125-7, ch.------The methods and results
of forecasting the incidence of cholera,  smallpox and plague in
India.  Tr. R. Soc. Trop.  M. Hyg , Lond., 1933, 27: 217-38.

----   Source  and transmission.

   See   also  Bacillus-carrier;  Drinking   water;
Food;  Insect;  Milk; Water, &c.
   Marques, J. J.   *0 contagio pclo  leite.   53p.
8?  Lisb., 1882.
   Martini,  E.    Woge der  Seuchen;  Lebensge-
meinschaft, Kultur,  Boden und Klima als Grund-
lagen von Epidemien.   109p.   8?  Stuttg., 1936.
   Adams, C. M.  Screening, an essential factor in the control
of malaria and other insect-borne diseases.  N. Mexico Health
Off., 1936, 6: 6.—Confalone. R. 11 latte dal punto di  vista
epidemiologico.  Gior. med.  mil., 1934,  82: 471-8.—Conthe, J.
Profilaxis de las enfermedades  de origen Mdrico.  Siglo  med.,
1927, 74: pt 2, 4-10.—Edsall, D. L.  The influence of infected
milk in  the  diet of the sick, particularly in acute  infectious
diseases, with a report of a series of cases of milk infections in
typhoid fever patients.  Pediatries, N.  Y., 1905, 17: 562-78.—
Forster, A.  L.  The  lesson of  milk-borne epidemics.   Med.
J. & Rec, 1929, 130:  121-3.—Friedemann, U.  Die Bedeutung
der latenten Infektionen  fiir die Epidemiologie  (theoretische
Infektketten-Lehre)  Zbl. Bakt., 1.  Abt.,  1929, 110: H.  6-8,
Beih., 1-27.  ------  Die Bedeutung der latenten  Durch-
seuchung fiir die  Entstehung  von Epidemien.  Deut.  med.
Wschr.,  1932, 58:  1949-52.— Futcher, P. H.  Notes on insect
contagion.  Bull. Inst. Hist. M., 1936, 4: 536-58.—Hobday, F.
Milk bottles as  a possible cause of epidemics.  Vet. J., Lond.,
1928,  84: 503-7.—Knowlton,  M.  Milk-borne outbreaks  of
disease.  Connecticut Health Bull., 1935, 49: 183-6.—Laidlaw,
F. W. The epidemiology of an  outbreak of illness due to milk.
N. York State  J.  M„ 1928, 28: 1465.—Loghem,  J.  J.  van.
Parasitare und  commensale Infektion in ihrer Bedeutung fiir
die Epidemiologie.  Zschr. Hvg., 1933, 115: 183-93.—Madsen,
T. J. M.  Milk epidemics.  Pub. Health, Lond., 1929-30, 43:
168T74— Magruder,  G. L., Mohler, J. R. [et al.]  The dis-
semination  of  disease by dairy products, and  methods  for
prevention.  In U. S. Dep. Agr. Bur. Anim. Indust,,  1910,
Circ. 153.—Martini, E.  Verbreitung von Krankheiten durch
Insekten.  Erg. Hyg. Bakt.,  1925,  7: 295-542.—Milk-borne
epidemics.  Child Health  Bull., 1930, 6: 157-61.—Miller, J. F.
Milk and communicable diseases. Vet. Med., Chic, 1932, 27:
472— Minett, F. C,  & Pullinger, E. J.  Recent outbreaks of
milkborne disease.   Vet.  Rec,  Lond.,  1937,  17: 657-9.—
Newton, R. C.   Report of committee on milk as a food and as a
means of contagion.   Tr. M.  Soc. N. Jersey,  1902, 91-8.—
Panaitescu, V.   [Rodents and fleas in the spreading of endemic
diseases]  Rev. ?t. med., Bucur., 1931, 20: 336-49.—Reiter, H.
Zur Bedeutung  der stummen Infektion.  Zbl. Bakt., 1.  Abt
1929,  110: H. 6-8, Beih., 27-30.—Rimpau,  W.  Milch und
Milcherzeugnisse als Verbreiter von  Seuchen  beim Menschen.
Miinch.  med. Wschr., 1935,  82: 1026-8.—Russo, P., & Russo,
P.  La prophylaxie des maladies hydriques aux colonies et pays
de protectorat.  Ann. hyg., Par., 1927,  n.  ser., 5: 431-5.—
Savage.  W.  G.   Discussion  on  milk-borne  Streptococcus
epidemics.  Vet. Rec, Lond., 1931,  11: 1167-72.—Tejera, E.
Les blattes  envisagees comme  agents de  dissemination des
germes pathogenes.   C. rend. Soc.  biol., 1926,  95:  1382-4.—
Tohyama. Y.   Experimental  investigations  concerning the
prevention of epidemic diseases due to aquatic  products; on'
the resisting power of Vibrio  cholerae and  tvphoid bacillus
against low temperature.  Jap.  J. Exp.  M., 1930, 8: 327-52.—
Trask, J. W. Milk as a cause of epidemics of typhoid fever,
scarlet fever, and  diphtheria.  U. S. Mar. Hosp. Serv  Hyg
Lab. Bull. No. 41, 1908, 21-147, 4 ch.—Troude, M. L. A. Les
formes frustes des maladies infectieuses;  leur importance au
point de vue prophvlactique et 6pidemiologique.  Arch. med.
pharm. mil.,  1929, 90: 91-118.—Williams.  L. R.   Milk and
communicable disease.  Med. Off., Lond.,  1917,  18:  37.—
Wolter, F.  Zur  Frage der  Trinkwasser-Epidemien.   Arch.
Hyg., Berl., 1929, 101: 5-15.  ------  Die Bedeutung der
latenten Durchseuchung fiir die  Entstehung von Epidemien.
Zbl. inn. Med., 1933, 54: 849-56.

----   Spread.

   Gleitsmann, H.  Die Seuchen im Seeverkehr;
epidemiologische   Betrachtungen.     39p.    8?
Miinch.,  1928.
   Rudder, B.  de.   *Das Durchseuchungsproblem
bei  den  Zivilisationsseuchen (Masern, Scharlach
und   Diphtherie)    (Wurzburg)    p.313-72.    8?
Berl., 1927.
   Also Erg. inn. Med. Kinderh.,  1927, 32:
   Dudley, S. F.  Some fundamental factors concerned in the
spread of  infectious disease.  J.  State M.,  Lond.,  1925, 33:
79; 188.------Some principles of the  dissemination of
microbic  disease.   J.  R.  Nav. M.  Serv.,  1934, 20:  9-24.—
Knorr, M.   Explosiv- und  Tardivepidemien (ein Beitrag zur
Frage der Trinkwasserepidemien)  Miinch. med. Wschr., 1927,
74: 1945-50.—Migratian and communicable diseases.  Week.
Bull.  California Dep.  I ub.  Health,  1938-39, 17: 73.—Slavin,
G. P.  [Role of transportation in the spreading of epidemics]
Profil.  med., Kharkov,  1931,  10: 26-30.—Webster, L. T.
The role of microbic vhulence, dosage, and  host resistance in
determining the spread of  bacterial infections among  mice.
J. Exp. M., 1930, 52: 909-29. 2 ch.—Wilson,  J. G.  The spread
of infectious disease.  J. R. San. Inst., 1934, 54: 553-9.

----   Theory.
   Azzi, A.   Epidemiologia e variazioni microbiche.   Gior.
batt,  immun.,  1931,  7:  538-41.—Greenwood, M.   Factors
determining the difference between an epidemic  of one disease
and that of another.   Brit. M. J., 1931, 2:  231-4.—Hedrich,
A.  W.  The normal for epidemic diseases.  Am. J. Pub. Health,
1927,  17: 691-8.—Hirszfeld, L.  Die Seuchengesetze in natur-
geschichtlicher Betrachtung.  Wien. klin. Wschr.,  1938, 51:
732-7.—Kermack, W.  O., & McKendrick, A. G.  Contribution
to  the mathematical theory of epidemics; analysis  of experi-
mental epidemics of the virus  mouse  ectromelia.   J. Hyg.,
Cambr., 1937, 37: 172-87.—Lotze,  H.  Die Bedeutung der
Variabilitatsstudien fiir  eine  Neuorientierung  in   der  epi-
demiologischen  Forschung.   Zbl.  Bakt.,  1.  Abt., 1931, 121:
161-9.—Martin, L. H.  The equilibrium of  epidemic diseases.
Texas J.  M., 1926-27, 22: 341-4.—Martini, E.  Ueber eine
unzweckmassige  Vereinfachung   meiner  Seuchengleichungen;
Bemerkung iiber die Konstanten  in biologischen Gleichungen.
Arch. Schiffs Tropenhyg., 1937,  41: 743-7.—Rudder, B. de.
Gesetzmassigkeiten bei der Scharlach- und  Diphtheriedurch-
seuchung.   Munch, med. Wschr.,  1927, 74: 1357-9.  Also
Verh. Phys. med. Ges. Wurzburg,  1927, n. F., 52: 72.—Stally-
brass, C. O.  Variation in virulence during  the course of epi-
demics. J. State M., Lond., 1930, 38:  731-6.—Webster, L. T.
Epidemic  prevalence  in the  light of  experimental findings.
Tr. Ass.  Am.  Physicians,  1926,   41: 309-16.  Also J.  Clin.
Invest,, 1926-27,  3: 465-73.—Zinsser, H.,  & Wilson,  E. B.
Bacterial dissociation and a theory of the rise and  decline of
epidemic waves.   J. Prev. M., 1932, 6: 497-514.

----   in institutes.

   See  also  Communicable  disease;  Infectious
disease;  Schoolchild, Disease, &c.
   Brincker, J.  A. H.  Epidemiology applied  to school life.
Lancet, Lond., 1933, 1: 569.—Cowan, K.  Central schools and
epidemic  disease.   Med. Off., Lond., 1933,  49: 15.—Duncan,
K. M. Preliminary report on an outbreak of  febrile disease
in an industrial school.  Brit, M. J., 1913, 1: 1317.—Epidemics
in  schools.   J. R. Army M.  Corps, 1938,  71:  185-93.—Epi-
demiological observations in public boarding schools.  Brit.
M. J., 1932, 2: 508— McKhann,  C. F., Steeger, A., &  Long,
A.  P.  Hospital  infections.  Am. J.  Dis.  Child.,  1938, 55:
579-99. Also Illinois  Health Mess., 1938,  19: 39-44.—Neu-
mann, R., & Happe, H.  Epidemiologische Untersuchungen in
der Sauglingsabteilung.  Zsehr. Kinderh., 1929, 48:  349-58.—
Seligmann, E., &  Din?mann, A.  Epidemiologische Studien in
Massenquartieren; Gruppendurchseuchung;  Scharlachschutz-
impfung;  Masernschutzimpfung; Inkubationszeiten.   Deut.
med.  Wschr., 1927, 53: 1424-6.—Spsnce,  J. C.  Ward and
dormHory  infect'ons.   Lancet,  Lond.,  1933,  2:  1308-9.—
Volovik, A.  B.   [System of preventing  epidemic c'iseases in
children's institutes]  Sovet. vrach. gaz., 1933, 37: 179-84.

----   in institutes: Control  and prevention.

   Great   Britain.    The  School  Epidemics
Committee.   Epidemics  in  schools; an  analysis
of the data collected during  the first 5 years of  a
statistical inquiry.   289p.   8?   Lond.,  1938.
   Bard, L.  Du role des mesures d'isolement dans la prophy-
laxie  des  epidemies  scolaires,   M6d. scol., Par.,  1925,  14; 
EPIDEMIC
377
EPIDEMIOLOGY
  83-92.—Curtis, F. G.  Shall we close  the schools during epi-
  demics.   Am.  J.  Pub. Health,  1914, 4:  135-9.—Davezac.
  Des d61ais imposes aux enfants des 6coles pour leur reintegra-
  tion apr6s une maladie a  declaration ohligatoire   Gaz  sc
  med. Bordeaux, 1911, 32: 330-4.—Devine, W. H.  Closure of
  schools in epidemic.  Boston M.  & S. J.,  1919, 180: 498.—
  Dobreitser, I. A.  [Epidemiology and microbiology in institutes]
  Sovet. vrach. J., 1936, 1: 1103-8.—Fletcher, H. M. The pre-
  vention of the spread  of epidemic disease  at schools.  Brit.
  M. J., 1918, 1: 313.—Instructions en vue d'eviter la propaga-
  tion des maladies contagieuses dans les  ecoles.  Rev.  med.,
  Louvain, 1921, 373-5.—Sandwith, F. M.  A method of averting
  epidemics  of infectious diseases in some  boarding  schools.
  S. Thomas Hosp. Gaz.,  Lond., 159-65.—Schrader.  Seuchen-
  prophylaxe in Kinderheilanstalten und Kindererholungsheimen
  Zschr. Gesundhverwalt., 1931, 2: 89-93.

    EPIDEMIC encephalitis:  etiology,   epidemi-
  ology, treatment.
    See under Matheson Commission.


  EPIDEMIOLOGY.

    See also  Communicable  disease;  Epidemic;
  Infection;  Infectious disease.

    Crookshank,  F.  G.   Epidemiological  essays.
  136p.   8?   Lond.,  1930.
    Wolter, F.   Aufgaben und  Ziele der epidemio-
  logischen Forschung.    31p.   4?    Hamb.,   1925.
    ----Die   Grundlagen  der  beiden  Haupt-
  richtungen  in der epidemiologischen  Forschung.
  40p.   8?   Miinch., 1926.
    Bishop, E.  L.   Neglected  opportunities  for epidemiologic
  study.  J. Am. M.  Ass.,  1930,  95:  563-5.—BUrgers.  Epi-
  demiologische Fragen.  Miinch. med. Wschr., 1927, 74: 1876.
  ------  Ueber die Notwendigkeit  und Bedeutung  epidemio-
  logischer Forschung.   Zschr.  Desinfekt., 1930,  22:  286-92.—
  Butler,  W.  Epidemiology  and state  medicine.  Med. Off.,
  Lond., 1933, 50:  191-3.—Chapin, C. V.  The science of epi-
  demic  diseases.  Sc.  Month., 1928, 26: 481-93.—De  Block.
  Revue d'epidemiologie.  Arch. med.  beiges, 1926, 79: 103;
  289.—Doull, J. A. Alcance e fins da epidemiologia.  Fol. med.,
  Rio, 1926, 7: 134-6.—Epidemiology.   Commonhealth, Bost.,
  1933, 20:  125-66.—Falk, I.  S.  Some riddles in epidemiology.
  Sc. Month., 1925, 20: 383-404.—Friedemann, U.  Epidemio-
  logische Fragen im Lichte der neueren Forschung.   Jahrkurs.
  arztl. Fortbild.,  1926, 17: H. 10, 13-28.—Garrison, F. H. The
  newer epidemiology.  J. Philippine Islands M.  Ass., 1924, 4:
  89-97.—Gins,  H.  A.   Allgemeine Epidemiologie.   Zschr.
  Gesundhverwalt., 1935, 6:8-13.—Gottstein. Seuchenprobleme.
  Med. Klin., Berl.,  192.3, 21:339-41.------Infektionstheorie
  und  Epidemiologie.   Acta med. scand., 1936, 89: 564-86.—
  Greenwood, M. Epidemiology and its lessons.  Lancet, Lond.,
  1934, 1: 201-5.  ------  Epidemiology as a branch  of experi-
 mental biology.  Science Progr.. Lond., 1934, 28: 385-404.—
 Hahn.   Seuchenprobleme.   Miinch. med. Wschr., 1925, 72:
 284.—Herrlin,  M.  [Epidemiological observations  during  a
 trip  in  May, 1924]   Nord. hyg. tskr.,  1924, 5: 293-314.—
 Herzberg,  K.   Epidemiologie und  Aetiologie.   Med.  Klin.,
 Berl., 1933, 29: 866.—Hobday, F.  The  epidemiology of animal
 and human diseases.  Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1936-37, 30:
 835-42.—Jordan,  E.  O.  Some  unsolved problems in epi-
 demiology.   Proc.  Inst. M.  Chicago, 1932,   9:  185-98 —
 Jungeblut,  C. W.  General principles  of epidemiology.   In
 Agents of Disease (Gay,  F.  P.)  Springf.,  1935,  266-88 —
 Kacprzak,  M.  [Research on epidemiology]  Med. dosw., 1927,
 8: 220-56.—Kalina, G. P. [Notes on epidemiological practice]
 J. epidem. mikrob., Moskva, 1932, 1: No. 7-8, 54-9.------
 [Observations on  general epidemiology; causative factor  in
 epidemic complex]  Ibid., 1933, 2:  No. 11,  13; No. 12, 4 —
 Kisskalt, K.  Epidemiologie  und Bakteriologie.  Miinch. med.
 Wschr., 1927, 74: 918-21.—Klement-Zrunek [On epidemiologic
 nomenclature]  Cas. 16k. Cesk.,  1935, 74: 96.—Lentz, O.  Ueber
 Friedbergers Probleme  der  Epidemiologie,  insbesondere  des
 Typhus.  Miinch.  med. Wschr., 1927, 74: 585-8— Libbrecht,
 L'epidemiologie. Rev. med., Louvain, 1927,  185-7.—Loghem.
 J. J. van  [Epidemiological characteristics] Ned. tschr. geneesk.,
 1933, 77: 1287-96.—Lotze, H.  Probleme der Epidemiologie.
 Zschr. Hyg., 1934, 116: 556; .576; .586.—Lumsden, L. L.  Epi-
 demiological  principles.  South.  M. J., 1936,  29:  303-9.—
 Mangelsdorf.  Epidemiologisches.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1926,
 52: 2101.—Melnotte, P.  Les bases actuelles de l'epidemiologie
 et de la prophylaxie.  Rev. hyg. med. social., 1937, 16: 115; 150;
 180; 212.—Miyagawa, Y.  Research work in epidemics.  Japan
 Times,  1934,  Oct., 29.—Neufeld,  F.   Experimentelle  Epi-
 demiologie; kritischer  Bericht iiber einige neuere Forschungs-
 ergebnisse.   Klin.  Wschr., 1924,  3:  1345;  1929, 7: 49.   Also
 Deut. med. Wschr.,  1925, 51: 341-4.—Oern, W.   [Epidemi-
 ological problems]   Tskr. mil. halsov., 1931, 56:  106-16.—
 Paul, J. R.  Clinical epidemiology.   J. Clin. Invest., 1938, 17:
 539-41.—Prausnitz, C.   Die  Grundlagen  epidemiologischer
 Forschung.   Deut. med. Wschr.,  1925,  51: 1807-9.—Pringle,
 A. M. N. A popular exposition of epidemics.  Med. Off.,  Lond.,
 1934,  52: 213.—Ross, R.  Constructive epidemiology.   Brit.
M. J., 1929, 1: 673.—Schubert, J.  Zur Lehre von den Seuchen.
jVfed. Welt, 1933, 7: 1272-4— Smillie, W. G.  Epidemiology-
 practical and impractical.  Illinois Health Mess., 1935, 7: 36;
 1939, 11: 23-6.—Stallybrass, C. O.   The principles of epi-
 demiology.  J. State M., Lond., 1928, 36: 510-20.—Uzeda, V.
 de.  Ligeiras consideraooes sobre  epidemiologia.   Fol. med.,
 Rio, 1936,  17: 377.—Vaughan,  H.  F.   Contributions to epi-
 demiology and public health.  J. Lab.  Clin. M., 1929-30, 15:
  65-73.—Wolter, F.  Epidemiologische Fragen.  Miinch. med.
 Wschr., 1927, 74: 2097.—Zimmermann, A.  Epidemiologische
 Ketzereien eines Biologen.  Hippokrates, Stuttg., 1935, 6: 358-
 68.—Zoeller, C.   Donnees et tendances de l'epidemiologie.
 Rev. hyg., Par., 1929, 51: 313-37.

 ----   Congresses, institutes, laboratories.

    China.   National  Epidemic   Prevention
 Bureau.  A report (1919-34)  170p.  8?   Peiping,
 1934.
    London.   Epidemiological  Society,  or So-
 ciety  for  Promoting  the  Investigation  of
 Epidemic Diseases.  Laws.   lip.  8?  [London,
 1870?]
    Bentmann, D. E.  Das bewegliche Seuchenlaboratorium fiir
 Anatolien.  In Vor 20 Jahren (Deut. med. Wochr.) Lpz., 1935,
 2.  F., 210-34.  Also Deut. med. Wschr., 1936,  62: 193; 235;
 274.—Bernier, A.  De l'opportunite de cr6er un  institut de
 prophylaxie  dans  la  province de Quebec  C. rend. Convent.
 serv. san. Quebec, 1921, 9: 54-8.—Bizard.  La  laboratoire
 sanitaire maritime et municipal de Saint-Nazaire.  Ann. hyg..
 Par., 1935, n. ser., 1.: 377-85— Chautemps, C.  Assemble
 generale  de  l'lnstitut Prophylactique.   Arch. Inst, prophyl.,
 Par.,  1937,  9: 241-61.—Cruveilhier, L.  La  defense  de la
 Pologne contre les maladies infectieuses et la conference sani-
 taire europeenne  de Varsovie.   Rev.  philanthrop., Par., 1922,
 43: 303-11.—Dinguizli.   Programme  et  action  de  l'Office
 d'hygiene sociale et de medeeine preventive dans la prophylaxie
 des fleaux sociaux de la Regence de Tunis.  Tunis, med., 1931,
 25: 575.—Feemster,  R.  F.  New activities of the Division of
 Communicable Diseases.   Commonhealth, Bost.,  1938,  25:
 26-9.—Frost, W.  H.  The importance  of epidemiology  as  a
 function of health departments.  Med. Off., Lond., 1923, 29:
 113.—Gautier, R. International epidemiological intelligence.
 Tr. Far East, Ass. Trop. M. (1927)  1928, 1: 784-7— Grunfest,
 U.  M.   [The results of activity of the Central Institute of
 Epidemiology and Microbiology at the 20th anniversary of the
 October  revolution]  J. mikrob., Moskva,  1938, 19: 765-9.—
 Jettmar, H. M.   One year  in a Mongolian laboratory.  Rep.
 North Manchur. Plague Prev. Serv., 1927-28, 6: 217-21, 2 pl.—
 Manteufel, P. Das Reichsgesundheitsamt und die Seuchenbe-
 kampfung in Deutschland.  Seuchenbekampfung, 1927, 4:
 13-7.—Martial, R.  Le premier Fondouk- preventorium de la
 ville de  Fez; etude et realisation d'hygiene musulman.  Rev.
 hyg., Par.,  1922,  44:  1000-9.—Moore,  J.  Dublin  Congress;
 Epidemiology Section; opening address.  J. State M.,  Lond.,
 1928, 36: 581-602.—Muzychenko,  A. P.  [Eighteenth anni-
 versary of the Mechnikov Institute of Infectious Diseases] J.
 mikrob.,  Moskva, 1938,   19:  776-80.—Newcomb,  W.  H.
 Epidemiology applied to health departments.  Nation's Health,
 Chic, 1927, 9: No. 5, 14.—Shaughnessy, H. J.  The laboratory
 and epidemiology.  Illinois Health Mess., 1935,  7:  40-3.—
 Stade, C.  Das bakteriologischj Untersuchungsamt der Mittel-
 meerdivision in Konstantinopel 1916-18.  Deut.  med. Wschr.,
 1935, 61:  844-7.—Zeiss,  H.   Das  Reichsinstitut fur Epi-
 demiologie und Mikrobiologie fiir den Siidosten  Ru-sslands in
 Saratow  an der Wolga.  Munch, med. Wschr., 1924, 71: 1618.

 ----   experimental.

   See Epidemiology,  Methods.

 ----   History.

   See also Epidemic, History.
   Hamer, W.   Epidemiology old and new.  180p.
 8?   Lond., 1928.
   Bergmann, J.  Die Epidemiologie  Rademachers.  Fortsch.
 Med., 1935, 53: 349-51.—Brewer, D.  The development of the
 theory of epidemics during the  present century.  Pub.  Health,
 Lond., 1934, 48: 69-77.—Eisenberg, F.  [The so-called crisis in
 bacteriology  and  epidemiology]  Polska gaz.  lek.,  1933,  12:
 985-8. —Eugling,  M.   Seuehenlehre und Seuchenbekampfung
 im Wandel der Zeiten.  Wien. klin. Wschr., 1937, 50: 1539-44.—
 Friedberger, E.  Fortschritte und Ruckschritte der  epidemio-
 logischen Forschung.   Deut. med. Wschr., 1927, 53:  1334-6.—
 Garrison, F. H.   The newer epidemiology.  In Essays Hist
 Med., Zurich, 1924, 255-63.—GoodalI,  E.  W.  On  infectious
 diseases and epidemiology in the Hippoeratic collection.  Proc.
 R. Soc. M., Lond.,  1934, 27: sect. hist, med., 525-34.—Gutfeld,
 F. von.   Alte und neue  Wege  zur Erforschung  des Seuchen-
 problems.  Zscbr.  firztl.  Fortbild.,  1927,  24:  9-13.—Hamer,
 W.  H.   Epidemiology in  the  last 100  years.   Brit. M  J
 1928, 1: 359.  Also Lancet, Lond., 1928,  1: 1313-5.—Kalocsay',
K.  [Recent research work in epidemiology]  Orv. hetil, 1932,
76:   289-92.—Kostrzewski,  J.   [Crisis  in  bacteriology: bac-
teriology and epidemiology]  Polska gaz lek., 1933, 12: 513-
5.—Legezyiiski, S.  [Crisis  in bacteriology: bacteriology and
epidemiology]  Ibid.,  597.—Lentz, O.  Robert Koch und die
Seuchengesetzgebung.   Med.  Welt,  1932,  6:  354-6.—Liu- 
EPIDEMIOLOGY                            378                             EPIDEMIOLOGY
 barsky, V. A.  [Present state of medical microbiology and epi-
 demiology in Sovet  Russia]   J. mikrob., Moskva,  1938, 19:
 672-87.—Loghem, J. J. van  [Historical and analytical study of
 epidemiology]   Ned. tschr.  geneesk.,  1939,  83:  315-9.—
 Muller, R.  Achtzig Jahre Seuchenbakteriologie; die Seuchen-
 bakteriologen vor Robert Koch: Pollender 1849, Brauell 1856,
 Delafond  1856 Davaine  1863  (ein  50-Jahr-Gedenken  des
 Milzbrandforschers  Pollender)  Zbl. Bakt,,  1. Abt., 1929-30,
 115: 1-17, port.—Neufeld, F.  Fortschritte und Ruckschritte
 der epidemiologischen Forschung.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1927,
 53: 687-90.  ------  Die Entwicklung der epidemiologischen
 Forschung seit Robert Koch (27.  Mai 1910)   Klin. Wschr.,
 1935, 15: 737-41.—Pazzini,  A.  Evoluzione del concetto di
 epidemiologia. Athena, Roma, 1938, 7: 294; 346.—Ruhrah, J.
 Dr Streeter's exhibition at Boston.  Med. Rec, N.  Y., 1921,
 100: 175.—Webster, L. T.   Recent knowledge of epidemics.
 Bull. N. York Acad. M.,  1928, 2. ser., 4: 20-6.—Wolff, J. W.
 [Development of experimental epidemiology and its practical
 significance]  Geneesk. tschr.  Ned. Indie, 1933, 73: 1575-80.—
 Wolter, F.  Fortschritte  oder Ruckschritte der epidemiolo-
 gischen Forschung?   Deut. med. Wschr., 1j27,  53: 1088-90.

 ----   Instruction.
   Pinero  GarcIa,  P.  P.   Catedra  de  clinica
 epidemiologica;  informe sobre el  desarrollo del
 curso de 1937; pabellon de infecciosas  Dr Adolfo
 Rueda.  210p.  8?   Rosario [Argentina] 1937.
   Lakhman, D.  [Epidemiological chart for sanitary service]
 Voen. san. delo, 1937, No. 11-12, 121.—Munson, E. L.  The
 teaching of epidemiology by applicatory problems.  Am. J.
 Pub. Health. 1935,  25: 913-9.  Also  Bol. Of. san. panamer.,
 1936,  15:  229-36.—New  (A)  circular  for dairymen on com-
 municable diseases.   Health  News, Albany, 1937, 14: 115.—
 Vincent, H.   Cours  d'epidemiologie et maladies infectieuses;
 hicon d'ouverture.  Gaz. hop., 1926. 99: 21-7.

 ----   Manuals and periodicals.
   Blanchard, M.  Precis d'epidemiologie, mede-
 eine preventive et hygiene coloniales.  415p.   8?
 Par.,  1934.
   Collier,  W.  A.   Die  Seuchen.   159p.   8?
 Brnschw.,  1930.
   DuBeau,  B.   J.   Syllabus  for epidemiology;
 Riverside  Junior College.   142 1.   8?  Riverside,
 Calif., 1935.
   Gill, C. A.   Genesis  of epidemics and  the
 natural history of disease; an introduction to  the
 science of  epidemiology.  550p.  8?   Lond.,  1928.
   Gottstein, A.  Die Lehre von den Epidemien.
 201p.   12?   Berl., 1929.
   —-—  Epidemiologie; Grundbegriff e und Ergeb-
 nisse.   285p.  8?  Lpz., 1937.
   Greenwood,   M.    Epidemiology,  historical
 and experimental.   80p.  8?  Bait., 1932.
   ----  Epidemics  and crowd-diseases;  an  in-
 troduction to the study of epidemiology.   409p.
 8?  Lond. [1935]
   ---- Hill, A. B.  [et al.]  Experimental epi-
 demiology.  204p.   8?  Lond., 1936.
   Jurgens, G.   Grundlagen der Epidemiologie.
 165p.   8?   Lpz., 1936.
   Knapp,   M.  L.   Researches on primary  pa-
 thology, and the origin and laws  of epidemics.
 2. ed.   2v. in 1.   312p.; 368p.   8?   Phila.,  1860.
   Kutner, R.  Volksseuchen; vierzehn Vortrage.
 390p.   8?   Jena, 1909.
   Madsen,  T.  J. M.   Lectures  on the epidemi-
 ology and  control of syphilis, tuberculosis,  and
 whooping  cough, and other  aspects of infectious
 disease.  216p.   8?    Bait.,  1937.
   Neufeld,  F.   Seuchenentstehung und  Seu-
 chenbekampfung.  204p.   12?  Berl., 1914.
   Rosenthal,  W.   Die Volkskrankheiten  und
 ihre Bekampfung.  164p.  12?   Lpz., 1909.
   Rapport   epidemiologique.    Geneve,   v.2,
 1923-
   Releve   epidemiologique   hebdomadaire.
 Geneve, v.[8] 1933-
   Seuchenbekampfung.  Wien, v.1-7,  1924-30.
   Stallybrass,   C.   O.    The   principles of  epi-
demiology  and the  process  of infection.   696p.
8?  Lond.,  1931.
 ---   Methods.
   Babaian, A. B.  [Experimental epidemiology as a method
 in the science of epidemiology]  J. profil. subtrop. klin. med.,
 Tashkent, 1934, 4: 11-5.—Bieloussova, A. I.  [Experimental
 epidemiologic observation  on  frogs]  Arkh. biol. nauk, 1929,
 29: 211-5.—Brewer, D.  Experimental and field epidemiology.
 J.  R.  San.  Inst.,  1935-36,  56:  136-44—Champeaux,  M.
 L'evolution des methodes en epidemiologie.  Rev. hyg., Par.,
 1910, 32: 915-30.—Chapin, C. V.  The need of quantitative
 methods in epidemiological work. Am. J. Pub. Hyg., 1909-10,
 n. ser., 6: 306-10.—Dudley, S. F.  On the biological approach
 to the study of epidemiology.  Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1935-36,
 29: 1-14. Also Lancet, Lond., 1935, 2: 1001.  Also J. R. Nav.
 M.  Serv.,  1936,  22:  87-104.—Experimental  epidemiology.
 Brit. M. J., 1936, 1: 1165.—Flexner, S.  The advancement of
 epidemiology through  experiment;  experimental results.  Am.
 J. M. Sc, 1926, 171:  469; 625-35. Also Porto Rico Health
 Rev., 1927, 2: No.  10,  3; No. 11, 9.—Gottstein, A.  Rechnende
 Epidemiologie.  Erg.   Hyg.  Bakt.,   1929,  10:  189-270.—
 Gray, A. L.  The importance  of an epidemiological investiga-
 tion.  N. Orleans M. & S.  J.,  1934, 87: 239-44.—Greenwood,
 M., & Topley, W. W. C. The further contribution to the experi-
 mental study of  epidemiology.  J. Hyg., Cambr.,  1925-26,
 24: 45-110, 3 ch.  ------  Experimental epidemiology; some
 general considerations.  Proc. R.  Soc.  M.,  Lond.,  1925-26,
 19: sect, epidem.  state med.,  31-44.—Griswold,  M.  Epi-
 demiologic methods.  J.  Am. M. Ass.,  1925, 85:  570-4.—
 Harmon, G. E.  A study of the problem of obtaining a trend
 line  for  epidemiological  data.  J.  Prev.  M., Bait.,  1929,  3:
 139-52.  ------   A comparison of 2 methods  of obtaining
 epidemic cycles.  Ibid., 405-17.—Flawley, P. R.  Two methods
 of approach to  an epidemiological problem; a comparison.
 Mil. Surgeon, 1926, 59: 145-52.—Kaminsky, L. S.  [Statistics
 and epidemiology]  Ann. Mechnikov. Inst., 1936, 5: 245-64.—
 Neufeld.  Experimentelle Epidemiologie.  Klin. Wschr., 1925,
 4: 615.—Okamoto,  T.  Epidemiological  studies on mice and
 guinea-pigs.  Japan M.  World, 1926,  6: 210-3.  Also  Klin.
 Wschr., 1926, 5: 795.—Phosphatase test  aids epidemiological
 investigation.  Health  News, Albany, 1937, 14:121.—Prausnitz,
 C.  Epidemiologie.  In Spec. Path. Ther. inn. Krankh., Berl.,
 1927, 11: 685-742, ch.—Ross, R.  Pathometry.  J. Trop.  M.
 Hyg., Lond.,  1930, 33: 333.—Schubert, J.  Experimental-
 versuche zur Epidemiologie.  Miinch. med. Wschr., 1928,  75:
 773.—Sherlockian  (The), method in epidemiology.   Lancet,
 Lond., 1936, 2: 639.—Topley, W.  W.  C.  Experimental epi-
 demiology.  Ibid.,  1926, 1: 477; 531;  645.  Also Seuchenbe-
 kampfung, 1929, 6: 188; 223.—Webster. L. T.  Further con-
 tributions of experimental methods to the study of epidemics.
 Am. J. Hyg., 1925, 5: 335-41.  ------ Experimental  epi-
 demiology.  In Harvey Lect.,  Bait., 1931-32, 27: 154-78, pl.
 Also Medicine, 1932, 11: 321.  Also Science, 1932, 75: 445-52.—
 Wolff, G. Die statistische Methode in der Epidemiologie und
 medizinischen Ursachenforschung.   Klin. Wschr.,  1927,  6:
 2025-31.—Yakovenko,  E. I.   [Finding  of epidemic  average]
 Gig. epidem., 1931, 9: 45-8.


 EPIDERMIS.

   See also Ectoderm; Keratin;  Skin.
   Schielein,    H.   *Experimentelle   Untersu-
 chungen iiber die Trennung der Haut in Kutis
 und Epidermis  [Miinchen]  15p.   8?  Wiirzb.,
 1934.
   Bock, F.  Die Epidermis des Stichlings. Zschr. Zellforsch.,
 1929-30,  10:  394-400.—Bonnevie,  K.   Zur  Mechanik  der
 Papillarmusterbildung; die Epidermis  als formativer Faktor
 in der Entwicklung der Fingerbeeren und der Papillarmuster.
 Arch. Entwmech.,  1929, 117: 384-420, 5 pl.—Cummins, H.. &
 Midlo, C. Dermatoglyphics in Jews.  Am. J.  Phvs. Anthrop.,
 1927, 10: 91-113.—Kaschkarov,  D.  Ueber die Epidermis  bei
 Trachypterus taenia.  Anat. Anz., 1913, 44: 214-8.—Langner,
 E.  Untersuchungen an Tegument und Epidermis bei Diplo-
 poden (mit Beitragen zu Sehorganen und Hautdriisen) Zool.
Jahrb., Abt. Anat.,  1937, 63: 483-541.—Lapiere, S.  La zone
limite entre  l'epiderme et le derme chez I'homme et chez
 l'embryon de  mouton. Arch, biol., Par., 1939, 50: 343-68,
2 pl.—Lehmensick, R.  Einfache Methode zur Darstellung der
 Wirbeltier-Epidermis und ihrer Anhangsgebilde.  Zschr. wiss.
 Mikr., 1935-36, 52: 435-8, pl.—Melczer, N.  Ueber die Epi-
thellymphe.   Derm. Zschr., 1926, 47:  255-60.—Piitzold, A.
 Die Hautfelderung  des Menschen und  ihre  Beziehung zum
Corium.   Zschr. ges.  Anat.,  1. Abt., 1932,  97: 794-801.—
Pautrier, L. M., &  Woringer, F.  Contribution a l'etude de
I'histo-physiologie cutanee; les rapports morphologiques entre
l'epidermie et le derme.  Ann.  derm, syph., Par., 1930, 7. ser.,
 1: 985-1005.  ------  Les  relations entre  la  morphologie
epidermique et le reseau vasculaire superficiel.  Bull. Soc. fr.
derm, syph.,  1937, 44: 1649-51.—Pinkus, H.  Ueber  Ge-
webekulturen menschlicher Epidermis;  ein Beitrag zur Anato-
mie der Haut. Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1932, 165: 53-85.—
Shubenko-Shubin,  E. A.  [Correlation  between the epidermis
and corium]   J. teor. prakt. med., 1924, 1: 127-31.

----  Chemistry  and pharmacology.
   Bohnstedt, R. M. Untersuchungen iiber den Mineralgehalt
der Epidermis und Cutis.  Klin. Wschr.,  1931, 10: 1666-9.— 
EPIDERMIS                                     379                                    EPIDERMIS
 Carri6, C, & Heemeyer, R.  Untersuchungen iiber die chemi-
 sihen Substanzen auf der Haut; iiber  das  Vorkommen von
 Korhsalz und Cholesterin auf der Haut.  Arch. Derm. Syph.,
 Berl., 1935-36,  173:  606-11.—Engman, M. F.,  & Kooyman,
 D. J. Lipids of the skin surface.  Arch. Derm.  Syph., Chic,
 1934, 24: 12-9.—Fischer, M.  Zur Verteilung des Gerbstoffes
 in der  Epidermis.   Biol. Zbl.,  1931, 51: 424-37.—Jono, Y.
 Ueber  die  chemische Zusammensetzung der   menschlichen
 Epidermis.   J. Orient. M., Dairen,  1926, 5:  12.  Also J. Bio-
 chem., Tokyo, 1928-29, 10: 311-23.—Kooyman,  D. J. Lipids
 of the skin; some changes in the lipids of the epidermis during
 the  process  of  keratinization.  Arch.  Derm.  Syph.,  Chic,
 1932, 25: 444-50.  Also repr.—Loeb, L., Haven, F. L. [et al.]
 The effect of administration of thyroid substance, of potassium
 iodide, and  of extirpation of the  greater  portion of the thyroid
 gland on the epidermis of the guinea-pig.  Anat. Rec, 1930-31,
 46: 65-80.—Lustig, B.,  &  Perutz,  A.   Ueber  ein einfaches
 Verfahren zur Bestimmung der Wasserstoffionenkonzentration
 der  normalen  menschlichen Hautoberflache.    Arch. Derm.
 Syph ,  Berl., 1930, 162:  129-34.  ------  Ueber die Beein-
 flussung  des Oberhautfettes  durch Fettzufuhr.   Biochem.
 Zschr.,  1932, 249:  370.— Percival,  G.  H., & Stewart,  C. P.
 On the sulphydryl-containing constituent of the epidermis and
 its relationship  to melanogenesis  and  keratinization.   Brit.
 J. Derm., 1930, 42: 215-29, 2 pl.—Perutz,  A.,  & Lustig, B.
 Zur Physiologie der Fettausscheidung an der Hautoberflache.
 Biochem. Zschr.,  1933,  261:  128-31.—Pillsbury,  D. M., &
 Shaffer, B.   Cutaneous reaction: with reference to the surface
 pH, the reaction to ointments and solutions of different pH and
 the effect of  the skin in modifying the ph of  applied solutions.
 Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1939, 39: 253-67.—Schade, H., &
 Marchionini, A. Zur physikalischen Chemie der Hautober-
 flache.  Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1928,  154: 690-716.------
 Der  Sauremantel  der  Haut  (nach   Gaskettenmessungen)
 Klin. Wschr., 1928,  7:  12-4.—Storm  van Leeuwen, W., &
 Niekerk,  J. van. Ueber  die Hautreaktionen mit Extrakt von
 Mensehenhautschuppen.    Zsjhr.  Immunforsch.,  1929,  63:
 46-55.—Szodoray, L.  Beitrage zur  Eiweisstruktur des Haut-
 epithels.  Arch.  Derm. Syph., Berl., 1929-30,  159:  605-10 —
 Varicak,  T.  D.   Neues  iiber  Auftreten und Bedeutung von
 Fettsubstanzen in der Gefliigelhaut  (speziell in der Epidermis)
 Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch., 1938,  44: 119-30.—Wilkerson, V. A.
 The  chemistry of human epidermis; amino acid content of the
 stra um corneum and its comparison to  other human keratins.
 J. Biol. Chem.,  1934, 107: 377-81.   Also repr.------The
 isoelectric point of  the  stratum corneum and  other human
 keratins as  determined by electrophoresis.  Ibid., 1935, 109:
 p. xcix.   ------ The chemistry of  human epidermis.   Ibid.,
 1935-36, 112: 329-35.  ------& Tulane, V. J.  The chemistry
 of human skin;  the occurrence of  methionine in human skin
 (stratum corneum)   Ibid., 1939, 129: 477-9.

 ----   Development and growth.

    Aust. S.   Die Epidermis von Anguilla vulgaris F. wahrend
 seiner Entwicklung.   Zool.  Jahrb., Abt. Anat.,  1936,  62:
 1-44, pl.—Elias,  H.  Zur  vergleichenden  Histologie  und
 Entwicklungsgeschichte der Haut der Anuren; unter besonderer
 Berucksichtigung der Chromatophoren und  der  larvalen Epi-
 dermis.   Zschr.  mikr. anat.  Forsch.,   1937, 41: 359-416.—
 Hoadley, L.  Developmental potencies  of parts of the  early
 blastoderm  of the chick; the epidermis  and  the  feather  prim-
 ordia. J. Exp. Zool., 1925-26, 43: 179-96.—Holmgren, H., &
 Johansson,  H.  Beitrag  zur Kenntnis  der  Entwicklung  der
 Epidermis.   Anat.  Anz.,  1932-33,  75:  449-62.—Katznelson,
 Z. S.  Histogenese der Epidermis bei Urodelen; Beitrage zur
 Kritik der Zellenlehre.   Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch.,  1930-31,
 23: 602-52.—Loeb, L., & Haven, F. L.   Quantitative studies
 of the growth of the epidermis. Anat. Rec, 1929,  42: 217-41.—
 Poska-Teiss,  L.   Ueber  die   larva'e  Amphibienepidermis.
 Zschr. Zellforsch., 1930, 11: 445-83.—Reiss, W.   [Beitrag zur
 Entwickelungsgesc.hichte  der Epidermis in der Fruhperiode des
 Foetallebens mit besonderer  Berucksichtigung der Malpighi'-
 schen Schichte]   Bull, internat. Acad. sc.  Cracovie,  1899,
 468-73.—Rohrlich,  K. Gestaltungsbewegungen der prasump-
 tiven Epidermis  wahrend der Neurulation und Kopfbildung
 bei Triton taeniatus.   Arch. Entwmech., 1931,  124:  66-81.—
 Roth, H.  Zur Kenntnis des Epithels und der Entwicklung der
 einzelligen Hautdrusen von Helix pomatia.  Zschr. wiss. Zool.,
 1929, 135: 357-427.—Steiner, K. Ueber die Entwicklung der
 Basalmembran des  Hautepithels; die Entwicklung der Basal-
 membran  beim Menschen.  Zschr. Zellforsch., 1928, 7: 577-94.
 ------  Ueber die Entwicklung und  Differenzierungsweise der
 menschlichen Haut; die embryonale Entwicklung der Hautge-
 biete  mit  fruhzeitiger Mehrschichtigkeit des  Epithels. Zschr.
 ges. Anat., 1. Abt., 1930, 93: 750-64.   ------& Hitschmann, O.
 Ueber die Entwicklung der Basalmembran des Hautepithels;
 die Entwicklung der Basalmembran bei Mus decumanus albus.
 Zschr. Zellforsch., 1927, 5: 150-73.

----  Disease.

   See also  Dermatitis; Dermatosis; also names of
epidermic  diseases as  Acanthosis;  Corn;  Cornu
cutaneum; Epidermolysis; Ichthyosis; Keratoma;

Keratosis,  &c.
   Kaiser,  W.  [W.   T.  E.]   *Ueber   die  Kern-
grossen des Dcckepithcls der ausseren  Haut  und
einiger  Hautgeschwiilste.   15p.    8?    Rostock,
1936.
   Frieboes, W.  Chorda-,  Knorpel-, Epidermiszellen;  Epi-
dermisfasersystem ein  Histosystem oberer Ordnung;  Meta-
plasie von Epidermis- und Haut-Ca-Zellen; Epidermisbildung
bei Wundheilung und normale Epidermisregeneration; Entste-
hung der Hautkrebse.  Derm. Zschr., 1929, 56:  305-39.—
Kapp, J. F.  Zu meinen Versuchen, die Vitalitat der alternden
Epidermis zu heben.  Derm.  Wschr., 1928, 87: 1118 —Nicolas.
J., Regaud, C, & Favre, M.  Sur les formations mitochondriales
dans les  eeilules neoplastiques des epitheiiomes de la peau et
des muqueuses dermo-papillaires.  Tr. Internat.  Comir. M.
(1913)  1914, Sect.  13,  derm,  syph.,  pt  2,  64-6.—Pautrier,
L. M.   Dermo-epidermic interchanges as  controlled by the
study of melanic pigment, the esters of cholesterol (xanthoma)
and  hemosiderin (Schamberg's disease)  Arch. Derm.  Syph.,
Chic,  1928, 17: 1-15, 4 pl.  ------ & Diss, A.  Echauges
dermo-epidermiques et hemosiderine (la maladie de Schamberg
n'est pas une maladie  pigmentaire a pigment m61anique,  mais
une  siderose dermo-epidermique)  Ann.  derm, syph.,  Par.,
1927, 6.  ser., 8: 393-402, pl.—Ponce de Leon, S. R.   Epi-
dermodermitis piogena vegetante.  Rev.  As.  med. argent.,
1938, 52: 860-6.

----   Histology.

   Nussbaum,  A.    *Ueber Epithelfasern  in  der
Oberhaut der Daumenschwiele  bei  Rana fusca
[Bonn]  39p.  8?   Wiesbaden, 1909.
   Schmitz,  G.    *Beitrage   zur   Kenntnis   des
feinen  Baues  und  der Physiologie  der  mensch-
lichen Oberhaut.   27p.  8?   Bonn,  [1926]
   Addison, W. H.  F., & Loeb, L.  Ueber  die Beziehungen
zwischen Struktur der Epidermis der Taube und des Meer-
schweinchens und  der  Proliferation der normalen und regene-
rierenden Epithelzellen.  Arch. Entwmech.,  1913, 37: 635-58.—
Bering, F.   Zur feineren Anatomie  der  Oberhaut.  Mhefte
prakt.  Derm., 1904, 39: 210-20.—Bezecny,  R.   Beitrag zur
Frage der Langerhans-Zelle.  Arch. Derm.  Syph., Berl., 1931,
164:  116-20.   ------   Die Langerhanssche  Zelle.  Ibid.,
1933-34, 169:  544-61.—Bond,  G.   The   occurrence of  cell
division  in the endodermis.  Proc. R. Soc, Edinb., 1929-30,
50: 38-50.—Burkhardt,  L.   Ueber Lebensdauer und Lebens-
fahigkeit  der  Epidermiszellen.   Sitzber.  Phys.  med.   Ges.
Wurzburg, 1905.—Chlopin, N.  G.  Ueber einige Wachstums-
und  Differenzierungserscheinungen   an   der  embryonalen
menschlichen Epidermis  im Explantat.   Arch.  Entwmech.,
1932, 126: 69-89.—Dawson, A. B.  Intranuclear crystalloids
in the  superficial epidermal cells of the catfish,  Ameiurus
nebulosus.   Anat. Rec, 1933, 56: 255-9.—Ficalbi, E.  Strut-
tura del tegumento dei petromizonti; le  cellule  epidermiche
speciali.  Arch. ital. anat., 1924, 21: 1-54,  2 pl.—Frieboes, W.
Wie ist das Deckepithel der Haut aufgebaut?  Miinch. med.
Wschr., 1920, 67: 1031.—Garrault, H.  Structure de la mem-
brane basale sous-epidermique chez les embryons de seiaciens.
Arch. anat.  micr., Par.,  1937, 33: 167-76, 4 pl— Melczer. N.
Ueber  den Golgischen Apparat der menschlichen  Epidermis-
zellen.    Arch.  Derm. Syph., Berl.,  1934-35, 171:  382-4.—
Merk,  L.  Die Verbindung menschlicher Epidermiszellen unter
sich und mit dem corium.   Mhefte. prakt. Derm., 1904, 38:
361-70.—Patzelt,  V.  Bau und  Verhornung der menschlichen
Epidermis.  Wien. med. Wschr., 1928, 78: 663-5.—Pawlowsky,
E.  Ueber den Bau der Epidermis von Haut und  Lippen bei
Schizothorax intermedius und  Capoeta  heratensis.   Zool.
Jahrb.,  1911,  31:  289-306,  3  pl.—Picon, J. M.  O.  Ueber
Zellteilungsfrequenz und Zellteilungsrhythmus  in der  Epi-
dermis der Maus  (ein Beitrag  zur Kenntnis der Zellteilungs-
faktoren)  Zschr. Zellforsch.,  1933,  19: 488-509.—Porto, J.
Contribucion al estudio de la histofisiologia del tegumento de
los batracios.  Prensa med.  argent.,  1936, 23: 1946; 2009 —
Sato, N. Studies  on the figures of Eberth in the epidermis of
Rana limnocharis  and some other amphibian tadpoles.  J. Sc.
Hiroshima  Univ., 1936-37,  Ser. B,  Div.  1,  5: 47-56, pl —
Schaaf, F.  Eine Methode zur sicheren Darstellung der Langer-
hansschen Zellen  in der  Epidermis  des Menschen, in Meer-
schweinchen- und  Katzenpfote   (Vergoldung unfixierter Haut-
stiicke  und anschliessende Verarbeitung zu Paraffinschichten)
Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl.,  1937-38,  176:  535-43.—Schmidt,
W. J.  Ueber Riesenepithel- und -driisenzellen in der Epidermis
des Laubfrosches.  Anat. Anz.,  1918-19, 51: 535-47.—Sturton,
S. D.  Notes on the histology of the epidermis.  China M. J.,
1930, 44: 904-9.—Szodoray,  L.  The  structure of the junction
of the  epidermis and the corium. Arch. Derm.  Syph., Chic,
1931, 23: 920-5.  Also repr.------[Plastosoma of the epi-
thelial cells of  the skin]  Orv.  hetil., 1937,  81: 343-5, pl —
Theis,  A.  Histologische  Untersuchungen  iiber die Epidermis
im  Individualcyclus von  Salamandra maculosa Laur.  Zschr.
wiss. Zool., 1931-32, 140: 356-420.—Thesleff, C.  De la struc-
ture fine des cellules epidermiques. Acta derm, vener., Stockh.,
1932-33, 13: 532-43.—Unna, P. G.   Neue Tatsachen aus der
feineren Anatomie der Oberhaut.  Arb. Unna's Klin. Hautkr.,
(1903-7) 1908,  20-7.—Veratti,  E.   Studio  istologico  di un
tumore della pelle con alcune considerazioni sulla natura  delle
cellule  dendritiche  dell'epidermide.   Boll. Soc.  med.  chir.,
Pavia,  1935, 49: 153-74, pl—Vilter, V. Migration des meiano-
phores  dermiques dans ripiderme chez l'axolotl.  C. rend. Soc.
biol., 1932, 110: 938.—Weber, F.  Die Schliesszellen.  Arch. 
EPIDERMIS                                     380                            EPIDERMOLYSIS
exp. Zellforsch., 1926-27, 3: 101-13.—Weed, I. G. Cytological
studies of the epidermis of Rana pipiens and Rana clamitans
tadpoles, with special reference to the figures of Eberth.  J.
Morph., 1934, 56: 213-29.

----   Physiology.

   See  also names of functions of  the epidermis
and skin.
   Ohler, K.  W.  *Der Einfluss des Geschlechts-
lebens der Tiere, insbesondere der  Vogel  auf die
Epidermoidalgebilde der Haut  [Bern]  35p.  8?
Neustadt-H., 1905.
   Di Gaspero, H.  Die  biologische Organfunktion der Haut-
decke  in  ihren  Beziehungen  zur physikalischen  Medizin,
insbesondere  Hydro-, Thermo- und Balneotherapie.  Zschr.
arztl. Fortbild.,  1927, 24: 137-42.—Kemmer,  E.   Beobach-
tungen uber die Lebensdauer isolierter Epidermen. Arch. exp.
Zellforsch.,  1928,  7:  1-68.—Lilienstern,  M.   Beitrag  zur
Physiologie  der  Epidermis.   Protoplasma, Lpz.,  1934,  22:
367-76.—Martinotti, L.  Fisiopatologia dell'epidermide.   Der-
mosifilografo, 1934, 9: 39. Also Gior. ital. derm, sif.,  1934, 75:
29-76.—Pinkus, H.  Notes on structure and biological proper-
ties of human epidermis and sweat gland cells in tissue culture
and in the organism.  Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1938, 22: 47-52 —
Schein, M.   [Experiments with the regeneration of the epi-
dermis]  Bor- es bujak6rt., Budap., 1910, 5.

----  Tumor.
   Geschickter, C. F., &  Koehler, H. P.   Ectodermal tumors
of the skin.  Am. J. Cancer, 1935, 23: 804-36.—Kerner, M.
[A case of traumatic epidermal choristoma]  Mosk. med.  J.,
1924, 4: No. 7, 48-50.—Ledeganck, C.  Note sur les tumeurs
hypertrophiques de l'epidermie.   Presse med. beige, 1868-69.
21: 109- 117.—Williams, I. G. Epidermal tumours of the skin,
Brit. J. Radiol., 1938, 11:-641-8.

----  in  plants.

   See under Plant.

 EPIDERMIZATION.

   See Skin grafting; Wound,  Healing.


 EPIDERMODYSPLASIA.

   See Ectoderm;  Epidermis, Disease.

 EPIDERMODYSPLASIA verruciformis.

   See also  Wart.
   Dzhafarov, A. G.  [Cases of generalized verruca]  Vener.
 derm., Moskva, 1928, 5:  1527-32.—Eidinow, A.  Treatment of
 multiple warts by radio-active ointment.  Lancet, Lond., 1938,
 2: 1201.—Glaubersohn,  S. A.   Contribution a l'etude  de la
 verrucose generalisee (epidermodysplasia verruciformis)  Ann.
 derm, syph., Par., 1928, 6. ser., 9: 378-87.—Haldin-Davis, H.
 Multiple warts in a creosote  worker.  Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond.,
 1935-36, 2i»: 89.  Also Brit. J. Derm. Syph., 1936, 48: 29-42 —
 Hamdi, H.,  &  Hulusi.   Epidermodysplasia verruciformis.
 Virchows Arch.,  1933,  291: 738-40.—Hoffmann, E.  Ueber
 verallgemeinerte  Warzenerkrankung  (Verrucosis generalisata)
 und  ihre  Beziehung  zur   Epidermodysplasia  verruciformis
 (Lewandowsky)  Derm. Zschr., 1926,  48: 241-66, 2 pl. —:----
 Verallgemeinerte Warzenerkrankung,  Verrucosis generalisata
 aut disseminata.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1926, 22: 1357.—Kogoj, F.
 Die  Epidermodysplasia  verruciformis.  Acta  derm, vener.,
 Stockh., 1926, 7: 170-9.—Koike,  T.  Ueber einen Fall von
 Verrucosis generalisata.  Okayama igakkai zasshi,  1929,  41:
 337.—Lortat-Jacob & Brosse, T.  Naevi hyperkeratosiques et
 verruqueux multiples, a predominance unilaterale.   Bull. Soc.
 fr. derm, syph., 1928, 35: 562.—Maschkilleisson, L. N.  Ist die
 Epidermodysplasia verruciformis  (Lewandowsky-Lutz)  eine
 selbstandige Dermatose? ihre  Beziehungen zur Verrucositas.
 Derm.  Wschr., 1931, 92: 569-78.—Roffo, A. H., & Rosner, S.
 Verrugas vulgares  multiples cancerizadas.  Bol. Inst. med.
 exp. cancer, B. Air., 1935,  12: 405-11.—Semon, H. Papillo-
 matosis: generalized facial warts.  Proc R. Soc. M.,  Lond.,
 1935-36,  29: 90.—Sullivan, M.,  &  Ellis,  F. A.   Epidermo-
 dysplasia verruciformis, Lewandowsky and Lutz. Arch. Derm.
 Syph.,  Chic, 1939, 40: 422-32.—Tornabuoni. G.   Epidermo-
 displasia verruciformis (Lewandowsky-Lutz) Gior.  ital.  derm.
 sif., 1929, 70: 557-72, 3 pl.—Vega Munoz. J., & Nunez Lozano,
 E. R.  Verrugas vulgares multiples.   Rev. As. med. argent.,
 1937, 51: 330.—Wise,  F.   Epidermodysplasia verruciformis
 (Lewandowsky and Lutz) Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1939, 39:
 596.

 EPIDERMOID.

    See   Cholesteatoma;   Dermoid;   Sebaceous
 gland, &c.
EPIDERMOLYSIS bullosa.
   Chable.  Epidermolyse bulleuse non heieditaire.  Schweiz.
med. Wschr.,  1926, 56: 397.—Chambers, S., Anderson, N. P.,
& Rosenberg, M.  W.  Acquired epidermolysis bullosa.  Arch.
Derm.  Syph.,  Chic, 1937, 35: 1166.-Heidingsfeld, M.  L.
Epidermolysis bullosa (factitia)  Cincin.  Lancet Clinic, 1902,
49:  116-8.   Also repr.—Kittredge,  H.  E.  Epidermolysis
bullosa acquisita; successful treatment with iron cacodylate, a
blood coagulant, calcium (with phosphorus) and roentgen rays.
Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1934, 30: 537-9.—MacCormac, H.
Acquired epidermolysis bullosa.  Proc. R. Soc.  M., Lond.,
1928-29, 22: sect, derm., 16.—Netherton, E. W., & Curtis, G. H.
Epidermolysis bullosa  acquisita.  Arch. Derm.  Syph., Chic,
1939, 39: 559.—Smith,  J.  F.  Epidermolysis  bullosa  non-
hereditaria non-congenita.  Urol. Cut. Rev., 1927, 31: 243-5.

----   hereditary.

   Albrecht,  E.  *Pemphigus neonatorum  con-
genitus   [Miinchen]   20p.   8?   Diisseld.,  1937.
   Busse,   G.    *Ueber  Epidermolysis  bullosa.
32p.  8?    Gott., 1926.
   Labernadie,  G.   F.   V.    *L'epidermolyse
bulleuse.   63p.  8?   Bord.,  1912.
   Muller, L. E.  F.  H.   *Ueber Epidermolysis
bullosa congenita.    39p.   8?   Wiirzb., 1927.
   Adrian.  Fall von Dermatolysis bullosa.  Arch. Derm. Syph.,
Berl., 1899, 47: 421.—Allworthy, S. W.  Epidermolysis bullosa.
Brit. J. Derm., 1910, 22: 373-5, pl.—Bartels, E. D.  [A family
with epidermolysis bullosa hereditaria]  Ugeskr. laeger, 1939,
101: 141-4.—Bou. A. L.   Epidermolisis bulosa.  Bol. As. med.
Puerto  Rico, 1938, 30:  1-3.—Briand, Foucault & Michel.
Pemphigus congenital  vraisemblablement  non syphilitique.
Bull. Soc. pediat.  Paris, 1928,  26: 251-5.—Cane, L. B.  Epi-
dermolysis  bullosa; 3  cases with history  of the disease in 4
generations of the  same family.   Brit. M. J., 1909, 1:  114-16.—
Carrera,  J. L., &  Seoane, M.  Estudio sobre la epidermolisis
ampollosa congenita.  Prensa  med. argent., 1938,  25: pt  2,
1991-6.—Chargin, L.  Epidermolysis bullosa in  mother and
child.  Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1939,  39: 603.—Colver, T.
Epidermolysis bullosa; case report.  Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond.,
1937-38, 31: 1123.—Coricciati, L.  Sul  pemfigo volgare  in
gemelli.  Dermosifilografo, 1938, 13: 523-5.—Corson, E. F., &
Perlman, H.  H.  Epidermolysis bullosa hereditaria.  Med.  J.
& Rec, 1932, 136: 67.  Also repr.—Cregor, F. W.  Report of a
case of epidermolysis bullosa hereditaria resembling psoriasis
vulgaris. Indianapolis M. J., 1917, 20: 579.—Daniel, W. W., &
Ayers, A. J. Congenital pemphigus.  J. M. Ass.  Georgia, 1937,
26:  196.—Decclecio Ramos, J.  Dois  casos de epidermolysis
acuta neonatorum.  Pediat. prat., S. Paulo,  1932-33, 4: 424-30,
2 pl.—Devoto, A.   Epidermolisi bollosa.  Gior. ital. derm, sif.,
19,32, 73: 96-9.—Engman  &  Mook.  Epidermolysis bullosa
existing since birth. J. Cut. Dis. inch  Syph., 1913, 31: 274 —
Epidermolysis bullosa.  Arch.  Derm. Syph., Chic, 1936, 34:
175.—Escardo,  F., &  Trepat, L.   Epidermolisis  ampollosa
hereditaria.   Arch, argent, pediat., 1934, 5: 98-107.—Fearn-
sides,  E. G.  A case of widespread bullous and hemorrhagic
eruption, with grave constitutional symptoms; recovery.  But.
J.  Derm.,  1911,   23:  99-104.—Finkelstein.   Epidermolysis
bullosa.   Deut. med. Wschr.,  1914, 40:  51.—Friihwald,  R.
Pemphigus neonatorum.   Derm.  Wschr.,  1939,  108:  251.—
Garland, J.  Epidermolysis bullosa;  report of  a  case with
lesion present at  birth.  J.  Am. M. Ass.,  1929,  93: 918.  Also
repr.—Gonin, R.   Epidermolyse localisee chez un iehtyosique.
Ann. derm, syph.,  Par.,  1928, 6. ser.. 9: 116-9.—Greene,  R.
Epidermolysis  bullosa  hereditaria, with  3 illustrative cases.
Proc R. Soc. M., Lond., 1927-28, 21: sect. stud. dis. child.,
89-91.—Guy, W. H.  Epidermolysis  bullosa.   Arch.  Derm.
Syph., Chic, 1927, n. ser., 15: 30-42.—Hallam, R.  Epider-
molysis  bullosa.  In Brit.  Encycl. M. Pract. (Rolleston,  H.)
Lond., 1937,  5: 82-5.—Harrold, H. E. Epidermolysis bullosa.
Med. J.  Australia, 1914,  1: 492.—Haustein, F.  Epidermolysis
bullosa.   Med. Welt, 1927, 1: 577.—Hoffmann, E.  Epider-
molysis bullosa hereditaria.  Deut. med. Wschr.,  1912, 38: 782.—
Jenny, E.  Epidermolysis bullosa hereditaria beim Neuge-
 borenen.  Schweiz. med.  Wschr.,  1926,  56:  103.—Kanoky,
J. P., & Sutton, R. L.   Epidermidolysis bullosa congenita
 (epidermolysis bullosa hereditaria of Kobner)  J. Am. M. Ass.,
 1910,  54:  1137-40.  Also  Mhefte prakt.  Derm.,  1910,  50:
 375-90.—Katayama,  R.   Epidermolysis  bullosa hereditaria
 (Kobner)  Acta derm., Kyoto, 1933, 22: 149.—Kelley. E. F. T.
 Epidermolysis bullosa hereditaria.  Arch. Derm.  Syph.,  Chic,
 1938, 38: 826.—Kothary, B. M.  Epidermolysis bullosa; a case
 report.  Ind. M. Gaz.,  1938, 73: 739.—Leiner.  Einjahriges
 Madchen  mit  Epidermolysis bullosa   hereditaria Kobner.
 Wien. klin. Wschr., 1913, 26: 1639.—Lenglet.  A propos de
 I'observation  presentee  par  MM. Nicolas et  Favre sous le
 titre: sur un cas de pemphigus chronique congenital et familial
 a forme d'ichthyose bulleuse.  Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1906,
 17: 402-4.  Also  Ann. derm, syph., Par., 1906, 4. ser., 7: 924-
 6.—Little, E. G.  G. Case for  diagnosis (epidermolysis bullosa)
 Proc R. Soc. M., Lond., 1916-17, 10: sect, derm., 52; 1919-20,
 13: sect, derm., 124.—Ludy, J. B., Devalin, C. M., & Drant, P.
 H.  Epidermolysis bullosa. Med.  Clin.  N. America, 1932,  16:
 169-80.  Also repr.—MacKenna, R. M. B.   Epidermolysis
 bullosa  hereditaria.  Brit. J.  Derm. Syph., 1937,  49:  448.— 
EPIDERMOLYSIS                             381                             EPIDERMOLYSIS
Madden, J. F.  Epidermolysis bullosa.  Arch. Derm. Syph.,
Chic,  1939, 39: 787.—Malinowski, F.  Ueber Epidermolysis
bullosa.  Mhefte prakt.  Derm., 1910, 50: 325-31.—Mayr, J.
K.  Die Epidermolysis bullosa hereditaria.  In Handb. Kinderh.
(Pfaundler, M. &  Schlossmann, A.) 4. Aufl., Berl., 1935,  10:
612-23.—Meachen,  G. N.   Case  of epidermolysis  bullosa.
Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond.,  1909-10, 3: No. 6, Derm, sect., 74.—
Morrison, W.  R.  Epidermolysis bullosa hereditaria or acan-
tholysis bullosa; case report.   Indianapolis M. J., 1917,  20:
578.—M tiller,   H.   Ueber  Epidermolysis   bullosa.   Zschr.
Kinderh., 1929,  48: 359-65.—Newman, E. D.  Epidermolysis
bullosa hereditaria with report of a case.  J.  M.  Soc. N.
Jersey, 1916,  13:  215-7.—Nicolas & Favre.  Sur  un cas de
pemphigus chronique congenital et familial a forme d'ichthyose
bulleuse.  Bull.  Soc. fr. derm,  syph.,  1906, 17: 388-92.   Also
Ann. derm, syph., Par.,  1906, 4. ser., 7: 705-9.  ------  A
propos d'une note de M.  Lenglet concernant notre observation
publiee sous le titre: sur un cas de pemphigus  chronique  con-
genital et familial a forme d'ichthyose bulleuse.   Bull. Soc. fr.
derm,  syph., 1907, 18: 42.—Nicolas, J., Lebeuf, F., & Charpy,
J.  Epidermolyse bulleuse.  Ibid., 1932, 39: 323-5.—Paul, N.
Epidermolysis bullosa.   Med. J.  Australia, 1916, 3: 434.—
Peli, G.  Epidermolisi bollosa di Kobner. Gazz. osp., 1930, 51:
659-65.—Petges, G., & Lecoulant, P.   Epidermolyse bulleuse.
In  Nouv. prat. derm. (Darier, Dabouraud, et al.) Par., 1936,
6: 284-313.—Pontoppidan. Epidermolysis bullosa hereditaria.
Verh.  Kongr.  nord. derm. Ver. (1910) 1911, 1. Kongr., 30.—
Ravogli, A. Epidermolvsis bullosa hereditaria.  Indianapolis
M. J., 1918, 21: 53-5.—Roxburgh, A. C.   Epidermolysis  bul-
losa.  P--oc R. Soc. M., Lond., 1927-28, 21: sect, derm., 13 —
Sakaguchi, I.  Clinical observations on a case of epidermolysis
bullosa hereditaria.  China M. J.,  1917, 31: 349.—Schmidt, L.
E.   Report of a case of epidermolysis bullosa hereditaria.  J.
Am. M. Ass.,  1901,  37:  556-60.— Schoch.  Zwei Geschwister
mit Epidermolysis bullosa hereditaria Kobner.  Schweiz.  med.
Wschr., 1936,  66:  297.—Sidoti, H.  Epidermolisi bollosa  con-
genita.  Riforma med., 1929,  45: 1278-84.—Skaletz, H.   Ein
Fall von Epidermolvsis bullosa hereditaria.  Jahrb. Kinderh.,
1933, 3. F., 89: 193-9.—Ullmann, K.  [Fall von Epidermolysis
congenita]   Mitt. Ges.  inn.  Med. Kinderh. Wien,  1906, 5:
138-41.—Walsh, D.   Case of  epidermolysis bullosa congenita.
Proc.  R. Soc M., Lond.,  1913-14,  7: Derm,  sect., 28-30.—
Wander, W. G.  Epidermolysis bullosa (?) in brothers.  Arch.
Derm. Syph., Chic.; 1934, 29: 929.—Weber, F. P.   Note on the
family history  in a case of epidermolvsis bullosa hereditaria.
Brit. J.  Derm., 1928, 40: 295.   Also repr.—Willemin-Clog,
Stoerr & Cardyn.  Un cas de pemphigus congenital.  Nourris-
son, 1935,  23:  243-7.—Wise  & Fordyce.   Pemphigus or  epi-
dermolysis bullosa (?) arsenical pigmentation.   J. Cut.  Dis.
inch Syph., 1914, 32: 148.

----   hereditary, dystrophic.

    Fischer, H.   *Zur Kenntnis der Epidermolysis
bullosa hereditaria  dystrophica mit  totaler Alo-
pezie  [Miinchen]   34p.   8?   Passau,  1933.
    Palfner,  E.    *Ein   Fall  von  Epidermolysis
bullosa hereditaria  dystrophica congenita.  21p.
8?   Konigsb.,  1935.
    Schleibinger,  W.  *Ueber Bullosis  spontanea
congenita (Siemens)  26p.   8?   Miinch.,  1928.
   Alibekov, S.  I.  [Case of dystrophic form of bullous   epi-
dermolysis, treated successfully with gravidan]   Vest, vener.,
1938, No.  3, 94-6.—Balzer &  Railliet.  Pemphigus familial a
kystes epidermiques.  Bull.  Soc  fr. derm,  syph., 1908,  19:
121-8.—Bamber,  G.   Epidermolvsis  bullosa  dystrophica.
Proc.  R.  Soc.  M., Lond., 1936-37,  30:  192.—Barker, L. P.
Epidermolysis bullosa (dystrophic type)  Arch. Derm. Syph.,
Chic, 1937, 36: 1263.—Bezdicek, J.  [Epidermolysis bullosa
dystrophica with striated   plantar  and  palmar  keratosis]
Cesk.  derm., 1933, 14: 49-55.—Bloemen, J. J.  Epidermolysis
bullosa dystrophica in 3 families.  Ned. tschr.  geneesk.,  1928,
72:  pt 2,  4478-80.—Bostrom, G.   A case  of epidermolysis
bullosa dystrophica with disturbances in the excretion of water.
Acta derm, vener., Stockh.,  1935,  16: 225-32.—Briick,  I. C.
[Case of epidermolysis bullosa  hereditaria dystrophica]  Nord.
med., 1939, 1:  630.—Callomon, F.  Ein Fall von Epidermolysis
bullosa hereditaria (forme bulleuse et  dystrophique-Hallopeau)
Verh.  Ges. deut. Naturforsch. (1910) 1911,  82:  2. Teil   392-
5—Carol,  W. L. L.,  & Kooij, R.  [Typus maeulatus of  bul-
lous, hereditary M\-.trophy]   Mschr.  kindergeneesk., 1936,
6: 39-51, 5 pl.'  Also Acta derm, vener., Stockh.,  1937, 18:
265-83.—Ciaccio,  I.   Su di  un caso di  epidermolisi bollosa
distrofica.   Arch. ital.  derm.,  1936,  12:  326-44.—Cohen,
M.,  & Sulzberger, M. B.  Essential shrinkage of the  con-
junctiva in a  ease of  probable epidermolysis bullosa dystro-
phica.  Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, 1934, 32: 50-63, 5 pl.  Also Arch.
Ophth., Chic, 1935, 13: 374-90, 2 pl.   Also repr—Curtius, F.,
& Strempel,  R.  Gleichzeitiges  Vorkommen  von  Morbus
Recklinghausen  und  Epidermolysis bullosa traumatica heredi-
taria dystrophica  in einer Familie.   Derm.  Zschr., 1927-28,
51:  401-16.—Epidermolysis  bullosa  hereditaria  dystrophica.
Zbl. Haut  Geschlkr.,  1937, 57: 168.—Erichsen, S. W.  [Two
cases of epidermolysis bullosa hereditaria dystrophica]  Norsk.
mag. laegevid.,  1938,  99:  185-91.—Fernandez,  A. A.   Epi-
dermolisis ampollosa distr6fica e quistes epidermicos  consecu-
tivos.  Sem. med., B. Air., 1931, 38: 434-44— Fidanza, E. P.,
Carrillo. F., & OcaHa, T.  Consideraciones histopatog6nicas a
proposito  de un caso de  penfigo  hereditario tiamniiico  a
quistes epidermicos.   Ibid., pt 2,  990-1002.   Gabelov, A. I.
[Dystrophia cutis bullosa congenita]  Vener.  derm.,  Moskva,
1931, 8: 30-4.—Greco, N. V.  Epidermolisis, dermoepidermoli-
sis, ampollosa-distrofica y esclerodermia.  Rev. As. med. argent.,
1938, 52: 579-83.—Heijbroek, N. I., & Carol. W. L. L.  [Con-
genital epidermolvsis with  cvst  and scar formation]  Ned.
tschr. geneesk.,  1925, 69:  pt 2, 2668-75, 2 pl.—Heimann, K.
Epidermolysis   bullosa  hereditaria  (dystrophische   Form)
Zbl.  Haut Geschlkr., 1926, 20:  747.—Hofmann,  E.  Vor-
stellung eines Kranken mit Epidermolysis bullosa dystronhica
und abnormem Bluthefund  (Leukopenic, Haemophilie)  Deut.
med.  Wschr.,  1917,  43: 921.------Rezessiver  Erbgang
bei Epidermolysis  bullosa  hereditaria  dystrophica.   Klin.
Wschr., 1926, 5: 915.—Kapuscinski, S.  [Epidermolysis bullosa
hereditaria dystrophica]   Przegl.  derm.,  1938,  33:  150-2.—
Krijnen,  J. J.  Zur Epidermolysis bullosa  traumatica heredi-
taria  dystrophica.   Arch. Derm.  Syph.,  Berl., 1931, 164:
61-8.—Longo, P.  Distrofia cronica della pelle a tipo di epi-
dermolisi bollosa.  Arch. ital. derm., sif., 1926-27, 2: 449-76 —
Manganotti, G.  Epidermolisi bollosa e albopapuloide di Pasini.
Gior. ital. derm, sif.,  1938, 79: 941-65, 6 pl.—Marchionini, A.
Ueber  Epidermolysis bullosa dystrophica  vegetans;  Beitrage
zu einer klinischen Sonderform, zur Pathogenese und Prognose
der kongenitalen Epidermolysis.   Arch  Derm.  Svph.,  Berl.,
1937-38,  176:  347-51.—Marcozzi, A.  Epidermo'lisi bollosa
distrofica  con  ematoporfirinuria  ed  alterazione  endocrino-
simpatica  (Eritrodontia)   Arch.  ital.  derm, sif.,  1929, 4:
555-80.—Mashkilleisson,  L. N.   [Dystrophic form  of epi-
dermolysis bullosa hereditaria (Dystrophia bullosa atrophicans
congenita)]  Vener. derm.,  .Moskva, 1928, 5: 1377-99.  —----
& Abramowitsch, L. A.   Epidermolysis  bullosa hereditaria
dystrophica loealisata.  Derm. Wschr., 1935,  101: 1600-3.—
Napp, V.  Ueber einen Fall von Epidermolysis bullosa dystro-
phicans hereditaria tarda.  Derm.  Zschr.,  1930, 59: 103-10.—
Nicolas, J., Moutot, H., & Charlet, L.  Dermatose congenitale
et familiale a  lesions trophiques  progressives et  chroniques
ulcero-vegetantes, a  debut  pemphigoide avec  dystrophies
ungueales; variete nouvelle de pemphigus congenital de  forme
dystrophique.   Ann. derm, syph.,  Par., 1913,  5. ser.,  4: 385-
414.—Pasini, A.  Dystrophic cutanee bulleuse atrophiante et
albopapuloide;  essai  clinique.  Ibid., 1928,  6. ser., 9:  1044-66.
Also Gior. ital. derm, sif.,  1928,  69: 558-64.  ------  Epi-
dermolisi  congenita  bollosa ed albo-papuloide.   Ibid.,  1932.
73: 125-37, 5 pl.  ------  Epidermolisi bollosa atrofizzante ed
albo-papuloide.  Ibid., 1934, 75: suppl., 99-104, pl.—Pautrier,
L. M., & Roederer,  J.  Pemphigus congenital k kystes epi-
dermiques.  P.  verb. Congr. derm. syph.  fr.  (1923)  1925, 2.
Congr., 816-8.—Perantoni-Satta, G.  Considerazioni  cliniche
ed istopatologiche sui rapporti fra epidermolisi bollosa ereditaria
e pemfigo congenito  a tendenza cicatriziale. Gior. ital.  derm.
sif.,  1932,  73:  1116-42, 2 pl.—Pierini, L. E.  Epidermolisis
ampollosa  distrofica.  Rev.  argent,  derm.   sif..  1931,  15:
20-52.—Polano, M.  K.  [Sodium chloride  metabolism in epi-
dermolvsis bullosa dystrophica]  Ned.  tschr.  geneesk., 1932,
76: pt  3,  4207.—Policaro, R. D.  Epidermolisi  bollosa ed
albopapuloide  di  Pasini.   Gior. ital. derm,  sif., 1939,  80:
339-45, 5 pl.—Rona, S.   Epidermolysis  hereditaria  bullosa;
die dystrophische Form der  Laesionen und ihre Pathogenese.
Pest. med. chir. Presse, 1905, 41:  1117.—Scarpa. A.  Sopra un
caso di epidermolisi  bollosa distrofica.  Gior.  ital. derm,  sif.,
1933, 74:  67-83.—Schussler,  A.   Zum  Krankheitsbild  der
kongenitalen Epidermolysis bullosa mit Hautdefekten.  Zschr.
Kinderh., 1936, 58:  533-50.—Scolari, E.  Epidermolisi con-
genita bollosa ed albopapuloide di Pasini.  Gior. ital.  derm.
sif.,  1939, 80:   13-25, 2  pl.—Seminario,  C, Mosto,  D.,  &
Pessano, J.  Estudio de un caso de penfigo sucesivo a quistes
epidermicos, con elementos diseminados y elevaciones albopapu-
loides.  Sem. med., B. Air.,  1929, 36:  pt  2, 1071-5.—Sidara-
vicius, B.  [Epidermolysis bullosa hereditaria  dystrophica]
Medicina, Kaunas, 1932,  13: 339-51.—Siemens. H. W.  Zur
Frage  der Bullosis spontanea  congenita  und der spontanen
Blasenentstehung bei der Epidermolysis bullosa.  Arch.  Derm.
Syph., Berl., 1933-34, 169: 527-38.—Spiethoff.  Epidermolysis
bullosa hereditaria dystrophica.   Deut. med. Wschr., 1918,
44: 479.  Also Munch, med. Wschr., 1918, 65: 468.—Tommasi,
V.  Epidermolisi bollosa distrofica in elastopatico.  Gior. ital.
derm, sif., 1938, 79:  383-408, 2 pl.—Torsuev,  N. A.   [Bullous
dystrophy of the skin; epidermolysis bullosa hereditaria dystro-
phica]   Vest, vener., 1939, 96-8.—Tryb, A..  & Kogoj, F.
Ueber eine chronische,  papulose,  in  Atrophien ausgehende
Dermatose mit  zeitweiser Blasenbildung  (Beitrag zur  Frage
der dystrophischen  Form  der  Epidermolysis)  Arch.  Derm.
Syph., Berl., 1926, 150: 287-94.—Tulipan. L.  Epidermolysis
bullosa dystrophica  (recessive type) report of a case.  Arch.
Derm. Syph., Chic, 1938, 37: 22-6.  Also  repr.—Weil, E.
Das Gefassbild bei Epidermolysis bullosa dystrophica heredi-
taria.  Arch. Derm.  Syph., Berl.,  1928, 156:  241-6.—Weis  &
Weille.  Epidermolyse bulleuse dystrophique  chez une heredo-
syphilitique.  Bull. Soc. fr. derm,  syph., 1936, 43: 1388-91.—
Weiss, S.  Zwei Falle der dystrophischen Form der Epider-
molvsis bullosa  hereditaria.  Miinch. med. Wschr.,  1917, 64:
360."  Also Wien. klin. Wschr., 1917,  30:  248.—Weissenbach,
R. J.,  LiSvre,  J. A., &  Faulong, L.   Epidermolyse  bulleuse
dystrophique.   Bull. Soc.  fr. derm, syph., 1937, 44:  023.—
Zolezzi, G.  G.    II trauma come  fattore  professionale  "deter-
minante  in un  caso di pemfigo congenito a cisti epidermiche.
Med. lavoro, 1936, 27: 334; 360-7.—Zoon. J. J.. & Penning,
C. P. J.   Zur Epidermolysis bullosa  hereditaria dystrophica.
Derm. Zschr., 1933, 67: 244-52. 
82                             EPIDERMOLYSIS
EPIDERMOLYSIS
----   hereditary:  Pathology.

   Boussotjlade, P.   *Contribution a l'etude  du
pemphigus  congenital non  syphilitique du nou-
veau-ne.   64p.   8?  Par., 1933.
   Haupt, H.  *Zur Kenntnis der  Epidermolysis
bullosa hereditaria.  29p.  8?  Gott., 1933.
   Heymann,  K. W.   *Beitrage zur Kenntnis der
Epidermolysis   bullosa   hereditaria     [Breslau]
p.624-36.   8?   Berl., 1927.
   Also Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1927, 153:

   Kuse.  K. H.   *Ein  Beitrag zum Krankheits-
bild  des Pemphigus hereditarius   [Kiel]  p.513-
22.   8?   Lpz.,  1929.
   Also Mscbr. Kinderh., 1929, 42:

   Schmidt,  H.   *Beitrag zur  Kenntnis der Epi-
dermolysis bullosa hereditaria.  35p.   8?   Berl.,
1935.
   Adamson, H. G.  Microscopical section  of a lesion of epi-
dermolysis bullosa, showing the probable manner of formation
of epidermic cysts.  Brit. J. Derm., 1905, 17: 15.—Burrows, A.
Epidermolysis bullosa with cutis hyperelastica.  Proc. R. Soc.
M., Lond., 1932, 25: 1319-23.—Cerutti, P. Contributo alio
studio deli'epidermolisi bollosa.  Gior. ital. derm, sif.,  1933,
74: 335-75, pl.—Coffin, R. A.  Epidermolysis bullosa heredi-
taria of the mucosa.  Tr. Am. Laryng. Ass., 1913, 35: 277-81.—
De Schweinitz, G. E. A case of epidermolysis bullosa and the
ocular lesions.  Tr. Coll. Phvsicians Philadelphia, 1913, 3. ser.,
35: 417-9.—Engman, M. F., & Mook, W. H. A further con-
tribution to the study of elastic tissue in epidermolysis bullosa.
Tr. Am. Derm. Ass., 1909, 151-7, pl.  —----  The etiology of
epidermidol.vsis bullosa. Interst.  M. J., 1910,  17:  499-501,
pl.—Falls, F. H.  The pathogenesis of pemphigus neonatorum.
Am. J. Obst., 1027, 13: 774-8.—Haxthausen, H.  [Epidermoly-
sis bullosa with miliary epidermal  cysts]   Hospitalstidende,
1934,  77: Dansk derm, selsk.  forh., 23.—Herlitz, G.  Kon-
genitaler,  nicht  syphilitischer  Pemphigus;  eine  Uebersicht
nebst Beschreibung einer neuen Krankheitsform (Epidermolysis
bullosa  hereditaria letalis)   Acta  paediat.,  Upps.,  1935,  17:
315-71.—Hofmann, E.  Ueber den Erbgang bei Epidermolysis
bullosa  hereditaria.  Arch. Rassenb., 1926, 18: 353-68.—
Jenny, E.  Ueber eine letal verlaufende Form von Epider-
molysis bullosa hereditaria beim  Saugling.   Zschr. Kinderh.,
1927,  43: 138-48.—Lenth, E.  Ueber eine maligne exfoliierende
Form der Epidermolysis bullosa hereditaria.  Ibid.,  1938-39,
60: 570-8.—McDonald, F.  Epidermolysis bullosa complicated
by pulmonary  tuberculosis.  Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic,  1939,
39: 560.—Mariotti,  E.  Epidermolisi  bollosa ereditaria; con-
tributo  alio studio  delle dermatiti pemfigoidi creditarie.   Ri-
forma med., 1929,  45: 1690-7.—Meineri,  P.  A.  Sindrome
cutanea a tipo di epidermolisi bollosa e di idroa vacciniforme
con porfiria.  Dermosifilografo, 1931, 6: 389-437.—Miescher,
G.   Epidermolysis  bullosa vegetans  mit  Amyloid.  Derm.
Zschr.,  1937,  76:  1-5.—Obermayer,  M. E.  Epidermolysis
bullosa with hypertrichosis and melanosis.  Arch. Derm. Syph.,
Chic, 1936, 33: 1091.—Prakken, J. R.  [Congenital skin affec-
tions, developing into a form of epidermolysis bullosa]  Ned.
tschr.  geneesk.,  1939,  83:  2440-5, pl.—Richter, M.  Bak-
teriologische Befunde bei Sauglingspemphigus.   Miinch. med.
Wschr., 1927, 74: 194.—Sakagnchi, Y. Ueber die Epidermolysis
bullosa hereditaria Kobner; klinische histologische und patho-
genetische  Studien  mit   besonderer  Berucksichtigung   der
milienartigen Gebilde und der elastischen Fasern.   Arch. Derm.
Syph., Lpz., 1915, 121: Orig., 379-484, 7 pl.—Schoch, A.   Bei-
trage  zur Kenntnis  der  Epidermolysis  bullosa  hereditaria
Kobner.  Acta derm, vener., Stockh., 1928, 9:  169-83.—Se-
queira, G. W.  Nevoxanthoendothelioma (?) with epidermoly-
sis bullosa.  Proc R. Soc. M.,  Lond., 1921-22, 15: sect, derm.,
15.—Sezary, A., & Kipfer, M.  Epidermolyse bulleuse congeni-
tale avec keratodermie  palmo-plantaire.  Bull. Soc.  fr. derm.
syph., 1938, 45: 26-9.—Sezary, Joseph, R., & Chevat.  Epider-
molyse bulleuse a kystes epidermiques  avec  lesions albo-papu-
leuses.  Ibid.,  1935,  42: 736-40.—Siemens,  H.  W.  Ueber die
Frage des Auf tretens beider Epidermolysis-Formen in einer Fa-
milie.  Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1935-36, 173: 196-9.  ------
Dichtung und  Wahrheit iiber  die  Ichthyosis  bullosa, mit
Bemerkungen zur Systematik der Epidermolysen. Ibid., 1937,
175:  590-608.—Smith,  A.  G.  Epidermolysis  bullosa with
psoriasis.  Lancet, Lond., 1934, 1: 1393.—Tobias, N.  Lesions
of the mucous membranes in epidermolysis bullosa; report of a
case.  Arch. Derm.  Syph., Chic,  1928,  18: 224-30.—Weiss,
R. S.  A case of epidermolysis bullosa, showing loss  of elastic
tissue in the apparently normal skin.  J. Cut. Dis. inch Syph.,
25: 26.

----   hereditary, simple.
   Alvarez Sainz de Aja, E.   Epidermolisis ampollosa o penfigo
traumatico.  Rev. med.  cir. prdct.,  Madr., 1917, 116: 41; 81.—
Auche. B.  Pemphigus hereditaire traumatique simple  (epi-
dermolvse bulleuse hereditaire)   Ann. med. chir. inf., Par., 1906,
10: 637-48. Also J. med. Bordeaux, 1906, 36: 664-9.—Bamber,
G.  Epidermolysis bullosa hereditaria simplex.   Proc. R. Soc.
M, Lond.,  1935-36,  29:  94.—Bonaduce,   F.   Osservazioni
comparative sopra diversi casi di pemfigo traumatico congenito
ed infantile, nei rapporti colle sindromi costituzionali ipotiro-
paratiroidee.   Gior. ital.  derm, sif.,  1926,  67:  761-8,  pl.—
Bonjean.   Un  cas d'epidermolyse  bulleuse  simple.    Med.
inf.,  Par., 1936,  43: 398-403.  Also J. med. Paris,  1937, 57:
39.-  Fuhs,   H.   Ueber  Epidermolysis  bullosa  traumatica
here.li'aria  (Kobner)   Arch. Derm.  Syph.,  Berl., 1927, 153:
157 US.  Hodara,  M.  Sur  un des  cas  rares et  atypiques
d'epidermolyse  bulleuse (Kobner)  ou pemphigus  chronique
benin  spontane  et traumatique localise  exclusivement aux
parties decouvertes, depuis 3 ans,  chez un homme de 43 ans.
Derm. Stud., Hamb.,  1910, 21: 609-29.—Jachmann, E. von.
Ein  Beitrag zur  Epidermolysis bullosa  hereditaria simplex.
Derm. Wschr., 1936,  103: 1603-6.—Knudsen,  I.  [PemphiKu>
neonatorum simplex  congenitus]  Ugeskr. laeger,  1937, 99:
910-3.—Valk, J.  W. van der  [Habitual traumatic  epidermo-
lysis bullosa]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1922, 66: 1242.—Zarfl, M.
Ein  Fall von  Pemphigus benignus congenitus.  Wien.  med.
Wschr., 1913, 63:  1923.

----  hereditary: Treatment.
   Berger,  F.  R.  M.   Ein  Fall von Epidermolysis bullosa
hereditaria und seine Reaktion auf Rontgenbestrahlung.  Arch.
Derm. Syph., Lpz., 1906, 80: 23-6, 2  pl.—Meineri, P. A.  Un
caso  di epidermolisi   bollosa  trattata e  guarita col  calcio.
Dermosifilografo, 1931, 6: 277-92.—Sezary, A., Kipfer, M., &
Bouwens, G.  Action remarquable de la pyretotherapie  par le
dmelcos dans l'epidermolyse  bulleuse congenitale.  Bull. Soc.
fr. derm, syph., 1938, 45: 1849-51.

EPIDERMOMYCOSIS  [inguinal]

   See Dermatomycosis; Intertrigo,  &c.

EPIDERMOPHYTID   [including epider-

   mophytin]

   See also Epidermophyton; Epidermophytosis.
   Jaensch, F.  *Experimentelle Untersuchungen
iiber  Epidermophytin  und Trichophvtin.   23p.
8?   [Frieb. i.  B.]  1935.
   Karrenberg, C. L.   Allgemeinexanthem oder generalisierte
Epidermophytie mit dem Epidermophyton  Kaufmann-Wolff
als Erreger.  Derm. Wschr., 1927,  85: 1189-95.—Lomholt, S.
Zwei Falle von Epidermophytie an den Fussen mit hamato-
gener Aussaat von Epidermophvtiden an Handen, Armen und
Beinen. Ibid., 1932, 95: 1325."------  [General dyshidrosi-
form and erythematous trichophytosis on body and extremities
after trichophytosis on hands]  Dansk. derm, selsk. forh., 1931-
32, 64: 45-7.  ------  [Two cases of  epidermophytosis of the
feet with haematogenous spread of epidermophyton  to hands,
arms, and legs]  Hospitalstidende,  1932,  75: 75-83. —----
[Universal  dyshidrosiform  erythematous  trichophytosis on
body  and extremities  following  trichophytosis  on left  hand]
Ibid., Dansk Derm. Selsk.  Forh., 45-7.—Matras, A.  Ueber
mykotische Allgemeinexantheme durch das  Epidermophyton
Kaufmann-Wolff  (generalisierte   Epidermophytide)   Arch,
Derm. Syph., Berl., 1931, 163: 584-600.—Nicolas, J., & Rousset.
J.   Epidermophytie generalisee.  Bull.  Soc. fr. derm, syph.,
1935, 42: 674-6.—Peck, S. M.  Nachweis von Epidermophyton
im Blut in einem Falle von primarer, exogener Fussmykose mit
sekundarem, hamatogenem,  dyshidrotischem Epidermophytid
an den Handen.  Klin. Wschr., 1929, 8: 1905.—Ruete, A. E.. &
Scholz, U.   Ueber Epidermophytide und  Epidermophytin.
Derm. Zschr., 1933-34, 68: 241-5.—Tolmach, J.  A., &  Traub, E.
F.  Epidermophytids  and the trichophytin reaction.   Arch.
Derm. Syph., Chic, 1933, 28: 560-6.  Also repr.—White, C,
& Taub, S. J.  Sensitization dermatoses of nonfungous nature;
following superficial fungous infections (ringworm) of the ex-
tremities.  J. Am.  M. Ass., 1932,  98: 524-8.—Wilenczyk, A.
Sur la formation d'asques chez  1'Epidermophyton.  C.  rend.
Soc.  biol., 1929, 101:  593.—Williams, C. M.  Dermatophytid
complicating  dermatophytosis  of  the glabrous  skin.   Arch.
Derm. Syph., Chic, 1925, n. ser., 13: 661-9.  ------ Derma-
tophytid complicating tinea  cruris.   Ibid., 1930,  21: 637-41.
Also repr.

EPIDERMOPHYTON.

   See also  Epidermophytid;  Epidermophytosis;
Trichophytoneae.
   Carrion, A. L.   Preliminary report on  the  fungus causing
epidermorphytosis  of the general surface of  the skin in Porto
Rico.  Porto Rico J.  Pub. Health,  1929-30, 5: 40-4, 2 pl —
Chalmers, A. J. Animal inoculations of Trichophyton discoides
Sabouraud 1909.  J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1915, 18: 121, pl —
Gonzalez Uruefta,  J.,  &  Ochoterena,  I. Epidemias  familiares
de tonsurante de Trichophyton pilogum. An. Inst, biol., Mex.,
1931, 2: 97-107.—Milian & Photinos, T.   Lichenification du
cou  due au Trichophyton granulosum.  Bull. Soc.  fr.  derm.
syph., 1928, 35: 212-7.—Obrtel, J.  [Epidermophyton lanoro-
seum (Lee  MacCarthy 1925]  Cesk.  derm.,  1933, 14:  171-6,
2 pl.—Papegaay, J.  Trichophyton eriotrephon (n. sp.)  Acta
derm, vener.,  Stockh., 1926, 7: 1-6, pl.—Pautrier,  L.  M.,  &
Rietman.  Trichophytie cutanee, a forme d'epidermophytie due
au Trichophyton  granulosum, et provoquee par une infection
de laboratoire.  Bull.  Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1924, 31: 29-31.— 
EPIDERMOPHYTON                        383                        EPIDERMOPHYTON
 Pinoy, E.  Epidermophyton du singe.  Bull. Soc. path,  exot.,
 Par., 1912, 5: 60-3, 2 pl.—Ravaut, P., Basch & Rabeau.  Etude
 clinique et biologique d'une epidemie de trichophytie cutanee
 due a Trichophyton niveum radians.  Ann. derm, syph., Par.,
 1928, 6. ser., 9: 923-70.  Also Presse med., 1928, 36: 609-12.—
 Smith,  E.  ('.   Tinea flava (Castellani)   J. Trop. M.  Hyg.,
 Lond.,  1928,   31:  169-73.—Szathmary,  S.   [Trichophyton
 citreum]  Orv. hetil.,  1935,  79:  1264-6.  ------  Das Epi-
 dermophyton luteum und seine Varianten.  Arch. Derm. Svph.,
 Berl.,  1938-39, 178: 216-24.------Epidermophyton" sulf-
 fureum.   Ibid., 269-75.—Talice, R. V.   Sur  une souche de
 Trichophyton ferrugineum  (Ota, 1921)  (Microsporum  ferru-
 gineum Ota, 1931) isoiee a Montevideo.  Ann. parasit., Par.,
 1931, 9: 77-86.—Weidman, F. D. Morphologic variations in a
 ringworm species of the toes followed in primary cultures over
 a period of years.  Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1926, n. ser.,  13:
 374-82.  Also repr.—Weiss, P.  Sur un trichophyton isole de
 3 cas de dyshydrose des extremites.  Rev. sudamer. med., Par.,
 1930, 1: 277-82.—Ziindel, W.   Die europiiischen Epidermo-
 phytonpilze.  Arch.  Derm. Syph., Berl., 1939, 179: 1-57.

 ----  gypseum, and  varieties.
    Berde,  K.   Dermatologische  und mykologische  Untersu-
 chungen mit der Analysen-Quarzlampe, unter  besonderer  Be-
 rucksichtigung der Lumineszenzerseheinungen  des Trichophy-
 ton gypseum asteroides.  Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1930, 161:
 476-84.'  ------  Eine neue Abort der Trichophyton gypseum-
 Gruppe: Trichophyton gypseum subfuscum. Ibid., 1937, 176:
 1-4.—Bloch, B.  Eine unter dem Bilde einer Erythrodermie
 verlaufende, fast  universelle, durch  Trichophyton  gypseum
 verursdehte Dermatomykose.   Ibid.,  1932,   165:  149-56.—•
 Brocq-Rousseu, D., Urbain, A.,  &  Barotte, J.   Cultures  du
 Trichophyton gypseum en dehors de I'organisme et des milieux
 usuels  (vitalite et  virulence;  remarques epidemiologiques)
 Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1928, 42: 895-906. Also C. rend. Soc.
 biol., 1928, 99: 367.—Catanei, A.  Etude des modifications  des
 caracteres culturaux d'un Trichophyton gypseum.  Arch. Inst.
 Pasteur Algerie, 1929, 7: 287-302, 3 pl.  ------ Sur les altera-
 tions des cultures d'un Trichophyton gypseum au  cours du
 vieillissement.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 102:  807.—Cummer,
 C. L.  Tinea capitis with kerion in an adult caused by Tricho-
 phyton gypseum-lacticolor.  Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1937,
 36: 844.—De Giorgio, A.   Lo stato  pleomorfico del Tricho-
 phyton gypseum studiato attraverso la cultura con il metodo
 dei tessuti morti.  Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1935,  76: suppl.,  63-
 5.—Dosa,  A.   [Trichophyton  gypseum  persicolor  in  tinea
 tonsurans and dyshidrotic eczema] Gy6gyaszat,  1936, 76:  24-
 6.------Ueber das Trichophyton  gypseum  persicolor an
 Hand von Herpes tonsurans- und Ekzema dysidrotieum-Fallen.
 Arch. Derm. Syph.,  Berl.,  1935-36, 173: 385-7.—Dowding, E.
 S., & Orr,  H.   Transformation  of Trichophyton gypseum into
 mosaic fungus.  Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1936, 33: 865-73.
 ------ Three clinical types of ringworm due to Trichophyton
 gypseum.  Brit. J. Derm.  Syph., 1937, 49: 298-307, 2 pl.—
 Glasser, R. Contribution a l'etude du Trichophyton gypseum
 granulosum.  Strasbourg  med., 1930,  90: 53-79.—Gougerot,
 H., Blum, P., &  Duche.   Trichophytie  diffuse  erythemato-
 squameuse  eczematiforme  due  au  Trichophyton  gypseum
 asteroides.  Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph.,  1939, 46: 638—Grigoraki,
 L., & David, R.   Caracteres bio-chimiques de Trychophyton
 asteroides,  Sabouraud 1909.  C.  rend.  Soc biol., 1939, 130: 889-
 91.  ------  Caracteres bio-chimiques de Trichophyton lacti-
 color, Sabouraud,  1910.  Ibid.,  131: 767-9.—Horta, P.   Duas
 infecfles  primitivas  de cobaias pelo Trichophyton  gypseum
 asteroides Sab.  Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 1912, 4: 120-4,  2
 pl.—Hruszek, H.  L'epidermophytie ou dyshidrose mycosique
 due a l'Achorion gypseum.  Rev. fr. derm, vener., 1936,  12:
 341.   ------   Mutationserscheinungen  des  Trichophyton
 gypseum persicolor auf hormonhaltigen (Insulin) Nahrboden.
 Derm. Wschr.,  1937, 104: 689-92.—Levy, G., & Sloimovici, A.
 Trichophytie  remarquablement etendue  a  la region  des  2
 fesses, due au  Trichophyton gypseum granulosum. Bull. Soc.
 fr. derm, syph., 1926, 33:  740.—Maschkilleisson, L.  Chronic
 trichophytosis  of  adults   due   to  the  Trichophyton  gyp-
 seum asteroides.   Urol. Cut. Rev.,  1936, 40: 732-5—Milo-
 chevitch, S.  Contribution a l'etude du Trichophyton  persi-
 color.  Ann. parasit., Par.,  1934, 12: 289-95, pl.—Montpellier,
 J., & Matamoros, P. J.   Trichophytie  pubo-crurale  due  a
 Trichophyton persicolor.  Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1927,  34:
 128-30.—Negroni, P.  Trichophyton lacticolor  de la  teigne
 spontanee du  cobaye.   C. rend.  Soc.  biol., 1932, 110: 140.
 Also Rev. Soc. argent, biol., 1932, 8: 7-9—Rivalier, E.  Sur
 une epidermophytie de la region inguinocrurale due  a  un
 Trichophyton gypseum.  Rev. fr. derm, vener., 1930, 6: 532-
 9.—Szathmary, S.  Epidermophyton gypseum  flavum.  Arch.
 Derm. Syph., Berl., 1938-39, 178: 225-33.—Urbain, A.  Sur la
 duree de vitalite et de virulence de Trichophyton  gypseum
 incorpore  a des  litieres.   C.  rend.  Soc.  biol., 1928,  99:
 1917-9.

 ----   inguinale.
   McGuire, C.  Colour variations in the fungus of  Dhobie's
itch (Epidermophyton  cruris)   Tr. Far East.  Ass. Trop.  M.
(1927) 1928, 7. Congr., 2: 438-41.—Mercer, S. T., & Farber, G.
J.  An epidemic of ringworm due to Epidermophyton floccosum
(inguinale)   Arch.  Derm.  Syph., Chic,  1935,  32: 62-8.—
Truffi,  M.   On the pleomorphism  of  the  Epidermophyton
•nguinale.   Urol. Cut. Rev., 1928, 32: 781-3.
----   interdigitale.
   Bidault. Pouvoir empechant d'un colibacille de la peau sur
les cultures de Trychophyton  interdigitale  (Priestley)  Bull.
Soc fr. derm, syph., 1930, 37: 276-8.—Eczema of the feet due
to Epidermophyton interdigitale.   Clin. J., Lond., 1933,  62:
433.—Epstein, S.  Presentation of the hypothesis that Tri-
chophyton interdigitale is a degenerated Trichophyton gypseum.
J. Invest. Derm., 1938, 1: 141-68.—Goddard, D. R.  Phases
of the metabolism of Trichophyton  interdigitale Priestley.
J. Infect. Dis.,  1934, 54: 149-63.—Lomholht, S.  I.eczeme
du pied du k  l'Epidermophyton interdigitale.  I.  med.  chir.,
Par., 1933, 104: 5-11. Also Acta derm, vener., Stockh.,  1932-
33, 13: 432-42.—Ota, M., & Kawatsure, S.  Sur l'inoculabilite
a  l'animal du Trichophyton  interdigitale  Priestley.  Ann.
parasit., Par., 1933, 11: 206-21, pl.—Szathmary, S.  Ueber eine
durch den Kaufmann-Wolfschen Pilz  verursachte Epidermo-
phytosis.  Derm. Wschr., 1929, 89: 1769-76.  ------  Unbe-
kannte Varietat des Kaufmann-Wolfschen  Epidermophyton.
Ibid., 1935, 101:  1327-9.  Also Orv. hetil.,  1935, 79: 1216.—
Williams, J.  W.  The habitat of Trichophyton  interdigitale
outside the body.  Proc. Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1934, 31: 984-6.

----   rubrum.
   Ayers,  S.,  jr.  Two cases  of dermatophytosis,  Epidermo-
phyton rubrum.   Arch. Derm.  Syph., Chic, 1938, 37: 1066.—
Behdjet, H.  Epidermophytie Castellani oder Epidermophyton
purpureum Bang.  Derm. Wschr.,  1930, 91: 1623.—Burnier &
Duche.   Un cas d'epidermomycose due a Trichophyton rubi-
dum.  Bull. Soc.  fr. derm, syph.,  1933, 40:  579.—Catanei, A.
Sur la place  de  Trichophyton rubrum dans la classification;
etude parasitologique et experimentale d'une nouvelle souche
de ce champignon. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, 1938, 16: 227-
31, pl.—Ciarrocchi, L.   Onico- ed epidermomicosi da Epi-
dermophyton rubrum (Castellani)   Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1933,
74: 1535-49, 3 pl.—Cilli, V. Sul granuloma tricofitico Majocchi;
contributo alia  sua riproduzione sperimentale.   Boll.  Ist.
sieroter. milan.,  1929, 8: 361-8, pl.—Ferrabouc,  L.  Mycose
verruqueuse; traitement par 1'alcool iode.  Bull. Soc. fr. derm.
syph.,  1939,  46:  62.—Fraccari.  Tricofizia generalizzata  da
Tricophyton purpureum (Bang)  Gior. ital. derm, sif.,  1934,
75: 215-7.—Fujii, S.  Ueber die Erreger der Trichophytie am
unbehaarten Korperteile in der Umgegend von Tokyo, insbe-
sondere Sabouraudites ruber var. tertius.  Jap. J. Derm. Urol.,
1932, 32: 99.—Godal, J.  Un cas d'epidermophytie generalisee a
Tricophyton rubrum.  Bull. Soc.  path, exot.,  Par., 1938,  31:
337-9.—Gougerot, Burnier & Duche.  Trichophytie familiale,
d'origine  bresilienne, due au Trichophyton rubrum.  Bull. Soc
fr. derm, syph., 1935, 42: 272.   ------ Trichophytie circinee
due  au Trichophyton rubrum.  Ibid.,  1936, 44:  267-9 —
Harris, J. H., &  Lewis, G.  M.   Trichophyton  purpureum
(Bang) as a deep invader of  the  skin.  Arch. Derm. Syph.,
Chic, 1930,  22: 1-6.—Lane, C. G.  Tinea corporis (Tricho-
phyton purpureum) moniliasis of feet; ichthyosis.   Ibid., 1939,
40: 119.—Lewis, G. M., Montgomery, R. M., & Hopper, M. E.
Cutaneous manifestations of Trichophyton purpureum (Bang)
Ibid., 1938, 37:  823-39.—Martins de  Castro, A.  Epidermo-
phyton rubrum,  Cast (contribuigao para o seu estudo clinico,
experimental e parasitologico)   Ann. Fac. med. S. Paulo, 1927,
2: 441-77, 22  pl.—Morikawa, T.  Granuloma trichophyticum
Majocchi, hervorgerufen von Sabouraudites  ruber (Castellani)
(Trichophyton purpureum Bang)   Arch. Derm. Syph.,  Berl.,
1937-38,  176: 265-81.—Mossige, K.  Report on the first obser-
vations of Epidermophyton rubrum (Castellani-Bang) in Nor-
way, with an  historical review.  Acta derm, vener., Stockh.,
1938, 19: 209-19.—Muskatblit, E.  Observations on Epidermo-
phyton rubrum or Trichophyton purpureum.  Mycologia, Lan-
caster, 1933.  25:  109-16.—Obrfel, J.  [Eczema  serpiginosum
epidermophvticum (Epidermophyton rubrum Castellani-Bang)]
Cesk.  derm.', 1936, 16: 169; 263, pl. Also Derm. Wschr., 1936,
102: 168-72.—Oro, A.  Sul granuloma tricofitico di Majocchi:
contributo clinico, istopatologico,  micologico e  terapeutico.
Arch.  ital. derm, sif., 1925-26, 1: 424-63.   Also Gior. ital.
derm, sif., 1926, 67: 258-61.

EPIDERMOPHYTOSIS.

   See also Dermatomycosis; Dysidrosis; Eczema;
Epidermophytid;  Epidermophyton;  Foot,   My-
cosis; Intertrigo; also in  3. ser. Tinea.
   Stutzmann, H.   *Ueber  einen  Fall von ekze-
matoider Trichophytie oder  allergischem Ekzem
[Marburg]   12p.   8?   Dusseld.,  1934.
   Aronstam,  N. E.  Epidermophytosis and  dysidrosis; a com-
parative study.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1938, 148: 443.—Blaisdell,
J. H.  Epidermophytosis  as an industrial disease.   Urol. Cut.
Rev.  1927, 31: 414.------   Epidermophytosis; a review of
the latest facts and theories.   N.  England  J. M.,  1930, 202:
1059-64.—Carol, W.  L. L.  [Epidermophytosis and epidermo-
phytides]  Mschr. kindergeneesk.,  1931-32,  1: 351-71, 5 pl.—
Carpenter, C.  C.   Relationship of ringworm of the feet and
groin.  J. M.  Soc. N. Jersey,  1932, 29: 683.—Carrion, A. L.
Observations on dermatomycosis in Puerto Rico; further report
on the etiology  of epidermophytosis.  Puerto  Rico J. Pub.
Health, 1934-35, 10: 255-61, 7 pl.—Chalfin, J. E.  Epidermo-
phytosis.   Eclect.  M. J., 1935, 95: 370-7.—Dowling,  G. B.
The  pustular  bacterid type of reaction in epidermophyton 
EPIDERMOPHYTOSIS
384
EPIDERMOPHYTOSIS
 infection and in a ease of chronic eczema.  Blii. J. Derm. Syph.,
 1938,  50:  139.—Furch, F.  Epidermophytosis.   .1.  Nat.  Ass.
 Ohiropod.,  1929, 19: No. 8, 5- 9.   Gate.  J.. Cuilleret. P.. &
 Chapuis, A.  Trichophyties cutan6es polvmoiphes.   Bull.  Soc.
 fr. derm, syph.,  1933,  40:  1199.—Gougerot, H.,  Burnier &
 Duche.  Polyepidermomycose disseminee due a Epidermophy-
 ton inguinale  et a Epidermophyton rubrum.  Ibid., 1938,  45:
 29.—Gray, A.  M. H. Epidermophytosis.  Clin. J., Lond., 1929,
 58:  469-74.—Griitz, O.  Ueber die Epidermophvtie.  Med.
 Klin.,  Berl., 1935,  31:  1189-92.—Haraldson, O.  Epidermo-
 phytosis (ringworm)  Internat. J. M. & S., 1931, 44: 512-4.—
 Hirschberger, A.  Die Epidermophytie, ein fiir  den Truppen-
 arzt wichtiges Krankheitsbild.   Deut.  Militararzt, 1937, 2:
 294-8.—Hoolboom    [Dhobie itch and  related  conditions]
 Ned.  tschr. geneesk.,  1927,  71: pt, 2, 569-78.—Hopkins. R.
 Ezcematoid dermatitis due to ringworm fungus.  N. Orleans
 M. &  S. J.,  1921-22, 74: 336-9.—Jausion & Giard.  Les petites
 parakeratoses  des porteurs d'epidermophyties.  Bull. Soc fr.
 derm,  syph.,  1938, 45:  619-23.—Karrenberg,  C. L.   The
 present  state  of  epidermophytosis  in  Europe;  results of an
 inquiry concerning  numerical occurrence of epidermophytosis,
 the  different causative fungi and the various clinical aspects.
 Arch.  Derm.  Syph.,  Chic,  1928,  17: 519-32.—Lomholt, S.
 [Leukonvchia  epidermophytia]   Dansk.  derm, selsk. forh..
 1931-32,  64:   44.—McCormick,  W.  J.  Epidermophytosis.
 Canad.  Pub.  Health  J.,  1935,  26: 281-6.—Massia, G., &
 Grigoraki,  L.   Sur une epidermophytie occasionnee par  une
 espece nouvelle: Aleurisma lugdunense (Vuillemin in litl., 1924J
 C. rend. Soc.  biol., 1924, 91:  1381-3.—Matras,  A.   Ueber
 atypische Epidermophytien.  Arch. Derm. Svph., Berl., 1931,
 164:  291-303.  ------   Zur Klinik  der  Epidermophytien.
 Wien.  klin. Wschr.,  1933, 46:  1089-91.—Matushkin,  E. A.
 [Epidemiology of epidermophytosis] Sovet.  med.,  1938,  No.
 16,  25-7.- -Mayer,  R.  L., & Neumann, A.   Die Beteiligung
 bestimmter Pilzerkrankungen (Epidermophytien) an berufli-
 chen Hautkrankheiten.  Arch.  Gewerbepath., 1931, 2: 599-
 617.—Neumann,  F.  Epidermophytosis; pompholyx,  allergy
 and mixed  infection—an interesting case report.   Clin. J.
 Chiropoiy,  1934, 6: 304; 339.—Payenneville, J., & Rivalier, E.
 Un  cas d'epidermophytie  exotique.   Ann. derm, syph., Par.,
 1937,  7. ser., 8: 378-92.—Phillips, H. T., & Morginson, W. J.
 Fungus infection of the feet, hands, and groins.  West Virginia
 M. J., 1931, 27: 401-5.—Photinos,  T.  Epidemie d'epidermo-
 phytie.  Bull.  Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1928, 35: 217-9.—Potashnik,
 M. B.   [Epidermophytosis] Vest, vener., 1938, No. 2, 19-26.—
 Reduish, G. F.  Tne etiology and pathology of  epidermophy-
 tosis.  Clin. J. Chiropody,  1937-38, 9: 416.—Ruete.  Neue
 Untersuchungen zur Frage der Epidermophytie.  Derm. Zschr.,
 1934, 69: 267.—Ruggles, E. W.   Some phases of epidermophy-
 tosis.  N. York State .J. M.,  1929, 29: 740-3.—Sabouraud, R.
 Ep.dermophyties.   In N'ouv.  prat. derm. (Darier, Sabouraud,
 et al.)  Par., 1936, 2: 238-64.—Scholz, U.  Untersuchungen zur
 Frage  der  Verwandtschatt zwischen Trichophytie  und Epi-
 dermophytie.   Derm. Wschr., 1934, 99: 1342-6.—Shaffer, L.
 W., & Cary,  W. R., jr.  Incidence and prophylaxis of  epi-
 dermophytosis in school children. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1933,
 32: 648-52.—Spitz, J. The present status of epidermophytosis.
 Clin. Med., 1926, 33: 478-80.— Stuhmer,  A.  Die  praktische
 Bedeutung der Epidermophytien.  Arch. Derm.  Syph., Berl.,
 1935,  172:  120-5.—Tobias,  N.  The problem  of  epidermo-
 phytosis. Southwest. M., 1928,  12: 408-10.—Vignolo-Lutati.
 Sopra  un caso di epidermofizia erratica  (con presentazione di
 fotografie e culture)  Gior. ital. mal. vener., 1911, 46: 253-5.—
 Watt,  J. W.  Epidermophytosis; syns:  trench  foot, athlete
 foot, tinea, summer itch, jockey strap itch.  Clin. J. Chiropody,
 1933,  5: 425.—Weidman,  F.  D.   Laboratory aspects of epi-
 dermophytosis.  Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1927, 15: 415-50.
 —■----  Dermatophytosis—the newer ringworm.  J.  Nat. Ass.
 Chiropod., 1928, 18: No. 5, 9-14.  Also repr— Yarysheva, K.
 [Cases of superficial trichophytosis of the smooth skin]  Odess
 med. J.,  1929,  4: 505-21.

 ----    Eczema marginatum.

   Briceno-Iragorry,  L.   Contribucion  al estu-
 dio  parasitologic  del eczema  marginado  en
 Venezuela.   7p.   16?   Caracas,  1935.
   Acton, H. W.  Tinea cruris; its manifestations, diagnosis and
 treatment.   Ind. M. Gaz., 1927,  62: 419-28, 7 pl.—Aubert, L.
 E. J. F. Lepidermophytie inguinale (eczema margine de Hebra)
 Arch. med. pharm. mil., 1933, 99:  569-77.—Butler, J.  Eczema-
 toid ringworm (epidermophytosis)  of the  skin.  J. Lancet,
 1926, 46: n. ser., 25-8.—-Carrion, A. L. Observations on derma-
 tomycosis in Porto  Rico;  report on epidermophytosis of  the
 general surface of the skin. Porto Rico J. Pub. Health, 1930-
 31, 6:  217-20,  12 pl.—Gjessing,  H. C, &  Mossige,  K.  Epi-
 dermophytosis: report  of  cases in 3 brothers, one  of whom
 showed a hitherto undescribed clinical type on the scalp.  Arch
 Derm.  Syph., Chic,  1937,  36: 1154-7.—Gougerot & Burnier.
 Trichophyte circinee du dos de la main gu6rie par des injections
 sous-cutanees locales de trichophytine.  Bull. Soc. fr.  derm.
 syph.,  1936, 43: 713.—Karrenberg,  C. L.  Ueber eine wenig
 beachtete Form der inguinalen  Epidermophytie: Type iry-
 thrasmoide des Eczema marginatum.   Arch. Derm.  Syph.,
 Berl., 1928, 154: 605-10.—Matras, A.  Ueber atypisch lokali-
sierte  Hauterkrankungen  durch Epidermophyton  inguinale
 Sabouraud.  Derm.  Wschr.,  1928,  87:  1959-61.—Obrtel, J.
 [Study  of eczema marginatum in Czechoslovakia]   Cesk. derm
 1938, 18: 194-9.—Ota, M.. fr Kawasaki. Y.  Ueber Eczema
 marginatum  in  Japan,  mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der
 Aetiologie.   Jap. Zschr. Derm.  Urol.,  1922, 22: 64, 4 pl.—
 Perin, L.  L'eczema margine de Hebra chez le nourrisson.  Rev.
 fr. derm, vener., 1930, 6: 73-81.—Pignot, M., & Photinos, P.
 Sur  une cas  d'epidermophytie generalisee  due a l'Epidermo-
 phyton inguinale observe chez un nourrisson de 4 mois.  Bull.
 Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1929,  36:  1075-8.—Ramos da Silva, J.
 Epidermophycia  inguinal.  Brasil  med.,  1928,  42:  1274.—
 Synghellakis, A.  Un cas d'eczema margine a localisation rare.
 Rev. fr. derm, vener., 1926, 2:  15.—Weiss. R. S.  A case of
 epidermophyton infection of the  scalp.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1917,
 69:  1059.   Also repr.—Whitfield,  A.   Eczematoid ringworm.
 Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1928, n. ser., 125: 219-23.—Windell,
 J. T.  Trichophytosis cruris inguinalis.  Urol. Cut. Rev., 1915,
 19: 10.

 ----  palmar and  plantar.

   Cremer,   G.    *De  epidermophytie,   in  het
 bijzonder  die voeten  en  handen  te Amsterdam
 [Epidermophytosis,  especially  of  the  feet  and
 hands in Amsterdam]  184p.   8?   Amst., 1933.
   Berberian, D. A.  Dermatophytosis of the feet; sources and
 methods of prevention of reinfection.   Arch.  Derm.  Svph.,
 Chic,  1938, 38:  367-72.—Boyd,  L. S.  Ringworm of the'feet.
 Nurs.  Times, Lond., 1934, 30: 717.—Browning, W. H.  Ring-
 worm of the extremities due to allergic unbalance.  N. Orleans
 N. & S. J., 1934-35, 87: 747-51.—Buchbinder, J. H.  Ring-
 worm  infections  of the extremities.   Med. Rec, N. Y.,  1934,
 139: 286.  Also repr.—Cleveland, D. E. H.  Ringworm of  the
 hands and feet.  Canad. M. Ass. J., 1927, 17: 68-72.—Colclough,
 J. A.  Surgical  complications  of ringworm of the feet.   N.
 Orleans M. & S. J.,  1934-35. 87: 823-5.—Cornblcet,  T.  Cul-
 tures from  the skin of apparently normal feet.  Arch.  Derm.
 Syph., Chic,  1926, n. ser., 13: 670.  ------  Disorders of the
 feet as a cause of resistant eczematoid ringworm, their influence
 on the amount of sweating of the feet.  Ibid., 1934, 29: 887-9.—
 Cremer, G.  Untersuchungen  iiber die  Epidermophytie der
 Fiisse und Hande in Amsterdam.  Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl.,
 1933, 169: 244-58.—Diasio, F. A.  Chronic epidermophytosis
 of the  hands and feet.  Med. Rev. of Rev.,  1931. 37: 38-42 —
 Dore, S. E. Case for diagnosis  [ringworm of the feet]  Proc. R.
 Soc.  M. Lond.,  1918,  11:  sect, derm., 05.—Elward, J. F.
 March foot.  Am. J. Roentg., 1936, 36: 188-93.—Fraser, P. K.
 A resume of the  history of tinea  pedis.  J. R. Nav. M. Serv.,
 1937,23:216-8.  ------ Tinea of the foot. Brit, M.  J., 1938,
 1:842-4.—Gaines. T. Dermomycosis of the feet.  Tr. M. Ass.
 Alabama, 1930, 63: 407-11—Gilman, R. L.  The incident of
 ringworm of the  feet in  a university group; control and treat-
 ment.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1933, 100:715-7. ------& Rea, M. H.
 Ringworm  of the toes; a second survey of  students at the
 University  of Pennsylvania.  Pennsylvania M. J., 1933, 36:
 513-8.—Goeckerman, W. H. Epidermophytosis of the hands
 and feet. J. Lancet,  1930, 50: 230.—Goodman, H.  Ringworm
 of the toes.  Med. Rev.  of Rev.,  1929, 35: 3-11.  Also Am. J.
 Phys. Ther., 1929-30, 6: 256.—Gould, W. L.  Ringworm of the
feet.  J.Am. M. Ass., 1931,96: 1300-2.  Also repr.—Grodinsky,
M.   Foot infections of peridigital origin; routes of spread and
 methods of treatment,   Ann. Surg., 1931, 94: 274-85.—Hall,
M. W.  Athlete's foot.   Army M. Bull., 1936, 34: 61.—Hayes,
G. H.  Epidermophyton infection or athlete's foot.  J. R. Nav.
 M.  Serv.,  1934,  20: 372.—Jamieson,  R.  C,  & McCrea, A.
Recurrence or reinfection in ringworm of the hands and of the
feet; a study  of the persistence of the organism in the tissues.
 Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1932, 25: 321-33.  Also repr.  ---—
 Shoes:  a source of reinfection in  ringworm of the feet.  Ibid.,
 1937, 35: 203-10.—King. H.  Ringworm  of the feet.  J. Ten-
 nessee  M. Ass.,  1927-28, 10:  207-9.—Kurotchkin, T. J., &
 Chen, F. K.   A study on the etiology of Hongkong foot.  Nat.
 M. J.  China.  1930,  16:  556-62.—Legge,  R. T., Nonar, L., &
Templeton, H. J.  Ringworm of the feet; preliminary repcrt.
J. Am. M. Ass.,  1929,  92: 1507.  ------  Incidence of foot
 ringworm among college students,  its relation to gymnasium
 hygiene.  Ibid., 93: 170.  Also repr.  ------  Ringworm of the
 feet.   J. Nat. Ass. Chiropod., 1930, 20: No. 7, 17-9— Levine,
 D. D.   Athlete's  foot; the constant invader.  Hvgeia,  Chic,
 1936, 14: 728-30.—Lieberthal, D., fr  Lieberthal, E. P.  Epi-
 dermomycosis and flatfoot.  Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1934,
29:  356.—Light,  S.  E.   Ringworm  of the hands and feet.
 Northwest  M.,  1933, 32: 380-5.—Like, O.  Ringworm infec-
 tion of the feet,  U. S. Veterans Bur. M. Bull., 1931, 7: 666-9.—
 McCormick, W.  J.  Epidermophytosis (athlete's foot or ring-
 worm of the feet)  Canad. J. M. & S.,  1934, 75: 134-7.  Also
 Health Shoe Digest, 1936, 1: No. 11, 14-9.—MacLeod. J. M. H.
 Ringworm of  the hand.   Proc  R. Soc M.. Lond., 1914-15, 8:
derm, sect., 80.—Mashkilleison, L. N., Segal. M. B., & Sigalova,
E. E.  [Epidermophytosis of the soles and epidermophytons]
Sovet.  vest, vener.,  1933, 2: 488-584.  ------  Beitrage zur
 Frage  uber die  Epidermophvtia  pedum.   Acta derm, vener.,
Stockh., 1934, 15: 300-13.—Mason, C. F.  Dhobie itch.  Tr.
Texas  M. Ass., 1903, 514-6.—Milian, G.  Trichophytie dorso-
palmaire impetiginiforme et eczematoide.  Paris med.. 1936, 99:
71.—Muskatblit,  E.   Ringworm of the toes  in students and
dispensary patients.  N. York  State J.  M.,  1933, 33: 632-7 —
Payenneville.   Epidermophytie  de  la  main  simulant  une
 tncophytie vraie.  Normandie med.,  1922, 33: 303.—Paynter,
 H. S., fr White, C. Ringworm  of the feet; value of microscopic
examinations. J. Lab. Clin. M., 1930-31, 16: 380.—Peck S., 
EPIDERMOPHYTOSIS
385
EPIDERMOPHYTOSIS
 M.  Epidermophytosis of the feet and epidermophytids of the
 hands;  clinical, histologic, cultural and experimental studies.
 Arch.  Derm.  Syph.,  Chic,  1930,  22: 40-76, pl.—Pezzi,  G.
 Contributo alio studio del piede di Hong-Kong.  Ann. med.
 nav., Roma, 1931, 37: pt 2, 713T22, 2 pl—Rein, C. R., & Rosen-
 blum,  M.  A  study of the incidence  of foot ringworm  among
 prisoners.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1937, 145: 363-5— Rivalier, E.
 L'epidermophytie du  pied et ses parasites.   Paris med., 1935,
 95:  66-74.—Rozmainsky,  I. V.  [Epidemiology  of epidermo-
 phytosis of the sole]  Vest, vener., 1937, 581-5.—Sawyer, C. D.
 Epidermophytosis or athlete's foot, Rhode Island M. J., 1931,
 14:  122-4.—Scheffel,  C.  So-called ringworm of the hands and
 feet, its prevalence, pathology and rational therapy.  Med. J.
 &  Rec,  1931,  134:  177.—Schmidt,  P. W.  Ueber  Kultur-
 ergebnisse der Epidermophytien der Hiinde und Fiisse.  Derm.
 Zschr.,  1934, 69: 267.—Smith, L. M.  Ringworm infection of
 the  hands and feet; a consideration of its occurrence.   South-
 west. M„ 1930, 14: 101-3.—Souter, J. C.  A practical note on
 Hong Kong foot, or dhobie itch. J. R. Nav. M. Serv., 1934, 20:
 369-72.------A clinical note on fungus infection of the skin
 of the feet.  Proc  R. Soc. M., Lond., 1936-37, 30: 1107-16.—
 Stevenson. J.  Ringworm  of the hands and feet.  J. Oklahoma
 M.  Ass., 1929, 22:  113-5.—Strickler, A.,  &  Friedman, R.
 Symptomatic  and asymptomatic ringworm of the feet; a report
 based on a study of 1,073 consecutive cases  in the dispensary,
 covering a period of 1 year.  Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1931, 24:
 430-45.—Strickler, A., & McKeever,  W. H.  Recurrence  of
 infection of the feet due to ringworm fungus.  Ibid., 1934, 29:
 526-8.—Strong, T. J.  Dhobie itch  in the  Philippines: some
 personal observations.  Am. J. Derm.  Genitourin. Dis., 1906,
 10:442-4.—Turner, F. C.  Ringworm of the feet. J. Am. Ass.
 Promot. Hyg., 1929,  12: 43-5.—Uruefia, J. G.  Ringworm of
 the soles in Mexico, clinical study. Arch. Derm. Svph., Chic,
 1930, 21: 909-15.   Also repr.—Usher, B.,  & Mitchell, D. S.
 Study  of an  epidemic of ringworm  of the  extremities in an
 orphan's home.  Canad. M. Ass. J., 1937, 37: 60-2.—Valade, C.
 K.  Ringworm of  the hands and feet.  J. Michigan M. Soc,
 1933,  32: 411.—White, R.  P.  A note on  fungus disease in
 athletes.  Brit. J.  Derm.  Syph., 1932, 44: 489.—Williams, C.
 M.  Tinea of  the nails as a source of reinfection in tinea of the
 feet; preliminary report.  Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1928, 17:
 730. Also repr.------• & Barthel, E. A.  Tinea of the toe-nails
 as a source of reinfection in tinea of the feet. J. Am. M. Ass.,
 1929,  93: 907-10.   Also  J.  Nat. Ass. Chiropod.,  1930,  20:
 No. 6,  13-7.—Young, W. J.  Ringworm of the feet.  Kentucky
 M.  J.,  1933, 31: 164-8.

 ----   palmar  and plantar: Dysidrotic  type.

   Keller, P.  Zur Klinik der Hyphomykosen, insbesondere der
 dyshidrosiformen Epidermophytien;  zugleich ein Beitrag zur
 regionaren  Verbreitung  der Hyphomyzeten:  die  Pilzflora
 Oberbadens.   Derm. Zschr.,  1926,  49:  33-51.—Milian  &
 Delamare.  Dyshidrose trichophytique des oreils, rien aux doigts.
 Bull. Soc. fr.  derm,  syph.,  1934, 41: 1542-6.—Nino, F.  L.
 Epidermoficia plantar dishidrosiforme.  Bol. Inst. clfn. quir.,
 B. Air., 1934-35, 10:  21-4.  Also Sem. med., B. Air., 1934, 41:
 pt 1,  1606-10.—Robinson, H. M.   Epidermomycosis  (blister
 ringworm) a common disease of the  skin.  Bull. Univ. Mary-
 land School M., 1927-28, 12: 148-54.

 ----   palmar  and plantar: Intertriginous type.
   Levin. O. L., & Silvers, S. H.  The possible explanation for
 the  localization of ringworm infection between  the toes; the
 hydrogen ion  concentration  of the interdigital spaces of the
 feet. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic,  1932, 26: 466.  Also  repr —
 Lomholt, S.  [Eczema of feet, called  interdigital epidermophy-
 ton]   Ugeskr! laeger,  1933,  95: 97-101.—Marchionini,  A.
 Saurebehandlung  intertriginoser   Epidermophytien.   Derm.
 Zschr.,  1929,  56:  248-56.—Sharp, W. B.,  & Taylor,  E. K.
 Interdigital ringworm control among  students.   J. Prev. M.,
 1928, 2: 485-91.—Skeoch, H. H.  Tinea interdigitahs pedis.
 Brit. M. J., 1928, 1: 895.—Szodoray, L.  [Treatment of inter-
 digital mycosis of the foot]  Orv. hetil., 1938, 82: [mell.] 190.

 ----    palmar  and   plantar:   Squamous  hyper -

   keratotic type.
   Photinos, M. P.  Lesions epidermiques seches palmaires et
 plantaires dues a l'epidermophyton  Priestley.  Bull.  Soc. fr.
 derm, syph., 1929, 36: 625-9.—Rodriguez Hertz, G.  Las pastas
 depilatorias  en el tratamiento de los  eczemas hiperquerdticos
 plantares  de origen tricofitico. Rev.  med.,  Rosario, 1932, 22:
 73-5.

 ----   Prevention.
  Blende, O.  J.  Ringworm of feet;  prevention of infection.
 Northwest M., 1939, 38: 255-7.—Callaway, J. L.  A method for
sterilizing shoes against fungi. J. M. Ass. Alabama, 1934-35, 4:
319 —Fuller, J. K.   The control of dermatophytosis (ringworm
of the feet, athlete's foot)  Hosp. News, Wash., 1937, 4: No. 11,
18_25.—Goldman,  L.  The principles of the control of  fungus
disease of the feet in the military organization.  Mil. Surgeon,
1939, 84: 35-40. Also repr.—Memmesheimer, A. M.  Ueber
die  Zunahme  der  Epidermophytie in  Deutschland und ihre
Bekampfung.  Zschr. arztl.  Fortbild.,  1938, 35: 438-40 —
Osborne. E. D., &  Hitchcock, B. S.  The prophylaxis  of ring-
worm of the feet.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1931, 97: 453-5. Also repr.
----   Treatment.

   See also Fungicide.
   Aretz,  H.  Die  Behandlung  der  Epidermophytien  mit
Cuprizinin.   Derm. Wschr.,  1936, 103: 1330-4.—Barksdale,
I. S. Treatment of ringworm of the feet and toes.  Med. J. &
Rec, 1933,  138: 279-81.—Bertlich.  Die Pilzerkrankung der
Bergleute und ein einfacher Behandlungsweg.   Deut. med.
Wschr., 1939, 65: 757.—Carpenter, C. C.  Treatment of ring-
worm of the feet.  J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1935,  32:  467-9.—
Castellani, A. The treatment of certain types  of epidermo-
phytosis by means of a carbol-fuchsin paint. N.  Orleans M. &
S. J., 1927-28, 80: 833-5.  ------  Carbol-fuchsin paints in
the treatment of certain cases of epidermophytosis.  Am. Med.,
1928, 23: 351.  ------  The treatment of epidermophytosis
of the toes (mango toe) and certain other forms of epidermo-
phytosis by a fuchsin paint.  Lancet,  Lond.,  1928, 2: 595.
------  Further observations on  the treatment of epidermo-
phytosis of toes  (mango toe) and certain other  forms of epi-
dermophytosis by a fuchsin paint. J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond.,
1929, 32: 77-9.—Elson, L. N.  The treatment of trichophytosis
interdigitahs.  Urol. Cut. Rev., 1936, 40: 737-40.—Fernet, P.,
fr Boyer, P.  Le  traitement externe des  epidermomycoses.
Progr. med., Par., 1933, 2088-91.—Fonseca, O. da, filho, & de
Area Leao, A. E.  Vaccinotherapia das epidermophyceas e das
tinhas  tonsurantes;  contribuicao para  o  estudo  das claso-
vaccinas.   Rev.  med. cir.  Brasil,  1931, 39: 269-77, 3 pl.—
Garcia, E. Y. Treatment of tricophytosis of the feet by forma-
lin and  Wright stain.  J. Philippine Islands  M. Ass.,  1935, 15:
273-6.—Gould, A. G., & Carter,  E. K.  Fungistasis in ring-
worm of the toes and of the feet; salicylic and benzoic acids.
Arch. Derm. Syph.,  Chic,  1930, 22:  225-31.   ■------  Two
percent mercurochrome-220 soluble and liquor hexylresorcinolis
1:1000  (ST37)   Ibid., 1932, 25: 348-52.—Gray, A.  M. H.
Fungus infection of the feet; prophylaxis and treatment. Brit.
M. J., 1934,  2: 541-4.—Hallows,  N.   The treatment of tinea
cruris.  Lancet, Lond., 1936, 2: 188.—Henderson, Y.  Fungus
infection of the feet; fumigation of shoes  with formaldehyde as
a means of treatment. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1932, 26:
710.  Also repr.—Hruszek, H.  Remarques sur  le traitement
des epidermophyties des mains et des pieds.  Rev.  fr. derm.
vener.,  1937, 13: 77.—Ireland, E.  C.  Ringworm of the hands
and feet: its prophylaxis and treatment at the Laurelton state
village.  Ment. Health Bull., Danville, 1934, 12:  No.  3, 3-9.—
Jersild, O., & Plesner, M. Traitement de l'epidermophytie
des extremites par iontophorese de cuivre.  Bull.  Soc fr. derm.
syph., 1936, 43: 450-7.—Kerr, P. S., Pascher, F.,  & Sulzberger,
M. B.   Monilia and trichophyton extracts; their  combined use
in  eczematous  ringworm   (dermatophytosis  and  dermato-
phytids)  J. Allergy,  1934, 5: 288-99.—Keyenburg, W. Ueber
ein  neues, zuverlassiges Heilmittel bei  der Behandlung  der
Epidermophytie.   Derm. Wschr.,  1937, 105:  1558-60.  Also
Munch, med. Wschr., 1938, 85: 384.—Kissmeyer, A.  [Treat-
ment of epidermomycosis  of hands and feet by iontophoresis
according to Jersild's method] Ugeskr. laeger, 1938, 100:439.—
Lomholt,  S.  Epidermophytia corporis (med universel udsaed
under behandling med varme omslag)  Hospitalstidende, 1932,
75: Dansk derm, selsk. forh., 55.  ------  [New treatment in
mycotic eczema of the feet]   Ugeskr. laeger,  1934, 96: 655-7.—
Loos, H. O.  Zur Bekampfung der Epidermophytie der Fiisse
und Hande mit Benzoesaurepraparaten.  Arch.  Derm. Syph.,
Berl., 1935-36, 173:  109-16.—Lortat-Jacob, L.,  &  Bidault, C.
Essai sur l'emploi du quinosol dans la therapeutique des  epi-
dermophyties.  Bull.  Soc.  fr. derm, syph., 1926, 33: 719-22.
Also Presse med., 1927,  35: 49.—Matta, A. da.  Epidermo-
phytoses  e seu tratamento.  Brasil med.,  1927, 41:  1394-6.
Also Sciencia med., Rio, 1928, 6: 1-5.—Maxwell, T. A. Treat-
ment of  epidermophytosis (Dhobie itch)  with  Castellani's
fuchsin paint.  J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1929, 32: 148.—
Meledy, J. A.  A simple treatment for epidermophytosis of feet.
Mil. Surgeon, 1938, 83: 250—Mitchell, J. H. Need for research
in the treatment of epidermophytoses.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1927,
89:  421-3.—Moncorps, C.   Erkennung  und Behandlung der
Epidermophytien.   Ther.  Gegenwart,  1936, 77:  359-65.—
Obrtel,  J.  [Epidermophytia; diagnosis and treatment]  Cesk.
derm., 1936,  16: 121; 149.—-O'Connell.  Copper ionization in
pedic ringworm.   Clin.  J. Chiropody,  1937-38,  9: 164.—
O'Connor, D. S.  Control and treatment of epidermophytosis.
U. S. Nav. M. Bull., 1929, 27: 641-4.—Osborne, E. D., Putman,
E. D., & Rickloff, R. J.  Personal experiences in the prophylaxis
and treatment of ringworm of the hands and feet.   N.  York
State J. M.,  1933, 33: 1270-4.—Parkhurst, H. J.  The treat-
ment of ringworm of the feet. Ohio M. J., 1938,  34: 288-91.—
Preininger,  T.   [Treatment of  epidermophytosis  and  ery-
thrasma]   Orvosi  hetil.,  1932,  76:  124-6.—Pusey, W. A.
The treatment of tineal dermatitis of the extremities.  J. Am.
M. Ass., 1928, 90: 27.—Redden, W. R.  Control of ringworm
infection of the feet with recommendations for personal hygiene.
Res. Q. Am. Phys. Educ. Ass., 1932,  3: 73-80.—Remedy for
athlete's foot.  Science News Lett., 1939, 36: 151.—Sabouraud,
R.   Traitement  des  epidermophyties des  plis et des ongles.
Medeeine,  Par.,  1931, 12: 889-93.—Salsbury, C.  R.   The
treatment  of epidermophytosis  with formalin.   Canad. M.
Ass. J., 1937, 36: 515.—Sargent, W. S.  Handling  of an ex-
tensive  outbreak of athlete's foot aboard ship.  Mil.  Surgeon,
1937, 80:  360-4.—Scheffel, C.   Solutions versus non-liquid
remedies in treating so-called ringworm of the hands and feet.
Urol. Cut. Rev.,  1933, 37: 183.—Schmidt, P.  W.  Diagnose
und Therapie der Epidermophytie.   Med. Welt,  1938, 12:
77908—vol. 5, 4th sebihs----25 
EPIDERMOPHYTOSIS
1131; 1109.- Serum for athlete's foot may come from embryo
study.  Science News Lett.,  1939, 36:  22—Sharlit, H., &
Highman, W. J.  The use of tetraiodomethenamine in flexible
collodion in the treatment of dermatophytosis.  Arch. Derm.
Syph., Chic, 1927, 16: 697-705.—Thomson, M. S.  The modern
treatment of ringworm of the feet.  Med. Press & Circ, Lond.,
1936, 192:  204-6.—Tobias,  N.  Carbolfuchsin  paint in the
treatment of epidermophytosis.  J. Missouri M.  Ass., 1930,
27: 443.—Weiss, R. S.  Picric acid in the treatment of severe
epidermophyton infection.  Collect Stud. Derm. Dep. Barnard
Hosp., S. Louis, 1921, 209.—Whitfield, A.  Some notes on the
treatment of epidermophyton  infection.  J.  Trop. M.  Hyg.,
Lond., 1934, 37: 353-5.


EPIDERMOPTES.

   See  Mange; Sarcoptidae.


EPIDERMOTOXIN.

   Kawai, G.   Studien iiber Epidermotoxin.  Tr. Jap. Path.
Soc, 1924,  14: 150.


EPIDIDYMIS.

   See  also Spermatic cord; Testis; Vas deferens.
   Alverdes, K.  Der Nebenhoden des  Haussperlings.  Verh.
Anat. Ges., 1924, 33: 115-21— Hasumi, S.   Auffindung der
von  den Urnierenarterien ausgehenden  Arteria epididymica.
Jap. J. M. Sc,  1929-30, 2: Tr. Anat., 151-8.—Lacassagne, A.,
& Nyka, W. La cortical-surrenale accessoire de  l'epididyme,
organe constant chez le lapin.  C. rend.  Soc. biol.,  1935, 118:
1406-10.—Lanz, T. von.  Beobachtungen und Versuche am
Nebenhoden der Hausmaus.  Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt., 1924,
74: 761-815.—Laurent, G.  Recherches anatomiques et histo-
physiologiques  sur  l'epididyme  du cobaye;  existence  d'une
zone lipoidique  constante et  circonscrite.  Arch,  biol., Liege,
1933, 44: 607-20, 2 pl.-----Existence d'une zone lipoidique,
localisee et  constante, dans l'epididyme du cobaye.  C. rend.
Soc. biol., 1933, 113: 922-4.—Padoa, E.   Ricerche sperimentali
sui pori femorali e sull'epididimo della  lucertola (Lacerta
muralis Laur.)  considerati  come earatteri sessuali  secondari.
Arch.  ital.  anat., 1933-34, 31: 20.5-52, 6  pl.—Redenz,  E.
Versuch einer  biologischen Morphologie  des Nebenhodens.
Arch. mikr. Anat., 1924, 103: 593-628. Also Verh. Phys. med.
Ges. Wurzburg, 1924, n. F., 49:  97; 1925, 34: 180.—Shishov,
I. F.  [Blood supply  to the testicle  and epididymis]   Urologia,
Moskva, 1937,  14: 65-8.—Wagenseil, F.  Experimentalunter-
suchungen am Nebenhoden der Maus. Zschr. Zellforsch., 1928,
7: 141-76.   Also Verh. Anat.  Ges., 1927, 36: 73.—Zlotnikov,
D. M. [Variations in the structure of the epididymis and of the
initial part of the excretory duct] Urologia, Moskva, 1936, 13:
59-64.

----  Abnormity.

   Kreiner,  W.  Ein Fall von doppeltem Nebenhoden.  Anat.
Anz., 1928,  65: 49-54.—Popesco-Buzeu,  M.. & Teodoresco, J.
Un cas de dissociation epididymaire.  Rev. chir., Bucur., 1937,
40: 383-6.—Rieder,  W.   Seltene Missbildungen des Neben-
hodens.  Zbl. Chir., 1928, 55: 646-9.

----  Cancer.

   Coleman, C.  A., & Simpson,  W. M.  Primary  malignant
neoplasms  of the epididymis.  Surg.  Gyn. Obst.,  1932,  55:
111-6.------& Mackie, J. A. Primary malignant neoplasms
of the epididymis. Tr. Chicago Urol. Soc, 1931, 1: 53-64.—
Eisenberg, A. A., & Wallerstein, H.  Spheroidal cell carcinoma
(seminoma)  of the epididymis not involving the testicle. Arch.
Path., Chic, 1932, 14: 123.------& Simons, I.  A case of
spheroidal-cell  carcinoma  (seminoma)  of the  epididymis.
Am. J. Cancer,  1932, 16: 875-81.—Falconer, B. Zur Kenntnis
der primaren  Nebenhodengeschwiilste.   Zschr. Krebsforsch.,
1938-39, 48: 243-5.—Ferrier, P. A., & Foord, A. G.  Primary
carcinoma of the epididymis.   Tr. West. Soc.  Am. Urol. Ass.,
1934, 3:  133-6.  Also Urol. Cut. Rev.,  1934, 38:  646-50.—
Jaisohn, P., &  Jordan, E. V.  Carcinoma of the epididymis.
J. Am.  M.  Ass., 1933, 100: 1021.—Lazarus, J. A.  Primary
malignant tumor of the epididymis.  J. Urol., 1938, 39:  751-
65.—Llambias,  J., & Brachetto-Brian, D.   Contribucion  al
estudio  de  los  tumores  epiteliales  malignos  del epididimo
Sem. med., B. Air., 1931, 38: pt 2, 636-46.—May, J. A.  Car-
cinoma of the epididymis.  J. Urol., Bait., 1936, 36: 391-9.—
Scholl, A.  J.   Primary adenocarcinoma of  the  epididymis;
report of case.   J. Am. M. Ass., 1928, 91: 560-4.  ------ &
Verbrugge, J.  Adeno-carcinome primitif de l'epididyme (avec
relation d'un cas personnel)   J. urol. med.,  Par., 1929, 27:
34.—Williamson, G. A., jr, & Barry, T. R. Primary carcinoma
of the epididymis.  J. Urol., Bait., 1936, 36: 388-90.

----   Concretion.

   Marsella, A.  Calciosferiti e corpora amylacea dell'epididimo.
Policlinico, 1936, 43:  sez. chir., 12-31.  ------ Sul reperto di
cristalli  neU'epididimo.   Ricer.  morf.,  1936,  15:  545-68.—
Mihalik, P.  Krystalloide  im Nebenhoden der  Flederma'us
Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt., 1926, 81: 633-7.
EPIDIDYMIS
----  Cyst.

   See also Spermatocele.
   Hugueny,  M.    *Kystes  de  l'epididyme  et
lesions    epididymaires    concomitantes.   47p.
24>/2cm.    Par., 1938.
   Abeshouse, B. S.  Cysts of the epididymis.  Urol. Cut. Rev.,
1937, 41: 761-71.—Bazy, P.  Note sur le traitement des kystes
de l'epididyme par l'injection iodee.  Bull. Acad, med., Par.,
1926, 3. ser., 95: 592— Edington, G. H.  Cysts of the epididy-
mis.   Postgrad. M.  J., Lond.,  1936,  12:  184-91.—Godard,
H.   Kyste epididymaire vrai.  J. urol.  med.,  Par., 1928, 25:
368.—Hartmann.   Kystes  de l'epididyme.   Rev. gen. clin.
ther.,  Par.,  1925,  39:  545;  1929,  43:  323.—McCrea,  E.  D.
Epididymal cysts, their setiology and treatment.  Brit. J. Urol.,
1935, 7: 152-5.—Peroni, P.  Contributo all'istopatogenesi delle
cisti spermatiche dell'epididimo.  Osp. maggiore, Milano, 1927,
3. ser., 15: 100-5.—Salleras, J. Degeneracion quistica total del
epidfdimo izquierdo;  extirpaci6n;  curaci6n.  Rev.  As. med,
argent., 1924, 37:  Soc. urol.,  179-82.  Also Sem. med., B. Air.,
1924,  31:  pt 2, I486.—Votta, E.  A.  Quiste  dermoideo del
epididimo.  Ibid., 1936,  43: 522.

----  Development and growth.

   Dornesco, G. T.  Evolution annuelle de l'epididyme chez
Cistudo europaea  Dum. et Bibr.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 95:
1583-5.—Kirsch,  P.   Recherches  sur  le developpement  de
l'epididyme du cobaye.  Arch, biol., Liege, 1935, 46: 287-313,
pl.—Pfeiffer.  Die Entwicklung des menschlichen Nebenhodens
von  der Geburt bis zum Beginn der Geschlechtsreife.  Verh.
Anat. Ges., 1927, 36: 66-73.—Ploye, M.  Contribution a l'etude
des residus embryonnaires juxta-epididymaires.  J. urol. med.,
Par., 1932, 34: 292-7.—Wallraff, J.   Beitrag zur Morphologie
und  Entwicklung des Nebenhodenschweifes vom Kaninchen
(unter Berucksichtigung der Verhaltnisse beim  Menschen)
Anat. Anz., 1937,  84: 369-85.

----  Disease.

   See also  Epididymitis.
   Gofii Moreno,  I.   Torsion  del  epidfdimo.  Bol. Soc.  cir.
B. Aires, 1930, 14: 687-97.  Also Sem. med., B. Air., 1930, 37:
pt 2, 1885-8.—Kawamura, R.  Ueber Cholesterinsteatose des
Nebenhodens,  zugleich hinsichtlich  der Beziehung  derselben
zum Schicksal der  Spermatozoen.  Tr. Jap. Path. Soc, 1924. 14:
232-7.—McGavin, D. Chronic non-tuberculous disease of the
epididymis.  Brit. J.  Surg., 1938-39, 26: 800-8.—Richter, W.
Nebenhodenerkrankungen  unter  besonderer Berucksichtigung
von  differentialdiagnostischer Auswertung.  Med. Welt, 1931,
5: 593; 1936, 10: 223.—Robineau.  Les fausses tuberculoses de
l'epididyme.  Sem. hop.  Paris, 1926, 3:  142-4.

----  Duct and  ductuli.

   Burrows, H. Extrusion of cells in the tubules of the epidi-
dymis.  Nature, Lond., 1935, 135: 546.—Eck, W. F. van. Sur
le degagement de  cellules dans l'epididyme. Arch, biol., Par.,
1934, 45: 407-29, 2 pl.  Also Acta brevia neerl., 1934-35,  4:
1-3.—Ghetie,  V.  Preparation und Lange des Ductus epidi-
dymidis beim  Pferd  und Schwein.   Anat. Anz., 1938-39, 87:
369-74.—Simeone, F. A.  A neuromuscular mechanism in the
ductus  epididymidis  and  its  impairment  by  sympathetic
denervation.  Am. J.  Physiol., 1933, 103: 582-91.

----  Hemorrhage.

  Davies-Colley,  R.   Haemorrhage into the epididymis.  Tr.
M. Soc. London, 1930, 53: 97.—Morton, H. H. Hematoma in
the substance  of  the epididymis.  Tr.  Am. Ass.  Genitourin.
Surgeons,  1928, 21: 467-70.—O'Conor, V. J.   Hematocele of
the epididymis.  Ibid., 461-5.— Taylor, J.  Hssmatocele removed
from the epididymis.   Tr. M. Soc. London, 1930, 53:  103.

----  Histology.

  Alverdes.  Die vergleichende  Histologie des Nebenhodens.
Deut. med. Wschr.,  1925, 51: 718.—Chlopin, N. G.  Experi-
mentell-histologische  Untersuchungen uber das Epithelgewebe
des  Nebenhodens.   Zschr. Zellforsch.,  1933,  20: 77-142.—
Lanz, von.  Vitalfarburng am Nebenhoden.  Verh. Anat. Ges.,
1926, 35:  249-54.—Laurent, G.  Recherches  anatomiques et
histophysiologiques sur l'epididyme du  cobaye.   Arch, biol.,
Liege, 1932, 43: 217-34, pl.—Martins, T., & Valle, J. R. Con-
tracture,  survie  et  pharmacologie in   vitro  de  l'epididyme
humain.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1938, 129:  1152-5.—Mietkiewski,
C.   Recherches morphologiques, cytologiques  et histophysio-
logiques sur l'epididyme du cobaye.  Ibid., 1935, 120: 474-8.—
Nassonov, D.  Die Tatigkeit des Golgi-Apparats in den Epithel-
zellen des Epididymis.  Zschr. Zellforsch., 1926-27, 4: 573-
98-—Nemilov, A.   Histo-physiologische Untersuchungen iiber
den  Nebenhoden.  Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt,,  1926, 79: 1-13.—
Wagenseil, F.  Explantationsversuche  am Nebenhoden der
Maus.  Zschr. mikr. anat.  Forsch.,  1939, 45:  66-89,  pl.—
Winters, L. M. The effects of bilateral and unilateral castra-
tion on the epididymis, with special reference  to  the mito-
chondria-Golgi complex.  J. Morph. Physiol., 1933, 55: 387-
36 
EPIDIDYMIS
387
EPIDIDYMIS
 ----  Physiology.
   Dornesco, G. T.  Sur le determinisme de la secretion du
 canal epididymaire chez Cistudo europaea Dum. et Bibr.  C.
 rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 95: 1585.—Lanz, T. von. Ueber Bau und
 Funktion  des Nebenhodens und seine Abhangigkeit von der
 Keimdriise.  Zschr. ges.  Anat.,  1.  Abt., 1926, 80: 177-282.
 ------ Ueber die Biologie des Saugetiernebenhodens; Antritts-
 vorlesung.   Klin.  Wschr.,  1927, 6:  909-12.—Ludford, R. J.
 Cell organs during secretion in  epididymis.  Proc R. Soc,
 Lond.,  1925-26, ser.  B,  98: 354-72.—Pardoll, D. H.   The
 physiology of the epididymis.  Illinois M. J., 1930, 57: 176.—
 Pinchuk, G. I.  [Methods of investigation of  the physiology of
 the epididymis]  J. Physiol. USSR, 1938, 25:  196.—Redenz, E.,
 & Belonoschkin,  B.  Form und Funktion des Nebenhodens
 einiger Elasmobranchier.  Zschr. Zellforsch., 1929, 9: 663-82.—
 Reichel, H.  Die Saisonfunktion des Nebenhodens vom Maul-
 wurf.  Anat.  Anz., 1921, 54: 129-49.—Richard, M.   Ueber
 Resorption und Sekretion  des Nebenhodens.  Schweiz. med.
 Wschr., 1929, 59: 1269-71.  Also Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1930,  226:
 98-109.

 ----  Physiology: Sperm.

   Wallraff,  J.   *Der Nebenhodenschweif  des
 Menschen als Samenspeicher.  40p.  8?   Miinch.,
 1934.
   Akiyoshi,  T.   Ueber  die  sogenannte Spermiophagie im
 Nebenhoden.  Virchows  Arch.,  1924,  250:  641-7.—Braus &
 Redenz.  Nebenhoden und  Samenfaden.   Verh. Anat. Ges.,
 1924,  33: 121-31.—Kukudshanow, N. I.  Spermatogenese bei
 Erkrankungen der Epididymis.  Zschr. urol. Chir., 1925, 18:
 205-10.—Lanz, T. von. Der Nebenhoden einiger Siiugetiere als
 Samenspeicher.  Verh. Anat. Ges.,  1924, 33: 106;  115.----
 Der Samenspeicher des Menschen.   Ibid., 1934, 42: 197-209.
 ------Wallraff, J. [et al.]  Der Nebenhodenschweif des Men-
 schen als Samenspeicher.  Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch., 1935, 37:
 259-324.—Marsella,  A.   La spermiofagia  nell'epididimo.
 Ricer. morf., 1936, 15: 568-603.—Redenz, E.   Nebenhoden und
 Spermienbewegung.  Wurzb. Abb. Med., 1926-27, 24: 107-50.—
 Simeone, F. A., &  Young,  W. C.  The fate of non-ejaculated
 spermatozoa in the genital tract of the  male guinea-pig.  J.
 Exp. Biol., Lond., 1931, 8:  163-75.—Young,  W. C.  A study of
 the function of the epididymis; is the attainment of full  sperma-
 tozoon maturity  attributable to some specific action of the
 epididymal secretion? J.  Morph., Phila.,  1929,  47:  479-95.
 ------ The importance of an aging process in sperm for the
 length of the period during which fertilizing capacity is retained
 by sperm isolated in the epididymis of the guinea pig. Ibid.,
 48: 475-91.  ------  Functional changes undergone by  sperma-
 tozoa  during their passage through the epididymis and vas
 deferens in the guinea-pig.  J.  Exp.  Biol., Lond., 1931, 8:
 151-62.

 ----  Surgery.

   See also Sterility, male; Vas deferens.
   Alberti, V.  Resezioni  dell'epididimo con impianto  del
 deferente  nei didimo;  risultati.  Arch. Soc.  ital.  chir., 1932,
 38: 1033-6.  Also Policlinico, 1933, 40: sez. chir., 1-13.—Aron-
 stam, N. E.  Epididymopuncture.   Med. Counc, Phila., 1916,
 21:  No. 8,  34.   Also repr.—Blasucci, M.  D.  F.   Blasucci's
 method of epididymovasostomy.   Urol. Cut. Rev., 1938, 42:
 429-31.—Boyd, R. H.  Epididymo-vasostomy. Lancet, Lond.,
 1938,  2: 833.—Heinatz, S.   Eine  neue Methode der  Neben-
 hodenexstirpation.  Zbl. Chir., 1934, 61: 1729-32—Maisonnet,
 & Bernard.   Technique de  l'epididymectomie.   Arch.  mal.
 reins 1927-28, 3: 607-21.—Meltzer, M.  Decapsulation of the
 epididymis.  N. York State J. M., 1931, 31: 903.—Pugh, W. S.
 Surgery of the epididymis.  Internat. J. Surg., 1925, 38:  291-
 4.  Also  Urol.  Cut.  Rev.,  1925,  29:  209-13.—Rodin6, D.
 L'anastomosi  didimo-deferenziale.   Riv.  biol., 1935, 19: 311-
 20  4 pl —Rohde, M. S.  The advantages of closed epididy-
 motomy.  Tr. West. Soc. Am. Urol. Ass., 1935, 4: 21-8.  Also
 J. Urol., Bait., 1935, 34:  480-92.—Surraco,  L. A.  Considera-
 tions sur l'epididymectomie pour bacillose genitale; la  voie du
 recessus epididymaire; la region  du hile testiculaire.  J. urol.
 med., Par., 1937, 44: 311-20.

 ---  Tumor.

   See also Epididymis, Cancer.
   Backer-Gr0ndahl,  N.    [Fibro-myoma  pencanaliculare et
 fibromatosis caudae epididymidis; 2  rare tumor forms]  Norsk.
 mag.  laegevid., 1937, 98:  609-22-Baillie,  M   Epid.dymo-
 mata; 3 specimens.  Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond.,  1935-36, 29: 367-
 9.—Brandt, G., & Lechnir, J.  Entzundhches Pseudofibrom des
 Nebenhodens. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1934, 39:  1-6.-D Abreu a.
 L. Haemangioma of the epididymis.  Brit.  J. Surg., l^o-do,
 23. 858 —Fischer, W.  Ein Myo-adenofibrom des Nebenhodens.
 Zb'l. allg. Path.,  1932, 54: 321— Marcandier & Thomas.  Sur
 un lymphangiome de l'epididyme.   Bull.  Ass. fr. cancer, 1930,
 19: 126-31.—Martin.  J., & Sermet.  Sur 2 cas  de tumeurs
a tissus multiples (embryomes kystiques) de 1 epididyme.  J.
urol. med., Par., 1932, 33:  513.—Mathe, C. P.  Bony walled
cyst and interstitial cell tumor of epididymis, calculous pyohy-
dronephrosis  and xanthoma  of abdominal  wall; case report;
preliminary report of spectrographic analysis  of urinary calculi.
J. Urol., Bait., 1939, 41: 188-98.—Rigano-Irrera. D. Su di un
caso di linfangioma semplice circoscritto della coda dell'epidi-
dimo.  Arch. ital. chir.,  1925,  13:  552-60.— Rubaschow,  S.
Die soliden Geschwiilste des Nebenhodens.  Zschr. Urol., 1926,
20: 290-7.—Scalfi, A.  Su  un caso di linfangioma semplice
dell'epididimo.  Boll. Soc. med. chir., Pavia, 1935, 49: 1053-71.
        Sui tumori benigni dell'epididimo.  Ann.  ital. chir.,
1936, 15: 81-124.—Scotti Douglas, R.  Contributo alia cono-
scenza dei tumori  primitivi dell'epididimo.  Boll. spec. med.
chir., Milano,  1930, 4: 244-56.—Spivack, A. H.  Leiomyoma
of the epididymis; report of a case and review of the literature.
J. Urol., Bait., 1935, 34: 122-7.


EPIDIDYMITIS.

  See also Testis, Orchitis;  for specific infections
of  Epididymis  see names of  specific diseases as
Gonorrhea;  Syphilis; Tuberculosis,  &c.
   Simeonov,  K.   *Epididymitis  non specifica.
27p.  8?   Wurzb.,  1928.
   Ziemann, L.  *Zur Klinik  der  unspezifischen
Epididymitis.   17p.    8?   Konigsb.,  1937.
   Basch, G.  Histoire d'une orchi-epididymite.   Presse med.,
1934, 42: 1491.—Bjorling, E.  Reflexions au  sujet de ce travail
de B. Petchersky,  sur les epididymites non  specifiques. Acta
derm,  vener.,  Stockh., 1932, 13: 369-71.—Bolognesi, G., &
Redi, R.  Sur les  epididymites subaigues et chroniques dites
aspecifiques.   J. urol. med., Par., 1932, 33: 321; 456; 548 —
Contini,  V.   Le   orchiepididimiti  aspecifiche.   Prat, chir.,
Arezzo, 1933-36,  4:  351-72.—Gibbons, L.  P.   Epididymitis.
Pennsylvania M. J., 1929-30, 33: 453-6.—Grendeske, J. A., &
Brunet, W. M.  Epididymitis.  Virginia M. Month., 1938,
65:  598-601.—Harrison,  L. W.   Epididymitis.   In Brit.
Encycl. M. Pract. (Rolleston, H.) Lond.,  1937, 5: 86-95.—
Henriksen,  S.  D.  [Four  cases of acute non-gonorrheal epi-
didymitis]  Norsk, mag. laegevid., 1935, 96:  1313-8.—Lane, C.
Epididymitis—some  clinical observations.  California  West.
M.,  1935, 42:  114.—Le Fur, R.  A propos  d'une observation
interessante d'epididymite.  Bull.  Soc. chir. Paris, 1930, 22:
705-7.—Lempert,  H.   Ueber  unspezifische  Epididymitis.
Deut.  Zschr. Chir., 1932,  235: 414-39.—Martinotti, L.  Epi-
didimiti  e  orchiti aspecifiche.  Arch.  ital.  derm.,  1938,  14:
369-72.—Petchersky, B.  Sur les epididymites non specifiques.
Acta derm, vener., Stockh., 1931-32, 12: 466-82.—Philipowicz,
J.  Zur Kasuistik der nicht spezifischen eitrigen  Epididymitis.
Zbl. Chir.,  1930,  57: 1723.—Rebori, F., & Ghibaudi, A. J.
A proposito de un  caso  de orqui-epididimo-deferentitis  no
especifica.   Sem.  med.,  B. Air., 1936, 43:  pt 2, 1488-91.—
Sorrentino, M. Le orchiepididimiti.   Rinasc. med., 1936, 13:
310.------Le epididimiti aspecifiche. Policlinico, 1937, 44:
sez.  prat.,  964-73.—Speransky, V.  A.  [Nonspecific  epidi-
dymitis]   Vrach.  delo, 1925, 8: 831-3.—Valerio, A.  Orchi-
epididymites nao especificas.  Fol. med., Rio, 1936,  17: 150.—
Walker,  K. M.   Epididymitis.   Clin. J.,  Lond.,  1924,  53:
457-61.

----  Bacteriology.

   See also other  subheadings.
  Berg, E.  Epididymitis  paratyphosa.  Derm.  Wschr., 1930,
91:  1410.—Chiurco, G. A.   Orchiepididimiti micotiche speri-
mentali.  Atti Accad. fisiocr. Siena, 1931, 10. ser., 6: 100-30.—
Faure-Beaulieu & Levy-Bruhl.   Orchi-epididymite  k para-
typhique B sans  pyeio-cystite.   Bull.  Soc.  med. hop.  Paris,
1934, 3.  ser.,  50:  809-13.—Heinsen.   Enterokokkenepididy-
mitis.  Deut.  med. Wschr., 1939,  65: 995-7.—Landivar,  R.
Epididimitis  a neumococo en  un nino  de veintitin meses.
Sem. med., B. Air., 1926,  33: pt 2,  1776.  ------ Un caso de
orquiepididimitis a neumococo.  Rev. med.  Rosario, 1930, 20:
530-2.—Marion.   Des epididymites  spontanees a  microbe
banaux.  Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1937, 51: 593-6.

----   Cause.
   Barbellion,  P.   Epididymites au  cours de uretrites non
gonococciques.  J. med. Paris, 1935, 55: 591-3.—Bowen, W. H.
Acute idiopathic epididymo-orchitis.   Clin.  J., Lond.,  1933,
62: 290-4.  Also Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1933, 83: 112-7 —
Cathcart, C.  W.   Epididymitis  and  orchitis from muscular
strain, followed by tuberculous epididymitis.  Med. Press &
Circ, Lond.,  1921, n. ser., Ill: 91.—Chauvin,  E.  Les orchi-
epididymites  en dehors de la  tuberculose et de la syphilis.
Gaz. hop., 1934, 107: 1678-82.  Also J. urol.  med., Par., 1934,
38: 446-55.  Also Presse  med.,  1934, 42:  1718.  Also Rev.
gen. clin. ther., 1935, 49: suppl.,  589-97.—Clem, J. G.  Non-
venereal  epididymo-orchitis.   Urol.  Cut.  Rev.,  1930,  34:
159.—Coutts, W.  E.,  & Vargas-Zalazar, R.  Contribution  a
l'etude  des  epididymites non  specifiques  specialement  en
relation avec  la  nature possible lymphogranulomateuse  de
certaines formes.   Ann. mal.  vener., 1936,  31:  895-900.—
Davis,  K.  F.   Tuberculous epididymitis.   Bull. Acad.  M.
Toronto, 1939, 12: 117-22.—Ewell,  G.  H.  Traumatic epi-
didymo-orchitis. J. Am. M. Ass., 1939, 113: 1105-9.—Fischer,
H  von.  Einige  Worte iiber  gummose  Epididymitiden bei
einem Tabiker.  Schweiz. med.  Wschr., 1931, 61:  943-5.—
Ganzoni, M.   Trauma und Orchi-Epididymitis.  Ibid., 1932,
62: 1152-6.—Herbst, R. Zur Klinik und Aetiologie der akuten
unspezifischen  Epididymitis.  Zschr. urol.  Chir.,  1933,  38: 
EPIDIDYMITIS
388
EPIDIDYMITIS
 193-8.—Litwak, L. I.  Ein Fall von Epididymitis idiopathi-
 schen Ursprungs.  Derm. Wschr., 1927, 85: 1085-8.—Malarte.
 Orchi-epididymite de nature douteuse; hemipiegie  ancienne.
 Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1913, 15: 429.—Marcel, J. E.  L'epi-
 didymite secondaire,  dite de Dron,  existe-t-elle? Rev. med.
 fr., 1928,  9: 27-31.—Pugh, W. S.   Epididymitis a symptom.
 Med. Rec, N. Y., 1938, 147: 284-6.—Stumpke, G.  Hoden-,
 beziehungsweise  Nebenhodenentziindung  nach  operativem
 Eingriff.  Derm. Zschr., 1935-36, 72: 212-6.—Zax, E.  Mumps
 epididymo-orchitis without involvement of the salivary glands,
 with a case report.  Urol. Cut. Rev., 1937, 41: 624.

 ----  chronic.

   Redon, H.   *Les epididymites chroniques non
 tuberculeuses de l'adulte.   105p.  8?   Par.,  1928.
   Baccarini, L. Contributo alio studio delle orchi-epididimiti
 croniche cosiddette aspecifiche.   Arch. ital. chir., 1935,  39:
 176-88.—Biebl, M.   Die chronische nichtspezifische Neben-
 hodenentziindung unter dem klinischen Bild der Tuberkulose.
 Zbl. Chir., 1927, 54:  2337.—Bolognesi,  G.,  & Radi, R.  Sur
 les epididymites  subaigues  et  chroniques dites aspecifiques,
 J. urol.  med.,  Par.,  1932, 34: 5.—Braestrup,  P. W.   [Non
 specific chronic epididymitis]   Hospitalstidende, 1935,  78:
 85-96.—Cirio, G.  Contributo alia diagnosi etiologica dell'epi-
 didimite cronica.  Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1933, 41:  13; 50.—
 Jordans,  J.   Zur Aetiologie und  Histologie  der  unspezifi-
 schen chronischen Epididymitis.  Zbl. Chir., 1935, 62: 1634-
 41.—Lindgren, E.   Zur  Kenntnis  der  septischen   Epididy-
 miten  mit  besonderer Berucksichtigung  der  chronisch  ver-
 lauf enden  Formen.  Zschr. urol. Chir.,  1928,  25: 127-47.—
 Redon, H.  Remarques sur les epididymites chroniques  chez
 l'adulte.   J. chir., Par.,  1930,  35: 481-99.—Scherf.  Die
 chronische, nichtspezifische  Nebenhodenentziindung.  Aerztl.
 Mschr.,  1927,  325-31.—Serralach Mauri, N.   Algunas  con-
 sideraciones sobre las  epididimitis cronicas.   Med. ibera, 1936,
 30: pt 2, 180-3.—Suren, E.  Ueber chronische, nichtspezifische
 Nebenhodenaffektionen  unter dem  klinischen Bilde  der  Epi-
 didymitis tuberculosa. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1929, 27: 304-14.—
 Taddei, D.  Epididimite cronica non tubercolare. Policlinico,
 1933, 40: sez. prat., 765-70.—Wildbolz, H.  Chronische Epi-
 didymitis ohne Tuberkel.  Verh. Deut. Ges. Urol. (1929) 1930,
 9. Kongr., 255-8.  Also Zschr. urol. Chir., 1929, 28: 469-77.

 ----   coli-bacillary.

   Fotjrrat-Besson, A.   *Les orchi-epididymites
 a colibacilles.   63p.   8?  Lyon,  1934.
   Calissano, G.  L'epididimite colibacillare.  Ann. ital. chir.,
 1931, 10:  962-8.—Giuliani & Fourat-Besson.   Orchi-epidi-
 dymites  coli-bacillaires.   Lyon med.,  1934,  154:   564-6.—
 Gundersen, E.  [Epididymitis caused by B. paracolon] Norsk.
 mag. lffigevid.,  1932, 93: 896.—Montagne.  Orchi-epididymite
 colibacillaire avec abces du testicule.  Arch. mal. reins, 1935, 9:
 244-8.—Negro,  M.   L'epididimite  colibacillare.   Minerva
 med., Tor., 1931,  22: 353-6.—Samek, J.  Epididymitis und
 Bacterium coli commune.  Derm.  Wschr.,  1928,  86: 63-6.—
 Venturi, T.  Orchiepididimite acuta suppurata  da Bacterium
 coli.  Boll. Sez. reg. Soc ital. derm., 1936, 14: 153.—Vintici, V.
 Les  epididymites  colibacillaires.   J.  urol.  med., Par.,  1928,
 26: 409-21.

 ----   cystic [Cathelin]
   Grimaldi, F. E., & Rubi, R. A.   Sindrome epididimario de
 Cathelin.   Dia med.,  B. Air., 1933-34, 6: 797.—Iacapraro, G.
 Consideraciones sobre  dos  observaciones  de  enfermedad
 quistica epididimaria de Cathelin.  Rev. espec, B. Air., 1929,
 4: 405-12.—Rubi,  R. A.  Epididimitis quistica de  Cathelin.
 Sem. med., B. Air., 1933, 40: pt 2, 124-6.

 ----   Diagnosis.

   Baumann, J.  Appendicitis acuta oder Epididymitis.   Med.
 Welt, 1928, 2:  872.—Goldberg, J.  An  unusual symptom of
epididymitis.   Eclect.  M.  J., 1933,  93:  385.—Rebori, F., &
 Ghibaudi,  A. J.  Orquio-epididimo-deferentitis  no especifica
 y consideraciones diagn6sticas.  Sem. med., B. Air.,  1936, 43:
 1942.—Seifert,  E.  Zur Diagnose der unspezifischen Epididy-
mitis. Zbl. Chir., 1930, 57: 13-9.—Walker, K. N.  The differen-
tial diagnosis between gonococcal and non-gonococcal epididy-
mitis. Brit. J. Vener. Dis., 1925, 1: 112-7.
erotic.
   Chauvin, E.  Un cas curieux d'epididymite erotique.  Bull.
Soc. fr. urol., 1937, 195-8.—Fick,  J.   Epididymitis  erotica.
Urol. Cut. Rev., 1924, 28: 706.

----   industrial.
   Crane, J. J.   Epididymo-orchitis  in  industrial surgery.
Tr. West. Soc. Am. Urol. Ass., 1935, 4: 29-31.  Also J. Urol
Bait., 1935, 34: 477-9.—Slotkin, G. E.  Industrial epididymitis
and epididymo-orchitis.   N. York State J. M..  1939. 39-
1096-101.

----   Pathogenesis.
   Buckingham, W. W.  Non-specific metastitic epididymitis.
J. Urol., Bait., 1934, 31: 87-101.—Dietel, F.  Pathogenese,
Differentialdiagnose und Behandlung der akuten Epididymitis.
Med. Klin.,  Berl.,  1935, 31:  165-8.—Frey,  S.   Ueber  die
Entstehung  von Nebenhodenentziindungen  durch  Samen-
leiterbewegungen.   Derm.  Wschr.,  1929,  89:  1175;  1205.
        Experimenteller Beitrag zur Entstehung der akuten
und chronischen Entziindungen des Nebenhodens und Hodens.
Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1929, 218: 333-65.—O'Conor, V. J.  Silver
solution in the lumen of the vas after bladder instillation.  J.
Urol., Bait., 1935, 33: 422-5.—Porudominski, I. M., & Salutzki,
G. L. Die Rolle und Bedeutung der Vesikuliten bei der Entste-
hung und dem Verlauf der Epididymiten.  Zschr. Urol., 1933,
27: 763-70.   Also  Urologiya,  Moskva, 1932,  10:  19-26.—
Richard,  M.  Experimentelle Untersuchungen  iiber die as-
zendierende Epididymitis.  Deut.  Zschr.  Chir.,  1928,  210:
260-6.—Rolnick, H.  C.  The  mechanism  of  epididymitis.
Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1925, 41: 15-20.

----   Pathology.

   See also Sterility, male.
   Brandt. Knotige Epididymitis, nicht  tuberkuloser Genese.
Zbl. Haut Geschlkr.,  1937, 56: 439.—Burmeister, E. A., &
Cahn, P.  Ueber die Haufigkeit der Epididymitis  non  gonor-
rhoea.  Munch, med. Wschr., 1926, 73: 1481.—Campbell, M.
F.  Nongonorrheal nontuberculous  epididymitis.   Am. J. M.
Sc, 1928,  176: 386-98, 2 pl. ------  The surgical pathology of
epididymitis.  Ann. Surg., 1928, 88: 98-111.-----Suppura-
tive epididymitis in infancy.  Am. J. Dis. Child., 1929, 38: 794-
8.—Coutts, W.  E., & Herrera, J. M.  Intracytoplasmische
Einschliessungen (Typus  Miyagawa)  im Falle sogenannten
Epididymitis non specifica mit positiver Freischer Reaktion.
Zschr. Urol., 1938, 32: 439-41.—Khlopin, N. G., & Garshin, V.
G.   [Changes  in the  epithelium  of the spermatic duct  in
epididymitis]  Arkh. biol. nauk, 1937, 47: 48-60.—Mosqueira,
M. S.  Epididimitis doble y aptitud para procrear.  Dia med.,
B.  Air., 1939, 11: 444.—Rolnick,  H.  C.   The  pathology  of
epididymitis.  Surg. Gyn. Obst.,  1928, 47: 806-11.—Rubritius,
H.   Was  fiir  Formen von Epididymitis gibt es und  welche
Folgezustande lassen sie zuriick?  Aerztl. Prax., Wien, 1931, 5:
297. Also Wien. klin. Wschr., 1931, 44: 1085.

----   Prevention.
   Alyea,  E. P.   Vaso-ligation  a preventive  of  epididymites
before and after  prostatectomy.  J. Urol., Bait., 1928, 19: 65-
80.—Colston, J.  A. C.   Vas ligation for the  prevention of pre-
operative  and postoperative epididymitis.  J. Am. M. Ass.,
1928, 90:  526.—Hoffheinz. Was leistet die Vasoresektion als
prophylaktische  Massnahme gegen das Auftreten einer  Epidi-
dymitis?   Zbl. Chir., 1935, 62: 2081-4.

----   staphylococcic.

   Bouille,   R.  E.   *Les  orchi-epididymites  a
staphylocoques.   97p.   8?   Par.,  1932.
   Chevallier,  P., &  Colin, M.   Epididymites subaigues a
staphylocoques.  Ann. mal. vener., 1934, 29: 591-4.—Gouver-
neur, R., & Motz, C. Les epididymites a staphylocoques.  Rev.
med. fr., 1933,  14: 765-7. ------ Les epididymites primitives
a staphylocoques.  Bull.  Soc. nat.  chir., Par., 1934, 60: 418-
28. ------  On connait mal l'epididymite primitive a staphy-
locoques;  comment  la depister, comment la  traiter?  Avenir
med., Par., 1939, 36: 125-7.—Motz, C. Contribution a l'etude
des epididymites staphylococciques.  Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1933,
112-8.  Also J.  urol. med., Par., 1933, 35: 260-6.—Pasteau.
Les epididymites a staphylocoques.   Bull. Soc. fr. urol., 1933,
134.—Perrucci.   Orchi-epididymites a staphylocoques avec
reaction peritoneale.  Arch. mal. reins,  1935-36, 9: 425-8.

----   Treatment.

   Sauze,  M.  J. G.   Contribution  a  l'etude du
traitement  des  epididymites  aigues non tuber-
culeuses par  la  vaccination a  la porte  d'entr6e.
86p.  8?   Par., 1938.
   Auge, A., & Alinat, P.  Five cases of bacillary epididymitis
treated by ultra-violet rays.  Am. J. Phys. Ther.,  1924, 1: 266-
8.  Also Arch, electr. med., 1924, 34: 167-71.—Baevsky, L. A.
[Quartz lamp in treatment of epididymitis] Sovet. vest, vener.,
1933,  2:  201-7.—Bilger, F., Zimmer,  A., <fe  Lachowiecki,  J.
Traitement de la douleur dans l'epididymite aigue par l'infiltra-
tion du sympathique lombaire.  Progr. med., Par., 1938,  9.—
Bratianu,  S., &  Katz-Galati, T.  [Studies on the  fixation  ol
urinary antiseptic in epididymitis] Rev. st. med., Bucur., 1933,
?2; 1152-62.—Burr, G. C.  The treatment of acute epididymitis.
J. Michigan M. Soc, 1925, 24: 247-9.  Also  Grace Hosp. Bull.,
Detr., 1926, 10:  3-6.—Butler, W. W. S.  The  treatment  of
epididymitis by diathermy.  Virginia M. Month., 1925-26, 52:
229.—Campbell, M. F.   Treatment of acute epididymitis; a
study of  3,000 cases.   J. Am. M.  Ass., 1927, 89:  2108-13 —
Crance, A. A new epididymitis clamp for diathermy.  J. Urol.,
Bait., 1928, 19:  647-9.—Ferstel,  K. von.   Zur Indikations-
stellung bei entziindlichen  Erkrankungen  der  Nebenhoden.
Zschr. Urol.,  1935, 29: 753-9.—Grasreiner, H.  Die Behand-
lung der Epididymitis mit Pyrifer.  Derm. Wschr., 1937,  104:
393.—Jalifier,  A. Note sur le lavage des vesicules seminales;
resultat dans un cas d'epididymite k bascule.  Clinique, Par.,
1927, 22:  347.—Jones, W. R.   An ambulatory treatment for
epididymitis.  Clin.  M. &  S.,  1937,  44:  552.—Kellner,  D. 
EPIDIDYMITIS
389
EPIGASTRALGIA
  [Local  Reiztherapie of testis by intratesticular injections]
  Gy6gyaszat,  1934, 74:  196-9— Lahayville, C.  Note  sur  le
  lavage des vesicules seminales; resultat dans un cas d'epidi-
  dymite a bascule.  Progr.  med.,  Par., 1927, 42: 463-5.—
  Minder, J. Ueber den Wert der Vasektomie bei entziindlichen
  Erkrankungen der Nebenhoden.  Zschr. urol. Chir., 1934-35,
  40: 266-75.—Nitschke, P. H. Treatment of acute epididymitis.
  Urol. Cut. Rev., 1938, 42: 4-7.—Pelouze, P. S.  The modern
  treatment of epididymitis.   Surg. Clin. N.  America, 1935, 15:
  213-9.—Robertson, J. P., & Lee,  A. B.  Acute epididymitis;
  report of  65 cases treated  with  a  modified Bellevue adhesive
  Buspensory.  Am. J. Surg.,  1935, 30: 462-8.—Rupel, E. Cal-
  cium chlorid in the adjuvant treatment of  epididymitis; some
  clinical observations  and results following the use of intra-
  venous injections. Am. J. M. Sc, 1928, 176: 399-404.  ------
  Five years' experience in the adjuvant use of  calcium in epi-
  didymitis; a report on 80 cases.  Urol. Cut. Rev., 1934, 38: 331-
  3.—Rush, J..O.  The treatment of epididymitis by the sub-
  periosteal injection  of  turpentine; with report of 50 cases.
  Ibid., 1926, 30: 581-5— Salleras,  J.  El dolor en las epididi-
  mitis agudas; su tratamiento por la incisi6n y drenaje.  Sem.
  med., B. Air., 1936, 43: 1665-8.—Schubert, E.  Hyperaemie-
  Behandlung der Epididymitis.  Deut.  Aerzte  Ztg, 1933, 8:
  No. 359.—Sinkoe, S. J.  Diathermy, its value in acute epidi-
  dymitis.  Urol. Cut.  Rev.,  1925, 29: 525-7.—Sokolsky, L., &
  Kenis, P.  [Epididymitis treated  with ichthyol given  paren-
  terally]  Vrach. gaz., 1928, 32:  198.—Swan, C. S.  Epididy-
  motomy for epididymitis; analysis of 90 cases and a review of
  the literature.  N. England J. M.,  1930, 203: 631-5.—Teposu,
  E., Popa, I., & Popluca, M.  [Clinical investigations and therapy
  of bacillary epididymitis] Rev. roman. urol., 1937, 4: 376-8.—
  Traitement (Le) des orchi-epididymites par la methode de M.
  C.  Dr P.  Hamonic  Rev.  clin. androl. gyn., Par., 1912, 18:
  89; 108.—Turner, B.  W.  Epididymitis from a surgical view-
  point.  Med. Rec,  Houston, 1928, 22: 67-9.  ------ The
  surgical problem of epididymitis and vasitis.  J. Urol., Bait.,
  1932, 27: 359-70.—Valerio,  A.  Le bain de  lumiere bleue dans
  les orchi-epididymites  aigues.   Kongrber.  Internat.  Kongr.
  Lichtforsch., 1936, 3. Congr., 628.—Vasilchuk, V. M.  [Applica-
  tion of novocain block in treatment of inflammatory epididymal
  affections]  Sovet. vrach. J., 1937,  41: 1780.—Vinson, J. C,  &
  Guerra, J. J.  The cautery in acute epididymitis and orchitis.
  J. Florida M. Ass., 1936-37, 23: 127.—Voitashevsky, J. B.,  &
  Militareva, M. M.  [Novocain block in epididymitis]  Urologia,
  Moskva, 1936, 13: 65-7.—Wren, A. A., &  Tenenbaum, J. L.
  Turpentine by injection in the  treatment of epididymitis.
  Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1924, 39: 503-6.—Zalutzky, G., &  Troya-
  novsky, M.  [Sollux lamp in treatment of epididymitis]   Sovet.
  vest, vener., 1932, 20.—Zau. Zung-dau.  Intravenous injection
  of calcium chloride in  the treatment  of acute epididymitis.
  Nat. M. J. China, 1928, 14: 368-76.

  ----  in animals.
    Fontana, G.  Alterazioni patologiche epididimo-testicolari
  ed infecondita in un toro.  Clin, vet., Milano, 1938, 61: 244-53,
  pl.—Scheben, L.  Eine seuchenhaft auftretende eiterige  Neben-
  hodenentziindung des  Schafes in  Siidwestafrika.   Berl. tier-
  arztl. Wschr., 1921, 37: 172.—Whitby, T. L., Bosworth, T. J.,
  & Innes, J. R. M.  A case of suppurative epididymitis in a dog
  caused by  Brucella abortus.  Vet. Rec, Lond., 1936, n. ser., 16:
  662-4.

  EPIDURAL anesthesia.

    See under  Anesthetization.
   EPIFANJE,  Firmin, 1910-       Contribution
 a l'etude de  la conservation des cadavres.   37p.
 8?   Par., E.  Le Francois, 1936.
   EPIFANIO,  Guiseppe.    La   radiologia  del
 peritoneo;  epiploiti,   mesenteriti,  perivisceriti.
 21 lp.  88 illust.   roy.  8?   Nap.,  F.  Giannini  &
 figli, 1932.
   See  also Pionieri della  radiologia  dell'Italia meridionale.
 Arch, radiol., Nap., 1937, 13: 350-2, portr.

 EPIGASTRALGIA.

   See  also  Angina  pectoris;  Aorta,  Diseases;
 Esophagus, Diseases,  &c.
   Brunet,  A.  L'epigastralgie.  J. H6tel Dieu, Montreal, 1934,
 3: 122-7.—Cerqua, S.  Dolori epigastri da cause rare.  Rinasc.
 med., 1930, 7: 309, pl.—Eads, J. T. The significance  of epi-
 gastric pain.   Abstr. Proc.  Ass. Life Insur.  M. Dir. America,
 1934, 20: 103-22. Also Pennsylvania M. J.,  1934, 37: 652-4.—
 Mazzini, O. F.  Sindrome  epigastri co determinado por una
 deformaci6n del apendice xifoides; xifoidectomia.  Prensa med.
 argent., 1938, 25: 1283.—Monges, J.  La douleur epigastrique
 d'effort.  Marseille med., 1930, 67:  6-19.—Ramond, L.  Crises
 epigastriques douloureuses et vomitives.  Presse med., 1937,
 45: 517.—Shur, I.  B.  [Differential diagnosis of pains  in the
epigastric region]  Sovet. vrach. gaz., 1934, 38: 15-8.   Also
Miinch. med. Wschr., 1934, 81: 607.—Silva-Mello, A. da.  La
douleur xiphoidienne et sa valeur  diagnostique.  Arch. mal.
app. digest., Par., 1930, 20: 808-34.—Sou lie, P. Les syndromes
douloureux epigastriques d'origine  cardio-vasculaire.   Nutri-
tion, Par., 1937, 7: 331-58.—Turries, J.  Sur certaines formes
 d epigastralgie d'origine non evidente.  Marseille med., 1930,
 67: 20-6.—Unusual (An) cause of epigastric pain.  N. England
 J. M., 1933,  208: 1167-9.—Witting, V.  Le syndrome epigas-
 tralgique d'origine vertebrate et intrarachidienne.  Arch. mal.
 app. digest.,  Par., 19:  133-54.


 EPIGASTRIC artery.

   See also Abdominal wall;  Epigastrium.
   Blond,  K.  Zur  Kenntnis der  Spontanruptur der Arteria
 epigastrica.  Wien.  klin. Wschr., 1925, 38: 1352-4.—Cohn, S.
 Ueber die Moglichkeit einer Fehldiagnose bei Verletzung der A.
 epigastrica inferior.  Deut. med.  Wschr.,  1924, 50:  469.—
 Correia, F.  Les premieres anomalies anatomiques enregistrees
 sur les cadavres des  Indo-Portugais;  un cas d'anastomose
 anomale de l'artere epigastrique.   Arq.  Esc. med. cir. Nova
 Goa,  1928, ser.  A,  334-6,  pl.—Epstein, H. B.  Spontaneous
 rupture of  the deep  epigastric artery; a report of 2 cases. Am.
 J. Surg., 1927,  n. ser., 2: 462.  Also  repr.—Giardina, S.  G.
 Considerazioni sopra un vasto ematoma da rottura dell'arteria
 epigastrica in una sifilitica affetta da ulcera pilorica con peri-
 duodenite.   Rass.  internaz. clin.  ter.,  1929, 10: 677-86.—
 Grignani,   R.  Ematoma parieto-addominale  da rottura  in-
 diretta dell'arteria epigastrica.  Boll. Soc. med. chir.,  Pavia,
 1926, n. ser.,  1:  901-16.—Hfebacka, J., & Klein, F.  [Case of
 fatal  injury  to  the epigastric inferior artery]  Bratisl.  lek.
 listy,  1928, 8:  82-6.—Kotzareff,  A.   La rupture spontanee
 de l'artere epigastrique et son traitement chirurgical.  Lyon
 chir., 1921, 18: 579-92.—Marangos, G.  Ueber die Ruptur der
 Arteria epigastrica.  In Livre d'or  (T. Papayoannou)  Naum-
 burg, 1932, 175-80.—Morris, J. H.  Hernia of the superior
 epigastric artery.  Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1926, 43: 767.—Schumann,
 E. A.  Rupture of the deep epigastric artery as a clinical entity,
 with an  analysis of a case.  Tr.  Am. Gyn. Soc,  1919, 44:
 320-5.  Also Am. J.  Obst., 1919, 80: 432-5  [Discussion] 479.—
 Weinberger, M.  Ruptur eines Aneurysma spurium der Arteria
 epigastrica inferior mit Bildung eines subperitonealen Hiima-
 toms  und  letaler Hamorrhagie nach  Ascitespunktion, unter
 ungewohnlichen  klinischen  Symptomen verlaufen.   Wien.
 med. Wschr., 1935,  85: 628-30.—Wohlgemuth, K.  Ueber die
 subcutane  Ruptur des  M. rectus abdominis  und der Arteria
 epigastrica (spontanes  Bauehdeckenhamatom)   Arch.  klin.
 Chir., 1922, 122: 649-54.

 EPIGASTRIUM.

   See  also  Abdominal wall;  Sternum; Xiphoid.
   Basset,  A.  Abces  colibacillaire sous-cutane  de  la  region
 epigastrique  d'origine  vraisemblablement   appendiculaire.
 Presse med.,  1935,  43: 347.—Fukui, N.  On the epigastrio-
 gram.  Japan M. World,  1929, 9: 350-3.  ------  Epigastric
 pulsation; classification  in regard to the form of the epigastrio-
 gram.  Arch. Int. M., 1930, 46: 333.

 ----   Hernia.

   See  also Stomach,  Hernia, &c; also  in 3. ser.
 Hernia, epigastric.
   Dengler,  S.   *Ueber  die Hernia epigastrica.
 33p.   8?   Munch., 1928.
   Dtjfotjr, R.   Contribution  a l'6tude medicale
 des  hernies  epigastriques  douloureuses;   leurs
 erreurs de  diagnostic  qu'elles peuvent entrainer.
 40p.   8?   Par., 1932.
   Fink,  B.   *Ueber  Hernia  epigastrica   [Kiel]
 41p.   8?   Brnschw., 1931.
   Leibrandt,  O.  [R.  R.]   *Hernia  epigastrica
 incarcerata.   40p.   8?   Bresl.,  1926.
   Schmidt,  H.   *Die  Hernia epigastrica; ihre
 Begutachtung   und   ihre   klinische   Bedeutung
 [Leipzig]   24p.  8?  Zeulenroda,  1931.
   Anschiitz,  W.  Hernia  epigastrica.   Deut. Zschr.  Chir.,
 1930, 225:  88-101.—Ballati, G.  Due ernie epigastriche, di cui
 una strozzata,  contenenti il  legamento rotondo del fegato.
 Policlinico,  1934, 41: sez. prat., 972-4.—Bardesco,  N.  Sur
 la hernie epigastrique  occulte.  Rev.  chir.,  Par., 1934,  72:
 589-601.—Barthelemy.  Le role du ligament rond du foie dans
 les hernies epigastriques.  Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1933, 59:
 1099.—Berkley, A. L. Strangulated epigastric hernia with case
 report.  Pacific  Coast M.,  1937, 4:  18.—Bolognesi, G.  Ernia
 epigastrica.  Gazz. internaz. med.  chir., 1936, 46: 459-62.—
 Breitfus, F. F. (Hernia epigastrica dolorosa]  J. profil. subtrop.
 klin. med.,  Tashkent, 1934, 4: 129-32.— Cappi, L.  Alcuni casi
di ernie epigastriche operate tra gli indigeni.  Arch. ital.  sc.
med. col., 1934,  15: 55-9.—Charlton, M. R.  Epigastric hernia
causing  severe symptoms.  Am. J. Surg.,  1937, 36: 703.—
Creyssel, J.,  & Arnulf.  G.   Hernie  epigastrique  etrangiee
symptomatique   d'un ulcere  duodeno-pylorique en  voie  de
perforation.  Lyon  med.,  1933,   151:  537.—Delannoy,  E.
 Hernie epigastrique etrangiee.  Bull.  Soc. nat.  chir.,  Par.,
 1933,  59:  319-21.—Farris,  H.  L.  Epigastric  hernia.   J.
Oklahoma M. Ass., 1936, 29: 173-5.—Folliasson, A., & Heraud.
Hernie epigastrique etrangiee. Bull. Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1933,
59: 716.—Friedenwald, J., & Morrison, T.  H.  Epigastric 
EPIGASTRIUM                                390                                    EPIGLOTTIS
 hernia; a consideration of its importance  in the diagnosis of
 gastro-intestinal disease.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1926, 87:  1466-70.—
 Green, C. C.  Epigastric hernia simulating upper  abdominal
 lesions.   Med.  Rec,  Houston,  1928,  22: 121.—Hill, L.  L.
 Epigastric hernia.   J.  M.  Ass. Alabama, 1933, 3:  193-6.—
 Hutter, K.  Beitrag zu den Beziehungen zwischen epigastrischer
 Hernie und Erkrankungen der Bauchorgane.  Zbl. Chir., 1927,
 54:  854-6.—Kjsergaard,  H.   [Epigastric  hernia  simulating
 heart  disease]   Ugeskr. laeger.,  1934, 96: 875.—Luke, J. C.
 The significance of epigastric hernia.  Canad.  M.  Ass. J,.
 1938. 39: 149-52.—Mikkelsen. O.  [Epigastric hernia]  Ugeskr.
 laeger,  1934,  96:  748-50.—Moure,  P.  Le role  du  ligament
 rond du foie  dans les hernies  epigastriques  et  ombilicales
 douloureuses.  Arch. mal. app. digest., Par., 1934, 24: 715-21.
 ------& Martin, R. Le role du ligament rond du foie dans les
 hernies epigastriques et ombilicales douloureuses.  Bull.  Soc.
 nat. chir., Par.,  1933,  59:  1011-7.—Moura, P.. & Monteiro
 Autran.  Hernia epigastrica.  Fol. med., Rio, 1935, 16:  501-6.—
 Napalkov, N. I.  [Occult, epigastric hernia] Vest, khir., 1930,
 20:  109-36.  Also  Arch.  klin. Chir.,  1930,  158:  627-49 —
 Noetzel, W. Zur Operation dei Briiche in der Mittellinie des
 Bauches  oberhalb des  Nabels; epigastrische Hernien.  Ibid.,
 1931, 168: 163-7.—Papin, F.   Hernies epigastriques et  lesions
 de l'estomac  J. med. Bordeaux, 1930,  107: 131-3.— Pern-
 berton, J. de J., & Curry, F. S.  The symptomatology  of epi-
 gastric hernia;  analysis of 296 cases. Minnesota M., 1936, 19:
 109-12.—Pinto, A.   Lipoma  herniario epigastrico.    Lisboa
 med.,  1929, 6: 20-6.—Platareanu, V. M.,  & Adamesteanu. C.
 [Epigastric hernia]  Rev. §t. med., Bucur., 1931, 20:  1356-68.—
 Pollock, L. H.  Epigastric  hernia.  Am.  J. Surg., 1936,  34:
 376-8.—Sanchez  Cozar, B.   Diagnostico difereneial  entre
 eventraci6n y  hernia  epigastrica.   Arch, med., Madr., 1934,
 37: 133-6.  Also Med.  ibera, 1934, 28: 184-8.—Teodorescu, M.
 [Multiple vagal syndrome due to hernia epigastrica]  Romania
 med.,  1934, 12: 23.—Warden, H. F. W. A test procedure for
 the easy diagnosis of epigastric hernia.  J.  Am. M.  Ass., 1927,
 89:  49.—Zeno,  A.   Hernie   epigastrique etrangiee.   Bull.
 Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1928, 54: 800-2.—Zhmur, V. A.  [Case of
 strangulation of the  stomach in  epigastric hernia]    Sovet.
 khir.,1934, 6: 61-3.

 EPIGLANDOL.

   See Pineal body.


 EPIGLOTTIS.

   See   also  Deglutition;   Esophagus;   Larynx;
 Pharynx; Tongue.
   Barbara, S.  Sulla struttura delle pliche glossoepiglottiche.
 Otorinolar. ital., 1932, 2: 413.—Holzlohner, E., & Mitsumoto,
 T.  Ueber den Glottisschluss beim Kaninchen.   Zschr. Biol.,
 1925,  83: 571-4.—Kadanov, D.   Beitrage zur Kenntnis  der
 intraepithelialen Nerven des Menschen; die Nerven  im Epithel
 der  Epiglottisschleimhaut.  Zschr. Zellforsch.,  1927,  6: 337-
 41.—Negus, V. E.   The function of the epiglottis.  J.  Anat.,
 Lond., 1927-28- 62: 1-8.—Studnicka, F. K. Sur le  developpe-
 ment des capsules dans le cartilage elastique de l'epiglotte chez
 I'homme.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 92:  1063-6.

 ----   Abscess.
   Coates, G. M., Shuster,  B.  H., & Gordon, W.   Abscess of
 the  epiglottis;  report  of 2 cases.   Laryngoscope,  1938, 48:
 12-6.—Fuchs, V. H.  Primary abscess of the epiglottis.  Collect.
 Papers Hotel Dieu,  N. Orleans, 1934,  No.  10, 1-3.—Gilmore,
 G. B.  Abscess of the epiglottis;  case  report.   N. York State
 J. M.,  1930, 30: 448.—Noone, E. L., & Shields, W. P.  Abscess
 of the epiglottis in an infant.  J. Pediat.,  S. Louis, 1937,  11:
 556-8.—Weiss, J. A.   Primary abscess of the epiglottis.   J.
 Am. M.  Ass., 1932, 98: 552.  Also repr.

 ----    Cancer.

   Delavelle, L.  *Sur  un  cas de cylindrome dc
 l'epiglotte.  83p.   8?  Par.,  1931.
   Grossmann,   H.    *Malignes  Papillom   der
 Epiglottis  [Freiburg]   26p.  8?   Berl., 1933.
   Delia Cioppa, D.  Papilloma gigante epiteliomatoso dell'epi-
 glottide.   Arch. ital. otol., 1933, 44: 176-81.—Figi, F.  A. Epi-
 thelioma of the epiglottis, destruction with  diathermy  through
 the  mouth.  Surg.  Clin. N.  America,  1933,  13:  875-84 —
 Formby, M. L.  Carcinoma of epiglottis.  Proc  R. Soc M.,
 Lond.,  1934, 27: sec. laryn.,  216.—Hastings, S.  Hypertrophic
 carcinoma of epiglottis, treated by radium.  Ibid., 1932, 25:
 1511.—Kahler,  O.   Epiglottiskarzinom auf  luetischer Basis
 entstanden.  Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1928, 21:  267-75 —
 Leale,  G.  Contributo alio studio dei fibrosarcomi dell'epiglot-
 tide.   Areh.  ital.  laring., 1926. 45: 25-34.—Leyro  Diaz, J.
 Laryngoglossectomie pour cancer.   Arch, internat.  laryng.,
 Par.,  34:  5-21.—Melchart, F.   Die  Rontgentherapie  der
 Epiglottiskarzinome.  Fortsch.  Rontgenstrahl., 1936, 54: 198-
 200.—Pagano,  A.    Peritelioma ialino  sarcomatoso  dell'epi-
 glottide.   Arch. ital.  otol., 1933, 44: 193-206.—Puente Duany,
N., & Figueras, W.  Rara localization metastasica de la lengua,
secondaria a un  cancer de la epiglotis.   Bol.  Liga cancer,
Habana,  1934,  9:  146-9.—Reuter, F.   Zur  Behandlung des
Epiglottiakarzinoms.  Arch. Ohr. &c.  Heilk.,  1929, 120: 37-
42.—Scalzitti, M. Epitelioma basocellulare primitivo dell'epi-
glottide.  Valsalva,  1931,  7: 38-45,  2 pl.—Schmiegelow,  E.
Diathermie bei  Carcinoma epiglottidis;  klinischer  Beitrag.
Beitr.  Anat. Ohr., 1926, 23: 616-9.  Also  Hospitalstidende,
1926,  69:  Dansk. Otolar. Selsk.  Forh.,  65-9.—Tucker.  G.
Cancer of the  epiglottis;  total  extirpation of  the epiglottis
by the laryngofissure route.   Tr.  Am. Laryng.  Ass.,  1935,
57: 216-23. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol.,  1935, 44:  933-8.------
Primary carcinoma of the  epiglottis with total extirpation  of
the  epiglottis  bv  transthvro-hvoid  approach;  case  report.
Tr. Am. Laryng/Ass., 1938,  60:73-81.—Vail, H. H., & Broe-
man, C. J.  A  case of carcinoma  of  the epiglottis clinically
cured  by radium.   Cincinnati J.  M., 1925-26, 6: 135-7.—
Walthard,  B.  Zur Kenntnis des primaren Driisenkrebses der
Epiglottis.  Zbl. allg. Path., 1930-31,  49: 225-9.—Wessely,  E.
Ein  Fall von  Karzinom  der Epiglottis  nach  kombinierter
Behandlung (Rontgen-Radium)  Mschr.  Ohrenh., 1934, 68:
1396.  Also J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1935, 50: 769-71.

----    Cyst.

   Boelle,  R.  *A propos de  I'observation  d'une
tumeur kystique de l'epiglotte.   54p.   8?   Par.,
1937.
   Borschim, S. G.  Ein Fall einer Zvste der Epiglottis.  Zschr.
Larvng., 1925-26, 14:  189-91, pl.  Charschak, E.  Zur Frage
der Epiglottiszysten.   Mschr. Ohrenh., 1933, 67: 61-6.  Also
Acta otolar., Stockh.,  1934-35, 21: 236-42.—Clement, R.,  &
Lemariey, A.  Kyste glosso-epiglottique congenital du nourris-
son.  Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1933, 31: 438-41.—Coulet, G.
Alterations de la voix chantee provoquees par un kyste epi-
glottique.  Ann. mal. oreille,  1926,  45:  1031-3.—Lopez, A.
Considerazioni su di un caso di cisti dell'epiglottide.   Boll.
mal. orecchio, 1934, 52: 71-6.—McCaskey, C. H.  Sebaceous-
like cysts of the epiglottic area.  Tr. Indiana  Acad.  Ophth.
Otolar., 1933, 82-91.—Park, J. H., ,ir, & Israel, S.  Epiglottic
cysts in infancy.  South. M.  J..  1925, 18: 128-31.—Ruttin, E.
Dermoidcyste (?) der Epiglottis.  Mschr. Ohrenh., 1934, 68:
497.

----   Disease.

   Berger, W.  Zur Kenntnis der tumorformigen Amyloidosis.
Arch. Ohr.  &c.  Heilk.,  1925,  114:  95-117, pl— Bernfeld, K.
Altes und Neues zur Klinik der isolierten Epiglottitis.   Mschr.
Ohrenh., 1934, 68: 845-52.—Bilancioni, G.  Contributo clinico
alio studio dell'epiglottite acuta.   Valsalva, 1926, 2: 2-15, pl.—
Brown, L. G.  Ulceration of epiglottis; for diagnosis.  Proc R.
Soc. M, Lond.,  1926-27, 20: sect,  laryng.,  18.—Brunner, H.
Chronisch verlaufender Abszess in  der rechten Vallekula mit
nachfolgender Holzphlegmone des Halses; Operation, Heilung.
Mschr. Ohrenh.,  1934, 68: 117-21.—Buitron y Queipo de Llano,
E.  Un caso de  epiglotitis  aguda. An. Hosp. S. Jose,  Madr.,
1931-32, 3: 175-81.—Carnevale-Ricci, F.  Lesione epiglottica
in un caso di agranulocitosi.  Boll. mal. orecchio, 1934, 52:
536-42.—Cohen, J.   Ein  Fall  von  kleinnodulosem,  einem
Lupus  tiiuschend  ahnlich  sehenden Syphilid der Epiglottis.
Zschr. Laryng., 1925, 14: 129.—Franchini, Y.  Consideraciones
sobre un caso de  herpes zoster de epiglotis.  Sem. m6d., B. Air.,
1937, 44: 1323-6.—Joukovsky, A.  Epiglottites aigues  isoiees.
Ann. otolar., Par., 1931, 957-67.—Kecskes, Z.   [Etiology and
treatment  of preepiglottic cellulitis]   Orv.  hetil., 1934,  78:
852.—Marx, H.   Ueber Epiglottis-Lahmung.  Zschr. Hals &c.
Heilk.,  1925, 13:  111-4.—Messanelli,  C.   Epiglottite acuta
ulcerosa  piogenica.   Valsalva,   1935, 11:  80-4.—Prfidescu-
Rion.  Epiglottite phlegmoneuse.   Arch, internat.  laryng.,
Par., 1924, 30: 1078.—Rebattu, Mounier-Kuhn & Millet.  Sur
un cas d'epiglottite aigue.   Ann. otolar., Par., 1935, 699-702.—
Santi,  G.  Epiglottiti acute  (nota clinica)   Osp. maggiore
Milano, 1927, 3. ser., 15: 126-30.—Spencer,  F. R.  The early
diagnosis and treatment of epiglottidean tuberculosis. Tr. Am.
Laryng. Ass., 1927, 49: 113-23.  Also Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1927,
6: 413-9.—Tawse, H. B.  Acute streptococcal ulceration of the
epiglottis.  J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1932, 47: 762-5.   Tenaglia, G.
Contributo alle epiglottiti.  Pensiero med., 1926, 15: 297-300.—
Tilley,  H.  Tuberculous ulceration  of epiglottis; operation 22
years ago.  Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1928-29,  22: sect, laryng.,
74.

----   Surgery.
   Bisi, H., Farjat, F., & Emiliani, C. M.  Tipo raro de grave
estenosis supraglotica; epiglotectomia.  Rev.  As. med. argent.,
1937, 50: 233-5.—Buch,  E.  Ueber die Abtragung der tuber-
kulos erkrankten Epiglottis.  Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1925-26,
13: 342-4.—Coulet,  G.  L'epiglottectomie  a  l'anse  chaude.
Rev. laryng., Par., 1930, 51: 455-9.—Freudenthal, W.   Zur
Abtragung der Epiglottis.  Zschr. Hals &c  Heilk., 1926, 14:
486.—Porta, C.  F.   Contributo alia anatomia  topografica ed
alia chirurgia della loggia tireo-io-epiglottica.  Arch. ital. otol.,
1936, 48: 590-606.

----   Tumor.
   Ferreri,  G.   Tumore gigante dell'epiglottide.  Valsalva,
1926,   2:  307-12.—Malfatti,  G.   Angioma  dell'epiglottide.
Otorinolar.  ital.,  1930-31, 1: 407-12.—Peschardt, C.   En
sjselden polyp i regio glosso-epiglottica. Ugeskr. laeger, 1915,
77: 1192. 
EPIGLOTTIS
391
EPILEPSY
—:—   Vallecula.
   Barbera, S.  Morfologia e struttura delle vallecule glosso-
epiglottiche.  Otorinolar.  ital., 1930-31,  1:  600-11.—Gold-
mark, C, &Scholz, T.  Diverticulum of the epiglottic valleculae;
report  of 2 cases.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1932,  98: 1972-4.  Also
repr.—Maruyama,  Y.   Ueber die Vallecula epiglottica  der
Formosa-Wilden.  Taiwan igakkai zasshi, 1934, 33: 38-40.—
Sayama, M.  Vallecula epiglottica of Chinese.  J. Orient. M.,
Dairen, 1930, 13: 51.

EPIGNATHUS.

   See  Abnormities.

EPIGRAPHY.
   Blanchard,  R.   Epigraphie  medicale;  corpus
inscriptionum ad medicinam biologiamque spec-
tantium.   482p.   8?   Par., 1909-15.
   Boulanger.   Inscriptions sur  les maisons.   Chron. med.,
 1928, 35: 212-5.

EPILATION.

   See Hair, Removal.

EPILEPSY.
   See also Convulsive  disorder; Epileptic; Epi-
loia;  Spasmophilia;  Vertigo.
   Cestan, R.  Les epilepsies.  280p.   12?  Par.,
 1922.
   Chicago.   Northwestern University Medi-
 cal  School.   Department of  Nervous and
 Mental Diseases.  Report on the assistance of
indigent patients suffering with  epilepsy.   567p.
8?  Ann Arb.,  Mich.,  1936.
   Crouzon,   O.  Le syndrome epilepsie.   264p.
8?  Par., 1929.
   De  Crinis,  M.   Epilepsie.    p.323-408.   8?
 Berl.,  1924.
   In Spec. Path. Ther. inn. Krankh., Berl., 1924, 10: Teil 3.
   Frisch,  F.   Die  Epilepsie;  Biologie,  Klinik,
Therapie.  144p.  8?   Wien, 1937.
   Jackson, J. H.  On  epilepsy and epileptiform
 convulsions.   500p.   8?  Lond.,  1931.
   Kinnier-Wilson,  S. A.   Epilepsie  und ver-
wandte  Krankheiten.   p. 1-87.  8?   Berl., 1935.
   In Handb. Neur. (Bumke & Foerster) Berl., 1935, 17:
   Lennox, W. G., & Cobb, S.  Epilepsy.  197p.
8?  Bait.,  1928.
   Muskens,  L.  J.  J.   Epilepsy;  comparative
pathogenesis, symptoms, treatment.   435p.   8?
Lond., 1928.
   [United   States]   Association   for   Re-
search   in  Nervous  and  Mental  Diseases.
Epilepsy and the  convulsive state; an investiga-
tion  of  the  most  recent  advances.    701p.   8?
Bait.,  1931.
   Witetzki,  H. F. W.   *Ein Beitrag zur Kennt-
nis  der   Epilepsie  unter  Berucksichtigung   des
Krankenmaterials   der  Provinzial  Heil-   und
Pflegeanstalt  Tapiau   in   den  Jahren  1920-25
[Konigsberg]   16p.   8?  Berl., 1926.
   Also Allg. Zschr. Psychiat,, 1926, 85: 227-39.
   Abadie, J., Buscaino, V. [et al.]  Les epilepsies.  Ann. med.
psychoi., Par., 1935, 93: pt 2, 472-6.—Abadie  J .Lennox, W.
J. [et al.]   Les  epilepsies.   Gaz. hop.,  1935, 108:  1349-51.
Also Lancet, Lond.,  1935, 2:  268.  Also Pans med  1935, 98:
annexe, 273-8.—Berger, H. Epilepsie.  Zschr. arztl. lortbild
1924, 21:  683-5.—Blagg,  B.  V.  Concerning epilepsy.  Nat
Eclect.  M. Ass. Q., 1923-24, 15: 241-5.—Bosch, G., & Daniel
Andia,  E.   Epilepsia esencial; concepciones etiopatogemcas  y
orientaci6n terapeutica.   Prensa med. argent.,  1936, 23:  727-
42.—Bowles, M. E.  Epilepsy—a  preliminary report,  Nat,
Eclect.  M. Ass. Q., 1931, 23:  77-82.—Boyer, G. F.  Epilepsy.
Ontario  J.  Neuropsyehiat., 1921, 65-75.—Brain.  W. R.  Epi-
lepsy.   In Brit. Encycl. M. Pract. (Rolleston, H.) Lond., 1937,
5:96-116.—Braunmiihl, A. von. Epilepsie.  Zschr. ges. Neur.
Psychiat.,  1938.   161: 292-320.—Cameron. D.E.   Epilepsy.
In his Obj.  & Exp. Psychiatry, N. Y., 1935, 184-93.—Collier J.
Epilepsy.  Brit.  M. J., 1928, 1: 557-9.   Also  Lancet Lond
1928  1: 587-642; 688.—Curschmann, H.  Epilepsie.  Munch.
med.'Wschr., 1924, 71:176-8.—De Busscher.  Quelques notions
actuelles sur l'epilepsie.  Arch. med. beiges, 1931, 84: 1-11 —
Induction—by
Derham, A. P.  Epilepsy.  Med. J. Australia, 1929, 2: 817-9.—
Elfeld,  P. F.  Epilepsy.  Delaware M. J., 1937, 9: 56-63.—
Faibushevich.V.M. [Notes on epilepsy]  Vrach. gaz., 1931, 35:
1596-600.—Faure-Beaulieu.  Remarques sur quelques  aspeets
du probleme des epilepsies.  Rev. crit.  path., Par.,  1930, 1:
146-51.—Gill, J. C. Epilepsy.  Surg. J., 1925-26, 32:  117-21.
Also  Internat, J. Surg., 1928. 41: 235-40.—Hammes, E. M.
Some phases of epilepsy.  Minnesota M., 1924, 7: 792-7.—
Hill, L. S.  Epilepsy.  N. Orleans M. & S. J., 1935-36, 88:
238.—Ide,  M.  Epilepsie.  Rev. med., Louvain, 1934, 1-4.—
Kennedy, F.  Epilepsies. Am. J. Psychiat., 1935, 92: 527-30.—
Kinnier Wilson, S. A.  Ueber die Epilepsien.  Fortsch. Med.,
1927, 45:311;343.—Kooy.F.H.  The epilepsies.  S. Afr. M. J.,
1936, 10: 659-62.— Kratky, A.  [New data on epilepsy]  Cas.
lek.  Cesk.,  1938, 77: 130-4.—Lennox. W. G.   Epilepsy.  In
Pract.  Libr. M. & S. (Appleton)  N. Y.,  1936, 9: 893-931 —
Marinesco, G.  Epilepsia.  Arch, argent,  neur.,  1935,  13: 78-
80.—Morphy,  A. G.   Recent thoughts on epilepsy.   Canad.
M. Ass. J., 1925,  15:  190-2.—Penfield,  W.   The epilepsies.
Proc. Interst. Postgrad. M.  Ass.  N. America,  1938, 324.—
Pitman, E. E.  Some aspects of epilepsy.  Med. J. Australia,
1925, 2: 193-5.—Pohlisch, K.  Epilepsie. Zschr. ges. Neur.
Psychiat.,  1938, 161: 267-80.—Robertson, R. C. Epilepsy.
U. S. Veterans Bur. M. Bull., 1926, 2: 849-53.—Robinson. G.
W., jr.  The epilepsies.  J. Missouri M. Ass., 1930, 27: 433-8.—
Roubinovitch,  J.  L'epilepsie.   Infirm,  fr., 1926, 4: 1-9.—
Siemerling, E.  Epilepsie.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1927, 53: 877-
80.—Skoog, A. L.  Epilepsy.  Med. Clin. N. America, 1923-24,
7: 1311-21.—Smith, W. A.  The epilepsies.  J. M. Ass. Georgia,
1929, 18: 464-8.—Spurling, R. G.  Epilepsy.  South. Surgeon,
1937, 6: 485-94.—Stauder, K. H.  Epilepsie.  Fortsch. Neur.
Psychiat.,  1934, 6: 419; passim.—Stokes,  C. F. Epilepsy.
Med. Times, N. Y.,  1924,  52: 129.—Swift, G. W. Epilepsy.
Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1932, 54: 566-80.—Thorn, D.  A. Epilepsy.
U. S. Veterans Bur. M. Bull., 1930, 6: 435-43.—Turner. C. C,
& Gotten, N.  Epilepsy. J. Tennessee M. Ass., 1937, 30: 249-
55.—Wiedman, O. G.  Epilepsy.  Proc. Connecticut M. Soc,
1924, 132: 113-29.  Also Med. Progr., Louisv., 1925. 41:  60-3.—
Wilson, S. A.  K.  The epilepsies.  Brit. M. J.,  1920,  2: 1-6.
Also  Tungchi med. Mschr., 1927-28, 3: 216; 251; 267.

----  Abortive forms.

  See Epilepsy, Seizure: Variants.

----  Acid-base equilibrium.

  See  also  Epilepsy,   Seizure:
hyperpnea.
  Carvalho,  H.  de.    *Contribuigao para   o
estudo da reserva  alcalina no sangue dos epilep-
ticos.   63p.  8?  S. Paulo,  1931.
  Arutiunov,  D. A.  [Reserve alcalinitv  of the blood in epi-
lectics]  Sovet. psikhonevr., 1933, 9: 67-72.— Aydillo, L.  Epi-
lepsia y acidosis;  la prueba de la hiperpnea  y los factores
humorales epiiepticos. Siglo med., 1931, 87: 676-9.—Ballif, L.,
& Reznic,  A.   La reserve alcaline chez les epileptiques.  C.
rend. Soc  biol., 1927, 96:  1179.—Bigwood, E. J.  L'equilibre
physico-chimique du sang dans l'epilepsie; l'equilibre acide-
base. Ann. med., Par.. 1924, 15: 24; 119.—Caussade, Verain  &
Jacob.  Etude de l'equilibre acide-base dans l'epilepsie.  Bull.
Soc  pediat. Paris, 1936, 34: 424-9.  Also Rev. med.  Nancy,
1936, 64:  311-6.—Claude. H.,  & Rafflin, R.  Epilepsie et
alcalose. Encephale, 1928, 23: 909-11. ------& Montassut.
Sur le role de l'alcalose dans l'epilepsie convulsive. C.  rend.
Soc.  biol.,  1926,  94:  1334-6.—Dautrebande,  L.  L'equilibre
acide-base  du  sang dans l'epilepsie.  Ibid., 133-5.—De Men-
nato, M.   L'equilibrio acido-base negli epilettici. Rass. stud.
psichiat.,  1935, 24: 466-80.—Di  Renzo, F.   Ricerche sul
comportamento della riserva alcalina del sangue e del pH
urinario negli epilettici nei periodi intervallari e durante  le
crisi  convulsive. Riv. pat. nerv., 1930, 36: 549-72.------ &
Vitello, A.   Ricerche sulle modificazioni della  riserva  alcalina
del plasma sanguigno, del  pH urinario e della frequenza degli
accessi  convulsivi  in seguito a  somministrazione  di alcuni
farmaci anticonvulsivanti e di cloruro di calcio negli epilettici.
Riv.  neur.,  Nap.,  1931, 4: 1-32, ch.—Doolittle, G. M.  Acid
base  equilibrium in epilepsy.  Psychiat. Q., 1934, 8: 754-9.—
Frisch, F., & Fried, E.  Zur Frage der angeblichen Alkalose bei
Epilepsie.  Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1926, 49: 462-70.—Gamble,
J L., & Hamilton,  B. K. A study of the acid-base excretion  of
an epileptic.   Tr. Am.  Pediat. Soc,  1925, 37: 52. Also Bull.
Johns Hopkins Hosp.,  1927, 41: 389-99—Geyelin,  H. R.,
Bigwood, E. J., & Wheatley, M. A.  The reaction of the blood in
epilepsv.   Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y.,  1923-24, 21: 227.—
Gozzano, M.  Ricerche sull'equilibrio acido-base negli epilettici.
Riv.  neur., Nap., 1928, 1:  43-75.  Also Riv. pat. nerv., 1930,
35:   128-31.—Lennox,  W. G.  Metabolism in epilepsy; the
bicarbonate content of the  blood.   Arch. Neur. Psychiat.,
Chic, 1928, 20: 155-61.   Also repr.—McLaughlin, F.  L..  &
Hurst,  R. H.  Acid-base equilibrium of blood  in epilepsy.  Q,
J. Med., Lond.. 1933,  n. ser., 2: 419-29.—McQuarrie, I.,  &
Keith, H. M.  Experimental study of the acid-base equilibrium
in children with idiopathic epilepsy.  Am. J. Dis. Child., 1929,
37:   261-77.—Madsen, J.   Variations in the  hydrogen-ion
concentration  and ammonia value of the urine in epileptics,
with special reference to the dysregulatio ammoniaci.  Acta
med. scand., 1930. 73: 337-98.  Also C. rend.  Soc. biol.. 1930, 
EPILEPSY                                         392                                         EPILEPSY
103: 1289-93.—Marrack, J., & Thacker, G.   Tbe reaction  of
the blood in epilepsy, with a discussion of colorimetric methods
of estimating the pH of plasma.  Brit. J. Exp. Path.,  1926-27,
7: 265-73.—Massazza,  A.  La riserva alcalina e l'equilibrio
acido-base negli epilettici.  Riv. pat. nerv., 1930, 35: 115-28.—
Poli, C.  II  valore delle oscillazioni neU'equilibrio acido-basico
per lo scoppio  dell'accesso convulsivo epilettico.   Ibid.,  1932,
39: 100-10.—Rafflin, R.  L'ammoniaque et l'acidite  urinaires
chez les  epileptiques.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1925, 92:  1429-31.
------  La regulation  acide-base: recherche  d'un  criterium
pour l'etude de l'epilepsie.  Bull. Soc chim. biol., Par., 1926,  8:
294-305.------Le  flux  alcalin urinaire dans l'epilepsie.
Encephale, 1926, 21: 206-9.  ------ Le pH et le volume horaire
de  Purine  chez les  epileptiques.   Ibid.,  1927, 22:  297-9.—
Ribeiro Vianna, A.  Do  equilibrio acido-basico na  epilepsia.
Arch, brasil. med., 1930, 20: 150-70, 3 ch.  Also Rev. sudamer.
med.,  Par.,  1930,  1: 465-75.—Rossier, P.  H., & Mercier, P.
Etudes sur l'equilibre acide-base du sang. Arch, internat. med.
exp.,  Liege, 1930-31, 6: 411-24.—Saunders,  A. M.   Fluctua-
tion in the  hydrogen-ion concentration of  saliva  in  epilepsy.
Tr. Chicago Path. Soc,  1928, 13: 65.—Selbach, H. Ueber
intravenose  pB-Messungen  im experimentellen epileptischen
Anfall (durch Cardiazol)  Zschr.  ges.  Neur. Psychiat.,  1937,
160: 334-45— Shaw, E. B.,  & Moriarty, M.  Hypoglycemia
and acidosis in fasting children with idiopathic epilepsy.  Am.
J. Dis. Child.,  1924, 28: 553-67.—Teglbjajrg, S.  [Importance
of water metabolism for epileptic attack]  Ugeskr. laeger,  1931,
93:  754-7.—Torres Lopez,  A.  J.  Las perturbaciones del
equilibrio acido-basico y  su  relacion con la  epilepsia.  Arch.
neurob.,  Madr.,  1930,  10:  95-113.   Also Medicina,  Mex.,
1929-30, 10: 247-58.—Vitek, J.   [Study of  the  problem  of
acid-base equilibrium in epilepsy]   Sborn. lek., 1930,  32: 133-
61.—Vollmer, H.   Ueber  die Storung  des  Saurebasengleich-
gewichtes bei  genuiner  Epilepsie.  Klin. Wschr.,   1925,   4:
1508-12.

----   affective [Bratz-Leubuscher]

   See also Epilepsy, Seizure: Variants.
   Bakar. E. Crise epileptique et  syncopale,  due a l'emotivite
du sujet au cours d'une tentative de creation de pneumothorax.
Arch, internat.  neur., Par., 1936, 55: 548-50.—Carp, E. A.  D. E.
[Affective epileptic attacks and their psycho-biological explana-
tion]   Ned.  tschr. geneesk., 1928, 72: pt 2, 4004-10.—Faraone,
A.  Epilessia affettiva di Bratz. Gior. med. mil., 1936, 84: 660-
3.—Guttmann, E.   Die  Affektepilepsie; Beitrag  zur Patho-
genese affektepileptischer Anfalle.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat.,
1929,  119: 377-480.—Krisch, H.  Kritisches iiber die Affekt-
epilepsie (Bratz), die psychasthenischen Krampfe (Oppenheim)
und den  epileptischen Charakter.   Arch. Psychiat., Berl.,  1926,
77: 547-54.—Notkin, J.  Affectepilepsy and hysteroepilepsy, a
study of  convulsive states in psychopaths.  J. Nerv. Ment. Dis.,
1930, 72: 135; 266.  Also repr.—Salmon, A.  Le crisi epilettiche
d'origine emotiva.  Studium,  Nap., 1937, 27: 193-9.—Spring-
lova,  M.  [A case of poriomania in emotional epilepsy]  Cas.
lek. 6esk., 1924, 63: 552-4.

----   akinetic.

   See also Cataplexy; Epilepsy, Seizure:  Variants.
   Hunt, J.  R.   Static seizures in  epilepsy, a type of epileptic
paroxysm characterized by  sudden loss of postural control.
Tr. Ass.  Am. Physicians, 1924, 39: 326-34.  Also Rev. neur.,
Par.,  1924, 31: pt 2, 201-8.—Sanchez Elia, R., & Hanon, J.  L.
Epilepsia estatica de Ramsav Hunt.   Rev. As. med. argent.,
1935,  49:  1470-4.—Wilson, S.  A. K.  Inhibitory   epilepsv.
J. Neur. Psychopath., Brist.,  1927-28, 8: 332-9.

----   alcoholic.

   See also Epilepsy, toxemic.
   Kiiffner,  W.  Epilepsie  und Alkohol.  Zschr. ges.  Neur.
Psychiat., 1927,  111:  145-58.—Marchand, L.  Rapports  de
l'alcoolisme  et de l'epilepsie.   Paris med., 1937, 105:  29-41.—
Ticha-Hor. J.  [Causative role of alcohol on epilepsy]   Cas. lek,
Cesk.,  1928,  67: 826-34.—Tomescu. P.   [Alcoholic  epilepsy]
Romania med., 1929,  7: 23.—Voldemar, U.  Epilessia  da
genitori alcoolisti.   Med.  nuova, 1933, 24:  179-96.

----   allergic.

   See also Allergy, cerebral; Epilepsy, toxemic.
   Atopy as  a  cause of  epilepsy.  Lancet,  Lond.,   1934,   2:
1234.—Clarke,  T.  W.   Epilepsy of allergic origin.  N.  York
State J. M., 1934, 34: 647-51.—Claude, H., & Montassut, M.
Epilepsie et choc  anaphylactique.   Encephale, 1927,  22:
533-8.—Clein,  N. W. Epilepsy  of allergic origin.  Northwest
M., 1937, 36: 378-81 .—Cohen, M. B., & Lichtig, H.  A.  Pro-
tein sensitization and epilepsy.  Ohio M. J.,  1924, 20: 571.—
Eastlake, C.   Allergic  epilepsy;  an  unusual  familial  type.
Colorado M., 1925, 22: 353-5.—Forman, J.  Atopy as a cause
of epilepsy.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1934, 32: 517-22.—
Klein, J.  Allergic epilepsy.  J. Pediat., S.  Louis,  1933,  3:
505-8— McCready, E. B., & Ray,  H. M.  Allergy as a factor
in the etiology of idiopathic epilepsy; preliminary contribution.
Med.   J.  &  Rec,  1924,  120: p.  cxvii-cxix.—Marchand,  L,
Choc  anaphylactique, choc colloidoclasique et epilepsie.   Ann
m6d.  psychoi.,  Par., 1927, 85: pt 2, 346-60.—Miller. J.  L.
Evidence that  idiopathic epilepsy is  a sensitization disease.
Am. J. M. Sc,  1924, 168: 635-41—Pellacani, G.  Epilessia e
anafilassi.  Riv. sper. freniat., 1927-28, 51: 520-70.—Pleasants-
H., jr.  Epilepsy of allergic origin, with report of a  case.  Med-
World,  1935, 53: 776-8.—Roddis, L. H.  Epilepsy  as a protein
sensitization disease.   U. S. Nav.  M. Bull.,  1925, 22:  15-8.
------   The food  history and protein  sensitization tests in
epilepsy.   Ibid.,  1926, 24:  553-6.—Segre,  S.   Parallelismi
umorali tra epilessia e stati allergici.  Riv. pat. nerv., 1937, 50:
504-19.-—Spangler, R. H.   Allergy  and  epilepsy; analysis of
100  cases.   J.  Lab. Clin.  M.,  1927-28,  13:  41-58.   ------
Some allergic factors in essential epilepsy.  J. Allergy, 1931, 3:
39-50.—Szauter, B.  [Epilepsy and the eosinophils]  Budapesti
orv. ujs., 1934, 32: 943.—Waldbott, G. L.  Allergy as a  cause
of epileptiform convulsions.  Arch.  Neur. Psychiat.,  Chic,
1930, 23: 361-4.—Ward, J. F., & Patterson, H. A.  Protein
sensitization in epilepsy; a preliminary  report.  State Hosp.
Q., 1924-25, 10:  429-44.   ------   Protein  sensitization in
epilepsy; a  study of 1,000 cases and 100 normal controls.  Arch.
Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1927, 17: 427-43.

----  arteriosclerotic.

   See   also   Epilepsy,  Pathogenesis:   Vascular
factors.
   Elliott, A. R.  Epilepsia  tarda—convulsive cerebral crises in
high  blood pressure  and   arteriosclerosis.  Med.  Clin. N.
America, 1934, 17: 1469-81.—Gordon, A.  Epilepsy and ar-
teriosclerosis.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1935, 33:  1376.
Also Virginia M. Month., 1935-36, 62: 452-5.

----  Aura, and prodrome.
   Alford,  L. B.   A  consideration  of the nature of aurae.
Arch. Neur. Psychiat.,  Chic,  1920,  3: 124-9.  Also  repr.
Also  Bull.  Massachussetts Dep.  Ment.  Dis., 1920-21, 4:
No.  3-4, 40-6.—Bornstein, W.  Beobachtungen an  einem
Gehirnverletzten.   Mschr.  Psychiat.,  1928,  67:  216-22 —
Briand  M., & Costedoat.   Aura  epileptique  anormalement
prolongee.  Bull. Soc. clin. med. ment., Par., 1924, 12: 155-8.—
C, E. A.  The aurae of epilepsy.  S. Barth.  Hosp. J., Lond.,
1928-29, 36: 102-5.—Courbon & Magnand. Crises d'epilepsie
a aura hysteriforme?   Bull. Soc. clin. med. ment., Par.,  1927,
15:  63-7.—Herrmann, G.   Lokaldiagnostische Betrachtung
iiber eine akustische Aura (Erf ah rung bei der Lokaldiagnose
eines Projektils im  Schadel)   Med. Klin.,  Berl., 1924, 20:
378.—Hoff, H., &  Hoffmann, T.  Beitrag zur Genese der epi-
leptischen  Aura.   Zschr.  ges. Neur. Psychiat.,  1929,  121:
763-9.  Also Med.  Klin., Berl., 1930,  26:  1187—Josepho-
witsch, A. B.  Ueber die viscerale epileptische Aura (zur Frage
der kortikalen  Lokalisation des Durstgefiihls)  Deut. Zschr.
Nervenh.,  1931, 123: 43-53.—Khoroshko,  V. K.   [Increase of
blood coagulation before an epileptic attack as a clinical factor]
J. nevropat. psikhiat.. Moskva, 1925, 18:  59-70.—Lennox,
W. G.,  & Cobb, S.  Aura in epilepsy; a statistical review of
1,359 cases.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1933,  30: 374-87.
Also repr.—Levin, M.  The dreamy state as an epileptic aura,
with remarks on the occurrence of elaborate mental states at
the beginning of epileptic fits.  J. Neur. Psychopath., Lond.,
1934-35, 15: 289-96.—MacCurdy,  J. T.   Diagnostic signi-
ficance  of  sensory aurae in epilepsy.  Brit. J. M.  Psychol.,
1930, 10: 34-45.—Marchand,  L., & Ajuriaguerra, J.   Crise
d'epilepsie a aura douloureuse.  Ann. med. psychoi., Par.,  1939,
97:  794-6.—Marcus,  H.   Epilepsie mit Geschmacksaura.
Zschr. ges.  Neur.  Psychiat., 1933-34, 149: 711-22.—Potzl, O.
Ueber einige Beziehungen der traumhaften epileptischen Aura.
Wien. med. Wschr., 1933, 83: 465-8.—Selander, P. [Epilepsy
with hemianopsia]  Sven. lak. tidn., 1937,  34: 345-9.—Worster-
Drought, C.  Epilepsy with hemianopia;  case for diagnosis.
Proc R. Soc. M., Lond., 1927-28, 21: sect, neur., 13.—Wyllie,
W. G.  Epilepsy with hemianopia.  Ibid., 11.

----  autonomic.

   See  Epilepsy, periventricular.

----  Blood.

   See  also Epilepsy, Seizure: Physiopathology.
   Alvarez  de Toledo, R.   Investigaciones hematol6gicas en
los_ epiiepticos.   Siglo  med., 1919,  66: 641; 671;  692; 718.—
Chiola,  G.   Ricerche sulla coagulazione  del sangue  negli
epilettici.  Gior. psichiat., 1925, 53: 17-32.—Davydov, I. N., &
Titov, S. N.  Changes of  leucocyte number in blood under
experimental epilepsy.  Bull. biol. med.  exp. URSS, 1938-39,
6: 661-3.—Durando, P.  La velocita di  sedimentazione dei
globuli rossi e la reazione di Costa nell'epilessia.  Rass.  stud.
psichiat., 1932, 21: 1110-33.  ------ La formula di Arneth
negli epilettici.   Note psichiat., Pesaro, 1934, 63: 41-60.—
Fuchs, A.  Untersuchungen iiber das qualitative weisse  Blut-
bild (Arneth) und iiber  die leukocytaren  Reaktionen bei ge-
nuiner Epilepsie.    Zschr.  ges.  Neur.  Psychiat.,  1926, 106:
214-41— Hodskins, M. B., Guthrie. R. H., & Naurison, J. Z.
Studies  in  the blood volume of epileptics.  Am. J. Psychiat.,
1932, 11: 623-46.—Jansen, E.  [Morphological blood examina-
tion in affections  with the epileptic symptom complex]  Psy-
chiat. neur. bl., Amst, 1938, 42: 343-9.—Matzke, D.   The
idiopathic leukocytosis of epilepsy; better understanding of the
pathology  is the  road to more successful treatment.   Am.
Physician,  1924,  29:  231-5.—Ostmann.   Konstante  Grund-
werte im intervallaren Blutbild  genuiner  Epileptiker,  Allg. 
EPILEPSY
393
EPILEPSY
Zschr. Psychiat., 1933, 99: 42-50.—Patterson, H. A., & Wein-
grow, S. M.   Coagulation  and  bleeding  time in epilepsy.
Psychiat. Q., 1928, 2: 322-32.  ------   Some observations
on the leukocyte count in epilepsy.   Arch. Neur. Psychiat.,
Chic, 1929, 21: 412-7.  ------ Variations in the blood picture
of epileptics.   Psychiat. Q.,  1931, 5:  646-8.—Vieten.  Unter-
suchungen  iiber  die  Blutkorperchensenkungsreaktion  bei
Epileptikern.   Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1930, 32: 51.

----   Blood chemistry.

   See  also  subheadings (Metabolism;  Pathoge-
nesis;  Serology)
   Brown, M.t & Paskind, H. A.  A review of physico-chemical
studies in epilepsy.  Am.  J. Psychiat., 1936-37, 93: 1009-24.—
De Mennato, M. Su alcune costanti  chimicofisiche del sangue
nella epilessia.  Riv. sper. freniat., 1934, 58: 737.—Ellis, M. M..
Neal, M. P., & Frazer, T. R.  Guanidine content of blood from
epileptics.  Proc Soc. Exp.  Biol., N. Y., 1930-31, 28: 553.—
Fletcher, R. T., & Peden, O. D.  A note on the blood chemistry
in epilepsy.  Lancet,  Lond., 1935, 1: 1382-4.—Hopkins,  H.
Chemical studies in the  epileptic syndrome; nocturnal and
diurnal  rhythm in blood chemistry.   Am. J.  Psychiat.,  1935,
92: 75-88.—Lennox, W. G.  Studies in epilepsy; the  fibrin
content of the  blood.   Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic,  1928,
20: 345-53.—Luck, J. M., Thacker,  G., & Marrack, J.  Am-
monia in the blood of epileptics.  Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1925-26,
6: 276-9.—Meyer, M.   Ueber kolloidchemische Untersuchun-
gen des Blutserums zur  Pathophysiologie des epileptischen
Krampfanfalls.  Deut. Zschr.  Nervenh.,  1926,  89: 118-25.—
Meyer,  O. B.  Untersuchungen  an menschlichem Serum, be-
sonders an Epileptikerserum,  mit der Gefasstreifenmethode.
Zschr. Biol., 1924-25, 82: 417-34.—Osnato, M-, Killian, J. A.
[et al.]  Comparative chemical studies of  the blood and spinal
fluid in epilepsy.  Brain, Lond., 1927, 50: 581-600.—Parhon,
C. I., & Werner, G.  Recherches biochimiques sur le sang des
epileptiques.  Rev. neur., Par., 1935,  42: pt 2, 492-4.—Suttel,
G., & Arsac, A. Recherches sur  quelques proprietes du serum
des epileptiques.  Ibid., 1924, 31: pt 2,  165-9.—Vitello, A.
La glutationemia negli epilettici.  Osp. psichiat., Nap.,  1934,
2: 97-110.—Waschetko & Seletzky.   Einige Daten betreffend
die physikalisch-chemischen Umanderungen des  Blutes  bei
experimenteller  Epilepsie.   Arch. Psychiat.,  Berl., 1927, 82:
232-4.

----  Blood pressure.
   See also Epilepsy, Seizure:  PhysiopatholoKy.
   Dimitri, V.  La presion arterial y raquidea en los epilepticos.
Sem.  med., B. Air., 1929, 36: 181-7.—Lichtenstein, E.  Ein
Beitrag zur Frage der Beziehungen  zwischen Blutdruck und
epileptischem Anfall.   Miinch. med.  Wschr.,  1928, 75:  471 —
Robinovitch,  L. G.  Pression sanguine generale et  cerebrale
dans l'epilepsie electrique.  C. rend. Congr. alien, neur. France
(1907) 1908,  17. Congr., 200-2.—Saunders, A. M. P.  The
lability of  the diastolic  blood pressure in epilepsy.  Illinois
M. J., 1929, 56: 108.

----  Brain disease.
   See  also  Brain,  Diseases; Brain abscess;  Epi-
lepsy, Pathology; Epilepsy, traumatic; also proper
names of diseases of the  central  nervous  system
as Arachnoid, Inflammation; Encephalitis;  Hy-
drocephalus; Meningitis;  Neurosyphilis; &c.
   Burkert,  K.   *Asymmetrien  des Ventrikel-
systems  bei  Epileptikern.   23p.   8?   Greifsw.,
1936.
   Balthazard & Szumlanski.  Un cas d'epilepsie, par compres-
sion du lobe frontal decouverts a l'autopsie.  Paris med., 1930,
77: 451-3.—Bateman, J. F.  Cerebral frontal agenesis in asso-
ciation  with  epilepsy.   Arch. Neur. Psychiat.,  Chic,  1936,
36: 578-85.—Block, E.  B.    The relation  of  organic  brain
disease to epilepsy.  Ann. Int.  M., 1928, 2: 531-41.— Braun, F.
Ueber organische Hirnkrampfe.   Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1938,
68:  1069-75.—Crochet,  R.   L'epilepsie  postencephalitique.
Rev.  neur., Par., 1935, 42:  pt 2, 491.—Dandy, W.  E.  Epi-
lepsy;  brain  abscess.   Proc.  Interst. Postgrad.  M. Ass. N.
America (1927)  1928, 3:  241-4.—Delia Torre, P. L.  Epilessia
a tipo essenziale generalizzato in un  caso di ectasia ampollare
del seno longitudinale superiore (zona delle circonvoluzioni
centrali)  Arch.  ital.  chir., 1929-30, 25:  157-79—Feucht-
wanger, E.  Zum Problem der Zuordnung cerebral-epileptischer
Erscheinungen   zum  Hirndefekt.   Klin.  Wschr.,  1924,  3:
828-31.—Franke-Stehmann, W.   Verkalkungsherde im  Ront-
genbilde bei  Epileptikern.  Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1932,  96:
634-42.—Gelbardowna, A.  [Long duration of  manifestations
of brain stem dissociation in a case of epilepsy; post-operative
findings of  adhesions in  the meninges of the left hemisphere;
sequel of an  abscess, operated  4 years previously]   Neur.
polska, 1939,  22: 234.—Geyelin,  H. R.. & Penfield, W.  Cere-
bral calcification  epilepsy;  endarteritis  calcificans  cerebri.
Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1929, 21: 1020-43.—Gordon,  A.
A pathological state of the choroid plexuses in so-called essential
epilepsy.   J.  Nerv. Ment.  Dis., 1928,  67: 445-8.—Heydt,
von der.  Intracerebrale Verkalkungen bei Epilepsie.  Zschr.
ges. Neur.  Psychiat.,  1938,  161: 357.—Jansen, J., Kornyey,
S., & Saethre, H.  Hirnbefund bei  einem Fall mit epilepti-
formen  Anfallen und  corticalen  Herdsymptomen.   Arch.
Psychiat., Berl.,  1936,  105:  21-39.—Krecke, A.   Epilepsie
infolge Zystenbildung nach einer vor 20 Jahren vorgenommenen
Gliomoperation.   In his Beitr. prakt. Chir., Miinch., 1934,
121.—Leef, E.  Epilepsy associated with brain  calcifications;
a case report.  Radiology, 1936, 27:  370.—Morgan, L. O., &
Johnson, C. A.  Symptoms resembling epilepsy following ex-
perimental lesions in brain of the dog.  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol.,
N. Y., 1927-28,  25: 442-4.—Naef, E.  Post-encephalitic epi-
lepsy, with a report of 2 cases in childhood.  N.  Orleans M. &
S. J., 1931, 84:  124-9.—Reichert, F. L.  Epilepsy due to an
arteriovenous aneurysm of the brain.   Surg. Clin. N. America,
1930, 10: 1141-50.—Robertson, E. G.  Epilepsy as a symptom
of organic lesions of the brain.  Med. J.  Australia,  1937, 2:
331-41.—Saethre, H.  Hirnbefunde eines Falles mit epilepti-
formen Anfallen  und kortikalen Herdsymptomen.  Acta path.
microb.  scand.,  1936, Suppl. 26,  153.—Sjogren,  V.  H.  Du
syndrome accompagnant les lesions du corps hypothalamique
(corpus subthalamicum) de Luys.  Acta psvchiat. neur., Kbh.,
1931, 6: 301-26.—Stauder,  K. H.   Epilepsie und  Schlafen-
lappen.   Arch.  Psychiat.,  Berl., 1935-36,  104:  181-212.—
Stubbe Teglbjaerg, H. P.  Organic symptoms from the central
nervous system in so-called genuine epilepsy. Acta psychiat.
neur., Kbh., 1931, 6:  209-12   [Discussion] 257-73.—Swift,
G. W.  The posterior fossa in epilepsy.  J. Nerv.  Ment. Dis.,
1931, 74: 689-707.—Teglbjaerg, S.  [Focal symptom in genuine
epilepsy]  Hospitalstidende. 1930, 73: Neur. Selsk.  Forh., 32.—
Thorpe,  F. T.   Familial  degeneration of the cerebellum in
association with epilepsy; a report of 2 cases, 1 with  pathological
findings. Brain, Lond., 1935, 58: 97-114, pl.—Urechia, C. I., &
Mihalescu, S.   Epilepsie avec plaques seniles; les  rapports
avec l'asystolie.  Rev. neur., Par., 1928, 35: 576-9.—Wimmer,
A.   [Epilepsy with chronic encephalitis epidemica]   Hospitals-
tidende,  1927,  70: 346-56.—Ziskind,  E., & Ziskind, E.  S.
Focal cerebral lesions in relation to hereditary  predisposition
in epilepsy.  Bull. Los Angeles Neur.  Soc,  1938,  3: 21-7.

----   Brain  tumor.

   See  also Brain tumor; Epilepsy, Brain disease.
   Alurralde, M., & Sepich, M. J.  Epilepsia jacksoniana sub-
cortical por gliosis cerebral.  Rev. As. med. argent., 1926, 39:
434-58.  ------ &  Dellepiane Rawson, J.  Epilepsia  jack-
soniana  por un tumor extradenal; operation.  Prensa  med.
argent.,  1924-25,  11:  1166.   Also  Rev.  Soc. argent, neur.,
 1925, 1: 5-14.—Ashurst, A.   Case  of Jacksonian  epilepsy
caused  by brain tumour; successful  removal of the tumour.
Ann. Surg., 1920,  62:  402-6.—Biemond, A.  Epilepsie und
Hirngeschwulst.   Psychiat. neur. bl., Amst., 1932, 36: 162-
8.—Bychowski,  Z.  Tumeur  cranienne  et  attaques d'epi-
lepsie.   Rev. neur., Par., 1929,  36:  pt  2, 734.—Cernich. R.,
Palazon, J. M.,  & Lellis,  J. D. M.  de.  Epilepsia Bravais-
Jacksoniana por tumor cerebral.  Sem. med., B. Air., 1936, 43:
pt 2, 885-8.—Crouzon. O., & Vogt, C. Epilepsie jacksonienne;
tumeur cerebrale visible k la radiographic.  Rev. neur., Par.,
 1926, 33: 333-6.—Gotten, N.  The incidence of brain tumors in
epilepsy as revealed by routine encephalography.  J. Am. M.
Ass., 1931, 96: 1118-21.  Also repr.—Groff, R. A.  The me-
ningioma as a cause of epilepsy.  Ann. Surg., 1935,  101: 167-75.
Also In Surgery  (Ravdin, I. S.) Phila., 1935, 167-75.—Henner,
K.   Tumeur de la region de  la fissure calcarine droite avec
atteinte  maximale  supposee  dans le circonvolution linguale.
Rev. neur., Par., 1933,  40: pt 2, 304.—Heydt,  A.  von der.
Epilepsie und Hirntumor;  zur Differentialdiagnose  und Not-
wendigkeit einer erweiterten Diagnostik im Erbgesundheits-
verfahren.   Oeff.  Gesundhdienst,  1937-38,  3:  A,  373-84.—
Heymann, E.   Langdauernde Epilepsie und Hirngeschwiilste.
Med. Klin., Berl., 1932, 28: 430-2.—Kylin, E., & Kjellin, T.
Fall von Epilepsie kombiniert mit verkalktem intracraniellem
Hamangiom  (Sturge-Webers Syndrom)   Acta med. scand.,
 1936, 88: 107-13.—Laignel-Labastine, Delherm & Fouquet, J.
Epilepsie jacksonienne par angiome cerebral avec naevus frontal.
Rev. neur., Par., 1929, 36: 475-8.—Larue, G.  H., & Samson, M.
Tuberculome et epilepsie.  Bull. Soc. med. hop. Quebec, 1935,
333-6.—Orlando, R., & Kuhn, M. J.  Epilepsia con sintomas
de foco y tumor cerebral sin hipertension.  Arch, argent, neur.,
 1932. 7: 23.  Also Rev. As. med. argent., 1933, 47: 2165-71.—
Overhamm, G.   Jackson-Epilepsie  auf  Grund von  Gehirn-
 metastasen  eines primaren  Schilddriisencarcinoms.   Zschr.
ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1925, 98: 755-62.—Parker, H. L. Epi-
leptiform convulsions;  the  incidence of attacks in cases  of
intracranial tumor.  Arch. Neur.  Psychiat., Chic, 1930, 23:
 1032-41.—Pehu, Dechaume, J., & Boucomont,  J.  Sur un cas
d'epilepsie infantile avec calcifications intra-craniennes (an-
 giome calcifie  des meninges probable)  Lyon med.,  1932, 149:
 249-53.   Also Rev. fr. pediat., 1932, 8: 229.—Spota,  B.  B.
 Sindromo de epilepsia jacksoniana extracortical  por  epitelioma
de los plexos coroides;  neuroepitelioma.   Sem.  med., B. Air.,
 1931, 38:  805-24.—Taylor. E. W.   Jacksonian  attacks and
brain tumor.   J.  Nerv. Ment.  Dis., 1932,  76: 59-64.  Also
 N. England J. M.,  1932, 206: 771-6.—Vasiliu, D.   Tumeurs
 cerebrales et epilepsie.  Rev. chir., Bucur., 1937, 40: 293-315.

 ----   Bravais-Jacksonian.

   See Epilepsy, Jacksonian.

 ----   Brown-Sequard's.

   See Epilepsy, spinal. 
EPILEPSY
394
EPILEPSY
 ----   Cardiovascular system.

    See  also  Epilepsy,  periventricular:  Vasovagal
 attacks;  Hcartblock.
    Gay, G. H.  *De l'epilepsie cardiaque.  78p.  8?
 Par.,  1930.
    Balabane, J. M.   Contribution a l'etude de l'epilepsie dite
 cardiaque (reflexe oculo-cardiaque en qualite de provocateur
 d'une crise convulsive)  Rev.  neur., Par., 1935, 42: pt 2, 976-
 81.—Brahn, A. M.   Kapillarmikroskopische Untersuchungen
 bei genuiner Epilepsie.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1929, 55: 183.—
 Eufingcr, H., & Molz, H. Ueber das Auftreten eines Pardee-Q
 im  epileptischen  Anfall.  Klin.  Wschr.,  1934,   13:  1177.—
 Euziere, Lafon [et al.]  Morphologie et dynamie des vaisseaux
 capillaires peripheriques chez  les epileptiques.  Arch.  Soc. sc.
 med. biol. Montpellier, 1939, 20: 147.—Euziere, P., Pages, P.,
 & Marchand.  Rythme de retrecissement mitral episodique au
 cours de 4 cas d'epilepsie.   Bull. Soc.  sc. med.  biol.  Mont-
 pellier, 1925-26, 7: 120-4.—Fattovich, G.  Osservazioni capil-
 laroseopiche negli epilettici.  Note psichiat., Pesaro, 1931, 60:
 47; 1937, 66: 49.  ———- Contributo anatomo-patologico alio
 studio  dei  rapporti  tra  epilessia e  cardiopatie.   Riv.  sper.
 freniat.,  1939,  63:  349-60.—Hirsch, E.  Halbseitenerschei-
 nungen des Kapillarbildes bei  einer Epilepsie.   Med. Klin.,
 Berl., 1925, 21: 48-50.—Marchand, L. De l'epilepsie cardiaque.
 Paris med., 1926, 61:  307-11.—Marthinsen, R.   Einige Ge-
 fiissreaktionen  bei Epileptikern.  Acta  psychiat.  neur., Kbh.,
 1935,  10:  385-90.—Neubiirger.  Ueber Herzmuskelveriinde-
 rungen bei Epileptikern.   Verh. Deut. path.  Ges.,  1928, 23:
 487-91  [Discussionl  495.  ------  Ueber die  Herzmuskel-
 veranderungen  bei Epileptikern  und ihre Beziehungen zur
 Angina pectoris.  Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1933,  46: 14-42.—
 Olmer. D.,  Berthier, J., & Olmer, J.  Epilepsie et cardiopathie.
 Bull. Soc.  med. hop.  Paris, 1930, 3. ser., 46: 1750-3.—Padila,
 T.,  & Cossio, P.  Epilepsia de  origen cardiaco por deteneion
 total del corazon.  Sem. med.,  B. Air., 1930, 37: pt 2, 1013-7.—
 Riser, Planques & Petel.  Sur la  pathogenie  de l'epilepsie
 cardiaque.  Bull. Soc. med.  hop.  Paris,  1936,  3. ser., 52:
 1242-8.—Urechia, C. I.  Deux  nouveaux cas d'epilepsie car-
 diaque.  Arch,  internat. neur., Par., 1936, 55: p. iii-vi.  ------
 Sur un autre cas d'epilepsie cardiaque.  Ibid., 1937, 56: 33-6.
 ------ &  Retezeanu.  Epilepsie cardiaque.  Bull. Soc.  med.
 hop. Paris, 1934, 3.  ser., 50: 960-2.  ------   Epilepsie et
 cardiopathie, epilepsie cardiaque, apr6s une infection puerperale,
 ou apres la scarlatine.  Bull.  Acad.  med. Roumanie,  1938, 3:
 412-7.—Veil, P., & Duguet, J.  Observation d'un epileptique
 cardiaque  dont le cceur boitait  sur 3 rythmes  dont 2 ventri-
 culaires autonomes.  Quest, med. actual., Par., 1933, 3: No. 6,
 5-18.

 ----   Cause.

    See   also   Epilepsy   subheadings   (alcoholic;
 allergic,  &c.)  also  names of  primary  diseases as
 Influenza;  Malaria; Rabies, &c.
    Ramos, A. J.   *Etiologia da epilepsia.   61p.
 8?   Lisb., 1880.
    Schricker,  E.   *Ursachen und Pathogenese
 epileptischer Anfalle.  51p.   8?  Erlangen, 1937.
    Sepke, G.   *Zur Aetiologie und Symptomato-
 logie der genuinen  Epilepsie.   23p.    8?   Kiel,
 1926.
   Abadie,  J.   Conceptions  etiologiques  modernes  sur les
 epilepsies.   Rev. neur., Par., 1932, 39:  pt 2, 1048-138.  Also
 Arch. Neur.  Psychiat.,  Chic,  1934,  31:  1320-4.------
 Etiologie generale de  l'epilepsie commune.  Presse med., 1935,
 43:  1452.   Also Rass.  internaz. clin. ter., 1935, 16:  1138.  Also
 Rev. neur., Par., 1935, 42: pt 2, 461-6.—Agiiero Correa, G.
 Contribucion al estudio de la  etiologia y patogenia de la epi-
 lepsia.  Rev.  crim.,  B. Air., 1932,  19: 714-25.—Areta, T.
 Epilepsia;  ideas sobre su etiologia, patogenia y  tratamiento.
 Sem. med., B.  Air.,  1936,  43: 1782-98.—Ashbaugh, R. A.
 Epilepsy; a preliminary report of a new idea concerning the
 cause and  treatment.  Illinois  M.  J.,  1928, 54:  129-34.—
 Babonneix,  L.   Etiologie genlrale de  l'epilepsie essentielle.
 Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1939, 3. ser.,  121: 596-603.—Bernardi,
 R.   Su le cause dell'accesso epilettico.  Rass.  stud, psichiat.,
 1931, 20:  532-42.—Binder,  H.   Kausale  und verstandliche
 Zusammenhange  in   der  Epilepsie.  Schweiz. Arch. Neur.
 Psychiat., 1926, 19: 242-73.—Buscaino, V.  M.  Zum Kapitel
 der biopathischen Epilepsie.  Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1930, 32:
 45-51.  ------  Etiologie speciale de l'epilepsie.  Rev. neur.,
 Par., 1935, 42: pt 2, 466-8. Also Osp. psichiat., Nap.,  1936, 4:
 1-159.—Carlisle, C. L.  The etiology of idiopathic (nonorganic)
 epilepsy.  U. S. Veterans Bur. M. Bull., 1929, 5: 161-73.—
 Cobb, S.  Causes of epilepsy.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic,
 1932, 27: 1245-63.—Comby, G. Cause e prognosi dell'epilessia
 infantile.  Rinasc  med., 1934, 11: 686.  ------   Les  origines
 de l'epilepsie.  Bull, med., Par.,  1936, 50: 699-701.—Dusi, E.
 Comparsa di convulsioni  epilettiche in  lussata  d'anca in II»
posizione.   Arch, ortop., Milano,  1936, 52: 269-79.—Fattovich,
G.   Sull'etiologia  dell'epilessia  giovanile.    Note psichiat.,
Pesaro,  1929,  3.  ser.,  17: 249-54.—Gelbard,  A.   [Epileptic
 attacks in chorea]  Polska gaz.  lek., 1936, 15: 829-31— Harten-
 berg, P.   Les  causes  du reflexe epileptique.  Rev. gen.  clin.
 ther., 1936, 50: 597-600.—Heuyer, G., Vogt, C, & Nicolas, M.
 Etiologie des epilepsies infantiles.  Rev. neur., Par.,  1935, 42:
 pt 2, 486-90.—Juarros, C.  Los orfgenes de la epilepsia genuina.
 Siglo med.,  1924, 74: 29; 63; 92.—Kehrer,  F.   Ueber den
 Urnaehenkreis der Epilepsien.  Jahrkurs. arztl. 1'ortbild., 1935,
 26: H. 5, 44-63.—Kopeloff, N., Lonergan, M. P.,  & Beerman,
 P.  L. acidophilus in epilepsy. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y.,
 1925-26, 23: 25.—Korbsch, H.  Die symptomatische Epilepsie.
 Med. Novit., Lpz.,  1937, 46: 72.—Laruelle.  R6sultats d'une
 enquete 6tiologique sur 375 cas d'epilepsie.  Bruxelles med.,
 1935-30, 16: 735.—Lennox, W. G.  The multiple causes  of
 seizures in the individual epileptic patient.  N. England J. M.,
 1933, 209: 386-9.—Leontieva, M. A.. & Pratussevich, R. N.
 [Etiology of  epilepsy in children]  Sovet. psikhonevr., 1933, 9:
 124-31.—Lewy, F. H.  Neuere Gesichtspunkte zur Epilepsie-
 frage.  Med.  Welt,  1930, 4:  15-7.—Marie, P.  Quelques con-
 siderations sur l'etiologie et sur le traitement de l'epilepsie.
 Presse med., 1928, 36: 81-3.—Mauz, F.  Zur Frage der funk-
 tionellen Epilepsie.    Deut.  med.  Wschr., 1930,   56:  825.—
 Meerloo, A.  M.   On abstention  epilepsy.   Acta psychiat.
 neur., Kbh.,  1936, 11: 127-34.—Ney, K. W.  Epilepsy; a con-
 sideration of causative factors.   Hahneman. Month., 1939, 74:
 357-73, 4 pl.—Notkin, J. Epileptic manifestations in the group
 of  schizophrenic and  manic depressive  psychoses.  J. Nerv.
 Ment. Dis., 1929,  69:  494-521.—Paterson, D.,  & Bray, G. W.
 Infections  as a source of recurrent  epileptiform   seizures in
 children. Arch. Dis. Childh., Lond., 1929, 4: 138-41.—Pruvost,
 P., Halpern,  E„ & Meyer, A.  Injection intralaryngo-tracheale
 de lipiodol suivie d'epilepsie rapidement mortelle. Rev. tuberc,
 Par., 1933, 4. ser., 1: 713-9.—Rabinovich, V. J.  [Etiology of
 epilepsy]  Nevropat.  psikhiat., 1936,  5:  909-45.—Sanchis
 Banus, J.  Etiologia y patogenia de la epilepsia.  Arch, med.,
 Madr., 1930, 32: 269-75.  Also Dia med., B. Air.,  1930-31, 3:
 417.—Schreck,  E.  Ueber das  zahlenmassige  Verhaltnis der
 symptomatischen  zur  genuinen Epilepsie.  Mschr. Kinderh.,
 1937,  68: 101-5.—Shanahan, W. T.  Epilepsies; etiology and
 symptomatology.  N.  York State J. M., 1930,  30:  1359-64 —
 Smith, W. A.   Epilepsy; remarks on  the cause.  J.  M. Ass.
 Georgia, 1929, 18: 117-21.—Strauss,  E.  B.  Cortical  epilepsy
 of obscure aetiology.   Proc. R.  Soc. M.,  Lond., 1927-28, 21:
 sect,  neur., 14.—Thurzo, J.   [Epilepsy as symptom of variou b
 constitutional disturbances]   Orv. hetil.,  1929, 73:  565;  598.—
 Weisenberg,  T. H.  The  extra-cerebral causes  of epilepsy.
 Ann. Int. M.,  1928, 2: 104-7.—Zilocchi, A.  Problemi e fatti
 nell'epilessia.  Note  psichiat., Pesaro, 1931, 60: 231-51.

 ----   Cause:  Parasites.

   See  also  Ascariasis;   Brain,   Cysticercosis;
 Cysticercosis;  Epilepsy—in  animals; Helminthi-
 asis.
   Alexander, A. J. P.  Epilepsy and cysticercosis.  Brit. M.
 J.,  1937, 1: 966.—Cysticercosis as a cause of epilepsv.  Ibid.,
 1934, 2: 16.—Dixon, H. B. F., & Smithers, D. W.  Epilepsy in
 cysticercosis (Taenia solium) a study of 71 cases.  Q. J. Med.,
 Lond., 1934, n. ser., 3: 603-16, 3 pl.—Edgar, W. H.   Report on
 a case of epilepsy due to infection by the Schistosomum japoni-
 cum.   J. R.  Nav. M. Serv., 1936, 22:  150-3.—Hofmann, E.
 Askaris-Infektion  und der epileptische  Symptomenkomplex.
 Mschr. Psychiat.,  1934-35, 90: 253-64, tab.  ------  Unter-
 suchungen iiber den Ausfall der Abderhalden-Reaktion gegen
 Askarideneiweiss  bei  Epilepsie; vorlaufige  Mitteilung.   J.
 Psychol. Neur., Lpz., 1928,  37: 428-31.— Kalitovski,  E. F.
 [Connection between epilepsy  and intestinal worms]  Vrach.
 gaz.,  1927, 31:  502.—Kasakow, P. T.  Epileptiforme Krampfe
 Erwachsener  durch Darmparasitenabtreibung geheilt.  Mschr.
 Psychiat., 1937, 95: 358.—MacArthur, W. P.  Cysticercosis as
 a cause of epilepsy in man.  Tr. R. Soc. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond.,
 1933, 26: 525-8, pl.  Also Clin. J., Lond., 1934, 63: 133-8, 2
 pl-—Mayer, R. M.  Botriocephalus latus als exogener Faktor
 der Epilepsie im  Sinne des Erbgesundheitsgesetzes.   Med.
 Welt,  1936, 10:  1453.—Pagniez, P., & Plichet, A.  Considera-
 tions sur l'epilepsie parasitaire.  Presse med., 1938, 46: 937-9.—
 Schaeffer, H.  Un cas d'epilepsie parasitaire chez I'homme.
 Paris med., 1938, 110:  231-3.

 ----   Cerebrospinal fluid.

   See also subheadings Pathogenesis; Seizure.
   Altenburger, H., &  Stern, F. Der Gehalt des Epileptiker-
liquors an Hypophysenhinterlappensekret.  Zschr.  ges.  Neur.
Psychiat., 1928, 112: 691-710.—Bettinardi, G., & Macchi, A.
Sul comportamento dello diastasi nei liquido cefalorachidiano
di bambini  epilettici.  Pediatria  (Riv.)  1936, 44:  7-17 —
Cabitto, L., & Durando, P. II liquido cefalo-rachidiano nell'epi-
plessia.  Rass. stud,  psichiat., 1932, 21: 525-46.—Cagliero, S.
L'esame del liquor  nell'epilessia.  Cervello, 1935, 15: 137-49 —
Clivio, C.  Variazioni del liquido cefalo-rachidiano nell'epilessia.
Riv.  sper.  freniat.,  1929-30, 53:  149-89.—Courtois,  A.,  &
Pichard, H.  Modifications du liquide cephalo-rachidien chez un
epileptique alcoolique.  Bull. Soc. clin. med. ment., Par., 1930,
18: 10-2.—Dalma, G.   In tema di alterazioni dinamiche  e
qualitative del liquor negli epilettici.  Riv. sper. freniat., 1930-
31, 54: 94-108.—Empey, L. W., Patterson, H. A., & McQuarrie,
I.  The pH and the CO2 content of cerebrospinal fluid in epi-
lepsy.   Proc.  Soc. Exp. Biol.,  N. Y.,  1932,  29:  1003-6 —
Gaupp, R., jr.  Ueber  den Liquor bei der genuinen Epilepsie.
Nervenarzt, 1938, 11:297-300.------  Pathologische Liquor-
befunde bei genuiner Epilepsie.  Zschr. ges. Neur.  Psychiat., 
EPILEPSY
395
EPILEPSY
1938, 161: 356.—Kulkow, A. E.   Der Liquor cerebrospinalis
bei der genuinen Epilepsie.  Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1929, 88:
114-25.—Lennox, W. G., & Allen, M. B.  Studies in epilepsy;
the sugar content of the spinal fluid.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat.,
Chic, 1930, 23: 521-4.  Also repr.—Lennox, W. G., & Merritt,
H. H.  The cerebrospinal fluid in essential epilepsy.   J. Neur.
Psychopath.,  Lond.,  1936-37,  17:  97-106.—Macchi, A., &
Bettinardi,  G.  La diastasi nei  liquidi  cefalorachidiano di
bambini epilettici.  Med. ital., 1935, 16: 386.—Marchand, L.,
Picard, J., &  Courtois, A.   Examen de 100 liquides  cephalo-
rachidiens d'epileptiques.  Ann. med. psychoi., Par., 1929, 87:
420-7.—Neel. A. V.  Cell count and protein content of the
spinal fluid in epilepsy.  Acta psychiat. neur., Kbh.,  1931, 6:
221-9  [Discussion] 257-73.—Papadato, L.  Modification des
proprietes  biologiques du liquide cephalo-rachidien  chez les
epileptiques.  Acta  med. scand., 1937, 91: 306-19.—Patterson,
H. A., & Levi, P.  The spinal fluid in epilepsy;  a  study  of 50
cases.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1926,  15: 353-64.  Also
repr.—Prados y  Such, M., & Santos Gutierrez, A.  El cociente
hemorraquideo del calcio en la epilepsia esencial.  Arch, neurob.,
Madr., 1930, 10: 158-62.—Sacristan, J. M., &  Salas, J.  La
relaci6n de las proteinas del liquido cefaloraquideo en la epilepsia
esencial, segun el metodo de Kafka-Samson. Ibid., 163-72.—
Salmon, A.  Le modificazioni quantitative e qualitative del
liquido cefalo-rachidiano negli epilettici.   Riv.  sper. freniat.,
1927-28. 51: 426-44.—Stubbe Teglbjaerg, H. P.  Examination
of spinal fluid in epilepsy.  Acta psychiat. neur.. Kbh.. 1933. 8:
637-45.

----   Cerebrospinal fluid; Blood-brain barrier.

   Katzenelbogen, S.  The  permeability  of the hemato-ence-
phalic barrier in epilepsy, as determined bv Walter's bromide
test. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1932, 75: 144-8.—Prados y Such, M.
Untersuchungen iiber Epilepsie; die Bluthirnschranke und der
experimentelle Krampfanfall; vorlaufige  Mitteilung.  Arch.
Psychiat.,  Berl.. 1936,  105:  17-20—Schjott, A.  The sugar
curve in the cerebrospinal fluid  after oral administration of
glucose. Acta psychiat. neur., Kbh., 1931, 6: 247  [Discussion]
257-73.—Zeitlin, S. M., Model,  M. M., & Turetsky, M. I.
[State of the hemato-encephalitic barrier in epilepsy in young
children; regulation of the chemical composition of the cerebro-
spinal fluid]  Nevropat. psikhiat.,  1937, 6: 129-34.

----   Cerebrospinal fluid: Pressure.

   See also Epilepsy, Seizure: Physiopathology.
   Bertolini, F.   Ricerche sulla  pressione  del liquor cefalo-
rachidiano negli  epilettici. Riv. neur., Nap., 1929, 2: 218-33.—
Botelho, A.  Sobre  a pressao do liquido eephalo-racheano nos
epilepticos.  Brasil med., 1931,  45:  171;  203.—Christiani, E.
Meningismus  bei echter Epilepsie.   Psychiat. neur. Wschr.,
1933, 35: 599.—Claude, H., Lamache &  Daussy.   Instabilite
de la tension rachidienne chez les epileptiques.  C. rend. Soc.
biol., 1927, 96: 122.—Clivio, C.  Nuovi dati sul liquor nell' epi-
lessia (osservazioni  sulla pressione normale) Riv. neur., Nap.,
1931, 4: 729-51.—Dalma, G.  Studi  sulla pressione del liquido
cefalo-rachidiano negli epilettici.   Riv. sper. freniat.,  1925-26,
49: 371-99.—Dimitri, V.  La presi6n arterial y raqufdea en los
epiieoticos.  Actas Conf.  lat.  amer.  neur., 1929,  1.  Conf.,
2: 62-74.— Elsberg, C.  A., & Pike, F. H.  The influence of a
general increase or diminution of intracranial pressure upon the
susceptibility of animals to convulsive seizures. Am. J. Physiol.,
1926, 76: 593-7.—Fremont-Smith, F., & Merritt, H. H.  Influ-
ence of variations in fluid intake on intracranial pressure in
epileptics.   Arch. Neur. Psychiat.,  Chic,  1933, 29: 454-66.
------ &  Lennox,  W. G.  The relationship between water
balance, spinal  fluid  pressure, and  epileptic convulsions.  J.
Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1932, 76:  176-80.—Kroiss, O., & Dielmann,
H.  Ueber die Druckverhaltnisse  in der Casterna magna, be-
sonders bei Epileptikern; vorlaufige Mitteilung.  Miinch. med.
Wschr.,  1927, 74: 966.—Salmon,  A.  L'ipersecrezione cefalo-
rachidiana considerata  come uno dei piil  importanti fattori
patogenetici delle crisi  epilettiche.  Riv. sper. freniat.,  1924,
48: 170-6.

----   Classification and nomenclature.

   Banning of word  epilepsy.   Am. Med., 1935, 41: 406 —
Beaudouin. Formes etiologiques de l'epilepsie.  Rev. g6n. elm.
ther  1930 44: 420-3.—Guirdham, A. Epileptic reactions: an
attempt at classification.  J. Ment, Sc, Lond., 1937,  83:: 679-
702 — Masini, M. U.   Le forme cliniche dell epilessia.  Illust.
med. ital., 1931, 13: 39-46.—Pellacani, G.  Epilessia funzionale
ed epilessia cerebropatica.  Q.  psichiat.,  Genova, 192b,  13:
184-97 —Steblov, E. M. Das Problem der  Klassifizierung der
Epilepsieformen.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1932 142: 335-
49.  Also Sovet. nevropat.,  1933,  2: 64-75.—Tinel & Rafflin.
L'epilepsie essentielle convulsive; essai de classification.  C.
rend. Soc. biol.,  1927, 96: 1132.

----  Clinical aspect.

   See also Epilepsy, Research.
   Fraser,  D.   Clinical studies in  epilepsy, com-
posed  of clinical notes  on some epilepsies as bear-
ing  on the pathogenesis  of  idiopathic  epilepsy.

243p.   12?   Edinb., 1924.
  Armour, R. G.  Epilepsy in general practice.  Canad.  M.
Ass. J., 1937, 36: 160-5.— Bartlett, C.  Forty years' experience
with  epilepsy.   Hahneman.  Month., 1928,  63: 667-75.—
Blachford, J. V.  Observations on epilepsy.   Bristol Med. Chir.
J., 1930,  47:  169-84.—De  Sanctis, S.  Qualche commento
clinico in tema di epilessia,  Athena, Roma, 1935, 4:  57-65.—
Fetzer, M. E.  Clinical study in epilepsy.  J. Comp.  Psychol.,
1935,  20: 13-6.—Fitch, T. S. P., Pigott, A. W., & Weingrow, S.
M.   Clinical  findings in relation  to roentgenographic and
neurosurgical  procedures in  epilepsy;  preliminary report.
Arch. Pediat.,  N. Y., 1938,  55:  526-47.—Jacobi,  R.  Die
Epilepsie in der taglichen Praxis.  Med. Welt, 1932, 6:  1827-9—
Josephson, E. M.  Epilepsy—clinical and  diagnostic phases.
N. York State J. M.,  1931, 31: 686.—Lord, J. R.  Epilepsy; a
clinico-pathological study of 50 cases.  J.  Ment. Sc,  Lond.,
1925, 71:  240-53.—Monrad-Krohn,  G.  H.  The  clinic of
epilepsy.  Acta psychiat. neur., Kbh., 1931, 6: 137-57  [Dis-
cussion] 257-73.—Montaud, R. de.   Estado de mal  comicial;
su estudio clinico.  Arch, neurob., Madr.,  1930,  10:  83-94 —
Neuberger, L.  Vues pratiques sur l'epilepsie.  Rev. g6n. clin.
ther., 1924, 38: 313-6.—Ostmann.   Gesammelte  Notizen uber
unsere Epileptiker, ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Epilepsie.
Allg.  Zschr. Psychiat., 1928, 89: 397-409.—Papez, J.  W., &
Rundles, R. W.  A case  of  epilepsy.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat.,
Chic, 1938, 39: 150-8.—Peeler, D. B. Epilepsy, or  the con-
vulsive  disorders; a clinical  review.  Am. J. Nurs., 1934,  34:
311-6.—Ramond, L.  Une epilepsie  pen banale.  Presse med.,
1933, 41:  697.—Rodriguez-Candela, J. L.   Algunas considera-
ciones acerca de un caso de epilepsia.  Arch,  med., Madr., 1934,
37:865-7.—Shanahan, W. T.  Some phases of epilepsy.  Med.
J. & Rec, 1931, 134:  120; 166.—Sjogren, H.  Considerations
insph-ees par les examens  successifs pratiques dans environ 400
cas  d'epilepsie.  Acta psychiat.  neur., Kbh.,  1937,  12: 185-
206.—Stubbe Teglbjaerg,  H. P.  Neurological viewpoints in
the clinic of epilepsy.  Ibid., 1939, 14: 205-12.—Turner, W. A.
Observations on epilepsy-  J. Neur.  Psychopath.,  Brist.,  1926-
27, 7: 193-207.—Weingrow,  S. M., Fitch, T. S. P., &  Pigot, A.
W.  Some clinical neurological  findings in epilepsy; preliminary
report.  J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1938, 88: 281-308.—Williams, J.
F.  Clinical aspects of epilepsy.  Med. J. Australia,  1930, 2:
517-22.

----  Cranium.

   See  Epilepsy, traumatic; Epileptic,  Stigmata.

----  Diagnosis.
   Albert-Creamieux.   Diagnostic  des  crises  epileptiques.
Hopital, 1926, 14: 450; 474.—Alurralde, M., &  Spota, B. B.
Los signos fundamentales y accesorios para el diagn6stico del
mal comicial.   Sem. med.,  B. Air., 1929,  36: 845-55.  Also
Actas Conf. lat.  amer. neur., B. Air., 1929, 1. Conf., 2: 7-24 —
Brain, W. R. The diagnosis of epilepsy beginning in adult life.
Postgrad. M. J., Lond., 1938, 14: 116-9.—Corson, H. F.  Diag-
nosis  and treatment in 2  children where a question of epilepsy
is raised.  Rhode Island M. J., 1933, 16: 184-9.—Gilbert, J. P.
Epilepsy; diagnosis and treatment.  J.  Tennessee  M. Ass.,
1939, 32: 225-31.—Haguenau, J.  Le diagnostic des epilepsies.
Progr. med., Par., 1938, pt 2, 1385-95.—Matulionis, B.  [Diag-
nosis  of epilepsy]  Medicina, Kaunas,  1936, 17: 429-35.—
Noica, Arama [et al.]   [Clinical diagnosis of epileptic attacks]
Rev.  san. mil.,  Bucur.,  1933,  32:  267-9.—Reme,  G.   Zur
Diagnose und Prognose der  Epilepsie im Kindesalter.  Mschr.
Kinderh.,  1929,  45:  228-41.—Rosenburg, C.   Diagnostico
da epilepsia.  Fol. med., Rio,  1938. 19: 420-2.—Tracy, E. A.
The  diagnostic  importance of  objective  signs   in  epilepsy;
illustrated by case reports.   Ther.  Diet. Age, 1924, 3: 275-
7.—Valkenburg,  C. T. van  [Aids  in  diagnosis of  epilepsy
during  consultation]  Ned.  tschr.  geneesk., 1929, 73: pt 2,
5219-26.—Villinger, W.   Zur Diagnose   und Therapie  des
epileptischen Symptomenkomplexes mit schubweisem Verlauf
und Sprachstorungen bei Kindern.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat.,
1927, 108: 247-58.

----  Diagnosis, differential.

   See  also names of diseases causing  epileptoid
convulsions  as Eclampsia;   Hysteria;  Spasmo-
philia; Thyreotoxicosis; Uremia,  &c.
   Baumm, H.  Kasuistischer Beitrag zur DifTerentialdiagnose
epileptischer Storungen.  Miinch. med. Wschr., 1931,  78: 25.—
Bonjour.   Diagnostic  differentiel  des crises epileptiques; un
svmptome nouveau.   C. rend. Congr.  alien,  neur.  France
(1907)  1908,  17.  Congr.,  435-9.—Boyd,  W. A.   Epilepsy:
differential diagnosis and treatment.  IT. S. Veterans Bur. M.
Bull., 1926, 2: 165-80.—Carlill, H.  Epilepsy and conditions
with similar symptoms with observations on hypnotic, epileptic,
traumatic, and hysterical dissociation.  Lancet, Lond., 1933, 1:
1001-8.  Also Westminster  Hosp.  Rep.,  Lond.,  1934. 22: 64-
94.—Chavigny.  Crise d'epilepsie ou ?rise  pithiatique.  Presse
m6d , 1924, 32:  92.—Clark.  L. P.  Epilepsv and  similar condi-
tions.   Med. Rev. of Rev., 1926, 32: 609-11.—Davis. T. K.
Epileptic seizures, transient hemiplegias and temporary papil-
ledema  in a case of doubtful etiology. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis.. 1920,
52:233-8.  ------ Presentation of a case  of epileptic seizures,
transient hemiplegias, and temporary papilledema of doubtful
etiology.  N. York M. J.. 1920, 112: 963.—Desport.  Un cas de
diagnostic deiicat d'epilepsie.  Bull. Soc. clin. med. ment., Par., 
EPILEPSY                                       396                                        EPILEPSY
 1924. 12: 49-51.—Diller, T.  Differential diagnosis between epi-
 lepsy and  hysteria and their  mutual relationship.  Internat.
 Clin., 1910, 20. ser., 4: 177-88.—Gloz, H. C. Zur Differential-
 cliagniistik der Epilepsie. Nervenarzt, 1934, 7: 460-3.—Krisch,
 H.  Die Differentialdiagnose: hysterischer oder epileptischer
 Anfall.   Munch, med. Wschr., 1937, 84: 897-9.—Moeller, U.
 Differentialdiagnostische Abgrenzung der kindlichen Epilepsie
 gegen  Pyknolepsie und Salaamkrampfe.  Jahrb.  Kinderh.,
 1935-36,  3.  F..  96:  240-52.—Ploticher, A. I.  [Narcolepsv-
 epilepsy]   Nevropat.  psikhiat., 1936, 5: 1183-6.—Redlich, E.
 Das Grenzgebiet der Epilepsie. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1927, 40:
 H. 9, [Sonderb.] 1-24.—Reynell,  W. R.  Epilepsy and allied
 morbid conditions.  Clin. J., Lond., 1932, 61: 577-83.—Robin-
 son, G. W. The borderland of epilepsy. Month. Bull. Kansas
 City Clin. Soc, 1932, 8: 21-3.—Rosenfeld, M.  Das Grenzge-
 biet der Epilepsie.  Deut. med.  Wschr.,  1928,  54: 833-7.—
 Scheid, K. F.  Zur Differentialdiagnose epileptischer Krampfan-
 fiille aus dem Liquorbefund.  Nervenarzt, 1938, 11:  71-5.—
 Schilling, E. Zur Differentialdiagnose der Epilepsie.   Miinch.
 med. Wschr., 1936, 83: 1890.—Serin.   Un cas de diagnostic
 deiicat d'epilepsie.  Bull. Soc. clin. med. ment., Par., 1924, 12:
 52.—Stern, R.  Zur Differentialdiagnose der Epilepsie.  Miinch.
 med. Wschr., 1936, 83: 1748.—Sutherland, G.  A.  Fits and
 faints.  Lancet, Lond., 1927, 1: 1221-4.—Wilder, J.  Grenzge-
 biete der Epilepsie. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1932,  45: 1419.  Also
 Mitt. Volksgesundhamt., 1933 [Aerztl. Prax.] 170.

 ----   Diagnosis: Errors.

    Melsheimer,  A.   *Ueber  Fehldiagnosen  bei
 genuiner Epilepsie  [Giessen]  lip.  4°  Halle-S.,
 1936.
   Also Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1936, 38:
   Carpenter, E. R.   Frequent mistakes in the diagnosis and
 treatment  of epilepsy.  Dallas M.  J., 1925, 11: 147-9.—Gaines,
 L. M.  Epileptiform  seizures  as  an early  symptom of brain
 tumor; with special reference to cases which have been errone-
 ously diagnosed  as idiopathic epilepsy.  J. M. Ass. Georgia,
 1930,  19:  43-8.

 ----   Diagnosis, serologic.

   See  also  Epilepsy, Epileptogenous substance;
 Epilepsy, Serology.
    Mossner,  F.    *Zur Frage der Spontanrhyth-
 mik der Rindercarotis  und ihre  Bedeutung  fiir
 die  Serodiagnostik  der Epilepsie  nach  O.  B.
 Mover    [Breslau]    16p.    8°    Waldenburg  i.
 Schl., 1925.
   Also Arch. Psychiat., Berl.,  1926, 77: 659-61.
   Meyer, O. B.  Ueber  eine biologische Reaktion auf Epi-
 Ieptikerserum.   Deut.  Zschr.  Nervenh.,  1926,  89:  127-30.
 Also Miinch. med. Wschr.,  1926, 73: 511.  Also Verh. Phys.
 med. Ges.  Wurzburg,  1926, n.  F ,  51: 18-22.  Also Zschr. ges.
 Neur. Psychiat,, 1927, 108: 102-14.—Thurzo, J. Biological and
 serological methods of diagnosis in epilepsy.  J. Neur. Psycho-
 path., Brist., 1930, 11: 36-44.

 ----   Diagnosis: Tests.

   See also Epilepsy, Seizure:  Induction.
   Andrenelli, L.  II  fenomeno d'ostacolo del  Donaggio negli
 epilettici dal punto di vista medico-legale militare. Ann. med.
 nav., Roma, 1936, 42: pt 2, 101-39.—Baudouin, A., Azerad, E-,
 & Lewin,  J.   Epreuve d'hypoglvcemie  insulinique  chez les
 epileptiques.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1933, 114: 902.—Cabitto, L.
 Sul  comportamento  del fenomeno di ostacolo  di  Donaggio
 nell'epilessia.  Gior. psichiat., 1934, 62: 263-8.—Campailla, G.
 L'accesso epilettico provocato da cardiazol di fronte  alia pato-
 genesi  e alia diagnostica in neuropsichiatria.  Riv. pat. nerv.,
 1937, 49: 40-57.—Clegg, J. L.,  & Thorpe, F. T.  Induced water
 retention in diagnosis  of idiopathic epilepsy.   Lancet, Lond.,
 1935, 1: 1381.—Corberi, G.  La prova dell'alcool  nell'epilessia.
 Note psichiat., Pesaro, 1924, 3. ser., 12: 47-55.  Also Riv. sper.
 freniat.,  1924, 48: 400-7.—Felsani, G.  Sulla patogenesi della
 epilessia e  sulla possibility  della diagnosi a mezzo del riflesso
 oculo-cardiaco (nei campo clinico, medico-legale ed infortunis-
 tico)  Neurologica, Nap., 1924, 1: 79-107.—G-, A. R.  Forced
 water drinking in epileptic  children.  Edinburgh M. J., 1932,
 n. ser., 39: 519.—Gibson, P. L.  Pitressin hyperpncea test and
 epilepsy.  J.  R. Nav.  M. Serv., 1937,  23: 334-8.—Grubel, R.
 Der Wert der Auslosung von Cardiazolkrampfen fiir die Erbge-
 sundheitspflege.   Miinch.  med. Wschr., 1937, 84:  469-71.—
 Hagenmeyer, L., & Langel iiddeke, A.  Zur Frage des Wasser-
 stossversuchs. Zschr.  ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1938-39,  164: 195-
 8.—Hoyer, C.  Zum  Cardiazoltest  der  Epilepsie.   Psychiat
 neur.  Wschr., 1937,  39: 541-3.—Jacobsen, A. W.   Pitressin
 test in epilepsy.  N. York State J.  M., 1934, 34: 506-9.—Janz,
 H. W.  Die diagnostische Verwertbarkeit einiger Methoden zur
 Provokation  epileptischer  Anfalle.  Arch. Psychiat., Berl.,
 1936-37, 106: 267-95.  ------ Zur diagnostischen Verwert-
 barkeit der Cardiazolkrampfe.  Miinch. med. Wschr., 1937, 84:
471.—Jedlowski, P.  Ricerche sul comportamento della reazione
di Donaggio nell'epilessia.  Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper.,  1937, 12:
 176.  ------  La reazione di Donaggio nell'epilessia motoria
cosidetta essenziale.  Riv. sper. freniat., 1937,  61: 893.  Also
Riv. neur., 1938, 11: 89-144.—Kost, H. Ist mittels des Cardia-
zolkrampfes bei Anwendung gefasspasmenverhindernder Mittel
(Amylnitrit)  eine Diagnose der Epilepsie moglich?  Psychiat.
neur. Wschr., 1938, 40: 153-5.—Langel iiddeke, A.  Ueber die
differentialdiagnostische  Bedeutung  der  Cardiazolkrampfe.
Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1936, 156: 203-10.  ------  Die
Bedeutung des Cardiazolkrampfes fiir die Epilepsiediagnose.
Nervenarzt,  1938,  11:  465-72.—Lenart,  G.,  &  Lederer,
E.  von.   Zur hormonellen  Differentialdiagnose  der  Epilep-
sie.  Mschr.  Kinderh., 1933,  56:  202-10.  Also  Orvoskepze.s,
1933, 23:  72-90.  Also  Zschr.  ges.  Neur.  Psychiat., 1933,
145:  655-67.—Lockshina,  E.    [Test  of  the  sympathetic
nervous system  in epileptic children]  Mosk.  med. J., 1927,
7: No. 9, 14-20.—McQuarrie, I., & Peeler, D.  B. The effects
of sustained  pituitary antidiuresis and forced  water  drink-
ing in epileptic children; a  diagnostic and etiologie  study.
J. Clin. Invest., 1931, 10: 915-40.—Mattioli-Foggia. C.  Breve
nota sul fenomeno d'ostacolo nell'epilessia cosidetta essenziale e
in quella sicuramente cerebropatica.  Gior. psichiat., 1938, 66:
235-41.—Muyle, G.  De la valeur de l'epreuve  au cardiazol en
tant que test diagnostique  de l'epilepsie.  J. beige neur. psy-
chiat., 1938,  38: 525-30.—Pagnan, V.  Ueber die  Frage der
experimentellen  Epilepsiediagnose.  Arch.  Psychiat., Berl.,
1938-39, 109:  182-94.—Penta,  P.  L'enzimoreazione con i
desintegrati di cervello e di midollo spinale nell'epilessia. Riv.
pat. nerv., 1930,  35:  216-27.—Perrier,  S.   La reazione di
ostacolo di Donaggio negli epilettici.  Riv. sper. freniat., 1934,
58: 1103-7.—Rizzo, C. II fenomeno d'ostacolo  del Donaggio e
la sua utilizzazione per la diagnosi dell'accesso  epilettico e per
la valutazione della fatica e deH'allenamento. Gior. med. mil.,
1936, 84: 753-64.—Rodov, I. S.   [Value of Forster's hyper-
ventilation and injections of peptone in differential diagnosis
between hysterical and epileptic fits]  Vrach.  delo, 1929, 12:
857-9.—Steinau-Steinriick,  J.  von.   Cardiazolversuch  bei
Epilepsieverdacht.   Zschr.  ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1938, 161:
348-51.—Stiefler, G., & Langsteiner, F. Ueber den  diagnosti-
schen Wert des Cardiazol-Versuches bei Epilepsie.  Med. Klin.,
Berl., 1938,  31: 638-40.  Also Zschr. ges.  Neur. Psychiat.,
1938, 161: 338-46— Strauss. H.,  &  Landis, C.   Metrazol
convulsions and their relation to  the epileptic attack.  Proc.
Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1938, 38: 369.  Also J. Nerv. Ment. Dis.,
1938, 88: 816.—Stubbe Teglbjaerg, H. P.  Clinical experiments
with McQuarrie's pitressin  test.   Acta psychiat. neur., Kbh.,
1935, 10: 595-607.—Stuchlik, J.  La salamandrine dans le diag-
nostic et le traitement de l'epilepsie.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928,
98: 251.   ------  [Possibilities and diagnostic value of pro-
duced epileptic crisis]  Cas. lek. desk., 1929, 68: 833; passim.—
Siisser, I.   [Attempts of diagnosing epilepsy by artificially
provoked attacks in  man]  Nowiny lek.,  1939, 51:  129-40.—
Tinel, J., & Santenoise. D.  Contribution a l'etude du diag-
nostic biologique de  l'epilepsie  par l'examen du tonus vago-
sympathique.  Encephale,  1924,   19:  123-6.—Viau, H.   Le
diagnostic de l'epilepsie par l'epreuve  de Peau.  Union med.
Canada,  1939, 68: 864— Wachter, G.  Ueber  die Bedeutung
des Pitressin- beziehungsweise Tonephin-Wasserstosses fiir die
Epilepsiediagnose im Kindesalter.   Zschr. Kinderh., 1938-39,
6: 623-34.

----   diencephalic autonomic.

  See Epilepsy, periventricular.

----   Digestive  system.

   See also  Epilepsy, reflex.
  Armstrong, G. E.  The  relation of the cajcum-ascending-
colon content to idiopathic epilepsy. Practitioner, Lond., 1926,
117: 288-91.—Bethea, W. R.  Gastro-intestinal  study of 400
epileptics; preliminary report.  South. M. J., 1927, 20: 430-6.—
Davis, T. K.  Basal metabolism and gastro-intestinal findings
in epileptic patients, with a note on treatment.  J. Nerv.
Ment. Dis., 1929, 70: 264-70.—Guirdham, A., &  Pettit, A. W.
The liver in epilepsy: a study in the application of the lsevulose
tolerance test.   J.  Ment,  Sc, Lond., 1936,  82:  119-30.—
Robinson, L. J. Radiologic gastrointestinal studies in epilepsy.
Am. J. Psychiat.,  1938-39, 95:  1095-102.—Weingrow, S. M.
Hepatic percussion zones in essential epilepsy.  J. Nerv. Ment.
Dis., 1929, 70: 51-3.

----   Electroencephalography.

  Berger,  K.   *Ueber  Encephalographie  als
Hilfsmittel zur  Trennung  genuiner  und  post-
traumatischer Epilepsie  [Halle-Wittenberg] 38p.
8?   Wurzb.,  1935.
  Schmidt,  E.    *Encephalographische  Befunde
bei traumatischen Epilepsien.   35p.  8°   [Greifs-
wald] 1936.
  Sollmann, H.  *Ueber  die  diagnostische Be-
deutung  der Encephalographie bei  genuiner und
symptomatischer Epilepsie.    19p.    8?    Bresl.,
1936.
   Baudouin, A., Fischgold. H. [et al.]  L'eiectro-encephalo-
graphie dans  l'epilepsie.  Bull. Soc. med. hop.  Paris, 1938,  3.
ser., 54: pt 2, 1324-36.—Gibbs, F. A.. & Lennox, W. G. The
practical and theoretical  significance of the  electroencephalo- 
EPILEPSY
397
EPILEPSY
gram in epilepsy. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1937, 85: 463-7.  ------
The electrical activity of the brain in epilepsy.  N. England J.
M., 1937, 216: 98.  ------& Gibbs, E. L.  The electro-ence-
phalogram in diagnosis and in localization of epileptic seizures.
Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1936, 36: 1225-35.—Golla, F.,
Graham, S., &  Walter, W. G.  The electro-encephalogram in
epilepsy. J. Ment. Sc,  Lond., 1937, 83: 137-55.—Gross, W.
Die diagnostische  Bedeutung der  Encephalographie  bei  der
Epilepsie.  Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1931, 94: 366-81.—Jung. R.
Elektrencephalographische Befunde bei der Epilepsie und ihren
Grenzgebieten.  Ibid., 1938-39,  109: 335-8.—Kanahara, T., &
Tamura, V.   Ueber das  Encephalogramm  der  Epilepsie.
Psychiat. neur. jap., 1936, 40: 35.—Kornmiiller,  A. E., &
Janzen, R.  Ueber lokalisierte hirnbioelektrische Erscheinungen
bei Kranken,  insbesondere Epileptikern.  Zschr.  ges. Neur.
Psychiat,, 1939, 165: 372-4.—Laubenthal, F.  Zur Bewertung
des Encephalogramms bei der  Differentialdiagnose zwischen
erblichen und symptomatischen Epilepsieformen.  Med. Welt,
1937,11: 267-72, 2 pl.—Molen, H. R. van der  [Certain electro-
encephalograms of epileptics, and  their explanation]  Ned.
tschr. geneesk., 1939, 83:  1599-605, 3 pl.—Notkin, J.  Ence-
phalographie studies  in  cryptogenic  epilepsy.   Arch. Neur.
Psychiat., Chic, 1931, 26: 115-30.—Pagniez, P., Liberson, W.,
& Plichet,  A.  Contribution a l'etude des  eiectroencephalo-
grammes des epileptiques.   C. rend. Soc. biol., 1938, 128: 1084-
8.  Also Presse med., 1938, 46:  1465-8.  ------  Renseigne-
ments  fournis  par l'eiectroencephalographie  dans l'epilepsie.
Medeeine, Par., 1939, 20:  105-13.—Pendergrass, E. P.  Sym-
posium  on epilepsy; encephalographie studies.  Internat. Clin.,
1930  40. ser., 3:  87.—Ruggeri, R.  Reperti encefalografici in
bambini epilettici.  Pediatria  (Riv.) 1938,  46:  397-421.—
Sager, O., & Kreindler, A. Etudes electrencephalographiques
dans l'6pilepsie. J. beige  neur. psychiat., 1939, 39: 265-75.—
Schuster,  G.   [Encephalography in epileptics]   Gy6gyaszat,
1934, 74: 457-63.—Soto Romay, R.  La encefalografia en los
epiiepticos como medio diagnostico y terapeutico.  Sem. med.,
B. Air., 1937, 44: pt 2, 128-51.—Wand, A.  Ergebnisse der
Enzephalographie  bei Epilepsie.  Med.  Klin., Berl., 1935, 31:
48-50.

----  Endocrine system.

   See also names of endocrine glands and diseases
as Parathyroid;  Tetany, &c.
   Hoesch, K.   Die Nebenschilddrusen-Epilepsie.
135p.   8?   Berl., 1937.
   Rodriqtjez, R. E.  Epilepsia convulsiva,  des-
calcificaci6n del esqueleto  de  ambos pies y doble
catarata   de   origen  endocrinico.     80p.   8?
Montev., 1930.
   Bachmann.   Epilepsie  und  Endokrinoneurose.   Schweiz.
med. Wschr.,  1933,  63: 452.—Bakacs,  G.   [Ovarial epilepsy]
Orv. hetil., 1934, 78: 283-5.  ------  Zur Frage der ovariellen
Epilepsie.  Zbl. Gyn., 1934,  58: 1460-4.—Bisgaard, A.  Fur-
ther contributions to the problem of the function of the para-
thyroid glands and the pathogenesis of true epilepsy.  Acta med.
scand.  1924-25,61:433-80.—Bjure, A.  [Case of petit mal with
latent tetany]  Sven. lak. tidn., 1930, 27:  2-11.—Bollag, L.
Contributo clinico alio studio dell'innesto dell'ovaio in un caso
di endocrlno-epilessia.  Rass. ostet. gin., 1928,  37: 137;  226;
297.—Bolten,  G.  C  Myxodem,  angioneurotische  Oedeme,
Cachexia strumipriva und Epilepsie.  Mschr. Psychiat., 1931,
78: 253-74.   Also Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1931, 75: pt 3, 4650-
63 —Brodski,  I. A.   [Role of epithelial bodies  in the patho-
genesis of genuine epilepsy] Russ. klin., 1929, 12: 700-5.  Also
Wien. klin. Wschr., 1931, 44: 707-10.—Cahane, M., & Cahane,
T.  Considerazioni patogenetiche sull'epilessia  a proposito di
un caso anatomo-clinico; basofilia della pituitaria di una epilet-
tica  con amenorrea.   Rass. internaz.  clin. ter.,  1938, 19: 979-
83 —Capelli, A.   Epilessia e secrezione interna.   Riv. sper.
freniat., 1925-26,  49: 193-226,  pl.—Contini, M.  Considera-
zioni su di un caso di epilessia con diabete insipido.  Rass. stud
psichiat., 1937, 26: 160-90—Damon, L. A.  Bilateral suprarenal
hemorrhage as  a cause of sudden death in epilepsy.  Psychiat.
Q  1932 6: 438-40,  pl.—Demole,  V.  Epilepsie et thyroide.
Schweiz.'med.  Wschr.,  1924, 54: 842.—FalkiewiczT.  [Epi-
lepsy with  tetany]   Polska  gaz.,  1931,  10: 380-8—Garcia
Lombardero, J.   Sobre la epilepsia  de origen ovanco y su
tratamiento.  Rev. mex. cir., 1935, 3: 96-9—Geyelin, H. R.
The relation of chemical  influences, including diet  and en-
docrine disturbances, to  epilepsy.   Ann.   Int.  M..  1928r
29  2-  678-81 —Gies,  P.   Zusammenhange  zwischen  Epi-
lepsie und innerer Sekretion sowie  Behandlung  von weib-
lichen Epileptikern mit Hormonpraparaten.  Ther. Gegenwart,
1933 74- 91 —Girard, J., & Kuntz.  Tetanie et epilepsie.  Rev.
m6d.'est, 1932,  60: 297-305—Graziani, A. Epilessia biopatica,
anafilassi e distiroidismo.  Bull, sc med. Bologna 1924  10. ser.,
2: 165-8.   Also  Rass. stud, psichiat.,  1924,  13: 304-65 —
Hanse,  A.   Zur Frage der ovariellen Epilepsie.  Zbl. Gyn.,
1925, 49: 529-33.—Heberer, H.  Zur Lehre von der Epilepsie
beim Weibe.   Ibid., 1824-9—Higier, H.   [Epilepsia tarda
endocrina hypophysotoxica cum macropsia  porropsia, hyper-
akusia]  Polska gaz. lek., 1934, 13: 321—Isola, D.  Patogenesi
disendocrina  di un  caso  di  epilessia rivelata  dalle  indagini
biologiche e  confermata dall'esito del trattamento.  Arch, biol.,
Genova, 1930,  7:  No. 2, 21-8.—Kaplan, I. I.  Epilepsy asso-
ciated with  ovarian dysfunction treated by irradiation.   Am.
J.  Obst., 1933,  26:  116.—Kern, M.  Idiopathic  epilepsy and
endocrine imbalance.  Hosp.  Social Serv., 1924,  9: 26.5-70.—
Klessens, J. J. H. M.  [Role of the endocrine organs in the
origin of epilepsy]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1936, 80: 1119-26.—
Krylowa,  E. N. Zur Frage der endokrin-toxischen Epilepsie
(Serejski)  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1929, 121: 521-30.—
Landogna Cassone, F.  Sindrome  basedowiforme ed ipopara-
tiroidismoin unacriminale epilettica.  Arch, antrop. crim., Tor.,
1924, 44: 36-49.—Lawrence, V. E.  Epilepsv of the ductless
glands.  J. Kansas M. Soc, 1927, 27: 81.—LeDoux, L. A. The
gynecological aspect of symptomatic epilepsy. N. Orleans M.
&  S. J., 1933,  86: 217.—Longo, V.  Epilessia sperimentale  e
glandole  endocrine.   Neopsichiatria,  Pisa,   1935,  1:  1-8.—
Mathez, J. A.  Contribution a l'etude  du  cretinisme et de
l'6pilepsie; contribution a l'etiologie des tetanies medicales; des
rapports de l'eclampsie avec l'epilepsie, du cancer avec l'endemie
goitreuse; essai de traitement de l'epilepsie par le chlorure de
calcium et les rayons ultra-violets.   Schweiz. med.  Wschr.,
1930, 60:  126; 150.—Montana, C.  An unusual case of epilepsy
of ovarian origin. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1934, 139: 515.—Nielsen,
J. M.,  & Eggleston,  E.  L.   Functional dysinsulinism with
epileptiform seizures; treatment.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1930, 94:
860-3.—Odobesco,  G. I., &  Vasilesco, H.   Syndrome hypo-
physaire et epilepsie postclimacterique.  Arch. med.  psychoi.,
Par., 1935, 93:  pt 2, 760-7.—Partridge, J. C.   Epilepsy and the
endocrines. Am. J.  Psychiat., 1928, 8: 137-9.—Pennacchi, F.
Le ghiandole endocrine nell'epilessia; loro sondaggio  biologico
mediante le intradermoreazioni con estratti orminici.   Ann.
osp. psichiat.,  1931, 25: 215; 1932,  26: 83 — Piaggio-Blanco, R.
A., & Artagaveytia, A.  Epilepsia por hiperfoliculinismo ovdrico.
Arch. urug. med., 1938, 12: 249-54.—Popea, A., & Eustatziu,
G.  La capsule surr6nale dans 2 cas de mort a la suite de crise
epileptique. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 93: 747-9.—Rabinovitch,
J. S. Contribution a l'etude  du role pathogenique de troubles.
endocriniens dans d'epilepsie.  Encephale, 1935, 30:  250; 350.
Also Sovet. nevropat, 1935, 4:  No. 2,  15-40.—Roger, H.,
Poursines, Y., & Recordier, M.  Epilepsie, tetanie et cataracte.
Rev. otoneur., Par.,  1934,  12:  43-7.—Sanchis  Banus,  J.
Epilepsia climaterica (reafirmacion del coneepto a la luz de las
ideas actuales sobre la patogenia de la epilepsia)  Arch, med.,
 Madr., 1930, 33: 421-32.  Also Arch, neurob., Madr., 1930, 10:
 1-26.—Schachter,  M.   Contribution a  l'etude clinique  de
 l'epilepsie menstruelle.  Gaz.  med. France,  1934, 88.  Also
 Riforma  med., 1936, 52: 149-53.—Schaefer,  R. L., & Brosius,
 W. L.  Menopausal epilepsy; report of a case. Endocrinology,
 1933, 17: 133-5.—Schippers, I.  Beziehungen der Menstruation
 und der Generationsvorgange zur  Epilepsie.  Arch. Psychiat.,
 Berl., 1936-37, 106: 141-56,  ch.—Schou, H. I., & Susman, W.
 The endocrines in epilepsy; a histological study.  Brain, Lond.,
 1927, 50: 53-9.—Schulte, W.  Symptomatische Epilepsien bei
 endokrinen Storungen.  Med.  Welt, 1938, 12: 522-5.—Selig-
 man,  B.   Epilepsy associated with pituitary  disturbance:
 response to X-ray therapy.  Radiology,  1937,  29:  723.—
 Sereiski, M. J. [Endocrine epilepsy]  Med.  biol. J., Leningr.,
 1926, 2: No.   4-5,  157-9.   Also Zschr.  ges. Neur. Psychiat.,
 1926, 105: 614-22.—Sserdjukov, M. G.  Zur Frage der inkre-
 torischen Storungen der Ovarien und epileptiforme Anfalle als
 Ausdruck eines pluriglandularen Syndroms.  Arch. Gyn., Berl.,
 1925, 124: 284-304.—Telese, V., & Funaioli, G.  Epilettoidismo
 ed endocrinologia rispetto all'antropologia  criminale  ed alia
 medicina legale militare.  Rass.  stud, psichiat., 1927,  16: 2-
 30.—Turner. H. H.  The epilepsies associated with  endocrine
 disorders. J. Oklahoma M. Ass., 1934, 27: 389-93—Ventra, C.
 Sindromi epilettiche di natura endocrina.  Manicomio, 1924,
 37: 83-120.—Zara, E.  Sindromi  neuro-ipofisarie ed epilessia.
 Osp. psichiat., Nap., 1935, 3: 221-44.

 ----   Epileptogenous  centers.

    See also  Epilepsy, Pathogenesis:  Neural  mech-
 anism; Epilepsy, periventricular.
    Gordon, A.  Organic epilepsy  considered from the stand-
 point of cerebral localizations.  J.  Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1925, 61:
 142-60.—Jasper. H. H., & Hawke, W. A.  Electroencephalog-
 raphy; localization  of seizure waves in epilepsy.  Arch. Neur.
 Psychiat., Chic, 1938, 39: 885-901.—Penfield. W., & Gage,  L.
 Cerebral localization of epileptic manifestations.  Ibid., 1933,
 30: 709-27.  Also Proc. Ass. Res.  Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1934, 13:
 593-613.—Pike, F. H., Elsberg, C. A. [et al.]  Some observa-
 tions on  experimentally produced  convulsions; the localization
 of the  motor mechanisms from which the typical clonic move-
 m nt of  epilepsy  arises.  Am. J.  Psychiat., 1929, 9:  259-83.
         The problem of localization in experimentally induced
convulsions.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic. 1930, 23: 847-68.-
Sloan, L. H.  Uncinate epilepsy.  Med. Clin. N. America, 1934,
17: 1495-502.

----  Epileptogenous substance.

   See  also Epilepsy  subheadings  (Pathogenesis;
toxemic)
   Esselevich, E.  I.  [On epileptogenous  substances  of the
brain]  Nevropat.  psikhiat., 1938, 7: No. 12,  83-90.—Ganfini.
G.   Alcune  esperienze  sulle rane  in relazione  alia cerebro-
stimulina di  Popa.   Riv.  sper. freniat.,  1939,  63: 423-8.—
Kroll,  F. W.   Ueber  das Vorkommen  von  iibertragbaren
krampferzeugenden  Stoffen  im Him  krampfender   Tiere.
Zschr. ges. Neur.  Psychiat., 1932-33, 143:  780-93.   ------ 
EPILEPSY
398
EPILEPSY
Ueber das Vorkommen von iibertragbaren krampferzeugenden
Stoffen im Hirn wahrend des epileptischen Anfalles bei Mensch
und Tier.  Ibid., 1933, 145: 739--IS.— Pagniez, P.  Recherches
sur la toxicite du  serum et du liquide cephalo-rachidien des
epileptiques.  Presse med., 1924, 32: 45-7.------Recherches
sur Taction myoclonisante du serum des epileptiques; influence
favorisante de la deiipoidation partielle.   C.  rend. Soc. biol.,
1930,104:979.  ------  Variation saisonniere de la sensibihte
du cobaye a Paction myoclonisante du serum  d'epileptique;
regularisation  de cette sensibilite  par l'actinotherapie.  Ibid.,
1931, 107: 1072.—Spiegel, E. A., & Spiegel-Adolf, M.  Funda-
mental effects of epileptogenous agents upon the central nervous
svstem.  Am. J.  Psychiat., 1935-36, 92: 1145-68.—Stefanacci,
G.  Ricerche sulla provocazione dell'accesso epilettico mediante
l'azione combinata dell'acqua ed estratti di lobo posteriore
ipofisario.  Rass. stud, psichiat., 1934, 23: 1175-214.

----   Equivalents.

   See  Epilepsy, Seizure: Variants.

----   experimental.

   See  also  subheadings (reflex;  Seizure: Induc-
tion;  spinal)
   Chazeaud, R.  *Etude  sur  l'epilepsie experi-
mentale;  applications  pathogeniques  et  thera-
peutiques.   47p.   8?  Par., 1934.
   Aird, R. B., & Gurchot, C.  Protective effect of cholesterol
in experimental  epilepsy.  Arch.  Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1939,
42: 491-506.—Amantea,  G.  Sul  diverso  comportamento dei
cani nei riguardi dell'epilessia sperimentale.  Boll.  Soc. biol.
sper., 1926,  1: 387-90. ------  Funzioni sessuali ed epilessia
nei cane.  Ibid., 1927, 2: 1016-9.—Astapov, N. A., & Bobkov,
I. P.   [Observations  on  experimental  epilepsy in cats after
congelation  of the cortex of  the brain]   Arkh.  biol. nauk,
1932, 32: 56  Also  Zschr.  ges. exp.  Med., 1931-32, 80: 829-35 —
Chiauzzi. A.  Ricerche sperimentali sull'epilessia col metodo di
Viale.  Pathologica, Genova, 1934, 26: 18 -23.— Dandy, W. E.,
& Elman, R.  Studies on experimental epilepsy.  Bull. Johns
Hopkins Hosp.,  1925, 36: 40-9.—Dragstedt, L. R., & Drag-
stedt, C. A.   An improved  technic for demonstrating experi-
mental  Jacksonian epilepsy.  J.  Lab. Clin.  M., 1927-28, 13:
688.—Galkin, W.   S.   Weitere  Beobachtungen  an  experi-
menteller, durch partielle Vereisung der Hirnrinde hervorgeru-
fener  Epilepsie.  Zschr.  ges. exp. Med.,  1931,  77:  476-89.—
Gobessi,  I.   Si pu6  parlare di una  epilessia sperimentale
riflessa  o  diretta per eccitamento delle vie o dei centri della
innervazione vegetativa?  Fisiol. &  med.,  Roma, 1937,  8:
157-68.—Hoff, H.   Reizversuche in der  Gegend des  Sulcus
interparietalis beim  Menschen.   Zschr.  ges.  Neur.  Psychiat.,
1929, 120: 788-95.—Lennox, W.  G., Nelson, R., &  Beetham,
W. P.  Studies  in epilepsy; factors affecting convulsions in-
duced  in  rabbits.   Arch.  Neur.  Psychiat.,  Chic,  1929, 21:
625-36.—Marugo,   D.   Ricerche  sperimentali sull'epilessia
ottenuta col metodo di  Viale.  Arch, fisiol., Fir.,  1936, 36:
300-14.—Moussatchfi, H., & Vianna Dias, M.  Sur la  produc-
tion de l'epilepsie d'Amantea chez le singe.   C.  rend.  Soc.
biol.,  1939,  130: 1489.—Patrizi,  L.  M.  Epilessia faradica  (o
altrimenti traumatica) ed epilessia umorale fra due soggetti a
circolazione  intereomunicante   (cardiopagi)   Q.  psichiat.,
Genova, 1927, 14:  121-8.  Also Arch, sc biol., Nap., 1928, 12:
290-8.  ------  &  Castagnari, G.  Le  transfert de  l'epilepsie
humorale et le transfert  manque  de l'epilepsie faradique sont
confirmes chez  les cardiopages artificiels.   Arch.  ital. biol.,
1930, 83: 86-9,  3  ch.—Prevost & Battelli.  Experiences rela-
tives a l'epilepsie experimentale.   C. rend. Congr. alien, neur.
France (1907) 1908, 17. Congr., 195.—Schbnbauer, L.  Experi-
mentelles und Klinisches zur Frage  der Epilepsie.  Beitr.  klin.
Chir.,  1928,  144:  183-5.  Also Arch. klin.  Chir.,  1929,  154:
693-753.—Steblow,  E.  M.   Experimentelle  Epilepsie der
Hunde  in atypischen  Versuchsbedingungen;  Gefrieren des
Gehirns  nach vorlaufig  ausgefiihrter  Exstirpation oder  Um-
steehen  seiner  verschiedenen Gebiete.   Zschr.  ges. Neur.
Psychiat.,  1933-34, 149: 255-65.—Trendelenburg, W.  Oert-
liche Entstehung und Verlauf des  experimentellen Epilepsiean-
falles.   Deut. Zschr.  Nervenh., 1926,  94: 58-95.—Weingrow.
S. M.  Observations on some visceral  conditions in general
epilepsv  and in  convulsions of experimental origin.  Am.  J.
Psychiat., 1932, 11: 737-46.

----   Eye.

   See  also  subheadings (Aura;  Seizure:  Physio-
pathology)
   Aubry.  Epilepsie motrice a type oculaire.  Bull. Soc. opht.
Paris, 1926, 596.—Bazhenov, D. I.  [Prof. Chizha's symptom,
sparkling eye  of the epileptic and its practical value]  Klin.
med., Moskva, 1931,  9:  403-6.—Costeff, H.  A study of the
eye findings  in  a  group  of epileptics, with  reference to the
mechanical theory of epilepsy.  Am.  J.  Psychiat.,  1932,  11:
747-55.—Dubar, J.   Instabilite  de la  tension  arterielle ri-
tinienne chez  les epileptiques.  Bull.  Soc. opht. Paris, 1928,
76-8.   ------ & Picard, J.  Etude de  la  tension arterielle
retinienne de quelques epileptiques. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927,
97: 1152.—Hallensleben, A.  Ueber Sehnervenatrophie  bei
genuiner Epilepsie.   Mschr. Psychiat.,  1930,  77:  99-113.—
Lukashev,  V. A.,  &  Kiselev,  I.  D.  [Fundus  oculi as early
symptom of epileptic attacks]  Sovet. nevropat., 1935, 4:  No.
3,  109.—Mayer, L.  L.   The  eye in epilepsy.   Arch.  Ophth.,
Chic, 1937, 17: 480-92.—Mecca, M.  Reperti oculari  nell'epi-
lessia essenziale  con particolare riguardo  alio spasmo vasale.
Ann.  ottalm., 1938, 66: 457-69.—Minor, L.  S.   [Mydriasis
epileptica]   Nevropat.  psikhiat.,  1035.   4:  No.  12,  1-4.—
Morgan, J. A.  Epilepsy in its relation to ocular strain.  Am.
J.  Ophth.,  1925, 8: 959.—Rossi,  G.   Turbe  circolatorie re-
tiniche  in  epilettici.   Arch,  ottalm.,  1932,  39:  502-19.—
Shastid, T.  H.  A  case  of ocular  epilepsy.  Am. J.  Ophth.,
1931, 3. ser., 14: 652.—Travis,  R.  C.  Ocular  inadequacies in
epileptic patients.  J.  Psychol., Provincet., 1936,  2:  63-9.—
Wolff, E., & Lyle, T. K.  Hemispherical  formations in Bow-
man's membrane.  Arch.  Ophth., Chic, 1937,   17:  745 —
Zarcynas, A.  [Mydriasis epileptica] Medicina, Kaunas, 1937,
18: 734-9.

----   feigned.

   See  also  Epilepsy,  Diagnosis;  Epileptic, For-
ensic aspect.
   Rtistu Bilge.  Simulation and epilepsy.   Askeri  sihhiye
mecmuari,  1939,  68:  33-41.—Vallejo  Najera, A.  Sobre el
diagnostico de la epilepsia simulada.   Siglo  med., 1926,  77:
4;  26; 45.—Yealland, L. R.  Some observations on  masked
epilepsy and the simulation of traumatic epilepsy by  cerebral
tumour, with special reference to head injuries without fracture.
J. Neur. Psychopath., Lond.,  1935-36, 16:  353-62.

----   genuine [so-called]

   Alt, K.   Idiopathische Epilepsie.  In  Handb.  arztl.  Erf.
Weltkriege,  1922-34, 4:  154-67.—Idiopathic  epilepsy; a  dis-
cussion  of  etiology, pathogenesis, treatment.  Roche  Rev.,
Nutley,  N.  J.,  1937-38,  2: 127-34.—Meduna, L.  Klinische
und anatomische Beitrage  zur  Frage der  genuinen Epilepsie.
Deut, Zschr.  Nervenh., 1932-33,  129:   17-42.—Plichet, A.
Crise d'epilepsie essentielle.  Bull, med., Par., 1936, 50: No. 7,
suppl.—Read, C. F.  Modern thought upon idiopathic epilepsy.
Clin.  Med., 1926, 33:  549-52.—Stertz, O.  Concepto actual
de la epilepsia genuina.  Siglo  med., 1933, 92: 308-11.  Also
Munch, med. Wschr., 1933, 80:  881-3.—Swider, K.  [Essential
epilepsy, its  frequency  and its relation to organic epilepsy]
Warsz. czas. lek., 1936,  13: 765;  785—Tilmann.  Zur Frage
der genuinen Epilepsie.  Deut.  med. Wschr., 1926, 52: 1595-
7.—Wertheimer, J.   Des conceptions  nouvelles sur l'epilepsie
essentielle,  sa pathogenese,  son  existence familiale,  et  des
mesures prophylactiques.  Strasbourg med., 1939, 99:  291-6.

----   Grand mal.

   See  Epilepsy, Seizure.

----   Hereditary aspect.

   See   also   Epilepsy  subheadings   (alcoholic;
syphilitic) also Epileptic, Marriage and  offspring.
   Hebel,   K.    *Hereditare   Beziehungen   in
Familien  nicht  genuiner  Epileptiker   [Heidel-
berg]   31p.   8°   Wiirzb.,  1937.
   Koenen,  O.  *Die gleichartige Vererbung der
Epilepsie.   25p.   8°   Bonn, 1934.
   Abadie, J.  L'heredite epileptique.  J. med. Bordeaux, 1932,
109: 839-42.—Alford, L. B.  Epilepsy as a type of  heredo-
familial degeneration or  abiotrophy.  Med. J. & Rec, 1925,
122: 340-2.—Blodner, F. Pigmentstreifenerkrankung,  Pseudo-
xanthoma  elasticum  und  Epilepsie bei  zwei Briidern;  ein
heredodegeneratives Syndrom.  Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1935, 95:
12-32, 2 pl.—Bondarev, N.  I. [Correlation between hereditary
forms of epilepsy and manic-depressive psychosis]   Nevropat.
psikhiat.,  1935, 4: Nos. 9-10, 25-30.—Brain.  W. R.  The
inheritance of epilepsy.  Q. J.  Med., Oxf., 1925-26, 19:  299-
310.  Also in Chances of morbid inherit. (Blacker, C. P.) Lond.,
1934, 73-85.—Brain waves show tendency to  epilepsy is in-
herited;  carbon dioxide plays important part in problem;
high amount in grand mal  patients, low in petit mal.  Science
News Lett., 1939, 35: 315.—Budinis, I.  Epilessia, frenastenia
e distiroidismo in gemelle, probabilmente monocoriali.  Cervello,
1937, 16: 67-73.—Chavany, J.  A.  L'heredite dans l'epilepsie,
probleme bio-social.  Monde med., 1939,  49:  104-12.—Chris-
tiani, E.  Ueber Liquorbefunde bei Epilepsie ohne nachweisbare
Ursache und bei sicher erblicher Epilepsie.  Deut. Zschr.
Nervenh.,  1937, 143: 306-12.—Conrad. K.  L'importance du
facteur  hereditaire  dans l'epilepsie.   Rev. neur.,  Par., 1935,
42: pt 2, 485.   ------  Erbanlage  und  Epilepsie; Untersu-
chungen an einer Serie von 253 Zwillingspaaren.   Zschr.  ges.
Neur.  Psychiat.,  1935,  153:  271-326.   Also Deut. Zschr.
Nervenh., 1936,  139: 76-81. ------  Erbanlage und Epilepsie;
ein Beitrag zur Zwillingskasuistik:  die konkordanten Eineiigen.
Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat.,  1936,  155: 254-97. ------  Ein
Beitrag zur Zwillingskasuistik: die diskordanten  Eineiigen.
Ibid., 509-42.   ------  Der  Erhkreis der Epilepsie.   Allg.
Zschr.  Psychiat,,  1938,  108:  226-30.   ------   Epilepsie;
Vererbung  und Konstitution.   Zschr.  ges. Neur. Psvchiat.,
1938, 161: 280-92.—Corberi, G.   L'ereditarieta nell'epilesria.
Q.  psichiat., Genova, 1925, 12: 4-8.—Friedlander, A. A.  Zu
der  Behandlung  der angeborenen  Epilepsie.   Psychiat. neur. 
EPILEPSY                                        399                                        EPILEPSY
 Wschr.,  1928,  30:  350.—Fuchs,  S.  A.  [Role of congenital
 pathological factors in genuine  epilepsy]  J. nevropat. psi-
 khiat., Moskva. 1928.  31: 353-66.—Furtado,  D.   Heredite  de
 l'epilepsie; une stali.-:ti<|iie militaire.  Arch. med. beiges, 1936,
 89:  462-7.—Ganner,  H.   Zum Problem der Erbanlage  bei
 Epilepsie.   Wien. med. Wschr., 1936, 86: 852-7.—Ganter,  R.
 Ueber Erblichkeit  bei der Epilepsie und  dem Schwachsinn.
 Arch. Psychiat., Berl.,  1927, 81: 395-430.—Gerum, K.  Beitrag
 zur  Frage der Erbbiologie  der genuinen Epilepsie, der epi-
 leptoiden Erkrankungen und  der epileptoiden Psychopathie.
 Zschr. ges.  Neur. Psychiat.,  1928, 115: 319-422.—Geyer,  H.
 Die Epilepsien.  Fortsch.  Erbpath.,  1937-38, 1:  78-109.—
 Gordon, A.   Inheritance of epilepsy; epilepsy a mental hygiene
 problem. Med. J. &  Rec, 1930, 131: 624-6.  Also repr —
 Guthrie, R.  H., & Lebowitz, W. M. Epilepsy in identical twins:
 a presentation of 3  pairs of twins.  J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1935,
 81: 388-98.—Heydt, A. von der.  Die Bedeutung der Erblich-
 keit bei den svmptomatischen Epilepsien.   Arch.  Psychiat.,
 Berl., 1936-37,  106: 333-50.— IIjon, I. G.  Epilepsie und chro-
 nische progressive Hyperkinese bei 5 Kindern mannlichen Ge-
 schlechts in einer Familie.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1932,
 140: 773.—Laubenthal, F.  Encephalographische Erfahrungen
 bei der erhlichen Epilepsie.  Ibid., 1937, 158: 444-7.   ------
 Erbliche  Fallsucht; Erfahrungen bei  Erbgesundheitsbegut-
 achtungen.   Allg.  Zschr.  Psychiat,, 1938,  108:  196-225.—
 Lennox, W. G., Gibbs. E. L., & Gibbs, F. A.  The  inheritance
 of epilepsy as revealed by the  electro-encephalograoh.   J. Am.
 M. Ass., 1939, 113:  1002.—Linden, H.   Die Diagnose  der
 erblichen Fallsucht.   Oeff.  Gesundhdienst.,  1937-38. 3:   A,
 885-91.—Lopez Aydillo, N. La herencia de la epilepsia y de sus
 equivalentes.  Arch, neurob.,  Madr.,  1930, 10: 124-37. Also
 Med. ibera,  1930, 26: 845-50.—McBroom, D. E., & Gray. R. C.
 Idiopathic epilepsv in  identical twins.  Arch.  Neur. Psychiat..
 Chic,  1934, 31: 824-36.—Manson, J. S.  Heredity and epi-
 lepsy.   Brit. M. J., 1932, 1: 887.—Minkowska, F.  Le facteur
 hereditaire  dans l'epilepsie.   Medeeine,  Par.,  1924-25,   6:
 383-5.------Epilepsie und Schizophrenic im Erbgang mit
 besonderer  Berucksichtigung  der epileptoiden  Konstitution
 und der epileptischen  Struktur (Familie F. und  Familie  B.)
 Arch.  Julius Klaus Stift.,  1937,  12:  33-233,  15 ch.—Olkon,
 D. M.   Epilepsv of the angiospastic variety in monozygotic
 twins.   Arch.  Neur.  Psychiat.,  Chic,  1931, 25:  1111-8 —
 Paskind, H. A., & Brown, M.   Hereditary factors in epilepsy;
 differences between deteriorated and nondeteriorated patients.
 J. Am. M. Ass., 1937.  108: 1599-601.—Pesch, K. L., & Hoff-
 mann, H.   Erbfehler des Kiefers  und der Zahne bei erblicher
 Fallsucht,    Zschr.  menschl.  Vererb.,  1936,  19:   753-61  —
 Rappoport,  G.  I.   [Hereditv  in  epilepsy]  Sovet. nevropat.,
 1935, 4:  No. 2, 41-50.—Rosanoff, A. J., Handy,  L.  M.,  &
 RosanofT, I.  A.  Etiology of epilepsy with special reference to
 its occurrence in twins.  Arch.  Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1934, 31:
 1165-93.—Sanchis  Banus, J.  El factor genotipico de la epi-
 lepsia.  Arch, med., Madr.. 1927,  27: 345-55.   Also Rev. med.
 Barcelona, 1927, 2.  ser., 8: 2-17.  Also Cr6n. med. mex., 1928,
 27:  178; 223.—Sanders. J.   [Epilepsy in twins]   Genetica,
 Gravenh., 1934. 15: 67-88.—Schulte, H.  Zwillingserhebungen
 bei genuiner Epilepsie.  Mschr.  Psychiat.,  Berl.,  1934, 88:
 341-52.  ------  Die Diagnose der erblichen Fallsucht.  Deut.
 med. Wschr., 1936, 62: 249-52.  Also  in Diagn. Erbkrankh.,
 Lpz., 1936,  38-48.—Schulz, B.   Einige  methodologische Be-
 merkungen im Anschluss an die Arbeit von  K. Gerum: Beitrag
 zur Frage der Erbbiologie der  genuinen Epilepsie usw.  Zschr.
 ges. Neur.   Psychiat., 1929-30,   123:  794-808.—Stein,   C.
 Summarv of study  of the hereditv factors in epilepsy.  Diplo-
 mate, 1934,  6: 275-8.—Touraine,  A., Gole, L., & Samborn, J.
 Epilepsie et angiomatose  intra-cranienne chez 2 jumeaux.
 Bull.  Soc. fr.  derm,  syph.,  1936,  43: 618-22.—Vignes,  H.
 L'epilepsie  est-elle  une  maladie  hereditaire?  Progr.  med.,
 Par.,  1934,  378-81.—Villinger, W.   Zur Frage der erblichen
 Fallsucht.   Munch, med. Wschr., 1937, 84: 461-7.—Watson,
 M. L.   The inheritance of epilepsy and of waltzing in Pero-
 myscus.  Contr. Lab.  Vertebr. Genet.  Univ.  Michigan, 1939,
 No.  11,  1-24.—Weygandt.   Das  Problem der Erblichkeit  bei
 jugendlichem Schwachsinn und bei Epilepsie.  Schweiz. Arch.
 Neur. Psychiat., 1935,  35: 193-5.—Ziskind, E., & Somerfeld-
 Ziskind,  E.   The inadequacy  of  the evidence for hereditary
 predisposition in epilepsy.  Am. J. Psychiat., 1938-39, 95:
 1143-63.

 ----    History.

   See  also Epilepsy,  Treatment: History;  Epi-
 leptic, Famous  persons.
   Jantke, J. J.,  &  Behling, J.  F.  [resp.]   *De
 epilepsia.   24p.    19 cm.   Altdorf [1736]
   Baumann. E. D. Die heilige  Krankheit.  Janus, Leyde,
 1925, 29: 7-32.—Kamman, G. R.  Some notes on the history
 of epilepsy.   Minnesota M.,  1934,  17: 450-5.—Kanner,  L.
 The names of the falling sickness;  an introduction to the study
 of the folklore and cultural history of epilepsy.  Human Biol.,
 1930, 2:  109-27.  Also Med. Life, 1930, 37: 167-214.—Lang-
 worthy, O.  R.   Hughlings  Jackson—his opinions  concerning
 epilepsy.  J. Nerv.  Ment.  Dis., 1932, 76: 574-85.—Lennox,
 W. G.  John of Gaddesden on  epilepsy.  Ann. M. Hist., 1939,
 3. ser., 1: 283-307.—Masini. M. U.  Spigolatura storica sull'epi-
lessia.  Illust. med. ital., 1931, 23: 93.—Milt, B.  Epilepsie;
 medizinhistorische   Dokumente aus  dem  16.  Jahrhundert.
Schweiz.  med. Wschr.,  1928, 58: 890-5.—Parker, H. L.  Jack-
sonian  convulsions;  an historical  note.  J. Lancet,  1929, 49:
107-11.—Pezold, von.   War  der Apostel Paulus Epileptiker?
Med. Welt, 1934, 8: 715— Pirkner, E. H.   Epilepsy in  the
light  of  history.   Ann.  M.  Hist,,  1929, n.  ser.,  1:  453-SO.
Also  repr.—Podolsky,  E.  The sacred sickness.  J. Egvpt.
M. Ass.,  1934, 17: 959-67.— Pomme, B., & Scouras, P.  L'epi-
lepsie  dans Sophocle.    Aesculape, Par.,  1932, n.  ser.,  22:
122-7.—Sticker, G.  Hiera Nousos.  Quellen Gesch. Natur-
wiss.  Med., 1932-33,  3: H. 4, 139-50.—Temkin, O.   The
doctrine  of epilepsv  in the Hippocratic writings.  Bull. Johns
Hopkins  Hosp.,  1933, 53: suppl., 277-322.  ------  Epilepsy
in an anonymous  Greek work on acute and  chronic  diseases.
Bull.  Inst."Hist. M., Bait.,  1936,  4:  137-44.—Tracy, E. A.
A glance backward in the studv of epilepsy.   Med. J. & Rec,
1930, 131: 242-4.  Also repr.—Vedrani, A.  Classici italiani
dell'epilessia.  Illust. med. ital., 1928, 10: 44-50.—Vinchon, J.
Le cantique du  mal Saint Jean.   Aesculape, Par., 1926,  16:
n. ser., 25-8.—Vogel,  P.  Johann  Purkinjes Anffassung  der
Epilepsie.   Zschr. arztl.  Fortbild.,  1935, 32:  228-32.—Von
Storch, T. C.  An essav of the history of epilepsy.   Ann. M.
Hist.,  1930, n. ser., 2: 614-49.—Ward, J. F.   The history of
epilepsy.  Clifton M. Bull., 1927-28, 13: 105-9.

----  hysteroid.

   See  also  Epilepsy,  affective;  Hysteria;  Psy-
choneurosis.
   Hundgen,  P.   *Ueber die Kombination  von
Epilepsie und Hysterie; ein  Beitrag zur Lehre der
Hystero-Epilepsie  [Frankfurt]  48p.  8?  Mainz,
Lehrlingshaus, 1917.
   Conos, B.  Epilepsie et troubles mentaux hvsteriques.  Rev.
prat.  mal. pays chauds,  1928, 8: 22-4.—Frankl, S.   Hvsterie
in der Epilepsie.   Wien. klin. Wschr., 1929.  42: 1499-502.—
Galant, J. S.  Ueber Epilepsien genitalen Ursprungs; Beitrag
zur  Frage der  Hystero-Epilepsie.   Schweiz. med.  Wschr.,
1925, 55: 830-3.   Also  Mschr. Kinderh., 1925-26, 31:  117-28.
------ Das Problem der  Hysteroepilepsie.   Arch. Kindeih.,
1926, 78: 266-9.—Piolti. M.   Epilessia ed isterismo.  Gior.
med. mil., 1938, 86: 249-62.—Villey, G.  Le syndrome hystero-
epilepsie;  etude   critique de  la  nosographie psychiatrique.
Ann. med. psychoi., Par., 1937, 95: 386-93.—Worster-Drought,
C.  Hystero-epilepsy. Brit. J. M. Psychol., 1934, 14: 50-82.

----  infantile.

   See  also    Convulsive   disorders;   Epilepsy,
Pyknolepsy;  Epileptic,  juvenile; Spasmophilia.
   Le Montreer,  Y.   *Etude pathogenique des
convulsions infantiles et de leurs  rapports avec
l'epilepsie.  40p.  8?  Par.,  1935.
   Robin,  G.    L'epilepsie  chez  l'enfant  et  le
caractere  epileptoide.   149p.   12?   Par., 1932.
   Schreck,  E.  Die  Epilepsie des  Kindesalters.
173p.   8?   Stuttg., 1937.
   Birk, W.  Ueber eine mit zeitweiligen schlaffen Lahmungen
verlaufende Form der kindlichen Epilepsie.  Mschr. Kinderh.,
1932, 55: 28.—Blechmann, G., &  Montlaur, H.   Epilepsie
bravais-jacksonienne subintrante chez un nourrisson  tubercu-
leux.   Bull. Soc.  pediat. Paris, 1926, 24: 222.—Boyer, C. F.
Epilepsy  in children. Tr. Canad. Soc. Dis. Child., 1924, 2: 55-
69.—Campbell, A. W.   The epilepsies of childhood.  Med. J.
Australia, 1927, 1: 774.—Eckstein, A.  Ueber  die Beziehungen
der kindlichen Epilepsie beziehungsweise genuinen Epilepsie
zu den Krampfen des  Kindesalter.  Klin. Wschr., 1934, 13:
1201; 1233.—Hal pern, F.  Zur  Frage  der Manegebewegungen
beim  Menschen.   Jahrb. Psychiat, Neur.,  1928, 46: 43-52.—
Hancock,  E. W.   Types of epilepsy  in  children.  Nebraska
M. J., 1929, 14:  280.—Laurie, W. S.  Epilepsy from a paedi-
atric  point  of view.  Med.  J. Australia, 1934, 2: 286-9.—
Lereboullet, P.  L'epilepsie chez l'enfant.  Progr. med., Par..
1926, 41: 1750-9.  Also Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1928, n. ser.,
126: 119.—McQuarrie, I.  Epilepsy and convulsive disorders.
In  Pract, Pediat. (Brennemann,  J.) Hagerstown, 1937, 4:
chap. 12, 39.—Manfrini, P. Spasmofilia ed epilessia essenziale.
Note psichiat., Pesaro, 1928, 3. ser..  16: 199-217.—Marburg, O.
Ueber eine gutartige Form der Epilepsie im Pubertiitsalter,
Wien.  med. Wschr., 1937, 87: 377-81.—Marchand,  L.   De
l'epilepsie infantile.  Presse  med.,  1925, 33: 1142.—Model,
M. M., <fe Turetsky, M. I.  [Pathogenesis and  clinical aspect of
epilepsy in young  children]  Pediatria, Moskva, 1937, No. 2,
75-83.—Monrad.  S.   [Spasms  in  childhood, with special
reference to genuine epilepsy]  Hospitalstidende, 1932,  75:
96-105.—Moro, E.   Kindliche Epilepsie  und  Grenzgebiete.
Miinch. med. Wschr., 1934, 81:  1567-70.—Myers, T.  Obscure
abdominal symptoms preceding  epilepsv in childhood.  Minne-
sota M., 1929, 12: 428-30.—Nobel, E. Epilepsie.  Wien. med.
Wschr., 1927. 77: 881.—Patrick. H. T.  Epilepsy in  children.
Am. J. Dis. Child., 1928, 35:  653-8.—Patterson, H. A. Some
observations in  connection with  epilepsv  and some of the
diseases of childhood.  N. York State J. M.,  1928. 28: 1106-
11.—Peterman. M. G.  Epilepsy  in childhood.  Am. J.  Dis.
Child., 1926, 32: 416-24.  Also J. Am. M.  Ass., 1927,  88:
1868-70.   Also repr.  Also Zschr. Kinderh.. 1931, 51: 506-18.
Also Internat. C  in., 1935, 45. ser., 2: 99-104.—Ploticher. A. I.
[Psychopathological aspect of non-convulsive stage of epilepsy 
EPILEPSY
400
EPILEPSY
 in children]   Nevropat. psikhiat,, 1938,  7: No. 7-8, 48-62.—
 Pouch§, A.  Contributo alio studio della epilessia nello infanzia.
 Pediatria  (Riv.) 1934, 42: 147-58.—Prior, G. P. U.  Epilepsy
 in childhood.   Med  Brief, 1927,  55: 389-98— R, H.  Les
 formes cliniques de l'epilepsie infantile.  Med. inf., Par., 1925,
 31: 315—Rey-Lescure.  Epilepsie a  type bravais-jacksonien
 chez un enfant de 10 ans. J. med. Bordeaux,  1937, 114: 509.—
 Rupilius. K.  Ein Beitrag zur Epilepsie im Kindesalter.  Med.
 Klin., Berl., 1934, 30:  604-8.—Schiiller, A.  Rontgenbefunde
 bei kindlicher Epilepsie.  Wien. med. Wschr., 1938, 88: 229.—
 Uhler, C.  Epileptiform attacks in children.   Dallas M. J.,
 1926, 12: 123.—Weber. F. P.  A child recovering from  aphasia
 and right-sided hemiplegia; attacks of Jacksonian epilepsy on
 the right side.  Proc R. Soc. M., Lond., 1926-27, 20: sect. stud.
 dis. child., 2-4.—Wetzel, A.  Deux cas contribuant a  la con-
 naissance  des  etats epileptiformes de l'enfance.  Gaz.  med.
 France, 1935, 42: 245-9.—Wilkins, L. Epilepsy in childhood;
 a statistical study of clinical types.   J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1937,
 10: 317-28.------The incidence of remissions. Ibid., 329-
 40.—Wyllie, W. G.  The epilepsies in childhood.  Med. Press
 & Circ, Lond., 1933,  135: 208-10.  Also  Postgrad.  M.  J.,
 Lond., 1934,10: 63-7.------The epilepsies.  In Dis. Child.
 (Thursfield & Paterson) Lond., 1934,  705-15— Zappert, J.
 Die Epilepsie im Kindesalter.   Erg. inn.  Med. Kinderh., 1932,
 43: 149-257.  Also Munch,  med. Wschr., 1933, 80: 1169; 1215.

 ----   inhibitory.

    See  Epilepsy,  akinetic.


 ----   Jacksonian.

    See  also Epilepsy, Seizure: Variants.
    Corachan, M.  Epilepsie Jacksonienne.  Rapp. Congr. Soc
 internat. chir., 1926, 7.  Congr., pt 2, 331-58, 5 pl.—Donini, G.
 Ancora a proposito di  un caso di epilessia Jacksoniana. Gior.
 clin.  med., 1926, 7: 738-43—Duarte, G.  Sobre un caso de
 epilepsia Jacksoniana.   Med. ibera, 1934, 28: 238.—Fenn, M.
 M.  A case of Jacksonian epilepsv.  Mag. London  School M.
 Women, 1926-27, 22: 73-5.—Fincher, E.  F., jr, & Dowman, C.
 E.  Epileptiform seizures of Jacksonian character; analvsis of
 130 cases.  J.  Am. M.  Ass., 1931, 97: 1375-81.   Also  repr.—
 Gotor, P.  Sobre un  caso  de epilepsia  Jacksoniana.   Arch.
 neurob.,  Madr.,  1930,  10:  147-57,  2 pl.—Guillain,  G., &
 Thevenard,  A.  Considerations sur l'epilepsie  Bravais-Jack-
 sonienne extra-corticale.  Ann. med.,  Par., 1928, 24: 58-75.—
 Holmes, G.  Local epilepsy.  Lancet,  Lond.,  1927,  1: 957-62.
 Also Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1928, 30: 209;  221.—Jacksonian
 epilepsy; a background and a postscript.  Postgrad.  M. J.,
 Lond., 1935, 11: 150-62.—Jefferson, G.  Discussion on Jack-
 sonian epilepsy.   Rapp. Congr. Soc. internat.  chir., 1926, 7.
 Congr.,  pt 2, 323-6.—Klimke, W.  Ueber  metaparoxysmale
 Halbseitenerscheinungen  epileDtischer Anfalle.   Zschr. ges.
 Neur. Psychiat.,  1930-31,  13l": 542-55.—Moniz, E.   A pro-
 p6sito de un caso de epilepsia Jacksoniana.  Rev. med. Bar-
 celona,  1925,  2. ser.,  4: 190-4.—Odell, A.  G.  Jacksonian
 epilepsy; a case  report.   Clifton  M. Bull., 1928-29, 14: 129-
 32.—Ramond,  L.   Epilepsie  bravais-jacksonienne.   Presse
 med., 1937, 45:  239.—Russetzki, J.   Sur l'epilepsie partielle.
 Rev. neur., Par., 1929,  36: 623-5.—Schmite,  P.   A propos de
 quelques observations d'epilepsie Bravais-Jackson. Rev. med.
 fr., 1931,  12: 863-9.—Schwenkenberg,  A.   J.   The  clinical
 significance of focal epilepsy. Dallas M. J., 1927, 13: 98-102.—
 Solaro, G.   Sulla epilessia  Jacksoniana.  Rapp. Congr. Soc.
 internat. chir., 1926, 7. Congr., pt 2, 330.

 ----   Jacksonian: Causes and pathology.

    See  also   subheadings  Brain  disease;   trau-
 matic.
    Bregman, L., & Poncz, H.  Sur un cas d'epilepsie jacksonienne
 k la suite d'une operation orthopedique. Rev.  neur., Par., 1929,
 36: 289.—Bunce, A. H.   Jacksonian epilepsy; case report with
 autopsy findings.  Piedmont  Hosp.  Bull., 1926, 3: 61-8.—
 Del Valle, D., & Viale.  Epilepsia Jacksoniana por aracnoiditis
 quistica en un antiguo traumatizado de criineo portador de un
 autoinjerto osteoperiostico  aponeurotico.  Bol. Soc.  cir. B.
 Aires, 1936, 20: 644-51.—Gordon, A.  Jacksonian epilepsy and
 pathologic changes in the skull.  Arch. Neur.  Psychiat., Chic,
 1934, 32: 655-7.—Euziere, J..  Viallefont,  H. [et al.]  Paralysie
 radiale par  plaie de  guerre;  epilepsie  bravais-jacksonienne
 consecutive.  Arch. Soc. sc.  med. biol. Montpellier, 1932, 13:
 299-302.—Gordon, A., & Turnar, J. P.  Non-luetic disorders in
 a luetic individual; apropos of a  case of  Jacksonian epilepsv.
 J. Nat. M. Ass., 1928, 20: 9-13.—Kofman, V. S., & Binus, E. M.
 [Pathogenesis and treatment of Jackson's epilepsy]  Khirurgia
 Moskva, 1937, No. 6, 24-6.—Rezende,  M.  Epilepsia jack-
 soniana; syndrome parietal; tuberculose.  Fol.  med., Rio, 1933,
 14: 551-4.—Sorel, R.   L'epilepsie  bravais-jacksonienne pri-
 cedant le ramollissement cerebral. Bull. Soc.  med. hop. Paris
 1931,  3. ser., 47: 88-91.—Thevenard,  A. Considerations prati-
 ques sur le diagnostic de l'epilepsie jacksonienne et de ses  causes.
 Prat.  med. fr.,  1929, 8: 316-27.—Victoria, M., & Balado, M.
 Sindrome compresivo de la  circunvolucion central  posterior:
 epilepsia jacksoniana; signo  del brazo ajeno.   Bol. Inst, clin
 quir.,  B. Air., 1928, 4: 544-59.—Voznesensky, V. P.  [Certain
discrepancies in the theory of Jackson's epilepsy]   Sovet. klin
 ----   Jacksonian: Diagnosis.

    Jonas,  W.   *Die  Bedeutung der fokalen An-
 falle fiir die Lokaldiagnose im Gehirn.   59p.   8!
 Bonn, 1930.
    Cadwalader, W. B.  Significance of jacksonian epilepsy in
 focal diagnosis of  cerebral lesions.  Arch.  Neur. Psychiat.,
 Chic, 1925,  14: 358-64.—Denny-Brown, D., & Robertson, E.
 G.  Observations on  records  of  local  epileptic convulsions.
 J.  Neur.  Psychopath.,  Brist.,  1934. 15: 97-136.—Donini, G.
 Epilessia Jacksoniana con monoparesi di difficile interpretazione
 diagnostica.   Gior.  clin.   med.,  1925,  6:  201-9.—Gonzalez
 Aguilar, F.   iEpilepsia Jacksoniana o histeroepilepsia?  Siglo
 med.,  1918, 65: 142; 164;  184.—Schneider, C.  Zur Diagnose
 symptomatischer, besonders residualer Epilepsieformen.  Ner-
 venarzt, 1934, 7: 385; 456.

 ----  Jacksonian: Forms.

    Hennecke,  A.  O.  J.   *Ueber umschriebene
 Rindenreizkrampfe, eine Sondergruppe der Jack-
 sonschen Epilepsie.   32p.   8?   Halle,  1929.
    Stern, E.  *Ueber seltene Formen des rinden-
 epileptischen Anfalles  (frontaler  und  sensibler
 Typus)   [Basel]   31p.   8?   Kotomyja, 1936.
    Colares, J.  V.   Tipo disociado del sindrome de Jackson.
 Dia med., B.  Air.,  1933-34,  6: 21.—Fonvielle.   Epilepsie
 jacksonienne a type crural gauche au cours d'une otite moyenne
 chronique suppuree droite.  Rev. otoneur., Par.,  1926, 4: 18-
 21.—Halpern, L.  Ueber frontale Epilepsie.  Wien. klin. Wschr.,
 1935, 48: 557-9.—Kennedy, R. F. Temporosphenoidal epilepsy.
 State  Hasp.,  Utica,   1911-12,  n.  sen,  4:  407-21.—Lupu-
 lescu, I. I.  [Abolition  of cutaneous abdominal reflexes on the
 paralized side only at the time of onset of Jacksonian epileptic
 attack in case of infantile hemiplegia] Rev. san. mil., Bucur.,
 1931, 30: 524-7.—Pallasse & Cade, R. Epilepsie jacksonienne;
 lesion de la deuxieme frontale. Lyon med., 1929, 143: 488-91.—
 Petit, G., & Baudard, A. Crises conscientes d'epilepsie bravais-
 jacksonienne.   Ann. med. psychoi., Par., 1934, 92: pt 2, 276-
 81.—Santha, K. [Temporo-occipitalis Jackson-epilepsia]  Orv.
 hetil., 1938, 82: 825-8.   Also Zschr. ges. Neur.  Psychiat., 1938,
 163: 432-40.—Stengel,  E.   Ueber ein eigenartiges  myokloni-
 sches Reflexphanomen  bei einem Falle von Jackson-Epilepsie.
 Mschr.  Psychiat.,  1934, 88: 216-24.—Tournay,  A.   Behavior
 of the plantar reflex in  jacksonian epilepsy; with some  obser-
 vations on the  pathologic  phvsiology of the Babinski sign.
 Arch. Neur. Psychiat.,  Chic, 1925, 13: 592-5.  Also repr.

 ----  Jacksonian, sensory.
   Behrendt,  W.   Zur Pathologie  sensibler  Jacksonanfalle.
 Med. Klin., Berl., 1925, 21: 283.—Castex, M. R., Beretervide,
 J. J., & Balestra, S. Tumor cerebral v epilepsia Jacksoniana
 sensitiva.   Rev. Soc. med. int.,  B. Air.,  1925,  1:  655-8.—
 Janota, O.  Epilepsie Bravais-jacksonienne sensitive.   Ence-
 phale,  1927,  22: 539-53.—Roger,  H.,  Arnaud,  M. [et  al.]
 Amyotrophie brachiale droite avec contractions  fibrillaires et
 Epilepsie jacksonienne a predominance sensitive, symptomati-
 ques d'un  astrocytome a  debut  parietal d'une duree  d'une
 vingtaine  d'annees.   Rev. neur.,  Par.,  1938, 69:  531-4 —
 Rosenberg, M.  Ueber sensible Jackson-Anfnlle von besonderer
 Verlaufsform  und   nachfolgende   postepileptische  sensible
 Lahmung.   Nervenarzt, 1931, 4:  569-73.   ------  Ueber
 Sensibilitatsausfalle und andere  postepileptische Storungen
 nach sensiblen Jacksonanfallen und iiber sogenannte  Aequi-
 valente.  Ibid.,  1932, 5: 462.—Sittig, O.  A clinical study of
 sensory Jacksonian fits. Brain, Lond., 1925, 48:  233-54.

 ----   Jacksonian: Treatment.

   See  also subheadings  traumatic;  Treatment;
 Treatment, surgical.
   Alessandri, R. Sulla cura dell'epilessia Jacksoniana.  Rapp.
 Congr. Soc. internat. chir., 1926, 7. Congr., pt 2, 310-2. ------
 Du traitement de l'epilepsie jacksonienne.  Bruxelles  med.,
 1926-27, 7:  103.—Anzilotti.  Epilessia  Jacksoniana.  Rapp.
 Congr. Soc. internat.  chir., 1926,  7.  Congr.,  pt 2,  312-5.—
 Barre & Metzger.  Heureux effet de la radiotherapie dans un
 cas d epilepsie jacksonienne. Rev. neur., Par., 1929, 36: 389.—
 Broadbent, W.  Jacksonian epilepsy treated with tuberculin.
 Lancet, Lond., 1931, 1: 1082.—Clivio, C.  Un caso di epilessia
 jacksoniana operato e guarito.  Riv. otoneur., 1938,  15: 161-
 7-—Courriades.  Epilepsie  bravais-jaksonienne; intervention
 chirurgicale;  guerison.   J.  m6d. Bordeaux,  1938,  115: pt 2,
 504.—Dowman, C.  E.   Alcohol injection of  brain cortex in
 Jacksonian epilepsy.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1924, 83: 1492.—Ferey,
 D.  Epilepsie  Bravais-Jacksonienne; intervention chirurgicale;
 arachnoidite chronique.  Bull, med.. Par., 1935, 49: 498.  Also
 Bull. Soc.  nat. chir., Par., 1935, 61: 695—Furlow, L. T.  Sub-
 pial resection of the cortex  for focal epilepsy; further observa-
 tions.  J. Am. M.  Ass., 1938,  111: 2092-5.—Guiral, R. J., &
Ramirez Corria, C. M.  Epilepsia jacksoniana  y gran mal;
secci6n del lobulo frontal derecho y  tunelificaci6n ventricular
por gliosis paraventricular.  Rev. cubana otoneuroft., 1936, 5:
 119-26.—Jentzer. A., & de Morsier, G.  Traitement chirurgical
des crises  jacksoniennes  postapoplectiques;  importance de
l'cedeme cerebral qui accompagne les foyers vasculaires.  Rev. 
EPILEPSY
401
EPILEPSY
neur  Par , 1932, 39: pt 2, 1370.—Kornev, P. G.  [Treatment
of Jacksonian epilepsy] Vest, khir., 1924 4: No. 12, 134-44.—
Leins-Forrer.   Beitrag zur  Therapie der  Paroxysmen vom
Jacksonschen Typus.  Schweiz. med.  Wschr., 1936, 66: 806.—
Leriche, R.  Des resultats eloigns du traitement de l'epilepsie
iaeksonienne    Rapp. Congr. Soc.  internat. chir.,  1926,  7.
Congr., pt 2, 1-32.  Also Clin, chir., Milano, 1926, 29: 506-10.—
Mayer,' L.  11 ne faut  pas etre trop pessimiste dans l'apprecia-
tion des  resultats eloigns de la trepanation pour  6pilepsie
jacksonienne.   Rapp. Congr. Soc.  internat. chir.,  1926,  7.
Congr., pt 2, 358-61.—Miyake, H.  Ueber die Dauerresultate
der operativen  Behandlung  bei der sogenannten Uebergangs-
form  zur  Jackson'schen Epilepsie.   Ibid., 315-9.—Sachs,  E.
The subpial resection  of the cortex in the treatment of Jack-
sonian epilepsy (Horsley operation) with observations on areas
4 and 6.  Brain, Lond., 1935, 58: 492-503.—Young, A.  Results
of the treatment of Jacksonian epilepsy.  Rapp. Congr. Soc
internat. chir., 1926, 7. Congr., pt 2, 319-21.

----  Jacksonian, visceral.

   Bouttier, H., & Mathieu, P. Sur un cas de paresie jacksoni-
enne avec troubles vasomoteurs concomitants.  Rev. neur., Par.,
1922, 29: 1519-25.—Frazier, C. H-, & Watts, J. W.  Cortical
autonomic epilepsy.   Tr. Am. Neur. Ass., 1934, 60:  141-4 —
Radovici,  A., & Radoslav, C.  Anginoses Syndrom mit corti-
calem Ursprung; anginose und  tachykardische  Beschwerden
wahrend Anfallen von Jacksonscher  Epilepsie.  Klin. Wschr.,
1928  7: 2348.—Watts, J. W., & Frazier, C. H.  Cortical auto-
nomic epilepsy.  J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1935, 81:  168-75.

----  Kozhevnikov's type [partialis continua]

   Jarrige-Lemas,  P.   *L'epilepsie de Kojevni-
kow; contribution a l'etude de la pathogenie de
ce svndrome.   87p.   8?  Par.,  1925.
   Beresnegovsky, N.  I.  [Surgical treatment of Kozhevnikov's
epilepsy]  Vest, khir., 1924, 4:  No. 12, 126-33.  Also Ann.
Surg., 1925, 82: 698-703, ch.—Choroschko, W. K. Zur Patho-
genese  des  Symptomenkomplexes  der  Epilepsia  partialis
continua.  Zschr.  ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1925,  98:  552-5.—
Fleck, U.  Ueber Kojewnikoffsche Epilepsie.  Ibid.,  1930-31,
131: 514-24.  Also Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1936, 139: 232 —
Gordon, A.  Focal epilepsy  (Kojewnikoff's type)  Med. Rec,
N. Y., 1934, 139: 472-4.—Kautzky, R., & Stengel,  E.  Epi-
lepsia partialis continua bei Lasion des Stirnhirnes und  des
Thalamus  opticus.  Zschr.  ges.  Neur.  Psychiat.,  1938,  163:
362-6.—Laubenthal,  F.   Ueber  Kojewnikoffsche Epilepsie.
Arch.  Psychiat., Berl.,  1932, 96:  307-13.—Luque,  O.,  &
Audap-Soubie,  P.  Consideraciones sobre un caso de epilepsia
parcial continua,  sindrome  de  Kojewnikow.   Prensa rned.
argent., 1937, 24: 302-8.—Markovits, G.  Ueber einen Fall
von Kojevnikoffscher  Epilepsie.  Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1932
97: 660.—Omorokov,  L. J.   [Kojevnikov's epilepsy in Liberia]
J. nevropat.  psikhiat.,  1927,  20:  13-24.   Also Zschr. ges.
Neur. Psychiat., 1927, 107: 487-96.  ------  [Histopathology
and pathogenesis of  Kojevnikov's  epilepsy]   Nevropat. psi-
khiat., 1938, 7: No. 10, 26-37.—Poniatovskaia, S.K.  [Patho-
genesis of Kojevnikov's form of  epilepsy]  Ibid.,  193b,  5:
2084-8.—Sarno, D.   Contributo clinico alio studio  dell epi-
lessia parziale emilaterale.   Neurologica, Nap., 1924, 1: 243-
50 pl —Talmud, J. L.   Peripherer Eingriff bei Kojewnikoff-
scher Form der Epilepsie.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1928,
117:460-71.—Tamura, Y., & Dendo, Y.  Ein Fall von Koschew-
nikowscher Epilepsie.  Psychiat. neur.  jap., 1938,  42: 27.—
Van Bogaert, L., Dellaert, R., & De Smet, E.  Contribution a
la semiologie  des  mouvements involontaires dans 1 epilepsie
partielle  continue (Kojewnikoff)  J.  beige  neur.  psychiat.,
1937  37: 200-4.—Verrienti, G.  Contributo clinico alia cono-
scenza della epilessia parziale continua di Kojewnikow.  Riv.
sper. freniat., 1938, 62: 176-92.

----  Labyrinth.
   Blonder, E.  J.  Neuro-otologic studies in epilepsy.  Arch.
Otolar., Chic, 1937, 25:  63-5.—Draganesco, S., & Axente, S.
Sur l'appareil vestibulaire chez les epileptiques.  Rev.  otoneur.,
Par   1933,  11: 693.—Langdon, E.  E.  Symposium on  the
VHIth nerve;  neuro-otologic  studies in epilepsy.  Laryngo-
scope, 1935.  45: 70-8.— Podesta,  E.   Vertigme epilettica e
funzione labirintica.   Q. psichiat. Genova,  1924 11: 87-91.—
Rabinowitsch, J. S. Epilepsie und Vestibularsystem.   Mschr.
Psychiat., 1928, 70: 82-94.   Also Kim. med., Moskva  1929, 7.
413-20.—Scheinmann, A.   Vestibularapparat und  Epilepsie.
Mschr. Ohrenh.,  1928, 62:  1473-90,-Stauder,  K  H   Epi-
lepsie und Vestibularapparat.  Arch.  Psychiat., Berl., 1966-64,
101: 739-61.

----  Localization.

   See Epilepsy, Epileptogenous centers.

----   Metabolism.
   Cuneo, G.  Studi sulla patogenesi dell'epilessia;  la  genesi
dell'albumosoemia  epilettica e la digestione intestinale delle
proteine, degli idrati di carbonio e dei grassi.   Note psichiat.,
Pesaro,  1926, 3. ser., 14: 381-428. ------ Studi sulla pato-
genesi dell'epilessia;  a proposito  della reazione tra zuccberi e
amminoacidi.  Biochim.  ter. sper., 1927,  14: 294-307.  Also
Fol. clin. chim., Bologna, 1927, 2:485-504.  Also Note psichiat.,
Pesaro,  1927, 3. ser., 15: 355-72.   ------  II chimismo dei sali
organici ossidabili e l'insufficienza della funzione ossidante del
fegato.  Ibid., 1929, 3. ser., 17: 323-70.—Damon, L. A.  Basal
metabolic rate in epilepsy; report of 350 cases.  Arch. Neur.
Psychiat., Chic, 1932,  28: 120-24.  Also repr.------ The
amylolytic activity of the feces  in epileptics. Am. J. Psychiat.,
1934, 13: 817-27.—De Crinis, M.   Ueber den Stoffwechsel beim
epileptischen Symptomenkomplex. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat.,
1925, 99: 718-55.—Feldmann,  E. S.   [Metabolism in epilepsy]
Sovrem.  psikhonevr.,  1930, 10:  241-6.—Frisch, F.   Meta-
bolisme et epilepsie. Rev. neur., Par., 1935, 42: pt 2,  471.—
Greco, G.  La enzimoreazione  in rapporto all'epilessia.  Ann.
med. nav., Roma,  1931, 37: pt  2,  546-71.—Hartenberg, P.
Influence de l'alimentation sur les accidents epileptiques.  J.
med. Paris, 1934, 54: 12-4.—Lennox, W. G., & Wright, L.  H.
Studies   in  epilepsy; the  basal  metabolism.   Arch.  Neur.
Psychiat., Chic, 1928, 20: 764-70.—Neri, A.   II comporta:
mento  del metabolismo  basale negli epilettici alio stato di
riposo e sotto l'azione delle sostanze farmacodinamiche.  Rass.
stud, psichiat., 1934, 23: 1148-58.—Notkin, J. Basal metabolic
rate  in  untreated and  treated  patients  with epilepsy.  Arch.
Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1930, 24:  1231-7.  Also repr.—Sachs.
I., & Zander, H.  Katalase und Peroxydase beim Epileptiker.
Biochem. Zschr., 1927, 183: 426-33.—Talbot, F. B.. Hendry,
M.,  &  Moriarty, M.  The basal metabolism of children with
idiopathic epilepsy.  Am.  J.  Dis. Child., 1924,  28:  419.—
Tracy, E. A.  Diet in  the  causation  of  epilepsy.  Med. J. &
Rec, 1924, 120:  115.  Also repr.—Vollmer, H.  Stoffwechsel-
untersuchungen bei Epileptikern.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat.,
1925, 98: 125-8.—Wildermuth, H.  Stoffwechseluntersuchungen
bei Epileptikern.  Ibid., 95: 120-9.  ------ Nochmals Stoff-
wechseluntersuchungen bei Epileptikern.   Ibid.,  99:  792.—
Wuth,  O.   Stoffwechselpathologie.   Deut. Zschr. Nervenh.,
1926, 94: 98-123.  ------  Zur Pathogenese des epileptischen
Krampfanfalls;  Stoff wechselpathologie.    Zschr.  ges.  Neur.
Psychiat., 1927, 109: 521-36.

----   Metabolism,  carbohydrate.
   See also Epilepsy, Pathogenesis.
   N0rvig,  J.   Unders0gelser  over stofskitteano-
malier ved  psykoser;  den saakaldte genuine  epi-
lepsi.  212p.   8?   Kbh.,  1921.
       779O8—vol. 5, 4th sbeibs----26
   See   also   Epilepsy,  Seizure:   Induction—by
insulin.
   Blawat, J.  *Les troubles du metabolisme des
glucides   dans  l'epilepsie   essentielle;   role  de
rhypoglycemie.  54p.   8?  Par., 1937.
   Bergonzi, M.  Crisi ipoglicemiche spontanee e crisi cpilet-
tiche.  Riv. sper. freniat.,  1938, 62:  137-62.—Byrom, F.  B.
A study of the total exchange of water, sodium, potassium, and
nitrogen in epilepsv.  Q. J. Med., Oxf.,  1932, n. ser., 1: 289-
302, 2 pl.—Daly, I. de B., Pryde, J., & Walker, J.  The blood
sugar in cases of epilepsy. Brit. M. J., 1924, 1: 232.—Di Mauro.
S.  La  curva glicemica nella epilessia.   Cervello, 1936,  15:
109-13.—Di Renzo, F.   La  glicemia negli epilettici nei periodi
intervallari  e durante  gli accessi  convulsivi.    Arch, pat.,
Bologna, 1925, 4: 411-7.—Fischer, M.   Osservazioni e con-
siderazioni  sulla  sintomatologia  clinica e sul metodo della cura
insulinica;  particolarmente  sull'attacco  epilettico  e  gli stati
iperglicemici.   Rass.  stud, psichiat.,  1938, 27: 333-52.—
Gibbs, F. A., Gibbs, E. L., & Lennox. W. G. Influence of the
blood sugar level on the  wave  and spike formation in petit mal
epilepsy.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic,  1939, 41: 1111-6 —
Haury, V. G., & Hirschfelder, A. D.  Some observations upon
blood glucose in epilepsy.  Proc.  Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y..  1934-35,
32: 1658.—Holmstrom, R.  [Blood sugar in epileptics]   Upsala
lak. foren. forh., 1924, 29: 17-56.—Jacchia, L., & Fattovich, G.
Le  variazioni glicemiche e gli squilibri del sistema glicoregola-
tore negli  epilettici.  Minerva med., Tor., 1932, 23: pt  2,
517-26.—Lennox, W. G.  Studies of metabolism in epilepsy;
the sugar content of the blood.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic,
1927, 18: 383-94.  ------■   The blood  sugar curve.  Ibid.,
395-413.—Mackay, G. W. J., & Barbash, M. B.   The glucose
tolerance curve  in epilepsy.  J. Ment Sc,  Lond., 1931, 77:
83-5.—Minchin, R. L. H.  The  factor of hypoglycaemia in the
aetiology of  idiopathic  epilepsy.  Ibid.,  1933, 79: 659-76.—
Munch-Petersen, C. J.   Recherches sur le metabolisme des
hydrates de carbone chez les epileptiques. C. rend. Soc. biol.,
1928, 98: 891-3.  ------ & Schou,  H. I.  Investigations into
the sugar-metabolism in epileptics, especially the sugar thresh-
old in adrenalin- and glucose-hyperglycemia.  Acta psychiat.
neur., Kbh.,  1931, 6: 545-64.—Nedved,  M., & Zahejsky,  M.
[Glycemia  in epilepsy]   Cas. lek.  desk., 1936,  75:  672-5.—
Neri A. La curva glicemica alimentare  negli epilettici. Bio-
chim. ter. sper.,  1935, 22: 162-8.—Pollock, L. J., & Boshes, B.
Carbohydrate metabolism in epilepsy.  Arch. Int. M„  1937, 59:
1000-23.  Also Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1937, 38: 229-
31.—Schou, H.  J.  Epilepsy and alimentary hypoglycemia;
preliminary  communication.    Acta  psychiat.   neur., Kbh.,
1937, 12: 533-43.—Tyson,  G. N., jr, Otis, L., &  Joyce, T. F.
A study of blood sugar of epileptics.  Am. J. M.  Sc, 1935,  190:
164-9.—Villacian, J. M., & Andreu Urra, J. Estudios meta-
b61icos  en  la  epilepsia;  investigaciones  sobre el metabolismo
hidrocarbonado.  Med. ibera, 1928, 22: 397; 429. 
EPILEPSY
402
EPILEPSY
----   Metabolism, lipid.

   See also Epilepsy, Seizure: Physiopathology.
   Albertoni, P., &  Borgatti, G.  La colesterina del sangue e
l'aceesso  epilettico.   Boll.  Soc. ital. biol. sper.,  1931, 6: 117.
Also Policlinico,  1931,  38: sez.  med.,  293-8.—Dereux.  J.,
Paget, M.,  & Alexandre,  E.   La cholesteroiemie des  epilep-
tiques.   Rev. neur.,  Par.,  1938,  70: 41-3.—Gomirato,  G.
Sull'alterazione della colesterolemia  negli  epilettici  e  sua
pifsibile  etiopatogenesi.  Riv. pat. nerv., 1939, 53: 319-30.—
Gray, H.,  &  McGee, L.  C.   Cholesterol  content  of  blood
in epilepsy and in feeblemindedness.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat..
Chic, 1932, 28: 357-69.  Also repr.—Hopkins, H.  Chemical
studies in  the epileptic syndrome; whole  blood  cholesterol.
J. Nerv.  Ment. Dis., 1933, 77: 601-16.— Jacchia, L., & Fatto-
vich,  G.   Le  variazioni colesterinemiche  e gli squilibri del
ricambio  lipoideo negli epilettici.  Gior.  psichiat., 1934. 62:
247-62.—McQuarrie, I., Bloor, W.  R. [et al.]   The lipids of
the blood plasma in epilepsy; a statistical study of single de-
terminations in 100  epileptic and 32 normal subjects.  J. Clin.
Invest., 1933, 12: 247-54.—McQuarrie, I., Husted. C, & Bloor,
W. R.  Variations of lipids in relation to occurrence of seizures.
Ibid., 255-65.—Maddox, K.  A note on the diagnosis of and blood
cholesterol changes  in  major convulsive epilepsy.  Med. J.
Australia, 1931, 1: 531-4.—Robinson, S. H. G., Brain, W. R., &
Kay, H. D.  The association of low blood cholesterol with the
occurrence of fits in  epileptics.  Lancet, Lond., 1927, 2: 325.—
Rosen, Isadore, Krasnow,  F.. &  Notkin, J.  Cholesterol and
lecithin content of the  blood  in cryptogenic epilepsv.  Arch.
Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1933, 29: 155-7.   Also repr.


----   Metabolism, mineral.

   See also Epilepsy, Endocrine system.
   Bigwood, E. J.  La carence du sang en ions calcium chez les
epileptiques.   C. rend.  Soc. biol., 1924,  90:  98-100.
 L'equilibre  physico-chimique du  sang dans l'epilepsie; l'ion
 calcium.  J. physiol. path, gen., 1924, 22: 70; 94.—Cassinis, F.
 Ricerche  sul calcio  negli epilettici.   Note psichiat., Pesaro,
 1926, 3. ser., 14: 323-6.—Cossa.  Sur un cas d'epilepsie avec
 hypercalcemie.  Rev. neur.,  Par., 1935, 42:  928.—Curti,  G.
 L'alterazione del metabolismo del bromo nella genesi dell'epi-
 lessia.  Riv. sper. freniat., 1934, 58: 435-8.—De Mennato, M.
 II rapporto calcio-potassico nell'epilessia. Osp. psichiat., Nap.,
 1935, 3:  308-21.—Engel, R.. McQuarrie, I.,  & Ziegler, M.
 Mineralhaushaltstudien bei jugendlichen Epileptikern.  Arch.
 exp.  Path., Berl.,  1933-31.  174:  555-74.—Griffiths, G. M.
 Calcium in epilepsy.  J.  Neur. Psychopath., Brist., 1934, 15:
 29-38.—Hirschfelder, A. D., & Haury, V. G.  Variations in
 plasma magnesium and potassium in epilepsy.  Proc Soc Exp
 Biol., N.  Y., 1935-36, 33: 40-2.  Also Arch. Neur. Psvchiat.,
 Chic, 1938, 40: 66-78.—Katzenelbogen, S.  The distribution
 of calcium between  blood and fluid and the carbon dioxide
 content of the blood in epilepsy; the relation between  epilepsy
 and tetany. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1931, 74: 636-44.—Lennox,
 W. G.,  & Allen, M. B.  Studies in epilepsy; the chloride con-
 tent of the blood and spinal fluid.   Arch. Neur.  Psychiat.,
 Chic, 1930, 23: 525; 24: 1199.—Longo, V.  Sul contenuto in
 Ca e K del siero di sangue di soggetti normali ed epilettici.
 Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1928, 3:  112-4.  Also Note psichiat.,
 Pesaro, 1928, 3. ser., 16: 229-40.—Madsen, J.  On the calcium,
 potassium and sodium concentrations in the serum of epileptics.
 Acta psychiat. neur., Kbh., 1932,  7: 343-62.—Minchin, R. L.
 H. The blood calcium in idiopathic epilepsv.  J. Neur. Psycho-
 path.,  Lond.,  1936-37, 17: 314-7.—Mondio,  E.  Sul fosforo
 inorcanico del sangue nei soggetti epilettici.  Riv. pat.  nerv.,
 1!»29. 34: 524-33.—Olsen, A. [Ca-examination in epileptics]
 Hospitalstidende, 1936, 79: 854-9.—Ostmann.  Renale Koch-
 salzausscheidung und epileptischer Krampfanfall.  Allg. Zschr.
 Psychiat., 1933,  101: 301-3.—Reiter, P. J.  Recherches  sur le
 calcium total du serum chez les epileptiques au sens propre et
 dans  les etats voisins.  C. rend.  Soc.  biol., 1925,  92:  1325.
 Also Hospitalstidende, 1925,  68: 439-43.—Zagami, V.  Con-
 tenuto in Ca e K del siero di sangue ed epilessia sperimentale
 nei cane.  Boll. Soc ital. biol. sper., 1927, 2: 44-7.  Also Arch
 sc. biol., Nap., 1928,  11: 301-33.


 ----   Metabolism,  protein.

   Winxik,  H.   *Schwankungen im Peptidasen-

 haushalte und ihre Bedeutung bei   der Genese

 des  epileptischen   Anfalls.    35p.    8?   Bresl
 1926.

   Cuneo, G. Studi sulla patogenesi dell'epilessia; della proto-
 albumosa  e delle sue relazioni con le crisi epilettiche e con le
 crisi lnsuhniche.  Note psichiat., Pesaro, 1925, 3. ser., 13: 463-
 79.  Also Arch, pat., Bologna, 1926, 5: 22-32.  Also Biochim
 ter. sper., 1926, 13: 135-48.—Frisch, F.,  &  Fried, E.  Die
 Serumeiweisskorper bei Epilepsie.  Zschr. ges. exp. Med  1927
 56: 766-77— McKenzie,  B. W., & McChesney, E.  W.'  Pro-
 teins of the blood serum in  cases of essential epilepsy.  Arch
 Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1935, 34: 764-7.—Pfeiffer, H., Stande-
 nath, F  & Weeber R.  Ueber den Peptidasenhaushalt unserer
 \ ersucnstlere und des Menschen, mit besonderer Berucksichti-
gung des Epileptikers.  Klin. Wschr., 1925 4- 11^2
Ueber den  Peptidasenhaushalt des Epileptikers.  Zschr  ges
Neur.  Psychiat.,  1925,  98: 297-346.  Also  Deut.  Zschr!
Nervenh., 1926,  89: 130.
 ----   Metabolism, water.

   See also Epilepsy,  Diagnosis: Tests; Epilepsy,
 Seizure: Induction.
   Stubbe Teglbjaerg,  H.  P.   Investigations on
 epilepsy   and   water  metabolism.    247p.    8?
 Kbh., 1936.
   Albrecht,  H. Beitrag zum  Wasserhaushalt der Epileptiker.
 Allg. Zschr.  Psychiat.,  1938, 109: 262-77.—Byrom, F. B.
 Water metabolism in epilepsy.  Lancet, Lond., 1935, 1: 1473.—
 Engel, R.  Die praktische Bedeutung des Wasserhaushaltes in
 der  Epilepsie, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Permeabilitatstheorie.
 Nervenarzt,  1933, 6: 120-5.   ------  Wasser- und  Mineral-
 haushaltstudien bei Epileptikern.  Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1938-
 39, 109: 323-5.—Geller, W.  Untersuchungen uber den Wasser-
 und Mineralhaushalt der Epileptiker.  Klin. Wschr., 1936, 15:
 168.—Hopkins-Detrick,  H.   Epilepsy; with  regard to  the
 influence of calcium and  water metabolism  upon the incidence
 of seizures. California West. M., 1931, 34: 240-6.—McQuarrie.
 I.  Epilepsy  in children; the relationship of water balance to
 the occurrence  of seizures.  Am.  J. Dis.  Child., 1929,  38: 451-
 67.  ---■— Manchester, R. C, & Husted, C.  Study of the
 water  and mineral balances  in epileptic children; effects of
 diuresis,  catharsis, phenobarbital therapy and water  storage.
 Ibid., 1932, 43: 1519-43.—Neri, A.  II ricambio idrico nell'epi-
 lessia; la prova della diuresi frazionata.  Rass. stud, psichiat.,
 1935, 24:  68-78.------Pressione  oncotica ed indice di
 Aldric e McClure.   Ibid.,  436-41.—Pagniez, P.  Le role de
 l'hydration dans l'epilepsie.  Presse med.,  1930,  38:  1574.—
 Proescher, F., & Thomas, W.  S.  Sodium chloride and water
 balance in  epilepsy.  J. Nerv.  Ment. Dis., 1931, 74: 577-97.—
 Stefanacci, G.  Ricerche preliminari sul ricambio idrico nell'epi-
 lessia.   Rass.  stud,  psichiat., 1934,  23:  1215-21.   ------
 Accessi epilettici da acqua e da acqua e postipofisi, in rapporto
 ai disturbi  del ricambio idrosalino.  Ibid., 1938, 27: 448-60.—
 Terron, C.  II  ricambio  dell'acqua nella genesi dell'epilessia.
 Riv.  pat.  nerv.,  1936,  48: 213-44.—Water metabolism in
 epilepsy. Lancet, Lond., 1936,  1: 489.—Ziskind, E., Somerfeld-
 Ziskind, E., & Bolton, R.  Hydration studies in epilepsy.  J.
 Nerv. Ment.  Dis., 1939, 89: 52-65.

 ----   Migraine.

   See also  Migraine.
   Eisen, N.   *Ueber ungewohnliche  Migranean-
 falle besonders iiber Migrane mit sensiblen Jack-
 sonanfallen.   33p.   8?   Berl.,  1935.
   Eschbach, H.  *Epilepsie und Migrane.  63p.
 8?   Bonn,  1927.
   Hesry,  H.   *Essai sur les relations entre la
 migraine,  l'epilepsie,  l'urticaire et  l'cedeme   de
 Quincke,   l'asthme,   le   coriza   spasmodique,   la
 psychose depressive.  61p.   8?   Par.,  1936.
   Meinhardt,  G.   *Die  Beziehungen  der Epi-
 lepsie zur Migrane  [Rostock]  28p. 8?  Schwedt
 a. Oder,  1925.
   Baruk, H.   Migraines d'apparence  psychogenique suivies
 d'epilepsie  jacksonienne dans  un cas d'angiome cerebral; les
 troubles fonctionnels initiaux dans certaines atteintes  organi-
 ques cerebrates  en particulier dans les tumeurs cerebrates.
 Encephale, 1931,26:  42-4,  pl.—Costedoat & Hugonot. Crises
 d'epilepsie generalisee chez  un  migraineux;  plaque calcaire de
 la faux du  cerveau.  Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1934, 3. ser.,
 50: 989-93.—Draper, J. W.  Clinical studies in migraine  and
 epilepsy.   J.  Florida  M. Ass.,  1924-25,  11: 23-9.—Ely, F. A.
 The  migraine-epilepsy syndrome.  Arch.  Neur. Psychiat.,
 Chic,  1930,  24:  943-9.—Hammes, E. M.   Migraine   and
 epilepsy; 2 case reports.   Minnesota  M.,  1929,  12: 222.—
 Lennox, W. G.  Migraine and epilepsy; newer concepts  and
 treatment.  J. Med., Cincin.,  1938-39,  19:  284-9.  ------ &
 Von Storch, T. J. C.  The  individual and familial coincidence of
 migraine and  epilepsy.  Tr. Am. Neur. Ass.,  1938, 64: 215-7.—
 Mackiewicz, J.  [Epilepsy-migraine-edema syndrome]   Warsz.
 czas.  lek.,  1938,  15:  401-6.—Matzdorff,  P.   Beziehungen
 zwischen dem migranosen und dem epileptischen Formenkreise
 (Migrane, ophthalmoplegische  Migrane, Meniereanfalle,  epi-
 leptische Anfalle)  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1936, 156: 574-
 93.—Morenas,  L., &  Dechaume, J.   Migraine aphasique et
 monopiegique;  6tude  anatomo-clinique;  les rapports de la
 migraine avec l'epilepsie.  J. med.  Lyon, 1929, 10: 259-64.—
 Paskind,  H. A.   Relationship  of migraine, epilepsy and some
 other neuropsychiatric disorders.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic,
 1934, 32: 45-50.—Redlich, E.  Zum Kapitel  Migrane  und
 Epilepsie.   Wien. klin.  Wschr.,  1926,  39:  21-5.—Strobl, A.
 Ueber einen Fall von Migrane  mit tetanieartigen und  epilepti-
formen Symptomen.   Mschr.  Kinderh., 1929,  45:  68-76.—
Wilson, D. C.  Report of a case of transition of migraine to
epilepsy.  Clifton M. Bull.,  1925-26, 11: 71.

----   myoclonic.

  See also Epilepsy, Seizure: Variants; Myoclonus.
  Wu  Ng,  K.-L.   *Ueber  die  Spielbreite   der
Symptome  bei  der  Myoklonus-Epilepsie.   37p.
8?   [Giessen, 1934] 
EPILEPSY                                          403                                        EPILEPSY
    Alajouanine, T., Thurel, R., & Ullmann. M.  Un cas de
 myoclonie-epilepsie; association d'epilepsie generalisee et d'un
 syndrome myoclonique facio-linguo-veio-palatin.  Rev.  neur..
 Par.,  1938, 69: 59-61— Bregman, L. E., &  S. Gleichgewicht.
 Contribution a l'etude de la  myoclonie;  myoclonus-Ipilepsie
 sur base d'alcoolisme; myoclonie partielle d'origine traumatique.
 J. neur. psychiat., Brux., 1930,  30:  495-503.—Buduls,  H., &
 Vilde, J.   Ueber einen  zur Gruppe der  Myoklonusepilepsie
 gehorenden  Erkrankungsfall.   Zschr. ges.  Neur.  Psychiat.,
 1938,  163: 382-9.—Catalano, A.  Casistica  clinica: mioclono-
 epilessia eon accessi statici.  Gior. psichiat.,  1925, 53: 229-33.
 ------  Per la mioclono-epilessia (studio clinico ed istopato-
 logico)  Riv.  sper. freniat.,  1926.  50: 39-49.—Clark,  L. P.
 Remarks  on myoclonus-epilepsy,  with report of  a case.   Rev.
 Neur. Psychiat., Edinb., 1907, 5: 532-9.------The etio-
 pathology of myoclonus  epilepsy.  Am. J. M. Sc, 1926, 172:
 872-85.—Davidenkov, S. N., Larina.  L. I., & Malysheva, T. S.
 [Intermittent form of myoclonic epilepsv] Nevropat. psikhiat.,
 1938,  7: 22-6.—Grinker, R. R., Serota,  H.,  & Stein, S. I.
 Myoclonic epilepsy.  Arch.  Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1938, 40:
 968-80.—Harris,  E.  H.   Myoclonus epilepticus in children,
 with  report of a  case.   Minnesota  M.,  1936,  19:  293-7.—
 Hodskins, M. B., & Yakovlev, P. I.  Anatomico-clinical  obser-
 vations on myoclonus in epileptics  and on  related symptom
 complexes.  Am. J.  Psychiat.,  1929-30,  9: 827-48,  4 pl.—
 Jermulowicz, W.  Un cas d'6pilepsie avec myoclonies, imitant
 les accds cataplectiques.  Rev. neur., Par., 1935, 42: pt 2, 395.—
 Keschner,  M.  Unusual case of myoclonic epilepsy.   Arch.
 Neur. Psychiat., Chic., 1937, 38: 896-9.—Krakora, S.  [Lafora's
 amyloid corpuscles in the central nervous  system  and myo-
 clonic epilepsy]  Rev. neur. psychiat., Praha,  1929, 26: 299-
 307.—Marchand. L.  Les myoclonies epilepti<iues.  Encephale,
 1934,  29:  218-46,  2  pl.—Mossa, G.  Contributo  clinico alio
 studio della mioclonoepilessia.   Arch. sc. med., Tor., 1937, 64:
 839-50.—Muskens, L. J. J.  [Researches on  myoclonic reflexes
 as a basis of myoclonic epileptic attacks]  Psychiat. neur. bl.,
 Amst., 1924,  6: 105-54.   Also Arch,  argent,  neur., 1928, 2:
 78-106.—Myslivecek   [Histological  findings  in  myoclonic
 epilepsy]   Bratisl. lek.  listy,  1928, 8: 10-9.—Ostertag, B.
 Zur  Histopathologie  der  Myoklonusepilepsie   (eine  weitere
 Studie iiber die intragangliocellularen, corpuscularen Einlage-
 rungen)  Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1925, 73: 633-56—Paperny, G.
 S.  [On myoclonus-epilepsy in relation to camphor therapy in
 schizophrenia by Meduna's method]  Sovet.  psikhonevr., 1939,
 15: 65-70.—Parhon,  C. I., & Marinesco-Baloiu, D. Epilepsie
 myoclonique d'origine  encephalitique; presence de glycogene
 en grande quantite dans le cerveau de ce malade.  Bull. Acad.
 med.  Roumanie, 1936, 2: 617-9, pl.—Rolder, J. W.  [Chronic
 progressive myoclonus-epilepsy]  Ned. tschr.  geneesk.,  1925,
 69: pt 2,  1548-52.—Schou, H. I.   Myoklonus-Epilepsie mit
 eigentumlichen  Gehirnveranderungen.   Zschr.  ges.   Neur.
 Psychiat.,  1925, 95:  12-20.—Seppilli, G.  Mioclonia ed epi-
 lessia.  Ricer.  fisiol.  ded. Prof.  L. Luciani  ...,  Milano,  1900,
 179-83.—Straube,  G.  Ein Beitrag zur Symptomatologie der
 Myoklonusepilepsie.  Nervenarzt, 1934, 7: 297-9.—Zerbini, E.
 Contributo clinico  alio  studio dell'associazione  mioclono-
 epilettica.   Rass. stud, psichiat., 1936, 25: 846-79.

 ----   myoclonic familial [Unverricht-Lundborg]
    Bellavitis,  C.   Contributo  all'anatomia patologica  della
 sindrome di Unverricht (policlonia ed epilessia)   Note psichiat.,
 Pesaro, 1923, 3. ser., 11: 459-78, 3 pl.—Biihrer, C. Ueber einen
 Fall von Unverricht'scher Myoclonie.  Korbl. schweiz. Aerzte,
 1901,  31:  201-9.—D'AHocco, O.   Parecchi  casi di  mioclonia,
 la maggior parte familiari; contributo al valore della medesima
 quale sintoma di stato degenerativo,  specialmente epilettico, e
 quale  reazione di neuroni motori.   Riforma med., 1897, 13:
 223; passim.—Dimitri, V.   Observaciones de epilepsia mio-
 clonica familiar  con  estudio histopathol6gico.   Prensa  med.
 argent.,  1931-32,  18: 1229-39.—Filimonov,  I. N.  Ein  eigen-
 artiger der  Unverricht-Lundboigschen  Krankheit  naheste-
 hender Fall von familiarer Erkrankung.   Zschr.  ges.  Neur.
 Psychiat.,  1927,  108: 86-95.—Gareiso, A.,  &  Stabon,  L. L.
 Sobre un caso de mioclonia epileptica, intermitente o paroxistica
 (tipo Lundborg)   Rev.   med.  lat. amer., B. Air.,  1932, 17:
 1256.—Guiral,  R. J.   Sindrome de  Unverricht.  Arch.  med.
 int., Habana, 1935, 1: 330-5.—Hoffmann, A. Ueber Myoklo-
 nien und Epilepsie.  Verh.  Ges. Deut.  Naturforsch.  (1901)
 1902, 73: pt 2,  med. Abt., 278.—Latham. A. D.,  & Munro, T.
 A.  Familial myoclonus epilepsy associated  with deaf-mutism
 in  a family showing other  psychobiological  abnormalities.
 Ann. Eugen.,  Cambr.,  1937-38, 8: 166-75,  ch—Lobstein J.
 [Case of chronic progressive myoclonus epilepsy  of Unverricht-
 Lundborg  type]   Ned.  tschr.  geneesk., 1928,   72: 411-3.—
 Mazza, A.   Mioclono-epilessia atassica familiare (sindrome di
 Unverricht, con atassia)   Riv. sper. freniat., 1935, 59:  750-
 77.—Niccolai, N.   La sindrome di LTnverricht  (policlonia ed
 epilessia)   Riv. crit. clin.  med.,  1921, 22: 289-97.—Parhon, C.
 L, & Constantinesco, S.   Sur  2 cas  d'epilepsie  myoclonique;
 l'action de la parathormone et I'hypothese  pathogenique de
 Lundborg (hypoparathyroidie) de cette forme d'epilepsie.   Rev.
 med. roumain.,  1932, 5: 3-7.—Pintus, G.  Stato mentale  e
 trasmissione ereditaria della mioclono-epilessia di Unverricht.
 Riv. sper.  freniat.,  1937, 61:  335-84, diag— Schaeffer, H.
 Sindrome di Unverricht-Lundborg (mioclonia-epilessia)   Gazz.
osp., 1933, 54: 489-93. ------  Un cas de myoclonie-epilepsie;
syndrome  d'Unven uht-Lundborg.   Presse  med.,  1933,  41:
127 —Seppilli, G.   Un caso di mioclonia famigliare associata
all'epilessia.  Riv.  sper.   freniat.,  1895,  21:  326-35.—Van
Bogaert, L.  Sur une variete non decrite d'affection familiale;
l'epilepsie myoclonique avec choreo-athetose.  Rev. neur., Par.,
1929, 36: pt 2, 385-414.—Ziskind, E.  Myoclonic epilepsy of
Unverricht.  Bull. Los Angeles Neur. Soc, 1930, 1: 59-61.

----  partial.

   See   Epilepsy,   Jacksonian;    Epilepsy,    Ko-
zhevnikov's type.

----  Pathogenesis.

   See  also  subheadings  Acid-base  equilibrium;
Cerebrospinal fluid; Metabolism, &c.
   Angelillo,  M.   La genesi  e  il sostrato  ana-
tomo-patologico   della   epilessia.     162p.    8?
Aversa, 1915.
   Pagniez, P.  L'epilepsie; conceptions actuelles:
sur  sa  pathogenie et  son  traitement.    199p.  8?
Par., 1929.
   Tracy, E.  A.    The  basis  of  epilepsy.    92p.
8?    Bost. [1930]
   Rianchi, G.   Sui rapporti etio-patogenetici  della epilessia
essenziale e sintomatica.  Rass. stud, psichiat., 1931, 20:  1026-
33.—Bibb, L. B.  Epilepsy and the relation between cell func-
tion  and organic cerebral function as inferred from an analysis
of normal and  certain forms of abnormal personality.  J.  Nerv.
Ment. Dis., 1928, 68: 496 -501.—Braam Houckgeest. A. Q. van
[Recent views on epilepsy]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1931, 75: pt 3,
4855-62.—Braun, F.  Ueber Pathogenese, Klinik und Therapie
der Epilepsie.   Schweiz.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat.,  1935, 36: 63;
221.—Brock. S.  The problem of the epilepsies.  Internat. Clin.,
1928, '68. ser.,  4:  17X-02.—Brugia, R.   Patogenesi e cura della
epilessia.  Note  p>ichiat., Pesaro, 1924, 3. ser.,  12: 337-55.—
Bunker,  H. A., jr.  Some present-day viewpoints in epilepsy;
a synopsis of  the proceedings  of the  Gesellschaft  Deutsche!'
Nervenarzte held in Dusseldorf in September, 1926. Psvchiat.
Q., 1927, 1: 292; 444—Catola, G.  Sullo stato attuale della
eziopatogenesi e della terapia della  epilessia.  Athena, Roma,
1933, 2: 407-17.—Changing conceptions of epilepsy.  J.  Neur.
Psychopath., Brist., 1934, 15: 65-7.—Clark, L. P.  A study of
discharge convulsions simulating epileptoid or epileptiform sei-
zures. Internat. Clin., 1926, 36.ser., 3:68-117, 3 pl.—Claude, H.
Study of the pathogenesis of epilepsy.   In. Am. Hosp. (Paris)
1930, 1: 3-9.—Cuneo,  G.  Studi sulla  patogenesi  deU'epi-
lessia; l'azione convulsivante ed i  suoi fattori patogenetici.
Riv.  sper.  freniat., 1925-20, 49: 65-85.—Draganescu,  S., &
Axente, S.  [Pathosenesis of essential epilepsv]  Rev. st.  med.,
Bucur., 1932, 21: 460-72— Epilepsie (L') devant les neurolo-
gistes.  Rev. crit. path., Par., 1935-36, 5: 289.—Etienne, G.
Le role des spasmes vasculaires, des troubles endocriniens et
des troubles vago-sympathiques dans la pathogenie de l'epilepsie.
Rev. neur., Par., 1932,  39:  pt 2, 1317.  Also Rev. med. est,
1933, 61:  249-57.—Fedorov, L. N.   Versuchsmaterial und
Methode  zur  Frage  der Genese  des epileptischen  Anfalls.
Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1930, 72: 72-81.—Fischel, E.  I fattori
determinanti nella patogenesi della epilessia genuina accertati
col metodo radiologics  Arch, radiol.,  Nap.,  1937, 12: 329-
35.—Foerster, O.,  & Spielmeyer,  W.   Die Pathogenese des
epileptischen Krampfanfalles.  Deut.  Zschr.  Nervenh.,  1926,
94: 15-5S.—Geitlin, F.  Zur Epilepsiefrage.  Zschr. ges.  Neur.
Psychiat., 1923, 87: 536-69.—Georgi, F.  Zur Pathogenese des
epileptischen Anfalls.  Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1926, 89: 126.—
Gibbs, F. A.,  Gibbs, E. L.. & Lennox,  W. G.  Epilepsy:  a
paroxysmal  cerebral  dysrhythmia.  Brain, Lond., 1937, 60:
377-88.—Gierlich, N.  Ueber die Bedeutung des phylogeneti-
schen Einschlags im epileptischen Anfall.  Deut. Zschr. Ner-
venh., 1933,  130:  111-6.—Hartenberg, P.  Les mecanismes
possibles des accidents  epileptiques.  Presse  med., 1927, 35:
724-6.—Hendriksen,  V.   [Spasmophilia  and  epilepsy  with
remarks on pathogenesis of the epileptic attack]  Bibl. laeger,
1929, 121: 32-48.—Hughes, W. N.  Modern ideas in regard to
epilepsy.  Rhode Island M. J., 1933, 16: 129-34.—Jefimow, K.
Zur  Frage der Genese des epileptischen  Anfalls.  Zschr.  ges.
exp.  Med.,  1928, 62: 662-70.—Jelenkiewicz, L.   Contribu-
tion   experimentale a la  pathogenese  de  l'epilepsie.   Presse
med., 1925, 23: 1722.—Jelliffe, S. E.  Dynamic concepts and
the epileptic  attack.  Am. J. Psychiat,, 1935,  92: 565-74.—
Kennedy, F.  On the nature of fits.  Bull. N. York Acad. M.,
1931, 2. ser., 7: 221-33.—Klessens, J. J. H. M.   [The common
origin of organic and psychic disturbances in epilepsy]   Ned.
tschr.  geneesk.,   1930,  74:  pt 2,  5024-31.—Kramer,  V.  V.
[Problem of the pathogenesis of the epileptic syndrome]  Russ.
klin., 1929, 12:  726-37.—Kroll, F.  W.  Zur  Phylogenese des
Krampfanfalles.   Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1935, 153: 590-
9.—Lennox. W. G.  The problem of epilepsy.  Collect. Papers
Dep. Nerv.  Harvard M. School,  1938,  8: No. 31, 23-30 —
Liknaitzky, I.   The biochemical and psychological aspects of
epilepsy.  S. Afr. M. J., 1936, 10: 662-5.—Lind, W.  A. T.
Conclusions based upon the clinical and postmortem study of
epilepsy.  Med.  J. Australia, 1926, 2: 244-51.—McQuarrie,  I.
Some recent  observations  regarding the  nature of epilepsy.
Ann. Int. M., 1932,  6:  497.—Marx,  H., & Weber, P.  Zur
Pathogenese des epileptischen Anfalles.  Nervenarzt, 1934, 7:
183-7.—Meagher, J. F. W.  Epilepsy; present theories as to its
nature and treatment.  Long Island M. J., 1925, 19: 425-37.— 
EPILEPSY
404
EPILEPSY
 Meyer, H.  Zur Auslosung des epileptischen Krampfanfalls bei
 genuiner Epilepsie.  Zschr. ges.  Neur. Psychiat., 1927, 110:
 622-6.—Meyers, T. J.  An interpretation of the epilepsies with
 therapeutic suggestions.   J.  Am. Osteopath.  Ass., 1932, 31:
 435-44.—Minkowski, M.  Zur pathologischen Anatomie und
 Pathogenese der Epilepsie,  Jahrb. Psychiat. Neur., 1934, 51:
 134-51.—Miyoshi, K.  Experimentelle Forschungen iiber die
 Aetiologie  der epileptischen Krampfe.  Arch. jap. Chir., 1938,
 15: 53; 129; 280.—Muskens,  L. J. J.  Epilepsie; vergleichende
 Pathogenese,  Erscheinungen, Behandlung.   Monogr.  Neur.
 Psychiat,,  1926, H.  47,  1-395.—Nielsen, J. M.  Etiology of
 epileptiform convulsions.  Med.  J.  & Rec,  1925, 122: 338-
 40.—Pagniez, P.  Recent advances in the knowledge of the
 pathologic physiology and pathogenesis  of epilepsy.   Arch.
 Neur.  Psychiat., Chic, 1934,  31: 1324-9.  ------& Salles, P.
 Contribution a la pathogenie de l'epilepsie.  Bull. Acad, med.,
 Par., 1935, 3. ser., 113: 267.—Patogenia y tratamiento medico
 de la epilepsia esencial.  Siglo med., 1930, 85: 181-93.—Poli, C.
 Sulla patogenesi dell'epilessia. Riv. sper. freniat., 1931-32, 55:
 284-9.—Popea,  A., & Eustatziou, G.  Contribution a l'etude
 de la pathogenie de l'acces d'epilepsie.  Presse med., 1927, 35:
 643-5.—Propper, N.  I.   [Experimental investigations  of the
 pathogenesis of  epilepsy]  J.  Physiol. USSR,  1936, 21: 702.—
 Roncoroni.  Sulla patogenesi delle epilessie  essenziali.   Riv.
 sper. freniat., 1924, 48: 144-64.—Roxo, H. Ideas modernas a
 respeito da epilepsia.  Arch,  brasil.  med.,  1931, 21: 143-9.—
 Schaffer, K.  Zum Epilepsie-Problem.  Psychiat, neur. Wschr.,
 1927, 29:  219-22.—Schaltenbrand, G.  Ueber das Epilepsie-
 problem.   Mschr. Kinderh.,  1938,  75: 31-44.—Schuster,  J.
 Ueber die Genese des epileptischen Anfalles im Lichte von
 Farbstoffversuchen.  Arch. Psychiat., 1925-26, 76: 789-823 —
 Slonimmskaja.  Zur  Frage iiber  den  Mechanismus des epi-
 leptischen  Anfalls.   Mschr.  Psychiat.,  1933,  87:  291-304.—
 Spielmeyer, W.  Die Pathogenese  des epileptischen Krampfes.
 Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1927, 109: 501-20.—Spurling, R. G.
 The epileptic problem.   Kentucky  M. J., 1932,  30:  584.—
 Steblow, E.  M.  Der epileptische Krampfprozess im  Lichte
 einiger neuer Ergebnisse  (Analyse experimenteller und klini-
 scher Beobachtungen)  Zschr. ges. Neur.  Psychiat., 1934, 150:
 556-65.-----Der Mechanismus des epileptischen Krampf-
 anfalls.  Psychiat.  neur. Wschr.,  1935,  37:  3-6.—Strecker,
 E. A.,  & Fay, T. S.  The present-day  conception of epilepsy.
 Pennsylvania M.  J., 1928-29, 32:  687-90.—Talmud,  J.  L.
 Peripherie  und  Zentrum  in  der Epilepsielehre.   Nervenarzt,
 1929, 2: 591-4.—Ticha,  J.   [New hypothesis as to origin  of
 epilepsy]   Cas.  lek. desk.,  1928,  67:  1255-9.—Tilmann, O.
 Die  Pathogenese  der Epilepsie.   Festschrift Feier  lOjahr.
 Besteh. Akad. prakt. Med. in Coin, Bonn, 1915,  653-93. -----
 Zur  Epilepsiefrage.  Deut. Zschr. Chir.,  1930,  225:  31-9.—
 Timofeiev, S. L.  [Causal points of the mechanism of epilepsy
 from a surgical  standpoint]  Vrach. delo,  1926, 9: 485-91.—
 Tomescu, P.  [Problem of epilepsy]  Romania med., 1929,  7:
 189.—Vallejo  Nagera, A.  Patogenia y tratamiento de  la
 epilepsia esencial.   Arch, neurob., Madr.,  1930, 10: 27-54.—
 Veyland, V.  [Modern theories on  the pathogenesis of epilepsyl
 Russ. klin., 1930, 13: 506-20.—Watanabe, E.  Experimentelle
 Beitrage zur Histopathologie und Pathogenese des epileptischen
 Krampfanfalls.  Psychiat. neur. jap., 1936, 40: 11.—Zeller, W.
 Analyse eines Falles von genuiner Epilepsie  als Beitrag zur
 Pathogenese der Epilepsie.  Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1927. 81:
 696-70"l.

 ----   Pathogenesis: Autonomic  nervous   sys-
   tem.

   Frisch, F.  Das   vegetative System der Epi-
 leptiker.   57p.   8?   Berl., 1928.
   Brock,  S.  The role  of the  vegetative nervous system in
 epilepsy and migraine.  N. York State J. M., 1930, 30: 442-8.—
 Grzechowski, K.  Le systeme nerveux veg6tatif; ses rapports
 avec la pathogenie de l'epilepsie.   Rev. neur.,  Par., 1935, 42:
 pt 2, 471-3.—Kurtz.  Der Adrenalin-Sondenversuch bei Epi-
 lepsie.   Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1931,  122: 81-8.—Muck, O.
 Ueber  die  Beziehung der  ortlichen  Sympathikohypertonie
 (Kopfteil) zum epileptischen Anfall (Betrachtungen auf Grund
 einer statistischen Erhebung)  Miinch. med. Wschr., 1925, 72:
 1543.—Orzechowski, K.   Le role du systeme nerveux vege'tatif
 dans la pathogenie  de  l'epilepsie.  Presse med., 1935, 43:
 1454.  ------• Relationship of the autonomic  nervous system
 to pathogenesis  of  epilepsy.   Arch. Neur. Psychiat.,  Chic,
 1937, 38:   16-26.—Petro, F.   La  sensibilita  simpatica  degli
epilettici al saggio del collirio di  adrenalina.   Minerva med
Tor  1931, 22: pt  2, 189-93.—Pette, H., & Janzen, R.   Das
Verhalten vegetativer Regulationen in  der  Anfallsbereitschaft
bei Epileptikern.  Deut.  Zschr. Nervenh., 1938,  145: 1-35.—
Popea, A., Eustatziu, G., & Holban, G.  Recherches sur le r61e
du tonus du systeme vagosympathique dans le dedanchement
de l'acces  6pileptique.  C. rend.  Soc.  biol., 1925, 92: 1170-
2.—Santenoise, D., Vare, P.  [et  al.]   Vagotonie et epilepsie
corticale; recherches experimentales.  Encephale,  1929, 24:
----   Pathogenesis:  Humoral factors.
   See  also  subheadings  Acid-base  equilibrium;
Endocrine  system;  Epileptogenous  substance;
Metabolism, &c.
   De Crinis, M.   Die Beteiligung der humoralen
 Lebensvorgange  des  menschlichen   Organismus
 am epileptischen Anfall.  80p.   8?   Berl., 1920.
   Ball if, L.,  & Lunevsky,  I.  Reactions humorales chez  les
 epileptiques.  C. rend.  Soc. biol., 1927, 96:  1185.—Curti,  G.
 L'aumento del bromo nei sangue in corrispondenza  delle crisi
 convulsive (nuovi dati sulla genesi dell'epilessia)  Rass. stud.
 psichiat., 1935, 24: 155-63.—Gamble, J. L.  Epilepsy; evidence
 of body fluid volume  disturbance.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat.,
 Chic, 1930, 23: 915-9.—Georgi, F.  Zur Genese des epilepti-
 schen Anfalls  (ionogene Kolloidstabilitatsstorung;  Theorie der
 Faktorenkoppelung)  Klin.  Wschr.,  1925, 4: 2053-6.  ------
 Humoralpathologie.  Deut.  Zschr.  Nervenh.,  1926,  94: 96-8.
 ------  Pathogenese  des  epileptischen Anfalls (Humoral-
 pathologie)  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1926, 106: 751-70.—
 Lennox, W. G., & Cobb,  S.  The relation  of  certain physico-
 chemical processes to epileptiform seizures.  Am. J. Psychiat,,
 1928-29, 8: 837-47.—Pichler, E.  Neurohumorale Wirkstoffe
 im epileptischen Anfall.  Zschr. ges.  Neur.  Psychiat., 1938,
 161:  358-62.—Propper,  N.  I.   Nature  neuro-humorale  de
 l'epilepsie.   Rev. neur.,  Par., 1938, 70: 332-45.—Rafflin,  R.
 Contribution  k l'etude  humorale  de l'epilepsie.  Encephale,
 1926, 21: 605-12.

 ----   Pathogenesis: Neural mechanism.
   Berger,  H.  Ueber die Entstehung  der  Erscheinungen des
 grossen epileptischen Anfalls.  Klin. Wschr., 1935, 14: 217-9.—
 Brock, S.  The epilepsies; the neural  mechanisms; the lesser
 known  types.   Med. Clin.  N. America, 1930, 14: 463-78 —
 Fedoroff, L.  N.  Ueber  die  wechselseitige  Beteiligung der
 Hirnrinde und der subcorticalen Abschnitte des Gehirns beim
 Entstehen  des epileptischen Anfalls.   Zschr.  ges.  exp.  Med.,
 1930, 72: 82-9.—Galkin,  W. S.  Ueber die Form der  Betei-
 ligung der Hirnrinde an  der Organisation des epileptischen
 Anfalls.  Ibid., 1931, 78: 527-44.  ---— Die Schwankungen
 der Erregbarkeit der Nervenzelle und  der epileptische Anfall.
 Ibid.,  1932, 81:  374-89.  ------  [The cerebral  cortex and
 epileptic seizures]  Arkh. biol.  nauk,  1937,  45: 185-96.—
 Gibbs, F. A.,  Gibbs, E. L.,  & Lennox,  W. G.  Cerebral dys-
 rhythmias of epilepsy: measures for their control.  Arch. Neur.
 Psychiat., Chic,  1938, 39: 298-314.—Kommuller, A. E. Der
 Mechanismus  des epileptischen  Anfalles auf  Grund bioelek-
 trischer Untersuchungen  am Zen trainer vensy stem.  Fortsch.
 Neur. Psychiat., 1935, 7: 391; 414.—Kriazhev, V. J.   [State
 of irritation of  the cerebral cortex in experimental  epilepsy]
 Arkh. biol. nauk,  1936,  42:  175-9.—Lennox,  W.  G.  The
 physiological  pathogenesis of  epilepsy.  Brain, Lond., 1936,
 59: 113-21.  —---- &  Cobb, S.  Epilepsy; from the stand-
 point of physiology and treatment.  Medicine,  1928, 7: 105-
 290.—Longo, V.  Sulla propagazione dell'accesso epilettiforme
 sperimentale nei suoi rapporti col grado di eccitabilita  dei centri
 sigmoidei nei cane.  Boll. Soc.  ital. biol. sper., 1928, 3: 408-12.
 Also Arch, fisiol., Fir., 1930, 28: 33-50.—Martin, J. P.  The
 central  nervous disturbance manifested by  an epileptic  fit.
 Lancet,  Lond.,  1926,  1:  760.—Ozorio de  Almeida,  M..  &
 Martino, G.  Alcune osservazioni  sul  comportamento della
 cronassia dei  centri  sigmoidei nell'epilessia sperimentale del
 canev Arch, fisiol., Fir.,  1933-34, 32:  593-606.—Salmon,  A.
 Le role des noyaux diencephaliques dans le  m6canisme des
 crises epileptiques.  Presse  med.,  1935, 43: 405-8.—Sioli,  F.
 Die Uebererregbarkeits- oder tetanoide  Epilepsie.  Allg. Zschr.
 Psychiat.,  1939,  110: 252-80.—Spiegel, E.   Wie kommt  es
 zur  Generalisierung der Rindenerregung  im  epileptischen
 Anfall?  Wien. klin. Wschr., 1927, 40:  1150-2.  ------  The
 central mechanism of generalized epileptic fits.  Am. J. Psy-
 chiat., 1930-31, 10: 595-609.  ------  & Falkiewicz, T.  Ex-
 perimentalstudien am  Nervensystem;  die  Ausbreitung der
 Erregung im  epileptischen  Anfall.   Arb. Neur.  Inst.  Wien.,
 1926, 28: 67-82.  Also Klin. Wschr., 1926, 5:  606.—Strauss,
 H., Landis, C, & Hunt, W. A.  The metrazol seizure and  its
significance  for  the pathophysiology of the epileptic attack.
J.  Nerv. Ment.  Dis., 1939,  90: 439-52.—Takagi, I.   Weitere
Untersuchungen iiber die Ausbreitung  der Erregung im epi-
leptischen Anfalle (Versuche an Tieren mit  Sagittalspaltung
des Rautenhirns)  Zschr. ges.  Neur.  Psychiat.,  1927, 109:
781-92.—Yakovlev, P.  I.   Neurologic  mechanism concerned
in  epileptic seizures.  Arch.  Neur. Psychiat.,  Chic, 1937, 37:
523-54.

----  Pathogenesis: Psychic factors.

   See   also   Epilepsy   subheadings   (affective;
Cause) Epileptic,  Personality.
   Amantea, G.  Sui limiti della partecipazione  corticale  al
fenomeni  convulsivi dell'epilessia  sperimentale.  Arch.   sc.
biol.,  Nap., 1928, 12: 413-20.—Clark,  L.  P.   Some psycho-
logical data regarding the interpretation of essential epilepsy,
J.  Nerv. Ment. Dis.,  1925,  61:  51-9.     ----  What  is the
 psychology of organic  epilepsy?  Tr. Am. Neur.  Ass., 1932,
58:  643-8.—Diethelm,  O.   Epileptic  convulsions  and the
 personality setting.  Arch.  Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1934, 31:
 755-67.—Dreyfuss, D. K.   Ueber die  Bedeutung  des psychi-
schen Traumas in der Epilepsie.  Internat. Zschr. Psychoanal.,
 1936, 22: 249-73.—Hartenberg, P.  Les emotions peuvent-elles
pjoduire l'epilepsie?   Vie med., 1927, 8: 63-5.  ------   Le
role de 1'inhibition dans les manifestations epileptiques.  Ence-
phale, 1931, 26: 12-7.  Also Clinique, Par., 1932, 27: 65-7.—
Jelliffe, S. E.  Les concepts dynamiques et la crise  epileptique. 
EPILEPSY
405
EPILEPSY
Encephale, 1937, 32: pt 2, 15-25.—Marchand, L.  Du r&le des
emotions dans la pathologie de la crise epileptique.  Medicine,
Par., 1927, 8: 364-72.—Masserman, J. H.  Psychogenic factors
in some epilepsies.  J.  Nerv.  Ment. Dis.,  1934, 79: 377-90 —
Nathan, M.  L'epilepsie de cause psychique existe-t-il?  Presse
med., 1931,  39: 1381.—Nikitin, M. P.   Zur Psychogenese der
epileptischen Anfalle.   Nervenarzt, 1935, 8: 66-9.—Rosett, J.
The epileptic seizure, its relation to normal thought and normal
action.   Arch. Neur.   Psychiat.,  Chic,  1929,  21:  731-94.
------Epilepsy as an exaggerated form of normal cerebral
inhibition.  Am. J. Psychiat., 1930-31, 10: 673-85.

----   Pathogenesis: Vascular and  mechanical
   factors.

   See   also   Epilepsy,   Cardiovascular  system;
Epilepsy,   Seizure:  Physiopathology;  Epileptic,
Stigmata.
   Compression  (De la)  des  carotides dans  les  convulsions
epileptiformes.  Presse med. beige, 1869-70, 22: 271.—Fay, T.
Some factors in the mechanical theory of epilepsy,  with especial
reference to the influence of fluid, and its control,  in the treat-
ment of certain cases.  Am. J. Psychiat., 1928-29, 8: 783-835,
22 pl.—Gibbs, F. A., Lennox, W. G., <fe Gibbs, F.  L. Cerebral
blood flow preceding and accompanying  epileptic  seizures in
man.  Arch.  Neur. Psychiat.,  Chic,  1934,  32:  257-72 —
Lorenz, F.  Betirag zur Frage der Gehirnanamie bei kunstlich
erzeugter  Epilepsie.  Zschr. ges. exp.  Med.,  1935, 96: 18.—
Louyot, P., <fc Simonin, J.  Modifications vasculaires et physio-
pathologie de la crise convulsive epileptique.   Rev. med. est,
1932, 60: 394-405.—Marinesco, G., & Kreindler, A.  Oblitera-
tion progressive et complete  des 2 carotides primitives; acces
6pileptiques; considerations  sur  le rdle des sinus  carotidiens
dans la pathogenie de  l'acces epileptique.   Presse med., 1936,
44: 833-6.  —■----& Jonesco-Sisesti,  N.   Sinus  carotidien et
epilepsie;  intervention  probable  de la vaso-motricit6 cerebrale
dans le mecanisme des crises  epileptiques.  Rev.  neur.,  Par.,
1936, 65:  1272-4.—Odell, A.  G.  On the relationship of epi-
lepsy and the circulatory system.   Clifton M.  Bull., 1926-27,
12: 138-41.—Olkan, D. M. A case of vasomotor spasms giving
rise  to epileptic  phenomena.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat.,  Chic,
1927, 17: 857. ------   Genuine epilepsy;  studies  of the micro-
scopic changes in the capillary system as  a probable etiologie
factor.  J. Nerv.  Ment. Dis., 1930, 72:  538-53— Penfield. W.
The evidence for a cerebral vascular mechanism  in epilepsy.
Ann. Int.  M., 1933, 7: 303-10. Also Union med. Canada, 1934,
63:  1275-82.  ------  Santha,  K., &  Cipriani, A.  Cerebral
blood flow during induced epileptiform seizures in animals and
man. J. Neurophysiol., 1939, 2:  257-67.—Poli, C.  L'influenza
dell'azione tonico-vasale nei mecanismo di produzione dell'ac-
cesso convulsivo  epilettico.   Rass. internaz. clin.  ter., 1937,
18:  367-72.—Riser  & Geraud.  L'epilepsie,  maladie vaso-
motrice?  Marseille med., 1939, 76: 477-86.  ;------& Lavitry,
S.  Sur la pathogenie  vasculaire de l'epilepsie.  C. rend.  Soc.
biol., 1939,  131:  603.—Robinson, G. W., jr.   A case of me-
chanical epilepsy. J.  Oklahoma M. Ass., 1931,  24: 351-3 —
Solcard & Artin.  Epilepsie consecutive a une ligature simul-
tanee de la carotide primitive et de la jugulaire interne.  Bull.
Soc. nat. chir., Par., 1931, 57: 24-7.—Spielmeyer.  W. Funk-
tionelle Kreislaufstorungen und  Epilepsie.  Zschr. ges. Neur.
Psychiat., 1933, 148: 285-98.

----   Pathology.
   Fricke,  O.   *Ein Beitrag zur pathologischen
Anatomie der symptomatischen  Epilepsie.  23p.
8?  Rost.,  1926.
   Agostini, G. Sul reperto neurofibrillare nell'epilessia.  Ann.
Osp. psichiat. Perugia, 1927, 21: 5-22, 4 pl.—Aranovich,  J.
Estado actual del problema  de  la anatomia patologica de  la
epilepsia.  Rev. As. med. argent.,  1935, 49: 345-8.  Also Sem
med., B. Air., 1936, 43: 131-40.—Baonville, H., Ley, J. [et al.]
Augmentation progressive du volume de la boite cranienne ayec
troubles psychiques et epilepsie chez une adolescente.  J. beige
neur. psychiat., 1936, 36: 649-58.—Belezky, V. K.  L etat du
stroma mesenchymateux  du systeme  nerveux central et de
l'ectoglie au cours de differentes formes d'epilepsie.  Rev. neur.,
Par., 1935, 42: pt 2, 484—Bertrand, I., & Rives, J.  Recherches
anatomiques sur  l'epilepsie dite  essentielle.  Ibid., 1924, 31:
129-57 —Cange, A.  La necrose  de la voute cranienne chez les
epileptiques.  Gaz. hop., 1929,  102:  1281.—Cardona, F-,  &
Meco, O.  Studio sulla macroglia cerebrale nello stato di male
epilettico.   Riv.  pat.  nerv.,   1936,  47: 627-33.— Cesare, O.
[Histochemical investigations on the contents of  calcium and
iron in the cerebral cortex of epileptics]   Nevropat. psikhiat.,
1936, 5: 437-42.—Dandy, W. E.   Impressions of the pathology
of epilepsy  from  operations.   Am. J.  Psychiat.,  1926-27,  6:
519-22 —Ellergy, R. S.  The pathology of epilepsy.  Med. J.
Australia,  1930, 2: 522-4.—Gordon, A.  Thi pathologic aspect
of some epilepsies. Arch. Int. M., 1929, 44: 142-6.—Griffiths,
G. M., & Fox, J. T.  Rhythm in epilepsy.  1 .ancet, Lond., 19^8,
2: 409-16.—Jasper, H. H., Fitzpatrick,  C. P., &  Solomon, P.,
Analogies  and opposites in schizophrenia and epilepsy.  Am. J.
Psvch'iat.,  1938-39,  95:  835-51,  6 ch— Khoroshko. V. K.
[The facts and problems in the  pathology of epilepsy]  Klin.
med., Moskva, 1928, 6:  1152-66.—Marcus, H   [Pathologic
anatomy of epilepsy]  Fin. lak. sail, hand.,  1931, 73: 335-400 —
Minkowski,  M.  Neuer Beitrag  zur pathologischen Anatomie
der Epilepsie.  Deut, Zschr. Nervenh., 1930,  116: 68-87.  Also
Rev. neur., Par.,  1935, 42: pt 2, 473-6.  Also Schweiz. Arch.
Neur. Psychiat., 1936, 37: 273-302.—Morgan, L. O.  Localized
cell destruction and degenerative processes  in  the  brain  in
idiopathic epilepsy.  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1927-28, 25:
444.—Murphy, J. P. H. A comparative study of epilepsy and
schizophrenia. Med. J. & Rec, 1928, 128: 77; 110.—Omorokoy,
L. I.   [Physiological  peculiarities of the cerebral  cortex  in
epilepsy]  Nevropat. psikhiat., 1937, 6: 3-10.—Patterson, H. A.
Some laboratory  findings in epilepsy.  N. York State J. M.,
1929,  29: 138.  Also  Psychiat. Q.,  1929, 3: S2-5.   ------
Weingrow, S. M., & Patterson, L. B.  A  note on some post-
mortem blood changes observed in epilepsy.  Ibid., 1930,  4:
367-74.—Pfeiffer.   Zur Anatomie der  Epilepsie.   Psychiat.
neur.  Wschr., 1938, 40: 474-6.—Prados y Such, M.  Histo-
patologia de la epilepsia genuina.  Arch, neurob., Madr., 1933,
13: 515-27.—Rodriguez Somoza. R.   Histooatologfa  de  la
epilepsia.   Ibid.,  1930, 10: 173-82.—Scholz,  W.  Ueber die
Entstehung des Hirnbefundes bei der  Enilepsie.  Zschr. ges.
Neur.  Psychiat.,  1933, 145: 471-515.—Spielmeyer, W.  The
anatomic  substratum of the convulsive state.  Arch.  Neur.
Psychiat.,  Chic,  1930, 23:  869-75.—Steck,  H.   Anatomo-
pathologie et physiopathologie  de  l'epilepsie.   Ann.  med.
psychoi., Par., 1936, 94: 145-65.—Tani, N.   Ueber die histo-
pathologische  Veranderungen im  Hypothalamus, in der  Sub-
stantia nigra und im Nucleus olivaris inferior bei  Epilepsie.
Psychiat.  neur. jap., 1935, 39: 9.—Tracy. E.  A.  Epilepsy a
disease entity.  Med. J. & Rec, 1929, 130: 389.—Winkelman,
N. W.  Symposium on epilepsv; neuropathological  studies.
Internat.  Clin.,  1930,  40. ser., 3: 88-94,  pl.—Yamamoto,  T.
Beitrag zur Histopathologie des Gehirns bei Epilepsie. Fukuoka
acta med., 1937, 30: 55.

----  periventricular [and autonomic]

   Selzer,   S.     *Systeme   neuro-vegetatif   et
epilepsie.  37p.   8?   Par.,  1935.
   Sizaret,  J. L.   L.   *Du  desequilibre neuro-
vegetatif   dans  certaines  epilepsies.   94p.    8?
Par., 1926.
   Alford, L. B.  The epileptic convulsion as a type of extra-
pyramidal motor disturbance.  Med. J. & Rec, 1926, 124: 551-
3.— Baruk, H., & Poumeau-Delille,  G.  Epilepsie extrapyra-
midale avec crises pseudo-emotives et polypnee paroxystique;
diagnostic differentiel avec les crises psycho-raotrices hysteri-
ques.  Rev.  neur., Par.,  1936, 65: 777-82.—Brousseau,  A.
Epilepsie  diencephalique posttraumatique.   Ibid.,  1934, 41:
957-9.—Damaye, H., & Warschawski, S.  Forme sympathique
de l'etat de mal epileptique; son traitement.  Progr. med., Par.,
1927, 42:  1388.—Davie. T. M.  Comments upon a case  of peri-
ventricular epilepsy. Brit. M. J., 1935, 2: 293-7— Hagelstam.
J.  Ein  Fall von  extrapyramidalem  Symptomkomplex mit
Torsionsdystonie.   Acta psychiat. neur., Kbh.,  1931, 6: 295-
9.—Hanon, J. L.  La participation de los ganglios centrales en
la epilepsia.  Sem. med., B. Air., 1935, 42: 1433-45.—Hoff, H.,
& Pichler, E.  Vagomimetische  Wirkungen im epileptischen
Anfall. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1937, 50: 342-7.—Horst, L.  van der
[Diencephalic epilepsy]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1939, 83: 3183-7,
pl.—Itsenko, N. N.  [Diencephalic epilepsy]  Nevropat. psikhi-
at., 1936,  5: 1005-10.—Klotz, P.  Epilepsie  et systeme neuro-
vegetatif  (a  propos d'un cas d'epilepsie  complique d'oedeme
aigu du poumon  et d'hemorragie cerebrale)   Bull, med., Par.,
1935, 49: 197.—Langeron, L.  Les manifestations viscerales de
l'epilepsie; contribution a l'etude du sympathique dans la crise
d'epilepsie.   Gaz. hop.,  1925,  98: 1441;  1473.   —;—r  De
l'cedeme aigu du poumon manifestation viscerale de l'epilepsie.
Presse med.,  1925,  33: 65-7.—McLean, A. J.  Autonomic
epilepsy; report of a case with observations at necropsy.  Arch.
Neur. Psychiat.,  Chic, 1934, 32: 189-97.—Marchand, L., &
Courtois, A.   De l'epilepsie dite sous-corticale striee ou extra-
pyramidale.  Rev. neur., Par., 1929, 36: 31-43.—Meyers, T. J.
The relation of the tuber cinereum in the epileptic phenomenon.
J. Am. Osteopath. Ass., 1932, 31: 381-3.—Morgan, L. O. The
nuclei of the region of the tuber cinereum; degenerative  changes
in cases of epilepsv, with a  discussion of  their significance.
Arch.  Neur. Psychiat., Chic,  1930,  24:  267-99.   ■------&
Gregory, H. S. Pathological changes in the region of the tuber
cinereum in  idiopathic epilepsy.   Am.  J. Psychiat., 1929-30,
9: 805-16.—Nemlicher, L. J.. & Sinegubko, L. L.   Zum Bilde
der subkortikalen (vegetativen) Epilepsie; gleichzeitig zur Frage
der Entstehung der Makroparaesthesien.   Mschr. Psychiat,,
1931   79- 165-75.—Penfield.  W.   Diencephalic   autonomic
epilepsy.   Arch.  Neur. Psychiat., Chic,  1929, 22: 358-74.—
Penta, P.  Sintomi vegetativi nella epilessia e nei centri vege-
tativi  corticali.   Riv.  sper.  freniat.,  1934, 58: 1440-4.—Pike,
F. H., &  Elsberg, C. A.  The occurrence  of clonic  convulsive
seizures in animals deprived of the cerebral motor cortex. Am.
J. Physiol., 1925, 72:  337-42.—Rivers, A. B., & Bueermann,
W. H.   Recurring  epileptiform  attacks with  symptoms  of
spasm at the cardia; report of 3 cases.  Med. Clin. N. America,
1924-25,  8:  1341-9.—Rouquier, A.   Epilepsie   striee;  ses
relations  avec les  perturbations extrapyramidales objectives
(formes  de passage entre  les crises hysteriques et les  crises
epileptiques)  Rev. neur.,  Par., 1934, 41: 244-6.   Also Ence-
phale, 1935, 30:  338-49.—Salmon, A.  Sul meccanismo delle
crisi  epilettiche;  alcuni dati favorevoli  all'ammissione  di  un
centto vegetativo  epilettogeno  nella  regione  diencefalica.
Studium, Nap., 1930,  20: 9-23.------Un centre v-egetatif 
EPILEPSY
406
EPILEPSY
 epileptogdne existe-t-il dans la region diencephalique?  Presse
 med., 1932, 40: 20-2.  ------  Nuovi dati favorevoli all'am-
 missione d'un  centro epilettogeno nella regione diencefalica.
 Riv. pat. nerv., 1934, 43: 331-40.—Sanchez Elia R., & Hanon,
 J. L.  Epilepsia estatica de Ramsey Hunt.  Sem. med., B. Air.,
 1935, 42: pt 2, 236-8.—Schachter, M.  L'epilepsie sans i'ecorce
 cerebrale.  Rev. med. est, 1933, 61: 81-4.—Slonimskaia, V. M.
 [Subcortical variations of epileptic fits]  Sovrem psikhonevr.,
 1930, 11: 67-76.  Also Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1931, 94:  492-
 501.—Soeken, G.  Striare Epilepsie.   J. Psychol. Neur., Lpz.,
 1934-35, 46: 329-50.  Also Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat.,  1938,
 161: 371-^4.—Speranskiy A. D.  Subcortical phenomena in the
 constitution of  the  epileptic attack.   In  his  Basis  for the
 Theory of Med., N. Y.,  1936, 29-38.—Spiller, W. G.   Sub-
 cortical epilepsy.  Brain, Lond., 1927, 11: 171-87.—Symonds,
 C. P.  Epileptiform attacks apparently of ponto-bulbar origin.
 Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1928-29, 22: sect, neur., 41.—Tracy,
 E. A.  The sympathetic in epilepsy.  Med. J. & Rec, 1932, 136:
 232.  Also repr.—Ventura, V. E.   Epilessie atipiche e sistema
 strioextrapiramidale.  Rass. stud,  psichiat., 1934, 23: 656-73.—
 Villaverde, J.  M.  de.   A prop6sito  de la Hamada epilepsia
 extrapiramidal.  Siglo  med., 1929, 84: 445-9.  ----■—  Sobre
 la epilepsia parasimpatica.   Med. ibera, 1931, 26:  33-8.—
 Vitlin, V.   [Case of extrapyramidal  epilepsy]   Vrach.   delo,
 1927,  10: 1472-4.


 ----  periventricular: Vasovagal attacks.

    See  also   Angina  pectoris;  Epilepsy,  Cardio-
 vascular system.
    Stemmer,  A.  *Anginose Herzbeschwerden bei
 Epileptikern   [Miinchen]   15p.   8?    Dusseld.,
 1934.
    Baruk, H.   Sur quelques aspects  de l'epilepsie viscerale;
 crise angineuse; crise de constriction pharyngee; crise genitale.
 Gaz. m6d.  France,  1930, 522-4.—Hadorn, W., & Tillmann, A.
 Ueber Beziehungen zwischen Epilepsie  und Angina pectoris.
 Klin.  Wschr.,  1935,  14: 1308-11.—Neubiirger,  K.   Herz,
 Epilepsie, Angina pectoris. Ibid., 1933, 12: 1355-7.—Tillmann,
 A.  Ueber  Beziehungen zwischen  Epilepsie, Herz und Angina
 pectoris (gleichzeitig ein Beitrag  zur  Kenntnis  des normalen
 Spannungselektrokardiogramms und zum Problem der Angina
 pectoris)  Ausz. Inaugur. Diss. Med. Fak. Univ. Bern, 1933-35,
 No. 97,  1-4.

 ----  Petit mal.

    Berkeley-Hill, O.  A case of minor epilepsy (petit mal) due
 to cerebral trauma.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1935, 70: 560-2.—Cruchet,
 R.  Sur les difncultes du diagnostic  chez  l'enfant entre les
 crises epileptiques frustes et les petites acces hysteriques.  Gaz.
 mal. inf.,  Par., 1910,  12:  49.—Diethelm, O.  Disturbance of
 vision and consciousness in petit-mal attacks.   Human Biol.,
 1930,  2: 547-54.—Di Mauro, S.   Tentativi  di interpretazione
 degli accessi di piccolo male.  Riv.  sper. freniat., 1936, 60: 110-
 4.—Gibbs, F. A., Lennox.  W. G.,  & Gibbs, E. L.  Localizable
 features of the electrical activity  of the brain in petit  mal
 epilepsy.  Am. J.  Physiol., 1936, 116:  61.—Hamill, R. C.
 Petit mal in children. Am. J. Psychiat., 1936-37, 93: 303-12 —
 Jung, R.  Ueber vegetative Reaktionen und Hemmungswirkung
 von Sinnesreizen im kleinen epileptischen Anfall.  Nervenarzt,
 1939,  12:  169-85.------Epilepsie  und  vasomotorische
 Reaktionen: Elektrencephalogramm, vegetative Vorgange  und
 Liquordruck beim  kleinen epileptischen Anfall.   Zschr   "es
 Neur.  Psychiat., 1939, 167: 601-5.—Kanahara, T.  Ueber "die
 organische  Verursachung  des kleinen epileptischen Anfalls
 Psychiat. neur. jap., 1938, 42: 22.—MacRobert, R. G., & Hens,
 J. S.  Petit mal and aphasia; a contribution to the problem of
 epilepsy and the convulsive state.   Tr. Am. Neur   Ass  1929
 55: 562-7.—.Pacheco. J. N.  Petit mal or pyknolepsy.'  Ind!
 M. Gaz., 1936, 71:  77-9.—Richon & Girard.   Remarques sur
 une forme  clinique  d'absence de  type comitial.  Rev  med
 Nancy, 1936, 64: 340-3.—Sanpaolesi. G.  Recenti acquisizioni
 sulla terapia del piccolo male nell'infanzia.  Lattante, 1937, 8-
 18x2_^"—Schwab, R. S.  Method  of measuring consciousness iii
 attacks of petit mal epilepsy.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic
 1939, 41: 215-7.—Souques, A.  Remarques sur les absences
 epileptiques. In Marinesco Festschr., Bucur.,  1933, 619-24__
 SV*f*frlj"ld- G-  A- Petit mal or cardiac disturbance.  Brit J
 Child.  Dis.,  1927, 24: 16-23.-Wholey, C. C.  Case of epilepsy
 showing an unusual petit mal symptom.  J. Am. M. Ass.. 1930
 94: 139".

 ----    Pharmacology.

   See also Epilepsy, Seizure: Induction; Epilepsy,
 Ireatment.
   Almeida  MO. de, & Vianna Dias, M.  Action de la cafeinc
 nr,,^   stry°hnme. ,s.ur l'attaque epileptiforme  medullaire

 Ifll •  a   206-8—Amantea, G., & Martino, G.  Morfinizza-
 zione ed epilessia da  eccitamenti  afferenti  nei  cane.   Boll
 Soc ital. bio. sper.,  1927, 2: 311-6.—Guidi, F.  Di una azione
smgolare della pilocarpina nelle lesioni cerebrali, con speckUe
riferimento ai fenomeni  emilaterali nella epilessia.   Riv sper
freniat  1922-23  46: 511-27.-Khoroshko" V.  C. [The effect'

Sirf1Cfe?1VWHeraPrtiC »cUon during epilepsy]  Russ!
klin., 102.), 3. 307-14.—Lennox.  W. G., & Behnke. A,  R.. jr.
 Effect of increased oxygen pressure on the seizures of epilepsy.
 Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1936, 35: 782-8.—Lennox, W. G..
 Gibbs, F. A.. & Gibbs, E. L.  Effect on the electro-encephalo-
 gram of drugs and conditions which influence seizures.  Ibid.,
 36: 1236-50.—Ramirez Miquiorena, J. C.  La narcosis general
 y la epilepsia.  Rev. cir. Hosp. Juarez, Mex., 1935, 6: 589-99.—
 Robinson, L. J.  Notes  on the  observed effects  of prostigmin
 in man: persons with epilepsy.   J.  Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1937,
 61: 393-6.


 ----   Physiopathology.

    See also  Epilepsy, Seizure:  Physiopathology.
    De Mcnnato, M.  La ventilazione polmonare nell'epilessia.
 Cervello,  1937,  16:  338-44.—Durando,  P.  Lo studio della
 funzione granulopessica del sistema reticolo-endoteliale nell'epi-
 lessia.  Note psichiat., Pesaro,  1934, 63:  503-14.—Frisch, F.
 Der  respiratorische Gaswechsel der  Epileptiker.  Zschr.  ges.
 exp.  Med., 1927, 56: 118-34.—Galant,  I.  [Motor function in
 epilepsy]   Russ. klin.,  1930, 13: 463-77.—Georgi,  F.   Zur
 Pathophysiologie des epileptischen Anfalls.   Deut.  Zschr.
 Nervenh., 1924-25, 83: 356-66—Hopmann, R.  Die galvanische
 Muskelerregbarkeit bei  Epilepsie.   Klin. Wschr.,  1925, 4:
 2498.—Kaczanowski, G.  [Research  on the electric excitability
 of the motor  nerves in epilepsy]  Lek.  wojsk., 1937,  29: 409-
 12.—Lennox,  W. J.  La physio-pathologie del'6pilepsie.  Presse
 m6d., 1935, 43: 1453. Also Rev. neur., Par., 1935, 42: pt 2,
 468.  —■—— & Gibbs, E. L.  Oxygen saturation of the arterial
 blood in  epilepsy.   Arch. Neur.  Psychiat., Chic, 1936,  35:
 1198-202.  ------  Oxygen saturation of blood draining  the
 brain and the  limbs  of  patients with  epilepsy.  Ibid.,  36:
 13-8.—Longo, V.  Esplorazione  del sistema reticolo-endoteliale
 nella epilessia.  Boll. Soc. ital.  biol.  sper., 1933, 8: 1474-6.—
 Stubbe Teglbjairg. H. P.  The pathophysiology of  epilepsy.
 Acta psychiat.  neur., Kbh., 1931,   6:  159-73   [Discussion]
 257-73.—Toporkov,  N.    Die   lokale  Schweissekretion   bei
 Epilepsie.   Zschr.  ges.  Neur. Psychiat.,  1925, 98: 279-82.—
 Triantaphyllos, D.  La physiologie pathologique  du syndrome
 epileptique et la nature  destructive  de son processus.  Ence-
 phale, 1932, 27: 503.—Weingrow, S. M.  The interparoxysmal
 respiratory rate of  epileptics.  J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1929, 70:
 373-8.


 ----  Postconvulsive period.

   Aymes, G., & Favalelli, H.  L'albuminurie transitoire post-
 paroxystique  dans  l'epilepsie   convulsive.   Marseille  med.,
 1925, 62:  273-9.—Calzavara, G.  Reazione di Donaggio e
 reazione di Kottmann negli epilettici  dopo l'accesso convulsive
 Riv. pat. nerv., 1934, 44: 687-9.—Chimenz, F.  L'esplorazione
 del sistema reticolo-endoteliale negli epilettici in rapporto alle
 fasi  preaccessuali e postacessuali.  Riv. sper. freniat., 1934,
 58:   1197-201.—Kaiser.    Ueber   Sinnestauschungen  und
 Wahnideen bei besonnenen und klaren Epileptikern; chronische
 Luminalintoxikation?  Psychiat.  neur.   Wschr,  1931,  33:
 85.—Kfivy, M.  [Increase of sugar in the blood, after epileptic
 fits caused by hyperventilation of the lungs]  Bratisl. lek. listy,
 1929, 9:  852-81.—Marchand,   L.  & Bauer, E.  Onirisme
 postepileptique sans confusion mentale et idees fixes  postoni-
 riques.  Bull.  Soc.  clin. med. ment., Par., 1925, 13:  90-2.—
 Marchand, L., Fortineau,  J., & Petit, P.  Hallucinations visu-
 elles  projetees  et dessinees, symptomes  pri-  et  post-paroxy-
 stiques  epileptiques.   Ann.  med. psychoi., Par.,  1936,  94:
 205-10.— Matzdorff, P.  Paralyse bei Epilepsie.  Klin. Wschr.,
 1935, 14: 1007.—Winternitz, M.  Myokardnekrose nach Status
 epilepticus.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1933,  29:  1080.

 ----  procursive.

   Herman, E., & Siisswein, A.   [Epilepsia procursiva;  porio-
 mania]  Neur. polska, 1938, 21: 142-4.—Ramirez Corria, C. M.
 Epilepsia procursiva, y generalizada por glioma pre-rolandico;
 sobre el valor  localizador de la desviacion lateral  de la cabeza
 y los  ojos.  Arch. med. int., Habana, 1936, 2: 302-7.—Watts,
J.  W.  Bilateral  ganglioglioma  of the frontal lobe with epi-
lepsia procursiva.   Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic,  1934,  32:
 1112-5.

----  Prognosis.
   See also Epileptic, Life  duration.
   Gross, W. [E.  O.]   *Ueber  die Prognose der
genuinen Epilepsie (auf Grund katamnestischer
Erhebungen)    [Breslau]    17p.   8?    Gleiwitz,
1929.
   Clemmesen, C, & Moltke, M. L.  [Prognosis of epilepsy in
children]  Ugeskr. laeger, 1934,  96: 969.—Gross.  W.   Ueber
den Ausgang der genuinen Epilepsie  (auf Grund katamnesti-
scher Erhebungen)  Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1930, 90: 765-76.—
Howell, C. M. H.  Prognosis in epilepsy.  Lancet, Lond., 1934,
2: 557.—Nyiro, J., & Jablonszky, A.  Einige Daten zur Prog-
nose der Epilepsie, mit besonderer  Rucksicht  auf die Konsti-
tution.  Psychiat, neur. Wschr.,  1929, 31: 547-9.—Redlich, E.
Zur Pjpgnose  der Epilepsie und epileptischer  Anfalle.   Wien.
med. Wschr.,  1930, 80: 689-94.—SchUller, A.  Ueber gunstig
verlaufene Epilepsiefalle.  Ibid., 1924, 74: 2512-4.—Sonnen-
schein,  H.  Ein geheilter Fall von epileptiformen Krampfen.
Fortsch. Sexwiss. Psychanal,,  1924, 1: 200-2. 
EPILEPSY
407
EPILEPSY
 ----   psychic.

    See   also  Dream states;  Epilepsy,  Seizure:
 Variants;  Fugue; Hallucination;  Obsession, &c.
    Ajzinman,  G.   *L'epilepsie psychique toxique.
 96p.   8?   Par., 1937.
    Storring,  E.   G.   *Die  psychogenen  Reak-
 tionen bei  der  Epilepsie  [Bonn]  p.267-78.  8?
 [Berl., 1930]
    Also Mschr. Psychiat. Neur., 1930, 75:
    Abadie, J.   L'epilepsie psychique.  Rev. neur., Par., 1932,
 39: pt 1, 1201-16. Also Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1934, 31:
 1335-40.—Baruk, H.   Epilepsie  et troubles de  la  pensee
 int6rieure; la pensee pariee et le syndrome paranoide d'origine
 comitiale.   Ann.  m6d.  psychoi.,  Par.,  1933,  91:  32-51.—
 Beeson, C. F.  Psvcho-epilepsy (a tragedy of  the  Island of
 Reil)  N. Mexico M. J., 1913-14,  10: 41-52.—Buneev, A. N.
 [Paranoid  syndrome  in epileptoids  in  relation to age  and
 arteriosclerotic changes]  J. nevropat. psikhiat., Moskva, 1930,
 23: 31-43.—Claude, H., Codet, H. [et al.]  L'hyperpnee experi-
 mentale; application au diagnostic  de  l'epilepsie psychique.
 Progr. med., Par.,  1925, 40: 542-4.—Claude, H., Montassut,
 M., &  Raffin, R.  Contribution au diagnostic  de l'epilepsie
 psychique,  l'hyperpnee experimentale,   interpretation  des
 resultats.  Ann.  med.  leg.,  1926,  6: 504-8.—Colapietra, F.
 Delirio paranoico in  psico-epilettico.   Ann. Osp.  psichiat.
 Perugia, 1935, 29: 35-8.—Euziere, Toye & Delmas, A.  Epi-
 lepsie psychique.  Arch. Soc sc. med. biol.  Montpellier, 1934,
 15: 490-2.—Fleck, U.  Ueber das Epileptoid und den epilepti-
 schen Charakter. Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1934, 102: 383-429 —
 Gotz. B. Ueber den Wechsel affektiven Wertes halluzinatorisch.
 wahnhafter Erlebnisse im epileptischen  Verwirrtheitszustand-
 Allg. Zschr.  Psychiat., 1928, 89:  288-93.—Marchand.  L.
 Les troubles du  langage au cours des accidents epileptiques
 conscients et  mnesiques.  Rev.  neur.,  Par.,  1932, 39: pt 2,
 652-60.   ------ Gaultier & Stora,  R.   Epilepsie psychique
 post-traumatique associee a un syndrome d'amnesie continue.
 Ann. med. psychoi., Par., 1937, 95: pt 2,  776-9.—Marchand,
 L.,  & Micoud, R.  Epilepsie  psychique traumatique.   Ibid.,
 1934, 92:  pt  2, 798-802.—Mira, E., & Rodriguez  Arias, B.
 Un cas d'epilepsie psychique qui est du vraisemblablement a
 cause organique focale.  C. rend. Congr. alien,  neur. France,
 1925, 29. Congr., 155-8.—Robin,  G.   L'enfant epileptique;
 la turbulence.  J. med. Paris, 1931, 51: 923. Also Progr. med.,
 Par., 1931, 1524-8.—Schmid, E., & Schmid-Ganz, M. Beitrag
 zur Frage der psychischen epileptischen Aequivalente.  Zschr.
 Kinderpsychiat.,  Basel,  1939-40,  6:  72-7.—Souques,   A.
 Remarques  sur quelques formes d'epilepsie larvee;  absences,
 somnambulismes  et fugues.   Sem. hop. Paris,  1928, 4: 171;
 215.—Stauder, K. H.  Zur Kenntnis des Weltuntergangserleb-
 nisses  in  den   epileptischen  Ausnahmezustanden.   Arch.
 Psychiat., Berl., 1933-34, 101: 762-79.   ------   Ueber Trug-
 wahrnehmungen in epileptischen Absencen (zugleich ein Beitrag
 zur Kenntnis vestibularer Einfliisse auf  Sinnestauschungen
 und optische  Vorstellungsbilder)   Ibid.,  1934, 102: 74-97.—
 Stransky, E.  Posttraumatische psychische  Epilepsie bei einer
 asthenischen Psychopathin von cyclothymschizothym gemisch-
 tem Habitus.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1927,23:  238.—Szatmari, A.
 Ueber optische Sinnestauschungen als epileptisches Aequivalent
 bei traumatischer Schadigung des Hinterhauptlappens.   Arch.
 Psychiat., Berl., 1937, 107: 290-9.—Wilder, J.   Zwangslachen
 mit Erektion als epileptisches Aequivalent (nebst Beobachtungeu
 iiber Beziehungen von Erektionen zum  Fliegen) Nervenarzt,
 1931, 4:  75-83.

 ----  psychic: Amaurosis.
   Ayala, G.   Sullo  status epilepticus  amauroticus.   Bull.
 Accad. med. Roma, 1929, 55: 288-90.—BeJiague, P.  Amaurose
 paroxystique epileptique.  Rev.  neur.,  Par.,  1924, 31: pt 2,
 493.—Rebierre,  P.   Amaurose equivalent comitial ou  crise
 avortee.   Rev. otoneur., Par., 1928, 6:  675-8.—Souques &
 Dreyfus-See.  Un equivalent epileptique sous la forme  d'acces
 d'amaurose  monoculaire.  Encephale,  1924,  19: 98;  129.—
 Wimmer, A.  Epilepsie; amaurose paroxystique, equivalent
 epileptique.  Rev. neur., Par., 1924, 31: pt 2, 86-8.

 ----   psychic:  Dream states and  automatism.

   Belleau,  L.  P.  G.   *Heredite  et epilepsie;
 rapports;  theories;  fugues  infantiles    [Geneve]
 42p.  8?  Brux., 1934.
   Frenzel, F.   *Epilepsie und  Schizophrenie.
 62p.  8?  Lpz.,  1933.
   Maatz,   H.    *Schizophrene   Syndrome   bei
 epileptischen Dammerzustanden.   31p.  8?  Kiel,
 1935.
   Picard,   J.    *Des   actes  automatiques  de
nature  comitiale;  essai  d'interpretation.    124p.
8?   Par.,  1927.
  Amyot, R.   Automatisme ambulatoire comitial suivi d'iner-
tie psycomotrice prolongee;  deiire epileptique.   Union med.
Canada,  1932, 61:  369-75.—Baldauf,  F.  Zur  Frage  der
Behandlung epileptischer  Dammerzustande.   Miinch.  med.
Wschr., 1937,  84:  1456-8.—Baruk, H.  Sur quelques aspects
de l'automatisme epileptique et des autres  variltes d'auto-
matisme.  Sem. hop. Paris, 1930, 6: 401-12.—Briand, M., &
Marchand, L.  Mal comitial caracterise  par des acces noc-
turnes d'epilepsie convulsive et  par des acces diurnes d'auto-
matisme ambulatoire.  Bull. Soc. clin. m6d. ment., Par.,  1924,
12: 61-4.—Carrier, J.  Deux cas de fugues epileptiques con-
scientes et mnesiques.  Ann. med. psychoi.. Par.,  1938, 96:
pt  2,   203-8.—-Fernandez-Victorio,  A.   Equivalentes  psi-
coepiiepticos de forma onirico impulsiva.  Siglo  med.,  1922,
70: 633-5.—Ferrio, C.  Su di un caso di fuga in soggetto emi-
cranico.  Note psichiat., Pesaro,  1936,  65: .397-421.—Gottke,
L.  Ueber das  Traumleben bei Epileptikern.  Arch. Psychiat.,
Berl.,  1933,  101:   137-63.—Marchand,  L.   L'automatisme
ambulatoire epileptique.  Ann. m6d. psychoi., Par., 1933, 91:
pt 2,  609-51.------Deschamps &  Truche.   Epilepsie
traumatique;  crises hallucinatoires  et  acces  d'automatisme
ambulatoire  tantot conscients  et mnesiques,  tantot incon-
scients et amnesiques.   Ibid., 40-3.—Marchand, L., Golse, J.,
&  Delmond, J.  Automatisme  ambulatoire epileptique avec
exhibitionnisme,  sans  concomitants  convuhifs.   Ibid.,  1936,
94:  615-8.—Piccinino, F.  L'incosciente  neU'automatismo
ambulatorio  e  nello sdoppiamento di psrsonaliti  di un  epi-
lettico.  Studium,  Nap.,  1926,  16:  281-8.—Robin,  G.   Les
fausses  distractions chez  l'enfant; 1'obnubilation epileptique
ou epileptoide.  Rev. gin. clin. ther., 1931, 45: 708-10.—
Salinger, F.   Begutachtung  eines epileptischen  Dammerzu-
standes in einem Zivilprozess.   Aerztl. Sachverst. Ztg, 1928,
34: 243-5.—Serra,  P.  Una  rara manifestazione di natura
epilettica (automatismo oniro-ambulatorio)  Riv. pat.  nerv.,
1934, 44:  666-77.—Siemionkin,  M.  [Epileptic  automatism
and  legal  medicine]   Polska  gaz. lek., 1929, 8: 497-500.—
Toulouse,  E., Marchand, L., & Picard, J.  De l'automatisme
epileptique eupraxique.  Presse med.,  1928, 36: 1659-61.

----   Pyknolepsy.

   Berman,  L.   *Ueber die klinische Stellung der
Pyknolepsie  [Basel]   28p.  8?   Mulhouse, 1937.
   Bompard, E. B. R.  *Pyknolepsie;  contribu-
tion a l'etude des absences.  87p.  8?  Par., 1934.
   Cohn,  W.    *Ueber  gehaufte  kleine  Anfalle
bei  Kindern  [Rostock]   22p.   8?  Berl.,  1919.
   Also Mschr. Psychiat, Neur.,  1919, 46: 106; 157.

   Jansen,   H.  H.   *Ueber  Pyknolepsie  [Leip-
zig]   52p.   8?   Zeulenroda, 1934.
   Abramson, J. L.  Pyknolepsy.  J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1935,
82:  249-62.—Benjamin,  E.,  &  Hinst, B.   Ueber  gehaufte
Absencen.  Mschr. Kinderh.,  1933, 56: 198-201.—Capper, A.
Pyknolepsy; report of  a case.  Arch.  Pediat., N. Y., 1936, 53:
740-3.—Comby, J.  La pyknolepsie.  Arch. med.  enf., 1937,
40: 527-34.—Copulsky, N. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Pykno-
lepsie im Kindesalter.  Ausz. Inaugur. Diss. Med. Fak. Univ.
Bern,  1933-35, No. 113,  1-4.—Friedmann,  M.   Die nicht
epileptischen  Absenzen  im  Kindesalter.   Verh.  Ges. deut.
Naturforsch.  (1911)  1912,  83:  2. Teil,  2.  Halfte, 357-9.—
Frisch,  F.  Zur Behandlung des Status  epilepticus  und der
gehauften kleinen Anfalle  (Pyknolepsie)  Wien. klin. Wschr.,
1929, 42: 626.—Glanzmann,  E., & Copulsky, N.   Beitrage
zur Kenntnis der Pyknolepsie im Kindesalter.  Zschr. Kinder-
psychiat.,  Basel,   1936-37,  3:   69;  115.—Heilbronner,  K.
Ueber  gehaufte kleine Anfalle.   Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1906,
31: 472-510.—Jelliffe, S. E., & Notkin, J.  The pyknolepsies.
Tr. Am. Neur. Ass., 1934,  60: 193-5. Also Am. J. Psychiat.,
1934-35, 91: 679-92.  Also repr.  Also Arch. Neur. Psychiat.,
Chic,  1935,  33:  752-63.—Kochmann,  R.  Die gehauften
kleinen Anfalle im Kindesalter.   Arch.  Kinderh., 1923, 73:
163-74.—Lindenblatt,  L.   Ueber  gehaufte   kleine Anfalle
(Pyknolepsie)  Arch.  Psychiat.,  Berl., 1925, 74:  108-125.—
Marchand, L., & Bauer, E.  Trois cas de pyknolepsie.   Bull.
Soc.  clin. med. ment., Par., 1926, 14: 29-31.—Nattrass,  F.  J.
Pyknolepsy.  In Brit. Encycl.  Med. Pract.  (Rolleston,  H.)
Lond., 1938, 10: 422-5.—Parker, H. L.   Pyknolepsy; report
of a case.  Irish J. M. Sc, 1937, ser. 6, 70-2.—Ratner,  J.
Beitrag zur Klinik und  Pathogenese  der Pyknolepsie (zur
Begriffsbestimmung der Dienzephalosen)   Mschr. Psychiat.,
1927, 64: 283-98.  ------  Zur Kenntnis der Pyknolepsie und
ihrer Grenzzustande.   Arch.  Psychiat.,  Berl., 1929-30, 89:
802-13.—Rohde, M.  Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Pyknolepsie.
Zschr.  ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1938-39,  164: 516-30.—Rosenthal.
Zur Frage der gehauften kleinen Anfalle im Kindesalter.  Arch.
Psychiat., Berl., 1926, 77:  672-4.  ------   Die gehauften
kleinen Anfalle des Kindesalters  (Pyknolepsie)  Erg. inn. Med.
Kinderh.,  1935,  48: 77-124.—Schlesinger,  B.  Pvknolepsy.
Proc R. Soc. M., Lond., 1927-28, 21: sect. stud. dis. child., 4.—
Senin, U.  La  sindrome picnolettica.  Med. inf., Roma,  1936,
7: 293-319.—Stief,  S.  [Pyknolepsia]  Gy6gyaszat, 1934, 74:
17-9.—Stier,  E.   Zur klinischen Stellung und Prognose der
gehauften kleinen  Anfalle der  Kinder.   Zschr.  ges.  Neur.
Psychiat., 1922, 80: 143-89.—Westphal, K.  Zur Psychogenese
und  -therapie pyknoleptischer  Anfalle.    Ibid.,  1932,  138:
744-57.—Wolff, H.  Gehaufte kleine Anfalle bei Jugendlichen
und  Erwachsenen.   Nervenarzt,  1937, 10: 258-62.—Zahorsky,
J.  The treatment of pyknolepsy.  Arch. Pediat., N. Y.,  1933.
50: 45-52. 
EPILEPSY
408
EPILEPSY
----   reflex.

   See  also  subheading  (Diagnosis:   Tests;   ex-
perimental; Seizure:  Induction)
   Dertixger,  M.    *Wieviel  Falle  von  Re-
flexepilepsie  gibt  es?   [Heidelberg]   20p.    8?
Wiirzb., 1937.
   Lagier, E.   *Contribution a l'etude  de l'epi-
lepsie  reflexe  d'origine  gastro-intestinale.   35p.
8?   Par.,  1924.
   Merat, R.   Contribution a l'etude  de l'epi-
lepsie   reflexe,  peritoneale   et  appendiculaire;
comparaison avec l'epilepsie  pleurale.  69p.   8?
Par.,  1926.
   Schnee, C. E.    *Zwei  Falle  als  Beitrag  zur
Kenntniss  der  Reflexepilepsie  mit  mikroskopi-
scher  Untersuchung  der   erregenden   Xerven-
parthie.   63p.   8?  Ziir., 1860.
   Schulze,  O.  H. R.   *Ueber Reflex-Epilepsie.
[Leipzig]   8p.   8!    Greiz, 1923.
   Strehler,  W.    *Ueber Reflexepilepsie.   31p.
8?  Basel, 1924.
   Allen, 1.  M.  Reflex epilepsy.  Med. J. Australia, 1937, 2:
781.—Amantea, G.  Sulla predisposizione  di  alcuni  animali
all'epilessia  sperimentale riflessa.   Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper.,
1932,  7:  1464-70.—Baldacci, G.   Vagotonia  ed  epilessia
riflessa nei cane.  Arch, fisiol., Fir.,  1937, 37: 566-84—Bau-
mann,  W.   Ueber experimentell  erzeugte  Reflexepilepsie.
Munch, med. Wschr.,  1936, 83: 841.—Casella, B.  Epilessia
riflessa e  otite media purulenta cronica.  Valsalva,  1926, 2:
407-12.—Cattan, R.  Sur un  cas d'epilepsie reflexe d'origine
colique.   Prat. med.  fr.,   1937, 18: 298-302.—Clementi, A.
Stricninizzazione circoscritta dei centri corticali visivi nei cane
ed epilessia  corticale riflessa  da stimoli luminosi e da stimoli
acustici.  Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1928, 3: 574; 1929, 4: 202 —
Critchley, M.  Ueber  Reflex-Epilepsie.  Schweiz. Arch. Neur.
Psychiat., 1935, 35: 256-70.—Denny-Brown, D.  Jacksonian
epilepsy provoked bv stimulus to right foot or right ear. Proc.
R. Soc. M., Lond., 1929-30, 23: sect, neur., 3-5.—De Marco, R.
Su un caso di epilessia umana riflessa. Riv. pat. sper., 1933-34,
11:  350-3.   ------  Sull'azione  neurotossica  del veleno di
tracine e sull'epilessia umana  riflessa.  Riv. pat. nerv., 1936,
47: 204-8.—Feitig, A.   Zur Kritik der Reflex-Epilepsie. Arch.
Psychiat., Berl.,  1938, 108:  439-68.—Fulchignoni,  E. Con-
tributo alia conoscenza dell'epilessia sperimentale riflessa per
stimoli luminosi.  Riv. pat. nerv., 1938, 51: 1-54.—Goodkind,
R.   Symptomatic epilepsy due to visual stimulation.  Am. J.
Ophth., 1935, 18: 661.—Gozzano, M.   Elettroencefalografia;
azione del luminal sull'epilessia riflessa en sull'EEG corticale.
Boll. Soc.  ital. biol.  sper., 1935, 10: 369-71.   ------  Bioelek-
trische Erscheinungen bei der Reflexepilepsie.   J. Psychol.
Neur., Lpz., 1936,  47: 24-31.—Gutmann,  R. A.  Les crises
epileptiques d'origine appendiculaire.  Arch. mal. app. digest.,
Par., 1924, 14: 923-9.  ------  Epilepsie, absences et vertiges
chez les dyspeptiques; contribution a la pathogenie des  epi-
lepsies reflexes. Presse med., 1927, 35: 804-6.—Hartenberg, P.
L'epilepsie pleurale.  Clinique, Par., 1930, 25: 151.—Hebel, K.
Ein Beitrag zur Frage der sogenannten Reflexepilepsie.  Nerven-
arzt, 1938, 11:  415-7.—Ishikawa, K.  Ueber nasale Epilepsie.
Otorhinolaryngologia,  Tokyo, 1938,  11: 913.—Kofmann. V.,
& Binous,  F.   Irritations peripheriques comme causes de
l'epilepsie jacksonienne.    Lyon  chir.,  1938,  35:  308-13.—
Kuklin, S. M., & Fedotov, A. S.  [Reflex epilepsy]   Sovet.
vrach. J., 1938, 42: 301-4.—Levin,  S. L.,  &  Nevsky, I. M.
[On  reflex epilepsy]  Sovet, nevropat., 1935, 4: No. 7, 158-62.—
Longo, V. Epilessia riflessa da eccitamenti afferenti nell'uomo.
Riv. pat. nerv.,  1935,  45: 153-65.  ------  & Fornari, G.
Epilessia  riflessa da  stimoli  afferenti  auricolari  nell'uomo.
Riv. otoneur.,  1935,  12:  571-7.—Lukashev,  V.  A.  [Reflex
epilepsy]  Klin, med., Moskva, 1931, 9: 1241.—Marchand, L.
Les  accidents  epileptiformes  d'origine  pleuropulmonaire.
Gaz. hop., 1931, 104: 1887-9.  ------  De  l'epilepsie reflexe.
Paris med.,  1935. 97: 89-100.—Margolin, G. S.  Zur Revision
der  Reflexepilepsielehre.    Arch.  Psychiat.,  Berl.,  1926,  77:
164-78.—Martino, G.  Sobre  la predisposition a la epilepsia
refleja  experimental en los perros del pals.  An. Inst.  nac.
parasit., .Asuncion,  1932, 5: 79-82.  ------  Sulla partecipa-
zione della zone riflessogene dell'aorta e dei seni carotidei al
fenomeno dell'epilessia sperimentale riflessa.   Arch, fisiol.,
Fir., 1934, 33:  598-603.—Mendel, K.  Ueber  Reflexepilepsie.
Med. Klin.,  Berl.,  1930, 26: 596.— Mondio, E.  Epilessia da
iperpnea ed epilessia  riflessa  nell'uomo.   Riv. pat. nerv.,
1932, 39:  156-66.—Norsa  G.  Accidenti epilettiformi e  apo-
plettiformi  d'origine  pleuro-polmonare.   Gazz.  osp., 1932,
53: 353-6.—Perry,  K.  S.  Epilepsy due  to  a  dental  irri-
tant.  Am.  Dent. Surgeon, 1925-26,  46: 627.—Pierre, J. R.
Considerations sur  l'epilepsie auriculaire.  Ann.  mal. oreille,
1924, 43:  745-60.—Pigalew, I. A., & Fedorov, L. N.  Ueber
eine der  Methoden zur  experimentellen  Erzeugung  reflek-
tonscher Epilepsie.  Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1930, 70: 564-70 —
Pitha, V.  Epilepsie reflexe.  Rev. neur., Par., 1938, 70:  178-
81.—Predescu-Rion.  Vegetations  adenoides, epilepsie.  Rev.
otoneur.,  Par., 1934,  12:  597.—Radovici,  A.,  & Marcou. I.
 Epilepsie reflexe provoquee par excitations optiques  et acous-
 tiques;  role  du facteur afferent  dans le  dedenchement  de
 l'acces.   Rev. neur., Par.,  1935, 42: pt 2, 495.—Radovici, A.,
 Schachter, M., & Kisilev. S.  L'epilepsie reflexe.  Encephale,
 1937, 32: pt  2, 26-50.—Redlich, E.  Epilepsie und chronische
 Ohreiterungen.   Wien.  med.  Wschr.,  1926,  76:  735-7 —
 Robinson. L. J.  Induction of seizures by closing of  the eyes,
 or by ocular pressure,  in a patient with epilepsy; case report.
 J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1939, 90: 333-6.—Roper, E.  Zur Frage
 der  Reflexepilepsie.   Nervenarzt,  1937,  10:  126-32.—Roger,
 H.,  & Reboul-Lachaux, J.  Epilepsie  k crises giratoires et
 lesions  otitiques  anciennes.   Progr.  med.,  Par., 1927,  42:
 1472-5.   Also Rev.  otoneur., 1927,  5: 25-30.—Rutkovsky,
 A. K„ & Lissovsky, P. A.   [Reflex epilepsy]  Sovet. nevropat.,
 1935, 4: No. 6, 129-32.—Strauss. H.  Jacksonian seizures of
 reflex origin; report of a case.  Arch.  Neur. Psychiat., Chic.,
 1939, 41: 423-6.  Also J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1939, 89: 209-13.—
 Tas, J.   [Reflex epilepsy]  Psychiat. neur. bl., Amst.,  1932, 36:
 537-54.   Also Rev. neur., Par.,  1935, 42: 657-70.—Uffre-
 duzzi, O.  Un contributo alia conoscenza dell'epilessia riflessa
 (trauma renale ed epilessia)   In Scritti med. in onore di  A.
 Poggi,  Bologna,  1915,  687-701.—Victoria,  M.  Una  rara
 observaci6n de epilepsia refleja.  Rev.  otoneur., B. Air., 1934,
 9: 285-8.

 ----   Research.

   See also Epilepsy,  Clinical aspect.
   Lion, R.   Contribution a l'etude de  l'6pi-
 lep«ie as^oHee.   38p.  8?   Par..  1933.
   Clark, L. P., & Cushing, K. A study in epilepsy.   Med. J.
 & Rec, 1931, 132: 27-31.—Coombs, H. C. Recent advances in
 the study  of epilepsy:  a brief review.  J. Am. Inst. Homeop.,
 1931, 24: 477-90.—Curti, G.  Nuove  vedute nello studio
 dell'epilessia.   Gazz.  internaz. med. chir.,  1937,  47: 215.—
 Dixon, R. L.  Proposed research in epilepsy.  Am. J. Psychiat.,
 1928-29, 8: 1067-70.  Also J. Michigan M. Soc, 1928, 27: 715-
 7.—Fay, T.  Symposium  on epilepsy.  Internat. Clin., 1930,
 40. ser., 3: 78-87, 2  pl.—Felsen, J.  Laboratory studies in
 epilepsy.  Arch.  Int.  M., 1930,  46: 180-217.—Gibbs, C.  E.
 Research problems in epilepsy.  Am. J. Psychiat., 1925-26, 5:
 415-21.—Guthrie, R. H.   Some recent researches in epilepsy
 at the Monson State Hospital.  N. England J.  M., 1933, 208:
 646-8.—Lowenstein,  O.   Ueber  klinisch-kinematographische
 Epilepsie-Beobachtung und die Prinzipien einer experimentellen
 Anfalls-Analyse.  Schweiz. Arch.  Neur. Psychiat.,   1933,  32:
 44-73.—McLaughlin, F. L.  Studies in epilepsy.  J. Ment.  Sc,
 Lond.,  1933,  79: 688-703.—Mauz,  F.   Neue Ergebnisse  der
 Epilepsieforschung.  Sitzber. Ges. Naturwiss. Marburg (1933)
 1934, 68: 46-58.—Notkin, J.  A contribution to the subject of
 epilepsy,  with special  reference to the  literature.   J.  Nerv.
 Ment. Dis., 1928, 67: 321; 457; 567.  Also repr.—Orlando, R.
 Investigaciones sobre etiopatogenia de la epilepsia vera.  Dia
 med., B. Air., 1932-33, 5: 963.—Phillips, G.  Recent work in
 the study of epilepsy.  Med. J.  Australia,  1939, 1: 922-4.—
 Pike, F. H., & Elsberg, C. A.  Studies  on  epilepsy.  Am. J.
 Physiol.,  1925, 72: 337.—Prados y  Such,  M., &  Obrador
 Alcalde, S.  Estudios  sobre epilepsia.   Arch, neurob., Madr.,
 1934, 14: 71-8.—Spiller, W. G., &  Bauer, E. L.  Symposium on
 epilepsy.  Internat.  Clin., 1930, 40. ser., 3: 101-8.—Stauder,
 K. H.  Fragestellungen und Ergebnisse der neueren Epilepsie-
 forschung. Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1934, 102: 457-72—Ticha, J.
 [Contribution to  study of epilepsy]  Cas. lek. Cesk.,  1928, 67:
 125-8.—Wilson,  S. A. K.  Remarks on some aspects of the
 problem  of  the  epilepsies.  Brit. M.  J.,  1929, 2:  745-9.—
 Wuth, O.  Untersuchungen und Betrachtungen iiber  Epilepsie.
 Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1924, 89: 528-33; 1925, 97: 237-50.

 ----   Seizure.

   See also Epilepsy, Pathogenesis.
   Lungwitz,  W.  [E.]    *Ueber  extrakampine
 Halluzinationen,  Mikropsie und  Makropsie  bei
 epileptiformen Anfallen  [Jena]  32p.  8?   Weida
 i. Thiir., 1935.
   Attacks of unconsciousness  and convulsive seizures. Clin.
 Rev. Pittsburgh, 1934-35, 3: 25-31.—Balietti, L. Ricerche su
 alcune  manifestazioni motorie dell'epilessia essenziale.  Rass.
 stud, psichiat., 1932,  21: 425-50.—Benon,  R.   L'6tat second
 epileptique.  Rev.  gin. clin. ther.,  1928, 42:  549-52.—Brain,
 W.  R.   Epileptiform  convulsions associated  with attacks oi
 aphasia and  auditory hallucinations.  Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond.,
 1927-28, 21: sect, neur., 14.—Bramwell, E.  Clinical recollec-
 tions and reflections; the epileptic fit and the epilepsies. Edin-
 burgh M. J., 1936, 43: 220-32.—Bravetta, E.  Modificazioni
 della curba  degli  accessi epilettici.  Boll.  Soc.  med. chir.,
 Pavia,  1920, 33:  277-82.—C, E. A. Epilepsy; the attack. S.
 Barth.  Hosp. J., Lond., 1928-29,  36:  123-7.—Clark, L. P. A
 psychobiological  conception of consciousness and its disorders
 in the epileptic.  Brain, Lond., 1926, 49: 404-30.—Dumas, G.
 Le rire  et l'epilepsie  corticale.   C. rend. Congr. alien, neur.
 France, 1933,  37. Congr., 392-7.—Elkina,  E.  [Data on  the
 content of an epileptic fit]  Arkh. biol. nauk, 1937, 45: 179-
 84.—Froment, Hermann  & Jourdan.  Trepidation epileptoide
 organique et trepidation  epileptoide  artificielle volontaire  a
 dedanchement; la  quasi-identite  de leur m6canisme proprio-
 ceptif;  leur discrimination par Texcitation discontinue.  Rev.
I neur., Par.,  1938, 69: 741; 70; 585.—Galant, J. S.  Zirkulare 
EPILEPSY                                        40!
 Epilepsie? iiber die eigenartige Entwicklung einer eigenartigen
 Epilepsie.  Zbl. inn. Med., 1931, 52: 418-23.— Gordova, T. N.
 [ State of disturbance of consciousness with catathymic contents
 in epileptics]   Nevropat.  psikhiat., 1938,  7: No.  11, 82-92.—
 Grinstein, A. M.   [Epileptic attack]  Sovet. psikhonevr., 1937,
 13: 131-8.—Hartenberg,  P.  Comment je congois l'epilepsie.
 Clinique, Par., 1928,  23:  69.  ------  Le reflexe epileptique.
 Rev. g6n. clin. ther., 1936,  50:  211.—Hirsch, E.  Erlebnis-
 spuren im epileptischen Anfall und Ausnahmezustand.  Zschr.
 ges. Neur. Psychiat.,  1926, 105: 409-32.—Karplus, I. P.  Be-
 merkungen iiber den epileptischen und den hysterischen Anfall.
 Wien. klin. Wschr., 1927, 40: 1136-8.—Klessens, J. J. H. M.
 [Convulsions as the first symptoms of epilepsy] Mschr.  kinder-
 geneesk, 1934, 3: 307-23.—Leshchenko,  G. D.  [Variation of
 tonic epileptic attacks]  Sovet. psikhonevr.,  1933, 9: 42-7.—
 Lewy, E.  Beitrag zur Nosologie epileptischer Anfalle.  Zschr.
 ges.  Neur. Psychiat.,  1927, 110:  235-44.—Moersch,  F.  P.
 Convulsions and unconsciousness.  Collect. Papers Mayo Clin.,
 1934,  26: 929-31.—Robb, J. R. B.  A study of  incoordinate
 movement in epilepsy.  J. Ment.  Sc, Lond., 1930, 76: 512-23,
 3 pl.—Rosenberg, M.  Ueber den epileptischen Bewusstseins-
 verlust mit Bemerkungen  zur Theorie des epileptischen Anfalls.
 Nervenarzt,  1933, 6: 126-35.—Ruffin, H.  Ueber die  Gewin-
 nung  von  Erlebnisinhalten  des  epileptischen  Anfalls- und
 Ausnahmezustandes  mit  Hilfe   von  Wachsuggestion  und
 Hypnose.  Deut.  Zschr.  Nervenh., 1928-29, 107: 271-315.—
 Sager, O., & Kreindler, A. Acces epileptiques s'accompagnant
 de reflexes toniques du cou sur les membres.  Rev.  otoneur.,
 Par., 1934, 12: 133-5.—Schnell,  A.  M.   Ueber  die zeitlichen
 Zusammenhange  der  Erscheinungen und die Bedeutung der
 Deviation  conjuguee im epileptischen Insult; Beitrag zum Bild
 und Gefiige des epileptischen Insults.  Arch. Psychiat., Berl.,
 1926,  77:  239-56.—Selbach, H.   Der epileptische Anfall  im
 Krankheitsbild der genuinen Epilepsie.  Klin. Wschr., 1938, 17:
 585-8.—Strauss.  H.   Enthirnungsstarre  und tonische Hals-
 reflexe im epileptischen Anfall.  Med. Welt, 1927, 1: 1549-51.—
 Toulouse, Marchand & Litvak.  Actes complexes et coordonnes
 accomplis  au cours de crises epileptiques  d'automatisme cere-
 bral.  Bull.  Soc.  clin.  med. ment., Par., 1924, 12: 46-9.—
 Urechia, C. I.  Epilepsie rotatoire ou torsionnante.  Bull. Soc.
 med. hop. Paris,  1937, 3. ser., 53: 324-7.—Vergara, E.  II
 tremore nell'epilessia.  Osp. psichiat., Nap., 1935, 3: 13-39.—
 Wheeler, T.   Graphic  charting method for use in recording
 seizures of patients  with epilepsy.  Arch.  Neur. Psychiat.,
 Chic, 1936, 35: 776-81.

 ----   Seizure: Frequency and time relations.

    See also Epilepsy, Pyknolepsy.
    Barsotti, U.  Postumi neurologici  di attacchi convulsivi
 seriali in un epilettico.  Ann. Osp. psichiat. Perugia, 1934, 28:
 229-46.—Griffiths, G. M.  Monthly periodicity in epilepsy.
 Lancet, Lond., 1933, 2:  861-3.—Gruhle, H.  W.  Rhythmus
 epileptischer Anfalle.  Nervenarzt, 1935, 8: 624-31. —Hopkins,
 H.  The time of appearance of epileptic seizures in relation to
 age, duration and type of the syndrome.   J. Nerv. Ment. Dis.,
 1933, 77: 153-62.—Hort. F. A.  Infrequent epileptic fits.  Brit.
 M. J.,  1935, 2:  279.—Langdon-Down, M.,  & Brain,  W.  R.
 Time of day in relation  to convulsions in epilepsy.  Lancet,
 Lond.,  1929, 1: 1029-32.—Magnussen, G.  Eighteen cases of
 epilepsy with fits in  relation to sleep.  Acta  psychiat. neur.,
 Kbh., 1936, 11:  289-321.—Paskind,  H. A., &  Brown, M.
 Frequency of seizures in  epilepsy; differences between deteri-
 orated and non-deteriorated patients.  Am. J. Psychiat., 1939-
 40, 96: 65-8.—Sheinkin, L. B.  Infrequent epileptic fits.  Brit.
 M. J., 1935, 2: 523.

 ----  Seizure: Induction.

   See also subheadings (Diagnosis: Tests; experi-
 mental; reflex)
   Reger,  W.   *Zur experimentellen  Auslosung
 epileptischer   Anfalle    [Erlangen]    27p.    8?
 Kallmunz, 1937.
   Buscaino, V. M.  Die experimentelle Epilepsie aus afferenten
 Reizen.  Fol.  neuropath, eston.,  1936,  15:-16:  126-30.—
 Claude, H„ Montassut, M. [et al.L Provocation experimentale
 de crises comitiales atypiques.  Encephale, 1926, 21:  552.—
 Daneo, L.   Ricambio dell'acqua e provocazione  dell'accesso
 epilettico.  Rass.  stud,  psichiat., 1934,  23: 826-9.—Dezzani,
 L., & Frusi, G.  Ricerche sulla reazione di epilettici alia per-
 frigerazione locale con cloruro di etile.  Arch. ital. med. sper.,
 1939, 4: 405-16.—Fender, F.  A.  Epileptiform convulsions
 from remote excitation.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1937, 38:
 259-67.—Fiamberti, A. M. Accessi a carattere epilettico pro-
 vocati con l'introduzione sottoccipitale  di sostanze vasodi-
 latatrici. Riv. sper. freniat., 1937, 61: 834-40.—Gliozzi, S. M.
 Sull'epilessia  sperimentale da eccitamenti afferenti nei gatto.
 Arch, fisiol., Fir.,  1927, 25: 749-65.—Kharchenko, S. I.  [Pro-
 vocation of epileptic attack]  Vrach. delo, 1936, 19:  543-6.—
 Kiinzel, A. A.  [Certain methods in producing epileptic seizures]
 Nevropat. psikhiat., 1937,  6: No. 6, 127-9.—Langel iiddeke, A.
 Die Auslosung von epileptischen Krampfen und ihre Bedeutung.
Sitzber. Ges. Naturwiss. Marburg, 1938, 73:1-12.—Langsteiner.
F.  Ueber das Muck'sche  Vereisungsverfahren zur Auslosung
von epileptischen  Anfallen.  Miinch. med. Wschr., 1936,  83:
]39g_—Manunza,  P.   Anestesia al cloruro d'etile della regione
radiale  per la provocazione  dell'accesso epilettico.   Neo-
EPILEPSY
psichiatria, Pisa,  1937, 3: 230-40.—Martino, G.   Sulla pre-
disposizione alia epilessia sperimentale da eccitamenti afferenti
nei cane.  Arch, fisiol., Fir.,  1931-32, 30: 51-92.—Mondio, E.
Epilessia sperimentale da eccitamenti afferenti  nella  volpe.
Ibid.,  1934-35,  34:  546-57.—Moniz, E.,  &  Almeida  Lima.
Acces epileptiques a aspect jacksonien homolateral, determines
par l'injection  d'iodure de sodium  dans la carotide interne.
C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 98: 1010.—Muck, O. Ein einfaches
Verfahren,  das ermoglicht,  bei  Epileptikern einen Krampf-
anfall auszulosen.  Miinch. med. Wschr., 1935, 82: 2040-2.—
Rizzatti,  E.  Sullo  scatenamento delle crisi epilettiche  con
l'adrenalina.  Gior. clin. med., 1927, 8: 182-7.—Rosenbluth, B.
A  case of induced epilepsy.  J.  Nerv. Ment. Dis.,  1925, 61:
487.—Roth, J.  Der Wasseranreicherungsversuch  als krampf-
auslosendes Mittel bei Epileptikern.   Psychiat. neur. Wschr.,
1937,  39: 58.—Schonmehl.  Provokation  von epileptischen
Krampfanfallen; Versuche und Ausblick.  Miinch. med. Wschr.,
1936,  83: 721-3.—Viale, G.  Acces epileptiforme chez le chien
par application peripherique du  courant alternatif.   C. rend.
Soc. biol., 1929, 102: 464.—Weiss, E.  Besteht die  Moglichkeit
bei Epileptikern durch  Vereisung  des  Radialispulses  mit
Chlorathyl einen Krampfanfall  auszulosen?   Miinch. med.
Wschr., 1936, 83: 736.

----  Seizure:  Induction—by hyperpnea.

   See also Epilepsy, Acid-base equilibrium.
   Kottendrop, J.   *Zur  Diagnose  des epilepti-
schen und  hysterischen  Anfalles  mit besonderer
Berucksichtigung der Hyperventilationsmethode.
47p.   8?   Bonn, 1929.
   Sampaio Arrtjda,  L.  de.    *0 diagnostico da
epilepsia pela  prova da hyperpnea em seu aspecto
deontologico.   49p.   8?   S.  Paulo, 1930.
   Stolze,  H.    *Versuche   zur  diagnostischen
Brauchbarkeit  der  Hyperventilation   (Foerster)
fiir die genuine Epilepsie.   43p.   8?  Kiel,  1926.
   Balaban, J. M. [Hyperventilation (experimental hyperpnoe)
in diagnosis of epilepsy]  Sovet. vrach. gaz., 1933, 37:  1152-8.—
Cacchione, A.  L'iperpnea nella epilessia.  Gior. psichiat. 1935,
63: 315-24.—Caron, S.  L'hyperpnee experimentale, moyen de
diagnostic des epilepsies.  Bull. Soc. med.  hop. Quebec, 1933,
348-50.—Claude, H., Codet. H.  [et  al.]  L'hyperpnee dans le
diagnostic de  l'epilepsie psychique (production experimentale
de manifestations convulsives au  cours de l'epilepsie psychique
par l'hyperpnee volontaire)  Ann. med. psychoi., Par., 1925,
73: 332-41.—Di Mauro, S.  La prova del Forster nella diagnosi
di epilessia.  Osp. psichiat., Nap., 1934, 2: 481-9.—Dobruskin,
V. E.   [Biochemical changes in  the blood of epileptics in  hyper-
ventilation]  Nevropat. psikhiat., 1936,  5: 1512;   1937,  6: 75;
137.  ------&Iuradskaia, E. G.  [Hyperventilation in epilepsy]
Sovet. nevropat., 1935, 4:  No. 8, 113-8.—Fetterman, J. The
hyperpnea test in epilepsy.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1928,
20: 1330-8.—Foerster, O. Hyperventilationsepilepsie.  Deut.
Zschr. Nervenh.,  1924-25,  83:  347-56.—Frisch, F. Epilepsie-
pathogenese und der O. Foerstersche Hyperventilationsversuch.
Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1926, 103: 243-55.—Garetto, S., &
Romero, A.   La prova dell'iperpnea negli epilettici:  studio
clinico e cronassimetrico.  Riv. pat.  nerv.,  1936, 48:  252-73.—
Guillain, G., Alajouanine, T.,  &  Thevenard.  Provocation de
l'epilepsie jacksonienne par l'hyperpnee  experimentale;  valeur
diagnostique de ce test clinique.   Bull.  Soc. med. hop. Paris,
1925,  3. ser., 49:  341-5.—Hendriksen, V.   [Review of  hyper-
ventilation with  tabulation of  67  cases]  Hospitalstidende,
1927,  70: 263-77.—Jacobi,  W.   Priiparoxysmale Gefassver-
anderungen nach experimentell gesetzter Hyperventilation beim
Hunde.  Zschr. ges.  Neur.  Psychiat.,  1926, 102:  625-35 —
Jahn,  H.  Ueber Hyperventilation und  Epilepsie.  Aerztl.
Rdsch., 1928, 38: 307-9.—Koll, C.   Zur Frage  der Hyper-
ventilation.   Arch.  Psychiat.,  Berl.,  1928,  83:  597-620.—
Lange, J., & Guttmann, E.  Hysterischer Anfall, Hyperventila-
tion,  epileptischer Krampf.  Miinch.  med. Wschr.,  1926, 73:
983.—Liebers,  M.    Ueber Hyperventilationsepilepsie und
tetanische Reaktion bei Epileptischen.  Allg. Zschr.  Psychiat.,
1925-26, 83: 345-52.—Ludewig, P.  Das Blutbild  beim  hyper-
ventilierten  Epileptiker.   Psychiat.  neur. Wschr.,  1926, 28:
255-8.—Lukashev, V. A., & Kolotilov, I. K.  [Hyperventilation
in  epilepsy]  Klin, med., Moskva, 1931, 9: 400-2.—Mainzer, F.
Ueber den Chemismus der Auslosung des epileptischen Anfall-
durch Ueberventilation. Klin. Wschr., 1925, 4: 1918.-----
Zur  Pathogenese des  konvulsivischen  Anfalls  nach Ueber-
ventilation.  Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1926, 52: 476-87.—Munch-
Petersen, C. J. [Pathogenesis of  epilepsy and causes of  the so-
called epileptic attack by hyperventilation] Hospitalstidende,
1931,  74: 418-31.—Nyssen.  La  valeur de  l'hyperpnee dans le
diagnostic de l'6pilepsie.  J. neur. psychiat., Brux., 1929, 29:
600-18.—Ontaneda, L. E., & Pasqualini, R. Q. La prueba de
]a  hyperpnea en el diagnostico  de la  epilepsia.  Rev. san. mil.,
B.  Air.,  1934, 33:  395-8.—Parvulescu, N.  [Hyperpnea in
epilepsy]  Rev. san. mil., Bucur.,  1930, 29: 307-12.—Peterson,
C. J. M.  Contribution k la pathogenese de l'epilepsie  et a la
genSse d'une  attaque epileptique provoquee par hyperventila-
tion.   C.  rend.  Soc.  biol.,  1931, 106:  580-3.—Pfeiffer, H.,
Standenath, F., & Weeber, R.  Ueber den Einfluss der  Ueber-
luftung auf den Peptidasenhaushalt von Epileptikern.  Klin.
Wschr., 1926,  5: 992.  Also Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1926, 
EPILEPSY
410
EPILEPSY
  103: 751-62.—Rojas, N.  Hiperpnea y diagnostico de epilepsia.
  Sem. med., B. Air., 1927,  34:  pt 2,  1405.—Shutova,  T. A.
  [Hyperventilation test  in epilepsy]   J. nevropat.  psikhiat.,
  Moskva,  1926, 19:  17-23.—Simpson, T.,  &  Barker,  M.  H.
  Role of anoxia in production  of epileptiform  seizures.  Arch.
  Int. M., 1938, 61: 208-22.—Skobnikova, V. K.  [Hyperventila-
  tion in epilepsy]  Sovet.  nevropat., 1935, 4: No. 3, 118-24.—
  Stubbe Teglbjaerg, H. P.   Epilepsy and hypoxaemia. Acta psy-
  chiat. neur., Kbh., 1932, 7: 659-78.—Talenti, C. Alcune espe-
  rienze con l'iperpnea impiegata per la diagnosi interaccessuale
  dell'epilessia e di stati nevrotici.  Riv. pat. nerv., 1926, 31: 577-
  88.—Vujic, V.  Ueber die Hypoventilation bei der Epilepsie.
  Psychiat.  neur. Wschr.,  1933, 35:  364-7.—Weeber, R.  Bei-
  trage zur Frage der Hyperventilationsepilepsie.  Ibid.,  1926,
  28: 251-5.—Wolter, H.  Epilepsie als Folge einer auf Atembe-
  hinderung  beruhenden   Hyperventilation.    Deut.  Zschr.
  Nervenh., 1928, 104: 164-72.—Wuth, O.  Bemerkungen zu der
  Arbeit von H. Pfeiffer, F. Standenath und R. Weeber.  Zschr.
  ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1926, 103: 210-2.

  ----  Seizure: Induction—by  hypoglycemia  [In-
    sulin]
    De Falco, A., & Penta, P.  Ipoglicemia insulinica e convul-
  sioni  negli epilettici. Riv. sper. freniat., 1937, 61: 1084-90.—
  Harris,  S.  Hyperinsulinism  and  epilepsy;  presentation  of
  patients and case reports. South. M. J., 1933, 26: 1026-33.—
  McGovern, B. E.   Epileptoid attacks and  hyperinsulinism;
  the report of a case.  Endocrinology, 1932, 16: 293-5.—Powell,
  E.  Epilepsy and hyperinsulinism.  Clin.  M.  & S., 1937, 44:
  191-4.—Scliulz, H.  E.   Zur Frage des epileptischen Anfalls
  im Insulin-chock.  Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1938, 40: 307-10.—
  Thomas, C. R.  Hyperinsulinism and epilepsv.  J. Tennessee
  M. Ass., 1936,  29:  21-7.—Ziskind, E., & Bolton, R.  Insulin
  hypoglycemia in epilepsy. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1936,
  36: 331-41.

  ----  Seizure:  Physiopathology.

    See  also Epilepsy, Postconvulsive period.
    Weissenfeld, F.   *Blutbefunde bei  Krampf-
  anf alien,  p. 140-8.   8?  [Bonn] 1922.
    Andre-Thomas.  La pupille myotonique; la pupille au cours
  de la crise epileptique.  Rev. neur., Par., 1938, 69: 657-66.—
  Baylac, Bize & Stillmunkes.  Polynucieose rachidienne au cours
  d'un etat de mal comitial. Bull. Soc med. hop. Paris, 1923, 3.
  ser., 47: 154-61.—Binyon, O. R., & Fox, J. T.   Tbe urea con-
  tent of the cerebro-spinal fluid in status epilepticus; a note on 4
  cases.  Lancet, Lond., 1930, 2: 1233.—Bobkov, I. P.   [Bio-
  metric manifestations in the central nervous system in epileptic
  attacks]   Sovet. psikhonevr.,  1937, 13: 33-41.—Contini, M.
  I protidi plasmatici nell'epilessia e loro variazioni in  rapporto
  aU'accesso.  Rass. stud, psichiat., 1936, 25: 813-26.—Di Renzo,
 F., & Tomasino, A.  Ricerche  sul comportamento del calcio e
 del potassio nei sangue degli epilettici  nei periodi intervallari
 e durante gli  accessi convulsivi.   Ibid., 1930,  19: 503-18.—
 Dosuzkov, T.  [Changes in the oculo-cardiac, palato-cardiac and
 solar  reflexes  in  epileptic  attack]  Rev. neur.  psychiat.,
 Praha, 1932, 29: 105.—Erickson, T. C.  Cardiac activity during
 epileptic seizures.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1939, 41:  511-
 8.—Goodall, E.   Blood-cholesterol during the menstrual and
 eoileptic cycles.  Lancet,  Lond., 1929, 1: 384-6.—Hendriksen,
 V.  The blood pressure  during hyperventilation and during
 the epileptic fit. Acta psychiat. neur., Kbh., 1930, 5: 323-38.—
 Kovalev, E. N.   [Pressure of  the  cerebro-spinal fluid during
 epileptic  attacks]   Sovet.  psikhonevr., 1937,  13: 58-61.—
 Longo, V.   Sul contenuto in  Ca e K del liquor negli epilettici
 prima e dopo la crisi.  Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1931, 6:  532-
 5.—Mori,  L.  La  pressione del liquido  cefalo-rachidiano negli
 epilettici prima, durante e dopo l'accesso.  Ann. Osp.  psichiat.
 Perugia, 1929, 23: 55-68.—Ostmann.  Wie spiegelt  sich der
 epileptische Krampfanfall in  hamatologischen Untersuchungen
 wider?  Zschr.  ges.  Neur. Psychiat.,  1932,  142:  664-77 —
 Potzl, O.,  & Schloffer, H.  Befunde am Gehirn wahrend des
 epileptischen Anfalles. Med. Klin., Berl., 1924, 20: 1267-70 —
 Popea, A.,  & Vicol,  A.   Les variations de  la  cholesterinemie
 durant l'acces epileptique.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 93: 749.—
 Rabinovich, J. S.  [Disturbance of the body scheme in epileptic
 fit]  Nevropat. psikhiat., 1938, 7: No. 10, 38-49.—Rampini, M.
 La colesterinemia  nelle convulsioni epilettiche dell'infanzia ed
 in quelle spasmofiliche.   Riv.  clin. pediat., 1934,  32:  1281-
 309.—Regelsberger,  H.   Die  Untersuchung  der  alveolaren
 Kohlensiiure im epileptischen Anfall.  Klin. Wschr.,  1928,  7:
 447.—Schrapp, R.  La  rachimetrie de la  crise epileptique.
 Presse med., 1928, 36: 34.—Scott, M., & Pigott, A. W.  Calcium
 content of  the blood serum during an epileptic  convulsion.
 Arch.  Neur. Psychiat.,  Chic,  1936, 36: 590-2.—Sogliani, G.
 II comportamento del tasso glicemico prima,  durante e  dopo
 l'accesso epilettico.  Note psichiat., Pesaro,  1936, 65: 431-6.—
 Stiefler,  G.  Ueber das  Fehlen  des Grundgelenkreflexes im
 epileptischen Anfall und seine diagnostische Bedeutung.  Klin.
 Wschr.,  1936,  15:  16-8—Tournade,  A..  Raynaud,  R.,  &
 Chardon,  G.  L'hypertension  de  la crise  d'epilepsie  experi-
 mentale  procede,  pour une  part,  d'une  decharge secretoire
 d'adrenaline. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1939, 130:  632-4.—Verhaart,
 W. J. C.  [Reflexes of Magnus and De Klein during an epileptic
 attack] Ned. tschr. geneesk.,  1926, 70: pt 2, 958-60.—Weil, A.,
 & Liebert,  E. Phosphorus content of the blood serum during
the epileptic seizure.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1937, 37:
 584-8.—Wuth, O.  Blood changes in convulsions, especially in
 epilepsy.  Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., 1926, 38: 389-408.

 ----  Seizure: Predisposing  factors.
    Giacanelli, V. U.  Sui rapporti fra accessi epilettici e mestrua-
 zioni.  Ann.  Osp.  psichiat.  Perugia,  1931,  25:  255-90.—
 Gordon, A.  Factors facilitating epileptic seizures. Med. J. &
 Rec, 1926,  124:  151-4— Hartenberg,  P.   Les conditions
 favorisantes des paroxysmes epileptiques.   Presse m6d., 1924,
 32: 379-81.—Patry, F. L. The relation of time of day, sleep,
 and other factors to the incidence of epileptic seizures.  Am. J.
 Psychiat.,  1930-31, 10: 789-813.—Souques, A.   Epilepsie et
 menstruation.  Presse  m6d.,  1931, 39: 185-9.

 ----   Seizure: Predisposing factors, cosmic.
    Bruckmiiller, I.  Zur Frage der  Beziehungen  zwischen
 Anfallstod bei Epilepsie  und meteorologischen Verhaltnissen.
 Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1934, 151: 691-5.—Dannhauser, A.
 Bestehen Zusammenhange zwischen  dem  Auftreten  epilep-
 tischer Anfalle  und  gewissen  meteorologischen Faktoren?
 Ibid., 1925,  96: 363-7.—Dretler, J.   Ueber den  Einfluss der
 atmospharischen Veranderungen auf die epileptischen Anfalle.
 Allg. Zschr. Psychiat., 1935,  103: 223-39, tab.—Fresa,  A.  La
 crisi  epilettiche in  rapporto ai  fenomeni naturali  cosmici e
 geofisici.  Arch. gen. neur. psichiat.,  Nap.,  1932,  13: 21-9.—
 Kaczanowski, G.  [Effect of meteorological factors on epileptic
 attacks]   Neur. polska, 1935, 18: 528-32.— LeBlanc, T. J., &
 Mills, C. A.   Epileptic seizures in relation to daily weather
 factors.  Am. J. Hyg.,  1932, 16: 876-9— Marchand, L.  Des
 influences  cosmiques  sur les  accidents  epileptiques.   Hyg.
 ment., Par.,  1931, 26: 237-49.—Meyer, M.  Der epileptische
 Krampfanfall  und  seine Beziehungen zu  atmospharischen
 Einflussen.   Nervenarzt,  1928,  1: 592-600.  Also Zschr. ges.
 phys. Ther.,  1928,  35: 313.—Ratner, J.  Ueber Saisonepilepsie.
 Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1927, 108: 446-57.—Richet, C, fils,
 Garsaux & Behague, P.   Crises d'epilepsie chez  le  lapin au
 cours de la depression  atmospherique.  Rev. neur., Par., 1927,
 34:  1076-8.—Ticha, J.   [Epilepsy;  influence of  atmospheric
 pressure]  Cas. lek. fiesk., 1927,  66: 1743-5.—Ventura, V. E.
 Depressione  altimetrica e crisi  convulsive epilettiche.   Gior.
 med. mil., 1938, 86: 287-94.

 ----  Seizure:  Status epilepticus.

   Pasquereau, X.   *Le traitement  de l'6tat de
 mal epileptique.  54p.  8?  Par., 1932.
   Clemmesen, C.  [Treatment  of  status epilepticus with
 somnifen]  Ugeskr. laeger, 1926,  88: 662.—Dalma, G.  Grave
 stato di male  epilettico  provocato da trattamento Asuero-
 terapico.  Note psichiat.,  Pesaro, 1933, 62: 117-27.—Damaye,
 H.  Le traitement de  l'epilepsie et de l'etat de mal.  Progr.
 med., Par., 1927, 42: 1163.—De Luca,  B.  Le  iniezioni endo-
 rachidee di luminale sodico  nella cura dello stato epilettico.
 Rinasc. med., 1926, 3: 369.—Heucqueville, G. d\  La cure des
 etats de mal epileptiques.   Bull, med., Par., 1934, 48: 363-6.—
 Hofmann, H.  Ueber kunstliche Unterbrechung der Schwanger-
 schaft im Status  epilepticus.  Zschr.  Geburtsh. Gyn., 1929,
 95: 72-7.—Klimo.   Etat de mal epileptique  par hemorragie
 des meninges chez  un individu a diathese hemorragique.  Rev.
 neur., Par.,  1933, 40: pt 2, 299.— Kozyrev, A. A.  [Sequels of
 surgical interference in status epilepticus]  Tr. obsht. nevropat.
 Saratov.,  1927, 1: 49-57.—Kretzschmar, N.  R.   A case of
 status epilepticus   following  normal  labor.   Am. J.  Obst.,
 1930,  19:  557-61.—Krukenberg,  H.   Kasuistischer Beitrag
 zur Frage des Status epilepticus in graviditate.  Miinch. med.
 Wschr., 1930, 77:  1705.—Kunze, F. E.  Zur Behandlung des
 Status  epilepticus.   Ibid.,  1934, 81: 1430.—Kuttner,  H.
 Ueber die akute  Entstehung  eines  Kleinhirnsyndroms  im
 Anschluss  an  einen Status  epilepticus.   Mschr. Psychiat.,
 1927, 66: 255-360.  Lazell, E. W.  Status  epilepticus  of the
 cerebellar type occurring  in insulin shock treatment of schizo-
 phrenia, with recovery.  Med. Bull. Veterans Admin., 1937-38,
 14: 365-72.—Morrow,  J.  K.   Status  epilepticus complicating
 insulin shock therapy.   Delaware M.  J., 1938, 10: 85-7.—
 Niedermoser, F.  Coramin bei Status epilepticus.  Wien. med.
 Wschr.,  1935,  85:  1182.—Olshausen,  W.   Errettung  aus
 schwerstem Status epilepticus durch ungeheure Pernoctondosen.
 Zbl. inn. Med., 1932, 53: 725-33.—Popea, A., Eustatziu, G., &
 Ionescu, V.   [Pathogenesis of epileptic status]   Rev. st. med.,
 Bucur., 1930. 19:  20-4.—Rabinovich,  J. S.   [Therapy  of the
 epileptic state]   Sovet.  psikhonevr.,  1939,  15:  99-105.—
 Robertson, H.  M.   A  case of  status  epilepticus  (traumatic)
 operation; recovery.  Canad. M.  Ass.  J., 1926, 16: 541-3.—
 Souques, A.. & Massary, J.  de.  Etat de mal prolonge, con-
scient et  apyretique.   Rev. neur., Par.,  1924,  31: 248.—
Tietze, C.  Ueber  zwei Falle von Trepanation im Status epi-
lepticus.  Psychiat.  neur. Wschr., 1931, S3: 42-5.—Tromner.
 Pneumenzephalon   gegen  Status epilepticus.   Deut.   med.
 Wschr., 1927, 53: 217.—Waldstein, E.   Status epilepticus und
Schwangerschaft.  Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1928, 78: 165-80.—
Wyllie, A. M.  A  fatal case of status  epilepticus, with post-
mortem findings.  J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1937, 83: 568-70.

----  Seizure: Treatment and  reflex inhibition.
   Bohm. W.  Ueber die Behandlung des epileptischen Krampf-
anfalls.  Psychiat. neur.  Wschr.,  1938, 40: 296-9.—Facken-
heim, S.  Ein Handgriff zur Abkurzung der schweren und zur
Coupierung der leichten epileptischen Anfalle.  Deut.  Zschr, 
EPILEPSY
411
EPILEPSY
 Nervenh., 1926,  94:  127-9.—Linton, R. G.   Idiopathic epi-
 lepsy  from another aspect with  treatment  of  the  fit.  Brit.
 M. J., 1938, 2. 837.—Mehlin, G. B.  A treatment  for severe
 epileptiform  seizures.  J. Indiana M. Ass.,  1930,  23:  17.—
 Wiersma, E.  D.   [Rational medicinal treat.nent of epileptic
 attacks]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1928, 7-: 1781-91.

 ----   Seizure:  Variants.

   See   also   subheadings    affective;   akinetic;
 Jacksonian;   Kozhevnikov's;   myoclonic;  peri-
 ventricular;  Petit  mal;  psychic;   Pyknolepsy;
 reflex; sensory.
   Albert-Weil, J.  Epilepsie larv6e.  Rev. gin. clin.,.Par., 1932,
 46: 805-7.—Branham, V. C.  Epileptoid reactions in children.
 Am. J. Psychiat., 1925-26, 5: 423-9.—Clark. L. P.   Irregular
 types  of  essential epilepsy.  Med. Rev. of  Rev.,  1926, 32:
 446; 503. — Cornil, L.  Torticolis spasmodique  gauche perio-
 dique  avec paramyoclonus associ6 chez  un epileptique fruste.
 Rev. neur., Par., 1928, 35: 415-7.—Daneri, J.  Equivalentes
 epilepticos.   Rev.  med.  Chile,  1924,  52:   617-24.—Dirks-
 Dilly.   Clonie nystagmiforme chez un epileptique.  Rev. oto-
 neur.,  Par., 1929, 7:  341-9.—Evlakhov, A.  M.  [Status epi-
 lepticus larvatus]  Sovet. vrach.  gaz.,  1932,  36:  1304.—
 Faraone,  A.   Le paraepilessie.  Gazz.  internaz.  med.  chir.,
 1936,  46: 646-53.—Ferrer, C.  O.  Un caso de equivalentes
 epilepticos.  Sem. med., B. Air., 1926, 33: pt 2, 756.—Gelma,
 E.   Le diagnostic  medico-legal de  l'epilepsie  larvee.   Ann.
 med. leg., 1926, 6: 456-9.—Herrmann, G.  Eigenartige Ver-
 anderungen des Anfallsbildes bei Epileptikern.   Med. Klin.,
 Berl.,  1924, 20: 1536-8.—Kamman, G.  R.   Epileptic, equiva-
 lents.   Minnesota  M., 1929,  12:  276-80.—Lennox, W.  G.
 Allied  epileptoid states.  In Pract. Libr. M.  & S. (Appleton)
 N.  Y., 1936,  9:  933-41.—Levi, L.  Un caso di  equivalente
 epilettico protratto.  Gior. Accad. med. Torino,  1935,98: 252-
 9.—Lopez Aydillo, N.  La epilepsia v sus equivalentes.  Arch.
 med.,  Madr.,  1929, 31: 352-4.—Marchand,  L.. &  Bauer, E.
 Epilepsie  et torticolis spasmodique.   Rev. neur., Par.,  1926,
 33: pt 2,  311-6.—Messing, S.  Les equivalents nystagmoides
 de l'epilepsie.   Encephale, 1924,  19: 649-53.—Naville, F.,  &
 Brantmay, H.  Contribution  a  l'etude des equivalents epilep-
 tiques  chez les enfants.  Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat.,  1935,
 35: 96-122.—Nobre  de  Mello, A. L.   A proposito de um
 equivalente epileptico.  Fol.  med.,  Rio,  1938, 19:  225-7.—
 Robin. G.  Les accidents paraepileptiques chez l'enfant.  Rev.
 gen. clin. ther., 1935, 49: 741-3.—Shamburov, D. A. [Cases
 of epilepsy with peculiar forms  of attacks]   J. nevropath.
 psychiat.,  Moskva,  1928, 21: 33-41.  Also  Deut. Zschr.
 Nervenh., 1928, 103: 58-66.—Ventra, C.  Forme rare di epi-
 lessia latente.  Manicomio,  1929, 42:  95-112.—Vergara, E.
 Contributo alio studio delle forme di paraepilessia.  Riforma
 med., 1926, 42: 628-35.—Wilson, S. A. K. Epileptic variants.
 J. Neur. Psychopath., Brist., 1927-28, 8: 223-40.

 ----   senile [tardive]

   See also Epileptic,  Age.
   Seiler,  F.    *Ueber  Spatepilepsie.   32p.    8?
 Lpz.,  1901.
   Cross,  E. S.   The  significance  of  epileptiform seizures
 originating in  adult life.   Med. Clin. N. America,  1933, 17:
 1227—40.—Crouzon, O.   Etat  vermoulu du  cerveau et epi-
 lepsie senile.  Lyon med., 1913, 120: 516-20.—Hoesslin, R. von.
 Studie iiber Epilepsia tarda.  Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1935-36,
 104: 1-31.—Ide, M.  L'epilepsie s6nile.   Rev. med.,  Louvain,
 1927, 368.—Krapf,  E. Ueber die epileptiformen Anfalle bei
 Alzheimerscher und  die  Anfalle  bei  Pickscher  Krankheit;
 zugleich ein  Beitrag zur Frage  der  Spatepilepsie.  Arch.
 Psychiat.,  Berl.,  1931,  93:  409-22.   ------  Ueber Spat-
epilepsie.  Ibid., 1932, 97: 320-79.—Osborne, O. T.   Epilepsy
late in  life.  Ann. Int. M., 1927-28, 1: 841.—Redlich, E.  Zur
Kenntnis  der Spat- und Altersepilepsie.  Wien. med. Wschr.,
1927, 77: 1249-55.—Redwood, F. H.  Senile epilepsv (epilepsia
tarda)   Virginia M. Month.,  1928-29, 55:  804-6.—Riesman,
D.,  &  Fitz-Hugh, T.. jr.  Epilepsia tarda.  Tr.  Ass.  Am.
Physicians, 1927,  42: 356-69.  Also Ann. Int. M.,  1927, 1:
273-82.—Simon, A. Turmschadel und Spiit-Epilepsie. Zschr.
Medbeamte, 1931, 44: 90-3.
sensory.
   See also Epilepsy,  Seizure: Variants.
   Etienne,  G.  Epilepsie oculo-sensorio-motrice  pure.  Bull.
Soc  opht. Paris, 1925, 598.—Gilula, I. O.  [Disorders in sensi-
bility in epilepsy] Sovet. psikhonevr.,  1933, 9: 91-3.—Potzl, O.
Ziliarneuralgie  als  epileptisches  Aequivalent  (Ruckschliisse
auf die kortikale Vertretung der  Tiefensensibilitat des Auges
und  des peripheren  Sehens)   Wien.  med. Wschr.,  1926,  76:
8^-8.

----  serial  attacks.
See under Epilepsy, Seizure: Frequency.

     Serology.
   See also Epilepsy,  Diagnosis,  serologic.
   Altenburger &  Gutmann.  Serumuntersuchungen bei Epi-
leptikern.  Arch  Psychiat,, Berl.,  1927,  81: 738.  ------
Serobiologische Untersuchungen bei  Epileptikern (ausgefiihrt
mit Unterstiitzung der Notgemeinschaft der deutschen Wissen-
schaft)   Zschr.  ges. Neur.  Psychiat., 1928, 112:  711-29.—
Calzavara, G.   Contributo alio studio della reazione di Kott-
mann nella epilessia.  Note psichiat., Pesaro, 1931,  60: 447-
58.—Meyer,  O. B.  Ueber  weitere, serobiologische Unter-
suchungen  zur  Pathogenese  der Epilepsie.   Deut.  Zschr.
Nervenh., 1926, 94: 123.

----   spinal [Brown-Sequard]

   See also  Epilepsy, experimental.
   Koang,  N. K.   *Etude sur l'epilepsie  experi-
mentale d'apres la methode  de  Brown-Sequard.
107p.   8?   Par., 1933.
   Almeida, M. O. de.  Sur une attaque epileptiforme produite
par le refroidissement brusque  de la moelle de la grenouille.
C. rend. Soc.  biol., 1934, 115: 78-80.  ------  Variations des
caracteres de  l'attaque  epileptiforme   par refroidissement
brusque de la moelle chez le Leptodactylus ocellatus produites
par  les  conditions ambinates.   Ibid.,   1939,  130: 1485-8.
       &  Vianna Dias,  M.  Observations et experiences sur
l'attaque epileptiforme produite par le refroidissement brusque
de la moelle chez la grenouille.  Ibid.,  1934, 116:  1150-2.
         Recherches  pharmacologiques sur l'attaque epilepti-
forme produite chez la grenouille par le refroidissement brusque
de la moelle isoiee.  Ibid., 1936, 121: 771-3.—Almeida, M. O.
de, & Moussatche, H.  Sur les caracteristiques de l'attaque
epileptiforme  produite  par  le  refroidissement brusque  du
systeme nerveux isole chez les grenouilles soumises a la des-
hydratation.   Ibid., 583-5.   ------   Etude  graphique de
l'acces epileptiforme produit chez la grenouille par le refroidisse-
ment  brusque de la moelle et du systeme nerveux integral.
Ibid.,  586-9.  ------   L'excitation  electrique directe de  la
moelle 6piniere, chez la grenouille, ne produit pas des attaques
epileptiformes.  Ibid., 774-6.------Influence de la section
des ratines posterieurs  sur l'epilepsie spinale de la grenouille.
Ibid.,  783.  ----— fr Vianna Dias, M.  Sur la production de
l'attaque  epileptiforme par  refroidissement  brusque  de  la
moelle, chez des especes de batraciens autres que la grenouille
sud-americaine.  Ibid., 1938, 127:  213-6.------Influence
des excitations reflexes sur l'attaque epileptiforme de la  gre-
nouille sud-americaine  due  au refroidissement  brusque de  la
moelle epiniere.  Ibid., 710-3. ------  Action de quelques
anesthesiques  sur l'attaque  epileptiforme par  refroidissement
brusque de la moelle chez la grenouille sud-americaine.  Ibid.,
720-2.  ------  Sur le refroidissement brusque de la moelle
epiniere par Taction du chlorure  d'ethyle et son utilisation
comme technique de l'etude  de l'attaque epileptiforme.  Ibid.,
128: 217-20.—Gambino, A.   Sui  rapporti tra ovario ed  epi-
lessia  di Brown-Sequard nella cavia.  Arch,  ostet. gin., 1938,
ser. 2, 2: 108-20.—Longo, V.  Contributo sperimentale  alia
conoscenza della cosidetta epilessia di  Brown-Sequard.  Boll.
Soc. ital. biol. sper.,  1928, 3: 726-31.—Maciesza, A.  Brown-
Sequard'sche  Meerschweinchen-Epilepsie ohne  irgend welche
Schadigung des Nervensystems, als stark gesteigerter Kratz-
reflex.   Bull,  internat.  Acad. sc.  Cracovie,  1915, Sc. Nat.,
21-5.—Moracci, E. Osservazioni sperimentali sulla cosidetta
epilessia di Brown-Sequard.   Boll. Soc. ital.  biol.  sper., 1929,
4: 965-8.—Morin, G.   Epilepsie  de Brown-Sequard chez  le
cobaye a  moelle  detruite.   C. rend.  Soc. biol.,  1938, 127:
1136-8.—Pagniez,  P., Plichet, A.,  & Decourt, P.   L'epilepsie
experimentale  du  cobaye suivant la  technique  de Brown-
Sequard.  Ibid., 1932,  109:  541.—Pagniez, P.,  Plichet, A.,  &
Koang,  K.  Recherches sur  l'epilepsie  de  Brown-Sequard;
sa resistance aux  agents anti-epileptiques usuels.   Ibid., 110:
264.------L'epilepsie de Brown-Sequard  chez le cobaye;
sa production  par section de la patte, combinee ou non avec
celle du nerf sciatique.  Ibid.,  1933, 112: 420.  ------  L'epi-
lepsie  experimentale chez le cobaye;  suivant  la technique de
Brown-Sequard.  Presse med.,  1933, 41: 1177-9.—Pagniez, P.,
Plichet, A., & Laplane,  R.  Du role de la lesion nerveuse dans
la production de l'epilepsie de Brown-Sequard chez le cobaye.
C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 116: 1319.—Wieland.  Spinalepilepsie
in Folge Lasion des 4. bis 6. Zervikalsegments.   Schweiz. med
Wschr., 1925, 55: 59.

----   Status epilepticus.

   See Epilepsy, Seizure.

----   Symptomatology.

   Tracy, E.  A.   The  white  spots  of   epilepsy,
and  other  phases of   the  disease.    129p.   8?
Bost. [1926]
   Barre, J. A.  Epilepsie et syndrome pyramidal deficitaire.
Strasbourg med.,  1938, 98:  465-71.—Crouzon, O.   Recent
advances in the knowledge of the  symptomatology and diag-
nosis  of  epilepsy.   Arch.  Neur.  Psychiat.,  Chic, 1934, 31:
1329-35.—Fetterman, J. L.,  & Hall, V. R.  Mode  of onset  of
epilepsy.   Ibid., 1937, 38: 744-55.—Focher,  L.  A new diag-
nostic symptom for the recognition of idiopathic  epilepsy  in
its inter-paroxysmal period; with an experimental study of the
pathology and eugenic importance in this  new  system.   J.
Nerv.  Ment. Dis., 1925, 62: 337-53.—Gruhle, H. W. Epilepsie
und epileptische Symptome.  Erg. ges. Med.,  1930, 14: 117- 
EPILEPSY                                      412                                       EPILEPSY
 34.—Jahrreiss, W.  Epileptische Reaktionen und epileptische
 Erkrankungen.   Arch.  Psychiat., Berl., 1927,  80:  114-30.—
 Notkin, J., Coombs, H. C, & Pike, F. H.  Clinical and experi-
 mental  observations on the Babinski  reversal  cardiovascular
 reactions, respiratory and pupillary changes during the con-
 vulsive  and post-convulsive stages of general and experimental
 epilepsy.   Am.  J. Psychiat.,  1932, 11: 679-735.—Radeff, I.
 Body temperature in epileptics. Illinois M. J., 1935, 67: 270.—
 Rudakov, W.  Ueber ein neues otoskopisches  Phanomen  bei
 Epilepsie.  Arch.  Ohr.  &c  Heilk.,  1926,  115:  127-33 —
 Seletsky, V.  V.   [Symptomatology of epilepsy]  Sovet. psi-
 khonevr., 1933, 9: 88-90.—Stiefler, G.  Zur Symptomatologie
 des  epileptischen Anfalls.  Munch, med.  Wschr.,  1925,  72:
 342—4.—Wilson,  S. A. K.  Nervous semeiology,  with special
 reference to epilepsy. Brit. M. J., 1930, 2: 1; 50; 90.

 ----  syphilitic.

   See   also  Neurosyphilis;  Paralysis,  general;
 Tabes.
   Berg, S.   de.   Contribution  a  l'etude  de>-
 rapports de l'epilepsie idiopathique infantile  avec
 l'her6do-syphilis  et  de  la  valeur  du traitement
 antisyphilitique.   35p.  8?  Par.,  1936.
   Blot, P. M.  *Epilepsie dite essentielle tardive
 et syphilis  hereditaire du systeme nerveux.  106p.
 8?   Par., 1932.
   Conan,  A.   *L'epilepsie et  la syphilis heredi-
 taire.   54p.    8?   Par.,  1924.
   Plantier,  J.  G.   *Des  rapports de l'epilepsie
 et de la paralysie g6n£rale; etude clinique.  122p.
 8?   Bord., 1911.
   Polychroniades, E.   Contribution a l'etude
 de   l'eoilepsie  heredosyphilitique.    58p.    8?
 Par., 1929.
   Babalian,  L.   Syphilitic epilepsies  (their frequency and
 treatment)  J. Maine M. Ass., 1939, 30: 75.—Babonneix, L.
 Heredo-syphilis et epilepsie.  Monde med., 1926, 36: 597-607.
 Also Gaz.  h6p.,  1928,  101: 1692-4.  ------  Le role  de la
 syphilis congenitale dans le determinisme de l'epilepsie.  Acta
 paediat., Upps.,  1938, 22: 47-51.  ------  & Lichtenberg, D.
 Epilepsie  syphilitique.   Rev. neur., Par.,  1935, 42:  885.—
 Bambaren, C. A.  Papel de la sifilis en la genesis de la Hamada
 epilepsia esencial.  Siglo med., 1921, 68: 460; 485.—Bruetsch,
 W.  L.,  & Bahr,  M. A.   Syphilitic epilepsy.   Am.  J. Syph.,
 1937, 21: 255-66.—Carneiro da Cunha, W.  Tratamento da
 epilepsia luetica.  Bol. Seer, saude, Rio, 1936, 2:  127-34 —
 Costa, A. J., & Melgar, R.  Sindrome da mal epiieptico a forma
 Jacksoniana en un paralftico general  curado por la  craniec-
 tomfa descompresiva  temporaria.  Bol. Soc.  cir.  B.  Aires,
 1934, 18: 744-56.—Courriades. Etat de mal comitial  chez un
 syphilitique; intervention  chirurgicale; guerison. Presse  med.,
 1938, 46: 1409.—Dumolard, Sarrouy [et al.]   Epilepsie bravais-
 jacksonienne  gauche datant de l'enfance; hyperostose diffuse
 des  os du  crane; origine  heredo-syphilitique probable.  Rev.
 otoneur., Par., 1937, 15:  464-7.—Gareiso,  A.  Sobre la fre-
 cuencia  de la heredo-sffilis en la etiologia de la epilepsia infantil.
 Arch. lat. amer. pediat., B. Air., 1925, 3. ser., 932-9.—Hoglund,
 G.  Epilepsie und  hereditare Syphilis.   Zschr. ges.  Neur.
 Psychiat.,  1927,   108:  332-43.—Hugonot.   Epilepsie  (trau-
 matisme cranien  et heredo-specificite)   Bull. Soc. med. mil.
 fr.,  1929,  13: 63-5.—Jeanselme.  Epilepsie d'origine syphi-
 litique.   Medeeine,  Par.,  1925-26, 7:  130-40.—Lamas, E.
 Epilepsia  jacksoniana de  origen especifica.   Dfa  med. urug.,
 1936-37, 4: 4-7.—Marchand, L., & Bauer, E. Trois cas  d'epi-
 lepsie chez des enfants de paralytiques g6n6raux.  Bull. Soc.
 clin. med. ment., Par., 1926, 14: 12-4.   ------  Du role de la
 syphilis dans l'etiologie de l'epilepsie  dite essentielle.  Paris
 med., 1927, 65: 294-300.—Mazzini, O. F.   Sindrome de mal
 epiieptico a forma Jacksoniana en un paralftico  general curado
 por la craniectomfa  decompresiva temporaria.  Bol. Soc. cir.
 B. Aires, 1934, 18: 794-804—Menninger, K. A.. & Menninger,
 W. C.  Epilepsy and congenital syphilis.  J. Nerv. Ment. Dis.,
 1932, 75: 473; 632.—Milian, G.  Epilepsie syphilitique secon-
 daire. Rev. fr. derm, vener., 1937, 13: 443-8.------& Lotte.
 Epilepsie jacksonienne 5 mois apres le  chancre.  Ibid.,  1928,
 4: 209-12.—Pallasse & Bussy.   Epilepsie et her6do-syphilis
 chez un garcon de 20 ans.  Lyon med.,  1928, 141: 729-32.—
 Patterson, H. A.   Syphilis and epilepsy.  Am. J. Syph.,  1928,
 12: 41-8.   Also Psychiat. Q.,  1928, 2: 63-70.—Roporkov, N.
 L'epilepsie precurseur de la paralysie generate.  Arch, internat.
 neur., Par., 1928,  21. ser.,  1: 50-5.—Samaia, M.  Epilessia ed
 eredo-sifilide.  Riv. clin. pediat., 1936,  34: 532-45.— Sebek. J.
 [Tabes epileptiformis juvenilis]  Bratisl. lek. listy,  1931, 11:
 449-53.—Stepien.  Depots calcaires dans  des  gommes cer6-
 brales chez une epileptique atteinte d'une hemiparesie infantile.
 Rev. neur., Par.,  1928, 35: 733.—Terrien, E., & Babonneix. L.
 Un nouveau cas d'epilepsie essentielle Hie a l'her6do-syphilis.
 Gaz. hop.,  1926,  99: 645.—Tomescu, P. [Syphilitic epilepsy]
 Romania med.,  1930, 8:  141-3.—Trenel  & Lacroix.   Une
epileptique fille d'un paralytique general. Bull.  Soc. clin. med.
ment., Par., 1925, 13:  88.—Ziskind, E.  Luetic epilepsy with
recovery after treatment.  Bull. Los Angeles Neur. Soc, 1936,
1:151.
----   toxemic.

   See also names of poisons as Absinthe; Alcohol;
Carbon  monoxide;  also  names  of endogenous
toxemias,  endocrine and  metabolic  disorders as
Acetonemia; Diabetes; Eclampsia;  Uremia, &c.
   Reed, C.  A.  L.   Chronic  convulsive toxemia
(epilepsy)    79p.   8?   Chic.  [1921]
   Schulmann,  J.   *Kritisches  zur  Frage  des
toxamischen  Moments   in  der   Aetiologie   des
epileptischen  Krampfanfalles.  23p.   8?   [Basel]
1927.
   Babonneix,  L.  Epilepsie et vomissements acetonemiques.
Medeeine, Par., 1927-28, 9: 345.—Buscaino, V.  M.  Ricerche
sperimentali  sulla tossicita del sangue degli epilettici.   Riv.
pat.  nerv., 1936,  48:  685-93.  ------ & Longo, V.  Ricerche
sperimentali  sulla tossicita del sangue degli epilettici.  Ibid.,
682-5,  ch.—Claude, H., Montassut,  M. [et  al.]  Action ipi-
leptogene de la strychnine chez un chien porteur d'une lesion
exp6rimentale du pyramis (vermis inferieur) et  du pedoncule
cerebelleux inferieur.  Encephale,  1926, 21: 553.—Dolin, A. O.
[Experimental epilepsy; unconditional and conditional epilepti-
form attack of toxic origin]  Arkh. biol. nauk, 1939, 54: 32-8.—■
Fabrizio, A.   L'epilessia diabetica.   Rinasc. med., 1935, 12:
409.—Ferria, G.   Osservazioni su una sindrome epilettica da
inalazione continuata di essenze manipolate per uso industriale.
Rass. med.  lavoro  indust.,  1934,   5: 549-54.—Giauni,  G.
Epilessia tossica  da piombo.  Minerva med., Tor.,  1926, 6:
76-80.—Leenhardt & Reverdy.  Epilepsie  jacksonienne et
azotemie.  Bull.  Soc. sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1925-26, 7:
439-42.—Martino, G.  Sull'azione del cloralosio e sull'epilessia
sperimentale da eccitamenti afferenti nei cane.   Arch, fisiol.,
Fir.,  1930-31, 29: 412-24.  ------ & Fulchignoni, E.  Ueber
die Bedeutung bedingter Reize  (fiir den  Bahnungsprozess)
bei der durch Strychninisierung der  occipitalen  Rinde reflek-
torisch erzeugten Epilepsie.  Arch.  ges. Physiol., 1938, 240:
212-20.—Massiere,  R.  A  propos  d'un  cas  d'epilepsie par
arterite  diabetique; classification  pathogenique des epilepsies
diabetiques.  Gaz. hop., 1936, 109:  5.—Mezei, B.  [Epilepsy
from treatment of spasms]   Orv. hetil.,  1938,  82:  972-4.—
Opper, L. Pathologic picture of  thujone and monobromated
camphor convulsions;  comparison with pathologic picture of
human epilepsy.  Arch.  Neur.  Psychiat.,  Chic, 1939, 41:
460-70.—Pagniez, P.   Recherches sur Paction toxique du sang
des epileptiques.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 104: 481.  ------
Vertiges  et accidents epileptiformes provoques par l'usage
r6gulier d'une lotion soufree.  Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris,  1935,
3.  ser., 51: 444.—Pleasants, H., jr.   Epilepsy of toxic origin;
report of an interesting case.   Med. World, 1936, 54: 95.—
Roasenda, G.  Sindrome epilettica da inalazione continuata di
essenze manipolate per uso industriale.  Rass. med. lavoro
indust., 1934, 5: 468-71.—Robertson, A. W.  Chronic intestinal
stasis and epilepsy.  Brit. M. J., 1924, 2: 1191-3.  Also Med.
J.  &  Rec, 1925, 121: 138-41.—Stiefler, G.  Fall von Epilepsie
nach Petroleumbenzinvergiftung.  Wien. klin. Wschr.,  1927,
40: 1658.  Also  Wien. med. Wschr., 1928,  78:  938.—Tinel,
J., & Ungar, G.  Epilepsie  experimentale par  l'adrenaline,
chez  le cobaye prepare par la yohimbine,  l'ergotamine ou la
peptone.   C. rend.  Soc. biol., 1933,  112: 542.—Trabucchi, E.
Epilessia da canfora applicata sulla corteccia cerebrale.  Arch.
fisiol., Fir., 1928, 26: 222-5.—Zurabashvili, A.  D.  [Patho-
architectonic changes  in  experimental  (absinth)  epilepsv]
Nevropat. psikhiat., 1935, 4: Nos. 9-10, 77-94.  Also Mschr.
Psychiat., 1934-35, 90: 221-40.

----   traumatic.

   See also Brain, Injury; Cranium, Injury; Head,
Injury.
   Feinberg,  P.   *Epilepsie  und  Trauma bear-
beitet nach dem Material der STJVAL  der Jahre
1919-1933   [Zurich]   52p.   8?  Uznach, 1934.
   Gerber,  I.     *De  l'epilepsie  traumatique;
etude clinique.   90p.   8?   Geneve,  1919.
   Hable,  A. P.   *Traumatic epilepsy.  12p.  4?
VVauwatosa, Wis.,  1933.
   Hicke,  J.    *Zur  Aetiologie  und   Sympto-
matologie  der  traumatischen  Epilepsie.   27p.
8?   Kiel, 1926.
   Leidenfrost,  G.   *Ueber die  Rolle der  epi-
leptischen Erbanlage bei der  traumatischen Epi-
lepsie   (Mitteilung  zweier   Falle)     24p.     8?
Erlangen,  1936.
   Levinger,  L.   *Untersuchungen an 30 durch
Unfall  Hirnverletzten   mit   epileptiformen   Er-
scheinungen;  ein Beitrag zum Problem der  trau-
matischen  Epilepsie.   p.372-86.    8?   Wurzb.,
1932.
   Also Arch, orthop. Unfallchir.,  1932-33, 32: 
EPILEPSY
413
EPILEPSY
    Ross, A.  M.  *Zur Begutachtung des  Zusam-
  menhanges zwischen Epilepsie und Trauma.  14p.
  8?   Stetten-Basel,  1935.
    Sander,  R. F. A.   *Ein  Beitrag zur Lehre von
  der  traumatischen  Epilepsie   [Kiel]   23p.    8?
  Kassel,  1925.
    Weise,  G.   *Ueber die  erbliche Belastung in
  Fallen  von sogenannter traumatischer  Epilepsie
  im  Vergleich  mit   solchen  von sogenannter  ge-
  nuiner   Epilepsie.   p.248-70.   8?   Bresl.,  1928.
    Also Arch. Psychiat., berl., 1928, 85:
    Babonneix, L.  L'epilepsie essentielle s'accompagne parfois
  de lesions craniennes decelables a la radiographic.  Bull. Acad.
  med., Par.,  1938,  3. ser., 119:  689-96.  ------  Les lesions
  craniennes dans l'epilepsie  essentielle.  Medeeine, Par., 1939,
  20:114-21.  ------& Mornet, J.  Balle intracranienne mecon-
  nue; epilepsie tardive.  Bull. Soc. med. h6p. Paris, 1926, 3.  ser.,
  50:  1282-5.—Baumm,  H.   Erfahrungen iiber Epilepsie  bei
  Hirnverletzten.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat.,  1930, 127: 279-
  311.—Belloni, G. B. Epilessia traumatica e paralisi progressiva
  (caso clinico con reperto anatomo-patologico)  Riv. pat. nerv.,
  1923, 28: 1-14, pl.—Bernstein,  G. I.   [Traumatic epilepsy]
  Sovet. psikhonevr., 1937, 13: 5-16.—Besta,  C.   Epilessia e
  ferite cerebrali da  guerra.  Riv. sper. freniat.,  1924, 48: 164-
  8.—Biro,  M.  [Epilepsy in relation  to injuries of the skull]
  Neur. polska, 1935, 18:  242-51.—Brandis, W.  Epilepsie  und
  Unfall.   Med.  Klin.,  Berl., 1929, 25: 1178.—Broder, V. Z.
  [Clinical aspect of traumatic epilepsy]  Ortop. travmat., 1938,
  12: No. 5, 88-91.—David, Sauvain, J., & Askenasy, H.  Epi-
  lepsie traumatique tardive; esquilles intracerebrales  et  bloc
  fibreux cicatriciel paraventriculaire.  Rev.  neur.,  Par., 1936,
  66: pt 2, 784-9.—De  la Fuente  Riveroll,  J.   Algunas  con-
  sideraciones sobre la epilepsia traumatica. Cir. cirujan., Mex.,
  1937, 5:  287-98.—Di  Lauro,  E.   Epilessia  jacksoniana da
  trauma fronto-etmoidale.  Boll. mal. orecchio,  1934, 52: 123-
  36.—Feuchtwanger, E.   Anfallsaquivalente und psychische
  Dauerveranderungen bei der Epilepsie nach  Hirnverletzung.
  Nervenarzt,  1930, 3:  577-91.—Fornaca,  G.   Traumatismo
  cerebrale indiretto che provoca un'epilessia jacksoniana.  Rass.
  previd. sociale, 1932,  19: 39.—Fuchs,  A.   Weiterverlauf der
  Epilepsie  nach schweren Schadelschussverletzungen.   Wien.
  med.  Wschr.,  1926, 76:  92-7.—Gamberini, C.  Sui risultati
  lontani  dell'epilessia  posttraumatica.   Rapp. Congr.   Soc.
  internat.  chir.,  1926,  7. Congr.,  2:  326-30.—Giordano, D.
  Epilessia  traumatica.    Gazz.  osp.,  1926,  47:  825-7.  Also
  Riforma med., 1926, 42: 649.—Glaser, M. A., & Shafer, F. P.
  Epilepsy  secondary to  head injury.   Arch.  Surg., 1935,  30:
  783-804.—Gordon, A.  Traumatic epilepsv.  Ann. Clin.  M.,
  1925,  4:  140-8.   Also  J. Nat.  M.  Ass., 1925, 17:  114-9.—
  Heidrich,  L.  Zur  Frage der Hyperventilation bei der trau-
  matischen Epilepsie.   Beitr. klin.  Chir., 1926, 136:  341-4.—
  Herrmann, G., & Wodak, E.  Epileptische Anfalle nach Scha-
  deltrauma mit besonderen Stirnhirnmechanismen.  Zschr.  ges.
  Neur. Psychiat., 1925, 98: 59-79.—Hohlen, K. S. J.  A modern
 viewpoint of traumatic epilepsy.  Nebraska M. J., 1932,  17:
 436.—Kaila,  M.  Kann traumatische Epilepsie  als Folge einer
 unkomplizierten, einfachen  Gehirnerschutterung  entstehen?
 Acta psychiat. neur., Kbh.,  1933,  8: 549-54.—Kaldewey. W.
 Zur Frage der  Fruhepilepsie nach Unfall.  Mschr.  Unfallh.,
 1930,  37:  161-9.—Kanner,  L.  Intercurrent  traumatism in
 epilepsy followed by remission.  J.  Lancet, 1927, 47: 231.—
 Kutzinski, A.  Zur Klinik und Psychopathologie eines epilep-
 tischen Ausnahmezustandes  nach Stirnhirnverletzung.   Mschr.
 Psychiat.,  1924, 57:  146-59.—L.,  C.   La epilepsia post-
 traumatica.  Dfa  med.,  B. Air.,  1931-32, 4: 436.—Laignel-
 Lavastine, Gaultier, M„ &  Paugam,  P.  Fractures multiples
 chez  un epileptique avec images  radiographiques fissuraires
 et  lacunaires.  Bull. Soc. med. h6p.  Paris,  1938, 3.  ser.,  54:
 1479-82.—Maisonnet.   Epilepsie  consecutive  a  une bles-
 sure  par  balle  datant  de 25 ans; disparition  spontanee  de
 tous les symptomes depuis 10 ans  malgre I'existence d'un pro-
 jectile intracranien.  Bull. Soc nat. chir., Par.,  1928,  54: 795-
 800.—Mann, L.  Ein ungewohnlicher Fall von traumatischer
 Spatepilepsie mit  sensibler  neuralgiformer  Aura,  encephalo-
 graphisch  nachgewiesen.  Klin.  Wschr., 1930, 9: 218-20.—
 Marchand, L„ & Courtois. H.  Etude anatomo-clinique d'un
 cas d'epilepsie traumatique.   Ann. med. psychoi., Par., 1933,
 91:  179-82.—Marchand,  L.,  Courtois, A.,  & Masquin,  P.
 Epilepsie traumatique; confusion mentale aigue terminale  par
 encephalite au  cours d'une  pneumopatbie aigue.  Bull. Soc.
 clin. med.  ment., Par., 1930,  18: 150-2.—Meyer, W. C.  Ueber
 posttraumatische Spatepilepsie.  Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1936,
 139: 278-93.—Molin de Teyssieu.   L'epilepsie traumatique
 tardive.  Prat.  med. fr.,  1925, 4:  109-12.—Muskens.  Trois
 cas d'epilepsie traumatique dont 2  avec depression cranienne;
 gueris depuis 11, 10 et 7 ans.  Arch. fr. belg. chir., 1922,  25:
 180-2.—Nordmann, M.   Die posttraumatische Epilepsie  bei
 der Beurteilung der Zusammenhiinge zwischen Unfall und Tod.
 Aerztl. Sachverst. Ztg, 1934, 40:  271.  ------   Die Rolle  der
 Kreislaufstorungen  bei  der  traumatischen  Epilepsie.  Verh.
 Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch.,  1936, 9: 234-41.—Paterson, J. E.
 Traumatic epilepsy. Tr. Med. Chir. Soc. Edinburgh, 1938-39,
session 118, 81-7.—Pauly,  R., &  Bargues.   Quelques con-
siderations  sur un cas  d'epilepsie  bravais-jacksonienne trau-
matique.   J.  med. Bordeaux, 1933, 110: 717.—Pedersen,  O.
Ueber die Entstehungsbedingungen der.traumatischen Epilepsie.
 Arch.  Psychiat.,  Berl.,  1935-36,  104:  621-51.—Potzl,  O.
 Nachuntersuchung  eines  Falles  von  traumatischer  Fruh-
 epilepsie.  Wien. med. Wschr., 1928, 78: 929; 1067.—Porot, A.,
 Aboulker,  H.,  &  Bardenat.   Syndrome  sensitivo-moteur
 dissocie et syndrome jacksonien cortical d'origine traumatique;
 main  cubitale; otite et nevrites  craniennes tardives.   Rev.
 otoneur., Par., 1937, 15: 467-71.—Quervain, F. de.  L'epilepsie
 traumatique.  Rapp. Congr. Soc. internat. chir.,  1926, 7.
 Congr., 2: 321-3.—Raney, R.  B.   Vasomotor or traumatic
 epilepsy?   Bull.  Los  Angeles  Neur. Soc,  1936,  1:  7-10.—
 Raybaud, A.  Epilepsie  recurrente tardive et traumatisme
 cranien.  Rev. otoneur., Par., 1933, 11: 45-8.—Raynaud, R.,
 Huguenin, A., & Tillier, H.  Lesions craniennes et rachidiennes
 chez un  epileptique; difficultes d'interpretation.  Bull. Soc.
 eiectroradiol. med. France,  1938, 26: 175-7.—Reichmann, V.
 Ueber Entstehung und Haufigkeit epileptischer Krampfe nach
 Schadelbriichen an  der Hand von  603 Fallen.  Deut. Zschr.
 Nervenh., 1927, 96: 260-73.—Rostan, A.  Contributo all'ana-
 tomia patologica  dell'epilessia traumatica.   Riv. neur.,  Nap.,
 1931, 4: 702-19.—Schaltenbrand, G. Epilepsie nach Rontgen-
 bestrahlung des Kopfes im Kindesalter.  Nervenarzt, 1935,8:62-
 6.  Also Mschr. Kinderh., 1937, 68: 106-9.—Scholz, W.  Injuries
 to the brain in epileptic fits and their relation to brain findings
 in idiocy  and Little's disease.  Chin. M. J., 1937, 52: 450-5.—
 Schou, H.  I.  Trauma capitis  and epilepsy.  Acta psychiat.
 neur., Kbh., 1933, 8: 75-8.—Scott, M.  Skull fracture in the
 chronic epileptic; its effect on frequency of convulsions.  J. M.
 Soc. N. Jersey, 1938, 35: 664.—Seydel, W.  Die traumatische
 Epilepsie, unter  besonderer  Berucksichtigung der  an  der
 Psychiatrischen und Nervenklinik zu Jena in den Jahren von
 1920-35 behandelten Falle.  Allg. Zschr. Psychiat., 1938, 108:
 94-114.—Stauder, K. H.  Ueber die Absencen im Verlaufe der
 traumatischen Epilepsie.    Nervenarzt,  1934,  7:  174-83.—
 Stevenson,  W. E. Epilepsy and gunshot wounds of the head.
 Brain,  Lond.,  1931, 54: 214-24.—Sticsa, O.   La patogenesi
 degli accessi epilettici insorti in un inveterato traumatizzato
 cranico in seguito a castrazione.  Rass. stud, psichiat., 1932, 21:
 997-1007—Stossel,  K. Epilepsie und Unfall.  Arch, orthop.
 Unfallchir.,  1937,  38:  173-85.—Stutz,  M.  Kasuistischer
 Beitrag  zur  traumatischen  Spat-Epilepsie.   Schweiz.  med.
 Wschr., 1936, 66: 988.—Symonds, C. P.  Traumatic epilepsy.
 Lancet, Lond., 1935, 2: 1217-20.—Timofeev, S.  L.  [Patho-
 genesis of epilepsy in injuries of  the skull]  Vrach.  delo, 1936,
 19:  969-72.—Tramer, M.  Zur  Psychopathologie  der  trau-
 matischen Epilepsie.  Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., 1929, 24:
 285-93.—Ugolotti, E.  Epilessia  da trauma dei lobi  frontali
 senza manifesti sintomi psichici.  Gior. psichiat., 1928, No. 1-2,
 57-64.—Vidlicka,  J.  [Case of  epilepsy  following trauma]
 Bratisl. lek. listy, 1937,  17: 616-21,  4 pl.—Vivaldo, J. C.
 Epilepsia traumatica consecutiva a una  herida de proyectil:
 diversas consideraciones.  Prensa med. argent., 1928-29, 15:
 1090-6.—Vogeler, K.  Traumatische Epilepsie  nach Schadel-
 schussverletzungen.  Med. Welt, 1934,  8:  439-43.—Vogt, C.
 Epilepsie  traumatique.  Gaz. hop.,  1926, 99: 693-8.—Volkov,
 S. N., &  Rossels. E. M.  [Trauma of the skull and epilepsy]
 Sovet. psikhonevr., 1937, 13: No. 6, 27-38—Wertheimer, P., &
 Paufique, L.  Sur un cas d'epilepsie jacksonienne traumatique.
 Lyon chir., 1927,  24: 394-402.—Weygandt, W.  Traumatische
 Epilepsie  mit langer Latenz.   Mschr. Unfallh., 1928, 35: 145-8.

 ----  traumatic:  Birth injury.

   See also Birth injury.
   Rieder,  A.   *Epilepsie  nach  Geburtstrauma
 [Wurzburg]  19p.  21cm.   Bottrop, 1936.
   Draganesco,  S.,  Axente,  S.,  & Andresco,  V.   Epilepsie
 familiale d'origine traumatique obstetricale.  Rev. neur., Par.,
 1935, 42: 983.—Freund,  W.  Fieberkrampfe  als  Ausdruck
 geburtstraumatischer Epilepsie.   Mschr.  Kinderh.,  1933,  57:
 195-204.—Rydberg,  E.   Birth trauma  and epilepsy.   Acta
 psychiat.  neur., Kbh., 1931, 6: 213-20  [Discussion] 257-73.

 ----  traumatic:  Treatment.

   See also Epilepsy, Treatment, surgical.
   Amelung, W.  *Beitrage zur Frage der Epi-
 lepsie  bei  Kopfschussverletzten  und  ihrer   Be-
 handlung.  40p.   8?   [Frankf. a.  M.,  1919]
   Kovacs,  E.   *Die Ergebnisse  der operativen
 Behandlung   der  traumatischen   Spatepilepsie.
 23p.   8?   Wurzb., 1933.
   Muller,  G.   *Epilepsie nach Schadelschussen
 und deren Behandlung.  24p.  8?   Berl., 1917.
   Neumann,  P.   *Beitrag zur  chirurgischen  Be-
 handlung der  traumatischen Epilepsie.   24p    8?
 Berl.,  1914.
   Alessandri,  R.   Epilessia jacksoniana  post-traumatica:
 criteri di cura chirurgica razionale; emostasi e piombaggio in
 chirurgia cerebrale. Ann. ital. chir., 1932, 11: 1-8.—Alhaique,
 A.  Indicazioni operative nelle  sindromi  epilettiformi  post-
 traumatiche. Arch. Soc. ital. chir., 1931, 37: 624-8.—Brancati,
 R.  Contributo alia cura dell'epilessia jacksoniana traumatica.
 Ibid. (1923)  1924, 30: 299-303—Duvergey, G. Traitement de
l'epilepsie  jacksonienne consecutive aux fractures de la table
interne du crane avec enf oncement 16ger de la table externe par 
EPILEPSY
414
EPILEPSY
 projectiles de guerre.  Arch. fr. belg. chir., 1922, 25:  173-9.—
 Foerster, O., & Penfield, W. The structural basis of traumatic
 epilepsy and results of radical  operation.  Brain, Lond., 1930,
 53: 99-119.  •------  Der Narbenzug am und im  Gehirn bei
 traumatischer Epilepsie in seiner Bedeutung fiir das Zustande-
 kommen der Anfalle und fiir die therapeutische Bekampfung
 derselben.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1930, 125:  475-572.—
 German, W. J.  Epileptogenic  cortical scars; results of surgical
 removal.  Arch. Neur.  Psychiat.,  Chic, 1939, 41:  73-82 —
 Gomez, O.  Epilepsia traumatica; operacion-curacion.   Bol.
 Soc. cir. B. Aires, 1936, 20:  503-7.—Gorbachevsky,  A. F.
 [Surgical treatment of traumatic epilepsy]  Vest, khir., 1924, 4:
 No. 12, 145-53.—Harris, C. H., & Enloe, G. R.   Some  high
 points  in the surgical treatment of brain injuries associated
 with epilepsy, with report of cases.   Texas J. M., 1928-29, 24:
 747-52.—Hendrickx, H.  Epilepsie  jacksonienne probablement
 d'origine traumatique; trepanation  et traitement radiotherapi-
 que; disparition des  troubles moteurs.  J.  neur. psychiat.,
 Brux.,  1930, 30: 236-40.—Jentzer, A.  Volet osseux sureieve
 dans un cas d'epilepsie post-traumatique.  Bull. Soc. nat. chir.,
 Par., 1934, 60: 722.—Leriche, R., & Wertheimer, P. Resultats
 eloignes du traitement de l'epilepsie jacksonienne traumatique
 (d'apres 18 observations personnelles)  Rev. chir.,  Par.,  1925,
 63: 641-87.—Marquis & Roger.  Indications et contre-indica-
 tions de  1'intervention operatoire dans l'epilepsie consecutive
 aux traumatismes  craniens.  Arch. fr. belg.  chir., 1922,  25:
 560-6.—Michel, G., & Mathieu, C.   Contribution a l'etude des
 suites  eloignees  de l'intervention   chirurgicale au cours de
 l'epilepsie traumatique. Rev. med. est, 1926, 54: 513; passim.—
 Montemezzo, A.  Un caso di  epilessia post-traumatica, com-
 plicato da  psicosi,  trattato col metodo  diacefalorachidiano.
 Gior. psichiat., 1937, 65: 459-63.—Mucci, D.  Epilessia jack-
 soniana da  esiti lontani di frattura  parietale: craniectomia ed
 inversione del lembo osseo; guarigione.  Gazz. internaz. med.
 chir., 1928, 33: 409-13.—Nikolskaia, L. A.   [Operative treat-
 ment of traumatic epilepsy]  Sovet. psikhonevr., 1933, 9: 58-
 63.—Opalski, A.  Sur un cas opere d'epilepsie rotatoire  trau-
 matique. Rev. neur., Par., 1927, 34: pt 2, 136.—Penfield, W.
 Radical treatment of traumatic epilepsy and  its rationale.
 Proc. Interst. Postgrad.  M. Ass. N. America, 1929, 5: 64-70,
 6 pl, port.   Also  Canad. M. Ass. J., 1930,  23:  189-97 —
 Polya,  E.  Heilung einer durch traumatisch-porencephalischen
 Hydrocephalus bedingten Epilepsie  nach Resektion  des Plexus
 chorioideus.   Zbl.  Chir.,  1925, 52:  2404-9.—Riechert,  T.
 Beitrag zur operativen Behandlung  der traumatischen  Spatepi-
 lepsie.   Allg. Zschr. Psychiat.,  1939,  110:  94-100,  3  pl —
 Rosanov, W. N.  Traumatische Epilepsie und ihre chirurgische
 Behandlung.  Arch. klin.  Chir., 1925, 136: 527-44.—Rowe, S.
 N.,  & Watts, J. W.   Traumatic epilepsy with cortical  scar;
 diagnosis and  results  of  operation   in 20 cases.  Med.  Ann.
 District of  Columbia, 1936, 5:  298-301.—Shenderov,  L. A.
 [Treatment and pathogenesis of traumatic epilepsy]  Nevropat.
 psikhiat., 1935, 4: No. 12, 53-78.—Solaro, G. Epilessia post-
 traumatica tardiva da formazioni calcaree intracraniche (sotto-
 durale,  intracerebrale) operazione, guarigione.  Arch. ital. chir.,
 1925, 12: 555-66.—Steinthal. K.  Die Epilepsie insbesondere
 die traumatische Epilepsie und die  Ergebnisse ihrer chirurgi-
 schen Behandlung.  Erg. Chir. Orthop.,  1929, 22: 222-57.—
 Tonnis, W.   Die Behandlung der posttraumatischen  Spat-
 epilepsie. Zbl. Neurochir..  1939, 4: 240.—Vallejo Nagera, A,
 Sobre las indicaciones quirurgicas de la epilepsia traumatica.
 Siglo med.,  1929, 83: 657-9.—Weber, M.   [Cartilaginous and
 membranous cranio-plasty in connection with remote results of
 treatment of traumatic epilepsy]  Vrach. delo, 1927, 10:  1468-
 72.—Wieser, W. von.  Die Rontgentherapie der traumatischen
 Epilepsie.  Mschr. Psychiat., 1939,  101: 171-9.

 ----   Treatment.

   Rows,  R.  G.,  &  Bond,  W. E.   Epilepsy, a
 functional mental  illness; its treatment.  138p.
 8?   Lond., 1926.
   Talbot,  F. B.  Treatment of epilepsy.  308p.
 8?   N.  Y., 1930.
   Atkin, I.  Treatment of the epilepsies.  Med. Press  &  Circ,
 Lond.,  1936, 193:  352-6.—Bouwdijk Bastiaanse, F.  S.  van
 [Treatment of epilepsy]  Psychiat. neur. bl., Amst., 1939, 43:
 355-65.—Brownrigg, A. E. The control of fits and betterment
 of mental symptoms in epilepsv. U. S. Veterans Bur. M.  Bull.,
 1928, 4: 413-7.—Christian, T. E.  Diagnosis and treatment of
 epilepsy.  Med. Rec, Houston, 1928, 22:  233-5.—Cloake, P.
 The treatment of epilepsy.  Med. Press & Circ, Lond.,  1936,
 192: 500-4.—Collier,  J.   Epilepsy  and its treatment.  Prac-
 titioner, Lond.,  1934, 133: 37-53.—Crouzon, O. Etat actuel du
 traitement de l'epilepsie.  Rev. neur., Par., 1932, 39: 1226-48.—
 Damaye, H.  Formes et traitement de l'etat  de  mal comitial.
 Ann. med. psychoi., Par.,  1929, 87:  pt 2, 293-7.—Draganescu,
 S., & Axente, S.   [Treatment of essential epilepsy]  Rev.  st.
 med., Bucur., 1932, 21: 8.59-69.—Epilepsy soon to be  brought
 under medical control.  Science News Lett.,  1938, 33: 312.—
 Gordon, A.  Epilepsy and its management.   Med. World, 1938,
56: 643-7.—Holbrook, C. S.  Epilepsy and its treatment.   N.
Orleans  M. & S. J., 1934, 87: 13-7.—Kinsolving, W. G. Treat-
ment of epilepsy.  Kentucky M. J., 1925, 23: 43-5.—Korotnev,
N. J. [Treatment of epilepsy]   Klin, med., Moskva,  1928, 6:
497-505.—Laurinsich, A.   La  terapia della epilessia.  Rass.
clin. sc, 1934, 12: 199-205.—Lauwers, E. Les epilepsies et leur
traitement.  Rev. beige sc. med., 1935, 7: 645-52.—Longshore,
 H. K.  Treatment of epilepsy.  Ther. Gaz., Detr., 1925, n. ser.,
 49: 312.—Looft, C.  [Epilepsy and its treatment]  Med.  rev.,
 Bergen, 1930,  47:  207;  264;  315; 357;  405.- McDougall,
 A.  The treatment of epilepsy.  Clin. J., Lond., 1925, 54:  010
 4.—Morhardt, P. E.   The  therapeutics of  epilepsy.  Med.
 Critic,  1926,  25:  D, 110-4.—Pagniez,  P.  Le traitement de
 l'epilepsie.  Presse med.,  1934, 42: 1081.  Also In Ther. med.
 (Loeper, M.) Par.,  1935, 8:  219-31.— Penfield, W.   The epi-
 lepsies; with a note on radical therapy.  N. England J. M., 1939,
 221: 209-18.—Peritz, G.  Die Epilepsie und ihre Behandlung.
 Zschr.  arztl.  Fortbild.,  1928,  25: 589-92.—Plichet,  A.   Le
 traitement de l'epilepsie.   Bull, med., Par., 1937, 51: No. 16,
 suppl.—Pratt, C. H. The treatment of epilepsy.  Canad. M.
 Ass. J., 1928,  19: 303-12.  Also Ontario J. Neuropsychiat.,
 1929,  13-33.—Schou,  H. I.   Die Behandlung der Epilepsie.
 Acta psychiat. neur., Kbh., 1931, 6:  177-92   [Discussion] 257-
 73.—Smith, W. A.   Management of the epilepsies.  J. M. Ass.
 Alabama, 1931, 1:  137-45.—Stern,  F.   Die Behandlung der
 Epilepsie.   Ther. Gegenwart,  1926,  67:  305;  357; 406.—
 Stewart, H. H.   Prognosis and treatment of epilepsy. Ulster
 M. J., 1936, 5: 167-71, 8 pl.—Symonds, C. P.  The treatment
 of  epilepsv.   Clin. J., Lond.,  1926,  55:  541-6.   Also Guy's
 Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1926,  40: 271-7.—Thurzo, J.  Traitement
 de l'epilepsie.  Bull. gin.  ther.,  1929, 180: 13-35. Also Anti-
 septic,  Edinb., 1931, 28:  97-102.—Tomescu. P.. & Constan-
 tinescu, S.  [The treatment of epilepsy]   Romania med., 1935,
 13:  197-200.—Tracy, R. B.   New ideas regarding epilepsy and
 its cure.   Northwest  M., 1925,  24: 75-8.—Traitement des
 affections nerveuses et particulierement de l'epilepsie.  J. prat.,
 Par., 1938, 52: suppl., 2113.—Walsh. W. S.  The  management
 of epilepsy.  J. Florida M. Ass.,  1925-26, 12: 256-62.—Wey-
 gandt, W. Oekonomische Therapie der Epilepsie.  Klin. Wschr.,
 1925, 4: 2400-4.—Wilson, S.  A. K. The treatment of epilepsy.
 Brit. M. J., 1935, 2: 959-61.  Also Med. Press &  Circ, Lond.,
 1935,  191:   470-3.—Wuth.  O.   Tratamento de epilepsia.
 Brasil med., 1931, 45: 227-30.

 ----  Treatment, acid.

   See also subheading  (Treatment:  Diet, keto-
 genic)
   Dennig, H.  Ueber  Sauretherapie bei Epilepsie.  Deut.
 Zschr. Nervenh., 1928, 103:  275-9.—Jensen, P.   [Neutrality
 regulation in epileptics]   Hospitalstidende, 1925, 68: 715-9.—
 Norvig, J.  Neutrality regulation in patients with and without
 epileptic fits.  Acta med. scand., 1929, 70: 50-95.—Sarian, E.
 L'epilessia; etio-patogenesi e  terapia alcalinizzante con endo-
 neutralio. Osp. maggiore Novara,  1937, 14: 489-505.

 ----   Treatment:  Air  injection.

   Lemarchand, G.   Contribution a l'etude  du
 traitement  de l'epilepsie par  les injections intra-
 rachidiennes  d'air.   80p.   8?   Par.,  1936.
   Claude, H., & Sivadon, P.  Essai de traitement de l'epilepsie
 par les injections intra-rachidiennes d'air.  Ann. med. psychoi.,
 Par., 1935, 93: pt 2, 605-10.—Dezzani, L.  Tentativi di  cura
 dell'epilessia  infantile  con  iniezione endorachidea   di aria.
 Pediat.  med.  prat., Tor., 1938, 13: 213-21.—Friedmann, R., &
 Scheinker, J.   Ueber therapeutische Erfahrungen  mit  der
 lumbalen  Lufteinblasung  bei epileptischen  Anfallen.  Deut.
 Zschr.  Nervenh., 1933-34, 133: 35-97.—Gilbert,  J. T.  Epi-
 lepsy, its surgical aspects, results following air injection. Texas
 J. M., 1937-38, 33: 301-6.—Rizzatti, E., & Levi, M. S. Primi
 risultati della cura dell'epilessia con introduzioni periodiche di
 aria per via lombare.  Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1934, 97: pt 2,
 62-5.—Roncati,  C.   Modificazione della pressione del liquor
 negli epilettici la seguito  ad  insufflazione di aria  nello speco
 vertebrale e scopo terapeutico.   Gior. psichiat., 1937,  65:  78-
 81.  Also Riv. sper. freniat., 1937,  61:  1150.—Winkler, H.
 Zur  Kritik der Enzephalographie  als Heilmittel bei genuiner
 Epilepsie. Fortsch. Ther., 1928, 4: 753-6.

----   Treatment: Biological  products.

   Bardonnaut,   R.    *Epilepsie  essentielle   et
 anaphylaxie;   traitements  anaphylactiques   de
 l'epilepsie.  70p.  8?    Par., 1926.
   Anteil,  L.  Typhoid  paratyphoid therapy in idiopathic
epilepsy; a clinical and experimental study. Am. J. Dis. Child.,
 1934, 48: 1201-8.—Bertolani,  A.  L'azione deU'adrenalina negli
epilettici.  Riv. sper. freniat.,  1925-26, 49: 615-22.—Bollag, L.
Contributo clinico alio studio dell'innesto dell'ovaio in un caso
di endocrino-epilessia.   Rass.  ostet.  gin., 1928,  37: 137.—
Doolittle,  G. J.   Thyroid therapy in a  series of epileptics.
 Psychiat. Q., 1939, 13: 33-41.—Elger, M., & Januszkiewiczowa,
 M.  [Epilepsy and its treatment from the viewpoint  of endo-
crinology and interferometry]   Warsz. czas. lek., 1938, 15: 406-
 11.—Farbmacher.  Ovosan bei Epilepsie der Manner. Wien.
med. Wschr.,  1936, 86: 364.—Finkelman, I., Arieff, A. J., &
Schiller, M. A.  Rabies vaccine in the treatment of epilepsy.
Am. J.  Psychiat.,  1937-38, 94:  1363-8.—Kausch, G.  Ueber
Erfolge  bei Behandlung der Epilepsie mit Ovarialpraparaten.
 Munch,  med. Wschr.,  1934,  81: 977.—Khoroshko, V.  K.
Versuch einer biochemischen therapeutischen Einwirkung bei
Epilepsie  (Einverleibung von Nervengewebe, Blutgerinnung)
vorlaufige Mitteilung.  Zschr. ges. Neur.  Psychiat., 1925, 98:
545-51.—Lombardi,  A.  L'opoterapia cerebrale nella  cura dei 
EPILEPSY
415
EPILEPSY
 malarici epilettici.  Rev. sudamer. endocr., B. Air., 1928,  11:
 388-92.—Madsen, J.  On the combined calcium-parathyreoid
 treatment of epileptics; its effect on their ammonia regulation
 and clinical condition.  Acta med. scand., 1927, 66: 536-65.—
 Militsyn, V. A.  Die Behandlung der Epilepsie mit Gehirn-
 emulsion.  Mschr. Psychiat., 1926, 61:114-27.  Also Russ. klin.
 1926,  5:  426-37.—Mirtovsky,  N.  V.,  & Rabinovich,  I.  M.
 [Role  of the thyroid  glands  in  the  therapy of epilepsy]   Tr.
 obsh.  nevropat. Saratov,  1927,  1:   247-53.—Nikolic,  m!
 Behandlung der Epilepsie mit antirabischen Vakzinen.  Miinch.
 med. Wschr., 1935; 82: 1493.—Novoa Santos, R.  Tratamiento
 de la epilepsia mediante inyecciones de emulsion de substancia
 cerebral en una soluci6n de luminal sodico.  Arch, med   Madr
 1927, 27: 393.—Os^okin, N. E., & Ochsenhandler, S. M.  Zur
 Behandlung der Epilepsie mit der Pasteur-Vakzine und  paren-
 teralen Injektionen von sterilisierter Milch.   Schweiz. Arch
 Neur. Psychiat., 1924,  15: 60-3.—Podvalnaia, R.  [Vaccino-
 therapy in epilepsy and other nervous diseases]  Vrach. paz.,
 1927,  31:  1100.—Stavrovskaia, M. N.  [The treatment of
 epilepsy  with brain extract]  Klin, med.,  Moskva, 1928, 6:
 1187-96.  Also Mschr. Psychiat. Neur.,  1929-30, 74: 221-33,
 ch.—Stein, C.  Studies in endocrine therapy in epilepsy. Am
 J. Psychiat., 1934, 13: 739-60.—Strimpl, V.  [Epilepsy treated
 with  cerebral  toxins]  Bratisl.  lek.  listy, 1927, 6: 458-65.—
 Triib,  C. L. P.   Erysipelbehandlung mit Omnadin (Immun-
 Vollvakzine Much)  Fortsch.  Ther., 1925, 1: 344.—Tyndel, M.,
 & Pasternak, M. Zur Behandlung der genuinen Epilepsie mit
 antirabischen Vakzinen.  Wien. klin. Wschr., 1936, 49: 1017.—
 Vercesi,  C.   Epilessia genitale; terapia con innesto  ovarico.
 Fol. gyn., Genova, 1936, 33: 475-502.—Whitehead, R.  W.f &
 McNiel,  E. E.  The therapeutic effects  of estrogenic hormone
 preparations in  certain  cases of idiopathic epilepsy and in
 migraine.  Am. J. Psychiat., 1935-36, 91: 1275-88.

 ----  Treatment:  Dehydration.
  Abbott, W. D., & Fresk, E.  Dehydration in epilepsy; pre-
liminary  report.  J. Iowa M. Soc, 1931, 21: 241-9.—Blitch,
 C. G.  The convulsive syndrome and dehydration.  J. Florida
 M. Ass.,  1933, 19: 530-5.—Cameron, D. E.  The dehydration
 method in epilepsy.   Am. J. Psychiat., 1931, 11:  123-30.—
 Fay, T.  The  therapeutic effect of dehydration on epileptic
 patients.  Arch.  Neur. Psychiat.,  Chic,  1930,  23:  920-45.
 ------ Symposium on epilepsy; therapeutic  effects of dehydra-
 tion.   Internat.  Clin.,  1930, 40. ser.,  3:  94-101
tische Behandlung  der  Epilepsie.   Fortsch.  Neur. Psychiat.,
1930, 2: 459-88.—Young, J. G.  Special diet  for children with
particular reference to epilepsy.  Dallas M. J., 1926, 12: 180.

----   Treatment:  Diet, carbohydrate.
  Epilepsy; clinical observations  on the control of convulsive
  seizures by means of dehydration.  J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1930,
  71: 481-633.—Fetterman, J. L., & Kumin, H. J.  Dehydration
  in epilepsy.   J. Am. M. Ass., 1933, 100: 1005-7.—Hartenberg,
  P.  La deshydration dans le traitement de l'epilepsie.  Presse
  med., 1931, 39: 101.—Katzman, L. M.  [Attempts in treatment
  of epilepsy  with urotropin]   Nevropat. psikhiat.,  1938, 7:
  No. 7-8, 131-4.—Lyon, D. M., & Dunlop, D. M. Epilepsy and
  dehydration.  Edinburgh M. J., 1933,  n. ser., 40: 266-79.—
  Oi,  M.   Ueber  Dehydrationswirkung der  hypertonischen
  Losungen bei normalem und experimentell gesteigertem Hirn-
  druck.  Arch. klin. Chir., 1935-36, 184: 436-50.—Pero, C, &
  Rubino, A.  Diuretici mercuriali ed epilessia.  Neopsichiatria,
  Pisa, 1936, 2: 638-57.—Santangelo, G.  Curva idremica e cura
  di disidratazione nella epilessia.   Riv. pat.  nerv., 1934, 43:
  340-6.—Villey-Desmeserets,  G., & Buvat, J. F.  Note sur un
  essai  de  traitement de  l'epilepsie par  les solutions hyper-
  toniques.  Paris med., 1934,  93: 109-11.—Whitney,  E.  A.
 Application of a modified dehydration regime for institutional-
 ized  epileptics.   J.  Nerv.  Ment.  Dis., 1937,  85: 283-5.—
 Wilson, G.,  & Limberger, W. A.  The use of dehydration in
 epilepsy.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1933, 101: 110.  Also repr.

 ----   Treatment: Diet.
   Clap, B.,  &  Koehne, M.  Dietary treatment of epilepsy.
 J. Am. Diet.  Ass., 1929-30, 5: 32-47.—Clark, L. P.  Dietetic
 treatment of epileptics.  Boston M. & S. J.,  1926,  195: 311-3.
 Also Diet. Admin. Ther., 1926, 4: 355-60.—Escobar Bordoy, J.
 Nota previa sobre el empleo del cloruro sodico en el tratamiento
 de la epilepsia.  Arch, med.,  Madr., 1928, 28: 731-7.—Friede-
 mann, A.   Diatbehandlungder Epilepsie.  Aerztl. Rdsch., 1929,
 39: 36-40.—Hartenberg, P.   Uree sanguine, constante d'Am-
 bard et regime hypoazote  chez les epileptiques.  Evolut. med.
 chir., 1925, 6: 207-10.—Luftschitz, P.   Diatetische Gesichts-
 punkte bei der Behandlung der Epilepsie.  Mschr. ungar. Med.,
 1930,  4:  283-5.—McLean, J. H.   The blood cholesterol  in
 epilepsy in relation to treatment  by dehydration  and keto-
 genesis.   J.  Ment.  Sc, Lond., 1934, 80: 82-6.—Margason,
 M. L.  Medicinal and dietary treatment of epilepsy.  North-
 west M.,  1932,  31:  128-32.—Peterman. M.  G.  Diet in epi-
 lepsy of childhood.  Wisconsin  M. J.,  1926, 25:  427-30 —
 Rabinovich, M. I.  [Diet therapy in epilepsy]   Sovet. psi-
 khonevr., 1937, 13: 108-15.—Rijnbgeren, H.  J.   The dietary
 treatment  of epilepsy in the United States.   Psychiat. Neur.
 bl., Amst., 1931, 35: 479-85.—Schaeffer, H.  Le traitement
 dietetique de l'epilepsie essentielle des jeunes sujets.  J. med.
 fr., 1932, 21: 349-53.—Vollmer, H.  Diatetische Behandlung
 der Epilepsie im Kindesalter.  Fortsch. Ther., 1928, 4: 175-9.
 Also Rev. med.  Hamburgo, 1928, 9: 257-61.—Walker, N. P.,
 & Wheeler, G. A.  Influence on epilepsy of a diet low in the
pellagra-preventive factor.  Pub. Health Rep., Wash.,  1931,
46: 851-60.—Weiland, V. I.  [Importance of dietetic regime in
the pathogenesis, and therapy of epilepsy]  Klin, med., Moskva,
1931, 9: 1152-7.—Wuth, O.   Die medikamentose und diate-
    Cuneo, G.  La cure sucree dans l'epilepsie.  Note psichiat.,
  Pesaro, 1926, 3. ser., 14: 79-82.—Roncati, C.  II glucosio nella
  terapia della  epilessia.   Gior. psichiat.,  1928,  56:  22-7.—
  Walsem,  G.  C. van  [Sugar treatment in epilepsy]  Ned. tschr.
  geneesk.,  1928, 72: pt 2, 4673-5.—Wladyczko, S. Sur un traite-
  ment alimentaire de l'epilepsie; la cure sucr6e.   C. rend. Congr.
  alien,  neur.  France,  1925, 29. Congr.,  267-72.  Also Presse
  med.,  1925, 33: 1475-7.

  ----  Treatment:  Diet, ketogenic.

    Dtjpeux,  B.  *Le regime cetogene dans l'epi-
  lepsie; son application  pratique.   73p.   8?   Par.,
  1932.
    Allan,  S. M.  The ketogenic diet in epilepsy. J. Ment. Sc,
  Lond., 1933, 79: 677-87.—Applying the ketogenic diet in a
  hopeless case of epilepsy.  Trained Nurse, 1934, 92: 366-71.—
  Armenise, P. Reazione nera nelle urine di epilettici sottoposti
  a digiuno e succesivamente a dieta chetogena.   Cervello, 1934,
  13: 158-67.—Arranging the ketogenic diet in cases of epilepsy;
  tabulations.  Diet. Admin. Ther., 1927, 5: 244-60.—Barborka,
  C. J.  Ketogenic diet treatment of epilepsy in adults.  J. Am.
  M. Ass.,  1928,  91:  73-8.  Also  Proc Mayo Clin., 1928, 3:
  273-5.  ------  The ketogenic diet and its use.   Med. Clin.
  N. America, 1928-29, 12: 1639-53.  ------  Epilepsy in adults;
  results of treatment  by ketogenic diet  in 100 cases.   Arch.
  Neur.  Psychiat., Chic,  1930,  23:  904-14.  Also repr.  Also
  Proc.  Mayo  Clin., 1930, 5:  32-4.  Also repr.—Bastible, C.
  The ketogenic treatment of epilepsy.  Irish  J. M. Sc, 1931,
  ser. 6, 506-20.—Baumann, E.  P.  The treatment of epilepsy
  by a ketogenic diet.  J.  M. Ass. S. Africa, 1930, 4: 657-63.—
  Beck, O.  Ueber die Behandlung der kindlichen Epilepsie mit
  ketogener  Kost.  Mschr.  Kinderh.,  1932, 55: 47.—Bridge,
  E. M., &  lob, L. V.  The mechanism of the ketogenic diet in
  epilepsy;  a preliminary report of work  in progress.   Am. J.
  Psychiat.,  1930-31,  10:  007-71.   Also Bull.  Johns Hopkins
  Hosp., 1931,  48: 373-89.—Capecchi, T.  II regime chetogeno
  nella cura di  fanciulli epilctlici.  Kiv. sper. freniat., 1936, 60:
  41-68.—Cooder, H. R.  Epilepsy in children, with particular
  reference to the ketogenic diet.  California West. M., 1933, 39:
  169-73.—Doolittle, G. J.  Report of results from use of keto-
 genic diet  and ketogenic diet  with water  restriction in a series
 of epileptics.  Psychiat. Q., 1931, n. ser., 5: 135; 225.—Duperie,
  R.  Un cas d'epilepsie infantile traite par le regime cetogene.
 J.  med. Bordeaux, 1928, 58:  356.—Eley, R.  C.   Epilepsy;
 the value  of  encephalography in  the selection of  patients for
 treatment  by the ketogenic diet.  J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1933, 3:
 359-66.—Finkelman, I., Stephens, W.  M. [et  al.]  Ketosis in
 the treatment of epilepsy.  Illinois M. J., 1936, 70: 343-8 —
 Fischer, L. Epilepsy: its treatment by the use of the ketogenic
 diet versus drugs.  Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1935, 52: 131-6 —
 Foster, J. L.  Ketogenic diet in epilepsv.   Atlantic M. J., 1927-
 28,  31: 945.—Gallus.   Die  Behandlung der  Epilepsie mit
 ketogener  Diat.   Psychiat. neur.  Wschr., 1929, 31: 593-8.—
 Gorter, E.  [Treatment of epilepsy and pyknolepsy with keto-
 genic diet]  Mschr. kindergeneesk., 1935,  4:  1-17.—Harper,
 W.  W.  Ketone  diet in epilepsy.  South. M. J.,  1928,  21:
 903-5.—Havrevold, O. W. [Problem of epilepsy treatment with
 special attention to ketogenic diet and its effect upon the or-
 ganism] Norsk mag. lsegevid., 1932, 93: 1095-104.—Helmholz,
 H. F.   The treatment of epilepsy in childhood; 5 years'  experi-
 ence with the  ketogenic diet.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1927, 88: 2028-
 32.  ------  Results of 15 years' experience with the ketogenic
 diet in the  treatment of epilepsy in children.  Proc. Mayo Clin.,
 1937, 12: 433-6.  ------& Keith, H. M.  Eight years' experi-
 ence with the ketogenic diet in  the treatment of epilepsy.   J.
 Am. M. Ass.,  1930, 95: 707-9.   ------  Ten years' experience
 in the  treatment of epilepsy  with the  ketogenic diet.   Proc
 Mayo Clin., 1932, 7: 406-8. Also Arch.  Neur. Psvchiat., Chic,
 1933, 29: 808-12.  Also repr.—Henderson, R.  C.  The keto-
 genic diet treatment of epilepsy. U. S. Veterans Bur. M. Bull.,
 1930, 6: 122-9.—Hughes, W. N.  The ketogenic  diet in epi-
 lepsy.   Rhode Island M.  J., 1929, 12: 149-53.—Labbe, M., &
 Escalier, A.  Les regime acidifiant dans le traitement de l'epi-
 lepsie.  Medeeine, Par., 1932,  13: 493.—Ladaria Caldentey, F.
 La  dieta cet6gena en el tratamiento de los epilepticos.  Rev.
 med.  Barcelona,  1936,  25:  38-49.— Landabure,  P. B.  El
 r6gimen cetogeno en la epilepsia.  Dia med., B. Air., 1931-32,
 4: 945.—Lennox, W. G.  Ketogenic diet in the treatment of
 epilepsy.   N.  England J. M.,  1928, 199: 74.—Levine, V. E.
 Modern aspects of nutrition;  the  pathology of malnutrition;
 the ketogenic  diet in  the treatment of  epilepsy.  Nebraska
 M.  J.,  1926,  11: 314-8.—McQuarrie,  L.,  &  Keith,  H.  M.
 Epilepsy in children; relationship of variations in the degree of
 ketonuria to occurrence of convulsions in  epileptic children on
 ketogenic diets.  Am. J. Dis. Child., 1927, 34: 1013-29.  ------
 Influence  of acid-forming and  base-forming  constituents of
 ketogenic diet  used in treatment of idiopathic epilepsy.   Proc.
 Soc. Exp. Biol.,  N. Y., 1927-28, 25: 418-20.—Nelson, M. Van
 K.  Calcium and phosphorus metabolism  of epileptic children
receiving a ketogenic  diet.  Am.  J. Dis.  Child.,  1928, 36:
716-9.  Also repr.—Nobel, E., & Wagner, R.  Ueber den Ein-
fluss ketogener Diat auf die Epilepsie.  Zschr. Kinderh., 1927, 
EPILEPSY                                        416                                         EPILEPSY
43: 748-51.—Notkin, J.  Epilepsy; treatment of institutional-
ized adult patients with a ketogenic diet.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat.,
Chic,  1934, 31: 787-93.  Also repr.—Pagniez.   Traitement de
l'epilepsie  par  le regime  cetogene.  Presse med.,  1927,  35:
1132.  Also Fortsch. Med., 1928, 46: 361-3.  ------& Plichet,
A.  Le regime cetogene dans l'epilepsie.  Presse med., 1931, 39:
1847-9.—Palmer, H. D.  Fluid limitation and ketogenic diet
in traumatic epilepsy.   J. Am. M. Ass., 1930,  95: 197.  Also
repr.—Pereyra Kafer, J.  El regimen cetogeno en el tratamiento
de  la epilepsia.  Prensa med. argent., 1935, 22: 1289-304 —
Peritz, G.  Die ketogene Diat bei der Epilepsie.  Med. Klin.,
Berl.,  1932, 28: 89.—Peterman, M. G.  The ketogenic diet in
the treatment of  epilepsy.  Am. J. Dis. Child., 1924, 28: 783.
Also Minnesota M., 1924, 7: 708-11.  ------   The ketogenic
diet in the treatment of epilepsy; report of 2 cases.  Med. Clin.
N.  America,  1924-25, 8: 1351.  ------  The ketogenic diet in
epilepsy.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1925, 84: 1979-83.—Pulford, D. S.
Ketogenic  diets for epileptics.   California  West. M., 1927,
27:  50-6.—Saunders,  A. M.   Ketogenic  diet in  epilepsy.
Illinois M. J.,  1929, 56: 355-8.—Sechi  Pinto,  L.  Sul regime
chetogeno  quale  metodo di cura dell'epilessia nell'infanzia.
Note  psichiat., Pesaro,  1935,  64:  239-64.—Smith.  W. A.
Ketogenic  diet in  treatment of epilepsy.  Piedmont Hosp.
Bull.,  1927, 4:  6-8.   Also Ann. Int. M.,  1928-29, 2: 1300-8.—
Stark, L.  The ketogenic diet in the  treatment of epilepsy.
Nebraska M. J.,  1929,  14: 313-9.—Talbot,  F. B.  The treat-
ment of epilepsy of childhood by the ketogenic diet.  Rhode
Island M. J.,  1927, 10: 159-62,  ch.------The ketogenic
diet in epilepsy.  Bull. N.  York Acad. M., 1928, 2. ser., 4:
401-10.  ------ Metcalf, K., & Moriarty, M.   The ketogenic
diet in the treatment of idiopathic epilepsy.  Tr. Am. Pediat.
Soc,  1926, 38: 30-4.  ------   Epilepsy; chemical investiga-
tions of rational treatment by production of ketosis.  Am. J.
Dis. Child.,  1927,  33: 218-25.  —:--- A clinical  study of
epileptic children treated by ketogenic diet.  Boston M. & S. J.,
 1927,  196: 89-96.—Traitement  de l'epilepsie infantile par le
jeune  et le regime  cetogene.  J. med. Paris, 1928, 47: 292.—
Vargas, L.  Dieta cetogena  y epilepsia.   Rev.  As. med. mex.,
 1933,  9:  119-34.—Verjaal,  A.  [Treatment of epilepsy  with
ketogenic  diet]  Ned.  tschr. geneesk.,  1939,   83:  2602-8.—
Walker, T. D.  The ketogenic diet in the treatment of epilepsy
in children.  South. M. & S., 1929, 91: 155-7— Warner, F. E.
The ketogenic  diet  in the treatment of epilepsy in children.
 Med.  Woman  J., 1931, 38: 231.  Also  N. York State J. M.,
 1931,  31:  1036.—Wientjes,  J. E. B.  [Ketogenic diet  in epi-
lepsy]   Ned.  tschr. geneesk.,  1934, 78: 4159-63.—Wilder,
 R.  M., &  Pollack,  H.  Ketosis and  the ketogenic diet: their
application to  treatment of epilepsy and infections of the uri-
nary tract.  Internat. Clin., 1935, 45. ser., 1:1-12, ch.—Wilkins,
L.   Epilepsy in  childhood;  results with  the  ketogenic  diet.
J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1937, 10: 341-57.

----   Treatment: Drugs.
   Bauer, R.  Ueber Epicom (ein therapeutischer und patho-
gnostischer Beitrag zum Epilepsieproblem)   Med. Klin., Berl.,
1933, 29: 361.—Brahn, A. M.  Behandlung der genuinen  Epi-
lepsie  mit  homoopathischen  Kupferdosen.   Psychiat. neur.
 Wschr.,  1928, 30: 351-3.—Clark, L. P.  The use of sedatives,
 tonics, endocrines, etc., in the reeducational training treatment
 of  the epileptic.    Med. J.  & Rec,  1926,  124: 154;  205.—
Drugs and the epileptic subject.  Lancet, Lond.,  1934,  2:
 1455.—Galkin, M.  M.   [Iontophoresis in  epilepsy]   Vrach.
 gaz., 1929, 33: 711-4.—Gotten, N.  Further report on the use
of  mandelic  acid in epilepsy; case  report.  Memphis  M. J.,
 1938,  13:  137.—Hartenberg, P.  La strychnine chez les epi-
leptiques.   Ann.  med.  psychoi., Par., 1939,  97:  310-2.—
Kurtz, C.  Saprovitan gegen Epilepsie.  Deut. med. Wschr.,
 1927,  53: 751.—Lederer,  E.  [New aspects  of  medical treat-
ment of epilepsv]  Orv. hetil., 1934, 78: 309-11. Also  Mschr.
Kinderh., 1933-34,  59: 359-64.— Lindahl, J.  [Prontosil treat-
ment of epilepsy]  Sven. lak.  tidn., 1937, 34: 921-7.—McNaugh-
ton, J. G.  Bismuth sodium potassium tartrate in  the treat-
ment of epilepsy.  Brit. M. J., 1924, 2: 899.—Meyer-Nobel, K.
Tierexperimentelle Untersuchungen zur  Frage der arzneilichen
Epilepsiebehandlung.  Schmerz,  1928,  1: 225-30.—Mire, J.
Essai  de  traitement de l'epilepsie  par les  sels d'aluminium
Encephale,  1925, 20:  521.—Nott, H.  W.   The thyroid and
manganese treatment; a note presenting evidence, derived from
illustrative cases,  suggesting that this treatment may be found
useful  in some  forms of epilepsy, supported  by an experiment
whereby an unconscious epileptic dog was rendered conscious
in a few seconds.  Am.  Med., 1929, 24: 86-9.—Odobescu, G. I.,
& Vasilescu, H.  [Treatment of epilepsy with Donhide] Rev.
?t.  med., Bucur., 1933,  22: 709-13. ■------   [Efficacy of iodine
in the treatment of symptomatic epilepsy]   Ibid.,  1935,  24:
969.—Osgood,  R., & Robinson, L. J.  Brilliant  vital red as an
anticonvulsant in treatment of epilepsy; a studv of 13 cases.
Arch.  Neur.  Psychiat., Chic, 1938, 40: 1178-204.—Ramskill.
J. S.   Lecon clinique sur l'emploi de la brucine dans l'epilepsie
stomacale.  Presse med. beige,  1868-69, 21:  328.—Strimpl, V.
Traitement des epilepsies par les poisons nerveux.   C. rend.
Soc. biol.,  1927,  97:  1753-5.—Stuchlik, J.   [Salamanderin
treatment of epilepsy]   Bratisl.  lek.  listy. 1927, 6:  466-73.—
Trevisanello, C.  La neuroprina nella terapia della epilessia e
della neurastenia.   Gazz.  osp., 1907, 28:  1060-2.—Ulrich, A.
Le  traitement  medicamenteux des  etats  epileptiques.  Rev.
neur., Par., 1935, 42: pt 2, 476.  Also Schweiz. med. Wschr.,
1936,  66:  444-7.—Villinger, W.  Zur  medikamentosen  Be-
handlung der Epilepsie.  Med. Welt,  1929, 3: 1227.—Von-
dracek, V.  [Pharmacotherapy of true epilepsy] Cas. lek. cesk.,
1926, 65: 24-7.—Wilson, G.   Indications for and relative value
of drugs in the treatment of epilepsy.   Pennsylvania M. J.,
1928-29, 32:  692-5.—Wolf,  A.  The effective  use  of small
non-dehvdrating doses of Epsom salt in epilepsy: a study of 109
cases.  J. Neur. Psychopath., Brist., 1935-36, 16: 213-8.

----  Treatment:  Drugs: Anesthetics, hypnotics
   and sedatives.
   Almeida, M. O. de, & Viana Dias,  M.  Action de quelques
narcotiques et anesthesiques  sur l'acces epileptiforme produit
par le refroidissement de la moelle.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934,
117: 387-9.—Annunziati, M.  II cabronal  nella  terapia anti-
epilettica ed antinervosa.   Gior. ter.  oft.,  1934,  15: 29-34.—
Benvenuti,  M.  La rachianestesia negli epilettici.   Rass. stud.
psichiat., 1934,  23:   1347-63.—Levi  Bianchini,  M.   Nuove
ricerche sul  sinergismo narcoipnotico nei  trattamento delle
epilessie.   Arch.  gen.  neur., Nocera,  1937,  18: 121-32.—
Nitzescu, I. I.  La suppression des acces  d'epilepsie  experi-
mentale et des convulsions  strychniques par injection intra-
veineuse de  paraldehyde.   C.   rend. Soc. biol.,  1932, 110:
1220.—Osokin, N. E., & Koblentz, L. I.  [Treatment  of epi-
lepsy with  chloretone]  Klin, med., Moskva, 1924,  2: 24.—
Pagniez, P., Plichet, A., & Koang, N. K.  Recherches sur l'epi-
lepsie de Brown-Sequard chez le cobaye; influence des anes-
thesiques generaux et  de quelques hypnotiques.   C. rend. Soc.
biol., 1933,  113: 49.—Storchheim, F. Status epilepticus treated
by magnesium sulphate, injected intravenously.   J.  Am.  M,
Ass.,  1933,  101:  1313.—Trossarelli,  A.   Contributo  clinico
sperimentale alio studio dell'azione antiepilettica  della novose-
damina.  Note psichiat., Pesaro, 1927, 3. ser., 15: 435-41.—
Xavier. E.   O magnesio no tratamento da epilepsia.  Brasil
med., 1931, 45: 1165.

----   Treatment:  Drugs: Barbiturates.

   Falkenhahn,   H.    *Die  Ergebnisse  der Lu-
minal-Behandlung  bei  der  Epilepsie.   32p.   8?
Kiel,  1925.
   Fox,  M.  J.   ^Luminal  in the  treatment  of
epilepsy  [Marquette  M.  School]   7p.   4?   Mil-
waukee,  1923.
   Leveque, H.  A. F.   *Contribution  a  l'etude
du  traitement de  l'epilepsie  par  la  N-methyl-
ethylph6nylmalonyluree.   76p.   8?   Par.,  1935.
   Sacharov,   M.  *Ueber  Luminalbehandlung
der  Epilepsie  nebst  Bemerkungen  iiber   einige
sonstige  moderne Verfahren  [Basel]    19p.   8?
Mulhouse, 1933.
   Ayala, G.   La cura delle forme convulsive gravi delle epi-
lessie con le iniezioni  di luminal sodico nella  cisterna magna.
Policlinico,  1926, 33: sez. prat., 1077;  1113.  Also Rev. neur.,
Par., 1926,  33:  1170.—Balthasar, K. Erfahrungen  mit Dibro-
phen, einem  neuen Epilepsiemittel.  Psychiat. neur. Wschr.,
1935, 37:  224-6.—Blum E.  Die  Bekampfung  epileptischer
Anfalle  und ihrer  Folgeerscheinungen mit  Prominal.  Deut.
med. Wschr., 1932, 58:  696-8.—Buxakowski,  A.   [Rutonal as
remedy in epilepsy] Polska gaz. ek.,  1937, 16: 413.—Ciotola,
E.  El luminal s6dico inyectado en la cisterna magna, en el
tratamiento de la epilepsia convulsiva.  Cr6n.  med.,  Lima,
1932, 49: 123.—Colin, H.  Le traitement de l'epilepsie par le
gardenal; equivalents psychiques.  Paris med., 1925, 57: 318.—
Cuel, J.  Etat d'excitation continue correiatif du traitement
par le gardenal chez  une  epileptique. Bull. Soc. clin. med.
ment., Par., 1924, 12: 168.—Damon, L. A., & Doolittle, G. J.
Luminal therapy in epilepsy.  State Hosp. Q., Utica,  1924-25,
10: 275-82.—Daneri,  N. J.  Nuestra experiencia en los trata-
mientos de  la epilepsia esencial.  Actas Conf. lat. amer. neur.,
1929, 1.  Conf., 2: 113-22.—Dekhterev,  V. V.  [Luminal in
treatment of epilepsy]  Nevropat. psikhiat., 1938, 7:  No. 7-8,
27-33.—De Nigris, G.  La terapia delle epilessie alio stato
attuale.  Pensiero med., 1927,  16:  356-61.—Figdor,  P. Lu-
minal or borax in epilepsy.  Lancet,  Lond.,  1925, 2:  840.—
Fleming, G. W. T. H.  Further experience of luminal in the
treatment of epilepsy. J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1925, 71:  722-8 —
Gakkebush, V.  [Luminal  in  epilepsy]  Vrach. delo, 1927, 10:
1004.—Gies, P.  Sparmoglichkeiten bei der Luminaltherapie.
Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1933, 35: 137-9.—Grinker, R. R. The
proper use  of phenobarbital in the treatment of the epilepsies.
J. Am. M.  Ass., 1929, 93: 1218.  Also  repr.—Hall, S. H. The
treatment of epilepsy  with dialacetin.  Lancet, Lond., 1924, 2:
320.—Hamburger, F.  Ueber das Prominal bei der Epilepsie
des Kindes.  Med. Klin.,  Berl., 1936, 32: 415.—Handley, R.
The barbiturates  in epilepsy.  J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1934, 80:
526-35.—Henderson,  C. J.  Prominal  in the treatment of
epilepsy. Brit. M. J., 1937, 2: 63.—Ide, M. Le prominal pour
l'epilepsie.   Rev.  med.,  Louvain,  1933,  353-8.—Illing,  E.
Erfahrungen mit Brocanal bei Epilepsie.  Deut. med. Wschr.,
1936, 62: 313.—Imhof,  F.  Ueber  Erfahrungen mit Prominal
bei der Behandlung der Epilepsie in der Anstaltspraxis. Psy-
chiat. neur. Wschr., 1935,  37: 473.—Johnson, W.   Luminal in
epilepsy.  Lancet, Lond.,  1927,  2:  733.—Juarros,  C.  Nueve
casos de epilepsia esencial tratados, durante mas de 3 afios,
por el luminal.  Siglo med., 1921, 68: 573-5.—Kogan, J. M., & 
EPILEPSY
417
EPILEPSY
Mirelson, L. A. Ueber einige Eigenheiten der Luminalwirkung
bei Epilepsie.  Zschr. ges.  Neur.  Psychiat.,  1928-29, 118:
621-33.—Korach.  Ueber  Epilepsia vertiginosa und ihre Be-
handlung mit Prominal.  Fortsch.  Ther., 1932, 8: 744-6 —
Lennox, W. G., & Wright, L. H.  Comparative effects of boro-
tartrate and  of luminal on  the seizures of epilepsy.   Boston
M. & S. J., 1926, 95: 1199-202.—Lewis, J. B. S.  A note on
the use of luminal in epilepsy.  J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1925, 71:
110-2.—Leyritz, J.  Contribution a l'etude du traitement par
la phenyiethylmalonyluree  des  manifestations  epileptiques.
Encephale, 1928, 23: 787-96.—Maikov, S. S.  [Treatment of
epilepsy  with luminal]  Russ. klin., 1926, 6: 836-47.—Mail-
lard, G., Levy, F., & Fiehrer,  A. Les eruptions dues aux derives
barbituriques en particulier  au cours du  traitement  de l'epi-
lepsie- considerations sur l'intoxication barbiturique.   Monde
med.,  1933,  43: 74-85.—Maillard,  G.,  & Renard,  G.  Un
nouveau traitement de l'epilepsie; la phenylmethvlmalonvluree
(rutonal)   Presse  m6d.,  1925, 33: 315-7.—Maillard,  G.,  &
Thomazi, P.   Douleurs provoquees par certains derives bar-
bituriques au cours du traitement de l'epilepsie.  Ibid., 1931,
39: 851.—Michels, R. Die Behandlung der genuinen Epilepsie
mit Lubrokal.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1930, 56: 1564.—Millman,
C. G.  Luminal and prominal in epilepsy; a comparative study.
Brit.  M. J.,  1937, 2: 61-3.—Nussbaum, R.  Petimal gegen
Epilepsie und den sonstigen  Krampfkomplex.  Psychiat. neur.
Wschr., 1928, 30:  84.—Ortega Belgrano,  R.   Sobre el nuevo
tratamiento de la epilepsia; asociacion de luminal y cafeina.
Prensa med.  argent.,  1937,  24: 111.—Ostmann.  Luminal in
der Behandlung der Epilepsie.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1925, 51:
605-7.—Paganelli, M.  Un nouveau medicament de l'epilepsie;
l'ethyl-phenyl barbiturate de sparteine. Bull, med., Par., 1938,
52:921-8.—Page, L. G. M.  Prominal in epilepsy.  Brit. M. J.,
1936, 1: 531.—Pagniez, P.  Du  choix des barbituriques dans
le traitement de  l'epilepsie.  Presse med., 1937,  45:  1109.—
Patterson, H. A., Damon,  LeG. A., & Levi, P.  A comparative
study of various methods of the administration of luminal in
epilepsy.   J.  Nerv.  Ment.  Dis.,  1926,  63: 446-55.—Perez
Pastorini, V.  Resultados del tratamiento de la epilepsia por el
luminal  s6dico intravenoso.  Actas  Conf. lat.  amer. neur.,
1929, 1. Conf., 2: 139-57.—Polstorff, F.  Zur medikamentosen
Therapie der Epilepsie (uber Prominal, ein neues Antiepilepti-
kum)  Ther. Gegenwart, 1932, 73: 351.—Rimbaud, Boulet &
Chardonneau.  Le somnifene dans le traitement de  l'etat de
mal epileptique.  Bull. Soc.  med. hop. Paris, 1926, 3. ser., 1:
39_4i.—Rabies Gorriti, C.  M.  Tratamiento  de  la epilepsia
por el gardenal (feniletilmalonilurea)  Sem.  med.,  B. Air.,
1925, 32: pt 2, 1680.—Roggenbau,  C.   Luvasyl, ein neues
antiepileptisches Mittel.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1934, 60: 828.—
Rowe, C. E.. & Groom, W.  C.  Luminal-sodium in the treat-
ment of epileptics with psychosis.  State Hosp. Q., Alb., 1924-
25  10: 257-74.—Russell,  J.  Luminal; its place in the treat-
ment of  epilepsy.  N. Zealand M  J., 1927-28, 26:  161-5 —
Sands, D.  E.  The treatment of epilepsy with psychosis by
prominal.  J. Ment. Sc,  Lond.,  1937, 83: 703-6.—Satta, A.
Sul valore del metodo Ayala (iniezione di  luminal sodico nella
cisterna  magna) negli stati  epilettici gravi.   Cervello, 1931,
10: 193-204.—Sawyer, G. M.  Luminal in  the treatment of
epilepsy.  J. Iowa M.  Soc, 1924, 14:  513.—Schoenborn, S.
Luminal- oder  Brombehandlung bei  Epilepsie?   Fortsch.
Ther., 1930, 6: 178-80.—Schou,  H. J. [Luminal and its sub-
stitutes in the treatment of epilepsy]   Ugeskr. laeger, 1929, 91:
272.—Schulein, W. A.  Ergebnisse bei  Behandlung Epilepti-
scher mit Prolongal.  Psychiat.  neur. Wschr., 1925,  27: 7.—
Sexauer, C. F., & Bell, D. E.  Luminal in epilepsy; some ob-
servations in its use.  J.  Indiana M. Ass.,  1925,  18:  285.—
Stauder, K. H.  Prominalnatriumtropfen,  ein neues Epilepsie-
mittel.  Munch, med. Wschr., 1939, 86: 736-9.—Steggemann
& Warken.  Ueber die kombinierte Behandlung der Epilepsie
mit  Prominal-Natrium-Losung  +  Luminal  beziehungsweise
Prominal.  Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1939, 41: 89-91.— Tokarsky,
B. A.  [Use of luminal in the treatment of epilepsy]   Vrach.
gaz.,  1929, 33: 308-11.—Trenel.   Sur un nouveau cas d etat
de mal mortel au cours du traitement par le gardenal.  Ann.
m6d.  psychoi.,  Par.,  1924, 82: pt 2,  209-17—Tuliato, D. P.
La cura  dell'epilessia essenziale col nirvonal.  Minerva med.,
Tor   1928  8: 746-55.—Uebler, K. R.  Lubrokal bei  genuiner
Epilepsie. ' Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1937,  39: 99 —Vidoni, G.
Contributo alia cura dell'epilessia.   Note psichiat.   Pesaro,
1927,  3. ser., 15: 333-9.—Walsem, G. C.  van   [Treatment of
status epilepticus with somnifen]   Ned. tschr.  geneesk., 19Jo,
70: pt 2, 762-5.—Warstadt, A.   Zur Frage der Brom- und
Barbitursaure-Einsparung.   Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1936,38:
520-4.—Ziegelroth, L.   Therapeutische  Versuche  mit dem
neuen  Kombinationspraparat Coffeminal bei Epileptikern.
Ibid., 1932, 34: 254-8.

----  Treatment: Drugs: Boron and compounds.

   Domanowicz, J.   *Contribution  a l'etude  du
traitement   de  l'epilepsie  par   I'acide   borique
[Geneve]   42p.   8?   Lyon,  1929.
   Maier,  C.   *Pharmakologische  Untersuchun-
gen  iiber  die  Grundlagen  der  Bortherapie  bei
Epilepsie   [Zurich]   p.41-64.  8?  Berl.,  1935.
   Also Mschr. Psychiat., 1935, 91:
   Bovet, T.   Die  Behandlung der Epilepsie  mit Borsalzen.
Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., 1933, 31: 25-38.—Jellinek, A.

       779O8—vol. 5, 4th series----27
Zur Epilepsiebehandlung mit  Grana boraxata.  Med.  Klin.,
Berl., 1929,  25:  1290.—Lungarotti, A.  La cura dell'epilessia
ed i preparati di boro.  Rass.  clin. ter.,  1928,  27: 347-53.—
Malinconico, E.  II boro  nella  cura dell'epilessia.  Rass. clin.
ter.,  1929, 28: 51-3.—Mmhenke,  W.  Biologische  Therapie
der Epilepsie mit  Glyboral.   Psychiat. neur. Wschr.,  1938,
40: 485.—Mazzoneschi, G.  II  liquor sacer e l'epilessia (breve
nota clinica)  Rass. clin. ter., 1927, 26:  111-4.—Schyidler,
G.  E.   [Potassium borotartrate  in treatment  of  epilepsy]
Sovrem. psikhonevr., 1929, 8:  538-43.—Serebrennikov, N. N.
[Borax preparations in treatment of epilepsy]  Vrach.  gaz.,
1925,  29:  416.—Verjaal,  A.   [Boron as an  anti-epilepticum]
Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1939, 83: 1226-33.—Walsem, G. C van
[Boron compounds in treatment of epilepsy and their auto-
hemotherapeutic application]   Psychiat.  neur. bl.,  Amst.
1931, 35: 486-92.

----   Treatment: Drugs:  Bromides.

   Baiiuelos, M.   Sobre  algunas  cuestiones  del tratamiento
polibromurado de la epilepsia.  Inform, med., Valladolid, 1933,
10: 1-5.—Boshes,  B.   A study of the action of bromides in
clinical and experimental  epilepsy.  J. Nerv.  Ment. Dis., 1936,
83: 390-404.—Cobb, G.  F.  A summary note on the use of
'■ollosol bromine in the treatment of insane epileptics.  J. Ment.
Sc, Lond., 1924, 70: 425-8.—De Mennato, M. La cura bromo-
calcica nell'epilessia.  Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1935, 16: 760-
5.—Diethelm, O.   The bromide treatment for epilepsy in the
dispensary.  Arch.  Neur.  Psychiat., Chic, 1929, 21: 664-76 —
Dossi, E.  Sulla cura  degli stati di agitazione col bromuro di
potassio per via endovenosa.   Cervello,  1931, 10:  205-9.—
Eeg-Olofsson, R.  [Bromide treatment in epilepsy]  Sven. lak.
tidn., 1937,  34: 425-30.—Epstein, J.  Gold and sodium tetra-
bromide in the treatment of epilepsy.  Arch. Pediat., N. Y.,
1937. 54: 365-9.  Also Med. Clin. N.  America, 1938, 22: 1501-
3.—Froehlich, E.   Epilepsiebehandlung  mit Nervinum-Weil
und Neurostrontyl.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1937, 63: 1559-61 —
Horvat, C.  Ein Beitrag zur Verhutung des Bromismus.  Wien.
med.  Wschr., 1929, 79: 601.—Iwatsuru, R.   Brom-Ringer-
Losung und deren  klinische Anwendung.  Klin. Wschr., 1936,
15: 1528.—Meyer,  M.  Zur  Bromtherapie  der chronischen
essentiellen  Epilepsie.   Nervenarzt, 1932, 5:  520.—Notkin, J.
The regulation of chloride-bromide intake in epilepsy.  Psychiat.
Q., 1927, 1: 458-67.   Also repr.  Also Arch.  Neur. Psychiat.,
Chic, 1929,  21: 165-78.  Also repr.—Paskind, H. A.   The
absence of deteriorating effects  of bromides in epilepsy.  J. Am.
M. Ass., 1934, 103: 100-3.  Also repr.—Pollock, L. J. Remis-
sion of attacks in epilepsy treated with sodium bromide.  Ibid.,
1938,  110: 632-4.—Ulrich, A.  Die Halogenanalyse des Urins
und ihr praktischer Wert  in der Bromtherapie.  Schweiz. Arch.
Neur. Psychiat.,  1923, 13:  622-30.   ------   The  bromide-
chloride treatment of epilepsy.  Med.  J. & Rec, 1927, 126:
41; 156; 245.—Weyert. Das Antiepileptikum Episan.  Fortsch.
Ther.,  1929,  5:  58.—Wimpfheimer, C.   Erfahrungen  mit
Spasmosan, einer alkoholfreien  Valerianatherapie.  Med. Klin.,
Berl., 1927, 23: 442.

----   Treatment: Drugs:  Calcium.
   Klein, E., & Forcione, E.  Intravenous treatment of some
epileptics with calcium chloride and gluco-calcium.  J. Nerv.
Ment.  Dis., 1927, 65: 372-7.—Madsen, J.   Traitement des
epileptiques par le calcium et 1'extrait parathyroidien; echanges
ammoniacaux.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 96: 1082-4.------■
Traitement des epileptiques par le calcium et 1'extrait para-
thyroidien; role du calcium. Ibid., 1085.—Nelson de  Barros.
Calcio, extracto parathyroideo e epilepsia.  Arch, brasil. med.,
1926,  16:  525-30.—Untersteiner,  R.   Das Calcium-Natrium-
Laktat (Kalzan) in der Therapie  der Epilepsie  und Migrane.
Med. Klin., Berl., 1935, 31: 717-9— Wiisten, B.   Die Behand-
lung des epileptischen Anfalls mit Kalziumsalzen.   Miinch. med.
Wschr., 1935, 82: 1839.

----   Treatment: Drugs,  combined.

   Legal, R. E.  F.    *Les  medicaments  associ^s
dans le traitement de l'epilepsie.  69p.  8?  Par.,
1925.
   Viguier,  A.   *Traitement  de  l'epilepsie  dite
essentielle  par la belladone  totale  (bellafoline)
associee  au gardenal.   61p.  8?   Par.,  1925.
   Agostini, C.   La  terapia combinata  iodo-bromo-luminal
nella epilessia. Ann. Osp. psichiat. Perugia, 1923, 17: 179-90.—
Bianchini,  L.   Therapeutique  anti-epileptique   basee sur  le
principe de synergisme pharmacodynamique et ses  bases ana-
tomo-physiologiques.  Rev. neur., Par.,  1935, 42: pt 2, 501.—
Brissot, Maillefer, J., & Butzbach, J.  L'association strychnine-
^ardenal dans  le  traitement de  l'epilepsie  chez les  enfants
anormaux.  Ann.  med. psychoi., Par., 1939, 97:  313-20 —
Buksakowski, A., & Galon, S. [Synergetic effect of alkaloids of
belladonna and phenylo-ethyl-barbiturie acid in treatment of
epilepsy]  Nowiny lek., 1936, 48: 565-7.— Carriere, G. Resul-
tats de 10  annees d'experience de l'association tartrate.borico-
potassique-gardenal dans  le traitement de  l'epilepsie et de
certains accidents  nerveux.  Bull. Acad, med.,  Par., 1929, 3.
ser., 101: 137-42.—Ciafaloni, G.  Tentativi terapeutici dell'epi-
lessia"  associazione di  preparati barbiturici  con la  coramina.
Rass. stud, psichiat., 1937, 26: 934-49.—Cohen. B., & Myerson, 
EPILEPSY
418
EPILEPSY
 A.  The effective use of phenobarbital and benzedrine sulfate,
 amohetamine sulfate, in the treatment of epilepsy.  Am. J.
 Psychiat.,  1938-39,  95:  371-93.—Dejean, C, & Huges, P,
 Essai de traitement  des  crises epileptiques  par le bromure
 d'acetyicholine.   Arch. Soc sc. med. biol. Montpellier, 1932,
 13: 212-6.—Godard & Legal, R.  Traitement  de l'epilepsie par
 le melange de gardenal, tartrate et atropine associes alternative-
 ment a  la cafeine et a la strychnine.  Ann. med. psychoi., Par.,
 1925, 83:  253-8.—Griindler,  W.   Bedeutet die Jobramag-
 therapie bei der genuinen Epilepsie einen Fortschritt gegeniiber
 dem  Luminal?  Psychiat.  neur. Wschr.,  1928, 30: 266-9.—
 Horn. W.   Kombinierte  Brosedan-Belladenal-Behandlung bei
 Epileptikern.  Ibid.,  1934,  36: 485.—Kutzinski, A.  Thera-
 peutische Notiz iiber die kombinierte Anwendung von Luminal
 und Atropin bei Epilepsie und  Paralysis agitans.  Med.  Klin.,
 Berl., 1925, 21: 1165.—Laignel-Lavastine & Gallot, H. M.  Le
 traitement de l'epilepsie par l'association gardenal-strychnine.
 Ann. med. psychoi., Par.. 1938, 96: pt 2, 783-9.  Also Medecinel
 Par., 1939, 20: 122-30.—Laue, A.  Experiencias con el lumina,
 y optarson Bayer en  el tratamiento de la epilepsia. Rev. med.
 Veracruz.,  1925,  5:  No.  7.—Levi Bianchini,  M.   Ricerche
 cliniche sulla terapia  bromobarbiturica delle  epilessie con un
 nuovo preparato sinergico italiano: brolumin.  Arch. gen.  neur.,
 Nocera, 1935, 16: 5-41.—Levin, S. L.  [Physiological mecha-
 nism of the action of luminal and  bromide  as substitute in
 treatment of epilepsy]  Sovet. psikhonevr., 1937, 13: 16-23.—
 Loscalzo, A. E.  The treatment of epilepsy with a synergistic
 combination of phenobarbital and belladonna.  J. Nerv. Ment.
 Dis.,  1938, 88: 500-4.—Maillard. G., & Boulenger, P.  Traite-
 ment de l'epilepsie par l'association gardenal-strychnine.  Progr
 med., Par.,  1937, 1018-22.—Moore,  M. T. The treatment of
 epilepsy with synergistic  calcium bromine  therapy.   Med.
 Press & Circ, Lond., 1936, 193: 5;  32.—Perelman, A.  A., &
 Tipsin, N. N.  [Use of luminal-caffeine in treatment of epilepsy]
 Nevropat.  psikhiat.,  1937,  6:  26-32.—Sandomirsky,  M. I.
 [Combined pharmacological treatment of epilepsv]  Sovet. med.,
 1938, No. 21, 34-6— Schiersmann, O. Belladenal in der Epilep-
 siebehandlung.  Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1933,  35: 236.—Wain-
 berg, I.  S.   [Treatment of epilepsy with combination of cream
 of tartar and luminal] Nevropat. psikhiat., 1938, 7:  126-31.

 ----  Treatment: Drugs: Phenylhydantoinate.
    Blair, D., Bailey, K. C,  & McGregor, J. S.  Treatment of
 epilepsy with epanutin.   Lancet, Lond., 1939,  2: 363-7.—
 Coope, R.  A new remedy for epilepsy. Ibid.,  1: 180.—Kim-
 ball, O. P.  The treatment  of epilepsy with sodium diphenyl
 hydantoinate. J. Am. M. Ass., 1939,  112: 1244.—New epilepsy
 remedy  works with two-thirds of 100 patients;  diphenyl hydan-
 toin prevents seizures entirely in some individuals; no harmful
 effects noticed. Science News Lett., 1938, 34: 28.—Steel, J. P.,
 & Smith, E. S.  Epanutin in epilepsy.  Lancet, Lond., 1939, 2:
 367-9.—Weaver, O. M., Harrell, D. L., jr, & Arnold. G. B.  A
 report on the use of  sodium 5,  5-diphenyl hydantoinate  in 14
 selected  cases of epilepsy  at  the Virginia State colony  for
 epileptics and feeble-minded.  Virginia M. Month.,  1939,  66:
 522-7.—Williams. D.  Epilepsy treated with sodium diphenyl-
 hydantoinate. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond.,  1938-39, 32: sect, neur.,
 872.  Also Lancet,  Lond.,   1939, 2:  678-81.—Wilson,  G.. &
 Scott. K. S.  The use of sodium diphenyl hydantoinate in  the
 treatment of institutionalized epileptics.  Tr.  Coll. Physicians
 Philadelphia, 1939, 7: 52.

 ----   Treatment: Drugs:  Snake venom.
   Barbeau, A., & Laurendeau, E. Resultats  immediats dans
 le traitement de l'epilepsie  essentielle par le  venin, de cobra.
 Union med. Canada,  1939, 68: 363-74.—Barnett, B., & Elliott,
 R.  Treatment of epilepsy by snake venom. Brit.  M. J.,  1934,
 2:  1073.—Fackenheim, S.   Die Wirkungen und  Erfolge  der
 Krotalinbehandlung  der  genuinen Epilepsie.   Deut. Zschr.
 Nervenh.,  1926,  94:  124-7.—Finkelman, I.    Snake  venom
 (moccasin)  in  the treatment of epilepsy.  J.  Lab.  Clin. M.,
 1936T37, 22: 572-5.—Spangler, R. H.  The nonspecific protein
 reaction  as  an adjuvant  to endocrine  therapy; observations
 based on intramuscular injections of  venom protein  (crotalin)
 solution  in cases of epilepsy, showing disturbances of the glands
 of internal secretion.   Atlantic M. J., 1924-25,  28: 138-44.—
 Stuchlik, J.  [Crotalin and  cobrin as  remedies for epilepsy!
 Cas. lek. desk., 1927, 66: 1961-8.

 ----   Treatment: Drugs, sympathicomimetic.

   Certhoux, L.   *Le  traitement de  l'etat de mal
 Epileptique  par I'acetylcholine.   63p.    8?  Par.
 1937
   Andreoli, A. M., &  Cavallotti, A. Terapia angiospasmolitica
 essenziale infantile.   Policlinico,  1938, 45: sez. prat.,  1597-
 603.—Aschieri, G.  L'acetilcolina nella terapia dell'epilessia.
 Note psichiat., Pesaro, 1934, 63: 25-39.—Bolsi, D.  Sull'azione
 terapeutica negli epilettici di alcune  sostanze vasodilatatrici.
 Riv. pat. nerv., 1934,  43: 346-52.—Colognese, G.  Epilessia e
 cura Bulgara.  Gior. psichiat., 1936, 64: 210-17.—Dimitrijevic,
 D. T.  Doryl in der Behandlung der Epilepsie.  Fortsch. Ther.,
 1938, 14: 251-3.—Dublineau, J., & Doremieux.  Acetylcholine
 et epilepsie.  Ann. med. psychoi., Par., 1935, 93:  pt 2, 626-8.—
 Fato, M. Esperimento di cura negli epilettici con decozione
di radice di belladonna; sistema di cura bulgara.  Riv.  sper.
freniat.,  1938, 62: 356-72.—Fribourg-Blanc, Lassale  & Passa!
Efficacite de I'acetylcholine  dans le traitement  de l'epilepsie I
 traumatique.  Presse med., 1935, 43: 1892-5.—Gallot, H. M.
 De l'emploi de I'acetylcholine dans le traitement de l'epilepsie.
 J. med. Paris, 1936, 56: 62.—Gennes, L. de.  Deux observations
 d'etat de mal epileptique arrfite par I'acetylcholine.  Bull. Soc
 med. hop. Paris, 1932,  3. ser., 48: 394-8.   ------  Le traite-
 ment de l'etat de  mal  epileptique par I'acetylcholine.  Ibid.,
 1413-6.—Heydecke, K. H.  Zur Behandlung der Epilepsie mit
 Doryl und Acetylcholin.  Deut. med.  Wschr., 1939,  65:  1313-
 5.-—Karlsberg, I. J.  The treatment of epilepsy with ergotamine
 tartrate. Med. Times, N. Y.,  1936, 64: 42; 44.—Lebinski, von.
 Therapeutische Beeinflussung der Epilepsie mit dem sympathi-
 cushemmenden Mutterkornhauptalkaloid.  Klin. Wschr., 1926,
 5: 1206.—Lloyd, J. E. S. Acetylocholine therapy in epilepsy.
 Brit. M. J.,  1933,  1:  999.—Loscalzo, A.  E.  The effect  of
 ergotamine tartrate in idiopathic  epilepsy.   J. Nerv. Ment.
 Dis., 1937, 86: 559-66.—McLaughlin, F. L.  Acetylcholine  in
 the treatment of epilepsy.  Brit. M. J., 1933, 1: 997.—Pagniez,
 P., Plichet, A., & Decourt, P.  A propos du traitement de l'etat
 de  mal  epileptique par les injections  d'acetyicholine.  Bull.
 Soc. m6d. hop. Paris, 1932,  3. ser., 48: 424-6.—Picard, J., Ey,
 H., & Marquet, G.  Efficacite preventive et curative de I'acetyl-
 choline sur certaines manifestations  epileptiques  (crises sub-
 intrantes,  impulsions et  troubles du  caractere)   Ann.  med.
 psychoi., Par.,  1935, 93: pt 2, 629-37.—Salerni, A.  Sull'azione
 di un tonico vasale in alcune sindromi epilettiche.  Minerva
 med., Tor., 1934, 25: 324-7.—Serra, P.  La cura dell'epilessia
 con l'acetilcolina.  Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1934, 9: 694-6.—
 Vincelet, L.  La  belladone et le traitement du syndrome epi-
 lepsie.   Encephale, 1931, 26: 74-9.—Wechsler, I. S.   Ephe-
 drine in treatment of petit mal convulsive seizures of autonomic
 origin.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic,  1938, 40: 213-7.

 ----   Treatment:  Fasting.

   Clemmesen.  C.    Inanition  und   Epilepsie.
 164p.    8?    Kbh., 1932.
   Also Bibl. laeger, 1932, 124: 368-71 [Discussion] 371-8.
   Clemmesen, C.  Die physiologisch-chemische Grundlage der
 Inanitionsbebandlungen (vorlaufige Mitteilung)  Acta psychiat.
 neur., Kbh., 1931, 6: 233-45  [Discussion] 257-73.—Karger, P.
 Der klinische Wert der Hunger-Therapie bei der Epilepsie der
 Kinder und der Einfluss einzelner Nahrungsbestandteile auf die
 Anfalle.   Klin. Wschr.,  1926, 5:  502-5.—Lennox, W. G.,  &
 Cobb,  S.  Studies  in epilepsy;  the clinical effect of  fasting.
 Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1928, 20: 771-9.—Schou, H. I.,  &
 Clemmesen,  C.  Inanition gegen Epilepsie, in  100 Fallen
 angewendet.   Acta psychiat. neur., Kbh.,  1929, 4: 243-59.—
 Schou, H. I., & Teglbjcerg, H.  P. S.  [Fasting treatment of
 epilepsy  and the effect of fasting on the regulation of ammonia]
 Hospitalstidende, 1925,  68:  49-69.—Traitement de l'epilepsie
 infantile par  le jeune et le regime cetogene.  Mid. inf.,  Par.,
 1928, 34: 9-15.

 ----    Treatment:  Fever  therapy.
   Hopkins, H.  Chemical changes in the  blood induced by
 hyperpyrexial baths.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic,  1934, 31:
 597-604.—Kurtz.   Epilepsie und Malaria.   Psychiat.  neur.
 Wschr.,  1934,  36:  49;  61.—McLaughlin  F.  L.   A note on
 artificial pyrexia in  epilepsy.   Brit. M. J., 1935, 2: 724.—Mas
 de Ayala, I.   Tratamiento de la epilepsia por el  Treponema
 hispanicum.   Prensa med.  argent., 1929-30,  16:  1333-9.—
 Mehrtens, H. G., & Allred, W. L.  Effect of hyperpyrexia pro-
 duced by baths upon the intracranial  pressure in epileptics.
 Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y.,  1930-31, 28: 604-6.—Nobel, E.
 Fieberbehandlung bei epileptiformen Anfallen. Ther.  Gegen-
 wart, 1928, 69: 46.—Ramsay, J. C.  The  treatment of idio-
 pathic epilepsy by induced malaria. J. Ment. Sc,  Lond.,  1929,
 75: 257-60.—Rodriguez Arias,  B.  Sulla  cura dell'epilessia
 essenziale con la  malaria.  Rass. internaz. clin. ter., 1928, 9:
 673-7.—Spagnoli,  B.  Esperimenti  malarici  negli  epilettici.
 Gior. psichiat.,  1932,  60:  168-91.—Vallejo  Najera,  A.,  &
 Gonzalez Pinto,  R.  Paludizaci6n terapeutica en  enfermos
 epilepticos.  Arch, neurob., Madr., 1930, 10: 138-46.

 ----    Treatment:  Hemo- and serotherapy.
   Bongini, G.  Contributo alio studio del meccanismo  dell'au
 toemoterapia negli  epilettici.  Neopsichiatria,  Pisa,  1936, 2:
 308-27.—Bongiorno. A.  L'automoterapia negli epilettici.  Riv.
 pat.  nerv., 1934, 43: 540.—Canton,  F. M. G.  Auto-hemo-
 terapia en la epilepsia.  Mem. Congr.  med. peninsular (1933)
 1934, 1. Congr., 49-51.—Cardinale, G., & Laneri, G.  Epilessia
 essenziale e trattamento emdplacentare.  Riforma med.,  1935,
 51: 1025-7.—Mirzoian, G. I.  [Autohemotherapy for epilepsy]
 Klin, med., Moskva, 1936,14: 1546.—Mitlin,M.,&Posdniakov,
 E.  [Autohemotherapy in epileptics and the  insane]  Vrach.
 delo, 1927, 10: 502-4.—Naumov, F. A.  [Treatment of epilepsy
 with neurotoxic serum]  Klin, med., Moskva, 1931, 9: 406-10.

 ----   Treatment:  History.
  See also Epilepsy,  History.
  Doninck, A. van   [History of  treatment of epilepsy]   Bijdr.
 gesch. geneesk., 1929, 9: 207; 245.  Also Ned. tschr.  geneesk.,
 1929, 73: pt 2, 4147; 4644.—Gualino, L.  Gli antiepilettici della
superstizione.  Illust. med.i  tal., 1924, 6:  65-71.  Also In his
Saggi med. stor., Tor.,  1930, 265-309.—Magyary-Kossa, G.
Les anneaux contre  l'epilepsie au moyen-age.  Aesculape, Par.,
 1932, n. ser., 22: 310-3.  Also In his Ungar. med. Erinner.,  1935, 
EPILEPSY
419
EPILEPSY
   332-9.—Riddell, W. R.  Epilepsy and its  former treatment;
   secundum artem and by natural magic. Med. J. & Rec, 1930,
   131: 217; 269.  ------  Transplantation of epilepsy.   Ibid.,
   1932, 136: 78. Also repr.  Also Canada Lancet & Pract., 1933,
   81: 7-11.—Sebardt, C.  Ein geschichtlicher Ueberblick iiber die
   Behandlung der Epileptiker in Schweden und besonders  auf
   Stora Skondal in den Jahren 1905-30. Acta psychiat. neur.,
   Kbh., 1931,  6: 249-57  [Discussion] 257-73.

   ----   Treatment:  Methods.
     Abich, A. M.  Tratamiento del sindrome epiieptico.  Vida
   nueva, Habana,  1929, 23: 633-45.—Babonneix, L.  Quelques
   observations sur le traitement de l'epilepsie. Gaz. hop., 1929,
   102: 1597-601.—Benedek, L.  Terapia moderna dell'epilessia.
   Riforma med., 1932, 48: 587-92.—Bogdan, M.  [New thera-
   peutics of epilepsy]  Magy.  orv. nagyhet jegyzokve, 1933, 3:
   124.  ------  [Therapeutic experiments in epileptics]  Orv.
   hetil., 1933, 77: 1070.—Brahn, A. M.  Zur Epilepsiebehandlung.
   Deut. med. Wschr., 1931, 57: 1582—Chavany, J. A.  Reflexions
  sur l'epilepsie et son traitement.  J. med. chir.,  Par., 1931,102:
  388-401.—Colognese, G.  Terapia antianafilattica, iposolfito
  di sodio endovena, antieclamptica, solfato di magnesio endovena
  e studio del fenomeno di Corelli, della riaccensione istaminica,
  nell'epilessia.  Rass. stud,  psichiat., 1938,  27:   1156-62.—
   Couchet.  Donnees actuelles sur la therapeutique de l'epilepsie.
  Vie med.,  1926, 7:  439-42.—Davidoff, L.  M.   A visit  to Pro-
  fessor Foerster's  Clinic in Breslau with special observation of
  his  treatment of epilepsy.  Psychiat. Q., 1928, 2: 307-13.—
  Dimolescu, A.  [Present treatment of epilepsy]  Rev. §t. med.,
  Bucur., 1933, 22: 436-43.—Gakkel, L. [Intravenous injections
  of oxygen in treatment of nervous and epileptic diseases]  Vrach.
  gaz., 1927, 31: 758-61.—Gershaninov, T.  M., & Litvin, A. A.
  [Active therapy in  epilepsy]  Sovet. psikhonevr.,  1933, 9: 94-
  8.—Gibbs, F. A., Gibbs, E. L.,  & Lennox, W. G.  The various
  cerebral dysrhythymias of epilepsy, and measures for  their
  control. Tr. Am. Neur. Ass.,  1937, 63: 129-31.—Hamel.  A
  propos du  traitement de l'epilepsie.   Rev. med. est, 1934, 62:
  149-58.—Jarl0v,  E.   Comment  on  present-day ambulant
  treatment  of epilepsy.  Acta psychiat. neur., Kbh., 1935, 10:
  265-76.—Kafka.  Bemerkungen zur Epilepsie-Therapie. Fort-
  sch.  Med.,   1927, 45:  243.—Laignel-Lavastine,  M.  Trata-
  miento actual de los epilepticos.  Monde med., 1926, 36: 917;
  933.—Leoni Iparraguirre, C.  El tratamiento actual de la epi-
  lepsia esencial. Dia med., B. Air., 1928-39,  1: 13.—Lepine, J.
  Le traitement moderne  de l'epilepsie.  Rev.  med.  fr., 1927, 8:
  135-7.—Llamas, E.  Un caso de epilepsia curado con un par de
  lentes.  Repert.  med.  cir.,  Bogota,  1925-26, 17: 506-9.—
  Marchal,  R.  Sur  le traitement de  l'epilepsie.   Rev.  med.,
  Louvain, 1927, 372-5.—Matulay, K.   [New data  on epilepsy
  and its treatment]  Bratisl. lek. listy,  1936, 16:  [Priloha No. 3]
  81; 133.—Meggendorfer, F.  Beitrag zur Therapie der Epilepsie.
  Mschr.  Psychiat.,  1932,  83:  1-16.—Michon,  P.   Donnees
  actuelles sur le traitement de  l'epilepsie.  Bull.  gen.  ther.,
  1932, 183:  437-51—Mihaly, B.  Neues therapeutisches  Ver-
  fahren bei Epilepsie.  Psychiat. neur.  Wschr., 1933, 35: 125.—
  Musculus,  W.   Beitrag zur Behandlung der  Epilepsie und
  Schizophrenie.  Ibid., 1932, 34: 367.—Nasarov,  N.  N.  Lokale
  Alkoholinjektionsbehandlung  bei kortikaler  Epilepsie.   Med.
  Welt, 1938, 2: 208-11.—Nielsen, O.  J.   [Acetylcholin treat-
  ment of epilepsy and  observations  on  luminal  treatment]
  Hospitalstidende,   1935,  78:  1186-90.—Novoa Santos, R.
  Tratamiento  de la epilepsia mediante inyecciones de emulsion
  de substancia cerebral  en una solution  de luminal sodico.
  Arch, neurob., Madr.,   1927,  7:  213-7.—Pagniez, P.   La
  therapeutique actuelle de l'epilepsie; evolution des faits et des
  idees.  Encephale, 1931,  26: 59-73.—Pfeiler, R.  Beitrag zur
  Behandlung der  Epilepsie.   Wien. med.  Wschr.,  1933, 83:
  1300.—Preger,  W., & Heller.   Zur Therapie  der  Epilepsie.
 Psychiat. neur. Wschr.,  1936, 38: 660.—Prior, G. P.  U.,  &
 Edwards, A.  T.   Lumbar punctures and acidosis  in epilepsy
 and  alied  convulsive disorders.   Med.  J.  Australia,  1926,
 2: 507-13.—Relief for epileptics.  Ther. Notes, Detr.,  1938,
 45:  193-6.—Revesz, B.   Zur  Behandlung  der   Epilepsie.
 Zschr. ges.  Neur. Psychiat.,  1930,  130:  368-70.—Rosett,  J.
 Induction of sleep in epileptic persons.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat.,
 Chic, 1931, 26:  131-40.—Roxo, H.   Methodo moderno de
 tratamento  da epilepsia.  Brasil med., 1925,  39: 211-3.  Also
 Rev. med. cir. Brasil, 1925, 33: 295-303.  Also Tribuna med.,
 Rio,  1925, 31: 73-80.—Silbermann, M. Moderne Behandlung
 der Epilepsie.   Wien. klin. Wschr., 1936, 49: 370. Also Aerztl.
 Prax., Wien,  1937, 11: 229-31.—Stauder,  K. H.  Ueber  eine
 neue  Epilepsie-Therapie.  Schweiz.  Arch.  Neur.  Psychiat.,
 1935, 36: 164-9.—Steel, J. P. Routine treatment of epilepsy.
 J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1929, 75: 107-13.  ------  Further con-
 tributions to  the  treatment of  epilepsy.  Ibid.,  685-9.—
 Toporkov, N.  Sur le traitement causal de  l'epilepsie genuine.
 Arch, internat. neur., Par., 1927, 20. ser., 1: 50-2.—Ventra, C.
 Sulla terapia sintomatica dell'epilessia.  Manicomio, 1926, 39:
 169-78.—Villacian, J. M.   Estado  actual  del tratamiento
 medico de la epilepsia esencial.  Inform, med., Valladolid, 1931,
 8: 169; 193; 217.  Also Rev. espafi. med. cir., 1931, 14: 565;
 631.—Wuth. O.  Ueber Epilepsiebehandlung.  Klin. Wschr.,
 1931,  10: 217-23.

----  Treatment:  Physiotherapy.

   Blell,  E. L.  W.   *Zur Rontgentherapie der
Epilepsie  [Leipzig]   16p.   8?   Zeulenroda-Thur.,
1931.
    Barsony, T., & Balassa, L.  Ueber Rontgenbestrahlung des
  Schadels bei Epilepsie.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1928, 113:
  757-60.—Groth, R. A.  [New method in treatment of epilepsy
  and vegetative-trophic  syndromes by diathermy of the sym-
  pathetic ganglions]  Sovet. klin., 1933, 19: 890-3.—Prengowski,
  P.   Zur Behandlung  der Epilepsie mit  lokaler Hyperthermic
  der  vasomotorischen  Zentren.  Psychiat.  neur. Wschr., 1932,
  34:  534.—Sgalitzer, M.  Ueber Rontgenbehandlung der Epi-
  lepsie.  Fortsch. Rontgenstrahl.,  1936, 53:  580-5.   ------
  Erfahrungen mit der Rontgenbehandlung der Epilepsie.  Ibid.,
  1938, 57: 395-7.  Also  Strahlentherapie,  1938, 62: 667-79.—
  Wieser,  W.   Zur Frage  der Behandlung der Epilepsie  mit
  Rontgenbestrahlungen des Schadels.  Wien. med.  Wschr., 1932,
  82:760-75. ------  Rontgentherapie der Epilepsie.  Fortsch.
  Rontgenstrahl., 1938,  57: 395. Also Strahlentherapie, 1938, 62:
  649-66.—Witzleben, H. D.  von.  Erfolglose Rontgenbestrah-
  lung des Schadels bei  genuiner Epilepsie.  Deut.  med. Wschr.,
  1928, 54: 1917.

  ----  Treatment:  Principles and problems.

    Boitzi, A.   Contribution a  l'etude du traite-
  ment  de l'epilepsie    [Lausanne]   68p.   8!   S.
  Maurice, 1925.
    Also Rev. med.  Suisse rom., 1925, 45: 625-53.

    Bosse, G.   *Die verschiedenen Theorien der
  Epilepsie und  die daraus hervorgehenden thera-
  peutischen   Gesichtspunkte.   48p.   8?   Halle,
  1926.
    Adler, C.   Le traitement rationnel de l'epilepsie.   Presse
  med., 1936, 44: 1607-10.—Atkin,  I.  Some remarks on the
  treatment of epilepsy. J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1929, 75: 101-6.—
  Babonneix, L.  Quelques reflexions sur le  traitement de l'epi-
  lepsie.  Bull.  gen.  ther.,  1926, 177: 385-94.—Bakk,  A.,  &
  Tamasescu, G.   Ueber die Aetiologie und Pathogenese der Epi-
  lepsie und deren Therapie.  Wien. med. Wschr., 1933, 83: 483-
  6.—Boyer, P.  Quelques considerations sur le traitement actuel
  de l'epilepsie.  Vie med., 1926, 7: 645-7.—Collier, J., Turner, A.
  [et al.]  Discussion on the nature and treatment of epilepsy.
  Brit. M. J., 1924, 2: 1045-54.—Frisch, F.  Das Serumeiweissbild
  als fiihrendes Prinzip  therapeutischer Versuche bei Epilepsie.
  Med. Klin., Berl.,  1928, 24:  1413.   Also Wien. klin. Wschr.,
  1928, 41:  838-43.   ■-----•  Einige stoffwechselbiologische
  Richtlinien zur Epilepsiebehandlung.   Wien.  med.  Wschr.,
  1928, 78:   1356-8.------   Probleme  und Grundlagen der
  Epilepsiebehandlung.  Wien.  klin. Wschr., 1934, 47: 843; 873.
  Also Aerztl. Prax., Wien, 1935, 9: 155;  176.—Kress,  H.  Die
  Behandlung der Epilepsie; eine therapeutisch-evolutionistische
 Betrachtung.   Berl. Klin., 1925, H.  350, 1-26.—McCready,
 E. B.  Some considerations on the treatment of epilepsy.  Med.
 J. & Rec, 1929, 130: 436-8.  Also Tr. Am. Ther. Soc.  (1929)
  1930, 29: 73-6.—MacRobert, R. G.  Epilepsy; biodynamics and
 treatment.   Med.  Clin.  N.  America,  1937, 21: 1887-98.—
 Marburg, O.   Epilepsie  als Problem  und ihre  Beziehung zur
 Therapie.  Wien. med. Wschr., 1935, 85:  1228-30.  Also Wien.
 klin. Wschr., 1936, 49:  33;  69.  ------   Die Epilepsie als
 Problem und in ihrer Beziehung zur Therapie;  experimentelle
 Untersuchungen.  Ibid.,  1937, 50: 51-4.  Also Schweiz. Arch.
 Neur. Psychiat., 1938, 42: 323-33.—Novick, R. G.  Study of
 the  treatment of epilepsy.  Illinois M. J.,  1938, 74: 366-9.—
 Picard, J.  De quelques notions actuelles  au sujet de l'epilepsie
 dite  essentielle.  Encephale,  1928,   2 : 912-30.—Potzl.  O.
 Moderne Gesichtspunkte zur Behandlung  der Epilepsie.  Aerztl.
 Prax., Wien, 1938, 12:  217-21. Also Wien. klin. Wschr., 1938,
 51:  649-53.—Rabinowich, J. S. Die Richtlinien der gegen-
 wartigen Epilepsiebehandlung.  Miinch. med. Wschr., 1930, 77:
 1971-5.  ------ Les principes du traitement anti-epileptique
 contemporain.  Encephale, 1931, 26: 80-94.—Rodriguez Arias,
 B.  Algunas consideraciones sobre el tratamiento de la epilepsia
 genuina.  Arch, neurob.,  Madr., 1930, 10: 114-23.—Sarbo, A.
 [New principles of etiology and therapy of epilepsy]  Orv. hetil.,
 1935, 79: mell.,  197.—Stauder, K. H.   Epilepsie;  Pathogenese
 und Therapie.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1938, 161: 321-38—
 Thom, D. A.  The  importance of the individual in the treat-
 ment of epilepsy.  Bull. Massachusetts Dep. Ment. Dis., 1930,
 14: 38-44.—Tobben, H.  Die moderne Auffassung der Epilepsie
 und deren Behandlung. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild.,  1926, 23: 341-
 4.—Watts, J. W., & Schwarz, G. A.   The value of combining
 sedation  of the central and autonomic nervous systems in the
 treatment of epilepsy.  Med.  Ann. District  of Columbia, 1937,
 6: 315-20.—Wiepking.  Beitrag zur  Frage  der  Epilepsiebe-
 handlung.  Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1937, 39: 193.

 ----  Treatment: Psychotherapy.

   See also Epileptic, Psychoanalysis.
   Bircher, W.   Ein geheilter Fall von  Epilepsie.  Fortsch.
 Sexwiss. Psychanal., 1931, 4:  74-99.—Brodsky, P.  Zur indi-
 vidualpsychologischen Beeinflussbarkeit der Epilepsie.   Inter-
 nat.  Zschr.  Individpsychol.,  1933,  11:  369-77.—Freund, H.
 Selbsterziehung in einem Fall von genuiner Epilepsie.   Ibid.,
 1930, 8:  119-25.—Girard.   Un cas de  crises  epileptiformes
 gueries par l'interpretation des reves.   Rev. med. est, 1934, 62:
 207-10.—Gotziridze, A. F.  [Problems of psychogenetic forms
 of epilepsy and psychotherapy]  J. nevropat. psikhiat., Moskva,
 1929, 22: 511-7.—Graven, P.  Die aktive analytische Behand-
lung  der Epilepsie.  Fortsch. Sexwiss.  Psychanal.,  1924,  l: 
EPILEPSY
420
EPILEPSY
 58-169.—Pleger, W.  Zur Arbeitstherapie  bei Epileptischen.
 Allg. Zschr. Psychiat., 1929, 90: 351-4.—Redlich, E.  Kritische
 Bemerkungen zur Frage der Psychogenese und Psychotherapie
 der  Epilepsie.   Nervenarzt,  1929,  2:  1-8.—Stekel.  Le syn-
 drome epilepsie et son traitement psvchanalytique.  Bull, med.,
 Par., 1937, 51:  257-65.—Thurzo, J. E.  Die Wichtigkeit der
 Psychotherapie  in der  allgemeinen arztlichen Praxis und die
 Grundsatze derselben.   Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1933, 35: 456-
 9.—Treves, M.  La psico-analisi nell'epilessia.   Cervello,  1925,
 4: 409.—White, H. D. J. The psychological treatment and cure
 of  an  epileptic. Brit.  J. M. Psychol.,  1932,  11: 332-49.—
 Whitmore, F. Psychoanalysis in reactive epilepsy.   Minnesota
 M.,  1930, 13: 180-2.

 ----   Treatment: Result.
   Catsaras, M.  Recherches cliniques sur le traitement de
 l'epilepsie  dite essentielle.  Arch, internat.  neur.,  Par.,  1938,
 57: No. 9, 20-4.—Claude, H., & Baruk, H.  Sur quelques formes
 degradees  de l'epilepsie; passage  de  l'automatisme moteur
 comitial a l'automatisme psycho-moteur conscient  sous I'influ-
 ence du gardenal.  Encephale, 1931, 26: 1-11.—Forsberg, R.
 Einige klinische und therapeutische Erfahrungen iiber Epilepsie.
 Acta psychiat. neur., Kbh., 1931, 6: 207  [Discussion] 257-73.—
 Henner, K.  [Results  and  limitations in  the treatment of
 epilepsy]   Cas.  lek.  cesk.,  1930, 69: 425;  463;  503; 536; 575;
 611.—Huber, C. B.  Review of 200 cases of epilepsy. J. Am.
 Inst. Homeop., 1935, 28: 479-84.—Juarros, C.   Mi experiencia
 en el tratamiento de la epilepsia genuina.  Siglo med., 1924, 74:
 417; 445.—Kauders, O.  Neue Erfahrungen in der Epilepsie-
 therapie.  Wien. med. Wschr., 1935, 85: 895; 938.  Also Aerztl.
 Prax.,  Wien,  1936, 10: 209.—Lynch, D. O.  A report of 116
 controlled cases  of epilepsy.  Canad. M. Ass. J., 1939, 41: 266-
 71.—Ney,  K. W.  Epilepsy—a mechanical theory  and results
 of  treatment.   J. Am. Inst. Homeop.,  1933,  26: 241-8.—
 Oksengendler, S. M.  [Treatment of epilepsy in  clinic for
 nervous  diseases of the University of  Saratov  from 1921-25]
 Tr. obsh. nevropat.  Saratov., 1927, 1: 181-246.—Roncati, C.
 Terapia  sintomatica comparata dell'epilessia.  Gior. psichiat.,
 1930,  58:  34-40.—Sahlgren, E.   [Observations on diagnosis
 and treatment of epilepsy]   Sven. lak. tidn., 1935, 32:  1505-
 11.—Szeker,  J.  Ueber einen Fall von jahrelanger Anfalls-
 freiheit bei Epilepsie nach Ohrenbehandlung.  Mschr. Ohrenh.,
 1933, 67: 835-7.—Volkov, S. P., & Tzipess, A. G.   [Data on
 treatment  of epilepsy]   Med. misl., Tashkent, 1930-31, 5: 29-
 30.—Winchell, G. P.   Epilepsy  of long standing,  cured by
 symptomatic treatment; report of a case.  Northwest M., 1928,
 27: 200.

 ----    Treatment:  Shock.
   Becker.    Heilerfolge  der  Epilepsiebehandlung  mittels
 Xifalmilchinjektionen.  Psychiat.  neur.  Wschr.,   1927,  29:
 379-81.—Erb, A., & Pozniak, J.   Versuch einer Cardiazolbe-
 handlung der Epilepsie.  Zschr.  ges.  Neur. Psychiat.,  1939,
 166: 581-7.—Leroy, A.  Le traitement convulsivant  par le
 pentamethyienetetrazol calme 1'agitation periodique de certains
 epileptiques.  J. beige neur. psychiat., 1938, 38:  373-6.—
 Marinesco, G.,  & Kreindler, A.  Danger du  traitement de
 l'epilepsie par le choc proteinique; considerations sur les  rela-
 tions entre l'epilepsie et l'anaphylaxie.  Bull. Soc.  med.  hop.
 Paris,  1935, 3.  ser., 51:  456-8.—Metcalfe, G. E.  Induced
 hypoglycemic shock in cryptogenic epilepsy.  Psychiat. Q.,
 1939,  13:  348-56.—Nachtsheim, H.   Die Bedeutung  des
 Cardiazolkrampfes fiir  die Diagnose der erblichen Epilepsie;
 Versuche an krampfbereiten  und  nichtkrampfbereiten Kanin-
 chen.  Deut.  med. Wschr., 1939,  65:  168-71.—Pellacani, G.
 La terapia degli chocs nell'epilessia.  Q. psichiat., Genova, 1926,
 13: 23-7.—Pozniak,  J.,  & Fab, A.  [Treatment  of epilepsy by
 cardiazol]   Polska  gaz.  lek.,  1939,  18:  396-8.—Reichert.
 Xifalmilch.   Psychiat. neur.  Wschr., 1928,  30: 312.—Russell,
 L. W.   Insulin  and cardiazol; experiences of  the combined
 method.  J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1938, 84: 672-6.—Schwartz, W.
 Beitrag zu Xifalmilchbehandlung der Epilepsie. Allg. Zschr.
 Psychiat., 1925, 82:  327.—Strecker, H. P.   Convulsive treat-
 ment of epilepsy.  Lancet, Lond., 1938, 2: 1379.—Treves, G.
 Terapia  convulsivante  negli equivalenti   epilettici.   Gior.
 psichiat., 1939, 67: 261-9.—Winiarz, W.  [Treatment of epi-
 lepsy with  cardiazol; effect  of  pilocarpine and atropine on
 epileptic states]   Polska gaz. lek., 1937, 16: 844-9.—Zetter-
 holm, S. [Epilepsy and cardiazol]  Sven. lak. tidn.,  1938, 35:
 504-6.

----   Treatment, surgical.

   Krause, F., &  Schum,  H.   Die epileptischen
Erkrankungen;   ihre  anatomischen und physio-
logischen  Unterlagen  sowie   ihre  chirurgische
 Behandlung.   520p.   8?   Stuttg.,  1931-32.
   Leger, L. H.   *L'enervation sinu-carotidienne;
etude  anatomique  et physiologique;  application
au   traitement   de  l'epilepsie.   244p.    25}£cm.
Par.,  1938.
  Schunck,  C.     *Operative  Behandlung   der
Epilepsie.   28p.   8?   Bonn, 1931.
  Anton,  G.   Operative  Behandlung  einiger Formen  von
Epilepsie vom Subtentorium aus.   Deut.  Zschr.  Nervenh.,
 1925, 84: 173.  —----   Neuere Erfahrungen  iiber Ursachen
 und Behandlung der Epilepsie.  Zschr. arztl. Fortbild.,  1930,
 27: 205-10.—Babitzky, P.  Sympathektomie und dekompres-
 sive Trepanation als kombiniertes Operationsverfahren bei
 Epilepsie.  Zbl. Chir., 1925, 52:1416-9.—Babuk, V. V. [Opera-
 tive treatment in genuine epilepsy]  Sovet. vrach.  gaz.,  1932,
 36: 1232-4.—Bakay, L.  Zwei Trepanationen bei  epileptischen
 Symptomen.  Verh.  ungar.  arztl.  Ges.,  1933, 5:  23.—Bare,
 N. H.  Surgical treatment of epilepsy; with report of  case.
 China M. J., 1930, 44: 1109-13.—Barraquer, L.   De la cirugia
 del simpatico; sobre la etiopatologia epileptica Hamada esencial
 o  genuina; fundamentos  de  la indicacion  quirurgica sobre el
 simpatico en la epilepsia.  Ars medica, Barcel., 1933, 9: 365-
 8.—Barre, J. A., Vincent, C, & Helle.  Epilepsie grave, traitee
 chirurgicalement.  Rev. neur.,  Par., 1935, 42: 70-5.—Beraud,
 M.  Trois trepanations pour syndromes epileptiformes.   Bull.
 Soc. chir. Paris, 1929, 21: 320-34.—Birnie, J. M.  Surgery at
 the Monson State Hospital.  Bull. Massachusetts Dep. Ment.
 Dis.,  1921-22, 5: 49.—Bojovitch, V.  Sympathectomie  peri-
 carotidienne dans le traitement de l'epilepsie essentielle.  Rev.
 chir., Par.,  1925,  63: 608-16.—Brown, J.  A.   Diagnosis and
 surgical treatment of  focalized epilepsy.  Med. Rec, Houston,
 1934, 28:  542.—Buckland, O.  Epilepsy cured by  operation on
 eye muscles; report of cases.  Eye  Ear &c. Month.,  1929, 8:
 169.—-Cioffi, A.  Asportazione del glomo carotideo per epilessia.
 Arch. ital. chir., 1938,  48: 863.   Also Arch. Soc. ital.  chir.
 (1937) 1938, 44: 803-6.—Danielopolu,  D.   Au sujet du traite-
 ment chirurgical de l'epilepsie.  Bull. Soc med. hop. Bucarest
 1932, 14:  455.  ------  Sur la  pathogenie de l'epilepsie et sur
 son  traitement  chirurgical.  Presse med., 1933, 41: 170-4.
 ------& Marcu, J.   Ueber die Pathogenese der Epilepsie und
 iiber ihre chirurgische Behandlung; Einfluss der  reflexogenen
 sinokarotischen  und  kardio-aortischen Zonen.   Wien.  klin.
 Wschr., 1932,  45: 457-60.—Danielopolu, D., Savesco  & Caffe.
 Nevrectomie  sino-carotidienne  pour  epilepsie  (richerche
 physiologique)  Bull. Soc. med. hop. Bucarest, 1928, 10: 72.—
 Davis, L., & Droegemueller, W.  The surgical  treatment of
 epileptiform seizures.  Tr. South. Surg. Ass., 1935,  48: 29-42.
 Also Ann. Surg.,  1936, 103: 669-82.—Driak, F.   Studien uber
 Epilepsie nach den Erfahrungen der I.  Chirurgischen Klinik in
 Wien.  Wien.  klin. Wschr., 1927, 40:  1285-7.—Estella.  Re-
 seccion del corpusculo carotideo en la epilepsia esencial.  Arch.
 med., Madr., 1935, 38: 169.  Also Med. ibera, 1935, 29: 384 —
 Evans, J.  P.  The surgical treatment of epilepsy.  Ohio M. J.,
 1938, 34: 1229-31.—Fischer, H. Zur chirurgischen Behandlung
 der Epilepsie.   Arch. klin. Chir., 1927, 146: 562-9.  -----
 Zur Frage der funktionellen und anatomischen Auswirkung des
 Genickstiches.   Deut.  Zschr.  Chir.,  1930,  229:  256-64 —
 Foerster, O.   Ueber  die  operative Behandlung der Epilepsie.
 Klin. Wschr., 1925, 4: 231.  Also Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1926,
89: 137-47.—Franke, F.  Kritisches Sammelreferat iiber die
operative  Behandlung der genuinen Epilepsie.   Deut. med.
Wschr., 1924, 50: 1460; 1491; 1523.—Gomez Ulla.  Resecci6n
del corpusculo carotideo  en  la epilepsia  esencial.  Rev.  cir.
Barcelona, 1935,  9: 258.—Gordon, A. Hydrocephalus with ces-
sation of persistent epileptic convulsions after puncture of the
lateral ventricles.  Arch. Neur.  Psychiat., Chic,  1927,  18:
315-7.   ------   Cessation of  localized epileptic convulsions
in  inoperable  cases after puncture of the lateral  ventricles.
J.  Am. M. Ass.,  1930, 94: 1572.  Also repr.—Groetschel, H.
Ergebnisse der  Lumbalpunktion bei  Epilepsie.  Psychiat.
neur. Wschr.,  1927, 29:  417; 430.—Guibal, J., & Ramg.  A
propos du  traitement de l'epilepsie par la resection du cor-
puscule intercarotidien.   Bull. Soc.  nat. chir., Par., 1933, 59:
717-20.—Guttmann,   L.   Pathophysiologische, pathohistolo-
gische und chirurgisch-therapeutische  Erfahrungen  bei  Epi-
leptikern.   Zschr. ges.  Neur. Psychiat.,  1931, 136:  1-38.—
Hahn,  R.  Weitere  Beobachtungen iiber  die  Wirkung  aus-
giebiger  Lumbalpunktionen.   Mschr.  Psychiat.,  1930,  75:
30-44.—Harris,  S.   Epilepsy  and   marcolepsy  associated
with hyperinsulinism; report of 3 cases of epilepsy  and of 1 case
of  narcolepsy cured clinically by partial resection  of body and
tail of pancreas.   J.  Am. M. Ass.,  1933,  100: 321-28.   Also
repr.—Hernandez Ramirez, R. Tratamiento quirurgico de la
epilepsia,  mi primera reseccion de  simpatico cervicotoracico.
Sem. med., B. Air., 1925, 32: 422.—Hirsch, H. L., Weiss, M.
[et al.]  Periarterial sympathectomy in epilepsy.   J.  Am. M.
Ass., 1927, 89:  516.—Ide, M.   L'extirpation  du corpuscule
carotidien dans l'epilepsie.  Rev. med., Louvain, 1930,  145-
51.—Irassek, A.   [Surgical treatment of epilepsy]   Vest, khir.,
 1929, 18: 115-24.—Jirasek, A.  [Surgical treatment of epilepsy]
Cas. lek. Cesk., 1928, 67: 385-90.  Also Med. Klin., Berl., 1929,
25: 1850-4.—Kirschner, M.  Die flachenhafte Unterschneidung
motorischer Hirnrindengebiete nach  W.  Trendelenburg  zur
Bekampfung der Epilepsie.   Sehr. Konigsberg. gelehrt. Ges.,
 1927, 4: 61-85.—Korchitz, V.  [Surgical treatment of genuine
epilepsy]  Belaruss. med. misl., 1927, 3: 95-9.—Krafft, H. C.
Resultat lointain  de 3  trepanations  chez une  epileptique
Schweiz.  med. Wschr., 1927, 57:  539.—Krapivkin, A. I.  [De-
compressive trepanation  in  epilepsy]   Vrach. gaz., 1931, 35:
 1347-9.—Krause,  F.  Gedanken  zur operativen  Behandlung
der Epilepsie.  Arch. klin. Chir., 1926,142: 466-74  [Discussion]
73; 75.—Lauwers, E.  L'extirpation du corpuscule carotidien
dans l'epilepsie.   J.  chir., Par.,  1931, 27: 686-702.  ------
L'extirpation  du  corpuscule carotidien,  la  section  du nerf
sinusal et  la ligature de la carotide externe dans le  traitement
de l'epilepsie essentielle.   Rev. neur., Par., 1935, 42: pt 2, 502.—
Leszynsky, W. M., Putnam, J. W. [et  al.]  Epilepsy following
infantile  cerebral  palsy; improvement after craniotomy  and 
EPILEPSY                                        421                                         EPILEPSY
 evacuation of a subcortical cyst.  Tr. Am. Neur. Ass.,  1897,
 23: 172-5.—Lobingier, A. S.  Brain surgery in  epilepsy and
 feeblemindedness.  J.  Juven.  Res.,  1933, 17: 89-93.—Lyerly,
 J.  G.  Brain surgery and epilepsy.  J. Florida M. Ass., 1936-
 37, 23: 631-5.  ------  Epilepsy from the neurosurgical stand-
 point.  South. M. & S., 1939, 101: 415-8.—MacKinnon, R. R.
 S.   A case of epilepsy cured by ovariectomy. Lancet, Lond.,
 1928, 1: 910.—Melzner, E. Zur Frage der operativen Epilepsie-
 behandlung.  Beitr. klin. Chir., 1928, 14: 580-96.—Mendiza-
 bal, P.  Tratamiento de la epilepsia genuina por asentamiento del
 cerebro.   Cir.  cirujan.,  Mix., 1936, 4: 399-408.—Misch, V.
 [Horsley  operation in treatment  of epilepsy and athetosis]
 Vest, khir., 1926, 8: No. 24, 143-62.—Morsier. G. de.  L'indi-
 cation operatoire dans les crises epileptiques post-apoplectiques.
 Rev. otoneur.,  Par.,  1936,  14:  641-3.—Muskens, L. J. J.
 Traumatische und fokale Epilepsie  und die chirurgische Be-
 handlung der Epilepsie im allgemeinen.  Fol. neuropath, eston.
 1925,  3:-4: 208-27.—Olivecrona, H.   Le point de vue  chi-
 rurgical  dans le  traitement  de  l'epilepsie.   Acta psychiat.
 neur., Kbh., 1931, 6:  193-202  [Discussion]  257-73.—Olmos,
 J.  E.  Resultados alej ados de la operacion  de  Kocher en la
 epilepsia  esencial.   Actas Congr. nac.  med., B. Air., 1930,
 2. Congr., 2: 757-81.—Pattison, A. R. D.  Epilepsy as a surgical
 problem.   Newcastle M. J., 1935,  15: 145-60.—Paulian, D., &
 Sfintescu, S.  [Ventricular correction in epilepsy]  Spitalul,
 1935, 55: 58-61.—Penfield, W.  Les epilepsies; therapeutique
 chirurgicale. Rev. neur., Par., 1935, 42: pt 2, 477.  Also Arch.
 Neur. Psychiat.,  Chic, 1936, 36:  449-84.—Pichard, H., &
 Trelles. O.  Epilepsie essentielle  et trepanation.   Ann.  med.
 psychoi.,  Par., 1932, 90: 200-4.—Pistocchi,  G.   Enervazione
 del seno  carotideo e cronassia della corteccia (ricerche sulla
 possibile  utilita  dell'enervazione  sino-carotica  nell'epilessia)
 Bull. sc.  med., Bologna,  1932, 104: 256-69.— Pittman, R. F.
 Epilepsy and hypertensive states; bilateral carotid denervation.
 J. Missouri M. Ass., 1939, 36: 245-8.—Puusepp, L.  Resultats
 61oignes du traitement chirurgical de l'epilepsie.  Rev. neur.,
 Par., 1932, 39: pt 2, 1385.  ------   Tentativi di terapia chi-
 rurgica dell'epilessia  essenziale.   Riforma  med.,  1938,  54:
 411—4.—Rizzatti, E.  L'estirpazione del corpuscolo carotideo
 nell'epilessia.  Gior. Accad. med. Torino, 1932, 95: pt 2, 60-7.—
 Rodriguez-Arias, R., Tolsa, E., & Corachan-Llort, M.  Con-
 tribution  a I'6tude de la therapeutique chirurgicale de l'epi-
 lepsie.   Rev. neur., Par.,  1935, 42:  pt 2, 500.—Schurer-
 Waldheim, F.   Die chirurgische  Behandlung der Epilepsie.
 Wien. klin. Wschr., 1934, 47:  1523-5.—Schuster, J.   Zur
 operativen  Therapie  der Epilepsie;  Encephalogramme  bei
 Epilepsie, gleichzeitig  ein weiterer  Beitrag zur  Wirkung der
 Hyperventilation.  Arch. Psychiat.,  Berl., 1926,  78: 214-37 —
 Schwab,  O.   Ueber  voriibergehende  aphasische  Storungen
 nach Rindenexzision aus dem linken  Stirnhirn bei Epileptikern.
 Deut. Zschr. Nervenh.,  1926,  94: 177-84.—Serafini.  Sim-
 patectomia pericarotidea nell'epilessia.  Riforma med., 1924,
 40: 1108.—Serin  & Picard, J.  Un cas d'epilepsie avec aura
 prolongee; ovariotomie et recrudescence des acces.  Bull.  Soc.
 clin. med. ment., Par., 1928, 16: 34-7.—Smoot, J. B.  Peri-
 arterial sympathectomy  in  the  treatment of epilepsy;  pre-
 liminary  report.   Med. Rec, Houston, 1927,  21:  461.—
 Sparer, W.  Report of 2 cases  of epilepsy, with cessation of
 attacks following  injection  of alcohol into sphenopalatine
 ganglia.   Med. Rec, N. Y.,  1935, 141: 481.—Spurling, R. G.
 Epilepsy; discussion of the surgical and nonsurgical treatment.
 Tr. Kansas City Acad.  M.  (1935-36)  1937, 49-60.—Stuck,
 R.  M.   Surgical  treatment  of epilepsy.   Rocky  Mountain
 M. J., 1939, 36: 547-50.—Tinel, J.  Resultats de la sympathec-
 tomie periarterielle de la carotide interne dans un cas d'epilepsie
 essentielle.   Rev.  neur., Par.,  1925, 32: 613-6.—Vinar, J.
 Epilepsie  sous-corticale;  therapeutique  par  sympathectomie
 peri-arterielle et extirpation du glomus caroticum.  Ibid., 1937,
 67: 646.—Wagner, A.   Zur Sympathicusoperation  wegen
 Epilepsie.  Zbl. Chir., 1925, 52: 637.—Walker, E. B., & Fincher,
 E.  F.  The surgical treatment of epilepsy.   Piedmont Hosp.
 Bull., 1938, 11: 10-6.

 ----  Treatment—in children.

   See also Epilepsy, infantile.
   Basu, M. N.  Treatment of epilepsy in childhood.  Calcutta
 M.  J., 1939, 35: 26-30.—Beley.  Therapeutiques  compares
 dans l'epilepsie chez l'enfant.  Paris med., 1938, 109: 142-4 —
 Karger, P.   Neuere Gesichtspunkte  in der  Behandlung  epi-
 leptischer  Kinder.  Deut. med.  Wschr., 1924, 50:  1531-3.—
 Keith, H.  M.  The treatment of epilepsy in children.  Canad.
 M.  Ass. J.,  1937,  37: 485-9.—Lederer, E.  [Treatment of  epi-
 lepsy in children]   Budapesti  orv. ujs., 1935,  33: 73-7.  Also
 Med. Welt, 1935,  9: 87-90.—Lereboullet, P.  Traitement de
 l'epilepsie  chez l'enfant.  Bull, med., Par., 1924, 38: 1157-61 —
 Lightwood, R.  The treatment of  epilepsy in children.  Prac-
 titioner, Lond.,  1937, 138: 307-12.—McQuarrie, I.  The treat-
 ment of epilepsy  in children.  J.  Lancet, 1932,  52: 301-6.—
 Mihailov,  P. P.   [Treating  epilepsy  in  children]  Pediatria,
 Moskva,  1927,  11: 355-61.—Monrad, S.  Die Prognose  und
 die  Behandlung  der Kinder-Epilepsie.  Acta  paediat.,  Upps.,
 1931-32,  12: 231-8;  1933, 16:  566-72.—Pardo Garcia,  P.
Orientaciones nuevas en el tratamiento de la epilepsia infantil.
Cr6n. med.  mex., 1929, 28: 397-404.  Also Rev.  med.  Barce-
lona,  1929,  11: 546-55.   Also Rev. med.  cubana,  1929,  40:
1132-45.   Also Sem. med.. B. Air., 1929, 36:  pt  2,  1601-6.—
Peterman, M. G.  Behandlung der Epilepsie im  Kindesalter.
Kinderarztl. Prax., 1931,  2:  97.—Robin, G.  Traitement de
l'epilepsie  chez  l'enfant.   Rev. med. fr., 1931,  12:  885-9.
------ Comment traiter l'epilepsie chez l'enfant et le caractere
epileptoide?   Hopital,  1932,  20:  294-6.—Thranegaard, O.
[Observations on the treatment of epilepsy in children]  Hos-
pitalstidende, 1934,  77:  (Med. Selsk.  Fyens Stiffs.  Forh.)
1-2.—Zappert.  Welche Epilepsiebehandlung empfiehlt sich
fur das Kindesalter?  Wien. klin. Wschr.,  1926, 39: 148.

----  unilateral.

   See Epilepsy, Jacksonian.

----  Urogenital system.

   Barthel,  R.   *Beziehung  der  Epilepsie  zum
weiblichen Genitale   [Halle-Wittenberg]    38p.
8?   Wurzb.,  1934.
   De Marco, A.  La reazione di  Millon nell'urina degli epi-
lettici; brevi considerazioni sulla patogenesi  dell'attacco epi-
lettico.  Rass. stud, psichiat.,  1931, 20: 483-501.—NeTvig, J.
Investigations into the renal function in patients with epilepti-
form  convulsions.  Acta  psychiat.   neur.,  Kbh., 1933, 8:
555-62.—Rafflin, R.   Les acides amines  urinaires dans l'epi-
lepsie.  Encephale,  1926,  21: 554-7.   ------  Constantes
urinaires dans l'epilepsie.  C. rend.  Soc. biol., 1927, 96: 1131.—
Reistrup,  H.  [Urinary urea  metabolism in  epilepsy]  Hos-
pitalstidende, 1938, 81:  186-92.—Valerio, A.   Epilepsie d'ori-
gine colliculaire.   J. urol. med., Par., 1935, 40: 358.

----  visceral.

   See Epilepsy,  periventricular;  Epilepsy,  Sei-
zure: Variants.

----  in animals.
   De Marco, R., & Aragona, G.  Sulla predisposizione all'epi-
lessia da eccitamenti afferenti  nella volpe.  Arch, fisiol., Fir.,
1936, 36:  323-36.—Finik,  Z.   Ein Fall  von Epilepsie beim
Pferde. Berl. tierarztl.  Wschr.,  1930, 46: 245.—Grimaldi, L.
Lesioni istologiche cerebrali in un caso  di epilessia  aviaria;
note  di  istopatologia  comparata  della  epilessia.  Cervello,
1930, 9: 141-56, 4 pl.—Hare,  T., & Lindsay,  P. T.  Observa-
tions  upon bovine epilepsy.  Vet.  Rec, Lond., 1927,  7: 167-
75.—Henry, A., & Carpentier, G. Crises epileptiforme d'origine
ecto-parasitaire.   Rec.  med. vet., 1936, 112:  65-79.—Martin,
R. Phenomenes d'epilepsie parasitaire du cobaye provoques
par Gyropus gracilis.  C. rend. Soc.  biol., 1935,  120: 401-3.
------  Sur l'epilepsie parasitaire  du  cobaye.   Bull.  Soc.
path, exot.,  Par.,  1938, 31: 736-40.—Mitchell, T. M.  True
epilepsy  in a Clydesdale mare.  Vet. Rec,  Lond.,  1927, 7:
576.—Nairn,  W.  Epileptiform attacks  in  young  animals.
Vet. J.. Lond., 1939, 95: 134.—Pagniez, P., & Plichet, A.  Nou-
velles  recherches sur l'epilepsie  du cobaye par parasites  cu-
tanes. Presse med., 1936, 44: 1889.  ----—  Ricerche sull'epi-
lessia sperimentale; l'epilessia  da parassiti  cutanei.  Riforma
med., 1938, 54:  132-7.------&  Laplane. R. Une nouvelle
forme d'epilepsie experimentale: l'epilepsie par parasites  cu-
tanes. Presse med., 1934, 42: 1557-9.  ------   L'epilepsie
experimentale du cobaye  par  parasites cutane.s.   Rev. neur.,
Par.,  1935, 42: pt 2, 494.  ------ Recherches  complementaires
sur l'epilepsie par parasites cutanes chez  le cobaye.  C. rend.
Soc. biol., 1935,  119: 692-4.—Pallaske, G.  Hirnbefunde bei 2
Hunden mit klinisch typischer Epilepsie.  Arch.  wiss. prakt.
Tierh., 1935, 69:  43-5.—Patay, Canat & Garrigues.  Neoplasme
et crises epileptiformes chez  une  chienne.   Rec. med. vet.,
1929,   105: 82.—Van Bogaert,  L.   L'epilepsie  amaurotique
aigue du singe.  Bull. Acad. med.  Belgique, 1935, 5. ser.,  15:
245-58. Also J.  beige neur. psychiat., 1936, 36: 1-7.  ------&
Scherer,  H.  J.  Akute amaurotische Epilepsie bei Macacus
rhesus; eine  anatomisch-klinische  Studie.  Zschr. ges.  Neur.
Psychiat., 1935,  152: 757-86.   ------ Sur l'epilepsie amauro-
tique aigue chez Macacus  rhesus,  resume.  Rev.  neur., Par.,
1938,  70: 63-75.

EPILEPTIC.

   See also Epilepsy.
   Wolters,   J.    *Katamnese  iiber Patienten,
die in der  Dusseldorfer Kinderklinik von  1907-
1928  wegen   Epilepsie   und   Epilepsieverdacht
beobachtet und  behandelt wurden    [Munster]
22p.   21 cm.   Bottrop,  1935.
   Boening, H.,  & Konstantinu, T.  Encephalographische  und
erbbiologische Untersuchungen an  genuinen Epileptikern.
Arch. Psychiat., Berl.,  1933,  100:  171-231.—Clark, L. P.  A
critique of the legal, economic and social status of the epileptic.
J.  Am. Inst. Crim.,  1926, 17: 218-33.—Pahud.  Quelques
observations sur les epileptiques.  Praxis,  Bern,  1924,  13:
H  31, 1; 3.—Stahli, R.   Epileptischer Charakter, epileptische
Demenz und Epileptoid.   Ibid.,  1939, 28: 523-5.—Taillens.
Le passe des epileptiques.  Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1938, 68: 245.

----  Age.
   Stroessler,   G.   *Statistische   Erhebungen
uber  Krankheitsursache  und  Krankheitsbeginn 
EPILEPTIC
422
EPILEPTIC
 bei Epileptikern, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung
 epileptischer Zwillinge.   28p.   8?   Zur., 1933.
   Also Schweiz. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., 1933, 32:
   Butter, A. J. M.  Age incidence in epilepsy.  Brit. M. J.,
 1936, 2: 714.—Gonzalez Deleito, F.  La iniciaci6n de la epi-
 lepsia esencial.  Siglo med.,  1934,  94: 370-3.—Lange, J.
 Epilepsie im ersten Lebensjahrzehnt  (nach  den Erfahrungen
 der Nervenklinik)  Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1937, 107: 173-81 —
 Paskind, H. A., & Brown, M.  Age of onset of epilepsy; differ-
 ences  between  deteriorated and   non-deteriorated  patients.
 Am. J.  Psychiat., 1939-40,  96: 59-64.

 ----   Care and management.

   Goldschmidt,  M.   *Ueber die  Moglichkeit
 der   zahnarztlichen   Behandlung   epileptischer
 Kinder.   35p.   8?   Bonn,  1933.
   Got, R.    *L'assistance  aux  Epileptiques;  son
 etat actuel  en France.  78p.  8?   Par., 1932.
   Clark, L. P.  Public and private provision for the epileptic
 Ment. Hyg.,  Alb.,  1926,  10:  787-803.—Crouzon, O.   Etat
 actuel des questions  sociales.   Rev. neur.,  Par., 1932, 39:
 1248-73.—Davis, T. K. The present day social care of epileptic
 patients.  N. York State J. M., 1928, 28: 656-8.—Dreikurs, R.
 Einige Probleme der Epileptikerfiirsorge.  Wien. klin. Wschr.,
 1926, 39: 602-5.—Eminger, F.  Welche Einrichtungen wiiren
 im Interesse der epileptischen Kinder zu schaffen?  Ber. Oesterr.
 Konf. Schwachsinnfurs.  (1908)  1909,  3:  116-8.—Fetterman,
 J.  Measures to aid the epileptic.   Am. Med., 1929, 35: 386-
 90.—Fox, J. T. The need for community care  of epileptics.
 Ment. Welf.,  Lond., 1937, 18:  10-7.—Goldenberg, S. I., &
 Goldowskaja,  T. I.  Die sozial-sittlichen Lebensbedingungen
 der Epileptiker im Zusammenhang mit den klinischen Krank-
 heitserscheinungen.   Zschr. ges. Neur.  Psychiat., 1929,  121:
 780-91.—Mellows,  H. W.  B.   Educational accommodation
 for epileptic children.  Med.  Off., Lond.,  1926, 35: 37.—
 Petren, A.  [Care of epileptics in  Sweden]  Sven. lak. tidn.,
 1929, 26: 39-47.—Redlich, E.  Vorschlage zur Epileptiker-
 fiirsorge in Oesterreich.  Wien. klin. Wschr , 1927, 40: 1358-
 61.—Sebardt,  C.  [History of  care of  epileptics in Sweden,
 1905-30]   Hygiea,  Stockh., 1930, 92:  865-90.—Shanahan,
 W. T. The problem of epilepsy in New York State. Psychiat.
 Q., 1927, 1: 160-83.  ------  Sociological landmarks in the
 domain of epilepsy.  Ibid., 328-34.—Stites, F. M.  Care of
 the epileptic by the family doctor.  Kentucky M.  J., 1930,
 28: 9-15.—Villinger.  Die  Versorgung erbbiologisch  minder-
 wertiger Kinder (einschliesslich  Demonstration erbbiologisch
 interessanter Falle  aus dem  Gebiet  der Epilepsie)   Zschr.
 Gesundhverwalt., 1934, 5: 544-50.

 ----   Clinics and institutions.

   New Jersey  State Village for Epileptics.
 Annual report of  the  managers.  Skillman, v.2-
 37,  1898/99-1933/34.
   Pennsylvania Epileptic Hospital and Col-
 ony Farm.    Annual report of the Board of  Man-
 agers.   West Chester, Pa.,  v.l, 1896.
   Incomplete.

   [Virginia]   State  Colony  for  Epileptics
 and  Feeble-Minded.   Annual  report  of  the
 board  of  directors  and  superintendent.   Rich-
 mond,  v.2,  1910/11-
   Baker, B. S. The institutional treatment of the epileptic
 child.  J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1936, 33: 78-82.—Brown, D. V., &
 Moore, M. The cost of institutional care of epileptics in Massa-
 chusetts.  N. England J.  M., 1938, 219: 92-4.—Cobb, S., &
 Lennox, W. G.  The work of the Harvard epilepsy commission.
 Bull.  Harvard  M. Alumni,  1932, 6:  55-8.—Cohen, M. J.  The
 first South African institution for epileptics.  S. Afr.  M. J.,
 1935, 9: 299.—Ferraz Alvim, J.   A reorganizacao da  Liga
 internacional contra a epilepsia.  Fol. med., Rio, 1936, 17: 269-
 71.—Grabherr, E.  Eine neuartige Anstaltsbehandlung  der
 Epilepsie. Psychiat. neur. Wschr.,  1933, 35: 479.—Hall, T. G.,
 & Read, C. F.   A study of institutionalized epileptics.  Illinois
 M. J., 1926, 49: 305-10.—McDougall, A.  About institutions
 and epilepsy.  Ment. Welf.,  Lond., 1928, 9: 8-12.—Meyer, M.
 Bericht  iiber die Tatigkeit  des Krampfausschusses im Jahre
 1929.   Zschr. ges. phys. Ther.,  1930,  39: 338-40.—Monrad.
 [Hospital for epileptics in Nyborg]  Ugeskr.  laeger, 1935, 97:
 559.—Muskens, L. J. J.  Present  standing in the care (hos-
 pitalization)  of  epileptics in Netherlands and other countries.
 Psychiat. neur. bl., Amst., 1936, 40: 57-62.—Paskind, H. A.
 Extramural patients with epilepsy with special reference to the
 frequent  absence of  deterioration.  Arch.  Neur. Psychiat.,
 Chic, 1932, 28: 370-85.—Pollock, H. M. The new statistical
system for institutions for epileptics. Am. J. Psychiat., 1928-
 29, 8: 1071-6.------& Furbush, E.  M.  Epileptics in insti-
tutions in the United States. Ment. Hyg., Alb., 1927, 11: 369-
79. Also Psychiat.  Q., 1927,  1: 215-25.—Shanahan,  W. T.
History of the development of special institutions for epileptics
in the United States.  Ibid., 1928, 2: 422-34.—Spritz, O.   An
epileptic  institution  in Massachusetts.  Med. J. Tufts Coll
School M., 1938-39, 5: 6.
----  Constitution.

   See also subheading Stigmata.
   Herrmann,  R.   *Untersuchungen auf  Rasse-
und  Korperbautypen   bei  Epileptikern.    22p.
8?   [Munch.] 1936.
   Lehner, A.   *Die Konstitution der genuinen
Epileptiker   [Erlangen]   34p.    8?   Kallmunz,
1931.
   Spychalski,  M.    *Haben  Epileptiker  mit
vielen  Aequivalenten  besondere  Konstitutions-
eigenheiten?  [Breslau]   28p.  8?  Oppeln, 1932.
   Clark, L.  P.  A critical discussion on the constitutional
anomalies  of  epileptics.   Psychiat.  Q.,  1927,  1: 26-43.—
Delbruck,  H.  Ueber  die korperliche Konstitution  bei  der
genuinen Epilepsie.  Arch. Psychiat.,  Berl., 1926,  77: 555-72.
------ Epileptisch und Epileptoid; Gedanken zum Korperbau-
und Charakterproblem.  Ibid., 1927-28, 82: 708-18.—Ganter.
R.   Ueber  Schadelinhalt, Hirngewicht und Gross-Kleinhirn-
gewicht bei Epileptischen und Schwachsinnigen.   Allg. Zschr.
Psychiat.,  1922,  78: 179-94.—Grundler, W.   UeDer Konsti-
tutionsuntersuchungen  an Epileptischen.   Mschr. Psychiat.,
1925-26, 60:  216-22.  ------ Korperbauuntersuchungen  an
grossen Reihen  Krampfkranker.  Ibid.,   1927, 66: 27-36 —
Hofmann, H.  Zur Frage des epileptischen Konstitutionstypus.
Zschr. ges.  Neur. Psychiat.,  1924, 94:  309-18.—Katona,  T.
[Constitution  in  epilepsy]    Gy6gyaszat,  1927,  67:  198.—
Kreyenberg, G.  Korperbau, Epilepsie und Charakter.  Zschr.
ges.  Neur.  Psychiat., 1928, 112: 506-48.—Paskind, H. A., &
Brown, M.   Constitutional differences between deteriorated
and  non-deteriorated patients with epilepsy;  anthropometric
measurements.   Am.  J.  Psychiat.,  1938-39,  95: 901-21 —
Patterson, H. A., & Weingrow, S. M.  The brain-liver weight
ratio in epilepsy. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic, 1928, 20: 804-
11.  Also repr.------■  The  weight of the pancreas and  the
ratio of the weight of the brain to that of the pancreas in epi-
lepsy.  Ibid.,  1929, 21: 179-90. ------ The relation between
the total brain weight and that of some of its component parts
in epileptic patients.   Ibid.,  648-57.  ------  The relation
between brain and liver weights in epilepsy considered from the
standpoint  of onset and duration in about 200 cases. Psychiat.
Q.. 1928, 2: 171-6.—Robin, G.  La constitution  epileptoide.
Encephale,  1931, 26:  780-801.—Schretzmann, O.   Korper-
bauuntersuchungen an  Epileptikern.  Allg. Zschr. Psychiat.,
1929, 91: 423-33.—Sempau, J. A.  El  caracter  y la forma cor-
poral del epiieptico esencial.   Arch, neurob., Madr., 1933,  13:
947-68.—Thurzo,  J.   Der epileptische Organismus und  die
Symptome  dieser Erkrankung.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1930,  26:
736-9.—Vanelli,  A.  Epilessia e costituzione.   Gior. psichiat.
1934, 62: 115-59.—Ventra, C. Costituzione ed epilessia:  del
biotipo epilettico e del suoi rapporti con la patogenesi dell'epi-
lessia essenziale.  Manicomio,  1927, 40: 119-282.—Weingrow.
S. M.  The brain-liver weight  ratio and the infancy and child-
hood history of epileptics. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1930, 47: 392-
8.------Body weight in  136  individuals diagnosed  as
essential  epileptics.  J. Nerv. Ment.  Dis., 1932, 75: 384.—
Westphal.  K.  Korperbau und  Charakter  der Epileptiker.
Nervenarzt, 1931,  4:  96-9.—Zieliiiski,  M.  Zur  Frage  der
epileptischen Konstitution. Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1929-
30, 123: 147-60.

----  Diseases.

   Poppov, I.    *Du  rapport entre les dysosmies
et l'epilepsie.   28p.  8?   Geneve,  1921.
   Scharplaz,  D.    *Der  Einfluss des  Typhus
abdominalis auf  die Epilepsie   [Zurich]    35p.
8?   Chur,  1899.
   Cahane,  M., & Cahane, T. Studio anatomo-clinico di un
caso di malattia di Paget associata ad epilessia.  Riforma med.,
1938, 54: 1604-6.—Castex, M. R., & Camauer, A.  F.  Dermo-
grafismo y  epilepsia.   Prensa  med. argent., 1925-26, 12:  61-
70.—D'Abundo, E.  Sopra alcuni casi di corea del Sydenham
determinant! in epilettici una sospensiva degli accessi convulsivi.
Neurologica, Nap., 1925, 2: 113-21.—Damaye, H., & Avella, P.
Reaction febrile  exag6ree chez un epileptique tuberculeux a
l'occasion d'une grippe; hyperexcitabilite sympathique.  Ann.
med. psychoi., Par., 1927, 85: 264-8.—Gotting, E.  Epileptische
Insulte und Krebserkrankungen.  Allg. Zschr. Psychiat., 1933,
101: 202-21.—Guthrie, R. H.  Influence of intercurrent febrile
disorders on preexisting epilepsy. Arch. Neur. Psychiat., Chic,
1930, 24: 753-8.  ------& Hodskins, M.  B.   Cancer compli-
cating and  modifying the course of epilepsy;  a review of 55
cases.  Am. J. Psychiat., 1933, 12:  877-92.—Holthaus,  B.
Storungen  des Geruchsinnes  bei  Epileptikern,  zugleich  ein
Beitrag zur  Frage  der klinischen Geruchspriifung.   Arch.
Psychiat., Berl., 1932, 97: 238.—Karisberg, I. J. The effect of
intercurrent chronic pulmonary tuberculosis on the convulsion
threshold in epilepsy; a study  of 100 cases. Am. J. Psychiat.,
1934, 13:  799-816.—Kloos,   G.   Erloschen  einer  genuinen
Epilepsie nach epidemischer Encephalitis.  Nervenarzt, 1937,
10: 572-5.—Kulkow, A. E. Ueber Kombination der Reckling-
hausenschen Krankheit mit Epilepsie  (in Verbindung mit der
Frage der neurokutanen Svndrome bei Epileptikern)   Mschr.
Psychiat., 1933, 86: 247-54 — Lamey, H-  Rindenepilepsie und 
EPILEPTIC                                      423                                      EPILEPTIC
 Tuberkulose.  Beitr.  Klin. Tuberk.,  1926-27,  65:  636-8.—
 Levi, L. Osservazioni sui rapporti fra accessi epilettici e malattie
 intercorrenti.   Gior.  psichiat.,  1930,  59:  suppl.,  20-4.—
 Lombardi,  A.  L'opoterapia cerebrale nella cura dei malarici
 epilettici.   Terapia, Milano, 1924,  14: 239-42.—Pasturel. M.
 Arthritisme et epilepsie.  Ann. m6d.  psychoi., Par.,  1926, 84:
 200-13.—Polik, F.  Epilepsie und Chorea chronica.  Psychiat.
 neur Wschr., 1931, 33: 528-30.—Turnowsky, M.  Interferenz
 von Krankheiten.  Wien. med. Wschr.,  1927, 77:  674; 677 —
 Urechia, C. I., & Mihalescu,  S.  Epilepsie et parkinsonisme;
 examen anatomique. Rev. neur., Par., 1927, 34: pt 2, 99-101.—
 Wahl  & Font.  Persistance  des  crises  comitiales  chez  une
 epileptique atteinte de fievre typhoide.   Marseille  med., 1923,
 60• 1245-9.—Weckerling.  Landrysche Lahmung und Epilepsie
 Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1924, 82: 17-9.—Werner, A. Erloschen
 einer  genuinen  Epilepsie  nach  epidemischer  Encephalitis.
 Nervenarzt, 1938, 11: 623.—Yakovlev,  P. I.   Epilepsy  and
 parkinsonism.  N. England J. M., 1928, 198: 629-38.—Zara, E.
 Epilessia ed encefalite epidemica.  Osp. psichiat.,  1935, 3: 1-11.

 ----  Emotions.
   Kaliko, I. M.  [On epileptic dysthymia] Nevropat. psikhiat.,
 1939, 8: No. 4, 50-4.—Laignel-Lavastine & d'Heucqueville, G.
 Les diff6rentes  tonalit6s affectives  des  epileptiques  traites.
 Ann. med. psychoi., Par., 1933, 91: 641; pt 2, 196.—Minor, L. S.
 [Localized sense of fear in epileptics]  Sovrem. psikhonevr., 1929
 9: 813-25.—Volkov, S. P. [Localized feeling of fear in epileptics]
 Sovet. psikhonevr., 1931, 7: 81.—Volland, K.  Ueber  thymo-
 pathische Gemutsdepressionen bei Epilepsie.  Arch. Psychiat.,
 Berl., 1933, 100: 670-99.

 ----  Employment and working ability.

   Schmidt,   K.  L.    *Die   erwerbsvermindernde
 Bedeutung   epileptischer   Anfalle.    76p.     8°.
 Bonn, 1931.
   Ceillier, A.  De l'incapacite professionnelle et de l'inadapta-
 bilite sociale de certains epileptiques.   Encephale,  1926, 21:
 795-8.------& Veraeck, P. L'assistance par le travail aux
 epileptiques; necessite et urgence  de la realiser.  Hyg. ment.,
 Par., 1927,  22:  45-53.—Flemming,  J. C.  Epileptic equiva-
 lents in aviation applicants  and pilots. Flight Surgeon  Topics,
 1938, 2: 76-82.—Gilula, I. O.  [Working capacity of epileptics
 in industries]  Sovet. psikhonevr.,  1932,  8: 36-41.—Heydt. A.
 von der. Epilepsie und Invaliditiit.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1936,
 62:  1429;  1467.—Kurtz, C.  Die  Verantwortlichkeit  fur die
 Berufswahl  des  Epileptischen.  Deut. Zschr. gerichtl.  Med.,
 1927-28, 11: 452-63.—Longacre,  R. F.   Epilepsy;  points of
 interest for the flight surgeon.  J. Aviat.  M., 1932,  3: 20-39.—
 Nippe.   Ueber  die Beschiiftigung von  Epileptikern in Ma-
 schinenbetrieben.  Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1931, 94: 234-6 —
 Petrova, A. E.,  & Anikina, A. M.   [Significance  of the psy-
 chological experiment in determining the nature  of working
 capacity of patients with genuine epilepsy] Nevropat. psikhiat.,
 1936, 5: 1361-72.—Shakhnovich, R. A. [Invalidity in epilepsy]
 Sovet. nevropat., 1932,  1: 646-56.— Steinthal.   Traumatische
 Epilepsie nach Hirnschussen und berufliche Leistungsfahigkeit.
 Munch, med. Wschr., 1926, 75: 1393-5.

 ----  Family relations.
   Brown, R. R.  A study of the mental  and physical traits of
 the  relatives of epileptics.   J.  Appl. Psychol., 1930-31, 14:
 620-36.—Conrad,  K.   Uebersicht  iiber  auslesefreie  Unter-
 suchungen  in  der  Verwandtschaft von  Epileptikern.  Zschr.
 psych. Hyg., 1938, 11: 167-84.—Guschmer, I.   Zum Problem
 der  Erbprognosebestimmung; die Erkrankungsaussichten der
 Neffen-  und  Nichtenschaften  von genuinen  Epileptikern.
 Zschr. ges.  Neur. Psychiat., 1926, 106: 242-81.—Hinder, L. E.
 Incidence of seizures in the families of extramural patients with
 epilepsy. J. Michigan M. Soc, 1937,  36:  846—Lowenbach, H.
 The electroencephalogram  in healthy relatives of epileptics;
 the  constitutional  elements  in idiopathic  epilepsy.    Bull.
 Johns  Hopkins Hosp., 1939,  65:  125-37.—Rabinovich, Y. S.
 [Heredity and body build  in  epileptic  families]  Sovet. psi-
 khonevr., 1932, 8: 42-53.

 ----   Famous persons.
   Heiler  C.  Der Wunderknabe Lind aus  Mittelfischbach
 1852.  Arch. Psychiat., Berl.,  1931, 93: 28-33.—Jeanselme.E.
 L'epilepsie sur le trone de Byzance.  Bull. Soc  fr. hist, med.,
 1924  18: 225-74.—Tren I.  L'epilepsie  de Louis  XIII; crise
 convulsive,  petit mal de forme syncopale, caractere epileptique,
 heredite familiale  similaire.  Aesculape, Par.,  1928, n. ser.,
 18: 266; passim.

 ----   Forensic aspect.
   Axgelkort,  A.    * Mangel  des   Prozessver-
 fahrens in der  Reichsversicherungsordnung,  na-
 mentlich  bei Epileptikern und Hystenkern.   43p.
 8?   Bonn, 1933.
   Bouchard,  G.    *Les  actes   antisociaux   des
 mineurs epileptisants; mesures  de traitement et
de preservation sociale.   114p.   8?  Lyon, 1935.
   Liberato, S. N.  *Etude du probleme medico-
legal de l'epilepsie  [Paris]  215p.   8?   Poitiers,
1931.
   Millan,   A.    *L'inadaptabilite  sociale   des
epileptiques  et  son  role  dans  la  delinquance.
67p.  8?   Par., 1931.
   Atkin, I.   Smerdyakov;  a  review  of  an  amoral epileptic.
J.  Ment. Sc, Lond., 1929, 75:  263-6.—Bambaren, C. A., &
Vargas Prada,  L.   Delincuencia  y epilepsia.   Cron. med.,
Lima, 1924,  11: 152; 1929,  46: 52.—Becker. Alkoholversuch
bei gerichtlich zu  begutachtendem Epilepsieverdacht.   Zschr.
Medbeamte, 1926, 39: 481-3.—Belaustegui,  E., Pietranera, P.
[et  al.]  Uxoricidio; atentado contra  la  autoridad; epileps a;
inimputabilidad.   Prensa med.  argent.,  1938, 25: 248-65.—
Berkeley-Hill, O. A. R.  Post-epileptic automatism as a defence
in  a case of murder.  J. R. Army M. Corps,  1930, 55:  54-7.—
Bohmer,  K.  Kindestotung im epileptischen Anfall.   Deut.
Zschr.  gerichtl. Med.,  1934,  23:  132-4.—Chavigny,  P.   La
medeeine  legale des crises  convulsives  epileptiques et pithi-
atiques; crises anniversaires.  Paris med., 1927,  65: 193-5.—
East, W. N.   Some forensic aspects of epilepsy.   J. Ment. Sc,
Lond., 1926,  72: 533-41.—Fernandez Mendez, A.  El epiieptico
ante la sociedad y ante los  jueces.   Siglo  med.,  1932,  90:
561-4.—Hauptmann, A.  Die  forensische Bedeutung der Epi-
lepsie.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1934, 30: 1049-53.—Herschmann, H.
Sind  epileptische  Anfalle   nach  der  osterreichischen  Eisen-
bahndienstordnung als Gebrechen oder als Krankheit  anzuse-
hen?  Wien. klin.  Wschr., 1930,  43: 119J-20L — Husse. R.
Epileptiker und Epileptoide im Strafvollzug. Mschr. Krim.
Peychol.,  1932, 23: 345-54.—Knepper.   War die zu  Gatten-
mord un-i Selbstmord fiihrende Epilepsie tatsachlich Folge des
angeschuldigten Betriebsunfalles?  Mschr. Unfallh., 1926,  33:
20; 27.—Kuflher.  Alkoholversuch bei gerichtlich zu begutach-
tendem Epilepsieverdacht.   Zschr.   Medbeamte,  1928,   41:
168-70.—Pilcz, A.  Die forensische Bedeutung und Begutach-
tung der Epilepsie.  Wien.  med. Wschr., 1933, 83:  1421-4.—
Ruhemann, K.  Ueber Epilepsie und Kopfverletzung.  Mschr.
Unfallh., 1928, 35: 197-204.—Ruiz Maya.  Agresi6n con lesiones
determinadas por  el caracter epiieptico  del agredido (informe
medico-legal) Arch, med., Madr., 1927, 27: 113-26.—Schnizer,
von.  Dienstbeschadigung  fiir  Epilepsie abgelehnt.   Med:
Klin., Berl., 1927,  23: 1699.—Viola,  I").  Contributo  al  con-
trollo medico-legale dell'attacco epilettico.  Gior. med. mil.,
1937, 85:  1184-9.  ------  Sul controllo medico-legale della
diagnosi di epilessia.   Arch, antrop. crim., Milano, 1938,  58:
657-62.

----   Injury.

   Schlesinger,  E.    *'Weitere  Untersuchungen
iiber  die  Beziehungen  zwischen   Gebissbildung
und  Lokalisation  von  Zungennarben bei Epi-
leptikern.   23p.   8?   Bonn, 1931.
   Velten, S.   *Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen
Gebissbildung  und   Zungenverletzung  im  epi-
leptischen Anfalle.  16p.  8?   Bonn, 1931.
   Alaize, P.  Considerations sur les lesions traumatiques chez
les epileptiques et sur la prophylaxie de ces lesions consecutives
aux chutes.   C.  rend. Congr. alien,  neur. France, 1911,  21.
Congr.,  301-13.—Cacciapuoti, G. B.  Le lesioni  auricolari nei
frenastenici epilettici.  Cervello, 1924, 4: 140751.—Frankl, Z.
Atypische Zahnverletzungen  infolge  eines  mit  Fall auf  den
Unterkiefer   verbundenen  epileptischen  Anfalles.    Zschr.
Stomat.,  1937, 35:  1534-8.—Kurtz, C.  Wird Epilepsie durch
Schadelverletzung verschlimmert?  Deut. Zschr. gerichtl. Med.,
1926, 8:  260-72.—Lopez Albo,  W.  Epilepsia y luxaci6n de
hombro.   Arch, neurob., Madr., 1934, 14: 89-92.—Mignardot,
J.,  Ramee, P., & Aubry. P.  Impulsions au suicide repetees,
conscients et mnesiques, chez un  grand epileptique. Ann. med.
psychoi., Par., 1936, 94: pt 2, 44-54.—Polstorff, F.  Ueber eine
seltene Verletzung im epileptischen Anfall mit todlichem Aus-
gange, gleichzeitig Beitrag zur Entstehung des runden Magenge-
schwurs.  Psychiat. neur. Wschr.,  1933, 35: 566-70—Szekely,
K.  Todliche Erwiirgung oder natiirlicher Tod im epileptischen
Anfall?   Beitr.  gerichtl. Med.,  1929, 9: 205^1 l.—Ventra, C.
Autolesionismo epilettico  familiare  (nota   clinica e  medico-
legale)  Manicomio, 1927,  40: 81-110.—Vie, J.,  & Queron, P.
Contribution a l'etude des fractures et des luxations au cours
des crises epileptiques.  Ann. med.  psychoi., Par., 1934, 92:
386-91.

----   Intelligence.
   Collier, R. M.   Mental  ability in  epileptics;  classification,
type frequency and duration  of illness.  J.  Nerv. Ment.  Dis.,
1938, 87: 215.—Dawson, S., & Conn, J. C. M. The intelligence
of  epileptic  children.  Arch. Dis. Childh., Lond.,  1929, 4:
142-51.—Fetterman, J., &  Barnes, M. R.  Serial  studies of the
intelligence of patients with epilepsy.  Arch. Neur. Psychiat.,
Chic, 1934, 32. 797-801.—Fox, J. T.  The response of epileptic
children to mental and educational tests. Brit. J. M. Psychol.,
1924, i:  235-48.—Patterson,  H. A., & Fonner,  D.  Some ob-
servations on the  intelligence quotient in  epileptics; a  pre-
liminary report.  Psychiat. Q., 1928, 2: 542-8.—Sullivan, E. B..
&  Gahagan, L. On intelligence of epileptic children.  Genet.
Psychol. Monogr.,  1935, 17: 309-76. 
EPILEPTIC                                      424                                      EPILEPTIC
----   juvenile.

   Geyer,  J. O.   *Zum  Schicksal  epileptischer
Kinder  [Miinchen]  51p.  8?   [Zwickau]  1926.
   Romagna Manoia,  A.   I  fanciulli  epilettici;
note  patogenetiche,  cliniche,  di assistenza e  di
terapia.   186p.  8?   Roma, 1932.
   Dreikurs, R.  Was soil mit unseren epileptischen Kindern
geschehen?  Eos,  Wien,  1926, 18: 39-46.—Furniss, A.  Epi-
lepsy in school children.  Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1938, 197:
119; 136.—Galatskaia  [Peculiarities  of  the  mental state of
young  epileptic children]  Nevropat.  psikhiat., 1938, 7:  No.
7-8, 63-9.—McDougall,  A.   Epileptic problems in  childhood
and youth.  Child,  Lond., 1926-27, 17:  193-5.—Patry, F. L.
The epileptic school child; how may we understand and treat
him?  N. York State J. M., 1937, 37:  1553-8.

----   Life  duration and outlook.
   Avendano, L.  La epilepsia en el Seguro de la vida.  Cr6n.
med., Lima,  1926, 43:  110-6.—Hall, A.  The latter half of the
life of an epileptic.   Lancet, Lond., 1939, 1: 1146-51.—Wilson,
S. A. K. The epilepsies and life assurance.  Brit. M. J., 1927,
1: 221-4.  Also Tr. Assur. M. Soc, Lond. (1926-27) 1928, 53-75.

----   Marriage and offspring.

   Kuenzi,  F.   *Ueber das Wiederauftreten von
Epilepsie  unter den Nachkommen von Epilepti-
kern;  eine statistische  Untersuchung  auf Grund
von 1929  Fallen  von genuiner Epilepsie  und  15
Fallen von  traumatischer  Epilepsie    [Zurich]
p.245-63.    8?   Berl.,  1929.
   Also Mschr. Psychiat., 1929, 72:

   Raether, H. R.  *Erb- und  sozialbiologische
Untersuchungen  an genuinen Epileptikern und
deren Kindern  [Tubingen]   62p.   8?   Bochum-
Langendreer, 1937.
   Sailer,  O.   *Epilepsie und  Durchfuhrung des
Gesetzes zur Verhutung erbkranken Nachwuchses
[Erlangen]   26p.   8?   Weiden, 1936.
   Bonhoeffer, K.   Zur  Epilepsiediagnose  im Sterilisierungs-
verfahren.   Med. Welt,  1935,  9: 1659.—Cheney,  G. W.  H.
The relation of preventive pediatrics  to epilepsy.  J. M. Ass.
Georgia, 1925, 14: 285-9.—Conrad,  K.   Psychiatrisch-sozi-
ologische Probleme im Erbkreis der Epilepsie.  Arch. Rassenb.,
1937, 31: 316-26.   ------   Ergebnisse  einer Nachkommen-
schaftsuntersuchung an  Epileptikern  (zur empirischen  Erb-
prognose der Epilepsie)  Zschr. ges. Neur.  Psychiat., 1937,
159: 521-81.—Davidenkov, S., & Galatschian, A.  Ueber die
Eheberatung bei genuiner Epilepsie.  Ibid., 1932, 140: 51-66.—
Demme, H.  Die Stellung der Epilepsie im Rahmen des  Ge-
setzes zur Verhutung erbkranken Nachwuchses.  Miinch. med.
Wschr., 1935, 82:  1567-71.—Enge.   Epilepsieforschung und
Erbgesundheitsgesetzgebung.   Oeff. Gesundhdienst, 1936-37,
2: A, 917-23.—Ewald, G. Nochmals die Epilepsie im Sterilisa-
tionsverfahren. Med. Klin., Berl., 1936. 32: 1131-3.—Franke,
G.  Erbbiologische  Untersuchungen an Kindern von Epilepti-
kern.   Zschr.  ges.  Neur. Psychiat.,  1937, 160:  381-401.—
Gadelius, B.  [Forbidding of marriage or sexual sterilization of
epileptics?]   Hygiea,  Stockh.,  1929, 91:  833-63.   ------
[Epilepsy and marriage]   Ibid., 1931, 93: 98-107.—Krapiwkin,
A.   Ueber die Wirkung der Samenstrangunterbindung bei
Epileptikern  und Geisteskranken.  Jahrb.  Psychiat. Neur.,
1931,  48: 31-3.—Lennox,  W.  G.   The  campaign  against
epilepsy.  Am. J.  Psychiat., 1937,  94: 251-62.—Minor, L.
[Campaign against  epilepsy]   Russ.  klin.,  1928, 9: 48;  447-
58.—Paskind,  H. A.,  &  Brown, M.   Frequency  of epilepsy
in  offspring  of persons with epilepsy, with special reference
to  differences  between institutional and  extramural patients.
Arch.  Neur.  Psychiat.,  Chic,   1936,  36:  1045-8.—Smith,
N. R.  Will  sterilization decrease  epilepsy?  J.  Michigan
M. Soc, 1925, 24: 478.—Stefan, H.  Epilepsie und Erbge-
sundheitsgesetz; zur Abgrenzung der  erblichen Fallsucht von
anderen  Formen  des epileptischen   Symptomenkomplexes.
Med. Klin., Berl., 1936, 32: 1133-6.  ------  Ueber die prak-
tische Handhabung  des Sterilisationsgesetzes bei Epileptikern.
Med. Welt,  1936,  10: 966.—Szygowski, L.  [Prevention of
epilepsy] Gin. polska, 1939,  18: 16-58.—Trenel.  Sur un cas
de deontologie a propos  du mariage des epileptiques et de la
transformation  d'un  placement  volontaire  en  placement
d'office.  Ann. med.  leg.,   1924, 4:  518-21.—Troeger,  K.
Sippen von krampfkranken Hirnverletzten  und von Kranken
mit erblicher Fallsucht,  eine Gegenuberstellung.  Zschr. ges.
Neur. Psychiat., 1938,  161: 351-5.

---   Memory.
   Sehilder,  P.  Zur  Psychologie epileptischer  Ausnahmezu-
stande  (mit  besonderer Berucksichtigung des Gedachtnisses)
-Allg. Zschr.  Psychiat., 1924,  80: 33-79.  ------   Zur Lehre
von den Amnesien Epileptischer, von  der Schlafmittelhypnose
und vom Gedachtnis.  Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1924-25,  72:
326-40.—Steinmann,  I.   Ueber protrahierte Amnesien  bei
echter Epilepsie.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1933, 148: 211-4.
----   Mental deterioration.

   See also Dementia.
   Benedek, L.   [Epilepsia choreica familiaris cum dementia]
Magy. orv. arch., 1938, 39: 69-80.  Also Mschr. Psychiat., 1938,
98:301-16.—Botelho, A. Aspectos mentaes da epilepsia. Fol.
med., Rio, 1934, 15: 85-90.—Braun, F.  Ueber Sprachstorungen
oei Epileptikern und iiber epileptische Demenz.  In Festschr.
H. Zangger, Zur., 1935, 2:  716-25.—Bridge, E. M.  Mental
state of the epileptic patient.  Arch.  Neur. Psychiat.,  Chic,
1934, 32: 723-36.—Cassinis, F.  Etiopatogenesi della  frena-
<tenia e della epilessia (contributo clinico e sierologico)  Note
psichiat., Pesaro, 1927, 3. ser., 15:  453-73.—Hoven, H.  Un
cas de demence avec epilepsie. J. neur. psychiat., Brux., 1933,
33: 527-30.—Londen, van [There is no character degeneration
in dementia epileptica]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1927, 71: 2772-
8.—Modonesi,  C.   Ricerche  cliniche  sulla  degenerazione
mentale negli epilettici. Osp. psichiat., Nap., 1939, 7: 69-93.—
Scholz, W.  Anatomische Anmerkungen zu den Beziehungen
zwischen Epilepsie und idiotie.  Deut. Zschr. Nervenh., 1936,
139:  205-8.—Volland.   Ueber  motorische  Phanomene  bei
verblodeten Epileptikern.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1925,
98: 775-88.

----   Military service.
   Barnes, F. M., jr.  Epilepsy in ex-service men.  J. Missouri
M. Ass.,  1923, 20: 384.—Bluemel, C.  S.  Peace and epilepsy.
Colorado M., 1930, 27: 277-81.—Fraenckel, P., & Walkhoff, E.
Tod  an  Zystizerken-Epilepsie als Kriegsdienstbeschadigung.
Aerztl. Sachverst. Ztg, 1925,  31: 157-60.—Jolly, P.  Genuine
Epilepsie  bei  Kriegsteilnehmern.   Mschr.  Psychiat.,  1931,
79: 329-38.—Mozolowski, S.  [Determination of the ability
of epileptics  in military  service]   Lek.  wojsk.,  1934,  23:
57-66.—Pero, C.  Nuove conoscenze sull'etiologia dell'accesso
epilettico e loro importanza in medicina legale militare.  Gior.
med. mil., 1937,  85: 979-86.—Redlich, E.   Bemerkungen zur
Aetiologie der Epilepsie mit  besonderer  Berucksichtigung der
Frage einer  Kriegsepilepsie.  Wien. med. Wschr., 1918,  68:
725;  790; 840.—Revisione (La) dei riformati dal servizio mili-
tare  per  alienazione  mentale e per  epilessia.  Q.  psichiat.,
Genova, 1918, 5: 34-8.—Rubensohn, E.  Epilepsie und Dienst-
beschadigung.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1926, 22: 1498.—Trocello, E.
Intorno alia valutazione medico-legale militare dell'epilessia in
relazione con la vita di guerra.  Ann.  med.  nav., Roma, 1924,
2: 135-41.

----   Mortality.

   May, E.  A.   *Ueber Todesfalle  im Anschluss
an den  epileptischen Anfall.  52p.   8?   Freib.,
1919.
   Ostwald,   F.     *Ueber   Erstickungstod   im
Anschluss an den  epileptischen Anfall.  32p.  8?
Marb.,  1926.
   Schedel,   A.    *Ueber   Todesursachen   bei
Epileptikern.  16p.  8?  Munch.  [1935]
   Ganter, R.  Ueber Sterblichkeitsverhaltnisse und Sektions-
befunde  bei  Epileptischen  und  Schwachsinnigen.   Arch.
Psychiat., Berl.,  1921, 64: 285-98.—Loudet.  O., & Martinez
Dalke,  L. Epilepsia y suicidio.  Rev. As. m6d. argent., 1934,
48: 766-72.  Also Rev. crim., B. Air.,  1934,  21: 396-403.

----   Neurosomatic deterioration.
   Altschul, R. Les alterations des cellules radiculaires motrices
dans la moelle des epileptiques.  Rev. neur., Par., 1926,  33:
pt 2, 395-9.—Gordon, R. G.   A case of epilepsy illustrating the
loss of cortical control over lower functions.  J. Neur. Psycho-
path., Brist., 1927-28, 8: 241.—Hodskins, M. B.. & Yakovlev,
P. I.   Neurosomatic deterioration in  epilepsy.  Arch.  Neur.
Psychiat., Chic, 1930, 23: 986; 1932, 27: 113. ------  Clinico-
pathologic contribution to the concept  of neurosomatic deterio-
ration in epilepsy with report of 2 cases.  Bull. Massachusetts
Dep. Ment. Dis., 1930, 14: 2-18, 2 pl.   Also Am. J. Psychiat.,
1930-31,  10: 663-6.—Kogerer,  H.   Zur  Frage der akuten
Ammonshornveranderungen  nach   epileptischen   Anfallen;
Erwiderung auf  die Ausfiihrungen  des  Herrn W.  Weimann.
Zschr.  ges.  Neur.  Psychiat., 1924,  93:  791.—Liebers,  M.
Ueber  Kleinhimatrophien  bei Epilepsie  nach  epileptischen
Krampfanfallen.  Ibid.,  1928,  113:  739-56.—Simazaki,  T.
Ein  Fall von  epileptischer  Krampfschadigung des  Gehirns,
der durch den vollstandigen Verlust der differenzierten mensch-
lichen Funktionen  gekennzeichnet ist.  Psychiat. neur. jap.,
1939, 43: 17-20.—Urechia, C. I., & Elekes, N.  Epilepsie et
rigidite pallidale.  Arch, internat. neur.,  Par., 1925, 18. ser., 1:
49.—Weimann, W. Bemerkungen zu vorstehender Erwiderung
des Herrn Kogerer  auf  meine Arbeit Zur  Frage der akuten
Ammonshornveranderungen nach epileptischen Anfallen.  Zschr.
ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1924, 93: 793-5.

----   Personality.
   Campos, M. de.  Caracterologia psiquica da epilepsia. Arq.
med. leg. ident., Rio,  1934, 4: 208-17.—Conrad, K.  Beitrag
zur Frage der epileptoiden  Psvchopathie.  Zschr.  ges. Neur.
Psychiat., 1938,  162: 505-50.—Eyrich, M.   Ueber Charakter
und  Charakterveranderung  bei  kindlichen und jugendlichen 
EPILEPTIC
425
EPILEPTIC
 Epileptikern.  Ibid., 1932, 141: 640.—Freeman, W.  Sympto-
 matic epilepsy in one of identical twins; a study of the epileptic
 character.  Tr. Am. Neur. Ass.,  1934, 60: 98-100.  Also J.
 Neur.  Psychopath., Lond.,  1934-35,  15:  210-8.—Gilbert-
 Robin.  L'enfant epileptique;  les  troubles de l'humeur et du
 caractere.  Gaz. hop., 1931, 104: 1673.   ------  Le caractere
 epileptoide chez l'enfant; preuves de I'existence de la constitu-
 tion epileptoide.   Rev. gen.  clin. th6r., 1934, 48: 390-2.—
 Gonzalez Deleito, F.  Notas acerca de la caracterologia de los
 epilepticos.  Rev. espafi. med. cir., 1932, 15: 3-9.—Grossmann,
 I.  Theorie des epileptischen  Charakters.  Zschr. ges. Neur.
 Psychiat.,  1928,  117:  12-8.—Hartenberg,  P.   L'habitude
 epileptique. Presse med., 1926, 34: 627.—Heucqueville, G. de.
 La cure du caractere epileptique.  Bull, med., Par., 1934, 48:
 351-3.—Masini, M. U.  II carattere epilettico.  Illust. med.
 ital., 1931, 13: 144-50.—Notkin,  J.  Personality  make-up of
 epileptics.   Arch.  Neur. Psychiat., Chic,  1927,  18:  144-7.
 ------Is there an epileptic personality make-up?  Ibid.,
 1928, 20: 799-803.  Also repr.—Ssucharewa, G. E.  Zur Frage
 der  epileptoiden  Psychopathien  (Begriffsbestimmung  und
 Abgrenzung am Kindermaterial)  Zschr.  ges.  Neur. Psychiat.,
 1929-30, 123: 626-45.—Zeller, E.  Le  caractere  epileptique.
 Strasbourg med., 1927, 85: pt 2, 397-404.

 ----  Physiology  and physiopathology.

   Heitsch,  R.    *Der  Geruchssinn  der  Epi-
 leptiker.   30p.   21cm.   Rost., 1936.
   Bassi,  M.   Ricerche sulla motilita  dello stomaco negli
 epilettici.   Neopsichiatria, Pisa, 1939, 5:  23-46.—Hakkebush,
 V. M.   [Characteristics of movements in epileptics]  Sovrem.
 psikhonevr.,  1930,  11:  280-90—Kutvirtova,  V.  [Timbre of
 voice in genuine epileptics]  Cas. 16k. desk.,  1927, 66: 530-4.—
 Porter, J. M., jr.  Galvanic skin phenomena  in epileptics. J.
 Gen. Psychol., 1934, 11: 24-45.—Scripture, E. W.   Die epi-
 leptische Sprachmelodie. Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1924-25, 72:
 323-5.

 ----  Pregnancy  and puerperium.

   Jacobs, C.   *Ueber Epilepsie und Schwanger-
 schaft; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Frage des Status
 epilepticus   [Bonn]  45p.   8?    Bonn, 1930.
   Andreev, Z. A.  [Epilepsy  in pregnancy]  Perm. med. J.,
 1926,4: 101-16.—Bachmann, H.  Schwangerschaft und Epile-
 psie. Zbl.  Gyn., 1930,  54: 2636-42—Baptisti, A., jr.  Epilepsy
 and pregnancy; a review of the literature and a  study of 37
 cases.  Am. J. Obst., 1938,  35: 818-24.—Bazan, J., & Nolting.
 D. E.  Epilepsia y embarazo; a prop6sito de 23 observaciones.
 Bol. Soc obst. gin. B. Aires, 1937, 16: 441-9. Also Prensa med.
 argent., 1937, 24: 2292-7.—Clemmesen, C.  [Epilepsy in preg-
 nancy]  Ugeskr. laeger, 1926,88:939-45.  Also Zschr. ges. Neur.
 Psychiat., 1927, 110: 793-5.—Coggi, C.   Sindromi epilettiformi
 e funzioni di maternita. Ann. ostet. gin.,  1936,  58: 439-96.
 ------La madre epilettica considerata dal punto di vista oste-
 trico e sociale.  Arte  ostet.,   1938,  52: 201-13.—Cordua &
 Giitschow.  Jackson'sche Epilepsie in  der Schwangerschaft.
 Zbl. Gvn., 1937, 61: 413.—Dogliotti, V.  Epilessia e gravidanza
 (contributo clinico)  Riv. ostet. gin., 1926,8:353-9.—Hayden, R.
 S.  Grand mal complicating the second stage of labour, with sur-
 vival of both mother and child. Canad.  M. Ass. J., 1934, 31:
 658.—Hoffmann, R. S.   Eklampsie und Epilepsie; kasuistischer
 Beitrag.  Zbl. Gyn., 1924,  48: 1184-8.—Kleine, H. O. Epi-
 lepsia rotatoria wahrend der Graviditat.  Ibid., 1933, 57: 241-
 3.—Lipmanovich, S. G. [Peculiarities in the course of epilepsy
 in pregnancy and labor] J. akush., 1933, 44: 369-76.—Patti,
 M.  Epilessia e gravidanza.   Arch, ostet.  gin., 1934,  2. ser.,
 21: 79-88.—Pol lak, J.   [Pregnancy and epilepsy]  Orv. hetil.,
 1931, 75: 249-52.—Rosenburg, C.  Gravides e epilepsia.  Fol.
 med., Rio,  1939, 20: 61.—Struthers, J. A. Epilepsy and preg-
 nancy.  Brit. M. J., 1931, 1: 218.—Toulouse,  E., & Marchand,
 L.  Puerp6ralit6 et epilepsie.  Gaz. hop.,  1925, 98: 1661-5.

 ----   Psychoanalysis.

   Gottke,  L.     *Ueber  das   Traumleben  bei
 Epileptikern.   p. 137-63.  8?   Rost., 1933.
   Also Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1933-34, 101:
   Gilles, A., & Carriat, R.  Donnees psychanalytiques chez un
 epileptique. Ann. med. psychoi., Par., 1925, 83: pt 2, 428-42 —
 Kulovesi, Y.  Ein Beitrag zur Psychoanalyse des epileptischen
 Anfalls.  Internat. Zschr. Psychoanal., Wien, 1934, 20: 542-
 9.—Menninger, K.  A.   Psychoanalytic study of a case of or-
 ganic epilepsv.  Psychoanal. Rev., 1926, 13: 187-99—Moraitis,
 D.  Ein Fall von Epilepsie.  Internat. Zschr.  Individpsychol.,
 Wien, 1934,12: 179-84.—Muller, F. P.   A spermatozoa phan-
 tasy of an epileptic   Internat. J. Psychoanal., 1922, 3: 50-4.—
 Reich, W.  Ueber den epileptischen Anfall.  Internat. Zschr.
 Ps\ choanal., Wien,  1931, 17: 263-75.—Vedrani, A.  Epilessia
e psicoanalisi secondo Stekel.   Rass. stud, psichiat., 1924,  13:
664-9.

----   Psychology.
   Springer,  E.  *Resultate des Kraepelin'schen
Additionsversuches besonders  bei  Epileptikern.
48p.  8?    Zur., 1933,
   Barnes, M. R., & Fetterman, J. L.  Mentality of dispensary
epileptic  patients.  Arch.  Neur. Psychiat., Chic,  1938,  40:
903-10.—Calisti,  E.  Capacita di scelta  e d'inibizione negli
epilettici.   Ann.  Osp. psichiat. Perugia,  1925,  19:  21-67.—
Clark, L.  P.  The epileptic psyche. State Hosp. Q., Alb., 1925-
26, 11: 335; 667.  ------  A further contribution to the psy-
chology of the essential epileptic.  J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1926,
63: 575-85.—Collins, A. L., Atwell, C. R., & Moore, M.  Stan-
ford-Binet response patterns in epileptics.  Am. J. Orthopsy-
chiat., 1938, 8:  51-63.—Guirdham, A.  The Rorschach test in
epileptics.   J.  Ment. Sc, Lond., 1935,  81:  870-93.—Hunt,
W. A., Strauss, H., & Landis,  C.  The startle pattern in epi-
leptic patients.  Psychiat. Q., 1938, 12: 375-82.—Iljin, A. W.
Ueber die Psyche  der Epileptiker.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat.,
1929, 119: 17-38.—Kugelmass, I. N., & Poull, L. E.  Mental
growth in epileptic children.   N. York State J. M., 1938, 38:
605-9.  ------ & Rudnick, J.  Mental  growth of  epileptic
children.  Am. J.  Dis. Child., 1938, 55: 295-303.—Sal y Rosas,
F.  La mentalidad en los epilepticos;  analisis psicologico del
enfermo T. V.,  del hospital Victor Larco Herrera.  Rev. med.
peru., 1937,  9:  237; 280.—Volland.  Ueber auffallende Kraft-
und Gewandtheitsleistungen  bei Epilepsie.  Zschr. ges.  Neur.
Psychiat.,  1925,  99: 92-128.—Wallon,  H.   La  mentalite
epileptique.   J.  psychoi. norm, path., Par., 1925, 22: 500-15.—
Williams, G. W.,  & Mendenhall, M. C.  The  application of  a
test of suggestibility to a group of epileptics. J. Gen. Psychol.,
1936, 14: 422-37.

----   Psychosis.

   See also subheading  Mental  deterioration.
   Gorra, A.  *Des rapports d'un cas de psychose
a double forme et de l'epilepsie.   55p.  8?   Par.
(1923)  1924.

   Lueb,   M.   *Zur Lehre von  den epileptischen
Psychosen   [Kiel]   32p.   8?  Essen,  1925.

   Swick, A.   *Contribution  a l'etude des delires
d'allure mystique au cours des 6tats epileptiques
[Paris]   86p.   8?   Gap, 1934.
   Arditi Rocha, R., & Silva, R. B.  Excitaci6n maniaca en un
nino epiieptico y perverso.   Rev.  crim.,  B.  Air.,  1930,  17:
670-7.—Barnes, F. M., jr.  Epileptic mental disorders.  Med.
Clin. N.  America, 1927.  11: 425-38.—Benon,  R.  Epilepsie et
deiire.  Gaz. hop., 1925, 98:  738-40.  ------   Epilepsie et
pathologie mentale.  Ibid.,  1931, 104: 1385-8.  ------  Epi-
lepsie infantile et  manie chronique.  Arch. med. enf., 1933, 36:
535-9.—Catalano, A.  Casistica clinica: sindrome schizofrenica
da epilessia cerebropatica.  Gior. psichiat.,  1925, 53: 239-42.—
Claude, H.  Sur quelques formes de deiire epileptique.  Progr.
med., Par.,  1932,  857-66.—Davidoff, L. M. Mental disorders
in association with epileptic seizures in 2  patients with tumor
of the brain.   Bull.  Neur. Inst. N. York,  1938, 7:  260-5.—
Dosios, A.   [Religious delirium of grandeur and revendication,
in  Jacksonian  traumatic  epilepsy  with   hemiplegia on  the
left side; study of traumatic  psychosis]   Spitalul, 1937,  57:
63-72.—Ewen,  J. H.  Perseveration in the insane epileptic.
J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1930,  76: 537-40.—Fuchs, A.  Schwere
progressive  anankastische  Entwicklung bei einem Falle  von
genuiner Epilepsie.  Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1927, 80: 586-98 —
Gruhle, H.  W.  Ueber den Wahn bei Epilepsie.  Zschr.  ges.
Neur. Psychiat,,  1935-36, 154: 395-9.—Heveroch, A.  [Epi-
leptic delirium]  Cas.  lek. 6esk., 1926, 65:  1249; passim.—
Hirsch, R.   Hypochondrie und Epilepsie.  Mschr. Psychiat.,
1937-38, 97: 367-74.—Kuniavskaya, S. [Case of symptomatic
epilepsy  with schizophrenic  process]  J.  nevropat. psikhiat.,
Moskva, 1931,  24: 70-4.—Leonhard,  K.   Chronische Wahn-
bildung eines Epileptikers aus ekstatischer Religiositat heraus.
Allg. Zschr. Psychiat.,  1938,  107:  233-45.—Liebers,  M.
Dementia paralytica bei genuiner Epilepsie.   Arch. Psychiat,,
Berl., 1937,  107: 106-12.—Malzberg,  B.  Mortality among
patients  with  epileptic  psychoses.  Psychiat. Q.,  1937,  11:
104-10.  Also repr.—Minski, L., & Gillen, J. B. Blood bromide
investigations in  psychotic epileptics.  Brit.  M. J., 1937, 2:
850.—Mondio,  E.   II borotartrolo nella cura  della psicosi
epilettica.   Manicomio,  1926,  39: 143-52.—Nikolskaia, V. A.
[Clinical  treatment of schizo-epilepsy]  Nevropat. psikhiat.,
1938, 7:  No. 9, 69-76.—Pennacchi, F.  Epilessia e sindromi
schizofreniche.  Ann. Osp. psichiat.  Perugia, 1932,  26: 233-
49.—Perelman, A. A.  [Epileptic psychoses and peculiarities
in their  clinical aspect]   Nevropat, psikhiat., 1937, 6: No.  6,
3-19.—Ploticher, A. I.   [Delirium  in epilepsy]  Sovet.  psi-
khonevr., 1938, 14: 83-92.—Reboul-Lachaux, J.  Manifesta-
tions psychiques de l'epilepsie.  Marseille med.,  1925, 62:
280-96.—Rodenberg, C.  H.   Ueber  echte  Kombinationen
epileptischer und schizophrener Symptomkomplexe.   Allg.
Zschr. Psychiat.,  1929-30, 92: 235-44, tab.—Rodiet, A.  Les
reactions et troubles psychiques des epileptiques.  Bull, med.,
Par., 1930,  44: 579-81.—Schnap, I.   Epileptic psychosis—a
clinical study.  Psychiat. Q., 1937, 11: 582-91.—Schneider, K.
Psychosen  bei  Gehirnprozessen  und Epilepsie.  Deut.  med.
Wschr.,  1933, 59: 1530-3.—Senise, T.  Epilessia e demenza
precoce.  Cervello, 1931, 10: 39-50.—Slight, D., & Cone, W. V.
Psychosis following post-traumatic epilepsy.  Canad. M.  Ass.
J., 1937, 37: 121-3.—Strauss, H.  Ueber chronische systema-
tisierte Wahnbildung bei Epilepsie  (zugleich ein Beitrag zur
Paranoialehre)   Arch.  Psychiat., Berl.,  1929, 87: 784-9Q — 
EPILEPTIC
426
EPILEPTIC
  Vish, I. M.  [Relation between lunacy and epilepsy]  Pediatria,
  Moskva, 1937, No. 5, 109-14.

  ----  Racial aspect.
    Buschan, G.  Epilepsie  in volkerkundlicher  Betrachtung.
  Klin. Wschr., 1936,  15: 350-3.—Lewis, N. D. C, & Hubbard,
  L. D.  Epileptic reactions in the Negro race.  Am. J. Psychiat.,
  1932,  11: 647-77.—McCartney. J. L.  Epilepsy among the
  Chinese.   Psychoanal. Rev., 1929, 16: 12-27.—Marchand, A.
  Considerations sur l'epilepsie chez les Bakongos.  Rev. med.
  hyg. trop., Par., 1937, 29: 165-75.—Prosorov, L. A.  [Epilepsy
  among general population  and  in  psychiatric  hospitals in
  Soviet Russia]  J. nevropat. psikhiat., Moskva, 1931, 24: 53-7.

  ----  Reflexes.
    Chlenov,  L. G.   [Pathological reflexes  in inter-epileptic
  periods]  Klin, med., Moskva. 1927, 5: 683-93.   Also Zschr.
  ges.  Neur. Psychiat., 1927,  109:  388-400.—Franklin,  M. E.
  Die bedingten Reflexe bei Epilepsie und der Wiederholungs-
  zwang.  Imago, Wien,  1928, 14: 364-76.—Marinesco, G., &
  Kreindler, A.  Reflexe des Sinus caroticus bei Epilepsie.  Klin.
  Wschr., 1930, 9: 2204.  Also Dia med.,  B.  Air.,  1931,  4: 102.
  Also Rev. neur., Par., 1935, 42: pt 2. 481. ------& Bruch, A.
  Weitere Beitrage zum Studium der Reflexe des Sinus caroticus
  in der Epilepsie.  Zschr. ges. exp.  Med., 1931, 79: 333-44.—
  Petzetakis.  Nouveau moyen d'exploration du systeme vigi-
  tatif;  reflexes  par compression du nerf sus-orbitaire a l'etat
  normal et  pathologique  (reflexe  orbito-cardiaque,  orbito-
  pneumique,  orbito-vasculaire) et arrets syncopaux  du coeur
  dans certains etats pathologiques a la suite  de la compression
  de ce  nerf.  Rev. neur., Par., 1925, 32: pt 2,  168-75.—Rieti, E.
  Ricerche sui tempi di reazione della sensibilita superficiale negli
  epilettici.  Riv. psichol., 1936, 32: 203-18.

 ----  Religiousness.
    Fleck, U.  Ueber die Religiositat der Epileptiker.   Arch,
 Psychiat., Berl., 1935, 103: 122-35.—Goldbladt, H.  Ueber das
 religiose Wesen der  Epileptiker.  Zschr.  ges. Neur. Psychiat.,
  1928,  116: 44-70.—Hackebusch, V. M., & Fundyler, R. I.
  [Are  epileptics  religious?]   Sovrem. psikhonevr.,  1930,  10:
 237-41.—Kuffner.  Ueber die Frommigkeit der  Epileptiker.
 Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1930-31, 131: 203-15.—Vedrani, A.
 Sul contesino religioso degli  epilettici.  Rass. stud,  psichiat.,
  1928,  17:  666-75.

 ---- Responsibility.
    Ceillier,  A.   La responsabilite p6nale des epileptiques  et
 leur assistance.  Ann. med. leg.,  1929, 9: 338-97.—Harriman,
 P. L.  The ethical discrimination of the epileptic.  J. Abnorm.
 Psychol.,  1935-36, 30: 411-8.—Ramon Beitr an, J.  Capacidad
 civil y epilepsia. Rev. As. med. argent., 1934, 48: 435-8.  Also
 Sem.  med.,  B. Air., 1934,  41:  1865-7.—Silva,  S.  Ligeiros
 commentaries sobre  a epilepsia; tem  um menor  de 15  annos,
 epiieptico, responsabilidade  penal?   Brasil  med.,  1936, 50:
 228-30.—Takeuti,  M. Zur  Klinik und Zurechnungsfahigkeit
 des pathologischen Rausches. Okayama igakkai zasshi, 1934,
 46: 1376.—Vervaeck, L., Laignel-Lavastine [et al.]   La respon-
 sabilite penale des epileptiques. Ann. med. leg., 1930, 10: 1-24.

 ----  Sex life.
   Evlakhov, A. M.   [Epileptic psychosis and its sexual im-
 pulses] J. teor. prakt. med.,  1926, 2: 261-76.—Martinez, A. A.
 Maniobra pseudo-pederasta de un demente epiieptico. Prensa
 med. argent., 1930-31, 17: 1018-20.—Piolti, M.  Un caso di
 psicopatia sessuale di natura epilettica.  Riv. pat. nerv., 1934,
 44:  333-51.—Pirkner, E.  H.   Parhedonien bei  Epilepsie.
 Zschr. Sexwiss., 1926-27, 13: 359. Also Urol. Cut. Rev., 1928,
 32: 504-8.—Sollier, P.  Onanisme et epilepsie chez de  jeunes
 garcons et chez des blesses du cerveau.  J. med.  Paris,  1923,
 42: 736-8.

 ----  Statistics.

   Anderson,  C.  L.   *The incidence of  and re-
 lated  factors  concerning  epilepsy   in   Michigan
 [Univ. Michigan]  23p.  8?   [Ann Arb.] 1934.
   Also Ment. Hyg., Alb., 1936, 20: 441-62.
   Guttmann, I.  Beitrag  zur Epilepsiestatistik.  Zschr. ges.
 Neur.  Psychiat., 1928-29, 118: 500-15.—Kimball,  O.  P.,  &
 Gudakunst, D. W. A study of epilepsy in Detroit.  J.Michigan
 M. Soc, 1936, 35: 641-4.—Malzberg, B. The prevalence of
 epilepsy in the United States, with special reference to children
 and  adolescents.  Psychiat.  Q.,  1932, 6: 97-106.—Rossels,
 E. M.   [Statistical data  on epilepsy from the Neuro-Surgical
 Clinic in Moskva]  Sovet. klin., 1931, 15: 172-96.

 ----   Stigmata.

   Franke, W.    *Ueber  Zahn-  und  Kieferano-
 malien  bei  Epileptikern   und  Schwachsinnigen
 mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des v-formigen
 Kiefers  [Kiel]   24p.   8?   Bielefeld, 1934.
   Jentzsch,  K.  J.    *Schadel-R6ntgenbefunde
bei Epilepsie.  40p.  8?  Halle,  1920.
    Rolfing,  M.   *Untersuchungen iiber  Karies
 und  Parodontium  bei  Epileptikern   [Munster]
 36p.    8?   Bielefeld, 1932.
    Anton, G. Ueber die Bedeutung der Synostose des ersten
 Halswirbels  mit dem Hinterhaupte bei Epilepsien.  Psychiat.
 neur.  Wschr., 1925, 27:  501-4.  Also Deut. Zschr. Nervenh.,
 1926,  89: 2-9.—Chor, H., & Barth, E. E.  Roentgen study of
 the skull in epilepsy.  Am. J. Roentg., 1938,  39: 534-47.—
 Davis, D. B.  Relation of jugular foramina to epileptic seizures
 and hydrocephalus.   J. Nerv.  Ment.  Dis.,  1933, 77:  351-7.—
 Fischel, E.  Aspetti radiologici del cranio in casi di  cosidetta
 epilessia genuina.  Arch, radiol.,  Nap.,  1936,  12: 114-20.—
 Fiszhaut, L.  Enostose et hyperostose frontales; crane turri-
 forme; epilepsie  jacksonienne.   Rev. neur., Par., 1936, 65:
 835.—Gastaldi,  G.  In tema di rapporti fra radiodiagnostica
 cranica ed epilessia essenziale.   Riv. pat.  nerv., 1936,  47: 213-
 64.—Paskind, H. A., & Brown, M.  Constitutional differences
 between deteriorated and nondeteriorated  patients with  epi-
 lepsy; stigmas of degeneracy.   Arch. Neur. Psychiat.,  Chic,
 1936,  36:  1037-44.—Scholtz,  A.   [Roentgenography of  the
 cranial basis in idiopathic epilepsy]  Magy. rontg. kozl., 1934,
 8: 6-12.—SchUller, A.  Rontgenuntersuchung des Kopfes bei
 Epilepsie.    Rontgenpraxis,  1929,  1:  742-6.— Schulte,   H.
 Vergleichende Schadelrontgenbefunde bei Zwillingen  (Beitrag
 zur Abgrenzung  der genuinen Epilepsie)   Nervenarzt, 1934, 7:
 334^42.—Spitzer, R.  Ueber  das Vorkommen von Hypoplasien
 an den Zahnen  bei genuiner Epilepsie.   Deut.  med.  Wschr.,
 1933, 59: 451.—Tracy, E. A.  Teeth anomalies and epilepsy.
 Dent.  Cosmos, 1927,  69: 410-4.—Yakovlev, P. I., &  Guthrie,
 R.  H.  Congenital ectodermoses (neurocutaneous syndromes)
 in epileptic patients.  Arch.  Neur.  Psychiat., Chic, 1931, 26:
 1145-94.  Also repr.


 EPILOIA.

   See Brain,  Sclerosis,  tuberous.


 EPIMEDIUM.

   See also Berberis.
   Miyake, S.  Pharmakologische Studien  iiber die Wirkung
 der Extraktes von Epimedium  macranthum; allgemeine Wir-
 kung, Toxizitat und der Einfluss auf den  Blutdruck, die Blut-
 gefasse, das Herz und die Atmung.  Okayama igakkai zasshi,
 1937, 49: 2043.

 EPIMYS.

   See Rat.


 EPINEPHRINE [and derivatives]

   See also Amines;  Blood pressure;  Chromaffin
 system; Suprarenal extract;  Suprarenal gland.
   Pfankuch,   E.   Adrenalin,    p.630-816.    8?
 Berl., 1932.
   In Fortsch. Heilstoffchem. (Houben) Berl., 1932, 2.  Abt., 2.
 Bd.
   Adrenal medullary hormone.  Ther. Notes, Detr., 1937, 44:
 10-8.—Bacq, Z.  M.   Les antioxygenes,  l'adrenaline et  les
 nerfs adrenergiques. Liege med., 1937, 30: 81-98.—Goldzieher,
 M. Berichtigungen zu den Arbeiten von N. C. Borberg: Das
 Adrenalin und das chromaffine Gewebe. Skand. Arch. Physiol.,
 Lpz., 1913, 28: 189-92.—Green, D. E-, &  Richter, D.  Adrena-
 line and  adrenochrome.  Biochem.  J., Lond., 1937, 31: 596-
 616.—Marie, A.  C.   De quelques  proprietes biologiques de
 l'adrenaline.  Ann. Inst. Pasteur,  Par.,  1934,  52: 481-7.—
 Simmons, E. G.  Has adrenalin an equivalent in vegetable
 tissues?  Dominion Dent. J.,  1926,  38:  65-74.—Wense, T.
 Ueber den Nachweis von Adrenalin in Wurmern und Insekten.
 Arch. ges. Physiol., 1938-39,  241: 284-8.

 ----   Adrenoxine.
   Bacq, Z. M. Adrenoxine; its production from adrenaline and
 its action.  J. Physiol., Lond., 1938, 92: Proc, 28.—Heirman,
 P.  Effets circulatoires de l'adrenoxine.   C. rend. Soc.  biol.,
 1938,  127: 825-7.  —■----■  Importance des concentrations
 respectives en substrat et  en  ferment  dans la  production
 d'adrenoxine.  Ibid., 827.—Lissak,  K.  The inhibitory effect
 of oxidized adrenalin.  Science,  1938, 87:  371.

----   Antagonists.
  Bacq, Z. M. Action des antioxygenes sur les effets de l'adre-
naline et de Texcitation des nerfs sympathiques.  C. rend. Soc.
biol., 1935, 118:  179-81.—Beccari,  L. Ricerche sperimentali
intorno agli antagonisti deU'adrenalina. Mem. Accad. sc. Ist.
Bologna (1925) 1926, 8. ser., 3:  57-61.  Also Arch. ital.  biol.,
 1927, 78: 59-63.—Boivin, G.  Sur 1'attenuation de la toxicite de
1'adrenaliiie  par  quelques substances organiques.  C. rend.
Soc. biol., 1929, 101:  251.—Bovet, D., & Simon, A.  Inversion
de la tachycardie adrenalinique  du lapin  par le diethylamino-
methylbenzodioxane  (883° F) la corynanthine et yohimbine.
Ibid.,  1935, 119: 1333-5.—Delphaut, J.  Sur  I'antagonisme
adrenaline-laudanosine. Ibid., 1934, 117:  1011-3.—Donini. G., 
EPINEPHRINE
427
EPINEPHRINE
& Soldi, A.  Variazioni ematiche  cliniche  e  sperimentali da
trattamento atropino-ergotaminico ed adrenalino-ergotaminico;
azione da ergotamina e suo determinismo su alcune espressioni
del quadro ematico morfologico umano e sperimentale.  Gior.
clin. med.,  1933, 14: 1365-77.—Euler, U. von.  Zur Kenntnis
des Antagonismus  zwischen Adrenalin und Ergotamin.  Arch.
exp. Path.,  Lpz., 1929, 139: 373-7.  Also J.  Physiol., Lond.,
1938, 92: 111-23.—Hazard, R.,  Cheymol, J., & Quinquaud, A.
Inversion de l'apnee  adrenalinique par l'ergotamine  chez  le
lapin.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1938, 128:631-4.------ Empeche-
ment de l'apnee adr6nalinique par le diethylaminomethyl-
benzodioxane (833° F.) et par le piperidomethylbenzodioxane
(933° F.) chez le  lapin.   Arch, internat. pharm. dyn.,  Par.,
1939, 62: 30-2.—Lemoine, G., & Boissard.  Diminution de la
toxic'ite de  l'adrenaline sous I'influence des  lipoides  totaux.
Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1913, 3. ser., 35: 859.—Levy, J., &
Ditz, E.  Sur quelques amines a fonction 6ther-oxyde phenoli-
que  inversant  certaines  actions   pharmacodynamiques  de
l'adrenaline.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 114: 971-4.—Mansfeld,
G., & Purjesz, B.  [Antagonism of  antipyretics and adrenalin]
Or'vo stud, ertek. gyujt., Magy.  orv. arch., 1915, 16: 135-45.—
Raymond-Hamet.  Sur I'antagonisme  de l'atropine et  de l'ad-
renaline.  C. rend.  Acad, sc, 1926, 183: 1124-6.  Also C. rend.
Soc. biol., 1933, 112: 31-4.—Sahako, N.  Ueber die antagonisti-
sche Wirkung verschiedener  Pharmaka  gegen den Adrenalin-
tod. Kinki  fujinka gakkai zasshi, 1926, 9: No. 3, 29.

----   Biological assay.
   Aomura,  T.,  &  Yen, Teh-Jun.   Die etwas  empfindlicher
gemachte Katzenparadoxenpupillenreaktion  fiir  Epinephrin-
bestimmung  in  Blut  und Nebennierenextrakt.   Tohoku  J.
Exp. M., 1928, 11: 626-8.—Biancardi, S., &  Biolato, D.  La
ricerca  deU'adrenalina nei  sangue umano,  col  metodo  del
preparato di rana  di  Lawen-Trendelenburg.  Arch. Soc. ital.
chir., 1930, 36: 935-40.—Bio-assay (The) of epinephrin prepa-
rations: report of the Council on Pharmacy and Chemistry.  J.
Am. M.  Ass.,  1911, 57: 1149.—Ciminata, A..  Biancardi,  S., &
Biolato, D.  La ricerca deU'adrenalina nei sangue dell'uomo
col metodo del preparato di rana.  Endocr. pat. cost., Bologna,
1930, n. ser., 5: 537-66, 6 diag.—Gruber, C. M.  A note on the
effect of epinephrine on the excised terrapin sino-auricular and
auricular apex strips.  J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1934, 52: 23-9.—
Katz, G., &  Schwartz, A.   De I'influence de l'adrenaline sur les
reactions des vaisseaux de l'oreille  isoiee du  lapin a  I'acetyl-
choline.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 116: 1410-3.—Kojima, T., &
Saito, S.  A comparison of the colorimetric determinations of
epinephrine by Folin, Cannon and Denis, and by Suto and
Inouve with the rabbit intestine segment method. Tohoku J.
Exp/M., 1928, 10: 528^5.—Kopp,  L., & Mancke, R.  Unter-
suchungen  iiber die Adrenalinschwelle des isolierten Kanin-
chenohres.   Arch.  exp. Path.,  Lpz., 1929-30, 147: 265-71 —
Labes, R. Ueber den Einfluss des Sauerstoffes  auf die Adrenalin
wirkung am Carotisstreifen.   Ibid., 1927-28, 127: 148-52 —
Lendle,  L., & Puhlmann,  H.  Ueber die Veranderung  der
Adrenalinempfindlichkeit  der Gefasse  des isolierten Kanin-
chenohrs bei Durchstromung mit gefasswirksamen Stoffen und
Kapillargiften.  Ibid.,  1939,  193:  122-35.—Okuyama,  Y.
Versuche iiber die Empfindlichkeit der Blutgefasse des Frosches
gegen  Adrenalin.   Biochem.  Zschr.,  1926, 175:  18-26.—
Soloviev, A. V.  [Determination of adrenalin by Manoilov's
method]  Biull. eksp. biol. med., 1939, 7: 442. Also Bull. biol.
med. exp. URSS, 1939, 7: 430.—Stasiak, A., & Rigo, L.  [Bio-
logical assay of  adrenalin]   Orsz. Kozegeszs.  Int. kozl., 1930,
3: No. 39, 1-7.—Sugawara, T.  Comparison  of the cat para-
doxical eye  reaction and the rabbit intestine  strip method for
assay of the epinephrine content of blood of  cat.  Tohoku J.
Exp. M.,  1926-27,  8:  355-404.   ------  Comparison  of
assays of epinephrine in  the suprarenal  extract from  oxen,
pigs, cats, dogs and rabbits by means of the cat paradoxical eye
reaction, the rabbit intestine segment method and the colori-
metric method of Folin, Cannon and Denis.  Ibid., 1928, 11:
410-32.—Watanabe, M., &  Sato, H.   Ueber die kolorimetri-
schen und biologischen Auswertungen des Epinephringehaltes
von  Nebennieren-,  insbesondere Rindenextrakten des normalen
Kaninchens.   Ibid., 433-67.

----   Chemistry.

   Mullot,  M. T.   Contribution  a  l'etude des
iso-adrenalines  sur la /3-m6thylnoradrenaline.  38p.

8?   Par., 1920.
   Abel,  J.  J.   Weitere  Mitteilungen  iiber  das  Epinephrin.
Ber. Deut. chem. Ges., 1903, 36: 1839-47.  Also  repr.—Baur,
E., & Obrecht, M.  Ueber die Oxydationshemmung des Adrena-
lins.  Zschr. phys. Chem., Abt. B, 1938, 41: 167-78.—Bayer, G.,
& Wense,  T.   Cocain als  Hemmungsstoff, Ergotamm als
Forderungsstoff  der  Adrenalinoxydation  in  vitro.    Arch.
internat. pharm. dyn., Par.,  1938, 58: 103-8.—Bouvet,  P.
Observations sur la reaction  donn6e par l'adr6naline  avec les
sels mercuriques; applications analytiques.   Bull. Soc.  chim.
biol.. Par.,  1939, 21:  695-712.  ------  Observations  sur la
reaction donnee  par l'adrenaline avec  les  sels mercuriques et
son application a l'essai des  medicaments.  J.  pharm. chim.,
Par.,  1939,  8. ser., 29: 481-503.—Burns, D.,  & Watson,  A.
Guanidin and adrenalin.   J. Physiol., Lond.,  1919-20,  53:
p.xcix.—Edkins, R. P., & Linnell, W. H. Halogen analogues of
adrenaline and ephedrine; derivatives of acetophenone.  Q. J.
Pharm.,  Lond.,  1936, 9:  75-109.—Eekelen,  M.  van.  On  a
dichlorophenolindophenol reducing adrenaline-derivative. Acta
brevia neerl.,  1937,  7: 68.—Gordon,  S. M.  A chemical  ex-
amination of para-hydroxyphenyl methylamino-ethanol hydro-
chloride. J. Am. Pharm. Ass.,  1931, 20: 437-43.—Haddock, L.
A.  Changes  in acid solutions of adrenaline.   Q. J. Pharm.,
Lond., 1933, 6: 496-501.—Kendall, E. C, & Witzmann, E. J.
Study of reversible oxidation of adrenaline and its derivatives.
Proc.  Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1926-27, 24: 917.—Langecker, H.
Ueber eine Reaktion  des Adrenalins mit Novokain.  Arch. exp.
Path., Lpz., 1928, 129: 202-35.—Macciotta, E.   Adrenalina e
melanine. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper.,  1928, 3:  1142; 1929, 4:
1021.—Mannich,  C, &  Berger, G.  Adrenalinderivate  mit
kernstandiger Aminogruppe.  Arch. Pharm., Berl., 1939, 277:
117-27.—Marquardt, P. Ueber Adrenalin-Inaktivierung durch
Bernsteinsaure.  Klin. Wschr.,  1938, 17:  1445.—Paviot,  J.,
Arloing, F. [et al.]  Sur un derive ferrique de l'adrenaline pro-
bablement de nature quinonique.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 115:
517-21.—Richter, D.  Adrenaline  and amine oxidase.  Bio-
chem. J., Lond., 1937,  31:  2022-8.—Roberts, R. G., Coblens,
H. C. [et al.]   Some reactions of ammonolyzed epinephrine.
Proc.  Soc. Exp. Biol.,  N.  Y.,  1934, 31: 998.—Roest, J.  Die
Oxydationskatalyse durch Adrenalin.  Biochem. Zschr., 1926,
176: 17-9.—Rosenmund, K. W., & Dornsaft, H.  Ueber Oxy-
und Dioxyphenyl-serin und die Muttersubstanz des Adrenalins.
Arb. Pharm. Inst. Univ. Berlin, 1921, 12: 73-86.—Saccardi, P.
Adrenalino-simili; prodotti di  ossidazione e melanine.  Boll.
Soc. eustach.,  1930, 28: 95-102.—Sanna, A., &  Macciotta, E.
Adrenalina e melanine.  Boll. Soc ital.  biol. sper.,  1928, 3:
1140-2.—Toscano Rico, J., & Malafaya Baptista, A. Action du
glutathion reduit et de I'acide ascorbique sur la  destruction de
l'adrenaline par les ferments oxydants del la pomme de terre.
C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 120: 45-8.—Ungar, G.,  & Parrot. J. L.
Influence des agents sympatholytiques sur la transformation
enzvmatique  de l'adrenaline  en une  substance hypotensive.
Ibid.,  1939, 131: 62-4.—Vacek, T.  Sur la photo-oxvdation de
l'adrenaline.  Ibid., 1927, 97:  1739-41.  ------  Sur la photo-
oxydation et la chimio-oxydation  de solutions commerciales
d'adrenaline.   Ibid.,  1929, 100: 583.

----  Determination.
   Ajazzi Mancini, M. Valore e significato della reazione  con
acido  iodico per la identificazione deU'adrenalina.  Arch.  sc.
biol.,  Nap., 1926-27, 9: 281-90.—Aomura, T.  Comparison of
the epinephrine content of the suprarenal vein blood of rabbits,
dogs,  goats and badger determinable  by means of the rabbit
intestine segment  and of  the cat  paradoxical eye reaction.
Tohoku  J. Exp.  M.,  1929, 14: 291-315.—Bacq, Z.  M.   A
propos de la reaction  de  Viale pour  la mise en evidence  de
l'adrenaline dans les  humeurs.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 110:
564-7.—Baker, L. C, & Marrian, G. F.  A note  on the estima-
tion of  adrenaline.   Biochem. J., Lond., 1927,  21:  1005-9.—
Barker, J. H., Eastland, C. J., & Evers. N.  The colorimetric
determination  of  adrenaline  in suprarenal  gland extracts.
Ibid., 1932,  26: 2129-43.—Bhagvat, K.   Enzyme method  for
the estimation of adrenaline in suprarenal glands.  Ind. J. M.
Res.,  1937-38, 25: 911-6.—Bierry, H., & Gouzon. B.  Influence
du Ph sur une reaction color6e des adrenalines.   C. rend. Acad.
sc, 1930, 190: 1239-41.—Bugyi, B.  Spektroskopische Unter-
suchung der ungarischen Adrenalin- und adrenalinverwandten
Handelshormonpraparate.  Arch. Pharm., Berl., 1938, 276:
488-91.—Cahen, A.  Extraction de l'adrenaline du sang total,
des hematies et du plasma; applications au dosage.  C. rend.
Soc. biol., 1938,127:221-4.—Chikano. M.  Eine neue chemische
Mikromethode  zur   Adrenalinbestimmung;   zugleich  ihre
Anwendung auf die intermediaren Stoffwechseluntersuchungen.
Biochem. Zschr., 1929, 205: 166-75.—Dicker, E.  La methode
de Viale permet-elle le dosage de l'adrenaline  dans le sang?
C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1934,  116:  645-7.—Domenici, F.  Sulla
specificita della reazione di Viale per la ricerca  deU'adrenalina
nell'urina.  Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1935, 10: 53-5.—D'Silva,
J. L.   The chemical determination of adrenaline in solutions
containing protein.   Biochem. J., Lond.,  1937,  31:  2171-7.-—
Euler, U. S. von.  Bestimmung von Adrenalin  und Thyroxin
im Blute. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1933, 171: 186-200.   -----
Spektrophotometrische Adrenalinbestimmung in Nebennieren-
extrakten. Biochem. Zschr., 1933, 260: 18-25.—Facchini, V., &
Tornani, E.  Sulle varie reazioni chimiche deU'adrenalina e del
valore di esse  per svelare la presenza di adrenalina nei siero di
sangue.   Lavori Congr.  med.  int.  (1900) 1911, 20.  Congr.,
445.—Friend,  H.  Epinephrin shown chemically in the blood;
determination differentiating epinephrin from  glucose in  the
blood (preliminary report)  J.  Lab.  Clin. M., 1925-26,  11:
950-9.—Gellhorn, E. Methoden zum Nachweis des Adrenalins.
In Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (Abderhalden, E.) Berl., 1938,
5: T. 3B, 1. Halfte, 269-84.—Giordano, C,  & Zeglio, P.
Ricerche sull'adrenalina; proposta d'un nuovo metodo chimico
per la determinazione deU'adrenalina  nei plasma e nei liquido
cerebro-spinale.   Arch.  sc. med.,  Tor.,  1937, 64:  325-32.
------   Die  Adrenalinbestimmung im Plasma  des arteriellen
und venosen menschlichen Blutes.  Zschr. klin. Med., 1938-39,
135:  212-21.—Handovsky, H., &  Reuss,  A.   Eine  exakte
Methode  zum  Nachweis  kleinster  Adrenalinmengen;  vor-
laufige Mitteilung.   Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1928, 138: 143-6.
------  Ueber den quantitativen Adrenalinnachweis in Organen
mit Hilfe lichtelektrisch ausgemessener Absorptionsspektren;
iiber den Adrenalingehalt der  Nebennieren. Ibid., 1929, 144:
105-22.—Hartwich,  A.,  & Hessel,  G.   Zur  Methode  des
Adrenalinnachweises im Blute am Ohrgefasspraparat.  Zschr.
ges. exp.  Med., 1931,  76:  248-62.—Hess. M.   I fondamenti 
EPINEPHRINE
428
EPINEPHRINE
 chimici della reazione di Viale.  Diagn. teen, lab., Nap., 1934, 5:
 655-66.—lino, Y.  Eine Erneuerung der Methode nach Auten-
 rieth und Quantmeyer zur Adrenalinbestimmung der Neben-
 niere.  Mitt. Med. Akad. Kioto, 1930, 4: H. 2, No. 12, 93-8.—
 Kisch,  B.  Eine kennzeichende Farbenreaktion des Adrenalins
 und  des  Tyrosins.   Biochem. Zschr.,  1930,  220: 358-69.—
 Kobayashi, S.  Eine neue kolorimetrische Methode zur quanti-
 tativen Bestimmung des Adrenalins im Blute.  Jap. J. M. Sc,
 1934-35,  8: H. 3,  Pharm., 152-4.—Kojima, T.  A colorimeter
 for the determination of epinephrine by the  method of Suto
 and Inouye.  Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1928,  10: 281-92—Kon-
 schegg, T.  Ueber die  Bestimmung der  Adrenalinmenge  in
 Nebennieren.  Klin. Wschr., 1931, 10: 408.—Loebl, K.  Ueber
 die  Vialesche  Reaktion auf adrenalinverwandte  Substanzen
 im Blute.  Wien. klin. Wschr., 1936, 49: 651-3.—Marconi, F.,
 & Di Marco, J.  Sulla determinazione quantitative,  deU'adre-
 nalina nelle capsule surrenali dei piccoli animali di laboratorio.
 Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1937, 12:  164.—Molkhanov, V. V.
 [Contemporary methods of determining adrenalin in the blood
 and their critical  value]   Russ.  vrach,  1913,  12: 79; 827.—
 Nakayama, G. Ueber die Diazoreaktion des Adrenalins.  Jap.
 J. M. Sc, 1933, 2: Biochem., 285-90.—Ogata, T., & Ogata, A.
 Ueber die Henle'sche Chromreaktion der sogenannten chrom-
 affinen  Zellen und den mikrochemischen Nachweis von Adre-
 nalin.  Verh. Jap. path. Ges.,  1916, 6: 13, pl.—Okamura, N.
 Ueber  die Adrenalin-Bestimmung  im peripheren und  zirku-
 lierenden Blut.  Okayama igakkai zasshi, 1938, 50: 2325-8.—
 Orru, A.  Ricerche  spettrofotometriche  su soluzioni  di adre-
 nalina trattate con alogeni.  Boll.  Soc ital. biol. sper., 1928,
 3:  1225-7.—Paget, M.  Nouvelle  reaction colore de l'adre-
 naline et de l'adrenalone.  Bull. sc.  pharm.,  Par., 1930, 37:
 537; 1931, 38: 77.  ------& Loheac, P.  Le dosage de l'adre-
 naline  dans  les capsules  surrenales.  J. pharm.  chim.,  Par.,
 1928, 8.  ser., 8: 159-69.—Pawlikowski, T.   Sur la  reaction
 coloree presentee par l'adrenaline dans les  globules rouges du
 sang des  mammiferes.  C. rend. Soc biol., 1935, 120: 467-9.
 ------& Slebodzinski, T. Sur les bases chimiques de la reac-
 tion panoptique appliqu6e a la detection de l'adrenaline dans
 les tissus.  Ibid., 465.—Petlach, S.  [Determination of adrenalin
 in combinations of anesthetic preparations]   Spisy L6k. Fak.
 Masaryk Univ.,  1928,  6: 129-47.—Petrunkina, A.  M.,  &
 Petrunkin, M. L.  [Determination of epinephrine in the blood]
 Arch. biol. nauk, 1930, 30: 225-30.—Rogoff, J. M.  A sensitive
 method for quantitative estimation of  epinephrine in blood.
 Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1937-38, 36:  441-4.—Rosen-
 blueth, A. The mode of action of adrenin and the quantitation
 of adrenin by biological methods.  Am. J. Physiol., 1932, 101:
 149-65.—Sato, H.   On  the  sensibility  of  some methods for
 estimating adrenaline.   Tohoku J. Exp.  M.,  1931-32,  18:
 463-74.—Shaw, F. H.  The estimation of adrenaline. Biochem.
 J.,  Lond., 1938, 32:  19-25.—Tsukiji, Y.  Eine neue  Methode
 zum  qualitativen  Nachweise des  Adrenalins in Losungen.
 Fukuoka  acta med.,  1927, 20: 55.—Viale, G.  Sulla dimostra-
 zione chimica deU'adrenalina nei sangue.  Boll. Soc. ital. biol.
 sper., 1930, 5: 1163-7. ------ Le  dosage  chimique de l'adre-
 nrline dans le sang et dans les liquides  organiques.   Arch.
 internat. physiol., Liege,  1933, 36: 418-21.  Also C. rend. Soc.
 biol., 1934,  117: 267.  ------ & Crocetta,  A.   Tecnica  per il
 dosaggio  deU'adrenalina nei sangue.  Monit.  endocr.,  1934,
 2: 309.—Vialli, M.   Sul reale valore istochimico della  cosi-
 detta reazione di Henle-Kurkiewicz per la  adrenalina.  Arch.
 biol., Liege, 1937, 48:  549-59.—Vinet, A.   Sur le dosage
 de  l'adrenaline par  une  nouvelle  technique  colorim6trique;
 l'adrenaline virtuelle.  Bull.  Soc. chim. biol.,  Par., 1939, 21:
 678-88.—Weller,  G.   Une  nouvelle technique  du  dosage
 colorimetrique  de  l'adrenaline par  l'iode.  Ibid.,  1933,  15:
 1308-16.—Whitehorn, J. C.  A chemical method for estimating
 epinephrine in blood.  J. Biol. Chem., 1935, 108: 633-43.

 ----  Diagnostic use.

   See  also subheading Poisoning.
   Ackermann, A.  Ueber die Priifung des lokalen orthosym-
 pathischen Tonuszustandes in der Haut mit Adrenalin- Elek-
 trophorese.  Munch,  med. Wschr.,  1936,  83:  1876-8.—Ben-
 hamou, E., & Marchioni, R.  L'epreuve d'hepato-retraction a
 l'adrenaline.   Presse  med.,  1932,  40:  1747-52.—Brems,  A.
 Beitrag  zur  Kenntnis  der  subcutanen  Adrenalinreaktion.
 Acta  med. scand., 1927, 67: 310-22.  ------  [Epinephrine
 reactions and their clinical use]  Bibl. laeger, 1929, 121: 532-
 5.—Biich, E.  Ueber den Muckschen Adrenalinsondenversuch.
 Zschr. Hals &c. Heilk., 1926, 14: 446-8.—Carr, J. L. Adrenalin
 reaction in pregnancy and in the preeclamptic state.  Proc.
 Soc.  Exp. Biol., N. Y.,  1933, 30:  1061-3—Csepai, K.   Zur
 Frage der Adrenalinreaktion.  Zschr. klin. Med., 1927,  105:
 789.------ & Fernbach, J.  Ueber den Einfluss des Parat-
 hormones auf die Adrenalinempfindlichkeit des menschlichen
 Organismus.   Zschr.  ges.  exp.  Med.,  1928,  60:  618-21.—
 Drouet, P. L.   L'hyperbilirubinemie par la spieno-contraction
 a l'adrenaline; son intergt comme test d'insuffisance hepatique.
 Rev. med. chir. mal. foie, 1930, 5: 220-9.—Gasparini, A.  La
prova della poliglobulia adrenalinica negli splenectomizzati.
 Rinasc.  med., 1929, 6: 533.—Hess, O.  Zur Adrenalinreaktion
beim Menschen; Bemerkungen zu der Arbeit von  Dr  Berta
Aschner.  Klin. Wschr., 1923, 2:   1553.—Hubert, L.   Diag-
nostic significance  of epinephrine  instilled into conjunctival
sacs.  Arch.  Ophth., Chic,  1937,  17:  1076-84.—Kisch,  F.
Zur  Frage der Adrenalinreaktion.   Klin.  Wschr.,  1928,  7:
602.  Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1928, 60: 502-14.—Konig, H.
 Die Wirkung  des Adrenalin-Epithelkorperchengemisches im
 Anaphylaxieversuch.  Zschr. Immunforsch., 1937, 91: 423-6.—
 Krantz. C. I., & Means, J. H.  Epinephrin reaction in obesitv.
 Proc.  Soc.  Exp. Biol., N.  Y.,  1925-26,  23:  698.—Kylin, E.
 Zur Frage der  Adrenalinreaktion; der  klinische Wert  der
 Adrenalinreaktion.  Zschr.  klin.  Med.,  1926,  103: 233-59.
 ——  Ueber die Einwirkung der Parathyreoideamedikation
 auf die probatorische  Adrenalinreaktion  und auf den Gehalt
 des Blutes an K und Ca.  Acta med. scand., 1927, 67: 287-96.
 Also Klin.  Wschr., 1927, 6: 889.—Laroche, G., Saidman, J.
 [et al.]  Sur la reaction thermique de l'intradermo-reaction a
 l'adrenaline. C.  rend. Soc  biol., 1938, 128: 1014-6.—Mahler,
 P.   Ueber eine Beeinflussung der normalen Adrenalinempfind-
 lichkeit des Menschen  durch die Glykoside von Folia  trifolii
 fibrini.  Zschr. ges. exp. Med.,  1926,  52: 634-42.—Petersen,
 W. F., Levinson, S. A., & Arquin, S.  The relation of the re-
 action to epinephrine to the potassium-calcium ratio and other
 ratios.  Arch. Int. M.,  1928, 42: 256-69—Radosavljevic, A., &
 Sekulic, M.  Ueber die Beziehung der Adrenalin-Erythrozytose
 und -Lymphozytose zur Milz  und ihre  diagnostische Ver-
 wertbarkeit.  Wien. Arch.  inn.  Med.,  1930,  20: 81-120 —
 Sellei, J.   Une  nouvelle  reaction  cutanee de  l'adrenaline;
 l'immobilisation experimentale de l'adrenaline dans les affec-
 tions dermatologiques  et les maladies dites hyperadrenaline-
 miques.   Rev.  fr. derm, vener.,  1934, 10: 521-32.—Zondek,
 H.,  &  Behrendt, F.  Adrenalinreaktion  und Variabilitat der
 Hormonwirkung.  Zschr. klin. Med., 1926, 103: 373-9.

 ----   Effect.

   Lanwer-de Haan,  M.   *Ueber Tagesschwan-
 kungen  der  Adrenalinwirkung  beim  Menschen
 [Erlangen]   p.534-9.   8?   Berl.,  1929.
   Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1929, 64:
   Baccino, M.   Action conjugee de la temperature et des ions
 K et Ca et de l'adrenaline sur la croissance des jeunes homeo-
 thermes.  C. rend. Soc biol., 1936, 121: 1273-5.—Bacq, Z. M.,
 & Heirman, P.  Une interpretation nouvelle des effets inhibi-
 teurs de l'adrenaline.   Ann. physiol., Par., 1938, 14: 476-9.—
 Borysiewicz, A.   [Effect of epinephrine  on blood pressure,
 sugar level and leucocytes in relation to the route of introduc-
 tion into  the organism (femoral vein, portal vein,  femoral
 artery)]  Med.  d6sw.,  1930, 12:  51-65.—Brunelli,  B.  Su di
 una particolare  reazione paradossa  deU'adrenalina.   Arch.
 farm,  sper.,  1934,  57:  153-60.—Buchwald, K.  W.,  &  Cork
 C. F.  The action of epinephrine and insulin in frogs under
 anaerobic conditions.   J. Biol.  Chem.,  1931,  92: 355-66.—
 Burridge,  W., &  Seth, D. N.  Experiments with  adrenaline.
 Q. J. Exp. Physiol., Lond., 1928-29, 19: 201-14.—Clark, G. A.
 Some observations on adrenalin action.  J. R. Nav. M. Serv.,
 1932, 18: 53-5.—Desole, L.  Azione  deU'adrenalina e  degli
estratti di capsule surrenali sull'accrescimento dell'Hyacinthus
orientalis.  Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1935, 10: 980-2.  ------
Sulle modificazioni che si osservano sulle  radici di Hyacinthus
orientalis, e  specialmente della cuffia radicale,  coltivate in
soluzione di adrenalina ed estratti di capsule surrenali.  Ibid.,
982.—Dill, D. B.,  & Edwards, H. T.   Effects of adrenalin in
exercise.   J.  Biol. Chem., 1934, 105: p.xx.—Domeniconi, G.
Sul comportamento della glicemia, della pressione e del polso
nei vecchi dopo iniezione di mg. 1 d'adrenalina.  Rass. fisiopat.,
 1938, 10: 270-82.—Donaldson, M.  Some observations on the
effects  of adrenalin. Brit. M. J., 1914, 1: 476.—Edibacher, S.,
& Kraus, J. Ueber den Chemismus  der Adrenalinwirkung.
Zschr.  physiol.  Chem.,  1928, 178: 239-49.—Francis, A.  The
effects  of  adrenalin.   Brit.  M.  J., 1914,  1: 623.—Geiger, E.
Ueber  eine an Leberaufschwemmungen beobachtete Wirkung
des Adrenalins.   Biochem. Zschr., 1935, 281: 86-92.—Gianotti.
 M.  La reazione all'adrenalina del territorio vasale dei tessuti
 infiammati (nota  preventiva) Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1929,
4:  3-7.   Also  Arch.  sc. med.,  Tor.,  1930,  54:  515-41.—
Greppi, E., & Parino, A. Blut-Plethora, Azidosis und Diurese
bei  der  Adrenalinreaktion  (Beobachtungen am  Menschen)
Zschr.  ges.  exp.  Med., 1931-32, 80:  141-9.—Heirman,  P.
 Influence d'une oxydase sur les effets biologiques de l'adrenaline.
 Li6ge m6d., 1937, 30: 499-502.—Kahlson, G., & Mertens, O.
Zur Frage  der  Wirkungsgleichheit  des  Nebennierenmark-
hormones  mit  dem  synthetischen  Adrenalin.    Arch.   ges.
 Physiol., 1936, 237: 699-709.—Kulz, F.  Umkehr der Adrenalin-
 wirkung.  Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1936, 181: 136.—McSwiney,
 B. A.,  & Brown,  G. L.  Reversal of the action of adrenaline.
 J. Physiol., Lond., 1926-27, 62: 52-64.—Pilcher, J. D.  The
 effects  of the intracutaneous injection of epinephrin in children.
 J. Lab. Clin. M., 1927-28, 13: 201-6.—Plattner,  F., & Reisch,
 O.   Ueber den Einfluss des Adrenalins  auf das Vulpiansche
 Lingualisphanomen.  Arch. ges. Physiol., 1926, 213: 705-14.—
 Raymond-Hamet.  Sur l'inversion  de Taction  normale  de
 l'adrenaline.  C. rend. Acad, sc, 1926,  183: 485.  ------  Sur
 le phenomene de  la double inversion des effets adrenaliniques.
 C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 115: 810-3.  ------ Sur un nouveau
 cas  apparemment paradoxal de  double  inversion  des  effets
 adrenaliniques.    Ibid., 1935, 119:  1367-70.—Stolfi, G., &
 Stolfi,  E.   Adrenalina  e sarcoma di Jensen.  Boll. Soc ital.
 biol. sper., 1936,  11: 918-20.—Sugiura, K., & Benedict, S. R.
 The influence of suprarenalin (epinephrin) on  the growth of
 carcinoma and sarcoma in animals.  J. Cancer Res., 1930, 14:
 487-501.—Teh  Jun Yen.  On  the reversal of  the effect of
 adrenaline upon  the  rabbit's intestine and the toad's limb
 vessels. Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1929-30, 14: 415-65.—Torok, P. 
EPINEPHRINE
429
EPINEPHRINE
Tierexperimentelle  Untersuchungen  iiber  die stoffwechsel-
physiologische Wirkung bestimmter Hormone; die Wirkung des
Adrenalins im Hungerzustande.  Arch. ges. Physiol., 1926, 211:
414-32.—Tournade, A., Chevillot, M., & Chardon,  G.  De
Taction de l'adrenaline sur le phenomene  de Philippeaux-Vul-
pian.   C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1938, 127:  1397-9.—Wastl,  H.
Ueber  Geschlechtsunterschiede  bei  der  Adrenalinwirkung.
Klin. Wschr., 1927, 6: 2338.—Yoshio, K.  Ueber den Einfluss
der Eiweiss-Fettdiat  aud die Wirkung  des  Adrenalins.  Jap.
J. M. Sc, 1933-34, 3: Int. Med., 66.

____   Effect: Blood and hematopoietic organs.
   Benhamou, E., & Nouchy, A.  La plaquettose adrenalinique
chez I'homme normal et pathologique.  J. physiol. path, gin.,
Par., 1930, 28: 73-85.—Bertola, A. Le modificazioni del volume
del sangue circolante  provocate dall'ormone surrenalico  in
soggetti normali.   Fisiol. &  med., Roma, 1936, 7: 411-38.—
Binet, L. Action  de l'adrenaline sur  la rate (polyglobulie;
leucocytose et  plaquettose  d'origine spienique)   Medeeine,
Par., 1926-27, 8: 919-24.—Bouyoucos, B.  La  mobilisation des
heniatozoaires vers la circulation peripherique sous I'influence
de l'adrenaline.  Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par.,  1933, 26: 594-
g00.—Burget, G. E.,  & Visscher, M.  B.  Variations of the pH
of the blood and the response of the vascular system to adrenalin.
Am. J. Physiol., 1927, 81: 113-23.—Caffaratto, T. M.  Sulle
modificazioni morfologiche del sangue dopo iniezioni di adrena-
lina, nello stato puerperale.  Ginecologia, Tor., 1938,  4: 378-
89.—Careddu,  G.    Influenza  deU'adrenalina sulla   formula
ematologica nei bambini normali, linfatici  e  scrofolosi.  Riv.
clin. pediat.,  1927,  25:  543-69.—Chabrol, E., & Sallet,  J.
Recherches sur la spieno-contraction sous Teffet de l'adrenaline
administree chez I'homme par voie sanguine.   Bull. Soc. med.
hop. Paris, 1936, 3. ser., 52: 107-11.—Crosetti, L.  Sulla natura
e sul significato delle  modificazioni morfologiche del sangue per
azione  deU'adrenalina.  Arch. sc. med., Tor., 1928, 52: 625-
64 —Dalla  Palma, M.   Sulla  eritrocitosi  e  sulla leucocitosi
adrenalinica.  Minerva med., Tor., 1930,  21: pt 2, 397-404.—
Dominici, G.  Le  risultanze fisiopatologiche  e cliniche della
splenocontrazione  adrenalinica.   Ibid.,  1931, 22: 453-74.—
Drouet, P. L., & Florentin, P.  Adrenaline et  pigment spienique.
C. rend.  Soc. biol.,  Par., 1932, 110: 75.  ------& Entcheva, V.
Modifications  du  parenchyme  spienique  du  cobaye  apr6s
injection d'adrenaline.   Ibid., 73-5.—Edmunds,  C. W.,  &
Stone, R. P.   The effect of epinephrine upon the number of
blood cells.  Arch, internat. pharm.  dyn.,  Par., 1923-24,  28:
391-419.—Fegler,  G.  Etude experimentale sur le mecanisme
de la reaction leucocytaire adrenalinique.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,
1927, 97: 966-9. Also Lek. wojsk., 1927, 10: 248-63—Fioren-
tino, S.  Azione di vari ormoni in vitro sul midollo osseo nor-
male e in presenza di germi; gli ormoni surrenali.  Boll. Soc.
ital. biol. sper., 1935,  10: 740-2.—Gregersen, M. I., & Pinkston,
J. O. The effect of adrenalin on the  plasma volume of normal
and sympathectomized dogs.  Am. J.  Physiol.,  1936, 116: 66.—
Greppi, E., &  Parino, A. SulTimportanza della pletora san-
guigna e dell'acidosi nella  reazione  all'adrenalina.   Fisiol. &
med., Roma,  1931,  2:  801-35.—Grimaldi, A. .Modificazioni
qualitative e quantitative del sangue in rapporto alle  iniezioni
endovenose isolate di dosi minime di adrenalina.  Rass. clin.
ter., 1937, 36: 284-7.—Hansen, A. B.  [Relation  between the
length of time of hemorrhage and the  number of blood platelets
in essential thrombopenia following adrenalin injection] Ugeskr.
laeger, 1937, 99: 368-70.—Hasama, B. Ueber die Beeinflussung
der Elektrophanomene  an der Milz  durch Adrenalin.  Arch.
exp. Path., Berl.,  1936, 181: 367-75.—Hofmeier, K.  Unter-
suchungen  uber die  Blutkonzentration;  Verteilung  der Ery-
throcyten in den verschiedenen Gefassgebieten und  Wirkung
des Adrenalins auf  Ervthrocytenzahl und Volumen.  Zschr. ges.
exp. Med., 1923, 35: 191-202.—Istamanowa,  T., & Chudoro-
schewa.  Ueber die  Wirkung des  Adrenalins auf  das rote
Blutbild. Ibid., 1930,  71:  212-9.—Jacobsohn,  M., fr  Roth-
schild, F.  Die Wirkung des Adrenalins auf die Blutzusam-
mensetzung.  Zschr.  klin. Med., 1927, 105: 410-3.—Kanowoka,
S.  Modification bv a small quantity  of adrenaline of the blood
coagulation time in rabbits and cats.  Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1934
24: 295-306.—Kocharova, E. Die Wirkung des Adrenalins auf
das  peripherische  Blutbild  und die  blutbildenden  Organe.
Bull. biol. med. exp.  URSS,  1938-39, 6: 656-60.—Liverani  E.
Studio comparativo sui potere spleno-contrattile dell adrenalina
e dell'efedrina.  Arch.  farm, sper.,  1931-32, 52:  101712.—
Lucia, S. P., Aggeler, P. M. [et al.]   Effect of epinephrine on
blood count and on  hematocrit value.   Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol.,
N Y  1937-38 36: 582-4.   Also repr.—Lucia, S. P., Leonard,
M. E.', & Falconer, E. H. The effect of the subcutaneous injec-
tion of  adrenalin  on the leukocyte  count  of splenectomized
patients  and  of patients with certain diseases of  the  hemato-
poietic and lymphatic systems.  Am. J. M.  Sc, 1937,  194: 3o-
43.  Also repr.—Macciotta, G.  Azione  dell adrenalina, lpo-
fisina e tiroidina sulla reazione del sangue nei bambini.  Pedia-
tria, Nap., 1924,  32:  712-20.—Mas y Magro,  F.   Estudios
sobre fisiologia de los tejidos linfoides; accion de la adrenalina
(efectos precoces) sobre la morfologia  de la sangre; la linfocitosis
adrenalinica.   Arch.  card, hemat., Madr.,  1922, 3: 340-54.—
Medvei  C. V., & Alpher, J.  M.  Beeinflusst das Adrenalin die
Senkungsgescbwindigkeit der Erythrozyten und den  Fibrino-
gengehalt des  Blutes?  Zschr.  klin.  Med., 1932, 121: o04.—
Nowodworski, W.  M.  Zur Frage uber die Adrenalmleukozy-
tose  und den  Mechanismus  ihres Ursprungs.  Fol.  haemat.,
Lpz., 1926, 33: 1. Teil, 7-20.—Patek. A. J., jr, & Daland, G. A.
The effect of adrenalin injections on the blood of patients with
and without  spleens.  Am. J.  M.  Sc, 1935, 190: 14-22.—
Pazzi  Demurtas,  M.  Azione deU'adrenalina sulla resistenza
globulare.  Pathologica, Genova, 1934,  26: 285-91.—Pona. G.
Le proprieta fisiche dei globuli rossi nella reazione alTadrenalina
per via endovenosa.  Haematologica,  Pavia, 1937, 18: 755-
66.—Puxeddu, E.   Volume splenico e reperto eritro-leucocitario
sotto Tinfiuenza delle iniezioni endovenose di dosi minime di
adrenalina.   Rass.  med. sarda, 1936,  38:  suppl., 65-86.—
Riecker, H. H.,  & Winters, M.  Influence of adrenalin on
fibrinogen. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1930-31, 28: 671-4.—
Rosegger, H.   Untersuchungen iiber die Ursache  fiir das Zu-
standekommenderEosinopenienach Adrenalininjektion.  Zschr.
ges. exp. Med.,  1933, 87: 730-44.—Schoen, R., & Berchtold, E.
Untersuchungen am Knochenmarksvenenblut des Hundes; die
Wirkung des Adrenalins auf das Blutbild.  Arch. exp.  Path.,
Lpz.,  1925, 105:  63-75.—Tecilazic, F. L'azione sul sangue
periferico e sul midollo osseo di preparati adrenalinici somminis-
trati per via orale a lattanti in condizioni normali.  Med. ital.,
1936, 17: 405-11.—Tournade, A., &  Chabrol, M.  Note  sur les
causes  probables de la sensibilite de la  rate a Tadr6naline.  C.
rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 96: 390.—Vanysek, F.   [Effect of epine-
phrin on fibrinogen in blood]  Cas. 16k. desk.,  1922, 61:  204 —
Volicer, L., & Vesin, S.  [Changes in the spleen after adrenalin
and simultaneous hematological changes]  Ibid., 1932, 71: 609;
647; 679. Also Zschr. klin.  Med.. 1932, 122:  57-82.—Yang, C.
S.  The influence of adrenalin on the human spleen and blood
picture.  Chin. J. Physiol.,  1928, 2: 163-71.—Zunz, E.  In-
fluence  de l'adrenaline sur la coagulation du  sang.  Medeeine,
Par., 1926-27, 8:  913-8.

----    Effect: Blood pressure and cardiovascular
   system.
   Sviechnikov, V. A.   ^[Different conditons of
the action of  adrenalin  upon peripheral  vessels]
118p.   8?    S. Peterb., 1913.
   Tavel, F. E. von.   *Die mechanischen Eigen-
schaften der  Skeletmuskelarterie und  ihre  Ver-
halten  gegeniiber  Adrenalin.    p. 111-25.    8?
Ziir.,  1935.
   Also Arch. ges. Physiol., 1933, 233:
   Velten,  E.    *Messung  des   Kontraktions-
ablaufs der  Gefasse beim Lawen-Trendelenburg-
Praparat  mittels  Hitzdrahtwindmessers    [Kiel]
18p.   23^cm.   Jena,  1935.
   Arnold, R.,  & Gley, P.   Renforcement de  Taction vaso-
constrictive de l'adrenaline par la creatine et la creatinine.
C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 92: 1415.—Bain, W. A.   The action
of adrenaline and of certain drugs upon the isolated crustacean
heart.   Q. J. Exp. Physiol., Lond., 1928-29,  19:  297-308 —
Bardier, E.  Resistance a l'adrenaline  par rapport aux divers
processus de la mort du cceur.   C.  rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 98:
1408-10.—Barlow, O. W., & Sollmann, T.   Temperature and
epinephrine on tbe perfused frog heart; relation of epinephrine
response  to  temperature and  rhythmic  vigor.   J.  Pharm.
Exp. Ther., 1926, 28: 325-39.—Bergengren, K. H.  Influence
de Teumydrine sur Taction  exercee par l'adrenaline  sur les
vaisseaux sanguins.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1925, 92: 631-4.—Bouc-
kaert, J. J.,  & Jourdan, F.  A propos de Taction vasculaire
cerebrale de l'adrenaline.  Ibid., 1935, 120: 255-7— Broun, D.,
& Beaune, A.  Modifications apportees par certains produits
colloidaux a  Taction hypertensive de l'adrenaline.   Ibid.,
 1202-4.—Cachera, R., &  Fauvert,  R.   Effets de l'adrenaline
sur la circulation cerebrale.  Ibid., 1936. 122: 365-9—Cameron,
W. M., Crimson, J. M. [et al.] Analysis of the circulatory
actions  of ethylnorsuprarenin.   J.  Pharm. Exp.  Ther., 1938,
62- 318-32.—Chang, I.  The influence  of adrenaline on  cardiac
glycogen.  Q. J.  Exp. Physiol, Lond.,  1935-36, 26: 285-91 —
Chu, Liang-Wei. & Hsu, Fong-Yen.  The effect of adrenaline
on vasomotor  reflexes.  Ibid.,  1937-38, 27: 307-17.—Clark,
G  A.   The selective vaso-constrictor action  of adrenaline.
J.  Physiol.,  Lond., 1930,  69:  171-84.  ------  The vaso-
dilator action of  adrenaline.  Ibid., 1934, 80: 429-40.   ------
Adrenaline vaso-dilatation in voluntary muscle.  Ibid., 1935-36,
84: 344-50.—Crimson, C. A., & Tainter, M. L.  Comparative
pressor  efficiency of sympathomimetic amines in the  normal
state and in  decerebrate shock.  J. Pharm.  Exp. Ther., 1939,
66:  146-70.—D'Ambrosio, T.   Lesioni aortiche  sperimentali
da paranefrina. Tommasi, Nap., 1908,  3: 49-55.—Danielopolu,
D., &  Marcou, I. Action de l'adrenaline sur les coronaires et
la" circulation  g6nerale  apres  les  diethylaminomethylbenzo-
dioxan 883F.   C. rend. Acad, sc, 1938,  206: 692-4.—Derouaux.
G.  [Effect of  cocainization on the hemostatic action of adre-
nalin and ephedrine]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1939, 83: 3973-5.—
DeTrana,  G. E., & Hillebrand, J. G.  Composite curves of
cardiovascular  reaction following adrenalin injections in tuber-
culosis  patients.   Am.  Rev.  Tuberc, 1928,  18:  626-9 —
 Diliberto,  U.  Modificazioni elettrocardiografiche e pressorie
in seguito ad iniezioni venose  di adrenalina.   Riforma med.,
 1937, 53: 1331-5.—Douglas, A. H., Gelfand. B., & Shookhoff. C.
 Production by  epinephrine of S-T changes in the electrocardio-
gram of the  cat, similar to those of coronary occlusion. Am.
 Heart J., 1937, 14: 211-8.—Dunlop, H. A.   Adrenaline vaso-
dilatation.  J.  Physiol., Lond., 1929, 67: 349-55.—Fritz, G-, &
Nadosy, F.  [Adrenalin dilatation of blood-vessels]   Magy.
orv. arch., 1932,  33: 89-100.—Fuchs, R. T.  An initial depres- 
EPINEPHRINE                                 430                                  EPINEPHRINE
  sion of heart rate in response to epinephrine in human subjects.
  J.  Pharm.  Exp. Ther.,  1938,  63: 143-52.—Gautrelet, J., &
  Garibaldi. A.  Influence du tonus nerveux initial sur les reac-
  tions cardiovasculaires consecutives a Tinjection d'adrenaline
  ou a la compression surrenale.  C. rend. Soc biol., 1923,  89:
  392-6.—Gollwitzer-Meier,  K.,  Kramer, K., & Kriiger, E.
  Die Wirkung des Adrenalins auf  die Energetik des Herzens.
  Arch. ges. Physiol., 1936, 237: 639-50.—Grill, C.  Observations
  on the adrenalin need in man and the effect of adrenalin on the
  blood pressure at different blood pressure heights, based on a
  case of Morbus Addisonii treated with adrenalin by intravenous
  infusion.   Acta  med. scand.,  1937,  91: 628-47.—Hochrein,
  M., & Keller, J. Ueber die Wirkung des Adrenalins und adre-
  nalinverwandter Korper (Sympatol und Ephetonin)  auf  den
  Kreislauf.  Arch. exp. Path., Lpz.,  1930, 156: 37-63.—Hoskins,
  R. G., &  McClure, C. W.  The comparative sensitiveness of
  blood  pressure  and intestinal  peristalsis to epinephrin.   In
  Ohio Univ. Coll. Med. Collect. Source Material, 1934, 309-12 —
  Hsi Chun Chang.  Die  Reaktion der Gehirn-  und Lungen-
  arterien auf Adrenalin.   Arch. ges.  Physiol.,  1932-33,  231:
  200-6.—Hume, W. E. The action of adrenalin chloride on the
  human heart.  Q. J. Med., Oxf., 1927-28. 21: 459-62,  2 pl —
  Hykes, O. V. L'adrenaline et le cceur des mollusques.  C. rend.
  Soc. biol., 1930, 103: 360-3.  Also Cas. lek. cesk., 1932, 71:
  129-33.—Iwanowsky, B. D.  Veranderung der Capillaren des
  Herzmuskels bei experimenteller Adrenalinsklerose.  Virchows
  Arch., 1936, 297: 100-12.—Jaure,  G. G.   Ueber die Wirkung
  oberflachenaktiver  Stoffe und ihres Vertreters des Adrenalins
  auf das isolierte Froschherz.  Zschr. ges.  exp. Med., 1929, 67:
  381-7.—Karasek, F.  [Importance of adrenalin  in  regulating
  the blood circulation]  Cas. 16k. Cesk., 1938, 77: 621-6.   ------
  & Poupa,  O.  Variations saisonnieres de la sensibilite a l'adre-
  naline des arteres musculaires de Rana temporaria.  C. rend.
  Soc. biol.,  1937, 126: 113-6.—Kosuge, Y.  The influence of
  temperature in relation to the action of adrenalin on the blood
  vessels.  Acta Scholae med. Univ. Kioto, 1934-35, 17: 361-3.—
  Kudrjawzew, N. N.  Ueber die verschiedenen Bedingungen der
  Wirkung der Nebennierenfliissigkeit auf die Gefasse isolierter
  Organe.  Zschr. ges.  exp. Med.,  1924, 41: 114-32.—Larson,
  P. S., & Brewer, G. On the relation of potassium to the blood
  pressure response to epinephrine. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1937,
  61: 213-7.—Launoy, L., & Nicolle, P.  Documents relatifs a
  Taction vaso-constrictrice  de quelques  nor-eph6drines.    C.
  rend. Soc biol., 1931, 107: 798-801.—Leites, S.  Die Bedeutung
  einiger Elektrolyte  fiir den Mechanismus der gefftssveren-
  gernden Wirkung des Adrenalins.  Klin. Wschr.,  1924,  3:
  1862.—Lutz,  B.  R.  The  effect  of  adrenalin on the  auricle of
 elasmobranch  fishes.  Am.  J.  Physiol.,   1930, 94:  135-9.—
 Mallardo,  C. A.  Variazioni dell'elettrocardiogramma consecu-
 tive alle iniezioni di adrenalina.  Morgagni,  1932, 74: 1459-
 70.—Malmejac, J.,  & Desanti, E.  Action de l'adrenaline  sur
 les vaisseaux de la peau.  C. rend.  Soc. biol., 1938, 127: 1014-
 6.—Malmejac, J., Donnet,  V., &  Jonesco, G.  Sur Taction
 vaso-motrice  cutanee  de tr£s faibles quantit6s  d'adrenaline.
 Ibid., 1939, 130: 560-2.—Martini, E.  Azione vagale deU'adre-
 nalina sul  cuore di  mammifero.  Arch,  fisiol., Fir., 1932-33
 31: 456-67.—Mertens, O.,  Rein,  H.,  & Valdecasas,  F.  G.
 Gefasswirkungen des Adrenalins im ruhenden und arbeitenden
 Muskel.  Arch. ges. Physiol., 1936, 237: 454-75.—Michelson,
 M. J.  [Exudation of  acetylcholine-like substance by the iso-
 lated heart of the frog during the  effect  of adrenalin]  Biull.
 eksp. biol. med., 1939, 7: 304-6.—Milles, G.,  & Smith, P.  W.
 Effects of epinephrine  on the heart.  Am. Heart  J.,  1937, 14:
 198-210.—Mokhnacheva, A. I.   [Einfluss des  Trikresols und
 Chlorathons  auf die  pressorische  Adrenalein wirkung    J.
 Physiol. USSR,  1934.  17:  142-8.—Nathanson, M. H.  Com-
  arative actions of  dextro-  and levo-epinephrine on  human
  eart.  Proc. Soc. Exp.  Biol., N.  Y., 1933, 30: 1398-401.—
 Nikolaev, M. P.  Ueber Sensibilitatsveriinderungen der Gefasse
 des isolierten Kaninchenohrs bei wiederholter  Einwirkung der
 Nebennierenfliissigkeit und des  Adrenalins.  Zschr.  ges. exp
 Med., 1925-26, 48:  310-33.—Nowak, S. J. G., & Samaan, A.
 Sul Taction vasodilatatrice de l'adrenaline.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,
 1934, 115:  727-31.—Ortiz, T.  Soplos aorticos experimentales
 e hiperadrenalinemia.  Gac. med.  Mexico, 1932, 63:  407.—
 Otto, H. L.  The action of epinephrin upon  the cardiac rhythms.
 J. Lab. Clin. M.,  1927-28, 13: 70-5.—Peters, H. C, & Terry, L.
 Production  of  ventricular  extrasystoles and pulsus  alternans
 by  adrenalin.  Proc. Soc  Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1933, 30:  910.—
 Petzetakis,  M.   Etude eiectrocardiographique de Taction  de
 l'adrenaline en injection intraveineuse sur  le rythme cardiaque
 du  lapin.   J. physiol.  path, gen.,  Par.,  1931, 29:  428-41 —
 Pilcher, C, Wilson,  C. P., &  Harrison, T. R.  The  action  of
 drugs on cardiac output; the effect of epinephrin on the cardiac
 output of normal unnarcotized dogs.  Am. Heart J., 1926-27,
 2:  630-6.—Raymond-Hamet.   Sur  Taction  vasodilatatrice
 secondaire  de l'adrenaline.   C.  rend. Acad,  sc,  1938, 207:
 304-6.  ------  Sur les effets vasculaires  de la /3-ethylnor-
 adrenaline.    C.  rend.  Soc  biol.,  1938,  128: 827.   ------
 Influence de  I'hypertension, provoquee par la  faradisation  du
 bout central du  pneumogastrique,  sur les effets tenseurs  de
 1 adrenaline.  Ibid.,  129: 287-9.   ------  Sur un curieux cas
 d inversion des effets  presseurs de l'adrenaline  Ibid., 1116-8.—
 Rocco, C.   Intorno all'antagonismo vasale Ira linfoganglina e
adrenalina; ricerche sperimentali. Terapia, Milano,  1925, 15:
 225-30.— Roome, N. W.   The effects of  intra-arterial  epine-
phrin on the blood flow  in an extremity.  Am. J. Physiol.  1938
 123: 543T9.—Rosenblum,  H., Hahn,  R. G., & Levine,'S.  a!
Epinephrine,  its effect  on the cardiac mechanism in experi-
  mental hyperthyroidism and hypothyroidism.  Arch. Int.  M.,
  1933, 51: 279-89.—Rosenow, G.  Die Wirkung des Adrenalins
  auf die menschlichen Gefasse.  Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1927,
  155: 251.—Rossides, T. N., & Sollmann, T.  Regional gradients
  in the  epinephrine response of the turtle  heart.  J.  Pharm.
  Exp.  Ther., 1927, 32: 7-17.—Russo, G.  L'azione deU'adrena-
  lina sui vasi in presenza di aminoacidi.  Boll. Soc. ital. biol.
  sper.,  1930, 5:  488.—Sollmann,  T.,  &  Barlow,  O. W.  The
  relation of depressant and stimulant actions of epinephrine on
  the frog heart.  J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1926, 29: 233-55.  Also
  repr.—Stake,  T.  Influence  des  alcaloides du quinquina sur
  Taction exercee  par l'adrenaline sur les  vaissaux sanguins.  C
  rend.  Soc  biol., 1926, 95: 1078-80.—Subbotin, P. M.   [Ueber
  die Empfindlichkeit des isolierten  Herzens der grauen  Ratte
  gegen  Adrenalin]  J.  Physiol. USSR,  1934,  17:  149-57.—
  Tainter, M.  L.  Epinephrin  and  related  drugs;  circulatory
  responses  thereto  and  modifications  by  local  anesthetics.
  California  West.  M.,   1931, 34:  259-61.—Tregubov,  A. A.
  [Effect of epinephrine and calcium on isolated heart and vessels
  of frog  in relation to changes of  the  acid-base equilibrium of
  medium]  Voen. med. J., Moskva, 1930, 1: 35-44.—Ugreninova,
  E.  [The action of adrenalin on function of muscular  blood-
  vessels]  Klin,  med.,  Moskva, 1928, 6: 27-32.—Ungar, G.
  Action  de la phenyiethylmalonyluree  sur  Teffet vasculaire
  peripherique de l'adrenaline.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1934, 117:
  572-4.—Vacek, T., & Drobny,  J.   [What effect does oxidized
  adrenalin produce on the circulation?]  Cas. lek. desk., 1931, 70:
  1835-40.—Wehland, N.  Ueber die Bedeutung der Atropini-
 sierung  fur den Blutgefasseffekt des Adrenalins.  Skand. Arch.
 Physiol., Berl., 1924, 45: 211-36.—Wels, P.  Der Einfluss des
 bestrahlten Serums  auf die Gefasswirkung des  Adrenalins.
 Arch.  exp. Path., Lpz., 1928, 138: 151.  ------& Jokisch, M.
 Der Einfluss  des bestrahlten  Serums auf  die  Gefasswirkung
 des Adrenalins.   Arch.  ges. Physiol., 1929, 223: 395-406.—
 Wierzuchowski,  M.   Action of adrenaline  on  the vascular
 system  during influence of  the piperidometbylbenzodioxane,
 F. 933.   Arch, internat. pharm. dyn., Par.,  1938, 59: 1-29.—
 Wiggers, C. J.  Studies on the cardiodynamic actions of drugs;
 the mechanism of cardiac stimulation by epinephrin.  J. Pharm.
 Exp.  Ther., 1926-27,  30: 233-50.—Wyman, L.  C, & turn
 Suden, C.  Differential  depression  of vasomotor mechanisms
 by adrenin. Am. J. Physiol., 1935, 113: 271-8.

 ----   Effect: Bone.

   Levie, L. H., & Uyldert,  I.  E.   The influence of adrenals
 on bone growth.  Acta brevia neerl., 1939, 9: 121-3, pl.—
 Zawisch, C.  Der Einfluss des Adrenalins auf die Knochen-
 bildung.  Monit. zool. ital.,  1937, 47: suppl., 82.  Also  Verh.
 Anat. Ges., 1937, 44: 36-44.

 ----   Effect: Digestive system.

   Ruegg, E.   *Ueber Adrenalinwirkung an der
 Hundeleber   [Basel]   p.716-32.  8?  Lpz., 1933.
   Also Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1933, 171:
   Achutin, M. N.  Zur Frage der Empfindlichkeit des Darmes
 verschiedener  Tiere gegen Adrenalin.  Arch. exp. Path.,  Berl.,
 1933, 171: 668-71.—Ahlgren, G.  L'action  des deux isomeres
 optiques de l'adrenaline  sur les  mouvements de l'intestin sur-
 vivant.   Skand. Arch.  Physiol.,  Berl.,   1929, 58:  95-100.—
 Bernheim, F., & Blocksom, B. H., jr.  Action of epinephrine on
 the intestine following stimulation  by  parasympathetic  drugs.
 Am. J.  Physiol., 1932,  100: 313-6.—Bincer, V.   [Effect  of
 epinephrine on the secretion of gastric  juice]   Polska gaz. lek.,
 1931, 10: 29-31.—Blaschko, H., & Schlossmann, H. Effect of
 temperature on  the  response of the  gut to adrenaline.   J.
 Physiol., Lond., 1938, 92: Proc, 26.—D'Ambrosio, A. Altera-
 zioni sperimentali del fegato e  di altri organi addominali da
 paranefrina.  Tommasi, Nap., 1908, 3: 636-41.—Dionesov, S.
 M.  [Effect of adrenalin on the secretory activity of an isolated
 ventricle of a  dog]  J.  Physiol. USSR,  1936, 20:  636-41.—
 D'Silva, J. L.   Action of adrenaline on the  perfused liver.  J.
 Physiol., Lond., 1936, 87: 181-8.—Morin, G.  Sur le mecanisme
 d'echappement de l'intestin isole a l'egard de Taction inhibitrice
 de l'adrenaline.   C. rend. Soc. biol., 1939, 130: 372-5.—Negri,
 C, & Terzi, G.   Effetti della somministrazione endovenosa di
 minime quantity di adrenalina sulla secrezione gastrica saggiata
 con la prova istaminica e su alcune componenti ematiche.  Gior.
 clin. med., 1938,  19: 369-94.—Nicolesco, P.,  & Munteanu, M.
 L'action  constrictive de l'adrenaline  sur  le  rectum;  etude
 viscerographique.  Bull. Acad. med. Roumanie, 1938, 3: 483.—
 Peco, G., Abad, R. S., & Colombo, E. Las variaciones volume-
 tricas del bigado por la inyecci6n de adrenalina.  An. Inst. clin.
 m6d., B. Air., 1935, 16: 428-47.—Ptschelina, A. Zur Frage des
 Einflusses von Blut aus der Nebennierenvene des  Kaninchens
 vor und nach einer Reizung der N. splanchnici auf den isolierten
 Darm.   Arch. ges. Physiol,  1928,  220: 371-9.—Radu,  V. G.
 Influence de Tadr6naline sur la structure des cellules hepatiques
 chez Cistudo europaea.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1933, 114: 72-4.—
 Sato, S.   Ueber die Wirkung des Adrenalins auf den Majren-
 zustand.  Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1935, 27: 448-64— Thomas, J. E.
 The action of  adrenalin on the  pyloric sphincter.   Proc.  Soc.
 Exp. Biol.,  N. Y., 1925-26, 23: 748-50.—Tiffeneau, M.,  &
Scheiner, H.   Cessation spontanee de  Teffet inhibiteur de
l'adrenaline sur l'intestin  de  cobaye maintenu au contact du
poison.   C. rend. Soc. biol., 1939, 130: 448-51.—White, A. C.
The effect of adrenaline on the intestinal volume.  J. Pharm. 
EPINEPHRINE
431
EPINEPHRINE
Exp. Ther., 1927-28, 32: 135-46.— Wyman, L. C, & Lutz, B. R.
The action of adrenaline and certain drugs on the  isolated
holothurian cloaca.  J. Exp. Zool., 1930. 57: 441-53.—Youmans,
W. B., Aumann, K. W., & Haney, H. F.  Relation of the various
groups of the adrenalin molecule to its intestine inhibiting func-
tion in unanesthetized  dogs.   Am.  J. Physiol.,  1939,  126:
237-46.

----  Effect: Eye.

   Adrogue, E., & Balado, M. Acci6n de la adrenalina sobre la
pupila humana en  diferentes estados  de inervac:6n  del  iris.
Bol. Inst. elm. quir., B. Air.,  1926,  2: 597-9.—Balodis, K.
Verlangerung der mydriatischen Wirkung des Suprarenins durch
Gewohnung an Alkohol.  Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1934, 176: 1-
7.—Howell, S. C.  Action of epinephrine on the normal human
eye; use of the  stronger solutions for instillation.  Arch. Ophth.,
Chic,  1934,  12:  833-41.—Koppanyi, T.,   & Lieberson,  A.
Studies on the duration of action of  drugs;  mydriatic actions
of epinephrine and atropine.  J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1930, 39:
187-99.—Manes,  A. J.  Midriasis adrenalinica; su utilizaci6n
diagnostica.  Sem. m6d., B. Air., 1929, 36:  862.—Pak,  C, &
Tang, T. K. The mechanism of the mydriatic action  of ephe-
drine.  Chin. J. Physiol., 1933, 7: 229-41.—Poos, F.  Ueber
paradoxe Mydriasis durch adrenalinahnliche Sympathicusreiz-
mittel (Sympatol, Corbasil, Ephetonin, Icoral, Oxin, Tvramin,
Ergotamin, Orasthin)  Arch. Ophth., Berl., 1935,134: 268-79.—
Sala. G.  Tensione oculare e pressione arteriosa retinica nell'uo-
mo dopo somministrazione  endovenosa di  adrenalina.  Ann.
ottalm., 1938, 66: 9-31.—Schwartz, L. H.  Clinical experiments
with 1% solution of epinephrine hydrochloride.  Arch. Ophth.,
Chic, 1938, 19: 976-81.—Tsukamoto, R. The pharmacological
action of adrenalin on  the pupillae of a rabbit after the extirpa-
tion of the ganglion cervical superior.  J. Orient. M., Dairen,
1925-26, 4: No. 2, 15.—Vincent, M.  Action de l'adrenaline en
instillation  dans le  cul-de-sac conjonctival sur les proprietes
physicochimiques de Thumeur aqueuse.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,
1928,  98: 1284-6.—Weekers, L.,  Joiris, P.,  & Bonhomme, F.
Les effets mydriatiques  du collyre a l'adrenaline.  Bull. Soc
beige opht., 1938, No. 77, 101-17.  Also Arch, opht., Par., 1939,
n. ser., 3: 97-108.

----   Effect:  Genitals.
   Ferreira de  Mira, fils.  Effets de l'alimentation surrenalisee
sur le developpement de I'organisme et sur la fonction sexuelle.
C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1927, 97: 709-11.—Kataishi, K.   Verglei-
chende Untersuchung iiber die Adrenalinwirkung auf isolierten
Uterus, Tuba and Vagina des Kaninchens in Schwangerschaft,
Puerperium und normalem  Zustande.   Kinki fujinka gakkai
zasshi, 1926, 9: 26.—Kochmann,  M., & Seel, H.  Ueber die
Abhangigkeit der Adrenalinwirkung auf den isolierten Meer-
schweincbenuterus vom Zyklushormon.  Zschr. ges. exp. Med.,
1929, 68: 238-44.—Launoy, L.  Observations liminaires relative
a l'etude de Taction de l'adrenaline sur la corne uterine isoiee du
cobaye  infantile.   Ann. physiol., Par.,  1933,   9: 913-22.—
Muller, C.   Der Einfluss der Hyperinterrenalisierung auf die
Entwicklung der  weiblichen  Geschlechtsorgane.  Endokrino-
logie,  1931, 8: 5-14.—Teitel-Bernard, A., & Aubert, H. Sur la
sensibilite de l'uterus de la  souris a l'adrenaline  et  Taction
antagoniste de  Tyohimbine.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 111: 196.

----   Effect:  Metabolism.
 sehrtheit der Innervation.  Arch. exp. Path., 1929, 143: 209-
 22.  Also C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930,  103: 445.  ------  Action
 stimulante  peripherique  de  l'adrenaline  sur le  metabolisme
 cellulaire; influence antagoniste de  Tergotamine.   Ibid.,  1931,
 108: 246-9.—Falck, J., & Lange, E.  Ueber den Einfluss des
 Adrenalins  auf die Resorption aus dem subcutanen Gewebe.
 Klin. Wschr., 1935, 14: 1209-11.—Ferrari, G.  Considerazioni
 sulla iperbilirubinemia da iniezione di adrenalina nei tubercolosi.
 Riforma med., 1932,  48:  942-6.—Fieschi,  A.  Experimentelle
 Untersuchungen  iiber  die  chemische Zusammensetzung des
 Herzmuskels; Wassergehalt,  Gesamtstickstoff, Gesamtphos-
 phor, Sterine, Glykogen, Lipoide bei Adrenalinreizung.   Zschr.
 ges. exp.  Med.,  1933,  86:  408-12.   ------  Experimentelle
 Untersuchungen  iiber  die  chemische Zusammensetzung des
 Herzmuskels; Wassergehalt, Gesamtstickstoff, Gesamtphosphor,
 Sterine,  Glykogen und  Lipoide nach Adrenalinreizung bei
 Tieren im Zustand von  Athyreosis und Thyreotoxikose.  Ibid.,
 413-9.—Gautrelet, J., Bennati, D. [et al.]   Influence de l'adre-
 naline sur les  variations immediates de la reserve alcaline;
 role de l'apnee; action  comparative de Taldehyde formique et
 de Tacetyl-choline.  Bull.  Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1930, 12: 1100-
 45.—Gherardini, G.,  & DTgnazio,  C.  Sulle variazioni  post-
 adrenaliniche di alcune frazioni azotate delle urine.  Arch. stud.
 fisiopat.  ricambio, 1933,  1:  627-51.------  Aminoacidemia
 post-adrenalinica. Fisiol. & med., Roma,  1934, 5: 451-69.—
 Griffith, F. R., jr, & Hummel, E.  Action of adrenalin on the
 metabolism of peripheral tissues.  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y.,
 1929-30, 27:  1033-5.—Hodel,  A.  Untersuchungen iiber die
 oxydationssteigernde  Wirkung  des  Adrenalins auf  isolierte
 Zellen.  Biochem. Zschr.,  1934, 268: 285-96.—Hoskins, R. G.,
 & Sleeper, F. H.  A metabolic study of desiccated suprarenal
 medication  in  man.   Endocrinology,  1930,  14:  109-11.—■
 Hunt, H. B., & Bright,  E. M.  Locus of the calorigenic action
 of adrenalin with observations  on tissue  metabolism.   Am. J.
 Physiol., 1926, 77: 353-70.—Jimenez Diaz, C, & Lorente, L.
 La hipercolemia adrenalinica y su valor practice  Arch, med.,
 Madr., 1933, 36:  1457-62.—Krantz, C. I., & Means, J. H.  The
 effect of epinephrin on the partition of food stuffs in obese and
 normal individuals.   J. Clin. Invest., 1927-28, 4: 225-33.—
 Lambret, O., Bizard,  G., & Driessens, J.  Influence de l'adre-
 naline sur  la concentration  en rouge Congo dans le sang du
 chien. C. rend. Soc biol., 1937, 124: 63-5.—Moerlosse, J. de.
 Influences de l'adrenaline et de l'ephedrine sur le metabolisme
 du chien non anesthesie.  Ibid., 1939, 131: 796-8.—Moreira, O.
 Estudos  de oxido-reducao; acao da adrenalina sobre o meta-
 bolismo da ceiula muscular,  in vitro.  Hospital, Rio, 1939, 15:
 169-72.—Nachmansohn,  D.,  Wajzer, J.,  &  Lippmann,  R.
 L'effet de l'adrenaline sur le metabolisme du muscle isole.  C.
 rend. Acad, sc, 1935, 200:  1981.—Okada, S.  Ist die  Milch-
 saurezunahme  im  Muskel  bei der  Adrenalininjektion  am
 Kaninchen starker als die im Blute?  Mitt. Med. Akad. Kioto,
 1936, 17: 948-79.—Schaus,  J., & Bouckaert, J. P.  Le meta-
 bolisme du  cceur de grenouille sous  I'influence de l'adrenaline.
 C.  rend.  Soc.  biol.,  1926,  94:  800-3.—Soskin,  S.  On the
 calorigenic action of  epinephrin. Am. J.  Physiol., 1927, 83:
 162-70.—Viale, G., & Combes, T.  Decharge de  choline dans
 le sang apres injection d'adr6naline.  C. rend.  Soc biol., 1928,
 99: 1524.  Also Rev. med. Rosario, 1928, 18: 466.—Watkins, O.,
 & Smith, G. van S.  Biochemical studies on the effect of adren-
 alin upon the nitrogen metabolism of rabbits.  Am. J. Physiol.,
 1931, 96:  28-34.—Weicker, B.  Adrenalin und  Tatigkeits-
 stoffwechsel des Warmbliiterherzens.  Arch. exp. Path., Berl.,
 1936, 181: 525-40.—Zunz. E.  Recherches sur I'influence  de
 l'adrenaline sur  la teneur du sang  en glutathion reduit.  C.
 rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 110: 591-3.

 ----  Effect:  Metabolism, carbohydrate.
   Andreis,  N.  La glicemia e la chetonemia dopo iniezione di
 adrenalina nei lattanti.   Med.  ital.,  1936, 17: 658-60.  Also
 Pediatria  (Riv.) 1937, 45: 497-520.—Andreu Urra, J., &  Diez
 Fernandez,  C.   Influencia  de  la adrenalina  sobre el meta-
 bolismo de  los cuerpos cetonicos.   Arch,  med.,  Madr., 1927,
 27: 419-23.—Bachrach, W.  H., Bradley, W. B., & Ivy, A.  C.
 Effect of epinephrine administration  on  glucose  excretion in
 depancreatized dogs.  Am. J. Physiol., 1936, 116: 2.—Bischoff,
 F., & Long, M. L.  The  depletion of muscle sugar by adrenalin.
 J. Biol. Chem., 1930, 87: 47-53— Callazo, J.  A., & Puyal, J.
 Accion de la adrenalina  sobre el acido  ldctico de la sangre en el
 hombre normal.  Tr. Soc. biol., Barcel., 1932,  14: 145-9.—
 Coletti, C.  J.,  jr.  Epinephrine  and the  blood  sugar level.
 Am. J. Physiol., 1937, 119: 1-4.—Cori. C. F., Fisher, R. E., &
 Cori, G. T.  The effect of epinephrine on arterial and  venous
 plasma sugar and blood flow in dogs and cats.  Ibid., 1935-36,
 114: 53-68.—Corkill, A.  B., & Marks, H. P. The effect of
 adrenaline on  muscle glycogen.  J.  Physiol., Lond., 1930, 70:
 67-85.—Dubin, H. E., Corbitt. H. B., & Freedman, L.  Rela-
 tionship between chemical structure and physiological  action;
 the effect of I-suprarenin  (synthetic epinephrine) and various
 derivatives upon the blood sugar of normal rabbits.  J. Pharm.
 Exp.  Ther.,  1925-26, 26: 233-41.—Ferri, U.  Ricerche  ed
 osservazioni sulla reazione glicemica all' adrenalina nei bambini
 Clin, pediat., Mod., 1928,  10: 257-77.—Gellhorn, E., & Packer,
 A. C.  Influence of anoxia on glycogenolytic action of adrenalin.
 Proc. Soc. Exp.  Biol.,  N.  Y.,  1939,  41:  345.—Gill,  P. M.
 The effect  of  adrenaline on embryonic  chick  glycogen  in
 vitro as compared with  its effect in vivo.   Biochem. J., Lond.,
 1938,  32: 1792-9.—Griffith.  F.  R.,  jr, Lockwood. J. E., &
Emery,  F.  E.  Adrenalin lactacidemia;  proportionality  with
dose.  Am.  J. Physiol., 1939, 127:  415-21.—Hoshi, N.  The
   Huff,  H.   *Einfluss des Adrenalins  auf  Blut-
 fett-  und  Blutzuckerkurve  beim  insulinhypo-
 glykamischen  Kaninchen.    17p.   8?   Heidelb.,
 1936.
   Alpern, D., & Collazo, J. A.  Ueber den Einfluss des Adrena-
 lins  auf den Btutchemismus in der Norm, im  Hungerzustande
 und bei der Avitaminose.  Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1923, 34: 288-
 95.—Aoki, M.  The production of alcohol in the animal body;
 the influence of epinephrin on the amount of blood alcohol.  J.
 Biochem., Tokyo, 1927, 7: 405-9.—Barlow, O. W.  The effects
 produced on the weight, respiration and temperature by adding
 desiccated adrenal cortex to the diets of normal pigeons.  Am.
 J. Physiol., 1926, 79: 135-40.—Bartoloni, M., & Giovagnoli, T.
 Adrenalina e termogenesi; studio preliminare su alcuni malati di
 mente.   Ann.  Osp.  psichiat. Perugia,   1938,  32:  55-65.—
 Baudouin, A.. Benard, H. [et al.]   Injections continues d'adre-
 naline:  influence sur le  taux de  l'uree, du cholesterol  et du
 calcium  sanguins.   C.  rend.  Soc. biol.,  1935, 120: 629-31.
 ------  Action, sur la teneur en corps cetoniques de l'urine, des
 injections continues d'adrenaline.   Ibid., 860-2.—Bornstein, A.
 Ueber die Wirkung  des Adrenalins auf die Oxydationsprozesse.
 Arch. exp. Path., Lpz.,  1927-28,  127: 63T8— Bracci,  U.   A
 proposito delle modificazioni  della  bilirubinemia  consecutive
 alia  iniezione di  adrenalina.  Riv.  biol., 1938, 26: 20-30.—
 Cammer. L., & Griffith, F. R., jr. Adrenalin and the metabolism
 of peripheral tissues.  Am. J. Physiol., 1939,  125: 699-706.—
 Cornel, M.  Sulla presunta azione deU'adrenalina  sui processi
 riduttivi di poltiglie muscolari di  rana.  Boll. Soc. ital. biol.
 sper., 1930, 5: 932-4.—Cori,  C. F., & Buchwald, K. W.  The
 calorigenic action of epinephrine   in frogs before and after
 hepatectomy.  J. Biol. Chem., 1931, 92:  367-75.—Dresel,  K.,
 &  Wollheim, E.  Die durch  Adrenalin  bedingte  Elektrolyt-
verschiebung im Blut und Gewebe.  Arch. ges. Physiol., 1924,
205:  375-80.—Euler, U. von. Ueber die  Abhangigkeit der
oxydationssteigernden Wirkung des Adrenalins von der Unver- 
EPINEPHRINE
432
EPINEPHRINE
 acetone bodies of the blood, cerebrospinal fluid  and  urine
 after the injection of adrenalin chloride. J. Orient. M., Dairen,
 1929, 10: 61.  Also Polyclin. Dairen, 1928-30, 4: No. 13, 61.—
 Inawashiro, T.   Ueber den  Einfluss des Adrenalins auf den
 intermediaren  Kohlehydratstoffwechsel bei Ruhe und Arbeit.
 besonders bei  Tieren mit  gestorter  Schilddrusenfunktion,
 Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1932-33, 20: 553-82.— Kovtun, E. I., &
 Levantsova, N. S. [Influence de l'adrenaline sur la glycolyse
 dans les tissus musculaires et hepatique]  Med. exp., Kharkov,
 1937, No. 7, 71-83.—Moller, K.  O., & Stefansson. K.  The
 effect of cocaine and procaine on hyperglycaemia after intra-
 venous administration of adrenaline.  Arch, internat. pharm.
 dyn., Par., 1937, 57: 35-44.—Okawa, J.  Einfluss wiederholter
 Adrenalininjektionen auf  den Blutzucker und die  Blutmilch-
 saure des Kaninchens.  Jap. J. M. Sc,  1937, 10: Pharm., 70.—
 Sano, S.  Ueber den Einfluss des Adrenalins auf das Fettge-
 websglykogen.   Tr. Jap.  path. Soc, 1929, 19: 320.—Schwab,
 H.  Modifications apportees a  Taction hyperglycemiante de
 l'adrenaline,  par addition de sels de zinc.  C. rend. Acad, sc,
 1937, 205: 628-30.—Tiba, M.  Can the section of the splanchnic
 nerves or the removal of the suprarenal glands or their medulla
 modify the glycaemic effect of  adrenaline?  Tohoku J. Exp.
 M., 1938, 32: 419-31.—Wajzer,  J.  Analyse  de Teffet gly-
 colvtique de l'adrenaline.  Bull. Soc chim. biol., Par.,  1938,
 20: 828-33.

 ----   Effect: Metabolism, lipid.

    Himmelweit,   F.     *Die  Beeinflussung  des
 Lecithin- und  Cholesterinspiegels  im  Blutserum
 durch  Adrenalin,   p.803-9.   8?  Berl.,  1928.
    Also Zschr. klin. Med., 1928,  107:
    Adrenaline  (L') chez les obeses.  Clinique, Par., 1931, 26:
 1.—Gildea, E.  F., & Man, E. B.  The effect of epinephrin on
 the blood lipoids of normal man.  J. Clin. Invest.,  1936, 15:
 295-300.—Hill, E., & Koehler, A. E. The effect of epinephrine
 on lipid excretion.  J. Biol. Chem., 1932, 98: 185.—Himwich,
 H. E., & Petermann, M. L.  Effect of  adrenalin on blood lat.
 Proc. Soc. Exp.  Biol.,  N. Y.,  1929-30, 27: 814.—Himwich,
 H. E., & Spiers, M. A.  The effects of adrenalin, ephedrine, and
 insulin  on blood fat.  Am.  J. Physiol., 1931,  97:  648-53.—
 Long, C. N.  H., & Venning,  E. M.  The  alleged increase in
 plasma fats after the injection of epinephrine.  Canad. M.
 Ass. J., 1932, 26: 461.  Also repr.  Also J. Biol.  Chem., 1932,
 96: 397-404.—Page, I.  H., Pasternak, L., &  Burt,  M.  L.
 Einfluss des Adrenalins auf die Blut- und Organlipoide.  Bio-
 chem. Zschr.,  1931, 232:  295-309.—Pollack, A.   Transport
 et metabolisme des lipides dans  le foie sous Taction de l'adre-
 naline.   C. rend.  Soc. biol., 1939, 130: 149-52.—Schaeffer, G..
 & Pollack, A. Parallelisme entre Taugmentation des oxydations
 au  niveau du metabolisme debase et la chute de la lipemie apres
 injection d'adrenaline chez le lapin.  Ibid., 1938,127: 1295-8.

 ----   Effect:  Metabolism, respiratory.
   Abderhalden, E., & Gellhorn, E. Vergleichende  Versuche
 iiber die Wirkung von 1- und d-Adrenalin auf den Gaswechsel
 von Organen in verschiedenem Zustande.  Arcb. ges. Physiol.,
 1926, 212: 523-34.—Asher, L.  Ueber die Wirkung von  Adre-
 nalin auf den respiratorischen Stoffwechsel des normalen und
 ovariumlosen Weibchens.   Arch.  sc. biol., Nap.,  1928  12-
 8-19.—Bridge, E. M., & Noltie, H. R. The action of adrenaline
 on  the  respiratory quotient.  J.  Physiol.,  Lond.,  1935,  85:
 334-42.—Cori, C. F., & Buchwald, K. W.   Effect of epineph-
 rine on  the  oxygen  consumption  of frogs before  and after
 hepatectomy.   Proc.  Soc. Exp.  Biol.,  N.  Y.,  1930-31, 28:
 104-6.—Fuchs, D.,  & Roth, M.  [Action of  adrenalin on
 respiratory metabolism]   Orv.  hetil.,  1913, 57:  619-22.—
 Gatsaniuk, M. D.  [Effect of adrenalin  on gaseous metaoolism
 in white rats with denervated liver] J. med., Kiev, 1937  7-
 863-70.—Klein, F., & Weiss, R.   Die Wirkung des Adrenalins
 auf den  respiratorischen Stoffwechsel.  Endokrinologie,  1928,
 1:  264-71.—Kramer, K.  Der Gasaustausch in den  Lungen
 unter dem Einfluss von Adrenalin.  Zbl. inn. Med., 1935, 56:
 354.—Lombroso,  C.  Ipermetabolismo  gassoso da adrenalina
 in animali trattati con orto-simpaticolitici (933?  F.)   Arch.
 internat. pharm. dyn.,  Par., 1937, 55: 416-30.—Meloni, L., &
 Ferrari, L. Azione deU'adrenalina sul  ricambio gassoso negli
 animali trattati con un antiossigeno (pirogallolo)   Ibid., 56:
 146-50.—Orestano, G.  Azione dei farmaci simpatico e  para-
 simpatico-mimetici sugli scambi  gassosi; azione delta adrena-
 lina.  Boll. Soc. ital. biol.  sper., 1933, 8: 379-81.—Pagano, A.
 Ricambio gassoso dopo iniezione di adrenalina in galli e civette
 Ibid., 1935, 10: 540-2.—Scheuchzer, W. H.  Untersuchung
 iiber den respiratorischen Stoffwechsel bei Arbeit im Normal-
 zustande und bei Behandlung mit Adrenalin. Biochem. Zschr
 1928,  201: 148-64— Schill, I.  [Effect  of epinephrine on the
 respiratory metabolism in Addison's and Basedow's  diseases]
 Magy. orv. arch., 1929,  30:  202-9.   Also Zschr.  ges.  exp.
 Med., 1929, 64:  133-49.—Vacek, T.   Role de l'adrenaline
 comme facteur de dissociation des gaz du sang.  C. rend. Soc
 biol., 1929, 102: 267-9.

----   Effect:  Metabolism, salt and water.

  Tyrni, T.   *Ueber den Einfluss des  Adrenalins
auf die Wasser- und Kochsalzausscheidung  der
 Nieren.   52p.   8?  Helsin.,  1929.
  Also Acta Soc. med. Duodecim, 1929,  12:
    Brewer, G.t Larson. P. S., & Schroeder, A. R.  On the effect
 of epinephrine on blood potassium.  Am. J.  Physiol., 1939,
 126: 708-12.—Cahane & Oreasteanu, I.   Influence de l'adre-
 naline sur l'equilibre  acidobasique et le calcium ionique.   C
 rend. Soc biol., 1930,  103: 447.—Castex, R., & Schteingart, M.
 Action de l'adrenaline sur la  depense calorique, la  calcemie et
 la potassemie chez I'homme normal ou  atteint de troubles
 thyroidiens.   Ibid.,   1928,  99:  1649.—Castleden. L.  I.  M.
 The effect of  adrenalin on the serum potassium level in man.
 Clin.  Sc, Lond.,  1937-38,  3:  241-5.—Conti, A.   Influenza
 deU'adrenalina, per vie parenterale, sulla diuresi oraria.  Gior.
 med. Alto Adige, 1933, 5: 22; 81.—Deleonardi, S., & Figini, P.
 Influenza  deU'adrenalina sul  ricambio idrico e sulla  distribu-
 zione clorosodica nei sangue.  Fisiol. & med., Roma, 1933, 4:
 77-95.—D'Silva, J. L.  Action  of  adrenaline on  the  serum
 potassium.  J. Physiol.,  Lond.,  1937,   90:  303-9.—Dwel-
 shauvers,  F.  Recherches sur les relations entre le taux de la
 calcemie chez  le chien et Teffet  des  injections intraveineuses
 d'adrenaline.   Arch,   internat. physiol., Liege, 1936-37, 44:
 313-28.—Ederer,  S.   Adrenalin  im  Wasser-  und Salzstoff-
 wechsel.   Arch. exp.  Path.,  Lpz., 1927, 122: 211-8.—Frisch,
 F., & Fried, E.  Blutkalk und Adrenalinwirkung.  Wien. klin.
 Wschr.,  1926, 39:  1389-91.—Greppi, E.  L'influenza deU'adre-
 nalina   sul  ricambio idrosalino,  osservazioni  sperimentali
 sull'uomo.  Boll. Soc ital. biol. sper., 1931, 6: 791-5.—Keys,
 A. The response of the  plasma potassium level in man to the
 administration of epinephrine.   Am. J. Physiol.,  1938, 121:
 325-30.—Marenzi, A. D.. & Gerschman, R.   Adrenalina y
 potasio sanguineo.  Rev. Soc. argent, biol., 1936, 12: 424-33.
 Also C. rend. Soc. biol., 1937,  124: 382.—Moglia, J. L.  Accion
 de la adrenalina sobre  el  potasio plasmatico. Rev. Soc. argent.
 biol., 1939, 15: 5-11.—Mozai, T., Akiya, M. [et al.l  Studien
 iiber die Beziehungen  zwischen vegetativen Giften,  Hormonen
 und anorganischen Salzen; der Einfluss von Adrenalininjektion
 auf die Verteilung der  anorganischen Salze  und Ionen im Blut-
 serum.   Jap. J. M. Sc,  1930, 2: Int. Med., 59-77.—Parhon,
 C. I., Kahane, M.,  & Marza, V.   Sur la teneur en eau du tissu
 musculaire  et  de  quelques organes chez  les  animaux  ayant
 recu des injections  repetees d'adr6naline.   C. rend. Soc. biol.,
 1926, 95:  1567.—Parhon,  C. I., &  Werner. G.  Teneur  en
 phosphore du  cerveau et du cervelet chez les animaux  ayant
 recu des injections repetees d'adrenaline.   Ibid., 1930, 105:
 73.—Ssentjurin, B. S.  Ueber den Einfluss des Adrenalins auf
 den Eiweisstoffwechsel isolierter  Organe.  Arch. exp.  Path.,
 Lpz., 1928, 133: 233  41.—Tamura,  J.  Ueber  die Einfliisse
 des Adrenalins und des Insulins auf das Blutchlor.  J. Chosen
 M. Ass.; 1928, 333.—Woringer, P.  L'influence de l'adrenaline
 sur la phosphatemie et la calcemie.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1924,
 91: 588-90.—Yoshio,  K.  Ueber  den Einfluss der Ernahrung
 auf die Wirkung des Adrenalins;  iiber den Quotient K-Ca  im
 Blut  bei  verschiedenen  Ernahrungsweisen.   J.  Biochem.,
 Tokyo, 1939, 29: 167-77.

 ----    Effect: Muscle.
   Bremer, F., & Titeca, J.  Action de l'adrenaline sur Tatonie
 musculaire du stade initial de la curarisation.  C.  rend. Soc.
 biol., 1928, 99: 624-7.—Carbunescu, G.  Action de la tropine,
 de la tropacocaine et de TeucaTne  sur la sensibilite d'un muscle
 lisse a l'adrenaline.  Ibid., 1939, 131: 121.—Caskey, M. W.
 Effect of adrenalin on the temperature of skeletal muscle before
 and after ligation of the hepatic  artery and the  portal vein.
 Am. J. Physiol., 1927,  80: 381-90.—Cori, C. F., & Cori,  G. T.
 The influence  of epinephrine  and insulin  injections on hex-
 osephosphate content  of muscle.  J. Biol. Chem., 1931,  94:
 581-91.—Czubalski, F. [Influence of adrenalin on the character
 of the functional  currents in muscles]  Rozpr.  wydz. mat.
 przyrod., Krak6w,  1913, 3. ser.,  13: B, 101-13,  diag.—Dill,
 D. B., Edwards, H.  T., & de Meio, R. H.  Effects of adrenalin
 injection in moderate work.   Am.  J. Physiol.,  1935,  111:
 9-20.—Dominguez, E., & Solomjan,  A. S.  Acci6n de  la adre-
 nalina sobre la fatiga de los rausculos  de ranas intoxicadas por
 la ergotoxina, eserina, nicotina y yohimbina. Rev. Soc argent.
 biol., 1926, 2: 207-17.—Ferreira de Mira.   Action des  extraits
 de capsules surrenales sur les muscles  fatigues de la grenouille.
 C. rend. Soc  biol., 1926,  94: 911-3.  ------ & Fontes,  J.
 Action de  l'adrenaline sur la  contractilite  du muscle fatigue
 chez le lapin prive de capsules surrenales.  Ibid.,  1928, 98:
 1011-3.  ------■  Action de  l'adrenaline en injection  intra-
 veineuse  sur les muscles  fatigu6s.   Ibid.,  1929,  101: 976-8.
 ------   Action de l'adrenaline sur les  muscles  fatigues du
 lapin  decapsuie.  Ibid.,  102:  211.—Hartman, F. A., Evans,
 J. I., &  Walker, H. G.  The action  of epinephrin upon the
 capillaries  and fibers  of skeletal  muscle.  Am.  J. Physiol.,
 1928,  85: 91-8.—Hegnauer, A. H.,  & Cori,  G. T.  The in-
 fluence of  epinephrine on  chemical  changes  in isolated frog
 muscle.  J. Biol. Chem., 1934,  105: 691-703.   Also repr.—
 Heinbecker, P.  Studies on  the  sensitivity of smooth  mus-
 culature to exogenous epinephrine.  Am. J. Physiol., 1937, 120:
401-10.—Kosaka, T.   On the effect of  adrenaline  on the
 temperature of the  liver  and the  skeletal  muscle.   J. Orient.
 M.,  Dairen,  1929,  11:  17.—Kuschinsky,  G..  & Viaud, P.
 Ueber  die  Wirkung des  Adrenalins auf  die Funktion des
 Skeletmuskels  am  nebennierenlosen Tier.   Arch. exp. Path.,
Berl., 1933, 170: 492-9.—Nachmansohn,  D.  Action des sub-
stances   sympathomimetiques  et  parasympathomimetiques
sur les  processus chimiques fournissant T6nergie de la contrac-
tion musculaire; action de l'adrenaline sur le muscle hache.
Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1937, 19: 453-9.—Nikolaev, M. P.
Ueber die Adrenalinempfindlichkeit des Dunndarms und der 
EPINEPHRINE
433
EPINEPHRINE
  Gebarmutter des Kaninchens.  Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1931,
  160:  569-78.—Porter,  E. L.  Adrenalin  and the  tonus of
  decerebrate  rigidity.  Am. J. Physiol.,  1926,  78:  495-9.—
  Suckow, G. R.,  & Burget, G. E.   The response of isolated
  segments of intestine and uterus to adrenalin at different pa
  levels of the bath.  Ibid., 1929, 88: 143-50.

  ----  Effect:  Nervous  system.
     Bonvallet, M., & Minz, B.  Action des mediateurs chimiques
  sur le reflexe linguo-maxillaire; action de l'adrenaline.  C. rend.
  Soc. biol., 1938, 128: 162-4.—Hasama, B.  Ueber die Zentral-
  wirkung des Adrenalins im  Aktionsstrombild.   Arch. exp.
  Path., Berl., 1934-35,  177:  655-61.—Lindemann,  E.  Tbe
  psychopathological effect  of  drugs affecting the vegetative
  system; adrenalin.   Am. J. Psychiat., 1935, 91: 983-1008.—
  Maranon, G. Contribucion al estudio de la accion emotiva de
  la adrenalina.  Cr6n. m6d. quir. Habana,  1924, 50: 29-45.—
  Ronchevsky, S. P.  [Changes in the excitability of the psycho-
  motor centers during intravenous  injections of  epinephrine]
  Arkh. med. nauk., 1929, 2: 257-63.

  ----  Effect:  Nervous  system, autonomic.
     Bacq, Z.  M.   L'adrenaline est un  sympathicomimetique
  parfait.  Liege med., 1933, 26: 765-78.—Beccari, E.   Osser-
  vazioni sulla azione  della adrenalina destrogira sul sistema
  nervoso vegetativo.  Arch. ital. sc. farm.,  1934, 3: 178-89.—
  Bonnet, V., Franck, C, & Richard, A. Etude eiectro-physiologi-
  que de Taction de la vagotonine sur Tefficacite de l'adrenaline
  Bur l'excitabilite des appareils sympathiques peripheriques.
  C. rend. Soc biol., 1933, 114:  1009-11.—Brems, A.  [Action of
  epinephrine  and other  so-called poisons  on the vegetative
  nervous system]  Bibl.  laeger,  1929, 121: 231-60.—Danielo-
  polu,  D., &  Marcou, J.  Amphomimetisme de l'adrenaline.
  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1938, 128: 384-6.  Also J. physiol. path.
  gen., 1938, 36: 681-93—Darrow, C. W., & Gellhorn, E.  In-
  hibitory effects of adrenalin on autonomic function.  Proc Soc.
  Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1939, 40: 487.—Petzetakis. A propos des
  injections intracardiaques d'adrenaline; recherches sur Taction
  vagotrope de l'adrenaline en injections intraveineuses.  Presse
  med., 1926,  34: 84-8.—Smirnow, A. J.,  &  Schiroky, W. F.
  Ueber die vagotrope Wirkung des Adrenalins.  Zschr. ges. exp.
  Med., 1927, 55: 24-34.

  ----   Effect: Respiratory system.
     Ahlgren, G.  Mikrorespirometrische  Untersuchungen iiber
  die Hormonwirkungen; adrenalin. Skand. Arch. Physiol., Lpz.,
  1925-26, 47:  275-80.—Beccari, E., &  Boriani,  A.  L'azione
  respiratoria riflessa e diretta di alcune sostanze simpaticomi-
  metiche.  Boll. Soc.  ital. biol. sper., 1935, 10: 774-7.—Bille-
  wicz-Stankiewicz, J.   L'influence de l'adrenaline sur le centre
  respiratoire.  C.  rend.   Soc. biol.,   1935, 120: 483-6.—Brill,
  S.,  Prinzmetal, M., &  Leake,  C.  D.  Effects  of certain
  broncho-constricting  drugs  on intrapleural  pressure.   Proc.
  Soc. Exp.  Biol.,  N.  Y., 1930-31, 28: 617-20.—Cordier,  D.,
  Magne, H., & Mayer, A.  Role de l'adrenaline dans les actions
  produites par 1'irritation des premieres  voies respiratoires du
  lapin.  Ann. physiol., Par., 1927, 3:  774-90.—CoTui, Burstein,
  C. L., & Wright, A. M.   The effect of sympathectomy on the
  sensitivity to  adrenalin  of the bronchioles.  J. Pharm. Exp.
  Tber., 1936, 58: 33-41.—Fegler, J.  Recherches sur Tarythmie
  respiratoire adrenalinique.  Bull, internat.  Acad,  polon.  sc,
  1936, cl. med., 823-39. Also Arch, internat. neur., Par.,  1937,
  56:  272.—Fox, N.   The chronic  effect of epinephrine and
  ephedrine on the nasal mucosa.  Arch. Otolar., Chic, 1931, 13:
  73-6.  ------  The  after-effect of  epinephrine  chloride and
  ephedrine hydrochloride  on the mucosa of the nasal septum.
  Ibid.,  255-8, pl.—Labbe, M., & Rubenstein, M.   L'action
  exercee par l'adrenaline sur les echanges respiratoires.  C. rend.
  Soc. biol., 1933, 112:  637-9—M'Dowall, R. J. S.  The effects
  of  adrenaline on respiration.  Q. J. Exp. Physiol., Lond.,  1928,
  18: 325-32.—Schmidt, C. F.  The action of adrenalin on the
 respiratory center, with remarks upon the treatment of severe
 respiratory depression.  J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1929, 35: 297-
 311.—Selye, H.  The prevention of adrenalin lung edema by
 the alarm reaction. Am.  J. Physiol., 1938, 122: 347-51.

 ----   Effect:  Skin.

    Herxheimer,  H.   *Veranderungen  der Haut
 nach   Injektionen   mit  Suprarenin.   19p.    8?
 Strassb.,  1909.
    Arloing, F., & Thevenot, L.  Action atheromatogene  com-
 paree  des adrenalines organiques  et synthetiques.  C.  rend.
 Congr. fr. med., 1922, 16. sess., 319-21.—Bacq, Z. M. Secretion
 sudoripare chez le cheval apres injection  intradermique  de
 serum adrenaline.  C. rend. Soc.  biol.,  1932,  110: 568-70.—
 Jacobs, D.  Ueber die Schwellenkonzentration des Adrenalins
 an  der menschlichen Haut. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1936, 99:
 195-206.—Lamson, R. W.  Effect of epinephrin upon skin
 reactions to pollen and to histamine.  Proc. Soc.  Exp. Biol.,
 N.  Y.,  1928-29, 26:  612. ------ & Chambers,  S.  O.  An
 unusual skin reaction to epinephrine.  J. Am.  M. Ass., 1931,
 97: 314-6.—Parker,  G. H.  What part of the melanophore
system  in fundulus is acted upon by adrenalin?  J.  Cellul.
Physiol., 1934-35, 5: 311-8.—Perotti, P.  L'azione deU'adre-
nalina sul colorito cutaneo e sui cromatofori dei pesci (ricerche
sperimentali in  Scardinius erythrophthalmus)  Arch, fisiol.,

       77908—VOL. 5, 4th sebies----28
 Fir., 1926, 24: suppl., 730-51.—Smith, C. E.  The effect  of
 adrenalin on the apparent resistance of the skin.  J. Psychol.,
 Provincet., 1937, 3: 333-7.—Swineford, O., jr, & Grove, P. T.
 Effects of adrenalin on skin reactions.  J. Allergy, 1936-37, 8:
 475-9.—Veil, C. Sur le mecanisme de la dilatation des cellules
 pigmentaires comme suite lointaine a Tinjection d'adrenaline
 chez le poisson.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1939, 131: 860-2.

 ----   Effect:  Urinary system.

    Adolph, E. F. Epinephrine and urine formation in the frog.
 Am. J. Physiol., 1936, 115: 200-9.—Fleisher, M.  S., & Loeb, L.
 The influence of calcium chloride and of adrenalin  upon the
 secretion  of urine  and upon absorption  from the peritoneal
 cavity.  Proc Soc.  Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1908-9, 6:  116.—Gruber,
 C. M.  Tbe effect  of epinephrine upon the rate  of contraction
 and  upon the conduction time of peristalsis and  antiperistalsis
 in excised ureters.  J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1930,  39: 449-56.—
 Sato, G.  Ueber funktionelle- und  morphologische  Verande-
 rungen der Niere nach wiederholten Adrenalininjektionen.  Tr.
 Jap. Path. Soc, 1932, 22: 628-30.—Toth, L. A.  The effects of
 epinephrine  on urine excretion in dogs.  Am. J. Physiol., 1937,
 119: 140-8.   ------  Renal and vascular responses  to epine-
 phrine  injections in  glomerular and aglomerular  fish.  Proc.
 Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1938, 38: 299.  Also Am. J. Physiol.,
 1939, 126: 347-53.

 ----   Endocrine correlation.

    Cario,   R.   *Beitrage  zur  Frage  des  Anta-
 gonismus   zwischen    Adrenalin   und  Insulin;
 Versuche  an  nebennierenlosen  Hunden   [Wiirz-
 burg]    7p.   8?  Berl., 1930.
    Also Klin. Wschr., 1930, 9:
    Bachman, C, & Toby, G.  The  responses of normal and
 hypophysectomized rabbits to adrenaline.  J.  Physiol., Lond.,
 1936, 87:  1-10.—Bernabeo. E.  Lesioni  anatomiche ed alte-
 razioni  endocrine da adrenalina.  Riv. pat. sper., 1935-36, 15:
 121-43,  10 pl.—Chaikov, I.  L.,  Reichert, F. L.  [et al.]  The
 influence of  epinephrine on  the blood sugar, lactic  acid and
 inorganic phosphorus of completely  hypophysectomized dogs.
 Am. J.  Physiol., 1935, 113: 306-11.—Chidsey, J.  L., & Dye, J.
 A.  The  increase  in insulin secretion following injection of
 epinephrine and its relation to the high liver  glycogen values
 obtained.  Ibid., Ill: 223-9.—Csepai, K., & Weiss, S.  Ueber
 den kardiovascularen Antagonismus von Insulin und Adrenalin.
 Klin. Wschr., 1924, 3: 1497.—Giordano, C,  & Zeglio, P.
 Adrenalinbestimmung im arteriellen  menschlichen Blutplasma
 vor und nach intravenoser Insulininjektion.  Zschr. klin.  Med.,
 1939, 136: 213-8.—Heinbecker,  P., & Weichselbaum,  T. E.
 Blood sugar  response to intraperitoneal epinephrine injections
 in normal and hypophysectomized dogs.  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol.,
 N. Y., 1937-38, 37: 527-9.—Karasek, F., & Poupa, O.  Aug-
 mentation de Teffet  vasculaire  de  l'adrenaline  par  la  testo-
 sterone.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1937. 125: 116-8.  ------  Modi-
 fications de Teffet vasculaire  de  l'adrenaline par  les hormones
 sexuelles de Tautre sexe.  Ibid., 126: 118.—Kepinov, L.  Syner-
 gie de l'adrenaline  et de l'hormone  hypophysaire; sur le me-
 canisme de Taction  glycogenolytique  de l'adrenaline.  C. rend.
 Acad, sc, 1937, 204: 808-10.  ------ Synergie de l'adrenaline
 et de l'hormone hypophysaire; role de l'hormone  hypophysaire
 dans le mecanisme de Taction glycogenolytique de Tadr6naline.
 Ibid., 1218-20.  ------  Systeme glycogenolytique hormonal:
 sur le mecanisme de Taction glycogenolytique de l'adrenaline et
 le role de l'hormone hypophysaire dans ce mecanisme.   Arch.
 internat. physiol., Liege, 1938, 46: 265-92.—La Barre, J., &
 Saric, R.   Sur les causes de Taugmentation postinsulinique de
 la teneur en adrenaline du sang veineux surrenal.  C. rend. Soc.
 biol., 1937, 124: 287-9.—McJunkin. F. A., Rail, R. R., & Singer,
 P. L. Effect of adrenaline chloride on the proliferative activity
 of the cells of the adrenal medulla.   Endocrinology, 1932,  16:
 635-8.—Mavromati, L.  Influence de l'adrenaline sur le cycle
 cestral des rates.   C.  rend. Soc. biol., 1932,  110: 658-60.—
 Rogoff,  J.  M., Nixon, E. N. [et al-1  Epinephrine secretion in
 hypophysectomized dogs.  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol.,  N. Y.,  1937-
 38, 37: 715-7.—Russell, J. A., & Cori, G. T.  A comparison of
 the metabolic effects  of subcutaneous and intravenous epine-
 phrine injections in  normal and hypophysectomized rats. Am.
 J. Physiol., 1937, 119: 167-74.  Also repr.—Saito, S.  On the
 effect of insulin administration upon the epinephrine content of
 the suprarenal body in rabbits.   Tohoku J. Exp.  M., 1929,  12:
 263-9.—Satwornitzkaja, Z. A., Simnitzky, W. S., & Spassky,
 A. J.  Der Einfluss chronischer Adrenalineinspritzungen auf den
 endokrinen Apparat; der Einfluss der Adrenalininjektionen auf
 die morphologische  Beschaffenheit des endokrinen Parenchyms
 der Bauchspeicheldriise.  Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch., 1932,28:
 427-50.—Sawyer, M. E. M., Hampel, C. W., & Ring, G. C.
 The effect  of anterior pituitary extract on the response of the
 denervated heart to adrenine.   Am. J. Physiol.,  1938, 121:
 555-64.—Schrire, V.  Changes in plasma inorganic phosphate
 associated with endocrine activity in  Xenopus laevis; injection
 of adrenaline into  normal and  hypophvsectomised  animals.
 S. Afr. J. M. Sc, 1939, 4: suppl., 4-8.—Viale, G., & Kurie, J.
 Influence de l'appareil thyro-parathyroidien sur Thyperthermie
 consecutive a Tinjection d'adrenaline ou  de solutions salines.
 C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1928, 99:  2010.— Zunz, E., & La Barre, J.
De Thyperinsulinemie  consecutive k Tinjection  d'adrenaline.
Arch, internat. physiol., Liege,  1927, 29:  281-90.   ------ 
EPINEPHRINE
434
EPINEPHRINE
 Sur Taugmentation de la teneur  en insuline du sang veineux
 pancreatique apres injection d'adrenaline.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,
 1927, 96: 710.

 ----   Formation [and secretion]

    See also  Suprarenal gland, Physiology.
    Bernhardt, H.   *Ueber die Adrena'insynthese
 im  Reagenzglase   unter   physiologischen   Be-
 dingungen   [Erlangen]   19p.   22}2cm.-  Wiirzb.,
 1937.
    Pawlowski,   G.    *Funktionelle  Strukturen
 des Nebennierenmarkes mit besonderer Beruck-
 sichtigung   seines  Gehaltes  an  Adrenalin   und
 seinen Vorstufen  [Breslau]  31p.  8?  Chemnitz,
 1936.
    Abelous, J. E„ & Argaud, R.  Le lieu de formation de
 l'adrenaline, substance medullaire ou substance corticale de la
 glande surrenale.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 102: 129. ------
 Sur la formation de l'adrenaline dans la  glande surrenale.  C.
 rend. Acad, sc, 1932, 195: 338.  ------  Sur la formation de
 l'adrenaline dans la glande surrenale; adrenaline combinee ou
 virtuelle et adrenaline libre.   Ibid., 1934,  199: 318-20. ------
 Role des lipides et lipoides dans Tadrenalogenese.  Ibid., 535-
 7.—Bayer, G., & Wense, T. von  der.  Abgabe des Adrenalins
 an  das  Blut  und seine  physiologischen Wirkungen.  Med.
 Novit,, Lpz.,  1938,  47:  184.—Blanchard, L.  Au  sujet  de
 Tadrenalinogenese dans la surrenale; absence d'adrenaline dans
 les cortex surrenaux aberrants de cheval. C.  rend. Soc. biol.,
 1938,  127: 750.—Capri, A.   Distribuzione  e metabolismo
 deU'adrenalina nelle capsule  surrenali  in  varie condizioni
 sperimentali.   Boll. Soc.  ital. biol. sper., 1932, 7: 319-23.—
 Ciocca, B.  Alcune osservazioni  sulla sintesi  deU'adrenalina.
 Boll. chim. farm., 1934,73: 241-5.—Crowden, G. P.  There-
 placement of depleted adrenaline in the suprarenals.  J. Phy-
 siol., Lond., 1929, 68: 313-23.—Danisch.  Vergleichende Unter-
 suchungen iiber  den Adrenalingehalt von Nebennieren und
 Zuckerkandlschen Organen.   Verb. Deut. path. Ges.,  1926,
 21: 222-36.—Devine. J.  So-called virtual adrenaline of the
 suprarenal cortex.  Biochem.  J.,  Lond.,  1936, 30: 1768-74.—
 Donini, P.  SulTadrenalina virtuale.  Rass. clin. ter.,  1937, 36:
 313-9.—Epstein, D., Gunn, J. W. C. [et al.]  The adrenal secre-
 tion of Xenopus laevis (the South African clawed toad)  J.
 Exp. Biol., Lond.,  1932, 9: 233-37.—Feldberg, W., Minz, B., &
 Tsudzimura, H.  The mechanism of the  nervous discharge of
 adrenaline. J. Physiol., Lond., 1934, 81: 286-304.—Freeman,
 N. E., Smithwick, R. H., & White, J. C.  Adrenal secretion in
 man; the reactions of the blood vessels of the human extremity,
 sensitized  by sympathectomy, to adrenalin  and  to adrenal
 secretion resulting from insulin hypoglvcemia.  Am. J. Physiol.,
 1934, 107: 529-34.—Gley, E.,  & Quinquaud. A. [Functions of
 the suprarenal bodies; physiological adrenalinemia in a dog]
 In  Sbornik Pavlova (Omeliansky & Orbeli) 8? Leningrad, 1924,
 132-45.—Heard,  R. D. H.,  & Raper, H. S.  A study of the
 oxidation of 3:4-dihydroxyphenyl-N-methylalanine with  refer-
 ence to  its possible  function as  a  precursor  of  adrenaline.
 Biochem. J., Lond.,  1933, 27: 36-53.—Heard, R. D. H., &
 Welch, A. D. The perfusion of the adrenal gland with reference
 to the mechanism  of adrenaline stabilisation.   Ibid., 1935, 29:
 998-1008.—Imaizumi, R., & Hashiguchi,  N.  Ueber die  Frage
 der Adrenalinmuttersubstanz.  Jap. J. M. Sc, 1938,11: Pharm.,
 59-61.—Larrain,  A. R.,  Roberts,  R.  G., &  Kunde, M.  M.
 Formation of an epinephrin-like substance in autolysing adrenal
 glands.  Proc. Soc Exp. Biol., N.  Y., 1934, 31: 534.  Also Am.
 J. Physiol., 1936, 115: 662-4.—Leulier, A., &  Gojon, P. Sur
 la teneur en adrenaline des capsules  surrenales de differents
 mammiferes. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1927, 96: 547.—Leulier, A., &
 Revol, L.  Sur la localisation de l'adrenaline virtuelle.   C.
 rend. Acad, sc, 1930, 190: 452-4.—Lewis, J. T., & Combes, T.
 J.   Etat dans  lequel se  trouve  l'adrenaline secret6e par  la
 glande surrenale.   C. rend. Soc biol.,  1939, 130: 174.—Lewis,
 J. T., & Prieto, R. O.  La secreci6n de adrenalina por la glandula
 suprarrenal desnervada. Rev.  Soc. argent, biol., 1938, 14: 555-
 60.—Lewis, M. R., & Geilung, E. M. K.  Survival and increase
 of epinephrine in tissue cultures of adrenal glands  from  chick
 embryos.   Am. J.  Physiol., 1935,  113:  529-33.—Macchiarulo,
 O.   Sul passaggio dell'adrenalina e dell'insulina dal  feto alia
 madre e da questa alTembrione.   Ann. ostet.  gin., 1930, 52:
 559-79.—Molinelli, E. A.  La secretion de adrenalina.  Sem.
 med., B. Air.,  1926, 33: pt 2, 870-3.  ------  & Mazzocco,  P.
 Sur  la pretendue existence d'une adrenaline virtuelle dans les
 surrenales.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99:1001-3.—Mouriquand.
 G., & Leulier, A.  L'adrenaline existe-t-elle k l'itat totalement
 libre dans les capsules surrenales fraiches? C. rend. Acad, sc,
 1926,183:1353-5.   ------  Sur l'adrenaline virtuelle. Mede-
 eine, Par., 1926-27, 8: 905-8.  Also Presse med., 1927, 35: 818-
 20.   Also C. rend. Soc biol.,  1928, 99: 1309-11.   Also  Lyon
 med., 1929, 143: 797.  ------& Revol, L.  L'adrenaline virtu-
elle. Rev.  fr. endocr., 1933,  11: 324-9.  Also Monit. endocr.,
 1934, 2: 312.—Nicolas, E. Adrenaline active et adrenaline vir-
 tuelle, a propos de la note  de MM  Abelous  et  Soula.   C.
 rend. Soc. biol., 1922, 86: 849.—Okamura, D.   Experimentelle
 Studien iiber die Ausscheidung des Adrenalins aus der Neben-
niere.  Tokyo igakkwai zasshi, 1939,  53: 174.—Okuda,  M.
The adrenaline  content of the  suprarenal capsule of the  chick
embryo.  Endocrinology, 1928, 12: 342-8.—Rindt, E., & Kahn,
 R. H.  Ueber die experimentellen Grundlagen der Anschauung
 von direkten Beziehungen des Adrenalins zu den Nerven im
 Marke der Nebennieren.  Endokrinologie, 1929. 4: 413-20.—
 Saito, S.  On the  presence of epinephrine in the suprarenal
 bodies in human and bovine foetuses. Tohoku J. Ii*p. M., 1928
 12: 254-62.—Sato, H. Kanowoka, S., & Ohmi, F.  Nochmals
 zur Lokalisationsfrage der Zentren fur die Epinephi in<ekretion.
 Ibid., 1933,  22: 7-17.— Satow,  Y.   The replacement  of  epi-
 nephrine in tbe suprarenals and the splanchnic nerves (experi-
 ments on rabbits with physostigmine)  Ibid., 1938,32: 257-67.—
 Schuler, W.   Ueber Adrenalinsynthese  im Reagenzglase unter
 physiologischen Bedingungen.  Klin. Wschr.,  1935, 14:  606-8.
 ------ Bernhardt,  H.,  & Reindel, W.   Ueber die Adrenalin-
 synthese im  Reagenzglase unter physiologischen Bedingungen;
 die Tyraminbildung  aus  Tyrosin mit  uberlebenden Gewebs-
 schnitten und deren Beziehung zur Adrenalinsynthese.   Zschr.
 physiol. Chem., 1936, 243: 90-102.—Schuler, W., & Wiede-
 mann, A.  Ueber die Adrenalinsynthese  im Reagenzglase unter
 physiologischen Bedingungen.   Ibid.,  1935,  233:  235-56.—
 Serra, V.  Contributo alia conoscenza dell'equilibrio istamino-
 adrenalinico  neH'uomo.  Policlinico, 1932, 39: sez. med.,  83-
 100.—Stefl, J.  Sur la neosynthese de  l'adrenaline.  C. rend.
 Soc. biol.,  1931, 106: 410-2.—Tournade.  La secretion surre-
 nale de l'adrenaline.   Paris med., 1926, 59: 423-39.   ---■—
 Sarrouv, C, & Chevillot, M.  L'acetvlcholine et Tadrenalino-
 secretion.   C. rend. Soc biol.,  1937, 3 24: 5-7.—Utevsky,
 A.  M.  [Hidden and bound adrenalin]   Vrach. delo, 1936, 19:
 265-70.—Watanabe,  F.  Ueber Volumenanderung eines ent-
 nervten  Beines und  einer entnervten  Milz  infolge sensibler
 Reizung und ihren vermeintlichen  Zusammenhang mit  der
 Epinephrinsekretion der Nebennieren.   Tohoku J. Exp.  M.,
 1935, 27: 556-67.

 ----  Formation:  Variations.
   Aomura, T. On the epinephrine in the blood of the supra-
 renal  vein and in the suprarenal extract  from the rabbit during
 pregnancy.  Tokoku J. Exp. M., 1929, 14: 316-34.------&
 Yen, T. J.  The minimum effective dose of strychnine in causing
 the augmented output of epinephrine  from the suprarenal
 gland in the  non-anaesthetized,  non-fastened dog.   Ibid.,  93-
 108.—Binet, L. [Recherches sur la teneur des capsules surrenales
 en  adrenaline chez  le chien dans  diverses conditions exp6ri-
 mentales]  J. Physiol.  USSR,  1937, 22:  294-9.  ------ &
 Lanxade, J.  Taux d'adrenaline dans les capsules surrenales,
 chez les chiens soumis a la depression barometrique.  C. rend.
 Soc. biol., 1936, 122: 1011.—Britton, S.  W.  Adrenin secretion
 on  exposure to cold,  together with a possible explanation of
 hibernation.  Am. J. Physiol., 1928, 84: 119-31.—Cannon, W.
 B., Linton, J. R., & Linton, R. R.  The effects of muscle metab-
 olites on adrenal secretion.  Ibid., 1924, 71:  153-62.—Cohen,
 M. B., Rudolph, J.  A. [et al.]  Studies  on the relation of  the
 adrenal glands  to allergic phenomena; the output of epineph-
 rine during anaphylactic shock in  dogs. J. Allergy, 1934, 5:
 221-9.—Domenici, F.  L'influenza degli stati emotivi e dolorosi
 sull'adrenalinuria (reazione del Viale)  Boll. Soc ital. biol. sper.,
 1934,  9: 911 — Fukai, S.   Studien uber  die histologischen
 Veranderungen der  Nebenniere  nach der Adrenalininjektion.
 Okayama igakkai zasshi, 1939, 51: 394.—Gohar, H. A. F.  The
 effect of diet, of insulin  and of thyroxine upon tbe adrenaline
 content of the suprarenal glands.  J. Physiol., Lond., 1933,  80:
 305-13.—Hasama, B.  Ueber die Aktionsstrome an der Neben-
 niere nach  Adrenalininjektion.  Arch. exp.  Path., Berl., 1937,
 185: 590-8.—Hatano, M., & Saizyo, K.  Epinephrine secretion
 in dogs after administration of rhodein.   Tohoku J. Exp. M.,
 1936,  29: 563-74.—Hazard, R.,  & Wurmser, L. Antagonisme
 de  Tion potassium  et de Tion  magnesium sur Tadrinalino-
s6cretion.   C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 117: 864-6.—Heilbrunn,
G., & Liebert, E.  Observations  on the  adrenalin level in  the
blood serum  during insulin hypoglycemia and after metrazol
 convulsions.  Endocrinology,  1939, 25:  354-8.—Hermann, H.
 Eserine et adrenalino-secretion.   C. rend. Soc. biol., 1937, 124:
 617.-----—  Jourdan,  F.  [et al.]   Adrenalino-secretion  par
excitation directe de la glande surr6nale enervee chez le chien.
 Ibid.,  1936, 122: 579-82.  ------ Action adrenalino-secretrice
 des ions alcalino-terreux.  Ibid.,  1938, 129: 843-5. —Houssay,
 B. A., & Molinelli, E. A.  Descarga de adrenalina por accion de
sales concentradas.   Rev. Soc.  argent,  biol.,  1925,  1:  593-9.
Also Prensa med. argent., 1925-26, 12: 845.  ------ Effect of
 nicotin, cystosin, lobelin, coniin,  piperidin  and quaternary
ammonias on  adrenal secretion.  Am.  J. Physiol., 1926,  76:
 551-76.  ------  Adrenal discharge produced by drugs in-
jected  into adrenal.  Ibid.,  77:  184-91.  ------" Decharges
d'adrenaline d'une surrenale anastomosee aux vaisseaux du cou.
 C.  rend. Soc. biol., 1927,  97:  1311.  ------  Accion  de la
 neurina y efedrina sobre la secreci6n de adrenalina.  Rev. Soc.
argent, biol.,  1927, 3: 699-708.—lino, Y.  Ueber den Einfluss
der Aussentemperatur auf den Adrenalingehalt der Nebenniere
und den Glykogengehalt der Leber und des Muskels der Krote.
 Mitt.  Med. Akad. Kioto, 1930, 4: H. 1, No. 21, 31-43, 2 tab —
Jourdan, F.,  & Barrier, R.  Action adrenalino-secretrice  des
ad renal ino-inverseurs: F. 883 et F. 933.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,
 1937,  126: 1021-3.—Kanowoka, Z.  Does the administration of
adrenaline alter the  epinephrine (adrenaline) load of the supra-
renal  glands in rabbits?  Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1934, 24: 572-
79.—Katsuragi, R.  Experimentelle Studien iiber den Einfluss
der akuten eitrigen diffusen  Peritonitis auf  die Nebenniere;
zur Frage der Veranderung des Adrenalingehaltes in den Kanin-
chennebennieren.   Okayama igakkai zasshi,  1934, 46:  3207-
 10.—Katz,  G.,  & Katz,  G.  Action of atropin and eserin on 
EPINEPHRINE
435
EPINEPHRINE
adrenalin secretion caused by KC1 and CaCl.  Proc. Soc. Exp.
Biol., N.  Y., 1937, 36:  848-51.—Kishima,  H.  Ueber  die
Veranderung  des  Nebennieren-Adrenalingehaltes  bei  Ver-
brennung und Histaminvergiftung.  Jap. J. M. Sc, 1937, 10:
Pharm., 64.—Kodama, S. Einfluss  der intravenosen Injektion
von Urethan auf Epinephrinsekretion bei der Katze.  Tohoku
J. Exp. M., 1930, 15: 11-0—Kuchel, C. C, & Mitchell, M. L.
The effects of stimulation of the adrenal gland upon its content
of ascorbic acid, adrenalin and glutathione.  Austral. J. Exp.
Biol., 1936, 14: 51-5.—Lewis, J. T.,  & Prieto, R. O.  Secretion
d'adrenaline par la glande surrenale enervee.  C. rend. Soc.
biol., 1939,  130:169-72.—Marconi, F., & Di Marco, I.  Ricerche
sul contenuto adrenalinico delle surrenali di animali alio stato
fisiologico e in vari stati patologici; negli stati di intossicazione
e di  shock insulinico ed anafilattico.   Arch,  internat.  pharm.
dyn., Par., 1937,  56: 49-80.  ------   Ricerche sul contenuto
adrenalinico surrenali di conigli sottoposti alia narcosi e  alia
morte con etere e cloroformio.  Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1937,
12: 166-8.   ------  Ricerche sul contenuto adrenalinico delle
surrenali di conigli sottoposti all'intossicazione lenta da fosforo
ed alTavvelenamento con stricnina.   Ibid., 168.------De-
terminazione deU'adrenalina nelle surrenali de animali sotto-
posti alio shock insulinico mortale all'azione combinata dell'in-
sulina e dell'atropina e alio shock  anafilattico.  Ibid.,  169.—
Matsushita, T. Effect of chloroform and ether anaesthesia on
the quantity of adrenalin in the capsule and the blood.  Mitt.
Med. Akad. Kioto, 1934, 10: 195.—Mouriquand, G., & Leulier,
A. Sur la teneur en adrenaline  des capsules surrenales dans
Tinanition  totale.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1928, 99: 280. ------&
Sedallian,  P. Toxine  t6tanique  et adrenaline des  surrenales.
Ibid., 1927, 97: 500.—Oliva, C.  Variaciones del contenido en
adrenalina  de las cdpsulas suprarrenales despues de la anestesia.
Sem. med., B. Air., 1913, 20: pt 2, 1462.—Ono, S.  Ueber den
Einfluss des Bakterientoxins auf die Adrenalinsekretion.  Zschr.
ges. exp. Med., 1931, 76: 689-93.—Popielski, L.  [Compression
of the suprarenal capsule and adrenaline]  Rozpr. wydz. mat.
przyrod., Krakow, 1913, 3. ser., 13: B, 23-8, 5 diag.—Rafflin,
R., & Saradjichvili, P.   Adrenaline et acidose.  C. rend.  Soc.
biol., 1929, 102: 560.—Richter,  O.  Ueber  den Einfluss der
endokrinen Driisensekrete auf  die  Adrenalinbildung und  den
Adrenalingehalt der Nebennieren.  Endokrinologie, 1934—35,
15: 305-20.—RogCiff, J. M., & Nixon, E. N.  Epinephrine  out-
put from the adrenal glands in experimental diabetes.  Am. J.
Physiol., 1937, 120: 440-5.—Rosenblueth, A., &  Gayet, R.
The failure of diet  to  influence the adrenin content  of the
adrenal glands.  Ibid., 1932, 100: 342.—Saizyo, K., & Hatano,
M.  Effect of vitacamphor  upon the epinephrine secretion in
dogs.  Tohoku J.  Exp.  M.,  1936, 29: 555-62.—Satake, Y.
The amount of epinephrine secreted from the suprarenal glands
in dogs in haemorrhage, and poisoning with guanidine, peptone,
coffein,  urethane, camphor, etc.  Ibid.,  1931, 17:  333-44.
------ Watanabe, M., & Sugawara, T. Effect of fasting and
of sensory stimulation upon the rate of epinephrine output from
the suprarenal gland in dogs.  Ibid., 1927,  9:  1-40.—Sato, H.,
& Aomura, T.  Einfluss des Coffeins auf die Epinephrinabgabe
aus der Nebenniere bei narkotisierten sowie nicht narkotisierten
Hunden.  Ibid., 1929, 13: 117-35.  ------  Effect of urethane
upon the rate of the epinephrine discharge from the suprarenal
gland of dogs.  Ibid., 1930, 15: 17-35.—Sato, H-, Hatano, M.,
& Muto, T.  Epinephrine output rate after atropine.  Ibid.,
1938, 34: 289-300.—Sato, H-, & Sugawara, T.  Einfluss des 0-
Tetrahydronaphtylamins auf  die Epinephrinabgabe  der  Ne-
benniere beim Hunde.  Ibid., 1930, 16: 580-96.—Sazawa, N.
Epinephrine load of the  suprarenal gland of atropinized  rabbits.
Ibid., 1938, 34: 277-88.—Sugawara, T.  Einfluss des 0-Tetra-
hydronaphtylamins auf  die Epinephrinabgabe der Nebennieren
bei der  Katze.  Ibid.,  1927, 9: 368-400.  ------ Saito, S., &
Nemoto, M.  Effect of adrenaline, intravenously administered,
upon the epinephrine output from the suprarenal body. Ibid.,
149-206.—Takahashi, W.  Influence of  strychnine and cold-
puncture on the epinephrine content of the suprarenal body of
rabbits.  Ibid., 1931-32, 18: 327-38.—Tournade, A., & Chabrol,
M.  Sur Tadrenalino-secretion  que  dedenche Tinjection intra-
veineuse de nicotine; part de Thyperadrenalinemie dans l'apnee
nicotinique.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926, 94: 1002-4.—Tournade,
A., Chevillot, M., & Chardon, G.  Secretion reflexe d'adrenaline
par inhalation de gaz irritant. Ibid., 1938,128:165.—Tournade
A., & Hermann, H.  Chloralose et adrenalino-s6cretion. Ibid.,
1928, 98: 306-8.—Tournade, A.,  &  Raymond-Hamet.  Action
de la tyramine  sur  Tadrenalino-secretion.   Ibid.,  1933,  113:
1473-6.—Watanabe, M.  Effect of strychnine upon the rate of
epinephrine output from the suprarenal glands of dogs.  Tohoku
J. Exp. M., 1927, 9: 251-73.  ------ On the effect of the drugs
of the caffeine group upon  the rate of epinephrine discharge
from the suprarenal glands of dogs.  Ibid.,  1928, 10: 177-90.

----   Immunologic aspect.
   Cheboksarov, M. N.  [Action  of diphtheritic toxins on the
secretion of adrenalin by the suprarenal capsules] Russ. vrach.,
1911, 10: 966-70.—Gamier, M.  Influence de l'adrenaline sur
le developpement des gangrenes  microbiennes.  C. rend.  Soc
biol. 1930  104:3.—Graziano, F.  Sulla pretesa neutralizzazione
in vitro della tossina difterica da parte delTormone surrenalico.
Pediatria (Riv.) 1930, 38: 33-40.— Mamorston-Gottesman, J.,
& Perla, D.   The effect  of injections of epinephrine on the
hemolysin formation in  normal rats.  J.  Exp. M., 1928, 48:
225-33 —Mazzeo, M.    Adrenalina e fenomeni immunitari.
Riforma med.,  1928, 44:  1039-42.—Mouriquand, G., Leulier,
A., & Sfidallian. P.   Toxine  dipht6rique et adrenaline des
surrenales.   C. rend. Acad, sc, 1927,  184: 1359.—Osborn, T.
W.  R.   The action of adrenaline on haemolvtic complement.
S. Afr.  J. M. Sc,  1936, 1: 121-7.—Pottenger, F. M.,  jr,  &
Pottenger,  J. E.   Evidence of the  protective influence  of
adrenal hormones against tuberculosis in guinea pigs.  Endo-
crinology, 1937, 21: 529-35.—Renaud, M., & Miget.  A.  Role
favorisant des perturbations locales causees par l'adrenaline sur
le developpement des infections microbiennes.  C. rend. Soc.
biol.,  1930,  103: 1052-4.—Smith.  G. H.   The  bactericidal
action  of the serum following injections of adrenalin.   J.
Immun., Bait., 1926, 12: 205-18.—Tuft,  L.  The influence  of
epinephrine  upon antigen and antibody action.  J. Allergv,
1937-38, 9: 454-7.

----   Inactivation and deterioration.

   See  also subheading Metabolism.
   Abelous, J. E., & Delas, R.  Inactivation de l'adrenaline par
le formol; presence dans le sang normal de formal en quantity
suffisante pour inac.tiver l'adrenaline excr6tee par les surrenales.
C. rend. Soc. biol., l'»2(;, 91: 999-1001.—Bain, W. A., & Dickin-
son, S.  On  the inactivation of adrenaline by mammalian liver
in vitro. J.  Physiol., Lond., 1938. 93: Proc, 54.—Bain, W. A..
Gaunt, W. E., & Suffolk, S. F.  The inactivation of adrenaline
by blood in vitro.  Ibid., 1936, 87: Proc, 8P-9. ------ Obser-
vations on the inactivation of adrenaline by blood and  tissues in
vitro.  Ibid., 1937,  91: 233-53— Blaschko, H., Richter,  D., &
Schlossmann, H.  The inactivation of adrenaline.  Ibid., 90:
1-17.—Bonhomme, F.  Inhibition in vitro de Tautoxydation de
l'adrenaline  par certaines humeurs de I'organisme et notam-
ment  par 1'humeur aqueuse.  Arch, internat. physiol.,  Liege,
1936, 43: 311-50.  Also C. rend. Soc biol., 1936, 122: 110-2.—
Cramer, W.  On the inactivation of adrenaline in vitro and in
vivo.   Proc. Physiol.  Soc, Lond., 1911. 42: p.xxxvi.  Also
repr.—Malafaya  Bapti'ta, A.   lnactivagao da  adrenalina no
organismo.  Arq. pat.,  1938, 10: 5-77.—Paget, M., & Leblond,
C. P.   Contribution k l'etude de l'adrenaline virtuelle; a propos
de Tinactivation de l'adrenaline par le formol.  J. pharm. chim.,
Par., 1930, S. ser., 12: 531-6.—Toscano Rico, J.,  & Malafaya
Baptista, A.  Inactivation  de  l'adrenaline par quelques com-
poses a fonction aldehyde (methylglyoxal, aldehyde glyc6rique)
C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1935, 118: 1118-21.   ----—   Inactivation
de Tadr6naline par des extraits d'organes. Ibid., 120: 42-5.—
Uggeri, B.  Azione deU'adrenalina inattivata sui cromatofori
di Scardinius ervthrophthalmus.  Biochim. ter. sper.,  1939, 26:
3-5.—Wense, T.  Der Peroxydgehalt des Acetaldehydes und
die Inaktivierung des Adrenalins.  Arch. exp. Path.,  Lpz.,
1938-39, 191: 358-61.—Zunz, E., & La Barre, J. Action des
rayons X sur Tadrenalinemie.   Arch,  internat. physiol.,  Liege,
1926, 27: 371-96.

----    irradiated.
   Ewing, P. L., Blickensdorfer, P., & McGuigan, H. A.   Effect
of ultra-violet rays on epinephrine and related  products (pre-
liminary report)   J. Pharm. Exp.  Ther., 1931, 43: 125-9.—
Kneer,  L., Orth, O. S. [et al.]  Destruction of the  depressor
action of adrenalin by ultra-violet radiation.  Endocrinology,
1931, 15: 547.—Lee, Z. Ueber das Verhalten von verschiedenen
fluoreszierenden Farbstoffen fiir den Einfluss  von  Rontgen-
strahlen auf die optischen Isomeren des Adrenalins. Jap. J.
M. Sc 1938, 11: Pharm., 63.—Lovisatti, N.  L'influenza Ront-
gen sugli effetti della adrenalina nei coniglio.  Arch, radiol.,
Nap., 1932,  8: 605-16.—Terata, B., & Ito, R.  Photo-chemische
Untersuchungen uber das ultraviolettbestrahlte  Adrenalin (der
Grund  der   Verstarkung der  physiologischen  Wirkung  bei
ultraviolett  bestrahltem Adrenalin)  J. Orient.  M., Dairen,
1937, 26: 71.

----   Manufacture,  potency, and standardiza-
   tion.
   Ball, E. G., & Chen, T. T.  A potentiometric study of epineph-
rine and related compounds.  Sunti Congr. internaz.  fisiol.,
1932, 14. Congr., 21.—Ball, E. G., & Clark, W. M. A potentio-
metric study of epinephrine.  Proc. Nat.  Acad. Se. U. S., 1931,
17: 347-51.—Donini, P.  Sulla stabilita deU'adrenalina negli
estratti di surrene.  Rass. clin. ter., 1938, 37: 185.—Langeron,
L., fr Loheac, P.  La recherche  de l'adrenaline dans les capsules
surrenales, post mortem.  Rev. fr. endocr.,  1928, 6: 347-57.
------& Paget, M.  Sur I'existence d'adrenaline a l'etat libre
et a l'etat virtuel dans les surrenales humaines preiev6es aprfis
la mort; influence  de  la cadaverisation.  C. rend.  Soc. biol..
1928, 98: 1424-6.—Leulier, A.. & Gojon, P.  Sur la  teneur en
adrenaline des solutions d'adrenaline a l°/00 et des poudres
de surrenales commerciales.  Bull. sc. pharm., Par., 1927, 34:
263-5.—Liihr & Rietschel,  Herstellung von sterilen Adrenalin-
ampullen und ihre Untersuchung auf chemischem  und phar-
makologischem Wege.  Veroff. Heer. San., 1937,  H.  103, 110-
52.—Mouriquand & Leulier.   L'adrenaline des capsules  sur-
renales; valeur de divers procedes de conservation.  Bull. Acad.
med., Par.,  1927, 3. ser., 98: 656.—Paget, M.  Les poudres de
surrenine et le Codex.  J. pharm. chim.,  Par., 1929, 8. ser.,  10:
344-9.   ------  fr Loheac,  P.   Technique de la recherche de
l'adrenaline  dans les  capsules surrenales humaines apres la
mort.   C.  rend.  Soc  biol.,  1928, 98: 1421-3.—Reuter. B.
Process of making compounds of the active substance of supra-
renal glands and said compounds.  U. S.  Patent Off., 1910, No.
970,112.—Sugawara, T.  On the stability of adrenaline  hydro-
chloride and epinephrine  extracted  from bovine  suprarenal 
EPINEPHRINE
436
EPINEPHRINE
 medulla by Folin in various media and of epinephrine liberated
 from suprarenal glands of dogs and cats in defibrinated blood.
 Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1928-29, 12: 97-118.—Tucker, D. A., jr.
 The  epinephrine  content of suprarenal glands  secured at
 autopsy. Med. Bull. Univ. Cincinnati, 1928, 5: 12-4.

 ----   Metabolism.

    See also subheading Formation.
    Batrak, G. E.  [On the significance  of pulmonary tissue in
 disintegration of adrenalin, circulating in the blood]  Biull.
 eksp.  biol.  med., 1939,  7: 439-41. Also Arkh.  pat. anat.,
 Moskva, 1939, 5: No. 3,  74-7.  ------  Ueber die Rolle des
 Lungengewebes bei  der Zerstorung des  im  Blute kreisenden
 Adrenalins.  Bull. biol. med. exp.  USSR, 1939,  7: 426-9 —
 Blaschko, H., & Schlossmann, H. Decomposition of adrenalin
 in tissues.   Nature,  Lond.,  1936,  137:  110.—Broun,  D..  &
 Scheiner, H.  Sur l'etat physicochimique  de l'hormone adrena-
 linique dans le sang.  C.  rend. Acad, sc, 1935,  201: 794.—
 Chikano, M.,  &  Kominami, M.  Ueber die Spaltung des
 Adrenalins  im  Serum.  Biochem. Zschr., 1929, 205: 176-S.—
 Chistoni, A. Contributo alio studio della normale presenza q:
 adrenalina nei sangue arterioso dei mammiferi.  Riv. pat. sper.,
 1927, 2: 324-6.—Domenici, F. SulTadrenalinuria (reazione del
 Viale) in condizioni fisiologiche.  Boll. Soc.  ital.  biol. sper.,
 1934, 9: 908-10.—Ekerfors. H.  Oxydation de l'adrenaline et
 influence de quelques produits possedant la propriete biologique.
 C. rend. Soc. biol., 1925, 93: 1162-7.—Field, J.  On the fate of
 epinephrin  in the body.   California West. M.  1938,  48:  9.—
 Ghirardi, E.  Sulle vie di eliminazione degli ormoni; linfa e
 adrenalina.  Boll. Soc.  ital. biol. sper., 1928, 3: 541.—Giordano,
 C, & Zeglio, P. Studi sull'adrenalina; il contenuto in adrenalina
 del sangue nei soggetti  normali. Arch. sc. med., Tor., 1939, 67:
 595-606.—Heirman, P. L'adrenaline est-elle, chez le mammi-
 fere, oxydee par les ferments meianogenes?  C. rend. Soc biol.,
 1937, 126: 1267.—Kisch, B.  Die  Autokatalyse der Adrenalin-
 oxydation.  Biochem.  Zschr.,  1930,  220:  84-91.—Koehler, A.
 E. The destruction of epinephrine by tissues and  fluids of the
 body.  J. Biol.  Chem.,  1934, 105: 1.—Kudrjavtsev, N. N.
 [Changes of adrenalin in tissues] Vrach. delo, 1923, 6: 484-8.—
 Labat & Favreau.  Sur la recherche de l'adrenaline dans Turine.
 J. med. Bordeaux, 1925, 55: 246-8.—Libbrecht, W. L'adrena-
 line et ses  rapports  avec  les ions K et Ca.  Arch, internat.
 physiol., Liege, 1914-20, 15: 352-60.—Markowitz, J., & Mann,
 F. C.  The  liver and gastrointestinal tract in the  destruction
 of epinephrine.  Proc. Mayo Clin., 1928, 3: 374. ------  The
 role of the liver and other  abdominal viscera in the destruction
 of epinephrin in the body.  Am. J.  Physiol., 1929, 89: 176-81.—
 Okamura, N. Ueber die Adrenalinadsorption der Erythrocyten
 in vitro.  Okayama igakkai zasshi,  1939, 51:  1087.—Sato, H.
 On the  site of evanescence  of adrenaline in the organism.
 Tohoku  J.  Exp.  M.,  1930, 16:  597-614.—Schlossmann, H.
 Untersuchungen iiber den Adrenalingehalt des Blutes.  Arch.
 exp. Path.,  Lpz.. 1927, 121:  160-203.—Smith,  R. G.  Ueber
 Hemmung der Adrenalinoxvdation  im Froschherzen.   Ibid.,
 1937,  187:  604-6.—Steinberg,  A. D.  [Zur Frage uber  den
 Anteil der Gewebe an dem Zerfall des Adrenalins]   J. Physiol.
 USSR,  1935, 18: 505-10.—Sundberg, C.  G.   Ueber das Ver-
 schwinden des Adrenalins  aus dem zirkulierenden Blute.   Up-
 sala lak. foren.  forh., 1927, n. F.,  33: 301-25.—Taubmann, G.
 Adrenalin- und Allantoinausscheidung.  Arch. exp. Path., Lpz.,
 1928, 128: suppl., 145.—Uemori, T.  ~Ueber die Entgiftung des
 Adrenalins  durch den retikuloendothelialen  Apparat.    Fol.
 pharm. jap., Kioto, 1930, 10:  Brev., 18; 1930-31, 11: Brev., 3;
 4.—Vscek,  T.   L'importance du degr6  de dissociation  des
 acides dans Toxydation de l'adrenaline.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,
 1929,  100:  585.   ------  Mesure  de la decomposition de
 l'adrenaline  dans le sang, au moyen du pouvoir de  dissociation
 de l'adrenaline.  Ibid., 1930,  103: 652.—Weinstein, S., &
 Manning, R. J,   Intermediate oxidation products  of epineph-
 rine.   Proc Soc. Exp. Biol.,  N. Y.,  1934-35, 32:  1096.—
 Welch, A.  D.   Observations  on  epinephrine  oxidation  and
 stabilization. Am. J. Physiol., 1934, 108: 360-72.—Wiltshire,
 M. O. P.   Tbe influence of tissues and  aminoacids  on the
 oxidation of adrenaline. J. Physiol., Lond., 1931,  72: 88-109.

 ----  Pharmacology.

   See also subheading Effect.
   Gramm,  E.   * Weitere   Versuche  iiber  den
 Einfluss des Adrenalins auf  die  resorptive  Wir-
 kung des  Novocains.   16p.   8?    Tub., 1935.
   Rehm,   E.     *Quantitative   Untersuchungen
 iiber  den  Einfluss des  Adrenalins auf  den  zeit-
 lichen  Verlauf  der   Giftwirkung einiger Lokal-
 anaesthetika  bei  der  Maus.   18p.    8?  Tub.,
 1934.
   Spohr,   W.  E.   B.   *Untersuchungen  beim
 Menschen iiber die Wirkungen von  alkalifestem
 Adrenalin  [Frankfurt]   22p.    8?   Halle, 1927.
   Alles, G. A. Comparative physiological action of quaternary
ammonium salts  of the epinephrine series.  Proc Soc Exp.
Biol.,  N. Y., 1933, 30:  491-3.—Aomura, T., Yen,  Teh-Jun &
Oikawa,  K.   Einfluss des  Tetrodotoxins  auf die Epinephrin-
abgabe beim Hunde.  Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1930, 15: 36-49.—
Barkan, G., & Matiisen-Dreybladt, R. Zur Frage der Identitat
 des peripheren Angriffspunktes von Adrenalin und Sympathol.
 Arch.  exp.  Path., Berl., 1933, 172: 486-500.—Bayer, G., &
 Wense.  T.   Ueber die Beeinflussung der  Adrenalininakti-
 vierung durch Acetaldehyd und durch Cocain.  Ibid., 1937-38,
 188: 114-20 — Bellini, L., & Ardy, C.  Azione dell adrenalina e
 del veleno di Bufo vulgaris prima et dopo somministrazione di
 un farmaco simpaticolitico  (933 F)  Biochim. ter. sper., 1936,
 23: 369-73.—Bosquet, F.  Modifications de Taction de l'adre-
 naline sous I'influence des ions. C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932, 111:
 665-7.—Brodd, C. A.  Ueber die Bedeutung des  Kreatins,  des
 Kreatinins und des Arginins fiir  den motorischen Effekt  dea
 Adrenalins.  Skand. Arch. Physiol., Berl., 1927, 50: 97-154.—
 Cahn, R.,  & Steiner, B. Zur Erwiderung auf obigen Artikel
 von Herrn Cs6pai unsere Arbeit iiber Adrenalinresorption und
 Adrenalinwirkung betreffend.  Jahrb.  Kinderh., 1923, 3.  F.,
 51: 229.—Camp,  W. J. R., & Higgins, J. A.  The  role of  po-
 tassium in epinephrine action.  J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1936,  57:
 376-87.—Cannon, W. B., & Rosenblueth.  A.  A comparative
 study of sympathin and adrenine.   Am. J. Physio!., 1935, 112:
 268-76.—De Nito, G.   Azione dell'iodato  potassico coll'acido
 sulfanilico  sopra l'azione deU'adrenalina.  Boll. Soc ital. biol.
 sper., 1937, 12: 353.—Ehrismann, O.  Zur Kritik der Theorie
 von d.er Identitat der Calcium- und Adrenalinwirkung.  Arch.
 exp. Path., Lpz., 1928, 134: 247-51 .—Epstein, D., Gunn, J.  A.,
 & Viiden,  C. J.   The action of some amines related to adren-
 aline; methoxy-phenylethylamines.  J. Physiol.,  Lond., 1932,
 76: 224.—Franke, H.   Klinisch vergleichende Untersuchungen
 iiber die  Kreislaufmittel der Adrenalingruppe. Klin. Wschr.,
 1938,  17:  1695-1700.—Gautrelet,  J., & Briault, P. L.  In-
 fluence  de  Tadr6naline  sur  Tanesth6sie  par le  chloralose;
 (premiere note)  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1913,  75: 40.—Giordano,
 C., &  Zeglio, P.   Ricerche sull'adrenalina.   Arch, sc med.,
 Tor.,  1937, 63: 469-84.—Haag, F.  E., Konig, H. [et  al.]  Adre-
 nalin  und Ephedrin in ihrer Wirkung auf die anaphylaktische
 Reaktionsbereitschaft des aktiv sensibilisierten Tieres.   Zschr.
 Immunforsch., 1937, 91: 22-38.—Hasama. B.  Beitrage zur
 Erforschung der Bedeutung der chemischen Konfiguration fiir
 die pbarmakologischen Wirkungen  der  adrenalinahnlichen
 Stoffe. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1930, 153: 161-86.—Jendrassik,
 L., &  Czike,  A.   Wirkt Adrenalin  durch Vermittlung von
 Calcium?   Klin.  Wschr., 1927, 6:  1521.—Jendrassik, L.,  &
 Moser, E.   [The  mechanism of the adrenaline effect]  Magy.
 orv.  arch.,  1926, 27:  51-7.—Jeney,  A.  von, & Mehes,  J.
 Die Wirkung  von Glycerinophosphat und Lecithinfettsauren
 auf die Adrenalinempfindlichkeit der Katze.  Arch. exp. Path.,
 Berl., 1935, 179:  403-14.—La Pefia,  P. de.  Untersuchungen
 iiber die  Abhangigkeit  der Adrenalinwirkung von physiolo-
 gischen Variablen.   Biochem.  Zschr., 1936, 286:  77-80.—
 Lawaczeck, H.   Ueber das Verhalten des Kalziums unter
 Adrenalin, ein Beitrag zum Mechanismus der Adrenalinwirkung.
 Deut. Arch. klin. Med., 1928, 160: 309-22.—Lee,  M.  O.,  &
 Bacq,  Z. M.  The failure of sympathetic extirpation in the rat
 to affect  the basal metabolism or the calorigenic action  of
adrenaline.  Am. J. Physiol., 1933, 103: 637-42.—Lewis, J. T.,
& Barman, J. M.  Effets du traitement prolonge par l'adrena-
line et le sang de la veine surrenale.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1939,
 130:   172.—Linnell, W. H.  Les  hormones  halogenines  de
l'adrenaline et de  l'ephedrine.   C.  rend.  Congr.  internat.
pharm., 1935, 12. Congr., 428-34.—McGuigan, H. A., & Hig-
gins, J. A.  Changes  in the  circulatory effect  of  potassium
salts due to epinephrine (adrenalin)  Am. J. Physiol., 1935-36,
114:  207-11—Merklen, L., & Vidacovitch, M.   Etude com-
paree  de  Taction  de la  vagotonine et de diverses substances
pancreatiques  sur Tefficacite de l'adrenaline.  C. rend. Soc.
biol., 1933, 113: 615-8—Paula Peruche, F. de.  Le m6canisme
de Taction de l'adrenaline  dans l'asthme  et le coryza spas-
modique.  Ibid., 1927, 97: 1062-4.—Pilcher, J. D.  Mechanism
of the antiedemic  action of epinephrin.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1925,
85: 1482.   Also  repr.—Popoviciu,  G.  [Pharmacodynamic
researches  with adrenalin]   Cluj.  med.,  1927,  8:  359-70.—
Raymond-Hamet.  Influence de la tropine sur les effets moteurs
et inhibiteurs de l'adrenaline.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1932, 109:
616-9. ------   Disparite  du comportement a  T6gard d'un
sympathicolytique naturel,  chlorhydrate  de  corynantheine
 pure,  d'une part des effets hypertenseurs et vaso-constricteurs
renaux de  l'adrenaline, d'autre part de ceux provoques par
Tocclusion  carotidienne.  Ibid., 1939,  130:  733-8.—Renaud,
 M., & Miget, A.  Influence de la concentration des solutions
 sur la resorption et Taction pharmacodynamique de l'adrena-
 line.   Ibid., 1930,  105:  201-3—RUhl, A. Ueber vergleichende
 experimentelle  und  klmisehe  Untersuchungen   zur  thera-
 peutischen Wirksamkeit von  verschiedenen  Substanzen der
 Adrenalinreihe.  Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1932, 164: 8-32 —
 Schlesinger,  H.   [Adrenalinwirkung]  Wien.  med.  Wschr.,
 1919,  69:  2346.—Schretzenmayr,  A.  Ueber die  Beziehungen
 zwischen  cbemischer Konstitution  und pharmako-dynamischer
 Wirkung bei der  Adrenalingruppe.   Klin. Wschr., 1931, 10:
 1397.—Schwab,  M.   Beitrag  zur Kenntnis der Adrenalin-
 wirkung.    Zbl. Gyn.,  1911,  35:  1306-8.—Steppuhn,  O.,  &
 Sargin, K.  Ueber die Beeinflussung der peripharen Adrenalin-
 wirkung durch Organextrakte.  Arch. exp. Path., Lpz.,  1926,
 112:  1-16.—Tiffeneau.  Relations entre la  constitution  chimi-
 que de l'adrenaline  et ses effets pharmacodynamiques.  Rev.
med. fr.,  1933, 14: 887.—Ungar, G., & Zerling, M. R.  Action
des substances sympathicolytiques sur la mydriase et la suda-
 tion adrenaliniques; rapports avec les phenomenes de liberation.
C. rend. Soc. biol., 1934, 116: 297-9.—Wilkie, D.  Tbe relation
between concentration and action of  adrenaline.   J. Pharm.
Exp. Ther., 1928,  34: 1-14.—Zwaardemaker, H.  The balance 
EPINEPHRINE
437
EPINEPHRINE
in radio-physiological equilibria shifted by 1-adrenalin towards
the alpha-side, and  by  d-adrenalin towards  the  beta-side.
Proc. Akad. wet. Amsterdam, 1926, 29: sect, sc, 93.

----   Physical property.
   Devrient, W., Thyssen, S., & Sokoloff. B.  Electrochemical
behavior and electromigration of adrenalin.  Proc.  Soc. Exp.
Biol.,  N. Y., 1930-31,  28:  80.  Also J. Pharm.  Exp. Ther.,
1931,  42:  299-319.  —----   The migration  of epinephrin
in a new apparatus for electrodialysis.   Radiology, 1931,  16:
746-51.—Sankaran, G.,  & Ranganathan,  S.  Migration  of
adrenaline  in an electrical  field.  Ind.  J.  M.  Res., 1937-38,
25: 81-3.

----   Physiology.

   See also  subheading Formation;  also  Supra-
renal gland, Physiology.
   Barath,  E.   Bemerkungen zu der Arbeit von  Forster und
Benkovics  Ist die  Wirkung des Adrenalins eine  dissoziierte?
Zschr.  ges. exp. Med.,  1926,  51: 330.—Cannon,  W. B., &
Lissak, K.  Evidence for adrenaline in adrenergic neurones.
Am. J. Physiol., 1939, 125: 765-77— Coffey, H. E., Webster,
R. R., & Main, R. K. Studies on the adrenal hormone essential
to life.  Pacific Coast M., 1935.  2:  19-23.—Greer, C. M.,
Pinkston, J.  O. [et  al.]   Nor-epinephrine  [/3-(3,4-dihydroxy-
phenyl)-(S-hydroxyethyIamine] as  a possible mediator  in  the
sympathetic division of  the autonomic nervous system.   J.
Pharm. Exp. Ther.,  1938.  62: 189-227.—Marrazzi, A. S.  A
self-limiting mechanism  in sympathetic homesotatic adjust-
ment.   Science, 1939, 90:  251.—Nowicki,  W.   [Relation  be-
tween  chromaffin and  adrenalin  in the suprarenal capsules]
Przegl. chir. gin.,  1913,  8:  169-94.—Rein,  H.   Ueber  die
phvsiologischen Aufgaben des Adrenalins als Kreislaufhormon.
Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch., 1937, 10: 27-58  [Discussion]
58-61.—Rodriguez Sarahia, L., & de Velasco y  Castellanos, R.
Estudio fisiol6'rico de la adrenalina. Rev. med. cubana, 1931,
45: 1305-12.

----   Poisoning [including allergy]

   See also  subheading  Therapeutic  use:  Unto-
ward effects.
   Attempted suicide with adrenalin.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1917,
92: 600.—Aubriot.  Contribution a la pathogenie de l'intoxica-
tion adrenalinique chirurgicale aigue.   Rev.  otoneur., Par.,
1926,   4: 205.—Bottcher, P. G.   Kollaps nach Suprarenin;
ein Beitrag zur Frage der  Suprareninwirkung.  Ther.  Gegen-
wart,  1926, 67: 491-4.—Chen, F. K.  Untersuchungen iiber
die Beziehungen zwischen  urticariellem Effekt adrenaliniihn-
licher Substanzen zu ihren pharmakologischen und chemischen
Eigenschaften.   Arch.  Derm.  Syph.,  Berl.,  1929,  158: 494-
504.—Clotet. Estudi experimental de Tintoxicaci6 adrenalinica;
antagonisme  entre aquesta i  Testricnina  i testiculina.   An.
Acad.  lab.  cienc. med.  Cataluna, 1913, 7: 296-9.—Cohn, J.
Unusual reactions  to slow  epinephrine.  J. Allergy, 1938-39,
10: 459-61.—Cortivo, B.  Ricerche sull'abitudine alTadrenalina.
Atti Soc. med.  chir. Padova, 1933, ser. 2,  11:  297-300. Also
Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1933, 8: 745-8.—Danielopolu, D., &
Marcu, I.   Sensibilisation et  accoutumance  k  l'adrenaline.
C. rend. Soc. biol., 1939, 130:  1112-5.  —----  Sur le phi-
nomene de sensibilisation a l'adrenaline; adrenaline efficiente
et adrenaline sensibilisante.  Ibid., 131: 741-3.—Eguchi,  K.
Ueber  die  Veranderungen  des  Hodens durch  die  Adrenalin-
vergiftung.   Sc. Rep.  Inst.  Infect. Dis., Tokyo, 1927,  6:
285-7.—Ehrismann, O.,  & Malov, G.  Ueber  zwei Gifte  der
Adrenalingruppe  (p-Oxyphenvlathanol-methylamin  und sein
Keton) Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1928, 136: 172-84.—Elevitch.L.
[Ca=e of heart-block from adrenalin injection (1:1000 solution)]
Klin,  med., Moskva, 1928, 6:  248-50.— Gargano. C.  Altera-
zioni arteriose consecutive ad intossicazione adrenalica.  Ann.
ital. chir.,  1928, 7: 219-40.—Gormsen, H.  [Fatal adrenalin
poisoning]  Ugeskr. laeger, 1939, 101: 242-5.—Halle.  Idio-
synkrasie gegen Nebennierenpraparate.  Zschr.  Laryng., 1929-
30 19:445-8.—Hermann, H., & Vial, J. Syncope ad-enalino-
monochloroethanique.  C. rend. Soc biol., 1934  117: 439 —
Ichteimann. I.  M.  Ueber die Myokardveranderungen  bei
Adrenal in vergiftung (Versuche  mit Vitalfarbung)   Zschr.  ges.
exp. Med., 1934. 93: 212-21.—Ishihara, T.   Das Verhalten
der verschiedenen Aminosauren  fiir die  Adrenalinsensibili-
sierung.  Jap. J. M. Sc, 1938, 11: Pharm., 61.— Leicher, H.
Der Suprareninschnupfen  (allergische Rhinitis durch  Supra-
renin)   Hals &c. Arzt, 1936. 27:  379-84.—Linde  P., & Nor-
lin. G.  Ist der Adrenalintremor mit  Storung des Orientie-
rungsvermo^ens der Hand verbunden?  Skand. Arch. Physiol.,
Berk, 1930, 60: 221-4.—Mercicr, F„ & Delphaut, J.  Influence
de la rachianesthesie sur la bradycardie adrenalinique.  C. rend.
Soc. biol.,  1933, 113: 100-2.—Moreira da Fonseca, J.  Tole-
rancia  e intoxicacao pela  adrenalina  I<ol. med.,  Kio, 19-io, 7:
217.—Moulonguet & Luchetti.   Les injections sous-muqueuses
d'adrenaline sont-elles  nocives  chez les sujets chloroformes.''
Ann. mal. oreille, 1926, 45: 617-21.—Papilian, V., Russu, I. G.,
& Antonescu, C.  Le sympathique et la syncope adr6nalinoi
chloroformique   C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935. 118:  471.—Perazzo.
G.  Lesioni istologiche da adrenalina nei parenchima di alcun-
organi  interni.   Pathologica,  Genova,  1934,  26:  745-55.—
Simondi, II. Considerazioni sopra un caso di mors thymica con
riviviscenza trans)toria per iniezione intracardiaca di adrenalina,
Gazz. internaz. med. chir., 1932, 40: 61-6.—Stief, A., & Tokay,
L. Beitrag zur Histopathologie der experimentellen Adrenalin-
vergiftung.  Arch. Psychiat., Berl., 1932.  96:  643-60.   Also
Gy6gyaszat, 1933, 73: 129; 149. ------ Further contributions
to the histopathology  of experimental adrenal intoxication.
J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 1935, 81: 633-48.  Also repr.—Velicogna,
A.  Nouvelle reaction  de sensibilisation de l'adrenaline.  C.
rend.  Soc biol., 1934, 115:  140-2.—Velluda, C. C, fr Russu,
I. G.  Les relations entre les capsules surrenales et la syncope
adrenalino-chloroformique.   Ibid., 1936, 121: 1109.—Wyman,
L. C, & Turn Suden, C.  Modification of adrenalin intoxication
by adrenalectomy.  Am. J. Physiol., 1939, 126: 7-12.—Yakabe,
G.  Experimental study in adrenalin poisoning.  Bull.  Nav. M.
Ass., Tokyo, 1931, 20: 4.

----  Preparations.

   Jaeger, E.   *Etude  pharmacodynamique  de
l'adrenalone.   70p. 8?   Par.,  1921.
   Meyer [H.] K.   *Versuche zur Kreislaufbe-
handlung mit Adrenalin-Atropinlosungen.  p.605-
16.   8?   Lpz., 1932.
   Also Arch. exp.  Path., Berl., 1931, 162:
   Adrenalinchlorid.  Zahntech. Reform, 1903, 22: 151; 160.—
Andrews,  M. J.   Incompatibilities of prescriptions containing
epinephrine hydrochloride.   J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1927,  16:
555.—Bessone, F.  Sul nuovo prodotto opoterapico iniettabile
ergal.  Gior. med. prat., 1927, 9:  11-3.—Caizzone, G. Azione
dei complessi adrenalina-glicerina, adrenalina-gelatina, adrena-
line-zinco-gelatina.  Biochim.  ter. sper.,  1938, 25:  171-5.—
Cordes, F. C, &  Harrington, D. O.  Epinephrine bitartrate:
uses other than in the treatment of glaucoma.  Am. J. Ophth.,
1935, 18: 451-3.—Euler, U. S. von.  On the presence of nova-
drenine in suprarenal extracts.  J. Physiol., Lond., 1933, 78:
462-6.—Federici,  N.   Delia surrenasi Serono con  qualche
riguardo  a necessity  chirurgiche.  Rass. clin.  ter., 1922, 21:
171-6.—Goris. A.,  <fe  Legroux,  R.  Des  inconvenients  des
solutions  d'adrenaline  trop  acides.   Bull. Acad, med., Par.,
1936, 3. ser , 115: 864-73.—Gunn, J. A. The pharmacological
actions and therapeutic uses of  some compounds related to
adrenaline.  Brit. M.  J.,  1939,  2: 155-60.—Hazard, R., &
Mangeot, A.  Recerches sur la toxicite du melange d'adrenaline
et de cocaine chez le cobaye.  J. pharm. chim., Par., 1938, 8.
ser., 29: 375-9.—Keeney, E. L.  A slowly absorbed epinephrin
preparation; preliminary report.   Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp.,
1938, 62: 227-9.------Pierce, J. A., & Gay, L. N.  Epineph-
rine in oil; a new, slowly absorbed epinephrine preparation.
Arch. Int.  M., 1939,  63: 119-42.—Malmy.   Remarques sur la
solution d'adrenaline au millieme.  J. pharm. chim., Par., 1927,
8. ser., 6: 401-5.—Mikheev, N. A.  [Camphor as substance for
preservation of adrenalin]   J. Physiol. USSR,  1937,  22:  119-
28.—Moses, P. Ueber Erfahrungen mit Hypernephrin. Ther.
Gegenwart, 1924,  65:  477.—Mouriquand,  G.,  & Leulier, A.
Adrenaline des surrenales  et produits opoth6rapiques.  Bull.
Acad, med., Par., 1927, 3. ser., 97: 621-3.—Naci Taner  (Ad-
renalin according to various pharmacopeias]   Askeri sihhiye
mecmuasi, 1939, 68: 117-24.—Natural and synthetic adrenalin.
Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1924, n. ser., 117: 430.—Spain, W. C.
Strauss,  M. B., & Fuchs, A. M.  A slowly absorbed gelatin-
epinephrine mixture.   J.   Allergy,  1938-39,  10: 209-14.—
Stenbeck,  A.  [A Swedish epinephrine preparation]   Hygiea,
Stockh., 1931, 93: 762-6.—Toller, G.   L'azione  deU'adrenalina
in soluzione idroglicerica e acquosa.  Rass.  clin. ter.,  1926, 25:
268-77.—Tuohy, E. B., & Exsex, H. E. A comparative study
of the physiologic activity of cobefrin and epinephrine.  S urgery,
1937, 1: 564-80.—Vartiainen, I.,  & Wichmann, K. Ueber die
Wirksamkeit einiger  Adrenalinpraparate.   Acta  Soc. med.
Duodecim, 1937-38, ser. A, 20: fasc. 3, No. 9,  1-13.—Yotoka,
T., & Tagaya, T.  On the pharmacological value of  synthetic
f-epinephrin-Ciba.  Sei i kwai, 1926, 15: No. 4,  6.

----  Substitutes.

   See also Ephedrine.
   Hoyer, H.    *Ist   Corbasil ein  vollwertiges
Ersatzpraparat fiir das Suprarenin in der Zahn-
heilkunde?  [Bonn] 31p.   8?   Waldbrol  (Rhld.)
[1935]
   Huefnagels,    H.    *Vergleichende   Studien
iiber adrenalin-ahnliche  Pharmaka   (Racedrin,
Sympatol, Ephetonin  und Ephetonal)   29p.   8?
Berl., 1933.
   Bacq, Z. M.  Action de la syn6ohrine et de la neosynephrine
sur la membrane nictitante du chat.  Arch, internat. pharm.
dyn., Par., 1938, 60: 456-61.— Drake, M. E., John, R. [et al.]
The  smooth muscle actions of  epinephrine substitutes; re-
sponses of denervated smooth muscles of iris and  intestine to
epinine, to the synephrines and to derivatives of amphetamine-
benzedrine. Ibid., 1939, 61: 491-503.—Ehrismann, O. Ueber
ein adrenalinartiges Praparat. Deut.  med. Wschr.,  1927, 53:
1263,—Elphick, G. K., & Gunn, J. A.  The  action of  some
amines related to adrenaline,  methoxyphenyl-methoxyethyla-
mines.  J. Physiol., Lond., 1934, 81: 422-33.—Flecken, H.
Experimentelle Untersuchungen und klinische  Beobachtungen
uber  die Wirksamkeit des Para- und  Metasympatols.  Arch. 
EPINEPHRINE                                 438                                 EPINEPHRINE
exp. Path., Berl., 1932, 168: 400-12.—Gradinesco, A.  Diffe-
rence d'action entre l'ephedrine et l'adrenaline.  C. rend. Soc.
biol., 1927, 90: 1027-9.—Jensen, H., & Chen, K. K.  A chemical
study of Chan Su, the dried venom of the Chinese toad, with
special reference to the isolation of epinephrine. J. Biol. Chem.,
1929,  82: 397-401.—Kuschinsky, G. Ueber die Stellung des
Sympatols in der Adrenalinreihe. Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1930,
157: 114.—Macht,  D. I.   Pharmakologische Differenzierung
von Ephedrin und  Epinephrin.   Ibid., 1929, 143: 329-36.—
Radoslav, C, &  Petrescu. M.   [Superiority of ephedrine and
ephetonin to epinephrine]  Spitalul, 1929, 49: 203-6.—Reschio,
C.  Ricerche cliniche  su di una sostanza sintetica  della serie
adrenalino-efedriniea.   Gazz. internaz. med.  chir., 1938, 48:
370-3.—Saccardi,  P.   Adrenalino-simili;  loro  prodotti  di
ossidazione e melanine.  Boll. Soc.  ital.  biol. sper.,  1930, 5:
1010-6.—Stockton,  A. B., Pace, P. T., fr  Tainter,  M. L.
Some clinical actions and  therapeutic uses of racemic syneph-
rine.  J. Pharm. Exp. Ther.,  1931,  41:  11-20.—Tainter, M.
L„  & Seidenfeld, M. A. Comparative actions of sympathomi-
metic compounds: synephrine—isomers and—ketone.  Ibid.,
1930,  40: 23-42.

----   Synergists.

   Abderhalden, E., & Vlassopoulos, V.  Zur  Kenntnis der
Wirkungssteigerung von Adrenalin, ferner von Ephetonin und
d- und 1-Ephedrin durch Aminosauren und Polypeptide.  Arch.
ges. Physiol., 1930, 225: 558-60.—Liilolf, W.  Untersuchungen
iiber die Sensibilisierung von Adrenalin  durch  Thyroxin am
uberlebenden Siiugetierherzen.   Zschr.  Biol.,  1930,  99: 334-
46.—Zimmermann,  F.  Beitrage zur Aktivierung des Adrena-
lins durch Thyroxin.  Biochem.  Zschr., 1929, 208: 369-400.

----  Therapeutic use.

   Anthony, A.  J.   Zur Adrenalintherapie.  Arch. exp. Path.,
Lpz.,  1930, 148: 93-101.—Barkan, O., & Maisler, S.  Adrenalin
chloride 1:100 in ophthalmology.  Am. J.  Ophth., 1937, 3. ser.,
20:504-7.—Bicknell, N. J. Use of adrenalin in practice.  Rep.
Wayne Co. M. Soc, 1932-33, 28-30.—Ellett,  E. C.   The
therapeutic value of strong epinephrine solutions.   South. M.
J.,  1935, 28: 336-41.—New (The) adrenalin therapy.  Ther.
Notes, Detr., 1939. 46: 268-72.—Schonfelder,  T.   Quelques
recherches sur la therapeutique par Tadrenaline.  Acta paediat.,
Upps., 1927- 28, 7: Suppl. 2, 95.

----  Therapeutic use:  Administration.

   Burckner, H.   *Adrenalinwirkung bei pero-
raler  Verabreichung.   15p.   8?   Gott.,  1937.

   Karrenberg, H.   *Die Wirkung der Adrenalin
Elektrophorese    auf   die  Haut  Schwangerer.

[Bonn]  31p.   8?   Beuel [1936]
   Affleck, A. M.  Effect of long continued administration of
adrenalin.  J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1929,  36: 301-10.—Albeaux-
Fernet.  Les divers emplois de  l'adrenaline en injection sous-
cutanee  d'un  milligramme; ses propriet6s diagnostiques et
th6rapeutiques.  Hopital,  1932,  20: 126-8.—Ascanio  Marcos,
H., & Mitrani Mitrant, M. Adrenalina  intracardiaca.  Vida
nueva, Habana,  1930, 26: 535-48.—Baudouin, A., Benard, H.
 et a!.]  Injections intraveineuses lentes et continues d'adrena-
 ine chez I'homme.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 119: 474-6.  Also
Gaz. hop.,  1935,  108:  1014.—Brems, A.   Ueber die  perorate
Adrenalinwirkung.  Acta med. scand., 1925-26,  63: 431-45.—
Claude, H., Baruk, H.,  & Lamache.  Etude sur Tinjection
intraveineuse d'adrenaline.  C. rend.  Soc.  biol.,  1926, 95:
1338.—Colombi, C, & Sacchi, U. La inattivita fisiologica del
cloridrato di adrenalina somministrata al cane per via gastro-
enterica. Boll. Soc.  ital. biol. sper., 1931, 6: 231-3.—Cori, C. F.,
& Cori. G. T.  Absorption of epinephrine from the subcutaneous
tissue of the rat. Proc Soc Exp. Biol.,  N. Y., 1929-30, 27:
558-60.—Dorlencourt, H.   Les  voies d'introduction de l'adre-
naline dans i'organisme. Rev. gen. clin. ther., 1933, 47: suppl.,
2579.—Fornara,  P.    Le iniezioni endorachidee  d'adrenalina
nella  terapia pediatrica.   Riforma med.,  1927, 43: 124-6.—
Fuzu,  K.  How haemorrhage  affects the threshold dose of
adrenaline in raising the blood pressure in dogs and rabbits.
Tohoku J. Exp. M., 1939, 35:  114-22.—Galgiani, J. V., Proe-
scher, F. [et al.]  Local and systemic effects from inhalation of
strong solutions  of  epinephrine.   J.  Am.  M. Ass.,  1939, 112:
1929-33.—Giragossintz, G., & Mackler, H.  The oral adminis-
tration  of  adrenalin.   Endocrinology,  1929,  13:  88-92.—
Giuffrida, F.  Sull'azione  delTadrenalina somministrata per
via endotracheale.  Boll.  Soc.  biol. sper., 1926,  1:  33-5.—
Gould, A. G.  Effects of massage of area after injection of
epinephrine.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1928, 91: 416.—Graeser, J. B.,
& Rowe, A. H.   Administration of epinephrine by inhalation.
J. Lab. Clin. M., 1936, 21: 1134-6.—Guillemin, A.  A propos
de  Tinjection intra-eardiaque  d'adrenaline.   Rev. med. est,
1930,  58: 49-51.—Hermann, H., Jourdan, F. [et al.]   Sur les
effets  de Tinjection  intraveineuse continue d'adrenaline.  C.
rend. Soc biol., 1939, 130: 952-4.— Heubner, W.  Zur Adrena-
lintherapie  durch Inhalation.   Arch. exp. Path.,  Lpz., 1930.
150: 21.—Karbowski,  M.   L'iontophorese a l'adrenaline dans
la therapeutique  oculistique.  Acta  ophth.  orient.,  1938, 1:
9-17— Koehler.  A.  E., Marsh,  N.. & Hill, E.  The  effect of
epinephrine injected intravenously at a constant rate in normal
and hypertensive cases.  J. Biol. Chem., 1937,  119:  p.lix.—
Koppanyi, T., & Dooley, M. S.  Response of the kidney and
spleen to subcutaneously injected epinephrin.  Proc Soc Exp.
Biol., N. Y., 1928-29, 26: 443-5.—Larsen, K. H..  & Nielsen,
NT. A.   [Resorption of inhaled powdered adrenalin solution]
Ugeskr. laeger, 1936, 98: 777-80.—Lilienthal, H.  Epinephrine;
a method of prolonging its effect in asthma and the depression
of shock. J. Am. M. Ass., 1928, 90: 1192.—Lorenzo Velazquez,
B. Absorci6n de adrenalina por las distintas vfas de administra-
cion.  Arch, med., Madr., 1926, 22: 584-603.—Menninger, W.
C.  The oral administration of epinephrine.   Arch. Int. M.,
1927,40:701-14.  ------& Heim, H. S. The rectal adminis-
tration  of epinephrin.  Am. J. M. Sc,  1926,  172: 425-31.—
Mercier, F., & Delphaut, J. Sur le mecanisme de Taction de
l'adrenaline administree par voie rachidienne.  C. rend.  Soc.
biol.,  1936,  123: 26-8.—Metz, A.  [Intracardial injections of
adrenaline]  Cluj. med., 1936,  17: 463.—Moure, P.  A propos
des injections sous-cutanees   d'adrenaline.   Bull. Soc.  nat.
chir., Par.,  1928, 54: 1003-5.—Pearse, H. E.  The intravenous
use of epinephrine in cardiovascular collapse.  J. Am. M. Ass.,
1929,  92: 1263.—Perelman, I. M.   [Intracardiac injection of
adrenalin]  Vrach. gaz., 1927,  31:  416-8.—Plumicr-CIermont
& Garot, L.  L'action hypertensive de l'adrenaline suivant la
voie d'introduction dans I'organisme.  Arch, internat. physiol.,
Liege, 1926, 26: 362-88.—Prohaska, J. van. Harms. H. P., &
Dragstedt,  L. R.  Ephinephrine hypertension: the effect of the
continuous intravenous injection of epinephrine  on the blood
pressure.  Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., 1937, 55: 369-79.—Rosenkranz.
S.  Ueber  die Wirkung von per os verabreichtem Adrenalin.
Arch. exp.  Path.,  Lpz., 1938, 189: 568-74.—Samson, P. C.
Tissue changes following continuous intravenous injection of
epinephrine hydrochloride into  dogs.  Arch. Path., Chic, 1932,
13: 745-55.  ------  The continuous intravenous administra-
tion of epinephrine and glucose in  dons: further  observations.
Am. J. Physiol., 1933, 103: 255-64.  ------& Jacobs, H. R. D.
Some chemical effects from constant intravenous epinephrine
injection in  dogs.  Ibid.,  1932,  99: 433-43.   Also  repr.—
Sanders, E.  Ueber die Wirkung von reinem Adrenalin  und
Nebennierenextrakten  per os und am isolierten Organ.  Arch.
exp. Path., Lpz., 1937-38, 188: 657-68.—Scheiner. H.  Pene-
tration  directe et continue de l'adrenaline dans le sang par
dialvse, son rythme et ses effets vasculaires. C rend. Soc. biol.,
1938,  128: 624-6.—Smith, C. S., & Brown, J. B.  The physio-
logic effects of the electroionic administration of adrenalin. J.
Lab.  Clin.   M.,  1925-26,  11:  657-61.—Taccone,  G.   L'uso
delTadrenalina per via endo-rachidea, in alcune forme morbose
dell'infanzia (meningite, tbe, morbo di  Heine-Medin, corea,
epilessia, enuresi)   Riv. clin. pediat.,   1929,  27: 883-8 —
Takashina, O.  Studien iiber die enterale Adrenalinresorption
mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des Alters.  Jap. J.  M. Sc,
1932,  6: Pharm., 35-113.—Tiffeneau  & Scheiner.   Effets
hypertenseurs non durables de l'adrenaline en perfusion intra-
veineuse continue; influence de la oocalnisation.   Bull. Acad.
med., Par., 1938, 3. ser., 120:  15-23.—Weiss, S., & Baitz, G.
Zur Frage der Wirkung des stomachal verabreichten Adrenalins.
Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1926,  49: 543-6.—Weiss, J., & Magassy,
G.  [Inhalation of adrenalin and its effects]  Orv. hetil., 1927,
71: 1326-8.  Also Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1927,  58: 608-12.

----   Therapeutic use:  Indications.

   Fraenkel,  F.   *Ein Beitrag  zur Therapie  des
Morbus  Addisonii  mit   Nebennierenpraparaten

[Breslau]   39p.   8?   Berl.,  1900.
   Akgiin, N.  [Intravenous injections of adrenalin in treatment
of malaria  and kala-azar]  Askeri sihhiye mecmuasi, 1938, 67:
63-8.—Beaumont, W. M.  The use of adrenaline in  medical
and surgical practice.  Brit. M. J., 1928, 1: 1104.—Borchers, E.
Erweiterte   Anwendung  der   Suprareninblutleere.  Chirurg,
1928-29, 1: 389-97.—Copeland, G. G.   Pituitary spasm re-
moved  by  adrenalin.   Canad. M. Ass.  J., 1936,  34: 317.—
Cottrell, J.  E., & Wood, F. C.  The effect of epinephrin in
angina pectoris; with report of a case.   Am. J. M. Sc, 1931,
181: 36-9,  2 pl.—Czubalski,  F.   Asphyxie  und  Adrenalin.
Zbl.  Physiol., 1913, 27: 580.—Derisi, J. El clorhidrato de
adrenalina  en  los estados infecciosos  agudos.   Rev.  med.
hondur., 1930-31, 2: No. 13, 41-5.—Drakin, I. N.  [Adrenalin
and chloreton in surgery in general and  in odontology in par-
ticular]   Terapia,  S.  Peterb.,  1904,  1:  237-44.—Granjon, L.
Emploi des adrenalines en chirurgie dentaire.  Odontologie,
Par., 1903, 2. ser., 17: 671-9.—Green, J.   Two percent epineph-
rine  solutions  as  substitutes  for  laevoglaucosan.   Arch.
Ophth., Chic, 1931, n. ser., 5:  350-3. Also repr.—Horner, W.
D., & Bettman, J.  Synthetic  suprarenin bitartrate as a my-
driatic.   Am. J. Ophth., 1936,  3. ser., 19: 311-5.—Hosemann,
G.  Brauchen wir das Adrenalin in der Lokalanasthesie?  Zbl.
Chir., 1935, 62: 1467-70.—Hristu, C, & Ioanitescu, G.  [Three
oases  of syncope from various general anesthetics; value of
intracardiac injections of adrenaline]  Romania med., 1935, 13:
154.—Kryszek, H.  [Use of epinephrin for prognosis in acute
infectious diseases]  Polska gaz.  lek.,  1930,  9: 26.—Mack.
Ueber die  Blutleere  mit Suprarenin.  Munch, med.  Wschr.,
1931, 78: 1529.—Post, L. T. Comparison of suprarenin bitar-
trate and cocaine plus euphthalmine as  mydriatics for elderly
patients.  Am. J. Ophth., 1937, 3. ser., 20: 33-9.—Rayina, A.
Les injections intraveineuses d'adrenaline dans  le traitement
du paludisme et  du kala-azar.  Presse  med., 1937, 45: 67.—
Rucker, P.  L'epinephrine dans le traitement de la dystocie 
EPINEPHRINE
439
EPIPHORA
  de Dem6Iin; avec note sur Taction de l'epinephrine sur les
  contractions anormales.  Gyn. obst., Par., 1931,  23: 412-6.—
  Santagiuliana,  N.  Sul valore degli  estratti  surrenali  nella
  profilassi delle malattie da siero.  Gior. med. Alto Adige,  1931,
  3: 317-25.—Sardon.  A adrenalina em embrocacoes cutaneas.
  Brasil med., 1909, 23: suppl.  No. 8., 1.—Schargorodsky, L. J.
  Die Besonderheiten der Reaktion auf Adrenalin  bei Kranken
  mit neurasthenischem Symptomenkomplex. Zschr. ges. Neur.
  Psychiat., 1933, 148: 382-422.—Silva, D. C.  Estudio sobre la
  terapia adrenalinica  en  medicina interna;  consideraciones
  generales  sobre la adrenalina.  Cr6n. med. mex., 1930, 29:
  118; 157.—Sostegni, A.   La surrenasi Serono  nella cura delle
  malattie infettive.  Rass. clin. ter.,  1926, 25:  119-23.—Taub-
  mann, G.  Die Bedeutung des Adrenalins bei der Lokalanasthe-
  sie.  Pract. otorhinolar., Basel, 1938, 1: 122-5.—Theodorescu,
  G.  [Study of  intracardiac adrenalin  injections in prolonged
  anesthetic syncope]  Spitalul, 1929, 49: 286-8.—Valenti, C.
  Rianimazione  del cuore  con  iniezione  intracardiaca.   Poli-
  clinico, 1927, 34: sez. prat., 997-9.—-Ventura, C. Adrenalina e
  colpo di calore. Morgagni, 1934, 76: 643-8.—Vogt, E. Ueber
  den Wert der Suprareninblutleere.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1932, 28:
  501.—Wernike, G. R.  Esta indicada  la adrenalina intra-
  cardfaca en los sincopes anestesicos?  Prensa med. argent., 1935,
  22: 1304.—Wiener, M., & Alvis,  B. Y. The use of concen-
  trated epinephrin  preparations in glaucoma, iritis,  and related
  conditions; a clinical study.  Tr.  Am. Acad.  Ophth. Otolar.,
  1936, 41: 521-33.—Wolff, E.  The use of adrenaline in atropine
  and hyoscine irritation.  Proc. R.  Soc.  M., Lond., 1934-35,
  28: 1425.  Also Am. J. Ophth., 1936,  3. ser., 19: 53.—Wood,
  C. A.  Adrenaline; epinephrine. In Am. Encycl. Diet. Ophth.
  (Wood) Chic,  1913, 1: 103-5.

  ----  Therapeutic use: Untoward effects.

    See also subheading Poisoning.
    Dietz,  A.   *Die  Gefahren  des  Adrenalinzu-
  satzes bei der Lokalanaesthesie.  45p.  8?  Freib.
  i. Br., 1935.
    Baroni, B.  Sulle alterazioni locali  determinate da ipoder-
  moclisi  adrenalinizzate.   Rinasc.  med., 1929, 6:  429-31.—
  Bietti, G.  Concrezioni congiuntivali melanotiche  in seguito a
  prolungate instillazioni di adrenalina.   Boll, ocul., 1938, 17:
  65-79.—Buonomo La Rossa,  F.  Sulle alterazioni dei tessuti
  consecutive ad iniezioni  di  adrenalina  e  novocaina.   Rass.
  internaz. clin.   ter., 1934, 15:  1020-32.—Corona,  F.   Sulle
  necrosi adrenaliniche.  Policlinico, 1932, 39: sez. prat., 1157.—
  Flexner, M., & Schneider, B.  Subarachnoid hemorrhage fol-
  lowing injection of epinephrine.  Ann. Int. M., 1938-39, 12:
  876-82.—Foti, A.  The chest lead in a case of prolonged anginal
  pain produced  by  epinephrine.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1938,  148:
  182-4.—Gingold.  Un moyen efficace et pratique de compenser
 les effets secondaires de l'adrenaline des solutions anesthesiques.
 Laval med., Quebec 1936, 1: 307.—Goldmann.   Adrenalin-
 schaden. Zschr. Hals &c Heilk., 1926, 15: 450-3.—Grasso, R.
 Sul flemmoni gangrenosi  da  adrenalina.   Bull. Accad.  med.
 Roma, 1933, 59: 88-96.  ——■— Sui possibili danni locali delle
 iniezioni di adrenalina e delle soluzioni adrenalizzate.  Arch.
 ital. chir., 1934, 37: 1-44.—Guillaume, A. C.  Action locale de
 ['adrenaline sur la  circulation et les echanges sanguins; applica-
 tion au  mecanisme de production des accidents locaux conse-
 cutifs aux gelures et aux injections sous-cutanees d'adrenaline.
 Bull, med., Par.,  1925, 39: 140-3.—Gunderson, T.  Subcon-
 junctival iron deposits after adrenin injections.  Am. J. Ophth.,
 1934, 3. ser., 17: 807.—Heinicke, E.  Adrenalinuberempfind-
 lichkeit  und Gewebsschadigung durch  ortliche  Betaubung
 Zbl. Chir.,  1932,  59: 2417.—Hrubetz, M.  C.   Skin changes
 after subcutaneous injection of epinephrine. Proc.  Soc.  Exp.
 Biol., N. Y., 1933,31: 103-5.—Levai.M.  Die lokalen Wirkungs-
 erscheinungen des  intrakutan  verwendeten Adrenalins.  Med.
 Klin.,  Berl., 1926, 22: 1075; 1114.—Leveuf, J., & Pignot, J.
 Le grand danger des injections sous-cutanees de serum  adre-
 naline.   J.  med. fr., 1926, 15: 489.—Nadrai, A., & Lelkes, Z.
 [Succession and origin of rhythmic troubles following the intra-
 venous injection of  adrenalin]  Magy. orv. arch.,  1937,  38:
 313-30.—Roi, G.  Sulla probabile natura delle necrosi cutanee
 da ipodermoclisi glucosate  adrenalizzate.  Clin,  igiene  inf.,
 1930, 5: 26-32.—Tainter, M. L., Throndson, A.  H., & Lehman.
 A. J.  Local irritation from sodium bisulfite as  preservative in
 epinephrine solutions.  Proc. Soc Exp.  Biol., N. Y., 1937,  36:
 584-7.—Urbach, E.  Multiple  Hautnekrosen infolge spastisch-
 traumatischer Schadigung bei Selbstinjektion von Adrenalin.
 Med. Klin., Berl.,  1936,  32:  769.—Weeks, A., & Brooks, L.
 The disadvantages of adrenalin solution in  local anesthesia in
 general surgery.  Current Res. Anesth., 1926, 5: 256.


 EPINEPHROS.

   See  Suprarenal gland.


EPIPHARYNX.

   See Pharynx; Rhinopharynx.


EPIPHENOMENALISM.

   See Mind and body.
 EPIPHORA.

   See also Crying; Lacrimal apparatus, Diseases;
 Lacrimal  duct, Obstruction;  Lacrimal sac,  Ex-
 cision; Tear, Secretion; also names of diseases of
 the eye.
   Gauffre,   R.    *Contribution  a   l'etude   de
 certains larmoiements chroniques   [Paris]   56p.
 8?   Narbonne, 1935.
   Tixidre, D.  *Le larmoiement d'origine nasale;
 son  traitement par le meat inferieur.   56p.   8?
 Par., 1926.
   Arruga, H.  Le biseautage du trou osseux dans les operations
 pour le traitement du larmoiement.  Ann. ocul., Par., 1929, 166:
 580-94.------   Trattamento della lacrimazione per mezzo
 dell'operazione di Toti.  Boll, ocul., 1933, 12: 1045-62.------
 Heilung des  Tranens  in Fallen,  wo  friiher der Triinensack
 schon  exstirpiert  wurde.  Klin.  Mbl. Augenh.,  1935,  95:
 613-20.  ------  La curaci6n del lagrimeo en los casos en que
 habia sido extirpado el saco lagrimal.  Med. ibera, 1935, 29:
 pt 2, 107.  Also Arch. oft. hisp. amer., 1936, 36: 143-6. ------■
 Surgical treatment of lacrimation.  Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1938,
 19: 9-21.—Aubaret. Semeiologie et indications therapeutiques
 chez les lacrymaux. J. med. fr., 1926, 15: 33-41.—Beigelman,
 M. N.  Pathology of the lacrimal glands in chronic epiphora.
 Am.  J.  Ophth., 1928,  n. ser., 11: 125-8.—Bourguet, J.  Les
 yeux  qui pleurent et leur guerison.  Monde med., 1937, 47:
 683-90.—Buzoianu   [Rhinogenous,  chronic  epiphora]   Ro-
 mania med., 1935, 13: 122-4. Also Rev. laryng., Par., 1936, 57:
 224-33.—Collins,  E. T.  The physiology of weeping.  Brit. J.
 Ophth., 1932, 16: 1-20, pl.—Copeland, R. S.  Epiphora and
 blennorrhea of the lacrimal sac.  Homceop. Eye Ear Throat  J.,
 1907,  13: 67-71.—Corbett. J.  J.   Surgical relief of chronic
 dacryocystitis  and epiphora;  Dupuy-Dutemps et Bourguet
 technique; a  direct anastomosis of the tear  sac with nasal
 mucous membrane.  Med.  J.  & Rec, 1928,  127:  158-60.—
 Csapody, I.  [Causes and treatment of epiphora]  Orv. hetil.,
 1937,  81: mell., 7.—Dupuy-Dutemps, L.  Cure de la dacryo-
cystite commune et du larmoiement par la dacryo-rhinostomie
plastique de Dupuy-Dutemps et Bourguet.  Paris med., 1927,
65:171.—Evans, J.N.   The watering eye.  Med. Times, N. Y.,
 1929,  57: 103.—Fazakas, S. [Epiphora atonica]  Orv. hetil.,
 1928,  72: 997-9.   Also  Klin. Mbl. Augenh.,  1928, 80: 788-91.
        [Transposition of punctum lachrimale, an operation
 against epiphora]  Orv. hetil., 1933, 77: 1065.  Also Klin. Mbl.
 Augenh., 1933, 91: 505-12.—Gelle, G. Role des lesions nasales
 dans la pathogenie du larmoiement.   Arch, internat. laryng.,
 Par., 1904, 17: 8-17.—Gualdi, V.  Lacrimazione volontaria con
 iperlasia della ghiandola lacrimale  palpebrale.   Boll, ocul.,
 1930, 9: 313-21.—Guillot, L.   Un larmoiement, precurseur de
 tumeur. Bull. Soc. beige opht., 1937, No. 75, 11.—Hoeve, J.
 van der [Excessive lacrimation]  Ned. tijschr. geneesk., 1929,
 73:  2212-8.—Jameson, P. C.  Subconjunctival section of the
 ductules of the lacrimal gland as a cure for epiphora.  Arch.
 Ophth., Chic, 1937,  17: 207-12.—Krakhmalnikov, L. L., &
 Kuprianova, N. A. [Rhinogenous etiology of epiphora]  Sovet.
 vest, oft., 1936, 9: 225.—Laigrimeo (El) y las inflamaciones del
 saco lagrimal.  Siglo med., 1930, 85: 577-82.—Lancaster, W. B.
 Epiphora  of unusual character.  Am. J. Ophth., 1927,  3. ser.,
 10: 336.—Langeron, L.  Hypersecretion lacrymale periodique;
 essais therapeutiques varies;  guerison par  la radiotherapie
 locale.  Bull. Soc. m6d. hop. Paris, 1936, 3. ser., 52: 726-8.—
 Lloberas  Camino, J.  Lagrimeo y  dacriocistitis  del recien
 nacido. An. Hosp. S. Cruz, Barcel., 1932, 6: 167-9.—McKellar
 J. H. Epiphora due to relaxation.  Am. J. Ophth., 1929, 3. ser.,
 12: 34.—Marquez, J. G.  Lo que todo medico debe saber sobre
 el tratamiento moderno de las dacriocistitis y el lagrimeo cr6nico.
 Ars med.,  Barcel., 1928, 4: 56-8, pl.—Melotte, J.  Du larmoie-
 ment et de ses causes.  Progr.  mid.  beige, 1904, 6: 117-9.—
 Meyer, A.  Zur  nasalen Behandlung der Epiphora.  Berl.
 klin.  Wschr., 1906, 43: 751.—Mukhamedova-Krataeva, G. D.
 [Forced dilatation of the bony nasolacrimal canal in persistent
 lacrimation]  Vest, oft.,  1939, 15: 98.—Poos, F. Ueber Ursa-
 chen und Behandlung des Tranentraufelns.   Fortsch. Ther.,
 1931, 7: 373-6.— Reitsch, W.  Behandlung von Tranenleiden
 mit  Salbentamponade.  Klin. Mbl. Augenh.,  1939, 102: 846-
 8.—Ruskin, S. L.  Control of tearing by  blocking the nasal
 ganglion.   Arch.  Ophth.,  Chic,  1930, n.  ser., 4: 208-11.—
 Sattler, C. H.  Die Behandlung der  Tranenleiden. Fortsch.
 Ther., 1927, 3: 41-4.—Shilin, Y.  [Persistant  lacrimation and
 treatment by bougienage]  Voen. san. delo, 1936, No. 6, 18-21.—
 Silva Costa, A. da.  Canal conjunctivo-pituitario; novo trata-
 mento de epiphora consequente a resseccao do sacco lacrymal,
 ou a  occlusao  das vias lacrymaes.  Fol. med., Rio, 1936,  17:
 62-6.—Strebel, J.  Ueber Misserfolge  in der Epiphora-Heilung
 durch Elektrokoagulation der Tranendriise; ihre Ursache und
 Abhilfe.  Klin. Mbl. Augenh.,  1936,  97: 518.—Struycken, H.
 J. L.  Bijdrage tot de chirurg. behandeling van het traanoog.
 Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1907, 1:  322.— Subileau, J. M.  La
 dacryorhinostomie cure radicale des larmoiements et suppura-
 tions lacrymales.  Paris med., 1932, 85: 186.—Taratin, P. Ein
 neues Verfahren zur Beeinflussung des Tranentraufelns.  Klin.
 Mbl.  Augenh., 1930, 84: 679-85.—Tille, H.  Essai  de classifi-
cation et de chirurgie  oculo-nasale dans differentes variet6s de
larmoiements.  Bull. Soc. opht.  Paris, 1934, 247-62.—Tovbin.
B. G.  [Operative treatment of  epiphora after excision of the 
EPIPHORA                                      440                                      EPIPHYSIS
 lacrimal sac]  Sovet. vest, oft., 1936, 9: 696.  Also Arch. Ophth.,
 Berl., 1936, 135: 579.—Trousseau, A.  Le larmoiement.  Rev.
 g6n. clin. ther., 1907, 21:465.—Vishnevsky, A. S., & Rybnikova,
 O. V.  [Roentgen irradiation of lacrimal gland in treatment of
 epiphora]  Vest,  rentg.,  1930, 8: 243-7.—Vulpius,  W.  Die
 Behandlung  von  Tranenwegleiden  mittels  Dauersonden.
 Korbl.  Allg.  arztl. Verein.  Thuringen, 1904, 33: 125; 178.—
 Zbarsky, A. U., & Frantsuzov, B. L.  [Epiphora and its relation
 to nasal affections]  Sovet. vest, oft., 1936, 9: 214-21.

 EPIPHYSIS [of bone]

    See also Cartilage; also proper names of bones,
 and joints as Femur;  Humerus;  Radius,  &c.
    Bentzon, P. G. K.  Roentgenological investigation concern-
 ing the arterial supply of the epiphyses. Acta radiol., Stockh.,
 1927, 8: 618-20.—Bohm, M.   Die Darstellung der Epiphysen
 im Rontgenbild.   Chirurg, 1933, 5: 580-2.—Dawson, A.  B.
 Further studies on the epiphyses of the albino rat  skeleton,
 with special reference to the vertebral column, ribs,  sternum,
 and girdles.  Anat. Rec, 1926-27,  34: 351-60, pl.—De Marchi,
 E.   Sul potere  osteogenico delTepifisi embrionale.  Chir. org.
 movim., 1935-36, 21:  460-8.—Dubreuilh, G.   L'os et le carti-
 lage de conjugaison.  Gaz. sc. med. Bordeaux, 1925, 46: 738-
 44.—Guerriero,  C.  Ricerche sperimentali  sull'azione  degli
 stimoli diretti sulla cartilagine di coniugazione.  Rass. internaz.
 clin. ter., 1928, 9: 759-76, 6 pl.—Haines, R. W.  The primitive
 form of epiphysis in the long bones of tetrapods.  J. Anat.,
 Lond.,  1937-38, 72: 323-43.—Hodges, P.  C.  An epiphyseal
 chart.  Am.  J. Roentg., 1933, 30: 809,  ch.—Koenig, C.  E.
 Normal and  abnormal epiphyses.  Northwest M.,  1926, 25:
 365-9.—Lewin, P.  Epiphyses;  their growth, development,
 injuries and diseases.  Am. J. Dis. Child., 1929, 37:  141-78.—
 Paterson, R. S. A radiological investigation of the epiphyses of
 the long bones.  J. Anat., Lond., 1929-30,  64: 28-46, pl —
 Policard, A.  Recherches sur le cartilage d'accroissement des  os
 longs; la trame fibrillaire collagene du cartilage d'accroissement
 chez I'homme a l'etat normal.  Bull, histol. appl., Lyon, 1927,
 4:  237-50.  ------   Recherches  sur  la retraction calorique
 des diverses regions du cartilage d'ossification.  Ibid.,  1928,  5:
 426-30.  ------  Quelques remarques a propos du fonctionne-
 ment du cartilage de conjugaison des os longs.  Lyon  chir.,
 1936, 33:  617-25.  ------ & Pillet,  D.   Recherches sur  le
 cartilage d'accroissement des os longs;  repartition histologique
 des matieres minerales  fixes, etudiee par la micro-incineration.
 Bull, histol. appl., Lyon, 1926, 3:  307-15.

 ----  Disease.

    Frisch,   R.   *Zur  Differentialdiagnose  der
 Epiphysenerkrankung (im  Sinne  Alban Kohler)
 an der Hand.   16p.  8?   Berl., 1928.
    Nonn, H.  *Ueber das Wachstum  der Diaphyse
 der Rohrenknochen bei Epiphysennekrose.  29p.
 8?   Bonn, 1927.
    Paessler,  H.  W.  [G.  A.]   *Beitrag  zu  den
 Erkrankungen der Epiphyse.  30p.  8? Konigsb.,
 1928.
   Pingel, [F.]  W.   *TJeber  epiphysare Staphy-
 lokokkenembolien   [Berlin]    25p.    8?    Char-
 lottenb.,  1929.
   Ribbing, S.  Studien iiber hereditare, multiple
 Epiphysenstorungen.    107p.   25cm.   Helsin.,
 1937.
   Forms Suppl. 34, Acta radiol., Stockh., 1937.

   Ryfpel,  H.   *Zur Thiemannschen  Epiphy-
 senerkrankung  [Zurich]  lOp.  4?  Lpz., 1933.
   Also Rontgenpraxis, 1933, 5: 423-32.

   Twelbeck, G.   *Ueber seltene  Lokalisationen
 von Epiphysennekrosen.   29p.    8?   Konigsb.,
 1935.
   Axhausen, G.  Ueber anamische Infarkte  am Knochensys-
 tem und ihre  Bedeutung fiir die Lehre von den primaren Epi-
 physeonekrosen.    Arch.  klin. Chir., 1928,  151:   72-98.—
 Balensweig, I.  Affections  of  the epiphyses peculiar to the
 second decade. Med. J. & Rec, 1926, 124: 144; 192.—Barco, P.
 La  distrofia metaepifisaria  calcaneare  giovanile.  Rass. clin.
 ter., 1933, 32: 37-45.—Bateman, D.  Two cases and specimens
 from a third case  of epiphyseal dysplasia puncticularis.  Brit.
 J. Child. Dis., 1939, 36:  219.—Brockman, E. P.  Epiphyses,
 diseases and injuries.  In Brit. Encycl. M. Pract. (Rolleston,
 H.) Lond., 1937,  5: 127-40.—Clement, R., Guenaux, G.,  &
 Haguenauer, J.  Dystrophie osseuse epiphysaire chez un enfant
 de 8 ans. Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris,  1937, 35: 547-57.—Cohn, I.
 Lesions of the epiphyses.  Am. J. Surg., 1939, 44: 279-81.—
 Colwell, H. A.  Case  showing abnormal  epiphyses of meta-
 tarsals and first metacarpals.   J.  Anat.,  Lond., 1927-28, 62:
 183.— Copeland. M. M.  A case  of polyglandular syndrome
 affecting bone epiphyses.  Surg. Clin.  N. America,  1933, 13:
 507-11.—Ettorre, E.  Sulle  malacie epifisarie  osteocondriotro-
fopatie  giovanili.   Clin,  chir., Milano, 1928,  31: 322-98.—
Fairbank, H.  A, T.  Some affeptions of the epiphyses. Proc.
R.  Soc. M.,  Lond.,  1924-25,  18:  sect,  orthop., 1-12.   Also
Brit. M. J., 1925, 1: 260.—Geyman, M. J. An unusual mani-
festation of epiphyseal and joint  pathology in a new-born
infant.  Am. J. Roentg.,  1931,  26: 868-70.—Gold, E.  Die
nichtspezifischen  Erkrankungen  der Epiphysen im  Wachs-
tumsalter.  Wien. klin. Wschr.,  1929, 42: 1539.  Also Wien.
med. Wschr.,  1930, 80: 404-8.—Henry, G.  Quatre cas de
lesion du cartilage epiphysaire ayant entraine un trouble de
croissance  de Tos.  Arch. fr.  belg. chir., 1927,  30:  30-3.—
Kienbock,  R.  Ueber tuberkulose Epiphysenfugen-Cysten und
Abscesse.   Arch,  orthop. Unfallchir.,  1930-31, 29: 67-83.—
Lange, C.  de   [Spotted aspect of epiphyses]  Mschr. kinder-
geneesk., 1937, 6:179-85, 3 pl.  Also Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1937,
81: 2124-6.—Liek.  Ueber die Erweichung der Knorpelfugen
im  Wachstumsalter.   Berl. klin. Wschr., 1921,  58:  1547.—
Lohr.  Epiphysenstorungen durch  Erfrierungen.  Arch. klin.
Chir., 1931, 167:  58-65.—Marino-Zuco,  C.  Malattie schele-
triche della crescenza  (distrofie  epifisarie giovanili: pseudo-
tubercolosi)  In  Manuale  chir.  (Alessandri,  R.)  1934, 1:
563-78.—Muller,  W.   Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber
die Wirkung  abnormer Beanspruchung  auf  die  Wachstums-
zonen und  ihre  Bedeutung bei  rachitisahnlichen Epiphysener-
krankungen.  Verh.  Deut.  orthop. Ges.,  1922,  17. Kongr.,
126-9.   ------  Das  Bild der familiaren  multiplen Epiphy-
senstorung.  Ibid. (1938) 1939, 33.  Kongr., 277-9.—Nonn, H.
Das Diaphysenwachstum  der  Rohrenknochen  bei  Epiphy-
seonekrose. Beitr. klin. Chir., 1928, 142:  454-9.—Policard, A.,
Pehu, M., & Boucomont, J.  La trame fibrillaire des cartilages
epiphysaires chez  l'enfant  normal et  pathologique.   Bull.
histol. appl., Lyon, 1928, 5: 417-25.—Ribbing, S.  [Familiare
multiple   Epiphysenveranderung  und    ossale   aseptische
Nekrosen]  Upsala lak. foren. forh., 1934, 39: 433-48, 25 pl —
Rossi, V.  Contributo alio studio delle distrofie metaepifisarie
giovanili.   Clin, pediat., Mod., 1932, 14:  695, 4 pl.—Sever,
J. W.   Changes  in  the epiphysis—secondary  to  infection.
Tr. N. England  Surg. Soc, 1933, 15: 218-30. Also N. England
J. M., 1933, 209: 62-6.—Signorelli, J., Hosen, H., & Miles,
J. M.   The epiphyses in rickets,  svphilis, and  thyroid de-
ficiency.  J. Pediat., S. Louis,  1935, 7: 182-6.— S0ndergaard,
K.   [Aseptic  necrosis  of  the  epiphvsis]  Hospitalstidende,
1933, 76: Dansk.  Radiol. Selsk., 19-23.—TebrUgge, F.   Zur
Halisterese  der Epiphysen  auf  Grund  endokriner Storung.
Rontgenpraxis, 1931, 3: 988-90.—Uffreduzzi, O.  II microbismo
latente nelle epifisi ed i suoi rapporti con la patologia delle ossa.
Arch. ital. chir., 1925, 12: 309-47.—Urechia, C. I., & Groza, I.
Un cas de syndrome 6piphysaire.  Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris,
1931, 3.  ser.,  47: 652-4.—Wiles,  P.   Multiple epiphyseal
dysplasia.   Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1938-39, 32: sect, orthop.,
279-81.—Yarrow,  D.   E.   Multiple  epiphyseal dysplasia.
Ibid., sect. stud. dis. child., 315.

----   Growth and union.

   See also Bone,  Growth.
   Barrett,  J.  H.  The  union of certain epiphyses in a mixed
female population in Rangoon.  J. Anat., Lond., 1935-36, 70:
432-4.—Beard,  E. E.   Delayed and incomplete union of the
epiphyses of the long bones.  Endocrinology,  1937, 21: 121.—
Bozza, G.  Contributo  alia  conoscenza  dello sviluppo  della
regione  epifisaria   in  alcuni  mammiferi  compreso Tuomo.
Arch. ital. anat., 1927,  24: 532-626.—Bratiano, S., & Giugariu,
D.   Les processus histophysiologiques d'involution de Tepi-
physe humaine adulte.  Arch. anat. micr.,  Par., 1933, 29:
261-84, pl.—Davies, D. A., & Parsons, F. G.  The age order
of the appearance and union of the normal epiphyses as seen
by X-rays. J.  Anat., Lond., 1927-28, 62: 58-71.—Dawson.
A. B. A histological study of  the  persisting cartilage plates
in retarded  or lapsed epiphyseal union in the albino rat.  Anat.
Rec, 1929,  43: 109-23, 3 pl.  ------ Further studies on epi-
physeal union in the skeleton of the  rat.  Ibid., 1934, 60: 83-6.
;-----•  Additional evidence of  the failure of epiphyseal union
in the skeleton  of the rat; studies  on wild and captive gray
Norway rats.   Ibid.,  501-11.—Galstaun, G.   Some notes on
the union  of epiphyses in Indian girls.   Ind. M. Gaz., 1930,
65: 191.—Ham, A. W.  The variability  of the planes of cell
division  in  the  cartilage columns of the growing epiphyseal
plate. Anat. Rec, 1931, 51: 125-33.—Konigswieser. Experi-
mentelle  und  pathologische Beeinflussung  des  Epiphysen-
wachstums.  Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges. (1925) 1926, 20. Kongr.,
285-91  [Discussion] 299-301.—Lall, R., & Nat, B. S.  Ages
of epiphysial  union at the elbow  and  wrist joints amongst
Indians.  Ind. J.  M.  Res., 1934, 21: 683-9.—Miller, O. L.
Growth  disturbances in the epiphyses of long bones.  South.
M.  & S., 1926, 88: 383-7.—Muller, W.  Ueber die Hemmung
der Epiphysenverknocherung  unter dem Einfluss  abnormer
Belastung.  Arch. klin. Chir.,  1930, 162: 484-8.—Paterson,
R. S. Some factors influencing epiphyseal growth and union.
Proc. R. Soc. M.,  Lond., 1928-29, 22: sect, electrother., 19-23.
Also Am.  J.  Phys. Ther., 1929-30, 6: 64-72.—Policard, A.
Recherches sur le cartilage d'accroissement des  os  longs;
quelques mecanismes eiementaires de Tossification enchondrale.
Bull, histol. appl., Lyon, 1928, 5: 153-77.—Sakurai, M.  Die
histologische Untersuchung uber das Wachstum der Rippen-
knochenknorpelgrenze und  des  Epiphysenfugenknorpels der
einigen wichtigen  Rohrenknochen der normalen  Albinoratte.
Sei  i kwai,  1928,  47: No. 3, 4-6, pl.—Salvatori, G. B.  Con-
tributo alio studio delle cosi dette epifisi persistenti di Janker.
Atti Congr. ital. radiol., 1934, 11: pt 2, 28-38.—Stewart, T. D.
Sequence of epiphyseal union, third molar eruption and suture 
EPIPHYSIS
441
EPIPHYSIS
closure in Eskimos and  American Indians.  Am. J. Phys.
Anthrop., 1934,  19: 433-52.—Todd, T.  W.  The  anatomical
features of epiphysial union.  Child Develop., 1930, 1: 186-94.
■----- & Todd, A. W.  The epiphysial  union pattern of the
ungulates with a note on Sirenia.  Am. J. Anat., 1938, 63:
1-36.—Turkewitsch,  N.   Eigentiimlichkeiten  der  embry-
ologischen Entwicklung  des  Epiphysengebiets  des  Schafes
(Ovis aries L.)  Morph. Jahrb., 1937, 79: 305-30.—Zuck, T. T.
Age order of epiphyseal union in the guinea pig.  Anat. Rec,
1937-38, 70: 389-99.  Also repr.

----  Inflammation.

   See also Osteochondritis; Kyphosis,  &c.
   Beck,  O.   Die Ursache der Verkurzung  der  peripheren
Gliedabschnitte  nach Entziindungen und Verletzungen der
Epiphysenfugen.   Verh.  Deut.  orthop. Ges.  (1925)  1926,
20. Kongr., 276-80  [Discussion] 299-301.—De Koninck, J.
Les epiphysites aigues et chroniques chez l'enfant.  Rev. med.,
Louvain,  1921, 447-67,  pl.—Engelmann, G.  Ueber  Wachs-
tumsstorungen nach gutartiger Epiphysenfugen-Osteomyelitis.
Arch, orthop.  Unfallchir., 1930-31, 29: 133-42.—Giles, R. G.
Epiphysitis.   Texas  J.  M.,  1934,  29:  562-4.—Giongo,  F.
Breve confronto fra gli aspetti radiografici di alcune epifisiti.
Radiol, med.,  Milano, 1925,  12: 109-40.—Giuntini, L.  Esiti
a distanza in un caso di epifisite distruttiva multipla. Atti Soc.
lombard.  sc. med., 1925, 14: 279-82.—Johnston, R. A.  Y.
Effect of  inflammation on the epiphyses.  Arch. Surg., 1936,
32: 810-22.—Kaganovich-Dvorkin,  A. L.  [Epiphyseal osteo-
myelitis,  and  the principles of its treatment]  Sovet.  vrach.
gaz., 1933, 37: 1074-9.—Lance.  A propos des epiphysites de
croissance.  Bull. Soc. nat. chir.,  Par.,  1927, 53: 1380-2.—
Lipscomb, E.  J.  Conservative management of  epiphyseal
osteomyelitis in  children.  Memphis M.  J., 1929,  6:  61-5.—
Oppenheimer, E.  S.   Deformities  following  epiphysitis in
infancy.  Bull. N. York Acad. M., 1928, 2. ser., 4: 663-5.—
Overton, L. M.  Osteochondritis of the growth centers.  Ann.
Surg., 1935, 101: 1062-8.—Schaefer, R. L., Strickroot, F. L., &
Purcell, F. H.  The endocrine implication of juvenile chondro-
epiphysitis.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1939,  112: 1917-9.—Smith, L. A.
Epiphysitis of adolescents, with special  reference to etiology.
Am. J. Roentg., 1929, 22:  127-37. Also repr.—Wilensky, A. O.
The pathogenesis and treatment of acute epiphysitis.  Ann.
Surg., 1927, 86: 105-22.

----  Injury.

   See also Fracture.
   Bisgard, J. D. Fractures involving the epiphyseal cartilage.
Tr. West. Surg. Ass., 1937, 47: 368-85.—Chaton, M.  Con-
tribution a T6tude de la technique du traitement sanglant dans
les fractures 6piphysaires. P. verb. Congr. fr. chir., 1927,  36:
1001-36.—Froelich.  Destruction  des epiphyses.   Bull. Soc.
nat. chir., Par., 1925, 51:  125-30.—Heiss, H.  Untersuchungen
uber die  Epiphysennarbe des menschlichen Skeletts.   Arch.
Entwmech., 1922, 50: 375-90.—Kaplan, L.  Epiphyseal injuries
in childhood.  Surg. Clin. N. America,  1937, 17: 1637-60 —
Kappis.  Die  Bedeutung der traumatisch-mechanischen Ein-
wirkung fur die Entstehung der umschriebenen Epiphysener-
krankungen.  Verh. Deut. orthop. Ges. (1925) 1926, 20. Kongr.,
44-72  [Discussion] 96-101.—Lipschultz,  O.  The end-results of
injuries to the epiphyses.   Radiology, 1937, 28: 223-32.


        pseudo.
  Josefson, A.  Die Pseudoepiphysen,  ein Stigma der endo-
krinen  Hemmung des  Skelettenwachstums.  Fortsch. Ront-
genstrahl., 1916-17,  24:  266-8, pl—Rochline,  D.  [Pseudo-
epiphysis and its value in endocrinology]  Vest, rentg., 192b,
4: 125-37.  Also Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt., 1927, 82: 354-67,
2pl.

        Separation.
   Asti L  M.  I distacchi epifisari del gomito dal punto di vista
radiologics  Radiol, med., Milano, 1927,.45:  625^3.—Bern-
stein, M. A., & Arens, R. A.  Epiphyseolysls. Radiology, 1927,
9: 497-505—Eliason,  E. L., & Ferguson,  L.  K.  Epiphyseal
separation of the long bones.  Surg.  Gyn. Obst.,  1934 58:
85-99 —Ireland, J. Late results of separation  of an epiphysis.
Ann.  Surg.,  1933, 97:  189-203.—Meyer, A. H.  Epiphyseal
separation due to muscular  action; report of 2 cases.  South.
M. J., 1930,  23: 587-91. Also J. Tennessee M. Ass. 1933, 26.
l-5_Nicod, P.  Un cas d'epiphysiolyse.  Rev. med  Suisse
rom   1933 53: 250-4.—Roederer,  C.   Quelques resultats  du
traitement non sanglant de l'epiphysiolyse de 1 adolescent.
Bull.  Soc.  chir. Paris, 1938,  30: lO.-Samson  J  E.  Dficolle-
ment  epiphysaire.  Union med. Canada, 1931, 60.  dOb-ll.—
Sannazzari,  P.  Ricerche sperimentali  intorno alia influenza
della  enervazione sulTandamento  e sugli esiti  del distacco
epifisario.  Arch.  Soc.  ital.  chir.  (1927)  1928,  "' 608-12.
------  Distacco epifisario  ed  enervazione.   Rass. internaz.
clin. ter., 1930, 9: Scritti in onore  di E. Bum  637  4 pl—
Sereghy.M.  Daten zur Aetiologie der Epiphyseolyse.  *ortscn.
Rontgenstrahl.,  1938, 58: 129-36.-Werensk.oId  B.  A con-
tribution to the Roentgen diagnosis of epiphyseal separations.
Acta radiol., Stockh., 1927,  8:  419-26, 3 pl--W.ll.ch  C  T
Ueber Epiphysenlosung und vorzeitige yjrknocherung der
Wachstumsfuge.  Beitr. klin. Chir.,  1928, 142: 626-59,
----   Separation, traumatic.

   Bergenfeldt,  E.  *Beitrage zur Kenntnis der
traumatischen Epiphysenlosungen an den langen
Rohrenknochen  der  Extremitaten.   422p.    8?
Stockh., 1933.
   Forms Suppl. 28, Acta chir. scand., 1933, 73:
   Grasser, E.   *Die  Epiphysenlosungen beim
Sport  mit  besonderer   Berucksichtigung  des
Abrisses  des  Trochanter  minor.    36p.    8?
Munch., 1932.
   Henrici, H.  *Traumatische  Epiphysenlosun-
gen an den langen Rohrenknochen  der  Extre-
mitaten   [Leipzig]  40p.   8?  Zeulenroda, 1935.
   Holtermuller,  K.    *Die Lokalisation von
traumatischen  Epiphysenlosungen  der   langen
Rohrenknochen.   46p.    8?   Bonn, 1934.
   Mildenberger,   W.    *Ueber   traumatische
Epiphysenlosungen.  30p.   8?   Wurzb.,  1927.
   Aurousseau, L.  Decollement traumatique  des  epiphyses
en general. In Traite chir. orthop. (Ombredanne) Par., 1937, 1:
175-85.—Ernst, M. Ueber die Bedeutung endokriner Storungen
fiir die Heilung traumatischer Epiphysenlosungen.  Zbl. Chir.,
1936, 63: 2321-6.—Gold, E.  Ueber traumatische Epiphysen-
losungen und deren Behandlung.  Arch. klin. Chir., 1929, 155:
244-82.—Hummel, R., & Henrici, H.  Zur Kenntnis der trau-
matischen Epiphysenlosungen an den langen Rohrenknochen.
Fortsch. Roentgenstrahl.,  1936,  54:  68-76.—Sorrel. E., &
Dulot.  Decollement  epiphysaire du  condyle  externe avec
rotation de 180? suivant un axe antero-posterieur.  Bull. Soc.
nat. chir., Par., 1934,  60: 529-34.

----   Surgery.
   Haas, S. L. Further  observation on the transplantation of
the epiphyseal cartilage plate.  Surg. Gyn.  Obst.,  1931,  52:
958-63.—Keller, H.   Growth epiphyses  in relation to ortho-
pedics.   Med. Rec, N. Y., 1938, 147: 160-4.—Snyder, C.  H.
Deformities resulting  from unilateral surgical trauma to the
epiphyses.  Ann. Surg., 1934, 100: 335-42.—Straub, G. F.
Anatomical survival, growth  and physiological function of an
epiphyseal bone transplant.  Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1929, 48: 687-
90.—Vallone, D.  Ricerche sperimentali sull'azione del vigantolo
nei trapianti autoplastici epifisari.  Clin,  chir., Milano, 1930,
33: 1029-55.

EPIPHYSIS [of  brain]

   See Pineal body.

EPIPLOIC  appendix.

   See Appendices epiploicae.

EPIPLOIC  foramen [Winslow]

   See also  Omentum; Peritoneum.
   Loh [T. W.] W.  *Zur Bildung und  Umbildung
des Foramen epiploicum Winslowi beim Schwein
und  Wiederkauer  [Giessen]  31p.   8?   Essen,
1932.

----   Hernia.
   See also  Hernia.
   Poll, E. F.  *Ueber  Hernia  foraminis  Wins-
lowi   [Berlin]   31p.  23cm.   Charlottenb., 1939.
   Carting, E. R., & Smith, A. T.  Hernia through the foramen
of Winslow:  secondary rupture through the  gastro-hepatic
omentum.  Brit. J.  Surg.,  1925-26, 13: 585.—Day, R. S.
Hernia through the foramen of Winslow.  Med. J.  Australia,
1937, 1: 633.—Kerr,  R. A.  Hernia through the foramen of
Winslow.  Lancet, Lond., 1934, 1: 454-6.—Odermatt. W.  Die
Hernien der Bursa omen talis.  Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1926, 56:
459-62.—Romiti,  Z.   Hernia  bursae omentalis  strozzata con
porta abnorme nei mesocolon trasverso (contributo alia cono-
scenza della patologia  dei mesenteri)  Clin, chir., Milano, 1927,
30: 288-302.—Smallwood, R. B.  Hernia  through  epiploic
foramen; case report.  J. Indiana M. Ass., 1935, 28: 188-91.—
Westman, A.  A  case  of incarcerated hernia in the foramen of
Winslow.  Acta chir. scand., 1925-26, 59: 181-4.

EPIPLOON.
   See Omentum.

EPISCLERA.

   See also  Conjunctiva;  Sclera.
   Schmelzer, H.  Kornea, Sklera, Episklera. Zschr. Augenh.,
1936, 89: 339-56.—Szily, A. von.  Sclera und Episcleral Ueber-
sichtsreferat.  Jahrber. ges. Ophth.  (1921) 1924, 48: 446-8. 
EPISCLERA                                     442                                   EPISIOTOMY
 ----   Disease.
   Cunningham, J. F.  Episcleral nodule.  Tr. Ophth. Soc. U.
 K., 1911-12, 32: 196.—Handmann, M.  Spontane tellerartige
 Grubenbildung in der Episklera und Konjunktiva am oberen
 Limbus.  Klin. Mbl. Augenh.,  1936, 96: 316-8.—Van  Lint.
 Abces episcleral traumatique avec iritis partielle du voisinage.
 Bull. Soc. beige opht., 1932, No. 65, 13-25. Also Arch, opht.,
 Par., 1933, 50: 449-59.—Wilmer, W. H.  Tubercle-like nodules
 of episclera and eyelids, bilateral. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, 1933,
 31: 59-67, 5 pl.

 ----   Inflammation.
   See also Sclera;  Tenon's  capsule.
   Hoerl,  W.   *Beitrag   zur  Lehre  von  der
 Episcleritis.   33p.   8?   Giessen,  1900.
   Rubner,  H.   *Weiterer   Beitrag  zur  Lehre
 von der  Episkleritis.  36p.  8?   Giessen, 1910.
   Balyeat, R. M., & Rinkel, H. J.  Episcleritis due to allergy.
 J. Am. M. Ass., 1932, 98: 2054.  Also repr.—Benedict, W. L.
 Episcleritis and its  relation to  disease  of the  female pelvic
 organs.  Minnesota  M.,  1937,  20:  287-91.—Cantonnet,  A.
 L'ionisation dans les episclerites et scierites.  Rev. gin.  clin.
 ther., 1933, 47: 742.— Fahmy, A. R.  Episcleritis.  Bull. Ophth.
 Soc. Egypt, 1929, 22: 67-9.—Feigenbaum, A.  On typical and
 atypical episcleritis metastatica furunculiformis and their  rela-
 tions to rheumatic episcleritis and to erythema nodosum.  Fol.
 ophth.  orient.,  1935,  2:  27-38.—Focosi, M. Su  di un caso di
 episclerite aspergillina complicato a cheratite profonda.  Boll.
 ocul.,  1934, 13: 177-91.—Griscom, J. M.  The etiology of
 episcleritis. Pennsylvania M. J., 1934-35, 38: 860-2.—Hand-
 mann.  Apparat zur Saugbehandlung bei  Episkleritis.  Klin.
 Mbl. Augenh.,  1934, 93: 86-9.—Hies, P.  Ueber die Ront-
 gentherapie der Episkleritis. Ibid., 1933, 90: 72-5.—Lawford,
 J. B.  Case of chronic brawny episcleritis. Proc. R. Soc M.,
 Lond.,  1913-14, 7: Ophth. Sect., 71.—Shoji,  Y. Ueber  eine
 seltene Form der Episcleritis diffusa.  Jap. J. M. Sc, 1932-33.
 1: No. 3, Ophth.,  1-8,  2 pl.—Spring, J. F.  Episcleritis and
 tuberculin treatment.   Med.  J. Australia,  1926,  1: 520.—
 Stenhouse, W. M.  The aetiology of episcleritis. Tr. Intercolon.
 M. Congr.  Australas.  (1896)  1897,  4:  251-3.—Vermes, L.
 [Surgical  treatment  of  episcleritis  and  scleritis]  Szemeszet,
 Budap., 1911, 48: 126-9.—Villard, H. Episclerite catameniale.
 Arch, opht., Par., 1930, 47: 534-8.—Wood, C. A.  Episcleritis.
 In Am. Encycl. Diet. Ophth. (Wood) Chic, 1915, 6: 4494-7.

 ----   Inflammation:  Episcleritis periodica fugax.
   Carra, P.  Episclerite type periodique guerie par la  cure
 externe et interne d'Aix-les-Bains.   Arch. gin. hydrol., Par.,
 1907, 18: 74-8.—Heinonen, O.  Nachtrag zu meiner Arbeit
 Ueber Episcleritis periodica fugax und Erblichkeit. Acta ophth.,
 Kbh.,  1927, 4: 278-80.—Snell,  A. C.   Episcleritis periodica
 fugax.  Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc,  1909-11, 12: 736-45.—Stastnik,
 E.  Pathologie  und Therapie der Episcleritis periodica fugax.
 Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1935, 95: 80-2.—Wood, C. A. Episcleritis
 partialis fugax.  In Am. Encycl. Diet. Ophth. (Wood) Chic,
 1915, 6: 4498-500.—Wyler, J. S. Episcleritis periodica fugax;
 with the report of a  case.  Ophth. Rec,  1909, 18: 57-62.

 EPISCOPE.
   Fourestier, M. Das Episkop.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1939, 65:
 1175.—Graper,  L.  Plastische episkopische Projektion mit dem
 Epistereofilter.  Verh. Anat. Ges., 1924,  33: 244-7.
   EPISCOPESCU, Stefan.
   Gheorghiu, C. [Dr Episcopescu  and the beginning of Ru-
 manian medical activity] Cluj. med., 1934, 15: 22-6.

 EPISIOTOMY.

   See also Birth  canal, Injuries; Labor, Manage-
 ment; Perineum, Surgery.
   Engel,  E.   *Heilungsverlauf von  Dammriss
 und  Episiotomie   im Wochenbett.   20p.    8?
 Heidelb., 1935.
   Kun,  B.   *Die   Vorteile  und  Nachteile  der
 Episiotomie;  kritische   Betrachtung  iiber   137
 Falle vom 1. Jan. 1922-31. Dez.  1924  mit Nach-
 untersuchungen   [Leipzig]    26p.   8?   Lucka,
 1927.
  Blevins, W. J.  Episiotomy with modified  operative tech-
 nique.   Am. J. Obst.,  1929,  17:  197-204.—Bonoli, U.   II
 trattamento del perineo nei parto; Tirrazionalita del taglio
 colpoperineale.  Rass. ostet., 1928, 37: 32-9.—Brodhead, G. L.
 Episiotomy.  Med. Brief, 1904,  32:  1064.— Cadwallader, R.
Episiotomy. Compend M. & S., 1927, 5:  167.—Ciccaglione, A.
 La  episiotomia profilattica di Waldstein.  Riv. ostet.  gin.,
 1930,  12: 469.—Colombino, C.   Sull-impiego dell'episiotomia
e di piu estese incisioni vagino-perineali  negli interventi oste-
trici.   Ann. ostet. gin., 1931,  53:  1553-8.—Devraigne, L.
Pelvimetrie  bi-ischiatique et episiotomie.  Bull, med.,  Par.,
 1934,  48: 779-81.—Diethelm. M. W.  Episiotomy; technique
of repair.   Ohio M.  J.,  1938, 34: 1107-10.—Gillis, R. A. D.
Episiotomy as a means  of  preserving the  pelvic floor during
labor,  with a simple method of suture.  Am. J. Surg., 1930,
n. ser., 9: 520-6.—Gonzalez, J. B.  Profilaxis de las lesiones
ODstetricas del  perine;  perineorrafia y episiorrafia secundarias
precoces del puerperio.  Sem. med., B. Air., 1932, 39: pt 2,
1497-500.—Gusman, H. A.  The prophylactic use of episiotomy
in primipara.  Ohio M. J., 1932, 28: 653.—Heidler, H. Prophy-
laktische Episiotomie.   Wien.  klin. Wschr., 1936,  49: 564.
Also Aerztl. Prax., 1936, 10: 206.—Huff, G.  D.  Mediolateral
episiotomy.  California West. M.,  1938, 48: 177-9.—Hunter,
G. W.  The control of pain with local anesthesia after the repair
of episiotomies.  Am. J. Obst.,  1939, 38: 318.—Klein, W. O.
Die  Naht frischer  Dammri.ssc  und Episiotomien in  Lokal-
anasthesie.  Munch, med. Wschr., 1929, 76: 1124.—Kretz-
schmar, N. R.,  & Huber, C. P.   A study of 2,987 consecutive
episiotomies.  Am.  J. Obst., 1938,  35: 621-6.—Kustner, O.
Wo ist vorteilhaft die  Episiotomie zwecks Erhaltung der in-
tegrierenden Dammgebilde anzulegen?   Prakt. Erg. Geburtsh.,
1909,  1:  299-307.—Lucchetti,  G.  In tema  di lacerazioni
vagino-perineali ed  episiotomie; trattamento  precoce delle
colpoperineorrafie ed episiorrafie non adese.  Clin, ostet., 1939,
41: 311—20.—Martin, E.   Dammschutz und Dammschnitt.
Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1928, 80: 412-21.—Massimi, G.  In
difesa della episiotomia.  Riv. ostet. gin., 1933, 15: 60-6, pl.—
Mathieu, A. Episiotomy.   West. J. Surg., 1932, 40: 330-6.—
Michael, W. A. A new device for performing median episi-
otomy. Am. J.  Obst., 1929, 17: 265.—Mondt, W.  Anwendung
und Technik der Episiotomie.  Med. Welt,  1939, 13:  669.—
Montuoro, F.   Sulla episiotomia.  Riv.  ostet. gin., 1932, 14:
1-4.—Mordwinkin, A. Der Dammschnitt wahrend der Geburt
als prophylaktische  Methode gegen geburtshilfliches Trauma
und  Erkrankungen.  Arch. Gyn., Berl.,  1932,  150: 489.—
Novak, J. Wann und wie  soil eine Episiotomie vorgenommen
werden?  Aerztl. Prax., Wien, 1933, 7: 296.  Also  Wien. klin.
Wschr., 1933, 46: 469.—Ott, D. von.   Die prophylaktische
mediane  Dammspaltung wahrend  der  Geburt.   Mschr. Ge-
burtsh. Gyn., 1926,  74: 143-6.—Palazzolo, A.  L'episiotomia
per la  profilassi  delle lacerazioni perineali durante il travaglio
di parto. Cult.  med. mod.,  Pal., 1933, 12: 62-71.—Pieri, R. J.
The female perineum; episiotomy and a technic for its repair.
J. Am. M.  Ass.,  1938,  110:  1738-43.—Prokofleva, O.  V.
Perinaeotomia sub partu.   Sborn. trud.  po akush. gin.  posv.
D. O. Ottu [etc.] S. Peterb., 1906, 1: 189-96.—Rieck, A. Der
Schuchardschnitt in der Geburtshilfe.  Zbl.  Gyn., 1926, 50:
773-9.  ------  Die Erleichterung schwieriger Geburten durch
den  Beckenbodenschnitt.   Arch.  Gyn.,  Berl.,  1927,  132:
267-9  [Discussion]  279-84.  ------ Bemerkungen zu Prof.
Ed. Martin's Warnung vor dem Beckenbodenschnitt.  Zbl.
Gyn., 1928, 52:  868-73. ------  Meine Erfahrungen mit dem
Beckenbodenschnitt (Schuchardtschnitt) in der Geburtshilfe.
Arch. Gyn.,  Berl,  1930-31, 144: 227   [Discussion] 240-66.
Also  Mschr. Geburtsh.  Gyn.,  1932, 90:  501-6.—Seynsche.
Einschrankung des Dammschutzes durch die mediane Scheiden-
dammspaltung.   Arch.  Gyn., Berl., 1927, 132: 237-9   [Dis-
cussion] 251-62.—Smith, J. C.   Episiotomy.  J. Michigan M.
Soc, 1930, 29:   506-9.—Solms,  E., &  Stern, B.   Scheiden-
dammspaltende  Entbindung, und ihr Wert bei der Gesichts-
lage.  Med. Klin., Berl.,  1927,  23:  1143-5.—Stephens,  J. A.
Episiotomy in  obstetrics.   Dallas M. J., 1934, 20: 72-5 —
Stolz,  M.  Zur Episiotomie.  Zbl. Gyn., 1910,  34: 628.—
Taddei, A.  Sulla tecnica della episiorrafia. Clin,  ostet.,  1937,
39: 216-21.—Taylor, H. C, jr.  Indications and technique of
episiotomy.  Am. J. Surg.,  1937, 35: 403-8.—Titus, P.  Epi-
siotomy and the immediate post-partum repair of both old and
new  perineal injuries.   Ibid., 1927, n.  ser., 3:  499-505.—
Tritsch, J. E. Another plea for the prophylactic  median epi-
siotomy.  J. Am. Inst. Homeop., 1930, 23: 327-33.

EPISPADIAS.

   See also Enuresis;  Penis,  Abnormity; Urethra,
Abnormity;  Urethra,  Surgery.
   Delhumeau,   P.    *Le  traitement   de  1'epi-
spadias  par   plicatures vesico-uretrales   [Paris]
48p.   8?  Angers, 1935.
   Bangerter, J. Die Einpflanzung der Ureteren in den  Dick-
darm bei einem Epispadias.  Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1935, 65:
747.—Boeminghaus,  H.   Zur  Bildung  des Penis und der
Harnrohre bei Epispadie 2.  Grades.  Chirurg, 1930, 2: 11-4.—
Brandt, G.  Eine neue Epispadieoperation.  Arch. klin. Chir.,
1935,  183: 607-10.—Cabot, H.  Plastic operations for epi-
spadias,  hypospadias  and  urethral stricture.   Proc.  Mayo
Clin., 1930, 5: 315.  ------■  Treatment of epispadias  in the
male.   Ibid., 1937, 12:  793-5.—Cecil, A. B.  Treatment of a
case  of male epispadias.    Surg. Clin.  N. America, 1928, 8:
1351-6.—Danziger,  F.  Epispadie-Operation.   Zschr.  urol.
Chir.,  1928,  25:  21-4.—Dobritz, O.  Ein Fall  von peniler
Epispadie.  Zschr. Urol., 1938, 32: 622-4.—Dobrzaniecki, W.
La reconstitution de Tepispadias  controiee par Tur6trographie.
J. urol. med.,  Par., 1935, 40: 320-6.—Fassrainer, S.  Die
operative  Behandlung der mannlichen Epispadie.   Deut.
Zschr. Chir., 1932, 237: 537-48.—Ferrero Velasco.  Epispadias;
curaci6n  por  uretroplastia.  Arch, med., Madr.,  1935, 38:
785.—Godard, H.   L'exstrophie v6sicale  et Tepispadias mas-
culins; leur  traitement par la transposition pelvienne pre-
rectale de la vessie.  J. urol. med., Par.,  1939, 47: 97-109.—
Harrison, F.  G.  Epispadias  totalis.   Pennsylvania M.  J.,
1933,  36: 589.—Kummer, R.  Note sur  un  cas  d'6pispadias
p6nien partiel.   Bull. Soc.  fr. urol., 1925, 4: 115-8.  Also  J. 
EPISPADIAS
443
EPISTAXIS
urol. med., Par., 1925, 19: 542-6.—Lepoutre, C.  Traitement
chirurgical de Tepispadias.  Bull.  Soc.  fr. urol., 1938,  31-5.
Also J. urol.  med.,  Par.,  1938, 45:  339-43.—Luhmann, K.
Zur Operation der Epispadie.  Beitr. klin.  Chir., 1937,  165:
376-81.—Maffei.   Epispadias  et   appareillage  contre  Tin-
continence urinaire.   Arch. fr.  belg. chir., 1922, 25: 276-9
[Discussion] 287-9.—Mullen, T. F.  Epispadias in the  male.
Northwest M., 1925, 24: 63-7.—Muschat, M.  A case of com-
plete epispadias associated with incontinence of urine cured by
operation.  J.  Urol., Bait., 1927, 18: 177-85.—Ninomiya, S., &
Ikegami,  S.   Ein Fall von Epispadia  penis  completa  mit
Pseudolues  papulosa Lipschutz in der  Umgebung.   Lues,
Kyoto,  1935-36, 13: 5.—Petrow, N.  Die Dauerresultate der
Operation von Subbotin bei der totalen Epispadie mit Harnin-
continenz.   Arch.  klin. Chir.,  1927-28, 149:  762-8.—Picot.
Epispadias total.  Rev.  med. Suisse rom., 1926, 46: 615-8.—
Quervain,  F.  de.   Zur operativen Behandlung der totalen
Epispadie. Zschr. urol. Chir., 1932-33, 36: 237-42.—Ritter, A.
Beitrag zur Kasuistik und Behandlung der durchgehenden,
epispadischen  Urethraverdoppelung.  Ibid.,  1926, 20: 5-12.—
Springer,  C.   Sackplastik mit voriibergehender  Einnahung
in das Skrotum bei Epispadie.  Zbl. Chir., 1931, 58: 1047-51.—
Thompson, A. R.  The clinical  anatomy of cases of epispadias
and extroversion of the bladder.  Brit. J. Child.  Dis., 1938, 35:
36-43.—Vvedensky,  D.  A.   [Rational  method in  surgical
correction  of  enuresis in  epispadia]   J. profil. klin.  med.,
Tashkent, 1934, 4: 79-81.

----   female.
   Davis,  D. M.  Epispadias in females and its surgical treat-
ment.   J.  Urol., Bait.,  1928, 20:  673-87.  Also Surg. Gyn.
Obst.,  1928, 47:  680-96.—Estella, J.   Epispadias del sexo
femenino.  Progr. clin., Madr., 1932, 40: 541.—Franck, A.  Ure-
tere trifide et epispadias chez une fillette des dix-ans.  J. urol.
med., Par., 1933, 35: 255-60.—Grimaldi, F. E., & Rubi, R. A.
Epispadias  femenino  subsinfisiario.   Sem.  med.,  B.  Air.,
1934, 41:  1748.—Hunner, G. L. An  unusual obstetric injury
causing detachment of bladder and  urethra from the symphysis
pubis and complete epispadias.   Tr. Am. Gyn. Soc, 1938, 62:
162-76.—Menghetti, S.  Epispadia ed enuresi  ureterica nella
donna;  terapia chirurgica.  Riforma med., 1934,  50:  111.
Also Sperimentale,  1934,  88: suppl.,  10.—Mercier, O.   Une
technique  personnelle  pour la cure  de  Tepispadias  feminin.
Union med.  Canada, 1932,  61: 1004.   Also Brit.  J.  Urol.,
1934, 6: 313-9. Also J. Hotel-Dieu Montreal, 1935, 4: 84-90 —
Sexton, W. G. Epispadias in  women; case report.  J.  Urol.,
Bait., 1927, 18: 663-6.—Seynsche,  K. Epispadie als Ursache
der Inkontinenz.  Zbl. Gyn., 1931, 55: 3585-91.

EPISTAXIS.

   See also  Nose, Disease.
   Abbate, R.   Dati statistici sulle epistassi; influenza dell'eta,
del sesso e della funzione genitale.  Arch. ital. otol., 1938, 50:
408-27.—Abruzzese,  G.   Sulle  epistassi  della gravidanza.
Arch, ostet. gin., 1933,  2.  ser., 20: 742-8.—Borr.es, G. V. T.
[Nose  bleeding]  Ugeskr.  laeger,  1927,  89: 803-8.  Also J.
Lar. Otol., Lond.,  1930, 45: 81-94.—Brown, L. G.  Epistaxis.
Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1937,  195:  572-4.—Colledge, L.
Epistaxis.  In Brit. Encycl. M. Pract. (Rolleston, H.) Lond.,
1937  5: 142-4.—Davis, E. D. D.  Severe epistaxis, difficult to
control.  Brit. M. J., 1939, 1: 721-3—Davy, A. O.  A case of
epistaxis with unusual sequela?.  Med. J.  Australia,  1929, 1:
423.—Delia Vedova, T. Epistassi.  Gazz. osp., 1926,  47: 704-
6.—Evans, G.  Epistaxis.  West London M. J., 1936, 41: 49-
56.—Frenette, O.   Epistaxis.  Bull.  Soc.  med. hop. Quebec,
1935  47-9 —Guedes de Mello, H.  Rhinhorrhagias.  Sciencia
med.', Rio, 1926, 4:  120-8.  Also Gaz. clin., S. Paulo, 1926 24:
158-63.— Hijmans  van den Bergh,  A. A.  [Nose bleeding]
Ned.  tschr.  geneesk.,  1935,  79:   5-12.—Kindler, W.   Das
Nasenbluten;  Altes und Neues  zur Diagnose, Pathogenese und
Behandlung  des  essentiellen  und symptomatischen  Nasen-
blutens.   Beitr. Anat. Ohr., 1928-29, 27: 369-431.—Koenig-
stein, M.   [Unusual form of nosebleed] Warsz. czas. lek., 193b,
13: 211-3.—Lund, R.  [On nose bleeding]   Bibl. laeger,  1927,
119: 579-94.—MacCready, P.  B.  Epistaxis.  In Pract.  Libr.
M. & S. (Appleton)  N. Y., 1937, 11: 760-3.—Roy, D.  Some
clinical  observations on nasal hemorrhage.  Tr. Am  Laryng.
Ass., 1933, 55: 51-8. Also Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1933 42: 1117-
21.  Also  Med. Times, N. Y.,  1933, 61: 325.—Seiferth, L. B.
Das Nasenbluten.  Med. Klin., Berl.,  1929, 25:: 948.—Terraced,
J.  Les epistaxis; donnees pratiques esentielles.  Vie med.,
1927  8: 21-4.—Tolan, T. L.   Epistaxis.   Wisconsin M. J.,
1924-25  23:  392-4.—Voorhees, I. W.  Nasal hemorrhage.
Med. Times, N. Y.,  1935, 63: 42.—Wessely E.  Nasenbluten
im Kindesalter. Wien.  klin. Wschr., 1935, 48:  1214-8.  Also
Wien. med. Wschr., 1938, 88: 459.—Widmer, F. E.  Epistaxis
mit letalem Ausgang. Schweiz. med.  Wschr., 193b, bb: o6i.
Wordley, E.  Epistaxis without telangiectasia.  Lancet, Lona.,
1932,  2:  1331.—Yaver,  S.   Epistaxis  d'origine  endocrino-
vegetative.  Otorhinolar. internat., Lyon,  1939,  23:  173-6.

        Cause.
Acuna, M., & de Filippi, F.  Epistaxis de la pubertad vinculada
a factores alimenticios.  Arch, argent,  pediat.,  1936, 7: 86-
92.—Babcock, J. W.  Epistaxis with sinusitis.  Tr. Am. Lar.
Rhin. Otol. Soc, 1927, 33: 242-5.—Baer, M.  Zur Aetiologie
der  symptomatischen Epistaxis.  Mschr. Ohrenh., 1937, 71:
1445-56.—Banssillon, E., & Mounier-Kuhn, P. Sur une  forme
des  epistaxis de la grossesse; les polypes saignants de la cloison.
Bull. Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1936, 25: 71-4.—Calogero, G.  Le
epistassi nelle varie fasi della crescenza.  Arch. ital. otol., 1928,
39:  611-28.—Dohlman, G. Die Entstehungsweise des Nasen-
blutens.  Acta  otolar., Stockh., 1938, 26: 575-91— Fagan, R.
H.  Severe postpartum epistaxis in a case of nephritic toxemia.
J. Am. M. Ass., 1932, 99: 1603. Also repr.—Fremel, F. Nasen-
bluten und innere  Medizin.   Wien. med.  Wschr., 1938, 88:
514-7.—Freystadtl, B.  [Epistaxis in infective diseases, par-
ticularly in tuberculosis]   Orvoskepzes, 1935, 25:  nov. kulonf.
(O.  Orszagh Festschr.) 40-2.   Also Mschr. Ohrenh., 1936, 70:
1071-4.—Goldmann,  R.   Zur Aetiologie und Therapie der
Epistaxis.  Ibid.,  1934, 68:  1068-72.—Hajek, F.  [Cases  of
persistent nosebleed caused by disorders  of internal secretion]
Cas. 16k. desk., 1937, 76: 440-2.—Lepore, M.  Strani rapporti
che esistono fra 1'epistassi e le malattie utero-ovariche.   Riv.
ostet. gin., 1924, 6: 400-6.—Montgomery, D. C.  Spontaneous
epistaxis. N. Orleans M. & S. J., 1933, 86: 387-92.—Olinescu,
R.,  & Antal  [A case of persistent epistaxis with  symptoms  of
aplastic anemia]  Spitalul, 1928, 48: 1-10.—Rigg, J. P.   Epi-
staxis; etiology and treatment. Rocky Mountain M. J., 1938,
35:  705-10.  Also Eye Ear &c Month., 1939-40, 18: 108-11.—
Rodella, M.  Epixtasis por salicilato de soda.  Arch. lat.  amer.
pediat., B. Air., 1925, 3.  ser., 19: 1026-31.—Rosenbaum, C.
Nasal bleeding due to a foreign body.  Med. Times, N. Y., 1924,
52:  269; 288.—Seiferth, L. B.  Das Nasenbluten, seine  Ursa-
chen und Behandlung.  Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1930, 27: 552-
4.—Sorsby,  M.    Persistent  epistaxis:  thrombocytopenia.
Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond-, 1934-35, 28: 1430.  Also J. Lar.  Otol.,
Lond., 1935, 50: 856.—Trible, G. B.  Epistaxis of antral origin;
report of cases.   Arch.  Otolar., Chic, 1929, 10: 633-5 —
Usoltseva, N. N.   [Symptomatology of nose-bleeding in hem-
orrhagic  diathesis] ' Vest, otorinolar.,  1938, 343-50.—Ver-
nieuwe.  L'epistaxis par  bemogenie.  Rev. laryng., Par., 1928,
49: 740-9.—Vieira,  J.  C'ausas anomalas de  epistaxis.  Fol.
med., Rio, 1929, 10: 263-5.

----   Diagnosis.
  Anthon, W.  Beitrag zur Frage iiber den Sitz des exzessiven
besonders des arteriellen spontanen Nasenblutens.  Med.  Klin.,
Berl., 1924, 20: 1425.—Haenlein.  Die Differentialdiagnose des
Nasenblutens und  seine  Behandlung durch den praktischen
Arzt. Zschr. arztl. Fortbild., 1926, 23: 247-9.—McAuliffe, G.
B.  Determination of the bleeding point of epistaxis. Med. J.
& Rec,  1929, 129: 6.—Schutz, W.  Nasenbluten, seine klinische
und  differentialdiagnostische  Bedeutung  und  Behandlung.
Med. Welt,  1939,  13: 671.—Seteanu, G.  [Clinical value  of
epistaxis] Spitalul, 1934, 54: 120-2.—Wirth, E. Fehldiagnosen
bei  Nasenbluten.  In Samml. wicht.  Friihdiagn.,  Lpz.,  1936,
359-69.  Also Deut. med. Wschr., 1934, 60: 1955-8.

----   habitual.
   See also  names  of primary diseases  as  Blood
pressure, high; Hemophilia; Hemorrhagic  diath-
esis;  Nephritis, &c.                           .
   Abbate, R.   Influenza del  complesso meteorologicc.sulla
frequenza delle epistassi.  Arch. ital. otol., 1938, 50; b89-7.il.—
   Bruch,  E.   Septumresektion,  eine  neue  Indikation  und
Methode zur Stillung schwerer habitueller Blutungen  aus der
Nasenscheidewand.  Zschr. Laryng., 1935, 26: 53-6.—Dohlman
G.  [Etiology of habitual nosebleed]  Sven. lak. tidn., 1938, 35:
295-313.—Gallusser.  Zur Behandlung des habituellen Nasen-
blutens.  Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1926, 56: 250.—Goldman, J. L.
Moccasin  snake (Ancistrodon piscivorus) venom  therapy  for
recurrent epistaxis.   Arch. Otolar.,  Chic, 1936, 24: 59-67.—
Hutter, F.  Epistaxis rechterseits, nach jahrelangem Bestehen
geheilt.  Mschr. Ohrenh., 1934,  68:  372.—Jennings, C.  W.
Recurrent nasal hemorrhage: immediate  permanent relief by
use of electric  cautery.  South.  M. & S., 1934, 96: 220.—
Lapiccirelli, V., & Liberatori, E. Sullo stato del sistema capillare
nelle epistassi recidivanti.  Riv.  clin. med.,  1928, 29: 1203-
15, pl.—Seal, J. C.  Persistent nasal hemorrhage treated with
radium.   Laryngoscope,  1930,  40: 271-8.—Tixier,  L.   Les
epistaxis recidivantes chez les enfants; diagnostic et traitement.
Monde med., 1938,  48: 761-8.—Torrigiani, C. A.  Cura chi-
rurgica delle epistassi abituali.   Valsalva, 1926, 2:  337-44.
       & Lapiccirella, V.  Le epistassi recidivanti della giovi-
nezza.   Riv. clin. med., 1928, 29: 955-99, 2 pl.

----   heredofamilial and constitutional.

   See  also  Angiomatosis;  Teleangiectasis.
   Reichmann,  G.   *Die  Erblichkeit  des Nasen-
blutens  bei Gefasserweiterungen am Locus Kies-
selbach   [Tubingen]  23p.  8?  Urach, 1935.
   Blumenfeld, L.  Familial epistaxis.  Laryngoscope,  1926,
36: 573-6.—Boston, L. N.  Inherited epistaxis associated with
other arterial  defects.   Med. Times,  N. Y., 1930,  58:  68 —
Curschmann, H.  Ueber familiares Nasenbluten als Ausdruck
einer Pseudohamophilie.   Klin.  Wschr.,  1930, 9:  677-9 —
Ferrari Lelli, G.  L'epistassi come manifestazione di una par-
ticolare  diatesi emorragica; la diatesi venulare.  Valsalva, 1937,
13- 616-56.—Giffin, H. Z.  Familial epistaxis without telangi-
ectasia.   Am.  J.  M.  Sc,  1927,  174: 690-5.—Gottron, H.
Oslersche Krankheit.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1936, 32: 1660, pl —
Kindler, W.   Das Nasenbluten  bei Angiomatosis  (Oslerscher 
EPISTAXIS
444
EPISTAXIS
Krankheit) seine  Entstehung und  Behandlung.  Arch. Ohr.
•fee. Heilk., 1937, 143: 236-40.—Orol Arias, C, Mazzini, M. A.,
&  Gomis, J. A.  Epistaxis familiar hereditaria; telangiectasia
hereditaria hemorragica  de Osier; contribuci6n a su estudio.
Rev. urug. derm, sif., 1938, 3: 125-46.—Rollin, H.  Ein Beitrag
zur Kenntnis der Oslerschen Krankheit.  Hals &c Arzt, 1. T.,
1939, 30: 35-8.—Schouwen, M. van  [Rendu-Osler's disease]
Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1939, 83: 1533.—Torrigiani, C. A.  L'epi-
staxis des syndromes veinulaires constitutionnels.  Acta otolar.,
Stockh., 1934, 20: 149-65.—Vervloet, C. G.  [Familial, heredi-
tary epistaxis]   Ned. tschr.  geneesk.,  1939,  83: 2232-5.—
Weiss, J. A. Radium therapy for recurrent epistaxis in heredi-
tary hemorrhagic  telangiectasia.   Laryngoscope,  1938,  48:
865-9.

----   postoperative and traumatic.

   See  also Nose,  Fracture;  Nose, Injury; Nose,
Surgery.
   Antonetti,  H.   Contribution  a l'etude  des hemorragies
nasales post-operatoires graves; essai de pathogenie des hemor-
ragies tardives de la chute de Tescarre.  Presse med., 1931, 39:
1766-8.—Escat, E.  Tamponnement nasal en sachet;  garantie
la  plus sure contre Themorragie de detamponnement.  J. med.
chir., Par., 1939, 110: 413-8.—Johnson, M. C, & Foster,  M. E.
Ligation of the external carotid artery  for traumatic  nasal
hemorrhage. Ann. Otol.  Rhinol., 1933, 42: 588-91.—Liebault.
G.   Comment eviter  certains accidents h6morragiques con-
secutifs aux petits operations  endonasales?  Rev.  laryng.,
Bord.,  1932, 53: 1148-58.—Majer, F. J. Posttraumatische,
schwere Nasenblutung.  Mschr. Ohrenh.,  1939,  73: 223.—
Voorthuysen,  D.  G.  W.  van   [Incidence  of haemorrhage
following packing of nose and throat]   Geneesk. tschr. Ned.
Indie, 1930, 70: 165-76.

----   Treatment.
   Eisenbach,   W.   *Was  ist  dem  Laien  bei
 Nasenbluten zu tun erlaubt?   19p.   8?  Wiirzb.,
 1936.
   Nieto,  M.   *Traitement des epistaxis par la
 diathermie.   72p.   8?   Par., 1932.
   Amelin, V. M.  [Operative treatment of nasal hemorrhages]
 Vest, otorinolar., 1937,  75-7.—Amersbach, K.  Ursache und
 Behandlung von Blutungen aus der Nase.   Ther. Gegenwart,
 1926, 67: 160-6.—Asherson, N.  Epistaxis: its treatment by
 sub-mucous injections.   J. Lar. Otol., Lond., 1934, 49: 180.—
 Aspissow, N.  Operative Behandlung  der Epistaxis.  Mschr.
 Ohrenh.,  1929, 63: 535-7.—Aubry, M.,  & Causse, J.  Le
 venin de vipere Dabola dans l'epistaxis.   Presse med., 1936,
 44: 2091.—Beavis, J.   A method for the control of postnasal
 hemorrhage.  Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1932,  41: 576-7.—Beck, A. L.
 Ionization  for  the  control of severe  hypertensive epistaxis.
 Laryngoscope, 1939, 49: 113-8.—Bergmann, E.  Beitrag zur
 Behandlung  arteriosklerotischer Nasenblutungen.   Miinch.
 med. Wschr., 1928, 75: 2211.—Boutarel.   Le tamponnement
 dans l'epistaxis.  Paris  med., 1925, 55: 293.—Canuyt, G., &
 Daull, P.  Sur un cas d'epistaxis rebelle par Theterohemothera-
 pie.   Strasbourg med.,  1931, 91: 752.—Carrascosa,  A. E.
 Tratamiento de las epistaxis rebeldes  por  las inyecciones
 esclerosantes.  Rev. med. lat. amer., B.  Air., 1936, 22: 906-8.—
 Cohen, H. B.  A new method of control of severe nasal hemor-
 rhage.  Atlantic  M. J., 1926-27,  30: 428.—Connell,  E. S.
 Ovarian therapy in nose and throat surgery.  J. Missouri M.
 Ass., 1935, 32: 372-4.—Contre l'epistaxis:  le venin de vipere
 Daboia.  J. m6d. chir., Par., 1937, 108: 74.—Dack, S.  Treat-
 ment of intractable nasal hemorrhage by injections of moccasin
 snake venom.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1935, 105:  412.—Daraban, E.
 [Nasal hemorrhage and its treatment]   Spitalul,  1930, 50:
 132-4.—Davis, G. E. A new operation  for epistaxis.  Laryngo-
 scope, 1927, 37: 455.—Doigt (Le) de gant contre les epistaxis.
 Presse med.,  1934, 42: 800.—Fernandez Arratia, F.  Epistaxis
 y un nuevo taponamiento nasal.  Siglo med., 1930, 85: 699.—
 Goodyear, H. M.  Nasal hemorrhage:  ligation of the anterior
 ethmoid artery; case report.  Laryngoscope, 1937, 47: 97-9.—
 Grosse-Oetringhaus.   Die  Tamponade beim  Nasenbluten.
 Med. Welt,  1931,  5:  773.—Hays,  H.  The management of
 persistent nasal hemorrhage.  Med. Times, N. Y., 1937, 65:
 18.—Hirsch,  C.  Ligation of the internal maxillary artery in
 patients with nasal hemorrhage.  Arch. Otolar.,  Chic, 1936,
 24:  589-93.  ------   Ueber die Stillung  schweren Nasen-
 blutens mit chirurgischer Diathermie.  Klin. Wschr., 1925, 4:
 1062.—Hoeven Leonhard, J. van der.  Le tamponnement nasal
 a doigtier de caoutchouc.  Rev. laryng.,  Par., 1923, 44: 877-
 86.—Hu, M. L.  Epistaxis  with particular reference  to the
 etiology and local treatment; a study of 60 cases. Nat. M. J.
 China, 1929, 15: 28-33.—Hyde, F. T.  Ligation of the external
 carotid artery for the control of idiopathic nasal hemorrhage.
 Laryngoscope,  1925,  35: 899-902.—Karlemann, M.   Wie
 verhalte ich mich  bei  Nasenbluten?   Mitt. Biochem., 1935,
 42: 24.—Loer, J.   Ueber Unterbindung der Art.  maxillaris
 interna bei unstillbarem Nasenbluten.  Zschr. Laryng.,  1931-
 32, 22:  437.—McKnight,  H.  Carotid ligation in epistaxis.
 Texas J. M., 1926-27,  22:  271-4.—Merle, M.   L'epistaxis
 et son traitement.  Infirm, fr., 1926, 4: 307-19.-—Mezrin, M.
 [Checking severe epistaxis] Voen. san. delo, 1936, No. 6, 15-7.—
 Monson, L. P.  Treatment of nasal  hemorrhages by the use of
sclerosing solutions.  Arch.  Otolar., Chic., 1936, 23:  487.—
Mulford, H. J.   The control  of anterior  nasal hemorrhage.
Ohio M. J., 1939, 35: 733.—Popp, L.  Ueber die haemostatiscne
Wirkung der Rontgenstrahlen  in Verbindung mit vier durch
Radiotherapie geheilten  Fallen von hartnackiger Epistaxis.
Wien. klin. Wschr., 1927, 40: 1029.—Poult, J.  Zur Behandlung
der  Epistaxis.   Schweiz.  med. Wschr.,  1933,  63:  1291.—
Rethi, A.  Die Nasenblutung  und ihre Behandlung.  Zschr.
Hals &c Heilk., 1925,11: 299-308.—Seal, J. C. Nasal bleeding
treated with radium;  method  of application.  Arch.  Otolar.,
Chic, 1932,  15: 617-20.  Also repr.  ----—  Report of a case
of severe nasal hemorrhage controlled by  radium application.
Laryngoscope, 1936, 46:  473.—Soubiron,  N. von.  Epistaxis
arterial incoercible;  ligadura de la carotida externa.   Rev. As.
med. argent., 1935, 49: 60.—Strauss, A.   Epistaxis in  preg-
nancy requiring ligation of the external carotid: review and
case report.  Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1933, 42: 230-9.  Also repr.—
Terracol, J.   Le traitement des epistaxis graves  par la roent-
gentherapie.  Vie med., 1925, 6: 1557.—Zalugovski, M.  [Meth-
ods  of stopping nose-bleed]  Voen. med. J.,  Moskva,  1894,
180: unoffic pt, 1. sect., 308-10.—Zange, J.  Blutstillung durch
Aderlass, insbesondere bei  Nasenbluten.   Med. Welt,  1935,
9: 1458.

----   in animals.
   Brownie, W. B.  Nasal haemorrhage in the dog.  Vet.  Rec,
Lond., 1939,  51:  537.—Hess,  H. E.  Clinical  observations.
Vet. Bull., Wash., 1934, 28: 258-61.

EPISTEMOLOGY.

   See  also  Cognition; Knowledge;  Perception;
Science; Thought.
   Inge,  W.  R.   Science  and ultimate  truth.
32p.  8?    N. Y.,  1926.
   Mitscherlich,  W.    Erkenntnis-Moglichkeit
der Natur- und  Geisteswissenschaften.  69p.  8?
Stuttg., 1937.
   Netjdecker,  G.   Untersuchungen  iiber  die
Erkenntniss-Principien.   52p.   8?   Wiirzb., 1873.
   Carbonelle, D.  La verdad en las conquistas cientificas, o el
pesimismo cientifico o el optimismo inconsciente. Gac.  med.
Caracas,  1938, 45: 56; 81;  129.—Coker. R. E.  Some philo-
sophical reflections  of a  biologist,  a  biological principle  of
uncertainty.   Sc.  Month.,  1939,  48:  121-9.—Hanfmann,
E., & Kasanin, J.  A method for the study of concept forma-
tion.   J.  Psychol., Provincet, 1937,  3:  521-40.—Hardie,
C. D.  Logical positivism and scientific theory.  Mind, Lond.,
1938, 47: 214-25.—Kiilpe.  Erkenntnistheorie  und  Natur-
wissenschaft.   Deut.  med. Wschr.,  1910, 36:  1825.   Also
Repert. prakt. Med., Berl., 1910, 7: 431-3.—Mach, E.  Sinn-
liche Elemente  und naturwissenschaftliche Begriffe.  Arch.
ges. Physiol.,  1910, 136: 263-74.—Maday,  S.  Begriffsbildung
und  Denken  beim Menschen und  beim Pferde.  Arch. ges.
Psychol.,   1914,  32:  472-90.—Metzger,  H.   Tribunal de
Thistoire  et theorie  de la conaissance scientifique.  Archeion,
Roma, 1935, 16: 1-14.—Paulsen, J.   Untersuchungen iiber die
psychophysiologische  Erkenntnistheorie  Th.  Ziehens; der
psychologische Begriff der Empfindung. Arch. ges.  Psychol.,
1911, 22: 1-29.—Picavet, F.  Le phenomenisme et le proba-
bilisme dans Tecole platonicienne.  Rev. philos., Par., 1887,
23: 378;  498.—Schiller, F. C. S.   Scientific  discovery and
logical proof.  Stud. Hist. Meth. Sc, Oxf., 1917, 235-89 —
Schrodinger, E.  Quelques remarques au sujet des bases de la
connaissance scientifique.  Scientia,  Bologna, 1935,  57:  181-
91.—Simoneit, M.  Beitrage  zur  Psychologie des Denkens;
das  schaffende  Denken insbesondere  das  Erlebnis  des Re-
prasentationsmerkmals  (mit  einer  experimentellen  Unter-
suchung im  Anschluss an Achs Methoden  zur Untersuchung
der Begriffsbildung)  Arch. ges. Psychol., 1926, 55: 137-218.

----   medical.
   Bovet, T.   Einfiihrung in die philosophischen
Grundprobleme der Medizin:  Wissenschaft und
Wirklichkeit.   lSlp.   8?   Ziir., 1934.
   Brugsch,   T.   Ganzheitsproblematik  in  der
Medizin  zugleich eine Einfiihrung in  die medi-
zinische Erkenntnislehre.   136p.   8?  Berl., 1936.
   Carles, J.  Les incertitudes  de la medeeine.   Bull. gin.
ther., 1933, 184: 398-412.—Haggard, H. W. Error in medicine.
In Story of human error  (Jastrow, J.) N. Y., 1936, 389-411 —
Herxheimer, G.  Das morphologische Denken in der Heil-
kunde.  Verhber. Kongr. Ford.  med.  Synthese (1934) 1935,
3. Congr., 2: 7-20.—Pedemonte,  P. V.  De la duda en medicina
y del amor a la verdad; la duda es una verdad en potencia y el
fundamento del amor a la verdad.  Dia med. urug., 1937-38,
5: 396-8.—Sternberg, M.  Die  Bedeutung der scholastischen
Philosophie  fur das heutige medizinische Denken; eine  his-
torische und methodologische Studie.  Abh. theor. Biol., 1926,
H. 24, 1-22.
   EPISTOLAE  graecae    variorum  auctorum.
2 pts.   266 1.; 137 1.   4?   Venezia, Aldus  Manu-
tius,  April 17, 1499. 
EPISTROPHEUS
445
EPITHELIOMA
  EPISTROPHEUS.

    See Atlas and epistropheus.

  EPITAPH.

    Pike, R.   E.   Granite  laughter and  marble
  tears; epitaphs of old New England.  80p.  28 cm.
  [Brattleboro, 1938]
    Wood, C. A.  A medical epitaph.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1924 83:
  1705.

  EPITHALAMUS.

    See Brain, Diencephalon.

  EPITHELIAL body.

    See Parathyroid.


  EPITHELIAL gland.

    See Gland; also names of epithelial glands  as
  Breast; Epididymis; Intestine, Glands; Kidney;
  Lacrimal gland; Liver, &c.


  EPITHELIOGENESIS imperfecta.

    See also Cattle, Calf: Diseases; Ectodermosis,
  congenital.
    Berthelsen, H., & Eriksson, K. Epitheliogenesis imperfecta
  neonatorum in a foal, possibly of a hereditary nature.  J. Comp.
  Path., Lond., 1935, 48: 285-97.—Hadley, F. B.  Congenital
  epithelial defects of calves. J. Hered., 1927, 18: 487-95.

  EPITHELIOID cell.

    See also  Foreign  body;  Tubercle;  Tubercu-
  losis, Histology.
    Cunningham, R. S., & Tompkins, E. H.  The epithelioid cell.
  Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1931, 23: 71-5.—Hetherington, D. C.  The
  transformation of tissue macrophages into epithelioid cells in
  tissue cultures demonstrated by the use of trypan blue.  Arch.
  exp. Zellforsch., 1931, 11: 520-9. pl.—Lawrence, J. S., Tomp-
  kins, E. H., & Cunningham, R. S. Production of monocytes
  and epithelioid  cells in subcutaneous tissues by injection of
  various irritants.  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1928-29, 26:
  331-3.  ------  The epithelioid cell. Tr. Nat. Tuberc.  Ass.,
  N. Y., 1930, 26: 191.

  EPITHELIOID gland.

    See  Endocrine gland; Gland; also  names of
 epithelioid glands as Chromaffin system; Corpus
 luteum; Pancreas, Island;  Parathyroid;  Supra-
 renal; Testis; Thymus.

 EPITHELIOMA.

    See  also Adamantinoma;  Carcinoma;  Chori-
 oma;  Cornu  cutaneum;  Cyst;  Dermoid;  Epi-
 theliomatosis;  Epithelium, Hyperplasia;  Nevus;
 Papilloma; Verruca; also names of epithelial glands
 and  organs  as  Bladder;  Breast;  Esophagus;
 Fallopian tube;  Lip; Liver;  Mouth; Sebaceous
 gland; Skin,  Cancer; Tongue;  Tonsil; Uterus;
 Vagina, &c.
   Favre,  M.,  Josserand,  A.,  & Martin, J. F.
 Tumeurs cutanees epitheliales.    p.693-786.   8?
 Par., 1936.
   In Nouv. prat. derm. (Darier, Sabouraud, et al.) Par., 1936, 6:
   Borghoff, J. A.  Epithelial new-growths.  Nebraska M. J.,
 1935, 20: 96-100.—Cornil, L., Mosinger, M., & Levy-Coblentz,
 G.  Les etats cancereux;  les  epitheiiomes.  In Traite derm.
 (Belot, J.,  etal.) Par., 1: fasc. 2,  465-517, illust.—Darier, J.
 Des epitheiiomes primitifs de la peau. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond.,
 1921-22, 15: sect, derm., 39-42.—Fouron, P.  Glanures.  Ann.
 med.  haiti.,  1936, 13:  129-35.—Gaucher.  L'epitheiioma
 cutane.  J. med. Paris, 1911, 2. ser., 23:  297.—Kreibich, C.
 Zur Kasuistik der Epitheliome.  Arch.  Derm. Syph., Berl.,
 1926,  152: 679-83.—McCandless, O. H.  Epithelioma.  J.
 Missouri M. Ass.,  1932, 39: 111-4.—MacKee. Epithelioma.
 J. Cut. Dis. Inch Syph., 1911, 29: 394.—Mauriac, P.,Servante,
 L., & Rioux.  Lactacidemie comparee artere-veine de tumeurs
 6pitheiiomateuses chez la femme.  C. rend. Soc.  biol., 1931,
 108: 971.—Meleney, F. L.  Epithelioma.  China M. J., 1922,
 36:  93-102, 3 pl.—Pardo Castello, V.  Epiteliomas de la piel.
In Diagn. trat. cancer (Ligac. Cancer) Habana, 1932, 195-209.—
Parounagian, M. B.  Epithelioma.  J. Cut. Dis. Inch Syph.,
 1919, 37: 351.—Peple, W. L.  Epithelioma.  South. M. & S.,
 1930, 92: 815-7.—Sutton, R. L., jr.  Epithelial tumors of the
 skin.  J. Missouri M. Ass., 1934, 31: 28-31.

 ----  adenoid.

    See Epithelioma,  basal cell; Epithelioma ade-
 noides cysticum.


 ----  basal cell.

    See also  Carcinoma, Types (basal cell; ulcerat-
 ing) Epithelioma adenoides cysticum; also  names
 of parts affected.
    Dietz, H. E.  *Beitrag zur Kenntnis iiber  das
 Vorkommen  von   Basalzellenepitheliomen  an
 ungewohnlichen  Korperstellen.   lOp.  8?   Gies-
 sen, 1935.
    Anelli, D.  Alcuni casi di basalioma di Krompecher.  Boll,
 ocul., 1935, 14: 1628-46.—Arguelles Casals, D. Algunas  con-
 sideraciones  sobre el epitelioma cutaneo baso-celular de la
 regi6n aurfculo-mastoidea. Rev. med. cubana, 1938, 49:  139-
 44.—Bezecny, R.  Flache pigmentierte  Basaliome.   Derm.
 Wschr., 1936, 102: 208.—Bronzini, M. Su di un caso di epi-
 telioma baso-cellulare di  Krompecher.  Riforma med., 1939,
 55: 6-15.—Diss, A., & Peterschmidt, J.  Epithelioma baso-
 cellulaire d'origine sudoripare.  Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1926,
 33: 599-601.—Grynfeltt, E.  Sur les particularites caryometri-
 ques des  epitheliomas cutanes  dits  baso-cellulaires.  Bull.
 Acad. sc. Montpellier, 1936, 66: 29.—MacCormac, H.  Arseni-
 cal keratoses:  multiple basal-cell carcinomata and arsenical
 warts. Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1933, 26: sect, derm., 1553.—
 Montgomery,  H.  Histogenesis of  basal-cell epithelioma.
 Radiology, 1935, 25: 8-23.—Nomland, R.  Multiple basal cell
 epitheliomas originating from congenital pigmented basal cell
 nevi. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1932, 25: 1002-8.—Peyri, J.
 Epithelioma baso-cellulaire pigmente a forme verruqueuse  et a
 point de depart naevique.  Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1935, 42:
 945-8.—Sohrweide,  A. W.  The basal  cell  epithelioma—a
 resume.  Med. Times, N.  Y., 1936, 64: 184-6.—Touraine, A.,
 & Gole.  Epithelioma baso-cellulaire pigmente chez un syphili-
 tique ancien.  Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1937, 44: 1020-2.

 ----   basal cell, morpheiform.

   Abramowitz, E. W.  Morphea-like type of basal cell  epi-
 thelioma.  Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1938, 37: 910.—Gougerot,
 H., & Eliascheff, O.  Epithelioma scierodermiforme basocellu-
 laire. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1935, 42: 1785.—Heidingsfeld,
 M. L.  Morpheaahnliches Epitheliom.  Arch. Derm. Syph.,
 Wien, 1913, 116: Orig., 375-8.—Montgomery, D. W., & Culver.
 G. D.  Scleroderma-like epithelioma.  Arch. Derm. Syph.,
 Chic, 1928, 18: 281-3.

 ----   benign.

   See  also  Cylindroma;  Epithelioma, calcified;
 Epithelium, Hyperplasia; Nevus.
   Breun,  E.  *Zur  Genese  der  gutartigen Epi-
 theliome   der  Haut   [Wurzburg]   18p.   8?
 Loningen,  1934.
   Petitpierre,  E.   *De quelques cas d'h£te>o-
 topies  epitheliales de caractere b6nin.  22p.  8?
 Lausanne, 1923.
   Tetjrnier,  C.   *A propos  des  epitheliomas,
 derives des glandes  cutanees  et  des causes  de
 leur  benignity  64p.   8?  Par.,  1926.
   Urrtjtia, A.   Two words about  hybrid epi-
 thelioma; primary epitheliocytoplasia.  68p.  8?
 S. Ant., 1921.
   Wollgast,  B.   *Beitrage  zum Aufbau und
 zur  Genese  der  gutartigen   Hautepitheliome
 [Berlin]  26p.  8?   Bottrop, 1936.
   Binkley, G. W.   Naevus epitheliomato-cylindromatosus.
 Arch. Derm.  Syph.,  Chic, 1938, 37: 289-300.—Boyd,  W.
 Benign epithelial invasion.  Canad. M. Ass. J., 1934, 31: 273-
 5.-—Dobkevich, S.,  &  Eliashev, O.   Tumeurs epitheliales
 benignes.  In  Nouv. prat. derm. (Darier, Sabouraud, et  al.)
 Par., 1936, 6: 522-54.—Fischer, H.  Zur  Genese benigner
 epithelialer Hauttumoren.  Derm. Wschr., 1926, 83: 1509-15.—
 Jadasson, J.  Die benignen Epitheliome.  Tr. Internat. Congr.
 M. (1913) 1914, sect. 13, Derm. Syph., pt 2, 29-56 [Discussion]
 57-80.—Martenstein, H. Die benignen infektiosen Epitheliome
 der Haut.  Klin. Wschr., 1926, 5: 563; 608.—Minsker, S. M.
 [Case of naevus epitheliomato-cylindromatodes] Vest, vener.,
 1938, No. 6, 83.—Picco, A.  Osservazioni su 57 casi di epitelioma
 benigno cilindromatoso. Cancro, Tor.,  1932, 3: 114-21, 5 pl.—
Revzin, B. L.   [Case of naevus  basalioma cylindromatodes]
 Vest, vener., 1938, No. 6, 85.—Sikl, H.  Ueber das Vorkommen
von Schleim-  (Becher-) Zellen in benignen Epitheliomen der
Haut. Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1932, 43: 1-18. 
EPITHELIOMA                                446                                EPITHELIOMA
 ----   Brown-Pearce.

    See also  Rabbit; Tumor, experimental.
    Besredka, A.  Essai de bacteriotherapie cutanee locale dans
 l'epitheiioma du lapin, Brown-Pearce.  C. rend. Acad, sc, 1939,
 208: 681-3.  ------  Etude  experimentale  sur  l'immunite
 antitumorale, epithelioma de  Brown-Pearce.  Presse  med.,
 1939, 47: 1125-7.  ------Magat, I. [et al.]  De la vaccination
 intraeutanee contre l'epitheiioma de Pearce-Brown.  C. rend.
 Acad, sc,  1935,  201:  690-2.—Besredka,  A.,  Magat,  I.,  &
 Besnard, P.  De 1'importance de la porte d'entree dans revolu-
 tion de l'epitheiioma  de Pearce-Brown.  Ibid., 170-2.—Carcu-
 pino, F.  Determinazioni cariometriche nei fegato di conigli
 normali  e di conigli portatori di tumore di Brown-Pearce.
 Tumori,  Milano,  1939, 25: 168-76.—Casey, A. E.   Experi-
 mental enhancement of malignancy in the Brown-Pearce rabbit
 tumor.  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1932, 29: 816-8.  ------
 The reaction of standard breeds  of  rabbits  to the  Brown-
 Pearce tumor.  Am. J. Cancer,  1937,  31: 446-56.  ------
 Distribution of metastases in  the Brown-Pearce  tumor;  in
 standard breeds of rabbits. Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1939,
 40: 223-8.  ------  Distribution of metastases in the Brown-
 Pearce tumor; effect of 15 years  of  transplantation.   Ibid.,
 228-30.   ------  Distribution of metastases in the  Brown-
 Pearce tumor; effect of homologous material.  Ibid., 230-4.
 ------  & Pearson,  B.   Distribution of metastases in the
 Brown-Pearce tumor; effects  of  site of inoculation.   Ibid.,
 234-7.—Deckner.   Cytologische Untersuchungen  am  Brown-
 Pearce-Kaninchentumor.   Zbl. Chir.,   1939,  66:   1469.—
 Dmochowski, L.  [On Brown-Pearce tumor]  Nowotwory, 1937,
 12:60-71. ------ Recherches expenmentales sur la specificite
 serologique des neoplasmes des animaux; sur la  specificite
 serologique de la tumeur de Brown-Pearce du lapin.  C.  rend.
 Soc. biol., 1938,  129:  349.—Eisen, M. J., & Langer, A.  Osser-
 vazioni  sul tumore  di  Brown-Pearce del coniglio.  Tumori,
 Milano,  1938, 24: 55-62.—Hackmann, C.  Untersuchungen zur
 Frage der erworbenen Organresistenz  gegenuber dem  Brown-
 Pearce Kaninchenkrebs.  Zschr.  Krebsforsch., 1938-39, 48:
 169-76.—Lebedinskaia, S. I.   [Effect of sympathectomy  on
 metastases of Brown-Pearce grafted tumors in rabbits]  Arkh.
 biol. nauk,  1938, 51:  No. 3, 162; 169.—Mollendorff, M. von.
 Der Brown-Pearce-Tumor  in der Gewebekultur.  Arch. exp.
 Zellforsch.,  1938, 21: 411-26, pl.—Mu, J. W.  Increased sus-
 ceptibility of rabbits to  Brown-Pearce epithelioma induced by
 estrogens in human pregnancy urine.  Am. J. Cancer, 1938, 34:
 407-12.—Nattan-Larrier, L., & Grimard, L.  Les anticorps chez
 les Iapins immunises  contre la  tumeur de Brown-Pearce.  C.
 rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 120: 1171-3.—Orr,  J. W.  The  bone
 marrow  in  Brown-Pearce  carcinomatosis of  the  rabbit.   J.
 Path. Bact., Cambr., 1936, 42:  105-12, 2 pl.—Pearson,  B., &
 Casey, A. E.  Distribution of metastases in the Brown-Pearce
 tumor; comparison with certain tumors in man.   Proc. Soc.
 Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1939, 40: 238-41.—Pommerenke, W. T.
 Effect of injection of bacterial filtrate on Brown-Pearce rabbit
 epithelioma.  J. Am.  M. Ass., 1936, 106: 1654-7.—Raab, W.
 Immunisierungs-Versuche mit dem Brown-Pearceschen Kanin-
 chentumor (intravenose  und intracutane Anwendung von zell-
 freien Kalteextrakten)  Zschr.  Krebsforsch.,  1937, 46:  343-
 54.—Rivosh, F.  I.  [Distribution of vitamin C between the
 organs of animals, inoculated with Brown-Pearce malignant
 tumor]  Arkh. biol. nauk, 1938, 51: No. 3, 64-8.—Rosahn, P. D.
 The influence of latent syphilitic infection on the reaction of the
 rabbit to the Brown-Pearce tumor.  J. Exp. M., 1935, 62: 213-
 27.  Also repr.—Soloviev, A. A.  [On the metastases of Brown-
 Pearce tumor in rabbits, depending on the place of inoculationl
 Arkh. biol. nauk, 1937, 45:139-51.  ------  [Effect of operative
 excision  of Brown-Pearce tumor on the  metastatic process in
 relation to the factor of time]  Ibid., 1938, 51: No. 3, 174-9. pl.

 ----   calcified [Malherbe]

   See  also  Carcinoma,   Types,  calcifying;  Se-
 baceous gland, Tumor.
   Velez  Paiz,  F.   *Epitheliomas calcifies de  la
 peau, chez l'enfant; epitheliomas momifies necro-
 biotiques.   72p.   8?   Par., 1938.
   Boggino, J., & Ugarriza, R.   Epitelioma seMceo calcificado
 de Malherbe.  Rev. urug. derm, sif., 1938, 3: 46-52.—Cote, F.
 H.   Benign calcified epithelioma of the skin.  J. Path. Bact.,
 Lond., 1936, 43:  575-86,  4 pl.—Fevre, M.  Frequence  de
 l'epitheiiome benin calcifie de la  peau chez l'enfant.  Bull. Soc.
 p6diat. Paris, 1937, 35: 94-101.   ------  Epitheiiomes calcifies
 et momifies de la peau.  P. verb.  Congr. fr. chir.,  1938, 47.
 Congr.,  861-6.  ------  & Maillet,  M.   Un cas d'epitheiiome
 benin calcifie de la peau.  Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris,  1936, 34:
 552.—Fevre, M., & Palmer, R. G.  L'epitheiiome benin calcifie
 de la peau. Ann. anat. path., Par., 1928, 5: 885-97.—Fevre, M.,
 Huguenin, R., & Paiz, V.   Les epitheliomas momifies ou calcifies
 de la peau. Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1938, 27: 355-61.   Also Arch.
 med. enf., 1939, 42: 73-90.—Gougerot, H., & Meyer, J.  Epi-
 thelioma calcifie de Malherbe ou naevus adenomateux calcifie a
 debut tardif, brusque,  rapide.  Bull. Soc.  fr. derm, syph.,  1937,
44:  976.—Huguenin, R., & Perrot, M.  Epitheliomas momifies
multiples chez un enfant.  Bull.  Ass. fr. cancer, 1939, 28: 627-
35.—Mariotti, D.  Nevo  epiteliomatoso calcificante; epitelioma
calcificato di Malherbe.  Dermosifilografo, 1938, 13: 668-78.—
Picena, J. P.  A proposito de los epiteliomas calcificados de
Malherbe.   Rev.  argent,  derm,  sif.,  1939,   23:  277-86.—
 Yamazaki, J.  Ein Fall von verkalktem Epitheliom mit sog.
 Botryomykose.  Jap. J. Derm. Urol., 1935, 38: 137.

 ----   Clinical aspect.
   Bagnoli, N., &  Panfili, F.  Gli epiteliomi cutanei osservati
 presso la clinica dermosifilopatica di Bologna nei trentennio
 1896-1935 (riassunto  statistico)   Arch. ital. derm.,  1937, 13:
 527-33.—Fajwlewicz,   J.,  & Hurwicz,  S.   [Malignant  epi-
 thelioma in internal  medicine]  Warsz. czas. lek.,  1935, 12:
 218-22.—Fordyce, J. A. Clinical and pathological observations
 on some early forms of epithelioma of the skin.  N. York M. J.,
 1900, 71:  889-94.  Also  repr.—Pautrier. L. M.  Quelques
 aspects de la question du cancer epithelial envisage du point
 de vue dermatologique. Bruxelles med., 1928-29, 9: 33-52.—
 Scopesi,  M.  Particolare decorso clinico di neoplasia epiteliale
 in una  giovinetta  quindicenne.  Dermosifilografo,  1933, 8:
 117-28.—Wigley, J. E. M., & Muende, I.  Early epithelioma
 in a child aged 4 years.  Proc. R. Soc.  M., Lond.,  1934, 27:
 sect, derm., 586.

 ----  contagious.

   See Fowl pox; Molluscum  contagiosum.

 ----  Diagnosis.
   Dean, J. G.   Keratosis, epithelioma or  skin cancer.  J. M.
 Ass. Georgia, 1930, 19: 462-6.—Del Vivo, G. Sopra il valore
 di alcune prove biologiche nei portatori di epiteliomi cutanei.
 Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1930, 71: 1302.—James, B. M. Cutaneous
 epithelioma; differential diagnosis and treatment, with lantern-
 slide demonstration.  J. M. Soc. N. Jersey, 1932, 29: 32-41.—
 Meineri, P. A.  Ci6 che la cute puo dire in tema di epitelioma.
 Athena,  Roma,  1938, 7:  81-8—Pardo-Castello, V.   Diag-
 n6stico diferencial de los  epiteliomas cutaneos.  Bol.  Liga
 cancer,  Habana,  1930, 5:  80-3.—Van  Studdiford,  M. T.
 Recognition and  prevention of epithelioma.   N. Orleans
 M. & S. J., 1934-35, 87: 684-6.

----   erythematoid.

   See Epithelioma, superficial.

----   experimental.

   See also Carcinoma, experimental.
   Arloing, F., Morel, A.  [et al.]   Absence de proprietes anti-
tumorales vis-a-vis de 1'epitheiioma  experimental de la souris
blanche par injections d'adrenaline ou de quelques-uns de ses
derives quinoniques d'oxydation. C. rend.  Soc. biol., 1933,
 114: 631-3.—Garshin, V.   [Experimental research  of atypic
 growths of  cutaneous epithelium]  Arkh. biol. nauk,  1927, 27:
 101-20.—Gordonoff, T., & Walthard, B.  Ueber  ein  experi-
mentelles Epitheliom beim Menschen. Schweiz. med. Wschr.,
 1939, 69: 381.—Krotkina, N. Ueber den Einfluss von Gravi-
ditat und Lactation auf die durch Teerpinselungen erzeugten
Epithelwucherungen am Kaninchenohr.  Zschr. Krebsforsch.,
 1923-24,  21: 450-2.—Marullaz, M.  Epitheliome et lymphan-
gioendotheiiome  artificiels de l'oreille du lapin.  Bull.  Ass.
fr. cancer,  1930,  19: 209-15.—Mottram, J. C.   Production
of epithelial tumours by a combination of beta radiation and
painting with benzpyrene.  Am.  J. Cancer, 1938, 32: 76-9.—
Peyre, E.,  & Moricourt,  H.   Tumeurs  obtenues  par greffes
de foie de rats porteurs d'epithelioma de Guerin.  Bull. Ass.
fr. cancer,  1937, 26:  501-3.—Yamauchi, M.  Ueber  experi-
mentelle Epithelwucherungen, insbesondere nach Gewebsscha-
digungen.  Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1924, 30: 311-37.

----   Immunity.
   Besredka, A., & Gross, L.  L'epitheiioma intracutane du
lapin  et son pouvoir immunisant.  Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par.,
 1936, 57:  343-56.  ------   Vaccination du  lapin  contre
l'epitheiioma  sous-cutane.   C.  rend. Soc biol.,  1936,  202:
 1217-9.   ----— De la nature de l'immunite acquise vis-a-vis
de l'epitheiioma chez le lapin.  Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1938,
60: 1-12.—Besredka, A.,  Magat, I.  [et  al.]  L'epitheiioma
intracutane du lapin et son pouvoir immunisant.   Ibid., 1936,
56: 125-36.—Besredka, A., Magat, J., & Besnard, P. De la
vaccination des Iapins contre l'epitheiioma cutane.  C. rend.
Acad, sc, 1935, 201: 303.

----   morpheiform.

   See under Epithelioma, basal cell.

----   multiple.

   See Epitheliomatosis.

----   pagetoid.

   See Epithelioma, superficial.

----   Pathogenesis.

   See also names of precarcinomatous affections.
   Bettin, O., & Stainer, A.  Su un caso di epitelioma de trauma.
Policlinico, 1930,  37:  sez.  prat., 1783—Caudiere,  M.   Re- 
EPITHELIOMA
447
EPITHELIOMA
 cherches sur revolution des cellules pigmentaires dans certains
 epitheliomas malpighiens  cutanes.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1926,
 94: 339-41.—Gargano, C.   Come  si  debbano  interpretare
 alcune formazioni patologiche dell'epidermide, clinicamente ed
 istologicamente identiche agli epiteliomi.  Arch. Soc. ital. chir.,
 1931,  37:  709-12.—Garschin,  W.   Experimentelle  Unter-
 suchungen  iiber  atypische  Wucherungen  des Hautepithels;
 atypische Epithelwucherungen  bei aseptischer  durcb Choles-
 terin und  Tierkohle  hervorgerufener  Entziindung.  Zschr.
 Krebsforsch.,  1928, 27: 481-9.—Garschin,  W.  G.   Ueber die
 Bedeutung des exogenen Faktors in der Genese  der atypischen
 Epithelwucherungen.   Ibid., 1936-37, 45: 62-73.—Guzman, L.
 Epitheliomas  de la peau  chez les  travailleurs du salpetre.
 Acta Unio  internat. cancr.,  Brux., 1936, 1: 340-51.—Hilde-
 brand, E.   Ueber die formale Genese experimentell erzeugter
 Plattenepithelkarzinome.   Zbl.  Chir.,  1939, 66:  798-801 —
 Meyer,  R.   Zur Frage der heterotopen  Epithelwucherung,
 insbesondere  des Peritonealepithels und   in  den  Ovarien.
 Virchows Arch.,  1924,  250:  595-610.—Milian &  Chapireau.
 Epithelioma provoqu6  par une griffure du chat.   Bull. Soc.
 fr. derm, syph., 1935,  42: 942.—Moran, H. M. Trauma and
 epithelioma.  Med. J. Australia, 1933, 2: 547-51.—Mottram,
 J. C.  Production  of  epithelial tumours by irradiation of a
 precancerous skin lesion.  Am. J. Cancer,  1937, 30: 746-8.—
 Smirnov, L. I., Silberstein, H. N.,  & Savenko, S. N.  [Primary
 epithelial  tumors  of   neuro-ectodermal  origin]   Nevropat.
 psikhiat., 1937,  6:  55-84.—Strauss,  A.   Epitheliomas arising
 in scars; a clinical discussion and report.  Am.  J. Surg., 1929,
 n. ser., 7: 699-703.—Vidal, A., & Dusan, J.  Reridives multiples
 d'6pitheiiomas; developpes sur radiodermite et lupus.  Mar-
 seille med.,  1937, 74:  147-50.—Yamagiwa, K., & Ichikawa, K.
 Experimentelle Studie iiber die Pathogenese der Epithelialge-
 schwulste.  Mitt. Med. Fak. Univ.  Tokyo, 1918, 19: 483-95,
 2  pl.—Yamagiwa,  K.,  &  Murayama,  K.  Experimentelle
 Studie iiber die Pathogenese der Epithelialgeschwiilste.  Ibid.,
 1921, 26: 35; 5 pl.; 1924, 31:  1,  7  pl., tab.—Yamagiwa, K.,
 Murayama,  K.  [et  al.]   Zusammenfassender Bericht  der
 Ergebnisse von Versuchen iiber die Entstehung der Epithelial-
 geschwiilste. Virchows Arch., 1923, 245: 20-6.

 ----   Pathology.

    Barre, E.  P.   *Les metastases  cutanees  dans

 les epitheliomas  spino-cellulaires  cutanes.   59p.

 8?   Par., 1931.
    Maillard,  A.   *Des  n^oplasies glandulaires
 a  evolution  epidermoide.   48p.    8?   Montpel.,
 1910.
    Santesson,  L.   Characteristics of  epithelial
 mouse  tumour  cells in vitro  and   tumour struc-
 tures in vivo; a  comparative study.   237p.    8?
 Kbh., 1935.
    Forms Suppl. 24, Acta path, microb. scand.
    Appelmans,  R.  Les epitheiio-sarcomes.  Arch,  internat.
 med. exp., Liege, 1925-26, 2: 191-202.—Barron, H. T.  Squa-
 mous epithelioma.  Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond.,  1933, 26: sect.
 derm., 37.—Bechet, P. E.   Prickle cell epithelioma.  Arch.
 Derm. Syph.,  Chic, 1939, 40:  482.—Berna, P.  II  glutatione
 ematico negli epiteliomi cutanei.  Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1937,
 78: No.  2, suppl., 209.—Breslauer, T.   Zur Kenntnis  der
 Epidermoidalgeschwulste von Kaltblutern;  histologische Ver-
 anderungen des  Integuments und  der Mundschleimhaut beim
 Stint (Osmerus eperlanus L.)  Arch. Anat., Bonn,  1915, 87:
 1. Abt., 200-64, 3 pl., 2 ch.—Carmichael, J.  L.,  & Posey, L. C.
 On the relation of epithelioma to chronic ulceration of the skin.
 J. M. Ass. Alabama, 1937-38, 7: 361-7.—Charache,  H. Squa-
 mous cell epithelioma in psoriatic patches.  Arch. Derm. Syph.,
 Chic, 1938, 38: 241-4.—Cortella, E.  Interessante osservazione
 di  epitelioma  misto della cute.   Dermosifilografo,  1929,  4:
 462-7, 2 pl.—Daubresse-Morelle,  E.   Forme  speciale  de
 cancer de la peau: epitheliome plan cicatriciel.  Ann. Inst. chir.
 Bruxelles, 1928,  6:  166.—Degorce, A.  Epitheliome  papillaire
 corne de la peau du thorax.  Bull. Soc. med. chir. Indo-Chine,
 1912, 3:  389.—-Flarer,  F.  Autotrapianto  ancora positivo al
 terzo passaggio di epitelioma spinocellulare.  Gior. ital.  derm.
 sif., 1937, 78: 395-8, 2 pl.—Fordyce, J.  A.   The pathology of
 malignant epithelial growths of the skin.   J.  Am.  M. Ass.,
 1910, 55:  1624-31.—Gate, J., & Michel, P.  J.  Epithelioma a
 forme botriomycosique.  Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph.,  1935, 42:
 19.—Gaucher, Gougerot & Hischmann.  Epitheliomas cutanes
 successifs chez une femme de 26 ans. Ibid., 1913, 24: 189.—
 Genner, V.  [Spinocellular epithelioma]   Dansk. derm,  selsk.
 forh., 1931-32, 64:  11.—Gougerot, H., & Patte, A.  Fluores-
 cence des epitheliomas a la lumiere  de  Wood.  Bull. Soc.  fr.
 derm, syph., 1939, 46:  288-95.—Grynfeitt, E.  Sur les cellules
 fusiformes de Babes dans les  epitheliomas malpighiens.  Bull.
 Acad. sc.  Montpellier,  1936, 66: 36—Halkin.   Note sur les
 reactions du stroma conjonctif  dans  les epitheliomas cutanes.
 Bull. Acad.  med. Belgique, 1930,  5.  ser., 10: 385-91, 2 pl —
 Jadassohn,  J.   Demonstration von  selteneren Hautepithe-
liomen.   Beitr.  klin.   Chir.,  1926,  136:  345-58.—Jovin,  J.
Lympho-6pitheiiome et epithelioma  a cellules  de  transition.
Bull. Ass. fr.  cancer,  1939,  28:  117-43.—Klein,  B. M.,  &
Missriegler, A.  Langerhanssche Zellen in gut- und bosartigen
Neoplasmen  (in  spitzem  Kondylom,  Verruca  pigmentosa
Dermoidcyste  und Carcinomen)  Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl.,
1934-35,  171:  280-300.—Lacassagne,  A.   Repartition  des
differentes  varietes histologiques d'epitheliomas  de la peau
(plus  particulierement ceux de la  tete) suivant les r6gions
anatomiques, le sexe et l'age.   Ann.  derm, syph., Par., 1933,
7. ser., 4: 497; 613; 722, 15 pl.—Laskowski, J.  L'epitheiioma
planocellulaire avec cellules mucipares.  Bull, internat. Acad.
polon. sc, 1938, cl. med., 407-16.—Levaditi, C, & Nicolau, S.
Affinite  du virus  herpetique pour les neoplasmes  epitheiiaux.
C. rend. Soc.  biol., 1922, 87: 498-500.—Lucchese, G.  Epi-
dermoid!. Arch. ital. chir., 1930-31, 27: 386-412.—Lucien, M.
Differents types de degenerescence metamorphique dans les
tumeurs epitheliales.   C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 104:  1284-6.—
Martin, C. L.  Squamous cell  carcinoma of the skin.  Am. J.
Roentg., 1932, 28: 728-37.—Montpellier, J.  L'epitheiiome de
la peau  chez l'indigene de l'Algerie.  Gaz.  sc. med. Bordeaux,
1918,  39: 186.—Nicolas, Massia, G., & Petouraud, C.  Epi-
thelioma double et veg6tant du nez et de la region temporale.
Bull. Soc fr. derm, syph., 1933, 40: 1563-5.—Ochoterena, I.
Inervaci6n de  algunos epiteliomas humanos.  An. Inst, biol.,
Mex., 1935, 6: 175-84.—Ostrowski, S.  Beitrag zur Histologie
des Naevus (epitbeliomatosus) sebaceus unilateralis  capitis.
Acta derm, vener., Stockh., 1927, 8: 255-67, 2 pl.—Parvulescu,
G.  [Horny epithelioma  of the skin; 2 clinical cases] Rev.
san. mil., Bucur., 1933,  32:  610-6.—Pautrier, L. M., Levy,
G., & Lanzenberg. Epithelioma papillaire v6getant a differen-
ciations histologiques multiples et a evolution clinique  par-
ticuliere.  Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph.,  1923, 30: 91-100, 4 pl —
Price, L. W.  Metastasis of the malignant squamous epithelial
cell.   Tr. R. Med. Chir. Soc. Glasgow, 1935, 29: 89-95 —
Puhr, L.  Cancer and epidermoid.   Magy.  orv. arch., 1934,
35: 31-9.—Sannicandro, G.  Epitelioma della guaina esterna
del pelo, epitelioma pilare.  Dermosifilografo,  1938, 13: 129-
42.—Savignoni, F.  Influenza degli  ormoni gravidici sull'at-
tecchimento e sviluppo dei tumori epiteliali.  Rass.  clin. ter.,
1933,  32: 349-64.—Schoen, R.   Le  comportement du virus
lymphogranulomateux a regard des  neoplasmes  epitheiiaux.
Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1939, 3. ser.,  121: 281-6.—Sezary, A.,
Horowitz, A., & Gharib, M. Epithelioma cutane intermediaire.
Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1937, 44: 775.—Shiraki, K.  On the
giant  cell of the epithelial tumour.   Gann, Tokyo,  1929, 23:
8,  pl.—Szodoray, L.  Relations between nevus sebaceus  and
epithelioma; report of a  case.   Acta derm, vener., Stockh.,
1932,  13: 1-5.

----   pigmented.

   See  also Melanoma.
   Bamber, G., & Freundenthal, W.   Pigmented epithelioma.
Proc.  R. Soc M., Lond., 1935-36, 29: 462.—Bechet, P. E. A
case for diagnosis (melanoma? pigmented epithelioma?)  Arch.
Derm. Syph., Chic, 1938, 37: 909.—Bfirard & Dunet.  Guerison
d'un epithelioma  meianique depuis 2 ans \k apres traitement
chirurgical et  radiotherapie.   Lyon  chir.,  1928,  25:  566.—
Bertaccini, G.  Contributo alia conoscenza  degli epiteliomi
cutanei  pigmentati.  Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1937, 78: 1049-77,
3 pl.—Bloch, B.  Ueber benigne,  nicht na?voide  Melanoepi-
theliome der Haut nebst  Bemerkungen iiber das  Wesen  und
die Genese der Dendritenzellen.  Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl.,
1927,  153: 20-40.   ------   Pigmentiertes Epitheliom  von
gemischtzelligem  Bau mit zahlreichen Dendritenzellen  und
Chromatophoren.  Schweiz. med. Wschr.,  1927,  57: 45.—
Casazza, R. Ueber das Blochscbe benigne Melanoepitheliom.
Arch.  Derm. Syph., Berl., 1935-36, 173: 61-74.—Cattaneo, L.
A  proposito di un  caso di  melanocarcinoma cutaneo (nota
clinico-istologica)  Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1926, 67: 723-37, pl.—
Caylor,  H. D., &  Schlotthauer,  C. F.   Melano-epitheliomas of
swine; transplantation and cultural experiments.  Arch. Path.,
Chic, 1926, 2: 343-51.—Halkin.  Les epitheliomas pigmentes.
Bruxelles  med.,  1935-36, 16:  736.  Also Bull. Acad. med.
Belgique,  1936, 6. ser.,  1: 17-24, pl.—Horwitz, A.  Nonmel-
anotic melano-epitheliomas and their relation to the melano-
epitheliomas; a clinical and pathologic study.  Proc. Mayo
Clin.,  1927,  2: 294-6.  Also Ann. Surg., 1928, 87:  917-33.—
Kelly, R. J.   Pigmented epithelioma.  Arch. Derm.  Syph.,
Chic, 1936, 33:  909.—Leonard,  L.  L., &  Hermann, W. G.
Melanotic carcinoma.  J. M. Soc. N. Jersey,  1925, 22: 255-
61.—Montpellier, J.,  & Lacroix,  A.   Un  cas  de  meiano-epi-
theiiome chez  un musulman  algerien.  Bull. Soc.  fr. derm.
syph., 1921, 28:  471-3.—Peyron, A., & Poumeau-Delille, G.
Sur l'origine et revolution des  meianoblastes dans le  papillo-
epitheiiome de Shope.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1939, 130:  159-62 —
Speciale,  F.   Sopra  un  caso  di melano-carcinoma cutaneo;
contributo anatomo-patologico.  Policlinico, 1926, 33: sez. chir.,
539-44.—Touraine, A.  Les epitheliomas pigmentes de la peau.
Ann. derm, syph., Par., 1935, 7. ser., 6: 785-811.—Viannay, C.
Epitheliomas meianiques a evolution lente.  P. verb.  Congr. fr.
chir.,  1913, 26: 277-82.

----   secreting.

   Rysavy,  B.  *Zur Entstehung und Ausbildung
sezernierender Epitheliome;   zwei   Falle.   14p.
8?   Wiirzb., 1935.
  Gougerot, H., Albeaux-Fernet & Dreyfus,  A.  Epithelioma
sudorifere.  Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1934, 41: 294.—Simard,
L. C.  Epithelioma sudoripare.  Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1926, 15:
337-44. 
EPITHELIOMA                                448                                 EPITHELIOMA
 ----  superficial.

   See also Carcinoid; Dyskeratosis.
   Barbier, G.  Epitheliome metatypique superficiel en nappe
 de la region ano-fessiere, d'aspect clinique pagetoide, histologi-
 quement bowenoide.  Marseille m6d., 1928, 65: 2-14, 2 pl.—
 Bejarano, J.  Formas superficiales de los epiteliomas curados.
 Progr. clin., Madr., 1930, 38: 750-61.—Belot, J.  Traitement des
 epitheiiomes  superficiels  de la peau par  la methode  mixte.
 Acta radiol., Stockh., 1926,  6: 147-54.—Bertaccini, G.  Con-
 tributo alio studio degli epiteliomi superficiali  cutanei.   Gior.
 ital. derm, sif., 1931, 72: 946-67, 3 pl.—Chorazak [Epithelioma
 pagetoides multiplex Darier]  Przegl. derm., Warsz., 1938, 33:
 187-9.—Cornel,  M.    Contributo  clinico alio studio  degli
 epiteliomi piani superficiali della cute.   Gior. ital. derm, sif.,
 1934, 75: 1447-68, 5 pl.—Favre, M., Rousset, J., & Chanial, G.
 Epithelioma  pagetoide du flanc  Bull.  Soc fr. derm,  syph.,
 1938, 45:  1445-7.—Graham-Little, E.  Multiple erythematoid
 benign epitheliomata.  Proc. R. Soc M.,  Lond., 1932, 25: 917-
 9.—Kleipool, C.  M.   Epithelioma  superficialis cutis.   Ned.
 tschr. geneesk., 1913, 1: 1869.—Little, E. G. G.  Erythematoid
 benign epithelioma.   Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1927-28, 21:
 sect,  derm., 70-2.—Louste,  Levy-Franckel & Thibaut.  Epi-
 thelioma pagetoide a type atrophique.  Discuss. Congr. derm.
 syph.  fr., 1929,  4. Congr.,  255.—Milian, G.  L'epitheiioma
 erythemateux.  Rev. fr. derm, vener., 1932, 8: 72-87.  ------
 & Perin, L.  Epithelioma  erythemateux.  Bull. Soc. fr. derm.
 syph.,  1934,  41: 1650.—Tomkinson,  J. G.   Epithelioma,
 erythema induratum (?) and ultra-violet radiation.  Brit. M.
 J., 1928, 2: 1171.—Towle.  Epithelioma  of the back. J. Cut.
 Dis. Inch Syph.,  1912, 30: 286.—Wise, F.  Superficial epithe-
 lioma of the back. Ibid., 1919, 38: 335.

 ----  Transplantation.
   Costantino, S.  Osservazioni su un autoinnesto di tessuto
 epiteliomatoso.  Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1937, 78: suppl., 60.—
 Crosti, A.  L'innesto di epitelioma cutaneo nei derma di sog-
 getti non epiteliomatosi. Ibid., 1936, 77: 353-61, 3 pl. ------
 L'innesto intradermico di tessuto epiteliomatoso in  portatori di
 epiteliomi cutanei. Arch. ital. derm., 1937, 13: 441.—Vies, F.,
 & de Coulon, A.  Sur le sort ulterieur des greffes  de tumeurs
 epitheliales bloquees.  C. rend. Acad, sc, 1931, 192: 641-3.

 ----  Treatment.

   Chapireau,  N.  J.   P.    *Le  traitement  des
 epitheliomas   cutanes   par   le   thermocautere.
 44p.   8?   Par., 1936.
   Chefdeville,  C.    *Les  traitements  actuels
 des epitheliomas  cutanes.   64p.   8?   Par.,  1930.
   Arloing, F., Norel, A.  [et al.]   Proprietes antitumorales
 d'extraits  de surrenales vis-a-vis de l'epitheiioma experimental
 de la souris blanche.  C. rend. Soc biol., 1932, 109: 101-3.—
 Armani, L.  Considerazioni terapeutiche sulla doppia localiz-
 zazione dell'epitelioma.  Riv. osp., 1938, 28: 475.—Catalano,
 O.  La diatermia nei trattamento degli epiteliomi cutanei.
 Gazz.  internaz. med.  chir., 1926,  31: 428.—Collica, I.  Con-
 tributo clinico sulla cura dell'epitelioma  cutaneo.  Arch. Soc.
 ital.  chir. (1926) 1927, 33:  623-34.—Corsi, H.  Epithelioma of
 the skin;  a review of the treatment carried out in the skin
 department of S. Bartholomew's Hospital.  S. Barth. Hosp. J.,
 Lond., 1938-39, 46: 28-34.—Dubois, R., & Ball,  V.  Traite-
 ment du cancer epithelial de la peau par la cantharidine.  Bull.
 Acad,  med., Par.,  1933, 3. ser., 110: 791-3.—Fordyce.   Epi-
 thelioma cured by fulguration. J. Cut. Dis. Inch Syph., 1911,
 29:  391.—Gaucher.   Traitement des epitheliomas cutan6s.
 Rev. ther. med. chir., 1914, 81: 253-60.  ------Broca, A., &
 Claude.  Le traitement de l'epitheiioma cutane.  J. med. Paris,
 1911, 2. ser., 23: 733.—Gougerot.  Tratamiento  de los epi-
 teliomas cutaneos.  Dia m6d., B. Air.,  1931-32,  4: 349-51.
 ------ Les traitements des epitheliomas cutanes.   Bull. g6n.
 ther., 1932, 183: 241.—Hazen, H. H.  Tratamiento del cancer
 cutaneo (epitelioma)   Bol. Of. san. panamer., 1934, 13: 105-
 12.—Lunsford, C. J., & Taussig, L. Superficial epitheliomata;
 a review of the case histories of patients treated in the Out-
 Patient Department  of the  Universty of California Medical
 School between 1920 and 1926. California West. M., 1926, 25:
 740-7.—MacKee.  Epithelioma treated  by fulguration.  J.
 Cut. Dis.  Incl. Syph., 1910, 28: 525.—Martinez, E.  Un caso
 de epitelioma de la piel, tratado por la emulsion cefalina.  Bol.
 Liga  cancer,  Habana, 1937,  12:  429-32.—Mouton-Chapat.
 Epitheliomas cutanes traites par la cryotherapie.  Bull. Soc. fr.
 derm,  syph.,  1924, 31: 47.—Perin,  L.   Traitement des epi-
 theliomas  cutanes par la thermocauterisation.   Rev. fr.  derm.
 vener., 1927,  3: 406-17.—Pfahler, G. E.  The treatment of
 epithelioma of the skin.  Atlantic M. J., 1925-26, 29: 381-7.—
 Poirier  &  Eyckmans.   Sur un mode de traitement des epi-
 theliomas  cutanes. Ann. med. phys., Anvers,  1929, 22: 9.—
 Rebaudi, U. Una nuova terapia biologica degli epiteliomi cutanei.
 Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1931, 73: suppl., 3-7.—Rezende, C. de.
 Sobre o tratamento dos epitheliomas da pelle.  Brasil  med.,
 1926, 40: 95-100.—Tyler, A. F. The treatment of epitheliomas
 by physical methods.   Nebraska M. J., 1931,  16: 417-22 —
Van der Schueren, G.  Inhibiting action of placenta extract on
a transplantable malignant epithelioma of the rabbit.  Proc.
Soc.  Exp. Biol.,  N.  Y.,  1934-35. 32:  1521.—Vanhaecke &
Delelis, J.  Traitement des epitheliomas  cutan6s par le  curet-
tage et la cauterisation au permanganate pulverise.  Echo med.
 nord,  1929, 33: 567.—Wenzel,  J. W.  Epithelioma  and its
 treatment.  Eclect. M. J., 1937, 97: 257-9.

 ----  Treatment: Radiation.

   Audouy,  H.    *Traitement des  epitheliomas
 cutanes par le radium (methode du rayonnement
 composite)   [Paris]   74p.  8?   Nantes, 1911.
   Beau,  H.  F.  M.   *Resistance  a  Taction des
 rayons X et des rayons du radium  acquise par
 les epitheliomas de la peau k la suite d'irradiations
 anterieures (radio-immunisation)  61p.  8?  Par.,
 1926.
   Beck,  S.  C,  &  Lang,   M.    Epitheliome;
 Strahlentherapie   und   Elektrokoagulation  der
 Epitheliome,  Adenoma  sebaceum,    p.208-550.
 8?   Berl., 1933.
   In Handb. Haut & Geschlkr., Berl., 1933, 12: pt 3.

   Woodifield,   J.    *Beitrag  zur   Rontgenbe-
 handlung der Hautepitheliome.  87p.  8?   Bonn,
 1916.
   Arcelin.  A propos du traitement  radiotherapique  des
 epitheliomas cutanes.  Lyon  med.,  1927,  139: 178;  181.—
 Ballarini,  M.   Radioterapia  degli epiteliomi; dati clinico-
 statistici.   Arch.  ital. derm., 1938,  14: 398-402.—Belot &
 Chaperon,  R.   Traitement des epitheliomas cutanes  par le
 grattage et la radiotherapie.  Arch,  electr.  med., 1910,  18:
 751-6.—Bode, H. G.   Ueber Nahbestrahlung  von Epithelio-
 men.  Derm. Zschr., 1936, 73:317-26.  ------  Zur Leistungs-
 fahigkeit der  Nahbestrahlung bei Epitheliomen  der Haut.
 Ibid., 1937, 75: 313-25.—Brocq, L., & Belot, J.  Traitement des
 epitheiiomes superficiels de la peau  par la methode  mixte;
 raclage et radiotherapie. P. verb. Congr. fr. derm. syph. (1923)
 1925,  2. Congr., 423-9.—Bureau, G.  Epitheiiomes cutanes
 traites par  le radium.  Gaz. med. Paris, 1910,  No. 56, 5-8.—
 Castex, E.   Comparaison  de la cauterisation et de  la radio-
 therapie dans le traitement des epitheliomas cutanes.  Rennes
 med., 1906-7, 2: 129-33.—Comas, C, & Prio, A.  Nova con-
 tribuci6 al tractament del epitelioma cutani de la carpa per la
 Rontgenoterapia.   An.  Acad.  lab.  cienc.  med.  Cataluna,
 1912,  6: 674-87.—Coste, J.  Rcentgentherapie des epitheliomas
 cutanes et  cutaneo-muqueux; m6thode de la longueur d'onde
 moyenne,  feu nu, seance unique.  Arch, electr. med., 1926,
 36: 257-86.  Also  J.  radiol.  electr.,  1926, 10:  529-43, pl —
 Degrais, P.  Las dosis de radium en los epiteliomas cutaneos.
 Bol. Liga cancer, Habana, 1928, 3: 239.  ------ & Bellot, A.
 Curietherapie des epitheliomas de la peau.   Clinique,  Par.,
 1927,  22: 243; 301; 397.—Dufour, P.  Quelques mots au sujet
 du traitement roentgentherapique  des epitheliomas  cutanes.
 Bull.  Soc.  eiectroradiol.  med. France,  1939,   27:  371-4.—
Faccini, B.  La terapia fisica degli epiteliomi cutanei.  Arch.
radiol.,  Nap.,  1934,  10:  553-63.—Fiorini, M.  La  rontgen-
terapia degli epiteliomi cutanei con il metodo Bordier.  Riv.
radiol., 1931, 5: 506-22.—Gauducheau, R., & Dano,  R.  Traite-
ment  des  epitheliomas  cutanes  vaccines  par irradiations
anterieures.  Bull. Ass. fr.  cancer,  1927, 16: 419-29.—Jack-
son, G. F.   The treatment of epitheliomata of the skin with
Roentgen ray and  radium  therapy.  Urol.  Cut. Rev., 1928,
32: 788-90.—Kopp,   J.   Zur  Strahlenbehandlung  unvoll-
standig  mit Radium vorbehandelter  Hautepitheliome.  Ra-
diol.  Clin., Basel, 1939, 8:  148-53.—Laborderie,  J.  Sur le
traitement  radiotherapique des epitheliomas cutanes.  Arch.
electr. med., 1930, 38: 145-63.—Lassueur, A.  La curietherapie
des epitheiiomes cutanes.  Ann. derm,  syph., Par., 1932, 7. ser.,
 3: 21-30.—Lomon.   Note  clinique sur la filtration dans le
traitement  des epitheliomas cutanes par  la  radiotherapie.
Bull. Soc. radiol. med. Paris, 1912, 4: 123-5.—Merritt, E. A., &
Rathbone, R. R.  El tratamiento del epitelioma cuando hay
 cartilago comprometido, usando 220 kv. max.  y densa filtra-
cion.  Rev. radiol. fisioter., Chic, 1936, 3: 57-64.—Meyer, J.
Note sur le traitement des epitheliomas superficiels de la peau
par les rayons de Bucky.  Bull. Soc fr. derm, syph., 1939, 46:
724.—Sarasin, R.  Resultats  de la  radiotherapie pour  epi-
 thelioma de la peau.   Rev. med. Suisse rom., 1939, 59: 62.—
Schloss, W., & Smereker, H.  Zur  Radiumbehandlung der
sogenannten strahlenresistenten Epitheliome.   Strahlenthera-
pie, 1936,  55: 104-13.—Taussig, L.   The treatment of epi-
 thelioma of the skin; indications for radium therapy.  Am. J.
 Roentg., 1932, 28: 721-3. ------& Morrow, H. Epithelioma
 of the  skin.  Radiology,  1931, 17:  1281-6.—Toparelli, A.
 I raggi Rontgen negli epitelioma cutanei.  Gazz.  internaz. med.,
 1912,  15: 349-52.—Toppner, R.  Die  Rontgenbehandlung  der
kleinen  Epitheliome der  Haut.  Rontgenpraxis,  1938,  10:
781-98.—Traitement (Du)  radiotherapique des cancers epi-
dermoides de la peau.  Rev.  g6n. clin. ther., 1924, 38: 11.—
Vilanova.   Diversos casos d'epiteliomes cutanis curats ab el
 radium. An. med. Butll. mens. Acad. . . . Catalunya, Barcel.,
 1911,  5: 298-314.—Ward,  R.  Radium  treatment of  epi-
theliomata  of the skin.  Am. J. Phys.  Ther., 1930, 7: 365-8.—
 Wickham,  Y. L.  Quelques notions sur la curietherapie  des
 petits epitheliomas de  la peau.  Rev. actin.,  Par.,  1929, 5:
 694-700.—Zuppa, A.  Rontgen-terapia degli epiteliomi cutanei
 col metodo Ghilarducci modificato dal Guarini.  Arch, radiol.,
 Nap., 1926, 2: 196-208. 
EPITHELIOMA
449
EPITHELIOMA
____  Treatment: Radiation: Resistance.
   Beau, H.  La radio-resistance acquise a la suite de traite"
ments r6petes:  cause  d'echec, dans la radiotherapie des epi-
theliomas cutanes.  Paris med., 1927, 63: 383-7.—Belot,  J-
A propos  de la  radio-resistance  des epitheliomas  cutanes.
Bull.  Ass. fr. cancer, 1927,  16: 411-8.  Also J. radiol. electr.,
1928,  12:  91-4.—Berard.   A  propos des  epitheliomas cu-
tanes irradies anterieurement.   Bull. Ass. fr.  cancer,  1928,
l7. 5g_  ------ fr  Dunet.   A propos de la radio-resistance
des epitheliomas cutanes irradies anterieurement.  Ibid., 1927,
16: 429-33.—Cathie, I. A. B., & Davson, J. Micro-incineration
of epithelial tumours with regard to radiosensitivity.  Am.  J.
Cancer, 1937, 31: 471-5.—Joly.  A propos de la radio-resistance
des  epitheliomas  cutanes  irradies  anterieurement.   Bull.
Soc. radiol. med. France,  1927, 15: 233-5.—Kesel, L.  Beitrag
zur Kenntnis der Strahlenempfindlichkeit des Faltentypus der
Pflasterepithelkrebse.  Strahlentherapie,  1939, 64: 619^32 —
Laborde, S.  A propos de la  radio-resistance des epitheliomas
cutanes  irradies  anterieurement.   Bull. Soc.  radiol.  med.
France, 1927, 15: 194-203.   Also Strasbourg med., 1929, 89:
260-5.  ------  Zur Frage der erworbenen Radioresistenz bei
Epithelgeschwiilsten.  Strahlentherapie,  1936, 56: 466-77.—
LachapeJe, A. P.  Les epitheliomas spino-cellulaires sont plus
radio-sensibles  que  les baso-cellulaires.  J. med. Bordeaux,
1936,  113:  863.—Marquis, E.  Sur la  radio-resistance des
epitheliomas  cutanes irradies anterieurement.   Bull.  Ass. fr.
cancer,  1928, 17: 53-5.—Roussy, G., & Laborde, S.  A pro-
pos  de la  radio-resistance  des epitheliomas cutanes  irradies
anterieurement.  Ibid.,  1927, 16:  180-208.  Also  J.  radiol.
electr.,  1928, 12: 83-90.—Zwingli, F.  Haut-  und  Schleim-
hauttyp des Plattenepithelcarcinoms der oberen  Luft- und
Speisewege;  ihre Beziehungen  zur  Strahlenempfindlichkeit.
Zschr. Krebsforsch., 1939, 49: 109-36.

----  in animals.

   Ltjrye,  R.  G.   *[Epithelial  tumors  of  mice]
103p.   8?   S. Peterb.,  1911.
   Champy, C, & Champy.   Sur un epithelioma transmissible
chez le triton.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 118: 861-3.—Goldberg,
S A.  The occurrence of  epithelial tumors in the domesticated
animals.  J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1920-21,  58: 47-63.—Masson,
P & Schwartz.  Un cas d'epitheiioma cutan6 chez la grenouille
verte.  Bull. Ass. fr. cancer,  1923, 12: 719-25.—Montpellier,
J.,  & Dieuzeide, R.   Sur une  production  epitheiiale  de  la
peau du Discoglossus pictus Otth. (amphibien)  Ibid., 1931, 20:
169-79.—Puente Duany, N.   Un  epitelioma cutaneo en una
rana  bullfrog; contribuci6n al estudio de los tumores en los
batracios.  Bol. Liga cancer,  Habana, 1929, 4: 129-33, 4 pl —
Santesson, L.  Some physiological characteristics  of epithelial
tumors of the mouse.  J. Exp. M., 1932, 56: 893-906, 3 pl.—
Scott, W.  Observations on the treatment with colchicine of a
case  of  canine neoplasmic epithelioma.  Vet. Rec,  Lond.,
1936, n. ser., 16: 704-7.—Szabo, I., & Szabo, M.   Epitheiiale
Geschwulstbildung bei einem wirbellosen Tier Limax flavus  L.
Zschr. Krebsforsch., 1933-34, 40: 540-5.

EPITHELIOMA      adenoides   cysticum

    [Brooke]

   See also Epithelioma, basal cell.
   Adorjan, F.  [Epithelioma adenoides cysticum] Gyogyaszat,
1934  74- 533.—Aisu, T.  Ueber eine histologisch dem Brooke-
scheii Epitheliom  ahnliche,  vegetierende und  rezidiyierende
Hautgeschwulst: Epithelioma cysticum vegetans et recidivans.
Arch. Derm. Syph.,  Berl., 1934-35, 171: 351-71.—Broers, J. H.
[A  case  of epithelioma  adenoides cysticum (Brooke)]   Ned.
tschr. geneesk., 1924, 68: 1390-5.—Bucalossi, P.   Epitelioma
adenoide cistico Balzer-Brooke, suoi rapporti con il cylindroma
e possibility di una sua  trasformazione maligna.   Clin, chir.,
Milano,  1933, n. ser., 9: 437-62— Cappelli, E.   Due casi  di
tricoepitelioma  trattati col radium.  Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1935,
76: suppl., 370.  Also Dermosifilografo, 1936,  11: 433-54.—
Cedercreutz. A.  [Case  of  epithelioma adenoides  cysticum
combined with subcutaneous adenofibroma]  I in. lak. sail.
hand., 1935, 78: 81-91, 14 pl.  Also Acta derm, verier., Stockh.,
1936  17- 204-14.—Corsi, H.  Epithelioma adenoides cysticum
in a woman aged'69, and in her son aged 33.  Proc. R. Soc. M.
Lond  1934 27: 1031.—Crosti, A.  Epitelioma adenoide cistico
benigiio di Brooke  (adenoma sebaceo di Balzer)  sua trasfor-
mazione in epitelioma  cilindromatoso  ulcerate   Gior. ital.
derm, sif.,  1928, 69: 1133-66 pl.—Dore  [A case  of multiple
benign  cystic epithelioma]   Brit.  J. Derm., 1912, 24:  190-
3 —Ebert  M.  H.   Multiple  benign  cystic  epithelioma.
Arch. Der'm. Syph., Chic,  1935,  32: 168—Epidermoid car-
cinoma arising  from hair follicle.   Annual Rep. Giza Ophth.
Lab., 1933, 8: 49.-Finsen, H. C.  S. Epithelioma adenoides
cysticum  Brooke.   Hospitalstidende,  1926   69:  J8*-J-—
Glaubersohn, S. A., & Slonim, I.  J- Zur Klinik  und Histo-
pathologie  der  Balzer-Brookescben  Krankheit.   Acta  derm.
vener., Stockh., 1931, 12: 232-53.—Goyle, AN., Knshnaswam.,
K G   & Vasudevan, A.  Epithelioma  adenoides cysticum;
reports of 3 cases.  Ind. M. Gaz.,  1936, 71: 74-7, pl.—Ingels,
A E.  Epithelioma adenoides cysticum with features of syrin-
goma. Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1935, 32: 75-85.—L.ndeberg,
G.  Ueber  Epithelioma adenoides cysticum.   Zbl. allg. Fatn.,
1938-39  71: 5-8.—Maschkillejsson, L.  N.   Zur Lehre vom
Epithelioma  adenoides   cysticum  Brooke  (Naevus  tncho-

        77908—vol. 5, 4th sekies----29
epitheliomatosus  adenoides  cysticus)   Arch.  Derm.  Syph.,
Berl., 1927,  153: 721-9.—Muende, I.  Epithelioma adenoides
cysticum.  Proc. R. Soc.  M.,  Lond., 1934-35, 28: 1550.  Also
Brit. J.  Derm. Syph., 1935, 47: 476.—Papegaaij, J.  [Case of
epitheliomatosis adenoides cystica]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1927,
71: 898-901.—Paul.L., &Inglis, K.  A case of epithelioma ade-
noides cysticum (Brooke)  Brit. J. Derm., Syph., 1927, 39: 195-
201, 3 pl.—Paul, N.  A case of epithelioma adenoides cysticum
(Brooke)  Med. J.  Australia, 1917, 1:  8.—Pierini,  L.  E., &
Bosq, P.  Epitelioma adenoide quistico  de  Brooke (adenoma
sebaceo  de Balzer) su transformaci6n en epitelioma cilindroma-
toso  ulcerado.  Rev. argent,  derm, sif.,  1935, 19: 376-90.—
Ruggles, E.  W.  Preliminary report  upon a case of multiple
benign cystic epithelioma and multiple  fibroma  in the same
patient. Tr. Am. Derm. Ass.,  1909, 231-6, 2 pl.—Sannicandro,
G.   Epithelialer  adenoido-cystischer  generalisierter  Naevus
mit Blasenbildung und Ausgang  in  Narbenatrophie.   Arch.
Derm.  Syph., Berl.,  1932-33,  167:  192-210.—Savatard,  L.
Epithelioma adenoides  cysticum.  Brit. J. Derm.  Syph., 1938,
50: 333-41,  4 pl.—Schopper,  K. J. Beitrag zur Kenntnis des
Epithelioma adenoides cysticum.  Verh. Ges. deut. Natur-
forsch. (1909)  1910, 81: 2. Teil, 2. Hlft., 259.—Summerill, F.,
& Hutton, J. G.  Multiple benign cystic epithelioma (epithe-
lioma adenoides cysticum) with summary of literature.  Arch.
Derm. Syph.,  Chic, 1932, 26: 854-64.—Zarafonitis. D.  Zur
Kenntnis des Brookeschen Epithelioms  und des  Jarischschen
Trichoepithelioms.  Derm. Wschr., 1926, 83: 1395-9.


EPITHELIOMA  contagiosum.

   See  Fowl pox.

EPITHELIOMA  papillosum.

   See  Fish, Tumor.

EPITHELIOMATOSIS.

   See  also  Carcinosis; Epithelioma adenoides
cysticum; Xeroderma pigmentosum.
   Aberastury, M. Epiteliomatosis melanica cutdnea generali-
zada (estudio histopatologico)  Bol. Inst. med. exp. cancer, B.
Air., 1927,  3:  380-411.—Archambault, G.,  & Marin, A.  Un
cas de keratoses seniles multiples et  d'epitheiiomatoses traite
par l'eiectro-desiccation.  Union med.  Canada, 1928, 57: 325-
8.—Bedford, W. D.  Multiple  carcinomata of skin in a chimney
sweep.  Lancet, Lond., 1930,  1: 297.—Camplani, M. Un caso
di epiteliomatosi cutanea  multipla primitiva.  Tumori, Milano,
1928, 14: 282-95, 2 pl.—Carrillo, F., & Ocana, T.  Epiteliomas
multiples. Rev. argent, derm,  sif., 1932, 16: 397-411.—Chargin,
L.   Multiple basal cell epithelioma, part  of one lesion changing
to a fungating tumor.  Arch. Derm.  Syph., Chic, 1938, 38:
824.—Cottini, G. B.  Tre  casi  di epiteliomi multiple di diverso
tipo istologico.  Dermosifilografo, 1934, 9: 608-13.—Dorffel, J.
Ueber die superfizielle Epitheliomatosis.   Derm. Wschr., 1935,
101: 1437-41.—Doty, C.  A.,  Hasley, C. K.  [et al.]  Bowen's
dermatosis and multiple  basal cell epithelioma.  Arch. Derm.
Syph., Chic, 1938, 38: 807.—Dupont, A.  Epitheliomas sebaces
multiples a point de depart epidermique. Bull. Soc. fr. derm.
syph., 1938, 45: 704-9.—Fessler, A.  Multiple Epitheliome von
verschiedenem  histologischem Typus.   Derm. Wschr., 1931,
93:  1217-9.—Fuss.   Spieglersche Tumoren.   Arch.  Derm.
Syph., Berl., 1928, 155: 272-4.—Goldman, L., & Millar, W. M.
Skin  sensitivity in  multiple  superficial benign  epithelioma.
Med. Bull. Univ. Cincinnati,  1935, 7: 109.—Hanser, R.  Zur
Frage der sogenannten Spiegler-Tumoren (multiple gutartige
Hautepitheliome)  Verh. Deut. path. Ges.,  1928, 23: 372-5.
        & Fuss, S.  Zur Frage der multiplen gutartigen Haut-
epitheliome,  insbesondere   der   sogenannten  Spieglerschen
Tumoren.  Arch.  Derm. Syph.,  Berl.,  1928,  156: 43-72.—
Hewer, T.  F.  A case of multiple epitheliomata in an albino.
Brit. J. Derm. Syph., 1932,  44: 469, 2 pl.  Also repr.—Hoff-
mann, E.  Multiple, zum Teil tomatenahnliche Epitheliome der
Kopf-, Gesichts- und Korperhaut.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1910,
36: 2365.—Hopkins, R., &  Van Studdiford,  M. T.  Multiple
epitheliomas and pigmentary dermatosis in a Negro boy.  Arch.
Derm. Syph., Chic, 1934, 29: 408-21.—Kolba, V.  [Multiple
epithelioma of the skin]  Magy. orv. arch., 1930,  31: 252-8.—
Little, E. G. G. Case of multiple benign tumours of Schweninger
and Buzzi.  Proc R. Soc. M., Lond., 1923-24, 17: sect, derm.,
g6.—Mendes da  Costa, S.   [A case of  multiple epithelioma]
Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1923, 67: 1587.—Mestre, J. J.  Un caso de
albinismo completo con epiteliomas  multiples de la  piel  de
distintos tipos histopatol6gicos.   Bol.  Liga  cancer, Habana,
1934  9: 97-107.—Montgomery,  H.  Superficial  epithelioma-
tosis.'   Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1929, 20: 339-57.  ------
Arsenic as  an etiologie agent in certain types of epithelioma:
differential diagnosis from, and further studies regarding, super-
ficial epitheliomatosis and Bowen's disease.   Collect. Papers
Mayo  Clin.,  1934,  26: 695-702.—Nanta,  A.,  &  Salvador.
Angio-epitheiiomatose  cutanee.  Bull.  Soc.  fr. derm,  syph.,
1935  42: 653-6.—Nieuwenhuyse, P.   [Multiple  benign  epi-
theliomas of skin]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1929, 73: pt 2, 5632 —
Odqvist, H. A case of multiple dermal cancer in the face and
on the neck.  Acta radiol., Stockh., 1928, 9:  302-4.—Pautrier.
L. M., & Archambault, G.   Cas  extraordinaire d'6pitheiioma-
to'se  cutanee multiple: plus  de 200 foyers d'6pitheiioma 6vo-
luant depuis 23 ans sur l'ensemble des teguments, sans reten- 
EPITHELIOMATOSIS
450
EPITHELIUM
  tissement sur l'etat general et presentant 5 types  histolo-
  giques different*.  Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1927, 16: 835-62, pl.—
  Polano, M. E.  Multipele epitheliomen. Ned. tschr. geneesk.,
  1918, 2:  2009.—Pringle, J. J.  Case of the condition described
  as multiple, benign tumour-like new growths. Proc. R. Soc. M.,
  Lond., 1919,  12:  derm, sect., 21-4.—Queyrat, L., & Degrais.
  Epithelioma  du nez, de l'ceil et de la joue datant de 8 ans,
  deuxieme presentation.  Bull.  Soc. fr. derm,  syph.,  1921, 28:
  363.—Roca de Vinals, R.  Epiteliomatosis multiple espontanea
  del rat6n.   Med. ibera,  1936,  30:  82.—Rosenberg, W.  A.
  Superficial epitheliomatosis.  Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic,  1936,
  34: 973-9.—Sezary, A., & Rabut,  R.  Epitheiiomatose  baso-
  cellulaire diffuse.  Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1938, 45: 19-21 —
  Tauber,  E. B., & Goldman, L.  Multiple benign superficial
  epithelioma.  Brit. J. Derm.  Syph., 1935, 47: 21-6—Vanni, A.
  Epiteliomatosi in  lavoratori di  catrame.  Gior. ital. derm, sif.,
  1937, 78: suppl., 111-3.—Van der Meiren, L.  Epitheiiomatose
  multiforme disseminee.  Ann. derm, syph.,  Par.,  1939, 7. ser.,
  10: 386-97.—Vigne, P.   Epitheiiomatose  cutanee  evoluant
  depuis 20 ans.  Bull. Soc.  fr. derm, syph., 1936, 43: 869-85.—
  Weill, G.   Epitheiiomatose cutanee  polymorphe  evoluant
  depuis 14 ans.  Ibid., 1934,  41:  1789-91.—Wiener, E.  [Mul-
  tiple  epitheliomata  of  face  developed  from keratoma senile]
  Ned.  tschr.  geneesk., 1928,  72: 614-6.—Wise, F.  Multiple
  superficial benign epithelioma  of the skin; its differentiation
  from kindred  and similar eruptions.  Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic,
  1929,  19: 1-21.—Woringer,  F.  Epitheiiomatose  cutanee
  multiple  s'accompagnant  de comes cutanees.  Bull. Soc.  fr.
  derm, syph.,  1932, 39: 1446-59.

  EPITHELIOSIS.

    See also names of diseases  causing epithelial
  proliferation as  Cattle-plague;  Conjunctiva, Dis-
  eases; Foot and  mouth  disease; Fowl pox, &c.
    Pinard,  M.   Epitheiiose subaigue, maligne  en plaque?,
  arciformes et  extensives.  Bull. Soc. fr. derm,  syph., 1938, 45:
  943-6.

  EPITHELIUM.

    See  also  Ectoderm;    Endothelium;  Gland;
  Nervous tissue, &c.; also  under names of organs
  and   parts as  Esophagus;  Nose;  Respiratory
  system; Vagina, &c.
    Chlopin, N. G.  Experimentell-histologische Untersuchungen
 iiber das  Epithelgewebe der Harderschen Druse.  Zschr. mikr.
 anat.  Forsch., 1932, 30:  45-115.—Eckstein, H.  C,  & Wile,
 U. J.  The cholesterol and phospholipid content of the cutane-
 ous epithelium  of man.  J.  Biol. Chem., 1926, 69:  181-6.—
 Giancomini, E.  Osservazioni  sopra l'epitelio di rivestimento dei
 sacchi aeriferi degli uccelli.  Monit.  zool.  ital., 1932-33, 43:
 suppl., 100-7.—Heidenhain,  M.  Herkunft und Bedeutung
 der Worte Epithelium und Endothelium.   Zschr. mikr. anat.
 Forsch.,  1936, 39: 545-54.  ------   Ein Nachwort zu der
 Frage  der Ableitung  der Bezeichnungen Epithelium  und
 Endothelium.   Ibid., 40: 586.—Jullien, A.  Sur l'epitheiium
 du manteau de la seiche.  Bull. Soc. zool.  France, 1928, 53:
 82-7.—Kohn,  A.  Endothelund Epithel.  Anat. Anz., 1935-36,
 81: 206-16.—Liesegang, R. E.  Ein Modell der Epithelstruktur.
 Derm. Wschr., 1930, 91: 967-71.—Loewenthal, N.  De l'epi-
 theiium mixte.  Bull, histol.  appl.,  Lyon, 1926, 3: 165-76.—
 Schmidt,  W. J.  Ueber das Epithel der Haftscheibe von Liparis
 montagui Donovan.   Zschr. Anat. Entw., 1937, 107:  223-30.
 ------ Bau und Doppelbrechung des Haf tscheibenepithels von
 Cyclopterus lumpus L. Zschr. Zellforsch., 1937, 26: 696-714.
 ------  Bau  und  Doppelbrechung des Haftscheibenepithels
 von Lepadogaster.   Ibid., 27: 555-67.—Tchang-Yung-Tai.  Sur
 la structure de l'epitheiium du mesent6ron chez l'embryon du
 ver a soie.  Contr. Inst. Physiol. Nat. Acad. Peiping, 1934, 1:
 19-28.—Watzka, M.  Epithel und Lymphozyt.   Verh. Anat.
 Ges., 1932, 41: 150-9.—Zeiger, K. Kolloidhistologische Unter-
 suchungen an  Epithelien.  Zschr. Zellforsch., 1936, 24:  11-41.

 ----  ciliated.

   Eichmuller,  P.    *Ueber  die  Wirkung  ver-
 schiedener  Substanzen  auf  das  Flimmerepithel
 des Frosches.   16p.   8?   Wurzb., 1932.
   Kuhling, F. [W. L.]  *Ueber das Beeinflussung
 des   Flimmerepithels   durch  aetherische   Oele,
 NH4C1,  NHJ und  NaJ.   20p.  8?   Halle,   1934.
   Asai, I., & Umeda, T.  The influence of the so-called Tricho-
 toxin upon the movement of ciliated  epithelium (an experiment
 with the tissue-culture method)   Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1929,
 8:  527-32.—Drew,  G.  H.  Experimental metaplasia;  the
 formation of columnar ciliated epithelium from fibroblasts in
 Pecten. J. Exp. Zool., 1911, 10: 349-79, pl— Forti, C.  L'azio-
 ne  di alcune  sostanze volatili sugli epiteli  vibratili soprav-
 viventi.  Boll. Soc ital. biol. sper.,  1932, 7: 238-41.—Grave,
 C, & Schmitt, F. O.  A mechanism for the coordination and
 regulation  of  the  movement of  cilia of epithelia.  Science,
 1924, n. ser.,  60: 246-8.—Grutzner, P. Zur Physiologie des
Flimmerepithels.  In Physiologische Studien (Grutzner, P., &
Luchsinger, B.) Lpz., 1882, 1-32.—Kindred, J. E.  Cell division |
 and ciliogenesis in the ciliated epithelium of the pharynx and
 esophagus of the tadpole  of the green frog, Rana clamitans.
 J. Morph.,  1926-27,  43:  267-89,  4 pl.—Krukower,  I.  M.
 Ueber einige Verhaltnisse, welche die Bewegungsfabigkeit  des
 Flimmerepithels beeinflussen und uber die  Methodik ihrer
 Untersuchung.   Otolar.  slav.,  Praha,  1930,  2:  318-41.—
 Lucas, A. M.  Neurogenous activation of ciliated epithelium.
 Am. J. Physiol., 1935, 112: 468-76.—McDonald, J. F., Leisure,
 C. E.,  & Lenneman, E. E.  Neural and chemical control of
 ciliated epithelium.  Proc. Soc.  Exp. Biol., N.  Y., 1926-27,
 24: 968-70.   ■------  New principles in the  control  of  the
 activity of ciliated epithelium.  Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth., 1928,
 33: 318-54.—Merton,  H.  Experimentelle Untersuchungen
 fiber das  Kinoplasma der Flimmerzelle.   Zschr. Zellforsch.,
 1925, 2: 382-407.  ------  Zur Frage nach dem motorischen
 Zentrum der Flimmerzellen. Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt., 1927,
 83: 222-7.—Poska-Teiss,  L.  Eine  Methode  zur Herstellung
 von Praparaten isolierter  Flimmerepithelzellen.  Zschr. wiss.
 Mikr.,  1934, 51: 238-43.—Proetz, A. W.  Motion pictures of
 tissue cultures  (ciliated  epithelium)   J. Biol.  Photogr. Ass.,
 1937, 6:  84-8.  ------ & Pfingsten, M.  Ciliated nasal epi-
 thelium:  its  culture in vitro; preliminary report.  Ann. Otol.
 Rhinol., 1936, 45: 400-4, 2 pl.—R6nyi, G.   Research on kino-
 plasm of ciliated epithelium.  Magy. orv. arch., 1927, 28: 227-
 34.  ------  Anomalous ciliated  cells. Ibid., 235-9.—Seo, A.
 On the determination of the relative direction of strokes among
 regenerated ciliary epitheliums. Fukuoka acta med., 1935, 28:
 72-4.  Also Jap. J. M. Sc, 1933-35,  3: Biophys., 232. ------
 On the autonomic movement of the ciliary epitheliums and the
 cllio-motor nerve; first report.  Fukuoka acta  med., 1937, 30:
 51-4.—Swain, H. L. Ciliated epithelium and other protectors.
 Tr. Am.  Lar. Rhin. Otol.  Soc, 1924, 30: 386-8.  Also Ann.
 Otol. Rhinol.,  1924-25,  33: 1299-306.—Thanhoffer,  L. von.
 Untersuchungen iiber die  Mitose der Flimmerzellen und der
 Regeneration des Wimperepithels.  Zschr. ges.  Anat., 1. Abt.,
 1929, 90: 713-24.—Umeda, T.  The influence  of temperature,
 concentration of the medium and the addition of ions on the
 movement of ciliated  epithelium cultivated in vitro.  Acta
 Derm., Kyoto, 1927, 10: 417.  ------  The action of atmos-
 pheric pressure, several gases and  the reaction of culture medi-
 um on the movement of ciliated epithelium (a study in tissue-
 culture method)   Ibid.,  510.   ------  The action of  light,
 X-rays  and radium on the movement of ciliated epithelium
 (a study in tissue-culture method)   Ibid., 603.  ------  The
 action of certain zootoxins on  the movement of ciliated epi-
 thelium  (a study  in tissue-culture method)   Ibid.,  1928,  11:
 107.  -----■  Ueber die  Wirkung  des  Pyridins und  seiner
 Alkylderivate  auf die  Flimmerepithelien  (Experiment  in
 Gewebekultur)  Ibid., 277.  ------  The influence of varying
 chemical structure of some chemicals upon  the movement of
 ciliated epithelium (a study in tissue-culture method)   Ibid.,
 501-4.  ------  The action of several hetero-serums on the
 movement of ciliated  epithelium (a study in tissue-culture
 method)  Ibid., 1929, 13: 563. ------ Periodicity in the rate
 of ciliary  movement of single epithelial-cells in  vitro (a  study
 in tissue-culture  method)   Arch. exp. Zellforsch.,  1927,  4:
 111-5.  ------  The action of several volatile substances on
 the movement of ciliated epithelium  (a study in tissue-culture
 method)  Ibid., 264-70.—Wertheimer, E.   Studien uber  die
 Beeinflussung der Geissel-  und  Flimmerbewegung  durch
 Monobromessigsaure und  Blausaure.  Arch.  ges.  Physiol.,
 1932-33, 231: 155-68.—Wharton, D.  R. A.  The  effects  of
 certain toxic substances on the ciliated epithelium of the guinea
 pig.   Am. J. Hyg.,  1931,  14: 109-29.—Woerdeman, M.  W.
 A contribution to the histophysiology of the ciliated epithelium.
 Proc. Akad.  wet.  Amsterdam,  1923,  26: sect,  sc, 707-11.—
 Worley, L. G.  The dual  nature  of  metachronism in ciliated
 epithelium.  J. Exp. Zool., 1934,  69: 105-21.—Wyman, J., jr.
 Neuroid transmission in ciliated epithelium.  J. Gen. Physiol.,
 1924-25, 7: 545-59.—Zilch, A. Zur Frage des Flimmerepithels
 bei Arthropoden.  Zschr. wiss. Zool.,  1936, 148:  89-132.

 ----   Cytology.
   Argaud, R.  Sur le bourgeonnement nucieaire des epitheli-
 ums.  C.  rend. Soc. biol.,  1921, 85: 284.—Babes, A.  Sur les
 cellules   fusiformes  de l'epitheiium  pavimenteux  stratifie,
 semblables aux  fibroblastes.  Bull. Ass.  fr.  cancer, 18: 280-
 4.—Bohm, J.  Variationsstatistische  Untersuchungen  iiber
 die Kerngrossen in mehrreihigen Epithelien  (Ductus epididy-
 midis und Trachea)  Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch.,  1934, 36:
 464-74.—Borghese, E.  Ricerche sul lacunoma e sull'apparato
 reticolare  interno  in  alcune cellule  epiteliali  di mammiferi
 (nota riassuntiva)  Anat.  Anz.,  1935-36, 81:  305-18,  pl.—
 Brack, E.  Ueber  die Glashaute der Epithelien.  Zschr. Zell-
 forsch.,  1929, 9:  534-43.—Chambers, R.,  &  Renyi,  G.  S.
 The structure of the cells in tissues  as revealed by microdis-
 section; the physical relationships of the cells  in epithelia. Am.
 J. Anat.,  1925-26, 35: 385-402.— Davidovsky, I.  W.   Zur
 Morphologie  der Epithelzellen.  Zbl. allg. Path., 1924-25, 35:
 359-62.—Hellman, T.  Die Einlagerung von Zellen in Schleim-
 hauten und Epithel.  Anat. Anz.,  1934, 78: 65-8.—Helwig,
 F. C.  Influence of tobacco  and other extracts on the epithelial
 cell.   J. Kansas  M. Soc, 1927, 27: 37-40.—Janowski,  J.
 Vacuome, appareil de Golgi et mitochondries dans les cellules
epitheliales de l'intestin moyen chez Ascaris  megalocephala.
 C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930, 104: 1092.—Joseph,  H.  Zur  Frage
des Innenbuschels  in Epithelzellen.  Anat. Anz.,  1928, 65:
433-6.—Lepeschinskaja, O. B.  Die  Epithelzellmembran und
ihre Veranderungen.  Protoplasma, Lpz., 1929-30, 8: 473-91, 2 
EPITHELIUM                                    451                                   EPITHELIUM
 pl.—Lezava, A. S.  Experimentell-histologische Untersuchun-
 gen iiber das Uebergangsepithel.  Zschr. Anat. Entw., 1934, 103:
 844-84.—Rhumbler, L.  Versuch einer physikalischen Analyse
 der Attraktion glcichnamiger Zonenoberflachen bei aquivalent
 zonierten Furchungs-  und Epithelzellen (nach Zur Strassens
 Theorie)   Arch. Entwmech.,  1927,  111:  3-28.—Robinow, C.
 Ueber die  Veranderlichkeit von Zellgrenzen in lebenden Epi-
 thelverbanden.  Arch. exp. Zellforsch.,  1936-37, 19: 294-6.—
 Sokolska,  J.   Sur les constituants  cytoplasmiques (appareil
 de Golgi, vacuome et chrondriome) dans l'epitheiium du tube
 dificstif,  chez quelques  ascidies.  C. rend.  Soc  biol.,  1930,
 104:  1090.—Suga, Y.   Studien iiber Hg-saurefeste Granula,
 insbesondere  iiber die  Saurefestigkeit  von Zellkernen des
 Drusenepithels.  Okayama igakkai zasshi,  1938,  50: 1878.—
 Thanhoffer, L.  von.   Mikrodissektorische Angaben iiber die
 physikalischen Eigenschaften  und Struktur  der Hautepithel-
 zellen.  Zschr. ges. Anat., 1. Abt., 1933, 100: 559-62.—Voss, H.
 Die epitheiiale  und nichtepitheliale Anordnung  von  Zellen
 und ihre Ursache.  Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch., 1935, 37: 373-88,

 ----   Explantation.

   See also Tissue culture.
   Baker, L. E.  Un milieu artificiel pour les cellules epitheliales
 et les fibroblastes.  C. rend.  Soc. biol.,  1935, 120: 932-4.—
 Chlopkow, A. M.  Intestinal epithelium of the adult rabbit in
 cultures  in  vitro.  Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1930-31, 10: 299-
 328,  pl.—Craciun,  E.  C.  Cataplasie de  culture par rapport
 aux cultures epitheliales.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931, 108: 311.
 ------ Modifications biologiques des tissus epitheiiaux cultives
 in vitro; deuxieme loi de  Carrel; loi de  Champy; cataplasie
 epitheiiale  de culture.   Arch, roumain. path., Par., 1933, 5:
 525-42.—Gins,  H. A.   Absterbeerscheinungen an normalen
 Epithelzellen in Explantaten.   Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1927, 104:
 44-7.—Grossfeld, H.   Production in vitro d'un  epithelium
 aux depens des fibroblastes du coeur d'embryon de  poule.
 C. rend. Soc. biol., 1931,  108:  747-50.—Investigation  of the
 structure and relationship of the cells of simple epithelial sheets
 in tissue culture. Annual Rep. Brit. Empire Cancer Campaign,
 1938,  15:   66-7.—Jablonski,  W.  Ueber  Aenderungen der
 Zellform und Zellstruktur unter dem Einfluss des Mediums in
 Reinkulturen von Epithel  in  vitro;  Untersuchungen am Iris-
 und Linsenepithel.  Arch,  biol., Par., 1938,  49: 251-83, pl.—
 Kapel, O.   Ueber Reinkultur von  Epithel in vitro.   Arch.
 exp. Zellforsch., 1927,  4: 143-8.  Also Hospitalstidende, 1927,
 70: 378-82.  ------   [Pure cultivation of pigmented  epithe-
 lium]  Ibid., 982-6.  ------  Einige Untersuchungen uber das
 Verhalten des Epithels in vitro.  Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1929,
 8: 35-129.  ------ [Researches on growth of epithelium in
 vitro]  Bibl. laeger, 1929, 121: 359-73.—Ono, Y.  The behavior
 of cells in tissue cultures of Oryzias latipes with special reference
 to  the ectodermic epithelium.   Annot. zool. jap., 1926-28,
 11: 145-9.—Robinow, C. On  the structure of epithelial mem-
 branes in tissue cultures.   Protoplasma, Lpz., 1936-37, 27:
 86-97, 2 pl.   ------   Experimental investigation into the
 structure of simple epithelial sheets  in tissue cultures.  Arch.
 exp. Zellforsch., 1938, 22: 53-64.—Thomas, J. A.  Des epi-
 theliums en culture et dans I'organisme.   Ibid., 15-37.—
 Thygeson, P.  Cultivation  in vitro of human conjunctival and
 corneal epithelium.  Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, 1938, 36: 199-207,
 3 pl.  Also  Am. J. Ophth., 1939, 3.  ser.,  22: 649-55.—Wolff,
 H. L. Das Verhalten von Epithel  und  Bindegewebe  in der
 Kultur unter  dem Einfluss schadigender, oberflachenaktiver
 Substanzen.  Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1934, 16: 70-96.

 ----   Growth and  histogenesis.
   Chlopin, N. G.  Ueber das Wachstum und die Organisations-
 fahigkeit einiger Epithelgewebe  ausserhalb  des  Organismus.
 Zschr. Krebsforsch., 1932, 37: 256.—Esslinger, F.   Ueber den
 Einfluss des Rohparaffinols auf das Epithelwachstum.   Beitr.
 klin.  Chir.,  1913, 85: 715-23.—Khlopin,  N. G.   [Evolution
 of epithelial tissue and their correlation with the external and
 internal medium of the body]   Arkh. biol. nauk, 1934, ser. A,
 36: 65-94.   ------  [Specificity and  development of epithelial
 tissues from the view-point of experimental-histological  in-
 vestigations]  Ibid., 34: 175-86.—Leslie-Roberts,  H.  The
 growth of epithelium in  tegumentary tissues.  Brit. J.  Derm.
 Syph., 1939, 51: 405-17.—Renosto, G.  Sulla istogenesi delle
 cellule giganti epiteliali.  Boll. Soc.  ital.  biol. sper., 1934, 9:
 1051-4,  pl.—Sander,  H.   Ueber  Epithelwachstum  unter
 Ergosterineinwirkung.  Virchows Arch.,  1933, 289: 190-200.—
 Sauer, F. C.  Some factors  in the morphogenesis of vertebrate
 embryonic epithelia. J.  Morph., 1937-38, 61: 563-74,  3 pl.—
 Weber, A.   Recherches  sur les premieres manifestations des
 ebauches d'origine epitheiiale.  Arch. anat. micr., Par.,  1929,
 25:  132-6—Wetzel,  G.    Zur  entwicklungsmechanischen
 Analyse des einfachen prismatischen Epithels.  Arch.  Entw-
 mech., 1926, 107: 177-85.

 ----  Hyperplasia.
   Kimura,  Y.   Ueber Beziehungen  zwischen Nervendurch-
 schneidung und  atypischer  Epithelwucherung.  Tr. Jap. Path.
 Soc, 1925,  15: 286.—Reimann, S. P.  Proliferation of rat and
 mouse epithelium from sulphydryl.  Protoplasma, Lpz., 1930,
 10: 82, 3 pl.—Weidman,  F. D.  The  border zone between the
hyperplastic and neoplastic processes of epithelium.  Am. J.
M. Sc, 1928, 175: 479-85, 6 pl.—White, C., & Weidman, F. D.
Pseudo-epitheliomatous hyperplasia at the margins of cutaneous
ulcers; with especial reference to histologic diagnosis.  J. Am.
M. Ass., 1927, 88: 1959-63.   Also repr.—Young, J. S.  The
experimental production of metaplasia and hyperplasia in the
serosal endothelium, and of hyperplasia in the alveolar epithe-
lium of the lung of the rabbit.   J. Path. Bact., Edinb., 1928, 31:
265-75, 4 pl.—Zacharjewskaja, M. A. Ueber die Genese der
entzundlichen Epithelwucherungen im Versuch von B.  Fischer.
Zschr. Krebsforsch., 1935, 42: 209-21.

----  Keratinization.
   See  also Keratin.
   Broussy, J. Au sujet des 2 types fondamentaux de keratini-
sation.  Montpellier med., 1937, 3. ser.,  11: 212-21.—Cham-
petier, G., & Litvac, A.  Structures histologiques et  structures
moieculaires au cours de la keratinisation epidermique. Arch.
anat. micr.,  Par., 1939, 35: 65-76, 2 pl.—Giroud, A., Bui Hard.
H., & Leblond, C. P.  Les 2 types fondamentaux de keratinisa-
tion.  Bull,  histol. appl.,  Lyon, 1934, 11: 129^4.—Heringa,
G.  C.   [Tonofibrils and cornification] Ned. tschr. geneesk.,
1937, 81: 1512.—Litvac, A. Sur la keratinisation epitheiiale in
vitro.  Arch. anat. micr., Par., 1939, 35: 55-63.—Ludford, R. J.
Cell organs during keratinization in normal  and  malignant
growth.  Q. J. Micr.  Sc, Lond.,  1924-25, 69: 27-57, 3 pl.—
Miszurski, B. Researches on the keratinisation of the epithe-
lium in tissue-cultures.  Arch. exp.  Zellforsch., 1937, 20: 122-
39, 2 pl.—Sannicandro, G.   La  reazione nitroprussica nello
studio della cheratinizzazione epidermica.  Arch. ital. derm.,
1932, 8: 647-58.—Stieve, H.  Verhornungserscheinungen im
Epithel der  menschlichen  Speiserohren- und Scheidenschleim-
haut. Zschr. mikr. anat. Forsch., 1931, 24: 213-36.

----  Metaplasia.
   Eichholz,   P.    L.    *Experimentelle  Unter-
suchen  iiber  Epithelmetaplasie    [Konigsberg]
59p.   8?   Berl., 1902.
   Burrows, H.  Leucocytic invasion as an accompaniment of
epithelial metaplasia.  J. Path. Bact., Cambr., 1935, 41: 43-9,
3 pl.—Chlopin, N. G.  Ueber die Verwandlungsfahigkeit ver-
schiedener Epithelgewebe  ausserhalb des Organismus und ihre
Bedeutung fur das Problem der histologischen Determination.
Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1934, 15: 149-64.—Fiitterer, G.  Ueber
Epithelmetaplasie.  Erg. allg.  Path., 1905, 9: 2. Abt.,  706-36.—
Garshin, V.   Recherches experimentales sur la metaplasie de
l'epitheiium.   Acta med. USSR, 1939, 2: 29-33.— Gricourov, G.
Metaplasie epidermique provoquee par un  agent topique  et
metaplasie spontanee.   C. rend. Soc. biol., 1936, 121: 737.—
Konschegg, T.  Zur Epithelmetaplasie. Virchows Arch., 1926,
259:  89-95.—McCuIlough, K., & Dalldorf,  G.   Epithelial
metaplasia: an experimental study.  Arch. Path., Chic, 1937,
24: 486-96.—Yoshida, T.  Experimenteller Beitrag  zur Frage
der Epithelmetaplasie.  Virchows Arch., 1932, 283: 29-40.

----   Pathology.
   Kittower,  S.   *Ueber   regressive   Verande-
rungen an Epithelzellen.  23p.  8?  Zurich, 1897.
   Kreibich, C.   Ueber  Epithelverflussigung.  Arch.  Derm.
Syph., Berl.,  1931,  164: 121-6.—Lucien.  Degenerescences
metamorphotiques des epitheliums.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928,
99: 841.—Mayer,  E.  G.  Ueber  die strahlenbiologische Be-
deutung der Epitheliolyse.   Wien.  med. Wschr.,  1935,  85:
693.—Mitsuhashi, H.   Zur  Frage  der  Pigmentierung  und
Verfettung  der  Epithelzellen  der  Froschhaut  in in-vitro-
Kulturen.  Arch.  exp.  Zellforsch., 1925-26, 2:  273-9, pl.—
Nauck,  E.  G.   Ueber Einschlussbildung in Epithelkulturen
nach  Beimpfung mit Ektromelievirus.  Ibid., 1935-36,  18:
336-42.—Strauss, M. J.  Surface epithelium acting as a foreign
body; report of a case.  Urol. Cut. Rev.,  1935, 39: 339.

----   Physiology.
   Bozza, G.  A proposito dei cosl detti epitell vascolarizzati.
Arch. ital.  anat.,  1928,  25:  404-22.—Burrows,  M. T.  Die
Bewegung des Epithels der Haut.  Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1925,
1: 378-91, 2 pl.—Catania, V.  Alcune considerazioni sui cosi-
detti vasi intraepiteliali e sui rapporti tra connettivo  ed epitelio
in tessuti normali e patologici. Arch. ital. anat., 1928, 25: 307-
19.—Dienes, L.  The participation of cutaneous epithelium in
immunity response.   J. Immun., Bait.,  1933, 24:  253-63.—
Herwerden,  M. A. van.  Reversible changes in the epithelium
of the tadpole;  a  test for differences in  permeability caused
by energy of radiation.   Proc.  Akad. wet. Amsterdam, 1929,
32: pt 2, Sect. Sc, 985-9.—Ishikawa, S.  Ueber die Phago-
zytose der Epithelien, insbesondere der menschlichen.  Acta
derm., Kyoto, 1927, 9: 550.   ------  Ueber die Artspezifitat
der Epithelien (eine  Gewebskulturstudie)  Arch.  exp. Zell-
forsch., 1926-27, 3: 277-96.—Khaletskaia, F.M.   [Further data
on changes in the epithelium during cooling]  Arkh. biol. nauk,
1936, 41: 27-30.—Lepeschinskaja, O.  Der Einfluss von Elek-
trolyten auf die Epithelzellmembran.  Protoplasma, Lpz., 1929-
30,  8: 492-507, pl.—Lezhava,  A. S.  [Changes in the transitory
epithelium in animals of various age, and its transformation in
experimental conditions]  Arkb. biol. nauk, 1935, 37: 679-708.—
Loreti, F.  Nuove ricerche ed osservazioni sulla migrazione di
cellule linfoidi attraverso il  tessuto epiteliale (la  migrazione
linfoide  nell'epitelio del canalicolo  renale nei pesci Teleostei,
ed  il fenomeno  della  carioanabiosi  del Guieysse-Pellissier)
Zschr. Anat. Entw., 1934, 103: 679-93.—Lukomsky, I. G., & 
EPITHELIUM
452
EPITYPHLITIS
Vassiliev, G. A.  [Characteristic of plastic properties of the
epithelium (epithelial cysts)]  Sovet. stomat., 1931, 9: 79-88.—
Macovski, E., &  Macovski, E.  Permeabilitat des Kiemen-
epitheliums von Atherina hepsetus L. fiir Cetylchinoleinium-
chlorid.  Arch.  exp. Path.,  Berl., 1937, 185:  309-22—Moto-
kawa, K. Die Energetik der Aktionsstrome.  Jap. J. M. Sc,
1938, 5:  Biophysics, 175-96.—Ocaranza, F. Fisiologia general
de los epitelios  (capitulo para  un libro de fisiologia  general)
Gac. med. Mexico, 1927, 58: 15-32.—Occhioni, P.  II ferro
degli epiteli escretori.  Minerva med., Tor., 1927, 7: 1286-95.—
Schonbauer,  F.   Das  Epithel als  eliminierendes Gewebe.
Zschr. Stomat.,  1935, 33: 589-99.—Torrigiani, C. A.  Un altro
esempio  di capillari intraepiteliali.  Valsalva,  1927,  3: 119-22

----   Regeneration.

   See  also  Regeneration; Skin  graft;  Wound,
Healing.
   Steiner,  A.   *Neue   Beispiele  fiir  den for-
mativen Einfluss  des  Epithels  auf  das  Binde-
gewebe; Entstehung  papillarer  Bildungen auf
wunden Flachen  unter   dem Einfluss  dariiber
gewucherten, von normal papillenfuhrender Ober-
flache stammenden, oder papillomatosen Epithels
[Zurich]  27p.   8?  Berl.,  1897.
   Amorosi, O.  Succhi embrionari e rigenerazione epiteliale.
Riv. pat. sper., 1931-32, 7: 33-51,  4 pl.—Brauer, A. The
regeneration of transitional epithelium.  Anat. Rec, 1926, 33:
137-46.—Hilarowicz, H. Ueber eine Modifikaton des Epitheli-
sierungsverfahrens vermittels  des Epithelbreies.  Zbl. Chir.,
1924, 51: 2192.—Nagel, A.  Ueber den Ersatz einzelner Zellen
im Epithelgewebe; eine histophysiologische Untersuchung auf
Grund von  Lebendbeobachtungen.  Zschr. Zellforsch., 1928—
29, 8: 484-92.—Popoff, N. W.  Epithelial functional rejuvena-
tion observed in the mucous cells of the gastro-intestinal tract
and the parietal cells of the stomach.  Arch. Path., Chic, 1939,
27: 841-87, 3  pl.—Tchang-Yung-Tai.   La structure et  les
renovations successives de  l'epitheiium du mesenteron chez
l'embryon du lepidoptere, Galleria mellonella.  C. rend. Soc.
biol.,  1929, 100: 809-12.—Thuringer, J. M.  Regeneration of
stratified squamous epithelium.  Anat. Rec, 1924, 28: 31-8,
2  pl.—Waldenstrom,  J.  Regeneration  of  the  epithelium.
Acta med. scand.,  1938, 96:  Suppl. 90, 380-97.

EPITROCHLEA.

   See under Humerus.

EPITUBERCULOSIS[Eliasberg-Neuland]

   See   also  Tuberculosis;  Tuberculosis,  pul-
monary.
   Bateman, D.   Epi-tuberculosis showing also bone lesions.
Proc. R. Soc M., Lond., 1936-37, 30: 711-4.—Benda, R., &
Mollard, H.  Definition de  l'infiltration perifocale et  de l'epi-
tuberculose.  Paris med., 1936, 99: 22-4.—Casaubon, A., &
Bazan, F. Dos casos de infiltracion epituberculosa de Eliasberg
y  Neuland (estudio clinico-radiologico)  Sem. med.,  B. Air.,
1927, 34: pt 2, 1174-82.—Damianovich, J. Forma curable de
la tuberculosis  ganglio-pulmonar en el  lactante;  infiltrados
perifocales.  Arch, argent, pediat., 1933, 4: 537-55.—Deelen,
T. I. J.  M.  [Case of  epituberculosis]  Ned. tschr. geneesk.,
1931, 75: pt 2, 3301-7, 2 pl.—Fernbach, H.  Die epituberkulose
Infiltration. Beitr. Klin. Tuberk., 1928, 69:  514-28.—Fettes,
W. Epituberculosis.  Tubercle, Lond., 1937-38, 19: 218-23.—
Fish, R.  H., & Paget, W. The morbid anatomy of epitubercu-
losis.  J. Path. Bact., Lond., 1938, 47: 593-601, pl.—Goldberg,
B., & Gasul, B. M. Epituberculosis.  Am. Rev. Tuberc, 1931,
24: 285-91.—Haferkorn, M.,  & Goeters, W.  Anatomische
Befunde bei epituberkulosen Infiltrationen. Mschr. Kinderh.,
1935-36, 64:  241-62.—Huebschmann,  P.    Pathologische
Anatomie der perifokalen Entziindung.  Erg. ges.  Tuberk-
forsch., 1934, 6: 49-69.—Koelzer, W. Vier Rontgenbilder von
rezidivierender epituberkuloser Infiltration.  Jahrb. Kinderh.,
1928, 3.  F.,  71: 209.—Liverani, E.  Infiltrate precoce di Ass-
mann e  infiammazione collaterale (epitubercolosi)  Minerva
med., Tor., 1931, 22:  pt  2,  221-6.—Meersseman, F.  La
methode tomographique appliquee au diagnostic des adeno-
pathies  mediastinales de la primo-infection  tuberculeuse de
l'adulte.  Bull.  Soc. med. hop.  Paris, 1939, 3. ser., 55: 950.—
Oppenheimer, E. H.  Experimental studies on the pathogenesis
of epituberculosis.  Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., 1935, 57: 247-
76, 2 pl.—Prozorov, A.  [The so-called epituberculous infiltra-
tions of  the lung tissue]  Russ. klin., 1929, 12: 764-71. Also
Beitr. Klin. Tuberk.,  1929, 72: 566-74.—Schlack, H.  Die
Frage der sogenannten epituberkulosen Infiltration der Lungen.
Ibid., 1926, 63: 275-91.—Schmitt, W.   Das epituberkulose
Infiltrat. Med. Klin., Berl.,  1926,  22:  543-6.—Simon, G.
Die Klinik der perifokalen Entziindungen. Erg. ges. Tuberk-
f orsch., 1934, 6: 1-48.—Suzuki, T. Quatre cas d'6pituberculose.
Orient. J. Dis. Inf., Kyoto, 1929, 5: 9-16; 21-7.—Wood, W. B.
Epituberculosis. Tubercle, Lond., 1938-39, 20: 205-26.

EPITYMPANUM.

   See under Middle ear.
EPITYPHLITIS.

  See Appendicitis.

EPIZOOTIC.

  See  Animal,  Diseases,   contagious  and  epi-
zootic;  also names  of epizootics  as  Abortion;
Encephalitis; Encephalomyelitis, &c.

EPIZOOTIC cellulitis.

  See Influenza, equine.

EPIZOOTIC lymphangitis.

  See Cryptoccus; Lymphangitis epizootica.

EPOMIDIOSTOMUM.

  See Trichostrongylidae.

EPONYCHIUM.

  See under Nail.

EPONYM.

  See also Nomenclature; Terminology.
  Gurwitz, I.   Zusammenstellung von Krank-
heiten   und  Krankheitssymptomen,   die  mit
Eigennamen verkniipft  sind.  40p.   8?   Jena,
1931.
  Forms Beilage Zschr. arztl. Fortbildung, 1931, 28i
  Elze, C.   Pontinus,  Thymus, Angulus Ludovici.   Zschr.
Anat.  Entw., 1938-39, 109: 649-52.—Jayle, F.  Des erreurs
de paternite dans les  denominations medicales.  Aesculape,
Par.,  1928,  n.  ser., 18: 226-32.—Power,  D'A.  Eponyms;
Sir James Paget.  Brit. J. Surg., 1922-23, 10:  1-3; passim.—
Rolleston, H.  Medical eponyms.   Ann. M. Hist.,  1937, 9:
1-12.—Schonfeld,  W.   Gesebichtliche   Betrachtungen  zur
Benennung  von  Krankheitszeichen  oder  Reaktionen  mit
Autorennamen. Derm. Wschr., 1934, 99: 1313-6.

EPOOPHORON.

  See also Broad ligament; Paroophoron; Uterus,
Adnexa; Wolffian body.
  Cornil, L., Mosinger, M., & Fructus, X. Etude anatomique
d'un cas de tumeur du corps de  Rosenmuller.   Ann. anat.
path., Par., 1933, 10:  483-7.—Lacassagne, A., & Nyka, W.
La cortico-surrenale de  l'6poophore,  organe constant chez la
lapine. C.  rend. Soc  biol., 1936,  121: 95.—Lucchetti,  G.
Contributo alio studio morfologico  dell'epoophoron nelle varie
eta della donna. Rass. ostet., 1937, 46: 163; 221.

----  Ductus longitudinalis [Gartner]

  Schmid, K. R.  *Ueber Cysten des Wolff'schen
und  Gartner'schen Ganges mit einem eigenen
Fall  [Heidelberg]  28p.   8?  Breslau,  1932.
  Spennemann, H.   *Erkrankungen  der Gart-
nerschen  Gange des  Rindes und deren klinische
Bedeutung.  35p.   8?  Lpz., 1932.
  Petridis, P. A.  Un cas de kyste  du canal de Gartner. Bull.
Soc. obst. gyn. Paris, 1926, 15: 218.—Reeb, M.  Adenome du
canal de Gartner.  Ibid., 1937, 26:  677. Also Gyn. obst., Par.,
1937,  36:  401-7.—Rockstroh, H.  Adenome,  Zysten  und
Karzinom des Gartnerschen Ganges.  Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn.,
1936,  112:  95-108.—Rust,  W.  Adenom des  Gartnerschen
Ganges.  Arch. Gyn., Berl.,  1936,  162: 350-3.—Sakuraoka, J.
Ueber den  Ductus  epoophori longitudinalis  (Gartneri)  bei
japanischen weiblichen Individuen. Mitt. allg. Path., Sendai.
1936-37, 9:  179-200, 4 pl.
  EPPENAUER,   Otto,  1905-         *Multiple
Primarkarzinome;  ein Beitrag  zur Geschwulst-
disposition.  51p.   8?  Erlangen, K. Dores, 1933.
  EPPENSTEIN,  Siegfried,  1897-       *Ueber
Gehorgangs- und  Mittelohr-Entzundungen mit
fusospirillarer Svmbiose (Plaut-Vincent-Bazillen)
24p.   24  cm.  Berl., C. Siebert,  1928.
  EPPER,  Anna.    *Untersuchungen  uber  die
Malassez'schenEpithelreste [Basel]  24p.  24cm.
Laupen-Bern,  1936.
  EPPERLEIN,  Johannes  [Fridolin]  1890-
*Einfluss der Uterustamponade  auf den Verlauf
des Wochenbettes  [Erlangen]  35p.  ch.   24 cm.
Rodewisch i. V., B. Schneider, 1919. 
EPPERLEIN
453
EPSTEIN
  EPPERLEIN,  Paul,  1902-      *Unter wel-
chen  Bedingungen fiihren  Gaumenspaltenopera-
tionen zur Verbesserung der Sprache?  [Leipzig]
26p.  24cm.  [Zeulenroda  i. Thiir.,  A.  Ober-
reutcr] 1928.
  EPPINGER, Hans, 1846-1916.
  Beitzke, H.  [Biography]  Verh. Deut. path. Ges., 1937,
29: 351-4.
  EPPINGER,  Hans,  1879-       Die  Leber-
krankheiten; allgemeine und spezielle Pathologie
und Therapie  der  Leber,   xiv,  801p.   illust.
diagrs.  8?  Wien, J. Springer, 1937.
  See also Asher, L., Eppinger, H. [et al.]  Correlationen des
Zirkulationssytems [&c]  p.1163-860. 8?  Berl., 1931.  Also
Bergmann, G., Eppinger,  H. [et al.] Zirkulationsorgane [&c]
p [981]-1988.  8?  Berl., 1930. Also Liidke, H. Eppinger, H.
[et al.] Lehrbuch der pathologischen Physiologie. 819p. 4?
Lpz., 1922.
  ----  KAUNITZ,  Hans,  & POPPER,  Hans.
Die serose  Entziindung;   eine  Permeabilitats-
Pathologie.  Anhang:  Ueber den  molekularen
Aufbau der  Eiweisstoffe; von  Hermann Marks
und Anton von Wacek.  x, 298p.  illust.  diagrs.
8?  Wien,  J. Springer, 1935.
  EPPINGER,  Hans,  & KISCH, Franz.   Die
Nephritisfrage;  Vortrage fiir praktische Aerzte.
2. Aufl.  151p.   tab.  8? Wien,  M. Perles, [19?]
  ----  &  SCHWARZ,  H.  Das Versagen des
Kreislauf es;  dynamische und  energetische  Ur-
sachen.  3  p. 1.  238p.   8?  Berl.,  J. Springer,
1927.
   EPPINGER,   Hans,  &   KLOSS,   K.    Die
Nephritisfrage;  Vortrage fur praktische Aerzte.
72p.  8?   Wien, M. Perles,  1921.
   EPPINGER,  Hans,  PAPP,   L.  von,   &
SCHWARZ, H.  Ueber das Asthma cardiale;
Versuch zu einer peripheren Kreislaufpathologie.
vii, 217p.  8?  Berl., J. Springer, 1924.
   EPPINGER,  Hans,  &  WALZEL,  P.   Die
Krankheiten  der  Leber   mit   Einschluss   der
hepatolienalen  Affektionen.  134p.   8?   Lpz.,
G.  Thieme, 1926.
   Forms H.  16, Diagn. ther. Irrtum.
   EPPINGER, Helmut, 1913-       *Der Ge-
sichtsfurunkel   und  seine   Behandlung.   16p.
24  cm.   Kiel, H. Ludtke, 1934.
   EPPINGER, Hermann,  1907-       *Angeb-
liche Schadlichkeit des Aluminiumgeschirrs. 36p.
24  cm.   Tub., E. Gobel, 1931.
   EPPLE,  Siegfried,  1912-       *Erschutte-
rungsblutungen  ins  Gehirn  bei  Hamophilie
(Blutereigenschaft)   20p.   24  cm.   Tub., A.
Becht, 1936.                           ^   .
  EPPLEY, James Edward, 1910-      *Peptic
ulcer.  45p.  8?  Fond du Lac, Wise, 1936.
  Typewritten.
  EPS,  Helmut, 1908-       *Magenkarzinom
und Anamie  [Berlin]  16p.  24 cm.   Munster-
Westf.,  1935.                       ,   ^. a
  EPS, Walter, 1907-       *Ueber den Einfluss
von  Wurzelkanalbehandlungen  auf  die  Bela-
stungsmoglichkeit der Zahne [Wurzburg]  23p.
24  cm.   Wertheim-M., E. Bechstein,  1935.
  EPSOM, Engl. Horton War Hospital.  Story
of... (J. R. Lord)  264p.  8? Lond., 1920.

EPSOM  salt.
  See Magnesium, sulfate.
  EPSTEIN,  Alexandre.   *Etude  clinique  de
2  cas d'arthrites blennorragiques  et tubercu-
leuses  [Geneve]  26p.  24 cm.   Lyon,  1928.
  EPSTEIN,   Alois,  1849-1918.    Ueber   die
Kotwendigkeit eines systematischen  Unterrichtes
in  der  Sauglingspflege  an  Hebammen-Lehran-
stalten.   27p.   8?   Berl.,  Urban &  Schwarzen-
berg, 1916.
  EPSTEIN, Eline,  1891-      *Zur  Frage der
Veranderung des klinischen Bildes der Syphilis;
ein  Vergleich der Erscheinungsformen  der unbe-
handelten Fruhsyphilis in den  Jahren 1878-99
und 1921-26   [Breslau]  p.667-76.   8?  Berl.,
J. Springer,  1929.
  Also Arch. Derm. Syph., 1929, 157:
  EPSTEIN,  German  Beniaminovich,  1889-
1935.
  Koltsov, N.  [Obituary]  Biol. J., Moskva, 1936, 5: 179-82,
portr. Also Vest, mikrob., 1936, 15: 5-12, portr.
  EPSTEIN, Hans,  1908-      *Harnfarbstoff-
ausscheidung nach Teilbadern  bei Kreislaufde-
kompensierten.    p.252-70.   24   cm.   Berl.-
Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoffmann, 1932.
  EPSTEIN, Herman V., 1889-1935.
  Azzi, A.  [Necrologio]  Gior. batt. immun., 1936, 16: 678-
80, portr.
  EPSTEIN, Isidore.  Moses Maimonides, 1135-
1204; Anglo-Jewish papers in connection with the
8. centenary of his birth,   vi p.  2 1.   248p.  8?
Lond., Soncino Press  [1935]
  EPSTEIN,  Kurt,  1903-       *Ein  Beitrag
zur  Rontgendiagnostik der Rachitis  unter  Be-
rucksichtigung  der  Vigantolbehandlung.   16p.
24 cm.   Bresl., L. Freund, 1930.
  EPSTEIN, M.
  See Statesman's  (The) year-book.  Lond.,  68.-70., 72.,
1931-33, 1935.
  EPSTEIN,  Mauscha.   *Ueber  traumatische
Gehirnnervenverletzungen   nach   Schadelbasis-
fracturen   [Basel]  28p.  24   cm.    Mulhouse,
J. Brinkmann, 1932.
  EPSTEIN, Nathan Isador, 1901-      *Studies
in  phosphate  metabolism   [Columbia  Univ.]
18p.  2 ch.   8?  N. Y., 1928.
  EPSTEIN, Nestor, 1912-       *Les monstres
a la maternity  de Lariboisiere pendant  les  10
dernieres annees  (1926-36)  48p.  24  cm.   Par.,
1937.
  EPSTEIN [Wera] Debora, 1903-      *Beitrag
zur  Pathogenese  der Meningitis serosa.   31p.
24 cm.   Jena, 1926.

EPULIS.
  See also Gum, Disease; Jaw, Tumor;  Mandible,
Tumor;  Maxilla, Tumor; Mouth, Tumor; Para-
dentium, Tumor, &c.
  Fritz,  R. [R.]  *Drei Falle  aus der zahnarzt-
lichen Pathohistologie.  19p.  8?  Tub., 1933.
  Hemmerlein, I.  *Zur Kenntnis der Epuliden
nach einer Statistik des Erlanger  pathologischen
Institutes;  uber  115  Falle.  23p.  22cm.   Er-
langen, 1935.
  Kuhnert, E.   *Die Epulis unter  besonderer
Berucksichtigung des Alters und des Geschlechts.
29p.  8?  [Munch.] 1936.
  Paloutier, J.  *Travaux frangais recents sur
l'epulis.   71p.  8?  Par., 1927.
  Paxsch,  M.   *Ueber die verschiedenen For-
men  der geschwulst arti gen  Bildung  im Zahn-
fleischbereich   [Berlin]  29p.   8?   Charlottenb.,
1929.
  Rofalski, F. [A.  A.]  *Ueber Epulis [Berlin]
22p.  8?  Charlottenb., 1929.
  Anderson, B. G.  Epulis; a series of cases.   Arch. Surg.,
1939, 38:  1030-5.—Bonnet-Roy, F.  L'epulis.   Bull, med.,
Par., 1930, 44: 97-9.—Lukomsky, J. H.  Die Epuliden.  Deut.
Mschr. Zahnh., 1926, 44: 697-719.—Machicote,  A. J.  Epulis.
Rev. san.  mil., B. Air., 1932, 31: 456-8.—Proctor,  C. M.
Malignancy and  benign  growths of the gums, cheeks, etc.
Internat. J. M. &  S., 1934, 47: 311.—Waldron, C.  W.,  &
Worman, H .G.  Clinics in oral surgery; growths and tumors
of the gums and gingivae.  Dent. Surv., 1931, 7: 29-34.—
Weber, R.  Zur  Klinik der Epulis.  Deut. Mschr.  Zahnh.,
1927, 45: 721-5. 
EPULIS                                         454                                        EPULIS
----  congenital.

   Labatt de  Lambert,  G.  M.   *L'epulis con-
genital.    54p.   8?   Par.,  1931.
   Walz,  E.  *Beobachtungen iiber Epulis con-
genitalis  [Heidelberg]   12p.  8?  Bruchsal, 1935.
   Ardoin, G., & Comby.  Un cas d'epulis congenitale.  Arch.
med. enf., 1933, 36: 228-31. Also Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1933.
31: 26-9.—Battaglia,  J., & Curphey, T. J. Gingival tumor of
newborn.  Am. J. Dis. Child., 1939, 57:  1404-7.—Cardia, A.
Epulide in bambino di 9 giorni.  Ann. ital. chir., 1926, 5: 691-
7,  pl.—Das, P. C.  Congenital epulis, with report of  a  case.
Lancet, Lond., 1933, 1: 182.—Jorge, J. M., Nudelman, S. L., &
Gringauz, M.  Tumores congenitos de la encia (angiolinfan-
gioma xantelomatoso del reborde gingival)  Arch, argent, pediat.,
1932, 3: 190-8. Also Sem. med., B. Air., 1932, 39: 1933-6.—
Kleine, H. O.  Die angeborenen Basalzelltumoren der Gingiva;
Beitrag zur Histogenese der sogenannten Epulis congenita.
Arch. Gyn.,  Berl., 1929, 138: 297-317.  ------ Demonstration
zur Pathologie Neugeborener; sogenannter Epulis congenitalis.
Ibid., 1938,  166: 261.—Ktthne, W.  Beitrag zur  Histogenese
der Epulis congenita.   Beitr. Anat. Ohr., 1933, 31: 94-100.—
Middleton, D. S., & Harvey, W. F.  Congenital epulis.  Edin-
burgh M. J., 1933, n. ser., 40: 257-65, 2 pl.—Moulonguet, P.,
&  De Lambert, G.   L'epulis congenitale. Ann.  anat. path.,
Par., 1931, 8: 1113-30. ------ A propos de l'epulis congenitale
(histogenese de cette neoplasie)  Ibid., 1932, 9: 887-90.

----  fibrous.

   Gils  H.  F. van.   *Ein  Fall von  Fibromatosis
diffusa  gingivae   des  Unter-  und   Oberkiefers.
51p.  8?   Bonn, 1926.
   Stange,  E.  [A.]   *Ueber  Zahnfleischfibrome
und fibromatose  Zahnfleischentartungen   [Ber-
lin]  28p.  8?  Charlottenb., 1927.
   Brann, C. H.  Fibromatose Entartung des Zahnfleisches.
Korbl. Zahnarzte, 1921, 47: No. 2, 28; No. 3, 70.—Buchner, H.
J.   Diffuse  fibroma of the gums; report  of 2 cases.   J. Am.
Dent. Ass., 1937, 24: 2003-7.—James,  W.   Fibrous epulis
between 2 & 1. Proc. R. Soc M., Lond.,  1936-37, 30: 1249 —
Layera, J., & Pecci Saavedra, A.  P.  Fibroma de encia con un
rico exudado linfo-plasmocitario.  Prensa med. argent., 1935,
22: 31-5.—Nogier, T.  Epulis fibreuse du  maxillaire superieur,
traitee  par  la diathermocoagulation; guerison depuis 3 ans
et  demi. Bull. Soc eiectroradiol. med. France, 1939, 27: 370 —
Nuzzi,  O.   Resezione intraorale  del mascellare superiore per
grossa epulide fibromatosa a sviluppo facciale ed antrale. Arch.
Soc. ital.  chir., 1934, 40: 699-703.—Vazquez, A.  Fibroma
extenso de ambas encias; coincidiendo con hipertricosis generali-
zada.  Pediat. espafi., 1927, 16: 46-51, pl.

----  giant cell.

   Bomberg,  E.   *Die  Epulis  gigantocellularis
und der braune Tumor bei  der  Osteodystrophia
fibrosa.    22p.   8?   Hamb., 1932.
   Hartmann, W.   *Sind  die Riesenzellen in  der
Epulis  Endknospen von  Gefassen?   24p.   8?
Greifswald, 1929.
   Schall,  G.    *Klinische  Untersuchung   der
Epulis-gigantocellularis  und  die  Erfahrungen
iiber  deren Behandlung.    21p.   8?   Miinch.,
1937.
   Catania, V. Contributo alia istogenesi dell'epulide giganto-
cellulare e fibro-osteoide.  Ann. Clin, odont.,  Roma, 1938, 15:
467-513.—Cole, H. N., & Driver, J. R.  A case for diagnosis;
giant cell tumor of epulis type? Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic,  1938,
38: 794.—Kallay, J.  von.  Epulis gigantocellularis multinu-
clearis.  Zschr. Stomat., 1933, 31: 182-7.—Sachs, W., & Garbe,
W.  Multinucleated, giant cell tumor of the gum, epulis. Arch.
Derm.  Syph., Chic,  1938, 38:  603-14.—Schaal, A.  Unter-
suchungen iiber die  raumlichen und  entwicklungsgeschicht-
lichen Beziehungen der Riesenzellen und Gefasse in den Epuli-
den. Frankf.  Zschr. Path., 1932-33, 44:  566-78.—Siegmund,
H.   Bemerkungen iiber den Bau und das Wesen der Riesenzell-
epulis.  Deut. Mschr. Zahnh., 1926, 44:  270-6.  Also Verh.
Deut, path. Ges.,  1926,  21: 86-90  [Discussion] 134-44.—
Wallgren, I. [Microscopical structure and nature of giant-cell
epulides]  Fin lak. sail, hand., 1929, 71: 75-100.  Also Arb.
Path. Inst. Helsingfors, 1930, n. F., 6: 21-64, pl.

----  granulomatous.

   See also Gum,  Disease.
   Ayres.  S., jr, & Anderson, N. P. Epulis granulomatosa.
Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1937, 36: 1149-53.  Also  repr.—
Cahn, L.  R.  Non-specific granulomata  of the gum.   Dent.
Items, 1932,  54: 36-42.—Dechaume, M.  Epulis reveiatrices de
syphilis meconnue.  Ann. mal. vener., 1934, 29: 351-5.—Figi,
F.  A. Inflammatory epulis.  Surg. Clin. N. America, 1930, 10:
107-9.—Ross J. C. Denture granuloma.  Practitioner, Lond.,
1939, 143: 113-6.
----   Histology.

   Baumann,  J.    *Histologie  und  Klinik  der
Epuliden nebst Mitteilung eines ungewohnlichen
Falles.   35p.  8?   Miinch., 1936.
   Beyer, M.  *Die  Bedeutung der Gefasswand-
zellen bei den  Epuliden (Auszug)   8p.  8?  Lpz.,
1924.
   Grothe,  H.  *Ueber das klinische und histo-
logische  Bild  der  Epuliden.    27p.   8?   Lpz.,
1934.
   Peissl,  H.    ^Histologische  Untersuchungen
der als Epulis  bezeichneten Tumoren der  Mund-
hohle.   18p.   8?   Miinch., 1931.
   Albanese, P.   Nuovo contributo alio studio della epulide.
Stomatologia, Roma, 1930, 28: 537-44.  ----— Di  una rara
forma istologica di epulide.  Ibid., 1928, 26: 606-9.—Baxter,
G. R.  A study of myeloid epulis and its relationship to myeloid
sarcoma of the long bones. Brit. Dent.  J.,  1930, 51:  49-65, 3
pl.-—Folkmann, J. P.  [Epulis plasmocytoma]   Budapesti orv.
ujs., 1930,  28: 1039-41.—Gusev,  G. V.  [Hemangioma of the
gums] Stomatologia, Moskva, 1937, No. 6, 90-2.—Meneghello,
E.  Contributo alia sistemazione istopatologica delle epulidi.
Stomatologia, Mod., 1933, 31: 266-73.—Morais, E.  A propos
d'une epulis plasmacellulaire en transformation fibreuse.  Fol.
anat. Univ. Conimbr., 1930, 5: No. 3, 1-11, 2 pl.—Supino, L., &
Amodeo, N. A. Contributo istologico alia conoscenza ed alia
classificazione delle epulidi. Tumori, Milano, 1935, 21: 18-40.
5  pl.—Szabo, G.  Contributo all'istologia patologica delle
epulidi.   Riv.  ital.  stomat.,  1932,  1:  841-56.—Troude  &
Pacaud. Un cas d'epulis 6pitheiio-conjonctive.  Rev. stomat.,
Par., 1925, 27: 948-51.

----  Pathogenesis.

   Diekow,  K. [F.  E.]   *Untersuchungen  iiber
eine  braune  Granulationsgeschwulst und  iiber
deren Beziehungen zu den  braunen Tumoren und
Epuliden.  20p.   8?   Greifsw., 1935.
   Findling, H.  [H.]   *Die Lehre von der  Epulis
in  ihrer  geschichtlichen   Entwicklung.    14p.
22)4 cm.  Heidelb., 1936.
   Geissler,   R.    *Untersuchungen iiber  die
neuzeitliche  Auffassung der Epuliden  [Miinchen]
16p.   8?   Waldfischbach-Pfalz, 1936.
   Gross, M.  *Die  Epulis; statistische  Beitrage
aus der  Leipziger Chirurgischen  Klinik mit be-
sonderer Berucksichtigung der neueren Ansichten
iiber ihre Pathogenese.   20p.  8?  Lpz., 1934.
   Hartel,  W.   *Kieselgurwirkung  am  Kiefer-
knochen bei  Meerschweinchen  [Gottingen]  13p.
8?  Berl., 1930.
   Also Vjschr. Zahnh., 1930,  46:

   Hartmann, H.  *Zur Frage  der Epulis unter
besonderer   Berucksichtigung   des   chronischen
Reizes.   24p.   8?   Gott., 1935.
   Lambert, H.  *Beitrag zur Frage der  Epulis
unter  besonderer  Berucksichtigung  der post-
operativen Befunde.   lop.  8?   Miinch.,  1935.
   Normand,  M.   *Etude  critique  des  epulis;
influence de la  erase sanguine sur  les  tumeurs
hyperplasiques  de  gencives.    72p.   8?    Par.,
1933.
   Zimmermann, H.   *Vorkommen und Aetiologie
der Epulis  [Freiburg i.  B.] 19p.  8?  S. Ingbert,
1925.
   Amies, A.  Epulides, with an experimental  studv of theii
etiology.  Austral. J. Dent., 1937, 41: 425-36, 5  pl.—Arlotta, A.
Le epulidi a mieloplassi; blastomi od osteodistrofie?  Riv. ital.
stomat., 1932, 1: 857-68.—Becks, H. Epulis und Paradentose.
Paradentium,  Berl., 1930, 2: 58-62.—Cipparone, E.  Alcune
considerazioni sulle epulidi. Ann. clin. odont., Roma,  1937,  14:
171-81.—Dechaume, M.  Etude critique des epulis;  influence
de la erase sanguine sur les reactions hyperplasiques du tissu
conjonctif.  Presse med., 1932, 40: 1640.  ------  Considera-
tions sur la pathogenie des tumeurs hyperplasiques des gincives
(epulis) Rev. stomat., Par., 1934, 36:  301-16. ------  Tu-
meurs k myeioplaxes des  gencives et des maxillaires; essai de
pathogenic Ibid., 1935, 37: 577-94.  ------■ Tumeurs hyper-
plasiques diffuses des gincives (elephantiasis, hypertrophic et
gincives)  Ibid., 1937, 39: 693-703.—Gery, L.,  & Noeppel, O.
Signification morphologique  des  epulis; pour servir  a l'etude
des hyperplaxies et des tumeurs  du svsteme r6ticulaire.  Bull.
Ass. fr. cancer, 1938, 27:  137-84.—Giardino,  G.  Le varieta
istologiche dell'epulide nei rapporti istogenetici con le proli- 
EPULIS
455
EPULIS
  ferazioni flogistiche del paradenzio.  Riv. ital. stomat., 1938, 7:
  70; 113; 195; 270; 343; 401.—Leao Velloso, A., & Povoa, H.
  Conceito actual dos epulis.   Fol. med., Rio, 1936, 17: 59.—
  Provvisionato, A.  Azione del catrame sulla mucosa gengivale
  Stomatologia, Mod., 1934, 32: 683-701.—Saraval,  U.  Gengi-
  vite fungosa, epulide e loro  rapporti.  Stomatologia, Roma,
  1927, 25: 823-37.—Solomon, H. A.,  & Burke, E. M.  Mal-
  occlusion and benign gum tumors. Dent.  Cosmos, 1935, 77:
  65-9.—Sprung, H. B.  Zur Histogenese der Epulis.   Deut.
  Zschr. Chir., 1938-39, 251: 64-76.—Stein, G.  Hypernephrom-
  metastase als Epulis.  Ibid., 1929, 219: 318-20.

  ----  Pathology.

    Doll, E.   *Wandlung in der klinischen und
  pathologischen Beurteilung der Epulis.   39p.  8?
  Wiirzb., 1937.
    Jagella,  R.    *Seltene Formen  der Epulis
  [Greifswald]  23p.   8?   Bottrop,  1935.
    Nilius,  B.  *Betrachtungen  zu  den als Epulis
  bezeichneten Tumoren  der Kiefer an Hand von
  32  Fallen  der  Chirurg.  Universitatsklinik  zu
  Halle.  32p.  8?   Halle, 1935.
    Reimann, P.   *Ueber die benigne Epulis und
  die epulisahnlichen malignen Sarkome des Alveo-
  larfortsatzes der Kiefer.   82p.   8?   Ziir., 1925.
    Wegner,  E.  *Abgrenzung und Stellung  der
  Epulis  zu  den  Kiefergeschwiilsten.   24p.    8?
  Berl., 1933.
    Abadie & Costil.  Deux cas d'6pulis volumineuses.  Bull.
  Soc.  anat.  Paris,  1905,  80:  620-2.—Axhausen,  G.  Ueber
  Osteodystrophia fibrosa und Epulis.   Arch. klin. Chir., 1933,
  174:  434-46.—Fliege, H.  Ueber Veranderungen  der  harten
  Zahnsubstanzen und des Alveolarknochens bei Epulis.  Deut.
  Mschr.  Zahnh., 1925, 43: 797-800.—Ghidrai, L., & Vitalyos,
  A.  [Anatomico-clinical  data  on epulis]  Cluj.  med.,  1931,
  12: 634-40.—Goldberg,  M.  S.  [Intra-osseous  epulis of
  the upper jaw] Stomatologia, Moskva, 1938,  No. 5,  96.—
  Grzywa, N.  Epulis pendulans.   Zbl. Chir., 1934, 61: 1339.—
  Huebschmann, P.  Zur Pathologie der Tumoren  des Mund-
  Kiefergebietes, insbesondere der Epulis, mit Demonstrationen.
  Deut. Zahnh., 1938, 5: 266-71.—Lang, F. J.  Osteodystrophia
  fibrosa der Kieferknochen  und Epulis.  Arch.  klin. Chir.,
  1932-33,  172: 673-93.—Lattes,  E.  Epitelioma spinocellulare
  e linfoblastoma in  gengiva linfangiomatosa  di un bambino di
  sei anni.  Pediat. med.  prat., Tor., 1936,  11: 260-5, 2 pl.—
  Lippo, P. L'epulide; contributo clinico ed anatomo-patologico.
  Stomatologia, Roma,  1929, 27:  488-96.—Mane. Dechaume.
  M., & Chapard. Tumeur gingivale a myeioplaxes,  recidivante
  et familiale.  Rev. stomat.,  Par., 1933, 35: 628-32.—Noeppel,
  O.  Morphologie  des  epulis.   Ibid.,  1939, 41:  177-93.—
  Renner, C. Ueber die Abgrenzung von Epulis, Osteodystrophia
  fibrosa und Riesenzellsarkom.   Arch.  klin.  Chir.,  1933, 175:
  388-408.—Rochette.   Tumeur hyperplasique a myeioplaxes
  des gencives  avec ossification.  Rev. stomat., Par., 1938,  40:
  38.—Rywkind, A. W.  Die Epuliden und deren Beziehung  zur
  Ostitis fibrosa.  Virchows Arch., 1927,  263: 415-33.—Simo-
  netta,  B.  Contributo alia conoscenza dei neurinomi maligni:
  neurinoma plessiforme  maligno della guancia e del palato.
  Boll.  mal. orecchio, 1935,  53:  225-38.—Tholen,  E.  F., &
 Balyeat, F. S.  Epulis of the jaws.  Pacific  Dent. Gaz.,  1930,
  38: 207-11.—Tratman, E. K.   An unusual  case of multiple
 epulides of the medullary type.  Brit. Dent. J., 1933, 55: 441-9.

 ----   sarcomatous.
   Chernev,  M.   *Ueber  Epulis   sarcomatosa.
 26p.   8?   Heidelb.,  1927.
   Wurth,  E.    *Die   sogenannte  Epulis   sar-
 comatosa  [Heidelberg]  27p.   8?   Heppenheim,
 1933.
   Albanese,  P.  La  genesi  epiteliale  delle  cellule giganti
 nell'epulide  sarcomatosa  (nota  preventiva)   Stomatologia,
 Milano, 1927, 25: 554-9.—Carbonara, G.  Su  di un caso di
 epulide sarcomatosa in una bimba di 5 anni.  Minerva med.,
 Tor., 1929, 9: 563-6.  ------  Nuove  osservazioni su alcuni
 casi di epulide  sarcomatosa.   Stomatologia, Milano, 1926,
 24: 669-83.—Dentici, S.  Istogenesi e modificazioni strutturali
 di un'epulide sarcomatosa recidiva tratta con terapia biologica.
 Tumori, Milano, 1931,  17:  402-515.—Gery, L.  Epulis sar-
 comateuses.  Bull. Ass. fr. cancer, 1938, 27: 124-36.—Krabbel,
 M. Epulis maligna.  Beitr. klin. Chir.,  1930, 149:  416-20 —
 Nieddu, G.   Un'epulide sarcomotosa  di raro volume.  Sto-
 matologia, Mod., 1934, 32: 44-50.—Norrie, F. H. B.  Melanotic
 sarcoma of right maxilla (malignant epulis)  J. Lar.  Otol.,
 Lond.,  1934, 49: 49, 3 pl.—Perna, A. Neoplasmi delle gengive
 clinicamente benigni e  con  caratteri istologici di  malignita.
 Stomatologia,  Milano, 1926,  24: 69-84.—Wong, A.   Melano-
 sarcoma of the gums.  China M. J., 1926, 40: 1132-7.

----  Site.

   Blumer,  E.   *Ueber  Epuliden  und ihre  Aus-
gangspunkte.   66p.   S?   Ziir.,  1932.
    Ehlers,  W.    *Die  Epulis  mit  besonderer
 Berucksichtigung ihres Sitzes.   18p.  8?  Miinch.,
 1935.
    Dechaume.  Epulis diffuse du maxillaire superieur chez un
 edentee.  Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph.,  1933, 40:  81-3.—Szath-
 mary, Z. [Epulis in ovarian dermoid cyst]  Orv. hetil., 1935,
 79: 949.

 ----   Treatment.

    Hansen, A.   *Dauerresultate bei Behandlung
 der Epulis  [Kiel]  20p.   8?   Neumunster,  1932.
    Kerner,  P.   *Ueber die Epulis und ihre  Be-
 handlung  [Jena]  28p.  8?  Witten, 1935.
    Darcissac, M.  L'eiectro-coagulation, procede de choix dans
 le  traitement des epulides.   Bull. Soc. chir.,  Paris, 1933, 25:
 579-83.—Degrais, P.  Traitement de l'epulis par le radium.
 Bull, med.,  Par., 1934, 48:  81.—Gaini, G.   La curieterapia
 degli epiteliomi gengivali.  Radiol, med.,  Milano,  1939, 26:
 32-41.—Kumer, L.  [Ergebnisse der kombinierten Behandlung
 der Epulis mittels Operation und Radiumbestrahlung]  Wien.
 med. Wschr., 1927, 77: 23. ------& Wolf, H.  Operation und
 Radiumbehandlung  der Epulis.   Zschr.  Stomat., 1926, 24:
 1011-49.  Also Wien. klin. Wschr., 1927, 40: 57.—Marziani, L.
 Zur Behandlung der Epulis.  Zschr. Stomat., 1925, 23: 990-9.—
 Pfaeffli,  C. F.  Au sujet d'une epulis et  de la restauration
 prothetique  consecutive  a  son  ablation.   Schweiz.  Mschr.
 Zahnh., 1938, 48: 1200-8, 4 pl.—Schurch, O.  Zur Behandlung
 der Epulis.  Schweiz.  med. Wschr., 1931, 61: 1213-6.—
 Strauss, A.  Radium treatment of cavernous hemangiomas and
 of epulis. Am. J. Roentg., 1928, 19: 265-70.  Also repr.

 EQUIDAE.

    See Ass  and mule; Horse; Zebra,  &c.


 EQUILENIN.

    See under  Estrogen.


 EQUILIBRIUM.

   See  also  Body,  Center  of gravity;  Flight;
 Gait;  Locomotion; Motion; Posture; Rotation;
 Swimming, &c.
    Beebe,  E. L.  Motor learning of children in
 equilibrium in relation to  nutrition.   243p.  8?
 Worcester, 1934.
    Kobrak,  F.   Beitrage   zur  Lehre  von den
 statischen  Funktionen des  menschlichen Korpers
 unter besonderer Berucksichtigung des statischen
 Labyrinths.  102p.   8?  Berl., 1922.
   Cinella, M. F.  Influence des  excitations lumineuses sur la
 position  d'equilibre  des poissons.   C.  rend. Soc. biol., 1937,
 124: 543.—Fearing,  F.  S.  Factors influencing static equilib-
 rium; an experimental study of the effect of controlled and un-
 controlled attention  upon sway.  J. Comp. Psychol.,  1925, 5:
 1-24.—Fischer,  M.   H.  Einiges  iiber das  Gleichgewicht.
 Zbl. ges. Ophth., 1935, 34: 465-93.—Francois, M., Meyerson,
 I., & Pieron, H.  Du  temps de latence des reactions d'equilibra-
 tion aux brusques accelerations longitudinales.  C. rend. Acad.
 sc, 1925, 181: 1181-3.—Froment, J., & Spindler, B.  Station
 debout, reflexes statiques et reactions  d'equilibre de  l'animal
 a I'homme.   J. m6d. Lyon,  1933, 14: 363-75.—Hultkrantz,
 J. W.  Das Problem der Stabilisierung des Korpers.  Zschr.
 ges. Neur. Psychiat., 1931, 135: 49-82.—Jacod, M., & Roche-
 fort, J.   Contribution a l'etude de l'equilibre dans le plan
 antero-posterieur.  Acta otolar., Stockh., 1932, 17: 195-200.—
 Johnson, G. B.  A study in learning to walk the tight wire.
 Pedag.  Semin.,  Worcester,  1927,  34: 118-28.—Kayser, C.
 Les  fonctions d'equilibration.  Strasbourg med.,  1934,  94:
 605-12.   Also In  Conf. physiol.  med. (Ambard, L.,  et  al.)
 Par., 1935, 163-84.—Knoll, W., & Feeser.  B.  Kinematogra-
 phische Be wegungsstudien; Beziehungen zwischen Korperschwer-
 punkt  und Gleichgewicht.  Arbeitsphysiologie,  1934-35, 8:
 304-12.—Koppanyi,  T., & Kleitman, N. Body  righting and
 related phenomena in the domestic duck (Anas boscas) Am.
 J.  Physiol., 1927, 82: 672-85.—McNally, W.  J.  Milestones
 in the recent development of knowledge of hearing and balanc-
 ing.  Tr. Am. M. Ass., 1935, Sect. Laryng. Otol. Rhinol.,
 22-6.—Noica.   L'6quilibre;  les  mouvements  automatiques
 defensifs  de l'equilibre.   Rev. neur., Par.,  1931, 38:  71-5 —
 O'Connor, J. M. The physiology of equilibration. Irish J. M.
 Sc,  1928, 6.  ser., 6-16.—Parker,  S., &  Sehilder,  P.   Das
 Korperschema im  Lift.  Zschr. ges. Neur. Psychiat.,  1930,
 128: 777-83.—Rabaud, E., & Verrier, M. L.  Vessie natatoire,
 densite et plan d'equilibre des poissons. C. rend.  Acad,  sc,
 1934, 199: 1247-9.—Resmark, T.  [Equilibrium,  carriage and
automatism of man in erect posture, at  stand-still and in
motion,  based upon instructions  of the Swedish gymnastic
system]  Sven. lak. sail, hand., 1917, 43: 1-184, 2 pl.—Sikorski,
S.   [Effect of low atmospheric pressure  on the sense of equilib-
rium in  man]  Polski przegl.  med. lot., 1938, 7:  151-61.— 
EQUILIBRIUM
456
EQUILIBRIUM
 Tronconi, V., & Bollettino,  A.   Contributo alio studio delle
 reazioni d'equilibrio nei bambino.  Boll. Soc. med. chir., Pavia,
 1938, 52: 1105-10, 5 pl.—Udvarhelyi, K.   [R61e of the nerve
 of equilibrium in  the  labyrinth  during  physical  training]
 Budapesti orv. ujs., 1933, 31: 565.

 ■----   Disorders.

    See  also Aviation   medicine;   Ataxia;  Brain
 tumor; Carsickness; Cerebellum,  Diseases; Dys-
 tonia; Labyrinth,  Disease;  Neurosyphilis;  Sea-
 sickness;   Tabes;   Vertigo;  Vestibular  nerve,
 Disease, &c.
    Andre-Thomas.  Syndrome de desequilibration consistant
 dans la conservation relative de l'equilibration active et cine-
 tique,  la perte  des reactions d'equilibration  vis-a-vis  des
 mouvements passifs.  Rev.  neur.,  Par., 1937, 67: 354-61.—
 Bartels,  M.  Gleichgewicht und  Gleichgewichtsstorungen.
 Zscbr.  Augenh.,   1926,  60: 361-4.—Delmas-Marsalet,  P.
 Le syndrome frontal de desequilibre chez le chien.  C. rend.
 Soc. biol., 1932, 110: 966.—Dominguez, F.  Les defauts de la
 stabilisation  chez rhomme.  Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1932, 3.
 ser.,  107: 1015.—Fischer,  M. H.  Ueber Gleichgewicht und
 Gleichgewichtsstorungen. Zbl. ges. Ophth., 1926, 17: 209-33 —
 Froment, J.   L'homme debout: regulation  de la statique; ses
 troubles.  Presse med., 1928, 36: 817-20.—Halpern, L.  Ueber
 Veranderung  der  Raumwahrnehmung  in  einem  Falle von
 Gleichgewichtsstorung.   Fol.  otolar. orient.,  1934-35,  2:
 66-76.—Levy-Valensi, J. Diagnostic du desequilibre moteur.
 Medeeine, Par.,  1927, 8: 356-8.—Mittermaier, R.  Ueber die
 Unterscheidung  peripher  und  zentral bedingter  Gleichge-
 wichtsstorungen durch die experimentelle Gleichgewichtsprii-
 fung.   Zschr. ges. Neur.  Psychiat.,  1939,  165:  219-23 —
 Pallaske, G.   Hirnbefunde bei 2 Hunden mit ausgesprochenen
 Gleichgewichtsstorungen.  Arch.  wiss. prakt.  Tierh., 1935,
 69: 46-50.—Schaltenbrand,  G.   Ueber die Entwicklung des
 menschlichen Aufstehens und dessen Storungen bei verschie-
 denen  Nervenkrankheiten.    Deut.  Zschr.  Nervenh., 1926,
 89: 82-90.—Sehilder,  P.   Ueber  Gleichgewichtsstorungen.
 Jahrb.  Psychiat.  Neur.,  1926-27,  45: 160-86.   Also Med.
 Klin., Berl., 1927, 23: 195-7.—Subirana Oiler, A.  El sindrome
 vestfbulo-espinal de Barre o sindrome de desequilibrio puro.
 Ars medica,  Barcel., 1932, 8: 175; 219, 2 pl.—Thevenard, A.
 Fonctionnement normal et  perturbations  pathologiques  des
 actions musculaires  de  l'equilibration; le  tonus  d'attitude;
 les dystonies d'attitude.  C.  rend. Soc. biol., 1926,  94: 644.—
 Urban, H.  Ueber das Rombergsche Phanomen bei Blinden.
 Med. Klin., Berl., 1937, 33: 595-7.—Vogel, K. Diagnose und
 Therapie  von Gleichgewichtsstorungen.  Fortsch. Med., 1931,
 49: 383-90.—Weisz, S.  Studies  in  equilibrium reaction.  J.
 Nerv. Ment.  Dis.,  1938, 88:  150-62.—Weizsacker,  von.  Das
 Korpergleichgewicht, Pathologie  und Klinik.  Klin. Wschr.,
 1926,  5: 1732.—Zador, J.   Gleichgewichtsreaktionen  bei
 Erkrankungen des  Zentralnervensystems (Filmdemonstration)
 Deut. Zschr.  Nervenh., 1933, 130: 25-43.  ------  Ueber
 Haltungsreflexe und Storungen  der  Stellfunktion  bei einer
 posttraumatischen  Hirnstammaffektion.   Mschr.  Psychiat.,
 1935, 91: 88; 160; 236.

 ----  Maintenance.

   See also Brain; Cerebellum; Eye; Foot; Joint;
 Labyrinth; Muscle,   Tone;   Vestibular  nerve;
 Vestibular system.
   Balduzzi, O. Die Stiitzreaktionen beim Menschen in physio-
 logischen  und pathologischen Zustanden.   Zschr.  ges.  Neur.
 Psychiat., 1932, 141: 1-29.—Cheval, V.  Physiologie de la VIII*
 paire; audition et equilibre.  Arch. med. beiges, 1919, 72: 101.—
 Corpus striatum and maintenance of equilibrium.  Brit. M. J.,
 1937, 2: 1080.—Cyriax, E.  Some remarks on the action of the
 sacrolumbalis during standing.   J. Anat.,  Lond.,  1932,  67:
 178.—Delmas-Marsalet,  P.   Etudes  sur le lobe  frontal et les
 voies centrales de l'equilibre.  Rev. neur., Par., 1932, 39: pt 2,
 617-51.  Also J. beige neur. psychiat., 1935, 35:  458-70.—
 Ellison, F. O. B.  Muscular tone and posture.  J. Ceylon Brit.
 M. Ass., 1926, 23: 154-67.—Erben, S.  Im Labyrinth ist nicht
 das Gleichgewichtsorgan des Menschen gegeben.   Schweiz
 med. Wschr.,  1939, 69: 757-62.—Froment. J.,  & Dubouloz, P.
 Attitudes  debout,  tonus de postures et reflexes statiques; du
 mecanisme qui, automatiquement chez I'homme, stabilise les
 attitudes et  regie l'adaptation aux  divers modes  statiques.
 J. med. Lyon, 1929, 10: 301-24.—Griffith,  C. R.  Vestibular
 sensations and the mechanisms  of balance.  Psychol.  Bull.,
 1929, 26: 549-65.----— The perceptions and mechanisms of
 vestibular equilibration.  Ibid., 1932, 29: 279-303.—Ingram,
 W. R., & Ranson, S. W. The place of the red nucleus in the
 postural  complex.   Am. J.  Physiol.,  1932,  102:  466-75 —
 Kleitman, N., & Koppanyi, T.  Effect of visual impulses on the
 posture  of the head.  Proc.  Soc. Exp.  Biol., N. Y., 1925-26,
 23: 767.—Langworthy, O. R.  The control of posture by the
 central  nervous system.   Physiol. Rev., 1928, 8:  151-90.—
 Litvak, L. B.   [Significance of plantar position in the static of
 man]  Nevropat. psikhiat., 1936, 5: 1865-8.  ------  Attitude
 des pieds dans la statique de I'homme; relations de ces phe-
 nomenes avec l'etat de l'appareil vestibulaire. Rev. otoneur.,
 Par  1936, 14: 176-85—Moorhouse, V. H.  K.  Observations
on the spinal  integration of standing.  Am. J. Physiol.  1930
 92:  716-27.—Paton, D. N.  Reflex postural adjustments of
 balance in the duck.  Proc  R. Soc. Edinburgh, 1927-28, 48:
 28-35, 2 pl.—Rademaker, G. G. J.   On the physiology of re-
 flex standing.  Proc. Akad. wet.  Amsterdam, 1927, 30: pt 2,
 Sect. Sc, 796-810.—Rizzolo,  A.  A study of equilibrium in the
 smooth dogfish (Galeus canis Mitchell) after removal of differ-
 ent parts of the brain.  Biol.  Bull., 1929, 57: 245-9.—Sehilder,
 P.   Posture with special reference  to the cerebellum.  Arch.
 Neur. Psychiat., Chic,  1929,  22: 1116-26.   Also  repr.—
 Simonelli, G., & Di Giorgio, A.   La funzione della lamina
 quadrigemina in rapporto alia stazione eretta e alia deambula-
 zione. Riv. pat. nerv., 1934, 43: 290-3.—Spiegel, E. A.  Der
 zentrale  Mechanismus  der  statischen  Innervation.   Klin.
 Wschr., 1926, 5: 277-81.—Szepsenwol, J.  Les connexions et
 la nature de la cellule de Mauthner chez l'Axolotl. C. rend
 Soc. biol., 1935, 119: 184-6.—Vogel, P.  Ueber Regulation des
 Korpergleichgewichtes.   Verh.  Deut. Ges. inn.  Med., 1931,
 43. Kongr.,  51-5.—Walshe,  F. M. R.   Reflex regulation of
 posture.  Nature, Lond.,  1926, 118: 736-8.

 EQUILIBRIUM  [chemical]

   See also Acid-base equilibrium;  Dissociation;
 Electrolyte; Ion; also names of body  fluids, and
 chemical  substances as Blood, Acid-base equili-
 brium; Blood protein, Equilibrium,  &c.
   A urn eras, M.  Contribution k l'etude des equilibres ioniques;
 etude de l'equilibre  sulfure de cadmium; acide chlorhydrique
 etendu. J.  chim. phys., Par., 1928, 25: 727-42.—Denina, E.
 Quelques equations  utiles en  pratique pour l'application de la
 loi de l'equilibre chimique homogene. Ibid., 1933, 30: 47-55.—
 Dixon, J. K. The equilibrium between chlorine, nitric oxide
 and  nitrosyl chloride.   Zschr. phys. Chem., 1931,  Erganzbd,
 679-86.—Freundlich, H.  Displacement  of chemical equilib-
 rium  at surfaces.  Rep. Brit. Ass. Advance. Sc, 1935, 360.—
 Grafe, D., Clusius, K., &  Kruis, A.  Messung und statistische
 Berechnung  des Gleichgewichts  D2+H2S«=!H2-r-D£S.  Zschr.
 phys. Chem., Abt.  B,  1939,  43:  1-19.—Jolibois,  P.  Sur la
 representation graphique  des equilibres chimiques.  C. rend.
 Acad, sc, 1933, 197:  451.—Koenig, F. O.  The thermodynamics
 of the electric field  with special reference to chemical equilib-
 rium.  J. Phys. Chem.,  1937, 41:  597-620.—Kugelmass, I. N.,
 & Shohl, A.  T.  The determination of the equilibria involving
 calcium,  hydrogen,  carbonate,  bicarbonate,  and  primary,
 secondary, and tertiary phosphate ions. J. Biol. Chem., 1923-
 24, 58: 649-66.—Le Chatelier, H.  Sur la loi du deplacement de
 l'equilibre chimique. C. rend. Acad, sc, 1934, 198: 1329.

 EQUILIN.

   See under Estrogen.

 EQUINIA.

   See Glanders.

 EQUISETACEAE.
   Gibelli, C. Azione dell'herba equiseti sulla crasi sanguigna.
 Boll. Soc ital. biol. sper., 1934, 9: 929-32.  Also Pensiero med.,
 1934, 23: 198-200.—Glet, E..  Gutschmidt, J., & Glet. P.  Das
 Alkaloid im Equisetum palustre.  Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1936
 244: 229-34.

 ERAGROSTIS.

   See also Gramineae.
  Borgatti,  G.   Sul valore alimentare del teff.   Q. nutriz.,
 Bologna, 1938, 5: 365-75.
  ERAINES,  Jean d\  Le probleme des origines
et des migrations.   174p.   8?  Par.,  E.  Leroux,
 1914.
  ERASMUS,   Desiderius,   1467-1536.    Anti-
barbarorum liber unus  [56]  1.   8?   Koln,  1520.
  ----  Declamatio in  laudem nobilissimae artis
medicinae; a  declamacion  in the prayse and co-
mendation of  the most hygh and excellent science
of phisyke.  46p.  8?  [London, Robert Redman,
before 1538]
  Photostat facsimile reproduced from the copy in the Henry
E. Huntington Library.

  ----  Encomium  artis  medicinae.   p.28-54.
8?   Basel, 1518.
  In his Encomium matrimonii.   8?  Basel, 1518.
  ----  Encomium matrimonii.   54p.  8?  Basel,
Joh.  Frobenius,  1518.
  See also Werthemann, A.  Schadel und Gebeine des Erasmus
von Rotterdam.   80p.  8?   Basel,  1930.  Also Crouzon, O.
Erasme devant la m6decine et les medecins.  Progr. med., Par.,
 1936,  1217-32.  Also Delmas-Marsalet, P.  Eloge d'Erasme
par la Folie.  J. med. Bordeaux,  1937, 114:  49; passim. Also 
ERASMUS
457
ERBSE
Garrigues. A. Le mal qu'on a dit des medecins; Erasme.  Vie
med  1928  9: 985-9.  Also Genty, M.  Erasme malade et
m6decin.  Progr.  med.,  Par.,  1927, 42:  Suppl.,  17-9.  Also
Germani, G. M.  Di quale malattie a morto Erasmo da Rotter-
dam?  Rass. clin. ter., 1936, 35: Suppl., 97-101.  Also Linde-
boom. G. A.  [Erasmiana medica]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1936,
80: 3164-70. Also Nuyens, B. W. T.  [Erasmus  and medical
science] Ibid., 3157-63, pl.  Also Pfister, C. R.  Zur Krankheit
des  Erasmus.  Schweiz. med.  Wschr., 1936, 66: 846.  Also
Skeleton (The) of Erasmus.  Lancet, Lond., 1928,  2: 1300.
  ERASTUS,  Thomas [Lieber] 1523-83.  Dispu-
tatio  de medicamentorum purgantium  facultate.
p. 130-94.  sm. 4?  [Basel, 1574]
  In his De occultis pharmacorum.  sm. 4! Basel, 1574,130-94.
  ----  De occultis pharmacorum potestatibus.
[4]  194p.   [10] 1.  sm. 4?   Basel, Petrus  Perna,
1574.
  Bound with Sodelman.  Tract, de magis. Frankf., 1591.

ERATYRUS.
  See Reduviidae; Trypanosoma.
  ERB, Adolf, 1901-      *Ueber das  Verhalten
der Hautelastizitat bei carcinomkranken Frauen
[Frankfurt a.   M.]   20p.  24cm.   Arheilgen bei
Darmst.,  H. Anthes,  1929.
  ERB, Frederick Alexander, 1873-1936.
  [Obituary] Minnesota M., 1936, 19: 789.
  ERB,   Georg,  1899-       klinisch-experi-
mentelle  Untersuchungen iiber den  Verlauf der
alimentaren Blutzuckerkurve bei  Kindern, na-
mentlich bei solchen im Stadium der zunehmenden
Fettsucht [Kiel]  p.291-7.   8?  Berl., J. Springer
1929.
  Also Zschr. Kinderh., 1929, 48:
  ERB,  Kurtheinz, 1911-       *Die  rechtliche
Bedeutung der Fehldiagnose  [Heidelberg]  15p.
24cm.  Kaiserslautern, H. Kayser,  1935.
   ERB,  Lore, 1906-       *Ueber Torsion der
Adnexe  des  Uterus  [Miinchen]   32p.  24cm.
Dillengen a. Donau, Schwab, 1931.
   ERB,  Russell C[asper] 1899-       Chemical
tests; a manual for chemists and physicians,  vi,
262p.  8?  Easton, Pa., Chem. Pub.  Co.,  1927.
  ----   Physiological  chemistry.   2  p. 1.  v,
402p. 8?  Easton, Pa.,  Chemical Pub. Co. [1929]
  ----  Poisoning the public; daily contacts with
toxic materials as civilization marches  on.  219p.
8?   Phila., Dorrance & Co. [1937]
   ERB,  Wilhelm Heinrich, 1840-1921.
   Torkildsen, A., & Erickson, T.  [Biography]  Arch. Neur.
Psychiat.,  Chic,  1935, 33: 842-6.
   ERBACHER,  Christine,  1891-        *Beob-
achtungen iiber die obligate anaerobe  Bakterien-
flora  des Mundes  und des Zahnwurzelkanals
der gangranosen Zahne.  22p.  2  1.  tab.  2 pl.
23cm.  Berl., R.  Pfau, 1936.
  ERBES, Philip H.  Cranio-muscular origins of
brain and mind.  240p.  8?   Chic, 111.,  Prome-
thean Pub., 1904.
  ERBGUTH, Hans, 1907-       *Schicksal der
Kinder   mit   epituberkuloser   Infiltration  der
Lungen.  34p.  24cm.   Berl, R. Pfau, 1933.
  ERBGUTH, Heinz,  1914-      *Ueber eigen-
artiges Verhalten von Fremdkorpern im Oesopha-
gus.   17p.  24cm.  Bresl.,  1936.

ERBIUM.
   See also Earth metals.
   Kohl,  H.   *Beitrage zur Pharmakologie de&
Erbiums.   13p.   8?  Wiirzb., 1936.           .
  Schoxefeld, H.  *Beitrage zur Pharmakologie
des Erbiums  [Wurzburg] 20p.  8?  Essen,  1934.

ERB'S disease.
  See  Brachial  plexus,   Paralysis;  Dystrophy
[muscular] juvenile; Myasthenia; Paralysis, spin-
al spastic.
  ERBSE, Hans [Walter Paul]  1910-      *Die
Indikation der  Extraktion bei  Zahnmissbildun-
gen, Zahnstellungs- und  Kieferanomalien.   32p.
24cm.   Miinch., 1935.
  ERBSLOEH,  Joachim,  1909-       *Ueber
psychische und nervose Storungen bei pernicioser
Anaemie  [mit besonderer Berucksichtigung dif-
ferential-diagnostischer  Schwierigkeiten]    36p.
24cm.   Bonn, Kubens, 1934.
  ERCHENBRECHER,  H[ans]  Der Truppen-
arzt.  78p.  8?  Berl., Offene Worte,  1936.
  ERCKLENTZ, Bernhard [Wilhelm  Otto Josef]
1902-       *Ueberinsulinierung und chirurgische
Komplikationen bei  Diabetes  mellitus.    34p.
24cm.   Bresl., 1926.
  ERCKLENTZ, Wilhelm, 1872-
  Fulde.  [Biography]  Miinch. med. Wschr., 1937, 84: 653.
  ERCKMANN, Helmut, 1909-      *Das Ver-
halten der  ausseren und  inneren Sekretion  des
Pankreas bei Erkrankungen der Gallenwege und
nach operativen Eingriffen am  Gallengangsys-
tem.  30p.  24cm.   Giessen, W. Herr, 1933.
  ERCOLANI,  Giovanni Battista, 1817-83.  Car-
lo  Ruini;  curiosita storiche e  bibliografiche in-
torno alia scoperta della circolazione  del sangue.
164p.   8?  Bologna, N. Zanichelli, 1873.
  ----  Accademia delle scienze dello Istituto
di  Bologna, dalla  sua  origine  a  tutto il 1880.
2 p. 1.   278p.  8?   Bologna, N.  Zanichelli, 1881.
  For biography see in Annuario vet. ital., Roma,  1934-35,
404-13 (V. Chiodi)
  ERDBALL (Der)  Berl., v.1-6, 1926-32.
  ERDELY,  A[nna]  *Ueber  die Beziehungen
zwischen Bau und Funktion des lymphatischen
Apparates des Darmes  [Bern]   34p.  pl.   23cm.
Miinch.,  R. Oldenbourg, 1904.
  ERDHEIM,  Jakob, 1874-1937.  Die Lebens-
vorgange  im  normalen  Knorpel  und  seine
Wucherung bei Akromegalie.   160p.   8?   Berl.,
J.  Springer, 1931.
   Forms v.3, Pathologie und Klinik  (L. Aschoff,  H. Elias
[et  al.]
   For biography see Chir. org. movim., 1937-38,  23: 103,
portr. (O. Scaglietti)
   ERDMAN,   Frederick.   The  health  of  the
nerves.   28p.   8?   [Germantown, Philadelphia,
Pa., 1918]
   ERDMANN, Anna Marie Rhoda, 1870-1935.
 Praktikum der Gewebepflege oder Explantation
 besonders der  Gewebezuchtung.   2. Aufl.   vi,
 148p.   8?  Berl.,  J. Springer, 1930.
   Also editor of Archiv fiir experimentelle Pathologie und
Pharmacologic  Berl.,  v.1-16, 1925-34.
   For portrait, photograph, see collection in library.
   For  biography  see  Arch. exp. Zellforsch., 1935-36, 18:
 127-36, portr. (P. Caffier)  Also Nature, Lond., 1935, 136:
 672. Also Orv. hetil.,  1935, 79: 1058 (T. Huzella)  Also Usp.
 sovrem. biol., 1936, 5: 348-55, portr. (N. G. Khlopin)
   See also Caffier, P.   Vollstandiges Verzeichnis der wissen-
 schaftlichen Arbeiten Rhoda Erdmanns. Arch. exp. Zellforsch.,
 1935-36, 18: 137-41.
    ERDMANN, Georg,  1901-      *Ein  Beitrag
 zur  Frage  der   Uterusexstirpation  und  ihrer
 Folgezustande  bei  Belassung  von  Ovarialsub-
 stanz.  20p.  21.  24cm.  Gott., E. Grosse, 1927.
    ERDMANN, Hans,  1908-        *Ueber den
 Wirkungsmechanismus  von  Kohlensaure-  und
 Mineralsalz-Wassern auf  den  Blutzuckergehalt
 bei Menschen  und Kaninchen.   31p.   24cm.
 Marb., H. Bauer,  1935.
    ERDMANN, Hartwig, 1909-       *Beitrag
 zur histologischen Differentialdiagnose: Haman-
 giom oder teleangiektatisches Granulom  (speziell
 der Mundhohle)   15p.  24cm.  Gott., M. Sass,
 1934.
    ERDMANN, Heinrich, 1888-      *Zur Frage
 der Beziehungen  der  Adnexe zum Darmkanal
 (mit  besonderer   Berucksichtigung  des  Liga- 
ERDMANN
458
EREUTHOPHOBIA
 mentum infundibulocolicum und der Oophoritis
 sigmoidalis)   22p.  8?  Berl., S. Karger, 1919.
   Also Mschr. Geburtsh. Gyn., 1920, 51: 301-18.
   ERDMANN, Jakob, 1909-       *Die moder-
 nen Gesichtspunkte bei der Hasenschartenplastik
 [Berlin]  29p.  24cm.  Charlottenb., Gebr. Hoff-
 mann, 1935.
   ERDMANN, John  Frederick, 1864-    ,  &
 HINTON, James  William.   Erdmann's clinics;
 excerpts selected from  the clinics of  John F.
 Erdmann.   vi, 315p.  illust.  8?  Phila.,  W. B.
 Saunders Co., 1932.
   ERDMANN, Norman Carl, 1910-       *Some
 diagnostic  and prognostic values of  the  Schilling
 index.  25p.   4?  Fond du Lac,  Wis., 1933.
   Typewritten.
   ERDMANN, Ruth,  1907-       *Ueber  die
 Herzfunktionspriifung vor der  Operation durch
 die   Harnfarbwertbestimmung.   18p.    24cm.
 Hamb., C. Holler, 1933.
   ERDMANN, Wolfgang, 1911-     *Zur phar-
 makologischen Wirkung  von  Muskelextrakten.
 lip.   21cm.  Munster, H. F. Hoing, 1936.
   ERDOS, Marthe, 1911-      Contribution a
 l'etude de la fracture de la petite apophyse du
 calcaneum.  48p.  24cm.  Par., Vigot  freres,
 1936.

 ERECTILE tissue.
   See also  Breast, Nipple; Clitoris; Nose; Penis.
   Guibal, P., & Pav.e, P. Deux cas de metastases cancereuses
 dans l'appareil  erectile de I'homme et  de la femme.  Ann.
 anat. path., Par., 1929, 6: 1099-103.—Macht, D. I.  Pharmaco-
 dynamic reactions of  erectile tissue and the dorsalis  penis
 artery.  Tr.  Am. Ass. Genitourin. Surg., 1922, 15: 229.—
 Wakimoto, M.  Ueber die gefasserweiternde Wirkung von N.
 lingualis und N. erigentes.  Okayama igakkai zasshi,  1928,
 40: 1430.

 ERECTION.
   See under names of erectile organs and parts
 as Breast, Nipple; Clitoris;  Penis;  also Coitus,
 Erection.

 EREMASCACEAE.
   See also Endomycetales; Gymnoascidae; Zy-
 monema.  For Eremascaceae  imperfectae see
 names  of  genera  as   Candida;  Castellania;
 Geotrichum; Hemispora; Monilia; Mycoderma;
 Oidium, &c.
   Froilano de Mello & Gonzaga  Fernandez  [Octomyces]
 Arq. hig. pat. exot., 1918, 6: 237-42.—Potron, M.  Presence
 d'une levure au cours d'une infection pleuro- pulmonaire grave
 Rev. med. est, 1913, 45: 814; 841.
   EREMBERT,  Frangois,  1899-      *Etude
critique des  procedes de  mesure  de la  pression
veineuse periphenque.   59p.  24cm.   Par., 1926.

EREMOTHECIUM.
   See Endomycetales.

EREPSIN [ereptase]
   See Peptidase.

ERETHISM.
   See Excitement; also under names of functions
and organs as Heart; Libido, &c; also Mercury,
Poisoning.

EREUTHOPHOBIA.
   See also Blushing; Phobia.
   Bien, E.  Die  Angst vor dem Erroten; zur
Khmk und Psychologie der Ereuthophobie.  99p.
8?  Stuttg., 1930.
   Forms H. 13, Abh. Psychother.
   Benedek, T. Notes from the analysis of a case of ereutho-
 phobia.  Internat.  J. Psychoanal.,  Lond., 1925, 6: 430-9.
 Also Internat. Zschr. Psychoanal., Wien,  1925, 11: 88-95.—
 Hartenberg. Le traitement de l'6reutophobie.  Progr. med.
 Par., 1920, 3. ser.,  35: 415.—Suarez de Figueroa, J.  Con-
 sideraciones  sobre  la  ereutofobia.  Siglo med., 1916, 63-
 677-80.
   ERFORSCHUNG  und Praxis der  Warmebe-
 handlung in der Medizin (Frankfurter Konferenz
 fiir  medizinisch-naturwissenschaftliche  Zusam-
 menarbeit)   Dresd.,  2. Konf., 1937.

 ERFURT [Germany]
   Biereye,  J.   Erfurt  in  seinen  beriihmten
 Personlichkeiten.   124p.  8?  Erfurt, 1937.
   Loth, R.  Das  Medizinalwesen, der  arztliche
 Stand und die  medizinische Fakultat  bis zum
 Anfang des 17. Jahrhunderts in Erfurt.  82p.  8?
 Erfurt, 1904.
   Suchier,  W., &  Thiele, E.   Erfurts Ein-
 wohner und ihr  Gesichtskreis zu Dalbergs Zeit
 im Spiegel  der  amtlichen  Lokalpresse:  Register
 zum Erfurtischen Intelligenzblatt 1771-95.   170p.
 8°.   Erfurt, 1938.

 ERGAMINE.
   See Histamine.
   ERGAENZUNGSBUCH zum Deutschen Arz-
 neibuch.
   See Pharmacopoea Germanica; Erganzungsbuch  zum Deut-
 schen Arzneibuch [&c]  5.  Aufl.  512p. 8? Berl.,  1930.
   ERGEBNISSE der allgemeinen Pathologie und
 pathologischen Anatomie  des Menschen und der
 Tiere.   Munch., v.14, 1910-
   ERGEBNISSE  der Anatomie  und Entwick-
 lungsgeschichte.  Berl., v.32,  1938.
   Continuation of Zschr. ges. Anat., 3. Abt.
   ERGEBNISSE   der   Biologie.   Berl.,  v.l,
 1926-
   ERGEBNISSE   der  biophysikalischen  For-
 schung; in Einzeldarstellungen.  Lpz., v.l, 1938-
   ERGEBNISSE der Chirurgie und Orthopadie.
 Berl., v.17,  1924-
   ERGEBNISSE  der Enzymforschung.  Lpz.,
 v.l, 1932-
   ERGEBNISSE der gesamten  Medizin.  Berl.,
 v.5, 1924-
   ERGEBNISSE   der  gesamten  Tuberkulose-
 forschung.  Lpz., v. 1-8, 1930-37.
   ERGEBNISSE der gesamten  Zahnheilkunde.
 Miinch., v.1-7, 1910-24.
   ERGEBNISSE  der  Hygiene,  Bakteriologie,
 Immunitatsf orschung und experimentellen Thera-
 pie.  Berl.,  v.l,  1914-
   ERGEBNISSE   der  inneren   Medizin  und
 Kinderheilkunde.  Berl., v.7,  1911-
   ERGEBNISSE der Kreislaufforschung;  hrsg.
 von Bruno Kisch.  v.3.
   See Condorelli, L.  Die Ernahrung des Herzens.  230p. 8?
 Dresd., 1932.
   ERGEBNISSE der Kreislaufforschung.  v.4.
   See Nordmann, M.  Kreislaufstorungen und pathologische
 Histologie.  174p.  8?  Dresd., 1933.
   ERGEBNISSE  der  medizinischen  Strahlen-
 forschung.  Lpz., v.1-7, 1925-36.
   ERGEBNISSE  der Physiologie, biologischen
 Chemie  und experimentellen  Pharmakologie.
 Miinch., v.12, 1912-
  ERGEBNISSE   der  sozialen   Hygiene  und
 Gesundheitsfiirsorge.   Lpz., v. 1-2, 1929-30.
  ERGEBNISSE  der Vitamin-  und Hormon-
forschung.  Lpz., v.l, 1938-

 ERGOGRAPHY.
   See Dynamometry. 
ERGOSTEROL
459
ERGOSTEROL
 ERGOSTEROL.

    See also Sterol;  Vitamin  D.
    Mellanby, E. M., Surie, E., & Harrison, D. C.  Vitamin D
 in ergot of rye.  Biochem. J., Lond., 1929, 23: 710-7,  pl.—
 Rosenheim, O., & Webster, T. A.  The specificity of ergosterol
 as parent "substance of vitamin D.  Ibid., 1928, 22: 762-6.—
 Windaus,  A., & Bock,  F.   Ueber pflanzliches Provitamin D.
 Zschr. physiol. Chem..  1937, 250:  258-61.

 ----   Chemistry.

    Stephan,  H.  J.   *Ueber die Identitat des bei
 der  Selendehydrierung  von   Cholesterin   und
 Ergosterin   entstehenden    Kohlenwasserstoffes
 C25H24   [Kiel]   36p.   8?  Bottrop, 1937.
    Achtermann, T.   Ueber ein  Oxydationsprodukt  des a-
 Ergostenols.  Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1933, 222: 70-2.  ------
 Zur  Kenntnis der Ergostadien-triole.   Ibid., 217: 281-4.—
 Bills, C. E., & Cox, W. M., jr.  Studies on the isomerization of
 ergosterol.  J. Biol. Chem., 1929, 84:  455-62.—Bills, C. E.,
 Massengale, O. N. [et al.]  The action of activated ergosterol
 in the chicken; evidence of  the existence of only one provitamin
 D in crude ergosterol.   Ibid.,  1935, 108: 323-30.  Also repr.—
 Bonstedt, K.  Ueber die Verschiedenheit von allo-a-Ergostanol
 und 7-Sitostanol.  Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1932, 205: 137-40 —
 Callow,  R. K.  The purification of ergosterol. Biochem. J.,
 Lond., 1931, 25:  79-86.   ------  Occurrence of a-dihydro-
 ergosterol  as an impurity in yeast ergosterol.   Ibid., 87-94.—
 De Boe.   L'ergost6rol  et quelques-uns de ses derives.   Bull.
 Acad. med. Belgique, 1930, 5. ser., 10: 336-75.—Guiteras, A.
 Ueber die Ergotetraene.   Zschr.  physiol.  Chem., 1933,  215:
 196-8.—Heyl, F.  W.,  Hart,  M.  C, &  Emreson, H.  Beta-
 Ergostenol.  J. Am. Chem. Soc,  1933, 55: 2870.—Laucht, F.
 Die Konstitution  des  /3-Ergostenols.  Zschr.  physiol.  Chem.,
 1935, 237: 236-46. ------  Ueber die Umlagerung des Ergo-
 sterins mit Nickel.   Ibid.,  1937,  246:   171-6.—Lettrg, H.
 Notiz iiber Isomers des Ergosterins und des Dihydroergosterins.
 Ibid., 1930, 189: 1-3.—McDonald, F. G., & Bills, C. E.   The
 isomerization of ergosterol  with Fullers' earth.   J. Biol. Chem.,
 1930, 88:  601-4.  Also repr.—Meyer, K.  The oxidation of
 ergosterol.  Ibid.,  1933,103: 607-16.—Muller, M.  Zur Kennt-
 nis  des  Ergosterins  und  des  Dehydro-ergosterins.  Zschr.
 physiol.  Chem., 1935,  231: 75-84.—Nakamiya, Z.  Ueber ein
 neues Isomeres des Ergosterins, das Ergosterin G.  Ibid.,  1931,
 203: 255-8.—Reichel,  S.  von.   Ueber  die  Hydrierung des
 Ergosterins und des 22-Dihydroergosterins.  Ibid.,  1934,  226:
 146-8.—Rygh, O.  Ueber einige  aus  Ergosterin dargestellte
 Koblenwasserstoffe.  Ibid., 1929, 185: 99-104.—Stoeltzner, W.
 Aktivierung des Ergosterins durch Phosphor. Mschr. Kinderh.,
 1928, 38: 63.—Stoll, W. Versuche iiber die Isomerisierung des
 Ergosterins.  Zschr.  physiol. Chem.,  1931,  202:  232-6 —
 Windaus, A., & Liittringhaus, A.   Ueber die Zahl der Kohlen-
 stoffatome im Molekiil  der Sterine, vor allem  des Ergosterins.
 Nachr. Ges. Wiss.  Gottingen, 1932, math. phys. Klasse, 4.

 ----   Determination.
   Bruckner,  J.  Ueber   eine empfindliche  und spezifische
 Reaktion des Ergosterins.   Biochem. Zschr.,  1934, 270:  346-
 8.—Levine, V. E., & McKay, F. M. Differentiation of ergos-
 terol from cholesterol.  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol.,  N. Y., 1935-36,
 33:  546-9.—Levine, V. E., & Richman,  E.  A test to differ-
 entiate ergosterol  from cholesterol.  Ibid.,  1929-30, 27:  833.
 ------ A test to differentiate irradiated cholesterol from non-
 irradiated  cholesterol  and irradiated ergosterol  from  non-
 irradiated   ergosterol.   Ibid.,   1010.—Meesemaecker,   R.
 Nouvelle  reaction coloree  de l'ergosterol;  differenciation de
 l'ergosterol et de l'ergosterol irradie. C. rend.  Acad, sc, 1930,
 190: 216-8.—Menschick, W., & Page, I. H. Ueber die Resor-
 bierbarkeit des unbestrahlten Ergosterins; ein  Beitrag zur
 Methodik  der quantitativen  Ergosterinbestimmung.  Zschr.
 physiol.  Chem., 1932,  211: 246.—Rosenheim, O.   A specific
 colour reaction for ergosterol.  Biochem. J., Lond., 1929, 23:
 47-53.—Schindel,  L.  Untersuchungen iiber  Ergosterin  und
 antirachitisches  Prinzip; zur Frage des Nachweises von Ergo-
 sterin und  antirachitischem Prinzip innerhalb und ausserhalb
 des Organismus.  Zschr. Kinderh., 1929, 48: 451-80.

 ----  irradiated    [Photoergosterol;   Radiostol;
   Vigantol; Viosterol]

   See also Vitamin D.
   Botjxin, J. J. C.   Contribution  a l'etude de
 I'ergosterine  irradiee.   62p.   8?   Par., 1929.
   Cornel, M.  Ergosterolo  e vitamina antirachitica.  Arch. Ist.
 biochim.  ital., 1930, 2:  281-306, 2 pl.—Hanau, G.  Progressi
 recenti negli studi sulla ergosterina irradiata. Gazz. osp., 1933,
 54:  577-9.—Haslewood, G.  A.  D.  The action of light on
 substances  related to ergosterol.  Biochem. J., Lond., 1939, 33:
 454-6.—Holtz, F.,  & Schreiber, E.  Einige weitere physiologi-
 sche Erfahrungen  iiber das bestrahlte  Ergosterin und seine
 Umwandlungsprodukte.  Zschr. physiol.  Chem.,  1930,  191:
 1-22, pl.—Poletti, E. M. La piu grande recente scoperta della
 medicina moderna; la  ergosterina irradiata.   Med. nuova,
 1929, 20:   291-311.—Povoa,  H.   Da irradiacao luminosa  a
vitamina D.  Fol. med.,  Rio, 1930, 11:  236.—Ranzoli,  G.
 L'irradiazione dell'ergosterolo.   Boll. chim. farm., 1930,  69:
 803-7.—Reed. G. I.  Irradiated ergosterol—clinical and experi-
 mental studies.   Arch. Phys. Ther., 1934, 15:  69-89. Also
 repr.—Rosenheim, O., & Webster, T. A.  The biological inert-
 ness of irradiated mycosterols other than ergosterol. Biochem.
 J.,  Lond.,  1928, 22: 1426-8.—Webster, T. A., &  Bourdillon,
 R. B.  Notes on the irradiation of ergosterol.  Ibid., 1223-30,
 pl.—Zuppa, A.   L'ergosterina irradiata.  Rass. ter. pat. clin.,
 1929, 1: 234-9.

 ----  irradiated: Chemistry.

   Askew, F. A., Bourdillon, R. B. [et al.] The effects of further
 irradiation of the  radiation products of ergosterol.  Proc. R.
 Soc, Lond., 1930, ser. B, 107: 91-100.—Bills, C.  E., Honey-
 well. E. M., & Cox, W. M., jr.  Influence of solvents on  the
 activation  of ergosterol.   J. Biol. Chem., 1931,  92: 601-4.
 Also repr.—Bills, C. E., McDonald, F. G. [et al.]  Heat of com-
 bustion of activated ergosterol.  Ibid., 93:  775-85.—Castille &
 Ruppol, E.   Sur  l'activation  photochimique de l'ergosterol.
 Bull. Acad. med. Belgique,  1929, 5. ser., 9: 799-821.—Danielli.
 J. F-, & Adam, N. K.  Surface films of ergosterol and its irradi-
 ation products.   Biochem.  J., Lond., 1934, 28:  1583-91.—
 Delaplace, R.,  & Rebiere, G.   Irradiation de l'ergosterol;
 action des rayons ultraviolets du quartz et des rayons X mous.
 C. rend. Acad, sc, 1929, 188: 1169-72.—Holtz, F.  Die Photo-
 aktivierung des Ergosterins zum antirachitischen Vitamin D.
 Strahlentherapie,  1929, 34:  637.—Kisch,  E., &  Reiter,  T.
 Ueber den Einfluss  der  Wellenlangen bei der  Ergosterinbe-
 strahlung.   Deut. med.  Wschr.,  1930,   56:  2034-6.  Also
 Strahlentherapie,  1930-31,  39: 452-68.—Linsert, O.  The
 photo-chemistry of ergosterine.  In Med. in its chem.  aspects,
 Leverkusen, 1934, 2: 268-73.—Ludwig, F., & Ries,  J. von.
 Rot als Antagonist von Ultraviolett; uber Vigantolinaktivie-
 rung.  Strahlentherapie,  1929,  32:   772-5.—Marangoni,  P.
 Ricerche sui saggi chimici di riconoscimento dell'ergosterolo
 irradiato e degli olii irradiati con R. U. V.  Arch. ital. sc. farm.,
 1933, 2: 98-125.—Morrison, R. R., Peacock, P. R., &  Wright,
 S.   The action of X-radiation upon  vitamin D in activated
 ergosterol.   Biochem. J., Lond., 1928, 22: 1138-41.—Nicola.
 O. F. F. Consideraciones ffsicoquimicas sobre la transf ormacion
 f otoquimica del ergosterol en vitamina D. Rev. med. lat. amer.,
 B. Air., 1933-34, 19: 358; 479.—Reerink, E. H., &  Van Wijk, A.
 The vitamin D problem; the photochemical reactions of ergos-
 terol.  Biochem. J., Lond., 1929, 23: 1294-307.  Also Strahlen-
 therapie,  1931,  40:  728-32.—Roussel, G., &  Guilhon,  G.
 Recherches  sur  l'activation de  l'ergosterol par l'irradiation
 ultraviolette.  C. rend. Soc biol.,  1928, 99: 592-4.—Setz, P.
 Photochemische Umwandlungen der Bestrahlungsprodukte des
 Ergosterins.  Zschr.  physiol.  Chem., 1933,  215: 183-92.—
 Tixier, G.   Verification spectrographique  de l'activation  de
 l'ergosterol  sous  I'influence de  l'irradiation  par  les rayons
 ultraviolets.  Bull. sc. pharm., Par., 1929, 36: 337-9, pl. Also
 C. rend. Acad, sc, 1929, 188: 206-8.—Van  Stolk, D., Dureuil,
 E., & Heudebert.  Conditions de formation et de destruction de
 la vitamine D au cours de  l'irradiation de l'ergosterol.  Ibid.,
 1928,  187:  854-6.—Wejdling, K.   The   transformation  of
 ergosterol in ultra violet irradiation.  Acta paediat.,  Upps.,
 1931, 11: 77-80   [Discussion] 89.  ------ & Backlin, E. An
 X-ray spectroscopic study on the transformation of ergosterol
 in ultra violet  irradiation.  Acta  radiol.,  Stockh., 1930, 11:
 166-74.—Windaus, A.  The chemistry of irradiated ergosterol.
 Proc R. Soc, Lond.,  1931, ser. B,  108: 568-75.  ------  Die
 photochemischen Reaktionen,  die  sich beim Uebergang des
 Ergosterins  in  antirachitisches Vitamin  abspielen.   Sitzber.
 Preuss. Akad.  Wiss., 1937,  phys. math. KL, 104-17.  ------
 Borgeaud, P., & Brunken, J.  Die  photochemische Oxydation
 und  Dehydrierung des Ergosterins.  Nachr. Ges.  Wiss. Got-
 tingen,  1927-28, math. phys.  Klasse, 313.—Windaus, A., &
 Rygh, O.  Ueber die Ester des Ergosterins und ihr Verhalten
 bei   der  Ultraviolettbestrahlung.    Ibid.,   1929,  202-16 —
 Windaus,  A., Westphal,  K.  [et al.]   Einige Beobachtungen
 iiber die Ultraviolettbestrahlung des Ergosterins.  Ibid., 45-59.

 ----  irradiated:  Manufacture.
  Beard, H. H., Burk, R. E. [et al.]  The antirachitic activation
 of ergosterol in the absence of oxygen. J.  Biol.  Chem., 1932,
 96: 307-12.  Also repr.—Jendrassik, A.   Zur Kenntnis des
 D-Vitasterins;  Aktivierung von  Ergosterinlosungen  durch
 Bestrahlung mit naturlichem Licht.  Orsz. Kozegeszs. Int.
 kozl., Budap., 1932, 5: No.  7, 205-11.—Lucas, N.  S. The
 production of vitamin  D by irradiation of  ergosterol through
 the epidermis of a rat.  Biochem. J., Lond., 1933, 27: 132-
 5, pl.—Rider, T.  H.,  Sperti,  G. [et al.]   Selectively irradi-
 ated ergosterol; preliminary communication. J. Am. M. Ass.,
 1936, 106: 452-6.—Tixier, G.  Sur les  conditions indispensables
 pour la preparation industrielle de  la vitamine D (ergosterine
 irradiee)  Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1931, 3. ser., 105:  761-3.—
Noel, L. von, & Dannmeyer,  F.   Ueber eine  mogliche Her-
stellung von hochgradig aktivem Ergosterin (Vitamin-D) aus
Rohkaffee; vorlaufige Mitteilung.   Strahlentherapie, 1929, 32:
769-71.

----   irradiated:  Metabolic  effects.

  Gertler, K.   *Ueber Chlorid  und  Phosphat-
 Ausscheidung  nach  Vigantolgaben   [Gottingen]
23p.  8?   Dingelstadt (Eichsfeld)  1931. 
ERGOSTEROL
460
ERGOSTEROL
    Schwerdt,  R.   *Untersuchungen  iiber  den
 Lipasegehalt des Kaninchenblutes bei  Fiitterung
 grosser  Vigantoldosen   [Gottingen]    16p.    8?
 Hildesheim, 1931.
    Bauer, W., & Marble, A.  Studies on the mode of action of
 irradiated ergosterol; its effect on the calcium and phosphorus
 metabolism of individuals with  calcium  deficiency diseases.
 J. Clin. Invest., 1932, 11: 21-35.  ------  The effect of irradi-
 ated ergosterol administration  on  the formation of  bone
 trabeculae.  Ibid., 37-45.  ------ & Claflin, D.  Studies on
 the mode of action  of irradiated ergosterol; its effect on the
 calcium, phosphorus and nitrogen metabolism of normal indi-
 viduals.   Ibid., 1-19.—Bauer, W.,  Marble, A. [et  al.]  The
 effect of irradiated ergosterol on the composition of gastric and
 pancreatic juices.    Am. J. M.  Sc,  1931,  181: 399-413 —
 Bischoff, G.,  & Loeschke,  A.   Die Wirkung der  toxischen
 Komponente  des  bestrahlten Ergosterins  (Calcinosefaktors)
 auf die  Knochenphosphatase.  Zschr. Kinderh.,  1931-32, 52:
 349-57.—Bucciardi, G., & Fusaroli, P. L.  Sulla precipitazione
 di sali di calcio nei visceri dopo somministrazione di ergosterina
 irradiata.  Boll. Soc ital. biol. sper., 1934,  9: 614.—Coppo, M.
 Azione dell'ergosterina irradiata sulla mobilizazione  del calcio
 in  vitro, in funzione del pH.  Sunti  Congr.  internaz. fisiol.,
 1932,  14.  Congr.,  57.—Crispolti,  E.  La  costante  calcio-
 colesterina  dopo  il trattamento con  ergosterolo  irradiato;
 ergosterolo irradiato e ricambio colesterinico della placenta e
 del feto. Rass. ostet. gin., 1931, 40: 555-74.—De Toni,  G.
 L'azione dell'ergosterina irradiata sul fosforo del sangue in
 vitro.  Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1929, 4: 1256-61.—Fassio, L.
 L'eliminazione del fosforo per la via renale in animali  trattati
 con forti dosi di ergosterina irradiata.  Riv. clin. pediat., 1932,
 30: 609-30.—Flinn, F. B., & Smith, A. R.   Effect of viosterol
 on excretion of lead. Proc. Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y.,  1932, 30:
 367.—Freeman, S.,  & Farmer, C. J.   Correlated  studies of
 calcium, inorganic phosphorus,  and  serum  phosphatase  in
 normal animals and  in animals influenced by irradiated ergos-
 terol.  Am. J. Physiol., 1935, 113: 209-20.—Gelfan, S.  The
 effect of viosterol  upon oxygen consumption of frog's  muscle.
 Ibid.,  464-6.—Goebel, F.  [Effect of vitosterol D (irradiated
 ergosterol) on the development of young animals and assimila-
 tion of nitrogen]  Med. d6sw., 1930, 11: 124-51.—Hess, A. F.,
 Lewis, J. M., & Rivkin, H.  Irradiated ergosterol; maintenance
 of blood phosphate level in the course of development of rickets
 in  infants.  Proc.  Soc. Exp. Biol., N.  Y., 1929-30, 27: 611.—
 Heubner, W.   Studien iiber Phosphat und Kalzium  unter der
 Wirkung bestrahlten Ergosterins.  Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1932,
 62: 369-77.  Also In Festschr. f. Emil Burgi, Basel, 1932, 129-
 54.—Heymann, W.  Die Wirkung von bestrahltem Ergosterin
 und  Nebenschilddriisenhormon  auf   Gewebephosphatasen.
 Biochem. Zschr., 1930, 227: 1-5.—Jones, K. K., & Laing, G. H.
 The effect of  viosterol on the calcium content of dog's bile.
 Am. J. Physiol., 1934-35, 110: 471-6.—Kern, R., Montgomery,
 M.  F., & Still, E. U.  The effect of large doses of irradiated
 ergosterol upon nitrogen, calcium, and phosphorus metabolism
 in  rats.   J. Biol. Chem., 1931,  93: 365-80.  Also  repr —
 Marciales, I.  Sull'azione delle alte dosi di ergosterina irradiata
 nei  ratti a  dieta  normale; il comportamento del calcio nei
 polmoni e nella cute.  Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1933,  8:
 627-30.—Massaroli,  P.   Ricerche  sperimentali sull'azione
 dell'ergosterina  irradiata sui  processi ossido-riduttivi  dei
 tessuti.  Riv.  pat. sper., 1933-34, 10:  1-7.—Nitschke, A., &
 Schneider, M.  Die Einwirkung der Vergif tung mit bestrahltem
 Ergosterin auf den Grun,dumsatz von Meerschweinchen und
 Kaninchen.   Zschr.  Kinderh.,  1931-32,  52:  671-5.—Page,
 I. H., &  Reside, D. M.  Die Wirkung von  bestrahltem Ergos-
 terin auf Gewebe-Phosphatase.  Biochem. Zschr., 1930, 223:
 171-5.—Reed, C. I. Effect of heavy administration of viosterol
 on  metabolism of the rat.  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1934,
 32: 274-7.  ------Dillman, L. M. [et al.]  The calcification of
 tissues by excessive doses of irradiated ergosterol.  J. Nutrit.,
 1933, 6: 371-81.—Reed, C. I., Thacker, E. A. [et  al.]  The
 effects of irradiated  ergosterol on the metabolism  of  normal
 dogs.  Ibid.,  355-70.—Rodecurt, M.   Vigantol  und ultra-
 filtrables  Kalzium  nebst einigen vorlaufigen  kasuistischen
 Mitteilungen iiber Vigantolanwendung  in der Gynakologie.
 Zschr.  Geburtsh.  Gyn.,  1928-29,  94: 784-93.—Rossi,  V.
 II comportamento digestivo dei grassi in  soggetti  normali e
 rachitici  dopo  trattamento con dosi variabili di ergosterina
 irradiata.  Clin, pediat.,  Mod., 1930, 12:  809-19.—Shelling,
 D. H., & Asher, D. E. The relation of calcium and phosphorus
 of the diet to  the toxicity of viosterol.  Bull. Johns Hopkins
 Hosp., 1932, 50: 318-43.  ------  The comparative  effective-
 ness of viosterol and cod liver oil in protecting the body  against
 a calcium deficiency in the  diet.  Ibid., 344-56.—Simonnet,
 H.,  &  Tanret,  G.   Sur l'intoxication et sur la calcification
 pulmonaire provoquees chez le lapin par de hautes doses d'er-
 gosterol irradie. Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1931,  13: 283-
 99.—Sole,  A.   Bestrahltes  Ergosterin  und  anorganischer
 Serumphosphor.   Biochem.  Zschr.,   1931,  242:  349-65.—
 Taylor, N. B., & Weld, C. B.  The effect of irradiated ergosterol
 upon the absorption of calcium.  Tr.  R. Soc.  Canada, 1932,
 3. ser., 26: 9-12.  ------  The mobilization and excretion of
 calcium  following  overdosage   with   irradiated  ergosterol.
 Brit. J. Exp. Path.,  1932, 13: 109-27.—Thoenes, F.  Ueber
den Einfluss des D-Vitamines (Vigantol)  auf den rachitisfreien
Organismus; der Bilanzstoffwechsel.   Jahrb. Kinderh., 1929-
30,  3. F., 126:  348-51.—Walker, T. T., & Spies, T. D.  Calci-
fication following massive  doses of viosterol in acute  experi-
 mental bovine tuberculosis of guinea pigs.  Am. Rev. Tuberc,
 1931, 24: 65-71.—Warkany, J., & Wasitzky, A.  Experimentelle
 Untersuchungen iiber die Ausscheidung  von Kalk, Phosphor
 und Kohlensaure nach Verabreichung von grossen Vigantoldo-
 sen.  Zschr. Kinderh.,  1932,  53: 171.—Watchorn,  E.   The
 absorption and excretion  of calcium and phosphorus by rats
 receiving excessive doses  of irradiated ergosterol.  Biochem.
 J., Lond., 1930,  24: 631-40.—Weld, C.  B., &  Sykes,  J. F.
 The effect of irradiated ergosterol on  calcium and phosphorus
 retention in children.  Tr. R. Soc Canada, 1932, 3. ser., 26:
 81-8.

 ----   irradiated: Pharmacology.

   See also subheading Poisoning.
   Fink, K.   *Beeinfiusst  bestrahltes Ergosterin
 die Sprossfahigkeit von Hefezellen?   [Tubingen]
 21p.   8?   Bottrop, 1935.
   Huguenin,  J.   Contribution  a  l'etude de
 Taction anti-rachitique des substances  irradiees;
 l'ergosterol irradie\   91p.   8?   Par., 1928.
   Prieur, J.   Contribution a l'etude de Taction
 de  I'ergosterine  irradiee  dans le  traitement du
 rachitisme et de la tetanie.  lOlp.  8?  Par., 1929.
   Sander,  H.   *Ueber Epithelwachstum unter
 Ergosterineinwirkung.   p. 190-200.    8?    Tub.,
 1933, 289.
   Also Virchows Arch., 1933, 289.

   Seiss, K.   *Die allgemeine  pharmakologische
 Wirkung des   Vigantol unter  Ausschluss seiner
 spezifischen   Wirkung  (als   D-Vitamin)    48p.
 21cm.   Jena,  1938.
   Stocke,  W.    *Experimentelle  und  klinische
 Untersuchungen  iiber  die  Wirkungen der  mit
 ultravioletten  Strahlen  bestrahlten  Milch  be-
 ziehungsweise  des  bestrahlten  Ergosterins   (Vi-
 gantol)   [Munster]   8?   Coburg,  1930.
   Asher, D. W., & Jones, J. H.  Effect of irradiated ergosterol
 after the removal of the parathyroid glands from rats. J. Biol.
 Chem.,  1933, 100: 333-41.—Bauer, W.,  & Marble, A.  Pre-
 liminary note on  the mode of action of irradiated ergosterol.
 N. England  J.  M.,  1929, 201:  809-11.—Behrendt, H., &
 Berberich, J.  Experimenteller Beitrag zur Vigantolwirkung.
 Munch, med. Wschr., 1928, 75:  2134.—Bond, C. J.  On the
 mode of action of irradiated ergosterol upon the myelin forms
 of lecithin.  Lancet,  Lond., 1929, 2: 328.—Branion,  H. D., &
 Kay, H. D. A study of the action of irradiated ergosterol and of
 its relationship to  parathyroid function.  Canad. M. Ass. J.,
 1931, 24: 763; 25: 20.—Caltabiano,  D.  Ueber  die  Hapten-
 kapazitat des  mit ultravioletten  Strahlen  bestrahlten Ergo-
 sterins.   Zschr.  Immunforsch.,  1939, 95:  260-7.—Cartland,
 G. F., Speer, J. H., & Heyl, F. W.  Effects of excessive doses of
 irradiated ergosterol in growing  rats and dogs.  J. Pharm,
 Exp. Ther., 1929, 36: 619-28.—Centanni, G.   La funzione
 riproduttiva  sotto  l'influenza  dell'ergosterina  iperdosata.
 Arch, ostet. gin.,  1930, 2. ser., 17: 586-94.—Climenko, D. R.
 Studies on the Arneth count; the deflection of the  count by
 irradiated ergosterol.  Q.  J- Exp. Physiol., Lond.,  1930, 20:
 193-9.—Cornel, M.  Azione  e meccanismo d'azione di dosi
 eccessive d'ergosterolo irradiato  suH'insufncenza paratiroidea
 sperimentale.  Arch, fisiol., Fir.,  1930-31,  29: 123-44.   Also
 Arch. ital. biol.,  1930-31, 84: 118-26.—Coppens, P. A., &
 Metz,  G. A.  Untersuchungen  iiber  die  Verteilung des be-
 strahlten Ergosterins (D-Vitamins)  im Tierorganismus  nach
 Verabreichung per os. Arch, neerl. physiol., 1933,18:407-15.—
 Dolfini, G. Influenza dell'ergosterina irradiata e dello stronzio
 sullo sviluppo scheletrico del feto. Riv. pat. sper., 1931-32, 7:
 255-73, 5 pl. ------& Robuschi, L.  Ergosterina irradiata e
 osteopatia  rachitiforme da stronzio.   Biochim. ter.  sper.,
 1931, 18: 218-41, 4 pl—Doxiades, L., & Uhse, W.  Ueber die
 Einwirkungen des  bestrahlten Ergosterins auf den Kreislauf.
 Zschr. Kinderh.,  1933, 55: 137-51.—Eufinger, H., Wiesbader.
 H., & Focsaneanu, L.  Tierexperimentelle Studien zur Vigantol-
 prophylaxe.  Klin. Wschr., 1929, 8: 826-8.—Fabre, R., &
 Simonnet, H.  Quelques considerations sur l'essai de verifica-
 tion  de Tactivite  de l'ergosterol irradie.  J.  pharm. chim.,
 Par., 1929, 8.  ser., 9: 331-8.—Fraschini, P.  Ricerche speri-
 mentali sull'azione dell'ergosterina irradiata.  Boll. Soc.  med.
chir., Pavia, 1931, 45: 655-60.—Fraser,  A. C.   Influence de
l'ergosterol irradie sur les globules blancs du sang chez le lapin.
 C. rend. Soc. biol., 1930,  103: 461.—Frontali, G.   Influenza
 dei raggi ultravioletti e dell'ergosterina irradiata sul siero di
 sangue  normale.   Riv.  clin.  pediat.,  1929,  27: 699-710.—
 Gelli, G. Influenza dell'ergosterina irradiata lipo- ed idrosolubile
sulle larve di  bufo vulgaris.  Biochim. ter. sper., 1934, 21:
 204-7.—Ghirardi, G. E.  Sull'azione biologia dell'ergosterolo
 irradiato.   Ibid.,  1929,  16: 241-53.—Goebel, F.   Influence
de I'ergosterine activee sur le developpement des jeunes ani-
 maux.   C.  rend.  Soc. biol., 1929,  100: 1155.—Handovsky, H.
 Zur pharmakologischen Klassifizierung des bestrahlten  Ergo-
sterins.  Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1931,159:383-6.—Heubner, W.
 Antirachitische und Arterienwirkung bestrahlten Ergosterins. 
ERGOSTEROL
461
ERGOSTEROL
Klin. Wschr., 1929, 7: 407.—Hess, A. F. The action of irradi-
ated ergosterol and of irradiated foods.  Tr. Ass. Am. Physi-
cians,  1931, 46: 173-81. ------& Supplee, G. C.  The action
of irradiated ergosterol on rats and chickens.  Proc. Soc Exp.
Biol.,  N. Y., 1929-30, 27: 609.—Hess, A. F., Weinstock, M., &
Rivkin, H.  Effect of thvroparathyroidectomy on the action of
irradiated  ergosterol.   Ibid., 1928-29,  26: 555.—Ioffe, S. G.
[Effect of  irradiated  ergosterin  on dental  tissues]  Sovet.
stomat., 1931,  9:  35-9.—Jampolis,  M., &  Witt, D. B.   The
effect  of irradiated ergosterol  on calcification of tubercles in
experimental tuberculosis.  Am. J. M. Sc, 1933, 185: 338-46.—
Jones, J. H., Rapoport, M., & Hodes, H. L.  The effect of
irradiated   ergosterol  on  thyroparathyroidectomized  dogs.
J. Biol. Chem., 1930, 86: 267-83. Also repr.—Krauss, W. E., &
Bethke, R. M.  Effect on  the  vitamin D content of  milk of
feeding irradiated ergosterol to cows.   Proc  Am. Soc. Biol.
Chem., 1931, 7: No. 6, 10.—Lesne, E., Dubois, R-, & Simonnet,
H.  Influence de l'ergosterol irradie sur la tetanie consecutive
a la parathyroidectomie chez  le lapin.  C. rend.  Soc.  biol.,
1931,  108: 441-3.  Also J. physiol. path, gen., 1932, 30: 65-74,
tab.—Loewy, A.. & Gruninger, W. Ueber die Wirkung langerer
Vigantol- beziehungsweise  Vigantol- und  Kalziumzufuhr auf
gesunde und tuberkulose  Tiere.  Zschr. Tuberk.,  1931, 61:
317-34.—McQuarrie, I., Thompson, W. H. [et al.]   The anti-
rachitic potency of ergosterol activated by low velocity elec-
trons.  J.  Pediat., S. Louis,  1937,  10: 295-316.—Marx, G.
L'azione dei preparati di ergosterina irradiata sulla formazione
del callo osseo.  Rinasc. med.,  1930,  7: 138-40.—Massengale,
O. N., & Nussmeier, M.  The action of activated ergosterol in
the chicken; the prevention of leg weakness.  J. Biol. Chem.,
1930,  87: 423-6.  Also repr.—Mattioli, M.  Ricerche sull'azione
antir'achitica della radiosterina (Erba)  e dell'olio di fegato di
merluzzo.   Boll. Soc ital. biol. sper.,  1931, 6: 63; 65; 59,  diag.,
pl —Montgomery, B. E.  The bactericidal power of viosterol.
Proc  Soc.  Exp. Biol., N.  Y., 1930-31, 28:  481.—Morelle, J.
Etude radiographique de I'influence de l'ergosterol irradie sur
la reconsolidation des fractures experimentales. Ann. Soc. sc
Bruxelles  (1929)  1930, 49: ser. C,  203-5.—Morgan, A. F.,
Kimmel, L. [et al.]  The effects of moderate doses of viosterol
and of parathyroid extract upon rats.  J. Biol. Chem., 1934,
106: 531-44.  Also repr.—Morgan, A. F., & Samisch,  Z.  Tbe
sequence and extent of tissue changes resulting from moderate
doses of viosterol and parathyroid extract.   Ibid., 1935, 108:
741-52. Also repr.  Also Proc. Am. Soc. Biol. Chem., 1933-34,
8: p.  lxiv.—Nahmmacher, H.   Der Einfluss des D-Vitamins
auf die Entwicklung des Neugeborenen, nach Darreichung von
Vigantol an dieses selbst, die Wochnerin  und die werdende
Mutter.   Arch. Gyn.,  Berl.,  1930,  142:  618-48.-----r
Was ergibt die kindliche  Gewichtskurve nach Vlgantoldarrei-
chung an  Sauglinge,  Wochnerinnen und Schwangere?  Zschr.
Kinderh.,   1930, 49:  454-60.—Niekerk, J.  van,  &  Everse,
J W  R.  Tierexperimentelle Untersuchungen uber bestrahltes
Ergosterin.  Strahlentherapie, 1931,40:  733-8.—Pappenheimer,
A. M. The antirachitic action of cod  liver oil and  irradiated
ergosterol  in parathyroidectomized and thymectomized rats.
J. Exp. M., 1930, 52: 805-12.—Pires  de Lima, A.  Influence
de l'ergosterol irradiee sur la germination du seigle.   C. rend.
Soc.  biol.,  1930,  105:  496.—Polettini, B.   Formazione di
tumori nei topo bianco in   seguito a trattamento con ergosterin
irradiata.   Tumori,  Milano,   1938,  24:  101-13,  pl.—Reed,
C. I., & Thacker, E. A.  The effect  of intravenous  and intra-
peritoneal injections of irradiated ergosterol.  Am. J. Physiol.,
1931   96:  21-7.—Rodriguez  Sarabia, L.,  &  de  Velasco  y
Castellanos, R.   Acci6n  fisiologica  del vitaesterol  D.   Kev.
med.  cir.  Habana,  1934,  39:  297-300—Rossi, V.   L azione
eutrofica della ergosterina irradiata e la profilassi antirachltica.
Clin,  igiene inf.,  1930, 5: 493-518.—Russell, W. C., Taylor,
M  W  & Wilcox, D. E.  The fate of the antirachitic factor in
the chicken; the distribution  of the factor  from cod  liver oil
and from irradiated ergosterol in certain tissues of the  chicken.
J. Biol. Chem., 1934, 105:  p. lxxiv.—Sanford, H. N., & Crane,
M. The polymorphonuclear count in the new-born; deflection
by viosterol.  Am. J. Dis. Child., 1931, 41: 528-31 -Schaal, G.
Die Beeinflussung der Vigantolwirkung durch Schilddrusen-
praparate.   Zschr. Kinderh.,  1934, 56: 55-60— Schaferstein,
S I  [Prophylactic and therapeutic effect of various  prepara-
tions  of irradiated ergosterol (vigantol, radiostol and praefor-
min)]  Vrach. delo, 1931,  14:  1287-300.  Also Acta  poediat.,
Upps., 1931-32, 12:  186-220.-Schmid, H. O. Die Wirkung
bestrahlten Ergosterins und verwandter Stoffe auf Epitrielge-
webe.  Zschr. Krebsforsch., 1936-37, 45: 335-46—Schoenholz,
L.  Experimentelle Untersuchungen mit Vigantol an trachtlgen
Ratten.   Klin.  Wschr.,  1929, 8:   1257-9.—Schultz, O  &
Meyer  W. Ueber die Parallelitat zwischen antlrachitischem
und toxischem Faktor in bestrahltem  Ergosterin; ein Beitrag
zur Standardisierung des Vitamin D.  Ibid., 1930, 9: 1361 —
Simonnet,  H., & Tanret,  G.   Recherches  experimentales sur
Taction de l'ergosterol irradie.  Presse mid.,  1961,,39: 96*-4 —
Smith, M. I., & Elvolve, E. The actionl of irradiated ergosterol
in the rabbit.  Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1929, 44: 1245-56 -
Sceur, R.   De l'effet de l'ergosterol irradi| sur  1 os.  Arch.
internat. med. exp., Liege, 1930-31 6: 365-86.-Spies, J-W., &
Lyman, G. P.  The intraperitoneal administration of viosterol
in mice. Am. J. Physiol., 1932,102: 527-33,,-Steenbock H. &
Kletzien S. W. F.  The reaction of the chicken to irradiated
ergosterol and irradiated yeast as contrasted with the natural
vitamin D  on fish liver oils.  J. Biol. Chem., 1932, 97: 249-64.
Also  repr.—Stenstrom, N.  The appearance of  the electro-
cardioTam in white mice and rabbits treated with vigantol.
Acta  pasdiat.,  Upps.,  1930-31,  10:  577-89.—Tavares,  A.
Action de I'ergosterine irradiee sur la muqueuse gastrique.
C. rend. Soc. biol., 1932,  109: 486.—Taylor, N. B.f & Sykes,
J. F.  The relation of the parathyroid  glands to the action of
irradiated  ergosterol.   Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1934,  116: ser. B,
10-26.—Taylor, N. B., & Weld. C. B.  The administration of
irradiated  ergosterol to dogs with biliary fistulae. Sunti Congr.
internaz.  fisiol., 1932, 14. Congr., 249-51.  ------ & Sykes,
J. F.  The administration of irradiated ergosterol to dogs with
biliary fistulae.  Tr. R. Soc Canada, 1932, 3. ser., 26: 29-31 —
Vitali,  T.    Influenza dell'ergosterina irradiata  sul  quadro
ematologico nei ratto.  Pathologica, Genova, 1934, 26: 274-7.—
Warkany,  J.  Ueber die Wirkungsweise des bestrahlten Ergo-
sterins.  Klin. Wschr., 1930, 9: 63-5.  Also Wien. klin. Wschr.,
1932, 45:  206-8.—Windaus,  A.  Einige  weitere Erfahrungen
iiber das bestrahlte Ergosterin.  Nachr. Ges. Wiss. Gottingen,
1930, math. phys.  Klasse,  36-57.—Wiskott, A.  Paradox
erscheinendes Verhalten  normaler  Tierknochen  auf  Verfiit-
terung von  bestrahltem Ergosterin.  Zschr.  Kinderh., 1930,
49: 79-89.—Zimbler, I., Neustadt,  M., & Begam, L.  Einige
klinische Beobachtungen iiber die therapeutische Wirkung des
bestrahlten Ergosterins.  Mschr. Kinderh., 1931, 49: 272-99.

----   irradiated: Poisoning.
   See also Vitamin D, Poisoning.
   Billig, E.   *Ungewohnliche  Glomerulusver-
anderungen bei einem mit bestrahltem Ergosterin
vergifteten  Kaninchen.   p.717-22.    8?   Gott.,
1930.
   Also Beitr. path. Anat., 1930, 85.
   Junck, A.  *Die Uebertragung des Vigantolge-
fiisschadens vom miitterlichen auf den kindlichen
Organismus im Tierexperiment  [Leipzig]  p.265-
81.   8?   Berl., 1932.
   Also Virchows Arch., 1932, 283.
   Katerbatj,  G.   *Knochenschadigungen durch
Vigantol?  [Berlin]   20p.   8?  Liebau, 1932.
   Also Deut. med. Wschr., 1931, 57: 2104.
   Laas,  E.   *Die  Anfange der Vigantolschadi-
gung beim   Kaninchen   [Tubingen]   p.346-64.
8?   Berl., 1930.
   Also Virchows Arch., 1930, 278:
   Mayer, L. [S.]  *Vergleichende Versuche iiber
Zeitpunkt   und  Art  der  Schadigungen  durch
Vigantol bei normalen  und experimentell rachiti-
schen Albino-Ratten.   15p.   8?    Munch., 1930.
   Schiff [G.]  A.  [H.]    *Die  durch  Vigantol
erzeugbaren Gefasswandveranderungen und  ihre
Ruckbildungsfahigkeit im  Tierversuch.   p.62-83.
8?   Lpz., 1931.
   Also Virchows Arch., 1930, 278:
   Wenzel,   H.   *Ueber  experimentelle  Gefass-
veranderungen beim Kaninchen durch bestrahltes
Ergosterin   [Gottingen]  35p.  8?   Lpz.,  1928.
   Windolph,  A.   *Die   Beeinflussung der  Vi-
gantolvergiftung durch Glukonsaure  [Erlangen]
23p.  8?  Lippstadt,  1931.
   Archangelsky, V., & Herzenberg,  H.  Ueber die Moglich-
keit einer Kataraktbildung bei Ueberdosierung mit bestrahltem
Ergosterin.  Beitr. path. Anat., 1930, 85: 714-6.—Bamberger,
P.  Zur Frage der Vigantolschaden.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1929,
55: 399.—Bernheim-Karrer, J.,  & Zaruski,  G.  Ueber Pig-
mentierung der  Haut  nach  Vigantoldarreichung.   Mschr.
Kinderh.,   1929, 42: 24-7.—Bills,  C. E.,  &  Wirick, A.  M.
Long time feeding  experiments with activated ergosterol.
J. Biol.  Chem.,  1930,  86:  117-28.—Boiler, R.   Ein  Bei-
trag zur Wirkung des  bestrahlten Ergosterins.   Wien. med.
Wschr., 1930,  80: 304-6.—Borghi, B.  Ricerche  sperimentali
sugli  effetti dell'ergosterina  irradiata somministrata ad alte
dosi.  Biochim. ter.  sper., 1929, 16: 113-9.—Brand, T. von,
& Holtz, F.  Ueber die lokale  Gewebsverkalkung nach sub-
cutaner Zufuhr von bestrahltem Ergosterin.   Zschr.  phy-
siol. Chem., 1931, 195: 241-7,  2 pl.— Briasco, G.  Influenza
delle  dosi eccessive di vitamina D (ergosterina irradiata) sullo
sviluppo  dell'apparato  dentario.  Stomatologia, Roma, 1932,
30- 505-21 —Burghard, V.  Hat die starke Ueberdosierung des
heutigen Vigantols Folgen?  Arch. Kinderh., 1936, 108: 246 —
Casati, A.  Ricerche sperimentali sul potere radiante del sangue
nell'ergosterismo.  Radiobiologia, Venez.,  1932-33, 1: 7-11.—-
Cornel, M. Ricerche sull'azione di dosi eccessive di ergosterolo
irradiato in animali  normali e rachitici.  Biochim. ter. sper.,
1929  16:  81-95,  4 pl.  ------   Ergosterismo in  cuccioli
allattati dalla  madre trattata con dosi eccessive di ergosterolo
irradiato.   Arch. Ist. biochim. ital., 1930, 2: 481-92.   Also
Boll.  Soc.  ital. biol. sper., 1930, 5: 738-40.—Coccheri, P., &
Rossi, G.   Ricerche sperimentali sulla cosi detta ipervitaminosi
D- rapporti fra ergosterina  irradiata e vitamine idrosolubili. 
ERGOSTEROL
462
ERGOSTEROL
 Biochem. ter. sper., 1931, 18: 408-20, 7 pl.—Cowdry, E. V., &
 Rector, L. E.  Effect of viosterol on the parathyroids and kid-
 neys of rats.  Proc. Soc. Exp.  Biol.,  N.  Y.,  1936, 34: 795 —
 Cowdry, E.  V., & Scott,  G. H.  Effect on monkeys of small
 doses of a concentrated preparation of viosterol.  Arch. Path.,
 Chic,  1936, 22:  1-23.—Demole, V.  Activite et  toxicite de
 l'ergosterol  irradie.  Liege  m6d.,  1930,  23:  430-4.—Dixon,
 W. E., & Hoyle, J. C.  The effects of irradiated ergosterol in
 large  doses.  Brit. M. J.,  1928, 2:  832-5.—Duguid, J. B.,
 Duggan, M. M., & Gough, J. The toxicity of irradiated ergos-
 terol.  J. Path. Bact,, Edinb., 1930, 33: 353; 1932, 35: 209 —
 Fischl, R., & Epstein, B.  Schwere Schadigungen von Kaninchen
 durch Vigantol. Med. Klin., Berl., 1929, 25: 21-4.—Garelly, R.
 Algunas consideraciones sobre la posible  acci6n toxica de las
 substancias  irradiadas  en terapeutica infantil. Arch, espafi.
 pediat., 1930, 14:  321-35.—Goebel, F.  [Toxicity of vitasterol,
 D]  Polska gaz. lek., 1931, 10: 77.  Also J. physiol. path, gen.,
 1932,  30:  379—Gottche,  O., & Kellner, B.   Die Toxizitat
 einiger Ergosterinpraparate.  Arch. Kinderh., 1931, 94: 129-
 45.   ------  Knochenveranderungen bei  Photoergosterin-
 toxikose.   Ibid., 1932, 97: 76.   Also Magy. rontg. kozl., 1932,
 6: 1-16.—Gordon, M.  B., & Lieberman,  H.  Idiosyncrasy to
 viosterol.  Am. J.  M. Sc, 1932, 183: 784-95.—Guest, G. M., &
 Rapoport, S.  Effects of overdosage of irradiated ergosterol in
 rabbits; changes of diphosphoglvceric acid in the blood cells.
 J. Biol. Chem., 1938, 124: 599-607.—Haendel, M., & Malet, J.
 Sobre la intoxicacion ergoesterinica.   An.  Fac. med., Montev.,
 1929,  14:  368-400.  Also Rev.  As.  med. argent., 1929, 42:
 295-324.   Also Virchows Arch., 1930,  256:  1-13.—Harris,
 L. J., & Moore, T.  Hypervitaminosis and  vitamin balance;
 the specificity of vitamin D in irradiated  ergosterol poisoning.
 Biochem. J., Lond., 1929,  23:  261-7.—Harris, R. S., Ross,
 B. D., &  Bunker, J. W. M.  Histological study of hyper-
 vitaminosis D; the relative toxicity of the vitamin D of irradi-
 ated ergosterol and tuna liver oil. Am. J. Digest. Dis., 1939-40,
 6:  81-3.—Hermann,  S.   Ausnahmsweise   Vertriiglichkeit
 grosser und  lange  Zeit dargereichter Vigantolgaben bei einer
 Katze.  Arch.  exp. Path., Berl., 1933, 171:  756-8.—Herzen-
 berg,  H.   Ueber  Vigantolschaden.   Med.  Welt,  1930,  4:
 668-70.—Heubner, W.  Beobachtungen  iiber die toxische
 Wirkung des Vitasterins auf die Arterien.  Beitr. path. Anat.,
 1930,  84: 559-70.  ------   Studien  zur  Toxikologie der Be-
 strahlungsprodukte des  Ergosterins.   Nachr.  Ges.  Wiss.
 Gottingen,  1930, math. phys. Klasse, 149-63.—Holtz, F., &
 Brand, T. von.  Ueber einige Organveranderungen durch grosse
 Vigantolgaben bei der  Ratte.  Zschr. physiol. Chem., 1929,
 181: 227-33, 3 pl.—Hoyle, J. C.  Further observations on the
 toxic effects of irradiated ergosterol.  J.  Pharm. Exp.  Ther.,
 1930, 39: 351-72.------& Buckland, H.   Further observa-
 tions  on  the effects of large doses  of irradiated  ergosterol.
 Biochem. J., Lond., 1929,  23: 558-65—Httckel, R.,  & Wenzel.
 H. Ueber Veranderungen im Tierkorper durch Vergiftung mit
 bestrahltem  Ergosterin, insbesondere iiber Veranderungen der
 Arterien.   Verh. Deut. Ges. Kreislaufforsch.,  1929,  pt 2, 57-62
 [Discussion]  62.—Jones, J. H., & Robson. G. M.   The effect
 of large doses of irradiated ergosterol upon the ash content of
 the femora of young and adult rats.  J. Biol. Chem., 1931, 91:
 43-56.  Also repr.  ------  The effect of overdoses of irradiated
 ergosterol, administered for approximately 2 months,  on the
 composition  and  structure of  the  bones of  rats.   Am.  J.
 Physiol., 1933,  103: 338-50.—Kellner, B.  Die Veranderungen
 weisser Ratten  bei Vergiftung mit  bestrahltem Ergosterin.
 Virchows Arch.,  1933,  288:  491-526.—King, E. J., & Hall,
 G. E.   Hypervitaminose  bei  Hiihnern.   Biochem.  Zschr.,
 1930,  229:  315-22.—Klausner-Cronheim, I.  Nierenschadi-
 gungen durch Vigantol.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1930, 56: 1566.—
 Klein, I. J.  Effects of  massive  doses of irradiated  ergosterol;
 preliminary report.  J.  Am. M. Ass., 1929,  92: 621.—Krainz,
 W.  Veranderungen des Schlafebeins der  Ratte bei Vigantol-
 vergiftung.   Mschr.  Ohrenh.,  1936,  70: 6-13.—Kreitmair,
 H., & Hintzelmann, U.  Ueber sklerotische  Organverande-
 rungen, insonderheit der  Arterien; Versuche mit aktiviertem
 Ergosterin.  Arch.  exp. Path., Lpz., 1928, 137: 203-14.—Loren-
 zini, G.  L'ergosterismo.  Med.  nuova, 1931, 22: 27-35.  Also
 Rass.  clin. sc, 1931, 9: 11-5.—Michelazzi, L.  Sur Taction
 toxique et  calcifiante de l'ergosterol irradie.  Arch. ital. biol.,
 1930-31, 84: 111-7. Also Riv.  pat. sper., 1930, 5: 505-21.—
 Ochsenius, K. Idiosynkrasie gegen Vigantol.   Mschr. Kinderh.,
 1929, 43: 58.—Putschar,  W.  Ueber Vigantolschadigung der
 Niere bei einem Kinde.  Zschr. Kinderh.,  1929, 48: 269-81.—
 Raab, H., & Cohn,  B. N.  E.  Knochenveranderungen bei
 Vigantol-Vergiftung.  Frankf. Zschr. Path., 1934, 47: 152-8.—
 Reed, C. I.   Symptoms of viosterol overdosage in human sub-
 jects.   J. Am.  M. Ass., 1934,  102: 1745-8.  Also  repr —
 Scalzitti, M.  Influenza delle  dosi  eccessive di vitamina D
 (ergosterina irradiata) sull'apparato  uditivo.   Valsalva, 1935,
 11: 85-93.—Schieblich, M.   Beitrag  zur  Frage der Toxizitat
 bestrahlter Ergosterinpraparate.  Klin. Wschr.,  1930, 9: 890.—
 Schmidtmann, M.   Die durch Vigantol im Tierexperiment er-
 zeugbaren  Knochenveranderungen.   Ibid.,  1931,  280: 1-17.
 Also Verh. Deut.  path. Ges.,  1931,  26:  320-9  [Discussion]
 330.—Schretter, G., & Haslhofer, L.  Ein Beitrag zur  Patho-
 genese der Vigantolvergiftung.  Zschr. ges.  exp. Med., 1931,
 76: 352-61.—Shelling, D. H.  Relation of calcium  and phos-
 phorus of diet to toxicity  of viosterol.  Proc Soc.  Exp. Biol.,
 N. Y.,  1930-31, 28: 298-301.—Shohl, A. T.,  Goldblatt, H.,
 &  Brown, H. B.   The  pathological effects  upon rats of ex-
cess  irradiated  ergosterol.   J. Clin.  Invest.,  1930, 8:  505-
31.  Also repr.—Simonnet,  H., &  Tanret,  G.  Au sujet  de
 la  toxicite de  l'ergosterol irradie.  C.  rend.  Soc. biol., 1929,
 100: 548-50.   Also Presse  med.,  1929,  37:  468.------
 Sur la toxicite pour  les  animaux de  laboratoire  de  hautes
 doses d'ergosterol irradie.  Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1930,
 12: 371-94.   Also  C.  rend.  Acad, sc,  1930, 190:  400-2.
 ------  Sur la calcification  du poumon,  chez  le  lapin sain
 ou  tuberculeux, par  de  hautes doses  d'ergosterol  irradie.
 Ibid.,  1526-9.   ------   Sur Taction calcifiante et sur Tac-
 tion  toxique,  chez  Tanimal,  de  hautes  doses  d'ergosterol
 irradie; tentative de separation des 2  actions.  Ibid., 1931,
 192: 586-8.—Spies, T.  D.  Production  of nonfatal vascular
 sclerosis in rabbits by means of viosterol (irradiated ergosterol)
 Arch.  Int. M., 1932, 50: 443.  Also repr.—Sweeney,  M., &
 Smith, E.  Calcification  of arteries in rats fed viosterol.  Proc.
 Soc Exp. Biol.,  N. Y.,  1929-30,  27: 866.—Tammann, H.
 Morphologische  und  chemische  Untersuchungen  iiber  die
 Vitasterinschadigung.  Mitt. Grenzgeb. Med. Chir., 1930-31,
 42:  630.—Tavares,  A.   Sur Taction toxique de I'ergosterine
 irradiee.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929,  102:  240-2.—Tixier, G.
 Recherches  experimentales  sur la  toxicite de l'ergosterol
 irradie.  Bull.  Soc.  chim. biol.,  Par.,  1932,  14: 896—Vara-
 Lopez,  R.  Contribucion  al  estudio de la intoxicaci6n con
 vigantol; trabajo experimental.  Arch, med., Madr., 1930, 33:
 131-4.—Weinmann,  J.   Experimentelle Untersuchung  iiber
 die Wirkung grosser Dosen Vigantol auf Knochen und  Zahne.
 Klin. Wschr., 1929,  8: 841.—Wenzel, H.   Ueber sklerotische
 Organveranderungen, insonderheit der  Arterien; iiber experi-
 mentelle  Gefassveranderungen  beim  Kaninchen durch be-
 strahltes Ergosterin.  Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1928, 137: 215-49.

 ----   irradiated:   Potency,   purification,   and
   standardization.

   Cohn, H.   *Ueber die Frage der  Konservierung
 von Vitasterin in anderen Vehikeln als Oel.   lOp.
 8?   Greifsw., 1931.
   Naser,  H.   *Versuche zur  Wertbestimmung
 bestrahlten  Ergosterins    [Tubingen]    16p.   8?
 Berl.,  1929.
   Also Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1930, 158: 201-10.
   Basu,  N. K.  Foundation of a  biochemical method of
 standardizing vitamin  D or irradiated ergosterol. Ind. J. M.
 Res., 1934, 22:  199-202.—Bergami, G.   Vitamina D ed ergo-
 sterolo irradiato.  Arch.  sc. biol., Bologna, 1933, 19:  204-26.—
 Bosanyi,  A.    Comparative  potencies  of  various  irradiated
 ergosterols in the treatment of rickets  and skeletal defects.
 Med. Press  &  Circ, Lond., 1931,  131: 511-3.—Dalmer, O.,
 Werder, F. von, & Moll, T. Beitrag zum biologischen Vergleich
 des Vitamins D aus Fischleberolen mit dem aus bestrahltem
 Ergosterin.   Zschr.  physiol. Chem.,  1934,  224:  86-96 —
 Englund,  G.   Untersuchung  uber  die Haltbarkeit des  von
 Prof. A. Windaus durch  ultraviolette Bestrahlung von Ergo-
 sterin erhalteten Vitamins D.  Upsala lak.  foren. forh., 1934,
 39: 293-306.—Epstein,  S. F.  [Methods of obtaining  active
 preparations of vitamin D from irradiated ergosterol]  Vrach.
 delo, 1929, Acta medica (Suppl.) 12:  65-72.—Fabre,  R., &
 Simonnet, H.   Etude comparative de la valeur  de  l'essai
 biologique et de l'essai  physique de  l'ergosterol irradie.  C.
rend. Acad, sc,  1929, 188: 424-6.—Holmes, A. D. Are vitamin
 D and  irradiated  ergosterol identical?   N. England  J.  M.,
 1931, 204:  211-4.—Hottinger,  A.   Untersuchungen  iiber
bestrahltes Ergosterin; Stoffwechselversuche  zur Ermittlung
der biologischen Wirkungsweise.  Zschr.  Kinderh.,  1929, 47:
341-71.—Koch, E. M., & Koch, F. C.  Provitamin D potency
of some sterol derivatives.  J. Biol. Chem.,  1936, 116: 757-68.
Also repr.  ------ & Ragins, I. K.  Fractionation studies on
provitamin D.  Ibid., 1929-30, 85: 141-58.   Also repr.—Natel-
son, S., & Sobel, A.  E.  A new method for the separation of
sterols  from vitamin  D-containing materials.  J. Biol. Chem.,
 1935, 109: 687-94.—Niekerk, J. van, & Everse, J. W. R.  Zur
Technik der  physiologischen Wertbestimmung  von Ergoste-
rinpraparaten.   Biochem. Zschr., 1929,  215:  85-90.—Penau,
 H., & Hardy, Z. Etude du complexe digitonoside-ergosterol.
Bull. Soc. chim. biol.,  Par., 11: 437-42.—Rodriguez Sarabia,
L., & Velasco y Castellanos, R. de.  Origen del  vitaesterol D.
 Cr6n. m6d.  quir.  Habana, 1934, 60:  49.—Rygh,  O.   Non-
 identity of vitamin  D2  (irradiated ergosterol, calciferol) and
 the natural vitamin D from cod liver oil.  Nature, Lond., 1935,
 136: 397.—Scheers, E.   Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber
 die Bedeutung  der phosphatamischen Kurve zur Wertbestim-
 mung bestrahlter Ergosterinpraparate.  Zschr. ges. exp. Med.,
 1936-37, 100: 233-40.—Schultz, O., & Meyer, W.  Ueber die
 Parallelitat zwischen antirachitischem und  toxischem Faktor
 in bestrahltem Ergosterin; ein Beitrag zur Standardisierung des
 Vitamin-D.   Zschr.  Kinderh., 1930, 50:  84-95.—Tixier, G.
 Procede pratique  de dosage  en unites antirachitique  de la
vitamine D (ergosterol irradie)  Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1931,
3. ser., 106: 93-6.—Warkany, J.  Ueber ein  neues Prinzip zum
 biologischen  Nachweis   des  bestrahlten  Ergosterins.    Klin.
Wschr., 1930, 9: 2152.—Windaus, A., & Auhagen, E.  Vergeb-
liche Versuche  zur Abtrennung des antirachitischen  vom toxi-
schen  Faktor  in  Bestrahlungsprodukten  des  Ergosterins.
Zschr. physiol.  Chem., 1931, 197: 167; 202: 246.

 ----   irradiated:  Preparations.
   Brougher, J. C. The value of acterol (irradiated ergosterol)
in the treatment of thyroparathyroidectomized dogs. Am. J. 
ERGOSTEROL                                  463                                 ERGOSTEROL
 Physiol., 1928, 86: 538-41.—Gj^rup, E.  [Irradiated ergosterol
 preparations]   Ugeskr.  lager,  1931,   93:   147-54.—Knud-
 son,  A., &  Moore, C.  N.  Comparison  of  the antirachitic
 potency >>f ergosterol  irradiated  by ultra-violet  light and by
 exposure to  cathode rays.  J.  Biol. Chem., 1928, 78: p. xix-
 xxi.—Laquer, F.  Ueber die  angebliche Ungiftigkeit filtriert
 bestrahlter  Ergosterinpraparate.   Klin.  Wschr.,  1931,  10:
 1072-4.—Natelson, S., Sobel,  A. E., &  Kramer, B.  Salts of
 ergosteryl  sulfate: preparation and  antirachitic activity on
 irradiation in aqueous medium.   J.  Biol. Chem.,  1934,  105:
 761-5.  Also repr.—Plank, G. M.  van der  [Vigantol, a new
 vitamin D preparation]  Tschr.  diergeneesk.,  1928,  55: 236-
 41.—Prather, E. O., Nelson, M., & Bliss, A. R.  Viosterol and
 cod liver oil; comparative observations.  Am. J. Dis. Child.,
 1931, 42:  52-6.  Also repr.—Rohmer,  P., Woringer, P., &
 Amdersson,  Resultats therapeutiques obtenus avec differentes
 preparations d'ergosterol irradie.  Strasbourg med., 1928,  88:
 pt 2, 357-9.

 ----  irradiated:  Therapeutic use.

   See also under names of diseases as  Rickets;

 Tetany;  Tuberculosis, &c.
   Allyn,  W. E.  My experience  with  irradiated ergosterol.
 J. Am. Inst, Homeop., 1930,  23: 1118-23.—Bahl, E. Erfah-
 rungen mit  Vigantol.   Zschr. Kinderh.,  1928,  46:  563-5 —
 Bond, C. J.  On irradiated ergosterol  as a dressing for wounds;
 with suggestions as to  its mode of action. Brit. M. J., 1928, 1:
 339.—Carvalho, A. de.  Bestrahltes Ergosterin und Tuberku-
 lose.  Zschr. Tuberk., 1933-34,69: 271-4.—Conti.L.  Klinische
 Erfolge  mit Ergosterin.   Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1928,  58:
 290-2.—Delore, P.  A propos  de Tadministration d'ergosterol
 irradie  aux tuberculeux;  considerations  sur la valeur du pro-
 cessus de calcification  en tuberculose.  J. med. Lyon,  1931, 12:
 419-23.—Eising, E. H.   Irradiated ergosterol in Parkinson's
 disease; a  preliminary communication.   Med.  J. & Rec, 1929,
 129:  201.—Ertl, F.,  &  Hain,  A.  Vigantol als Krafte- und
 Gewichtsaufbauungsmittel in der  Frauenheilkunde.  Miinch.
 med. Wschr., 1928, 75:  2098.—Gehrt,  J.  Praktische Erfah-
 rungen mit Vigantol.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1928, 54:  956-8 —
 Gerstenberger, H. J.  Studies on wet nurses receiving irradiated
 ergosterol.  Acta psediat., Upps., 1931, 11: 32-6.—Hess,  A. F.,
 Lewis, J. M., & Rivkin, H.  The status of the terapeutics of
 irradiated  ergosterol.   J. Am. M. Ass., 1929, 93: 661-5.   Also
 repr.   Also   Strahlentherapie,  1929,  34: 443-56.   ------
 Newer  aspects  of the  therapeutics of  viosterol  (irradiated
 ergosterol)  J. Am. M.  Ass.,  1930, 94:  1885-9.  Also repr.—
 Huguenin, J.  Un nouveau mode therapeutique:  l'ergosterol
 irradie.  Paris med.,  1929, 71:  404-6.—Iudica Cordiglia, G.
 L'ergosterina irradiata nella  tubercolosi polmonare  e gravi-
 danza.  Riv. ostet. gin., 1930, 12: 25-8.—Jacobsen, C. Ekzem-
 heilung durch Vigantol.  Deut. med. Wschr.,  1929, 55: 748.—
 Jeckeln, E.   Ueber  Vigantolversuche  mit Behandlung von
 Muttertieren zur Erzielung einer Beeintrachtigung der Nach-
 kommen.  Virchows Arch., 1933, 290: 270-9.—Lebedev,  D. D.
 [Therapeutic use  of vigantol]  Pediatria, Moskva,  1930,  14:
 312-6.—Luska,  F. [Therapeutic use of viosterin]   Cas. lek.
 Cesk., 1936,  75:  1271.—Marfan,  A. B.,  &  Odier-Dollfus.
 Essais de traitement du rachitisme et de la tetanie par l'ergo-
 sterol irradie.  Bull. Soc. pediat. Paris, 1928, 26: 131-6.   Also
 Nourrisson,  1929, 17: 204-12.—Micale, G.   Alcune osserva-
 zioni clinico-sperimentali sulla somministrazione a dosi elevate
 di preparati ergosterinici  durante la gravidanza.  Riv. ital.
 gin.,  1938,  21: 304-22.—Moro,  H.   Eine   beachtenswerte
 Wirkung des Vigantols.   Med. Klin., Berl., 1928, 24: 1017 —
 Peck, S.  M.   Bestrahltes Ergosterin  und  Pigmentbildung.
 Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1930, 161: 207-19.—Poncher, H. G.
 Clinical use of viosterol.  J. Michigan M. Soc, 1931,  30: 258-
 60.—Pozzilli, P.  Contributo alio studio dell'ergosterina irradia-
 ta nelle malattie da carenza.  Med. nuova, 1929, 20: 259-76.—
 Quillian, W.   Use and abuse of viosterol  (irradiated ergosterol)
 in Florida.  J. Florida M. Ass., 1932, 18: 366-9.—Richardson,
 G. C. The role  of viosterol in pregnancy.  Illinois M. J., 1931,
 59: 453; 1934, 65: 367.  Also repr.—Rohmer, P., Woringer, P.,
 & Anderson.  Le traitement du rachitisme et de la tetanie par
 l'ergosterol irradie. Bull. Soc pediat. Paris, 1928, 26: 128-31.
 Also  Rev.  fr.  pediat., 1928,  4: 449-59.—Rossi.   Propriety
 anti-infectieuse  de l'ergosterol irradie;  son  emploi  dans  le
 traitement de l'enterite diarrheique  des veaux.   Rec.  mid.
 vet.,  1931, 107: 34-8.—Schreiber, G.   L'ergosterine irradiee
 en medeeine  infantile.   Medeeine, Par.,  1927-28, 9: 869-73 —
 Shelling, D. H.,  & Hopper, K. B.  Six years' clinical experience
 with  viosterol  in  the prevention  and  treatment  of rickets,
 tetany, and allied  diseases.  Bull. Johns  Hopkins Hosp.,  1936,
 58: 137-211.—Simonnet, M.  Les applications therapeutiques
 de l'ergosterol irradie  en dehors  du rachitisme.  Liege med.,
 1931, 24: 1557-66.—Slobozianu, H.  [Ergosterin, treated with
 ultra-violet rays, for  treatment of rickets, tetany  and osteo-
 malacia]  Romania med., 1929, 7: 124.—Smith, L. A.   Acti-
 vated ergosterol in radiation sickness. Am. J. Roentg.,  1929,
 22: 317-22.  Also repr.—Sprafke, H.  Vigantolsalbe, ein neues
 Anwendungsgebiet des Vigantols.  Derm. Wschr., 1932, 94:
 313-5.—Vail. V. S. [Use of irradiated ergosterol in pediatrics]
 Pediatria,  Moskva,  1929, 13: 404-16.—Walther.   Vigantol
 in der Frauenheilkunde.   Med. Klin., Berl., 1928, 24: 1398 —
 Weinberger,  S.  [Irradiated ergosterin Richter in treatment of
 tuberculosis of the bones in children]  Cluj. med., 1932, 13:
225.
----  irradiated: Therapeutic  use:  Administra-
   tion and  dose.
   Ford, F. A.  Administration of viosterol during irradiation
of experimental animals.   Proc.  Mayo Clin., 1930, 5: 95.—
Garrahan, J. P.,  & Muzio, E.  La dosificacion del ergosterol
irradiado en la terapeutica del lactante.  Arch, argent, pediat.,
1935, 6: 161-5.—Goldschmidt, R.   Zur Dosierung  des Vi-
gantols.  Deut. med. Wschr.,  1928, 54: 1931.—Hess, J. H..
Poncher,  H.  G. [et al.]   Viosterol  (irradiated  ergosterol)
prophylactic and therapeutic dosage.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1930,
95: 316-23.   Also repr.—Kollmann, A.  Zur Frage der Dosie-
rung  des Vigantols.  Munch, med.  Wschr., 1929, 76: 961.—
Lazarew, M.   Ueber perkutane  Resorption des bestrahlten
Ergosterins.  Schweiz. med. Wschr.,  1930, 60: 1182.—Lesne,
E., & Clement,  R.  Innocuite des fortes doses d'ergosterol
irradie.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1929, 101:  1023.—Rohmer, P., &
Dubois, R.  Le dosage de l'ergosterol irradie.  Rev. fr. pediat.,
1930,  6: 593-603.—Schmidtmann,  M.   Nomenklatur- und
Dosierungsfragen bei Vigantolversuchen.  Klin. Wschr., 1930,
9: 1629.  ------  Gibt es im Tierexperiment eine unschadliche
Vigantoldosis?  Virchows  Arch.,  1930, 275: 408-21.—Topfer,
D.   Die therapeutische Vigantoldosis.  Kinderarztl. Prax.,
1934, 5:492-8.

----  Metabolism.
   Gelli, G.  Considerazioni e ricerche sul metabolismo dell'er-
gosterolo. Arch.  ital. pediat., 1935-36, 3: 334-67.—Hepner, F.
Zur Ergosterinsynthese im Tierkorper.  Mschr. Kinderh., 1930,
47: 539-44.—Page, I. H.  Die Verteilung von Ergosterin in
tierischen Geweben  nach  seiner  Verfiitterung.   Biochem.
Zschr., 1930, 220: 420-31.—Schonheimer, R.  Is unirradiated
ergosterol absorbable?  Proc. Am. Soc.  Biol. Chem.,  1931, 7:
No.  6, 5.   ------  &  Behring,  H.  von.  Ist unbestrahltes
Ergosterin  resorbierbar?   Klin.  Wschr.,  1930,  9:  1308.—
Schonheimer,  R., & Dam, H.  Ueber Ergosterin-Resorption
bei der legenden  Henne.   Zschr.  physiol. Chem.,  1932,  211:
241.

----  Pharmacology.

   Briola,  K.   *Ueber  die Wirkungen parenteral
verabreichten   bestrahlten   und   unbestrahlten
Ergosterins.   28p.   8?    Greifsw.,  1930.
   Agduhr. E.  Ergosterin erhoht die Fruchtbarkeit  bei den
Versuchstieren, und die normalen sexuellen Funktionen steigern
ihre Widerstandskraft gegeniiber der Toxizitat des Ergosterins.
Zschr. mikr.  anat.  Forsch.,  1934,  36:  576-88.—Beumer, H.
Ueber den Versuch einer Ergosterinbilanz. Klin. Wschr., 1927,
6: 941.—Dejust,  L. H.   Action locale de l'ergosterol.  Rev.,
actin., Par., 1931, 7: 7.—Hauch, J. T. The effect of high doses
of irradiated and nonirradiated ergosterol on the albino rat.
Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1933, 30: 475-7.  Also J. Nutrit.,
1934,8:163-86.  Also repr.—Heubner, W., & Holtz, F. Ueber
die biologische  Inaktivitat  des  Ergosterinperoxyds.   Klin.
Wschr.,  1929,  7: 456.—Hirsch,  W.  Ergosterinumwandlung
und Ergosterinwirkung.  Med.  Welt, 1930, 4: 655-8.—Miche-
lazzi. L.  Esperienze comparative sopra l'azione fisiopatologica
dell'ergosterina irradiata e non irradiata; e dell'olio  di oliva
normale  e irradiato.  Riv. pat. sper., 1932-33, 8:  110-24.—
Page, I. H., & Menschick, W.   Wirkung von Ergosterinacetat-
verfutterung  bei  Kaninchen.  Biochem.  Zschr., 1930,  221:
6-10.—Wokes, F.,  & Willimott,  S. G.  Some properties  of
ergosterol.  Q. J. Pharm., Lond.,  1928,  1: 188-93.

----  Physical properties.
   Bills, C. E., Cox, W. M., & Steel, G. E. The heat of combus-
tion of ergosterol isoergosterol, and cholesterol.  J. Biol. Chem.,
1929, 84: 655.—Dejust, L. H.,  &  Van Stolk, D.  Les connais-
sances actuelles sur l'ergosterol et son spectre d'absorption.
Rev. actin., Par.,  1929, 5:  157-79.—Gillam, A. E., & Heilbron,
I. M.  The absorption spectra  of sterols from various natural
sources with particular reference to ergosterol and other vitamin
D precursors.  Biochem. J., Lond., 1936, 33: 1253-6.—Hirsch,
W., & Kellner, L.   Das  ultrarote Absorptionsspektrum von
Ergosterin und Rachitisschutzstoff.  Biochem. Zschr., 1931,
235: 162-9.—Moyer, L. S.   Electrophoresis of sterols;  ergos-
terol.  J. Gen. Physiol., 1934-35,  18:  749-53. Also repr.—
Rosenheim, O. Note on the induced fluorescence of ergosterol.
Biochem. J., Lond., 1927, 21: 1335.—Schulze, G. E. R.  Kri-
stallstrukturelle Untersuchungen an Ergosterin- und Choleste-
rinderivaten.   Zschr. phys. Chem., Abt. A, 1934, 171: 436-44.—
Smakula, A.  Zur  Kenntnis des Absorptionsspektrums von
Ergosterin in bestrahltem und unbestrahltem Zustande.  Nachr.
Ges. Wiss. Gottingen, 1928, math. phys. Klasse, 49-64.

----  Source.

   See also  Cod-liver  oil;  Ergot;  Fish-oil;  Fungi;
Yeast, &c.
   Beumer, H., & Hepner, F.  Zur Frage der Herkunft des
Ergosterins im Organismus. Biochem. Zschr.,  1930, 222: 204-
10.—Birkinshaw,  J. H., Callow,  R. K.,  & Fischmann, C. F.
The isolation and characterisation of ergosterol from PeniciUium
puberulum Bainier  grown  on a synthetic medium with glucose
as sole source of carbon.  Biochem. J., Lond.,  1931, 25: 1977-
80.—Blix, G., & Rydin,  H. Ueber das Vorkommen von Ergo- 
ERGOSTEROL
464
ERGOT
 sterin und  D-Vitamin  in  der Renntierflechte.  Upsala  lak.
 foren. forh.,  1931-32, n. F.,  37: 333.—Castille & Ruppol, E.
 Ergosterol et levures.  Bull. Acad. med. Belgique, 1933, 5. ser.,
 13: 48-60.—Hentschel.  Comprobaci6n de la ergosterina en los
 6rganos humanos y la leche de vaca.  Dia med., B. Air., 1930-
 31, 3: 179-81.—Page, I.  H.,  & Menschick,  W.  Ueber  das
 Vorkommen  von Ergosterin  im menschlichen Gehirn.  Bio-
 chem. Zschr.,  1931, 231: 446-59.—Prickett, P. S., & Massen-
 gale,  O. N.  Ergosterol content of certain species of Myco-
 bacterium and the effect of ergosterol  (activated and unacti-
 vated) on their growth.  J. Bact., Bait., 1931, 21: 9.   Also J.
 Infect. Dis.,  1931,  49: 297-302.  Also repr.—Pruess, L.  M.,
 Peterson, W. H., & Fred, E. B.  Isolation and identification of
 ergosterol and mannitol from Aspergillus  fischeri.   J. Biol.
 Chem., 1932, 97: 483-9.  Also repr.—Schwarz, L., & Sieke, F.
 Ueber eine mogliche  Herstellung  von hochgradig  aktivem
 Ergosterin (Vitamin D) aus Rohkaffee.  Arch. Hyg.,  Miinch.,
 1930, 104: 65-71.

 ERGOSTETRINE.

   See Ergot, Ergometrine.

 ERGOT  [Secale cornutum]

   See also Claviceps.
   Barger, G.   Ergot and ergotism; a monograph.
 279p.    8?   Lond., 1931.
   B rutting,   H.    *Die  Mutterkornf orschung;
 ihre  geschichtliche  Darstellung  mit besonderer
 Berucksichtigung    der    neuesten   Ergebnisse
 [Erlangen]   59p.    8?   Bamberg, 1937.
   Ambruster, Rusby and  ergot.  J. Am.  M. Ass., 1930,  95:
 722-9.—Barger. Zur Geschichte des Mutterkorns.  Arch. exp.
 Path., Lpz., 1928, 138: 105-19.—Dominguez, J. A.  Cornezuelo
 de centeno.  Sem. med., B. Air., 1913, 20: pt  2, 20-6.—Ergot
 (The) problem.  J. Trop. M. Hyg., Lond., 1938, 41: 318-21.—
 Guggisberg, H.  Beitrag zur Sekalefrage.  Zbl. Gyn., 1929,  53:
 578-86.—History (The) of  ergot.  Nature, Lond., 1932, 129:
 335.—Johnson, D. W., & Palmer, L. S.  Ergot as a factor in
 the nutritive value of rye for rats and swine.  J. Agr. Res.,
 1935, 50: 39-45.—Mukerji, B. The ergot problem and  the
 practitioner.  Ind. M. Gaz., 1938, 73: 355-64.—Nelson, E. E.,
 & Calvery, H. O. Present status of the ergot question.  Physiol.
 Rev., 1938, 18: 297-327.—Rothlin, E.  The present status of
 the ergot problem.  Med.  Rec, N. Y.,  1937, 145:  449-52.
 ------   Neues zum Mutterkornproblem.  Arch. exp. Path.,
 Berl., 1936, 181: 154.  ------ &  Schegg, K.  E.   Ueber den
 heutigen Stand des Mutterkornproblems.  Wien. med.  Wschr.,
 1925, 75: 2018; 2109—Schiirhoff,  P. N.  Das Mutterkorn.
 Med. Welt,  Berl.,  1934, 8: 1745.—Straub, W.  Das Mutter-
 korn  im Wandel der Zeiten.  Munch, med. Wschr., 1934,  81:
 349-51.—Thorns, H.   John Stearns and pulvis  parturiens.
 Am. J. Obst., 1931, 22: 418-23.

 ----  Alkaloids.
   Barger,  G.   The alkaloids of ergot,  p.84-222.
 25Kcm.  Berl., 1938.
   In Handb. Exp. Pharm. (A. Heffter) Berl., Erganzbd 6, 1938.

   Weisfeldt,   S.   C.    *Ergot  and its   active
 alkaloid.  20p.  8?   Wauwatosa,  1936.
   Aiazzi-Mancini, M.   Rivista  critica sugli  alcaloidi delta
 segale cornuta.   Biol, med.,  Milano,  1936,  12: 327-40.—
 Barger, G. The alkaloids of ergot.  Analyst, Lond., 1937,  62:
 340-54, pl.—Forst, A. W.  Eine einfache, schonende Methode
 zur Isolierung des  Alkaloidkomplexes aus dem Mutterkorn.
 Arch. exp. Path.,  Berl.,  1936,  181:  180.—Hazard,  R.  Les
 nouveaux alcaloides de l'ergot de seigle.  Presse med., 1937, 45:
 1374.—Holden, G. W., Diver, G. R.  A new alkaloid and  an
 acid salt from ergot, and an acid derived from the salt.  Q. J.
 Pharm., Lond.,  1936, 9: 230-4.—Jacobs, W. A., & Craig, L. C.
 The ergot alkaloids; the synthesis of 4-carboline carbonic acids.
 J. Biol. Chem., 1936, 113: 759-65.  Also repr. Also Science,
 1935,  82: 421.—Kharasch,  M. S.. King, H. [et al.]   Das neue
 Mutterkornalkaloid.  Schweiz.  med.  Wschr., 1936, 66: 261.—
 Kharasch, M. S., & Legault, R. R.  The new active principles
 of ergot.   Science, 1935, 81: 614.—Kofler, A.  Mikroskopische
 Untersuchung der Mutterkornalalkaloide; Ergotinin, Ergotoxin
 und Sensibamin.  Arch. Pharm., Berl., 1937,  275: 455-67, 3
 p!.  ------  Zusammengesetzte Mutterkornalkaloide.  Ibid.,
 1938,  276: 61-77, 2 pl.------ Ergometrin, Ergometrinin,
 Pseudoergotinin, Ergocristin und Ergocristinin.  Ibid.,  525-44,
 4 pl.—Lempereur. L. Les alcaloides de l'ergot de seigle. Liege
 med.,  1938, 31:  577-92.—Relationship  (The)  of the recently
 discovered ergot alkaloids.  Brit. M. J.,  1935, 2: 1114-6.—
 Rothlin, E.  Ueber ein neues Mutterkornalkaloid.  Schweiz.
 med.  Wschr., 1935, 65: 947-9.  ------  Beitrag zur diffe-
renzierenden Analyse der Mutterkornalkaloide.  Ibid., 1938, 68:
971-5.—Stoll, A.  Les alcaloides de l'ergot de seigle.  Bull. sc.
pharm., Par., 1936, 43: 465-90.  Also Wien. klin. Wschr., 1936,
49: 1513;  1552.  ------  The new  ergot alkaloid.  Science,
 1935,  82:  415-7.—Thompson,  M.  R.   A comparison  of  the
pharmacological  syndromes of ergostetrine (ergonovine) and
the ergotoxine group of ergot alkaloids.  J. Am. Pharm. Ass.,
1937, 26: 805-16.
 ----   Chemistry.

   See also Ergothioneine;  Histamine; Histidine,
 &c.
   Dieterle, H.,  Diester, H., & Thimann, T.  Beitrag zur
 Kenntnis des fetten Oeles von Secale cornutum und der in die-
 sem Oele enthaltenen Daturinsaure.  Arch. Pharm., Berl., 1927,
 265: 171-87.—Fiero, G. W.  A chemical examination of the oil
 of  ergot.  J.  Am. Pharm.  Ass.,  1933, 22:  608-16—Gatty-
 Kostyal, M., & Tesarz, J.  L'acide nucieique de l'ergot de seigle.
 Bull, internat. Acad, polon. sc, 1933, ser. B, I, 1; 1936, ser. B, I,
 1.  Also C. rend. Congr.  internat. pharm., 1935, 12.  Congr.,
 384.—Hampshire, C. H., & Page, G. R.  The chemical assay of
 ergot.   Q. J. Pharm.,  Lond.,  1936,  9: 60-74.—Kluge,  H.
 Ueber den toxikologischen Nachweis von Mutterkorn.  Zschr.
 Untersuch.  Lebensmitt.,  1934, 68: 645-50.—Langecker,  H.
 Ueber den Nichtalkaloid-Anteil des Mutterkorns. Arch. exp.
 Path., Berl., 1932,165:299-324.—Matthes, H., & Kurschner, O.
 H.  Ueber die Konstitution der Oxyolsiiure des Mutterkornols.
 Arch.  Pharm., Berl.,  1931,  268: 88-101.—Matthes,  H., &
 Schutz,  P.   Ueber  das fette Oel  des  Mutterkorns  (Secale
 cornutum)  Ibid.,  1927,  265:  541-6.—Mesa  de Ponce,  A.
 Valoraci6n del cornezuelo  de centeno por el metodo de  Broom-
 Clark.  Rev. m6d. cubana, 1934, 45: 942-54.—Raymond-Hamet.
 Action pharmacologique des bases aminees de l'ergot.  Presse
 med., 1928, 36:  35-8.—Tanret, G.  Les acquisitions recentes
 sur la chimie de l'ergot,  1930-35.  J. oharm. chim., Par., 1936,
 S. ser.,  24: 269-83.

 ----   drug.
   Christensen, B. V., & Reese, J. A.  Changes in ergot with
 various moisture contents under different conditions of storage.
 J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1939, 28: 343-60.—Christensen, B. V., &
 Welch,  A.  D.   The relation of size of ergot  to potency.  J.
 Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1932, 45: 183-7.—Corran,  R. F., &  Rymill,
 F. E.  The effect of hot solvents on ergot;  with a note on the
 effect of storage on the activity of ergot.  Q. J. Pharm., Lond.,
 1935, 8: 337-9.—Lefebvre, C. L.  Ergot of Paspalum.   Phyto-
 pathology, 1939,  29: 365-7.—Rusby, H. H.   Russian ergot.  J.
 Am. Pharm. Ass., 1935, 24:382-9.—Workes. F.  The importanc
 of ergot in pharmacy.  Pharm. J., Lond.,  1932,  128: 203-6.

 ----   Ergine  and lysergic acid.
   Craig, L. C, Shedlovsky, T. [et al.]  The  ergot alkaloids;
 the positions of the double bond and the  carboxyl group  in
 lysergic acid and its isomer; the structure of the alkaloids.
 J. Biol. Chem., 1938, 125: 289-98.   Also repr.—Jacobs,  W. A..
 & Craig, L. C.  The degradation of  ergotinine with  alkali;
 lysergic acid.  Ibid., 1934, 104: 547-51.  ------ On lysergic
 acid.  Ibid., 106: 393; 1935, 111: 455.  ------  The structure
 of lysergic acid.  Ibid.,  1936, 113: 767-78.   ------ Isomeric
 dihydrolysergic acids and the structure of lysergic acid.  Ibid.,
 115: 227-38.  ------   The precursors  of  pyruvic and iso-
 butyrylformic acids.  Ibid., 1937-38, 122: 419-23. Also repr.
 ------  The dimethylindole from dihydrolysergic acid.  Ibid.,
 1939, 128: 715-9.—Jacobs, W. A., & Gould, R. G., jr.  Tbe
 ergot alkaloids; the synthesis of substances related to lysergic
 acid.   Ibid.,  1937,  120: 141;  1938,  126:  67.   Also  repr.—
 Stoll, A., & Hofmann, A.  Racemische Lysergsaure und ihre
 Auflosung in die optischen Antipoden.  Zschr.  physiol. Chem.,
 1937, 250: 7-10.—Zunz,  E., & Vesselovsky,  O.  A propos des
 effets des constituants de l'ergot de seigle sur la diurese; action
 de Tergine.   Arch, internat. pharm.  dyn., Par., 1937, 55:
 297-317.

----   Ergocristine.
  Stoll, A., & Burckhardt, E.  Ergocristin  und Ergocristinin,
ein  neues  Alkaloidpaar aus Mutterkorn.   Zschr.  physiol.
Chem., 1937, 250: 1; 1938, 251: 287.

----   Ergometrine [Synonyms:  Ergobasine; Er-
  goclonine;  Ergonovine;  Ergostetrine; Ergoto-
  cine]
  Adair, F.  L., Davis, M. E. [et al.]   A study of a new and
potent  ergot derivative,  ergotocin.  Am. J. Obst., 1935, 30:
466; 740. Also Tr. Am.  Gyn. Soc, 1936, 60: 104-18.—Albers,
H.  Ist das Ergobasin ein Wehenmittel?  Zbl.  Gyn., 1939, 63:
211.—All port, N. L., & Crews, S.  K.  A note  on the spectro-
graphic  absorption of ergometrine in  relation  to the  British
Pharmacopoeia colour test.  Q.  J. Pharm.,  Lond., 1935, 8:
447-52.—Allport, N. L.,  & Porter, G. V.  The assay of ergot
and its  liquid  extract for  ergometrine.  Ibid., 1938, 11: 96-
 109.—Antoine, T.  Die  klinische  Verwendbarkeit des  neuen
Secale-Alkaloides  Ergobasin.  Wien. klin.  Wschr.,  1937, 50:
999-1001.  ------  Ist das neue Secalealkaloid Ergobasin-
Ergometrin ein Wehenmittel?  Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1938, 166:
 105-7   [Discussion]  109-12.—Azuma, R.,   Kumagai,  H.,  &
 Usui, T.  The effect of a new ergot alkaloid ergometrin on the
chronic uterine fistula in the  unanaesthetized dog.  Jap. J. M.
Sc, 1935-36, 9: Pharm.,  205.—Beecham, C. T., & Heyl,  W. M.
A clinical study  of ergonovine and other alkaloids of ergot.
Med. Rec, N. Y.,  1939,  150: 181.—Brown, G. L., & Dale, H.
The pharmacology of ergometrine.  Proc. R. Soc, Lond., 1935,
 ser. B, 118: 446-77.—Burn, J. H.  The isolation of ergometrine.
 Pharm.  J.,  Lond.,  1935, 4. ser., 80: 357.—Dale, H. H.  The
 new  ergot  alkaloid.  Science,  1935,  82:  99-101.    ------ 
ERGOT
465
ERGOT
  Recent developments in the pharmacology of ergot especially
  of ergometrine.   Acta brevia neerl., 1936, 6:  1-3.—Davis,
  M.  E., Adair, F. L. [it al.]  The pharmacologic  action of er-
  gotocin, a new ergot principle. J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1935, 54:
  398-407.—Donatelli,  L.   Ricerche  farmacologiche  sugli  alca-
  loidi della segale cornuta; l'azione della  ergobasina sul cuore.
  Arch, internat. pharm.  dyn.,  Par.,  1938,  59: 461; 60: 73.
  ------  L'azione della  ergobasina sulla  funzione cardiaca.
  Boll. Soc. ital.  biol.  sper., 1938,  13:  158.   ------  II  mec-
  canismo col quale la ergobasina provoca la inibizione  e la
  paralisi dei riflessi vasomotori di origine seno-carotidea.  Ibid.,
  1939, 14: 287.—Dudley,  H. W.  Ergometrine.  Proc R.  Soc,
  Lond., 1935, ser. B, 118: 478-84, pl.  —----  The preparation
  of ergometrine.  Pharm.  J., Lond., 1935,  4. ser., 80: 709.—
  Ergometrine: a  chemico-clinical discovery.   Brit. M. J., 1935,
  1: 532.—Ergonovine; correspondence of the Council on Phar-
  macy and  Chemistry with Sir Henry Dale.  J. Am. M.  Ass.,
  1937,  108: 1969-71.—Ergot in  childbirth:  the  isolation of
  ergometrine.  Rep. M.  Res. Counc,  Lond.,  1934-35, 12-5.—
  Erichsen, F. Ueber die Anwendung des Mutterkornalkaloide
  Ergobasin  in der  klinischen Geburtshilfe.  Zbl.  Gyn., 1938,
  62:  788-91.—Handovsky, H., & Daels, J.  Effet paradoxal de
  Tergometrine sur l'uterus in situ de la chatte.  C.  rend.  Soc.
  biol., 1939,  131: 150-3.—Hauch, E.,  & M0ller-Christensen,
  E.  [On a new preparation—-ergometrin]  Hospitalstidende,
  1936, 79: Foren. gyn. obst. forh., 9-19.  Also Ugeskr. laeger,
  1936, 98:  599-601.   ------  Preliminary results with ergo-
  metrine.  Acta obst. gyn. scand., 1936, 16: 152-9.  Also J. Obst.
  Gyn. Brit. Empire, 1936, 43: 1145-51, 2 pl.—Heyrowsky, K.
  Ist  das  Ergobasin  ein  Wehenmittel?  Zbl.  Gyn.,  1938,  62:
  2425-30.—Kharasch,  M. S., Kind, H.  [et al.]  The new ergot
  alkaloid.   Nature,  Lond., 1936,  137:  403.—Kiissner, W., &
  Sieckmann, W.  Ergometrin, ein neues Mutterkornalkaloid.
  Munch,  med.  Wschr., 1936,  83:  725.—Kushner,  J.  I., &
  Wahrsinger, P. B.  Clinical experiences with ergonovine.  Am.
  J. Obst., 1938, 35: 859-62.  Also Med. Rec, N. Y.,  1938, 148:
  400.—Moir, C.  The  alkaloids of ergot: ergometrine.  Pharm.
  J., Lond.,  1935, 4.  ser., 81: 63.   ------  Clinical experiences
  with the new  alkaloid,  ergometrine.  Brit.  M.  J., 1936, 2:
  799-801.—Navratil, E.  Ueber die Beeinflussung der Cholin-
  esterase  durch  Ergobasin.  Klin.  Wschr.,  1937,  16:  64.—
  Pearl, S. A.  Ergotocin a new active principle of ergot and its
  clinical  indications.  Med.  Woman  J.,  1936,  43: 263-7.—
  Raymond-Hamet.   Sur quelques effets pharmacologiques de
  Tergometrine, nouvel alcaloide de l'ergot de seigle.  C. rend.
  Acad, sc,  1935, 201: 176-9.—Reimers,  F.  The acidimetric
  titration of  ergometrine.   Q.  J.  Pharm., Lond.,  1938,  11:
  252-9.—Rothlin, E.  Sur les proprietes pharmacologiques d'un
  nouvel alcaloide de l'ergot de seigle, Tergobasine.  C. rend. Soc.
  biol., 1935, 119: 1302-4.—Runge, H.  Ueber  Erfahrungen mit
  Ergometrin.  Zbl. Gyn.,  1936, 60: 1986-90.—Santi, R.   Ri-
  cerche sulla  sede d'azione delTergometrina;  fenomeni di an-
  tagonismo  con Tadrenalina.  Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1939,
  14:  459-61.—Schmidt, K.  Ueber klinische Erfahrungen  mit
  dem neuen Sekale-Alkaloid-Ergometrin.  Miinch. med. Wschr.,
  1938, 85:  1029-31.—Smith, R.  G.  The  present  status of
  ergonovine.  J.  Am.  M.  Ass.,  1938,  111:  2201-9.—Stoll, A,
  Ueber Ergobasin und seine Beziehung zu den Alkaloiden der
  Ergotamin-Ergotoxingruppe. Munch, med. Wschr.,  1937, 84:
  322-4.  ----—  &  Burckhardt,  E.   L'ergobasine, un nouvel
  alcaloide de  l'ergot de seigle,  soluble dans  Teau.   Bull. sc.
  pharm., Par., 1935, 42: 257-66.  Also C. rend. Acad, sc, Par.,
  1935, 200: 1680-2.   Also Schweiz.  med.  Wschr.,  1936,  66:
  353.—Stoll, A.,  & Hofmann, A.  Partialsnythese des Ergo-
  basins,  eines naturlichen  Mutterkornalkaloids  sowie seines
  optischen Antipoden.   Zschr.  physiol.  Chem.,  1938, 251:
  155-63.—Swanson,  E. E., Hargreaves, C. C, & Chen, K. K.
 The  question of assaying ergotocin, the  new ergot principle
 J.  Am.  Pharm. Ass.,  1935, 24: 835-9.—Thompson, M. R.
 The new active  principle of ergot.  Science,  1935, 81: 636-9.—
 Trabucchi,  E.  Sul dosaggio della ergonovina nei  preparati di
 segale cornuta.   Boll.  Soc.  ital. biol. sper., 1937, 12: 232-4.—
 Tritsch, J. E., & Behm, K. H. Clinical experience with a new
 ergot alkaloid.  Am. J. Obst., 1937,  34: 676-9.—Tuck, V. L.
 A clinical test of the  newly recognized oxytocic  principle of
 ergot and a new method of administration.  Ibid.,  1935,  30:
 718-23.—Zimmermann,  G.  Ueber Basergin.   Zbl.  Gyn.,
 1938, 62: 1846-50.

 ----  Ergometrinine.
   Chen,  K. K.,  Swanson,  E. E., & Hargreaves,  C. C.   The
 action of ergometrinine.  Proc.  Soc. Exp. Biol., N.  Y., 1936,
 34:   183-5.—Raymond-Hamet.    L'action  physiologique  de
 Tergometrinine est-elle superieure, egale ou inferieure a celle
 de son isomere, Tergometrine.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1935, 120:
 1208-12.—Zunz,  E., & Vesselovsky,  O.  A propos  des effets
des constituants de l'ergot  de seigle sur la diurese;  action de
Tergometrinine.   Arch, internat. pharm. dyn.. Par.,  1938,  60:
 163-78.

----  Ergosine  [and  ergosinine]
   Kofler,  A.  Mikroskopische  Untersuchung  der  Mutter-
kornalkaloide; Ergosin  und Ergosinin (Ergoclavinin)  Arch.
Pharm., Berl., 1938, 276: 40-5, pl.

----  Ergotamine [including Sensibamine]

   Bonhote,   G.   *La  secamine   un  nouveau
constricteur uterin.   31p.   8?   Neuchatel,  1930.
    Schallibaum,  H.   *Praktische  Versuche  mit
 dem spezifischen Mutterkornalkaloid Ergotamin
 beim Rinde  [Zurich]  43p.   8?  [Sackingen a. R.]
 1923.
    Agnoli, R.  Ueber den physiologischen Antagonismus von
 Calciumionen  und Ergotamin.  Arch. exp.  Path., Lpz.,  1927,
 126:  222-34.—Ameels, J.   Sur l'ergotamine.   Rev. med.,
 Louvain,  1930,  209-14.—Bouckaert,  J.  J., & Heymans,  C.
 /3-Tetra-hydro-naphtylamine  et  ergotamine.   Ann.  physiol.,
 Par.,  1928, 4:  654-7.—Brasseur, H.  Etude cristalographique
 de l'ergotamine.  Bull. Soc. chim. biol., Par., 1935, 17: 1462-4.—
 Clerici,  A.   L'ergotamina.  Gazz. osp.,  1928,  49:  1601-3.—
 Coggi, C.  Ricerche sperimentali e  cliniche sull'ergotamina.
 Riv. ostet. gin., 1930, 12:  6-16, 4 pl.—Ewen, J. H.  A case of
 psychosis  with   hyperthyroidism   treated  bv  ergotamine.
 Lancet,  Lond., 1932,  1: 342.—Hellman, A. M.  Obstetrical
 and  gynecological uses of ergotamine, the principal  active
 alkaloid of ergot;  a preliminary report.  Med. J. & Rec, 1927,
 125: 92.—Kaute, W.  Sensibamin,  ein neues Mutterkornal-
 kaloid.   Zbl.  Gyn.,  1935,  59: 30-3.—Kofler,  A.   Mikro-
 skopische Untersuchung der Mutterkornalkaloide; Ergotamin
 und Ergotaminin. Arch.  Pharm., Berl.,  1936, 274: 398-414,
 3  pl.—Mahn,  J., &  Reinert,  M.   Pharmakologische  Aus-
 wertung des Ergotamingehaltes der  Mutterkornpriiparatc <lcs
 Handels. Biochem. Zschr., 1925, 163: 36-40.—Marsalek, J., it
 Smazik, K.  [Use of ergotamin in obstetrics and  gynecology]
 Cas. lek. Cesk., 1934, 73: 599; 633.— Mignot, R.  L'ergotamine.
 Presse med., 1929, 37: 1284.—Rothlin, E.  Le role de l'ergo-
 tamine  en  pharmacologie et  en therapeutique.  Bull. gin.
 th6r.,  1925, 176: 416-9.  ----—  Ueber die Verschiedenheit von
 Ergotamin und Ergotoxin. Sunti Congr. internaz.  fisiol., 1932,
 14. Congr., 222-3.

 ----  Ergotamine:  Effect.

    Bacq,  Z. M.   Action de l'ergotamine  sur les muscles des
 chromatophores des cephalopodes.  C.  rend. Soc.  biol., 1932,
 111: 223.—Barath, E.  Untersuchungen iiber die  Ergotamin-
 wirkung  bei Menschen, mit  besonderer Riicksicht  auf seine
 klinische  Anwendungsmoglichkeiten  bei  inneren   Erkran-
 kungen.  Zschr. klin. Med., 1926, 104: 713;  719.—Bouckaert,
 J.  J.,  & Czarnecki, E.  Action de l'ergotamine  sur les mouve-
 ments respiratoires; l'apnee ergotaminique.   J. physiol. path.
 gen., 1927, 25: 654-61.—Coelho, E., & de Oliveira. J. C.  Action
 de l'ergotamine sur la secretion gastrique.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,
 1928,98:1608-11. ----— Mecanisme de Taction de l'ergota-
 mine  sur le  chimisme gastrique.  Ibid.,  99: 938-40.—De
 Benedetti, V.   Azione della ergotamina sulla funzione gastrica.
 Policlinico,  1929,  36: sez. med., 483-92.— Dimitrijevic, I.  N.
 Influence de l'ergotamine  sur la thermogenese et la thermo-
 regulation chez le rat.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1937, 124: 474-6.—
 Dmitriev, I. G., & Khvoles,  G. Y.  [Effect of  ergotamine on
 salivation]  Med. bibl. J., Moskva, 1928, 4: 54-62.—Donini, G.
 Della  epatoretrazione ergotaminica e suo determinismo.  Gior.
 clin. med., 1935, 16: 965-76.—Forster, S.  [Effect of ergotamin
 on the general  heat economy of the body]  Med. d6sw., 1935,
 19: 152-75.—Hess, L.,  & Faltitschek, J.  Ueber die  Wirkung
 des Ergotamin auf  die  Sekretion des  menschlichen  Magens
 (ein Beitrag zur  Physiologie und Klinik  des visceralen Ner-
 vensystems)  Klin. Wschr., 1931, 10: 726-8.—Immerwahr, P.
 Ueber die Wirkung des Ergotamin auf Puis, Blutdruck und
 Blutzucker und ihre Beeinflussung durch Atropin.  Med. Klin.,
 Berl.,  1927 23: 1693.—Issekutz, B., & Leinzinger, M.   [Effect
 of  sensibamine—a new alkaloid  of ergot]  Warsz. czas.  lek.,
 1935, 12: 452-5.—Koppanyi, T., & Evans, E. I.  Studies on the
 emetic and anti-emetic actions of ergotamine. Proc. Soe. Exp.
 Biol.,  N. Y.,  1932,  29:  1181.—Lipschitz,  W.,  &  Klar,  F.
 Die  Abhangigkeit  der  Wirkung   uteruserregender  Mittel
 (Histamin und Ergotamin) von Konzentration und Reaktions-
 temperatur.  Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1933-34, 174: 223-44.—
 Loeffler, L.  Ueber die Wirkungsweise des Ergotamins  auf
 die Leber. Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1927,54:313-6.—Matsuyama,
 S.  Experimentelle Untersuchung iiber die Wirkung des Ergot-
 amins als Wehenmittel.  Sei  i kwai,  1927, 46:  No. 5, 1-14.—
 Mayr, O. Experimentelle Untersuchungen uber die Automatie
 des  Pferdeuterus   und deren  Beeinflussung durch  Ergotamin
 und Chinin.   Wien. tierarztl.  Mschr., 1938,  25:  104-7 —
 Mazzeo, M.   Anticorpi specifici in  animali immunizzati  e
 trattati con ergotamina; ambocettori emolitici.  Boll.  Soc. ital.
 biol. sper., 1932, 7: 638.—Narayana, B.  Action de l'ergotamine
 sur la  chronaxie du coeur  de grenouille.  C. rend. Soc biol.,
 1935, 118: 1226-8.—Pennetti,  G. Ricerche sull'azione dell'er-
 gotamina nei morbo di Flaiani-Basedow.  Riforma med., 1929,
 45: 1235-42.—Rigler, R., & Silberstern, E.   Ueber die tem-
 peratursenkende Wirkung des Ergotamins.  Klin. Wschr., 1926,
 5:  1831.—Rossler, R., & Unna,  K.   Zur Pharmakologie  des
 neuen  Mutterkornalkaloides  Sensibamin.   Arch. exp. Path.,
 Berl.,  1935, 179:  115-26.—Rothlin, E.  Sulla farmacologia
 dell'ergotamina. Rass. ter. pat. clin., 1933, 5: 409-19.  ------
 &  Raymond-Hamet.  Influence de l'ergotamine sur  Taction
 intestinale de  TUzara.  C. rend. Soc.  biol.,  1931, 107: 199-
 201.—Salant, W., & Parkins, W. M.  The effect of  ergotamine
 on the inteatin with observations on the influence of calcium on
 its action.  J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1932, 44: 369-83.  ------
 Studies on the response of the isolated intestine to  ergotamine
 with special reference to the influence of ions.  Ibid.,  45: 315-
37.—Stahnke,  E.   Experimentelle Untersuchung  zur Ergot-
aminwirkung.   Verh.  Phys. med. Ges. Wurzburg, 1927, n, F.,
77908—vol. 5,4th skkies---30 
ERGOT
466
ERGOT
52:  107-12.   ------   Zur  Pharmakologie  des Ergotamins.
Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1928, 138: suppl.,  132.  Also  Klin.
Wschr.,  1928,  7: 23-5.—Susanna, V.  Sull'azione dell'ergot-
amina.   Rass.  ter. pat. clin.,  1933, 5: 1;  420.  Also  Sunti
Congr. internaz. fisiol., 1932,  14. Congr., 245—Visscher, M. de,
& Fabry, P.  Influence de l'ergotamine sur la periode refractaire
absolue du myocarde de grenouille.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1935,
120: 1370-9.—Zunz, E.  Action de la sensibamine sue la diurese
aqueuse.  J. Physiol. USSR,  1937,  22:  523-33.  ------  &
Vesselovsky, O.  A propos des effets des constituants de l'ergot
de seigle sur la diurese; action de la sensibamine, de l'ergota-
mine et de Tergotaminine.  Arch, internat. pharm. dyn., Par.,
1938, 60: 301-30.  ------   Effets des combinaisons moiecu-
laires d'alcaloides de l'ergot sur la diurese; sensibamine,  ergo-
tamine et ergotaminine.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1938, 128: 1163-5.

----   Ergotamine: Effect, autonomic nervous.
   Barath, E. Ueber die depressorische und schweisshemmende
Wirkung des Ergotamins.  Wien. klin. Wschr., 1933, 46: 881.—
Bonvallet, M., & Minz,  B.  Inversion par l'ergotamine de
Taction de l'adrenaline et de I'acetylcholine sur le reflexe spinal.
C. rend. Soc biol., 1937, 124: 1179-82.—Chiarrera,  G.   Sulla
azione simpatico-paralizzante della ergotamina.  Minerva  med.,
Tor., 1928, 8: 799-814.—Coelho, E.  Contribuicao para o estu-
do da accao da ergotamina sobre o sistema nervoso vegetativo.
Lisboa med., 1928, 5: 823-35.—Czarnecki, E., &  Rubinstein,
M.  L'ergotamine et Taction  hyperthermisante de l'adrenaline.
C. rend. Soc. biol., 1939, 131: 360-2.—Dreyfus, C.  L'ergota-
mine, medicament inhibiteur du  sympathique.  Paris med.,
1927, 63: 301-3.—Gaddum, J. H.  The action of the adrenalin
and ergotamine on the uterus of the rabbit.  J. Physiol., Lond.,
1926-27, 61:  141-50.—Goldman, M., jr.  Recherches cliniques
sur Taction de l'ergotamine  sur le systeme  vegetatif.  Arch.
mal.  coeur,   1928,  21:  204-9.—Guercio,  F., &  Pezzini, M.
Sulla presunta azione simpaticolitica dell'ergotamina e  sulla
possibility di dissociarne alcuni effetti con  dosi progressiva-
mente crescenti.   Boll. Soc ital. biol. sper., 1938,  13: 1115.—
Heymans, C, Regniers, P., & Bouckaert, J. J.  La localisation
de Taction paralysante  de l'ergotamine sur  les reflexes  vaso-
moteurs du sinus carotidien chez le chien.  C. rend. Soc.  biol.,
1930, 104: 1043-6.—Melville, K.  I.  Sympathomimetic  reac-
tions in  the  bronchioles after ergotamine and  F.  933.  Arch.
internat.  pharm.  dyn.,  Par., 1938, 58: 129-38.—Mendez, R.
Antagonism  of adrenaline by ergotamine.   J.  Pharm.  Exp.
Ther., 1927-28, 33: 451-64.—Nanda, T. C.  The  action of
ergotamine on the response of the  rabbit's gut to adrenaline.
Ibid., 1931, 42: 9-16.—Orsi, A., & Bravetta, G.   Ergotamina e
tono  del  simpatico.  Clin.  med. ital.,  1931,  62: 415-60.—
Pacifico, A.  Antagonismo fra atropina ed ergotamina.  Endocr.
pat.  cost., Bologna,  1932, n.  ser.,  7: 121-6.—Planelles, J.
Mutterkornstudien; iiber das Zusammenwirken von Ergotamin
und  Adrenalin  am Meerschweinchendarm.  Arch. exp. Path.,
Lpz., 1925, 105:  38-48.—Rothlin,  E.  Ueber die pharmako-
logische und  therapeutische Wirkung des Ergotamins auf den
Sympathicus. Klin. Wschr.,  1925, 4: 1437-43.—Tournade, A.,
& Chevillot, M.  Ou  doit-on localiser Taction  paralysante
qu'exerce l'ergotamine sur les reflexes vaso-moteurs sinusiens?
C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1937, 124: 564.—Van Dyke, H. B.   The
action of small doses of ergotamine on the muscular reponse to
stimulation  of  sympathetic  nerves.  J.  Pharm.  Exp. Ther.,
1926-27, 27: 299-317.—Vasaturo, A.  L'ergotamina e la sua
azione simpatico-paralizzante; comportamento della colesterina
del siero di sangue in rapporto all'adrenalina ed  all'ergotamina.
Fol.  med., Nap., 1928, 14: 1375; 1451.—Youmans, J. B.,
Trabue, C. [et al.]  The action of ergotamine on the sympathetic
nervous  system stimulated  by epinephrine; studies  of the
metabolic rate, pulse rate, blood pressure, blood sugar and the
total leukocyte count. Ann. Int. M., 1933, 7: 653-63.

----  Ergotamine:  Effect,  cardiovascular   and
   hematic.
   Bagnaresi, G.   Reazioni cardio-vascolari da ergotamina nei
soggetti normali, nei cardiaci  compensati e nei diabetici.   Rass.
ter. pat.  clin., 1931, 3: 426-52, 2 diag.— Coelho, E.  Action de
Tergotomine  sur le cceur du  chien (etudes electrographiques)
C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99: 937.—Curtis, F.  R. The reversal
by ergotamine of the effect of ephedrine on the blood pressure.
J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1928, 34: 37-41.—Donatelli, L.  Ricerche
farmacologiche sugli alcaloidi della segale cornuta; l'azione della
ergotamina sul cuore. Arch, internat. pharm. dyn., Par.,  1938,
59: 345-9.—Donini, G., &  Soldi,  A.  Di  alcune variazioni
circolatorie ed ematiche  nell'uomo  da ergotamina.   Gior. clin.
med., 1932, 13: 126; 686.—Frommel, E., & Zimmet.  Ergota-
mine  et  systeme cardio-vasculaire.  Arch. mal.  coeur,  1937,
30: 65-90.—Georgopoulos, M. Ueber die Wirkung des Ergota-
mins auf die essentielle arterielle Hypertonic  Deut. Arch. klin.
Med., 1928, 161: 35376L—Guercio, F., & Pezzini, M.  Annulla-
mento delle  oscillazioni meccaniche di secondo  ordine  della
pressione  arteriosa in seguito a   somministrazione  di ergot-
amina.  Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1938, 13: 1116.—Hauschild,
F.. & Lendle, L.  Ueber die Blutdruckwirkung des  Ergotamins
und die Abhangigkeit der Adrenalinumkehr  nach Ergotamin
von der  Narkosetiefe des Versuchstieres.  Arch.  exp. Path.,
Berl., 1935, 178: 367-71.—Hetenyi, I., & Domel. E.  [Effect of
ergotamine on the blood-picture]  Orv. hetil., 1928, 72: 503.—
Heymans, C, & Bouckaert, J. J.  Au sujet de Taction vasomo-
trice et vasculaire  de l'ergotamine.  Arch,  internat.  pharm.
dyn., Par., 1933, 46: 129-36.  ------& Moraes. A.  Au sujet
de Taction vasculaire de l'ergotamine; inversion de Taction vasc-
constrictrice des vasotonines du sang defibrine par l'ergotamine.
C. rend. Soc biol., 1932, 110: 993.—Marinesco,  G., Sager. O.,
& Kreindler, A. Action centrale de l'ergotamine sur la tension
arterielle.   Ibid., 1931, 107: 191.—Pajevic, J.  L'ergotamine et
la formule leucocytaire chez le lapin.  Ibid.,  1933, 113: 429-
31.—Poos, F., & Santori, G.  Sull'azione delTergotamina sulToc-
chio.   Ann.  ottalm.,  1928,  56:  769-78.—Raymond-Hamet.
Effets de l'ergotamine  injectee dans la circulation generate sur
les vaisseaux de la patte et du rein.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1936,
122: 918-21.—Rothlin, E.  Zur Frage der Spezifitat des Ergo-
tamin.  Klin. Mbl. Augenh., 1928, 80: 42-6.—Rothschild, F., &
Jacobsohn,  M.  Die  Wirkung  von Ergotamin  (Stoll)  beim
Basedow und im Tierversuch auf die Blutzusammensetzung.
Zschr. klin. Med., 1927, 105: 406-9.—Salant. W., Nadler,  J. E.,
& Brodman, K. Circulatory reactions to ergotamine and  effect
upon them produced  by  adrenalectomy and the blood pH.
Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1927-28, 25: 361-4.—Smith.  D. C.
The  effect of adrenalin upon the duration of ventricular fibril-
lation in the cat after the  administration of ergotamine.  J.
Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1936, 58: 312-8.—Williams, J. R., jr.  The
effect of cocaine and of ergotamine on the action of the  renal
pressor substance.  Am. J.  Physiol., 1938,  124: 83-5.—Woods,
G. G-, Nelson, V. E., & Neslon,  E.  E.   The effect of small
amounts of ergotamine on the circulatory response to epineph-
rine.  J.  Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1932,  45:  403-18.—Youmans,
J. B., & Trimble, W. H.  The effect of ergotamine on the  heart
rate of trained, unanesthetized dogs.  Ibid., 1930, 38: 133-44.—
Zimmermann,  O.   Storung  der Coronardurchblutung durcb
Ergotamin.  Klin. Wschr.. 1935, 14: 500-3.

----   Ergotamine:  Effect, metabolic.

   Augi, G.  L'azione  delTergotamina sulla  iperglicemia  post-
anestetica.   Clin, chir., Milano, 1931, 34: 262-76.—Beck, R.
The effect of ergotamin upon the phloridzinglycosuria.  Magy.
orv.  arch., 1926,  27: 594-6.—Bossa, G.   Azione della ergot-
amina  sul  metabolismo  degl'idrati di  carbonic   Boll.  Soc.
ital.  biol.  sper., 1928,  3: 1114-7.  Also Minerva med.,  Tor.,
1929, 9: pt 2, 725-35.—Bufano, M., & Masini, A.  L'influenza
delTergotamina sulla glicemia negli animali  e  nell'uomo sano;
suo impiego nella terapia del diabete mellito.  Riforma med.,
1927, 43:  891-6.—Carbonaro, G.  Azione delTergotamina sul
tasso glicemico e sull'iperglicemia  da arecolina.   Arch. farm.
sper., 1931-32, 52: 241-57.—Coelho, E., & Candido de Oliveira,
J. Influence de l'ergotamine sur Thyperglycemie alimentaire
chez les sujets normaux et chez les diabetiques.  C. rend. Soc
biol., 1928, 99: 1527-30.—Corrini,  G. Azione delTergotamina
sulla  glicemia  degli  individui normali,  epatici e diabetici.
Policlinico, 1930, 37: sez. prat., 85-90.—Eda, G.  Ueber den
Einfluss des  Ergotamins auf  den  Blutzuckergehalt.  J.  Bio-
chem., Tokyo, 1928, 10: 101-14.  ------  Einfluss der Ergot-
amins auf experimentelle Hyperglykamien.   Ibid., 9: 285-97.—
Florkin, M., & Lecomte, L.  Action de  l'ergotamine sur la
teneur en  potassium du serum, chez le chien.  Arch, internat.
physiol., Liege, 1938, 46: 189-94.—Gasparini,  A.  Ergotamina
ed equilibrio  calcio-potassio  nei sangue.   Gior. clin.  med.,
1931, 12: 402-13.—Kepinov, L., & Petit-Dutaillis, S.  Etude
sur le role de l'insuline vis-a-vis de Taction hypoglycemiante de
l'ergotamine.   C.  rend. Soc.  biol.,  1930,  103:  199-203 —
Labbe, M., & Rubinstein, M.  Action de  l'ergotamine sur les
echanges respiratoires.  Ibid., 1933, 112:  1152-4.—Lawrence,
R. D.  The effect of ergotamine on carbohydrate metabolism
and on the stomach.  Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1929-30, 11: 145-8.—
Michail, D., Bendescu, T., & Vancea,  P.  Action de l'ergo-
tamine sur le metabolisme  basal et la glycemie dans les affec-
tions oculaires.  C. rend. Soc biol., 1928, 98:1468.—Moretti, H.
L'action  hypoglycemiante  de l'ergotamine dans le diabete.
Ibid.,  1927,  97: 320-4.—Nitzescu, I.  I.   L'ergotamine  et
Thyperglyc6mie post-hypophysaire.  Ibid., 1928, 98: 1479-82.
------& Munteanu, N.  L'ergotamine  et Thyperlactacidemie
adrenalinique.  Ibid.,  1932, 109: 311-3.—Overbeek,  G. A.
Ergotamin and the  glycogenolytic action of adrenalin in the
rat's muscle.   Acta  brevia  neerl., 1936, 6: 42.—Rigo, L., &
Veszelszky, L.   [On the influence of ergotamine on the con-
centration of sugar in  the blood]  Magy. orv. arch., 1928, 29:
517-9.—Sarzana, G.  Azione delTergotamina  sugli  scambi
respiratori  dei colombi posti a bassa temperatura.  Arch. ital.
sc. farm., 1935, 4: 329-42.—Serrano Diaz, R.  Influencia  de la
ergotamina sobre la glucemia. Arch, med., Madr., 1928, 28:
459-62.—Shpiner, L. B.  The effect of ergotamine on the blood
sugar level.  Am. J. Physiol., 1929, 88: 245-50.  Also Abstr.
Theses  Univ.  Chicago,  1929-30,  8: 263-6.—Speranza, U.
Sul valore terapeutico e semeiologico delTergotamina in alcune
forme di diabete mellito.   Rass. ter. pat.  clin.,  1930, 2:  684-
704.—Trincao,  C.  A propos de Taction de l'ergotamine sur la
glycemie.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1928, 99: 1538.—Youmans,  J. B.,
& Trimble, W. H.  Experimental and clinical studies of  ergo-
tamine ; effect of ergotamine on the blood sugar and epinephrine
hyperglycemia  in  trained  unanesthetized dogs.  J. Pharm.
Exp. Ther.,  1930, 38: 121-321  ------  The effect of  ergo-
tamine on the oxygen consumption of  normal,  trained  dogs.
Ibid., 39: 201-8. ------ The effect of ergotamine on the basal
metabolism, circulation and blood sugar of normal persons and
of patients with thyrotoxicosis.  Arch.  Int. M.,  1931, 47:
612-32.  Also repr. 
ERGOT
467
ERGOT
  ----   Ergotamine  tartrate [including  Gynergen]

     Asteriades,   M.    *Ueber die  Wirkung  von
  Gynergen auf die  Pankreassekretion.    16p.   8?
  Wiirzb., 1927.
     Papakonstantin,  D.   *Chronische Wirkung
  des  Gynergens  auf  den  Sympathikus   [Wiirz-
  burg]    16p.   8?   Ludwigshafen,  1927.
     Reiter,  M.    *Gynergen; seine Stellung im
  Sekaleproblem und sein Indikationsbereich in der
  geburtshilfiichen  und  gynakologischen  Praxis.
  lOp.   8?   [Lpz.]  1925.
     Schmidtchen,  G.   *Das Gynergen und seine
  klinische  Bedeutung.  30p.   8?   Miinch., 1927.
     Vazielle,  A.  P.   *Recherches  sur la medica-
  tion ergotee; 6tude  pharmacologique et clinique
  du tartrate de l'ergotamine cristalisee.   80p.   8?
  Par., 1926.
    Amelio, F.  Contributo alio studio  circa Tinfluenza del
  tartrato  di ergotamina sul ricambio degli  idrati di carbonic
  Gazz. internaz. med.  chir., 1932, 40: 6-13.—Baber, E. A.,  &
  Tietz, E. B.  The effect of ergotamine tartrate on the behavior
  of psychotic patients.  J. Med., Cincin., 1936-37, 17: 551-7.—
  DerBrucke, M. G.  Ergot and ergotamine tartrate in puerperal
  prophylaxis.  Am. J.  Obst., 1935, 29: 272-5.  ------  Ergo-
  tamine tartrate in the puerperium.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1935, 105:
  867.  Also repr.—Farrar, G. E., jr, & Duff, A. M., jr.  Ergo-
  tamine tartrate; its direct  hyperglycemic  action and its in-
  fluence  on the hyperglycemia  produced  by epinephrine in
  normal unanesthetized dogs.  J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1928, 34:
  197-202.—Frommel,   E.   Le  point d'attaque  du  tartrate
  d'ergotamine.   Rev.  m6d. Suisse  rom.,  1936,  56:  902-10.
  ------ & Zimmet, D.  L'action du tartrate d'ergotamine sur
  les chromatophores de la grenouille.  Arch, internat.  pharm.
  dyn., Par., 1937, 55:  175-83.—Gremmee, C. J.   [Gynergen, a
  rye preparation]  Ned.  tschr. geneesk.,  1926, 70: 1387-9.—
  Griffith, J. Q., jr, Comroe, B. I., & Zinn, C. J.  Studies of blood
  volume  in ergotamine tartrate poisoning in rats.  Proc. Soc.
  Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1939,  40: 177-9.—Herrick, J.  F.  Effect of
  ergotamine tartrate on blood  flow and blood pressure in the
  femoral artery of the dog.   Ibid., 1933, 30: 871.—Heyrowsky,
  K.  Neo-Gynergen, ein Praparat aus reinen Mutterkornalka-
  loiden.   Zbl.  Gyn.,   1937, 61:  42-6.—Hoehne.  Klinische
  Erfahrungen mit  den modernen  Wehenmitteln,  insbesondere
  mit Gynergen.  Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1925, 125: 356-8  [Discus-
  sion] 365-86.—Hussey, H.  H.  Medical uses of ergotamine
  tartrate.   Med. Ann. District  of Columbia,  1937, 6: 309-14.—
  Joschko, R.  Ueber Neo-Gynergen in der Geburtshilfe.  Zbl.
  Gyn., 1936, 60: 3057-62.—Kitagawa, S.  Ueber die Wirkungen
  von einigen  lahmenden Giften auf das Zentralnervensystem
  der Krote; iiber  die Wirkungen des weinsauren Ergotamins.
  Jap. J. M. Sc, 1937, 10:  Pharm.,  101.—Laroche,  Gamus &
  Lelourdy. Le' tartrate d'ergotamine chez les basedowiens et
  chez les hypersympathicotoniques.  Rev. fr. endocr., 1928, 6:
  52-6.—Leinzinger, E.  Klinische  Erfahrungen mit Neogyner-
  gen.  Munch, med. Wschr., 1937, 84: 1903-6.—Marine, D.,
  Deutch, M.,  & Cipra, A.  Effect of ergotamine tartrate on the
  heat production  of normal and  thyroidectomized  rabbits.
  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol.,  N. Y., 1926-27, 24: 662-4.—Russo, G.
  Azione anfotropa delTergotamina (ginergen) sul cuore isolato
  di rospo.   Boll. Soc. ital. biol.  sper., 1935, 10: 803-5.—Seidel,
  W.  Die  Wirkung des Ergotamins (Gynergen) auf den Blut-
  zuckerspiegel beim Kaninchen und  beim Menschen.   Arch.
 exp. Path., Lpz., 1927,  125: 269-77.—Selinsky, H., & Bierman,
 W.  The effect of ergotamine  tartrate on body temperatures.
 J. Mount Sinai Hosp. N. York, 1938-39, 5: 545-50.—Thiel, R.
 Ueber die Wirkung  des  Ergotamins  (Gynergens)  auf den
 Augendruck. Klin. Wschr.,  1926, 5: 895.—Uter, W.  Beitrage
 zur  Gynergenmedikation.   Zbl. Gyn., 1929, 53: 1377-84 —
 Wetterwald,  M.   Ueber die  intravenose  Darreichung  des
 Gynergens (Ergotamintartrat)   Schweiz.  med. Wschr., 1927,
 57: 292-4.—Yater, W.  M., & Cahill, J. A.  Bilateral gangrene
 of feet due to ergotamine tartrate used for pruritus of jaundice;
 report of a case studied arteriographically and pathologically.
 J. Am. M. Ass., 1936, 106:1625-31.—Zorn, W. Experimentelle
 Untersuchungen iiber die modernen Wehenmittel, insbesondere
 Uber Gynergen. Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1925, 125: 359  [Discussion)
 365-86.   ------   Ueber  die  Wirkung von Gynergen  auf
 Blutdruck  und Puis beim Menschen.  Klin.  Wschr., 1927, 6:
 204-6.

 ----   Ergotaminine.
   Raymond-Hamet.  Sur un effet physiologique apparemment
 paradoxal de Tergotaminine.   C. rend. Soc.  biol., 1936,  122:
 267-70.

 ----   Ergotin [including extract]

  • Dillmann,  H.   [K.]   *Pharmakologische Ge-
 haltsbestimmungen   an   dem   standardisierten
 Ergotin  Merck neu.   23p.   8?   Giess., 1931.
   Berg, F. F. Fluidextract  of  ergot: effect of acidity on bio-
logic activity as determined by U. S. P. 1935 revised  assay. I
 J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1936, 25: 32-5.—Caffier, P. Ueber Secale-
 Infus, seinen Wirkungswert und seine Verwendungsberechti-
 gung. Zbl. Gyn., 1927, 51: 2659-65.—Casparis, P., & Bullet, J.
 Untersuchungen  uber Mutterkornextrakte.   Schweiz.  med,
 Wschr.,  1938, 68: 485.—Christiansen, W. G., & Lee, J.  Solu-
 tion of ergot alkaloids.  U. S. Patent Off., 1936, No. 2,033,921.—
 Fontes, J.,  Simoes, F., & da  Cunha, P.   Influence  du sulfate
 de magnesium sur les contractions de  l'uterus du  cobaye,
 prealablement soumis a Taction de Tergotine.  C.  rend. Soc.
 biol.,  1932, 109: 501.—Gerlough, T. D.   A note  on the com-
 parison  of  the physiological activity  of fluid  extracts  of
 ergot  as  determined  by the  cock's comb and  colorimetric
 methods.   Am. J.  Pharm.,  1931,  103:  644-7.—Hampshire,
 C. H., & Page, G. R.  The assay of liquid extract of ergot.
 Q. J. Pharm., Lond., 1938,  11: 57-66.—Meyer. E.  Ueber das
 Mutterkorninfus.  Zschr. Geburtsh.  Gyn., 1929, 95:  96-124.—
 Nurnberg.  Ueber Secalysat Burger.  Klin. Wschr., 1928,  7:
 718.—Oettel, H.  Zersetzung und Konservierung des Mutter-
 korn-Fluidextraktes D. A.  B. VI.  Arch. exp.  Path., Berl.,
 1931,  161: 359-67.—Rowe, L. W., & Scoville, W. L.   Fluid-
 extract of ergot. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1931, 20: 1030; 1933, 22:
 938.—Rusby, H. H.  Facts concerning  the character of the
 ergot  used  in the United States in the  manufacture  of fluid
 extract of ergot.  West. M.  Times, 1929, 49:  7-9.—Smelt,
 E. M.  The  keeping  properties  of liquid extract  of ergot.
 Q. J.  Pharm., Lond., 1933,  6: 399-405.—Smith,  M. I.,  &
 Stohlman, E. F.  Some factors influencing the stability of the
 fluid extract of ergot.  J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1931, 43: 621-
 35.—Trabucchi, E.  Ricerche sui principii attivi  della segale
 cornuta; il  contenuto in istamina degli  estratti  fluidi.  Boll.
 Soc ital. biol. sper.,  1934, 9: 504-7.—Wintz, H.  Klinische
 Erfahrungen mit dem  Ergotin-neu Merck.   Miinch.  med.
 Wschr., 1931, 78: 1430.—Wokes, F.  The stability of extracts
 of ergot.  Q. J. Pharm., Lond., 1929, 2: 384-95.  ------  &
 Elphick,  G. K.  The  preparation of liquid extract of ergot.
 Ibid., 539-55. ------  The extraction of ergot by the methods
 of D.A.B.  VI  and U.S.P. X. with notes on  ammoniated
 tincture of ergot B.P.  Ibid., 1930, 3: 599-625.

 ----  Ergotinine [including Secaline]

   Hamet, R.  Sur Tactivite  pharmacodynamique  de Tergo-
 tinine  cristallisee.   C. rend.  Soc  biol.,  1926, 94:  373-6.—
 Jacobs, W. A. The ergot alkaloids; the oxidation of ergotinine.
 J. Biol. Chem., 1932, 97: 739.----— & Craig, L. C.  The
 ergot alkaloids; the cleavage  of ergotinine with  sodium and
 butyl alcohol.  Ibid., 1935,  108: 595-606.  -----■  The ergot
 alkaloids; the hydrolysis of ergotinine.   Ibid., 110: 521-30.
 Also repr.—Lapati,  G.  Della  segala  cornuta al secacornin
 Roche. Riv. internaz. clin. ter., 1910, 5: 31-5.—Simonnet, H.,
 & Tanret, G.  Action de Tergotinine sur l'uterus de cobaye.
 Bull. sc. pharm., Par., 1926, 33: 129-37.   Also C.  rend. Acad.
 sc, 1926, 182: 493-5.—Zunz, E., & Vesselovsky, O.  A propos
 des effets des constituants de l'ergot de seigle sur la diurese;
 action de Tergotoxine, de Tergotinine et de la pseudoergotinine.
 Arch, internat. pharm. dyn., Par., 1938,  60: 466-89.

 ----   Ergotoxine  [Synonyms:  Cornutine;  Ergo-
   sclavine; Hydroergotinine]

   Anderson, A. B., & Anderson, M. D.  The effect  of  ergotoxin
 on phlorrhizin glycosuria.   J.  Physiol.,  Lond., 1928-29, 65:
 456-8.—Gilman, A.  Ergotoxine excitement.  Proc.  Soc. Exp.
 Biol., N. Y., 1934, 31: 468-70.—Hill, J. R.  Ergotoxine ethane-
 sulphonate or standardised ergot.  Pharm. J., Lond., 1932, 128:
 83—Ifuku, D. Ueber die kumulative Wirkung des Ergotoxins.
 Jap. J. M. Sc, 1934-35, 8: H. 3, Pharm.,  148-50.—Kreitmair,
 H. Ueber Ergoclavin, ein neu entdecktes Mutterkornalkaloid.
 Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1934, 176: 171-80.—Langecker, H.
 Ueber  das  Vorkommen ergotoxinartiger Uteruswirkungen
 (zugleich ein Beitrag zur Pharmakologie der Gif tempfindlichkeit)
 Ibid.,  1926, 118: 49-99.—Moir,  C.   Clinical  comparison of
 ergotoxine and ergotamine;  a  report to the therapeutic trials
 committee of the Medical Research Council. Brit.  M. J., 1932,
 1: 1022-4.—Nakamura, H.   Ueber den Einfluss des Ergotoxins
 auf den Blutzucker und den Gehalt  des Muskels  an den ver-
 schiedenen  Phosphaten des  Kaninchens.   Mitt.  Med. Akad.
 Kioto, 1930, 4: H. 5, No. 24, 257-67.—Otto, H.   Weitere Unter-
 suchungen iiber die Herzwirkung des Ergotoxins; vorlaufige
 Mitteilung.  Wien. klin. Wschr., 1927, 40: 486.   Also J. Pharm.
 Exp.  Ther.,  1928, 33:  285-93.—Raymond-Hamet.   Sur  la
 transformation en ergotoxine de Tergotinine en solution lactique.
 Bull. Soc chim. biol., Par.,  1926, 8:  765-9, 2 pl.—Rothlin, E.
 Zur Frage der pharmakologischen Identitat der beiden Mutter-
 kornalkaloide Ergotamin und Ergotoxin.   Klin. Wschr., 1933,
 12: 25.—Storozhev, I.  A.  [Sympathicotropic action of ergo-
 toxin]  Arkh. biol. nauk, 1937,  46: No. 2, 43-6.—Taylor, N. B.,
 Weld,  C. B., & Sykes, J.  F.   Ergotoxin and rage.  Am. J.
 Physiol., 1935, 113: 129.—Yonkman,  F. F. Ergotoxine miosis.
 J.  Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1931, 43: 251-64.—Zunz, E.,  & Vesse-
 lovsky, C.  Action de Tergoclavine sur la diurese.  C. rend.
 Soc. biol., 1935, 119: 534-6.

----  Pharmacology.

   Fredrich,  W.    *Ueber  den  Einfluss  des kon-
striktorischen  Gefasstonus auf   die  Entstehung
des  Umkehrphanomens.   12p.   8?  Berl.,  1935. 
ERGOT
   Wutz, J.   *Ein Beitrag zur Pharmakologie des
 Mutterkorns.   24p.   8?    Erlangen,  1935.
   Brink, C. D., & Rigler, R.  Ueber einen scheinbaren Unter-
 schied in der Wirkung von Ergotamin und Ergotoxin auf die
 Korpertemperatur.   Arch. exp.  Path., Lpz.,  1929,  145: 321-
 30.—Cristalli, G.  A proposito dei principi attivi della segale.
 Rass. ostet., 193."), 44: 203-7.—Dale, H. Die Pharmakologie des
 Mutterkorns.  Schweiz. med. Wschr.,  1935, 65: 885-8.—Davis,
 M. E., Adair, F. L. [et al.] A new active principle in ergot and
 its effects on uterine motility.  Am. J. Obst., 1935, 29:155-67.—
 Dudley, H. W., & Moir, C.  The substance responsible for the
 traditional clinical effect of ergot.  Brit. M. J., 1935, 1: 520-3 —
 Forst, A. W. Ueber die uteruswirksamen Substanzen im Mutter-
 korn.  Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1926, 114: 125-36.—Guidetti, E.
 Azione farmacodinamica dell'ormone oxitocico ipofisario e della
 segale cornuta sull'utero isolato di cavia.   Arch. ital. sc. farm.,
 1936, 5: 251-68.—Heymans, C, & Regniers, P.  Sur Taction
 vasculaire et sympathique de l'ergotamine et de Tergotinine.
 C. rend. Soc. biol.,  1927, 96: 130.—Inoue, T.   Ueber die Wir-
 kung, die Secale und seine  einige Praparate auf die Nieren-
 epithelzellen, besonders auf ihren Golgischen Apparat ausiiben.
 Okayama igakkai zasshi,  1934, 46: 1.—Koff, A. K.  A study of
 the action of ergot on the human puerperal uterus.  Surg. Gyn.
 Obst., 1935, 60: 190-202.—Langecker. H.  Ueber die Aufteilung
 der motorischen Uteruswirkung des Mutterkorns.  Arch. exp.
 Path., Lpz., 1928, 128: suppl., 133-5.—Louros, N., & Scheyer,
 H. E.  Ueber  eine  bisher unbekannte  Wirkung der Sekale-
 praparate.  Zbl. Gyn., 1927, 51: 763-8.—Lozinski, E., Holden,
 G. W., & Diver, G. R.  The relative activitv of ergotoxine and
 ergotamine.  J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1931, 42: 123-31.—Moir,
 C., & Dale, H.  H.  The action of ergot  preparations on the
 puerperal uterus; a clinical investigation with special reference
 to an active constituent of ergot as yet unidentified.  Brit. M.
 J., 1932, 1: 1119-22.—Morosi, G.  Fenomeni di sinergismo tra
 i principi attivi alcaloidei ed aminici della segale cornuta.  Riv.
 ital.  gin., 1938, 21: 323-46.—Raymond-Hamet.  Sur Tactivite
 pharmacodynamique comparee de Tergotinine cristallisee et de
 l'ergotamine cristallisee.  Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1926, 3. ser.,
 96: 90-2.  ------  Action de la yohimbine et des  alcaloides
 actifs de l'ergot  sur Tinnervation vaso-motrice  sympathique
 du rein.  C. rend. Acad, sc, 1926, 182: 170-3.  ------  Sur le
 point d'attaque vasculaire des alcaloides de l'ergot. Ibid., 1927,
 184: 243-5.  ------  Les principes actifs de l'ergot et leur
 action  pharmacologique.   Presse med.,  1927,  35:  1605-8.
 ------  Sur Taction vaso-dilatatrice  indirecte  des  alcaloides
 de l'ergot.  C. rend. Acad, sc, 1931, 193: 880-2.—Rothlin, E.
 The  specific  action of ergot alkaloids  on the sympathetic
 nervous  system.   J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1929,  36: 657-83.
 ------  Gegenwartige  Grundlagen der  Mutterkorntherapie.
 Praxis,  Bern,  1936, 25: 735-7.------  Pharmakologische
 Grundlagen der Mutterkorntherapie.   Miinch. med. Wschr.,
 1937, 84: 321.  ------  Chemisch-pharmakologische Stellung-
 nahme zum Mutterkornproblem.  Arch. Gyn., Berl., 1938, 166:
 88-105   [Discussion] 109-12.  Also Zbl.  Gyn., 1938, 62: 76 —
 Ruuth, L.  Action de Textrait d'ergot de seigle sur la teneur du
 sang en thrombocytes, en erythrocytes et en globules blancs.
 C. rend. Soc.  biol., 1926, 95: 1513-5.—Stoll, A., Rothlin, E.
 [et al]  Die Pharmakologie des Mutterkorns.  Schweiz. med.
 Wschr., 1935, 65: 1077-82.—Swanson, E. E., & Hargreaves, C.
 C.  The action of ergot and its alkaloids  on the puerperal uteri
 of dogs.  J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1934, 23: 867-72.—Thienes, C.
 H.  Action of ergot alkaloids on intestine and uterus.   Proc.
 Soc.  Exp. Biol., N. Y.,  1928-29, 26: 501.—Thompson, M. R.
 The active constituents of ergot: a pharmacological and chemi-
 cal study. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1935, 24: 24; 185.—Vartiainen,
 A.  The action  of  ergoclavine  and sensibamine.  J. Pharm.
 Exp. Ther., 1935, 54: 259-64. ------Lassas,  B., & Patiala, R.
 The  effects of ergot alkaloids on body temperature  of rabbit.
 Acta Soc. med. Duodecim, 1936-37, 19: Ser. A, fasc.  3, No. 12,
 1-21.—Werz, R.  von.  Ueber rektale Resorption von Secale-
 alkaloid. Arch. exp. Path., Berl., 1931, 161: 368-78.—Zunz, E.
 A propos des  effets des alcaloides de l'ergot  de seigle sur la
 diurese.  Bull. Acad. med. Belgique, 1936, 6. ser., 1: 95-104.
 ------  Effets des alcaloides de l'ergot de seigle dans I'organisme.
 Progr. med., Par., 1937, 1081-91.  ------  Nouvelles recherches
sur les effets des constituants de l'ergot de seigle sur la diurese.
 Bull. Acad. med. Belgique, 1937, 6. ser., 2: 492-509.  ------
 Effets des alcaloides de l'ergot de seigle sur la diurese.  Acta
 brevia neerl., 1939, 9: 57-9.  ------& Vesselovsky, O.  Effets
 des alcaloides de l'ergot de seigle sur la diurese.  Ann. physiol.,
 Par., 1936, 12: 795-7. ------ Action de Tergometrinine et de
 Tergotaminine sur la diurese.  C. rend.  Soc. biol., 1936, 121:
 1343-5.  ------  Action de differents alcaloides de l'ergot de
seigle et de leurs constituants sur la  diurese  aqueuse.   Ibid.,
 1937, 126:  270-2.  ------  Effets des combinaisons moiecu-
laires d'alcaloides de l'ergot sur la diurese; ergoclavine, ergosine
et ergosinine.  Ibid., 1938, 128: 1165-7.

 ----  Poisoning.

   See  Ergotism.
ERGOT
 1924, 71: 1641.—Clark, A. J.  Do the pharmacopceal prepara-
 tions of  ergot contain any active principles?  Tr. Edinburgh
 Obst. Soc,  1926-27, 47: 109-21.—Dittel, L.  G.  Ueber  das
 Mutterkornpraparat Secoin.   Wien. med. \V.schr., 1927,  77:
 1408.—Finger, J.  Ueber ein neues Sekalepraparat. Zbl. Gyn.,
 1924, 48: 2130.—Freundlich.  Ergotitrin, ein neues Sekale-
 praparat.  Ther.  Gegenwart,  1924,  65: 507.—Goenner,  A.
 Ueber Mutterkornpriiparate.   Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1926, 56:
 1118.—Guggisberg,  H.   Beitrag  zur  Frage  der wirksamen
 Mutterkornsubstanzen.   Helvet.  med. acta,  1937, 4:  13-45.
 ------  Ueber die Reinsubstanzen des Mutterkorns. Geburtsh.
 & Frauenh., 1939,  1: 157-67.—Ide, M.  Ergot et hypophysine.
 Rev. med., Louvain, 1925, 361-4.  ------  Les  preparations
 d'ergot.  Ibid., 1929, 218-20.—Jones, J.  L., & Barlow, O. W.
 A clinical comparison of various ergot  preparations on  the
 postpartum human uterus. Am. J. Obst., 1935, 29: 489-502.—
 Leger, E.  L'ergot de seigle et ses preparations; composi t ion, essai.
 J. pharm. chim.. Par., 1932,  8. ser., 15:  354-65.—McClosky,
 W.  T., Thompson, M. R., & Bardella, N. G.  Physiological
 potency  of commercial ergot preparations.  J.  Am.  Pharm.
 Ass., 1930,19: 844-7.—Meneghini, T.  Ricerche farmacologiche
 con i preparati galenici della segale.  Arch. farm, sper., 1928-29,
 47: 259-66.—Neslon, E. E., & Pattee, G. L.  The present status
 of the ergot question, with particular reference to  the prepara-
 tions used in obstetrics and gynecology.   Am. J. Obst., 1928,
 16: 73-81.—Rabau, E.   Erfahrungen mit Clavipurin (Gehe)
 in der Geburtshilfe.  Ther. Gegenwart, 1925, 66: 95.—Roseno,
 A.  Ueber Clavipurin in  der Gynakologie.  Med. Klin., Berl.,
 1924, 20: 455.—Rothlin, E. Erfahrungen iiber die Haltbarkeit
 von  Mutterkornpraparaten.   Klin. Wschr., 1934, 13: 1148-
 51.—Schiibel, K., & Straub, W. Ueber den Alkaloidgehalt von
 Mutterkornspezialitaten.    Munch,  med.  Wschr., 1929,  76:
 2039; 1931, 78:  1429.—Stephen, F.  Ergot preparations.   S.
 Afr.  M. J., 1933, 7: 713.—Stoll, A., & Rothlin, E.  Ueber Mut-
 terkornpraparate.  Schweiz. med.  Wschr., 1927, 57: 106-10.—
 Wirth, L.  Klinische Erfahrungen mit einem  neuen Mutter-
 kornwirkstoff. Munch, med. Wschr., 1937, 84:324-6.—Wokes,
 F., & Elphick, G. K.  The stability of salts of ergotoxine and
 ergotamine.  Q. J.  Pharm., Lond., 1930, 3: 59-72.

 ----  Standardization and testing.

   Hirt, O.   *Zur biologischen Wertbestimmung
 von Mutterkornpraparaten.  lip.  8?   Miinch.,
 1926.
  Schegg,  K.  E.   *Experimenteller  Beitrag zur
 Methodik  fiir  den  Nachweis  der Spezifitat der
 Mutterkornpraparate   [Zurich]   18p.   8?   Lpz.,
 1925.
  Also Zschr. ges.  exp. Med., 1925, 45: 368-84.

  United   States  Pharmacopoeial   Conven-
 tion.   A  revision  of  the  tests   and assays  for
 ergot and  fluidextract   of  ergot  and  a  revised
 test under  lactose.   4p.  8?  [n. p.] 1933.
  Aizzi-Mancini, M.  Della titolazione biologica dei preparati
di segale cornuta.  Boll.  Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1929, 4: 221.—
Allport, N. L., & Cocking, T. T.  The colorimetric assay  of
ergot.  Q. J. Pharm., Lond., 1932, 5: 341-6.—Austoni,  M.
Metodi  e risultati nei dosaggio  degli alcaloidi  della  segale
 cornuta.  Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1935, 10: 643-7.—Braun, A.
Zur  Auswertung  von Mutterkornpraparaten.   Arch.  exp.
Path., Lpz.,  1925,  108: 96-105.—Burn, J. H.. &  Ellis, J.  M.
The  biological assay of the specific alkaloid of  ergot.  Pharm.
J., Lond., 1927, 118: 384-7.—Crodel, W.  Zur Arbeit von E.
Rothlin in Basel: Zur adaquaten Methodik des Nachweises von
spezifischen  Mutterkornsubstanzen.   Zbl. Gyn.,  1925,  49:
 1678.—Evers, N.   A colour test for ergot alkaloids.  Pharm.
J., Lond., 1927,  118: 721-3.—Garner, W. B.  The reliability
 of preparations of ergot and the necessity for standardization.
 Am.  J. Pharm., 1928, 100: 318-32.—Gittinger, G. S., & Munch,
 J. C. The assay of ergot by  the cockscomb method.  J. Am.
 Pharm. Ass., 1927, 16: 505-10.—Issekutz, B., & Leinzinger, M.
 Ueber die pharmakologische  Wertbestimmung  des  Mutter-
 korns. Arch. exp. Path.,  Lpz., 1928, 128:  165-72.—Leinzinger,
 M., & Kelemen, J.  Ueber die pharmakologische Wertbestim-
 mung  des Mutterkorns.   Ibid.,  173-8.—Masuda, T.   Die
 Bestimmung des Ergotamin-Ergotoxintiters des  Mutterkorns
 am  Froschgefasspraparat.  Biochem.  Zschr.,  1925, 163: 27-
 35.—Oettel, H.  Ueber Alkaloidbestimmung im Mutterkorn.
 Arch. exp. Path., Lpz.,  1930,  149: 218-39.—Pattee, G. L., &
 Nelson,  E. E.   The biological assay  of ergot  preparations.
 J. Pharm. Exp. Ther.,  1929, 36: 85-105.— Pellizzari, C. R.
 Metodi moderni di titolazione completa chimica farmacologica
 e clinica delle preparazioni ergotiniche.  Ann. ostet. gin., 1938,
 60: 45-59.—Powell, C. E., Schulze, H. A., & Swanson, E. E.
 The  standardization and stabilization of ergot  preparations.
 J. Am. Pharm. Ass.,  1932, 21:  1003.—Prybill, A., & Mauer, K.
 Versuche iiber Wertbestimmung und Altern von Mutterkorn-
 zubereitungen.  Arch. Pharm., Berl., 1928, 266: 464-79, 6 pl.—
 Raymond-Hamet.    Sur  une  nouvelle  methode  de titrage
 physiologique  des  preparations ergot6es.   C. rend. Acad,  sc,
 1926, 182: 1046-8.—Rothlin, E.  Zur adaquaten Methodik des
 Nachweises  von  spezifischen  Mutterkornsubstanzen.   Zbl.
 Gyn., 1925, 49: 914-9.   ------  Antwort auf  die Bemerkung
 von  W. Crodel zu meiner Arbeit: Zur adaquaten Methodik des
 Nachweises  von  spezifischen  Mutterkornsubstanzen.  Ibid.,
----   Preparations.
   Bigler,  W.  Ueber Secalopan, ein neues  Secalepraparat,
gleichzeitig ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Secale cornutum.
Schweiz. med.  Wschr.,  1920,  50: 110-14.—Braun. A.   Ver-
gleichende pharmakologische Untersuchungen  von Clavipurin
und  anderen Mutterkornpraparaten.   Miinch. med.  Wschr., 
ERGOT
469
ERGOTAMINE
  2137.  ------  Ueber die Standardisierung von Mutterkorn.
  Arch.  exp.  Path., Berl., 1936-37, 184: 69-71.—Schlemmer,
  F., Wirth, P. H. A., & Peters,  H.  Die  Bestimmung von
  Mutterkorninhaltsstoffen nach verschiedener Methodik.  Arch.
  Pharm.,  Berl.,  1936, 274:  16-40.—Schiibel, K.   Bewertung
  der Secalepraparate.  Fortsch. Ther.,  1930, 6: 6-9.  ------
  &  Manger, J.   Pharmakologische  Untersuchungen  iiber
  den  Alkaloidgehalt von  Mutterkornspeeialitaten.    Arch.
  exp. Path., Lpz.,  1930,  148: 246-56.—Smith, F. A. U.  Notes
  on the B.  P.  colorimeter  test for ergot.  J. Am.  Pharm.
  Ass.,  1934,  23:  25-30.—Smith, M. I.  A  quantitative col-
  orimetric  reaction for  the  ergot  alkaloids  and its applica-
  tion in the chemical standardization  of ergot preparations.
  Pub.  Health Rep., Wash., 1930, 45:  1466-81.   ------  &
  Stohlman,  E.  F.  Standardization  of ergot;  comparative
  study  of  the chemical  and biological  methods  of ergot  as-
  say.   J.  Pharm.  Exp.  Ther., 1930,  40:  77-96.—Sternon,
  F., &  Rensonnet.  Le dosage  spectrophotometrique des
  alcaloides de l'ergot de seigle par la reaction de  van Urk.
  C. rend. Congr. internat. pharm.,  1935, 12. Congr., 237-56.—
  Stevens, A. N.  The standardization of ergot—a modification
  of Smith's quantitative colorimetric  assay.  J.  Am.  Pharm.
  Ass., 1933, 22: 99-106.   ------ The standardization of ergot.
  Ibid., 940-3. ------ A comparison of results obtained by the
  colorimetric, the cock's comb and the Broom and Clark methods
  of assay.  Ibid., 1938, 27: 100-3.   Also repr.—Swanson, E. E.,
  Powell, C. E. [et al.] The standardization and stabilization ot
  ergot preparations.  Ibid., 1932, 21: 229; 320.—Swoap, O. F.,
  Cartland, G. F., & Hart,  M. C.  The assay and deterioration of
  ergot preparations.  Ibid., 1933, 22: 8-14.—Thompson, M. R.
  The pharmacology of ergot, with special reference to biological
  assay  and standardization.  Ibid.,  1929,  18:  1106;  passim.
  ------ The extraction and assay  of crude ergot.  Ibid., 1932,
  21:  1135-45.—Tiffeneau.  Standardisation  biologique des
  preparations d'ergot de  seigle.  Repert. pharm.,  1924, 3. ser.,
  36: 299-302.—Trabucchi, E. Ricerche sui principii  attivi della
  segale  cornuta; dosaggio chimico e biologico degli alcaloidi
  specifici.   Boll.  Soc. ital. biol.  sper., 1934, 9:  501-4.—Tsche-
  tschulin, S.  Zur Frage der  Wertbestimmung  von  Secale
  cornutum.   Arch. exp.  Path., Lpz.,   1926,  112:  100-12.—
  Wokes, F., & Crocker, H.  Biological  and spectroscopic tests
  on ergot alkaloids,  with notes on the Maurice Smith colour
  test.  Q. .1.  Pharm., Lond.,  1931,  4: 420-43.—Wulp, G.  A., &
  Nelson, E.  E.  The biological assay  of ergot preparations;
  the use of the paralysis of  the renal vasomotors as an  assay
  method.  J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 1931, 42: 143-54.

  ----   Sterine.

    See Ergosterol.

  ----   Substitutes.

    See also Eriocoma.
    Acs, M.  [Secale like effects of gravitol in animal  tests]
  Magy. orv. arch.,  1931, 32: 314-22.—Fecht, K. E.   Die Gravi-
  toldragees in der Geburtshilfe und Gynakologie.  Zschr.  arztl.
  Fortbild.,  1938, 35: 410.—Mayer,  K.   Klinische Erfahrungen
  mit Sekalepraparaten und deren Ersatz durch das synthetische
  Gravitol.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1930, 26: 1084.

  ----   Therapeutic  use.

    Corsino, J. C.    *Breve  estudo sobre  a crava-
  gem   de  centeio na  pratica  obstetrica.   105p.
  8?   Lisb., 1886.
    Kleinschmidt,  H.     *Das  Mutterkorn   und
  seine  rektale  Verordnung.   34p.   8?  Erlangen,
  1933.
    Bardenheuer, F. H.  Neuartige Sekaleverordnung! Miinch.
 med. Wschr., 1929, 76: 1130.—Burn, J. H.  The oral adminis-
 tration of powdered ergot.   Q. J. Pharm., Lond., 1929,  2:
 515-24, 8 pl.—Cline, A.  The use of ergot in the puerperium.
 Ohio M. J., 1936, 32: 1094.—Davis, M.  E. The use and abuse
 of ergot and pituitary. J. Am.  M. Ass., 1937,  109: 1631-5 —
 DerBrucke, M. G.  Notes on the use of the recently introduced
 ergot alkaloids in  the puerperium. Am. J. Obst.,  1936, 32:
 474-8.—Ergot in  modern  obstetrics.    Centaur,  Menasha,
 1936, 41: 248-54.—Fohr, O.   Die orale Verabreichung des
 Mutterkornhauptalkaloids in der  Gynakologie und Geburts-
 hilfe.  Zbl. Gyn.,  1927,  51: 174-8.—Gertstmann,  H.  Ueber
 rectale  Secalp-Applikation.  Wien. klin.  Wschr.,  1935,  48:
 1092.— Gorg, P.  Beitrag zur Sekalebehandlung.  Deut.  med.
 Wschr., 1937, 63:  602.—Hellman, A. M., Posner, A. C, &
 Ciner, L. F.   The clinical  usefulness of some of the newer ergot
 alkaloids in obstetrics. J.  Med., Cincin.,  1938-39, 19: 567-7U—
 Leeser,  O.  Einleitung zu einem  homoopathischen Seminar.
 Hippokrates,  Stuttg., 1933,  4:  24-30.—Livingston,  S.  H., &
 Blum, S. G.  Prophylactic use of ergot and ergotamine tartrate
 in puerperium.  Am. J. Surg., 1936, 31:  533-6.—Rech, W., &
 Raber, F.  Neue Wege der Sekaletherapie.   Zbl.  Gyn., 1933,
 57: 2594-7.—Rosen, B.   Der Wert der Sekaleprophylaxe im
 Wochenbett.  Ibid.,  1935, 59:  1295-300.—Schomann.   Ver-
 haltungsratschlage  bei Verwendung von Sekalepraparaten.
 Munch,  med. Wschr., 1924,  71: 1642.—Suns, J.  Ueber den
 Wert der Sekaleprophylaxe  und  -therapie im Wochenbett.
 Zbl. Gyn., 1932,  56: 596-600.—Wesselink, D.  G.   [Value of
secale in labour]  Ned. tschr.  verlosk., 1936, 39:  96-8.
 ERGOTAMINE.

   See under Ergot.

 ERGOTHERAPY.

   See Occupational  therapy.

 ERGOTHIONEINE.

   See  also  Blood   chemistry,  Sulfur;  Ergot;
 Histidine.
   Eagles, B. A., & Cox, G. J.  The availability of ergothioneine
 in supplementing rations deficient in histidine.  J. Biol. Chem.,
 1928, 80: 249-54.—Eagles, B. A.,  & Vars, H. M.  The physi-
 ology of ergothioneine.  Ibid., 615-22.

 ERGOTIN.

   See under Ergot.

 ERGOTISM.

   See also Claviceps; Ergot, Pharmacology; Rye.
   Schafer,  E.    *Ueber  die  Giftwirkung  des
 Gynergens.   24p.  8?   Bresl., 1930.
   Thieme, P.   *Ueber Mutterkorn in Getreide,
 Mehl  und  Brot;  seinen Nachweis und  die Ver-
 hutung von  Mutterkornvergiftungen.    53p.   8°
 Berl., 1930.
   Also Veroff. Medverwalt., 1930, 33: 1-53.
   Tsolkas,  D.   *Mutterkorn  und   Gangran.
 46p.   8?   Miinch.,  1929.
   Antoine,  T.  Secalefrage und puerperale Gangran.  Arch.
 Gyn., Berl.,  1929-30, 139:492-510.—Caffier, P. Eine Patientin
 mit  Ergotismus gangrajnosus.  Zschr. Geburtsh. Gyn.,  1927,
 91:  175.  ------  Kritische Beitrage zum Problem des Ergo-
 tismus gangraenosus; eigene Beobachtungen und experimentelle
 Untersuchungen zur Mutterkornfrage  auf  Grund eines mit
 Metritis dissecans  kombinierten  Falles  von Extremitaten-
 Gangran im Wochenbett.  Ibid., 92: 116-73, pl.—Carreras, F.
 Un  caso de ergotismo en el puerperio (intoxicaci6n por la
 ergotamina)  Rev. med.  Barcelona, 1924, 2. ser., 1:  205-8.—
 Chasanow, M.  Ein Beitrag zur Klinik  des Ergotismus.  Ner-
 venarzt, 1931, 4: 694-7.—Chaumartin, H. La Sainte Chandelle
 d'Arras et le mal des ardents.  Aesculape,  Par.,  1932, n.  ser.,
 22:  26.   ------ Les idees d'un medecin de Tabbaye de Saint
 Antoine de  Viennois sur le feu Saint Antoine au XVIe siecle.
 Bull. Soc. fr.  hist, med.,  1927,  21: 277-81.  ------  Le feu
 Saint-Antoine et TAngleterre; a propos d'un sceau de THopital
 Antonin de Londres.  Ibid., 1934, 28: 228-34.—Comfort, M. W.
 & Erickson,  C. W.  Untoward effects from the use of ergot and
 ergotamine  tartrate.  Ann.  Int. M., 1939-40,  13: 46-60.—
 Costedoat, A.  Les troubles psychiques de Tergotisine  epidemi-
 que.  Ann.  med. psychoi., Par.,  1933, 91: pt  2, 185-95 —
 Custer, R. P.  The experimental pathology of ergotism, with
 reference to some newer ergot derivatives. Am. J. M. Sc, 1938,
 195: 452-7, 4 pl.—Dilling, W.  J., & Kelly, R. E.  Gangrene fol-
 lowing the use of ergotized rye  bread.  Brit. M. J.,  1928, 1:
 540-2.—Dragisic, B.,  &  Varicak, B.   Vergleichende Unter-
 suchungen iiber die toxische Wirkung des wasserigen Extrakts
 aus Ustilago maidis und der Mutterkornpriiparate.  Arch. exp.
 Path., Berl., 1935,  179: 319-26.—Ehrhardt, L.  Die anatomi-
 schen Veranderungen des  Zentralnervensystems bei einem Fall
 von  57  Jahre zuriickliegender Ergotinvergiftung.  Zbl. allg.
 Path., 1937,  68: 321-5.—Ellerbroek, N.  Puerperale Gangran
 und  Mutterkorngangran.  Zbl.  Gyn.,  1929, 53: 1384-90 —
 Gaisinovich, S., Konigsberg, E.,  & Kogan, A.  [Clinical aspect
 and  prevention of ergotism]   Vrach. delo, 1934,  17: 433-9.—
 Goldberger,  E.  Symmetrische Gangran  an den unteren Extre-
 mitaten nach  Mutterkornmedikation.   Zbl. Gyn., 1928, 52:
 1573-8.—Gould, S. E., Price,  A. E., & Ginsberg. H. I.  Gan-
 grene and  death following ergotamine tartrate  (gynergen)
 therapy. J.  Am. M. Ass., 1936, 106: 1631-5.—Guerra, C, &
 Gutman, S.  Sobre un caso de intoxication por ergoapiol.  Rev.
 As.  med.  argent.,  1937,  50:  639-44.—Hosaka,  T.  Experi-
 mentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Veranderungen der sensiblen
 Nervenendigungen im Zahnfleisch beim Ergotismus. J. Orient.
 M.,  Dairen,  1936, 25:  17.—Kaunitz,  J.  Chronic  endemic
 ergotism; its relation to the vasomotor and trophic  diseases.
 Arch. Int. M., 1931, 47: 548-64.—Kooistra, R.   [Gangrenous
 ergotism in rabbits]  Tschr. geneesk., 1937,  64: 721.—Kravitz,
 D. Neuroretinitis associated with symptoms of ergot poisoning;
 report  of a  case.  Arch.   Ophth.,  Chic, 1935,  13: 201-6 —
 Kulik, D. M. [Mental changes in ergotism]  Sovet. nevropat.,
 1935, 4: No. 7, 113-20.  ------  Beitrag zur Hamatologie des
 Ergotismus.   Fol. haemat., Lpz., 1936,  56:  1-4.—Langecker,
H.   Zur experimentellen  Mutterkornvergiftung.   Arch.  exp.
Path., Berl.,  1932, 165: 291-8.—Lewis, T.  The  manner in
 which necrosis arises in the fowl's comb under ergot poisoning.
Clin. Sc,  Lond.,  1935-36, 2: 43-52, 2 pl.— Lowenberg, K.
Cerebral damage in a case  of fatal poisoning due to a compound
of ergot and  apiol (ergoapiol)  J. Am. M. Ass., 1938, 110: 573-
5.—Lyssakovsky, I. V.   [Study of ergotism]   J. nevropat. 
ERGOTISM
470
ERIKSON
psikhiat. Moskva, 1930, 23: 73-81.—Milian, G.  Eruptions
alimentaires; ergotisme. In Nouv. prat. derm. (Darier, Sabou-
raud, et al.) Par., 1936, 4: 867-78.—Morgan, M. T.  Report of
an outbreak of alleged ergot poisoning by rye bread in Man-
chester.  J. Hyg., Cambr., 1929-30, 29: 51-61.—Moskowitz, H.
L. Report of a case of ergot poisoning postpartum.  Am. J.
Obst., 1928,  15: 549-52.—Mossor, S.  [Gangrenous ergotism]
Polska gaz. lek., 1931, 10: 253.—Nielsen, L.  Erythromelalgie
nach Suizidversuch mit Gynergen.  Miinch.  med. Wschr.,
1928, 75: 1038.—Oginz, P.  Ergotismus gangrenosus.  Am. J.
Obst., 1930, 19: 657-64.—Polak, E.  Recherches experimentales
sur Tergotisme  gangreneux.   Sborn. lek.,  1925, 26: 63-92.
------  [Experiments on ergotism]  Cas. lek. fiesk., 1924, 63:
1409.—Popov, 1.1., Palkin, M. E., & Liashenko, S. S. [Fungous
(cereal) fever] Sovet. med., 1939, No. 7, 29-31.—Portigliotti, G.
Per la storia della medicina a Genova: L'Ospedale degli Ardenti.
Illust. med. ital., 1924, 6:39-41.—Robertson. J., & Ashby, H. T.
Ergot poisoning among the rye bread consumers. Brit. M. J.,
1928, 1: 302.—Roch.  Ergotismo gangrenoso.  Gazz.  osp.,
1935, 56: 574-6.  Also Presse med., 1935, 43: 31.—Spiegel, T.
Wieder ein Fall von Gynergenvergiftung.  Zbl. Gyn., 1928, 52:
2957-9.—Spiro, K. Mutterkornpraparate und Gangran. Med.
Welt, 1929, 3: 41-3.—Stockman, R.  The cause of  convulsive
ergotism.  J. Hyg., Cambr., 1934, 34: 235-41, 2 pl.—Stolina, R.
[Ergotin psychosis]  J. nevropat. psikhiat., Moskva, 1931, 24:
108—11.—Vaiciunas, V.  [Ergotismus convulsivus]  Medicina,
Kaunas, 1932,  13: 599-604.—Zorn, D.   Gynergenschadigung
und ihre Beseitigung durch Wechselfussbader und Padutin.
Deut. med. Wschr., 1931, 57: 1978.

ERGOTOXINE.

   See under Ergot.
   ERHARD,  Hubert, 1883-        Hypnose  bei
Tieren.  32p.  8?  Giessen, A. Topelmann, 1924.
   ------HANDOVSKY, Hans [et al.]  Metho-
den der allgemeinen vergleichenden Physiologie.
xviii, 1032p.   8?   Berl., Urban & Schwarzenberg,
1928.
   Forms v.5, pt 2 Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth. (E. Abderhalden)
Berl., 1928.

   ERHARDT,  Heinrich,  1910-       *Ist   die
Transparenz des Dentins ein vitaler oder avitaler
Vorgang?  23p.   8?  Freib.  i.  B., R. Rebholz,
1935.
   ERHARDT,   Liselotte,   1910-        *Zahn-
frakturen unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der
Heilungsmoglichkeiten.  28p.  8? Miinch., 1935.
   ERHARDT, Sven Richard, 1876-      Hand-
bok for  militarlakare; pa uppdrag av  svenska
militarlakarforeningens  centralkommitte  under
medverkan  av fackman   [Handbook of  military
medicine]  602p.  8?   Lund, H. Ohlssons, 1930.


ERICACEAE [and derivatives]

   See also names  of genera as  Arbutus; Arcto-
staphylos; Gaultheria, &c.   See  also Mesotan.
   Dieterle, H., & Dorner, O.  Ueber Ericolin.  Arch. Pharm.,
Berl., 1937, 275: 380-2.—Evans, C.  A phytochemical study of
Kalmia polifolia, Ericaceae.  J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1938,  27:
681-9.—Jacobs, M. L., & Lloyd, W. R. A phytochemical study
of Kalmia angustifolia L.  Ibid., 1939, 28: 408-12.

   ERICH, Theodor, 1909-       *Die Entwick-
lung der zahnarztlichen  Extraktionsinstrumente
bis zur Einfiihrung der  Zahnzange   [Greifswald]
26p.   2 pl.   8?  Osnabruck, Gutenberg, 1934.
   ERICHSEN, John Eric,  1818-96.  Science and
art of  surgery; being a  treatise on surgical in-
juries,  diseases, and operations; edited  by  John
H. Brinton.   xxxii, 908p.   8?  Phila.,  Blanchard
& Lea.,  1854.
   ERICKSON, Paul T.   Scientific exhibit:  The
story of life, at the Texas centennial exposition,
Dallas,  Tex.,  June 6-November  20, 1936.   ii,
28p.   10 fig.   8?  Wash.,  1937.
   Suppl. 123, Pub. Health Rep.

   ERICKSON, Raoul.  Super-sight for the super-
age; a system of instructions and exercises for the
care and improvement of the eyes.  25, 7 1.   4?
Los Ang., 1932.
   Mimeographed.

   ERIE, Pa. Board of Health,   Annual reports.
1897-1921.
   Ceased publication,
  ERIKSON, Dagny.   The pathogenic  aerobic
organisms  of  the  actinomyces  group.    61p.
illust.   8?   Lond., H. M. Stat. Off., 1935.
  Forms No. 203, Spec. Rep. Med. Res. Counc Gr. Britain
Privy Counc.

  ERIKSSON,  Zaida.  *Ueber  Anstaltsschaden
der  Kinder:  Hospitalismus   in  Kinderheimen
[Helsingfors]   135p.   8?   Upps.,  Almqvist  &
Wiksells, 1925.
  Also Acta paediat., Upps., 1924-25, 4:


ERIN.

  See Ireland.


ERIOCHEIR.

  See also Crustacea.
  Koller, G.,  & Koller, R.  Untersuchungen  an  Eriocheir
sinensis in China (Lange, Panzerwolbung, Gewicht) Zool. Anz.,
1939, 126: 77-83.


ERIOCOMA.

  See also Ergot.
  Ramirez, E.  Contribuci6n al estudio de la acci6n farma-
codinamica del zoapatle [Eriocoma tomentosa]  Rev. mex. biol.,
1934, 15: 125-30, 6 pl.


ERIODICTYON.

  Fantus, B., Dyniewicz, H. A.,  & Dyniewicz, J. M.  A study
of vehicles for medicines. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1933, 22: 323-
31.—Oesterle, O. A.  Ueber das  Chrysoeriol der Yerba Santa.
Arch. Pharm., Berl., 1918, 256: 119-22.


ERIOMETER.

  Emmons, W. F.  The clinical eriometer.  Q. J. Med., Oxf.,
1927-28, 21: 83-90, pl.  Also Proc. Mayo Clin., 1929, 4:  35-7.


ERIOPHORUM.

  Cantoni, A.  G.  Sull'azione farmacologica dell'Eriophorum
alpinum L. Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1939, 14: 255.

  ERISMANN,  Max,  1899-        *Beitrag zur
Frage  der Injektionsbehandlung der Varicen an
Hand  von 240  selbst behandelten  Varicenfallen
[Zurich]  58p.   8?  Basel, 1930.
  ERISMANN,  Theodor,  1883-        *Unter-
suchung  iiber   Bewegungsempfindungen beim
Beugen  des  rechten Armes im EUenbogengelenk
[Zurich]  64p.  8?  Lpz., W. Engelmann, 1912.


ERISTALIS.

  See also Myiasis; Syrphidae.
  Pillers, A. W. N.  The rag-tailed maggot of the drone fly;
Eristalis tenax.  Vet. Rec, Lond., 1929, 9: 941.


ERITREA.

  Battara, P.   Le osservazioni  antropometriche  eseguite dal
prof. Algobrandino  Mochi in Eritrea.  Arch, antrop. etnol.,
Fir., 1933, 63: 5; 1934, 64: 5, ch.—Erythreeet Somalie italienne;
cas de maladies declares en  1935.  Bull. Off. internat. hyg.
pub., Par., 1936,  28:  1129.—Pepeu, F.  Impressioni  sulla
spedizione scientifica in Eritrea.  Riv. osped., 1935, 25: 412.
Also Terapia, Milano, 1935, 25:  334-46.—Pirani,  A., & Vitali.
A. Contributo alia conoscenza dei tumori nei cane in Eritrea.
Clin, vet., Milano, 1933, 56: 745-49, 2 pl.—Postiglione, E.
II patrimonio zootecnico dell'Eritrea e della Somalia Italiana.
Ibid., 1935, 58: 691-711.

  ERKEN,  Joseph, 1902-       *Zur Frage der
Heilung nichttuberkuloser  Kavernen  bei Saug-
lingen  [Munster]   24p.   8?   Dusseld., A. Bagel,
1928.
  ERKER,  Alfred, 1903-       *Das Gebiss und
die soziale Umwelt ihrer  Trager in  Jugoslawien.
15p.   8?  Lpz., H. Arnold, 1934.
  ERKKILA,  S.   *Klinisch-statistische  Unter-
suchung iiber  die gerichtspsychiatrisch  unter-
suchten Verbrecher in Finnland in den Jahren
1895-1919.   140p.  23^cm.   Helsin., 1938.
  ERKRANKUNGEN  (Die)  des  Bewegungs-
apparates,  Wien, v.l, 1924-26. 
ERLACHER
471
ERNESTIA
   ERLACHER, Philipp Johann, 1886-      Die
 Technik  des  orthopadischen  Eingriffs;  eine
 Operationslehre  aus  dem  Gesamtgebiet  der
 Orthopadie.  x, 482p.  8?   Wien, J. Springer,
 1928.
   ERLACHER, Rose,  1902-      *Sunde und
 Krankheit als  Problem in der Geschichte  der
 Medizin.  37p.  8?   Miinch., 1928.
   ERLANGEN. Universitat.  Bibliothek.  Kata-
 log der  Handschriften  der  Universitatsbiblio-
 thek Erlangen; die lateinischen Pergamenthand-
 s<mriften  der Universitatbibliothek;  von  Hans
 Fischer.  634p.  tab.  8?  Erlangen, 1928.
   ERLANGER,  Erich,  1901-        *Schadel-
 briiche der letzten 10 Jahre; ihre Operation und
 ihr Ausgang  [Heidelberg]   55p.   8?  Walldorf
 b. Heidelb., F.  Lamade, 1928.
   ERLANGER, Joseph, 1874-    , & GASSER,
 Herbert  Spencer.  Electrical signs  of  nervous
 activity,  x, 221p.  illust.   diagrs.  8?   Phila.,
 Univ. Pennsylvania Press, 1937.
   For portrait, photograph, see collection in library.
   ERLENBACH,  Michael,  1902-       *Ueber
 Chinovasaure.  41p.  8?  Miinch.,  1927.
   ERLENMEYER [Friedrich] Albrecht,  1849-
 1926.   Erste  Hilfe  bei  Geisteskranken;  fiinf
 Vortrage fiir Hausarzte.  xii, 181p.  8?   Bonn,
 F. Cohen, 1919.
   For biography see Psychiat. neur. Wschr.,  1926, 28: 343
 (Bingel)
   ERLER [Bernhard] Christian, 1909-     *Ex-
 perimentelle  Beitrage   zur  Tuberkulose  der
 Skelettmuskulatur  [Wurzburg] 51p.  8?  Giiters-
 Ioh-Westf., Thiele, 1935.
   ERLER, Kurt, 1907-      * Ueber Rontgenbild
 und Knochenbruch des Betriebsverletzten  [Ber-
 lin]  24p.  23}£cm.  Charlottenb.,  K. & R. Hoff-
 mann, 1936.
   ERLICH [vel Sluszny] Jeszua.   *De la valeur
 diagnostique et pronostique de la formule leuco-
 cytaire dans la fievre typhoide. 15p. 8? Geneve,
 1927.
   ERLIK, David,  1909-      *Les resultats de
 l'aurotherapie  de  la   tuberculose  pulmonaire
 dans le cadre de la cure sanatoriale.  69p.  5 pl.
 ch. tab.   8?  Strasb., Univ.  Strasbourg,  1935.
   ERMAKOV,  M.   V.   Nervova  sistema  i
 vuglevodnii  obmin u bezkhrebetnikh [Nervous
 system  and  carbohydrate  metabolism  in the
 invertebratae]   96p.   8?   Kiev,   Acad.  Sc.
 USSR, 1938.
   ERMAN,  Wilhelm, 1850-       Der tierische
 Magnetismus  in  Preussen  vor  und  nach den
 Freiheitskriegen, aktenmassig dargestellt.   viii,
 124p.  8?  Miinch., R.  Oldenbourg, 1925.
   ERMANN, Heinz Ludwig, 1905-       Ver-
 anderungen  des  Elektrokardiogramms  in der
 Rekonvaleszenz bei Scharlach. 14p.   8?  [Hei-
 delb.] 1934.
   Mimeograph.
   ERMER,  Albert, 1910-       *Kritische Be-
 trachtungen  iiber die  Befestigungsmoglichkeiten
 partieller Prothesen (Klammern und Geschiebe)
 [Miinchen]  23p.  8?  Wiirzb., R.  Mayr,  1936.
   ERMERT, Werner,  1907-      *Ueber den
 praktischen Wert der Re- und Implantation von
 Zahnen.   31p.   8?  Bonn, H. Trapp, 1935.
   ERNAEHRUNG (Die) Beihefte.  Lpz.,  H. 2,
 1937-
   ERNEST,   Maurice,  1872-      The longer
life; a critical survey of many claims to abnormal
longevity, of various theories on duration of life
and old age,  and of divers attempts at rejuvena-
tion.  249p.  pl.  8?   Lond., Adam & Co.  [1938]
 ERNESTIA.
   See also Fly; Insect.
   Petzold, W.  Bau und Funktion des Hypopygiums bei den
 Tachinen, unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der Kieferneu-
 lentachine (Ernestia rudis Fall)  Jena. Zschr. Naturwiss., 1927,
 63: 1-50, 2 pl.
   ERNI, G.  Oscar, 1857-1925.
   Obituary.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1925, 85: 1503.
   ERNOUX, Jean,  1904-       *Quelques con-
 siderations medico-legales sur la vision binocu-
 laire.  75p.   8?  Par., 1931.
   ERNST, Albert [Jakob] 1912-      *Alte und
 neue  Arten  von   Bohrern  fiir  zahnarztliche
 Zwecke.  20p.  8?  Tub.,  1935.
   ERNST, Curt, 1901-      *Ein Neurinom im
 Gebiet  des  Nervus radialis   [Miinchen]   17p.
 8?   Lucka i.  Thiir., R. Berger, 1927.
   ERNST, Frangois Joseph.   *Action du radium
 et  des  rayons X durs sur la cellule vegetale en
 presence des differents ions.   88p.  10 ch.  8?
 Strasb., 1934.
   ERNST,   Georg,  1889-       *Statistik  der
 geburtshilflichen  Abteilung in der II.  Universi-
 tatsklinik fiir Frauenkrankheiten und  Geburts-
 hilfe zu Miinchen in den  Jahren 1926-27.   38p.
 8?   Munch., C. Wolf & Sohn, 1928.
   ERNST, Georg, & BROICHMANN,  H. Josef.
 Rheuma  und Rheumabekampfung ein soziales
 Problem; kritische Beurteilung auf Grund der im
 Jahre 1927  bei der Landesversicherungsanstalt
 Westfalen behandelten Rheumakranken. iv, 88p.
 8?   Jena, G. Fischer, 1929.
   ERNST, Hermann.  Koryza: der Schnupfen
 und  seine Bekampfung.   104p.  16?  [Wien,
 Vernay] 1931.
   ERNST, Hermine, 1876-     *Die Bedeutung
 der Weiss'schen Urochromogenreaktion.   15p.
 8?   Berl., S. Karger, 1917.
   Also Jahrb. Kinderh., 1918, 87: 255-65.
   ERNST, Hilde, 1908-       *Untersuchungen
 iiber Erblichkeit des  Schwachsinns  und  die
 Fortpflanzung  Minderwertiger  in  den  Hilfs-
 schiilerfamilien   Wiesbadens  und  Wiesbaden-
 Biebrichs  [Munster]  17p. 21cm.  Gutersloh i.
 Westf., Thiele, 1936.
   ERNST, Jjzfrgen.  Hautdesinfektionsprobleme.
 174p.  tab.   26cm.   Kbh., Levin & Munksgaard,
 1937.
   ERNST, Konrad, 1903-      *Ueber Prostata-
 hypertrophie und ihre Behandlung  [Tubingen]
 37p.  8?  Stuttg., W. Kohlhammer, 1927.
  ERNST, Paul,  1859-1937.
  For Festschrift see Beitr. path. Anat., 1927, 77: portr.
  For biography see  Beitr. path. Anat., 1937-38, 100: H. 3,
 front. (L. Aschoff)  Also Deut.  med. Wschr., 1929, 55: 712
 (Froboese)  Also Verh.  Deut. path. Ges.,  1939, 31:  532-7
 (Schmincke) Also Zbl. allg. Path., 1937-38, 69: 401-3  (M. B.
 Schmidt)
  ERNST,   Rudolf,  1905-        *Ueber   das
 sogenannte Carcinoma disseminatum des Magens
 (mit  einem theoretischen Erklarungsversuch  zu
 seiner Entstehung)  p.585-609.  8? Bonn, 1931.
  ERNST, Theodor.  *Ueber die ersten Stunden
 der   Entziindung   [Geneve]    p.229-58.    8?
 Jena, G. Fischer,  1926.
  Also Beitr. path. Anat., 1926, 75:
  ERNST, Walter, 1907-       *Aspiration von
 Fremdkorpern  in  der  Narkose  [Heidelberg]
31p.  8?  Schwetzingen, A. Moch [1931]
  ERNST,   Wilhelm  Teja,   1891-        *Die
chirurgische  Behandlung   des  Magengeschwurs
[Freiburg]  29p.  8?  Karlsruhe, C.  F. Muller,
1917.
  ERNST, Wolfgang, 1910-      *Ueber  das
Verhalten von  Thyreotoxikosen in naturlichen,
solearmen C02-Badern.  37p.  8?  Bresl., 1937. 
ERNST                                            472                                         EROTICA
   ERNST, Zoltan.   Diabetes mellitus.   36p.   8?
Budap., 1932.
   Forms No. 29, Gyak. orv. konyvt.

   EROES, G.,
   See Jarno, Leo, & Eros, G.  Ueber das Magengeschwiir.
48p.  8?  Berl., 1936.

EROSIO interdigitalis.

   See  also Blastomycosis; Finger, Disease; Foot;
Hand; Saccharomycosis.
   Berendsen,  I.   * Weitere  Mitteilungen  iiber
Erosio interdigitalis  blastomycetica.   26p.    8?
Berl.,  1918.
   Biberstein, H.  Zur Histologie der interdigitalen  Mykose.
Arch. Derm. Syph.,  Berl., 1929,  158:  386-92.—Cortella, E.
Osservazioni su quattro casi di erosioni blastomicetiche inter-
digitali.  Arch.  ital.  derm.,  1933-34,  9: 180-203.   —:---:
Sopra un particolare caso di erosioni degli spazi interdigitali dei
piedi da simbiosi schizo-saccaromicetica.  Gior. ital. derm, sif.,
1935,  76: suppl., 352-8.—Lombardo, C.  Dermite endomicetica
interdigitale.  Gior. ital. mal. vener., 1922, 63: 674-85, pl.—
Negroni, P.   Sur l'intertrigo blastomyc^tique.  C. rend.  Soc.
biol.,  1930,  108: 495.—Rabeau, H.,  & Guerra, P.  Sur une
localisation peu connue de l'erythrasma; erosion interdigital des
pieds.  Bull. Soc. fr.  derm, syph.,  1936, 43: 464.—Sabouraud,
R.  La question des intertrigo-mycoses (a propos du rapport de
M. Petges au congres recent des dermatologistes de langue
franqaise)  Ann. derm, syph., Par., 1923, 6. ser., 4: 426-32. —
Stryker, G. V., & Fleisher, M. S.  A study of the organisms
occurring in  2 cases of erosio interdigitalis.  J. Lab. Clin. M.,
1925-26, 11: 911-27.

EROSION.

   See  under part affected as Cervix, Erosion, &c;
see also Soil.

EROTICA.

   See  also Eroticism.
   Reade, R. S.  Registrum librorum eroticorum.
2v.   398p.   (numb, cont.)  4?  Lond., 1936.
   Schroeder,  T.   What  is  criminally  obscene?
a  scientific  study  of  absurd  judicial  tests  of
obscenity,  p.53-68.   8?  N.  Y. [1906?]
   Repr. Albany Law Journ., July 1906.
   Amants (Les) tr^passes; peinture de Grttnewald.  Aesculape,
Par.,  1937,  27: 192.—Amrain,  K.   Beitrage zur Volkslied-
forschung: le trimazos. Anthropophyteia, Lpz., 1910, 7: 338-
41.—Avalon, J.  Le bain de Bethsabee.  Aesculape, Par., 1936,
26: 121-7.—Baroja, P. El tema sexual en la literatura.  Rev.
psiquiat. crim., B. Air., 1937, 2: 323-30.—Behr, D. von.  Stati-
stisches zum Thema  Pornographie.  Zschr. Sexwiss.,  1927-28,
14: 167-78.—Bianchini,  L.  Contributi alia storia della sim-
bolistica sessuale nell'arte  erotica.  Arch.  gen. neur., Nocera,
1930,   11: 263-6,  2  pl.—Curtius,  L.   Phallosgrabmal  im
Museum von Smyrna.  In  Die Wiss. am  Scheidewege (Prinz-
horn) Lpz., 1932, 19-29.—Englisch, P. Erotische Graphik der
Gegenwart.  Zschr. Sexwiss., 1927-28, 14: 339-43.—Farnell, F.
J.   Erotism  as portrayed in literature.  Internat.  J. Psycho-
anal., Lond., 1920, 1: 396-413.—Grenouille (La)  amoureuse
gargouille du chateau de Blois.  Aesculape, Par., 1938,28: 159.—
Harnack, A.  von. Der Eros in der alten christlichen Literatur.
Sitzber. Preuss. Akad. Wiss., 1918, 81-94.—Hergesheimer, J.
Morphology of the  love story.  J. Connecticut M. Soc, 1938, 2:
593-6.—Idoles  (Les)  phalliques bisexuees  de la station n6oli-
thique de Glozel.  Presse mid., 1926, 34:  1310.—Italy.   Atti
parlamentari, per la repressione della pornografia.  Q. med. leg.,
Milano, 1917, 1: 278.—Johnson, G. B.  Double meaning in the
popular Negro blues.  J. Abnorm. Psychol., 1926-27, 22:  12-
20.—Jung, G.  Das erotische Element in Kunst und Dichtung.
Zschr. Sexwiss.,  1924-25,  11: 277; 297.—Kielh^lz, A.  Eine
Spielmiinze aus  dem Militarspital von  Vindonissa.  Schweiz.
med. Wschr., 1937,  67: 294.—Konig, E.  Die neueste Erklarung
des Hohenliedes. Zschr. Sexwiss.,  1927-28, 14: 455-7.—Licht,
H.  Die Erotik  in  den epischen Gedichten der Griechen  mit
besonderer Berucksichtigung des Homoerotischen.  Ibid., 1922-
23, 9: 65-74.—Lucien di Samosata.  Erotes.  Rass. stud sess.,
1924,  4: 268; 336; 399.—Masini, M. U.  Bagliori del tramonto.
Illust. med.  ital., 1924, 6: 176-8.—Mattula, L.  Ein Phallus-
becher.  Mitt. Anthrop. Ges. Wien, 1929, 59: 9-13.—Mauriac,
P.  Tableau  du mal d'amour d'apres Jacques Ferrand, Agenais.
Aesculape, Par.,  1935, 25: 73-8.—Orlando.  Per la repressione
della  pornografia.  Policlinico, 1917, 24: sez.  prat.,  1230.—
Soldat (Le) romain faisant la figue.  Aesculape, Par.,  1937, 27:
224.—Storfer,  A. J.   Zwei Typen der Marchenerotik.   Sex
Probleme, Frankf.  a. M., 1912, 8: 257-62.—Suzanne et les 2
vieillards; peinture  de Rottenhammer.  Aesculape, Par., 1934,
24: 288.—Suzanne et les 2 vieillards; peinture de Rotten-
hammer au Mus<§e d'Epinal.  Ibid., 1939, 29: 120.—Vinchou, J.
Le catalogue de l'enfer  de la  Bibliotheque nationale.  Rev.
psychiat., Par., 1913,  155-8.—Walsh, J. J. Psycho-analysis;
pornography.  Catholic  M. Guard.,  Lond., 1923,  1; 31-3.—
Weil, A.  Gustav Wyneken, Eros.  Jahrb. sex. Zwischenst..
1922, 22:  17-22.—Wilde,  O., Mallarme, S., & Sabatier, A.
Herodiade, Salome\  Iokanaan dans  l'art et la  literature,
Aesculape, Par., 1933, 23: 301-9.

EROTICISM.

   See also Erotomania; Libido; Love; Sex.
   Adler,  A.   Erotisches  training und  erotischer Ruckzug.
Verh. Internat. Kongr. Sexforsch., 1927, 3: 1-7.—Balint, M.
Eros and  Aphrodite.  Internat. J. Psychoanal.  Lond.,  1938,
19: 199-213.  Also Internat. Zschr. Psychoanal., Wien,  1936,
22: 453-65.—Behrendt, F.  Das mystische Erlebnis und seine
Beziehung zur Erotik (eine psychologische Studie)  Psychol.
Med., Stuttg.,  1926, 2: 47-64.—Berkeley-Hill, O.  The erotic
rights of women.  Marriage Hyg., Bombay, 1937-38, 4: 30-3.—
Ellis, H.  Eros in contemporary life. In Human Affairs (Cattell,
R., et al.) Lond.,  1938, 181-98.—Frankl, V. E.  Erotic problems
of modern youth.  Marriage Hyg., Bombay, 1936-37, 3: 232-
5.—Freud, S.  Ueber libidinose  Typen.  Internat. M. Blue
Book, 1935, 5: 10-2.—Fries, C.  Eros und Weib.  Neue Genera-
tion, 1928, 24: 53-7.—Guy-Vernazobres, C.  La faute de Mile
de la Valliere devant la medeeine. Aesculape,  Par., 1932, n.
ser., 22: 288-95.—Hattingberg,  H. von.  Zur  Analyse der
Sinnlichkeit.   Zschr. Menschenk.,  1927-28,  3:   268-75.—
Kaplan, L.  Parent-erotism. J. Sex. Psychanal., 1924, 2: 577-
84.—Kinkel, J.  Mystizismus  und Erotik.   Zschr. Sexwiss.,
1927-28, 14:216-8.—Kroll, W.  Romische Erotik.   Ibid., 1930,
17: 145-78.—Lagerborg, R. Die unmittelbare Erotik Simmels,
ist  sie mittelbare Sexualitat?  Verh.  Internat.  Kongr. Sex-
forsch., 1927, 3:  124-9.—Landowski, L.  Le venensme.  Ann.
hyg., Par., 1917,  4. ser., 28: 235-45.—Maloy. B.  Insanity and
the shortness of human life attributed  to ancient and modern
sensuality.  Illinois M. J.,  1926, 49: 45^61.—Oberndorf,  C. P.
Depersonalization in relation to erotization of thought.  Inter-
nat. J. Psychoanal., Lond., 1934,  15: 271-95.—Rossi, M. M.
Saggio sul pansessualismo di D.  H. Lawrence.  Riv. psicol.,
1934, 30:  217-39.—Schroeder,  T.   Witchcraft and the erotic
life. J. Nerv.  Ment. Dis., 1930, 72: 640-51.—Sierra, A. M.
Teorfa endocrina del erotismo.  Rev. As. mid. argent., 1930, 43:
255-80.—Sirlin,  L.   Sexualidad,  sensualidad y sensualismo.
Sem. meU, B. Air., 1922, 29: pt  2, 45-50.—Stern, W.  Der
Ernstspiel-Charakter   der  Jugend-Erotik  und  -Sexualitat.
Verh. Internat. Kongr.  Sexforsch., 1927, 3: 174-80.—Sullivan,
H.  S.  Erogenous maturation.  Psychoanal. Rev.,  1926, 13:
1-15.—Van Ness Dearborn, G.   The  two-love  question;  an
sxample of unconscious erotic symbolism.  J. Abnorm. Psychol.,
1926-27, 22: 62-88, pl.—Wexberg, E.  Die Ueberschatzung der
Sexualitat.   Zschr.  Sexwiss.,  1914-15,  1: 450-63.   -----•
Lebensstufen  der Erotik.   Internat. Zschr.  Individpsychol.,
Wien., 1933, 11: 377-94.

----   Manifestations.

   See  also Anal-erotism;  Autoerotism;  Dream;
Erotica; Kiss; Phallicism;  Symbolism, &c;  also
names of normal  and abnormal sexual activities.
   Bryk, F.   Neger-Eros;  ethnologische  Studien
iiber  das  Sexualleben bei  Negern.    146p.   8?
Berl., 1928.
   Exner, M. J.   The question of petting,   lop.
18?   N. Y., 1933.
   Apitzsch,  G.   Erotisches Idiotikon deutscher  Seefahrer.
Anthropophyteia, Lpz.,  1909, 6:  15-7.—Behr,  D. von.   Die
Orgie.  Zschr. Sexwiss., 1925-26,  12: 233-9.—Gualino, L.  La
genesi del bacio.  Illust. med. ital.,  1925, 7: 33-7.—Hesnard, A.
Contribution k l'etude des phantasmes 6rotiques.  Rev.  fr.
psychanal., 1930-31, 4: 525-48.—Keller, D. H.  The danger of
petting.  Sexology, 1934-35, 2: 356-8.—Kiihlewein, H. Idioti-
con  eroticum Moenofrancofurtense; mit  besonderer Beruck-
sichtigung der seit Goethes Jugendzeit gebrauchlichen  Wen-
dungen.  Anthropophyteia. Lpz., 1909,  6: 12-5.—Lewis, N,
D.  C.  The sexual significance of ancient chemical symbols.
Psychoanal. Rev.,   1927,  14:  200-6.—Loeb,   I.   [Role of
erotism in alimentation: role of the infantile  mammary  gland
in the new born]  Cluj.  med.,  1929,  10: 25-7.—Lucka, E.
Psychologie der Orgie.  Zschr.  Menschenk., 1926-27, 2: H. 4.
15-9.—Marchilli, O.  J., & Capelli, J.  F.  Manifestaciones de
excitacion sexual en un nifio de 13 meses de edad.  Sem. mid.,
B. Air., 1937, 44: pt  1, 140.—Nacke, P.  Die moderne Ueber-
treibung der Sexualitat. Arch. Krim. Anthrop., 1910, 39: 120-
39.—Podolsky, E.  The sexual motives of everyday activities.
Ind. M. Rec, 1935, 55: 106-8.—Reitzenstein, F. von.  Lie-
besleben.  In Handwbrterb. Sexwiss.  (Marcuse)  Bonn, 1923,
302-13.  —----  Feste und Riten.  Ibid., 126-38.—S., E. S.
Phallic and serpent worship.  Am. J.  Urol.,  1918, 14: 360.—
Schlichtegroll, C. F. von. Onomastikon  norddeutscher das
Sexualleben betreffender Ausdriicke.   Anthropophyteia, Lpz.,
1909, 6: 1-11.—Sibley, W. K.  Psychopathia sexualis:  erotic
dreams.  Urol. Cut. Rev.,  1913, 17: 308.—Stekel, W.  Masken
der  Sexualitat (Wie wir vor  uns Verstecken spielen)   Neue
Generation, 1913, 9: 57-73.—Talmey, B. S.  The coquette.
Am. Med., 1926, n. ser., 21: 225-33.—Wulff, M.  Die Koket-
terie in psychoanalytischer Betrachtung.  Imago, Wien, 1925,
11:  123-34.—Zelenin, D.  Ein erotischer Ritus in den  Opfe-
rungen der Altaischen Tiirken.  Internat.  Arch, Ethnogr.,
Leiden, 1928, 29; 83-98, 2 pl, 
EROTICISM                                  473                               EROTOMANIA
----   Stimulants.

   See  also  Aphrodisiacs;  also under names of
physicological and artificial  stimulants as  Men-
struation; Odor; also Fetishism, &c.
   Binger, A.  Erotik und Inserat.  Zschr. Sexwiss., 1928-29,
15:  325;  379.—Gallinek, A.  Sexualtrieb und Eisenbahn.
Psychother.  Prax.,  Wian, 1934, 1: 159-64.—Giese, F.   Re-
klame (sexuelle)  In Handworterb.  Sexwiss. (Marcuse) Bonn,
1923, 396-8.—Hagemann, C.  Frauentracht und Sittlichkeit.
Mutterschutz,  1905-6, 1:  183-91.—Nacke, P.   Naturheil-
anstalten als sexuelle Reizanstalten.  Arch. Krim.,  1911, 41:
159.—Scheuer, O. F.  Farbenlust (sexuelle)  In Handworterb.
Sexwiss.  (Marcuse)  Bonn,  1923,  123.—Woloszczak, S.   [On
stimulants of the sexual instinct]  Polska gaz. lek., 1928, 7: 558.

EROTIC type.

   See  also  Eroticism;  Erotomania;  Sexual  in-
stinct, Criminological aspect.
   Pige, G.   ^Contribution  a  l'etude  de  l'hyper-
erotisme.  69p.   8?   Par.,  1937.
   Adams, F. Erotisme et reactions sexuelles delictueuses chez
des sujets congenitalement steriles  ou accidentallement  steri-
lises. Ann.  med. leg., 1929,  9: 15-7.—Bauer, C. von.   Die
Bedeutung der  Zirbeldriisentherapie in  der  Hvpersexuali-
tatsbekampfung.   Wien.  med.  Wschr.,  1935, 85:  1009 —
Belym.  Considerations sur la criminalite 6rotique.  Bruxelles
med., 1926-27, 7:  145-54.—Dupouy, R.  Les erotomanes
medicales (les  amoureuses de mfedecins)  Monde med.,  Par.,
1928, 38: 477-85.------ & Picard, J. Une erotomane medi-
cale; considerations sur  l'erotomanie feminine.  Ann.  mid.
psychoi., Par., 1928, 86:  47-54.—Freud, S. Ueber libidinose
Typen.  Internat. Zschr. Psychoanal., Wien, 1931, 17: 313-6 —
Gelma, E.  L'6rotisme senile chez la femme. Encephale,  1935,
30: pt 2, 737-52.  ------  L'erotisme de l'age avanc6.  Paris
med., 1938, 108: annexe,  71-3.—Herzberg, A.  Die Erotik in
der  Arzt-Patient-Beziehung.  Zschr. Sexwiss.,  1929, 16: 96-
 105.—Hinrichsen, O.  Libido sexualis und psychische  Libi-
dinositat. Zschr. ges. Neur.  Psychiat.,  1931,  137:  522-36 —
Junk,  V.  Diimpfung der mannlichen  Sexualerregung mit
Follikelhormon.   Ther.  Gegenwart,  1939,  80:  118-20 —
Kelsen, H.  Die platonische  Liebe. Imago, Wien, 1933, 19:
34-98.—Levy-Valensi, J.  Criminality et passion amoureuse.
Hyg. ment., Par., 1932, 27: 177.—Mandelstamm, A.  Hyper-
sexualismus, gebessert durch Ultraviolettstrahlen.  Zbl. Gyn.,
 1934, 58: 730-4.—Mandolini, H.   Psicopatologia del  Don
Juan.  Rev. crim.,  B. Air.,  1926,  13: 322-30—Mazzei, M.
L'opoterapia antisessuale degli stati eretistici  ed amorali ed
il suo meccanismo d'azione.  Neopsichiatria,  Pisa, 1937, 3:
267-95.—Nigris,  G.  de.   L'opoterapia  antisessuale secondo
Ceni e la sua influenza sugli stati eretistici di adulti psicopatici
e criminali.   Ibid.,  1936, 2: 399-407.—Papillaut,  G.  Con-
tribution a la  morphologie des  hypersexues.  Anthropologic
Praha, 1932, 10: 104-8.—Stier, E.  Ueber sexuelle Hyperhe-
donien im friihen Kindesalter. Charite  Ann., 1910, 34: 319-
56.—Wittels, F.   Die libidinose  Struktur des kriminellen
Psychopathen.   Internat.  Zschr.  Psychoanal., Wien,  1937,
23: 360-75.

EROTOGENIC zones.

   See  also  Anus; Breast;  Clitoris;  Neck,  &c;
also Sexual instinct.
   Hernandez  Lopez, C.   Las sistemas  erogenos femeninos.
Arch, med., Madr.,  1935,  38: 215-9.  Also Siglo med., 1935, 95:
172-7.—Liebermann, H.  Die erogenen Zonen (mit besonderer
Berucksichtigung der Freudschen  Lehren)  Zschr. Sexwiss.,
1914-15, 1:  383; 424.—Scheuer, O.  F.  Busen und Gesass.
In Handworterb. Sexwiss. (Marcuse) Bonn, 1923, 53.

EROTOMANIA.

   See   also   Love;   Nymphomania;  Satyriasis;
also under  names of primary diseases as  Brain
tumor,  Manifestations, sexual; Delusional states,
erotic, &c.
   Fretet,  J.    *Les  causes affectives de l'6ro-
tomanie  principalement  chez I'homme.   138p.
25>4cm.   Par.,  1937.
   Melltjsi,   V.   Delinquenti  delPamore;  ero-
tomani psicosessuali.  5. ed.  339p.   8?   Roma,
1932.
   Abe4y, X., & Fretet, J.  Erotomane et jaloux de sa  mSre.
Ann. med. psychoi., Par., 1938, 96: pt 2, 412-7— Alaize, P.
Impulsions sexuelles. Rev. med. leg., 1912,  19: 68; 106.—
Capgras,  J.,  Joaki,  E., &  Ellenberger.   Psychose  presenile;
negations syst6matiques et 6rotomanie.  Ann. med. psychoi.,
Par., 1933, 91: pt 2, 209-14.—Capgras, J., Joaki. E., & Thuillier,
R.  Erotomanie et  deiire d'interpretation.  Ibid., pt  1,  349-
56.—Carrilho, H.   Psicopatologia de paixao  amorosa e seu
aspeto medico-legal.  Arq. med. leg. ident.,  Rio, 1934, 4:
258-86.—Cattaneo,  L., &  Gonzalez, J. M. E.  La erotomania
ante la  medicina legal.   Rev. As. med.  argent.,  1939, 53:
672-7.—Courbon, P., & Feuillet, C. Une amoureuse de prfitres
par 6rotisme d'involution presenile  chez  une parapl6gique.
Ann. med. psychoi., Par., 1936, 94: pt 2, 65-73.—De Nigris, G.
L'opoterapia antisessuale nei disturbi mentali eretistici.  Boll.
Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1932, 7: 1334-8.—Ferdiere, G., & Forti-
neau, J. Schizose avec syndromes erotomaniaque et mystique.
Ann. med.  psychoi.,  Par., 1937, 95: 599-603.—Fretet,  J.
Erotomanie; deiire de liaison flatteuse.  Ibid., 595-9. ------&
Masson, J.   Rapports de l'erotomanie et dp l'hypocondrie.
Ibid., 1938,  96: pt 2, 802-9.—Gebsattel, V. E. von. Suchtiges
Verhalten im Gebiet sexueller Verirrungen.  Mschr. Psychiat.
Neur.,  1932, 82: 113-77.—Heuyer,  G., & Gaultier.  Un cas
d'6rotomanie.   Ann.  med.  psychoi.,  Par., 1938, 96: pt  2,
738-46.—Ivanov, N. K.   [Persistent  longing ami sexual  per-
versions; medico-judicial case]  Nevr. vest., 1909, 16:461-82.—
Kropveld, T., jr. [Nymphomanie; gourmandise sexuelle] Med.
wbl.  Nederland,   1912-13, 19:  201-13.—Levy-Valensi,   J.
Erotomanie et  syndromes <§rotomaniaques.  Gaz. hop., 1937,
110: 1325-31.—Loo, P., & Salmon, J.  Sur un cas d'6rotomanie
pure. Ann. med. psychoi., Par., 1939, 97: 670-8.—Morselli, E.
Delitti  e delinquenti sessuali nella Divina Commedia. Arch.
antrop. crim.,  Tor.,  1916,  37:  113;  225.—Morsier, G. de.
L'erotomanie.  Arch,  psychoi.,  Geneve,  1926, 20:  13-52.—
Pascal, C.  La pathologie des refuges.  Paris med., 1936, 99:
221-5.—Perthuisot. Observation dun cas d'erotomanie par
pendaison.  Bull. Soc.  med. chir. Indo Chine, 1912, 3: 594-7.—
Schroeder, T.  One religio-sexual maniac.  Psychoanal. Rev.,
1936, 23: 26-45.—Seglas, J.  Une amoureuse de prfitre.   J.
psychoi. norm,  path.,  Par., 1922, 19: 720-34.—Tusques, J., &
Ferdi&re, G.   Syndrome d'action exterieure Erotomaniaque.
Ann. med. psychoi., Par.,  1937, 95: 114-8.

   ERPS,  Benjamin,  1892-        *An analysis
of 10  cases of urinary  extravasation  [Marquette
Univ.]  14p.  4?   Milwaukee, 1925-26.
   Typewritten.
   ERP Taalman Kip,  M. J. van,     -1926.
   Jelgersma,   G.   [Obituary]   Psychiat.  neur.  bl., Amst.,
1926, 30: 306-10.
   ERRAS,   Albert,  1904-        *Ueber   Febria
undulans   Bang.   28p.    ch.    8?   Miinch.,   C.
Wolf  & Sohn, 1935.
   ERRERA, Elie,  1904-        Contribution  a
l'etude  de la  nature allergique de  l'eczema  du
nourrisson;  deductions therapeutiques.  58p.   8°
Par.,  Lipschutz, 1934.

ERROR [and mistake]

   See also under such specific names as Diagnosis,
Error; Speech;  Statistics,  &c.
   Jastrow,  J.   The story  of  human  error.
445p.   8?   N. Y., 1936.
   Stefansson, V.   Adventures in error.  299p.
8?  N.  Y. [1936]
   Howe, E. G. The  science of error. Brit. J.  M. Psychol.,
1933, 13: 1-22.—Kiessling, A.  Ueber Grundlagen und Be-
deutung einer  differentiellen  Fehlerkunde.  Zschr.  Psychol.
Physiol. Sinnesorg., 1. Abt., 1934, 131: 388-93.—Weimer, H.
Geschichtliches und  Grundsatzliches  zur Fehlerforschung.
Zschr.  piidag. Psychol.,  1925,  26: 225-36.  ------   Die Be-
deutung der Entwicklungspsychologie fiir das Verstandnis von
Falschleistungen.   Ibid.,  1936,  37:  129-36.  ------  Die
psychologische  und padagogische  Bedeutung des  Irrtums.
Ibid., 1937, 38: 76-81.
   ERRULAT,   Friedrich,   1889-       ,   HEIL-
MEYER, Ludwig [et al.]   Phvsikalische  Metho-
den.  xvi,  1691-2598p.   3  pl.   2  fol.   ch.   8°.
Berl., Urban  & Schwarzenberg,  1931.
   Forms Abt.  2 Teil  2.   2. Halfte, Handb. biol. Arbeitsmeth.
(E. Abderhalden)
   ERSKINE, Arthur  Wright,  1885-        Prac-
tical  X-ray treatment,   x,  116p.   8?  S. Paul,
Bruce Pub.  Co., 1931.   Also  2.  ed.  rev.  xiv,
136p.   illust.    diagrs.  1936.
   ERSKINE,  Cicely  Quicke.   Sex   at   choice.
xxvi,  187p.   8?  N.  Y.,  G.  P.  Putnam's Sons,
1925.
   ERTEL [Friedrich August] Giinther, 1907-
*Die  angeborene  allgemeine  Wassersucht  vom
gerichtlich-medizinischen  Standpunkte.  23p.   8°.
Bresl., K. Vater,  1937.
   ERTEL,  Hermann.
   See  Barnes, Ernst,  &  Ertel,  Hermann.   Lebensmittel-
verkehr.  216p. 8?  Berl., 1937.
   ERTEL,  Martha,  1910-         *Ueber  eine
Unterkiefermetastase  einer  malignen  Nebennie- 
ERTEL
474
ERWINIA
rengeschwulst    (sogenannten   Hypernephrom)
[Breslau]   30p.   8?   Liebau  i.  Riesengeb.,  H.
Hiltmann, 1933.

ERUCTATION.

   See  also Aerophagia;  Colic;  Dyspepsia; Ru-
mination.
   East, T.  An explosive eructation.  Lancet, Lond., 1934, 2:
252.—Gilse,  P.  H. G.  van.  Ueber den  Mechanismus  des
Ructus. Arch, neerl. phonet., 1930, 5: 37-63.—Joannides, M.
The mechanics of eructation; a hitherto undescribed function
of the diaphragm.  J. Thorac. Surg., 1933, 2: 380-3.—Kilduffe,
R. A.  The case of the  man who exploded.   Hygeia, Chic,
1935, 13: 898-902.—Nordenfeld, O.  [Eructatio nervosa and
Muller's test]  Sven. lak. tidn., 1938, 35: 1790-4.—Peiper, A.
Aufstossen und  Erbrechen.  Jahrb.  Kinderh.,  1931, 3.  F.,
83: 301-6.—SSdan, J. Crises d'hypertension oculaire chez un
eructomane.  Rev. otoneur., Par., 1934, 12: 529-31.—Vogt.
Ueber  Aufsetzkoppen beim  Rind und Koppen iiberhaupt.
Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1924, 32: 693-5.

ERUPTION  [cutaneous]
ERUPTIVE fever.
   See Exanthema.
   ERVA, F.  *Untersuchungen  fiber das soge-
nannte  Interglobulardentin und  die Tomes'sche
Kornerschicht.  195p.  10 pl.  8?  Helsin., 1934.
   ERVENICH,  Paul,  1905-        *Die  aktive
Immunisierung  gegen Diphtherie  mit  dem  Ra-
monschen Anatoxin   [Diisseldorf]   30p.    tab.
8?   Quakenbriick, R. Kleinert, 1931.
ERWINIA.

   See  also  Amylovorus  bacillus;  Phytomonas;
Plant,  Disease.
   Baldacci, E.  II Bacillus apii (Brizi) Migula 6 sinonimo di
Bacillus carotovorus Jones.  Boll. Soc. ital. biol. sper., 1934, 9:
556.—Butler, O. On the amount of copper required for the con-
trol of Phytophthora infestans on potatoes.  Phytopathology,
1920, 10: 298-304.—Cairns, H., & Muskett, A. E.  Phyto-
phthora  erythroseptica Pethybr. in relation to its environment.
Ann. Appl. Biol.,  Lond.,  1939, 26: 470-80.—Eisler, M., &
Portheim,  L.   Ueber die  Biologie  des  Bacillus  carotovorus
(Jones)  Zbl. Bakt.,  2  Abt., 1921, 53: 7-33.—Garbowski, L.
Keimungsversuche mit  Konidien von  Phytophthora  infestans
deBary.  Ibid., 1913, 36: 500-8.—Krupko, S. Quelques obser-
vations vitales sur Phytophtora nicotianae.  C. rend. Soc. biol.,
1930, 103: 217-20.—McMurphy, J.  A phytophthora on oats.
Science,  1916, n. ser., 43:  534.—Rand, F. V., & Cash, L. C.
Some insect relations  of  Bacillus tracheiphilus  Erw.  Sm.
Phytopathology, 1920, 10: 133-9.

   ERXLEBEN,  Marguerite  C.   Notes  on chil-
dren's  nursing.   242p.   8?   Phila., F.  A.  Davis
Co., 1931.
----   bacillary.

   See Erysipeloid;  Erysipelothrix.

----   Bacteriology.
   See also Streptococcus.
   Birkhaug, K. E.  A study of the biology of Streptococcus
erysipelatis.  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y.,  1924-25, 22: 292.
------  Toxin production  of the Streptococcus erysipelatis.
Ibid., 1925-26, 23: 201; 291.  ------ Studies of the biology of
the Streptococcus erysipelatis; agglutination and  agglutinin
absorption with the Streptococcus erysipelatis.   Bull. Johna
   See also  Exanthema  subitum;  Exanthematic
 fever; also  under names of primary diseases as
 Allergy; Creeping eruption; Dermatitis;  Derma-
 tosis; Measles;  Scarlet fever; Syphilis, &c; also
 proper  names of  eruptions as  Chloasma; Ery-
 thema; Papule;  Urticaria,  &c.
   Adamson, H.  G.   Goulstonian lectures  on modern views
 upon the significance of skin eruptions. Lancet, Lond., 1912, 1:
 911; 969; 1041.—Bendix, B.  Zur Differenzierung der  ver-
 schiedenen Exantheme im  Kindesalter.   Zschr. aerztl. Fort-
 bild., 1932, 29: 723-6.—Bosma, M. J., & van Bommel, L. B,
 [Diagnostic  possibilities  in interpretation  of exanthemata]
 Ned. tschr.  geneesk.,  1929,  73:  2942-6.—Burbi,  L.  Sugli
 esantemi; insorgenza, progressione, distribuzione di topografica.
 Morgagni, 1932,  74: 379-90, 4 pl.—Corradi, G.  [Scarlatina-
 and  morbilliform eruptions in infants]  Budapesti  orv. ujs.,
 1934, 32: 457-61.—Davies, J. H. T.  Chronic circinate erup-
 tion.  Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1928-29,  22: sect, derm., 11.—
 Dore, S. E.  Case of recurrent eruption on buttocks and thighs.
 Ibid.,  1915,  8: derm,  sect., 168.—Engel.  Ueber  besondere
 Exantheme und Erytheme im Kindesalter. Deut. med. Wschr.,
 1926, 52: 410.—Frescoln, L. D.   Speculations on  cutaneous
 eruptions of unknown or vague etiology.  M. & S. Rep. Episc.
 Hosp., Phila., 1914, 2:  161-8.—Galli, P.  I rash (malattie che
 danno  rash o individui che fanno rash?)  Clin, pediat., Mod.,
 1928,10: 349-57.—Gockowski [Two cases of exanthema fixum]
 Przegl. derm.,  Warsz., 1938, 33: 480-5.—Goldsmith, W. N.
 General eruptions in  children. Clin. J., Lond., 1929, 58: 207-
 14.—Graham, J. R.   Some guideposts along the road  that leads
 to the diagnosis of the more common eruptive diseases.  Arch.
 Pediat., N.  Y.,  1933, 50: 223-33.—Groth, H.   [Origin of
 Dowicide eruptions in Finland, and the possibility of preventing
 its spread] Fin. lak.  sail, hand., 1936, 79: 991-8.—Heckscher,
 H.  [On atypical exanthemata]  Ugeskr.  lseger, 1925, 87: 923-
 9.—Kogoj, F.   [On exanthemata and their localization]  Cesk.
 derm.,  1928, 9: 197-205.—Kreibich. C.  Eruption oder Reak-
 tion.  Derm. Wschr., 1930, 91: 1715-20.—Langdon-Brown, W.
 On getting the rash out.  Brit. J. Derm.  Syph., 1937, 49: 347-
 60.—Little, E. G. G.  Case of ringed eruption (Colcott Fox)
 Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1923-24, 17: sect, derm., 73.—Mani-
 catide, M., & Schiler, A.  Cinq cas d'exanthdme miliariforme.
 Bull. Soc.  med. hop. Bucarest,  1925, 7: 146-55.—Olner, D.
 Sur une infection avec exantheme de  nature ind6termin6e.
 Bull. Acad, med., Par.,  1927, 3. ser., 98: 59-71.—Sibley, W. K,
 Case for diagnosis (eruptions?)  Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1916-
 17, 10: sect, derm., 16.—Singer, E. C. A. A case with 3 skin
 eruptions.  J. R. Army M. Corps, 1937, 69: 268-70.—Stroe, A.,
 Stro6, H., & Hortopan, D.  L'exanth£me miliariforme infantile.
 Ann. med., Par., 1937, 41: 379-404.—Veyrieres. Les eruptions
 de la premiere  enfance.  Vie med., 1930, 11: 879-85.—Whit-
 field. A. The diagnosis of some acute eruptions. Postgrad. M.
 J., Lond., 1926-27, 2: 145; 165. ------  Eruptions, anomalous
and  atypical.   In Brit.  Encycl.  M.  Pract. (Rolleston,  H.)
Lond.,  1937, 5: 146-53.—Williams.  Case for diagnosis (squa-
mous and vitiligoid eruption)  J. Cut. Dis. Inch Syph., 1915,
33: 476-8.—Zavariev, P. A.  [Punctiform  eruption of skin]
J. izuch. rann. detsk.  vozr., 1931, 11: 349.
ERYNGIUM.

   See also Umbelliferae.
   Touchard, G.  *L'Eryngium maritimum; son
emploi  possible  dans  la therapeutique humaine.
47p.  8?  Par.,  1925.
   Gertsmeier, K. H.   Vergessene Heilpflanzen; Eryngium-
Arten.  Hippokrates, Stuttg., 1934,  5:  110.—Guhu, M.  C.
Isolation  of the active  principle of  Eryngium  aquaticum.
Chicago M. Rec, 1926, 48:  106-10.—Portrait (Le) de Durer a
l'Eryngium.  Aesculape, Par., 1938, 28: 145,  portr.

ERYSIMUM.

   Lerche.  Versuche iiber  die Giftwirkung der Gansesterbe
Erysimum crepidifolium.  Deut.  tierarztl. Wschr., 1926, 34:
247-50.

ERYSIPELAS.

   See  also  Cellulitis;  Dermatitis;  Pyoderma;
Streptococcus, pyogenes; Wound, Infection.
   Bright, R.  *De erysipelate contagioso.  36p.
8?   Edinb., 1813.
   Czeyda-Pommersheim,  F.    Az orbanc  [Ery-
sipelas]   32p.  25cm.   Budap., 1938.
   Forms  Melleklet No. 6, of Orvoskepzes, 1938, 28:
   Anderson.T. Erysipelas.  Lancet, Lond., 1939, 2: 257-60.—
Basch, F.   Erisipela.  Prensa med. argent., 1937, 24: 451-61.—
Coffey, F. L.  Erysipelas.  West Virginia M. J., 1937, 33: 222 —
Cooke, J. V.   Erysipelas and allied  dermatitis.   In Pract.
Pediat. (Brennemann, J.) Hagerstown, 1937,  2: chap. 6, 10.—
Czeyda-Pommersheim, F.   [Erysipelas]   Gy6gyaszat, 1937,
77: 47.—Dearborn,  F. M.  What of erysipelas?  J. Am.  Inst.
Homeop., 1936, 29: 241.—Doerfier, H.  Das Erysipel. Munch.
med. Wschr., 1936, 83: 1913-6.—Erysipelas.  J. Am. M. Ass.,
1936,  106: 1010.—Floriani,  C.  Erisipela.  Dia med., B. Air.,
1935,  7: 1085.—Gist, W. L., & Stookey, P. F. Erysipelas.  J.
Missouri  M. Ass., 1928, 25:  268-70.—Gleitsmann,  H.  Das
Erysipel.   In  Kriegssan. Ber. Deut. Marine, Berl.,  1935,  3:
1-43.—Hegler, C. Erysipel. In Handb. inn. Med. (Bergmann,
G., et al.) Berl., 1934, 1: 189-212.—Hunter, J. B.  Erysipelas.
In Brit. Encycl. M. Pract. (Rolleston, H.) Lond., 1937, 5: 154-
8.—Krecke, A.  Ueber das Erysipel.   Miinch. med. Wschr.,
1931,  78: 444.—Kruse, F. H., Clarke,  R. M., & Shaw, E.  B.
Erysipelas.  California West. M., 1937, 47: 113-6.—Lohe,  H.
Das Erysipel.  Zschr.  arztl.  Fortbild., 1936,  33: 519-23.—
Park,  W. H.  Erysipelas.  Prev. M.,  N. Y., 1937,  7: 40 —
Richardson, D. L.  Erysipelas.  Rhode  Island M. J.,  1931, 14:
169-71.—Roger, G.  H.  Erysipele.   In Nouv.  traite" med.
(Roger) Par., 1920,1: 122-57, pl.—Sherman, B. H.  Erysipelas.
J.  Lancet, 1925, 45: 341-3.—Sonnenschein, C.   Rotlaufinfek-
tion; Erysipeloid.  In Neue deut. Klinik, 1933, 11: 527-32.—
Vaccarezza.  Erisipela.  Dia med., B. Air., 1931-32, 4: 679 —
Volk, R.  Ueber Erysipel. Wien. klin. Wschr., 1928, 41: 746-8. 
ERYSIPELAS                                   475                                  ERYSIPELAS
 Hopkins Hosp., 1925, 36: 248-59.  ------  Demonstration of
 antigenic relationships among strains of Streptococcus erysipela-
 tis by intradermal protection tests.  Ibid., 37: 85-90.  ------
 Erysipelas;  standardization  of  the erysipelas  streptococcus
 antitoxin on man.  J. Infect. Dis., 1928, 42: 35-9.—Farioli, A.
 L'azione in vitro della bile fresca, della bile secca e del tauro-
 colato sodico sullo streptococco dell'eresipela.  Pediatria (Riv.)
 1934, 42: 611-9.  ------  L'azione  in vitro sullo streptococco
 dell'eresipela di alcune frazioni  della bile secca ottenute con
 varii solventi.  Ibid., 1937,  45: 123-8.—Hettche, H. O., &
 Danneel, R.  Rotlauferreger in stadtischen Abwassern.  Zschr.
 Hyg., 1934, 116:  41-3.—Jacobsohn, G.  Einige  Erfahrungen
 uber die von Erysipelstreptokokken gebildeten Toxine.  Acta
 paediat., Upps., 1932, 13: 244-50.—Marxauch, M. J., & Klein,
 S. R.  Erysipelas; streptococcic infection.  West. M.  Times,
 1925-26, 45: 317.—Singer, H. A., & Kaplan, B.   Streptococ-
 cus erysipelatis toxin and antitoxin'.  Tr. Chicago Path. Soc,
 1923-26, 12: 261.  Also repr.  Also J. Am. M. Ass., 1926, 87:
 2141.

 ----   carcinomatous.

    See Breast, Cancer: Types; Cancer; Carcinoma.

 ----   Cases.

    Leonhardt,  E.    *Studien  iiber  Erysipel an

 Hand  des   Materials   der  Chirurgischen   Uni-
 versitatsklinik Miinchen  1928  bis  1934   [Miin-

 chen]  32p.  8?   Waldfischbach-Pfalz [1936]

    Poth, H.   *Verlauf  und  Prognose des Erysi-
 pels; eine Statistik  iiber 500 Erysipelfalle   [Kiel]
 40p.  8?   Berleburg i.  W., 1925.
    Bain, A. R. A case of severe erysipelas. S. Afr. M. J.,  1938,
 12: 19.—Danon, J.  [Clinical cases of erysipelas]  Cesk. derm.,
 1928, 9: 46.— Doane, J. C, & Tandowsky, R. M.  Study of 100
 cases of erysipelas from the Wards of the Philadelphia General
 Hospital.  Ther.  Gaz., Detr.,  1925,  n. ser.,  49: 765-9.—
 Hoyne, A. L.  Erysipelas; some observations regarding 1193
 cases.  Med. Rec, N. Y., 1935,  141: 132-4.—Jacobsen, A. W.
 Erysipelas; report of case.  J. Am.  M. Ass., 1929,  93: 374.—
 Jinnai, R., & Fujii,  Y.   Klinisch-statistische Beobachtungen
 iiber 108 Falle von Erysipelas.  J. Chosen M. Ass., 1937, 27:
 37.—Sawada,  M.  Klinische-statistische Beobachtungen des
 Erysipelas.  J. Orient. M., Dairen, 1938, 28: 93.

 ----   Cause,  predisposing.

    Witte,  H.     *Beobachtungen iiber  Erysipel
 in den Jahren 1926-35 unter besonderer Beruck-
 sichtigung der pathogenetischen Bedeutung der
 Altersdisposition fiir das  Gesichtserysipel.   20p.
 23  cm.   Berl.,  1936.
   Aisenstein, D.  M.  [On the etiology  of erysipelas]  Vrach.
 delo, 1935,  18: 449-56.—Birkhaug, K. E.  The etiology of
 erysipelas.  Ann. Int. M., 1928,  2: 524-30.  Also Arch. Path.,
 Chic, 1928, 6: 441-75.—Gorelik, B.  A propos d'un cas d'erysi-
 pele apr^s mastoidectomie.  Ann. otolar., Par., 1937, 930-3.—
 Hettche, H. O.  Zur Aetiologie der Rotlaufinfektion.   Arch.
 Hyg., Miinch., 1937-38, 119: 178-83—Kopari, J.   [Cases of
 erysipelas,  caused by roentgen  rays]  Orv.  hetil., 1928, 72:
 438-40.—Le  Coquil.   L'erysip&e  chirurgical.   Infirm, fr.,
 1925-26, 3: 473-80.—Milash, G. P. [Erysipelas and pseudo-
 erysipelas in leprosy]   Sovet. vest, vener.,  1932,  1: 17.—
 Nekrassov, S. A.  [Effect of barometric  pressure, temperature
 and humidity of the air on erysipelas]  Klin. J. Saratov., 1928,
 5: 543-9.—-Orbach, E.  Ein Beitrag zur Frage der Genese des
 Erysipels.   Deut.  Zschr. Chir.,  1925-26,  194:  276-81 —
 Raimann, J.  Beitrag zur Entstehung des Erysipels.   Mschr.
 Kinderh., 1926, 32: 446-9.—Stein, A. A.  On the  pathogenesis
 of erysipelas with special reference to lupus patients.  Urol.
 Cut. Rev., 1937, 41: 30-4.—Szauter, B.  [Erysipelas and tropi-
 cal malaria]  Orv. hetil.,  1936, 80: 155.—Wolfe, O. R., &
 McLeod, J. Atropine dermatitis: an unusual case associated
 with erysipelas. J. Am. M. Ass., 1931, 97: 460.

 ----  Clinical aspect.

   Strasser, A.   Erysipel  (Rotlauf, Rose)  p.715-
 66.   8?   Berl., 1919.
   In Spec. Path. u. Ther. inn. Krankh., Berl. u. Wien, 1919, 2:
 Teil 2, 715-66, pl.
   Brandberg, R., &  Akeson,  G.  An erysipelas study.   Acta
 chir.  scand.,  1936-37, 79: 495-506.—Claveaux, E.  M.,  &
 Salveraglio, F. J.  La erisipela; consideraciones a  prop6sito de
 84 casos de esta  enfermedad asistidos  en la clinica  de en-
 fermedades infecciosas del H.  Pasteur.  Dfa  mid.  urug.,
 1938-39, 6: 515-22.—Doerfler, H.   Der Rotlauf.  In his Fur
 d. Praxis, Miinch., 1938, 2: 52-61.—Hjort, E.  Ein Fall von
 Erysipelas fulminans.  Norsk mag. laegevid., 1929,  90: 970-2.—
Kubin, L.  Klinik, pathologische Anatomie und Therapie des
Erysipels.  Med. Klin.,  Berl., 1925, 21: 1046-9.—Napalkov,
P. N.  [Clinical observations on erysipelas]  Vest, khir., 1933,
30: 197-212.
----  Complication.

   See also Nephritis; Sepsis, &c.
   Girard, C.   *De  I'influence de I'erysipele  sur
le  developpement  de  la pygmie  [Berne]   39p.
8?   Strasb.,  1872.
   Mathias,  A.   *Contribution  a l'etude  de la
nephrite Srysipelateuse.   59p.   8?  Par.,  1924.
   Milberg,   M.    *Ueber  Erkrankungen   des
Nervensystems im  Anschluss an Erysipel  [Basel]
19p.   8?   Saint Louis, 1930.
   Paes  d'Almeida, C. G.   *Nephrite infecciosa;
consecutiva a erysipela.   61p.  8? Lisb.,  1887.
   Pupko,  S.   *Les  complications graves,  mor-
telles de I'erysipele.  95p.  8?  Par.,  1937, 537.
   Aguilar C, J.  Erisipela complicada de septicemia estrepto-
cocica.  Rev. med.  veracruz.,  1921,  1: 4-6.—Bellows, J.
Ocular complications of erysipelas.  Arch. Ophth., Chic, 1934,
n. ser., 11: 678-83.—Bhaduri, B. N. A case of optic atrophy in
erysipelas.  Calcutta  M. J., 1925-26, 21: 113.—Dietrich, K.
Periarteritis nodosa in der Haut des Vorderarmes nach Erysipel
derselben.   Zschr.  Kreislaufforsch.,  1933,   25:   305-12.—
Doberauer,  G.  Ueber  eine ungewohnliche Fernwirkung des
Erysipels.  Med. Klin., Berl.,  1926, 22: 445-8.—Faerstein, S.
[Affections of the cornea in erysipelas]  Vrach. delo, 1937, 19:
321-4.  ------   [Meningo-encephalitis as a complication of
erysipelas]   Ibid.,  1938, 20: 59.—Hosford, J.  Erysipelas  and
cellulitis.  Brit. M. J., 1938, 1: 346-8.—Hutinel, J., Lebee &
Ffevre.  Erysipdle septicemic et pericardite purulente a strepto-
coques; p6ricardotomie; guerison.  Bull. Soc. pfidiat. Paris,
1927, 25:  479-81.—Kriso, O.  Erysipel und Otitis.  Hals &c.
Arzt, Teil 2, 1938, 46: 262.—Lemierre, A., Laporte,  A. [et al.]
Nephrite e>ysipelateuse; etudes de la chlorgmie et de l'61imina-
tion urinaire des chlorures; alcalose provoquee par l'ingestion
de bicarbonate de soude.   Bull. Soc.  med. hop. Paris, 1936,
3. ser., 52: 527-35. ------  N6phrite 6rysipelateuse; action du
bicarbonate de soude  inger6 sur l'acidose; innocuit6  du chlor-
hydrate de sulfamido-chrysoidine pour le rein  malade.  Ibid.,
535-40.—Marcuse, K.   Ueber Gasbrand im Anschluss  an
Erysipel.  Zbl. Chir., 1927, 54: 1867-70.—Marrella, V.  Pud
l'eresipela della testa,  senza sintomi meningei, lasciar disordini
nei dinamismo delle zone meningo-corticali? Riv. med., 1928,
36: 113.—Milian, G.  Erythrodermie locale post-erysipilateuse.
Rev. fr. derm, vener., 1935, 11: 295-7.—Palin, A.  Erysipelas,
complicated by herpes ophthalmicus and  ophthalmoplegia.
Tr.  Ophth.  Soc U. K., 1938, 58: 454.— Pappacena, E.  Un
caso di eresipela complicato con orticaria.  Riforma med., 1925,
41:  1025.—Schlesinger, B.  Rheumatic  fever following ery-
sipelas.  Proc. R.  Soc. M., Lond., 1934, 27: clin. sec, 219.—
Villard, H.  Ophtalmie m6tastatique consecutive a un erysipele
chirurgical.  Bull. Soc. sc.  med.  biol. Montpellier, 1926-27,
8:267.

----  Curative effect.

   See also Disease, Antagonism.
   Lindenstein, L. Bemerkungen zu der Arbeit von  A. Miille-
der: Als Beitrag zum Kapitel Erysipel und Karzinom.   Zbl.
Chir., 1932, 59: 2531.—Miilleder, A.  Als Beitrag zum Kapitel
Erysipel und Karzinom.   Ibid.,  1684.—Rosenrauch, C.  A
propos de l'erysip&le salutaire  et de son action therapeutique
sur les tumeurs malignes.   Clinique, Par., 1933,  18: 324-6.—
Waldapfel, R. Zur Frage der Heilwirkung des Erysipels auf
bosartige Tumoren.  Wien. med. Wschr.,  1929, 79:  1022-4.

----  epidemic.
   Deacon, W. J. V.   Erysipelas in Michigan.  Michigan Pub.
Health,  1936, 24:  211-4.—Epidemiology of erysipelas. Med.
Off., Lond., 1936,  55: 1.—Helm.   Der Rotlauf bei Tier  und
Mensch und seine Bekampfung. Reichsgesundhbl.,  1936, 11:
126-30.—Laache, S.  Morbiditat  bei Erysipelas.  Acta med.
scand., 1924, Suppl. No.  7, 51.—Redlich, F., & Krasso, H.
Ueber die Gefahren der Unterbringung von Erysipelkranken
auf inneren Stationen.  Wien. klin. Wschr., 1926, 39: 294-7.^-
Riddell, J. The incidence of erysipelas.  Brit. M. J., 1935, 2:
946.—Rosenblum, M. B., & Katznelson, R. B.  [Epidemiology
and  pathogenesis of erysipelas]  Klin, med., Moskva, 1930, 8:
447-52.—Russell, W. T. The statistics of erysipelas in England
and  Wales.  J. Hyg., Cambr., 1933, 33: 421-34.—Schlesinger,
H.   Gehauftes Auftreten von  Erysipel als Folge von Saalin-
fektion.  Wien. klin. Wschr., 1926, 39: 85.

----  equine [Rotlaufseuche]

   See  Influenza,  equine.   For  swine  erysipelas
in horse see Erysipelothrix,  Infection—in horse.

----  gangrenous.

   Dupertout,  D.    *Contribution  a l'etude  de
I'erysipele  gangr6neux.   71p.   2 pl.  8?   Par.,
1935.
   Schwartz,  S.   *Sur un  cas d'erysipele  grave
d'un  nouveau-ne  avec   gangrene du  scrotum, 
ERYSIPELAS
476
ERYSIPELAS
soigne et gueri par le chlorhydrate de sulfamido-
chrysoidine.  43p.  8?  Par., 1937.
   Casaubon, A., & Cossoy, S.  Dos casos de  erisipela gan-
grenosa.  Arch, argent, pediat.,  1932, 3: 298-305.—Koprivnik,
I.  J.  [Grave case of gangrenous erysipelas]  Cas. lek. desk.,
1937, 76:  1159.—Kreutzer, J.   Ueber eine seltene Form von
gangranosem Erysipel.  Kinderarztl.  Prax., 1937, 8: 332.—
Lebel, L.   Erysipfile gangreneux de la verge et des  bourses;
ferysipele de la face; symptomes graves gueris par l'administra-
tion du sulfate de  quinine a haute doses.  Presse med. belg.,
1865-66, 18: 201.—Lemierre, A. Sur quelques cas d'6rysipele
suppure et d'erysipele gangreneux.  In his Mal. infect., Par.,
1937, 90-117.  ------Brocard,  H., & Pham, H. C. Trois cas
d'6rysipele gangreneux.  Bull. Soc. mid. hop. Paris,  1935, 3.
ser., 51: 325-34.—Maciulis, S.  [Two cases of  gangrenous
erysipelas]  Medicina, Kaunas,  1933, 14: 394-6.—Matras, A.
Ueber Veranderungen in der Muskulatur bei diffuser Sklero-
dermie der oberen Extremitat, amputiert wegen  eines  bullosen
und gangraneszierenden Erysipels.   Derm. Wschr., 1932,  94:
829-34.—Nussbaum,  S.    Erysipelas  gangrenosa.    Arch.
Pediat., N. Y., 1932, 49: 17-21.—Stookey, P. F., Ferris, C. R.
[et al.]  Necrotizing ulcers complicating erysipelas.  J. Am.
M. Ass.,  1934,  103: 903-7.—Tschopp, W.,  &  Bemhard, E.
Fliegenmaden-Behandlung eines Falles von Erysipelas  gan-
grenosum bei gleichzeitiger Hyperglykaemie und  Glykosurie.
Schweiz. med. Wschr.,  1935, 65: 620.—Ujsaghy, P.   Erfolg-
reiche Behandlung von gangranosem Erysipel eines 2  Wochen
alten Neugeborenen  mit Prontosil-Praparaten.   Kinderarztl.
Prax., 1939, 10: 212-5.

----  Immunity and serology.

   See also subheading Treatment, biological.
   Brockmann, E.   *Untersuchungen  iiber  die
Beziehungen   zwischen   Agglutininen,  komple-
mentbindenden Ambozeptoren und  Prazipitinen
im  Serum  gegen Rotlauf  immunisierter   Pferde
[Leipzig]   29p.   8?  Teterow,  1925.
   Amoss, H. L., & Bliss, E. A. Local immunity in experimental
erysipelas.  J. Exp. M.,  1927, 45: 411-26, 3  pl.—Anderson, J.
F., & Leonard, G. F.  The immunization of horses to erysipelas
streptococcus toxin.  J. Lab. Clin. M., 1927-28, 13:  64-6.—
Cosack, G. Ueber die Abwehrbereitschaft des jungen Sauglings,
zugleich  eine kritische  Betrachtung  der  Erysipeltherapie.
Jahrb. Kinderh.,  1937, 3.  F., 99:  53-65.—Furukawa^  M.
Ueber die Schwankungen der Immunkorper bei Erysipelas und
die Typenspezifitat der hamolytischen Streptokokken; klinische
Untersuchung iiber die Schwankung  der  Immunkorper bei
Erysipelaskranken.   Fukuoka   acta  med.,  1935,  28:  65-7.
------   Ueber  die  Schwankungen  der Immunkorper bei
Erysipelas und die Typenspezifitat der hamolytischen Strep-
tokokken; experimentelle Untersuchung iiber die Schwankung
der Immunkorper bei Erysipelaskaninchen.  Ibid., 67.  ------
Ueber die Typenspezifitat der hamolytischen Streptokokken.
Ibid., 69.—Kolchin, B. S.  On  the antigenic relationships of
hemolytic  streptococcus exotoxins  from different pathologic
conditions with special reference to erysipelas.   J. Lab. Clin.
M., 1936-37, 22: 490-503.—Lavergne, V. de, Florentin, P., &
Gousset, H.  Essais de prevention de I'erysipele de l'oreille du
lapin par  s£rum et vaccins. C. rend.  Soc. biol.,  1929, 101:
1193.—Magliano, G.  Pseudo-agglutinazione di globuli e siero
di flittena  eresipelatosa e di bolla da vescicatorio cantaridato.
Gior. batt.  immun., 1935,  15:  193-216.—Picard, H.  Der
Wert ortlicher Immunitat fur die Chirurgie, insbesondere im
Kampf gegen das Erysipel.  Arch. klin. Chir., 1927, 145: 34-
41.—Schmidt, E. Die Immunisierung von Rotlaufserumpfer-
den unter  Verwendung von Kulturen mit Methylenblauzusatz.
Zschr. Infektkr.  Haustiere, 1930, 38:  147-53.—Spink, W. W.,
&  Keefer, C. S.  Studies of hemolytic streptococcal infection;
the serological reactions of the blood during erysipelas.  J. Clin.
Invest., 1936,  15: 21-35.—Steffan, H.  Das Herz  bei inneren
Erkrankungen des Pferdes; elektro- und phonokardiographische
Untersuchungen  bei Rotlaufserumpferden.  Arch. wiss. prakt.
Tierh., 1935,  69: 175-204.—Toomey, J. A.   Critical review of
experiments tending to show the cause and mechanism of infec-
tion and immunity in erysipelas.  J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1938, 12:
664-74.—Wollak, K. Ueber Organveranderungen bei  Rotlauf-
serumpferden und deren Behandlung.  Seuchenbekampfung,
1926, 3: 50-7.

----  migrans.
   Bauer,  A.   Bemerkenswerter Fall von Erysipelas migrans.
Aerztl. Rdsch., 1928, 38: 372.—Burckhardt, W. Papillomatose,
verrukose  Dermatose nach Erysipelas  migrans.  Deut. Zschr.
Chir.,  1934-35, 244: 391-4.— Fraschini, P., &  Fraschini, A.
Guarigione di erisipela migrante in puerpera paratifica.  Med
prat., Nap., 1927, 41: 131.—Roland & Forget-Urion. Erysipele
ambulant, chez un bibi de 4 mois, traitl avec  succSs par les
injections locales de s6rum antistreptococcique. Bull. Soc. mid.
chir. Bordeaux (1924) 1925, 254-6.—Rosario, G.  Considera-
zioni cliniche sulla erisipela migrante.  Policlinico, 1932,  39:
sez. prat.,  1645-9.

----   Pathology.

   Rheiner,  G.    *Beitrage  zur pathologischen
Anatomie des Erysipels.   36p.  8?   Zur., 1884.
   Rupp, L.  *Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Immuni-
tatsverhaltnisse und Uebertragungsmoglichkeiten
des  Rotlaufs   [Miinchen]    8p.   8?   Regensb.,
1922.
   Amoss, H. L.,  & Birkhaug, K. E.  Observations on experi-
mental  erysipelas.  Tr. Ass.  Am.  Physicians, 1925, 40: 5.—
Aronowitsch, G.  D.  Liquor cerebrospinalis bei Erysipelas.
Deut.  Zschr. Nervenh.,  1932,  124:  269-74.—Biberstein,  H.
Untersuchungen iiber Hautreaktionen bei menschlichem und
tierischem Rotlauf.  Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl., 1933, 168: 146-
60.—Birkhaug, K. E.  Erysipelas; bacterial allergy to Strepto-
coccus erysipelatis in recurrent erysipelas.   J. Am. M.  Ass.,
1928, 90:  1997-2001.—Callerio, G.   11  comportamento dei
globuli bianchi nell'eresipela.  Boll. Soc. med. chir., Pavia, 1927,
n. ser.,  2: 735-46.—Doane, J. C.  Some considerations of the
mode of infection and extension of erysipelas.  Bull. N. York
Acad. M., 1926, 2. ser., 3: 235-42.—Eilers, W. Zur Frage der
Entstehung des Erysipels.   Miinch.  med. Wschr., 1933, 80:
1092.—Eisinger, K.  Ueber Veranderungen des Lumbalpunk-
tates bei Erysipel.  Wien. med. Wschr.,  1931, 81: 1564-6.—
Francis, T., jr.  Studies on pathogenesis and recovery in ery-
sipelas.  J. Clin. Invest., 1928,6: 221-36.—Ishibashi, T.  Hama-
tologische Untersuchung des  Erysipels.  Jap. J. Derm. Urol.,
1933, 34: 116.—Keefer, C. S., & Spink, W. W.  Studies of hemo-
lytic streptococcal infection; factors influencing the outcome of
erysipelas.  J. Clin.  Invest., 1936,  15: 17-9.—Kindler, T.  Zur
Frage der Uebertragbarkeit des Erysipels.   Derm. Wschr., 1929,
88:7-14. — Loizaga, N. S. Contribucion al estudio de la erisipela.
Sem. meU, B. Air., 1937, 44:414-20.—Neumann, R., & Gunder-
mann, O. Erysipelstudien; das weisse Blutbild.  Fol. haemat.,
Lpz., 1924-25,  31: 1. Teil, 41-72.  ------  Erysipelstudien;
die Senkungszeit  der roten Blutkorperchen.   Ibid., 109-12.—
Rosel, A.  Ueber rotlaufahnliche Hauterkrankung beim Men-
schen.  Med. Klin., Berl.,  1921, 17: 1028.—Shchukarev, K. A.
[Erysipelas as a general disease]  Sovet. vrach. J., 1936, 1: 116-
9.—Simonson.  Ansteckung durch Erysipel.   Med. Welt, 1932,
6:  1075.—Tomassini,  O.  La colesterinemia nella erisipela.
Gazz. osp., 1935,  56: 852-6.

----   Prevention.
   Birkhaug,  K. E.   Immunization with soluble  toxin from
Streptococcus erysipelatis against recurrent attacks of erysipelas.
J.Am. M. Ass., 1927,88: 885-8.—Bix, H. Zur prophylaktischen
Behandlung des rezidivierenden Erysipels.  Wien. med. Wschr.,
1931, 81: 1381.—Bohme. W.  Andere Gesichtspunkte prophy-
laktischer Handlung  bei Infektionskrankheiten, dargelegt an
experimentellen Versuchen bei Rotlauf. Berl. tierarztl. Wschr.,
1923, 39: 47; 59.—Bohmer, L., Fuhs, H. [et al.]   Verhiitungs-
moglichkeit von Erysipelrezidiven.  Derm. Wschr., 1936,  102:
78-84.—Frankl,  J.    Verhutungsmoglichkeit von Erysipel-
rezidiven.  Ibid.,  103:  1614.—Mironesco, T.  La vaccination
intra-cutanee et les  rechutes  dans  l'6rysip61e.  C. rend.  Soc.
biol., 1925, 92: 293.

----   recurrent.

   Henting,  P.    *Das  chronisch  rezidivierende
Erysipel und seine Beziehungen zur Elephantiasis,
insbesondere des  Gesichtes.  32p.   8?   Munster
i.  W.,  1932.
   Amoss, H. L.  Treatment of recurrent erysipelas. Ann. Int.
M., 1931, 5: 500-4.—Baerthlein. K.  Zur Aetiologie des Ery-
sipels, insbesondere  des chronisch rezidivierenden Erysipels.
Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1929, 114: 271-4.—Bohmer, L. Zur Licht-
behandlung des chronischen  rezidivierenden Erysipels. Arch.
Derm. Syph., Berl.,  1928, 155: 115.  Also Strahlentherapie,
1930, 35: 130-5.—Bonilla, E.  Erisipelas de  repeticion e in-
suficiencia tiro-ovarica.  Arch,  med.,  Madr., 1926, 22: 457-
62.—Flexener, M. J.  Erysipelas: with report of recurrent case.
Kentucky M. J.,  1934, 32: 99-106.—Gastinel, P., & Reilly, J.
Reiterations erysipelateuses et phenomtoes de sensibilisation
streptococcique.  Ann. med., Par., 1936, 39: 242-62.—Giraud,
G., Ravoire, J., & Bert, J. M.  Remarques a propos de 2 cas
d'erysipele r£cidivant de la face.  Arch. Soc. sc.  med.  biol.
Montpellier,  1934,  15:  681-4.—Lewis,  G.  M.   Recurrent
erysipelas.  Arch. Derm. Syph., Chic, 1938, 37: 908.—Limont.
Soled cedema; Hutchinson's recurrent  erysipelatous lymphan-
geitis.   Northumberland M.  J., 1897, 5: 105.—Niles, H.  D.
Recurrent  chronic erysipelas;  chronic lymphedema.   Arch.
Derm. Syph., Chic,  1939, 40: 822.—Sulzberger, M.  B.  Re-
current  erysipelas  successfully treated  with sulfanilamide.
Ibid., 498.  ------Rostenberg, A. jr, & Goetze, D.  Recurrent
erysipelas-like manifestations of the legs;  their relationship to
fungous infections of  the  feet.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1937,  108:
2189-93.

----  Site.

   See  also  under  names  of regions  and  parts
affected as Face,  Erysipelas.
   Katz, B.  Erysipelas  of the pharynx and larynx.  Arch.
Otolar., Chic, 1933, 17: 30-7.  Also repr.—Kriso, O. Erysipel
und Otitis.  Arch. Ohr. &c Heilk., 1939, 146: 252-9— Kubo, I.
Ueber die oto- und rhinogene Erysipelas, insbesondere deren
postoperative Formen.  Ibid., 1930, 126:  245-51.—McKenzie,
D. Erysipelas and the haemolytic streptococcus in relation to 
ERYSIPELAS                                   477                                     ERYSIPELAS
oto-laryngology.  Proc R. Soc M., Lond., 1933, 26: sect, otol.,
1571-80.  Also' J. Lar. Otol., Lond.,  1934, 49: 105-18.—Marx,
H.  Erysipel des Ohres mit eigenartiger Komplikation.  Zschr.
Laryng., 1934, 25: 331-3.—Ruttin, E.  Phlebitis  des Emis-
sariums und  Erysipel.   Mschr.  Ohrenh.,  1936,  70:  619 —
Segal I, W.  Untersuchungen  uber die Ausbreitung des Schleim-
hauterysipels vom Nasen-Rachenraum auf die  aussere Haut
uber das Mittelohr. Wien. med. Wschr., 1931, 81: 1592; 1684.

----   staphylococcic.

   See  Staphyloderma.

----   Treatment.
   Andor, P.  [Treatment of erysipelas]  Budapesti orv. ujs.,
1930, 28: 892-901.—Angerer, H.   Zur Beurteilung  und Be-
handlung leichter und schwerer Erysipele.  Med. Klin., 1938,
34: 175-8.—Anghelescu,  V.,  Cri vat,  D. [et al.]  [On the treat-
ment of erysipelas]  Rev. st. med., Bucur., 1936, 25:  701-8.—
Bode, G.  H.  Die Behandlung  des Erysipels.   Zschr. arztl.
Fortbild.,  1937,  34: 587-91.—Cattoli,  D.   Note clinico-tera-
peutiche sull'erisipela (1921-24)  Gior. clin. med.,  1924, 5:
689-94.—Fantus, B. The therapy of the Cook County Hospi-
tal: Erysipelas.  J. Am.  M. Ass., 1934, 103: 183.—Feyz, M.
[Observations  on the treatment of erysipelas]  Askeri sihhiye
mecmuasi,  1934,  63: 49-54.—Fox,  M. J.   The treatment of
erysipelas.   Wisconsin M. J., 1937,  36: 528-34—Giuffre, M.
Contributo  clinico alia terapia  della  eresipela  dell'infanzia.
Pediatria (Riv.) 1927, 35: 920-34.—Kraus, O. Zur Frage der
Erysipelbehandlung.  Med.  Klin.,  Berl.,  1928, 24:  294-6.—
Libov, L. I.  [Treatment of erysipelas]   Sovet. vrach. gaz.,
1934, 38:  1008-10.—Litvin,  M. B.  [Treatment of erysipelas]
Ibid., 1932, 36: 625.—Perera Castillo, F.  Acerca del trata-
miento de la erisipela.  An.  clin. Hosp. Juarez, Mix.,  1931, 1:
273-6.—Platou, E. S., Schultz, F. W., & Collins, L.  Erysipelas;
a clinical study of the treatment  of this disease. Am. J. Dis.
Child.,  1927,  36:  1030-9.—Reinhardt, H.  Beobachtungen
iiber Rotlaufinfektionen beim Menschen und ihre Behandlung.
Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1928,  44: 469.—Rothman, P. E.  Obser-
vations on therapy in erysipelas.   J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1934, 4:
746-51.—Rudnitzky, N.  L.   [Treatment and prognosis of
erysipelatous  inflammation]    Sovet.  vrach.  gaz.,  1933, 37:
158-61.—Siegfried, K.  Eiweissarme  Kost bei  Wundrose.
Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1931,230: 330-5.—Sulamaa, M.   [Erysip-
elas and its treatment]  Duodecim,  Helsin.,  1938,  54: 871-
92.—Toomey, J. A.  Prognosis  and treatment of erysipelas.
Ann. Int. M., 1938-39, 12:  166-77.—Tratamiento  de la erisi-
pela.  Dia med., B. Air., 1932-33,  5:  987.—Williams, M. V.
Nursing procedures in erysipelas cases.  Hosp. Progr.,  1938, 19:
121-5.—Young,  D. C.   The treatment of  erysipelas.  Rep.
Wayne Co. M. Soc, 1931-32, 2: 44-6.

----  Treatment: Antistreptococcic serum.

   See also subheading Immunology.
   Conroy,  C.   *The  treatment  of  erysipelas
with   erysipelas   antitoxin     [Milwaukee  Co.
Hospital]   lOp.  4?  Wauwatosa,  1928.
   Alissov, P. A., Morozkine, N. I.   [Specific treatment of
erysipelas]   Russ. klin., 1928, 9: 544-50.  ------& Bogdanov,
I. L. [Specific therapy of erysipelas]  Vrach. gaz., 1929, 33:
2659-63.—Allan, F. N.  The antitoxin treatment of erysipelas.
Proc. Mayo Clin., 1938, 3:  23-5.  ------ & Wilder, R. M.
The treatment of erysipelas with antitoxin.  Med.  Clin.  N.
America, 1927-28, 11: 1653-60.—Antitoxin (The) treatment of
erysipelas.   J. M. Ass. Alabama,  1934-35, 4: 425.—Baryshev,
A. A.  [Specific therapy in erysipelatous inflammation]  Vrach.
gaz., 1929, 33: 2656-9.—Birkhaug, K. E. Experimental produc-
tion of erysipelas  in rabbits and  demonstration  of protective
power of immune erysipelas  sera.  Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp.,
1925, 37: 307-27, pl.  ------ The etiology of erysipelas and
its specific therapy.  Brit. M. J., 1926, 2: 518.  ------Erysip-
elas; observations on the etiology and treatment with erysip-
elas antistreptococcic  serum.  J. Am. M.  Ass.,  1926, 86:
1411-7.—Bokay,  Z.  [Treatment  of erysipelas with convales-
cent serum]  Orv. hetil., 1934, 78:  117-9.—Brazil, W. H. Anti-
scarlatinal serum in erysipelas.  Brit.  M. J., 1935, 2: 840.—
Chrisman, W. W.  Antitoxin treatment of erysipelas.  J. M.
Ass. Georgia,  1930, 19: 245; 251.—Doane, J. C.  The Amoss
anti-erysipelas serum in the  treatment of erysipelas.  Atlantic
M. J.,  1926-27,  30:  231.—Duration  of erysipelas  in 4,698
patients reduced 60% by antitoxin treatment.  Ther. Notes,
Detr., 1935, 42: 300.—Eiselsberg, F.  Ueber die Behandlung
des Erysipels  mit polyvalentem  Streptokokkenserum.  Wien.
klin. Wschr., 1931, 44:  290.—Gavrila, I.,  & Man. A.  [Anti-
streptococcic serotherapy in  erysipelas]  Cluj. med., 1934, 15:
415-9.—Gordon,  J. E., & Young, D.  C.   The treatment of
erysipelas with erysipelas streptococcus antitoxin. J. Michigan
M.  Soc, 1929, 28: 353-7.— Goresco, C, & Popesco, C.  Le
traitement sp6cifique de I'erysipele.   C. rend. Soc.  biol., 1925,
92: 291.—Hammersberg, E. G.  [Antitoxin treatment of ery-
sipelas]  Gy6gyaszat, 1933,  73: 146-9.—Lima, R. de.  O soro
anti-estreptoc6cico na erisipela.  Med. contemp., Lisb., 1935,
53: 65-7.—McCann, W. S. The serum treatment of erysipelas.
J. Am. M. Ass., 1928, 91: 78-81.—Neuber, E.  [Treatment oi
erysipelas  with reconvalescent serum]   Orv. hetil., 1933, 77:
344.  ———  [Immunology  of erysipelas and specific therapy]
Ibid., 772-6.  Also Wien.  klin. Wschr., 1934, 47: 40-4.  ------
Weitere Versuche mit der spezifischen Behandlung des Erysi-
pels.  Ibid., 1936, 49: 581-4.  ------  [New data  on specific
treatment  of  erysipelas]   Orv. hetil., 1935,  79: 993-7.—
Paun &  Nitu,  C.   [Treatment  of  erysipelas  with Behring-
werke anti-scarlatinal serum]  Cluj. med.,  1928, 9: 450-6.—
Pera Jimenez, M.  Tratamiento de Montel en la erisipela de la
para.   Siglo  med.,  Madr.,  1931, 87:  567.—Philpott, O. S.
The use  of serum  in  the treatment of erysipelas.   Colorado
M.,  1935,  32:  883.—Popesco,  C,  & Panaitesco,  C.  S6ro-
therapie antistreptococcique  dans I'erysipele et les septicemics
streptococciques.  Arch,  roumain.  path,  exp., Par., 1931, 4:
455-502.—Rocca, E.  Un caso di eresipela curato col  siero
antistreptococcico.   Terapia, Milano, 1925, 15: 379.—Rosas,
J. M.  La estreptolisina en el tratamiento de la erisipela.  Rev.
med. veracruz.,  1934, 14: 1075-7.—Schabetai, S. B.  Schar-
lachheilserum bei Erysipel.  Miinch. med.  Wschr., 1927, 74:
1015.—Shubert, V.  F.   [Serotherapy  of erysipelas]   Klin.
med., Moskva,  1930, 8: 436-9.—Spicer, S., Gonshorek, M. F.,
& Spicer, E. L. Incidence  of serological types of hemolytic
streptococci in recent cases of erysipelas;  extent of protection
of anti-erysipelas serum against these erysipelas strains, etc.
J. Immun., Bait.,  1935, 28:  399-411.—Symmers, D.   The
antitoxin treatment of erysipelas; results in 705 eases at Bellevue
Hospital.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1928, 91:535-8.  Also repr. ------
& Gould, I.  The antitoxin treatment  of erysipelas.  Am. J.
Nurs., 1932, 32: 117-22.—Symmers,  D.,  &  Lewis, K. M.
The antitoxin  treatment of erysipelas; observations  in 131
patients  at Bellevue  Hospital.  J.  Am.  M.  Ass., 1927, 89:
880-2. ------  The antitoxin treatment of erysipelas; further
observations.   Ibid.,  1932,  99: 1082.  Also  repr.------
The antitoxin treatment of erysipelas, with observations on
4,698 patients so treated.  Med. Clin. N. America, 1934, 18:
861-6.  ------  Erysipelas and the rationale  of antitoxin
therapy.    Bull. Lederle  Lab., 1933,  1:  11-5.—Staatliche
Priifung  des  Rotlaufserums.   Reichsgesundhbl.,  1935,  10:
43.—Stewart, F. E., & Huntoon, F. M.  The serum treatment of
erysipelas and erysipeloid.   Tr. Am. Ther. Soc. (1927) 1928,
28: 24-30.—Tauber, E. B. The serum treatment of erysipelas.
J. Med., Cincin., 1928-29,  9:  471-4.—Thomson, M. S.   The
treatment of erysipelas by means of anti-scarlet fever serum.
Brit. J. Derm., 1929, 41: 417-25.—Vincent, H.  Traitement des
formes malignes de I'erysipele par  un nouveau serum  anti-
streptococcique.  Gaz. hop.,  1930,  103:  577-80.—Walther.
Rotlauf beim Menschen und seine Heilung mit Rotlaufserum.
Berl. tierarztl. Wschr., 1926, 42: 43.

----   Treatment, biological.

   See also subheadings Immunology;  Treatment.
   Dasso, H., & Manguel,  M.  Tratamiento biologico de la
erisipela.   An.  Fac. cienc. med. La Plata,  1937, 1: 29-54.—
Manguel, M., & Dragonetti, A.  Tratamiento  biol6gico  de la
erisipela.  Sem. m6d.,  B. Air., 1935, 42: pt 2, 32-41.—Ostmann.
Unspezifische  Immuntherapie bei  Erysipel.   Klin.  Wschr.,
1927, 6: 2263.—Wittmer,  W.  Bemerkungen zur Vakzinations-
und unspezifischen Reiztherapie an Hand eines  Falles  von
Akne und der  staatlichen  Rotlaufserumprufung.   Berl.  tier-
arztl. Wschr., 1921, 37: 439-41.—Yasuno, G.   Moxol, prepa-
ration  of histotoxin, for erysipelas.  Jap. J. M. Sc, 1934-36,
4: Surg., 180.
----   Treatment, drug.

   Barre, P.   Contribution a l'etude du  traite-
ment de I'erysipele  par  le  sulfarsenol.  62p.  8:
Par.,  1935.
   Miechowski,  J.   *L'erysipele  et  son  traite-
ment  par  la  septicemine   [Geneve]   31p.   8:
Par.,  1933.
   Bleyer,  K.   Ein  Beitrag zur  Erysipelbehandlung  mit
Streptoyatren.  Derm. Wschr., 1925, 81: 1800-3.—Bockhorn.
K.  Beitrage zur Chemotherapie  des Erysipels.  Wien. med.
Wschr., 1939, 89: 582-5.—Carrillo Cardenas.   Tratamiento
de la erisipela por los arsenicales.   Asistencia, Mex., 1934-35,
1: 67.—Czeyda-Pommersheim, F.  [Chemotherapy of erysip-
elas]  Gyogyaszat,  1938,  78: 194-6.—Druen,  A.   Die  Be-
handlung  des Erysipels mit  doppeltkohlensaurem  Natron.
Psychiat. neur. Wschr., 1931, 33: 507.—Eldridge, W. W.  Re-
port of treatment  of erysipelas with  mercurochrome,  220
soluble.  Ann. Clin. M., 1925, 4: 333-46.—Fuchsig,  E.  Zur
Behandlung des  Erysipels.   Wien. med.  Wschr.,  1935, 85:
802.—Gazzaniga, P.   La  terapia  colloidale  dell'erisipela.
Terapia, Milano,  1924, 14: 8-10.—Gismondi, A.  Intorno alia
cura dell'erisipela del bambino coi  composti  azoici.   Prat.
pediat., Milano,  1936,  14:  347-53.—Gonzalez, H.  D.,  &
Schteingart, M.   El carbon  en el tratamiento de la erisipela.
Prensa med. argent., 1936, 23: 371-3.—Gotlib, J.  [Three grave
cases of erysipelas treated with hydrochloride of sulphamido-
chryzoidine]  Polska  gaz.  lek.,  1937,  16:  163-5.   ------
[New  ways in chemiotherapy of  erysipelas]  Ibid., 240-2.—
Heck,  F.  Ein  Beitrag zur  Behandlung des  Erysipels unter
besonderer Berucksichtigung des  Chemotherapeuticums  Hil-
germann.  Zbl. Chir., 1937,  64:  2384-8.—Herszky,  P.  Die
Manganbehandlung des Erysipels.  Ther. Gegenwart, 1927, 68:
252-4.—Hirtzmann.  Le traitement de l'6rysipeie et des strep-
tococcies par les injections  intra-veineuses de terebenthine.
Progr. med., Par., 1927, 42: 314-7.—Jackson, J. A., & Johnston.
C. L.   Mercurochrome-220 solution in the treatment of ery- 
ERYSIPELAS                                     478                                   ERYSIPELAS
sipelas.  Ther. Gaz., Detr., 1924, 3. ser., 40: 843-9.—Kwas-
kowski,  W.   [Erysipelas  therapy with  chloride of calcium
(CaCl2)]  Polska gaz. lek., 1927, 6: 191.—Maliarevsky, V. P.
[Lysol in the  treatment of erysipelas]  Klin, med., Moskva,
1936, 14: 590.—Nardi, G.  L'oro nella  cura  della erisipela.
Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1929, 70: 394-429.—Ooba, K.  Ueber die
Behandlung der Erysipelas.  Okayama igakkai  zasshi, 1933,
45:  1989.—Petrov, B. A.   [Trinitrophenol in treatment of
erysipelas]   Sovet. vrach.  gaz., 1934, 38:  1387.— Radeff, I.
Treatment  of  erysipelas  with  mercurochrome-220  soluble.
Illinois  M.  J., 1926,  49:  249.—Railliet, G.   Traitement de
I'erysipele par le sulfars6nol.  Arch. med. chir. province, 1931,
21: 403-11.—Sakurai, S.   Ueber Uronal.  Acta derm., Kyoto,
1930, 15: 582.—Schaaf, H.  Die Behandlung des Erysipels mit
Terpichin.  Miinch. med. Wschr.,  1934, 81:  1978.—Suzuki, R.
Ueber die Behandlung des Erysipelas mit Oleum chenopodii.
Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1931, 61: 1250-3—Szendey, L.  [Chemo-
therapy of erysipelas with sanochrome]  Orv. hetil.,  1937, 81:
12-5.—Wehnert, W.   Behandlung des Erysipels mit Erysip-
tin.   Med. Klin., Berl., 1926, 22: 1729.

----  Treatment, drug: Sulfanilamide.

   Huguenin,  P.   *Traitement de  I'erysipele par
le chlorhydrate de sulfamidochrysoidine.   104p.
8?    Par., 1935.
   Bang, O.   [Effect of prontosil in treatment of erysipelas]
Ugeskr. laeger, 1936, 98: 1018-20.—Becker, W.  Die Behand-
lung des Erysipels mit Prontosil.  Derm. Wschr., 1937, 104:
221-5.—Bloch-Michel,  H., Conte, M., & Durel, P.  Le traite-
ment de I'erysipele par les derives sulfamides non azoiques.
Ann. med., Par., 1937,  41: 61-77.—Breen, G. E., & Taylor, I.
Treatment of  erysipelas by prontosil.  Annual Rep. London
Co. Counc, 1936, 4: pt 3,  92-5.  Also Lancet, Lond.,  1937, 1:
1334-6.—Buchheim &  Drechsler.  Ergebnisse  der Prontosil-
behandlung beim  Erysipel.  Zbl. Chir., 1938,  65:  2063 —
Christensen, B. C.  [Investigations on the effect of sulfanila-
mide (streptamide Leo) in treatment of erysipelas, 200 cases]
Nord. med.,  1939, 2:  1379-83.—Czeyda-Pommersheim, F.
[Treatment of erysipelas with deseptyl]  Orv. hetil., 1937,  81:
250-2.—Dalimier,  R.   Action preventive de la  carboxy-sul-
famido-chryso'idine sur I'erysipele.  Bull. Soc. med. Paris, 1938,
32-4.—Ferrabouc, L., Andriew, C, & Moutier, P.  Quelques
cas d'erysipele par le  chlorhydrate de sulfamidochrysoidine.
Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr., 1936, 30: 76-8.—Fidanza, E. P.  Con-
tribuci6n al tratamiento quimioterapico de  la erisipela con el
prontosil. Sem. med., B. Air., 1936, 43: pt 2, 934-6.—Frankl, J.
[Prontosil therapy  of erysipelas] Gy6gyaszat, 1936, 76: 536-8.
Also Klin. Wschr.,  1936, 15: 1563-6.  Also Orv. hetil., 1936, 80:
990-4.  ------  Zehn  Jahre klinische Erfahrungen  iiber  die
Behandlung des Rotlaufs, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des
Prontosil. Med. Welt, 1937, 11: 754-6.—Gavrila, I., & Gavrila,
V.  [Treatment of erysipelas with prontosil]  Cluj. med., 1937,
18: 427-37.—Gertler,  W.  Leberparenchymschadigung nach
Verabreichung  von Prontosil bei chronisch-rezidivierendem
Erysipel.  Derm. Wschr.,  1938, 106:  725-9.—Gotfredsen, E.
[Prontosil in treatment  of erysipelas]  Ugeskr. laeger,  1936, 98:
612.—Hartl, K. Die Behandlung des Erysipels der Erwachsenen
mit Prontosil.  Deut. med. Wschr.,  1936, 62: 1641.—Horwatt
[Two cases of erysipelas, treated with prontosil]  Przegl. derm.,
1937, 32: 333-5.—Iga, Y.,  & Kato, T.  Klinische Erfahrungen
bei der Erysipelbehandlung mit Prontosil.  Acta derm., Kyoto,
1937, 30: 112-5.—Kiinig, W.  Ist das Prontosil ein spezifisches
Heilmittel des  Erysipels?  Deut. med. Wschr., 1939, 65: 601 —
Koperberg   [Prontosil  in  erysipelas]   Geneesk.  tschr. Ned.
Indie, 1937, 77: 308.—Kramer, W.  Ueber Erfahrungen  bei
der Erysipelbehandlung mit Prontosil.  Miinch. med. Wschr.,
1936, 83: 608-10.—Lachmann, A.  Zur Behandlung von Sepsis
und Erysipel mit Prontosil.  Fortsch. Ther.,  1937, 13: 414-6.—
Lampert, J.  Prontosil gegen Erysipel.  Zbl. Chir., 1935,  62:
2947-51.—Maciunas,  A.   [Treatment  of  erysipelas  with
prontosil]  Medicina,  Kaunas,  1938,  19: 692-7.—Mata. C.
Prontosil and prontylin in 45 cases of erysipelas.  J. Philippine
Islands  M.  Ass.,  1938,  18: 369-74.—Meyer-Heine,  A., &
Huguenin, P.  Traitement de I'erysipele de sulfamido-chry-
soidine.  Presse med., 1936,  44:  454-7.—Milne, G. D. N.
Prontosil in erysipelas.  Guy's  Hosp.  Gaz., Lond., 1937,  51:
263-6.—Minkenhof, J. E.  [Prontosil in treatment of erysipelas]
Ned.  tschr. geneesk.,  1936, 80:  5197-209.—Motzfeldt,  K.
[Prontosil in erysipelas]  Norsk, mag. laegevid.,  1937, 98: 630-
7.—Nelson, J., Rinzler, H., & Kelsey, M.  P.  Sulfanilamide
treatment of erysipelas. J. Am. M. Ass., 1939, 112: 1044.—
Pautrier, L.  M., Laugier, P.,  & Oudet.  Trois cas derysipSle
traites avec un resultat particulierement rapide par le di- (para-
acetyl-aminophenyl)-sulfone 1399 F.   Bull. Soc  fr. derm.
syph.,  1938, 45:  suppl.,  135-8.—Pragerova, D.  [Prontosil-
therapy in erysipelas]   Cesk. derm.,  1937, 17: 16-24.—Rotter,
H.  Zur Chemotherapie der Kokkenerkrankungen; Erfahrungen
bei der Behandlung des Rotlauf es mit Prontosil.  Derm. Zschr.,
1936-37, 74: 325-32.—Roy, S. C.  Erysipelas in a child aged 6
days treated successfully with prontosil rubrum (Bayer) Ind.
M. Gaz., 1939, 74: 288.—Saibene, G.  La chemioterapia delle
erisipele con la paraaminofenilsolfammide.  Gazz. med. ital.,
1938, 97: 14-6.—Scherber, G.  Zur lokalen und allgemeinen
Behandlung des Rotlaufs, in letzterer Beziehung mit besonderer
Darstellung der Anwendung des Farbstoffpraparates Prontosil
(Streptozon, Praparat 5214) wie der Behandlungsresultate  mit
Omnadin.  Wien.  med. Wschr., 1935, 85:  284;  346;  376 —
Schreus, H. T.   Chemotherapie des  Erysipels und  anderer
 Infektionen mit Prontosil. Deut. med. Wschr., 1935, 61: 255.—
 Slatineanu, A., Balteanu, I. [et al.]  Traitement de I'erysipele
 par le prontosil.  Bull. Acad. med. Roumanie, 1936,  1: 497-
 509.—Snodgrass, W. R., &  Anderson, T.  Prontosil  in the
 treatment of erysipelas, a controlled series of 312 cases.  Brit.
 M. J., 1937,  2: 101-4.  ------  Sulphanilamide in the treat-
 ment of erysipelas;  a controlled series of 270 cases.  Ibid.,
 1156-9.  ------  &  Rennie, J. L.  Sulphamido-chrysoidine,
 sulphanilamide, and  benzylsulphanilamide in the treatment of
 erysipelas; a controlled  series  of 242  cases.  Ibid.,  1938, 2:
 399-403.—Strobel,  H.   Zur Behandlung des  Erysipels  mit
 Prontosil.  Wien.  klin.  Wschr., 1939, 52:  954-6.—Szep, E.
 Neuere Fortschritte  in der Behandlung des Rotlaufs.  Ibid.,
 1937, 50:  1617-20.—Tonndorf.  Eine luckenlose  Reihe  von
 Erysipelheilungen durch Prontosil.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1936, 32:
 1307.—Virgil, A., Pascal, I., & Lazarescu, V.  Behandlung des
 Erysipels  mit  Prontosil bei  gleichzeitiger  Erkrankung  der
 Nieren.  Klin. Wschr., 1937, 16: 203.—Visser, A.  [Treatment
 of erysipelas  with sulfanilamid]  Mschr. kindergeneesk., 1938-
 39, 8: 25-31.—Wehren, E.  Zur Behandlung des Erysipels mit
 Prontosil.  Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1936, 66: 665.

 ----   Treatment:  Hemotherapy.
   Gondos, M.  [Autohemotherapy of erysipelas]  Gy6gyaszat,
 1935, 75: 136—Ivanyi,  I.  B.  [Erysipelas  treated with  the
 patient's own blood]   Orv. hetil., 1934, 78: mell., 208.—Lajos,
 L.  [Autohemotherapy of erysipelas]  Ibid., 1933,  77: 755-7.
 Also Zbl. Gyn., 1933, 57:  586-93.—Schaffer, A. J., & Rothman,
 P. E.  The treatment of erysipelas with blood  transfusion. Am.
 J. Dis. Child., 1927, 33: 116-21. Also repr.

 ----   Treatment, local.
   Hubschmann, K.   [The  author's method of treating ery-
 sipelas;  importance of local and general processes of defence]
 Cesk. derm., 1937, 17: 158-64.—Masalov, V. V. [Lapis in treat-
 ment of erysipelas]  Vrach. delo, 1935, 18: 791.—Melnik, A. D.
 [Elektrargol  injections in  the  treatment  of erysipelas and
 erythema exs. multiforme]  Cas. lek.  desk.,  1934, 73: 215.—
 Meyerhoff, E.  Behandlung des Erysipels mit 10  proz. Jod-
 tinctur. Med. Welt, 1931, 5: 1349.—Szajna, M.  [Treatment
 of erysipelas with hypertonic solution of alcohol and potassium
 chloride]  Polska  gaz. lek.,  1930,  9:  778.—Szenttornyay, S.
 [Ichthyol injections  in  erysipelas   and follicular  tonsillitis]
Budapesti orv. ujs., 1937,  35: 1179.—Tobeitz,  A.  Zur Therapie
des Erysipels. Wien. med. Wschr.,  1927, 77: 918.—Winckler,
G.  Ist eine  ortliche  Behandlung  des Erysipels notwendig?
 Med. Welt, 1931, 5: 1642.

----   Treatment: Methods.

   Brogli,   A.    *Beitrag zur  Behandlung des
 Erysipels.  44p.   8?   Freib.  i.  B.,  1917.
   Burstein-Zouckerman, R.   *Etude compara-
 tive  des  traitements  de  I'erysipele.   37p.   8?
 Geneve, 1935.
   Muller [L.]  A.   *Ueber das  Erysipel, mit
 besonderer Berucksichtigung seiner Schleimhaut-
 affektionen  und  seiner  Behandlungsmethoden.
 8p.   8?   [Lpz.] 1923.
   Vera Solano, M.  *Contribuci6n al estudio de
 la erisipela y  su tratamiento.   122p.   8?   San
 Diego, 1929.
   Andreu Urra, J., & Gonzalez Calvo, V. Sobre el tratamiento
 de la erisipela.  Med. ibera, 1927, 22: pt 2, 1-4.—Anghelescu,
 V., Crivetz, D. [et al.]   Vergleichende Untersuchungen uber
 Serotherapie,  ultraviolette Bestrahlung und Chemotherapie des
 Erysipels.  Deut.  med. Wschr., 1936, 62:  1639-41.—Birkholz.
 Die aktive, allgemeine, spezifische und unspezifische Behand-
 lung chirurgischer Erysipele des Kopfes und deren Grenzen.
 Ibid., 1926, 52: 702.—Brinkhaus, O. A.  Zur Erysipelbehand-
 lung.  Med. Welt, 1936, 10: 1845-7.—Dearborn, F. M.  Com-
 parative results in the treatment of erysipelas.  J. Am. Inst.
 Homeop.,  1931, 24:  228-32.—Frieboes.  Fortschritte in  der
 Erysipelbehandlung.   Fortsch.  Ther.,  1931,  7:  646-50.—
 Gonzalez, S.  V.  Un valioso  auxiliar en el tratamiento de la
 erisipela.  Rev. mid. veracruz., 1933, 13: 859-61.—Hallay, L.
 Beitrag zur Erysipelbehandlung. Munch, med. Wschr., 1931,
 78: 674.—Lavergne, V. de,  Florentin, P., & Gousset, H.  Lea
 traitements biologiques  de I'erysipele; essais experimentaux.
 Paris  m6d.,  1929, 73:  180-3.—Majumdar,  A.  C.   A case of
 erysipelas and its  cure by homeopathy. Ind. Homeop. Rev.,
 1933, 42: 492.—Ogata, I.  The Kan tiros-treatment of erysipelas
 and the experimental study of Kantiros upon erysipelas strepto-
 cocci.  Polyclin. Dairen,  1926-28, 3: No. 33.—Ritter, C.  Zur
 Behandlung des Erysipels. Arch. klin. Chir.,  1937, 189: 436-8.
 Also Munch,  med. Wschr., 1937, 84:  1216.—Rosenblum, M., &
 Kaznelson, R.  Gegenwartige Erysipelbehandlung.    Wien.
 klin. Wschr.,  1929, 42:1534-7.  Also Klin, med., Moskva, 1930,
 8: 125-31.—Rutled*e, W. U.  The modern treatment of erysip-
 elas.   Kentucky M. J., 1936,  34: 85—Sz6p, J.   [Advance in
 treating erysipelas]  Orv. hetil., 1936,  80: 873-6.—Tappan, J.
 C. A treatment for erysipelas.  N. England  J. M., 1929, 200:
 27-30.—Ude, W. H.   Erysipelas; further comparative studies
 of the more recent methods of treatment.   Arch. Phys. Ther.,
 1931, 12: 16-8.  ------&  Platou, E.  S.  Erysipelas; a com- 
ERYSIPELAS
479
ERYSIPELAS
parative study of the more recent methods of treatment.  J.
Am.  M.  Ass.,  1930,  95:  1-4.  Also repr.—Vogel, W.  Zur
Behandlung des Erysipels.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1933, 59:365.—
Worms  R , & Daum, S.  Les nouveaux traitements de I'ery-
sipele. 'Bull. g6n. ther., 1935, 186: 289-302.—Zanetti, S.  La
terapia colloidale nell'eresipela.  Rinasc med., 1932, 9: 32-5, ch.

----   Treatment:  Physiotherapy.

   Cramer, F.   *Zur UV-Strahlenbehandlung des
akuten Erysipels.   22p.   8?   Munster i. W., 1933.
   Bassov, F. B.  [Physical methods in treatment of erysipelas]
Klin, med., Moskva,  1930,  8:  1210-20.—Becker, J.  Die
wirksame Dosis bei der Quarzlichtbehandlung des Erysipels.
Munch, med.  Wschr.,  1927, 74: 497.—Bieker, A. M.  The
treatment of erysipelas by ultraviolet ray.  J. Florida M. Ass.,
1936-37, 23: 427-9.—Brown, R. K.  The treatment of  erysip-
elas by ultra-violet light.  Brit. J. Actinother., 1930, 5: 121-3.
Also Am. J. Phys.  Ther., 1933, 10: 21-4.—Danulescu, C, &
Ionescu, M.   [Ultra-violet  rays  in  treatment  of erysipelas]
Spitalul, 1936, 56:  479-82.—Davidson, J. M.   Phototherapy
in erysipelas.  Brit. M. J., 1932, 1: 929-31.—Desmaison, R. F.
Tratamiento de la  erisipela  por los rayos ultravioleta.   Cron.
med., Lima, 1936, 53: 249-57.  Also Rev. med. Rosario, 1936,
10: No  95, 8-17.—Forrest, E. M.   Ultra violet radiation in
erysipelas.   Canad.  Nurse,  1936,  32: 103.—Gorev,   S.  Y.
[Treatment of erysipelas  with  ultra-violet rays]  Klin, med.,
Moskva, 1932, 10: 206-12.—Holman, H. D.  Physical therapy
in the treatment  of erysipelas and kindred  skin infections.
Arch. Phys. Ther.,  1932, 13: 469.—Holmes, R. E.  Erysipelas:
a practical method  of treatment that works.   Canad. M.
Ass. J.,  1938, 38: 177.—Knapp, M. E.  Treatment of erysipelas
with ultraviolet radiation.  Arch. Phys. Ther.,  1935, 16: 711;
1937, 18: 572.  Also Physiother. Rev.,  1936, 16: 9.  Also
Radiology, 1939, 32: 195-7.—LapiSre.  Action des R. U. V.
sur I'erysipele.  Li6ge med., 1928, 21: 1111-9.—Meller, O., &
Dumitrescu, J. [Value and technic of artificial actinotherapy
in treatment of erysipelas]  Romania med., 1930, 8: 205-7.—
Prerovsky, K.  [Treatment of erysipelas by ultraviolet rays]
Bratisl. 16k. listy, 1925, 4: 231-5.—Schunk, P. M.  The use of
ultraviolet ray in the treatmeut of erysipelas.  Rocky Mountain
M. J.,  1938,  35:  216-8.—Sutherland, D. S.,  &  Day,  F. M.
The ultra-violet light  treatment of erysipelas.  Med. Off.,
Lond.,  1935,  54:  185.—Titus, N. E.  Erysipelas—treatment
with ultraviolet light.  Arch.  Phys. Ther., 1933, 14:  722-7.
Also Med. Rec, N. Y., 1934,  140: 259.   Also  Brit. J. Phys.
M., 1934-35,  9: 150;  1936,  11: 104.—Ude. W. H.   Ultra-
violet radiation therapy  in  erysipelas.   Brit. J.  Actinother.,
 1929, 4: 223. Also Radiology,  1929, 23:  504-7.—Von der
Hiitten, F.  Behandlung  des Erysipels mit Vereisung.  Beitr.
klin. Chir., 1925, 133: 252-9.—Willis, H. W.  Erysipelas; a
comparative  analysis of 60  cases with  massive ultraviolet
irradiation as an adjuvant in treatment. Arch. Pediat., N. Y.,
 1939, 56: 39-45.

 ----   Treatment:  Protein shock.
   Anchelovich, V. D.  [Shock therapy in erysipelas]   Sovet.
 vrach. J., 1938, 42: 305-8.—Chalier, J.  Traitement de I'erysi-
 pele par les injections souscutanees de lait.   J.  med. Lyon,
 1930, 11: 713-6.—Gagliardi de'Fina, R. L'eteroproteinoterapia
nella erisipela. Terapia, Milano, 1928,  18: 236-8.—Gerdes,
 J. U.   [Protein injections in erysipelas]  Ugeskr. laeger, 1927,
 89: 210.—Jensen, A.  [Parenteral protein therapy in erysipelas]
 Ibid., 515.—Lammers, V. Zusr Behandlung des Erysipels mit
 Milch beziehungsweise Milchpraparaten (Abijon)  Munch, med.
 Wschr., 1931,78: 1189.—Lebbetter, T. A. Erysipelas successfully
 cured by subcutaneous injection of cow's milk.  Canad.  M.
 Ass. J., 1924, 14: 1179-82.—McEachern, A. C.   Four  cases of
 erysipelas treated by milk injections.  Brit. M. J., 1932,1:1124 —
 Sayed,  I. Abd el.   Treatment of erysipelas  by injections of
 milk.  Ibid., 281.—Semon, H. C. Non-specific protein  therapy
 in erysipelas.  Lancet,  Lond., 1928, 2: 446.

 ----   Treatment: Roentgen ray.
   Bolhuis, J. H.  [Roentgen treatment of erysipelas] Geneesk.
 tschr. Ned. Indie,  1929, 69: 377-80.—Bormann, J. Eklatante
Effekte der Rontgenbehandlung des Erysipels.   Derm.  Wschr.,
 1935, 100: 181-3.—Fried, C.  Die Rontgentherapie des Erysi-
 pels.   Strahlentherapie,  1929,  33:  673-81.—Hancken,  W.
 Zur Rontgenethrapie des Erysipels.  Munch, med.  Wschr.,
 1935, 82: 999.—Harbinson, J. E., & Lawson, J.  D. The treat-
ment of erysipelas by Roentgen ray.  California West. M.,
 1927, 26: 485-7.—Jamieson, R. H.,  & Hernaman-Johnson, F.
A note  on the treatment of erysipelas by X  rays; with an
account of 3  cases.  Brit.  M. J., 1931,  1: 57.—Kruchen, C.
Zur Rontgenbehandlung des Erysipels.  Strahlentherapie, 1935,
52: 252-62.—Lohr, R.  Die Rontgenbehandlung des Erysipels
und des Erysipeloids.   Deut. Zschr.  Chir.,  1936-37, 248:
497-509.—Magalhaes,  J. A. de.  Du traitement de I'erysipele
par les rayons X.  Arch, electr. med., 1917, 27: 13-7.—Notger
yon Oettingen, E.   Erysipelbehandlung mit Rontgenstrahlen.
Munch, med. Wschr., 1932, 79: 164.—Osinski, A., & Welfe, M.
[Roentgen thsrapy in erysipelas]  Polski przegl. radjol., 1930,
5: 93-9.—Platou, E. S.,  & Rigler, L.  Roentgen-ray  therapy
in erysipelas.  Arch. Int. M.,  1926,  38: 573-80.  Also repr.—
Sonnauer, P.  Rontgenbestrahlung bei Erysipel im Sauglings-
und Kindesalter.   Arch. Kinderh., 1935-36,  107:  225-30.
Also Jahrb. Kinderh., 1936, 3. F., 97: 222.
----   Treatment: Vaccine.

   Teixeira  Pinto, W.   *Contribuicao a  thera-
peutica da erysipela pelo filtrado estreptococcico.
67p.   8?   S.  Paulo, 1929.
   Zinkernagel,   J.     *Die   Behandlung   des
Erysipels  an  der medizinischen  Klinik Tubingen
im  Lauf der  letzten  25  Jahre unter  besonderer
Berucksichtigung der  mit  Omnadin behandelten
Falle.   19p.   8?   Tub.,  1927.
   Baranowska, M.  [Antistreptine in the treatment of erysip-
elas]  Polska gaz. lek., 1937, 16: 162.—Benson, W. T.  The
treatment of erysipelas with vaccines.   Lancet, Lond., 1930,
2: 1286-9.—Berzi, A.  Premiers r6sultats de vaccination intra-
veineuse dans le  traitement de I'erysipele.  Boll. Sez. ital. Soc.
internaz. microb., 1934, 6: 258.—Gloukhoff, K. T. Du traite-
ment de I'erysipele au  moyen des filtrats streptococciques de
Besredka.   Ann. Inst. Pasteur,  Par.,  1927,  41:  189-94.—
Godkevitch, M. V.  Sur les modifications du sang des malades
atteints d'erysipeie, traites  par l'antivirus  de Besredka.   C.
rend. Soc. biol., 1928,  99: 1198.   Also Mikrob. J.,  Leningr.,
1929, 8:  153-60.—Ito, H., & Sawada,  B.   Vergleichende
Studien iiber therapeutische Erfolge mit Streptokokkenvakzine
und Koktigene bei' Erysipelen.  J. Orient.  M., Dairen, 1931,
14: 6.—Jacobson, T. S. [Treatment of erysipelas with strepto-
cide] Sovet. vrach. J., 1937, 2: 22-8.— Lipinski, W., & Kmetyk,
S.   [Value of antistreptin and  its derivatives in treatment of
erysipelas and septic states]  Polskie arch. med. wewn., 1938,
16: 482.—Memmesheimer, A. M.  Die Behandlung des Erysi-
pels, insbesondere des chronischen Erysipels mit frischer Strep-
tokokkenmischvakzine.   Miinch.   med.  Wschr., 1931,  78:
1438.—Nosov, S. D.  [Streptocide in treatment of erysipelas]
Sovet. vrach. J., 1937, 41: 1470-4.—Raskina-Braude,  M. V.
[Streptocide  in  treatment  of  erysipelas in  young  children]
Pediatria, Moskva, 1937, No.  5, 24-32.—Rosenier, L. A., &
Konstantinov, V. P. [Treatment of erysipelas by intramuscular
injections of streptocid] Klin, med., Moskva, 1938, 16: 916-
8.—Sokolov, M. S.  [Streptocide in treatment of erysipelas]
Khirurgia,  Moskva,   1937,  No.   4,  52-5.—Teichmannova-
Tomesova, V. [The results of our treatment of erysipelas and a
critical  evaluation of this method]  Cesk.  derm., 1937, 17:
164-74.—Urkevich, O. I.  [Streptocide in treatment of erysip-
elas] Klin, med.,  Moskva, 1937,  15: 733-8— Wassilieva, S.,
Zmigrodsky, O., & Marchova, S.  Traitement de I'erysipele
par l'antivirus Besredka.  C. rend.  Soc. biol., 1928, 98:  212.—
Zolotova, U. T.  [Treatment of  erysipelas  with streptocide]
Sovet. vrach. J., 1936, 1: 1081.

----   white.
    Milian,  G.   Erysipele  blanc;  nephrite.   Rev.  fr.  derm.
 v6ner.,  1934, 10: 150-3.—Pichon, E., & Bourgin, M.  Erysi-
 pele blanc  du  nourrisson.  Presse med.,   1937, 45:  671.—
 Samberger.  Weisses  Erysipel.   Derm.  Wschr.,  1930, 91:
 1223-5.

 ----   in children.

    Brunner, H. J.  *Erysipel im ersten Lebens-
 alter.   22p.   8?   Gott.,  1927.
    Cachera-Magrah,  E.    *L'6rysipele  chez lea
 nourrissons  dans  les 3  premiers mois de la vie.
 82p.   8?   Par.,  1933.
    Defouloy,  P.   Contribution  k  l'etude  de
 I'erysipele du nouveau-n6.   59p.  8?  Par.,  1932.
    Gottwald,  H.   *Behandlung  und  Schicksal
 des Erysipels  im Sauglings-  und   Kindesalter
 [Breslau]  37p.  8?  Liebau-R.,  1934.
    Grauer,   H.   *Du traitement  de I'erysipele
 chez le nouveau-n6,  en  particulier  par les  badi-
 geonnages au  nitrate d'argent.  40p.  8?   Par.,
 1933.
    Gugler,   W.    *Ueber   Erysipel  der  Kinder.
 32p.  8!   Berl.,  1932.
    Vialard,  E.  R.   Contribution k l'etude  du
 traitement  de  I'erysipele  dans la  premiere en-
 fance.  46p.   8?   Par., 1937.
    Alvis, R., & Reboiras, J. J.  Toxicosis y erisipela a evoluci6n
 simultanea  en un nino de dos meses; curaci6n.  Dfa med., B.
 Air., 1938,  10: 549.—Avellone, U.  Osservazioni  statistico-
 clini'che sull'eresipela dell'infanzia con speciale  riguardo all'etk
 del lattante. Pediatria (Riv.)  1938, 46: 114-35.—Bacon, J. E.
 Erysipelas in infants and its treatment with Birkhaug erysipelas
 antitoxin.  Tr. Univ. Michigan Pediat. Infect. Dis. Soc, 1927,
 86-92.—Baker,  H. B.  A case of erysipelas in an infant.  J:
 Am. Inst. Homeop., 1935, 28: 147.—Bauer, E. L.   Erysipelas
 in infancy and childhood.  Pennsylvania M. J., 1932, 35: 613-
 5.—Becker, J.  Heilungserfolge  bei Siiuglingserysipel durch
 Ultraviolettbestrahlung.  Strahlentherapie, 1929, 34: 205-8.—
 Blanchard,  K., & Bell, H. O.  The treatment  of erysipelas in
 infants and children; based on a series of 116 cases treated at the 
ERYSIPELAS
480
ERYSIPELOID
 Essex county isolation hospital during the past 5 years.  J. M.
 Soc.  N. Jersey,  1934,  31:  559-65.—Borovsky, M. P.  The
 treatment of erysipelas in infants.  Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1927,
 44: 53-7.—Cardelle y Penichet, G. Tratamiento de la erisipela
 del lactante con sulfanilamida y sus derivados.  Arch. med. inf.,
 Habana, 1939, 8: 34-44.—Carrara, N.  Contributo alia cono-
 scenza delle complicazioni purulente  nell'erisipela del neonato.
 Pediatria (Riv.) 1935, 43: 184-91.—Culotta, C. S. Erysipelas
 in children under 2 years of age.  J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1935, 7:
 16-20.—Del Carril, M. J.,  & Vidal, J.   Erisipela del recien
 nacido.  Rev. As. med. argent., 1934, 48: 1469-73.  Also Rev.
 med. Rosario, 1935, 9: 50-3.—Eley,  R. C.  The treatment of
 erysipelas in infants; report of 33 cases treated with antistrepto-
 coccus (erysipelas) serum.  Am.  J. Dis. Child.,  1930, 39:  529-
 35.  Also repr.—Foote, J. A. Erysipelas in infancy and child-
 hood. South. M. J., 1930, 23: 29-34.—Foster, E., & Arancibia.
 F.   La erisipela  en el lactante; contribuci6n a su estudio  y
 tratamiento.  Sem.  med., B.  Air., 1927,  34: pt 2,  890-4 —
 Gmelin, L.  Zur Chemotherapie des  Erysipels im Kindesalter.
 Munch, med. Wschr., 1935, 82:  221.—Gomez, A.  El cianuro
 de mercurio en la erisipela de los ninos.  Hosp. gen., M6x., 1929,
 4: 61-3. ------  Los arsenicales,  tipo sulfarsenol, en la erisi-
 pela de los ninos.  Rev. mex. puericult.,  1932-33, 3: 183-9.—
 Gonzalo Carbajal & Bazul, V. M.  Los arsenicales en el trata-
 miento de la erisipela de los ninos.  Cron. med., Lima, 1933, 50:
 177-81.—Gorter, E.  [Erysipelas in  young children] Mschr.
 kindergeneesk.,  1934, 3: 51-64.—Hernandez Briz, B.  Trata-
 miento curativo de la erisipela en los ninos.  Siglo med., 1918,
 65:  282.—Holz,  E.  Zur  Therapie  des Sauglings-Erysipels.
 Med. Welt, 1932, 6: 1469.—Lacomme, M., & Coen,  A.  Note
 sur le pronostic et le traitement de  I'erysipele du nouveau-ne et
 du nourrisson.  Prat. med. fr., 1937, 18: 162-71.—-Lereboullet,
 P., Gavois, H., & Bernard, J. Erysipele generalise du nouveau-
 ne avec gangrene du scrotum, suivi de guerison complete par le
 chlorhydrate  de  sulfamido-chrysoidine.   Bull.  Soc. pediat.
 Paris, 1936,  34: 561-5.—McDonald, R. J., jr.   Erysipelas in
 infancy. Rocky Mountain M. J.,  1938, 35: 213-6.—Manabe,
 E.   Complizierter  Sauglingserysipel mit  eitriger  Peritonitis.
 Orient. J. Dis. Inf., 1926, 1: 105.—Mischke, H.  Das Erysipel
 im Sauglingsalter mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Prognose
 und Therapie.  Kinderarztl. Prax., 1935, 6: 263-72.—Neff, F.
 C, & Herrman, G. V. Adjuvants in the treatment of erysipelas
 in infancy.  J. Lancet, 1935, 55: 273-6.—Nightinsale, L. M., &
 Starr, S. The treatment of erysipelas in children; a comparative
 study showing that best results are  obtained with the use of
 ultraviolet radiation.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1934,  102: 761-3. Also
 Rev. radiol. fisioter., Chic, 1935, 2: No. 4, 15-21.—Nobecourt,
 P.  L'erysipeie pendant les trois premiers mois de la vie.  Gaz.
 hop., 1932, 105: 1457.  ------ & Boulanger-Pilet, G.  Erysi-
 pele.  In Traite med. enfants (Nobecourt & Babonneix) Par.,
 1934, 2: 297-309.—Oxenius, K.  El tratamiento de la erisi-
 pela de los recien nacidos.  Rev. med. germ. iber. amer., 1938,
 11: 264-8.—Phelizot, G., & Tassovatz, B.  Erysipele du nou-
 veau-ne et du nourrisson; essai de traitement par la transfusion
 sanguine. Strasbourg med., 1934, 94: 560.—Popovici-Lupa, M.,
 & Popescu, G. I.  [Specific treatment of erysipelas in early
 childhood]   Spitalul, 1931, 51: 102-5—Piischel, E.   Erysipel-
 behandlung im Sauglingsalter.  Fortsch.  Ther., 1935, 11: 96-
 100.—Roueche,  Ombredanne,  M.,  &  Chausse.   Erysipele
 generalise cbez un nourrisson de 2 mois; abces residuels multiples;
 abces pharyngo-larynge du  sinus  pyriforme  ouvert  par voie
 cervicale. Bull. Soc. pediat.  Paris,  1934, 32: 439.  Also J. med.
 Paris, 1934, 54: 785. Also Med. inf.,  Par., 1934, 41: 222-30 —
 Sonnauer, P.  [Roentgen irradiation of erysipelas in infants and
 children]  Magy. rontg. kozl., 1935, 9: 87-92.—Stimson, P. M.
 Erysipelas.  In Appleton's Pract. Libr. M. & S., 1935, 7: 1013-
 22.—White, G. E.  Erysipelas in infancy.  Canad. M. Ass. J.,
 1937, 36: 169-72.—Willis, T.  Erysipelas in infants.  Yale J.
 Biol., 1938-39, 11:337-44.

 ERYSIPELOID [Rosenbach-Fox]

   See also Erysipelothrix, Infection.
   Meinert,   M.   *Der  Schweinerotlauf  beim
 Menschen.  14p.  8?  Wiirzb.,  1936.
   Monnier, J.  C.  E. H.   *Le  rouget humain.
 108p.   8?   Par., 1935.
   Wissel,  E.   *Ueber   Erysipeloid    [Leipzig]
 8p.   8?   Oschatz, 1925.
  Bachmann,  W.  Deux  cas  de maladie  de  Rosenbach.
 Schweiz. med. Wschr.,  1934, 64: 38.—Baeraud, G.  A propos
de I'erysipeioide.  Progr. med., Par., 1933, 599.—Balbi.  Erisi-
 peloide.  Gior. ital. derm, sif., 1936, 77: 512.—Bax, J.  [Case of
swine erysipelas in man]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1931,  75: pt 3,
3928.—Bory, L.  L'erysipeloide.  Progr. med.,  Par., 1933,
 172.—Brind,  A.  I.   [Rosenbach's  erysipeloid]  Vest, vener.,
 1938, No. 5, 16-26.—Domrich, H.  Ueber schwere Schweinerot-
lauferkrankungen beim Menschen.  Zbl. Chif., 1932,  59: 593-
7.-—Duttmann, G.  Schweinerotlauf  und Erysipeloid.  Deut.
med. Wschr., 1921, 47: 371.—Gate, J., & Chanial, G.  Un cas
d'erysipeioide de Rosenbach.  Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1936,
43:  1432.—Hegler,  C.  Schweinerotlauf beim Menschen.  In
Handb. inn. Med. (Bergmann, G. et al.) Berl., 1934, 1: 213-5 —
Higoumenakis, G. C.  Un cas d'erysipeioide de Rosenbach et
Fox.  Rev. fr. derm, vener., 1936, 12: 465.—Hindmarsh, J.
Erysipeloiden.  Sven. lak. tidn., 1932, 29: 321-39.—Krone, F.
Rosenbach's erysipeloid.  S. Afr. M.  Rec, 1926, 24:  382-4 —
 Kurtzahn, H.  Erfahrungen an 200 Erysipeloidfallen.  Med.
 Welt, 1928, 2: 97.—Laurinavicius, S. [Cases of swine erysipelas
 in  man]  Medicina, Kaunas, 1929, 10: 402-8.—Light, S. E.
 Erysipeloid; report of a case.  Northwest M., 1934, 33: 331.—
 Marino, E.  Sull'eresipeloide o mal rossino umano. Gazz. osp.,
 1935, 56: 487.—Meucci, T.  Alcuni casi di mal rossino nell'uomo.
 Terapia, Milano, 1926, 16: 107-11.—Michel, P.  J., & Longy.
 Un cas probable d'erysipeioide.  Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1935,
 42:  1052.—Milian, G.  Erysipeioide.  Rev. fr. derm. v6ner.,
 1932, 8:467-70.—Morgotti, L.  Mal rossino; contributo casistico
 clinico  ed anatomo-patologico.   Profilassi, 1931,  4:  20.—
 Pawlowski, E.  Swine-erysipelas  in  humans.   Ars medici,
 Wien, 1932, 10: 485.  Also Berl. tierarztl.  Wschr., 1933, 49:
 408-10.—Pimenta  Prezado,  J.  J.   Mal-rubro;  um  caso  de
 infeccao humana.  Lisboa med., 1939, 16: 373-87.—Postma, C.
 [Infection by  Bacillus erysipelatos  suis in  man]  Ned. tschr.
 geneesk., 1926, 70: pt 1, 754-8.—Rozhkov, G. I., &  Gilman, I. S.
 [Bacillary erysipelas in swine and erysipeloid in man]  Sovet.
 vrach. J., 1937, 41: 1107.—Schaap, C.  [Erysipeloid  in man]
 Ned. tschr. geneesk.,  1927,  71:  1447-51.—Scholzke, K. H.
 Seltener klinischer Verlauf eines Erysipeloids.   Med. Klin.,
 Berl., 1937, 33: 1299.—Sezary, A., & Tiffeneau, R.  Erysi-
 peioide de Rosenbach.  Bull. Soc.  fr.  derm, syph., 1936,  43:
 1772-6.  Also Paris med., 1937, 103: 52-9.—Shifrin, A.  R.
 [Rosenbach's   erysipeloid]    Vest,  vener.,  1937,  1161-5.—
 Sonnenschein, C.   Rotlaufinfektion; Erysipeloid.  Klin. Fort-
 bild., 1933, 1:  527-32, pl.—Strelkov, A.  G.  [Swine erysipelas
 in man]   Sovet. vrach. J., 1937, 2:  142.—Str0m,  R.   [Erysip-
 eloid]   Norsk, mag. laegevid., 1935, 96: 581-92.—Stuart, R. D.,
 & Ingram, J. T. Erysipeloid. Brit. J. Derm. Syph., 1934 46:
 303-6.—Sundt, O.  [Two  cases of  erysipeloid]   Norsk, mag.
 laegevid., 1927, 88: 360-3.—Touraine,  A., Solente & Soullard,
 J.  Rouget chez I'homme.   Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1939, 46:
 1353-5.—Vincent,  Rossi & Delbos, J.   Un  cas d'erysipeioide
 de Rosenbach. Ibid., 1938, 45: 1430-3.

 ----   Diagnosis.
   Brind, A. I., Motrich, A. S., & Kovaleva, A. I.  [On positive
 hemocultures in Rosenbach's erysipeloid]  Vrach. delo,  1939,
 21:  159.—Dechigi, M.  La diagnosi  batteriologica dell'erisi-
 peloide da mal rossino.  Diagn. teen, lab., Nap., 1936, 7: 321-
 3.—Stuart, R.  D.   Bacteriological  findings.  Brit.  J. Derm.
 Syph., 1934, 46: 306-8.—Weisenbach, R. J., Fernet, P. [et al.]
 Erysipeioide apres blessure par os de mouton; sero-diagnostic
 positif; serotherapie. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1934, 41: 1701-4.

 ----   Epidemiology.
   Harriman, W. F.  Erysipeloid in Northwestern  Iowa.   J.
 Iowa M. Soc,  1934, 24: 131.—Hindmarsh, J. Ein Beitrag zur
 Kenntnis der   Epidemiologie  des Erysipeloids.  Acta  chir.
 scand.,  1932,  71: 362-80.—Klauder, J.  V.  Erysipeloid  and
 swine erysipelas in man; a clinical bacteriologie review; swine
 erysipelas in the United States.  J. Am.  M. Ass., 1926, 86: 536-
 41.   ------& Harkins, M. J.  Erysipeloid in the United States;
 clinical and laboratory study. Ibid., 1931, 96: 1205-9.  Also
 repr.—Muggia, A.  Tre casi di  mal rossino nell'uomo (nota
 clinica ed  epidemiologica)   Rinasc. med., 1930, 7: 495.—
 Pawlowski, E.  Ueber  das  Vorkommen von Erysipeloid wah-
 rend eines Zeitraumes von 25 Jahren.  Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1932,
 235: 711-23.—Stefansky,  W. K., & Griinfeld,  A.  A.  Eine
 Epidemie des Erysipeloids in Odessa.  Zbl. Bakt., 1. Abt., 1930,
 117: 376-8.

 ----    Pathology.

   Hampel,  H. [P. J.]   *Ueber Schweinerotlauf
 beim Menschen unter besonderer Berucksichti-
 gung der septischen  Form,  des  generalisierten
 Schweinerotlaufs  [Greifswald]   31p.  8?  Rheydt
 [1929]
   Arnholz, F.   Zur Pathologie und Therapie des Erysipeloids.
 Arch. klin. Chir.,  1925, 135: 736-50.—Balbi, E.  Contributo
 alia  conoscenza dell'erisipeloide.   Dermosifilografo,  1931, 6:
 71-88.—Bierbaum, K., & Gottron, H.   Zur Kenntnis des
 Erysipeloids Rosenbach  unter besonderer  Berucksichtigung
 seiner Beziehungen zum Schweinerotlauf. Derm. Zschr., 1929,
 57: 5-27.—Chevallier, P., Colin, P. [et al.] Fin de I'observation
 de rouget du  pore generalise chez I'homme,  presentee a  la
 derniere seance. Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph., 1932, 39:  106-12.—
 Coombs, C. F., Hadfield, G., & Henson, G. E.  A note on the
 endocarditis of swine erysipelas and its relation to the cardiac
 infections of man.  Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond.,  1925-26, 19: sect.
 comp. med., 13-9.—Durand, P., Giroud, P. [et al.]  Receptivit6
 des animaux au virus de la maladie des porchers. C. rend. Acad.
 sc, 1936, 203:  957-9.—Fiessinger, N.,  & Brouet,  G.  Rouget
 du pore  chez I'homme a forme porcine et d'origine digestive.
 Presse med., 1934,  42: 889-92.—Jadassohn, W., & Jui  wu Mu.
 Ueber die Immunbiologie der Haut beim Rotlauf (Erysipeloid)
 Arch. Derm. Syph., Berl.,   1930, 162: 210-16.—Klauder, J. V.
Generalisiertes Erysipeloid.  Derm. Wschr.,  1934, 98: 613-9.—
 Peters, H.  Metastase nach Schweinerotlauf im Auge. Klin.
 Mbl. Augenh., 1929,  83: 25-30,  pl.—Richter,  W.  Ueber
seltene Formen von Erysipeloid.   Derm. Wschr.,  1932, 94:
45-8.—Rossi, P. A propos de I'erysipeioide ou rouget du pore
 chez I'homme.  Rev. path, comp., Par., 1939, 39: 341-5.—
Schindler, W., & Teichmann, M.  Zur Kenntnis der Schweine-
rotlaufsepsis beim  Menschen.  Wien. Arch. inn.  Med., 1935, 
ERYSIPELOID
481
ERYSIPELOTHRIX
 27-461-78 —Schreiner, K. Ervsipeloide mit multiplen Krank-
 hei'tsherden.  Derm.  Wschr., 1935, 100: 77-80.—Schuler, A.
 Zur Kenntnis ungewohnlicher Verlaufsformen und Infektions-
 moglichkeiten beim Erysipeloid.  Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1935,
 65: 817-9.

 ----   Source  and transmission of infection.
    Barboni, E.  A propos des infections par bacille du rouget
 chez  I'homme.   Boll.  Sez. ital. Soc. internaz. microb., 1936, 8:
 27-32.—Bardelli,  P.   L'infezione  da  bacillo del  mal rossino
 nell'uomo (erisipeloide)   Ann.  igiene,  1937,  47: 370-84 —
 Bedford, T. H. B.  Erysipeloid: an occupational disease.  Brit.
 J. Derm., 1932, 44:  369-80.—Belgodere,  G.  L'firysipaloide;
 transmission a I'homme du rouget du pore (avec une observation
 personnelle)  Ann. derm, syph., Par., 1931, 7. ser., 2:  1241-74.
 ------  Supplement  a l'histoire de I'erysipeioide  (inoculation
 a I'homme du bacille du rouget du pore)  Ibid., 1935, 7. ser., 6:
 193-228, pl.—Bory, L.  Deux cas d'erysipeioide de Rosenbach
 par contagion directe du rouget du pore.  Bull. Soc. fr. derm.
 syph., Par., 1932, 39: 1251.—Costa, S., Boyer, L.. & Placici, L.
 La transmission du rouget a  I'homme.  Marseille med., 1926,
 63: 113-5.—Dechigi, M.  Un  nuovo problema di infortunistica:
 l'erisipeloide da mal rossino.  Rass. med. lavoro indust., 1938,
 9: 45-9.—Degos, R., & Fresnel, A.  Erysipeioide de Rosenbach
 chez  une naturaliste  apres coupure en depceant un crane de
 chevreuil; le rouge des naturalistes.  Bull. Soc. fr. derm, syph.,
 1938, 45:  1820-3.—Esau.  Schweinerotlaufiibertragung durch
 Kadaververwertung.   Deut.  med. Wschr.,  1922, 48:  489.—
 Flandin, C, Ferrand, M., & Rabeau, H.  Manifestations cuta-
 nees  provoquees chez un  charcutier  par  le rouget  du pore
 (Moulage)   Bull.  Soc.  fr.  derm, syph., 1936,  43: 1807-9 —
 Gottron,  H.  Ist Rotlauf der Tiere auf den Menschen iiber-
 tragbar?  Zschr. arztl. Fortbild.,  1931, 28: 190.—Greener, A.
 W. Infection of a peacock with Erysipelothrix rhusiopathiae,
 followed by a case  of human erysipeloid.  Brit. J. Derm. Syph.,
 1939,  51: 372-6.—Klauder,  J.  V.  Erysipeloid: bacillus of
 swine erysipelas infection; a  disease of  industry.  J.  Indust.
 Hyg., 1932, 14: 222-34.  ------ Erysipeloid as an occupational
 disease; chairman's address.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1938, 111: 1345-
 8.—Lawson, G. B., & Stinnett, M. S.  Erysipeloid  occurring
 among  workers in  a bone button factory.  South. M.  J., 1933,
 26: 1068-70.—McGinnes, G. F., & Spindle, F.  Erysipeloid
 condition among workers in a bone factory due to the bacillus
 of swine erysipelas.   Am. J.  Pub. Health, 1394,  24: 32-5.—
 Ritchie, E. B., & Becker, S. W.  Erysipeloid; report of case of
 infection acquired  from fish of Great Lakes.  J. Am.  M. Ass.,
 1930, 95: 26.  Also repr.—Schmuck.  Ein Fall von  Rotlauf-
 ubertragung.  Berl. tierarztl.  Wschr., 1906, 847.—Schrapf, R.,
 & Fouquet, E. Le rouget de I'homme; la transmission a I'homme
 du rouget du pore;  revolution du rouget de  I'homme; sero-
 therapie  (toposerotherapie et seroth6rapie generale)   Presse
 med., 1926,  34: 1126-8.—Vincent.  L'erysipeloide de Rosen-
 bach rouget du pore chez I'homme; transmission par les fumiers.
 Lyon med., 1938, 162: 25-33.

 ----   Treatment.

    See also Erysipelothrix, Infection: Treatment.
    Prass,  E.   *Das  Erysipeloid  und seine Be-
 handlung an Hand der Erfahrungen der Chirurgi-
 schen Klinik zu Konigsberg i. Pr. in den Jahren
 1922/27.   19p.   8?   Konigsb., 1928.
   Berthelon, M.,  &  Moulin, P.  Traitement  du rouget  de
 I'homme par le  stovarsol.  Rec. med.  vit., 1939,  115: 523.—
 Callomon, F.   Zur  Klinik  und Serumtherapie  des  Ery-
 sipeloids.  Derm. Wschr., 1927, 84: 189-95.  —----Serum-
 krankheit  und  Rotlaufimmunbehandlung  beim Erysipeloid.
 Ibid.,  1930,  90: 361-6.—Huber,  E.  Behandlung des  Ery-
 sipeloids durch  Umspritzung.  Arch.  klin. Chir., 1924, 132:
 646-54.—Kleinpaul.   Sollen wir Tierarzte weiter mit Rotlauf-
 kulturen  impfen?   Berl.  tierarztl. Wschr.,  1904,  303-6.—
 Lohr.   Zur  Rontgenbehandlung  des Erysipeloids.    Ront-
 genpraxis,  1935, 7: 773.—Miihlpfordt, H.  Rotlaufserumbe-
 handlung oder  Hohensonnenintensivbestrahlung  des Erysi-
 peloids?  Derm. Zschr., 1930-31, 60: 445-50.—Nowakowski, K.
 Zur Behandlung des Rosenbachschen Erysipeloids  beziehungs-
 weise des  Schweinerotlaufs  beim Menschen.   Deut.  med.
 Wschr.,  1925,  51: 317.—Pawlowski, E.   Die Klinik und
 Therapie des Erysipeloids.  Ibid., 1932, 58: 1366.—Pick, E.
 Zur Aetiologie und Therapie des Erysipeloids.   Derm. Wschr.,
 1924,  79: 1627-9.—Richter, W.  Die  Behandlung des Erysi-
 peloids mit Autohamotherapie.  Deut.  med. Wschr., 1925, 51:
 562.—Ritchie, E. B.  Treatment for erysipeloid by local injec-
 tions of specific serum; report of a case.  Arch.  Derm. Syph.,
 Chic, 1931, 23: 1069-71.—Voss, J.  Ein Fall von Schweinerot-
 lauf beim Menschen behandelt mit Rotlaufserum. Med. Klin.,
 Berl.,  1912, 8: 1910.—Walker, M.  A.,  & Allen,  L. G.  X-ray
 treatment of erysipeloid.  J. Kansas M. Soc, 1938, 39: 382.—
 Zijerveld, C.  R. [Prompt effect of serum in cases of swine-
 erysipelas in man]  Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1932,  76: 141-3.

 ERYSIPELOTHRIX.

   See also  Actinomyces.
   Eckert,   A.    *Untersuchung   verschiedener
 Kasesorten auf Schweinerotlaufbakterien.   27p.
8?   Erlangen, 1902.
   Calzoni, L.  Sulle forme del bacillo del mal rosso nei sangue
 e in alcuni organi nei suini e nei piccione. Clin, vet., Milano,
 1932, 55: 368-75, pl.—Deem, A. W.  Notes on the prepara-
 tion and use of an antigen for the agglutination test in swine
 erysipelas.  J.  Am.  Vet. M.  Ass., 1936, 89: 197.  ------ &
 Williams, C. L. The fermentation reactions of Erysipelothrix
 rhusiopathiae.  J. Bact., Bait., 1936, 32: 303-6.—Girardi, A.,
 & Tonini, R.  Fenomeni dissociativi  del B. eiysipelatos suum
 nelle colture dei tessuti in vitro.  Boll. Ist. sieroter.  milan.,
 1937, 16: 471-81.—Lvov. N. S.  [Relative evaluation of biologi-
 cal properties of the various  forms of B. of swine ervsipelas]
 Eksp. vet., Moskva,  1926, 3: 38-57.—Meyn, A. Vergleichende
 Untersuchungen iiber Schweine- und  Geflugelrotlaufbakterien.
 Deut. tierarztl. Wschr.,  1928,  36:  334-8.   ------  Ueber
 Glatt- und  Rauhformen bei  Rotlaufbakterien.   Zbl. Bakt.,
 1. Abt., 1931, 122: 507-10.—Petri, R. J., & Maassen, A. Ueber
 die Bildung von Schwefelwasserstoff durch  die  Krankheits-
 erregenden Bakterien unter  besonderer  Berucksichtigung des
 Schweinerotlaufs.    Ibid.,  1892,  11:   289-91.—Rasch,  K.
 Ueber den von Sabella  beschriebenen  apathogenen Rotlauf-
 stamm.  Arch. wiss. prakt. Tierh., 1926, 54: 373-5  [Bemer-
 kungen von Adolf  Sabella  & Josef Schniirer]  376;  378.—
 Schoening. H. W., Gochenour, W. S., & Grey, C. G.  Studies
 on Erysipelothrix rhusiopathiae with special reference to smooth
 and rough type cultures.  J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., 1938, 92: 61-7.—
 Spryszak, A., & Szymanowski, Z.  Sur la variabilite du bacille
 du rouget du pore   C.  rend. Soc. biol.,  1929, 100: 1151.—
 Stuart,  R.  D.  Some observations on Erysipelothrix  rhusio-
 pathiae isolated from a human  infection.   J. Path. Bact.,
 Cambr., 1935, 41: 369.—Trawinski, A.   Beitrag zur Morpho-
 logie  des Schweinerotlaufbazillus.  Zbl.  Bakt., 1.  Abt., 1930,
 116: 42